commit bf0521e91a6c1c4b0d01f3a0b076d789ebc2ae7c
Author: Dmytro Bogovych <dmytro.bogovych@gmail.com>
Date:   Mon Sep 24 22:25:14 2018 +0300

    - initial import into git

diff --git a/TODO.txt b/TODO.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1824e14
--- /dev/null
+++ b/TODO.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+1) Save & load columns width  in time table
+2) Make hierarchical time table
+3) Add tray icon
diff --git a/articles/Intro.rtf b/articles/Intro.rtf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8bc2950
--- /dev/null
+++ b/articles/Intro.rtf
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+{\rtf1\ansi\ansicpg1252\cocoartf1265\cocoasubrtf210
+{\fonttbl\f0\fswiss\fcharset0 Helvetica;}
+{\colortbl;\red255\green255\blue255;}
+\paperw11900\paperh16840\margl1440\margr1440\vieww10800\viewh8400\viewkind0
+\pard\tx566\tx1133\tx1700\tx2267\tx2834\tx3401\tx3968\tx4535\tx5102\tx5669\tx6236\tx6803\pardirnatural
+
+\f0\fs24 \cf0 Litt is little idea & time tracker. It combines functionality of outliner & time tracker in single application.\
+\
+The reason of creating of this application was the lack of open source standards based outliner & time tracker. Litt includes password based protection and is based on open source database sqlcipher. So all your data are not lost in proprietary storage - they can be retrieved from database (of course if you will provide password).\
+\
+To ease the time tracking Litt can use automatic stop/start time tracking.\
+Application can stop time tracking automatically if idle interval is detected and start tracking again if user activity is discovered again. \
+Unlike other time trackers - Litt does NOT capture screenshots. Litt does NOT checks running applications name. Litt is intended to guard your private data - not to gather them. \
+}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/client/Info.plist b/client/Info.plist
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..da7de3c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/Info.plist
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE plist SYSTEM "file://localhost/System/Library/DTDs/PropertyList.dtd">
+<plist version="0.9">
+<dict>
+	<key>NSPrincipalClass</key>
+	<string>NSApplication</string>
+	<key>CFBundleIconFile</key>
+	<string>appicon.icns</string>
+	<key>CFBundlePackageType</key>
+	<string>APPL</string>
+ 	<key>CFBundleGetInfoString</key>
+	<string>Created by Qt/QMake</string>
+	<key>CFBundleSignature</key>
+	<string>????</string>
+	<key>CFBundleExecutable</key>
+	<string>Litt</string>
+	<key>CFBundleIdentifier</key>
+	<string>com.yourcompany.Litt</string>
+	<key>NOTE</key>
+	<string>This file was generated by Qt/QMake.</string>
+</dict>
+</plist>
diff --git a/client/License.rtf b/client/License.rtf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c1a02d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/License.rtf
@@ -0,0 +1,839 @@
+{\rtf1\ansi\ansicpg1252\cocoartf1265\cocoasubrtf210
+{\fonttbl\f0\froman\fcharset0 TimesNewRomanPSMT;\f1\fnil\fcharset0 Verdana;}
+{\colortbl;\red255\green255\blue255;\red38\green38\blue38;\red249\green249\blue249;}
+\paperw11900\paperh16840\margl1440\margr1440\vieww17660\viewh14260\viewkind0
+\deftab720
+\pard\pardeftab720
+
+\f0\fs24 \cf2 \cb3 COPYRIGHTS:
+\f1\fs26 \
+
+\f0\fs24 Copyright 2015  Satorilight.com. All Rights Reserved.
+\f1\fs26 \
+\
+
+\f0\fs24 The Litt software is Copyright 2015  Satorilight.com. All 
+\f1\fs26 \
+
+\f0\fs24 rights reserved. This software may not, in whole or in any part, be 
+\f1\fs26 \
+
+\f0\fs24 copied, reproduced, transmitted, translated (into any language, natural 
+\f1\fs26 \
+
+\f0\fs24 or computer), stored in a retrieval system, reduced to any electronic 
+\f1\fs26 \
+
+\f0\fs24 medium or machine readable format, or by any other form or means 
+\f1\fs26 \
+
+\f0\fs24 without prior consent, in writing, from  Satorilight.com.
+\f1\fs26 \
+\
+\
+
+\f0\fs24 You are granted a limited license to use this software. The software 
+\f1\fs26 \
+
+\f0\fs24 may be used or copied only in accordance with the terms of that 
+\f1\fs26 \
+
+\f0\fs24 license, which is described in the following paragraphs.
+\f1\fs26 \
+\
+\
+
+\f0\fs24 LICENSE:
+\f1\fs26 \
+
+\f0\fs24 "THE SOFTWARE" SHALL BE TAKEN TO MEAN THE SOFTWARE 
+\f1\fs26 \
+
+\f0\fs24 CONTAINED IN THIS PACKAGE AND ANY SUBEQUENT 
+\f1\fs26 \
+
+\f0\fs24 VERSIONS OR UPGRADES RECEIVED AS A RESULT OF HAVING 
+\f1\fs26 \
+
+\f0\fs24 PURCHASED OR DOWNLOADING THIS PACKAGE. "BUYER" SHALL BE TAKEN AS 
+\f1\fs26 \
+
+\f0\fs24 THE ORIGINAL PURCHASER OR DOWNLOADER OF THE SOFTWARE.
+\f1\fs26 \
+\
+
+\f0\fs24 BUYER HAS THE NON-EXCLUSIVE RIGHT TO USE THE 
+\f1\fs26 \
+
+\f0\fs24 SOFTWARE ON ANY COMPUTER. 
+\f1\fs26 \
+
+\f0\fs24 BUYER MAY NOT DISTRIBUTE COPIES OF THE SOFTWARE OR 
+\f1\fs26 \
+
+\f0\fs24 THE ACCOMPANYING DOCUMENTATION TO OTHERS EITHER 
+\f1\fs26 \
+
+\f0\fs24 FOR A FEE OR WITHOUT CHARGE. BUYER MAY NOT MODIFY 
+\f1\fs26 \
+
+\f0\fs24 OR TRANSLATE THE PROGRAM OR DOCUMENTATION. USER 
+\f1\fs26 \
+
+\f0\fs24 MAY NOT DISASSEMBLE THE PROGRAM OR ALLOW IT TO BE 
+\f1\fs26 \
+
+\f0\fs24 DISASSEMBLED INTO ITS CONTITUENT SOURCE CODE. 
+\f1\fs26 \
+\
+
+\f0\fs24 BUYER'S USE OF THE SOFTWARE INDICATES HIS/HER 
+\f1\fs26 \
+
+\f0\fs24 ACCEPTANCE OF THESE TERMS AND CONDITIONS. IF BUYER 
+\f1\fs26 \
+
+\f0\fs24 DOES NOT AGREE TO THESE CONDITIONS, RETURN THE 
+\f1\fs26 \
+
+\f0\fs24 DISTRIBUTION MEDIA, DOCUMENTATION, AND ASSOCIATED 
+\f1\fs26 \
+
+\f0\fs24 MATERIALS TO THE VENDOR FROM WHOM THE SOFTWARE 
+\f1\fs26 \
+
+\f0\fs24 WAS PURCHASED, AND ERASE THE SOFTWARE FROM ANY 
+\f1\fs26 \
+
+\f0\fs24 AND ALL STORAGE DEVICES UPON WHICH IT MAY HAVE BEEN 
+\f1\fs26 \
+
+\f0\fs24 INSTALLED.
+\f1\fs26 \
+\
+\
+
+\f0\fs24 DISCLAIMER / LIMITATION OF LIABILITY:
+\f1\fs26 \
+
+\f0\fs24 BUYER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE SOFTWARE MAY NOT BE 
+\f1\fs26 \
+
+\f0\fs24 FREE FROM DEFECTS AND MAY NOT SATISFY ALL OF BUYER'S 
+\f1\fs26 \
+
+\f0\fs24 NEEDS.  IN NO EVENT WILL SATORILIGHT.COM BE LIABLE FOR 
+\f1\fs26 \
+
+\f0\fs24 DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGE 
+\f1\fs26 \
+
+\f0\fs24 OR DAMAGES RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, OR LOSS OF 
+\f1\fs26 \
+
+\f0\fs24 ANTICIPATED PROFITS RESULTING FROM ANY DEFECT IN THE 
+\f1\fs26 \
+
+\f0\fs24 PROGRAM, EVEN IF IT HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE 
+\f1\fs26 \
+
+\f0\fs24 POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. SOME LAWS DO NOT ALLOW 
+\f1\fs26 \
+
+\f0\fs24 THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR 
+\f1\fs26 \
+
+\f0\fs24 LIABILITIES FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, 
+\f1\fs26 \
+
+\f0\fs24 SO THE ABOVE LIMITATIONS OR EXCLUSION MAY NOT APPLY.
+\f1\fs26 \
+\
+
+\f0\fs24 SPECIFIC RESTRICTIONS:
+\f1\fs26 \
+
+\f0\fs24 IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE COMPUTER SOFTWARE RENTAL 
+\f1\fs26 \
+
+\f0\fs24 ACT OF 1990, THIS SOFTWARE MAY NOT BE RENTED, LENT OR 
+\f1\fs26 \
+
+\f0\fs24 LEASED.
+\f1\fs26 \
+\
+
+\f0\fs24 THE SOFTWARE AND ACCOMPANYING DOCUMENTATION MAY 
+\f1\fs26 \
+
+\f0\fs24 NOT BE PROVIDED BY A "BACKUP SERVICE" OR ANY OTHER 
+\f1\fs26 \
+
+\f0\fs24 VENDOR WHICH DOES NOT PROVIDE AN ORIGINAL PACKAGE 
+\f1\fs26 \
+
+\f0\fs24 AS COMPOSED BY SATORILIGHT.COM, INCLUDING BUT NOT 
+\f1\fs26 \
+
+\f0\fs24 LIMITED TO ALL ORIGINAL DISTRIBUTION MEDIA, 
+\f1\fs26 \
+
+\f0\fs24 DOCUMENTATION, REGISTRATION CARDS, AND INSERTIONS.\
+\
+SQLCipher license:\
+\
+\
+Copyright (c) 2008-2012 Zetetic LLC\
+            All rights reserved.\
+            \
+            Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without\
+            modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:\
+                * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright\
+                  notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.\
+                * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright\
+                  notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the\
+                  documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.\
+                * Neither the name of the ZETETIC LLC nor the\
+                  names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products\
+                  derived from this software without specific prior written permission.\
+            \
+            THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ZETETIC LLC ''AS IS'' AND ANY\
+            EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED\
+            WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE\
+            DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ZETETIC LLC BE LIABLE FOR ANY\
+            DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES\
+            (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;\
+            LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND\
+            ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT\
+            (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS\
+            SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.\
+\
+Qt LGPL license:\
+ GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE\
+                       Version 3, 29 June 2007\
+\
+ Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>\
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies\
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.\
+\
+  This version of the GNU Lesser General Public License incorporates\
+the terms and conditions of version 3 of the GNU General Public\
+License, supplemented by the additional permissions listed below.\
+\
+  0. Additional Definitions.\
+\
+  As used herein, "this License" refers to version 3 of the GNU Lesser\
+General Public License, and the "GNU GPL" refers to version 3 of the GNU\
+General Public License.\
+\
+  "The Library" refers to a covered work governed by this License,\
+other than an Application or a Combined Work as defined below.\
+\
+  An "Application" is any work that makes use of an interface provided\
+by the Library, but which is not otherwise based on the Library.\
+Defining a subclass of a class defined by the Library is deemed a mode\
+of using an interface provided by the Library.\
+\
+  A "Combined Work" is a work produced by combining or linking an\
+Application with the Library.  The particular version of the Library\
+with which the Combined Work was made is also called the "Linked\
+Version".\
+\
+  The "Minimal Corresponding Source" for a Combined Work means the\
+Corresponding Source for the Combined Work, excluding any source code\
+for portions of the Combined Work that, considered in isolation, are\
+based on the Application, and not on the Linked Version.\
+\
+  The "Corresponding Application Code" for a Combined Work means the\
+object code and/or source code for the Application, including any data\
+and utility programs needed for reproducing the Combined Work from the\
+Application, but excluding the System Libraries of the Combined Work.\
+\
+  1. Exception to Section 3 of the GNU GPL.\
+\
+  You may convey a covered work under sections 3 and 4 of this License\
+without being bound by section 3 of the GNU GPL.\
+\
+  2. Conveying Modified Versions.\
+\
+  If you modify a copy of the Library, and, in your modifications, a\
+facility refers to a function or data to be supplied by an Application\
+that uses the facility (other than as an argument passed when the\
+facility is invoked), then you may convey a copy of the modified\
+version:\
+\
+   a) under this License, provided that you make a good faith effort to\
+   ensure that, in the event an Application does not supply the\
+   function or data, the facility still operates, and performs\
+   whatever part of its purpose remains meaningful, or\
+\
+   b) under the GNU GPL, with none of the additional permissions of\
+   this License applicable to that copy.\
+\
+  3. Object Code Incorporating Material from Library Header Files.\
+\
+  The object code form of an Application may incorporate material from\
+a header file that is part of the Library.  You may convey such object\
+code under terms of your choice, provided that, if the incorporated\
+material is not limited to numerical parameters, data structure\
+layouts and accessors, or small macros, inline functions and templates\
+(ten or fewer lines in length), you do both of the following:\
+\
+   a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the object code that the\
+   Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are\
+   covered by this License.\
+\
+   b) Accompany the object code with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license\
+   document.\
+\
+  4. Combined Works.\
+\
+  You may convey a Combined Work under terms of your choice that,\
+taken together, effectively do not restrict modification of the\
+portions of the Library contained in the Combined Work and reverse\
+engineering for debugging such modifications, if you also do each of\
+the following:\
+\
+   a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the Combined Work that\
+   the Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are\
+   covered by this License.\
+\
+   b) Accompany the Combined Work with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license\
+   document.\
+\
+   c) For a Combined Work that displays copyright notices during\
+   execution, include the copyright notice for the Library among\
+   these notices, as well as a reference directing the user to the\
+   copies of the GNU GPL and this license document.\
+\
+   d) Do one of the following:\
+\
+       0) Convey the Minimal Corresponding Source under the terms of this\
+       License, and the Corresponding Application Code in a form\
+       suitable for, and under terms that permit, the user to\
+       recombine or relink the Application with a modified version of\
+       the Linked Version to produce a modified Combined Work, in the\
+       manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL for conveying\
+       Corresponding Source.\
+\
+       1) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the\
+       Library.  A suitable mechanism is one that (a) uses at run time\
+       a copy of the Library already present on the user's computer\
+       system, and (b) will operate properly with a modified version\
+       of the Library that is interface-compatible with the Linked\
+       Version.\
+\
+   e) Provide Installation Information, but only if you would otherwise\
+   be required to provide such information under section 6 of the\
+   GNU GPL, and only to the extent that such information is\
+   necessary to install and execute a modified version of the\
+   Combined Work produced by recombining or relinking the\
+   Application with a modified version of the Linked Version. (If\
+   you use option 4d0, the Installation Information must accompany\
+   the Minimal Corresponding Source and Corresponding Application\
+   Code. If you use option 4d1, you must provide the Installation\
+   Information in the manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL\
+   for conveying Corresponding Source.)\
+\
+  5. Combined Libraries.\
+\
+  You may place library facilities that are a work based on the\
+Library side by side in a single library together with other library\
+facilities that are not Applications and are not covered by this\
+License, and convey such a combined library under terms of your\
+choice, if you do both of the following:\
+\
+   a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work based\
+   on the Library, uncombined with any other library facilities,\
+   conveyed under the terms of this License.\
+\
+   b) Give prominent notice with the combined library that part of it\
+   is a work based on the Library, and explaining where to find the\
+   accompanying uncombined form of the same work.\
+\
+  6. Revised Versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License.\
+\
+  The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions\
+of the GNU Lesser General Public License from time to time. Such new\
+versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may\
+differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.\
+\
+  Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the\
+Library as you received it specifies that a certain numbered version\
+of the GNU Lesser General Public License "or any later version"\
+applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and\
+conditions either of that published version or of any later version\
+published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Library as you\
+received it does not specify a version number of the GNU Lesser\
+General Public License, you may choose any version of the GNU Lesser\
+General Public License ever published by the Free Software Foundation.\
+\
+  If the Library as you received it specifies that a proxy can decide\
+whether future versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License shall\
+apply, that proxy's public statement of acceptance of any version is\
+permanent authorization for you to choose that version for the\
+Library.\
+LGPL version 2.1\
+\
+                  GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE\
+                       Version 2.1, February 1999\
+\
+ Copyright (C) 1991, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.\
+ 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301  USA\
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies\
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.\
+\
+[This is the first released version of the Lesser GPL.  It also counts\
+ as the successor of the GNU Library Public License, version 2, hence\
+ the version number 2.1.]\
+\
+                            Preamble\
+\
+  The licenses for most software are designed to take away your\
+freedom to share and change it.  By contrast, the GNU General Public\
+Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change\
+free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.\
+\
+  This license, the Lesser General Public License, applies to some\
+specially designated software packages--typically libraries--of the\
+Free Software Foundation and other authors who decide to use it.  You\
+can use it too, but we suggest you first think carefully about whether\
+this license or the ordinary General Public License is the better\
+strategy to use in any particular case, based on the explanations below.\
+\
+  When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom of use,\
+not price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that\
+you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge\
+for this service if you wish); that you receive source code or can get\
+it if you want it; that you can change the software and use pieces of\
+it in new free programs; and that you are informed that you can do\
+these things.\
+\
+  To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid\
+distributors to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender these\
+rights.  These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for\
+you if you distribute copies of the library or if you modify it.\
+\
+  For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis\
+or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave\
+you.  You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source\
+code.  If you link other code with the library, you must provide\
+complete object files to the recipients, so that they can relink them\
+with the library after making changes to the library and recompiling\
+it.  And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.\
+\
+  We protect your rights with a two-step method: (1) we copyright the\
+library, and (2) we offer you this license, which gives you legal\
+permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library.\
+\
+  To protect each distributor, we want to make it very clear that\
+there is no warranty for the free library.  Also, if the library is\
+modified by someone else and passed on, the recipients should know\
+that what they have is not the original version, so that the original\
+author's reputation will not be affected by problems that might be\
+introduced by others.\
+\
+  Finally, software patents pose a constant threat to the existence of\
+any free program.  We wish to make sure that a company cannot\
+effectively restrict the users of a free program by obtaining a\
+restrictive license from a patent holder.  Therefore, we insist that\
+any patent license obtained for a version of the library must be\
+consistent with the full freedom of use specified in this license.\
+\
+  Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the\
+ordinary GNU General Public License.  This license, the GNU Lesser\
+General Public License, applies to certain designated libraries, and\
+is quite different from the ordinary General Public License.  We use\
+this license for certain libraries in order to permit linking those\
+libraries into non-free programs.\
+\
+  When a program is linked with a library, whether statically or using\
+a shared library, the combination of the two is legally speaking a\
+combined work, a derivative of the original library.  The ordinary\
+General Public License therefore permits such linking only if the\
+entire combination fits its criteria of freedom.  The Lesser General\
+Public License permits more lax criteria for linking other code with\
+the library.\
+\
+  We call this license the "Lesser" General Public License because it\
+does Less to protect the user's freedom than the ordinary General\
+Public License.  It also provides other free software developers Less\
+of an advantage over competing non-free programs.  These disadvantages\
+are the reason we use the ordinary General Public License for many\
+libraries.  However, the Lesser license provides advantages in certain\
+special circumstances.\
+\
+  For example, on rare occasions, there may be a special need to\
+encourage the widest possible use of a certain library, so that it becomes\
+a de-facto standard.  To achieve this, non-free programs must be\
+allowed to use the library.  A more frequent case is that a free\
+library does the same job as widely used non-free libraries.  In this\
+case, there is little to gain by limiting the free library to free\
+software only, so we use the Lesser General Public License.\
+\
+  In other cases, permission to use a particular library in non-free\
+programs enables a greater number of people to use a large body of\
+free software.  For example, permission to use the GNU C Library in\
+non-free programs enables many more people to use the whole GNU\
+operating system, as well as its variant, the GNU/Linux operating\
+system.\
+\
+  Although the Lesser General Public License is Less protective of the\
+users' freedom, it does ensure that the user of a program that is\
+linked with the Library has the freedom and the wherewithal to run\
+that program using a modified version of the Library.\
+\
+  The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and\
+modification follow.  Pay close attention to the difference between a\
+"work based on the library" and a "work that uses the library".  The\
+former contains code derived from the library, whereas the latter must\
+be combined with the library in order to run.\
+\
+                  GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE\
+   TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION\
+\
+  0. This License Agreement applies to any software library or other\
+program which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or\
+other authorized party saying it may be distributed under the terms of\
+this Lesser General Public License (also called "this License").\
+Each licensee is addressed as "you".\
+\
+  A "library" means a collection of software functions and/or data\
+prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs\
+(which use some of those functions and data) to form executables.\
+\
+  The "Library", below, refers to any such software library or work\
+which has been distributed under these terms.  A "work based on the\
+Library" means either the Library or any derivative work under\
+copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a\
+portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated\
+straightforwardly into another language.  (Hereinafter, translation is\
+included without limitation in the term "modification".)\
+\
+  "Source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work for\
+making modifications to it.  For a library, complete source code means\
+all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated\
+interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation\
+and installation of the library.\
+\
+  Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not\
+covered by this License; they are outside its scope.  The act of\
+running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output from\
+such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based\
+on the Library (independent of the use of the Library in a tool for\
+writing it).  Whether that is true depends on what the Library does\
+and what the program that uses the Library does.\
+\
+  1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library's\
+complete source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that\
+you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an\
+appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact\
+all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any\
+warranty; and distribute a copy of this License along with the\
+Library.\
+\
+  You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy,\
+and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a\
+fee.\
+\
+  2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion\
+of it, thus forming a work based on the Library, and copy and\
+distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1\
+above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:\
+\
+    a) The modified work must itself be a software library.\
+\
+    b) You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices\
+    stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.\
+\
+    c) You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no\
+    charge to all third parties under the terms of this License.\
+\
+    d) If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a\
+    table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses\
+    the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility\
+    is invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that,\
+    in the event an application does not supply such function or\
+    table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of\
+    its purpose remains meaningful.\
+\
+    (For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has\
+    a purpose that is entirely well-defined independent of the\
+    application.  Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any\
+    application-supplied function or table used by this function must\
+    be optional: if the application does not supply it, the square\
+    root function must still compute square roots.)\
+\
+These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole.  If\
+identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library,\
+and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in\
+themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those\
+sections when you distribute them as separate works.  But when you\
+distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based\
+on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of\
+this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the\
+entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote\
+it.\
+\
+Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest\
+your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to\
+exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or\
+collective works based on the Library.\
+\
+In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library\
+with the Library (or with a work based on the Library) on a volume of\
+a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under\
+the scope of this License.\
+\
+  3. You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public\
+License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library.  To do\
+this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this License, so\
+that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2,\
+instead of to this License.  (If a newer version than version 2 of the\
+ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared, then you can specify\
+that version instead if you wish.)  Do not make any other change in\
+these notices.\
+\
+  Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for\
+that copy, so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all\
+subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy.\
+\
+  This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of\
+the Library into a program that is not a library.\
+\
+  4. You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or\
+derivative of it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form\
+under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany\
+it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which\
+must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a\
+medium customarily used for software interchange.\
+\
+  If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy\
+from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the\
+source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to\
+distribute the source code, even though third parties are not\
+compelled to copy the source along with the object code.\
+\
+  5. A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the\
+Library, but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or\
+linked with it, is called a "work that uses the Library".  Such a\
+work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the Library, and\
+therefore falls outside the scope of this License.\
+\
+  However, linking a "work that uses the Library" with the Library\
+creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library (because it\
+contains portions of the Library), rather than a "work that uses the\
+library".  The executable is therefore covered by this License.\
+Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables.\
+\
+  When a "work that uses the Library" uses material from a header file\
+that is part of the Library, the object code for the work may be a\
+derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not.\
+Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be\
+linked without the Library, or if the work is itself a library.  The\
+threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law.\
+\
+  If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data\
+structure layouts and accessors, and small macros and small inline\
+functions (ten lines or less in length), then the use of the object\
+file is unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative\
+work.  (Executables containing this object code plus portions of the\
+Library will still fall under Section 6.)\
+\
+  Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may\
+distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6.\
+Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6,\
+whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself.\
+\
+  6. As an exception to the Sections above, you may also combine or\
+link a "work that uses the Library" with the Library to produce a\
+work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that work\
+under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit\
+modification of the work for the customer's own use and reverse\
+engineering for debugging such modifications.\
+\
+  You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the\
+Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by\
+this License.  You must supply a copy of this License.  If the work\
+during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the\
+copyright notice for the Library among them, as well as a reference\
+directing the user to the copy of this License.  Also, you must do one\
+of these things:\
+\
+    a) Accompany the work with the complete corresponding\
+    machine-readable source code for the Library including whatever\
+    changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under\
+    Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked\
+    with the Library, with the complete machine-readable "work that\
+    uses the Library", as object code and/or source code, so that the\
+    user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified\
+    executable containing the modified Library.  (It is understood\
+    that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the\
+    Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application\
+    to use the modified definitions.)\
+\
+    b) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the\
+    Library.  A suitable mechanism is one that (1) uses at run time a\
+    copy of the library already present on the user's computer system,\
+    rather than copying library functions into the executable, and (2)\
+    will operate properly with a modified version of the library, if\
+    the user installs one, as long as the modified version is\
+    interface-compatible with the version that the work was made with.\
+\
+    c) Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at\
+    least three years, to give the same user the materials\
+    specified in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more\
+    than the cost of performing this distribution.\
+\
+    d) If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy\
+    from a designated place, offer equivalent access to copy the above\
+    specified materials from the same place.\
+\
+    e) Verify that the user has already received a copy of these\
+    materials or that you have already sent this user a copy.\
+\
+  For an executable, the required form of the "work that uses the\
+Library" must include any data and utility programs needed for\
+reproducing the executable from it.  However, as a special exception,\
+the materials to be distributed need not include anything that is\
+normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major\
+components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on\
+which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies\
+the executable.\
+\
+  It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license\
+restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally\
+accompany the operating system.  Such a contradiction means you cannot\
+use both them and the Library together in an executable that you\
+distribute.\
+\
+  7. You may place library facilities that are a work based on the\
+Library side-by-side in a single library together with other library\
+facilities not covered by this License, and distribute such a combined\
+library, provided that the separate distribution of the work based on\
+the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise\
+permitted, and provided that you do these two things:\
+\
+    a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work\
+    based on the Library, uncombined with any other library\
+    facilities.  This must be distributed under the terms of the\
+    Sections above.\
+\
+    b) Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact\
+    that part of it is a work based on the Library, and explaining\
+    where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work.\
+\
+  8. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute\
+0the Library except as expressly provided under this License.  Any\
+attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or\
+distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate your\
+rights under this License.  However, parties who have received copies,\
+or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses\
+terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.\
+\
+  9. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not\
+signed it.  However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or\
+distribute the Library or its derivative works.  These actions are\
+prohibited by law if you do not accept this License.  Therefore, by\
+modifying or distributing the Library (or any work based on the\
+Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and\
+all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying\
+the Library or works based on it.\
+\
+  10. Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the\
+Library), the recipient automatically receives a license from the\
+original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or modify the Library\
+subject to these terms and conditions.  You may not impose any further\
+restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.\
+You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties with\
+this License.\
+\
+  11. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent\
+infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),\
+conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or\
+otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not\
+excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot\
+distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this\
+License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you\
+may not distribute the Library at all.  For example, if a patent\
+license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Library by\
+all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then\
+the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to\
+refrain entirely from distribution of the Library.\
+\
+If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any\
+particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply,\
+and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances.\
+\
+It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any\
+patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any\
+such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the\
+integrity of the free software distribution system which is\
+implemented by public license practices.  Many people have made\
+generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed\
+through that system in reliance on consistent application of that\
+system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing\
+to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot\
+impose that choice.\
+\
+This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to\
+be a consequence of the rest of this License.\
+\
+  12. If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in\
+certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the\
+original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add\
+an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries,\
+so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus\
+excluded.  In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if\
+written in the body of this License.\
+\
+  13. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new\
+versions of the Lesser General Public License from time to time.\
+Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version,\
+but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.\
+\
+Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the Library\
+specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and\
+"any later version", you have the option of following the terms and\
+conditions either of that version or of any later version published by\
+the Free Software Foundation.  If the Library does not specify a\
+license version number, you may choose any version ever published by\
+the Free Software Foundation.\
+\
+  14. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free\
+programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these,\
+write to the author to ask for permission.  For software which is\
+copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free\
+Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this.  Our\
+decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status\
+of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing\
+and reuse of software generally.\
+\
+                            NO WARRANTY\
+\
+  15. BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO\
+WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.\
+EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR\
+OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY\
+KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE\
+IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR\
+PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE\
+LIBRARY IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME\
+THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.\
+\
+  16. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN\
+WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY\
+AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU\
+FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR\
+CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE\
+LIBRARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING\
+RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A\
+FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF\
+SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH\
+DAMAGES.\
+\
+                     END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS\
+\
+Some icons are designed by {\field{\*\fldinst{HYPERLINK "http://pixel-mixer.com/"}}{\fldrslt http://pixel-mixer.com/}}\
+\
+           }
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/client/aboutdlg.cpp b/client/aboutdlg.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3ece9fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/aboutdlg.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#include "config.h"
+#include "aboutdlg.h"
+#include "ui_aboutdlg.h"
+#include <QPushButton>
+#include <QDesktopServices>
+#include <QUrl>
+
+AboutDlg::AboutDlg(QWidget *parent) :
+  QDialog(parent),
+  ui(new Ui::AboutDlg)
+{
+  ui->setupUi(this);
+
+  //QPushButton* btn = ui->mButtonBox->addButton(tr("License"), QDialogButtonBox::AcceptRole);
+  //this->connect(btn, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(showLicense()));
+
+  QString text(ABOUTTEXT);
+  text += ".\r\n";
+  text += QString("Version %1.").arg(VER);
+  ui->mTextLabel->setText(text);
+
+  QString appPath = QCoreApplication::applicationDirPath();
+  appPath += "/../Resources/License.rtf";
+  ui->mLicenseLabel->setText("<a href=\"" + QUrl::fromLocalFile(appPath).toString() + "\">License</a>");
+  ui->mLicenseLabel->setTextFormat(Qt::RichText);
+  ui->mLicenseLabel->setTextInteractionFlags(Qt::TextBrowserInteraction);
+  ui->mLicenseLabel->setOpenExternalLinks(true);
+  setWindowTitle(APPNAME);
+}
+
+AboutDlg::~AboutDlg()
+{
+  delete ui;
+}
+
+void AboutDlg::showLicense()
+{
+#ifdef TARGET_OSX
+    QString appPath = QCoreApplication::applicationDirPath();
+    appPath += "/../Resources/License.rtf";
+    QDesktopServices::openUrl(QUrl::fromLocalFile(appPath));
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/client/aboutdlg.h b/client/aboutdlg.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..65a0b30
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/aboutdlg.h
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+#ifndef ABOUTDLG_H
+#define ABOUTDLG_H
+
+#include <QDialog>
+
+namespace Ui {
+class AboutDlg;
+}
+
+class AboutDlg : public QDialog
+{
+  Q_OBJECT
+
+public:
+  explicit AboutDlg(QWidget *parent = 0);
+  ~AboutDlg();
+
+private:
+  Ui::AboutDlg *ui;
+
+public slots:
+  void showLicense();
+};
+
+#endif // ABOUTDLG_H
diff --git a/client/aboutdlg.ui b/client/aboutdlg.ui
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e9c20aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/aboutdlg.ui
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<ui version="4.0">
+ <class>AboutDlg</class>
+ <widget class="QDialog" name="AboutDlg">
+  <property name="geometry">
+   <rect>
+    <x>0</x>
+    <y>0</y>
+    <width>323</width>
+    <height>170</height>
+   </rect>
+  </property>
+  <property name="windowTitle">
+   <string>Dialog</string>
+  </property>
+  <layout class="QVBoxLayout" name="verticalLayout">
+   <item>
+    <widget class="QLabel" name="mTextLabel">
+     <property name="text">
+      <string>werwre
+werwer
+</string>
+     </property>
+     <property name="alignment">
+      <set>Qt::AlignCenter</set>
+     </property>
+    </widget>
+   </item>
+   <item>
+    <widget class="QLabel" name="mLicenseLabel">
+     <property name="maximumSize">
+      <size>
+       <width>16777215</width>
+       <height>40</height>
+      </size>
+     </property>
+     <property name="text">
+      <string>TextLabel</string>
+     </property>
+     <property name="alignment">
+      <set>Qt::AlignCenter</set>
+     </property>
+    </widget>
+   </item>
+   <item>
+    <widget class="QDialogButtonBox" name="mButtonBox">
+     <property name="orientation">
+      <enum>Qt::Horizontal</enum>
+     </property>
+     <property name="standardButtons">
+      <set>QDialogButtonBox::Ok</set>
+     </property>
+     <property name="centerButtons">
+      <bool>true</bool>
+     </property>
+    </widget>
+   </item>
+  </layout>
+ </widget>
+ <resources/>
+ <connections>
+  <connection>
+   <sender>mButtonBox</sender>
+   <signal>accepted()</signal>
+   <receiver>AboutDlg</receiver>
+   <slot>accept()</slot>
+   <hints>
+    <hint type="sourcelabel">
+     <x>248</x>
+     <y>254</y>
+    </hint>
+    <hint type="destinationlabel">
+     <x>157</x>
+     <y>274</y>
+    </hint>
+   </hints>
+  </connection>
+  <connection>
+   <sender>mButtonBox</sender>
+   <signal>rejected()</signal>
+   <receiver>AboutDlg</receiver>
+   <slot>reject()</slot>
+   <hints>
+    <hint type="sourcelabel">
+     <x>316</x>
+     <y>260</y>
+    </hint>
+    <hint type="destinationlabel">
+     <x>286</x>
+     <y>274</y>
+    </hint>
+   </hints>
+  </connection>
+ </connections>
+</ui>
diff --git a/client/appevents.cpp b/client/appevents.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..30f0825
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/appevents.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+#include "appevents.h"
+
+ClientInitEvent::ClientInitEvent()
+  :QEvent((Type)ClientInitId)
+{
+}
+
+ClientCloseEvent::ClientCloseEvent()
+  :QEvent((Type)ClientCloseId)
+{}
+
+AttachDatabaseEvent::AttachDatabaseEvent()
+  :QEvent((Type)AttachDatabaseId)
+{}
+
+SelectTaskEvent::SelectTaskEvent(PTask task)
+  :QEvent((Type)SelectTaskId), mTask(task)
+{}
+
+PTask SelectTaskEvent::task()
+{
+  return mTask;
+}
diff --git a/client/appevents.h b/client/appevents.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8f7d94e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/appevents.h
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+#ifndef APPEVENTS_H
+#define APPEVENTS_H
+
+#include <QEvent>
+#include "task.h"
+enum
+{
+  ClientInitId = 62000,
+  ClientCloseId = 62001,
+  AttachDatabaseId,
+  SelectTaskId
+};
+
+class ClientInitEvent: public QEvent
+{
+public:
+  ClientInitEvent();
+};
+
+class ClientCloseEvent: public QEvent
+{
+public:
+  ClientCloseEvent();
+};
+
+class AttachDatabaseEvent: public QEvent
+{
+public:
+  AttachDatabaseEvent();
+};
+
+class SelectTaskEvent: public QEvent
+{
+public:
+  SelectTaskEvent(PTask task);
+  PTask task();
+
+protected:
+  PTask mTask;
+};
+
+#endif // APPEVENTS_H
diff --git a/client/attachmentsdialog.cpp b/client/attachmentsdialog.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a39c822
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/attachmentsdialog.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+#include "attachmentsdialog.h"
+#include "ui_attachmentsdialog.h"
+
+AttachmentsDialog::AttachmentsDialog(PTask task, QWidget *parent) :
+  QDialog(parent, Qt::Sheet),
+  ui(new Ui::AttachmentsDialog)
+{
+  ui->setupUi(this);
+  ui->widget->setTask(task);
+  ui->widget->setParentWidget(parent);
+  this->setWindowTitle(tr("Attachments"));
+}
+
+AttachmentsDialog::~AttachmentsDialog()
+{
+  delete ui;
+}
diff --git a/client/attachmentsdialog.h b/client/attachmentsdialog.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..948c409
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/attachmentsdialog.h
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+#ifndef ATTACHMENTSDIALOG_H
+#define ATTACHMENTSDIALOG_H
+
+#include <QDialog>
+#include "task.h"
+
+namespace Ui {
+class AttachmentsDialog;
+}
+
+class AttachmentsDialog : public QDialog
+{
+  Q_OBJECT
+
+public:
+  explicit AttachmentsDialog(PTask task, QWidget *parent = 0);
+  ~AttachmentsDialog();
+
+private:
+  Ui::AttachmentsDialog *ui;
+};
+
+#endif // ATTACHMENTSDIALOG_H
diff --git a/client/attachmentsdialog.ui b/client/attachmentsdialog.ui
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6bebf4c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/attachmentsdialog.ui
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<ui version="4.0">
+ <class>AttachmentsDialog</class>
+ <widget class="QDialog" name="AttachmentsDialog">
+  <property name="geometry">
+   <rect>
+    <x>0</x>
+    <y>0</y>
+    <width>600</width>
+    <height>300</height>
+   </rect>
+  </property>
+  <property name="windowTitle">
+   <string>Dialog</string>
+  </property>
+  <property name="sizeGripEnabled">
+   <bool>true</bool>
+  </property>
+  <layout class="QVBoxLayout" name="verticalLayout">
+   <item>
+    <widget class="AttachmentsList" name="widget" native="true"/>
+   </item>
+   <item>
+    <widget class="QLabel" name="label">
+     <property name="maximumSize">
+      <size>
+       <width>16777215</width>
+       <height>30</height>
+      </size>
+     </property>
+     <property name="text">
+      <string>There is list of attachments in document. Use context menu or drag-and-drop to manage it.</string>
+     </property>
+     <property name="alignment">
+      <set>Qt::AlignCenter</set>
+     </property>
+     <property name="wordWrap">
+      <bool>true</bool>
+     </property>
+    </widget>
+   </item>
+   <item>
+    <widget class="QDialogButtonBox" name="buttonBox">
+     <property name="orientation">
+      <enum>Qt::Horizontal</enum>
+     </property>
+     <property name="standardButtons">
+      <set>QDialogButtonBox::Ok</set>
+     </property>
+     <property name="centerButtons">
+      <bool>true</bool>
+     </property>
+    </widget>
+   </item>
+  </layout>
+ </widget>
+ <customwidgets>
+  <customwidget>
+   <class>AttachmentsList</class>
+   <extends>QWidget</extends>
+   <header>attachmentslist.h</header>
+   <container>1</container>
+  </customwidget>
+ </customwidgets>
+ <resources/>
+ <connections>
+  <connection>
+   <sender>buttonBox</sender>
+   <signal>accepted()</signal>
+   <receiver>AttachmentsDialog</receiver>
+   <slot>accept()</slot>
+   <hints>
+    <hint type="sourcelabel">
+     <x>248</x>
+     <y>254</y>
+    </hint>
+    <hint type="destinationlabel">
+     <x>157</x>
+     <y>274</y>
+    </hint>
+   </hints>
+  </connection>
+  <connection>
+   <sender>buttonBox</sender>
+   <signal>rejected()</signal>
+   <receiver>AttachmentsDialog</receiver>
+   <slot>reject()</slot>
+   <hints>
+    <hint type="sourcelabel">
+     <x>316</x>
+     <y>260</y>
+    </hint>
+    <hint type="destinationlabel">
+     <x>286</x>
+     <y>274</y>
+    </hint>
+   </hints>
+  </connection>
+ </connections>
+</ui>
diff --git a/client/attachmentslist.cpp b/client/attachmentslist.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..57e62e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/attachmentslist.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,259 @@
+#include "attachmentslist.h"
+#include "ui_attachmentslist.h"
+#include "storage.h"
+#include "taskaction.h"
+
+#include <QMenu>
+#include <QFileDialog>
+
+AttachmentsListModel::AttachmentsListModel(PTask task, ChangesHistory& history, const AttachmentArray &items, QObject *parent)
+  :QAbstractListModel(parent), mTask(task), mHistory(history), mData(items)
+{
+}
+
+int AttachmentsListModel::rowCount(const QModelIndex &parent) const
+{
+  return mData.size();
+}
+
+QVariant AttachmentsListModel::data(const QModelIndex& index, int role) const
+{
+  // Check that the index is valid and within the correct range first:
+  if (!index.isValid())
+    return QVariant();
+  if (index.row() >= mData.size())
+    return QVariant();
+
+  if (role == Qt::DisplayRole || role == Qt::EditRole)
+  {
+    // Only returns something for the roles you support (DisplayRole is a minimum)
+    return QVariant(mData.at(index.row())->filename());
+  }
+  else
+  if (role == Qt::DecorationRole)
+  {
+    QFileInfo fi(mData.at(index.row())->filename());
+    QIcon icon = mIconProvider.icon(fi);
+    return QVariant(icon);
+  }
+  else
+    return QVariant();
+}
+
+
+Qt::ItemFlags AttachmentsListModel::flags(const QModelIndex &index) const
+{
+  Qt::ItemFlags result = Qt::ItemIsEnabled | Qt::ItemIsSelectable | Qt::ItemIsEditable;// | Qt::ItemIsDropEnabled;
+  //if (index.isValid())
+  //  result |= Qt::ItemIsDragEnabled;
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+bool AttachmentsListModel::setData(const QModelIndex &index, const QVariant &value, int role /* = Qt::EditRole */)
+{
+  PAttachment att = itemAt(index.row());
+  switch (role)
+  {
+  case Qt::DisplayRole:
+  case Qt::EditRole:
+    MAKE_ACTION(new RenameAttachmentAction(mTask, att, value.toString()));
+    break;
+  }
+  return true;
+}
+
+void AttachmentsListModel::addItem(PAttachment att, int index)
+{
+  if (index == -1)
+  {
+    beginInsertRows(QModelIndex(), rowCount(), rowCount());
+    mData.push_back(att);
+    endInsertRows();
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    beginInsertRows(QModelIndex(), index, index);
+    mData.insert(mData.begin() + index, att);
+    endInsertRows();
+  }
+}
+
+void AttachmentsListModel::removeItem(int row)
+{
+  beginRemoveRows(QModelIndex(), row, row);
+  mData.erase(mData.begin() + row);
+  endRemoveRows();
+}
+
+PAttachment AttachmentsListModel::itemAt(int row) const
+{
+  return mData[row];
+}
+
+int AttachmentsListModel::findRow(PAttachment att) const
+{
+  return mData.indexOf(att);
+}
+
+
+
+AttachmentsList::AttachmentsList(QWidget *parent) :
+  QWidget(parent),
+  ui(new Ui::AttachmentsList)
+{
+  ui->setupUi(this);
+
+}
+
+AttachmentsList::~AttachmentsList()
+{
+  delete ui;
+}
+
+void AttachmentsList::setTask(PTask task)
+{
+  mTask = task;
+  AttachmentArray aa;
+  Storage::instance().loadAttachments(mTask, aa);
+
+  // Create model
+  mModel = new AttachmentsListModel(mTask, mHistory, aa);
+
+  // Set model to history
+  mHistory.setAttachmentsModel(mModel);
+
+  // Set model to list view
+  ui->mListView->setModel(mModel);
+}
+
+void AttachmentsList::setParentWidget(QWidget *w)
+{
+  mParentWidget = w;
+}
+
+void AttachmentsList::updateActionsState()
+{
+  bool hasSelectedItem = ui->mListView->currentIndex().isValid();
+  ui->mRenameAction->setEnabled(hasSelectedItem);
+  ui->mDeleteAction->setEnabled(hasSelectedItem);
+  ui->mExportAction->setEnabled(hasSelectedItem);
+}
+
+void AttachmentsList::contextualMenu(const QPoint& point)
+{
+  updateActionsState();
+
+  QMenu* menu = new QMenu();
+  menu->addAction(ui->mRenameAction);
+  menu->addAction(ui->mDeleteAction);
+  menu->addAction(ui->mExportAction);
+  menu->addAction(ui->mImportAction);
+
+  //menu->addAction(tr("Add 10 mins to timeline"), this, SLOT(add10Mins()));
+  menu->exec(this->window()->mapToGlobal(point));
+}
+
+void AttachmentsList::importFile()
+{
+  // Prepare file open dialog
+  QFileDialog dlg(mParentWidget, Qt::Sheet);
+  dlg.setWindowTitle(tr("Select file(s) for import"));
+  dlg.setAcceptDrops(false);
+  dlg.setAcceptMode(QFileDialog::AcceptOpen);
+  dlg.setFileMode(QFileDialog::ExistingFiles);
+  if (!dlg.exec())
+    return;
+
+  // Iterate selected files
+  QStringList files = dlg.selectedFiles();
+  for (QString filename: files)
+  {
+    QFile f(filename);
+    f.open(QFile::ReadOnly);
+    if (f.isOpen())
+    {
+      // Get data from file
+      QByteArray content = f.readAll();
+
+      // Compress them
+      QByteArray compressed = qCompress(content);
+
+      // Put it to Attachment instance
+      PAttachment att(new Attachment());
+      att->setTaskId(mTask->id());
+      att->setIndex(mModel->rowCount());
+      QFileInfo fi(filename);
+      att->setFilename(fi.fileName());
+
+      // Save everything
+      att->save();
+      att->saveContent(compressed);
+
+      mModel->addItem(att);
+    }
+    f.close();
+  }
+
+  // Refresh hasAttachments property on owner task
+  mTask->checkAttachments();
+}
+
+void AttachmentsList::exportFile()
+{
+  QModelIndexList mil = ui->mListView->selectionModel()->selectedIndexes();
+  foreach (const QModelIndex& index, mil)
+  {
+    if (!index.isValid())
+      continue;
+
+    QFileDialog dlg(mParentWidget, Qt::Sheet);
+    dlg.setWindowTitle(tr("Select file(s) for export"));
+    dlg.setAcceptDrops(false);
+    dlg.setAcceptMode(QFileDialog::AcceptSave);
+    PAttachment att = mModel->itemAt(index.row());
+    dlg.selectFile(att->filename());
+    if (!dlg.exec())
+      continue;
+
+    QFile outputFile(dlg.selectedFiles().front());
+    outputFile.open(QFile::WriteOnly);
+    outputFile.write(qUncompress(att->loadContent()));
+    outputFile.close();
+  }
+}
+
+void AttachmentsList::deleteFile()
+{
+  QModelIndexList mil = ui->mListView->selectionModel()->selectedIndexes();
+  foreach (const QModelIndex& index, mil)
+  {
+    if (!index.isValid())
+      continue;
+    PAttachment att = mModel->itemAt(index.row());
+
+    // Remove from DB
+    Storage::instance().deleteAttachment(att);
+
+    // Remove from model
+    mModel->removeItem(index.row());
+
+    // Iterate other items and decrease their DB table's orderid field
+    for (int row = index.row() + 1; row < mModel->rowCount(); row++)
+    {
+      Attachment& att = *mModel->itemAt(row);
+      att.setIndex(att.index() - 1);
+      att.save();
+    }
+  }
+
+  // Refresh hasAttachment property value on task
+  mTask->checkAttachments();
+}
+
+void AttachmentsList::renameFile()
+{
+  QModelIndex index = ui->mListView->currentIndex();
+  if (index.isValid())
+    ui->mListView->edit(index);
+}
diff --git a/client/attachmentslist.h b/client/attachmentslist.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..63b5713
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/attachmentslist.h
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+#ifndef ATTACHMENTSLIST_H
+#define ATTACHMENTSLIST_H
+
+#include <QWidget>
+#include <QAbstractListModel>
+#include <QFileIconProvider>
+
+#include "task.h"
+#include "taskaction.h"
+
+namespace Ui {
+class AttachmentsList;
+}
+
+class AttachmentsListModel: public QAbstractListModel
+{
+  Q_OBJECT
+
+public:
+  explicit AttachmentsListModel(PTask task, ChangesHistory& history, const AttachmentArray& items, QObject* parent = 0);
+  int rowCount(const QModelIndex &parent = QModelIndex()) const;
+  QVariant data(const QModelIndex &index, int role) const;
+  Qt::ItemFlags flags(const QModelIndex &index) const;
+  bool setData(const QModelIndex &index, const QVariant &value, int role /* = Qt::EditRole */);
+
+  void addItem(PAttachment att, int index = -1);
+  void removeItem(int row);
+  PAttachment itemAt(int row) const;
+  int findRow(PAttachment att) const;
+
+protected:
+  PTask mTask;
+  ChangesHistory& mHistory;
+  AttachmentArray mData;
+  QFileIconProvider mIconProvider;
+};
+
+class AttachmentsList : public QWidget
+{
+  Q_OBJECT
+
+public:
+  explicit AttachmentsList(QWidget *parent = 0);
+  ~AttachmentsList();
+  void setTask(PTask task);
+  void setParentWidget(QWidget* w);
+
+private:
+  Ui::AttachmentsList *ui;
+  PTask mTask;
+  QWidget* mParentWidget;
+  AttachmentsListModel* mModel;
+  ChangesHistory mHistory;
+
+  void updateActionsState();
+public slots:
+  void contextualMenu(const QPoint& point);
+  void importFile();
+  void exportFile();
+  void deleteFile();
+  void renameFile();
+};
+
+#endif // ATTACHMENTSLIST_H
diff --git a/client/attachmentslist.ui b/client/attachmentslist.ui
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1504ae3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/attachmentslist.ui
@@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<ui version="4.0">
+ <class>AttachmentsList</class>
+ <widget class="QWidget" name="AttachmentsList">
+  <property name="geometry">
+   <rect>
+    <x>0</x>
+    <y>0</y>
+    <width>425</width>
+    <height>300</height>
+   </rect>
+  </property>
+  <property name="windowTitle">
+   <string>Form</string>
+  </property>
+  <layout class="QHBoxLayout" name="horizontalLayout">
+   <property name="leftMargin">
+    <number>4</number>
+   </property>
+   <property name="topMargin">
+    <number>4</number>
+   </property>
+   <property name="rightMargin">
+    <number>4</number>
+   </property>
+   <property name="bottomMargin">
+    <number>4</number>
+   </property>
+   <item>
+    <widget class="QListView" name="mListView">
+     <property name="contextMenuPolicy">
+      <enum>Qt::CustomContextMenu</enum>
+     </property>
+     <property name="viewMode">
+      <enum>QListView::IconMode</enum>
+     </property>
+    </widget>
+   </item>
+  </layout>
+  <action name="mRenameAction">
+   <property name="text">
+    <string>Rename</string>
+   </property>
+   <property name="toolTip">
+    <string>Rename</string>
+   </property>
+  </action>
+  <action name="mDeleteAction">
+   <property name="text">
+    <string>Delete</string>
+   </property>
+  </action>
+  <action name="mExportAction">
+   <property name="text">
+    <string>Export...</string>
+   </property>
+   <property name="toolTip">
+    <string>Export</string>
+   </property>
+  </action>
+  <action name="mImportAction">
+   <property name="text">
+    <string>Import new...</string>
+   </property>
+   <property name="toolTip">
+    <string>Import</string>
+   </property>
+  </action>
+ </widget>
+ <resources/>
+ <connections>
+  <connection>
+   <sender>mListView</sender>
+   <signal>customContextMenuRequested(QPoint)</signal>
+   <receiver>AttachmentsList</receiver>
+   <slot>contextualMenu(QPoint)</slot>
+   <hints>
+    <hint type="sourcelabel">
+     <x>212</x>
+     <y>149</y>
+    </hint>
+    <hint type="destinationlabel">
+     <x>212</x>
+     <y>149</y>
+    </hint>
+   </hints>
+  </connection>
+  <connection>
+   <sender>mImportAction</sender>
+   <signal>triggered()</signal>
+   <receiver>AttachmentsList</receiver>
+   <slot>importFile()</slot>
+   <hints>
+    <hint type="sourcelabel">
+     <x>-1</x>
+     <y>-1</y>
+    </hint>
+    <hint type="destinationlabel">
+     <x>212</x>
+     <y>149</y>
+    </hint>
+   </hints>
+  </connection>
+  <connection>
+   <sender>mExportAction</sender>
+   <signal>triggered()</signal>
+   <receiver>AttachmentsList</receiver>
+   <slot>exportFile()</slot>
+   <hints>
+    <hint type="sourcelabel">
+     <x>-1</x>
+     <y>-1</y>
+    </hint>
+    <hint type="destinationlabel">
+     <x>212</x>
+     <y>149</y>
+    </hint>
+   </hints>
+  </connection>
+  <connection>
+   <sender>mDeleteAction</sender>
+   <signal>triggered()</signal>
+   <receiver>AttachmentsList</receiver>
+   <slot>deleteFile()</slot>
+   <hints>
+    <hint type="sourcelabel">
+     <x>-1</x>
+     <y>-1</y>
+    </hint>
+    <hint type="destinationlabel">
+     <x>212</x>
+     <y>149</y>
+    </hint>
+   </hints>
+  </connection>
+  <connection>
+   <sender>mRenameAction</sender>
+   <signal>triggered()</signal>
+   <receiver>AttachmentsList</receiver>
+   <slot>renameFile()</slot>
+   <hints>
+    <hint type="sourcelabel">
+     <x>-1</x>
+     <y>-1</y>
+    </hint>
+    <hint type="destinationlabel">
+     <x>212</x>
+     <y>149</y>
+    </hint>
+   </hints>
+  </connection>
+ </connections>
+ <slots>
+  <slot>contextualMenu(QPoint)</slot>
+  <slot>importFile()</slot>
+  <slot>exportFile()</slot>
+  <slot>deleteFile()</slot>
+  <slot>renameFile()</slot>
+ </slots>
+</ui>
diff --git a/client/chooka.pro b/client/chooka.pro
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3b6405e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/chooka.pro
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+#-------------------------------------------------
+#
+# Project created by QtCreator 2014-01-21T12:27:27
+#
+#-------------------------------------------------
+
+QT       += core gui
+
+greaterThan(QT_MAJOR_VERSION, 4): QT += widgets
+greaterThan(QT_MAJOR_VERSION, 4): QT += printsupport
+CONFIG += c++11
+TARGET = Litt
+TEMPLATE = app
+VERSION = 0.8.17
+VERSTR = '\\"$${VERSION}\\"'
+DEFINES += VER=\"$${VERSTR}\"
+
+win32 {
+DEFINES += TARGET_WIN
+}
+
+macx {
+QMAKE_MAC_SDK = macosx10.12
+DEFINES += TARGET_OSX
+# DEFINES += USE_LOGGER
+LIBS += ../lib/osx/libssl.a ../lib/osx/libcrypto.a
+LIBS += -framework CoreFoundation
+LIBS += -framework Cocoa
+QMAKE_CXXFLAGS += -std=c++11
+QMAKE_CXXFLAGS += -std=c++0x
+QMAKE_LFLAGS +=  -std=c++11
+
+License.files = License.rtf
+License.path = Contents/Resources
+QMAKE_BUNDLE_DATA += License
+}
+
+ICON = icons/appicon-osx.icns
+
+DEFINES += USE_ENCRYPTED_DB
+DEFINES += SQLITE_HAS_CODEC SQLITE_TEMP_STORE=2 SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+INCLUDEPATH += sqlitecpp/include
+INCLUDEPATH += ../lib/include
+
+
+SOURCES += main.cpp\
+        mainwindow.cpp \
+    storage.cpp \
+    task.cpp \
+    tasktreemodel.cpp \
+    helper.cpp \
+    encryption.cpp \
+    newpassworddlg.cpp \
+    passworddlg.cpp \
+    appevents.cpp \
+    sqlitecpp/src/Column.cpp \
+    sqlitecpp/src/Database.cpp \
+    sqlitecpp/src/Statement.cpp \
+    sqlitecpp/src/Transaction.cpp \
+    sqlite3.c \
+    preferencesdlg.cpp \
+    settings.cpp \
+    timetreedlg.cpp \
+    timetreemodel.cpp \
+    timereportwizard.cpp \
+    platforms/hidtracker.cpp \
+    platforms/hidtrackerimpl.cpp \
+    logger.cpp \
+    timeintervaldlg.cpp \
+    aboutdlg.cpp \
+    attachmentslist.cpp \
+    attachmentsdialog.cpp \
+    taskaction.cpp \
+    finddialog.cpp \
+    findsupport.cpp \
+    stopworkdialog.cpp \
+    startworkdialog.cpp \
+    twofish.cpp
+
+HEADERS  += mainwindow.h \
+    storage.h \
+    task.h \
+    tasktreemodel.h \
+    config.h \
+    helper.h \
+    encryption.h \
+    appevents.h \
+    newpassworddlg.h \
+    passworddlg.h \
+    appevents.h \
+    sqlitecpp/include/SQLiteCpp/Assertion.h \
+    sqlitecpp/include/SQLiteCpp/Column.h \
+    sqlitecpp/include/SQLiteCpp/Database.h \
+    sqlitecpp/include/SQLiteCpp/Exception.h \
+    sqlitecpp/include/SQLiteCpp/SQLiteCpp.h \
+    sqlitecpp/include/SQLiteCpp/Statement.h \
+    sqlitecpp/include/SQLiteCpp/Transaction.h \
+    preferencesdlg.h \
+    settings.h \
+    timetreedlg.h \
+    timetreemodel.h \
+    timereportwizard.h \
+    sqlite3.h \
+    sqlite3ext.h \
+    platforms/hidtracker.h \
+    platforms/hidtrackerimpl.h \
+    platforms/osx/hidtrackerimpl_osx.h \
+    logger.h \
+    timeintervaldlg.h \
+    aboutdlg.h \
+    attachmentslist.h \
+    attachmentsdialog.h \
+    platforms/osx/sleeptracker_osx.h \
+    taskaction.h \
+    finddialog.h \
+    findsupport.h \
+    stopworkdialog.h \
+    startworkdialog.h \
+    twofish.h
+
+FORMS    += mainwindow.ui \
+    newpassworddlg.ui \
+    passworddlg.ui \
+    preferencesdlg.ui \
+    timetreedlg.ui \
+    timeintervaldlg.ui \
+    aboutdlg.ui \
+    attachmentslist.ui \
+    attachmentsdialog.ui \
+    finddialog.ui \
+    stopworkdialog.ui \
+    startworkdialog.ui
+
+RESOURCES     = mainwindow.qrc
+
+OBJECTIVE_SOURCES += \
+    platforms/osx/hidtrackerimpl_osx.mm \
+    platforms/osx/sleeptracker_osx.mm
+
+!include("fervor/Fervor.pri") {
+	error("Unable to include Fervor autoupdater.")
+}
diff --git a/client/config.h b/client/config.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6949af4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/config.h
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+#ifndef __APP_CONFIG_H
+#define __APP_CONFIG_H
+
+// Application name
+#define APPNAME "Litt"
+
+// Company name
+#define COMPANY "voipobjects.com"
+
+// Default database name
+#define DATABASENAME "database.db"
+
+// Log file name
+#define LOGNAME "litt-log.txt"
+
+// About text
+#define ABOUTTEXT "Tiny outliner with time tracking capabilities"
+
+// Text for message box with "not implemented" notification
+#define NOTIMPLEMENTEDTEXT "Not implemented in this version"
+
+// Settings file name
+#define SETTINGS_FILENAME "litt.ini"
+
+// No password string
+#define NOPASSWORDSTRING ""
+
+// Mime type of task items
+#define NODE_MIME_TYPE "application/litt-node"
+
+// Exit code to signal about problems with database
+#define EXITCODE_NO_DATABASE (1)
+
+// Timeline save to DB interval in seconds
+#define TIMELINE_FLUSH_INTERVAL (300)
+
+// Text flushing interval
+#define TEXT_FLUSH_INTERVAL (10)
+
+#ifdef TARGET_OSX
+#define TRAY_START_ICON_NAME ":/icons/icons/starttracking-osx.png"
+#define TRAY_STOP_ICON_NAME ":/icons/icons/stoptracking-osx.png"
+
+#define TRAY_DEFAULT_ICON_NAME ":/icons/icons/tray-default.png"
+#define TRAY_RUNNING_ICON_NAME ":/icons/icons/tray-running.png"
+
+#define ACTION_START_ICON_NAME ":/icons/icons/clock-32x32.png"
+#define ACTION_STOP_ICON_NAME ":/icons/icons/process-stop.png"
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/client/encryption.cpp b/client/encryption.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..02121de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/encryption.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,191 @@
+#include "encryption.h"
+#include <assert.h>
+
+#ifdef TARGET_WIN
+# include <inttypes.h>
+#endif
+
+BlowfishCipher::BlowfishCipher()
+{
+
+}
+
+BlowfishCipher::~BlowfishCipher()
+{
+
+}
+
+void BlowfishCipher::setKey(const QByteArray &ba)
+{
+  mKey = ba;
+  BF_set_key(&mContext, ba.count(), (unsigned char*)ba.data());
+}
+
+const QByteArray& BlowfishCipher::key() const
+{
+  return mKey;
+}
+
+void BlowfishCipher::encrypt(const QByteArray &plain, QByteArray &encrypted)
+{
+  QByteArray plainProxy(plain);
+  if (plainProxy.length() % 8)
+    plainProxy.resize((8 - plainProxy.length() % 8) + plainProxy.length());
+  encrypted.resize(plainProxy.length());
+
+  BF_cbc_encrypt((unsigned char*)plainProxy.data(), (unsigned char*)encrypted.data(), plainProxy.length(), &mContext, (unsigned char*)mIV.data(), BF_ENCRYPT);
+}
+
+void BlowfishCipher::decrypt(const QByteArray &encrypted, QByteArray &plain)
+{
+  assert(encrypted.length() % 8 == 0);
+  plain.resize(encrypted.length());
+  BF_cbc_encrypt((unsigned char*)encrypted.data(), (unsigned char*)plain.data(), encrypted.length(), &mContext, (unsigned char*)mIV.data(), BF_DECRYPT);
+}
+
+// ----------- Twofish encryption ---------
+TwofishCipher::TwofishCipher()
+  :mContext(nullptr)
+{
+  mContext = new Twofish();
+}
+
+TwofishCipher::~TwofishCipher()
+{
+  delete mContext; mContext = nullptr;
+}
+
+void TwofishCipher::setKey(const QByteArray &ba)
+{
+  mKey = ba;
+  mContext->PrepareKey((Twofish_Byte*)ba.data(), ba.count(), &mKeyStruct);
+}
+
+const QByteArray& TwofishCipher::key() const
+{
+  return mKey;
+}
+
+void TwofishCipher::setIV(const QByteArray &ba)
+{
+  assert(ba.size() == 16);
+  mIV = ba;
+}
+
+const QByteArray& TwofishCipher::IV() const
+{
+  return mIV;
+}
+
+void TwofishCipher::encrypt(const QByteArray &plain, int plainOffset, QByteArray &encrypted, int encryptedOffset)
+{
+  assert((encrypted.length() - encryptedOffset) % 16 == 0);
+
+  // Prepare XOR template
+  uint8_t xorTemplate[16];
+  memcpy(xorTemplate, mIV.data(), 16);
+
+  // Iterate blocks
+  int blockCount = (plain.size() - plainOffset) / 16;
+  for (int i=0; i<blockCount; i++)
+  {
+    uint8_t* blockInput = (uint8_t*)plain.data() + i * 16 + plainOffset;
+    uint8_t* blockOutput = (uint8_t*)encrypted.data() + i * 16 + encryptedOffset;
+
+    // Xor block at first
+    uint8_t xored[16];
+    for (int xorIndex = 0; xorIndex < 16; xorIndex++)
+      xored[i] = blockInput[xorIndex] ^ xorTemplate[xorIndex];
+
+    // Encrypt block
+    mContext->Encrypt(&mKeyStruct, xored, blockOutput);
+
+    // Replace XOR template
+    memcpy(xorTemplate, blockOutput, 16);
+  }
+
+  // Encrypt tail if it exists
+  int tail = (plain.size() - plainOffset) % blocksize();
+  if (tail)
+  {
+    uint8_t* blockInput = (uint8_t*)plain.data() + blockCount * 16 + plainOffset;
+    uint8_t* blockOutput = (uint8_t*)encrypted.data() + blockCount * 16 + encryptedOffset;
+
+    // Xor block at first
+    uint8_t xored[16];
+    for (int xorIndex = 0; xorIndex < 16; xorIndex++)
+    {
+      if (xorIndex < plain.size())
+        xored[xorIndex] = blockInput[xorIndex] ^ xorTemplate[xorIndex];
+      else
+        xored[xorIndex] = xorTemplate[xorIndex];
+    }
+    // Encrypt block
+    mContext->Encrypt(&mKeyStruct, xored, blockOutput);
+
+    // Replace XOR template
+    memcpy(xorTemplate, blockOutput, 16);
+  }
+}
+
+void TwofishCipher::decrypt(const QByteArray &encrypted, int encryptedOffset, QByteArray &plain, int plainOffset)
+{
+  assert(encrypted.size() - encryptedOffset == plain.size() - plainOffset);
+  assert((encrypted.size() - encryptedOffset) % 16 == 0);
+
+  // Prepare XOR template
+  uint8_t xorTemplate[16];
+  memcpy(xorTemplate, mIV.data(), 16);
+
+  // Iterate blocks
+  int blockCount = encrypted.size() / 16;
+  for (int i=0; i<blockCount; i++)
+  {
+    uint8_t* blockInput = (uint8_t*)encrypted.data() + i * 16 + encryptedOffset;
+    uint8_t* blockOutput = (uint8_t*)plain.data() + i * 16 + plainOffset;
+
+    // Decrypt at first
+    mContext->Decrypt(&mKeyStruct, blockInput, blockOutput);
+
+    // Xor block
+    for (int xorIndex = 0; xorIndex < 16; xorIndex++)
+      blockOutput[i] = blockOutput[xorIndex] ^ xorTemplate[xorIndex];
+
+    // Replace XOR template
+    memcpy(xorTemplate, blockInput, 16);
+  }
+}
+
+
+
+// ----------- SHA256 wrapper -------------
+
+SHA256::SHA256()
+{
+  SHA256_Init(&mContext);
+  mDigest.resize(SHA256_DIGEST_LENGTH);
+}
+
+SHA256::~SHA256()
+{
+
+}
+
+void SHA256::update(const void *data, int length)
+{
+  SHA256_Update(&mContext, data, length);
+}
+
+void SHA256::final()
+{
+  SHA256_Final((unsigned char*)mDigest.data(), &mContext);
+}
+
+// ----------- IV ----------------
+
+void IV::Generate(QByteArray &buffer)
+{
+  uint8_t* data = (uint8_t*)buffer.data();
+  for (int i=0; i<buffer.length(); i++)
+    data[i] = qrand() % 256;
+}
diff --git a/client/encryption.h b/client/encryption.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..31db543
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/encryption.h
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+#ifndef ENCRYPTION_H
+#define ENCRYPTION_H
+
+#include <QByteArray>
+#include <openssl/blowfish.h>
+#include <openssl/sha.h>
+#include "twofish.h"
+
+class BlowfishCipher
+{
+protected:
+  QByteArray mKey;
+  QByteArray mIV;
+  BF_KEY mContext;
+
+public:
+  BlowfishCipher();
+  ~BlowfishCipher();
+  void setKey(const QByteArray& ba);
+  const QByteArray& key() const;
+  void setIV(const QByteArray& ba);
+  QByteArray& IV() const;
+
+  void encrypt(const QByteArray& plain, QByteArray& encrypted);
+  void decrypt(const QByteArray& encrypted, QByteArray& plain);
+};
+
+class TwofishCipher
+{
+protected:
+  QByteArray mKey;
+  QByteArray mIV;
+  TwofishKey mKeyStruct;
+  Twofish* mContext;
+
+public:
+  TwofishCipher();
+  ~TwofishCipher();
+
+  int blocksize() const { return 16; }
+  void setKey(const QByteArray& ba);
+  const QByteArray& key() const;
+
+  // IV vector must be 16 bytes
+  void setIV(const QByteArray& ba);
+  const QByteArray& IV() const;
+
+  // Plain and encrypted must be padded to 16 bytes boundary before call
+  void encrypt(const QByteArray& plain, int plainOffset, QByteArray& encrypted, int encryptedOffset);
+  void decrypt(const QByteArray& encrypted, int encryptedOffset, QByteArray& plain, int plainOffset);
+};
+
+
+class SHA256
+{
+protected:
+  SHA256_CTX mContext;
+  QByteArray mDigest;
+public:
+  SHA256();
+  ~SHA256();
+
+  QByteArray& digest();
+  void update(const void* data, int length);
+  void final();
+};
+
+class IV
+{
+public:
+  static void Generate(QByteArray& buffer);
+};
+
+#endif // ENCRYPTION_H
diff --git a/client/fervor/CMakeLists.txt b/client/fervor/CMakeLists.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8cba95c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/fervor/CMakeLists.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+cmake_minimum_required(VERSION 2.8.3)
+project(Fervor)
+option(FERVOR_BUILD_SAMPLE "Should the sample be built?" OFF)
+option(FERVOR_BUILD_TESTS "Should the tests be built" OFF)
+find_package(Qt4 REQUIRED)
+set(QT_USE_QTNETWORK true)
+set(QT_USE_QTWEBKIT true)
+include(${QT_USE_FILE})
+add_definitions(${QT_DEFINITIONS})
+if(DEFINED FERVOR_APP_VERSION)
+  add_definitions(-DFV_APP_VERSION="${FERVOR_APP_VERSION}")
+else()
+  add_definitions(-DFV_APP_VERSION="1.0")
+  message(WARNING "No version information for Fervor given (please set FERVOR_APP_VERSION)! Assuming 1.0.")
+endif()
+if(DEFINED FERVOR_APP_NAME)
+  add_definitions(-DFV_APP_NAME="${FERVOR_APP_NAME}")
+else()
+  add_definitions(-DFV_APP_NAME="App Name")
+  message(WARNING "No application name for Fervor given (please set FERVOR_APP_NAME)! Assuming 'App Name'.")
+endif()
+
+set(SOURCES
+  fvavailableupdate.cpp
+  fvignoredversions.cpp
+  fvplatform.cpp
+  fvupdateconfirmdialog.cpp
+  fvupdater.cpp
+  fvupdatewindow.cpp
+  fvversioncomparator.cpp
+)
+
+set(MOC_HEADERS
+  fvavailableupdate.h
+  fvignoredversions.h
+  fvplatform.h
+  fvupdateconfirmdialog.h
+  fvupdater.h
+  fvupdatewindow.h
+)
+
+set(UIS
+  fvupdateconfirmdialog.ui
+  fvupdatewindow.ui
+)
+
+qt4_wrap_ui(UI_HEADERS ${UIS})
+qt4_wrap_cpp(MOC_SOURCES ${MOC_HEADERS})
+
+include_directories(
+  ${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}
+  ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}
+)
+add_library(Fervor ${SOURCES} ${MOC_HEADERS} ${MOC_SOURCES} ${UIS})
+
+if(FERVOR_BUILD_SAMPLE)
+  add_subdirectory(sample)
+endif()
+if(FERVOR_BUILD_TESTS)
+  ENABLE_TESTING()
+  add_subdirectory(tests)
+endif()
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/client/fervor/Fervor.pri b/client/fervor/Fervor.pri
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e570d40
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/fervor/Fervor.pri
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+QT += core gui widgets network
+
+isEmpty(FV_APP_NAME) {
+	warning("Fervor: falling back to application name '$$TARGET'")
+	DEFINES += FV_APP_NAME=\\\"$$TARGET\\\"
+} else {
+	message("Fervor: building for application name '$$FV_APP_NAME'")
+	DEFINES += FV_APP_NAME=\\\"$$FV_APP_NAME\\\"
+}
+
+isEmpty(FV_APP_VERSION) {
+	warning("Fervor: falling back to application version '$$VERSION'")
+	DEFINES += FV_APP_VERSION=\\\"$$VERSION\\\"
+} else {
+	message("Fervor: building for application version '$$FV_APP_VERSION'")
+	DEFINES += FV_APP_VERSION=\\\"$$FV_APP_VERSION\\\"
+}
+
+# Unit tests
+#DEFINES += FV_DEBUG=1
+#DEPENDPATH += "$$PWD/tests/"
+#INCLUDEPATH += "$$PWD/tests/"
+#CONFIG += qtestlib
+#SOURCES += tests/fvversioncomparatortest.cpp
+#HEADERS += tests/fvversioncomparatortest.h
+
+DEPENDPATH += "$$PWD"
+INCLUDEPATH += "$$PWD"
+
+SOURCES += \
+        $$PWD/fvupdatewindow.cpp \
+        $$PWD/fvupdater.cpp \
+        $$PWD/fvversioncomparator.cpp \
+        $$PWD/fvplatform.cpp \
+        $$PWD/fvignoredversions.cpp \
+        $$PWD/fvavailableupdate.cpp \
+        $$PWD/fvupdateconfirmdialog.cpp
+
+HEADERS += \
+        $$PWD/fvupdatewindow.h \
+        $$PWD/fvupdater.h \
+        $$PWD/fvversioncomparator.h \
+        $$PWD/fvplatform.h \
+        $$PWD/fvignoredversions.h \
+        $$PWD/fvavailableupdate.h \
+        $$PWD/fvupdateconfirmdialog.h
+
+FORMS += $$PWD/fvupdatewindow.ui \
+        $$PWD/fvupdateconfirmdialog.ui
+
+TRANSLATIONS += $$PWD/fervor_lt.ts
+CODECFORTR = UTF-8
diff --git a/client/fervor/LICENSE b/client/fervor/LICENSE
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d9c310d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/fervor/LICENSE
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+Copyright (c) 2012 Linas Valiukas and others.
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
diff --git a/client/fervor/README.mdown b/client/fervor/README.mdown
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dc33579
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/fervor/README.mdown
@@ -0,0 +1,213 @@
+Check out the [`autoupdate` branch](fervor/tree/autoupdate) by Torben Dannhauer too!
+
+----
+
+Fervor is a simple, multiplatform ([Qt](http://qt.nokia.com/)-based) application update tool, inspired by [Sparkle](http://sparkle.andymatuschak.org/).
+
+
+# Description
+
+Fervor is a software library that you include into your own [Qt](http://qt.nokia.com/)-based application in order to enable the application to automatically check for updates and suggest to install them.
+
+When installed and enabled, Fervor downloads a "flavoured" RSS feed (dubbed "appcast") and checks whether an update to the application is available. The RSS feed ("appcast") lists various versions of the application ("1.0", "1.1", "2.0", ...) that are available for download.
+
+When a newer version of the application is found in the "appcast" (e.g. the user is using 1.0, and 1.1 is available), a dialog is presented to the user (see below for example) that allows the user to choose whether he/she wants to install the update, be reminded about the update later, or skip a particular proposed version altogether. A dialog also shows some release notes about the proposed update that help the user to choose whether or not to install an update.
+
+At the moment, Fervor is not as cool as [Sparkle](http://sparkle.andymatuschak.org/) -- it is not able to install the actual update automatically (the user is given an option to download and install the update manually). Pull requests with unattended install modules for `.dmg`, `.pkg` (Mac OS X), `.msi` (Windows), `.rpm`, `.deb` (Linux) are welcome!
+
+
+# Features
+
+* Multiplaform - works (should work) on Windows, Mac OS X, Linux, ...
+* Checks for updates both automatically and manually.
+* Displays release notes.
+* Proposed updates might be skipped or installed later by the user.
+* Backwards compatible with Sparkle (can use the very same "appcast" RSS).
+* BSD license.
+
+
+# Screenshots
+
+![](http://pypt.github.com/fervor/screenshot-1.png "Update is available")
+
+![](http://pypt.github.com/fervor/screenshot-2.png "Download the update")
+
+
+# Installation and Usage
+
+(This is a description of the sample application located in `sample/`.)
+
+I'm writing an application called *Sample*. It's version is only `1.0`, and I would like to enable the users of my application to be notified when I decide to release new versions of *Sample* (`1.1`, `1.2`, maybe even `2.0` if I'm lucky) and help them to download and install each and every update of the application. Thus, I decide I'll use Fervor for that.
+
+This is what I do:
+
+
+## 1. Download Fervor
+
+Git clone Fervor:
+
+	git clone https://github.com/pypt/fervor.git fervor
+
+...or add it as a submodule if you're using Git in your project:
+
+	git submodule add https://github.com/pypt/fervor.git fervor
+	git submodule init
+	git submodule update
+
+You might also download [a tarball](https://github.com/pypt/fervor/tarball/master).
+
+
+## 2. Include Fervor into your project
+
+You can use Fervor either in your Qt Creator project or in your CMake project.
+
+If you want to include Fervor into your Qt Creator project, read section #1 below.
+
+If you use CMake and would like to build Fervor with it instead of Qt Creator, read section #2 below.
+
+
+### 1. Include Fervor into your Qt Creator Project (`.pro` file)
+
+Include Fervor's project include file `Fervor.pri` after setting your application's `TARGET` and `VERSION`:
+
+	QT += core gui
+
+	TARGET = Sample
+	VERSION = 1.0
+	TEMPLATE = app
+
+	# ...
+
+	# Fervor autoupdater
+	!include("fervor/Fervor.pri") {
+		error("Unable to include Fervor autoupdater.")
+	}
+
+Fervor will append itself to your application's `HEADERS`, `SOURCES`, `FORMS` and `TRANSLATIONS`, and thus will become an integral part of your application's binary.
+
+**or**
+
+### 2. Include Fervor into your CMake Project (`CMakeLists.txt` file)
+
+In your `CMakeLists.txt` set the application name and version info, include the fervor-directory and link with it:
+
+	set(FERVOR_APP_NAME "Sample")
+	set(FERVOR_APP_VERSION "1.0")
+
+	add_subdirectory(fervor-directory)
+
+	include_directories(
+		...
+		fervor-directory
+	)
+	...
+	target_link_libraries(Sample
+		...
+		Fervor
+	)
+
+*Note:* `fervor-directory` must be a subdirectory in your source-directory.
+
+## 3. Set your application's `applicationName`, `applicationVersion`, `organizationName` and `organizationDomain` if you haven't done so already
+
+Fervor uses `QApplication::applicationName()`, `QApplication::applicationVersion()`, `QApplication::organizationName()` and `QApplication::organizationDomain()` for its own needs.
+
+If you don't set `QApplication::applicationName()` and `QApplication::applicationVersion()`, Fervor will do that for you. However, `QApplication::organizationName()` and `QApplication::organizationDomain()` have to be set by hand.
+
+Example of setting those four values:
+
+	int main(int argc, char *argv[])
+	{
+		QApplication a(argc, argv);
+
+		QApplication::setApplicationName("Sample");
+		QApplication::setApplicationVersion("1.0");
+		QApplication::setOrganizationName("pypt");
+		QApplication::setOrganizationDomain("pypt.lt");
+
+		// ...
+	}
+
+
+## 4. Set the Fervor's appcast URL right after you start your application
+
+Set the "appcast" URL in Fervor's singleton `FVUpdater::sharedUpdater()` before you do anything else, but **after** you set `applicationName`, `applicationVersion`, `organizationName` and `organizationDomain` in `QApplication`. It is probably a good idea to do that in `int main(int argc, char *argv[])` too, right after setting application name, version, organization name and domain:
+
+	#include "fvupdater.h"
+
+	// ...
+
+	int main(int argc, char *argv[])
+	{
+		QApplication a(argc, argv);
+
+		QApplication::setApplicationName("Sample");
+		QApplication::setApplicationVersion("1.0");
+		QApplication::setOrganizationName("pypt");
+		QApplication::setOrganizationDomain("pypt.lt");
+
+		// Set this to your own appcast URL, of course
+		FvUpdater::sharedUpdater()->SetFeedURL("https://raw.github.com/pypt/fervor/master/sample/Appcast.xml");
+
+		// ...
+	}
+
+
+## 5. Enable checking for updates right after starting the application (if you want to)
+
+Call Fervor's `CheckForUpdatesSilent()` whenever you feel like is a good moment for the Fervor to check for updates. "Silent" part here means that Fervor will not display error dialogs or the "No updates found." notification.
+
+I've decided that I'll check for updates in `int main(int argc, char *argv[])` too:
+
+	#include "fvupdater.h"
+
+	// ...
+
+	int main(int argc, char *argv[])
+	{
+		QApplication a(argc, argv);
+
+		// <...> setApplicationName(), setApplicationVersion(), SetFeedURL(), etc.
+	
+		// Check for updates silently -- this will not block the initialization of
+		// your application, just start a HTTP request and return immediately.
+		FvUpdater::sharedUpdater()->CheckForUpdatesSilent();
+
+		// ...
+	}
+
+
+## 6. Enable checking for updates manually by the user (if you want to)
+
+You might want to implement a menu item called "Check for Updates..." that would allow the user to check for updated versions of your application manually. This menu item (or a button, or some other widget) would have to be attached to the `CheckForUpdatesNotSilent()` function of the Fervor's singleton. *Not silent* means that Fervor will notify the user about connection problems (if any) and even when no updates were found.
+
+	#include "fvupdater.h"
+
+	// <...>
+
+	// ui->updateButton is QButton
+	connect(ui->updateButton, SIGNAL(clicked()),
+			FvUpdater::sharedUpdater(), SLOT(CheckForUpdatesNotSilent()));
+
+
+## 7. Publish an "appcast" somewhere suited for your needs
+
+Again, "appcast" is an RSS feed with an additional `fervor` XML namespace. A type of "appcast" used by "Fervor" lists various application versions as `<item>`s, and a single `<item>` might point to several platform builds of your application (Windows build, Linux build, Mac OS X build, ...)
+
+An "appcast" also links to a webpage with each version's "release notes" that are shown to the user when a particular version of the application update is proposed.
+
+When the user clicks "Install Update", he / she is then shown a link (`<enclosure url="..." />`) of an application update download for his particular platform.
+
+See [https://raw.github.com/pypt/fervor/master/sample/Appcast.xml](https://raw.github.com/pypt/fervor/master/sample/Appcast.xml) for an "appcast" example, and [http://pypt.github.com/fervor/RelNotes.html](http://pypt.github.com/fervor/RelNotes.html) for an "release notes" example.
+
+It is up to you to implement "appcasts" and "release notes". If you don't release too many versions of your application, it is even plausible to edit them by hand every time you release an update.
+
+
+# Donations
+
+Donors: Marek Pazdan. Thanks!
+
+
+# Contacts
+
+I'm Linas, my email is <shirshegsm@gmail.com>
diff --git a/client/fervor/fervor_lt.qm b/client/fervor/fervor_lt.qm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0631ccc
Binary files /dev/null and b/client/fervor/fervor_lt.qm differ
diff --git a/client/fervor/fervor_lt.ts b/client/fervor/fervor_lt.ts
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..91dbbef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/fervor/fervor_lt.ts
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE TS>
+<TS version="2.0" language="lt_LT">
+<defaultcodec>UTF-8</defaultcodec>
+<context>
+    <name>FvUpdateConfirmDialog</name>
+    <message>
+        <location filename="fvupdateconfirmdialog.ui" line="14"/>
+        <source>Software Update</source>
+        <oldsource>Update</oldsource>
+        <translation>Programos naujinimas</translation>
+    </message>
+    <message>
+        <location filename="fvupdateconfirmdialog.ui" line="20"/>
+        <source>The update file is located at:</source>
+        <translation>Naujinio adresas:</translation>
+    </message>
+    <message>
+        <location filename="fvupdateconfirmdialog.ui" line="27"/>
+        <source>&lt;a href=&quot;%1&quot;&gt;%1&lt;/a&gt;</source>
+        <translation>&lt;a href=&quot;%1&quot;&gt;%1&lt;/a&gt;</translation>
+    </message>
+    <message>
+        <location filename="fvupdateconfirmdialog.ui" line="40"/>
+        <source>Download this update, close &quot;%1&quot;, install it, and then reopen &quot;%1&quot;.</source>
+        <translation>Atsisiųskite naujinį, išjunkite %1, įdiekite naujinį ir vėl paleiskite %1.</translation>
+    </message>
+    <message>
+        <location filename="fvupdateconfirmdialog.ui" line="47"/>
+        <source>When you click &quot;OK&quot;, this link will be opened in your browser.</source>
+        <translation>Jei paspauskite „Gerai“, naujinio nuoroda atsidarys Jūsų naršyklėje.</translation>
+    </message>
+</context>
+<context>
+    <name>FvUpdateWindow</name>
+    <message>
+        <location filename="fvupdatewindow.ui" line="14"/>
+        <source>Software Update</source>
+        <translation>Naujinimas</translation>
+    </message>
+    <message>
+        <location filename="fvupdatewindow.ui" line="28"/>
+        <source>A new version of %1 is available!</source>
+        <oldsource>A new version of %s is available!</oldsource>
+        <translation>Išleista nauja „%1“ versija!</translation>
+    </message>
+    <message>
+        <location filename="fvupdatewindow.ui" line="35"/>
+        <source>%1 %2 is now available - you have %3. Would you like to download it now?</source>
+        <oldsource>%s %s is now available - you have %s. Would you like to download it now?</oldsource>
+        <translation>IÅ¡leista nauja %1 versija %2. JÅ«s naudojate %3. Ar norÄ—tumÄ—te atnaujinti?</translation>
+    </message>
+    <message>
+        <location filename="fvupdatewindow.ui" line="48"/>
+        <source>Release Notes:</source>
+        <translation>Atnaujinta:</translation>
+    </message>
+    <message>
+        <location filename="fvupdatewindow.ui" line="61"/>
+        <source>about:blank</source>
+        <translation>about:blank</translation>
+    </message>
+    <message>
+        <location filename="fvupdatewindow.ui" line="74"/>
+        <source>Skip This Version</source>
+        <translation>Praleisti šį naujinį</translation>
+    </message>
+    <message>
+        <location filename="fvupdatewindow.ui" line="94"/>
+        <source>Remind Me Later</source>
+        <translation>Priminti vÄ—liau</translation>
+    </message>
+    <message>
+        <location filename="fvupdatewindow.ui" line="101"/>
+        <source>Install Update</source>
+        <translation>Įdiegti naujinį</translation>
+    </message>
+</context>
+<context>
+    <name>FvUpdater</name>
+    <message>
+        <location filename="fvupdater.cpp" line="221"/>
+        <source>Unable to open this link in a browser. Please do it manually.</source>
+        <translation>Nepavyko atidaryti nuorodos naršyklėje. Pabandykite nuorodą nukopijuoti ir atidaryti pats.</translation>
+    </message>
+    <message>
+        <location filename="fvupdater.cpp" line="338"/>
+        <source>Feed download failed: %1.</source>
+        <translation>Nepavyko atsisiųsti informacijos apie naujinį: %1.</translation>
+    </message>
+    <message>
+        <location filename="fvupdater.cpp" line="471"/>
+        <source>Feed parsing failed: %1 %2.</source>
+        <translation>Nepavyko perskaityti informacijos apie naujinį: %1 %2.</translation>
+    </message>
+    <message>
+        <location filename="fvupdater.cpp" line="499"/>
+        <source>Feed error: &quot;release notes&quot; link is empty</source>
+        <translation>Nepavyko rasti nuorodos į pastabas apie naujinį</translation>
+    </message>
+    <message>
+        <location filename="fvupdater.cpp" line="508"/>
+        <source>Feed error: invalid &quot;release notes&quot; link</source>
+        <translation>Nekorektiška nuoroda į pastabas apie naujinį</translation>
+    </message>
+    <message>
+        <location filename="fvupdater.cpp" line="512"/>
+        <source>Feed error: invalid &quot;enclosure&quot; with the download link</source>
+        <translation>Nepavyko rasti nuorodos į failą su naujiniu</translation>
+    </message>
+    <message>
+        <location filename="fvupdater.cpp" line="520"/>
+        <source>No updates were found.</source>
+        <translation>Naujinių nėra.</translation>
+    </message>
+    <message>
+        <location filename="fvupdater.cpp" line="562"/>
+        <source>Error</source>
+        <translation>Klaida</translation>
+    </message>
+    <message>
+        <location filename="fvupdater.cpp" line="578"/>
+        <source>Information</source>
+        <translation>Informacija</translation>
+    </message>
+</context>
+</TS>
diff --git a/client/fervor/fvavailableupdate.cpp b/client/fervor/fvavailableupdate.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f0f6cb9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/fervor/fvavailableupdate.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+#include "fvavailableupdate.h"
+
+FvAvailableUpdate::FvAvailableUpdate(QObject *parent) :
+	QObject(parent)
+{
+	// noop
+}
+
+QString FvAvailableUpdate::GetTitle()
+{
+	return m_title;
+}
+
+void FvAvailableUpdate::SetTitle(QString title)
+{
+	m_title = title;
+}
+
+QUrl FvAvailableUpdate::GetReleaseNotesLink()
+{
+	return m_releaseNotesLink;
+}
+
+void FvAvailableUpdate::SetReleaseNotesLink(QUrl releaseNotesLink)
+{
+	m_releaseNotesLink = releaseNotesLink;
+}
+
+void FvAvailableUpdate::SetReleaseNotesLink(QString releaseNotesLink)
+{
+	SetReleaseNotesLink(QUrl(releaseNotesLink));
+}
+
+QString FvAvailableUpdate::GetPubDate()
+{
+	return m_pubDate;
+}
+
+void FvAvailableUpdate::SetPubDate(QString pubDate)
+{
+	m_pubDate = pubDate;
+}
+
+QUrl FvAvailableUpdate::GetEnclosureUrl()
+{
+	return m_enclosureUrl;
+}
+
+void FvAvailableUpdate::SetEnclosureUrl(QUrl enclosureUrl)
+{
+	m_enclosureUrl = enclosureUrl;
+}
+
+void FvAvailableUpdate::SetEnclosureUrl(QString enclosureUrl)
+{
+	SetEnclosureUrl(QUrl(enclosureUrl));
+}
+
+QString FvAvailableUpdate::GetEnclosureVersion()
+{
+	return m_enclosureVersion;
+}
+
+void FvAvailableUpdate::SetEnclosureVersion(QString enclosureVersion)
+{
+	m_enclosureVersion = enclosureVersion;
+}
+
+QString FvAvailableUpdate::GetEnclosurePlatform()
+{
+	return m_enclosurePlatform;
+}
+
+void FvAvailableUpdate::SetEnclosurePlatform(QString enclosurePlatform)
+{
+	m_enclosurePlatform = enclosurePlatform;
+}
+
+unsigned long FvAvailableUpdate::GetEnclosureLength()
+{
+	return m_enclosureLength;
+}
+
+void FvAvailableUpdate::SetEnclosureLength(unsigned long enclosureLength)
+{
+	m_enclosureLength = enclosureLength;
+}
+
+QString FvAvailableUpdate::GetEnclosureType()
+{
+	return m_enclosureType;
+}
+
+void FvAvailableUpdate::SetEnclosureType(QString enclosureType)
+{
+	m_enclosureType = enclosureType;
+}
diff --git a/client/fervor/fvavailableupdate.h b/client/fervor/fvavailableupdate.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bbce04a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/fervor/fvavailableupdate.h
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+#ifndef FVAVAILABLEUPDATE_H
+#define FVAVAILABLEUPDATE_H
+
+#include <QObject>
+#include <QUrl>
+
+class FvAvailableUpdate : public QObject
+{
+	Q_OBJECT
+public:
+	explicit FvAvailableUpdate(QObject *parent = 0);
+
+	QString GetTitle();
+	void SetTitle(QString title);
+
+  QUrl GetReleaseNotesLink();
+  void SetReleaseNotesLink(QUrl releaseNotesLink);
+  void SetReleaseNotesLink(QString releaseNotesLink);
+
+	QString GetPubDate();
+	void SetPubDate(QString pubDate);
+
+	QUrl GetEnclosureUrl();
+	void SetEnclosureUrl(QUrl enclosureUrl);
+	void SetEnclosureUrl(QString enclosureUrl);
+
+	QString GetEnclosureVersion();
+	void SetEnclosureVersion(QString enclosureVersion);
+
+	QString GetEnclosurePlatform();
+	void SetEnclosurePlatform(QString enclosurePlatform);
+
+	unsigned long GetEnclosureLength();
+	void SetEnclosureLength(unsigned long enclosureLength);
+
+	QString GetEnclosureType();
+	void SetEnclosureType(QString enclosureType);
+
+private:
+	QString m_title;
+	QUrl m_releaseNotesLink;
+	QString m_pubDate;
+	QUrl m_enclosureUrl;
+	QString m_enclosureVersion;
+	QString m_enclosurePlatform;
+	unsigned long m_enclosureLength;
+	QString m_enclosureType;
+
+};
+
+#endif // FVAVAILABLEUPDATE_H
diff --git a/client/fervor/fvignoredversions.cpp b/client/fervor/fvignoredversions.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ad3a09e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/fervor/fvignoredversions.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+#include "fvignoredversions.h"
+#include "fvversioncomparator.h"
+#include <QSettings>
+#include <QApplication>
+#include <string>
+
+// QSettings key for the latest skipped version
+#define FV_IGNORED_VERSIONS_LATEST_SKIPPED_VERSION_KEY	"FVLatestSkippedVersion"
+
+
+FVIgnoredVersions::FVIgnoredVersions(QObject *parent) :
+	QObject(parent)
+{
+	// noop
+}
+
+bool FVIgnoredVersions::VersionIsIgnored(QString version)
+{
+	// We assume that variable 'version' contains either:
+	//	1) The current version of the application (ignore)
+	//	2) The version that was skipped before and thus stored in QSettings (ignore)
+	//	3) A newer version (don't ignore)
+	// 'version' is not likely to contain an older version in any case.
+
+	if (version == FV_APP_VERSION) {
+		return true;
+	}
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+  QSettings settings(QSettings::IniFormat,
+					   QSettings::UserScope,
+					   QApplication::organizationDomain(),
+					   QApplication::applicationName());
+#else
+  QSettings settings(QSettings::IniFormat,
+					   QSettings::UserScope,
+					   QApplication::organizationName(),
+					   QApplication::applicationName());
+#endif
+
+	if (settings.contains(FV_IGNORED_VERSIONS_LATEST_SKIPPED_VERSION_KEY)) {
+		QString lastSkippedVersion = settings.value(FV_IGNORED_VERSIONS_LATEST_SKIPPED_VERSION_KEY).toString();
+		if (version == lastSkippedVersion) {
+			// Implicitly skipped version - skip
+			return true;
+		}
+	}
+
+	std::string currentAppVersion = std::string(FV_APP_VERSION);
+	std::string suggestedVersion = std::string(version.toStdString());
+	if (FvVersionComparator::CompareVersions(currentAppVersion, suggestedVersion) == FvVersionComparator::kAscending) {
+		// Newer version - do not skip
+		return false;
+	}
+
+  // Fallback - not skip
+  return false;
+}
+
+void FVIgnoredVersions::IgnoreVersion(QString version)
+{
+	if (version == FV_APP_VERSION) {
+		// Don't ignore the current version
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (version.isEmpty()) {
+		return;
+	}
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+  QSettings settings(QSettings::IniFormat,
+					   QSettings::UserScope,
+					   QApplication::organizationDomain(),
+					   QApplication::applicationName());
+#else
+  QSettings settings(QSettings::IniFormat,
+					   QSettings::UserScope,
+					   QApplication::organizationName(),
+					   QApplication::applicationName());
+#endif
+
+	settings.setValue(FV_IGNORED_VERSIONS_LATEST_SKIPPED_VERSION_KEY, version);
+
+	return;
+}
diff --git a/client/fervor/fvignoredversions.h b/client/fervor/fvignoredversions.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4e85f1b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/fervor/fvignoredversions.h
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+#ifndef FVIGNOREDVERSIONS_H
+#define FVIGNOREDVERSIONS_H
+
+#include <QObject>
+
+class FVIgnoredVersions : public QObject
+{
+	Q_OBJECT
+
+public:
+	static bool VersionIsIgnored(QString version);
+	static void IgnoreVersion(QString version);
+	
+private:
+	explicit FVIgnoredVersions(QObject *parent = 0);
+	
+};
+
+#endif // FVIGNOREDVERSIONS_H
diff --git a/client/fervor/fvplatform.cpp b/client/fervor/fvplatform.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1a90ab1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/fervor/fvplatform.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,210 @@
+#include "fvplatform.h"
+#include <QtGlobal>
+#include <QDebug>
+
+FvPlatform::FvPlatform(QObject *parent) :
+	QObject(parent)
+{
+	// noop
+}
+
+bool FvPlatform::CurrentlyRunningOnPlatform(QString platform)
+{
+	platform = platform.toUpper().trimmed();
+	if (platform.isEmpty()) {
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	// Defined on AIX.
+#ifdef Q_OS_AIX
+	if (platform == "Q_OS_AIX") {
+		return true;
+	}
+#endif
+
+	// Q_OS_BSD4 ("Defined on Any BSD 4.4 system") intentionally skipped.
+
+	// Defined on BSD/OS.
+#ifdef Q_OS_BSDI
+	if (platform == "Q_OS_BSDI") {
+		return true;
+	}
+#endif
+
+	// Defined on Cygwin.
+#ifdef Q_OS_CYGWIN
+	if (platform == "Q_OS_CYGWIN") {
+		return true;
+	}
+#endif
+
+	// Q_OS_DARWIN ("Defined on Darwin OS (synonym for Q_OS_MAC)") intentionally skipped.
+
+	// Defined on DG/UX.
+#ifdef Q_OS_DGUX
+	if (platform == "Q_OS_DGUX") {
+		return true;
+	}
+#endif
+
+	// Defined on DYNIX/ptx.
+#ifdef Q_OS_DYNIX
+	if (platform == "Q_OS_DYNIX") {
+		return true;
+	}
+#endif
+
+	// Defined on FreeBSD.
+#ifdef Q_OS_FREEBSD
+	if (platform == "Q_OS_FREEBSD") {
+		return true;
+	}
+#endif
+
+	// Defined on HP-UX.
+#ifdef Q_OS_HPUX
+	if (platform == "Q_OS_HPUX") {
+		return true;
+	}
+#endif
+
+	// Defined on GNU Hurd.
+#ifdef Q_OS_HURD
+	if (platform == "Q_OS_HURD") {
+		return true;
+	}
+#endif
+
+	// Defined on SGI Irix.
+#ifdef Q_OS_IRIX
+	if (platform == "Q_OS_IRIX") {
+		return true;
+	}
+#endif
+
+	// Defined on Linux.
+#ifdef Q_OS_LINUX
+	if (platform == "Q_OS_LINUX") {
+		return true;
+	}
+#endif
+
+	// Defined on LynxOS.
+#ifdef Q_OS_LYNX
+	if (platform == "Q_OS_LYNX") {
+		return true;
+	}
+#endif
+
+	// Defined on MAC OS (synonym for Darwin).
+#ifdef Q_OS_MAC
+	if (platform == "Q_OS_MAC") {
+		return true;
+	}
+#endif
+
+	// Q_OS_MSDOS ("Defined on MS-DOS and Windows") intentionally skipped.
+
+	// Defined on NetBSD.
+#ifdef Q_OS_NETBSD
+	if (platform == "Q_OS_NETBSD") {
+		return true;
+	}
+#endif
+
+	// Defined on OS/2.
+#ifdef Q_OS_OS2
+	if (platform == "Q_OS_OS2") {
+		return true;
+	}
+#endif
+
+	// Defined on OpenBSD.
+#ifdef Q_OS_OPENBSD
+	if (platform == "Q_OS_OPENBSD") {
+		return true;
+	}
+#endif
+
+	// Defined on XFree86 on OS/2 (not PM).
+#ifdef Q_OS_OS2EMX
+	if (platform == "Q_OS_OS2EMX") {
+		return true;
+	}
+#endif
+
+	// Defined on HP Tru64 UNIX.
+#ifdef Q_OS_OSF
+	if (platform == "Q_OS_OSF") {
+		return true;
+	}
+#endif
+
+	// Defined on QNX Neutrino.
+#ifdef Q_OS_QNX
+	if (platform == "Q_OS_QNX") {
+		return true;
+	}
+#endif
+
+	// Defined on Reliant UNIX.
+#ifdef Q_OS_RELIANT
+	if (platform == "Q_OS_RELIANT") {
+		return true;
+	}
+#endif
+
+	// Defined on SCO OpenServer 5.
+#ifdef Q_OS_SCO
+	if (platform == "Q_OS_SCO") {
+		return true;
+	}
+#endif
+
+	// Defined on Sun Solaris.
+#ifdef Q_OS_SOLARIS
+	if (platform == "Q_OS_SOLARIS") {
+		return true;
+	}
+#endif
+
+	// Defined on Symbian.
+#ifdef Q_OS_SYMBIAN
+	if (platform == "Q_OS_SYMBIAN") {
+		return true;
+	}
+#endif
+
+	// Defined on DEC Ultrix.
+#ifdef Q_OS_ULTRIX
+	if (platform == "Q_OS_ULTRIX") {
+		return true;
+	}
+#endif
+
+	// Q_OS_UNIX ("Defined on Any UNIX BSD/SYSV system") intentionally skipped.
+
+	// Defined on UnixWare 7, Open UNIX 8.
+#ifdef Q_OS_UNIXWARE
+	if (platform == "Q_OS_UNIXWARE") {
+		return true;
+	}
+#endif
+
+	// Defined on Windows CE (note: goes before Q_OS_WIN32)
+#ifdef Q_OS_WINCE
+	if (platform == "Q_OS_WINCE") {
+		return true;
+	}
+#endif
+
+	// Defined on all supported versions of Windows.
+#ifdef Q_OS_WIN32
+	if (platform == "Q_OS_WIN32") {
+		return true;
+	}
+#endif
+
+	// Fallback
+	return false;
+}
diff --git a/client/fervor/fvplatform.h b/client/fervor/fvplatform.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a527518
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/fervor/fvplatform.h
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+#ifndef FVPLATFORM_H
+#define FVPLATFORM_H
+
+#include <QObject>
+
+class FvPlatform : public QObject
+{
+	Q_OBJECT
+
+public:
+	static bool CurrentlyRunningOnPlatform(QString platform);
+
+private:
+	explicit FvPlatform(QObject *parent = 0);
+		
+};
+
+#endif // FVPLATFORM_H
diff --git a/client/fervor/fvupdateconfig.h.sample b/client/fervor/fvupdateconfig.h.sample
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..77d39e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/fervor/fvupdateconfig.h.sample
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+#ifndef FVUPDATECONFIG_H
+#define FVUPDATECONFIG_H
+
+//
+// Info.plist:
+//
+// SUEnableSystemProfiling = YES
+// SUExpectsDSASignature = YES
+// SUFeedURL = http://anglonas.fotonija.lt/MacOSX/updates.php
+// SUPublicDSAKeyFile = aupdate_dsa_pub.pem
+//
+
+#endif // FVUPDATECONFIG_H
diff --git a/client/fervor/fvupdateconfirmdialog.cpp b/client/fervor/fvupdateconfirmdialog.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..33afeb0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/fervor/fvupdateconfirmdialog.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+#include "fvupdateconfirmdialog.h"
+#include "fvavailableupdate.h"
+#include "fvupdater.h"
+#include "ui_fvupdateconfirmdialog.h"
+#include <QCloseEvent>
+
+
+FvUpdateConfirmDialog::FvUpdateConfirmDialog(QWidget *parent) :
+	QDialog(parent),
+	m_ui(new Ui::FvUpdateConfirmDialog)
+{
+	m_ui->setupUi(this);
+
+	// Delete on close
+	setAttribute(Qt::WA_DeleteOnClose, true);
+
+	// Set the "close app, then reopen" string
+	QString closeReopenString = m_ui->downloadThisUpdateLabel->text().arg(QString::fromUtf8(FV_APP_NAME));
+	m_ui->downloadThisUpdateLabel->setText(closeReopenString);
+
+	// Connect buttons
+	connect(m_ui->confirmButtonBox, SIGNAL(accepted()),
+			FvUpdater::sharedUpdater(), SLOT(UpdateInstallationConfirmed()));
+	connect(m_ui->confirmButtonBox, SIGNAL(rejected()),
+			FvUpdater::sharedUpdater(), SLOT(UpdateInstallationNotConfirmed()));
+}
+
+FvUpdateConfirmDialog::~FvUpdateConfirmDialog()
+{
+	delete m_ui;
+}
+
+bool FvUpdateConfirmDialog::UpdateWindowWithCurrentProposedUpdate()
+{
+	FvAvailableUpdate* proposedUpdate = FvUpdater::sharedUpdater()->GetProposedUpdate();
+	if (! proposedUpdate) {
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	QString downloadLinkString = m_ui->updateFileLinkLabel->text()
+			.arg(proposedUpdate->GetEnclosureUrl().toString());
+	m_ui->updateFileLinkLabel->setText(downloadLinkString);
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+void FvUpdateConfirmDialog::closeEvent(QCloseEvent* event)
+{
+	FvUpdater::sharedUpdater()->updateConfirmationDialogWasClosed();
+	event->accept();
+}
diff --git a/client/fervor/fvupdateconfirmdialog.h b/client/fervor/fvupdateconfirmdialog.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..19db4ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/fervor/fvupdateconfirmdialog.h
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+#ifndef FVUPDATECONFIRMDIALOG_H
+#define FVUPDATECONFIRMDIALOG_H
+
+#include <QDialog>
+
+namespace Ui {
+class FvUpdateConfirmDialog;
+}
+
+class FvUpdateConfirmDialog : public QDialog
+{
+	Q_OBJECT
+	
+public:
+	explicit FvUpdateConfirmDialog(QWidget *parent = 0);
+	~FvUpdateConfirmDialog();
+
+	// Update the current update proposal from FvUpdater
+	bool UpdateWindowWithCurrentProposedUpdate();
+
+	void closeEvent(QCloseEvent* event);
+
+private:
+	Ui::FvUpdateConfirmDialog* m_ui;
+};
+
+#endif // FVUPDATECONFIRMDIALOG_H
diff --git a/client/fervor/fvupdateconfirmdialog.ui b/client/fervor/fvupdateconfirmdialog.ui
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a7aa039
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/fervor/fvupdateconfirmdialog.ui
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<ui version="4.0">
+ <class>FvUpdateConfirmDialog</class>
+ <widget class="QDialog" name="FvUpdateConfirmDialog">
+  <property name="geometry">
+   <rect>
+    <x>0</x>
+    <y>0</y>
+    <width>480</width>
+    <height>160</height>
+   </rect>
+  </property>
+  <property name="windowTitle">
+   <string>Software Update</string>
+  </property>
+  <layout class="QVBoxLayout" name="verticalLayout">
+   <item>
+    <widget class="QLabel" name="updateFileIsLocatedLabel">
+     <property name="text">
+      <string>The update file is located at:</string>
+     </property>
+    </widget>
+   </item>
+   <item>
+    <widget class="QLabel" name="updateFileLinkLabel">
+     <property name="text">
+      <string>&lt;a href=&quot;%1&quot;&gt;%1&lt;/a&gt;</string>
+     </property>
+     <property name="openExternalLinks">
+      <bool>true</bool>
+     </property>
+     <property name="textInteractionFlags">
+      <set>Qt::TextBrowserInteraction</set>
+     </property>
+    </widget>
+   </item>
+   <item>
+    <widget class="QLabel" name="downloadThisUpdateLabel">
+     <property name="text">
+      <string>Download this update, close &quot;%1&quot;, install it, and then reopen &quot;%1&quot;.</string>
+     </property>
+    </widget>
+   </item>
+   <item>
+    <widget class="QLabel" name="whenYouClickOkLabel">
+     <property name="text">
+      <string>When you click &quot;OK&quot;, this link will be opened in your browser.</string>
+     </property>
+    </widget>
+   </item>
+   <item>
+    <widget class="QDialogButtonBox" name="confirmButtonBox">
+     <property name="orientation">
+      <enum>Qt::Horizontal</enum>
+     </property>
+     <property name="standardButtons">
+      <set>QDialogButtonBox::Cancel|QDialogButtonBox::Ok</set>
+     </property>
+    </widget>
+   </item>
+  </layout>
+ </widget>
+ <resources/>
+ <connections/>
+</ui>
diff --git a/client/fervor/fvupdater.cpp b/client/fervor/fvupdater.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e9b1a3c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/fervor/fvupdater.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,602 @@
+#include "fvupdater.h"
+#include "fvupdatewindow.h"
+#include "fvupdateconfirmdialog.h"
+#include "fvplatform.h"
+#include "fvignoredversions.h"
+#include "fvavailableupdate.h"
+#include <QApplication>
+#include <QtNetwork>
+#include <QMessageBox>
+#include <QDesktopServices>
+#include <QDebug>
+
+#ifndef FV_APP_NAME
+#	error "FV_APP_NAME is undefined (must have been defined by Fervor.pri)"
+#endif
+#ifndef FV_APP_VERSION
+#	error "FV_APP_VERSION is undefined (must have been defined by Fervor.pri)"
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef FV_DEBUG
+	// Unit tests
+#	include "fvversioncomparatortest.h"
+#endif
+
+
+FvUpdater* FvUpdater::m_Instance = 0;
+
+
+FvUpdater* FvUpdater::sharedUpdater()
+{
+	static QMutex mutex;
+	if (! m_Instance) {
+		mutex.lock();
+
+		if (! m_Instance) {
+			m_Instance = new FvUpdater;
+		}
+
+		mutex.unlock();
+	}
+
+	return m_Instance;
+}
+
+void FvUpdater::drop()
+{
+	static QMutex mutex;
+	mutex.lock();
+	delete m_Instance;
+	m_Instance = 0;
+	mutex.unlock();
+}
+
+FvUpdater::FvUpdater() : QObject(0)
+{
+	m_reply = 0;
+	m_updaterWindow = 0;
+	m_updateConfirmationDialog = 0;
+	m_proposedUpdate = 0;
+
+	// Translation mechanism
+	installTranslator();
+
+#ifdef FV_DEBUG
+	// Unit tests
+	FvVersionComparatorTest* test = new FvVersionComparatorTest();
+	test->runAll();
+	delete test;
+#endif
+
+}
+
+FvUpdater::~FvUpdater()
+{
+	if (m_proposedUpdate) {
+		delete m_proposedUpdate;
+		m_proposedUpdate = 0;
+	}
+
+	hideUpdateConfirmationDialog();
+	hideUpdaterWindow();
+}
+
+void FvUpdater::installTranslator()
+{
+	QTranslator translator;
+	QString locale = QLocale::system().name();
+	translator.load(QString("fervor_") + locale);
+    //QTextCodec::setCodecForTr(QTextCodec::codecForName("utf8"));
+	qApp->installTranslator(&translator);
+}
+
+void FvUpdater::showUpdaterWindowUpdatedWithCurrentUpdateProposal()
+{
+	// Destroy window if already exists
+	hideUpdaterWindow();
+
+	// Create a new window
+	m_updaterWindow = new FvUpdateWindow();
+	m_updaterWindow->UpdateWindowWithCurrentProposedUpdate();
+	m_updaterWindow->show();
+}
+
+void FvUpdater::hideUpdaterWindow()
+{
+	if (m_updaterWindow) {
+		if (! m_updaterWindow->close()) {
+			qWarning() << "Update window didn't close, leaking memory from now on";
+		}
+
+		// not deleting because of Qt::WA_DeleteOnClose
+
+		m_updaterWindow = 0;
+	}
+}
+
+void FvUpdater::updaterWindowWasClosed()
+{
+	// (Re-)nullify a pointer to a destroyed QWidget or you're going to have a bad time.
+	m_updaterWindow = 0;
+}
+
+
+void FvUpdater::showUpdateConfirmationDialogUpdatedWithCurrentUpdateProposal()
+{
+	// Destroy dialog if already exists
+	hideUpdateConfirmationDialog();
+
+	// Create a new window
+	m_updateConfirmationDialog = new FvUpdateConfirmDialog();
+	m_updateConfirmationDialog->UpdateWindowWithCurrentProposedUpdate();
+	m_updateConfirmationDialog->show();
+}
+
+void FvUpdater::hideUpdateConfirmationDialog()
+{
+	if (m_updateConfirmationDialog) {
+		if (! m_updateConfirmationDialog->close()) {
+			qWarning() << "Update confirmation dialog didn't close, leaking memory from now on";
+		}
+
+		// not deleting because of Qt::WA_DeleteOnClose
+
+		m_updateConfirmationDialog = 0;
+	}
+}
+
+void FvUpdater::updateConfirmationDialogWasClosed()
+{
+	// (Re-)nullify a pointer to a destroyed QWidget or you're going to have a bad time.
+	m_updateConfirmationDialog = 0;
+}
+
+
+void FvUpdater::SetFeedURL(QUrl feedURL)
+{
+	m_feedURL = feedURL;
+}
+
+void FvUpdater::SetFeedURL(QString feedURL)
+{
+	SetFeedURL(QUrl(feedURL));
+}
+
+QString FvUpdater::GetFeedURL()
+{
+	return m_feedURL.toString();
+}
+
+FvAvailableUpdate* FvUpdater::GetProposedUpdate()
+{
+	return m_proposedUpdate;
+}
+
+
+void FvUpdater::InstallUpdate()
+{
+	qDebug() << "Install update";
+
+	showUpdateConfirmationDialogUpdatedWithCurrentUpdateProposal();
+}
+
+void FvUpdater::SkipUpdate()
+{
+	qDebug() << "Skip update";
+
+	FvAvailableUpdate* proposedUpdate = GetProposedUpdate();
+	if (! proposedUpdate) {
+		qWarning() << "Proposed update is NULL (shouldn't be at this point)";
+		return;
+	}
+
+	// Start ignoring this particular version
+	FVIgnoredVersions::IgnoreVersion(proposedUpdate->GetEnclosureVersion());
+
+	hideUpdaterWindow();
+	hideUpdateConfirmationDialog();	// if any; shouldn't be shown at this point, but who knows
+}
+
+void FvUpdater::RemindMeLater()
+{
+	qDebug() << "Remind me later";
+
+	hideUpdaterWindow();
+	hideUpdateConfirmationDialog();	// if any; shouldn't be shown at this point, but who knows
+}
+
+void FvUpdater::UpdateInstallationConfirmed()
+{
+	qDebug() << "Confirm update installation";
+
+	FvAvailableUpdate* proposedUpdate = GetProposedUpdate();
+	if (! proposedUpdate) {
+		qWarning() << "Proposed update is NULL (shouldn't be at this point)";
+		return;
+	}
+
+	// Open a link
+	if (! QDesktopServices::openUrl(proposedUpdate->GetEnclosureUrl())) {
+		showErrorDialog(tr("Unable to open this link in a browser. Please do it manually."), true);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	hideUpdaterWindow();
+	hideUpdateConfirmationDialog();
+}
+
+void FvUpdater::UpdateInstallationNotConfirmed()
+{
+	qDebug() << "Do not confirm update installation";
+
+	hideUpdateConfirmationDialog();	// if any; shouldn't be shown at this point, but who knows
+	// leave the "update proposal window" inact
+}
+
+
+bool FvUpdater::CheckForUpdates(bool silentAsMuchAsItCouldGet)
+{
+	if (m_feedURL.isEmpty()) {
+		qCritical() << "Please set feed URL via setFeedURL() before calling CheckForUpdates().";
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	m_silentAsMuchAsItCouldGet = silentAsMuchAsItCouldGet;
+
+	// Check if application's organization name and domain are set, fail otherwise
+	// (nowhere to store QSettings to)
+  /*
+  if (QApplication::organizationName().isEmpty()) {
+		qCritical() << "QApplication::organizationName is not set. Please do that.";
+		return false;
+	}
+	if (QApplication::organizationDomain().isEmpty()) {
+		qCritical() << "QApplication::organizationDomain is not set. Please do that.";
+		return false;
+	}
+  */
+	// Set application name / version is not set yet
+	if (QApplication::applicationName().isEmpty()) {
+		QString appName = QString::fromUtf8(FV_APP_NAME);
+		qWarning() << "QApplication::applicationName is not set, setting it to '" << appName << "'";
+		QApplication::setApplicationName(appName);
+	}
+	if (QApplication::applicationVersion().isEmpty()) {
+		QString appVersion = QString::fromUtf8(FV_APP_VERSION);
+		qWarning() << "QApplication::applicationVersion is not set, setting it to '" << appVersion << "'";
+		QApplication::setApplicationVersion(appVersion);
+	}
+
+	cancelDownloadFeed();
+	m_httpRequestAborted = false;
+	startDownloadFeed(m_feedURL);
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+bool FvUpdater::CheckForUpdatesSilent()
+{
+	return CheckForUpdates(true);
+}
+
+bool FvUpdater::CheckForUpdatesNotSilent()
+{
+	return CheckForUpdates(false);
+}
+
+
+void FvUpdater::startDownloadFeed(QUrl url)
+{
+	m_xml.clear();
+
+	QNetworkRequest request;
+ 	request.setHeader(QNetworkRequest::ContentTypeHeader, "application/xml");
+ 	request.setHeader(QNetworkRequest::UserAgentHeader, QApplication::applicationName());
+ 	request.setUrl(url);
+
+	m_reply = m_qnam.get(request);
+
+	connect(m_reply, SIGNAL(readyRead()), this, SLOT(httpFeedReadyRead()));
+	connect(m_reply, SIGNAL(downloadProgress(qint64, qint64)), this, SLOT(httpFeedUpdateDataReadProgress(qint64, qint64)));
+	connect(m_reply, SIGNAL(finished()), this, SLOT(httpFeedDownloadFinished()));
+}
+
+void FvUpdater::cancelDownloadFeed()
+{
+	if (m_reply) {
+		m_httpRequestAborted = true;
+		m_reply->abort();
+	}
+}
+
+void FvUpdater::httpFeedReadyRead()
+{
+	// this slot gets called every time the QNetworkReply has new data.
+	// We read all of its new data and write it into the file.
+	// That way we use less RAM than when reading it at the finished()
+	// signal of the QNetworkReply
+	m_xml.addData(m_reply->readAll());
+}
+
+void FvUpdater::httpFeedUpdateDataReadProgress(qint64 bytesRead,
+											   qint64 totalBytes)
+{
+	Q_UNUSED(bytesRead);
+	Q_UNUSED(totalBytes);
+
+	if (m_httpRequestAborted) {
+		return;
+	}
+}
+
+void FvUpdater::httpFeedDownloadFinished()
+{
+	if (m_httpRequestAborted) {
+		m_reply->deleteLater();
+		return;
+	}
+
+	QVariant redirectionTarget = m_reply->attribute(QNetworkRequest::RedirectionTargetAttribute);
+	if (m_reply->error()) {
+
+		// Error.
+		showErrorDialog(tr("Feed download failed: %1.").arg(m_reply->errorString()), false);
+
+	} else if (! redirectionTarget.isNull()) {
+		QUrl newUrl = m_feedURL.resolved(redirectionTarget.toUrl());
+
+		m_feedURL = newUrl;
+		m_reply->deleteLater();
+
+		startDownloadFeed(m_feedURL);
+		return;
+
+	} else {
+
+		// Done.
+		xmlParseFeed();
+
+	}
+
+	m_reply->deleteLater();
+	m_reply = 0;
+}
+
+bool FvUpdater::xmlParseFeed()
+{
+	QString currentTag, currentQualifiedTag;
+
+	QString xmlTitle, xmlLink, xmlReleaseNotesLink, xmlPubDate, xmlEnclosureUrl,
+			xmlEnclosureVersion, xmlEnclosurePlatform, xmlEnclosureType;
+	unsigned long xmlEnclosureLength = 0;
+
+	// Parse
+	while (! m_xml.atEnd()) {
+
+		m_xml.readNext();
+
+		if (m_xml.isStartElement()) {
+
+			currentTag = m_xml.name().toString();
+			currentQualifiedTag = m_xml.qualifiedName().toString();
+
+			if (m_xml.name() == "item") {
+
+				xmlTitle.clear();
+				xmlLink.clear();
+				xmlReleaseNotesLink.clear();
+				xmlPubDate.clear();
+				xmlEnclosureUrl.clear();
+				xmlEnclosureVersion.clear();
+				xmlEnclosurePlatform.clear();
+				xmlEnclosureLength = 0;
+				xmlEnclosureType.clear();
+
+			} else if (m_xml.name() == "enclosure") {
+
+				QXmlStreamAttributes attribs = m_xml.attributes();
+
+				if (attribs.hasAttribute("fervor:platform")) {
+
+					if (FvPlatform::CurrentlyRunningOnPlatform(attribs.value("fervor:platform").toString().trimmed())) {
+
+						xmlEnclosurePlatform = attribs.value("fervor:platform").toString().trimmed();
+
+						if (attribs.hasAttribute("url")) {
+							xmlEnclosureUrl = attribs.value("url").toString().trimmed();
+						} else {
+							xmlEnclosureUrl = "";
+						}
+
+                        // First check for Sparkle's version, then overwrite with Fervor's version (if any)
+                        if (attribs.hasAttribute("sparkle:version")) {
+                            QString candidateVersion = attribs.value("sparkle:version").toString().trimmed();
+                            if (! candidateVersion.isEmpty()) {
+                                xmlEnclosureVersion = candidateVersion;
+                            }
+                        }
+                        if (attribs.hasAttribute("fervor:version")) {
+                            QString candidateVersion = attribs.value("fervor:version").toString().trimmed();
+                            if (! candidateVersion.isEmpty()) {
+                                xmlEnclosureVersion = candidateVersion;
+                            }
+                        }
+
+						if (attribs.hasAttribute("length")) {
+							xmlEnclosureLength = attribs.value("length").toString().toLong();
+						} else {
+							xmlEnclosureLength = 0;
+						}
+						if (attribs.hasAttribute("type")) {
+							xmlEnclosureType = attribs.value("type").toString().trimmed();
+						} else {
+							xmlEnclosureType = "";
+						}
+
+					}
+
+				}
+
+			}
+
+		} else if (m_xml.isEndElement()) {
+
+			if (m_xml.name() == "item") {
+
+				// That's it - we have analyzed a single <item> and we'll stop
+				// here (because the topmost is the most recent one, and thus
+				// the newest version.
+
+				return searchDownloadedFeedForUpdates(xmlTitle,
+													  xmlLink,
+													  xmlReleaseNotesLink,
+													  xmlPubDate,
+													  xmlEnclosureUrl,
+													  xmlEnclosureVersion,
+													  xmlEnclosurePlatform,
+													  xmlEnclosureLength,
+													  xmlEnclosureType);
+
+			}
+
+		} else if (m_xml.isCharacters() && ! m_xml.isWhitespace()) {
+
+			if (currentTag == "title") {
+				xmlTitle += m_xml.text().toString().trimmed();
+
+			} else if (currentTag == "link") {
+				xmlLink += m_xml.text().toString().trimmed();
+
+			} else if (currentQualifiedTag == "sparkle:releaseNotesLink") {
+				xmlReleaseNotesLink += m_xml.text().toString().trimmed();
+
+			} else if (currentTag == "pubDate") {
+				xmlPubDate += m_xml.text().toString().trimmed();
+
+			}
+
+		}
+
+		if (m_xml.error() && m_xml.error() != QXmlStreamReader::PrematureEndOfDocumentError) {
+
+			showErrorDialog(tr("Feed parsing failed: %1 %2.").arg(QString::number(m_xml.lineNumber()), m_xml.errorString()), false);
+			return false;
+
+		}
+	}
+
+    // No updates were found if we're at this point
+    // (not a single <item> element found)
+    showInformationDialog(tr("No updates were found."), false);
+
+	return false;
+}
+
+
+bool FvUpdater::searchDownloadedFeedForUpdates(QString xmlTitle,
+											   QString xmlLink,
+											   QString xmlReleaseNotesLink,
+											   QString xmlPubDate,
+											   QString xmlEnclosureUrl,
+											   QString xmlEnclosureVersion,
+											   QString xmlEnclosurePlatform,
+											   unsigned long xmlEnclosureLength,
+											   QString xmlEnclosureType)
+{
+    qDebug() << "Title:" << xmlTitle;
+    qDebug() << "Link:" << xmlLink;
+    qDebug() << "Release notes link:" << xmlReleaseNotesLink;
+    qDebug() << "Pub. date:" << xmlPubDate;
+    qDebug() << "Enclosure URL:" << xmlEnclosureUrl;
+    qDebug() << "Enclosure version:" << xmlEnclosureVersion;
+    qDebug() << "Enclosure platform:" << xmlEnclosurePlatform;
+    qDebug() << "Enclosure length:" << xmlEnclosureLength;
+    qDebug() << "Enclosure type:" << xmlEnclosureType;
+
+	// Validate
+	if (xmlReleaseNotesLink.isEmpty()) {
+		if (xmlLink.isEmpty()) {
+			showErrorDialog(tr("Feed error: \"release notes\" link is empty"), false);
+			return false;
+		} else {
+			xmlReleaseNotesLink = xmlLink;
+		}
+	} else {
+		xmlLink = xmlReleaseNotesLink;
+	}
+	if (! (xmlLink.startsWith("http://") || xmlLink.startsWith("https://"))) {
+		showErrorDialog(tr("Feed error: invalid \"release notes\" link"), false);
+		return false;
+	}
+	if (xmlEnclosureUrl.isEmpty() || xmlEnclosureVersion.isEmpty() || xmlEnclosurePlatform.isEmpty()) {
+        showErrorDialog(tr("Feed error: invalid \"enclosure\" with the download link"), false);
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	// Relevant version?
+  if (FVIgnoredVersions::VersionIsIgnored(xmlEnclosureVersion)) {
+		qDebug() << "Version '" << xmlEnclosureVersion << "' is ignored, too old or something like that.";
+
+		showInformationDialog(tr("No updates were found."), false);
+
+		return true;	// Things have succeeded when you think of it.
+  }
+
+
+	//
+	// Success! At this point, we have found an update that can be proposed
+	// to the user.
+	//
+
+	if (m_proposedUpdate) {
+		delete m_proposedUpdate; m_proposedUpdate = 0;
+	}
+	m_proposedUpdate = new FvAvailableUpdate();
+	m_proposedUpdate->SetTitle(xmlTitle);
+	m_proposedUpdate->SetReleaseNotesLink(xmlReleaseNotesLink);
+	m_proposedUpdate->SetPubDate(xmlPubDate);
+	m_proposedUpdate->SetEnclosureUrl(xmlEnclosureUrl);
+	m_proposedUpdate->SetEnclosureVersion(xmlEnclosureVersion);
+	m_proposedUpdate->SetEnclosurePlatform(xmlEnclosurePlatform);
+	m_proposedUpdate->SetEnclosureLength(xmlEnclosureLength);
+	m_proposedUpdate->SetEnclosureType(xmlEnclosureType);
+
+	// Show "look, there's an update" window
+	showUpdaterWindowUpdatedWithCurrentUpdateProposal();
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+
+void FvUpdater::showErrorDialog(QString message, bool showEvenInSilentMode)
+{
+	if (m_silentAsMuchAsItCouldGet) {
+		if (! showEvenInSilentMode) {
+			// Don't show errors in the silent mode
+			return;
+		}
+	}
+
+	QMessageBox dlFailedMsgBox;
+	dlFailedMsgBox.setIcon(QMessageBox::Critical);
+	dlFailedMsgBox.setText(tr("Error"));
+	dlFailedMsgBox.setInformativeText(message);
+	dlFailedMsgBox.exec();
+}
+
+void FvUpdater::showInformationDialog(QString message, bool showEvenInSilentMode)
+{
+	if (m_silentAsMuchAsItCouldGet) {
+		if (! showEvenInSilentMode) {
+			// Don't show information dialogs in the silent mode
+			return;
+		}
+	}
+
+	QMessageBox dlInformationMsgBox;
+	dlInformationMsgBox.setIcon(QMessageBox::Information);
+	dlInformationMsgBox.setText(tr("Information"));
+	dlInformationMsgBox.setInformativeText(message);
+	dlInformationMsgBox.exec();
+}
diff --git a/client/fervor/fvupdater.h b/client/fervor/fvupdater.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..04b69fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/fervor/fvupdater.h
@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
+#ifndef FVUPDATER_H
+#define FVUPDATER_H
+
+#include <QObject>
+#include <QMutex>
+#include <QNetworkAccessManager>
+#include <QUrl>
+#include <QXmlStreamReader>
+class FvUpdateWindow;
+class FvUpdateConfirmDialog;
+class FvAvailableUpdate;
+
+
+class FvUpdater : public QObject
+{
+	Q_OBJECT
+
+public:
+
+	// Singleton
+	static FvUpdater* sharedUpdater();
+	static void drop();
+
+	// Set / get feed URL
+	void SetFeedURL(QUrl feedURL);
+	void SetFeedURL(QString feedURL);
+	QString GetFeedURL();
+	
+public slots:
+
+	// Check for updates
+	bool CheckForUpdates(bool silentAsMuchAsItCouldGet = true);
+
+	// Aliases
+	bool CheckForUpdatesSilent();
+	bool CheckForUpdatesNotSilent();
+
+
+	//
+	// ---------------------------------------------------
+	// ---------------------------------------------------
+	// ---------------------------------------------------
+	// ---------------------------------------------------
+	//
+
+protected:
+
+	friend class FvUpdateWindow;		// Uses GetProposedUpdate() and others
+	friend class FvUpdateConfirmDialog;	// Uses GetProposedUpdate() and others
+	FvAvailableUpdate* GetProposedUpdate();
+
+
+protected slots:
+
+	// Update window button slots
+	void InstallUpdate();
+	void SkipUpdate();
+	void RemindMeLater();
+
+	// Update confirmation dialog button slots
+	void UpdateInstallationConfirmed();
+	void UpdateInstallationNotConfirmed();
+
+private:
+
+	//
+	// Singleton business
+	//
+	// (we leave just the declarations, so the compiler will warn us if we try
+	//  to use those two functions by accident)
+	FvUpdater();							// Hide main constructor
+	~FvUpdater();							// Hide main destructor
+	FvUpdater(const FvUpdater&);			// Hide copy constructor
+	FvUpdater& operator=(const FvUpdater&);	// Hide assign op
+
+	static FvUpdater* m_Instance;			// Singleton instance
+
+
+	//
+	// Windows / dialogs
+	//
+	FvUpdateWindow* m_updaterWindow;								// Updater window (NULL if not shown)
+	void showUpdaterWindowUpdatedWithCurrentUpdateProposal();		// Show updater window
+	void hideUpdaterWindow();										// Hide + destroy m_updaterWindow
+	void updaterWindowWasClosed();									// Sent by the updater window when it gets closed
+
+	FvUpdateConfirmDialog* m_updateConfirmationDialog;						// Update confirmation dialog (NULL if not shown)
+	void showUpdateConfirmationDialogUpdatedWithCurrentUpdateProposal();	// Show update confirmation dialog
+	void hideUpdateConfirmationDialog();									// Hide + destroy m_updateConfirmationDialog
+	void updateConfirmationDialogWasClosed();								// Sent by the update confirmation dialog when it gets closed
+
+	// Available update (NULL if not fetched)
+	FvAvailableUpdate* m_proposedUpdate;
+
+	// If true, don't show the error dialogs and the "no updates." dialog
+	// (silentAsMuchAsItCouldGet from CheckForUpdates() goes here)
+	// Useful for automatic update checking upon application startup.
+	bool m_silentAsMuchAsItCouldGet;
+
+	// Dialogs (notifications)
+	void showErrorDialog(QString message, bool showEvenInSilentMode = false);			// Show an error message
+	void showInformationDialog(QString message, bool showEvenInSilentMode = false);		// Show an informational message
+
+
+	//
+	// HTTP feed fetcher infrastructure
+	//
+	QUrl m_feedURL;					// Feed URL that will be fetched
+	QNetworkAccessManager m_qnam;
+	QNetworkReply* m_reply;
+	int m_httpGetId;
+	bool m_httpRequestAborted;
+
+	void startDownloadFeed(QUrl url);	// Start downloading feed
+	void cancelDownloadFeed();			// Stop downloading the current feed
+
+private slots:
+
+	void httpFeedReadyRead();
+	void httpFeedUpdateDataReadProgress(qint64 bytesRead,
+										qint64 totalBytes);
+	void httpFeedDownloadFinished();
+
+
+private:
+
+	//
+	// XML parser
+	//
+	QXmlStreamReader m_xml;				// XML data collector and parser
+	bool xmlParseFeed();				// Parse feed in m_xml
+	bool searchDownloadedFeedForUpdates(QString xmlTitle,
+										QString xmlLink,
+										QString xmlReleaseNotesLink,
+										QString xmlPubDate,
+										QString xmlEnclosureUrl,
+										QString xmlEnclosureVersion,
+										QString xmlEnclosurePlatform,
+										unsigned long xmlEnclosureLength,
+										QString xmlEnclosureType);
+
+
+	//
+	// Helpers
+	//
+	void installTranslator();			// Initialize translation mechanism
+
+};
+
+#endif // FVUPDATER_H
diff --git a/client/fervor/fvupdatewindow.cpp b/client/fervor/fvupdatewindow.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5e2f6c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/fervor/fvupdatewindow.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+#include "fvupdatewindow.h"
+#include "ui_fvupdatewindow.h"
+#include "fvupdater.h"
+#include "fvavailableupdate.h"
+#include <QApplication>
+#include <QCloseEvent>
+#include <QDebug>
+#include <QNetworkRequest>
+#include <QNetworkReply>
+
+FvUpdateWindow::FvUpdateWindow(QWidget *parent) :
+	QWidget(parent),
+  m_ui(new Ui::FvUpdateWindow), m_NetworkReply(nullptr)
+{
+	m_ui->setupUi(this);
+
+	// Delete on close
+	setAttribute(Qt::WA_DeleteOnClose, true);
+
+	// Set the "new version is available" string
+	QString newVersString = m_ui->newVersionIsAvailableLabel->text().arg(QString::fromUtf8(FV_APP_NAME));
+	m_ui->newVersionIsAvailableLabel->setText(newVersString);
+
+	// Connect buttons
+	connect(m_ui->installUpdateButton, SIGNAL(clicked()),
+			FvUpdater::sharedUpdater(), SLOT(InstallUpdate()));
+	connect(m_ui->skipThisVersionButton, SIGNAL(clicked()),
+			FvUpdater::sharedUpdater(), SLOT(SkipUpdate()));
+	connect(m_ui->remindMeLaterButton, SIGNAL(clicked()),
+			FvUpdater::sharedUpdater(), SLOT(RemindMeLater()));
+
+  connect(&m_Network, SIGNAL(finished(QNetworkReply*)), this, SLOT(downloadFinished(QNetworkReply*)));
+}
+
+FvUpdateWindow::~FvUpdateWindow()
+{
+	delete m_ui;
+}
+
+bool FvUpdateWindow::UpdateWindowWithCurrentProposedUpdate()
+{
+	FvAvailableUpdate* proposedUpdate = FvUpdater::sharedUpdater()->GetProposedUpdate();
+	if (! proposedUpdate) {
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	QString downloadString = m_ui->wouldYouLikeToDownloadLabel->text()
+			.arg(QString::fromUtf8(FV_APP_NAME), proposedUpdate->GetEnclosureVersion(), QString::fromUtf8(FV_APP_VERSION));
+	m_ui->wouldYouLikeToDownloadLabel->setText(downloadString);
+
+  QUrl notesUrl = proposedUpdate->GetReleaseNotesLink();
+  m_NetworkReply = m_Network.get(QNetworkRequest(notesUrl));
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+void FvUpdateWindow::closeEvent(QCloseEvent* event)
+{
+	FvUpdater::sharedUpdater()->updaterWindowWasClosed();
+  if (m_NetworkReply)
+    m_NetworkReply->abort();
+
+  event->accept();
+}
+
+void FvUpdateWindow::downloadFinished(QNetworkReply *reply)
+{
+  if (reply->error() == QNetworkReply::NoError)
+    m_ui->releaseNotes->setText(QString(reply->readAll()));
+
+  reply->deleteLater();
+  m_NetworkReply = nullptr;
+}
diff --git a/client/fervor/fvupdatewindow.h b/client/fervor/fvupdatewindow.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f4e8612
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/fervor/fvupdatewindow.h
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+#ifndef FVUPDATEWINDOW_H
+#define FVUPDATEWINDOW_H
+
+#include <QWidget>
+#include <QNetworkAccessManager>
+
+class QGraphicsScene;
+
+namespace Ui {
+class FvUpdateWindow;
+}
+
+class FvUpdateWindow : public QWidget
+{
+	Q_OBJECT
+	
+public:
+	explicit FvUpdateWindow(QWidget *parent = 0);
+	~FvUpdateWindow();
+
+	// Update the current update proposal from FvUpdater
+	bool UpdateWindowWithCurrentProposedUpdate();
+
+	void closeEvent(QCloseEvent* event);
+
+private:
+	Ui::FvUpdateWindow*	m_ui;
+  QNetworkAccessManager m_Network;
+  QNetworkReply* m_NetworkReply;
+
+public slots:
+  void downloadFinished(QNetworkReply* reply);
+};
+
+#endif // FVUPDATEWINDOW_H
diff --git a/client/fervor/fvupdatewindow.ui b/client/fervor/fvupdatewindow.ui
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..787a633
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/fervor/fvupdatewindow.ui
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<ui version="4.0">
+ <class>FvUpdateWindow</class>
+ <widget class="QWidget" name="FvUpdateWindow">
+  <property name="geometry">
+   <rect>
+    <x>0</x>
+    <y>0</y>
+    <width>640</width>
+    <height>480</height>
+   </rect>
+  </property>
+  <property name="windowTitle">
+   <string>Software Update</string>
+  </property>
+  <layout class="QHBoxLayout" name="horizontalLayout_6">
+   <item>
+    <layout class="QVBoxLayout" name="verticalLayout">
+     <item>
+      <widget class="QLabel" name="newVersionIsAvailableLabel">
+       <property name="font">
+        <font>
+         <weight>75</weight>
+         <bold>true</bold>
+        </font>
+       </property>
+       <property name="text">
+        <string>A new version of %1 is available!</string>
+       </property>
+      </widget>
+     </item>
+     <item>
+      <widget class="QLabel" name="wouldYouLikeToDownloadLabel">
+       <property name="text">
+        <string>%1 %2 is now available - you have %3. Would you like to download it now?</string>
+       </property>
+      </widget>
+     </item>
+     <item>
+      <widget class="QGroupBox" name="groupBox">
+       <property name="font">
+        <font>
+         <weight>75</weight>
+         <bold>true</bold>
+        </font>
+       </property>
+       <property name="title">
+        <string>Release Notes:</string>
+       </property>
+       <layout class="QHBoxLayout" name="horizontalLayout_7">
+        <item>
+         <widget class="QTextBrowser" name="releaseNotes"/>
+        </item>
+       </layout>
+      </widget>
+     </item>
+     <item>
+      <layout class="QHBoxLayout" name="horizontalLayout_3">
+       <item>
+        <widget class="QPushButton" name="skipThisVersionButton">
+         <property name="text">
+          <string>Skip This Version</string>
+         </property>
+        </widget>
+       </item>
+       <item>
+        <spacer name="horizontalSpacer">
+         <property name="orientation">
+          <enum>Qt::Horizontal</enum>
+         </property>
+         <property name="sizeHint" stdset="0">
+          <size>
+           <width>40</width>
+           <height>20</height>
+          </size>
+         </property>
+        </spacer>
+       </item>
+       <item>
+        <widget class="QPushButton" name="remindMeLaterButton">
+         <property name="text">
+          <string>Remind Me Later</string>
+         </property>
+        </widget>
+       </item>
+       <item>
+        <widget class="QPushButton" name="installUpdateButton">
+         <property name="text">
+          <string>Install Update</string>
+         </property>
+         <property name="autoDefault">
+          <bool>true</bool>
+         </property>
+         <property name="default">
+          <bool>true</bool>
+         </property>
+        </widget>
+       </item>
+      </layout>
+     </item>
+    </layout>
+   </item>
+  </layout>
+ </widget>
+ <resources/>
+ <connections/>
+</ui>
diff --git a/client/fervor/fvversioncomparator.cpp b/client/fervor/fvversioncomparator.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a44c600
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/fervor/fvversioncomparator.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,165 @@
+#include "fvversioncomparator.h"
+#include <string>
+#include <algorithm>
+#include <cctype>
+#include <stdlib.h>  // for atoi()
+
+//
+// Clone of Sparkle's SUStandardVersionComparator.m, so here's original author's
+// copyright too:
+//
+//	Copyright 2007 Andy Matuschak. All rights reserved.
+//
+// Everything's the same except for TypeOfCharacter()
+// (because who knows how Foundation does isdigit() and such.)
+//
+
+
+FvVersionComparator::FvVersionComparator()
+{
+	// noop
+}
+
+FvVersionComparator::CharacterType FvVersionComparator::TypeOfCharacter(std::string character)
+{
+	if (character == ".") {
+		return kSeparatorType;
+	} else if (isdigit(character[0])) {
+		return kNumberType;
+	} else if (isspace(character[0])) {
+		return kSeparatorType;
+	} else if (ispunct(character[0])) {
+		return kSeparatorType;
+	} else {
+		return kStringType;
+	}
+
+}
+
+std::vector<std::string> FvVersionComparator::SplitVersionString(std::string version)
+{
+	std::string character;
+	std::string s;
+	unsigned long i = 0, n = 0;
+	CharacterType oldType, newType;
+	std::vector<std::string> parts;
+
+	if (version.length() == 0) {
+		// Nothing to do here
+		return parts;
+	}
+
+	s = version.substr(0, 1);
+	oldType = TypeOfCharacter(s);
+	n = version.length() - 1;
+	for (i = 1; i <= n; ++i) {
+		character = version.substr(i, 1)[0];
+		newType = TypeOfCharacter(character);
+		if (oldType != newType || oldType == kSeparatorType) {
+			// We've reached a new segment
+			std::string aPart = s;
+			parts.push_back(aPart);
+			s = character;
+		} else {
+			// Add character to string and continue
+			s.append(character);
+		}
+		oldType = newType;
+	}
+
+	// Add the last part onto the array
+	parts.push_back(s);
+	return parts;
+}
+
+
+FvVersionComparator::ComparatorResult FvVersionComparator::CompareVersions(std::string versionA,
+																		   std::string versionB)
+{
+	std::vector<std::string> partsA = SplitVersionString(versionA);
+	std::vector<std::string> partsB = SplitVersionString(versionB);
+
+	std::string partA = std::string(""), partB = std::string("");
+	unsigned long i = 0, n = 0;
+	int intA, intB;
+	CharacterType typeA, typeB;
+
+	n = std::min(partsA.size(), partsB.size());
+	for (i = 0; i < n; ++i) {
+		partA = partsA.at(i);
+		partB = partsB.at(i);
+
+		typeA = TypeOfCharacter(partA);
+		typeB = TypeOfCharacter(partB);
+
+		// Compare types
+		if (typeA == typeB) {
+			// Same type; we can compare
+			if (typeA == kNumberType) {
+				intA = atoi(partA.c_str());
+				intB = atoi(partB.c_str());
+
+				if (intA > intB) {
+					return kDescending;
+				} else if (intA < intB) {
+					return kAscending;
+				}
+			} else if (typeA == kStringType) {
+				short result = partA.compare(partB);
+				switch (result) {
+					case -1: return kAscending; break;
+					case 1: return kDescending; break;
+					case 0: /* do nothing */ break;
+				};
+			}
+		} else {
+			// Not the same type? Now we have to do some validity checking
+			if (typeA != kStringType && typeB == kStringType) {
+				// typeA wins
+				return kDescending;
+			} else if (typeA == kStringType && typeB != kStringType) {
+				// typeB wins
+				return kAscending;
+			} else {
+				// One is a number and the other is a period. The period is invalid
+				if (typeA == kNumberType) {
+					return kDescending;
+				} else {
+					return kAscending;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	// The versions are equal up to the point where they both still have parts
+	// Lets check to see if one is larger than the other
+	if (partsA.size() != partsB.size()) {
+		// Yep. Lets get the next part of the larger
+		// n holds the index of the part we want.
+		std::string missingPart = std::string("");
+		CharacterType missingType;
+		ComparatorResult shorterResult, largerResult;
+
+		if (partsA.size() > partsB.size()) {
+			missingPart = partsA.at(n);
+			shorterResult = kAscending;
+			largerResult = kDescending;
+		} else {
+			missingPart = partsB.at(n);
+			shorterResult = kDescending;
+			largerResult = kAscending;
+		}
+
+		missingType = TypeOfCharacter(missingPart);
+		// Check the type
+		if (missingType == kStringType) {
+			// It's a string. Shorter version wins
+			return shorterResult;
+		} else {
+			// It's a number/period. Larger version wins
+			return largerResult;
+		}
+	}
+
+	// The 2 strings are identical
+	return kSame;
+}
diff --git a/client/fervor/fvversioncomparator.h b/client/fervor/fvversioncomparator.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f083fdf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/fervor/fvversioncomparator.h
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+#ifndef FVVERSIONCOMPARATOR_H
+#define FVVERSIONCOMPARATOR_H
+
+#include <iosfwd>
+#include <vector>
+
+
+class FvVersionComparator
+{
+public:
+
+	typedef enum {
+		kSame = 0,
+		kDescending = 1,
+		kAscending = -1
+	} ComparatorResult;
+
+	static ComparatorResult CompareVersions(std::string versionA,
+											std::string versionB);
+
+private:
+
+	FvVersionComparator();
+
+	typedef enum {
+		kNumberType,
+		kStringType,
+		kSeparatorType
+	} CharacterType;
+
+	static CharacterType TypeOfCharacter(std::string character);
+	static std::vector<std::string> SplitVersionString(std::string version);
+
+};
+
+#endif // FVVERSIONCOMPARATOR_H
diff --git a/client/fervor/tests/CMakeLists.txt b/client/fervor/tests/CMakeLists.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8d5c6a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/fervor/tests/CMakeLists.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+qt4_wrap_cpp(TEST_MOC_SOURCES fvversioncomparatortest.h)
+
+add_executable(FervorTests
+  fvversioncomparatortest.cpp ${TEST_MOC_SOURCES}
+)
+
+target_link_libraries( FervorTests
+  ${QT_LIBRARIES}
+  ${QT_QTTEST_LIBRARY}
+  Fervor
+)
+
+add_test(FervorTests ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/FervorTests)
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/client/fervor/tests/fvversioncomparatortest.cpp b/client/fervor/tests/fvversioncomparatortest.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..349dfd0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/fervor/tests/fvversioncomparatortest.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+#include "fvversioncomparatortest.h"
+#include "fvversioncomparator.h"
+
+void FvVersionComparatorTest::testNumbers()
+{
+	QVERIFY(FvVersionComparator::CompareVersions("1.0", "1.1") == FvVersionComparator::kAscending);
+	QVERIFY(FvVersionComparator::CompareVersions("1.0", "1.0") == FvVersionComparator::kSame);
+	QVERIFY(FvVersionComparator::CompareVersions("2.0", "1.1") == FvVersionComparator::kDescending);
+	QVERIFY(FvVersionComparator::CompareVersions("0.1", "0.0.1") == FvVersionComparator::kDescending);
+	QVERIFY(FvVersionComparator::CompareVersions("0.1", "0.1.2") == FvVersionComparator::kAscending);
+
+	QVERIFY(FvVersionComparator::CompareVersions("1.0.0", "1.0.0") == FvVersionComparator::kSame);
+	QVERIFY(FvVersionComparator::CompareVersions("1.0.0", "1.0.1") == FvVersionComparator::kAscending);
+	QVERIFY(FvVersionComparator::CompareVersions("1.0.0", "1.1.0") == FvVersionComparator::kAscending);
+	QVERIFY(FvVersionComparator::CompareVersions("1.0.0", "2.0.0") == FvVersionComparator::kAscending);
+	QVERIFY(FvVersionComparator::CompareVersions("1.0.0", "0.0.1") == FvVersionComparator::kDescending);
+	QVERIFY(FvVersionComparator::CompareVersions("1.0.0", "0.1.0") == FvVersionComparator::kDescending);
+	QVERIFY(FvVersionComparator::CompareVersions("1.0.0", "0.9.9") == FvVersionComparator::kDescending);
+	QVERIFY(FvVersionComparator::CompareVersions("0.0.1", "0.0.2") == FvVersionComparator::kAscending);
+}
+
+void FvVersionComparatorTest::testPrereleases()
+{
+	QVERIFY(FvVersionComparator::CompareVersions("1.0a1", "1.0b1") == FvVersionComparator::kAscending);
+	QVERIFY(FvVersionComparator::CompareVersions("1.0b1", "1.0") == FvVersionComparator::kAscending);
+	QVERIFY(FvVersionComparator::CompareVersions("0.9", "1.0a1") == FvVersionComparator::kAscending);
+	QVERIFY(FvVersionComparator::CompareVersions("1.0b", "1.0b2") == FvVersionComparator::kAscending);
+	QVERIFY(FvVersionComparator::CompareVersions("1.0b10", "1.0b11") == FvVersionComparator::kAscending);
+	QVERIFY(FvVersionComparator::CompareVersions("1.0b9", "1.0b10") == FvVersionComparator::kAscending);
+	QVERIFY(FvVersionComparator::CompareVersions("1.0rc", "1.0") == FvVersionComparator::kAscending);
+	QVERIFY(FvVersionComparator::CompareVersions("1.0b", "1.0") == FvVersionComparator::kAscending);
+	QVERIFY(FvVersionComparator::CompareVersions("1.0pre1", "1.0") == FvVersionComparator::kAscending);
+
+	QVERIFY(FvVersionComparator::CompareVersions("1.0", "1.0pre1") == FvVersionComparator::kDescending);
+}
+
+void FvVersionComparatorTest::testVersionsWithBuildNumbers()
+{
+	QVERIFY(FvVersionComparator::CompareVersions("1.0 (1234)", "1.0 (1235)") == FvVersionComparator::kAscending);
+	QVERIFY(FvVersionComparator::CompareVersions("1.0b1 (1234)", "1.0 (1234)") == FvVersionComparator::kAscending);
+	QVERIFY(FvVersionComparator::CompareVersions("1.0b5 (1234)", "1.0b5 (1235)") == FvVersionComparator::kAscending);
+	QVERIFY(FvVersionComparator::CompareVersions("1.0b5 (1234)", "1.0.1b5 (1234)") == FvVersionComparator::kAscending);
+	QVERIFY(FvVersionComparator::CompareVersions("1.0.1b5 (1234)", "1.0.1b6 (1234)") == FvVersionComparator::kAscending);
+	QVERIFY(FvVersionComparator::CompareVersions("3.3 (5847)", "3.3.1b1 (5902)") == FvVersionComparator::kAscending);
+}
+
+QTEST_MAIN(FvVersionComparatorTest)
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/client/fervor/tests/fvversioncomparatortest.h b/client/fervor/tests/fvversioncomparatortest.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1544ab1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/fervor/tests/fvversioncomparatortest.h
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+#ifndef FVVERSIONCOMPARATORTEST_H
+#define FVVERSIONCOMPARATORTEST_H
+
+#include <QtTest/QtTest>
+
+
+class FvVersionComparatorTest : public QObject
+{
+	Q_OBJECT
+
+private slots:
+	void testNumbers();
+	void testPrereleases();
+	void testVersionsWithBuildNumbers();
+
+};
+
+#endif // FVVERSIONCOMPARATORTEST_H
diff --git a/client/finddialog.cpp b/client/finddialog.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..547e29c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/finddialog.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+#include "finddialog.h"
+#include "ui_finddialog.h"
+
+FindInTasksDialog::FindInTasksDialog(QWidget *parent) :
+  QDialog(parent, Qt::Sheet),
+  ui(new Ui::FindDialog)
+{
+  int typeId = qRegisterMetaType<FindResultItem>("FindResultItem");
+  ui->setupUi(this);
+  mModel = new FindResultsModel(this);
+  ui->mResultList->setModel(mModel);
+  mSearchHelper.moveToThread(&mSearchHelper);
+
+  connect(ui->mSearchButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(startSearch()));
+  connect(ui->mQueryText, SIGNAL(returnPressed()), this, SLOT(startSearch()));
+  connect(&mSearchHelper, SIGNAL(newResultAvailable(FindResultItem)), this, SLOT(onNewResult(FindResultItem)));
+  connect(&mSearchHelper, SIGNAL(searchComplete()), this, SLOT(searchComplete()));
+  connect(ui->mResultList, SIGNAL(doubleClicked(QModelIndex)), this, SLOT(resultSelected(QModelIndex)));
+  connect(ui->mResultList, SIGNAL(activated(QModelIndex)), this, SLOT(resultSelected(QModelIndex)));
+}
+
+FindInTasksDialog::~FindInTasksDialog()
+{
+  delete ui;
+}
+
+FindResultItem& FindInTasksDialog::getResult()
+{
+  return mResult;
+}
+
+void FindInTasksDialog::startSearch()
+{
+  if (ui->mSearchButton->text() == tr("Stop"))
+  {
+    // Stop possible previous search
+    mSearchHelper.stop();
+
+    // Enable query edit again
+    ui->mQueryText->setEnabled(true);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    if (ui->mQueryText->text().isEmpty())
+      return;
+
+    // Stop possible previous search
+    mSearchHelper.stop();
+
+    // Clear from old results
+    mModel->clear();
+
+    ui->mSearchButton->setText(tr("Stop"));
+    ui->mQueryText->setEnabled(false);
+    // Start new search
+    mSearchHelper.start(ui->mQueryText->text());
+  }
+}
+
+void FindInTasksDialog::resultSelected(const QModelIndex& index)
+{
+  if (!index.isValid())
+    return;
+
+  mResult = mModel->getItem(index.row());
+  accept();
+  close();
+}
+
+void FindInTasksDialog::onNewResult(const FindResultItem &item)
+{
+  // Add new item to list
+  mModel->addItem(item);
+
+  // Move focus to list
+  ui->mResultList->setFocus();
+  if (mModel->rowCount() == 1)
+  {
+    ui->mResultList->selectRow(0);
+  }
+}
+
+void FindInTasksDialog::searchComplete()
+{
+  // Sort found results by occurence count
+  ui->mSearchButton->setText(tr("Search"));
+  ui->mQueryText->setEnabled(true);
+}
diff --git a/client/finddialog.h b/client/finddialog.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3745f36
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/finddialog.h
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+#ifndef FINDDIALOG_H
+#define FINDDIALOG_H
+
+#include <QDialog>
+#include "findsupport.h"
+
+namespace Ui {
+class FindDialog;
+}
+
+class FindInTasksDialog : public QDialog
+{
+  Q_OBJECT
+
+public:
+  explicit FindInTasksDialog(QWidget *parent = 0);
+  ~FindInTasksDialog();
+
+  FindResultItem& getResult();
+
+public slots:
+  void startSearch();
+  void resultSelected(const QModelIndex& index);
+  void searchComplete();
+  void onNewResult(const FindResultItem& item);
+private:
+  Ui::FindDialog *ui;
+  FindResultsModel* mModel;
+  TaskSearch mSearchHelper;
+  FindResultItem mResult;
+};
+
+#endif // FINDDIALOG_H
diff --git a/client/finddialog.ui b/client/finddialog.ui
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d8ee776
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/finddialog.ui
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<ui version="4.0">
+ <class>FindDialog</class>
+ <widget class="QDialog" name="FindDialog">
+  <property name="geometry">
+   <rect>
+    <x>0</x>
+    <y>0</y>
+    <width>611</width>
+    <height>392</height>
+   </rect>
+  </property>
+  <property name="windowTitle">
+   <string>Dialog</string>
+  </property>
+  <layout class="QVBoxLayout" name="verticalLayout">
+   <item>
+    <layout class="QHBoxLayout" name="horizontalLayout">
+     <item>
+      <widget class="QLabel" name="label">
+       <property name="text">
+        <string>Text to search:</string>
+       </property>
+      </widget>
+     </item>
+     <item>
+      <widget class="QLineEdit" name="mQueryText"/>
+     </item>
+     <item>
+      <widget class="QPushButton" name="mSearchButton">
+       <property name="text">
+        <string>Search</string>
+       </property>
+       <property name="autoDefault">
+        <bool>false</bool>
+       </property>
+       <property name="default">
+        <bool>false</bool>
+       </property>
+      </widget>
+     </item>
+    </layout>
+   </item>
+   <item>
+    <widget class="QTableView" name="mResultList">
+     <property name="selectionBehavior">
+      <enum>QAbstractItemView::SelectRows</enum>
+     </property>
+     <property name="showGrid">
+      <bool>false</bool>
+     </property>
+     <attribute name="horizontalHeaderDefaultSectionSize">
+      <number>293</number>
+     </attribute>
+     <attribute name="verticalHeaderVisible">
+      <bool>false</bool>
+     </attribute>
+    </widget>
+   </item>
+  </layout>
+ </widget>
+ <resources/>
+ <connections/>
+</ui>
diff --git a/client/findsupport.cpp b/client/findsupport.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ddfa79d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/findsupport.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,187 @@
+#include "findsupport.h"
+#include "task.h"
+#include "storage.h"
+
+FindResultsModel::FindResultsModel(QObject* parent)
+  :QAbstractTableModel(parent)
+{
+}
+
+int FindResultsModel::columnCount(const QModelIndex &parent) const
+{
+  if (parent.isValid())
+    return 0;
+  return 2;
+}
+
+int FindResultsModel::rowCount(const QModelIndex &parent) const
+{
+  return mItemList.count();
+}
+
+QVariant FindResultsModel::data(const QModelIndex &index, int role) const
+{
+  if (!index.isValid())
+    return QVariant();
+
+  FindResultItem item = mItemList[index.row()];
+  switch (role)
+  {
+  case Qt::DisplayRole:
+    return index.column() == 0 ? item.mTask->title() : "..." + item.mPattern + "...";
+  }
+  return QVariant();
+}
+
+Qt::ItemFlags FindResultsModel::flags(const QModelIndex &index) const
+{
+  Qt::ItemFlags result = Qt::ItemIsEnabled | Qt::ItemIsSelectable;
+  return result;
+}
+
+QVariant FindResultsModel::headerData(int section, Qt::Orientation orientation, int role) const
+{
+  if (orientation == Qt::Horizontal && role == Qt::DisplayRole)
+  {
+    switch (section)
+    {
+    case 0: return tr("Task title");
+    case 1: return tr("Occurence");
+    }
+  }
+  return QVariant();
+}
+
+void FindResultsModel::addItem(const FindResultItem& item)
+{
+  beginInsertRows(QModelIndex(), rowCount(), rowCount());
+  mItemList.append(item);
+  endInsertRows();
+}
+
+void FindResultsModel::clear()
+{
+  beginRemoveRows(QModelIndex(), 0, rowCount()-1);
+  mItemList.clear();
+  endRemoveRows();
+}
+
+const FindResultItem& FindResultsModel::getItem(int row) const
+{
+  return mItemList.at(row);
+}
+// ------ TaskSearch -------
+TaskSearch::TaskSearch()
+  :mShutdown(false)
+{
+
+}
+
+TaskSearch::~TaskSearch()
+{
+  //stop();
+}
+
+void TaskSearch::start(const QString &request)
+{
+  mShutdown = false;
+  mRequest = request;
+  QThread::start();
+}
+
+void TaskSearch::stop()
+{
+  mShutdown = true;
+  QThread::wait();
+  mRequest.clear();
+}
+
+bool TaskSearch::isRunning()
+{
+  return false;
+}
+
+static int findInString(const QStringList& pattern, const QString& doc, int& firstIndex, QString& occurenceSubstring, QString& foundWord)
+{
+  int result = 0;
+  firstIndex = -1;
+  for (const QString& s: pattern)
+  {
+    int wordIndex = doc.indexOf(s);
+    if (wordIndex >= 0)
+    {
+      if (firstIndex == -1)
+      {
+        firstIndex = wordIndex;
+
+        // Copy pattern
+        int startIndex = firstIndex - 15;
+        if (startIndex < 0)
+          startIndex = 0;
+        int endIndex = firstIndex + 15;
+        if (endIndex >= doc.length())
+          endIndex = doc.length() - 1;
+        occurenceSubstring = doc.mid(startIndex, endIndex - startIndex + 1);
+        occurenceSubstring.replace("\n", " ").replace("\r", "");
+        foundWord = s;
+      }
+      result++;
+    }
+  }
+  return result;
+}
+
+void TaskSearch::run()
+{
+  // Reserve array with initial length to make copy
+  TaskArray tasks(Storage::instance().topOfTaskTree().count());
+
+  // Copy top level tasks
+  std::copy(Storage::instance().topOfTaskTree().begin(), Storage::instance().topOfTaskTree().end(), tasks.begin());
+
+  QStringList sl;
+  if (mRequest.startsWith("\"") && mRequest.endsWith("\""))
+    sl.append(mRequest);
+  else
+   sl = mRequest.split(" ", QString::SkipEmptyParts);
+
+  if (!sl.empty())
+  {
+    while (tasks.count() > 0 && !mShutdown)
+    {
+      PTask current = tasks.front();
+      tasks.erase(tasks.begin());
+
+      // Add children to tasks list
+      for (PTask child: current->children())
+        tasks.push_back(child);
+
+      // Search in title
+      FindResultItem titleSearchItem;
+      titleSearchItem.mIndex = -1;
+      titleSearchItem.mOccurences = findInString(sl, current->title(), titleSearchItem.mIndex, titleSearchItem.mPattern, titleSearchItem.mFoundWord);
+
+      // Get content from task
+      bool loadedThisTime = false;
+      if (!current->isContentLoaded())
+        current->loadContent();
+      QString content = current->html();
+
+      // Search in content
+      FindResultItem contentSearchItem;
+      contentSearchItem.mIndex = -1;
+      contentSearchItem.mOccurences = findInString(sl, content, contentSearchItem.mIndex, contentSearchItem.mPattern, contentSearchItem.mFoundWord);
+      contentSearchItem.mTask = current;
+
+      if (contentSearchItem.mOccurences + titleSearchItem.mOccurences >= sl.count())
+      {
+        emit newResultAvailable(contentSearchItem);
+      }
+      // Unload content if it is not needed now
+      if (loadedThisTime)
+        current->unloadContent();
+
+    }
+  }
+  emit searchComplete();
+}
diff --git a/client/findsupport.h b/client/findsupport.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6099983
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/findsupport.h
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+#ifndef FINDSUPPORT_H
+#define FINDSUPPORT_H
+
+#include <QAbstractListModel>
+#include <QVector>
+#include <QThread>
+#include "task.h"
+
+struct FindResultItem
+{
+  // Visible search result in list
+  QString mPattern;
+
+  // Found word
+  QString mFoundWord;
+
+  // Index of first found word in document
+  int mIndex;
+
+  // Number of discovered words from requested list. It is in range [0..length_of_query_list]
+  int mOccurences;
+
+  // Task
+  PTask mTask;
+};
+
+Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(FindResultItem)
+
+class FindResultsModel: public QAbstractTableModel
+{
+  Q_OBJECT
+  friend class TaskSearch;
+public:
+  explicit FindResultsModel(QObject* parent = 0);
+  int columnCount(const QModelIndex &parent) const;
+  int rowCount(const QModelIndex &parent = QModelIndex()) const;
+  QVariant data(const QModelIndex &index, int role) const;
+  Qt::ItemFlags flags(const QModelIndex &index) const;
+  QVariant headerData(int section, Qt::Orientation orientation, int role) const;
+
+  void clear();
+  const FindResultItem& getItem(int row) const;
+public slots:
+  void addItem(const FindResultItem& item);
+
+protected:
+  QVector<FindResultItem> mItemList;
+
+};
+
+class TaskSearch: public QThread
+{
+  Q_OBJECT
+
+public:
+  TaskSearch();
+  ~TaskSearch();
+
+  void start(const QString& request);
+  void stop();
+  bool isRunning();
+  void run();
+
+signals:
+  void newResultAvailable(const FindResultItem& item);
+  void searchComplete();
+
+protected:
+  QString mRequest;
+  bool mShutdown;
+};
+
+#endif // FINDSUPPORT_H
+
diff --git a/client/helper.cpp b/client/helper.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..89c2859
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/helper.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+#include "config.h"
+#include "helper.h"
+#include "platforms/hidtracker.h"
+
+#include <QCoreApplication>
+#include <QDesktopServices>
+#include <QMessageBox>
+#include <QKeyEvent>
+
+#ifdef TARGET_OSX
+
+char* __strlcpy_chk (char* dest, const char* src, int len, int destcapacity)
+{
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+char* __strlcat_chk (char* dest, const char* src, int len, int destcapacity)
+{
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+QString TimeHelper::secondsToDisplay(int seconds, bool showSeconds)
+{
+  int hours = seconds / 3600;
+  int minutes = (seconds % 3600) / 60;
+  int secs = seconds % 60;
+  if (showSeconds)
+    return QString("%1:%2:%3").arg(hours, 2, 10, QLatin1Char('0')).arg(minutes, 2, 10, QLatin1Char('0')).arg(secs, 2, 10, QLatin1Char('0'));
+  else
+    return QString("%1:%2").arg(hours, 2, 10, QLatin1Char('0')).arg(minutes, 2, 10, QLatin1Char('0'));
+}
+
+QString PathHelper::pathToSettings()
+{
+#if QT_VERSION >= 0x050000
+  QString folder = QStandardPaths::writableLocation(QStandardPaths::DataLocation);
+#else
+  QString folder = QDesktopServices::storageLocation(QDesktopServices::DataLocation);
+#endif
+  QString path = folder + "/" + SETTINGS_FILENAME;
+  return path;
+}
+
+QString PathHelper::pathToDatabase()
+{
+#if QT_VERSION >= 0x050000
+  QString folder = QStandardPaths::writableLocation(QStandardPaths::DataLocation);
+#else
+  QString folder = QDesktopServices::storageLocation(QDesktopServices::DataLocation);
+#endif
+  QString path = folder + "/" + DATABASENAME;
+  return path;
+}
+
+QString PathHelper::pathToDesktop()
+{
+#if QT_VERSION >= 0x050000
+  QString folder = QStandardPaths::writableLocation(QStandardPaths::DesktopLocation);
+#else
+  QString folder = QDesktopServices::storageLocation(QDesktopServices::DesktopLocation);
+#endif
+  return folder;
+}
+
+QString PathHelper::pathToDatabaseTemplate()
+{
+#ifdef TARGET_WIN
+  return QCoreApplication::applicationDirPath() + "/" + DATABASENAME;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef TARGET_OSX
+  return QCoreApplication::applicationDirPath() + "/../Resources/" + DATABASENAME;
+#endif
+}
+
+QString PathHelper::pathToLog()
+{
+#if QT_VERSION >= 0x050000
+  QString folder = QStandardPaths::writableLocation(QStandardPaths::DataLocation);
+#else
+  QString folder = QDesktopServices::storageLocation(QDesktopServices::DataLocation);
+#endif
+  return folder + "/" + LOGNAME;
+}
+
+bool ActivityTrackerHelper::ensureSmartTrackingIsPossible()
+{
+  bool result = false;
+  HIDActivityTracker tracker;
+
+  result = tracker.isPossible();
+#ifdef TARGET_OSX
+  if (!result && QSysInfo::MacintoshVersion <= QSysInfo::MV_10_8)
+  {
+    QMessageBox msgbox(QMessageBox::Question, QT_TR_NOOP("Permission required"),
+                       QT_TR_NOOP("To use smart time tracking Litt needs access to OS X accessibility features.\
+                          Please grant access in Security & Privacy preferences, location in System Preferences."),
+                          QMessageBox::NoButton, nullptr);
+    msgbox.addButton(QT_TR_NOOP("Open System Preferences"), QMessageBox::AcceptRole);
+    msgbox.addButton(QT_TR_NOOP("Deny"), QMessageBox::RejectRole);
+    int execResult = msgbox.exec();
+    if (execResult == 0)
+    {
+      system("open /System/Library/PreferencePanes/UniversalAccessPref.prefPane");
+      result = true;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  if (QSysInfo::MacintoshVersion > QSysInfo::MV_10_8)
+    result = true;
+#endif
+#ifdef TARGET_WIN
+  result = false;
+#endif
+  return result;
+}
+
+EscapeKeyEventFilter::EscapeKeyEventFilter(QObject *parent)
+  :QObject(parent)
+{}
+
+bool EscapeKeyEventFilter::eventFilter(QObject  *obj, QEvent * event)
+{
+  if (event->type() == QEvent::KeyPress && ((QKeyEvent*)event)->key() == Qt::Key_Escape )
+  {
+    emit escapePressed(obj);
+  }
+  if (event->type() == QEvent::FocusOut)
+  {
+    emit escapePressed(obj);
+  }
+  return false;
+}
diff --git a/client/helper.h b/client/helper.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..63a84c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/helper.h
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+#ifndef HELPER_H
+#define HELPER_H
+
+#include <QString>
+#include <QObject>
+
+class TimeHelper
+{
+public:
+  static QString secondsToDisplay(int seconds, bool showSeconds);
+};
+
+class PathHelper
+{
+public:
+  static QString pathToDatabase();
+  static QString pathToDesktop();
+  static QString pathToSettings();
+  static QString pathToDatabaseTemplate();
+  static QString pathToLog();
+};
+
+class ActivityTrackerHelper
+{
+public:
+  static bool ensureSmartTrackingIsPossible();
+};
+
+class EscapeKeyEventFilter: public QObject
+{
+  Q_OBJECT
+
+public:
+  explicit EscapeKeyEventFilter(QObject* parent = 0);
+  bool eventFilter(QObject  *obj, QEvent * event);
+
+signals:
+  void escapePressed(QObject* obj);
+
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/client/icons/App_icon_files.zip b/client/icons/App_icon_files.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dad8ad5
Binary files /dev/null and b/client/icons/App_icon_files.zip differ
diff --git a/client/icons/StopIcon.dbdoc b/client/icons/StopIcon.dbdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..534c91e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/icons/StopIcon.dbdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE plist PUBLIC "-//Apple//DTD PLIST 1.0//EN" "http://www.apple.com/DTDs/PropertyList-1.0.dtd">
+<plist version="1.0">
+<dict>
+	<key>Canvas Background Color</key>
+	<data>
+	YnBsaXN0MDDUAQIDBAUIFxhUJHRvcFgkb2JqZWN0c1gkdmVyc2lvblkkYXJjaGl2ZXLR
+	BgdUcm9vdIABowkKEVUkbnVsbNMLDA0ODxBcTlNDb2xvclNwYWNlViRjbGFzc1dOU1do
+	aXRlEAOAAk0wLjY2NjY2NjY4NjUA0hITFBVYJGNsYXNzZXNaJGNsYXNzbmFtZaIVFldO
+	U0NvbG9yWE5TT2JqZWN0EgABhqBfEA9OU0tleWVkQXJjaGl2ZXIIERYfKDI1OjxARk1a
+	YWlrbXuAiZSXn6itAAAAAAAAAQEAAAAAAAAAGQAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAL8=
+	</data>
+	<key>Canvas Color</key>
+	<data>
+	YnBsaXN0MDDUAQIDBAUIFxhUJHRvcFgkb2JqZWN0c1gkdmVyc2lvblkkYXJjaGl2ZXLR
+	BgdUcm9vdIABowkKEVUkbnVsbNMLDA0ODxBcTlNDb2xvclNwYWNlViRjbGFzc1dOU1do
+	aXRlEAOAAkIxANISExQVWCRjbGFzc2VzWiRjbGFzc25hbWWiFRZXTlNDb2xvclhOU09i
+	amVjdBIAAYagXxAPTlNLZXllZEFyY2hpdmVyCBEWHygyNTo8QEZNWmFpa21wdX6JjJSd
+	ogAAAAAAAAEBAAAAAAAAABkAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAC0
+	</data>
+	<key>Canvas Height</key>
+	<real>128</real>
+	<key>Canvas Width</key>
+	<real>128</real>
+	<key>Grid Color</key>
+	<data>
+	YnBsaXN0MDDUAQIDBAUIFxhUJHRvcFgkb2JqZWN0c1gkdmVyc2lvblkkYXJjaGl2ZXLR
+	BgdUcm9vdIABowkKEVUkbnVsbNMLDA0ODxBcTlNDb2xvclNwYWNlViRjbGFzc1dOU1do
+	aXRlEAOAAkQwLjUA0hITFBVYJGNsYXNzZXNaJGNsYXNzbmFtZaIVFldOU0NvbG9yWE5T
+	T2JqZWN0EgABhqBfEA9OU0tleWVkQXJjaGl2ZXIIERYfKDI1OjxARk1aYWlrbXJ3gIuO
+	lp+kAAAAAAAAAQEAAAAAAAAAGQAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAALY=
+	</data>
+	<key>Grid Spacing</key>
+	<real>72</real>
+	<key>Grid Tick Count</key>
+	<integer>5</integer>
+	<key>Layers and shapes</key>
+	<data>
+	YnBsaXN0MDDUAQIDBAUIp6hUJHRvcFgkb2JqZWN0c1gkdmVyc2lvblkkYXJjaGl2ZXLR
+	BgdUcm9vdIABrxAaCQoQIiMnNzpBZGptcHSAg4iXVhqam5ydoqNVJG51bGzSCwwNDlYk
+	Y2xhc3NaTlMub2JqZWN0c4AHoQ+AAtkREhMUFQsWFxgZGhsaHR4fICFVQWxwaGFXVmlz
+	aWJsZV8QEEJhY2tncm91bmQgSW1hZ2VYRWRpdGFibGVaTGF5ZXIgTmFtZVpCbGVuZCBN
+	b2RlVlNoYXBlc18QGUJhY2tncm91bmQgSW1hZ2UgUG9zaXRpb24iP4AAAAmAAAmAA4AZ
+	EACABIAYWkJhY2tncm91bmTSCwwNJYAHoSaABdgoKSorLAstLi8wGjIzNDU2VlN0cm9r
+	ZVtQb2ludCBjb3VudFpDbG9zZSBQYXRoVlBvaW50c1hSb3RhdGlvblZTaGFkb3dVRmls
+	bHOACBAECYAQIgAAAACAF4ANgAbSCwwNOYAHoNI7PD0+WCRjbGFzc2VzWiRjbGFzc25h
+	bWWjPj9AXk5TTXV0YWJsZUFycmF5V05TQXJyYXlYTlNPYmplY3TfEBRCQ0RFRkdISUpL
+	C0xNTk9QUVJTVBpWHx9XVllaVxpdH15fHxsaHxsaXxAQRmlsbCBTdGFydCBBcnJvd18Q
+	EFNob3cgU3RhcnQgQXJyb3daRGFzaCBTdHlsZV8QD0VuZCBBcnJvdyBTdHlsZV8QFEVu
+	ZCBBcnJvdyBGaWxsIENvbG9yXlNob3cgRW5kIEFycm93XxAPTGluZSBKb2luIFN0eWxl
+	WkxpbmUgV2lkdGhfEBZTdGFydCBBcnJvdyBGaWxsIENvbG9yXxASU3Ryb2tlIFN0YXJ0
+	IEFycm93XkxpbmUgQ2FwIFN0eWxlXFN0cm9rZSBDb2xvcltUZXh0IE9mZnNldF8QEVN0
+	YXJ0IEFycm93IFN0eWxlXVBhdHRlcm4gSW1hZ2VeRmlsbCBFbmQgQXJyb3dbU3Ryb2tl
+	IE1vZGVbU3Ryb2tlIFRleHRfEBBTdHJva2UgRW5kIEFycm93CQiACwgQASJBIAAAgAsJ
+	gAyACSJAAAAAgAAJgAAJ02ULZmdoaVxOU0NvbG9yU3BhY2VXTlNXaGl0ZRADgApCMADS
+	OzxrbKJsQFdOU0NvbG9y02ULZmdob4AKQjEA0js8cXOickBYREJTdHJva2VYREJTdHJv
+	a2XWdXYLd3h5ent8Vn5/XE5TU2hhZG93VmVydF1OU1NoYWRvd0NvbG9yV0VuYWJsZWRd
+	TlNTaGFkb3dIb3Jpel8QEk5TU2hhZG93Qmx1clJhZGl1cyPAJAAAAAAAAIAOgA8II0Ak
+	AAAAAAAAI0AAAAAAAAAA02ULZmdogoAKTxAPMCAwLjMwMDAwMDAxMTkA0js8hIejhYZA
+	WERCU2hhZG93WE5TU2hhZG93WERCU2hhZG930gsMDYqAB6yLjI2OjIyRjIyUjYyAEYAS
+	gBOAFIASgBKAFYASgBKAFoATgBJfEBZ7MjQuMzE5MjA2LCAyMC43MzY1NjF9CAlfEBV7
+	MjQuMjEwOTM4LCAxMDUuMjE2OH1fEBZ7MTA3LjQwNzQ5LCAxMDQuODg5Njl9XxAVezEw
+	Ny41MzUxNiwgMjAuMjgxMjV90js8nqGjn6BAWkRCUG9seWxpbmVXREJTaGFwZVpEQlBv
+	bHlsaW5lVnswLCAwfdI7PKSmoqVAV0RCTGF5ZXJXREJMYXllchIAAYagXxAPTlNLZXll
+	ZEFyY2hpdmVyAAgAEQAWAB8AKAAyADUAOgA8AFkAXwBkAGsAdgB4AHoAfACPAJUAnQCw
+	ALkAxADPANYA8gD3APgA+gD7AP0A/wEBAQMBBQEQARUBFwEZARsBLAEzAT8BSgFRAVoB
+	YQFnAWkBawFsAW4BcwF1AXcBeQF+AYABgQGGAY8BmgGeAa0BtQG+AekB/AIPAhoCLAJD
+	AlICZAJvAogCnQKsArkCxQLZAucC9gMCAw4DIQMiAyMDJQMmAygDLQMvAzADMgM0AzkD
+	OwM8Az4DPwNGA1MDWwNdA18DYgNnA2oDcgN5A3sDfgODA4YDjwOYA6UDsgPAA8gD1gPr
+	A/QD9gP4A/kEAgQLBBIEFAQmBCsELwQ4BEEESgRPBFEEXgRgBGIEZARmBGgEagRsBG4E
+	cARyBHQEdgSPBJAEkQSpBMIE2gTfBOME7gT2BQEFCAUNBRAFGAUgBSUAAAAAAAACAQAA
+	AAAAAACpAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAFNw==
+	</data>
+	<key>Show Grid</key>
+	<true/>
+	<key>Show Rulers</key>
+	<true/>
+	<key>Snap to grid</key>
+	<false/>
+</dict>
+</plist>
diff --git a/client/icons/Untitled.png b/client/icons/Untitled.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9107901
Binary files /dev/null and b/client/icons/Untitled.png differ
diff --git a/client/icons/accessories-calculator.png b/client/icons/accessories-calculator.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7de1c44
Binary files /dev/null and b/client/icons/accessories-calculator.png differ
diff --git a/client/icons/appicon-osx.icns b/client/icons/appicon-osx.icns
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cd954fa
Binary files /dev/null and b/client/icons/appicon-osx.icns differ
diff --git a/client/icons/appicon-osx.iconset/icon_128x128.png b/client/icons/appicon-osx.iconset/icon_128x128.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ff9bfa4
Binary files /dev/null and b/client/icons/appicon-osx.iconset/icon_128x128.png differ
diff --git a/client/icons/appicon-osx.iconset/icon_128x128@2x.png b/client/icons/appicon-osx.iconset/icon_128x128@2x.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0f30fbd
Binary files /dev/null and b/client/icons/appicon-osx.iconset/icon_128x128@2x.png differ
diff --git a/client/icons/appicon-osx.iconset/icon_16x16.png b/client/icons/appicon-osx.iconset/icon_16x16.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..815f6eb
Binary files /dev/null and b/client/icons/appicon-osx.iconset/icon_16x16.png differ
diff --git a/client/icons/appicon-osx.iconset/icon_16x16@2x.png b/client/icons/appicon-osx.iconset/icon_16x16@2x.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..797f9f2
Binary files /dev/null and b/client/icons/appicon-osx.iconset/icon_16x16@2x.png differ
diff --git a/client/icons/appicon-osx.iconset/icon_256x256.png b/client/icons/appicon-osx.iconset/icon_256x256.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0f30fbd
Binary files /dev/null and b/client/icons/appicon-osx.iconset/icon_256x256.png differ
diff --git a/client/icons/appicon-osx.iconset/icon_256x256@2x.png b/client/icons/appicon-osx.iconset/icon_256x256@2x.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b1be172
Binary files /dev/null and b/client/icons/appicon-osx.iconset/icon_256x256@2x.png differ
diff --git a/client/icons/appicon-osx.iconset/icon_32x32.png b/client/icons/appicon-osx.iconset/icon_32x32.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1ef6bea
Binary files /dev/null and b/client/icons/appicon-osx.iconset/icon_32x32.png differ
diff --git a/client/icons/appicon-osx.iconset/icon_32x32@2x.png b/client/icons/appicon-osx.iconset/icon_32x32@2x.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..349d5ea
Binary files /dev/null and b/client/icons/appicon-osx.iconset/icon_32x32@2x.png differ
diff --git a/client/icons/appicon-osx.iconset/icon_512x512.png b/client/icons/appicon-osx.iconset/icon_512x512.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b1be172
Binary files /dev/null and b/client/icons/appicon-osx.iconset/icon_512x512.png differ
diff --git a/client/icons/appicon-osx.iconset/icon_512x512@2x.png b/client/icons/appicon-osx.iconset/icon_512x512@2x.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0f30fbd
Binary files /dev/null and b/client/icons/appicon-osx.iconset/icon_512x512@2x.png differ
diff --git a/client/icons/appicon-osx.pdf b/client/icons/appicon-osx.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cd7c801
Binary files /dev/null and b/client/icons/appicon-osx.pdf differ
diff --git a/client/icons/appicon-osx.png b/client/icons/appicon-osx.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0f30fbd
Binary files /dev/null and b/client/icons/appicon-osx.png differ
diff --git a/client/icons/appicon.dbdoc b/client/icons/appicon.dbdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4851666
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/icons/appicon.dbdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,172 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE plist PUBLIC "-//Apple//DTD PLIST 1.0//EN" "http://www.apple.com/DTDs/PropertyList-1.0.dtd">
+<plist version="1.0">
+<dict>
+	<key>Canvas Background Color</key>
+	<data>
+	YnBsaXN0MDDUAQIDBAUIFxhUJHRvcFgkb2JqZWN0c1gkdmVyc2lvblkkYXJjaGl2ZXLR
+	BgdUcm9vdIABowkKEVUkbnVsbNMLDA0ODxBcTlNDb2xvclNwYWNlViRjbGFzc1dOU1do
+	aXRlEAOAAk0wLjY2NjY2NjY4NjUA0hITFBVYJGNsYXNzZXNaJGNsYXNzbmFtZaIVFldO
+	U0NvbG9yWE5TT2JqZWN0EgABhqBfEA9OU0tleWVkQXJjaGl2ZXIIERYfKDI1OjxARk1a
+	YWlrbXuAiZSXn6itAAAAAAAAAQEAAAAAAAAAGQAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAL8=
+	</data>
+	<key>Canvas Color</key>
+	<data>
+	YnBsaXN0MDDUAQIDBAUIFxhUJHRvcFgkb2JqZWN0c1gkdmVyc2lvblkkYXJjaGl2ZXLR
+	BgdUcm9vdIABowkKEVUkbnVsbNMLDA0ODxBcTlNDb2xvclNwYWNlViRjbGFzc1dOU1do
+	aXRlEAOAAkIxANISExQVWCRjbGFzc2VzWiRjbGFzc25hbWWiFRZXTlNDb2xvclhOU09i
+	amVjdBIAAYagXxAPTlNLZXllZEFyY2hpdmVyCBEWHygyNTo8QEZNWmFpa21wdX6JjJSd
+	ogAAAAAAAAEBAAAAAAAAABkAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAC0
+	</data>
+	<key>Canvas Height</key>
+	<real>256</real>
+	<key>Canvas Width</key>
+	<real>256</real>
+	<key>Grid Color</key>
+	<data>
+	YnBsaXN0MDDUAQIDBAUIFxhUJHRvcFgkb2JqZWN0c1gkdmVyc2lvblkkYXJjaGl2ZXLR
+	BgdUcm9vdIABowkKEVUkbnVsbNMLDA0ODxBcTlNDb2xvclNwYWNlViRjbGFzc1dOU1do
+	aXRlEAOAAkQwLjUA0hITFBVYJGNsYXNzZXNaJGNsYXNzbmFtZaIVFldOU0NvbG9yWE5T
+	T2JqZWN0EgABhqBfEA9OU0tleWVkQXJjaGl2ZXIIERYfKDI1OjxARk1aYWlrbXJ3gIuO
+	lp+kAAAAAAAAAQEAAAAAAAAAGQAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAALY=
+	</data>
+	<key>Grid Spacing</key>
+	<real>72</real>
+	<key>Grid Tick Count</key>
+	<integer>5</integer>
+	<key>Layers and shapes</key>
+	<data>
+	YnBsaXN0MDDUAAEAAgADAAQABQAIAlgCWVQkdG9wWCRvYmplY3RzWCR2ZXJzaW9uWSRh
+	cmNoaXZlctEABgAHVHJvb3SAAa8QbAAJAAoAEAAiACMALgBCAEYAXwBgAGUAawBxAHYA
+	fwCAAIEAhgCJAI0AjgCSAJoAngCfAKIApgCnAKgAqQCtALAA0wDWANsA3wDrAO4A8wD0
+	APUA9gD3APgA/QEIAQsBGgEdASQBJwEwAMUAGgEzATQBOQFBAUQBUwFaAV0BZgFnAWgB
+	cAFzAYIBiQGMAZUBlgGXAZ8BogGxAbgBuwHEAcUBxgHQAdMB4gHpAewB7QHuAe8B8AH1
+	Af0CAAIPAhYCGQIiAiMCJAIsAi8CPgJFAkgCUQJSAlMCVFUkbnVsbNIACwAMAA0ADlYk
+	Y2xhc3NaTlMub2JqZWN0c4AeoQAPgALZABEAEgATABQAFQALABYAFwAYABkAGgAbABoA
+	HQAeAB8AIAAhVUFscGhhV1Zpc2libGVfEBBCYWNrZ3JvdW5kIEltYWdlWEVkaXRhYmxl
+	WkxheWVyIE5hbWVaQmxlbmQgTW9kZVZTaGFwZXNfEBlCYWNrZ3JvdW5kIEltYWdlIFBv
+	c2l0aW9uIj+AAAAJgAAJgAOAaxAAgASAalpCYWNrZ3JvdW5k0gALAAwADQAlgB6oACYA
+	JwAoACkAKgArACwALYAFgCyAOIBAgEiAUIBagGLaAC8AMAAxADIACwAzADQANQA2ADcA
+	OAA5ADoAOwA8AD0APgA/AEAAQVZTdHJva2VYUm90YXRpb25cRm91cnRoIFBvaW50W0Zp
+	cnN0IFBvaW50XFNlY29uZCBQb2ludFtUaGlyZCBQb2ludFZTaGFkb3daS25vYiBQb2lu
+	dFVGaWxsc4AfIgAAAACAKYAmgCuAJ4AogCOAKoAG0gALAAwADQBEgB6hAEWAB90ARwBI
+	AEkASgBLAEwATQBOAE8AUAALAFEAUgBTAFQAVQBWAFcAWABZAFoAWwAfAFwAGwBeXlN0
+	YXJ0aW5nIFBvaW50XUVuZGluZyBSYWRpdXNaRHJhdyBQb2ludFlGaWxsIE1vZGVfEA9J
+	bWFnZSBGaWxsIE1vZGVYR3JhZGllbnRZRmlsbCBOYW1lXxAPU3RhcnRpbmcgUmFkaXVz
+	WkZpbGwgQ29sb3JdR3JhZGllbnQgVHlwZVpGaWxsIEltYWdlXEVuZGluZyBQb2ludIAb
+	Ir9/z+iAGhABEGSAC4AIIgAAAACACYAdgACAHFRGaWxs0wBhAGIACwBWAGMAZFxOU0Nv
+	bG9yU3BhY2VVTlNSR0JGMSAxIDEAgArSAGYAZwBoAGlYJGNsYXNzZXNaJGNsYXNzbmFt
+	ZaIAaQBqV05TQ29sb3JYTlNPYmplY3TTAGwACwBtAG4AbwBwXxAUTlNHcmFkaWVudENv
+	bG9yU3BhY2VfEBROU0dyYWRpZW50Q29sb3JBcnJheYARgBmADNIACwAMAHIAc4AYogB0
+	AHWADYAV0wAMAAsAdwB4AHsAfFdOUy5rZXlzogB5AHqAEIATgBSiAH0AfoAOgA9fEA9O
+	U0dyYWRpZW50Q29sb3JfEBJOU0dyYWRpZW50UG9zaXRpb27UAIIACwBhAGIAbgBkAFYA
+	hV8QEk5TQ3VzdG9tQ29sb3JTcGFjZYARgApGMCAwIDAA0gCHAAsAVgCIVE5TSUSAEtIA
+	ZgBnAIoAjKIAiwBqXE5TQ29sb3JTcGFjZVxOU0NvbG9yU3BhY2UiAAAAANIAZgBnAI8A
+	kKMAkACRAGpfEBNOU011dGFibGVEaWN0aW9uYXJ5XE5TRGljdGlvbmFyedMADAALAHcA
+	kwB7AJeiAJQAlYAWgBeAFKIAfQB+gA6AD9QAggALAGEAYgBuAGQAVgCdgBGACkYxIDEg
+	MQAiP4AAANIAZgBnAKAAoaIAoQBqV05TQXJyYXnSAGYAZwCjAKWiAKQAalpOU0dyYWRp
+	ZW50Wk5TR3JhZGllbnRfEB17LTAuOTk5MjY4MDUsIC0yLjU5NTI3MDllLTI0fVx7LWlu
+	ZiwgLWluZn1cey1pbmYsIC1pbmZ90gBmAGcAqgCsogCrAGpWREJGaWxsVkRCRmlsbNIA
+	ZgBnAK4Ar6MArwChAGpeTlNNdXRhYmxlQXJyYXnfEBQAsQCyALMAtAC1ALYAtwC4ALkA
+	ugALALsAvAC9AL4AvwDAAMEAwgDDABoAxQAfAB8AxgDFAFYAyADGABoAywDMAM0AzgAf
+	ABsAGgAfABsAGl8QEEZpbGwgU3RhcnQgQXJyb3dfEBBTaG93IFN0YXJ0IEFycm93WkRh
+	c2ggU3R5bGVfEA9FbmQgQXJyb3cgU3R5bGVfEBRFbmQgQXJyb3cgRmlsbCBDb2xvcl5T
+	aG93IEVuZCBBcnJvd18QD0xpbmUgSm9pbiBTdHlsZVpMaW5lIFdpZHRoXxAWU3RhcnQg
+	QXJyb3cgRmlsbCBDb2xvcl8QElN0cm9rZSBTdGFydCBBcnJvd15MaW5lIENhcCBTdHls
+	ZVxTdHJva2UgQ29sb3JbVGV4dCBPZmZzZXRfEBFTdGFydCBBcnJvdyBTdHlsZV1QYXR0
+	ZXJuIEltYWdlXkZpbGwgRW5kIEFycm93W1N0cm9rZSBNb2RlW1N0cm9rZSBUZXh0XxAQ
+	U3Ryb2tlIEVuZCBBcnJvdwkIgCEIIkCAAACAIQmAIhACgCAiQAAAAIAACYAACdMAYQBi
+	AAsAVgDUAGRPECcwLjgyMTM5NzY2MjIgMC44MDAwOTU2Nzc0IDAuODY0NDcwMTI0MgCA
+	CtMAYQALANcA2ABkANpXTlNXaGl0ZRADgApCMQDSAGYAZwDcAN6iAN0AalhEQlN0cm9r
+	ZVhEQlN0cm9rZdYA4ADhAAsA4gDjAOQA5QDmAOcAxQDpAOpcTlNTaGFkb3dWZXJ0XU5T
+	U2hhZG93Q29sb3JXRW5hYmxlZF1OU1NoYWRvd0hvcml6XxASTlNTaGFkb3dCbHVyUmFk
+	aXVzI8AkAAAAAAAAgCSAJQgjQCQAAAAAAAAjQAAAAAAAAADTAGEACwDXANgAZADtgApP
+	EA8wIDAuMzAwMDAwMDExOQDSAGYAZwDvAPKjAPAA8QBqWERCU2hhZG93WE5TU2hhZG93
+	WERCU2hhZG93XxAWezU3LjYwMDAwNiwgMzkuOTk5OTkyfV8QFnsyMDIuNzk5OTcsIDM5
+	Ljk5OTk5Mn1fEBZ7MjAyLjc5OTk3LCAyMjcuMTk5OTd9XxAWezU3LjYwMDAwNiwgMjI3
+	LjE5OTk3fV8QFnsyMDIuNzk5OTcsIDM5Ljk5OTk5Mn3SAGYAZwD5APyjAPoA+wBqW0RC
+	UmVjdGFuZ2xlV0RCU2hhcGVbREJSZWN0YW5nbGXYAC8A/gD/AQAAMAALADUANwEBAMwA
+	xQEDAQQBBQEGAQdbUG9pbnQgY291bnRaQ2xvc2UgUGF0aFZQb2ludHOALgiAMiIAAAAA
+	gDeAMIAt0gALAAwADQEKgB6g3xAUALEAsgCzALQAtQC2ALcAuAC5ALoACwC7ALwAvQC+
+	AL8AwADBAMIAwwAaAMUAHwAfAMYAxQAfARAAxgAaAMsAHwEUARUAHwAbABoAHwAbABoJ
+	CIAhCCJAAAAAgCEJgCKALyJAAAAAgAAJgAAJ0wBhAAsA1wDYAGQBHIAKQjAA1gDgAOEA
+	CwDiAOMA5AEeAR8A5wDFASIBIyPAJAAAAAAAAIAxgCUII0AkAAAAAAAAI0AAAAAAAAAA
+	0wBhAAsA1wDYAGQBJoAKTxAPMCAwLjMwMDAwMDAxMTkA0gALAAwADQEpgB6mASoBKwEs
+	AS0BKwErgDOANIA1gDaANIA0WHs3MiwgNzJ9CAlfEA97MTg3LjE5OTk4LCA3Mn3SAGYA
+	ZwE1ATijATYBNwBqWkRCUG9seWxpbmVXREJTaGFwZVpEQlBvbHlsaW5l2AAvAP4A/wEA
+	ADAACwA1ADcBOgDMAMUBPAE9AQUBPwFAgDoIgD0iAAAAAIA3gDuAOdIACwAMAA0BQ4Ae
+	oN8QFACxALIAswC0ALUAtgC3ALgAuQC6AAsAuwC8AL0AvgC/AMAAwQDCAMMAGgDFAB8A
+	HwDGAMUAHwFJAMYAGgDLAB8BFAFOAB8AGwAaAB8AGwAaCQiAIQgiQAAAAIAhCYAigC8i
+	QAAAAIAACYAACdYA4ADhAAsA4gDjAOQBVAFVAOcAxQFYAVkjwCQAAAAAAACAPIAlCCNA
+	JAAAAAAAACNAAAAAAAAAANMAYQALANcA2ABkAVyACk8QDzAgMC4zMDAwMDAwMTE5ANIA
+	CwAMAA0BX4AepgFgASsBLAFjASsBK4A+gDSANYA/gDSANF8QD3s3MiwgMTAwLjc5OTk5
+	fV8QFnsxODcuMTk5OTgsIDEwMC43OTk5OX3YAC8A/gD/AQAAMAALADUANwFpAMwAxQFr
+	AWwBBQFuAW+AQgiARSIAAAAAgDeAQ4BB0gALAAwADQFygB6g3xAUALEAsgCzALQAtQC2
+	ALcAuAC5ALoACwC7ALwAvQC+AL8AwADBAMIAwwAaAMUAHwAfAMYAxQAfAXgAxgAaAMsA
+	HwEUAX0AHwAbABoAHwAbABoJCIAhCCJAAAAAgCEJgCKALyJAAAAAgAAJgAAJ1gDgAOEA
+	CwDiAOMA5AGDAYQA5wDFAYcBiCPAJAAAAAAAAIBEgCUII0AkAAAAAAAAI0AAAAAAAAAA
+	0wBhAAsA1wDYAGQBi4AKTxAPMCAwLjMwMDAwMDAxMTkA0gALAAwADQGOgB6mAY8BKwEs
+	AZIBKwErgEaANIA1gEeANIA0XxAPezcyLCAxMjkuNjAwMDF9XxAWezE4Ny4xOTk5OCwg
+	MTI5LjYwMDAxfdgALwD+AP8BAAAwAAsANQA3AZgAzADFAZoBmwEFAZ0BnoBKCIBNIgAA
+	AACAN4BLgEnSAAsADAANAaGAHqDfEBQAsQCyALMAtAC1ALYAtwC4ALkAugALALsAvAC9
+	AL4AvwDAAMEAwgDDABoAxQAfAB8AxgDFAB8BpwDGABoAywAfARQBrAAfABsAGgAfABsA
+	GgkIgCEIIkAAAACAIQmAIoAvIkAAAACAAAmAAAnWAOAA4QALAOIA4wDkAbIBswDnAMUB
+	tgG3I8AkAAAAAAAAgEyAJQgjQCQAAAAAAAAjQAAAAAAAAADTAGEACwDXANgAZAG6gApP
+	EA8wIDAuMzAwMDAwMDExOQDSAAsADAANAb2AHqYBvgErASwBwQErASuAToA0gDWAT4A0
+	gDRfEA97NzIsIDE1OC4zOTk5OX1fEBZ7MTg3LjE5OTk4LCAxNTguMzk5OTl92QAvADAA
+	MQAyAAsAMwA0ADUANwHHAcgByQHKAcsBzAHNAc4Bz4BSIgAAAACAWIBVgFmAVoBXgFOA
+	UdIACwAMAA0B0oAeoN8QFACxALIAswC0ALUAtgC3ALgAuQC6AAsAuwC8AL0AvgC/AMAA
+	wQDCAMMAGgDFAB8AHwDGAMUAHwHYAMYAGgDLAB8BFAHdAB8AGwAaAB8AGwAaCQiAIQgi
+	QAAAAIAhCYAigC8iQAAAAIAACYAACdYA4ADhAAsA4gDjAOQB4wHkAOcAxQHnAegjwCQA
+	AAAAAACAVIAlCCNAJAAAAAAAACNAAAAAAAAAANMAYQALANcA2ABkAeuACk8QDzAgMC4z
+	MDAwMDAwMTE5AF8QEHsxNDQsIDE3Mi43OTk5OX1fEBJ7MTg3LjIsIDE3Mi43OTk5OX1c
+	ezE4Ny4yLCAyMTZ9WnsxNDQsIDIxNn3SAGYAZwHxAfSjAfIB8wBqVkRCT3ZhbFdEQlNo
+	YXBlVkRCT3ZhbNgALwD+AP8BAAAwAAsANQA3AfYAzADFAfgB+QEFAfsB/IBcCIBfIgAA
+	AACAN4BdgFvSAAsADAANAf+AHqDfEBQAsQCyALMAtAC1ALYAtwC4ALkAugALALsAvAC9
+	AL4AvwDAAMEAwgDDABoAxQAfAB8AxgDFAB8CBQDGABoAywAfARQCCgAfABsAGgAfABsA
+	GgkIgCEIIkAAAACAIQmAIoAvIkAAAACAAAmAAAnWAOAA4QALAOIA4wDkAhACEQDnAMUC
+	FAIVI8AkAAAAAAAAgF6AJQgjQCQAAAAAAAAjQAAAAAAAAADTAGEACwDXANgAZAIYgApP
+	EA8wIDAuMzAwMDAwMDExOQDSAAsADAANAhuAHqYCHAErASwCHwErASuAYIA0gDWAYYA0
+	gDRfEBV7MTY1LjE1NDMsIDE5My4wMDM5MX1fEBV7MTY1LjE1NDMsIDE3NS44MjQyMn3Y
+	AC8A/gD/AQAAMAALADUANwIlAMwAxQInAigBBQIqAiuAZAiAZyIAAAAAgDeAZYBj0gAL
+	AAwADQIugB6g3xAUALEAsgCzALQAtQC2ALcAuAC5ALoACwC7ALwAvQC+AL8AwADBAMIA
+	wwAaAMUAHwAfAMYAxQAfAjQAxgAaAMsAHwEUAjkAHwAbABoAHwAbABoJCIAhCCJAAAAA
+	gCEJgCKALyJAAAAAgAAJgAAJ1gDgAOEACwDiAOMA5AI/AkAA5wDFAkMCRCPAJAAAAAAA
+	AIBmgCUII0AkAAAAAAAAI0AAAAAAAAAA0wBhAAsA1wDYAGQCR4AKTxAPMCAwLjMwMDAw
+	MDAxMTkA0gALAAwADQJKgB6mAksBKwEsAk4BKwErgGiANIA1gGmANIA0XxAWezE2NS40
+	MzU1NSwgMTk0LjQ1MTE3fV8QFXsxNDYuODkyNTgsIDE5NC43MzczfVZ7MCwgMH3SAGYA
+	ZwJVAleiAlYAaldEQkxheWVyV0RCTGF5ZXISAAGGoF8QD05TS2V5ZWRBcmNoaXZlcgAI
+	ABkAHgAnADAAOgA/AEQARgEhAScBMAE3AUIBRAFHAUkBbgF0AXwBjwGYAaMBrgG1AdEB
+	1gHXAdkB2gHcAd4B4AHiAeQB7wH4AfoCCwINAg8CEQITAhUCFwIZAhsCRAJLAlQCYQJt
+	AnoChgKNApgCngKgAqUCpwKpAqsCrQKvArECswK1Ar4CwALDAsUC+gMJAxcDIgMsAz4D
+	RwNRA2MDbgN8A4cDlAOWA5sDnQOfA6EDowOlA6oDrAOuA7ADsgO3A8QD0QPXA94D4APp
+	A/ID/QQCBAoEEwQgBDcETgRQBFIEVARdBF8EZARmBGgEdQR9BIIEhASGBIgEjQSPBJEE
+	owS4BMkE3gTgBOIE6QTyBPcE+QUCBQcFFAUhBSYFLwU2BUwFWQVmBWsFbQVvBXEFdgV4
+	BXoFiwWNBY8FlgWbBaQFqQWxBboFvwXKBdUF9QYCBg8GGAYdBiQGKwY0BjsGSgadBrAG
+	wwbOBuAG9wcGBxgHIwc8B1EHYAdtB3kHjQebB6oHtgfCB9UH1gfXB9kH2gffB+EH4gfk
+	B+YH6AftB+8H8AfyB/MIAAgqCCwIOQhBCEMIRQhICFEIVghfCGgIgQiOCJwIpAiyCMcI
+	0AjSCNQI1QjeCOcI9Aj2CQgJEQkYCSEJKgkzCUwJZQl+CZcJsAm5CcAJzAnUCeAKAQoN
+	ChgKHwohCiIKJAopCisKLQovCjgKOgo7Co4KjwqQCpIKkwqYCpoKmwqdCp8KpAqmCqcK
+	qQqqCrcKuQq8CtUK3grgCuIK4wrsCvULAgsECxYLHwshCy4LMAsyCzQLNgs4CzoLQwtE
+	C0ULVwtgC2cLcgt6C4ULpguoC6kLqwuwC7ILtAu2C78LwQvCDBUMFgwXDBkMGgwfDCEM
+	IgwkDCYMKwwtDC4MMAwxDEoMUwxVDFcMWAxhDGoMdwx5DIsMlAyWDKMMpQynDKkMqwyt
+	DK8MwQzaDPsM/Qz+DQANBQ0HDQkNCw0UDRYNFw1qDWsNbA1uDW8NdA12DXcNeQ17DYAN
+	gg2DDYUNhg2fDagNqg2sDa0Ntg2/DcwNzg3gDekN6w34DfoN/A3+DgAOAg4EDhYOLw5Q
+	DlIOUw5VDloOXA5eDmAOaQ5rDmwOvw7ADsEOww7EDskOyw7MDs4O0A7VDtcO2A7aDtsO
+	9A79Dv8PAQ8CDwsPFA8hDyMPNQ8+D0APTQ9PD1EPUw9VD1cPWQ9rD4QPqQ+rD7APsg+0
+	D7YPuA+6D7wPvg/HD8kPyhAdEB4QHxAhECIQJxApECoQLBAuEDMQNRA2EDgQORBSEFsQ
+	XRBfEGAQaRByEH8QgRCTEKYQuxDIENMQ3BDjEOoQ8hD5ERoRHBEdER8RJBEmESgRKhEz
+	ETURNhGJEYoRixGNEY4RkxGVEZYRmBGaEZ8RoRGiEaQRpRG+EccRyRHLEcwR1RHeEesR
+	7RH/EggSChIXEhkSGxIdEh8SIRIjEjsSUxJ0EnYSdxJ5En4SgBKCEoQSjRKPEpAS4xLk
+	EuUS5xLoEu0S7xLwEvIS9BL5EvsS/BL+Ev8TGBMhEyMTJRMmEy8TOBNFE0cTWRNiE2QT
+	cRNzE3UTdxN5E3sTfROWE64TtRO+E8MTyxPTE9gAAAAAAAACAgAAAAAAAAJaAAAAAAAA
+	AAAAAAAAAAAT6g==
+	</data>
+	<key>Show Grid</key>
+	<true/>
+	<key>Show Rulers</key>
+	<true/>
+	<key>Snap to grid</key>
+	<false/>
+</dict>
+</plist>
diff --git a/client/icons/applications-development.png b/client/icons/applications-development.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bc88a5c
Binary files /dev/null and b/client/icons/applications-development.png differ
diff --git a/client/icons/appointment-new.png b/client/icons/appointment-new.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..85daef3
Binary files /dev/null and b/client/icons/appointment-new.png differ
diff --git a/client/icons/buildicon-osx.sh b/client/icons/buildicon-osx.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..2ff22fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/icons/buildicon-osx.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+APPICON=appicon-osx.png
+ICONSET=appicon-osx.iconset
+mkdir $ICONSET
+sips -z 16 16     $APPICON --out $ICONSET/icon_16x16.png
+sips -z 32 32     $APPICON --out $ICONSET/icon_16x16@2x.png
+sips -z 32 32     $APPICON --out $ICONSET/icon_32x32.png
+sips -z 64 64     $APPICON --out $ICONSET/icon_32x32@2x.png
+sips -z 128 128   $APPICON --out $ICONSET/icon_128x128.png
+sips -z 256 256   $APPICON --out $ICONSET/icon_128x128@2x.png
+sips -z 256 256   $APPICON --out $ICONSET/icon_256x256.png
+sips -z 512 512   $APPICON --out $ICONSET/icon_256x256@2x.png
+sips -z 512 512   $APPICON --out $ICONSET/icon_512x512.png
+cp $APPICON $ICONSET/icon_512x512@2x.png
+iconutil -c icns appicon-osx.iconset
+# rm -R $ICONSET
diff --git a/client/icons/clock-128x128.png b/client/icons/clock-128x128.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2152ec3
Binary files /dev/null and b/client/icons/clock-128x128.png differ
diff --git a/client/icons/clock-32x32.png b/client/icons/clock-32x32.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2f29599
Binary files /dev/null and b/client/icons/clock-32x32.png differ
diff --git a/client/icons/clock-64x64.png b/client/icons/clock-64x64.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2152ec3
Binary files /dev/null and b/client/icons/clock-64x64.png differ
diff --git a/client/icons/dialog-error.png b/client/icons/dialog-error.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cdd95ba
Binary files /dev/null and b/client/icons/dialog-error.png differ
diff --git a/client/icons/document-new.png b/client/icons/document-new.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e6d64bb
Binary files /dev/null and b/client/icons/document-new.png differ
diff --git a/client/icons/document-print.png b/client/icons/document-print.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3ef3930
Binary files /dev/null and b/client/icons/document-print.png differ
diff --git a/client/icons/document-save.png b/client/icons/document-save.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..db5c52b
Binary files /dev/null and b/client/icons/document-save.png differ
diff --git a/client/icons/edit-clear.png b/client/icons/edit-clear.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5542948
Binary files /dev/null and b/client/icons/edit-clear.png differ
diff --git a/client/icons/edit-copy.png b/client/icons/edit-copy.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3348ee0
Binary files /dev/null and b/client/icons/edit-copy.png differ
diff --git a/client/icons/edit-cut.png b/client/icons/edit-cut.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..217663b
Binary files /dev/null and b/client/icons/edit-cut.png differ
diff --git a/client/icons/edit-delete.png b/client/icons/edit-delete.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9becb3e
Binary files /dev/null and b/client/icons/edit-delete.png differ
diff --git a/client/icons/edit-find-replace.png b/client/icons/edit-find-replace.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0f1b117
Binary files /dev/null and b/client/icons/edit-find-replace.png differ
diff --git a/client/icons/edit-find.png b/client/icons/edit-find.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5594785
Binary files /dev/null and b/client/icons/edit-find.png differ
diff --git a/client/icons/edit-paste.png b/client/icons/edit-paste.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dd429ce
Binary files /dev/null and b/client/icons/edit-paste.png differ
diff --git a/client/icons/edit-redo.png b/client/icons/edit-redo.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3eb7b05
Binary files /dev/null and b/client/icons/edit-redo.png differ
diff --git a/client/icons/edit-select-all.png b/client/icons/edit-select-all.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..107fc60
Binary files /dev/null and b/client/icons/edit-select-all.png differ
diff --git a/client/icons/edit-undo.png b/client/icons/edit-undo.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..61b2ce9
Binary files /dev/null and b/client/icons/edit-undo.png differ
diff --git a/client/icons/emblem-system.png b/client/icons/emblem-system.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..abac7e9
Binary files /dev/null and b/client/icons/emblem-system.png differ
diff --git a/client/icons/empty.png b/client/icons/empty.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a16d656
Binary files /dev/null and b/client/icons/empty.png differ
diff --git a/client/icons/folder-new.png b/client/icons/folder-new.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fcd15c0
Binary files /dev/null and b/client/icons/folder-new.png differ
diff --git a/client/icons/folder-open.png b/client/icons/folder-open.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..901816c
Binary files /dev/null and b/client/icons/folder-open.png differ
diff --git a/client/icons/folder-saved-search.png b/client/icons/folder-saved-search.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..88d4541
Binary files /dev/null and b/client/icons/folder-saved-search.png differ
diff --git a/client/icons/folder.png b/client/icons/folder.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..472484f
Binary files /dev/null and b/client/icons/folder.png differ
diff --git a/client/icons/format-indent-less.png b/client/icons/format-indent-less.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7ced16f
Binary files /dev/null and b/client/icons/format-indent-less.png differ
diff --git a/client/icons/format-indent-more.png b/client/icons/format-indent-more.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6a18867
Binary files /dev/null and b/client/icons/format-indent-more.png differ
diff --git a/client/icons/format-justify-center.png b/client/icons/format-justify-center.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a0db2bb
Binary files /dev/null and b/client/icons/format-justify-center.png differ
diff --git a/client/icons/format-justify-fill.png b/client/icons/format-justify-fill.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2a34a8f
Binary files /dev/null and b/client/icons/format-justify-fill.png differ
diff --git a/client/icons/format-justify-left.png b/client/icons/format-justify-left.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ba0e914
Binary files /dev/null and b/client/icons/format-justify-left.png differ
diff --git a/client/icons/format-justify-right.png b/client/icons/format-justify-right.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2144cb9
Binary files /dev/null and b/client/icons/format-justify-right.png differ
diff --git a/client/icons/format-text-bold.png b/client/icons/format-text-bold.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..99ed19c
Binary files /dev/null and b/client/icons/format-text-bold.png differ
diff --git a/client/icons/format-text-italic.png b/client/icons/format-text-italic.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..87ed6f9
Binary files /dev/null and b/client/icons/format-text-italic.png differ
diff --git a/client/icons/format-text-strikethrough.png b/client/icons/format-text-strikethrough.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b9b55ab
Binary files /dev/null and b/client/icons/format-text-strikethrough.png differ
diff --git a/client/icons/format-text-underline.png b/client/icons/format-text-underline.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0de6b1c
Binary files /dev/null and b/client/icons/format-text-underline.png differ
diff --git a/client/icons/list-add.png b/client/icons/list-add.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2acdd8f
Binary files /dev/null and b/client/icons/list-add.png differ
diff --git a/client/icons/list-remove.png b/client/icons/list-remove.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c5524f7
Binary files /dev/null and b/client/icons/list-remove.png differ
diff --git a/client/icons/mail-attachment.png b/client/icons/mail-attachment.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..78f1e1c
Binary files /dev/null and b/client/icons/mail-attachment.png differ
diff --git a/client/icons/media-playback-start.png b/client/icons/media-playback-start.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..66f32d8
Binary files /dev/null and b/client/icons/media-playback-start.png differ
diff --git a/client/icons/media-playback-stop.png b/client/icons/media-playback-stop.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a094787
Binary files /dev/null and b/client/icons/media-playback-stop.png differ
diff --git a/client/icons/network-error.png b/client/icons/network-error.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3de26e7
Binary files /dev/null and b/client/icons/network-error.png differ
diff --git a/client/icons/network-receive.png b/client/icons/network-receive.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b149c5d
Binary files /dev/null and b/client/icons/network-receive.png differ
diff --git a/client/icons/network-transmit.png b/client/icons/network-transmit.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aaa91b8
Binary files /dev/null and b/client/icons/network-transmit.png differ
diff --git a/client/icons/office-calendar.png b/client/icons/office-calendar.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7817c12
Binary files /dev/null and b/client/icons/office-calendar.png differ
diff --git a/client/icons/preferences-system.png b/client/icons/preferences-system.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6e52db7
Binary files /dev/null and b/client/icons/preferences-system.png differ
diff --git a/client/icons/process-stop.png b/client/icons/process-stop.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e7a8d17
Binary files /dev/null and b/client/icons/process-stop.png differ
diff --git a/client/icons/software-update-available.png b/client/icons/software-update-available.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aadcb91
Binary files /dev/null and b/client/icons/software-update-available.png differ
diff --git a/client/icons/starttracking-osx.png b/client/icons/starttracking-osx.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d5bfd4b
Binary files /dev/null and b/client/icons/starttracking-osx.png differ
diff --git a/client/icons/stoptracking-osx.png b/client/icons/stoptracking-osx.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7fe3521
Binary files /dev/null and b/client/icons/stoptracking-osx.png differ
diff --git a/client/icons/system-search.png b/client/icons/system-search.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..950d792
Binary files /dev/null and b/client/icons/system-search.png differ
diff --git a/client/icons/text-x-generic.png b/client/icons/text-x-generic.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..928a679
Binary files /dev/null and b/client/icons/text-x-generic.png differ
diff --git a/client/icons/tray-default.png b/client/icons/tray-default.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bf1a498
Binary files /dev/null and b/client/icons/tray-default.png differ
diff --git a/client/icons/tray-running.png b/client/icons/tray-running.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9f6def6
Binary files /dev/null and b/client/icons/tray-running.png differ
diff --git a/client/icons/tree-add-child-small.png b/client/icons/tree-add-child-small.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7705fbb
Binary files /dev/null and b/client/icons/tree-add-child-small.png differ
diff --git a/client/icons/tree-add-child.png b/client/icons/tree-add-child.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..811356f
Binary files /dev/null and b/client/icons/tree-add-child.png differ
diff --git a/client/icons/tree-add-root-small.png b/client/icons/tree-add-root-small.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9f65c53
Binary files /dev/null and b/client/icons/tree-add-root-small.png differ
diff --git a/client/icons/tree-add-root.png b/client/icons/tree-add-root.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eac447a
Binary files /dev/null and b/client/icons/tree-add-root.png differ
diff --git a/client/icons/tree-add-sibling-small.png b/client/icons/tree-add-sibling-small.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dcff3eb
Binary files /dev/null and b/client/icons/tree-add-sibling-small.png differ
diff --git a/client/logger.cpp b/client/logger.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c340bc7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/logger.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+#include "config.h"
+#include "logger.h"
+#include "helper.h"
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <time.h>
+
+Logger::Logger(QObject *parent) :
+  QObject(parent), mFile(nullptr)
+{
+  open();
+}
+
+Logger::~Logger()
+{
+  close();
+}
+
+void Logger::log(const char* msg)
+{
+  if (!mFile)
+    return;
+
+  char buffer[512];
+  time_t rawtime;
+  struct tm * timeinfo;
+  time (&rawtime);
+  timeinfo = localtime (&rawtime);
+  sprintf(buffer, "%s : %s\n", asctime(timeinfo), msg);
+
+  puts(buffer);
+  fputs(buffer, mFile);
+  fflush(mFile);
+}
+
+void Logger::open()
+{
+#if defined(USE_LOGGER)
+  if (mFile)
+    return;
+
+  QString p = PathHelper::pathToSettings();
+  mFile = fopen(PathHelper::pathToLog().toStdString().c_str(), "wt");
+#endif
+}
+
+void Logger::close()
+{
+  if (!mFile)
+    return;
+  fclose(mFile);
+  mFile = nullptr;
+}
diff --git a/client/logger.h b/client/logger.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5f77c39
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/logger.h
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+#ifndef LOGGER_H
+#define LOGGER_H
+
+#include <QObject>
+
+class Logger : public QObject
+{
+  Q_OBJECT
+public:
+  explicit Logger(QObject *parent = 0);
+  ~Logger();
+
+  void log(const char* msg);
+
+protected:
+  FILE* mFile;
+
+  void open();
+  void close();
+
+signals:
+
+public slots:
+
+};
+
+#endif // LOGGER_H
diff --git a/client/main.cpp b/client/main.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ebfcbf4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/main.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+#include "mainwindow.h"
+#include <QApplication>
+#include <QLayout>
+
+int main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+  QApplication a(argc, argv);
+  MainWindow w;
+  w.layout()->invalidate();
+
+  w.setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_ExplicitShowHide, false);
+  w.setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Hidden, true);
+  w.show();
+
+  return a.exec();
+}
diff --git a/client/mainwindow.cpp b/client/mainwindow.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..27b7eb0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/mainwindow.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1617 @@
+#include "config.h"
+#include "mainwindow.h"
+#include "ui_mainwindow.h"
+#include "tasktreemodel.h"
+#include "timetreemodel.h"
+#include "helper.h"
+#include "newpassworddlg.h"
+#include "passworddlg.h"
+#include <QSettings>
+#include <QPrinter>
+#include <QPrintDialog>
+#include <QMessageBox>
+#include <QDir>
+#include <QCloseEvent>
+#include <QDesktopServices>
+
+#include "appevents.h"
+#include "preferencesdlg.h"
+#include "timetreedlg.h"
+#include "timereportwizard.h"
+#include "aboutdlg.h"
+#include "attachmentslist.h"
+#include "attachmentsdialog.h"
+#include "fvupdater.h"
+#include "taskaction.h"
+#include "finddialog.h"
+#include "startworkdialog.h"
+#include "stopworkdialog.h"
+#include <QDesktopWidget>
+
+#define SETTINGS mSettings->data()
+
+MainWindow::MainWindow(QWidget *parent) :
+  QMainWindow(parent),
+  ui(new Ui::MainWindow), mPasswordFailed(false), mFindInTasksDlg(this), mDockRecentMenu(nullptr)
+{
+  mAttachmentsAction = nullptr;
+  mAttachmentsLabel = nullptr;
+
+  this->setUpdatesEnabled(false);
+
+  mDuplicationSignalLabel = nullptr;
+  mCurrentIntervalLabel = nullptr;
+  mTrayIcon = nullptr;
+
+  ui->setupUi(this);
+
+  // Hide Find line edit for now
+  ui->mFindFrame->setVisible(false);
+  EscapeKeyEventFilter* eventFilter = new EscapeKeyEventFilter(ui->mFindEdit);
+  connect(eventFilter, SIGNAL(escapePressed(QObject*)), this, SLOT(findRejected(QObject*)));
+  ui->mFindEdit->installEventFilter(eventFilter);
+
+  QCoreApplication::setApplicationName(APPNAME);
+  //QCoreApplication::setOrganizationName(COMPANY);
+  // Set this to your own appcast URL, of course
+  FvUpdater::sharedUpdater()->SetFeedURL("http://satorilight.com/LittAppCast.xml");
+
+  initClient();
+  QApplication::postEvent(this, new AttachDatabaseEvent());
+}
+
+MainWindow::~MainWindow()
+{
+  delete ui;
+  //delete mCurrentIntervalLabel;
+}
+
+
+void MainWindow::attachDatabase()
+{
+  // Open database
+  QString path = PathHelper::pathToDatabase();
+  if (mSettings->data()[KEY_DB_FILENAME_SPECIFIED].toBool())
+    path = mSettings->data()[KEY_DB_FILENAME].toString();
+
+  QString folder = QFileInfo(path).absoluteDir().path();
+  Storage::instance().setPath(path);
+
+  if (!QFile::exists(path))
+  {
+    QDir().mkpath(folder);
+
+    // Ask about new password
+    mNewPasswordDlg = new NewPasswordDlg(this);
+    connect(mNewPasswordDlg, SIGNAL(finished(int)), this, SLOT(newPasswordDialogFinished(int)));
+    mNewPasswordDlg->show();
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    // See if there is stored password
+    QString password;
+    if (mSettings->data()[KEY_AUTOSAVE_PASSWORD].toBool() && mSettings->data()[KEY_PASSWORD].toString() != NOPASSWORDSTRING)
+      password = mSettings->data()[KEY_PASSWORD].toString();
+    else
+    {
+      mPasswordDlg = new PasswordDlg(this);
+      connect(mPasswordDlg, SIGNAL(finished(int)), this, SLOT(passwordDialogFinished(int)));
+      mPasswordDlg->show();
+    }
+  }
+  this->setUpdatesEnabled(true);
+}
+
+void MainWindow::openDatabase(const QString &password)
+{
+  Storage::instance().setKey(password);
+  if (!Storage::instance().open())
+  {
+    mPasswordFailed = true;
+    alertBox(tr("Error"), tr("Failed to open database"), AlertType_CannotOpen);
+  }
+  else
+  if (mSettings->data()[KEY_AUTOSAVE_PASSWORD].toBool())
+  {
+    mSettings->data()[KEY_PASSWORD] = password;
+    mSettings->save();
+  }
+}
+
+void MainWindow::connectUiToDatabase()
+{
+  ui->mTaskTree->setModel(mTaskTreeModel = new TaskTreeModel(false));
+  ui->mTaskTree->setItemDelegate(&mTaskItemDelegate);
+  connect(mTaskTreeModel, SIGNAL(onTaskMoved(PTask)), this, SLOT(taskMoved(PTask)));
+
+  ChangesHistory::instance().setTaskTreeModel(mTaskTreeModel);
+
+  connect(ui->mTaskTree->selectionModel(), SIGNAL(currentChanged(QModelIndex,QModelIndex)), SLOT(taskIndexChanged(QModelIndex,QModelIndex)));
+  mUpdateTimer = new QTimer(this);
+  connect(mUpdateTimer, SIGNAL(timeout()), SLOT(updateData()));
+  mUpdateTimer->setInterval(1000);
+  mUpdateTimer->setSingleShot(false);
+  mUpdateTimer->start();
+
+  connect(this, SIGNAL(onTimeFormatChanged()), this, SLOT(timeFormatChanged()));
+  connect(this, SIGNAL(onTimeChanged()), this, SLOT(timeFormatChanged()));
+
+  if (mTaskTreeModel->hasChildren())
+    ui->mTaskTree->setCurrentIndex(mTaskTreeModel->index(0,0, QModelIndex()));
+
+  mTaskTreeModel->setExpandedState(mSettings->data()[KEY_EXPANDED_TASKS].toString(), *ui->mTaskTree);
+  mTaskTreeModel->setSelected(mSettings->data()[KEY_SELECTED_TASKS].toString(), *ui->mTaskTree);
+
+  // Load recent tasks
+  QString recent = mSettings->data()[KEY_RECENT_TASKS].toString();
+  QStringList recentList = recent.split(";", QString::SkipEmptyParts);
+  for (QString& s: recentList)
+  {
+    Task::Id id = s.toULongLong();
+    PTask t = Storage::instance().findTaskById(id);
+    if (t)
+      mRecentTrackingTasks.push_back(t);
+  }
+  prepareRecentTasksMenu(ui->mStartRecentTaskMenu);
+  if (mDockRecentMenu)
+    prepareRecentTasksMenu(mDockRecentMenu);
+}
+
+void MainWindow::alertBox(const QString &title, const QString &text, AlertType alertType)
+{
+  mAlertBox = new QMessageBox(alertType == AlertType_Critical ? QMessageBox::Critical : QMessageBox::Warning,
+                              title, text, QMessageBox::Ok, this,
+                              Qt::Sheet);
+  switch (alertType)
+  {
+  case AlertType_Critical:
+    connect(mAlertBox, SIGNAL(finished(int)), this, SLOT(criticalAlertFinished(int)));
+    break;
+
+  case AlertType_CannotOpen:
+    connect(mAlertBox, SIGNAL(finished(int)), this, SLOT(openAlertFinished(int)));
+    break;
+
+  case AlertType_Warning:
+    connect(mAlertBox, SIGNAL(finished(int)), this, SLOT(warningAlertFinished(int)));
+    break;
+  }
+
+  mAlertBox->show();
+}
+
+void MainWindow::initClient()
+{
+  mFindStartIndex = 0;
+
+  // Open settings
+  mSettings = QSharedPointer<Settings>(new Settings());
+  mLogger = QSharedPointer<Logger>(new Logger());
+
+  ui->mAboutAction->setMenuRole(QAction::AboutRole);
+  ui->mExitAction->setMenuRole(QAction::QuitRole);
+  ui->mPreferencesAction->setMenuRole(QAction::PreferencesRole);
+
+  connect(ui->mAboutAction, SIGNAL(triggered()), this, SLOT(about()));
+  connect(ui->mPreferencesAction, SIGNAL(triggered()), this, SLOT(preferences()));
+
+  // Add Check for update to OS X application menu
+  ui->mCheckForUpdatesAction->setMenuRole(QAction::ApplicationSpecificRole);
+
+  // Build tray icon if system support this one
+  if (QSystemTrayIcon::isSystemTrayAvailable() && mSettings->data()[KEY_SHOW_TRAY_ICON].toBool())
+    initTrayIcon();
+
+  loadGeometry();
+
+  ui->mTaskTree->setSelectionBehavior(QAbstractItemView::SelectRows);
+  ui->mTaskTree->setFocus();
+  ui->mTaskTree->setDragEnabled(true);
+  ui->mTaskTree->setAcceptDrops(true);
+  ui->mTaskTree->setDropIndicatorShown(true);
+  ui->mTaskTree->setDragDropMode(QAbstractItemView::InternalMove);
+  ui->mTaskTree->setAttribute(Qt::WA_MacShowFocusRect, false);
+  mCurrentIntervalLabel = new QLabel();
+  ui->mStatusBar->addPermanentWidget(mCurrentIntervalLabel);
+
+  mDuplicationSignalLabel = new QLabel();
+  ui->mStatusBar->addPermanentWidget(mDuplicationSignalLabel);
+
+  mModifiedLabel = new QLabel();
+  ui->mStatusBar->addPermanentWidget(mModifiedLabel);
+
+  mActivityTracker = QSharedPointer<HIDActivityTracker>(new HIDActivityTracker());
+  connect(mActivityTracker.data(), SIGNAL(idleDetected()), this, SLOT(idleDetected()));
+  connect(mActivityTracker.data(), SIGNAL(activityDetected()), this, SLOT(activityDetected()));
+
+  // Configure toolbar
+  connect(ui->mMainToolbar, SIGNAL(visibilityChanged(bool)), this, SLOT(toolbarVisibilityChanged(bool)));
+  QWidget *spacerWidget = new QWidget(this);
+  spacerWidget->setSizePolicy(QSizePolicy::Expanding, QSizePolicy::Preferred);
+  spacerWidget->setVisible(true);
+  ui->mMainToolbar->addWidget(spacerWidget);
+
+  mAttachmentsAction = new QAction(this);
+  mAttachmentsAction->setIcon(QIcon(":/icons/icons/mail-attachment.png"));
+  mAttachmentsAction->setText(tr("Attachments"));
+  //ui->mMainToolbar->addAction(mAttachmentsAction);
+  connect(mAttachmentsAction, SIGNAL(triggered()), this, SLOT(showAttachments()));
+
+  mAttachmentsLabel = new QLabel(this);
+  mAttachmentsLabel->setMargin(5);
+  mAttachmentsLabel->setOpenExternalLinks(false);
+  QFont f = mAttachmentsLabel->font();
+  f.setUnderline(true);
+  mAttachmentsLabel->setFont(f);
+  mAttachmentsLabel->setTextFormat(Qt::RichText);
+  //mAttachmentsLabel->setStyleSheet("QLabel { color:rgb(142,178,218); }");
+
+  QPalette newPal(palette());
+  newPal.setColor(QPalette::Link, QColor(0x100, 0x100, 0x100));
+  newPal.setColor(QPalette::LinkVisited, QColor(0x100, 0x100, 0x100));
+  mAttachmentsLabel->setPalette(newPal);
+
+  ui->mMainToolbar->addWidget(mAttachmentsLabel);
+  connect(mAttachmentsLabel, SIGNAL(linkActivated(QString)), this, SLOT(showAttachments()));
+  updateAttachmentsLabel(PTask());
+
+#ifdef TARGET_OSX
+  mSleepTracker.install();
+  connect(&mSleepTracker, SIGNAL(onSystemSleep()), this, SLOT(systemSleep()));
+  connect(&mSleepTracker, SIGNAL(onSystemResume()), this, SLOT(systemResume()));
+  installDockMenu();
+#endif
+  mTimeFrameHeight = 64;//ui->mTimeFrame->height();
+  ui->mStartRecentTaskMenu->setEnabled(false);
+}
+
+void MainWindow::save()
+{
+  // Flush current task
+  PTask t = mTaskTreeModel->getTask(ui->mTaskTree->currentIndex());
+  if (t)
+  {
+    t->setHtml(ui->mNoteEdit->document()->toPlainText());
+    t->save();
+    mModifiedLabel->setText(tr("Saved"));
+  }
+
+  try
+  {
+    if (Storage::instance().isOpened())
+      Storage::instance().save();
+    saveGeometry();
+  }
+  catch(std::exception& e)
+  {}
+  catch(...)
+  {}
+}
+
+QSharedPointer<QByteArray> MainWindow::getUndoStack() const
+{
+  QTextDocument* doc = ui->mNoteEdit->document();
+
+  return QSharedPointer<QByteArray>(new QByteArray());
+}
+
+void MainWindow::saveGeometry()
+{
+  QRect geom = this->geometry();
+  mSettings->data()[KEY_LEFT] = geom.left(); // "left"
+  mSettings->data()[KEY_TOP] = geom.top(); // "top"
+  mSettings->data()[KEY_WIDTH] = geom.width(); // "width"
+  mSettings->data()[KEY_HEIGHT] = geom.height(); // "height"
+  mSettings->data()[KEY_MAXIMIZED] = isMaximized(); // "maximized"
+  QList<int> sizes = ui->mSplitter->sizes();
+  if (!sizes.empty())
+  {
+    mSettings->data()[KEY_SPLITTEROFFSET1] = sizes[0]; // ("splitter_offset1", sizes[0]);
+    mSettings->data()[KEY_SPLITTEROFFSET2] = sizes[1]; //("splitter_offset2", sizes[1]);
+  }
+  sizes = ui->mTimeSplitter->sizes();
+  if (!sizes.empty())
+  {
+    SETTINGS[KEY_TIMESPLITTER_OFFSET1] = sizes[0];
+    SETTINGS[KEY_TIMESPLITTER_OFFSET2] = sizes[1];
+  }
+
+  if (mTaskTreeModel)
+  {
+    mSettings->data()[KEY_EXPANDED_TASKS] = this->mTaskTreeModel->getExpandedState(*ui->mTaskTree);
+    mSettings->data()[KEY_SELECTED_TASKS] = this->mTaskTreeModel->getSelected(*ui->mTaskTree);
+  }
+
+  // Save recent list
+  QString recent;
+  for (PTask t: mRecentTrackingTasks)
+  {
+    recent += QString::number(t->id()) + ";";
+  }
+  mSettings->data()[KEY_RECENT_TASKS] = recent;
+  mSettings->save();
+}
+
+void MainWindow::loadGeometry()
+{
+  QVariantMap& settings = mSettings->data();
+
+  QRect geom = this->geometry();
+  if (settings.value(KEY_MAXIMIZED).toBool())
+    this->showMaximized();
+  else
+  {
+    if (settings.contains(KEY_LEFT))
+      geom.setLeft(settings.value("left").toInt());
+    if (settings.contains(KEY_TOP))
+      geom.setTop(settings.value("top").toInt());
+    if (settings.contains(KEY_WIDTH))
+      geom.setWidth(settings.value(KEY_WIDTH).toInt());
+    if (settings.contains(KEY_HEIGHT))
+      geom.setHeight(settings.value(KEY_HEIGHT).toInt());
+    setGeometry(geom);
+  }
+
+  // Set splitter position
+  if (settings.contains(KEY_SPLITTEROFFSET1) && settings.contains(KEY_SPLITTEROFFSET2))
+  {
+    QList<int> sizes = ui->mSplitter->sizes();
+    sizes[0] = settings.value(KEY_SPLITTEROFFSET1).toInt();
+    sizes[1] = settings.value(KEY_SPLITTEROFFSET2).toInt();
+    ui->mSplitter->setSizes(sizes);
+  }
+
+  if (settings.contains(KEY_TIMESPLITTER_OFFSET1) && settings.contains(KEY_TIMESPLITTER_OFFSET2))
+  {
+    QList<int> sizes = ui->mTimeSplitter->sizes();
+    sizes[0] = settings.value(KEY_TIMESPLITTER_OFFSET1).toInt();
+    sizes[1] = settings.value(KEY_TIMESPLITTER_OFFSET2).toInt();
+    ui->mTimeSplitter->setSizes(sizes);
+  }
+}
+
+void MainWindow::sync()
+{
+  alertBox(APPNAME, NOTIMPLEMENTEDTEXT, AlertType_Warning);
+}
+
+void MainWindow::closeEvent(QCloseEvent * ev)
+{
+  // Update DB if document was modified
+  if (ui->mNoteEdit->document()->isModified())
+  {
+    // See if there is active selection
+    QModelIndex index = ui->mTaskTree->currentIndex();
+    if (index.isValid())
+    {
+      PTask task = mTaskTreeModel->getTask(index);
+      task->setHtml(ui->mNoteEdit->document()->toPlainText());
+      task->save();
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (!mPasswordFailed)
+    save();
+
+  ev->accept();
+}
+
+void MainWindow::customEvent(QEvent *ev)
+{
+  switch (ev->type())
+  {
+  case (QEvent::Type)ClientInitId:
+    // Process client initialization here
+    initClient();
+    break;
+
+  case (QEvent::Type)ClientCloseId:
+    close();
+    break;
+
+  case (QEvent::Type)AttachDatabaseId:
+    attachDatabase();
+    break;
+
+  case (QEvent::Type)SelectTaskId:
+  {
+    QModelIndex index = mTaskTreeModel->getIndex(dynamic_cast<SelectTaskEvent*>(ev)->task());
+    if (index.isValid())
+    {
+      ui->mTaskTree->setCurrentIndex(index);
+    }
+    break;
+  }
+  default:
+    break;
+  }
+}
+
+void MainWindow::preferences()
+{
+  PreferencesDlg pref(this, *mSettings);
+
+  if (pref.exec() == QDialog::Accepted)
+  {
+    // Changes are saved into settings already
+    // Repaint time labels if no tracking yet
+    QModelIndex index = ui->mTaskTree->currentIndex();
+    PTask t = mTaskTreeModel->getTask(index);
+
+    // Reset time text where needed
+    emit onTimeFormatChanged();
+
+    // Delete autosaved password if needed
+    if (mSettings->data()[KEY_AUTOSAVE_PASSWORD].toBool() == false)
+    {
+      mSettings->data()[KEY_PASSWORD] = NOPASSWORDSTRING;
+      mSettings->save();
+    }
+
+    // Hide/Show tray icon if need
+    if (mSettings->data()[KEY_SHOW_TRAY_ICON].toBool() && !mTrayIcon && QSystemTrayIcon::isSystemTrayAvailable())
+      initTrayIcon();
+    else
+    if (!mSettings->data()[KEY_SHOW_TRAY_ICON].toBool() && mTrayIcon)
+      removeTrayIcon();
+
+    updateData();
+  }
+}
+
+void MainWindow::about()
+{
+  AboutDlg dlg(this);
+  dlg.exec();
+}
+
+void MainWindow::quit()
+{
+  // TODO - check if stop on idle dialog runs now and stop on idle time
+  stopTracking(TSR_Manual);
+
+  save();
+#ifdef TARGET_OSX
+  mSleepTracker.uninstall();
+#endif
+  close();
+}
+
+void MainWindow::newRootTask()
+{
+  PTask rootTask = mTaskTreeModel->addTask(QModelIndex(), Storage::instance().topOfTaskTree().size());
+  QModelIndex rootIndex = mTaskTreeModel->getIndex(rootTask);
+  ui->mTaskTree->setCurrentIndex(rootIndex);
+  ui->mTaskTree->edit(rootIndex);
+}
+
+void MainWindow::newTask()
+{
+  QModelIndex index = ui->mTaskTree->currentIndex();
+  if (index.isValid())
+    ui->mTaskTree->expand(index);
+  PTask parent = mTaskTreeModel->getTask(index);
+  if (!parent)
+    return;
+
+  PTask child = mTaskTreeModel->addTask(index, parent->children().size());
+  if (!child)
+    return;
+
+  QModelIndex childIndex = mTaskTreeModel->getIndex(child);
+  ui->mTaskTree->setCurrentIndex(childIndex);
+  ui->mTaskTree->edit(childIndex);
+}
+
+void MainWindow::newSibling()
+{
+  QModelIndex index = ui->mTaskTree->currentIndex();
+  if (!index.isValid())
+    return;
+  PTask currentTask = mTaskTreeModel->getTask(index);
+  if (!currentTask)
+    return;
+
+  PTask t = mTaskTreeModel->addTask(index.parent(), index.row() + 1);
+  QModelIndex i = mTaskTreeModel->getIndex(t);
+
+  ui->mTaskTree->setCurrentIndex(i);
+  ui->mTaskTree->edit(i);
+}
+
+void MainWindow::moveUp()
+{
+  QModelIndex index = ui->mTaskTree->currentIndex();
+  if (!index.isValid())
+    return;
+
+  PTask currentTask = mTaskTreeModel->getTask(index);
+  if (!currentTask)
+    return;
+
+  if (index.row() == 0)
+    return;
+
+  mTaskTreeModel->moveTask(currentTask, -1);
+  ui->mTaskTree->setCurrentIndex(mTaskTreeModel->getIndex(currentTask));
+}
+
+void MainWindow::moveDown()
+{
+  QModelIndex index = ui->mTaskTree->currentIndex();
+  if (!index.isValid())
+    return;
+
+  PTask currentTask = mTaskTreeModel->getTask(index);
+  if (!currentTask)
+    return;
+
+  if (currentTask->parent())
+  {
+    if (index.row() == currentTask->parent()->children().size() - 1)
+      return;
+  }
+  else
+  if (index.row() == Storage::instance().topOfTaskTree().size() - 1)
+    return;
+
+  mTaskTreeModel->moveTask(currentTask, +1);
+  ui->mTaskTree->setCurrentIndex(mTaskTreeModel->getIndex(currentTask));
+}
+
+void MainWindow::renameTask()
+{
+  QModelIndex index = ui->mTaskTree->currentIndex();
+  if (index.isValid())
+    ui->mTaskTree->edit(index);
+}
+
+void MainWindow::deleteTask()
+{
+  QModelIndex index = ui->mTaskTree->currentIndex();
+  if (!index.isValid())
+    return;
+
+  PTask t = mTaskTreeModel->getTask(index);
+  if (!t)
+    return;
+
+  // Check if deleted task
+  if (mCurrentTask == t)
+  {
+    alertBox(tr("Problem"), tr("Impossible to delete active task. Please stop tracking before task delete."), AlertType_Warning);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    if (mAutomaticTask == t)
+      mAutomaticTask.reset();
+
+    mTaskTreeModel->deleteTask(ui->mTaskTree->currentIndex());
+  }
+}
+
+void MainWindow::taskTreeContextualMenu(const QPoint& point)
+{
+  PTask t = mTaskTreeModel->getTask(ui->mTaskTree->currentIndex());
+
+  QMenu* menu = new QMenu();
+  menu->addAction(ui->mNewRootTaskAction);
+  menu->addAction(ui->mNewTaskAction);
+  menu->addAction(ui->mRenameTaskAction);
+  menu->addAction(ui->mDeleteTaskAction);
+  menu->addAction(ui->mMoveUpAction);
+  menu->addAction(ui->mMoveDownAction);
+  menu->addSeparator();
+  menu->addAction(ui->mTimelineAction);
+  menu->addAction(mAttachmentsAction);
+  menu->addSeparator();
+  if (t)
+  {
+    ui->mTimeTrackableAction->setChecked(!(t->flags() & Task::Flag_NoTimeTracking));
+    menu->addAction(ui->mTimeTrackableAction);
+  }
+  //menu->addAction(tr("Add 10 mins to timeline"), this, SLOT(add10Mins()));
+  menu->exec(this->window()->mapToGlobal(point));
+}
+
+void MainWindow::taskIndexChanged(const QModelIndex& current, const QModelIndex& previous)
+{
+  PTask previousTask = mTaskTreeModel->getTask(previous);
+  if (previousTask)
+  {
+    if (ui->mNoteEdit->document()->isModified())
+    {
+      // Copy modified text to task object
+      previousTask->setHtml(ui->mNoteEdit->document()->toPlainText());
+
+      // Flush new content to DB
+      previousTask->save();
+
+      // Remember corresponding QTextDocument also
+      // task->setUndoStack(ui->mNoteEdit->document()->getUndoStack());
+    }
+
+    // Update status bar
+    mModifiedLabel->setText(tr("Saved"));
+
+    // Save cursor position
+    previousTask->setCursorPosition(ui->mNoteEdit->textCursor().position());
+
+    // Unload content
+    previousTask->unloadContent(previousTask != mCurrentTask);
+  }
+
+  updateTrayIcon(Tray_SkipMessage);
+
+  PTask t = mTaskTreeModel->getTask(ui->mTaskTree->currentIndex());
+  if (!mCurrentTask)
+  {
+    if (t)
+      ui->mStartOrStopTrackingAction->setText(tr("Start tracking ") + t->title());
+    else
+      ui->mStartOrStopTrackingAction->setText(tr("Start tracking"));
+  }
+
+  if (t)
+  {
+    mAttachmentsAction->setToolTip(tr("Attachments for ") + t->title());
+    updateAttachmentsLabel(t);
+  }
+
+  if (current.isValid())
+  {
+    // Reset search position
+    mFindStartIndex = 0;
+
+    // Load doc
+    PTask task = mTaskTreeModel->getTask(current);
+    if (task)
+    {
+      task->loadContent();
+
+      ui->mNoteEdit->document()->setPlainText(task->html());
+      ui->mNoteEdit->document()->setModified(false);
+
+      // Set cursor position to stored one
+      if (task->cursorPosition() <= task->html().length())
+      {
+        QTextCursor tmpCursor = ui->mNoteEdit->textCursor();
+        tmpCursor.setPosition(task->cursorPosition());
+        ui->mNoteEdit->setTextCursor(tmpCursor);
+        ui->mNoteEdit->ensureCursorVisible();
+      }
+
+      mModifiedLabel->setText(tr("Saved"));
+
+      // Enable / disable Move up / move down actions
+      ui->mMoveUpAction->setEnabled(current.row() > 0);
+      if (task->parent())
+        ui->mMoveDownAction->setEnabled(current.row() < (task->parent()->children().size() - 1));
+      else
+        ui->mMoveDownAction->setEnabled(current.row() < (Storage::instance().topOfTaskTree().size() - 1));
+
+    }
+    // Load corresponding undo stack
+    //ui->mNoteEdit->document()->setUndoStack(task->getUndoStack());
+
+    // Update total time
+    emit onTimeChanged();
+
+    // Set new timeline tree model
+    /*int w = ui->mTaskTimeTree->columnWidth(0);
+    ui->mTaskTimeTree->setModel(new TimeTreeModel(task->timeline(), *mSettings));
+    ui->mTaskTimeTree->setColumnWidth(0, w);*/
+
+    // Show or hide time table depending on type of loaded task
+    handleTrackableState(task);
+
+    ui->mTaskTree->selectionModel()->setCurrentIndex(current, QItemSelectionModel::SelectCurrent);
+  }
+}
+
+void MainWindow::idleDetected()
+{
+  mActivityTracker->acceptIdleState();
+
+  // Check if settings allow smart stop
+  if (SETTINGS[KEY_SMART_STOP].toBool() && SETTINGS[KEY_SMART_STOP_MINUTES].toInt() > 0)
+  {
+    if (SETTINGS[KEY_ASK_STOP].toBool())
+    {
+      // Stop activity tracker to not be confused with following user activity
+      mActivityTracker->stop();
+
+      StopWorkDialog* dlg = new StopWorkDialog();
+      connect(dlg, SIGNAL(continueTracking()), this, SLOT(continueOnIdle()));
+      connect(dlg, SIGNAL(breakTracking(QDateTime)), this, SLOT(breakOnIdle(QDateTime)));
+      showTrayWindow(dlg);
+    }
+    else
+      stopTracking(TSR_Automatic);
+  }
+}
+
+void MainWindow::activityDetected()
+{
+  mActivityTracker->acceptUserActiveState();
+
+  // Check if settings allow smart start
+  if (SETTINGS[KEY_SMART_START].toBool() && mStopReason == TSR_Automatic)
+  {
+    /*if (SETTINGS[KEY_ASK_START].toBool())
+    {
+      StartWorkDialog* dlg = new StartWorkDialog(mAutomaticTask);
+      connect(dlg, SIGNAL(continueTracking()), this, SLOT(startOnActivity()));
+      connect(dlg, SIGNAL(breakTracking()), this, SLOT(stopOnActivity()));
+      showTrayWindow(dlg);
+    }
+    else*/
+    {
+      startTracking();
+      if (mTrayIcon)
+        mTrayIcon->showMessage(tr("Time tracking started"), mCurrentTask->path());
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+void MainWindow::handleTrackableState(PTask task)
+{
+  if (!task)
+    return;
+
+  bool trackable = !(task->flags() & Task::Flag_NoTimeTracking);
+  if (!mCurrentTask)
+    ui->mStartOrStopTrackingAction->setEnabled(trackable);
+  QList<int> sizes;
+  if (trackable)
+  {
+    sizes.push_back(ui->mTimeSplitter->height() - mTimeFrameHeight - ui->mTimeSplitter->handleWidth());
+    sizes.push_back(mTimeFrameHeight);
+    ui->mTimeSplitter->setHandleWidth(7);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    sizes.push_back(ui->mTimeSplitter->height() - ui->mTimeSplitter->handleWidth());
+    sizes.push_back(0);
+    ui->mTimeSplitter->setHandleWidth(0);
+  }
+  ui->mTimeSplitter->setSizes(sizes);
+}
+
+void MainWindow::prepareRecentTasksMenu(QMenu* submenu)
+{
+  submenu->clear();
+  submenu->setEnabled(!mRecentTrackingTasks.empty());
+  for (PTask t: mRecentTrackingTasks)
+  {
+    QAction* action = submenu->addAction(t->title(), this, SLOT(startTrackingRecent()));
+    action->setProperty("taskid", QVariant(t->id()));
+  }
+}
+
+void MainWindow::updateAttachmentsLabel(PTask t)
+{
+  QString text = "<a href=\"localfile\" style=\"color: #3966A0\">" + tr("No attachments") + "</a>";
+
+  if (t)
+  {
+    if (t->getAttachmentCount())
+      text = "<a href=\"localfile\" style=\"color: #3966A0\">" + QString::number(t->getAttachmentCount()) + " " + tr("attachments") + "</a>";
+  }
+  mAttachmentsLabel->setText(text);
+}
+
+void MainWindow::startOrStopTracking()
+{
+  if (!mCurrentTask)
+  {
+    // Forget about automatic start - it is manual start
+    mAutomaticTask.reset();
+    startTracking();
+  }
+  else
+    stopTracking(TSR_Manual);
+}
+
+void MainWindow::startTracking(PTask t)
+{
+  if (t->flags() & Task::Flag_NoTimeTracking)
+    return;
+
+  mCurrentTask = t;
+
+  // Tell timeline to start
+  if (!t->timeline())
+    t->loadContent();
+
+  mCurrentTask->timeline()->start();
+  mLastTimelineFlush = QDateTime::currentDateTimeUtc();
+
+  // Update UI
+  ui->mStartOrStopTrackingAction->setText(tr("Stop tracking ") + mCurrentTask->title());
+  QIcon icon(ACTION_STOP_ICON_NAME);
+  ui->mStartOrStopTrackingAction->setIcon(icon);
+  updateTrayIcon(Tray_ShowMessage);
+
+  // Start activity tracker if needed
+  if (mSettings->data()[KEY_SMART_STOP].toBool() && mSettings->data()[KEY_SMART_STOP_MINUTES].toInt() > 0)
+  {
+    mActivityTracker->setInterval(mSettings->data()[KEY_SMART_STOP_MINUTES].toInt() * 60);
+    mActivityTracker->start();
+  }
+}
+
+void MainWindow::startTracking()
+{
+  // Start tracking if any task is selected
+  QModelIndex index = ui->mTaskTree->currentIndex();
+  if (!index.isValid())
+    return;
+
+  // Trigger permission dialog if needed
+  if (mSettings->data()[KEY_SMART_STOP].toBool())
+  {
+    if (!ActivityTrackerHelper::ensureSmartTrackingIsPossible())
+      mTrayIcon->showMessage(tr("No smart tracking stop/start"), tr("Problem with obtaining permissions"), QSystemTrayIcon::Warning);
+  }
+
+  // Get pointer to tracking task
+  PTask t;
+  if (mStopReason == TSR_Automatic && mAutomaticTask)
+  {
+    t = mAutomaticTask;
+    mAutomaticTask.reset();
+  }
+  else
+    t = mTaskTreeModel->getTask(index);
+
+  if (t)
+    startTracking(t);
+}
+
+void MainWindow::startTrackingRecent()
+{
+  QObject* sender = QObject::sender();
+  if (dynamic_cast<QAction*>(sender))
+  {
+    QVariant taskId = sender->property("taskid");
+    if (taskId.isValid() && !taskId.isNull())
+    {
+      PTask t = Storage::instance().findTaskById(taskId.toULongLong());
+      if (t)
+      {
+        if (mCurrentTask)
+          stopTracking(TSR_Manual);
+
+        startTracking(t);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+void MainWindow::stopTracking(TrackingStopReason reason, const QDateTime& currentUtc)
+{
+  // Check if false call
+  if (!mCurrentTask)
+    return;
+
+  // Save stop reason
+  mStopReason = reason;
+
+  // If stopping due to idle detection - save current task
+  if (reason == TSR_Automatic)
+    mAutomaticTask = mCurrentTask;
+
+
+  // Tell current task to stop
+  mCurrentTask->timeline()->flush(true /* save to DB */, currentUtc);
+  mCurrentTask->timeline()->stop(false /* do not update timeline - it is done in the previous line */);
+
+  // Save stopped task name
+  QString stoppedTaskName = mCurrentTask->path();
+
+  // Update recent tracking tasks menu
+  std::deque<PTask>::iterator taskIter = std::find(mRecentTrackingTasks.begin(), mRecentTrackingTasks.end(), mCurrentTask);
+  if (taskIter == mRecentTrackingTasks.end())
+  {
+    mRecentTrackingTasks.push_front(mCurrentTask);
+    if (mRecentTrackingTasks.size() > 7)
+      mRecentTrackingTasks.pop_back();
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    mRecentTrackingTasks.erase(taskIter);
+    mRecentTrackingTasks.push_front(mCurrentTask);
+  }
+
+  // Update UI
+  prepareRecentTasksMenu(ui->mStartRecentTaskMenu);
+  if (mDockRecentMenu)
+    prepareRecentTasksMenu(mDockRecentMenu);
+
+  // Reset pointer to current task
+  mCurrentTask.clear();
+
+  // Update UI
+  PTask t = mTaskTreeModel->getTask(ui->mTaskTree->currentIndex());
+  if (t)
+    ui->mStartOrStopTrackingAction->setText(tr("Start tracking ") + t->title());
+  else
+    ui->mStartOrStopTrackingAction->setText(tr("Start tracking"));
+
+  QIcon icon(ACTION_START_ICON_NAME);
+  ui->mStartOrStopTrackingAction->setIcon(icon);
+
+  if (mTrayIcon)
+  {
+    updateTrayIcon(Tray_SkipMessage);
+
+    if (reason == TSR_Automatic)
+      mTrayIcon->showMessage(tr("Time tracking stopped due to inactivity."), tr("Idle interval detected for ") + stoppedTaskName);
+    else
+      mTrayIcon->showMessage(tr("Time tracking stopped"), stoppedTaskName);
+  }
+
+  if (mCurrentIntervalLabel)
+    mCurrentIntervalLabel->setText("");
+
+  if (reason == TSR_Manual)
+    mActivityTracker->stop();
+
+  // Ensure start/stop buttons are enabled or disabled properly
+  handleTrackableState(t);
+}
+
+void MainWindow::updateData()
+{
+  // Update editor icons
+  bool taskLoaded = ui->mTaskTree->currentIndex().isValid();
+  bool hasSelection = ui->mNoteEdit->textCursor().hasSelection();
+  bool inEditor = (ui->mNoteEdit->hasFocus());
+
+  bool editCanUndo = ui->mNoteEdit->document()->availableUndoSteps();
+  bool editCanRedo = ui->mNoteEdit->document()->availableRedoSteps();
+
+  ui->mUndoEditAction->setEnabled((taskLoaded & inEditor && editCanUndo) || ChangesHistory::instance().canUndo());
+  ui->mRedoEditAction->setEnabled((taskLoaded & inEditor && editCanRedo) || ChangesHistory::instance().canRedo());
+  ui->mSelectAllEditAction->setEnabled(taskLoaded && inEditor);
+  ui->mCutEditAction->setEnabled(hasSelection & taskLoaded && inEditor);
+  ui->mPasteEditAction->setEnabled(ui->mNoteEdit->canPaste() & taskLoaded && inEditor);
+  ui->mCopyEditAction->setEnabled( hasSelection & taskLoaded && inEditor);
+
+  if (mCurrentTask)
+  {
+    // Ok, smth is tracking now
+
+    // Save current time on tracking task
+    QDateTime current = QDateTime::currentDateTimeUtc();
+    bool saveToDb = mLastTimelineFlush.secsTo(current) >= TIMELINE_FLUSH_INTERVAL;
+
+    if (saveToDb)
+      mLogger->log("Flushing timeline to DB start");
+    mCurrentTask->timeline()->flush(saveToDb, QDateTime::currentDateTimeUtc());
+    if (saveToDb)
+    {
+      mLastTimelineFlush = QDateTime::currentDateTimeUtc();
+      mLogger->log("Flushing timeline to DB end");
+    }
+
+    // Check if duplication detected
+    bool duplication = mCurrentTask->timeline()->duplicateDetected();
+    mDuplicationSignalLabel->setText(duplication ? tr("Duplication detected") : tr(""));
+
+    // Tell subscribers about changed time
+    //mLogger->log("Sending onTimeChanged() signal begin");
+    emit onTimeChanged();
+    //mLogger->log("Sending onTimeChanged() signal end");
+  }
+
+  if (ui->mNoteEdit->document() && taskLoaded)
+  {
+    if (ui->mNoteEdit->document()->isModified())
+    {
+      PTask t = mTaskTreeModel->getTask(ui->mTaskTree->currentIndex());
+      if (t && QDateTime::currentDateTimeUtc().secsTo(mTextModificationTime) <= -TEXT_FLUSH_INTERVAL)
+      {
+        t->setHtml(ui->mNoteEdit->document()->toPlainText());
+        t->save();
+        ui->mNoteEdit->document()->setModified(false);
+        mModifiedLabel->setText(tr("Saved"));
+        mTextModificationTime = QDateTime();
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+void MainWindow::add10Mins()
+{
+  // Start tracking if any task is selected
+  QModelIndex index = ui->mTaskTree->currentIndex();
+  if (!index.isValid())
+    return;
+
+  // Get current task
+  PTask t = mTaskTreeModel->getTask(index);
+  t->timeline()->load();
+  t->timeline()->putDebugRecord();
+}
+
+void MainWindow::applyTextFormat(const QTextCharFormat& fmt)
+{
+  QTextCursor c = ui->mNoteEdit->textCursor();
+  if (c.hasSelection())
+  {
+    c.mergeCharFormat(fmt);
+    ui->mNoteEdit->mergeCurrentCharFormat(fmt);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    QTextCharFormat f = ui->mNoteEdit->currentCharFormat();
+    f.merge(fmt);
+    ui->mNoteEdit->setCurrentCharFormat(f);
+  }
+}
+
+void MainWindow::print()
+{
+  QTextDocument *document = ui->mNoteEdit->document();
+  QPrinter printer;
+
+  QPrintDialog *dlg = new QPrintDialog(&printer, this);
+  if (dlg->exec() != QDialog::Accepted)
+    return;
+
+  document->print(&printer);
+}
+
+void MainWindow::editSelectionChanged()
+{
+  
+}
+void MainWindow::editPositionChanged()
+{
+
+}
+void MainWindow::editFormatChanged(const QTextCharFormat& /*fmt*/)
+{
+}
+
+void MainWindow::editUndo()
+{
+  if (ui->mNoteEdit->hasFocus())
+  {
+    ui->mNoteEdit->undo();
+  }
+  else
+  if (ChangesHistory::instance().canUndo())
+    ChangesHistory::instance().undo();
+}
+
+void MainWindow::editRedo()
+{
+  if (ui->mNoteEdit->hasFocus())
+  {
+    ui->mNoteEdit->redo();
+  }
+  else
+  if (ChangesHistory::instance().canRedo())
+    ChangesHistory::instance().redo();
+}
+
+void MainWindow::editCut()
+{
+  ui->mNoteEdit->cut();
+}
+void MainWindow::editCopy()
+{
+  ui->mNoteEdit->copy();
+}
+void MainWindow::editPaste()
+{
+  ui->mNoteEdit->paste();
+}
+void MainWindow::editDelete()
+{
+  ui->mNoteEdit->clear();
+}
+void MainWindow::editSelectAll()
+{
+  ui->mNoteEdit->selectAll();
+}
+
+void MainWindow::iconActivated(QSystemTrayIcon::ActivationReason reason)
+{
+  switch (reason)
+  {
+  case QSystemTrayIcon::Trigger:
+  case QSystemTrayIcon::DoubleClick:
+    //showTrayWindow();
+    trayContextualMenu();
+    /*if (ui->mStartOrStopTrackingAction->isEnabled())
+      startOrStopTracking();*/
+    break;
+
+  default:
+    ;
+  }
+}
+
+void MainWindow::trayContextualMenu()
+{
+  // Build context menu for tray icon
+  QMenu* menu = new QMenu();
+  menu->addAction(ui->mStartOrStopTrackingAction);
+  QMenu* recentMenu = menu->addMenu(ui->mStartRecentTaskMenu->title());
+  recentMenu->setIcon(QIcon(":/icons/icons/empty.png"));
+  prepareRecentTasksMenu(recentMenu);
+  menu->addAction(ui->mShowLittAction);
+  //menu->addAction(ui->mPreferencesAction);
+  //connect(menu, SIGNAL(aboutToHide()), this, SLOT(recoverTrayIcon()));
+  mTrayIcon->setContextMenu(menu);
+}
+
+int MainWindow::showTrayWindow(QDialog* dlg)
+{
+  if (!dlg)
+    return -1;
+
+  // Delete old window (if it exists)
+  if (mTrayWindow)
+    delete mTrayWindow;
+  mTrayWindow = dlg;
+  connect(mTrayWindow, SIGNAL(destroyed(QObject*)), this, SLOT(trayWindowDestroyed(QObject*)));
+  dlg->setModal(false);
+
+  int w = dlg->geometry().width();
+  int h = dlg->geometry().height();
+  QRect rec = QApplication::desktop()->screenGeometry();
+  int desktopHeight = rec.height();
+  int desktopWidth = rec.width();
+
+  QRect iconRect;
+  if (mTrayIcon)
+    iconRect = mTrayIcon->geometry();
+  else
+    iconRect = QRect(desktopWidth - w - 10, 0, 24, 24);
+
+#ifdef TARGET_OSX
+  QRect windowRect(desktopWidth - w - 10, iconRect.bottom() + 10, w, h);
+#endif
+#ifdef TARGET_WIN
+
+#endif
+  dlg->setGeometry(windowRect);
+  dlg->setVisible(true);
+  dlg->show();
+  dlg->raise();
+  dlg->activateWindow();
+
+/*
+#ifdef TARGET_WIN
+  Qt::WindowFlags eFlags = windowFlags ();
+  eFlags |= Qt::WindowStaysOnTopHint;
+  setWindowFlags(eFlags);
+  eFlags &= ~Qt::WindowStaysOnTopHint;
+  setWindowFlags(eFlags);
+  show();
+#endif
+*/
+  return 0;
+}
+
+void MainWindow::installDockMenu()
+{
+  QMenu* menu = new QMenu();
+  menu->addAction(ui->mStartOrStopTrackingAction);
+  mDockRecentMenu = menu->addMenu(ui->mStartRecentTaskMenu->title());
+  mDockRecentMenu->setIcon(QIcon(":/icons/icons/empty.png"));
+  prepareRecentTasksMenu(mDockRecentMenu);
+
+  qt_mac_set_dock_menu(menu);
+}
+
+void MainWindow::timeFormatChanged()
+{
+  // If there is selected task
+  showTimeForSelectedTask();
+
+  // Show stats for tracking task in status bar
+  showTimeForTrackingTask();
+}
+
+
+void MainWindow::showTimeForSelectedTask()
+{
+  PTask t = mTaskTreeModel->getTask(ui->mTaskTree->currentIndex());
+  bool showSeconds = mSettings->data()[KEY_SHOW_SECONDS].toBool();
+
+  // Show stats for current task
+  if (t)
+  {
+    if (!t->timeline())
+      t->loadContent();
+
+    int spentSecondsToday = t->timeline()->today();
+    int spentSecondsMonth = t->timeline()->month();
+    ui->mTodaySpentTimeLabel->setText(TimeHelper::secondsToDisplay(spentSecondsToday, showSeconds));
+    ui->mThisMonthSpentTimeLabel->setText(TimeHelper::secondsToDisplay(spentSecondsMonth, showSeconds));
+  }
+}
+
+void MainWindow::showTimeForTrackingTask()
+{
+  if (mCurrentTask)
+  {
+    bool showSeconds = mSettings->data()[KEY_SHOW_SECONDS].toBool();
+
+    // Update status bar
+    QString path;
+    PTask t = mCurrentTask;
+    while (t)
+    {
+      path.insert(0, " / " + t->title());
+      t = t->parent();
+    }
+    int spentSecondsToday = mCurrentTask->timeline()->today();
+    QString timeString = TimeHelper::secondsToDisplay(spentSecondsToday, showSeconds);
+    path += " : " + timeString;
+    mCurrentIntervalLabel->setText(path);
+
+    if (mTrayIcon)
+    {
+      QString tooltip = tr("Litt is tracking ") + mCurrentTask->title() + ".\n" +
+          tr("Time spent today for this task is ") + timeString;
+
+      mTrayIcon->setToolTip(tooltip);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+void MainWindow::initTrayIcon()
+{
+  if (QSystemTrayIcon::isSystemTrayAvailable() && !mTrayIcon)
+  {
+    mTrayIcon = new QSystemTrayIcon();
+    connect(mTrayIcon, SIGNAL(activated(QSystemTrayIcon::ActivationReason)), this, SLOT(iconActivated(QSystemTrayIcon::ActivationReason)));
+    updateTrayIcon(Tray_ShowMessage);
+
+    mTrayIcon->setVisible(true);
+  }
+}
+
+void MainWindow::removeTrayIcon()
+{
+  if (mTrayIcon)
+  {
+    delete mTrayIcon;
+    mTrayIcon = nullptr;
+  }
+}
+
+void MainWindow::updateTrayIcon(TrayShowMessage flag)
+{
+  if (!mTrayIcon)
+    return;
+
+  QString tooltip;
+  if (mCurrentTask)
+  {
+    bool showSeconds = mSettings->data()[KEY_SHOW_SECONDS].toBool();
+    int spentSecondsToday = mCurrentTask->timeline()->today();
+    QString timeString = TimeHelper::secondsToDisplay(spentSecondsToday, showSeconds);
+    tooltip = tr("Litt is tracking ") + mCurrentTask->title() + ".\n" +
+        tr("Time spent today for this task is ") + timeString;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    tooltip = tr("Litt is not tracking now.");
+  }
+
+  mTrayIcon->setToolTip(tooltip);
+
+  if (mCurrentTask)
+  {
+    QIcon icon(TRAY_RUNNING_ICON_NAME);
+#if defined(TARGET_OSX)
+    icon.setIsMask(true);
+#endif
+    mTrayIcon->setIcon(icon);
+    if (flag == Tray_ShowMessage)
+      mTrayIcon->showMessage(tr("Time tracking started"), mCurrentTask->path());
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    QIcon icon(TRAY_DEFAULT_ICON_NAME);
+#if defined(TARGET_OSX)
+    icon.setIsMask(true);
+#endif
+    mTrayIcon->setIcon(icon);
+  }
+}
+
+void MainWindow::showTimeline()
+{
+  if (!ui->mTaskTree->currentIndex().isValid())
+    return;
+
+  PTask t = mTaskTreeModel->getTask(ui->mTaskTree->currentIndex());
+  TimeTreeDlg dlg(this, t->timeline(), *mSettings);
+  dlg.exec();
+
+  // Refresh current timeline stats
+  showTimeForSelectedTask();
+}
+
+void MainWindow::showTimeReport()
+{
+  TimeReportWizard trz(*mSettings, this);
+  trz.exec();
+}
+
+void MainWindow::newPasswordDialogFinished(int status)
+{
+  if (status == QDialog::Accepted)
+  {
+    Storage::instance().setKey(mNewPasswordDlg->password());
+    if (!Storage::instance().create())
+    {
+      // Quit application
+      mPasswordFailed = true;
+      alertBox(tr("Error"), tr("Failed to initialize database"), AlertType_Critical);
+    }
+
+    // Remember password if it is specified in settings
+    if (mSettings->data()[KEY_AUTOSAVE_PASSWORD].toBool())
+      mSettings->data()[KEY_PASSWORD] = mNewPasswordDlg->password();
+    else
+      mSettings->data()[KEY_PASSWORD] = NOPASSWORDSTRING;
+
+    // Flush settings
+    mSettings->save();
+
+    connectUiToDatabase();
+  }
+  else
+    close();
+}
+
+void MainWindow::passwordDialogFinished(int status)
+{
+  QString password;
+  if (status == QDialog::Accepted)
+  {
+    password = mPasswordDlg->password();
+    openDatabase(password);
+    connectUiToDatabase();
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    mPasswordFailed = false;
+    QApplication::postEvent(this, new ClientCloseEvent());
+  }
+}
+
+void MainWindow::criticalAlertFinished(int /*status*/)
+{
+  QApplication::postEvent(this, new ClientCloseEvent());
+}
+
+void MainWindow::openAlertFinished(int /*status*/)
+{
+  mPasswordDlg = new PasswordDlg(this);
+  connect(mPasswordDlg, SIGNAL(finished(int)), this, SLOT(passwordDialogFinished(int)));
+  mPasswordDlg->show();
+}
+
+void MainWindow::warningAlertFinished(int /*status*/)
+{
+}
+
+void MainWindow::toolbarVisibilityChanged(bool visible)
+{
+  ui->mShowToolbarAction->setChecked(visible);
+}
+
+void MainWindow::showHideToolbar()
+{
+  ui->mMainToolbar->setVisible(ui->mShowToolbarAction->isChecked());
+}
+
+void MainWindow::showAttachments()
+{
+  QModelIndex taskIndex = ui->mTaskTree->currentIndex();
+  if (!taskIndex.isValid())
+    return;
+
+  PTask t = mTaskTreeModel->getTask(taskIndex);
+  AttachmentsDialog dlg(t, this);
+  dlg.exec();
+
+  // Refresh current item in task tree to ensure attachment icon is shown/hidden
+  mTaskTreeModel->dataChanged(taskIndex, taskIndex);
+
+  // Refresh attachments link
+  updateAttachmentsLabel(t);
+}
+
+void MainWindow::checkForUpdates()
+{
+  FvUpdater::sharedUpdater()->CheckForUpdatesNotSilent();
+}
+
+void MainWindow::systemSleep()
+{
+  //qDebug() << "System goes to sleep";
+  stopTracking(TSR_Automatic, QDateTime::currentDateTimeUtc());
+}
+
+void MainWindow::systemResume()
+{
+  //qDebug() << "System raised from sleep";
+  if (mStopReason == TSR_Automatic)
+    startTracking();
+}
+
+void MainWindow::changeTimeTrackableFlag(bool trackable)
+{
+  QModelIndex index = ui->mTaskTree->currentIndex();
+  if (!index.isValid())
+    return;
+
+  PTask t = mTaskTreeModel->getTask(index);
+  if (!t)
+    return;
+
+  if (trackable)
+    t->setFlags(t->flags() & ~Task::Flag_NoTimeTracking );
+  else
+    t->setFlags(t->flags() | Task::Flag_NoTimeTracking );
+
+  // Stop task if it is marked as non tracking and it is running now
+  if (!trackable && mCurrentTask == t)
+    stopTracking(TSR_Manual, QDateTime::currentDateTimeUtc());
+
+  // Update UI
+  handleTrackableState(t);
+}
+
+void MainWindow::find()
+{
+  ui->mFindFrame->setVisible(true);
+  ui->mFindEdit->setFocus();
+}
+
+void MainWindow::findInTasks()
+{
+  if (mFindInTasksDlg.exec() == QDialog::Accepted)
+  {
+    FindResultItem& r = mFindInTasksDlg.getResult();
+    if (r.mTask)
+    {
+      // Find task in row and load its content to edit control
+      QModelIndex taskIndex = mTaskTreeModel->getIndex(r.mTask);
+      if (taskIndex.isValid())
+      {
+        ui->mTaskTree->setCurrentIndex(taskIndex);
+        QTextCursor c = ui->mNoteEdit->document()->find(r.mFoundWord, 0);
+        if (!c.isNull())
+          ui->mNoteEdit->setTextCursor(c);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+void MainWindow::findRequested()
+{
+  QString pattern = ui->mFindEdit->text();
+  if (pattern.isEmpty())
+    return;
+
+  if (pattern != mFindPattern)
+  {
+    mFindPattern = pattern;
+    mFindStartIndex = 0;
+  }
+
+  //ui->mFindEdit->setVisible(false);
+  QTextCursor c = ui->mNoteEdit->document()->find(pattern, mFindStartIndex, 0);
+  if (c.isNull())
+  {
+    mFindStartIndex = 0;
+    c = ui->mNoteEdit->document()->find(pattern, mFindStartIndex, 0);
+  }
+  if (!c.isNull())
+  {
+    //c.select(QTextCursor::BlockUnderCursor);
+    ui->mNoteEdit->setTextCursor(c);
+    mFindStartIndex = c.position() + 1;
+  }
+}
+
+void MainWindow::findRejected(QObject* obj)
+{
+  if (obj == ui->mFindEdit)
+  {
+    ui->mFindFrame->setVisible(false);
+    ui->mNoteEdit->setFocus();
+  }
+}
+
+void MainWindow::taskTextChanged()
+{
+  mModifiedLabel->setText(tr("Modified"));
+  if (mTextModificationTime.isNull())
+    mTextModificationTime = QDateTime::currentDateTimeUtc();
+}
+
+void MainWindow::taskMoved(PTask task)
+{
+  QApplication::postEvent(this, new SelectTaskEvent(task));
+
+  //QModelIndex index = mTaskTreeModel->getIndex(task);
+
+  //if (index.isValid())
+  //  ui->mTaskTree->setCurrentIndex(index);
+}
+
+void MainWindow::focusTaskTree()
+{
+  ui->mTaskTree->setFocus();
+}
+
+void MainWindow::focusTaskText()
+{
+  ui->mNoteEdit->setFocus();
+}
+
+void MainWindow::showMainWindow()
+{
+  this->show();
+  this->raise();
+  this->activateWindow();
+
+#ifdef TARGET_OSX
+#endif
+
+#ifdef TARGET_WIN
+  Qt::WindowFlags eFlags = windowFlags ();
+  eFlags |= Qt::WindowStaysOnTopHint;
+  setWindowFlags(eFlags);
+  eFlags &= ~Qt::WindowStaysOnTopHint;
+  setWindowFlags(eFlags);
+  show();
+#endif
+}
+
+void MainWindow::continueOnIdle()
+{
+  // Disable idle detection at all - it is not needed in this session anymore
+  mActivityTracker->stop();
+}
+
+void MainWindow::breakOnIdle(const QDateTime& stopTime)
+{
+  // Stop tracking
+  stopTracking(TSR_Manual, stopTime);
+  showTimeForSelectedTask();
+}
+
+void MainWindow::startOnActivity()
+{
+  // Start tracking
+  startTracking();
+
+  // Show message if needed
+  if (mTrayIcon)
+    mTrayIcon->showMessage(tr("Time tracking started"), mCurrentTask->path());
+}
+
+void MainWindow::stopOnActivity()
+{
+  stopTracking(TSR_Manual);
+}
+
+void MainWindow::trayWindowDestroyed(QObject *object)
+{
+  mTrayWindow = nullptr;
+}
diff --git a/client/mainwindow.h b/client/mainwindow.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..475ce38
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/mainwindow.h
@@ -0,0 +1,212 @@
+#ifndef MAINWINDOW_H
+#define MAINWINDOW_H
+
+#include <QMainWindow>
+#include <QTimer>
+#include <QLabel>
+#include <QSettings>
+#include <QTextCharFormat>
+#include <QSystemTrayIcon>
+#include <QMessageBox>
+
+#include "tasktreemodel.h"
+#include "settings.h"
+#include "passworddlg.h"
+#include "newpassworddlg.h"
+#include "logger.h"
+#include "platforms/hidtracker.h"
+#include "finddialog.h"
+#include <deque>
+
+#ifdef TARGET_OSX
+# include "platforms/osx/sleeptracker_osx.h"
+#endif
+
+namespace Ui {
+class MainWindow;
+}
+
+class MainWindow : public QMainWindow
+{
+  Q_OBJECT
+
+public:
+  explicit MainWindow(QWidget *parent = 0);
+  ~MainWindow();
+protected:
+  void closeEvent(QCloseEvent *);
+  void customEvent(QEvent *);
+
+private:
+  enum TrackingStopReason
+  {
+    TSR_None,    // Used to init only
+    TSR_Manual,
+    TSR_Automatic
+  };
+
+  QSharedPointer<Logger> mLogger;
+  QSharedPointer<HIDActivityTracker> mActivityTracker;
+  TrackingStopReason mStopReason;
+
+  Ui::MainWindow *ui;
+  TaskTreeModel* mTaskTreeModel;
+  PTask mCurrentTask, mAutomaticTask;
+  QTimer* mUpdateTimer;
+  QLabel* mModifiedLabel;
+  QLabel* mCurrentIntervalLabel;
+  QLabel* mDuplicationSignalLabel;
+  QSystemTrayIcon *mTrayIcon;
+  QSharedPointer<Settings> mSettings;
+  bool mPasswordFailed;
+  PasswordDlg* mPasswordDlg;
+  NewPasswordDlg* mNewPasswordDlg;
+  QMessageBox* mAlertBox;
+
+  // Time when current note was saved to DB last time
+  QDateTime mLastTimelineFlush;
+
+  // Attachments action
+  QAction* mAttachmentsAction;
+
+  // Attachments label
+  QLabel* mAttachmentsLabel;
+
+  // Delegate to draw task items in custom way
+  TaskItemDelegate mTaskItemDelegate;
+
+  // Find text in document start index
+  int mFindStartIndex;
+  QString mFindPattern;
+  FindInTasksDialog mFindInTasksDlg;
+
+#ifdef TARGET_OSX
+  SleepTracker mSleepTracker;
+#endif
+  QSharedPointer<QByteArray> getUndoStack() const;
+  int mTimeFrameHeight;
+
+  QDateTime mTextModificationTime;
+  std::deque<PTask> mRecentTrackingTasks;
+  QMenu* mDockRecentMenu;
+  QDialog* mTrayWindow = nullptr;
+
+  void saveGeometry();
+  void loadGeometry();
+  void applyTextFormat(const QTextCharFormat& fmt);
+  void initClient();
+
+  // Checks if database exists, requests passwords etc.
+  void attachDatabase();
+
+  // Just open database via Storage::instance()
+  void openDatabase(const QString& password);
+
+  // Creates task tree model, adjusts UI
+  void connectUiToDatabase();
+
+  // Shows window with alert text and button OK
+  enum AlertType
+  {
+    AlertType_Warning,
+    AlertType_Critical,
+    AlertType_CannotOpen
+  };
+
+  void alertBox(const QString& title, const QString& text, AlertType alertType);
+
+  void showTimeForSelectedTask();
+  void showTimeForTrackingTask();
+  void initTrayIcon();
+  void removeTrayIcon();
+
+  enum TrayShowMessage
+  {
+    Tray_ShowMessage = 0,
+    Tray_SkipMessage = 1
+  };
+  void updateTrayIcon(TrayShowMessage flag);
+  void handleTrackableState(PTask task);
+  void trayContextualMenu();
+  int  showTrayWindow(QDialog* dlg);
+  void installDockMenu();
+  void startTracking(PTask t);
+  void prepareRecentTasksMenu(QMenu* submenu);
+  void updateAttachmentsLabel(PTask t);
+
+signals:
+  void onTimeFormatChanged();
+  void onTimeChanged();
+
+public slots:
+  void save();
+  void sync();
+  void about();
+  void preferences();
+  void print();
+  void quit();
+  void newRootTask();
+  void newTask();
+  void newSibling();
+  void moveUp();
+  void moveDown();
+  void renameTask();
+  void deleteTask();
+  void taskTreeContextualMenu(const QPoint& point);
+  void taskIndexChanged(const QModelIndex&, const QModelIndex&);
+  void idleDetected();
+  void activityDetected();
+  void startOrStopTracking();
+  void startTracking();
+  void startTrackingRecent();
+
+  void stopTracking(TrackingStopReason reason, const QDateTime& currentUtc = QDateTime::currentDateTimeUtc());
+  void updateData();
+  void add10Mins();
+
+  void editSelectionChanged();
+  void editPositionChanged();
+  void editFormatChanged(const QTextCharFormat& fmt);
+
+  void editUndo();
+  void editRedo();
+  void editCut();
+  void editCopy();
+  void editPaste();
+  void editDelete();
+  void editSelectAll();
+
+  void iconActivated(QSystemTrayIcon::ActivationReason reason);
+  void timeFormatChanged();
+  void showTimeline();
+  void showTimeReport();
+
+  void newPasswordDialogFinished(int status);
+  void passwordDialogFinished(int status);
+  void criticalAlertFinished(int status);
+  void openAlertFinished(int status);
+  void warningAlertFinished(int status);
+  void toolbarVisibilityChanged(bool visible);
+  void showHideToolbar();
+  void showAttachments();
+  void checkForUpdates();
+  void systemSleep();
+  void systemResume();
+  void changeTimeTrackableFlag(bool trackable);
+  void find();
+  void findInTasks();
+  void findRequested();
+  void findRejected(QObject* obj);
+  void taskTextChanged();
+  void taskMoved(PTask task);
+  void focusTaskTree();
+  void focusTaskText();
+  void showMainWindow();
+  void continueOnIdle();
+  void breakOnIdle(const QDateTime& stopTime);
+  void startOnActivity();
+  void stopOnActivity();
+  void trayWindowDestroyed(QObject* object);
+};
+
+#endif // MAINWINDOW_H
diff --git a/client/mainwindow.qrc b/client/mainwindow.qrc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b48bab0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/mainwindow.qrc
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+<RCC>
+    <qresource prefix="/MainWindow"/>
+    <qresource prefix="/icons">
+        <file>icons/document-new.png</file>
+        <file>icons/document-print.png</file>
+        <file>icons/document-save.png</file>
+        <file>icons/edit-clear.png</file>
+        <file>icons/edit-copy.png</file>
+        <file>icons/edit-cut.png</file>
+        <file>icons/edit-delete.png</file>
+        <file>icons/edit-find.png</file>
+        <file>icons/edit-find-replace.png</file>
+        <file>icons/edit-paste.png</file>
+        <file>icons/edit-redo.png</file>
+        <file>icons/edit-select-all.png</file>
+        <file>icons/edit-undo.png</file>
+        <file>icons/folder.png</file>
+        <file>icons/folder-new.png</file>
+        <file>icons/folder-open.png</file>
+        <file>icons/format-indent-less.png</file>
+        <file>icons/format-indent-more.png</file>
+        <file>icons/format-justify-center.png</file>
+        <file>icons/format-justify-fill.png</file>
+        <file>icons/format-justify-left.png</file>
+        <file>icons/format-justify-right.png</file>
+        <file>icons/format-text-bold.png</file>
+        <file>icons/format-text-italic.png</file>
+        <file>icons/format-text-strikethrough.png</file>
+        <file>icons/format-text-underline.png</file>
+        <file>icons/list-add.png</file>
+        <file>icons/list-remove.png</file>
+        <file>icons/media-playback-start.png</file>
+        <file>icons/media-playback-stop.png</file>
+        <file>icons/network-error.png</file>
+        <file>icons/network-receive.png</file>
+        <file>icons/network-transmit.png</file>
+        <file>icons/software-update-available.png</file>
+        <file>icons/text-x-generic.png</file>
+        <file>icons/empty.png</file>
+        <file>icons/starttracking-osx.png</file>
+        <file>icons/stoptracking-osx.png</file>
+        <file>icons/mail-attachment.png</file>
+        <file>icons/appointment-new.png</file>
+        <file>icons/accessories-calculator.png</file>
+        <file>icons/office-calendar.png</file>
+        <file>icons/tray-default.png</file>
+        <file>icons/tray-running.png</file>
+        <file>icons/folder-saved-search.png</file>
+        <file>icons/applications-development.png</file>
+        <file>icons/dialog-error.png</file>
+        <file>icons/emblem-system.png</file>
+        <file>icons/preferences-system.png</file>
+        <file>icons/process-stop.png</file>
+        <file>icons/system-search.png</file>
+        <file>icons/tree-add-child-small.png</file>
+        <file>icons/tree-add-child.png</file>
+        <file>icons/tree-add-root-small.png</file>
+        <file>icons/tree-add-root.png</file>
+        <file>icons/clock-32x32.png</file>
+        <file>icons/tree-add-sibling-small.png</file>
+    </qresource>
+</RCC>
diff --git a/client/mainwindow.ui b/client/mainwindow.ui
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3cd5b8f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/mainwindow.ui
@@ -0,0 +1,1315 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<ui version="4.0">
+ <class>MainWindow</class>
+ <widget class="QMainWindow" name="MainWindow">
+  <property name="geometry">
+   <rect>
+    <x>0</x>
+    <y>0</y>
+    <width>647</width>
+    <height>508</height>
+   </rect>
+  </property>
+  <property name="sizePolicy">
+   <sizepolicy hsizetype="Expanding" vsizetype="Expanding">
+    <horstretch>0</horstretch>
+    <verstretch>0</verstretch>
+   </sizepolicy>
+  </property>
+  <property name="windowTitle">
+   <string notr="true">Litt</string>
+  </property>
+  <widget class="QWidget" name="centralWidget">
+   <property name="sizePolicy">
+    <sizepolicy hsizetype="Maximum" vsizetype="Maximum">
+     <horstretch>0</horstretch>
+     <verstretch>0</verstretch>
+    </sizepolicy>
+   </property>
+   <layout class="QHBoxLayout" name="horizontalLayout">
+    <property name="sizeConstraint">
+     <enum>QLayout::SetMaximumSize</enum>
+    </property>
+    <property name="leftMargin">
+     <number>2</number>
+    </property>
+    <property name="topMargin">
+     <number>2</number>
+    </property>
+    <property name="rightMargin">
+     <number>2</number>
+    </property>
+    <property name="bottomMargin">
+     <number>2</number>
+    </property>
+    <item>
+     <widget class="QSplitter" name="mSplitter">
+      <property name="sizePolicy">
+       <sizepolicy hsizetype="Expanding" vsizetype="Expanding">
+        <horstretch>0</horstretch>
+        <verstretch>0</verstretch>
+       </sizepolicy>
+      </property>
+      <property name="minimumSize">
+       <size>
+        <width>600</width>
+        <height>200</height>
+       </size>
+      </property>
+      <property name="orientation">
+       <enum>Qt::Horizontal</enum>
+      </property>
+      <widget class="TaskTreeView" name="mTaskTree">
+       <property name="contextMenuPolicy">
+        <enum>Qt::CustomContextMenu</enum>
+       </property>
+       <property name="dragEnabled">
+        <bool>true</bool>
+       </property>
+       <property name="dragDropMode">
+        <enum>QAbstractItemView::InternalMove</enum>
+       </property>
+       <property name="defaultDropAction">
+        <enum>Qt::MoveAction</enum>
+       </property>
+      </widget>
+      <widget class="QFrame" name="frame">
+       <property name="frameShape">
+        <enum>QFrame::NoFrame</enum>
+       </property>
+       <property name="frameShadow">
+        <enum>QFrame::Raised</enum>
+       </property>
+       <layout class="QGridLayout" name="gridLayout">
+        <property name="leftMargin">
+         <number>0</number>
+        </property>
+        <property name="topMargin">
+         <number>0</number>
+        </property>
+        <property name="rightMargin">
+         <number>0</number>
+        </property>
+        <property name="bottomMargin">
+         <number>0</number>
+        </property>
+        <item row="0" column="0">
+         <widget class="QSplitter" name="mTimeSplitter">
+          <property name="minimumSize">
+           <size>
+            <width>0</width>
+            <height>0</height>
+           </size>
+          </property>
+          <property name="lineWidth">
+           <number>0</number>
+          </property>
+          <property name="orientation">
+           <enum>Qt::Vertical</enum>
+          </property>
+          <widget class="QFrame" name="mEditFrame">
+           <property name="frameShape">
+            <enum>QFrame::StyledPanel</enum>
+           </property>
+           <property name="frameShadow">
+            <enum>QFrame::Plain</enum>
+           </property>
+           <property name="lineWidth">
+            <number>0</number>
+           </property>
+           <layout class="QVBoxLayout" name="verticalLayout">
+            <property name="spacing">
+             <number>0</number>
+            </property>
+            <property name="leftMargin">
+             <number>0</number>
+            </property>
+            <property name="topMargin">
+             <number>0</number>
+            </property>
+            <property name="rightMargin">
+             <number>0</number>
+            </property>
+            <property name="bottomMargin">
+             <number>0</number>
+            </property>
+            <item>
+             <widget class="QPlainTextEdit" name="mNoteEdit">
+              <property name="sizePolicy">
+               <sizepolicy hsizetype="Expanding" vsizetype="Expanding">
+                <horstretch>0</horstretch>
+                <verstretch>0</verstretch>
+               </sizepolicy>
+              </property>
+              <property name="frameShape">
+               <enum>QFrame::NoFrame</enum>
+              </property>
+              <property name="frameShadow">
+               <enum>QFrame::Plain</enum>
+              </property>
+             </widget>
+            </item>
+            <item>
+             <widget class="QFrame" name="mFindFrame">
+              <property name="autoFillBackground">
+               <bool>false</bool>
+              </property>
+              <property name="styleSheet">
+               <string notr="true">background-color:white;</string>
+              </property>
+              <property name="frameShape">
+               <enum>QFrame::NoFrame</enum>
+              </property>
+              <property name="frameShadow">
+               <enum>QFrame::Raised</enum>
+              </property>
+              <property name="lineWidth">
+               <number>0</number>
+              </property>
+              <layout class="QHBoxLayout" name="mFindFrameLayout">
+               <property name="spacing">
+                <number>5</number>
+               </property>
+               <property name="leftMargin">
+                <number>0</number>
+               </property>
+               <property name="topMargin">
+                <number>0</number>
+               </property>
+               <property name="rightMargin">
+                <number>0</number>
+               </property>
+               <property name="bottomMargin">
+                <number>0</number>
+               </property>
+               <item>
+                <widget class="QLabel" name="label">
+                 <property name="text">
+                  <string>Find:</string>
+                 </property>
+                </widget>
+               </item>
+               <item>
+                <widget class="QLineEdit" name="mFindEdit"/>
+               </item>
+              </layout>
+             </widget>
+            </item>
+           </layout>
+          </widget>
+          <widget class="QFrame" name="mTimeFrame">
+           <property name="maximumSize">
+            <size>
+             <width>16777215</width>
+             <height>70</height>
+            </size>
+           </property>
+           <property name="frameShape">
+            <enum>QFrame::StyledPanel</enum>
+           </property>
+           <layout class="QFormLayout" name="formLayout">
+            <item row="0" column="0">
+             <widget class="QLabel" name="mTodayTextLabel">
+              <property name="text">
+               <string>Today:</string>
+              </property>
+             </widget>
+            </item>
+            <item row="0" column="1">
+             <widget class="QLabel" name="mTodaySpentTimeLabel">
+              <property name="text">
+               <string>0 hours 0 minutes</string>
+              </property>
+             </widget>
+            </item>
+            <item row="1" column="0">
+             <widget class="QLabel" name="mThisMonthTextLabel">
+              <property name="text">
+               <string>This month:</string>
+              </property>
+             </widget>
+            </item>
+            <item row="1" column="1">
+             <widget class="QLabel" name="mThisMonthSpentTimeLabel">
+              <property name="text">
+               <string>0 hours 0 minutes</string>
+              </property>
+             </widget>
+            </item>
+           </layout>
+          </widget>
+         </widget>
+        </item>
+       </layout>
+      </widget>
+     </widget>
+    </item>
+   </layout>
+  </widget>
+  <widget class="QMenuBar" name="mMainMenu">
+   <property name="geometry">
+    <rect>
+     <x>0</x>
+     <y>0</y>
+     <width>647</width>
+     <height>22</height>
+    </rect>
+   </property>
+   <widget class="QMenu" name="mFileMenu">
+    <property name="title">
+     <string>&amp;File</string>
+    </property>
+    <addaction name="mAboutAction"/>
+    <addaction name="mCheckForUpdatesAction"/>
+    <addaction name="mSaveAction"/>
+    <addaction name="mSyncAction"/>
+    <addaction name="separator"/>
+    <addaction name="mPreferencesAction"/>
+    <addaction name="mPrintAction"/>
+    <addaction name="mExitAction"/>
+   </widget>
+   <widget class="QMenu" name="mEditMenu">
+    <property name="title">
+     <string>Edit</string>
+    </property>
+    <addaction name="mNewRootTaskAction"/>
+    <addaction name="mNewTaskAction"/>
+    <addaction name="mAddSiblingAction"/>
+    <addaction name="mDeleteTaskAction"/>
+    <addaction name="mRenameTaskAction"/>
+    <addaction name="mMoveUpAction"/>
+    <addaction name="mMoveDownAction"/>
+    <addaction name="separator"/>
+    <addaction name="mUndoEditAction"/>
+    <addaction name="mRedoEditAction"/>
+    <addaction name="mCutEditAction"/>
+    <addaction name="mCopyEditAction"/>
+    <addaction name="mPasteEditAction"/>
+    <addaction name="mDeleteEditAction"/>
+    <addaction name="mSelectAllEditAction"/>
+    <addaction name="separator"/>
+    <addaction name="mActionSearch"/>
+    <addaction name="mActionSearchInTasks"/>
+   </widget>
+   <widget class="QMenu" name="mToolsMenu">
+    <property name="title">
+     <string>&amp;Tools</string>
+    </property>
+    <widget class="QMenu" name="mStartRecentTaskMenu">
+     <property name="title">
+      <string>Track recent task</string>
+     </property>
+     <property name="icon">
+      <iconset resource="mainwindow.qrc">
+       <normaloff>:/icons/icons/empty.png</normaloff>:/icons/icons/empty.png</iconset>
+     </property>
+    </widget>
+    <addaction name="mActionSearchInTasks"/>
+    <addaction name="mTimeReportAction"/>
+    <addaction name="mStartOrStopTrackingAction"/>
+    <addaction name="mStartRecentTaskMenu"/>
+    <addaction name="separator"/>
+    <addaction name="mFocusTaskTreeAction"/>
+    <addaction name="mFocusTaskTextAction"/>
+   </widget>
+   <widget class="QMenu" name="mViewMenu">
+    <property name="title">
+     <string>View</string>
+    </property>
+    <addaction name="mShowToolbarAction"/>
+   </widget>
+   <addaction name="mFileMenu"/>
+   <addaction name="mEditMenu"/>
+   <addaction name="mToolsMenu"/>
+   <addaction name="mViewMenu"/>
+  </widget>
+  <widget class="QToolBar" name="mMainToolbar">
+   <property name="contextMenuPolicy">
+    <enum>Qt::NoContextMenu</enum>
+   </property>
+   <property name="windowTitle">
+    <string>Toolbar</string>
+   </property>
+   <property name="movable">
+    <bool>false</bool>
+   </property>
+   <property name="floatable">
+    <bool>false</bool>
+   </property>
+   <attribute name="toolBarArea">
+    <enum>TopToolBarArea</enum>
+   </attribute>
+   <attribute name="toolBarBreak">
+    <bool>false</bool>
+   </attribute>
+   <addaction name="mNewRootTaskAction"/>
+   <addaction name="mNewTaskAction"/>
+   <addaction name="mAddSiblingAction"/>
+   <addaction name="mDeleteTaskAction"/>
+   <addaction name="mStartOrStopTrackingAction"/>
+  </widget>
+  <widget class="QStatusBar" name="mStatusBar"/>
+  <action name="mSyncAction">
+   <property name="enabled">
+    <bool>false</bool>
+   </property>
+   <property name="icon">
+    <iconset resource="mainwindow.qrc">
+     <normaloff>:/icons/icons/network-receive.png</normaloff>:/icons/icons/network-receive.png</iconset>
+   </property>
+   <property name="text">
+    <string>S&amp;ync...</string>
+   </property>
+   <property name="visible">
+    <bool>false</bool>
+   </property>
+  </action>
+  <action name="mPrintAction">
+   <property name="icon">
+    <iconset resource="mainwindow.qrc">
+     <normaloff>:/icons/icons/document-print.png</normaloff>:/icons/icons/document-print.png</iconset>
+   </property>
+   <property name="text">
+    <string>&amp;Print...</string>
+   </property>
+  </action>
+  <action name="mExitAction">
+   <property name="text">
+    <string>E&amp;xit</string>
+   </property>
+  </action>
+  <action name="mPreferencesAction">
+   <property name="text">
+    <string>Pre&amp;ferences...</string>
+   </property>
+  </action>
+  <action name="mSaveAction">
+   <property name="icon">
+    <iconset resource="mainwindow.qrc">
+     <normaloff>:/icons/icons/document-save.png</normaloff>:/icons/icons/document-save.png</iconset>
+   </property>
+   <property name="text">
+    <string>&amp;Save</string>
+   </property>
+   <property name="shortcut">
+    <string>Ctrl+S</string>
+   </property>
+  </action>
+  <action name="mDeleteTaskAction">
+   <property name="icon">
+    <iconset resource="mainwindow.qrc">
+     <normaloff>:/icons/icons/list-remove.png</normaloff>:/icons/icons/list-remove.png</iconset>
+   </property>
+   <property name="text">
+    <string>Delete task</string>
+   </property>
+   <property name="toolTip">
+    <string>Delete task</string>
+   </property>
+  </action>
+  <action name="mRenameTaskAction">
+   <property name="icon">
+    <iconset resource="mainwindow.qrc">
+     <normaloff>:/icons/icons/empty.png</normaloff>:/icons/icons/empty.png</iconset>
+   </property>
+   <property name="text">
+    <string>Rename task</string>
+   </property>
+  </action>
+  <action name="mNewTaskAction">
+   <property name="icon">
+    <iconset resource="mainwindow.qrc">
+     <normaloff>:/icons/icons/tree-add-child-small.png</normaloff>:/icons/icons/tree-add-child-small.png</iconset>
+   </property>
+   <property name="text">
+    <string>New child task</string>
+   </property>
+   <property name="iconText">
+    <string>New child task</string>
+   </property>
+   <property name="toolTip">
+    <string>New child task</string>
+   </property>
+   <property name="shortcut">
+    <string>Ctrl+Shift+N</string>
+   </property>
+  </action>
+  <action name="mNewRootTaskAction">
+   <property name="icon">
+    <iconset resource="mainwindow.qrc">
+     <normaloff>:/icons/icons/tree-add-root-small.png</normaloff>:/icons/icons/tree-add-root-small.png</iconset>
+   </property>
+   <property name="text">
+    <string>New root task</string>
+   </property>
+   <property name="shortcut">
+    <string>Ctrl+N</string>
+   </property>
+  </action>
+  <action name="mStartOrStopTrackingAction">
+   <property name="icon">
+    <iconset resource="mainwindow.qrc">
+     <normaloff>:/icons/icons/clock-32x32.png</normaloff>:/icons/icons/clock-32x32.png</iconset>
+   </property>
+   <property name="text">
+    <string>Start tracking</string>
+   </property>
+   <property name="shortcut">
+    <string>Ctrl+T</string>
+   </property>
+  </action>
+  <action name="mUndoEditAction">
+   <property name="icon">
+    <iconset resource="mainwindow.qrc">
+     <normaloff>:/icons/icons/edit-undo.png</normaloff>:/icons/icons/edit-undo.png</iconset>
+   </property>
+   <property name="text">
+    <string>Undo</string>
+   </property>
+   <property name="shortcut">
+    <string>Ctrl+Z</string>
+   </property>
+  </action>
+  <action name="mRedoEditAction">
+   <property name="icon">
+    <iconset resource="mainwindow.qrc">
+     <normaloff>:/icons/icons/edit-redo.png</normaloff>:/icons/icons/edit-redo.png</iconset>
+   </property>
+   <property name="text">
+    <string>Redo</string>
+   </property>
+   <property name="shortcut">
+    <string>Ctrl+Shift+Z</string>
+   </property>
+  </action>
+  <action name="mCutEditAction">
+   <property name="icon">
+    <iconset resource="mainwindow.qrc">
+     <normaloff>:/icons/icons/edit-cut.png</normaloff>:/icons/icons/edit-cut.png</iconset>
+   </property>
+   <property name="text">
+    <string>Cut</string>
+   </property>
+   <property name="shortcut">
+    <string>Ctrl+X</string>
+   </property>
+  </action>
+  <action name="mCopyEditAction">
+   <property name="icon">
+    <iconset resource="mainwindow.qrc">
+     <normaloff>:/icons/icons/edit-copy.png</normaloff>:/icons/icons/edit-copy.png</iconset>
+   </property>
+   <property name="text">
+    <string>Copy</string>
+   </property>
+   <property name="shortcut">
+    <string>Ctrl+C</string>
+   </property>
+  </action>
+  <action name="mPasteEditAction">
+   <property name="icon">
+    <iconset resource="mainwindow.qrc">
+     <normaloff>:/icons/icons/edit-paste.png</normaloff>:/icons/icons/edit-paste.png</iconset>
+   </property>
+   <property name="text">
+    <string>Paste</string>
+   </property>
+   <property name="shortcut">
+    <string>Ctrl+V</string>
+   </property>
+  </action>
+  <action name="mDeleteEditAction">
+   <property name="icon">
+    <iconset resource="mainwindow.qrc">
+     <normaloff>:/icons/icons/edit-clear.png</normaloff>:/icons/icons/edit-clear.png</iconset>
+   </property>
+   <property name="text">
+    <string>Delete</string>
+   </property>
+  </action>
+  <action name="mSelectAllEditAction">
+   <property name="icon">
+    <iconset resource="mainwindow.qrc">
+     <normaloff>:/icons/icons/edit-select-all.png</normaloff>:/icons/icons/edit-select-all.png</iconset>
+   </property>
+   <property name="text">
+    <string>Select all note</string>
+   </property>
+   <property name="shortcut">
+    <string>Ctrl+A</string>
+   </property>
+  </action>
+  <action name="mAboutAction">
+   <property name="text">
+    <string>About...</string>
+   </property>
+  </action>
+  <action name="mTimelineAction">
+   <property name="icon">
+    <iconset resource="mainwindow.qrc">
+     <normaloff>:/icons/icons/office-calendar.png</normaloff>:/icons/icons/office-calendar.png</iconset>
+   </property>
+   <property name="text">
+    <string>Timeline...</string>
+   </property>
+  </action>
+  <action name="mTimeReportAction">
+   <property name="icon">
+    <iconset resource="mainwindow.qrc">
+     <normaloff>:/icons/icons/appointment-new.png</normaloff>:/icons/icons/appointment-new.png</iconset>
+   </property>
+   <property name="text">
+    <string>Time report...</string>
+   </property>
+  </action>
+  <action name="mShowToolbarAction">
+   <property name="checkable">
+    <bool>true</bool>
+   </property>
+   <property name="checked">
+    <bool>true</bool>
+   </property>
+   <property name="icon">
+    <iconset resource="mainwindow.qrc">
+     <normaloff>:/icons/icons/empty.png</normaloff>:/icons/icons/empty.png</iconset>
+   </property>
+   <property name="text">
+    <string>Show toolbar</string>
+   </property>
+  </action>
+  <action name="mAttachmentsAction">
+   <property name="icon">
+    <iconset resource="mainwindow.qrc">
+     <normaloff>:/icons/icons/empty.png</normaloff>:/icons/icons/empty.png</iconset>
+   </property>
+   <property name="text">
+    <string>Attachments</string>
+   </property>
+   <property name="toolTip">
+    <string>View&amp;edit attachments</string>
+   </property>
+  </action>
+  <action name="mCheckForUpdatesAction">
+   <property name="text">
+    <string>Check for updates...</string>
+   </property>
+  </action>
+  <action name="mTimeTrackableAction">
+   <property name="checkable">
+    <bool>true</bool>
+   </property>
+   <property name="icon">
+    <iconset resource="mainwindow.qrc">
+     <normaloff>:/icons/icons/accessories-calculator.png</normaloff>:/icons/icons/accessories-calculator.png</iconset>
+   </property>
+   <property name="text">
+    <string>Time trackable</string>
+   </property>
+  </action>
+  <action name="mActionSearchInTasks">
+   <property name="icon">
+    <iconset resource="mainwindow.qrc">
+     <normaloff>:/icons/icons/folder-saved-search.png</normaloff>:/icons/icons/folder-saved-search.png</iconset>
+   </property>
+   <property name="text">
+    <string>Find in tasks...</string>
+   </property>
+   <property name="shortcut">
+    <string>Ctrl+Shift+F</string>
+   </property>
+  </action>
+  <action name="mActionSearch">
+   <property name="icon">
+    <iconset resource="mainwindow.qrc">
+     <normaloff>:/icons/icons/edit-find.png</normaloff>:/icons/icons/edit-find.png</iconset>
+   </property>
+   <property name="text">
+    <string>Find...</string>
+   </property>
+   <property name="shortcut">
+    <string>Ctrl+F</string>
+   </property>
+  </action>
+  <action name="mShowLittAction">
+   <property name="icon">
+    <iconset resource="mainwindow.qrc">
+     <normaloff>:/icons/icons/format-justify-fill.png</normaloff>:/icons/icons/format-justify-fill.png</iconset>
+   </property>
+   <property name="text">
+    <string>Show Litt window</string>
+   </property>
+   <property name="toolTip">
+    <string>Bring Litt window to foreground</string>
+   </property>
+  </action>
+  <action name="mFocusTaskTreeAction">
+   <property name="icon">
+    <iconset resource="mainwindow.qrc">
+     <normaloff>:/icons/icons/empty.png</normaloff>:/icons/icons/empty.png</iconset>
+   </property>
+   <property name="text">
+    <string>Switch to task tree</string>
+   </property>
+   <property name="shortcut">
+    <string>Ctrl+1</string>
+   </property>
+  </action>
+  <action name="mFocusTaskTextAction">
+   <property name="icon">
+    <iconset resource="mainwindow.qrc">
+     <normaloff>:/icons/icons/empty.png</normaloff>:/icons/icons/empty.png</iconset>
+   </property>
+   <property name="text">
+    <string>Switch to task text</string>
+   </property>
+   <property name="shortcut">
+    <string>Ctrl+2</string>
+   </property>
+  </action>
+  <action name="mAddSiblingAction">
+   <property name="icon">
+    <iconset resource="mainwindow.qrc">
+     <normaloff>:/icons/icons/tree-add-sibling-small.png</normaloff>:/icons/icons/tree-add-sibling-small.png</iconset>
+   </property>
+   <property name="text">
+    <string>Add sibling</string>
+   </property>
+   <property name="toolTip">
+    <string>Add sibling document</string>
+   </property>
+  </action>
+  <action name="mDecreaseLevelAction">
+   <property name="icon">
+    <iconset resource="mainwindow.qrc">
+     <normaloff>:/icons/icons/empty.png</normaloff>:/icons/icons/empty.png</iconset>
+   </property>
+   <property name="text">
+    <string>Decrease level</string>
+   </property>
+   <property name="toolTip">
+    <string>Decrease document level</string>
+   </property>
+  </action>
+  <action name="mIncreaseLevelAction">
+   <property name="icon">
+    <iconset resource="mainwindow.qrc">
+     <normaloff>:/icons/icons/empty.png</normaloff>:/icons/icons/empty.png</iconset>
+   </property>
+   <property name="text">
+    <string>Increase level</string>
+   </property>
+   <property name="toolTip">
+    <string>Increase document level</string>
+   </property>
+  </action>
+  <action name="mMoveUpAction">
+   <property name="icon">
+    <iconset resource="mainwindow.qrc">
+     <normaloff>:/icons/icons/empty.png</normaloff>:/icons/icons/empty.png</iconset>
+   </property>
+   <property name="text">
+    <string>Move up</string>
+   </property>
+   <property name="toolTip">
+    <string>Move document up</string>
+   </property>
+   <property name="shortcut">
+    <string>Ctrl+Shift+Up</string>
+   </property>
+  </action>
+  <action name="mMoveDownAction">
+   <property name="icon">
+    <iconset resource="mainwindow.qrc">
+     <normaloff>:/icons/icons/empty.png</normaloff>:/icons/icons/empty.png</iconset>
+   </property>
+   <property name="text">
+    <string>Move down</string>
+   </property>
+   <property name="toolTip">
+    <string>Move document down</string>
+   </property>
+   <property name="shortcut">
+    <string>Ctrl+Shift+Down</string>
+   </property>
+  </action>
+ </widget>
+ <layoutdefault spacing="6" margin="11"/>
+ <customwidgets>
+  <customwidget>
+   <class>TaskTreeView</class>
+   <extends>QTreeView</extends>
+   <header>tasktreemodel.h</header>
+  </customwidget>
+ </customwidgets>
+ <resources>
+  <include location="mainwindow.qrc"/>
+ </resources>
+ <connections>
+  <connection>
+   <sender>mExitAction</sender>
+   <signal>triggered()</signal>
+   <receiver>MainWindow</receiver>
+   <slot>quit()</slot>
+   <hints>
+    <hint type="sourcelabel">
+     <x>-1</x>
+     <y>-1</y>
+    </hint>
+    <hint type="destinationlabel">
+     <x>323</x>
+     <y>253</y>
+    </hint>
+   </hints>
+  </connection>
+  <connection>
+   <sender>mSaveAction</sender>
+   <signal>triggered()</signal>
+   <receiver>MainWindow</receiver>
+   <slot>save()</slot>
+   <hints>
+    <hint type="sourcelabel">
+     <x>-1</x>
+     <y>-1</y>
+    </hint>
+    <hint type="destinationlabel">
+     <x>323</x>
+     <y>253</y>
+    </hint>
+   </hints>
+  </connection>
+  <connection>
+   <sender>mSyncAction</sender>
+   <signal>triggered()</signal>
+   <receiver>MainWindow</receiver>
+   <slot>sync()</slot>
+   <hints>
+    <hint type="sourcelabel">
+     <x>-1</x>
+     <y>-1</y>
+    </hint>
+    <hint type="destinationlabel">
+     <x>323</x>
+     <y>253</y>
+    </hint>
+   </hints>
+  </connection>
+  <connection>
+   <sender>mTaskTree</sender>
+   <signal>customContextMenuRequested(QPoint)</signal>
+   <receiver>MainWindow</receiver>
+   <slot>taskTreeContextualMenu(QPoint)</slot>
+   <hints>
+    <hint type="sourcelabel">
+     <x>152</x>
+     <y>262</y>
+    </hint>
+    <hint type="destinationlabel">
+     <x>323</x>
+     <y>253</y>
+    </hint>
+   </hints>
+  </connection>
+  <connection>
+   <sender>mNewTaskAction</sender>
+   <signal>triggered()</signal>
+   <receiver>MainWindow</receiver>
+   <slot>newTask()</slot>
+   <hints>
+    <hint type="sourcelabel">
+     <x>-1</x>
+     <y>-1</y>
+    </hint>
+    <hint type="destinationlabel">
+     <x>323</x>
+     <y>253</y>
+    </hint>
+   </hints>
+  </connection>
+  <connection>
+   <sender>mRenameTaskAction</sender>
+   <signal>triggered()</signal>
+   <receiver>MainWindow</receiver>
+   <slot>renameTask()</slot>
+   <hints>
+    <hint type="sourcelabel">
+     <x>-1</x>
+     <y>-1</y>
+    </hint>
+    <hint type="destinationlabel">
+     <x>323</x>
+     <y>253</y>
+    </hint>
+   </hints>
+  </connection>
+  <connection>
+   <sender>mDeleteTaskAction</sender>
+   <signal>triggered()</signal>
+   <receiver>MainWindow</receiver>
+   <slot>deleteTask()</slot>
+   <hints>
+    <hint type="sourcelabel">
+     <x>-1</x>
+     <y>-1</y>
+    </hint>
+    <hint type="destinationlabel">
+     <x>323</x>
+     <y>253</y>
+    </hint>
+   </hints>
+  </connection>
+  <connection>
+   <sender>mNewRootTaskAction</sender>
+   <signal>triggered()</signal>
+   <receiver>MainWindow</receiver>
+   <slot>newRootTask()</slot>
+   <hints>
+    <hint type="sourcelabel">
+     <x>-1</x>
+     <y>-1</y>
+    </hint>
+    <hint type="destinationlabel">
+     <x>323</x>
+     <y>253</y>
+    </hint>
+   </hints>
+  </connection>
+  <connection>
+   <sender>mStartOrStopTrackingAction</sender>
+   <signal>triggered()</signal>
+   <receiver>MainWindow</receiver>
+   <slot>startOrStopTracking()</slot>
+   <hints>
+    <hint type="sourcelabel">
+     <x>-1</x>
+     <y>-1</y>
+    </hint>
+    <hint type="destinationlabel">
+     <x>323</x>
+     <y>253</y>
+    </hint>
+   </hints>
+  </connection>
+  <connection>
+   <sender>mPrintAction</sender>
+   <signal>triggered()</signal>
+   <receiver>MainWindow</receiver>
+   <slot>print()</slot>
+   <hints>
+    <hint type="sourcelabel">
+     <x>-1</x>
+     <y>-1</y>
+    </hint>
+    <hint type="destinationlabel">
+     <x>323</x>
+     <y>253</y>
+    </hint>
+   </hints>
+  </connection>
+  <connection>
+   <sender>mCopyEditAction</sender>
+   <signal>triggered()</signal>
+   <receiver>MainWindow</receiver>
+   <slot>editCopy()</slot>
+   <hints>
+    <hint type="sourcelabel">
+     <x>-1</x>
+     <y>-1</y>
+    </hint>
+    <hint type="destinationlabel">
+     <x>323</x>
+     <y>253</y>
+    </hint>
+   </hints>
+  </connection>
+  <connection>
+   <sender>mCutEditAction</sender>
+   <signal>triggered()</signal>
+   <receiver>MainWindow</receiver>
+   <slot>editCut()</slot>
+   <hints>
+    <hint type="sourcelabel">
+     <x>-1</x>
+     <y>-1</y>
+    </hint>
+    <hint type="destinationlabel">
+     <x>323</x>
+     <y>253</y>
+    </hint>
+   </hints>
+  </connection>
+  <connection>
+   <sender>mDeleteEditAction</sender>
+   <signal>triggered()</signal>
+   <receiver>MainWindow</receiver>
+   <slot>editDelete()</slot>
+   <hints>
+    <hint type="sourcelabel">
+     <x>-1</x>
+     <y>-1</y>
+    </hint>
+    <hint type="destinationlabel">
+     <x>323</x>
+     <y>253</y>
+    </hint>
+   </hints>
+  </connection>
+  <connection>
+   <sender>mPasteEditAction</sender>
+   <signal>triggered()</signal>
+   <receiver>MainWindow</receiver>
+   <slot>editPaste()</slot>
+   <hints>
+    <hint type="sourcelabel">
+     <x>-1</x>
+     <y>-1</y>
+    </hint>
+    <hint type="destinationlabel">
+     <x>323</x>
+     <y>253</y>
+    </hint>
+   </hints>
+  </connection>
+  <connection>
+   <sender>mRedoEditAction</sender>
+   <signal>triggered()</signal>
+   <receiver>MainWindow</receiver>
+   <slot>editRedo()</slot>
+   <hints>
+    <hint type="sourcelabel">
+     <x>-1</x>
+     <y>-1</y>
+    </hint>
+    <hint type="destinationlabel">
+     <x>323</x>
+     <y>253</y>
+    </hint>
+   </hints>
+  </connection>
+  <connection>
+   <sender>mUndoEditAction</sender>
+   <signal>triggered()</signal>
+   <receiver>MainWindow</receiver>
+   <slot>editUndo()</slot>
+   <hints>
+    <hint type="sourcelabel">
+     <x>-1</x>
+     <y>-1</y>
+    </hint>
+    <hint type="destinationlabel">
+     <x>323</x>
+     <y>253</y>
+    </hint>
+   </hints>
+  </connection>
+  <connection>
+   <sender>mSelectAllEditAction</sender>
+   <signal>triggered()</signal>
+   <receiver>MainWindow</receiver>
+   <slot>editSelectAll()</slot>
+   <hints>
+    <hint type="sourcelabel">
+     <x>-1</x>
+     <y>-1</y>
+    </hint>
+    <hint type="destinationlabel">
+     <x>323</x>
+     <y>253</y>
+    </hint>
+   </hints>
+  </connection>
+  <connection>
+   <sender>mTimelineAction</sender>
+   <signal>triggered()</signal>
+   <receiver>MainWindow</receiver>
+   <slot>showTimeline()</slot>
+   <hints>
+    <hint type="sourcelabel">
+     <x>-1</x>
+     <y>-1</y>
+    </hint>
+    <hint type="destinationlabel">
+     <x>323</x>
+     <y>253</y>
+    </hint>
+   </hints>
+  </connection>
+  <connection>
+   <sender>mTimeReportAction</sender>
+   <signal>triggered()</signal>
+   <receiver>MainWindow</receiver>
+   <slot>showTimeReport()</slot>
+   <hints>
+    <hint type="sourcelabel">
+     <x>-1</x>
+     <y>-1</y>
+    </hint>
+    <hint type="destinationlabel">
+     <x>323</x>
+     <y>253</y>
+    </hint>
+   </hints>
+  </connection>
+  <connection>
+   <sender>mShowToolbarAction</sender>
+   <signal>changed()</signal>
+   <receiver>MainWindow</receiver>
+   <slot>showHideToolbar()</slot>
+   <hints>
+    <hint type="sourcelabel">
+     <x>-1</x>
+     <y>-1</y>
+    </hint>
+    <hint type="destinationlabel">
+     <x>323</x>
+     <y>253</y>
+    </hint>
+   </hints>
+  </connection>
+  <connection>
+   <sender>mAttachmentsAction</sender>
+   <signal>triggered()</signal>
+   <receiver>MainWindow</receiver>
+   <slot>showAttachments()</slot>
+   <hints>
+    <hint type="sourcelabel">
+     <x>-1</x>
+     <y>-1</y>
+    </hint>
+    <hint type="destinationlabel">
+     <x>323</x>
+     <y>253</y>
+    </hint>
+   </hints>
+  </connection>
+  <connection>
+   <sender>mCheckForUpdatesAction</sender>
+   <signal>triggered()</signal>
+   <receiver>MainWindow</receiver>
+   <slot>checkForUpdates()</slot>
+   <hints>
+    <hint type="sourcelabel">
+     <x>-1</x>
+     <y>-1</y>
+    </hint>
+    <hint type="destinationlabel">
+     <x>323</x>
+     <y>253</y>
+    </hint>
+   </hints>
+  </connection>
+  <connection>
+   <sender>mTimeTrackableAction</sender>
+   <signal>toggled(bool)</signal>
+   <receiver>MainWindow</receiver>
+   <slot>changeTimeTrackableFlag(bool)</slot>
+   <hints>
+    <hint type="sourcelabel">
+     <x>-1</x>
+     <y>-1</y>
+    </hint>
+    <hint type="destinationlabel">
+     <x>323</x>
+     <y>253</y>
+    </hint>
+   </hints>
+  </connection>
+  <connection>
+   <sender>mActionSearch</sender>
+   <signal>triggered()</signal>
+   <receiver>MainWindow</receiver>
+   <slot>find()</slot>
+   <hints>
+    <hint type="sourcelabel">
+     <x>-1</x>
+     <y>-1</y>
+    </hint>
+    <hint type="destinationlabel">
+     <x>323</x>
+     <y>253</y>
+    </hint>
+   </hints>
+  </connection>
+  <connection>
+   <sender>mActionSearchInTasks</sender>
+   <signal>triggered()</signal>
+   <receiver>MainWindow</receiver>
+   <slot>findInTasks()</slot>
+   <hints>
+    <hint type="sourcelabel">
+     <x>-1</x>
+     <y>-1</y>
+    </hint>
+    <hint type="destinationlabel">
+     <x>323</x>
+     <y>253</y>
+    </hint>
+   </hints>
+  </connection>
+  <connection>
+   <sender>mFindEdit</sender>
+   <signal>returnPressed()</signal>
+   <receiver>MainWindow</receiver>
+   <slot>findRequested()</slot>
+   <hints>
+    <hint type="sourcelabel">
+     <x>466</x>
+     <y>335</y>
+    </hint>
+    <hint type="destinationlabel">
+     <x>323</x>
+     <y>253</y>
+    </hint>
+   </hints>
+  </connection>
+  <connection>
+   <sender>mShowLittAction</sender>
+   <signal>triggered()</signal>
+   <receiver>MainWindow</receiver>
+   <slot>showMainWindow()</slot>
+   <hints>
+    <hint type="sourcelabel">
+     <x>-1</x>
+     <y>-1</y>
+    </hint>
+    <hint type="destinationlabel">
+     <x>323</x>
+     <y>253</y>
+    </hint>
+   </hints>
+  </connection>
+  <connection>
+   <sender>mFocusTaskTreeAction</sender>
+   <signal>triggered()</signal>
+   <receiver>MainWindow</receiver>
+   <slot>focusTaskTree()</slot>
+   <hints>
+    <hint type="sourcelabel">
+     <x>-1</x>
+     <y>-1</y>
+    </hint>
+    <hint type="destinationlabel">
+     <x>323</x>
+     <y>253</y>
+    </hint>
+   </hints>
+  </connection>
+  <connection>
+   <sender>mFocusTaskTextAction</sender>
+   <signal>triggered()</signal>
+   <receiver>MainWindow</receiver>
+   <slot>focusTaskText()</slot>
+   <hints>
+    <hint type="sourcelabel">
+     <x>-1</x>
+     <y>-1</y>
+    </hint>
+    <hint type="destinationlabel">
+     <x>323</x>
+     <y>253</y>
+    </hint>
+   </hints>
+  </connection>
+  <connection>
+   <sender>mNoteEdit</sender>
+   <signal>textChanged()</signal>
+   <receiver>MainWindow</receiver>
+   <slot>taskTextChanged()</slot>
+   <hints>
+    <hint type="sourcelabel">
+     <x>473</x>
+     <y>229</y>
+    </hint>
+    <hint type="destinationlabel">
+     <x>323</x>
+     <y>253</y>
+    </hint>
+   </hints>
+  </connection>
+  <connection>
+   <sender>mAddSiblingAction</sender>
+   <signal>triggered()</signal>
+   <receiver>MainWindow</receiver>
+   <slot>newSibling()</slot>
+   <hints>
+    <hint type="sourcelabel">
+     <x>-1</x>
+     <y>-1</y>
+    </hint>
+    <hint type="destinationlabel">
+     <x>323</x>
+     <y>253</y>
+    </hint>
+   </hints>
+  </connection>
+  <connection>
+   <sender>mMoveDownAction</sender>
+   <signal>triggered()</signal>
+   <receiver>MainWindow</receiver>
+   <slot>moveDown()</slot>
+   <hints>
+    <hint type="sourcelabel">
+     <x>-1</x>
+     <y>-1</y>
+    </hint>
+    <hint type="destinationlabel">
+     <x>323</x>
+     <y>253</y>
+    </hint>
+   </hints>
+  </connection>
+  <connection>
+   <sender>mMoveUpAction</sender>
+   <signal>triggered()</signal>
+   <receiver>MainWindow</receiver>
+   <slot>moveUp()</slot>
+   <hints>
+    <hint type="sourcelabel">
+     <x>-1</x>
+     <y>-1</y>
+    </hint>
+    <hint type="destinationlabel">
+     <x>323</x>
+     <y>253</y>
+    </hint>
+   </hints>
+  </connection>
+ </connections>
+ <slots>
+  <slot>save()</slot>
+  <slot>sync()</slot>
+  <slot>quit()</slot>
+  <slot>taskTreeContextualMenu(QPoint)</slot>
+  <slot>newTask()</slot>
+  <slot>renameTask()</slot>
+  <slot>deleteTask()</slot>
+  <slot>newRootTask()</slot>
+  <slot>startOrStopTracking()</slot>
+  <slot>print()</slot>
+  <slot>editFormatChanged(QTextCharFormat)</slot>
+  <slot>editUndo()</slot>
+  <slot>editRedo()</slot>
+  <slot>editCut()</slot>
+  <slot>editCopy()</slot>
+  <slot>editPaste()</slot>
+  <slot>editDelete()</slot>
+  <slot>editSelectAll()</slot>
+  <slot>preferences()</slot>
+  <slot>showTimeline()</slot>
+  <slot>showTimeReport()</slot>
+  <slot>showHideToolbar()</slot>
+  <slot>showAttachments()</slot>
+  <slot>checkForUpdates()</slot>
+  <slot>changeTimeTrackableFlag(bool)</slot>
+  <slot>find()</slot>
+  <slot>findInTasks()</slot>
+  <slot>findRequested()</slot>
+  <slot>findRejected()</slot>
+  <slot>taskTextChanged()</slot>
+  <slot>focusTaskTree()</slot>
+  <slot>focusTaskText()</slot>
+  <slot>showMainWindow()</slot>
+  <slot>newSibling()</slot>
+  <slot>moveUp()</slot>
+  <slot>moveDown()</slot>
+ </slots>
+</ui>
diff --git a/client/platforms/hidtracker.cpp b/client/platforms/hidtracker.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d48040e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/platforms/hidtracker.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
+#include "hidtracker.h"
+#include "hidtrackerimpl.h"
+#include <QTimer>
+
+#ifdef TARGET_OSX
+# include "platforms/osx/hidtrackerimpl_osx.h"
+#endif
+
+HIDActivityTracker::HIDActivityTracker()
+  :mInterval(600), mTrackerActive(false), mState(None)
+{
+#ifdef TARGET_OSX
+  mImpl = new HIDTrackerImplOSX();
+  mImpl->setInterval(mInterval);
+#endif
+
+  // Check timer belongs to this object
+  mCheckTimer = new QTimer(this);
+  mCheckTimer->setSingleShot(false);
+  connect(mCheckTimer, SIGNAL(timeout()), this, SLOT(checkState()));
+}
+
+HIDActivityTracker::~HIDActivityTracker()
+{
+}
+
+bool HIDActivityTracker::isPossible()
+{
+  if (!mImpl)
+    return false;
+  return mImpl->isPossible();
+}
+
+void HIDActivityTracker::setInterval(int seconds)
+{
+  if (mImpl)
+    mImpl->setInterval(seconds);
+
+  mInterval = seconds;
+}
+
+int HIDActivityTracker::interval() const
+{
+  return mInterval;
+}
+
+bool HIDActivityTracker::isTrackerActive()
+{
+  return mTrackerActive;
+}
+
+bool HIDActivityTracker::start()
+{
+  if (mTrackerActive)
+    return true;
+
+  if (mImpl)
+    mTrackerActive = mImpl->start();
+
+  mState = None;
+  mIdleSignalSent = false;
+  mActivitySignalSent = false;
+  if (mTrackerActive)
+    mCheckTimer->start(1000);
+
+  return mTrackerActive;
+}
+
+void HIDActivityTracker::stop()
+{
+  if (!mTrackerActive)
+    return;
+
+  if (mImpl)
+    mImpl->stop();
+
+  mState = None;
+  mCheckTimer->stop();
+  mTrackerActive = false;
+}
+
+bool HIDActivityTracker::isUserActive()
+{
+  if (!mImpl)
+    return true;
+
+  return mImpl->isUserActive();
+}
+
+void HIDActivityTracker::resetUserActive()
+{
+  if (!mImpl)
+    return;
+  mState = None;
+  mImpl->resetUserActive();
+}
+
+void HIDActivityTracker::acceptIdleState()
+{
+  mState = Idle;
+}
+
+void HIDActivityTracker::acceptUserActiveState()
+{
+  mState = UserActive;
+}
+
+void HIDActivityTracker::checkState()
+{
+  if (!mTrackerActive)
+    return;
+
+  // Now activity tracker is started, check if there was user activity during interval
+  if (!mImpl->isUserActive())
+  {
+    switch (mState)
+    {
+    case None:
+      mState = Idle;
+      break;
+
+    case Idle:
+      break;
+
+    case UserActive:
+      if (!mIdleSignalSent)
+      {
+        mIdleSignalSent = true;
+        mActivitySignalSent = false;
+        emit idleDetected();
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    switch (mState)
+    {
+    case None:
+      mState = UserActive;
+      break;
+
+    case UserActive:
+      break;
+
+    case Idle:
+      if (!mActivitySignalSent)
+      {
+        mActivitySignalSent = true;
+        mIdleSignalSent = false;
+        emit activityDetected();
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+}
diff --git a/client/platforms/hidtracker.h b/client/platforms/hidtracker.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5c06ccd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/platforms/hidtracker.h
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+#ifndef __HID_TRACKER_H
+#define __HID_TRACKER_H
+
+class HIDActivityTrackerImpl;
+class QTimer;
+#include <QObject>
+
+class HIDActivityTracker: public QObject
+{
+  Q_OBJECT
+
+public:
+  HIDActivityTracker();
+  virtual ~HIDActivityTracker();
+
+  bool isPossible();
+
+  void setInterval(int seconds);
+  int interval() const;
+
+  bool isTrackerActive();
+  bool start();
+  void stop();
+  bool isUserActive();
+  void resetUserActive();
+
+  // These methods must be called in response to idleDetected() / activityDetected() signals
+  void acceptIdleState();
+  void acceptUserActiveState();
+
+signals:
+  void idleDetected();
+  void activityDetected();
+
+protected:
+  int mInterval;
+  HIDActivityTrackerImpl* mImpl;
+  bool mTrackerActive;
+  QTimer* mCheckTimer;
+  enum State
+  {
+    None,
+    Idle,
+    UserActive
+  };
+  State mState;
+  bool mIdleSignalSent = false;
+  bool mActivitySignalSent = false;
+
+protected slots:
+  void checkState();
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/client/platforms/hidtrackerimpl.cpp b/client/platforms/hidtrackerimpl.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ae2a69f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/platforms/hidtrackerimpl.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+#include "hidtrackerimpl.h"
+
+HIDActivityTrackerImpl::HIDActivityTrackerImpl()
+  :mInterval(600)
+{}
+
+HIDActivityTrackerImpl::~HIDActivityTrackerImpl()
+{
+}
+
+void HIDActivityTrackerImpl::setInterval(int seconds)
+{
+  mInterval = seconds;
+}
+
+int HIDActivityTrackerImpl::interval() const
+{
+  return mInterval;
+}
diff --git a/client/platforms/hidtrackerimpl.h b/client/platforms/hidtrackerimpl.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ab70131
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/platforms/hidtrackerimpl.h
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+#ifndef __HID_TRACKER_IMPL_H
+#define __HID_TRACKER_IMPL_H
+
+class HIDActivityTrackerImpl
+{
+public:
+  HIDActivityTrackerImpl();
+  virtual ~HIDActivityTrackerImpl();
+
+  virtual bool isPossible() { return false; }
+
+  void setInterval(int seconds);
+  int interval() const;
+
+  virtual bool start() = 0;
+  virtual void stop() = 0;
+  virtual bool isUserActive() = 0;
+  virtual void resetUserActive() = 0;
+
+protected:
+  int mInterval;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/client/platforms/osx/hidtrackerimpl_osx.h b/client/platforms/osx/hidtrackerimpl_osx.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4c07426
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/platforms/osx/hidtrackerimpl_osx.h
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+#ifndef __USER_ACTIVITY_OSX_H
+#define __USER_ACTIVITY_OSX_H
+
+#include "platforms/hidtrackerimpl.h"
+#include <CoreFoundation/CoreFoundation.h>
+
+class HIDTrackerImplOSX: public HIDActivityTrackerImpl
+{
+public:
+  HIDTrackerImplOSX();
+  virtual ~HIDTrackerImplOSX();
+
+  bool isPossible();
+
+  bool start();
+  void stop();
+  bool isUserActive();
+  void resetUserActive();
+
+protected:
+  CFMachPortRef mMachPortRef;
+  CFRunLoopSourceRef mKeyboardEventSrc;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/client/platforms/osx/hidtrackerimpl_osx.mm b/client/platforms/osx/hidtrackerimpl_osx.mm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f114ac1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/platforms/osx/hidtrackerimpl_osx.mm
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+#import "Config.h"
+#import "hidtrackerimpl_osx.h"
+#include <CoreFoundation/CoreFoundation.h>
+#include <Cocoa/Cocoa.h>
+
+HIDTrackerImplOSX::HIDTrackerImplOSX()
+  :mMachPortRef(0), mKeyboardEventSrc(0)
+{
+
+}
+
+HIDTrackerImplOSX::~HIDTrackerImplOSX()
+{
+
+}
+
+
+bool HIDTrackerImplOSX::isPossible()
+{
+  if (AXIsProcessTrustedWithOptions != NULL)
+  {
+      // 10.9 and later
+      const void * keys[] = { kAXTrustedCheckOptionPrompt };
+      const void * values[] = { kCFBooleanTrue };
+
+      CFDictionaryRef options = CFDictionaryCreate(
+              kCFAllocatorDefault,
+              keys,
+              values,
+              sizeof(keys) / sizeof(*keys),
+              &kCFCopyStringDictionaryKeyCallBacks,
+              &kCFTypeDictionaryValueCallBacks);
+
+      return AXIsProcessTrustedWithOptions(options);
+  }
+  else
+    return AXAPIEnabled() != 0;
+}
+
+time_t LastKeyboardActivityTime = 0;
+time_t LastMouseActivityTime = 0;
+
+CGEventRef eventTapFunction(CGEventTapProxy proxy, CGEventType type, CGEventRef event, void *refcon)
+{
+  if (type != NX_KEYUP && type != NX_OMOUSEDOWN && type != NX_OMOUSEUP && type != NX_OMOUSEDRAGGED &&
+      type != NX_LMOUSEUP && type != NX_LMOUSEDOWN && type != NX_RMOUSEUP && type != NX_RMOUSEDOWN &&
+      type != NX_MOUSEMOVED && type != NX_LMOUSEDRAGGED && type != NX_RMOUSEDRAGGED)
+    return event;
+
+  NSAutoreleasePool* pool = [[NSAutoreleasePool alloc] init];
+
+  NSEvent* sysEvent = [NSEvent eventWithCGEvent:event];
+  if (type == NX_KEYUP && [sysEvent type] == NSKeyUp)
+    LastKeyboardActivityTime = time(NULL);
+  else
+    LastMouseActivityTime = time(NULL);
+
+  [pool release];
+  return event;
+}
+
+bool HIDTrackerImplOSX::start()
+{
+  LastKeyboardActivityTime = LastMouseActivityTime = time(NULL);
+  CGEventMask keyboardMask = CGEventMaskBit(kCGEventKeyUp);
+  CGEventMask mouseMask = CGEventMaskBit(kCGEventMouseMoved) | CGEventMaskBit(kCGEventLeftMouseDown) |
+  CGEventMaskBit(kCGEventRightMouseDown);
+
+  CGEventMask mask = keyboardMask + mouseMask;// + mouseMask;//CGEventMaskBit(kCGEventKeyDown) | CGEventMaskBit(kCGEventMouseMoved);
+
+  // Try to create keyboard-only hook. It will fail if Assistive Devices are not set.
+  mMachPortRef =  CGEventTapCreate(
+                                   kCGAnnotatedSessionEventTap,
+                                   kCGTailAppendEventTap, // kCGHeadInsertEventTap
+                                   kCGEventTapOptionListenOnly,
+                                   keyboardMask,
+                                   (CGEventTapCallBack)eventTapFunction,
+                                   0 );
+  if (!mMachPortRef)
+    return false;
+  else
+    CFRelease(mMachPortRef);
+
+  mMachPortRef = CGEventTapCreate(
+                                  kCGAnnotatedSessionEventTap,
+                                  kCGTailAppendEventTap, // kCGHeadInsertEventTap
+                                  kCGEventTapOptionListenOnly,
+                                  mask,
+                                  (CGEventTapCallBack)eventTapFunction,
+                                  0 );
+  if (!mMachPortRef)
+    return false;
+
+  mKeyboardEventSrc = CFMachPortCreateRunLoopSource(kCFAllocatorDefault, mMachPortRef, 0);
+  if ( !mKeyboardEventSrc )
+  {
+    CFRelease(mMachPortRef); mMachPortRef = 0;
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  CFRunLoopRef runLoop = CFRunLoopGetCurrent();
+  if ( !runLoop )
+  {
+    CFRelease(mMachPortRef); mMachPortRef = 0;
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  CFRunLoopAddSource(runLoop,  mKeyboardEventSrc, kCFRunLoopDefaultMode);
+  return true;
+}
+
+void HIDTrackerImplOSX::stop()
+{
+  if (mKeyboardEventSrc && mMachPortRef)
+    CFRunLoopRemoveSource(CFRunLoopGetCurrent(), mKeyboardEventSrc, kCFRunLoopDefaultMode);
+  if (mKeyboardEventSrc)
+    CFRelease(mKeyboardEventSrc);
+  if (mMachPortRef)
+    CFRelease(mMachPortRef);
+
+  mKeyboardEventSrc = NULL;
+  mMachPortRef = NULL;
+}
+
+bool HIDTrackerImplOSX::isUserActive()
+{
+  if (!LastKeyboardActivityTime && !LastMouseActivityTime)
+  {
+    LastKeyboardActivityTime = LastMouseActivityTime = time(NULL);
+    return true;
+  }
+
+  time_t current = time(NULL);
+  if (current - LastKeyboardActivityTime <= mInterval)
+    return true;
+
+  if (current - LastMouseActivityTime <= mInterval)
+    return true;
+
+  return false;
+}
+
+void HIDTrackerImplOSX::resetUserActive()
+{
+  LastKeyboardActivityTime = 0;
+  LastMouseActivityTime = 0;
+}
diff --git a/client/platforms/osx/sleeptracker_osx.h b/client/platforms/osx/sleeptracker_osx.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cafb2a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/platforms/osx/sleeptracker_osx.h
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+#ifndef SLEEPTRACKER_OSX_H
+#define SLEEPTRACKER_OSX_H
+
+#include <QObject>
+
+class SleepTracker: public QObject
+{
+  Q_OBJECT
+public:
+  explicit SleepTracker(QObject* parent = nullptr);
+  ~SleepTracker();
+
+  void install();
+  void uninstall();
+
+  static SleepTracker& sharedInstance();
+
+  // For internal calls only
+  void onAppWillSleep();
+  void onAppDidWake();
+
+signals:
+  void onSystemSleep();
+  void onSystemResume();
+
+protected:
+  void* mHandler;
+};
+
+#endif // SLEEPTRACKER_OSX_H
+
diff --git a/client/platforms/osx/sleeptracker_osx.mm b/client/platforms/osx/sleeptracker_osx.mm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0975f49
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/platforms/osx/sleeptracker_osx.mm
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+#include "sleeptracker_osx.h"
+#include <CoreFoundation/CoreFoundation.h>
+#include <Cocoa/Cocoa.h>
+
+@interface SleepNotificationHandler: NSObject
+{
+  SleepTracker* mTracker;
+}
+
+- (id)initWithTracker:(SleepTracker*)tracker;
+- (void)dealloc;
+- (void)install;
+- (void)uninstall;
+
+- (void)appWillSleep:(NSNotification*)notification;
+- (void)appDidWake:(NSNotification*)notification;
+@end
+
+@implementation SleepNotificationHandler
+
+- (id)initWithTracker:(SleepTracker*)tracker
+{
+  if (![super init])
+    return nil;
+
+  mTracker = tracker;
+  return self;
+}
+
+- (void)dealloc
+{
+  [super dealloc];
+}
+
+- (void)install
+{
+  NSNotificationCenter *center = [[NSWorkspace sharedWorkspace] notificationCenter];
+  [center addObserver:self
+             selector:@selector(appWillSleep:)
+                 name:NSWorkspaceWillSleepNotification
+               object:NULL];
+
+  [center addObserver:self
+             selector:@selector(appDidWake:)
+                 name:NSWorkspaceDidWakeNotification
+               object:NULL];
+}
+
+- (void)uninstall
+{
+  NSNotificationCenter *center = [[NSWorkspace sharedWorkspace] notificationCenter];
+  [center removeObserver: self];
+}
+
+- (void)appWillSleep:(NSNotification*)notification
+{
+  if (self->mTracker)
+    self->mTracker->onAppWillSleep();
+}
+
+- (void)appDidWake:(NSNotification*)notification
+{
+  if (self->mTracker)
+    self->mTracker->onAppDidWake();
+}
+@end
+
+SleepTracker STSharedInstance;
+
+SleepTracker::SleepTracker(QObject *parent)
+  :QObject(parent), mHandler(nullptr)
+
+{
+
+}
+
+SleepTracker::~SleepTracker()
+{
+
+}
+
+void SleepTracker::install()
+{
+  if (!mHandler)
+  {
+    mHandler = [[SleepNotificationHandler alloc] initWithTracker: this];
+    [(id)mHandler install];
+  }
+}
+
+void SleepTracker::uninstall()
+{
+  if (mHandler)
+  {
+    [(id)mHandler uninstall];
+    [(id)mHandler release];
+    mHandler = nullptr;
+  }
+}
+
+void SleepTracker::onAppWillSleep()
+{
+  emit onSystemSleep();
+}
+
+void SleepTracker::onAppDidWake()
+{
+  emit onSystemResume();
+}
+
diff --git a/client/platforms/osx/updater_osx.h b/client/platforms/osx/updater_osx.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5c96dc4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/platforms/osx/updater_osx.h
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+#ifndef UPDATER_OSX_H
+#define UPDATER_OSX_H
+
+#include <QString>
+#include "../updater.h"
+
+class CocoaInitializer
+{
+  public:
+    CocoaInitializer();
+    ~CocoaInitializer();
+
+  private:
+    class Private;
+    Private* d;
+};
+
+class SparkleAutoUpdater : public AutoUpdater
+{
+  public:
+    SparkleAutoUpdater(const QString url);
+    ~SparkleAutoUpdater();
+    virtual void checkForUpdates();
+  private:
+    class Private;
+    Private* d;
+};
+
+#endif // UPDATER_OSX_H
+
diff --git a/client/platforms/osx/updater_osx.mm b/client/platforms/osx/updater_osx.mm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1b75961
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/platforms/osx/updater_osx.mm
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+#include "updater_osx.h"
+
+#include <AppKit/AppKit.h>
+#include <Cocoa/Cocoa.h>
+#include <QtDebug>
+#include <../lib/osx/Sparkle.Framework/Headers/Sparkle.h>
+
+class CocoaInitializer::Private
+{
+public:
+  NSAutoreleasePool* autoReleasePool_;
+};
+
+CocoaInitializer::CocoaInitializer()
+{
+  d = new CocoaInitializer::Private();
+  NSApplicationLoad();
+  d->autoReleasePool_ = [[NSAutoreleasePool alloc] init];
+}
+
+CocoaInitializer::~CocoaInitializer()
+{
+  [d->autoReleasePool_ release];
+  delete d;
+}
+
+
+class SparkleAutoUpdater::Private {
+  public:
+    SUUpdater* updater;
+};
+
+SparkleAutoUpdater::SparkleAutoUpdater(const QString& aUrl)
+{
+  d = new Private;
+  d->updater = [[SUUpdater sharedUpdater] retain];
+  NSURL* url = [NSURL URLWithString:
+      [NSString stringWithUTF8String: aUrl.toUtf8().data()]];
+  [d->updater setFeedURL: url];
+}
+
+SparkleAutoUpdater::~SparkleAutoUpdater()
+{
+  [d->updater release];
+  delete d;
+}
+
+void SparkleAutoUpdater::checkForUpdates()
+{
+  [d->updater checkForUpdatesInBackground];
+}
diff --git a/client/platforms/updater.h b/client/platforms/updater.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e7f2a8b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/platforms/updater.h
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+#ifndef UPDATER_H
+#define UPDATER_H
+
+class AutoUpdater {
+  public:
+    virtual void checkForUpdates() = 0;
+};
+
+#endif // UPDATER_H
+
diff --git a/client/sqlitecpp/.cproject b/client/sqlitecpp/.cproject
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2db6872
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/sqlitecpp/.cproject
@@ -0,0 +1,538 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<?fileVersion 4.0.0?><cproject storage_type_id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.XmlProjectDescriptionStorage">
+	<storageModule moduleId="org.eclipse.cdt.core.settings">
+		<cconfiguration id="cdt.managedbuild.config.gnu.exe.debug.1034724773">
+			<storageModule buildSystemId="org.eclipse.cdt.managedbuilder.core.configurationDataProvider" id="cdt.managedbuild.config.gnu.exe.debug.1034724773" moduleId="org.eclipse.cdt.core.settings" name="Debug">
+				<externalSettings/>
+				<extensions>
+					<extension id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.ELF" point="org.eclipse.cdt.core.BinaryParser"/>
+					<extension id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.GCCErrorParser" point="org.eclipse.cdt.core.ErrorParser"/>
+					<extension id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.GASErrorParser" point="org.eclipse.cdt.core.ErrorParser"/>
+					<extension id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.GLDErrorParser" point="org.eclipse.cdt.core.ErrorParser"/>
+					<extension id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.GmakeErrorParser" point="org.eclipse.cdt.core.ErrorParser"/>
+					<extension id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.CWDLocator" point="org.eclipse.cdt.core.ErrorParser"/>
+				</extensions>
+			</storageModule>
+			<storageModule moduleId="cdtBuildSystem" version="4.0.0">
+				<configuration artifactName="${ProjName}" buildArtefactType="org.eclipse.cdt.build.core.buildArtefactType.exe" buildProperties="org.eclipse.cdt.build.core.buildType=org.eclipse.cdt.build.core.buildType.debug,org.eclipse.cdt.build.core.buildArtefactType=org.eclipse.cdt.build.core.buildArtefactType.exe" cleanCommand="rm -rf" description="" id="cdt.managedbuild.config.gnu.exe.debug.1034724773" name="Debug" parent="cdt.managedbuild.config.gnu.exe.debug">
+					<folderInfo id="cdt.managedbuild.config.gnu.exe.debug.1034724773." name="/" resourcePath="">
+						<toolChain id="cdt.managedbuild.toolchain.gnu.exe.debug.898681687" name="Linux GCC" nonInternalBuilderId="cdt.managedbuild.target.gnu.builder.exe.debug" superClass="cdt.managedbuild.toolchain.gnu.exe.debug">
+							<targetPlatform id="cdt.managedbuild.target.gnu.platform.exe.debug.25715897" name="Debug Platform" superClass="cdt.managedbuild.target.gnu.platform.exe.debug"/>
+							<builder buildPath="${ProjDirPath}/build" id="cdt.managedbuild.target.gnu.builder.exe.debug.1103730408" keepEnvironmentInBuildfile="false" managedBuildOn="false" name="Gnu Make Builder" parallelBuildOn="true" parallelizationNumber="optimal" superClass="cdt.managedbuild.target.gnu.builder.exe.debug"/>
+							<tool id="cdt.managedbuild.tool.gnu.archiver.base.836634439" name="GCC Archiver" superClass="cdt.managedbuild.tool.gnu.archiver.base"/>
+							<tool command="g++" id="cdt.managedbuild.tool.gnu.cpp.compiler.exe.debug.1817615032" name="GCC C++ Compiler" superClass="cdt.managedbuild.tool.gnu.cpp.compiler.exe.debug">
+								<option id="gnu.cpp.compiler.exe.debug.option.optimization.level.750523151" name="Optimization Level" superClass="gnu.cpp.compiler.exe.debug.option.optimization.level" value="gnu.cpp.compiler.optimization.level.none" valueType="enumerated"/>
+								<option id="gnu.cpp.compiler.exe.debug.option.debugging.level.1248186067" name="Debug Level" superClass="gnu.cpp.compiler.exe.debug.option.debugging.level" value="gnu.cpp.compiler.debugging.level.max" valueType="enumerated"/>
+								<inputType id="cdt.managedbuild.tool.gnu.cpp.compiler.input.1310903331" superClass="cdt.managedbuild.tool.gnu.cpp.compiler.input"/>
+							</tool>
+							<tool id="cdt.managedbuild.tool.gnu.c.compiler.exe.debug.796464367" name="GCC C Compiler" superClass="cdt.managedbuild.tool.gnu.c.compiler.exe.debug">
+								<option defaultValue="gnu.c.optimization.level.none" id="gnu.c.compiler.exe.debug.option.optimization.level.1202477623" name="Optimization Level" superClass="gnu.c.compiler.exe.debug.option.optimization.level" valueType="enumerated"/>
+								<option id="gnu.c.compiler.exe.debug.option.debugging.level.280470620" name="Debug Level" superClass="gnu.c.compiler.exe.debug.option.debugging.level" value="gnu.c.debugging.level.max" valueType="enumerated"/>
+								<inputType id="cdt.managedbuild.tool.gnu.c.compiler.input.1655653012" superClass="cdt.managedbuild.tool.gnu.c.compiler.input"/>
+							</tool>
+							<tool id="cdt.managedbuild.tool.gnu.c.linker.exe.debug.1058275134" name="GCC C Linker" superClass="cdt.managedbuild.tool.gnu.c.linker.exe.debug"/>
+							<tool id="cdt.managedbuild.tool.gnu.cpp.linker.exe.debug.1061662206" name="GCC C++ Linker" superClass="cdt.managedbuild.tool.gnu.cpp.linker.exe.debug">
+								<option id="gnu.cpp.link.option.libs.1966761747" name="Libraries (-l)" superClass="gnu.cpp.link.option.libs" valueType="libs">
+									<listOptionValue builtIn="false" value="pthread"/>
+									<listOptionValue builtIn="false" value="dl"/>
+								</option>
+								<inputType id="cdt.managedbuild.tool.gnu.cpp.linker.input.1636986986" superClass="cdt.managedbuild.tool.gnu.cpp.linker.input">
+									<additionalInput kind="additionalinputdependency" paths="$(USER_OBJS)"/>
+									<additionalInput kind="additionalinput" paths="$(LIBS)"/>
+								</inputType>
+							</tool>
+							<tool id="cdt.managedbuild.tool.gnu.assembler.exe.debug.258570404" name="GCC Assembler" superClass="cdt.managedbuild.tool.gnu.assembler.exe.debug">
+								<inputType id="cdt.managedbuild.tool.gnu.assembler.input.1571334436" superClass="cdt.managedbuild.tool.gnu.assembler.input"/>
+							</tool>
+						</toolChain>
+					</folderInfo>
+				</configuration>
+			</storageModule>
+			<storageModule moduleId="org.eclipse.cdt.core.externalSettings"/>
+			<storageModule moduleId="org.eclipse.cdt.core.language.mapping"/>
+			<storageModule moduleId="org.eclipse.cdt.internal.ui.text.commentOwnerProjectMappings">
+				<doc-comment-owner id="org.eclipse.cdt.ui.doxygen">
+					<path value=""/>
+				</doc-comment-owner>
+			</storageModule>
+		</cconfiguration>
+		<cconfiguration id="cdt.managedbuild.config.gnu.exe.release.326780594">
+			<storageModule buildSystemId="org.eclipse.cdt.managedbuilder.core.configurationDataProvider" id="cdt.managedbuild.config.gnu.exe.release.326780594" moduleId="org.eclipse.cdt.core.settings" name="Release">
+				<externalSettings/>
+				<extensions>
+					<extension id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.ELF" point="org.eclipse.cdt.core.BinaryParser"/>
+					<extension id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.GmakeErrorParser" point="org.eclipse.cdt.core.ErrorParser"/>
+					<extension id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.CWDLocator" point="org.eclipse.cdt.core.ErrorParser"/>
+					<extension id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.GCCErrorParser" point="org.eclipse.cdt.core.ErrorParser"/>
+					<extension id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.GASErrorParser" point="org.eclipse.cdt.core.ErrorParser"/>
+					<extension id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.GLDErrorParser" point="org.eclipse.cdt.core.ErrorParser"/>
+				</extensions>
+			</storageModule>
+			<storageModule moduleId="cdtBuildSystem" version="4.0.0">
+				<configuration artifactName="${ProjName}" buildArtefactType="org.eclipse.cdt.build.core.buildArtefactType.exe" buildProperties="org.eclipse.cdt.build.core.buildType=org.eclipse.cdt.build.core.buildType.release,org.eclipse.cdt.build.core.buildArtefactType=org.eclipse.cdt.build.core.buildArtefactType.exe" cleanCommand="rm -rf" description="" id="cdt.managedbuild.config.gnu.exe.release.326780594" name="Release" parent="cdt.managedbuild.config.gnu.exe.release">
+					<folderInfo id="cdt.managedbuild.config.gnu.exe.release.326780594." name="/" resourcePath="">
+						<toolChain id="cdt.managedbuild.toolchain.gnu.exe.release.1521127462" name="Linux GCC" superClass="cdt.managedbuild.toolchain.gnu.exe.release">
+							<targetPlatform id="cdt.managedbuild.target.gnu.platform.exe.release.1294814790" name="Debug Platform" superClass="cdt.managedbuild.target.gnu.platform.exe.release"/>
+							<builder arguments="BUILD=Release" buildPath="${ProjDirPath}" command="make" id="cdt.managedbuild.target.gnu.builder.exe.release.1733496537" keepEnvironmentInBuildfile="false" managedBuildOn="false" name="Gnu Make Builder" parallelBuildOn="true" parallelizationNumber="optimal" superClass="cdt.managedbuild.target.gnu.builder.exe.release"/>
+							<tool id="cdt.managedbuild.tool.gnu.archiver.base.446006787" name="GCC Archiver" superClass="cdt.managedbuild.tool.gnu.archiver.base"/>
+							<tool id="cdt.managedbuild.tool.gnu.cpp.compiler.exe.release.2105828055" name="GCC C++ Compiler" superClass="cdt.managedbuild.tool.gnu.cpp.compiler.exe.release">
+								<option id="gnu.cpp.compiler.exe.release.option.optimization.level.1921346334" name="Optimization Level" superClass="gnu.cpp.compiler.exe.release.option.optimization.level" value="gnu.cpp.compiler.optimization.level.most" valueType="enumerated"/>
+								<option id="gnu.cpp.compiler.exe.release.option.debugging.level.1660521780" name="Debug Level" superClass="gnu.cpp.compiler.exe.release.option.debugging.level" value="gnu.cpp.compiler.debugging.level.none" valueType="enumerated"/>
+								<inputType id="cdt.managedbuild.tool.gnu.cpp.compiler.input.1064866729" superClass="cdt.managedbuild.tool.gnu.cpp.compiler.input"/>
+							</tool>
+							<tool id="cdt.managedbuild.tool.gnu.c.compiler.exe.release.1329805514" name="GCC C Compiler" superClass="cdt.managedbuild.tool.gnu.c.compiler.exe.release">
+								<option defaultValue="gnu.c.optimization.level.most" id="gnu.c.compiler.exe.release.option.optimization.level.2130170048" name="Optimization Level" superClass="gnu.c.compiler.exe.release.option.optimization.level" valueType="enumerated"/>
+								<option id="gnu.c.compiler.exe.release.option.debugging.level.1028604453" name="Debug Level" superClass="gnu.c.compiler.exe.release.option.debugging.level" value="gnu.c.debugging.level.none" valueType="enumerated"/>
+								<inputType id="cdt.managedbuild.tool.gnu.c.compiler.input.1173224902" superClass="cdt.managedbuild.tool.gnu.c.compiler.input"/>
+							</tool>
+							<tool id="cdt.managedbuild.tool.gnu.c.linker.exe.release.1484631410" name="GCC C Linker" superClass="cdt.managedbuild.tool.gnu.c.linker.exe.release"/>
+							<tool id="cdt.managedbuild.tool.gnu.cpp.linker.exe.release.1493084285" name="GCC C++ Linker" superClass="cdt.managedbuild.tool.gnu.cpp.linker.exe.release">
+								<inputType id="cdt.managedbuild.tool.gnu.cpp.linker.input.1398815353" superClass="cdt.managedbuild.tool.gnu.cpp.linker.input">
+									<additionalInput kind="additionalinputdependency" paths="$(USER_OBJS)"/>
+									<additionalInput kind="additionalinput" paths="$(LIBS)"/>
+								</inputType>
+							</tool>
+							<tool id="cdt.managedbuild.tool.gnu.assembler.exe.release.1362356526" name="GCC Assembler" superClass="cdt.managedbuild.tool.gnu.assembler.exe.release">
+								<inputType id="cdt.managedbuild.tool.gnu.assembler.input.831278578" superClass="cdt.managedbuild.tool.gnu.assembler.input"/>
+							</tool>
+						</toolChain>
+					</folderInfo>
+				</configuration>
+			</storageModule>
+			<storageModule moduleId="org.eclipse.cdt.core.language.mapping"/>
+			<storageModule moduleId="org.eclipse.cdt.core.externalSettings"/>
+			<storageModule moduleId="org.eclipse.cdt.internal.ui.text.commentOwnerProjectMappings">
+				<doc-comment-owner id="org.eclipse.cdt.ui.doxygen">
+					<path value=""/>
+				</doc-comment-owner>
+			</storageModule>
+		</cconfiguration>
+	</storageModule>
+	<storageModule moduleId="cdtBuildSystem" version="4.0.0">
+		<project id="SQLiteC++.cdt.managedbuild.target.gnu.exe.2007535171" name="Executable" projectType="cdt.managedbuild.target.gnu.exe"/>
+	</storageModule>
+	<storageModule moduleId="refreshScope" versionNumber="2">
+		<configuration configurationName="Release">
+			<resource resourceType="PROJECT" workspacePath="/SQLiteCpp"/>
+		</configuration>
+		<configuration configurationName="Debug">
+			<resource resourceType="PROJECT" workspacePath="/SQLiteCpp"/>
+		</configuration>
+	</storageModule>
+	<storageModule moduleId="scannerConfiguration">
+		<autodiscovery enabled="true" problemReportingEnabled="true" selectedProfileId=""/>
+		<profile id="org.eclipse.cdt.make.core.GCCStandardMakePerProjectProfile">
+			<buildOutputProvider>
+				<openAction enabled="true" filePath=""/>
+				<parser enabled="true"/>
+			</buildOutputProvider>
+			<scannerInfoProvider id="specsFile">
+				<runAction arguments="-E -P -v -dD ${plugin_state_location}/${specs_file}" command="gcc" useDefault="true"/>
+				<parser enabled="true"/>
+			</scannerInfoProvider>
+		</profile>
+		<profile id="org.eclipse.cdt.make.core.GCCStandardMakePerFileProfile">
+			<buildOutputProvider>
+				<openAction enabled="true" filePath=""/>
+				<parser enabled="true"/>
+			</buildOutputProvider>
+			<scannerInfoProvider id="makefileGenerator">
+				<runAction arguments="-E -P -v -dD" command="" useDefault="true"/>
+				<parser enabled="true"/>
+			</scannerInfoProvider>
+		</profile>
+		<profile id="org.eclipse.cdt.managedbuilder.core.GCCManagedMakePerProjectProfile">
+			<buildOutputProvider>
+				<openAction enabled="true" filePath=""/>
+				<parser enabled="true"/>
+			</buildOutputProvider>
+			<scannerInfoProvider id="specsFile">
+				<runAction arguments="-E -P -v -dD ${plugin_state_location}/${specs_file}" command="gcc" useDefault="true"/>
+				<parser enabled="true"/>
+			</scannerInfoProvider>
+		</profile>
+		<profile id="org.eclipse.cdt.managedbuilder.core.GCCManagedMakePerProjectProfileCPP">
+			<buildOutputProvider>
+				<openAction enabled="true" filePath=""/>
+				<parser enabled="true"/>
+			</buildOutputProvider>
+			<scannerInfoProvider id="specsFile">
+				<runAction arguments="-E -P -v -dD ${plugin_state_location}/specs.cpp" command="g++" useDefault="true"/>
+				<parser enabled="true"/>
+			</scannerInfoProvider>
+		</profile>
+		<profile id="org.eclipse.cdt.managedbuilder.core.GCCManagedMakePerProjectProfileC">
+			<buildOutputProvider>
+				<openAction enabled="true" filePath=""/>
+				<parser enabled="true"/>
+			</buildOutputProvider>
+			<scannerInfoProvider id="specsFile">
+				<runAction arguments="-E -P -v -dD ${plugin_state_location}/specs.c" command="gcc" useDefault="true"/>
+				<parser enabled="true"/>
+			</scannerInfoProvider>
+		</profile>
+		<profile id="org.eclipse.cdt.managedbuilder.core.GCCWinManagedMakePerProjectProfile">
+			<buildOutputProvider>
+				<openAction enabled="true" filePath=""/>
+				<parser enabled="true"/>
+			</buildOutputProvider>
+			<scannerInfoProvider id="specsFile">
+				<runAction arguments="-c 'gcc -E -P -v -dD &quot;${plugin_state_location}/${specs_file}&quot;'" command="sh" useDefault="true"/>
+				<parser enabled="true"/>
+			</scannerInfoProvider>
+		</profile>
+		<profile id="org.eclipse.cdt.managedbuilder.core.GCCWinManagedMakePerProjectProfileCPP">
+			<buildOutputProvider>
+				<openAction enabled="true" filePath=""/>
+				<parser enabled="true"/>
+			</buildOutputProvider>
+			<scannerInfoProvider id="specsFile">
+				<runAction arguments="-c 'g++ -E -P -v -dD &quot;${plugin_state_location}/specs.cpp&quot;'" command="sh" useDefault="true"/>
+				<parser enabled="true"/>
+			</scannerInfoProvider>
+		</profile>
+		<profile id="org.eclipse.cdt.managedbuilder.core.GCCWinManagedMakePerProjectProfileC">
+			<buildOutputProvider>
+				<openAction enabled="true" filePath=""/>
+				<parser enabled="true"/>
+			</buildOutputProvider>
+			<scannerInfoProvider id="specsFile">
+				<runAction arguments="-c 'gcc -E -P -v -dD &quot;${plugin_state_location}/specs.c&quot;'" command="sh" useDefault="true"/>
+				<parser enabled="true"/>
+			</scannerInfoProvider>
+		</profile>
+		<scannerConfigBuildInfo instanceId="cdt.managedbuild.config.gnu.exe.release.326780594;cdt.managedbuild.config.gnu.exe.release.326780594.;cdt.managedbuild.tool.gnu.c.compiler.exe.release.1329805514;cdt.managedbuild.tool.gnu.c.compiler.input.1173224902">
+			<autodiscovery enabled="true" problemReportingEnabled="true" selectedProfileId="org.eclipse.cdt.managedbuilder.core.GCCManagedMakePerProjectProfileC"/>
+			<profile id="org.eclipse.cdt.make.core.GCCStandardMakePerProjectProfile">
+				<buildOutputProvider>
+					<openAction enabled="true" filePath=""/>
+					<parser enabled="true"/>
+				</buildOutputProvider>
+				<scannerInfoProvider id="specsFile">
+					<runAction arguments="-E -P -v -dD ${plugin_state_location}/${specs_file}" command="gcc" useDefault="true"/>
+					<parser enabled="true"/>
+				</scannerInfoProvider>
+			</profile>
+			<profile id="org.eclipse.cdt.make.core.GCCStandardMakePerFileProfile">
+				<buildOutputProvider>
+					<openAction enabled="true" filePath=""/>
+					<parser enabled="true"/>
+				</buildOutputProvider>
+				<scannerInfoProvider id="makefileGenerator">
+					<runAction arguments="-E -P -v -dD" command="" useDefault="true"/>
+					<parser enabled="true"/>
+				</scannerInfoProvider>
+			</profile>
+			<profile id="org.eclipse.cdt.managedbuilder.core.GCCManagedMakePerProjectProfile">
+				<buildOutputProvider>
+					<openAction enabled="true" filePath=""/>
+					<parser enabled="true"/>
+				</buildOutputProvider>
+				<scannerInfoProvider id="specsFile">
+					<runAction arguments="-E -P -v -dD ${plugin_state_location}/${specs_file}" command="gcc" useDefault="true"/>
+					<parser enabled="true"/>
+				</scannerInfoProvider>
+			</profile>
+			<profile id="org.eclipse.cdt.managedbuilder.core.GCCManagedMakePerProjectProfileCPP">
+				<buildOutputProvider>
+					<openAction enabled="true" filePath=""/>
+					<parser enabled="true"/>
+				</buildOutputProvider>
+				<scannerInfoProvider id="specsFile">
+					<runAction arguments="-E -P -v -dD ${plugin_state_location}/specs.cpp" command="g++" useDefault="true"/>
+					<parser enabled="true"/>
+				</scannerInfoProvider>
+			</profile>
+			<profile id="org.eclipse.cdt.managedbuilder.core.GCCManagedMakePerProjectProfileC">
+				<buildOutputProvider>
+					<openAction enabled="true" filePath=""/>
+					<parser enabled="true"/>
+				</buildOutputProvider>
+				<scannerInfoProvider id="specsFile">
+					<runAction arguments="-E -P -v -dD ${plugin_state_location}/specs.c" command="gcc" useDefault="true"/>
+					<parser enabled="true"/>
+				</scannerInfoProvider>
+			</profile>
+			<profile id="org.eclipse.cdt.managedbuilder.core.GCCWinManagedMakePerProjectProfile">
+				<buildOutputProvider>
+					<openAction enabled="true" filePath=""/>
+					<parser enabled="true"/>
+				</buildOutputProvider>
+				<scannerInfoProvider id="specsFile">
+					<runAction arguments="-c 'gcc -E -P -v -dD &quot;${plugin_state_location}/${specs_file}&quot;'" command="sh" useDefault="true"/>
+					<parser enabled="true"/>
+				</scannerInfoProvider>
+			</profile>
+			<profile id="org.eclipse.cdt.managedbuilder.core.GCCWinManagedMakePerProjectProfileCPP">
+				<buildOutputProvider>
+					<openAction enabled="true" filePath=""/>
+					<parser enabled="true"/>
+				</buildOutputProvider>
+				<scannerInfoProvider id="specsFile">
+					<runAction arguments="-c 'g++ -E -P -v -dD &quot;${plugin_state_location}/specs.cpp&quot;'" command="sh" useDefault="true"/>
+					<parser enabled="true"/>
+				</scannerInfoProvider>
+			</profile>
+			<profile id="org.eclipse.cdt.managedbuilder.core.GCCWinManagedMakePerProjectProfileC">
+				<buildOutputProvider>
+					<openAction enabled="true" filePath=""/>
+					<parser enabled="true"/>
+				</buildOutputProvider>
+				<scannerInfoProvider id="specsFile">
+					<runAction arguments="-c 'gcc -E -P -v -dD &quot;${plugin_state_location}/specs.c&quot;'" command="sh" useDefault="true"/>
+					<parser enabled="true"/>
+				</scannerInfoProvider>
+			</profile>
+		</scannerConfigBuildInfo>
+		<scannerConfigBuildInfo instanceId="cdt.managedbuild.config.gnu.exe.debug.1034724773;cdt.managedbuild.config.gnu.exe.debug.1034724773.;cdt.managedbuild.tool.gnu.cpp.compiler.exe.debug.1817615032;cdt.managedbuild.tool.gnu.cpp.compiler.input.1310903331">
+			<autodiscovery enabled="true" problemReportingEnabled="true" selectedProfileId="org.eclipse.cdt.managedbuilder.core.GCCManagedMakePerProjectProfileCPP"/>
+			<profile id="org.eclipse.cdt.make.core.GCCStandardMakePerProjectProfile">
+				<buildOutputProvider>
+					<openAction enabled="true" filePath=""/>
+					<parser enabled="true"/>
+				</buildOutputProvider>
+				<scannerInfoProvider id="specsFile">
+					<runAction arguments="-E -P -v -dD ${plugin_state_location}/${specs_file}" command="gcc" useDefault="true"/>
+					<parser enabled="true"/>
+				</scannerInfoProvider>
+			</profile>
+			<profile id="org.eclipse.cdt.make.core.GCCStandardMakePerFileProfile">
+				<buildOutputProvider>
+					<openAction enabled="true" filePath=""/>
+					<parser enabled="true"/>
+				</buildOutputProvider>
+				<scannerInfoProvider id="makefileGenerator">
+					<runAction arguments="-E -P -v -dD" command="" useDefault="true"/>
+					<parser enabled="true"/>
+				</scannerInfoProvider>
+			</profile>
+			<profile id="org.eclipse.cdt.managedbuilder.core.GCCManagedMakePerProjectProfile">
+				<buildOutputProvider>
+					<openAction enabled="true" filePath=""/>
+					<parser enabled="true"/>
+				</buildOutputProvider>
+				<scannerInfoProvider id="specsFile">
+					<runAction arguments="-E -P -v -dD ${plugin_state_location}/${specs_file}" command="gcc" useDefault="true"/>
+					<parser enabled="true"/>
+				</scannerInfoProvider>
+			</profile>
+			<profile id="org.eclipse.cdt.managedbuilder.core.GCCManagedMakePerProjectProfileCPP">
+				<buildOutputProvider>
+					<openAction enabled="true" filePath=""/>
+					<parser enabled="true"/>
+				</buildOutputProvider>
+				<scannerInfoProvider id="specsFile">
+					<runAction arguments="-E -P -v -dD ${plugin_state_location}/specs.cpp" command="g++" useDefault="true"/>
+					<parser enabled="true"/>
+				</scannerInfoProvider>
+			</profile>
+			<profile id="org.eclipse.cdt.managedbuilder.core.GCCManagedMakePerProjectProfileC">
+				<buildOutputProvider>
+					<openAction enabled="true" filePath=""/>
+					<parser enabled="true"/>
+				</buildOutputProvider>
+				<scannerInfoProvider id="specsFile">
+					<runAction arguments="-E -P -v -dD ${plugin_state_location}/specs.c" command="gcc" useDefault="true"/>
+					<parser enabled="true"/>
+				</scannerInfoProvider>
+			</profile>
+			<profile id="org.eclipse.cdt.managedbuilder.core.GCCWinManagedMakePerProjectProfile">
+				<buildOutputProvider>
+					<openAction enabled="true" filePath=""/>
+					<parser enabled="true"/>
+				</buildOutputProvider>
+				<scannerInfoProvider id="specsFile">
+					<runAction arguments="-c 'gcc -E -P -v -dD &quot;${plugin_state_location}/${specs_file}&quot;'" command="sh" useDefault="true"/>
+					<parser enabled="true"/>
+				</scannerInfoProvider>
+			</profile>
+			<profile id="org.eclipse.cdt.managedbuilder.core.GCCWinManagedMakePerProjectProfileCPP">
+				<buildOutputProvider>
+					<openAction enabled="true" filePath=""/>
+					<parser enabled="true"/>
+				</buildOutputProvider>
+				<scannerInfoProvider id="specsFile">
+					<runAction arguments="-c 'g++ -E -P -v -dD &quot;${plugin_state_location}/specs.cpp&quot;'" command="sh" useDefault="true"/>
+					<parser enabled="true"/>
+				</scannerInfoProvider>
+			</profile>
+			<profile id="org.eclipse.cdt.managedbuilder.core.GCCWinManagedMakePerProjectProfileC">
+				<buildOutputProvider>
+					<openAction enabled="true" filePath=""/>
+					<parser enabled="true"/>
+				</buildOutputProvider>
+				<scannerInfoProvider id="specsFile">
+					<runAction arguments="-c 'gcc -E -P -v -dD &quot;${plugin_state_location}/specs.c&quot;'" command="sh" useDefault="true"/>
+					<parser enabled="true"/>
+				</scannerInfoProvider>
+			</profile>
+		</scannerConfigBuildInfo>
+		<scannerConfigBuildInfo instanceId="cdt.managedbuild.config.gnu.exe.release.326780594;cdt.managedbuild.config.gnu.exe.release.326780594.;cdt.managedbuild.tool.gnu.cpp.compiler.exe.release.2105828055;cdt.managedbuild.tool.gnu.cpp.compiler.input.1064866729">
+			<autodiscovery enabled="true" problemReportingEnabled="true" selectedProfileId="org.eclipse.cdt.managedbuilder.core.GCCManagedMakePerProjectProfileCPP"/>
+			<profile id="org.eclipse.cdt.make.core.GCCStandardMakePerProjectProfile">
+				<buildOutputProvider>
+					<openAction enabled="true" filePath=""/>
+					<parser enabled="true"/>
+				</buildOutputProvider>
+				<scannerInfoProvider id="specsFile">
+					<runAction arguments="-E -P -v -dD ${plugin_state_location}/${specs_file}" command="gcc" useDefault="true"/>
+					<parser enabled="true"/>
+				</scannerInfoProvider>
+			</profile>
+			<profile id="org.eclipse.cdt.make.core.GCCStandardMakePerFileProfile">
+				<buildOutputProvider>
+					<openAction enabled="true" filePath=""/>
+					<parser enabled="true"/>
+				</buildOutputProvider>
+				<scannerInfoProvider id="makefileGenerator">
+					<runAction arguments="-E -P -v -dD" command="" useDefault="true"/>
+					<parser enabled="true"/>
+				</scannerInfoProvider>
+			</profile>
+			<profile id="org.eclipse.cdt.managedbuilder.core.GCCManagedMakePerProjectProfile">
+				<buildOutputProvider>
+					<openAction enabled="true" filePath=""/>
+					<parser enabled="true"/>
+				</buildOutputProvider>
+				<scannerInfoProvider id="specsFile">
+					<runAction arguments="-E -P -v -dD ${plugin_state_location}/${specs_file}" command="gcc" useDefault="true"/>
+					<parser enabled="true"/>
+				</scannerInfoProvider>
+			</profile>
+			<profile id="org.eclipse.cdt.managedbuilder.core.GCCManagedMakePerProjectProfileCPP">
+				<buildOutputProvider>
+					<openAction enabled="true" filePath=""/>
+					<parser enabled="true"/>
+				</buildOutputProvider>
+				<scannerInfoProvider id="specsFile">
+					<runAction arguments="-E -P -v -dD ${plugin_state_location}/specs.cpp" command="g++" useDefault="true"/>
+					<parser enabled="true"/>
+				</scannerInfoProvider>
+			</profile>
+			<profile id="org.eclipse.cdt.managedbuilder.core.GCCManagedMakePerProjectProfileC">
+				<buildOutputProvider>
+					<openAction enabled="true" filePath=""/>
+					<parser enabled="true"/>
+				</buildOutputProvider>
+				<scannerInfoProvider id="specsFile">
+					<runAction arguments="-E -P -v -dD ${plugin_state_location}/specs.c" command="gcc" useDefault="true"/>
+					<parser enabled="true"/>
+				</scannerInfoProvider>
+			</profile>
+			<profile id="org.eclipse.cdt.managedbuilder.core.GCCWinManagedMakePerProjectProfile">
+				<buildOutputProvider>
+					<openAction enabled="true" filePath=""/>
+					<parser enabled="true"/>
+				</buildOutputProvider>
+				<scannerInfoProvider id="specsFile">
+					<runAction arguments="-c 'gcc -E -P -v -dD &quot;${plugin_state_location}/${specs_file}&quot;'" command="sh" useDefault="true"/>
+					<parser enabled="true"/>
+				</scannerInfoProvider>
+			</profile>
+			<profile id="org.eclipse.cdt.managedbuilder.core.GCCWinManagedMakePerProjectProfileCPP">
+				<buildOutputProvider>
+					<openAction enabled="true" filePath=""/>
+					<parser enabled="true"/>
+				</buildOutputProvider>
+				<scannerInfoProvider id="specsFile">
+					<runAction arguments="-c 'g++ -E -P -v -dD &quot;${plugin_state_location}/specs.cpp&quot;'" command="sh" useDefault="true"/>
+					<parser enabled="true"/>
+				</scannerInfoProvider>
+			</profile>
+			<profile id="org.eclipse.cdt.managedbuilder.core.GCCWinManagedMakePerProjectProfileC">
+				<buildOutputProvider>
+					<openAction enabled="true" filePath=""/>
+					<parser enabled="true"/>
+				</buildOutputProvider>
+				<scannerInfoProvider id="specsFile">
+					<runAction arguments="-c 'gcc -E -P -v -dD &quot;${plugin_state_location}/specs.c&quot;'" command="sh" useDefault="true"/>
+					<parser enabled="true"/>
+				</scannerInfoProvider>
+			</profile>
+		</scannerConfigBuildInfo>
+		<scannerConfigBuildInfo instanceId="cdt.managedbuild.config.gnu.exe.debug.1034724773;cdt.managedbuild.config.gnu.exe.debug.1034724773.;cdt.managedbuild.tool.gnu.c.compiler.exe.debug.796464367;cdt.managedbuild.tool.gnu.c.compiler.input.1655653012">
+			<autodiscovery enabled="true" problemReportingEnabled="true" selectedProfileId="org.eclipse.cdt.managedbuilder.core.GCCManagedMakePerProjectProfileC"/>
+			<profile id="org.eclipse.cdt.make.core.GCCStandardMakePerProjectProfile">
+				<buildOutputProvider>
+					<openAction enabled="true" filePath=""/>
+					<parser enabled="true"/>
+				</buildOutputProvider>
+				<scannerInfoProvider id="specsFile">
+					<runAction arguments="-E -P -v -dD ${plugin_state_location}/${specs_file}" command="gcc" useDefault="true"/>
+					<parser enabled="true"/>
+				</scannerInfoProvider>
+			</profile>
+			<profile id="org.eclipse.cdt.make.core.GCCStandardMakePerFileProfile">
+				<buildOutputProvider>
+					<openAction enabled="true" filePath=""/>
+					<parser enabled="true"/>
+				</buildOutputProvider>
+				<scannerInfoProvider id="makefileGenerator">
+					<runAction arguments="-E -P -v -dD" command="" useDefault="true"/>
+					<parser enabled="true"/>
+				</scannerInfoProvider>
+			</profile>
+			<profile id="org.eclipse.cdt.managedbuilder.core.GCCManagedMakePerProjectProfile">
+				<buildOutputProvider>
+					<openAction enabled="true" filePath=""/>
+					<parser enabled="true"/>
+				</buildOutputProvider>
+				<scannerInfoProvider id="specsFile">
+					<runAction arguments="-E -P -v -dD ${plugin_state_location}/${specs_file}" command="gcc" useDefault="true"/>
+					<parser enabled="true"/>
+				</scannerInfoProvider>
+			</profile>
+			<profile id="org.eclipse.cdt.managedbuilder.core.GCCManagedMakePerProjectProfileCPP">
+				<buildOutputProvider>
+					<openAction enabled="true" filePath=""/>
+					<parser enabled="true"/>
+				</buildOutputProvider>
+				<scannerInfoProvider id="specsFile">
+					<runAction arguments="-E -P -v -dD ${plugin_state_location}/specs.cpp" command="g++" useDefault="true"/>
+					<parser enabled="true"/>
+				</scannerInfoProvider>
+			</profile>
+			<profile id="org.eclipse.cdt.managedbuilder.core.GCCManagedMakePerProjectProfileC">
+				<buildOutputProvider>
+					<openAction enabled="true" filePath=""/>
+					<parser enabled="true"/>
+				</buildOutputProvider>
+				<scannerInfoProvider id="specsFile">
+					<runAction arguments="-E -P -v -dD ${plugin_state_location}/specs.c" command="gcc" useDefault="true"/>
+					<parser enabled="true"/>
+				</scannerInfoProvider>
+			</profile>
+			<profile id="org.eclipse.cdt.managedbuilder.core.GCCWinManagedMakePerProjectProfile">
+				<buildOutputProvider>
+					<openAction enabled="true" filePath=""/>
+					<parser enabled="true"/>
+				</buildOutputProvider>
+				<scannerInfoProvider id="specsFile">
+					<runAction arguments="-c 'gcc -E -P -v -dD &quot;${plugin_state_location}/${specs_file}&quot;'" command="sh" useDefault="true"/>
+					<parser enabled="true"/>
+				</scannerInfoProvider>
+			</profile>
+			<profile id="org.eclipse.cdt.managedbuilder.core.GCCWinManagedMakePerProjectProfileCPP">
+				<buildOutputProvider>
+					<openAction enabled="true" filePath=""/>
+					<parser enabled="true"/>
+				</buildOutputProvider>
+				<scannerInfoProvider id="specsFile">
+					<runAction arguments="-c 'g++ -E -P -v -dD &quot;${plugin_state_location}/specs.cpp&quot;'" command="sh" useDefault="true"/>
+					<parser enabled="true"/>
+				</scannerInfoProvider>
+			</profile>
+			<profile id="org.eclipse.cdt.managedbuilder.core.GCCWinManagedMakePerProjectProfileC">
+				<buildOutputProvider>
+					<openAction enabled="true" filePath=""/>
+					<parser enabled="true"/>
+				</buildOutputProvider>
+				<scannerInfoProvider id="specsFile">
+					<runAction arguments="-c 'gcc -E -P -v -dD &quot;${plugin_state_location}/specs.c&quot;'" command="sh" useDefault="true"/>
+					<parser enabled="true"/>
+				</scannerInfoProvider>
+			</profile>
+		</scannerConfigBuildInfo>
+	</storageModule>
+	<storageModule moduleId="org.eclipse.cdt.core.LanguageSettingsProviders"/>
+</cproject>
diff --git a/client/sqlitecpp/.gitignore b/client/sqlitecpp/.gitignore
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d879d2a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/sqlitecpp/.gitignore
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+Debug
+Release
+build
+example1
+*.a
+
+/SQLiteCpp.sln
+*.ncb
+*.suo
+*.user
+*sdf
+*.vc*
+*~
+doc
+core
+*ipch
+.settings/
+
+CMakeCache.txt
+CMakeFiles
+*.cmake
+*.dir
+Testing
+Win32
+
+SQLiteCpp_example1
+SQLiteCpp_tests
+
+!FindSQLiteCpp.cmake
diff --git a/client/sqlitecpp/.gitmodules b/client/sqlitecpp/.gitmodules
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e5caef6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/sqlitecpp/.gitmodules
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+[submodule "googletest"]
+	path = googletest
+	url = https://git.chromium.org/git/external/googletest.git
diff --git a/client/sqlitecpp/.project b/client/sqlitecpp/.project
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eb159f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/sqlitecpp/.project
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<projectDescription>
+	<name>SQLiteC++</name>
+	<comment></comment>
+	<projects>
+	</projects>
+	<buildSpec>
+		<buildCommand>
+			<name>org.eclipse.cdt.managedbuilder.core.genmakebuilder</name>
+			<triggers>clean,full,incremental,</triggers>
+			<arguments>
+				<dictionary>
+					<key>?name?</key>
+					<value></value>
+				</dictionary>
+				<dictionary>
+					<key>org.eclipse.cdt.make.core.append_environment</key>
+					<value>true</value>
+				</dictionary>
+				<dictionary>
+					<key>org.eclipse.cdt.make.core.autoBuildTarget</key>
+					<value>all</value>
+				</dictionary>
+				<dictionary>
+					<key>org.eclipse.cdt.make.core.buildArguments</key>
+					<value>-j</value>
+				</dictionary>
+				<dictionary>
+					<key>org.eclipse.cdt.make.core.buildCommand</key>
+					<value>make</value>
+				</dictionary>
+				<dictionary>
+					<key>org.eclipse.cdt.make.core.cleanBuildTarget</key>
+					<value>clean</value>
+				</dictionary>
+				<dictionary>
+					<key>org.eclipse.cdt.make.core.contents</key>
+					<value>org.eclipse.cdt.make.core.activeConfigSettings</value>
+				</dictionary>
+				<dictionary>
+					<key>org.eclipse.cdt.make.core.enableAutoBuild</key>
+					<value>false</value>
+				</dictionary>
+				<dictionary>
+					<key>org.eclipse.cdt.make.core.enableCleanBuild</key>
+					<value>true</value>
+				</dictionary>
+				<dictionary>
+					<key>org.eclipse.cdt.make.core.enableFullBuild</key>
+					<value>true</value>
+				</dictionary>
+				<dictionary>
+					<key>org.eclipse.cdt.make.core.fullBuildTarget</key>
+					<value>all</value>
+				</dictionary>
+				<dictionary>
+					<key>org.eclipse.cdt.make.core.stopOnError</key>
+					<value>true</value>
+				</dictionary>
+				<dictionary>
+					<key>org.eclipse.cdt.make.core.useDefaultBuildCmd</key>
+					<value>true</value>
+				</dictionary>
+			</arguments>
+		</buildCommand>
+		<buildCommand>
+			<name>org.eclipse.cdt.managedbuilder.core.ScannerConfigBuilder</name>
+			<triggers>full,incremental,</triggers>
+			<arguments>
+			</arguments>
+		</buildCommand>
+	</buildSpec>
+	<natures>
+		<nature>org.eclipse.cdt.core.cnature</nature>
+		<nature>org.eclipse.cdt.core.ccnature</nature>
+		<nature>org.eclipse.cdt.managedbuilder.core.managedBuildNature</nature>
+		<nature>org.eclipse.cdt.managedbuilder.core.ScannerConfigNature</nature>
+	</natures>
+</projectDescription>
diff --git a/client/sqlitecpp/.travis.yml b/client/sqlitecpp/.travis.yml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..694e5f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/sqlitecpp/.travis.yml
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+language: cpp
+
+compiler:
+  - gcc
+  - clang
+
+before_install:
+  - sudo apt-get update -qq
+  - sudo apt-get install -qq cppcheck
+ 
+# using a symbolic link to get the "make test" to work as if launched from the root directorys
+before_script:
+  - mkdir build
+  - cd build
+  - cmake -DSQLITECPP_RUN_CPPLINT=ON -DSQLITECPP_RUN_CPPCHECK=ON -DSQLITECPP_BUILD_EXAMPLES=ON -DSQLITECPP_BUILD_TESTS=ON ..
+  - ln -s ../examples examples
+
+script: make && ctest --output-on-failure
+
diff --git a/client/sqlitecpp/CHANGELOG.txt b/client/sqlitecpp/CHANGELOG.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fc69057
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/sqlitecpp/CHANGELOG.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+Mar 30 2012
+    Start of a new thin C++ SQLite wrapper
+
+Apr 2 2012
+    The wrapper is functionnal
+    Added documentation and examples
+    Publication on GitHub    
+
+Version 0.1.0 - Apr 4 2012
+    Added a Database::exec() methode to execute simple SQL statement
+    Added a version number like in sqlite3.h, starting with 0.1.0
+
+Version 0.2.0 - Apr 11 2012
+    Added getLastInsertId() and setBusyTimout()
+    Added bind() by name methods
+
+Version 0.3.0 - Apr 16 2012
+    Added an easy wrapper Database::execAngGet()
+    
+Version 0.4.0 - Apr 23 2012
+    Added a Database::tableExists() easy to use function
+    
+Dec 10 2012
+    Added a Statement::exec() method to execute a one-step query with no expected result
+    
+Version 0.5.0 - March 9 2013
+    Added assert() on errors on destructors
+    Added getBytes()
+    Added getBlob(), getType() and isInteger/isFloat/isText/isBlob/isNull
+    Added bind() for binary blob data
+    
+Version 0.5.1 - April 7 2013
+    Added Column::getName()
+    
+Version 0.6.0 - November 22 2013
+    Renamed Column::getName() to Column::getOriginName()
+    Added a new Column::getName() 
+    
+Version 0.7.0 - January 9 2014
+    Added a new Database::createFunction() API
+    Added std::string version of existing APIs
+    Improved CMake with more build options and Doxygen auto-detection
+    
+Version 0.8.0 - Februrary 26 2014
+    Changed Column::getText() to return empty string "" by default instead of NULL pointer (to handle std::string conversion)
+    
diff --git a/client/sqlitecpp/CMakeLists.txt b/client/sqlitecpp/CMakeLists.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9e50c9b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/sqlitecpp/CMakeLists.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,209 @@
+# Main CMake file for compiling the library itself, examples and tests.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2012-2014 Sebastien Rombauts (sebastien.rombauts@gmail.com)
+#
+# Distributed under the MIT License (MIT) (See accompanying file LICENSE.txt
+# or copy at http://opensource.org/licenses/MIT) 
+
+cmake_minimum_required(VERSION 2.6)
+project(SQLiteCpp)
+
+option(SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA "Enable Column::getName(). Require support from sqlite3 library." OFF)
+if (SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA) 
+    # Enable the use of SQLite column metadata and Column::getName() method,
+    # Require that the sqlite3 library is also compiled with this flag (default under Debian/Ubuntu, but not on Mac OS X).
+    add_definitions(-DSQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA)
+endif (SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA)
+
+option(SQLITE_ENABLE_ASSERT_HANDLER "Enable the user defintion of a assertion_failed() handler." OFF)
+if (SQLITE_ENABLE_ASSERT_HANDLER) 
+    # Enable the user defintion of a assertion_failed() handler (default to false, easier to handler for begginers).
+    add_definitions(-DSQLITECPP_ENABLE_ASSERT_HANDLER)
+endif (SQLITE_ENABLE_ASSERT_HANDLER)
+
+# Define useful variables to handle OS differences:
+if (WIN32)
+    set(DEV_NULL                "NUL")
+else (WIN32)
+    set(DEV_NULL                "/dev/null")
+endif (WIN32)
+# then Compiler/IDE differences:
+if (MSVC)
+    set(CPPLINT_ARG_OUTPUT      "--output=vs7")
+    set(CPPCHECK_ARG_TEMPLATE   "--template=vs")
+    # disable Visual Studio warnings for fopen() used in the example
+    add_definitions(-D_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS)
+    # Flags for linking with multithread static C++ runtime
+    set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS_RELEASE   "${CMAKE_C_FLAGS_RELEASE} /MT")
+    set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS_DEBUG     "${CMAKE_C_FLAGS_DEBUG} /MTd")
+    set(CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS_RELEASE "${CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS_RELEASE} /MT")
+    set(CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS_DEBUG   "${CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS_DEBUG} /MTd")
+else (MSVC)
+    set(CPPLINT_ARG_OUTPUT      "--output=eclipse")
+    set(CPPCHECK_ARG_TEMPLATE   "--template=gcc")
+    if (CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_GNUCXX)
+        # GCC flags
+        add_definitions(-rdynamic -fstack-protector-all -Wall -Wextra -pedantic -Wformat-security -Winit-self -Wswitch-default -Wswitch-enum -Wfloat-equal -Wshadow -Wcast-qual -Wconversion -Wlogical-op -Winline)
+    elseif ("${CMAKE_CXX_COMPILER_ID}" STREQUAL "Clang")
+        # Clang flags
+        add_definitions(-fstack-protector-all -Wall -Wextra -pedantic -Wformat-security -Winit-self -Wswitch-default -Wswitch-enum -Wfloat-equal -Wshadow -Wcast-qual -Wconversion -Winline)
+    endif (CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_GNUCXX)
+endif (MSVC)
+# and then common variables
+set(CPPLINT_ARG_VERBOSE "--verbose=3")
+set(CPPLINT_ARG_LINELENGTH "--linelength=120")
+
+
+## Core source code ##
+
+# adding a new file require explicittly modifing the CMakeLists.txt
+# so that CMake knows that it should rebuild the project (it is best practice)
+
+# list of sources files of the library
+set(SQLITECPP_SRC
+ ${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/src/Column.cpp
+ ${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/src/Database.cpp
+ ${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/src/Statement.cpp
+ ${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/src/Transaction.cpp
+)
+source_group(src FILES ${SQLITECPP_SRC})
+
+# list of header files of the library
+set(SQLITECPP_INC
+ ${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/include/SQLiteCpp/SQLiteCpp.h
+ ${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/include/SQLiteCpp/Assertion.h
+ ${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/include/SQLiteCpp/Column.h
+ ${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/include/SQLiteCpp/Database.h
+ ${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/include/SQLiteCpp/Exception.h
+ ${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/include/SQLiteCpp/Statement.h
+ ${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/include/SQLiteCpp/Transaction.h
+)
+source_group(inc FILES ${SQLITECPP_INC})
+
+# list of test files of the library
+set(SQLITECPP_TESTS
+ tests/Database_test.cpp
+ tests/Statement_test.cpp
+)
+source_group(tests FILES ${SQLITECPP_TESTS})
+
+# list of example files of the library
+set(SQLITECPP_EXAMPLES
+ examples/example1/main.cpp
+)
+source_group(example1 FILES ${SQLITECPP_EXAMPLES})
+
+# list of doc files of the library
+set(SQLITECPP_DOC
+ README.md
+ WRAPPERS.md
+ LICENSE.txt
+ TODO.txt
+)
+source_group(doc FILES ${SQLITECPP_DOC})
+
+# All includes are relative to the "include" directory 
+include_directories("${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/include")
+
+# add sources of the wrapper as a "SQLiteCpp" static library
+add_library(SQLiteCpp ${SQLITECPP_SRC} ${SQLITECPP_INC} ${SQLITECPP_DOC})
+
+if (UNIX AND (CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_GNUCXX OR "${CMAKE_CXX_COMPILER_ID}" STREQUAL "Clang"))
+    set_target_properties(SQLiteCpp PROPERTIES COMPILE_FLAGS "-fPIC")
+endif (UNIX AND (CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_GNUCXX OR "${CMAKE_CXX_COMPILER_ID}" STREQUAL "Clang"))
+
+
+# SQLite3 library (Windows only)
+
+option (SQLITECPP_INTERNAL_SQLITE "Add the internal SQLite3 source to the project." ON)
+if (WIN32)
+    if (SQLITECPP_INTERNAL_SQLITE)
+        # build the SQLite3 C library for Windows (for ease of use) versus Linux sqlite3-dev package
+        add_subdirectory(sqlite3)
+        include_directories("${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/sqlite3")
+    endif (SQLITECPP_INTERNAL_SQLITE)
+endif (WIN32)
+
+
+# Optional additional targets:
+
+option(SQLITECPP_RUN_CPPLINT "Run cpplint.py tool for Google C++ StyleGuide." OFF)
+if (SQLITECPP_RUN_CPPLINT)
+    # add a cpplint target to the "all" target
+    add_custom_target(SQLiteCpp_cpplint
+     ALL
+     COMMAND python ${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/cpplint.py ${CPPLINT_ARG_OUTPUT} ${CPPLINT_ARG_VERBOSE} ${CPPLINT_ARG_LINELENGTH} ${SQLITECPP_SRC} ${SQLITECPP_INC}
+    )
+else (SQLITECPP_RUN_CPPLINT)
+    message(STATUS "SQLITECPP_RUN_CPPLINT OFF")
+endif (SQLITECPP_RUN_CPPLINT)
+
+option(SQLITECPP_RUN_CPPCHECK "Run cppcheck C++ static analysis tool." OFF)
+if (SQLITECPP_RUN_CPPCHECK)
+    find_program(CPPCHECK_EXECUTABLE NAMES cppcheck)
+    if (CPPCHECK_EXECUTABLE)
+       # add a cppcheck target to the "all" target
+       add_custom_target(SQLiteCpp_cppcheck
+        ALL
+        COMMAND cppcheck -j 4 cppcheck --enable=style --quiet ${CPPCHECK_ARG_TEMPLATE} ${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/src
+       )
+    else (CPPCHECK_EXECUTABLE)
+        message(STATUS "cppcheck not found")
+    endif (CPPCHECK_EXECUTABLE)
+else (SQLITECPP_RUN_CPPCHECK)
+    message(STATUS "SQLITECPP_RUN_CPPCHECK OFF")
+endif (SQLITECPP_RUN_CPPCHECK)
+
+option(SQLITECPP_RUN_DOXYGEN "Run Doxygen C++ documentation tool." OFF)
+if (SQLITECPP_RUN_DOXYGEN)
+    find_package(Doxygen)
+    if (DOXYGEN_FOUND)
+        # add a Doxygen target to the "all" target
+        add_custom_target(SQLiteCpp_doxygen
+         ALL
+         COMMAND doxygen Doxyfile > ${DEV_NULL}
+         WORKING_DIRECTORY ${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}
+        )
+    else (DOXYGEN_FOUND)
+        message(STATUS "Doxygen not found")
+    endif (DOXYGEN_FOUND)
+else (SQLITECPP_RUN_DOXYGEN)
+    message(STATUS "SQLITECPP_RUN_DOXYGEN OFF")
+endif (SQLITECPP_RUN_DOXYGEN)
+
+option(SQLITECPP_BUILD_EXAMPLES "Build examples." OFF)
+if (SQLITECPP_BUILD_EXAMPLES)
+    # add the basic example executable
+    add_executable(SQLiteCpp_example1 ${SQLITECPP_EXAMPLES})
+    target_link_libraries(SQLiteCpp_example1 SQLiteCpp sqlite3)
+else(SQLITECPP_BUILD_EXAMPLES)
+    message(STATUS "SQLITECPP_BUILD_EXAMPLES OFF")
+endif(SQLITECPP_BUILD_EXAMPLES)
+
+option(SQLITECPP_BUILD_TESTS "Build and run tests." OFF)
+if (SQLITECPP_BUILD_TESTS)
+    # add the subdirectory containing the CMakeLists.txt for the gtest library
+    if (NOT MSVC)
+        add_definitions(-Wno-variadic-macros -Wno-long-long -Wno-conversion -Wno-switch-enum)
+    endif (NOT MSVC)
+
+    add_subdirectory(googletest) 
+    include_directories("${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/googletest/include")
+
+    # add the unit test executable
+    add_executable(SQLiteCpp_tests ${SQLITECPP_TESTS})
+    target_link_libraries(SQLiteCpp_tests gtest_main SQLiteCpp sqlite3)
+
+    # add a "test" target:
+    enable_testing()
+
+    # does the tests pass?
+    add_test(UnitTests SQLiteCpp_tests)
+
+    if (SQLITECPP_BUILD_EXAMPLES)
+        # does the example1 runs successfully?
+        add_test(Example1Run SQLiteCpp_example1)
+    endif(SQLITECPP_BUILD_EXAMPLES)
+else (SQLITECPP_BUILD_TESTS)
+    message(STATUS "SQLITECPP_BUILD_TESTS OFF")
+endif (SQLITECPP_BUILD_TESTS)
diff --git a/client/sqlitecpp/Doxyfile b/client/sqlitecpp/Doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..37a4754
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/sqlitecpp/Doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2315 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.6
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = SQLiteC++
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         = 0.8.0
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF          = "SQLiteC++ is a smart and easy to use C++ SQLite3 wrapper."
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in
+# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels
+# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo
+# to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO           =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = doc
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
+                         "The $name widget" \
+                         "The $name file" \
+                         is \
+                         provides \
+                         specifies \
+                         contains \
+                         represents \
+                         a \
+                         an \
+                         the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES            = NO
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a
+# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be
+# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 7
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES                =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST              =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran, VHDL. For instance to make
+# doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP), and .f files as C
+# (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = YES
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word
+# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has
+# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list
+# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = NO
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. Do not use file names with spaces, bibtex cannot handle them. See
+# also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES         =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET                  = NO
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter
+# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT                  = src \
+                         include
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.cpp \
+                         *.h
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE                =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        =
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH             =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = YES
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = YES
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER            =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify an additional user-
+# defined cascading style sheet that is included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet file to the output directory. For an example
+# see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = YES
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = NO
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE               =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION           =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (
+# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (
+# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE               =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 4
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+
+# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX            = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://www.mathjax.org/mathjax
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = YES
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavours of web server based searching depending on the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for
+# searching and an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is
+# enabled the indexing and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See
+# the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber. Doxygen will
+# replace them by respectively the title of the page, the current date and time,
+# only the current date, the version number of doxygen, the project name (see
+# PROJECT_NAME), or the project number (see PROJECT_NUMBER).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER           =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+
+# The XML_SCHEMA tag can be used to specify a XML schema, which can be used by a
+# validating XML parser to check the syntax of the XML files.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_SCHEMA             =
+
+# The XML_DTD tag can be used to specify a XML DTD, which can be used by a
+# validating XML parser to check the syntax of the XML files.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_DTD                =
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen
+# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of
+# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still
+# experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = NO
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = NO
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED             =
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all refrences to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have an
+# all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros are
+# typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have an unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES               =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the
+# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in
+# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = YES
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH               =
+
+# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT               = YES
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font n the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME           = Helvetica
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = YES
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = YES
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = YES
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = YES
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = YES
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH             = YES
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH           = YES
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = YES
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = YES
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH               =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 50
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 0
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = NO
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/client/sqlitecpp/FindSQLiteCpp.cmake b/client/sqlitecpp/FindSQLiteCpp.cmake
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c46882f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/sqlitecpp/FindSQLiteCpp.cmake
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+# @file    CMakeLists.txt
+# @ingroup SQLiteCpp
+# @brief   SQLiteCpp CMake module.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2010-2014 Kartik Kumar (me@kartikkumar.com)
+#
+# Distributed under the MIT License (MIT) (See accompanying file LICENSE.txt
+# or copy at http://opensource.org/licenses/MIT)
+
+macro(_sqlitecpp_check_version)
+  file(READ "${SQLITECPP_INCLUDE_DIR}/SQLiteCpp.h" _sqlitecpp_header)
+
+  string(REGEX MATCH "define[ \t]+SQLITECPP_VERSION_NUMBER[ \t]+([0-9]+)" 
+         _sqlitecpp_version_match "${_sqlitecpp_header}")
+  set(SQLITECPP_VERSION "${CMAKE_MATCH_1}")
+  if(${SQLITECPP_VERSION} VERSION_LESS ${SQLiteCpp_FIND_VERSION})
+    set(SQLITECPP_VERSION_OK FALSE)
+  else(${SQLITECPP_VERSION} VERSION_LESS ${SQLiteCpp_FIND_VERSION})
+    set(SQLITECPP_VERSION_OK TRUE)
+  endif(${SQLITECPP_VERSION} VERSION_LESS ${SQLiteCpp_FIND_VERSION})
+
+  if(NOT SQLITECPP_VERSION_OK)
+    message(STATUS "SQLiteCpp version ${SQLITECPP_VERSION} found in ${SQLITECPP_INCLUDE_DIR}, "
+                   "but at least version ${SQLiteCpp_FIND_VERSION} is required!")
+  endif(NOT SQLITECPP_VERSION_OK)
+
+  set(SQLITECPP_LIBRARY "SQLiteCpp")
+  link_directories(${SQLITECPP_LIBRARY_DIR})
+endmacro(_sqlitecpp_check_version)
+
+if(SQLITECPP_INCLUDE_DIR)
+  # Check if SQLiteCpp is already present in cache.
+  _sqlitecpp_check_version()
+  set(SQLITECPP_FOUND ${SQLITECPP_VERSION_OK})
+
+else (SQLITECPP_INCLUDE_DIR)
+  find_path(SQLITECPP_BASE_PATH NAMES SQLiteCpp.h
+      PATHS
+      ${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}
+      ${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/..
+      ${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/../..
+      ${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/../../..
+      ${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/../../../..      
+      PATH_SUFFIXES SQLiteCpp/include/SQLiteCpp
+    )
+  set(SQLITECPP_INCLUDE_DIR ${SQLITECPP_BASE_PATH})
+  set(SQLITECPP_LIBRARY_DIR ${SQLITECPP_BASE_PATH}/../../build)
+
+  if(SQLITECPP_INCLUDE_DIR)
+    _sqlitecpp_check_version()
+  endif(SQLITECPP_INCLUDE_DIR)
+
+  include(FindPackageHandleStandardArgs)
+  find_package_handle_standard_args(SQLITECPP DEFAULT_MSG SQLITECPP_INCLUDE_DIR SQLITECPP_VERSION_OK)
+
+  mark_as_advanced(SQLITECPP_INCLUDE_DIR)
+
+endif(SQLITECPP_INCLUDE_DIR)
diff --git a/client/sqlitecpp/LICENSE.txt b/client/sqlitecpp/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c535de5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/sqlitecpp/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+The MIT License (MIT)
+
+Copyright (c) 2012-2014 Sebastien Rombauts (sebastien.rombauts@gmail.com)
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished
+to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR
+IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/client/sqlitecpp/README.md b/client/sqlitecpp/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..14e3d9e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/sqlitecpp/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,253 @@
+SQLiteC++
+---------
+
+![SQLiteCpp build status](https://api.travis-ci.org/SRombauts/SQLiteCpp.png "SQLiteCpp build status")
+
+SQLiteC++ (SQLiteCpp) is a smart and easy to use C++ SQLite3 wrapper.
+
+See SQLiteC++ website http://srombauts.github.com/SQLiteCpp on GitHub.
+
+Keywords: sqlite, sqlite3, C, library, wrapper C++
+
+### About SQLite:
+
+SQLite is a library that implements a serverless transactional SQL database engine.
+It is the most widely deployed SQL database engine in the world.
+The source code for SQLite is in the public domain.
+http://www.sqlite.org/about.html
+
+### About SQLiteC++:
+
+SQLiteC++ offers an encapsulation arround the native C APIs of sqlite,
+with a few intuitive and well documented C++ class.
+
+### The goals of SQLiteC++ are:
+
+- to offer the best of existing simple C++ SQLite wrappers
+- to be elegantly written with good C++ design, STL, exceptions and RAII idiom
+- to keep dependencies to a minimum (STL and SQLite3)
+- to be portable
+- to be light and fast
+- to be thread-safe only as much as SQLite "Multi-thread" mode (see below)
+- to have a good unit test coverage
+- to use API names sticking with those of the SQLite library
+- to be well documented with Doxygen tags, and with some good examples
+- to be well maintained
+- to use a permissive MIT license, similar to BSD or Boost, for proprietary/commercial usage
+
+It is designed using the Resource Acquisition Is Initialization (RAII) idom
+(see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Resource_Acquisition_Is_Initialization),
+and throwing exceptions in case of SQLite errors (exept in destructors,
+where assert() are used instead).
+Each SQLiteC++ object must be constructed with a valid SQLite database connection,
+and then is always valid until destroyed.
+
+### Supported platforms:
+
+Developements and tests are done under the following OSs:
+- Debian 7
+- Ubuntu 12.10
+- Windows XP/7/8
+And following IDEs/Compilers
+- GCC 4.7.2 with a provided Makefile
+- Eclipse CDT under Linux, using the provided Makefile
+- Visual Studio Express 2008/2010/2012/2013 for testing compatibility purpose
+
+### Dependencies
+
+- a STL implementation (even an old one, like the one provided with VC6 should work)
+- exception support (the class Exception inherit from std::runtime_error)
+- the SQLite library, either by linking to it dynamicaly or staticaly (install the libsqlite3-dev package under Debian/Ubuntu/Mint Linux),
+  or by adding its source file in your project code base (source code provided in src/sqlite3 for Windows),
+  with the SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA macro defined (see http://www.sqlite.org/compile.html#enable_column_metadata).
+
+### Installation
+
+To use this wrappers, you need to add the 10 SQLiteC++ source files from the src/ directory
+in your project code base, and compile/link against the sqlite library.
+
+The easiest way to do this is to add the wrapper as a library.
+The proper "CMakeLists.txt" file defining the static library is provided in the src/ subdirectory,
+so you simply have to add_directory(SQLiteCpp/src) to you main CMakeLists.txt
+and link to the "SQLiteCpp" wrapper library.
+Thus this SQLiteCpp repository can directly be used as a Git submoldule.
+
+Under Debian/Ubuntu/Mint Linux, install the libsqlite3-dev package.
+
+### Building the examples:
+
+#### CMake and test
+A CMake configuration file is also provided for multiplatform support and testing.
+
+Typical generic build (see also "build.bat" or "./build.sh"):
+
+```bash
+mkdir build
+cd build
+cmake ..        # cmake .. -G "Visual Studio 10"    # for Visual Studio 2010
+cmake --build . # make
+ctest .         # make test
+```
+
+Generating the Linux Makefile, building in Debug and executing the tests:
+
+```bash
+mkdir Debug
+cd Debug
+cmake .. -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Debug
+cmake --build . # make
+ln -s ../examples examples
+ctest .         # make test
+```
+
+#### Troubleshooting
+
+Under Linux, if you get muliple linker errors like "undefined reference to sqlite3_xxx",
+it's that you lack the "sqlite3" library: install the libsqlite3-dev package.
+
+If you get a single linker error "Column.cpp: undefined reference to sqlite3_column_origin_name",
+it's that your "sqlite3" library was not compiled with
+the SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA macro defined (see http://www.sqlite.org/compile.html#enable_column_metadata).
+You can either recompile it yourself (seek help online) or you can comment out the following line in src/Column.h:
+
+```C++
+#define SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
+```
+
+### Continuous Integration
+
+This project is continuously tested under Ubuntu Linux with the gcc and clang compilers
+using the Travis CI community service with the above CMake building and testing procedure.
+
+Detailed results can be seen online: https://travis-ci.org/SRombauts/SQLiteCpp
+
+### Thread-safety
+
+SQLite supports three mode of thread safety, as describe in "SQLite And Multiple Threads" :
+see http://www.sqlite.org/threadsafe.html
+
+This SQLiteC++ wrapper does no add any lock (no mutexes) nor any other thread-safety mecanism
+above the SQLite library itself, by design, for lightness and speed.
+
+Thus, SQLiteC++ naturally supports the "Multi Thread" mode of SQLite ;
+"In this mode, SQLite can be safely used by multiple threads
+provided that no single database connection is used simultaneously in two or more threads."
+
+But SQLiteC++ does not support the fully thread-safe "Serialized" mode of SQLite,
+because of the way it shares the underling SQLite precompiled statement
+in a custom shared pointer (See the inner class "Statement::Ptr").
+
+### License
+
+Copyright (c) 2012-2014 Sébastien Rombauts (sebastien.rombauts@gmail.com)
+
+Distributed under the MIT License (MIT) (See accompanying file LICENSE.txt
+or copy at http://opensource.org/licenses/MIT)
+
+## Getting started
+### First sample demonstrates how to query a database and get results: 
+
+```C++
+try
+{
+    // Open a database file
+    SQLite::Database    db("example.db3");
+    
+    // Compile a SQL query, containing one parameter (index 1)
+    SQLite::Statement   query(db, "SELECT * FROM test WHERE size > ?");
+    
+    // Bind the integer value 6 to the first parameter of the SQL query
+    query.bind(1, 6);
+    
+    // Loop to execute the query step by step, to get rows of result
+    while (query.executeStep())
+    {
+        // Demonstrate how to get some typed column value
+        int         id      = query.getColumn(0);
+        const char* value   = query.getColumn(1);
+        int         size    = query.getColumn(2);
+        
+        std::cout << "row: " << id << ", " << value << ", " << size << std::endl;
+    }
+}
+catch (std::exception& e)
+{
+    std::cout << "exception: " << e.what() << std::endl;
+}
+```
+
+### Second sample shows how to manage a transaction:
+
+```C++
+try
+{
+    SQLite::Database    db("transaction.db3", SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE);
+
+    db.exec("DROP TABLE IF EXISTS test");
+
+    // Begin transaction
+    SQLite::Transaction transaction(db);
+
+    db.exec("CREATE TABLE test (id INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, value TEXT)");
+
+    int nb = db.exec("INSERT INTO test VALUES (NULL, \"test\")");
+    std::cout << "INSERT INTO test VALUES (NULL, \"test\")\", returned " << nb << std::endl;
+
+    // Commit transaction
+    transaction.commit();
+}
+catch (std::exception& e)
+{
+    std::cout << "exception: " << e.what() << std::endl;
+}
+```
+
+### How to handle in assertion in SQLiteC++:
+Exceptions shall not be used in destructors, so SQLiteC++ use SQLITECPP_ASSERT() to check for errors in destructors.
+If you don't want assert() to be called, you have to enable and define an assert handler as shown below,
+and by setting the flag SQLITECPP_ENABLE_ASSERT_HANDLER when compiling the lib.
+
+```C++
+#ifdef SQLITECPP_ENABLE_ASSERT_HANDLER
+namespace SQLite
+{
+/// definition of the assertion handler enabled when SQLITECPP_ENABLE_ASSERT_HANDLER is defined in the project (CMakeList.txt)
+void assertion_failed(const char* apFile, const long apLine, const char* apFunc, const char* apExpr, const char* apMsg)
+{
+    // Print a message to the standard error output stream, and abort the program.
+    std::cerr << apFile << ":" << apLine << ":" << " error: assertion failed (" << apExpr << ") in " << apFunc << "() with message \"" << apMsg << "\"\n";
+    std::abort();
+}
+}
+#endif
+```
+
+## How to contribute
+### GitHub website
+The most efficient way to help and contribute to this wrapper project is to
+use the tools provided by GitHub:
+- please fill bug reports and feature requests here: https://github.com/SRombauts/SQLiteCpp/issues
+- fork the repository, make some small changes and submit them with pull-request
+
+### Contact
+You can also email me directly, I will answer any questions and requests.
+
+### Coding Style Guidelines
+The source code use the CamelCase naming style variant where :
+- type names (class, struct, typedef, enums...) begins with a capital letter
+- files (.cpp/.h) are named like the class they contains
+- function and variable names begins with a lower case letter
+- member variables begins with a 'm', function arguments begins with a 'a', boolean with a 'b', pointers with a 'p'
+- each file, class, method and member variable is documented using Doxygen tags
+See also http://www.appinf.com/download/CppCodingStyleGuide.pdf for good guidelines
+
+## See also - Some other simple C++ SQLite wrappers:
+
+See also the file WRAPPERS.md offering a more complete comparison of other wrappers.
+ - [sqdbcpp](http://code.google.com/p/sqdbcpp/): RAII design, simple, no depandencies, UTF-8/UTF-16, new BSD license
+ - [sqlite3cc](http://ed.am/dev/sqlite3cc): uses boost, modern design, LPGPL
+ - [sqlite3pp](http://code.google.com/p/sqlite3pp/): uses boost, but never updated since initial publication in may 2012, MIT License
+ - [SQLite++](http://sqlitepp.berlios.de/): uses boost build system, Boost License 1.0 
+ - [CppSQLite](http://www.codeproject.com/Articles/6343/CppSQLite-C-Wrapper-for-SQLite/): famous Code Project but old design, BSD License 
+ - [easySQLite](http://code.google.com/p/easysqlite/): manages table as structured objects, complex 
+ - [sqlite_modern_cpp](https://github.com/keramer/sqlite_modern_cpp): modern C++11, all in one file, MIT license
diff --git a/client/sqlitecpp/TODO.txt b/client/sqlitecpp/TODO.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0bbd02a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/sqlitecpp/TODO.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+Add a full googletest suite
+
+Add a Tutorial: for SQLite newbies
+Create Github Wiki pages with the README.md and FAQ.txt: Installation, Examples, Tutorial, How to contribute
+
+Publish a versionned ZIP file in Google Project Mirror
+
+Publish the Doxygen Documentation in the Github Pages (gh-pages branch)
+
+Missing features in v0.9.9:
+- getColumnByName() (issue #23) ? std::map getRow() ?
+- bind a SQLITE_STATIC value (string/blob)
+- bind a dynamic value with zerocopy (unlike SQLITE_TRANSIENT) with custom deleter
+
+Missing documentation in v0.9.9:
+- explain the noncopyable property for RAII design
+- comment on returning error code instead of exception that shall not be thrown when exepected (!?)
+
+Advanced missing features:
+- backup support to/from file/:memory:
+- Function ?
+- Agregate ?
+- support for different transaction mode ? NO: too specific
+- operator<< binding ? NO: redundant with bind()
+- ATTACH Database ? NO: can already be done by "ATTACH" Statement
+- Add optional usage of experimental sqlite3_trace() function to enable statistics 
+
+Post an article to CodeProject: Is there a license issue ?
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/client/sqlitecpp/WRAPPERS.md b/client/sqlitecpp/WRAPPERS.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0a539b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/sqlitecpp/WRAPPERS.md
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+http://www.sqlite.org/cvstrac/wiki?p=SqliteWrappers
+http://stackoverflow.com/questions/120295/what-is-a-good-oo-c-wrapper-for-sqlite
+http://stackoverflow.com/questions/818155/sqlite-alternatives-for-c
+http://www.reddit.com/search?q=sqlite
+
+
+**sqlite3cc**: http://ed.am/dev/sqlite3cc/
+- Nov 2009, Jan 2012 (v0.1)
+- (++) modern design, use RAII => can be a source of inspiration for me
+- (++) very well documented, in code and with a very good informal presentation
+- (+) is maintained (recent), initial release is 0.1.0, January 2012 (started in 2010)
+- (+/-) uses boost (some more dependancies...)
+- (-) uses boost coding style (I tend to prefer CamelCaps or Java coding style)
+- (-) a bit complex: offer many way to do the same thing where I would prefer a clean choice
+- (-) thus it does not impose RAII, as it is still possible to open or close a database outside constructor/destructor
+- (---) LPGPL: for me, this is a stopper as I would like to be able to use it in commercial products
+- bazaar: http://bzr.ed.am/sqlite3cc
+- bugtracker: personal: trac is still to be installed to http://dev.ed.am/sqlite3cc
+- test suite: a simple main with boost filesystem (build librairy) depandancy
+
+**sqdbcpp**: http://code.google.com/p/sqdbcpp/
+- Dec 2009 (no more activity)
+- (++) new BSD license
+- (++) RAII design, with some good ideas, like the "Convertor" class
+- (++) modern design, use RAII
+- (+) CamelCaps naming convention
+- (+) STL is the only depandancy
+- (+) very small code
+- (-) not RAII transactions
+- (-) some unnecessary complexity to manage copyable objects (RefCount)
+- (-) UTF-8/UTF-16: the second is not portable
+- (--) Not documented (only a short example
+- (---) Not maintained/not finished: contact author !?
+- SVN: http://sqdbcpp.googlecode.com/svn/trunk/
+- bugtracker: GoogleCode: http://code.google.com/p/sqdbcpp/issues/list
+- test suite: with gtest
+
+**sqlite3pp**: http://code.google.com/p/sqlite3pp/
+- Sep 2007 to Mar 2009
+- (++) MIT License
+- (++) modern design, use RAII => can be a source of inspiration for me
+- (+/-) uses boost (some more dependancies...)
+- (-) complex: offer many way to do the same thing, and advance functionalities
+- (--) Not documented in code
+- (---) Not maintained, many open issues
+- SVN: http://sqlite3pp.googlecode.com/svn/trunk/
+- bugtracker: GoogleCode: http://code.google.com/p/sqlite3pp/issues/list
+
+**SQLite++**: http://sqlitepp.berlios.de/
+- Jan 2006 until now (Apr 2012)
+- (++) still maintained
+- (++) Boost License 1.0 
+- (+) good online introduction
+- (+/-) uses boost (some more dependancies...)
+- (-) uses boost build system
+- (-) come with yet another unicode string library
+- (-) too complex and big to dive easily into
+- (--) Not documented in code
+- SVN: https://svn.berlios.de/svnroot/repos/sqlitepp/trunk/
+- bugtracker: no!
+- test suite: yes, with bjam
+
+**CppSQLite**: http://www.codeproject.com/Articles/6343/CppSQLite-C-Wrapper-for-SQLite/
+- Mar 2004, Jun 2011
+- (++??) BSD License? CodeProject License?
+- (+) famous CodeProject, good introductory article
+- (--) Not documented in code
+- (--) old design, no RAII
+- (--) unnecessary complex memory allocation for exception
+- VCS: no! but cloned twice on GitHub
+- bugtracker: no!
+- test suite: no, only some demo code.
+
+**easySQLite**: http://code.google.com/p/easysqlite/
+- Sep 2010
+- (++) new BSD license
+- (+/-) Manage table as objects, requiring to define their structure
+- (-) not RAII
+- (--) complex
+- (---) Not maintained, some open issues
+- SVN: http://easysqlite.googlecode.com/svn/trunk/
+- bugtracker: http://code.google.com/p/easysqlite/source/list
+- test suite: yes, a big one, with UnitTest++
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/client/sqlitecpp/build.bat b/client/sqlitecpp/build.bat
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..67166af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/sqlitecpp/build.bat
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+@REM Copyright (c) 2013-2014 Sébastien Rombauts (sebastien.rombauts@gmail.com)
+@REM 
+@REM Distributed under the MIT License (MIT) (See accompanying file LICENSE.txt
+@REM or copy at http://opensource.org/licenses/MIT)
+
+mkdir build
+cd build
+@REM generate solution for Visual Studio, and build it
+cmake -DSQLITECPP_RUN_CPPLINT=ON -DSQLITECPP_RUN_CPPCHECK=ON -DSQLITECPP_RUN_DOXYGEN=ON -DSQLITECPP_BUILD_EXAMPLES=ON -DSQLITECPP_BUILD_TESTS=ON ..
+cmake --build .
+
+@REM prepare and launch tests
+mkdir examples
+mkdir examples\example1
+copy ..\examples\example1\example.db3 examples\example1
+copy ..\examples\example1\logo.png    examples\example1
+ctest --output-on-failure
+cd ..
diff --git a/client/sqlitecpp/build.sh b/client/sqlitecpp/build.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..4df686f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/sqlitecpp/build.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+# Copyright (c) 2013 Sébastien Rombauts (sebastien.rombauts@gmail.com)
+# 
+# Distributed under the MIT License (MIT) (See accompanying file LICENSE.txt
+# or copy at http://opensource.org/licenses/MIT)
+
+mkdir -p build
+cd build
+# generate solution for GCC
+cmake -DSQLITECPP_RUN_CPPLINT=ON -DSQLITECPP_RUN_CPPCHECK=ON -DSQLITECPP_RUN_DOXYGEN=ON -DSQLITECPP_BUILD_EXAMPLES=ON -DSQLITECPP_BUILD_TESTS=ON ..
+cmake --build .
+
+# prepare and launch tests
+mkdir -p examples/example1
+cp ../examples/example1/example.db3 examples/example1
+cp ../examples/example1/logo.png    examples/example1
+ctest --output-on-failure
diff --git a/client/sqlitecpp/cpplint.py b/client/sqlitecpp/cpplint.py
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..e718083
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/sqlitecpp/cpplint.py
@@ -0,0 +1,4791 @@
+#!/usr/bin/python
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2009 Google Inc. All rights reserved.
+#
+# Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+# modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
+# met:
+#
+#    * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+# notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+#    * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
+# copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
+# in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+# distribution.
+#    * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
+# contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+# this software without specific prior written permission.
+#
+# THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+# "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+# LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+# A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+# OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+# SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+# LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+# DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+# THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+# (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+# OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+
+"""Does google-lint on c++ files.
+
+The goal of this script is to identify places in the code that *may*
+be in non-compliance with google style.  It does not attempt to fix
+up these problems -- the point is to educate.  It does also not
+attempt to find all problems, or to ensure that everything it does
+find is legitimately a problem.
+
+In particular, we can get very confused by /* and // inside strings!
+We do a small hack, which is to ignore //'s with "'s after them on the
+same line, but it is far from perfect (in either direction).
+"""
+
+import codecs
+import copy
+import getopt
+import math  # for log
+import os
+import re
+import sre_compile
+import string
+import sys
+import unicodedata
+
+
+_USAGE = """
+Syntax: cpplint.py [--verbose=#] [--output=vs7] [--filter=-x,+y,...]
+                   [--counting=total|toplevel|detailed] [--root=subdir]
+                   [--linelength=digits]
+        <file> [file] ...
+
+  The style guidelines this tries to follow are those in
+    http://google-styleguide.googlecode.com/svn/trunk/cppguide.xml
+
+  Every problem is given a confidence score from 1-5, with 5 meaning we are
+  certain of the problem, and 1 meaning it could be a legitimate construct.
+  This will miss some errors, and is not a substitute for a code review.
+
+  To suppress false-positive errors of a certain category, add a
+  'NOLINT(category)' comment to the line.  NOLINT or NOLINT(*)
+  suppresses errors of all categories on that line.
+
+  The files passed in will be linted; at least one file must be provided.
+  Linted extensions are .cc, .cpp, and .h.  Other file types will be ignored.
+
+  Flags:
+
+    output=vs7
+      By default, the output is formatted to ease emacs parsing.  Visual Studio
+      compatible output (vs7) may also be used.  Other formats are unsupported.
+
+    verbose=#
+      Specify a number 0-5 to restrict errors to certain verbosity levels.
+
+    filter=-x,+y,...
+      Specify a comma-separated list of category-filters to apply: only
+      error messages whose category names pass the filters will be printed.
+      (Category names are printed with the message and look like
+      "[whitespace/indent]".)  Filters are evaluated left to right.
+      "-FOO" and "FOO" means "do not print categories that start with FOO".
+      "+FOO" means "do print categories that start with FOO".
+
+      Examples: --filter=-whitespace,+whitespace/braces
+                --filter=whitespace,runtime/printf,+runtime/printf_format
+                --filter=-,+build/include_what_you_use
+
+      To see a list of all the categories used in cpplint, pass no arg:
+         --filter=
+
+    counting=total|toplevel|detailed
+      The total number of errors found is always printed. If
+      'toplevel' is provided, then the count of errors in each of
+      the top-level categories like 'build' and 'whitespace' will
+      also be printed. If 'detailed' is provided, then a count
+      is provided for each category like 'build/class'.
+
+    root=subdir
+      The root directory used for deriving header guard CPP variable.
+      By default, the header guard CPP variable is calculated as the relative
+      path to the directory that contains .git, .hg, or .svn.  When this flag
+      is specified, the relative path is calculated from the specified
+      directory. If the specified directory does not exist, this flag is
+      ignored.
+
+      Examples:
+        Assuing that src/.git exists, the header guard CPP variables for
+        src/chrome/browser/ui/browser.h are:
+
+        No flag => CHROME_BROWSER_UI_BROWSER_H_
+        --root=chrome => BROWSER_UI_BROWSER_H_
+        --root=chrome/browser => UI_BROWSER_H_
+
+    linelength=digits
+      This is the allowed line length for the project. The default value is
+      80 characters.
+
+      Examples:
+        --linelength=120
+"""
+
+# We categorize each error message we print.  Here are the categories.
+# We want an explicit list so we can list them all in cpplint --filter=.
+# If you add a new error message with a new category, add it to the list
+# here!  cpplint_unittest.py should tell you if you forget to do this.
+_ERROR_CATEGORIES = [
+  'build/class',
+  'build/deprecated',
+  'build/endif_comment',
+  'build/explicit_make_pair',
+  'build/forward_decl',
+  'build/header_guard',
+  'build/include',
+  'build/include_alpha',
+  'build/include_order',
+  'build/include_what_you_use',
+  'build/namespaces',
+  'build/printf_format',
+  'build/storage_class',
+  'legal/copyright',
+  'readability/filename',
+  'readability/alt_tokens',
+  'readability/braces',
+  'readability/casting',
+  'readability/check',
+  'readability/constructors',
+  'readability/fn_size',
+  'readability/function',
+  'readability/multiline_comment',
+  'readability/multiline_string',
+  'readability/namespace',
+  'readability/nolint',
+  'readability/nul',
+  'readability/streams',
+  'readability/todo',
+  'readability/utf8',
+  'runtime/arrays',
+  'runtime/casting',
+  'runtime/explicit',
+  'runtime/int',
+  'runtime/init',
+  'runtime/preincrement',
+  'runtime/invalid_increment',
+  'runtime/member_string_references',
+  'runtime/memset',
+  'runtime/operator',
+  'runtime/printf',
+  'runtime/printf_format',
+  'runtime/references',
+  'runtime/string',
+  'runtime/threadsafe_fn',
+  'runtime/vlog',
+  'whitespace/blank_line',
+  'whitespace/braces',
+  'whitespace/comma',
+  'whitespace/comments',
+  'whitespace/empty_conditional_body',
+  'whitespace/empty_loop_body',
+  'whitespace/end_of_line',
+  'whitespace/ending_newline',
+  'whitespace/forcolon',
+  'whitespace/indent',
+  'whitespace/line_length',
+  'whitespace/newline',
+  'whitespace/operators',
+  'whitespace/parens',
+  'whitespace/semicolon',
+  'whitespace/tab',
+  'whitespace/todo'
+  ]
+
+# The default state of the category filter. This is overrided by the --filter=
+# flag. By default all errors are on, so only add here categories that should be
+# off by default (i.e., categories that must be enabled by the --filter= flags).
+# All entries here should start with a '-' or '+', as in the --filter= flag.
+_DEFAULT_FILTERS = ['-build/include_alpha']
+
+# We used to check for high-bit characters, but after much discussion we
+# decided those were OK, as long as they were in UTF-8 and didn't represent
+# hard-coded international strings, which belong in a separate i18n file.
+
+
+# C++ headers
+_CPP_HEADERS = frozenset([
+    # Legacy
+    'algobase.h',
+    'algo.h',
+    'alloc.h',
+    'builtinbuf.h',
+    'bvector.h',
+    'complex.h',
+    'defalloc.h',
+    'deque.h',
+    'editbuf.h',
+    'fstream.h',
+    'function.h',
+    'hash_map',
+    'hash_map.h',
+    'hash_set',
+    'hash_set.h',
+    'hashtable.h',
+    'heap.h',
+    'indstream.h',
+    'iomanip.h',
+    'iostream.h',
+    'istream.h',
+    'iterator.h',
+    'list.h',
+    'map.h',
+    'multimap.h',
+    'multiset.h',
+    'ostream.h',
+    'pair.h',
+    'parsestream.h',
+    'pfstream.h',
+    'procbuf.h',
+    'pthread_alloc',
+    'pthread_alloc.h',
+    'rope',
+    'rope.h',
+    'ropeimpl.h',
+    'set.h',
+    'slist',
+    'slist.h',
+    'stack.h',
+    'stdiostream.h',
+    'stl_alloc.h',
+    'stl_relops.h',
+    'streambuf.h',
+    'stream.h',
+    'strfile.h',
+    'strstream.h',
+    'tempbuf.h',
+    'tree.h',
+    'type_traits.h',
+    'vector.h',
+    # 17.6.1.2 C++ library headers
+    'algorithm',
+    'array',
+    'atomic',
+    'bitset',
+    'chrono',
+    'codecvt',
+    'complex',
+    'condition_variable',
+    'deque',
+    'exception',
+    'forward_list',
+    'fstream',
+    'functional',
+    'future',
+    'initializer_list',
+    'iomanip',
+    'ios',
+    'iosfwd',
+    'iostream',
+    'istream',
+    'iterator',
+    'limits',
+    'list',
+    'locale',
+    'map',
+    'memory',
+    'mutex',
+    'new',
+    'numeric',
+    'ostream',
+    'queue',
+    'random',
+    'ratio',
+    'regex',
+    'set',
+    'sstream',
+    'stack',
+    'stdexcept',
+    'streambuf',
+    'string',
+    'strstream',
+    'system_error',
+    'thread',
+    'tuple',
+    'typeindex',
+    'typeinfo',
+    'type_traits',
+    'unordered_map',
+    'unordered_set',
+    'utility',
+    'valarray',
+    'vector',
+    # 17.6.1.2 C++ headers for C library facilities
+    'cassert',
+    'ccomplex',
+    'cctype',
+    'cerrno',
+    'cfenv',
+    'cfloat',
+    'cinttypes',
+    'ciso646',
+    'climits',
+    'clocale',
+    'cmath',
+    'csetjmp',
+    'csignal',
+    'cstdalign',
+    'cstdarg',
+    'cstdbool',
+    'cstddef',
+    'cstdint',
+    'cstdio',
+    'cstdlib',
+    'cstring',
+    'ctgmath',
+    'ctime',
+    'cuchar',
+    'cwchar',
+    'cwctype',
+    ])
+
+# Assertion macros.  These are defined in base/logging.h and
+# testing/base/gunit.h.  Note that the _M versions need to come first
+# for substring matching to work.
+_CHECK_MACROS = [
+    'DCHECK', 'CHECK',
+    'EXPECT_TRUE_M', 'EXPECT_TRUE',
+    'ASSERT_TRUE_M', 'ASSERT_TRUE',
+    'EXPECT_FALSE_M', 'EXPECT_FALSE',
+    'ASSERT_FALSE_M', 'ASSERT_FALSE',
+    ]
+
+# Replacement macros for CHECK/DCHECK/EXPECT_TRUE/EXPECT_FALSE
+_CHECK_REPLACEMENT = dict([(m, {}) for m in _CHECK_MACROS])
+
+for op, replacement in [('==', 'EQ'), ('!=', 'NE'),
+                        ('>=', 'GE'), ('>', 'GT'),
+                        ('<=', 'LE'), ('<', 'LT')]:
+  _CHECK_REPLACEMENT['DCHECK'][op] = 'DCHECK_%s' % replacement
+  _CHECK_REPLACEMENT['CHECK'][op] = 'CHECK_%s' % replacement
+  _CHECK_REPLACEMENT['EXPECT_TRUE'][op] = 'EXPECT_%s' % replacement
+  _CHECK_REPLACEMENT['ASSERT_TRUE'][op] = 'ASSERT_%s' % replacement
+  _CHECK_REPLACEMENT['EXPECT_TRUE_M'][op] = 'EXPECT_%s_M' % replacement
+  _CHECK_REPLACEMENT['ASSERT_TRUE_M'][op] = 'ASSERT_%s_M' % replacement
+
+for op, inv_replacement in [('==', 'NE'), ('!=', 'EQ'),
+                            ('>=', 'LT'), ('>', 'LE'),
+                            ('<=', 'GT'), ('<', 'GE')]:
+  _CHECK_REPLACEMENT['EXPECT_FALSE'][op] = 'EXPECT_%s' % inv_replacement
+  _CHECK_REPLACEMENT['ASSERT_FALSE'][op] = 'ASSERT_%s' % inv_replacement
+  _CHECK_REPLACEMENT['EXPECT_FALSE_M'][op] = 'EXPECT_%s_M' % inv_replacement
+  _CHECK_REPLACEMENT['ASSERT_FALSE_M'][op] = 'ASSERT_%s_M' % inv_replacement
+
+# Alternative tokens and their replacements.  For full list, see section 2.5
+# Alternative tokens [lex.digraph] in the C++ standard.
+#
+# Digraphs (such as '%:') are not included here since it's a mess to
+# match those on a word boundary.
+_ALT_TOKEN_REPLACEMENT = {
+    'and': '&&',
+    'bitor': '|',
+    'or': '||',
+    'xor': '^',
+    'compl': '~',
+    'bitand': '&',
+    'and_eq': '&=',
+    'or_eq': '|=',
+    'xor_eq': '^=',
+    'not': '!',
+    'not_eq': '!='
+    }
+
+# Compile regular expression that matches all the above keywords.  The "[ =()]"
+# bit is meant to avoid matching these keywords outside of boolean expressions.
+#
+# False positives include C-style multi-line comments and multi-line strings
+# but those have always been troublesome for cpplint.
+_ALT_TOKEN_REPLACEMENT_PATTERN = re.compile(
+    r'[ =()](' + ('|'.join(_ALT_TOKEN_REPLACEMENT.keys())) + r')(?=[ (]|$)')
+
+
+# These constants define types of headers for use with
+# _IncludeState.CheckNextIncludeOrder().
+_C_SYS_HEADER = 1
+_CPP_SYS_HEADER = 2
+_LIKELY_MY_HEADER = 3
+_POSSIBLE_MY_HEADER = 4
+_OTHER_HEADER = 5
+
+# These constants define the current inline assembly state
+_NO_ASM = 0       # Outside of inline assembly block
+_INSIDE_ASM = 1   # Inside inline assembly block
+_END_ASM = 2      # Last line of inline assembly block
+_BLOCK_ASM = 3    # The whole block is an inline assembly block
+
+# Match start of assembly blocks
+_MATCH_ASM = re.compile(r'^\s*(?:asm|_asm|__asm|__asm__)'
+                        r'(?:\s+(volatile|__volatile__))?'
+                        r'\s*[{(]')
+
+
+_regexp_compile_cache = {}
+
+# Finds occurrences of NOLINT or NOLINT(...).
+_RE_SUPPRESSION = re.compile(r'\bNOLINT\b(\([^)]*\))?')
+
+# {str, set(int)}: a map from error categories to sets of linenumbers
+# on which those errors are expected and should be suppressed.
+_error_suppressions = {}
+
+# The root directory used for deriving header guard CPP variable.
+# This is set by --root flag.
+_root = None
+
+# The allowed line length of files.
+# This is set by --linelength flag.
+_line_length = 80
+
+def ParseNolintSuppressions(filename, raw_line, linenum, error):
+  """Updates the global list of error-suppressions.
+
+  Parses any NOLINT comments on the current line, updating the global
+  error_suppressions store.  Reports an error if the NOLINT comment
+  was malformed.
+
+  Args:
+    filename: str, the name of the input file.
+    raw_line: str, the line of input text, with comments.
+    linenum: int, the number of the current line.
+    error: function, an error handler.
+  """
+  # FIXME(adonovan): "NOLINT(" is misparsed as NOLINT(*).
+  matched = _RE_SUPPRESSION.search(raw_line)
+  if matched:
+    category = matched.group(1)
+    if category in (None, '(*)'):  # => "suppress all"
+      _error_suppressions.setdefault(None, set()).add(linenum)
+    else:
+      if category.startswith('(') and category.endswith(')'):
+        category = category[1:-1]
+        if category in _ERROR_CATEGORIES:
+          _error_suppressions.setdefault(category, set()).add(linenum)
+        else:
+          error(filename, linenum, 'readability/nolint', 5,
+                'Unknown NOLINT error category: %s' % category)
+
+
+def ResetNolintSuppressions():
+  "Resets the set of NOLINT suppressions to empty."
+  _error_suppressions.clear()
+
+
+def IsErrorSuppressedByNolint(category, linenum):
+  """Returns true if the specified error category is suppressed on this line.
+
+  Consults the global error_suppressions map populated by
+  ParseNolintSuppressions/ResetNolintSuppressions.
+
+  Args:
+    category: str, the category of the error.
+    linenum: int, the current line number.
+  Returns:
+    bool, True iff the error should be suppressed due to a NOLINT comment.
+  """
+  return (linenum in _error_suppressions.get(category, set()) or
+          linenum in _error_suppressions.get(None, set()))
+
+def Match(pattern, s):
+  """Matches the string with the pattern, caching the compiled regexp."""
+  # The regexp compilation caching is inlined in both Match and Search for
+  # performance reasons; factoring it out into a separate function turns out
+  # to be noticeably expensive.
+  if pattern not in _regexp_compile_cache:
+    _regexp_compile_cache[pattern] = sre_compile.compile(pattern)
+  return _regexp_compile_cache[pattern].match(s)
+
+
+def ReplaceAll(pattern, rep, s):
+  """Replaces instances of pattern in a string with a replacement.
+
+  The compiled regex is kept in a cache shared by Match and Search.
+
+  Args:
+    pattern: regex pattern
+    rep: replacement text
+    s: search string
+
+  Returns:
+    string with replacements made (or original string if no replacements)
+  """
+  if pattern not in _regexp_compile_cache:
+    _regexp_compile_cache[pattern] = sre_compile.compile(pattern)
+  return _regexp_compile_cache[pattern].sub(rep, s)
+
+
+def Search(pattern, s):
+  """Searches the string for the pattern, caching the compiled regexp."""
+  if pattern not in _regexp_compile_cache:
+    _regexp_compile_cache[pattern] = sre_compile.compile(pattern)
+  return _regexp_compile_cache[pattern].search(s)
+
+
+class _IncludeState(dict):
+  """Tracks line numbers for includes, and the order in which includes appear.
+
+  As a dict, an _IncludeState object serves as a mapping between include
+  filename and line number on which that file was included.
+
+  Call CheckNextIncludeOrder() once for each header in the file, passing
+  in the type constants defined above. Calls in an illegal order will
+  raise an _IncludeError with an appropriate error message.
+
+  """
+  # self._section will move monotonically through this set. If it ever
+  # needs to move backwards, CheckNextIncludeOrder will raise an error.
+  _INITIAL_SECTION = 0
+  _MY_H_SECTION = 1
+  _C_SECTION = 2
+  _CPP_SECTION = 3
+  _OTHER_H_SECTION = 4
+
+  _TYPE_NAMES = {
+      _C_SYS_HEADER: 'C system header',
+      _CPP_SYS_HEADER: 'C++ system header',
+      _LIKELY_MY_HEADER: 'header this file implements',
+      _POSSIBLE_MY_HEADER: 'header this file may implement',
+      _OTHER_HEADER: 'other header',
+      }
+  _SECTION_NAMES = {
+      _INITIAL_SECTION: "... nothing. (This can't be an error.)",
+      _MY_H_SECTION: 'a header this file implements',
+      _C_SECTION: 'C system header',
+      _CPP_SECTION: 'C++ system header',
+      _OTHER_H_SECTION: 'other header',
+      }
+
+  def __init__(self):
+    dict.__init__(self)
+    self.ResetSection()
+
+  def ResetSection(self):
+    # The name of the current section.
+    self._section = self._INITIAL_SECTION
+    # The path of last found header.
+    self._last_header = ''
+
+  def SetLastHeader(self, header_path):
+    self._last_header = header_path
+
+  def CanonicalizeAlphabeticalOrder(self, header_path):
+    """Returns a path canonicalized for alphabetical comparison.
+
+    - replaces "-" with "_" so they both cmp the same.
+    - removes '-inl' since we don't require them to be after the main header.
+    - lowercase everything, just in case.
+
+    Args:
+      header_path: Path to be canonicalized.
+
+    Returns:
+      Canonicalized path.
+    """
+    return header_path.replace('-inl.h', '.h').replace('-', '_').lower()
+
+  def IsInAlphabeticalOrder(self, clean_lines, linenum, header_path):
+    """Check if a header is in alphabetical order with the previous header.
+
+    Args:
+      clean_lines: A CleansedLines instance containing the file.
+      linenum: The number of the line to check.
+      header_path: Canonicalized header to be checked.
+
+    Returns:
+      Returns true if the header is in alphabetical order.
+    """
+    # If previous section is different from current section, _last_header will
+    # be reset to empty string, so it's always less than current header.
+    #
+    # If previous line was a blank line, assume that the headers are
+    # intentionally sorted the way they are.
+    if (self._last_header > header_path and
+        not Match(r'^\s*$', clean_lines.elided[linenum - 1])):
+      return False
+    return True
+
+  def CheckNextIncludeOrder(self, header_type):
+    """Returns a non-empty error message if the next header is out of order.
+
+    This function also updates the internal state to be ready to check
+    the next include.
+
+    Args:
+      header_type: One of the _XXX_HEADER constants defined above.
+
+    Returns:
+      The empty string if the header is in the right order, or an
+      error message describing what's wrong.
+
+    """
+    error_message = ('Found %s after %s' %
+                     (self._TYPE_NAMES[header_type],
+                      self._SECTION_NAMES[self._section]))
+
+    last_section = self._section
+
+    if header_type == _C_SYS_HEADER:
+      if self._section <= self._C_SECTION:
+        self._section = self._C_SECTION
+      else:
+        self._last_header = ''
+        return error_message
+    elif header_type == _CPP_SYS_HEADER:
+      if self._section <= self._CPP_SECTION:
+        self._section = self._CPP_SECTION
+      else:
+        self._last_header = ''
+        return error_message
+    elif header_type == _LIKELY_MY_HEADER:
+      if self._section <= self._MY_H_SECTION:
+        self._section = self._MY_H_SECTION
+      else:
+        self._section = self._OTHER_H_SECTION
+    elif header_type == _POSSIBLE_MY_HEADER:
+      if self._section <= self._MY_H_SECTION:
+        self._section = self._MY_H_SECTION
+      else:
+        # This will always be the fallback because we're not sure
+        # enough that the header is associated with this file.
+        self._section = self._OTHER_H_SECTION
+    else:
+      assert header_type == _OTHER_HEADER
+      self._section = self._OTHER_H_SECTION
+
+    if last_section != self._section:
+      self._last_header = ''
+
+    return ''
+
+
+class _CppLintState(object):
+  """Maintains module-wide state.."""
+
+  def __init__(self):
+    self.verbose_level = 1  # global setting.
+    self.error_count = 0    # global count of reported errors
+    # filters to apply when emitting error messages
+    self.filters = _DEFAULT_FILTERS[:]
+    self.counting = 'total'  # In what way are we counting errors?
+    self.errors_by_category = {}  # string to int dict storing error counts
+
+    # output format:
+    # "emacs" - format that emacs can parse (default)
+    # "vs7" - format that Microsoft Visual Studio 7 can parse
+    self.output_format = 'emacs'
+
+  def SetOutputFormat(self, output_format):
+    """Sets the output format for errors."""
+    self.output_format = output_format
+
+  def SetVerboseLevel(self, level):
+    """Sets the module's verbosity, and returns the previous setting."""
+    last_verbose_level = self.verbose_level
+    self.verbose_level = level
+    return last_verbose_level
+
+  def SetCountingStyle(self, counting_style):
+    """Sets the module's counting options."""
+    self.counting = counting_style
+
+  def SetFilters(self, filters):
+    """Sets the error-message filters.
+
+    These filters are applied when deciding whether to emit a given
+    error message.
+
+    Args:
+      filters: A string of comma-separated filters (eg "+whitespace/indent").
+               Each filter should start with + or -; else we die.
+
+    Raises:
+      ValueError: The comma-separated filters did not all start with '+' or '-'.
+                  E.g. "-,+whitespace,-whitespace/indent,whitespace/badfilter"
+    """
+    # Default filters always have less priority than the flag ones.
+    self.filters = _DEFAULT_FILTERS[:]
+    for filt in filters.split(','):
+      clean_filt = filt.strip()
+      if clean_filt:
+        self.filters.append(clean_filt)
+    for filt in self.filters:
+      if not (filt.startswith('+') or filt.startswith('-')):
+        raise ValueError('Every filter in --filters must start with + or -'
+                         ' (%s does not)' % filt)
+
+  def ResetErrorCounts(self):
+    """Sets the module's error statistic back to zero."""
+    self.error_count = 0
+    self.errors_by_category = {}
+
+  def IncrementErrorCount(self, category):
+    """Bumps the module's error statistic."""
+    self.error_count += 1
+    if self.counting in ('toplevel', 'detailed'):
+      if self.counting != 'detailed':
+        category = category.split('/')[0]
+      if category not in self.errors_by_category:
+        self.errors_by_category[category] = 0
+      self.errors_by_category[category] += 1
+
+  def PrintErrorCounts(self):
+    """Print a summary of errors by category, and the total."""
+    # SRombauts: "cpplint:" prefix
+    for category, count in self.errors_by_category.iteritems():
+      sys.stderr.write('cpplint: Category \'%s\' errors found: %d\n' %
+                       (category, count))
+    # SRombauts: "cpplint:" prefix and error message only when appropriate
+    if 0 < self.error_count:
+      sys.stderr.write('cpplint: Total errors found: %d\n' % self.error_count)
+
+_cpplint_state = _CppLintState()
+
+
+def _OutputFormat():
+  """Gets the module's output format."""
+  return _cpplint_state.output_format
+
+
+def _SetOutputFormat(output_format):
+  """Sets the module's output format."""
+  _cpplint_state.SetOutputFormat(output_format)
+
+
+def _VerboseLevel():
+  """Returns the module's verbosity setting."""
+  return _cpplint_state.verbose_level
+
+
+def _SetVerboseLevel(level):
+  """Sets the module's verbosity, and returns the previous setting."""
+  return _cpplint_state.SetVerboseLevel(level)
+
+
+def _SetCountingStyle(level):
+  """Sets the module's counting options."""
+  _cpplint_state.SetCountingStyle(level)
+
+
+def _Filters():
+  """Returns the module's list of output filters, as a list."""
+  return _cpplint_state.filters
+
+
+def _SetFilters(filters):
+  """Sets the module's error-message filters.
+
+  These filters are applied when deciding whether to emit a given
+  error message.
+
+  Args:
+    filters: A string of comma-separated filters (eg "whitespace/indent").
+             Each filter should start with + or -; else we die.
+  """
+  _cpplint_state.SetFilters(filters)
+
+
+class _FunctionState(object):
+  """Tracks current function name and the number of lines in its body."""
+
+  _NORMAL_TRIGGER = 250  # for --v=0, 500 for --v=1, etc.
+  _TEST_TRIGGER = 400    # about 50% more than _NORMAL_TRIGGER.
+
+  def __init__(self):
+    self.in_a_function = False
+    self.lines_in_function = 0
+    self.current_function = ''
+
+  def Begin(self, function_name):
+    """Start analyzing function body.
+
+    Args:
+      function_name: The name of the function being tracked.
+    """
+    self.in_a_function = True
+    self.lines_in_function = 0
+    self.current_function = function_name
+
+  def Count(self):
+    """Count line in current function body."""
+    if self.in_a_function:
+      self.lines_in_function += 1
+
+  def Check(self, error, filename, linenum):
+    """Report if too many lines in function body.
+
+    Args:
+      error: The function to call with any errors found.
+      filename: The name of the current file.
+      linenum: The number of the line to check.
+    """
+    if Match(r'T(EST|est)', self.current_function):
+      base_trigger = self._TEST_TRIGGER
+    else:
+      base_trigger = self._NORMAL_TRIGGER
+    trigger = base_trigger * 2**_VerboseLevel()
+
+    if self.lines_in_function > trigger:
+      error_level = int(math.log(self.lines_in_function / base_trigger, 2))
+      # 50 => 0, 100 => 1, 200 => 2, 400 => 3, 800 => 4, 1600 => 5, ...
+      if error_level > 5:
+        error_level = 5
+      error(filename, linenum, 'readability/fn_size', error_level,
+            'Small and focused functions are preferred:'
+            ' %s has %d non-comment lines'
+            ' (error triggered by exceeding %d lines).'  % (
+                self.current_function, self.lines_in_function, trigger))
+
+  def End(self):
+    """Stop analyzing function body."""
+    self.in_a_function = False
+
+
+class _IncludeError(Exception):
+  """Indicates a problem with the include order in a file."""
+  pass
+
+
+class FileInfo:
+  """Provides utility functions for filenames.
+
+  FileInfo provides easy access to the components of a file's path
+  relative to the project root.
+  """
+
+  def __init__(self, filename):
+    self._filename = filename
+
+  def FullName(self):
+    """Make Windows paths like Unix."""
+    return os.path.abspath(self._filename).replace('\\', '/')
+
+  def RepositoryName(self):
+    """FullName after removing the local path to the repository.
+
+    If we have a real absolute path name here we can try to do something smart:
+    detecting the root of the checkout and truncating /path/to/checkout from
+    the name so that we get header guards that don't include things like
+    "C:\Documents and Settings\..." or "/home/username/..." in them and thus
+    people on different computers who have checked the source out to different
+    locations won't see bogus errors.
+    """
+    fullname = self.FullName()
+
+    if os.path.exists(fullname):
+      project_dir = os.path.dirname(fullname)
+
+      if os.path.exists(os.path.join(project_dir, ".svn")):
+        # If there's a .svn file in the current directory, we recursively look
+        # up the directory tree for the top of the SVN checkout
+        root_dir = project_dir
+        one_up_dir = os.path.dirname(root_dir)
+        while os.path.exists(os.path.join(one_up_dir, ".svn")):
+          root_dir = os.path.dirname(root_dir)
+          one_up_dir = os.path.dirname(one_up_dir)
+
+        prefix = os.path.commonprefix([root_dir, project_dir])
+        return fullname[len(prefix) + 1:]
+
+      # Not SVN <= 1.6? Try to find a git, hg, or svn top level directory by
+      # searching up from the current path.
+      root_dir = os.path.dirname(fullname)
+      while (root_dir != os.path.dirname(root_dir) and
+             not os.path.exists(os.path.join(root_dir, ".git")) and
+             not os.path.exists(os.path.join(root_dir, ".hg")) and
+             not os.path.exists(os.path.join(root_dir, ".svn"))):
+        root_dir = os.path.dirname(root_dir)
+
+      if (os.path.exists(os.path.join(root_dir, ".git")) or
+          os.path.exists(os.path.join(root_dir, ".hg")) or
+          os.path.exists(os.path.join(root_dir, ".svn"))):
+        prefix = os.path.commonprefix([root_dir, project_dir])
+        return fullname[len(prefix) + 1:]
+
+    # Don't know what to do; header guard warnings may be wrong...
+    return fullname
+
+  def Split(self):
+    """Splits the file into the directory, basename, and extension.
+
+    For 'chrome/browser/browser.cc', Split() would
+    return ('chrome/browser', 'browser', '.cc')
+
+    Returns:
+      A tuple of (directory, basename, extension).
+    """
+
+    googlename = self.RepositoryName()
+    project, rest = os.path.split(googlename)
+    return (project,) + os.path.splitext(rest)
+
+  def BaseName(self):
+    """File base name - text after the final slash, before the final period."""
+    return self.Split()[1]
+
+  def Extension(self):
+    """File extension - text following the final period."""
+    return self.Split()[2]
+
+  def NoExtension(self):
+    """File has no source file extension."""
+    return '/'.join(self.Split()[0:2])
+
+  def IsSource(self):
+    """File has a source file extension."""
+    return self.Extension()[1:] in ('c', 'cc', 'cpp', 'cxx')
+
+
+def _ShouldPrintError(category, confidence, linenum):
+  """If confidence >= verbose, category passes filter and is not suppressed."""
+
+  # There are three ways we might decide not to print an error message:
+  # a "NOLINT(category)" comment appears in the source,
+  # the verbosity level isn't high enough, or the filters filter it out.
+  if IsErrorSuppressedByNolint(category, linenum):
+    return False
+  if confidence < _cpplint_state.verbose_level:
+    return False
+
+  is_filtered = False
+  for one_filter in _Filters():
+    if one_filter.startswith('-'):
+      if category.startswith(one_filter[1:]):
+        is_filtered = True
+    elif one_filter.startswith('+'):
+      if category.startswith(one_filter[1:]):
+        is_filtered = False
+    else:
+      assert False  # should have been checked for in SetFilter.
+  if is_filtered:
+    return False
+
+  return True
+
+
+def Error(filename, linenum, category, confidence, message):
+  """Logs the fact we've found a lint error.
+
+  We log where the error was found, and also our confidence in the error,
+  that is, how certain we are this is a legitimate style regression, and
+  not a misidentification or a use that's sometimes justified.
+
+  False positives can be suppressed by the use of
+  "cpplint(category)"  comments on the offending line.  These are
+  parsed into _error_suppressions.
+
+  Args:
+    filename: The name of the file containing the error.
+    linenum: The number of the line containing the error.
+    category: A string used to describe the "category" this bug
+      falls under: "whitespace", say, or "runtime".  Categories
+      may have a hierarchy separated by slashes: "whitespace/indent".
+    confidence: A number from 1-5 representing a confidence score for
+      the error, with 5 meaning that we are certain of the problem,
+      and 1 meaning that it could be a legitimate construct.
+    message: The error message.
+  """
+  if _ShouldPrintError(category, confidence, linenum):
+    _cpplint_state.IncrementErrorCount(category)
+    if _cpplint_state.output_format == 'vs7':
+      sys.stderr.write('%s(%s):  %s  [%s] [%d]\n' % (
+          filename, linenum, message, category, confidence))
+    elif _cpplint_state.output_format == 'eclipse':
+      # SRombauts:
+      if confidence == 5:
+        sys.stderr.write('%s:%s: error: %s  [%s] [%d]\n' % (
+            filename, linenum, message, category, confidence))
+      elif confidence == 4:
+        sys.stderr.write('%s:%s: warning: %s  [%s] [%d]\n' % (
+            filename, linenum, message, category, confidence))
+      else:
+        sys.stderr.write('%s:%s: note: %s  [%s] [%d]\n' % (
+            filename, linenum, message, category, confidence))
+    else:
+      sys.stderr.write('%s:%s:  %s  [%s] [%d]\n' % (
+          filename, linenum, message, category, confidence))
+
+
+# Matches standard C++ escape sequences per 2.13.2.3 of the C++ standard.
+_RE_PATTERN_CLEANSE_LINE_ESCAPES = re.compile(
+    r'\\([abfnrtv?"\\\']|\d+|x[0-9a-fA-F]+)')
+# Matches strings.  Escape codes should already be removed by ESCAPES.
+_RE_PATTERN_CLEANSE_LINE_DOUBLE_QUOTES = re.compile(r'"[^"]*"')
+# Matches characters.  Escape codes should already be removed by ESCAPES.
+_RE_PATTERN_CLEANSE_LINE_SINGLE_QUOTES = re.compile(r"'.'")
+# Matches multi-line C++ comments.
+# This RE is a little bit more complicated than one might expect, because we
+# have to take care of space removals tools so we can handle comments inside
+# statements better.
+# The current rule is: We only clear spaces from both sides when we're at the
+# end of the line. Otherwise, we try to remove spaces from the right side,
+# if this doesn't work we try on left side but only if there's a non-character
+# on the right.
+_RE_PATTERN_CLEANSE_LINE_C_COMMENTS = re.compile(
+    r"""(\s*/\*.*\*/\s*$|
+            /\*.*\*/\s+|
+         \s+/\*.*\*/(?=\W)|
+            /\*.*\*/)""", re.VERBOSE)
+
+
+def IsCppString(line):
+  """Does line terminate so, that the next symbol is in string constant.
+
+  This function does not consider single-line nor multi-line comments.
+
+  Args:
+    line: is a partial line of code starting from the 0..n.
+
+  Returns:
+    True, if next character appended to 'line' is inside a
+    string constant.
+  """
+
+  line = line.replace(r'\\', 'XX')  # after this, \\" does not match to \"
+  return ((line.count('"') - line.count(r'\"') - line.count("'\"'")) & 1) == 1
+
+
+def CleanseRawStrings(raw_lines):
+  """Removes C++11 raw strings from lines.
+
+    Before:
+      static const char kData[] = R"(
+          multi-line string
+          )";
+
+    After:
+      static const char kData[] = ""
+          (replaced by blank line)
+          "";
+
+  Args:
+    raw_lines: list of raw lines.
+
+  Returns:
+    list of lines with C++11 raw strings replaced by empty strings.
+  """
+
+  delimiter = None
+  lines_without_raw_strings = []
+  for line in raw_lines:
+    if delimiter:
+      # Inside a raw string, look for the end
+      end = line.find(delimiter)
+      if end >= 0:
+        # Found the end of the string, match leading space for this
+        # line and resume copying the original lines, and also insert
+        # a "" on the last line.
+        leading_space = Match(r'^(\s*)\S', line)
+        line = leading_space.group(1) + '""' + line[end + len(delimiter):]
+        delimiter = None
+      else:
+        # Haven't found the end yet, append a blank line.
+        line = ''
+
+    else:
+      # Look for beginning of a raw string.
+      # See 2.14.15 [lex.string] for syntax.
+      matched = Match(r'^(.*)\b(?:R|u8R|uR|UR|LR)"([^\s\\()]*)\((.*)$', line)
+      if matched:
+        delimiter = ')' + matched.group(2) + '"'
+
+        end = matched.group(3).find(delimiter)
+        if end >= 0:
+          # Raw string ended on same line
+          line = (matched.group(1) + '""' +
+                  matched.group(3)[end + len(delimiter):])
+          delimiter = None
+        else:
+          # Start of a multi-line raw string
+          line = matched.group(1) + '""'
+
+    lines_without_raw_strings.append(line)
+
+  # TODO(unknown): if delimiter is not None here, we might want to
+  # emit a warning for unterminated string.
+  return lines_without_raw_strings
+
+
+def FindNextMultiLineCommentStart(lines, lineix):
+  """Find the beginning marker for a multiline comment."""
+  while lineix < len(lines):
+    if lines[lineix].strip().startswith('/*'):
+      # Only return this marker if the comment goes beyond this line
+      if lines[lineix].strip().find('*/', 2) < 0:
+        return lineix
+    lineix += 1
+  return len(lines)
+
+
+def FindNextMultiLineCommentEnd(lines, lineix):
+  """We are inside a comment, find the end marker."""
+  while lineix < len(lines):
+    if lines[lineix].strip().endswith('*/'):
+      return lineix
+    lineix += 1
+  return len(lines)
+
+
+def RemoveMultiLineCommentsFromRange(lines, begin, end):
+  """Clears a range of lines for multi-line comments."""
+  # Having // dummy comments makes the lines non-empty, so we will not get
+  # unnecessary blank line warnings later in the code.
+  for i in range(begin, end):
+    lines[i] = '// dummy'
+
+
+def RemoveMultiLineComments(filename, lines, error):
+  """Removes multiline (c-style) comments from lines."""
+  lineix = 0
+  while lineix < len(lines):
+    lineix_begin = FindNextMultiLineCommentStart(lines, lineix)
+    if lineix_begin >= len(lines):
+      return
+    lineix_end = FindNextMultiLineCommentEnd(lines, lineix_begin)
+    if lineix_end >= len(lines):
+      error(filename, lineix_begin + 1, 'readability/multiline_comment', 5,
+            'Could not find end of multi-line comment')
+      return
+    RemoveMultiLineCommentsFromRange(lines, lineix_begin, lineix_end + 1)
+    lineix = lineix_end + 1
+
+
+def CleanseComments(line):
+  """Removes //-comments and single-line C-style /* */ comments.
+
+  Args:
+    line: A line of C++ source.
+
+  Returns:
+    The line with single-line comments removed.
+  """
+  commentpos = line.find('//')
+  if commentpos != -1 and not IsCppString(line[:commentpos]):
+    line = line[:commentpos].rstrip()
+  # get rid of /* ... */
+  return _RE_PATTERN_CLEANSE_LINE_C_COMMENTS.sub('', line)
+
+
+class CleansedLines(object):
+  """Holds 3 copies of all lines with different preprocessing applied to them.
+
+  1) elided member contains lines without strings and comments,
+  2) lines member contains lines without comments, and
+  3) raw_lines member contains all the lines without processing.
+  All these three members are of <type 'list'>, and of the same length.
+  """
+
+  def __init__(self, lines):
+    self.elided = []
+    self.lines = []
+    self.raw_lines = lines
+    self.num_lines = len(lines)
+    self.lines_without_raw_strings = CleanseRawStrings(lines)
+    for linenum in range(len(self.lines_without_raw_strings)):
+      self.lines.append(CleanseComments(
+          self.lines_without_raw_strings[linenum]))
+      elided = self._CollapseStrings(self.lines_without_raw_strings[linenum])
+      self.elided.append(CleanseComments(elided))
+
+  def NumLines(self):
+    """Returns the number of lines represented."""
+    return self.num_lines
+
+  @staticmethod
+  def _CollapseStrings(elided):
+    """Collapses strings and chars on a line to simple "" or '' blocks.
+
+    We nix strings first so we're not fooled by text like '"http://"'
+
+    Args:
+      elided: The line being processed.
+
+    Returns:
+      The line with collapsed strings.
+    """
+    if not _RE_PATTERN_INCLUDE.match(elided):
+      # Remove escaped characters first to make quote/single quote collapsing
+      # basic.  Things that look like escaped characters shouldn't occur
+      # outside of strings and chars.
+      elided = _RE_PATTERN_CLEANSE_LINE_ESCAPES.sub('', elided)
+      elided = _RE_PATTERN_CLEANSE_LINE_SINGLE_QUOTES.sub("''", elided)
+      elided = _RE_PATTERN_CLEANSE_LINE_DOUBLE_QUOTES.sub('""', elided)
+    return elided
+
+
+def FindEndOfExpressionInLine(line, startpos, depth, startchar, endchar):
+  """Find the position just after the matching endchar.
+
+  Args:
+    line: a CleansedLines line.
+    startpos: start searching at this position.
+    depth: nesting level at startpos.
+    startchar: expression opening character.
+    endchar: expression closing character.
+
+  Returns:
+    On finding matching endchar: (index just after matching endchar, 0)
+    Otherwise: (-1, new depth at end of this line)
+  """
+  for i in xrange(startpos, len(line)):
+    if line[i] == startchar:
+      depth += 1
+    elif line[i] == endchar:
+      depth -= 1
+      if depth == 0:
+        return (i + 1, 0)
+  return (-1, depth)
+
+
+def CloseExpression(clean_lines, linenum, pos):
+  """If input points to ( or { or [ or <, finds the position that closes it.
+
+  If lines[linenum][pos] points to a '(' or '{' or '[' or '<', finds the
+  linenum/pos that correspond to the closing of the expression.
+
+  Args:
+    clean_lines: A CleansedLines instance containing the file.
+    linenum: The number of the line to check.
+    pos: A position on the line.
+
+  Returns:
+    A tuple (line, linenum, pos) pointer *past* the closing brace, or
+    (line, len(lines), -1) if we never find a close.  Note we ignore
+    strings and comments when matching; and the line we return is the
+    'cleansed' line at linenum.
+  """
+
+  line = clean_lines.elided[linenum]
+  startchar = line[pos]
+  if startchar not in '({[<':
+    return (line, clean_lines.NumLines(), -1)
+  if startchar == '(': endchar = ')'
+  if startchar == '[': endchar = ']'
+  if startchar == '{': endchar = '}'
+  if startchar == '<': endchar = '>'
+
+  # Check first line
+  (end_pos, num_open) = FindEndOfExpressionInLine(
+      line, pos, 0, startchar, endchar)
+  if end_pos > -1:
+    return (line, linenum, end_pos)
+
+  # Continue scanning forward
+  while linenum < clean_lines.NumLines() - 1:
+    linenum += 1
+    line = clean_lines.elided[linenum]
+    (end_pos, num_open) = FindEndOfExpressionInLine(
+        line, 0, num_open, startchar, endchar)
+    if end_pos > -1:
+      return (line, linenum, end_pos)
+
+  # Did not find endchar before end of file, give up
+  return (line, clean_lines.NumLines(), -1)
+
+
+def FindStartOfExpressionInLine(line, endpos, depth, startchar, endchar):
+  """Find position at the matching startchar.
+
+  This is almost the reverse of FindEndOfExpressionInLine, but note
+  that the input position and returned position differs by 1.
+
+  Args:
+    line: a CleansedLines line.
+    endpos: start searching at this position.
+    depth: nesting level at endpos.
+    startchar: expression opening character.
+    endchar: expression closing character.
+
+  Returns:
+    On finding matching startchar: (index at matching startchar, 0)
+    Otherwise: (-1, new depth at beginning of this line)
+  """
+  for i in xrange(endpos, -1, -1):
+    if line[i] == endchar:
+      depth += 1
+    elif line[i] == startchar:
+      depth -= 1
+      if depth == 0:
+        return (i, 0)
+  return (-1, depth)
+
+
+def ReverseCloseExpression(clean_lines, linenum, pos):
+  """If input points to ) or } or ] or >, finds the position that opens it.
+
+  If lines[linenum][pos] points to a ')' or '}' or ']' or '>', finds the
+  linenum/pos that correspond to the opening of the expression.
+
+  Args:
+    clean_lines: A CleansedLines instance containing the file.
+    linenum: The number of the line to check.
+    pos: A position on the line.
+
+  Returns:
+    A tuple (line, linenum, pos) pointer *at* the opening brace, or
+    (line, 0, -1) if we never find the matching opening brace.  Note
+    we ignore strings and comments when matching; and the line we
+    return is the 'cleansed' line at linenum.
+  """
+  line = clean_lines.elided[linenum]
+  endchar = line[pos]
+  if endchar not in ')}]>':
+    return (line, 0, -1)
+  if endchar == ')': startchar = '('
+  if endchar == ']': startchar = '['
+  if endchar == '}': startchar = '{'
+  if endchar == '>': startchar = '<'
+
+  # Check last line
+  (start_pos, num_open) = FindStartOfExpressionInLine(
+      line, pos, 0, startchar, endchar)
+  if start_pos > -1:
+    return (line, linenum, start_pos)
+
+  # Continue scanning backward
+  while linenum > 0:
+    linenum -= 1
+    line = clean_lines.elided[linenum]
+    (start_pos, num_open) = FindStartOfExpressionInLine(
+        line, len(line) - 1, num_open, startchar, endchar)
+    if start_pos > -1:
+      return (line, linenum, start_pos)
+
+  # Did not find startchar before beginning of file, give up
+  return (line, 0, -1)
+
+
+def CheckForCopyright(filename, lines, error):
+  """Logs an error if no Copyright message appears at the top of the file."""
+
+  # We'll say it should occur by line 10. Don't forget there's a
+  # dummy line at the front.
+  for line in xrange(1, min(len(lines), 11)):
+    if re.search(r'Copyright', lines[line], re.I): break
+  else:                       # means no copyright line was found
+    error(filename, 0, 'legal/copyright', 5,
+          'No copyright message found.  '
+          'You should have a line: "Copyright [year] <Copyright Owner>"')
+
+# SRombauts:
+def CheckForFilename(filename, lines, error):
+  """Logs an error if the Filename does not appear at the top of the file."""
+
+  basename = os.path.basename(filename)
+
+  # We'll say it should occur by line 10.
+  for linenum in xrange(1, min(len(lines), 11)):
+    if Search(r'NOLINT\(begin\)', lines[linenum]):
+      return
+    match_file = Match(r'^.*@file\s+(.*)$', lines[linenum])
+    if match_file:
+      filename_found = match_file.group(1)
+      if filename_found.endswith(basename):
+        break
+      else: 
+        error(filename, linenum, 'readability/filename', 5,
+              'Doxygen header "@file %s" does not match "%s" real file name.' % (filename_found, basename) )
+        break
+  else: # means no @file tag was found
+    error(filename, 0, 'doxygen/filename', 5,
+          'Doxygen header "@file %s" not found.' % basename)
+
+
+def GetHeaderGuardCPPVariable(filename):
+  """Returns the CPP variable that should be used as a header guard.
+
+  Args:
+    filename: The name of a C++ header file.
+
+  Returns:
+    The CPP variable that should be used as a header guard in the
+    named file.
+
+  """
+
+  # Restores original filename in case that cpplint is invoked from Emacs's
+  # flymake.
+  filename = re.sub(r'_flymake\.h$', '.h', filename)
+  filename = re.sub(r'/\.flymake/([^/]*)$', r'/\1', filename)
+
+  fileinfo = FileInfo(filename)
+  file_path_from_root = fileinfo.RepositoryName()
+  if _root:
+    file_path_from_root = re.sub('^' + _root + os.sep, '', file_path_from_root)
+  return re.sub(r'[-./\s]', '_', file_path_from_root).upper() + '_'
+
+
+# TODO(SRombauts) search instead for "#pragma once"
+def CheckForHeaderGuard(filename, lines, error):
+  """Checks that the file contains a header guard.
+
+  Logs an error if no #ifndef header guard is present.  For other
+  headers, checks that the full pathname is used.
+
+  Args:
+    filename: The name of the C++ header file.
+    lines: An array of strings, each representing a line of the file.
+    error: The function to call with any errors found.
+  """
+
+  cppvar = GetHeaderGuardCPPVariable(filename)
+
+  ifndef = None
+  ifndef_linenum = 0
+  define = None
+  endif = None
+  endif_linenum = 0
+  for linenum, line in enumerate(lines):
+    linesplit = line.split()
+    if len(linesplit) >= 2:
+      # find the first occurrence of #ifndef and #define, save arg
+      if not ifndef and linesplit[0] == '#ifndef':
+        # set ifndef to the header guard presented on the #ifndef line.
+        ifndef = linesplit[1]
+        ifndef_linenum = linenum
+      if not define and linesplit[0] == '#define':
+        define = linesplit[1]
+    # find the last occurrence of #endif, save entire line
+    if line.startswith('#endif'):
+      endif = line
+      endif_linenum = linenum
+
+  if not ifndef:
+    error(filename, 0, 'build/header_guard', 2,
+          'No #ifndef header guard found, suggested CPP variable is: %s' %
+          cppvar)
+    return
+
+  if not define:
+    error(filename, 0, 'build/header_guard', 2,
+          'No #define header guard found, suggested CPP variable is: %s' %
+          cppvar)
+    return
+
+  # The guard should be PATH_FILE_H_, but we also allow PATH_FILE_H__
+  # for backward compatibility.
+  if ifndef != cppvar:
+    error_level = 0
+    if ifndef != cppvar + '_':
+      error_level = 2
+
+    ParseNolintSuppressions(filename, lines[ifndef_linenum], ifndef_linenum,
+                            error)
+    error(filename, ifndef_linenum, 'build/header_guard', error_level,
+          '#ifndef header guard has wrong style, please use: %s' % cppvar)
+
+  if define != ifndef:
+    error(filename, 0, 'build/header_guard', 2,
+          '#ifndef and #define don\'t match, suggested CPP variable is: %s' %
+          cppvar)
+    return
+
+  if endif != ('#endif  // %s' % cppvar):
+    error_level = 0
+    if endif != ('#endif  // %s' % (cppvar + '_')):
+      error_level = 2
+
+    ParseNolintSuppressions(filename, lines[endif_linenum], endif_linenum,
+                            error)
+    error(filename, endif_linenum, 'build/header_guard', error_level,
+          '#endif line should be "#endif  // %s"' % cppvar)
+
+
+def CheckForBadCharacters(filename, lines, error):
+  """Logs an error for each line containing bad characters.
+
+  Two kinds of bad characters:
+
+  1. Unicode replacement characters: These indicate that either the file
+  contained invalid UTF-8 (likely) or Unicode replacement characters (which
+  it shouldn't).  Note that it's possible for this to throw off line
+  numbering if the invalid UTF-8 occurred adjacent to a newline.
+
+  2. NUL bytes.  These are problematic for some tools.
+
+  Args:
+    filename: The name of the current file.
+    lines: An array of strings, each representing a line of the file.
+    error: The function to call with any errors found.
+  """
+  for linenum, line in enumerate(lines):
+    if u'\ufffd' in line:
+      error(filename, linenum, 'readability/utf8', 5,
+            'Line contains invalid UTF-8 (or Unicode replacement character).')
+    if '\0' in line:
+      error(filename, linenum, 'readability/nul', 5, 'Line contains NUL byte.')
+
+
+def CheckForNewlineAtEOF(filename, lines, error):
+  """Logs an error if there is no newline char at the end of the file.
+
+  Args:
+    filename: The name of the current file.
+    lines: An array of strings, each representing a line of the file.
+    error: The function to call with any errors found.
+  """
+
+  # The array lines() was created by adding two newlines to the
+  # original file (go figure), then splitting on \n.
+  # To verify that the file ends in \n, we just have to make sure the
+  # last-but-two element of lines() exists and is empty.
+  if len(lines) < 3 or lines[-2]:
+    error(filename, len(lines) - 2, 'whitespace/ending_newline', 5,
+          'Could not find a newline character at the end of the file.')
+
+
+def CheckForMultilineCommentsAndStrings(filename, clean_lines, linenum, error):
+  """Logs an error if we see /* ... */ or "..." that extend past one line.
+
+  /* ... */ comments are legit inside macros, for one line.
+  Otherwise, we prefer // comments, so it's ok to warn about the
+  other.  Likewise, it's ok for strings to extend across multiple
+  lines, as long as a line continuation character (backslash)
+  terminates each line. Although not currently prohibited by the C++
+  style guide, it's ugly and unnecessary. We don't do well with either
+  in this lint program, so we warn about both.
+
+  Args:
+    filename: The name of the current file.
+    clean_lines: A CleansedLines instance containing the file.
+    linenum: The number of the line to check.
+    error: The function to call with any errors found.
+  """
+  line = clean_lines.elided[linenum]
+
+  # Remove all \\ (escaped backslashes) from the line. They are OK, and the
+  # second (escaped) slash may trigger later \" detection erroneously.
+  line = line.replace('\\\\', '')
+
+  if line.count('/*') > line.count('*/'):
+    error(filename, linenum, 'readability/multiline_comment', 5,
+          'Complex multi-line /*...*/-style comment found. '
+          'Lint may give bogus warnings.  '
+          'Consider replacing these with //-style comments, '
+          'with #if 0...#endif, '
+          'or with more clearly structured multi-line comments.')
+
+  if (line.count('"') - line.count('\\"')) % 2:
+    error(filename, linenum, 'readability/multiline_string', 5,
+          'Multi-line string ("...") found.  This lint script doesn\'t '
+          'do well with such strings, and may give bogus warnings.  '
+          'Use C++11 raw strings or concatenation instead.')
+
+
+threading_list = (
+    ('asctime(', 'asctime_r('),
+    ('ctime(', 'ctime_r('),
+    ('getgrgid(', 'getgrgid_r('),
+    ('getgrnam(', 'getgrnam_r('),
+    ('getlogin(', 'getlogin_r('),
+    ('getpwnam(', 'getpwnam_r('),
+    ('getpwuid(', 'getpwuid_r('),
+    ('gmtime(', 'gmtime_r('),
+    ('localtime(', 'localtime_r('),
+    ('rand(', 'rand_r('),
+    ('strtok(', 'strtok_r('),
+    ('ttyname(', 'ttyname_r('),
+    )
+
+
+def CheckPosixThreading(filename, clean_lines, linenum, error):
+  """Checks for calls to thread-unsafe functions.
+
+  Much code has been originally written without consideration of
+  multi-threading. Also, engineers are relying on their old experience;
+  they have learned posix before threading extensions were added. These
+  tests guide the engineers to use thread-safe functions (when using
+  posix directly).
+
+  Args:
+    filename: The name of the current file.
+    clean_lines: A CleansedLines instance containing the file.
+    linenum: The number of the line to check.
+    error: The function to call with any errors found.
+  """
+  line = clean_lines.elided[linenum]
+  for single_thread_function, multithread_safe_function in threading_list:
+    ix = line.find(single_thread_function)
+    # Comparisons made explicit for clarity -- pylint: disable=g-explicit-bool-comparison
+    if ix >= 0 and (ix == 0 or (not line[ix - 1].isalnum() and
+                                line[ix - 1] not in ('_', '.', '>'))):
+      error(filename, linenum, 'runtime/threadsafe_fn', 2,
+            'Consider using ' + multithread_safe_function +
+            '...) instead of ' + single_thread_function +
+            '...) for improved thread safety.')
+
+
+def CheckVlogArguments(filename, clean_lines, linenum, error):
+  """Checks that VLOG() is only used for defining a logging level.
+
+  For example, VLOG(2) is correct. VLOG(INFO), VLOG(WARNING), VLOG(ERROR), and
+  VLOG(FATAL) are not.
+
+  Args:
+    filename: The name of the current file.
+    clean_lines: A CleansedLines instance containing the file.
+    linenum: The number of the line to check.
+    error: The function to call with any errors found.
+  """
+  line = clean_lines.elided[linenum]
+  if Search(r'\bVLOG\((INFO|ERROR|WARNING|DFATAL|FATAL)\)', line):
+    error(filename, linenum, 'runtime/vlog', 5,
+          'VLOG() should be used with numeric verbosity level.  '
+          'Use LOG() if you want symbolic severity levels.')
+
+
+# Matches invalid increment: *count++, which moves pointer instead of
+# incrementing a value.
+_RE_PATTERN_INVALID_INCREMENT = re.compile(
+    r'^\s*\*\w+(\+\+|--);')
+
+
+def CheckInvalidIncrement(filename, clean_lines, linenum, error):
+  """Checks for invalid increment *count++.
+
+  For example following function:
+  void increment_counter(int* count) {
+    *count++;
+  }
+  is invalid, because it effectively does count++, moving pointer, and should
+  be replaced with ++*count, (*count)++ or *count += 1.
+
+  Args:
+    filename: The name of the current file.
+    clean_lines: A CleansedLines instance containing the file.
+    linenum: The number of the line to check.
+    error: The function to call with any errors found.
+  """
+  line = clean_lines.elided[linenum]
+  if _RE_PATTERN_INVALID_INCREMENT.match(line):
+    error(filename, linenum, 'runtime/invalid_increment', 5,
+          'Changing pointer instead of value (or unused value of operator*).')
+
+
+class _BlockInfo(object):
+  """Stores information about a generic block of code."""
+
+  def __init__(self, seen_open_brace):
+    self.seen_open_brace = seen_open_brace
+    self.open_parentheses = 0
+    self.inline_asm = _NO_ASM
+
+  def CheckBegin(self, filename, clean_lines, linenum, error):
+    """Run checks that applies to text up to the opening brace.
+
+    This is mostly for checking the text after the class identifier
+    and the "{", usually where the base class is specified.  For other
+    blocks, there isn't much to check, so we always pass.
+
+    Args:
+      filename: The name of the current file.
+      clean_lines: A CleansedLines instance containing the file.
+      linenum: The number of the line to check.
+      error: The function to call with any errors found.
+    """
+    pass
+
+  def CheckEnd(self, filename, clean_lines, linenum, error):
+    """Run checks that applies to text after the closing brace.
+
+    This is mostly used for checking end of namespace comments.
+
+    Args:
+      filename: The name of the current file.
+      clean_lines: A CleansedLines instance containing the file.
+      linenum: The number of the line to check.
+      error: The function to call with any errors found.
+    """
+    pass
+
+
+class _ClassInfo(_BlockInfo):
+  """Stores information about a class."""
+
+  def __init__(self, name, class_or_struct, clean_lines, linenum):
+    _BlockInfo.__init__(self, False)
+    self.name = name
+    self.starting_linenum = linenum
+    self.is_derived = False
+    if class_or_struct == 'struct':
+      self.access = 'public'
+      self.is_struct = True
+    else:
+      self.access = 'private'
+      self.is_struct = False
+
+    # Remember initial indentation level for this class.  Using raw_lines here
+    # instead of elided to account for leading comments.
+    initial_indent = Match(r'^( *)\S', clean_lines.raw_lines[linenum])
+    if initial_indent:
+      self.class_indent = len(initial_indent.group(1))
+    else:
+      self.class_indent = 0
+
+    # Try to find the end of the class.  This will be confused by things like:
+    #   class A {
+    #   } *x = { ...
+    #
+    # But it's still good enough for CheckSectionSpacing.
+    self.last_line = 0
+    depth = 0
+    for i in range(linenum, clean_lines.NumLines()):
+      line = clean_lines.elided[i]
+      depth += line.count('{') - line.count('}')
+      if not depth:
+        self.last_line = i
+        break
+
+  def CheckBegin(self, filename, clean_lines, linenum, error):
+    # Look for a bare ':'
+    if Search('(^|[^:]):($|[^:])', clean_lines.elided[linenum]):
+      self.is_derived = True
+
+  def CheckEnd(self, filename, clean_lines, linenum, error):
+    # Check that closing brace is aligned with beginning of the class.
+    # Only do this if the closing brace is indented by only whitespaces.
+    # This means we will not check single-line class definitions.
+    indent = Match(r'^( *)\}', clean_lines.elided[linenum])
+    if indent and len(indent.group(1)) != self.class_indent:
+      if self.is_struct:
+        parent = 'struct ' + self.name
+      else:
+        parent = 'class ' + self.name
+      error(filename, linenum, 'whitespace/indent', 3,
+            'Closing brace should be aligned with beginning of %s' % parent)
+
+
+class _NamespaceInfo(_BlockInfo):
+  """Stores information about a namespace."""
+
+  def __init__(self, name, linenum):
+    _BlockInfo.__init__(self, False)
+    self.name = name or ''
+    self.starting_linenum = linenum
+
+  def CheckEnd(self, filename, clean_lines, linenum, error):
+    """Check end of namespace comments."""
+    line = clean_lines.raw_lines[linenum]
+
+    # Check how many lines is enclosed in this namespace.  Don't issue
+    # warning for missing namespace comments if there aren't enough
+    # lines.  However, do apply checks if there is already an end of
+    # namespace comment and it's incorrect.
+    #
+    # TODO(unknown): We always want to check end of namespace comments
+    # if a namespace is large, but sometimes we also want to apply the
+    # check if a short namespace contained nontrivial things (something
+    # other than forward declarations).  There is currently no logic on
+    # deciding what these nontrivial things are, so this check is
+    # triggered by namespace size only, which works most of the time.
+    if (linenum - self.starting_linenum < 10
+        and not Match(r'};*\s*(//|/\*).*\bnamespace\b', line)):
+      return
+
+    # Look for matching comment at end of namespace.
+    #
+    # Note that we accept C style "/* */" comments for terminating
+    # namespaces, so that code that terminate namespaces inside
+    # preprocessor macros can be cpplint clean.
+    #
+    # We also accept stuff like "// end of namespace <name>." with the
+    # period at the end.
+    #
+    # Besides these, we don't accept anything else, otherwise we might
+    # get false negatives when existing comment is a substring of the
+    # expected namespace.
+    if self.name:
+      # Named namespace
+      if not Match((r'};*\s*(//|/\*).*\bnamespace\s+' + re.escape(self.name) +
+                    r'[\*/\.\\\s]*$'),
+                   line):
+        error(filename, linenum, 'readability/namespace', 5,
+              'Namespace should be terminated with "// namespace %s"' %
+              self.name)
+    else:
+      # Anonymous namespace
+      if not Match(r'};*\s*(//|/\*).*\bnamespace[\*/\.\\\s]*$', line):
+        error(filename, linenum, 'readability/namespace', 5,
+              'Namespace should be terminated with "// namespace"')
+
+
+class _PreprocessorInfo(object):
+  """Stores checkpoints of nesting stacks when #if/#else is seen."""
+
+  def __init__(self, stack_before_if):
+    # The entire nesting stack before #if
+    self.stack_before_if = stack_before_if
+
+    # The entire nesting stack up to #else
+    self.stack_before_else = []
+
+    # Whether we have already seen #else or #elif
+    self.seen_else = False
+
+
+class _NestingState(object):
+  """Holds states related to parsing braces."""
+
+  def __init__(self):
+    # Stack for tracking all braces.  An object is pushed whenever we
+    # see a "{", and popped when we see a "}".  Only 3 types of
+    # objects are possible:
+    # - _ClassInfo: a class or struct.
+    # - _NamespaceInfo: a namespace.
+    # - _BlockInfo: some other type of block.
+    self.stack = []
+
+    # Stack of _PreprocessorInfo objects.
+    self.pp_stack = []
+
+  def SeenOpenBrace(self):
+    """Check if we have seen the opening brace for the innermost block.
+
+    Returns:
+      True if we have seen the opening brace, False if the innermost
+      block is still expecting an opening brace.
+    """
+    return (not self.stack) or self.stack[-1].seen_open_brace
+
+  def InNamespaceBody(self):
+    """Check if we are currently one level inside a namespace body.
+
+    Returns:
+      True if top of the stack is a namespace block, False otherwise.
+    """
+    return self.stack and isinstance(self.stack[-1], _NamespaceInfo)
+
+  def UpdatePreprocessor(self, line):
+    """Update preprocessor stack.
+
+    We need to handle preprocessors due to classes like this:
+      #ifdef SWIG
+      struct ResultDetailsPageElementExtensionPoint {
+      #else
+      struct ResultDetailsPageElementExtensionPoint : public Extension {
+      #endif
+
+    We make the following assumptions (good enough for most files):
+    - Preprocessor condition evaluates to true from #if up to first
+      #else/#elif/#endif.
+
+    - Preprocessor condition evaluates to false from #else/#elif up
+      to #endif.  We still perform lint checks on these lines, but
+      these do not affect nesting stack.
+
+    Args:
+      line: current line to check.
+    """
+    if Match(r'^\s*#\s*(if|ifdef|ifndef)\b', line):
+      # Beginning of #if block, save the nesting stack here.  The saved
+      # stack will allow us to restore the parsing state in the #else case.
+      self.pp_stack.append(_PreprocessorInfo(copy.deepcopy(self.stack)))
+    elif Match(r'^\s*#\s*(else|elif)\b', line):
+      # Beginning of #else block
+      if self.pp_stack:
+        if not self.pp_stack[-1].seen_else:
+          # This is the first #else or #elif block.  Remember the
+          # whole nesting stack up to this point.  This is what we
+          # keep after the #endif.
+          self.pp_stack[-1].seen_else = True
+          self.pp_stack[-1].stack_before_else = copy.deepcopy(self.stack)
+
+        # Restore the stack to how it was before the #if
+        self.stack = copy.deepcopy(self.pp_stack[-1].stack_before_if)
+      else:
+        # TODO(unknown): unexpected #else, issue warning?
+        pass
+    elif Match(r'^\s*#\s*endif\b', line):
+      # End of #if or #else blocks.
+      if self.pp_stack:
+        # If we saw an #else, we will need to restore the nesting
+        # stack to its former state before the #else, otherwise we
+        # will just continue from where we left off.
+        if self.pp_stack[-1].seen_else:
+          # Here we can just use a shallow copy since we are the last
+          # reference to it.
+          self.stack = self.pp_stack[-1].stack_before_else
+        # Drop the corresponding #if
+        self.pp_stack.pop()
+      else:
+        # TODO(unknown): unexpected #endif, issue warning?
+        pass
+
+  def Update(self, filename, clean_lines, linenum, error):
+    """Update nesting state with current line.
+
+    Args:
+      filename: The name of the current file.
+      clean_lines: A CleansedLines instance containing the file.
+      linenum: The number of the line to check.
+      error: The function to call with any errors found.
+    """
+    line = clean_lines.elided[linenum]
+
+    # Update pp_stack first
+    self.UpdatePreprocessor(line)
+
+    # Count parentheses.  This is to avoid adding struct arguments to
+    # the nesting stack.
+    if self.stack:
+      inner_block = self.stack[-1]
+      depth_change = line.count('(') - line.count(')')
+      inner_block.open_parentheses += depth_change
+
+      # Also check if we are starting or ending an inline assembly block.
+      if inner_block.inline_asm in (_NO_ASM, _END_ASM):
+        if (depth_change != 0 and
+            inner_block.open_parentheses == 1 and
+            _MATCH_ASM.match(line)):
+          # Enter assembly block
+          inner_block.inline_asm = _INSIDE_ASM
+        else:
+          # Not entering assembly block.  If previous line was _END_ASM,
+          # we will now shift to _NO_ASM state.
+          inner_block.inline_asm = _NO_ASM
+      elif (inner_block.inline_asm == _INSIDE_ASM and
+            inner_block.open_parentheses == 0):
+        # Exit assembly block
+        inner_block.inline_asm = _END_ASM
+
+    # Consume namespace declaration at the beginning of the line.  Do
+    # this in a loop so that we catch same line declarations like this:
+    #   namespace proto2 { namespace bridge { class MessageSet; } }
+    while True:
+      # Match start of namespace.  The "\b\s*" below catches namespace
+      # declarations even if it weren't followed by a whitespace, this
+      # is so that we don't confuse our namespace checker.  The
+      # missing spaces will be flagged by CheckSpacing.
+      namespace_decl_match = Match(r'^\s*namespace\b\s*([:\w]+)?(.*)$', line)
+      if not namespace_decl_match:
+        break
+
+      new_namespace = _NamespaceInfo(namespace_decl_match.group(1), linenum)
+      self.stack.append(new_namespace)
+
+      line = namespace_decl_match.group(2)
+      if line.find('{') != -1:
+        new_namespace.seen_open_brace = True
+        line = line[line.find('{') + 1:]
+
+    # Look for a class declaration in whatever is left of the line
+    # after parsing namespaces.  The regexp accounts for decorated classes
+    # such as in:
+    #   class LOCKABLE API Object {
+    #   };
+    #
+    # Templates with class arguments may confuse the parser, for example:
+    #   template <class T
+    #             class Comparator = less<T>,
+    #             class Vector = vector<T> >
+    #   class HeapQueue {
+    #
+    # Because this parser has no nesting state about templates, by the
+    # time it saw "class Comparator", it may think that it's a new class.
+    # Nested templates have a similar problem:
+    #   template <
+    #       typename ExportedType,
+    #       typename TupleType,
+    #       template <typename, typename> class ImplTemplate>
+    #
+    # To avoid these cases, we ignore classes that are followed by '=' or '>'
+    class_decl_match = Match(
+        r'\s*(template\s*<[\w\s<>,:]*>\s*)?'
+        r'(class|struct)\s+([A-Z_]+\s+)*(\w+(?:::\w+)*)'
+        r'(([^=>]|<[^<>]*>|<[^<>]*<[^<>]*>\s*>)*)$', line)
+    if (class_decl_match and
+        (not self.stack or self.stack[-1].open_parentheses == 0)):
+      self.stack.append(_ClassInfo(
+          class_decl_match.group(4), class_decl_match.group(2),
+          clean_lines, linenum))
+      line = class_decl_match.group(5)
+
+    # If we have not yet seen the opening brace for the innermost block,
+    # run checks here.
+    if not self.SeenOpenBrace():
+      self.stack[-1].CheckBegin(filename, clean_lines, linenum, error)
+
+    # Update access control if we are inside a class/struct
+    if self.stack and isinstance(self.stack[-1], _ClassInfo):
+      classinfo = self.stack[-1]
+      access_match = Match(
+          r'^(.*)\b(public|private|protected|signals)(\s+(?:slots\s*)?)?'
+          r':(?:[^:]|$)',
+          line)
+      if access_match:
+        classinfo.access = access_match.group(2)
+
+        # Check that access keywords are indented +1 space.  Skip this
+        # check if the keywords are not preceded by whitespaces.
+        indent = access_match.group(1)
+        # SRombauts: the above exception was no working '^\s*$' => '^\s+$'
+        if (len(indent) != classinfo.class_indent + 1 and
+            Match(r'^\s+$', indent)):
+          if classinfo.is_struct:
+            parent = 'struct ' + classinfo.name
+          else:
+            parent = 'class ' + classinfo.name
+          slots = ''
+          if access_match.group(3):
+            slots = access_match.group(3)
+          error(filename, linenum, 'whitespace/indent', 0,
+                '%s%s: should be indented +1 space inside %s' % (
+                    access_match.group(2), slots, parent))
+
+    # Consume braces or semicolons from what's left of the line
+    while True:
+      # Match first brace, semicolon, or closed parenthesis.
+      matched = Match(r'^[^{;)}]*([{;)}])(.*)$', line)
+      if not matched:
+        break
+
+      token = matched.group(1)
+      if token == '{':
+        # If namespace or class hasn't seen a opening brace yet, mark
+        # namespace/class head as complete.  Push a new block onto the
+        # stack otherwise.
+        if not self.SeenOpenBrace():
+          self.stack[-1].seen_open_brace = True
+        else:
+          self.stack.append(_BlockInfo(True))
+          if _MATCH_ASM.match(line):
+            self.stack[-1].inline_asm = _BLOCK_ASM
+      elif token == ';' or token == ')':
+        # If we haven't seen an opening brace yet, but we already saw
+        # a semicolon, this is probably a forward declaration.  Pop
+        # the stack for these.
+        #
+        # Similarly, if we haven't seen an opening brace yet, but we
+        # already saw a closing parenthesis, then these are probably
+        # function arguments with extra "class" or "struct" keywords.
+        # Also pop these stack for these.
+        if not self.SeenOpenBrace():
+          self.stack.pop()
+      else:  # token == '}'
+        # Perform end of block checks and pop the stack.
+        if self.stack:
+          self.stack[-1].CheckEnd(filename, clean_lines, linenum, error)
+          self.stack.pop()
+      line = matched.group(2)
+
+  def InnermostClass(self):
+    """Get class info on the top of the stack.
+
+    Returns:
+      A _ClassInfo object if we are inside a class, or None otherwise.
+    """
+    for i in range(len(self.stack), 0, -1):
+      classinfo = self.stack[i - 1]
+      if isinstance(classinfo, _ClassInfo):
+        return classinfo
+    return None
+
+  def CheckCompletedBlocks(self, filename, error):
+    """Checks that all classes and namespaces have been completely parsed.
+
+    Call this when all lines in a file have been processed.
+    Args:
+      filename: The name of the current file.
+      error: The function to call with any errors found.
+    """
+    # Note: This test can result in false positives if #ifdef constructs
+    # get in the way of brace matching. See the testBuildClass test in
+    # cpplint_unittest.py for an example of this.
+    for obj in self.stack:
+      if isinstance(obj, _ClassInfo):
+        error(filename, obj.starting_linenum, 'build/class', 5,
+              'Failed to find complete declaration of class %s' %
+              obj.name)
+      elif isinstance(obj, _NamespaceInfo):
+        error(filename, obj.starting_linenum, 'build/namespaces', 5,
+              'Failed to find complete declaration of namespace %s' %
+              obj.name)
+
+
+def CheckForNonStandardConstructs(filename, clean_lines, linenum,
+                                  nesting_state, error):
+  r"""Logs an error if we see certain non-ANSI constructs ignored by gcc-2.
+
+  Complain about several constructs which gcc-2 accepts, but which are
+  not standard C++.  Warning about these in lint is one way to ease the
+  transition to new compilers.
+  - put storage class first (e.g. "static const" instead of "const static").
+  - "%lld" instead of %qd" in printf-type functions.
+  - "%1$d" is non-standard in printf-type functions.
+  - "\%" is an undefined character escape sequence.
+  - text after #endif is not allowed.
+  - invalid inner-style forward declaration.
+  - >? and <? operators, and their >?= and <?= cousins.
+
+  Additionally, check for constructor/destructor style violations and reference
+  members, as it is very convenient to do so while checking for
+  gcc-2 compliance.
+
+  Args:
+    filename: The name of the current file.
+    clean_lines: A CleansedLines instance containing the file.
+    linenum: The number of the line to check.
+    nesting_state: A _NestingState instance which maintains information about
+                   the current stack of nested blocks being parsed.
+    error: A callable to which errors are reported, which takes 4 arguments:
+           filename, line number, error level, and message
+  """
+
+  # Remove comments from the line, but leave in strings for now.
+  line = clean_lines.lines[linenum]
+
+  if Search(r'printf\s*\(.*".*%[-+ ]?\d*q', line):
+    error(filename, linenum, 'runtime/printf_format', 3,
+          '%q in format strings is deprecated.  Use %ll instead.')
+
+  if Search(r'printf\s*\(.*".*%\d+\$', line):
+    error(filename, linenum, 'runtime/printf_format', 2,
+          '%N$ formats are unconventional.  Try rewriting to avoid them.')
+
+  # Remove escaped backslashes before looking for undefined escapes.
+  line = line.replace('\\\\', '')
+
+  if Search(r'("|\').*\\(%|\[|\(|{)', line):
+    error(filename, linenum, 'build/printf_format', 3,
+          '%, [, (, and { are undefined character escapes.  Unescape them.')
+
+  # For the rest, work with both comments and strings removed.
+  line = clean_lines.elided[linenum]
+
+  if Search(r'\b(const|volatile|void|char|short|int|long'
+            r'|float|double|signed|unsigned'
+            r'|schar|u?int8|u?int16|u?int32|u?int64)'
+            r'\s+(register|static|extern|typedef)\b',
+            line):
+    error(filename, linenum, 'build/storage_class', 5,
+          'Storage class (static, extern, typedef, etc) should be first.')
+
+  if Match(r'\s*#\s*endif\s*[^/\s]+', line):
+    error(filename, linenum, 'build/endif_comment', 5,
+          'Uncommented text after #endif is non-standard.  Use a comment.')
+
+  if Match(r'\s*class\s+(\w+\s*::\s*)+\w+\s*;', line):
+    error(filename, linenum, 'build/forward_decl', 5,
+          'Inner-style forward declarations are invalid.  Remove this line.')
+
+  if Search(r'(\w+|[+-]?\d+(\.\d*)?)\s*(<|>)\?=?\s*(\w+|[+-]?\d+)(\.\d*)?',
+            line):
+    error(filename, linenum, 'build/deprecated', 3,
+          '>? and <? (max and min) operators are non-standard and deprecated.')
+
+  if Search(r'^\s*const\s*string\s*&\s*\w+\s*;', line):
+    # TODO(unknown): Could it be expanded safely to arbitrary references,
+    # without triggering too many false positives? The first
+    # attempt triggered 5 warnings for mostly benign code in the regtest, hence
+    # the restriction.
+    # Here's the original regexp, for the reference:
+    # type_name = r'\w+((\s*::\s*\w+)|(\s*<\s*\w+?\s*>))?'
+    # r'\s*const\s*' + type_name + '\s*&\s*\w+\s*;'
+    error(filename, linenum, 'runtime/member_string_references', 2,
+          'const string& members are dangerous. It is much better to use '
+          'alternatives, such as pointers or simple constants.')
+
+  # Everything else in this function operates on class declarations.
+  # Return early if the top of the nesting stack is not a class, or if
+  # the class head is not completed yet.
+  classinfo = nesting_state.InnermostClass()
+  if not classinfo or not classinfo.seen_open_brace:
+    return
+
+  # The class may have been declared with namespace or classname qualifiers.
+  # The constructor and destructor will not have those qualifiers.
+  base_classname = classinfo.name.split('::')[-1]
+
+  # Look for single-argument constructors that aren't marked explicit.
+  # Technically a valid construct, but against style.
+  args = Match(r'\s+(?:inline\s+)?%s\s*\(([^,()]+)\)'
+               % re.escape(base_classname),
+               line)
+  if (args and
+      args.group(1) != 'void' and
+      not Match(r'(const\s+)?%s(\s+const)?\s*(?:<\w+>\s*)?&'
+                % re.escape(base_classname), args.group(1).strip())):
+    error(filename, linenum, 'runtime/explicit', 5,
+          'Single-argument constructors should be marked explicit.')
+
+
+def CheckSpacingForFunctionCall(filename, line, linenum, error):
+  """Checks for the correctness of various spacing around function calls.
+
+  Args:
+    filename: The name of the current file.
+    line: The text of the line to check.
+    linenum: The number of the line to check.
+    error: The function to call with any errors found.
+  """
+
+  # Since function calls often occur inside if/for/while/switch
+  # expressions - which have their own, more liberal conventions - we
+  # first see if we should be looking inside such an expression for a
+  # function call, to which we can apply more strict standards.
+  fncall = line    # if there's no control flow construct, look at whole line
+  for pattern in (r'\bif\s*\((.*)\)\s*{',
+                  r'\bfor\s*\((.*)\)\s*{',
+                  r'\bwhile\s*\((.*)\)\s*[{;]',
+                  r'\bswitch\s*\((.*)\)\s*{'):
+    match = Search(pattern, line)
+    if match:
+      fncall = match.group(1)    # look inside the parens for function calls
+      break
+
+  # Except in if/for/while/switch, there should never be space
+  # immediately inside parens (eg "f( 3, 4 )").  We make an exception
+  # for nested parens ( (a+b) + c ).  Likewise, there should never be
+  # a space before a ( when it's a function argument.  I assume it's a
+  # function argument when the char before the whitespace is legal in
+  # a function name (alnum + _) and we're not starting a macro. Also ignore
+  # pointers and references to arrays and functions coz they're too tricky:
+  # we use a very simple way to recognize these:
+  # " (something)(maybe-something)" or
+  # " (something)(maybe-something," or
+  # " (something)[something]"
+  # Note that we assume the contents of [] to be short enough that
+  # they'll never need to wrap.
+  if (  # Ignore control structures.
+      not Search(r'\b(if|for|while|switch|return|new|delete|catch|sizeof)\b',
+                 fncall) and
+      # Ignore pointers/references to functions.
+      not Search(r' \([^)]+\)\([^)]*(\)|,$)', fncall) and
+      # Ignore pointers/references to arrays.
+      not Search(r' \([^)]+\)\[[^\]]+\]', fncall)):
+    if Search(r'\w\s*\(\s(?!\s*\\$)', fncall):      # a ( used for a fn call
+      error(filename, linenum, 'whitespace/parens', 4,
+            'Extra space after ( in function call')
+    elif Search(r'\(\s+(?!(\s*\\)|\()', fncall):
+      error(filename, linenum, 'whitespace/parens', 2,
+            'Extra space after (')
+    if (Search(r'\w\s+\(', fncall) and
+        not Search(r'#\s*define|typedef', fncall) and
+        not Search(r'\w\s+\((\w+::)*\*\w+\)\(', fncall)):
+      error(filename, linenum, 'whitespace/parens', 4,
+            'Extra space before ( in function call')
+    # If the ) is followed only by a newline or a { + newline, assume it's
+    # part of a control statement (if/while/etc), and don't complain
+    if Search(r'[^)]\s+\)\s*[^{\s]', fncall):
+      # If the closing parenthesis is preceded by only whitespaces,
+      # try to give a more descriptive error message.
+      if Search(r'^\s+\)', fncall):
+        error(filename, linenum, 'whitespace/parens', 2,
+              'Closing ) should be moved to the previous line')
+      else:
+        error(filename, linenum, 'whitespace/parens', 2,
+              'Extra space before )')
+
+
+def IsBlankLine(line):
+  """Returns true if the given line is blank.
+
+  We consider a line to be blank if the line is empty or consists of
+  only white spaces.
+
+  Args:
+    line: A line of a string.
+
+  Returns:
+    True, if the given line is blank.
+  """
+  return not line or line.isspace()
+
+
+def CheckForFunctionLengths(filename, clean_lines, linenum,
+                            function_state, error):
+  """Reports for long function bodies.
+
+  For an overview why this is done, see:
+  http://google-styleguide.googlecode.com/svn/trunk/cppguide.xml#Write_Short_Functions
+
+  Uses a simplistic algorithm assuming other style guidelines
+  (especially spacing) are followed.
+  Only checks unindented functions, so class members are unchecked.
+  Trivial bodies are unchecked, so constructors with huge initializer lists
+  may be missed.
+  Blank/comment lines are not counted so as to avoid encouraging the removal
+  of vertical space and comments just to get through a lint check.
+  NOLINT *on the last line of a function* disables this check.
+
+  Args:
+    filename: The name of the current file.
+    clean_lines: A CleansedLines instance containing the file.
+    linenum: The number of the line to check.
+    function_state: Current function name and lines in body so far.
+    error: The function to call with any errors found.
+  """
+  lines = clean_lines.lines
+  line = lines[linenum]
+  raw = clean_lines.raw_lines
+  raw_line = raw[linenum]
+  joined_line = ''
+
+  starting_func = False
+  regexp = r'(\w(\w|::|\*|\&|\s)*)\('  # decls * & space::name( ...
+  match_result = Match(regexp, line)
+  if match_result:
+    # If the name is all caps and underscores, figure it's a macro and
+    # ignore it, unless it's TEST or TEST_F.
+    function_name = match_result.group(1).split()[-1]
+    if function_name == 'TEST' or function_name == 'TEST_F' or (
+        not Match(r'[A-Z_]+$', function_name)):
+      starting_func = True
+
+  if starting_func:
+    body_found = False
+    for start_linenum in xrange(linenum, clean_lines.NumLines()):
+      start_line = lines[start_linenum]
+      joined_line += ' ' + start_line.lstrip()
+      if Search(r'(;|})', start_line):  # Declarations and trivial functions
+        body_found = True
+        break                              # ... ignore
+      elif Search(r'{', start_line):
+        body_found = True
+        function = Search(r'((\w|:)*)\(', line).group(1)
+        if Match(r'TEST', function):    # Handle TEST... macros
+          parameter_regexp = Search(r'(\(.*\))', joined_line)
+          if parameter_regexp:             # Ignore bad syntax
+            function += parameter_regexp.group(1)
+        else:
+          function += '()'
+        function_state.Begin(function)
+        break
+    if not body_found:
+      # No body for the function (or evidence of a non-function) was found.
+      error(filename, linenum, 'readability/fn_size', 5,
+            'Lint failed to find start of function body.')
+  elif Match(r'^\}\s*$', line):  # function end
+    function_state.Check(error, filename, linenum)
+    function_state.End()
+  elif not Match(r'^\s*$', line):
+    function_state.Count()  # Count non-blank/non-comment lines.
+
+
+_RE_PATTERN_TODO = re.compile(r'^//(\s*)TODO(\(.+?\))?:?(\s|$)?')
+
+
+def CheckComment(comment, filename, linenum, error):
+  """Checks for common mistakes in TODO comments.
+
+  Args:
+    comment: The text of the comment from the line in question.
+    filename: The name of the current file.
+    linenum: The number of the line to check.
+    error: The function to call with any errors found.
+  """
+  match = _RE_PATTERN_TODO.match(comment)
+  if match:
+    # One whitespace is correct; zero whitespace is handled elsewhere.
+    leading_whitespace = match.group(1)
+    if len(leading_whitespace) > 1:
+      error(filename, linenum, 'whitespace/todo', 2,
+            'Too many spaces before TODO')
+
+    username = match.group(2)
+    if not username:
+      error(filename, linenum, 'readability/todo', 2,
+            'Missing username in TODO; it should look like '
+            '"// TODO(my_username): Stuff."')
+
+    middle_whitespace = match.group(3)
+    # Comparisons made explicit for correctness -- pylint: disable=g-explicit-bool-comparison
+    if middle_whitespace != ' ' and middle_whitespace != '':
+      error(filename, linenum, 'whitespace/todo', 2,
+            'TODO(my_username) should be followed by a space')
+
+def CheckAccess(filename, clean_lines, linenum, nesting_state, error):
+  """Checks for improper use of DISALLOW* macros.
+
+  Args:
+    filename: The name of the current file.
+    clean_lines: A CleansedLines instance containing the file.
+    linenum: The number of the line to check.
+    nesting_state: A _NestingState instance which maintains information about
+                   the current stack of nested blocks being parsed.
+    error: The function to call with any errors found.
+  """
+  line = clean_lines.elided[linenum]  # get rid of comments and strings
+
+  matched = Match((r'\s*(DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN|'
+                   r'DISALLOW_EVIL_CONSTRUCTORS|'
+                   r'DISALLOW_IMPLICIT_CONSTRUCTORS)'), line)
+  if not matched:
+    return
+  if nesting_state.stack and isinstance(nesting_state.stack[-1], _ClassInfo):
+    if nesting_state.stack[-1].access != 'private':
+      error(filename, linenum, 'readability/constructors', 3,
+            '%s must be in the private: section' % matched.group(1))
+
+  else:
+    # Found DISALLOW* macro outside a class declaration, or perhaps it
+    # was used inside a function when it should have been part of the
+    # class declaration.  We could issue a warning here, but it
+    # probably resulted in a compiler error already.
+    pass
+
+
+def FindNextMatchingAngleBracket(clean_lines, linenum, init_suffix):
+  """Find the corresponding > to close a template.
+
+  Args:
+    clean_lines: A CleansedLines instance containing the file.
+    linenum: Current line number.
+    init_suffix: Remainder of the current line after the initial <.
+
+  Returns:
+    True if a matching bracket exists.
+  """
+  line = init_suffix
+  nesting_stack = ['<']
+  while True:
+    # Find the next operator that can tell us whether < is used as an
+    # opening bracket or as a less-than operator.  We only want to
+    # warn on the latter case.
+    #
+    # We could also check all other operators and terminate the search
+    # early, e.g. if we got something like this "a<b+c", the "<" is
+    # most likely a less-than operator, but then we will get false
+    # positives for default arguments and other template expressions.
+    match = Search(r'^[^<>(),;\[\]]*([<>(),;\[\]])(.*)$', line)
+    if match:
+      # Found an operator, update nesting stack
+      operator = match.group(1)
+      line = match.group(2)
+
+      if nesting_stack[-1] == '<':
+        # Expecting closing angle bracket
+        if operator in ('<', '(', '['):
+          nesting_stack.append(operator)
+        elif operator == '>':
+          nesting_stack.pop()
+          if not nesting_stack:
+            # Found matching angle bracket
+            return True
+        elif operator == ',':
+          # Got a comma after a bracket, this is most likely a template
+          # argument.  We have not seen a closing angle bracket yet, but
+          # it's probably a few lines later if we look for it, so just
+          # return early here.
+          return True
+        else:
+          # Got some other operator.
+          return False
+
+      else:
+        # Expecting closing parenthesis or closing bracket
+        if operator in ('<', '(', '['):
+          nesting_stack.append(operator)
+        elif operator in (')', ']'):
+          # We don't bother checking for matching () or [].  If we got
+          # something like (] or [), it would have been a syntax error.
+          nesting_stack.pop()
+
+    else:
+      # Scan the next line
+      linenum += 1
+      if linenum >= len(clean_lines.elided):
+        break
+      line = clean_lines.elided[linenum]
+
+  # Exhausted all remaining lines and still no matching angle bracket.
+  # Most likely the input was incomplete, otherwise we should have
+  # seen a semicolon and returned early.
+  return True
+
+
+def FindPreviousMatchingAngleBracket(clean_lines, linenum, init_prefix):
+  """Find the corresponding < that started a template.
+
+  Args:
+    clean_lines: A CleansedLines instance containing the file.
+    linenum: Current line number.
+    init_prefix: Part of the current line before the initial >.
+
+  Returns:
+    True if a matching bracket exists.
+  """
+  line = init_prefix
+  nesting_stack = ['>']
+  while True:
+    # Find the previous operator
+    match = Search(r'^(.*)([<>(),;\[\]])[^<>(),;\[\]]*$', line)
+    if match:
+      # Found an operator, update nesting stack
+      operator = match.group(2)
+      line = match.group(1)
+
+      if nesting_stack[-1] == '>':
+        # Expecting opening angle bracket
+        if operator in ('>', ')', ']'):
+          nesting_stack.append(operator)
+        elif operator == '<':
+          nesting_stack.pop()
+          if not nesting_stack:
+            # Found matching angle bracket
+            return True
+        elif operator == ',':
+          # Got a comma before a bracket, this is most likely a
+          # template argument.  The opening angle bracket is probably
+          # there if we look for it, so just return early here.
+          return True
+        else:
+          # Got some other operator.
+          return False
+
+      else:
+        # Expecting opening parenthesis or opening bracket
+        if operator in ('>', ')', ']'):
+          nesting_stack.append(operator)
+        elif operator in ('(', '['):
+          nesting_stack.pop()
+
+    else:
+      # Scan the previous line
+      linenum -= 1
+      if linenum < 0:
+        break
+      line = clean_lines.elided[linenum]
+
+  # Exhausted all earlier lines and still no matching angle bracket.
+  return False
+
+
+def CheckSpacing(filename, clean_lines, linenum, nesting_state, error):
+  """Checks for the correctness of various spacing issues in the code.
+
+  Things we check for: spaces around operators, spaces after
+  if/for/while/switch, no spaces around parens in function calls, two
+  spaces between code and comment, don't start a block with a blank
+  line, don't end a function with a blank line, don't add a blank line
+  after public/protected/private, don't have too many blank lines in a row.
+
+  Args:
+    filename: The name of the current file.
+    clean_lines: A CleansedLines instance containing the file.
+    linenum: The number of the line to check.
+    nesting_state: A _NestingState instance which maintains information about
+                   the current stack of nested blocks being parsed.
+    error: The function to call with any errors found.
+  """
+
+  # Don't use "elided" lines here, otherwise we can't check commented lines.
+  # Don't want to use "raw" either, because we don't want to check inside C++11
+  # raw strings,
+  raw = clean_lines.lines_without_raw_strings
+  line = raw[linenum]
+
+  # Before nixing comments, check if the line is blank for no good
+  # reason.  This includes the first line after a block is opened, and
+  # blank lines at the end of a function (ie, right before a line like '}'
+  #
+  # Skip all the blank line checks if we are immediately inside a
+  # namespace body.  In other words, don't issue blank line warnings
+  # for this block:
+  #   namespace {
+  #
+  #   }
+  #
+  # A warning about missing end of namespace comments will be issued instead.
+  if IsBlankLine(line) and not nesting_state.InNamespaceBody():
+    elided = clean_lines.elided
+    prev_line = elided[linenum - 1]
+    prevbrace = prev_line.rfind('{')
+    # TODO(unknown): Don't complain if line before blank line, and line after,
+    #                both start with alnums and are indented the same amount.
+    #                This ignores whitespace at the start of a namespace block
+    #                because those are not usually indented.
+    if prevbrace != -1 and prev_line[prevbrace:].find('}') == -1:
+      # OK, we have a blank line at the start of a code block.  Before we
+      # complain, we check if it is an exception to the rule: The previous
+      # non-empty line has the parameters of a function header that are indented
+      # 4 spaces (because they did not fit in a 80 column line when placed on
+      # the same line as the function name).  We also check for the case where
+      # the previous line is indented 6 spaces, which may happen when the
+      # initializers of a constructor do not fit into a 80 column line.
+      exception = False
+      if Match(r' {6}\w', prev_line):  # Initializer list?
+        # We are looking for the opening column of initializer list, which
+        # should be indented 4 spaces to cause 6 space indentation afterwards.
+        search_position = linenum-2
+        while (search_position >= 0
+               and Match(r' {6}\w', elided[search_position])):
+          search_position -= 1
+        exception = (search_position >= 0
+                     and elided[search_position][:5] == '    :')
+      else:
+        # Search for the function arguments or an initializer list.  We use a
+        # simple heuristic here: If the line is indented 4 spaces; and we have a
+        # closing paren, without the opening paren, followed by an opening brace
+        # or colon (for initializer lists) we assume that it is the last line of
+        # a function header.  If we have a colon indented 4 spaces, it is an
+        # initializer list.
+        exception = (Match(r' {4}\w[^\(]*\)\s*(const\s*)?(\{\s*$|:)',
+                           prev_line)
+                     or Match(r' {4}:', prev_line))
+
+      if not exception:
+        error(filename, linenum, 'whitespace/blank_line', 2,
+              'Redundant blank line at the start of a code block '
+              'should be deleted.')
+    # Ignore blank lines at the end of a block in a long if-else
+    # chain, like this:
+    #   if (condition1) {
+    #     // Something followed by a blank line
+    #
+    #   } else if (condition2) {
+    #     // Something else
+    #   }
+    if linenum + 1 < clean_lines.NumLines():
+      next_line = raw[linenum + 1]
+      if (next_line
+          and Match(r'\s*}', next_line)
+          and next_line.find('} else ') == -1):
+        error(filename, linenum, 'whitespace/blank_line', 3,
+              'Redundant blank line at the end of a code block '
+              'should be deleted.')
+
+    matched = Match(r'\s*(public|protected|private):', prev_line)
+    if matched:
+      error(filename, linenum, 'whitespace/blank_line', 3,
+            'Do not leave a blank line after "%s:"' % matched.group(1))
+
+  # Next, we complain if there's a comment too near the text
+  commentpos = line.find('//')
+  if commentpos != -1:
+    # Check if the // may be in quotes.  If so, ignore it
+    # Comparisons made explicit for clarity -- pylint: disable=g-explicit-bool-comparison
+    if (line.count('"', 0, commentpos) -
+        line.count('\\"', 0, commentpos)) % 2 == 0:   # not in quotes
+      # SRombauts: one space is enough
+      if (not Match(r'^\s*{ //', line) and
+          (commentpos >= 1 and
+           line[commentpos-1] not in string.whitespace)):
+        error(filename, linenum, 'whitespace/comments', 3,
+              'At least one space is best between code and comments')
+      # There should always be a space between the // and the comment
+      commentend = commentpos + 2
+      if commentend < len(line) and not line[commentend] == ' ':
+        # but some lines are exceptions -- e.g. if they're big
+        # comment delimiters like:
+        # //----------------------------------------------------------
+        # or are an empty C++ style Doxygen comment, like:
+        # ///
+        # or C++ style Doxygen comments placed after the variable:
+        # ///<  Header comment
+        # //!<  Header comment
+        # or they begin with multiple slashes followed by a space:
+        # //////// Header comment
+        match = (Search(r'[=/-]{4,}\s*$', line[commentend:]) or
+                 Search(r'^/$', line[commentend:]) or
+                 Search(r'^!< ', line[commentend:]) or
+                 Search(r'^/< ', line[commentend:]) or
+                 Search(r'^/+ ', line[commentend:]))
+        if not match:
+          error(filename, linenum, 'whitespace/comments', 4,
+                'Should have a space between // and comment')
+      CheckComment(line[commentpos:], filename, linenum, error)
+
+  line = clean_lines.elided[linenum]  # get rid of comments and strings
+
+  # Don't try to do spacing checks for operator methods
+  line = re.sub(r'operator(==|!=|<|<<|<=|>=|>>|>)\(', 'operator\(', line)
+
+  # We allow no-spaces around = within an if: "if ( (a=Foo()) == 0 )".
+  # Otherwise not.  Note we only check for non-spaces on *both* sides;
+  # sometimes people put non-spaces on one side when aligning ='s among
+  # many lines (not that this is behavior that I approve of...)
+  if Search(r'[\w.]=[\w.]', line) and not Search(r'\b(if|while) ', line):
+    error(filename, linenum, 'whitespace/operators', 4,
+          'Missing spaces around =')
+
+  # It's ok not to have spaces around binary operators like + - * /, but if
+  # there's too little whitespace, we get concerned.  It's hard to tell,
+  # though, so we punt on this one for now.  TODO.
+
+  # You should always have whitespace around binary operators.
+  #
+  # Check <= and >= first to avoid false positives with < and >, then
+  # check non-include lines for spacing around < and >.
+  match = Search(r'[^<>=!\s](==|!=|<=|>=)[^<>=!\s]', line)
+  if match:
+    error(filename, linenum, 'whitespace/operators', 3,
+          'Missing spaces around %s' % match.group(1))
+  # We allow no-spaces around << when used like this: 10<<20, but
+  # not otherwise (particularly, not when used as streams)
+  # Also ignore using ns::operator<<;
+  match = Search(r'(operator|\S)(?:L|UL|ULL|l|ul|ull)?<<(\S)', line)
+  if (match and
+      not (match.group(1).isdigit() and match.group(2).isdigit()) and
+      not (match.group(1) == 'operator' and match.group(2) == ';')):
+    error(filename, linenum, 'whitespace/operators', 3,
+          'Missing spaces around <<')
+  elif not Match(r'#.*include', line):
+    # Avoid false positives on ->
+    reduced_line = line.replace('->', '')
+
+    # Look for < that is not surrounded by spaces.  This is only
+    # triggered if both sides are missing spaces, even though
+    # technically should should flag if at least one side is missing a
+    # space.  This is done to avoid some false positives with shifts.
+    match = Search(r'[^\s<]<([^\s=<].*)', reduced_line)
+    if (match and
+        not FindNextMatchingAngleBracket(clean_lines, linenum, match.group(1))):
+      error(filename, linenum, 'whitespace/operators', 3,
+            'Missing spaces around <')
+
+    # Look for > that is not surrounded by spaces.  Similar to the
+    # above, we only trigger if both sides are missing spaces to avoid
+    # false positives with shifts.
+    match = Search(r'^(.*[^\s>])>[^\s=>]', reduced_line)
+    if (match and
+        not FindPreviousMatchingAngleBracket(clean_lines, linenum,
+                                             match.group(1))):
+      error(filename, linenum, 'whitespace/operators', 3,
+            'Missing spaces around >')
+
+  # We allow no-spaces around >> for almost anything.  This is because
+  # C++11 allows ">>" to close nested templates, which accounts for
+  # most cases when ">>" is not followed by a space.
+  #
+  # We still warn on ">>" followed by alpha character, because that is
+  # likely due to ">>" being used for right shifts, e.g.:
+  #   value >> alpha
+  #
+  # When ">>" is used to close templates, the alphanumeric letter that
+  # follows would be part of an identifier, and there should still be
+  # a space separating the template type and the identifier.
+  #   type<type<type>> alpha
+  match = Search(r'>>[a-zA-Z_]', line)
+  if match:
+    error(filename, linenum, 'whitespace/operators', 3,
+          'Missing spaces around >>')
+
+  # There shouldn't be space around unary operators
+  match = Search(r'(!\s|~\s|[\s]--[\s;]|[\s]\+\+[\s;])', line)
+  if match:
+    error(filename, linenum, 'whitespace/operators', 4,
+          'Extra space for operator %s' % match.group(1))
+
+  # A pet peeve of mine: no spaces after an if, while, switch, or for
+  match = Search(r' (if\(|for\(|while\(|switch\()', line)
+  if match:
+    error(filename, linenum, 'whitespace/parens', 5,
+          'Missing space before ( in %s' % match.group(1))
+
+  # For if/for/while/switch, the left and right parens should be
+  # consistent about how many spaces are inside the parens, and
+  # there should either be zero or one spaces inside the parens.
+  # We don't want: "if ( foo)" or "if ( foo   )".
+  # Exception: "for ( ; foo; bar)" and "for (foo; bar; )" are allowed.
+  match = Search(r'\b(if|for|while|switch)\s*'
+                 r'\(([ ]*)(.).*[^ ]+([ ]*)\)\s*{\s*$',
+                 line)
+  if match:
+    if len(match.group(2)) != len(match.group(4)):
+      if not (match.group(3) == ';' and
+              len(match.group(2)) == 1 + len(match.group(4)) or
+              not match.group(2) and Search(r'\bfor\s*\(.*; \)', line)):
+        error(filename, linenum, 'whitespace/parens', 5,
+              'Mismatching spaces inside () in %s' % match.group(1))
+    if len(match.group(2)) not in [0, 1]:
+      error(filename, linenum, 'whitespace/parens', 5,
+            'Should have zero or one spaces inside ( and ) in %s' %
+            match.group(1))
+
+  # You should always have a space after a comma (either as fn arg or operator)
+  #
+  # This does not apply when the non-space character following the
+  # comma is another comma, since the only time when that happens is
+  # for empty macro arguments.
+  #
+  # We run this check in two passes: first pass on elided lines to
+  # verify that lines contain missing whitespaces, second pass on raw
+  # lines to confirm that those missing whitespaces are not due to
+  # elided comments.
+  if Search(r',[^,\s]', line) and Search(r',[^,\s]', raw[linenum]):
+    error(filename, linenum, 'whitespace/comma', 3,
+          'Missing space after ,')
+
+  # You should always have a space after a semicolon
+  # except for few corner cases
+  # TODO(unknown): clarify if 'if (1) { return 1;}' is requires one more
+  # space after ;
+  if Search(r';[^\s};\\)/]', line):
+    error(filename, linenum, 'whitespace/semicolon', 3,
+          'Missing space after ;')
+
+  # Next we will look for issues with function calls.
+  CheckSpacingForFunctionCall(filename, line, linenum, error)
+
+  # Except after an opening paren, or after another opening brace (in case of
+  # an initializer list, for instance), you should have spaces before your
+  # braces. And since you should never have braces at the beginning of a line,
+  # this is an easy test.
+  match = Match(r'^(.*[^ ({]){', line)
+  if match:
+    # Try a bit harder to check for brace initialization.  This
+    # happens in one of the following forms:
+    #   Constructor() : initializer_list_{} { ... }
+    #   Constructor{}.MemberFunction()
+    #   Type variable{};
+    #   FunctionCall(type{}, ...);
+    #   LastArgument(..., type{});
+    #   LOG(INFO) << type{} << " ...";
+    #   map_of_type[{...}] = ...;
+    #
+    # We check for the character following the closing brace, and
+    # silence the warning if it's one of those listed above, i.e.
+    # "{.;,)<]".
+    #
+    # To account for nested initializer list, we allow any number of
+    # closing braces up to "{;,)<".  We can't simply silence the
+    # warning on first sight of closing brace, because that would
+    # cause false negatives for things that are not initializer lists.
+    #   Silence this:         But not this:
+    #     Outer{                if (...) {
+    #       Inner{...}            if (...){  // Missing space before {
+    #     };                    }
+    #
+    # There is a false negative with this approach if people inserted
+    # spurious semicolons, e.g. "if (cond){};", but we will catch the
+    # spurious semicolon with a separate check.
+    (endline, endlinenum, endpos) = CloseExpression(
+        clean_lines, linenum, len(match.group(1)))
+    trailing_text = ''
+    if endpos > -1:
+      trailing_text = endline[endpos:]
+    for offset in xrange(endlinenum + 1,
+                         min(endlinenum + 3, clean_lines.NumLines() - 1)):
+      trailing_text += clean_lines.elided[offset]
+    if not Match(r'^[\s}]*[{.;,)<\]]', trailing_text):
+      error(filename, linenum, 'whitespace/braces', 5,
+            'Missing space before {')
+
+  # Make sure '} else {' has spaces.
+  if Search(r'}else', line):
+    error(filename, linenum, 'whitespace/braces', 5,
+          'Missing space before else')
+
+  # You shouldn't have spaces before your brackets, except maybe after
+  # 'delete []' or 'new char * []'.
+  if Search(r'\w\s+\[', line) and not Search(r'delete\s+\[', line):
+    error(filename, linenum, 'whitespace/braces', 5,
+          'Extra space before [')
+
+  # You shouldn't have a space before a semicolon at the end of the line.
+  # There's a special case for "for" since the style guide allows space before
+  # the semicolon there.
+  if Search(r':\s*;\s*$', line):
+    error(filename, linenum, 'whitespace/semicolon', 5,
+          'Semicolon defining empty statement. Use {} instead.')
+  elif Search(r'^\s*;\s*$', line):
+    error(filename, linenum, 'whitespace/semicolon', 5,
+          'Line contains only semicolon. If this should be an empty statement, '
+          'use {} instead.')
+  elif (Search(r'\s+;\s*$', line) and
+        not Search(r'\bfor\b', line)):
+    error(filename, linenum, 'whitespace/semicolon', 5,
+          'Extra space before last semicolon. If this should be an empty '
+          'statement, use {} instead.')
+
+  # In range-based for, we wanted spaces before and after the colon, but
+  # not around "::" tokens that might appear.
+  if (Search('for *\(.*[^:]:[^: ]', line) or
+      Search('for *\(.*[^: ]:[^:]', line)):
+    error(filename, linenum, 'whitespace/forcolon', 2,
+          'Missing space around colon in range-based for loop')
+
+
+def CheckSectionSpacing(filename, clean_lines, class_info, linenum, error):
+  """Checks for additional blank line issues related to sections.
+
+  Currently the only thing checked here is blank line before protected/private.
+
+  Args:
+    filename: The name of the current file.
+    clean_lines: A CleansedLines instance containing the file.
+    class_info: A _ClassInfo objects.
+    linenum: The number of the line to check.
+    error: The function to call with any errors found.
+  """
+  # Skip checks if the class is small, where small means 25 lines or less.
+  # 25 lines seems like a good cutoff since that's the usual height of
+  # terminals, and any class that can't fit in one screen can't really
+  # be considered "small".
+  #
+  # Also skip checks if we are on the first line.  This accounts for
+  # classes that look like
+  #   class Foo { public: ... };
+  #
+  # If we didn't find the end of the class, last_line would be zero,
+  # and the check will be skipped by the first condition.
+  if (class_info.last_line - class_info.starting_linenum <= 24 or
+      linenum <= class_info.starting_linenum):
+    return
+
+  matched = Match(r'\s*(public|protected|private):', clean_lines.lines[linenum])
+  if matched:
+    # Issue warning if the line before public/protected/private was
+    # not a blank line, but don't do this if the previous line contains
+    # "class" or "struct".  This can happen two ways:
+    #  - We are at the beginning of the class.
+    #  - We are forward-declaring an inner class that is semantically
+    #    private, but needed to be public for implementation reasons.
+    # Also ignores cases where the previous line ends with a backslash as can be
+    # common when defining classes in C macros.
+    prev_line = clean_lines.lines[linenum - 1]
+    if (not IsBlankLine(prev_line) and
+        not Search(r'\b(class|struct)\b', prev_line) and
+        not Search(r'\\$', prev_line)):
+      # Try a bit harder to find the beginning of the class.  This is to
+      # account for multi-line base-specifier lists, e.g.:
+      #   class Derived
+      #       : public Base {
+      end_class_head = class_info.starting_linenum
+      for i in range(class_info.starting_linenum, linenum):
+        if Search(r'\{\s*$', clean_lines.lines[i]):
+          end_class_head = i
+          break
+      if end_class_head < linenum - 1:
+        error(filename, linenum, 'whitespace/blank_line', 3,
+              '"%s:" should be preceded by a blank line' % matched.group(1))
+
+
+def GetPreviousNonBlankLine(clean_lines, linenum):
+  """Return the most recent non-blank line and its line number.
+
+  Args:
+    clean_lines: A CleansedLines instance containing the file contents.
+    linenum: The number of the line to check.
+
+  Returns:
+    A tuple with two elements.  The first element is the contents of the last
+    non-blank line before the current line, or the empty string if this is the
+    first non-blank line.  The second is the line number of that line, or -1
+    if this is the first non-blank line.
+  """
+
+  prevlinenum = linenum - 1
+  while prevlinenum >= 0:
+    prevline = clean_lines.elided[prevlinenum]
+    if not IsBlankLine(prevline):     # if not a blank line...
+      return (prevline, prevlinenum)
+    prevlinenum -= 1
+  return ('', -1)
+
+# TODO(SRombauts) detects if/else/for/while without an opening brace on the same line
+def CheckBraces(filename, clean_lines, linenum, error):
+  """Looks for misplaced braces (e.g. at the end of line).
+
+  Args:
+    filename: The name of the current file.
+    clean_lines: A CleansedLines instance containing the file.
+    linenum: The number of the line to check.
+    error: The function to call with any errors found.
+  """
+
+  line = clean_lines.elided[linenum]        # get rid of comments and strings
+
+  if Match(r'\s*{\s*$', line):
+    # We allow an open brace to start a line in the case where someone is using
+    # braces in a block to explicitly create a new scope, which is commonly used
+    # to control the lifetime of stack-allocated variables.  Braces are also
+    # used for brace initializers inside function calls.  We don't detect this
+    # perfectly: we just don't complain if the last non-whitespace character on
+    # the previous non-blank line is ',', ';', ':', '(', '{', or '}', or if the
+    # previous line starts a preprocessor block.
+    prevline = GetPreviousNonBlankLine(clean_lines, linenum)[0]
+    if (not Search(r'[,;:}{(]\s*$', prevline) and
+        not Match(r'\s*#', prevline)):
+      error(filename, linenum, 'whitespace/braces', 0,
+            '{ should almost always be at the end of the previous line')
+
+  # An else clause should be on the same line as the preceding closing brace.
+  if Match(r'\s*else\s*', line):
+    prevline = GetPreviousNonBlankLine(clean_lines, linenum)[0]
+    if Match(r'\s*}\s*$', prevline):
+      error(filename, linenum, 'whitespace/newline', 0,
+            'An else should appear on the same line as the preceding }')
+
+  # If braces come on one side of an else, they should be on both.
+  # However, we have to worry about "else if" that spans multiple lines!
+  if Search(r'}\s*else[^{]*$', line) or Match(r'[^}]*else\s*{', line):
+    if Search(r'}\s*else if([^{]*)$', line):       # could be multi-line if
+      # find the ( after the if
+      pos = line.find('else if')
+      pos = line.find('(', pos)
+      if pos > 0:
+        (endline, _, endpos) = CloseExpression(clean_lines, linenum, pos)
+        if endline[endpos:].find('{') == -1:    # must be brace after if
+          error(filename, linenum, 'readability/braces', 5,
+                'If an else has a brace on one side, it should have it on both')
+    else:            # common case: else not followed by a multi-line if
+      error(filename, linenum, 'readability/braces', 5,
+            'If an else has a brace on one side, it should have it on both')
+
+  # Likewise, an else should never have the else clause on the same line
+  if Search(r'\belse [^\s{]', line) and not Search(r'\belse if\b', line):
+    error(filename, linenum, 'whitespace/newline', 4,
+          'Else clause should never be on same line as else (use 2 lines)')
+
+  # In the same way, a do/while should never be on one line
+  if Match(r'\s*do [^\s{]', line):
+    error(filename, linenum, 'whitespace/newline', 4,
+          'do/while clauses should not be on a single line')
+
+  # Block bodies should not be followed by a semicolon.  Due to C++11
+  # brace initialization, there are more places where semicolons are
+  # required than not, so we use a whitelist approach to check these
+  # rather than a blacklist.  These are the places where "};" should
+  # be replaced by just "}":
+  # 1. Some flavor of block following closing parenthesis:
+  #    for (;;) {};
+  #    while (...) {};
+  #    switch (...) {};
+  #    Function(...) {};
+  #    if (...) {};
+  #    if (...) else if (...) {};
+  #
+  # 2. else block:
+  #    if (...) else {};
+  #
+  # 3. const member function:
+  #    Function(...) const {};
+  #
+  # 4. Block following some statement:
+  #    x = 42;
+  #    {};
+  #
+  # 5. Block at the beginning of a function:
+  #    Function(...) {
+  #      {};
+  #    }
+  #
+  #    Note that naively checking for the preceding "{" will also match
+  #    braces inside multi-dimensional arrays, but this is fine since
+  #    that expression will not contain semicolons.
+  #
+  # 6. Block following another block:
+  #    while (true) {}
+  #    {};
+  #
+  # 7. End of namespaces:
+  #    namespace {};
+  #
+  #    These semicolons seems far more common than other kinds of
+  #    redundant semicolons, possibly due to people converting classes
+  #    to namespaces.  For now we do not warn for this case.
+  #
+  # Try matching case 1 first.
+  match = Match(r'^(.*\)\s*)\{', line)
+  if match:
+    # Matched closing parenthesis (case 1).  Check the token before the
+    # matching opening parenthesis, and don't warn if it looks like a
+    # macro.  This avoids these false positives:
+    #  - macro that defines a base class
+    #  - multi-line macro that defines a base class
+    #  - macro that defines the whole class-head
+    #
+    # But we still issue warnings for macros that we know are safe to
+    # warn, specifically:
+    #  - TEST, TEST_F, TEST_P, MATCHER, MATCHER_P
+    #  - TYPED_TEST
+    #  - INTERFACE_DEF
+    #  - EXCLUSIVE_LOCKS_REQUIRED, SHARED_LOCKS_REQUIRED, LOCKS_EXCLUDED:
+    #
+    # We implement a whitelist of safe macros instead of a blacklist of
+    # unsafe macros, even though the latter appears less frequently in
+    # google code and would have been easier to implement.  This is because
+    # the downside for getting the whitelist wrong means some extra
+    # semicolons, while the downside for getting the blacklist wrong
+    # would result in compile errors.
+    #
+    # In addition to macros, we also don't want to warn on compound
+    # literals.
+    closing_brace_pos = match.group(1).rfind(')')
+    opening_parenthesis = ReverseCloseExpression(
+        clean_lines, linenum, closing_brace_pos)
+    if opening_parenthesis[2] > -1:
+      line_prefix = opening_parenthesis[0][0:opening_parenthesis[2]]
+      macro = Search(r'\b([A-Z_]+)\s*$', line_prefix)
+      if ((macro and
+           macro.group(1) not in (
+               'TEST', 'TEST_F', 'MATCHER', 'MATCHER_P', 'TYPED_TEST',
+               'EXCLUSIVE_LOCKS_REQUIRED', 'SHARED_LOCKS_REQUIRED',
+               'LOCKS_EXCLUDED', 'INTERFACE_DEF')) or
+          Search(r'\s+=\s*$', line_prefix)):
+        match = None
+
+  else:
+    # Try matching cases 2-3.
+    match = Match(r'^(.*(?:else|\)\s*const)\s*)\{', line)
+    if not match:
+      # Try matching cases 4-6.  These are always matched on separate lines.
+      #
+      # Note that we can't simply concatenate the previous line to the
+      # current line and do a single match, otherwise we may output
+      # duplicate warnings for the blank line case:
+      #   if (cond) {
+      #     // blank line
+      #   }
+      prevline = GetPreviousNonBlankLine(clean_lines, linenum)[0]
+      if prevline and Search(r'[;{}]\s*$', prevline):
+        match = Match(r'^(\s*)\{', line)
+
+  # Check matching closing brace
+  if match:
+    (endline, endlinenum, endpos) = CloseExpression(
+        clean_lines, linenum, len(match.group(1)))
+    if endpos > -1 and Match(r'^\s*;', endline[endpos:]):
+      # Current {} pair is eligible for semicolon check, and we have found
+      # the redundant semicolon, output warning here.
+      #
+      # Note: because we are scanning forward for opening braces, and
+      # outputting warnings for the matching closing brace, if there are
+      # nested blocks with trailing semicolons, we will get the error
+      # messages in reversed order.
+      error(filename, endlinenum, 'readability/braces', 4,
+            "You don't need a ; after a }")
+
+
+def CheckEmptyBlockBody(filename, clean_lines, linenum, error):
+  """Look for empty loop/conditional body with only a single semicolon.
+
+  Args:
+    filename: The name of the current file.
+    clean_lines: A CleansedLines instance containing the file.
+    linenum: The number of the line to check.
+    error: The function to call with any errors found.
+  """
+
+  # Search for loop keywords at the beginning of the line.  Because only
+  # whitespaces are allowed before the keywords, this will also ignore most
+  # do-while-loops, since those lines should start with closing brace.
+  #
+  # We also check "if" blocks here, since an empty conditional block
+  # is likely an error.
+  line = clean_lines.elided[linenum]
+  matched = Match(r'\s*(for|while|if)\s*\(', line)
+  if matched:
+    # Find the end of the conditional expression
+    (end_line, end_linenum, end_pos) = CloseExpression(
+        clean_lines, linenum, line.find('('))
+
+    # Output warning if what follows the condition expression is a semicolon.
+    # No warning for all other cases, including whitespace or newline, since we
+    # have a separate check for semicolons preceded by whitespace.
+    if end_pos >= 0 and Match(r';', end_line[end_pos:]):
+      if matched.group(1) == 'if':
+        error(filename, end_linenum, 'whitespace/empty_conditional_body', 5,
+              'Empty conditional bodies should use {}')
+      else:
+        error(filename, end_linenum, 'whitespace/empty_loop_body', 5,
+              'Empty loop bodies should use {} or continue')
+
+
+def CheckCheck(filename, clean_lines, linenum, error):
+  """Checks the use of CHECK and EXPECT macros.
+
+  Args:
+    filename: The name of the current file.
+    clean_lines: A CleansedLines instance containing the file.
+    linenum: The number of the line to check.
+    error: The function to call with any errors found.
+  """
+
+  # Decide the set of replacement macros that should be suggested
+  lines = clean_lines.elided
+  check_macro = None
+  start_pos = -1
+  for macro in _CHECK_MACROS:
+    i = lines[linenum].find(macro)
+    if i >= 0:
+      check_macro = macro
+
+      # Find opening parenthesis.  Do a regular expression match here
+      # to make sure that we are matching the expected CHECK macro, as
+      # opposed to some other macro that happens to contain the CHECK
+      # substring.
+      matched = Match(r'^(.*\b' + check_macro + r'\s*)\(', lines[linenum])
+      if not matched:
+        continue
+      start_pos = len(matched.group(1))
+      break
+  if not check_macro or start_pos < 0:
+    # Don't waste time here if line doesn't contain 'CHECK' or 'EXPECT'
+    return
+
+  # Find end of the boolean expression by matching parentheses
+  (last_line, end_line, end_pos) = CloseExpression(
+      clean_lines, linenum, start_pos)
+  if end_pos < 0:
+    return
+  if linenum == end_line:
+    expression = lines[linenum][start_pos + 1:end_pos - 1]
+  else:
+    expression = lines[linenum][start_pos + 1:]
+    for i in xrange(linenum + 1, end_line):
+      expression += lines[i]
+    expression += last_line[0:end_pos - 1]
+
+  # Parse expression so that we can take parentheses into account.
+  # This avoids false positives for inputs like "CHECK((a < 4) == b)",
+  # which is not replaceable by CHECK_LE.
+  lhs = ''
+  rhs = ''
+  operator = None
+  while expression:
+    matched = Match(r'^\s*(<<|<<=|>>|>>=|->\*|->|&&|\|\||'
+                    r'==|!=|>=|>|<=|<|\()(.*)$', expression)
+    if matched:
+      token = matched.group(1)
+      if token == '(':
+        # Parenthesized operand
+        expression = matched.group(2)
+        (end, _) = FindEndOfExpressionInLine(expression, 0, 1, '(', ')')
+        if end < 0:
+          return  # Unmatched parenthesis
+        lhs += '(' + expression[0:end]
+        expression = expression[end:]
+      elif token in ('&&', '||'):
+        # Logical and/or operators.  This means the expression
+        # contains more than one term, for example:
+        #   CHECK(42 < a && a < b);
+        #
+        # These are not replaceable with CHECK_LE, so bail out early.
+        return
+      elif token in ('<<', '<<=', '>>', '>>=', '->*', '->'):
+        # Non-relational operator
+        lhs += token
+        expression = matched.group(2)
+      else:
+        # Relational operator
+        operator = token
+        rhs = matched.group(2)
+        break
+    else:
+      # Unparenthesized operand.  Instead of appending to lhs one character
+      # at a time, we do another regular expression match to consume several
+      # characters at once if possible.  Trivial benchmark shows that this
+      # is more efficient when the operands are longer than a single
+      # character, which is generally the case.
+      matched = Match(r'^([^-=!<>()&|]+)(.*)$', expression)
+      if not matched:
+        matched = Match(r'^(\s*\S)(.*)$', expression)
+        if not matched:
+          break
+      lhs += matched.group(1)
+      expression = matched.group(2)
+
+  # Only apply checks if we got all parts of the boolean expression
+  if not (lhs and operator and rhs):
+    return
+
+  # Check that rhs do not contain logical operators.  We already know
+  # that lhs is fine since the loop above parses out && and ||.
+  if rhs.find('&&') > -1 or rhs.find('||') > -1:
+    return
+
+  # At least one of the operands must be a constant literal.  This is
+  # to avoid suggesting replacements for unprintable things like
+  # CHECK(variable != iterator)
+  #
+  # The following pattern matches decimal, hex integers, strings, and
+  # characters (in that order).
+  lhs = lhs.strip()
+  rhs = rhs.strip()
+  match_constant = r'^([-+]?(\d+|0[xX][0-9a-fA-F]+)[lLuU]{0,3}|".*"|\'.*\')$'
+  if Match(match_constant, lhs) or Match(match_constant, rhs):
+    # Note: since we know both lhs and rhs, we can provide a more
+    # descriptive error message like:
+    #   Consider using CHECK_EQ(x, 42) instead of CHECK(x == 42)
+    # Instead of:
+    #   Consider using CHECK_EQ instead of CHECK(a == b)
+    #
+    # We are still keeping the less descriptive message because if lhs
+    # or rhs gets long, the error message might become unreadable.
+    error(filename, linenum, 'readability/check', 2,
+          'Consider using %s instead of %s(a %s b)' % (
+              _CHECK_REPLACEMENT[check_macro][operator],
+              check_macro, operator))
+
+
+def CheckAltTokens(filename, clean_lines, linenum, error):
+  """Check alternative keywords being used in boolean expressions.
+
+  Args:
+    filename: The name of the current file.
+    clean_lines: A CleansedLines instance containing the file.
+    linenum: The number of the line to check.
+    error: The function to call with any errors found.
+  """
+  line = clean_lines.elided[linenum]
+
+  # Avoid preprocessor lines
+  if Match(r'^\s*#', line):
+    return
+
+  # Last ditch effort to avoid multi-line comments.  This will not help
+  # if the comment started before the current line or ended after the
+  # current line, but it catches most of the false positives.  At least,
+  # it provides a way to workaround this warning for people who use
+  # multi-line comments in preprocessor macros.
+  #
+  # TODO(unknown): remove this once cpplint has better support for
+  # multi-line comments.
+  if line.find('/*') >= 0 or line.find('*/') >= 0:
+    return
+
+  for match in _ALT_TOKEN_REPLACEMENT_PATTERN.finditer(line):
+    error(filename, linenum, 'readability/alt_tokens', 2,
+          'Use operator %s instead of %s' % (
+              _ALT_TOKEN_REPLACEMENT[match.group(1)], match.group(1)))
+
+
+def GetLineWidth(line):
+  """Determines the width of the line in column positions.
+
+  Args:
+    line: A string, which may be a Unicode string.
+
+  Returns:
+    The width of the line in column positions, accounting for Unicode
+    combining characters and wide characters.
+  """
+  if isinstance(line, unicode):
+    width = 0
+    for uc in unicodedata.normalize('NFC', line):
+      if unicodedata.east_asian_width(uc) in ('W', 'F'):
+        width += 2
+      elif not unicodedata.combining(uc):
+        width += 1
+    return width
+  else:
+    return len(line)
+
+
+def CheckStyle(filename, clean_lines, linenum, file_extension, nesting_state,
+               error):
+  """Checks rules from the 'C++ style rules' section of cppguide.html.
+
+  Most of these rules are hard to test (naming, comment style), but we
+  do what we can.  In particular we check for 2-space indents, line lengths,
+  tab usage, spaces inside code, etc.
+
+  Args:
+    filename: The name of the current file.
+    clean_lines: A CleansedLines instance containing the file.
+    linenum: The number of the line to check.
+    file_extension: The extension (without the dot) of the filename.
+    nesting_state: A _NestingState instance which maintains information about
+                   the current stack of nested blocks being parsed.
+    error: The function to call with any errors found.
+  """
+
+  # Don't use "elided" lines here, otherwise we can't check commented lines.
+  # Don't want to use "raw" either, because we don't want to check inside C++11
+  # raw strings,
+  raw_lines = clean_lines.lines_without_raw_strings
+  line = raw_lines[linenum]
+
+  if line.find('\t') != -1:
+    # SRombauts:
+    error(filename, linenum, 'whitespace/tab', 5,
+          'Tab found; use spaces indents only')
+
+  # One or three blank spaces at the beginning of the line is weird; it's
+  # hard to reconcile that with 2-space indents.
+  # NOTE: here are the conditions rob pike used for his tests.  Mine aren't
+  # as sophisticated, but it may be worth becoming so:  RLENGTH==initial_spaces
+  # if(RLENGTH > 20) complain = 0;
+  # if(match($0, " +(error|private|public|protected):")) complain = 0;
+  # if(match(prev, "&& *$")) complain = 0;
+  # if(match(prev, "\\|\\| *$")) complain = 0;
+  # if(match(prev, "[\",=><] *$")) complain = 0;
+  # if(match($0, " <<")) complain = 0;
+  # if(match(prev, " +for \\(")) complain = 0;
+  # if(prevodd && match(prevprev, " +for \\(")) complain = 0;
+  initial_spaces = 0
+  cleansed_line = clean_lines.elided[linenum]
+  while initial_spaces < len(line) and line[initial_spaces] == ' ':
+    initial_spaces += 1
+  if line and line[-1].isspace():
+    error(filename, linenum, 'whitespace/end_of_line', 4,
+          'Line ends in whitespace.  Consider deleting these extra spaces.')
+  # There are certain situations we allow one space, notably for labels
+  # SRombauts:
+  elif ((initial_spaces in (1,2,3,5,6,7)) and
+        not Match(r'\s*\w+\s*:\s*$', cleansed_line)):
+    error(filename, linenum, 'whitespace/indent', 3,
+          'Weird number of spaces at line-start.  '
+          'Are you using a 4-space indent?')
+
+  # Check if the line is a header guard.
+  is_header_guard = False
+  if file_extension == 'h':
+    cppvar = GetHeaderGuardCPPVariable(filename)
+    if (line.startswith('#ifndef %s' % cppvar) or
+        line.startswith('#define %s' % cppvar) or
+        line.startswith('#endif  // %s' % cppvar)):
+      is_header_guard = True
+  # #include lines and header guards can be long, since there's no clean way to
+  # split them.
+  #
+  # URLs can be long too.  It's possible to split these, but it makes them
+  # harder to cut&paste.
+  #
+  # The "$Id:...$" comment may also get very long without it being the
+  # developers fault.
+  if (not line.startswith('#include') and not is_header_guard and
+      not Match(r'^\s*//.*http(s?)://\S*$', line) and
+      not Match(r'^// \$Id:.*#[0-9]+ \$$', line)):
+    line_width = GetLineWidth(line)
+    extended_length = int((_line_length * 1.25))
+    if line_width > extended_length:
+      error(filename, linenum, 'whitespace/line_length', 4,
+            'Lines should very rarely be longer than %i characters' %
+            extended_length)
+    elif line_width > _line_length:
+      error(filename, linenum, 'whitespace/line_length', 3,
+            'Lines should be <= %i characters long' % _line_length)
+
+  if (cleansed_line.count(';') > 1 and
+      # for loops are allowed two ;'s (and may run over two lines).
+      cleansed_line.find('for') == -1 and
+      (GetPreviousNonBlankLine(clean_lines, linenum)[0].find('for') == -1 or
+       GetPreviousNonBlankLine(clean_lines, linenum)[0].find(';') != -1) and
+      # It's ok to have many commands in a switch case that fits in 1 line
+      not ((cleansed_line.find('case ') != -1 or
+            cleansed_line.find('default:') != -1) and
+           cleansed_line.find('break;') != -1)):
+    error(filename, linenum, 'whitespace/newline', 0,
+          'More than one command on the same line')
+
+  # Some more style checks
+  CheckBraces(filename, clean_lines, linenum, error)
+  CheckEmptyBlockBody(filename, clean_lines, linenum, error)
+  CheckAccess(filename, clean_lines, linenum, nesting_state, error)
+  CheckSpacing(filename, clean_lines, linenum, nesting_state, error)
+  CheckCheck(filename, clean_lines, linenum, error)
+  CheckAltTokens(filename, clean_lines, linenum, error)
+  classinfo = nesting_state.InnermostClass()
+  if classinfo:
+    CheckSectionSpacing(filename, clean_lines, classinfo, linenum, error)
+
+
+_RE_PATTERN_INCLUDE_NEW_STYLE = re.compile(r'#include +"[^/]+\.h"')
+_RE_PATTERN_INCLUDE = re.compile(r'^\s*#\s*include\s*([<"])([^>"]*)[>"].*$')
+# Matches the first component of a filename delimited by -s and _s. That is:
+#  _RE_FIRST_COMPONENT.match('foo').group(0) == 'foo'
+#  _RE_FIRST_COMPONENT.match('foo.cc').group(0) == 'foo'
+#  _RE_FIRST_COMPONENT.match('foo-bar_baz.cc').group(0) == 'foo'
+#  _RE_FIRST_COMPONENT.match('foo_bar-baz.cc').group(0) == 'foo'
+_RE_FIRST_COMPONENT = re.compile(r'^[^-_.]+')
+
+
+def _DropCommonSuffixes(filename):
+  """Drops common suffixes like _test.cc or -inl.h from filename.
+
+  For example:
+    >>> _DropCommonSuffixes('foo/foo-inl.h')
+    'foo/foo'
+    >>> _DropCommonSuffixes('foo/bar/foo.cc')
+    'foo/bar/foo'
+    >>> _DropCommonSuffixes('foo/foo_internal.h')
+    'foo/foo'
+    >>> _DropCommonSuffixes('foo/foo_unusualinternal.h')
+    'foo/foo_unusualinternal'
+
+  Args:
+    filename: The input filename.
+
+  Returns:
+    The filename with the common suffix removed.
+  """
+  for suffix in ('test.cc', 'regtest.cc', 'unittest.cc',
+                 'inl.h', 'impl.h', 'internal.h'):
+    if (filename.endswith(suffix) and len(filename) > len(suffix) and
+        filename[-len(suffix) - 1] in ('-', '_')):
+      return filename[:-len(suffix) - 1]
+  return os.path.splitext(filename)[0]
+
+
+def _IsTestFilename(filename):
+  """Determines if the given filename has a suffix that identifies it as a test.
+
+  Args:
+    filename: The input filename.
+
+  Returns:
+    True if 'filename' looks like a test, False otherwise.
+  """
+  if (filename.endswith('_test.cc') or
+      filename.endswith('_unittest.cc') or
+      filename.endswith('_regtest.cc')):
+    return True
+  else:
+    return False
+
+
+def _ClassifyInclude(fileinfo, include, is_system):
+  """Figures out what kind of header 'include' is.
+
+  Args:
+    fileinfo: The current file cpplint is running over. A FileInfo instance.
+    include: The path to a #included file.
+    is_system: True if the #include used <> rather than "".
+
+  Returns:
+    One of the _XXX_HEADER constants.
+
+  For example:
+    >>> _ClassifyInclude(FileInfo('foo/foo.cc'), 'stdio.h', True)
+    _C_SYS_HEADER
+    >>> _ClassifyInclude(FileInfo('foo/foo.cc'), 'string', True)
+    _CPP_SYS_HEADER
+    >>> _ClassifyInclude(FileInfo('foo/foo.cc'), 'foo/foo.h', False)
+    _LIKELY_MY_HEADER
+    >>> _ClassifyInclude(FileInfo('foo/foo_unknown_extension.cc'),
+    ...                  'bar/foo_other_ext.h', False)
+    _POSSIBLE_MY_HEADER
+    >>> _ClassifyInclude(FileInfo('foo/foo.cc'), 'foo/bar.h', False)
+    _OTHER_HEADER
+  """
+  # This is a list of all standard c++ header files, except
+  # those already checked for above.
+  is_cpp_h = include in _CPP_HEADERS
+
+  if is_system:
+    if is_cpp_h:
+      return _CPP_SYS_HEADER
+    else:
+      return _C_SYS_HEADER
+
+  # If the target file and the include we're checking share a
+  # basename when we drop common extensions, and the include
+  # lives in . , then it's likely to be owned by the target file.
+  target_dir, target_base = (
+      os.path.split(_DropCommonSuffixes(fileinfo.RepositoryName())))
+  include_dir, include_base = os.path.split(_DropCommonSuffixes(include))
+  if target_base == include_base and (
+      include_dir == target_dir or
+      include_dir == os.path.normpath(target_dir + '/../public')):
+    return _LIKELY_MY_HEADER
+
+  # If the target and include share some initial basename
+  # component, it's possible the target is implementing the
+  # include, so it's allowed to be first, but we'll never
+  # complain if it's not there.
+  target_first_component = _RE_FIRST_COMPONENT.match(target_base)
+  include_first_component = _RE_FIRST_COMPONENT.match(include_base)
+  if (target_first_component and include_first_component and
+      target_first_component.group(0) ==
+      include_first_component.group(0)):
+    return _POSSIBLE_MY_HEADER
+
+  return _OTHER_HEADER
+
+
+
+def CheckIncludeLine(filename, clean_lines, linenum, include_state, error):
+  """Check rules that are applicable to #include lines.
+
+  Strings on #include lines are NOT removed from elided line, to make
+  certain tasks easier. However, to prevent false positives, checks
+  applicable to #include lines in CheckLanguage must be put here.
+
+  Args:
+    filename: The name of the current file.
+    clean_lines: A CleansedLines instance containing the file.
+    linenum: The number of the line to check.
+    include_state: An _IncludeState instance in which the headers are inserted.
+    error: The function to call with any errors found.
+  """
+  fileinfo = FileInfo(filename)
+
+  line = clean_lines.lines[linenum]
+
+  # "include" should use the new style "foo/bar.h" instead of just "bar.h"
+  if _RE_PATTERN_INCLUDE_NEW_STYLE.search(line):
+    error(filename, linenum, 'build/include', 3,
+          'Include the directory when naming .h files')
+
+  # we shouldn't include a file more than once. actually, there are a
+  # handful of instances where doing so is okay, but in general it's
+  # not.
+  match = _RE_PATTERN_INCLUDE.search(line)
+  if match:
+    include = match.group(2)
+    is_system = (match.group(1) == '<')
+    if include in include_state:
+      error(filename, linenum, 'build/include', 5,
+            '"%s" already included at %s:%s' %
+            (include, filename, include_state[include]))
+    else:
+      include_state[include] = linenum
+
+      # We want to ensure that headers appear in the right order:
+      # 1) for foo.cc, foo.h  (preferred location)
+      # 2) c system files
+      # 3) cpp system files
+      # 4) for foo.cc, foo.h  (deprecated location)
+      # 5) other google headers
+      #
+      # We classify each include statement as one of those 5 types
+      # using a number of techniques. The include_state object keeps
+      # track of the highest type seen, and complains if we see a
+      # lower type after that.
+      error_message = include_state.CheckNextIncludeOrder(
+          _ClassifyInclude(fileinfo, include, is_system))
+      if error_message:
+        error(filename, linenum, 'build/include_order', 2,
+              '%s. Should be: %s.h, c system, c++ system, other.' %
+              (error_message, fileinfo.BaseName()))
+      canonical_include = include_state.CanonicalizeAlphabeticalOrder(include)
+      if not include_state.IsInAlphabeticalOrder(
+          clean_lines, linenum, canonical_include):
+        error(filename, linenum, 'build/include_alpha', 3,
+              'Include "%s" not in alphabetical order' % include)
+      include_state.SetLastHeader(canonical_include)
+
+  # Look for any of the stream classes that are part of standard C++.
+  match = _RE_PATTERN_INCLUDE.match(line)
+  if match:
+    include = match.group(2)
+    if Match(r'(f|ind|io|i|o|parse|pf|stdio|str|)?stream$', include):
+      # Many unit tests use cout, so we exempt them.
+      if not _IsTestFilename(filename):
+        error(filename, linenum, 'readability/streams', 0,
+              'Streams are highly discouraged.')
+
+
+def _GetTextInside(text, start_pattern):
+  r"""Retrieves all the text between matching open and close parentheses.
+
+  Given a string of lines and a regular expression string, retrieve all the text
+  following the expression and between opening punctuation symbols like
+  (, [, or {, and the matching close-punctuation symbol. This properly nested
+  occurrences of the punctuations, so for the text like
+    printf(a(), b(c()));
+  a call to _GetTextInside(text, r'printf\(') will return 'a(), b(c())'.
+  start_pattern must match string having an open punctuation symbol at the end.
+
+  Args:
+    text: The lines to extract text. Its comments and strings must be elided.
+           It can be single line and can span multiple lines.
+    start_pattern: The regexp string indicating where to start extracting
+                   the text.
+  Returns:
+    The extracted text.
+    None if either the opening string or ending punctuation could not be found.
+  """
+  # TODO(sugawarayu): Audit cpplint.py to see what places could be profitably
+  # rewritten to use _GetTextInside (and use inferior regexp matching today).
+
+  # Give opening punctuations to get the matching close-punctuations.
+  matching_punctuation = {'(': ')', '{': '}', '[': ']'}
+  closing_punctuation = set(matching_punctuation.itervalues())
+
+  # Find the position to start extracting text.
+  match = re.search(start_pattern, text, re.M)
+  if not match:  # start_pattern not found in text.
+    return None
+  start_position = match.end(0)
+
+  assert start_position > 0, (
+      'start_pattern must ends with an opening punctuation.')
+  assert text[start_position - 1] in matching_punctuation, (
+      'start_pattern must ends with an opening punctuation.')
+  # Stack of closing punctuations we expect to have in text after position.
+  punctuation_stack = [matching_punctuation[text[start_position - 1]]]
+  position = start_position
+  while punctuation_stack and position < len(text):
+    if text[position] == punctuation_stack[-1]:
+      punctuation_stack.pop()
+    elif text[position] in closing_punctuation:
+      # A closing punctuation without matching opening punctuations.
+      return None
+    elif text[position] in matching_punctuation:
+      punctuation_stack.append(matching_punctuation[text[position]])
+    position += 1
+  if punctuation_stack:
+    # Opening punctuations left without matching close-punctuations.
+    return None
+  # punctuations match.
+  return text[start_position:position - 1]
+
+
+# Patterns for matching call-by-reference parameters.
+#
+# Supports nested templates up to 2 levels deep using this messy pattern:
+#   < (?: < (?: < [^<>]*
+#               >
+#           |   [^<>] )*
+#         >
+#     |   [^<>] )*
+#   >
+_RE_PATTERN_IDENT = r'[_a-zA-Z]\w*'  # =~ [[:alpha:]][[:alnum:]]*
+_RE_PATTERN_TYPE = (
+    r'(?:const\s+)?(?:typename\s+|class\s+|struct\s+|union\s+|enum\s+)?'
+    r'(?:\w|'
+    r'\s*<(?:<(?:<[^<>]*>|[^<>])*>|[^<>])*>|'
+    r'::)+')
+# A call-by-reference parameter ends with '& identifier'.
+_RE_PATTERN_REF_PARAM = re.compile(
+    r'(' + _RE_PATTERN_TYPE + r'(?:\s*(?:\bconst\b|[*]))*\s*'
+    r'&\s*' + _RE_PATTERN_IDENT + r')\s*(?:=[^,()]+)?[,)]')
+# A call-by-const-reference parameter either ends with 'const& identifier'
+# or looks like 'const type& identifier' when 'type' is atomic.
+_RE_PATTERN_CONST_REF_PARAM = (
+    r'(?:.*\s*\bconst\s*&\s*' + _RE_PATTERN_IDENT +
+    r'|const\s+' + _RE_PATTERN_TYPE + r'\s*&\s*' + _RE_PATTERN_IDENT + r')')
+
+
+def CheckLanguage(filename, clean_lines, linenum, file_extension,
+                  include_state, nesting_state, error):
+  """Checks rules from the 'C++ language rules' section of cppguide.html.
+
+  Some of these rules are hard to test (function overloading, using
+  uint32 inappropriately), but we do the best we can.
+
+  Args:
+    filename: The name of the current file.
+    clean_lines: A CleansedLines instance containing the file.
+    linenum: The number of the line to check.
+    file_extension: The extension (without the dot) of the filename.
+    include_state: An _IncludeState instance in which the headers are inserted.
+    nesting_state: A _NestingState instance which maintains information about
+                   the current stack of nested blocks being parsed.
+    error: The function to call with any errors found.
+  """
+  # If the line is empty or consists of entirely a comment, no need to
+  # check it.
+  line = clean_lines.elided[linenum]
+  if not line:
+    return
+
+  match = _RE_PATTERN_INCLUDE.search(line)
+  if match:
+    CheckIncludeLine(filename, clean_lines, linenum, include_state, error)
+    return
+
+  # Reset include state across preprocessor directives.  This is meant
+  # to silence warnings for conditional includes.
+  if Match(r'^\s*#\s*(?:ifdef|elif|else|endif)\b', line):
+    include_state.ResetSection()
+
+  # Make Windows paths like Unix.
+  fullname = os.path.abspath(filename).replace('\\', '/')
+
+  # TODO(unknown): figure out if they're using default arguments in fn proto.
+
+  # Check to see if they're using an conversion function cast.
+  # I just try to capture the most common basic types, though there are more.
+  # Parameterless conversion functions, such as bool(), are allowed as they are
+  # probably a member operator declaration or default constructor.
+  match = Search(
+      r'(\bnew\s+)?\b'  # Grab 'new' operator, if it's there
+      r'(int|float|double|bool|char|int32|uint32|int64|uint64)'
+      r'(\([^)].*)', line)
+  if match:
+    matched_new = match.group(1)
+    matched_type = match.group(2)
+    matched_funcptr = match.group(3)
+
+    # gMock methods are defined using some variant of MOCK_METHODx(name, type)
+    # where type may be float(), int(string), etc.  Without context they are
+    # virtually indistinguishable from int(x) casts. Likewise, gMock's
+    # MockCallback takes a template parameter of the form return_type(arg_type),
+    # which looks much like the cast we're trying to detect.
+    #
+    # std::function<> wrapper has a similar problem.
+    #
+    # Return types for function pointers also look like casts if they
+    # don't have an extra space.
+    if (matched_new is None and  # If new operator, then this isn't a cast
+        not (Match(r'^\s*MOCK_(CONST_)?METHOD\d+(_T)?\(', line) or
+             Search(r'\bMockCallback<.*>', line) or
+             Search(r'\bstd::function<.*>', line)) and
+        not (matched_funcptr and
+             Match(r'\((?:[^() ]+::\s*\*\s*)?[^() ]+\)\s*\(',
+                   matched_funcptr))):
+      # Try a bit harder to catch gmock lines: the only place where
+      # something looks like an old-style cast is where we declare the
+      # return type of the mocked method, and the only time when we
+      # are missing context is if MOCK_METHOD was split across
+      # multiple lines.  The missing MOCK_METHOD is usually one or two
+      # lines back, so scan back one or two lines.
+      #
+      # It's not possible for gmock macros to appear in the first 2
+      # lines, since the class head + section name takes up 2 lines.
+      if (linenum < 2 or
+          not (Match(r'^\s*MOCK_(?:CONST_)?METHOD\d+(?:_T)?\((?:\S+,)?\s*$',
+                     clean_lines.elided[linenum - 1]) or
+               Match(r'^\s*MOCK_(?:CONST_)?METHOD\d+(?:_T)?\(\s*$',
+                     clean_lines.elided[linenum - 2]))):
+        error(filename, linenum, 'readability/casting', 4,
+              'Using deprecated casting style.  '
+              'Use static_cast<%s>(...) instead' %
+              matched_type)
+
+  # SRombauts: adding many builtin type
+  CheckCStyleCast(filename, linenum, line, clean_lines.raw_lines[linenum],
+                  'static_cast',
+                  r'\((int|float|double|bool|long|short|char|unsigned long|unsigned int|unsigned short|unsigned char|size_t|time_t|u?int(16|32|64))\)', error)
+
+  # This doesn't catch all cases. Consider (const char * const)"hello".
+  #
+  # (char *) "foo" should always be a const_cast (reinterpret_cast won't
+  # compile).
+  if CheckCStyleCast(filename, linenum, line, clean_lines.raw_lines[linenum],
+                     'const_cast', r'\((char\s?\*+\s?)\)\s*"', error):
+    pass
+  else:
+    # Check pointer casts for other than string constants
+    CheckCStyleCast(filename, linenum, line, clean_lines.raw_lines[linenum],
+                    'reinterpret_cast', r'\((\w+\s?\*+\s?)\)', error)
+
+  # In addition, we look for people taking the address of a cast.  This
+  # is dangerous -- casts can assign to temporaries, so the pointer doesn't
+  # point where you think.
+  match = Search(
+      r'(?:&\(([^)]+)\)[\w(])|'
+      r'(?:&(static|dynamic|down|reinterpret)_cast\b)', line)
+  if match and match.group(1) != '*':
+    error(filename, linenum, 'runtime/casting', 4,
+          ('Are you taking an address of a cast?  '
+           'This is dangerous: could be a temp var.  '
+           'Take the address before doing the cast, rather than after'))
+
+  # Create an extended_line, which is the concatenation of the current and
+  # next lines, for more effective checking of code that may span more than one
+  # line.
+  if linenum + 1 < clean_lines.NumLines():
+    extended_line = line + clean_lines.elided[linenum + 1]
+  else:
+    extended_line = line
+
+  # Check for people declaring static/global STL strings at the top level.
+  # This is dangerous because the C++ language does not guarantee that
+  # globals with constructors are initialized before the first access.
+  match = Match(
+      r'((?:|static +)(?:|const +))string +([a-zA-Z0-9_:]+)\b(.*)',
+      line)
+  # Make sure it's not a function.
+  # Function template specialization looks like: "string foo<Type>(...".
+  # Class template definitions look like: "string Foo<Type>::Method(...".
+  #
+  # Also ignore things that look like operators.  These are matched separately
+  # because operator names cross non-word boundaries.  If we change the pattern
+  # above, we would decrease the accuracy of matching identifiers.
+  if (match and
+      not Search(r'\boperator\W', line) and
+      not Match(r'\s*(<.*>)?(::[a-zA-Z0-9_]+)?\s*\(([^"]|$)', match.group(3))):
+    error(filename, linenum, 'runtime/string', 4,
+          'For a static/global string constant, use a C style string instead: '
+          '"%schar %s[]".' %
+          (match.group(1), match.group(2)))
+
+  if Search(r'\b([A-Za-z0-9_]*_)\(\1\)', line):
+    error(filename, linenum, 'runtime/init', 4,
+          'You seem to be initializing a member variable with itself.')
+
+  if file_extension == 'h':
+    # TODO(unknown): check that 1-arg constructors are explicit.
+    #                How to tell it's a constructor?
+    #                (handled in CheckForNonStandardConstructs for now)
+    # TODO(unknown): check that classes have DISALLOW_EVIL_CONSTRUCTORS
+    #                (level 1 error)
+    pass
+
+  # Check if people are using the verboten C basic types.  The only exception
+  # we regularly allow is "unsigned short port" for port.
+  if Search(r'\bshort port\b', line):
+    if not Search(r'\bunsigned short port\b', line):
+      error(filename, linenum, 'runtime/int', 4,
+            'Use "unsigned short" for ports, not "short"')
+  else:
+    match = Search(r'\b(short|long(?! +double)|long long)\b', line)
+    if match:
+      error(filename, linenum, 'runtime/int', 2,
+            'Use int16/int64/etc, rather than the C type %s' % match.group(1))
+
+  # When snprintf is used, the second argument shouldn't be a literal.
+  match = Search(r'snprintf\s*\(([^,]*),\s*([0-9]*)\s*,', line)
+  if match and match.group(2) != '0':
+    # If 2nd arg is zero, snprintf is used to calculate size.
+    error(filename, linenum, 'runtime/printf', 3,
+          'If you can, use sizeof(%s) instead of %s as the 2nd arg '
+          'to snprintf.' % (match.group(1), match.group(2)))
+
+  # Check if some verboten C functions are being used.
+  if Search(r'\bsprintf\b', line):
+    error(filename, linenum, 'runtime/printf', 5,
+          'Never use sprintf.  Use snprintf instead.')
+  match = Search(r'\b(strcpy|strcat)\b', line)
+  if match:
+    error(filename, linenum, 'runtime/printf', 4,
+          'Almost always, snprintf is better than %s' % match.group(1))
+
+  # Check if some verboten operator overloading is going on
+  # TODO(unknown): catch out-of-line unary operator&:
+  #   class X {};
+  #   int operator&(const X& x) { return 42; }  // unary operator&
+  # The trick is it's hard to tell apart from binary operator&:
+  #   class Y { int operator&(const Y& x) { return 23; } }; // binary operator&
+  if Search(r'\boperator\s*&\s*\(\s*\)', line):
+    error(filename, linenum, 'runtime/operator', 4,
+          'Unary operator& is dangerous.  Do not use it.')
+
+  # Check for suspicious usage of "if" like
+  # } if (a == b) {
+  if Search(r'\}\s*if\s*\(', line):
+    error(filename, linenum, 'readability/braces', 4,
+          'Did you mean "else if"? If not, start a new line for "if".')
+
+  # Check for potential format string bugs like printf(foo).
+  # We constrain the pattern not to pick things like DocidForPrintf(foo).
+  # Not perfect but it can catch printf(foo.c_str()) and printf(foo->c_str())
+  # TODO(sugawarayu): Catch the following case. Need to change the calling
+  # convention of the whole function to process multiple line to handle it.
+  #   printf(
+  #       boy_this_is_a_really_long_variable_that_cannot_fit_on_the_prev_line);
+  printf_args = _GetTextInside(line, r'(?i)\b(string)?printf\s*\(')
+  if printf_args:
+    match = Match(r'([\w.\->()]+)$', printf_args)
+    if match and match.group(1) != '__VA_ARGS__':
+      function_name = re.search(r'\b((?:string)?printf)\s*\(',
+                                line, re.I).group(1)
+      error(filename, linenum, 'runtime/printf', 4,
+            'Potential format string bug. Do %s("%%s", %s) instead.'
+            % (function_name, match.group(1)))
+
+  # Check for potential memset bugs like memset(buf, sizeof(buf), 0).
+  match = Search(r'memset\s*\(([^,]*),\s*([^,]*),\s*0\s*\)', line)
+  if match and not Match(r"^''|-?[0-9]+|0x[0-9A-Fa-f]$", match.group(2)):
+    error(filename, linenum, 'runtime/memset', 4,
+          'Did you mean "memset(%s, 0, %s)"?'
+          % (match.group(1), match.group(2)))
+
+  if Search(r'\busing namespace\b', line):
+    error(filename, linenum, 'build/namespaces', 5,
+          'Do not use namespace using-directives.  '
+          'Use using-declarations instead.')
+
+  # Detect variable-length arrays.
+  match = Match(r'\s*(.+::)?(\w+) [a-z]\w*\[(.+)];', line)
+  if (match and match.group(2) != 'return' and match.group(2) != 'delete' and
+      match.group(3).find(']') == -1):
+    # Split the size using space and arithmetic operators as delimiters.
+    # If any of the resulting tokens are not compile time constants then
+    # report the error.
+    tokens = re.split(r'\s|\+|\-|\*|\/|<<|>>]', match.group(3))
+    is_const = True
+    skip_next = False
+    for tok in tokens:
+      if skip_next:
+        skip_next = False
+        continue
+
+      if Search(r'sizeof\(.+\)', tok): continue
+      if Search(r'arraysize\(\w+\)', tok): continue
+
+      tok = tok.lstrip('(')
+      tok = tok.rstrip(')')
+      if not tok: continue
+      if Match(r'\d+', tok): continue
+      if Match(r'0[xX][0-9a-fA-F]+', tok): continue
+      if Match(r'k[A-Z0-9]\w*', tok): continue
+      if Match(r'(.+::)?k[A-Z0-9]\w*', tok): continue
+      if Match(r'(.+::)?[A-Z][A-Z0-9_]*', tok): continue
+      # A catch all for tricky sizeof cases, including 'sizeof expression',
+      # 'sizeof(*type)', 'sizeof(const type)', 'sizeof(struct StructName)'
+      # requires skipping the next token because we split on ' ' and '*'.
+      if tok.startswith('sizeof'):
+        skip_next = True
+        continue
+      is_const = False
+      break
+    if not is_const:
+      error(filename, linenum, 'runtime/arrays', 1,
+            'Do not use variable-length arrays.  Use an appropriately named '
+            "('k' followed by CamelCase) compile-time constant for the size.")
+
+  # If DISALLOW_EVIL_CONSTRUCTORS, DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN, or
+  # DISALLOW_IMPLICIT_CONSTRUCTORS is present, then it should be the last thing
+  # in the class declaration.
+  match = Match(
+      (r'\s*'
+       r'(DISALLOW_(EVIL_CONSTRUCTORS|COPY_AND_ASSIGN|IMPLICIT_CONSTRUCTORS))'
+       r'\(.*\);$'),
+      line)
+  if match and linenum + 1 < clean_lines.NumLines():
+    next_line = clean_lines.elided[linenum + 1]
+    # We allow some, but not all, declarations of variables to be present
+    # in the statement that defines the class.  The [\w\*,\s]* fragment of
+    # the regular expression below allows users to declare instances of
+    # the class or pointers to instances, but not less common types such
+    # as function pointers or arrays.  It's a tradeoff between allowing
+    # reasonable code and avoiding trying to parse more C++ using regexps.
+    if not Search(r'^\s*}[\w\*,\s]*;', next_line):
+      error(filename, linenum, 'readability/constructors', 3,
+            match.group(1) + ' should be the last thing in the class')
+
+  # Check for use of unnamed namespaces in header files.  Registration
+  # macros are typically OK, so we allow use of "namespace {" on lines
+  # that end with backslashes.
+  if (file_extension == 'h'
+      and Search(r'\bnamespace\s*{', line)
+      and line[-1] != '\\'):
+    error(filename, linenum, 'build/namespaces', 4,
+          'Do not use unnamed namespaces in header files.  See '
+          'http://google-styleguide.googlecode.com/svn/trunk/cppguide.xml#Namespaces'
+          ' for more information.')
+
+  # SRombauts: Detects post increment/decrement: sugests preincrement/predecrement instead
+  match = Search(r'(\w+)(\+\+|--)', line)
+  if match:
+    error(filename, linenum, 'runtime/preincrement', 4,
+          'Considere using "%s%s". '
+          '"%s%s" does a copy of "%s" which can be expensive for non simple scalar type.'
+          % (match.group(2), match.group(1), match.group(1), match.group(2), match.group(1)) )
+
+
+def CheckForNonConstReference(filename, clean_lines, linenum,
+                              nesting_state, error):
+  """Check for non-const references.
+
+  Separate from CheckLanguage since it scans backwards from current
+  line, instead of scanning forward.
+
+  Args:
+    filename: The name of the current file.
+    clean_lines: A CleansedLines instance containing the file.
+    linenum: The number of the line to check.
+    nesting_state: A _NestingState instance which maintains information about
+                   the current stack of nested blocks being parsed.
+    error: The function to call with any errors found.
+  """
+  # Do nothing if there is no '&' on current line.
+  line = clean_lines.elided[linenum]
+  if '&' not in line:
+    return
+
+  # Long type names may be broken across multiple lines, usually in one
+  # of these forms:
+  #   LongType
+  #       ::LongTypeContinued &identifier
+  #   LongType::
+  #       LongTypeContinued &identifier
+  #   LongType<
+  #       ...>::LongTypeContinued &identifier
+  #
+  # If we detected a type split across two lines, join the previous
+  # line to current line so that we can match const references
+  # accordingly.
+  #
+  # Note that this only scans back one line, since scanning back
+  # arbitrary number of lines would be expensive.  If you have a type
+  # that spans more than 2 lines, please use a typedef.
+  if linenum > 1:
+    previous = None
+    if Match(r'\s*::(?:[\w<>]|::)+\s*&\s*\S', line):
+      # previous_line\n + ::current_line
+      previous = Search(r'\b((?:const\s*)?(?:[\w<>]|::)+[\w<>])\s*$',
+                        clean_lines.elided[linenum - 1])
+    elif Match(r'\s*[a-zA-Z_]([\w<>]|::)+\s*&\s*\S', line):
+      # previous_line::\n + current_line
+      previous = Search(r'\b((?:const\s*)?(?:[\w<>]|::)+::)\s*$',
+                        clean_lines.elided[linenum - 1])
+    if previous:
+      line = previous.group(1) + line.lstrip()
+    else:
+      # Check for templated parameter that is split across multiple lines
+      endpos = line.rfind('>')
+      if endpos > -1:
+        (_, startline, startpos) = ReverseCloseExpression(
+            clean_lines, linenum, endpos)
+        if startpos > -1 and startline < linenum:
+          # Found the matching < on an earlier line, collect all
+          # pieces up to current line.
+          line = ''
+          for i in xrange(startline, linenum + 1):
+            line += clean_lines.elided[i].strip()
+
+  # Check for non-const references in function parameters.  A single '&' may
+  # found in the following places:
+  #   inside expression: binary & for bitwise AND
+  #   inside expression: unary & for taking the address of something
+  #   inside declarators: reference parameter
+  # We will exclude the first two cases by checking that we are not inside a
+  # function body, including one that was just introduced by a trailing '{'.
+  # TODO(unknwon): Doesn't account for preprocessor directives.
+  # TODO(unknown): Doesn't account for 'catch(Exception& e)' [rare].
+  check_params = False
+  if not nesting_state.stack:
+    check_params = True  # top level
+  elif (isinstance(nesting_state.stack[-1], _ClassInfo) or
+        isinstance(nesting_state.stack[-1], _NamespaceInfo)):
+    check_params = True  # within class or namespace
+  elif Match(r'.*{\s*$', line):
+    if (len(nesting_state.stack) == 1 or
+        isinstance(nesting_state.stack[-2], _ClassInfo) or
+        isinstance(nesting_state.stack[-2], _NamespaceInfo)):
+      check_params = True  # just opened global/class/namespace block
+  # We allow non-const references in a few standard places, like functions
+  # called "swap()" or iostream operators like "<<" or ">>".  Do not check
+  # those function parameters.
+  #
+  # We also accept & in static_assert, which looks like a function but
+  # it's actually a declaration expression.
+  whitelisted_functions = (r'(?:[sS]wap(?:<\w:+>)?|'
+                           r'operator\s*[<>][<>]|'
+                           r'static_assert|COMPILE_ASSERT'
+                           r')\s*\(')
+  if Search(whitelisted_functions, line):
+    check_params = False
+  elif not Search(r'\S+\([^)]*$', line):
+    # Don't see a whitelisted function on this line.  Actually we
+    # didn't see any function name on this line, so this is likely a
+    # multi-line parameter list.  Try a bit harder to catch this case.
+    for i in xrange(2):
+      if (linenum > i and
+          Search(whitelisted_functions, clean_lines.elided[linenum - i - 1])):
+        check_params = False
+        break
+
+  if check_params:
+    decls = ReplaceAll(r'{[^}]*}', ' ', line)  # exclude function body
+    for parameter in re.findall(_RE_PATTERN_REF_PARAM, decls):
+      if not Match(_RE_PATTERN_CONST_REF_PARAM, parameter):
+        error(filename, linenum, 'runtime/references', 2,
+              'Is this a non-const reference? '
+              'If so, make const or use a pointer: ' +
+              ReplaceAll(' *<', '<', parameter))
+
+
+def CheckCStyleCast(filename, linenum, line, raw_line, cast_type, pattern,
+                    error):
+  """Checks for a C-style cast by looking for the pattern.
+
+  Args:
+    filename: The name of the current file.
+    linenum: The number of the line to check.
+    line: The line of code to check.
+    raw_line: The raw line of code to check, with comments.
+    cast_type: The string for the C++ cast to recommend.  This is either
+      reinterpret_cast, static_cast, or const_cast, depending.
+    pattern: The regular expression used to find C-style casts.
+    error: The function to call with any errors found.
+
+  Returns:
+    True if an error was emitted.
+    False otherwise.
+  """
+  match = Search(pattern, line)
+  if not match:
+    return False
+
+  # Exclude lines with sizeof, since sizeof looks like a cast.
+  sizeof_match = Match(r'.*sizeof\s*$', line[0:match.start(1) - 1])
+  if sizeof_match:
+    return False
+
+  # operator++(int) and operator--(int)
+  if (line[0:match.start(1) - 1].endswith(' operator++') or
+      line[0:match.start(1) - 1].endswith(' operator--')):
+    return False
+
+  # A single unnamed argument for a function tends to look like old
+  # style cast.  If we see those, don't issue warnings for deprecated
+  # casts, instead issue warnings for unnamed arguments where
+  # appropriate.
+  #
+  # These are things that we want warnings for, since the style guide
+  # explicitly require all parameters to be named:
+  #   Function(int);
+  #   Function(int) {
+  #   ConstMember(int) const;
+  #   ConstMember(int) const {
+  #   ExceptionMember(int) throw (...);
+  #   ExceptionMember(int) throw (...) {
+  #   PureVirtual(int) = 0;
+  #
+  # These are functions of some sort, where the compiler would be fine
+  # if they had named parameters, but people often omit those
+  # identifiers to reduce clutter:
+  #   (FunctionPointer)(int);
+  #   (FunctionPointer)(int) = value;
+  #   Function((function_pointer_arg)(int))
+  #   <TemplateArgument(int)>;
+  #   <(FunctionPointerTemplateArgument)(int)>;
+  remainder = line[match.end(0):]
+  if Match(r'^\s*(?:;|const\b|throw\b|=|>|\{|\))', remainder):
+    # Looks like an unnamed parameter.
+
+    # Don't warn on any kind of template arguments.
+    if Match(r'^\s*>', remainder):
+      return False
+
+    # Don't warn on assignments to function pointers, but keep warnings for
+    # unnamed parameters to pure virtual functions.  Note that this pattern
+    # will also pass on assignments of "0" to function pointers, but the
+    # preferred values for those would be "nullptr" or "NULL".
+    matched_zero = Match(r'^\s=\s*(\S+)\s*;', remainder)
+    if matched_zero and matched_zero.group(1) != '0':
+      return False
+
+    # Don't warn on function pointer declarations.  For this we need
+    # to check what came before the "(type)" string.
+    if Match(r'.*\)\s*$', line[0:match.start(0)]):
+      return False
+
+    # Don't warn if the parameter is named with block comments, e.g.:
+    #  Function(int /*unused_param*/);
+    if '/*' in raw_line:
+      return False
+
+    # Passed all filters, issue warning here.
+    error(filename, linenum, 'readability/function', 3,
+          'All parameters should be named in a function')
+    return True
+
+  # At this point, all that should be left is actual casts.
+  error(filename, linenum, 'readability/casting', 4,
+        'Using C-style cast.  Use %s<%s>(...) instead' %
+        (cast_type, match.group(1)))
+
+  return True
+
+
+_HEADERS_CONTAINING_TEMPLATES = (
+    ('<deque>', ('deque',)),
+    ('<functional>', ('unary_function', 'binary_function',
+                      'plus', 'minus', 'multiplies', 'divides', 'modulus',
+                      'negate',
+                      'equal_to', 'not_equal_to', 'greater', 'less',
+                      'greater_equal', 'less_equal',
+                      'logical_and', 'logical_or', 'logical_not',
+                      'unary_negate', 'not1', 'binary_negate', 'not2',
+                      'bind1st', 'bind2nd',
+                      'pointer_to_unary_function',
+                      'pointer_to_binary_function',
+                      'ptr_fun',
+                      'mem_fun_t', 'mem_fun', 'mem_fun1_t', 'mem_fun1_ref_t',
+                      'mem_fun_ref_t',
+                      'const_mem_fun_t', 'const_mem_fun1_t',
+                      'const_mem_fun_ref_t', 'const_mem_fun1_ref_t',
+                      'mem_fun_ref',
+                     )),
+    ('<limits>', ('numeric_limits',)),
+    ('<list>', ('list',)),
+    ('<map>', ('map', 'multimap',)),
+    ('<memory>', ('allocator',)),
+    ('<queue>', ('queue', 'priority_queue',)),
+    ('<set>', ('set', 'multiset',)),
+    ('<stack>', ('stack',)),
+    ('<string>', ('char_traits', 'basic_string',)),
+    ('<utility>', ('pair',)),
+    ('<vector>', ('vector',)),
+
+    # gcc extensions.
+    # Note: std::hash is their hash, ::hash is our hash
+    ('<hash_map>', ('hash_map', 'hash_multimap',)),
+    ('<hash_set>', ('hash_set', 'hash_multiset',)),
+    ('<slist>', ('slist',)),
+    )
+
+_RE_PATTERN_STRING = re.compile(r'\bstring\b')
+
+_re_pattern_algorithm_header = []
+for _template in ('copy', 'max', 'min', 'min_element', 'sort', 'swap',
+                  'transform'):
+  # Match max<type>(..., ...), max(..., ...), but not foo->max, foo.max or
+  # type::max().
+  _re_pattern_algorithm_header.append(
+      (re.compile(r'[^>.]\b' + _template + r'(<.*?>)?\([^\)]'),
+       _template,
+       '<algorithm>'))
+
+_re_pattern_templates = []
+for _header, _templates in _HEADERS_CONTAINING_TEMPLATES:
+  for _template in _templates:
+    _re_pattern_templates.append(
+        (re.compile(r'(\<|\b)' + _template + r'\s*\<'),
+         _template + '<>',
+         _header))
+
+
+def FilesBelongToSameModule(filename_cc, filename_h):
+  """Check if these two filenames belong to the same module.
+
+  The concept of a 'module' here is a as follows:
+  foo.h, foo-inl.h, foo.cc, foo_test.cc and foo_unittest.cc belong to the
+  same 'module' if they are in the same directory.
+  some/path/public/xyzzy and some/path/internal/xyzzy are also considered
+  to belong to the same module here.
+
+  If the filename_cc contains a longer path than the filename_h, for example,
+  '/absolute/path/to/base/sysinfo.cc', and this file would include
+  'base/sysinfo.h', this function also produces the prefix needed to open the
+  header. This is used by the caller of this function to more robustly open the
+  header file. We don't have access to the real include paths in this context,
+  so we need this guesswork here.
+
+  Known bugs: tools/base/bar.cc and base/bar.h belong to the same module
+  according to this implementation. Because of this, this function gives
+  some false positives. This should be sufficiently rare in practice.
+
+  Args:
+    filename_cc: is the path for the .cc file
+    filename_h: is the path for the header path
+
+  Returns:
+    Tuple with a bool and a string:
+    bool: True if filename_cc and filename_h belong to the same module.
+    string: the additional prefix needed to open the header file.
+  """
+
+  if not filename_cc.endswith('.cc'):
+    return (False, '')
+  filename_cc = filename_cc[:-len('.cc')]
+  if filename_cc.endswith('_unittest'):
+    filename_cc = filename_cc[:-len('_unittest')]
+  elif filename_cc.endswith('_test'):
+    filename_cc = filename_cc[:-len('_test')]
+  filename_cc = filename_cc.replace('/public/', '/')
+  filename_cc = filename_cc.replace('/internal/', '/')
+
+  if not filename_h.endswith('.h'):
+    return (False, '')
+  filename_h = filename_h[:-len('.h')]
+  if filename_h.endswith('-inl'):
+    filename_h = filename_h[:-len('-inl')]
+  filename_h = filename_h.replace('/public/', '/')
+  filename_h = filename_h.replace('/internal/', '/')
+
+  files_belong_to_same_module = filename_cc.endswith(filename_h)
+  common_path = ''
+  if files_belong_to_same_module:
+    common_path = filename_cc[:-len(filename_h)]
+  return files_belong_to_same_module, common_path
+
+
+def UpdateIncludeState(filename, include_state, io=codecs):
+  """Fill up the include_state with new includes found from the file.
+
+  Args:
+    filename: the name of the header to read.
+    include_state: an _IncludeState instance in which the headers are inserted.
+    io: The io factory to use to read the file. Provided for testability.
+
+  Returns:
+    True if a header was succesfully added. False otherwise.
+  """
+  headerfile = None
+  try:
+    headerfile = io.open(filename, 'r', 'utf8', 'replace')
+  except IOError:
+    return False
+  linenum = 0
+  for line in headerfile:
+    linenum += 1
+    clean_line = CleanseComments(line)
+    match = _RE_PATTERN_INCLUDE.search(clean_line)
+    if match:
+      include = match.group(2)
+      # The value formatting is cute, but not really used right now.
+      # What matters here is that the key is in include_state.
+      include_state.setdefault(include, '%s:%d' % (filename, linenum))
+  return True
+
+
+def CheckForIncludeWhatYouUse(filename, clean_lines, include_state, error,
+                              io=codecs):
+  """Reports for missing stl includes.
+
+  This function will output warnings to make sure you are including the headers
+  necessary for the stl containers and functions that you use. We only give one
+  reason to include a header. For example, if you use both equal_to<> and
+  less<> in a .h file, only one (the latter in the file) of these will be
+  reported as a reason to include the <functional>.
+
+  Args:
+    filename: The name of the current file.
+    clean_lines: A CleansedLines instance containing the file.
+    include_state: An _IncludeState instance.
+    error: The function to call with any errors found.
+    io: The IO factory to use to read the header file. Provided for unittest
+        injection.
+  """
+  required = {}  # A map of header name to linenumber and the template entity.
+                 # Example of required: { '<functional>': (1219, 'less<>') }
+
+  for linenum in xrange(clean_lines.NumLines()):
+    line = clean_lines.elided[linenum]
+    if not line or line[0] == '#':
+      continue
+
+    # String is special -- it is a non-templatized type in STL.
+    matched = _RE_PATTERN_STRING.search(line)
+    if matched:
+      # Don't warn about strings in non-STL namespaces:
+      # (We check only the first match per line; good enough.)
+      prefix = line[:matched.start()]
+      if prefix.endswith('std::') or not prefix.endswith('::'):
+        required['<string>'] = (linenum, 'string')
+
+    for pattern, template, header in _re_pattern_algorithm_header:
+      if pattern.search(line):
+        required[header] = (linenum, template)
+
+    # The following function is just a speed up, no semantics are changed.
+    if not '<' in line:  # Reduces the cpu time usage by skipping lines.
+      continue
+
+    for pattern, template, header in _re_pattern_templates:
+      if pattern.search(line):
+        required[header] = (linenum, template)
+
+  # The policy is that if you #include something in foo.h you don't need to
+  # include it again in foo.cc. Here, we will look at possible includes.
+  # Let's copy the include_state so it is only messed up within this function.
+  include_state = include_state.copy()
+
+  # Did we find the header for this file (if any) and succesfully load it?
+  header_found = False
+
+  # Use the absolute path so that matching works properly.
+  abs_filename = FileInfo(filename).FullName()
+
+  # For Emacs's flymake.
+  # If cpplint is invoked from Emacs's flymake, a temporary file is generated
+  # by flymake and that file name might end with '_flymake.cc'. In that case,
+  # restore original file name here so that the corresponding header file can be
+  # found.
+  # e.g. If the file name is 'foo_flymake.cc', we should search for 'foo.h'
+  # instead of 'foo_flymake.h'
+  abs_filename = re.sub(r'_flymake\.cc$', '.cc', abs_filename)
+
+  # include_state is modified during iteration, so we iterate over a copy of
+  # the keys.
+  header_keys = include_state.keys()
+  for header in header_keys:
+    (same_module, common_path) = FilesBelongToSameModule(abs_filename, header)
+    fullpath = common_path + header
+    if same_module and UpdateIncludeState(fullpath, include_state, io):
+      header_found = True
+
+  # If we can't find the header file for a .cc, assume it's because we don't
+  # know where to look. In that case we'll give up as we're not sure they
+  # didn't include it in the .h file.
+  # TODO(unknown): Do a better job of finding .h files so we are confident that
+  # not having the .h file means there isn't one.
+  if filename.endswith('.cc') and not header_found:
+    return
+
+  # All the lines have been processed, report the errors found.
+  for required_header_unstripped in required:
+    template = required[required_header_unstripped][1]
+    if required_header_unstripped.strip('<>"') not in include_state:
+      error(filename, required[required_header_unstripped][0],
+            'build/include_what_you_use', 4,
+            'Add #include ' + required_header_unstripped + ' for ' + template)
+
+
+_RE_PATTERN_EXPLICIT_MAKEPAIR = re.compile(r'\bmake_pair\s*<')
+
+
+def CheckMakePairUsesDeduction(filename, clean_lines, linenum, error):
+  """Check that make_pair's template arguments are deduced.
+
+  G++ 4.6 in C++0x mode fails badly if make_pair's template arguments are
+  specified explicitly, and such use isn't intended in any case.
+
+  Args:
+    filename: The name of the current file.
+    clean_lines: A CleansedLines instance containing the file.
+    linenum: The number of the line to check.
+    error: The function to call with any errors found.
+  """
+  line = clean_lines.elided[linenum]
+  match = _RE_PATTERN_EXPLICIT_MAKEPAIR.search(line)
+  if match:
+    error(filename, linenum, 'build/explicit_make_pair',
+          4,  # 4 = high confidence
+          'For C++11-compatibility, omit template arguments from make_pair'
+          ' OR use pair directly OR if appropriate, construct a pair directly')
+
+
+def ProcessLine(filename, file_extension, clean_lines, line,
+                include_state, function_state, nesting_state, error,
+                extra_check_functions=[]):
+  """Processes a single line in the file.
+
+  Args:
+    filename: Filename of the file that is being processed.
+    file_extension: The extension (dot not included) of the file.
+    clean_lines: An array of strings, each representing a line of the file,
+                 with comments stripped.
+    line: Number of line being processed.
+    include_state: An _IncludeState instance in which the headers are inserted.
+    function_state: A _FunctionState instance which counts function lines, etc.
+    nesting_state: A _NestingState instance which maintains information about
+                   the current stack of nested blocks being parsed.
+    error: A callable to which errors are reported, which takes 4 arguments:
+           filename, line number, error level, and message
+    extra_check_functions: An array of additional check functions that will be
+                           run on each source line. Each function takes 4
+                           arguments: filename, clean_lines, line, error
+  """
+  raw_lines = clean_lines.raw_lines
+  ParseNolintSuppressions(filename, raw_lines[line], line, error)
+  nesting_state.Update(filename, clean_lines, line, error)
+  if nesting_state.stack and nesting_state.stack[-1].inline_asm != _NO_ASM:
+    return
+  CheckForFunctionLengths(filename, clean_lines, line, function_state, error)
+  CheckForMultilineCommentsAndStrings(filename, clean_lines, line, error)
+  CheckStyle(filename, clean_lines, line, file_extension, nesting_state, error)
+  CheckLanguage(filename, clean_lines, line, file_extension, include_state,
+                nesting_state, error)
+  # SRombauts: I use references for out parameters
+  #CheckForNonConstReference(filename, clean_lines, line, nesting_state, error)
+  CheckForNonStandardConstructs(filename, clean_lines, line,
+                                nesting_state, error)
+  CheckVlogArguments(filename, clean_lines, line, error)
+  CheckPosixThreading(filename, clean_lines, line, error)
+  CheckInvalidIncrement(filename, clean_lines, line, error)
+  CheckMakePairUsesDeduction(filename, clean_lines, line, error)
+  for check_fn in extra_check_functions:
+    check_fn(filename, clean_lines, line, error)
+
+def ProcessFileData(filename, file_extension, lines, error,
+                    extra_check_functions=[]):
+  """Performs lint checks and reports any errors to the given error function.
+
+  Args:
+    filename: Filename of the file that is being processed.
+    file_extension: The extension (dot not included) of the file.
+    lines: An array of strings, each representing a line of the file, with the
+           last element being empty if the file is terminated with a newline.
+    error: A callable to which errors are reported, which takes 4 arguments:
+           filename, line number, error level, and message
+    extra_check_functions: An array of additional check functions that will be
+                           run on each source line. Each function takes 4
+                           arguments: filename, clean_lines, line, error
+  """
+  lines = (['// marker so line numbers and indices both start at 1'] + lines +
+           ['// marker so line numbers end in a known way'])
+
+  include_state = _IncludeState()
+  function_state = _FunctionState()
+  nesting_state = _NestingState()
+
+  ResetNolintSuppressions()
+
+  # SRombauts: file scope rules (header, includes...)
+  CheckForFilename(filename, lines, error)
+  CheckForCopyright(filename, lines, error)
+
+  if file_extension == 'h':
+    CheckForHeaderGuard(filename, lines, error)
+
+  RemoveMultiLineComments(filename, lines, error)
+  clean_lines = CleansedLines(lines)
+  for line in xrange(clean_lines.NumLines()):
+    ProcessLine(filename, file_extension, clean_lines, line,
+                include_state, function_state, nesting_state, error,
+                extra_check_functions)
+  nesting_state.CheckCompletedBlocks(filename, error)
+
+  CheckForIncludeWhatYouUse(filename, clean_lines, include_state, error)
+
+  # We check here rather than inside ProcessLine so that we see raw
+  # lines rather than "cleaned" lines.
+  CheckForBadCharacters(filename, lines, error)
+
+  CheckForNewlineAtEOF(filename, lines, error)
+
+def ProcessFile(filename, vlevel, extra_check_functions=[]):
+  """Does google-lint on a single file.
+
+  Args:
+    filename: The name of the file to parse.
+
+    vlevel: The level of errors to report.  Every error of confidence
+    >= verbose_level will be reported.  0 is a good default.
+
+    extra_check_functions: An array of additional check functions that will be
+                           run on each source line. Each function takes 4
+                           arguments: filename, clean_lines, line, error
+  """
+
+  _SetVerboseLevel(vlevel)
+
+  try:
+    # Support the UNIX convention of using "-" for stdin.  Note that
+    # we are not opening the file with universal newline support
+    # (which codecs doesn't support anyway), so the resulting lines do
+    # contain trailing '\r' characters if we are reading a file that
+    # has CRLF endings.
+    # If after the split a trailing '\r' is present, it is removed
+    # below. If it is not expected to be present (i.e. os.linesep !=
+    # '\r\n' as in Windows), a warning is issued below if this file
+    # is processed.
+
+    if filename == '-':
+      lines = codecs.StreamReaderWriter(sys.stdin,
+                                        codecs.getreader('utf8'),
+                                        codecs.getwriter('utf8'),
+                                        'replace').read().split('\n')
+    else:
+      lines = codecs.open(filename, 'r', 'utf8', 'replace').read().split('\n')
+
+    carriage_return_found = False
+    # Remove trailing '\r'.
+    for linenum in range(len(lines)):
+      if lines[linenum].endswith('\r'):
+        lines[linenum] = lines[linenum].rstrip('\r')
+        carriage_return_found = True
+
+  except IOError:
+    # SRombauts: do not complain for directory in the file list
+    #sys.stderr.write(
+    #    "Skipping input '%s': Can't open for reading\n" % filename)
+    return
+
+  # Note, if no dot is found, this will give the entire filename as the ext.
+  file_extension = filename[filename.rfind('.') + 1:]
+
+  # When reading from stdin, the extension is unknown, so no cpplint tests
+  # should rely on the extension.
+  valid_extensions = ['cc', 'h', 'cpp', 'cu', 'cuh']
+  if filename != '-' and file_extension not in valid_extensions:
+    # SRombauts: do not complain for non C++ files
+    #sys.stderr.write('cpplint:0: Ignoring %s; not a .cc or .h file\n' % filename)
+    None
+  else:
+    ProcessFileData(filename, file_extension, lines, Error,
+                    extra_check_functions)
+    if carriage_return_found:
+      # SRombauts: never use Windows endline
+      # Outputting only one error for potentially
+      # several lines.
+      Error(filename, 0, 'whitespace/newline', 5,
+            'One or more carriage-return \\r (^M) (Windows endline) found; '
+            'Use only UNIX endline \\n')
+
+  # SRombauts: do not show progress
+  #sys.stderr.write('cpplint:0: Done processing %s\n' % filename)
+
+
+def PrintUsage(message):
+  """Prints a brief usage string and exits, optionally with an error message.
+
+  Args:
+    message: The optional error message.
+  """
+  sys.stderr.write(_USAGE)
+  if message:
+    sys.exit('\nFATAL ERROR: ' + message)
+  else:
+    sys.exit(1)
+
+
+def PrintCategories():
+  """Prints a list of all the error-categories used by error messages.
+
+  These are the categories used to filter messages via --filter.
+  """
+  sys.stderr.write(''.join('  %s\n' % cat for cat in _ERROR_CATEGORIES))
+  sys.exit(0)
+
+
+def ParseArguments(args):
+  """Parses the command line arguments.
+
+  This may set the output format and verbosity level as side-effects.
+
+  Args:
+    args: The command line arguments:
+
+  Returns:
+    The list of filenames to lint.
+  """
+  try:
+    (opts, filenames) = getopt.getopt(args, '', ['help', 'output=', 'verbose=',
+                                                 'counting=',
+                                                 'filter=',
+                                                 'root=',
+                                                 'linelength='])
+  except getopt.GetoptError:
+    PrintUsage('Invalid arguments.')
+
+  verbosity = _VerboseLevel()
+  output_format = _OutputFormat()
+  filters = ''
+  counting_style = ''
+
+  for (opt, val) in opts:
+    if opt == '--help':
+      PrintUsage(None)
+    elif opt == '--output':
+      if val not in ('emacs', 'vs7', 'eclipse'):
+        PrintUsage('The only allowed output formats are emacs, vs7 and eclipse.')
+      output_format = val
+    elif opt == '--verbose':
+      verbosity = int(val)
+    elif opt == '--filter':
+      filters = val
+      if not filters:
+        PrintCategories()
+    elif opt == '--counting':
+      if val not in ('total', 'toplevel', 'detailed'):
+        PrintUsage('Valid counting options are total, toplevel, and detailed')
+      counting_style = val
+    elif opt == '--root':
+      global _root
+      _root = val
+    elif opt == '--linelength':
+      global _line_length
+      try:
+          _line_length = int(val)
+      except ValueError:
+          PrintUsage('Line length must be digits.')
+
+  if not filenames:
+    PrintUsage('No files were specified.')
+
+  _SetOutputFormat(output_format)
+  _SetVerboseLevel(verbosity)
+  _SetFilters(filters)
+  _SetCountingStyle(counting_style)
+
+  return filenames
+
+
+def main():
+  filenames = ParseArguments(sys.argv[1:])
+
+  # Change stderr to write with replacement characters so we don't die
+  # if we try to print something containing non-ASCII characters.
+  sys.stderr = codecs.StreamReaderWriter(sys.stderr,
+                                         codecs.getreader('utf8'),
+                                         codecs.getwriter('utf8'),
+                                         'replace')
+
+  _cpplint_state.ResetErrorCounts()
+  for filename in filenames:
+    ProcessFile(filename, _cpplint_state.verbose_level)
+  _cpplint_state.PrintErrorCounts()
+
+  sys.exit(_cpplint_state.error_count > 0)
+
+
+if __name__ == '__main__':
+  main()
diff --git a/client/sqlitecpp/include/SQLiteCpp/Assertion.h b/client/sqlitecpp/include/SQLiteCpp/Assertion.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ae611ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/sqlitecpp/include/SQLiteCpp/Assertion.h
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/**
+ * @file    Assertion.h
+ * @ingroup SQLiteCpp
+ * @brief   Definition of the SQLITECPP_ASSERT() macro.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2012-2013 Sebastien Rombauts (sebastien.rombauts@gmail.com)
+ *
+ * Distributed under the MIT License (MIT) (See accompanying file LICENSE.txt
+ * or copy at http://opensource.org/licenses/MIT)
+ */
+#pragma once
+
+#include <cassert>
+
+
+/**
+ * SQLITECPP_ASSERT SQLITECPP_ASSERT() is used in destructors, where exceptions shall not be thrown
+ *
+ * Define SQLITECPP_ENABLE_ASSERT_HANDLER at the project level
+ * and define a SQLite::assertion_failed() assertion handler
+ * to tell SQLiteC++ to use it instead of assert() when an assertion fail.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITECPP_ENABLE_ASSERT_HANDLER
+
+// if an assert handler is provided by user code, use it instead of assert()
+namespace SQLite
+{
+    // declaration of the assert handler to define in user code
+    void assertion_failed(const char* apFile, const long apLine, const char* apFunc,
+                          const char* apExpr, const char* apMsg);
+
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+    #define __func__ __FUNCTION__
+#endif
+// call the assert handler provided by user code
+#define SQLITECPP_ASSERT(expression, message) \
+    if (!(expression))  SQLite::assertion_failed(__FILE__, __LINE__, __func__, #expression, message)
+} // namespace SQLite
+
+#else
+
+// if no assert handler provided by user code, use standard assert()
+// (note: in debug mode, assert() does nothing)
+#define SQLITECPP_ASSERT(expression, message)   assert(expression && message)
+
+#endif
diff --git a/client/sqlitecpp/include/SQLiteCpp/Column.h b/client/sqlitecpp/include/SQLiteCpp/Column.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fd971b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/sqlitecpp/include/SQLiteCpp/Column.h
@@ -0,0 +1,225 @@
+/**
+ * @file    Column.h
+ * @ingroup SQLiteCpp
+ * @brief   Encapsulation of a Column in a row of the result pointed by the prepared SQLite::Statement.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2012-2014 Sebastien Rombauts (sebastien.rombauts@gmail.com)
+ *
+ * Distributed under the MIT License (MIT) (See accompanying file LICENSE.txt
+ * or copy at http://opensource.org/licenses/MIT)
+ */
+#pragma once
+
+#include <sqlite3.h>
+
+#include <SQLiteCpp/Statement.h>
+#include <SQLiteCpp/Exception.h>
+
+#include <string>
+
+
+namespace SQLite
+{
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Encapsulation of a Column in a row of the result pointed by the prepared Statement.
+ *
+ *  A Column is a particular field of SQLite data in the current row of result
+ * of the Statement : it points to a single cell.
+ *
+ * Its value can be expressed as a text, and, when applicable, as a numeric
+ * (integer or floating point) or a binary blob.
+ *
+ * Thread-safety: a Column object shall not be shared by multiple threads, because :
+ * 1) in the SQLite "Thread Safe" mode, "SQLite can be safely used by multiple threads
+ *    provided that no single database connection is used simultaneously in two or more threads."
+ * 2) the SQLite "Serialized" mode is not supported by SQLiteC++,
+ *    because of the way it shares the underling SQLite precompiled statement
+ *    in a custom shared pointer (See the inner class "Statement::Ptr").
+ *
+ * @todo inline all simple getters
+ */
+class Column
+{
+public:
+    // Make clang happy by explicitly implementing the copy-constructor:
+    Column(const Column & aOther) :
+        mStmtPtr(aOther.mStmtPtr),
+        mIndex(aOther.mIndex)
+    {
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Encapsulation of a Column in a Row of the result.
+     *
+     * @param[in] aStmtPtr  Shared pointer to the prepared SQLite Statement Object.
+     * @param[in] aIndex    Index of the column in the row of result
+     */
+    Column(Statement::Ptr& aStmtPtr, int aIndex)    noexcept; // nothrow
+    /// @brief Simple destructor
+    virtual ~Column()                               noexcept; // nothrow
+
+    // default copy constructor and assignment operator are perfectly suited :
+    // they copy the Statement::Ptr which in turn increments the reference counter.
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Return a pointer to the named assigned to a result column (potentially aliased)
+     */
+    const char*     getName() const noexcept; // nothrow
+
+    #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
+    /**
+     * @brief Return a pointer to the table column name that is the origin of this result column
+     * 
+     *  Require definition of the SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA preprocessor macro :
+     * - when building the SQLite library itself (which is the case for the Debian libsqlite3 binary for instance),
+     * - and also when compiling this wrapper.
+     */
+    const char*     getOriginName() const noexcept; // nothrow
+#endif
+
+    /// @brief Return the integer value of the column.
+    int             getInt() const noexcept; // nothrow
+    /// @brief Return the 64bits integer value of the column.
+    sqlite3_int64   getInt64() const noexcept; // nothrow
+    /// @brief Return the double (64bits float) value of the column.
+    double          getDouble() const noexcept; // nothrow
+    /**
+     * @brief Return a pointer to the text value (NULL terminated string) of the column.
+     *
+     * @warning The value pointed at is only valid while the statement is valid (ie. not finalized),
+     *          thus you must copy it before using it beyond its scope (to a std::string for instance).
+     */
+    const char*     getText(const char* apDefaultValue = "") const noexcept; // nothrow
+    /**
+     * @brief Return a pointer to the binary blob value of the column.
+     *
+     * @warning The value pointed at is only valid while the statement is valid (ie. not finalized),
+     *          thus you must copy it before using it beyond its scope (to a std::string for instance).
+     */
+    const void*     getBlob() const noexcept; // nothrow
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Return the type of the value of the column
+     *
+     * Return either SQLITE_INTEGER, SQLITE_FLOAT, SQLITE_TEXT, SQLITE_BLOB, or SQLITE_NULL.
+     *
+     * @warning After a type conversion (by a call to a getXxx on a Column of a Yyy type),
+     *          the value returned by sqlite3_column_type() is undefined.
+     */
+    int getType() const noexcept; // nothrow
+
+    /// @brief Test if the column is an integer type value (meaningful only before any conversion)
+    inline bool isInteger() const noexcept // nothrow
+    {
+        return (SQLITE_INTEGER == getType());
+    }
+    /// @brief Test if the column is a floating point type value (meaningful only before any conversion)
+    inline bool isFloat() const noexcept // nothrow
+    {
+        return (SQLITE_FLOAT == getType());
+    }
+    /// @brief Test if the column is a text type value (meaningful only before any conversion)
+    inline bool isText() const noexcept // nothrow
+    {
+        return (SQLITE_TEXT == getType());
+    }
+    /// @brief Test if the column is a binary blob type value (meaningful only before any conversion)
+    inline bool isBlob() const noexcept // nothrow
+    {
+        return (SQLITE_BLOB == getType());
+    }
+    /// @brief Test if the column is NULL (meaningful only before any conversion)
+    inline bool isNull() const noexcept // nothrow
+    {
+        return (SQLITE_NULL == getType());
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Return the number of bytes used by the text (or blob) value of the column
+     *
+     * Return either :
+     * - size in bytes (not in characters) of the string returned by getText() without the '\0' terminator
+     * - size in bytes of the string representation of the numerical value (integer or double)
+     * - size in bytes of the binary blob returned by getBlob()
+     * - 0 for a NULL value
+     */
+    int getBytes() const noexcept;
+
+    /// @brief Alias returning the number of bytes used by the text (or blob) value of the column
+    inline int size() const noexcept
+    {
+        return getBytes ();
+    }
+
+    /// @brief Inline cast operator to int
+    inline operator int() const
+    {
+        return getInt();
+    }
+    /// @brief Inline cast operator to 64bits integer
+    inline operator sqlite3_int64() const
+    {
+        return getInt64();
+    }
+    /// @brief Inline cast operator to double
+    inline operator double() const
+    {
+        return getDouble();
+    }
+    /**
+     * @brief Inline cast operator to char*
+     *
+     * @see getText 
+     */
+    inline operator const char*() const
+    {
+        return getText();
+    }
+    /**
+     * @brief Inline cast operator to void*
+     *
+     * @see getBlob
+     */
+    inline operator const void*() const
+    {
+        return getBlob();
+    }
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+    // NOTE : the following is required by GCC to cast a Column result in a std::string
+    // (error: conversion from ‘SQLite::Column’ to non-scalar type ‘std::string {aka std::basic_string<char>}’)
+    // but is not working under Microsoft Visual Studio 2010 and 2012
+    // (error C2440: 'initializing' : cannot convert from 'SQLite::Column' to 'std::basic_string<_Elem,_Traits,_Ax>'
+    //  [...] constructor overload resolution was ambiguous)
+    /// Inline cast operator to std::string
+    inline operator const std::string() const
+    {
+        return getText();
+    }
+#endif
+
+    /// @brief Return UTF-8 encoded English language explanation of the most recent error.
+    inline const char* errmsg() const
+    {
+        return sqlite3_errmsg(mStmtPtr);
+    }
+private:
+    Statement::Ptr  mStmtPtr;   //!< Shared Pointer to the prepared SQLite Statement Object
+    int             mIndex;     //!< Index of the column in the row of result
+};
+
+/**
+ * @brief Standard std::ostream text inserter
+ *
+ * Insert the text value of the Column object, using getText(), into the provided stream.
+ *
+ * @param[in] aStream   Stream to use
+ * @param[in] aColumn   Column object to insert into the provided stream
+ *
+ * @return  Reference to the stream used
+ */
+std::ostream& operator<<(std::ostream& aStream, const Column& aColumn);
+
+
+}  // namespace SQLite
diff --git a/client/sqlitecpp/include/SQLiteCpp/Database.h b/client/sqlitecpp/include/SQLiteCpp/Database.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ebddd9a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/sqlitecpp/include/SQLiteCpp/Database.h
@@ -0,0 +1,340 @@
+/**
+ * @file    Database.h
+ * @ingroup SQLiteCpp
+ * @brief   Management of a SQLite Database Connection.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2012-2013 Sebastien Rombauts (sebastien.rombauts@gmail.com)
+ *
+ * Distributed under the MIT License (MIT) (See accompanying file LICENSE.txt
+ * or copy at http://opensource.org/licenses/MIT)
+ */
+#pragma once
+
+#include <sqlite3.h>
+
+#include <SQLiteCpp/Column.h>
+
+#include <string>
+
+
+namespace SQLite
+{
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief RAII management of a SQLite Database Connection.
+ *
+ * A Database object manage a list of all SQLite Statements associated with the
+ * underlying SQLite 3 database connection.
+ *
+ * Resource Acquisition Is Initialization (RAII) means that the Database Connection
+ * is opened in the constructor and closed in the destructor, so that there is
+ * no need to worry about memory management or the validity of the underlying SQLite Connection.
+ *
+ * Thread-safety: a Database object shall not be shared by multiple threads, because :
+ * 1) in the SQLite "Thread Safe" mode, "SQLite can be safely used by multiple threads
+ *    provided that no single database connection is used simultaneously in two or more threads."
+ * 2) the SQLite "Serialized" mode is not supported by SQLiteC++,
+ *    because of the way it shares the underling SQLite precompiled statement
+ *    in a custom shared pointer (See the inner class "Statement::Ptr").
+ */
+class Database
+{
+    friend class Statement; // Give Statement constructor access to the mpSQLite Connection Handle
+
+public:
+    /**
+     * @brief Open the provided database UTF-8 filename.
+     *
+     * Uses sqlite3_open_v2() with readonly default flag, which is the opposite behavior
+     * of the old sqlite3_open() function (READWRITE+CREATE).
+     * This makes sense if you want to use it on a readonly filesystem
+     * or to prevent creation of a void file when a required file is missing.
+     *
+     * Exception is thrown in case of error, then the Database object is NOT constructed.
+     *
+     * @param[in] apFilename    UTF-8 path/uri to the database file ("filename" sqlite3 parameter)
+     * @param[in] aFlags        SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY/SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE/SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE...
+     * @param[in] apVfs         UTF-8 name of custom VFS to use, or nullptr for sqlite3 default
+     *
+     * @throw SQLite::Exception in case of error
+     */
+    Database(const char* apFilename, const int aFlags = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY, const char * apVfs = NULL);
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Open the provided database UTF-8 filename.
+     *
+     * Uses sqlite3_open_v2() with readonly default flag, which is the opposite behavior
+     * of the old sqlite3_open() function (READWRITE+CREATE).
+     * This makes sense if you want to use it on a readonly filesystem
+     * or to prevent creation of a void file when a required file is missing.
+     *
+     * Exception is thrown in case of error, then the Database object is NOT constructed.
+     *
+     * @param[in] aFilename     UTF-8 path/uri to the database file ("filename" sqlite3 parameter)
+     * @param[in] aFlags        SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY/SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE/SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE...
+     * @param[in] aVfs          UTF-8 name of custom VFS to use, or empty string for sqlite3 default
+     *
+     * @throw SQLite::Exception in case of error
+     */
+    Database(const std::string& aFilename, const int aFlags = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY, const std::string& aVfs = "");
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Close the SQLite database connection.
+     *
+     * All SQLite statements must have been finalized before,
+     * so all Statement objects must have been unregistered.
+     *
+     * @warning assert in case of error
+     */
+    virtual ~Database() noexcept; // nothrow
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Shortcut to execute one or multiple statements without results.
+     *
+     *  This is useful for any kind of statements other than the Data Query Language (DQL) "SELECT" :
+     *  - Data Manipulation Language (DML) statements "INSERT", "UPDATE" and "DELETE"
+     *  - Data Definition Language (DDL) statements "CREATE", "ALTER" and "DROP"
+     *  - Data Control Language (DCL) statements "GRANT", "REVOKE", "COMMIT" and "ROLLBACK"
+     *
+     * @see Statement::exec() to handle precompiled statements (for better performances) without results
+     * @see Statement::executeStep() to handle "SELECT" queries with results
+     *
+     * @param[in] apQueries  one or multiple UTF-8 encoded, semicolon-separate SQL statements
+     *
+     * @return number of rows modified by the *last* INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statement (beware of multiple statements)
+     * @warning undefined for CREATE or DROP table: returns the value of a previous INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statement.
+     *
+     * @throw SQLite::Exception in case of error
+     */
+    int exec(const char* apQueries);
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Shortcut to execute one or multiple statements without results.
+     *
+     *  This is useful for any kind of statements other than the Data Query Language (DQL) "SELECT" :
+     *  - Data Manipulation Language (DML) statements "INSERT", "UPDATE" and "DELETE"
+     *  - Data Definition Language (DDL) statements "CREATE", "ALTER" and "DROP"
+     *  - Data Control Language (DCL) statements "GRANT", "REVOKE", "COMMIT" and "ROLLBACK"
+     *
+     * @see Statement::exec() to handle precompiled statements (for better performances) without results
+     * @see Statement::executeStep() to handle "SELECT" queries with results
+     *
+     * @param[in] aQueries  one or multiple UTF-8 encoded, semicolon-separate SQL statements
+     *
+     * @return number of rows modified by the *last* INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statement (beware of multiple statements)
+     * @warning undefined for CREATE or DROP table: returns the value of a previous INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statement.
+     *
+     * @throw SQLite::Exception in case of error
+     */
+    inline int exec(const std::string& aQueries)
+    {
+        return exec(aQueries.c_str());
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Shortcut to execute a one step query and fetch the first column of the result.
+     *
+     *  This is a shortcut to execute a simple statement with a single result.
+     * This should be used only for non reusable queries (else you should use a Statement with bind()).
+     * This should be used only for queries with expected results (else an exception is fired).
+     *
+     * @warning WARNING: Be very careful with this dangerous method: you have to
+     *          make a COPY OF THE result, else it will be destroy before the next line
+     *          (when the underlying temporary Statement and Column objects are destroyed)
+     *
+     * @see also Statement class for handling queries with multiple results
+     *
+     * @param[in] apQuery  an UTF-8 encoded SQL query
+     *
+     * @return a temporary Column object with the first column of result.
+     *
+     * @throw SQLite::Exception in case of error
+     */
+    Column execAndGet(const char* apQuery);
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Shortcut to execute a one step query and fetch the first column of the result.
+     *
+     *  This is a shortcut to execute a simple statement with a single result.
+     * This should be used only for non reusable queries (else you should use a Statement with bind()).
+     * This should be used only for queries with expected results (else an exception is fired).
+     *
+     * @warning WARNING: Be very careful with this dangerous method: you have to
+     *          make a COPY OF THE result, else it will be destroy before the next line
+     *          (when the underlying temporary Statement and Column objects are destroyed)
+     *
+     * @see also Statement class for handling queries with multiple results
+     *
+     * @param[in] aQuery  an UTF-8 encoded SQL query
+     *
+     * @return a temporary Column object with the first column of result.
+     *
+     * @throw SQLite::Exception in case of error
+     */
+    inline Column execAndGet(const std::string& aQuery)
+    {
+        return execAndGet(aQuery.c_str());
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Shortcut to test if a table exists.
+     *
+     *  Table names are case sensitive.
+     *
+     * @param[in] apTableName an UTF-8 encoded case sensitive Table name
+     *
+     * @return true if the table exists.
+     *
+     * @throw SQLite::Exception in case of error
+     */
+    bool tableExists(const char* apTableName);
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Shortcut to test if a table exists.
+     *
+     *  Table names are case sensitive.
+     *
+     * @param[in] aTableName an UTF-8 encoded case sensitive Table name
+     *
+     * @return true if the table exists.
+     *
+     * @throw SQLite::Exception in case of error
+     */
+    inline bool tableExists(const std::string& aTableName)
+    {
+        return tableExists(aTableName.c_str());
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Set a busy handler that sleeps for a specified amount of time when a table is locked.
+     *
+     * @param[in] aTimeoutMs    Amount of milliseconds to wait before returning SQLITE_BUSY
+     */
+    inline int setBusyTimeout(int aTimeoutMs) noexcept // nothrow
+    {
+        return sqlite3_busy_timeout(mpSQLite, aTimeoutMs);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Get the rowid of the most recent successful INSERT into the database from the current connection.
+     *
+     *  Each entry in an SQLite table always has a unique 64-bit signed integer key called the rowid.
+     * If the table has a column of type INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, then it is an alias for the rowid.
+     *
+     * @return Rowid of the most recent successful INSERT into the database, or 0 if there was none.
+     */
+    inline sqlite3_int64 getLastInsertRowid() const noexcept // nothrow
+    {
+        return sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(mpSQLite);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Get total number of rows modified by all INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statement since connection.
+     *
+     * @return Total number of rows modified since connection to the database. DROP tables does not count.
+     */
+    inline int getTotalChanges() const noexcept // nothrow
+    {
+        return sqlite3_total_changes(mpSQLite);
+    }
+
+    inline int getChanges() const noexcept
+    {
+      return sqlite3_changes(mpSQLite);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Return the filename used to open the database
+     */
+    inline const std::string& getFilename() const noexcept // nothrow
+    {
+        return mFilename;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Return UTF-8 encoded English language explanation of the most recent error.
+     */
+    inline const char* errmsg() const noexcept // nothrow
+    {
+        return sqlite3_errmsg(mpSQLite);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Create or redefine a SQL function or aggregate in the sqlite database. 
+     *
+     *  This is the equivalent of the sqlite3_create_function_v2 command.
+     * @see http://www.sqlite.org/c3ref/create_function.html
+     *
+     * @note UTF-8 text encoding assumed.
+     *
+     * @param[in] apFuncName    Name of the SQL function to be created or redefined
+     * @param[in] aNbArg        Number of arguments in the function
+     * @param[in] abDeterministic Optimize for deterministic functions (most are). A random number generator is not.
+     * @param[in] apApp         Arbitrary pointer of user data, accessible with sqlite3_user_data().
+     * @param[in] apFunc        Pointer to a C-function to implement a scalar SQL function (apStep & apFinal NULL)
+     * @param[in] apStep        Pointer to a C-function to implement an aggregate SQL function (apFunc NULL)
+     * @param[in] apFinal       Pointer to a C-function to implement an aggregate SQL function (apFunc NULL)
+     * @param[in] apDestroy     If not NULL, then it is the destructor for the application data pointer.
+     *
+     * @throw SQLite::Exception in case of error
+     */
+    void createFunction(const char* apFuncName,
+                        int         aNbArg,
+                        bool        abDeterministic,
+                        void*       apApp,
+                        void      (*apFunc)(sqlite3_context *, int, sqlite3_value **),
+                        void      (*apStep)(sqlite3_context *, int, sqlite3_value **),
+                        void      (*apFinal)(sqlite3_context *),  // NOLINT(readability/casting)
+                        void      (*apDestroy)(void *));
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Create or redefine a SQL function or aggregate in the sqlite database. 
+     *
+     *  This is the equivalent of the sqlite3_create_function_v2 command.
+     * @see http://www.sqlite.org/c3ref/create_function.html
+     *
+     * @note UTF-8 text encoding assumed.
+     *
+     * @param[in] aFuncName     Name of the SQL function to be created or redefined
+     * @param[in] aNbArg        Number of arguments in the function
+     * @param[in] abDeterministic Optimize for deterministic functions (most are). A random number generator is not.
+     * @param[in] apApp         Arbitrary pointer of user data, accessible with sqlite3_user_data().
+     * @param[in] apFunc        Pointer to a C-function to implement a scalar SQL function (apStep & apFinal NULL)
+     * @param[in] apStep        Pointer to a C-function to implement an aggregate SQL function (apFunc NULL)
+     * @param[in] apFinal       Pointer to a C-function to implement an aggregate SQL function (apFunc NULL)
+     * @param[in] apDestroy     If not NULL, then it is the destructor for the application data pointer.
+     *
+     * @throw SQLite::Exception in case of error
+     */
+    inline void createFunction(const std::string&   aFuncName,
+                               int                  aNbArg,
+                               bool                 abDeterministic,
+                               void*                apApp,
+                               void               (*apFunc)(sqlite3_context *, int, sqlite3_value **),
+                               void               (*apStep)(sqlite3_context *, int, sqlite3_value **),
+                               void               (*apFinal)(sqlite3_context *), // NOLINT(readability/casting)
+                               void               (*apDestroy)(void *))
+    {
+        return createFunction(aFuncName.c_str(), aNbArg, abDeterministic,
+                              apApp, apFunc, apStep, apFinal, apDestroy);
+    }
+
+private:
+    /// @{ Database must be non-copyable
+    Database(const Database&);
+    Database& operator=(const Database&);
+    /// @}
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Check if aRet equal SQLITE_OK, else throw a SQLite::Exception with the SQLite error message
+     */
+    void check(const int aRet) const;
+
+private:
+    sqlite3*    mpSQLite;   //!< Pointer to SQLite Database Connection Handle
+    std::string mFilename;  //!< UTF-8 filename used to open the database
+};
+
+
+}  // namespace SQLite
diff --git a/client/sqlitecpp/include/SQLiteCpp/Exception.h b/client/sqlitecpp/include/SQLiteCpp/Exception.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4bf3ede
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/sqlitecpp/include/SQLiteCpp/Exception.h
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+/**
+ * @file    Exception.h
+ * @ingroup SQLiteCpp
+ * @brief   Encapsulation of the error message from SQLite3 on a std::runtime_error.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2012-2013 Sebastien Rombauts (sebastien.rombauts@gmail.com)
+ *
+ * Distributed under the MIT License (MIT) (See accompanying file LICENSE.txt
+ * or copy at http://opensource.org/licenses/MIT)
+ */
+#pragma once
+
+#include <stdexcept>
+#include <string>
+
+
+namespace SQLite
+{
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Encapsulation of the error message from SQLite3, based on std::runtime_error.
+ */
+class Exception : public std::runtime_error
+{
+public:
+    /**
+     * @brief Encapsulation of the error message from SQLite3, based on std::runtime_error.
+     *
+     * @param[in] aErrorMessage The string message describing the SQLite error
+     */
+    explicit Exception(const std::string& aErrorMessage) :
+        std::runtime_error(aErrorMessage)
+    {
+    }
+};
+
+
+}  // namespace SQLite
+
+
+/// Compatibility with non-clang compilers.
+#ifndef __has_feature
+    #define __has_feature(x) 0
+#endif
+
+// Detect whether the compiler supports C++11 noexcept exception specifications.
+#if (defined(__GNUC__) && (__GNUC__ >= 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 7 ) && defined(__GXX_EXPERIMENTAL_CXX0X__))
+// GCC 4.7 and following have noexcept
+#elif defined(__clang__) && __has_feature(cxx_noexcept)
+// Clang 3.0 and above have noexcept
+#else
+    #define noexcept    throw()
+#endif
diff --git a/client/sqlitecpp/include/SQLiteCpp/SQLiteCpp.h b/client/sqlitecpp/include/SQLiteCpp/SQLiteCpp.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6228001
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/sqlitecpp/include/SQLiteCpp/SQLiteCpp.h
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+/**
+ * @file    SQLiteCpp.h
+ * @ingroup SQLiteCpp
+ * @brief   SQLiteC++ is a smart and simple C++ SQLite3 wrapper. This file is only "easy include" for other files.
+ *
+ * Include this main header file in your project to gain access to all functionality provided by the wrapper.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2012-2014 Sebastien Rombauts (sebastien.rombauts@gmail.com)
+ *
+ * Distributed under the MIT License (MIT) (See accompanying file LICENSE.txt
+ * or copy at http://opensource.org/licenses/MIT)
+ */
+/**
+ * @defgroup SQLiteCpp SQLiteC++
+ * @brief    SQLiteC++ is a smart and simple C++ SQLite3 wrapper. This file is only "easy include" for other files.
+ */
+#pragma once
+
+
+// Include useful headers of SQLiteC++
+#include <SQLiteCpp/Assertion.h>
+#include <SQLiteCpp/Exception.h>
+#include <SQLiteCpp/Database.h>
+#include <SQLiteCpp/Statement.h>
+#include <SQLiteCpp/Column.h>
+#include <SQLiteCpp/Transaction.h>
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Version numbers for SQLiteC++ are provided in the same way as sqlite3.h
+ *
+ * The [SQLITECPP_VERSION] C preprocessor macro in the SQLiteC++.h header
+ * evaluates to a string literal that is the SQLite version in the
+ * format "X.Y.Z" where X is the major version number
+ * and Y is the minor version number and Z is the release number.
+ *
+ * The [SQLITECPP_VERSION_NUMBER] C preprocessor macro resolves to an integer
+ * with the value (X*1000000 + Y*1000 + Z) where X, Y, and Z are the same
+ * numbers used in [SQLITECPP_VERSION].
+ */
+#define SQLITECPP_VERSION           "0.9.9"
+#define SQLITECPP_VERSION_NUMBER    0009009
diff --git a/client/sqlitecpp/include/SQLiteCpp/Statement.h b/client/sqlitecpp/include/SQLiteCpp/Statement.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f9e457a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/sqlitecpp/include/SQLiteCpp/Statement.h
@@ -0,0 +1,410 @@
+/**
+ * @file    Statement.h
+ * @ingroup SQLiteCpp
+ * @brief   A prepared SQLite Statement is a compiled SQL query ready to be executed, pointing to a row of result.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2012-2014 Sebastien Rombauts (sebastien.rombauts@gmail.com)
+ *
+ * Distributed under the MIT License (MIT) (See accompanying file LICENSE.txt
+ * or copy at http://opensource.org/licenses/MIT)
+ */
+#pragma once
+
+#include <sqlite3.h>
+#include <string>
+
+#include <SQLiteCpp/Exception.h>
+
+
+namespace SQLite
+{
+
+
+// Forward declaration
+class Database;
+class Column;
+
+/**
+ * @brief RAII encapsulation of a prepared SQLite Statement.
+ *
+ * A Statement is a compiled SQL query ready to be executed step by step
+ * to provide results one row at a time.
+ *
+ * Resource Acquisition Is Initialization (RAII) means that the Statement
+ * is compiled in the constructor and finalized in the destructor, so that there is
+ * no need to worry about memory management or the validity of the underlying SQLite Statement.
+ *
+ * Thread-safety: a Statement object shall not be shared by multiple threads, because :
+ * 1) in the SQLite "Thread Safe" mode, "SQLite can be safely used by multiple threads
+ *    provided that no single database connection is used simultaneously in two or more threads."
+ * 2) the SQLite "Serialized" mode is not supported by SQLiteC++,
+ *    because of the way it shares the underling SQLite precompiled statement
+ *    in a custom shared pointer (See the inner class "Statement::Ptr").
+ */
+class Statement
+{
+public:
+    class Ptr;
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Compile and register the SQL query for the provided SQLite Database Connection
+     *
+     * @param[in] aDatabase the SQLite Database Connection
+     * @param[in] apQuery   an UTF-8 encoded query string
+     *
+     * Exception is thrown in case of error, then the Statement object is NOT constructed.
+     */
+    Statement(Database& aDatabase, const char* apQuery);
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Compile and register the SQL query for the provided SQLite Database Connection
+     *
+     * @param[in] aDatabase the SQLite Database Connection
+     * @param[in] aQuery    an UTF-8 encoded query string
+     *
+     * Exception is thrown in case of error, then the Statement object is NOT constructed.
+     */
+    Statement(Database& aDatabase, const std::string& aQuery);
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Finalize and unregister the SQL query from the SQLite Database Connection.
+     */
+    virtual ~Statement() noexcept; // nothrow
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Reset the statement to make it ready for a new execution.
+     */
+    void reset();
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Clears away all the bindings of a prepared statement.
+     */
+    void clearBindings(void); // throw(SQLite::Exception)
+
+    ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+    // Bind a value to a parameter of the SQL statement,
+    // in the form "?" (unnamed), "?NNN", ":VVV", "@VVV" or "$VVV".
+    //
+    // Can use the parameter index, starting from "1", to the higher NNN value,
+    // or the complete parameter name "?NNN", ":VVV", "@VVV" or "$VVV"
+    // (prefixed with the corresponding sign "?", ":", "@" or "$")
+    //
+    // Note that for text and blob values, the SQLITE_TRANSIENT flag is used,
+    // which tell the sqlite library to make its own copy of the data before the bind() call returns.
+    // This choice is done to prevent any common misuses, like passing a pointer to a
+    // dynamic allocated and temporary variable (a std::string for instance).
+    // This is under-optimized for static data (a static text define in code)
+    // as well as for dynamic allocated buffer which could be transfer to sqlite
+    // instead of being copied.
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Bind an int value to a parameter "?", "?NNN", ":VVV", "@VVV" or "$VVV" in the SQL prepared statement (aIndex >= 1)
+     */
+    void bind(const int aIndex, const int&           aValue);
+    /**
+     * @brief Bind a 64bits int value to a parameter "?", "?NNN", ":VVV", "@VVV" or "$VVV" in the SQL prepared statement (aIndex >= 1)
+     */
+    void bind(const int aIndex, const sqlite3_int64& aValue);
+    /**
+     * @brief Bind a double (64bits float) value to a parameter "?", "?NNN", ":VVV", "@VVV" or "$VVV" in the SQL prepared statement (aIndex >= 1)
+     */
+    void bind(const int aIndex, const double&        aValue);
+    /**
+     * @brief Bind a string value to a parameter "?", "?NNN", ":VVV", "@VVV" or "$VVV" in the SQL prepared statement (aIndex >= 1)
+     *
+     * @note This uses the SQLITE_TRANSIENT flag, making a copy of the data, for SQLite internal use
+     */
+    void bind(const int aIndex, const std::string&   aValue);
+    /**
+     * @brief Bind a text value to a parameter "?", "?NNN", ":VVV", "@VVV" or "$VVV" in the SQL prepared statement (aIndex >= 1)
+     *
+     * @note This uses the SQLITE_TRANSIENT flag, making a copy of the data, for SQLite internal use
+     */
+    void bind(const int aIndex, const char*          apValue);
+    /**
+     * @brief Bind a binary blob value to a parameter "?", "?NNN", ":VVV", "@VVV" or "$VVV" in the SQL prepared statement (aIndex >= 1)
+     *
+     * @note This uses the SQLITE_TRANSIENT flag, making a copy of the data, for SQLite internal use
+     */
+    void bind(const int aIndex, const void*          apValue, const int aSize);
+    /**
+     * @brief Bind a NULL value to a parameter "?", "?NNN", ":VVV", "@VVV" or "$VVV" in the SQL prepared statement (aIndex >= 1)
+     */
+    void bind(const int aIndex);
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Bind an int value to a named parameter "?NNN", ":VVV", "@VVV" or "$VVV" in the SQL prepared statement (aIndex >= 1)
+     */
+    void bind(const char* apName, const int&            aValue);
+    /**
+     * @brief Bind a 64bits int value to a named parameter "?NNN", ":VVV", "@VVV" or "$VVV" in the SQL prepared statement (aIndex >= 1)
+     */
+    void bind(const char* apName, const sqlite3_int64&  aValue);
+    /**
+     * @brief Bind a double (64bits float) value to a named parameter "?NNN", ":VVV", "@VVV" or "$VVV" in the SQL prepared statement (aIndex >= 1)
+     */
+    void bind(const char* apName, const double&         aValue);
+    /**
+     * @brief Bind a string value to a named parameter "?NNN", ":VVV", "@VVV" or "$VVV" in the SQL prepared statement (aIndex >= 1)
+     *
+     * @note This uses the SQLITE_TRANSIENT flag, making a copy of the data, for SQLite internal use
+     */
+    void bind(const char* apName, const std::string&    aValue);
+    /**
+     * @brief Bind a text value to a named parameter "?NNN", ":VVV", "@VVV" or "$VVV" in the SQL prepared statement (aIndex >= 1)
+     *
+     * @note This uses the SQLITE_TRANSIENT flag, making a copy of the data, for SQLite internal use
+     */
+    void bind(const char* apName, const char*           apValue);
+    /**
+     * @brief Bind a binary blob value to a named parameter "?NNN", ":VVV", "@VVV" or "$VVV" in the SQL prepared statement (aIndex >= 1)
+     *
+     * @note This uses the SQLITE_TRANSIENT flag, making a copy of the data, for SQLite internal use
+     */
+    void bind(const char* apName, const void*           apValue, const int aSize);
+    /**
+     * @brief Bind a NULL value to a named parameter "?NNN", ":VVV", "@VVV" or "$VVV" in the SQL prepared statement (aIndex >= 1)
+     */
+    void bind(const char* apName); // bind NULL value
+
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Bind an int value to a named parameter "?NNN", ":VVV", "@VVV" or "$VVV" in the SQL prepared statement (aIndex >= 1)
+     */
+    inline void bind(const std::string& aName, const int&            aValue)
+    {
+        bind(aName.c_str(), aValue);
+    }
+    /**
+     * @brief Bind a 64bits int value to a named parameter "?NNN", ":VVV", "@VVV" or "$VVV" in the SQL prepared statement (aIndex >= 1)
+     */
+    inline void bind(const std::string& aName, const sqlite3_int64&  aValue)
+    {
+        bind(aName.c_str(), aValue);
+    }
+    /**
+     * @brief Bind a double (64bits float) value to a named parameter "?NNN", ":VVV", "@VVV" or "$VVV" in the SQL prepared statement (aIndex >= 1)
+     */
+    inline void bind(const std::string& aName, const double&         aValue)
+    {
+        bind(aName.c_str(), aValue);
+    }
+    /**
+     * @brief Bind a string value to a named parameter "?NNN", ":VVV", "@VVV" or "$VVV" in the SQL prepared statement (aIndex >= 1)
+     *
+     * @note This uses the SQLITE_TRANSIENT flag, making a copy of the data, for SQLite internal use
+     */
+    inline void bind(const std::string& aName, const std::string&    aValue)
+    {
+        bind(aName.c_str(), aValue);
+    }
+    /**
+     * @brief Bind a text value to a named parameter "?NNN", ":VVV", "@VVV" or "$VVV" in the SQL prepared statement (aIndex >= 1)
+     *
+     * @note This uses the SQLITE_TRANSIENT flag, making a copy of the data, for SQLite internal use
+     */
+    inline void bind(const std::string& aName, const char*           apValue)
+    {
+        bind(aName.c_str(), apValue);
+    }
+    /**
+     * @brief Bind a binary blob value to a named parameter "?NNN", ":VVV", "@VVV" or "$VVV" in the SQL prepared statement (aIndex >= 1)
+     *
+     * @note This uses the SQLITE_TRANSIENT flag, making a copy of the data, for SQLite internal use
+     */
+    inline void bind(const std::string& aName, const void*           apValue, const int aSize)
+    {
+        bind(aName.c_str(), apValue, aSize);
+    }
+    /**
+     * @brief Bind a NULL value to a named parameter "?NNN", ":VVV", "@VVV" or "$VVV" in the SQL prepared statement (aIndex >= 1)
+     */
+    inline void bind(const std::string& aName) // bind NULL value
+    {
+        bind(aName.c_str());
+    }
+
+
+    ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Execute a step of the prepared query to fetch one row of results.
+     *
+     *  While true is returned, a row of results is available, and can be accessed
+     * thru the getColumn() method
+     *
+     * @see exec() execute a one-step prepared statement with no expected result
+     * @see Database::exec() is a shortcut to execute one or multiple statements without results
+     *
+     * @return - true  (SQLITE_ROW)  if there is another row ready : you can call getColumn(N) to get it
+     *                               then you have to call executeStep() again to fetch more rows until the query is finished
+     *         - false (SQLITE_DONE) if the query has finished executing : there is no (more) row of result
+     *                               (case of a query with no result, or after N rows fetched successfully)
+     *
+     * @throw SQLite::Exception in case of error
+     */
+    bool executeStep();
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Execute a one-step query with no expected result.
+     *
+     *  This method is useful for any kind of statements other than the Data Query Language (DQL) "SELECT" :
+     *  - Data Definition Language (DDL) statements "CREATE", "ALTER" and "DROP"
+     *  - Data Manipulation Language (DML) statements "INSERT", "UPDATE" and "DELETE"
+     *  - Data Control Language (DCL) statements "GRANT", "REVOKE", "COMMIT" and "ROLLBACK"
+     *
+     * It is similar to Database::exec(), but using a precompiled statement, it adds :
+     * - the ability to bind() arguments to it (best way to insert data),
+     * - reusing it allows for better performances (efficient for multiple insertion).
+     *
+     * @see executeStep() execute a step of the prepared query to fetch one row of results
+     * @see Database::exec() is a shortcut to execute one or multiple statements without results
+     *
+     * @return number of row modified by this SQL statement (INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE)
+     *
+     * @throw SQLite::Exception in case of error, or if row of results are returned !
+     */
+    int exec();
+
+    ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Return a copy of the column data specified by its index
+     *
+     *  Can be used to access the data of the current row of result when applicable,
+     * while the executeStep() method returns true.
+     *
+     *  Throw an exception if there is no row to return a Column from :
+     * - before any executeStep() call
+     * - after the last executeStep() returned false
+     * - after a reset() call
+     *
+     *  Throw an exception if the specified index is out of the [0, getColumnCount()) range.
+     *
+     * @param[in] aIndex    Index of the column, starting at 0
+     *
+     * @note    This method is no more const, starting in v0.5,
+     *          which reflects the fact that the returned Column object will
+     *          share the ownership of the underlying sqlite3_stmt.
+     *
+     * @warning The resulting Column object must not be memorized "as-is".
+     *          Is is only a wrapper around the current result row, so it is only valid
+     *          while the row from the Statement remains valid, that is only until next executeStep() call.
+     *          Thus, you should instead extract immediately its data (getInt(), getText()...)
+     *          and use or copy this data for any later usage.
+     */
+    Column  getColumn(const int aIndex);
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Test if the column value is NULL
+     *
+     * @param[in] aIndex    Index of the column, starting at 0
+     *
+     * @return true if the column value is NULL
+     */
+    bool    isColumnNull(const int aIndex) const;
+
+    ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+    /// @brief Return the UTF-8 SQL Query.
+    inline const std::string& getQuery() const
+    {
+        return mQuery;
+    }
+    /// @brief Return the number of columns in the result set returned by the prepared statement
+    inline int getColumnCount() const
+    {
+        return mColumnCount;
+    }
+    /// @brief true when a row has been fetched with executeStep()
+    inline bool isOk() const
+    {
+        return mbOk;
+    }
+    /// @brief true when the last executeStep() had no more row to fetch
+    inline bool isDone() const
+    {
+        return mbDone;
+    }
+    /// @brief Return UTF-8 encoded English language explanation of the most recent error.
+    inline const char* errmsg() const
+    {
+        return sqlite3_errmsg(mStmtPtr);
+    }
+
+public:
+    /**
+     * @brief Shared pointer to the sqlite3_stmt SQLite Statement Object.
+     *
+     * Manage the finalization of the sqlite3_stmt with a reference counter.
+     *
+     * This is a internal class, not part of the API (hence full documentation is in the cpp).
+     */
+    class Ptr
+    {
+    public:
+        // Prepare the statement and initialize its reference counter
+        Ptr(sqlite3* apSQLite, std::string& aQuery);
+        // Copy constructor increments the ref counter
+        Ptr(const Ptr& aPtr);
+        // Decrement the ref counter and finalize the sqlite3_stmt when it reaches 0
+        ~Ptr() noexcept; // nothrow (no virtual destructor needed here)
+
+        /// @brief Inline cast operator returning the pointer to SQLite Database Connection Handle
+        inline operator sqlite3*() const
+        {
+            return mpSQLite;
+        }
+
+        /// @brief Inline cast operator returning the pointer to SQLite Statement Object
+        inline operator sqlite3_stmt*() const
+        {
+            return mpStmt;
+        }
+
+        int getLastStatus() const
+        {
+          return mLastStatus;
+        }
+
+        void setLastStatus(int status)
+        {
+          mLastStatus = status;
+        }
+
+    private:
+        /// @{ Unused/forbidden copy operator
+        Ptr& operator=(const Ptr& aPtr);
+        /// @}
+
+    private:
+        sqlite3*        mpSQLite;    //!< Pointer to SQLite Database Connection Handle
+        sqlite3_stmt*   mpStmt;      //!< Pointer to SQLite Statement Object
+        unsigned int*   mpRefCount;  //!< Pointer to the heap allocated reference counter of the sqlite3_stmt
+                                     //!< (to share it with Column objects)
+        int             mLastStatus; //!< The return status of the last statement evaluation
+    };
+
+private:
+    /// @{ Statement must be non-copyable
+    Statement(const Statement&);
+    Statement& operator=(const Statement&);
+    /// @}
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Check if a return code equals SQLITE_OK, else throw a SQLite::Exception with the SQLite error message
+     *
+     * @param[in] SQLite return code to test against the SQLITE_OK expected value
+     */
+    void check(const int aRet);
+
+private:
+    std::string     mQuery;         //!< UTF-8 SQL Query
+    Ptr             mStmtPtr;       //!< Shared Pointer to the prepared SQLite Statement Object
+    int             mColumnCount;   //!< Number of columns in the result of the prepared statement
+    bool            mbOk;           //!< true when a row has been fetched with executeStep()
+    bool            mbDone;         //!< true when the last executeStep() had no more row to fetch
+};
+
+
+}  // namespace SQLite
diff --git a/client/sqlitecpp/include/SQLiteCpp/Transaction.h b/client/sqlitecpp/include/SQLiteCpp/Transaction.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..70e7e99
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/sqlitecpp/include/SQLiteCpp/Transaction.h
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/**
+ * @file    Transaction.h
+ * @ingroup SQLiteCpp
+ * @brief   A Transaction is way to group multiple SQL statements into an atomic secured operation.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2012-2013 Sebastien Rombauts (sebastien.rombauts@gmail.com)
+ *
+ * Distributed under the MIT License (MIT) (See accompanying file LICENSE.txt
+ * or copy at http://opensource.org/licenses/MIT)
+ */
+#pragma once
+
+#include <SQLiteCpp/Exception.h>
+
+
+namespace SQLite
+{
+
+
+// Forward declaration
+class Database;
+
+/**
+ * @brief RAII encapsulation of a SQLite Transaction.
+ *
+ * A Transaction is a way to group multiple SQL statements into an atomic secured operation;
+ * either it succeeds, with all the changes committed to the database file,
+ * or if it fails, all the changes are rolled back to the initial state.
+ *
+ * Resource Acquisition Is Initialization (RAII) means that the Transaction
+ * begins in the constructor and is rollbacked in the destructor, so that there is
+ * no need to worry about memory management or the validity of the underlying SQLite Connection.
+ *
+ * This method also offers big performances improvements compared to individually executed statements.
+ *
+ * Thread-safety: a Transaction object shall not be shared by multiple threads, because :
+ * 1) in the SQLite "Thread Safe" mode, "SQLite can be safely used by multiple threads
+ *    provided that no single database connection is used simultaneously in two or more threads."
+ * 2) the SQLite "Serialized" mode is not supported by SQLiteC++,
+ *    because of the way it shares the underling SQLite precompiled statement
+ *    in a custom shared pointer (See the inner class "Statement::Ptr").
+ */
+class Transaction
+{
+public:
+    /**
+     * @brief Begins the SQLite transaction
+     *
+     * @param[in] aDatabase the SQLite Database Connection
+     *
+     * Exception is thrown in case of error, then the Transaction is NOT initiated.
+     */
+    explicit Transaction(Database& aDatabase);
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Safely rollback the transaction if it has not been committed.
+     */
+    virtual ~Transaction() noexcept; // nothrow
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Commit the transaction.
+     */
+    void commit();
+
+private:
+    // Transaction must be non-copyable
+    Transaction(const Transaction&);
+    Transaction& operator=(const Transaction&);
+    /// @}
+
+private:
+    Database&   mDatabase;  //!< Reference to the SQLite Database Connection
+    bool        mbCommited; //!< True when commit has been called
+};
+
+
+}  // namespace SQLite
diff --git a/client/sqlitecpp/sqlite3/CMakeLists.txt b/client/sqlitecpp/sqlite3/CMakeLists.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d163f50
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/sqlitecpp/sqlite3/CMakeLists.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+# CMake file for compiling the sqlite3 static library under Windows (for ease of use)
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2013-2014 Sebastien Rombauts (sebastien.rombauts@gmail.com)
+#
+# Distributed under the MIT License (MIT) (See accompanying file LICENSE.txt
+# or copy at http://opensource.org/licenses/MIT) 
+
+# add sources of the "sqlite3" static library
+add_library(sqlite3
+ sqlite3.c
+ sqlite3.h
+)
diff --git a/client/sqlitecpp/sqlite3/README.txt b/client/sqlitecpp/sqlite3/README.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..502615b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/sqlitecpp/sqlite3/README.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+"sqlite3.c" and "sqlite3.h" files from sqlite-amalgamation-3071401.zip (SQLite 3.7.14.1)
+
+Those files are provided for easy setup under Windows ; they are used by the Visual Studio example solution.
+
+They are not used by the Linux Makefile, which thus requires the Linux "libsqlite3-dev" package.
diff --git a/client/sqlitecpp/sqlite3/sqlite3.c b/client/sqlitecpp/sqlite3/sqlite3.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..28205f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/sqlitecpp/sqlite3/sqlite3.c
@@ -0,0 +1,136334 @@
+/******************************************************************************
+** This file is an amalgamation of many separate C source files from SQLite
+** version 3.7.14.1.  By combining all the individual C code files into this 
+** single large file, the entire code can be compiled as a single translation
+** unit.  This allows many compilers to do optimizations that would not be
+** possible if the files were compiled separately.  Performance improvements
+** of 5% or more are commonly seen when SQLite is compiled as a single
+** translation unit.
+**
+** This file is all you need to compile SQLite.  To use SQLite in other
+** programs, you need this file and the "sqlite3.h" header file that defines
+** the programming interface to the SQLite library.  (If you do not have 
+** the "sqlite3.h" header file at hand, you will find a copy embedded within
+** the text of this file.  Search for "Begin file sqlite3.h" to find the start
+** of the embedded sqlite3.h header file.) Additional code files may be needed
+** if you want a wrapper to interface SQLite with your choice of programming
+** language. The code for the "sqlite3" command-line shell is also in a
+** separate file. This file contains only code for the core SQLite library.
+*/
+
+// SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA is defined in the project
+#define SQLITE_CORE 1
+#define SQLITE_AMALGAMATION 1
+#ifndef SQLITE_PRIVATE
+# define SQLITE_PRIVATE static
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_API
+# define SQLITE_API
+#endif
+/************** Begin file sqliteInt.h ***************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** Internal interface definitions for SQLite.
+**
+*/
+#ifndef _SQLITEINT_H_
+#define _SQLITEINT_H_
+
+/*
+** These #defines should enable >2GB file support on POSIX if the
+** underlying operating system supports it.  If the OS lacks
+** large file support, or if the OS is windows, these should be no-ops.
+**
+** Ticket #2739:  The _LARGEFILE_SOURCE macro must appear before any
+** system #includes.  Hence, this block of code must be the very first
+** code in all source files.
+**
+** Large file support can be disabled using the -DSQLITE_DISABLE_LFS switch
+** on the compiler command line.  This is necessary if you are compiling
+** on a recent machine (ex: Red Hat 7.2) but you want your code to work
+** on an older machine (ex: Red Hat 6.0).  If you compile on Red Hat 7.2
+** without this option, LFS is enable.  But LFS does not exist in the kernel
+** in Red Hat 6.0, so the code won't work.  Hence, for maximum binary
+** portability you should omit LFS.
+**
+** Similar is true for Mac OS X.  LFS is only supported on Mac OS X 9 and later.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS
+# define _LARGE_FILE       1
+# ifndef _FILE_OFFSET_BITS
+#   define _FILE_OFFSET_BITS 64
+# endif
+# define _LARGEFILE_SOURCE 1
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Include the configuration header output by 'configure' if we're using the
+** autoconf-based build
+*/
+#ifdef _HAVE_SQLITE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+/************** Include sqliteLimit.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ***********/
+/************** Begin file sqliteLimit.h *************************************/
+/*
+** 2007 May 7
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** 
+** This file defines various limits of what SQLite can process.
+*/
+
+/*
+** The maximum length of a TEXT or BLOB in bytes.   This also
+** limits the size of a row in a table or index.
+**
+** The hard limit is the ability of a 32-bit signed integer
+** to count the size: 2^31-1 or 2147483647.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH
+# define SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH 1000000000
+#endif
+
+/*
+** This is the maximum number of
+**
+**    * Columns in a table
+**    * Columns in an index
+**    * Columns in a view
+**    * Terms in the SET clause of an UPDATE statement
+**    * Terms in the result set of a SELECT statement
+**    * Terms in the GROUP BY or ORDER BY clauses of a SELECT statement.
+**    * Terms in the VALUES clause of an INSERT statement
+**
+** The hard upper limit here is 32676.  Most database people will
+** tell you that in a well-normalized database, you usually should
+** not have more than a dozen or so columns in any table.  And if
+** that is the case, there is no point in having more than a few
+** dozen values in any of the other situations described above.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN
+# define SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN 2000
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The maximum length of a single SQL statement in bytes.
+**
+** It used to be the case that setting this value to zero would
+** turn the limit off.  That is no longer true.  It is not possible
+** to turn this limit off.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH
+# define SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH 1000000000
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The maximum depth of an expression tree. This is limited to 
+** some extent by SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH. But sometime you might 
+** want to place more severe limits on the complexity of an 
+** expression.
+**
+** A value of 0 used to mean that the limit was not enforced.
+** But that is no longer true.  The limit is now strictly enforced
+** at all times.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH
+# define SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH 1000
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The maximum number of terms in a compound SELECT statement.
+** The code generator for compound SELECT statements does one
+** level of recursion for each term.  A stack overflow can result
+** if the number of terms is too large.  In practice, most SQL
+** never has more than 3 or 4 terms.  Use a value of 0 to disable
+** any limit on the number of terms in a compount SELECT.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT
+# define SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT 500
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The maximum number of opcodes in a VDBE program.
+** Not currently enforced.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP
+# define SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP 25000
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The maximum number of arguments to an SQL function.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG
+# define SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG 127
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The maximum number of in-memory pages to use for the main database
+** table and for temporary tables.  The SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE
+# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE  2000
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_TEMP_CACHE_SIZE
+# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_TEMP_CACHE_SIZE  500
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The default number of frames to accumulate in the log file before
+** checkpointing the database in WAL mode.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT
+# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT  1000
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The maximum number of attached databases.  This must be between 0
+** and 62.  The upper bound on 62 is because a 64-bit integer bitmap
+** is used internally to track attached databases.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED
+# define SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED 10
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** The maximum value of a ?nnn wildcard that the parser will accept.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER
+# define SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER 999
+#endif
+
+/* Maximum page size.  The upper bound on this value is 65536.  This a limit
+** imposed by the use of 16-bit offsets within each page.
+**
+** Earlier versions of SQLite allowed the user to change this value at
+** compile time. This is no longer permitted, on the grounds that it creates
+** a library that is technically incompatible with an SQLite library 
+** compiled with a different limit. If a process operating on a database 
+** with a page-size of 65536 bytes crashes, then an instance of SQLite 
+** compiled with the default page-size limit will not be able to rollback 
+** the aborted transaction. This could lead to database corruption.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
+# undef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
+#endif
+#define SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE 65536
+
+
+/*
+** The default size of a database page.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE
+# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE 1024
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
+# undef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE
+# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Ordinarily, if no value is explicitly provided, SQLite creates databases
+** with page size SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE. However, based on certain
+** device characteristics (sector-size and atomic write() support),
+** SQLite may choose a larger value. This constant is the maximum value
+** SQLite will choose on its own.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE
+# define SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE 8192
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
+# undef SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE
+# define SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Maximum number of pages in one database file.
+**
+** This is really just the default value for the max_page_count pragma.
+** This value can be lowered (or raised) at run-time using that the
+** max_page_count macro.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT
+# define SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT 1073741823
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Maximum length (in bytes) of the pattern in a LIKE or GLOB
+** operator.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH
+# define SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH 50000
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Maximum depth of recursion for triggers.
+**
+** A value of 1 means that a trigger program will not be able to itself
+** fire any triggers. A value of 0 means that no trigger programs at all 
+** may be executed.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH
+# define SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH 1000
+#endif
+
+/************** End of sqliteLimit.h *****************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
+
+/* Disable nuisance warnings on Borland compilers */
+#if defined(__BORLANDC__)
+#pragma warn -rch /* unreachable code */
+#pragma warn -ccc /* Condition is always true or false */
+#pragma warn -aus /* Assigned value is never used */
+#pragma warn -csu /* Comparing signed and unsigned */
+#pragma warn -spa /* Suspicious pointer arithmetic */
+#endif
+
+/* Needed for various definitions... */
+#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
+# define _GNU_SOURCE
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Include standard header files as necessary
+*/
+#ifdef HAVE_STDINT_H
+#include <stdint.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+#include <inttypes.h>
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The following macros are used to cast pointers to integers and
+** integers to pointers.  The way you do this varies from one compiler
+** to the next, so we have developed the following set of #if statements
+** to generate appropriate macros for a wide range of compilers.
+**
+** The correct "ANSI" way to do this is to use the intptr_t type. 
+** Unfortunately, that typedef is not available on all compilers, or
+** if it is available, it requires an #include of specific headers
+** that vary from one machine to the next.
+**
+** Ticket #3860:  The llvm-gcc-4.2 compiler from Apple chokes on
+** the ((void*)&((char*)0)[X]) construct.  But MSVC chokes on ((void*)(X)).
+** So we have to define the macros in different ways depending on the
+** compiler.
+*/
+#if defined(__PTRDIFF_TYPE__)  /* This case should work for GCC */
+# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X)  ((void*)(__PTRDIFF_TYPE__)(X))
+# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X)  ((int)(__PTRDIFF_TYPE__)(X))
+#elif !defined(__GNUC__)       /* Works for compilers other than LLVM */
+# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X)  ((void*)&((char*)0)[X])
+# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X)  ((int)(((char*)X)-(char*)0))
+#elif defined(HAVE_STDINT_H)   /* Use this case if we have ANSI headers */
+# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X)  ((void*)(intptr_t)(X))
+# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X)  ((int)(intptr_t)(X))
+#else                          /* Generates a warning - but it always works */
+# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X)  ((void*)(X))
+# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X)  ((int)(X))
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The SQLITE_THREADSAFE macro must be defined as 0, 1, or 2.
+** 0 means mutexes are permanently disable and the library is never
+** threadsafe.  1 means the library is serialized which is the highest
+** level of threadsafety.  2 means the libary is multithreaded - multiple
+** threads can use SQLite as long as no two threads try to use the same
+** database connection at the same time.
+**
+** Older versions of SQLite used an optional THREADSAFE macro.
+** We support that for legacy.
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE)
+#if defined(THREADSAFE)
+# define SQLITE_THREADSAFE THREADSAFE
+#else
+# define SQLITE_THREADSAFE 1 /* IMP: R-07272-22309 */
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Powersafe overwrite is on by default.  But can be turned off using
+** the -DSQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE=0 command-line option.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE
+# define SQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE 1
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS macro must be defined as either 0 or 1.
+** It determines whether or not the features related to 
+** SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS are available by default or not. This value can
+** be overridden at runtime using the sqlite3_config() API.
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS)
+# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS 1
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Exactly one of the following macros must be defined in order to
+** specify which memory allocation subsystem to use.
+**
+**     SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC          // Use normal system malloc()
+**     SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC           // Use Win32 native heap API
+**     SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC            // Use a stub allocator that always fails
+**     SQLITE_MEMDEBUG               // Debugging version of system malloc()
+**
+** On Windows, if the SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE macro is defined and the
+** assert() macro is enabled, each call into the Win32 native heap subsystem
+** will cause HeapValidate to be called.  If heap validation should fail, an
+** assertion will be triggered.
+**
+** (Historical note:  There used to be several other options, but we've
+** pared it down to just these three.)
+**
+** If none of the above are defined, then set SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC as
+** the default.
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC) \
+  + defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC) \
+  + defined(SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC) \
+  + defined(SQLITE_MEMDEBUG)>1
+# error "Two or more of the following compile-time configuration options\
+ are defined but at most one is allowed:\
+ SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC, SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC, SQLITE_MEMDEBUG,\
+ SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC"
+#endif
+#if defined(SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC) \
+  + defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC) \
+  + defined(SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC) \
+  + defined(SQLITE_MEMDEBUG)==0
+# define SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC 1
+#endif
+
+/*
+** If SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT is not zero, then try to keep the
+** sizes of memory allocations below this value where possible.
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT)
+# define SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT 1024
+#endif
+
+/*
+** We need to define _XOPEN_SOURCE as follows in order to enable
+** recursive mutexes on most Unix systems.  But Mac OS X is different.
+** The _XOPEN_SOURCE define causes problems for Mac OS X we are told,
+** so it is omitted there.  See ticket #2673.
+**
+** Later we learn that _XOPEN_SOURCE is poorly or incorrectly
+** implemented on some systems.  So we avoid defining it at all
+** if it is already defined or if it is unneeded because we are
+** not doing a threadsafe build.  Ticket #2681.
+**
+** See also ticket #2741.
+*/
+#if !defined(_XOPEN_SOURCE) && !defined(__DARWIN__) && !defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+#  define _XOPEN_SOURCE 500  /* Needed to enable pthread recursive mutexes */
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The TCL headers are only needed when compiling the TCL bindings.
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_TCL) || defined(TCLSH)
+# include <tcl.h>
+#endif
+
+/*
+** NDEBUG and SQLITE_DEBUG are opposites.  It should always be true that
+** defined(NDEBUG)==!defined(SQLITE_DEBUG).  If this is not currently true,
+** make it true by defining or undefining NDEBUG.
+**
+** Setting NDEBUG makes the code smaller and run faster by disabling the
+** number assert() statements in the code.  So we want the default action
+** to be for NDEBUG to be set and NDEBUG to be undefined only if SQLITE_DEBUG
+** is set.  Thus NDEBUG becomes an opt-in rather than an opt-out
+** feature.
+*/
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) 
+# define NDEBUG 1
+#endif
+#if defined(NDEBUG) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+# undef NDEBUG
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The testcase() macro is used to aid in coverage testing.  When 
+** doing coverage testing, the condition inside the argument to
+** testcase() must be evaluated both true and false in order to
+** get full branch coverage.  The testcase() macro is inserted
+** to help ensure adequate test coverage in places where simple
+** condition/decision coverage is inadequate.  For example, testcase()
+** can be used to make sure boundary values are tested.  For
+** bitmask tests, testcase() can be used to make sure each bit
+** is significant and used at least once.  On switch statements
+** where multiple cases go to the same block of code, testcase()
+** can insure that all cases are evaluated.
+**
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3Coverage(int);
+# define testcase(X)  if( X ){ sqlite3Coverage(__LINE__); }
+#else
+# define testcase(X)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The TESTONLY macro is used to enclose variable declarations or
+** other bits of code that are needed to support the arguments
+** within testcase() and assert() macros.
+*/
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST)
+# define TESTONLY(X)  X
+#else
+# define TESTONLY(X)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Sometimes we need a small amount of code such as a variable initialization
+** to setup for a later assert() statement.  We do not want this code to
+** appear when assert() is disabled.  The following macro is therefore
+** used to contain that setup code.  The "VVA" acronym stands for
+** "Verification, Validation, and Accreditation".  In other words, the
+** code within VVA_ONLY() will only run during verification processes.
+*/
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+# define VVA_ONLY(X)  X
+#else
+# define VVA_ONLY(X)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The ALWAYS and NEVER macros surround boolean expressions which 
+** are intended to always be true or false, respectively.  Such
+** expressions could be omitted from the code completely.  But they
+** are included in a few cases in order to enhance the resilience
+** of SQLite to unexpected behavior - to make the code "self-healing"
+** or "ductile" rather than being "brittle" and crashing at the first
+** hint of unplanned behavior.
+**
+** In other words, ALWAYS and NEVER are added for defensive code.
+**
+** When doing coverage testing ALWAYS and NEVER are hard-coded to
+** be true and false so that the unreachable code then specify will
+** not be counted as untested code.
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST)
+# define ALWAYS(X)      (1)
+# define NEVER(X)       (0)
+#elif !defined(NDEBUG)
+# define ALWAYS(X)      ((X)?1:(assert(0),0))
+# define NEVER(X)       ((X)?(assert(0),1):0)
+#else
+# define ALWAYS(X)      (X)
+# define NEVER(X)       (X)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Return true (non-zero) if the input is a integer that is too large
+** to fit in 32-bits.  This macro is used inside of various testcase()
+** macros to verify that we have tested SQLite for large-file support.
+*/
+#define IS_BIG_INT(X)  (((X)&~(i64)0xffffffff)!=0)
+
+/*
+** The macro unlikely() is a hint that surrounds a boolean
+** expression that is usually false.  Macro likely() surrounds
+** a boolean expression that is usually true.  GCC is able to
+** use these hints to generate better code, sometimes.
+*/
+#if defined(__GNUC__) && 0
+# define likely(X)    __builtin_expect((X),1)
+# define unlikely(X)  __builtin_expect((X),0)
+#else
+# define likely(X)    !!(X)
+# define unlikely(X)  !!(X)
+#endif
+
+/************** Include sqlite3.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ***************/
+/************** Begin file sqlite3.h *****************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This header file defines the interface that the SQLite library
+** presents to client programs.  If a C-function, structure, datatype,
+** or constant definition does not appear in this file, then it is
+** not a published API of SQLite, is subject to change without
+** notice, and should not be referenced by programs that use SQLite.
+**
+** Some of the definitions that are in this file are marked as
+** "experimental".  Experimental interfaces are normally new
+** features recently added to SQLite.  We do not anticipate changes
+** to experimental interfaces but reserve the right to make minor changes
+** if experience from use "in the wild" suggest such changes are prudent.
+**
+** The official C-language API documentation for SQLite is derived
+** from comments in this file.  This file is the authoritative source
+** on how SQLite interfaces are suppose to operate.
+**
+** The name of this file under configuration management is "sqlite.h.in".
+** The makefile makes some minor changes to this file (such as inserting
+** the version number) and changes its name to "sqlite3.h" as
+** part of the build process.
+*/
+#ifndef _SQLITE3_H_
+#define _SQLITE3_H_
+#include <stdarg.h>     /* Needed for the definition of va_list */
+
+/*
+** Make sure we can call this stuff from C++.
+*/
+#if 0
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Add the ability to override 'extern'
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_EXTERN
+# define SQLITE_EXTERN extern
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_API
+# define SQLITE_API
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** These no-op macros are used in front of interfaces to mark those
+** interfaces as either deprecated or experimental.  New applications
+** should not use deprecated interfaces - they are support for backwards
+** compatibility only.  Application writers should be aware that
+** experimental interfaces are subject to change in point releases.
+**
+** These macros used to resolve to various kinds of compiler magic that
+** would generate warning messages when they were used.  But that
+** compiler magic ended up generating such a flurry of bug reports
+** that we have taken it all out and gone back to using simple
+** noop macros.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_DEPRECATED
+#define SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL
+
+/*
+** Ensure these symbols were not defined by some previous header file.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_VERSION
+# undef SQLITE_VERSION
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER
+# undef SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER
+#endif
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Compile-Time Library Version Numbers
+**
+** ^(The [SQLITE_VERSION] C preprocessor macro in the sqlite3.h header
+** evaluates to a string literal that is the SQLite version in the
+** format "X.Y.Z" where X is the major version number (always 3 for
+** SQLite3) and Y is the minor version number and Z is the release number.)^
+** ^(The [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER] C preprocessor macro resolves to an integer
+** with the value (X*1000000 + Y*1000 + Z) where X, Y, and Z are the same
+** numbers used in [SQLITE_VERSION].)^
+** The SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER for any given release of SQLite will also
+** be larger than the release from which it is derived.  Either Y will
+** be held constant and Z will be incremented or else Y will be incremented
+** and Z will be reset to zero.
+**
+** Since version 3.6.18, SQLite source code has been stored in the
+** <a href="http://www.fossil-scm.org/">Fossil configuration management
+** system</a>.  ^The SQLITE_SOURCE_ID macro evaluates to
+** a string which identifies a particular check-in of SQLite
+** within its configuration management system.  ^The SQLITE_SOURCE_ID
+** string contains the date and time of the check-in (UTC) and an SHA1
+** hash of the entire source tree.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_libversion()],
+** [sqlite3_libversion_number()], [sqlite3_sourceid()],
+** [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()].
+*/
+#define SQLITE_VERSION        "3.7.14.1"
+#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3007014
+#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID      "2012-10-04 19:37:12 091570e46d04e84b67228e0bdbcd6e1fb60c6bdb"
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Version Numbers
+** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_version, sqlite3_sourceid
+**
+** These interfaces provide the same information as the [SQLITE_VERSION],
+** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER], and [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macros
+** but are associated with the library instead of the header file.  ^(Cautious
+** programmers might include assert() statements in their application to
+** verify that values returned by these interfaces match the macros in
+** the header, and thus insure that the application is
+** compiled with matching library and header files.
+**
+** <blockquote><pre>
+** assert( sqlite3_libversion_number()==SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER );
+** assert( strcmp(sqlite3_sourceid(),SQLITE_SOURCE_ID)==0 );
+** assert( strcmp(sqlite3_libversion(),SQLITE_VERSION)==0 );
+** </pre></blockquote>)^
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_version[] string constant contains the text of [SQLITE_VERSION]
+** macro.  ^The sqlite3_libversion() function returns a pointer to the
+** to the sqlite3_version[] string constant.  The sqlite3_libversion()
+** function is provided for use in DLLs since DLL users usually do not have
+** direct access to string constants within the DLL.  ^The
+** sqlite3_libversion_number() function returns an integer equal to
+** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER].  ^The sqlite3_sourceid() function returns 
+** a pointer to a string constant whose value is the same as the 
+** [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macro.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char sqlite3_version[] = SQLITE_VERSION;
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_libversion(void);
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sourceid(void);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_libversion_number(void);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Compilation Options Diagnostics
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_compileoption_used() function returns 0 or 1 
+** indicating whether the specified option was defined at 
+** compile time.  ^The SQLITE_ prefix may be omitted from the 
+** option name passed to sqlite3_compileoption_used().  
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_compileoption_get() function allows iterating
+** over the list of options that were defined at compile time by
+** returning the N-th compile time option string.  ^If N is out of range,
+** sqlite3_compileoption_get() returns a NULL pointer.  ^The SQLITE_ 
+** prefix is omitted from any strings returned by 
+** sqlite3_compileoption_get().
+**
+** ^Support for the diagnostic functions sqlite3_compileoption_used()
+** and sqlite3_compileoption_get() may be omitted by specifying the 
+** [SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS] option at compile time.
+**
+** See also: SQL functions [sqlite_compileoption_used()] and
+** [sqlite_compileoption_get()] and the [compile_options pragma].
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_compileoption_used(const char *zOptName);
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_compileoption_get(int N);
+#endif
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Test To See If The Library Is Threadsafe
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_threadsafe() function returns zero if and only if
+** SQLite was compiled with mutexing code omitted due to the
+** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] compile-time option being set to 0.
+**
+** SQLite can be compiled with or without mutexes.  When
+** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] C preprocessor macro is 1 or 2, mutexes
+** are enabled and SQLite is threadsafe.  When the
+** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] macro is 0, 
+** the mutexes are omitted.  Without the mutexes, it is not safe
+** to use SQLite concurrently from more than one thread.
+**
+** Enabling mutexes incurs a measurable performance penalty.
+** So if speed is of utmost importance, it makes sense to disable
+** the mutexes.  But for maximum safety, mutexes should be enabled.
+** ^The default behavior is for mutexes to be enabled.
+**
+** This interface can be used by an application to make sure that the
+** version of SQLite that it is linking against was compiled with
+** the desired setting of the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] macro.
+**
+** This interface only reports on the compile-time mutex setting
+** of the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] flag.  If SQLite is compiled with
+** SQLITE_THREADSAFE=1 or =2 then mutexes are enabled by default but
+** can be fully or partially disabled using a call to [sqlite3_config()]
+** with the verbs [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD], [SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD],
+** or [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX].  ^(The return value of the
+** sqlite3_threadsafe() function shows only the compile-time setting of
+** thread safety, not any run-time changes to that setting made by
+** sqlite3_config(). In other words, the return value from sqlite3_threadsafe()
+** is unchanged by calls to sqlite3_config().)^
+**
+** See the [threading mode] documentation for additional information.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_threadsafe(void);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Handle
+** KEYWORDS: {database connection} {database connections}
+**
+** Each open SQLite database is represented by a pointer to an instance of
+** the opaque structure named "sqlite3".  It is useful to think of an sqlite3
+** pointer as an object.  The [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], and
+** [sqlite3_open_v2()] interfaces are its constructors, and [sqlite3_close()]
+** and [sqlite3_close_v2()] are its destructors.  There are many other
+** interfaces (such as
+** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_create_function()], and
+** [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] to name but three) that are methods on an
+** sqlite3 object.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3 sqlite3;
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: 64-Bit Integer Types
+** KEYWORDS: sqlite_int64 sqlite_uint64
+**
+** Because there is no cross-platform way to specify 64-bit integer types
+** SQLite includes typedefs for 64-bit signed and unsigned integers.
+**
+** The sqlite3_int64 and sqlite3_uint64 are the preferred type definitions.
+** The sqlite_int64 and sqlite_uint64 types are supported for backwards
+** compatibility only.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_int64 and sqlite_int64 types can store integer values
+** between -9223372036854775808 and +9223372036854775807 inclusive.  ^The
+** sqlite3_uint64 and sqlite_uint64 types can store integer values 
+** between 0 and +18446744073709551615 inclusive.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE
+  typedef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_int64;
+  typedef unsigned SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_uint64;
+#elif defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__BORLANDC__)
+  typedef __int64 sqlite_int64;
+  typedef unsigned __int64 sqlite_uint64;
+#else
+  typedef long long int sqlite_int64;
+  typedef unsigned long long int sqlite_uint64;
+#endif
+typedef sqlite_int64 sqlite3_int64;
+typedef sqlite_uint64 sqlite3_uint64;
+
+/*
+** If compiling for a processor that lacks floating point support,
+** substitute integer for floating-point.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+# define double sqlite3_int64
+#endif
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Closing A Database Connection
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_close() and sqlite3_close_v2() routines are destructors
+** for the [sqlite3] object.
+** ^Calls to sqlite3_close() and sqlite3_close_v2() return SQLITE_OK if
+** the [sqlite3] object is successfully destroyed and all associated
+** resources are deallocated.
+**
+** ^If the database connection is associated with unfinalized prepared
+** statements or unfinished sqlite3_backup objects then sqlite3_close()
+** will leave the database connection open and return [SQLITE_BUSY].
+** ^If sqlite3_close_v2() is called with unfinalized prepared statements
+** and unfinished sqlite3_backups, then the database connection becomes
+** an unusable "zombie" which will automatically be deallocated when the
+** last prepared statement is finalized or the last sqlite3_backup is
+** finished.  The sqlite3_close_v2() interface is intended for use with
+** host languages that are garbage collected, and where the order in which
+** destructors are called is arbitrary.
+**
+** Applications should [sqlite3_finalize | finalize] all [prepared statements],
+** [sqlite3_blob_close | close] all [BLOB handles], and 
+** [sqlite3_backup_finish | finish] all [sqlite3_backup] objects associated
+** with the [sqlite3] object prior to attempting to close the object.  ^If
+** sqlite3_close() is called on a [database connection] that still has
+** outstanding [prepared statements], [BLOB handles], and/or
+** [sqlite3_backup] objects then it returns SQLITE_OK but the deallocation
+** of resources is deferred until all [prepared statements], [BLOB handles],
+** and [sqlite3_backup] objects are also destroyed.
+**
+** ^If an [sqlite3] object is destroyed while a transaction is open,
+** the transaction is automatically rolled back.
+**
+** The C parameter to [sqlite3_close(C)] and [sqlite3_close_v2(C)]
+** must be either a NULL
+** pointer or an [sqlite3] object pointer obtained
+** from [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], or
+** [sqlite3_open_v2()], and not previously closed.
+** ^Calling sqlite3_close() or sqlite3_close_v2() with a NULL pointer
+** argument is a harmless no-op.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close_v2(sqlite3*);
+
+/*
+** The type for a callback function.
+** This is legacy and deprecated.  It is included for historical
+** compatibility and is not documented.
+*/
+typedef int (*sqlite3_callback)(void*,int,char**, char**);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: One-Step Query Execution Interface
+**
+** The sqlite3_exec() interface is a convenience wrapper around
+** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_step()], and [sqlite3_finalize()],
+** that allows an application to run multiple statements of SQL
+** without having to use a lot of C code. 
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_exec() interface runs zero or more UTF-8 encoded,
+** semicolon-separate SQL statements passed into its 2nd argument,
+** in the context of the [database connection] passed in as its 1st
+** argument.  ^If the callback function of the 3rd argument to
+** sqlite3_exec() is not NULL, then it is invoked for each result row
+** coming out of the evaluated SQL statements.  ^The 4th argument to
+** sqlite3_exec() is relayed through to the 1st argument of each
+** callback invocation.  ^If the callback pointer to sqlite3_exec()
+** is NULL, then no callback is ever invoked and result rows are
+** ignored.
+**
+** ^If an error occurs while evaluating the SQL statements passed into
+** sqlite3_exec(), then execution of the current statement stops and
+** subsequent statements are skipped.  ^If the 5th parameter to sqlite3_exec()
+** is not NULL then any error message is written into memory obtained
+** from [sqlite3_malloc()] and passed back through the 5th parameter.
+** To avoid memory leaks, the application should invoke [sqlite3_free()]
+** on error message strings returned through the 5th parameter of
+** of sqlite3_exec() after the error message string is no longer needed.
+** ^If the 5th parameter to sqlite3_exec() is not NULL and no errors
+** occur, then sqlite3_exec() sets the pointer in its 5th parameter to
+** NULL before returning.
+**
+** ^If an sqlite3_exec() callback returns non-zero, the sqlite3_exec()
+** routine returns SQLITE_ABORT without invoking the callback again and
+** without running any subsequent SQL statements.
+**
+** ^The 2nd argument to the sqlite3_exec() callback function is the
+** number of columns in the result.  ^The 3rd argument to the sqlite3_exec()
+** callback is an array of pointers to strings obtained as if from
+** [sqlite3_column_text()], one for each column.  ^If an element of a
+** result row is NULL then the corresponding string pointer for the
+** sqlite3_exec() callback is a NULL pointer.  ^The 4th argument to the
+** sqlite3_exec() callback is an array of pointers to strings where each
+** entry represents the name of corresponding result column as obtained
+** from [sqlite3_column_name()].
+**
+** ^If the 2nd parameter to sqlite3_exec() is a NULL pointer, a pointer
+** to an empty string, or a pointer that contains only whitespace and/or 
+** SQL comments, then no SQL statements are evaluated and the database
+** is not changed.
+**
+** Restrictions:
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li> The application must insure that the 1st parameter to sqlite3_exec()
+**      is a valid and open [database connection].
+** <li> The application must not close [database connection] specified by
+**      the 1st parameter to sqlite3_exec() while sqlite3_exec() is running.
+** <li> The application must not modify the SQL statement text passed into
+**      the 2nd parameter of sqlite3_exec() while sqlite3_exec() is running.
+** </ul>
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec(
+  sqlite3*,                                  /* An open database */
+  const char *sql,                           /* SQL to be evaluated */
+  int (*callback)(void*,int,char**,char**),  /* Callback function */
+  void *,                                    /* 1st argument to callback */
+  char **errmsg                              /* Error msg written here */
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Result Codes
+** KEYWORDS: SQLITE_OK {error code} {error codes}
+** KEYWORDS: {result code} {result codes}
+**
+** Many SQLite functions return an integer result code from the set shown
+** here in order to indicate success or failure.
+**
+** New error codes may be added in future versions of SQLite.
+**
+** See also: [SQLITE_IOERR_READ | extended result codes],
+** [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] [SQLITE_ROLLBACK | result codes].
+*/
+#define SQLITE_OK           0   /* Successful result */
+/* beginning-of-error-codes */
+#define SQLITE_ERROR        1   /* SQL error or missing database */
+#define SQLITE_INTERNAL     2   /* Internal logic error in SQLite */
+#define SQLITE_PERM         3   /* Access permission denied */
+#define SQLITE_ABORT        4   /* Callback routine requested an abort */
+#define SQLITE_BUSY         5   /* The database file is locked */
+#define SQLITE_LOCKED       6   /* A table in the database is locked */
+#define SQLITE_NOMEM        7   /* A malloc() failed */
+#define SQLITE_READONLY     8   /* Attempt to write a readonly database */
+#define SQLITE_INTERRUPT    9   /* Operation terminated by sqlite3_interrupt()*/
+#define SQLITE_IOERR       10   /* Some kind of disk I/O error occurred */
+#define SQLITE_CORRUPT     11   /* The database disk image is malformed */
+#define SQLITE_NOTFOUND    12   /* Unknown opcode in sqlite3_file_control() */
+#define SQLITE_FULL        13   /* Insertion failed because database is full */
+#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN    14   /* Unable to open the database file */
+#define SQLITE_PROTOCOL    15   /* Database lock protocol error */
+#define SQLITE_EMPTY       16   /* Database is empty */
+#define SQLITE_SCHEMA      17   /* The database schema changed */
+#define SQLITE_TOOBIG      18   /* String or BLOB exceeds size limit */
+#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT  19   /* Abort due to constraint violation */
+#define SQLITE_MISMATCH    20   /* Data type mismatch */
+#define SQLITE_MISUSE      21   /* Library used incorrectly */
+#define SQLITE_NOLFS       22   /* Uses OS features not supported on host */
+#define SQLITE_AUTH        23   /* Authorization denied */
+#define SQLITE_FORMAT      24   /* Auxiliary database format error */
+#define SQLITE_RANGE       25   /* 2nd parameter to sqlite3_bind out of range */
+#define SQLITE_NOTADB      26   /* File opened that is not a database file */
+#define SQLITE_ROW         100  /* sqlite3_step() has another row ready */
+#define SQLITE_DONE        101  /* sqlite3_step() has finished executing */
+/* end-of-error-codes */
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Extended Result Codes
+** KEYWORDS: {extended error code} {extended error codes}
+** KEYWORDS: {extended result code} {extended result codes}
+**
+** In its default configuration, SQLite API routines return one of 26 integer
+** [SQLITE_OK | result codes].  However, experience has shown that many of
+** these result codes are too coarse-grained.  They do not provide as
+** much information about problems as programmers might like.  In an effort to
+** address this, newer versions of SQLite (version 3.3.8 and later) include
+** support for additional result codes that provide more detailed information
+** about errors. The extended result codes are enabled or disabled
+** on a per database connection basis using the
+** [sqlite3_extended_result_codes()] API.
+**
+** Some of the available extended result codes are listed here.
+** One may expect the number of extended result codes will be expand
+** over time.  Software that uses extended result codes should expect
+** to see new result codes in future releases of SQLite.
+**
+** The SQLITE_OK result code will never be extended.  It will always
+** be exactly zero.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_READ              (SQLITE_IOERR | (1<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ        (SQLITE_IOERR | (2<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE             (SQLITE_IOERR | (3<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC             (SQLITE_IOERR | (4<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC         (SQLITE_IOERR | (5<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE          (SQLITE_IOERR | (6<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT             (SQLITE_IOERR | (7<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK            (SQLITE_IOERR | (8<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK            (SQLITE_IOERR | (9<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE            (SQLITE_IOERR | (10<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED           (SQLITE_IOERR | (11<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM             (SQLITE_IOERR | (12<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS            (SQLITE_IOERR | (13<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (14<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK              (SQLITE_IOERR | (15<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE             (SQLITE_IOERR | (16<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_CLOSE         (SQLITE_IOERR | (17<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN           (SQLITE_IOERR | (18<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE           (SQLITE_IOERR | (19<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMLOCK           (SQLITE_IOERR | (20<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP            (SQLITE_IOERR | (21<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK              (SQLITE_IOERR | (22<<8))
+#define SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE      (SQLITE_LOCKED |  (1<<8))
+#define SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY           (SQLITE_BUSY   |  (1<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_NOTEMPDIR      (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (1<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR          (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (2<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB            (SQLITE_CORRUPT | (1<<8))
+#define SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY       (SQLITE_READONLY | (1<<8))
+#define SQLITE_READONLY_CANTLOCK       (SQLITE_READONLY | (2<<8))
+#define SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK          (SQLITE_ABORT | (2<<8))
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Flags For File Open Operations
+**
+** These bit values are intended for use in the
+** 3rd parameter to the [sqlite3_open_v2()] interface and
+** in the 4th parameter to the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY         0x00000001  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE        0x00000002  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE           0x00000004  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE    0x00000008  /* VFS only */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE        0x00000010  /* VFS only */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_AUTOPROXY        0x00000020  /* VFS only */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_URI              0x00000040  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY           0x00000080  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB          0x00000100  /* VFS only */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB          0x00000200  /* VFS only */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB     0x00000400  /* VFS only */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL     0x00000800  /* VFS only */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL     0x00001000  /* VFS only */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL       0x00002000  /* VFS only */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL   0x00004000  /* VFS only */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX          0x00008000  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX        0x00010000  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE      0x00020000  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE     0x00040000  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_WAL              0x00080000  /* VFS only */
+
+/* Reserved:                         0x00F00000 */
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Device Characteristics
+**
+** The xDeviceCharacteristics method of the [sqlite3_io_methods]
+** object returns an integer which is a vector of these
+** bit values expressing I/O characteristics of the mass storage
+** device that holds the file that the [sqlite3_io_methods]
+** refers to.
+**
+** The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC property means that all writes of
+** any size are atomic.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMICnnn values
+** mean that writes of blocks that are nnn bytes in size and
+** are aligned to an address which is an integer multiple of
+** nnn are atomic.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND value means
+** that when data is appended to a file, the data is appended
+** first then the size of the file is extended, never the other
+** way around.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL property means that
+** information is written to disk in the same order as calls
+** to xWrite().  The SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property means that
+** after reboot following a crash or power loss, the only bytes in a
+** file that were written at the application level might have changed
+** and that adjacent bytes, even bytes within the same sector are
+** guaranteed to be unchanged.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC                 0x00000001
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512              0x00000002
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC1K               0x00000004
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC2K               0x00000008
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC4K               0x00000010
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC8K               0x00000020
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC16K              0x00000040
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC32K              0x00000080
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K              0x00000100
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND            0x00000200
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL             0x00000400
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN  0x00000800
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE    0x00001000
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: File Locking Levels
+**
+** SQLite uses one of these integer values as the second
+** argument to calls it makes to the xLock() and xUnlock() methods
+** of an [sqlite3_io_methods] object.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_LOCK_NONE          0
+#define SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED        1
+#define SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED      2
+#define SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING       3
+#define SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE     4
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Synchronization Type Flags
+**
+** When SQLite invokes the xSync() method of an
+** [sqlite3_io_methods] object it uses a combination of
+** these integer values as the second argument.
+**
+** When the SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY flag is used, it means that the
+** sync operation only needs to flush data to mass storage.  Inode
+** information need not be flushed. If the lower four bits of the flag
+** equal SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL, that means to use normal fsync() semantics.
+** If the lower four bits equal SQLITE_SYNC_FULL, that means
+** to use Mac OS X style fullsync instead of fsync().
+**
+** Do not confuse the SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLITE_SYNC_FULL flags
+** with the [PRAGMA synchronous]=NORMAL and [PRAGMA synchronous]=FULL
+** settings.  The [synchronous pragma] determines when calls to the
+** xSync VFS method occur and applies uniformly across all platforms.
+** The SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLITE_SYNC_FULL flags determine how
+** energetic or rigorous or forceful the sync operations are and
+** only make a difference on Mac OSX for the default SQLite code.
+** (Third-party VFS implementations might also make the distinction
+** between SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLITE_SYNC_FULL, but among the
+** operating systems natively supported by SQLite, only Mac OSX
+** cares about the difference.)
+*/
+#define SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL        0x00002
+#define SQLITE_SYNC_FULL          0x00003
+#define SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY      0x00010
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: OS Interface Open File Handle
+**
+** An [sqlite3_file] object represents an open file in the 
+** [sqlite3_vfs | OS interface layer].  Individual OS interface
+** implementations will
+** want to subclass this object by appending additional fields
+** for their own use.  The pMethods entry is a pointer to an
+** [sqlite3_io_methods] object that defines methods for performing
+** I/O operations on the open file.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_file sqlite3_file;
+struct sqlite3_file {
+  const struct sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods;  /* Methods for an open file */
+};
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: OS Interface File Virtual Methods Object
+**
+** Every file opened by the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method populates an
+** [sqlite3_file] object (or, more commonly, a subclass of the
+** [sqlite3_file] object) with a pointer to an instance of this object.
+** This object defines the methods used to perform various operations
+** against the open file represented by the [sqlite3_file] object.
+**
+** If the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method sets the sqlite3_file.pMethods element 
+** to a non-NULL pointer, then the sqlite3_io_methods.xClose method
+** may be invoked even if the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] reported that it failed.  The
+** only way to prevent a call to xClose following a failed [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen]
+** is for the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] to set the sqlite3_file.pMethods element
+** to NULL.
+**
+** The flags argument to xSync may be one of [SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL] or
+** [SQLITE_SYNC_FULL].  The first choice is the normal fsync().
+** The second choice is a Mac OS X style fullsync.  The [SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY]
+** flag may be ORed in to indicate that only the data of the file
+** and not its inode needs to be synced.
+**
+** The integer values to xLock() and xUnlock() are one of
+** <ul>
+** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_NONE],
+** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED],
+** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED],
+** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING], or
+** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE].
+** </ul>
+** xLock() increases the lock. xUnlock() decreases the lock.
+** The xCheckReservedLock() method checks whether any database connection,
+** either in this process or in some other process, is holding a RESERVED,
+** PENDING, or EXCLUSIVE lock on the file.  It returns true
+** if such a lock exists and false otherwise.
+**
+** The xFileControl() method is a generic interface that allows custom
+** VFS implementations to directly control an open file using the
+** [sqlite3_file_control()] interface.  The second "op" argument is an
+** integer opcode.  The third argument is a generic pointer intended to
+** point to a structure that may contain arguments or space in which to
+** write return values.  Potential uses for xFileControl() might be
+** functions to enable blocking locks with timeouts, to change the
+** locking strategy (for example to use dot-file locks), to inquire
+** about the status of a lock, or to break stale locks.  The SQLite
+** core reserves all opcodes less than 100 for its own use.
+** A [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE | list of opcodes] less than 100 is available.
+** Applications that define a custom xFileControl method should use opcodes
+** greater than 100 to avoid conflicts.  VFS implementations should
+** return [SQLITE_NOTFOUND] for file control opcodes that they do not
+** recognize.
+**
+** The xSectorSize() method returns the sector size of the
+** device that underlies the file.  The sector size is the
+** minimum write that can be performed without disturbing
+** other bytes in the file.  The xDeviceCharacteristics()
+** method returns a bit vector describing behaviors of the
+** underlying device:
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC]
+** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512]
+** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC1K]
+** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC2K]
+** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC4K]
+** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC8K]
+** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC16K]
+** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC32K]
+** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K]
+** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND]
+** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL]
+** </ul>
+**
+** The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC property means that all writes of
+** any size are atomic.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMICnnn values
+** mean that writes of blocks that are nnn bytes in size and
+** are aligned to an address which is an integer multiple of
+** nnn are atomic.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND value means
+** that when data is appended to a file, the data is appended
+** first then the size of the file is extended, never the other
+** way around.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL property means that
+** information is written to disk in the same order as calls
+** to xWrite().
+**
+** If xRead() returns SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ it must also fill
+** in the unread portions of the buffer with zeros.  A VFS that
+** fails to zero-fill short reads might seem to work.  However,
+** failure to zero-fill short reads will eventually lead to
+** database corruption.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_io_methods sqlite3_io_methods;
+struct sqlite3_io_methods {
+  int iVersion;
+  int (*xClose)(sqlite3_file*);
+  int (*xRead)(sqlite3_file*, void*, int iAmt, sqlite3_int64 iOfst);
+  int (*xWrite)(sqlite3_file*, const void*, int iAmt, sqlite3_int64 iOfst);
+  int (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 size);
+  int (*xSync)(sqlite3_file*, int flags);
+  int (*xFileSize)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 *pSize);
+  int (*xLock)(sqlite3_file*, int);
+  int (*xUnlock)(sqlite3_file*, int);
+  int (*xCheckReservedLock)(sqlite3_file*, int *pResOut);
+  int (*xFileControl)(sqlite3_file*, int op, void *pArg);
+  int (*xSectorSize)(sqlite3_file*);
+  int (*xDeviceCharacteristics)(sqlite3_file*);
+  /* Methods above are valid for version 1 */
+  int (*xShmMap)(sqlite3_file*, int iPg, int pgsz, int, void volatile**);
+  int (*xShmLock)(sqlite3_file*, int offset, int n, int flags);
+  void (*xShmBarrier)(sqlite3_file*);
+  int (*xShmUnmap)(sqlite3_file*, int deleteFlag);
+  /* Methods above are valid for version 2 */
+  /* Additional methods may be added in future releases */
+};
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Standard File Control Opcodes
+**
+** These integer constants are opcodes for the xFileControl method
+** of the [sqlite3_io_methods] object and for the [sqlite3_file_control()]
+** interface.
+**
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE] opcode is used for debugging.  This
+** opcode causes the xFileControl method to write the current state of
+** the lock (one of [SQLITE_LOCK_NONE], [SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED],
+** [SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED], [SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING], or [SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE])
+** into an integer that the pArg argument points to. This capability
+** is used during testing and only needs to be supported when SQLITE_TEST
+** is defined.
+** <ul>
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT]]
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT] opcode is used by SQLite to give the VFS
+** layer a hint of how large the database file will grow to be during the
+** current transaction.  This hint is not guaranteed to be accurate but it
+** is often close.  The underlying VFS might choose to preallocate database
+** file space based on this hint in order to help writes to the database
+** file run faster.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE]]
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE] opcode is used to request that the VFS
+** extends and truncates the database file in chunks of a size specified
+** by the user. The fourth argument to [sqlite3_file_control()] should 
+** point to an integer (type int) containing the new chunk-size to use
+** for the nominated database. Allocating database file space in large
+** chunks (say 1MB at a time), may reduce file-system fragmentation and
+** improve performance on some systems.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER]]
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER] opcode is used to obtain a pointer
+** to the [sqlite3_file] object associated with a particular database
+** connection.  See the [sqlite3_file_control()] documentation for
+** additional information.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED]]
+** ^(The [SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED] opcode is generated internally by
+** SQLite and sent to all VFSes in place of a call to the xSync method
+** when the database connection has [PRAGMA synchronous] set to OFF.)^
+** Some specialized VFSes need this signal in order to operate correctly
+** when [PRAGMA synchronous | PRAGMA synchronous=OFF] is set, but most 
+** VFSes do not need this signal and should silently ignore this opcode.
+** Applications should not call [sqlite3_file_control()] with this
+** opcode as doing so may disrupt the operation of the specialized VFSes
+** that do require it.  
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY]]
+** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY] opcode is used to configure automatic
+** retry counts and intervals for certain disk I/O operations for the
+** windows [VFS] in order to provide robustness in the presence of
+** anti-virus programs.  By default, the windows VFS will retry file read,
+** file write, and file delete operations up to 10 times, with a delay
+** of 25 milliseconds before the first retry and with the delay increasing
+** by an additional 25 milliseconds with each subsequent retry.  This
+** opcode allows these two values (10 retries and 25 milliseconds of delay)
+** to be adjusted.  The values are changed for all database connections
+** within the same process.  The argument is a pointer to an array of two
+** integers where the first integer i the new retry count and the second
+** integer is the delay.  If either integer is negative, then the setting
+** is not changed but instead the prior value of that setting is written
+** into the array entry, allowing the current retry settings to be
+** interrogated.  The zDbName parameter is ignored.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL]]
+** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL] opcode is used to set or query the
+** persistent [WAL | Write Ahead Log] setting.  By default, the auxiliary
+** write ahead log and shared memory files used for transaction control
+** are automatically deleted when the latest connection to the database
+** closes.  Setting persistent WAL mode causes those files to persist after
+** close.  Persisting the files is useful when other processes that do not
+** have write permission on the directory containing the database file want
+** to read the database file, as the WAL and shared memory files must exist
+** in order for the database to be readable.  The fourth parameter to
+** [sqlite3_file_control()] for this opcode should be a pointer to an integer.
+** That integer is 0 to disable persistent WAL mode or 1 to enable persistent
+** WAL mode.  If the integer is -1, then it is overwritten with the current
+** WAL persistence setting.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE]]
+** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE] opcode is used to set or query the
+** persistent "powersafe-overwrite" or "PSOW" setting.  The PSOW setting
+** determines the [SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE] bit of the
+** xDeviceCharacteristics methods. The fourth parameter to
+** [sqlite3_file_control()] for this opcode should be a pointer to an integer.
+** That integer is 0 to disable zero-damage mode or 1 to enable zero-damage
+** mode.  If the integer is -1, then it is overwritten with the current
+** zero-damage mode setting.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE]]
+** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE] opcode is invoked by SQLite after opening
+** a write transaction to indicate that, unless it is rolled back for some
+** reason, the entire database file will be overwritten by the current 
+** transaction. This is used by VACUUM operations.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME]]
+** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME] opcode can be used to obtain the names of
+** all [VFSes] in the VFS stack.  The names are of all VFS shims and the
+** final bottom-level VFS are written into memory obtained from 
+** [sqlite3_malloc()] and the result is stored in the char* variable
+** that the fourth parameter of [sqlite3_file_control()] points to.
+** The caller is responsible for freeing the memory when done.  As with
+** all file-control actions, there is no guarantee that this will actually
+** do anything.  Callers should initialize the char* variable to a NULL
+** pointer in case this file-control is not implemented.  This file-control
+** is intended for diagnostic use only.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA]]
+** ^Whenever a [PRAGMA] statement is parsed, an [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] 
+** file control is sent to the open [sqlite3_file] object corresponding
+** to the database file to which the pragma statement refers. ^The argument
+** to the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control is an array of
+** pointers to strings (char**) in which the second element of the array
+** is the name of the pragma and the third element is the argument to the
+** pragma or NULL if the pragma has no argument.  ^The handler for an
+** [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control can optionally make the first element
+** of the char** argument point to a string obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()]
+** or the equivalent and that string will become the result of the pragma or
+** the error message if the pragma fails. ^If the
+** [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control returns [SQLITE_NOTFOUND], then normal 
+** [PRAGMA] processing continues.  ^If the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA]
+** file control returns [SQLITE_OK], then the parser assumes that the
+** VFS has handled the PRAGMA itself and the parser generates a no-op
+** prepared statement.  ^If the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control returns
+** any result code other than [SQLITE_OK] or [SQLITE_NOTFOUND], that means
+** that the VFS encountered an error while handling the [PRAGMA] and the
+** compilation of the PRAGMA fails with an error.  ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA]
+** file control occurs at the beginning of pragma statement analysis and so
+** it is able to override built-in [PRAGMA] statements.
+** </ul>
+*/
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE               1
+#define SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE             2
+#define SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE             3
+#define SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO                    4
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT               5
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE              6
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER            7
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED            8
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY          9
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL            10
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE              11
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME                12
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE    13
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA                 14
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Mutex Handle
+**
+** The mutex module within SQLite defines [sqlite3_mutex] to be an
+** abstract type for a mutex object.  The SQLite core never looks
+** at the internal representation of an [sqlite3_mutex].  It only
+** deals with pointers to the [sqlite3_mutex] object.
+**
+** Mutexes are created using [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()].
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_mutex sqlite3_mutex;
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: OS Interface Object
+**
+** An instance of the sqlite3_vfs object defines the interface between
+** the SQLite core and the underlying operating system.  The "vfs"
+** in the name of the object stands for "virtual file system".  See
+** the [VFS | VFS documentation] for further information.
+**
+** The value of the iVersion field is initially 1 but may be larger in
+** future versions of SQLite.  Additional fields may be appended to this
+** object when the iVersion value is increased.  Note that the structure
+** of the sqlite3_vfs object changes in the transaction between
+** SQLite version 3.5.9 and 3.6.0 and yet the iVersion field was not
+** modified.
+**
+** The szOsFile field is the size of the subclassed [sqlite3_file]
+** structure used by this VFS.  mxPathname is the maximum length of
+** a pathname in this VFS.
+**
+** Registered sqlite3_vfs objects are kept on a linked list formed by
+** the pNext pointer.  The [sqlite3_vfs_register()]
+** and [sqlite3_vfs_unregister()] interfaces manage this list
+** in a thread-safe way.  The [sqlite3_vfs_find()] interface
+** searches the list.  Neither the application code nor the VFS
+** implementation should use the pNext pointer.
+**
+** The pNext field is the only field in the sqlite3_vfs
+** structure that SQLite will ever modify.  SQLite will only access
+** or modify this field while holding a particular static mutex.
+** The application should never modify anything within the sqlite3_vfs
+** object once the object has been registered.
+**
+** The zName field holds the name of the VFS module.  The name must
+** be unique across all VFS modules.
+**
+** [[sqlite3_vfs.xOpen]]
+** ^SQLite guarantees that the zFilename parameter to xOpen
+** is either a NULL pointer or string obtained
+** from xFullPathname() with an optional suffix added.
+** ^If a suffix is added to the zFilename parameter, it will
+** consist of a single "-" character followed by no more than
+** 11 alphanumeric and/or "-" characters.
+** ^SQLite further guarantees that
+** the string will be valid and unchanged until xClose() is
+** called. Because of the previous sentence,
+** the [sqlite3_file] can safely store a pointer to the
+** filename if it needs to remember the filename for some reason.
+** If the zFilename parameter to xOpen is a NULL pointer then xOpen
+** must invent its own temporary name for the file.  ^Whenever the 
+** xFilename parameter is NULL it will also be the case that the
+** flags parameter will include [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE].
+**
+** The flags argument to xOpen() includes all bits set in
+** the flags argument to [sqlite3_open_v2()].  Or if [sqlite3_open()]
+** or [sqlite3_open16()] is used, then flags includes at least
+** [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE]. 
+** If xOpen() opens a file read-only then it sets *pOutFlags to
+** include [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY].  Other bits in *pOutFlags may be set.
+**
+** ^(SQLite will also add one of the following flags to the xOpen()
+** call, depending on the object being opened:
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB]
+** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL]
+** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB]
+** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL]
+** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB]
+** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL]
+** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL]
+** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_WAL]
+** </ul>)^
+**
+** The file I/O implementation can use the object type flags to
+** change the way it deals with files.  For example, an application
+** that does not care about crash recovery or rollback might make
+** the open of a journal file a no-op.  Writes to this journal would
+** also be no-ops, and any attempt to read the journal would return
+** SQLITE_IOERR.  Or the implementation might recognize that a database
+** file will be doing page-aligned sector reads and writes in a random
+** order and set up its I/O subsystem accordingly.
+**
+** SQLite might also add one of the following flags to the xOpen method:
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE]
+** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE]
+** </ul>
+**
+** The [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE] flag means the file should be
+** deleted when it is closed.  ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE]
+** will be set for TEMP databases and their journals, transient
+** databases, and subjournals.
+**
+** ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE] flag is always used in conjunction
+** with the [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE] flag, which are both directly
+** analogous to the O_EXCL and O_CREAT flags of the POSIX open()
+** API.  The SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE flag, when paired with the 
+** SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, is used to indicate that file should always
+** be created, and that it is an error if it already exists.
+** It is <i>not</i> used to indicate the file should be opened 
+** for exclusive access.
+**
+** ^At least szOsFile bytes of memory are allocated by SQLite
+** to hold the  [sqlite3_file] structure passed as the third
+** argument to xOpen.  The xOpen method does not have to
+** allocate the structure; it should just fill it in.  Note that
+** the xOpen method must set the sqlite3_file.pMethods to either
+** a valid [sqlite3_io_methods] object or to NULL.  xOpen must do
+** this even if the open fails.  SQLite expects that the sqlite3_file.pMethods
+** element will be valid after xOpen returns regardless of the success
+** or failure of the xOpen call.
+**
+** [[sqlite3_vfs.xAccess]]
+** ^The flags argument to xAccess() may be [SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS]
+** to test for the existence of a file, or [SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE] to
+** test whether a file is readable and writable, or [SQLITE_ACCESS_READ]
+** to test whether a file is at least readable.   The file can be a
+** directory.
+**
+** ^SQLite will always allocate at least mxPathname+1 bytes for the
+** output buffer xFullPathname.  The exact size of the output buffer
+** is also passed as a parameter to both  methods. If the output buffer
+** is not large enough, [SQLITE_CANTOPEN] should be returned. Since this is
+** handled as a fatal error by SQLite, vfs implementations should endeavor
+** to prevent this by setting mxPathname to a sufficiently large value.
+**
+** The xRandomness(), xSleep(), xCurrentTime(), and xCurrentTimeInt64()
+** interfaces are not strictly a part of the filesystem, but they are
+** included in the VFS structure for completeness.
+** The xRandomness() function attempts to return nBytes bytes
+** of good-quality randomness into zOut.  The return value is
+** the actual number of bytes of randomness obtained.
+** The xSleep() method causes the calling thread to sleep for at
+** least the number of microseconds given.  ^The xCurrentTime()
+** method returns a Julian Day Number for the current date and time as
+** a floating point value.
+** ^The xCurrentTimeInt64() method returns, as an integer, the Julian
+** Day Number multiplied by 86400000 (the number of milliseconds in 
+** a 24-hour day).  
+** ^SQLite will use the xCurrentTimeInt64() method to get the current
+** date and time if that method is available (if iVersion is 2 or 
+** greater and the function pointer is not NULL) and will fall back
+** to xCurrentTime() if xCurrentTimeInt64() is unavailable.
+**
+** ^The xSetSystemCall(), xGetSystemCall(), and xNestSystemCall() interfaces
+** are not used by the SQLite core.  These optional interfaces are provided
+** by some VFSes to facilitate testing of the VFS code. By overriding 
+** system calls with functions under its control, a test program can
+** simulate faults and error conditions that would otherwise be difficult
+** or impossible to induce.  The set of system calls that can be overridden
+** varies from one VFS to another, and from one version of the same VFS to the
+** next.  Applications that use these interfaces must be prepared for any
+** or all of these interfaces to be NULL or for their behavior to change
+** from one release to the next.  Applications must not attempt to access
+** any of these methods if the iVersion of the VFS is less than 3.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_vfs sqlite3_vfs;
+typedef void (*sqlite3_syscall_ptr)(void);
+struct sqlite3_vfs {
+  int iVersion;            /* Structure version number (currently 3) */
+  int szOsFile;            /* Size of subclassed sqlite3_file */
+  int mxPathname;          /* Maximum file pathname length */
+  sqlite3_vfs *pNext;      /* Next registered VFS */
+  const char *zName;       /* Name of this virtual file system */
+  void *pAppData;          /* Pointer to application-specific data */
+  int (*xOpen)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, sqlite3_file*,
+               int flags, int *pOutFlags);
+  int (*xDelete)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int syncDir);
+  int (*xAccess)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int flags, int *pResOut);
+  int (*xFullPathname)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int nOut, char *zOut);
+  void *(*xDlOpen)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zFilename);
+  void (*xDlError)(sqlite3_vfs*, int nByte, char *zErrMsg);
+  void (*(*xDlSym)(sqlite3_vfs*,void*, const char *zSymbol))(void);
+  void (*xDlClose)(sqlite3_vfs*, void*);
+  int (*xRandomness)(sqlite3_vfs*, int nByte, char *zOut);
+  int (*xSleep)(sqlite3_vfs*, int microseconds);
+  int (*xCurrentTime)(sqlite3_vfs*, double*);
+  int (*xGetLastError)(sqlite3_vfs*, int, char *);
+  /*
+  ** The methods above are in version 1 of the sqlite_vfs object
+  ** definition.  Those that follow are added in version 2 or later
+  */
+  int (*xCurrentTimeInt64)(sqlite3_vfs*, sqlite3_int64*);
+  /*
+  ** The methods above are in versions 1 and 2 of the sqlite_vfs object.
+  ** Those below are for version 3 and greater.
+  */
+  int (*xSetSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, sqlite3_syscall_ptr);
+  sqlite3_syscall_ptr (*xGetSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName);
+  const char *(*xNextSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName);
+  /*
+  ** The methods above are in versions 1 through 3 of the sqlite_vfs object.
+  ** New fields may be appended in figure versions.  The iVersion
+  ** value will increment whenever this happens. 
+  */
+};
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Flags for the xAccess VFS method
+**
+** These integer constants can be used as the third parameter to
+** the xAccess method of an [sqlite3_vfs] object.  They determine
+** what kind of permissions the xAccess method is looking for.
+** With SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, the xAccess method
+** simply checks whether the file exists.
+** With SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE, the xAccess method
+** checks whether the named directory is both readable and writable
+** (in other words, if files can be added, removed, and renamed within
+** the directory).
+** The SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE constant is currently used only by the
+** [temp_store_directory pragma], though this could change in a future
+** release of SQLite.
+** With SQLITE_ACCESS_READ, the xAccess method
+** checks whether the file is readable.  The SQLITE_ACCESS_READ constant is
+** currently unused, though it might be used in a future release of
+** SQLite.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS    0
+#define SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE 1   /* Used by PRAGMA temp_store_directory */
+#define SQLITE_ACCESS_READ      2   /* Unused */
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Flags for the xShmLock VFS method
+**
+** These integer constants define the various locking operations
+** allowed by the xShmLock method of [sqlite3_io_methods].  The
+** following are the only legal combinations of flags to the
+** xShmLock method:
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li>  SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED
+** <li>  SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE
+** <li>  SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED
+** <li>  SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE
+** </ul>
+**
+** When unlocking, the same SHARED or EXCLUSIVE flag must be supplied as
+** was given no the corresponding lock.  
+**
+** The xShmLock method can transition between unlocked and SHARED or
+** between unlocked and EXCLUSIVE.  It cannot transition between SHARED
+** and EXCLUSIVE.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK       1
+#define SQLITE_SHM_LOCK         2
+#define SQLITE_SHM_SHARED       4
+#define SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE    8
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Maximum xShmLock index
+**
+** The xShmLock method on [sqlite3_io_methods] may use values
+** between 0 and this upper bound as its "offset" argument.
+** The SQLite core will never attempt to acquire or release a
+** lock outside of this range
+*/
+#define SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK        8
+
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Initialize The SQLite Library
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_initialize() routine initializes the
+** SQLite library.  ^The sqlite3_shutdown() routine
+** deallocates any resources that were allocated by sqlite3_initialize().
+** These routines are designed to aid in process initialization and
+** shutdown on embedded systems.  Workstation applications using
+** SQLite normally do not need to invoke either of these routines.
+**
+** A call to sqlite3_initialize() is an "effective" call if it is
+** the first time sqlite3_initialize() is invoked during the lifetime of
+** the process, or if it is the first time sqlite3_initialize() is invoked
+** following a call to sqlite3_shutdown().  ^(Only an effective call
+** of sqlite3_initialize() does any initialization.  All other calls
+** are harmless no-ops.)^
+**
+** A call to sqlite3_shutdown() is an "effective" call if it is the first
+** call to sqlite3_shutdown() since the last sqlite3_initialize().  ^(Only
+** an effective call to sqlite3_shutdown() does any deinitialization.
+** All other valid calls to sqlite3_shutdown() are harmless no-ops.)^
+**
+** The sqlite3_initialize() interface is threadsafe, but sqlite3_shutdown()
+** is not.  The sqlite3_shutdown() interface must only be called from a
+** single thread.  All open [database connections] must be closed and all
+** other SQLite resources must be deallocated prior to invoking
+** sqlite3_shutdown().
+**
+** Among other things, ^sqlite3_initialize() will invoke
+** sqlite3_os_init().  Similarly, ^sqlite3_shutdown()
+** will invoke sqlite3_os_end().
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_initialize() routine returns [SQLITE_OK] on success.
+** ^If for some reason, sqlite3_initialize() is unable to initialize
+** the library (perhaps it is unable to allocate a needed resource such
+** as a mutex) it returns an [error code] other than [SQLITE_OK].
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_initialize() routine is called internally by many other
+** SQLite interfaces so that an application usually does not need to
+** invoke sqlite3_initialize() directly.  For example, [sqlite3_open()]
+** calls sqlite3_initialize() so the SQLite library will be automatically
+** initialized when [sqlite3_open()] is called if it has not be initialized
+** already.  ^However, if SQLite is compiled with the [SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT]
+** compile-time option, then the automatic calls to sqlite3_initialize()
+** are omitted and the application must call sqlite3_initialize() directly
+** prior to using any other SQLite interface.  For maximum portability,
+** it is recommended that applications always invoke sqlite3_initialize()
+** directly prior to using any other SQLite interface.  Future releases
+** of SQLite may require this.  In other words, the behavior exhibited
+** when SQLite is compiled with [SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT] might become the
+** default behavior in some future release of SQLite.
+**
+** The sqlite3_os_init() routine does operating-system specific
+** initialization of the SQLite library.  The sqlite3_os_end()
+** routine undoes the effect of sqlite3_os_init().  Typical tasks
+** performed by these routines include allocation or deallocation
+** of static resources, initialization of global variables,
+** setting up a default [sqlite3_vfs] module, or setting up
+** a default configuration using [sqlite3_config()].
+**
+** The application should never invoke either sqlite3_os_init()
+** or sqlite3_os_end() directly.  The application should only invoke
+** sqlite3_initialize() and sqlite3_shutdown().  The sqlite3_os_init()
+** interface is called automatically by sqlite3_initialize() and
+** sqlite3_os_end() is called by sqlite3_shutdown().  Appropriate
+** implementations for sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end()
+** are built into SQLite when it is compiled for Unix, Windows, or OS/2.
+** When [custom builds | built for other platforms]
+** (using the [SQLITE_OS_OTHER=1] compile-time
+** option) the application must supply a suitable implementation for
+** sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end().  An application-supplied
+** implementation of sqlite3_os_init() or sqlite3_os_end()
+** must return [SQLITE_OK] on success and some other [error code] upon
+** failure.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_initialize(void);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_shutdown(void);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Configuring The SQLite Library
+**
+** The sqlite3_config() interface is used to make global configuration
+** changes to SQLite in order to tune SQLite to the specific needs of
+** the application.  The default configuration is recommended for most
+** applications and so this routine is usually not necessary.  It is
+** provided to support rare applications with unusual needs.
+**
+** The sqlite3_config() interface is not threadsafe.  The application
+** must insure that no other SQLite interfaces are invoked by other
+** threads while sqlite3_config() is running.  Furthermore, sqlite3_config()
+** may only be invoked prior to library initialization using
+** [sqlite3_initialize()] or after shutdown by [sqlite3_shutdown()].
+** ^If sqlite3_config() is called after [sqlite3_initialize()] and before
+** [sqlite3_shutdown()] then it will return SQLITE_MISUSE.
+** Note, however, that ^sqlite3_config() can be called as part of the
+** implementation of an application-defined [sqlite3_os_init()].
+**
+** The first argument to sqlite3_config() is an integer
+** [configuration option] that determines
+** what property of SQLite is to be configured.  Subsequent arguments
+** vary depending on the [configuration option]
+** in the first argument.
+**
+** ^When a configuration option is set, sqlite3_config() returns [SQLITE_OK].
+** ^If the option is unknown or SQLite is unable to set the option
+** then this routine returns a non-zero [error code].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_config(int, ...);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Configure database connections
+**
+** The sqlite3_db_config() interface is used to make configuration
+** changes to a [database connection].  The interface is similar to
+** [sqlite3_config()] except that the changes apply to a single
+** [database connection] (specified in the first argument).
+**
+** The second argument to sqlite3_db_config(D,V,...)  is the
+** [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE | configuration verb] - an integer code 
+** that indicates what aspect of the [database connection] is being configured.
+** Subsequent arguments vary depending on the configuration verb.
+**
+** ^Calls to sqlite3_db_config() return SQLITE_OK if and only if
+** the call is considered successful.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocation Routines
+**
+** An instance of this object defines the interface between SQLite
+** and low-level memory allocation routines.
+**
+** This object is used in only one place in the SQLite interface.
+** A pointer to an instance of this object is the argument to
+** [sqlite3_config()] when the configuration option is
+** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC].  
+** By creating an instance of this object
+** and passing it to [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC])
+** during configuration, an application can specify an alternative
+** memory allocation subsystem for SQLite to use for all of its
+** dynamic memory needs.
+**
+** Note that SQLite comes with several [built-in memory allocators]
+** that are perfectly adequate for the overwhelming majority of applications
+** and that this object is only useful to a tiny minority of applications
+** with specialized memory allocation requirements.  This object is
+** also used during testing of SQLite in order to specify an alternative
+** memory allocator that simulates memory out-of-memory conditions in
+** order to verify that SQLite recovers gracefully from such
+** conditions.
+**
+** The xMalloc, xRealloc, and xFree methods must work like the
+** malloc(), realloc() and free() functions from the standard C library.
+** ^SQLite guarantees that the second argument to
+** xRealloc is always a value returned by a prior call to xRoundup.
+**
+** xSize should return the allocated size of a memory allocation
+** previously obtained from xMalloc or xRealloc.  The allocated size
+** is always at least as big as the requested size but may be larger.
+**
+** The xRoundup method returns what would be the allocated size of
+** a memory allocation given a particular requested size.  Most memory
+** allocators round up memory allocations at least to the next multiple
+** of 8.  Some allocators round up to a larger multiple or to a power of 2.
+** Every memory allocation request coming in through [sqlite3_malloc()]
+** or [sqlite3_realloc()] first calls xRoundup.  If xRoundup returns 0, 
+** that causes the corresponding memory allocation to fail.
+**
+** The xInit method initializes the memory allocator.  (For example,
+** it might allocate any require mutexes or initialize internal data
+** structures.  The xShutdown method is invoked (indirectly) by
+** [sqlite3_shutdown()] and should deallocate any resources acquired
+** by xInit.  The pAppData pointer is used as the only parameter to
+** xInit and xShutdown.
+**
+** SQLite holds the [SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER] mutex when it invokes
+** the xInit method, so the xInit method need not be threadsafe.  The
+** xShutdown method is only called from [sqlite3_shutdown()] so it does
+** not need to be threadsafe either.  For all other methods, SQLite
+** holds the [SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM] mutex as long as the
+** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS] configuration option is turned on (which
+** it is by default) and so the methods are automatically serialized.
+** However, if [SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS] is disabled, then the other
+** methods must be threadsafe or else make their own arrangements for
+** serialization.
+**
+** SQLite will never invoke xInit() more than once without an intervening
+** call to xShutdown().
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_mem_methods sqlite3_mem_methods;
+struct sqlite3_mem_methods {
+  void *(*xMalloc)(int);         /* Memory allocation function */
+  void (*xFree)(void*);          /* Free a prior allocation */
+  void *(*xRealloc)(void*,int);  /* Resize an allocation */
+  int (*xSize)(void*);           /* Return the size of an allocation */
+  int (*xRoundup)(int);          /* Round up request size to allocation size */
+  int (*xInit)(void*);           /* Initialize the memory allocator */
+  void (*xShutdown)(void*);      /* Deinitialize the memory allocator */
+  void *pAppData;                /* Argument to xInit() and xShutdown() */
+};
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Configuration Options
+** KEYWORDS: {configuration option}
+**
+** These constants are the available integer configuration options that
+** can be passed as the first argument to the [sqlite3_config()] interface.
+**
+** New configuration options may be added in future releases of SQLite.
+** Existing configuration options might be discontinued.  Applications
+** should check the return code from [sqlite3_config()] to make sure that
+** the call worked.  The [sqlite3_config()] interface will return a
+** non-zero [error code] if a discontinued or unsupported configuration option
+** is invoked.
+**
+** <dl>
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD</dt>
+** <dd>There are no arguments to this option.  ^This option sets the
+** [threading mode] to Single-thread.  In other words, it disables
+** all mutexing and puts SQLite into a mode where it can only be used
+** by a single thread.   ^If SQLite is compiled with
+** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then
+** it is not possible to change the [threading mode] from its default
+** value of Single-thread and so [sqlite3_config()] will return 
+** [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD
+** configuration option.</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD</dt>
+** <dd>There are no arguments to this option.  ^This option sets the
+** [threading mode] to Multi-thread.  In other words, it disables
+** mutexing on [database connection] and [prepared statement] objects.
+** The application is responsible for serializing access to
+** [database connections] and [prepared statements].  But other mutexes
+** are enabled so that SQLite will be safe to use in a multi-threaded
+** environment as long as no two threads attempt to use the same
+** [database connection] at the same time.  ^If SQLite is compiled with
+** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then
+** it is not possible to set the Multi-thread [threading mode] and
+** [sqlite3_config()] will return [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the
+** SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD configuration option.</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED</dt>
+** <dd>There are no arguments to this option.  ^This option sets the
+** [threading mode] to Serialized. In other words, this option enables
+** all mutexes including the recursive
+** mutexes on [database connection] and [prepared statement] objects.
+** In this mode (which is the default when SQLite is compiled with
+** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE=1]) the SQLite library will itself serialize access
+** to [database connections] and [prepared statements] so that the
+** application is free to use the same [database connection] or the
+** same [prepared statement] in different threads at the same time.
+** ^If SQLite is compiled with
+** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then
+** it is not possible to set the Serialized [threading mode] and
+** [sqlite3_config()] will return [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the
+** SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED configuration option.</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC</dt>
+** <dd> ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an
+** instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure.  The argument specifies
+** alternative low-level memory allocation routines to be used in place of
+** the memory allocation routines built into SQLite.)^ ^SQLite makes
+** its own private copy of the content of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure
+** before the [sqlite3_config()] call returns.</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC</dt>
+** <dd> ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an
+** instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure.  The [sqlite3_mem_methods]
+** structure is filled with the currently defined memory allocation routines.)^
+** This option can be used to overload the default memory allocation
+** routines with a wrapper that simulations memory allocation failure or
+** tracks memory usage, for example. </dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS</dt>
+** <dd> ^This option takes single argument of type int, interpreted as a 
+** boolean, which enables or disables the collection of memory allocation 
+** statistics. ^(When memory allocation statistics are disabled, the 
+** following SQLite interfaces become non-operational:
+**   <ul>
+**   <li> [sqlite3_memory_used()]
+**   <li> [sqlite3_memory_highwater()]
+**   <li> [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64()]
+**   <li> [sqlite3_status()]
+**   </ul>)^
+** ^Memory allocation statistics are enabled by default unless SQLite is
+** compiled with [SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS]=0 in which case memory
+** allocation statistics are disabled by default.
+** </dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH</dt>
+** <dd> ^This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite can use for
+** scratch memory.  There are three arguments:  A pointer an 8-byte
+** aligned memory buffer from which the scratch allocations will be
+** drawn, the size of each scratch allocation (sz),
+** and the maximum number of scratch allocations (N).  The sz
+** argument must be a multiple of 16.
+** The first argument must be a pointer to an 8-byte aligned buffer
+** of at least sz*N bytes of memory.
+** ^SQLite will use no more than two scratch buffers per thread.  So
+** N should be set to twice the expected maximum number of threads.
+** ^SQLite will never require a scratch buffer that is more than 6
+** times the database page size. ^If SQLite needs needs additional
+** scratch memory beyond what is provided by this configuration option, then 
+** [sqlite3_malloc()] will be used to obtain the memory needed.</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE</dt>
+** <dd> ^This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite can use for
+** the database page cache with the default page cache implementation.  
+** This configuration should not be used if an application-define page
+** cache implementation is loaded using the SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2 option.
+** There are three arguments to this option: A pointer to 8-byte aligned
+** memory, the size of each page buffer (sz), and the number of pages (N).
+** The sz argument should be the size of the largest database page
+** (a power of two between 512 and 32768) plus a little extra for each
+** page header.  ^The page header size is 20 to 40 bytes depending on
+** the host architecture.  ^It is harmless, apart from the wasted memory,
+** to make sz a little too large.  The first
+** argument should point to an allocation of at least sz*N bytes of memory.
+** ^SQLite will use the memory provided by the first argument to satisfy its
+** memory needs for the first N pages that it adds to cache.  ^If additional
+** page cache memory is needed beyond what is provided by this option, then
+** SQLite goes to [sqlite3_malloc()] for the additional storage space.
+** The pointer in the first argument must
+** be aligned to an 8-byte boundary or subsequent behavior of SQLite
+** will be undefined.</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP</dt>
+** <dd> ^This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite will use
+** for all of its dynamic memory allocation needs beyond those provided
+** for by [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH] and [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE].
+** There are three arguments: An 8-byte aligned pointer to the memory,
+** the number of bytes in the memory buffer, and the minimum allocation size.
+** ^If the first pointer (the memory pointer) is NULL, then SQLite reverts
+** to using its default memory allocator (the system malloc() implementation),
+** undoing any prior invocation of [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC].  ^If the
+** memory pointer is not NULL and either [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3] or
+** [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5] are defined, then the alternative memory
+** allocator is engaged to handle all of SQLites memory allocation needs.
+** The first pointer (the memory pointer) must be aligned to an 8-byte
+** boundary or subsequent behavior of SQLite will be undefined.
+** The minimum allocation size is capped at 2**12. Reasonable values
+** for the minimum allocation size are 2**5 through 2**8.</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX</dt>
+** <dd> ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an
+** instance of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure.  The argument specifies
+** alternative low-level mutex routines to be used in place
+** the mutex routines built into SQLite.)^  ^SQLite makes a copy of the
+** content of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure before the call to
+** [sqlite3_config()] returns. ^If SQLite is compiled with
+** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then
+** the entire mutexing subsystem is omitted from the build and hence calls to
+** [sqlite3_config()] with the SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX configuration option will
+** return [SQLITE_ERROR].</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX</dt>
+** <dd> ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an
+** instance of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure.  The
+** [sqlite3_mutex_methods]
+** structure is filled with the currently defined mutex routines.)^
+** This option can be used to overload the default mutex allocation
+** routines with a wrapper used to track mutex usage for performance
+** profiling or testing, for example.   ^If SQLite is compiled with
+** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then
+** the entire mutexing subsystem is omitted from the build and hence calls to
+** [sqlite3_config()] with the SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX configuration option will
+** return [SQLITE_ERROR].</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE</dt>
+** <dd> ^(This option takes two arguments that determine the default
+** memory allocation for the lookaside memory allocator on each
+** [database connection].  The first argument is the
+** size of each lookaside buffer slot and the second is the number of
+** slots allocated to each database connection.)^  ^(This option sets the
+** <i>default</i> lookaside size. The [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE]
+** verb to [sqlite3_db_config()] can be used to change the lookaside
+** configuration on individual connections.)^ </dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2</dt>
+** <dd> ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to
+** an [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object.  This object specifies the interface
+** to a custom page cache implementation.)^  ^SQLite makes a copy of the
+** object and uses it for page cache memory allocations.</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2</dt>
+** <dd> ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an
+** [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object.  SQLite copies of the current
+** page cache implementation into that object.)^ </dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG</dt>
+** <dd> ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG option takes two arguments: a pointer to a
+** function with a call signature of void(*)(void*,int,const char*), 
+** and a pointer to void. ^If the function pointer is not NULL, it is
+** invoked by [sqlite3_log()] to process each logging event.  ^If the
+** function pointer is NULL, the [sqlite3_log()] interface becomes a no-op.
+** ^The void pointer that is the second argument to SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG is
+** passed through as the first parameter to the application-defined logger
+** function whenever that function is invoked.  ^The second parameter to
+** the logger function is a copy of the first parameter to the corresponding
+** [sqlite3_log()] call and is intended to be a [result code] or an
+** [extended result code].  ^The third parameter passed to the logger is
+** log message after formatting via [sqlite3_snprintf()].
+** The SQLite logging interface is not reentrant; the logger function
+** supplied by the application must not invoke any SQLite interface.
+** In a multi-threaded application, the application-defined logger
+** function must be threadsafe. </dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_URI]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_URI
+** <dd> This option takes a single argument of type int. If non-zero, then
+** URI handling is globally enabled. If the parameter is zero, then URI handling
+** is globally disabled. If URI handling is globally enabled, all filenames
+** passed to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()], [sqlite3_open16()] or
+** specified as part of [ATTACH] commands are interpreted as URIs, regardless
+** of whether or not the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flag is set when the database
+** connection is opened. If it is globally disabled, filenames are
+** only interpreted as URIs if the SQLITE_OPEN_URI flag is set when the
+** database connection is opened. By default, URI handling is globally
+** disabled. The default value may be changed by compiling with the
+** [SQLITE_USE_URI] symbol defined.
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE]] [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE]]
+** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE and SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE
+** <dd> These options are obsolete and should not be used by new code.
+** They are retained for backwards compatibility but are now no-ops.
+** </dl>
+*/
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD  1  /* nil */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD   2  /* nil */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED    3  /* nil */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC        4  /* sqlite3_mem_methods* */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC     5  /* sqlite3_mem_methods* */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH       6  /* void*, int sz, int N */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE     7  /* void*, int sz, int N */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP          8  /* void*, int nByte, int min */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS     9  /* boolean */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX        10  /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX     11  /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */
+/* previously SQLITE_CONFIG_CHUNKALLOC 12 which is now unused. */ 
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE    13  /* int int */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE       14  /* no-op */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE    15  /* no-op */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG          16  /* xFunc, void* */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_URI          17  /* int */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2      18  /* sqlite3_pcache_methods2* */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2   19  /* sqlite3_pcache_methods2* */
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Configuration Options
+**
+** These constants are the available integer configuration options that
+** can be passed as the second argument to the [sqlite3_db_config()] interface.
+**
+** New configuration options may be added in future releases of SQLite.
+** Existing configuration options might be discontinued.  Applications
+** should check the return code from [sqlite3_db_config()] to make sure that
+** the call worked.  ^The [sqlite3_db_config()] interface will return a
+** non-zero [error code] if a discontinued or unsupported configuration option
+** is invoked.
+**
+** <dl>
+** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE</dt>
+** <dd> ^This option takes three additional arguments that determine the 
+** [lookaside memory allocator] configuration for the [database connection].
+** ^The first argument (the third parameter to [sqlite3_db_config()] is a
+** pointer to a memory buffer to use for lookaside memory.
+** ^The first argument after the SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE verb
+** may be NULL in which case SQLite will allocate the
+** lookaside buffer itself using [sqlite3_malloc()]. ^The second argument is the
+** size of each lookaside buffer slot.  ^The third argument is the number of
+** slots.  The size of the buffer in the first argument must be greater than
+** or equal to the product of the second and third arguments.  The buffer
+** must be aligned to an 8-byte boundary.  ^If the second argument to
+** SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE is not a multiple of 8, it is internally
+** rounded down to the next smaller multiple of 8.  ^(The lookaside memory
+** configuration for a database connection can only be changed when that
+** connection is not currently using lookaside memory, or in other words
+** when the "current value" returned by
+** [sqlite3_db_status](D,[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE],...) is zero.
+** Any attempt to change the lookaside memory configuration when lookaside
+** memory is in use leaves the configuration unchanged and returns 
+** [SQLITE_BUSY].)^</dd>
+**
+** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY</dt>
+** <dd> ^This option is used to enable or disable the enforcement of
+** [foreign key constraints].  There should be two additional arguments.
+** The first argument is an integer which is 0 to disable FK enforcement,
+** positive to enable FK enforcement or negative to leave FK enforcement
+** unchanged.  The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which
+** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether FK enforcement is off or on
+** following this call.  The second parameter may be a NULL pointer, in
+** which case the FK enforcement setting is not reported back. </dd>
+**
+** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER</dt>
+** <dd> ^This option is used to enable or disable [CREATE TRIGGER | triggers].
+** There should be two additional arguments.
+** The first argument is an integer which is 0 to disable triggers,
+** positive to enable triggers or negative to leave the setting unchanged.
+** The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which
+** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether triggers are disabled or enabled
+** following this call.  The second parameter may be a NULL pointer, in
+** which case the trigger setting is not reported back. </dd>
+**
+** </dl>
+*/
+#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE       1001  /* void* int int */
+#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY     1002  /* int int* */
+#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER  1003  /* int int* */
+
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extended Result Codes
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_extended_result_codes() routine enables or disables the
+** [extended result codes] feature of SQLite. ^The extended result
+** codes are disabled by default for historical compatibility.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_result_codes(sqlite3*, int onoff);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Last Insert Rowid
+**
+** ^Each entry in an SQLite table has a unique 64-bit signed
+** integer key called the [ROWID | "rowid"]. ^The rowid is always available
+** as an undeclared column named ROWID, OID, or _ROWID_ as long as those
+** names are not also used by explicitly declared columns. ^If
+** the table has a column of type [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] then that column
+** is another alias for the rowid.
+**
+** ^This routine returns the [rowid] of the most recent
+** successful [INSERT] into the database from the [database connection]
+** in the first argument.  ^As of SQLite version 3.7.7, this routines
+** records the last insert rowid of both ordinary tables and [virtual tables].
+** ^If no successful [INSERT]s
+** have ever occurred on that database connection, zero is returned.
+**
+** ^(If an [INSERT] occurs within a trigger or within a [virtual table]
+** method, then this routine will return the [rowid] of the inserted
+** row as long as the trigger or virtual table method is running.
+** But once the trigger or virtual table method ends, the value returned 
+** by this routine reverts to what it was before the trigger or virtual
+** table method began.)^
+**
+** ^An [INSERT] that fails due to a constraint violation is not a
+** successful [INSERT] and does not change the value returned by this
+** routine.  ^Thus INSERT OR FAIL, INSERT OR IGNORE, INSERT OR ROLLBACK,
+** and INSERT OR ABORT make no changes to the return value of this
+** routine when their insertion fails.  ^(When INSERT OR REPLACE
+** encounters a constraint violation, it does not fail.  The
+** INSERT continues to completion after deleting rows that caused
+** the constraint problem so INSERT OR REPLACE will always change
+** the return value of this interface.)^
+**
+** ^For the purposes of this routine, an [INSERT] is considered to
+** be successful even if it is subsequently rolled back.
+**
+** This function is accessible to SQL statements via the
+** [last_insert_rowid() SQL function].
+**
+** If a separate thread performs a new [INSERT] on the same
+** database connection while the [sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()]
+** function is running and thus changes the last insert [rowid],
+** then the value returned by [sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()] is
+** unpredictable and might not equal either the old or the new
+** last insert [rowid].
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Count The Number Of Rows Modified
+**
+** ^This function returns the number of database rows that were changed
+** or inserted or deleted by the most recently completed SQL statement
+** on the [database connection] specified by the first parameter.
+** ^(Only changes that are directly specified by the [INSERT], [UPDATE],
+** or [DELETE] statement are counted.  Auxiliary changes caused by
+** triggers or [foreign key actions] are not counted.)^ Use the
+** [sqlite3_total_changes()] function to find the total number of changes
+** including changes caused by triggers and foreign key actions.
+**
+** ^Changes to a view that are simulated by an [INSTEAD OF trigger]
+** are not counted.  Only real table changes are counted.
+**
+** ^(A "row change" is a change to a single row of a single table
+** caused by an INSERT, DELETE, or UPDATE statement.  Rows that
+** are changed as side effects of [REPLACE] constraint resolution,
+** rollback, ABORT processing, [DROP TABLE], or by any other
+** mechanisms do not count as direct row changes.)^
+**
+** A "trigger context" is a scope of execution that begins and
+** ends with the script of a [CREATE TRIGGER | trigger]. 
+** Most SQL statements are
+** evaluated outside of any trigger.  This is the "top level"
+** trigger context.  If a trigger fires from the top level, a
+** new trigger context is entered for the duration of that one
+** trigger.  Subtriggers create subcontexts for their duration.
+**
+** ^Calling [sqlite3_exec()] or [sqlite3_step()] recursively does
+** not create a new trigger context.
+**
+** ^This function returns the number of direct row changes in the
+** most recent INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE statement within the same
+** trigger context.
+**
+** ^Thus, when called from the top level, this function returns the
+** number of changes in the most recent INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE
+** that also occurred at the top level.  ^(Within the body of a trigger,
+** the sqlite3_changes() interface can be called to find the number of
+** changes in the most recently completed INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE
+** statement within the body of the same trigger.
+** However, the number returned does not include changes
+** caused by subtriggers since those have their own context.)^
+**
+** See also the [sqlite3_total_changes()] interface, the
+** [count_changes pragma], and the [changes() SQL function].
+**
+** If a separate thread makes changes on the same database connection
+** while [sqlite3_changes()] is running then the value returned
+** is unpredictable and not meaningful.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_changes(sqlite3*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Total Number Of Rows Modified
+**
+** ^This function returns the number of row changes caused by [INSERT],
+** [UPDATE] or [DELETE] statements since the [database connection] was opened.
+** ^(The count returned by sqlite3_total_changes() includes all changes
+** from all [CREATE TRIGGER | trigger] contexts and changes made by
+** [foreign key actions]. However,
+** the count does not include changes used to implement [REPLACE] constraints,
+** do rollbacks or ABORT processing, or [DROP TABLE] processing.  The
+** count does not include rows of views that fire an [INSTEAD OF trigger],
+** though if the INSTEAD OF trigger makes changes of its own, those changes 
+** are counted.)^
+** ^The sqlite3_total_changes() function counts the changes as soon as
+** the statement that makes them is completed (when the statement handle
+** is passed to [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()]).
+**
+** See also the [sqlite3_changes()] interface, the
+** [count_changes pragma], and the [total_changes() SQL function].
+**
+** If a separate thread makes changes on the same database connection
+** while [sqlite3_total_changes()] is running then the value
+** returned is unpredictable and not meaningful.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_total_changes(sqlite3*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Interrupt A Long-Running Query
+**
+** ^This function causes any pending database operation to abort and
+** return at its earliest opportunity. This routine is typically
+** called in response to a user action such as pressing "Cancel"
+** or Ctrl-C where the user wants a long query operation to halt
+** immediately.
+**
+** ^It is safe to call this routine from a thread different from the
+** thread that is currently running the database operation.  But it
+** is not safe to call this routine with a [database connection] that
+** is closed or might close before sqlite3_interrupt() returns.
+**
+** ^If an SQL operation is very nearly finished at the time when
+** sqlite3_interrupt() is called, then it might not have an opportunity
+** to be interrupted and might continue to completion.
+**
+** ^An SQL operation that is interrupted will return [SQLITE_INTERRUPT].
+** ^If the interrupted SQL operation is an INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE
+** that is inside an explicit transaction, then the entire transaction
+** will be rolled back automatically.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_interrupt(D) call is in effect until all currently running
+** SQL statements on [database connection] D complete.  ^Any new SQL statements
+** that are started after the sqlite3_interrupt() call and before the 
+** running statements reaches zero are interrupted as if they had been
+** running prior to the sqlite3_interrupt() call.  ^New SQL statements
+** that are started after the running statement count reaches zero are
+** not effected by the sqlite3_interrupt().
+** ^A call to sqlite3_interrupt(D) that occurs when there are no running
+** SQL statements is a no-op and has no effect on SQL statements
+** that are started after the sqlite3_interrupt() call returns.
+**
+** If the database connection closes while [sqlite3_interrupt()]
+** is running then bad things will likely happen.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_interrupt(sqlite3*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Determine If An SQL Statement Is Complete
+**
+** These routines are useful during command-line input to determine if the
+** currently entered text seems to form a complete SQL statement or
+** if additional input is needed before sending the text into
+** SQLite for parsing.  ^These routines return 1 if the input string
+** appears to be a complete SQL statement.  ^A statement is judged to be
+** complete if it ends with a semicolon token and is not a prefix of a
+** well-formed CREATE TRIGGER statement.  ^Semicolons that are embedded within
+** string literals or quoted identifier names or comments are not
+** independent tokens (they are part of the token in which they are
+** embedded) and thus do not count as a statement terminator.  ^Whitespace
+** and comments that follow the final semicolon are ignored.
+**
+** ^These routines return 0 if the statement is incomplete.  ^If a
+** memory allocation fails, then SQLITE_NOMEM is returned.
+**
+** ^These routines do not parse the SQL statements thus
+** will not detect syntactically incorrect SQL.
+**
+** ^(If SQLite has not been initialized using [sqlite3_initialize()] prior 
+** to invoking sqlite3_complete16() then sqlite3_initialize() is invoked
+** automatically by sqlite3_complete16().  If that initialization fails,
+** then the return value from sqlite3_complete16() will be non-zero
+** regardless of whether or not the input SQL is complete.)^
+**
+** The input to [sqlite3_complete()] must be a zero-terminated
+** UTF-8 string.
+**
+** The input to [sqlite3_complete16()] must be a zero-terminated
+** UTF-16 string in native byte order.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete(const char *sql);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete16(const void *sql);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Register A Callback To Handle SQLITE_BUSY Errors
+**
+** ^This routine sets a callback function that might be invoked whenever
+** an attempt is made to open a database table that another thread
+** or process has locked.
+**
+** ^If the busy callback is NULL, then [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED]
+** is returned immediately upon encountering the lock.  ^If the busy callback
+** is not NULL, then the callback might be invoked with two arguments.
+**
+** ^The first argument to the busy handler is a copy of the void* pointer which
+** is the third argument to sqlite3_busy_handler().  ^The second argument to
+** the busy handler callback is the number of times that the busy handler has
+** been invoked for this locking event.  ^If the
+** busy callback returns 0, then no additional attempts are made to
+** access the database and [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] is returned.
+** ^If the callback returns non-zero, then another attempt
+** is made to open the database for reading and the cycle repeats.
+**
+** The presence of a busy handler does not guarantee that it will be invoked
+** when there is lock contention. ^If SQLite determines that invoking the busy
+** handler could result in a deadlock, it will go ahead and return [SQLITE_BUSY]
+** or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] instead of invoking the busy handler.
+** Consider a scenario where one process is holding a read lock that
+** it is trying to promote to a reserved lock and
+** a second process is holding a reserved lock that it is trying
+** to promote to an exclusive lock.  The first process cannot proceed
+** because it is blocked by the second and the second process cannot
+** proceed because it is blocked by the first.  If both processes
+** invoke the busy handlers, neither will make any progress.  Therefore,
+** SQLite returns [SQLITE_BUSY] for the first process, hoping that this
+** will induce the first process to release its read lock and allow
+** the second process to proceed.
+**
+** ^The default busy callback is NULL.
+**
+** ^The [SQLITE_BUSY] error is converted to [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED]
+** when SQLite is in the middle of a large transaction where all the
+** changes will not fit into the in-memory cache.  SQLite will
+** already hold a RESERVED lock on the database file, but it needs
+** to promote this lock to EXCLUSIVE so that it can spill cache
+** pages into the database file without harm to concurrent
+** readers.  ^If it is unable to promote the lock, then the in-memory
+** cache will be left in an inconsistent state and so the error
+** code is promoted from the relatively benign [SQLITE_BUSY] to
+** the more severe [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED].  ^This error code promotion
+** forces an automatic rollback of the changes.  See the
+** <a href="/cvstrac/wiki?p=CorruptionFollowingBusyError">
+** CorruptionFollowingBusyError</a> wiki page for a discussion of why
+** this is important.
+**
+** ^(There can only be a single busy handler defined for each
+** [database connection].  Setting a new busy handler clears any
+** previously set handler.)^  ^Note that calling [sqlite3_busy_timeout()]
+** will also set or clear the busy handler.
+**
+** The busy callback should not take any actions which modify the
+** database connection that invoked the busy handler.  Any such actions
+** result in undefined behavior.
+** 
+** A busy handler must not close the database connection
+** or [prepared statement] that invoked the busy handler.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_handler(sqlite3*, int(*)(void*,int), void*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Set A Busy Timeout
+**
+** ^This routine sets a [sqlite3_busy_handler | busy handler] that sleeps
+** for a specified amount of time when a table is locked.  ^The handler
+** will sleep multiple times until at least "ms" milliseconds of sleeping
+** have accumulated.  ^After at least "ms" milliseconds of sleeping,
+** the handler returns 0 which causes [sqlite3_step()] to return
+** [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED].
+**
+** ^Calling this routine with an argument less than or equal to zero
+** turns off all busy handlers.
+**
+** ^(There can only be a single busy handler for a particular
+** [database connection] any any given moment.  If another busy handler
+** was defined  (using [sqlite3_busy_handler()]) prior to calling
+** this routine, that other busy handler is cleared.)^
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3*, int ms);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Convenience Routines For Running Queries
+**
+** This is a legacy interface that is preserved for backwards compatibility.
+** Use of this interface is not recommended.
+**
+** Definition: A <b>result table</b> is memory data structure created by the
+** [sqlite3_get_table()] interface.  A result table records the
+** complete query results from one or more queries.
+**
+** The table conceptually has a number of rows and columns.  But
+** these numbers are not part of the result table itself.  These
+** numbers are obtained separately.  Let N be the number of rows
+** and M be the number of columns.
+**
+** A result table is an array of pointers to zero-terminated UTF-8 strings.
+** There are (N+1)*M elements in the array.  The first M pointers point
+** to zero-terminated strings that  contain the names of the columns.
+** The remaining entries all point to query results.  NULL values result
+** in NULL pointers.  All other values are in their UTF-8 zero-terminated
+** string representation as returned by [sqlite3_column_text()].
+**
+** A result table might consist of one or more memory allocations.
+** It is not safe to pass a result table directly to [sqlite3_free()].
+** A result table should be deallocated using [sqlite3_free_table()].
+**
+** ^(As an example of the result table format, suppose a query result
+** is as follows:
+**
+** <blockquote><pre>
+**        Name        | Age
+**        -----------------------
+**        Alice       | 43
+**        Bob         | 28
+**        Cindy       | 21
+** </pre></blockquote>
+**
+** There are two column (M==2) and three rows (N==3).  Thus the
+** result table has 8 entries.  Suppose the result table is stored
+** in an array names azResult.  Then azResult holds this content:
+**
+** <blockquote><pre>
+**        azResult&#91;0] = "Name";
+**        azResult&#91;1] = "Age";
+**        azResult&#91;2] = "Alice";
+**        azResult&#91;3] = "43";
+**        azResult&#91;4] = "Bob";
+**        azResult&#91;5] = "28";
+**        azResult&#91;6] = "Cindy";
+**        azResult&#91;7] = "21";
+** </pre></blockquote>)^
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_get_table() function evaluates one or more
+** semicolon-separated SQL statements in the zero-terminated UTF-8
+** string of its 2nd parameter and returns a result table to the
+** pointer given in its 3rd parameter.
+**
+** After the application has finished with the result from sqlite3_get_table(),
+** it must pass the result table pointer to sqlite3_free_table() in order to
+** release the memory that was malloced.  Because of the way the
+** [sqlite3_malloc()] happens within sqlite3_get_table(), the calling
+** function must not try to call [sqlite3_free()] directly.  Only
+** [sqlite3_free_table()] is able to release the memory properly and safely.
+**
+** The sqlite3_get_table() interface is implemented as a wrapper around
+** [sqlite3_exec()].  The sqlite3_get_table() routine does not have access
+** to any internal data structures of SQLite.  It uses only the public
+** interface defined here.  As a consequence, errors that occur in the
+** wrapper layer outside of the internal [sqlite3_exec()] call are not
+** reflected in subsequent calls to [sqlite3_errcode()] or
+** [sqlite3_errmsg()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_table(
+  sqlite3 *db,          /* An open database */
+  const char *zSql,     /* SQL to be evaluated */
+  char ***pazResult,    /* Results of the query */
+  int *pnRow,           /* Number of result rows written here */
+  int *pnColumn,        /* Number of result columns written here */
+  char **pzErrmsg       /* Error msg written here */
+);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_table(char **result);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Formatted String Printing Functions
+**
+** These routines are work-alikes of the "printf()" family of functions
+** from the standard C library.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_mprintf() and sqlite3_vmprintf() routines write their
+** results into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()].
+** The strings returned by these two routines should be
+** released by [sqlite3_free()].  ^Both routines return a
+** NULL pointer if [sqlite3_malloc()] is unable to allocate enough
+** memory to hold the resulting string.
+**
+** ^(The sqlite3_snprintf() routine is similar to "snprintf()" from
+** the standard C library.  The result is written into the
+** buffer supplied as the second parameter whose size is given by
+** the first parameter. Note that the order of the
+** first two parameters is reversed from snprintf().)^  This is an
+** historical accident that cannot be fixed without breaking
+** backwards compatibility.  ^(Note also that sqlite3_snprintf()
+** returns a pointer to its buffer instead of the number of
+** characters actually written into the buffer.)^  We admit that
+** the number of characters written would be a more useful return
+** value but we cannot change the implementation of sqlite3_snprintf()
+** now without breaking compatibility.
+**
+** ^As long as the buffer size is greater than zero, sqlite3_snprintf()
+** guarantees that the buffer is always zero-terminated.  ^The first
+** parameter "n" is the total size of the buffer, including space for
+** the zero terminator.  So the longest string that can be completely
+** written will be n-1 characters.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_vsnprintf() routine is a varargs version of sqlite3_snprintf().
+**
+** These routines all implement some additional formatting
+** options that are useful for constructing SQL statements.
+** All of the usual printf() formatting options apply.  In addition, there
+** is are "%q", "%Q", and "%z" options.
+**
+** ^(The %q option works like %s in that it substitutes a nul-terminated
+** string from the argument list.  But %q also doubles every '\'' character.
+** %q is designed for use inside a string literal.)^  By doubling each '\''
+** character it escapes that character and allows it to be inserted into
+** the string.
+**
+** For example, assume the string variable zText contains text as follows:
+**
+** <blockquote><pre>
+**  char *zText = "It's a happy day!";
+** </pre></blockquote>
+**
+** One can use this text in an SQL statement as follows:
+**
+** <blockquote><pre>
+**  char *zSQL = sqlite3_mprintf("INSERT INTO table VALUES('%q')", zText);
+**  sqlite3_exec(db, zSQL, 0, 0, 0);
+**  sqlite3_free(zSQL);
+** </pre></blockquote>
+**
+** Because the %q format string is used, the '\'' character in zText
+** is escaped and the SQL generated is as follows:
+**
+** <blockquote><pre>
+**  INSERT INTO table1 VALUES('It''s a happy day!')
+** </pre></blockquote>
+**
+** This is correct.  Had we used %s instead of %q, the generated SQL
+** would have looked like this:
+**
+** <blockquote><pre>
+**  INSERT INTO table1 VALUES('It's a happy day!');
+** </pre></blockquote>
+**
+** This second example is an SQL syntax error.  As a general rule you should
+** always use %q instead of %s when inserting text into a string literal.
+**
+** ^(The %Q option works like %q except it also adds single quotes around
+** the outside of the total string.  Additionally, if the parameter in the
+** argument list is a NULL pointer, %Q substitutes the text "NULL" (without
+** single quotes).)^  So, for example, one could say:
+**
+** <blockquote><pre>
+**  char *zSQL = sqlite3_mprintf("INSERT INTO table VALUES(%Q)", zText);
+**  sqlite3_exec(db, zSQL, 0, 0, 0);
+**  sqlite3_free(zSQL);
+** </pre></blockquote>
+**
+** The code above will render a correct SQL statement in the zSQL
+** variable even if the zText variable is a NULL pointer.
+**
+** ^(The "%z" formatting option works like "%s" but with the
+** addition that after the string has been read and copied into
+** the result, [sqlite3_free()] is called on the input string.)^
+*/
+SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_mprintf(const char*,...);
+SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vmprintf(const char*, va_list);
+SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_snprintf(int,char*,const char*, ...);
+SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vsnprintf(int,char*,const char*, va_list);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocation Subsystem
+**
+** The SQLite core uses these three routines for all of its own
+** internal memory allocation needs. "Core" in the previous sentence
+** does not include operating-system specific VFS implementation.  The
+** Windows VFS uses native malloc() and free() for some operations.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_malloc() routine returns a pointer to a block
+** of memory at least N bytes in length, where N is the parameter.
+** ^If sqlite3_malloc() is unable to obtain sufficient free
+** memory, it returns a NULL pointer.  ^If the parameter N to
+** sqlite3_malloc() is zero or negative then sqlite3_malloc() returns
+** a NULL pointer.
+**
+** ^Calling sqlite3_free() with a pointer previously returned
+** by sqlite3_malloc() or sqlite3_realloc() releases that memory so
+** that it might be reused.  ^The sqlite3_free() routine is
+** a no-op if is called with a NULL pointer.  Passing a NULL pointer
+** to sqlite3_free() is harmless.  After being freed, memory
+** should neither be read nor written.  Even reading previously freed
+** memory might result in a segmentation fault or other severe error.
+** Memory corruption, a segmentation fault, or other severe error
+** might result if sqlite3_free() is called with a non-NULL pointer that
+** was not obtained from sqlite3_malloc() or sqlite3_realloc().
+**
+** ^(The sqlite3_realloc() interface attempts to resize a
+** prior memory allocation to be at least N bytes, where N is the
+** second parameter.  The memory allocation to be resized is the first
+** parameter.)^ ^ If the first parameter to sqlite3_realloc()
+** is a NULL pointer then its behavior is identical to calling
+** sqlite3_malloc(N) where N is the second parameter to sqlite3_realloc().
+** ^If the second parameter to sqlite3_realloc() is zero or
+** negative then the behavior is exactly the same as calling
+** sqlite3_free(P) where P is the first parameter to sqlite3_realloc().
+** ^sqlite3_realloc() returns a pointer to a memory allocation
+** of at least N bytes in size or NULL if sufficient memory is unavailable.
+** ^If M is the size of the prior allocation, then min(N,M) bytes
+** of the prior allocation are copied into the beginning of buffer returned
+** by sqlite3_realloc() and the prior allocation is freed.
+** ^If sqlite3_realloc() returns NULL, then the prior allocation
+** is not freed.
+**
+** ^The memory returned by sqlite3_malloc() and sqlite3_realloc()
+** is always aligned to at least an 8 byte boundary, or to a
+** 4 byte boundary if the [SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC] compile-time
+** option is used.
+**
+** In SQLite version 3.5.0 and 3.5.1, it was possible to define
+** the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORY_ALLOCATION which would cause the built-in
+** implementation of these routines to be omitted.  That capability
+** is no longer provided.  Only built-in memory allocators can be used.
+**
+** Prior to SQLite version 3.7.10, the Windows OS interface layer called
+** the system malloc() and free() directly when converting
+** filenames between the UTF-8 encoding used by SQLite
+** and whatever filename encoding is used by the particular Windows
+** installation.  Memory allocation errors were detected, but
+** they were reported back as [SQLITE_CANTOPEN] or
+** [SQLITE_IOERR] rather than [SQLITE_NOMEM].
+**
+** The pointer arguments to [sqlite3_free()] and [sqlite3_realloc()]
+** must be either NULL or else pointers obtained from a prior
+** invocation of [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] that have
+** not yet been released.
+**
+** The application must not read or write any part of
+** a block of memory after it has been released using
+** [sqlite3_free()] or [sqlite3_realloc()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_malloc(int);
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_realloc(void*, int);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free(void*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocator Statistics
+**
+** SQLite provides these two interfaces for reporting on the status
+** of the [sqlite3_malloc()], [sqlite3_free()], and [sqlite3_realloc()]
+** routines, which form the built-in memory allocation subsystem.
+**
+** ^The [sqlite3_memory_used()] routine returns the number of bytes
+** of memory currently outstanding (malloced but not freed).
+** ^The [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] routine returns the maximum
+** value of [sqlite3_memory_used()] since the high-water mark
+** was last reset.  ^The values returned by [sqlite3_memory_used()] and
+** [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] include any overhead
+** added by SQLite in its implementation of [sqlite3_malloc()],
+** but not overhead added by the any underlying system library
+** routines that [sqlite3_malloc()] may call.
+**
+** ^The memory high-water mark is reset to the current value of
+** [sqlite3_memory_used()] if and only if the parameter to
+** [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] is true.  ^The value returned
+** by [sqlite3_memory_highwater(1)] is the high-water mark
+** prior to the reset.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_used(void);
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_highwater(int resetFlag);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Pseudo-Random Number Generator
+**
+** SQLite contains a high-quality pseudo-random number generator (PRNG) used to
+** select random [ROWID | ROWIDs] when inserting new records into a table that
+** already uses the largest possible [ROWID].  The PRNG is also used for
+** the build-in random() and randomblob() SQL functions.  This interface allows
+** applications to access the same PRNG for other purposes.
+**
+** ^A call to this routine stores N bytes of randomness into buffer P.
+**
+** ^The first time this routine is invoked (either internally or by
+** the application) the PRNG is seeded using randomness obtained
+** from the xRandomness method of the default [sqlite3_vfs] object.
+** ^On all subsequent invocations, the pseudo-randomness is generated
+** internally and without recourse to the [sqlite3_vfs] xRandomness
+** method.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_randomness(int N, void *P);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Compile-Time Authorization Callbacks
+**
+** ^This routine registers an authorizer callback with a particular
+** [database connection], supplied in the first argument.
+** ^The authorizer callback is invoked as SQL statements are being compiled
+** by [sqlite3_prepare()] or its variants [sqlite3_prepare_v2()],
+** [sqlite3_prepare16()] and [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()].  ^At various
+** points during the compilation process, as logic is being created
+** to perform various actions, the authorizer callback is invoked to
+** see if those actions are allowed.  ^The authorizer callback should
+** return [SQLITE_OK] to allow the action, [SQLITE_IGNORE] to disallow the
+** specific action but allow the SQL statement to continue to be
+** compiled, or [SQLITE_DENY] to cause the entire SQL statement to be
+** rejected with an error.  ^If the authorizer callback returns
+** any value other than [SQLITE_IGNORE], [SQLITE_OK], or [SQLITE_DENY]
+** then the [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or equivalent call that triggered
+** the authorizer will fail with an error message.
+**
+** When the callback returns [SQLITE_OK], that means the operation
+** requested is ok.  ^When the callback returns [SQLITE_DENY], the
+** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or equivalent call that triggered the
+** authorizer will fail with an error message explaining that
+** access is denied. 
+**
+** ^The first parameter to the authorizer callback is a copy of the third
+** parameter to the sqlite3_set_authorizer() interface. ^The second parameter
+** to the callback is an integer [SQLITE_COPY | action code] that specifies
+** the particular action to be authorized. ^The third through sixth parameters
+** to the callback are zero-terminated strings that contain additional
+** details about the action to be authorized.
+**
+** ^If the action code is [SQLITE_READ]
+** and the callback returns [SQLITE_IGNORE] then the
+** [prepared statement] statement is constructed to substitute
+** a NULL value in place of the table column that would have
+** been read if [SQLITE_OK] had been returned.  The [SQLITE_IGNORE]
+** return can be used to deny an untrusted user access to individual
+** columns of a table.
+** ^If the action code is [SQLITE_DELETE] and the callback returns
+** [SQLITE_IGNORE] then the [DELETE] operation proceeds but the
+** [truncate optimization] is disabled and all rows are deleted individually.
+**
+** An authorizer is used when [sqlite3_prepare | preparing]
+** SQL statements from an untrusted source, to ensure that the SQL statements
+** do not try to access data they are not allowed to see, or that they do not
+** try to execute malicious statements that damage the database.  For
+** example, an application may allow a user to enter arbitrary
+** SQL queries for evaluation by a database.  But the application does
+** not want the user to be able to make arbitrary changes to the
+** database.  An authorizer could then be put in place while the
+** user-entered SQL is being [sqlite3_prepare | prepared] that
+** disallows everything except [SELECT] statements.
+**
+** Applications that need to process SQL from untrusted sources
+** might also consider lowering resource limits using [sqlite3_limit()]
+** and limiting database size using the [max_page_count] [PRAGMA]
+** in addition to using an authorizer.
+**
+** ^(Only a single authorizer can be in place on a database connection
+** at a time.  Each call to sqlite3_set_authorizer overrides the
+** previous call.)^  ^Disable the authorizer by installing a NULL callback.
+** The authorizer is disabled by default.
+**
+** The authorizer callback must not do anything that will modify
+** the database connection that invoked the authorizer callback.
+** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their
+** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph.
+**
+** ^When [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] is used to prepare a statement, the
+** statement might be re-prepared during [sqlite3_step()] due to a 
+** schema change.  Hence, the application should ensure that the
+** correct authorizer callback remains in place during the [sqlite3_step()].
+**
+** ^Note that the authorizer callback is invoked only during
+** [sqlite3_prepare()] or its variants.  Authorization is not
+** performed during statement evaluation in [sqlite3_step()], unless
+** as stated in the previous paragraph, sqlite3_step() invokes
+** sqlite3_prepare_v2() to reprepare a statement after a schema change.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_set_authorizer(
+  sqlite3*,
+  int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*),
+  void *pUserData
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Authorizer Return Codes
+**
+** The [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer callback function] must
+** return either [SQLITE_OK] or one of these two constants in order
+** to signal SQLite whether or not the action is permitted.  See the
+** [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer documentation] for additional
+** information.
+**
+** Note that SQLITE_IGNORE is also used as a [SQLITE_ROLLBACK | return code]
+** from the [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] interface.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_DENY   1   /* Abort the SQL statement with an error */
+#define SQLITE_IGNORE 2   /* Don't allow access, but don't generate an error */
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Authorizer Action Codes
+**
+** The [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] interface registers a callback function
+** that is invoked to authorize certain SQL statement actions.  The
+** second parameter to the callback is an integer code that specifies
+** what action is being authorized.  These are the integer action codes that
+** the authorizer callback may be passed.
+**
+** These action code values signify what kind of operation is to be
+** authorized.  The 3rd and 4th parameters to the authorization
+** callback function will be parameters or NULL depending on which of these
+** codes is used as the second parameter.  ^(The 5th parameter to the
+** authorizer callback is the name of the database ("main", "temp",
+** etc.) if applicable.)^  ^The 6th parameter to the authorizer callback
+** is the name of the inner-most trigger or view that is responsible for
+** the access attempt or NULL if this access attempt is directly from
+** top-level SQL code.
+*/
+/******************************************* 3rd ************ 4th ***********/
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX          1   /* Index Name      Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE          2   /* Table Name      NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX     3   /* Index Name      Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE     4   /* Table Name      NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER   5   /* Trigger Name    Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW      6   /* View Name       NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER        7   /* Trigger Name    Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW           8   /* View Name       NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_DELETE                9   /* Table Name      NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_INDEX           10   /* Index Name      Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_TABLE           11   /* Table Name      NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX      12   /* Index Name      Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE      13   /* Table Name      NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER    14   /* Trigger Name    Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW       15   /* View Name       NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER         16   /* Trigger Name    Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_VIEW            17   /* View Name       NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_INSERT               18   /* Table Name      NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_PRAGMA               19   /* Pragma Name     1st arg or NULL */
+#define SQLITE_READ                 20   /* Table Name      Column Name     */
+#define SQLITE_SELECT               21   /* NULL            NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_TRANSACTION          22   /* Operation       NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_UPDATE               23   /* Table Name      Column Name     */
+#define SQLITE_ATTACH               24   /* Filename        NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_DETACH               25   /* Database Name   NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE          26   /* Database Name   Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_REINDEX              27   /* Index Name      NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_ANALYZE              28   /* Table Name      NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_VTABLE        29   /* Table Name      Module Name     */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_VTABLE          30   /* Table Name      Module Name     */
+#define SQLITE_FUNCTION             31   /* NULL            Function Name   */
+#define SQLITE_SAVEPOINT            32   /* Operation       Savepoint Name  */
+#define SQLITE_COPY                  0   /* No longer used */
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Tracing And Profiling Functions
+**
+** These routines register callback functions that can be used for
+** tracing and profiling the execution of SQL statements.
+**
+** ^The callback function registered by sqlite3_trace() is invoked at
+** various times when an SQL statement is being run by [sqlite3_step()].
+** ^The sqlite3_trace() callback is invoked with a UTF-8 rendering of the
+** SQL statement text as the statement first begins executing.
+** ^(Additional sqlite3_trace() callbacks might occur
+** as each triggered subprogram is entered.  The callbacks for triggers
+** contain a UTF-8 SQL comment that identifies the trigger.)^
+**
+** ^The callback function registered by sqlite3_profile() is invoked
+** as each SQL statement finishes.  ^The profile callback contains
+** the original statement text and an estimate of wall-clock time
+** of how long that statement took to run.  ^The profile callback
+** time is in units of nanoseconds, however the current implementation
+** is only capable of millisecond resolution so the six least significant
+** digits in the time are meaningless.  Future versions of SQLite
+** might provide greater resolution on the profiler callback.  The
+** sqlite3_profile() function is considered experimental and is
+** subject to change in future versions of SQLite.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_trace(sqlite3*, void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*), void*);
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL void *sqlite3_profile(sqlite3*,
+   void(*xProfile)(void*,const char*,sqlite3_uint64), void*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Query Progress Callbacks
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_progress_handler(D,N,X,P) interface causes the callback
+** function X to be invoked periodically during long running calls to
+** [sqlite3_exec()], [sqlite3_step()] and [sqlite3_get_table()] for
+** database connection D.  An example use for this
+** interface is to keep a GUI updated during a large query.
+**
+** ^The parameter P is passed through as the only parameter to the 
+** callback function X.  ^The parameter N is the number of 
+** [virtual machine instructions] that are evaluated between successive
+** invocations of the callback X.
+**
+** ^Only a single progress handler may be defined at one time per
+** [database connection]; setting a new progress handler cancels the
+** old one.  ^Setting parameter X to NULL disables the progress handler.
+** ^The progress handler is also disabled by setting N to a value less
+** than 1.
+**
+** ^If the progress callback returns non-zero, the operation is
+** interrupted.  This feature can be used to implement a
+** "Cancel" button on a GUI progress dialog box.
+**
+** The progress handler callback must not do anything that will modify
+** the database connection that invoked the progress handler.
+** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their
+** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph.
+**
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Opening A New Database Connection
+**
+** ^These routines open an SQLite database file as specified by the 
+** filename argument. ^The filename argument is interpreted as UTF-8 for
+** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open_v2() and as UTF-16 in the native byte
+** order for sqlite3_open16(). ^(A [database connection] handle is usually
+** returned in *ppDb, even if an error occurs.  The only exception is that
+** if SQLite is unable to allocate memory to hold the [sqlite3] object,
+** a NULL will be written into *ppDb instead of a pointer to the [sqlite3]
+** object.)^ ^(If the database is opened (and/or created) successfully, then
+** [SQLITE_OK] is returned.  Otherwise an [error code] is returned.)^ ^The
+** [sqlite3_errmsg()] or [sqlite3_errmsg16()] routines can be used to obtain
+** an English language description of the error following a failure of any
+** of the sqlite3_open() routines.
+**
+** ^The default encoding for the database will be UTF-8 if
+** sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2() is called and
+** UTF-16 in the native byte order if sqlite3_open16() is used.
+**
+** Whether or not an error occurs when it is opened, resources
+** associated with the [database connection] handle should be released by
+** passing it to [sqlite3_close()] when it is no longer required.
+**
+** The sqlite3_open_v2() interface works like sqlite3_open()
+** except that it accepts two additional parameters for additional control
+** over the new database connection.  ^(The flags parameter to
+** sqlite3_open_v2() can take one of
+** the following three values, optionally combined with the 
+** [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX], [SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX], [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE],
+** [SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE], and/or [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flags:)^
+**
+** <dl>
+** ^(<dt>[SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY]</dt>
+** <dd>The database is opened in read-only mode.  If the database does not
+** already exist, an error is returned.</dd>)^
+**
+** ^(<dt>[SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE]</dt>
+** <dd>The database is opened for reading and writing if possible, or reading
+** only if the file is write protected by the operating system.  In either
+** case the database must already exist, otherwise an error is returned.</dd>)^
+**
+** ^(<dt>[SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE]</dt>
+** <dd>The database is opened for reading and writing, and is created if
+** it does not already exist. This is the behavior that is always used for
+** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open16().</dd>)^
+** </dl>
+**
+** If the 3rd parameter to sqlite3_open_v2() is not one of the
+** combinations shown above optionally combined with other
+** [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY | SQLITE_OPEN_* bits]
+** then the behavior is undefined.
+**
+** ^If the [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX] flag is set, then the database connection
+** opens in the multi-thread [threading mode] as long as the single-thread
+** mode has not been set at compile-time or start-time.  ^If the
+** [SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX] flag is set then the database connection opens
+** in the serialized [threading mode] unless single-thread was
+** previously selected at compile-time or start-time.
+** ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE] flag causes the database connection to be
+** eligible to use [shared cache mode], regardless of whether or not shared
+** cache is enabled using [sqlite3_enable_shared_cache()].  ^The
+** [SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE] flag causes the database connection to not
+** participate in [shared cache mode] even if it is enabled.
+**
+** ^The fourth parameter to sqlite3_open_v2() is the name of the
+** [sqlite3_vfs] object that defines the operating system interface that
+** the new database connection should use.  ^If the fourth parameter is
+** a NULL pointer then the default [sqlite3_vfs] object is used.
+**
+** ^If the filename is ":memory:", then a private, temporary in-memory database
+** is created for the connection.  ^This in-memory database will vanish when
+** the database connection is closed.  Future versions of SQLite might
+** make use of additional special filenames that begin with the ":" character.
+** It is recommended that when a database filename actually does begin with
+** a ":" character you should prefix the filename with a pathname such as
+** "./" to avoid ambiguity.
+**
+** ^If the filename is an empty string, then a private, temporary
+** on-disk database will be created.  ^This private database will be
+** automatically deleted as soon as the database connection is closed.
+**
+** [[URI filenames in sqlite3_open()]] <h3>URI Filenames</h3>
+**
+** ^If [URI filename] interpretation is enabled, and the filename argument
+** begins with "file:", then the filename is interpreted as a URI. ^URI
+** filename interpretation is enabled if the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flag is
+** set in the fourth argument to sqlite3_open_v2(), or if it has
+** been enabled globally using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_URI] option with the
+** [sqlite3_config()] method or by the [SQLITE_USE_URI] compile-time option.
+** As of SQLite version 3.7.7, URI filename interpretation is turned off
+** by default, but future releases of SQLite might enable URI filename
+** interpretation by default.  See "[URI filenames]" for additional
+** information.
+**
+** URI filenames are parsed according to RFC 3986. ^If the URI contains an
+** authority, then it must be either an empty string or the string 
+** "localhost". ^If the authority is not an empty string or "localhost", an 
+** error is returned to the caller. ^The fragment component of a URI, if 
+** present, is ignored.
+**
+** ^SQLite uses the path component of the URI as the name of the disk file
+** which contains the database. ^If the path begins with a '/' character, 
+** then it is interpreted as an absolute path. ^If the path does not begin 
+** with a '/' (meaning that the authority section is omitted from the URI)
+** then the path is interpreted as a relative path. 
+** ^On windows, the first component of an absolute path 
+** is a drive specification (e.g. "C:").
+**
+** [[core URI query parameters]]
+** The query component of a URI may contain parameters that are interpreted
+** either by SQLite itself, or by a [VFS | custom VFS implementation].
+** SQLite interprets the following three query parameters:
+**
+** <ul>
+**   <li> <b>vfs</b>: ^The "vfs" parameter may be used to specify the name of
+**     a VFS object that provides the operating system interface that should
+**     be used to access the database file on disk. ^If this option is set to
+**     an empty string the default VFS object is used. ^Specifying an unknown
+**     VFS is an error. ^If sqlite3_open_v2() is used and the vfs option is
+**     present, then the VFS specified by the option takes precedence over
+**     the value passed as the fourth parameter to sqlite3_open_v2().
+**
+**   <li> <b>mode</b>: ^(The mode parameter may be set to either "ro", "rw",
+**     "rwc", or "memory". Attempting to set it to any other value is
+**     an error)^. 
+**     ^If "ro" is specified, then the database is opened for read-only 
+**     access, just as if the [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY] flag had been set in the 
+**     third argument to sqlite3_prepare_v2(). ^If the mode option is set to 
+**     "rw", then the database is opened for read-write (but not create) 
+**     access, as if SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE (but not SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE) had 
+**     been set. ^Value "rwc" is equivalent to setting both 
+**     SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE and SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE.  ^If the mode option is
+**     set to "memory" then a pure [in-memory database] that never reads
+**     or writes from disk is used. ^It is an error to specify a value for
+**     the mode parameter that is less restrictive than that specified by
+**     the flags passed in the third parameter to sqlite3_open_v2().
+**
+**   <li> <b>cache</b>: ^The cache parameter may be set to either "shared" or
+**     "private". ^Setting it to "shared" is equivalent to setting the
+**     SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE bit in the flags argument passed to
+**     sqlite3_open_v2(). ^Setting the cache parameter to "private" is 
+**     equivalent to setting the SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE bit.
+**     ^If sqlite3_open_v2() is used and the "cache" parameter is present in
+**     a URI filename, its value overrides any behaviour requested by setting
+**     SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE or SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE flag.
+** </ul>
+**
+** ^Specifying an unknown parameter in the query component of a URI is not an
+** error.  Future versions of SQLite might understand additional query
+** parameters.  See "[query parameters with special meaning to SQLite]" for
+** additional information.
+**
+** [[URI filename examples]] <h3>URI filename examples</h3>
+**
+** <table border="1" align=center cellpadding=5>
+** <tr><th> URI filenames <th> Results
+** <tr><td> file:data.db <td> 
+**          Open the file "data.db" in the current directory.
+** <tr><td> file:/home/fred/data.db<br>
+**          file:///home/fred/data.db <br> 
+**          file://localhost/home/fred/data.db <br> <td> 
+**          Open the database file "/home/fred/data.db".
+** <tr><td> file://darkstar/home/fred/data.db <td> 
+**          An error. "darkstar" is not a recognized authority.
+** <tr><td style="white-space:nowrap"> 
+**          file:///C:/Documents%20and%20Settings/fred/Desktop/data.db
+**     <td> Windows only: Open the file "data.db" on fred's desktop on drive
+**          C:. Note that the %20 escaping in this example is not strictly 
+**          necessary - space characters can be used literally
+**          in URI filenames.
+** <tr><td> file:data.db?mode=ro&cache=private <td> 
+**          Open file "data.db" in the current directory for read-only access.
+**          Regardless of whether or not shared-cache mode is enabled by
+**          default, use a private cache.
+** <tr><td> file:/home/fred/data.db?vfs=unix-nolock <td>
+**          Open file "/home/fred/data.db". Use the special VFS "unix-nolock".
+** <tr><td> file:data.db?mode=readonly <td> 
+**          An error. "readonly" is not a valid option for the "mode" parameter.
+** </table>
+**
+** ^URI hexadecimal escape sequences (%HH) are supported within the path and
+** query components of a URI. A hexadecimal escape sequence consists of a
+** percent sign - "%" - followed by exactly two hexadecimal digits 
+** specifying an octet value. ^Before the path or query components of a
+** URI filename are interpreted, they are encoded using UTF-8 and all 
+** hexadecimal escape sequences replaced by a single byte containing the
+** corresponding octet. If this process generates an invalid UTF-8 encoding,
+** the results are undefined.
+**
+** <b>Note to Windows users:</b>  The encoding used for the filename argument
+** of sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open_v2() must be UTF-8, not whatever
+** codepage is currently defined.  Filenames containing international
+** characters must be converted to UTF-8 prior to passing them into
+** sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2().
+**
+** <b>Note to Windows Runtime users:</b>  The temporary directory must be set
+** prior to calling sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2().  Otherwise, various
+** features that require the use of temporary files may fail.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_temp_directory]
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open(
+  const char *filename,   /* Database filename (UTF-8) */
+  sqlite3 **ppDb          /* OUT: SQLite db handle */
+);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open16(
+  const void *filename,   /* Database filename (UTF-16) */
+  sqlite3 **ppDb          /* OUT: SQLite db handle */
+);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_v2(
+  const char *filename,   /* Database filename (UTF-8) */
+  sqlite3 **ppDb,         /* OUT: SQLite db handle */
+  int flags,              /* Flags */
+  const char *zVfs        /* Name of VFS module to use */
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Obtain Values For URI Parameters
+**
+** These are utility routines, useful to VFS implementations, that check
+** to see if a database file was a URI that contained a specific query 
+** parameter, and if so obtains the value of that query parameter.
+**
+** If F is the database filename pointer passed into the xOpen() method of 
+** a VFS implementation when the flags parameter to xOpen() has one or 
+** more of the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] or [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB] bits set and
+** P is the name of the query parameter, then
+** sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns the value of the P
+** parameter if it exists or a NULL pointer if P does not appear as a 
+** query parameter on F.  If P is a query parameter of F
+** has no explicit value, then sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns
+** a pointer to an empty string.
+**
+** The sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routine assumes that P is a boolean
+** parameter and returns true (1) or false (0) according to the value
+** of P.  The sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routine returns true (1) if the
+** value of query parameter P is one of "yes", "true", or "on" in any
+** case or if the value begins with a non-zero number.  The 
+** sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routines returns false (0) if the value of
+** query parameter P is one of "no", "false", or "off" in any case or
+** if the value begins with a numeric zero.  If P is not a query
+** parameter on F or if the value of P is does not match any of the
+** above, then sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) returns (B!=0).
+**
+** The sqlite3_uri_int64(F,P,D) routine converts the value of P into a
+** 64-bit signed integer and returns that integer, or D if P does not
+** exist.  If the value of P is something other than an integer, then
+** zero is returned.
+** 
+** If F is a NULL pointer, then sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns NULL and
+** sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) returns B.  If F is not a NULL pointer and
+** is not a database file pathname pointer that SQLite passed into the xOpen
+** VFS method, then the behavior of this routine is undefined and probably
+** undesirable.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_uri_parameter(const char *zFilename, const char *zParam);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_uri_boolean(const char *zFile, const char *zParam, int bDefault);
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_uri_int64(const char*, const char*, sqlite3_int64);
+
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Error Codes And Messages
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_errcode() interface returns the numeric [result code] or
+** [extended result code] for the most recent failed sqlite3_* API call
+** associated with a [database connection]. If a prior API call failed
+** but the most recent API call succeeded, the return value from
+** sqlite3_errcode() is undefined.  ^The sqlite3_extended_errcode()
+** interface is the same except that it always returns the 
+** [extended result code] even when extended result codes are
+** disabled.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16() return English-language
+** text that describes the error, as either UTF-8 or UTF-16 respectively.
+** ^(Memory to hold the error message string is managed internally.
+** The application does not need to worry about freeing the result.
+** However, the error string might be overwritten or deallocated by
+** subsequent calls to other SQLite interface functions.)^
+**
+** When the serialized [threading mode] is in use, it might be the
+** case that a second error occurs on a separate thread in between
+** the time of the first error and the call to these interfaces.
+** When that happens, the second error will be reported since these
+** interfaces always report the most recent result.  To avoid
+** this, each thread can obtain exclusive use of the [database connection] D
+** by invoking [sqlite3_mutex_enter]([sqlite3_db_mutex](D)) before beginning
+** to use D and invoking [sqlite3_mutex_leave]([sqlite3_db_mutex](D)) after
+** all calls to the interfaces listed here are completed.
+**
+** If an interface fails with SQLITE_MISUSE, that means the interface
+** was invoked incorrectly by the application.  In that case, the
+** error code and message may or may not be set.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_errcode(sqlite3 *db);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_errcode(sqlite3 *db);
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_errmsg16(sqlite3*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: SQL Statement Object
+** KEYWORDS: {prepared statement} {prepared statements}
+**
+** An instance of this object represents a single SQL statement.
+** This object is variously known as a "prepared statement" or a
+** "compiled SQL statement" or simply as a "statement".
+**
+** The life of a statement object goes something like this:
+**
+** <ol>
+** <li> Create the object using [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or a related
+**      function.
+** <li> Bind values to [host parameters] using the sqlite3_bind_*()
+**      interfaces.
+** <li> Run the SQL by calling [sqlite3_step()] one or more times.
+** <li> Reset the statement using [sqlite3_reset()] then go back
+**      to step 2.  Do this zero or more times.
+** <li> Destroy the object using [sqlite3_finalize()].
+** </ol>
+**
+** Refer to documentation on individual methods above for additional
+** information.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_stmt sqlite3_stmt;
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Run-time Limits
+**
+** ^(This interface allows the size of various constructs to be limited
+** on a connection by connection basis.  The first parameter is the
+** [database connection] whose limit is to be set or queried.  The
+** second parameter is one of the [limit categories] that define a
+** class of constructs to be size limited.  The third parameter is the
+** new limit for that construct.)^
+**
+** ^If the new limit is a negative number, the limit is unchanged.
+** ^(For each limit category SQLITE_LIMIT_<i>NAME</i> there is a 
+** [limits | hard upper bound]
+** set at compile-time by a C preprocessor macro called
+** [limits | SQLITE_MAX_<i>NAME</i>].
+** (The "_LIMIT_" in the name is changed to "_MAX_".))^
+** ^Attempts to increase a limit above its hard upper bound are
+** silently truncated to the hard upper bound.
+**
+** ^Regardless of whether or not the limit was changed, the 
+** [sqlite3_limit()] interface returns the prior value of the limit.
+** ^Hence, to find the current value of a limit without changing it,
+** simply invoke this interface with the third parameter set to -1.
+**
+** Run-time limits are intended for use in applications that manage
+** both their own internal database and also databases that are controlled
+** by untrusted external sources.  An example application might be a
+** web browser that has its own databases for storing history and
+** separate databases controlled by JavaScript applications downloaded
+** off the Internet.  The internal databases can be given the
+** large, default limits.  Databases managed by external sources can
+** be given much smaller limits designed to prevent a denial of service
+** attack.  Developers might also want to use the [sqlite3_set_authorizer()]
+** interface to further control untrusted SQL.  The size of the database
+** created by an untrusted script can be contained using the
+** [max_page_count] [PRAGMA].
+**
+** New run-time limit categories may be added in future releases.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3*, int id, int newVal);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Limit Categories
+** KEYWORDS: {limit category} {*limit categories}
+**
+** These constants define various performance limits
+** that can be lowered at run-time using [sqlite3_limit()].
+** The synopsis of the meanings of the various limits is shown below.
+** Additional information is available at [limits | Limits in SQLite].
+**
+** <dl>
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum size of any string or BLOB or table row, in bytes.<dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum length of an SQL statement, in bytes.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum number of columns in a table definition or in the
+** result set of a [SELECT] or the maximum number of columns in an index
+** or in an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum depth of the parse tree on any expression.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum number of terms in a compound SELECT statement.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum number of instructions in a virtual machine program
+** used to implement an SQL statement.  This limit is not currently
+** enforced, though that might be added in some future release of
+** SQLite.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum number of arguments on a function.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum number of [ATTACH | attached databases].)^</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH]]
+** ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum length of the pattern argument to the [LIKE] or
+** [GLOB] operators.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]]
+** ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum index number of any [parameter] in an SQL statement.)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum depth of recursion for triggers.</dd>)^
+** </dl>
+*/
+#define SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH                    0
+#define SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH                1
+#define SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN                    2
+#define SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH                3
+#define SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT           4
+#define SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP                   5
+#define SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG              6
+#define SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED                  7
+#define SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH       8
+#define SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER           9
+#define SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH            10
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Compiling An SQL Statement
+** KEYWORDS: {SQL statement compiler}
+**
+** To execute an SQL query, it must first be compiled into a byte-code
+** program using one of these routines.
+**
+** The first argument, "db", is a [database connection] obtained from a
+** prior successful call to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()] or
+** [sqlite3_open16()].  The database connection must not have been closed.
+**
+** The second argument, "zSql", is the statement to be compiled, encoded
+** as either UTF-8 or UTF-16.  The sqlite3_prepare() and sqlite3_prepare_v2()
+** interfaces use UTF-8, and sqlite3_prepare16() and sqlite3_prepare16_v2()
+** use UTF-16.
+**
+** ^If the nByte argument is less than zero, then zSql is read up to the
+** first zero terminator. ^If nByte is non-negative, then it is the maximum
+** number of  bytes read from zSql.  ^When nByte is non-negative, the
+** zSql string ends at either the first '\000' or '\u0000' character or
+** the nByte-th byte, whichever comes first. If the caller knows
+** that the supplied string is nul-terminated, then there is a small
+** performance advantage to be gained by passing an nByte parameter that
+** is equal to the number of bytes in the input string <i>including</i>
+** the nul-terminator bytes as this saves SQLite from having to
+** make a copy of the input string.
+**
+** ^If pzTail is not NULL then *pzTail is made to point to the first byte
+** past the end of the first SQL statement in zSql.  These routines only
+** compile the first statement in zSql, so *pzTail is left pointing to
+** what remains uncompiled.
+**
+** ^*ppStmt is left pointing to a compiled [prepared statement] that can be
+** executed using [sqlite3_step()].  ^If there is an error, *ppStmt is set
+** to NULL.  ^If the input text contains no SQL (if the input is an empty
+** string or a comment) then *ppStmt is set to NULL.
+** The calling procedure is responsible for deleting the compiled
+** SQL statement using [sqlite3_finalize()] after it has finished with it.
+** ppStmt may not be NULL.
+**
+** ^On success, the sqlite3_prepare() family of routines return [SQLITE_OK];
+** otherwise an [error code] is returned.
+**
+** The sqlite3_prepare_v2() and sqlite3_prepare16_v2() interfaces are
+** recommended for all new programs. The two older interfaces are retained
+** for backwards compatibility, but their use is discouraged.
+** ^In the "v2" interfaces, the prepared statement
+** that is returned (the [sqlite3_stmt] object) contains a copy of the
+** original SQL text. This causes the [sqlite3_step()] interface to
+** behave differently in three ways:
+**
+** <ol>
+** <li>
+** ^If the database schema changes, instead of returning [SQLITE_SCHEMA] as it
+** always used to do, [sqlite3_step()] will automatically recompile the SQL
+** statement and try to run it again.
+** </li>
+**
+** <li>
+** ^When an error occurs, [sqlite3_step()] will return one of the detailed
+** [error codes] or [extended error codes].  ^The legacy behavior was that
+** [sqlite3_step()] would only return a generic [SQLITE_ERROR] result code
+** and the application would have to make a second call to [sqlite3_reset()]
+** in order to find the underlying cause of the problem. With the "v2" prepare
+** interfaces, the underlying reason for the error is returned immediately.
+** </li>
+**
+** <li>
+** ^If the specific value bound to [parameter | host parameter] in the 
+** WHERE clause might influence the choice of query plan for a statement,
+** then the statement will be automatically recompiled, as if there had been 
+** a schema change, on the first  [sqlite3_step()] call following any change
+** to the [sqlite3_bind_text | bindings] of that [parameter]. 
+** ^The specific value of WHERE-clause [parameter] might influence the 
+** choice of query plan if the parameter is the left-hand side of a [LIKE]
+** or [GLOB] operator or if the parameter is compared to an indexed column
+** and the [SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3] compile-time option is enabled.
+** the 
+** </li>
+** </ol>
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare(
+  sqlite3 *db,            /* Database handle */
+  const char *zSql,       /* SQL statement, UTF-8 encoded */
+  int nByte,              /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,  /* OUT: Statement handle */
+  const char **pzTail     /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */
+);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare_v2(
+  sqlite3 *db,            /* Database handle */
+  const char *zSql,       /* SQL statement, UTF-8 encoded */
+  int nByte,              /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,  /* OUT: Statement handle */
+  const char **pzTail     /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */
+);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16(
+  sqlite3 *db,            /* Database handle */
+  const void *zSql,       /* SQL statement, UTF-16 encoded */
+  int nByte,              /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,  /* OUT: Statement handle */
+  const void **pzTail     /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */
+);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16_v2(
+  sqlite3 *db,            /* Database handle */
+  const void *zSql,       /* SQL statement, UTF-16 encoded */
+  int nByte,              /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,  /* OUT: Statement handle */
+  const void **pzTail     /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Retrieving Statement SQL
+**
+** ^This interface can be used to retrieve a saved copy of the original
+** SQL text used to create a [prepared statement] if that statement was
+** compiled using either [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Determine If An SQL Statement Writes The Database
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_stmt_readonly(X) interface returns true (non-zero) if
+** and only if the [prepared statement] X makes no direct changes to
+** the content of the database file.
+**
+** Note that [application-defined SQL functions] or
+** [virtual tables] might change the database indirectly as a side effect.  
+** ^(For example, if an application defines a function "eval()" that 
+** calls [sqlite3_exec()], then the following SQL statement would
+** change the database file through side-effects:
+**
+** <blockquote><pre>
+**    SELECT eval('DELETE FROM t1') FROM t2;
+** </pre></blockquote>
+**
+** But because the [SELECT] statement does not change the database file
+** directly, sqlite3_stmt_readonly() would still return true.)^
+**
+** ^Transaction control statements such as [BEGIN], [COMMIT], [ROLLBACK],
+** [SAVEPOINT], and [RELEASE] cause sqlite3_stmt_readonly() to return true,
+** since the statements themselves do not actually modify the database but
+** rather they control the timing of when other statements modify the 
+** database.  ^The [ATTACH] and [DETACH] statements also cause
+** sqlite3_stmt_readonly() to return true since, while those statements
+** change the configuration of a database connection, they do not make 
+** changes to the content of the database files on disk.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_readonly(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Determine If A Prepared Statement Has Been Reset
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_stmt_busy(S) interface returns true (non-zero) if the
+** [prepared statement] S has been stepped at least once using 
+** [sqlite3_step(S)] but has not run to completion and/or has not 
+** been reset using [sqlite3_reset(S)].  ^The sqlite3_stmt_busy(S)
+** interface returns false if S is a NULL pointer.  If S is not a 
+** NULL pointer and is not a pointer to a valid [prepared statement]
+** object, then the behavior is undefined and probably undesirable.
+**
+** This interface can be used in combination [sqlite3_next_stmt()]
+** to locate all prepared statements associated with a database 
+** connection that are in need of being reset.  This can be used,
+** for example, in diagnostic routines to search for prepared 
+** statements that are holding a transaction open.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_busy(sqlite3_stmt*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Dynamically Typed Value Object
+** KEYWORDS: {protected sqlite3_value} {unprotected sqlite3_value}
+**
+** SQLite uses the sqlite3_value object to represent all values
+** that can be stored in a database table. SQLite uses dynamic typing
+** for the values it stores.  ^Values stored in sqlite3_value objects
+** can be integers, floating point values, strings, BLOBs, or NULL.
+**
+** An sqlite3_value object may be either "protected" or "unprotected".
+** Some interfaces require a protected sqlite3_value.  Other interfaces
+** will accept either a protected or an unprotected sqlite3_value.
+** Every interface that accepts sqlite3_value arguments specifies
+** whether or not it requires a protected sqlite3_value.
+**
+** The terms "protected" and "unprotected" refer to whether or not
+** a mutex is held.  An internal mutex is held for a protected
+** sqlite3_value object but no mutex is held for an unprotected
+** sqlite3_value object.  If SQLite is compiled to be single-threaded
+** (with [SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] and with [sqlite3_threadsafe()] returning 0)
+** or if SQLite is run in one of reduced mutex modes 
+** [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD]
+** then there is no distinction between protected and unprotected
+** sqlite3_value objects and they can be used interchangeably.  However,
+** for maximum code portability it is recommended that applications
+** still make the distinction between protected and unprotected
+** sqlite3_value objects even when not strictly required.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_value objects that are passed as parameters into the
+** implementation of [application-defined SQL functions] are protected.
+** ^The sqlite3_value object returned by
+** [sqlite3_column_value()] is unprotected.
+** Unprotected sqlite3_value objects may only be used with
+** [sqlite3_result_value()] and [sqlite3_bind_value()].
+** The [sqlite3_value_blob | sqlite3_value_type()] family of
+** interfaces require protected sqlite3_value objects.
+*/
+typedef struct Mem sqlite3_value;
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: SQL Function Context Object
+**
+** The context in which an SQL function executes is stored in an
+** sqlite3_context object.  ^A pointer to an sqlite3_context object
+** is always first parameter to [application-defined SQL functions].
+** The application-defined SQL function implementation will pass this
+** pointer through into calls to [sqlite3_result_int | sqlite3_result()],
+** [sqlite3_aggregate_context()], [sqlite3_user_data()],
+** [sqlite3_context_db_handle()], [sqlite3_get_auxdata()],
+** and/or [sqlite3_set_auxdata()].
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_context sqlite3_context;
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Binding Values To Prepared Statements
+** KEYWORDS: {host parameter} {host parameters} {host parameter name}
+** KEYWORDS: {SQL parameter} {SQL parameters} {parameter binding}
+**
+** ^(In the SQL statement text input to [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and its variants,
+** literals may be replaced by a [parameter] that matches one of following
+** templates:
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li>  ?
+** <li>  ?NNN
+** <li>  :VVV
+** <li>  @VVV
+** <li>  $VVV
+** </ul>
+**
+** In the templates above, NNN represents an integer literal,
+** and VVV represents an alphanumeric identifier.)^  ^The values of these
+** parameters (also called "host parameter names" or "SQL parameters")
+** can be set using the sqlite3_bind_*() routines defined here.
+**
+** ^The first argument to the sqlite3_bind_*() routines is always
+** a pointer to the [sqlite3_stmt] object returned from
+** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or its variants.
+**
+** ^The second argument is the index of the SQL parameter to be set.
+** ^The leftmost SQL parameter has an index of 1.  ^When the same named
+** SQL parameter is used more than once, second and subsequent
+** occurrences have the same index as the first occurrence.
+** ^The index for named parameters can be looked up using the
+** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()] API if desired.  ^The index
+** for "?NNN" parameters is the value of NNN.
+** ^The NNN value must be between 1 and the [sqlite3_limit()]
+** parameter [SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] (default value: 999).
+**
+** ^The third argument is the value to bind to the parameter.
+**
+** ^(In those routines that have a fourth argument, its value is the
+** number of bytes in the parameter.  To be clear: the value is the
+** number of <u>bytes</u> in the value, not the number of characters.)^
+** ^If the fourth parameter to sqlite3_bind_text() or sqlite3_bind_text16()
+** is negative, then the length of the string is
+** the number of bytes up to the first zero terminator.
+** If the fourth parameter to sqlite3_bind_blob() is negative, then
+** the behavior is undefined.
+** If a non-negative fourth parameter is provided to sqlite3_bind_text()
+** or sqlite3_bind_text16() then that parameter must be the byte offset
+** where the NUL terminator would occur assuming the string were NUL
+** terminated.  If any NUL characters occur at byte offsets less than 
+** the value of the fourth parameter then the resulting string value will
+** contain embedded NULs.  The result of expressions involving strings
+** with embedded NULs is undefined.
+**
+** ^The fifth argument to sqlite3_bind_blob(), sqlite3_bind_text(), and
+** sqlite3_bind_text16() is a destructor used to dispose of the BLOB or
+** string after SQLite has finished with it.  ^The destructor is called
+** to dispose of the BLOB or string even if the call to sqlite3_bind_blob(),
+** sqlite3_bind_text(), or sqlite3_bind_text16() fails.  
+** ^If the fifth argument is
+** the special value [SQLITE_STATIC], then SQLite assumes that the
+** information is in static, unmanaged space and does not need to be freed.
+** ^If the fifth argument has the value [SQLITE_TRANSIENT], then
+** SQLite makes its own private copy of the data immediately, before
+** the sqlite3_bind_*() routine returns.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_bind_zeroblob() routine binds a BLOB of length N that
+** is filled with zeroes.  ^A zeroblob uses a fixed amount of memory
+** (just an integer to hold its size) while it is being processed.
+** Zeroblobs are intended to serve as placeholders for BLOBs whose
+** content is later written using
+** [sqlite3_blob_open | incremental BLOB I/O] routines.
+** ^A negative value for the zeroblob results in a zero-length BLOB.
+**
+** ^If any of the sqlite3_bind_*() routines are called with a NULL pointer
+** for the [prepared statement] or with a prepared statement for which
+** [sqlite3_step()] has been called more recently than [sqlite3_reset()],
+** then the call will return [SQLITE_MISUSE].  If any sqlite3_bind_()
+** routine is passed a [prepared statement] that has been finalized, the
+** result is undefined and probably harmful.
+**
+** ^Bindings are not cleared by the [sqlite3_reset()] routine.
+** ^Unbound parameters are interpreted as NULL.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_bind_* routines return [SQLITE_OK] on success or an
+** [error code] if anything goes wrong.
+** ^[SQLITE_RANGE] is returned if the parameter
+** index is out of range.  ^[SQLITE_NOMEM] is returned if malloc() fails.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()],
+** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()], and [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_blob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int n, void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_double(sqlite3_stmt*, int, double);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, sqlite3_int64);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_null(sqlite3_stmt*, int);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const char*, int n, void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text16(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int, void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int n);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Number Of SQL Parameters
+**
+** ^This routine can be used to find the number of [SQL parameters]
+** in a [prepared statement].  SQL parameters are tokens of the
+** form "?", "?NNN", ":AAA", "$AAA", or "@AAA" that serve as
+** placeholders for values that are [sqlite3_bind_blob | bound]
+** to the parameters at a later time.
+**
+** ^(This routine actually returns the index of the largest (rightmost)
+** parameter. For all forms except ?NNN, this will correspond to the
+** number of unique parameters.  If parameters of the ?NNN form are used,
+** there may be gaps in the list.)^
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()],
+** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()], and
+** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(sqlite3_stmt*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Name Of A Host Parameter
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(P,N) interface returns
+** the name of the N-th [SQL parameter] in the [prepared statement] P.
+** ^(SQL parameters of the form "?NNN" or ":AAA" or "@AAA" or "$AAA"
+** have a name which is the string "?NNN" or ":AAA" or "@AAA" or "$AAA"
+** respectively.
+** In other words, the initial ":" or "$" or "@" or "?"
+** is included as part of the name.)^
+** ^Parameters of the form "?" without a following integer have no name
+** and are referred to as "nameless" or "anonymous parameters".
+**
+** ^The first host parameter has an index of 1, not 0.
+**
+** ^If the value N is out of range or if the N-th parameter is
+** nameless, then NULL is returned.  ^The returned string is
+** always in UTF-8 encoding even if the named parameter was
+** originally specified as UTF-16 in [sqlite3_prepare16()] or
+** [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()].
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()],
+** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()], and
+** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(sqlite3_stmt*, int);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Index Of A Parameter With A Given Name
+**
+** ^Return the index of an SQL parameter given its name.  ^The
+** index value returned is suitable for use as the second
+** parameter to [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()].  ^A zero
+** is returned if no matching parameter is found.  ^The parameter
+** name must be given in UTF-8 even if the original statement
+** was prepared from UTF-16 text using [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()].
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()],
+** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()], and
+** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(sqlite3_stmt*, const char *zName);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Reset All Bindings On A Prepared Statement
+**
+** ^Contrary to the intuition of many, [sqlite3_reset()] does not reset
+** the [sqlite3_bind_blob | bindings] on a [prepared statement].
+** ^Use this routine to reset all host parameters to NULL.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_clear_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Number Of Columns In A Result Set
+**
+** ^Return the number of columns in the result set returned by the
+** [prepared statement]. ^This routine returns 0 if pStmt is an SQL
+** statement that does not return data (for example an [UPDATE]).
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_data_count()]
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Column Names In A Result Set
+**
+** ^These routines return the name assigned to a particular column
+** in the result set of a [SELECT] statement.  ^The sqlite3_column_name()
+** interface returns a pointer to a zero-terminated UTF-8 string
+** and sqlite3_column_name16() returns a pointer to a zero-terminated
+** UTF-16 string.  ^The first parameter is the [prepared statement]
+** that implements the [SELECT] statement. ^The second parameter is the
+** column number.  ^The leftmost column is number 0.
+**
+** ^The returned string pointer is valid until either the [prepared statement]
+** is destroyed by [sqlite3_finalize()] or until the statement is automatically
+** reprepared by the first call to [sqlite3_step()] for a particular run
+** or until the next call to
+** sqlite3_column_name() or sqlite3_column_name16() on the same column.
+**
+** ^If sqlite3_malloc() fails during the processing of either routine
+** (for example during a conversion from UTF-8 to UTF-16) then a
+** NULL pointer is returned.
+**
+** ^The name of a result column is the value of the "AS" clause for
+** that column, if there is an AS clause.  If there is no AS clause
+** then the name of the column is unspecified and may change from
+** one release of SQLite to the next.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_name(sqlite3_stmt*, int N);
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_name16(sqlite3_stmt*, int N);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Source Of Data In A Query Result
+**
+** ^These routines provide a means to determine the database, table, and
+** table column that is the origin of a particular result column in
+** [SELECT] statement.
+** ^The name of the database or table or column can be returned as
+** either a UTF-8 or UTF-16 string.  ^The _database_ routines return
+** the database name, the _table_ routines return the table name, and
+** the origin_ routines return the column name.
+** ^The returned string is valid until the [prepared statement] is destroyed
+** using [sqlite3_finalize()] or until the statement is automatically
+** reprepared by the first call to [sqlite3_step()] for a particular run
+** or until the same information is requested
+** again in a different encoding.
+**
+** ^The names returned are the original un-aliased names of the
+** database, table, and column.
+**
+** ^The first argument to these interfaces is a [prepared statement].
+** ^These functions return information about the Nth result column returned by
+** the statement, where N is the second function argument.
+** ^The left-most column is column 0 for these routines.
+**
+** ^If the Nth column returned by the statement is an expression or
+** subquery and is not a column value, then all of these functions return
+** NULL.  ^These routine might also return NULL if a memory allocation error
+** occurs.  ^Otherwise, they return the name of the attached database, table,
+** or column that query result column was extracted from.
+**
+** ^As with all other SQLite APIs, those whose names end with "16" return
+** UTF-16 encoded strings and the other functions return UTF-8.
+**
+** ^These APIs are only available if the library was compiled with the
+** [SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA] C-preprocessor symbol.
+**
+** If two or more threads call one or more of these routines against the same
+** prepared statement and column at the same time then the results are
+** undefined.
+**
+** If two or more threads call one or more
+** [sqlite3_column_database_name | column metadata interfaces]
+** for the same [prepared statement] and result column
+** at the same time then the results are undefined.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_database_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_database_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_table_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_table_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_origin_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_origin_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Declared Datatype Of A Query Result
+**
+** ^(The first parameter is a [prepared statement].
+** If this statement is a [SELECT] statement and the Nth column of the
+** returned result set of that [SELECT] is a table column (not an
+** expression or subquery) then the declared type of the table
+** column is returned.)^  ^If the Nth column of the result set is an
+** expression or subquery, then a NULL pointer is returned.
+** ^The returned string is always UTF-8 encoded.
+**
+** ^(For example, given the database schema:
+**
+** CREATE TABLE t1(c1 VARIANT);
+**
+** and the following statement to be compiled:
+**
+** SELECT c1 + 1, c1 FROM t1;
+**
+** this routine would return the string "VARIANT" for the second result
+** column (i==1), and a NULL pointer for the first result column (i==0).)^
+**
+** ^SQLite uses dynamic run-time typing.  ^So just because a column
+** is declared to contain a particular type does not mean that the
+** data stored in that column is of the declared type.  SQLite is
+** strongly typed, but the typing is dynamic not static.  ^Type
+** is associated with individual values, not with the containers
+** used to hold those values.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_decltype(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_decltype16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Evaluate An SQL Statement
+**
+** After a [prepared statement] has been prepared using either
+** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] or one of the legacy
+** interfaces [sqlite3_prepare()] or [sqlite3_prepare16()], this function
+** must be called one or more times to evaluate the statement.
+**
+** The details of the behavior of the sqlite3_step() interface depend
+** on whether the statement was prepared using the newer "v2" interface
+** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] or the older legacy
+** interface [sqlite3_prepare()] and [sqlite3_prepare16()].  The use of the
+** new "v2" interface is recommended for new applications but the legacy
+** interface will continue to be supported.
+**
+** ^In the legacy interface, the return value will be either [SQLITE_BUSY],
+** [SQLITE_DONE], [SQLITE_ROW], [SQLITE_ERROR], or [SQLITE_MISUSE].
+** ^With the "v2" interface, any of the other [result codes] or
+** [extended result codes] might be returned as well.
+**
+** ^[SQLITE_BUSY] means that the database engine was unable to acquire the
+** database locks it needs to do its job.  ^If the statement is a [COMMIT]
+** or occurs outside of an explicit transaction, then you can retry the
+** statement.  If the statement is not a [COMMIT] and occurs within an
+** explicit transaction then you should rollback the transaction before
+** continuing.
+**
+** ^[SQLITE_DONE] means that the statement has finished executing
+** successfully.  sqlite3_step() should not be called again on this virtual
+** machine without first calling [sqlite3_reset()] to reset the virtual
+** machine back to its initial state.
+**
+** ^If the SQL statement being executed returns any data, then [SQLITE_ROW]
+** is returned each time a new row of data is ready for processing by the
+** caller. The values may be accessed using the [column access functions].
+** sqlite3_step() is called again to retrieve the next row of data.
+**
+** ^[SQLITE_ERROR] means that a run-time error (such as a constraint
+** violation) has occurred.  sqlite3_step() should not be called again on
+** the VM. More information may be found by calling [sqlite3_errmsg()].
+** ^With the legacy interface, a more specific error code (for example,
+** [SQLITE_INTERRUPT], [SQLITE_SCHEMA], [SQLITE_CORRUPT], and so forth)
+** can be obtained by calling [sqlite3_reset()] on the
+** [prepared statement].  ^In the "v2" interface,
+** the more specific error code is returned directly by sqlite3_step().
+**
+** [SQLITE_MISUSE] means that the this routine was called inappropriately.
+** Perhaps it was called on a [prepared statement] that has
+** already been [sqlite3_finalize | finalized] or on one that had
+** previously returned [SQLITE_ERROR] or [SQLITE_DONE].  Or it could
+** be the case that the same database connection is being used by two or
+** more threads at the same moment in time.
+**
+** For all versions of SQLite up to and including 3.6.23.1, a call to
+** [sqlite3_reset()] was required after sqlite3_step() returned anything
+** other than [SQLITE_ROW] before any subsequent invocation of
+** sqlite3_step().  Failure to reset the prepared statement using 
+** [sqlite3_reset()] would result in an [SQLITE_MISUSE] return from
+** sqlite3_step().  But after version 3.6.23.1, sqlite3_step() began
+** calling [sqlite3_reset()] automatically in this circumstance rather
+** than returning [SQLITE_MISUSE].  This is not considered a compatibility
+** break because any application that ever receives an SQLITE_MISUSE error
+** is broken by definition.  The [SQLITE_OMIT_AUTORESET] compile-time option
+** can be used to restore the legacy behavior.
+**
+** <b>Goofy Interface Alert:</b> In the legacy interface, the sqlite3_step()
+** API always returns a generic error code, [SQLITE_ERROR], following any
+** error other than [SQLITE_BUSY] and [SQLITE_MISUSE].  You must call
+** [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()] in order to find one of the
+** specific [error codes] that better describes the error.
+** We admit that this is a goofy design.  The problem has been fixed
+** with the "v2" interface.  If you prepare all of your SQL statements
+** using either [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] instead
+** of the legacy [sqlite3_prepare()] and [sqlite3_prepare16()] interfaces,
+** then the more specific [error codes] are returned directly
+** by sqlite3_step().  The use of the "v2" interface is recommended.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_step(sqlite3_stmt*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Number of columns in a result set
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) interface returns the number of columns in the
+** current row of the result set of [prepared statement] P.
+** ^If prepared statement P does not have results ready to return
+** (via calls to the [sqlite3_column_int | sqlite3_column_*()] of
+** interfaces) then sqlite3_data_count(P) returns 0.
+** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) routine also returns 0 if P is a NULL pointer.
+** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) routine returns 0 if the previous call to
+** [sqlite3_step](P) returned [SQLITE_DONE].  ^The sqlite3_data_count(P)
+** will return non-zero if previous call to [sqlite3_step](P) returned
+** [SQLITE_ROW], except in the case of the [PRAGMA incremental_vacuum]
+** where it always returns zero since each step of that multi-step
+** pragma returns 0 columns of data.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_column_count()]
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Fundamental Datatypes
+** KEYWORDS: SQLITE_TEXT
+**
+** ^(Every value in SQLite has one of five fundamental datatypes:
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li> 64-bit signed integer
+** <li> 64-bit IEEE floating point number
+** <li> string
+** <li> BLOB
+** <li> NULL
+** </ul>)^
+**
+** These constants are codes for each of those types.
+**
+** Note that the SQLITE_TEXT constant was also used in SQLite version 2
+** for a completely different meaning.  Software that links against both
+** SQLite version 2 and SQLite version 3 should use SQLITE3_TEXT, not
+** SQLITE_TEXT.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_INTEGER  1
+#define SQLITE_FLOAT    2
+#define SQLITE_BLOB     4
+#define SQLITE_NULL     5
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEXT
+# undef SQLITE_TEXT
+#else
+# define SQLITE_TEXT     3
+#endif
+#define SQLITE3_TEXT     3
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Result Values From A Query
+** KEYWORDS: {column access functions}
+**
+** These routines form the "result set" interface.
+**
+** ^These routines return information about a single column of the current
+** result row of a query.  ^In every case the first argument is a pointer
+** to the [prepared statement] that is being evaluated (the [sqlite3_stmt*]
+** that was returned from [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or one of its variants)
+** and the second argument is the index of the column for which information
+** should be returned. ^The leftmost column of the result set has the index 0.
+** ^The number of columns in the result can be determined using
+** [sqlite3_column_count()].
+**
+** If the SQL statement does not currently point to a valid row, or if the
+** column index is out of range, the result is undefined.
+** These routines may only be called when the most recent call to
+** [sqlite3_step()] has returned [SQLITE_ROW] and neither
+** [sqlite3_reset()] nor [sqlite3_finalize()] have been called subsequently.
+** If any of these routines are called after [sqlite3_reset()] or
+** [sqlite3_finalize()] or after [sqlite3_step()] has returned
+** something other than [SQLITE_ROW], the results are undefined.
+** If [sqlite3_step()] or [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()]
+** are called from a different thread while any of these routines
+** are pending, then the results are undefined.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_column_type() routine returns the
+** [SQLITE_INTEGER | datatype code] for the initial data type
+** of the result column.  ^The returned value is one of [SQLITE_INTEGER],
+** [SQLITE_FLOAT], [SQLITE_TEXT], [SQLITE_BLOB], or [SQLITE_NULL].  The value
+** returned by sqlite3_column_type() is only meaningful if no type
+** conversions have occurred as described below.  After a type conversion,
+** the value returned by sqlite3_column_type() is undefined.  Future
+** versions of SQLite may change the behavior of sqlite3_column_type()
+** following a type conversion.
+**
+** ^If the result is a BLOB or UTF-8 string then the sqlite3_column_bytes()
+** routine returns the number of bytes in that BLOB or string.
+** ^If the result is a UTF-16 string, then sqlite3_column_bytes() converts
+** the string to UTF-8 and then returns the number of bytes.
+** ^If the result is a numeric value then sqlite3_column_bytes() uses
+** [sqlite3_snprintf()] to convert that value to a UTF-8 string and returns
+** the number of bytes in that string.
+** ^If the result is NULL, then sqlite3_column_bytes() returns zero.
+**
+** ^If the result is a BLOB or UTF-16 string then the sqlite3_column_bytes16()
+** routine returns the number of bytes in that BLOB or string.
+** ^If the result is a UTF-8 string, then sqlite3_column_bytes16() converts
+** the string to UTF-16 and then returns the number of bytes.
+** ^If the result is a numeric value then sqlite3_column_bytes16() uses
+** [sqlite3_snprintf()] to convert that value to a UTF-16 string and returns
+** the number of bytes in that string.
+** ^If the result is NULL, then sqlite3_column_bytes16() returns zero.
+**
+** ^The values returned by [sqlite3_column_bytes()] and 
+** [sqlite3_column_bytes16()] do not include the zero terminators at the end
+** of the string.  ^For clarity: the values returned by
+** [sqlite3_column_bytes()] and [sqlite3_column_bytes16()] are the number of
+** bytes in the string, not the number of characters.
+**
+** ^Strings returned by sqlite3_column_text() and sqlite3_column_text16(),
+** even empty strings, are always zero-terminated.  ^The return
+** value from sqlite3_column_blob() for a zero-length BLOB is a NULL pointer.
+**
+** ^The object returned by [sqlite3_column_value()] is an
+** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object.  An unprotected sqlite3_value object
+** may only be used with [sqlite3_bind_value()] and [sqlite3_result_value()].
+** If the [unprotected sqlite3_value] object returned by
+** [sqlite3_column_value()] is used in any other way, including calls
+** to routines like [sqlite3_value_int()], [sqlite3_value_text()],
+** or [sqlite3_value_bytes()], then the behavior is undefined.
+**
+** These routines attempt to convert the value where appropriate.  ^For
+** example, if the internal representation is FLOAT and a text result
+** is requested, [sqlite3_snprintf()] is used internally to perform the
+** conversion automatically.  ^(The following table details the conversions
+** that are applied:
+**
+** <blockquote>
+** <table border="1">
+** <tr><th> Internal<br>Type <th> Requested<br>Type <th>  Conversion
+**
+** <tr><td>  NULL    <td> INTEGER   <td> Result is 0
+** <tr><td>  NULL    <td>  FLOAT    <td> Result is 0.0
+** <tr><td>  NULL    <td>   TEXT    <td> Result is NULL pointer
+** <tr><td>  NULL    <td>   BLOB    <td> Result is NULL pointer
+** <tr><td> INTEGER  <td>  FLOAT    <td> Convert from integer to float
+** <tr><td> INTEGER  <td>   TEXT    <td> ASCII rendering of the integer
+** <tr><td> INTEGER  <td>   BLOB    <td> Same as INTEGER->TEXT
+** <tr><td>  FLOAT   <td> INTEGER   <td> Convert from float to integer
+** <tr><td>  FLOAT   <td>   TEXT    <td> ASCII rendering of the float
+** <tr><td>  FLOAT   <td>   BLOB    <td> Same as FLOAT->TEXT
+** <tr><td>  TEXT    <td> INTEGER   <td> Use atoi()
+** <tr><td>  TEXT    <td>  FLOAT    <td> Use atof()
+** <tr><td>  TEXT    <td>   BLOB    <td> No change
+** <tr><td>  BLOB    <td> INTEGER   <td> Convert to TEXT then use atoi()
+** <tr><td>  BLOB    <td>  FLOAT    <td> Convert to TEXT then use atof()
+** <tr><td>  BLOB    <td>   TEXT    <td> Add a zero terminator if needed
+** </table>
+** </blockquote>)^
+**
+** The table above makes reference to standard C library functions atoi()
+** and atof().  SQLite does not really use these functions.  It has its
+** own equivalent internal routines.  The atoi() and atof() names are
+** used in the table for brevity and because they are familiar to most
+** C programmers.
+**
+** Note that when type conversions occur, pointers returned by prior
+** calls to sqlite3_column_blob(), sqlite3_column_text(), and/or
+** sqlite3_column_text16() may be invalidated.
+** Type conversions and pointer invalidations might occur
+** in the following cases:
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li> The initial content is a BLOB and sqlite3_column_text() or
+**      sqlite3_column_text16() is called.  A zero-terminator might
+**      need to be added to the string.</li>
+** <li> The initial content is UTF-8 text and sqlite3_column_bytes16() or
+**      sqlite3_column_text16() is called.  The content must be converted
+**      to UTF-16.</li>
+** <li> The initial content is UTF-16 text and sqlite3_column_bytes() or
+**      sqlite3_column_text() is called.  The content must be converted
+**      to UTF-8.</li>
+** </ul>
+**
+** ^Conversions between UTF-16be and UTF-16le are always done in place and do
+** not invalidate a prior pointer, though of course the content of the buffer
+** that the prior pointer references will have been modified.  Other kinds
+** of conversion are done in place when it is possible, but sometimes they
+** are not possible and in those cases prior pointers are invalidated.
+**
+** The safest and easiest to remember policy is to invoke these routines
+** in one of the following ways:
+**
+** <ul>
+**  <li>sqlite3_column_text() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes()</li>
+**  <li>sqlite3_column_blob() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes()</li>
+**  <li>sqlite3_column_text16() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes16()</li>
+** </ul>
+**
+** In other words, you should call sqlite3_column_text(),
+** sqlite3_column_blob(), or sqlite3_column_text16() first to force the result
+** into the desired format, then invoke sqlite3_column_bytes() or
+** sqlite3_column_bytes16() to find the size of the result.  Do not mix calls
+** to sqlite3_column_text() or sqlite3_column_blob() with calls to
+** sqlite3_column_bytes16(), and do not mix calls to sqlite3_column_text16()
+** with calls to sqlite3_column_bytes().
+**
+** ^The pointers returned are valid until a type conversion occurs as
+** described above, or until [sqlite3_step()] or [sqlite3_reset()] or
+** [sqlite3_finalize()] is called.  ^The memory space used to hold strings
+** and BLOBs is freed automatically.  Do <b>not</b> pass the pointers returned
+** [sqlite3_column_blob()], [sqlite3_column_text()], etc. into
+** [sqlite3_free()].
+**
+** ^(If a memory allocation error occurs during the evaluation of any
+** of these routines, a default value is returned.  The default value
+** is either the integer 0, the floating point number 0.0, or a NULL
+** pointer.  Subsequent calls to [sqlite3_errcode()] will return
+** [SQLITE_NOMEM].)^
+*/
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_blob(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes16(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+SQLITE_API double sqlite3_column_double(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_int(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_column_int64(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_column_text(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_text16(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_type(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_value *sqlite3_column_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Destroy A Prepared Statement Object
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_finalize() function is called to delete a [prepared statement].
+** ^If the most recent evaluation of the statement encountered no errors
+** or if the statement is never been evaluated, then sqlite3_finalize() returns
+** SQLITE_OK.  ^If the most recent evaluation of statement S failed, then
+** sqlite3_finalize(S) returns the appropriate [error code] or
+** [extended error code].
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_finalize(S) routine can be called at any point during
+** the life cycle of [prepared statement] S:
+** before statement S is ever evaluated, after
+** one or more calls to [sqlite3_reset()], or after any call
+** to [sqlite3_step()] regardless of whether or not the statement has
+** completed execution.
+**
+** ^Invoking sqlite3_finalize() on a NULL pointer is a harmless no-op.
+**
+** The application must finalize every [prepared statement] in order to avoid
+** resource leaks.  It is a grievous error for the application to try to use
+** a prepared statement after it has been finalized.  Any use of a prepared
+** statement after it has been finalized can result in undefined and
+** undesirable behavior such as segfaults and heap corruption.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_finalize(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Reset A Prepared Statement Object
+**
+** The sqlite3_reset() function is called to reset a [prepared statement]
+** object back to its initial state, ready to be re-executed.
+** ^Any SQL statement variables that had values bound to them using
+** the [sqlite3_bind_blob | sqlite3_bind_*() API] retain their values.
+** Use [sqlite3_clear_bindings()] to reset the bindings.
+**
+** ^The [sqlite3_reset(S)] interface resets the [prepared statement] S
+** back to the beginning of its program.
+**
+** ^If the most recent call to [sqlite3_step(S)] for the
+** [prepared statement] S returned [SQLITE_ROW] or [SQLITE_DONE],
+** or if [sqlite3_step(S)] has never before been called on S,
+** then [sqlite3_reset(S)] returns [SQLITE_OK].
+**
+** ^If the most recent call to [sqlite3_step(S)] for the
+** [prepared statement] S indicated an error, then
+** [sqlite3_reset(S)] returns an appropriate [error code].
+**
+** ^The [sqlite3_reset(S)] interface does not change the values
+** of any [sqlite3_bind_blob|bindings] on the [prepared statement] S.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Create Or Redefine SQL Functions
+** KEYWORDS: {function creation routines}
+** KEYWORDS: {application-defined SQL function}
+** KEYWORDS: {application-defined SQL functions}
+**
+** ^These functions (collectively known as "function creation routines")
+** are used to add SQL functions or aggregates or to redefine the behavior
+** of existing SQL functions or aggregates.  The only differences between
+** these routines are the text encoding expected for
+** the second parameter (the name of the function being created)
+** and the presence or absence of a destructor callback for
+** the application data pointer.
+**
+** ^The first parameter is the [database connection] to which the SQL
+** function is to be added.  ^If an application uses more than one database
+** connection then application-defined SQL functions must be added
+** to each database connection separately.
+**
+** ^The second parameter is the name of the SQL function to be created or
+** redefined.  ^The length of the name is limited to 255 bytes in a UTF-8
+** representation, exclusive of the zero-terminator.  ^Note that the name
+** length limit is in UTF-8 bytes, not characters nor UTF-16 bytes.  
+** ^Any attempt to create a function with a longer name
+** will result in [SQLITE_MISUSE] being returned.
+**
+** ^The third parameter (nArg)
+** is the number of arguments that the SQL function or
+** aggregate takes. ^If this parameter is -1, then the SQL function or
+** aggregate may take any number of arguments between 0 and the limit
+** set by [sqlite3_limit]([SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG]).  If the third
+** parameter is less than -1 or greater than 127 then the behavior is
+** undefined.
+**
+** ^The fourth parameter, eTextRep, specifies what
+** [SQLITE_UTF8 | text encoding] this SQL function prefers for
+** its parameters.  Every SQL function implementation must be able to work
+** with UTF-8, UTF-16le, or UTF-16be.  But some implementations may be
+** more efficient with one encoding than another.  ^An application may
+** invoke sqlite3_create_function() or sqlite3_create_function16() multiple
+** times with the same function but with different values of eTextRep.
+** ^When multiple implementations of the same function are available, SQLite
+** will pick the one that involves the least amount of data conversion.
+** If there is only a single implementation which does not care what text
+** encoding is used, then the fourth argument should be [SQLITE_ANY].
+**
+** ^(The fifth parameter is an arbitrary pointer.  The implementation of the
+** function can gain access to this pointer using [sqlite3_user_data()].)^
+**
+** ^The sixth, seventh and eighth parameters, xFunc, xStep and xFinal, are
+** pointers to C-language functions that implement the SQL function or
+** aggregate. ^A scalar SQL function requires an implementation of the xFunc
+** callback only; NULL pointers must be passed as the xStep and xFinal
+** parameters. ^An aggregate SQL function requires an implementation of xStep
+** and xFinal and NULL pointer must be passed for xFunc. ^To delete an existing
+** SQL function or aggregate, pass NULL pointers for all three function
+** callbacks.
+**
+** ^(If the ninth parameter to sqlite3_create_function_v2() is not NULL,
+** then it is destructor for the application data pointer. 
+** The destructor is invoked when the function is deleted, either by being
+** overloaded or when the database connection closes.)^
+** ^The destructor is also invoked if the call to
+** sqlite3_create_function_v2() fails.
+** ^When the destructor callback of the tenth parameter is invoked, it
+** is passed a single argument which is a copy of the application data 
+** pointer which was the fifth parameter to sqlite3_create_function_v2().
+**
+** ^It is permitted to register multiple implementations of the same
+** functions with the same name but with either differing numbers of
+** arguments or differing preferred text encodings.  ^SQLite will use
+** the implementation that most closely matches the way in which the
+** SQL function is used.  ^A function implementation with a non-negative
+** nArg parameter is a better match than a function implementation with
+** a negative nArg.  ^A function where the preferred text encoding
+** matches the database encoding is a better
+** match than a function where the encoding is different.  
+** ^A function where the encoding difference is between UTF16le and UTF16be
+** is a closer match than a function where the encoding difference is
+** between UTF8 and UTF16.
+**
+** ^Built-in functions may be overloaded by new application-defined functions.
+**
+** ^An application-defined function is permitted to call other
+** SQLite interfaces.  However, such calls must not
+** close the database connection nor finalize or reset the prepared
+** statement in which the function is running.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  const char *zFunctionName,
+  int nArg,
+  int eTextRep,
+  void *pApp,
+  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+  void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)
+);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function16(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  const void *zFunctionName,
+  int nArg,
+  int eTextRep,
+  void *pApp,
+  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+  void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)
+);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function_v2(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  const char *zFunctionName,
+  int nArg,
+  int eTextRep,
+  void *pApp,
+  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+  void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*),
+  void(*xDestroy)(void*)
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Text Encodings
+**
+** These constant define integer codes that represent the various
+** text encodings supported by SQLite.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_UTF8           1
+#define SQLITE_UTF16LE        2
+#define SQLITE_UTF16BE        3
+#define SQLITE_UTF16          4    /* Use native byte order */
+#define SQLITE_ANY            5    /* sqlite3_create_function only */
+#define SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED  8    /* sqlite3_create_collation only */
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Deprecated Functions
+** DEPRECATED
+**
+** These functions are [deprecated].  In order to maintain
+** backwards compatibility with older code, these functions continue 
+** to be supported.  However, new applications should avoid
+** the use of these functions.  To help encourage people to avoid
+** using these functions, we are not going to tell you what they do.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_aggregate_count(sqlite3_context*);
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_expired(sqlite3_stmt*);
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_transfer_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*, sqlite3_stmt*);
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_global_recover(void);
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void sqlite3_thread_cleanup(void);
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_memory_alarm(void(*)(void*,sqlite3_int64,int),void*,sqlite3_int64);
+#endif
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Obtaining SQL Function Parameter Values
+**
+** The C-language implementation of SQL functions and aggregates uses
+** this set of interface routines to access the parameter values on
+** the function or aggregate.
+**
+** The xFunc (for scalar functions) or xStep (for aggregates) parameters
+** to [sqlite3_create_function()] and [sqlite3_create_function16()]
+** define callbacks that implement the SQL functions and aggregates.
+** The 3rd parameter to these callbacks is an array of pointers to
+** [protected sqlite3_value] objects.  There is one [sqlite3_value] object for
+** each parameter to the SQL function.  These routines are used to
+** extract values from the [sqlite3_value] objects.
+**
+** These routines work only with [protected sqlite3_value] objects.
+** Any attempt to use these routines on an [unprotected sqlite3_value]
+** object results in undefined behavior.
+**
+** ^These routines work just like the corresponding [column access functions]
+** except that  these routines take a single [protected sqlite3_value] object
+** pointer instead of a [sqlite3_stmt*] pointer and an integer column number.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_value_text16() interface extracts a UTF-16 string
+** in the native byte-order of the host machine.  ^The
+** sqlite3_value_text16be() and sqlite3_value_text16le() interfaces
+** extract UTF-16 strings as big-endian and little-endian respectively.
+**
+** ^(The sqlite3_value_numeric_type() interface attempts to apply
+** numeric affinity to the value.  This means that an attempt is
+** made to convert the value to an integer or floating point.  If
+** such a conversion is possible without loss of information (in other
+** words, if the value is a string that looks like a number)
+** then the conversion is performed.  Otherwise no conversion occurs.
+** The [SQLITE_INTEGER | datatype] after conversion is returned.)^
+**
+** Please pay particular attention to the fact that the pointer returned
+** from [sqlite3_value_blob()], [sqlite3_value_text()], or
+** [sqlite3_value_text16()] can be invalidated by a subsequent call to
+** [sqlite3_value_bytes()], [sqlite3_value_bytes16()], [sqlite3_value_text()],
+** or [sqlite3_value_text16()].
+**
+** These routines must be called from the same thread as
+** the SQL function that supplied the [sqlite3_value*] parameters.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_blob(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes16(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API double sqlite3_value_double(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_int(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_value_int64(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_value_text(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16le(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16be(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_type(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_numeric_type(sqlite3_value*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Obtain Aggregate Function Context
+**
+** Implementations of aggregate SQL functions use this
+** routine to allocate memory for storing their state.
+**
+** ^The first time the sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine is called 
+** for a particular aggregate function, SQLite
+** allocates N of memory, zeroes out that memory, and returns a pointer
+** to the new memory. ^On second and subsequent calls to
+** sqlite3_aggregate_context() for the same aggregate function instance,
+** the same buffer is returned.  Sqlite3_aggregate_context() is normally
+** called once for each invocation of the xStep callback and then one
+** last time when the xFinal callback is invoked.  ^(When no rows match
+** an aggregate query, the xStep() callback of the aggregate function
+** implementation is never called and xFinal() is called exactly once.
+** In those cases, sqlite3_aggregate_context() might be called for the
+** first time from within xFinal().)^
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine returns a NULL pointer if N is
+** less than or equal to zero or if a memory allocate error occurs.
+**
+** ^(The amount of space allocated by sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) is
+** determined by the N parameter on first successful call.  Changing the
+** value of N in subsequent call to sqlite3_aggregate_context() within
+** the same aggregate function instance will not resize the memory
+** allocation.)^
+**
+** ^SQLite automatically frees the memory allocated by 
+** sqlite3_aggregate_context() when the aggregate query concludes.
+**
+** The first parameter must be a copy of the
+** [sqlite3_context | SQL function context] that is the first parameter
+** to the xStep or xFinal callback routine that implements the aggregate
+** function.
+**
+** This routine must be called from the same thread in which
+** the aggregate SQL function is running.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_aggregate_context(sqlite3_context*, int nBytes);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: User Data For Functions
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_user_data() interface returns a copy of
+** the pointer that was the pUserData parameter (the 5th parameter)
+** of the [sqlite3_create_function()]
+** and [sqlite3_create_function16()] routines that originally
+** registered the application defined function.
+**
+** This routine must be called from the same thread in which
+** the application-defined function is running.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_user_data(sqlite3_context*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Database Connection For Functions
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_context_db_handle() interface returns a copy of
+** the pointer to the [database connection] (the 1st parameter)
+** of the [sqlite3_create_function()]
+** and [sqlite3_create_function16()] routines that originally
+** registered the application defined function.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_context_db_handle(sqlite3_context*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Function Auxiliary Data
+**
+** The following two functions may be used by scalar SQL functions to
+** associate metadata with argument values. If the same value is passed to
+** multiple invocations of the same SQL function during query execution, under
+** some circumstances the associated metadata may be preserved. This may
+** be used, for example, to add a regular-expression matching scalar
+** function. The compiled version of the regular expression is stored as
+** metadata associated with the SQL value passed as the regular expression
+** pattern.  The compiled regular expression can be reused on multiple
+** invocations of the same function so that the original pattern string
+** does not need to be recompiled on each invocation.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_get_auxdata() interface returns a pointer to the metadata
+** associated by the sqlite3_set_auxdata() function with the Nth argument
+** value to the application-defined function. ^If no metadata has been ever
+** been set for the Nth argument of the function, or if the corresponding
+** function parameter has changed since the meta-data was set,
+** then sqlite3_get_auxdata() returns a NULL pointer.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_set_auxdata() interface saves the metadata
+** pointed to by its 3rd parameter as the metadata for the N-th
+** argument of the application-defined function.  Subsequent
+** calls to sqlite3_get_auxdata() might return this data, if it has
+** not been destroyed.
+** ^If it is not NULL, SQLite will invoke the destructor
+** function given by the 4th parameter to sqlite3_set_auxdata() on
+** the metadata when the corresponding function parameter changes
+** or when the SQL statement completes, whichever comes first.
+**
+** SQLite is free to call the destructor and drop metadata on any
+** parameter of any function at any time.  ^The only guarantee is that
+** the destructor will be called before the metadata is dropped.
+**
+** ^(In practice, metadata is preserved between function calls for
+** expressions that are constant at compile time. This includes literal
+** values and [parameters].)^
+**
+** These routines must be called from the same thread in which
+** the SQL function is running.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_get_auxdata(sqlite3_context*, int N);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_set_auxdata(sqlite3_context*, int N, void*, void (*)(void*));
+
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Constants Defining Special Destructor Behavior
+**
+** These are special values for the destructor that is passed in as the
+** final argument to routines like [sqlite3_result_blob()].  ^If the destructor
+** argument is SQLITE_STATIC, it means that the content pointer is constant
+** and will never change.  It does not need to be destroyed.  ^The
+** SQLITE_TRANSIENT value means that the content will likely change in
+** the near future and that SQLite should make its own private copy of
+** the content before returning.
+**
+** The typedef is necessary to work around problems in certain
+** C++ compilers.  See ticket #2191.
+*/
+typedef void (*sqlite3_destructor_type)(void*);
+#define SQLITE_STATIC      ((sqlite3_destructor_type)0)
+#define SQLITE_TRANSIENT   ((sqlite3_destructor_type)-1)
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Setting The Result Of An SQL Function
+**
+** These routines are used by the xFunc or xFinal callbacks that
+** implement SQL functions and aggregates.  See
+** [sqlite3_create_function()] and [sqlite3_create_function16()]
+** for additional information.
+**
+** These functions work very much like the [parameter binding] family of
+** functions used to bind values to host parameters in prepared statements.
+** Refer to the [SQL parameter] documentation for additional information.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_result_blob() interface sets the result from
+** an application-defined function to be the BLOB whose content is pointed
+** to by the second parameter and which is N bytes long where N is the
+** third parameter.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_result_zeroblob() interfaces set the result of
+** the application-defined function to be a BLOB containing all zero
+** bytes and N bytes in size, where N is the value of the 2nd parameter.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_result_double() interface sets the result from
+** an application-defined function to be a floating point value specified
+** by its 2nd argument.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_result_error() and sqlite3_result_error16() functions
+** cause the implemented SQL function to throw an exception.
+** ^SQLite uses the string pointed to by the
+** 2nd parameter of sqlite3_result_error() or sqlite3_result_error16()
+** as the text of an error message.  ^SQLite interprets the error
+** message string from sqlite3_result_error() as UTF-8. ^SQLite
+** interprets the string from sqlite3_result_error16() as UTF-16 in native
+** byte order.  ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_result_error()
+** or sqlite3_result_error16() is negative then SQLite takes as the error
+** message all text up through the first zero character.
+** ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_result_error() or
+** sqlite3_result_error16() is non-negative then SQLite takes that many
+** bytes (not characters) from the 2nd parameter as the error message.
+** ^The sqlite3_result_error() and sqlite3_result_error16()
+** routines make a private copy of the error message text before
+** they return.  Hence, the calling function can deallocate or
+** modify the text after they return without harm.
+** ^The sqlite3_result_error_code() function changes the error code
+** returned by SQLite as a result of an error in a function.  ^By default,
+** the error code is SQLITE_ERROR.  ^A subsequent call to sqlite3_result_error()
+** or sqlite3_result_error16() resets the error code to SQLITE_ERROR.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_result_error_toobig() interface causes SQLite to throw an
+** error indicating that a string or BLOB is too long to represent.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_result_error_nomem() interface causes SQLite to throw an
+** error indicating that a memory allocation failed.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_result_int() interface sets the return value
+** of the application-defined function to be the 32-bit signed integer
+** value given in the 2nd argument.
+** ^The sqlite3_result_int64() interface sets the return value
+** of the application-defined function to be the 64-bit signed integer
+** value given in the 2nd argument.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_result_null() interface sets the return value
+** of the application-defined function to be NULL.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_result_text(), sqlite3_result_text16(),
+** sqlite3_result_text16le(), and sqlite3_result_text16be() interfaces
+** set the return value of the application-defined function to be
+** a text string which is represented as UTF-8, UTF-16 native byte order,
+** UTF-16 little endian, or UTF-16 big endian, respectively.
+** ^SQLite takes the text result from the application from
+** the 2nd parameter of the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces.
+** ^If the 3rd parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
+** is negative, then SQLite takes result text from the 2nd parameter
+** through the first zero character.
+** ^If the 3rd parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
+** is non-negative, then as many bytes (not characters) of the text
+** pointed to by the 2nd parameter are taken as the application-defined
+** function result.  If the 3rd parameter is non-negative, then it
+** must be the byte offset into the string where the NUL terminator would
+** appear if the string where NUL terminated.  If any NUL characters occur
+** in the string at a byte offset that is less than the value of the 3rd
+** parameter, then the resulting string will contain embedded NULs and the
+** result of expressions operating on strings with embedded NULs is undefined.
+** ^If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
+** or sqlite3_result_blob is a non-NULL pointer, then SQLite calls that
+** function as the destructor on the text or BLOB result when it has
+** finished using that result.
+** ^If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces or to
+** sqlite3_result_blob is the special constant SQLITE_STATIC, then SQLite
+** assumes that the text or BLOB result is in constant space and does not
+** copy the content of the parameter nor call a destructor on the content
+** when it has finished using that result.
+** ^If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
+** or sqlite3_result_blob is the special constant SQLITE_TRANSIENT
+** then SQLite makes a copy of the result into space obtained from
+** from [sqlite3_malloc()] before it returns.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_result_value() interface sets the result of
+** the application-defined function to be a copy the
+** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object specified by the 2nd parameter.  ^The
+** sqlite3_result_value() interface makes a copy of the [sqlite3_value]
+** so that the [sqlite3_value] specified in the parameter may change or
+** be deallocated after sqlite3_result_value() returns without harm.
+** ^A [protected sqlite3_value] object may always be used where an
+** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object is required, so either
+** kind of [sqlite3_value] object can be used with this interface.
+**
+** If these routines are called from within the different thread
+** than the one containing the application-defined function that received
+** the [sqlite3_context] pointer, the results are undefined.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_blob(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_double(sqlite3_context*, double);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error(sqlite3_context*, const char*, int);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_toobig(sqlite3_context*);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_nomem(sqlite3_context*);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_code(sqlite3_context*, int);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int(sqlite3_context*, int);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int64(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_int64);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_null(sqlite3_context*);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text(sqlite3_context*, const char*, int, void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16le(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16be(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_value(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_zeroblob(sqlite3_context*, int n);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Define New Collating Sequences
+**
+** ^These functions add, remove, or modify a [collation] associated
+** with the [database connection] specified as the first argument.
+**
+** ^The name of the collation is a UTF-8 string
+** for sqlite3_create_collation() and sqlite3_create_collation_v2()
+** and a UTF-16 string in native byte order for sqlite3_create_collation16().
+** ^Collation names that compare equal according to [sqlite3_strnicmp()] are
+** considered to be the same name.
+**
+** ^(The third argument (eTextRep) must be one of the constants:
+** <ul>
+** <li> [SQLITE_UTF8],
+** <li> [SQLITE_UTF16LE],
+** <li> [SQLITE_UTF16BE],
+** <li> [SQLITE_UTF16], or
+** <li> [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED].
+** </ul>)^
+** ^The eTextRep argument determines the encoding of strings passed
+** to the collating function callback, xCallback.
+** ^The [SQLITE_UTF16] and [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED] values for eTextRep
+** force strings to be UTF16 with native byte order.
+** ^The [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED] value for eTextRep forces strings to begin
+** on an even byte address.
+**
+** ^The fourth argument, pArg, is an application data pointer that is passed
+** through as the first argument to the collating function callback.
+**
+** ^The fifth argument, xCallback, is a pointer to the collating function.
+** ^Multiple collating functions can be registered using the same name but
+** with different eTextRep parameters and SQLite will use whichever
+** function requires the least amount of data transformation.
+** ^If the xCallback argument is NULL then the collating function is
+** deleted.  ^When all collating functions having the same name are deleted,
+** that collation is no longer usable.
+**
+** ^The collating function callback is invoked with a copy of the pArg 
+** application data pointer and with two strings in the encoding specified
+** by the eTextRep argument.  The collating function must return an
+** integer that is negative, zero, or positive
+** if the first string is less than, equal to, or greater than the second,
+** respectively.  A collating function must always return the same answer
+** given the same inputs.  If two or more collating functions are registered
+** to the same collation name (using different eTextRep values) then all
+** must give an equivalent answer when invoked with equivalent strings.
+** The collating function must obey the following properties for all
+** strings A, B, and C:
+**
+** <ol>
+** <li> If A==B then B==A.
+** <li> If A==B and B==C then A==C.
+** <li> If A&lt;B THEN B&gt;A.
+** <li> If A&lt;B and B&lt;C then A&lt;C.
+** </ol>
+**
+** If a collating function fails any of the above constraints and that
+** collating function is  registered and used, then the behavior of SQLite
+** is undefined.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_create_collation_v2() works like sqlite3_create_collation()
+** with the addition that the xDestroy callback is invoked on pArg when
+** the collating function is deleted.
+** ^Collating functions are deleted when they are overridden by later
+** calls to the collation creation functions or when the
+** [database connection] is closed using [sqlite3_close()].
+**
+** ^The xDestroy callback is <u>not</u> called if the 
+** sqlite3_create_collation_v2() function fails.  Applications that invoke
+** sqlite3_create_collation_v2() with a non-NULL xDestroy argument should 
+** check the return code and dispose of the application data pointer
+** themselves rather than expecting SQLite to deal with it for them.
+** This is different from every other SQLite interface.  The inconsistency 
+** is unfortunate but cannot be changed without breaking backwards 
+** compatibility.
+**
+** See also:  [sqlite3_collation_needed()] and [sqlite3_collation_needed16()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation(
+  sqlite3*, 
+  const char *zName, 
+  int eTextRep, 
+  void *pArg,
+  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
+);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation_v2(
+  sqlite3*, 
+  const char *zName, 
+  int eTextRep, 
+  void *pArg,
+  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*),
+  void(*xDestroy)(void*)
+);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation16(
+  sqlite3*, 
+  const void *zName,
+  int eTextRep, 
+  void *pArg,
+  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Collation Needed Callbacks
+**
+** ^To avoid having to register all collation sequences before a database
+** can be used, a single callback function may be registered with the
+** [database connection] to be invoked whenever an undefined collation
+** sequence is required.
+**
+** ^If the function is registered using the sqlite3_collation_needed() API,
+** then it is passed the names of undefined collation sequences as strings
+** encoded in UTF-8. ^If sqlite3_collation_needed16() is used,
+** the names are passed as UTF-16 in machine native byte order.
+** ^A call to either function replaces the existing collation-needed callback.
+**
+** ^(When the callback is invoked, the first argument passed is a copy
+** of the second argument to sqlite3_collation_needed() or
+** sqlite3_collation_needed16().  The second argument is the database
+** connection.  The third argument is one of [SQLITE_UTF8], [SQLITE_UTF16BE],
+** or [SQLITE_UTF16LE], indicating the most desirable form of the collation
+** sequence function required.  The fourth parameter is the name of the
+** required collation sequence.)^
+**
+** The callback function should register the desired collation using
+** [sqlite3_create_collation()], [sqlite3_create_collation16()], or
+** [sqlite3_create_collation_v2()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed(
+  sqlite3*, 
+  void*, 
+  void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*)
+);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed16(
+  sqlite3*, 
+  void*,
+  void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*)
+);
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+/*
+** Specify the key for an encrypted database.  This routine should be
+** called right after sqlite3_open().
+**
+** The code to implement this API is not available in the public release
+** of SQLite.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_key(
+  sqlite3 *db,                   /* Database to be rekeyed */
+  const void *pKey, int nKey     /* The key */
+);
+
+/*
+** Change the key on an open database.  If the current database is not
+** encrypted, this routine will encrypt it.  If pNew==0 or nNew==0, the
+** database is decrypted.
+**
+** The code to implement this API is not available in the public release
+** of SQLite.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rekey(
+  sqlite3 *db,                   /* Database to be rekeyed */
+  const void *pKey, int nKey     /* The new key */
+);
+
+/*
+** Specify the activation key for a SEE database.  Unless 
+** activated, none of the SEE routines will work.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_activate_see(
+  const char *zPassPhrase        /* Activation phrase */
+);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD
+/*
+** Specify the activation key for a CEROD database.  Unless 
+** activated, none of the CEROD routines will work.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_activate_cerod(
+  const char *zPassPhrase        /* Activation phrase */
+);
+#endif
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Suspend Execution For A Short Time
+**
+** The sqlite3_sleep() function causes the current thread to suspend execution
+** for at least a number of milliseconds specified in its parameter.
+**
+** If the operating system does not support sleep requests with
+** millisecond time resolution, then the time will be rounded up to
+** the nearest second. The number of milliseconds of sleep actually
+** requested from the operating system is returned.
+**
+** ^SQLite implements this interface by calling the xSleep()
+** method of the default [sqlite3_vfs] object.  If the xSleep() method
+** of the default VFS is not implemented correctly, or not implemented at
+** all, then the behavior of sqlite3_sleep() may deviate from the description
+** in the previous paragraphs.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sleep(int);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Name Of The Folder Holding Temporary Files
+**
+** ^(If this global variable is made to point to a string which is
+** the name of a folder (a.k.a. directory), then all temporary files
+** created by SQLite when using a built-in [sqlite3_vfs | VFS]
+** will be placed in that directory.)^  ^If this variable
+** is a NULL pointer, then SQLite performs a search for an appropriate
+** temporary file directory.
+**
+** It is not safe to read or modify this variable in more than one
+** thread at a time.  It is not safe to read or modify this variable
+** if a [database connection] is being used at the same time in a separate
+** thread.
+** It is intended that this variable be set once
+** as part of process initialization and before any SQLite interface
+** routines have been called and that this variable remain unchanged
+** thereafter.
+**
+** ^The [temp_store_directory pragma] may modify this variable and cause
+** it to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc].  ^Furthermore,
+** the [temp_store_directory pragma] always assumes that any string
+** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from 
+** [sqlite3_malloc] and the pragma may attempt to free that memory
+** using [sqlite3_free].
+** Hence, if this variable is modified directly, either it should be
+** made NULL or made to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc]
+** or else the use of the [temp_store_directory pragma] should be avoided.
+**
+** <b>Note to Windows Runtime users:</b>  The temporary directory must be set
+** prior to calling [sqlite3_open] or [sqlite3_open_v2].  Otherwise, various
+** features that require the use of temporary files may fail.  Here is an
+** example of how to do this using C++ with the Windows Runtime:
+**
+** <blockquote><pre>
+** LPCWSTR zPath = Windows::Storage::ApplicationData::Current->
+** &nbsp;     TemporaryFolder->Path->Data();
+** char zPathBuf&#91;MAX_PATH + 1&#93;;
+** memset(zPathBuf, 0, sizeof(zPathBuf));
+** WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, zPath, -1, zPathBuf, sizeof(zPathBuf),
+** &nbsp;     NULL, NULL);
+** sqlite3_temp_directory = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zPathBuf);
+** </pre></blockquote>
+*/
+SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_temp_directory;
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Name Of The Folder Holding Database Files
+**
+** ^(If this global variable is made to point to a string which is
+** the name of a folder (a.k.a. directory), then all database files
+** specified with a relative pathname and created or accessed by
+** SQLite when using a built-in windows [sqlite3_vfs | VFS] will be assumed
+** to be relative to that directory.)^ ^If this variable is a NULL
+** pointer, then SQLite assumes that all database files specified
+** with a relative pathname are relative to the current directory
+** for the process.  Only the windows VFS makes use of this global
+** variable; it is ignored by the unix VFS.
+**
+** Changing the value of this variable while a database connection is
+** open can result in a corrupt database.
+**
+** It is not safe to read or modify this variable in more than one
+** thread at a time.  It is not safe to read or modify this variable
+** if a [database connection] is being used at the same time in a separate
+** thread.
+** It is intended that this variable be set once
+** as part of process initialization and before any SQLite interface
+** routines have been called and that this variable remain unchanged
+** thereafter.
+**
+** ^The [data_store_directory pragma] may modify this variable and cause
+** it to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc].  ^Furthermore,
+** the [data_store_directory pragma] always assumes that any string
+** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from 
+** [sqlite3_malloc] and the pragma may attempt to free that memory
+** using [sqlite3_free].
+** Hence, if this variable is modified directly, either it should be
+** made NULL or made to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc]
+** or else the use of the [data_store_directory pragma] should be avoided.
+*/
+SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_data_directory;
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Test For Auto-Commit Mode
+** KEYWORDS: {autocommit mode}
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_get_autocommit() interface returns non-zero or
+** zero if the given database connection is or is not in autocommit mode,
+** respectively.  ^Autocommit mode is on by default.
+** ^Autocommit mode is disabled by a [BEGIN] statement.
+** ^Autocommit mode is re-enabled by a [COMMIT] or [ROLLBACK].
+**
+** If certain kinds of errors occur on a statement within a multi-statement
+** transaction (errors including [SQLITE_FULL], [SQLITE_IOERR],
+** [SQLITE_NOMEM], [SQLITE_BUSY], and [SQLITE_INTERRUPT]) then the
+** transaction might be rolled back automatically.  The only way to
+** find out whether SQLite automatically rolled back the transaction after
+** an error is to use this function.
+**
+** If another thread changes the autocommit status of the database
+** connection while this routine is running, then the return value
+** is undefined.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_autocommit(sqlite3*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Find The Database Handle Of A Prepared Statement
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_db_handle interface returns the [database connection] handle
+** to which a [prepared statement] belongs.  ^The [database connection]
+** returned by sqlite3_db_handle is the same [database connection]
+** that was the first argument
+** to the [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] call (or its variants) that was used to
+** create the statement in the first place.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_db_handle(sqlite3_stmt*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Return The Filename For A Database Connection
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_db_filename(D,N) interface returns a pointer to a filename
+** associated with database N of connection D.  ^The main database file
+** has the name "main".  If there is no attached database N on the database
+** connection D, or if database N is a temporary or in-memory database, then
+** a NULL pointer is returned.
+**
+** ^The filename returned by this function is the output of the
+** xFullPathname method of the [VFS].  ^In other words, the filename
+** will be an absolute pathname, even if the filename used
+** to open the database originally was a URI or relative pathname.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_db_filename(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Determine if a database is read-only
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_db_readonly(D,N) interface returns 1 if the database N
+** of connection D is read-only, 0 if it is read/write, or -1 if N is not
+** the name of a database on connection D.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_readonly(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Find the next prepared statement
+**
+** ^This interface returns a pointer to the next [prepared statement] after
+** pStmt associated with the [database connection] pDb.  ^If pStmt is NULL
+** then this interface returns a pointer to the first prepared statement
+** associated with the database connection pDb.  ^If no prepared statement
+** satisfies the conditions of this routine, it returns NULL.
+**
+** The [database connection] pointer D in a call to
+** [sqlite3_next_stmt(D,S)] must refer to an open database
+** connection and in particular must not be a NULL pointer.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_stmt *sqlite3_next_stmt(sqlite3 *pDb, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Commit And Rollback Notification Callbacks
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_commit_hook() interface registers a callback
+** function to be invoked whenever a transaction is [COMMIT | committed].
+** ^Any callback set by a previous call to sqlite3_commit_hook()
+** for the same database connection is overridden.
+** ^The sqlite3_rollback_hook() interface registers a callback
+** function to be invoked whenever a transaction is [ROLLBACK | rolled back].
+** ^Any callback set by a previous call to sqlite3_rollback_hook()
+** for the same database connection is overridden.
+** ^The pArg argument is passed through to the callback.
+** ^If the callback on a commit hook function returns non-zero,
+** then the commit is converted into a rollback.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_commit_hook(D,C,P) and sqlite3_rollback_hook(D,C,P) functions
+** return the P argument from the previous call of the same function
+** on the same [database connection] D, or NULL for
+** the first call for each function on D.
+**
+** The commit and rollback hook callbacks are not reentrant.
+** The callback implementation must not do anything that will modify
+** the database connection that invoked the callback.  Any actions
+** to modify the database connection must be deferred until after the
+** completion of the [sqlite3_step()] call that triggered the commit
+** or rollback hook in the first place.
+** Note that running any other SQL statements, including SELECT statements,
+** or merely calling [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] will modify
+** the database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph.
+**
+** ^Registering a NULL function disables the callback.
+**
+** ^When the commit hook callback routine returns zero, the [COMMIT]
+** operation is allowed to continue normally.  ^If the commit hook
+** returns non-zero, then the [COMMIT] is converted into a [ROLLBACK].
+** ^The rollback hook is invoked on a rollback that results from a commit
+** hook returning non-zero, just as it would be with any other rollback.
+**
+** ^For the purposes of this API, a transaction is said to have been
+** rolled back if an explicit "ROLLBACK" statement is executed, or
+** an error or constraint causes an implicit rollback to occur.
+** ^The rollback callback is not invoked if a transaction is
+** automatically rolled back because the database connection is closed.
+**
+** See also the [sqlite3_update_hook()] interface.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_commit_hook(sqlite3*, int(*)(void*), void*);
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_rollback_hook(sqlite3*, void(*)(void *), void*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Data Change Notification Callbacks
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_update_hook() interface registers a callback function
+** with the [database connection] identified by the first argument
+** to be invoked whenever a row is updated, inserted or deleted.
+** ^Any callback set by a previous call to this function
+** for the same database connection is overridden.
+**
+** ^The second argument is a pointer to the function to invoke when a
+** row is updated, inserted or deleted.
+** ^The first argument to the callback is a copy of the third argument
+** to sqlite3_update_hook().
+** ^The second callback argument is one of [SQLITE_INSERT], [SQLITE_DELETE],
+** or [SQLITE_UPDATE], depending on the operation that caused the callback
+** to be invoked.
+** ^The third and fourth arguments to the callback contain pointers to the
+** database and table name containing the affected row.
+** ^The final callback parameter is the [rowid] of the row.
+** ^In the case of an update, this is the [rowid] after the update takes place.
+**
+** ^(The update hook is not invoked when internal system tables are
+** modified (i.e. sqlite_master and sqlite_sequence).)^
+**
+** ^In the current implementation, the update hook
+** is not invoked when duplication rows are deleted because of an
+** [ON CONFLICT | ON CONFLICT REPLACE] clause.  ^Nor is the update hook
+** invoked when rows are deleted using the [truncate optimization].
+** The exceptions defined in this paragraph might change in a future
+** release of SQLite.
+**
+** The update hook implementation must not do anything that will modify
+** the database connection that invoked the update hook.  Any actions
+** to modify the database connection must be deferred until after the
+** completion of the [sqlite3_step()] call that triggered the update hook.
+** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their
+** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_update_hook(D,C,P) function
+** returns the P argument from the previous call
+** on the same [database connection] D, or NULL for
+** the first call on D.
+**
+** See also the [sqlite3_commit_hook()] and [sqlite3_rollback_hook()]
+** interfaces.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_update_hook(
+  sqlite3*, 
+  void(*)(void *,int ,char const *,char const *,sqlite3_int64),
+  void*
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Shared Pager Cache
+**
+** ^(This routine enables or disables the sharing of the database cache
+** and schema data structures between [database connection | connections]
+** to the same database. Sharing is enabled if the argument is true
+** and disabled if the argument is false.)^
+**
+** ^Cache sharing is enabled and disabled for an entire process.
+** This is a change as of SQLite version 3.5.0. In prior versions of SQLite,
+** sharing was enabled or disabled for each thread separately.
+**
+** ^(The cache sharing mode set by this interface effects all subsequent
+** calls to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()], and [sqlite3_open16()].
+** Existing database connections continue use the sharing mode
+** that was in effect at the time they were opened.)^
+**
+** ^(This routine returns [SQLITE_OK] if shared cache was enabled or disabled
+** successfully.  An [error code] is returned otherwise.)^
+**
+** ^Shared cache is disabled by default. But this might change in
+** future releases of SQLite.  Applications that care about shared
+** cache setting should set it explicitly.
+**
+** See Also:  [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode]
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(int);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Attempt To Free Heap Memory
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_release_memory() interface attempts to free N bytes
+** of heap memory by deallocating non-essential memory allocations
+** held by the database library.   Memory used to cache database
+** pages to improve performance is an example of non-essential memory.
+** ^sqlite3_release_memory() returns the number of bytes actually freed,
+** which might be more or less than the amount requested.
+** ^The sqlite3_release_memory() routine is a no-op returning zero
+** if SQLite is not compiled with [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT].
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_db_release_memory()]
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_release_memory(int);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Free Memory Used By A Database Connection
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_db_release_memory(D) interface attempts to free as much heap
+** memory as possible from database connection D. Unlike the
+** [sqlite3_release_memory()] interface, this interface is effect even
+** when then [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT] compile-time option is
+** omitted.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_release_memory()]
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_release_memory(sqlite3*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Impose A Limit On Heap Size
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() interface sets and/or queries the
+** soft limit on the amount of heap memory that may be allocated by SQLite.
+** ^SQLite strives to keep heap memory utilization below the soft heap
+** limit by reducing the number of pages held in the page cache
+** as heap memory usages approaches the limit.
+** ^The soft heap limit is "soft" because even though SQLite strives to stay
+** below the limit, it will exceed the limit rather than generate
+** an [SQLITE_NOMEM] error.  In other words, the soft heap limit 
+** is advisory only.
+**
+** ^The return value from sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() is the size of
+** the soft heap limit prior to the call, or negative in the case of an
+** error.  ^If the argument N is negative
+** then no change is made to the soft heap limit.  Hence, the current
+** size of the soft heap limit can be determined by invoking
+** sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() with a negative argument.
+**
+** ^If the argument N is zero then the soft heap limit is disabled.
+**
+** ^(The soft heap limit is not enforced in the current implementation
+** if one or more of following conditions are true:
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li> The soft heap limit is set to zero.
+** <li> Memory accounting is disabled using a combination of the
+**      [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS],...) start-time option and
+**      the [SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS] compile-time option.
+** <li> An alternative page cache implementation is specified using
+**      [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2],...).
+** <li> The page cache allocates from its own memory pool supplied
+**      by [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE],...) rather than
+**      from the heap.
+** </ul>)^
+**
+** Beginning with SQLite version 3.7.3, the soft heap limit is enforced
+** regardless of whether or not the [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT]
+** compile-time option is invoked.  With [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT],
+** the soft heap limit is enforced on every memory allocation.  Without
+** [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT], the soft heap limit is only enforced
+** when memory is allocated by the page cache.  Testing suggests that because
+** the page cache is the predominate memory user in SQLite, most
+** applications will achieve adequate soft heap limit enforcement without
+** the use of [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT].
+**
+** The circumstances under which SQLite will enforce the soft heap limit may
+** changes in future releases of SQLite.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(sqlite3_int64 N);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Deprecated Soft Heap Limit Interface
+** DEPRECATED
+**
+** This is a deprecated version of the [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64()]
+** interface.  This routine is provided for historical compatibility
+** only.  All new applications should use the
+** [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64()] interface rather than this one.
+*/
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(int N);
+
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Extract Metadata About A Column Of A Table
+**
+** ^This routine returns metadata about a specific column of a specific
+** database table accessible using the [database connection] handle
+** passed as the first function argument.
+**
+** ^The column is identified by the second, third and fourth parameters to
+** this function. ^The second parameter is either the name of the database
+** (i.e. "main", "temp", or an attached database) containing the specified
+** table or NULL. ^If it is NULL, then all attached databases are searched
+** for the table using the same algorithm used by the database engine to
+** resolve unqualified table references.
+**
+** ^The third and fourth parameters to this function are the table and column
+** name of the desired column, respectively. Neither of these parameters
+** may be NULL.
+**
+** ^Metadata is returned by writing to the memory locations passed as the 5th
+** and subsequent parameters to this function. ^Any of these arguments may be
+** NULL, in which case the corresponding element of metadata is omitted.
+**
+** ^(<blockquote>
+** <table border="1">
+** <tr><th> Parameter <th> Output<br>Type <th>  Description
+**
+** <tr><td> 5th <td> const char* <td> Data type
+** <tr><td> 6th <td> const char* <td> Name of default collation sequence
+** <tr><td> 7th <td> int         <td> True if column has a NOT NULL constraint
+** <tr><td> 8th <td> int         <td> True if column is part of the PRIMARY KEY
+** <tr><td> 9th <td> int         <td> True if column is [AUTOINCREMENT]
+** </table>
+** </blockquote>)^
+**
+** ^The memory pointed to by the character pointers returned for the
+** declaration type and collation sequence is valid only until the next
+** call to any SQLite API function.
+**
+** ^If the specified table is actually a view, an [error code] is returned.
+**
+** ^If the specified column is "rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" and an
+** [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] column has been explicitly declared, then the output
+** parameters are set for the explicitly declared column. ^(If there is no
+** explicitly declared [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] column, then the output
+** parameters are set as follows:
+**
+** <pre>
+**     data type: "INTEGER"
+**     collation sequence: "BINARY"
+**     not null: 0
+**     primary key: 1
+**     auto increment: 0
+** </pre>)^
+**
+** ^(This function may load one or more schemas from database files. If an
+** error occurs during this process, or if the requested table or column
+** cannot be found, an [error code] is returned and an error message left
+** in the [database connection] (to be retrieved using sqlite3_errmsg()).)^
+**
+** ^This API is only available if the library was compiled with the
+** [SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA] C-preprocessor symbol defined.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_table_column_metadata(
+  sqlite3 *db,                /* Connection handle */
+  const char *zDbName,        /* Database name or NULL */
+  const char *zTableName,     /* Table name */
+  const char *zColumnName,    /* Column name */
+  char const **pzDataType,    /* OUTPUT: Declared data type */
+  char const **pzCollSeq,     /* OUTPUT: Collation sequence name */
+  int *pNotNull,              /* OUTPUT: True if NOT NULL constraint exists */
+  int *pPrimaryKey,           /* OUTPUT: True if column part of PK */
+  int *pAutoinc               /* OUTPUT: True if column is auto-increment */
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Load An Extension
+**
+** ^This interface loads an SQLite extension library from the named file.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_load_extension() interface attempts to load an
+** SQLite extension library contained in the file zFile.
+**
+** ^The entry point is zProc.
+** ^zProc may be 0, in which case the name of the entry point
+** defaults to "sqlite3_extension_init".
+** ^The sqlite3_load_extension() interface returns
+** [SQLITE_OK] on success and [SQLITE_ERROR] if something goes wrong.
+** ^If an error occurs and pzErrMsg is not 0, then the
+** [sqlite3_load_extension()] interface shall attempt to
+** fill *pzErrMsg with error message text stored in memory
+** obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()]. The calling function
+** should free this memory by calling [sqlite3_free()].
+**
+** ^Extension loading must be enabled using
+** [sqlite3_enable_load_extension()] prior to calling this API,
+** otherwise an error will be returned.
+**
+** See also the [load_extension() SQL function].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_load_extension(
+  sqlite3 *db,          /* Load the extension into this database connection */
+  const char *zFile,    /* Name of the shared library containing extension */
+  const char *zProc,    /* Entry point.  Derived from zFile if 0 */
+  char **pzErrMsg       /* Put error message here if not 0 */
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extension Loading
+**
+** ^So as not to open security holes in older applications that are
+** unprepared to deal with extension loading, and as a means of disabling
+** extension loading while evaluating user-entered SQL, the following API
+** is provided to turn the [sqlite3_load_extension()] mechanism on and off.
+**
+** ^Extension loading is off by default. See ticket #1863.
+** ^Call the sqlite3_enable_load_extension() routine with onoff==1
+** to turn extension loading on and call it with onoff==0 to turn
+** it back off again.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_load_extension(sqlite3 *db, int onoff);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Automatically Load Statically Linked Extensions
+**
+** ^This interface causes the xEntryPoint() function to be invoked for
+** each new [database connection] that is created.  The idea here is that
+** xEntryPoint() is the entry point for a statically linked SQLite extension
+** that is to be automatically loaded into all new database connections.
+**
+** ^(Even though the function prototype shows that xEntryPoint() takes
+** no arguments and returns void, SQLite invokes xEntryPoint() with three
+** arguments and expects and integer result as if the signature of the
+** entry point where as follows:
+**
+** <blockquote><pre>
+** &nbsp;  int xEntryPoint(
+** &nbsp;    sqlite3 *db,
+** &nbsp;    const char **pzErrMsg,
+** &nbsp;    const struct sqlite3_api_routines *pThunk
+** &nbsp;  );
+** </pre></blockquote>)^
+**
+** If the xEntryPoint routine encounters an error, it should make *pzErrMsg
+** point to an appropriate error message (obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()])
+** and return an appropriate [error code].  ^SQLite ensures that *pzErrMsg
+** is NULL before calling the xEntryPoint().  ^SQLite will invoke
+** [sqlite3_free()] on *pzErrMsg after xEntryPoint() returns.  ^If any
+** xEntryPoint() returns an error, the [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()],
+** or [sqlite3_open_v2()] call that provoked the xEntryPoint() will fail.
+**
+** ^Calling sqlite3_auto_extension(X) with an entry point X that is already
+** on the list of automatic extensions is a harmless no-op. ^No entry point
+** will be called more than once for each database connection that is opened.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_reset_auto_extension()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_auto_extension(void (*xEntryPoint)(void));
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Reset Automatic Extension Loading
+**
+** ^This interface disables all automatic extensions previously
+** registered using [sqlite3_auto_extension()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_reset_auto_extension(void);
+
+/*
+** The interface to the virtual-table mechanism is currently considered
+** to be experimental.  The interface might change in incompatible ways.
+** If this is a problem for you, do not use the interface at this time.
+**
+** When the virtual-table mechanism stabilizes, we will declare the
+** interface fixed, support it indefinitely, and remove this comment.
+*/
+
+/*
+** Structures used by the virtual table interface
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_vtab sqlite3_vtab;
+typedef struct sqlite3_index_info sqlite3_index_info;
+typedef struct sqlite3_vtab_cursor sqlite3_vtab_cursor;
+typedef struct sqlite3_module sqlite3_module;
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Object
+** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_module {virtual table module}
+**
+** This structure, sometimes called a "virtual table module", 
+** defines the implementation of a [virtual tables].  
+** This structure consists mostly of methods for the module.
+**
+** ^A virtual table module is created by filling in a persistent
+** instance of this structure and passing a pointer to that instance
+** to [sqlite3_create_module()] or [sqlite3_create_module_v2()].
+** ^The registration remains valid until it is replaced by a different
+** module or until the [database connection] closes.  The content
+** of this structure must not change while it is registered with
+** any database connection.
+*/
+struct sqlite3_module {
+  int iVersion;
+  int (*xCreate)(sqlite3*, void *pAux,
+               int argc, const char *const*argv,
+               sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, char**);
+  int (*xConnect)(sqlite3*, void *pAux,
+               int argc, const char *const*argv,
+               sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, char**);
+  int (*xBestIndex)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_index_info*);
+  int (*xDisconnect)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
+  int (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
+  int (*xOpen)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor);
+  int (*xClose)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*);
+  int (*xFilter)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, int idxNum, const char *idxStr,
+                int argc, sqlite3_value **argv);
+  int (*xNext)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*);
+  int (*xEof)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*);
+  int (*xColumn)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, sqlite3_context*, int);
+  int (*xRowid)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, sqlite3_int64 *pRowid);
+  int (*xUpdate)(sqlite3_vtab *, int, sqlite3_value **, sqlite3_int64 *);
+  int (*xBegin)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
+  int (*xSync)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
+  int (*xCommit)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
+  int (*xRollback)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
+  int (*xFindFunction)(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int nArg, const char *zName,
+                       void (**pxFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+                       void **ppArg);
+  int (*xRename)(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, const char *zNew);
+  /* The methods above are in version 1 of the sqlite_module object. Those 
+  ** below are for version 2 and greater. */
+  int (*xSavepoint)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int);
+  int (*xRelease)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int);
+  int (*xRollbackTo)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int);
+};
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Indexing Information
+** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_index_info
+**
+** The sqlite3_index_info structure and its substructures is used as part
+** of the [virtual table] interface to
+** pass information into and receive the reply from the [xBestIndex]
+** method of a [virtual table module].  The fields under **Inputs** are the
+** inputs to xBestIndex and are read-only.  xBestIndex inserts its
+** results into the **Outputs** fields.
+**
+** ^(The aConstraint[] array records WHERE clause constraints of the form:
+**
+** <blockquote>column OP expr</blockquote>
+**
+** where OP is =, &lt;, &lt;=, &gt;, or &gt;=.)^  ^(The particular operator is
+** stored in aConstraint[].op using one of the
+** [SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ | SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ values].)^
+** ^(The index of the column is stored in
+** aConstraint[].iColumn.)^  ^(aConstraint[].usable is TRUE if the
+** expr on the right-hand side can be evaluated (and thus the constraint
+** is usable) and false if it cannot.)^
+**
+** ^The optimizer automatically inverts terms of the form "expr OP column"
+** and makes other simplifications to the WHERE clause in an attempt to
+** get as many WHERE clause terms into the form shown above as possible.
+** ^The aConstraint[] array only reports WHERE clause terms that are
+** relevant to the particular virtual table being queried.
+**
+** ^Information about the ORDER BY clause is stored in aOrderBy[].
+** ^Each term of aOrderBy records a column of the ORDER BY clause.
+**
+** The [xBestIndex] method must fill aConstraintUsage[] with information
+** about what parameters to pass to xFilter.  ^If argvIndex>0 then
+** the right-hand side of the corresponding aConstraint[] is evaluated
+** and becomes the argvIndex-th entry in argv.  ^(If aConstraintUsage[].omit
+** is true, then the constraint is assumed to be fully handled by the
+** virtual table and is not checked again by SQLite.)^
+**
+** ^The idxNum and idxPtr values are recorded and passed into the
+** [xFilter] method.
+** ^[sqlite3_free()] is used to free idxPtr if and only if
+** needToFreeIdxPtr is true.
+**
+** ^The orderByConsumed means that output from [xFilter]/[xNext] will occur in
+** the correct order to satisfy the ORDER BY clause so that no separate
+** sorting step is required.
+**
+** ^The estimatedCost value is an estimate of the cost of doing the
+** particular lookup.  A full scan of a table with N entries should have
+** a cost of N.  A binary search of a table of N entries should have a
+** cost of approximately log(N).
+*/
+struct sqlite3_index_info {
+  /* Inputs */
+  int nConstraint;           /* Number of entries in aConstraint */
+  struct sqlite3_index_constraint {
+     int iColumn;              /* Column on left-hand side of constraint */
+     unsigned char op;         /* Constraint operator */
+     unsigned char usable;     /* True if this constraint is usable */
+     int iTermOffset;          /* Used internally - xBestIndex should ignore */
+  } *aConstraint;            /* Table of WHERE clause constraints */
+  int nOrderBy;              /* Number of terms in the ORDER BY clause */
+  struct sqlite3_index_orderby {
+     int iColumn;              /* Column number */
+     unsigned char desc;       /* True for DESC.  False for ASC. */
+  } *aOrderBy;               /* The ORDER BY clause */
+  /* Outputs */
+  struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage {
+    int argvIndex;           /* if >0, constraint is part of argv to xFilter */
+    unsigned char omit;      /* Do not code a test for this constraint */
+  } *aConstraintUsage;
+  int idxNum;                /* Number used to identify the index */
+  char *idxStr;              /* String, possibly obtained from sqlite3_malloc */
+  int needToFreeIdxStr;      /* Free idxStr using sqlite3_free() if true */
+  int orderByConsumed;       /* True if output is already ordered */
+  double estimatedCost;      /* Estimated cost of using this index */
+};
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Constraint Operator Codes
+**
+** These macros defined the allowed values for the
+** [sqlite3_index_info].aConstraint[].op field.  Each value represents
+** an operator that is part of a constraint term in the wHERE clause of
+** a query that uses a [virtual table].
+*/
+#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ    2
+#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT    4
+#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE    8
+#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT    16
+#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE    32
+#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH 64
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Register A Virtual Table Implementation
+**
+** ^These routines are used to register a new [virtual table module] name.
+** ^Module names must be registered before
+** creating a new [virtual table] using the module and before using a
+** preexisting [virtual table] for the module.
+**
+** ^The module name is registered on the [database connection] specified
+** by the first parameter.  ^The name of the module is given by the 
+** second parameter.  ^The third parameter is a pointer to
+** the implementation of the [virtual table module].   ^The fourth
+** parameter is an arbitrary client data pointer that is passed through
+** into the [xCreate] and [xConnect] methods of the virtual table module
+** when a new virtual table is be being created or reinitialized.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_create_module_v2() interface has a fifth parameter which
+** is a pointer to a destructor for the pClientData.  ^SQLite will
+** invoke the destructor function (if it is not NULL) when SQLite
+** no longer needs the pClientData pointer.  ^The destructor will also
+** be invoked if the call to sqlite3_create_module_v2() fails.
+** ^The sqlite3_create_module()
+** interface is equivalent to sqlite3_create_module_v2() with a NULL
+** destructor.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module(
+  sqlite3 *db,               /* SQLite connection to register module with */
+  const char *zName,         /* Name of the module */
+  const sqlite3_module *p,   /* Methods for the module */
+  void *pClientData          /* Client data for xCreate/xConnect */
+);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module_v2(
+  sqlite3 *db,               /* SQLite connection to register module with */
+  const char *zName,         /* Name of the module */
+  const sqlite3_module *p,   /* Methods for the module */
+  void *pClientData,         /* Client data for xCreate/xConnect */
+  void(*xDestroy)(void*)     /* Module destructor function */
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Instance Object
+** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_vtab
+**
+** Every [virtual table module] implementation uses a subclass
+** of this object to describe a particular instance
+** of the [virtual table].  Each subclass will
+** be tailored to the specific needs of the module implementation.
+** The purpose of this superclass is to define certain fields that are
+** common to all module implementations.
+**
+** ^Virtual tables methods can set an error message by assigning a
+** string obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()] to zErrMsg.  The method should
+** take care that any prior string is freed by a call to [sqlite3_free()]
+** prior to assigning a new string to zErrMsg.  ^After the error message
+** is delivered up to the client application, the string will be automatically
+** freed by sqlite3_free() and the zErrMsg field will be zeroed.
+*/
+struct sqlite3_vtab {
+  const sqlite3_module *pModule;  /* The module for this virtual table */
+  int nRef;                       /* NO LONGER USED */
+  char *zErrMsg;                  /* Error message from sqlite3_mprintf() */
+  /* Virtual table implementations will typically add additional fields */
+};
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Cursor Object
+** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_vtab_cursor {virtual table cursor}
+**
+** Every [virtual table module] implementation uses a subclass of the
+** following structure to describe cursors that point into the
+** [virtual table] and are used
+** to loop through the virtual table.  Cursors are created using the
+** [sqlite3_module.xOpen | xOpen] method of the module and are destroyed
+** by the [sqlite3_module.xClose | xClose] method.  Cursors are used
+** by the [xFilter], [xNext], [xEof], [xColumn], and [xRowid] methods
+** of the module.  Each module implementation will define
+** the content of a cursor structure to suit its own needs.
+**
+** This superclass exists in order to define fields of the cursor that
+** are common to all implementations.
+*/
+struct sqlite3_vtab_cursor {
+  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;      /* Virtual table of this cursor */
+  /* Virtual table implementations will typically add additional fields */
+};
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Declare The Schema Of A Virtual Table
+**
+** ^The [xCreate] and [xConnect] methods of a
+** [virtual table module] call this interface
+** to declare the format (the names and datatypes of the columns) of
+** the virtual tables they implement.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_declare_vtab(sqlite3*, const char *zSQL);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Overload A Function For A Virtual Table
+**
+** ^(Virtual tables can provide alternative implementations of functions
+** using the [xFindFunction] method of the [virtual table module].  
+** But global versions of those functions
+** must exist in order to be overloaded.)^
+**
+** ^(This API makes sure a global version of a function with a particular
+** name and number of parameters exists.  If no such function exists
+** before this API is called, a new function is created.)^  ^The implementation
+** of the new function always causes an exception to be thrown.  So
+** the new function is not good for anything by itself.  Its only
+** purpose is to be a placeholder function that can be overloaded
+** by a [virtual table].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_overload_function(sqlite3*, const char *zFuncName, int nArg);
+
+/*
+** The interface to the virtual-table mechanism defined above (back up
+** to a comment remarkably similar to this one) is currently considered
+** to be experimental.  The interface might change in incompatible ways.
+** If this is a problem for you, do not use the interface at this time.
+**
+** When the virtual-table mechanism stabilizes, we will declare the
+** interface fixed, support it indefinitely, and remove this comment.
+*/
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: A Handle To An Open BLOB
+** KEYWORDS: {BLOB handle} {BLOB handles}
+**
+** An instance of this object represents an open BLOB on which
+** [sqlite3_blob_open | incremental BLOB I/O] can be performed.
+** ^Objects of this type are created by [sqlite3_blob_open()]
+** and destroyed by [sqlite3_blob_close()].
+** ^The [sqlite3_blob_read()] and [sqlite3_blob_write()] interfaces
+** can be used to read or write small subsections of the BLOB.
+** ^The [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface returns the size of the BLOB in bytes.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_blob sqlite3_blob;
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Open A BLOB For Incremental I/O
+**
+** ^(This interfaces opens a [BLOB handle | handle] to the BLOB located
+** in row iRow, column zColumn, table zTable in database zDb;
+** in other words, the same BLOB that would be selected by:
+**
+** <pre>
+**     SELECT zColumn FROM zDb.zTable WHERE [rowid] = iRow;
+** </pre>)^
+**
+** ^If the flags parameter is non-zero, then the BLOB is opened for read
+** and write access. ^If it is zero, the BLOB is opened for read access.
+** ^It is not possible to open a column that is part of an index or primary 
+** key for writing. ^If [foreign key constraints] are enabled, it is 
+** not possible to open a column that is part of a [child key] for writing.
+**
+** ^Note that the database name is not the filename that contains
+** the database but rather the symbolic name of the database that
+** appears after the AS keyword when the database is connected using [ATTACH].
+** ^For the main database file, the database name is "main".
+** ^For TEMP tables, the database name is "temp".
+**
+** ^(On success, [SQLITE_OK] is returned and the new [BLOB handle] is written
+** to *ppBlob. Otherwise an [error code] is returned and *ppBlob is set
+** to be a null pointer.)^
+** ^This function sets the [database connection] error code and message
+** accessible via [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()] and related
+** functions. ^Note that the *ppBlob variable is always initialized in a
+** way that makes it safe to invoke [sqlite3_blob_close()] on *ppBlob
+** regardless of the success or failure of this routine.
+**
+** ^(If the row that a BLOB handle points to is modified by an
+** [UPDATE], [DELETE], or by [ON CONFLICT] side-effects
+** then the BLOB handle is marked as "expired".
+** This is true if any column of the row is changed, even a column
+** other than the one the BLOB handle is open on.)^
+** ^Calls to [sqlite3_blob_read()] and [sqlite3_blob_write()] for
+** an expired BLOB handle fail with a return code of [SQLITE_ABORT].
+** ^(Changes written into a BLOB prior to the BLOB expiring are not
+** rolled back by the expiration of the BLOB.  Such changes will eventually
+** commit if the transaction continues to completion.)^
+**
+** ^Use the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface to determine the size of
+** the opened blob.  ^The size of a blob may not be changed by this
+** interface.  Use the [UPDATE] SQL command to change the size of a
+** blob.
+**
+** ^The [sqlite3_bind_zeroblob()] and [sqlite3_result_zeroblob()] interfaces
+** and the built-in [zeroblob] SQL function can be used, if desired,
+** to create an empty, zero-filled blob in which to read or write using
+** this interface.
+**
+** To avoid a resource leak, every open [BLOB handle] should eventually
+** be released by a call to [sqlite3_blob_close()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_open(
+  sqlite3*,
+  const char *zDb,
+  const char *zTable,
+  const char *zColumn,
+  sqlite3_int64 iRow,
+  int flags,
+  sqlite3_blob **ppBlob
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Move a BLOB Handle to a New Row
+**
+** ^This function is used to move an existing blob handle so that it points
+** to a different row of the same database table. ^The new row is identified
+** by the rowid value passed as the second argument. Only the row can be
+** changed. ^The database, table and column on which the blob handle is open
+** remain the same. Moving an existing blob handle to a new row can be
+** faster than closing the existing handle and opening a new one.
+**
+** ^(The new row must meet the same criteria as for [sqlite3_blob_open()] -
+** it must exist and there must be either a blob or text value stored in
+** the nominated column.)^ ^If the new row is not present in the table, or if
+** it does not contain a blob or text value, or if another error occurs, an
+** SQLite error code is returned and the blob handle is considered aborted.
+** ^All subsequent calls to [sqlite3_blob_read()], [sqlite3_blob_write()] or
+** [sqlite3_blob_reopen()] on an aborted blob handle immediately return
+** SQLITE_ABORT. ^Calling [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] on an aborted blob handle
+** always returns zero.
+**
+** ^This function sets the database handle error code and message.
+*/
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_blob_reopen(sqlite3_blob *, sqlite3_int64);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Close A BLOB Handle
+**
+** ^Closes an open [BLOB handle].
+**
+** ^Closing a BLOB shall cause the current transaction to commit
+** if there are no other BLOBs, no pending prepared statements, and the
+** database connection is in [autocommit mode].
+** ^If any writes were made to the BLOB, they might be held in cache
+** until the close operation if they will fit.
+**
+** ^(Closing the BLOB often forces the changes
+** out to disk and so if any I/O errors occur, they will likely occur
+** at the time when the BLOB is closed.  Any errors that occur during
+** closing are reported as a non-zero return value.)^
+**
+** ^(The BLOB is closed unconditionally.  Even if this routine returns
+** an error code, the BLOB is still closed.)^
+**
+** ^Calling this routine with a null pointer (such as would be returned
+** by a failed call to [sqlite3_blob_open()]) is a harmless no-op.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_close(sqlite3_blob *);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Return The Size Of An Open BLOB
+**
+** ^Returns the size in bytes of the BLOB accessible via the 
+** successfully opened [BLOB handle] in its only argument.  ^The
+** incremental blob I/O routines can only read or overwriting existing
+** blob content; they cannot change the size of a blob.
+**
+** This routine only works on a [BLOB handle] which has been created
+** by a prior successful call to [sqlite3_blob_open()] and which has not
+** been closed by [sqlite3_blob_close()].  Passing any other pointer in
+** to this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable behavior.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_bytes(sqlite3_blob *);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Read Data From A BLOB Incrementally
+**
+** ^(This function is used to read data from an open [BLOB handle] into a
+** caller-supplied buffer. N bytes of data are copied into buffer Z
+** from the open BLOB, starting at offset iOffset.)^
+**
+** ^If offset iOffset is less than N bytes from the end of the BLOB,
+** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is read.  ^If N or iOffset is
+** less than zero, [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is read.
+** ^The size of the blob (and hence the maximum value of N+iOffset)
+** can be determined using the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface.
+**
+** ^An attempt to read from an expired [BLOB handle] fails with an
+** error code of [SQLITE_ABORT].
+**
+** ^(On success, sqlite3_blob_read() returns SQLITE_OK.
+** Otherwise, an [error code] or an [extended error code] is returned.)^
+**
+** This routine only works on a [BLOB handle] which has been created
+** by a prior successful call to [sqlite3_blob_open()] and which has not
+** been closed by [sqlite3_blob_close()].  Passing any other pointer in
+** to this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable behavior.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_blob_write()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_read(sqlite3_blob *, void *Z, int N, int iOffset);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Write Data Into A BLOB Incrementally
+**
+** ^This function is used to write data into an open [BLOB handle] from a
+** caller-supplied buffer. ^N bytes of data are copied from the buffer Z
+** into the open BLOB, starting at offset iOffset.
+**
+** ^If the [BLOB handle] passed as the first argument was not opened for
+** writing (the flags parameter to [sqlite3_blob_open()] was zero),
+** this function returns [SQLITE_READONLY].
+**
+** ^This function may only modify the contents of the BLOB; it is
+** not possible to increase the size of a BLOB using this API.
+** ^If offset iOffset is less than N bytes from the end of the BLOB,
+** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written.  ^If N is
+** less than zero [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written.
+** The size of the BLOB (and hence the maximum value of N+iOffset)
+** can be determined using the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface.
+**
+** ^An attempt to write to an expired [BLOB handle] fails with an
+** error code of [SQLITE_ABORT].  ^Writes to the BLOB that occurred
+** before the [BLOB handle] expired are not rolled back by the
+** expiration of the handle, though of course those changes might
+** have been overwritten by the statement that expired the BLOB handle
+** or by other independent statements.
+**
+** ^(On success, sqlite3_blob_write() returns SQLITE_OK.
+** Otherwise, an  [error code] or an [extended error code] is returned.)^
+**
+** This routine only works on a [BLOB handle] which has been created
+** by a prior successful call to [sqlite3_blob_open()] and which has not
+** been closed by [sqlite3_blob_close()].  Passing any other pointer in
+** to this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable behavior.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_blob_read()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_write(sqlite3_blob *, const void *z, int n, int iOffset);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Virtual File System Objects
+**
+** A virtual filesystem (VFS) is an [sqlite3_vfs] object
+** that SQLite uses to interact
+** with the underlying operating system.  Most SQLite builds come with a
+** single default VFS that is appropriate for the host computer.
+** New VFSes can be registered and existing VFSes can be unregistered.
+** The following interfaces are provided.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_vfs_find() interface returns a pointer to a VFS given its name.
+** ^Names are case sensitive.
+** ^Names are zero-terminated UTF-8 strings.
+** ^If there is no match, a NULL pointer is returned.
+** ^If zVfsName is NULL then the default VFS is returned.
+**
+** ^New VFSes are registered with sqlite3_vfs_register().
+** ^Each new VFS becomes the default VFS if the makeDflt flag is set.
+** ^The same VFS can be registered multiple times without injury.
+** ^To make an existing VFS into the default VFS, register it again
+** with the makeDflt flag set.  If two different VFSes with the
+** same name are registered, the behavior is undefined.  If a
+** VFS is registered with a name that is NULL or an empty string,
+** then the behavior is undefined.
+**
+** ^Unregister a VFS with the sqlite3_vfs_unregister() interface.
+** ^(If the default VFS is unregistered, another VFS is chosen as
+** the default.  The choice for the new VFS is arbitrary.)^
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3_vfs_find(const char *zVfsName);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_register(sqlite3_vfs*, int makeDflt);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Mutexes
+**
+** The SQLite core uses these routines for thread
+** synchronization. Though they are intended for internal
+** use by SQLite, code that links against SQLite is
+** permitted to use any of these routines.
+**
+** The SQLite source code contains multiple implementations
+** of these mutex routines.  An appropriate implementation
+** is selected automatically at compile-time.  ^(The following
+** implementations are available in the SQLite core:
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li>   SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS
+** <li>   SQLITE_MUTEX_W32
+** <li>   SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
+** </ul>)^
+**
+** ^The SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP implementation is a set of routines
+** that does no real locking and is appropriate for use in
+** a single-threaded application.  ^The SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS and
+** SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 implementations are appropriate for use on Unix
+** and Windows.
+**
+** ^(If SQLite is compiled with the SQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF preprocessor
+** macro defined (with "-DSQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF=1"), then no mutex
+** implementation is included with the library. In this case the
+** application must supply a custom mutex implementation using the
+** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX] option of the sqlite3_config() function
+** before calling sqlite3_initialize() or any other public sqlite3_
+** function that calls sqlite3_initialize().)^
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new
+** mutex and returns a pointer to it. ^If it returns NULL
+** that means that a mutex could not be allocated.  ^SQLite
+** will unwind its stack and return an error.  ^(The argument
+** to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() is one of these integer constants:
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2
+** </ul>)^
+**
+** ^The first two constants (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST and SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE)
+** cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create
+** a new mutex.  ^The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
+** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used.
+** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction
+** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does
+** not want to.  ^SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in
+** cases where it really needs one.  ^If a faster non-recursive mutex
+** implementation is available on the host platform, the mutex subsystem
+** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST.
+**
+** ^The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() (anything other
+** than SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST and SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) each return
+** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex.  ^Six static mutexes are
+** used by the current version of SQLite.  Future versions of SQLite
+** may add additional static mutexes.  Static mutexes are for internal
+** use by SQLite only.  Applications that use SQLite mutexes should
+** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or
+** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE.
+**
+** ^Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
+** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc()
+** returns a different mutex on every call.  ^But for the static
+** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has
+** the same type number.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_mutex_free() routine deallocates a previously
+** allocated dynamic mutex.  ^SQLite is careful to deallocate every
+** dynamic mutex that it allocates.  The dynamic mutexes must not be in
+** use when they are deallocated.  Attempting to deallocate a static
+** mutex results in undefined behavior.  ^SQLite never deallocates
+** a static mutex.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt
+** to enter a mutex.  ^If another thread is already within the mutex,
+** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return
+** SQLITE_BUSY.  ^The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns [SQLITE_OK]
+** upon successful entry.  ^(Mutexes created using
+** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can be entered multiple times by the same thread.
+** In such cases the,
+** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread
+** can enter.)^  ^(If the same thread tries to enter any other
+** kind of mutex more than once, the behavior is undefined.
+** SQLite will never exhibit
+** such behavior in its own use of mutexes.)^
+**
+** ^(Some systems (for example, Windows 95) do not support the operation
+** implemented by sqlite3_mutex_try().  On those systems, sqlite3_mutex_try()
+** will always return SQLITE_BUSY.  The SQLite core only ever uses
+** sqlite3_mutex_try() as an optimization so this is acceptable behavior.)^
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was
+** previously entered by the same thread.   ^(The behavior
+** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered by the
+** calling thread or is not currently allocated.  SQLite will
+** never do either.)^
+**
+** ^If the argument to sqlite3_mutex_enter(), sqlite3_mutex_try(), or
+** sqlite3_mutex_leave() is a NULL pointer, then all three routines
+** behave as no-ops.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_mutex_held()] and [sqlite3_mutex_notheld()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_mutex_alloc(int);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3_mutex*);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_mutex*);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_try(sqlite3_mutex*);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Mutex Methods Object
+**
+** An instance of this structure defines the low-level routines
+** used to allocate and use mutexes.
+**
+** Usually, the default mutex implementations provided by SQLite are
+** sufficient, however the user has the option of substituting a custom
+** implementation for specialized deployments or systems for which SQLite
+** does not provide a suitable implementation. In this case, the user
+** creates and populates an instance of this structure to pass
+** to sqlite3_config() along with the [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX] option.
+** Additionally, an instance of this structure can be used as an
+** output variable when querying the system for the current mutex
+** implementation, using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX] option.
+**
+** ^The xMutexInit method defined by this structure is invoked as
+** part of system initialization by the sqlite3_initialize() function.
+** ^The xMutexInit routine is called by SQLite exactly once for each
+** effective call to [sqlite3_initialize()].
+**
+** ^The xMutexEnd method defined by this structure is invoked as
+** part of system shutdown by the sqlite3_shutdown() function. The
+** implementation of this method is expected to release all outstanding
+** resources obtained by the mutex methods implementation, especially
+** those obtained by the xMutexInit method.  ^The xMutexEnd()
+** interface is invoked exactly once for each call to [sqlite3_shutdown()].
+**
+** ^(The remaining seven methods defined by this structure (xMutexAlloc,
+** xMutexFree, xMutexEnter, xMutexTry, xMutexLeave, xMutexHeld and
+** xMutexNotheld) implement the following interfaces (respectively):
+**
+** <ul>
+**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()] </li>
+**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_free()] </li>
+**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_enter()] </li>
+**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_try()] </li>
+**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_leave()] </li>
+**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_held()] </li>
+**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_notheld()] </li>
+** </ul>)^
+**
+** The only difference is that the public sqlite3_XXX functions enumerated
+** above silently ignore any invocations that pass a NULL pointer instead
+** of a valid mutex handle. The implementations of the methods defined
+** by this structure are not required to handle this case, the results
+** of passing a NULL pointer instead of a valid mutex handle are undefined
+** (i.e. it is acceptable to provide an implementation that segfaults if
+** it is passed a NULL pointer).
+**
+** The xMutexInit() method must be threadsafe.  ^It must be harmless to
+** invoke xMutexInit() multiple times within the same process and without
+** intervening calls to xMutexEnd().  Second and subsequent calls to
+** xMutexInit() must be no-ops.
+**
+** ^xMutexInit() must not use SQLite memory allocation ([sqlite3_malloc()]
+** and its associates).  ^Similarly, xMutexAlloc() must not use SQLite memory
+** allocation for a static mutex.  ^However xMutexAlloc() may use SQLite
+** memory allocation for a fast or recursive mutex.
+**
+** ^SQLite will invoke the xMutexEnd() method when [sqlite3_shutdown()] is
+** called, but only if the prior call to xMutexInit returned SQLITE_OK.
+** If xMutexInit fails in any way, it is expected to clean up after itself
+** prior to returning.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_mutex_methods sqlite3_mutex_methods;
+struct sqlite3_mutex_methods {
+  int (*xMutexInit)(void);
+  int (*xMutexEnd)(void);
+  sqlite3_mutex *(*xMutexAlloc)(int);
+  void (*xMutexFree)(sqlite3_mutex *);
+  void (*xMutexEnter)(sqlite3_mutex *);
+  int (*xMutexTry)(sqlite3_mutex *);
+  void (*xMutexLeave)(sqlite3_mutex *);
+  int (*xMutexHeld)(sqlite3_mutex *);
+  int (*xMutexNotheld)(sqlite3_mutex *);
+};
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Mutex Verification Routines
+**
+** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routines
+** are intended for use inside assert() statements.  ^The SQLite core
+** never uses these routines except inside an assert() and applications
+** are advised to follow the lead of the core.  ^The SQLite core only
+** provides implementations for these routines when it is compiled
+** with the SQLITE_DEBUG flag.  ^External mutex implementations
+** are only required to provide these routines if SQLITE_DEBUG is
+** defined and if NDEBUG is not defined.
+**
+** ^These routines should return true if the mutex in their argument
+** is held or not held, respectively, by the calling thread.
+**
+** ^The implementation is not required to provide versions of these
+** routines that actually work. If the implementation does not provide working
+** versions of these routines, it should at least provide stubs that always
+** return true so that one does not get spurious assertion failures.
+**
+** ^If the argument to sqlite3_mutex_held() is a NULL pointer then
+** the routine should return 1.   This seems counter-intuitive since
+** clearly the mutex cannot be held if it does not exist.  But
+** the reason the mutex does not exist is because the build is not
+** using mutexes.  And we do not want the assert() containing the
+** call to sqlite3_mutex_held() to fail, so a non-zero return is
+** the appropriate thing to do.  ^The sqlite3_mutex_notheld()
+** interface should also return 1 when given a NULL pointer.
+*/
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3_mutex*);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex*);
+#endif
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Mutex Types
+**
+** The [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()] interface takes a single argument
+** which is one of these integer constants.
+**
+** The set of static mutexes may change from one SQLite release to the
+** next.  Applications that override the built-in mutex logic must be
+** prepared to accommodate additional static mutexes.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST             0
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE        1
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER    2
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM       3  /* sqlite3_malloc() */
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2      4  /* NOT USED */
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN      4  /* sqlite3BtreeOpen() */
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG      5  /* sqlite3_random() */
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU       6  /* lru page list */
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2      7  /* NOT USED */
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM      7  /* sqlite3PageMalloc() */
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Retrieve the mutex for a database connection
+**
+** ^This interface returns a pointer the [sqlite3_mutex] object that 
+** serializes access to the [database connection] given in the argument
+** when the [threading mode] is Serialized.
+** ^If the [threading mode] is Single-thread or Multi-thread then this
+** routine returns a NULL pointer.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_db_mutex(sqlite3*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Low-Level Control Of Database Files
+**
+** ^The [sqlite3_file_control()] interface makes a direct call to the
+** xFileControl method for the [sqlite3_io_methods] object associated
+** with a particular database identified by the second argument. ^The
+** name of the database is "main" for the main database or "temp" for the
+** TEMP database, or the name that appears after the AS keyword for
+** databases that are added using the [ATTACH] SQL command.
+** ^A NULL pointer can be used in place of "main" to refer to the
+** main database file.
+** ^The third and fourth parameters to this routine
+** are passed directly through to the second and third parameters of
+** the xFileControl method.  ^The return value of the xFileControl
+** method becomes the return value of this routine.
+**
+** ^The SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER value for the op parameter causes
+** a pointer to the underlying [sqlite3_file] object to be written into
+** the space pointed to by the 4th parameter.  ^The SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER
+** case is a short-circuit path which does not actually invoke the
+** underlying sqlite3_io_methods.xFileControl method.
+**
+** ^If the second parameter (zDbName) does not match the name of any
+** open database file, then SQLITE_ERROR is returned.  ^This error
+** code is not remembered and will not be recalled by [sqlite3_errcode()]
+** or [sqlite3_errmsg()].  The underlying xFileControl method might
+** also return SQLITE_ERROR.  There is no way to distinguish between
+** an incorrect zDbName and an SQLITE_ERROR return from the underlying
+** xFileControl method.
+**
+** See also: [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE]
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_file_control(sqlite3*, const char *zDbName, int op, void*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Testing Interface
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_test_control() interface is used to read out internal
+** state of SQLite and to inject faults into SQLite for testing
+** purposes.  ^The first parameter is an operation code that determines
+** the number, meaning, and operation of all subsequent parameters.
+**
+** This interface is not for use by applications.  It exists solely
+** for verifying the correct operation of the SQLite library.  Depending
+** on how the SQLite library is compiled, this interface might not exist.
+**
+** The details of the operation codes, their meanings, the parameters
+** they take, and what they do are all subject to change without notice.
+** Unlike most of the SQLite API, this function is not guaranteed to
+** operate consistently from one release to the next.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Testing Interface Operation Codes
+**
+** These constants are the valid operation code parameters used
+** as the first argument to [sqlite3_test_control()].
+**
+** These parameters and their meanings are subject to change
+** without notice.  These values are for testing purposes only.
+** Applications should not use any of these parameters or the
+** [sqlite3_test_control()] interface.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FIRST                    5
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_SAVE                5
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESTORE             6
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESET               7
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BITVEC_TEST              8
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_INSTALL            9
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS     10
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE            11
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT                  12
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS                  13
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE                 14
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS           15
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD               16
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC           17
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LOCALTIME_FAULT         18
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_EXPLAIN_STMT            19
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LAST                    19
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: SQLite Runtime Status
+**
+** ^This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information
+** about the performance of SQLite, and optionally to reset various
+** highwater marks.  ^The first argument is an integer code for
+** the specific parameter to measure.  ^(Recognized integer codes
+** are of the form [status parameters | SQLITE_STATUS_...].)^
+** ^The current value of the parameter is returned into *pCurrent.
+** ^The highest recorded value is returned in *pHighwater.  ^If the
+** resetFlag is true, then the highest record value is reset after
+** *pHighwater is written.  ^(Some parameters do not record the highest
+** value.  For those parameters
+** nothing is written into *pHighwater and the resetFlag is ignored.)^
+** ^(Other parameters record only the highwater mark and not the current
+** value.  For these latter parameters nothing is written into *pCurrent.)^
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_status() routine returns SQLITE_OK on success and a
+** non-zero [error code] on failure.
+**
+** This routine is threadsafe but is not atomic.  This routine can be
+** called while other threads are running the same or different SQLite
+** interfaces.  However the values returned in *pCurrent and
+** *pHighwater reflect the status of SQLite at different points in time
+** and it is possible that another thread might change the parameter
+** in between the times when *pCurrent and *pHighwater are written.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_db_status()]
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pHighwater, int resetFlag);
+
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters
+** KEYWORDS: {status parameters}
+**
+** These integer constants designate various run-time status parameters
+** that can be returned by [sqlite3_status()].
+**
+** <dl>
+** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter is the current amount of memory checked out
+** using [sqlite3_malloc()], either directly or indirectly.  The
+** figure includes calls made to [sqlite3_malloc()] by the application
+** and internal memory usage by the SQLite library.  Scratch memory
+** controlled by [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH] and auxiliary page-cache
+** memory controlled by [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE] is not included in
+** this parameter.  The amount returned is the sum of the allocation
+** sizes as reported by the xSize method in [sqlite3_mem_methods].</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter records the largest memory allocation request
+** handed to [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] (or their
+** internal equivalents).  Only the value returned in the
+** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest.  
+** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter records the number of separate memory allocations
+** currently checked out.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the number of pages used out of the
+** [pagecache memory allocator] that was configured using 
+** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE].  The
+** value returned is in pages, not in bytes.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW]] 
+** ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the number of bytes of page cache
+** allocation which could not be satisfied by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]
+** buffer and where forced to overflow to [sqlite3_malloc()].  The
+** returned value includes allocations that overflowed because they
+** where too large (they were larger than the "sz" parameter to
+** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]) and allocations that overflowed because
+** no space was left in the page cache.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter records the largest memory allocation request
+** handed to [pagecache memory allocator].  Only the value returned in the
+** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest.  
+** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the number of allocations used out of the
+** [scratch memory allocator] configured using
+** [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH].  The value returned is in allocations, not
+** in bytes.  Since a single thread may only have one scratch allocation
+** outstanding at time, this parameter also reports the number of threads
+** using scratch memory at the same time.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the number of bytes of scratch memory
+** allocation which could not be satisfied by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]
+** buffer and where forced to overflow to [sqlite3_malloc()].  The values
+** returned include overflows because the requested allocation was too
+** larger (that is, because the requested allocation was larger than the
+** "sz" parameter to [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]) and because no scratch buffer
+** slots were available.
+** </dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter records the largest memory allocation request
+** handed to [scratch memory allocator].  Only the value returned in the
+** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest.  
+** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter records the deepest parser stack.  It is only
+** meaningful if SQLite is compiled with [YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH].</dd>)^
+** </dl>
+**
+** New status parameters may be added from time to time.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED          0
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED       1
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW   2
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED         3
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW     4
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE          5
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK         6
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE       7
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE         8
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT         9
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Status
+**
+** ^This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information 
+** about a single [database connection].  ^The first argument is the
+** database connection object to be interrogated.  ^The second argument
+** is an integer constant, taken from the set of
+** [SQLITE_DBSTATUS options], that
+** determines the parameter to interrogate.  The set of 
+** [SQLITE_DBSTATUS options] is likely
+** to grow in future releases of SQLite.
+**
+** ^The current value of the requested parameter is written into *pCur
+** and the highest instantaneous value is written into *pHiwtr.  ^If
+** the resetFlg is true, then the highest instantaneous value is
+** reset back down to the current value.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_db_status() routine returns SQLITE_OK on success and a
+** non-zero [error code] on failure.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_status()] and [sqlite3_stmt_status()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int resetFlg);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters for database connections
+** KEYWORDS: {SQLITE_DBSTATUS options}
+**
+** These constants are the available integer "verbs" that can be passed as
+** the second argument to the [sqlite3_db_status()] interface.
+**
+** New verbs may be added in future releases of SQLite. Existing verbs
+** might be discontinued. Applications should check the return code from
+** [sqlite3_db_status()] to make sure that the call worked.
+** The [sqlite3_db_status()] interface will return a non-zero error code
+** if a discontinued or unsupported verb is invoked.
+**
+** <dl>
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the number of lookaside memory slots currently
+** checked out.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that were 
+** satisfied using lookaside memory. Only the high-water value is meaningful;
+** the current value is always zero.)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE]]
+** ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that might have
+** been satisfied using lookaside memory but failed due to the amount of
+** memory requested being larger than the lookaside slot size.
+** Only the high-water value is meaningful;
+** the current value is always zero.)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL]]
+** ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that might have
+** been satisfied using lookaside memory but failed due to all lookaside
+** memory already being in use.
+** Only the high-water value is meaningful;
+** the current value is always zero.)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the approximate number of of bytes of heap
+** memory used by all pager caches associated with the database connection.)^
+** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED is always 0.
+**
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the approximate number of of bytes of heap
+** memory used to store the schema for all databases associated
+** with the connection - main, temp, and any [ATTACH]-ed databases.)^ 
+** ^The full amount of memory used by the schemas is reported, even if the
+** schema memory is shared with other database connections due to
+** [shared cache mode] being enabled.
+** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED is always 0.
+**
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the approximate number of of bytes of heap
+** and lookaside memory used by all prepared statements associated with
+** the database connection.)^
+** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED is always 0.
+** </dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the number of pager cache hits that have
+** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT 
+** is always 0.
+** </dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the number of pager cache misses that have
+** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS 
+** is always 0.
+** </dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the number of dirty cache entries that have
+** been written to disk. Specifically, the number of pages written to the
+** wal file in wal mode databases, or the number of pages written to the
+** database file in rollback mode databases. Any pages written as part of
+** transaction rollback or database recovery operations are not included.
+** If an IO or other error occurs while writing a page to disk, the effect
+** on subsequent SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE requests is undefined.)^ ^The
+** highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE is always 0.
+** </dd>
+** </dl>
+*/
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED       0
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED           1
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED          2
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED            3
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT        4
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE  5
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL  6
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT            7
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS           8
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE          9
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_MAX                  9   /* Largest defined DBSTATUS */
+
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Prepared Statement Status
+**
+** ^(Each prepared statement maintains various
+** [SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counters] that measure the number
+** of times it has performed specific operations.)^  These counters can
+** be used to monitor the performance characteristics of the prepared
+** statements.  For example, if the number of table steps greatly exceeds
+** the number of table searches or result rows, that would tend to indicate
+** that the prepared statement is using a full table scan rather than
+** an index.  
+**
+** ^(This interface is used to retrieve and reset counter values from
+** a [prepared statement].  The first argument is the prepared statement
+** object to be interrogated.  The second argument
+** is an integer code for a specific [SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counter]
+** to be interrogated.)^
+** ^The current value of the requested counter is returned.
+** ^If the resetFlg is true, then the counter is reset to zero after this
+** interface call returns.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_status()] and [sqlite3_db_status()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_status(sqlite3_stmt*, int op,int resetFlg);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters for prepared statements
+** KEYWORDS: {SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counter} {SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counters}
+**
+** These preprocessor macros define integer codes that name counter
+** values associated with the [sqlite3_stmt_status()] interface.
+** The meanings of the various counters are as follows:
+**
+** <dl>
+** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP</dt>
+** <dd>^This is the number of times that SQLite has stepped forward in
+** a table as part of a full table scan.  Large numbers for this counter
+** may indicate opportunities for performance improvement through 
+** careful use of indices.</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT</dt>
+** <dd>^This is the number of sort operations that have occurred.
+** A non-zero value in this counter may indicate an opportunity to
+** improvement performance through careful use of indices.</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX</dt>
+** <dd>^This is the number of rows inserted into transient indices that
+** were created automatically in order to help joins run faster.
+** A non-zero value in this counter may indicate an opportunity to
+** improvement performance by adding permanent indices that do not
+** need to be reinitialized each time the statement is run.</dd>
+** </dl>
+*/
+#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP     1
+#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT              2
+#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX         3
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Custom Page Cache Object
+**
+** The sqlite3_pcache type is opaque.  It is implemented by
+** the pluggable module.  The SQLite core has no knowledge of
+** its size or internal structure and never deals with the
+** sqlite3_pcache object except by holding and passing pointers
+** to the object.
+**
+** See [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] for additional information.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_pcache sqlite3_pcache;
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Custom Page Cache Object
+**
+** The sqlite3_pcache_page object represents a single page in the
+** page cache.  The page cache will allocate instances of this
+** object.  Various methods of the page cache use pointers to instances
+** of this object as parameters or as their return value.
+**
+** See [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] for additional information.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_page sqlite3_pcache_page;
+struct sqlite3_pcache_page {
+  void *pBuf;        /* The content of the page */
+  void *pExtra;      /* Extra information associated with the page */
+};
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Application Defined Page Cache.
+** KEYWORDS: {page cache}
+**
+** ^(The [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2], ...) interface can
+** register an alternative page cache implementation by passing in an 
+** instance of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2 structure.)^
+** In many applications, most of the heap memory allocated by 
+** SQLite is used for the page cache.
+** By implementing a 
+** custom page cache using this API, an application can better control
+** the amount of memory consumed by SQLite, the way in which 
+** that memory is allocated and released, and the policies used to 
+** determine exactly which parts of a database file are cached and for 
+** how long.
+**
+** The alternative page cache mechanism is an
+** extreme measure that is only needed by the most demanding applications.
+** The built-in page cache is recommended for most uses.
+**
+** ^(The contents of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2 structure are copied to an
+** internal buffer by SQLite within the call to [sqlite3_config].  Hence
+** the application may discard the parameter after the call to
+** [sqlite3_config()] returns.)^
+**
+** [[the xInit() page cache method]]
+** ^(The xInit() method is called once for each effective 
+** call to [sqlite3_initialize()])^
+** (usually only once during the lifetime of the process). ^(The xInit()
+** method is passed a copy of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2.pArg value.)^
+** The intent of the xInit() method is to set up global data structures 
+** required by the custom page cache implementation. 
+** ^(If the xInit() method is NULL, then the 
+** built-in default page cache is used instead of the application defined
+** page cache.)^
+**
+** [[the xShutdown() page cache method]]
+** ^The xShutdown() method is called by [sqlite3_shutdown()].
+** It can be used to clean up 
+** any outstanding resources before process shutdown, if required.
+** ^The xShutdown() method may be NULL.
+**
+** ^SQLite automatically serializes calls to the xInit method,
+** so the xInit method need not be threadsafe.  ^The
+** xShutdown method is only called from [sqlite3_shutdown()] so it does
+** not need to be threadsafe either.  All other methods must be threadsafe
+** in multithreaded applications.
+**
+** ^SQLite will never invoke xInit() more than once without an intervening
+** call to xShutdown().
+**
+** [[the xCreate() page cache methods]]
+** ^SQLite invokes the xCreate() method to construct a new cache instance.
+** SQLite will typically create one cache instance for each open database file,
+** though this is not guaranteed. ^The
+** first parameter, szPage, is the size in bytes of the pages that must
+** be allocated by the cache.  ^szPage will always a power of two.  ^The
+** second parameter szExtra is a number of bytes of extra storage 
+** associated with each page cache entry.  ^The szExtra parameter will
+** a number less than 250.  SQLite will use the
+** extra szExtra bytes on each page to store metadata about the underlying
+** database page on disk.  The value passed into szExtra depends
+** on the SQLite version, the target platform, and how SQLite was compiled.
+** ^The third argument to xCreate(), bPurgeable, is true if the cache being
+** created will be used to cache database pages of a file stored on disk, or
+** false if it is used for an in-memory database. The cache implementation
+** does not have to do anything special based with the value of bPurgeable;
+** it is purely advisory.  ^On a cache where bPurgeable is false, SQLite will
+** never invoke xUnpin() except to deliberately delete a page.
+** ^In other words, calls to xUnpin() on a cache with bPurgeable set to
+** false will always have the "discard" flag set to true.  
+** ^Hence, a cache created with bPurgeable false will
+** never contain any unpinned pages.
+**
+** [[the xCachesize() page cache method]]
+** ^(The xCachesize() method may be called at any time by SQLite to set the
+** suggested maximum cache-size (number of pages stored by) the cache
+** instance passed as the first argument. This is the value configured using
+** the SQLite "[PRAGMA cache_size]" command.)^  As with the bPurgeable
+** parameter, the implementation is not required to do anything with this
+** value; it is advisory only.
+**
+** [[the xPagecount() page cache methods]]
+** The xPagecount() method must return the number of pages currently
+** stored in the cache, both pinned and unpinned.
+** 
+** [[the xFetch() page cache methods]]
+** The xFetch() method locates a page in the cache and returns a pointer to 
+** an sqlite3_pcache_page object associated with that page, or a NULL pointer.
+** The pBuf element of the returned sqlite3_pcache_page object will be a
+** pointer to a buffer of szPage bytes used to store the content of a 
+** single database page.  The pExtra element of sqlite3_pcache_page will be
+** a pointer to the szExtra bytes of extra storage that SQLite has requested
+** for each entry in the page cache.
+**
+** The page to be fetched is determined by the key. ^The minimum key value
+** is 1.  After it has been retrieved using xFetch, the page is considered
+** to be "pinned".
+**
+** If the requested page is already in the page cache, then the page cache
+** implementation must return a pointer to the page buffer with its content
+** intact.  If the requested page is not already in the cache, then the
+** cache implementation should use the value of the createFlag
+** parameter to help it determined what action to take:
+**
+** <table border=1 width=85% align=center>
+** <tr><th> createFlag <th> Behaviour when page is not already in cache
+** <tr><td> 0 <td> Do not allocate a new page.  Return NULL.
+** <tr><td> 1 <td> Allocate a new page if it easy and convenient to do so.
+**                 Otherwise return NULL.
+** <tr><td> 2 <td> Make every effort to allocate a new page.  Only return
+**                 NULL if allocating a new page is effectively impossible.
+** </table>
+**
+** ^(SQLite will normally invoke xFetch() with a createFlag of 0 or 1.  SQLite
+** will only use a createFlag of 2 after a prior call with a createFlag of 1
+** failed.)^  In between the to xFetch() calls, SQLite may
+** attempt to unpin one or more cache pages by spilling the content of
+** pinned pages to disk and synching the operating system disk cache.
+**
+** [[the xUnpin() page cache method]]
+** ^xUnpin() is called by SQLite with a pointer to a currently pinned page
+** as its second argument.  If the third parameter, discard, is non-zero,
+** then the page must be evicted from the cache.
+** ^If the discard parameter is
+** zero, then the page may be discarded or retained at the discretion of
+** page cache implementation. ^The page cache implementation
+** may choose to evict unpinned pages at any time.
+**
+** The cache must not perform any reference counting. A single 
+** call to xUnpin() unpins the page regardless of the number of prior calls 
+** to xFetch().
+**
+** [[the xRekey() page cache methods]]
+** The xRekey() method is used to change the key value associated with the
+** page passed as the second argument. If the cache
+** previously contains an entry associated with newKey, it must be
+** discarded. ^Any prior cache entry associated with newKey is guaranteed not
+** to be pinned.
+**
+** When SQLite calls the xTruncate() method, the cache must discard all
+** existing cache entries with page numbers (keys) greater than or equal
+** to the value of the iLimit parameter passed to xTruncate(). If any
+** of these pages are pinned, they are implicitly unpinned, meaning that
+** they can be safely discarded.
+**
+** [[the xDestroy() page cache method]]
+** ^The xDestroy() method is used to delete a cache allocated by xCreate().
+** All resources associated with the specified cache should be freed. ^After
+** calling the xDestroy() method, SQLite considers the [sqlite3_pcache*]
+** handle invalid, and will not use it with any other sqlite3_pcache_methods2
+** functions.
+**
+** [[the xShrink() page cache method]]
+** ^SQLite invokes the xShrink() method when it wants the page cache to
+** free up as much of heap memory as possible.  The page cache implementation
+** is not obligated to free any memory, but well-behaved implementations should
+** do their best.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_methods2 sqlite3_pcache_methods2;
+struct sqlite3_pcache_methods2 {
+  int iVersion;
+  void *pArg;
+  int (*xInit)(void*);
+  void (*xShutdown)(void*);
+  sqlite3_pcache *(*xCreate)(int szPage, int szExtra, int bPurgeable);
+  void (*xCachesize)(sqlite3_pcache*, int nCachesize);
+  int (*xPagecount)(sqlite3_pcache*);
+  sqlite3_pcache_page *(*xFetch)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned key, int createFlag);
+  void (*xUnpin)(sqlite3_pcache*, sqlite3_pcache_page*, int discard);
+  void (*xRekey)(sqlite3_pcache*, sqlite3_pcache_page*, 
+      unsigned oldKey, unsigned newKey);
+  void (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned iLimit);
+  void (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_pcache*);
+  void (*xShrink)(sqlite3_pcache*);
+};
+
+/*
+** This is the obsolete pcache_methods object that has now been replaced
+** by sqlite3_pcache_methods2.  This object is not used by SQLite.  It is
+** retained in the header file for backwards compatibility only.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_methods sqlite3_pcache_methods;
+struct sqlite3_pcache_methods {
+  void *pArg;
+  int (*xInit)(void*);
+  void (*xShutdown)(void*);
+  sqlite3_pcache *(*xCreate)(int szPage, int bPurgeable);
+  void (*xCachesize)(sqlite3_pcache*, int nCachesize);
+  int (*xPagecount)(sqlite3_pcache*);
+  void *(*xFetch)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned key, int createFlag);
+  void (*xUnpin)(sqlite3_pcache*, void*, int discard);
+  void (*xRekey)(sqlite3_pcache*, void*, unsigned oldKey, unsigned newKey);
+  void (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned iLimit);
+  void (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_pcache*);
+};
+
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Online Backup Object
+**
+** The sqlite3_backup object records state information about an ongoing
+** online backup operation.  ^The sqlite3_backup object is created by
+** a call to [sqlite3_backup_init()] and is destroyed by a call to
+** [sqlite3_backup_finish()].
+**
+** See Also: [Using the SQLite Online Backup API]
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup;
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Online Backup API.
+**
+** The backup API copies the content of one database into another.
+** It is useful either for creating backups of databases or
+** for copying in-memory databases to or from persistent files. 
+**
+** See Also: [Using the SQLite Online Backup API]
+**
+** ^SQLite holds a write transaction open on the destination database file
+** for the duration of the backup operation.
+** ^The source database is read-locked only while it is being read;
+** it is not locked continuously for the entire backup operation.
+** ^Thus, the backup may be performed on a live source database without
+** preventing other database connections from
+** reading or writing to the source database while the backup is underway.
+** 
+** ^(To perform a backup operation: 
+**   <ol>
+**     <li><b>sqlite3_backup_init()</b> is called once to initialize the
+**         backup, 
+**     <li><b>sqlite3_backup_step()</b> is called one or more times to transfer 
+**         the data between the two databases, and finally
+**     <li><b>sqlite3_backup_finish()</b> is called to release all resources 
+**         associated with the backup operation. 
+**   </ol>)^
+** There should be exactly one call to sqlite3_backup_finish() for each
+** successful call to sqlite3_backup_init().
+**
+** [[sqlite3_backup_init()]] <b>sqlite3_backup_init()</b>
+**
+** ^The D and N arguments to sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) are the 
+** [database connection] associated with the destination database 
+** and the database name, respectively.
+** ^The database name is "main" for the main database, "temp" for the
+** temporary database, or the name specified after the AS keyword in
+** an [ATTACH] statement for an attached database.
+** ^The S and M arguments passed to 
+** sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) identify the [database connection]
+** and database name of the source database, respectively.
+** ^The source and destination [database connections] (parameters S and D)
+** must be different or else sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) will fail with
+** an error.
+**
+** ^If an error occurs within sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M), then NULL is
+** returned and an error code and error message are stored in the
+** destination [database connection] D.
+** ^The error code and message for the failed call to sqlite3_backup_init()
+** can be retrieved using the [sqlite3_errcode()], [sqlite3_errmsg()], and/or
+** [sqlite3_errmsg16()] functions.
+** ^A successful call to sqlite3_backup_init() returns a pointer to an
+** [sqlite3_backup] object.
+** ^The [sqlite3_backup] object may be used with the sqlite3_backup_step() and
+** sqlite3_backup_finish() functions to perform the specified backup 
+** operation.
+**
+** [[sqlite3_backup_step()]] <b>sqlite3_backup_step()</b>
+**
+** ^Function sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) will copy up to N pages between 
+** the source and destination databases specified by [sqlite3_backup] object B.
+** ^If N is negative, all remaining source pages are copied. 
+** ^If sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) successfully copies N pages and there
+** are still more pages to be copied, then the function returns [SQLITE_OK].
+** ^If sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) successfully finishes copying all pages
+** from source to destination, then it returns [SQLITE_DONE].
+** ^If an error occurs while running sqlite3_backup_step(B,N),
+** then an [error code] is returned. ^As well as [SQLITE_OK] and
+** [SQLITE_DONE], a call to sqlite3_backup_step() may return [SQLITE_READONLY],
+** [SQLITE_NOMEM], [SQLITE_BUSY], [SQLITE_LOCKED], or an
+** [SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS | SQLITE_IOERR_XXX] extended error code.
+**
+** ^(The sqlite3_backup_step() might return [SQLITE_READONLY] if
+** <ol>
+** <li> the destination database was opened read-only, or
+** <li> the destination database is using write-ahead-log journaling
+** and the destination and source page sizes differ, or
+** <li> the destination database is an in-memory database and the
+** destination and source page sizes differ.
+** </ol>)^
+**
+** ^If sqlite3_backup_step() cannot obtain a required file-system lock, then
+** the [sqlite3_busy_handler | busy-handler function]
+** is invoked (if one is specified). ^If the 
+** busy-handler returns non-zero before the lock is available, then 
+** [SQLITE_BUSY] is returned to the caller. ^In this case the call to
+** sqlite3_backup_step() can be retried later. ^If the source
+** [database connection]
+** is being used to write to the source database when sqlite3_backup_step()
+** is called, then [SQLITE_LOCKED] is returned immediately. ^Again, in this
+** case the call to sqlite3_backup_step() can be retried later on. ^(If
+** [SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS | SQLITE_IOERR_XXX], [SQLITE_NOMEM], or
+** [SQLITE_READONLY] is returned, then 
+** there is no point in retrying the call to sqlite3_backup_step(). These 
+** errors are considered fatal.)^  The application must accept 
+** that the backup operation has failed and pass the backup operation handle 
+** to the sqlite3_backup_finish() to release associated resources.
+**
+** ^The first call to sqlite3_backup_step() obtains an exclusive lock
+** on the destination file. ^The exclusive lock is not released until either 
+** sqlite3_backup_finish() is called or the backup operation is complete 
+** and sqlite3_backup_step() returns [SQLITE_DONE].  ^Every call to
+** sqlite3_backup_step() obtains a [shared lock] on the source database that
+** lasts for the duration of the sqlite3_backup_step() call.
+** ^Because the source database is not locked between calls to
+** sqlite3_backup_step(), the source database may be modified mid-way
+** through the backup process.  ^If the source database is modified by an
+** external process or via a database connection other than the one being
+** used by the backup operation, then the backup will be automatically
+** restarted by the next call to sqlite3_backup_step(). ^If the source 
+** database is modified by the using the same database connection as is used
+** by the backup operation, then the backup database is automatically
+** updated at the same time.
+**
+** [[sqlite3_backup_finish()]] <b>sqlite3_backup_finish()</b>
+**
+** When sqlite3_backup_step() has returned [SQLITE_DONE], or when the 
+** application wishes to abandon the backup operation, the application
+** should destroy the [sqlite3_backup] by passing it to sqlite3_backup_finish().
+** ^The sqlite3_backup_finish() interfaces releases all
+** resources associated with the [sqlite3_backup] object. 
+** ^If sqlite3_backup_step() has not yet returned [SQLITE_DONE], then any
+** active write-transaction on the destination database is rolled back.
+** The [sqlite3_backup] object is invalid
+** and may not be used following a call to sqlite3_backup_finish().
+**
+** ^The value returned by sqlite3_backup_finish is [SQLITE_OK] if no
+** sqlite3_backup_step() errors occurred, regardless or whether or not
+** sqlite3_backup_step() completed.
+** ^If an out-of-memory condition or IO error occurred during any prior
+** sqlite3_backup_step() call on the same [sqlite3_backup] object, then
+** sqlite3_backup_finish() returns the corresponding [error code].
+**
+** ^A return of [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_LOCKED] from sqlite3_backup_step()
+** is not a permanent error and does not affect the return value of
+** sqlite3_backup_finish().
+**
+** [[sqlite3_backup__remaining()]] [[sqlite3_backup_pagecount()]]
+** <b>sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount()</b>
+**
+** ^Each call to sqlite3_backup_step() sets two values inside
+** the [sqlite3_backup] object: the number of pages still to be backed
+** up and the total number of pages in the source database file.
+** The sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount() interfaces
+** retrieve these two values, respectively.
+**
+** ^The values returned by these functions are only updated by
+** sqlite3_backup_step(). ^If the source database is modified during a backup
+** operation, then the values are not updated to account for any extra
+** pages that need to be updated or the size of the source database file
+** changing.
+**
+** <b>Concurrent Usage of Database Handles</b>
+**
+** ^The source [database connection] may be used by the application for other
+** purposes while a backup operation is underway or being initialized.
+** ^If SQLite is compiled and configured to support threadsafe database
+** connections, then the source database connection may be used concurrently
+** from within other threads.
+**
+** However, the application must guarantee that the destination 
+** [database connection] is not passed to any other API (by any thread) after 
+** sqlite3_backup_init() is called and before the corresponding call to
+** sqlite3_backup_finish().  SQLite does not currently check to see
+** if the application incorrectly accesses the destination [database connection]
+** and so no error code is reported, but the operations may malfunction
+** nevertheless.  Use of the destination database connection while a
+** backup is in progress might also also cause a mutex deadlock.
+**
+** If running in [shared cache mode], the application must
+** guarantee that the shared cache used by the destination database
+** is not accessed while the backup is running. In practice this means
+** that the application must guarantee that the disk file being 
+** backed up to is not accessed by any connection within the process,
+** not just the specific connection that was passed to sqlite3_backup_init().
+**
+** The [sqlite3_backup] object itself is partially threadsafe. Multiple 
+** threads may safely make multiple concurrent calls to sqlite3_backup_step().
+** However, the sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount()
+** APIs are not strictly speaking threadsafe. If they are invoked at the
+** same time as another thread is invoking sqlite3_backup_step() it is
+** possible that they return invalid values.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_backup *sqlite3_backup_init(
+  sqlite3 *pDest,                        /* Destination database handle */
+  const char *zDestName,                 /* Destination database name */
+  sqlite3 *pSource,                      /* Source database handle */
+  const char *zSourceName                /* Source database name */
+);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_step(sqlite3_backup *p, int nPage);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_finish(sqlite3_backup *p);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_remaining(sqlite3_backup *p);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Unlock Notification
+**
+** ^When running in shared-cache mode, a database operation may fail with
+** an [SQLITE_LOCKED] error if the required locks on the shared-cache or
+** individual tables within the shared-cache cannot be obtained. See
+** [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode] for a description of shared-cache locking. 
+** ^This API may be used to register a callback that SQLite will invoke 
+** when the connection currently holding the required lock relinquishes it.
+** ^This API is only available if the library was compiled with the
+** [SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY] C-preprocessor symbol defined.
+**
+** See Also: [Using the SQLite Unlock Notification Feature].
+**
+** ^Shared-cache locks are released when a database connection concludes
+** its current transaction, either by committing it or rolling it back. 
+**
+** ^When a connection (known as the blocked connection) fails to obtain a
+** shared-cache lock and SQLITE_LOCKED is returned to the caller, the
+** identity of the database connection (the blocking connection) that
+** has locked the required resource is stored internally. ^After an 
+** application receives an SQLITE_LOCKED error, it may call the
+** sqlite3_unlock_notify() method with the blocked connection handle as 
+** the first argument to register for a callback that will be invoked
+** when the blocking connections current transaction is concluded. ^The
+** callback is invoked from within the [sqlite3_step] or [sqlite3_close]
+** call that concludes the blocking connections transaction.
+**
+** ^(If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is called in a multi-threaded application,
+** there is a chance that the blocking connection will have already
+** concluded its transaction by the time sqlite3_unlock_notify() is invoked.
+** If this happens, then the specified callback is invoked immediately,
+** from within the call to sqlite3_unlock_notify().)^
+**
+** ^If the blocked connection is attempting to obtain a write-lock on a
+** shared-cache table, and more than one other connection currently holds
+** a read-lock on the same table, then SQLite arbitrarily selects one of 
+** the other connections to use as the blocking connection.
+**
+** ^(There may be at most one unlock-notify callback registered by a 
+** blocked connection. If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is called when the
+** blocked connection already has a registered unlock-notify callback,
+** then the new callback replaces the old.)^ ^If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is
+** called with a NULL pointer as its second argument, then any existing
+** unlock-notify callback is canceled. ^The blocked connections 
+** unlock-notify callback may also be canceled by closing the blocked
+** connection using [sqlite3_close()].
+**
+** The unlock-notify callback is not reentrant. If an application invokes
+** any sqlite3_xxx API functions from within an unlock-notify callback, a
+** crash or deadlock may be the result.
+**
+** ^Unless deadlock is detected (see below), sqlite3_unlock_notify() always
+** returns SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** <b>Callback Invocation Details</b>
+**
+** When an unlock-notify callback is registered, the application provides a 
+** single void* pointer that is passed to the callback when it is invoked.
+** However, the signature of the callback function allows SQLite to pass
+** it an array of void* context pointers. The first argument passed to
+** an unlock-notify callback is a pointer to an array of void* pointers,
+** and the second is the number of entries in the array.
+**
+** When a blocking connections transaction is concluded, there may be
+** more than one blocked connection that has registered for an unlock-notify
+** callback. ^If two or more such blocked connections have specified the
+** same callback function, then instead of invoking the callback function
+** multiple times, it is invoked once with the set of void* context pointers
+** specified by the blocked connections bundled together into an array.
+** This gives the application an opportunity to prioritize any actions 
+** related to the set of unblocked database connections.
+**
+** <b>Deadlock Detection</b>
+**
+** Assuming that after registering for an unlock-notify callback a 
+** database waits for the callback to be issued before taking any further
+** action (a reasonable assumption), then using this API may cause the
+** application to deadlock. For example, if connection X is waiting for
+** connection Y's transaction to be concluded, and similarly connection
+** Y is waiting on connection X's transaction, then neither connection
+** will proceed and the system may remain deadlocked indefinitely.
+**
+** To avoid this scenario, the sqlite3_unlock_notify() performs deadlock
+** detection. ^If a given call to sqlite3_unlock_notify() would put the
+** system in a deadlocked state, then SQLITE_LOCKED is returned and no
+** unlock-notify callback is registered. The system is said to be in
+** a deadlocked state if connection A has registered for an unlock-notify
+** callback on the conclusion of connection B's transaction, and connection
+** B has itself registered for an unlock-notify callback when connection
+** A's transaction is concluded. ^Indirect deadlock is also detected, so
+** the system is also considered to be deadlocked if connection B has
+** registered for an unlock-notify callback on the conclusion of connection
+** C's transaction, where connection C is waiting on connection A. ^Any
+** number of levels of indirection are allowed.
+**
+** <b>The "DROP TABLE" Exception</b>
+**
+** When a call to [sqlite3_step()] returns SQLITE_LOCKED, it is almost 
+** always appropriate to call sqlite3_unlock_notify(). There is however,
+** one exception. When executing a "DROP TABLE" or "DROP INDEX" statement,
+** SQLite checks if there are any currently executing SELECT statements
+** that belong to the same connection. If there are, SQLITE_LOCKED is
+** returned. In this case there is no "blocking connection", so invoking
+** sqlite3_unlock_notify() results in the unlock-notify callback being
+** invoked immediately. If the application then re-attempts the "DROP TABLE"
+** or "DROP INDEX" query, an infinite loop might be the result.
+**
+** One way around this problem is to check the extended error code returned
+** by an sqlite3_step() call. ^(If there is a blocking connection, then the
+** extended error code is set to SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE. Otherwise, in
+** the special "DROP TABLE/INDEX" case, the extended error code is just 
+** SQLITE_LOCKED.)^
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_unlock_notify(
+  sqlite3 *pBlocked,                          /* Waiting connection */
+  void (*xNotify)(void **apArg, int nArg),    /* Callback function to invoke */
+  void *pNotifyArg                            /* Argument to pass to xNotify */
+);
+
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: String Comparison
+**
+** ^The [sqlite3_stricmp()] and [sqlite3_strnicmp()] APIs allow applications
+** and extensions to compare the contents of two buffers containing UTF-8
+** strings in a case-independent fashion, using the same definition of "case
+** independence" that SQLite uses internally when comparing identifiers.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stricmp(const char *, const char *);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strnicmp(const char *, const char *, int);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Error Logging Interface
+**
+** ^The [sqlite3_log()] interface writes a message into the error log
+** established by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG] option to [sqlite3_config()].
+** ^If logging is enabled, the zFormat string and subsequent arguments are
+** used with [sqlite3_snprintf()] to generate the final output string.
+**
+** The sqlite3_log() interface is intended for use by extensions such as
+** virtual tables, collating functions, and SQL functions.  While there is
+** nothing to prevent an application from calling sqlite3_log(), doing so
+** is considered bad form.
+**
+** The zFormat string must not be NULL.
+**
+** To avoid deadlocks and other threading problems, the sqlite3_log() routine
+** will not use dynamically allocated memory.  The log message is stored in
+** a fixed-length buffer on the stack.  If the log message is longer than
+** a few hundred characters, it will be truncated to the length of the
+** buffer.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_log(int iErrCode, const char *zFormat, ...);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Write-Ahead Log Commit Hook
+**
+** ^The [sqlite3_wal_hook()] function is used to register a callback that
+** will be invoked each time a database connection commits data to a
+** [write-ahead log] (i.e. whenever a transaction is committed in
+** [journal_mode | journal_mode=WAL mode]). 
+**
+** ^The callback is invoked by SQLite after the commit has taken place and 
+** the associated write-lock on the database released, so the implementation 
+** may read, write or [checkpoint] the database as required.
+**
+** ^The first parameter passed to the callback function when it is invoked
+** is a copy of the third parameter passed to sqlite3_wal_hook() when
+** registering the callback. ^The second is a copy of the database handle.
+** ^The third parameter is the name of the database that was written to -
+** either "main" or the name of an [ATTACH]-ed database. ^The fourth parameter
+** is the number of pages currently in the write-ahead log file,
+** including those that were just committed.
+**
+** The callback function should normally return [SQLITE_OK].  ^If an error
+** code is returned, that error will propagate back up through the
+** SQLite code base to cause the statement that provoked the callback
+** to report an error, though the commit will have still occurred. If the
+** callback returns [SQLITE_ROW] or [SQLITE_DONE], or if it returns a value
+** that does not correspond to any valid SQLite error code, the results
+** are undefined.
+**
+** A single database handle may have at most a single write-ahead log callback 
+** registered at one time. ^Calling [sqlite3_wal_hook()] replaces any
+** previously registered write-ahead log callback. ^Note that the
+** [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint()] interface and the
+** [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] both invoke [sqlite3_wal_hook()] and will
+** those overwrite any prior [sqlite3_wal_hook()] settings.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_wal_hook(
+  sqlite3*, 
+  int(*)(void *,sqlite3*,const char*,int),
+  void*
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Configure an auto-checkpoint
+**
+** ^The [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(D,N)] is a wrapper around
+** [sqlite3_wal_hook()] that causes any database on [database connection] D
+** to automatically [checkpoint]
+** after committing a transaction if there are N or
+** more frames in the [write-ahead log] file.  ^Passing zero or 
+** a negative value as the nFrame parameter disables automatic
+** checkpoints entirely.
+**
+** ^The callback registered by this function replaces any existing callback
+** registered using [sqlite3_wal_hook()].  ^Likewise, registering a callback
+** using [sqlite3_wal_hook()] disables the automatic checkpoint mechanism
+** configured by this function.
+**
+** ^The [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] can be used to invoke this interface
+** from SQL.
+**
+** ^Every new [database connection] defaults to having the auto-checkpoint
+** enabled with a threshold of 1000 or [SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT]
+** pages.  The use of this interface
+** is only necessary if the default setting is found to be suboptimal
+** for a particular application.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(sqlite3 *db, int N);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint a database
+**
+** ^The [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(D,X)] interface causes database named X
+** on [database connection] D to be [checkpointed].  ^If X is NULL or an
+** empty string, then a checkpoint is run on all databases of
+** connection D.  ^If the database connection D is not in
+** [WAL | write-ahead log mode] then this interface is a harmless no-op.
+**
+** ^The [wal_checkpoint pragma] can be used to invoke this interface
+** from SQL.  ^The [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint()] interface and the
+** [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] can be used to cause this interface to be
+** run whenever the WAL reaches a certain size threshold.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()]
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint a database
+**
+** Run a checkpoint operation on WAL database zDb attached to database 
+** handle db. The specific operation is determined by the value of the 
+** eMode parameter:
+**
+** <dl>
+** <dt>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE<dd>
+**   Checkpoint as many frames as possible without waiting for any database 
+**   readers or writers to finish. Sync the db file if all frames in the log
+**   are checkpointed. This mode is the same as calling 
+**   sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(). The busy-handler callback is never invoked.
+**
+** <dt>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL<dd>
+**   This mode blocks (calls the busy-handler callback) until there is no
+**   database writer and all readers are reading from the most recent database
+**   snapshot. It then checkpoints all frames in the log file and syncs the
+**   database file. This call blocks database writers while it is running,
+**   but not database readers.
+**
+** <dt>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART<dd>
+**   This mode works the same way as SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL, except after 
+**   checkpointing the log file it blocks (calls the busy-handler callback)
+**   until all readers are reading from the database file only. This ensures 
+**   that the next client to write to the database file restarts the log file 
+**   from the beginning. This call blocks database writers while it is running,
+**   but not database readers.
+** </dl>
+**
+** If pnLog is not NULL, then *pnLog is set to the total number of frames in
+** the log file before returning. If pnCkpt is not NULL, then *pnCkpt is set to
+** the total number of checkpointed frames (including any that were already
+** checkpointed when this function is called). *pnLog and *pnCkpt may be
+** populated even if sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2() returns other than SQLITE_OK.
+** If no values are available because of an error, they are both set to -1
+** before returning to communicate this to the caller.
+**
+** All calls obtain an exclusive "checkpoint" lock on the database file. If
+** any other process is running a checkpoint operation at the same time, the 
+** lock cannot be obtained and SQLITE_BUSY is returned. Even if there is a 
+** busy-handler configured, it will not be invoked in this case.
+**
+** The SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL and RESTART modes also obtain the exclusive 
+** "writer" lock on the database file. If the writer lock cannot be obtained
+** immediately, and a busy-handler is configured, it is invoked and the writer
+** lock retried until either the busy-handler returns 0 or the lock is
+** successfully obtained. The busy-handler is also invoked while waiting for
+** database readers as described above. If the busy-handler returns 0 before
+** the writer lock is obtained or while waiting for database readers, the
+** checkpoint operation proceeds from that point in the same way as 
+** SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE - checkpointing as many frames as possible 
+** without blocking any further. SQLITE_BUSY is returned in this case.
+**
+** If parameter zDb is NULL or points to a zero length string, then the
+** specified operation is attempted on all WAL databases. In this case the
+** values written to output parameters *pnLog and *pnCkpt are undefined. If 
+** an SQLITE_BUSY error is encountered when processing one or more of the 
+** attached WAL databases, the operation is still attempted on any remaining 
+** attached databases and SQLITE_BUSY is returned to the caller. If any other 
+** error occurs while processing an attached database, processing is abandoned 
+** and the error code returned to the caller immediately. If no error 
+** (SQLITE_BUSY or otherwise) is encountered while processing the attached 
+** databases, SQLITE_OK is returned.
+**
+** If database zDb is the name of an attached database that is not in WAL
+** mode, SQLITE_OK is returned and both *pnLog and *pnCkpt set to -1. If
+** zDb is not NULL (or a zero length string) and is not the name of any
+** attached database, SQLITE_ERROR is returned to the caller.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2(
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database handle */
+  const char *zDb,                /* Name of attached database (or NULL) */
+  int eMode,                      /* SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_* value */
+  int *pnLog,                     /* OUT: Size of WAL log in frames */
+  int *pnCkpt                     /* OUT: Total number of frames checkpointed */
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint operation parameters
+**
+** These constants can be used as the 3rd parameter to
+** [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()].  See the [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()]
+** documentation for additional information about the meaning and use of
+** each of these values.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE 0
+#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL    1
+#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART 2
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Interface Configuration
+**
+** This function may be called by either the [xConnect] or [xCreate] method
+** of a [virtual table] implementation to configure
+** various facets of the virtual table interface.
+**
+** If this interface is invoked outside the context of an xConnect or
+** xCreate virtual table method then the behavior is undefined.
+**
+** At present, there is only one option that may be configured using
+** this function. (See [SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT].)  Further options
+** may be added in the future.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Configuration Options
+**
+** These macros define the various options to the
+** [sqlite3_vtab_config()] interface that [virtual table] implementations
+** can use to customize and optimize their behavior.
+**
+** <dl>
+** <dt>SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT
+** <dd>Calls of the form
+** [sqlite3_vtab_config](db,SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT,X) are supported,
+** where X is an integer.  If X is zero, then the [virtual table] whose
+** [xCreate] or [xConnect] method invoked [sqlite3_vtab_config()] does not
+** support constraints.  In this configuration (which is the default) if
+** a call to the [xUpdate] method returns [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], then the entire
+** statement is rolled back as if [ON CONFLICT | OR ABORT] had been
+** specified as part of the users SQL statement, regardless of the actual
+** ON CONFLICT mode specified.
+**
+** If X is non-zero, then the virtual table implementation guarantees
+** that if [xUpdate] returns [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], it will do so before
+** any modifications to internal or persistent data structures have been made.
+** If the [ON CONFLICT] mode is ABORT, FAIL, IGNORE or ROLLBACK, SQLite 
+** is able to roll back a statement or database transaction, and abandon
+** or continue processing the current SQL statement as appropriate. 
+** If the ON CONFLICT mode is REPLACE and the [xUpdate] method returns
+** [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], SQLite handles this as if the ON CONFLICT mode
+** had been ABORT.
+**
+** Virtual table implementations that are required to handle OR REPLACE
+** must do so within the [xUpdate] method. If a call to the 
+** [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] function indicates that the current ON 
+** CONFLICT policy is REPLACE, the virtual table implementation should 
+** silently replace the appropriate rows within the xUpdate callback and
+** return SQLITE_OK. Or, if this is not possible, it may return
+** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, in which case SQLite falls back to OR ABORT 
+** constraint handling.
+** </dl>
+*/
+#define SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT 1
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Determine The Virtual Table Conflict Policy
+**
+** This function may only be called from within a call to the [xUpdate] method
+** of a [virtual table] implementation for an INSERT or UPDATE operation. ^The
+** value returned is one of [SQLITE_ROLLBACK], [SQLITE_IGNORE], [SQLITE_FAIL],
+** [SQLITE_ABORT], or [SQLITE_REPLACE], according to the [ON CONFLICT] mode
+** of the SQL statement that triggered the call to the [xUpdate] method of the
+** [virtual table].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(sqlite3 *);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Conflict resolution modes
+**
+** These constants are returned by [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] to
+** inform a [virtual table] implementation what the [ON CONFLICT] mode
+** is for the SQL statement being evaluated.
+**
+** Note that the [SQLITE_IGNORE] constant is also used as a potential
+** return value from the [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] callback and that
+** [SQLITE_ABORT] is also a [result code].
+*/
+#define SQLITE_ROLLBACK 1
+/* #define SQLITE_IGNORE 2 // Also used by sqlite3_authorizer() callback */
+#define SQLITE_FAIL     3
+/* #define SQLITE_ABORT 4  // Also an error code */
+#define SQLITE_REPLACE  5
+
+
+
+/*
+** Undo the hack that converts floating point types to integer for
+** builds on processors without floating point support.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+# undef double
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+}  /* End of the 'extern "C"' block */
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/*
+** 2010 August 30
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef _SQLITE3RTREE_H_
+#define _SQLITE3RTREE_H_
+
+
+#if 0
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+typedef struct sqlite3_rtree_geometry sqlite3_rtree_geometry;
+
+/*
+** Register a geometry callback named zGeom that can be used as part of an
+** R-Tree geometry query as follows:
+**
+**   SELECT ... FROM <rtree> WHERE <rtree col> MATCH $zGeom(... params ...)
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  const char *zGeom,
+#ifdef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY
+  int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry*, int n, sqlite3_int64 *a, int *pRes),
+#else
+  int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry*, int n, double *a, int *pRes),
+#endif
+  void *pContext
+);
+
+
+/*
+** A pointer to a structure of the following type is passed as the first
+** argument to callbacks registered using rtree_geometry_callback().
+*/
+struct sqlite3_rtree_geometry {
+  void *pContext;                 /* Copy of pContext passed to s_r_g_c() */
+  int nParam;                     /* Size of array aParam[] */
+  double *aParam;                 /* Parameters passed to SQL geom function */
+  void *pUser;                    /* Callback implementation user data */
+  void (*xDelUser)(void *);       /* Called by SQLite to clean up pUser */
+};
+
+
+#if 0
+}  /* end of the 'extern "C"' block */
+#endif
+
+#endif  /* ifndef _SQLITE3RTREE_H_ */
+
+
+/************** End of sqlite3.h *********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
+/************** Include hash.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ******************/
+/************** Begin file hash.h ********************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This is the header file for the generic hash-table implemenation
+** used in SQLite.
+*/
+#ifndef _SQLITE_HASH_H_
+#define _SQLITE_HASH_H_
+
+/* Forward declarations of structures. */
+typedef struct Hash Hash;
+typedef struct HashElem HashElem;
+
+/* A complete hash table is an instance of the following structure.
+** The internals of this structure are intended to be opaque -- client
+** code should not attempt to access or modify the fields of this structure
+** directly.  Change this structure only by using the routines below.
+** However, some of the "procedures" and "functions" for modifying and
+** accessing this structure are really macros, so we can't really make
+** this structure opaque.
+**
+** All elements of the hash table are on a single doubly-linked list.
+** Hash.first points to the head of this list.
+**
+** There are Hash.htsize buckets.  Each bucket points to a spot in
+** the global doubly-linked list.  The contents of the bucket are the
+** element pointed to plus the next _ht.count-1 elements in the list.
+**
+** Hash.htsize and Hash.ht may be zero.  In that case lookup is done
+** by a linear search of the global list.  For small tables, the 
+** Hash.ht table is never allocated because if there are few elements
+** in the table, it is faster to do a linear search than to manage
+** the hash table.
+*/
+struct Hash {
+  unsigned int htsize;      /* Number of buckets in the hash table */
+  unsigned int count;       /* Number of entries in this table */
+  HashElem *first;          /* The first element of the array */
+  struct _ht {              /* the hash table */
+    int count;                 /* Number of entries with this hash */
+    HashElem *chain;           /* Pointer to first entry with this hash */
+  } *ht;
+};
+
+/* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following 
+** structure.  All elements are stored on a single doubly-linked list.
+**
+** Again, this structure is intended to be opaque, but it can't really
+** be opaque because it is used by macros.
+*/
+struct HashElem {
+  HashElem *next, *prev;       /* Next and previous elements in the table */
+  void *data;                  /* Data associated with this element */
+  const char *pKey; int nKey;  /* Key associated with this element */
+};
+
+/*
+** Access routines.  To delete, insert a NULL pointer.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashInit(Hash*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashInsert(Hash*, const char *pKey, int nKey, void *pData);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashFind(const Hash*, const char *pKey, int nKey);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashClear(Hash*);
+
+/*
+** Macros for looping over all elements of a hash table.  The idiom is
+** like this:
+**
+**   Hash h;
+**   HashElem *p;
+**   ...
+**   for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&h); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){
+**     SomeStructure *pData = sqliteHashData(p);
+**     // do something with pData
+**   }
+*/
+#define sqliteHashFirst(H)  ((H)->first)
+#define sqliteHashNext(E)   ((E)->next)
+#define sqliteHashData(E)   ((E)->data)
+/* #define sqliteHashKey(E)    ((E)->pKey) // NOT USED */
+/* #define sqliteHashKeysize(E) ((E)->nKey)  // NOT USED */
+
+/*
+** Number of entries in a hash table
+*/
+/* #define sqliteHashCount(H)  ((H)->count) // NOT USED */
+
+#endif /* _SQLITE_HASH_H_ */
+
+/************** End of hash.h ************************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
+/************** Include parse.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/
+/************** Begin file parse.h *******************************************/
+#define TK_SEMI                            1
+#define TK_EXPLAIN                         2
+#define TK_QUERY                           3
+#define TK_PLAN                            4
+#define TK_BEGIN                           5
+#define TK_TRANSACTION                     6
+#define TK_DEFERRED                        7
+#define TK_IMMEDIATE                       8
+#define TK_EXCLUSIVE                       9
+#define TK_COMMIT                         10
+#define TK_END                            11
+#define TK_ROLLBACK                       12
+#define TK_SAVEPOINT                      13
+#define TK_RELEASE                        14
+#define TK_TO                             15
+#define TK_TABLE                          16
+#define TK_CREATE                         17
+#define TK_IF                             18
+#define TK_NOT                            19
+#define TK_EXISTS                         20
+#define TK_TEMP                           21
+#define TK_LP                             22
+#define TK_RP                             23
+#define TK_AS                             24
+#define TK_COMMA                          25
+#define TK_ID                             26
+#define TK_INDEXED                        27
+#define TK_ABORT                          28
+#define TK_ACTION                         29
+#define TK_AFTER                          30
+#define TK_ANALYZE                        31
+#define TK_ASC                            32
+#define TK_ATTACH                         33
+#define TK_BEFORE                         34
+#define TK_BY                             35
+#define TK_CASCADE                        36
+#define TK_CAST                           37
+#define TK_COLUMNKW                       38
+#define TK_CONFLICT                       39
+#define TK_DATABASE                       40
+#define TK_DESC                           41
+#define TK_DETACH                         42
+#define TK_EACH                           43
+#define TK_FAIL                           44
+#define TK_FOR                            45
+#define TK_IGNORE                         46
+#define TK_INITIALLY                      47
+#define TK_INSTEAD                        48
+#define TK_LIKE_KW                        49
+#define TK_MATCH                          50
+#define TK_NO                             51
+#define TK_KEY                            52
+#define TK_OF                             53
+#define TK_OFFSET                         54
+#define TK_PRAGMA                         55
+#define TK_RAISE                          56
+#define TK_REPLACE                        57
+#define TK_RESTRICT                       58
+#define TK_ROW                            59
+#define TK_TRIGGER                        60
+#define TK_VACUUM                         61
+#define TK_VIEW                           62
+#define TK_VIRTUAL                        63
+#define TK_REINDEX                        64
+#define TK_RENAME                         65
+#define TK_CTIME_KW                       66
+#define TK_ANY                            67
+#define TK_OR                             68
+#define TK_AND                            69
+#define TK_IS                             70
+#define TK_BETWEEN                        71
+#define TK_IN                             72
+#define TK_ISNULL                         73
+#define TK_NOTNULL                        74
+#define TK_NE                             75
+#define TK_EQ                             76
+#define TK_GT                             77
+#define TK_LE                             78
+#define TK_LT                             79
+#define TK_GE                             80
+#define TK_ESCAPE                         81
+#define TK_BITAND                         82
+#define TK_BITOR                          83
+#define TK_LSHIFT                         84
+#define TK_RSHIFT                         85
+#define TK_PLUS                           86
+#define TK_MINUS                          87
+#define TK_STAR                           88
+#define TK_SLASH                          89
+#define TK_REM                            90
+#define TK_CONCAT                         91
+#define TK_COLLATE                        92
+#define TK_BITNOT                         93
+#define TK_STRING                         94
+#define TK_JOIN_KW                        95
+#define TK_CONSTRAINT                     96
+#define TK_DEFAULT                        97
+#define TK_NULL                           98
+#define TK_PRIMARY                        99
+#define TK_UNIQUE                         100
+#define TK_CHECK                          101
+#define TK_REFERENCES                     102
+#define TK_AUTOINCR                       103
+#define TK_ON                             104
+#define TK_INSERT                         105
+#define TK_DELETE                         106
+#define TK_UPDATE                         107
+#define TK_SET                            108
+#define TK_DEFERRABLE                     109
+#define TK_FOREIGN                        110
+#define TK_DROP                           111
+#define TK_UNION                          112
+#define TK_ALL                            113
+#define TK_EXCEPT                         114
+#define TK_INTERSECT                      115
+#define TK_SELECT                         116
+#define TK_DISTINCT                       117
+#define TK_DOT                            118
+#define TK_FROM                           119
+#define TK_JOIN                           120
+#define TK_USING                          121
+#define TK_ORDER                          122
+#define TK_GROUP                          123
+#define TK_HAVING                         124
+#define TK_LIMIT                          125
+#define TK_WHERE                          126
+#define TK_INTO                           127
+#define TK_VALUES                         128
+#define TK_INTEGER                        129
+#define TK_FLOAT                          130
+#define TK_BLOB                           131
+#define TK_REGISTER                       132
+#define TK_VARIABLE                       133
+#define TK_CASE                           134
+#define TK_WHEN                           135
+#define TK_THEN                           136
+#define TK_ELSE                           137
+#define TK_INDEX                          138
+#define TK_ALTER                          139
+#define TK_ADD                            140
+#define TK_TO_TEXT                        141
+#define TK_TO_BLOB                        142
+#define TK_TO_NUMERIC                     143
+#define TK_TO_INT                         144
+#define TK_TO_REAL                        145
+#define TK_ISNOT                          146
+#define TK_END_OF_FILE                    147
+#define TK_ILLEGAL                        148
+#define TK_SPACE                          149
+#define TK_UNCLOSED_STRING                150
+#define TK_FUNCTION                       151
+#define TK_COLUMN                         152
+#define TK_AGG_FUNCTION                   153
+#define TK_AGG_COLUMN                     154
+#define TK_CONST_FUNC                     155
+#define TK_UMINUS                         156
+#define TK_UPLUS                          157
+
+/************** End of parse.h ***********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/*
+** If compiling for a processor that lacks floating point support,
+** substitute integer for floating-point
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+# define double sqlite_int64
+# define float sqlite_int64
+# define LONGDOUBLE_TYPE sqlite_int64
+# ifndef SQLITE_BIG_DBL
+#   define SQLITE_BIG_DBL (((sqlite3_int64)1)<<50)
+# endif
+# define SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS 1
+# define SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE 1
+# undef SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT
+# undef SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_BIG_DBL
+# define SQLITE_BIG_DBL (1e99)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** OMIT_TEMPDB is set to 1 if SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB is defined, or 0
+** afterward. Having this macro allows us to cause the C compiler 
+** to omit code used by TEMP tables without messy #ifndef statements.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB
+#define OMIT_TEMPDB 1
+#else
+#define OMIT_TEMPDB 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The "file format" number is an integer that is incremented whenever
+** the VDBE-level file format changes.  The following macros define the
+** the default file format for new databases and the maximum file format
+** that the library can read.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_MAX_FILE_FORMAT 4
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT
+# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT 4
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Determine whether triggers are recursive by default.  This can be
+** changed at run-time using a pragma.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_RECURSIVE_TRIGGERS
+# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_RECURSIVE_TRIGGERS 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Provide a default value for SQLITE_TEMP_STORE in case it is not specified
+** on the command-line
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_TEMP_STORE
+# define SQLITE_TEMP_STORE 1
+#endif
+
+/*
+** GCC does not define the offsetof() macro so we'll have to do it
+** ourselves.
+*/
+#ifndef offsetof
+#define offsetof(STRUCTURE,FIELD) ((int)((char*)&((STRUCTURE*)0)->FIELD))
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Check to see if this machine uses EBCDIC.  (Yes, believe it or
+** not, there are still machines out there that use EBCDIC.)
+*/
+#if 'A' == '\301'
+# define SQLITE_EBCDIC 1
+#else
+# define SQLITE_ASCII 1
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Integers of known sizes.  These typedefs might change for architectures
+** where the sizes very.  Preprocessor macros are available so that the
+** types can be conveniently redefined at compile-type.  Like this:
+**
+**         cc '-DUINTPTR_TYPE=long long int' ...
+*/
+#ifndef UINT32_TYPE
+# ifdef HAVE_UINT32_T
+#  define UINT32_TYPE uint32_t
+# else
+#  define UINT32_TYPE unsigned int
+# endif
+#endif
+#ifndef UINT16_TYPE
+# ifdef HAVE_UINT16_T
+#  define UINT16_TYPE uint16_t
+# else
+#  define UINT16_TYPE unsigned short int
+# endif
+#endif
+#ifndef INT16_TYPE
+# ifdef HAVE_INT16_T
+#  define INT16_TYPE int16_t
+# else
+#  define INT16_TYPE short int
+# endif
+#endif
+#ifndef UINT8_TYPE
+# ifdef HAVE_UINT8_T
+#  define UINT8_TYPE uint8_t
+# else
+#  define UINT8_TYPE unsigned char
+# endif
+#endif
+#ifndef INT8_TYPE
+# ifdef HAVE_INT8_T
+#  define INT8_TYPE int8_t
+# else
+#  define INT8_TYPE signed char
+# endif
+#endif
+#ifndef LONGDOUBLE_TYPE
+# define LONGDOUBLE_TYPE long double
+#endif
+typedef sqlite_int64 i64;          /* 8-byte signed integer */
+typedef sqlite_uint64 u64;         /* 8-byte unsigned integer */
+typedef UINT32_TYPE u32;           /* 4-byte unsigned integer */
+typedef UINT16_TYPE u16;           /* 2-byte unsigned integer */
+typedef INT16_TYPE i16;            /* 2-byte signed integer */
+typedef UINT8_TYPE u8;             /* 1-byte unsigned integer */
+typedef INT8_TYPE i8;              /* 1-byte signed integer */
+
+/*
+** SQLITE_MAX_U32 is a u64 constant that is the maximum u64 value
+** that can be stored in a u32 without loss of data.  The value
+** is 0x00000000ffffffff.  But because of quirks of some compilers, we
+** have to specify the value in the less intuitive manner shown:
+*/
+#define SQLITE_MAX_U32  ((((u64)1)<<32)-1)
+
+/*
+** The datatype used to store estimates of the number of rows in a
+** table or index.  This is an unsigned integer type.  For 99.9% of
+** the world, a 32-bit integer is sufficient.  But a 64-bit integer
+** can be used at compile-time if desired.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_64BIT_STATS
+ typedef u64 tRowcnt;    /* 64-bit only if requested at compile-time */
+#else
+ typedef u32 tRowcnt;    /* 32-bit is the default */
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Macros to determine whether the machine is big or little endian,
+** evaluated at runtime.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const int sqlite3one = 1;
+#else
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const int sqlite3one;
+#endif
+#if defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86)\
+                             || defined(__x86_64) || defined(__x86_64__)
+# define SQLITE_BIGENDIAN    0
+# define SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN 1
+# define SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE  SQLITE_UTF16LE
+#else
+# define SQLITE_BIGENDIAN    (*(char *)(&sqlite3one)==0)
+# define SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN (*(char *)(&sqlite3one)==1)
+# define SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE (SQLITE_BIGENDIAN?SQLITE_UTF16BE:SQLITE_UTF16LE)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Constants for the largest and smallest possible 64-bit signed integers.
+** These macros are designed to work correctly on both 32-bit and 64-bit
+** compilers.
+*/
+#define LARGEST_INT64  (0xffffffff|(((i64)0x7fffffff)<<32))
+#define SMALLEST_INT64 (((i64)-1) - LARGEST_INT64)
+
+/* 
+** Round up a number to the next larger multiple of 8.  This is used
+** to force 8-byte alignment on 64-bit architectures.
+*/
+#define ROUND8(x)     (((x)+7)&~7)
+
+/*
+** Round down to the nearest multiple of 8
+*/
+#define ROUNDDOWN8(x) ((x)&~7)
+
+/*
+** Assert that the pointer X is aligned to an 8-byte boundary.  This
+** macro is used only within assert() to verify that the code gets
+** all alignment restrictions correct.
+**
+** Except, if SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC is defined, then the
+** underlying malloc() implemention might return us 4-byte aligned
+** pointers.  In that case, only verify 4-byte alignment.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC
+# define EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(X)   ((((char*)(X) - (char*)0)&3)==0)
+#else
+# define EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(X)   ((((char*)(X) - (char*)0)&7)==0)
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure is used to store the busy-handler
+** callback for a given sqlite handle. 
+**
+** The sqlite.busyHandler member of the sqlite struct contains the busy
+** callback for the database handle. Each pager opened via the sqlite
+** handle is passed a pointer to sqlite.busyHandler. The busy-handler
+** callback is currently invoked only from within pager.c.
+*/
+typedef struct BusyHandler BusyHandler;
+struct BusyHandler {
+  int (*xFunc)(void *,int);  /* The busy callback */
+  void *pArg;                /* First arg to busy callback */
+  int nBusy;                 /* Incremented with each busy call */
+};
+
+/*
+** Name of the master database table.  The master database table
+** is a special table that holds the names and attributes of all
+** user tables and indices.
+*/
+#define MASTER_NAME       "sqlite_master"
+#define TEMP_MASTER_NAME  "sqlite_temp_master"
+
+/*
+** The root-page of the master database table.
+*/
+#define MASTER_ROOT       1
+
+/*
+** The name of the schema table.
+*/
+#define SCHEMA_TABLE(x)  ((!OMIT_TEMPDB)&&(x==1)?TEMP_MASTER_NAME:MASTER_NAME)
+
+/*
+** A convenience macro that returns the number of elements in
+** an array.
+*/
+#define ArraySize(X)    ((int)(sizeof(X)/sizeof(X[0])))
+
+/*
+** The following value as a destructor means to use sqlite3DbFree().
+** The sqlite3DbFree() routine requires two parameters instead of the 
+** one parameter that destructors normally want.  So we have to introduce 
+** this magic value that the code knows to handle differently.  Any 
+** pointer will work here as long as it is distinct from SQLITE_STATIC
+** and SQLITE_TRANSIENT.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_DYNAMIC   ((sqlite3_destructor_type)sqlite3MallocSize)
+
+/*
+** When SQLITE_OMIT_WSD is defined, it means that the target platform does
+** not support Writable Static Data (WSD) such as global and static variables.
+** All variables must either be on the stack or dynamically allocated from
+** the heap.  When WSD is unsupported, the variable declarations scattered
+** throughout the SQLite code must become constants instead.  The SQLITE_WSD
+** macro is used for this purpose.  And instead of referencing the variable
+** directly, we use its constant as a key to lookup the run-time allocated
+** buffer that holds real variable.  The constant is also the initializer
+** for the run-time allocated buffer.
+**
+** In the usual case where WSD is supported, the SQLITE_WSD and GLOBAL
+** macros become no-ops and have zero performance impact.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
+  #define SQLITE_WSD const
+  #define GLOBAL(t,v) (*(t*)sqlite3_wsd_find((void*)&(v), sizeof(v)))
+  #define sqlite3GlobalConfig GLOBAL(struct Sqlite3Config, sqlite3Config)
+SQLITE_API   int sqlite3_wsd_init(int N, int J);
+SQLITE_API   void *sqlite3_wsd_find(void *K, int L);
+#else
+  #define SQLITE_WSD 
+  #define GLOBAL(t,v) v
+  #define sqlite3GlobalConfig sqlite3Config
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The following macros are used to suppress compiler warnings and to
+** make it clear to human readers when a function parameter is deliberately 
+** left unused within the body of a function. This usually happens when
+** a function is called via a function pointer. For example the 
+** implementation of an SQL aggregate step callback may not use the
+** parameter indicating the number of arguments passed to the aggregate,
+** if it knows that this is enforced elsewhere.
+**
+** When a function parameter is not used at all within the body of a function,
+** it is generally named "NotUsed" or "NotUsed2" to make things even clearer.
+** However, these macros may also be used to suppress warnings related to
+** parameters that may or may not be used depending on compilation options.
+** For example those parameters only used in assert() statements. In these
+** cases the parameters are named as per the usual conventions.
+*/
+#define UNUSED_PARAMETER(x) (void)(x)
+#define UNUSED_PARAMETER2(x,y) UNUSED_PARAMETER(x),UNUSED_PARAMETER(y)
+
+/*
+** Forward references to structures
+*/
+typedef struct AggInfo AggInfo;
+typedef struct AuthContext AuthContext;
+typedef struct AutoincInfo AutoincInfo;
+typedef struct Bitvec Bitvec;
+typedef struct CollSeq CollSeq;
+typedef struct Column Column;
+typedef struct Db Db;
+typedef struct Schema Schema;
+typedef struct Expr Expr;
+typedef struct ExprList ExprList;
+typedef struct ExprSpan ExprSpan;
+typedef struct FKey FKey;
+typedef struct FuncDestructor FuncDestructor;
+typedef struct FuncDef FuncDef;
+typedef struct FuncDefHash FuncDefHash;
+typedef struct IdList IdList;
+typedef struct Index Index;
+typedef struct IndexSample IndexSample;
+typedef struct KeyClass KeyClass;
+typedef struct KeyInfo KeyInfo;
+typedef struct Lookaside Lookaside;
+typedef struct LookasideSlot LookasideSlot;
+typedef struct Module Module;
+typedef struct NameContext NameContext;
+typedef struct Parse Parse;
+typedef struct RowSet RowSet;
+typedef struct Savepoint Savepoint;
+typedef struct Select Select;
+typedef struct SrcList SrcList;
+typedef struct StrAccum StrAccum;
+typedef struct Table Table;
+typedef struct TableLock TableLock;
+typedef struct Token Token;
+typedef struct Trigger Trigger;
+typedef struct TriggerPrg TriggerPrg;
+typedef struct TriggerStep TriggerStep;
+typedef struct UnpackedRecord UnpackedRecord;
+typedef struct VTable VTable;
+typedef struct VtabCtx VtabCtx;
+typedef struct Walker Walker;
+typedef struct WherePlan WherePlan;
+typedef struct WhereInfo WhereInfo;
+typedef struct WhereLevel WhereLevel;
+
+/*
+** Defer sourcing vdbe.h and btree.h until after the "u8" and 
+** "BusyHandler" typedefs. vdbe.h also requires a few of the opaque
+** pointer types (i.e. FuncDef) defined above.
+*/
+/************** Include btree.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/
+/************** Begin file btree.h *******************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite B-Tree file
+** subsystem.  See comments in the source code for a detailed description
+** of what each interface routine does.
+*/
+#ifndef _BTREE_H_
+#define _BTREE_H_
+
+/* TODO: This definition is just included so other modules compile. It
+** needs to be revisited.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_N_BTREE_META 10
+
+/*
+** If defined as non-zero, auto-vacuum is enabled by default. Otherwise
+** it must be turned on for each database using "PRAGMA auto_vacuum = 1".
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM
+  #define SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM 0
+#endif
+
+#define BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE 0        /* Do not do auto-vacuum */
+#define BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_FULL 1        /* Do full auto-vacuum */
+#define BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_INCR 2        /* Incremental vacuum */
+
+/*
+** Forward declarations of structure
+*/
+typedef struct Btree Btree;
+typedef struct BtCursor BtCursor;
+typedef struct BtShared BtShared;
+
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeOpen(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,       /* VFS to use with this b-tree */
+  const char *zFilename,   /* Name of database file to open */
+  sqlite3 *db,             /* Associated database connection */
+  Btree **ppBtree,         /* Return open Btree* here */
+  int flags,               /* Flags */
+  int vfsFlags             /* Flags passed through to VFS open */
+);
+
+/* The flags parameter to sqlite3BtreeOpen can be the bitwise or of the
+** following values.
+**
+** NOTE:  These values must match the corresponding PAGER_ values in
+** pager.h.
+*/
+#define BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL  1  /* Do not create or use a rollback journal */
+#define BTREE_MEMORY        2  /* This is an in-memory DB */
+#define BTREE_SINGLE        4  /* The file contains at most 1 b-tree */
+#define BTREE_UNORDERED     8  /* Use of a hash implementation is OK */
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClose(Btree*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(Btree*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(Btree*,int,int,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSyncDisabled(Btree*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree *p, int nPagesize, int nReserve, int eFix);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(Btree*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BtreeLastPage(Btree*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(Btree*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(Btree*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(Btree *, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(Btree *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(Btree*, const char *zMaster);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(Btree*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommit(Btree*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeRollback(Btree*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(Btree*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(Btree*, int*, int flags);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(Btree*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(Btree*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(Btree*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3BtreeSchema(Btree *, int, void(*)(void *));
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(Btree *pBtree);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLockTable(Btree *pBtree, int iTab, u8 isWriteLock);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(Btree *, int, int);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(Btree *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(Btree *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(Btree *, Btree *);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(Btree *);
+
+/* The flags parameter to sqlite3BtreeCreateTable can be the bitwise OR
+** of the flags shown below.
+**
+** Every SQLite table must have either BTREE_INTKEY or BTREE_BLOBKEY set.
+** With BTREE_INTKEY, the table key is a 64-bit integer and arbitrary data
+** is stored in the leaves.  (BTREE_INTKEY is used for SQL tables.)  With
+** BTREE_BLOBKEY, the key is an arbitrary BLOB and no content is stored
+** anywhere - the key is the content.  (BTREE_BLOBKEY is used for SQL
+** indices.)
+*/
+#define BTREE_INTKEY     1    /* Table has only 64-bit signed integer keys */
+#define BTREE_BLOBKEY    2    /* Table has keys only - no data */
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDropTable(Btree*, int, int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClearTable(Btree*, int, int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(Btree*, int);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(Btree *pBtree, int idx, u32 *pValue);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(Btree*, int idx, u32 value);
+
+/*
+** The second parameter to sqlite3BtreeGetMeta or sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta
+** should be one of the following values. The integer values are assigned 
+** to constants so that the offset of the corresponding field in an
+** SQLite database header may be found using the following formula:
+**
+**   offset = 36 + (idx * 4)
+**
+** For example, the free-page-count field is located at byte offset 36 of
+** the database file header. The incr-vacuum-flag field is located at
+** byte offset 64 (== 36+4*7).
+*/
+#define BTREE_FREE_PAGE_COUNT     0
+#define BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION      1
+#define BTREE_FILE_FORMAT         2
+#define BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE  3
+#define BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE   4
+#define BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING       5
+#define BTREE_USER_VERSION        6
+#define BTREE_INCR_VACUUM         7
+
+/*
+** Values that may be OR'd together to form the second argument of an
+** sqlite3BtreeCursorHints() call.
+*/
+#define BTREE_BULKLOAD 0x00000001
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursor(
+  Btree*,                              /* BTree containing table to open */
+  int iTable,                          /* Index of root page */
+  int wrFlag,                          /* 1 for writing.  0 for read-only */
+  struct KeyInfo*,                     /* First argument to compare function */
+  BtCursor *pCursor                    /* Space to write cursor structure */
+);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorSize(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorZero(BtCursor*);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(BtCursor*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(
+  BtCursor*,
+  UnpackedRecord *pUnKey,
+  i64 intKey,
+  int bias,
+  int *pRes
+);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(BtCursor*, int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeInsert(BtCursor*, const void *pKey, i64 nKey,
+                                  const void *pData, int nData,
+                                  int nZero, int bias, int seekResult);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeFirst(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeNext(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeEof(BtCursor*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePrevious(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeKeySize(BtCursor*, i64 *pSize);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeKey(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(BtCursor*, int *pAmt);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(BtCursor*, int *pAmt);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDataSize(BtCursor*, u32 *pSize);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeData(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeSetCachedRowid(BtCursor*, sqlite3_int64);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_int64 sqlite3BtreeGetCachedRowid(BtCursor*);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(Btree*, int *aRoot, int nRoot, int, int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE struct Pager *sqlite3BtreePager(Btree*);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePutData(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCacheOverflow(BtCursor *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(BtCursor *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetVersion(Btree *pBt, int iVersion);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorHints(BtCursor *, unsigned int mask);
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(BtCursor*);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCount(BtCursor *, i64 *);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorInfo(BtCursor*, int*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorList(Btree*);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3BtreeCheckpoint(Btree*, int, int *, int *);
+#endif
+
+/*
+** If we are not using shared cache, then there is no need to
+** use mutexes to access the BtShared structures.  So make the
+** Enter and Leave procedures no-ops.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BtreeEnter(Btree*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(sqlite3*);
+#else
+# define sqlite3BtreeEnter(X) 
+# define sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(X)
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3BtreeSharable(Btree*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BtreeLeave(Btree*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(BtCursor*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(BtCursor*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(sqlite3*);
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  /* These routines are used inside assert() statements only. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(Btree*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(sqlite3*,int,Schema*);
+#endif
+#else
+
+# define sqlite3BtreeSharable(X) 0
+# define sqlite3BtreeLeave(X)
+# define sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(X)
+# define sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(X)
+# define sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(X)
+
+# define sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(X) 1
+# define sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(X) 1
+# define sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(X,Y,Z) 1
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* _BTREE_H_ */
+
+/************** End of btree.h ***********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
+/************** Include vdbe.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ******************/
+/************** Begin file vdbe.h ********************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** Header file for the Virtual DataBase Engine (VDBE)
+**
+** This header defines the interface to the virtual database engine
+** or VDBE.  The VDBE implements an abstract machine that runs a
+** simple program to access and modify the underlying database.
+*/
+#ifndef _SQLITE_VDBE_H_
+#define _SQLITE_VDBE_H_
+/* #include <stdio.h> */
+
+/*
+** A single VDBE is an opaque structure named "Vdbe".  Only routines
+** in the source file sqliteVdbe.c are allowed to see the insides
+** of this structure.
+*/
+typedef struct Vdbe Vdbe;
+
+/*
+** The names of the following types declared in vdbeInt.h are required
+** for the VdbeOp definition.
+*/
+typedef struct VdbeFunc VdbeFunc;
+typedef struct Mem Mem;
+typedef struct SubProgram SubProgram;
+
+/*
+** A single instruction of the virtual machine has an opcode
+** and as many as three operands.  The instruction is recorded
+** as an instance of the following structure:
+*/
+struct VdbeOp {
+  u8 opcode;          /* What operation to perform */
+  signed char p4type; /* One of the P4_xxx constants for p4 */
+  u8 opflags;         /* Mask of the OPFLG_* flags in opcodes.h */
+  u8 p5;              /* Fifth parameter is an unsigned character */
+  int p1;             /* First operand */
+  int p2;             /* Second parameter (often the jump destination) */
+  int p3;             /* The third parameter */
+  union {             /* fourth parameter */
+    int i;                 /* Integer value if p4type==P4_INT32 */
+    void *p;               /* Generic pointer */
+    char *z;               /* Pointer to data for string (char array) types */
+    i64 *pI64;             /* Used when p4type is P4_INT64 */
+    double *pReal;         /* Used when p4type is P4_REAL */
+    FuncDef *pFunc;        /* Used when p4type is P4_FUNCDEF */
+    VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc;   /* Used when p4type is P4_VDBEFUNC */
+    CollSeq *pColl;        /* Used when p4type is P4_COLLSEQ */
+    Mem *pMem;             /* Used when p4type is P4_MEM */
+    VTable *pVtab;         /* Used when p4type is P4_VTAB */
+    KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;     /* Used when p4type is P4_KEYINFO */
+    int *ai;               /* Used when p4type is P4_INTARRAY */
+    SubProgram *pProgram;  /* Used when p4type is P4_SUBPROGRAM */
+    int (*xAdvance)(BtCursor *, int *);
+  } p4;
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  char *zComment;          /* Comment to improve readability */
+#endif
+#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
+  int cnt;                 /* Number of times this instruction was executed */
+  u64 cycles;              /* Total time spent executing this instruction */
+#endif
+};
+typedef struct VdbeOp VdbeOp;
+
+
+/*
+** A sub-routine used to implement a trigger program.
+*/
+struct SubProgram {
+  VdbeOp *aOp;                  /* Array of opcodes for sub-program */
+  int nOp;                      /* Elements in aOp[] */
+  int nMem;                     /* Number of memory cells required */
+  int nCsr;                     /* Number of cursors required */
+  int nOnce;                    /* Number of OP_Once instructions */
+  void *token;                  /* id that may be used to recursive triggers */
+  SubProgram *pNext;            /* Next sub-program already visited */
+};
+
+/*
+** A smaller version of VdbeOp used for the VdbeAddOpList() function because
+** it takes up less space.
+*/
+struct VdbeOpList {
+  u8 opcode;          /* What operation to perform */
+  signed char p1;     /* First operand */
+  signed char p2;     /* Second parameter (often the jump destination) */
+  signed char p3;     /* Third parameter */
+};
+typedef struct VdbeOpList VdbeOpList;
+
+/*
+** Allowed values of VdbeOp.p4type
+*/
+#define P4_NOTUSED    0   /* The P4 parameter is not used */
+#define P4_DYNAMIC  (-1)  /* Pointer to a string obtained from sqliteMalloc() */
+#define P4_STATIC   (-2)  /* Pointer to a static string */
+#define P4_COLLSEQ  (-4)  /* P4 is a pointer to a CollSeq structure */
+#define P4_FUNCDEF  (-5)  /* P4 is a pointer to a FuncDef structure */
+#define P4_KEYINFO  (-6)  /* P4 is a pointer to a KeyInfo structure */
+#define P4_VDBEFUNC (-7)  /* P4 is a pointer to a VdbeFunc structure */
+#define P4_MEM      (-8)  /* P4 is a pointer to a Mem*    structure */
+#define P4_TRANSIENT  0   /* P4 is a pointer to a transient string */
+#define P4_VTAB     (-10) /* P4 is a pointer to an sqlite3_vtab structure */
+#define P4_MPRINTF  (-11) /* P4 is a string obtained from sqlite3_mprintf() */
+#define P4_REAL     (-12) /* P4 is a 64-bit floating point value */
+#define P4_INT64    (-13) /* P4 is a 64-bit signed integer */
+#define P4_INT32    (-14) /* P4 is a 32-bit signed integer */
+#define P4_INTARRAY (-15) /* P4 is a vector of 32-bit integers */
+#define P4_SUBPROGRAM  (-18) /* P4 is a pointer to a SubProgram structure */
+#define P4_ADVANCE  (-19) /* P4 is a pointer to BtreeNext() or BtreePrev() */
+
+/* When adding a P4 argument using P4_KEYINFO, a copy of the KeyInfo structure
+** is made.  That copy is freed when the Vdbe is finalized.  But if the
+** argument is P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF, the passed in pointer is used.  It still
+** gets freed when the Vdbe is finalized so it still should be obtained
+** from a single sqliteMalloc().  But no copy is made and the calling
+** function should *not* try to free the KeyInfo.
+*/
+#define P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF (-16)
+#define P4_KEYINFO_STATIC  (-17)
+
+/*
+** The Vdbe.aColName array contains 5n Mem structures, where n is the 
+** number of columns of data returned by the statement.
+*/
+#define COLNAME_NAME     0
+#define COLNAME_DECLTYPE 1
+#define COLNAME_DATABASE 2
+#define COLNAME_TABLE    3
+#define COLNAME_COLUMN   4
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
+# define COLNAME_N        5      /* Number of COLNAME_xxx symbols */
+#else
+# ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE
+#   define COLNAME_N      1      /* Store only the name */
+# else
+#   define COLNAME_N      2      /* Store the name and decltype */
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The following macro converts a relative address in the p2 field
+** of a VdbeOp structure into a negative number so that 
+** sqlite3VdbeAddOpList() knows that the address is relative.  Calling
+** the macro again restores the address.
+*/
+#define ADDR(X)  (-1-(X))
+
+/*
+** The makefile scans the vdbe.c source file and creates the "opcodes.h"
+** header file that defines a number for each opcode used by the VDBE.
+*/
+/************** Include opcodes.h in the middle of vdbe.h ********************/
+/************** Begin file opcodes.h *****************************************/
+/* Automatically generated.  Do not edit */
+/* See the mkopcodeh.awk script for details */
+#define OP_Goto                                 1
+#define OP_Gosub                                2
+#define OP_Return                               3
+#define OP_Yield                                4
+#define OP_HaltIfNull                           5
+#define OP_Halt                                 6
+#define OP_Integer                              7
+#define OP_Int64                                8
+#define OP_Real                               130   /* same as TK_FLOAT    */
+#define OP_String8                             94   /* same as TK_STRING   */
+#define OP_String                               9
+#define OP_Null                                10
+#define OP_Blob                                11
+#define OP_Variable                            12
+#define OP_Move                                13
+#define OP_Copy                                14
+#define OP_SCopy                               15
+#define OP_ResultRow                           16
+#define OP_Concat                              91   /* same as TK_CONCAT   */
+#define OP_Add                                 86   /* same as TK_PLUS     */
+#define OP_Subtract                            87   /* same as TK_MINUS    */
+#define OP_Multiply                            88   /* same as TK_STAR     */
+#define OP_Divide                              89   /* same as TK_SLASH    */
+#define OP_Remainder                           90   /* same as TK_REM      */
+#define OP_CollSeq                             17
+#define OP_Function                            18
+#define OP_BitAnd                              82   /* same as TK_BITAND   */
+#define OP_BitOr                               83   /* same as TK_BITOR    */
+#define OP_ShiftLeft                           84   /* same as TK_LSHIFT   */
+#define OP_ShiftRight                          85   /* same as TK_RSHIFT   */
+#define OP_AddImm                              20
+#define OP_MustBeInt                           21
+#define OP_RealAffinity                        22
+#define OP_ToText                             141   /* same as TK_TO_TEXT  */
+#define OP_ToBlob                             142   /* same as TK_TO_BLOB  */
+#define OP_ToNumeric                          143   /* same as TK_TO_NUMERIC*/
+#define OP_ToInt                              144   /* same as TK_TO_INT   */
+#define OP_ToReal                             145   /* same as TK_TO_REAL  */
+#define OP_Eq                                  76   /* same as TK_EQ       */
+#define OP_Ne                                  75   /* same as TK_NE       */
+#define OP_Lt                                  79   /* same as TK_LT       */
+#define OP_Le                                  78   /* same as TK_LE       */
+#define OP_Gt                                  77   /* same as TK_GT       */
+#define OP_Ge                                  80   /* same as TK_GE       */
+#define OP_Permutation                         23
+#define OP_Compare                             24
+#define OP_Jump                                25
+#define OP_And                                 69   /* same as TK_AND      */
+#define OP_Or                                  68   /* same as TK_OR       */
+#define OP_Not                                 19   /* same as TK_NOT      */
+#define OP_BitNot                              93   /* same as TK_BITNOT   */
+#define OP_Once                                26
+#define OP_If                                  27
+#define OP_IfNot                               28
+#define OP_IsNull                              73   /* same as TK_ISNULL   */
+#define OP_NotNull                             74   /* same as TK_NOTNULL  */
+#define OP_Column                              29
+#define OP_Affinity                            30
+#define OP_MakeRecord                          31
+#define OP_Count                               32
+#define OP_Savepoint                           33
+#define OP_AutoCommit                          34
+#define OP_Transaction                         35
+#define OP_ReadCookie                          36
+#define OP_SetCookie                           37
+#define OP_VerifyCookie                        38
+#define OP_OpenRead                            39
+#define OP_OpenWrite                           40
+#define OP_OpenAutoindex                       41
+#define OP_OpenEphemeral                       42
+#define OP_SorterOpen                          43
+#define OP_OpenPseudo                          44
+#define OP_Close                               45
+#define OP_SeekLt                              46
+#define OP_SeekLe                              47
+#define OP_SeekGe                              48
+#define OP_SeekGt                              49
+#define OP_Seek                                50
+#define OP_NotFound                            51
+#define OP_Found                               52
+#define OP_IsUnique                            53
+#define OP_NotExists                           54
+#define OP_Sequence                            55
+#define OP_NewRowid                            56
+#define OP_Insert                              57
+#define OP_InsertInt                           58
+#define OP_Delete                              59
+#define OP_ResetCount                          60
+#define OP_SorterCompare                       61
+#define OP_SorterData                          62
+#define OP_RowKey                              63
+#define OP_RowData                             64
+#define OP_Rowid                               65
+#define OP_NullRow                             66
+#define OP_Last                                67
+#define OP_SorterSort                          70
+#define OP_Sort                                71
+#define OP_Rewind                              72
+#define OP_SorterNext                          81
+#define OP_Prev                                92
+#define OP_Next                                95
+#define OP_SorterInsert                        96
+#define OP_IdxInsert                           97
+#define OP_IdxDelete                           98
+#define OP_IdxRowid                            99
+#define OP_IdxLT                              100
+#define OP_IdxGE                              101
+#define OP_Destroy                            102
+#define OP_Clear                              103
+#define OP_CreateIndex                        104
+#define OP_CreateTable                        105
+#define OP_ParseSchema                        106
+#define OP_LoadAnalysis                       107
+#define OP_DropTable                          108
+#define OP_DropIndex                          109
+#define OP_DropTrigger                        110
+#define OP_IntegrityCk                        111
+#define OP_RowSetAdd                          112
+#define OP_RowSetRead                         113
+#define OP_RowSetTest                         114
+#define OP_Program                            115
+#define OP_Param                              116
+#define OP_FkCounter                          117
+#define OP_FkIfZero                           118
+#define OP_MemMax                             119
+#define OP_IfPos                              120
+#define OP_IfNeg                              121
+#define OP_IfZero                             122
+#define OP_AggStep                            123
+#define OP_AggFinal                           124
+#define OP_Checkpoint                         125
+#define OP_JournalMode                        126
+#define OP_Vacuum                             127
+#define OP_IncrVacuum                         128
+#define OP_Expire                             129
+#define OP_TableLock                          131
+#define OP_VBegin                             132
+#define OP_VCreate                            133
+#define OP_VDestroy                           134
+#define OP_VOpen                              135
+#define OP_VFilter                            136
+#define OP_VColumn                            137
+#define OP_VNext                              138
+#define OP_VRename                            139
+#define OP_VUpdate                            140
+#define OP_Pagecount                          146
+#define OP_MaxPgcnt                           147
+#define OP_Trace                              148
+#define OP_Noop                               149
+#define OP_Explain                            150
+
+
+/* Properties such as "out2" or "jump" that are specified in
+** comments following the "case" for each opcode in the vdbe.c
+** are encoded into bitvectors as follows:
+*/
+#define OPFLG_JUMP            0x0001  /* jump:  P2 holds jmp target */
+#define OPFLG_OUT2_PRERELEASE 0x0002  /* out2-prerelease: */
+#define OPFLG_IN1             0x0004  /* in1:   P1 is an input */
+#define OPFLG_IN2             0x0008  /* in2:   P2 is an input */
+#define OPFLG_IN3             0x0010  /* in3:   P3 is an input */
+#define OPFLG_OUT2            0x0020  /* out2:  P2 is an output */
+#define OPFLG_OUT3            0x0040  /* out3:  P3 is an output */
+#define OPFLG_INITIALIZER {\
+/*   0 */ 0x00, 0x01, 0x01, 0x04, 0x04, 0x10, 0x00, 0x02,\
+/*   8 */ 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x24, 0x24,\
+/*  16 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x24, 0x04, 0x05, 0x04, 0x00,\
+/*  24 */ 0x00, 0x01, 0x01, 0x05, 0x05, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\
+/*  32 */ 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00,\
+/*  40 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x11, 0x11,\
+/*  48 */ 0x11, 0x11, 0x08, 0x11, 0x11, 0x11, 0x11, 0x02,\
+/*  56 */ 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\
+/*  64 */ 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x01, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x01, 0x01,\
+/*  72 */ 0x01, 0x05, 0x05, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15,\
+/*  80 */ 0x15, 0x01, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c,\
+/*  88 */ 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x01, 0x24, 0x02, 0x01,\
+/*  96 */ 0x08, 0x08, 0x00, 0x02, 0x01, 0x01, 0x02, 0x00,\
+/* 104 */ 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\
+/* 112 */ 0x0c, 0x45, 0x15, 0x01, 0x02, 0x00, 0x01, 0x08,\
+/* 120 */ 0x05, 0x05, 0x05, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00,\
+/* 128 */ 0x01, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\
+/* 136 */ 0x01, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x04, 0x04, 0x04,\
+/* 144 */ 0x04, 0x04, 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,}
+
+/************** End of opcodes.h *********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in vdbe.h ***********************/
+
+/*
+** Prototypes for the VDBE interface.  See comments on the implementation
+** for a description of what each of these routines does.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Vdbe *sqlite3VdbeCreate(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(Vdbe*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(Vdbe*,int,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(Vdbe*,int,int,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int,const char *zP4,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(Vdbe*, int nOp, VdbeOpList const *aOp);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(Vdbe*,int,char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(Vdbe*, u32 addr, int P1);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(Vdbe*, u32 addr, int P2);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(Vdbe*, u32 addr, int P3);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(Vdbe*, u8 P5);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(Vdbe*, int addr);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(Vdbe*, int addr);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(Vdbe*, int addr, const char *zP4, int N);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(Vdbe*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeGetOp(Vdbe*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRunOnlyOnce(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDelete(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDeleteObject(sqlite3*,Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(Vdbe*,Parse*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFinalize(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(Vdbe*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(Vdbe*);
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(Vdbe *, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3VdbeTrace(Vdbe*,FILE*);
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResetStepResult(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRewind(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeReset(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(Vdbe*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSetColName(Vdbe*, int, int, const char *, void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3 *sqlite3VdbeDb(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetSql(Vdbe*, const char *z, int n, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSwap(Vdbe*,Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeTakeOpArray(Vdbe*, int*, int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_value *sqlite3VdbeGetValue(Vdbe*, int, u8);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(Vdbe*, int);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   char *sqlite3VdbeExpandSql(Vdbe*, const char*);
+#endif
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(KeyInfo*,int,const void*,UnpackedRecord*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(int,const void*,UnpackedRecord*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE UnpackedRecord *sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord(KeyInfo *, char *, int, char **);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeLinkSubProgram(Vdbe *, SubProgram *);
+#endif
+
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3VdbeComment(Vdbe*, const char*, ...);
+# define VdbeComment(X)  sqlite3VdbeComment X
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3VdbeNoopComment(Vdbe*, const char*, ...);
+# define VdbeNoopComment(X)  sqlite3VdbeNoopComment X
+#else
+# define VdbeComment(X)
+# define VdbeNoopComment(X)
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/************** End of vdbe.h ************************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
+/************** Include pager.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/
+/************** Begin file pager.h *******************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite page cache
+** subsystem.  The page cache subsystem reads and writes a file a page
+** at a time and provides a journal for rollback.
+*/
+
+#ifndef _PAGER_H_
+#define _PAGER_H_
+
+/*
+** Default maximum size for persistent journal files. A negative 
+** value means no limit. This value may be overridden using the 
+** sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit() API. See also "PRAGMA journal_size_limit".
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT
+  #define SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT -1
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The type used to represent a page number.  The first page in a file
+** is called page 1.  0 is used to represent "not a page".
+*/
+typedef u32 Pgno;
+
+/*
+** Each open file is managed by a separate instance of the "Pager" structure.
+*/
+typedef struct Pager Pager;
+
+/*
+** Handle type for pages.
+*/
+typedef struct PgHdr DbPage;
+
+/*
+** Page number PAGER_MJ_PGNO is never used in an SQLite database (it is
+** reserved for working around a windows/posix incompatibility). It is
+** used in the journal to signify that the remainder of the journal file 
+** is devoted to storing a master journal name - there are no more pages to
+** roll back. See comments for function writeMasterJournal() in pager.c 
+** for details.
+*/
+#define PAGER_MJ_PGNO(x) ((Pgno)((PENDING_BYTE/((x)->pageSize))+1))
+
+/*
+** Allowed values for the flags parameter to sqlite3PagerOpen().
+**
+** NOTE: These values must match the corresponding BTREE_ values in btree.h.
+*/
+#define PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL  0x0001    /* Do not use a rollback journal */
+#define PAGER_MEMORY        0x0002    /* In-memory database */
+
+/*
+** Valid values for the second argument to sqlite3PagerLockingMode().
+*/
+#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY      -1
+#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL      0
+#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE   1
+
+/*
+** Numeric constants that encode the journalmode.  
+*/
+#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY     (-1)  /* Query the value of journalmode */
+#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE      0   /* Commit by deleting journal file */
+#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST     1   /* Commit by zeroing journal header */
+#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF         2   /* Journal omitted.  */
+#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE    3   /* Commit by truncating journal */
+#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY      4   /* In-memory journal file */
+#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL         5   /* Use write-ahead logging */
+
+/*
+** The remainder of this file contains the declarations of the functions
+** that make up the Pager sub-system API. See source code comments for 
+** a detailed description of each routine.
+*/
+
+/* Open and close a Pager connection. */ 
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpen(
+  sqlite3_vfs*,
+  Pager **ppPager,
+  const char*,
+  int,
+  int,
+  int,
+  void(*)(DbPage*)
+);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager*, int, unsigned char*);
+
+/* Functions used to configure a Pager object. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(Pager*, int(*)(void *), void *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager*, u32*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetSafetyLevel(Pager*,int,int,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *, i64);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager*);
+
+/* Functions used to obtain and release page references. */ 
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerAcquire(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno, DbPage **ppPage, int clrFlag);
+#define sqlite3PagerGet(A,B,C) sqlite3PagerAcquire(A,B,C,0)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage*);
+
+/* Operations on page references. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWrite(DbPage*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(DbPage*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager*,DbPage*,Pgno,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *); 
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *); 
+
+/* Functions used to manage pager transactions and savepoints. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager*, int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager*, int exFlag, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(Pager*,const char *zMaster, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int n);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(Pager *pPager, int, int*, int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager, int *pisOpen);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager);
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager);
+#endif
+
+/* Functions used to query pager state and configuration. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerNosync(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *, int, int, int *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager *);
+
+/* Functions used to truncate the database file. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager*,Pgno);
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerCodec(DbPage *);
+#endif
+
+/* Functions to support testing and debugging. */
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage*);
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3PagerRefdump(Pager*);
+  void disable_simulated_io_errors(void);
+  void enable_simulated_io_errors(void);
+#else
+# define disable_simulated_io_errors()
+# define enable_simulated_io_errors()
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _PAGER_H_ */
+
+/************** End of pager.h ***********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
+/************** Include pcache.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ****************/
+/************** Begin file pcache.h ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 August 05
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite page cache
+** subsystem. 
+*/
+
+#ifndef _PCACHE_H_
+
+typedef struct PgHdr PgHdr;
+typedef struct PCache PCache;
+
+/*
+** Every page in the cache is controlled by an instance of the following
+** structure.
+*/
+struct PgHdr {
+  sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage;    /* Pcache object page handle */
+  void *pData;                   /* Page data */
+  void *pExtra;                  /* Extra content */
+  PgHdr *pDirty;                 /* Transient list of dirty pages */
+  Pager *pPager;                 /* The pager this page is part of */
+  Pgno pgno;                     /* Page number for this page */
+#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
+  u32 pageHash;                  /* Hash of page content */
+#endif
+  u16 flags;                     /* PGHDR flags defined below */
+
+  /**********************************************************************
+  ** Elements above are public.  All that follows is private to pcache.c
+  ** and should not be accessed by other modules.
+  */
+  i16 nRef;                      /* Number of users of this page */
+  PCache *pCache;                /* Cache that owns this page */
+
+  PgHdr *pDirtyNext;             /* Next element in list of dirty pages */
+  PgHdr *pDirtyPrev;             /* Previous element in list of dirty pages */
+};
+
+/* Bit values for PgHdr.flags */
+#define PGHDR_DIRTY             0x002  /* Page has changed */
+#define PGHDR_NEED_SYNC         0x004  /* Fsync the rollback journal before
+                                       ** writing this page to the database */
+#define PGHDR_NEED_READ         0x008  /* Content is unread */
+#define PGHDR_REUSE_UNLIKELY    0x010  /* A hint that reuse is unlikely */
+#define PGHDR_DONT_WRITE        0x020  /* Do not write content to disk */
+
+/* Initialize and shutdown the page cache subsystem */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheInitialize(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheShutdown(void);
+
+/* Page cache buffer management:
+** These routines implement SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup(void *, int sz, int n);
+
+/* Create a new pager cache.
+** Under memory stress, invoke xStress to try to make pages clean.
+** Only clean and unpinned pages can be reclaimed.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheOpen(
+  int szPage,                    /* Size of every page */
+  int szExtra,                   /* Extra space associated with each page */
+  int bPurgeable,                /* True if pages are on backing store */
+  int (*xStress)(void*, PgHdr*), /* Call to try to make pages clean */
+  void *pStress,                 /* Argument to xStress */
+  PCache *pToInit                /* Preallocated space for the PCache */
+);
+
+/* Modify the page-size after the cache has been created. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(PCache *, int);
+
+/* Return the size in bytes of a PCache object.  Used to preallocate
+** storage space.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheSize(void);
+
+/* One release per successful fetch.  Page is pinned until released.
+** Reference counted. 
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheFetch(PCache*, Pgno, int createFlag, PgHdr**);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheRelease(PgHdr*);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheDrop(PgHdr*);         /* Remove page from cache */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(PgHdr*);    /* Make sure page is marked dirty */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(PgHdr*);    /* Mark a single page as clean */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(PCache*);    /* Mark all dirty list pages as clean */
+
+/* Change a page number.  Used by incr-vacuum. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMove(PgHdr*, Pgno);
+
+/* Remove all pages with pgno>x.  Reset the cache if x==0 */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheTruncate(PCache*, Pgno x);
+
+/* Get a list of all dirty pages in the cache, sorted by page number */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE PgHdr *sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(PCache*);
+
+/* Reset and close the cache object */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClose(PCache*);
+
+/* Clear flags from pages of the page cache */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(PCache *);
+
+/* Discard the contents of the cache */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClear(PCache*);
+
+/* Return the total number of outstanding page references */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheRefCount(PCache*);
+
+/* Increment the reference count of an existing page */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheRef(PgHdr*);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(PgHdr*);
+
+/* Return the total number of pages stored in the cache */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePagecount(PCache*);
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+/* Iterate through all dirty pages currently stored in the cache. This
+** interface is only available if SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined when the 
+** library is built.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(PCache *pCache, void (*xIter)(PgHdr *));
+#endif
+
+/* Set and get the suggested cache-size for the specified pager-cache.
+**
+** If no global maximum is configured, then the system attempts to limit
+** the total number of pages cached by purgeable pager-caches to the sum
+** of the suggested cache-sizes.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(PCache *, int);
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(PCache *);
+#endif
+
+/* Free up as much memory as possible from the page cache */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheShrink(PCache*);
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
+/* Try to return memory used by the pcache module to the main memory heap */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheReleaseMemory(int);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheStats(int*,int*,int*,int*);
+#endif
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheSetDefault(void);
+
+#endif /* _PCACHE_H_ */
+
+/************** End of pcache.h **********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
+
+/************** Include os.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ********************/
+/************** Begin file os.h **********************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 16
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This header file (together with is companion C source-code file
+** "os.c") attempt to abstract the underlying operating system so that
+** the SQLite library will work on both POSIX and windows systems.
+**
+** This header file is #include-ed by sqliteInt.h and thus ends up
+** being included by every source file.
+*/
+#ifndef _SQLITE_OS_H_
+#define _SQLITE_OS_H_
+
+/*
+** Figure out if we are dealing with Unix, Windows, or some other
+** operating system.  After the following block of preprocess macros,
+** all of SQLITE_OS_UNIX, SQLITE_OS_WIN, and SQLITE_OS_OTHER 
+** will defined to either 1 or 0.  One of the four will be 1.  The other 
+** three will be 0.
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_OS_OTHER)
+# if SQLITE_OS_OTHER==1
+#   undef SQLITE_OS_UNIX
+#   define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0
+#   undef SQLITE_OS_WIN
+#   define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0
+# else
+#   undef SQLITE_OS_OTHER
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OS_UNIX) && !defined(SQLITE_OS_OTHER)
+# define SQLITE_OS_OTHER 0
+# ifndef SQLITE_OS_WIN
+#   if defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(__MINGW32__) || defined(__BORLANDC__)
+#     define SQLITE_OS_WIN 1
+#     define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0
+#   else
+#     define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0
+#     define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 1
+#  endif
+# else
+#  define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0
+# endif
+#else
+# ifndef SQLITE_OS_WIN
+#  define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WIN
+# include <windows.h>
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Determine if we are dealing with Windows NT.
+**
+** We ought to be able to determine if we are compiling for win98 or winNT
+** using the _WIN32_WINNT macro as follows:
+**
+** #if defined(_WIN32_WINNT)
+** # define SQLITE_OS_WINNT 1
+** #else
+** # define SQLITE_OS_WINNT 0
+** #endif
+**
+** However, vs2005 does not set _WIN32_WINNT by default, as it ought to,
+** so the above test does not work.  We'll just assume that everything is
+** winNT unless the programmer explicitly says otherwise by setting
+** SQLITE_OS_WINNT to 0.
+*/
+#if SQLITE_OS_WIN && !defined(SQLITE_OS_WINNT)
+# define SQLITE_OS_WINNT 1
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Determine if we are dealing with WindowsCE - which has a much
+** reduced API.
+*/
+#if defined(_WIN32_WCE)
+# define SQLITE_OS_WINCE 1
+#else
+# define SQLITE_OS_WINCE 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Determine if we are dealing with WinRT, which provides only a subset of
+** the full Win32 API.
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OS_WINRT)
+# define SQLITE_OS_WINRT 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+** When compiled for WinCE or WinRT, there is no concept of the current
+** directory.
+ */
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+# define SQLITE_CURDIR 1
+#endif
+
+/* If the SET_FULLSYNC macro is not defined above, then make it
+** a no-op
+*/
+#ifndef SET_FULLSYNC
+# define SET_FULLSYNC(x,y)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The default size of a disk sector
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE
+# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE 4096
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Temporary files are named starting with this prefix followed by 16 random
+** alphanumeric characters, and no file extension. They are stored in the
+** OS's standard temporary file directory, and are deleted prior to exit.
+** If sqlite is being embedded in another program, you may wish to change the
+** prefix to reflect your program's name, so that if your program exits
+** prematurely, old temporary files can be easily identified. This can be done
+** using -DSQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX=myprefix_ on the compiler command line.
+**
+** 2006-10-31:  The default prefix used to be "sqlite_".  But then
+** Mcafee started using SQLite in their anti-virus product and it
+** started putting files with the "sqlite" name in the c:/temp folder.
+** This annoyed many windows users.  Those users would then do a 
+** Google search for "sqlite", find the telephone numbers of the
+** developers and call to wake them up at night and complain.
+** For this reason, the default name prefix is changed to be "sqlite" 
+** spelled backwards.  So the temp files are still identified, but
+** anybody smart enough to figure out the code is also likely smart
+** enough to know that calling the developer will not help get rid
+** of the file.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX
+# define SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX "etilqs_"
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The following values may be passed as the second argument to
+** sqlite3OsLock(). The various locks exhibit the following semantics:
+**
+** SHARED:    Any number of processes may hold a SHARED lock simultaneously.
+** RESERVED:  A single process may hold a RESERVED lock on a file at
+**            any time. Other processes may hold and obtain new SHARED locks.
+** PENDING:   A single process may hold a PENDING lock on a file at
+**            any one time. Existing SHARED locks may persist, but no new
+**            SHARED locks may be obtained by other processes.
+** EXCLUSIVE: An EXCLUSIVE lock precludes all other locks.
+**
+** PENDING_LOCK may not be passed directly to sqlite3OsLock(). Instead, a
+** process that requests an EXCLUSIVE lock may actually obtain a PENDING
+** lock. This can be upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock by a subsequent call to
+** sqlite3OsLock().
+*/
+#define NO_LOCK         0
+#define SHARED_LOCK     1
+#define RESERVED_LOCK   2
+#define PENDING_LOCK    3
+#define EXCLUSIVE_LOCK  4
+
+/*
+** File Locking Notes:  (Mostly about windows but also some info for Unix)
+**
+** We cannot use LockFileEx() or UnlockFileEx() on Win95/98/ME because
+** those functions are not available.  So we use only LockFile() and
+** UnlockFile().
+**
+** LockFile() prevents not just writing but also reading by other processes.
+** A SHARED_LOCK is obtained by locking a single randomly-chosen 
+** byte out of a specific range of bytes. The lock byte is obtained at 
+** random so two separate readers can probably access the file at the 
+** same time, unless they are unlucky and choose the same lock byte.
+** An EXCLUSIVE_LOCK is obtained by locking all bytes in the range.
+** There can only be one writer.  A RESERVED_LOCK is obtained by locking
+** a single byte of the file that is designated as the reserved lock byte.
+** A PENDING_LOCK is obtained by locking a designated byte different from
+** the RESERVED_LOCK byte.
+**
+** On WinNT/2K/XP systems, LockFileEx() and UnlockFileEx() are available,
+** which means we can use reader/writer locks.  When reader/writer locks
+** are used, the lock is placed on the same range of bytes that is used
+** for probabilistic locking in Win95/98/ME.  Hence, the locking scheme
+** will support two or more Win95 readers or two or more WinNT readers.
+** But a single Win95 reader will lock out all WinNT readers and a single
+** WinNT reader will lock out all other Win95 readers.
+**
+** The following #defines specify the range of bytes used for locking.
+** SHARED_SIZE is the number of bytes available in the pool from which
+** a random byte is selected for a shared lock.  The pool of bytes for
+** shared locks begins at SHARED_FIRST. 
+**
+** The same locking strategy and
+** byte ranges are used for Unix.  This leaves open the possiblity of having
+** clients on win95, winNT, and unix all talking to the same shared file
+** and all locking correctly.  To do so would require that samba (or whatever
+** tool is being used for file sharing) implements locks correctly between
+** windows and unix.  I'm guessing that isn't likely to happen, but by
+** using the same locking range we are at least open to the possibility.
+**
+** Locking in windows is manditory.  For this reason, we cannot store
+** actual data in the bytes used for locking.  The pager never allocates
+** the pages involved in locking therefore.  SHARED_SIZE is selected so
+** that all locks will fit on a single page even at the minimum page size.
+** PENDING_BYTE defines the beginning of the locks.  By default PENDING_BYTE
+** is set high so that we don't have to allocate an unused page except
+** for very large databases.  But one should test the page skipping logic 
+** by setting PENDING_BYTE low and running the entire regression suite.
+**
+** Changing the value of PENDING_BYTE results in a subtly incompatible
+** file format.  Depending on how it is changed, you might not notice
+** the incompatibility right away, even running a full regression test.
+** The default location of PENDING_BYTE is the first byte past the
+** 1GB boundary.
+**
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
+# define PENDING_BYTE     (0x40000000)
+#else
+# define PENDING_BYTE      sqlite3PendingByte
+#endif
+#define RESERVED_BYTE     (PENDING_BYTE+1)
+#define SHARED_FIRST      (PENDING_BYTE+2)
+#define SHARED_SIZE       510
+
+/*
+** Wrapper around OS specific sqlite3_os_init() function.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsInit(void);
+
+/* 
+** Functions for accessing sqlite3_file methods 
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsClose(sqlite3_file*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRead(sqlite3_file*, void*, int amt, i64 offset);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsWrite(sqlite3_file*, const void*, int amt, i64 offset);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsTruncate(sqlite3_file*, i64 size);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSync(sqlite3_file*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFileSize(sqlite3_file*, i64 *pSize);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsLock(sqlite3_file*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsUnlock(sqlite3_file*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFileControl(sqlite3_file*,int,void*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsFileControlHint(sqlite3_file*,int,void*);
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED 0xca093fa0
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmMap(sqlite3_file *,int,int,int,void volatile **);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmLock(sqlite3_file *id, int, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsShmBarrier(sqlite3_file *id);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmUnmap(sqlite3_file *id, int);
+
+
+/* 
+** Functions for accessing sqlite3_vfs methods 
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, sqlite3_file*, int, int *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDelete(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsAccess(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, int, int *pResOut);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFullPathname(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, int, char *);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3OsDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsDlError(sqlite3_vfs *, int, char *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void (*sqlite3OsDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *, void *, const char *))(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *, void *);
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *, int, char *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSleep(sqlite3_vfs *, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *, sqlite3_int64*);
+
+/*
+** Convenience functions for opening and closing files using 
+** sqlite3_malloc() to obtain space for the file-handle structure.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, sqlite3_file **, int,int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCloseFree(sqlite3_file *);
+
+#endif /* _SQLITE_OS_H_ */
+
+/************** End of os.h **************************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
+/************** Include mutex.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/
+/************** Begin file mutex.h *******************************************/
+/*
+** 2007 August 28
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains the common header for all mutex implementations.
+** The sqliteInt.h header #includes this file so that it is available
+** to all source files.  We break it out in an effort to keep the code
+** better organized.
+**
+** NOTE:  source files should *not* #include this header file directly.
+** Source files should #include the sqliteInt.h file and let that file
+** include this one indirectly.
+*/
+
+
+/*
+** Figure out what version of the code to use.  The choices are
+**
+**   SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT         No mutex logic.  Not even stubs.  The
+**                             mutexes implemention cannot be overridden
+**                             at start-time.
+**
+**   SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP         For single-threaded applications.  No
+**                             mutual exclusion is provided.  But this
+**                             implementation can be overridden at
+**                             start-time.
+**
+**   SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS     For multi-threaded applications on Unix.
+**
+**   SQLITE_MUTEX_W32          For multi-threaded applications on Win32.
+*/
+#if !SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+# define SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP)
+#  if SQLITE_OS_UNIX
+#    define SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS
+#  elif SQLITE_OS_WIN
+#    define SQLITE_MUTEX_W32
+#  else
+#    define SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT
+/*
+** If this is a no-op implementation, implement everything as macros.
+*/
+#define sqlite3_mutex_alloc(X)    ((sqlite3_mutex*)8)
+#define sqlite3_mutex_free(X)
+#define sqlite3_mutex_enter(X)    
+#define sqlite3_mutex_try(X)      SQLITE_OK
+#define sqlite3_mutex_leave(X)    
+#define sqlite3_mutex_held(X)     ((void)(X),1)
+#define sqlite3_mutex_notheld(X)  ((void)(X),1)
+#define sqlite3MutexAlloc(X)      ((sqlite3_mutex*)8)
+#define sqlite3MutexInit()        SQLITE_OK
+#define sqlite3MutexEnd()
+#define MUTEX_LOGIC(X)
+#else
+#define MUTEX_LOGIC(X)            X
+#endif /* defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT) */
+
+/************** End of mutex.h ***********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
+
+
+/*
+** Each database file to be accessed by the system is an instance
+** of the following structure.  There are normally two of these structures
+** in the sqlite.aDb[] array.  aDb[0] is the main database file and
+** aDb[1] is the database file used to hold temporary tables.  Additional
+** databases may be attached.
+*/
+struct Db {
+  char *zName;         /* Name of this database */
+  Btree *pBt;          /* The B*Tree structure for this database file */
+  u8 inTrans;          /* 0: not writable.  1: Transaction.  2: Checkpoint */
+  u8 safety_level;     /* How aggressive at syncing data to disk */
+  Schema *pSchema;     /* Pointer to database schema (possibly shared) */
+};
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure stores a database schema.
+**
+** Most Schema objects are associated with a Btree.  The exception is
+** the Schema for the TEMP databaes (sqlite3.aDb[1]) which is free-standing.
+** In shared cache mode, a single Schema object can be shared by multiple
+** Btrees that refer to the same underlying BtShared object.
+** 
+** Schema objects are automatically deallocated when the last Btree that
+** references them is destroyed.   The TEMP Schema is manually freed by
+** sqlite3_close().
+*
+** A thread must be holding a mutex on the corresponding Btree in order
+** to access Schema content.  This implies that the thread must also be
+** holding a mutex on the sqlite3 connection pointer that owns the Btree.
+** For a TEMP Schema, only the connection mutex is required.
+*/
+struct Schema {
+  int schema_cookie;   /* Database schema version number for this file */
+  int iGeneration;     /* Generation counter.  Incremented with each change */
+  Hash tblHash;        /* All tables indexed by name */
+  Hash idxHash;        /* All (named) indices indexed by name */
+  Hash trigHash;       /* All triggers indexed by name */
+  Hash fkeyHash;       /* All foreign keys by referenced table name */
+  Table *pSeqTab;      /* The sqlite_sequence table used by AUTOINCREMENT */
+  u8 file_format;      /* Schema format version for this file */
+  u8 enc;              /* Text encoding used by this database */
+  u16 flags;           /* Flags associated with this schema */
+  int cache_size;      /* Number of pages to use in the cache */
+};
+
+/*
+** These macros can be used to test, set, or clear bits in the 
+** Db.pSchema->flags field.
+*/
+#define DbHasProperty(D,I,P)     (((D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags&(P))==(P))
+#define DbHasAnyProperty(D,I,P)  (((D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags&(P))!=0)
+#define DbSetProperty(D,I,P)     (D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags|=(P)
+#define DbClearProperty(D,I,P)   (D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags&=~(P)
+
+/*
+** Allowed values for the DB.pSchema->flags field.
+**
+** The DB_SchemaLoaded flag is set after the database schema has been
+** read into internal hash tables.
+**
+** DB_UnresetViews means that one or more views have column names that
+** have been filled out.  If the schema changes, these column names might
+** changes and so the view will need to be reset.
+*/
+#define DB_SchemaLoaded    0x0001  /* The schema has been loaded */
+#define DB_UnresetViews    0x0002  /* Some views have defined column names */
+#define DB_Empty           0x0004  /* The file is empty (length 0 bytes) */
+
+/*
+** The number of different kinds of things that can be limited
+** using the sqlite3_limit() interface.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_N_LIMIT (SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH+1)
+
+/*
+** Lookaside malloc is a set of fixed-size buffers that can be used
+** to satisfy small transient memory allocation requests for objects
+** associated with a particular database connection.  The use of
+** lookaside malloc provides a significant performance enhancement
+** (approx 10%) by avoiding numerous malloc/free requests while parsing
+** SQL statements.
+**
+** The Lookaside structure holds configuration information about the
+** lookaside malloc subsystem.  Each available memory allocation in
+** the lookaside subsystem is stored on a linked list of LookasideSlot
+** objects.
+**
+** Lookaside allocations are only allowed for objects that are associated
+** with a particular database connection.  Hence, schema information cannot
+** be stored in lookaside because in shared cache mode the schema information
+** is shared by multiple database connections.  Therefore, while parsing
+** schema information, the Lookaside.bEnabled flag is cleared so that
+** lookaside allocations are not used to construct the schema objects.
+*/
+struct Lookaside {
+  u16 sz;                 /* Size of each buffer in bytes */
+  u8 bEnabled;            /* False to disable new lookaside allocations */
+  u8 bMalloced;           /* True if pStart obtained from sqlite3_malloc() */
+  int nOut;               /* Number of buffers currently checked out */
+  int mxOut;              /* Highwater mark for nOut */
+  int anStat[3];          /* 0: hits.  1: size misses.  2: full misses */
+  LookasideSlot *pFree;   /* List of available buffers */
+  void *pStart;           /* First byte of available memory space */
+  void *pEnd;             /* First byte past end of available space */
+};
+struct LookasideSlot {
+  LookasideSlot *pNext;    /* Next buffer in the list of free buffers */
+};
+
+/*
+** A hash table for function definitions.
+**
+** Hash each FuncDef structure into one of the FuncDefHash.a[] slots.
+** Collisions are on the FuncDef.pHash chain.
+*/
+struct FuncDefHash {
+  FuncDef *a[23];       /* Hash table for functions */
+};
+
+/*
+** Each database connection is an instance of the following structure.
+*/
+struct sqlite3 {
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;            /* OS Interface */
+  struct Vdbe *pVdbe;           /* List of active virtual machines */
+  CollSeq *pDfltColl;           /* The default collating sequence (BINARY) */
+  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;         /* Connection mutex */
+  Db *aDb;                      /* All backends */
+  int nDb;                      /* Number of backends currently in use */
+  int flags;                    /* Miscellaneous flags. See below */
+  i64 lastRowid;                /* ROWID of most recent insert (see above) */
+  unsigned int openFlags;       /* Flags passed to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
+  int errCode;                  /* Most recent error code (SQLITE_*) */
+  int errMask;                  /* & result codes with this before returning */
+  u8 autoCommit;                /* The auto-commit flag. */
+  u8 temp_store;                /* 1: file 2: memory 0: default */
+  u8 mallocFailed;              /* True if we have seen a malloc failure */
+  u8 dfltLockMode;              /* Default locking-mode for attached dbs */
+  signed char nextAutovac;      /* Autovac setting after VACUUM if >=0 */
+  u8 suppressErr;               /* Do not issue error messages if true */
+  u8 vtabOnConflict;            /* Value to return for s3_vtab_on_conflict() */
+  u8 isTransactionSavepoint;    /* True if the outermost savepoint is a TS */
+  int nextPagesize;             /* Pagesize after VACUUM if >0 */
+  u32 magic;                    /* Magic number for detect library misuse */
+  int nChange;                  /* Value returned by sqlite3_changes() */
+  int nTotalChange;             /* Value returned by sqlite3_total_changes() */
+  int aLimit[SQLITE_N_LIMIT];   /* Limits */
+  struct sqlite3InitInfo {      /* Information used during initialization */
+    int newTnum;                /* Rootpage of table being initialized */
+    u8 iDb;                     /* Which db file is being initialized */
+    u8 busy;                    /* TRUE if currently initializing */
+    u8 orphanTrigger;           /* Last statement is orphaned TEMP trigger */
+  } init;
+  int activeVdbeCnt;            /* Number of VDBEs currently executing */
+  int writeVdbeCnt;             /* Number of active VDBEs that are writing */
+  int vdbeExecCnt;              /* Number of nested calls to VdbeExec() */
+  int nExtension;               /* Number of loaded extensions */
+  void **aExtension;            /* Array of shared library handles */
+  void (*xTrace)(void*,const char*);        /* Trace function */
+  void *pTraceArg;                          /* Argument to the trace function */
+  void (*xProfile)(void*,const char*,u64);  /* Profiling function */
+  void *pProfileArg;                        /* Argument to profile function */
+  void *pCommitArg;                 /* Argument to xCommitCallback() */   
+  int (*xCommitCallback)(void*);    /* Invoked at every commit. */
+  void *pRollbackArg;               /* Argument to xRollbackCallback() */   
+  void (*xRollbackCallback)(void*); /* Invoked at every commit. */
+  void *pUpdateArg;
+  void (*xUpdateCallback)(void*,int, const char*,const char*,sqlite_int64);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+  int (*xWalCallback)(void *, sqlite3 *, const char *, int);
+  void *pWalArg;
+#endif
+  void(*xCollNeeded)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*);
+  void(*xCollNeeded16)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*);
+  void *pCollNeededArg;
+  sqlite3_value *pErr;          /* Most recent error message */
+  char *zErrMsg;                /* Most recent error message (UTF-8 encoded) */
+  char *zErrMsg16;              /* Most recent error message (UTF-16 encoded) */
+  union {
+    volatile int isInterrupted; /* True if sqlite3_interrupt has been called */
+    double notUsed1;            /* Spacer */
+  } u1;
+  Lookaside lookaside;          /* Lookaside malloc configuration */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*);
+                                /* Access authorization function */
+  void *pAuthArg;               /* 1st argument to the access auth function */
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
+  int (*xProgress)(void *);     /* The progress callback */
+  void *pProgressArg;           /* Argument to the progress callback */
+  int nProgressOps;             /* Number of opcodes for progress callback */
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  int nVTrans;                  /* Allocated size of aVTrans */
+  Hash aModule;                 /* populated by sqlite3_create_module() */
+  VtabCtx *pVtabCtx;            /* Context for active vtab connect/create */
+  VTable **aVTrans;             /* Virtual tables with open transactions */
+  VTable *pDisconnect;    /* Disconnect these in next sqlite3_prepare() */
+#endif
+  FuncDefHash aFunc;            /* Hash table of connection functions */
+  Hash aCollSeq;                /* All collating sequences */
+  BusyHandler busyHandler;      /* Busy callback */
+  Db aDbStatic[2];              /* Static space for the 2 default backends */
+  Savepoint *pSavepoint;        /* List of active savepoints */
+  int busyTimeout;              /* Busy handler timeout, in msec */
+  int nSavepoint;               /* Number of non-transaction savepoints */
+  int nStatement;               /* Number of nested statement-transactions  */
+  i64 nDeferredCons;            /* Net deferred constraints this transaction. */
+  int *pnBytesFreed;            /* If not NULL, increment this in DbFree() */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY
+  /* The following variables are all protected by the STATIC_MASTER 
+  ** mutex, not by sqlite3.mutex. They are used by code in notify.c. 
+  **
+  ** When X.pUnlockConnection==Y, that means that X is waiting for Y to
+  ** unlock so that it can proceed.
+  **
+  ** When X.pBlockingConnection==Y, that means that something that X tried
+  ** tried to do recently failed with an SQLITE_LOCKED error due to locks
+  ** held by Y.
+  */
+  sqlite3 *pBlockingConnection; /* Connection that caused SQLITE_LOCKED */
+  sqlite3 *pUnlockConnection;           /* Connection to watch for unlock */
+  void *pUnlockArg;                     /* Argument to xUnlockNotify */
+  void (*xUnlockNotify)(void **, int);  /* Unlock notify callback */
+  sqlite3 *pNextBlocked;        /* Next in list of all blocked connections */
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+** A macro to discover the encoding of a database.
+*/
+#define ENC(db) ((db)->aDb[0].pSchema->enc)
+
+/*
+** Possible values for the sqlite3.flags.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_VdbeTrace      0x00000100  /* True to trace VDBE execution */
+#define SQLITE_InternChanges  0x00000200  /* Uncommitted Hash table changes */
+#define SQLITE_FullColNames   0x00000400  /* Show full column names on SELECT */
+#define SQLITE_ShortColNames  0x00000800  /* Show short columns names */
+#define SQLITE_CountRows      0x00001000  /* Count rows changed by INSERT, */
+                                          /*   DELETE, or UPDATE and return */
+                                          /*   the count using a callback. */
+#define SQLITE_NullCallback   0x00002000  /* Invoke the callback once if the */
+                                          /*   result set is empty */
+#define SQLITE_SqlTrace       0x00004000  /* Debug print SQL as it executes */
+#define SQLITE_VdbeListing    0x00008000  /* Debug listings of VDBE programs */
+#define SQLITE_WriteSchema    0x00010000  /* OK to update SQLITE_MASTER */
+                         /*   0x00020000  Unused */
+#define SQLITE_IgnoreChecks   0x00040000  /* Do not enforce check constraints */
+#define SQLITE_ReadUncommitted 0x0080000  /* For shared-cache mode */
+#define SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt  0x00100000  /* Create new databases in format 1 */
+#define SQLITE_FullFSync      0x00200000  /* Use full fsync on the backend */
+#define SQLITE_CkptFullFSync  0x00400000  /* Use full fsync for checkpoint */
+#define SQLITE_RecoveryMode   0x00800000  /* Ignore schema errors */
+#define SQLITE_ReverseOrder   0x01000000  /* Reverse unordered SELECTs */
+#define SQLITE_RecTriggers    0x02000000  /* Enable recursive triggers */
+#define SQLITE_ForeignKeys    0x04000000  /* Enforce foreign key constraints  */
+#define SQLITE_AutoIndex      0x08000000  /* Enable automatic indexes */
+#define SQLITE_PreferBuiltin  0x10000000  /* Preference to built-in funcs */
+#define SQLITE_LoadExtension  0x20000000  /* Enable load_extension */
+#define SQLITE_EnableTrigger  0x40000000  /* True to enable triggers */
+
+/*
+** Bits of the sqlite3.flags field that are used by the
+** sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS,...) interface.
+** These must be the low-order bits of the flags field.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_QueryFlattener 0x01        /* Disable query flattening */
+#define SQLITE_ColumnCache    0x02        /* Disable the column cache */
+#define SQLITE_IndexSort      0x04        /* Disable indexes for sorting */
+#define SQLITE_IndexSearch    0x08        /* Disable indexes for searching */
+#define SQLITE_IndexCover     0x10        /* Disable index covering table */
+#define SQLITE_GroupByOrder   0x20        /* Disable GROUPBY cover of ORDERBY */
+#define SQLITE_FactorOutConst 0x40        /* Disable factoring out constants */
+#define SQLITE_IdxRealAsInt   0x80        /* Store REAL as INT in indices */
+#define SQLITE_DistinctOpt    0x80        /* DISTINCT using indexes */
+#define SQLITE_OptMask        0xff        /* Mask of all disablable opts */
+
+/*
+** Possible values for the sqlite.magic field.
+** The numbers are obtained at random and have no special meaning, other
+** than being distinct from one another.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN     0xa029a697  /* Database is open */
+#define SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED   0x9f3c2d33  /* Database is closed */
+#define SQLITE_MAGIC_SICK     0x4b771290  /* Error and awaiting close */
+#define SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY     0xf03b7906  /* Database currently in use */
+#define SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR    0xb5357930  /* An SQLITE_MISUSE error occurred */
+#define SQLITE_MAGIC_ZOMBIE   0x64cffc7f  /* Close with last statement close */
+
+/*
+** Each SQL function is defined by an instance of the following
+** structure.  A pointer to this structure is stored in the sqlite.aFunc
+** hash table.  When multiple functions have the same name, the hash table
+** points to a linked list of these structures.
+*/
+struct FuncDef {
+  i16 nArg;            /* Number of arguments.  -1 means unlimited */
+  u8 iPrefEnc;         /* Preferred text encoding (SQLITE_UTF8, 16LE, 16BE) */
+  u8 flags;            /* Some combination of SQLITE_FUNC_* */
+  void *pUserData;     /* User data parameter */
+  FuncDef *pNext;      /* Next function with same name */
+  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); /* Regular function */
+  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); /* Aggregate step */
+  void (*xFinalize)(sqlite3_context*);                /* Aggregate finalizer */
+  char *zName;         /* SQL name of the function. */
+  FuncDef *pHash;      /* Next with a different name but the same hash */
+  FuncDestructor *pDestructor;   /* Reference counted destructor function */
+};
+
+/*
+** This structure encapsulates a user-function destructor callback (as
+** configured using create_function_v2()) and a reference counter. When
+** create_function_v2() is called to create a function with a destructor,
+** a single object of this type is allocated. FuncDestructor.nRef is set to 
+** the number of FuncDef objects created (either 1 or 3, depending on whether
+** or not the specified encoding is SQLITE_ANY). The FuncDef.pDestructor
+** member of each of the new FuncDef objects is set to point to the allocated
+** FuncDestructor.
+**
+** Thereafter, when one of the FuncDef objects is deleted, the reference
+** count on this object is decremented. When it reaches 0, the destructor
+** is invoked and the FuncDestructor structure freed.
+*/
+struct FuncDestructor {
+  int nRef;
+  void (*xDestroy)(void *);
+  void *pUserData;
+};
+
+/*
+** Possible values for FuncDef.flags.  Note that the _LENGTH and _TYPEOF
+** values must correspond to OPFLAG_LENGTHARG and OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG.  There
+** are assert() statements in the code to verify this.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE     0x01 /* Candidate for the LIKE optimization */
+#define SQLITE_FUNC_CASE     0x02 /* Case-sensitive LIKE-type function */
+#define SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM    0x04 /* Ephemeral.  Delete with VDBE */
+#define SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL 0x08 /* sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq() might be called */
+#define SQLITE_FUNC_COUNT    0x10 /* Built-in count(*) aggregate */
+#define SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE 0x20 /* Built-in coalesce() or ifnull() function */
+#define SQLITE_FUNC_LENGTH   0x40 /* Built-in length() function */
+#define SQLITE_FUNC_TYPEOF   0x80 /* Built-in typeof() function */
+
+/*
+** The following three macros, FUNCTION(), LIKEFUNC() and AGGREGATE() are
+** used to create the initializers for the FuncDef structures.
+**
+**   FUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc)
+**     Used to create a scalar function definition of a function zName 
+**     implemented by C function xFunc that accepts nArg arguments. The
+**     value passed as iArg is cast to a (void*) and made available
+**     as the user-data (sqlite3_user_data()) for the function. If 
+**     argument bNC is true, then the SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL flag is set.
+**
+**   AGGREGATE(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xStep, xFinal)
+**     Used to create an aggregate function definition implemented by
+**     the C functions xStep and xFinal. The first four parameters
+**     are interpreted in the same way as the first 4 parameters to
+**     FUNCTION().
+**
+**   LIKEFUNC(zName, nArg, pArg, flags)
+**     Used to create a scalar function definition of a function zName 
+**     that accepts nArg arguments and is implemented by a call to C 
+**     function likeFunc. Argument pArg is cast to a (void *) and made
+**     available as the function user-data (sqlite3_user_data()). The
+**     FuncDef.flags variable is set to the value passed as the flags
+**     parameter.
+*/
+#define FUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) \
+  {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, (bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL), \
+   SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iArg), 0, xFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0, 0}
+#define FUNCTION2(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc, extraFlags) \
+  {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, (bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL)|extraFlags, \
+   SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iArg), 0, xFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0, 0}
+#define STR_FUNCTION(zName, nArg, pArg, bNC, xFunc) \
+  {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL, \
+   pArg, 0, xFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0, 0}
+#define LIKEFUNC(zName, nArg, arg, flags) \
+  {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, flags, (void *)arg, 0, likeFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0, 0}
+#define AGGREGATE(zName, nArg, arg, nc, xStep, xFinal) \
+  {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, nc*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL, \
+   SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(arg), 0, 0, xStep,xFinal,#zName,0,0}
+
+/*
+** All current savepoints are stored in a linked list starting at
+** sqlite3.pSavepoint. The first element in the list is the most recently
+** opened savepoint. Savepoints are added to the list by the vdbe
+** OP_Savepoint instruction.
+*/
+struct Savepoint {
+  char *zName;                        /* Savepoint name (nul-terminated) */
+  i64 nDeferredCons;                  /* Number of deferred fk violations */
+  Savepoint *pNext;                   /* Parent savepoint (if any) */
+};
+
+/*
+** The following are used as the second parameter to sqlite3Savepoint(),
+** and as the P1 argument to the OP_Savepoint instruction.
+*/
+#define SAVEPOINT_BEGIN      0
+#define SAVEPOINT_RELEASE    1
+#define SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK   2
+
+
+/*
+** Each SQLite module (virtual table definition) is defined by an
+** instance of the following structure, stored in the sqlite3.aModule
+** hash table.
+*/
+struct Module {
+  const sqlite3_module *pModule;       /* Callback pointers */
+  const char *zName;                   /* Name passed to create_module() */
+  void *pAux;                          /* pAux passed to create_module() */
+  void (*xDestroy)(void *);            /* Module destructor function */
+};
+
+/*
+** information about each column of an SQL table is held in an instance
+** of this structure.
+*/
+struct Column {
+  char *zName;     /* Name of this column */
+  Expr *pDflt;     /* Default value of this column */
+  char *zDflt;     /* Original text of the default value */
+  char *zType;     /* Data type for this column */
+  char *zColl;     /* Collating sequence.  If NULL, use the default */
+  u8 notNull;      /* True if there is a NOT NULL constraint */
+  u8 isPrimKey;    /* True if this column is part of the PRIMARY KEY */
+  char affinity;   /* One of the SQLITE_AFF_... values */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  u8 isHidden;     /* True if this column is 'hidden' */
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+** A "Collating Sequence" is defined by an instance of the following
+** structure. Conceptually, a collating sequence consists of a name and
+** a comparison routine that defines the order of that sequence.
+**
+** There may two separate implementations of the collation function, one
+** that processes text in UTF-8 encoding (CollSeq.xCmp) and another that
+** processes text encoded in UTF-16 (CollSeq.xCmp16), using the machine
+** native byte order. When a collation sequence is invoked, SQLite selects
+** the version that will require the least expensive encoding
+** translations, if any.
+**
+** The CollSeq.pUser member variable is an extra parameter that passed in
+** as the first argument to the UTF-8 comparison function, xCmp.
+** CollSeq.pUser16 is the equivalent for the UTF-16 comparison function,
+** xCmp16.
+**
+** If both CollSeq.xCmp and CollSeq.xCmp16 are NULL, it means that the
+** collating sequence is undefined.  Indices built on an undefined
+** collating sequence may not be read or written.
+*/
+struct CollSeq {
+  char *zName;          /* Name of the collating sequence, UTF-8 encoded */
+  u8 enc;               /* Text encoding handled by xCmp() */
+  void *pUser;          /* First argument to xCmp() */
+  int (*xCmp)(void*,int, const void*, int, const void*);
+  void (*xDel)(void*);  /* Destructor for pUser */
+};
+
+/*
+** A sort order can be either ASC or DESC.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_SO_ASC       0  /* Sort in ascending order */
+#define SQLITE_SO_DESC      1  /* Sort in ascending order */
+
+/*
+** Column affinity types.
+**
+** These used to have mnemonic name like 'i' for SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER and
+** 't' for SQLITE_AFF_TEXT.  But we can save a little space and improve
+** the speed a little by numbering the values consecutively.  
+**
+** But rather than start with 0 or 1, we begin with 'a'.  That way,
+** when multiple affinity types are concatenated into a string and
+** used as the P4 operand, they will be more readable.
+**
+** Note also that the numeric types are grouped together so that testing
+** for a numeric type is a single comparison.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_AFF_TEXT     'a'
+#define SQLITE_AFF_NONE     'b'
+#define SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC  'c'
+#define SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER  'd'
+#define SQLITE_AFF_REAL     'e'
+
+#define sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(X)  ((X)>=SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC)
+
+/*
+** The SQLITE_AFF_MASK values masks off the significant bits of an
+** affinity value. 
+*/
+#define SQLITE_AFF_MASK     0x67
+
+/*
+** Additional bit values that can be ORed with an affinity without
+** changing the affinity.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL   0x08  /* jumps if either operand is NULL */
+#define SQLITE_STOREP2      0x10  /* Store result in reg[P2] rather than jump */
+#define SQLITE_NULLEQ       0x80  /* NULL=NULL */
+
+/*
+** An object of this type is created for each virtual table present in
+** the database schema. 
+**
+** If the database schema is shared, then there is one instance of this
+** structure for each database connection (sqlite3*) that uses the shared
+** schema. This is because each database connection requires its own unique
+** instance of the sqlite3_vtab* handle used to access the virtual table 
+** implementation. sqlite3_vtab* handles can not be shared between 
+** database connections, even when the rest of the in-memory database 
+** schema is shared, as the implementation often stores the database
+** connection handle passed to it via the xConnect() or xCreate() method
+** during initialization internally. This database connection handle may
+** then be used by the virtual table implementation to access real tables 
+** within the database. So that they appear as part of the callers 
+** transaction, these accesses need to be made via the same database 
+** connection as that used to execute SQL operations on the virtual table.
+**
+** All VTable objects that correspond to a single table in a shared
+** database schema are initially stored in a linked-list pointed to by
+** the Table.pVTable member variable of the corresponding Table object.
+** When an sqlite3_prepare() operation is required to access the virtual
+** table, it searches the list for the VTable that corresponds to the
+** database connection doing the preparing so as to use the correct
+** sqlite3_vtab* handle in the compiled query.
+**
+** When an in-memory Table object is deleted (for example when the
+** schema is being reloaded for some reason), the VTable objects are not 
+** deleted and the sqlite3_vtab* handles are not xDisconnect()ed 
+** immediately. Instead, they are moved from the Table.pVTable list to
+** another linked list headed by the sqlite3.pDisconnect member of the
+** corresponding sqlite3 structure. They are then deleted/xDisconnected 
+** next time a statement is prepared using said sqlite3*. This is done
+** to avoid deadlock issues involving multiple sqlite3.mutex mutexes.
+** Refer to comments above function sqlite3VtabUnlockList() for an
+** explanation as to why it is safe to add an entry to an sqlite3.pDisconnect
+** list without holding the corresponding sqlite3.mutex mutex.
+**
+** The memory for objects of this type is always allocated by 
+** sqlite3DbMalloc(), using the connection handle stored in VTable.db as 
+** the first argument.
+*/
+struct VTable {
+  sqlite3 *db;              /* Database connection associated with this table */
+  Module *pMod;             /* Pointer to module implementation */
+  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;      /* Pointer to vtab instance */
+  int nRef;                 /* Number of pointers to this structure */
+  u8 bConstraint;           /* True if constraints are supported */
+  int iSavepoint;           /* Depth of the SAVEPOINT stack */
+  VTable *pNext;            /* Next in linked list (see above) */
+};
+
+/*
+** Each SQL table is represented in memory by an instance of the
+** following structure.
+**
+** Table.zName is the name of the table.  The case of the original
+** CREATE TABLE statement is stored, but case is not significant for
+** comparisons.
+**
+** Table.nCol is the number of columns in this table.  Table.aCol is a
+** pointer to an array of Column structures, one for each column.
+**
+** If the table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, then Table.iPKey is the index of
+** the column that is that key.   Otherwise Table.iPKey is negative.  Note
+** that the datatype of the PRIMARY KEY must be INTEGER for this field to
+** be set.  An INTEGER PRIMARY KEY is used as the rowid for each row of
+** the table.  If a table has no INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, then a random rowid
+** is generated for each row of the table.  TF_HasPrimaryKey is set if
+** the table has any PRIMARY KEY, INTEGER or otherwise.
+**
+** Table.tnum is the page number for the root BTree page of the table in the
+** database file.  If Table.iDb is the index of the database table backend
+** in sqlite.aDb[].  0 is for the main database and 1 is for the file that
+** holds temporary tables and indices.  If TF_Ephemeral is set
+** then the table is stored in a file that is automatically deleted
+** when the VDBE cursor to the table is closed.  In this case Table.tnum 
+** refers VDBE cursor number that holds the table open, not to the root
+** page number.  Transient tables are used to hold the results of a
+** sub-query that appears instead of a real table name in the FROM clause 
+** of a SELECT statement.
+*/
+struct Table {
+  char *zName;         /* Name of the table or view */
+  int iPKey;           /* If not negative, use aCol[iPKey] as the primary key */
+  int nCol;            /* Number of columns in this table */
+  Column *aCol;        /* Information about each column */
+  Index *pIndex;       /* List of SQL indexes on this table. */
+  int tnum;            /* Root BTree node for this table (see note above) */
+  tRowcnt nRowEst;     /* Estimated rows in table - from sqlite_stat1 table */
+  Select *pSelect;     /* NULL for tables.  Points to definition if a view. */
+  u16 nRef;            /* Number of pointers to this Table */
+  u8 tabFlags;         /* Mask of TF_* values */
+  u8 keyConf;          /* What to do in case of uniqueness conflict on iPKey */
+  FKey *pFKey;         /* Linked list of all foreign keys in this table */
+  char *zColAff;       /* String defining the affinity of each column */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
+  ExprList *pCheck;    /* All CHECK constraints */
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE
+  int addColOffset;    /* Offset in CREATE TABLE stmt to add a new column */
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  VTable *pVTable;     /* List of VTable objects. */
+  int nModuleArg;      /* Number of arguments to the module */
+  char **azModuleArg;  /* Text of all module args. [0] is module name */
+#endif
+  Trigger *pTrigger;   /* List of triggers stored in pSchema */
+  Schema *pSchema;     /* Schema that contains this table */
+  Table *pNextZombie;  /* Next on the Parse.pZombieTab list */
+};
+
+/*
+** Allowed values for Tabe.tabFlags.
+*/
+#define TF_Readonly        0x01    /* Read-only system table */
+#define TF_Ephemeral       0x02    /* An ephemeral table */
+#define TF_HasPrimaryKey   0x04    /* Table has a primary key */
+#define TF_Autoincrement   0x08    /* Integer primary key is autoincrement */
+#define TF_Virtual         0x10    /* Is a virtual table */
+
+
+/*
+** Test to see whether or not a table is a virtual table.  This is
+** done as a macro so that it will be optimized out when virtual
+** table support is omitted from the build.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+#  define IsVirtual(X)      (((X)->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0)
+#  define IsHiddenColumn(X) ((X)->isHidden)
+#else
+#  define IsVirtual(X)      0
+#  define IsHiddenColumn(X) 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Each foreign key constraint is an instance of the following structure.
+**
+** A foreign key is associated with two tables.  The "from" table is
+** the table that contains the REFERENCES clause that creates the foreign
+** key.  The "to" table is the table that is named in the REFERENCES clause.
+** Consider this example:
+**
+**     CREATE TABLE ex1(
+**       a INTEGER PRIMARY KEY,
+**       b INTEGER CONSTRAINT fk1 REFERENCES ex2(x)
+**     );
+**
+** For foreign key "fk1", the from-table is "ex1" and the to-table is "ex2".
+**
+** Each REFERENCES clause generates an instance of the following structure
+** which is attached to the from-table.  The to-table need not exist when
+** the from-table is created.  The existence of the to-table is not checked.
+*/
+struct FKey {
+  Table *pFrom;     /* Table containing the REFERENCES clause (aka: Child) */
+  FKey *pNextFrom;  /* Next foreign key in pFrom */
+  char *zTo;        /* Name of table that the key points to (aka: Parent) */
+  FKey *pNextTo;    /* Next foreign key on table named zTo */
+  FKey *pPrevTo;    /* Previous foreign key on table named zTo */
+  int nCol;         /* Number of columns in this key */
+  /* EV: R-30323-21917 */
+  u8 isDeferred;    /* True if constraint checking is deferred till COMMIT */
+  u8 aAction[2];          /* ON DELETE and ON UPDATE actions, respectively */
+  Trigger *apTrigger[2];  /* Triggers for aAction[] actions */
+  struct sColMap {  /* Mapping of columns in pFrom to columns in zTo */
+    int iFrom;         /* Index of column in pFrom */
+    char *zCol;        /* Name of column in zTo.  If 0 use PRIMARY KEY */
+  } aCol[1];        /* One entry for each of nCol column s */
+};
+
+/*
+** SQLite supports many different ways to resolve a constraint
+** error.  ROLLBACK processing means that a constraint violation
+** causes the operation in process to fail and for the current transaction
+** to be rolled back.  ABORT processing means the operation in process
+** fails and any prior changes from that one operation are backed out,
+** but the transaction is not rolled back.  FAIL processing means that
+** the operation in progress stops and returns an error code.  But prior
+** changes due to the same operation are not backed out and no rollback
+** occurs.  IGNORE means that the particular row that caused the constraint
+** error is not inserted or updated.  Processing continues and no error
+** is returned.  REPLACE means that preexisting database rows that caused
+** a UNIQUE constraint violation are removed so that the new insert or
+** update can proceed.  Processing continues and no error is reported.
+**
+** RESTRICT, SETNULL, and CASCADE actions apply only to foreign keys.
+** RESTRICT is the same as ABORT for IMMEDIATE foreign keys and the
+** same as ROLLBACK for DEFERRED keys.  SETNULL means that the foreign
+** key is set to NULL.  CASCADE means that a DELETE or UPDATE of the
+** referenced table row is propagated into the row that holds the
+** foreign key.
+** 
+** The following symbolic values are used to record which type
+** of action to take.
+*/
+#define OE_None     0   /* There is no constraint to check */
+#define OE_Rollback 1   /* Fail the operation and rollback the transaction */
+#define OE_Abort    2   /* Back out changes but do no rollback transaction */
+#define OE_Fail     3   /* Stop the operation but leave all prior changes */
+#define OE_Ignore   4   /* Ignore the error. Do not do the INSERT or UPDATE */
+#define OE_Replace  5   /* Delete existing record, then do INSERT or UPDATE */
+
+#define OE_Restrict 6   /* OE_Abort for IMMEDIATE, OE_Rollback for DEFERRED */
+#define OE_SetNull  7   /* Set the foreign key value to NULL */
+#define OE_SetDflt  8   /* Set the foreign key value to its default */
+#define OE_Cascade  9   /* Cascade the changes */
+
+#define OE_Default  99  /* Do whatever the default action is */
+
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure is passed as the first
+** argument to sqlite3VdbeKeyCompare and is used to control the 
+** comparison of the two index keys.
+*/
+struct KeyInfo {
+  sqlite3 *db;        /* The database connection */
+  u8 enc;             /* Text encoding - one of the SQLITE_UTF* values */
+  u16 nField;         /* Number of entries in aColl[] */
+  u8 *aSortOrder;     /* Sort order for each column.  May be NULL */
+  CollSeq *aColl[1];  /* Collating sequence for each term of the key */
+};
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure holds information about a
+** single index record that has already been parsed out into individual
+** values.
+**
+** A record is an object that contains one or more fields of data.
+** Records are used to store the content of a table row and to store
+** the key of an index.  A blob encoding of a record is created by
+** the OP_MakeRecord opcode of the VDBE and is disassembled by the
+** OP_Column opcode.
+**
+** This structure holds a record that has already been disassembled
+** into its constituent fields.
+*/
+struct UnpackedRecord {
+  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;  /* Collation and sort-order information */
+  u16 nField;         /* Number of entries in apMem[] */
+  u8 flags;           /* Boolean settings.  UNPACKED_... below */
+  i64 rowid;          /* Used by UNPACKED_PREFIX_SEARCH */
+  Mem *aMem;          /* Values */
+};
+
+/*
+** Allowed values of UnpackedRecord.flags
+*/
+#define UNPACKED_INCRKEY       0x01  /* Make this key an epsilon larger */
+#define UNPACKED_PREFIX_MATCH  0x02  /* A prefix match is considered OK */
+#define UNPACKED_PREFIX_SEARCH 0x04  /* Ignore final (rowid) field */
+
+/*
+** Each SQL index is represented in memory by an
+** instance of the following structure.
+**
+** The columns of the table that are to be indexed are described
+** by the aiColumn[] field of this structure.  For example, suppose
+** we have the following table and index:
+**
+**     CREATE TABLE Ex1(c1 int, c2 int, c3 text);
+**     CREATE INDEX Ex2 ON Ex1(c3,c1);
+**
+** In the Table structure describing Ex1, nCol==3 because there are
+** three columns in the table.  In the Index structure describing
+** Ex2, nColumn==2 since 2 of the 3 columns of Ex1 are indexed.
+** The value of aiColumn is {2, 0}.  aiColumn[0]==2 because the 
+** first column to be indexed (c3) has an index of 2 in Ex1.aCol[].
+** The second column to be indexed (c1) has an index of 0 in
+** Ex1.aCol[], hence Ex2.aiColumn[1]==0.
+**
+** The Index.onError field determines whether or not the indexed columns
+** must be unique and what to do if they are not.  When Index.onError=OE_None,
+** it means this is not a unique index.  Otherwise it is a unique index
+** and the value of Index.onError indicate the which conflict resolution 
+** algorithm to employ whenever an attempt is made to insert a non-unique
+** element.
+*/
+struct Index {
+  char *zName;     /* Name of this index */
+  int *aiColumn;   /* Which columns are used by this index.  1st is 0 */
+  tRowcnt *aiRowEst; /* Result of ANALYZE: Est. rows selected by each column */
+  Table *pTable;   /* The SQL table being indexed */
+  char *zColAff;   /* String defining the affinity of each column */
+  Index *pNext;    /* The next index associated with the same table */
+  Schema *pSchema; /* Schema containing this index */
+  u8 *aSortOrder;  /* Array of size Index.nColumn. True==DESC, False==ASC */
+  char **azColl;   /* Array of collation sequence names for index */
+  int nColumn;     /* Number of columns in the table used by this index */
+  int tnum;        /* Page containing root of this index in database file */
+  u8 onError;      /* OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, OE_Replace, or OE_None */
+  u8 autoIndex;    /* True if is automatically created (ex: by UNIQUE) */
+  u8 bUnordered;   /* Use this index for == or IN queries only */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3
+  int nSample;             /* Number of elements in aSample[] */
+  tRowcnt avgEq;           /* Average nEq value for key values not in aSample */
+  IndexSample *aSample;    /* Samples of the left-most key */
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+** Each sample stored in the sqlite_stat3 table is represented in memory 
+** using a structure of this type.  See documentation at the top of the
+** analyze.c source file for additional information.
+*/
+struct IndexSample {
+  union {
+    char *z;        /* Value if eType is SQLITE_TEXT or SQLITE_BLOB */
+    double r;       /* Value if eType is SQLITE_FLOAT */
+    i64 i;          /* Value if eType is SQLITE_INTEGER */
+  } u;
+  u8 eType;         /* SQLITE_NULL, SQLITE_INTEGER ... etc. */
+  int nByte;        /* Size in byte of text or blob. */
+  tRowcnt nEq;      /* Est. number of rows where the key equals this sample */
+  tRowcnt nLt;      /* Est. number of rows where key is less than this sample */
+  tRowcnt nDLt;     /* Est. number of distinct keys less than this sample */
+};
+
+/*
+** Each token coming out of the lexer is an instance of
+** this structure.  Tokens are also used as part of an expression.
+**
+** Note if Token.z==0 then Token.dyn and Token.n are undefined and
+** may contain random values.  Do not make any assumptions about Token.dyn
+** and Token.n when Token.z==0.
+*/
+struct Token {
+  const char *z;     /* Text of the token.  Not NULL-terminated! */
+  unsigned int n;    /* Number of characters in this token */
+};
+
+/*
+** An instance of this structure contains information needed to generate
+** code for a SELECT that contains aggregate functions.
+**
+** If Expr.op==TK_AGG_COLUMN or TK_AGG_FUNCTION then Expr.pAggInfo is a
+** pointer to this structure.  The Expr.iColumn field is the index in
+** AggInfo.aCol[] or AggInfo.aFunc[] of information needed to generate
+** code for that node.
+**
+** AggInfo.pGroupBy and AggInfo.aFunc.pExpr point to fields within the
+** original Select structure that describes the SELECT statement.  These
+** fields do not need to be freed when deallocating the AggInfo structure.
+*/
+struct AggInfo {
+  u8 directMode;          /* Direct rendering mode means take data directly
+                          ** from source tables rather than from accumulators */
+  u8 useSortingIdx;       /* In direct mode, reference the sorting index rather
+                          ** than the source table */
+  int sortingIdx;         /* Cursor number of the sorting index */
+  int sortingIdxPTab;     /* Cursor number of pseudo-table */
+  int nSortingColumn;     /* Number of columns in the sorting index */
+  ExprList *pGroupBy;     /* The group by clause */
+  struct AggInfo_col {    /* For each column used in source tables */
+    Table *pTab;             /* Source table */
+    int iTable;              /* Cursor number of the source table */
+    int iColumn;             /* Column number within the source table */
+    int iSorterColumn;       /* Column number in the sorting index */
+    int iMem;                /* Memory location that acts as accumulator */
+    Expr *pExpr;             /* The original expression */
+  } *aCol;
+  int nColumn;            /* Number of used entries in aCol[] */
+  int nAccumulator;       /* Number of columns that show through to the output.
+                          ** Additional columns are used only as parameters to
+                          ** aggregate functions */
+  struct AggInfo_func {   /* For each aggregate function */
+    Expr *pExpr;             /* Expression encoding the function */
+    FuncDef *pFunc;          /* The aggregate function implementation */
+    int iMem;                /* Memory location that acts as accumulator */
+    int iDistinct;           /* Ephemeral table used to enforce DISTINCT */
+  } *aFunc;
+  int nFunc;              /* Number of entries in aFunc[] */
+};
+
+/*
+** The datatype ynVar is a signed integer, either 16-bit or 32-bit.
+** Usually it is 16-bits.  But if SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER is greater
+** than 32767 we have to make it 32-bit.  16-bit is preferred because
+** it uses less memory in the Expr object, which is a big memory user
+** in systems with lots of prepared statements.  And few applications
+** need more than about 10 or 20 variables.  But some extreme users want
+** to have prepared statements with over 32767 variables, and for them
+** the option is available (at compile-time).
+*/
+#if SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER<=32767
+typedef i16 ynVar;
+#else
+typedef int ynVar;
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Each node of an expression in the parse tree is an instance
+** of this structure.
+**
+** Expr.op is the opcode. The integer parser token codes are reused
+** as opcodes here. For example, the parser defines TK_GE to be an integer
+** code representing the ">=" operator. This same integer code is reused
+** to represent the greater-than-or-equal-to operator in the expression
+** tree.
+**
+** If the expression is an SQL literal (TK_INTEGER, TK_FLOAT, TK_BLOB, 
+** or TK_STRING), then Expr.token contains the text of the SQL literal. If
+** the expression is a variable (TK_VARIABLE), then Expr.token contains the 
+** variable name. Finally, if the expression is an SQL function (TK_FUNCTION),
+** then Expr.token contains the name of the function.
+**
+** Expr.pRight and Expr.pLeft are the left and right subexpressions of a
+** binary operator. Either or both may be NULL.
+**
+** Expr.x.pList is a list of arguments if the expression is an SQL function,
+** a CASE expression or an IN expression of the form "<lhs> IN (<y>, <z>...)".
+** Expr.x.pSelect is used if the expression is a sub-select or an expression of
+** the form "<lhs> IN (SELECT ...)". If the EP_xIsSelect bit is set in the
+** Expr.flags mask, then Expr.x.pSelect is valid. Otherwise, Expr.x.pList is 
+** valid.
+**
+** An expression of the form ID or ID.ID refers to a column in a table.
+** For such expressions, Expr.op is set to TK_COLUMN and Expr.iTable is
+** the integer cursor number of a VDBE cursor pointing to that table and
+** Expr.iColumn is the column number for the specific column.  If the
+** expression is used as a result in an aggregate SELECT, then the
+** value is also stored in the Expr.iAgg column in the aggregate so that
+** it can be accessed after all aggregates are computed.
+**
+** If the expression is an unbound variable marker (a question mark 
+** character '?' in the original SQL) then the Expr.iTable holds the index 
+** number for that variable.
+**
+** If the expression is a subquery then Expr.iColumn holds an integer
+** register number containing the result of the subquery.  If the
+** subquery gives a constant result, then iTable is -1.  If the subquery
+** gives a different answer at different times during statement processing
+** then iTable is the address of a subroutine that computes the subquery.
+**
+** If the Expr is of type OP_Column, and the table it is selecting from
+** is a disk table or the "old.*" pseudo-table, then pTab points to the
+** corresponding table definition.
+**
+** ALLOCATION NOTES:
+**
+** Expr objects can use a lot of memory space in database schema.  To
+** help reduce memory requirements, sometimes an Expr object will be
+** truncated.  And to reduce the number of memory allocations, sometimes
+** two or more Expr objects will be stored in a single memory allocation,
+** together with Expr.zToken strings.
+**
+** If the EP_Reduced and EP_TokenOnly flags are set when
+** an Expr object is truncated.  When EP_Reduced is set, then all
+** the child Expr objects in the Expr.pLeft and Expr.pRight subtrees
+** are contained within the same memory allocation.  Note, however, that
+** the subtrees in Expr.x.pList or Expr.x.pSelect are always separately
+** allocated, regardless of whether or not EP_Reduced is set.
+*/
+struct Expr {
+  u8 op;                 /* Operation performed by this node */
+  char affinity;         /* The affinity of the column or 0 if not a column */
+  u16 flags;             /* Various flags.  EP_* See below */
+  union {
+    char *zToken;          /* Token value. Zero terminated and dequoted */
+    int iValue;            /* Non-negative integer value if EP_IntValue */
+  } u;
+
+  /* If the EP_TokenOnly flag is set in the Expr.flags mask, then no
+  ** space is allocated for the fields below this point. An attempt to
+  ** access them will result in a segfault or malfunction. 
+  *********************************************************************/
+
+  Expr *pLeft;           /* Left subnode */
+  Expr *pRight;          /* Right subnode */
+  union {
+    ExprList *pList;     /* Function arguments or in "<expr> IN (<expr-list)" */
+    Select *pSelect;     /* Used for sub-selects and "<expr> IN (<select>)" */
+  } x;
+  CollSeq *pColl;        /* The collation type of the column or 0 */
+
+  /* If the EP_Reduced flag is set in the Expr.flags mask, then no
+  ** space is allocated for the fields below this point. An attempt to
+  ** access them will result in a segfault or malfunction.
+  *********************************************************************/
+
+  int iTable;            /* TK_COLUMN: cursor number of table holding column
+                         ** TK_REGISTER: register number
+                         ** TK_TRIGGER: 1 -> new, 0 -> old */
+  ynVar iColumn;         /* TK_COLUMN: column index.  -1 for rowid.
+                         ** TK_VARIABLE: variable number (always >= 1). */
+  i16 iAgg;              /* Which entry in pAggInfo->aCol[] or ->aFunc[] */
+  i16 iRightJoinTable;   /* If EP_FromJoin, the right table of the join */
+  u8 flags2;             /* Second set of flags.  EP2_... */
+  u8 op2;                /* TK_REGISTER: original value of Expr.op
+                         ** TK_COLUMN: the value of p5 for OP_Column
+                         ** TK_AGG_FUNCTION: nesting depth */
+  AggInfo *pAggInfo;     /* Used by TK_AGG_COLUMN and TK_AGG_FUNCTION */
+  Table *pTab;           /* Table for TK_COLUMN expressions. */
+#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
+  int nHeight;           /* Height of the tree headed by this node */
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+** The following are the meanings of bits in the Expr.flags field.
+*/
+#define EP_FromJoin   0x0001  /* Originated in ON or USING clause of a join */
+#define EP_Agg        0x0002  /* Contains one or more aggregate functions */
+#define EP_Resolved   0x0004  /* IDs have been resolved to COLUMNs */
+#define EP_Error      0x0008  /* Expression contains one or more errors */
+#define EP_Distinct   0x0010  /* Aggregate function with DISTINCT keyword */
+#define EP_VarSelect  0x0020  /* pSelect is correlated, not constant */
+#define EP_DblQuoted  0x0040  /* token.z was originally in "..." */
+#define EP_InfixFunc  0x0080  /* True for an infix function: LIKE, GLOB, etc */
+#define EP_ExpCollate 0x0100  /* Collating sequence specified explicitly */
+#define EP_FixedDest  0x0200  /* Result needed in a specific register */
+#define EP_IntValue   0x0400  /* Integer value contained in u.iValue */
+#define EP_xIsSelect  0x0800  /* x.pSelect is valid (otherwise x.pList is) */
+#define EP_Hint       0x1000  /* Not used */
+#define EP_Reduced    0x2000  /* Expr struct is EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE bytes only */
+#define EP_TokenOnly  0x4000  /* Expr struct is EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE bytes only */
+#define EP_Static     0x8000  /* Held in memory not obtained from malloc() */
+
+/*
+** The following are the meanings of bits in the Expr.flags2 field.
+*/
+#define EP2_MallocedToken  0x0001  /* Need to sqlite3DbFree() Expr.zToken */
+#define EP2_Irreducible    0x0002  /* Cannot EXPRDUP_REDUCE this Expr */
+
+/*
+** The pseudo-routine sqlite3ExprSetIrreducible sets the EP2_Irreducible
+** flag on an expression structure.  This flag is used for VV&A only.  The
+** routine is implemented as a macro that only works when in debugging mode,
+** so as not to burden production code.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+# define ExprSetIrreducible(X)  (X)->flags2 |= EP2_Irreducible
+#else
+# define ExprSetIrreducible(X)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** These macros can be used to test, set, or clear bits in the 
+** Expr.flags field.
+*/
+#define ExprHasProperty(E,P)     (((E)->flags&(P))==(P))
+#define ExprHasAnyProperty(E,P)  (((E)->flags&(P))!=0)
+#define ExprSetProperty(E,P)     (E)->flags|=(P)
+#define ExprClearProperty(E,P)   (E)->flags&=~(P)
+
+/*
+** Macros to determine the number of bytes required by a normal Expr 
+** struct, an Expr struct with the EP_Reduced flag set in Expr.flags 
+** and an Expr struct with the EP_TokenOnly flag set.
+*/
+#define EXPR_FULLSIZE           sizeof(Expr)           /* Full size */
+#define EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE        offsetof(Expr,iTable)  /* Common features */
+#define EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE      offsetof(Expr,pLeft)   /* Fewer features */
+
+/*
+** Flags passed to the sqlite3ExprDup() function. See the header comment 
+** above sqlite3ExprDup() for details.
+*/
+#define EXPRDUP_REDUCE         0x0001  /* Used reduced-size Expr nodes */
+
+/*
+** A list of expressions.  Each expression may optionally have a
+** name.  An expr/name combination can be used in several ways, such
+** as the list of "expr AS ID" fields following a "SELECT" or in the
+** list of "ID = expr" items in an UPDATE.  A list of expressions can
+** also be used as the argument to a function, in which case the a.zName
+** field is not used.
+*/
+struct ExprList {
+  int nExpr;             /* Number of expressions on the list */
+  int iECursor;          /* VDBE Cursor associated with this ExprList */
+  struct ExprList_item { /* For each expression in the list */
+    Expr *pExpr;           /* The list of expressions */
+    char *zName;           /* Token associated with this expression */
+    char *zSpan;           /* Original text of the expression */
+    u8 sortOrder;          /* 1 for DESC or 0 for ASC */
+    u8 done;               /* A flag to indicate when processing is finished */
+    u16 iOrderByCol;       /* For ORDER BY, column number in result set */
+    u16 iAlias;            /* Index into Parse.aAlias[] for zName */
+  } *a;                  /* Alloc a power of two greater or equal to nExpr */
+};
+
+/*
+** An instance of this structure is used by the parser to record both
+** the parse tree for an expression and the span of input text for an
+** expression.
+*/
+struct ExprSpan {
+  Expr *pExpr;          /* The expression parse tree */
+  const char *zStart;   /* First character of input text */
+  const char *zEnd;     /* One character past the end of input text */
+};
+
+/*
+** An instance of this structure can hold a simple list of identifiers,
+** such as the list "a,b,c" in the following statements:
+**
+**      INSERT INTO t(a,b,c) VALUES ...;
+**      CREATE INDEX idx ON t(a,b,c);
+**      CREATE TRIGGER trig BEFORE UPDATE ON t(a,b,c) ...;
+**
+** The IdList.a.idx field is used when the IdList represents the list of
+** column names after a table name in an INSERT statement.  In the statement
+**
+**     INSERT INTO t(a,b,c) ...
+**
+** If "a" is the k-th column of table "t", then IdList.a[0].idx==k.
+*/
+struct IdList {
+  struct IdList_item {
+    char *zName;      /* Name of the identifier */
+    int idx;          /* Index in some Table.aCol[] of a column named zName */
+  } *a;
+  int nId;         /* Number of identifiers on the list */
+};
+
+/*
+** The bitmask datatype defined below is used for various optimizations.
+**
+** Changing this from a 64-bit to a 32-bit type limits the number of
+** tables in a join to 32 instead of 64.  But it also reduces the size
+** of the library by 738 bytes on ix86.
+*/
+typedef u64 Bitmask;
+
+/*
+** The number of bits in a Bitmask.  "BMS" means "BitMask Size".
+*/
+#define BMS  ((int)(sizeof(Bitmask)*8))
+
+/*
+** The following structure describes the FROM clause of a SELECT statement.
+** Each table or subquery in the FROM clause is a separate element of
+** the SrcList.a[] array.
+**
+** With the addition of multiple database support, the following structure
+** can also be used to describe a particular table such as the table that
+** is modified by an INSERT, DELETE, or UPDATE statement.  In standard SQL,
+** such a table must be a simple name: ID.  But in SQLite, the table can
+** now be identified by a database name, a dot, then the table name: ID.ID.
+**
+** The jointype starts out showing the join type between the current table
+** and the next table on the list.  The parser builds the list this way.
+** But sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType() later shifts the jointypes so that each
+** jointype expresses the join between the table and the previous table.
+**
+** In the colUsed field, the high-order bit (bit 63) is set if the table
+** contains more than 63 columns and the 64-th or later column is used.
+*/
+struct SrcList {
+  i16 nSrc;        /* Number of tables or subqueries in the FROM clause */
+  i16 nAlloc;      /* Number of entries allocated in a[] below */
+  struct SrcList_item {
+    char *zDatabase;  /* Name of database holding this table */
+    char *zName;      /* Name of the table */
+    char *zAlias;     /* The "B" part of a "A AS B" phrase.  zName is the "A" */
+    Table *pTab;      /* An SQL table corresponding to zName */
+    Select *pSelect;  /* A SELECT statement used in place of a table name */
+    int addrFillSub;  /* Address of subroutine to manifest a subquery */
+    int regReturn;    /* Register holding return address of addrFillSub */
+    u8 jointype;      /* Type of join between this able and the previous */
+    u8 notIndexed;    /* True if there is a NOT INDEXED clause */
+    u8 isCorrelated;  /* True if sub-query is correlated */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
+    u8 iSelectId;     /* If pSelect!=0, the id of the sub-select in EQP */
+#endif
+    int iCursor;      /* The VDBE cursor number used to access this table */
+    Expr *pOn;        /* The ON clause of a join */
+    IdList *pUsing;   /* The USING clause of a join */
+    Bitmask colUsed;  /* Bit N (1<<N) set if column N of pTab is used */
+    char *zIndex;     /* Identifier from "INDEXED BY <zIndex>" clause */
+    Index *pIndex;    /* Index structure corresponding to zIndex, if any */
+  } a[1];             /* One entry for each identifier on the list */
+};
+
+/*
+** Permitted values of the SrcList.a.jointype field
+*/
+#define JT_INNER     0x0001    /* Any kind of inner or cross join */
+#define JT_CROSS     0x0002    /* Explicit use of the CROSS keyword */
+#define JT_NATURAL   0x0004    /* True for a "natural" join */
+#define JT_LEFT      0x0008    /* Left outer join */
+#define JT_RIGHT     0x0010    /* Right outer join */
+#define JT_OUTER     0x0020    /* The "OUTER" keyword is present */
+#define JT_ERROR     0x0040    /* unknown or unsupported join type */
+
+
+/*
+** A WherePlan object holds information that describes a lookup
+** strategy.
+**
+** This object is intended to be opaque outside of the where.c module.
+** It is included here only so that that compiler will know how big it
+** is.  None of the fields in this object should be used outside of
+** the where.c module.
+**
+** Within the union, pIdx is only used when wsFlags&WHERE_INDEXED is true.
+** pTerm is only used when wsFlags&WHERE_MULTI_OR is true.  And pVtabIdx
+** is only used when wsFlags&WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE is true.  It is never the
+** case that more than one of these conditions is true.
+*/
+struct WherePlan {
+  u32 wsFlags;                   /* WHERE_* flags that describe the strategy */
+  u32 nEq;                       /* Number of == constraints */
+  double nRow;                   /* Estimated number of rows (for EQP) */
+  union {
+    Index *pIdx;                   /* Index when WHERE_INDEXED is true */
+    struct WhereTerm *pTerm;       /* WHERE clause term for OR-search */
+    sqlite3_index_info *pVtabIdx;  /* Virtual table index to use */
+  } u;
+};
+
+/*
+** For each nested loop in a WHERE clause implementation, the WhereInfo
+** structure contains a single instance of this structure.  This structure
+** is intended to be private to the where.c module and should not be
+** access or modified by other modules.
+**
+** The pIdxInfo field is used to help pick the best index on a
+** virtual table.  The pIdxInfo pointer contains indexing
+** information for the i-th table in the FROM clause before reordering.
+** All the pIdxInfo pointers are freed by whereInfoFree() in where.c.
+** All other information in the i-th WhereLevel object for the i-th table
+** after FROM clause ordering.
+*/
+struct WhereLevel {
+  WherePlan plan;       /* query plan for this element of the FROM clause */
+  int iLeftJoin;        /* Memory cell used to implement LEFT OUTER JOIN */
+  int iTabCur;          /* The VDBE cursor used to access the table */
+  int iIdxCur;          /* The VDBE cursor used to access pIdx */
+  int addrBrk;          /* Jump here to break out of the loop */
+  int addrNxt;          /* Jump here to start the next IN combination */
+  int addrCont;         /* Jump here to continue with the next loop cycle */
+  int addrFirst;        /* First instruction of interior of the loop */
+  u8 iFrom;             /* Which entry in the FROM clause */
+  u8 op, p5;            /* Opcode and P5 of the opcode that ends the loop */
+  int p1, p2;           /* Operands of the opcode used to ends the loop */
+  union {               /* Information that depends on plan.wsFlags */
+    struct {
+      int nIn;              /* Number of entries in aInLoop[] */
+      struct InLoop {
+        int iCur;              /* The VDBE cursor used by this IN operator */
+        int addrInTop;         /* Top of the IN loop */
+      } *aInLoop;           /* Information about each nested IN operator */
+    } in;                 /* Used when plan.wsFlags&WHERE_IN_ABLE */
+    Index *pCovidx;       /* Possible covering index for WHERE_MULTI_OR */
+  } u;
+
+  /* The following field is really not part of the current level.  But
+  ** we need a place to cache virtual table index information for each
+  ** virtual table in the FROM clause and the WhereLevel structure is
+  ** a convenient place since there is one WhereLevel for each FROM clause
+  ** element.
+  */
+  sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo;  /* Index info for n-th source table */
+};
+
+/*
+** Flags appropriate for the wctrlFlags parameter of sqlite3WhereBegin()
+** and the WhereInfo.wctrlFlags member.
+*/
+#define WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL   0x0000 /* No-op */
+#define WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN      0x0001 /* ORDER BY processing for min() func */
+#define WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX      0x0002 /* ORDER BY processing for max() func */
+#define WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED  0x0004 /* Want to do one-pass UPDATE/DELETE */
+#define WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK    0x0008 /* Ok to return a row more than once */
+#define WHERE_OMIT_OPEN_CLOSE  0x0010 /* Table cursors are already open */
+#define WHERE_FORCE_TABLE      0x0020 /* Do not use an index-only search */
+#define WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY    0x0040 /* Only code the 1st table in pTabList */
+#define WHERE_AND_ONLY         0x0080 /* Don't use indices for OR terms */
+
+/*
+** The WHERE clause processing routine has two halves.  The
+** first part does the start of the WHERE loop and the second
+** half does the tail of the WHERE loop.  An instance of
+** this structure is returned by the first half and passed
+** into the second half to give some continuity.
+*/
+struct WhereInfo {
+  Parse *pParse;       /* Parsing and code generating context */
+  u16 wctrlFlags;      /* Flags originally passed to sqlite3WhereBegin() */
+  u8 okOnePass;        /* Ok to use one-pass algorithm for UPDATE or DELETE */
+  u8 untestedTerms;    /* Not all WHERE terms resolved by outer loop */
+  u8 eDistinct;
+  SrcList *pTabList;             /* List of tables in the join */
+  int iTop;                      /* The very beginning of the WHERE loop */
+  int iContinue;                 /* Jump here to continue with next record */
+  int iBreak;                    /* Jump here to break out of the loop */
+  int nLevel;                    /* Number of nested loop */
+  struct WhereClause *pWC;       /* Decomposition of the WHERE clause */
+  double savedNQueryLoop;        /* pParse->nQueryLoop outside the WHERE loop */
+  double nRowOut;                /* Estimated number of output rows */
+  WhereLevel a[1];               /* Information about each nest loop in WHERE */
+};
+
+#define WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE 1
+#define WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED 2
+
+/*
+** A NameContext defines a context in which to resolve table and column
+** names.  The context consists of a list of tables (the pSrcList) field and
+** a list of named expression (pEList).  The named expression list may
+** be NULL.  The pSrc corresponds to the FROM clause of a SELECT or
+** to the table being operated on by INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE.  The
+** pEList corresponds to the result set of a SELECT and is NULL for
+** other statements.
+**
+** NameContexts can be nested.  When resolving names, the inner-most 
+** context is searched first.  If no match is found, the next outer
+** context is checked.  If there is still no match, the next context
+** is checked.  This process continues until either a match is found
+** or all contexts are check.  When a match is found, the nRef member of
+** the context containing the match is incremented. 
+**
+** Each subquery gets a new NameContext.  The pNext field points to the
+** NameContext in the parent query.  Thus the process of scanning the
+** NameContext list corresponds to searching through successively outer
+** subqueries looking for a match.
+*/
+struct NameContext {
+  Parse *pParse;       /* The parser */
+  SrcList *pSrcList;   /* One or more tables used to resolve names */
+  ExprList *pEList;    /* Optional list of named expressions */
+  AggInfo *pAggInfo;   /* Information about aggregates at this level */
+  NameContext *pNext;  /* Next outer name context.  NULL for outermost */
+  int nRef;            /* Number of names resolved by this context */
+  int nErr;            /* Number of errors encountered while resolving names */
+  u8 ncFlags;          /* Zero or more NC_* flags defined below */
+};
+
+/*
+** Allowed values for the NameContext, ncFlags field.
+*/
+#define NC_AllowAgg  0x01    /* Aggregate functions are allowed here */
+#define NC_HasAgg    0x02    /* One or more aggregate functions seen */
+#define NC_IsCheck   0x04    /* True if resolving names in a CHECK constraint */
+#define NC_InAggFunc 0x08    /* True if analyzing arguments to an agg func */
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure contains all information
+** needed to generate code for a single SELECT statement.
+**
+** nLimit is set to -1 if there is no LIMIT clause.  nOffset is set to 0.
+** If there is a LIMIT clause, the parser sets nLimit to the value of the
+** limit and nOffset to the value of the offset (or 0 if there is not
+** offset).  But later on, nLimit and nOffset become the memory locations
+** in the VDBE that record the limit and offset counters.
+**
+** addrOpenEphm[] entries contain the address of OP_OpenEphemeral opcodes.
+** These addresses must be stored so that we can go back and fill in
+** the P4_KEYINFO and P2 parameters later.  Neither the KeyInfo nor
+** the number of columns in P2 can be computed at the same time
+** as the OP_OpenEphm instruction is coded because not
+** enough information about the compound query is known at that point.
+** The KeyInfo for addrOpenTran[0] and [1] contains collating sequences
+** for the result set.  The KeyInfo for addrOpenTran[2] contains collating
+** sequences for the ORDER BY clause.
+*/
+struct Select {
+  ExprList *pEList;      /* The fields of the result */
+  u8 op;                 /* One of: TK_UNION TK_ALL TK_INTERSECT TK_EXCEPT */
+  char affinity;         /* MakeRecord with this affinity for SRT_Set */
+  u16 selFlags;          /* Various SF_* values */
+  int iLimit, iOffset;   /* Memory registers holding LIMIT & OFFSET counters */
+  int addrOpenEphm[3];   /* OP_OpenEphem opcodes related to this select */
+  double nSelectRow;     /* Estimated number of result rows */
+  SrcList *pSrc;         /* The FROM clause */
+  Expr *pWhere;          /* The WHERE clause */
+  ExprList *pGroupBy;    /* The GROUP BY clause */
+  Expr *pHaving;         /* The HAVING clause */
+  ExprList *pOrderBy;    /* The ORDER BY clause */
+  Select *pPrior;        /* Prior select in a compound select statement */
+  Select *pNext;         /* Next select to the left in a compound */
+  Select *pRightmost;    /* Right-most select in a compound select statement */
+  Expr *pLimit;          /* LIMIT expression. NULL means not used. */
+  Expr *pOffset;         /* OFFSET expression. NULL means not used. */
+};
+
+/*
+** Allowed values for Select.selFlags.  The "SF" prefix stands for
+** "Select Flag".
+*/
+#define SF_Distinct        0x01  /* Output should be DISTINCT */
+#define SF_Resolved        0x02  /* Identifiers have been resolved */
+#define SF_Aggregate       0x04  /* Contains aggregate functions */
+#define SF_UsesEphemeral   0x08  /* Uses the OpenEphemeral opcode */
+#define SF_Expanded        0x10  /* sqlite3SelectExpand() called on this */
+#define SF_HasTypeInfo     0x20  /* FROM subqueries have Table metadata */
+#define SF_UseSorter       0x40  /* Sort using a sorter */
+#define SF_Values          0x80  /* Synthesized from VALUES clause */
+
+
+/*
+** The results of a select can be distributed in several ways.  The
+** "SRT" prefix means "SELECT Result Type".
+*/
+#define SRT_Union        1  /* Store result as keys in an index */
+#define SRT_Except       2  /* Remove result from a UNION index */
+#define SRT_Exists       3  /* Store 1 if the result is not empty */
+#define SRT_Discard      4  /* Do not save the results anywhere */
+
+/* The ORDER BY clause is ignored for all of the above */
+#define IgnorableOrderby(X) ((X->eDest)<=SRT_Discard)
+
+#define SRT_Output       5  /* Output each row of result */
+#define SRT_Mem          6  /* Store result in a memory cell */
+#define SRT_Set          7  /* Store results as keys in an index */
+#define SRT_Table        8  /* Store result as data with an automatic rowid */
+#define SRT_EphemTab     9  /* Create transient tab and store like SRT_Table */
+#define SRT_Coroutine   10  /* Generate a single row of result */
+
+/*
+** A structure used to customize the behavior of sqlite3Select(). See
+** comments above sqlite3Select() for details.
+*/
+typedef struct SelectDest SelectDest;
+struct SelectDest {
+  u8 eDest;         /* How to dispose of the results */
+  u8 affSdst;       /* Affinity used when eDest==SRT_Set */
+  int iSDParm;      /* A parameter used by the eDest disposal method */
+  int iSdst;        /* Base register where results are written */
+  int nSdst;        /* Number of registers allocated */
+};
+
+/*
+** During code generation of statements that do inserts into AUTOINCREMENT 
+** tables, the following information is attached to the Table.u.autoInc.p
+** pointer of each autoincrement table to record some side information that
+** the code generator needs.  We have to keep per-table autoincrement
+** information in case inserts are down within triggers.  Triggers do not
+** normally coordinate their activities, but we do need to coordinate the
+** loading and saving of autoincrement information.
+*/
+struct AutoincInfo {
+  AutoincInfo *pNext;   /* Next info block in a list of them all */
+  Table *pTab;          /* Table this info block refers to */
+  int iDb;              /* Index in sqlite3.aDb[] of database holding pTab */
+  int regCtr;           /* Memory register holding the rowid counter */
+};
+
+/*
+** Size of the column cache
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_N_COLCACHE
+# define SQLITE_N_COLCACHE 10
+#endif
+
+/*
+** At least one instance of the following structure is created for each 
+** trigger that may be fired while parsing an INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE
+** statement. All such objects are stored in the linked list headed at
+** Parse.pTriggerPrg and deleted once statement compilation has been
+** completed.
+**
+** A Vdbe sub-program that implements the body and WHEN clause of trigger
+** TriggerPrg.pTrigger, assuming a default ON CONFLICT clause of
+** TriggerPrg.orconf, is stored in the TriggerPrg.pProgram variable.
+** The Parse.pTriggerPrg list never contains two entries with the same
+** values for both pTrigger and orconf.
+**
+** The TriggerPrg.aColmask[0] variable is set to a mask of old.* columns
+** accessed (or set to 0 for triggers fired as a result of INSERT 
+** statements). Similarly, the TriggerPrg.aColmask[1] variable is set to
+** a mask of new.* columns used by the program.
+*/
+struct TriggerPrg {
+  Trigger *pTrigger;      /* Trigger this program was coded from */
+  TriggerPrg *pNext;      /* Next entry in Parse.pTriggerPrg list */
+  SubProgram *pProgram;   /* Program implementing pTrigger/orconf */
+  int orconf;             /* Default ON CONFLICT policy */
+  u32 aColmask[2];        /* Masks of old.*, new.* columns accessed */
+};
+
+/*
+** The yDbMask datatype for the bitmask of all attached databases.
+*/
+#if SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED>30
+  typedef sqlite3_uint64 yDbMask;
+#else
+  typedef unsigned int yDbMask;
+#endif
+
+/*
+** An SQL parser context.  A copy of this structure is passed through
+** the parser and down into all the parser action routine in order to
+** carry around information that is global to the entire parse.
+**
+** The structure is divided into two parts.  When the parser and code
+** generate call themselves recursively, the first part of the structure
+** is constant but the second part is reset at the beginning and end of
+** each recursion.
+**
+** The nTableLock and aTableLock variables are only used if the shared-cache 
+** feature is enabled (if sqlite3Tsd()->useSharedData is true). They are
+** used to store the set of table-locks required by the statement being
+** compiled. Function sqlite3TableLock() is used to add entries to the
+** list.
+*/
+struct Parse {
+  sqlite3 *db;         /* The main database structure */
+  char *zErrMsg;       /* An error message */
+  Vdbe *pVdbe;         /* An engine for executing database bytecode */
+  int rc;              /* Return code from execution */
+  u8 colNamesSet;      /* TRUE after OP_ColumnName has been issued to pVdbe */
+  u8 checkSchema;      /* Causes schema cookie check after an error */
+  u8 nested;           /* Number of nested calls to the parser/code generator */
+  u8 nTempReg;         /* Number of temporary registers in aTempReg[] */
+  u8 nTempInUse;       /* Number of aTempReg[] currently checked out */
+  u8 nColCache;        /* Number of entries in aColCache[] */
+  u8 iColCache;        /* Next entry in aColCache[] to replace */
+  u8 isMultiWrite;     /* True if statement may modify/insert multiple rows */
+  u8 mayAbort;         /* True if statement may throw an ABORT exception */
+  int aTempReg[8];     /* Holding area for temporary registers */
+  int nRangeReg;       /* Size of the temporary register block */
+  int iRangeReg;       /* First register in temporary register block */
+  int nErr;            /* Number of errors seen */
+  int nTab;            /* Number of previously allocated VDBE cursors */
+  int nMem;            /* Number of memory cells used so far */
+  int nSet;            /* Number of sets used so far */
+  int nOnce;           /* Number of OP_Once instructions so far */
+  int ckBase;          /* Base register of data during check constraints */
+  int iCacheLevel;     /* ColCache valid when aColCache[].iLevel<=iCacheLevel */
+  int iCacheCnt;       /* Counter used to generate aColCache[].lru values */
+  struct yColCache {
+    int iTable;           /* Table cursor number */
+    int iColumn;          /* Table column number */
+    u8 tempReg;           /* iReg is a temp register that needs to be freed */
+    int iLevel;           /* Nesting level */
+    int iReg;             /* Reg with value of this column. 0 means none. */
+    int lru;              /* Least recently used entry has the smallest value */
+  } aColCache[SQLITE_N_COLCACHE];  /* One for each column cache entry */
+  yDbMask writeMask;   /* Start a write transaction on these databases */
+  yDbMask cookieMask;  /* Bitmask of schema verified databases */
+  int cookieGoto;      /* Address of OP_Goto to cookie verifier subroutine */
+  int cookieValue[SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED+2];  /* Values of cookies to verify */
+  int regRowid;        /* Register holding rowid of CREATE TABLE entry */
+  int regRoot;         /* Register holding root page number for new objects */
+  int nMaxArg;         /* Max args passed to user function by sub-program */
+  Token constraintName;/* Name of the constraint currently being parsed */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+  int nTableLock;        /* Number of locks in aTableLock */
+  TableLock *aTableLock; /* Required table locks for shared-cache mode */
+#endif
+  AutoincInfo *pAinc;  /* Information about AUTOINCREMENT counters */
+
+  /* Information used while coding trigger programs. */
+  Parse *pToplevel;    /* Parse structure for main program (or NULL) */
+  Table *pTriggerTab;  /* Table triggers are being coded for */
+  double nQueryLoop;   /* Estimated number of iterations of a query */
+  u32 oldmask;         /* Mask of old.* columns referenced */
+  u32 newmask;         /* Mask of new.* columns referenced */
+  u8 eTriggerOp;       /* TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT or TK_DELETE */
+  u8 eOrconf;          /* Default ON CONFLICT policy for trigger steps */
+  u8 disableTriggers;  /* True to disable triggers */
+
+  /* Above is constant between recursions.  Below is reset before and after
+  ** each recursion */
+
+  int nVar;                 /* Number of '?' variables seen in the SQL so far */
+  int nzVar;                /* Number of available slots in azVar[] */
+  u8 explain;               /* True if the EXPLAIN flag is found on the query */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  u8 declareVtab;           /* True if inside sqlite3_declare_vtab() */
+  int nVtabLock;            /* Number of virtual tables to lock */
+#endif
+  int nAlias;               /* Number of aliased result set columns */
+  int nHeight;              /* Expression tree height of current sub-select */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
+  int iSelectId;            /* ID of current select for EXPLAIN output */
+  int iNextSelectId;        /* Next available select ID for EXPLAIN output */
+#endif
+  char **azVar;             /* Pointers to names of parameters */
+  Vdbe *pReprepare;         /* VM being reprepared (sqlite3Reprepare()) */
+  int *aAlias;              /* Register used to hold aliased result */
+  const char *zTail;        /* All SQL text past the last semicolon parsed */
+  Table *pNewTable;         /* A table being constructed by CREATE TABLE */
+  Trigger *pNewTrigger;     /* Trigger under construct by a CREATE TRIGGER */
+  const char *zAuthContext; /* The 6th parameter to db->xAuth callbacks */
+  Token sNameToken;         /* Token with unqualified schema object name */
+  Token sLastToken;         /* The last token parsed */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  Token sArg;               /* Complete text of a module argument */
+  Table **apVtabLock;       /* Pointer to virtual tables needing locking */
+#endif
+  Table *pZombieTab;        /* List of Table objects to delete after code gen */
+  TriggerPrg *pTriggerPrg;  /* Linked list of coded triggers */
+};
+
+/*
+** Return true if currently inside an sqlite3_declare_vtab() call.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  #define IN_DECLARE_VTAB 0
+#else
+  #define IN_DECLARE_VTAB (pParse->declareVtab)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure can be declared on a stack and used
+** to save the Parse.zAuthContext value so that it can be restored later.
+*/
+struct AuthContext {
+  const char *zAuthContext;   /* Put saved Parse.zAuthContext here */
+  Parse *pParse;              /* The Parse structure */
+};
+
+/*
+** Bitfield flags for P5 value in various opcodes.
+*/
+#define OPFLAG_NCHANGE       0x01    /* Set to update db->nChange */
+#define OPFLAG_LASTROWID     0x02    /* Set to update db->lastRowid */
+#define OPFLAG_ISUPDATE      0x04    /* This OP_Insert is an sql UPDATE */
+#define OPFLAG_APPEND        0x08    /* This is likely to be an append */
+#define OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT 0x10    /* Try to avoid a seek in BtreeInsert() */
+#define OPFLAG_CLEARCACHE    0x20    /* Clear pseudo-table cache in OP_Column */
+#define OPFLAG_LENGTHARG     0x40    /* OP_Column only used for length() */
+#define OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG     0x80    /* OP_Column only used for typeof() */
+#define OPFLAG_BULKCSR       0x01    /* OP_Open** used to open bulk cursor */
+#define OPFLAG_P2ISREG       0x02    /* P2 to OP_Open** is a register number */
+
+/*
+ * Each trigger present in the database schema is stored as an instance of
+ * struct Trigger. 
+ *
+ * Pointers to instances of struct Trigger are stored in two ways.
+ * 1. In the "trigHash" hash table (part of the sqlite3* that represents the 
+ *    database). This allows Trigger structures to be retrieved by name.
+ * 2. All triggers associated with a single table form a linked list, using the
+ *    pNext member of struct Trigger. A pointer to the first element of the
+ *    linked list is stored as the "pTrigger" member of the associated
+ *    struct Table.
+ *
+ * The "step_list" member points to the first element of a linked list
+ * containing the SQL statements specified as the trigger program.
+ */
+struct Trigger {
+  char *zName;            /* The name of the trigger                        */
+  char *table;            /* The table or view to which the trigger applies */
+  u8 op;                  /* One of TK_DELETE, TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT         */
+  u8 tr_tm;               /* One of TRIGGER_BEFORE, TRIGGER_AFTER */
+  Expr *pWhen;            /* The WHEN clause of the expression (may be NULL) */
+  IdList *pColumns;       /* If this is an UPDATE OF <column-list> trigger,
+                             the <column-list> is stored here */
+  Schema *pSchema;        /* Schema containing the trigger */
+  Schema *pTabSchema;     /* Schema containing the table */
+  TriggerStep *step_list; /* Link list of trigger program steps             */
+  Trigger *pNext;         /* Next trigger associated with the table */
+};
+
+/*
+** A trigger is either a BEFORE or an AFTER trigger.  The following constants
+** determine which. 
+**
+** If there are multiple triggers, you might of some BEFORE and some AFTER.
+** In that cases, the constants below can be ORed together.
+*/
+#define TRIGGER_BEFORE  1
+#define TRIGGER_AFTER   2
+
+/*
+ * An instance of struct TriggerStep is used to store a single SQL statement
+ * that is a part of a trigger-program. 
+ *
+ * Instances of struct TriggerStep are stored in a singly linked list (linked
+ * using the "pNext" member) referenced by the "step_list" member of the 
+ * associated struct Trigger instance. The first element of the linked list is
+ * the first step of the trigger-program.
+ * 
+ * The "op" member indicates whether this is a "DELETE", "INSERT", "UPDATE" or
+ * "SELECT" statement. The meanings of the other members is determined by the 
+ * value of "op" as follows:
+ *
+ * (op == TK_INSERT)
+ * orconf    -> stores the ON CONFLICT algorithm
+ * pSelect   -> If this is an INSERT INTO ... SELECT ... statement, then
+ *              this stores a pointer to the SELECT statement. Otherwise NULL.
+ * target    -> A token holding the quoted name of the table to insert into.
+ * pExprList -> If this is an INSERT INTO ... VALUES ... statement, then
+ *              this stores values to be inserted. Otherwise NULL.
+ * pIdList   -> If this is an INSERT INTO ... (<column-names>) VALUES ... 
+ *              statement, then this stores the column-names to be
+ *              inserted into.
+ *
+ * (op == TK_DELETE)
+ * target    -> A token holding the quoted name of the table to delete from.
+ * pWhere    -> The WHERE clause of the DELETE statement if one is specified.
+ *              Otherwise NULL.
+ * 
+ * (op == TK_UPDATE)
+ * target    -> A token holding the quoted name of the table to update rows of.
+ * pWhere    -> The WHERE clause of the UPDATE statement if one is specified.
+ *              Otherwise NULL.
+ * pExprList -> A list of the columns to update and the expressions to update
+ *              them to. See sqlite3Update() documentation of "pChanges"
+ *              argument.
+ * 
+ */
+struct TriggerStep {
+  u8 op;               /* One of TK_DELETE, TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT, TK_SELECT */
+  u8 orconf;           /* OE_Rollback etc. */
+  Trigger *pTrig;      /* The trigger that this step is a part of */
+  Select *pSelect;     /* SELECT statment or RHS of INSERT INTO .. SELECT ... */
+  Token target;        /* Target table for DELETE, UPDATE, INSERT */
+  Expr *pWhere;        /* The WHERE clause for DELETE or UPDATE steps */
+  ExprList *pExprList; /* SET clause for UPDATE.  VALUES clause for INSERT */
+  IdList *pIdList;     /* Column names for INSERT */
+  TriggerStep *pNext;  /* Next in the link-list */
+  TriggerStep *pLast;  /* Last element in link-list. Valid for 1st elem only */
+};
+
+/*
+** The following structure contains information used by the sqliteFix...
+** routines as they walk the parse tree to make database references
+** explicit.  
+*/
+typedef struct DbFixer DbFixer;
+struct DbFixer {
+  Parse *pParse;      /* The parsing context.  Error messages written here */
+  const char *zDb;    /* Make sure all objects are contained in this database */
+  const char *zType;  /* Type of the container - used for error messages */
+  const Token *pName; /* Name of the container - used for error messages */
+};
+
+/*
+** An objected used to accumulate the text of a string where we
+** do not necessarily know how big the string will be in the end.
+*/
+struct StrAccum {
+  sqlite3 *db;         /* Optional database for lookaside.  Can be NULL */
+  char *zBase;         /* A base allocation.  Not from malloc. */
+  char *zText;         /* The string collected so far */
+  int  nChar;          /* Length of the string so far */
+  int  nAlloc;         /* Amount of space allocated in zText */
+  int  mxAlloc;        /* Maximum allowed string length */
+  u8   mallocFailed;   /* Becomes true if any memory allocation fails */
+  u8   useMalloc;      /* 0: none,  1: sqlite3DbMalloc,  2: sqlite3_malloc */
+  u8   tooBig;         /* Becomes true if string size exceeds limits */
+};
+
+/*
+** A pointer to this structure is used to communicate information
+** from sqlite3Init and OP_ParseSchema into the sqlite3InitCallback.
+*/
+typedef struct {
+  sqlite3 *db;        /* The database being initialized */
+  char **pzErrMsg;    /* Error message stored here */
+  int iDb;            /* 0 for main database.  1 for TEMP, 2.. for ATTACHed */
+  int rc;             /* Result code stored here */
+} InitData;
+
+/*
+** Structure containing global configuration data for the SQLite library.
+**
+** This structure also contains some state information.
+*/
+struct Sqlite3Config {
+  int bMemstat;                     /* True to enable memory status */
+  int bCoreMutex;                   /* True to enable core mutexing */
+  int bFullMutex;                   /* True to enable full mutexing */
+  int bOpenUri;                     /* True to interpret filenames as URIs */
+  int mxStrlen;                     /* Maximum string length */
+  int szLookaside;                  /* Default lookaside buffer size */
+  int nLookaside;                   /* Default lookaside buffer count */
+  sqlite3_mem_methods m;            /* Low-level memory allocation interface */
+  sqlite3_mutex_methods mutex;      /* Low-level mutex interface */
+  sqlite3_pcache_methods2 pcache2;  /* Low-level page-cache interface */
+  void *pHeap;                      /* Heap storage space */
+  int nHeap;                        /* Size of pHeap[] */
+  int mnReq, mxReq;                 /* Min and max heap requests sizes */
+  void *pScratch;                   /* Scratch memory */
+  int szScratch;                    /* Size of each scratch buffer */
+  int nScratch;                     /* Number of scratch buffers */
+  void *pPage;                      /* Page cache memory */
+  int szPage;                       /* Size of each page in pPage[] */
+  int nPage;                        /* Number of pages in pPage[] */
+  int mxParserStack;                /* maximum depth of the parser stack */
+  int sharedCacheEnabled;           /* true if shared-cache mode enabled */
+  /* The above might be initialized to non-zero.  The following need to always
+  ** initially be zero, however. */
+  int isInit;                       /* True after initialization has finished */
+  int inProgress;                   /* True while initialization in progress */
+  int isMutexInit;                  /* True after mutexes are initialized */
+  int isMallocInit;                 /* True after malloc is initialized */
+  int isPCacheInit;                 /* True after malloc is initialized */
+  sqlite3_mutex *pInitMutex;        /* Mutex used by sqlite3_initialize() */
+  int nRefInitMutex;                /* Number of users of pInitMutex */
+  void (*xLog)(void*,int,const char*); /* Function for logging */
+  void *pLogArg;                       /* First argument to xLog() */
+  int bLocaltimeFault;              /* True to fail localtime() calls */
+};
+
+/*
+** Context pointer passed down through the tree-walk.
+*/
+struct Walker {
+  int (*xExprCallback)(Walker*, Expr*);     /* Callback for expressions */
+  int (*xSelectCallback)(Walker*,Select*);  /* Callback for SELECTs */
+  Parse *pParse;                            /* Parser context.  */
+  int walkerDepth;                          /* Number of subqueries */
+  union {                                   /* Extra data for callback */
+    NameContext *pNC;                          /* Naming context */
+    int i;                                     /* Integer value */
+    SrcList *pSrcList;                         /* FROM clause */
+    struct SrcCount *pSrcCount;                /* Counting column references */
+  } u;
+};
+
+/* Forward declarations */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkExpr(Walker*, Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkExprList(Walker*, ExprList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelect(Walker*, Select*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelectExpr(Walker*, Select*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelectFrom(Walker*, Select*);
+
+/*
+** Return code from the parse-tree walking primitives and their
+** callbacks.
+*/
+#define WRC_Continue    0   /* Continue down into children */
+#define WRC_Prune       1   /* Omit children but continue walking siblings */
+#define WRC_Abort       2   /* Abandon the tree walk */
+
+/*
+** Assuming zIn points to the first byte of a UTF-8 character,
+** advance zIn to point to the first byte of the next UTF-8 character.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(zIn) {                        \
+  if( (*(zIn++))>=0xc0 ){                              \
+    while( (*zIn & 0xc0)==0x80 ){ zIn++; }             \
+  }                                                    \
+}
+
+/*
+** The SQLITE_*_BKPT macros are substitutes for the error codes with
+** the same name but without the _BKPT suffix.  These macros invoke
+** routines that report the line-number on which the error originated
+** using sqlite3_log().  The routines also provide a convenient place
+** to set a debugger breakpoint.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CorruptError(int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MisuseError(int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CantopenError(int);
+#define SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT sqlite3CorruptError(__LINE__)
+#define SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT sqlite3MisuseError(__LINE__)
+#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT sqlite3CantopenError(__LINE__)
+
+
+/*
+** FTS4 is really an extension for FTS3.  It is enabled using the
+** SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 macro.  But to avoid confusion we also all
+** the SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4 macro to serve as an alisse for SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3.
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4) && !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
+# define SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The ctype.h header is needed for non-ASCII systems.  It is also
+** needed by FTS3 when FTS3 is included in the amalgamation.
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_ASCII) || \
+    (defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) && defined(SQLITE_AMALGAMATION))
+# include <ctype.h>
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The following macros mimic the standard library functions toupper(),
+** isspace(), isalnum(), isdigit() and isxdigit(), respectively. The
+** sqlite versions only work for ASCII characters, regardless of locale.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
+# define sqlite3Toupper(x)  ((x)&~(sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x20))
+# define sqlite3Isspace(x)   (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x01)
+# define sqlite3Isalnum(x)   (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x06)
+# define sqlite3Isalpha(x)   (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x02)
+# define sqlite3Isdigit(x)   (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x04)
+# define sqlite3Isxdigit(x)  (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x08)
+# define sqlite3Tolower(x)   (sqlite3UpperToLower[(unsigned char)(x)])
+#else
+# define sqlite3Toupper(x)   toupper((unsigned char)(x))
+# define sqlite3Isspace(x)   isspace((unsigned char)(x))
+# define sqlite3Isalnum(x)   isalnum((unsigned char)(x))
+# define sqlite3Isalpha(x)   isalpha((unsigned char)(x))
+# define sqlite3Isdigit(x)   isdigit((unsigned char)(x))
+# define sqlite3Isxdigit(x)  isxdigit((unsigned char)(x))
+# define sqlite3Tolower(x)   tolower((unsigned char)(x))
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Internal function prototypes
+*/
+#define sqlite3StrICmp sqlite3_stricmp
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Strlen30(const char*);
+#define sqlite3StrNICmp sqlite3_strnicmp
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocInit(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MallocEnd(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Malloc(int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3MallocZero(int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocZero(sqlite3*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocRaw(sqlite3*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3DbStrDup(sqlite3*,const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3DbStrNDup(sqlite3*,const char*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Realloc(void*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(sqlite3 *, void *, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbRealloc(sqlite3 *, void *, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DbFree(sqlite3*, void*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocSize(void*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3DbMallocSize(sqlite3*, void*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ScratchMalloc(int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ScratchFree(void*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PageMalloc(int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PageFree(void*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BenignMallocHooks(void (*)(void), void (*)(void));
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3HeapNearlyFull(void);
+
+/*
+** On systems with ample stack space and that support alloca(), make
+** use of alloca() to obtain space for large automatic objects.  By default,
+** obtain space from malloc().
+**
+** The alloca() routine never returns NULL.  This will cause code paths
+** that deal with sqlite3StackAlloc() failures to be unreachable.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_USE_ALLOCA
+# define sqlite3StackAllocRaw(D,N)   alloca(N)
+# define sqlite3StackAllocZero(D,N)  memset(alloca(N), 0, N)
+# define sqlite3StackFree(D,P)       
+#else
+# define sqlite3StackAllocRaw(D,N)   sqlite3DbMallocRaw(D,N)
+# define sqlite3StackAllocZero(D,N)  sqlite3DbMallocZero(D,N)
+# define sqlite3StackFree(D,P)       sqlite3DbFree(D,P)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys3(void);
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys5(void);
+#endif
+
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3NoopMutex(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3MutexAlloc(int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3MutexInit(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3MutexEnd(void);
+#endif
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3StatusValue(int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StatusAdd(int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StatusSet(int, int);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3IsNaN(double);
+#else
+# define sqlite3IsNaN(X)  0
+#endif
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VXPrintf(StrAccum*, int, const char*, va_list);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3XPrintf(StrAccum*, const char*, ...);
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3MPrintf(sqlite3*,const char*, ...);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3VMPrintf(sqlite3*,const char*, va_list);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3MAppendf(sqlite3*,char*,const char*,...);
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3DebugPrintf(const char*, ...);
+#endif
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void *sqlite3TestTextToPtr(const char*);
+#endif
+
+/* Output formatting for SQLITE_TESTCTRL_EXPLAIN */
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3ExplainBegin(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3ExplainPrintf(Vdbe*, const char*, ...);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3ExplainNL(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3ExplainPush(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3ExplainPop(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3ExplainFinish(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3ExplainSelect(Vdbe*, Select*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3ExplainExpr(Vdbe*, Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3ExplainExprList(Vdbe*, ExprList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   const char *sqlite3VdbeExplanation(Vdbe*);
+#else
+# define sqlite3ExplainBegin(X)
+# define sqlite3ExplainSelect(A,B)
+# define sqlite3ExplainExpr(A,B)
+# define sqlite3ExplainExprList(A,B)
+# define sqlite3ExplainFinish(X)
+# define sqlite3VdbeExplanation(X) 0
+#endif
+
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SetString(char **, sqlite3*, const char*, ...);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ErrorMsg(Parse*, const char*, ...);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Dequote(char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3KeywordCode(const unsigned char*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunParser(Parse*, const char*, char **);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FinishCoding(Parse*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetTempReg(Parse*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(Parse*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetTempRange(Parse*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(Parse*,int,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ClearTempRegCache(Parse*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAlloc(sqlite3*,int,const Token*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3Expr(sqlite3*,int,const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAttachSubtrees(sqlite3*,Expr*,Expr*,Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3PExpr(Parse*, int, Expr*, Expr*, const Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAnd(sqlite3*,Expr*, Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprFunction(Parse*,ExprList*, Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(Parse*, Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprDelete(sqlite3*, Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListAppend(Parse*,ExprList*,Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListSetName(Parse*,ExprList*,Token*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListSetSpan(Parse*,ExprList*,ExprSpan*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListDelete(sqlite3*, ExprList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Init(sqlite3*, char**);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InitCallback(void*, int, char**, char**);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma(Parse*,Token*,Token*,Token*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResetOneSchema(sqlite3*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CollapseDatabaseArray(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginParse(Parse*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(Parse*,Select*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenMasterTable(Parse *, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StartTable(Parse*,Token*,Token*,int,int,int,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddColumn(Parse*,Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddNotNull(Parse*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(Parse*, ExprList*, int, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(Parse*, Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddColumnType(Parse*,Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddDefaultValue(Parse*,ExprSpan*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddCollateType(Parse*, Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3EndTable(Parse*,Token*,Token*,Select*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParseUri(const char*,const char*,unsigned int*,
+                    sqlite3_vfs**,char**,char **);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Btree *sqlite3DbNameToBtree(sqlite3*,const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CodeOnce(Parse *);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitvec *sqlite3BitvecCreate(u32);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecTest(Bitvec*, u32);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecSet(Bitvec*, u32);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BitvecClear(Bitvec*, u32, void*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BitvecDestroy(Bitvec*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BitvecSize(Bitvec*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest(int,int*);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE RowSet *sqlite3RowSetInit(sqlite3*, void*, unsigned int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowSetClear(RowSet*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowSetInsert(RowSet*, i64);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RowSetTest(RowSet*, u8 iBatch, i64);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RowSetNext(RowSet*, i64*);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateView(Parse*,Token*,Token*,Token*,Select*,int,int);
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(Parse*,Table*);
+#else
+# define sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(A,B) 0
+#endif
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTable(Parse*, SrcList*, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeDropTable(Parse*, Table*, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTable(sqlite3*, Table*);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3AutoincrementBegin(Parse *pParse);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(Parse *pParse);
+#else
+# define sqlite3AutoincrementBegin(X)
+# define sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(X)
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Insert(Parse*, SrcList*, ExprList*, Select*, IdList*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ArrayAllocate(sqlite3*,void*,int,int*,int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE IdList *sqlite3IdListAppend(sqlite3*, IdList*, Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IdListIndex(IdList*,const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(sqlite3*, SrcList*, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppend(sqlite3*, SrcList*, Token*, Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(Parse*, SrcList*, Token*, Token*,
+                                      Token*, Select*, Expr*, IdList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(Parse *, SrcList *, Token *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexedByLookup(Parse *, struct SrcList_item *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(SrcList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(Parse*, SrcList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3IdListDelete(sqlite3*, IdList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListDelete(sqlite3*, SrcList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3CreateIndex(Parse*,Token*,Token*,SrcList*,ExprList*,int,Token*,
+                        Token*, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropIndex(Parse*, SrcList*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select(Parse*, Select*, SelectDest*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectNew(Parse*,ExprList*,SrcList*,Expr*,ExprList*,
+                         Expr*,ExprList*,int,Expr*,Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectDelete(sqlite3*, Select*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3SrcListLookup(Parse*, SrcList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsReadOnly(Parse*, Table*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenTable(Parse*, int iCur, int iDb, Table*, int);
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3LimitWhere(Parse *, SrcList *, Expr *, ExprList *, Expr *, Expr *, char *);
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteFrom(Parse*, SrcList*, Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update(Parse*, SrcList*, ExprList*, Expr*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin(
+    Parse*,SrcList*,Expr*,ExprList**,ExprList*,u16,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(Parse*, Table*, int, int, int, u8);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(Vdbe*, Table*, int, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeMove(Parse*, int, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeCopy(Parse*, int, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheStore(Parse*, int, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCachePush(Parse*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCachePop(Parse*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(Parse*, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheClear(Parse*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(Parse*, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCode(Parse*, Expr*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(Parse*, Expr*, int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(Parse*, Expr*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(Parse*, Expr*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeConstants(Parse*, Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(Parse*, ExprList*, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprIfTrue(Parse*, Expr*, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprIfFalse(Parse*, Expr*, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3FindTable(sqlite3*,const char*, const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3LocateTable(Parse*,int isView,const char*, const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3FindIndex(sqlite3*,const char*, const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTable(sqlite3*,int,const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(sqlite3*,int,const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Vacuum(Parse*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunVacuum(char**, sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3NameFromToken(sqlite3*, Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCompare(Expr*, Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprListCompare(ExprList*, ExprList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(NameContext*, Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(NameContext*,ExprList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FunctionUsesThisSrc(Expr*, SrcList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Vdbe *sqlite3GetVdbe(Parse*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngSaveState(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngRestoreState(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngResetState(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RollbackAll(sqlite3*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(Parse*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(Parse*, const char *zDb);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginTransaction(Parse*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CommitTransaction(Parse*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RollbackTransaction(Parse*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Savepoint(Parse*, int, Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CloseSavepoints(sqlite3 *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3LeaveMutexAndCloseZombie(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstant(Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsInteger(Expr*, int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(const Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeIsNullJump(Vdbe*, const Expr*, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprNeedsNoAffinityChange(const Expr*, char);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsRowid(const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(Parse*, Table*, int, int, int, Trigger *, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(Parse*, Table*, int, int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(Parse*, Index*, int, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(Parse*,Table*,int,int,
+                                     int*,int,int,int,int,int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CompleteInsertion(Parse*, Table*, int, int, int*, int, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(Parse*, Table*, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(Parse*, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MultiWrite(Parse*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MayAbort(Parse*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HaltConstraint(Parse*, int, char*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprDup(sqlite3*,Expr*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListDup(sqlite3*,ExprList*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListDup(sqlite3*,SrcList*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE IdList *sqlite3IdListDup(sqlite3*,IdList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectDup(sqlite3*,Select*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FuncDefInsert(FuncDefHash*, FuncDef*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlite3FindFunction(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int,u8,u8);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterGlobalFunctions(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ChangeCookie(Parse*, int);
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MaterializeView(Parse*, Table*, Expr*, int);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BeginTrigger(Parse*, Token*,Token*,int,int,IdList*,SrcList*,
+                           Expr*,int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3FinishTrigger(Parse*, TriggerStep*, Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3DropTrigger(Parse*, SrcList*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(Parse*, Trigger*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   Trigger *sqlite3TriggersExist(Parse *, Table*, int, ExprList*, int *pMask);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   Trigger *sqlite3TriggerList(Parse *, Table *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(Parse*, Trigger *, int, ExprList*, int, Table *,
+                            int, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect(Parse *, Trigger *, Table *, int, int, int);
+  void sqliteViewTriggers(Parse*, Table*, Expr*, int, ExprList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(sqlite3*, TriggerStep*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(sqlite3*,Select*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(sqlite3*,Token*, IdList*,
+                                        ExprList*,Select*,u8);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(sqlite3*,Token*,ExprList*, Expr*, u8);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep(sqlite3*,Token*, Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3DeleteTrigger(sqlite3*, Trigger*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(sqlite3*,int,const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   u32 sqlite3TriggerColmask(Parse*,Trigger*,ExprList*,int,int,Table*,int);
+# define sqlite3ParseToplevel(p) ((p)->pToplevel ? (p)->pToplevel : (p))
+#else
+# define sqlite3TriggersExist(B,C,D,E,F) 0
+# define sqlite3DeleteTrigger(A,B)
+# define sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(A,B)
+# define sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(A,B,C)
+# define sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,I)
+# define sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect(A,B,C,D,E,F)
+# define sqlite3TriggerList(X, Y) 0
+# define sqlite3ParseToplevel(p) p
+# define sqlite3TriggerColmask(A,B,C,D,E,F,G) 0
+#endif
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JoinType(Parse*, Token*, Token*, Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateForeignKey(Parse*, ExprList*, Token*, ExprList*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeferForeignKey(Parse*, int);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3AuthRead(Parse*,Expr*,Schema*,SrcList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3AuthCheck(Parse*,int, const char*, const char*, const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3AuthContextPush(Parse*, AuthContext*, const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3AuthContextPop(AuthContext*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3AuthReadCol(Parse*, const char *, const char *, int);
+#else
+# define sqlite3AuthRead(a,b,c,d)
+# define sqlite3AuthCheck(a,b,c,d,e)    SQLITE_OK
+# define sqlite3AuthContextPush(a,b,c)
+# define sqlite3AuthContextPop(a)  ((void)(a))
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Attach(Parse*, Expr*, Expr*, Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Detach(Parse*, Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixInit(DbFixer*, Parse*, int, const char*, const Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixSrcList(DbFixer*, SrcList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixSelect(DbFixer*, Select*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixExpr(DbFixer*, Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixExprList(DbFixer*, ExprList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixTriggerStep(DbFixer*, TriggerStep*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AtoF(const char *z, double*, int, u8);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetInt32(const char *, int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Atoi(const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(const void *pData, int nChar);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf8CharLen(const char *pData, int nByte);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3Utf8Read(const u8*, const u8**);
+
+/*
+** Routines to read and write variable-length integers.  These used to
+** be defined locally, but now we use the varint routines in the util.c
+** file.  Code should use the MACRO forms below, as the Varint32 versions
+** are coded to assume the single byte case is already handled (which 
+** the MACRO form does).
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PutVarint(unsigned char*, u64);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PutVarint32(unsigned char*, u32);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetVarint(const unsigned char *, u64 *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetVarint32(const unsigned char *, u32 *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VarintLen(u64 v);
+
+/*
+** The header of a record consists of a sequence variable-length integers.
+** These integers are almost always small and are encoded as a single byte.
+** The following macros take advantage this fact to provide a fast encode
+** and decode of the integers in a record header.  It is faster for the common
+** case where the integer is a single byte.  It is a little slower when the
+** integer is two or more bytes.  But overall it is faster.
+**
+** The following expressions are equivalent:
+**
+**     x = sqlite3GetVarint32( A, &B );
+**     x = sqlite3PutVarint32( A, B );
+**
+**     x = getVarint32( A, B );
+**     x = putVarint32( A, B );
+**
+*/
+#define getVarint32(A,B)  (u8)((*(A)<(u8)0x80) ? ((B) = (u32)*(A)),1 : sqlite3GetVarint32((A), (u32 *)&(B)))
+#define putVarint32(A,B)  (u8)(((u32)(B)<(u32)0x80) ? (*(A) = (unsigned char)(B)),1 : sqlite3PutVarint32((A), (B)))
+#define getVarint    sqlite3GetVarint
+#define putVarint    sqlite3PutVarint
+
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(Vdbe *, Index *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TableAffinityStr(Vdbe *, Table *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3CompareAffinity(Expr *pExpr, char aff2);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(Expr *pExpr, char idx_affinity);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3ExprAffinity(Expr *pExpr);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Atoi64(const char*, i64*, int, u8);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Error(sqlite3*, int, const char*,...);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HexToBlob(sqlite3*, const char *z, int n);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3HexToInt(int h);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TwoPartName(Parse *, Token *, Token *, Token **);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3ErrStr(int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ReadSchema(Parse *pParse);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3FindCollSeq(sqlite3*,u8 enc, const char*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3LocateCollSeq(Parse *pParse, const char*zName);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3ExprCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprSetColl(Expr*, CollSeq*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprSetCollByToken(Parse *pParse, Expr*, Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CheckCollSeq(Parse *, CollSeq *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CheckObjectName(Parse *, const char *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(sqlite3 *, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AddInt64(i64*,i64);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SubInt64(i64*,i64);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MulInt64(i64*,i64);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AbsInt32(int);
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FileSuffix3(const char*, char*);
+#else
+# define sqlite3FileSuffix3(X,Y)
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetBoolean(const char *z,int);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3ValueText(sqlite3_value*, u8);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ValueBytes(sqlite3_value*, u8);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueSetStr(sqlite3_value*, int, const void *,u8, 
+                        void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueFree(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_value *sqlite3ValueNew(sqlite3 *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3Utf16to8(sqlite3 *, const void*, int, u8);
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3Utf8to16(sqlite3 *, u8, char *, int, int *);
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ValueFromExpr(sqlite3 *, Expr *, u8, u8, sqlite3_value **);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(sqlite3_value *, u8, u8);
+#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3OpcodeProperty[];
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3UpperToLower[];
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3CtypeMap[];
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const Token sqlite3IntTokens[];
+SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_WSD struct Sqlite3Config sqlite3Config;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_WSD FuncDefHash sqlite3GlobalFunctions;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PendingByte;
+#endif
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RootPageMoved(sqlite3*, int, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Reindex(Parse*, Token*, Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFunctions(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterRenameTable(Parse*, SrcList*, Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetToken(const unsigned char *, int *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3NestedParse(Parse*, const char*, ...);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CodeSubselect(Parse *, Expr *, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectPrep(Parse*, Select*, NameContext*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveExprNames(NameContext*, Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResolveSelectNames(Parse*, Select*, NameContext*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(Parse*, Select*, ExprList*, const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ColumnDefault(Vdbe *, Table *, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(Parse *, Token *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(Parse *, SrcList *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3GetCollSeq(sqlite3*, u8, CollSeq *, const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3AffinityType(const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Analyze(Parse*, Token*, Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(BusyHandler*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDb(sqlite3*, Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDbName(sqlite3 *, const char *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AnalysisLoad(sqlite3*,int iDB);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(sqlite3*,Index*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DefaultRowEst(Index*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(sqlite3*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsLikeFunction(sqlite3*,Expr*,int*,char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MinimumFileFormat(Parse*, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SchemaClear(void *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Schema *sqlite3SchemaGet(sqlite3 *, Btree *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SchemaToIndex(sqlite3 *db, Schema *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE KeyInfo *sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(Parse *, Index *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CreateFunc(sqlite3 *, const char *, int, int, void *, 
+  void (*)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
+  void (*)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), void (*)(sqlite3_context*),
+  FuncDestructor *pDestructor
+);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ApiExit(sqlite3 *db, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(Parse *);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumInit(StrAccum*, char*, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumAppend(StrAccum*,const char*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AppendSpace(StrAccum*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3StrAccumFinish(StrAccum*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumReset(StrAccum*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectDestInit(SelectDest*,int,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3CreateColumnExpr(sqlite3 *, SrcList *, int, int);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BackupRestart(sqlite3_backup *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BackupUpdate(sqlite3_backup *, Pgno, const u8 *);
+
+/*
+** The interface to the LEMON-generated parser
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ParserAlloc(void*(*)(size_t));
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserFree(void*, void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Parser(void*, int, Token, Parse*);
+#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3ParserStackPeak(void*);
+#endif
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoLoadExtensions(sqlite3*);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3CloseExtensions(sqlite3*);
+#else
+# define sqlite3CloseExtensions(X)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3TableLock(Parse *, int, int, u8, const char *);
+#else
+  #define sqlite3TableLock(v,w,x,y,z)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3Utf8To8(unsigned char*);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+#  define sqlite3VtabClear(Y)
+#  define sqlite3VtabSync(X,Y) SQLITE_OK
+#  define sqlite3VtabRollback(X)
+#  define sqlite3VtabCommit(X)
+#  define sqlite3VtabInSync(db) 0
+#  define sqlite3VtabLock(X) 
+#  define sqlite3VtabUnlock(X)
+#  define sqlite3VtabUnlockList(X)
+#  define sqlite3VtabSavepoint(X, Y, Z) SQLITE_OK
+#  define sqlite3GetVTable(X,Y)  ((VTable*)0)
+#else
+SQLITE_PRIVATE    void sqlite3VtabClear(sqlite3 *db, Table*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE    void sqlite3VtabDisconnect(sqlite3 *db, Table *p);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE    int sqlite3VtabSync(sqlite3 *db, char **);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE    int sqlite3VtabRollback(sqlite3 *db);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE    int sqlite3VtabCommit(sqlite3 *db);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE    void sqlite3VtabLock(VTable *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE    void sqlite3VtabUnlock(VTable *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE    void sqlite3VtabUnlockList(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE    int sqlite3VtabSavepoint(sqlite3 *, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE    VTable *sqlite3GetVTable(sqlite3*, Table*);
+#  define sqlite3VtabInSync(db) ((db)->nVTrans>0 && (db)->aVTrans==0)
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(Parse*,Table*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabBeginParse(Parse*, Token*, Token*, Token*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabFinishParse(Parse*, Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabArgInit(Parse*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabArgExtend(Parse*, Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallCreate(sqlite3*, int, const char *, char **);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallConnect(Parse*, Table*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallDestroy(sqlite3*, int, const char *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabBegin(sqlite3 *, VTable *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(sqlite3 *,FuncDef*, int nArg, Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3InvalidFunction(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeParameterIndex(Vdbe*, const char*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TransferBindings(sqlite3_stmt *, sqlite3_stmt *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Reprepare(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(Parse*, ExprList*, const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(Parse *, Expr *, Expr *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TempInMemory(const sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3JournalModename(int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Checkpoint(sqlite3*, int, int, int*, int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalDefaultHook(void*,sqlite3*,const char*,int);
+
+/* Declarations for functions in fkey.c. All of these are replaced by
+** no-op macros if OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY is defined. In this case no foreign
+** key functionality is available. If OMIT_TRIGGER is defined but
+** OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY is not, only some of the functions are no-oped. In
+** this case foreign keys are parsed, but no other functionality is 
+** provided (enforcement of FK constraints requires the triggers sub-system).
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3FkCheck(Parse*, Table*, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3FkDropTable(Parse*, SrcList *, Table*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3FkActions(Parse*, Table*, ExprList*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3FkRequired(Parse*, Table*, int*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   u32 sqlite3FkOldmask(Parse*, Table*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   FKey *sqlite3FkReferences(Table *);
+#else
+  #define sqlite3FkActions(a,b,c,d)
+  #define sqlite3FkCheck(a,b,c,d)
+  #define sqlite3FkDropTable(a,b,c)
+  #define sqlite3FkOldmask(a,b)      0
+  #define sqlite3FkRequired(a,b,c,d) 0
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3FkDelete(sqlite3 *, Table*);
+#else
+  #define sqlite3FkDelete(a,b)
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Available fault injectors.  Should be numbered beginning with 0.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_FAULTINJECTOR_MALLOC     0
+#define SQLITE_FAULTINJECTOR_COUNT      1
+
+/*
+** The interface to the code in fault.c used for identifying "benign"
+** malloc failures. This is only present if SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
+** is not defined.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(void);
+#else
+  #define sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc()
+  #define sqlite3EndBenignMalloc()
+#endif
+
+#define IN_INDEX_ROWID           1
+#define IN_INDEX_EPH             2
+#define IN_INDEX_INDEX           3
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindInIndex(Parse *, Expr *, int*);
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3JournalOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, sqlite3_file *, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3JournalSize(sqlite3_vfs *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3JournalCreate(sqlite3_file *);
+#else
+  #define sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs) ((pVfs)->szOsFile)
+#endif
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemJournalOpen(sqlite3_file *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemJournalSize(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsMemJournal(sqlite3_file *);
+
+#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3ExprSetHeight(Parse *pParse, Expr *p);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3SelectExprHeight(Select *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(Parse*, int);
+#else
+  #define sqlite3ExprSetHeight(x,y)
+  #define sqlite3SelectExprHeight(x) 0
+  #define sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(x,y)
+#endif
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3Get4byte(const u8*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Put4byte(u8*, u32);
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(sqlite3 *, sqlite3 *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(sqlite3 *db);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3ConnectionClosed(sqlite3 *db);
+#else
+  #define sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(x,y)
+  #define sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(x)
+  #define sqlite3ConnectionClosed(x)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3ParserTrace(FILE*, char *);
+#endif
+
+/*
+** If the SQLITE_ENABLE IOTRACE exists then the global variable
+** sqlite3IoTrace is a pointer to a printf-like routine used to
+** print I/O tracing messages. 
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE
+# define IOTRACE(A)  if( sqlite3IoTrace ){ sqlite3IoTrace A; }
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void (*sqlite3IoTrace)(const char*,...);
+#else
+# define IOTRACE(A)
+# define sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(X)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** These routines are available for the mem2.c debugging memory allocator
+** only.  They are used to verify that different "types" of memory
+** allocations are properly tracked by the system.
+**
+** sqlite3MemdebugSetType() sets the "type" of an allocation to one of
+** the MEMTYPE_* macros defined below.  The type must be a bitmask with
+** a single bit set.
+**
+** sqlite3MemdebugHasType() returns true if any of the bits in its second
+** argument match the type set by the previous sqlite3MemdebugSetType().
+** sqlite3MemdebugHasType() is intended for use inside assert() statements.
+**
+** sqlite3MemdebugNoType() returns true if none of the bits in its second
+** argument match the type set by the previous sqlite3MemdebugSetType().
+**
+** Perhaps the most important point is the difference between MEMTYPE_HEAP
+** and MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE.  If an allocation is MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE, that means
+** it might have been allocated by lookaside, except the allocation was
+** too large or lookaside was already full.  It is important to verify
+** that allocations that might have been satisfied by lookaside are not
+** passed back to non-lookaside free() routines.  Asserts such as the
+** example above are placed on the non-lookaside free() routines to verify
+** this constraint. 
+**
+** All of this is no-op for a production build.  It only comes into
+** play when the SQLITE_MEMDEBUG compile-time option is used.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_MEMDEBUG
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3MemdebugSetType(void*,u8);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3MemdebugHasType(void*,u8);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3MemdebugNoType(void*,u8);
+#else
+# define sqlite3MemdebugSetType(X,Y)  /* no-op */
+# define sqlite3MemdebugHasType(X,Y)  1
+# define sqlite3MemdebugNoType(X,Y)   1
+#endif
+#define MEMTYPE_HEAP       0x01  /* General heap allocations */
+#define MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE  0x02  /* Might have been lookaside memory */
+#define MEMTYPE_SCRATCH    0x04  /* Scratch allocations */
+#define MEMTYPE_PCACHE     0x08  /* Page cache allocations */
+#define MEMTYPE_DB         0x10  /* Uses sqlite3DbMalloc, not sqlite_malloc */
+
+#endif /* _SQLITEINT_H_ */
+
+/************** End of sqliteInt.h *******************************************/
+/************** Begin file global.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 June 13
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains definitions of global variables and contants.
+*/
+
+/* An array to map all upper-case characters into their corresponding
+** lower-case character. 
+**
+** SQLite only considers US-ASCII (or EBCDIC) characters.  We do not
+** handle case conversions for the UTF character set since the tables
+** involved are nearly as big or bigger than SQLite itself.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3UpperToLower[] = {
+#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
+      0,  1,  2,  3,  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17,
+     18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35,
+     36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53,
+     54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,
+    104,105,106,107,108,109,110,111,112,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,
+    122, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105,106,107,
+    108,109,110,111,112,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122,123,124,125,
+    126,127,128,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,138,139,140,141,142,143,
+    144,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,157,158,159,160,161,
+    162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175,176,177,178,179,
+    180,181,182,183,184,185,186,187,188,189,190,191,192,193,194,195,196,197,
+    198,199,200,201,202,203,204,205,206,207,208,209,210,211,212,213,214,215,
+    216,217,218,219,220,221,222,223,224,225,226,227,228,229,230,231,232,233,
+    234,235,236,237,238,239,240,241,242,243,244,245,246,247,248,249,250,251,
+    252,253,254,255
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
+      0,  1,  2,  3,  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, /* 0x */
+     16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, /* 1x */
+     32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, /* 2x */
+     48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, /* 3x */
+     64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, /* 4x */
+     80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, /* 5x */
+     96, 97, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73,106,107,108,109,110,111, /* 6x */
+    112, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89,122,123,124,125,126,127, /* 7x */
+    128,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,138,139,140,141,142,143, /* 8x */
+    144,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,157,156,159, /* 9x */
+    160,161,162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,170,171,140,141,142,175, /* Ax */
+    176,177,178,179,180,181,182,183,184,185,186,187,188,189,190,191, /* Bx */
+    192,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,202,203,204,205,206,207, /* Cx */
+    208,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,218,219,220,221,222,223, /* Dx */
+    224,225,162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,232,203,204,205,206,207, /* Ex */
+    239,240,241,242,243,244,245,246,247,248,249,219,220,221,222,255, /* Fx */
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+** The following 256 byte lookup table is used to support SQLites built-in
+** equivalents to the following standard library functions:
+**
+**   isspace()                        0x01
+**   isalpha()                        0x02
+**   isdigit()                        0x04
+**   isalnum()                        0x06
+**   isxdigit()                       0x08
+**   toupper()                        0x20
+**   SQLite identifier character      0x40
+**
+** Bit 0x20 is set if the mapped character requires translation to upper
+** case. i.e. if the character is a lower-case ASCII character.
+** If x is a lower-case ASCII character, then its upper-case equivalent
+** is (x - 0x20). Therefore toupper() can be implemented as:
+**
+**   (x & ~(map[x]&0x20))
+**
+** Standard function tolower() is implemented using the sqlite3UpperToLower[]
+** array. tolower() is used more often than toupper() by SQLite.
+**
+** Bit 0x40 is set if the character non-alphanumeric and can be used in an 
+** SQLite identifier.  Identifiers are alphanumerics, "_", "$", and any
+** non-ASCII UTF character. Hence the test for whether or not a character is
+** part of an identifier is 0x46.
+**
+** SQLite's versions are identical to the standard versions assuming a
+** locale of "C". They are implemented as macros in sqliteInt.h.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3CtypeMap[256] = {
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,  /* 00..07    ........ */
+  0x00, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00,  /* 08..0f    ........ */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,  /* 10..17    ........ */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,  /* 18..1f    ........ */
+  0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x40, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,  /* 20..27     !"#$%&' */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,  /* 28..2f    ()*+,-./ */
+  0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c,  /* 30..37    01234567 */
+  0x0c, 0x0c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,  /* 38..3f    89:;<=>? */
+
+  0x00, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x02,  /* 40..47    @ABCDEFG */
+  0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02,  /* 48..4f    HIJKLMNO */
+  0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02,  /* 50..57    PQRSTUVW */
+  0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x40,  /* 58..5f    XYZ[\]^_ */
+  0x00, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x22,  /* 60..67    `abcdefg */
+  0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22,  /* 68..6f    hijklmno */
+  0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22,  /* 70..77    pqrstuvw */
+  0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,  /* 78..7f    xyz{|}~. */
+
+  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* 80..87    ........ */
+  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* 88..8f    ........ */
+  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* 90..97    ........ */
+  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* 98..9f    ........ */
+  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* a0..a7    ........ */
+  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* a8..af    ........ */
+  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* b0..b7    ........ */
+  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* b8..bf    ........ */
+
+  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* c0..c7    ........ */
+  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* c8..cf    ........ */
+  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* d0..d7    ........ */
+  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* d8..df    ........ */
+  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* e0..e7    ........ */
+  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* e8..ef    ........ */
+  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,  /* f0..f7    ........ */
+  0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40   /* f8..ff    ........ */
+};
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_USE_URI
+# define  SQLITE_USE_URI 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The following singleton contains the global configuration for
+** the SQLite library.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_WSD struct Sqlite3Config sqlite3Config = {
+   SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS,  /* bMemstat */
+   1,                         /* bCoreMutex */
+   SQLITE_THREADSAFE==1,      /* bFullMutex */
+   SQLITE_USE_URI,            /* bOpenUri */
+   0x7ffffffe,                /* mxStrlen */
+   128,                       /* szLookaside */
+   500,                       /* nLookaside */
+   {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},         /* m */
+   {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},       /* mutex */
+   {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},/* pcache2 */
+   (void*)0,                  /* pHeap */
+   0,                         /* nHeap */
+   0, 0,                      /* mnHeap, mxHeap */
+   (void*)0,                  /* pScratch */
+   0,                         /* szScratch */
+   0,                         /* nScratch */
+   (void*)0,                  /* pPage */
+   0,                         /* szPage */
+   0,                         /* nPage */
+   0,                         /* mxParserStack */
+   0,                         /* sharedCacheEnabled */
+   /* All the rest should always be initialized to zero */
+   0,                         /* isInit */
+   0,                         /* inProgress */
+   0,                         /* isMutexInit */
+   0,                         /* isMallocInit */
+   0,                         /* isPCacheInit */
+   0,                         /* pInitMutex */
+   0,                         /* nRefInitMutex */
+   0,                         /* xLog */
+   0,                         /* pLogArg */
+   0,                         /* bLocaltimeFault */
+};
+
+
+/*
+** Hash table for global functions - functions common to all
+** database connections.  After initialization, this table is
+** read-only.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_WSD FuncDefHash sqlite3GlobalFunctions;
+
+/*
+** Constant tokens for values 0 and 1.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const Token sqlite3IntTokens[] = {
+   { "0", 1 },
+   { "1", 1 }
+};
+
+
+/*
+** The value of the "pending" byte must be 0x40000000 (1 byte past the
+** 1-gibabyte boundary) in a compatible database.  SQLite never uses
+** the database page that contains the pending byte.  It never attempts
+** to read or write that page.  The pending byte page is set assign
+** for use by the VFS layers as space for managing file locks.
+**
+** During testing, it is often desirable to move the pending byte to
+** a different position in the file.  This allows code that has to
+** deal with the pending byte to run on files that are much smaller
+** than 1 GiB.  The sqlite3_test_control() interface can be used to
+** move the pending byte.
+**
+** IMPORTANT:  Changing the pending byte to any value other than
+** 0x40000000 results in an incompatible database file format!
+** Changing the pending byte during operating results in undefined
+** and dileterious behavior.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PendingByte = 0x40000000;
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Properties of opcodes.  The OPFLG_INITIALIZER macro is
+** created by mkopcodeh.awk during compilation.  Data is obtained
+** from the comments following the "case OP_xxxx:" statements in
+** the vdbe.c file.  
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3OpcodeProperty[] = OPFLG_INITIALIZER;
+
+/************** End of global.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file ctime.c *******************************************/
+/*
+** 2010 February 23
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file implements routines used to report what compile-time options
+** SQLite was built with.
+*/
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS
+
+
+/*
+** An array of names of all compile-time options.  This array should 
+** be sorted A-Z.
+**
+** This array looks large, but in a typical installation actually uses
+** only a handful of compile-time options, so most times this array is usually
+** rather short and uses little memory space.
+*/
+static const char * const azCompileOpt[] = {
+
+/* These macros are provided to "stringify" the value of the define
+** for those options in which the value is meaningful. */
+#define CTIMEOPT_VAL_(opt) #opt
+#define CTIMEOPT_VAL(opt) CTIMEOPT_VAL_(opt)
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_32BIT_ROWID
+  "32BIT_ROWID",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC
+  "4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE
+  "CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
+  "CHECK_PAGES",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST
+  "COVERAGE_TEST",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_CURDIR
+  "CURDIR",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  "DEBUG",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE
+  "DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE),
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_DISABLE_DIRSYNC
+  "DISABLE_DIRSYNC",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS
+  "DISABLE_LFS",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
+  "ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD
+  "ENABLE_CEROD",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
+  "ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT
+  "ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS1
+  "ENABLE_FTS1",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS2
+  "ENABLE_FTS2",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3
+  "ENABLE_FTS3",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS
+  "ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4
+  "ENABLE_FTS4",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
+  "ENABLE_ICU",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE
+  "ENABLE_IOTRACE",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION
+  "ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+  "ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE),
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
+  "ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3
+  "ENABLE_MEMSYS3",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5
+  "ENABLE_MEMSYS5",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK
+  "ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE
+  "ENABLE_RTREE",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3
+  "ENABLE_STAT3",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY
+  "ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT
+  "ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+  "HAS_CODEC",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN
+  "HAVE_ISNAN",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX
+  "HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_AFP_LOCK_ERRORS
+  "IGNORE_AFP_LOCK_ERRORS",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS
+  "IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE
+  "INT64_TYPE",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_LOCK_TRACE
+  "LOCK_TRACE",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY
+  "MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY),
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_MEMDEBUG
+  "MEMDEBUG",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT
+  "MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC
+  "NO_SYNC",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE
+  "OMIT_ALTERTABLE",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE
+  "OMIT_ANALYZE",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH
+  "OMIT_ATTACH",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  "OMIT_AUTHORIZATION",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
+  "OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+  "OMIT_AUTOINIT",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX
+  "OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTORESET
+  "OMIT_AUTORESET",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+  "OMIT_AUTOVACUUM",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_BETWEEN_OPTIMIZATION
+  "OMIT_BETWEEN_OPTIMIZATION",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL
+  "OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT
+  "OMIT_BTREECOUNT",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
+  "OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST
+  "OMIT_CAST",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
+  "OMIT_CHECK",
+#endif
+/* // redundant
+** #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS
+**   "OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS",
+** #endif
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE
+  "OMIT_COMPLETE",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
+  "OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS
+  "OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE
+  "OMIT_DECLTYPE",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+  "OMIT_DEPRECATED",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
+  "OMIT_DISKIO",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
+  "OMIT_EXPLAIN",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS
+  "OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+  "OMIT_FLOATING_POINT",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
+  "OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE
+  "OMIT_GET_TABLE",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
+  "OMIT_INCRBLOB",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
+  "OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION
+  "OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
+  "OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME
+  "OMIT_LOCALTIME",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_LOOKASIDE
+  "OMIT_LOOKASIDE",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
+  "OMIT_MEMORYDB",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MERGE_SORT
+  "OMIT_MERGE_SORT",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION
+  "OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
+  "OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA
+  "OMIT_PRAGMA",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
+  "OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE
+  "OMIT_QUICKBALANCE",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX
+  "OMIT_REINDEX",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS
+  "OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS
+  "OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+  "OMIT_SHARED_CACHE",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+  "OMIT_SUBQUERY",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TCL_VARIABLE
+  "OMIT_TCL_VARIABLE",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB
+  "OMIT_TEMPDB",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
+  "OMIT_TRACE",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+  "OMIT_TRIGGER",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION
+  "OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+  "OMIT_UTF16",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM
+  "OMIT_VACUUM",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
+  "OMIT_VIEW",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  "OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+  "OMIT_WAL",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
+  "OMIT_WSD",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT
+  "OMIT_XFER_OPT",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_PERFORMANCE_TRACE
+  "PERFORMANCE_TRACE",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_PROXY_DEBUG
+  "PROXY_DEBUG",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE
+  "SECURE_DELETE",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_SMALL_STACK
+  "SMALL_STACK",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_SOUNDEX
+  "SOUNDEX",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_TCL
+  "TCL",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEMP_STORE
+  "TEMP_STORE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_TEMP_STORE),
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  "TEST",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+  "THREADSAFE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_THREADSAFE),
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_USE_ALLOCA
+  "USE_ALLOCA",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC
+  "ZERO_MALLOC"
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+** Given the name of a compile-time option, return true if that option
+** was used and false if not.
+**
+** The name can optionally begin with "SQLITE_" but the "SQLITE_" prefix
+** is not required for a match.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_compileoption_used(const char *zOptName){
+  int i, n;
+  if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zOptName, "SQLITE_", 7)==0 ) zOptName += 7;
+  n = sqlite3Strlen30(zOptName);
+
+  /* Since ArraySize(azCompileOpt) is normally in single digits, a
+  ** linear search is adequate.  No need for a binary search. */
+  for(i=0; i<ArraySize(azCompileOpt); i++){
+    if(   (sqlite3StrNICmp(zOptName, azCompileOpt[i], n)==0)
+       && ( (azCompileOpt[i][n]==0) || (azCompileOpt[i][n]=='=') ) ) return 1;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the N-th compile-time option string.  If N is out of range,
+** return a NULL pointer.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_compileoption_get(int N){
+  if( N>=0 && N<ArraySize(azCompileOpt) ){
+    return azCompileOpt[N];
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */
+
+/************** End of ctime.c ***********************************************/
+/************** Begin file status.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 June 18
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This module implements the sqlite3_status() interface and related
+** functionality.
+*/
+/************** Include vdbeInt.h in the middle of status.c ******************/
+/************** Begin file vdbeInt.h *****************************************/
+/*
+** 2003 September 6
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This is the header file for information that is private to the
+** VDBE.  This information used to all be at the top of the single
+** source code file "vdbe.c".  When that file became too big (over
+** 6000 lines long) it was split up into several smaller files and
+** this header information was factored out.
+*/
+#ifndef _VDBEINT_H_
+#define _VDBEINT_H_
+
+/*
+** SQL is translated into a sequence of instructions to be
+** executed by a virtual machine.  Each instruction is an instance
+** of the following structure.
+*/
+typedef struct VdbeOp Op;
+
+/*
+** Boolean values
+*/
+typedef unsigned char Bool;
+
+/* Opaque type used by code in vdbesort.c */
+typedef struct VdbeSorter VdbeSorter;
+
+/* Opaque type used by the explainer */
+typedef struct Explain Explain;
+
+/*
+** A cursor is a pointer into a single BTree within a database file.
+** The cursor can seek to a BTree entry with a particular key, or
+** loop over all entries of the Btree.  You can also insert new BTree
+** entries or retrieve the key or data from the entry that the cursor
+** is currently pointing to.
+** 
+** Every cursor that the virtual machine has open is represented by an
+** instance of the following structure.
+*/
+struct VdbeCursor {
+  BtCursor *pCursor;    /* The cursor structure of the backend */
+  Btree *pBt;           /* Separate file holding temporary table */
+  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;    /* Info about index keys needed by index cursors */
+  int iDb;              /* Index of cursor database in db->aDb[] (or -1) */
+  int pseudoTableReg;   /* Register holding pseudotable content. */
+  int nField;           /* Number of fields in the header */
+  Bool zeroed;          /* True if zeroed out and ready for reuse */
+  Bool rowidIsValid;    /* True if lastRowid is valid */
+  Bool atFirst;         /* True if pointing to first entry */
+  Bool useRandomRowid;  /* Generate new record numbers semi-randomly */
+  Bool nullRow;         /* True if pointing to a row with no data */
+  Bool deferredMoveto;  /* A call to sqlite3BtreeMoveto() is needed */
+  Bool isTable;         /* True if a table requiring integer keys */
+  Bool isIndex;         /* True if an index containing keys only - no data */
+  Bool isOrdered;       /* True if the underlying table is BTREE_UNORDERED */
+  Bool isSorter;        /* True if a new-style sorter */
+  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor;  /* The cursor for a virtual table */
+  const sqlite3_module *pModule;     /* Module for cursor pVtabCursor */
+  i64 seqCount;         /* Sequence counter */
+  i64 movetoTarget;     /* Argument to the deferred sqlite3BtreeMoveto() */
+  i64 lastRowid;        /* Last rowid from a Next or NextIdx operation */
+  VdbeSorter *pSorter;  /* Sorter object for OP_SorterOpen cursors */
+
+  /* Result of last sqlite3BtreeMoveto() done by an OP_NotExists or 
+  ** OP_IsUnique opcode on this cursor. */
+  int seekResult;
+
+  /* Cached information about the header for the data record that the
+  ** cursor is currently pointing to.  Only valid if cacheStatus matches
+  ** Vdbe.cacheCtr.  Vdbe.cacheCtr will never take on the value of
+  ** CACHE_STALE and so setting cacheStatus=CACHE_STALE guarantees that
+  ** the cache is out of date.
+  **
+  ** aRow might point to (ephemeral) data for the current row, or it might
+  ** be NULL.
+  */
+  u32 cacheStatus;      /* Cache is valid if this matches Vdbe.cacheCtr */
+  int payloadSize;      /* Total number of bytes in the record */
+  u32 *aType;           /* Type values for all entries in the record */
+  u32 *aOffset;         /* Cached offsets to the start of each columns data */
+  u8 *aRow;             /* Data for the current row, if all on one page */
+};
+typedef struct VdbeCursor VdbeCursor;
+
+/*
+** When a sub-program is executed (OP_Program), a structure of this type
+** is allocated to store the current value of the program counter, as
+** well as the current memory cell array and various other frame specific
+** values stored in the Vdbe struct. When the sub-program is finished, 
+** these values are copied back to the Vdbe from the VdbeFrame structure,
+** restoring the state of the VM to as it was before the sub-program
+** began executing.
+**
+** The memory for a VdbeFrame object is allocated and managed by a memory
+** cell in the parent (calling) frame. When the memory cell is deleted or
+** overwritten, the VdbeFrame object is not freed immediately. Instead, it
+** is linked into the Vdbe.pDelFrame list. The contents of the Vdbe.pDelFrame
+** list is deleted when the VM is reset in VdbeHalt(). The reason for doing
+** this instead of deleting the VdbeFrame immediately is to avoid recursive
+** calls to sqlite3VdbeMemRelease() when the memory cells belonging to the
+** child frame are released.
+**
+** The currently executing frame is stored in Vdbe.pFrame. Vdbe.pFrame is
+** set to NULL if the currently executing frame is the main program.
+*/
+typedef struct VdbeFrame VdbeFrame;
+struct VdbeFrame {
+  Vdbe *v;                /* VM this frame belongs to */
+  VdbeFrame *pParent;     /* Parent of this frame, or NULL if parent is main */
+  Op *aOp;                /* Program instructions for parent frame */
+  Mem *aMem;              /* Array of memory cells for parent frame */
+  u8 *aOnceFlag;          /* Array of OP_Once flags for parent frame */
+  VdbeCursor **apCsr;     /* Array of Vdbe cursors for parent frame */
+  void *token;            /* Copy of SubProgram.token */
+  i64 lastRowid;          /* Last insert rowid (sqlite3.lastRowid) */
+  u16 nCursor;            /* Number of entries in apCsr */
+  int pc;                 /* Program Counter in parent (calling) frame */
+  int nOp;                /* Size of aOp array */
+  int nMem;               /* Number of entries in aMem */
+  int nOnceFlag;          /* Number of entries in aOnceFlag */
+  int nChildMem;          /* Number of memory cells for child frame */
+  int nChildCsr;          /* Number of cursors for child frame */
+  int nChange;            /* Statement changes (Vdbe.nChanges)     */
+};
+
+#define VdbeFrameMem(p) ((Mem *)&((u8 *)p)[ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeFrame))])
+
+/*
+** A value for VdbeCursor.cacheValid that means the cache is always invalid.
+*/
+#define CACHE_STALE 0
+
+/*
+** Internally, the vdbe manipulates nearly all SQL values as Mem
+** structures. Each Mem struct may cache multiple representations (string,
+** integer etc.) of the same value.
+*/
+struct Mem {
+  sqlite3 *db;        /* The associated database connection */
+  char *z;            /* String or BLOB value */
+  double r;           /* Real value */
+  union {
+    i64 i;              /* Integer value used when MEM_Int is set in flags */
+    int nZero;          /* Used when bit MEM_Zero is set in flags */
+    FuncDef *pDef;      /* Used only when flags==MEM_Agg */
+    RowSet *pRowSet;    /* Used only when flags==MEM_RowSet */
+    VdbeFrame *pFrame;  /* Used when flags==MEM_Frame */
+  } u;
+  int n;              /* Number of characters in string value, excluding '\0' */
+  u16 flags;          /* Some combination of MEM_Null, MEM_Str, MEM_Dyn, etc. */
+  u8  type;           /* One of SQLITE_NULL, SQLITE_TEXT, SQLITE_INTEGER, etc */
+  u8  enc;            /* SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_UTF16LE */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  Mem *pScopyFrom;    /* This Mem is a shallow copy of pScopyFrom */
+  void *pFiller;      /* So that sizeof(Mem) is a multiple of 8 */
+#endif
+  void (*xDel)(void *);  /* If not null, call this function to delete Mem.z */
+  char *zMalloc;      /* Dynamic buffer allocated by sqlite3_malloc() */
+};
+
+/* One or more of the following flags are set to indicate the validOK
+** representations of the value stored in the Mem struct.
+**
+** If the MEM_Null flag is set, then the value is an SQL NULL value.
+** No other flags may be set in this case.
+**
+** If the MEM_Str flag is set then Mem.z points at a string representation.
+** Usually this is encoded in the same unicode encoding as the main
+** database (see below for exceptions). If the MEM_Term flag is also
+** set, then the string is nul terminated. The MEM_Int and MEM_Real 
+** flags may coexist with the MEM_Str flag.
+*/
+#define MEM_Null      0x0001   /* Value is NULL */
+#define MEM_Str       0x0002   /* Value is a string */
+#define MEM_Int       0x0004   /* Value is an integer */
+#define MEM_Real      0x0008   /* Value is a real number */
+#define MEM_Blob      0x0010   /* Value is a BLOB */
+#define MEM_RowSet    0x0020   /* Value is a RowSet object */
+#define MEM_Frame     0x0040   /* Value is a VdbeFrame object */
+#define MEM_Invalid   0x0080   /* Value is undefined */
+#define MEM_TypeMask  0x00ff   /* Mask of type bits */
+
+/* Whenever Mem contains a valid string or blob representation, one of
+** the following flags must be set to determine the memory management
+** policy for Mem.z.  The MEM_Term flag tells us whether or not the
+** string is \000 or \u0000 terminated
+*/
+#define MEM_Term      0x0200   /* String rep is nul terminated */
+#define MEM_Dyn       0x0400   /* Need to call sqliteFree() on Mem.z */
+#define MEM_Static    0x0800   /* Mem.z points to a static string */
+#define MEM_Ephem     0x1000   /* Mem.z points to an ephemeral string */
+#define MEM_Agg       0x2000   /* Mem.z points to an agg function context */
+#define MEM_Zero      0x4000   /* Mem.i contains count of 0s appended to blob */
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
+  #undef MEM_Zero
+  #define MEM_Zero 0x0000
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Clear any existing type flags from a Mem and replace them with f
+*/
+#define MemSetTypeFlag(p, f) \
+   ((p)->flags = ((p)->flags&~(MEM_TypeMask|MEM_Zero))|f)
+
+/*
+** Return true if a memory cell is not marked as invalid.  This macro
+** is for use inside assert() statements only.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+#define memIsValid(M)  ((M)->flags & MEM_Invalid)==0
+#endif
+
+
+/* A VdbeFunc is just a FuncDef (defined in sqliteInt.h) that contains
+** additional information about auxiliary information bound to arguments
+** of the function.  This is used to implement the sqlite3_get_auxdata()
+** and sqlite3_set_auxdata() APIs.  The "auxdata" is some auxiliary data
+** that can be associated with a constant argument to a function.  This
+** allows functions such as "regexp" to compile their constant regular
+** expression argument once and reused the compiled code for multiple
+** invocations.
+*/
+struct VdbeFunc {
+  FuncDef *pFunc;               /* The definition of the function */
+  int nAux;                     /* Number of entries allocated for apAux[] */
+  struct AuxData {
+    void *pAux;                   /* Aux data for the i-th argument */
+    void (*xDelete)(void *);      /* Destructor for the aux data */
+  } apAux[1];                   /* One slot for each function argument */
+};
+
+/*
+** The "context" argument for a installable function.  A pointer to an
+** instance of this structure is the first argument to the routines used
+** implement the SQL functions.
+**
+** There is a typedef for this structure in sqlite.h.  So all routines,
+** even the public interface to SQLite, can use a pointer to this structure.
+** But this file is the only place where the internal details of this
+** structure are known.
+**
+** This structure is defined inside of vdbeInt.h because it uses substructures
+** (Mem) which are only defined there.
+*/
+struct sqlite3_context {
+  FuncDef *pFunc;       /* Pointer to function information.  MUST BE FIRST */
+  VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc;  /* Auxilary data, if created. */
+  Mem s;                /* The return value is stored here */
+  Mem *pMem;            /* Memory cell used to store aggregate context */
+  CollSeq *pColl;       /* Collating sequence */
+  int isError;          /* Error code returned by the function. */
+  int skipFlag;         /* Skip skip accumulator loading if true */
+};
+
+/*
+** An Explain object accumulates indented output which is helpful
+** in describing recursive data structures.
+*/
+struct Explain {
+  Vdbe *pVdbe;       /* Attach the explanation to this Vdbe */
+  StrAccum str;      /* The string being accumulated */
+  int nIndent;       /* Number of elements in aIndent */
+  u16 aIndent[100];  /* Levels of indentation */
+  char zBase[100];   /* Initial space */
+};
+
+/*
+** An instance of the virtual machine.  This structure contains the complete
+** state of the virtual machine.
+**
+** The "sqlite3_stmt" structure pointer that is returned by sqlite3_prepare()
+** is really a pointer to an instance of this structure.
+**
+** The Vdbe.inVtabMethod variable is set to non-zero for the duration of
+** any virtual table method invocations made by the vdbe program. It is
+** set to 2 for xDestroy method calls and 1 for all other methods. This
+** variable is used for two purposes: to allow xDestroy methods to execute
+** "DROP TABLE" statements and to prevent some nasty side effects of
+** malloc failure when SQLite is invoked recursively by a virtual table 
+** method function.
+*/
+struct Vdbe {
+  sqlite3 *db;            /* The database connection that owns this statement */
+  Op *aOp;                /* Space to hold the virtual machine's program */
+  Mem *aMem;              /* The memory locations */
+  Mem **apArg;            /* Arguments to currently executing user function */
+  Mem *aColName;          /* Column names to return */
+  Mem *pResultSet;        /* Pointer to an array of results */
+  int nMem;               /* Number of memory locations currently allocated */
+  int nOp;                /* Number of instructions in the program */
+  int nOpAlloc;           /* Number of slots allocated for aOp[] */
+  int nLabel;             /* Number of labels used */
+  int *aLabel;            /* Space to hold the labels */
+  u16 nResColumn;         /* Number of columns in one row of the result set */
+  u16 nCursor;            /* Number of slots in apCsr[] */
+  u32 magic;              /* Magic number for sanity checking */
+  char *zErrMsg;          /* Error message written here */
+  Vdbe *pPrev,*pNext;     /* Linked list of VDBEs with the same Vdbe.db */
+  VdbeCursor **apCsr;     /* One element of this array for each open cursor */
+  Mem *aVar;              /* Values for the OP_Variable opcode. */
+  char **azVar;           /* Name of variables */
+  ynVar nVar;             /* Number of entries in aVar[] */
+  ynVar nzVar;            /* Number of entries in azVar[] */
+  u32 cacheCtr;           /* VdbeCursor row cache generation counter */
+  int pc;                 /* The program counter */
+  int rc;                 /* Value to return */
+  u8 errorAction;         /* Recovery action to do in case of an error */
+  u8 explain;             /* True if EXPLAIN present on SQL command */
+  u8 changeCntOn;         /* True to update the change-counter */
+  u8 expired;             /* True if the VM needs to be recompiled */
+  u8 runOnlyOnce;         /* Automatically expire on reset */
+  u8 minWriteFileFormat;  /* Minimum file format for writable database files */
+  u8 inVtabMethod;        /* See comments above */
+  u8 usesStmtJournal;     /* True if uses a statement journal */
+  u8 readOnly;            /* True for read-only statements */
+  u8 isPrepareV2;         /* True if prepared with prepare_v2() */
+  int nChange;            /* Number of db changes made since last reset */
+  yDbMask btreeMask;      /* Bitmask of db->aDb[] entries referenced */
+  yDbMask lockMask;       /* Subset of btreeMask that requires a lock */
+  int iStatement;         /* Statement number (or 0 if has not opened stmt) */
+  int aCounter[3];        /* Counters used by sqlite3_stmt_status() */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
+  i64 startTime;          /* Time when query started - used for profiling */
+#endif
+  i64 nFkConstraint;      /* Number of imm. FK constraints this VM */
+  i64 nStmtDefCons;       /* Number of def. constraints when stmt started */
+  char *zSql;             /* Text of the SQL statement that generated this */
+  void *pFree;            /* Free this when deleting the vdbe */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  FILE *trace;            /* Write an execution trace here, if not NULL */
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN
+  Explain *pExplain;      /* The explainer */
+  char *zExplain;         /* Explanation of data structures */
+#endif
+  VdbeFrame *pFrame;      /* Parent frame */
+  VdbeFrame *pDelFrame;   /* List of frame objects to free on VM reset */
+  int nFrame;             /* Number of frames in pFrame list */
+  u32 expmask;            /* Binding to these vars invalidates VM */
+  SubProgram *pProgram;   /* Linked list of all sub-programs used by VM */
+  int nOnceFlag;          /* Size of array aOnceFlag[] */
+  u8 *aOnceFlag;          /* Flags for OP_Once */
+};
+
+/*
+** The following are allowed values for Vdbe.magic
+*/
+#define VDBE_MAGIC_INIT     0x26bceaa5    /* Building a VDBE program */
+#define VDBE_MAGIC_RUN      0xbdf20da3    /* VDBE is ready to execute */
+#define VDBE_MAGIC_HALT     0x519c2973    /* VDBE has completed execution */
+#define VDBE_MAGIC_DEAD     0xb606c3c8    /* The VDBE has been deallocated */
+
+/*
+** Function prototypes
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(Vdbe *, VdbeCursor*);
+void sqliteVdbePopStack(Vdbe*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(VdbeCursor*);
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(VDBE_PROFILE)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePrintOp(FILE*, int, Op*);
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(u32);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialType(Mem*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(unsigned char*, int, Mem*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(const unsigned char*, u32, Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(VdbeFunc*, int);
+
+int sqlite2BtreeKeyCompare(BtCursor *, const void *, int, int, int *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(VdbeCursor*,UnpackedRecord*,int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(sqlite3*, BtCursor *, i64 *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemCompare(const Mem*, const Mem*, const CollSeq*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeExec(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeList(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeHalt(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(Mem *, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(Mem*, const Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(Mem*, const Mem*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemMove(Mem*, Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(Mem*, const char*, int, u8, void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(Mem*, i64);
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+# define sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64
+#else
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(Mem*, double);
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(Mem*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetRowSet(Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(Mem*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3VdbeIntValue(Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE double sqlite3VdbeRealValue(Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(BtCursor*,int,int,int,Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(Mem *p);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(Mem *p);
+#define VdbeMemRelease(X)  \
+  if((X)->flags&(MEM_Agg|MEM_Dyn|MEM_RowSet|MEM_Frame)) \
+    sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(X);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(Mem*, FuncDef*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3OpcodeName(int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(Mem *pMem, int n, int preserve);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement(Vdbe *, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFrameDelete(VdbeFrame*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(VdbeFrame *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemStoreType(Mem *pMem);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeTransferError(Vdbe *p);
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MERGE_SORT
+# define sqlite3VdbeSorterInit(Y,Z)      SQLITE_OK
+# define sqlite3VdbeSorterWrite(X,Y,Z)   SQLITE_OK
+# define sqlite3VdbeSorterClose(Y,Z)
+# define sqlite3VdbeSorterRowkey(Y,Z)    SQLITE_OK
+# define sqlite3VdbeSorterRewind(X,Y,Z)  SQLITE_OK
+# define sqlite3VdbeSorterNext(X,Y,Z)    SQLITE_OK
+# define sqlite3VdbeSorterCompare(X,Y,Z) SQLITE_OK
+#else
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterInit(sqlite3 *, VdbeCursor *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSorterClose(sqlite3 *, VdbeCursor *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterRowkey(const VdbeCursor *, Mem *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterNext(sqlite3 *, const VdbeCursor *, int *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterRewind(sqlite3 *, const VdbeCursor *, int *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterWrite(sqlite3 *, const VdbeCursor *, Mem *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterCompare(const VdbeCursor *, Mem *, int *);
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3VdbeEnter(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3VdbeLeave(Vdbe*);
+#else
+# define sqlite3VdbeEnter(X)
+# define sqlite3VdbeLeave(X)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemAboutToChange(Vdbe*,Mem*);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(Vdbe *, int);
+#else
+# define sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p,i) 0
+#endif
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(Mem*, u8);
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3VdbePrintSql(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(Mem *pMem, char *zBuf);
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom(Mem *pMem);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(Mem *);
+  #define ExpandBlob(P) (((P)->flags&MEM_Zero)?sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(P):0)
+#else
+  #define sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(x) SQLITE_OK
+  #define ExpandBlob(P) SQLITE_OK
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !defined(_VDBEINT_H_) */
+
+/************** End of vdbeInt.h *********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in status.c *********************/
+
+/*
+** Variables in which to record status information.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3StatType sqlite3StatType;
+static SQLITE_WSD struct sqlite3StatType {
+  int nowValue[10];         /* Current value */
+  int mxValue[10];          /* Maximum value */
+} sqlite3Stat = { {0,}, {0,} };
+
+
+/* The "wsdStat" macro will resolve to the status information
+** state vector.  If writable static data is unsupported on the target,
+** we have to locate the state vector at run-time.  In the more common
+** case where writable static data is supported, wsdStat can refer directly
+** to the "sqlite3Stat" state vector declared above.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
+# define wsdStatInit  sqlite3StatType *x = &GLOBAL(sqlite3StatType,sqlite3Stat)
+# define wsdStat x[0]
+#else
+# define wsdStatInit
+# define wsdStat sqlite3Stat
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Return the current value of a status parameter.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3StatusValue(int op){
+  wsdStatInit;
+  assert( op>=0 && op<ArraySize(wsdStat.nowValue) );
+  return wsdStat.nowValue[op];
+}
+
+/*
+** Add N to the value of a status record.  It is assumed that the
+** caller holds appropriate locks.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StatusAdd(int op, int N){
+  wsdStatInit;
+  assert( op>=0 && op<ArraySize(wsdStat.nowValue) );
+  wsdStat.nowValue[op] += N;
+  if( wsdStat.nowValue[op]>wsdStat.mxValue[op] ){
+    wsdStat.mxValue[op] = wsdStat.nowValue[op];
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the value of a status to X.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StatusSet(int op, int X){
+  wsdStatInit;
+  assert( op>=0 && op<ArraySize(wsdStat.nowValue) );
+  wsdStat.nowValue[op] = X;
+  if( wsdStat.nowValue[op]>wsdStat.mxValue[op] ){
+    wsdStat.mxValue[op] = wsdStat.nowValue[op];
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Query status information.
+**
+** This implementation assumes that reading or writing an aligned
+** 32-bit integer is an atomic operation.  If that assumption is not true,
+** then this routine is not threadsafe.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pHighwater, int resetFlag){
+  wsdStatInit;
+  if( op<0 || op>=ArraySize(wsdStat.nowValue) ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+  }
+  *pCurrent = wsdStat.nowValue[op];
+  *pHighwater = wsdStat.mxValue[op];
+  if( resetFlag ){
+    wsdStat.mxValue[op] = wsdStat.nowValue[op];
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Query status information for a single database connection
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(
+  sqlite3 *db,          /* The database connection whose status is desired */
+  int op,               /* Status verb */
+  int *pCurrent,        /* Write current value here */
+  int *pHighwater,      /* Write high-water mark here */
+  int resetFlag         /* Reset high-water mark if true */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;   /* Return code */
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  switch( op ){
+    case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED: {
+      *pCurrent = db->lookaside.nOut;
+      *pHighwater = db->lookaside.mxOut;
+      if( resetFlag ){
+        db->lookaside.mxOut = db->lookaside.nOut;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT:
+    case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE:
+    case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL: {
+      testcase( op==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT );
+      testcase( op==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE );
+      testcase( op==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL );
+      assert( (op-SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT)>=0 );
+      assert( (op-SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT)<3 );
+      *pCurrent = 0;
+      *pHighwater = db->lookaside.anStat[op - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT];
+      if( resetFlag ){
+        db->lookaside.anStat[op - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT] = 0;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /* 
+    ** Return an approximation for the amount of memory currently used
+    ** by all pagers associated with the given database connection.  The
+    ** highwater mark is meaningless and is returned as zero.
+    */
+    case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED: {
+      int totalUsed = 0;
+      int i;
+      sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
+      for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+        Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+        if( pBt ){
+          Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBt);
+          totalUsed += sqlite3PagerMemUsed(pPager);
+        }
+      }
+      sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
+      *pCurrent = totalUsed;
+      *pHighwater = 0;
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /*
+    ** *pCurrent gets an accurate estimate of the amount of memory used
+    ** to store the schema for all databases (main, temp, and any ATTACHed
+    ** databases.  *pHighwater is set to zero.
+    */
+    case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED: {
+      int i;                      /* Used to iterate through schemas */
+      int nByte = 0;              /* Used to accumulate return value */
+
+      sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
+      db->pnBytesFreed = &nByte;
+      for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+        Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[i].pSchema;
+        if( ALWAYS(pSchema!=0) ){
+          HashElem *p;
+
+          nByte += sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRoundup(sizeof(HashElem)) * (
+              pSchema->tblHash.count 
+            + pSchema->trigHash.count
+            + pSchema->idxHash.count
+            + pSchema->fkeyHash.count
+          );
+          nByte += sqlite3MallocSize(pSchema->tblHash.ht);
+          nByte += sqlite3MallocSize(pSchema->trigHash.ht);
+          nByte += sqlite3MallocSize(pSchema->idxHash.ht);
+          nByte += sqlite3MallocSize(pSchema->fkeyHash.ht);
+
+          for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->trigHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){
+            sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, (Trigger*)sqliteHashData(p));
+          }
+          for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->tblHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){
+            sqlite3DeleteTable(db, (Table *)sqliteHashData(p));
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      db->pnBytesFreed = 0;
+      sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
+
+      *pHighwater = 0;
+      *pCurrent = nByte;
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /*
+    ** *pCurrent gets an accurate estimate of the amount of memory used
+    ** to store all prepared statements.
+    ** *pHighwater is set to zero.
+    */
+    case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED: {
+      struct Vdbe *pVdbe;         /* Used to iterate through VMs */
+      int nByte = 0;              /* Used to accumulate return value */
+
+      db->pnBytesFreed = &nByte;
+      for(pVdbe=db->pVdbe; pVdbe; pVdbe=pVdbe->pNext){
+        sqlite3VdbeDeleteObject(db, pVdbe);
+      }
+      db->pnBytesFreed = 0;
+
+      *pHighwater = 0;
+      *pCurrent = nByte;
+
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /*
+    ** Set *pCurrent to the total cache hits or misses encountered by all
+    ** pagers the database handle is connected to. *pHighwater is always set 
+    ** to zero.
+    */
+    case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT:
+    case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS:
+    case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE:{
+      int i;
+      int nRet = 0;
+      assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+1 );
+      assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+2 );
+
+      for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+        if( db->aDb[i].pBt ){
+          Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[i].pBt);
+          sqlite3PagerCacheStat(pPager, op, resetFlag, &nRet);
+        }
+      }
+      *pHighwater = 0;
+      *pCurrent = nRet;
+      break;
+    }
+
+    default: {
+      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/************** End of status.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file date.c ********************************************/
+/*
+** 2003 October 31
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains the C functions that implement date and time
+** functions for SQLite.  
+**
+** There is only one exported symbol in this file - the function
+** sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions() found at the bottom of the file.
+** All other code has file scope.
+**
+** SQLite processes all times and dates as Julian Day numbers.  The
+** dates and times are stored as the number of days since noon
+** in Greenwich on November 24, 4714 B.C. according to the Gregorian
+** calendar system. 
+**
+** 1970-01-01 00:00:00 is JD 2440587.5
+** 2000-01-01 00:00:00 is JD 2451544.5
+**
+** This implemention requires years to be expressed as a 4-digit number
+** which means that only dates between 0000-01-01 and 9999-12-31 can
+** be represented, even though julian day numbers allow a much wider
+** range of dates.
+**
+** The Gregorian calendar system is used for all dates and times,
+** even those that predate the Gregorian calendar.  Historians usually
+** use the Julian calendar for dates prior to 1582-10-15 and for some
+** dates afterwards, depending on locale.  Beware of this difference.
+**
+** The conversion algorithms are implemented based on descriptions
+** in the following text:
+**
+**      Jean Meeus
+**      Astronomical Algorithms, 2nd Edition, 1998
+**      ISBM 0-943396-61-1
+**      Willmann-Bell, Inc
+**      Richmond, Virginia (USA)
+*/
+/* #include <stdlib.h> */
+/* #include <assert.h> */
+#include <time.h>
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS
+
+
+/*
+** A structure for holding a single date and time.
+*/
+typedef struct DateTime DateTime;
+struct DateTime {
+  sqlite3_int64 iJD; /* The julian day number times 86400000 */
+  int Y, M, D;       /* Year, month, and day */
+  int h, m;          /* Hour and minutes */
+  int tz;            /* Timezone offset in minutes */
+  double s;          /* Seconds */
+  char validYMD;     /* True (1) if Y,M,D are valid */
+  char validHMS;     /* True (1) if h,m,s are valid */
+  char validJD;      /* True (1) if iJD is valid */
+  char validTZ;      /* True (1) if tz is valid */
+};
+
+
+/*
+** Convert zDate into one or more integers.  Additional arguments
+** come in groups of 5 as follows:
+**
+**       N       number of digits in the integer
+**       min     minimum allowed value of the integer
+**       max     maximum allowed value of the integer
+**       nextC   first character after the integer
+**       pVal    where to write the integers value.
+**
+** Conversions continue until one with nextC==0 is encountered.
+** The function returns the number of successful conversions.
+*/
+static int getDigits(const char *zDate, ...){
+  va_list ap;
+  int val;
+  int N;
+  int min;
+  int max;
+  int nextC;
+  int *pVal;
+  int cnt = 0;
+  va_start(ap, zDate);
+  do{
+    N = va_arg(ap, int);
+    min = va_arg(ap, int);
+    max = va_arg(ap, int);
+    nextC = va_arg(ap, int);
+    pVal = va_arg(ap, int*);
+    val = 0;
+    while( N-- ){
+      if( !sqlite3Isdigit(*zDate) ){
+        goto end_getDigits;
+      }
+      val = val*10 + *zDate - '0';
+      zDate++;
+    }
+    if( val<min || val>max || (nextC!=0 && nextC!=*zDate) ){
+      goto end_getDigits;
+    }
+    *pVal = val;
+    zDate++;
+    cnt++;
+  }while( nextC );
+end_getDigits:
+  va_end(ap);
+  return cnt;
+}
+
+/*
+** Parse a timezone extension on the end of a date-time.
+** The extension is of the form:
+**
+**        (+/-)HH:MM
+**
+** Or the "zulu" notation:
+**
+**        Z
+**
+** If the parse is successful, write the number of minutes
+** of change in p->tz and return 0.  If a parser error occurs,
+** return non-zero.
+**
+** A missing specifier is not considered an error.
+*/
+static int parseTimezone(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){
+  int sgn = 0;
+  int nHr, nMn;
+  int c;
+  while( sqlite3Isspace(*zDate) ){ zDate++; }
+  p->tz = 0;
+  c = *zDate;
+  if( c=='-' ){
+    sgn = -1;
+  }else if( c=='+' ){
+    sgn = +1;
+  }else if( c=='Z' || c=='z' ){
+    zDate++;
+    goto zulu_time;
+  }else{
+    return c!=0;
+  }
+  zDate++;
+  if( getDigits(zDate, 2, 0, 14, ':', &nHr, 2, 0, 59, 0, &nMn)!=2 ){
+    return 1;
+  }
+  zDate += 5;
+  p->tz = sgn*(nMn + nHr*60);
+zulu_time:
+  while( sqlite3Isspace(*zDate) ){ zDate++; }
+  return *zDate!=0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Parse times of the form HH:MM or HH:MM:SS or HH:MM:SS.FFFF.
+** The HH, MM, and SS must each be exactly 2 digits.  The
+** fractional seconds FFFF can be one or more digits.
+**
+** Return 1 if there is a parsing error and 0 on success.
+*/
+static int parseHhMmSs(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){
+  int h, m, s;
+  double ms = 0.0;
+  if( getDigits(zDate, 2, 0, 24, ':', &h, 2, 0, 59, 0, &m)!=2 ){
+    return 1;
+  }
+  zDate += 5;
+  if( *zDate==':' ){
+    zDate++;
+    if( getDigits(zDate, 2, 0, 59, 0, &s)!=1 ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    zDate += 2;
+    if( *zDate=='.' && sqlite3Isdigit(zDate[1]) ){
+      double rScale = 1.0;
+      zDate++;
+      while( sqlite3Isdigit(*zDate) ){
+        ms = ms*10.0 + *zDate - '0';
+        rScale *= 10.0;
+        zDate++;
+      }
+      ms /= rScale;
+    }
+  }else{
+    s = 0;
+  }
+  p->validJD = 0;
+  p->validHMS = 1;
+  p->h = h;
+  p->m = m;
+  p->s = s + ms;
+  if( parseTimezone(zDate, p) ) return 1;
+  p->validTZ = (p->tz!=0)?1:0;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert from YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS to julian day.  We always assume
+** that the YYYY-MM-DD is according to the Gregorian calendar.
+**
+** Reference:  Meeus page 61
+*/
+static void computeJD(DateTime *p){
+  int Y, M, D, A, B, X1, X2;
+
+  if( p->validJD ) return;
+  if( p->validYMD ){
+    Y = p->Y;
+    M = p->M;
+    D = p->D;
+  }else{
+    Y = 2000;  /* If no YMD specified, assume 2000-Jan-01 */
+    M = 1;
+    D = 1;
+  }
+  if( M<=2 ){
+    Y--;
+    M += 12;
+  }
+  A = Y/100;
+  B = 2 - A + (A/4);
+  X1 = 36525*(Y+4716)/100;
+  X2 = 306001*(M+1)/10000;
+  p->iJD = (sqlite3_int64)((X1 + X2 + D + B - 1524.5 ) * 86400000);
+  p->validJD = 1;
+  if( p->validHMS ){
+    p->iJD += p->h*3600000 + p->m*60000 + (sqlite3_int64)(p->s*1000);
+    if( p->validTZ ){
+      p->iJD -= p->tz*60000;
+      p->validYMD = 0;
+      p->validHMS = 0;
+      p->validTZ = 0;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Parse dates of the form
+**
+**     YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS.FFF
+**     YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS
+**     YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM
+**     YYYY-MM-DD
+**
+** Write the result into the DateTime structure and return 0
+** on success and 1 if the input string is not a well-formed
+** date.
+*/
+static int parseYyyyMmDd(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){
+  int Y, M, D, neg;
+
+  if( zDate[0]=='-' ){
+    zDate++;
+    neg = 1;
+  }else{
+    neg = 0;
+  }
+  if( getDigits(zDate,4,0,9999,'-',&Y,2,1,12,'-',&M,2,1,31,0,&D)!=3 ){
+    return 1;
+  }
+  zDate += 10;
+  while( sqlite3Isspace(*zDate) || 'T'==*(u8*)zDate ){ zDate++; }
+  if( parseHhMmSs(zDate, p)==0 ){
+    /* We got the time */
+  }else if( *zDate==0 ){
+    p->validHMS = 0;
+  }else{
+    return 1;
+  }
+  p->validJD = 0;
+  p->validYMD = 1;
+  p->Y = neg ? -Y : Y;
+  p->M = M;
+  p->D = D;
+  if( p->validTZ ){
+    computeJD(p);
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the time to the current time reported by the VFS.
+**
+** Return the number of errors.
+*/
+static int setDateTimeToCurrent(sqlite3_context *context, DateTime *p){
+  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+  if( sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(db->pVfs, &p->iJD)==SQLITE_OK ){
+    p->validJD = 1;
+    return 0;
+  }else{
+    return 1;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to parse the given string into a Julian Day Number.  Return
+** the number of errors.
+**
+** The following are acceptable forms for the input string:
+**
+**      YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS.FFF  +/-HH:MM
+**      DDDD.DD 
+**      now
+**
+** In the first form, the +/-HH:MM is always optional.  The fractional
+** seconds extension (the ".FFF") is optional.  The seconds portion
+** (":SS.FFF") is option.  The year and date can be omitted as long
+** as there is a time string.  The time string can be omitted as long
+** as there is a year and date.
+*/
+static int parseDateOrTime(
+  sqlite3_context *context, 
+  const char *zDate, 
+  DateTime *p
+){
+  double r;
+  if( parseYyyyMmDd(zDate,p)==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }else if( parseHhMmSs(zDate, p)==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(zDate,"now")==0){
+    return setDateTimeToCurrent(context, p);
+  }else if( sqlite3AtoF(zDate, &r, sqlite3Strlen30(zDate), SQLITE_UTF8) ){
+    p->iJD = (sqlite3_int64)(r*86400000.0 + 0.5);
+    p->validJD = 1;
+    return 0;
+  }
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compute the Year, Month, and Day from the julian day number.
+*/
+static void computeYMD(DateTime *p){
+  int Z, A, B, C, D, E, X1;
+  if( p->validYMD ) return;
+  if( !p->validJD ){
+    p->Y = 2000;
+    p->M = 1;
+    p->D = 1;
+  }else{
+    Z = (int)((p->iJD + 43200000)/86400000);
+    A = (int)((Z - 1867216.25)/36524.25);
+    A = Z + 1 + A - (A/4);
+    B = A + 1524;
+    C = (int)((B - 122.1)/365.25);
+    D = (36525*C)/100;
+    E = (int)((B-D)/30.6001);
+    X1 = (int)(30.6001*E);
+    p->D = B - D - X1;
+    p->M = E<14 ? E-1 : E-13;
+    p->Y = p->M>2 ? C - 4716 : C - 4715;
+  }
+  p->validYMD = 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compute the Hour, Minute, and Seconds from the julian day number.
+*/
+static void computeHMS(DateTime *p){
+  int s;
+  if( p->validHMS ) return;
+  computeJD(p);
+  s = (int)((p->iJD + 43200000) % 86400000);
+  p->s = s/1000.0;
+  s = (int)p->s;
+  p->s -= s;
+  p->h = s/3600;
+  s -= p->h*3600;
+  p->m = s/60;
+  p->s += s - p->m*60;
+  p->validHMS = 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compute both YMD and HMS
+*/
+static void computeYMD_HMS(DateTime *p){
+  computeYMD(p);
+  computeHMS(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Clear the YMD and HMS and the TZ
+*/
+static void clearYMD_HMS_TZ(DateTime *p){
+  p->validYMD = 0;
+  p->validHMS = 0;
+  p->validTZ = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** On recent Windows platforms, the localtime_s() function is available
+** as part of the "Secure CRT". It is essentially equivalent to 
+** localtime_r() available under most POSIX platforms, except that the 
+** order of the parameters is reversed.
+**
+** See http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/a442x3ye(VS.80).aspx.
+**
+** If the user has not indicated to use localtime_r() or localtime_s()
+** already, check for an MSVC build environment that provides 
+** localtime_s().
+*/
+#if !defined(HAVE_LOCALTIME_R) && !defined(HAVE_LOCALTIME_S) && \
+     defined(_MSC_VER) && defined(_CRT_INSECURE_DEPRECATE)
+#define HAVE_LOCALTIME_S 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME
+/*
+** The following routine implements the rough equivalent of localtime_r()
+** using whatever operating-system specific localtime facility that
+** is available.  This routine returns 0 on success and
+** non-zero on any kind of error.
+**
+** If the sqlite3GlobalConfig.bLocaltimeFault variable is true then this
+** routine will always fail.
+*/
+static int osLocaltime(time_t *t, struct tm *pTm){
+  int rc;
+#if (!defined(HAVE_LOCALTIME_R) || !HAVE_LOCALTIME_R) \
+      && (!defined(HAVE_LOCALTIME_S) || !HAVE_LOCALTIME_S)
+  struct tm *pX;
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0
+  sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
+#endif
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
+  pX = localtime(t);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bLocaltimeFault ) pX = 0;
+#endif
+  if( pX ) *pTm = *pX;
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
+  rc = pX==0;
+#else
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bLocaltimeFault ) return 1;
+#endif
+#if defined(HAVE_LOCALTIME_R) && HAVE_LOCALTIME_R
+  rc = localtime_r(t, pTm)==0;
+#else
+  rc = localtime_s(pTm, t);
+#endif /* HAVE_LOCALTIME_R */
+#endif /* HAVE_LOCALTIME_R || HAVE_LOCALTIME_S */
+  return rc;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME */
+
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME
+/*
+** Compute the difference (in milliseconds) between localtime and UTC
+** (a.k.a. GMT) for the time value p where p is in UTC. If no error occurs,
+** return this value and set *pRc to SQLITE_OK. 
+**
+** Or, if an error does occur, set *pRc to SQLITE_ERROR. The returned value
+** is undefined in this case.
+*/
+static sqlite3_int64 localtimeOffset(
+  DateTime *p,                    /* Date at which to calculate offset */
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx,          /* Write error here if one occurs */
+  int *pRc                        /* OUT: Error code. SQLITE_OK or ERROR */
+){
+  DateTime x, y;
+  time_t t;
+  struct tm sLocal;
+
+  /* Initialize the contents of sLocal to avoid a compiler warning. */
+  memset(&sLocal, 0, sizeof(sLocal));
+
+  x = *p;
+  computeYMD_HMS(&x);
+  if( x.Y<1971 || x.Y>=2038 ){
+    x.Y = 2000;
+    x.M = 1;
+    x.D = 1;
+    x.h = 0;
+    x.m = 0;
+    x.s = 0.0;
+  } else {
+    int s = (int)(x.s + 0.5);
+    x.s = s;
+  }
+  x.tz = 0;
+  x.validJD = 0;
+  computeJD(&x);
+  t = (time_t)(x.iJD/1000 - 21086676*(i64)10000);
+  if( osLocaltime(&t, &sLocal) ){
+    sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, "local time unavailable", -1);
+    *pRc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    return 0;
+  }
+  y.Y = sLocal.tm_year + 1900;
+  y.M = sLocal.tm_mon + 1;
+  y.D = sLocal.tm_mday;
+  y.h = sLocal.tm_hour;
+  y.m = sLocal.tm_min;
+  y.s = sLocal.tm_sec;
+  y.validYMD = 1;
+  y.validHMS = 1;
+  y.validJD = 0;
+  y.validTZ = 0;
+  computeJD(&y);
+  *pRc = SQLITE_OK;
+  return y.iJD - x.iJD;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME */
+
+/*
+** Process a modifier to a date-time stamp.  The modifiers are
+** as follows:
+**
+**     NNN days
+**     NNN hours
+**     NNN minutes
+**     NNN.NNNN seconds
+**     NNN months
+**     NNN years
+**     start of month
+**     start of year
+**     start of week
+**     start of day
+**     weekday N
+**     unixepoch
+**     localtime
+**     utc
+**
+** Return 0 on success and 1 if there is any kind of error. If the error
+** is in a system call (i.e. localtime()), then an error message is written
+** to context pCtx. If the error is an unrecognized modifier, no error is
+** written to pCtx.
+*/
+static int parseModifier(sqlite3_context *pCtx, const char *zMod, DateTime *p){
+  int rc = 1;
+  int n;
+  double r;
+  char *z, zBuf[30];
+  z = zBuf;
+  for(n=0; n<ArraySize(zBuf)-1 && zMod[n]; n++){
+    z[n] = (char)sqlite3UpperToLower[(u8)zMod[n]];
+  }
+  z[n] = 0;
+  switch( z[0] ){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME
+    case 'l': {
+      /*    localtime
+      **
+      ** Assuming the current time value is UTC (a.k.a. GMT), shift it to
+      ** show local time.
+      */
+      if( strcmp(z, "localtime")==0 ){
+        computeJD(p);
+        p->iJD += localtimeOffset(p, pCtx, &rc);
+        clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+#endif
+    case 'u': {
+      /*
+      **    unixepoch
+      **
+      ** Treat the current value of p->iJD as the number of
+      ** seconds since 1970.  Convert to a real julian day number.
+      */
+      if( strcmp(z, "unixepoch")==0 && p->validJD ){
+        p->iJD = (p->iJD + 43200)/86400 + 21086676*(i64)10000000;
+        clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
+        rc = 0;
+      }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME
+      else if( strcmp(z, "utc")==0 ){
+        sqlite3_int64 c1;
+        computeJD(p);
+        c1 = localtimeOffset(p, pCtx, &rc);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          p->iJD -= c1;
+          clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
+          p->iJD += c1 - localtimeOffset(p, pCtx, &rc);
+        }
+      }
+#endif
+      break;
+    }
+    case 'w': {
+      /*
+      **    weekday N
+      **
+      ** Move the date to the same time on the next occurrence of
+      ** weekday N where 0==Sunday, 1==Monday, and so forth.  If the
+      ** date is already on the appropriate weekday, this is a no-op.
+      */
+      if( strncmp(z, "weekday ", 8)==0
+               && sqlite3AtoF(&z[8], &r, sqlite3Strlen30(&z[8]), SQLITE_UTF8)
+               && (n=(int)r)==r && n>=0 && r<7 ){
+        sqlite3_int64 Z;
+        computeYMD_HMS(p);
+        p->validTZ = 0;
+        p->validJD = 0;
+        computeJD(p);
+        Z = ((p->iJD + 129600000)/86400000) % 7;
+        if( Z>n ) Z -= 7;
+        p->iJD += (n - Z)*86400000;
+        clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
+        rc = 0;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case 's': {
+      /*
+      **    start of TTTTT
+      **
+      ** Move the date backwards to the beginning of the current day,
+      ** or month or year.
+      */
+      if( strncmp(z, "start of ", 9)!=0 ) break;
+      z += 9;
+      computeYMD(p);
+      p->validHMS = 1;
+      p->h = p->m = 0;
+      p->s = 0.0;
+      p->validTZ = 0;
+      p->validJD = 0;
+      if( strcmp(z,"month")==0 ){
+        p->D = 1;
+        rc = 0;
+      }else if( strcmp(z,"year")==0 ){
+        computeYMD(p);
+        p->M = 1;
+        p->D = 1;
+        rc = 0;
+      }else if( strcmp(z,"day")==0 ){
+        rc = 0;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case '+':
+    case '-':
+    case '0':
+    case '1':
+    case '2':
+    case '3':
+    case '4':
+    case '5':
+    case '6':
+    case '7':
+    case '8':
+    case '9': {
+      double rRounder;
+      for(n=1; z[n] && z[n]!=':' && !sqlite3Isspace(z[n]); n++){}
+      if( !sqlite3AtoF(z, &r, n, SQLITE_UTF8) ){
+        rc = 1;
+        break;
+      }
+      if( z[n]==':' ){
+        /* A modifier of the form (+|-)HH:MM:SS.FFF adds (or subtracts) the
+        ** specified number of hours, minutes, seconds, and fractional seconds
+        ** to the time.  The ".FFF" may be omitted.  The ":SS.FFF" may be
+        ** omitted.
+        */
+        const char *z2 = z;
+        DateTime tx;
+        sqlite3_int64 day;
+        if( !sqlite3Isdigit(*z2) ) z2++;
+        memset(&tx, 0, sizeof(tx));
+        if( parseHhMmSs(z2, &tx) ) break;
+        computeJD(&tx);
+        tx.iJD -= 43200000;
+        day = tx.iJD/86400000;
+        tx.iJD -= day*86400000;
+        if( z[0]=='-' ) tx.iJD = -tx.iJD;
+        computeJD(p);
+        clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
+        p->iJD += tx.iJD;
+        rc = 0;
+        break;
+      }
+      z += n;
+      while( sqlite3Isspace(*z) ) z++;
+      n = sqlite3Strlen30(z);
+      if( n>10 || n<3 ) break;
+      if( z[n-1]=='s' ){ z[n-1] = 0; n--; }
+      computeJD(p);
+      rc = 0;
+      rRounder = r<0 ? -0.5 : +0.5;
+      if( n==3 && strcmp(z,"day")==0 ){
+        p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)(r*86400000.0 + rRounder);
+      }else if( n==4 && strcmp(z,"hour")==0 ){
+        p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)(r*(86400000.0/24.0) + rRounder);
+      }else if( n==6 && strcmp(z,"minute")==0 ){
+        p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)(r*(86400000.0/(24.0*60.0)) + rRounder);
+      }else if( n==6 && strcmp(z,"second")==0 ){
+        p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)(r*(86400000.0/(24.0*60.0*60.0)) + rRounder);
+      }else if( n==5 && strcmp(z,"month")==0 ){
+        int x, y;
+        computeYMD_HMS(p);
+        p->M += (int)r;
+        x = p->M>0 ? (p->M-1)/12 : (p->M-12)/12;
+        p->Y += x;
+        p->M -= x*12;
+        p->validJD = 0;
+        computeJD(p);
+        y = (int)r;
+        if( y!=r ){
+          p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)((r - y)*30.0*86400000.0 + rRounder);
+        }
+      }else if( n==4 && strcmp(z,"year")==0 ){
+        int y = (int)r;
+        computeYMD_HMS(p);
+        p->Y += y;
+        p->validJD = 0;
+        computeJD(p);
+        if( y!=r ){
+          p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)((r - y)*365.0*86400000.0 + rRounder);
+        }
+      }else{
+        rc = 1;
+      }
+      clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Process time function arguments.  argv[0] is a date-time stamp.
+** argv[1] and following are modifiers.  Parse them all and write
+** the resulting time into the DateTime structure p.  Return 0
+** on success and 1 if there are any errors.
+**
+** If there are zero parameters (if even argv[0] is undefined)
+** then assume a default value of "now" for argv[0].
+*/
+static int isDate(
+  sqlite3_context *context, 
+  int argc, 
+  sqlite3_value **argv, 
+  DateTime *p
+){
+  int i;
+  const unsigned char *z;
+  int eType;
+  memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p));
+  if( argc==0 ){
+    return setDateTimeToCurrent(context, p);
+  }
+  if( (eType = sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]))==SQLITE_FLOAT
+                   || eType==SQLITE_INTEGER ){
+    p->iJD = (sqlite3_int64)(sqlite3_value_double(argv[0])*86400000.0 + 0.5);
+    p->validJD = 1;
+  }else{
+    z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+    if( !z || parseDateOrTime(context, (char*)z, p) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+  }
+  for(i=1; i<argc; i++){
+    z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[i]);
+    if( z==0 || parseModifier(context, (char*)z, p) ) return 1;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** The following routines implement the various date and time functions
+** of SQLite.
+*/
+
+/*
+**    julianday( TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...)
+**
+** Return the julian day number of the date specified in the arguments
+*/
+static void juliandayFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  DateTime x;
+  if( isDate(context, argc, argv, &x)==0 ){
+    computeJD(&x);
+    sqlite3_result_double(context, x.iJD/86400000.0);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+**    datetime( TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...)
+**
+** Return YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS
+*/
+static void datetimeFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  DateTime x;
+  if( isDate(context, argc, argv, &x)==0 ){
+    char zBuf[100];
+    computeYMD_HMS(&x);
+    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%04d-%02d-%02d %02d:%02d:%02d",
+                     x.Y, x.M, x.D, x.h, x.m, (int)(x.s));
+    sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+**    time( TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...)
+**
+** Return HH:MM:SS
+*/
+static void timeFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  DateTime x;
+  if( isDate(context, argc, argv, &x)==0 ){
+    char zBuf[100];
+    computeHMS(&x);
+    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%02d:%02d:%02d", x.h, x.m, (int)x.s);
+    sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+**    date( TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...)
+**
+** Return YYYY-MM-DD
+*/
+static void dateFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  DateTime x;
+  if( isDate(context, argc, argv, &x)==0 ){
+    char zBuf[100];
+    computeYMD(&x);
+    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%04d-%02d-%02d", x.Y, x.M, x.D);
+    sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+**    strftime( FORMAT, TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...)
+**
+** Return a string described by FORMAT.  Conversions as follows:
+**
+**   %d  day of month
+**   %f  ** fractional seconds  SS.SSS
+**   %H  hour 00-24
+**   %j  day of year 000-366
+**   %J  ** Julian day number
+**   %m  month 01-12
+**   %M  minute 00-59
+**   %s  seconds since 1970-01-01
+**   %S  seconds 00-59
+**   %w  day of week 0-6  sunday==0
+**   %W  week of year 00-53
+**   %Y  year 0000-9999
+**   %%  %
+*/
+static void strftimeFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  DateTime x;
+  u64 n;
+  size_t i,j;
+  char *z;
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  const char *zFmt = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  char zBuf[100];
+  if( zFmt==0 || isDate(context, argc-1, argv+1, &x) ) return;
+  db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+  for(i=0, n=1; zFmt[i]; i++, n++){
+    if( zFmt[i]=='%' ){
+      switch( zFmt[i+1] ){
+        case 'd':
+        case 'H':
+        case 'm':
+        case 'M':
+        case 'S':
+        case 'W':
+          n++;
+          /* fall thru */
+        case 'w':
+        case '%':
+          break;
+        case 'f':
+          n += 8;
+          break;
+        case 'j':
+          n += 3;
+          break;
+        case 'Y':
+          n += 8;
+          break;
+        case 's':
+        case 'J':
+          n += 50;
+          break;
+        default:
+          return;  /* ERROR.  return a NULL */
+      }
+      i++;
+    }
+  }
+  testcase( n==sizeof(zBuf)-1 );
+  testcase( n==sizeof(zBuf) );
+  testcase( n==(u64)db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]+1 );
+  testcase( n==(u64)db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] );
+  if( n<sizeof(zBuf) ){
+    z = zBuf;
+  }else if( n>(u64)db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
+    sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context);
+    return;
+  }else{
+    z = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, (int)n);
+    if( z==0 ){
+      sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+  computeJD(&x);
+  computeYMD_HMS(&x);
+  for(i=j=0; zFmt[i]; i++){
+    if( zFmt[i]!='%' ){
+      z[j++] = zFmt[i];
+    }else{
+      i++;
+      switch( zFmt[i] ){
+        case 'd':  sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.D); j+=2; break;
+        case 'f': {
+          double s = x.s;
+          if( s>59.999 ) s = 59.999;
+          sqlite3_snprintf(7, &z[j],"%06.3f", s);
+          j += sqlite3Strlen30(&z[j]);
+          break;
+        }
+        case 'H':  sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.h); j+=2; break;
+        case 'W': /* Fall thru */
+        case 'j': {
+          int nDay;             /* Number of days since 1st day of year */
+          DateTime y = x;
+          y.validJD = 0;
+          y.M = 1;
+          y.D = 1;
+          computeJD(&y);
+          nDay = (int)((x.iJD-y.iJD+43200000)/86400000);
+          if( zFmt[i]=='W' ){
+            int wd;   /* 0=Monday, 1=Tuesday, ... 6=Sunday */
+            wd = (int)(((x.iJD+43200000)/86400000)%7);
+            sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",(nDay+7-wd)/7);
+            j += 2;
+          }else{
+            sqlite3_snprintf(4, &z[j],"%03d",nDay+1);
+            j += 3;
+          }
+          break;
+        }
+        case 'J': {
+          sqlite3_snprintf(20, &z[j],"%.16g",x.iJD/86400000.0);
+          j+=sqlite3Strlen30(&z[j]);
+          break;
+        }
+        case 'm':  sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.M); j+=2; break;
+        case 'M':  sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.m); j+=2; break;
+        case 's': {
+          sqlite3_snprintf(30,&z[j],"%lld",
+                           (i64)(x.iJD/1000 - 21086676*(i64)10000));
+          j += sqlite3Strlen30(&z[j]);
+          break;
+        }
+        case 'S':  sqlite3_snprintf(3,&z[j],"%02d",(int)x.s); j+=2; break;
+        case 'w': {
+          z[j++] = (char)(((x.iJD+129600000)/86400000) % 7) + '0';
+          break;
+        }
+        case 'Y': {
+          sqlite3_snprintf(5,&z[j],"%04d",x.Y); j+=sqlite3Strlen30(&z[j]);
+          break;
+        }
+        default:   z[j++] = '%'; break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  z[j] = 0;
+  sqlite3_result_text(context, z, -1,
+                      z==zBuf ? SQLITE_TRANSIENT : SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
+}
+
+/*
+** current_time()
+**
+** This function returns the same value as time('now').
+*/
+static void ctimeFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int NotUsed,
+  sqlite3_value **NotUsed2
+){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
+  timeFunc(context, 0, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** current_date()
+**
+** This function returns the same value as date('now').
+*/
+static void cdateFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int NotUsed,
+  sqlite3_value **NotUsed2
+){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
+  dateFunc(context, 0, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** current_timestamp()
+**
+** This function returns the same value as datetime('now').
+*/
+static void ctimestampFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int NotUsed,
+  sqlite3_value **NotUsed2
+){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
+  datetimeFunc(context, 0, 0);
+}
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS) */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS
+/*
+** If the library is compiled to omit the full-scale date and time
+** handling (to get a smaller binary), the following minimal version
+** of the functions current_time(), current_date() and current_timestamp()
+** are included instead. This is to support column declarations that
+** include "DEFAULT CURRENT_TIME" etc.
+**
+** This function uses the C-library functions time(), gmtime()
+** and strftime(). The format string to pass to strftime() is supplied
+** as the user-data for the function.
+*/
+static void currentTimeFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  time_t t;
+  char *zFormat = (char *)sqlite3_user_data(context);
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  sqlite3_int64 iT;
+  struct tm *pTm;
+  struct tm sNow;
+  char zBuf[20];
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argv);
+
+  db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+  if( sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(db->pVfs, &iT) ) return;
+  t = iT/1000 - 10000*(sqlite3_int64)21086676;
+#ifdef HAVE_GMTIME_R
+  pTm = gmtime_r(&t, &sNow);
+#else
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
+  pTm = gmtime(&t);
+  if( pTm ) memcpy(&sNow, pTm, sizeof(sNow));
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
+#endif
+  if( pTm ){
+    strftime(zBuf, 20, zFormat, &sNow);
+    sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** This function registered all of the above C functions as SQL
+** functions.  This should be the only routine in this file with
+** external linkage.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions(void){
+  static SQLITE_WSD FuncDef aDateTimeFuncs[] = {
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS
+    FUNCTION(julianday,        -1, 0, 0, juliandayFunc ),
+    FUNCTION(date,             -1, 0, 0, dateFunc      ),
+    FUNCTION(time,             -1, 0, 0, timeFunc      ),
+    FUNCTION(datetime,         -1, 0, 0, datetimeFunc  ),
+    FUNCTION(strftime,         -1, 0, 0, strftimeFunc  ),
+    FUNCTION(current_time,      0, 0, 0, ctimeFunc     ),
+    FUNCTION(current_timestamp, 0, 0, 0, ctimestampFunc),
+    FUNCTION(current_date,      0, 0, 0, cdateFunc     ),
+#else
+    STR_FUNCTION(current_time,      0, "%H:%M:%S",          0, currentTimeFunc),
+    STR_FUNCTION(current_date,      0, "%Y-%m-%d",          0, currentTimeFunc),
+    STR_FUNCTION(current_timestamp, 0, "%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S", 0, currentTimeFunc),
+#endif
+  };
+  int i;
+  FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions);
+  FuncDef *aFunc = (FuncDef*)&GLOBAL(FuncDef, aDateTimeFuncs);
+
+  for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aDateTimeFuncs); i++){
+    sqlite3FuncDefInsert(pHash, &aFunc[i]);
+  }
+}
+
+/************** End of date.c ************************************************/
+/************** Begin file os.c **********************************************/
+/*
+** 2005 November 29
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains OS interface code that is common to all
+** architectures.
+*/
+#define _SQLITE_OS_C_ 1
+#undef _SQLITE_OS_C_
+
+/*
+** The default SQLite sqlite3_vfs implementations do not allocate
+** memory (actually, os_unix.c allocates a small amount of memory
+** from within OsOpen()), but some third-party implementations may.
+** So we test the effects of a malloc() failing and the sqlite3OsXXX()
+** function returning SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM using the DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST macro.
+**
+** The following functions are instrumented for malloc() failure 
+** testing:
+**
+**     sqlite3OsRead()
+**     sqlite3OsWrite()
+**     sqlite3OsSync()
+**     sqlite3OsFileSize()
+**     sqlite3OsLock()
+**     sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock()
+**     sqlite3OsFileControl()
+**     sqlite3OsShmMap()
+**     sqlite3OsOpen()
+**     sqlite3OsDelete()
+**     sqlite3OsAccess()
+**     sqlite3OsFullPathname()
+**
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_memdebug_vfs_oom_test = 1;
+  #define DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(x)                                       \
+  if (sqlite3_memdebug_vfs_oom_test && (!x || !sqlite3IsMemJournal(x))) {  \
+    void *pTstAlloc = sqlite3Malloc(10);                             \
+    if (!pTstAlloc) return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;                       \
+    sqlite3_free(pTstAlloc);                                         \
+  }
+#else
+  #define DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(x)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The following routines are convenience wrappers around methods
+** of the sqlite3_file object.  This is mostly just syntactic sugar. All
+** of this would be completely automatic if SQLite were coded using
+** C++ instead of plain old C.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsClose(sqlite3_file *pId){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( pId->pMethods ){
+    rc = pId->pMethods->xClose(pId);
+    pId->pMethods = 0;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRead(sqlite3_file *id, void *pBuf, int amt, i64 offset){
+  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id);
+  return id->pMethods->xRead(id, pBuf, amt, offset);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsWrite(sqlite3_file *id, const void *pBuf, int amt, i64 offset){
+  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id);
+  return id->pMethods->xWrite(id, pBuf, amt, offset);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsTruncate(sqlite3_file *id, i64 size){
+  return id->pMethods->xTruncate(id, size);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSync(sqlite3_file *id, int flags){
+  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id);
+  return id->pMethods->xSync(id, flags);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFileSize(sqlite3_file *id, i64 *pSize){
+  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id);
+  return id->pMethods->xFileSize(id, pSize);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsLock(sqlite3_file *id, int lockType){
+  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id);
+  return id->pMethods->xLock(id, lockType);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int lockType){
+  return id->pMethods->xUnlock(id, lockType);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){
+  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id);
+  return id->pMethods->xCheckReservedLock(id, pResOut);
+}
+
+/*
+** Use sqlite3OsFileControl() when we are doing something that might fail
+** and we need to know about the failures.  Use sqlite3OsFileControlHint()
+** when simply tossing information over the wall to the VFS and we do not
+** really care if the VFS receives and understands the information since it
+** is only a hint and can be safely ignored.  The sqlite3OsFileControlHint()
+** routine has no return value since the return value would be meaningless.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){
+  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id);
+  return id->pMethods->xFileControl(id, op, pArg);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsFileControlHint(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){
+  (void)id->pMethods->xFileControl(id, op, pArg);
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id){
+  int (*xSectorSize)(sqlite3_file*) = id->pMethods->xSectorSize;
+  return (xSectorSize ? xSectorSize(id) : SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){
+  return id->pMethods->xDeviceCharacteristics(id);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmLock(sqlite3_file *id, int offset, int n, int flags){
+  return id->pMethods->xShmLock(id, offset, n, flags);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsShmBarrier(sqlite3_file *id){
+  id->pMethods->xShmBarrier(id);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmUnmap(sqlite3_file *id, int deleteFlag){
+  return id->pMethods->xShmUnmap(id, deleteFlag);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmMap(
+  sqlite3_file *id,               /* Database file handle */
+  int iPage,
+  int pgsz,
+  int bExtend,                    /* True to extend file if necessary */
+  void volatile **pp              /* OUT: Pointer to mapping */
+){
+  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id);
+  return id->pMethods->xShmMap(id, iPage, pgsz, bExtend, pp);
+}
+
+/*
+** The next group of routines are convenience wrappers around the
+** VFS methods.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpen(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, 
+  const char *zPath, 
+  sqlite3_file *pFile, 
+  int flags, 
+  int *pFlagsOut
+){
+  int rc;
+  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(0);
+  /* 0x87f7f is a mask of SQLITE_OPEN_ flags that are valid to be passed
+  ** down into the VFS layer.  Some SQLITE_OPEN_ flags (for example,
+  ** SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX or SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE) are blocked before
+  ** reaching the VFS. */
+  rc = pVfs->xOpen(pVfs, zPath, pFile, flags & 0x87f7f, pFlagsOut);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pFile->pMethods==0 );
+  return rc;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDelete(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath, int dirSync){
+  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(0);
+  assert( dirSync==0 || dirSync==1 );
+  return pVfs->xDelete(pVfs, zPath, dirSync);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsAccess(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, 
+  const char *zPath, 
+  int flags, 
+  int *pResOut
+){
+  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(0);
+  return pVfs->xAccess(pVfs, zPath, flags, pResOut);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFullPathname(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, 
+  const char *zPath, 
+  int nPathOut, 
+  char *zPathOut
+){
+  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(0);
+  zPathOut[0] = 0;
+  return pVfs->xFullPathname(pVfs, zPath, nPathOut, zPathOut);
+}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3OsDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath){
+  return pVfs->xDlOpen(pVfs, zPath);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsDlError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zBufOut){
+  pVfs->xDlError(pVfs, nByte, zBufOut);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void (*sqlite3OsDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHdle, const char *zSym))(void){
+  return pVfs->xDlSym(pVfs, pHdle, zSym);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle){
+  pVfs->xDlClose(pVfs, pHandle);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zBufOut){
+  return pVfs->xRandomness(pVfs, nByte, zBufOut);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSleep(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nMicro){
+  return pVfs->xSleep(pVfs, nMicro);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, sqlite3_int64 *pTimeOut){
+  int rc;
+  /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-49045-42493 SQLite will use the xCurrentTimeInt64()
+  ** method to get the current date and time if that method is available
+  ** (if iVersion is 2 or greater and the function pointer is not NULL) and
+  ** will fall back to xCurrentTime() if xCurrentTimeInt64() is
+  ** unavailable.
+  */
+  if( pVfs->iVersion>=2 && pVfs->xCurrentTimeInt64 ){
+    rc = pVfs->xCurrentTimeInt64(pVfs, pTimeOut);
+  }else{
+    double r;
+    rc = pVfs->xCurrentTime(pVfs, &r);
+    *pTimeOut = (sqlite3_int64)(r*86400000.0);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, 
+  const char *zFile, 
+  sqlite3_file **ppFile, 
+  int flags,
+  int *pOutFlags
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  sqlite3_file *pFile;
+  pFile = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile);
+  if( pFile ){
+    rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zFile, pFile, flags, pOutFlags);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3_free(pFile);
+    }else{
+      *ppFile = pFile;
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCloseFree(sqlite3_file *pFile){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  assert( pFile );
+  rc = sqlite3OsClose(pFile);
+  sqlite3_free(pFile);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is a wrapper around the OS specific implementation of
+** sqlite3_os_init(). The purpose of the wrapper is to provide the
+** ability to simulate a malloc failure, so that the handling of an
+** error in sqlite3_os_init() by the upper layers can be tested.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsInit(void){
+  void *p = sqlite3_malloc(10);
+  if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  sqlite3_free(p);
+  return sqlite3_os_init();
+}
+
+/*
+** The list of all registered VFS implementations.
+*/
+static sqlite3_vfs * SQLITE_WSD vfsList = 0;
+#define vfsList GLOBAL(sqlite3_vfs *, vfsList)
+
+/*
+** Locate a VFS by name.  If no name is given, simply return the
+** first VFS on the list.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3_vfs_find(const char *zVfs){
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = 0;
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+  int rc = sqlite3_initialize();
+  if( rc ) return 0;
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+  mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
+#endif
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
+  for(pVfs = vfsList; pVfs; pVfs=pVfs->pNext){
+    if( zVfs==0 ) break;
+    if( strcmp(zVfs, pVfs->zName)==0 ) break;
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
+  return pVfs;
+}
+
+/*
+** Unlink a VFS from the linked list
+*/
+static void vfsUnlink(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)) );
+  if( pVfs==0 ){
+    /* No-op */
+  }else if( vfsList==pVfs ){
+    vfsList = pVfs->pNext;
+  }else if( vfsList ){
+    sqlite3_vfs *p = vfsList;
+    while( p->pNext && p->pNext!=pVfs ){
+      p = p->pNext;
+    }
+    if( p->pNext==pVfs ){
+      p->pNext = pVfs->pNext;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Register a VFS with the system.  It is harmless to register the same
+** VFS multiple times.  The new VFS becomes the default if makeDflt is
+** true.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_register(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int makeDflt){
+  MUTEX_LOGIC(sqlite3_mutex *mutex;)
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+  int rc = sqlite3_initialize();
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+#endif
+  MUTEX_LOGIC( mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); )
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
+  vfsUnlink(pVfs);
+  if( makeDflt || vfsList==0 ){
+    pVfs->pNext = vfsList;
+    vfsList = pVfs;
+  }else{
+    pVfs->pNext = vfsList->pNext;
+    vfsList->pNext = pVfs;
+  }
+  assert(vfsList);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Unregister a VFS so that it is no longer accessible.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs){
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+  sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
+#endif
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
+  vfsUnlink(pVfs);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/************** End of os.c **************************************************/
+/************** Begin file fault.c *******************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 Jan 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains code to support the concept of "benign" 
+** malloc failures (when the xMalloc() or xRealloc() method of the
+** sqlite3_mem_methods structure fails to allocate a block of memory
+** and returns 0). 
+**
+** Most malloc failures are non-benign. After they occur, SQLite
+** abandons the current operation and returns an error code (usually
+** SQLITE_NOMEM) to the user. However, sometimes a fault is not necessarily
+** fatal. For example, if a malloc fails while resizing a hash table, this 
+** is completely recoverable simply by not carrying out the resize. The 
+** hash table will continue to function normally.  So a malloc failure 
+** during a hash table resize is a benign fault.
+*/
+
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
+
+/*
+** Global variables.
+*/
+typedef struct BenignMallocHooks BenignMallocHooks;
+static SQLITE_WSD struct BenignMallocHooks {
+  void (*xBenignBegin)(void);
+  void (*xBenignEnd)(void);
+} sqlite3Hooks = { 0, 0 };
+
+/* The "wsdHooks" macro will resolve to the appropriate BenignMallocHooks
+** structure.  If writable static data is unsupported on the target,
+** we have to locate the state vector at run-time.  In the more common
+** case where writable static data is supported, wsdHooks can refer directly
+** to the "sqlite3Hooks" state vector declared above.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
+# define wsdHooksInit \
+  BenignMallocHooks *x = &GLOBAL(BenignMallocHooks,sqlite3Hooks)
+# define wsdHooks x[0]
+#else
+# define wsdHooksInit
+# define wsdHooks sqlite3Hooks
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Register hooks to call when sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc() and
+** sqlite3EndBenignMalloc() are called, respectively.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BenignMallocHooks(
+  void (*xBenignBegin)(void),
+  void (*xBenignEnd)(void)
+){
+  wsdHooksInit;
+  wsdHooks.xBenignBegin = xBenignBegin;
+  wsdHooks.xBenignEnd = xBenignEnd;
+}
+
+/*
+** This (sqlite3EndBenignMalloc()) is called by SQLite code to indicate that
+** subsequent malloc failures are benign. A call to sqlite3EndBenignMalloc()
+** indicates that subsequent malloc failures are non-benign.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(void){
+  wsdHooksInit;
+  if( wsdHooks.xBenignBegin ){
+    wsdHooks.xBenignBegin();
+  }
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(void){
+  wsdHooksInit;
+  if( wsdHooks.xBenignEnd ){
+    wsdHooks.xBenignEnd();
+  }
+}
+
+#endif   /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST */
+
+/************** End of fault.c ***********************************************/
+/************** Begin file mem0.c ********************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 October 28
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains a no-op memory allocation drivers for use when
+** SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC is defined.  The allocation drivers implemented
+** here always fail.  SQLite will not operate with these drivers.  These
+** are merely placeholders.  Real drivers must be substituted using
+** sqlite3_config() before SQLite will operate.
+*/
+
+/*
+** This version of the memory allocator is the default.  It is
+** used when no other memory allocator is specified using compile-time
+** macros.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC
+
+/*
+** No-op versions of all memory allocation routines
+*/
+static void *sqlite3MemMalloc(int nByte){ return 0; }
+static void sqlite3MemFree(void *pPrior){ return; }
+static void *sqlite3MemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nByte){ return 0; }
+static int sqlite3MemSize(void *pPrior){ return 0; }
+static int sqlite3MemRoundup(int n){ return n; }
+static int sqlite3MemInit(void *NotUsed){ return SQLITE_OK; }
+static void sqlite3MemShutdown(void *NotUsed){ return; }
+
+/*
+** This routine is the only routine in this file with external linkage.
+**
+** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in
+** sqlite3GlobalConfig.m with pointers to the routines in this file.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void){
+  static const sqlite3_mem_methods defaultMethods = {
+     sqlite3MemMalloc,
+     sqlite3MemFree,
+     sqlite3MemRealloc,
+     sqlite3MemSize,
+     sqlite3MemRoundup,
+     sqlite3MemInit,
+     sqlite3MemShutdown,
+     0
+  };
+  sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC, &defaultMethods);
+}
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC */
+
+/************** End of mem0.c ************************************************/
+/************** Begin file mem1.c ********************************************/
+/*
+** 2007 August 14
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains low-level memory allocation drivers for when
+** SQLite will use the standard C-library malloc/realloc/free interface
+** to obtain the memory it needs.
+**
+** This file contains implementations of the low-level memory allocation
+** routines specified in the sqlite3_mem_methods object.  The content of
+** this file is only used if SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC is defined.  The
+** SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC macro is defined automatically if neither the
+** SQLITE_MEMDEBUG nor the SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC macros are defined.  The
+** default configuration is to use memory allocation routines in this
+** file.
+**
+** C-preprocessor macro summary:
+**
+**    HAVE_MALLOC_USABLE_SIZE     The configure script sets this symbol if
+**                                the malloc_usable_size() interface exists
+**                                on the target platform.  Or, this symbol
+**                                can be set manually, if desired.
+**                                If an equivalent interface exists by
+**                                a different name, using a separate -D
+**                                option to rename it.
+**
+**    SQLITE_WITHOUT_ZONEMALLOC   Some older macs lack support for the zone
+**                                memory allocator.  Set this symbol to enable
+**                                building on older macs.
+**
+**    SQLITE_WITHOUT_MSIZE        Set this symbol to disable the use of
+**                                _msize() on windows systems.  This might
+**                                be necessary when compiling for Delphi,
+**                                for example.
+*/
+
+/*
+** This version of the memory allocator is the default.  It is
+** used when no other memory allocator is specified using compile-time
+** macros.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC
+
+/*
+** The MSVCRT has malloc_usable_size() but it is called _msize().
+** The use of _msize() is automatic, but can be disabled by compiling
+** with -DSQLITE_WITHOUT_MSIZE
+*/
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(SQLITE_WITHOUT_MSIZE)
+# define SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE _msize
+#endif
+
+#if defined(__APPLE__) && !defined(SQLITE_WITHOUT_ZONEMALLOC)
+
+/*
+** Use the zone allocator available on apple products unless the
+** SQLITE_WITHOUT_ZONEMALLOC symbol is defined.
+*/
+#include <sys/sysctl.h>
+#include <malloc/malloc.h>
+#include <libkern/OSAtomic.h>
+static malloc_zone_t* _sqliteZone_;
+#define SQLITE_MALLOC(x) malloc_zone_malloc(_sqliteZone_, (x))
+#define SQLITE_FREE(x) malloc_zone_free(_sqliteZone_, (x));
+#define SQLITE_REALLOC(x,y) malloc_zone_realloc(_sqliteZone_, (x), (y))
+#define SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE(x) \
+        (_sqliteZone_ ? _sqliteZone_->size(_sqliteZone_,x) : malloc_size(x))
+
+#else /* if not __APPLE__ */
+
+/*
+** Use standard C library malloc and free on non-Apple systems.  
+** Also used by Apple systems if SQLITE_WITHOUT_ZONEMALLOC is defined.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_MALLOC(x)    malloc(x)
+#define SQLITE_FREE(x)      free(x)
+#define SQLITE_REALLOC(x,y) realloc((x),(y))
+
+#if (defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(SQLITE_WITHOUT_MSIZE)) \
+      || (defined(HAVE_MALLOC_H) && defined(HAVE_MALLOC_USABLE_SIZE))
+# include <malloc.h>    /* Needed for malloc_usable_size on linux */
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_MALLOC_USABLE_SIZE
+# ifndef SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE
+#  define SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE(x) malloc_usable_size(x)
+# endif
+#else
+# undef SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __APPLE__ or not __APPLE__ */
+
+/*
+** Like malloc(), but remember the size of the allocation
+** so that we can find it later using sqlite3MemSize().
+**
+** For this low-level routine, we are guaranteed that nByte>0 because
+** cases of nByte<=0 will be intercepted and dealt with by higher level
+** routines.
+*/
+static void *sqlite3MemMalloc(int nByte){
+#ifdef SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE
+  void *p = SQLITE_MALLOC( nByte );
+  if( p==0 ){
+    testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
+    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to allocate %u bytes of memory", nByte);
+  }
+  return p;
+#else
+  sqlite3_int64 *p;
+  assert( nByte>0 );
+  nByte = ROUND8(nByte);
+  p = SQLITE_MALLOC( nByte+8 );
+  if( p ){
+    p[0] = nByte;
+    p++;
+  }else{
+    testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
+    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to allocate %u bytes of memory", nByte);
+  }
+  return (void *)p;
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Like free() but works for allocations obtained from sqlite3MemMalloc()
+** or sqlite3MemRealloc().
+**
+** For this low-level routine, we already know that pPrior!=0 since
+** cases where pPrior==0 will have been intecepted and dealt with
+** by higher-level routines.
+*/
+static void sqlite3MemFree(void *pPrior){
+#ifdef SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE
+  SQLITE_FREE(pPrior);
+#else
+  sqlite3_int64 *p = (sqlite3_int64*)pPrior;
+  assert( pPrior!=0 );
+  p--;
+  SQLITE_FREE(p);
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Report the allocated size of a prior return from xMalloc()
+** or xRealloc().
+*/
+static int sqlite3MemSize(void *pPrior){
+#ifdef SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE
+  return pPrior ? (int)SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE(pPrior) : 0;
+#else
+  sqlite3_int64 *p;
+  if( pPrior==0 ) return 0;
+  p = (sqlite3_int64*)pPrior;
+  p--;
+  return (int)p[0];
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Like realloc().  Resize an allocation previously obtained from
+** sqlite3MemMalloc().
+**
+** For this low-level interface, we know that pPrior!=0.  Cases where
+** pPrior==0 while have been intercepted by higher-level routine and
+** redirected to xMalloc.  Similarly, we know that nByte>0 becauses
+** cases where nByte<=0 will have been intercepted by higher-level
+** routines and redirected to xFree.
+*/
+static void *sqlite3MemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nByte){
+#ifdef SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE
+  void *p = SQLITE_REALLOC(pPrior, nByte);
+  if( p==0 ){
+    testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
+    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM,
+      "failed memory resize %u to %u bytes",
+      SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE(pPrior), nByte);
+  }
+  return p;
+#else
+  sqlite3_int64 *p = (sqlite3_int64*)pPrior;
+  assert( pPrior!=0 && nByte>0 );
+  assert( nByte==ROUND8(nByte) ); /* EV: R-46199-30249 */
+  p--;
+  p = SQLITE_REALLOC(p, nByte+8 );
+  if( p ){
+    p[0] = nByte;
+    p++;
+  }else{
+    testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
+    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM,
+      "failed memory resize %u to %u bytes",
+      sqlite3MemSize(pPrior), nByte);
+  }
+  return (void*)p;
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size.
+*/
+static int sqlite3MemRoundup(int n){
+  return ROUND8(n);
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize this module.
+*/
+static int sqlite3MemInit(void *NotUsed){
+#if defined(__APPLE__) && !defined(SQLITE_WITHOUT_ZONEMALLOC)
+  int cpuCount;
+  size_t len;
+  if( _sqliteZone_ ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  len = sizeof(cpuCount);
+  /* One usually wants to use hw.acctivecpu for MT decisions, but not here */
+  sysctlbyname("hw.ncpu", &cpuCount, &len, NULL, 0);
+  if( cpuCount>1 ){
+    /* defer MT decisions to system malloc */
+    _sqliteZone_ = malloc_default_zone();
+  }else{
+    /* only 1 core, use our own zone to contention over global locks, 
+    ** e.g. we have our own dedicated locks */
+    bool success;
+    malloc_zone_t* newzone = malloc_create_zone(4096, 0);
+    malloc_set_zone_name(newzone, "Sqlite_Heap");
+    do{
+      success = OSAtomicCompareAndSwapPtrBarrier(NULL, newzone, 
+                                 (void * volatile *)&_sqliteZone_);
+    }while(!_sqliteZone_);
+    if( !success ){
+      /* somebody registered a zone first */
+      malloc_destroy_zone(newzone);
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Deinitialize this module.
+*/
+static void sqlite3MemShutdown(void *NotUsed){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  return;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is the only routine in this file with external linkage.
+**
+** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in
+** sqlite3GlobalConfig.m with pointers to the routines in this file.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void){
+  static const sqlite3_mem_methods defaultMethods = {
+     sqlite3MemMalloc,
+     sqlite3MemFree,
+     sqlite3MemRealloc,
+     sqlite3MemSize,
+     sqlite3MemRoundup,
+     sqlite3MemInit,
+     sqlite3MemShutdown,
+     0
+  };
+  sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC, &defaultMethods);
+}
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC */
+
+/************** End of mem1.c ************************************************/
+/************** Begin file mem2.c ********************************************/
+/*
+** 2007 August 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains low-level memory allocation drivers for when
+** SQLite will use the standard C-library malloc/realloc/free interface
+** to obtain the memory it needs while adding lots of additional debugging
+** information to each allocation in order to help detect and fix memory
+** leaks and memory usage errors.
+**
+** This file contains implementations of the low-level memory allocation
+** routines specified in the sqlite3_mem_methods object.
+*/
+
+/*
+** This version of the memory allocator is used only if the
+** SQLITE_MEMDEBUG macro is defined
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_MEMDEBUG
+
+/*
+** The backtrace functionality is only available with GLIBC
+*/
+#ifdef __GLIBC__
+  extern int backtrace(void**,int);
+  extern void backtrace_symbols_fd(void*const*,int,int);
+#else
+# define backtrace(A,B) 1
+# define backtrace_symbols_fd(A,B,C)
+#endif
+/* #include <stdio.h> */
+
+/*
+** Each memory allocation looks like this:
+**
+**  ------------------------------------------------------------------------
+**  | Title |  backtrace pointers |  MemBlockHdr |  allocation |  EndGuard |
+**  ------------------------------------------------------------------------
+**
+** The application code sees only a pointer to the allocation.  We have
+** to back up from the allocation pointer to find the MemBlockHdr.  The
+** MemBlockHdr tells us the size of the allocation and the number of
+** backtrace pointers.  There is also a guard word at the end of the
+** MemBlockHdr.
+*/
+struct MemBlockHdr {
+  i64 iSize;                          /* Size of this allocation */
+  struct MemBlockHdr *pNext, *pPrev;  /* Linked list of all unfreed memory */
+  char nBacktrace;                    /* Number of backtraces on this alloc */
+  char nBacktraceSlots;               /* Available backtrace slots */
+  u8 nTitle;                          /* Bytes of title; includes '\0' */
+  u8 eType;                           /* Allocation type code */
+  int iForeGuard;                     /* Guard word for sanity */
+};
+
+/*
+** Guard words
+*/
+#define FOREGUARD 0x80F5E153
+#define REARGUARD 0xE4676B53
+
+/*
+** Number of malloc size increments to track.
+*/
+#define NCSIZE  1000
+
+/*
+** All of the static variables used by this module are collected
+** into a single structure named "mem".  This is to keep the
+** static variables organized and to reduce namespace pollution
+** when this module is combined with other in the amalgamation.
+*/
+static struct {
+  
+  /*
+  ** Mutex to control access to the memory allocation subsystem.
+  */
+  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;
+
+  /*
+  ** Head and tail of a linked list of all outstanding allocations
+  */
+  struct MemBlockHdr *pFirst;
+  struct MemBlockHdr *pLast;
+  
+  /*
+  ** The number of levels of backtrace to save in new allocations.
+  */
+  int nBacktrace;
+  void (*xBacktrace)(int, int, void **);
+
+  /*
+  ** Title text to insert in front of each block
+  */
+  int nTitle;        /* Bytes of zTitle to save.  Includes '\0' and padding */
+  char zTitle[100];  /* The title text */
+
+  /* 
+  ** sqlite3MallocDisallow() increments the following counter.
+  ** sqlite3MallocAllow() decrements it.
+  */
+  int disallow; /* Do not allow memory allocation */
+
+  /*
+  ** Gather statistics on the sizes of memory allocations.
+  ** nAlloc[i] is the number of allocation attempts of i*8
+  ** bytes.  i==NCSIZE is the number of allocation attempts for
+  ** sizes more than NCSIZE*8 bytes.
+  */
+  int nAlloc[NCSIZE];      /* Total number of allocations */
+  int nCurrent[NCSIZE];    /* Current number of allocations */
+  int mxCurrent[NCSIZE];   /* Highwater mark for nCurrent */
+
+} mem;
+
+
+/*
+** Adjust memory usage statistics
+*/
+static void adjustStats(int iSize, int increment){
+  int i = ROUND8(iSize)/8;
+  if( i>NCSIZE-1 ){
+    i = NCSIZE - 1;
+  }
+  if( increment>0 ){
+    mem.nAlloc[i]++;
+    mem.nCurrent[i]++;
+    if( mem.nCurrent[i]>mem.mxCurrent[i] ){
+      mem.mxCurrent[i] = mem.nCurrent[i];
+    }
+  }else{
+    mem.nCurrent[i]--;
+    assert( mem.nCurrent[i]>=0 );
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Given an allocation, find the MemBlockHdr for that allocation.
+**
+** This routine checks the guards at either end of the allocation and
+** if they are incorrect it asserts.
+*/
+static struct MemBlockHdr *sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(void *pAllocation){
+  struct MemBlockHdr *p;
+  int *pInt;
+  u8 *pU8;
+  int nReserve;
+
+  p = (struct MemBlockHdr*)pAllocation;
+  p--;
+  assert( p->iForeGuard==(int)FOREGUARD );
+  nReserve = ROUND8(p->iSize);
+  pInt = (int*)pAllocation;
+  pU8 = (u8*)pAllocation;
+  assert( pInt[nReserve/sizeof(int)]==(int)REARGUARD );
+  /* This checks any of the "extra" bytes allocated due
+  ** to rounding up to an 8 byte boundary to ensure 
+  ** they haven't been overwritten.
+  */
+  while( nReserve-- > p->iSize ) assert( pU8[nReserve]==0x65 );
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of bytes currently allocated at address p.
+*/
+static int sqlite3MemSize(void *p){
+  struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr;
+  if( !p ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(p);
+  return pHdr->iSize;
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize the memory allocation subsystem.
+*/
+static int sqlite3MemInit(void *NotUsed){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  assert( (sizeof(struct MemBlockHdr)&7) == 0 );
+  if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){
+    /* If memory status is enabled, then the malloc.c wrapper will already
+    ** hold the STATIC_MEM mutex when the routines here are invoked. */
+    mem.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM);
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Deinitialize the memory allocation subsystem.
+*/
+static void sqlite3MemShutdown(void *NotUsed){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  mem.mutex = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size.
+*/
+static int sqlite3MemRoundup(int n){
+  return ROUND8(n);
+}
+
+/*
+** Fill a buffer with pseudo-random bytes.  This is used to preset
+** the content of a new memory allocation to unpredictable values and
+** to clear the content of a freed allocation to unpredictable values.
+*/
+static void randomFill(char *pBuf, int nByte){
+  unsigned int x, y, r;
+  x = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pBuf);
+  y = nByte | 1;
+  while( nByte >= 4 ){
+    x = (x>>1) ^ (-(x&1) & 0xd0000001);
+    y = y*1103515245 + 12345;
+    r = x ^ y;
+    *(int*)pBuf = r;
+    pBuf += 4;
+    nByte -= 4;
+  }
+  while( nByte-- > 0 ){
+    x = (x>>1) ^ (-(x&1) & 0xd0000001);
+    y = y*1103515245 + 12345;
+    r = x ^ y;
+    *(pBuf++) = r & 0xff;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate nByte bytes of memory.
+*/
+static void *sqlite3MemMalloc(int nByte){
+  struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr;
+  void **pBt;
+  char *z;
+  int *pInt;
+  void *p = 0;
+  int totalSize;
+  int nReserve;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex);
+  assert( mem.disallow==0 );
+  nReserve = ROUND8(nByte);
+  totalSize = nReserve + sizeof(*pHdr) + sizeof(int) +
+               mem.nBacktrace*sizeof(void*) + mem.nTitle;
+  p = malloc(totalSize);
+  if( p ){
+    z = p;
+    pBt = (void**)&z[mem.nTitle];
+    pHdr = (struct MemBlockHdr*)&pBt[mem.nBacktrace];
+    pHdr->pNext = 0;
+    pHdr->pPrev = mem.pLast;
+    if( mem.pLast ){
+      mem.pLast->pNext = pHdr;
+    }else{
+      mem.pFirst = pHdr;
+    }
+    mem.pLast = pHdr;
+    pHdr->iForeGuard = FOREGUARD;
+    pHdr->eType = MEMTYPE_HEAP;
+    pHdr->nBacktraceSlots = mem.nBacktrace;
+    pHdr->nTitle = mem.nTitle;
+    if( mem.nBacktrace ){
+      void *aAddr[40];
+      pHdr->nBacktrace = backtrace(aAddr, mem.nBacktrace+1)-1;
+      memcpy(pBt, &aAddr[1], pHdr->nBacktrace*sizeof(void*));
+      assert(pBt[0]);
+      if( mem.xBacktrace ){
+        mem.xBacktrace(nByte, pHdr->nBacktrace-1, &aAddr[1]);
+      }
+    }else{
+      pHdr->nBacktrace = 0;
+    }
+    if( mem.nTitle ){
+      memcpy(z, mem.zTitle, mem.nTitle);
+    }
+    pHdr->iSize = nByte;
+    adjustStats(nByte, +1);
+    pInt = (int*)&pHdr[1];
+    pInt[nReserve/sizeof(int)] = REARGUARD;
+    randomFill((char*)pInt, nByte);
+    memset(((char*)pInt)+nByte, 0x65, nReserve-nByte);
+    p = (void*)pInt;
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex);
+  return p; 
+}
+
+/*
+** Free memory.
+*/
+static void sqlite3MemFree(void *pPrior){
+  struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr;
+  void **pBt;
+  char *z;
+  assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat || sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex==0 
+       || mem.mutex!=0 );
+  pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(pPrior);
+  pBt = (void**)pHdr;
+  pBt -= pHdr->nBacktraceSlots;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex);
+  if( pHdr->pPrev ){
+    assert( pHdr->pPrev->pNext==pHdr );
+    pHdr->pPrev->pNext = pHdr->pNext;
+  }else{
+    assert( mem.pFirst==pHdr );
+    mem.pFirst = pHdr->pNext;
+  }
+  if( pHdr->pNext ){
+    assert( pHdr->pNext->pPrev==pHdr );
+    pHdr->pNext->pPrev = pHdr->pPrev;
+  }else{
+    assert( mem.pLast==pHdr );
+    mem.pLast = pHdr->pPrev;
+  }
+  z = (char*)pBt;
+  z -= pHdr->nTitle;
+  adjustStats(pHdr->iSize, -1);
+  randomFill(z, sizeof(void*)*pHdr->nBacktraceSlots + sizeof(*pHdr) +
+                pHdr->iSize + sizeof(int) + pHdr->nTitle);
+  free(z);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex);  
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the size of an existing memory allocation.
+**
+** For this debugging implementation, we *always* make a copy of the
+** allocation into a new place in memory.  In this way, if the 
+** higher level code is using pointer to the old allocation, it is 
+** much more likely to break and we are much more liking to find
+** the error.
+*/
+static void *sqlite3MemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nByte){
+  struct MemBlockHdr *pOldHdr;
+  void *pNew;
+  assert( mem.disallow==0 );
+  assert( (nByte & 7)==0 );     /* EV: R-46199-30249 */
+  pOldHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(pPrior);
+  pNew = sqlite3MemMalloc(nByte);
+  if( pNew ){
+    memcpy(pNew, pPrior, nByte<pOldHdr->iSize ? nByte : pOldHdr->iSize);
+    if( nByte>pOldHdr->iSize ){
+      randomFill(&((char*)pNew)[pOldHdr->iSize], nByte - pOldHdr->iSize);
+    }
+    sqlite3MemFree(pPrior);
+  }
+  return pNew;
+}
+
+/*
+** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in
+** sqlite3GlobalConfig.m with pointers to the routines in this file.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void){
+  static const sqlite3_mem_methods defaultMethods = {
+     sqlite3MemMalloc,
+     sqlite3MemFree,
+     sqlite3MemRealloc,
+     sqlite3MemSize,
+     sqlite3MemRoundup,
+     sqlite3MemInit,
+     sqlite3MemShutdown,
+     0
+  };
+  sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC, &defaultMethods);
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the "type" of an allocation.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugSetType(void *p, u8 eType){
+  if( p && sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==sqlite3MemMalloc ){
+    struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr;
+    pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(p);
+    assert( pHdr->iForeGuard==FOREGUARD );
+    pHdr->eType = eType;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the mask of type in eType matches the type of the
+** allocation p.  Also return true if p==NULL.
+**
+** This routine is designed for use within an assert() statement, to
+** verify the type of an allocation.  For example:
+**
+**     assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_DB) );
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdebugHasType(void *p, u8 eType){
+  int rc = 1;
+  if( p && sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==sqlite3MemMalloc ){
+    struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr;
+    pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(p);
+    assert( pHdr->iForeGuard==FOREGUARD );         /* Allocation is valid */
+    if( (pHdr->eType&eType)==0 ){
+      rc = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the mask of type in eType matches no bits of the type of the
+** allocation p.  Also return true if p==NULL.
+**
+** This routine is designed for use within an assert() statement, to
+** verify the type of an allocation.  For example:
+**
+**     assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, MEMTYPE_DB) );
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdebugNoType(void *p, u8 eType){
+  int rc = 1;
+  if( p && sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==sqlite3MemMalloc ){
+    struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr;
+    pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(p);
+    assert( pHdr->iForeGuard==FOREGUARD );         /* Allocation is valid */
+    if( (pHdr->eType&eType)!=0 ){
+      rc = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the number of backtrace levels kept for each allocation.
+** A value of zero turns off backtracing.  The number is always rounded
+** up to a multiple of 2.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugBacktrace(int depth){
+  if( depth<0 ){ depth = 0; }
+  if( depth>20 ){ depth = 20; }
+  depth = (depth+1)&0xfe;
+  mem.nBacktrace = depth;
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugBacktraceCallback(void (*xBacktrace)(int, int, void **)){
+  mem.xBacktrace = xBacktrace;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the title string for subsequent allocations.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugSettitle(const char *zTitle){
+  unsigned int n = sqlite3Strlen30(zTitle) + 1;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex);
+  if( n>=sizeof(mem.zTitle) ) n = sizeof(mem.zTitle)-1;
+  memcpy(mem.zTitle, zTitle, n);
+  mem.zTitle[n] = 0;
+  mem.nTitle = ROUND8(n);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex);
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugSync(){
+  struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr;
+  for(pHdr=mem.pFirst; pHdr; pHdr=pHdr->pNext){
+    void **pBt = (void**)pHdr;
+    pBt -= pHdr->nBacktraceSlots;
+    mem.xBacktrace(pHdr->iSize, pHdr->nBacktrace-1, &pBt[1]);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Open the file indicated and write a log of all unfreed memory 
+** allocations into that log.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugDump(const char *zFilename){
+  FILE *out;
+  struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr;
+  void **pBt;
+  int i;
+  out = fopen(zFilename, "w");
+  if( out==0 ){
+    fprintf(stderr, "** Unable to output memory debug output log: %s **\n",
+                    zFilename);
+    return;
+  }
+  for(pHdr=mem.pFirst; pHdr; pHdr=pHdr->pNext){
+    char *z = (char*)pHdr;
+    z -= pHdr->nBacktraceSlots*sizeof(void*) + pHdr->nTitle;
+    fprintf(out, "**** %lld bytes at %p from %s ****\n", 
+            pHdr->iSize, &pHdr[1], pHdr->nTitle ? z : "???");
+    if( pHdr->nBacktrace ){
+      fflush(out);
+      pBt = (void**)pHdr;
+      pBt -= pHdr->nBacktraceSlots;
+      backtrace_symbols_fd(pBt, pHdr->nBacktrace, fileno(out));
+      fprintf(out, "\n");
+    }
+  }
+  fprintf(out, "COUNTS:\n");
+  for(i=0; i<NCSIZE-1; i++){
+    if( mem.nAlloc[i] ){
+      fprintf(out, "   %5d: %10d %10d %10d\n", 
+            i*8, mem.nAlloc[i], mem.nCurrent[i], mem.mxCurrent[i]);
+    }
+  }
+  if( mem.nAlloc[NCSIZE-1] ){
+    fprintf(out, "   %5d: %10d %10d %10d\n",
+             NCSIZE*8-8, mem.nAlloc[NCSIZE-1],
+             mem.nCurrent[NCSIZE-1], mem.mxCurrent[NCSIZE-1]);
+  }
+  fclose(out);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of times sqlite3MemMalloc() has been called.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdebugMallocCount(){
+  int i;
+  int nTotal = 0;
+  for(i=0; i<NCSIZE; i++){
+    nTotal += mem.nAlloc[i];
+  }
+  return nTotal;
+}
+
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_MEMDEBUG */
+
+/************** End of mem2.c ************************************************/
+/************** Begin file mem3.c ********************************************/
+/*
+** 2007 October 14
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains the C functions that implement a memory
+** allocation subsystem for use by SQLite. 
+**
+** This version of the memory allocation subsystem omits all
+** use of malloc(). The SQLite user supplies a block of memory
+** before calling sqlite3_initialize() from which allocations
+** are made and returned by the xMalloc() and xRealloc() 
+** implementations. Once sqlite3_initialize() has been called,
+** the amount of memory available to SQLite is fixed and cannot
+** be changed.
+**
+** This version of the memory allocation subsystem is included
+** in the build only if SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3 is defined.
+*/
+
+/*
+** This version of the memory allocator is only built into the library
+** SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3 is defined. Defining this symbol does not
+** mean that the library will use a memory-pool by default, just that
+** it is available. The mempool allocator is activated by calling
+** sqlite3_config().
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3
+
+/*
+** Maximum size (in Mem3Blocks) of a "small" chunk.
+*/
+#define MX_SMALL 10
+
+
+/*
+** Number of freelist hash slots
+*/
+#define N_HASH  61
+
+/*
+** A memory allocation (also called a "chunk") consists of two or 
+** more blocks where each block is 8 bytes.  The first 8 bytes are 
+** a header that is not returned to the user.
+**
+** A chunk is two or more blocks that is either checked out or
+** free.  The first block has format u.hdr.  u.hdr.size4x is 4 times the
+** size of the allocation in blocks if the allocation is free.
+** The u.hdr.size4x&1 bit is true if the chunk is checked out and
+** false if the chunk is on the freelist.  The u.hdr.size4x&2 bit
+** is true if the previous chunk is checked out and false if the
+** previous chunk is free.  The u.hdr.prevSize field is the size of
+** the previous chunk in blocks if the previous chunk is on the
+** freelist. If the previous chunk is checked out, then
+** u.hdr.prevSize can be part of the data for that chunk and should
+** not be read or written.
+**
+** We often identify a chunk by its index in mem3.aPool[].  When
+** this is done, the chunk index refers to the second block of
+** the chunk.  In this way, the first chunk has an index of 1.
+** A chunk index of 0 means "no such chunk" and is the equivalent
+** of a NULL pointer.
+**
+** The second block of free chunks is of the form u.list.  The
+** two fields form a double-linked list of chunks of related sizes.
+** Pointers to the head of the list are stored in mem3.aiSmall[] 
+** for smaller chunks and mem3.aiHash[] for larger chunks.
+**
+** The second block of a chunk is user data if the chunk is checked 
+** out.  If a chunk is checked out, the user data may extend into
+** the u.hdr.prevSize value of the following chunk.
+*/
+typedef struct Mem3Block Mem3Block;
+struct Mem3Block {
+  union {
+    struct {
+      u32 prevSize;   /* Size of previous chunk in Mem3Block elements */
+      u32 size4x;     /* 4x the size of current chunk in Mem3Block elements */
+    } hdr;
+    struct {
+      u32 next;       /* Index in mem3.aPool[] of next free chunk */
+      u32 prev;       /* Index in mem3.aPool[] of previous free chunk */
+    } list;
+  } u;
+};
+
+/*
+** All of the static variables used by this module are collected
+** into a single structure named "mem3".  This is to keep the
+** static variables organized and to reduce namespace pollution
+** when this module is combined with other in the amalgamation.
+*/
+static SQLITE_WSD struct Mem3Global {
+  /*
+  ** Memory available for allocation. nPool is the size of the array
+  ** (in Mem3Blocks) pointed to by aPool less 2.
+  */
+  u32 nPool;
+  Mem3Block *aPool;
+
+  /*
+  ** True if we are evaluating an out-of-memory callback.
+  */
+  int alarmBusy;
+  
+  /*
+  ** Mutex to control access to the memory allocation subsystem.
+  */
+  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;
+  
+  /*
+  ** The minimum amount of free space that we have seen.
+  */
+  u32 mnMaster;
+
+  /*
+  ** iMaster is the index of the master chunk.  Most new allocations
+  ** occur off of this chunk.  szMaster is the size (in Mem3Blocks)
+  ** of the current master.  iMaster is 0 if there is not master chunk.
+  ** The master chunk is not in either the aiHash[] or aiSmall[].
+  */
+  u32 iMaster;
+  u32 szMaster;
+
+  /*
+  ** Array of lists of free blocks according to the block size 
+  ** for smaller chunks, or a hash on the block size for larger
+  ** chunks.
+  */
+  u32 aiSmall[MX_SMALL-1];   /* For sizes 2 through MX_SMALL, inclusive */
+  u32 aiHash[N_HASH];        /* For sizes MX_SMALL+1 and larger */
+} mem3 = { 97535575 };
+
+#define mem3 GLOBAL(struct Mem3Global, mem3)
+
+/*
+** Unlink the chunk at mem3.aPool[i] from list it is currently
+** on.  *pRoot is the list that i is a member of.
+*/
+static void memsys3UnlinkFromList(u32 i, u32 *pRoot){
+  u32 next = mem3.aPool[i].u.list.next;
+  u32 prev = mem3.aPool[i].u.list.prev;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
+  if( prev==0 ){
+    *pRoot = next;
+  }else{
+    mem3.aPool[prev].u.list.next = next;
+  }
+  if( next ){
+    mem3.aPool[next].u.list.prev = prev;
+  }
+  mem3.aPool[i].u.list.next = 0;
+  mem3.aPool[i].u.list.prev = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Unlink the chunk at index i from 
+** whatever list is currently a member of.
+*/
+static void memsys3Unlink(u32 i){
+  u32 size, hash;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
+  assert( (mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x & 1)==0 );
+  assert( i>=1 );
+  size = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4;
+  assert( size==mem3.aPool[i+size-1].u.hdr.prevSize );
+  assert( size>=2 );
+  if( size <= MX_SMALL ){
+    memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, &mem3.aiSmall[size-2]);
+  }else{
+    hash = size % N_HASH;
+    memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, &mem3.aiHash[hash]);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Link the chunk at mem3.aPool[i] so that is on the list rooted
+** at *pRoot.
+*/
+static void memsys3LinkIntoList(u32 i, u32 *pRoot){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
+  mem3.aPool[i].u.list.next = *pRoot;
+  mem3.aPool[i].u.list.prev = 0;
+  if( *pRoot ){
+    mem3.aPool[*pRoot].u.list.prev = i;
+  }
+  *pRoot = i;
+}
+
+/*
+** Link the chunk at index i into either the appropriate
+** small chunk list, or into the large chunk hash table.
+*/
+static void memsys3Link(u32 i){
+  u32 size, hash;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
+  assert( i>=1 );
+  assert( (mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x & 1)==0 );
+  size = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4;
+  assert( size==mem3.aPool[i+size-1].u.hdr.prevSize );
+  assert( size>=2 );
+  if( size <= MX_SMALL ){
+    memsys3LinkIntoList(i, &mem3.aiSmall[size-2]);
+  }else{
+    hash = size % N_HASH;
+    memsys3LinkIntoList(i, &mem3.aiHash[hash]);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** If the STATIC_MEM mutex is not already held, obtain it now. The mutex
+** will already be held (obtained by code in malloc.c) if
+** sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemStat is true.
+*/
+static void memsys3Enter(void){
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat==0 && mem3.mutex==0 ){
+    mem3.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM);
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem3.mutex);
+}
+static void memsys3Leave(void){
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem3.mutex);
+}
+
+/*
+** Called when we are unable to satisfy an allocation of nBytes.
+*/
+static void memsys3OutOfMemory(int nByte){
+  if( !mem3.alarmBusy ){
+    mem3.alarmBusy = 1;
+    assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem3.mutex);
+    sqlite3_release_memory(nByte);
+    sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem3.mutex);
+    mem3.alarmBusy = 0;
+  }
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Chunk i is a free chunk that has been unlinked.  Adjust its 
+** size parameters for check-out and return a pointer to the 
+** user portion of the chunk.
+*/
+static void *memsys3Checkout(u32 i, u32 nBlock){
+  u32 x;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
+  assert( i>=1 );
+  assert( mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4==nBlock );
+  assert( mem3.aPool[i+nBlock-1].u.hdr.prevSize==nBlock );
+  x = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x;
+  mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x = nBlock*4 | 1 | (x&2);
+  mem3.aPool[i+nBlock-1].u.hdr.prevSize = nBlock;
+  mem3.aPool[i+nBlock-1].u.hdr.size4x |= 2;
+  return &mem3.aPool[i];
+}
+
+/*
+** Carve a piece off of the end of the mem3.iMaster free chunk.
+** Return a pointer to the new allocation.  Or, if the master chunk
+** is not large enough, return 0.
+*/
+static void *memsys3FromMaster(u32 nBlock){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
+  assert( mem3.szMaster>=nBlock );
+  if( nBlock>=mem3.szMaster-1 ){
+    /* Use the entire master */
+    void *p = memsys3Checkout(mem3.iMaster, mem3.szMaster);
+    mem3.iMaster = 0;
+    mem3.szMaster = 0;
+    mem3.mnMaster = 0;
+    return p;
+  }else{
+    /* Split the master block.  Return the tail. */
+    u32 newi, x;
+    newi = mem3.iMaster + mem3.szMaster - nBlock;
+    assert( newi > mem3.iMaster+1 );
+    mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize = nBlock;
+    mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x |= 2;
+    mem3.aPool[newi-1].u.hdr.size4x = nBlock*4 + 1;
+    mem3.szMaster -= nBlock;
+    mem3.aPool[newi-1].u.hdr.prevSize = mem3.szMaster;
+    x = mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2;
+    mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x = mem3.szMaster*4 | x;
+    if( mem3.szMaster < mem3.mnMaster ){
+      mem3.mnMaster = mem3.szMaster;
+    }
+    return (void*)&mem3.aPool[newi];
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** *pRoot is the head of a list of free chunks of the same size
+** or same size hash.  In other words, *pRoot is an entry in either
+** mem3.aiSmall[] or mem3.aiHash[].  
+**
+** This routine examines all entries on the given list and tries
+** to coalesce each entries with adjacent free chunks.  
+**
+** If it sees a chunk that is larger than mem3.iMaster, it replaces 
+** the current mem3.iMaster with the new larger chunk.  In order for
+** this mem3.iMaster replacement to work, the master chunk must be
+** linked into the hash tables.  That is not the normal state of
+** affairs, of course.  The calling routine must link the master
+** chunk before invoking this routine, then must unlink the (possibly
+** changed) master chunk once this routine has finished.
+*/
+static void memsys3Merge(u32 *pRoot){
+  u32 iNext, prev, size, i, x;
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
+  for(i=*pRoot; i>0; i=iNext){
+    iNext = mem3.aPool[i].u.list.next;
+    size = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x;
+    assert( (size&1)==0 );
+    if( (size&2)==0 ){
+      memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, pRoot);
+      assert( i > mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.prevSize );
+      prev = i - mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.prevSize;
+      if( prev==iNext ){
+        iNext = mem3.aPool[prev].u.list.next;
+      }
+      memsys3Unlink(prev);
+      size = i + size/4 - prev;
+      x = mem3.aPool[prev-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2;
+      mem3.aPool[prev-1].u.hdr.size4x = size*4 | x;
+      mem3.aPool[prev+size-1].u.hdr.prevSize = size;
+      memsys3Link(prev);
+      i = prev;
+    }else{
+      size /= 4;
+    }
+    if( size>mem3.szMaster ){
+      mem3.iMaster = i;
+      mem3.szMaster = size;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a block of memory of at least nBytes in size.
+** Return NULL if unable.
+**
+** This function assumes that the necessary mutexes, if any, are
+** already held by the caller. Hence "Unsafe".
+*/
+static void *memsys3MallocUnsafe(int nByte){
+  u32 i;
+  u32 nBlock;
+  u32 toFree;
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
+  assert( sizeof(Mem3Block)==8 );
+  if( nByte<=12 ){
+    nBlock = 2;
+  }else{
+    nBlock = (nByte + 11)/8;
+  }
+  assert( nBlock>=2 );
+
+  /* STEP 1:
+  ** Look for an entry of the correct size in either the small
+  ** chunk table or in the large chunk hash table.  This is
+  ** successful most of the time (about 9 times out of 10).
+  */
+  if( nBlock <= MX_SMALL ){
+    i = mem3.aiSmall[nBlock-2];
+    if( i>0 ){
+      memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, &mem3.aiSmall[nBlock-2]);
+      return memsys3Checkout(i, nBlock);
+    }
+  }else{
+    int hash = nBlock % N_HASH;
+    for(i=mem3.aiHash[hash]; i>0; i=mem3.aPool[i].u.list.next){
+      if( mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4==nBlock ){
+        memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, &mem3.aiHash[hash]);
+        return memsys3Checkout(i, nBlock);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* STEP 2:
+  ** Try to satisfy the allocation by carving a piece off of the end
+  ** of the master chunk.  This step usually works if step 1 fails.
+  */
+  if( mem3.szMaster>=nBlock ){
+    return memsys3FromMaster(nBlock);
+  }
+
+
+  /* STEP 3:  
+  ** Loop through the entire memory pool.  Coalesce adjacent free
+  ** chunks.  Recompute the master chunk as the largest free chunk.
+  ** Then try again to satisfy the allocation by carving a piece off
+  ** of the end of the master chunk.  This step happens very
+  ** rarely (we hope!)
+  */
+  for(toFree=nBlock*16; toFree<(mem3.nPool*16); toFree *= 2){
+    memsys3OutOfMemory(toFree);
+    if( mem3.iMaster ){
+      memsys3Link(mem3.iMaster);
+      mem3.iMaster = 0;
+      mem3.szMaster = 0;
+    }
+    for(i=0; i<N_HASH; i++){
+      memsys3Merge(&mem3.aiHash[i]);
+    }
+    for(i=0; i<MX_SMALL-1; i++){
+      memsys3Merge(&mem3.aiSmall[i]);
+    }
+    if( mem3.szMaster ){
+      memsys3Unlink(mem3.iMaster);
+      if( mem3.szMaster>=nBlock ){
+        return memsys3FromMaster(nBlock);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If none of the above worked, then we fail. */
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Free an outstanding memory allocation.
+**
+** This function assumes that the necessary mutexes, if any, are
+** already held by the caller. Hence "Unsafe".
+*/
+static void memsys3FreeUnsafe(void *pOld){
+  Mem3Block *p = (Mem3Block*)pOld;
+  int i;
+  u32 size, x;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
+  assert( p>mem3.aPool && p<&mem3.aPool[mem3.nPool] );
+  i = p - mem3.aPool;
+  assert( (mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x&1)==1 );
+  size = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4;
+  assert( i+size<=mem3.nPool+1 );
+  mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x &= ~1;
+  mem3.aPool[i+size-1].u.hdr.prevSize = size;
+  mem3.aPool[i+size-1].u.hdr.size4x &= ~2;
+  memsys3Link(i);
+
+  /* Try to expand the master using the newly freed chunk */
+  if( mem3.iMaster ){
+    while( (mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x&2)==0 ){
+      size = mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize;
+      mem3.iMaster -= size;
+      mem3.szMaster += size;
+      memsys3Unlink(mem3.iMaster);
+      x = mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2;
+      mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x = mem3.szMaster*4 | x;
+      mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize = mem3.szMaster;
+    }
+    x = mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2;
+    while( (mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x&1)==0 ){
+      memsys3Unlink(mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster);
+      mem3.szMaster += mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x/4;
+      mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x = mem3.szMaster*4 | x;
+      mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize = mem3.szMaster;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the size of an outstanding allocation, in bytes.  The
+** size returned omits the 8-byte header overhead.  This only
+** works for chunks that are currently checked out.
+*/
+static int memsys3Size(void *p){
+  Mem3Block *pBlock;
+  if( p==0 ) return 0;
+  pBlock = (Mem3Block*)p;
+  assert( (pBlock[-1].u.hdr.size4x&1)!=0 );
+  return (pBlock[-1].u.hdr.size4x&~3)*2 - 4;
+}
+
+/*
+** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size.
+*/
+static int memsys3Roundup(int n){
+  if( n<=12 ){
+    return 12;
+  }else{
+    return ((n+11)&~7) - 4;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate nBytes of memory.
+*/
+static void *memsys3Malloc(int nBytes){
+  sqlite3_int64 *p;
+  assert( nBytes>0 );          /* malloc.c filters out 0 byte requests */
+  memsys3Enter();
+  p = memsys3MallocUnsafe(nBytes);
+  memsys3Leave();
+  return (void*)p; 
+}
+
+/*
+** Free memory.
+*/
+static void memsys3Free(void *pPrior){
+  assert( pPrior );
+  memsys3Enter();
+  memsys3FreeUnsafe(pPrior);
+  memsys3Leave();
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the size of an existing memory allocation
+*/
+static void *memsys3Realloc(void *pPrior, int nBytes){
+  int nOld;
+  void *p;
+  if( pPrior==0 ){
+    return sqlite3_malloc(nBytes);
+  }
+  if( nBytes<=0 ){
+    sqlite3_free(pPrior);
+    return 0;
+  }
+  nOld = memsys3Size(pPrior);
+  if( nBytes<=nOld && nBytes>=nOld-128 ){
+    return pPrior;
+  }
+  memsys3Enter();
+  p = memsys3MallocUnsafe(nBytes);
+  if( p ){
+    if( nOld<nBytes ){
+      memcpy(p, pPrior, nOld);
+    }else{
+      memcpy(p, pPrior, nBytes);
+    }
+    memsys3FreeUnsafe(pPrior);
+  }
+  memsys3Leave();
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize this module.
+*/
+static int memsys3Init(void *NotUsed){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap ){
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Store a pointer to the memory block in global structure mem3. */
+  assert( sizeof(Mem3Block)==8 );
+  mem3.aPool = (Mem3Block *)sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap;
+  mem3.nPool = (sqlite3GlobalConfig.nHeap / sizeof(Mem3Block)) - 2;
+
+  /* Initialize the master block. */
+  mem3.szMaster = mem3.nPool;
+  mem3.mnMaster = mem3.szMaster;
+  mem3.iMaster = 1;
+  mem3.aPool[0].u.hdr.size4x = (mem3.szMaster<<2) + 2;
+  mem3.aPool[mem3.nPool].u.hdr.prevSize = mem3.nPool;
+  mem3.aPool[mem3.nPool].u.hdr.size4x = 1;
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Deinitialize this module.
+*/
+static void memsys3Shutdown(void *NotUsed){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  mem3.mutex = 0;
+  return;
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+** Open the file indicated and write a log of all unfreed memory 
+** allocations into that log.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Memsys3Dump(const char *zFilename){
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  FILE *out;
+  u32 i, j;
+  u32 size;
+  if( zFilename==0 || zFilename[0]==0 ){
+    out = stdout;
+  }else{
+    out = fopen(zFilename, "w");
+    if( out==0 ){
+      fprintf(stderr, "** Unable to output memory debug output log: %s **\n",
+                      zFilename);
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+  memsys3Enter();
+  fprintf(out, "CHUNKS:\n");
+  for(i=1; i<=mem3.nPool; i+=size/4){
+    size = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x;
+    if( size/4<=1 ){
+      fprintf(out, "%p size error\n", &mem3.aPool[i]);
+      assert( 0 );
+      break;
+    }
+    if( (size&1)==0 && mem3.aPool[i+size/4-1].u.hdr.prevSize!=size/4 ){
+      fprintf(out, "%p tail size does not match\n", &mem3.aPool[i]);
+      assert( 0 );
+      break;
+    }
+    if( ((mem3.aPool[i+size/4-1].u.hdr.size4x&2)>>1)!=(size&1) ){
+      fprintf(out, "%p tail checkout bit is incorrect\n", &mem3.aPool[i]);
+      assert( 0 );
+      break;
+    }
+    if( size&1 ){
+      fprintf(out, "%p %6d bytes checked out\n", &mem3.aPool[i], (size/4)*8-8);
+    }else{
+      fprintf(out, "%p %6d bytes free%s\n", &mem3.aPool[i], (size/4)*8-8,
+                  i==mem3.iMaster ? " **master**" : "");
+    }
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<MX_SMALL-1; i++){
+    if( mem3.aiSmall[i]==0 ) continue;
+    fprintf(out, "small(%2d):", i);
+    for(j = mem3.aiSmall[i]; j>0; j=mem3.aPool[j].u.list.next){
+      fprintf(out, " %p(%d)", &mem3.aPool[j],
+              (mem3.aPool[j-1].u.hdr.size4x/4)*8-8);
+    }
+    fprintf(out, "\n"); 
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<N_HASH; i++){
+    if( mem3.aiHash[i]==0 ) continue;
+    fprintf(out, "hash(%2d):", i);
+    for(j = mem3.aiHash[i]; j>0; j=mem3.aPool[j].u.list.next){
+      fprintf(out, " %p(%d)", &mem3.aPool[j],
+              (mem3.aPool[j-1].u.hdr.size4x/4)*8-8);
+    }
+    fprintf(out, "\n"); 
+  }
+  fprintf(out, "master=%d\n", mem3.iMaster);
+  fprintf(out, "nowUsed=%d\n", mem3.nPool*8 - mem3.szMaster*8);
+  fprintf(out, "mxUsed=%d\n", mem3.nPool*8 - mem3.mnMaster*8);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem3.mutex);
+  if( out==stdout ){
+    fflush(stdout);
+  }else{
+    fclose(out);
+  }
+#else
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(zFilename);
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is the only routine in this file with external 
+** linkage.
+**
+** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in
+** sqlite3GlobalConfig.m with pointers to the routines in this file. The
+** arguments specify the block of memory to manage.
+**
+** This routine is only called by sqlite3_config(), and therefore
+** is not required to be threadsafe (it is not).
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys3(void){
+  static const sqlite3_mem_methods mempoolMethods = {
+     memsys3Malloc,
+     memsys3Free,
+     memsys3Realloc,
+     memsys3Size,
+     memsys3Roundup,
+     memsys3Init,
+     memsys3Shutdown,
+     0
+  };
+  return &mempoolMethods;
+}
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3 */
+
+/************** End of mem3.c ************************************************/
+/************** Begin file mem5.c ********************************************/
+/*
+** 2007 October 14
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains the C functions that implement a memory
+** allocation subsystem for use by SQLite. 
+**
+** This version of the memory allocation subsystem omits all
+** use of malloc(). The application gives SQLite a block of memory
+** before calling sqlite3_initialize() from which allocations
+** are made and returned by the xMalloc() and xRealloc() 
+** implementations. Once sqlite3_initialize() has been called,
+** the amount of memory available to SQLite is fixed and cannot
+** be changed.
+**
+** This version of the memory allocation subsystem is included
+** in the build only if SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 is defined.
+**
+** This memory allocator uses the following algorithm:
+**
+**   1.  All memory allocations sizes are rounded up to a power of 2.
+**
+**   2.  If two adjacent free blocks are the halves of a larger block,
+**       then the two blocks are coalesed into the single larger block.
+**
+**   3.  New memory is allocated from the first available free block.
+**
+** This algorithm is described in: J. M. Robson. "Bounds for Some Functions
+** Concerning Dynamic Storage Allocation". Journal of the Association for
+** Computing Machinery, Volume 21, Number 8, July 1974, pages 491-499.
+** 
+** Let n be the size of the largest allocation divided by the minimum
+** allocation size (after rounding all sizes up to a power of 2.)  Let M
+** be the maximum amount of memory ever outstanding at one time.  Let
+** N be the total amount of memory available for allocation.  Robson
+** proved that this memory allocator will never breakdown due to 
+** fragmentation as long as the following constraint holds:
+**
+**      N >=  M*(1 + log2(n)/2) - n + 1
+**
+** The sqlite3_status() logic tracks the maximum values of n and M so
+** that an application can, at any time, verify this constraint.
+*/
+
+/*
+** This version of the memory allocator is used only when 
+** SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 is defined.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5
+
+/*
+** A minimum allocation is an instance of the following structure.
+** Larger allocations are an array of these structures where the
+** size of the array is a power of 2.
+**
+** The size of this object must be a power of two.  That fact is
+** verified in memsys5Init().
+*/
+typedef struct Mem5Link Mem5Link;
+struct Mem5Link {
+  int next;       /* Index of next free chunk */
+  int prev;       /* Index of previous free chunk */
+};
+
+/*
+** Maximum size of any allocation is ((1<<LOGMAX)*mem5.szAtom). Since
+** mem5.szAtom is always at least 8 and 32-bit integers are used,
+** it is not actually possible to reach this limit.
+*/
+#define LOGMAX 30
+
+/*
+** Masks used for mem5.aCtrl[] elements.
+*/
+#define CTRL_LOGSIZE  0x1f    /* Log2 Size of this block */
+#define CTRL_FREE     0x20    /* True if not checked out */
+
+/*
+** All of the static variables used by this module are collected
+** into a single structure named "mem5".  This is to keep the
+** static variables organized and to reduce namespace pollution
+** when this module is combined with other in the amalgamation.
+*/
+static SQLITE_WSD struct Mem5Global {
+  /*
+  ** Memory available for allocation
+  */
+  int szAtom;      /* Smallest possible allocation in bytes */
+  int nBlock;      /* Number of szAtom sized blocks in zPool */
+  u8 *zPool;       /* Memory available to be allocated */
+  
+  /*
+  ** Mutex to control access to the memory allocation subsystem.
+  */
+  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;
+
+  /*
+  ** Performance statistics
+  */
+  u64 nAlloc;         /* Total number of calls to malloc */
+  u64 totalAlloc;     /* Total of all malloc calls - includes internal frag */
+  u64 totalExcess;    /* Total internal fragmentation */
+  u32 currentOut;     /* Current checkout, including internal fragmentation */
+  u32 currentCount;   /* Current number of distinct checkouts */
+  u32 maxOut;         /* Maximum instantaneous currentOut */
+  u32 maxCount;       /* Maximum instantaneous currentCount */
+  u32 maxRequest;     /* Largest allocation (exclusive of internal frag) */
+  
+  /*
+  ** Lists of free blocks.  aiFreelist[0] is a list of free blocks of
+  ** size mem5.szAtom.  aiFreelist[1] holds blocks of size szAtom*2.
+  ** and so forth.
+  */
+  int aiFreelist[LOGMAX+1];
+
+  /*
+  ** Space for tracking which blocks are checked out and the size
+  ** of each block.  One byte per block.
+  */
+  u8 *aCtrl;
+
+} mem5;
+
+/*
+** Access the static variable through a macro for SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
+*/
+#define mem5 GLOBAL(struct Mem5Global, mem5)
+
+/*
+** Assuming mem5.zPool is divided up into an array of Mem5Link
+** structures, return a pointer to the idx-th such lik.
+*/
+#define MEM5LINK(idx) ((Mem5Link *)(&mem5.zPool[(idx)*mem5.szAtom]))
+
+/*
+** Unlink the chunk at mem5.aPool[i] from list it is currently
+** on.  It should be found on mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize].
+*/
+static void memsys5Unlink(int i, int iLogsize){
+  int next, prev;
+  assert( i>=0 && i<mem5.nBlock );
+  assert( iLogsize>=0 && iLogsize<=LOGMAX );
+  assert( (mem5.aCtrl[i] & CTRL_LOGSIZE)==iLogsize );
+
+  next = MEM5LINK(i)->next;
+  prev = MEM5LINK(i)->prev;
+  if( prev<0 ){
+    mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize] = next;
+  }else{
+    MEM5LINK(prev)->next = next;
+  }
+  if( next>=0 ){
+    MEM5LINK(next)->prev = prev;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Link the chunk at mem5.aPool[i] so that is on the iLogsize
+** free list.
+*/
+static void memsys5Link(int i, int iLogsize){
+  int x;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem5.mutex) );
+  assert( i>=0 && i<mem5.nBlock );
+  assert( iLogsize>=0 && iLogsize<=LOGMAX );
+  assert( (mem5.aCtrl[i] & CTRL_LOGSIZE)==iLogsize );
+
+  x = MEM5LINK(i)->next = mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize];
+  MEM5LINK(i)->prev = -1;
+  if( x>=0 ){
+    assert( x<mem5.nBlock );
+    MEM5LINK(x)->prev = i;
+  }
+  mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize] = i;
+}
+
+/*
+** If the STATIC_MEM mutex is not already held, obtain it now. The mutex
+** will already be held (obtained by code in malloc.c) if
+** sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemStat is true.
+*/
+static void memsys5Enter(void){
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem5.mutex);
+}
+static void memsys5Leave(void){
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem5.mutex);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the size of an outstanding allocation, in bytes.  The
+** size returned omits the 8-byte header overhead.  This only
+** works for chunks that are currently checked out.
+*/
+static int memsys5Size(void *p){
+  int iSize = 0;
+  if( p ){
+    int i = ((u8 *)p-mem5.zPool)/mem5.szAtom;
+    assert( i>=0 && i<mem5.nBlock );
+    iSize = mem5.szAtom * (1 << (mem5.aCtrl[i]&CTRL_LOGSIZE));
+  }
+  return iSize;
+}
+
+/*
+** Find the first entry on the freelist iLogsize.  Unlink that
+** entry and return its index. 
+*/
+static int memsys5UnlinkFirst(int iLogsize){
+  int i;
+  int iFirst;
+
+  assert( iLogsize>=0 && iLogsize<=LOGMAX );
+  i = iFirst = mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize];
+  assert( iFirst>=0 );
+  while( i>0 ){
+    if( i<iFirst ) iFirst = i;
+    i = MEM5LINK(i)->next;
+  }
+  memsys5Unlink(iFirst, iLogsize);
+  return iFirst;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a block of memory of at least nBytes in size.
+** Return NULL if unable.  Return NULL if nBytes==0.
+**
+** The caller guarantees that nByte positive.
+**
+** The caller has obtained a mutex prior to invoking this
+** routine so there is never any chance that two or more
+** threads can be in this routine at the same time.
+*/
+static void *memsys5MallocUnsafe(int nByte){
+  int i;           /* Index of a mem5.aPool[] slot */
+  int iBin;        /* Index into mem5.aiFreelist[] */
+  int iFullSz;     /* Size of allocation rounded up to power of 2 */
+  int iLogsize;    /* Log2 of iFullSz/POW2_MIN */
+
+  /* nByte must be a positive */
+  assert( nByte>0 );
+
+  /* Keep track of the maximum allocation request.  Even unfulfilled
+  ** requests are counted */
+  if( (u32)nByte>mem5.maxRequest ){
+    mem5.maxRequest = nByte;
+  }
+
+  /* Abort if the requested allocation size is larger than the largest
+  ** power of two that we can represent using 32-bit signed integers.
+  */
+  if( nByte > 0x40000000 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  /* Round nByte up to the next valid power of two */
+  for(iFullSz=mem5.szAtom, iLogsize=0; iFullSz<nByte; iFullSz *= 2, iLogsize++){}
+
+  /* Make sure mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize] contains at least one free
+  ** block.  If not, then split a block of the next larger power of
+  ** two in order to create a new free block of size iLogsize.
+  */
+  for(iBin=iLogsize; mem5.aiFreelist[iBin]<0 && iBin<=LOGMAX; iBin++){}
+  if( iBin>LOGMAX ){
+    testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
+    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to allocate %u bytes", nByte);
+    return 0;
+  }
+  i = memsys5UnlinkFirst(iBin);
+  while( iBin>iLogsize ){
+    int newSize;
+
+    iBin--;
+    newSize = 1 << iBin;
+    mem5.aCtrl[i+newSize] = CTRL_FREE | iBin;
+    memsys5Link(i+newSize, iBin);
+  }
+  mem5.aCtrl[i] = iLogsize;
+
+  /* Update allocator performance statistics. */
+  mem5.nAlloc++;
+  mem5.totalAlloc += iFullSz;
+  mem5.totalExcess += iFullSz - nByte;
+  mem5.currentCount++;
+  mem5.currentOut += iFullSz;
+  if( mem5.maxCount<mem5.currentCount ) mem5.maxCount = mem5.currentCount;
+  if( mem5.maxOut<mem5.currentOut ) mem5.maxOut = mem5.currentOut;
+
+  /* Return a pointer to the allocated memory. */
+  return (void*)&mem5.zPool[i*mem5.szAtom];
+}
+
+/*
+** Free an outstanding memory allocation.
+*/
+static void memsys5FreeUnsafe(void *pOld){
+  u32 size, iLogsize;
+  int iBlock;
+
+  /* Set iBlock to the index of the block pointed to by pOld in 
+  ** the array of mem5.szAtom byte blocks pointed to by mem5.zPool.
+  */
+  iBlock = ((u8 *)pOld-mem5.zPool)/mem5.szAtom;
+
+  /* Check that the pointer pOld points to a valid, non-free block. */
+  assert( iBlock>=0 && iBlock<mem5.nBlock );
+  assert( ((u8 *)pOld-mem5.zPool)%mem5.szAtom==0 );
+  assert( (mem5.aCtrl[iBlock] & CTRL_FREE)==0 );
+
+  iLogsize = mem5.aCtrl[iBlock] & CTRL_LOGSIZE;
+  size = 1<<iLogsize;
+  assert( iBlock+size-1<(u32)mem5.nBlock );
+
+  mem5.aCtrl[iBlock] |= CTRL_FREE;
+  mem5.aCtrl[iBlock+size-1] |= CTRL_FREE;
+  assert( mem5.currentCount>0 );
+  assert( mem5.currentOut>=(size*mem5.szAtom) );
+  mem5.currentCount--;
+  mem5.currentOut -= size*mem5.szAtom;
+  assert( mem5.currentOut>0 || mem5.currentCount==0 );
+  assert( mem5.currentCount>0 || mem5.currentOut==0 );
+
+  mem5.aCtrl[iBlock] = CTRL_FREE | iLogsize;
+  while( ALWAYS(iLogsize<LOGMAX) ){
+    int iBuddy;
+    if( (iBlock>>iLogsize) & 1 ){
+      iBuddy = iBlock - size;
+    }else{
+      iBuddy = iBlock + size;
+    }
+    assert( iBuddy>=0 );
+    if( (iBuddy+(1<<iLogsize))>mem5.nBlock ) break;
+    if( mem5.aCtrl[iBuddy]!=(CTRL_FREE | iLogsize) ) break;
+    memsys5Unlink(iBuddy, iLogsize);
+    iLogsize++;
+    if( iBuddy<iBlock ){
+      mem5.aCtrl[iBuddy] = CTRL_FREE | iLogsize;
+      mem5.aCtrl[iBlock] = 0;
+      iBlock = iBuddy;
+    }else{
+      mem5.aCtrl[iBlock] = CTRL_FREE | iLogsize;
+      mem5.aCtrl[iBuddy] = 0;
+    }
+    size *= 2;
+  }
+  memsys5Link(iBlock, iLogsize);
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate nBytes of memory
+*/
+static void *memsys5Malloc(int nBytes){
+  sqlite3_int64 *p = 0;
+  if( nBytes>0 ){
+    memsys5Enter();
+    p = memsys5MallocUnsafe(nBytes);
+    memsys5Leave();
+  }
+  return (void*)p; 
+}
+
+/*
+** Free memory.
+**
+** The outer layer memory allocator prevents this routine from
+** being called with pPrior==0.
+*/
+static void memsys5Free(void *pPrior){
+  assert( pPrior!=0 );
+  memsys5Enter();
+  memsys5FreeUnsafe(pPrior);
+  memsys5Leave();  
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the size of an existing memory allocation.
+**
+** The outer layer memory allocator prevents this routine from
+** being called with pPrior==0.  
+**
+** nBytes is always a value obtained from a prior call to
+** memsys5Round().  Hence nBytes is always a non-negative power
+** of two.  If nBytes==0 that means that an oversize allocation
+** (an allocation larger than 0x40000000) was requested and this
+** routine should return 0 without freeing pPrior.
+*/
+static void *memsys5Realloc(void *pPrior, int nBytes){
+  int nOld;
+  void *p;
+  assert( pPrior!=0 );
+  assert( (nBytes&(nBytes-1))==0 );  /* EV: R-46199-30249 */
+  assert( nBytes>=0 );
+  if( nBytes==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  nOld = memsys5Size(pPrior);
+  if( nBytes<=nOld ){
+    return pPrior;
+  }
+  memsys5Enter();
+  p = memsys5MallocUnsafe(nBytes);
+  if( p ){
+    memcpy(p, pPrior, nOld);
+    memsys5FreeUnsafe(pPrior);
+  }
+  memsys5Leave();
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size.  If
+** the allocation is too large to be handled by this allocation system,
+** return 0.
+**
+** All allocations must be a power of two and must be expressed by a
+** 32-bit signed integer.  Hence the largest allocation is 0x40000000
+** or 1073741824 bytes.
+*/
+static int memsys5Roundup(int n){
+  int iFullSz;
+  if( n > 0x40000000 ) return 0;
+  for(iFullSz=mem5.szAtom; iFullSz<n; iFullSz *= 2);
+  return iFullSz;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the ceiling of the logarithm base 2 of iValue.
+**
+** Examples:   memsys5Log(1) -> 0
+**             memsys5Log(2) -> 1
+**             memsys5Log(4) -> 2
+**             memsys5Log(5) -> 3
+**             memsys5Log(8) -> 3
+**             memsys5Log(9) -> 4
+*/
+static int memsys5Log(int iValue){
+  int iLog;
+  for(iLog=0; (iLog<(int)((sizeof(int)*8)-1)) && (1<<iLog)<iValue; iLog++);
+  return iLog;
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize the memory allocator.
+**
+** This routine is not threadsafe.  The caller must be holding a mutex
+** to prevent multiple threads from entering at the same time.
+*/
+static int memsys5Init(void *NotUsed){
+  int ii;            /* Loop counter */
+  int nByte;         /* Number of bytes of memory available to this allocator */
+  u8 *zByte;         /* Memory usable by this allocator */
+  int nMinLog;       /* Log base 2 of minimum allocation size in bytes */
+  int iOffset;       /* An offset into mem5.aCtrl[] */
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+
+  /* For the purposes of this routine, disable the mutex */
+  mem5.mutex = 0;
+
+  /* The size of a Mem5Link object must be a power of two.  Verify that
+  ** this is case.
+  */
+  assert( (sizeof(Mem5Link)&(sizeof(Mem5Link)-1))==0 );
+
+  nByte = sqlite3GlobalConfig.nHeap;
+  zByte = (u8*)sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap;
+  assert( zByte!=0 );  /* sqlite3_config() does not allow otherwise */
+
+  /* boundaries on sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq are enforced in sqlite3_config() */
+  nMinLog = memsys5Log(sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq);
+  mem5.szAtom = (1<<nMinLog);
+  while( (int)sizeof(Mem5Link)>mem5.szAtom ){
+    mem5.szAtom = mem5.szAtom << 1;
+  }
+
+  mem5.nBlock = (nByte / (mem5.szAtom+sizeof(u8)));
+  mem5.zPool = zByte;
+  mem5.aCtrl = (u8 *)&mem5.zPool[mem5.nBlock*mem5.szAtom];
+
+  for(ii=0; ii<=LOGMAX; ii++){
+    mem5.aiFreelist[ii] = -1;
+  }
+
+  iOffset = 0;
+  for(ii=LOGMAX; ii>=0; ii--){
+    int nAlloc = (1<<ii);
+    if( (iOffset+nAlloc)<=mem5.nBlock ){
+      mem5.aCtrl[iOffset] = ii | CTRL_FREE;
+      memsys5Link(iOffset, ii);
+      iOffset += nAlloc;
+    }
+    assert((iOffset+nAlloc)>mem5.nBlock);
+  }
+
+  /* If a mutex is required for normal operation, allocate one */
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat==0 ){
+    mem5.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM);
+  }
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Deinitialize this module.
+*/
+static void memsys5Shutdown(void *NotUsed){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  mem5.mutex = 0;
+  return;
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+/*
+** Open the file indicated and write a log of all unfreed memory 
+** allocations into that log.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Memsys5Dump(const char *zFilename){
+  FILE *out;
+  int i, j, n;
+  int nMinLog;
+
+  if( zFilename==0 || zFilename[0]==0 ){
+    out = stdout;
+  }else{
+    out = fopen(zFilename, "w");
+    if( out==0 ){
+      fprintf(stderr, "** Unable to output memory debug output log: %s **\n",
+                      zFilename);
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+  memsys5Enter();
+  nMinLog = memsys5Log(mem5.szAtom);
+  for(i=0; i<=LOGMAX && i+nMinLog<32; i++){
+    for(n=0, j=mem5.aiFreelist[i]; j>=0; j = MEM5LINK(j)->next, n++){}
+    fprintf(out, "freelist items of size %d: %d\n", mem5.szAtom << i, n);
+  }
+  fprintf(out, "mem5.nAlloc       = %llu\n", mem5.nAlloc);
+  fprintf(out, "mem5.totalAlloc   = %llu\n", mem5.totalAlloc);
+  fprintf(out, "mem5.totalExcess  = %llu\n", mem5.totalExcess);
+  fprintf(out, "mem5.currentOut   = %u\n", mem5.currentOut);
+  fprintf(out, "mem5.currentCount = %u\n", mem5.currentCount);
+  fprintf(out, "mem5.maxOut       = %u\n", mem5.maxOut);
+  fprintf(out, "mem5.maxCount     = %u\n", mem5.maxCount);
+  fprintf(out, "mem5.maxRequest   = %u\n", mem5.maxRequest);
+  memsys5Leave();
+  if( out==stdout ){
+    fflush(stdout);
+  }else{
+    fclose(out);
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** This routine is the only routine in this file with external 
+** linkage. It returns a pointer to a static sqlite3_mem_methods
+** struct populated with the memsys5 methods.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys5(void){
+  static const sqlite3_mem_methods memsys5Methods = {
+     memsys5Malloc,
+     memsys5Free,
+     memsys5Realloc,
+     memsys5Size,
+     memsys5Roundup,
+     memsys5Init,
+     memsys5Shutdown,
+     0
+  };
+  return &memsys5Methods;
+}
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 */
+
+/************** End of mem5.c ************************************************/
+/************** Begin file mutex.c *******************************************/
+/*
+** 2007 August 14
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes.
+**
+** This file contains code that is common across all mutex implementations.
+*/
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT)
+/*
+** For debugging purposes, record when the mutex subsystem is initialized
+** and uninitialized so that we can assert() if there is an attempt to
+** allocate a mutex while the system is uninitialized.
+*/
+static SQLITE_WSD int mutexIsInit = 0;
+#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
+
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT
+/*
+** Initialize the mutex system.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MutexInit(void){ 
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc ){
+    /* If the xMutexAlloc method has not been set, then the user did not
+    ** install a mutex implementation via sqlite3_config() prior to 
+    ** sqlite3_initialize() being called. This block copies pointers to
+    ** the default implementation into the sqlite3GlobalConfig structure.
+    */
+    sqlite3_mutex_methods const *pFrom;
+    sqlite3_mutex_methods *pTo = &sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex;
+
+    if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){
+      pFrom = sqlite3DefaultMutex();
+    }else{
+      pFrom = sqlite3NoopMutex();
+    }
+    memcpy(pTo, pFrom, offsetof(sqlite3_mutex_methods, xMutexAlloc));
+    memcpy(&pTo->xMutexFree, &pFrom->xMutexFree,
+           sizeof(*pTo) - offsetof(sqlite3_mutex_methods, xMutexFree));
+    pTo->xMutexAlloc = pFrom->xMutexAlloc;
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexInit();
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  GLOBAL(int, mutexIsInit) = 1;
+#endif
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Shutdown the mutex system. This call frees resources allocated by
+** sqlite3MutexInit().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MutexEnd(void){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexEnd ){
+    rc = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexEnd();
+  }
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  GLOBAL(int, mutexIsInit) = 0;
+#endif
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Retrieve a pointer to a static mutex or allocate a new dynamic one.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_mutex_alloc(int id){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+  if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0;
+#endif
+  return sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc(id);
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3MutexAlloc(int id){
+  if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  assert( GLOBAL(int, mutexIsInit) );
+  return sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc(id);
+}
+
+/*
+** Free a dynamic mutex.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  if( p ){
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexFree(p);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Obtain the mutex p. If some other thread already has the mutex, block
+** until it can be obtained.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  if( p ){
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexEnter(p);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Obtain the mutex p. If successful, return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if another
+** thread holds the mutex and it cannot be obtained, return SQLITE_BUSY.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_try(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( p ){
+    return sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexTry(p);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was previously
+** entered by the same thread.  The behavior is undefined if the mutex 
+** is not currently entered. If a NULL pointer is passed as an argument
+** this function is a no-op.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  if( p ){
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexLeave(p);
+  }
+}
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/*
+** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are
+** intended for use inside assert() statements.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  return p==0 || sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexHeld(p);
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  return p==0 || sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexNotheld(p);
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT) */
+
+/************** End of mutex.c ***********************************************/
+/************** Begin file mutex_noop.c **************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 October 07
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes.
+**
+** This implementation in this file does not provide any mutual
+** exclusion and is thus suitable for use only in applications
+** that use SQLite in a single thread.  The routines defined
+** here are place-holders.  Applications can substitute working
+** mutex routines at start-time using the
+**
+**     sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX,...)
+**
+** interface.
+**
+** If compiled with SQLITE_DEBUG, then additional logic is inserted
+** that does error checking on mutexes to make sure they are being
+** called correctly.
+*/
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEBUG
+/*
+** Stub routines for all mutex methods.
+**
+** This routines provide no mutual exclusion or error checking.
+*/
+static int noopMutexInit(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
+static int noopMutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
+static sqlite3_mutex *noopMutexAlloc(int id){ 
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(id);
+  return (sqlite3_mutex*)8; 
+}
+static void noopMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); return; }
+static void noopMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); return; }
+static int noopMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+static void noopMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); return; }
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3NoopMutex(void){
+  static const sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = {
+    noopMutexInit,
+    noopMutexEnd,
+    noopMutexAlloc,
+    noopMutexFree,
+    noopMutexEnter,
+    noopMutexTry,
+    noopMutexLeave,
+
+    0,
+    0,
+  };
+
+  return &sMutex;
+}
+#endif /* !SQLITE_DEBUG */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+/*
+** In this implementation, error checking is provided for testing
+** and debugging purposes.  The mutexes still do not provide any
+** mutual exclusion.
+*/
+
+/*
+** The mutex object
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_debug_mutex {
+  int id;     /* The mutex type */
+  int cnt;    /* Number of entries without a matching leave */
+} sqlite3_debug_mutex;
+
+/*
+** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are
+** intended for use inside assert() statements.
+*/
+static int debugMutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *pX){
+  sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX;
+  return p==0 || p->cnt>0;
+}
+static int debugMutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *pX){
+  sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX;
+  return p==0 || p->cnt==0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize and deinitialize the mutex subsystem.
+*/
+static int debugMutexInit(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
+static int debugMutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
+
+/*
+** The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new
+** mutex and returns a pointer to it.  If it returns NULL
+** that means that a mutex could not be allocated. 
+*/
+static sqlite3_mutex *debugMutexAlloc(int id){
+  static sqlite3_debug_mutex aStatic[6];
+  sqlite3_debug_mutex *pNew = 0;
+  switch( id ){
+    case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST:
+    case SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE: {
+      pNew = sqlite3Malloc(sizeof(*pNew));
+      if( pNew ){
+        pNew->id = id;
+        pNew->cnt = 0;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+      assert( id-2 >= 0 );
+      assert( id-2 < (int)(sizeof(aStatic)/sizeof(aStatic[0])) );
+      pNew = &aStatic[id-2];
+      pNew->id = id;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  return (sqlite3_mutex*)pNew;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine deallocates a previously allocated mutex.
+*/
+static void debugMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *pX){
+  sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX;
+  assert( p->cnt==0 );
+  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE );
+  sqlite3_free(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt
+** to enter a mutex.  If another thread is already within the mutex,
+** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return
+** SQLITE_BUSY.  The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns SQLITE_OK
+** upon successful entry.  Mutexes created using SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can
+** be entered multiple times by the same thread.  In such cases the,
+** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread
+** can enter.  If the same thread tries to enter any other kind of mutex
+** more than once, the behavior is undefined.
+*/
+static void debugMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *pX){
+  sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX;
+  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || debugMutexNotheld(pX) );
+  p->cnt++;
+}
+static int debugMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *pX){
+  sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX;
+  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || debugMutexNotheld(pX) );
+  p->cnt++;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was
+** previously entered by the same thread.  The behavior
+** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered or
+** is not currently allocated.  SQLite will never do either.
+*/
+static void debugMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *pX){
+  sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX;
+  assert( debugMutexHeld(pX) );
+  p->cnt--;
+  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || debugMutexNotheld(pX) );
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3NoopMutex(void){
+  static const sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = {
+    debugMutexInit,
+    debugMutexEnd,
+    debugMutexAlloc,
+    debugMutexFree,
+    debugMutexEnter,
+    debugMutexTry,
+    debugMutexLeave,
+
+    debugMutexHeld,
+    debugMutexNotheld
+  };
+
+  return &sMutex;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
+
+/*
+** If compiled with SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP, then the no-op mutex implementation
+** is used regardless of the run-time threadsafety setting.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){
+  return sqlite3NoopMutex();
+}
+#endif /* defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP) */
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT) */
+
+/************** End of mutex_noop.c ******************************************/
+/************** Begin file mutex_unix.c **************************************/
+/*
+** 2007 August 28
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes for pthreads
+*/
+
+/*
+** The code in this file is only used if we are compiling threadsafe
+** under unix with pthreads.
+**
+** Note that this implementation requires a version of pthreads that
+** supports recursive mutexes.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS
+
+#include <pthread.h>
+
+/*
+** The sqlite3_mutex.id, sqlite3_mutex.nRef, and sqlite3_mutex.owner fields
+** are necessary under two condidtions:  (1) Debug builds and (2) using
+** home-grown mutexes.  Encapsulate these conditions into a single #define.
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX)
+# define SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF 1
+#else
+# define SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Each recursive mutex is an instance of the following structure.
+*/
+struct sqlite3_mutex {
+  pthread_mutex_t mutex;     /* Mutex controlling the lock */
+#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF
+  int id;                    /* Mutex type */
+  volatile int nRef;         /* Number of entrances */
+  volatile pthread_t owner;  /* Thread that is within this mutex */
+  int trace;                 /* True to trace changes */
+#endif
+};
+#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF
+#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, 0, 0, (pthread_t)0, 0 }
+#else
+#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER }
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are
+** intended for use only inside assert() statements.  On some platforms,
+** there might be race conditions that can cause these routines to
+** deliver incorrect results.  In particular, if pthread_equal() is
+** not an atomic operation, then these routines might delivery
+** incorrect results.  On most platforms, pthread_equal() is a 
+** comparison of two integers and is therefore atomic.  But we are
+** told that HPUX is not such a platform.  If so, then these routines
+** will not always work correctly on HPUX.
+**
+** On those platforms where pthread_equal() is not atomic, SQLite
+** should be compiled without -DSQLITE_DEBUG and with -DNDEBUG to
+** make sure no assert() statements are evaluated and hence these
+** routines are never called.
+*/
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+static int pthreadMutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  return (p->nRef!=0 && pthread_equal(p->owner, pthread_self()));
+}
+static int pthreadMutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  return p->nRef==0 || pthread_equal(p->owner, pthread_self())==0;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Initialize and deinitialize the mutex subsystem.
+*/
+static int pthreadMutexInit(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
+static int pthreadMutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
+
+/*
+** The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new
+** mutex and returns a pointer to it.  If it returns NULL
+** that means that a mutex could not be allocated.  SQLite
+** will unwind its stack and return an error.  The argument
+** to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() is one of these integer constants:
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM
+** </ul>
+**
+** The first two constants cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create
+** a new mutex.  The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
+** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used.
+** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction
+** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does
+** not want to.  But SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in
+** cases where it really needs one.  If a faster non-recursive mutex
+** implementation is available on the host platform, the mutex subsystem
+** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST.
+**
+** The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() each return
+** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex.  Six static mutexes are
+** used by the current version of SQLite.  Future versions of SQLite
+** may add additional static mutexes.  Static mutexes are for internal
+** use by SQLite only.  Applications that use SQLite mutexes should
+** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or
+** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE.
+**
+** Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
+** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc()
+** returns a different mutex on every call.  But for the static 
+** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has
+** the same type number.
+*/
+static sqlite3_mutex *pthreadMutexAlloc(int iType){
+  static sqlite3_mutex staticMutexes[] = {
+    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
+    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
+    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
+    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
+    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
+    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER
+  };
+  sqlite3_mutex *p;
+  switch( iType ){
+    case SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE: {
+      p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) );
+      if( p ){
+#ifdef SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX
+        /* If recursive mutexes are not available, we will have to
+        ** build our own.  See below. */
+        pthread_mutex_init(&p->mutex, 0);
+#else
+        /* Use a recursive mutex if it is available */
+        pthread_mutexattr_t recursiveAttr;
+        pthread_mutexattr_init(&recursiveAttr);
+        pthread_mutexattr_settype(&recursiveAttr, PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE);
+        pthread_mutex_init(&p->mutex, &recursiveAttr);
+        pthread_mutexattr_destroy(&recursiveAttr);
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF
+        p->id = iType;
+#endif
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST: {
+      p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) );
+      if( p ){
+#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF
+        p->id = iType;
+#endif
+        pthread_mutex_init(&p->mutex, 0);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+      assert( iType-2 >= 0 );
+      assert( iType-2 < ArraySize(staticMutexes) );
+      p = &staticMutexes[iType-2];
+#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF
+      p->id = iType;
+#endif
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This routine deallocates a previously
+** allocated mutex.  SQLite is careful to deallocate every
+** mutex that it allocates.
+*/
+static void pthreadMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  assert( p->nRef==0 );
+  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE );
+  pthread_mutex_destroy(&p->mutex);
+  sqlite3_free(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt
+** to enter a mutex.  If another thread is already within the mutex,
+** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return
+** SQLITE_BUSY.  The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns SQLITE_OK
+** upon successful entry.  Mutexes created using SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can
+** be entered multiple times by the same thread.  In such cases the,
+** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread
+** can enter.  If the same thread tries to enter any other kind of mutex
+** more than once, the behavior is undefined.
+*/
+static void pthreadMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || pthreadMutexNotheld(p) );
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX
+  /* If recursive mutexes are not available, then we have to grow
+  ** our own.  This implementation assumes that pthread_equal()
+  ** is atomic - that it cannot be deceived into thinking self
+  ** and p->owner are equal if p->owner changes between two values
+  ** that are not equal to self while the comparison is taking place.
+  ** This implementation also assumes a coherent cache - that 
+  ** separate processes cannot read different values from the same
+  ** address at the same time.  If either of these two conditions
+  ** are not met, then the mutexes will fail and problems will result.
+  */
+  {
+    pthread_t self = pthread_self();
+    if( p->nRef>0 && pthread_equal(p->owner, self) ){
+      p->nRef++;
+    }else{
+      pthread_mutex_lock(&p->mutex);
+      assert( p->nRef==0 );
+      p->owner = self;
+      p->nRef = 1;
+    }
+  }
+#else
+  /* Use the built-in recursive mutexes if they are available.
+  */
+  pthread_mutex_lock(&p->mutex);
+#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF
+  assert( p->nRef>0 || p->owner==0 );
+  p->owner = pthread_self();
+  p->nRef++;
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  if( p->trace ){
+    printf("enter mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef);
+  }
+#endif
+}
+static int pthreadMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  int rc;
+  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || pthreadMutexNotheld(p) );
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX
+  /* If recursive mutexes are not available, then we have to grow
+  ** our own.  This implementation assumes that pthread_equal()
+  ** is atomic - that it cannot be deceived into thinking self
+  ** and p->owner are equal if p->owner changes between two values
+  ** that are not equal to self while the comparison is taking place.
+  ** This implementation also assumes a coherent cache - that 
+  ** separate processes cannot read different values from the same
+  ** address at the same time.  If either of these two conditions
+  ** are not met, then the mutexes will fail and problems will result.
+  */
+  {
+    pthread_t self = pthread_self();
+    if( p->nRef>0 && pthread_equal(p->owner, self) ){
+      p->nRef++;
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    }else if( pthread_mutex_trylock(&p->mutex)==0 ){
+      assert( p->nRef==0 );
+      p->owner = self;
+      p->nRef = 1;
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    }else{
+      rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+    }
+  }
+#else
+  /* Use the built-in recursive mutexes if they are available.
+  */
+  if( pthread_mutex_trylock(&p->mutex)==0 ){
+#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF
+    p->owner = pthread_self();
+    p->nRef++;
+#endif
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+  }
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p->trace ){
+    printf("enter mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef);
+  }
+#endif
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was
+** previously entered by the same thread.  The behavior
+** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered or
+** is not currently allocated.  SQLite will never do either.
+*/
+static void pthreadMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  assert( pthreadMutexHeld(p) );
+#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF
+  p->nRef--;
+  if( p->nRef==0 ) p->owner = 0;
+#endif
+  assert( p->nRef==0 || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE );
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX
+  if( p->nRef==0 ){
+    pthread_mutex_unlock(&p->mutex);
+  }
+#else
+  pthread_mutex_unlock(&p->mutex);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  if( p->trace ){
+    printf("leave mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef);
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){
+  static const sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = {
+    pthreadMutexInit,
+    pthreadMutexEnd,
+    pthreadMutexAlloc,
+    pthreadMutexFree,
+    pthreadMutexEnter,
+    pthreadMutexTry,
+    pthreadMutexLeave,
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+    pthreadMutexHeld,
+    pthreadMutexNotheld
+#else
+    0,
+    0
+#endif
+  };
+
+  return &sMutex;
+}
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS */
+
+/************** End of mutex_unix.c ******************************************/
+/************** Begin file mutex_w32.c ***************************************/
+/*
+** 2007 August 14
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes for win32
+*/
+
+/*
+** The code in this file is only used if we are compiling multithreaded
+** on a win32 system.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_W32
+
+/*
+** Each recursive mutex is an instance of the following structure.
+*/
+struct sqlite3_mutex {
+  CRITICAL_SECTION mutex;    /* Mutex controlling the lock */
+  int id;                    /* Mutex type */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  volatile int nRef;         /* Number of enterances */
+  volatile DWORD owner;      /* Thread holding this mutex */
+  int trace;                 /* True to trace changes */
+#endif
+};
+#define SQLITE_W32_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { 0 }
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { SQLITE_W32_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, 0, 0L, (DWORD)0, 0 }
+#else
+#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { SQLITE_W32_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, 0 }
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Return true (non-zero) if we are running under WinNT, Win2K, WinXP,
+** or WinCE.  Return false (zero) for Win95, Win98, or WinME.
+**
+** Here is an interesting observation:  Win95, Win98, and WinME lack
+** the LockFileEx() API.  But we can still statically link against that
+** API as long as we don't call it win running Win95/98/ME.  A call to
+** this routine is used to determine if the host is Win95/98/ME or
+** WinNT/2K/XP so that we will know whether or not we can safely call
+** the LockFileEx() API.
+**
+** mutexIsNT() is only used for the TryEnterCriticalSection() API call,
+** which is only available if your application was compiled with 
+** _WIN32_WINNT defined to a value >= 0x0400.  Currently, the only
+** call to TryEnterCriticalSection() is #ifdef'ed out, so #ifdef 
+** this out as well.
+*/
+#if 0
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE || SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+# define mutexIsNT()  (1)
+#else
+  static int mutexIsNT(void){
+    static int osType = 0;
+    if( osType==0 ){
+      OSVERSIONINFO sInfo;
+      sInfo.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(sInfo);
+      GetVersionEx(&sInfo);
+      osType = sInfo.dwPlatformId==VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT ? 2 : 1;
+    }
+    return osType==2;
+  }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OS_WINCE */
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+/*
+** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are
+** intended for use only inside assert() statements.
+*/
+static int winMutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  return p->nRef!=0 && p->owner==GetCurrentThreadId();
+}
+static int winMutexNotheld2(sqlite3_mutex *p, DWORD tid){
+  return p->nRef==0 || p->owner!=tid;
+}
+static int winMutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  DWORD tid = GetCurrentThreadId(); 
+  return winMutexNotheld2(p, tid);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Initialize and deinitialize the mutex subsystem.
+*/
+static sqlite3_mutex winMutex_staticMutexes[6] = {
+  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
+  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
+  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
+  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
+  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
+  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER
+};
+static int winMutex_isInit = 0;
+/* As winMutexInit() and winMutexEnd() are called as part
+** of the sqlite3_initialize and sqlite3_shutdown()
+** processing, the "interlocked" magic is probably not
+** strictly necessary.
+*/
+static long winMutex_lock = 0;
+
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_win32_sleep(DWORD milliseconds); /* os_win.c */
+
+static int winMutexInit(void){ 
+  /* The first to increment to 1 does actual initialization */
+  if( InterlockedCompareExchange(&winMutex_lock, 1, 0)==0 ){
+    int i;
+    for(i=0; i<ArraySize(winMutex_staticMutexes); i++){
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+      InitializeCriticalSectionEx(&winMutex_staticMutexes[i].mutex, 0, 0);
+#else
+      InitializeCriticalSection(&winMutex_staticMutexes[i].mutex);
+#endif
+    }
+    winMutex_isInit = 1;
+  }else{
+    /* Someone else is in the process of initing the static mutexes */
+    while( !winMutex_isInit ){
+      sqlite3_win32_sleep(1);
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK; 
+}
+
+static int winMutexEnd(void){ 
+  /* The first to decrement to 0 does actual shutdown 
+  ** (which should be the last to shutdown.) */
+  if( InterlockedCompareExchange(&winMutex_lock, 0, 1)==1 ){
+    if( winMutex_isInit==1 ){
+      int i;
+      for(i=0; i<ArraySize(winMutex_staticMutexes); i++){
+        DeleteCriticalSection(&winMutex_staticMutexes[i].mutex);
+      }
+      winMutex_isInit = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK; 
+}
+
+/*
+** The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new
+** mutex and returns a pointer to it.  If it returns NULL
+** that means that a mutex could not be allocated.  SQLite
+** will unwind its stack and return an error.  The argument
+** to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() is one of these integer constants:
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM
+** </ul>
+**
+** The first two constants cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create
+** a new mutex.  The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
+** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used.
+** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction
+** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does
+** not want to.  But SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in
+** cases where it really needs one.  If a faster non-recursive mutex
+** implementation is available on the host platform, the mutex subsystem
+** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST.
+**
+** The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() each return
+** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex.  Six static mutexes are
+** used by the current version of SQLite.  Future versions of SQLite
+** may add additional static mutexes.  Static mutexes are for internal
+** use by SQLite only.  Applications that use SQLite mutexes should
+** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or
+** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE.
+**
+** Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
+** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc()
+** returns a different mutex on every call.  But for the static 
+** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has
+** the same type number.
+*/
+static sqlite3_mutex *winMutexAlloc(int iType){
+  sqlite3_mutex *p;
+
+  switch( iType ){
+    case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST:
+    case SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE: {
+      p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) );
+      if( p ){  
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+        p->id = iType;
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+        InitializeCriticalSectionEx(&p->mutex, 0, 0);
+#else
+        InitializeCriticalSection(&p->mutex);
+#endif
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+      assert( winMutex_isInit==1 );
+      assert( iType-2 >= 0 );
+      assert( iType-2 < ArraySize(winMutex_staticMutexes) );
+      p = &winMutex_staticMutexes[iType-2];
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+      p->id = iType;
+#endif
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This routine deallocates a previously
+** allocated mutex.  SQLite is careful to deallocate every
+** mutex that it allocates.
+*/
+static void winMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  assert( p );
+  assert( p->nRef==0 && p->owner==0 );
+  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE );
+  DeleteCriticalSection(&p->mutex);
+  sqlite3_free(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt
+** to enter a mutex.  If another thread is already within the mutex,
+** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return
+** SQLITE_BUSY.  The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns SQLITE_OK
+** upon successful entry.  Mutexes created using SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can
+** be entered multiple times by the same thread.  In such cases the,
+** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread
+** can enter.  If the same thread tries to enter any other kind of mutex
+** more than once, the behavior is undefined.
+*/
+static void winMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  DWORD tid = GetCurrentThreadId(); 
+  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || winMutexNotheld2(p, tid) );
+#endif
+  EnterCriticalSection(&p->mutex);
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  assert( p->nRef>0 || p->owner==0 );
+  p->owner = tid; 
+  p->nRef++;
+  if( p->trace ){
+    printf("enter mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef);
+  }
+#endif
+}
+static int winMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  DWORD tid = GetCurrentThreadId(); 
+#endif
+  int rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || winMutexNotheld2(p, tid) );
+  /*
+  ** The sqlite3_mutex_try() routine is very rarely used, and when it
+  ** is used it is merely an optimization.  So it is OK for it to always
+  ** fail.  
+  **
+  ** The TryEnterCriticalSection() interface is only available on WinNT.
+  ** And some windows compilers complain if you try to use it without
+  ** first doing some #defines that prevent SQLite from building on Win98.
+  ** For that reason, we will omit this optimization for now.  See
+  ** ticket #2685.
+  */
+#if 0
+  if( mutexIsNT() && TryEnterCriticalSection(&p->mutex) ){
+    p->owner = tid;
+    p->nRef++;
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+#else
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p->trace ){
+    printf("try mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef);
+  }
+#endif
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was
+** previously entered by the same thread.  The behavior
+** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered or
+** is not currently allocated.  SQLite will never do either.
+*/
+static void winMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  DWORD tid = GetCurrentThreadId();
+  assert( p->nRef>0 );
+  assert( p->owner==tid );
+  p->nRef--;
+  if( p->nRef==0 ) p->owner = 0;
+  assert( p->nRef==0 || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE );
+#endif
+  LeaveCriticalSection(&p->mutex);
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  if( p->trace ){
+    printf("leave mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef);
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){
+  static const sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = {
+    winMutexInit,
+    winMutexEnd,
+    winMutexAlloc,
+    winMutexFree,
+    winMutexEnter,
+    winMutexTry,
+    winMutexLeave,
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+    winMutexHeld,
+    winMutexNotheld
+#else
+    0,
+    0
+#endif
+  };
+
+  return &sMutex;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 */
+
+/************** End of mutex_w32.c *******************************************/
+/************** Begin file malloc.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** Memory allocation functions used throughout sqlite.
+*/
+/* #include <stdarg.h> */
+
+/*
+** Attempt to release up to n bytes of non-essential memory currently
+** held by SQLite. An example of non-essential memory is memory used to
+** cache database pages that are not currently in use.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_release_memory(int n){
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
+  return sqlite3PcacheReleaseMemory(n);
+#else
+  /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-34391-24921 The sqlite3_release_memory() routine
+  ** is a no-op returning zero if SQLite is not compiled with
+  ** SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT. */
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(n);
+  return 0;
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following object records the location of
+** each unused scratch buffer.
+*/
+typedef struct ScratchFreeslot {
+  struct ScratchFreeslot *pNext;   /* Next unused scratch buffer */
+} ScratchFreeslot;
+
+/*
+** State information local to the memory allocation subsystem.
+*/
+static SQLITE_WSD struct Mem0Global {
+  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;         /* Mutex to serialize access */
+
+  /*
+  ** The alarm callback and its arguments.  The mem0.mutex lock will
+  ** be held while the callback is running.  Recursive calls into
+  ** the memory subsystem are allowed, but no new callbacks will be
+  ** issued.
+  */
+  sqlite3_int64 alarmThreshold;
+  void (*alarmCallback)(void*, sqlite3_int64,int);
+  void *alarmArg;
+
+  /*
+  ** Pointers to the end of sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch memory
+  ** (so that a range test can be used to determine if an allocation
+  ** being freed came from pScratch) and a pointer to the list of
+  ** unused scratch allocations.
+  */
+  void *pScratchEnd;
+  ScratchFreeslot *pScratchFree;
+  u32 nScratchFree;
+
+  /*
+  ** True if heap is nearly "full" where "full" is defined by the
+  ** sqlite3_soft_heap_limit() setting.
+  */
+  int nearlyFull;
+} mem0 = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 };
+
+#define mem0 GLOBAL(struct Mem0Global, mem0)
+
+/*
+** This routine runs when the memory allocator sees that the
+** total memory allocation is about to exceed the soft heap
+** limit.
+*/
+static void softHeapLimitEnforcer(
+  void *NotUsed, 
+  sqlite3_int64 NotUsed2,
+  int allocSize
+){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
+  sqlite3_release_memory(allocSize);
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the alarm callback
+*/
+static int sqlite3MemoryAlarm(
+  void(*xCallback)(void *pArg, sqlite3_int64 used,int N),
+  void *pArg,
+  sqlite3_int64 iThreshold
+){
+  int nUsed;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
+  mem0.alarmCallback = xCallback;
+  mem0.alarmArg = pArg;
+  mem0.alarmThreshold = iThreshold;
+  nUsed = sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED);
+  mem0.nearlyFull = (iThreshold>0 && iThreshold<=nUsed);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+/*
+** Deprecated external interface.  Internal/core SQLite code
+** should call sqlite3MemoryAlarm.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_memory_alarm(
+  void(*xCallback)(void *pArg, sqlite3_int64 used,int N),
+  void *pArg,
+  sqlite3_int64 iThreshold
+){
+  return sqlite3MemoryAlarm(xCallback, pArg, iThreshold);
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Set the soft heap-size limit for the library. Passing a zero or 
+** negative value indicates no limit.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(sqlite3_int64 n){
+  sqlite3_int64 priorLimit;
+  sqlite3_int64 excess;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+  int rc = sqlite3_initialize();
+  if( rc ) return -1;
+#endif
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
+  priorLimit = mem0.alarmThreshold;
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
+  if( n<0 ) return priorLimit;
+  if( n>0 ){
+    sqlite3MemoryAlarm(softHeapLimitEnforcer, 0, n);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3MemoryAlarm(0, 0, 0);
+  }
+  excess = sqlite3_memory_used() - n;
+  if( excess>0 ) sqlite3_release_memory((int)(excess & 0x7fffffff));
+  return priorLimit;
+}
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(int n){
+  if( n<0 ) n = 0;
+  sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(n);
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize the memory allocation subsystem.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocInit(void){
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==0 ){
+    sqlite3MemSetDefault();
+  }
+  memset(&mem0, 0, sizeof(mem0));
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){
+    mem0.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM);
+  }
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch && sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch>=100
+      && sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch>0 ){
+    int i, n, sz;
+    ScratchFreeslot *pSlot;
+    sz = ROUNDDOWN8(sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch);
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch = sz;
+    pSlot = (ScratchFreeslot*)sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch;
+    n = sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch;
+    mem0.pScratchFree = pSlot;
+    mem0.nScratchFree = n;
+    for(i=0; i<n-1; i++){
+      pSlot->pNext = (ScratchFreeslot*)(sz+(char*)pSlot);
+      pSlot = pSlot->pNext;
+    }
+    pSlot->pNext = 0;
+    mem0.pScratchEnd = (void*)&pSlot[1];
+  }else{
+    mem0.pScratchEnd = 0;
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch = 0;
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch = 0;
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch = 0;
+  }
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage==0 || sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage<512
+      || sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage<1 ){
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage = 0;
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage = 0;
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage = 0;
+  }
+  return sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xInit(sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.pAppData);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return true if the heap is currently under memory pressure - in other
+** words if the amount of heap used is close to the limit set by
+** sqlite3_soft_heap_limit().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3HeapNearlyFull(void){
+  return mem0.nearlyFull;
+}
+
+/*
+** Deinitialize the memory allocation subsystem.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MallocEnd(void){
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xShutdown ){
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xShutdown(sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.pAppData);
+  }
+  memset(&mem0, 0, sizeof(mem0));
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the amount of memory currently checked out.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_used(void){
+  int n, mx;
+  sqlite3_int64 res;
+  sqlite3_status(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, &n, &mx, 0);
+  res = (sqlite3_int64)n;  /* Work around bug in Borland C. Ticket #3216 */
+  return res;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the maximum amount of memory that has ever been
+** checked out since either the beginning of this process
+** or since the most recent reset.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_highwater(int resetFlag){
+  int n, mx;
+  sqlite3_int64 res;
+  sqlite3_status(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, &n, &mx, resetFlag);
+  res = (sqlite3_int64)mx;  /* Work around bug in Borland C. Ticket #3216 */
+  return res;
+}
+
+/*
+** Trigger the alarm 
+*/
+static void sqlite3MallocAlarm(int nByte){
+  void (*xCallback)(void*,sqlite3_int64,int);
+  sqlite3_int64 nowUsed;
+  void *pArg;
+  if( mem0.alarmCallback==0 ) return;
+  xCallback = mem0.alarmCallback;
+  nowUsed = sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED);
+  pArg = mem0.alarmArg;
+  mem0.alarmCallback = 0;
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
+  xCallback(pArg, nowUsed, nByte);
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
+  mem0.alarmCallback = xCallback;
+  mem0.alarmArg = pArg;
+}
+
+/*
+** Do a memory allocation with statistics and alarms.  Assume the
+** lock is already held.
+*/
+static int mallocWithAlarm(int n, void **pp){
+  int nFull;
+  void *p;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem0.mutex) );
+  nFull = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRoundup(n);
+  sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE, n);
+  if( mem0.alarmCallback!=0 ){
+    int nUsed = sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED);
+    if( nUsed >= mem0.alarmThreshold - nFull ){
+      mem0.nearlyFull = 1;
+      sqlite3MallocAlarm(nFull);
+    }else{
+      mem0.nearlyFull = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc(nFull);
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
+  if( p==0 && mem0.alarmCallback ){
+    sqlite3MallocAlarm(nFull);
+    p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc(nFull);
+  }
+#endif
+  if( p ){
+    nFull = sqlite3MallocSize(p);
+    sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, nFull);
+    sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT, 1);
+  }
+  *pp = p;
+  return nFull;
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate memory.  This routine is like sqlite3_malloc() except that it
+** assumes the memory subsystem has already been initialized.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Malloc(int n){
+  void *p;
+  if( n<=0               /* IMP: R-65312-04917 */ 
+   || n>=0x7fffff00
+  ){
+    /* A memory allocation of a number of bytes which is near the maximum
+    ** signed integer value might cause an integer overflow inside of the
+    ** xMalloc().  Hence we limit the maximum size to 0x7fffff00, giving
+    ** 255 bytes of overhead.  SQLite itself will never use anything near
+    ** this amount.  The only way to reach the limit is with sqlite3_malloc() */
+    p = 0;
+  }else if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){
+    sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
+    mallocWithAlarm(n, &p);
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
+  }else{
+    p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc(n);
+  }
+  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(p) );  /* IMP: R-04675-44850 */
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** This version of the memory allocation is for use by the application.
+** First make sure the memory subsystem is initialized, then do the
+** allocation.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_malloc(int n){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+  if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0;
+#endif
+  return sqlite3Malloc(n);
+}
+
+/*
+** Each thread may only have a single outstanding allocation from
+** xScratchMalloc().  We verify this constraint in the single-threaded
+** case by setting scratchAllocOut to 1 when an allocation
+** is outstanding clearing it when the allocation is freed.
+*/
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 && !defined(NDEBUG)
+static int scratchAllocOut = 0;
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Allocate memory that is to be used and released right away.
+** This routine is similar to alloca() in that it is not intended
+** for situations where the memory might be held long-term.  This
+** routine is intended to get memory to old large transient data
+** structures that would not normally fit on the stack of an
+** embedded processor.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ScratchMalloc(int n){
+  void *p;
+  assert( n>0 );
+
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
+  if( mem0.nScratchFree && sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch>=n ){
+    p = mem0.pScratchFree;
+    mem0.pScratchFree = mem0.pScratchFree->pNext;
+    mem0.nScratchFree--;
+    sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED, 1);
+    sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE, n);
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
+  }else{
+    if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){
+      sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE, n);
+      n = mallocWithAlarm(n, &p);
+      if( p ) sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW, n);
+      sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
+      p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc(n);
+    }
+    sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_SCRATCH);
+  }
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(mem0.mutex) );
+
+
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 && !defined(NDEBUG)
+  /* Verify that no more than two scratch allocations per thread
+  ** are outstanding at one time.  (This is only checked in the
+  ** single-threaded case since checking in the multi-threaded case
+  ** would be much more complicated.) */
+  assert( scratchAllocOut<=1 );
+  if( p ) scratchAllocOut++;
+#endif
+
+  return p;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ScratchFree(void *p){
+  if( p ){
+
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 && !defined(NDEBUG)
+    /* Verify that no more than two scratch allocation per thread
+    ** is outstanding at one time.  (This is only checked in the
+    ** single-threaded case since checking in the multi-threaded case
+    ** would be much more complicated.) */
+    assert( scratchAllocOut>=1 && scratchAllocOut<=2 );
+    scratchAllocOut--;
+#endif
+
+    if( p>=sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch && p<mem0.pScratchEnd ){
+      /* Release memory from the SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH allocation */
+      ScratchFreeslot *pSlot;
+      pSlot = (ScratchFreeslot*)p;
+      sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
+      pSlot->pNext = mem0.pScratchFree;
+      mem0.pScratchFree = pSlot;
+      mem0.nScratchFree++;
+      assert( mem0.nScratchFree <= (u32)sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch );
+      sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED, -1);
+      sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
+    }else{
+      /* Release memory back to the heap */
+      assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_SCRATCH) );
+      assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, ~MEMTYPE_SCRATCH) );
+      sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP);
+      if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){
+        int iSize = sqlite3MallocSize(p);
+        sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
+        sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW, -iSize);
+        sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, -iSize);
+        sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT, -1);
+        sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p);
+        sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** TRUE if p is a lookaside memory allocation from db
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOOKASIDE
+static int isLookaside(sqlite3 *db, void *p){
+  return p && p>=db->lookaside.pStart && p<db->lookaside.pEnd;
+}
+#else
+#define isLookaside(A,B) 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Return the size of a memory allocation previously obtained from
+** sqlite3Malloc() or sqlite3_malloc().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocSize(void *p){
+  assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
+  assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, MEMTYPE_DB) );
+  return sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xSize(p);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3DbMallocSize(sqlite3 *db, void *p){
+  assert( db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+  if( db && isLookaside(db, p) ){
+    return db->lookaside.sz;
+  }else{
+    assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_DB) );
+    assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE|MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
+    assert( db!=0 || sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE) );
+    return sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xSize(p);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Free memory previously obtained from sqlite3Malloc().
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free(void *p){
+  if( p==0 ) return;  /* IMP: R-49053-54554 */
+  assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, MEMTYPE_DB) );
+  assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){
+    sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
+    sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, -sqlite3MallocSize(p));
+    sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT, -1);
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p);
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Free memory that might be associated with a particular database
+** connection.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DbFree(sqlite3 *db, void *p){
+  assert( db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+  if( db ){
+    if( db->pnBytesFreed ){
+      *db->pnBytesFreed += sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, p);
+      return;
+    }
+    if( isLookaside(db, p) ){
+      LookasideSlot *pBuf = (LookasideSlot*)p;
+#if SQLITE_DEBUG
+      /* Trash all content in the buffer being freed */
+      memset(p, 0xaa, db->lookaside.sz);
+#endif
+      pBuf->pNext = db->lookaside.pFree;
+      db->lookaside.pFree = pBuf;
+      db->lookaside.nOut--;
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+  assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_DB) );
+  assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE|MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
+  assert( db!=0 || sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE) );
+  sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP);
+  sqlite3_free(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the size of an existing memory allocation
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Realloc(void *pOld, int nBytes){
+  int nOld, nNew, nDiff;
+  void *pNew;
+  if( pOld==0 ){
+    return sqlite3Malloc(nBytes); /* IMP: R-28354-25769 */
+  }
+  if( nBytes<=0 ){
+    sqlite3_free(pOld); /* IMP: R-31593-10574 */
+    return 0;
+  }
+  if( nBytes>=0x7fffff00 ){
+    /* The 0x7ffff00 limit term is explained in comments on sqlite3Malloc() */
+    return 0;
+  }
+  nOld = sqlite3MallocSize(pOld);
+  /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-46199-30249 SQLite guarantees that the second
+  ** argument to xRealloc is always a value returned by a prior call to
+  ** xRoundup. */
+  nNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRoundup(nBytes);
+  if( nOld==nNew ){
+    pNew = pOld;
+  }else if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){
+    sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
+    sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE, nBytes);
+    nDiff = nNew - nOld;
+    if( sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED) >= 
+          mem0.alarmThreshold-nDiff ){
+      sqlite3MallocAlarm(nDiff);
+    }
+    assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(pOld, MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
+    assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(pOld, ~MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
+    pNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRealloc(pOld, nNew);
+    if( pNew==0 && mem0.alarmCallback ){
+      sqlite3MallocAlarm(nBytes);
+      pNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRealloc(pOld, nNew);
+    }
+    if( pNew ){
+      nNew = sqlite3MallocSize(pNew);
+      sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, nNew-nOld);
+    }
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
+  }else{
+    pNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRealloc(pOld, nNew);
+  }
+  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pNew) ); /* IMP: R-04675-44850 */
+  return pNew;
+}
+
+/*
+** The public interface to sqlite3Realloc.  Make sure that the memory
+** subsystem is initialized prior to invoking sqliteRealloc.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_realloc(void *pOld, int n){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+  if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0;
+#endif
+  return sqlite3Realloc(pOld, n);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Allocate and zero memory.
+*/ 
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3MallocZero(int n){
+  void *p = sqlite3Malloc(n);
+  if( p ){
+    memset(p, 0, n);
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate and zero memory.  If the allocation fails, make
+** the mallocFailed flag in the connection pointer.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocZero(sqlite3 *db, int n){
+  void *p = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n);
+  if( p ){
+    memset(p, 0, n);
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate and zero memory.  If the allocation fails, make
+** the mallocFailed flag in the connection pointer.
+**
+** If db!=0 and db->mallocFailed is true (indicating a prior malloc
+** failure on the same database connection) then always return 0.
+** Hence for a particular database connection, once malloc starts
+** failing, it fails consistently until mallocFailed is reset.
+** This is an important assumption.  There are many places in the
+** code that do things like this:
+**
+**         int *a = (int*)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, 100);
+**         int *b = (int*)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, 200);
+**         if( b ) a[10] = 9;
+**
+** In other words, if a subsequent malloc (ex: "b") worked, it is assumed
+** that all prior mallocs (ex: "a") worked too.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocRaw(sqlite3 *db, int n){
+  void *p;
+  assert( db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+  assert( db==0 || db->pnBytesFreed==0 );
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOOKASIDE
+  if( db ){
+    LookasideSlot *pBuf;
+    if( db->mallocFailed ){
+      return 0;
+    }
+    if( db->lookaside.bEnabled ){
+      if( n>db->lookaside.sz ){
+        db->lookaside.anStat[1]++;
+      }else if( (pBuf = db->lookaside.pFree)==0 ){
+        db->lookaside.anStat[2]++;
+      }else{
+        db->lookaside.pFree = pBuf->pNext;
+        db->lookaside.nOut++;
+        db->lookaside.anStat[0]++;
+        if( db->lookaside.nOut>db->lookaside.mxOut ){
+          db->lookaside.mxOut = db->lookaside.nOut;
+        }
+        return (void*)pBuf;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+#else
+  if( db && db->mallocFailed ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+#endif
+  p = sqlite3Malloc(n);
+  if( !p && db ){
+    db->mallocFailed = 1;
+  }
+  sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_DB |
+         ((db && db->lookaside.bEnabled) ? MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE : MEMTYPE_HEAP));
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Resize the block of memory pointed to by p to n bytes. If the
+** resize fails, set the mallocFailed flag in the connection object.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbRealloc(sqlite3 *db, void *p, int n){
+  void *pNew = 0;
+  assert( db!=0 );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+  if( db->mallocFailed==0 ){
+    if( p==0 ){
+      return sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n);
+    }
+    if( isLookaside(db, p) ){
+      if( n<=db->lookaside.sz ){
+        return p;
+      }
+      pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n);
+      if( pNew ){
+        memcpy(pNew, p, db->lookaside.sz);
+        sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
+      }
+    }else{
+      assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_DB) );
+      assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE|MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
+      sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP);
+      pNew = sqlite3_realloc(p, n);
+      if( !pNew ){
+        sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_DB|MEMTYPE_HEAP);
+        db->mallocFailed = 1;
+      }
+      sqlite3MemdebugSetType(pNew, MEMTYPE_DB | 
+            (db->lookaside.bEnabled ? MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE : MEMTYPE_HEAP));
+    }
+  }
+  return pNew;
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to reallocate p.  If the reallocation fails, then free p
+** and set the mallocFailed flag in the database connection.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(sqlite3 *db, void *p, int n){
+  void *pNew;
+  pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, p, n);
+  if( !pNew ){
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
+  }
+  return pNew;
+}
+
+/*
+** Make a copy of a string in memory obtained from sqliteMalloc(). These 
+** functions call sqlite3MallocRaw() directly instead of sqliteMalloc(). This
+** is because when memory debugging is turned on, these two functions are 
+** called via macros that record the current file and line number in the
+** ThreadData structure.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3DbStrDup(sqlite3 *db, const char *z){
+  char *zNew;
+  size_t n;
+  if( z==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  n = sqlite3Strlen30(z) + 1;
+  assert( (n&0x7fffffff)==n );
+  zNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, (int)n);
+  if( zNew ){
+    memcpy(zNew, z, n);
+  }
+  return zNew;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3DbStrNDup(sqlite3 *db, const char *z, int n){
+  char *zNew;
+  if( z==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  assert( (n&0x7fffffff)==n );
+  zNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n+1);
+  if( zNew ){
+    memcpy(zNew, z, n);
+    zNew[n] = 0;
+  }
+  return zNew;
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a string from the zFromat argument and the va_list that follows.
+** Store the string in memory obtained from sqliteMalloc() and make *pz
+** point to that string.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SetString(char **pz, sqlite3 *db, const char *zFormat, ...){
+  va_list ap;
+  char *z;
+
+  va_start(ap, zFormat);
+  z = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap);
+  va_end(ap);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, *pz);
+  *pz = z;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This function must be called before exiting any API function (i.e. 
+** returning control to the user) that has called sqlite3_malloc or
+** sqlite3_realloc.
+**
+** The returned value is normally a copy of the second argument to this
+** function. However, if a malloc() failure has occurred since the previous
+** invocation SQLITE_NOMEM is returned instead. 
+**
+** If the first argument, db, is not NULL and a malloc() error has occurred,
+** then the connection error-code (the value returned by sqlite3_errcode())
+** is set to SQLITE_NOMEM.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ApiExit(sqlite3* db, int rc){
+  /* If the db handle is not NULL, then we must hold the connection handle
+  ** mutex here. Otherwise the read (and possible write) of db->mallocFailed 
+  ** is unsafe, as is the call to sqlite3Error().
+  */
+  assert( !db || sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+  if( db && (db->mallocFailed || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) ){
+    sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_NOMEM, 0);
+    db->mallocFailed = 0;
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  return rc & (db ? db->errMask : 0xff);
+}
+
+/************** End of malloc.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file printf.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** The "printf" code that follows dates from the 1980's.  It is in
+** the public domain.  The original comments are included here for
+** completeness.  They are very out-of-date but might be useful as
+** an historical reference.  Most of the "enhancements" have been backed
+** out so that the functionality is now the same as standard printf().
+**
+**************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains code for a set of "printf"-like routines.  These
+** routines format strings much like the printf() from the standard C
+** library, though the implementation here has enhancements to support
+** SQLlite.
+*/
+
+/*
+** Conversion types fall into various categories as defined by the
+** following enumeration.
+*/
+#define etRADIX       1 /* Integer types.  %d, %x, %o, and so forth */
+#define etFLOAT       2 /* Floating point.  %f */
+#define etEXP         3 /* Exponentional notation. %e and %E */
+#define etGENERIC     4 /* Floating or exponential, depending on exponent. %g */
+#define etSIZE        5 /* Return number of characters processed so far. %n */
+#define etSTRING      6 /* Strings. %s */
+#define etDYNSTRING   7 /* Dynamically allocated strings. %z */
+#define etPERCENT     8 /* Percent symbol. %% */
+#define etCHARX       9 /* Characters. %c */
+/* The rest are extensions, not normally found in printf() */
+#define etSQLESCAPE  10 /* Strings with '\'' doubled.  %q */
+#define etSQLESCAPE2 11 /* Strings with '\'' doubled and enclosed in '',
+                          NULL pointers replaced by SQL NULL.  %Q */
+#define etTOKEN      12 /* a pointer to a Token structure */
+#define etSRCLIST    13 /* a pointer to a SrcList */
+#define etPOINTER    14 /* The %p conversion */
+#define etSQLESCAPE3 15 /* %w -> Strings with '\"' doubled */
+#define etORDINAL    16 /* %r -> 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, etc.  English only */
+
+#define etINVALID     0 /* Any unrecognized conversion type */
+
+
+/*
+** An "etByte" is an 8-bit unsigned value.
+*/
+typedef unsigned char etByte;
+
+/*
+** Each builtin conversion character (ex: the 'd' in "%d") is described
+** by an instance of the following structure
+*/
+typedef struct et_info {   /* Information about each format field */
+  char fmttype;            /* The format field code letter */
+  etByte base;             /* The base for radix conversion */
+  etByte flags;            /* One or more of FLAG_ constants below */
+  etByte type;             /* Conversion paradigm */
+  etByte charset;          /* Offset into aDigits[] of the digits string */
+  etByte prefix;           /* Offset into aPrefix[] of the prefix string */
+} et_info;
+
+/*
+** Allowed values for et_info.flags
+*/
+#define FLAG_SIGNED  1     /* True if the value to convert is signed */
+#define FLAG_INTERN  2     /* True if for internal use only */
+#define FLAG_STRING  4     /* Allow infinity precision */
+
+
+/*
+** The following table is searched linearly, so it is good to put the
+** most frequently used conversion types first.
+*/
+static const char aDigits[] = "0123456789ABCDEF0123456789abcdef";
+static const char aPrefix[] = "-x0\000X0";
+static const et_info fmtinfo[] = {
+  {  'd', 10, 1, etRADIX,      0,  0 },
+  {  's',  0, 4, etSTRING,     0,  0 },
+  {  'g',  0, 1, etGENERIC,    30, 0 },
+  {  'z',  0, 4, etDYNSTRING,  0,  0 },
+  {  'q',  0, 4, etSQLESCAPE,  0,  0 },
+  {  'Q',  0, 4, etSQLESCAPE2, 0,  0 },
+  {  'w',  0, 4, etSQLESCAPE3, 0,  0 },
+  {  'c',  0, 0, etCHARX,      0,  0 },
+  {  'o',  8, 0, etRADIX,      0,  2 },
+  {  'u', 10, 0, etRADIX,      0,  0 },
+  {  'x', 16, 0, etRADIX,      16, 1 },
+  {  'X', 16, 0, etRADIX,      0,  4 },
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+  {  'f',  0, 1, etFLOAT,      0,  0 },
+  {  'e',  0, 1, etEXP,        30, 0 },
+  {  'E',  0, 1, etEXP,        14, 0 },
+  {  'G',  0, 1, etGENERIC,    14, 0 },
+#endif
+  {  'i', 10, 1, etRADIX,      0,  0 },
+  {  'n',  0, 0, etSIZE,       0,  0 },
+  {  '%',  0, 0, etPERCENT,    0,  0 },
+  {  'p', 16, 0, etPOINTER,    0,  1 },
+
+/* All the rest have the FLAG_INTERN bit set and are thus for internal
+** use only */
+  {  'T',  0, 2, etTOKEN,      0,  0 },
+  {  'S',  0, 2, etSRCLIST,    0,  0 },
+  {  'r', 10, 3, etORDINAL,    0,  0 },
+};
+
+/*
+** If SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT is defined, then none of the floating point
+** conversions will work.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+/*
+** "*val" is a double such that 0.1 <= *val < 10.0
+** Return the ascii code for the leading digit of *val, then
+** multiply "*val" by 10.0 to renormalize.
+**
+** Example:
+**     input:     *val = 3.14159
+**     output:    *val = 1.4159    function return = '3'
+**
+** The counter *cnt is incremented each time.  After counter exceeds
+** 16 (the number of significant digits in a 64-bit float) '0' is
+** always returned.
+*/
+static char et_getdigit(LONGDOUBLE_TYPE *val, int *cnt){
+  int digit;
+  LONGDOUBLE_TYPE d;
+  if( (*cnt)<=0 ) return '0';
+  (*cnt)--;
+  digit = (int)*val;
+  d = digit;
+  digit += '0';
+  *val = (*val - d)*10.0;
+  return (char)digit;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT */
+
+/*
+** Append N space characters to the given string buffer.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AppendSpace(StrAccum *pAccum, int N){
+  static const char zSpaces[] = "                             ";
+  while( N>=(int)sizeof(zSpaces)-1 ){
+    sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, zSpaces, sizeof(zSpaces)-1);
+    N -= sizeof(zSpaces)-1;
+  }
+  if( N>0 ){
+    sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, zSpaces, N);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** On machines with a small stack size, you can redefine the
+** SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE to be something smaller, if desired.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE
+# define SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE 70
+#endif
+#define etBUFSIZE SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE  /* Size of the output buffer */
+
+/*
+** Render a string given by "fmt" into the StrAccum object.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VXPrintf(
+  StrAccum *pAccum,                  /* Accumulate results here */
+  int useExtended,                   /* Allow extended %-conversions */
+  const char *fmt,                   /* Format string */
+  va_list ap                         /* arguments */
+){
+  int c;                     /* Next character in the format string */
+  char *bufpt;               /* Pointer to the conversion buffer */
+  int precision;             /* Precision of the current field */
+  int length;                /* Length of the field */
+  int idx;                   /* A general purpose loop counter */
+  int width;                 /* Width of the current field */
+  etByte flag_leftjustify;   /* True if "-" flag is present */
+  etByte flag_plussign;      /* True if "+" flag is present */
+  etByte flag_blanksign;     /* True if " " flag is present */
+  etByte flag_alternateform; /* True if "#" flag is present */
+  etByte flag_altform2;      /* True if "!" flag is present */
+  etByte flag_zeropad;       /* True if field width constant starts with zero */
+  etByte flag_long;          /* True if "l" flag is present */
+  etByte flag_longlong;      /* True if the "ll" flag is present */
+  etByte done;               /* Loop termination flag */
+  etByte xtype = 0;          /* Conversion paradigm */
+  char prefix;               /* Prefix character.  "+" or "-" or " " or '\0'. */
+  sqlite_uint64 longvalue;   /* Value for integer types */
+  LONGDOUBLE_TYPE realvalue; /* Value for real types */
+  const et_info *infop;      /* Pointer to the appropriate info structure */
+  char *zOut;                /* Rendering buffer */
+  int nOut;                  /* Size of the rendering buffer */
+  char *zExtra;              /* Malloced memory used by some conversion */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+  int  exp, e2;              /* exponent of real numbers */
+  int nsd;                   /* Number of significant digits returned */
+  double rounder;            /* Used for rounding floating point values */
+  etByte flag_dp;            /* True if decimal point should be shown */
+  etByte flag_rtz;           /* True if trailing zeros should be removed */
+#endif
+  char buf[etBUFSIZE];       /* Conversion buffer */
+
+  bufpt = 0;
+  for(; (c=(*fmt))!=0; ++fmt){
+    if( c!='%' ){
+      int amt;
+      bufpt = (char *)fmt;
+      amt = 1;
+      while( (c=(*++fmt))!='%' && c!=0 ) amt++;
+      sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, bufpt, amt);
+      if( c==0 ) break;
+    }
+    if( (c=(*++fmt))==0 ){
+      sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, "%", 1);
+      break;
+    }
+    /* Find out what flags are present */
+    flag_leftjustify = flag_plussign = flag_blanksign = 
+     flag_alternateform = flag_altform2 = flag_zeropad = 0;
+    done = 0;
+    do{
+      switch( c ){
+        case '-':   flag_leftjustify = 1;     break;
+        case '+':   flag_plussign = 1;        break;
+        case ' ':   flag_blanksign = 1;       break;
+        case '#':   flag_alternateform = 1;   break;
+        case '!':   flag_altform2 = 1;        break;
+        case '0':   flag_zeropad = 1;         break;
+        default:    done = 1;                 break;
+      }
+    }while( !done && (c=(*++fmt))!=0 );
+    /* Get the field width */
+    width = 0;
+    if( c=='*' ){
+      width = va_arg(ap,int);
+      if( width<0 ){
+        flag_leftjustify = 1;
+        width = -width;
+      }
+      c = *++fmt;
+    }else{
+      while( c>='0' && c<='9' ){
+        width = width*10 + c - '0';
+        c = *++fmt;
+      }
+    }
+    /* Get the precision */
+    if( c=='.' ){
+      precision = 0;
+      c = *++fmt;
+      if( c=='*' ){
+        precision = va_arg(ap,int);
+        if( precision<0 ) precision = -precision;
+        c = *++fmt;
+      }else{
+        while( c>='0' && c<='9' ){
+          precision = precision*10 + c - '0';
+          c = *++fmt;
+        }
+      }
+    }else{
+      precision = -1;
+    }
+    /* Get the conversion type modifier */
+    if( c=='l' ){
+      flag_long = 1;
+      c = *++fmt;
+      if( c=='l' ){
+        flag_longlong = 1;
+        c = *++fmt;
+      }else{
+        flag_longlong = 0;
+      }
+    }else{
+      flag_long = flag_longlong = 0;
+    }
+    /* Fetch the info entry for the field */
+    infop = &fmtinfo[0];
+    xtype = etINVALID;
+    for(idx=0; idx<ArraySize(fmtinfo); idx++){
+      if( c==fmtinfo[idx].fmttype ){
+        infop = &fmtinfo[idx];
+        if( useExtended || (infop->flags & FLAG_INTERN)==0 ){
+          xtype = infop->type;
+        }else{
+          return;
+        }
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    zExtra = 0;
+
+    /*
+    ** At this point, variables are initialized as follows:
+    **
+    **   flag_alternateform          TRUE if a '#' is present.
+    **   flag_altform2               TRUE if a '!' is present.
+    **   flag_plussign               TRUE if a '+' is present.
+    **   flag_leftjustify            TRUE if a '-' is present or if the
+    **                               field width was negative.
+    **   flag_zeropad                TRUE if the width began with 0.
+    **   flag_long                   TRUE if the letter 'l' (ell) prefixed
+    **                               the conversion character.
+    **   flag_longlong               TRUE if the letter 'll' (ell ell) prefixed
+    **                               the conversion character.
+    **   flag_blanksign              TRUE if a ' ' is present.
+    **   width                       The specified field width.  This is
+    **                               always non-negative.  Zero is the default.
+    **   precision                   The specified precision.  The default
+    **                               is -1.
+    **   xtype                       The class of the conversion.
+    **   infop                       Pointer to the appropriate info struct.
+    */
+    switch( xtype ){
+      case etPOINTER:
+        flag_longlong = sizeof(char*)==sizeof(i64);
+        flag_long = sizeof(char*)==sizeof(long int);
+        /* Fall through into the next case */
+      case etORDINAL:
+      case etRADIX:
+        if( infop->flags & FLAG_SIGNED ){
+          i64 v;
+          if( flag_longlong ){
+            v = va_arg(ap,i64);
+          }else if( flag_long ){
+            v = va_arg(ap,long int);
+          }else{
+            v = va_arg(ap,int);
+          }
+          if( v<0 ){
+            if( v==SMALLEST_INT64 ){
+              longvalue = ((u64)1)<<63;
+            }else{
+              longvalue = -v;
+            }
+            prefix = '-';
+          }else{
+            longvalue = v;
+            if( flag_plussign )        prefix = '+';
+            else if( flag_blanksign )  prefix = ' ';
+            else                       prefix = 0;
+          }
+        }else{
+          if( flag_longlong ){
+            longvalue = va_arg(ap,u64);
+          }else if( flag_long ){
+            longvalue = va_arg(ap,unsigned long int);
+          }else{
+            longvalue = va_arg(ap,unsigned int);
+          }
+          prefix = 0;
+        }
+        if( longvalue==0 ) flag_alternateform = 0;
+        if( flag_zeropad && precision<width-(prefix!=0) ){
+          precision = width-(prefix!=0);
+        }
+        if( precision<etBUFSIZE-10 ){
+          nOut = etBUFSIZE;
+          zOut = buf;
+        }else{
+          nOut = precision + 10;
+          zOut = zExtra = sqlite3Malloc( nOut );
+          if( zOut==0 ){
+            pAccum->mallocFailed = 1;
+            return;
+          }
+        }
+        bufpt = &zOut[nOut-1];
+        if( xtype==etORDINAL ){
+          static const char zOrd[] = "thstndrd";
+          int x = (int)(longvalue % 10);
+          if( x>=4 || (longvalue/10)%10==1 ){
+            x = 0;
+          }
+          *(--bufpt) = zOrd[x*2+1];
+          *(--bufpt) = zOrd[x*2];
+        }
+        {
+          register const char *cset;      /* Use registers for speed */
+          register int base;
+          cset = &aDigits[infop->charset];
+          base = infop->base;
+          do{                                           /* Convert to ascii */
+            *(--bufpt) = cset[longvalue%base];
+            longvalue = longvalue/base;
+          }while( longvalue>0 );
+        }
+        length = (int)(&zOut[nOut-1]-bufpt);
+        for(idx=precision-length; idx>0; idx--){
+          *(--bufpt) = '0';                             /* Zero pad */
+        }
+        if( prefix ) *(--bufpt) = prefix;               /* Add sign */
+        if( flag_alternateform && infop->prefix ){      /* Add "0" or "0x" */
+          const char *pre;
+          char x;
+          pre = &aPrefix[infop->prefix];
+          for(; (x=(*pre))!=0; pre++) *(--bufpt) = x;
+        }
+        length = (int)(&zOut[nOut-1]-bufpt);
+        break;
+      case etFLOAT:
+      case etEXP:
+      case etGENERIC:
+        realvalue = va_arg(ap,double);
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+        length = 0;
+#else
+        if( precision<0 ) precision = 6;         /* Set default precision */
+        if( realvalue<0.0 ){
+          realvalue = -realvalue;
+          prefix = '-';
+        }else{
+          if( flag_plussign )          prefix = '+';
+          else if( flag_blanksign )    prefix = ' ';
+          else                         prefix = 0;
+        }
+        if( xtype==etGENERIC && precision>0 ) precision--;
+#if 0
+        /* Rounding works like BSD when the constant 0.4999 is used.  Wierd! */
+        for(idx=precision, rounder=0.4999; idx>0; idx--, rounder*=0.1);
+#else
+        /* It makes more sense to use 0.5 */
+        for(idx=precision, rounder=0.5; idx>0; idx--, rounder*=0.1){}
+#endif
+        if( xtype==etFLOAT ) realvalue += rounder;
+        /* Normalize realvalue to within 10.0 > realvalue >= 1.0 */
+        exp = 0;
+        if( sqlite3IsNaN((double)realvalue) ){
+          bufpt = "NaN";
+          length = 3;
+          break;
+        }
+        if( realvalue>0.0 ){
+          LONGDOUBLE_TYPE scale = 1.0;
+          while( realvalue>=1e100*scale && exp<=350 ){ scale *= 1e100;exp+=100;}
+          while( realvalue>=1e64*scale && exp<=350 ){ scale *= 1e64; exp+=64; }
+          while( realvalue>=1e8*scale && exp<=350 ){ scale *= 1e8; exp+=8; }
+          while( realvalue>=10.0*scale && exp<=350 ){ scale *= 10.0; exp++; }
+          realvalue /= scale;
+          while( realvalue<1e-8 ){ realvalue *= 1e8; exp-=8; }
+          while( realvalue<1.0 ){ realvalue *= 10.0; exp--; }
+          if( exp>350 ){
+            if( prefix=='-' ){
+              bufpt = "-Inf";
+            }else if( prefix=='+' ){
+              bufpt = "+Inf";
+            }else{
+              bufpt = "Inf";
+            }
+            length = sqlite3Strlen30(bufpt);
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+        bufpt = buf;
+        /*
+        ** If the field type is etGENERIC, then convert to either etEXP
+        ** or etFLOAT, as appropriate.
+        */
+        if( xtype!=etFLOAT ){
+          realvalue += rounder;
+          if( realvalue>=10.0 ){ realvalue *= 0.1; exp++; }
+        }
+        if( xtype==etGENERIC ){
+          flag_rtz = !flag_alternateform;
+          if( exp<-4 || exp>precision ){
+            xtype = etEXP;
+          }else{
+            precision = precision - exp;
+            xtype = etFLOAT;
+          }
+        }else{
+          flag_rtz = flag_altform2;
+        }
+        if( xtype==etEXP ){
+          e2 = 0;
+        }else{
+          e2 = exp;
+        }
+        if( e2+precision+width > etBUFSIZE - 15 ){
+          bufpt = zExtra = sqlite3Malloc( e2+precision+width+15 );
+          if( bufpt==0 ){
+            pAccum->mallocFailed = 1;
+            return;
+          }
+        }
+        zOut = bufpt;
+        nsd = 16 + flag_altform2*10;
+        flag_dp = (precision>0 ?1:0) | flag_alternateform | flag_altform2;
+        /* The sign in front of the number */
+        if( prefix ){
+          *(bufpt++) = prefix;
+        }
+        /* Digits prior to the decimal point */
+        if( e2<0 ){
+          *(bufpt++) = '0';
+        }else{
+          for(; e2>=0; e2--){
+            *(bufpt++) = et_getdigit(&realvalue,&nsd);
+          }
+        }
+        /* The decimal point */
+        if( flag_dp ){
+          *(bufpt++) = '.';
+        }
+        /* "0" digits after the decimal point but before the first
+        ** significant digit of the number */
+        for(e2++; e2<0; precision--, e2++){
+          assert( precision>0 );
+          *(bufpt++) = '0';
+        }
+        /* Significant digits after the decimal point */
+        while( (precision--)>0 ){
+          *(bufpt++) = et_getdigit(&realvalue,&nsd);
+        }
+        /* Remove trailing zeros and the "." if no digits follow the "." */
+        if( flag_rtz && flag_dp ){
+          while( bufpt[-1]=='0' ) *(--bufpt) = 0;
+          assert( bufpt>zOut );
+          if( bufpt[-1]=='.' ){
+            if( flag_altform2 ){
+              *(bufpt++) = '0';
+            }else{
+              *(--bufpt) = 0;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+        /* Add the "eNNN" suffix */
+        if( xtype==etEXP ){
+          *(bufpt++) = aDigits[infop->charset];
+          if( exp<0 ){
+            *(bufpt++) = '-'; exp = -exp;
+          }else{
+            *(bufpt++) = '+';
+          }
+          if( exp>=100 ){
+            *(bufpt++) = (char)((exp/100)+'0');        /* 100's digit */
+            exp %= 100;
+          }
+          *(bufpt++) = (char)(exp/10+'0');             /* 10's digit */
+          *(bufpt++) = (char)(exp%10+'0');             /* 1's digit */
+        }
+        *bufpt = 0;
+
+        /* The converted number is in buf[] and zero terminated. Output it.
+        ** Note that the number is in the usual order, not reversed as with
+        ** integer conversions. */
+        length = (int)(bufpt-zOut);
+        bufpt = zOut;
+
+        /* Special case:  Add leading zeros if the flag_zeropad flag is
+        ** set and we are not left justified */
+        if( flag_zeropad && !flag_leftjustify && length < width){
+          int i;
+          int nPad = width - length;
+          for(i=width; i>=nPad; i--){
+            bufpt[i] = bufpt[i-nPad];
+          }
+          i = prefix!=0;
+          while( nPad-- ) bufpt[i++] = '0';
+          length = width;
+        }
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT) */
+        break;
+      case etSIZE:
+        *(va_arg(ap,int*)) = pAccum->nChar;
+        length = width = 0;
+        break;
+      case etPERCENT:
+        buf[0] = '%';
+        bufpt = buf;
+        length = 1;
+        break;
+      case etCHARX:
+        c = va_arg(ap,int);
+        buf[0] = (char)c;
+        if( precision>=0 ){
+          for(idx=1; idx<precision; idx++) buf[idx] = (char)c;
+          length = precision;
+        }else{
+          length =1;
+        }
+        bufpt = buf;
+        break;
+      case etSTRING:
+      case etDYNSTRING:
+        bufpt = va_arg(ap,char*);
+        if( bufpt==0 ){
+          bufpt = "";
+        }else if( xtype==etDYNSTRING ){
+          zExtra = bufpt;
+        }
+        if( precision>=0 ){
+          for(length=0; length<precision && bufpt[length]; length++){}
+        }else{
+          length = sqlite3Strlen30(bufpt);
+        }
+        break;
+      case etSQLESCAPE:
+      case etSQLESCAPE2:
+      case etSQLESCAPE3: {
+        int i, j, k, n, isnull;
+        int needQuote;
+        char ch;
+        char q = ((xtype==etSQLESCAPE3)?'"':'\'');   /* Quote character */
+        char *escarg = va_arg(ap,char*);
+        isnull = escarg==0;
+        if( isnull ) escarg = (xtype==etSQLESCAPE2 ? "NULL" : "(NULL)");
+        k = precision;
+        for(i=n=0; k!=0 && (ch=escarg[i])!=0; i++, k--){
+          if( ch==q )  n++;
+        }
+        needQuote = !isnull && xtype==etSQLESCAPE2;
+        n += i + 1 + needQuote*2;
+        if( n>etBUFSIZE ){
+          bufpt = zExtra = sqlite3Malloc( n );
+          if( bufpt==0 ){
+            pAccum->mallocFailed = 1;
+            return;
+          }
+        }else{
+          bufpt = buf;
+        }
+        j = 0;
+        if( needQuote ) bufpt[j++] = q;
+        k = i;
+        for(i=0; i<k; i++){
+          bufpt[j++] = ch = escarg[i];
+          if( ch==q ) bufpt[j++] = ch;
+        }
+        if( needQuote ) bufpt[j++] = q;
+        bufpt[j] = 0;
+        length = j;
+        /* The precision in %q and %Q means how many input characters to
+        ** consume, not the length of the output...
+        ** if( precision>=0 && precision<length ) length = precision; */
+        break;
+      }
+      case etTOKEN: {
+        Token *pToken = va_arg(ap, Token*);
+        if( pToken ){
+          sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, (const char*)pToken->z, pToken->n);
+        }
+        length = width = 0;
+        break;
+      }
+      case etSRCLIST: {
+        SrcList *pSrc = va_arg(ap, SrcList*);
+        int k = va_arg(ap, int);
+        struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pSrc->a[k];
+        assert( k>=0 && k<pSrc->nSrc );
+        if( pItem->zDatabase ){
+          sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, pItem->zDatabase, -1);
+          sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, ".", 1);
+        }
+        sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, pItem->zName, -1);
+        length = width = 0;
+        break;
+      }
+      default: {
+        assert( xtype==etINVALID );
+        return;
+      }
+    }/* End switch over the format type */
+    /*
+    ** The text of the conversion is pointed to by "bufpt" and is
+    ** "length" characters long.  The field width is "width".  Do
+    ** the output.
+    */
+    if( !flag_leftjustify ){
+      register int nspace;
+      nspace = width-length;
+      if( nspace>0 ){
+        sqlite3AppendSpace(pAccum, nspace);
+      }
+    }
+    if( length>0 ){
+      sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, bufpt, length);
+    }
+    if( flag_leftjustify ){
+      register int nspace;
+      nspace = width-length;
+      if( nspace>0 ){
+        sqlite3AppendSpace(pAccum, nspace);
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3_free(zExtra);
+  }/* End for loop over the format string */
+} /* End of function */
+
+/*
+** Append N bytes of text from z to the StrAccum object.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumAppend(StrAccum *p, const char *z, int N){
+  assert( z!=0 || N==0 );
+  if( p->tooBig | p->mallocFailed ){
+    testcase(p->tooBig);
+    testcase(p->mallocFailed);
+    return;
+  }
+  assert( p->zText!=0 || p->nChar==0 );
+  if( N<0 ){
+    N = sqlite3Strlen30(z);
+  }
+  if( N==0 || NEVER(z==0) ){
+    return;
+  }
+  if( p->nChar+N >= p->nAlloc ){
+    char *zNew;
+    if( !p->useMalloc ){
+      p->tooBig = 1;
+      N = p->nAlloc - p->nChar - 1;
+      if( N<=0 ){
+        return;
+      }
+    }else{
+      char *zOld = (p->zText==p->zBase ? 0 : p->zText);
+      i64 szNew = p->nChar;
+      szNew += N + 1;
+      if( szNew > p->mxAlloc ){
+        sqlite3StrAccumReset(p);
+        p->tooBig = 1;
+        return;
+      }else{
+        p->nAlloc = (int)szNew;
+      }
+      if( p->useMalloc==1 ){
+        zNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(p->db, zOld, p->nAlloc);
+      }else{
+        zNew = sqlite3_realloc(zOld, p->nAlloc);
+      }
+      if( zNew ){
+        if( zOld==0 && p->nChar>0 ) memcpy(zNew, p->zText, p->nChar);
+        p->zText = zNew;
+      }else{
+        p->mallocFailed = 1;
+        sqlite3StrAccumReset(p);
+        return;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  assert( p->zText );
+  memcpy(&p->zText[p->nChar], z, N);
+  p->nChar += N;
+}
+
+/*
+** Finish off a string by making sure it is zero-terminated.
+** Return a pointer to the resulting string.  Return a NULL
+** pointer if any kind of error was encountered.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3StrAccumFinish(StrAccum *p){
+  if( p->zText ){
+    p->zText[p->nChar] = 0;
+    if( p->useMalloc && p->zText==p->zBase ){
+      if( p->useMalloc==1 ){
+        p->zText = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(p->db, p->nChar+1 );
+      }else{
+        p->zText = sqlite3_malloc(p->nChar+1);
+      }
+      if( p->zText ){
+        memcpy(p->zText, p->zBase, p->nChar+1);
+      }else{
+        p->mallocFailed = 1;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return p->zText;
+}
+
+/*
+** Reset an StrAccum string.  Reclaim all malloced memory.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumReset(StrAccum *p){
+  if( p->zText!=p->zBase ){
+    if( p->useMalloc==1 ){
+      sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p->zText);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3_free(p->zText);
+    }
+  }
+  p->zText = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize a string accumulator
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumInit(StrAccum *p, char *zBase, int n, int mx){
+  p->zText = p->zBase = zBase;
+  p->db = 0;
+  p->nChar = 0;
+  p->nAlloc = n;
+  p->mxAlloc = mx;
+  p->useMalloc = 1;
+  p->tooBig = 0;
+  p->mallocFailed = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Print into memory obtained from sqliteMalloc().  Use the internal
+** %-conversion extensions.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3VMPrintf(sqlite3 *db, const char *zFormat, va_list ap){
+  char *z;
+  char zBase[SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE];
+  StrAccum acc;
+  assert( db!=0 );
+  sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, zBase, sizeof(zBase),
+                      db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]);
+  acc.db = db;
+  sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, 1, zFormat, ap);
+  z = sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc);
+  if( acc.mallocFailed ){
+    db->mallocFailed = 1;
+  }
+  return z;
+}
+
+/*
+** Print into memory obtained from sqliteMalloc().  Use the internal
+** %-conversion extensions.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3MPrintf(sqlite3 *db, const char *zFormat, ...){
+  va_list ap;
+  char *z;
+  va_start(ap, zFormat);
+  z = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap);
+  va_end(ap);
+  return z;
+}
+
+/*
+** Like sqlite3MPrintf(), but call sqlite3DbFree() on zStr after formatting
+** the string and before returnning.  This routine is intended to be used
+** to modify an existing string.  For example:
+**
+**       x = sqlite3MPrintf(db, x, "prefix %s suffix", x);
+**
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3MAppendf(sqlite3 *db, char *zStr, const char *zFormat, ...){
+  va_list ap;
+  char *z;
+  va_start(ap, zFormat);
+  z = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap);
+  va_end(ap);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, zStr);
+  return z;
+}
+
+/*
+** Print into memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc().  Omit the internal
+** %-conversion extensions.
+*/
+SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vmprintf(const char *zFormat, va_list ap){
+  char *z;
+  char zBase[SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE];
+  StrAccum acc;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+  if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0;
+#endif
+  sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, zBase, sizeof(zBase), SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH);
+  acc.useMalloc = 2;
+  sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, 0, zFormat, ap);
+  z = sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc);
+  return z;
+}
+
+/*
+** Print into memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc()().  Omit the internal
+** %-conversion extensions.
+*/
+SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_mprintf(const char *zFormat, ...){
+  va_list ap;
+  char *z;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+  if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0;
+#endif
+  va_start(ap, zFormat);
+  z = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFormat, ap);
+  va_end(ap);
+  return z;
+}
+
+/*
+** sqlite3_snprintf() works like snprintf() except that it ignores the
+** current locale settings.  This is important for SQLite because we
+** are not able to use a "," as the decimal point in place of "." as
+** specified by some locales.
+**
+** Oops:  The first two arguments of sqlite3_snprintf() are backwards
+** from the snprintf() standard.  Unfortunately, it is too late to change
+** this without breaking compatibility, so we just have to live with the
+** mistake.
+**
+** sqlite3_vsnprintf() is the varargs version.
+*/
+SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vsnprintf(int n, char *zBuf, const char *zFormat, va_list ap){
+  StrAccum acc;
+  if( n<=0 ) return zBuf;
+  sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, zBuf, n, 0);
+  acc.useMalloc = 0;
+  sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, 0, zFormat, ap);
+  return sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc);
+}
+SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_snprintf(int n, char *zBuf, const char *zFormat, ...){
+  char *z;
+  va_list ap;
+  va_start(ap,zFormat);
+  z = sqlite3_vsnprintf(n, zBuf, zFormat, ap);
+  va_end(ap);
+  return z;
+}
+
+/*
+** This is the routine that actually formats the sqlite3_log() message.
+** We house it in a separate routine from sqlite3_log() to avoid using
+** stack space on small-stack systems when logging is disabled.
+**
+** sqlite3_log() must render into a static buffer.  It cannot dynamically
+** allocate memory because it might be called while the memory allocator
+** mutex is held.
+*/
+static void renderLogMsg(int iErrCode, const char *zFormat, va_list ap){
+  StrAccum acc;                          /* String accumulator */
+  char zMsg[SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE*3];    /* Complete log message */
+
+  sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, zMsg, sizeof(zMsg), 0);
+  acc.useMalloc = 0;
+  sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, 0, zFormat, ap);
+  sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pLogArg, iErrCode,
+                           sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc));
+}
+
+/*
+** Format and write a message to the log if logging is enabled.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_log(int iErrCode, const char *zFormat, ...){
+  va_list ap;                             /* Vararg list */
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog ){
+    va_start(ap, zFormat);
+    renderLogMsg(iErrCode, zFormat, ap);
+    va_end(ap);
+  }
+}
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+/*
+** A version of printf() that understands %lld.  Used for debugging.
+** The printf() built into some versions of windows does not understand %lld
+** and segfaults if you give it a long long int.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DebugPrintf(const char *zFormat, ...){
+  va_list ap;
+  StrAccum acc;
+  char zBuf[500];
+  sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, zBuf, sizeof(zBuf), 0);
+  acc.useMalloc = 0;
+  va_start(ap,zFormat);
+  sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, 0, zFormat, ap);
+  va_end(ap);
+  sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc);
+  fprintf(stdout,"%s", zBuf);
+  fflush(stdout);
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
+/*
+** variable-argument wrapper around sqlite3VXPrintf().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3XPrintf(StrAccum *p, const char *zFormat, ...){
+  va_list ap;
+  va_start(ap,zFormat);
+  sqlite3VXPrintf(p, 1, zFormat, ap);
+  va_end(ap);
+}
+#endif
+
+/************** End of printf.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file random.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains code to implement a pseudo-random number
+** generator (PRNG) for SQLite.
+**
+** Random numbers are used by some of the database backends in order
+** to generate random integer keys for tables or random filenames.
+*/
+
+
+/* All threads share a single random number generator.
+** This structure is the current state of the generator.
+*/
+static SQLITE_WSD struct sqlite3PrngType {
+  unsigned char isInit;          /* True if initialized */
+  unsigned char i, j;            /* State variables */
+  unsigned char s[256];          /* State variables */
+} sqlite3Prng;
+
+/*
+** Get a single 8-bit random value from the RC4 PRNG.  The Mutex
+** must be held while executing this routine.
+**
+** Why not just use a library random generator like lrand48() for this?
+** Because the OP_NewRowid opcode in the VDBE depends on having a very
+** good source of random numbers.  The lrand48() library function may
+** well be good enough.  But maybe not.  Or maybe lrand48() has some
+** subtle problems on some systems that could cause problems.  It is hard
+** to know.  To minimize the risk of problems due to bad lrand48()
+** implementations, SQLite uses this random number generator based
+** on RC4, which we know works very well.
+**
+** (Later):  Actually, OP_NewRowid does not depend on a good source of
+** randomness any more.  But we will leave this code in all the same.
+*/
+static u8 randomByte(void){
+  unsigned char t;
+
+
+  /* The "wsdPrng" macro will resolve to the pseudo-random number generator
+  ** state vector.  If writable static data is unsupported on the target,
+  ** we have to locate the state vector at run-time.  In the more common
+  ** case where writable static data is supported, wsdPrng can refer directly
+  ** to the "sqlite3Prng" state vector declared above.
+  */
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
+  struct sqlite3PrngType *p = &GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3Prng);
+# define wsdPrng p[0]
+#else
+# define wsdPrng sqlite3Prng
+#endif
+
+
+  /* Initialize the state of the random number generator once,
+  ** the first time this routine is called.  The seed value does
+  ** not need to contain a lot of randomness since we are not
+  ** trying to do secure encryption or anything like that...
+  **
+  ** Nothing in this file or anywhere else in SQLite does any kind of
+  ** encryption.  The RC4 algorithm is being used as a PRNG (pseudo-random
+  ** number generator) not as an encryption device.
+  */
+  if( !wsdPrng.isInit ){
+    int i;
+    char k[256];
+    wsdPrng.j = 0;
+    wsdPrng.i = 0;
+    sqlite3OsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs_find(0), 256, k);
+    for(i=0; i<256; i++){
+      wsdPrng.s[i] = (u8)i;
+    }
+    for(i=0; i<256; i++){
+      wsdPrng.j += wsdPrng.s[i] + k[i];
+      t = wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.j];
+      wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.j] = wsdPrng.s[i];
+      wsdPrng.s[i] = t;
+    }
+    wsdPrng.isInit = 1;
+  }
+
+  /* Generate and return single random byte
+  */
+  wsdPrng.i++;
+  t = wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.i];
+  wsdPrng.j += t;
+  wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.i] = wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.j];
+  wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.j] = t;
+  t += wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.i];
+  return wsdPrng.s[t];
+}
+
+/*
+** Return N random bytes.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_randomness(int N, void *pBuf){
+  unsigned char *zBuf = pBuf;
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+  sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG);
+#endif
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
+  while( N-- ){
+    *(zBuf++) = randomByte();
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
+/*
+** For testing purposes, we sometimes want to preserve the state of
+** PRNG and restore the PRNG to its saved state at a later time, or
+** to reset the PRNG to its initial state.  These routines accomplish
+** those tasks.
+**
+** The sqlite3_test_control() interface calls these routines to
+** control the PRNG.
+*/
+static SQLITE_WSD struct sqlite3PrngType sqlite3SavedPrng;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngSaveState(void){
+  memcpy(
+    &GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3SavedPrng),
+    &GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3Prng),
+    sizeof(sqlite3Prng)
+  );
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngRestoreState(void){
+  memcpy(
+    &GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3Prng),
+    &GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3SavedPrng),
+    sizeof(sqlite3Prng)
+  );
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngResetState(void){
+  GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3Prng).isInit = 0;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST */
+
+/************** End of random.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file utf.c *********************************************/
+/*
+** 2004 April 13
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains routines used to translate between UTF-8, 
+** UTF-16, UTF-16BE, and UTF-16LE.
+**
+** Notes on UTF-8:
+**
+**   Byte-0    Byte-1    Byte-2    Byte-3    Value
+**  0xxxxxxx                                 00000000 00000000 0xxxxxxx
+**  110yyyyy  10xxxxxx                       00000000 00000yyy yyxxxxxx
+**  1110zzzz  10yyyyyy  10xxxxxx             00000000 zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx
+**  11110uuu  10uuzzzz  10yyyyyy  10xxxxxx   000uuuuu zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx
+**
+**
+** Notes on UTF-16:  (with wwww+1==uuuuu)
+**
+**      Word-0               Word-1          Value
+**  110110ww wwzzzzyy   110111yy yyxxxxxx    000uuuuu zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx
+**  zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx                        00000000 zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx
+**
+**
+** BOM or Byte Order Mark:
+**     0xff 0xfe   little-endian utf-16 follows
+**     0xfe 0xff   big-endian utf-16 follows
+**
+*/
+/* #include <assert.h> */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
+/*
+** The following constant value is used by the SQLITE_BIGENDIAN and
+** SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN macros.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const int sqlite3one = 1;
+#endif /* SQLITE_AMALGAMATION */
+
+/*
+** This lookup table is used to help decode the first byte of
+** a multi-byte UTF8 character.
+*/
+static const unsigned char sqlite3Utf8Trans1[] = {
+  0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07,
+  0x08, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, 0x0f,
+  0x10, 0x11, 0x12, 0x13, 0x14, 0x15, 0x16, 0x17,
+  0x18, 0x19, 0x1a, 0x1b, 0x1c, 0x1d, 0x1e, 0x1f,
+  0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07,
+  0x08, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, 0x0f,
+  0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07,
+  0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00,
+};
+
+
+#define WRITE_UTF8(zOut, c) {                          \
+  if( c<0x00080 ){                                     \
+    *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0xFF);                            \
+  }                                                    \
+  else if( c<0x00800 ){                                \
+    *zOut++ = 0xC0 + (u8)((c>>6)&0x1F);                \
+    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F);                   \
+  }                                                    \
+  else if( c<0x10000 ){                                \
+    *zOut++ = 0xE0 + (u8)((c>>12)&0x0F);               \
+    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F);              \
+    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F);                   \
+  }else{                                               \
+    *zOut++ = 0xF0 + (u8)((c>>18) & 0x07);             \
+    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>12) & 0x3F);             \
+    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F);              \
+    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F);                   \
+  }                                                    \
+}
+
+#define WRITE_UTF16LE(zOut, c) {                                    \
+  if( c<=0xFFFF ){                                                  \
+    *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0x00FF);                                       \
+    *zOut++ = (u8)((c>>8)&0x00FF);                                  \
+  }else{                                                            \
+    *zOut++ = (u8)(((c>>10)&0x003F) + (((c-0x10000)>>10)&0x00C0));  \
+    *zOut++ = (u8)(0x00D8 + (((c-0x10000)>>18)&0x03));              \
+    *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0x00FF);                                       \
+    *zOut++ = (u8)(0x00DC + ((c>>8)&0x03));                         \
+  }                                                                 \
+}
+
+#define WRITE_UTF16BE(zOut, c) {                                    \
+  if( c<=0xFFFF ){                                                  \
+    *zOut++ = (u8)((c>>8)&0x00FF);                                  \
+    *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0x00FF);                                       \
+  }else{                                                            \
+    *zOut++ = (u8)(0x00D8 + (((c-0x10000)>>18)&0x03));              \
+    *zOut++ = (u8)(((c>>10)&0x003F) + (((c-0x10000)>>10)&0x00C0));  \
+    *zOut++ = (u8)(0x00DC + ((c>>8)&0x03));                         \
+    *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0x00FF);                                       \
+  }                                                                 \
+}
+
+#define READ_UTF16LE(zIn, TERM, c){                                   \
+  c = (*zIn++);                                                       \
+  c += ((*zIn++)<<8);                                                 \
+  if( c>=0xD800 && c<0xE000 && TERM ){                                \
+    int c2 = (*zIn++);                                                \
+    c2 += ((*zIn++)<<8);                                              \
+    c = (c2&0x03FF) + ((c&0x003F)<<10) + (((c&0x03C0)+0x0040)<<10);   \
+  }                                                                   \
+}
+
+#define READ_UTF16BE(zIn, TERM, c){                                   \
+  c = ((*zIn++)<<8);                                                  \
+  c += (*zIn++);                                                      \
+  if( c>=0xD800 && c<0xE000 && TERM ){                                \
+    int c2 = ((*zIn++)<<8);                                           \
+    c2 += (*zIn++);                                                   \
+    c = (c2&0x03FF) + ((c&0x003F)<<10) + (((c&0x03C0)+0x0040)<<10);   \
+  }                                                                   \
+}
+
+/*
+** Translate a single UTF-8 character.  Return the unicode value.
+**
+** During translation, assume that the byte that zTerm points
+** is a 0x00.
+**
+** Write a pointer to the next unread byte back into *pzNext.
+**
+** Notes On Invalid UTF-8:
+**
+**  *  This routine never allows a 7-bit character (0x00 through 0x7f) to
+**     be encoded as a multi-byte character.  Any multi-byte character that
+**     attempts to encode a value between 0x00 and 0x7f is rendered as 0xfffd.
+**
+**  *  This routine never allows a UTF16 surrogate value to be encoded.
+**     If a multi-byte character attempts to encode a value between
+**     0xd800 and 0xe000 then it is rendered as 0xfffd.
+**
+**  *  Bytes in the range of 0x80 through 0xbf which occur as the first
+**     byte of a character are interpreted as single-byte characters
+**     and rendered as themselves even though they are technically
+**     invalid characters.
+**
+**  *  This routine accepts an infinite number of different UTF8 encodings
+**     for unicode values 0x80 and greater.  It do not change over-length
+**     encodings to 0xfffd as some systems recommend.
+*/
+#define READ_UTF8(zIn, zTerm, c)                           \
+  c = *(zIn++);                                            \
+  if( c>=0xc0 ){                                           \
+    c = sqlite3Utf8Trans1[c-0xc0];                         \
+    while( zIn!=zTerm && (*zIn & 0xc0)==0x80 ){            \
+      c = (c<<6) + (0x3f & *(zIn++));                      \
+    }                                                      \
+    if( c<0x80                                             \
+        || (c&0xFFFFF800)==0xD800                          \
+        || (c&0xFFFFFFFE)==0xFFFE ){  c = 0xFFFD; }        \
+  }
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3Utf8Read(
+  const unsigned char *zIn,       /* First byte of UTF-8 character */
+  const unsigned char **pzNext    /* Write first byte past UTF-8 char here */
+){
+  unsigned int c;
+
+  /* Same as READ_UTF8() above but without the zTerm parameter.
+  ** For this routine, we assume the UTF8 string is always zero-terminated.
+  */
+  c = *(zIn++);
+  if( c>=0xc0 ){
+    c = sqlite3Utf8Trans1[c-0xc0];
+    while( (*zIn & 0xc0)==0x80 ){
+      c = (c<<6) + (0x3f & *(zIn++));
+    }
+    if( c<0x80
+        || (c&0xFFFFF800)==0xD800
+        || (c&0xFFFFFFFE)==0xFFFE ){  c = 0xFFFD; }
+  }
+  *pzNext = zIn;
+  return c;
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*
+** If the TRANSLATE_TRACE macro is defined, the value of each Mem is
+** printed on stderr on the way into and out of sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate().
+*/ 
+/* #define TRANSLATE_TRACE 1 */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+/*
+** This routine transforms the internal text encoding used by pMem to
+** desiredEnc. It is an error if the string is already of the desired
+** encoding, or if *pMem does not contain a string value.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(Mem *pMem, u8 desiredEnc){
+  int len;                    /* Maximum length of output string in bytes */
+  unsigned char *zOut;                  /* Output buffer */
+  unsigned char *zIn;                   /* Input iterator */
+  unsigned char *zTerm;                 /* End of input */
+  unsigned char *z;                     /* Output iterator */
+  unsigned int c;
+
+  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+  assert( pMem->flags&MEM_Str );
+  assert( pMem->enc!=desiredEnc );
+  assert( pMem->enc!=0 );
+  assert( pMem->n>=0 );
+
+#if defined(TRANSLATE_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+  {
+    char zBuf[100];
+    sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(pMem, zBuf);
+    fprintf(stderr, "INPUT:  %s\n", zBuf);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* If the translation is between UTF-16 little and big endian, then 
+  ** all that is required is to swap the byte order. This case is handled
+  ** differently from the others.
+  */
+  if( pMem->enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 && desiredEnc!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){
+    u8 temp;
+    int rc;
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pMem);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    zIn = (u8*)pMem->z;
+    zTerm = &zIn[pMem->n&~1];
+    while( zIn<zTerm ){
+      temp = *zIn;
+      *zIn = *(zIn+1);
+      zIn++;
+      *zIn++ = temp;
+    }
+    pMem->enc = desiredEnc;
+    goto translate_out;
+  }
+
+  /* Set len to the maximum number of bytes required in the output buffer. */
+  if( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){
+    /* When converting from UTF-16, the maximum growth results from
+    ** translating a 2-byte character to a 4-byte UTF-8 character.
+    ** A single byte is required for the output string
+    ** nul-terminator.
+    */
+    pMem->n &= ~1;
+    len = pMem->n * 2 + 1;
+  }else{
+    /* When converting from UTF-8 to UTF-16 the maximum growth is caused
+    ** when a 1-byte UTF-8 character is translated into a 2-byte UTF-16
+    ** character. Two bytes are required in the output buffer for the
+    ** nul-terminator.
+    */
+    len = pMem->n * 2 + 2;
+  }
+
+  /* Set zIn to point at the start of the input buffer and zTerm to point 1
+  ** byte past the end.
+  **
+  ** Variable zOut is set to point at the output buffer, space obtained
+  ** from sqlite3_malloc().
+  */
+  zIn = (u8*)pMem->z;
+  zTerm = &zIn[pMem->n];
+  zOut = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pMem->db, len);
+  if( !zOut ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  z = zOut;
+
+  if( pMem->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){
+    if( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF16LE ){
+      /* UTF-8 -> UTF-16 Little-endian */
+      while( zIn<zTerm ){
+        /* c = sqlite3Utf8Read(zIn, zTerm, (const u8**)&zIn); */
+        READ_UTF8(zIn, zTerm, c);
+        WRITE_UTF16LE(z, c);
+      }
+    }else{
+      assert( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF16BE );
+      /* UTF-8 -> UTF-16 Big-endian */
+      while( zIn<zTerm ){
+        /* c = sqlite3Utf8Read(zIn, zTerm, (const u8**)&zIn); */
+        READ_UTF8(zIn, zTerm, c);
+        WRITE_UTF16BE(z, c);
+      }
+    }
+    pMem->n = (int)(z - zOut);
+    *z++ = 0;
+  }else{
+    assert( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8 );
+    if( pMem->enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE ){
+      /* UTF-16 Little-endian -> UTF-8 */
+      while( zIn<zTerm ){
+        READ_UTF16LE(zIn, zIn<zTerm, c); 
+        WRITE_UTF8(z, c);
+      }
+    }else{
+      /* UTF-16 Big-endian -> UTF-8 */
+      while( zIn<zTerm ){
+        READ_UTF16BE(zIn, zIn<zTerm, c); 
+        WRITE_UTF8(z, c);
+      }
+    }
+    pMem->n = (int)(z - zOut);
+  }
+  *z = 0;
+  assert( (pMem->n+(desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8?1:2))<=len );
+
+  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
+  pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem);
+  pMem->enc = desiredEnc;
+  pMem->flags |= (MEM_Term|MEM_Dyn);
+  pMem->z = (char*)zOut;
+  pMem->zMalloc = pMem->z;
+
+translate_out:
+#if defined(TRANSLATE_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+  {
+    char zBuf[100];
+    sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(pMem, zBuf);
+    fprintf(stderr, "OUTPUT: %s\n", zBuf);
+  }
+#endif
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine checks for a byte-order mark at the beginning of the 
+** UTF-16 string stored in *pMem. If one is present, it is removed and
+** the encoding of the Mem adjusted. This routine does not do any
+** byte-swapping, it just sets Mem.enc appropriately.
+**
+** The allocation (static, dynamic etc.) and encoding of the Mem may be
+** changed by this function.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom(Mem *pMem){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  u8 bom = 0;
+
+  assert( pMem->n>=0 );
+  if( pMem->n>1 ){
+    u8 b1 = *(u8 *)pMem->z;
+    u8 b2 = *(((u8 *)pMem->z) + 1);
+    if( b1==0xFE && b2==0xFF ){
+      bom = SQLITE_UTF16BE;
+    }
+    if( b1==0xFF && b2==0xFE ){
+      bom = SQLITE_UTF16LE;
+    }
+  }
+  
+  if( bom ){
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pMem);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      pMem->n -= 2;
+      memmove(pMem->z, &pMem->z[2], pMem->n);
+      pMem->z[pMem->n] = '\0';
+      pMem->z[pMem->n+1] = '\0';
+      pMem->flags |= MEM_Term;
+      pMem->enc = bom;
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+
+/*
+** pZ is a UTF-8 encoded unicode string. If nByte is less than zero,
+** return the number of unicode characters in pZ up to (but not including)
+** the first 0x00 byte. If nByte is not less than zero, return the
+** number of unicode characters in the first nByte of pZ (or up to 
+** the first 0x00, whichever comes first).
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf8CharLen(const char *zIn, int nByte){
+  int r = 0;
+  const u8 *z = (const u8*)zIn;
+  const u8 *zTerm;
+  if( nByte>=0 ){
+    zTerm = &z[nByte];
+  }else{
+    zTerm = (const u8*)(-1);
+  }
+  assert( z<=zTerm );
+  while( *z!=0 && z<zTerm ){
+    SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z);
+    r++;
+  }
+  return r;
+}
+
+/* This test function is not currently used by the automated test-suite. 
+** Hence it is only available in debug builds.
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+/*
+** Translate UTF-8 to UTF-8.
+**
+** This has the effect of making sure that the string is well-formed
+** UTF-8.  Miscoded characters are removed.
+**
+** The translation is done in-place and aborted if the output
+** overruns the input.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf8To8(unsigned char *zIn){
+  unsigned char *zOut = zIn;
+  unsigned char *zStart = zIn;
+  u32 c;
+
+  while( zIn[0] && zOut<=zIn ){
+    c = sqlite3Utf8Read(zIn, (const u8**)&zIn);
+    if( c!=0xfffd ){
+      WRITE_UTF8(zOut, c);
+    }
+  }
+  *zOut = 0;
+  return (int)(zOut - zStart);
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+/*
+** Convert a UTF-16 string in the native encoding into a UTF-8 string.
+** Memory to hold the UTF-8 string is obtained from sqlite3_malloc and must
+** be freed by the calling function.
+**
+** NULL is returned if there is an allocation error.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3Utf16to8(sqlite3 *db, const void *z, int nByte, u8 enc){
+  Mem m;
+  memset(&m, 0, sizeof(m));
+  m.db = db;
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&m, z, nByte, enc, SQLITE_STATIC);
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(&m, SQLITE_UTF8);
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m);
+    m.z = 0;
+  }
+  assert( (m.flags & MEM_Term)!=0 || db->mallocFailed );
+  assert( (m.flags & MEM_Str)!=0 || db->mallocFailed );
+  assert( (m.flags & MEM_Dyn)!=0 || db->mallocFailed );
+  assert( m.z || db->mallocFailed );
+  return m.z;
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert a UTF-8 string to the UTF-16 encoding specified by parameter
+** enc. A pointer to the new string is returned, and the value of *pnOut
+** is set to the length of the returned string in bytes. The call should
+** arrange to call sqlite3DbFree() on the returned pointer when it is
+** no longer required.
+** 
+** If a malloc failure occurs, NULL is returned and the db.mallocFailed
+** flag set.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3Utf8to16(sqlite3 *db, u8 enc, char *z, int n, int *pnOut){
+  Mem m;
+  memset(&m, 0, sizeof(m));
+  m.db = db;
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&m, z, n, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
+  if( sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(&m, enc) ){
+    assert( db->mallocFailed );
+    return 0;
+  }
+  assert( m.z==m.zMalloc );
+  *pnOut = m.n;
+  return m.z;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** zIn is a UTF-16 encoded unicode string at least nChar characters long.
+** Return the number of bytes in the first nChar unicode characters
+** in pZ.  nChar must be non-negative.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(const void *zIn, int nChar){
+  int c;
+  unsigned char const *z = zIn;
+  int n = 0;
+  
+  if( SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE==SQLITE_UTF16BE ){
+    while( n<nChar ){
+      READ_UTF16BE(z, 1, c);
+      n++;
+    }
+  }else{
+    while( n<nChar ){
+      READ_UTF16LE(z, 1, c);
+      n++;
+    }
+  }
+  return (int)(z-(unsigned char const *)zIn);
+}
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+/*
+** This routine is called from the TCL test function "translate_selftest".
+** It checks that the primitives for serializing and deserializing
+** characters in each encoding are inverses of each other.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UtfSelfTest(void){
+  unsigned int i, t;
+  unsigned char zBuf[20];
+  unsigned char *z;
+  int n;
+  unsigned int c;
+
+  for(i=0; i<0x00110000; i++){
+    z = zBuf;
+    WRITE_UTF8(z, i);
+    n = (int)(z-zBuf);
+    assert( n>0 && n<=4 );
+    z[0] = 0;
+    z = zBuf;
+    c = sqlite3Utf8Read(z, (const u8**)&z);
+    t = i;
+    if( i>=0xD800 && i<=0xDFFF ) t = 0xFFFD;
+    if( (i&0xFFFFFFFE)==0xFFFE ) t = 0xFFFD;
+    assert( c==t );
+    assert( (z-zBuf)==n );
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<0x00110000; i++){
+    if( i>=0xD800 && i<0xE000 ) continue;
+    z = zBuf;
+    WRITE_UTF16LE(z, i);
+    n = (int)(z-zBuf);
+    assert( n>0 && n<=4 );
+    z[0] = 0;
+    z = zBuf;
+    READ_UTF16LE(z, 1, c);
+    assert( c==i );
+    assert( (z-zBuf)==n );
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<0x00110000; i++){
+    if( i>=0xD800 && i<0xE000 ) continue;
+    z = zBuf;
+    WRITE_UTF16BE(z, i);
+    n = (int)(z-zBuf);
+    assert( n>0 && n<=4 );
+    z[0] = 0;
+    z = zBuf;
+    READ_UTF16BE(z, 1, c);
+    assert( c==i );
+    assert( (z-zBuf)==n );
+  }
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_TEST */
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+
+/************** End of utf.c *************************************************/
+/************** Begin file util.c ********************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** Utility functions used throughout sqlite.
+**
+** This file contains functions for allocating memory, comparing
+** strings, and stuff like that.
+**
+*/
+/* #include <stdarg.h> */
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN
+# include <math.h>
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Routine needed to support the testcase() macro.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Coverage(int x){
+  static unsigned dummy = 0;
+  dummy += (unsigned)x;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+/*
+** Return true if the floating point value is Not a Number (NaN).
+**
+** Use the math library isnan() function if compiled with SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN.
+** Otherwise, we have our own implementation that works on most systems.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsNaN(double x){
+  int rc;   /* The value return */
+#if !defined(SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN)
+  /*
+  ** Systems that support the isnan() library function should probably
+  ** make use of it by compiling with -DSQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN.  But we have
+  ** found that many systems do not have a working isnan() function so
+  ** this implementation is provided as an alternative.
+  **
+  ** This NaN test sometimes fails if compiled on GCC with -ffast-math.
+  ** On the other hand, the use of -ffast-math comes with the following
+  ** warning:
+  **
+  **      This option [-ffast-math] should never be turned on by any
+  **      -O option since it can result in incorrect output for programs
+  **      which depend on an exact implementation of IEEE or ISO 
+  **      rules/specifications for math functions.
+  **
+  ** Under MSVC, this NaN test may fail if compiled with a floating-
+  ** point precision mode other than /fp:precise.  From the MSDN 
+  ** documentation:
+  **
+  **      The compiler [with /fp:precise] will properly handle comparisons 
+  **      involving NaN. For example, x != x evaluates to true if x is NaN 
+  **      ...
+  */
+#ifdef __FAST_MATH__
+# error SQLite will not work correctly with the -ffast-math option of GCC.
+#endif
+  volatile double y = x;
+  volatile double z = y;
+  rc = (y!=z);
+#else  /* if defined(SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN) */
+  rc = isnan(x);
+#endif /* SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN */
+  testcase( rc );
+  return rc;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT */
+
+/*
+** Compute a string length that is limited to what can be stored in
+** lower 30 bits of a 32-bit signed integer.
+**
+** The value returned will never be negative.  Nor will it ever be greater
+** than the actual length of the string.  For very long strings (greater
+** than 1GiB) the value returned might be less than the true string length.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Strlen30(const char *z){
+  const char *z2 = z;
+  if( z==0 ) return 0;
+  while( *z2 ){ z2++; }
+  return 0x3fffffff & (int)(z2 - z);
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the most recent error code and error string for the sqlite
+** handle "db". The error code is set to "err_code".
+**
+** If it is not NULL, string zFormat specifies the format of the
+** error string in the style of the printf functions: The following
+** format characters are allowed:
+**
+**      %s      Insert a string
+**      %z      A string that should be freed after use
+**      %d      Insert an integer
+**      %T      Insert a token
+**      %S      Insert the first element of a SrcList
+**
+** zFormat and any string tokens that follow it are assumed to be
+** encoded in UTF-8.
+**
+** To clear the most recent error for sqlite handle "db", sqlite3Error
+** should be called with err_code set to SQLITE_OK and zFormat set
+** to NULL.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Error(sqlite3 *db, int err_code, const char *zFormat, ...){
+  if( db && (db->pErr || (db->pErr = sqlite3ValueNew(db))!=0) ){
+    db->errCode = err_code;
+    if( zFormat ){
+      char *z;
+      va_list ap;
+      va_start(ap, zFormat);
+      z = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap);
+      va_end(ap);
+      sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, -1, z, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, 0, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Add an error message to pParse->zErrMsg and increment pParse->nErr.
+** The following formatting characters are allowed:
+**
+**      %s      Insert a string
+**      %z      A string that should be freed after use
+**      %d      Insert an integer
+**      %T      Insert a token
+**      %S      Insert the first element of a SrcList
+**
+** This function should be used to report any error that occurs whilst
+** compiling an SQL statement (i.e. within sqlite3_prepare()). The
+** last thing the sqlite3_prepare() function does is copy the error
+** stored by this function into the database handle using sqlite3Error().
+** Function sqlite3Error() should be used during statement execution
+** (sqlite3_step() etc.).
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ErrorMsg(Parse *pParse, const char *zFormat, ...){
+  char *zMsg;
+  va_list ap;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  va_start(ap, zFormat);
+  zMsg = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap);
+  va_end(ap);
+  if( db->suppressErr ){
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zMsg);
+  }else{
+    pParse->nErr++;
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->zErrMsg);
+    pParse->zErrMsg = zMsg;
+    pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert an SQL-style quoted string into a normal string by removing
+** the quote characters.  The conversion is done in-place.  If the
+** input does not begin with a quote character, then this routine
+** is a no-op.
+**
+** The input string must be zero-terminated.  A new zero-terminator
+** is added to the dequoted string.
+**
+** The return value is -1 if no dequoting occurs or the length of the
+** dequoted string, exclusive of the zero terminator, if dequoting does
+** occur.
+**
+** 2002-Feb-14: This routine is extended to remove MS-Access style
+** brackets from around identifers.  For example:  "[a-b-c]" becomes
+** "a-b-c".
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Dequote(char *z){
+  char quote;
+  int i, j;
+  if( z==0 ) return -1;
+  quote = z[0];
+  switch( quote ){
+    case '\'':  break;
+    case '"':   break;
+    case '`':   break;                /* For MySQL compatibility */
+    case '[':   quote = ']';  break;  /* For MS SqlServer compatibility */
+    default:    return -1;
+  }
+  for(i=1, j=0; ALWAYS(z[i]); i++){
+    if( z[i]==quote ){
+      if( z[i+1]==quote ){
+        z[j++] = quote;
+        i++;
+      }else{
+        break;
+      }
+    }else{
+      z[j++] = z[i];
+    }
+  }
+  z[j] = 0;
+  return j;
+}
+
+/* Convenient short-hand */
+#define UpperToLower sqlite3UpperToLower
+
+/*
+** Some systems have stricmp().  Others have strcasecmp().  Because
+** there is no consistency, we will define our own.
+**
+** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-30243-02494 The sqlite3_stricmp() and
+** sqlite3_strnicmp() APIs allow applications and extensions to compare
+** the contents of two buffers containing UTF-8 strings in a
+** case-independent fashion, using the same definition of "case
+** independence" that SQLite uses internally when comparing identifiers.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stricmp(const char *zLeft, const char *zRight){
+  register unsigned char *a, *b;
+  a = (unsigned char *)zLeft;
+  b = (unsigned char *)zRight;
+  while( *a!=0 && UpperToLower[*a]==UpperToLower[*b]){ a++; b++; }
+  return UpperToLower[*a] - UpperToLower[*b];
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strnicmp(const char *zLeft, const char *zRight, int N){
+  register unsigned char *a, *b;
+  a = (unsigned char *)zLeft;
+  b = (unsigned char *)zRight;
+  while( N-- > 0 && *a!=0 && UpperToLower[*a]==UpperToLower[*b]){ a++; b++; }
+  return N<0 ? 0 : UpperToLower[*a] - UpperToLower[*b];
+}
+
+/*
+** The string z[] is an text representation of a real number.
+** Convert this string to a double and write it into *pResult.
+**
+** The string z[] is length bytes in length (bytes, not characters) and
+** uses the encoding enc.  The string is not necessarily zero-terminated.
+**
+** Return TRUE if the result is a valid real number (or integer) and FALSE
+** if the string is empty or contains extraneous text.  Valid numbers
+** are in one of these formats:
+**
+**    [+-]digits[E[+-]digits]
+**    [+-]digits.[digits][E[+-]digits]
+**    [+-].digits[E[+-]digits]
+**
+** Leading and trailing whitespace is ignored for the purpose of determining
+** validity.
+**
+** If some prefix of the input string is a valid number, this routine
+** returns FALSE but it still converts the prefix and writes the result
+** into *pResult.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AtoF(const char *z, double *pResult, int length, u8 enc){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+  int incr = (enc==SQLITE_UTF8?1:2);
+  const char *zEnd = z + length;
+  /* sign * significand * (10 ^ (esign * exponent)) */
+  int sign = 1;    /* sign of significand */
+  i64 s = 0;       /* significand */
+  int d = 0;       /* adjust exponent for shifting decimal point */
+  int esign = 1;   /* sign of exponent */
+  int e = 0;       /* exponent */
+  int eValid = 1;  /* True exponent is either not used or is well-formed */
+  double result;
+  int nDigits = 0;
+
+  *pResult = 0.0;   /* Default return value, in case of an error */
+
+  if( enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ) z++;
+
+  /* skip leading spaces */
+  while( z<zEnd && sqlite3Isspace(*z) ) z+=incr;
+  if( z>=zEnd ) return 0;
+
+  /* get sign of significand */
+  if( *z=='-' ){
+    sign = -1;
+    z+=incr;
+  }else if( *z=='+' ){
+    z+=incr;
+  }
+
+  /* skip leading zeroes */
+  while( z<zEnd && z[0]=='0' ) z+=incr, nDigits++;
+
+  /* copy max significant digits to significand */
+  while( z<zEnd && sqlite3Isdigit(*z) && s<((LARGEST_INT64-9)/10) ){
+    s = s*10 + (*z - '0');
+    z+=incr, nDigits++;
+  }
+
+  /* skip non-significant significand digits
+  ** (increase exponent by d to shift decimal left) */
+  while( z<zEnd && sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ) z+=incr, nDigits++, d++;
+  if( z>=zEnd ) goto do_atof_calc;
+
+  /* if decimal point is present */
+  if( *z=='.' ){
+    z+=incr;
+    /* copy digits from after decimal to significand
+    ** (decrease exponent by d to shift decimal right) */
+    while( z<zEnd && sqlite3Isdigit(*z) && s<((LARGEST_INT64-9)/10) ){
+      s = s*10 + (*z - '0');
+      z+=incr, nDigits++, d--;
+    }
+    /* skip non-significant digits */
+    while( z<zEnd && sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ) z+=incr, nDigits++;
+  }
+  if( z>=zEnd ) goto do_atof_calc;
+
+  /* if exponent is present */
+  if( *z=='e' || *z=='E' ){
+    z+=incr;
+    eValid = 0;
+    if( z>=zEnd ) goto do_atof_calc;
+    /* get sign of exponent */
+    if( *z=='-' ){
+      esign = -1;
+      z+=incr;
+    }else if( *z=='+' ){
+      z+=incr;
+    }
+    /* copy digits to exponent */
+    while( z<zEnd && sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ){
+      e = e<10000 ? (e*10 + (*z - '0')) : 10000;
+      z+=incr;
+      eValid = 1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* skip trailing spaces */
+  if( nDigits && eValid ){
+    while( z<zEnd && sqlite3Isspace(*z) ) z+=incr;
+  }
+
+do_atof_calc:
+  /* adjust exponent by d, and update sign */
+  e = (e*esign) + d;
+  if( e<0 ) {
+    esign = -1;
+    e *= -1;
+  } else {
+    esign = 1;
+  }
+
+  /* if 0 significand */
+  if( !s ) {
+    /* In the IEEE 754 standard, zero is signed.
+    ** Add the sign if we've seen at least one digit */
+    result = (sign<0 && nDigits) ? -(double)0 : (double)0;
+  } else {
+    /* attempt to reduce exponent */
+    if( esign>0 ){
+      while( s<(LARGEST_INT64/10) && e>0 ) e--,s*=10;
+    }else{
+      while( !(s%10) && e>0 ) e--,s/=10;
+    }
+
+    /* adjust the sign of significand */
+    s = sign<0 ? -s : s;
+
+    /* if exponent, scale significand as appropriate
+    ** and store in result. */
+    if( e ){
+      LONGDOUBLE_TYPE scale = 1.0;
+      /* attempt to handle extremely small/large numbers better */
+      if( e>307 && e<342 ){
+        while( e%308 ) { scale *= 1.0e+1; e -= 1; }
+        if( esign<0 ){
+          result = s / scale;
+          result /= 1.0e+308;
+        }else{
+          result = s * scale;
+          result *= 1.0e+308;
+        }
+      }else if( e>=342 ){
+        if( esign<0 ){
+          result = 0.0*s;
+        }else{
+          result = 1e308*1e308*s;  /* Infinity */
+        }
+      }else{
+        /* 1.0e+22 is the largest power of 10 than can be 
+        ** represented exactly. */
+        while( e%22 ) { scale *= 1.0e+1; e -= 1; }
+        while( e>0 ) { scale *= 1.0e+22; e -= 22; }
+        if( esign<0 ){
+          result = s / scale;
+        }else{
+          result = s * scale;
+        }
+      }
+    } else {
+      result = (double)s;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* store the result */
+  *pResult = result;
+
+  /* return true if number and no extra non-whitespace chracters after */
+  return z>=zEnd && nDigits>0 && eValid;
+#else
+  return !sqlite3Atoi64(z, pResult, length, enc);
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT */
+}
+
+/*
+** Compare the 19-character string zNum against the text representation
+** value 2^63:  9223372036854775808.  Return negative, zero, or positive
+** if zNum is less than, equal to, or greater than the string.
+** Note that zNum must contain exactly 19 characters.
+**
+** Unlike memcmp() this routine is guaranteed to return the difference
+** in the values of the last digit if the only difference is in the
+** last digit.  So, for example,
+**
+**      compare2pow63("9223372036854775800", 1)
+**
+** will return -8.
+*/
+static int compare2pow63(const char *zNum, int incr){
+  int c = 0;
+  int i;
+                    /* 012345678901234567 */
+  const char *pow63 = "922337203685477580";
+  for(i=0; c==0 && i<18; i++){
+    c = (zNum[i*incr]-pow63[i])*10;
+  }
+  if( c==0 ){
+    c = zNum[18*incr] - '8';
+    testcase( c==(-1) );
+    testcase( c==0 );
+    testcase( c==(+1) );
+  }
+  return c;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Convert zNum to a 64-bit signed integer.
+**
+** If the zNum value is representable as a 64-bit twos-complement 
+** integer, then write that value into *pNum and return 0.
+**
+** If zNum is exactly 9223372036854665808, return 2.  This special
+** case is broken out because while 9223372036854665808 cannot be a 
+** signed 64-bit integer, its negative -9223372036854665808 can be.
+**
+** If zNum is too big for a 64-bit integer and is not
+** 9223372036854665808 then return 1.
+**
+** length is the number of bytes in the string (bytes, not characters).
+** The string is not necessarily zero-terminated.  The encoding is
+** given by enc.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Atoi64(const char *zNum, i64 *pNum, int length, u8 enc){
+  int incr = (enc==SQLITE_UTF8?1:2);
+  u64 u = 0;
+  int neg = 0; /* assume positive */
+  int i;
+  int c = 0;
+  const char *zStart;
+  const char *zEnd = zNum + length;
+  if( enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ) zNum++;
+  while( zNum<zEnd && sqlite3Isspace(*zNum) ) zNum+=incr;
+  if( zNum<zEnd ){
+    if( *zNum=='-' ){
+      neg = 1;
+      zNum+=incr;
+    }else if( *zNum=='+' ){
+      zNum+=incr;
+    }
+  }
+  zStart = zNum;
+  while( zNum<zEnd && zNum[0]=='0' ){ zNum+=incr; } /* Skip leading zeros. */
+  for(i=0; &zNum[i]<zEnd && (c=zNum[i])>='0' && c<='9'; i+=incr){
+    u = u*10 + c - '0';
+  }
+  if( u>LARGEST_INT64 ){
+    *pNum = SMALLEST_INT64;
+  }else if( neg ){
+    *pNum = -(i64)u;
+  }else{
+    *pNum = (i64)u;
+  }
+  testcase( i==18 );
+  testcase( i==19 );
+  testcase( i==20 );
+  if( (c!=0 && &zNum[i]<zEnd) || (i==0 && zStart==zNum) || i>19*incr ){
+    /* zNum is empty or contains non-numeric text or is longer
+    ** than 19 digits (thus guaranteeing that it is too large) */
+    return 1;
+  }else if( i<19*incr ){
+    /* Less than 19 digits, so we know that it fits in 64 bits */
+    assert( u<=LARGEST_INT64 );
+    return 0;
+  }else{
+    /* zNum is a 19-digit numbers.  Compare it against 9223372036854775808. */
+    c = compare2pow63(zNum, incr);
+    if( c<0 ){
+      /* zNum is less than 9223372036854775808 so it fits */
+      assert( u<=LARGEST_INT64 );
+      return 0;
+    }else if( c>0 ){
+      /* zNum is greater than 9223372036854775808 so it overflows */
+      return 1;
+    }else{
+      /* zNum is exactly 9223372036854775808.  Fits if negative.  The
+      ** special case 2 overflow if positive */
+      assert( u-1==LARGEST_INT64 );
+      assert( (*pNum)==SMALLEST_INT64 );
+      return neg ? 0 : 2;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** If zNum represents an integer that will fit in 32-bits, then set
+** *pValue to that integer and return true.  Otherwise return false.
+**
+** Any non-numeric characters that following zNum are ignored.
+** This is different from sqlite3Atoi64() which requires the
+** input number to be zero-terminated.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetInt32(const char *zNum, int *pValue){
+  sqlite_int64 v = 0;
+  int i, c;
+  int neg = 0;
+  if( zNum[0]=='-' ){
+    neg = 1;
+    zNum++;
+  }else if( zNum[0]=='+' ){
+    zNum++;
+  }
+  while( zNum[0]=='0' ) zNum++;
+  for(i=0; i<11 && (c = zNum[i] - '0')>=0 && c<=9; i++){
+    v = v*10 + c;
+  }
+
+  /* The longest decimal representation of a 32 bit integer is 10 digits:
+  **
+  **             1234567890
+  **     2^31 -> 2147483648
+  */
+  testcase( i==10 );
+  if( i>10 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  testcase( v-neg==2147483647 );
+  if( v-neg>2147483647 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  if( neg ){
+    v = -v;
+  }
+  *pValue = (int)v;
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a 32-bit integer value extracted from a string.  If the
+** string is not an integer, just return 0.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Atoi(const char *z){
+  int x = 0;
+  if( z ) sqlite3GetInt32(z, &x);
+  return x;
+}
+
+/*
+** The variable-length integer encoding is as follows:
+**
+** KEY:
+**         A = 0xxxxxxx    7 bits of data and one flag bit
+**         B = 1xxxxxxx    7 bits of data and one flag bit
+**         C = xxxxxxxx    8 bits of data
+**
+**  7 bits - A
+** 14 bits - BA
+** 21 bits - BBA
+** 28 bits - BBBA
+** 35 bits - BBBBA
+** 42 bits - BBBBBA
+** 49 bits - BBBBBBA
+** 56 bits - BBBBBBBA
+** 64 bits - BBBBBBBBC
+*/
+
+/*
+** Write a 64-bit variable-length integer to memory starting at p[0].
+** The length of data write will be between 1 and 9 bytes.  The number
+** of bytes written is returned.
+**
+** A variable-length integer consists of the lower 7 bits of each byte
+** for all bytes that have the 8th bit set and one byte with the 8th
+** bit clear.  Except, if we get to the 9th byte, it stores the full
+** 8 bits and is the last byte.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PutVarint(unsigned char *p, u64 v){
+  int i, j, n;
+  u8 buf[10];
+  if( v & (((u64)0xff000000)<<32) ){
+    p[8] = (u8)v;
+    v >>= 8;
+    for(i=7; i>=0; i--){
+      p[i] = (u8)((v & 0x7f) | 0x80);
+      v >>= 7;
+    }
+    return 9;
+  }    
+  n = 0;
+  do{
+    buf[n++] = (u8)((v & 0x7f) | 0x80);
+    v >>= 7;
+  }while( v!=0 );
+  buf[0] &= 0x7f;
+  assert( n<=9 );
+  for(i=0, j=n-1; j>=0; j--, i++){
+    p[i] = buf[j];
+  }
+  return n;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is a faster version of sqlite3PutVarint() that only
+** works for 32-bit positive integers and which is optimized for
+** the common case of small integers.  A MACRO version, putVarint32,
+** is provided which inlines the single-byte case.  All code should use
+** the MACRO version as this function assumes the single-byte case has
+** already been handled.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PutVarint32(unsigned char *p, u32 v){
+#ifndef putVarint32
+  if( (v & ~0x7f)==0 ){
+    p[0] = v;
+    return 1;
+  }
+#endif
+  if( (v & ~0x3fff)==0 ){
+    p[0] = (u8)((v>>7) | 0x80);
+    p[1] = (u8)(v & 0x7f);
+    return 2;
+  }
+  return sqlite3PutVarint(p, v);
+}
+
+/*
+** Bitmasks used by sqlite3GetVarint().  These precomputed constants
+** are defined here rather than simply putting the constant expressions
+** inline in order to work around bugs in the RVT compiler.
+**
+** SLOT_2_0     A mask for  (0x7f<<14) | 0x7f
+**
+** SLOT_4_2_0   A mask for  (0x7f<<28) | SLOT_2_0
+*/
+#define SLOT_2_0     0x001fc07f
+#define SLOT_4_2_0   0xf01fc07f
+
+
+/*
+** Read a 64-bit variable-length integer from memory starting at p[0].
+** Return the number of bytes read.  The value is stored in *v.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetVarint(const unsigned char *p, u64 *v){
+  u32 a,b,s;
+
+  a = *p;
+  /* a: p0 (unmasked) */
+  if (!(a&0x80))
+  {
+    *v = a;
+    return 1;
+  }
+
+  p++;
+  b = *p;
+  /* b: p1 (unmasked) */
+  if (!(b&0x80))
+  {
+    a &= 0x7f;
+    a = a<<7;
+    a |= b;
+    *v = a;
+    return 2;
+  }
+
+  /* Verify that constants are precomputed correctly */
+  assert( SLOT_2_0 == ((0x7f<<14) | (0x7f)) );
+  assert( SLOT_4_2_0 == ((0xfU<<28) | (0x7f<<14) | (0x7f)) );
+
+  p++;
+  a = a<<14;
+  a |= *p;
+  /* a: p0<<14 | p2 (unmasked) */
+  if (!(a&0x80))
+  {
+    a &= SLOT_2_0;
+    b &= 0x7f;
+    b = b<<7;
+    a |= b;
+    *v = a;
+    return 3;
+  }
+
+  /* CSE1 from below */
+  a &= SLOT_2_0;
+  p++;
+  b = b<<14;
+  b |= *p;
+  /* b: p1<<14 | p3 (unmasked) */
+  if (!(b&0x80))
+  {
+    b &= SLOT_2_0;
+    /* moved CSE1 up */
+    /* a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */
+    a = a<<7;
+    a |= b;
+    *v = a;
+    return 4;
+  }
+
+  /* a: p0<<14 | p2 (masked) */
+  /* b: p1<<14 | p3 (unmasked) */
+  /* 1:save off p0<<21 | p1<<14 | p2<<7 | p3 (masked) */
+  /* moved CSE1 up */
+  /* a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */
+  b &= SLOT_2_0;
+  s = a;
+  /* s: p0<<14 | p2 (masked) */
+
+  p++;
+  a = a<<14;
+  a |= *p;
+  /* a: p0<<28 | p2<<14 | p4 (unmasked) */
+  if (!(a&0x80))
+  {
+    /* we can skip these cause they were (effectively) done above in calc'ing s */
+    /* a &= (0x7f<<28)|(0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */
+    /* b &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */
+    b = b<<7;
+    a |= b;
+    s = s>>18;
+    *v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a;
+    return 5;
+  }
+
+  /* 2:save off p0<<21 | p1<<14 | p2<<7 | p3 (masked) */
+  s = s<<7;
+  s |= b;
+  /* s: p0<<21 | p1<<14 | p2<<7 | p3 (masked) */
+
+  p++;
+  b = b<<14;
+  b |= *p;
+  /* b: p1<<28 | p3<<14 | p5 (unmasked) */
+  if (!(b&0x80))
+  {
+    /* we can skip this cause it was (effectively) done above in calc'ing s */
+    /* b &= (0x7f<<28)|(0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */
+    a &= SLOT_2_0;
+    a = a<<7;
+    a |= b;
+    s = s>>18;
+    *v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a;
+    return 6;
+  }
+
+  p++;
+  a = a<<14;
+  a |= *p;
+  /* a: p2<<28 | p4<<14 | p6 (unmasked) */
+  if (!(a&0x80))
+  {
+    a &= SLOT_4_2_0;
+    b &= SLOT_2_0;
+    b = b<<7;
+    a |= b;
+    s = s>>11;
+    *v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a;
+    return 7;
+  }
+
+  /* CSE2 from below */
+  a &= SLOT_2_0;
+  p++;
+  b = b<<14;
+  b |= *p;
+  /* b: p3<<28 | p5<<14 | p7 (unmasked) */
+  if (!(b&0x80))
+  {
+    b &= SLOT_4_2_0;
+    /* moved CSE2 up */
+    /* a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */
+    a = a<<7;
+    a |= b;
+    s = s>>4;
+    *v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a;
+    return 8;
+  }
+
+  p++;
+  a = a<<15;
+  a |= *p;
+  /* a: p4<<29 | p6<<15 | p8 (unmasked) */
+
+  /* moved CSE2 up */
+  /* a &= (0x7f<<29)|(0x7f<<15)|(0xff); */
+  b &= SLOT_2_0;
+  b = b<<8;
+  a |= b;
+
+  s = s<<4;
+  b = p[-4];
+  b &= 0x7f;
+  b = b>>3;
+  s |= b;
+
+  *v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a;
+
+  return 9;
+}
+
+/*
+** Read a 32-bit variable-length integer from memory starting at p[0].
+** Return the number of bytes read.  The value is stored in *v.
+**
+** If the varint stored in p[0] is larger than can fit in a 32-bit unsigned
+** integer, then set *v to 0xffffffff.
+**
+** A MACRO version, getVarint32, is provided which inlines the 
+** single-byte case.  All code should use the MACRO version as 
+** this function assumes the single-byte case has already been handled.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetVarint32(const unsigned char *p, u32 *v){
+  u32 a,b;
+
+  /* The 1-byte case.  Overwhelmingly the most common.  Handled inline
+  ** by the getVarin32() macro */
+  a = *p;
+  /* a: p0 (unmasked) */
+#ifndef getVarint32
+  if (!(a&0x80))
+  {
+    /* Values between 0 and 127 */
+    *v = a;
+    return 1;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* The 2-byte case */
+  p++;
+  b = *p;
+  /* b: p1 (unmasked) */
+  if (!(b&0x80))
+  {
+    /* Values between 128 and 16383 */
+    a &= 0x7f;
+    a = a<<7;
+    *v = a | b;
+    return 2;
+  }
+
+  /* The 3-byte case */
+  p++;
+  a = a<<14;
+  a |= *p;
+  /* a: p0<<14 | p2 (unmasked) */
+  if (!(a&0x80))
+  {
+    /* Values between 16384 and 2097151 */
+    a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
+    b &= 0x7f;
+    b = b<<7;
+    *v = a | b;
+    return 3;
+  }
+
+  /* A 32-bit varint is used to store size information in btrees.
+  ** Objects are rarely larger than 2MiB limit of a 3-byte varint.
+  ** A 3-byte varint is sufficient, for example, to record the size
+  ** of a 1048569-byte BLOB or string.
+  **
+  ** We only unroll the first 1-, 2-, and 3- byte cases.  The very
+  ** rare larger cases can be handled by the slower 64-bit varint
+  ** routine.
+  */
+#if 1
+  {
+    u64 v64;
+    u8 n;
+
+    p -= 2;
+    n = sqlite3GetVarint(p, &v64);
+    assert( n>3 && n<=9 );
+    if( (v64 & SQLITE_MAX_U32)!=v64 ){
+      *v = 0xffffffff;
+    }else{
+      *v = (u32)v64;
+    }
+    return n;
+  }
+
+#else
+  /* For following code (kept for historical record only) shows an
+  ** unrolling for the 3- and 4-byte varint cases.  This code is
+  ** slightly faster, but it is also larger and much harder to test.
+  */
+  p++;
+  b = b<<14;
+  b |= *p;
+  /* b: p1<<14 | p3 (unmasked) */
+  if (!(b&0x80))
+  {
+    /* Values between 2097152 and 268435455 */
+    b &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
+    a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
+    a = a<<7;
+    *v = a | b;
+    return 4;
+  }
+
+  p++;
+  a = a<<14;
+  a |= *p;
+  /* a: p0<<28 | p2<<14 | p4 (unmasked) */
+  if (!(a&0x80))
+  {
+    /* Values  between 268435456 and 34359738367 */
+    a &= SLOT_4_2_0;
+    b &= SLOT_4_2_0;
+    b = b<<7;
+    *v = a | b;
+    return 5;
+  }
+
+  /* We can only reach this point when reading a corrupt database
+  ** file.  In that case we are not in any hurry.  Use the (relatively
+  ** slow) general-purpose sqlite3GetVarint() routine to extract the
+  ** value. */
+  {
+    u64 v64;
+    u8 n;
+
+    p -= 4;
+    n = sqlite3GetVarint(p, &v64);
+    assert( n>5 && n<=9 );
+    *v = (u32)v64;
+    return n;
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of bytes that will be needed to store the given
+** 64-bit integer.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VarintLen(u64 v){
+  int i = 0;
+  do{
+    i++;
+    v >>= 7;
+  }while( v!=0 && ALWAYS(i<9) );
+  return i;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Read or write a four-byte big-endian integer value.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3Get4byte(const u8 *p){
+  return (p[0]<<24) | (p[1]<<16) | (p[2]<<8) | p[3];
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Put4byte(unsigned char *p, u32 v){
+  p[0] = (u8)(v>>24);
+  p[1] = (u8)(v>>16);
+  p[2] = (u8)(v>>8);
+  p[3] = (u8)v;
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+** Translate a single byte of Hex into an integer.
+** This routine only works if h really is a valid hexadecimal
+** character:  0..9a..fA..F
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3HexToInt(int h){
+  assert( (h>='0' && h<='9') ||  (h>='a' && h<='f') ||  (h>='A' && h<='F') );
+#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
+  h += 9*(1&(h>>6));
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
+  h += 9*(1&~(h>>4));
+#endif
+  return (u8)(h & 0xf);
+}
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL) || defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC)
+/*
+** Convert a BLOB literal of the form "x'hhhhhh'" into its binary
+** value.  Return a pointer to its binary value.  Space to hold the
+** binary value has been obtained from malloc and must be freed by
+** the calling routine.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HexToBlob(sqlite3 *db, const char *z, int n){
+  char *zBlob;
+  int i;
+
+  zBlob = (char *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n/2 + 1);
+  n--;
+  if( zBlob ){
+    for(i=0; i<n; i+=2){
+      zBlob[i/2] = (sqlite3HexToInt(z[i])<<4) | sqlite3HexToInt(z[i+1]);
+    }
+    zBlob[i/2] = 0;
+  }
+  return zBlob;
+}
+#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL || SQLITE_HAS_CODEC */
+
+/*
+** Log an error that is an API call on a connection pointer that should
+** not have been used.  The "type" of connection pointer is given as the
+** argument.  The zType is a word like "NULL" or "closed" or "invalid".
+*/
+static void logBadConnection(const char *zType){
+  sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE, 
+     "API call with %s database connection pointer",
+     zType
+  );
+}
+
+/*
+** Check to make sure we have a valid db pointer.  This test is not
+** foolproof but it does provide some measure of protection against
+** misuse of the interface such as passing in db pointers that are
+** NULL or which have been previously closed.  If this routine returns
+** 1 it means that the db pointer is valid and 0 if it should not be
+** dereferenced for any reason.  The calling function should invoke
+** SQLITE_MISUSE immediately.
+**
+** sqlite3SafetyCheckOk() requires that the db pointer be valid for
+** use.  sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk() allows a db pointer that failed to
+** open properly and is not fit for general use but which can be
+** used as an argument to sqlite3_errmsg() or sqlite3_close().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(sqlite3 *db){
+  u32 magic;
+  if( db==0 ){
+    logBadConnection("NULL");
+    return 0;
+  }
+  magic = db->magic;
+  if( magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN ){
+    if( sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){
+      testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
+      logBadConnection("unopened");
+    }
+    return 0;
+  }else{
+    return 1;
+  }
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(sqlite3 *db){
+  u32 magic;
+  magic = db->magic;
+  if( magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_SICK &&
+      magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN &&
+      magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY ){
+    testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
+    logBadConnection("invalid");
+    return 0;
+  }else{
+    return 1;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to add, substract, or multiply the 64-bit signed value iB against
+** the other 64-bit signed integer at *pA and store the result in *pA.
+** Return 0 on success.  Or if the operation would have resulted in an
+** overflow, leave *pA unchanged and return 1.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AddInt64(i64 *pA, i64 iB){
+  i64 iA = *pA;
+  testcase( iA==0 ); testcase( iA==1 );
+  testcase( iB==-1 ); testcase( iB==0 );
+  if( iB>=0 ){
+    testcase( iA>0 && LARGEST_INT64 - iA == iB );
+    testcase( iA>0 && LARGEST_INT64 - iA == iB - 1 );
+    if( iA>0 && LARGEST_INT64 - iA < iB ) return 1;
+    *pA += iB;
+  }else{
+    testcase( iA<0 && -(iA + LARGEST_INT64) == iB + 1 );
+    testcase( iA<0 && -(iA + LARGEST_INT64) == iB + 2 );
+    if( iA<0 && -(iA + LARGEST_INT64) > iB + 1 ) return 1;
+    *pA += iB;
+  }
+  return 0; 
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SubInt64(i64 *pA, i64 iB){
+  testcase( iB==SMALLEST_INT64+1 );
+  if( iB==SMALLEST_INT64 ){
+    testcase( (*pA)==(-1) ); testcase( (*pA)==0 );
+    if( (*pA)>=0 ) return 1;
+    *pA -= iB;
+    return 0;
+  }else{
+    return sqlite3AddInt64(pA, -iB);
+  }
+}
+#define TWOPOWER32 (((i64)1)<<32)
+#define TWOPOWER31 (((i64)1)<<31)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MulInt64(i64 *pA, i64 iB){
+  i64 iA = *pA;
+  i64 iA1, iA0, iB1, iB0, r;
+
+  iA1 = iA/TWOPOWER32;
+  iA0 = iA % TWOPOWER32;
+  iB1 = iB/TWOPOWER32;
+  iB0 = iB % TWOPOWER32;
+  if( iA1*iB1 != 0 ) return 1;
+  assert( iA1*iB0==0 || iA0*iB1==0 );
+  r = iA1*iB0 + iA0*iB1;
+  testcase( r==(-TWOPOWER31)-1 );
+  testcase( r==(-TWOPOWER31) );
+  testcase( r==TWOPOWER31 );
+  testcase( r==TWOPOWER31-1 );
+  if( r<(-TWOPOWER31) || r>=TWOPOWER31 ) return 1;
+  r *= TWOPOWER32;
+  if( sqlite3AddInt64(&r, iA0*iB0) ) return 1;
+  *pA = r;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compute the absolute value of a 32-bit signed integer, of possible.  Or 
+** if the integer has a value of -2147483648, return +2147483647
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AbsInt32(int x){
+  if( x>=0 ) return x;
+  if( x==(int)0x80000000 ) return 0x7fffffff;
+  return -x;
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES
+/*
+** If SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES is set at compile-time and if the database
+** filename in zBaseFilename is a URI with the "8_3_names=1" parameter and
+** if filename in z[] has a suffix (a.k.a. "extension") that is longer than
+** three characters, then shorten the suffix on z[] to be the last three
+** characters of the original suffix.
+**
+** If SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES is set to 2 at compile-time, then always
+** do the suffix shortening regardless of URI parameter.
+**
+** Examples:
+**
+**     test.db-journal    =>   test.nal
+**     test.db-wal        =>   test.wal
+**     test.db-shm        =>   test.shm
+**     test.db-mj7f3319fa =>   test.9fa
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FileSuffix3(const char *zBaseFilename, char *z){
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES<2
+  if( sqlite3_uri_boolean(zBaseFilename, "8_3_names", 0) )
+#endif
+  {
+    int i, sz;
+    sz = sqlite3Strlen30(z);
+    for(i=sz-1; i>0 && z[i]!='/' && z[i]!='.'; i--){}
+    if( z[i]=='.' && ALWAYS(sz>i+4) ) memmove(&z[i+1], &z[sz-3], 4);
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+/************** End of util.c ************************************************/
+/************** Begin file hash.c ********************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This is the implementation of generic hash-tables
+** used in SQLite.
+*/
+/* #include <assert.h> */
+
+/* Turn bulk memory into a hash table object by initializing the
+** fields of the Hash structure.
+**
+** "pNew" is a pointer to the hash table that is to be initialized.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashInit(Hash *pNew){
+  assert( pNew!=0 );
+  pNew->first = 0;
+  pNew->count = 0;
+  pNew->htsize = 0;
+  pNew->ht = 0;
+}
+
+/* Remove all entries from a hash table.  Reclaim all memory.
+** Call this routine to delete a hash table or to reset a hash table
+** to the empty state.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashClear(Hash *pH){
+  HashElem *elem;         /* For looping over all elements of the table */
+
+  assert( pH!=0 );
+  elem = pH->first;
+  pH->first = 0;
+  sqlite3_free(pH->ht);
+  pH->ht = 0;
+  pH->htsize = 0;
+  while( elem ){
+    HashElem *next_elem = elem->next;
+    sqlite3_free(elem);
+    elem = next_elem;
+  }
+  pH->count = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** The hashing function.
+*/
+static unsigned int strHash(const char *z, int nKey){
+  int h = 0;
+  assert( nKey>=0 );
+  while( nKey > 0  ){
+    h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ sqlite3UpperToLower[(unsigned char)*z++];
+    nKey--;
+  }
+  return h;
+}
+
+
+/* Link pNew element into the hash table pH.  If pEntry!=0 then also
+** insert pNew into the pEntry hash bucket.
+*/
+static void insertElement(
+  Hash *pH,              /* The complete hash table */
+  struct _ht *pEntry,    /* The entry into which pNew is inserted */
+  HashElem *pNew         /* The element to be inserted */
+){
+  HashElem *pHead;       /* First element already in pEntry */
+  if( pEntry ){
+    pHead = pEntry->count ? pEntry->chain : 0;
+    pEntry->count++;
+    pEntry->chain = pNew;
+  }else{
+    pHead = 0;
+  }
+  if( pHead ){
+    pNew->next = pHead;
+    pNew->prev = pHead->prev;
+    if( pHead->prev ){ pHead->prev->next = pNew; }
+    else             { pH->first = pNew; }
+    pHead->prev = pNew;
+  }else{
+    pNew->next = pH->first;
+    if( pH->first ){ pH->first->prev = pNew; }
+    pNew->prev = 0;
+    pH->first = pNew;
+  }
+}
+
+
+/* Resize the hash table so that it cantains "new_size" buckets.
+**
+** The hash table might fail to resize if sqlite3_malloc() fails or
+** if the new size is the same as the prior size.
+** Return TRUE if the resize occurs and false if not.
+*/
+static int rehash(Hash *pH, unsigned int new_size){
+  struct _ht *new_ht;            /* The new hash table */
+  HashElem *elem, *next_elem;    /* For looping over existing elements */
+
+#if SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT>0
+  if( new_size*sizeof(struct _ht)>SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT ){
+    new_size = SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT/sizeof(struct _ht);
+  }
+  if( new_size==pH->htsize ) return 0;
+#endif
+
+  /* The inability to allocates space for a larger hash table is
+  ** a performance hit but it is not a fatal error.  So mark the
+  ** allocation as a benign. Use sqlite3Malloc()/memset(0) instead of 
+  ** sqlite3MallocZero() to make the allocation, as sqlite3MallocZero()
+  ** only zeroes the requested number of bytes whereas this module will
+  ** use the actual amount of space allocated for the hash table (which
+  ** may be larger than the requested amount).
+  */
+  sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+  new_ht = (struct _ht *)sqlite3Malloc( new_size*sizeof(struct _ht) );
+  sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+
+  if( new_ht==0 ) return 0;
+  sqlite3_free(pH->ht);
+  pH->ht = new_ht;
+  pH->htsize = new_size = sqlite3MallocSize(new_ht)/sizeof(struct _ht);
+  memset(new_ht, 0, new_size*sizeof(struct _ht));
+  for(elem=pH->first, pH->first=0; elem; elem = next_elem){
+    unsigned int h = strHash(elem->pKey, elem->nKey) % new_size;
+    next_elem = elem->next;
+    insertElement(pH, &new_ht[h], elem);
+  }
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/* This function (for internal use only) locates an element in an
+** hash table that matches the given key.  The hash for this key has
+** already been computed and is passed as the 4th parameter.
+*/
+static HashElem *findElementGivenHash(
+  const Hash *pH,     /* The pH to be searched */
+  const char *pKey,   /* The key we are searching for */
+  int nKey,           /* Bytes in key (not counting zero terminator) */
+  unsigned int h      /* The hash for this key. */
+){
+  HashElem *elem;                /* Used to loop thru the element list */
+  int count;                     /* Number of elements left to test */
+
+  if( pH->ht ){
+    struct _ht *pEntry = &pH->ht[h];
+    elem = pEntry->chain;
+    count = pEntry->count;
+  }else{
+    elem = pH->first;
+    count = pH->count;
+  }
+  while( count-- && ALWAYS(elem) ){
+    if( elem->nKey==nKey && sqlite3StrNICmp(elem->pKey,pKey,nKey)==0 ){ 
+      return elem;
+    }
+    elem = elem->next;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Remove a single entry from the hash table given a pointer to that
+** element and a hash on the element's key.
+*/
+static void removeElementGivenHash(
+  Hash *pH,         /* The pH containing "elem" */
+  HashElem* elem,   /* The element to be removed from the pH */
+  unsigned int h    /* Hash value for the element */
+){
+  struct _ht *pEntry;
+  if( elem->prev ){
+    elem->prev->next = elem->next; 
+  }else{
+    pH->first = elem->next;
+  }
+  if( elem->next ){
+    elem->next->prev = elem->prev;
+  }
+  if( pH->ht ){
+    pEntry = &pH->ht[h];
+    if( pEntry->chain==elem ){
+      pEntry->chain = elem->next;
+    }
+    pEntry->count--;
+    assert( pEntry->count>=0 );
+  }
+  sqlite3_free( elem );
+  pH->count--;
+  if( pH->count<=0 ){
+    assert( pH->first==0 );
+    assert( pH->count==0 );
+    sqlite3HashClear(pH);
+  }
+}
+
+/* Attempt to locate an element of the hash table pH with a key
+** that matches pKey,nKey.  Return the data for this element if it is
+** found, or NULL if there is no match.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashFind(const Hash *pH, const char *pKey, int nKey){
+  HashElem *elem;    /* The element that matches key */
+  unsigned int h;    /* A hash on key */
+
+  assert( pH!=0 );
+  assert( pKey!=0 );
+  assert( nKey>=0 );
+  if( pH->ht ){
+    h = strHash(pKey, nKey) % pH->htsize;
+  }else{
+    h = 0;
+  }
+  elem = findElementGivenHash(pH, pKey, nKey, h);
+  return elem ? elem->data : 0;
+}
+
+/* Insert an element into the hash table pH.  The key is pKey,nKey
+** and the data is "data".
+**
+** If no element exists with a matching key, then a new
+** element is created and NULL is returned.
+**
+** If another element already exists with the same key, then the
+** new data replaces the old data and the old data is returned.
+** The key is not copied in this instance.  If a malloc fails, then
+** the new data is returned and the hash table is unchanged.
+**
+** If the "data" parameter to this function is NULL, then the
+** element corresponding to "key" is removed from the hash table.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashInsert(Hash *pH, const char *pKey, int nKey, void *data){
+  unsigned int h;       /* the hash of the key modulo hash table size */
+  HashElem *elem;       /* Used to loop thru the element list */
+  HashElem *new_elem;   /* New element added to the pH */
+
+  assert( pH!=0 );
+  assert( pKey!=0 );
+  assert( nKey>=0 );
+  if( pH->htsize ){
+    h = strHash(pKey, nKey) % pH->htsize;
+  }else{
+    h = 0;
+  }
+  elem = findElementGivenHash(pH,pKey,nKey,h);
+  if( elem ){
+    void *old_data = elem->data;
+    if( data==0 ){
+      removeElementGivenHash(pH,elem,h);
+    }else{
+      elem->data = data;
+      elem->pKey = pKey;
+      assert(nKey==elem->nKey);
+    }
+    return old_data;
+  }
+  if( data==0 ) return 0;
+  new_elem = (HashElem*)sqlite3Malloc( sizeof(HashElem) );
+  if( new_elem==0 ) return data;
+  new_elem->pKey = pKey;
+  new_elem->nKey = nKey;
+  new_elem->data = data;
+  pH->count++;
+  if( pH->count>=10 && pH->count > 2*pH->htsize ){
+    if( rehash(pH, pH->count*2) ){
+      assert( pH->htsize>0 );
+      h = strHash(pKey, nKey) % pH->htsize;
+    }
+  }
+  if( pH->ht ){
+    insertElement(pH, &pH->ht[h], new_elem);
+  }else{
+    insertElement(pH, 0, new_elem);
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/************** End of hash.c ************************************************/
+/************** Begin file opcodes.c *****************************************/
+/* Automatically generated.  Do not edit */
+/* See the mkopcodec.awk script for details. */
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN) || !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(VDBE_PROFILE) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3OpcodeName(int i){
+ static const char *const azName[] = { "?",
+     /*   1 */ "Goto",
+     /*   2 */ "Gosub",
+     /*   3 */ "Return",
+     /*   4 */ "Yield",
+     /*   5 */ "HaltIfNull",
+     /*   6 */ "Halt",
+     /*   7 */ "Integer",
+     /*   8 */ "Int64",
+     /*   9 */ "String",
+     /*  10 */ "Null",
+     /*  11 */ "Blob",
+     /*  12 */ "Variable",
+     /*  13 */ "Move",
+     /*  14 */ "Copy",
+     /*  15 */ "SCopy",
+     /*  16 */ "ResultRow",
+     /*  17 */ "CollSeq",
+     /*  18 */ "Function",
+     /*  19 */ "Not",
+     /*  20 */ "AddImm",
+     /*  21 */ "MustBeInt",
+     /*  22 */ "RealAffinity",
+     /*  23 */ "Permutation",
+     /*  24 */ "Compare",
+     /*  25 */ "Jump",
+     /*  26 */ "Once",
+     /*  27 */ "If",
+     /*  28 */ "IfNot",
+     /*  29 */ "Column",
+     /*  30 */ "Affinity",
+     /*  31 */ "MakeRecord",
+     /*  32 */ "Count",
+     /*  33 */ "Savepoint",
+     /*  34 */ "AutoCommit",
+     /*  35 */ "Transaction",
+     /*  36 */ "ReadCookie",
+     /*  37 */ "SetCookie",
+     /*  38 */ "VerifyCookie",
+     /*  39 */ "OpenRead",
+     /*  40 */ "OpenWrite",
+     /*  41 */ "OpenAutoindex",
+     /*  42 */ "OpenEphemeral",
+     /*  43 */ "SorterOpen",
+     /*  44 */ "OpenPseudo",
+     /*  45 */ "Close",
+     /*  46 */ "SeekLt",
+     /*  47 */ "SeekLe",
+     /*  48 */ "SeekGe",
+     /*  49 */ "SeekGt",
+     /*  50 */ "Seek",
+     /*  51 */ "NotFound",
+     /*  52 */ "Found",
+     /*  53 */ "IsUnique",
+     /*  54 */ "NotExists",
+     /*  55 */ "Sequence",
+     /*  56 */ "NewRowid",
+     /*  57 */ "Insert",
+     /*  58 */ "InsertInt",
+     /*  59 */ "Delete",
+     /*  60 */ "ResetCount",
+     /*  61 */ "SorterCompare",
+     /*  62 */ "SorterData",
+     /*  63 */ "RowKey",
+     /*  64 */ "RowData",
+     /*  65 */ "Rowid",
+     /*  66 */ "NullRow",
+     /*  67 */ "Last",
+     /*  68 */ "Or",
+     /*  69 */ "And",
+     /*  70 */ "SorterSort",
+     /*  71 */ "Sort",
+     /*  72 */ "Rewind",
+     /*  73 */ "IsNull",
+     /*  74 */ "NotNull",
+     /*  75 */ "Ne",
+     /*  76 */ "Eq",
+     /*  77 */ "Gt",
+     /*  78 */ "Le",
+     /*  79 */ "Lt",
+     /*  80 */ "Ge",
+     /*  81 */ "SorterNext",
+     /*  82 */ "BitAnd",
+     /*  83 */ "BitOr",
+     /*  84 */ "ShiftLeft",
+     /*  85 */ "ShiftRight",
+     /*  86 */ "Add",
+     /*  87 */ "Subtract",
+     /*  88 */ "Multiply",
+     /*  89 */ "Divide",
+     /*  90 */ "Remainder",
+     /*  91 */ "Concat",
+     /*  92 */ "Prev",
+     /*  93 */ "BitNot",
+     /*  94 */ "String8",
+     /*  95 */ "Next",
+     /*  96 */ "SorterInsert",
+     /*  97 */ "IdxInsert",
+     /*  98 */ "IdxDelete",
+     /*  99 */ "IdxRowid",
+     /* 100 */ "IdxLT",
+     /* 101 */ "IdxGE",
+     /* 102 */ "Destroy",
+     /* 103 */ "Clear",
+     /* 104 */ "CreateIndex",
+     /* 105 */ "CreateTable",
+     /* 106 */ "ParseSchema",
+     /* 107 */ "LoadAnalysis",
+     /* 108 */ "DropTable",
+     /* 109 */ "DropIndex",
+     /* 110 */ "DropTrigger",
+     /* 111 */ "IntegrityCk",
+     /* 112 */ "RowSetAdd",
+     /* 113 */ "RowSetRead",
+     /* 114 */ "RowSetTest",
+     /* 115 */ "Program",
+     /* 116 */ "Param",
+     /* 117 */ "FkCounter",
+     /* 118 */ "FkIfZero",
+     /* 119 */ "MemMax",
+     /* 120 */ "IfPos",
+     /* 121 */ "IfNeg",
+     /* 122 */ "IfZero",
+     /* 123 */ "AggStep",
+     /* 124 */ "AggFinal",
+     /* 125 */ "Checkpoint",
+     /* 126 */ "JournalMode",
+     /* 127 */ "Vacuum",
+     /* 128 */ "IncrVacuum",
+     /* 129 */ "Expire",
+     /* 130 */ "Real",
+     /* 131 */ "TableLock",
+     /* 132 */ "VBegin",
+     /* 133 */ "VCreate",
+     /* 134 */ "VDestroy",
+     /* 135 */ "VOpen",
+     /* 136 */ "VFilter",
+     /* 137 */ "VColumn",
+     /* 138 */ "VNext",
+     /* 139 */ "VRename",
+     /* 140 */ "VUpdate",
+     /* 141 */ "ToText",
+     /* 142 */ "ToBlob",
+     /* 143 */ "ToNumeric",
+     /* 144 */ "ToInt",
+     /* 145 */ "ToReal",
+     /* 146 */ "Pagecount",
+     /* 147 */ "MaxPgcnt",
+     /* 148 */ "Trace",
+     /* 149 */ "Noop",
+     /* 150 */ "Explain",
+  };
+  return azName[i];
+}
+#endif
+
+/************** End of opcodes.c *********************************************/
+/************** Begin file os_unix.c *****************************************/
+/*
+** 2004 May 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains the VFS implementation for unix-like operating systems
+** include Linux, MacOSX, *BSD, QNX, VxWorks, AIX, HPUX, and others.
+**
+** There are actually several different VFS implementations in this file.
+** The differences are in the way that file locking is done.  The default
+** implementation uses Posix Advisory Locks.  Alternative implementations
+** use flock(), dot-files, various proprietary locking schemas, or simply
+** skip locking all together.
+**
+** This source file is organized into divisions where the logic for various
+** subfunctions is contained within the appropriate division.  PLEASE
+** KEEP THE STRUCTURE OF THIS FILE INTACT.  New code should be placed
+** in the correct division and should be clearly labeled.
+**
+** The layout of divisions is as follows:
+**
+**   *  General-purpose declarations and utility functions.
+**   *  Unique file ID logic used by VxWorks.
+**   *  Various locking primitive implementations (all except proxy locking):
+**      + for Posix Advisory Locks
+**      + for no-op locks
+**      + for dot-file locks
+**      + for flock() locking
+**      + for named semaphore locks (VxWorks only)
+**      + for AFP filesystem locks (MacOSX only)
+**   *  sqlite3_file methods not associated with locking.
+**   *  Definitions of sqlite3_io_methods objects for all locking
+**      methods plus "finder" functions for each locking method.
+**   *  sqlite3_vfs method implementations.
+**   *  Locking primitives for the proxy uber-locking-method. (MacOSX only)
+**   *  Definitions of sqlite3_vfs objects for all locking methods
+**      plus implementations of sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end().
+*/
+#if SQLITE_OS_UNIX              /* This file is used on unix only */
+
+/*
+** There are various methods for file locking used for concurrency
+** control:
+**
+**   1. POSIX locking (the default),
+**   2. No locking,
+**   3. Dot-file locking,
+**   4. flock() locking,
+**   5. AFP locking (OSX only),
+**   6. Named POSIX semaphores (VXWorks only),
+**   7. proxy locking. (OSX only)
+**
+** Styles 4, 5, and 7 are only available of SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+** is defined to 1.  The SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE also enables automatic
+** selection of the appropriate locking style based on the filesystem
+** where the database is located.  
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE)
+#  if defined(__APPLE__)
+#    define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 1
+#  else
+#    define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 0
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Define the OS_VXWORKS pre-processor macro to 1 if building on 
+** vxworks, or 0 otherwise.
+*/
+#ifndef OS_VXWORKS
+#  if defined(__RTP__) || defined(_WRS_KERNEL)
+#    define OS_VXWORKS 1
+#  else
+#    define OS_VXWORKS 0
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+/*
+** These #defines should enable >2GB file support on Posix if the
+** underlying operating system supports it.  If the OS lacks
+** large file support, these should be no-ops.
+**
+** Large file support can be disabled using the -DSQLITE_DISABLE_LFS switch
+** on the compiler command line.  This is necessary if you are compiling
+** on a recent machine (ex: RedHat 7.2) but you want your code to work
+** on an older machine (ex: RedHat 6.0).  If you compile on RedHat 7.2
+** without this option, LFS is enable.  But LFS does not exist in the kernel
+** in RedHat 6.0, so the code won't work.  Hence, for maximum binary
+** portability you should omit LFS.
+**
+** The previous paragraph was written in 2005.  (This paragraph is written
+** on 2008-11-28.) These days, all Linux kernels support large files, so
+** you should probably leave LFS enabled.  But some embedded platforms might
+** lack LFS in which case the SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS macro might still be useful.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS
+# define _LARGE_FILE       1
+# ifndef _FILE_OFFSET_BITS
+#   define _FILE_OFFSET_BITS 64
+# endif
+# define _LARGEFILE_SOURCE 1
+#endif
+
+/*
+** standard include files.
+*/
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+/* #include <time.h> */
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+#include <sys/mman.h>
+#endif
+
+
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+# include <sys/ioctl.h>
+# if OS_VXWORKS
+#  include <semaphore.h>
+#  include <limits.h>
+# else
+#  include <sys/file.h>
+#  include <sys/param.h>
+# endif
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
+
+#if defined(__APPLE__) || (SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && !OS_VXWORKS)
+# include <sys/mount.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_UTIME
+# include <utime.h>
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Allowed values of unixFile.fsFlags
+*/
+#define SQLITE_FSFLAGS_IS_MSDOS     0x1
+
+/*
+** If we are to be thread-safe, include the pthreads header and define
+** the SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS macro.
+*/
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+/* # include <pthread.h> */
+# define SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS 1
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Default permissions when creating a new file
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS
+# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS 0644
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Default permissions when creating auto proxy dir
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS
+# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS 0755
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Maximum supported path-length.
+*/
+#define MAX_PATHNAME 512
+
+/*
+** Only set the lastErrno if the error code is a real error and not 
+** a normal expected return code of SQLITE_BUSY or SQLITE_OK
+*/
+#define IS_LOCK_ERROR(x)  ((x != SQLITE_OK) && (x != SQLITE_BUSY))
+
+/* Forward references */
+typedef struct unixShm unixShm;               /* Connection shared memory */
+typedef struct unixShmNode unixShmNode;       /* Shared memory instance */
+typedef struct unixInodeInfo unixInodeInfo;   /* An i-node */
+typedef struct UnixUnusedFd UnixUnusedFd;     /* An unused file descriptor */
+
+/*
+** Sometimes, after a file handle is closed by SQLite, the file descriptor
+** cannot be closed immediately. In these cases, instances of the following
+** structure are used to store the file descriptor while waiting for an
+** opportunity to either close or reuse it.
+*/
+struct UnixUnusedFd {
+  int fd;                   /* File descriptor to close */
+  int flags;                /* Flags this file descriptor was opened with */
+  UnixUnusedFd *pNext;      /* Next unused file descriptor on same file */
+};
+
+/*
+** The unixFile structure is subclass of sqlite3_file specific to the unix
+** VFS implementations.
+*/
+typedef struct unixFile unixFile;
+struct unixFile {
+  sqlite3_io_methods const *pMethod;  /* Always the first entry */
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;                  /* The VFS that created this unixFile */
+  unixInodeInfo *pInode;              /* Info about locks on this inode */
+  int h;                              /* The file descriptor */
+  unsigned char eFileLock;            /* The type of lock held on this fd */
+  unsigned short int ctrlFlags;       /* Behavioral bits.  UNIXFILE_* flags */
+  int lastErrno;                      /* The unix errno from last I/O error */
+  void *lockingContext;               /* Locking style specific state */
+  UnixUnusedFd *pUnused;              /* Pre-allocated UnixUnusedFd */
+  const char *zPath;                  /* Name of the file */
+  unixShm *pShm;                      /* Shared memory segment information */
+  int szChunk;                        /* Configured by FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE */
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+  int openFlags;                      /* The flags specified at open() */
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE || defined(__APPLE__)
+  unsigned fsFlags;                   /* cached details from statfs() */
+#endif
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+  struct vxworksFileId *pId;          /* Unique file ID */
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  /* The next group of variables are used to track whether or not the
+  ** transaction counter in bytes 24-27 of database files are updated
+  ** whenever any part of the database changes.  An assertion fault will
+  ** occur if a file is updated without also updating the transaction
+  ** counter.  This test is made to avoid new problems similar to the
+  ** one described by ticket #3584. 
+  */
+  unsigned char transCntrChng;   /* True if the transaction counter changed */
+  unsigned char dbUpdate;        /* True if any part of database file changed */
+  unsigned char inNormalWrite;   /* True if in a normal write operation */
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  /* In test mode, increase the size of this structure a bit so that 
+  ** it is larger than the struct CrashFile defined in test6.c.
+  */
+  char aPadding[32];
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+** Allowed values for the unixFile.ctrlFlags bitmask:
+*/
+#define UNIXFILE_EXCL        0x01     /* Connections from one process only */
+#define UNIXFILE_RDONLY      0x02     /* Connection is read only */
+#define UNIXFILE_PERSIST_WAL 0x04     /* Persistent WAL mode */
+#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_DIRSYNC
+# define UNIXFILE_DIRSYNC    0x08     /* Directory sync needed */
+#else
+# define UNIXFILE_DIRSYNC    0x00
+#endif
+#define UNIXFILE_PSOW        0x10     /* SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE */
+#define UNIXFILE_DELETE      0x20     /* Delete on close */
+#define UNIXFILE_URI         0x40     /* Filename might have query parameters */
+#define UNIXFILE_NOLOCK      0x80     /* Do no file locking */
+
+/*
+** Include code that is common to all os_*.c files
+*/
+/************** Include os_common.h in the middle of os_unix.c ***************/
+/************** Begin file os_common.h ***************************************/
+/*
+** 2004 May 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains macros and a little bit of code that is common to
+** all of the platform-specific files (os_*.c) and is #included into those
+** files.
+**
+** This file should be #included by the os_*.c files only.  It is not a
+** general purpose header file.
+*/
+#ifndef _OS_COMMON_H_
+#define _OS_COMMON_H_
+
+/*
+** At least two bugs have slipped in because we changed the MEMORY_DEBUG
+** macro to SQLITE_DEBUG and some older makefiles have not yet made the
+** switch.  The following code should catch this problem at compile-time.
+*/
+#ifdef MEMORY_DEBUG
+# error "The MEMORY_DEBUG macro is obsolete.  Use SQLITE_DEBUG instead."
+#endif
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+# ifndef SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE
+#   define SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE 0
+# endif
+  int sqlite3OSTrace = SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE;
+# define OSTRACE(X)          if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf X
+#else
+# define OSTRACE(X)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Macros for performance tracing.  Normally turned off.  Only works
+** on i486 hardware.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_PERFORMANCE_TRACE
+
+/* 
+** hwtime.h contains inline assembler code for implementing 
+** high-performance timing routines.
+*/
+/************** Include hwtime.h in the middle of os_common.h ****************/
+/************** Begin file hwtime.h ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 May 27
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains inline asm code for retrieving "high-performance"
+** counters for x86 class CPUs.
+*/
+#ifndef _HWTIME_H_
+#define _HWTIME_H_
+
+/*
+** The following routine only works on pentium-class (or newer) processors.
+** It uses the RDTSC opcode to read the cycle count value out of the
+** processor and returns that value.  This can be used for high-res
+** profiling.
+*/
+#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(_MSC_VER)) && \
+      (defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86))
+
+  #if defined(__GNUC__)
+
+  __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+     unsigned int lo, hi;
+     __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=a" (lo), "=d" (hi));
+     return (sqlite_uint64)hi << 32 | lo;
+  }
+
+  #elif defined(_MSC_VER)
+
+  __declspec(naked) __inline sqlite_uint64 __cdecl sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+     __asm {
+        rdtsc
+        ret       ; return value at EDX:EAX
+     }
+  }
+
+  #endif
+
+#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__x86_64__))
+
+  __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+      unsigned long val;
+      __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=A" (val));
+      return val;
+  }
+ 
+#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__ppc__))
+
+  __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+      unsigned long long retval;
+      unsigned long junk;
+      __asm__ __volatile__ ("\n\
+          1:      mftbu   %1\n\
+                  mftb    %L0\n\
+                  mftbu   %0\n\
+                  cmpw    %0,%1\n\
+                  bne     1b"
+                  : "=r" (retval), "=r" (junk));
+      return retval;
+  }
+
+#else
+
+  #error Need implementation of sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform.
+
+  /*
+  ** To compile without implementing sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform,
+  ** you can remove the above #error and use the following
+  ** stub function.  You will lose timing support for many
+  ** of the debugging and testing utilities, but it should at
+  ** least compile and run.
+  */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ return ((sqlite_uint64)0); }
+
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !defined(_HWTIME_H_) */
+
+/************** End of hwtime.h **********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in os_common.h ******************/
+
+static sqlite_uint64 g_start;
+static sqlite_uint64 g_elapsed;
+#define TIMER_START       g_start=sqlite3Hwtime()
+#define TIMER_END         g_elapsed=sqlite3Hwtime()-g_start
+#define TIMER_ELAPSED     g_elapsed
+#else
+#define TIMER_START
+#define TIMER_END
+#define TIMER_ELAPSED     ((sqlite_uint64)0)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** If we compile with the SQLITE_TEST macro set, then the following block
+** of code will give us the ability to simulate a disk I/O error.  This
+** is used for testing the I/O recovery logic.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_hit = 0;            /* Total number of I/O Errors */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_hardhit = 0;        /* Number of non-benign errors */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_pending = 0;        /* Count down to first I/O error */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_persist = 0;        /* True if I/O errors persist */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_benign = 0;         /* True if errors are benign */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_diskfull_pending = 0;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_diskfull = 0;
+#define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X) sqlite3_io_error_benign=(X)
+#define SimulateIOError(CODE)  \
+  if( (sqlite3_io_error_persist && sqlite3_io_error_hit) \
+       || sqlite3_io_error_pending-- == 1 )  \
+              { local_ioerr(); CODE; }
+static void local_ioerr(){
+  IOTRACE(("IOERR\n"));
+  sqlite3_io_error_hit++;
+  if( !sqlite3_io_error_benign ) sqlite3_io_error_hardhit++;
+}
+#define SimulateDiskfullError(CODE) \
+   if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending ){ \
+     if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending == 1 ){ \
+       local_ioerr(); \
+       sqlite3_diskfull = 1; \
+       sqlite3_io_error_hit = 1; \
+       CODE; \
+     }else{ \
+       sqlite3_diskfull_pending--; \
+     } \
+   }
+#else
+#define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X)
+#define SimulateIOError(A)
+#define SimulateDiskfullError(A)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** When testing, keep a count of the number of open files.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_file_count = 0;
+#define OpenCounter(X)  sqlite3_open_file_count+=(X)
+#else
+#define OpenCounter(X)
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !defined(_OS_COMMON_H_) */
+
+/************** End of os_common.h *******************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in os_unix.c ********************/
+
+/*
+** Define various macros that are missing from some systems.
+*/
+#ifndef O_LARGEFILE
+# define O_LARGEFILE 0
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS
+# undef O_LARGEFILE
+# define O_LARGEFILE 0
+#endif
+#ifndef O_NOFOLLOW
+# define O_NOFOLLOW 0
+#endif
+#ifndef O_BINARY
+# define O_BINARY 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The threadid macro resolves to the thread-id or to 0.  Used for
+** testing and debugging only.
+*/
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+#define threadid pthread_self()
+#else
+#define threadid 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Different Unix systems declare open() in different ways.  Same use
+** open(const char*,int,mode_t).  Others use open(const char*,int,...).
+** The difference is important when using a pointer to the function.
+**
+** The safest way to deal with the problem is to always use this wrapper
+** which always has the same well-defined interface.
+*/
+static int posixOpen(const char *zFile, int flags, int mode){
+  return open(zFile, flags, mode);
+}
+
+/*
+** On some systems, calls to fchown() will trigger a message in a security
+** log if they come from non-root processes.  So avoid calling fchown() if
+** we are not running as root.
+*/
+static int posixFchown(int fd, uid_t uid, gid_t gid){
+  return geteuid() ? 0 : fchown(fd,uid,gid);
+}
+
+/* Forward reference */
+static int openDirectory(const char*, int*);
+
+/*
+** Many system calls are accessed through pointer-to-functions so that
+** they may be overridden at runtime to facilitate fault injection during
+** testing and sandboxing.  The following array holds the names and pointers
+** to all overrideable system calls.
+*/
+static struct unix_syscall {
+  const char *zName;            /* Name of the sytem call */
+  sqlite3_syscall_ptr pCurrent; /* Current value of the system call */
+  sqlite3_syscall_ptr pDefault; /* Default value */
+} aSyscall[] = {
+  { "open",         (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)posixOpen,  0  },
+#define osOpen      ((int(*)(const char*,int,int))aSyscall[0].pCurrent)
+
+  { "close",        (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)close,      0  },
+#define osClose     ((int(*)(int))aSyscall[1].pCurrent)
+
+  { "access",       (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)access,     0  },
+#define osAccess    ((int(*)(const char*,int))aSyscall[2].pCurrent)
+
+  { "getcwd",       (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)getcwd,     0  },
+#define osGetcwd    ((char*(*)(char*,size_t))aSyscall[3].pCurrent)
+
+  { "stat",         (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)stat,       0  },
+#define osStat      ((int(*)(const char*,struct stat*))aSyscall[4].pCurrent)
+
+/*
+** The DJGPP compiler environment looks mostly like Unix, but it
+** lacks the fcntl() system call.  So redefine fcntl() to be something
+** that always succeeds.  This means that locking does not occur under
+** DJGPP.  But it is DOS - what did you expect?
+*/
+#ifdef __DJGPP__
+  { "fstat",        0,                 0  },
+#define osFstat(a,b,c)    0
+#else     
+  { "fstat",        (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)fstat,      0  },
+#define osFstat     ((int(*)(int,struct stat*))aSyscall[5].pCurrent)
+#endif
+
+  { "ftruncate",    (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)ftruncate,  0  },
+#define osFtruncate ((int(*)(int,off_t))aSyscall[6].pCurrent)
+
+  { "fcntl",        (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)fcntl,      0  },
+#define osFcntl     ((int(*)(int,int,...))aSyscall[7].pCurrent)
+
+  { "read",         (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)read,       0  },
+#define osRead      ((ssize_t(*)(int,void*,size_t))aSyscall[8].pCurrent)
+
+#if defined(USE_PREAD) || SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+  { "pread",        (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)pread,      0  },
+#else
+  { "pread",        (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0,          0  },
+#endif
+#define osPread     ((ssize_t(*)(int,void*,size_t,off_t))aSyscall[9].pCurrent)
+
+#if defined(USE_PREAD64)
+  { "pread64",      (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)pread64,    0  },
+#else
+  { "pread64",      (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0,          0  },
+#endif
+#define osPread64   ((ssize_t(*)(int,void*,size_t,off_t))aSyscall[10].pCurrent)
+
+  { "write",        (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)write,      0  },
+#define osWrite     ((ssize_t(*)(int,const void*,size_t))aSyscall[11].pCurrent)
+
+#if defined(USE_PREAD) || SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+  { "pwrite",       (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)pwrite,     0  },
+#else
+  { "pwrite",       (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0,          0  },
+#endif
+#define osPwrite    ((ssize_t(*)(int,const void*,size_t,off_t))\
+                    aSyscall[12].pCurrent)
+
+#if defined(USE_PREAD64)
+  { "pwrite64",     (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)pwrite64,   0  },
+#else
+  { "pwrite64",     (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0,          0  },
+#endif
+#define osPwrite64  ((ssize_t(*)(int,const void*,size_t,off_t))\
+                    aSyscall[13].pCurrent)
+
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+  { "fchmod",       (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)fchmod,     0  },
+#else
+  { "fchmod",       (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0,          0  },
+#endif
+#define osFchmod    ((int(*)(int,mode_t))aSyscall[14].pCurrent)
+
+#if defined(HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE) && HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE
+  { "fallocate",    (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)posix_fallocate,  0 },
+#else
+  { "fallocate",    (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0,                0 },
+#endif
+#define osFallocate ((int(*)(int,off_t,off_t))aSyscall[15].pCurrent)
+
+  { "unlink",       (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)unlink,           0 },
+#define osUnlink    ((int(*)(const char*))aSyscall[16].pCurrent)
+
+  { "openDirectory",    (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)openDirectory,      0 },
+#define osOpenDirectory ((int(*)(const char*,int*))aSyscall[17].pCurrent)
+
+  { "mkdir",        (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)mkdir,           0 },
+#define osMkdir     ((int(*)(const char*,mode_t))aSyscall[18].pCurrent)
+
+  { "rmdir",        (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)rmdir,           0 },
+#define osRmdir     ((int(*)(const char*))aSyscall[19].pCurrent)
+
+  { "fchown",       (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)posixFchown,     0 },
+#define osFchown    ((int(*)(int,uid_t,gid_t))aSyscall[20].pCurrent)
+
+  { "umask",        (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)umask,           0 },
+#define osUmask     ((mode_t(*)(mode_t))aSyscall[21].pCurrent)
+
+}; /* End of the overrideable system calls */
+
+/*
+** This is the xSetSystemCall() method of sqlite3_vfs for all of the
+** "unix" VFSes.  Return SQLITE_OK opon successfully updating the
+** system call pointer, or SQLITE_NOTFOUND if there is no configurable
+** system call named zName.
+*/
+static int unixSetSystemCall(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pNotUsed,        /* The VFS pointer.  Not used */
+  const char *zName,            /* Name of system call to override */
+  sqlite3_syscall_ptr pNewFunc  /* Pointer to new system call value */
+){
+  unsigned int i;
+  int rc = SQLITE_NOTFOUND;
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pNotUsed);
+  if( zName==0 ){
+    /* If no zName is given, restore all system calls to their default
+    ** settings and return NULL
+    */
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    for(i=0; i<sizeof(aSyscall)/sizeof(aSyscall[0]); i++){
+      if( aSyscall[i].pDefault ){
+        aSyscall[i].pCurrent = aSyscall[i].pDefault;
+      }
+    }
+  }else{
+    /* If zName is specified, operate on only the one system call
+    ** specified.
+    */
+    for(i=0; i<sizeof(aSyscall)/sizeof(aSyscall[0]); i++){
+      if( strcmp(zName, aSyscall[i].zName)==0 ){
+        if( aSyscall[i].pDefault==0 ){
+          aSyscall[i].pDefault = aSyscall[i].pCurrent;
+        }
+        rc = SQLITE_OK;
+        if( pNewFunc==0 ) pNewFunc = aSyscall[i].pDefault;
+        aSyscall[i].pCurrent = pNewFunc;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the value of a system call.  Return NULL if zName is not a
+** recognized system call name.  NULL is also returned if the system call
+** is currently undefined.
+*/
+static sqlite3_syscall_ptr unixGetSystemCall(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pNotUsed,
+  const char *zName
+){
+  unsigned int i;
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pNotUsed);
+  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aSyscall)/sizeof(aSyscall[0]); i++){
+    if( strcmp(zName, aSyscall[i].zName)==0 ) return aSyscall[i].pCurrent;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the name of the first system call after zName.  If zName==NULL
+** then return the name of the first system call.  Return NULL if zName
+** is the last system call or if zName is not the name of a valid
+** system call.
+*/
+static const char *unixNextSystemCall(sqlite3_vfs *p, const char *zName){
+  int i = -1;
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
+  if( zName ){
+    for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aSyscall)-1; i++){
+      if( strcmp(zName, aSyscall[i].zName)==0 ) break;
+    }
+  }
+  for(i++; i<ArraySize(aSyscall); i++){
+    if( aSyscall[i].pCurrent!=0 ) return aSyscall[i].zName;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Invoke open().  Do so multiple times, until it either succeeds or
+** fails for some reason other than EINTR.
+**
+** If the file creation mode "m" is 0 then set it to the default for
+** SQLite.  The default is SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS (normally
+** 0644) as modified by the system umask.  If m is not 0, then
+** make the file creation mode be exactly m ignoring the umask.
+**
+** The m parameter will be non-zero only when creating -wal, -journal,
+** and -shm files.  We want those files to have *exactly* the same
+** permissions as their original database, unadulterated by the umask.
+** In that way, if a database file is -rw-rw-rw or -rw-rw-r-, and a
+** transaction crashes and leaves behind hot journals, then any
+** process that is able to write to the database will also be able to
+** recover the hot journals.
+*/
+static int robust_open(const char *z, int f, mode_t m){
+  int fd;
+  mode_t m2;
+  mode_t origM = 0;
+  if( m==0 ){
+    m2 = SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS;
+  }else{
+    m2 = m;
+    origM = osUmask(0);
+  }
+  do{
+#if defined(O_CLOEXEC)
+    fd = osOpen(z,f|O_CLOEXEC,m2);
+#else
+    fd = osOpen(z,f,m2);
+#endif
+  }while( fd<0 && errno==EINTR );
+  if( m ){
+    osUmask(origM);
+  }
+#if defined(FD_CLOEXEC) && (!defined(O_CLOEXEC) || O_CLOEXEC==0)
+  if( fd>=0 ) osFcntl(fd, F_SETFD, osFcntl(fd, F_GETFD, 0) | FD_CLOEXEC);
+#endif
+  return fd;
+}
+
+/*
+** Helper functions to obtain and relinquish the global mutex. The
+** global mutex is used to protect the unixInodeInfo and
+** vxworksFileId objects used by this file, all of which may be 
+** shared by multiple threads.
+**
+** Function unixMutexHeld() is used to assert() that the global mutex 
+** is held when required. This function is only used as part of assert() 
+** statements. e.g.
+**
+**   unixEnterMutex()
+**     assert( unixMutexHeld() );
+**   unixEnterLeave()
+*/
+static void unixEnterMutex(void){
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
+}
+static void unixLeaveMutex(void){
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
+}
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+static int unixMutexHeld(void) {
+  return sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+/*
+** Helper function for printing out trace information from debugging
+** binaries. This returns the string represetation of the supplied
+** integer lock-type.
+*/
+static const char *azFileLock(int eFileLock){
+  switch( eFileLock ){
+    case NO_LOCK: return "NONE";
+    case SHARED_LOCK: return "SHARED";
+    case RESERVED_LOCK: return "RESERVED";
+    case PENDING_LOCK: return "PENDING";
+    case EXCLUSIVE_LOCK: return "EXCLUSIVE";
+  }
+  return "ERROR";
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_LOCK_TRACE
+/*
+** Print out information about all locking operations.
+**
+** This routine is used for troubleshooting locks on multithreaded
+** platforms.  Enable by compiling with the -DSQLITE_LOCK_TRACE
+** command-line option on the compiler.  This code is normally
+** turned off.
+*/
+static int lockTrace(int fd, int op, struct flock *p){
+  char *zOpName, *zType;
+  int s;
+  int savedErrno;
+  if( op==F_GETLK ){
+    zOpName = "GETLK";
+  }else if( op==F_SETLK ){
+    zOpName = "SETLK";
+  }else{
+    s = osFcntl(fd, op, p);
+    sqlite3DebugPrintf("fcntl unknown %d %d %d\n", fd, op, s);
+    return s;
+  }
+  if( p->l_type==F_RDLCK ){
+    zType = "RDLCK";
+  }else if( p->l_type==F_WRLCK ){
+    zType = "WRLCK";
+  }else if( p->l_type==F_UNLCK ){
+    zType = "UNLCK";
+  }else{
+    assert( 0 );
+  }
+  assert( p->l_whence==SEEK_SET );
+  s = osFcntl(fd, op, p);
+  savedErrno = errno;
+  sqlite3DebugPrintf("fcntl %d %d %s %s %d %d %d %d\n",
+     threadid, fd, zOpName, zType, (int)p->l_start, (int)p->l_len,
+     (int)p->l_pid, s);
+  if( s==(-1) && op==F_SETLK && (p->l_type==F_RDLCK || p->l_type==F_WRLCK) ){
+    struct flock l2;
+    l2 = *p;
+    osFcntl(fd, F_GETLK, &l2);
+    if( l2.l_type==F_RDLCK ){
+      zType = "RDLCK";
+    }else if( l2.l_type==F_WRLCK ){
+      zType = "WRLCK";
+    }else if( l2.l_type==F_UNLCK ){
+      zType = "UNLCK";
+    }else{
+      assert( 0 );
+    }
+    sqlite3DebugPrintf("fcntl-failure-reason: %s %d %d %d\n",
+       zType, (int)l2.l_start, (int)l2.l_len, (int)l2.l_pid);
+  }
+  errno = savedErrno;
+  return s;
+}
+#undef osFcntl
+#define osFcntl lockTrace
+#endif /* SQLITE_LOCK_TRACE */
+
+/*
+** Retry ftruncate() calls that fail due to EINTR
+*/
+static int robust_ftruncate(int h, sqlite3_int64 sz){
+  int rc;
+  do{ rc = osFtruncate(h,sz); }while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR );
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine translates a standard POSIX errno code into something
+** useful to the clients of the sqlite3 functions.  Specifically, it is
+** intended to translate a variety of "try again" errors into SQLITE_BUSY
+** and a variety of "please close the file descriptor NOW" errors into 
+** SQLITE_IOERR
+** 
+** Errors during initialization of locks, or file system support for locks,
+** should handle ENOLCK, ENOTSUP, EOPNOTSUPP separately.
+*/
+static int sqliteErrorFromPosixError(int posixError, int sqliteIOErr) {
+  switch (posixError) {
+#if 0
+  /* At one point this code was not commented out. In theory, this branch
+  ** should never be hit, as this function should only be called after
+  ** a locking-related function (i.e. fcntl()) has returned non-zero with
+  ** the value of errno as the first argument. Since a system call has failed,
+  ** errno should be non-zero.
+  **
+  ** Despite this, if errno really is zero, we still don't want to return
+  ** SQLITE_OK. The system call failed, and *some* SQLite error should be
+  ** propagated back to the caller. Commenting this branch out means errno==0
+  ** will be handled by the "default:" case below.
+  */
+  case 0: 
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+#endif
+
+  case EAGAIN:
+  case ETIMEDOUT:
+  case EBUSY:
+  case EINTR:
+  case ENOLCK:  
+    /* random NFS retry error, unless during file system support 
+     * introspection, in which it actually means what it says */
+    return SQLITE_BUSY;
+    
+  case EACCES: 
+    /* EACCES is like EAGAIN during locking operations, but not any other time*/
+    if( (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK) || 
+        (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK) || 
+        (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK) ||
+        (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK) ){
+      return SQLITE_BUSY;
+    }
+    /* else fall through */
+  case EPERM: 
+    return SQLITE_PERM;
+    
+  /* EDEADLK is only possible if a call to fcntl(F_SETLKW) is made. And
+  ** this module never makes such a call. And the code in SQLite itself 
+  ** asserts that SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED is never returned. For these reasons
+  ** this case is also commented out. If the system does set errno to EDEADLK,
+  ** the default SQLITE_IOERR_XXX code will be returned. */
+#if 0
+  case EDEADLK:
+    return SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED;
+#endif
+    
+#if EOPNOTSUPP!=ENOTSUP
+  case EOPNOTSUPP: 
+    /* something went terribly awry, unless during file system support 
+     * introspection, in which it actually means what it says */
+#endif
+#ifdef ENOTSUP
+  case ENOTSUP: 
+    /* invalid fd, unless during file system support introspection, in which 
+     * it actually means what it says */
+#endif
+  case EIO:
+  case EBADF:
+  case EINVAL:
+  case ENOTCONN:
+  case ENODEV:
+  case ENXIO:
+  case ENOENT:
+#ifdef ESTALE                     /* ESTALE is not defined on Interix systems */
+  case ESTALE:
+#endif
+  case ENOSYS:
+    /* these should force the client to close the file and reconnect */
+    
+  default: 
+    return sqliteIOErr;
+  }
+}
+
+
+
+/******************************************************************************
+****************** Begin Unique File ID Utility Used By VxWorks ***************
+**
+** On most versions of unix, we can get a unique ID for a file by concatenating
+** the device number and the inode number.  But this does not work on VxWorks.
+** On VxWorks, a unique file id must be based on the canonical filename.
+**
+** A pointer to an instance of the following structure can be used as a
+** unique file ID in VxWorks.  Each instance of this structure contains
+** a copy of the canonical filename.  There is also a reference count.  
+** The structure is reclaimed when the number of pointers to it drops to
+** zero.
+**
+** There are never very many files open at one time and lookups are not
+** a performance-critical path, so it is sufficient to put these
+** structures on a linked list.
+*/
+struct vxworksFileId {
+  struct vxworksFileId *pNext;  /* Next in a list of them all */
+  int nRef;                     /* Number of references to this one */
+  int nName;                    /* Length of the zCanonicalName[] string */
+  char *zCanonicalName;         /* Canonical filename */
+};
+
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+/* 
+** All unique filenames are held on a linked list headed by this
+** variable:
+*/
+static struct vxworksFileId *vxworksFileList = 0;
+
+/*
+** Simplify a filename into its canonical form
+** by making the following changes:
+**
+**  * removing any trailing and duplicate /
+**  * convert /./ into just /
+**  * convert /A/../ where A is any simple name into just /
+**
+** Changes are made in-place.  Return the new name length.
+**
+** The original filename is in z[0..n-1].  Return the number of
+** characters in the simplified name.
+*/
+static int vxworksSimplifyName(char *z, int n){
+  int i, j;
+  while( n>1 && z[n-1]=='/' ){ n--; }
+  for(i=j=0; i<n; i++){
+    if( z[i]=='/' ){
+      if( z[i+1]=='/' ) continue;
+      if( z[i+1]=='.' && i+2<n && z[i+2]=='/' ){
+        i += 1;
+        continue;
+      }
+      if( z[i+1]=='.' && i+3<n && z[i+2]=='.' && z[i+3]=='/' ){
+        while( j>0 && z[j-1]!='/' ){ j--; }
+        if( j>0 ){ j--; }
+        i += 2;
+        continue;
+      }
+    }
+    z[j++] = z[i];
+  }
+  z[j] = 0;
+  return j;
+}
+
+/*
+** Find a unique file ID for the given absolute pathname.  Return
+** a pointer to the vxworksFileId object.  This pointer is the unique
+** file ID.
+**
+** The nRef field of the vxworksFileId object is incremented before
+** the object is returned.  A new vxworksFileId object is created
+** and added to the global list if necessary.
+**
+** If a memory allocation error occurs, return NULL.
+*/
+static struct vxworksFileId *vxworksFindFileId(const char *zAbsoluteName){
+  struct vxworksFileId *pNew;         /* search key and new file ID */
+  struct vxworksFileId *pCandidate;   /* For looping over existing file IDs */
+  int n;                              /* Length of zAbsoluteName string */
+
+  assert( zAbsoluteName[0]=='/' );
+  n = (int)strlen(zAbsoluteName);
+  pNew = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pNew) + (n+1) );
+  if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
+  pNew->zCanonicalName = (char*)&pNew[1];
+  memcpy(pNew->zCanonicalName, zAbsoluteName, n+1);
+  n = vxworksSimplifyName(pNew->zCanonicalName, n);
+
+  /* Search for an existing entry that matching the canonical name.
+  ** If found, increment the reference count and return a pointer to
+  ** the existing file ID.
+  */
+  unixEnterMutex();
+  for(pCandidate=vxworksFileList; pCandidate; pCandidate=pCandidate->pNext){
+    if( pCandidate->nName==n 
+     && memcmp(pCandidate->zCanonicalName, pNew->zCanonicalName, n)==0
+    ){
+       sqlite3_free(pNew);
+       pCandidate->nRef++;
+       unixLeaveMutex();
+       return pCandidate;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* No match was found.  We will make a new file ID */
+  pNew->nRef = 1;
+  pNew->nName = n;
+  pNew->pNext = vxworksFileList;
+  vxworksFileList = pNew;
+  unixLeaveMutex();
+  return pNew;
+}
+
+/*
+** Decrement the reference count on a vxworksFileId object.  Free
+** the object when the reference count reaches zero.
+*/
+static void vxworksReleaseFileId(struct vxworksFileId *pId){
+  unixEnterMutex();
+  assert( pId->nRef>0 );
+  pId->nRef--;
+  if( pId->nRef==0 ){
+    struct vxworksFileId **pp;
+    for(pp=&vxworksFileList; *pp && *pp!=pId; pp = &((*pp)->pNext)){}
+    assert( *pp==pId );
+    *pp = pId->pNext;
+    sqlite3_free(pId);
+  }
+  unixLeaveMutex();
+}
+#endif /* OS_VXWORKS */
+/*************** End of Unique File ID Utility Used By VxWorks ****************
+******************************************************************************/
+
+
+/******************************************************************************
+*************************** Posix Advisory Locking ****************************
+**
+** POSIX advisory locks are broken by design.  ANSI STD 1003.1 (1996)
+** section 6.5.2.2 lines 483 through 490 specify that when a process
+** sets or clears a lock, that operation overrides any prior locks set
+** by the same process.  It does not explicitly say so, but this implies
+** that it overrides locks set by the same process using a different
+** file descriptor.  Consider this test case:
+**
+**       int fd1 = open("./file1", O_RDWR|O_CREAT, 0644);
+**       int fd2 = open("./file2", O_RDWR|O_CREAT, 0644);
+**
+** Suppose ./file1 and ./file2 are really the same file (because
+** one is a hard or symbolic link to the other) then if you set
+** an exclusive lock on fd1, then try to get an exclusive lock
+** on fd2, it works.  I would have expected the second lock to
+** fail since there was already a lock on the file due to fd1.
+** But not so.  Since both locks came from the same process, the
+** second overrides the first, even though they were on different
+** file descriptors opened on different file names.
+**
+** This means that we cannot use POSIX locks to synchronize file access
+** among competing threads of the same process.  POSIX locks will work fine
+** to synchronize access for threads in separate processes, but not
+** threads within the same process.
+**
+** To work around the problem, SQLite has to manage file locks internally
+** on its own.  Whenever a new database is opened, we have to find the
+** specific inode of the database file (the inode is determined by the
+** st_dev and st_ino fields of the stat structure that fstat() fills in)
+** and check for locks already existing on that inode.  When locks are
+** created or removed, we have to look at our own internal record of the
+** locks to see if another thread has previously set a lock on that same
+** inode.
+**
+** (Aside: The use of inode numbers as unique IDs does not work on VxWorks.
+** For VxWorks, we have to use the alternative unique ID system based on
+** canonical filename and implemented in the previous division.)
+**
+** The sqlite3_file structure for POSIX is no longer just an integer file
+** descriptor.  It is now a structure that holds the integer file
+** descriptor and a pointer to a structure that describes the internal
+** locks on the corresponding inode.  There is one locking structure
+** per inode, so if the same inode is opened twice, both unixFile structures
+** point to the same locking structure.  The locking structure keeps
+** a reference count (so we will know when to delete it) and a "cnt"
+** field that tells us its internal lock status.  cnt==0 means the
+** file is unlocked.  cnt==-1 means the file has an exclusive lock.
+** cnt>0 means there are cnt shared locks on the file.
+**
+** Any attempt to lock or unlock a file first checks the locking
+** structure.  The fcntl() system call is only invoked to set a 
+** POSIX lock if the internal lock structure transitions between
+** a locked and an unlocked state.
+**
+** But wait:  there are yet more problems with POSIX advisory locks.
+**
+** If you close a file descriptor that points to a file that has locks,
+** all locks on that file that are owned by the current process are
+** released.  To work around this problem, each unixInodeInfo object
+** maintains a count of the number of pending locks on tha inode.
+** When an attempt is made to close an unixFile, if there are
+** other unixFile open on the same inode that are holding locks, the call
+** to close() the file descriptor is deferred until all of the locks clear.
+** The unixInodeInfo structure keeps a list of file descriptors that need to
+** be closed and that list is walked (and cleared) when the last lock
+** clears.
+**
+** Yet another problem:  LinuxThreads do not play well with posix locks.
+**
+** Many older versions of linux use the LinuxThreads library which is
+** not posix compliant.  Under LinuxThreads, a lock created by thread
+** A cannot be modified or overridden by a different thread B.
+** Only thread A can modify the lock.  Locking behavior is correct
+** if the appliation uses the newer Native Posix Thread Library (NPTL)
+** on linux - with NPTL a lock created by thread A can override locks
+** in thread B.  But there is no way to know at compile-time which
+** threading library is being used.  So there is no way to know at
+** compile-time whether or not thread A can override locks on thread B.
+** One has to do a run-time check to discover the behavior of the
+** current process.
+**
+** SQLite used to support LinuxThreads.  But support for LinuxThreads
+** was dropped beginning with version 3.7.0.  SQLite will still work with
+** LinuxThreads provided that (1) there is no more than one connection 
+** per database file in the same process and (2) database connections
+** do not move across threads.
+*/
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure serves as the key used
+** to locate a particular unixInodeInfo object.
+*/
+struct unixFileId {
+  dev_t dev;                  /* Device number */
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+  struct vxworksFileId *pId;  /* Unique file ID for vxworks. */
+#else
+  ino_t ino;                  /* Inode number */
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each open
+** inode.  Or, on LinuxThreads, there is one of these structures for
+** each inode opened by each thread.
+**
+** A single inode can have multiple file descriptors, so each unixFile
+** structure contains a pointer to an instance of this object and this
+** object keeps a count of the number of unixFile pointing to it.
+*/
+struct unixInodeInfo {
+  struct unixFileId fileId;       /* The lookup key */
+  int nShared;                    /* Number of SHARED locks held */
+  unsigned char eFileLock;        /* One of SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK etc. */
+  unsigned char bProcessLock;     /* An exclusive process lock is held */
+  int nRef;                       /* Number of pointers to this structure */
+  unixShmNode *pShmNode;          /* Shared memory associated with this inode */
+  int nLock;                      /* Number of outstanding file locks */
+  UnixUnusedFd *pUnused;          /* Unused file descriptors to close */
+  unixInodeInfo *pNext;           /* List of all unixInodeInfo objects */
+  unixInodeInfo *pPrev;           /*    .... doubly linked */
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+  unsigned long long sharedByte;  /* for AFP simulated shared lock */
+#endif
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+  sem_t *pSem;                    /* Named POSIX semaphore */
+  char aSemName[MAX_PATHNAME+2];  /* Name of that semaphore */
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+** A lists of all unixInodeInfo objects.
+*/
+static unixInodeInfo *inodeList = 0;
+
+/*
+**
+** This function - unixLogError_x(), is only ever called via the macro
+** unixLogError().
+**
+** It is invoked after an error occurs in an OS function and errno has been
+** set. It logs a message using sqlite3_log() containing the current value of
+** errno and, if possible, the human-readable equivalent from strerror() or
+** strerror_r().
+**
+** The first argument passed to the macro should be the error code that
+** will be returned to SQLite (e.g. SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE, SQLITE_CANTOPEN). 
+** The two subsequent arguments should be the name of the OS function that
+** failed (e.g. "unlink", "open") and the associated file-system path,
+** if any.
+*/
+#define unixLogError(a,b,c)     unixLogErrorAtLine(a,b,c,__LINE__)
+static int unixLogErrorAtLine(
+  int errcode,                    /* SQLite error code */
+  const char *zFunc,              /* Name of OS function that failed */
+  const char *zPath,              /* File path associated with error */
+  int iLine                       /* Source line number where error occurred */
+){
+  char *zErr;                     /* Message from strerror() or equivalent */
+  int iErrno = errno;             /* Saved syscall error number */
+
+  /* If this is not a threadsafe build (SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0), then use
+  ** the strerror() function to obtain the human-readable error message
+  ** equivalent to errno. Otherwise, use strerror_r().
+  */ 
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && defined(HAVE_STRERROR_R)
+  char aErr[80];
+  memset(aErr, 0, sizeof(aErr));
+  zErr = aErr;
+
+  /* If STRERROR_R_CHAR_P (set by autoconf scripts) or __USE_GNU is defined,
+  ** assume that the system provides the GNU version of strerror_r() that
+  ** returns a pointer to a buffer containing the error message. That pointer 
+  ** may point to aErr[], or it may point to some static storage somewhere. 
+  ** Otherwise, assume that the system provides the POSIX version of 
+  ** strerror_r(), which always writes an error message into aErr[].
+  **
+  ** If the code incorrectly assumes that it is the POSIX version that is
+  ** available, the error message will often be an empty string. Not a
+  ** huge problem. Incorrectly concluding that the GNU version is available 
+  ** could lead to a segfault though.
+  */
+#if defined(STRERROR_R_CHAR_P) || defined(__USE_GNU)
+  zErr = 
+# endif
+  strerror_r(iErrno, aErr, sizeof(aErr)-1);
+
+#elif SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+  /* This is a threadsafe build, but strerror_r() is not available. */
+  zErr = "";
+#else
+  /* Non-threadsafe build, use strerror(). */
+  zErr = strerror(iErrno);
+#endif
+
+  assert( errcode!=SQLITE_OK );
+  if( zPath==0 ) zPath = "";
+  sqlite3_log(errcode,
+      "os_unix.c:%d: (%d) %s(%s) - %s",
+      iLine, iErrno, zFunc, zPath, zErr
+  );
+
+  return errcode;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a file descriptor.
+**
+** We assume that close() almost always works, since it is only in a
+** very sick application or on a very sick platform that it might fail.
+** If it does fail, simply leak the file descriptor, but do log the
+** error.
+**
+** Note that it is not safe to retry close() after EINTR since the
+** file descriptor might have already been reused by another thread.
+** So we don't even try to recover from an EINTR.  Just log the error
+** and move on.
+*/
+static void robust_close(unixFile *pFile, int h, int lineno){
+  if( osClose(h) ){
+    unixLogErrorAtLine(SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE, "close",
+                       pFile ? pFile->zPath : 0, lineno);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Close all file descriptors accumuated in the unixInodeInfo->pUnused list.
+*/ 
+static void closePendingFds(unixFile *pFile){
+  unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode;
+  UnixUnusedFd *p;
+  UnixUnusedFd *pNext;
+  for(p=pInode->pUnused; p; p=pNext){
+    pNext = p->pNext;
+    robust_close(pFile, p->fd, __LINE__);
+    sqlite3_free(p);
+  }
+  pInode->pUnused = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Release a unixInodeInfo structure previously allocated by findInodeInfo().
+**
+** The mutex entered using the unixEnterMutex() function must be held
+** when this function is called.
+*/
+static void releaseInodeInfo(unixFile *pFile){
+  unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode;
+  assert( unixMutexHeld() );
+  if( ALWAYS(pInode) ){
+    pInode->nRef--;
+    if( pInode->nRef==0 ){
+      assert( pInode->pShmNode==0 );
+      closePendingFds(pFile);
+      if( pInode->pPrev ){
+        assert( pInode->pPrev->pNext==pInode );
+        pInode->pPrev->pNext = pInode->pNext;
+      }else{
+        assert( inodeList==pInode );
+        inodeList = pInode->pNext;
+      }
+      if( pInode->pNext ){
+        assert( pInode->pNext->pPrev==pInode );
+        pInode->pNext->pPrev = pInode->pPrev;
+      }
+      sqlite3_free(pInode);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Given a file descriptor, locate the unixInodeInfo object that
+** describes that file descriptor.  Create a new one if necessary.  The
+** return value might be uninitialized if an error occurs.
+**
+** The mutex entered using the unixEnterMutex() function must be held
+** when this function is called.
+**
+** Return an appropriate error code.
+*/
+static int findInodeInfo(
+  unixFile *pFile,               /* Unix file with file desc used in the key */
+  unixInodeInfo **ppInode        /* Return the unixInodeInfo object here */
+){
+  int rc;                        /* System call return code */
+  int fd;                        /* The file descriptor for pFile */
+  struct unixFileId fileId;      /* Lookup key for the unixInodeInfo */
+  struct stat statbuf;           /* Low-level file information */
+  unixInodeInfo *pInode = 0;     /* Candidate unixInodeInfo object */
+
+  assert( unixMutexHeld() );
+
+  /* Get low-level information about the file that we can used to
+  ** create a unique name for the file.
+  */
+  fd = pFile->h;
+  rc = osFstat(fd, &statbuf);
+  if( rc!=0 ){
+    pFile->lastErrno = errno;
+#ifdef EOVERFLOW
+    if( pFile->lastErrno==EOVERFLOW ) return SQLITE_NOLFS;
+#endif
+    return SQLITE_IOERR;
+  }
+
+#ifdef __APPLE__
+  /* On OS X on an msdos filesystem, the inode number is reported
+  ** incorrectly for zero-size files.  See ticket #3260.  To work
+  ** around this problem (we consider it a bug in OS X, not SQLite)
+  ** we always increase the file size to 1 by writing a single byte
+  ** prior to accessing the inode number.  The one byte written is
+  ** an ASCII 'S' character which also happens to be the first byte
+  ** in the header of every SQLite database.  In this way, if there
+  ** is a race condition such that another thread has already populated
+  ** the first page of the database, no damage is done.
+  */
+  if( statbuf.st_size==0 && (pFile->fsFlags & SQLITE_FSFLAGS_IS_MSDOS)!=0 ){
+    do{ rc = osWrite(fd, "S", 1); }while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR );
+    if( rc!=1 ){
+      pFile->lastErrno = errno;
+      return SQLITE_IOERR;
+    }
+    rc = osFstat(fd, &statbuf);
+    if( rc!=0 ){
+      pFile->lastErrno = errno;
+      return SQLITE_IOERR;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  memset(&fileId, 0, sizeof(fileId));
+  fileId.dev = statbuf.st_dev;
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+  fileId.pId = pFile->pId;
+#else
+  fileId.ino = statbuf.st_ino;
+#endif
+  pInode = inodeList;
+  while( pInode && memcmp(&fileId, &pInode->fileId, sizeof(fileId)) ){
+    pInode = pInode->pNext;
+  }
+  if( pInode==0 ){
+    pInode = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pInode) );
+    if( pInode==0 ){
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    memset(pInode, 0, sizeof(*pInode));
+    memcpy(&pInode->fileId, &fileId, sizeof(fileId));
+    pInode->nRef = 1;
+    pInode->pNext = inodeList;
+    pInode->pPrev = 0;
+    if( inodeList ) inodeList->pPrev = pInode;
+    inodeList = pInode;
+  }else{
+    pInode->nRef++;
+  }
+  *ppInode = pInode;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
+** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut
+** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero.  The return value
+** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking.
+*/
+static int unixCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int reserved = 0;
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+
+  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; );
+
+  assert( pFile );
+  unixEnterMutex(); /* Because pFile->pInode is shared across threads */
+
+  /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */
+  if( pFile->pInode->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){
+    reserved = 1;
+  }
+
+  /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it.
+  */
+#ifndef __DJGPP__
+  if( !reserved && !pFile->pInode->bProcessLock ){
+    struct flock lock;
+    lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+    lock.l_start = RESERVED_BYTE;
+    lock.l_len = 1;
+    lock.l_type = F_WRLCK;
+    if( osFcntl(pFile->h, F_GETLK, &lock) ){
+      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK;
+      pFile->lastErrno = errno;
+    } else if( lock.l_type!=F_UNLCK ){
+      reserved = 1;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+  
+  unixLeaveMutex();
+  OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (unix)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved));
+
+  *pResOut = reserved;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to set a system-lock on the file pFile.  The lock is 
+** described by pLock.
+**
+** If the pFile was opened read/write from unix-excl, then the only lock
+** ever obtained is an exclusive lock, and it is obtained exactly once
+** the first time any lock is attempted.  All subsequent system locking
+** operations become no-ops.  Locking operations still happen internally,
+** in order to coordinate access between separate database connections
+** within this process, but all of that is handled in memory and the
+** operating system does not participate.
+**
+** This function is a pass-through to fcntl(F_SETLK) if pFile is using
+** any VFS other than "unix-excl" or if pFile is opened on "unix-excl"
+** and is read-only.
+**
+** Zero is returned if the call completes successfully, or -1 if a call
+** to fcntl() fails. In this case, errno is set appropriately (by fcntl()).
+*/
+static int unixFileLock(unixFile *pFile, struct flock *pLock){
+  int rc;
+  unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode;
+  assert( unixMutexHeld() );
+  assert( pInode!=0 );
+  if( ((pFile->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_EXCL)!=0 || pInode->bProcessLock)
+   && ((pFile->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_RDONLY)==0)
+  ){
+    if( pInode->bProcessLock==0 ){
+      struct flock lock;
+      assert( pInode->nLock==0 );
+      lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+      lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
+      lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE;
+      lock.l_type = F_WRLCK;
+      rc = osFcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock);
+      if( rc<0 ) return rc;
+      pInode->bProcessLock = 1;
+      pInode->nLock++;
+    }else{
+      rc = 0;
+    }
+  }else{
+    rc = osFcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, pLock);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one
+** of the following:
+**
+**     (1) SHARED_LOCK
+**     (2) RESERVED_LOCK
+**     (3) PENDING_LOCK
+**     (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
+**
+** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
+** are inserted in between.  The locking might fail on one of the later
+** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
+** still short of its goal.  The following chart shows the allowed
+** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
+**
+**    UNLOCKED -> SHARED
+**    SHARED -> RESERVED
+**    SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+**    RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+**    PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
+**
+** This routine will only increase a lock.  Use the sqlite3OsUnlock()
+** routine to lower a locking level.
+*/
+static int unixLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){
+  /* The following describes the implementation of the various locks and
+  ** lock transitions in terms of the POSIX advisory shared and exclusive
+  ** lock primitives (called read-locks and write-locks below, to avoid
+  ** confusion with SQLite lock names). The algorithms are complicated
+  ** slightly in order to be compatible with windows systems simultaneously
+  ** accessing the same database file, in case that is ever required.
+  **
+  ** Symbols defined in os.h indentify the 'pending byte' and the 'reserved
+  ** byte', each single bytes at well known offsets, and the 'shared byte
+  ** range', a range of 510 bytes at a well known offset.
+  **
+  ** To obtain a SHARED lock, a read-lock is obtained on the 'pending
+  ** byte'.  If this is successful, a random byte from the 'shared byte
+  ** range' is read-locked and the lock on the 'pending byte' released.
+  **
+  ** A process may only obtain a RESERVED lock after it has a SHARED lock.
+  ** A RESERVED lock is implemented by grabbing a write-lock on the
+  ** 'reserved byte'. 
+  **
+  ** A process may only obtain a PENDING lock after it has obtained a
+  ** SHARED lock. A PENDING lock is implemented by obtaining a write-lock
+  ** on the 'pending byte'. This ensures that no new SHARED locks can be
+  ** obtained, but existing SHARED locks are allowed to persist. A process
+  ** does not have to obtain a RESERVED lock on the way to a PENDING lock.
+  ** This property is used by the algorithm for rolling back a journal file
+  ** after a crash.
+  **
+  ** An EXCLUSIVE lock, obtained after a PENDING lock is held, is
+  ** implemented by obtaining a write-lock on the entire 'shared byte
+  ** range'. Since all other locks require a read-lock on one of the bytes
+  ** within this range, this ensures that no other locks are held on the
+  ** database. 
+  **
+  ** The reason a single byte cannot be used instead of the 'shared byte
+  ** range' is that some versions of windows do not support read-locks. By
+  ** locking a random byte from a range, concurrent SHARED locks may exist
+  ** even if the locking primitive used is always a write-lock.
+  */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+  unixInodeInfo *pInode;
+  struct flock lock;
+  int tErrno = 0;
+
+  assert( pFile );
+  OSTRACE(("LOCK    %d %s was %s(%s,%d) pid=%d (unix)\n", pFile->h,
+      azFileLock(eFileLock), azFileLock(pFile->eFileLock),
+      azFileLock(pFile->pInode->eFileLock), pFile->pInode->nShared , getpid()));
+
+  /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the
+  ** unixFile, do nothing. Don't use the end_lock: exit path, as
+  ** unixEnterMutex() hasn't been called yet.
+  */
+  if( pFile->eFileLock>=eFileLock ){
+    OSTRACE(("LOCK    %d %s ok (already held) (unix)\n", pFile->h,
+            azFileLock(eFileLock)));
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct.
+  **  (1) We never move from unlocked to anything higher than shared lock.
+  **  (2) SQLite never explicitly requests a pendig lock.
+  **  (3) A shared lock is always held when a reserve lock is requested.
+  */
+  assert( pFile->eFileLock!=NO_LOCK || eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK );
+  assert( eFileLock!=PENDING_LOCK );
+  assert( eFileLock!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK );
+
+  /* This mutex is needed because pFile->pInode is shared across threads
+  */
+  unixEnterMutex();
+  pInode = pFile->pInode;
+
+  /* If some thread using this PID has a lock via a different unixFile*
+  ** handle that precludes the requested lock, return BUSY.
+  */
+  if( (pFile->eFileLock!=pInode->eFileLock && 
+          (pInode->eFileLock>=PENDING_LOCK || eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK))
+  ){
+    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+    goto end_lock;
+  }
+
+  /* If a SHARED lock is requested, and some thread using this PID already
+  ** has a SHARED or RESERVED lock, then increment reference counts and
+  ** return SQLITE_OK.
+  */
+  if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK && 
+      (pInode->eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || pInode->eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK) ){
+    assert( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK );
+    assert( pFile->eFileLock==0 );
+    assert( pInode->nShared>0 );
+    pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK;
+    pInode->nShared++;
+    pInode->nLock++;
+    goto end_lock;
+  }
+
+
+  /* A PENDING lock is needed before acquiring a SHARED lock and before
+  ** acquiring an EXCLUSIVE lock.  For the SHARED lock, the PENDING will
+  ** be released.
+  */
+  lock.l_len = 1L;
+  lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+  if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK 
+      || (eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->eFileLock<PENDING_LOCK)
+  ){
+    lock.l_type = (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK?F_RDLCK:F_WRLCK);
+    lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE;
+    if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) ){
+      tErrno = errno;
+      rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){
+        pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+      }
+      goto end_lock;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  /* If control gets to this point, then actually go ahead and make
+  ** operating system calls for the specified lock.
+  */
+  if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ){
+    assert( pInode->nShared==0 );
+    assert( pInode->eFileLock==0 );
+    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+
+    /* Now get the read-lock */
+    lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
+    lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE;
+    if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) ){
+      tErrno = errno;
+      rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK);
+    }
+
+    /* Drop the temporary PENDING lock */
+    lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE;
+    lock.l_len = 1L;
+    lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
+    if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      /* This could happen with a network mount */
+      tErrno = errno;
+      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; 
+    }
+
+    if( rc ){
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){
+        pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+      }
+      goto end_lock;
+    }else{
+      pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK;
+      pInode->nLock++;
+      pInode->nShared = 1;
+    }
+  }else if( eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pInode->nShared>1 ){
+    /* We are trying for an exclusive lock but another thread in this
+    ** same process is still holding a shared lock. */
+    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+  }else{
+    /* The request was for a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock.  It is
+    ** assumed that there is a SHARED or greater lock on the file
+    ** already.
+    */
+    assert( 0!=pFile->eFileLock );
+    lock.l_type = F_WRLCK;
+
+    assert( eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK || eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
+    if( eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK ){
+      lock.l_start = RESERVED_BYTE;
+      lock.l_len = 1L;
+    }else{
+      lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
+      lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE;
+    }
+
+    if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) ){
+      tErrno = errno;
+      rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){
+        pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  /* Set up the transaction-counter change checking flags when
+  ** transitioning from a SHARED to a RESERVED lock.  The change
+  ** from SHARED to RESERVED marks the beginning of a normal
+  ** write operation (not a hot journal rollback).
+  */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK
+   && pFile->eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK
+   && eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK
+  ){
+    pFile->transCntrChng = 0;
+    pFile->dbUpdate = 0;
+    pFile->inNormalWrite = 1;
+  }
+#endif
+
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
+    pInode->eFileLock = eFileLock;
+  }else if( eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
+    pFile->eFileLock = PENDING_LOCK;
+    pInode->eFileLock = PENDING_LOCK;
+  }
+
+end_lock:
+  unixLeaveMutex();
+  OSTRACE(("LOCK    %d %s %s (unix)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock), 
+      rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed"));
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Add the file descriptor used by file handle pFile to the corresponding
+** pUnused list.
+*/
+static void setPendingFd(unixFile *pFile){
+  unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode;
+  UnixUnusedFd *p = pFile->pUnused;
+  p->pNext = pInode->pUnused;
+  pInode->pUnused = p;
+  pFile->h = -1;
+  pFile->pUnused = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock.  eFileLock
+** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
+**
+** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
+** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
+** 
+** If handleNFSUnlock is true, then on downgrading an EXCLUSIVE_LOCK to SHARED
+** the byte range is divided into 2 parts and the first part is unlocked then
+** set to a read lock, then the other part is simply unlocked.  This works 
+** around a bug in BSD NFS lockd (also seen on MacOSX 10.3+) that fails to 
+** remove the write lock on a region when a read lock is set.
+*/
+static int posixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock, int handleNFSUnlock){
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+  unixInodeInfo *pInode;
+  struct flock lock;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  assert( pFile );
+  OSTRACE(("UNLOCK  %d %d was %d(%d,%d) pid=%d (unix)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock,
+      pFile->eFileLock, pFile->pInode->eFileLock, pFile->pInode->nShared,
+      getpid()));
+
+  assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK );
+  if( pFile->eFileLock<=eFileLock ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  unixEnterMutex();
+  pInode = pFile->pInode;
+  assert( pInode->nShared!=0 );
+  if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){
+    assert( pInode->eFileLock==pFile->eFileLock );
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+    /* When reducing a lock such that other processes can start
+    ** reading the database file again, make sure that the
+    ** transaction counter was updated if any part of the database
+    ** file changed.  If the transaction counter is not updated,
+    ** other connections to the same file might not realize that
+    ** the file has changed and hence might not know to flush their
+    ** cache.  The use of a stale cache can lead to database corruption.
+    */
+    pFile->inNormalWrite = 0;
+#endif
+
+    /* downgrading to a shared lock on NFS involves clearing the write lock
+    ** before establishing the readlock - to avoid a race condition we downgrade
+    ** the lock in 2 blocks, so that part of the range will be covered by a 
+    ** write lock until the rest is covered by a read lock:
+    **  1:   [WWWWW]
+    **  2:   [....W]
+    **  3:   [RRRRW]
+    **  4:   [RRRR.]
+    */
+    if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ){
+
+#if !defined(__APPLE__) || !SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+      (void)handleNFSUnlock;
+      assert( handleNFSUnlock==0 );
+#endif
+#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+      if( handleNFSUnlock ){
+        int tErrno;               /* Error code from system call errors */
+        off_t divSize = SHARED_SIZE - 1;
+        
+        lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
+        lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+        lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
+        lock.l_len = divSize;
+        if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==(-1) ){
+          tErrno = errno;
+          rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
+          if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
+            pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+          }
+          goto end_unlock;
+        }
+        lock.l_type = F_RDLCK;
+        lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+        lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
+        lock.l_len = divSize;
+        if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==(-1) ){
+          tErrno = errno;
+          rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK);
+          if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
+            pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+          }
+          goto end_unlock;
+        }
+        lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
+        lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+        lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST+divSize;
+        lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE-divSize;
+        if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==(-1) ){
+          tErrno = errno;
+          rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
+          if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
+            pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+          }
+          goto end_unlock;
+        }
+      }else
+#endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
+      {
+        lock.l_type = F_RDLCK;
+        lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+        lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
+        lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE;
+        if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) ){
+          /* In theory, the call to unixFileLock() cannot fail because another
+          ** process is holding an incompatible lock. If it does, this 
+          ** indicates that the other process is not following the locking
+          ** protocol. If this happens, return SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK. Returning
+          ** SQLITE_BUSY would confuse the upper layer (in practice it causes 
+          ** an assert to fail). */ 
+          rc = SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK;
+          pFile->lastErrno = errno;
+          goto end_unlock;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
+    lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+    lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE;
+    lock.l_len = 2L;  assert( PENDING_BYTE+1==RESERVED_BYTE );
+    if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==0 ){
+      pInode->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK;
+    }else{
+      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
+      pFile->lastErrno = errno;
+      goto end_unlock;
+    }
+  }
+  if( eFileLock==NO_LOCK ){
+    /* Decrement the shared lock counter.  Release the lock using an
+    ** OS call only when all threads in this same process have released
+    ** the lock.
+    */
+    pInode->nShared--;
+    if( pInode->nShared==0 ){
+      lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
+      lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+      lock.l_start = lock.l_len = 0L;
+      if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==0 ){
+        pInode->eFileLock = NO_LOCK;
+      }else{
+        rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
+        pFile->lastErrno = errno;
+        pInode->eFileLock = NO_LOCK;
+        pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Decrement the count of locks against this same file.  When the
+    ** count reaches zero, close any other file descriptors whose close
+    ** was deferred because of outstanding locks.
+    */
+    pInode->nLock--;
+    assert( pInode->nLock>=0 );
+    if( pInode->nLock==0 ){
+      closePendingFds(pFile);
+    }
+  }
+
+end_unlock:
+  unixLeaveMutex();
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock.  eFileLock
+** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
+**
+** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
+** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
+*/
+static int unixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){
+  return posixUnlock(id, eFileLock, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** This function performs the parts of the "close file" operation 
+** common to all locking schemes. It closes the directory and file
+** handles, if they are valid, and sets all fields of the unixFile
+** structure to 0.
+**
+** It is *not* necessary to hold the mutex when this routine is called,
+** even on VxWorks.  A mutex will be acquired on VxWorks by the
+** vxworksReleaseFileId() routine.
+*/
+static int closeUnixFile(sqlite3_file *id){
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+  if( pFile->h>=0 ){
+    robust_close(pFile, pFile->h, __LINE__);
+    pFile->h = -1;
+  }
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+  if( pFile->pId ){
+    if( pFile->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_DELETE ){
+      osUnlink(pFile->pId->zCanonicalName);
+    }
+    vxworksReleaseFileId(pFile->pId);
+    pFile->pId = 0;
+  }
+#endif
+  OSTRACE(("CLOSE   %-3d\n", pFile->h));
+  OpenCounter(-1);
+  sqlite3_free(pFile->pUnused);
+  memset(pFile, 0, sizeof(unixFile));
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a file.
+*/
+static int unixClose(sqlite3_file *id){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile *)id;
+  unixUnlock(id, NO_LOCK);
+  unixEnterMutex();
+
+  /* unixFile.pInode is always valid here. Otherwise, a different close
+  ** routine (e.g. nolockClose()) would be called instead.
+  */
+  assert( pFile->pInode->nLock>0 || pFile->pInode->bProcessLock==0 );
+  if( ALWAYS(pFile->pInode) && pFile->pInode->nLock ){
+    /* If there are outstanding locks, do not actually close the file just
+    ** yet because that would clear those locks.  Instead, add the file
+    ** descriptor to pInode->pUnused list.  It will be automatically closed 
+    ** when the last lock is cleared.
+    */
+    setPendingFd(pFile);
+  }
+  releaseInodeInfo(pFile);
+  rc = closeUnixFile(id);
+  unixLeaveMutex();
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/************** End of the posix advisory lock implementation *****************
+******************************************************************************/
+
+/******************************************************************************
+****************************** No-op Locking **********************************
+**
+** Of the various locking implementations available, this is by far the
+** simplest:  locking is ignored.  No attempt is made to lock the database
+** file for reading or writing.
+**
+** This locking mode is appropriate for use on read-only databases
+** (ex: databases that are burned into CD-ROM, for example.)  It can
+** also be used if the application employs some external mechanism to
+** prevent simultaneous access of the same database by two or more
+** database connections.  But there is a serious risk of database
+** corruption if this locking mode is used in situations where multiple
+** database connections are accessing the same database file at the same
+** time and one or more of those connections are writing.
+*/
+
+static int nolockCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *NotUsed, int *pResOut){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  *pResOut = 0;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+static int nolockLock(sqlite3_file *NotUsed, int NotUsed2){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+static int nolockUnlock(sqlite3_file *NotUsed, int NotUsed2){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close the file.
+*/
+static int nolockClose(sqlite3_file *id) {
+  return closeUnixFile(id);
+}
+
+/******************* End of the no-op lock implementation *********************
+******************************************************************************/
+
+/******************************************************************************
+************************* Begin dot-file Locking ******************************
+**
+** The dotfile locking implementation uses the existance of separate lock
+** files (really a directory) to control access to the database.  This works
+** on just about every filesystem imaginable.  But there are serious downsides:
+**
+**    (1)  There is zero concurrency.  A single reader blocks all other
+**         connections from reading or writing the database.
+**
+**    (2)  An application crash or power loss can leave stale lock files
+**         sitting around that need to be cleared manually.
+**
+** Nevertheless, a dotlock is an appropriate locking mode for use if no
+** other locking strategy is available.
+**
+** Dotfile locking works by creating a subdirectory in the same directory as
+** the database and with the same name but with a ".lock" extension added.
+** The existance of a lock directory implies an EXCLUSIVE lock.  All other
+** lock types (SHARED, RESERVED, PENDING) are mapped into EXCLUSIVE.
+*/
+
+/*
+** The file suffix added to the data base filename in order to create the
+** lock directory.
+*/
+#define DOTLOCK_SUFFIX ".lock"
+
+/*
+** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
+** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut
+** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero.  The return value
+** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking.
+**
+** In dotfile locking, either a lock exists or it does not.  So in this
+** variation of CheckReservedLock(), *pResOut is set to true if any lock
+** is held on the file and false if the file is unlocked.
+*/
+static int dotlockCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut) {
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int reserved = 0;
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+
+  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; );
+  
+  assert( pFile );
+
+  /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */
+  if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){
+    /* Either this connection or some other connection in the same process
+    ** holds a lock on the file.  No need to check further. */
+    reserved = 1;
+  }else{
+    /* The lock is held if and only if the lockfile exists */
+    const char *zLockFile = (const char*)pFile->lockingContext;
+    reserved = osAccess(zLockFile, 0)==0;
+  }
+  OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (dotlock)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved));
+  *pResOut = reserved;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one
+** of the following:
+**
+**     (1) SHARED_LOCK
+**     (2) RESERVED_LOCK
+**     (3) PENDING_LOCK
+**     (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
+**
+** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
+** are inserted in between.  The locking might fail on one of the later
+** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
+** still short of its goal.  The following chart shows the allowed
+** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
+**
+**    UNLOCKED -> SHARED
+**    SHARED -> RESERVED
+**    SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+**    RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+**    PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
+**
+** This routine will only increase a lock.  Use the sqlite3OsUnlock()
+** routine to lower a locking level.
+**
+** With dotfile locking, we really only support state (4): EXCLUSIVE.
+** But we track the other locking levels internally.
+*/
+static int dotlockLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+  char *zLockFile = (char *)pFile->lockingContext;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+
+  /* If we have any lock, then the lock file already exists.  All we have
+  ** to do is adjust our internal record of the lock level.
+  */
+  if( pFile->eFileLock > NO_LOCK ){
+    pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
+    /* Always update the timestamp on the old file */
+#ifdef HAVE_UTIME
+    utime(zLockFile, NULL);
+#else
+    utimes(zLockFile, NULL);
+#endif
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  
+  /* grab an exclusive lock */
+  rc = osMkdir(zLockFile, 0777);
+  if( rc<0 ){
+    /* failed to open/create the lock directory */
+    int tErrno = errno;
+    if( EEXIST == tErrno ){
+      rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+    } else {
+      rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK);
+      if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
+        pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+      }
+    }
+    return rc;
+  } 
+  
+  /* got it, set the type and return ok */
+  pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock.  eFileLock
+** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
+**
+** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
+** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
+**
+** When the locking level reaches NO_LOCK, delete the lock file.
+*/
+static int dotlockUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+  char *zLockFile = (char *)pFile->lockingContext;
+  int rc;
+
+  assert( pFile );
+  OSTRACE(("UNLOCK  %d %d was %d pid=%d (dotlock)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock,
+           pFile->eFileLock, getpid()));
+  assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK );
+  
+  /* no-op if possible */
+  if( pFile->eFileLock==eFileLock ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  /* To downgrade to shared, simply update our internal notion of the
+  ** lock state.  No need to mess with the file on disk.
+  */
+  if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ){
+    pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  
+  /* To fully unlock the database, delete the lock file */
+  assert( eFileLock==NO_LOCK );
+  rc = osRmdir(zLockFile);
+  if( rc<0 && errno==ENOTDIR ) rc = osUnlink(zLockFile);
+  if( rc<0 ){
+    int tErrno = errno;
+    rc = 0;
+    if( ENOENT != tErrno ){
+      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
+    }
+    if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
+      pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+    }
+    return rc; 
+  }
+  pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a file.  Make sure the lock has been released before closing.
+*/
+static int dotlockClose(sqlite3_file *id) {
+  int rc;
+  if( id ){
+    unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+    dotlockUnlock(id, NO_LOCK);
+    sqlite3_free(pFile->lockingContext);
+  }
+  rc = closeUnixFile(id);
+  return rc;
+}
+/****************** End of the dot-file lock implementation *******************
+******************************************************************************/
+
+/******************************************************************************
+************************** Begin flock Locking ********************************
+**
+** Use the flock() system call to do file locking.
+**
+** flock() locking is like dot-file locking in that the various
+** fine-grain locking levels supported by SQLite are collapsed into
+** a single exclusive lock.  In other words, SHARED, RESERVED, and
+** PENDING locks are the same thing as an EXCLUSIVE lock.  SQLite
+** still works when you do this, but concurrency is reduced since
+** only a single process can be reading the database at a time.
+**
+** Omit this section if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE is turned off or if
+** compiling for VXWORKS.
+*/
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && !OS_VXWORKS
+
+/*
+** Retry flock() calls that fail with EINTR
+*/
+#ifdef EINTR
+static int robust_flock(int fd, int op){
+  int rc;
+  do{ rc = flock(fd,op); }while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR );
+  return rc;
+}
+#else
+# define robust_flock(a,b) flock(a,b)
+#endif
+     
+
+/*
+** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
+** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut
+** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero.  The return value
+** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking.
+*/
+static int flockCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int reserved = 0;
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+  
+  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; );
+  
+  assert( pFile );
+  
+  /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */
+  if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){
+    reserved = 1;
+  }
+  
+  /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it. */
+  if( !reserved ){
+    /* attempt to get the lock */
+    int lrc = robust_flock(pFile->h, LOCK_EX | LOCK_NB);
+    if( !lrc ){
+      /* got the lock, unlock it */
+      lrc = robust_flock(pFile->h, LOCK_UN);
+      if ( lrc ) {
+        int tErrno = errno;
+        /* unlock failed with an error */
+        lrc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; 
+        if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc) ){
+          pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+          rc = lrc;
+        }
+      }
+    } else {
+      int tErrno = errno;
+      reserved = 1;
+      /* someone else might have it reserved */
+      lrc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK); 
+      if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc) ){
+        pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+        rc = lrc;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (flock)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved));
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS
+  if( (rc & SQLITE_IOERR) == SQLITE_IOERR ){
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    reserved=1;
+  }
+#endif /* SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS */
+  *pResOut = reserved;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one
+** of the following:
+**
+**     (1) SHARED_LOCK
+**     (2) RESERVED_LOCK
+**     (3) PENDING_LOCK
+**     (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
+**
+** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
+** are inserted in between.  The locking might fail on one of the later
+** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
+** still short of its goal.  The following chart shows the allowed
+** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
+**
+**    UNLOCKED -> SHARED
+**    SHARED -> RESERVED
+**    SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+**    RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+**    PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
+**
+** flock() only really support EXCLUSIVE locks.  We track intermediate
+** lock states in the sqlite3_file structure, but all locks SHARED or
+** above are really EXCLUSIVE locks and exclude all other processes from
+** access the file.
+**
+** This routine will only increase a lock.  Use the sqlite3OsUnlock()
+** routine to lower a locking level.
+*/
+static int flockLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+
+  assert( pFile );
+
+  /* if we already have a lock, it is exclusive.  
+  ** Just adjust level and punt on outta here. */
+  if (pFile->eFileLock > NO_LOCK) {
+    pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  
+  /* grab an exclusive lock */
+  
+  if (robust_flock(pFile->h, LOCK_EX | LOCK_NB)) {
+    int tErrno = errno;
+    /* didn't get, must be busy */
+    rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK);
+    if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
+      pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+    }
+  } else {
+    /* got it, set the type and return ok */
+    pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
+  }
+  OSTRACE(("LOCK    %d %s %s (flock)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock), 
+           rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed"));
+#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS
+  if( (rc & SQLITE_IOERR) == SQLITE_IOERR ){
+    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+  }
+#endif /* SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS */
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock.  eFileLock
+** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
+**
+** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
+** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
+*/
+static int flockUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+  
+  assert( pFile );
+  OSTRACE(("UNLOCK  %d %d was %d pid=%d (flock)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock,
+           pFile->eFileLock, getpid()));
+  assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK );
+  
+  /* no-op if possible */
+  if( pFile->eFileLock==eFileLock ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  
+  /* shared can just be set because we always have an exclusive */
+  if (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK) {
+    pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  
+  /* no, really, unlock. */
+  if( robust_flock(pFile->h, LOCK_UN) ){
+#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+#endif /* SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS */
+    return SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
+  }else{
+    pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a file.
+*/
+static int flockClose(sqlite3_file *id) {
+  if( id ){
+    flockUnlock(id, NO_LOCK);
+  }
+  return closeUnixFile(id);
+}
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && !OS_VXWORK */
+
+/******************* End of the flock lock implementation *********************
+******************************************************************************/
+
+/******************************************************************************
+************************ Begin Named Semaphore Locking ************************
+**
+** Named semaphore locking is only supported on VxWorks.
+**
+** Semaphore locking is like dot-lock and flock in that it really only
+** supports EXCLUSIVE locking.  Only a single process can read or write
+** the database file at a time.  This reduces potential concurrency, but
+** makes the lock implementation much easier.
+*/
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+
+/*
+** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
+** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut
+** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero.  The return value
+** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking.
+*/
+static int semCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut) {
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int reserved = 0;
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+
+  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; );
+  
+  assert( pFile );
+
+  /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */
+  if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){
+    reserved = 1;
+  }
+  
+  /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it. */
+  if( !reserved ){
+    sem_t *pSem = pFile->pInode->pSem;
+    struct stat statBuf;
+
+    if( sem_trywait(pSem)==-1 ){
+      int tErrno = errno;
+      if( EAGAIN != tErrno ){
+        rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK);
+        pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+      } else {
+        /* someone else has the lock when we are in NO_LOCK */
+        reserved = (pFile->eFileLock < SHARED_LOCK);
+      }
+    }else{
+      /* we could have it if we want it */
+      sem_post(pSem);
+    }
+  }
+  OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (sem)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved));
+
+  *pResOut = reserved;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one
+** of the following:
+**
+**     (1) SHARED_LOCK
+**     (2) RESERVED_LOCK
+**     (3) PENDING_LOCK
+**     (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
+**
+** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
+** are inserted in between.  The locking might fail on one of the later
+** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
+** still short of its goal.  The following chart shows the allowed
+** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
+**
+**    UNLOCKED -> SHARED
+**    SHARED -> RESERVED
+**    SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+**    RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+**    PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
+**
+** Semaphore locks only really support EXCLUSIVE locks.  We track intermediate
+** lock states in the sqlite3_file structure, but all locks SHARED or
+** above are really EXCLUSIVE locks and exclude all other processes from
+** access the file.
+**
+** This routine will only increase a lock.  Use the sqlite3OsUnlock()
+** routine to lower a locking level.
+*/
+static int semLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+  int fd;
+  sem_t *pSem = pFile->pInode->pSem;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  /* if we already have a lock, it is exclusive.  
+  ** Just adjust level and punt on outta here. */
+  if (pFile->eFileLock > NO_LOCK) {
+    pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    goto sem_end_lock;
+  }
+  
+  /* lock semaphore now but bail out when already locked. */
+  if( sem_trywait(pSem)==-1 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+    goto sem_end_lock;
+  }
+
+  /* got it, set the type and return ok */
+  pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
+
+ sem_end_lock:
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock.  eFileLock
+** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
+**
+** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
+** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
+*/
+static int semUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+  sem_t *pSem = pFile->pInode->pSem;
+
+  assert( pFile );
+  assert( pSem );
+  OSTRACE(("UNLOCK  %d %d was %d pid=%d (sem)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock,
+           pFile->eFileLock, getpid()));
+  assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK );
+  
+  /* no-op if possible */
+  if( pFile->eFileLock==eFileLock ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  
+  /* shared can just be set because we always have an exclusive */
+  if (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK) {
+    pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  
+  /* no, really unlock. */
+  if ( sem_post(pSem)==-1 ) {
+    int rc, tErrno = errno;
+    rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK);
+    if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
+      pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+    }
+    return rc; 
+  }
+  pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ ** Close a file.
+ */
+static int semClose(sqlite3_file *id) {
+  if( id ){
+    unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+    semUnlock(id, NO_LOCK);
+    assert( pFile );
+    unixEnterMutex();
+    releaseInodeInfo(pFile);
+    unixLeaveMutex();
+    closeUnixFile(id);
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+#endif /* OS_VXWORKS */
+/*
+** Named semaphore locking is only available on VxWorks.
+**
+*************** End of the named semaphore lock implementation ****************
+******************************************************************************/
+
+
+/******************************************************************************
+*************************** Begin AFP Locking *********************************
+**
+** AFP is the Apple Filing Protocol.  AFP is a network filesystem found
+** on Apple Macintosh computers - both OS9 and OSX.
+**
+** Third-party implementations of AFP are available.  But this code here
+** only works on OSX.
+*/
+
+#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+/*
+** The afpLockingContext structure contains all afp lock specific state
+*/
+typedef struct afpLockingContext afpLockingContext;
+struct afpLockingContext {
+  int reserved;
+  const char *dbPath;             /* Name of the open file */
+};
+
+struct ByteRangeLockPB2
+{
+  unsigned long long offset;        /* offset to first byte to lock */
+  unsigned long long length;        /* nbr of bytes to lock */
+  unsigned long long retRangeStart; /* nbr of 1st byte locked if successful */
+  unsigned char unLockFlag;         /* 1 = unlock, 0 = lock */
+  unsigned char startEndFlag;       /* 1=rel to end of fork, 0=rel to start */
+  int fd;                           /* file desc to assoc this lock with */
+};
+
+#define afpfsByteRangeLock2FSCTL        _IOWR('z', 23, struct ByteRangeLockPB2)
+
+/*
+** This is a utility for setting or clearing a bit-range lock on an
+** AFP filesystem.
+** 
+** Return SQLITE_OK on success, SQLITE_BUSY on failure.
+*/
+static int afpSetLock(
+  const char *path,              /* Name of the file to be locked or unlocked */
+  unixFile *pFile,               /* Open file descriptor on path */
+  unsigned long long offset,     /* First byte to be locked */
+  unsigned long long length,     /* Number of bytes to lock */
+  int setLockFlag                /* True to set lock.  False to clear lock */
+){
+  struct ByteRangeLockPB2 pb;
+  int err;
+  
+  pb.unLockFlag = setLockFlag ? 0 : 1;
+  pb.startEndFlag = 0;
+  pb.offset = offset;
+  pb.length = length; 
+  pb.fd = pFile->h;
+  
+  OSTRACE(("AFPSETLOCK [%s] for %d%s in range %llx:%llx\n", 
+    (setLockFlag?"ON":"OFF"), pFile->h, (pb.fd==-1?"[testval-1]":""),
+    offset, length));
+  err = fsctl(path, afpfsByteRangeLock2FSCTL, &pb, 0);
+  if ( err==-1 ) {
+    int rc;
+    int tErrno = errno;
+    OSTRACE(("AFPSETLOCK failed to fsctl() '%s' %d %s\n",
+             path, tErrno, strerror(tErrno)));
+#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_AFP_LOCK_ERRORS
+    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+#else
+    rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno,
+                    setLockFlag ? SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK : SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK);
+#endif /* SQLITE_IGNORE_AFP_LOCK_ERRORS */
+    if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
+      pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+    }
+    return rc;
+  } else {
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
+** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut
+** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero.  The return value
+** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking.
+*/
+static int afpCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int reserved = 0;
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+  afpLockingContext *context;
+  
+  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; );
+  
+  assert( pFile );
+  context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext;
+  if( context->reserved ){
+    *pResOut = 1;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  unixEnterMutex(); /* Because pFile->pInode is shared across threads */
+  
+  /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */
+  if( pFile->pInode->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){
+    reserved = 1;
+  }
+  
+  /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it.
+   */
+  if( !reserved ){
+    /* lock the RESERVED byte */
+    int lrc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1,1);  
+    if( SQLITE_OK==lrc ){
+      /* if we succeeded in taking the reserved lock, unlock it to restore
+      ** the original state */
+      lrc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1, 0);
+    } else {
+      /* if we failed to get the lock then someone else must have it */
+      reserved = 1;
+    }
+    if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc) ){
+      rc=lrc;
+    }
+  }
+  
+  unixLeaveMutex();
+  OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (afp)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved));
+  
+  *pResOut = reserved;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one
+** of the following:
+**
+**     (1) SHARED_LOCK
+**     (2) RESERVED_LOCK
+**     (3) PENDING_LOCK
+**     (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
+**
+** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
+** are inserted in between.  The locking might fail on one of the later
+** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
+** still short of its goal.  The following chart shows the allowed
+** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
+**
+**    UNLOCKED -> SHARED
+**    SHARED -> RESERVED
+**    SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+**    RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+**    PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
+**
+** This routine will only increase a lock.  Use the sqlite3OsUnlock()
+** routine to lower a locking level.
+*/
+static int afpLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+  unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode;
+  afpLockingContext *context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext;
+  
+  assert( pFile );
+  OSTRACE(("LOCK    %d %s was %s(%s,%d) pid=%d (afp)\n", pFile->h,
+           azFileLock(eFileLock), azFileLock(pFile->eFileLock),
+           azFileLock(pInode->eFileLock), pInode->nShared , getpid()));
+
+  /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the
+  ** unixFile, do nothing. Don't use the afp_end_lock: exit path, as
+  ** unixEnterMutex() hasn't been called yet.
+  */
+  if( pFile->eFileLock>=eFileLock ){
+    OSTRACE(("LOCK    %d %s ok (already held) (afp)\n", pFile->h,
+           azFileLock(eFileLock)));
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct
+  **  (1) We never move from unlocked to anything higher than shared lock.
+  **  (2) SQLite never explicitly requests a pendig lock.
+  **  (3) A shared lock is always held when a reserve lock is requested.
+  */
+  assert( pFile->eFileLock!=NO_LOCK || eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK );
+  assert( eFileLock!=PENDING_LOCK );
+  assert( eFileLock!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK );
+  
+  /* This mutex is needed because pFile->pInode is shared across threads
+  */
+  unixEnterMutex();
+  pInode = pFile->pInode;
+
+  /* If some thread using this PID has a lock via a different unixFile*
+  ** handle that precludes the requested lock, return BUSY.
+  */
+  if( (pFile->eFileLock!=pInode->eFileLock && 
+       (pInode->eFileLock>=PENDING_LOCK || eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK))
+     ){
+    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+    goto afp_end_lock;
+  }
+  
+  /* If a SHARED lock is requested, and some thread using this PID already
+  ** has a SHARED or RESERVED lock, then increment reference counts and
+  ** return SQLITE_OK.
+  */
+  if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK && 
+     (pInode->eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || pInode->eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK) ){
+    assert( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK );
+    assert( pFile->eFileLock==0 );
+    assert( pInode->nShared>0 );
+    pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK;
+    pInode->nShared++;
+    pInode->nLock++;
+    goto afp_end_lock;
+  }
+    
+  /* A PENDING lock is needed before acquiring a SHARED lock and before
+  ** acquiring an EXCLUSIVE lock.  For the SHARED lock, the PENDING will
+  ** be released.
+  */
+  if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK 
+      || (eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->eFileLock<PENDING_LOCK)
+  ){
+    int failed;
+    failed = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 1);
+    if (failed) {
+      rc = failed;
+      goto afp_end_lock;
+    }
+  }
+  
+  /* If control gets to this point, then actually go ahead and make
+  ** operating system calls for the specified lock.
+  */
+  if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ){
+    int lrc1, lrc2, lrc1Errno = 0;
+    long lk, mask;
+    
+    assert( pInode->nShared==0 );
+    assert( pInode->eFileLock==0 );
+        
+    mask = (sizeof(long)==8) ? LARGEST_INT64 : 0x7fffffff;
+    /* Now get the read-lock SHARED_LOCK */
+    /* note that the quality of the randomness doesn't matter that much */
+    lk = random(); 
+    pInode->sharedByte = (lk & mask)%(SHARED_SIZE - 1);
+    lrc1 = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, 
+          SHARED_FIRST+pInode->sharedByte, 1, 1);
+    if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc1) ){
+      lrc1Errno = pFile->lastErrno;
+    }
+    /* Drop the temporary PENDING lock */
+    lrc2 = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 0);
+    
+    if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc1) ) {
+      pFile->lastErrno = lrc1Errno;
+      rc = lrc1;
+      goto afp_end_lock;
+    } else if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc2) ){
+      rc = lrc2;
+      goto afp_end_lock;
+    } else if( lrc1 != SQLITE_OK ) {
+      rc = lrc1;
+    } else {
+      pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK;
+      pInode->nLock++;
+      pInode->nShared = 1;
+    }
+  }else if( eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pInode->nShared>1 ){
+    /* We are trying for an exclusive lock but another thread in this
+     ** same process is still holding a shared lock. */
+    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+  }else{
+    /* The request was for a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock.  It is
+    ** assumed that there is a SHARED or greater lock on the file
+    ** already.
+    */
+    int failed = 0;
+    assert( 0!=pFile->eFileLock );
+    if (eFileLock >= RESERVED_LOCK && pFile->eFileLock < RESERVED_LOCK) {
+        /* Acquire a RESERVED lock */
+        failed = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1,1);
+      if( !failed ){
+        context->reserved = 1;
+      }
+    }
+    if (!failed && eFileLock == EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) {
+      /* Acquire an EXCLUSIVE lock */
+        
+      /* Remove the shared lock before trying the range.  we'll need to 
+      ** reestablish the shared lock if we can't get the  afpUnlock
+      */
+      if( !(failed = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST +
+                         pInode->sharedByte, 1, 0)) ){
+        int failed2 = SQLITE_OK;
+        /* now attemmpt to get the exclusive lock range */
+        failed = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST, 
+                               SHARED_SIZE, 1);
+        if( failed && (failed2 = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, 
+                       SHARED_FIRST + pInode->sharedByte, 1, 1)) ){
+          /* Can't reestablish the shared lock.  Sqlite can't deal, this is
+          ** a critical I/O error
+          */
+          rc = ((failed & SQLITE_IOERR) == SQLITE_IOERR) ? failed2 : 
+               SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK;
+          goto afp_end_lock;
+        } 
+      }else{
+        rc = failed; 
+      }
+    }
+    if( failed ){
+      rc = failed;
+    }
+  }
+  
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
+    pInode->eFileLock = eFileLock;
+  }else if( eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
+    pFile->eFileLock = PENDING_LOCK;
+    pInode->eFileLock = PENDING_LOCK;
+  }
+  
+afp_end_lock:
+  unixLeaveMutex();
+  OSTRACE(("LOCK    %d %s %s (afp)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock), 
+         rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed"));
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock.  eFileLock
+** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
+**
+** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
+** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
+*/
+static int afpUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+  unixInodeInfo *pInode;
+  afpLockingContext *context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext;
+  int skipShared = 0;
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  int h = pFile->h;
+#endif
+
+  assert( pFile );
+  OSTRACE(("UNLOCK  %d %d was %d(%d,%d) pid=%d (afp)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock,
+           pFile->eFileLock, pFile->pInode->eFileLock, pFile->pInode->nShared,
+           getpid()));
+
+  assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK );
+  if( pFile->eFileLock<=eFileLock ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  unixEnterMutex();
+  pInode = pFile->pInode;
+  assert( pInode->nShared!=0 );
+  if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){
+    assert( pInode->eFileLock==pFile->eFileLock );
+    SimulateIOErrorBenign(1);
+    SimulateIOError( h=(-1) )
+    SimulateIOErrorBenign(0);
+    
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+    /* When reducing a lock such that other processes can start
+    ** reading the database file again, make sure that the
+    ** transaction counter was updated if any part of the database
+    ** file changed.  If the transaction counter is not updated,
+    ** other connections to the same file might not realize that
+    ** the file has changed and hence might not know to flush their
+    ** cache.  The use of a stale cache can lead to database corruption.
+    */
+    assert( pFile->inNormalWrite==0
+           || pFile->dbUpdate==0
+           || pFile->transCntrChng==1 );
+    pFile->inNormalWrite = 0;
+#endif
+    
+    if( pFile->eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
+      rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST, SHARED_SIZE, 0);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || pInode->nShared>1) ){
+        /* only re-establish the shared lock if necessary */
+        int sharedLockByte = SHARED_FIRST+pInode->sharedByte;
+        rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, sharedLockByte, 1, 1);
+      } else {
+        skipShared = 1;
+      }
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pFile->eFileLock>=PENDING_LOCK ){
+      rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 0);
+    } 
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pFile->eFileLock>=RESERVED_LOCK && context->reserved ){
+      rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1, 0);
+      if( !rc ){ 
+        context->reserved = 0; 
+      }
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || pInode->nShared>1)){
+      pInode->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK;
+    }
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && eFileLock==NO_LOCK ){
+
+    /* Decrement the shared lock counter.  Release the lock using an
+    ** OS call only when all threads in this same process have released
+    ** the lock.
+    */
+    unsigned long long sharedLockByte = SHARED_FIRST+pInode->sharedByte;
+    pInode->nShared--;
+    if( pInode->nShared==0 ){
+      SimulateIOErrorBenign(1);
+      SimulateIOError( h=(-1) )
+      SimulateIOErrorBenign(0);
+      if( !skipShared ){
+        rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, sharedLockByte, 1, 0);
+      }
+      if( !rc ){
+        pInode->eFileLock = NO_LOCK;
+        pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK;
+      }
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      pInode->nLock--;
+      assert( pInode->nLock>=0 );
+      if( pInode->nLock==0 ){
+        closePendingFds(pFile);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  
+  unixLeaveMutex();
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a file & cleanup AFP specific locking context 
+*/
+static int afpClose(sqlite3_file *id) {
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( id ){
+    unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+    afpUnlock(id, NO_LOCK);
+    unixEnterMutex();
+    if( pFile->pInode && pFile->pInode->nLock ){
+      /* If there are outstanding locks, do not actually close the file just
+      ** yet because that would clear those locks.  Instead, add the file
+      ** descriptor to pInode->aPending.  It will be automatically closed when
+      ** the last lock is cleared.
+      */
+      setPendingFd(pFile);
+    }
+    releaseInodeInfo(pFile);
+    sqlite3_free(pFile->lockingContext);
+    rc = closeUnixFile(id);
+    unixLeaveMutex();
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
+/*
+** The code above is the AFP lock implementation.  The code is specific
+** to MacOSX and does not work on other unix platforms.  No alternative
+** is available.  If you don't compile for a mac, then the "unix-afp"
+** VFS is not available.
+**
+********************* End of the AFP lock implementation **********************
+******************************************************************************/
+
+/******************************************************************************
+*************************** Begin NFS Locking ********************************/
+
+#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+/*
+ ** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock.  eFileLock
+ ** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
+ **
+ ** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
+ ** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
+ */
+static int nfsUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){
+  return posixUnlock(id, eFileLock, 1);
+}
+
+#endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
+/*
+** The code above is the NFS lock implementation.  The code is specific
+** to MacOSX and does not work on other unix platforms.  No alternative
+** is available.  
+**
+********************* End of the NFS lock implementation **********************
+******************************************************************************/
+
+/******************************************************************************
+**************** Non-locking sqlite3_file methods *****************************
+**
+** The next division contains implementations for all methods of the 
+** sqlite3_file object other than the locking methods.  The locking
+** methods were defined in divisions above (one locking method per
+** division).  Those methods that are common to all locking modes
+** are gather together into this division.
+*/
+
+/*
+** Seek to the offset passed as the second argument, then read cnt 
+** bytes into pBuf. Return the number of bytes actually read.
+**
+** NB:  If you define USE_PREAD or USE_PREAD64, then it might also
+** be necessary to define _XOPEN_SOURCE to be 500.  This varies from
+** one system to another.  Since SQLite does not define USE_PREAD
+** any any form by default, we will not attempt to define _XOPEN_SOURCE.
+** See tickets #2741 and #2681.
+**
+** To avoid stomping the errno value on a failed read the lastErrno value
+** is set before returning.
+*/
+static int seekAndRead(unixFile *id, sqlite3_int64 offset, void *pBuf, int cnt){
+  int got;
+  int prior = 0;
+#if (!defined(USE_PREAD) && !defined(USE_PREAD64))
+  i64 newOffset;
+#endif
+  TIMER_START;
+  do{
+#if defined(USE_PREAD)
+    got = osPread(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset);
+    SimulateIOError( got = -1 );
+#elif defined(USE_PREAD64)
+    got = osPread64(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset);
+    SimulateIOError( got = -1 );
+#else
+    newOffset = lseek(id->h, offset, SEEK_SET);
+    SimulateIOError( newOffset-- );
+    if( newOffset!=offset ){
+      if( newOffset == -1 ){
+        ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = errno;
+      }else{
+        ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = 0;
+      }
+      return -1;
+    }
+    got = osRead(id->h, pBuf, cnt);
+#endif
+    if( got==cnt ) break;
+    if( got<0 ){
+      if( errno==EINTR ){ got = 1; continue; }
+      prior = 0;
+      ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = errno;
+      break;
+    }else if( got>0 ){
+      cnt -= got;
+      offset += got;
+      prior += got;
+      pBuf = (void*)(got + (char*)pBuf);
+    }
+  }while( got>0 );
+  TIMER_END;
+  OSTRACE(("READ    %-3d %5d %7lld %llu\n",
+            id->h, got+prior, offset-prior, TIMER_ELAPSED));
+  return got+prior;
+}
+
+/*
+** Read data from a file into a buffer.  Return SQLITE_OK if all
+** bytes were read successfully and SQLITE_IOERR if anything goes
+** wrong.
+*/
+static int unixRead(
+  sqlite3_file *id, 
+  void *pBuf, 
+  int amt,
+  sqlite3_int64 offset
+){
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile *)id;
+  int got;
+  assert( id );
+
+  /* If this is a database file (not a journal, master-journal or temp
+  ** file), the bytes in the locking range should never be read or written. */
+#if 0
+  assert( pFile->pUnused==0
+       || offset>=PENDING_BYTE+512
+       || offset+amt<=PENDING_BYTE 
+  );
+#endif
+
+  got = seekAndRead(pFile, offset, pBuf, amt);
+  if( got==amt ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }else if( got<0 ){
+    /* lastErrno set by seekAndRead */
+    return SQLITE_IOERR_READ;
+  }else{
+    pFile->lastErrno = 0; /* not a system error */
+    /* Unread parts of the buffer must be zero-filled */
+    memset(&((char*)pBuf)[got], 0, amt-got);
+    return SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Seek to the offset in id->offset then read cnt bytes into pBuf.
+** Return the number of bytes actually read.  Update the offset.
+**
+** To avoid stomping the errno value on a failed write the lastErrno value
+** is set before returning.
+*/
+static int seekAndWrite(unixFile *id, i64 offset, const void *pBuf, int cnt){
+  int got;
+#if (!defined(USE_PREAD) && !defined(USE_PREAD64))
+  i64 newOffset;
+#endif
+  TIMER_START;
+#if defined(USE_PREAD)
+  do{ got = osPwrite(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset); }while( got<0 && errno==EINTR );
+#elif defined(USE_PREAD64)
+  do{ got = osPwrite64(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset);}while( got<0 && errno==EINTR);
+#else
+  do{
+    newOffset = lseek(id->h, offset, SEEK_SET);
+    SimulateIOError( newOffset-- );
+    if( newOffset!=offset ){
+      if( newOffset == -1 ){
+        ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = errno;
+      }else{
+        ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = 0;
+      }
+      return -1;
+    }
+    got = osWrite(id->h, pBuf, cnt);
+  }while( got<0 && errno==EINTR );
+#endif
+  TIMER_END;
+  if( got<0 ){
+    ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = errno;
+  }
+
+  OSTRACE(("WRITE   %-3d %5d %7lld %llu\n", id->h, got, offset, TIMER_ELAPSED));
+  return got;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Write data from a buffer into a file.  Return SQLITE_OK on success
+** or some other error code on failure.
+*/
+static int unixWrite(
+  sqlite3_file *id, 
+  const void *pBuf, 
+  int amt,
+  sqlite3_int64 offset 
+){
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+  int wrote = 0;
+  assert( id );
+  assert( amt>0 );
+
+  /* If this is a database file (not a journal, master-journal or temp
+  ** file), the bytes in the locking range should never be read or written. */
+#if 0
+  assert( pFile->pUnused==0
+       || offset>=PENDING_BYTE+512
+       || offset+amt<=PENDING_BYTE 
+  );
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  /* If we are doing a normal write to a database file (as opposed to
+  ** doing a hot-journal rollback or a write to some file other than a
+  ** normal database file) then record the fact that the database
+  ** has changed.  If the transaction counter is modified, record that
+  ** fact too.
+  */
+  if( pFile->inNormalWrite ){
+    pFile->dbUpdate = 1;  /* The database has been modified */
+    if( offset<=24 && offset+amt>=27 ){
+      int rc;
+      char oldCntr[4];
+      SimulateIOErrorBenign(1);
+      rc = seekAndRead(pFile, 24, oldCntr, 4);
+      SimulateIOErrorBenign(0);
+      if( rc!=4 || memcmp(oldCntr, &((char*)pBuf)[24-offset], 4)!=0 ){
+        pFile->transCntrChng = 1;  /* The transaction counter has changed */
+      }
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  while( amt>0 && (wrote = seekAndWrite(pFile, offset, pBuf, amt))>0 ){
+    amt -= wrote;
+    offset += wrote;
+    pBuf = &((char*)pBuf)[wrote];
+  }
+  SimulateIOError(( wrote=(-1), amt=1 ));
+  SimulateDiskfullError(( wrote=0, amt=1 ));
+
+  if( amt>0 ){
+    if( wrote<0 && pFile->lastErrno!=ENOSPC ){
+      /* lastErrno set by seekAndWrite */
+      return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE;
+    }else{
+      pFile->lastErrno = 0; /* not a system error */
+      return SQLITE_FULL;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+/*
+** Count the number of fullsyncs and normal syncs.  This is used to test
+** that syncs and fullsyncs are occurring at the right times.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sync_count = 0;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fullsync_count = 0;
+#endif
+
+/*
+** We do not trust systems to provide a working fdatasync().  Some do.
+** Others do no.  To be safe, we will stick with the (slightly slower)
+** fsync(). If you know that your system does support fdatasync() correctly,
+** then simply compile with -Dfdatasync=fdatasync
+*/
+#if !defined(fdatasync)
+# define fdatasync fsync
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Define HAVE_FULLFSYNC to 0 or 1 depending on whether or not
+** the F_FULLFSYNC macro is defined.  F_FULLFSYNC is currently
+** only available on Mac OS X.  But that could change.
+*/
+#ifdef F_FULLFSYNC
+# define HAVE_FULLFSYNC 1
+#else
+# define HAVE_FULLFSYNC 0
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** The fsync() system call does not work as advertised on many
+** unix systems.  The following procedure is an attempt to make
+** it work better.
+**
+** The SQLITE_NO_SYNC macro disables all fsync()s.  This is useful
+** for testing when we want to run through the test suite quickly.
+** You are strongly advised *not* to deploy with SQLITE_NO_SYNC
+** enabled, however, since with SQLITE_NO_SYNC enabled, an OS crash
+** or power failure will likely corrupt the database file.
+**
+** SQLite sets the dataOnly flag if the size of the file is unchanged.
+** The idea behind dataOnly is that it should only write the file content
+** to disk, not the inode.  We only set dataOnly if the file size is 
+** unchanged since the file size is part of the inode.  However, 
+** Ted Ts'o tells us that fdatasync() will also write the inode if the
+** file size has changed.  The only real difference between fdatasync()
+** and fsync(), Ted tells us, is that fdatasync() will not flush the
+** inode if the mtime or owner or other inode attributes have changed.
+** We only care about the file size, not the other file attributes, so
+** as far as SQLite is concerned, an fdatasync() is always adequate.
+** So, we always use fdatasync() if it is available, regardless of
+** the value of the dataOnly flag.
+*/
+static int full_fsync(int fd, int fullSync, int dataOnly){
+  int rc;
+
+  /* The following "ifdef/elif/else/" block has the same structure as
+  ** the one below. It is replicated here solely to avoid cluttering 
+  ** up the real code with the UNUSED_PARAMETER() macros.
+  */
+#ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(fd);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(fullSync);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(dataOnly);
+#elif HAVE_FULLFSYNC
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(dataOnly);
+#else
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(fullSync);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(dataOnly);
+#endif
+
+  /* Record the number of times that we do a normal fsync() and 
+  ** FULLSYNC.  This is used during testing to verify that this procedure
+  ** gets called with the correct arguments.
+  */
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  if( fullSync ) sqlite3_fullsync_count++;
+  sqlite3_sync_count++;
+#endif
+
+  /* If we compiled with the SQLITE_NO_SYNC flag, then syncing is a
+  ** no-op
+  */
+#ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC
+  rc = SQLITE_OK;
+#elif HAVE_FULLFSYNC
+  if( fullSync ){
+    rc = osFcntl(fd, F_FULLFSYNC, 0);
+  }else{
+    rc = 1;
+  }
+  /* If the FULLFSYNC failed, fall back to attempting an fsync().
+  ** It shouldn't be possible for fullfsync to fail on the local 
+  ** file system (on OSX), so failure indicates that FULLFSYNC
+  ** isn't supported for this file system. So, attempt an fsync 
+  ** and (for now) ignore the overhead of a superfluous fcntl call.  
+  ** It'd be better to detect fullfsync support once and avoid 
+  ** the fcntl call every time sync is called.
+  */
+  if( rc ) rc = fsync(fd);
+
+#elif defined(__APPLE__)
+  /* fdatasync() on HFS+ doesn't yet flush the file size if it changed correctly
+  ** so currently we default to the macro that redefines fdatasync to fsync
+  */
+  rc = fsync(fd);
+#else 
+  rc = fdatasync(fd);
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+  if( rc==-1 && errno==ENOTSUP ){
+    rc = fsync(fd);
+  }
+#endif /* OS_VXWORKS */
+#endif /* ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC elif HAVE_FULLFSYNC */
+
+  if( OS_VXWORKS && rc!= -1 ){
+    rc = 0;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Open a file descriptor to the directory containing file zFilename.
+** If successful, *pFd is set to the opened file descriptor and
+** SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error occurs, either SQLITE_NOMEM
+** or SQLITE_CANTOPEN is returned and *pFd is set to an undefined
+** value.
+**
+** The directory file descriptor is used for only one thing - to
+** fsync() a directory to make sure file creation and deletion events
+** are flushed to disk.  Such fsyncs are not needed on newer
+** journaling filesystems, but are required on older filesystems.
+**
+** This routine can be overridden using the xSetSysCall interface.
+** The ability to override this routine was added in support of the
+** chromium sandbox.  Opening a directory is a security risk (we are
+** told) so making it overrideable allows the chromium sandbox to
+** replace this routine with a harmless no-op.  To make this routine
+** a no-op, replace it with a stub that returns SQLITE_OK but leaves
+** *pFd set to a negative number.
+**
+** If SQLITE_OK is returned, the caller is responsible for closing
+** the file descriptor *pFd using close().
+*/
+static int openDirectory(const char *zFilename, int *pFd){
+  int ii;
+  int fd = -1;
+  char zDirname[MAX_PATHNAME+1];
+
+  sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATHNAME, zDirname, "%s", zFilename);
+  for(ii=(int)strlen(zDirname); ii>1 && zDirname[ii]!='/'; ii--);
+  if( ii>0 ){
+    zDirname[ii] = '\0';
+    fd = robust_open(zDirname, O_RDONLY|O_BINARY, 0);
+    if( fd>=0 ){
+      OSTRACE(("OPENDIR %-3d %s\n", fd, zDirname));
+    }
+  }
+  *pFd = fd;
+  return (fd>=0?SQLITE_OK:unixLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT, "open", zDirname));
+}
+
+/*
+** Make sure all writes to a particular file are committed to disk.
+**
+** If dataOnly==0 then both the file itself and its metadata (file
+** size, access time, etc) are synced.  If dataOnly!=0 then only the
+** file data is synced.
+**
+** Under Unix, also make sure that the directory entry for the file
+** has been created by fsync-ing the directory that contains the file.
+** If we do not do this and we encounter a power failure, the directory
+** entry for the journal might not exist after we reboot.  The next
+** SQLite to access the file will not know that the journal exists (because
+** the directory entry for the journal was never created) and the transaction
+** will not roll back - possibly leading to database corruption.
+*/
+static int unixSync(sqlite3_file *id, int flags){
+  int rc;
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+
+  int isDataOnly = (flags&SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY);
+  int isFullsync = (flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
+
+  /* Check that one of SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL or FULL was passed */
+  assert((flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL
+      || (flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL
+  );
+
+  /* Unix cannot, but some systems may return SQLITE_FULL from here. This
+  ** line is to test that doing so does not cause any problems.
+  */
+  SimulateDiskfullError( return SQLITE_FULL );
+
+  assert( pFile );
+  OSTRACE(("SYNC    %-3d\n", pFile->h));
+  rc = full_fsync(pFile->h, isFullsync, isDataOnly);
+  SimulateIOError( rc=1 );
+  if( rc ){
+    pFile->lastErrno = errno;
+    return unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC, "full_fsync", pFile->zPath);
+  }
+
+  /* Also fsync the directory containing the file if the DIRSYNC flag
+  ** is set.  This is a one-time occurrance.  Many systems (examples: AIX)
+  ** are unable to fsync a directory, so ignore errors on the fsync.
+  */
+  if( pFile->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_DIRSYNC ){
+    int dirfd;
+    OSTRACE(("DIRSYNC %s (have_fullfsync=%d fullsync=%d)\n", pFile->zPath,
+            HAVE_FULLFSYNC, isFullsync));
+    rc = osOpenDirectory(pFile->zPath, &dirfd);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && dirfd>=0 ){
+      full_fsync(dirfd, 0, 0);
+      robust_close(pFile, dirfd, __LINE__);
+    }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+    pFile->ctrlFlags &= ~UNIXFILE_DIRSYNC;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Truncate an open file to a specified size
+*/
+static int unixTruncate(sqlite3_file *id, i64 nByte){
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile *)id;
+  int rc;
+  assert( pFile );
+  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE );
+
+  /* If the user has configured a chunk-size for this file, truncate the
+  ** file so that it consists of an integer number of chunks (i.e. the
+  ** actual file size after the operation may be larger than the requested
+  ** size).
+  */
+  if( pFile->szChunk>0 ){
+    nByte = ((nByte + pFile->szChunk - 1)/pFile->szChunk) * pFile->szChunk;
+  }
+
+  rc = robust_ftruncate(pFile->h, (off_t)nByte);
+  if( rc ){
+    pFile->lastErrno = errno;
+    return unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE, "ftruncate", pFile->zPath);
+  }else{
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+    /* If we are doing a normal write to a database file (as opposed to
+    ** doing a hot-journal rollback or a write to some file other than a
+    ** normal database file) and we truncate the file to zero length,
+    ** that effectively updates the change counter.  This might happen
+    ** when restoring a database using the backup API from a zero-length
+    ** source.
+    */
+    if( pFile->inNormalWrite && nByte==0 ){
+      pFile->transCntrChng = 1;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Determine the current size of a file in bytes
+*/
+static int unixFileSize(sqlite3_file *id, i64 *pSize){
+  int rc;
+  struct stat buf;
+  assert( id );
+  rc = osFstat(((unixFile*)id)->h, &buf);
+  SimulateIOError( rc=1 );
+  if( rc!=0 ){
+    ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = errno;
+    return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT;
+  }
+  *pSize = buf.st_size;
+
+  /* When opening a zero-size database, the findInodeInfo() procedure
+  ** writes a single byte into that file in order to work around a bug
+  ** in the OS-X msdos filesystem.  In order to avoid problems with upper
+  ** layers, we need to report this file size as zero even though it is
+  ** really 1.   Ticket #3260.
+  */
+  if( *pSize==1 ) *pSize = 0;
+
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__)
+/*
+** Handler for proxy-locking file-control verbs.  Defined below in the
+** proxying locking division.
+*/
+static int proxyFileControl(sqlite3_file*,int,void*);
+#endif
+
+/* 
+** This function is called to handle the SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT 
+** file-control operation.  Enlarge the database to nBytes in size
+** (rounded up to the next chunk-size).  If the database is already
+** nBytes or larger, this routine is a no-op.
+*/
+static int fcntlSizeHint(unixFile *pFile, i64 nByte){
+  if( pFile->szChunk>0 ){
+    i64 nSize;                    /* Required file size */
+    struct stat buf;              /* Used to hold return values of fstat() */
+   
+    if( osFstat(pFile->h, &buf) ) return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT;
+
+    nSize = ((nByte+pFile->szChunk-1) / pFile->szChunk) * pFile->szChunk;
+    if( nSize>(i64)buf.st_size ){
+
+#if defined(HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE) && HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE
+      /* The code below is handling the return value of osFallocate() 
+      ** correctly. posix_fallocate() is defined to "returns zero on success, 
+      ** or an error number on  failure". See the manpage for details. */
+      int err;
+      do{
+        err = osFallocate(pFile->h, buf.st_size, nSize-buf.st_size);
+      }while( err==EINTR );
+      if( err ) return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE;
+#else
+      /* If the OS does not have posix_fallocate(), fake it. First use
+      ** ftruncate() to set the file size, then write a single byte to
+      ** the last byte in each block within the extended region. This
+      ** is the same technique used by glibc to implement posix_fallocate()
+      ** on systems that do not have a real fallocate() system call.
+      */
+      int nBlk = buf.st_blksize;  /* File-system block size */
+      i64 iWrite;                 /* Next offset to write to */
+
+      if( robust_ftruncate(pFile->h, nSize) ){
+        pFile->lastErrno = errno;
+        return unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE, "ftruncate", pFile->zPath);
+      }
+      iWrite = ((buf.st_size + 2*nBlk - 1)/nBlk)*nBlk-1;
+      while( iWrite<nSize ){
+        int nWrite = seekAndWrite(pFile, iWrite, "", 1);
+        if( nWrite!=1 ) return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE;
+        iWrite += nBlk;
+      }
+#endif
+    }
+  }
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** If *pArg is inititially negative then this is a query.  Set *pArg to
+** 1 or 0 depending on whether or not bit mask of pFile->ctrlFlags is set.
+**
+** If *pArg is 0 or 1, then clear or set the mask bit of pFile->ctrlFlags.
+*/
+static void unixModeBit(unixFile *pFile, unsigned char mask, int *pArg){
+  if( *pArg<0 ){
+    *pArg = (pFile->ctrlFlags & mask)!=0;
+  }else if( (*pArg)==0 ){
+    pFile->ctrlFlags &= ~mask;
+  }else{
+    pFile->ctrlFlags |= mask;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Information and control of an open file handle.
+*/
+static int unixFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+  switch( op ){
+    case SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE: {
+      *(int*)pArg = pFile->eFileLock;
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO: {
+      *(int*)pArg = pFile->lastErrno;
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE: {
+      pFile->szChunk = *(int *)pArg;
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT: {
+      int rc;
+      SimulateIOErrorBenign(1);
+      rc = fcntlSizeHint(pFile, *(i64 *)pArg);
+      SimulateIOErrorBenign(0);
+      return rc;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL: {
+      unixModeBit(pFile, UNIXFILE_PERSIST_WAL, (int*)pArg);
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE: {
+      unixModeBit(pFile, UNIXFILE_PSOW, (int*)pArg);
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME: {
+      *(char**)pArg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", pFile->pVfs->zName);
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+    /* The pager calls this method to signal that it has done
+    ** a rollback and that the database is therefore unchanged and
+    ** it hence it is OK for the transaction change counter to be
+    ** unchanged.
+    */
+    case SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED: {
+      ((unixFile*)id)->dbUpdate = 0;
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__)
+    case SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE:
+    case SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE: {
+      return proxyFileControl(id,op,pArg);
+    }
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__) */
+  }
+  return SQLITE_NOTFOUND;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the sector size in bytes of the underlying block device for
+** the specified file. This is almost always 512 bytes, but may be
+** larger for some devices.
+**
+** SQLite code assumes this function cannot fail. It also assumes that
+** if two files are created in the same file-system directory (i.e.
+** a database and its journal file) that the sector size will be the
+** same for both.
+*/
+static int unixSectorSize(sqlite3_file *pFile){
+  (void)pFile;
+  return SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the device characteristics for the file.
+**
+** This VFS is set up to return SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE by default.
+** However, that choice is contraversial since technically the underlying
+** file system does not always provide powersafe overwrites.  (In other
+** words, after a power-loss event, parts of the file that were never
+** written might end up being altered.)  However, non-PSOW behavior is very,
+** very rare.  And asserting PSOW makes a large reduction in the amount
+** of required I/O for journaling, since a lot of padding is eliminated.
+**  Hence, while POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE is on by default, there is a file-control
+** available to turn it off and URI query parameter available to turn it off.
+*/
+static int unixDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){
+  unixFile *p = (unixFile*)id;
+  if( p->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_PSOW ){
+    return SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE;
+  }else{
+    return 0;
+  }
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+
+
+/*
+** Object used to represent an shared memory buffer.  
+**
+** When multiple threads all reference the same wal-index, each thread
+** has its own unixShm object, but they all point to a single instance
+** of this unixShmNode object.  In other words, each wal-index is opened
+** only once per process.
+**
+** Each unixShmNode object is connected to a single unixInodeInfo object.
+** We could coalesce this object into unixInodeInfo, but that would mean
+** every open file that does not use shared memory (in other words, most
+** open files) would have to carry around this extra information.  So
+** the unixInodeInfo object contains a pointer to this unixShmNode object
+** and the unixShmNode object is created only when needed.
+**
+** unixMutexHeld() must be true when creating or destroying
+** this object or while reading or writing the following fields:
+**
+**      nRef
+**
+** The following fields are read-only after the object is created:
+** 
+**      fid
+**      zFilename
+**
+** Either unixShmNode.mutex must be held or unixShmNode.nRef==0 and
+** unixMutexHeld() is true when reading or writing any other field
+** in this structure.
+*/
+struct unixShmNode {
+  unixInodeInfo *pInode;     /* unixInodeInfo that owns this SHM node */
+  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;      /* Mutex to access this object */
+  char *zFilename;           /* Name of the mmapped file */
+  int h;                     /* Open file descriptor */
+  int szRegion;              /* Size of shared-memory regions */
+  u16 nRegion;               /* Size of array apRegion */
+  u8 isReadonly;             /* True if read-only */
+  char **apRegion;           /* Array of mapped shared-memory regions */
+  int nRef;                  /* Number of unixShm objects pointing to this */
+  unixShm *pFirst;           /* All unixShm objects pointing to this */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  u8 exclMask;               /* Mask of exclusive locks held */
+  u8 sharedMask;             /* Mask of shared locks held */
+  u8 nextShmId;              /* Next available unixShm.id value */
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+** Structure used internally by this VFS to record the state of an
+** open shared memory connection.
+**
+** The following fields are initialized when this object is created and
+** are read-only thereafter:
+**
+**    unixShm.pFile
+**    unixShm.id
+**
+** All other fields are read/write.  The unixShm.pFile->mutex must be held
+** while accessing any read/write fields.
+*/
+struct unixShm {
+  unixShmNode *pShmNode;     /* The underlying unixShmNode object */
+  unixShm *pNext;            /* Next unixShm with the same unixShmNode */
+  u8 hasMutex;               /* True if holding the unixShmNode mutex */
+  u8 id;                     /* Id of this connection within its unixShmNode */
+  u16 sharedMask;            /* Mask of shared locks held */
+  u16 exclMask;              /* Mask of exclusive locks held */
+};
+
+/*
+** Constants used for locking
+*/
+#define UNIX_SHM_BASE   ((22+SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK)*4)         /* first lock byte */
+#define UNIX_SHM_DMS    (UNIX_SHM_BASE+SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK)  /* deadman switch */
+
+/*
+** Apply posix advisory locks for all bytes from ofst through ofst+n-1.
+**
+** Locks block if the mask is exactly UNIX_SHM_C and are non-blocking
+** otherwise.
+*/
+static int unixShmSystemLock(
+  unixShmNode *pShmNode, /* Apply locks to this open shared-memory segment */
+  int lockType,          /* F_UNLCK, F_RDLCK, or F_WRLCK */
+  int ofst,              /* First byte of the locking range */
+  int n                  /* Number of bytes to lock */
+){
+  struct flock f;       /* The posix advisory locking structure */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;   /* Result code form fcntl() */
+
+  /* Access to the unixShmNode object is serialized by the caller */
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pShmNode->mutex) || pShmNode->nRef==0 );
+
+  /* Shared locks never span more than one byte */
+  assert( n==1 || lockType!=F_RDLCK );
+
+  /* Locks are within range */
+  assert( n>=1 && n<SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK );
+
+  if( pShmNode->h>=0 ){
+    /* Initialize the locking parameters */
+    memset(&f, 0, sizeof(f));
+    f.l_type = lockType;
+    f.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+    f.l_start = ofst;
+    f.l_len = n;
+
+    rc = osFcntl(pShmNode->h, F_SETLK, &f);
+    rc = (rc!=(-1)) ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_BUSY;
+  }
+
+  /* Update the global lock state and do debug tracing */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  { u16 mask;
+  OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK "));
+  mask = (1<<(ofst+n)) - (1<<ofst);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( lockType==F_UNLCK ){
+      OSTRACE(("unlock %d ok", ofst));
+      pShmNode->exclMask &= ~mask;
+      pShmNode->sharedMask &= ~mask;
+    }else if( lockType==F_RDLCK ){
+      OSTRACE(("read-lock %d ok", ofst));
+      pShmNode->exclMask &= ~mask;
+      pShmNode->sharedMask |= mask;
+    }else{
+      assert( lockType==F_WRLCK );
+      OSTRACE(("write-lock %d ok", ofst));
+      pShmNode->exclMask |= mask;
+      pShmNode->sharedMask &= ~mask;
+    }
+  }else{
+    if( lockType==F_UNLCK ){
+      OSTRACE(("unlock %d failed", ofst));
+    }else if( lockType==F_RDLCK ){
+      OSTRACE(("read-lock failed"));
+    }else{
+      assert( lockType==F_WRLCK );
+      OSTRACE(("write-lock %d failed", ofst));
+    }
+  }
+  OSTRACE((" - afterwards %03x,%03x\n",
+           pShmNode->sharedMask, pShmNode->exclMask));
+  }
+#endif
+
+  return rc;        
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Purge the unixShmNodeList list of all entries with unixShmNode.nRef==0.
+**
+** This is not a VFS shared-memory method; it is a utility function called
+** by VFS shared-memory methods.
+*/
+static void unixShmPurge(unixFile *pFd){
+  unixShmNode *p = pFd->pInode->pShmNode;
+  assert( unixMutexHeld() );
+  if( p && p->nRef==0 ){
+    int i;
+    assert( p->pInode==pFd->pInode );
+    sqlite3_mutex_free(p->mutex);
+    for(i=0; i<p->nRegion; i++){
+      if( p->h>=0 ){
+        munmap(p->apRegion[i], p->szRegion);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3_free(p->apRegion[i]);
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3_free(p->apRegion);
+    if( p->h>=0 ){
+      robust_close(pFd, p->h, __LINE__);
+      p->h = -1;
+    }
+    p->pInode->pShmNode = 0;
+    sqlite3_free(p);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Open a shared-memory area associated with open database file pDbFd.  
+** This particular implementation uses mmapped files.
+**
+** The file used to implement shared-memory is in the same directory
+** as the open database file and has the same name as the open database
+** file with the "-shm" suffix added.  For example, if the database file
+** is "/home/user1/config.db" then the file that is created and mmapped
+** for shared memory will be called "/home/user1/config.db-shm".  
+**
+** Another approach to is to use files in /dev/shm or /dev/tmp or an
+** some other tmpfs mount. But if a file in a different directory
+** from the database file is used, then differing access permissions
+** or a chroot() might cause two different processes on the same
+** database to end up using different files for shared memory - 
+** meaning that their memory would not really be shared - resulting
+** in database corruption.  Nevertheless, this tmpfs file usage
+** can be enabled at compile-time using -DSQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY="/dev/shm"
+** or the equivalent.  The use of the SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY compile-time
+** option results in an incompatible build of SQLite;  builds of SQLite
+** that with differing SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY settings attempt to use the
+** same database file at the same time, database corruption will likely
+** result. The SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY compile-time option is considered
+** "unsupported" and may go away in a future SQLite release.
+**
+** When opening a new shared-memory file, if no other instances of that
+** file are currently open, in this process or in other processes, then
+** the file must be truncated to zero length or have its header cleared.
+**
+** If the original database file (pDbFd) is using the "unix-excl" VFS
+** that means that an exclusive lock is held on the database file and
+** that no other processes are able to read or write the database.  In
+** that case, we do not really need shared memory.  No shared memory
+** file is created.  The shared memory will be simulated with heap memory.
+*/
+static int unixOpenSharedMemory(unixFile *pDbFd){
+  struct unixShm *p = 0;          /* The connection to be opened */
+  struct unixShmNode *pShmNode;   /* The underlying mmapped file */
+  int rc;                         /* Result code */
+  unixInodeInfo *pInode;          /* The inode of fd */
+  char *zShmFilename;             /* Name of the file used for SHM */
+  int nShmFilename;               /* Size of the SHM filename in bytes */
+
+  /* Allocate space for the new unixShm object. */
+  p = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*p) );
+  if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p));
+  assert( pDbFd->pShm==0 );
+
+  /* Check to see if a unixShmNode object already exists. Reuse an existing
+  ** one if present. Create a new one if necessary.
+  */
+  unixEnterMutex();
+  pInode = pDbFd->pInode;
+  pShmNode = pInode->pShmNode;
+  if( pShmNode==0 ){
+    struct stat sStat;                 /* fstat() info for database file */
+
+    /* Call fstat() to figure out the permissions on the database file. If
+    ** a new *-shm file is created, an attempt will be made to create it
+    ** with the same permissions.
+    */
+    if( osFstat(pDbFd->h, &sStat) && pInode->bProcessLock==0 ){
+      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT;
+      goto shm_open_err;
+    }
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY
+    nShmFilename = sizeof(SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY) + 31;
+#else
+    nShmFilename = 6 + (int)strlen(pDbFd->zPath);
+#endif
+    pShmNode = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pShmNode) + nShmFilename );
+    if( pShmNode==0 ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      goto shm_open_err;
+    }
+    memset(pShmNode, 0, sizeof(*pShmNode)+nShmFilename);
+    zShmFilename = pShmNode->zFilename = (char*)&pShmNode[1];
+#ifdef SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY
+    sqlite3_snprintf(nShmFilename, zShmFilename, 
+                     SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY "/sqlite-shm-%x-%x",
+                     (u32)sStat.st_ino, (u32)sStat.st_dev);
+#else
+    sqlite3_snprintf(nShmFilename, zShmFilename, "%s-shm", pDbFd->zPath);
+    sqlite3FileSuffix3(pDbFd->zPath, zShmFilename);
+#endif
+    pShmNode->h = -1;
+    pDbFd->pInode->pShmNode = pShmNode;
+    pShmNode->pInode = pDbFd->pInode;
+    pShmNode->mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST);
+    if( pShmNode->mutex==0 ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      goto shm_open_err;
+    }
+
+    if( pInode->bProcessLock==0 ){
+      int openFlags = O_RDWR | O_CREAT;
+      if( sqlite3_uri_boolean(pDbFd->zPath, "readonly_shm", 0) ){
+        openFlags = O_RDONLY;
+        pShmNode->isReadonly = 1;
+      }
+      pShmNode->h = robust_open(zShmFilename, openFlags, (sStat.st_mode&0777));
+      if( pShmNode->h<0 ){
+        rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT, "open", zShmFilename);
+        goto shm_open_err;
+      }
+
+      /* If this process is running as root, make sure that the SHM file
+      ** is owned by the same user that owns the original database.  Otherwise,
+      ** the original owner will not be able to connect.
+      */
+      osFchown(pShmNode->h, sStat.st_uid, sStat.st_gid);
+  
+      /* Check to see if another process is holding the dead-man switch.
+      ** If not, truncate the file to zero length. 
+      */
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+      if( unixShmSystemLock(pShmNode, F_WRLCK, UNIX_SHM_DMS, 1)==SQLITE_OK ){
+        if( robust_ftruncate(pShmNode->h, 0) ){
+          rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN, "ftruncate", zShmFilename);
+        }
+      }
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = unixShmSystemLock(pShmNode, F_RDLCK, UNIX_SHM_DMS, 1);
+      }
+      if( rc ) goto shm_open_err;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Make the new connection a child of the unixShmNode */
+  p->pShmNode = pShmNode;
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  p->id = pShmNode->nextShmId++;
+#endif
+  pShmNode->nRef++;
+  pDbFd->pShm = p;
+  unixLeaveMutex();
+
+  /* The reference count on pShmNode has already been incremented under
+  ** the cover of the unixEnterMutex() mutex and the pointer from the
+  ** new (struct unixShm) object to the pShmNode has been set. All that is
+  ** left to do is to link the new object into the linked list starting
+  ** at pShmNode->pFirst. This must be done while holding the pShmNode->mutex 
+  ** mutex.
+  */
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex);
+  p->pNext = pShmNode->pFirst;
+  pShmNode->pFirst = p;
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+
+  /* Jump here on any error */
+shm_open_err:
+  unixShmPurge(pDbFd);       /* This call frees pShmNode if required */
+  sqlite3_free(p);
+  unixLeaveMutex();
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called to obtain a pointer to region iRegion of the 
+** shared-memory associated with the database file fd. Shared-memory regions 
+** are numbered starting from zero. Each shared-memory region is szRegion 
+** bytes in size.
+**
+** If an error occurs, an error code is returned and *pp is set to NULL.
+**
+** Otherwise, if the bExtend parameter is 0 and the requested shared-memory
+** region has not been allocated (by any client, including one running in a
+** separate process), then *pp is set to NULL and SQLITE_OK returned. If 
+** bExtend is non-zero and the requested shared-memory region has not yet 
+** been allocated, it is allocated by this function.
+**
+** If the shared-memory region has already been allocated or is allocated by
+** this call as described above, then it is mapped into this processes 
+** address space (if it is not already), *pp is set to point to the mapped 
+** memory and SQLITE_OK returned.
+*/
+static int unixShmMap(
+  sqlite3_file *fd,               /* Handle open on database file */
+  int iRegion,                    /* Region to retrieve */
+  int szRegion,                   /* Size of regions */
+  int bExtend,                    /* True to extend file if necessary */
+  void volatile **pp              /* OUT: Mapped memory */
+){
+  unixFile *pDbFd = (unixFile*)fd;
+  unixShm *p;
+  unixShmNode *pShmNode;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  /* If the shared-memory file has not yet been opened, open it now. */
+  if( pDbFd->pShm==0 ){
+    rc = unixOpenSharedMemory(pDbFd);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  }
+
+  p = pDbFd->pShm;
+  pShmNode = p->pShmNode;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex);
+  assert( szRegion==pShmNode->szRegion || pShmNode->nRegion==0 );
+  assert( pShmNode->pInode==pDbFd->pInode );
+  assert( pShmNode->h>=0 || pDbFd->pInode->bProcessLock==1 );
+  assert( pShmNode->h<0 || pDbFd->pInode->bProcessLock==0 );
+
+  if( pShmNode->nRegion<=iRegion ){
+    char **apNew;                      /* New apRegion[] array */
+    int nByte = (iRegion+1)*szRegion;  /* Minimum required file size */
+    struct stat sStat;                 /* Used by fstat() */
+
+    pShmNode->szRegion = szRegion;
+
+    if( pShmNode->h>=0 ){
+      /* The requested region is not mapped into this processes address space.
+      ** Check to see if it has been allocated (i.e. if the wal-index file is
+      ** large enough to contain the requested region).
+      */
+      if( osFstat(pShmNode->h, &sStat) ){
+        rc = SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE;
+        goto shmpage_out;
+      }
+  
+      if( sStat.st_size<nByte ){
+        /* The requested memory region does not exist. If bExtend is set to
+        ** false, exit early. *pp will be set to NULL and SQLITE_OK returned.
+        **
+        ** Alternatively, if bExtend is true, use ftruncate() to allocate
+        ** the requested memory region.
+        */
+        if( !bExtend ) goto shmpage_out;
+        if( robust_ftruncate(pShmNode->h, nByte) ){
+          rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE, "ftruncate",
+                            pShmNode->zFilename);
+          goto shmpage_out;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Map the requested memory region into this processes address space. */
+    apNew = (char **)sqlite3_realloc(
+        pShmNode->apRegion, (iRegion+1)*sizeof(char *)
+    );
+    if( !apNew ){
+      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
+      goto shmpage_out;
+    }
+    pShmNode->apRegion = apNew;
+    while(pShmNode->nRegion<=iRegion){
+      void *pMem;
+      if( pShmNode->h>=0 ){
+        pMem = mmap(0, szRegion,
+            pShmNode->isReadonly ? PROT_READ : PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE, 
+            MAP_SHARED, pShmNode->h, pShmNode->nRegion*szRegion
+        );
+        if( pMem==MAP_FAILED ){
+          rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP, "mmap", pShmNode->zFilename);
+          goto shmpage_out;
+        }
+      }else{
+        pMem = sqlite3_malloc(szRegion);
+        if( pMem==0 ){
+          rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+          goto shmpage_out;
+        }
+        memset(pMem, 0, szRegion);
+      }
+      pShmNode->apRegion[pShmNode->nRegion] = pMem;
+      pShmNode->nRegion++;
+    }
+  }
+
+shmpage_out:
+  if( pShmNode->nRegion>iRegion ){
+    *pp = pShmNode->apRegion[iRegion];
+  }else{
+    *pp = 0;
+  }
+  if( pShmNode->isReadonly && rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the lock state for a shared-memory segment.
+**
+** Note that the relationship between SHAREd and EXCLUSIVE locks is a little
+** different here than in posix.  In xShmLock(), one can go from unlocked
+** to shared and back or from unlocked to exclusive and back.  But one may
+** not go from shared to exclusive or from exclusive to shared.
+*/
+static int unixShmLock(
+  sqlite3_file *fd,          /* Database file holding the shared memory */
+  int ofst,                  /* First lock to acquire or release */
+  int n,                     /* Number of locks to acquire or release */
+  int flags                  /* What to do with the lock */
+){
+  unixFile *pDbFd = (unixFile*)fd;      /* Connection holding shared memory */
+  unixShm *p = pDbFd->pShm;             /* The shared memory being locked */
+  unixShm *pX;                          /* For looping over all siblings */
+  unixShmNode *pShmNode = p->pShmNode;  /* The underlying file iNode */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;                   /* Result code */
+  u16 mask;                             /* Mask of locks to take or release */
+
+  assert( pShmNode==pDbFd->pInode->pShmNode );
+  assert( pShmNode->pInode==pDbFd->pInode );
+  assert( ofst>=0 && ofst+n<=SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK );
+  assert( n>=1 );
+  assert( flags==(SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED)
+       || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE)
+       || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED)
+       || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE) );
+  assert( n==1 || (flags & SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE)!=0 );
+  assert( pShmNode->h>=0 || pDbFd->pInode->bProcessLock==1 );
+  assert( pShmNode->h<0 || pDbFd->pInode->bProcessLock==0 );
+
+  mask = (1<<(ofst+n)) - (1<<ofst);
+  assert( n>1 || mask==(1<<ofst) );
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex);
+  if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK ){
+    u16 allMask = 0; /* Mask of locks held by siblings */
+
+    /* See if any siblings hold this same lock */
+    for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){
+      if( pX==p ) continue;
+      assert( (pX->exclMask & (p->exclMask|p->sharedMask))==0 );
+      allMask |= pX->sharedMask;
+    }
+
+    /* Unlock the system-level locks */
+    if( (mask & allMask)==0 ){
+      rc = unixShmSystemLock(pShmNode, F_UNLCK, ofst+UNIX_SHM_BASE, n);
+    }else{
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+
+    /* Undo the local locks */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      p->exclMask &= ~mask;
+      p->sharedMask &= ~mask;
+    } 
+  }else if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_SHARED ){
+    u16 allShared = 0;  /* Union of locks held by connections other than "p" */
+
+    /* Find out which shared locks are already held by sibling connections.
+    ** If any sibling already holds an exclusive lock, go ahead and return
+    ** SQLITE_BUSY.
+    */
+    for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){
+      if( (pX->exclMask & mask)!=0 ){
+        rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+        break;
+      }
+      allShared |= pX->sharedMask;
+    }
+
+    /* Get shared locks at the system level, if necessary */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      if( (allShared & mask)==0 ){
+        rc = unixShmSystemLock(pShmNode, F_RDLCK, ofst+UNIX_SHM_BASE, n);
+      }else{
+        rc = SQLITE_OK;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Get the local shared locks */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      p->sharedMask |= mask;
+    }
+  }else{
+    /* Make sure no sibling connections hold locks that will block this
+    ** lock.  If any do, return SQLITE_BUSY right away.
+    */
+    for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){
+      if( (pX->exclMask & mask)!=0 || (pX->sharedMask & mask)!=0 ){
+        rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  
+    /* Get the exclusive locks at the system level.  Then if successful
+    ** also mark the local connection as being locked.
+    */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = unixShmSystemLock(pShmNode, F_WRLCK, ofst+UNIX_SHM_BASE, n);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        assert( (p->sharedMask & mask)==0 );
+        p->exclMask |= mask;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex);
+  OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK shmid-%d, pid-%d got %03x,%03x\n",
+           p->id, getpid(), p->sharedMask, p->exclMask));
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Implement a memory barrier or memory fence on shared memory.  
+**
+** All loads and stores begun before the barrier must complete before
+** any load or store begun after the barrier.
+*/
+static void unixShmBarrier(
+  sqlite3_file *fd                /* Database file holding the shared memory */
+){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(fd);
+  unixEnterMutex();
+  unixLeaveMutex();
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a connection to shared-memory.  Delete the underlying 
+** storage if deleteFlag is true.
+**
+** If there is no shared memory associated with the connection then this
+** routine is a harmless no-op.
+*/
+static int unixShmUnmap(
+  sqlite3_file *fd,               /* The underlying database file */
+  int deleteFlag                  /* Delete shared-memory if true */
+){
+  unixShm *p;                     /* The connection to be closed */
+  unixShmNode *pShmNode;          /* The underlying shared-memory file */
+  unixShm **pp;                   /* For looping over sibling connections */
+  unixFile *pDbFd;                /* The underlying database file */
+
+  pDbFd = (unixFile*)fd;
+  p = pDbFd->pShm;
+  if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  pShmNode = p->pShmNode;
+
+  assert( pShmNode==pDbFd->pInode->pShmNode );
+  assert( pShmNode->pInode==pDbFd->pInode );
+
+  /* Remove connection p from the set of connections associated
+  ** with pShmNode */
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex);
+  for(pp=&pShmNode->pFirst; (*pp)!=p; pp = &(*pp)->pNext){}
+  *pp = p->pNext;
+
+  /* Free the connection p */
+  sqlite3_free(p);
+  pDbFd->pShm = 0;
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex);
+
+  /* If pShmNode->nRef has reached 0, then close the underlying
+  ** shared-memory file, too */
+  unixEnterMutex();
+  assert( pShmNode->nRef>0 );
+  pShmNode->nRef--;
+  if( pShmNode->nRef==0 ){
+    if( deleteFlag && pShmNode->h>=0 ) osUnlink(pShmNode->zFilename);
+    unixShmPurge(pDbFd);
+  }
+  unixLeaveMutex();
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+#else
+# define unixShmMap     0
+# define unixShmLock    0
+# define unixShmBarrier 0
+# define unixShmUnmap   0
+#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
+
+/*
+** Here ends the implementation of all sqlite3_file methods.
+**
+********************** End sqlite3_file Methods *******************************
+******************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+** This division contains definitions of sqlite3_io_methods objects that
+** implement various file locking strategies.  It also contains definitions
+** of "finder" functions.  A finder-function is used to locate the appropriate
+** sqlite3_io_methods object for a particular database file.  The pAppData
+** field of the sqlite3_vfs VFS objects are initialized to be pointers to
+** the correct finder-function for that VFS.
+**
+** Most finder functions return a pointer to a fixed sqlite3_io_methods
+** object.  The only interesting finder-function is autolockIoFinder, which
+** looks at the filesystem type and tries to guess the best locking
+** strategy from that.
+**
+** For finder-funtion F, two objects are created:
+**
+**    (1) The real finder-function named "FImpt()".
+**
+**    (2) A constant pointer to this function named just "F".
+**
+**
+** A pointer to the F pointer is used as the pAppData value for VFS
+** objects.  We have to do this instead of letting pAppData point
+** directly at the finder-function since C90 rules prevent a void*
+** from be cast into a function pointer.
+**
+**
+** Each instance of this macro generates two objects:
+**
+**   *  A constant sqlite3_io_methods object call METHOD that has locking
+**      methods CLOSE, LOCK, UNLOCK, CKRESLOCK.
+**
+**   *  An I/O method finder function called FINDER that returns a pointer
+**      to the METHOD object in the previous bullet.
+*/
+#define IOMETHODS(FINDER, METHOD, VERSION, CLOSE, LOCK, UNLOCK, CKLOCK)      \
+static const sqlite3_io_methods METHOD = {                                   \
+   VERSION,                    /* iVersion */                                \
+   CLOSE,                      /* xClose */                                  \
+   unixRead,                   /* xRead */                                   \
+   unixWrite,                  /* xWrite */                                  \
+   unixTruncate,               /* xTruncate */                               \
+   unixSync,                   /* xSync */                                   \
+   unixFileSize,               /* xFileSize */                               \
+   LOCK,                       /* xLock */                                   \
+   UNLOCK,                     /* xUnlock */                                 \
+   CKLOCK,                     /* xCheckReservedLock */                      \
+   unixFileControl,            /* xFileControl */                            \
+   unixSectorSize,             /* xSectorSize */                             \
+   unixDeviceCharacteristics,  /* xDeviceCapabilities */                     \
+   unixShmMap,                 /* xShmMap */                                 \
+   unixShmLock,                /* xShmLock */                                \
+   unixShmBarrier,             /* xShmBarrier */                             \
+   unixShmUnmap                /* xShmUnmap */                               \
+};                                                                           \
+static const sqlite3_io_methods *FINDER##Impl(const char *z, unixFile *p){   \
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(z); UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);                                  \
+  return &METHOD;                                                            \
+}                                                                            \
+static const sqlite3_io_methods *(*const FINDER)(const char*,unixFile *p)    \
+    = FINDER##Impl;
+
+/*
+** Here are all of the sqlite3_io_methods objects for each of the
+** locking strategies.  Functions that return pointers to these methods
+** are also created.
+*/
+IOMETHODS(
+  posixIoFinder,            /* Finder function name */
+  posixIoMethods,           /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
+  2,                        /* shared memory is enabled */
+  unixClose,                /* xClose method */
+  unixLock,                 /* xLock method */
+  unixUnlock,               /* xUnlock method */
+  unixCheckReservedLock     /* xCheckReservedLock method */
+)
+IOMETHODS(
+  nolockIoFinder,           /* Finder function name */
+  nolockIoMethods,          /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
+  1,                        /* shared memory is disabled */
+  nolockClose,              /* xClose method */
+  nolockLock,               /* xLock method */
+  nolockUnlock,             /* xUnlock method */
+  nolockCheckReservedLock   /* xCheckReservedLock method */
+)
+IOMETHODS(
+  dotlockIoFinder,          /* Finder function name */
+  dotlockIoMethods,         /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
+  1,                        /* shared memory is disabled */
+  dotlockClose,             /* xClose method */
+  dotlockLock,              /* xLock method */
+  dotlockUnlock,            /* xUnlock method */
+  dotlockCheckReservedLock  /* xCheckReservedLock method */
+)
+
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && !OS_VXWORKS
+IOMETHODS(
+  flockIoFinder,            /* Finder function name */
+  flockIoMethods,           /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
+  1,                        /* shared memory is disabled */
+  flockClose,               /* xClose method */
+  flockLock,                /* xLock method */
+  flockUnlock,              /* xUnlock method */
+  flockCheckReservedLock    /* xCheckReservedLock method */
+)
+#endif
+
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+IOMETHODS(
+  semIoFinder,              /* Finder function name */
+  semIoMethods,             /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
+  1,                        /* shared memory is disabled */
+  semClose,                 /* xClose method */
+  semLock,                  /* xLock method */
+  semUnlock,                /* xUnlock method */
+  semCheckReservedLock      /* xCheckReservedLock method */
+)
+#endif
+
+#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+IOMETHODS(
+  afpIoFinder,              /* Finder function name */
+  afpIoMethods,             /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
+  1,                        /* shared memory is disabled */
+  afpClose,                 /* xClose method */
+  afpLock,                  /* xLock method */
+  afpUnlock,                /* xUnlock method */
+  afpCheckReservedLock      /* xCheckReservedLock method */
+)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The proxy locking method is a "super-method" in the sense that it
+** opens secondary file descriptors for the conch and lock files and
+** it uses proxy, dot-file, AFP, and flock() locking methods on those
+** secondary files.  For this reason, the division that implements
+** proxy locking is located much further down in the file.  But we need
+** to go ahead and define the sqlite3_io_methods and finder function
+** for proxy locking here.  So we forward declare the I/O methods.
+*/
+#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+static int proxyClose(sqlite3_file*);
+static int proxyLock(sqlite3_file*, int);
+static int proxyUnlock(sqlite3_file*, int);
+static int proxyCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file*, int*);
+IOMETHODS(
+  proxyIoFinder,            /* Finder function name */
+  proxyIoMethods,           /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
+  1,                        /* shared memory is disabled */
+  proxyClose,               /* xClose method */
+  proxyLock,                /* xLock method */
+  proxyUnlock,              /* xUnlock method */
+  proxyCheckReservedLock    /* xCheckReservedLock method */
+)
+#endif
+
+/* nfs lockd on OSX 10.3+ doesn't clear write locks when a read lock is set */
+#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+IOMETHODS(
+  nfsIoFinder,               /* Finder function name */
+  nfsIoMethods,              /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
+  1,                         /* shared memory is disabled */
+  unixClose,                 /* xClose method */
+  unixLock,                  /* xLock method */
+  nfsUnlock,                 /* xUnlock method */
+  unixCheckReservedLock      /* xCheckReservedLock method */
+)
+#endif
+
+#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+/* 
+** This "finder" function attempts to determine the best locking strategy 
+** for the database file "filePath".  It then returns the sqlite3_io_methods
+** object that implements that strategy.
+**
+** This is for MacOSX only.
+*/
+static const sqlite3_io_methods *autolockIoFinderImpl(
+  const char *filePath,    /* name of the database file */
+  unixFile *pNew           /* open file object for the database file */
+){
+  static const struct Mapping {
+    const char *zFilesystem;              /* Filesystem type name */
+    const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods;   /* Appropriate locking method */
+  } aMap[] = {
+    { "hfs",    &posixIoMethods },
+    { "ufs",    &posixIoMethods },
+    { "afpfs",  &afpIoMethods },
+    { "smbfs",  &afpIoMethods },
+    { "webdav", &nolockIoMethods },
+    { 0, 0 }
+  };
+  int i;
+  struct statfs fsInfo;
+  struct flock lockInfo;
+
+  if( !filePath ){
+    /* If filePath==NULL that means we are dealing with a transient file
+    ** that does not need to be locked. */
+    return &nolockIoMethods;
+  }
+  if( statfs(filePath, &fsInfo) != -1 ){
+    if( fsInfo.f_flags & MNT_RDONLY ){
+      return &nolockIoMethods;
+    }
+    for(i=0; aMap[i].zFilesystem; i++){
+      if( strcmp(fsInfo.f_fstypename, aMap[i].zFilesystem)==0 ){
+        return aMap[i].pMethods;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Default case. Handles, amongst others, "nfs".
+  ** Test byte-range lock using fcntl(). If the call succeeds, 
+  ** assume that the file-system supports POSIX style locks. 
+  */
+  lockInfo.l_len = 1;
+  lockInfo.l_start = 0;
+  lockInfo.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+  lockInfo.l_type = F_RDLCK;
+  if( osFcntl(pNew->h, F_GETLK, &lockInfo)!=-1 ) {
+    if( strcmp(fsInfo.f_fstypename, "nfs")==0 ){
+      return &nfsIoMethods;
+    } else {
+      return &posixIoMethods;
+    }
+  }else{
+    return &dotlockIoMethods;
+  }
+}
+static const sqlite3_io_methods 
+  *(*const autolockIoFinder)(const char*,unixFile*) = autolockIoFinderImpl;
+
+#endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
+
+#if OS_VXWORKS && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+/* 
+** This "finder" function attempts to determine the best locking strategy 
+** for the database file "filePath".  It then returns the sqlite3_io_methods
+** object that implements that strategy.
+**
+** This is for VXWorks only.
+*/
+static const sqlite3_io_methods *autolockIoFinderImpl(
+  const char *filePath,    /* name of the database file */
+  unixFile *pNew           /* the open file object */
+){
+  struct flock lockInfo;
+
+  if( !filePath ){
+    /* If filePath==NULL that means we are dealing with a transient file
+    ** that does not need to be locked. */
+    return &nolockIoMethods;
+  }
+
+  /* Test if fcntl() is supported and use POSIX style locks.
+  ** Otherwise fall back to the named semaphore method.
+  */
+  lockInfo.l_len = 1;
+  lockInfo.l_start = 0;
+  lockInfo.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+  lockInfo.l_type = F_RDLCK;
+  if( osFcntl(pNew->h, F_GETLK, &lockInfo)!=-1 ) {
+    return &posixIoMethods;
+  }else{
+    return &semIoMethods;
+  }
+}
+static const sqlite3_io_methods 
+  *(*const autolockIoFinder)(const char*,unixFile*) = autolockIoFinderImpl;
+
+#endif /* OS_VXWORKS && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
+
+/*
+** An abstract type for a pointer to a IO method finder function:
+*/
+typedef const sqlite3_io_methods *(*finder_type)(const char*,unixFile*);
+
+
+/****************************************************************************
+**************************** sqlite3_vfs methods ****************************
+**
+** This division contains the implementation of methods on the
+** sqlite3_vfs object.
+*/
+
+/*
+** Initialize the contents of the unixFile structure pointed to by pId.
+*/
+static int fillInUnixFile(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,      /* Pointer to vfs object */
+  int h,                  /* Open file descriptor of file being opened */
+  sqlite3_file *pId,      /* Write to the unixFile structure here */
+  const char *zFilename,  /* Name of the file being opened */
+  int ctrlFlags           /* Zero or more UNIXFILE_* values */
+){
+  const sqlite3_io_methods *pLockingStyle;
+  unixFile *pNew = (unixFile *)pId;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  assert( pNew->pInode==NULL );
+
+  /* Usually the path zFilename should not be a relative pathname. The
+  ** exception is when opening the proxy "conch" file in builds that
+  ** include the special Apple locking styles.
+  */
+#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+  assert( zFilename==0 || zFilename[0]=='/' 
+    || pVfs->pAppData==(void*)&autolockIoFinder );
+#else
+  assert( zFilename==0 || zFilename[0]=='/' );
+#endif
+
+  /* No locking occurs in temporary files */
+  assert( zFilename!=0 || (ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_NOLOCK)!=0 );
+
+  OSTRACE(("OPEN    %-3d %s\n", h, zFilename));
+  pNew->h = h;
+  pNew->pVfs = pVfs;
+  pNew->zPath = zFilename;
+  pNew->ctrlFlags = (u8)ctrlFlags;
+  if( sqlite3_uri_boolean(((ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_URI) ? zFilename : 0),
+                           "psow", SQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE) ){
+    pNew->ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_PSOW;
+  }
+  if( memcmp(pVfs->zName,"unix-excl",10)==0 ){
+    pNew->ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_EXCL;
+  }
+
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+  pNew->pId = vxworksFindFileId(zFilename);
+  if( pNew->pId==0 ){
+    ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_NOLOCK;
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  if( ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_NOLOCK ){
+    pLockingStyle = &nolockIoMethods;
+  }else{
+    pLockingStyle = (**(finder_type*)pVfs->pAppData)(zFilename, pNew);
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+    /* Cache zFilename in the locking context (AFP and dotlock override) for
+    ** proxyLock activation is possible (remote proxy is based on db name)
+    ** zFilename remains valid until file is closed, to support */
+    pNew->lockingContext = (void*)zFilename;
+#endif
+  }
+
+  if( pLockingStyle == &posixIoMethods
+#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+    || pLockingStyle == &nfsIoMethods
+#endif
+  ){
+    unixEnterMutex();
+    rc = findInodeInfo(pNew, &pNew->pInode);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      /* If an error occured in findInodeInfo(), close the file descriptor
+      ** immediately, before releasing the mutex. findInodeInfo() may fail
+      ** in two scenarios:
+      **
+      **   (a) A call to fstat() failed.
+      **   (b) A malloc failed.
+      **
+      ** Scenario (b) may only occur if the process is holding no other
+      ** file descriptors open on the same file. If there were other file
+      ** descriptors on this file, then no malloc would be required by
+      ** findInodeInfo(). If this is the case, it is quite safe to close
+      ** handle h - as it is guaranteed that no posix locks will be released
+      ** by doing so.
+      **
+      ** If scenario (a) caused the error then things are not so safe. The
+      ** implicit assumption here is that if fstat() fails, things are in
+      ** such bad shape that dropping a lock or two doesn't matter much.
+      */
+      robust_close(pNew, h, __LINE__);
+      h = -1;
+    }
+    unixLeaveMutex();
+  }
+
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__)
+  else if( pLockingStyle == &afpIoMethods ){
+    /* AFP locking uses the file path so it needs to be included in
+    ** the afpLockingContext.
+    */
+    afpLockingContext *pCtx;
+    pNew->lockingContext = pCtx = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pCtx) );
+    if( pCtx==0 ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }else{
+      /* NB: zFilename exists and remains valid until the file is closed
+      ** according to requirement F11141.  So we do not need to make a
+      ** copy of the filename. */
+      pCtx->dbPath = zFilename;
+      pCtx->reserved = 0;
+      srandomdev();
+      unixEnterMutex();
+      rc = findInodeInfo(pNew, &pNew->pInode);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        sqlite3_free(pNew->lockingContext);
+        robust_close(pNew, h, __LINE__);
+        h = -1;
+      }
+      unixLeaveMutex();        
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  else if( pLockingStyle == &dotlockIoMethods ){
+    /* Dotfile locking uses the file path so it needs to be included in
+    ** the dotlockLockingContext 
+    */
+    char *zLockFile;
+    int nFilename;
+    assert( zFilename!=0 );
+    nFilename = (int)strlen(zFilename) + 6;
+    zLockFile = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(nFilename);
+    if( zLockFile==0 ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }else{
+      sqlite3_snprintf(nFilename, zLockFile, "%s" DOTLOCK_SUFFIX, zFilename);
+    }
+    pNew->lockingContext = zLockFile;
+  }
+
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+  else if( pLockingStyle == &semIoMethods ){
+    /* Named semaphore locking uses the file path so it needs to be
+    ** included in the semLockingContext
+    */
+    unixEnterMutex();
+    rc = findInodeInfo(pNew, &pNew->pInode);
+    if( (rc==SQLITE_OK) && (pNew->pInode->pSem==NULL) ){
+      char *zSemName = pNew->pInode->aSemName;
+      int n;
+      sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATHNAME, zSemName, "/%s.sem",
+                       pNew->pId->zCanonicalName);
+      for( n=1; zSemName[n]; n++ )
+        if( zSemName[n]=='/' ) zSemName[n] = '_';
+      pNew->pInode->pSem = sem_open(zSemName, O_CREAT, 0666, 1);
+      if( pNew->pInode->pSem == SEM_FAILED ){
+        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+        pNew->pInode->aSemName[0] = '\0';
+      }
+    }
+    unixLeaveMutex();
+  }
+#endif
+  
+  pNew->lastErrno = 0;
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( h>=0 ) robust_close(pNew, h, __LINE__);
+    h = -1;
+    osUnlink(zFilename);
+    isDelete = 0;
+  }
+  if( isDelete ) pNew->ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_DELETE;
+#endif
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( h>=0 ) robust_close(pNew, h, __LINE__);
+  }else{
+    pNew->pMethod = pLockingStyle;
+    OpenCounter(+1);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the name of a directory in which to put temporary files.
+** If no suitable temporary file directory can be found, return NULL.
+*/
+static const char *unixTempFileDir(void){
+  static const char *azDirs[] = {
+     0,
+     0,
+     "/var/tmp",
+     "/usr/tmp",
+     "/tmp",
+     0        /* List terminator */
+  };
+  unsigned int i;
+  struct stat buf;
+  const char *zDir = 0;
+
+  azDirs[0] = sqlite3_temp_directory;
+  if( !azDirs[1] ) azDirs[1] = getenv("TMPDIR");
+  for(i=0; i<sizeof(azDirs)/sizeof(azDirs[0]); zDir=azDirs[i++]){
+    if( zDir==0 ) continue;
+    if( osStat(zDir, &buf) ) continue;
+    if( !S_ISDIR(buf.st_mode) ) continue;
+    if( osAccess(zDir, 07) ) continue;
+    break;
+  }
+  return zDir;
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a temporary file name in zBuf.  zBuf must be allocated
+** by the calling process and must be big enough to hold at least
+** pVfs->mxPathname bytes.
+*/
+static int unixGetTempname(int nBuf, char *zBuf){
+  static const unsigned char zChars[] =
+    "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
+    "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ"
+    "0123456789";
+  unsigned int i, j;
+  const char *zDir;
+
+  /* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just
+  ** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this
+  ** function failing. 
+  */
+  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR );
+
+  zDir = unixTempFileDir();
+  if( zDir==0 ) zDir = ".";
+
+  /* Check that the output buffer is large enough for the temporary file 
+  ** name. If it is not, return SQLITE_ERROR.
+  */
+  if( (strlen(zDir) + strlen(SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX) + 18) >= (size_t)nBuf ){
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  do{
+    sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf-18, zBuf, "%s/"SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX, zDir);
+    j = (int)strlen(zBuf);
+    sqlite3_randomness(15, &zBuf[j]);
+    for(i=0; i<15; i++, j++){
+      zBuf[j] = (char)zChars[ ((unsigned char)zBuf[j])%(sizeof(zChars)-1) ];
+    }
+    zBuf[j] = 0;
+    zBuf[j+1] = 0;
+  }while( osAccess(zBuf,0)==0 );
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__)
+/*
+** Routine to transform a unixFile into a proxy-locking unixFile.
+** Implementation in the proxy-lock division, but used by unixOpen()
+** if SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING is defined.
+*/
+static int proxyTransformUnixFile(unixFile*, const char*);
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Search for an unused file descriptor that was opened on the database 
+** file (not a journal or master-journal file) identified by pathname
+** zPath with SQLITE_OPEN_XXX flags matching those passed as the second
+** argument to this function.
+**
+** Such a file descriptor may exist if a database connection was closed
+** but the associated file descriptor could not be closed because some
+** other file descriptor open on the same file is holding a file-lock.
+** Refer to comments in the unixClose() function and the lengthy comment
+** describing "Posix Advisory Locking" at the start of this file for 
+** further details. Also, ticket #4018.
+**
+** If a suitable file descriptor is found, then it is returned. If no
+** such file descriptor is located, -1 is returned.
+*/
+static UnixUnusedFd *findReusableFd(const char *zPath, int flags){
+  UnixUnusedFd *pUnused = 0;
+
+  /* Do not search for an unused file descriptor on vxworks. Not because
+  ** vxworks would not benefit from the change (it might, we're not sure),
+  ** but because no way to test it is currently available. It is better 
+  ** not to risk breaking vxworks support for the sake of such an obscure 
+  ** feature.  */
+#if !OS_VXWORKS
+  struct stat sStat;                   /* Results of stat() call */
+
+  /* A stat() call may fail for various reasons. If this happens, it is
+  ** almost certain that an open() call on the same path will also fail.
+  ** For this reason, if an error occurs in the stat() call here, it is
+  ** ignored and -1 is returned. The caller will try to open a new file
+  ** descriptor on the same path, fail, and return an error to SQLite.
+  **
+  ** Even if a subsequent open() call does succeed, the consequences of
+  ** not searching for a resusable file descriptor are not dire.  */
+  if( 0==osStat(zPath, &sStat) ){
+    unixInodeInfo *pInode;
+
+    unixEnterMutex();
+    pInode = inodeList;
+    while( pInode && (pInode->fileId.dev!=sStat.st_dev
+                     || pInode->fileId.ino!=sStat.st_ino) ){
+       pInode = pInode->pNext;
+    }
+    if( pInode ){
+      UnixUnusedFd **pp;
+      for(pp=&pInode->pUnused; *pp && (*pp)->flags!=flags; pp=&((*pp)->pNext));
+      pUnused = *pp;
+      if( pUnused ){
+        *pp = pUnused->pNext;
+      }
+    }
+    unixLeaveMutex();
+  }
+#endif    /* if !OS_VXWORKS */
+  return pUnused;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called by unixOpen() to determine the unix permissions
+** to create new files with. If no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK is returned
+** and a value suitable for passing as the third argument to open(2) is
+** written to *pMode. If an IO error occurs, an SQLite error code is 
+** returned and the value of *pMode is not modified.
+**
+** In most cases cases, this routine sets *pMode to 0, which will become
+** an indication to robust_open() to create the file using
+** SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS adjusted by the umask.
+** But if the file being opened is a WAL or regular journal file, then 
+** this function queries the file-system for the permissions on the 
+** corresponding database file and sets *pMode to this value. Whenever 
+** possible, WAL and journal files are created using the same permissions 
+** as the associated database file.
+**
+** If the SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES option is enabled, then the
+** original filename is unavailable.  But 8_3_NAMES is only used for
+** FAT filesystems and permissions do not matter there, so just use
+** the default permissions.
+*/
+static int findCreateFileMode(
+  const char *zPath,              /* Path of file (possibly) being created */
+  int flags,                      /* Flags passed as 4th argument to xOpen() */
+  mode_t *pMode,                  /* OUT: Permissions to open file with */
+  uid_t *pUid,                    /* OUT: uid to set on the file */
+  gid_t *pGid                     /* OUT: gid to set on the file */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return Code */
+  *pMode = 0;
+  *pUid = 0;
+  *pGid = 0;
+  if( flags & (SQLITE_OPEN_WAL|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL) ){
+    char zDb[MAX_PATHNAME+1];     /* Database file path */
+    int nDb;                      /* Number of valid bytes in zDb */
+    struct stat sStat;            /* Output of stat() on database file */
+
+    /* zPath is a path to a WAL or journal file. The following block derives
+    ** the path to the associated database file from zPath. This block handles
+    ** the following naming conventions:
+    **
+    **   "<path to db>-journal"
+    **   "<path to db>-wal"
+    **   "<path to db>-journalNN"
+    **   "<path to db>-walNN"
+    **
+    ** where NN is a decimal number. The NN naming schemes are 
+    ** used by the test_multiplex.c module.
+    */
+    nDb = sqlite3Strlen30(zPath) - 1; 
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES
+    while( nDb>0 && sqlite3Isalnum(zPath[nDb]) ) nDb--;
+    if( nDb==0 || zPath[nDb]!='-' ) return SQLITE_OK;
+#else
+    while( zPath[nDb]!='-' ){
+      assert( nDb>0 );
+      assert( zPath[nDb]!='\n' );
+      nDb--;
+    }
+#endif
+    memcpy(zDb, zPath, nDb);
+    zDb[nDb] = '\0';
+
+    if( 0==osStat(zDb, &sStat) ){
+      *pMode = sStat.st_mode & 0777;
+      *pUid = sStat.st_uid;
+      *pGid = sStat.st_gid;
+    }else{
+      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT;
+    }
+  }else if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE ){
+    *pMode = 0600;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Open the file zPath.
+** 
+** Previously, the SQLite OS layer used three functions in place of this
+** one:
+**
+**     sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite();
+**     sqlite3OsOpenReadOnly();
+**     sqlite3OsOpenExclusive();
+**
+** These calls correspond to the following combinations of flags:
+**
+**     ReadWrite() ->     (READWRITE | CREATE)
+**     ReadOnly()  ->     (READONLY) 
+**     OpenExclusive() -> (READWRITE | CREATE | EXCLUSIVE)
+**
+** The old OpenExclusive() accepted a boolean argument - "delFlag". If
+** true, the file was configured to be automatically deleted when the
+** file handle closed. To achieve the same effect using this new 
+** interface, add the DELETEONCLOSE flag to those specified above for 
+** OpenExclusive().
+*/
+static int unixOpen(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,           /* The VFS for which this is the xOpen method */
+  const char *zPath,           /* Pathname of file to be opened */
+  sqlite3_file *pFile,         /* The file descriptor to be filled in */
+  int flags,                   /* Input flags to control the opening */
+  int *pOutFlags               /* Output flags returned to SQLite core */
+){
+  unixFile *p = (unixFile *)pFile;
+  int fd = -1;                   /* File descriptor returned by open() */
+  int openFlags = 0;             /* Flags to pass to open() */
+  int eType = flags&0xFFFFFF00;  /* Type of file to open */
+  int noLock;                    /* True to omit locking primitives */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;            /* Function Return Code */
+  int ctrlFlags = 0;             /* UNIXFILE_* flags */
+
+  int isExclusive  = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE);
+  int isDelete     = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE);
+  int isCreate     = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE);
+  int isReadonly   = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
+  int isReadWrite  = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE);
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+  int isAutoProxy  = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_AUTOPROXY);
+#endif
+#if defined(__APPLE__) || SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+  struct statfs fsInfo;
+#endif
+
+  /* If creating a master or main-file journal, this function will open
+  ** a file-descriptor on the directory too. The first time unixSync()
+  ** is called the directory file descriptor will be fsync()ed and close()d.
+  */
+  int syncDir = (isCreate && (
+        eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL 
+     || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL 
+     || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL
+  ));
+
+  /* If argument zPath is a NULL pointer, this function is required to open
+  ** a temporary file. Use this buffer to store the file name in.
+  */
+  char zTmpname[MAX_PATHNAME+2];
+  const char *zName = zPath;
+
+  /* Check the following statements are true: 
+  **
+  **   (a) Exactly one of the READWRITE and READONLY flags must be set, and 
+  **   (b) if CREATE is set, then READWRITE must also be set, and
+  **   (c) if EXCLUSIVE is set, then CREATE must also be set.
+  **   (d) if DELETEONCLOSE is set, then CREATE must also be set.
+  */
+  assert((isReadonly==0 || isReadWrite==0) && (isReadWrite || isReadonly));
+  assert(isCreate==0 || isReadWrite);
+  assert(isExclusive==0 || isCreate);
+  assert(isDelete==0 || isCreate);
+
+  /* The main DB, main journal, WAL file and master journal are never 
+  ** automatically deleted. Nor are they ever temporary files.  */
+  assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB );
+  assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL );
+  assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL );
+  assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_WAL );
+
+  /* Assert that the upper layer has set one of the "file-type" flags. */
+  assert( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB      || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB 
+       || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL 
+       || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL   || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL 
+       || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL
+  );
+
+  memset(p, 0, sizeof(unixFile));
+
+  if( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB ){
+    UnixUnusedFd *pUnused;
+    pUnused = findReusableFd(zName, flags);
+    if( pUnused ){
+      fd = pUnused->fd;
+    }else{
+      pUnused = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*pUnused));
+      if( !pUnused ){
+        return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }
+    }
+    p->pUnused = pUnused;
+
+    /* Database filenames are double-zero terminated if they are not
+    ** URIs with parameters.  Hence, they can always be passed into
+    ** sqlite3_uri_parameter(). */
+    assert( (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_URI) || zName[strlen(zName)+1]==0 );
+
+  }else if( !zName ){
+    /* If zName is NULL, the upper layer is requesting a temp file. */
+    assert(isDelete && !syncDir);
+    rc = unixGetTempname(MAX_PATHNAME+2, zTmpname);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      return rc;
+    }
+    zName = zTmpname;
+
+    /* Generated temporary filenames are always double-zero terminated
+    ** for use by sqlite3_uri_parameter(). */
+    assert( zName[strlen(zName)+1]==0 );
+  }
+
+  /* Determine the value of the flags parameter passed to POSIX function
+  ** open(). These must be calculated even if open() is not called, as
+  ** they may be stored as part of the file handle and used by the 
+  ** 'conch file' locking functions later on.  */
+  if( isReadonly )  openFlags |= O_RDONLY;
+  if( isReadWrite ) openFlags |= O_RDWR;
+  if( isCreate )    openFlags |= O_CREAT;
+  if( isExclusive ) openFlags |= (O_EXCL|O_NOFOLLOW);
+  openFlags |= (O_LARGEFILE|O_BINARY);
+
+  if( fd<0 ){
+    mode_t openMode;              /* Permissions to create file with */
+    uid_t uid;                    /* Userid for the file */
+    gid_t gid;                    /* Groupid for the file */
+    rc = findCreateFileMode(zName, flags, &openMode, &uid, &gid);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      assert( !p->pUnused );
+      assert( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL );
+      return rc;
+    }
+    fd = robust_open(zName, openFlags, openMode);
+    OSTRACE(("OPENX   %-3d %s 0%o\n", fd, zName, openFlags));
+    if( fd<0 && errno!=EISDIR && isReadWrite && !isExclusive ){
+      /* Failed to open the file for read/write access. Try read-only. */
+      flags &= ~(SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE);
+      openFlags &= ~(O_RDWR|O_CREAT);
+      flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY;
+      openFlags |= O_RDONLY;
+      isReadonly = 1;
+      fd = robust_open(zName, openFlags, openMode);
+    }
+    if( fd<0 ){
+      rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT, "open", zName);
+      goto open_finished;
+    }
+
+    /* If this process is running as root and if creating a new rollback
+    ** journal or WAL file, set the ownership of the journal or WAL to be
+    ** the same as the original database.
+    */
+    if( flags & (SQLITE_OPEN_WAL|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL) ){
+      osFchown(fd, uid, gid);
+    }
+  }
+  assert( fd>=0 );
+  if( pOutFlags ){
+    *pOutFlags = flags;
+  }
+
+  if( p->pUnused ){
+    p->pUnused->fd = fd;
+    p->pUnused->flags = flags;
+  }
+
+  if( isDelete ){
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+    zPath = zName;
+#else
+    osUnlink(zName);
+#endif
+  }
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+  else{
+    p->openFlags = openFlags;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  noLock = eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB;
+
+  
+#if defined(__APPLE__) || SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+  if( fstatfs(fd, &fsInfo) == -1 ){
+    ((unixFile*)pFile)->lastErrno = errno;
+    robust_close(p, fd, __LINE__);
+    return SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS;
+  }
+  if (0 == strncmp("msdos", fsInfo.f_fstypename, 5)) {
+    ((unixFile*)pFile)->fsFlags |= SQLITE_FSFLAGS_IS_MSDOS;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Set up appropriate ctrlFlags */
+  if( isDelete )                ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_DELETE;
+  if( isReadonly )              ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_RDONLY;
+  if( noLock )                  ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_NOLOCK;
+  if( syncDir )                 ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_DIRSYNC;
+  if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_URI ) ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_URI;
+
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+#if SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING
+  isAutoProxy = 1;
+#endif
+  if( isAutoProxy && (zPath!=NULL) && (!noLock) && pVfs->xOpen ){
+    char *envforce = getenv("SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING");
+    int useProxy = 0;
+
+    /* SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING==1 means force always use proxy, 0 means 
+    ** never use proxy, NULL means use proxy for non-local files only.  */
+    if( envforce!=NULL ){
+      useProxy = atoi(envforce)>0;
+    }else{
+      if( statfs(zPath, &fsInfo) == -1 ){
+        /* In theory, the close(fd) call is sub-optimal. If the file opened
+        ** with fd is a database file, and there are other connections open
+        ** on that file that are currently holding advisory locks on it,
+        ** then the call to close() will cancel those locks. In practice,
+        ** we're assuming that statfs() doesn't fail very often. At least
+        ** not while other file descriptors opened by the same process on
+        ** the same file are working.  */
+        p->lastErrno = errno;
+        robust_close(p, fd, __LINE__);
+        rc = SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS;
+        goto open_finished;
+      }
+      useProxy = !(fsInfo.f_flags&MNT_LOCAL);
+    }
+    if( useProxy ){
+      rc = fillInUnixFile(pVfs, fd, pFile, zPath, ctrlFlags);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = proxyTransformUnixFile((unixFile*)pFile, ":auto:");
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          /* Use unixClose to clean up the resources added in fillInUnixFile 
+          ** and clear all the structure's references.  Specifically, 
+          ** pFile->pMethods will be NULL so sqlite3OsClose will be a no-op 
+          */
+          unixClose(pFile);
+          return rc;
+        }
+      }
+      goto open_finished;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+  
+  rc = fillInUnixFile(pVfs, fd, pFile, zPath, ctrlFlags);
+
+open_finished:
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_free(p->pUnused);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Delete the file at zPath. If the dirSync argument is true, fsync()
+** the directory after deleting the file.
+*/
+static int unixDelete(
+  sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed,     /* VFS containing this as the xDelete method */
+  const char *zPath,        /* Name of file to be deleted */
+  int dirSync               /* If true, fsync() directory after deleting file */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE);
+  if( osUnlink(zPath)==(-1) && errno!=ENOENT ){
+    return unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE, "unlink", zPath);
+  }
+#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_DIRSYNC
+  if( (dirSync & 1)!=0 ){
+    int fd;
+    rc = osOpenDirectory(zPath, &fd);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+      if( fsync(fd)==-1 )
+#else
+      if( fsync(fd) )
+#endif
+      {
+        rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC, "fsync", zPath);
+      }
+      robust_close(0, fd, __LINE__);
+    }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Test the existance of or access permissions of file zPath. The
+** test performed depends on the value of flags:
+**
+**     SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS: Return 1 if the file exists
+**     SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE: Return 1 if the file is read and writable.
+**     SQLITE_ACCESS_READONLY: Return 1 if the file is readable.
+**
+** Otherwise return 0.
+*/
+static int unixAccess(
+  sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed,   /* The VFS containing this xAccess method */
+  const char *zPath,      /* Path of the file to examine */
+  int flags,              /* What do we want to learn about the zPath file? */
+  int *pResOut            /* Write result boolean here */
+){
+  int amode = 0;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS; );
+  switch( flags ){
+    case SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS:
+      amode = F_OK;
+      break;
+    case SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE:
+      amode = W_OK|R_OK;
+      break;
+    case SQLITE_ACCESS_READ:
+      amode = R_OK;
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      assert(!"Invalid flags argument");
+  }
+  *pResOut = (osAccess(zPath, amode)==0);
+  if( flags==SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS && *pResOut ){
+    struct stat buf;
+    if( 0==osStat(zPath, &buf) && buf.st_size==0 ){
+      *pResOut = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Turn a relative pathname into a full pathname. The relative path
+** is stored as a nul-terminated string in the buffer pointed to by
+** zPath. 
+**
+** zOut points to a buffer of at least sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname bytes 
+** (in this case, MAX_PATHNAME bytes). The full-path is written to
+** this buffer before returning.
+*/
+static int unixFullPathname(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,            /* Pointer to vfs object */
+  const char *zPath,            /* Possibly relative input path */
+  int nOut,                     /* Size of output buffer in bytes */
+  char *zOut                    /* Output buffer */
+){
+
+  /* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just
+  ** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this
+  ** function failing. This function could fail if, for example, the
+  ** current working directory has been unlinked.
+  */
+  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_ERROR );
+
+  assert( pVfs->mxPathname==MAX_PATHNAME );
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
+
+  zOut[nOut-1] = '\0';
+  if( zPath[0]=='/' ){
+    sqlite3_snprintf(nOut, zOut, "%s", zPath);
+  }else{
+    int nCwd;
+    if( osGetcwd(zOut, nOut-1)==0 ){
+      return unixLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT, "getcwd", zPath);
+    }
+    nCwd = (int)strlen(zOut);
+    sqlite3_snprintf(nOut-nCwd, &zOut[nCwd], "/%s", zPath);
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
+/*
+** Interfaces for opening a shared library, finding entry points
+** within the shared library, and closing the shared library.
+*/
+#include <dlfcn.h>
+static void *unixDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, const char *zFilename){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  return dlopen(zFilename, RTLD_NOW | RTLD_GLOBAL);
+}
+
+/*
+** SQLite calls this function immediately after a call to unixDlSym() or
+** unixDlOpen() fails (returns a null pointer). If a more detailed error
+** message is available, it is written to zBufOut. If no error message
+** is available, zBufOut is left unmodified and SQLite uses a default
+** error message.
+*/
+static void unixDlError(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int nBuf, char *zBufOut){
+  const char *zErr;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  unixEnterMutex();
+  zErr = dlerror();
+  if( zErr ){
+    sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf, zBufOut, "%s", zErr);
+  }
+  unixLeaveMutex();
+}
+static void (*unixDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, void *p, const char*zSym))(void){
+  /* 
+  ** GCC with -pedantic-errors says that C90 does not allow a void* to be
+  ** cast into a pointer to a function.  And yet the library dlsym() routine
+  ** returns a void* which is really a pointer to a function.  So how do we
+  ** use dlsym() with -pedantic-errors?
+  **
+  ** Variable x below is defined to be a pointer to a function taking
+  ** parameters void* and const char* and returning a pointer to a function.
+  ** We initialize x by assigning it a pointer to the dlsym() function.
+  ** (That assignment requires a cast.)  Then we call the function that
+  ** x points to.  
+  **
+  ** This work-around is unlikely to work correctly on any system where
+  ** you really cannot cast a function pointer into void*.  But then, on the
+  ** other hand, dlsym() will not work on such a system either, so we have
+  ** not really lost anything.
+  */
+  void (*(*x)(void*,const char*))(void);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  x = (void(*(*)(void*,const char*))(void))dlsym;
+  return (*x)(p, zSym);
+}
+static void unixDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, void *pHandle){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  dlclose(pHandle);
+}
+#else /* if SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION is defined: */
+  #define unixDlOpen  0
+  #define unixDlError 0
+  #define unixDlSym   0
+  #define unixDlClose 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Write nBuf bytes of random data to the supplied buffer zBuf.
+*/
+static int unixRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int nBuf, char *zBuf){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  assert((size_t)nBuf>=(sizeof(time_t)+sizeof(int)));
+
+  /* We have to initialize zBuf to prevent valgrind from reporting
+  ** errors.  The reports issued by valgrind are incorrect - we would
+  ** prefer that the randomness be increased by making use of the
+  ** uninitialized space in zBuf - but valgrind errors tend to worry
+  ** some users.  Rather than argue, it seems easier just to initialize
+  ** the whole array and silence valgrind, even if that means less randomness
+  ** in the random seed.
+  **
+  ** When testing, initializing zBuf[] to zero is all we do.  That means
+  ** that we always use the same random number sequence.  This makes the
+  ** tests repeatable.
+  */
+  memset(zBuf, 0, nBuf);
+#if !defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+  {
+    int pid, fd, got;
+    fd = robust_open("/dev/urandom", O_RDONLY, 0);
+    if( fd<0 ){
+      time_t t;
+      time(&t);
+      memcpy(zBuf, &t, sizeof(t));
+      pid = getpid();
+      memcpy(&zBuf[sizeof(t)], &pid, sizeof(pid));
+      assert( sizeof(t)+sizeof(pid)<=(size_t)nBuf );
+      nBuf = sizeof(t) + sizeof(pid);
+    }else{
+      do{ got = osRead(fd, zBuf, nBuf); }while( got<0 && errno==EINTR );
+      robust_close(0, fd, __LINE__);
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+  return nBuf;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Sleep for a little while.  Return the amount of time slept.
+** The argument is the number of microseconds we want to sleep.
+** The return value is the number of microseconds of sleep actually
+** requested from the underlying operating system, a number which
+** might be greater than or equal to the argument, but not less
+** than the argument.
+*/
+static int unixSleep(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int microseconds){
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+  struct timespec sp;
+
+  sp.tv_sec = microseconds / 1000000;
+  sp.tv_nsec = (microseconds % 1000000) * 1000;
+  nanosleep(&sp, NULL);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  return microseconds;
+#elif defined(HAVE_USLEEP) && HAVE_USLEEP
+  usleep(microseconds);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  return microseconds;
+#else
+  int seconds = (microseconds+999999)/1000000;
+  sleep(seconds);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  return seconds*1000000;
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** The following variable, if set to a non-zero value, is interpreted as
+** the number of seconds since 1970 and is used to set the result of
+** sqlite3OsCurrentTime() during testing.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_current_time = 0;  /* Fake system time in seconds since 1970. */
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time).  Write into *piNow
+** the current time and date as a Julian Day number times 86_400_000.  In
+** other words, write into *piNow the number of milliseconds since the Julian
+** epoch of noon in Greenwich on November 24, 4714 B.C according to the
+** proleptic Gregorian calendar.
+**
+** On success, return SQLITE_OK.  Return SQLITE_ERROR if the time and date 
+** cannot be found.
+*/
+static int unixCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, sqlite3_int64 *piNow){
+  static const sqlite3_int64 unixEpoch = 24405875*(sqlite3_int64)8640000;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+#if defined(NO_GETTOD)
+  time_t t;
+  time(&t);
+  *piNow = ((sqlite3_int64)t)*1000 + unixEpoch;
+#elif OS_VXWORKS
+  struct timespec sNow;
+  clock_gettime(CLOCK_REALTIME, &sNow);
+  *piNow = unixEpoch + 1000*(sqlite3_int64)sNow.tv_sec + sNow.tv_nsec/1000000;
+#else
+  struct timeval sNow;
+  if( gettimeofday(&sNow, 0)==0 ){
+    *piNow = unixEpoch + 1000*(sqlite3_int64)sNow.tv_sec + sNow.tv_usec/1000;
+  }else{
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  if( sqlite3_current_time ){
+    *piNow = 1000*(sqlite3_int64)sqlite3_current_time + unixEpoch;
+  }
+#endif
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time).  Write the
+** current time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and
+** return 0.  Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found.
+*/
+static int unixCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, double *prNow){
+  sqlite3_int64 i = 0;
+  int rc;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  rc = unixCurrentTimeInt64(0, &i);
+  *prNow = i/86400000.0;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** We added the xGetLastError() method with the intention of providing
+** better low-level error messages when operating-system problems come up
+** during SQLite operation.  But so far, none of that has been implemented
+** in the core.  So this routine is never called.  For now, it is merely
+** a place-holder.
+*/
+static int unixGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int NotUsed2, char *NotUsed3){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed2);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed3);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+/*
+************************ End of sqlite3_vfs methods ***************************
+******************************************************************************/
+
+/******************************************************************************
+************************** Begin Proxy Locking ********************************
+**
+** Proxy locking is a "uber-locking-method" in this sense:  It uses the
+** other locking methods on secondary lock files.  Proxy locking is a
+** meta-layer over top of the primitive locking implemented above.  For
+** this reason, the division that implements of proxy locking is deferred
+** until late in the file (here) after all of the other I/O methods have
+** been defined - so that the primitive locking methods are available
+** as services to help with the implementation of proxy locking.
+**
+****
+**
+** The default locking schemes in SQLite use byte-range locks on the
+** database file to coordinate safe, concurrent access by multiple readers
+** and writers [http://sqlite.org/lockingv3.html].  The five file locking
+** states (UNLOCKED, PENDING, SHARED, RESERVED, EXCLUSIVE) are implemented
+** as POSIX read & write locks over fixed set of locations (via fsctl),
+** on AFP and SMB only exclusive byte-range locks are available via fsctl
+** with _IOWR('z', 23, struct ByteRangeLockPB2) to track the same 5 states.
+** To simulate a F_RDLCK on the shared range, on AFP a randomly selected
+** address in the shared range is taken for a SHARED lock, the entire
+** shared range is taken for an EXCLUSIVE lock):
+**
+**      PENDING_BYTE        0x40000000
+**      RESERVED_BYTE       0x40000001
+**      SHARED_RANGE        0x40000002 -> 0x40000200
+**
+** This works well on the local file system, but shows a nearly 100x
+** slowdown in read performance on AFP because the AFP client disables
+** the read cache when byte-range locks are present.  Enabling the read
+** cache exposes a cache coherency problem that is present on all OS X
+** supported network file systems.  NFS and AFP both observe the
+** close-to-open semantics for ensuring cache coherency
+** [http://nfs.sourceforge.net/#faq_a8], which does not effectively
+** address the requirements for concurrent database access by multiple
+** readers and writers
+** [http://www.nabble.com/SQLite-on-NFS-cache-coherency-td15655701.html].
+**
+** To address the performance and cache coherency issues, proxy file locking
+** changes the way database access is controlled by limiting access to a
+** single host at a time and moving file locks off of the database file
+** and onto a proxy file on the local file system.  
+**
+**
+** Using proxy locks
+** -----------------
+**
+** C APIs
+**
+**  sqlite3_file_control(db, dbname, SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE,
+**                       <proxy_path> | ":auto:");
+**  sqlite3_file_control(db, dbname, SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE, &<proxy_path>);
+**
+**
+** SQL pragmas
+**
+**  PRAGMA [database.]lock_proxy_file=<proxy_path> | :auto:
+**  PRAGMA [database.]lock_proxy_file
+**
+** Specifying ":auto:" means that if there is a conch file with a matching
+** host ID in it, the proxy path in the conch file will be used, otherwise
+** a proxy path based on the user's temp dir
+** (via confstr(_CS_DARWIN_USER_TEMP_DIR,...)) will be used and the
+** actual proxy file name is generated from the name and path of the
+** database file.  For example:
+**
+**       For database path "/Users/me/foo.db" 
+**       The lock path will be "<tmpdir>/sqliteplocks/_Users_me_foo.db:auto:")
+**
+** Once a lock proxy is configured for a database connection, it can not
+** be removed, however it may be switched to a different proxy path via
+** the above APIs (assuming the conch file is not being held by another
+** connection or process). 
+**
+**
+** How proxy locking works
+** -----------------------
+**
+** Proxy file locking relies primarily on two new supporting files: 
+**
+**   *  conch file to limit access to the database file to a single host
+**      at a time
+**
+**   *  proxy file to act as a proxy for the advisory locks normally
+**      taken on the database
+**
+** The conch file - to use a proxy file, sqlite must first "hold the conch"
+** by taking an sqlite-style shared lock on the conch file, reading the
+** contents and comparing the host's unique host ID (see below) and lock
+** proxy path against the values stored in the conch.  The conch file is
+** stored in the same directory as the database file and the file name
+** is patterned after the database file name as ".<databasename>-conch".
+** If the conch file does not exist, or it's contents do not match the
+** host ID and/or proxy path, then the lock is escalated to an exclusive
+** lock and the conch file contents is updated with the host ID and proxy
+** path and the lock is downgraded to a shared lock again.  If the conch
+** is held by another process (with a shared lock), the exclusive lock
+** will fail and SQLITE_BUSY is returned.
+**
+** The proxy file - a single-byte file used for all advisory file locks
+** normally taken on the database file.   This allows for safe sharing
+** of the database file for multiple readers and writers on the same
+** host (the conch ensures that they all use the same local lock file).
+**
+** Requesting the lock proxy does not immediately take the conch, it is
+** only taken when the first request to lock database file is made.  
+** This matches the semantics of the traditional locking behavior, where
+** opening a connection to a database file does not take a lock on it.
+** The shared lock and an open file descriptor are maintained until 
+** the connection to the database is closed. 
+**
+** The proxy file and the lock file are never deleted so they only need
+** to be created the first time they are used.
+**
+** Configuration options
+** ---------------------
+**
+**  SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING
+**
+**       Database files accessed on non-local file systems are
+**       automatically configured for proxy locking, lock files are
+**       named automatically using the same logic as
+**       PRAGMA lock_proxy_file=":auto:"
+**    
+**  SQLITE_PROXY_DEBUG
+**
+**       Enables the logging of error messages during host id file
+**       retrieval and creation
+**
+**  LOCKPROXYDIR
+**
+**       Overrides the default directory used for lock proxy files that
+**       are named automatically via the ":auto:" setting
+**
+**  SQLITE_DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS
+**
+**       Permissions to use when creating a directory for storing the
+**       lock proxy files, only used when LOCKPROXYDIR is not set.
+**    
+**    
+** As mentioned above, when compiled with SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING,
+** setting the environment variable SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING to 1 will
+** force proxy locking to be used for every database file opened, and 0
+** will force automatic proxy locking to be disabled for all database
+** files (explicity calling the SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE pragma or
+** sqlite_file_control API is not affected by SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING).
+*/
+
+/*
+** Proxy locking is only available on MacOSX 
+*/
+#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+
+/*
+** The proxyLockingContext has the path and file structures for the remote 
+** and local proxy files in it
+*/
+typedef struct proxyLockingContext proxyLockingContext;
+struct proxyLockingContext {
+  unixFile *conchFile;         /* Open conch file */
+  char *conchFilePath;         /* Name of the conch file */
+  unixFile *lockProxy;         /* Open proxy lock file */
+  char *lockProxyPath;         /* Name of the proxy lock file */
+  char *dbPath;                /* Name of the open file */
+  int conchHeld;               /* 1 if the conch is held, -1 if lockless */
+  void *oldLockingContext;     /* Original lockingcontext to restore on close */
+  sqlite3_io_methods const *pOldMethod;     /* Original I/O methods for close */
+};
+
+/* 
+** The proxy lock file path for the database at dbPath is written into lPath, 
+** which must point to valid, writable memory large enough for a maxLen length
+** file path. 
+*/
+static int proxyGetLockPath(const char *dbPath, char *lPath, size_t maxLen){
+  int len;
+  int dbLen;
+  int i;
+
+#ifdef LOCKPROXYDIR
+  len = strlcpy(lPath, LOCKPROXYDIR, maxLen);
+#else
+# ifdef _CS_DARWIN_USER_TEMP_DIR
+  {
+    if( !confstr(_CS_DARWIN_USER_TEMP_DIR, lPath, maxLen) ){
+      OSTRACE(("GETLOCKPATH  failed %s errno=%d pid=%d\n",
+               lPath, errno, getpid()));
+      return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK;
+    }
+    len = strlcat(lPath, "sqliteplocks", maxLen);    
+  }
+# else
+  len = strlcpy(lPath, "/tmp/", maxLen);
+# endif
+#endif
+
+  if( lPath[len-1]!='/' ){
+    len = strlcat(lPath, "/", maxLen);
+  }
+  
+  /* transform the db path to a unique cache name */
+  dbLen = (int)strlen(dbPath);
+  for( i=0; i<dbLen && (i+len+7)<(int)maxLen; i++){
+    char c = dbPath[i];
+    lPath[i+len] = (c=='/')?'_':c;
+  }
+  lPath[i+len]='\0';
+  strlcat(lPath, ":auto:", maxLen);
+  OSTRACE(("GETLOCKPATH  proxy lock path=%s pid=%d\n", lPath, getpid()));
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/* 
+ ** Creates the lock file and any missing directories in lockPath
+ */
+static int proxyCreateLockPath(const char *lockPath){
+  int i, len;
+  char buf[MAXPATHLEN];
+  int start = 0;
+  
+  assert(lockPath!=NULL);
+  /* try to create all the intermediate directories */
+  len = (int)strlen(lockPath);
+  buf[0] = lockPath[0];
+  for( i=1; i<len; i++ ){
+    if( lockPath[i] == '/' && (i - start > 0) ){
+      /* only mkdir if leaf dir != "." or "/" or ".." */
+      if( i-start>2 || (i-start==1 && buf[start] != '.' && buf[start] != '/') 
+         || (i-start==2 && buf[start] != '.' && buf[start+1] != '.') ){
+        buf[i]='\0';
+        if( osMkdir(buf, SQLITE_DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS) ){
+          int err=errno;
+          if( err!=EEXIST ) {
+            OSTRACE(("CREATELOCKPATH  FAILED creating %s, "
+                     "'%s' proxy lock path=%s pid=%d\n",
+                     buf, strerror(err), lockPath, getpid()));
+            return err;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      start=i+1;
+    }
+    buf[i] = lockPath[i];
+  }
+  OSTRACE(("CREATELOCKPATH  proxy lock path=%s pid=%d\n", lockPath, getpid()));
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a new VFS file descriptor (stored in memory obtained from
+** sqlite3_malloc) and open the file named "path" in the file descriptor.
+**
+** The caller is responsible not only for closing the file descriptor
+** but also for freeing the memory associated with the file descriptor.
+*/
+static int proxyCreateUnixFile(
+    const char *path,        /* path for the new unixFile */
+    unixFile **ppFile,       /* unixFile created and returned by ref */
+    int islockfile           /* if non zero missing dirs will be created */
+) {
+  int fd = -1;
+  unixFile *pNew;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int openFlags = O_RDWR | O_CREAT;
+  sqlite3_vfs dummyVfs;
+  int terrno = 0;
+  UnixUnusedFd *pUnused = NULL;
+
+  /* 1. first try to open/create the file
+  ** 2. if that fails, and this is a lock file (not-conch), try creating
+  ** the parent directories and then try again.
+  ** 3. if that fails, try to open the file read-only
+  ** otherwise return BUSY (if lock file) or CANTOPEN for the conch file
+  */
+  pUnused = findReusableFd(path, openFlags);
+  if( pUnused ){
+    fd = pUnused->fd;
+  }else{
+    pUnused = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*pUnused));
+    if( !pUnused ){
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+  }
+  if( fd<0 ){
+    fd = robust_open(path, openFlags, 0);
+    terrno = errno;
+    if( fd<0 && errno==ENOENT && islockfile ){
+      if( proxyCreateLockPath(path) == SQLITE_OK ){
+        fd = robust_open(path, openFlags, 0);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if( fd<0 ){
+    openFlags = O_RDONLY;
+    fd = robust_open(path, openFlags, 0);
+    terrno = errno;
+  }
+  if( fd<0 ){
+    if( islockfile ){
+      return SQLITE_BUSY;
+    }
+    switch (terrno) {
+      case EACCES:
+        return SQLITE_PERM;
+      case EIO: 
+        return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK; /* even though it is the conch */
+      default:
+        return SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
+    }
+  }
+  
+  pNew = (unixFile *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*pNew));
+  if( pNew==NULL ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    goto end_create_proxy;
+  }
+  memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(unixFile));
+  pNew->openFlags = openFlags;
+  memset(&dummyVfs, 0, sizeof(dummyVfs));
+  dummyVfs.pAppData = (void*)&autolockIoFinder;
+  dummyVfs.zName = "dummy";
+  pUnused->fd = fd;
+  pUnused->flags = openFlags;
+  pNew->pUnused = pUnused;
+  
+  rc = fillInUnixFile(&dummyVfs, fd, (sqlite3_file*)pNew, path, 0);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    *ppFile = pNew;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+end_create_proxy:    
+  robust_close(pNew, fd, __LINE__);
+  sqlite3_free(pNew);
+  sqlite3_free(pUnused);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+/* simulate multiple hosts by creating unique hostid file paths */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_hostid_num = 0;
+#endif
+
+#define PROXY_HOSTIDLEN    16  /* conch file host id length */
+
+/* Not always defined in the headers as it ought to be */
+extern int gethostuuid(uuid_t id, const struct timespec *wait);
+
+/* get the host ID via gethostuuid(), pHostID must point to PROXY_HOSTIDLEN 
+** bytes of writable memory.
+*/
+static int proxyGetHostID(unsigned char *pHostID, int *pError){
+  assert(PROXY_HOSTIDLEN == sizeof(uuid_t));
+  memset(pHostID, 0, PROXY_HOSTIDLEN);
+#if defined(__MAX_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED)\
+               && __MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED<1050
+  {
+    static const struct timespec timeout = {1, 0}; /* 1 sec timeout */
+    if( gethostuuid(pHostID, &timeout) ){
+      int err = errno;
+      if( pError ){
+        *pError = err;
+      }
+      return SQLITE_IOERR;
+    }
+  }
+#else
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pError);
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  /* simulate multiple hosts by creating unique hostid file paths */
+  if( sqlite3_hostid_num != 0){
+    pHostID[0] = (char)(pHostID[0] + (char)(sqlite3_hostid_num & 0xFF));
+  }
+#endif
+  
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/* The conch file contains the header, host id and lock file path
+ */
+#define PROXY_CONCHVERSION 2   /* 1-byte header, 16-byte host id, path */
+#define PROXY_HEADERLEN    1   /* conch file header length */
+#define PROXY_PATHINDEX    (PROXY_HEADERLEN+PROXY_HOSTIDLEN)
+#define PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN  (PROXY_HEADERLEN+PROXY_HOSTIDLEN+MAXPATHLEN)
+
+/* 
+** Takes an open conch file, copies the contents to a new path and then moves 
+** it back.  The newly created file's file descriptor is assigned to the
+** conch file structure and finally the original conch file descriptor is 
+** closed.  Returns zero if successful.
+*/
+static int proxyBreakConchLock(unixFile *pFile, uuid_t myHostID){
+  proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; 
+  unixFile *conchFile = pCtx->conchFile;
+  char tPath[MAXPATHLEN];
+  char buf[PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN];
+  char *cPath = pCtx->conchFilePath;
+  size_t readLen = 0;
+  size_t pathLen = 0;
+  char errmsg[64] = "";
+  int fd = -1;
+  int rc = -1;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(myHostID);
+
+  /* create a new path by replace the trailing '-conch' with '-break' */
+  pathLen = strlcpy(tPath, cPath, MAXPATHLEN);
+  if( pathLen>MAXPATHLEN || pathLen<6 || 
+     (strlcpy(&tPath[pathLen-5], "break", 6) != 5) ){
+    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(errmsg),errmsg,"path error (len %d)",(int)pathLen);
+    goto end_breaklock;
+  }
+  /* read the conch content */
+  readLen = osPread(conchFile->h, buf, PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN, 0);
+  if( readLen<PROXY_PATHINDEX ){
+    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(errmsg),errmsg,"read error (len %d)",(int)readLen);
+    goto end_breaklock;
+  }
+  /* write it out to the temporary break file */
+  fd = robust_open(tPath, (O_RDWR|O_CREAT|O_EXCL), 0);
+  if( fd<0 ){
+    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(errmsg), errmsg, "create failed (%d)", errno);
+    goto end_breaklock;
+  }
+  if( osPwrite(fd, buf, readLen, 0) != (ssize_t)readLen ){
+    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(errmsg), errmsg, "write failed (%d)", errno);
+    goto end_breaklock;
+  }
+  if( rename(tPath, cPath) ){
+    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(errmsg), errmsg, "rename failed (%d)", errno);
+    goto end_breaklock;
+  }
+  rc = 0;
+  fprintf(stderr, "broke stale lock on %s\n", cPath);
+  robust_close(pFile, conchFile->h, __LINE__);
+  conchFile->h = fd;
+  conchFile->openFlags = O_RDWR | O_CREAT;
+
+end_breaklock:
+  if( rc ){
+    if( fd>=0 ){
+      osUnlink(tPath);
+      robust_close(pFile, fd, __LINE__);
+    }
+    fprintf(stderr, "failed to break stale lock on %s, %s\n", cPath, errmsg);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* Take the requested lock on the conch file and break a stale lock if the 
+** host id matches.
+*/
+static int proxyConchLock(unixFile *pFile, uuid_t myHostID, int lockType){
+  proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; 
+  unixFile *conchFile = pCtx->conchFile;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int nTries = 0;
+  struct timespec conchModTime;
+  
+  memset(&conchModTime, 0, sizeof(conchModTime));
+  do {
+    rc = conchFile->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, lockType);
+    nTries ++;
+    if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+      /* If the lock failed (busy):
+       * 1st try: get the mod time of the conch, wait 0.5s and try again. 
+       * 2nd try: fail if the mod time changed or host id is different, wait 
+       *           10 sec and try again
+       * 3rd try: break the lock unless the mod time has changed.
+       */
+      struct stat buf;
+      if( osFstat(conchFile->h, &buf) ){
+        pFile->lastErrno = errno;
+        return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK;
+      }
+      
+      if( nTries==1 ){
+        conchModTime = buf.st_mtimespec;
+        usleep(500000); /* wait 0.5 sec and try the lock again*/
+        continue;  
+      }
+
+      assert( nTries>1 );
+      if( conchModTime.tv_sec != buf.st_mtimespec.tv_sec || 
+         conchModTime.tv_nsec != buf.st_mtimespec.tv_nsec ){
+        return SQLITE_BUSY;
+      }
+      
+      if( nTries==2 ){  
+        char tBuf[PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN];
+        int len = osPread(conchFile->h, tBuf, PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN, 0);
+        if( len<0 ){
+          pFile->lastErrno = errno;
+          return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK;
+        }
+        if( len>PROXY_PATHINDEX && tBuf[0]==(char)PROXY_CONCHVERSION){
+          /* don't break the lock if the host id doesn't match */
+          if( 0!=memcmp(&tBuf[PROXY_HEADERLEN], myHostID, PROXY_HOSTIDLEN) ){
+            return SQLITE_BUSY;
+          }
+        }else{
+          /* don't break the lock on short read or a version mismatch */
+          return SQLITE_BUSY;
+        }
+        usleep(10000000); /* wait 10 sec and try the lock again */
+        continue; 
+      }
+      
+      assert( nTries==3 );
+      if( 0==proxyBreakConchLock(pFile, myHostID) ){
+        rc = SQLITE_OK;
+        if( lockType==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
+          rc = conchFile->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, SHARED_LOCK);          
+        }
+        if( !rc ){
+          rc = conchFile->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, lockType);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  } while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && nTries<3 );
+  
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* Takes the conch by taking a shared lock and read the contents conch, if 
+** lockPath is non-NULL, the host ID and lock file path must match.  A NULL 
+** lockPath means that the lockPath in the conch file will be used if the 
+** host IDs match, or a new lock path will be generated automatically 
+** and written to the conch file.
+*/
+static int proxyTakeConch(unixFile *pFile){
+  proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; 
+  
+  if( pCtx->conchHeld!=0 ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    unixFile *conchFile = pCtx->conchFile;
+    uuid_t myHostID;
+    int pError = 0;
+    char readBuf[PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN];
+    char lockPath[MAXPATHLEN];
+    char *tempLockPath = NULL;
+    int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    int createConch = 0;
+    int hostIdMatch = 0;
+    int readLen = 0;
+    int tryOldLockPath = 0;
+    int forceNewLockPath = 0;
+    
+    OSTRACE(("TAKECONCH  %d for %s pid=%d\n", conchFile->h,
+             (pCtx->lockProxyPath ? pCtx->lockProxyPath : ":auto:"), getpid()));
+
+    rc = proxyGetHostID(myHostID, &pError);
+    if( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR ){
+      pFile->lastErrno = pError;
+      goto end_takeconch;
+    }
+    rc = proxyConchLock(pFile, myHostID, SHARED_LOCK);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      goto end_takeconch;
+    }
+    /* read the existing conch file */
+    readLen = seekAndRead((unixFile*)conchFile, 0, readBuf, PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN);
+    if( readLen<0 ){
+      /* I/O error: lastErrno set by seekAndRead */
+      pFile->lastErrno = conchFile->lastErrno;
+      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_READ;
+      goto end_takeconch;
+    }else if( readLen<=(PROXY_HEADERLEN+PROXY_HOSTIDLEN) || 
+             readBuf[0]!=(char)PROXY_CONCHVERSION ){
+      /* a short read or version format mismatch means we need to create a new 
+      ** conch file. 
+      */
+      createConch = 1;
+    }
+    /* if the host id matches and the lock path already exists in the conch
+    ** we'll try to use the path there, if we can't open that path, we'll 
+    ** retry with a new auto-generated path 
+    */
+    do { /* in case we need to try again for an :auto: named lock file */
+
+      if( !createConch && !forceNewLockPath ){
+        hostIdMatch = !memcmp(&readBuf[PROXY_HEADERLEN], myHostID, 
+                                  PROXY_HOSTIDLEN);
+        /* if the conch has data compare the contents */
+        if( !pCtx->lockProxyPath ){
+          /* for auto-named local lock file, just check the host ID and we'll
+           ** use the local lock file path that's already in there
+           */
+          if( hostIdMatch ){
+            size_t pathLen = (readLen - PROXY_PATHINDEX);
+            
+            if( pathLen>=MAXPATHLEN ){
+              pathLen=MAXPATHLEN-1;
+            }
+            memcpy(lockPath, &readBuf[PROXY_PATHINDEX], pathLen);
+            lockPath[pathLen] = 0;
+            tempLockPath = lockPath;
+            tryOldLockPath = 1;
+            /* create a copy of the lock path if the conch is taken */
+            goto end_takeconch;
+          }
+        }else if( hostIdMatch
+               && !strncmp(pCtx->lockProxyPath, &readBuf[PROXY_PATHINDEX],
+                           readLen-PROXY_PATHINDEX)
+        ){
+          /* conch host and lock path match */
+          goto end_takeconch; 
+        }
+      }
+      
+      /* if the conch isn't writable and doesn't match, we can't take it */
+      if( (conchFile->openFlags&O_RDWR) == 0 ){
+        rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+        goto end_takeconch;
+      }
+      
+      /* either the conch didn't match or we need to create a new one */
+      if( !pCtx->lockProxyPath ){
+        proxyGetLockPath(pCtx->dbPath, lockPath, MAXPATHLEN);
+        tempLockPath = lockPath;
+        /* create a copy of the lock path _only_ if the conch is taken */
+      }
+      
+      /* update conch with host and path (this will fail if other process
+      ** has a shared lock already), if the host id matches, use the big
+      ** stick.
+      */
+      futimes(conchFile->h, NULL);
+      if( hostIdMatch && !createConch ){
+        if( conchFile->pInode && conchFile->pInode->nShared>1 ){
+          /* We are trying for an exclusive lock but another thread in this
+           ** same process is still holding a shared lock. */
+          rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+        } else {          
+          rc = proxyConchLock(pFile, myHostID, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
+        }
+      }else{
+        rc = conchFile->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
+      }
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        char writeBuffer[PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN];
+        int writeSize = 0;
+        
+        writeBuffer[0] = (char)PROXY_CONCHVERSION;
+        memcpy(&writeBuffer[PROXY_HEADERLEN], myHostID, PROXY_HOSTIDLEN);
+        if( pCtx->lockProxyPath!=NULL ){
+          strlcpy(&writeBuffer[PROXY_PATHINDEX], pCtx->lockProxyPath, MAXPATHLEN);
+        }else{
+          strlcpy(&writeBuffer[PROXY_PATHINDEX], tempLockPath, MAXPATHLEN);
+        }
+        writeSize = PROXY_PATHINDEX + strlen(&writeBuffer[PROXY_PATHINDEX]);
+        robust_ftruncate(conchFile->h, writeSize);
+        rc = unixWrite((sqlite3_file *)conchFile, writeBuffer, writeSize, 0);
+        fsync(conchFile->h);
+        /* If we created a new conch file (not just updated the contents of a 
+         ** valid conch file), try to match the permissions of the database 
+         */
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK && createConch ){
+          struct stat buf;
+          int err = osFstat(pFile->h, &buf);
+          if( err==0 ){
+            mode_t cmode = buf.st_mode&(S_IRUSR|S_IWUSR | S_IRGRP|S_IWGRP |
+                                        S_IROTH|S_IWOTH);
+            /* try to match the database file R/W permissions, ignore failure */
+#ifndef SQLITE_PROXY_DEBUG
+            osFchmod(conchFile->h, cmode);
+#else
+            do{
+              rc = osFchmod(conchFile->h, cmode);
+            }while( rc==(-1) && errno==EINTR );
+            if( rc!=0 ){
+              int code = errno;
+              fprintf(stderr, "fchmod %o FAILED with %d %s\n",
+                      cmode, code, strerror(code));
+            } else {
+              fprintf(stderr, "fchmod %o SUCCEDED\n",cmode);
+            }
+          }else{
+            int code = errno;
+            fprintf(stderr, "STAT FAILED[%d] with %d %s\n", 
+                    err, code, strerror(code));
+#endif
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      conchFile->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, SHARED_LOCK);
+      
+    end_takeconch:
+      OSTRACE(("TRANSPROXY: CLOSE  %d\n", pFile->h));
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pFile->openFlags ){
+        int fd;
+        if( pFile->h>=0 ){
+          robust_close(pFile, pFile->h, __LINE__);
+        }
+        pFile->h = -1;
+        fd = robust_open(pCtx->dbPath, pFile->openFlags, 0);
+        OSTRACE(("TRANSPROXY: OPEN  %d\n", fd));
+        if( fd>=0 ){
+          pFile->h = fd;
+        }else{
+          rc=SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; /* SQLITE_BUSY? proxyTakeConch called
+           during locking */
+        }
+      }
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pCtx->lockProxy ){
+        char *path = tempLockPath ? tempLockPath : pCtx->lockProxyPath;
+        rc = proxyCreateUnixFile(path, &pCtx->lockProxy, 1);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_NOMEM && tryOldLockPath ){
+          /* we couldn't create the proxy lock file with the old lock file path
+           ** so try again via auto-naming 
+           */
+          forceNewLockPath = 1;
+          tryOldLockPath = 0;
+          continue; /* go back to the do {} while start point, try again */
+        }
+      }
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        /* Need to make a copy of path if we extracted the value
+         ** from the conch file or the path was allocated on the stack
+         */
+        if( tempLockPath ){
+          pCtx->lockProxyPath = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, tempLockPath);
+          if( !pCtx->lockProxyPath ){
+            rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        pCtx->conchHeld = 1;
+        
+        if( pCtx->lockProxy->pMethod == &afpIoMethods ){
+          afpLockingContext *afpCtx;
+          afpCtx = (afpLockingContext *)pCtx->lockProxy->lockingContext;
+          afpCtx->dbPath = pCtx->lockProxyPath;
+        }
+      } else {
+        conchFile->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, NO_LOCK);
+      }
+      OSTRACE(("TAKECONCH  %d %s\n", conchFile->h,
+               rc==SQLITE_OK?"ok":"failed"));
+      return rc;
+    } while (1); /* in case we need to retry the :auto: lock file - 
+                 ** we should never get here except via the 'continue' call. */
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** If pFile holds a lock on a conch file, then release that lock.
+*/
+static int proxyReleaseConch(unixFile *pFile){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;         /* Subroutine return code */
+  proxyLockingContext *pCtx;  /* The locking context for the proxy lock */
+  unixFile *conchFile;        /* Name of the conch file */
+
+  pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext;
+  conchFile = pCtx->conchFile;
+  OSTRACE(("RELEASECONCH  %d for %s pid=%d\n", conchFile->h,
+           (pCtx->lockProxyPath ? pCtx->lockProxyPath : ":auto:"), 
+           getpid()));
+  if( pCtx->conchHeld>0 ){
+    rc = conchFile->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, NO_LOCK);
+  }
+  pCtx->conchHeld = 0;
+  OSTRACE(("RELEASECONCH  %d %s\n", conchFile->h,
+           (rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed")));
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Given the name of a database file, compute the name of its conch file.
+** Store the conch filename in memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
+** Make *pConchPath point to the new name.  Return SQLITE_OK on success
+** or SQLITE_NOMEM if unable to obtain memory.
+**
+** The caller is responsible for ensuring that the allocated memory
+** space is eventually freed.
+**
+** *pConchPath is set to NULL if a memory allocation error occurs.
+*/
+static int proxyCreateConchPathname(char *dbPath, char **pConchPath){
+  int i;                        /* Loop counter */
+  int len = (int)strlen(dbPath); /* Length of database filename - dbPath */
+  char *conchPath;              /* buffer in which to construct conch name */
+
+  /* Allocate space for the conch filename and initialize the name to
+  ** the name of the original database file. */  
+  *pConchPath = conchPath = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(len + 8);
+  if( conchPath==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  memcpy(conchPath, dbPath, len+1);
+  
+  /* now insert a "." before the last / character */
+  for( i=(len-1); i>=0; i-- ){
+    if( conchPath[i]=='/' ){
+      i++;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  conchPath[i]='.';
+  while ( i<len ){
+    conchPath[i+1]=dbPath[i];
+    i++;
+  }
+
+  /* append the "-conch" suffix to the file */
+  memcpy(&conchPath[i+1], "-conch", 7);
+  assert( (int)strlen(conchPath) == len+7 );
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+/* Takes a fully configured proxy locking-style unix file and switches
+** the local lock file path 
+*/
+static int switchLockProxyPath(unixFile *pFile, const char *path) {
+  proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext*)pFile->lockingContext;
+  char *oldPath = pCtx->lockProxyPath;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  if( pFile->eFileLock!=NO_LOCK ){
+    return SQLITE_BUSY;
+  }  
+
+  /* nothing to do if the path is NULL, :auto: or matches the existing path */
+  if( !path || path[0]=='\0' || !strcmp(path, ":auto:") ||
+    (oldPath && !strncmp(oldPath, path, MAXPATHLEN)) ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    unixFile *lockProxy = pCtx->lockProxy;
+    pCtx->lockProxy=NULL;
+    pCtx->conchHeld = 0;
+    if( lockProxy!=NULL ){
+      rc=lockProxy->pMethod->xClose((sqlite3_file *)lockProxy);
+      if( rc ) return rc;
+      sqlite3_free(lockProxy);
+    }
+    sqlite3_free(oldPath);
+    pCtx->lockProxyPath = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, path);
+  }
+  
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** pFile is a file that has been opened by a prior xOpen call.  dbPath
+** is a string buffer at least MAXPATHLEN+1 characters in size.
+**
+** This routine find the filename associated with pFile and writes it
+** int dbPath.
+*/
+static int proxyGetDbPathForUnixFile(unixFile *pFile, char *dbPath){
+#if defined(__APPLE__)
+  if( pFile->pMethod == &afpIoMethods ){
+    /* afp style keeps a reference to the db path in the filePath field 
+    ** of the struct */
+    assert( (int)strlen((char*)pFile->lockingContext)<=MAXPATHLEN );
+    strlcpy(dbPath, ((afpLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext)->dbPath, MAXPATHLEN);
+  } else
+#endif
+  if( pFile->pMethod == &dotlockIoMethods ){
+    /* dot lock style uses the locking context to store the dot lock
+    ** file path */
+    int len = strlen((char *)pFile->lockingContext) - strlen(DOTLOCK_SUFFIX);
+    memcpy(dbPath, (char *)pFile->lockingContext, len + 1);
+  }else{
+    /* all other styles use the locking context to store the db file path */
+    assert( strlen((char*)pFile->lockingContext)<=MAXPATHLEN );
+    strlcpy(dbPath, (char *)pFile->lockingContext, MAXPATHLEN);
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Takes an already filled in unix file and alters it so all file locking 
+** will be performed on the local proxy lock file.  The following fields
+** are preserved in the locking context so that they can be restored and 
+** the unix structure properly cleaned up at close time:
+**  ->lockingContext
+**  ->pMethod
+*/
+static int proxyTransformUnixFile(unixFile *pFile, const char *path) {
+  proxyLockingContext *pCtx;
+  char dbPath[MAXPATHLEN+1];       /* Name of the database file */
+  char *lockPath=NULL;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  
+  if( pFile->eFileLock!=NO_LOCK ){
+    return SQLITE_BUSY;
+  }
+  proxyGetDbPathForUnixFile(pFile, dbPath);
+  if( !path || path[0]=='\0' || !strcmp(path, ":auto:") ){
+    lockPath=NULL;
+  }else{
+    lockPath=(char *)path;
+  }
+  
+  OSTRACE(("TRANSPROXY  %d for %s pid=%d\n", pFile->h,
+           (lockPath ? lockPath : ":auto:"), getpid()));
+
+  pCtx = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pCtx) );
+  if( pCtx==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  memset(pCtx, 0, sizeof(*pCtx));
+
+  rc = proxyCreateConchPathname(dbPath, &pCtx->conchFilePath);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = proxyCreateUnixFile(pCtx->conchFilePath, &pCtx->conchFile, 0);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN && ((pFile->openFlags&O_RDWR) == 0) ){
+      /* if (a) the open flags are not O_RDWR, (b) the conch isn't there, and
+      ** (c) the file system is read-only, then enable no-locking access.
+      ** Ugh, since O_RDONLY==0x0000 we test for !O_RDWR since unixOpen asserts
+      ** that openFlags will have only one of O_RDONLY or O_RDWR.
+      */
+      struct statfs fsInfo;
+      struct stat conchInfo;
+      int goLockless = 0;
+
+      if( osStat(pCtx->conchFilePath, &conchInfo) == -1 ) {
+        int err = errno;
+        if( (err==ENOENT) && (statfs(dbPath, &fsInfo) != -1) ){
+          goLockless = (fsInfo.f_flags&MNT_RDONLY) == MNT_RDONLY;
+        }
+      }
+      if( goLockless ){
+        pCtx->conchHeld = -1; /* read only FS/ lockless */
+        rc = SQLITE_OK;
+      }
+    }
+  }  
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && lockPath ){
+    pCtx->lockProxyPath = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, lockPath);
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    pCtx->dbPath = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, dbPath);
+    if( pCtx->dbPath==NULL ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    /* all memory is allocated, proxys are created and assigned, 
+    ** switch the locking context and pMethod then return.
+    */
+    pCtx->oldLockingContext = pFile->lockingContext;
+    pFile->lockingContext = pCtx;
+    pCtx->pOldMethod = pFile->pMethod;
+    pFile->pMethod = &proxyIoMethods;
+  }else{
+    if( pCtx->conchFile ){ 
+      pCtx->conchFile->pMethod->xClose((sqlite3_file *)pCtx->conchFile);
+      sqlite3_free(pCtx->conchFile);
+    }
+    sqlite3DbFree(0, pCtx->lockProxyPath);
+    sqlite3_free(pCtx->conchFilePath); 
+    sqlite3_free(pCtx);
+  }
+  OSTRACE(("TRANSPROXY  %d %s\n", pFile->h,
+           (rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed")));
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This routine handles sqlite3_file_control() calls that are specific
+** to proxy locking.
+*/
+static int proxyFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){
+  switch( op ){
+    case SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE: {
+      unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+      if( pFile->pMethod == &proxyIoMethods ){
+        proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext*)pFile->lockingContext;
+        proxyTakeConch(pFile);
+        if( pCtx->lockProxyPath ){
+          *(const char **)pArg = pCtx->lockProxyPath;
+        }else{
+          *(const char **)pArg = ":auto: (not held)";
+        }
+      } else {
+        *(const char **)pArg = NULL;
+      }
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE: {
+      unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+      int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+      int isProxyStyle = (pFile->pMethod == &proxyIoMethods);
+      if( pArg==NULL || (const char *)pArg==0 ){
+        if( isProxyStyle ){
+          /* turn off proxy locking - not supported */
+          rc = SQLITE_ERROR /*SQLITE_PROTOCOL? SQLITE_MISUSE?*/;
+        }else{
+          /* turn off proxy locking - already off - NOOP */
+          rc = SQLITE_OK;
+        }
+      }else{
+        const char *proxyPath = (const char *)pArg;
+        if( isProxyStyle ){
+          proxyLockingContext *pCtx = 
+            (proxyLockingContext*)pFile->lockingContext;
+          if( !strcmp(pArg, ":auto:") 
+           || (pCtx->lockProxyPath &&
+               !strncmp(pCtx->lockProxyPath, proxyPath, MAXPATHLEN))
+          ){
+            rc = SQLITE_OK;
+          }else{
+            rc = switchLockProxyPath(pFile, proxyPath);
+          }
+        }else{
+          /* turn on proxy file locking */
+          rc = proxyTransformUnixFile(pFile, proxyPath);
+        }
+      }
+      return rc;
+    }
+    default: {
+      assert( 0 );  /* The call assures that only valid opcodes are sent */
+    }
+  }
+  /*NOTREACHED*/
+  return SQLITE_ERROR;
+}
+
+/*
+** Within this division (the proxying locking implementation) the procedures
+** above this point are all utilities.  The lock-related methods of the
+** proxy-locking sqlite3_io_method object follow.
+*/
+
+
+/*
+** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
+** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut
+** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero.  The return value
+** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking.
+*/
+static int proxyCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut) {
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+  int rc = proxyTakeConch(pFile);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext;
+    if( pCtx->conchHeld>0 ){
+      unixFile *proxy = pCtx->lockProxy;
+      return proxy->pMethod->xCheckReservedLock((sqlite3_file*)proxy, pResOut);
+    }else{ /* conchHeld < 0 is lockless */
+      pResOut=0;
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one
+** of the following:
+**
+**     (1) SHARED_LOCK
+**     (2) RESERVED_LOCK
+**     (3) PENDING_LOCK
+**     (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
+**
+** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
+** are inserted in between.  The locking might fail on one of the later
+** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
+** still short of its goal.  The following chart shows the allowed
+** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
+**
+**    UNLOCKED -> SHARED
+**    SHARED -> RESERVED
+**    SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+**    RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+**    PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
+**
+** This routine will only increase a lock.  Use the sqlite3OsUnlock()
+** routine to lower a locking level.
+*/
+static int proxyLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+  int rc = proxyTakeConch(pFile);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext;
+    if( pCtx->conchHeld>0 ){
+      unixFile *proxy = pCtx->lockProxy;
+      rc = proxy->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)proxy, eFileLock);
+      pFile->eFileLock = proxy->eFileLock;
+    }else{
+      /* conchHeld < 0 is lockless */
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock.  eFileLock
+** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
+**
+** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
+** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
+*/
+static int proxyUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+  int rc = proxyTakeConch(pFile);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext;
+    if( pCtx->conchHeld>0 ){
+      unixFile *proxy = pCtx->lockProxy;
+      rc = proxy->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)proxy, eFileLock);
+      pFile->eFileLock = proxy->eFileLock;
+    }else{
+      /* conchHeld < 0 is lockless */
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a file that uses proxy locks.
+*/
+static int proxyClose(sqlite3_file *id) {
+  if( id ){
+    unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+    proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext;
+    unixFile *lockProxy = pCtx->lockProxy;
+    unixFile *conchFile = pCtx->conchFile;
+    int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    
+    if( lockProxy ){
+      rc = lockProxy->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)lockProxy, NO_LOCK);
+      if( rc ) return rc;
+      rc = lockProxy->pMethod->xClose((sqlite3_file*)lockProxy);
+      if( rc ) return rc;
+      sqlite3_free(lockProxy);
+      pCtx->lockProxy = 0;
+    }
+    if( conchFile ){
+      if( pCtx->conchHeld ){
+        rc = proxyReleaseConch(pFile);
+        if( rc ) return rc;
+      }
+      rc = conchFile->pMethod->xClose((sqlite3_file*)conchFile);
+      if( rc ) return rc;
+      sqlite3_free(conchFile);
+    }
+    sqlite3DbFree(0, pCtx->lockProxyPath);
+    sqlite3_free(pCtx->conchFilePath);
+    sqlite3DbFree(0, pCtx->dbPath);
+    /* restore the original locking context and pMethod then close it */
+    pFile->lockingContext = pCtx->oldLockingContext;
+    pFile->pMethod = pCtx->pOldMethod;
+    sqlite3_free(pCtx);
+    return pFile->pMethod->xClose(id);
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+#endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
+/*
+** The proxy locking style is intended for use with AFP filesystems.
+** And since AFP is only supported on MacOSX, the proxy locking is also
+** restricted to MacOSX.
+** 
+**
+******************* End of the proxy lock implementation **********************
+******************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+** Initialize the operating system interface.
+**
+** This routine registers all VFS implementations for unix-like operating
+** systems.  This routine, and the sqlite3_os_end() routine that follows,
+** should be the only routines in this file that are visible from other
+** files.
+**
+** This routine is called once during SQLite initialization and by a
+** single thread.  The memory allocation and mutex subsystems have not
+** necessarily been initialized when this routine is called, and so they
+** should not be used.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void){ 
+  /* 
+  ** The following macro defines an initializer for an sqlite3_vfs object.
+  ** The name of the VFS is NAME.  The pAppData is a pointer to a pointer
+  ** to the "finder" function.  (pAppData is a pointer to a pointer because
+  ** silly C90 rules prohibit a void* from being cast to a function pointer
+  ** and so we have to go through the intermediate pointer to avoid problems
+  ** when compiling with -pedantic-errors on GCC.)
+  **
+  ** The FINDER parameter to this macro is the name of the pointer to the
+  ** finder-function.  The finder-function returns a pointer to the
+  ** sqlite_io_methods object that implements the desired locking
+  ** behaviors.  See the division above that contains the IOMETHODS
+  ** macro for addition information on finder-functions.
+  **
+  ** Most finders simply return a pointer to a fixed sqlite3_io_methods
+  ** object.  But the "autolockIoFinder" available on MacOSX does a little
+  ** more than that; it looks at the filesystem type that hosts the 
+  ** database file and tries to choose an locking method appropriate for
+  ** that filesystem time.
+  */
+  #define UNIXVFS(VFSNAME, FINDER) {                        \
+    3,                    /* iVersion */                    \
+    sizeof(unixFile),     /* szOsFile */                    \
+    MAX_PATHNAME,         /* mxPathname */                  \
+    0,                    /* pNext */                       \
+    VFSNAME,              /* zName */                       \
+    (void*)&FINDER,       /* pAppData */                    \
+    unixOpen,             /* xOpen */                       \
+    unixDelete,           /* xDelete */                     \
+    unixAccess,           /* xAccess */                     \
+    unixFullPathname,     /* xFullPathname */               \
+    unixDlOpen,           /* xDlOpen */                     \
+    unixDlError,          /* xDlError */                    \
+    unixDlSym,            /* xDlSym */                      \
+    unixDlClose,          /* xDlClose */                    \
+    unixRandomness,       /* xRandomness */                 \
+    unixSleep,            /* xSleep */                      \
+    unixCurrentTime,      /* xCurrentTime */                \
+    unixGetLastError,     /* xGetLastError */               \
+    unixCurrentTimeInt64, /* xCurrentTimeInt64 */           \
+    unixSetSystemCall,    /* xSetSystemCall */              \
+    unixGetSystemCall,    /* xGetSystemCall */              \
+    unixNextSystemCall,   /* xNextSystemCall */             \
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** All default VFSes for unix are contained in the following array.
+  **
+  ** Note that the sqlite3_vfs.pNext field of the VFS object is modified
+  ** by the SQLite core when the VFS is registered.  So the following
+  ** array cannot be const.
+  */
+  static sqlite3_vfs aVfs[] = {
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && (OS_VXWORKS || defined(__APPLE__))
+    UNIXVFS("unix",          autolockIoFinder ),
+#else
+    UNIXVFS("unix",          posixIoFinder ),
+#endif
+    UNIXVFS("unix-none",     nolockIoFinder ),
+    UNIXVFS("unix-dotfile",  dotlockIoFinder ),
+    UNIXVFS("unix-excl",     posixIoFinder ),
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+    UNIXVFS("unix-namedsem", semIoFinder ),
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+    UNIXVFS("unix-posix",    posixIoFinder ),
+#if !OS_VXWORKS
+    UNIXVFS("unix-flock",    flockIoFinder ),
+#endif
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__)
+    UNIXVFS("unix-afp",      afpIoFinder ),
+    UNIXVFS("unix-nfs",      nfsIoFinder ),
+    UNIXVFS("unix-proxy",    proxyIoFinder ),
+#endif
+  };
+  unsigned int i;          /* Loop counter */
+
+  /* Double-check that the aSyscall[] array has been constructed
+  ** correctly.  See ticket [bb3a86e890c8e96ab] */
+  assert( ArraySize(aSyscall)==22 );
+
+  /* Register all VFSes defined in the aVfs[] array */
+  for(i=0; i<(sizeof(aVfs)/sizeof(sqlite3_vfs)); i++){
+    sqlite3_vfs_register(&aVfs[i], i==0);
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK; 
+}
+
+/*
+** Shutdown the operating system interface.
+**
+** Some operating systems might need to do some cleanup in this routine,
+** to release dynamically allocated objects.  But not on unix.
+** This routine is a no-op for unix.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void){ 
+  return SQLITE_OK; 
+}
+ 
+#endif /* SQLITE_OS_UNIX */
+
+/************** End of os_unix.c *********************************************/
+/************** Begin file os_win.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2004 May 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains code that is specific to Windows.
+*/
+#if SQLITE_OS_WIN               /* This file is used for Windows only */
+
+#ifdef __CYGWIN__
+# include <sys/cygwin.h>
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Include code that is common to all os_*.c files
+*/
+/************** Include os_common.h in the middle of os_win.c ****************/
+/************** Begin file os_common.h ***************************************/
+/*
+** 2004 May 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains macros and a little bit of code that is common to
+** all of the platform-specific files (os_*.c) and is #included into those
+** files.
+**
+** This file should be #included by the os_*.c files only.  It is not a
+** general purpose header file.
+*/
+#ifndef _OS_COMMON_H_
+#define _OS_COMMON_H_
+
+/*
+** At least two bugs have slipped in because we changed the MEMORY_DEBUG
+** macro to SQLITE_DEBUG and some older makefiles have not yet made the
+** switch.  The following code should catch this problem at compile-time.
+*/
+#ifdef MEMORY_DEBUG
+# error "The MEMORY_DEBUG macro is obsolete.  Use SQLITE_DEBUG instead."
+#endif
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+# ifndef SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE
+#   define SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE 0
+# endif
+  int sqlite3OSTrace = SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE;
+# define OSTRACE(X)          if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf X
+#else
+# define OSTRACE(X)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Macros for performance tracing.  Normally turned off.  Only works
+** on i486 hardware.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_PERFORMANCE_TRACE
+
+/* 
+** hwtime.h contains inline assembler code for implementing 
+** high-performance timing routines.
+*/
+/************** Include hwtime.h in the middle of os_common.h ****************/
+/************** Begin file hwtime.h ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 May 27
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains inline asm code for retrieving "high-performance"
+** counters for x86 class CPUs.
+*/
+#ifndef _HWTIME_H_
+#define _HWTIME_H_
+
+/*
+** The following routine only works on pentium-class (or newer) processors.
+** It uses the RDTSC opcode to read the cycle count value out of the
+** processor and returns that value.  This can be used for high-res
+** profiling.
+*/
+#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(_MSC_VER)) && \
+      (defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86))
+
+  #if defined(__GNUC__)
+
+  __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+     unsigned int lo, hi;
+     __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=a" (lo), "=d" (hi));
+     return (sqlite_uint64)hi << 32 | lo;
+  }
+
+  #elif defined(_MSC_VER)
+
+  __declspec(naked) __inline sqlite_uint64 __cdecl sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+     __asm {
+        rdtsc
+        ret       ; return value at EDX:EAX
+     }
+  }
+
+  #endif
+
+#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__x86_64__))
+
+  __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+      unsigned long val;
+      __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=A" (val));
+      return val;
+  }
+ 
+#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__ppc__))
+
+  __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+      unsigned long long retval;
+      unsigned long junk;
+      __asm__ __volatile__ ("\n\
+          1:      mftbu   %1\n\
+                  mftb    %L0\n\
+                  mftbu   %0\n\
+                  cmpw    %0,%1\n\
+                  bne     1b"
+                  : "=r" (retval), "=r" (junk));
+      return retval;
+  }
+
+#else
+
+  #error Need implementation of sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform.
+
+  /*
+  ** To compile without implementing sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform,
+  ** you can remove the above #error and use the following
+  ** stub function.  You will lose timing support for many
+  ** of the debugging and testing utilities, but it should at
+  ** least compile and run.
+  */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ return ((sqlite_uint64)0); }
+
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !defined(_HWTIME_H_) */
+
+/************** End of hwtime.h **********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in os_common.h ******************/
+
+static sqlite_uint64 g_start;
+static sqlite_uint64 g_elapsed;
+#define TIMER_START       g_start=sqlite3Hwtime()
+#define TIMER_END         g_elapsed=sqlite3Hwtime()-g_start
+#define TIMER_ELAPSED     g_elapsed
+#else
+#define TIMER_START
+#define TIMER_END
+#define TIMER_ELAPSED     ((sqlite_uint64)0)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** If we compile with the SQLITE_TEST macro set, then the following block
+** of code will give us the ability to simulate a disk I/O error.  This
+** is used for testing the I/O recovery logic.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_hit = 0;            /* Total number of I/O Errors */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_hardhit = 0;        /* Number of non-benign errors */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_pending = 0;        /* Count down to first I/O error */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_persist = 0;        /* True if I/O errors persist */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_benign = 0;         /* True if errors are benign */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_diskfull_pending = 0;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_diskfull = 0;
+#define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X) sqlite3_io_error_benign=(X)
+#define SimulateIOError(CODE)  \
+  if( (sqlite3_io_error_persist && sqlite3_io_error_hit) \
+       || sqlite3_io_error_pending-- == 1 )  \
+              { local_ioerr(); CODE; }
+static void local_ioerr(){
+  IOTRACE(("IOERR\n"));
+  sqlite3_io_error_hit++;
+  if( !sqlite3_io_error_benign ) sqlite3_io_error_hardhit++;
+}
+#define SimulateDiskfullError(CODE) \
+   if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending ){ \
+     if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending == 1 ){ \
+       local_ioerr(); \
+       sqlite3_diskfull = 1; \
+       sqlite3_io_error_hit = 1; \
+       CODE; \
+     }else{ \
+       sqlite3_diskfull_pending--; \
+     } \
+   }
+#else
+#define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X)
+#define SimulateIOError(A)
+#define SimulateDiskfullError(A)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** When testing, keep a count of the number of open files.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_file_count = 0;
+#define OpenCounter(X)  sqlite3_open_file_count+=(X)
+#else
+#define OpenCounter(X)
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !defined(_OS_COMMON_H_) */
+
+/************** End of os_common.h *******************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in os_win.c *********************/
+
+/*
+** Macro to find the minimum of two numeric values.
+*/
+#ifndef MIN
+# define MIN(x,y) ((x)<(y)?(x):(y))
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Some Microsoft compilers lack this definition.
+*/
+#ifndef INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES
+# define INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES ((DWORD)-1) 
+#endif
+
+#ifndef FILE_FLAG_MASK
+# define FILE_FLAG_MASK          (0xFF3C0000)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MASK
+# define FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MASK     (0x0003FFF7)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+/* Forward references */
+typedef struct winShm winShm;           /* A connection to shared-memory */
+typedef struct winShmNode winShmNode;   /* A region of shared-memory */
+#endif
+
+/*
+** WinCE lacks native support for file locking so we have to fake it
+** with some code of our own.
+*/
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+typedef struct winceLock {
+  int nReaders;       /* Number of reader locks obtained */
+  BOOL bPending;      /* Indicates a pending lock has been obtained */
+  BOOL bReserved;     /* Indicates a reserved lock has been obtained */
+  BOOL bExclusive;    /* Indicates an exclusive lock has been obtained */
+} winceLock;
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The winFile structure is a subclass of sqlite3_file* specific to the win32
+** portability layer.
+*/
+typedef struct winFile winFile;
+struct winFile {
+  const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethod; /*** Must be first ***/
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;      /* The VFS used to open this file */
+  HANDLE h;               /* Handle for accessing the file */
+  u8 locktype;            /* Type of lock currently held on this file */
+  short sharedLockByte;   /* Randomly chosen byte used as a shared lock */
+  u8 ctrlFlags;           /* Flags.  See WINFILE_* below */
+  DWORD lastErrno;        /* The Windows errno from the last I/O error */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+  winShm *pShm;           /* Instance of shared memory on this file */
+#endif
+  const char *zPath;      /* Full pathname of this file */
+  int szChunk;            /* Chunk size configured by FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE */
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+  LPWSTR zDeleteOnClose;  /* Name of file to delete when closing */
+  HANDLE hMutex;          /* Mutex used to control access to shared lock */  
+  HANDLE hShared;         /* Shared memory segment used for locking */
+  winceLock local;        /* Locks obtained by this instance of winFile */
+  winceLock *shared;      /* Global shared lock memory for the file  */
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+** Allowed values for winFile.ctrlFlags
+*/
+#define WINFILE_PERSIST_WAL     0x04   /* Persistent WAL mode */
+#define WINFILE_PSOW            0x10   /* SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE */
+
+/*
+ * The size of the buffer used by sqlite3_win32_write_debug().
+ */
+#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE
+#  define SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE   ((int)(4096-sizeof(DWORD)))
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * The value used with sqlite3_win32_set_directory() to specify that
+ * the data directory should be changed.
+ */
+#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_DATA_DIRECTORY_TYPE
+#  define SQLITE_WIN32_DATA_DIRECTORY_TYPE (1)
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * The value used with sqlite3_win32_set_directory() to specify that
+ * the temporary directory should be changed.
+ */
+#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_TEMP_DIRECTORY_TYPE
+#  define SQLITE_WIN32_TEMP_DIRECTORY_TYPE (2)
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * If compiled with SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC on Windows, we will use the
+ * various Win32 API heap functions instead of our own.
+ */
+#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC
+
+/*
+ * If this is non-zero, an isolated heap will be created by the native Win32
+ * allocator subsystem; otherwise, the default process heap will be used.  This
+ * setting has no effect when compiling for WinRT.  By default, this is enabled
+ * and an isolated heap will be created to store all allocated data.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * WARNING: It is important to note that when this setting is non-zero and the
+ *          winMemShutdown function is called (e.g. by the sqlite3_shutdown
+ *          function), all data that was allocated using the isolated heap will
+ *          be freed immediately and any attempt to access any of that freed
+ *          data will almost certainly result in an immediate access violation.
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_CREATE
+#  define SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_CREATE    (TRUE)
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * The initial size of the Win32-specific heap.  This value may be zero.
+ */
+#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_INIT_SIZE
+#  define SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_INIT_SIZE ((SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE) * \
+                                       (SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE) + 4194304)
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * The maximum size of the Win32-specific heap.  This value may be zero.
+ */
+#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_MAX_SIZE
+#  define SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_MAX_SIZE  (0)
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * The extra flags to use in calls to the Win32 heap APIs.  This value may be
+ * zero for the default behavior.
+ */
+#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS
+#  define SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS     (0)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The winMemData structure stores information required by the Win32-specific
+** sqlite3_mem_methods implementation.
+*/
+typedef struct winMemData winMemData;
+struct winMemData {
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  u32 magic;    /* Magic number to detect structure corruption. */
+#endif
+  HANDLE hHeap; /* The handle to our heap. */
+  BOOL bOwned;  /* Do we own the heap (i.e. destroy it on shutdown)? */
+};
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+#define WINMEM_MAGIC     0x42b2830b
+#endif
+
+static struct winMemData win_mem_data = {
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  WINMEM_MAGIC,
+#endif
+  NULL, FALSE
+};
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+#define winMemAssertMagic() assert( win_mem_data.magic==WINMEM_MAGIC )
+#else
+#define winMemAssertMagic()
+#endif
+
+#define winMemGetHeap() win_mem_data.hHeap
+
+static void *winMemMalloc(int nBytes);
+static void winMemFree(void *pPrior);
+static void *winMemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nBytes);
+static int winMemSize(void *p);
+static int winMemRoundup(int n);
+static int winMemInit(void *pAppData);
+static void winMemShutdown(void *pAppData);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetWin32(void);
+#endif /* SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC */
+
+/*
+** The following variable is (normally) set once and never changes
+** thereafter.  It records whether the operating system is Win9x
+** or WinNT.
+**
+** 0:   Operating system unknown.
+** 1:   Operating system is Win9x.
+** 2:   Operating system is WinNT.
+**
+** In order to facilitate testing on a WinNT system, the test fixture
+** can manually set this value to 1 to emulate Win98 behavior.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_type = 0;
+#else
+static int sqlite3_os_type = 0;
+#endif
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+#  define SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI
+#endif
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE || SQLITE_OS_WINNT || SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+#  define SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SYSCALL
+#  define SYSCALL sqlite3_syscall_ptr
+#endif
+
+/*
+** This function is not available on Windows CE or WinRT.
+ */
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE || SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+#  define osAreFileApisANSI()       1
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Many system calls are accessed through pointer-to-functions so that
+** they may be overridden at runtime to facilitate fault injection during
+** testing and sandboxing.  The following array holds the names and pointers
+** to all overrideable system calls.
+*/
+static struct win_syscall {
+  const char *zName;            /* Name of the sytem call */
+  sqlite3_syscall_ptr pCurrent; /* Current value of the system call */
+  sqlite3_syscall_ptr pDefault; /* Default value */
+} aSyscall[] = {
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  { "AreFileApisANSI",         (SYSCALL)AreFileApisANSI,         0 },
+#else
+  { "AreFileApisANSI",         (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#ifndef osAreFileApisANSI
+#define osAreFileApisANSI ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(VOID))aSyscall[0].pCurrent)
+#endif
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
+  { "CharLowerW",              (SYSCALL)CharLowerW,              0 },
+#else
+  { "CharLowerW",              (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osCharLowerW ((LPWSTR(WINAPI*)(LPWSTR))aSyscall[1].pCurrent)
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
+  { "CharUpperW",              (SYSCALL)CharUpperW,              0 },
+#else
+  { "CharUpperW",              (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osCharUpperW ((LPWSTR(WINAPI*)(LPWSTR))aSyscall[2].pCurrent)
+
+  { "CloseHandle",             (SYSCALL)CloseHandle,             0 },
+
+#define osCloseHandle ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE))aSyscall[3].pCurrent)
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
+  { "CreateFileA",             (SYSCALL)CreateFileA,             0 },
+#else
+  { "CreateFileA",             (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osCreateFileA ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR,DWORD,DWORD, \
+        LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES,DWORD,DWORD,HANDLE))aSyscall[4].pCurrent)
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
+  { "CreateFileW",             (SYSCALL)CreateFileW,             0 },
+#else
+  { "CreateFileW",             (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osCreateFileW ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR,DWORD,DWORD, \
+        LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES,DWORD,DWORD,HANDLE))aSyscall[5].pCurrent)
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE || (!SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) && \
+        !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL))
+  { "CreateFileMappingW",      (SYSCALL)CreateFileMappingW,      0 },
+#else
+  { "CreateFileMappingW",      (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osCreateFileMappingW ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES, \
+        DWORD,DWORD,DWORD,LPCWSTR))aSyscall[6].pCurrent)
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
+  { "CreateMutexW",            (SYSCALL)CreateMutexW,            0 },
+#else
+  { "CreateMutexW",            (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osCreateMutexW ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES,BOOL, \
+        LPCWSTR))aSyscall[7].pCurrent)
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
+  { "DeleteFileA",             (SYSCALL)DeleteFileA,             0 },
+#else
+  { "DeleteFileA",             (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osDeleteFileA ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR))aSyscall[8].pCurrent)
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
+  { "DeleteFileW",             (SYSCALL)DeleteFileW,             0 },
+#else
+  { "DeleteFileW",             (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osDeleteFileW ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR))aSyscall[9].pCurrent)
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+  { "FileTimeToLocalFileTime", (SYSCALL)FileTimeToLocalFileTime, 0 },
+#else
+  { "FileTimeToLocalFileTime", (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osFileTimeToLocalFileTime ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(CONST FILETIME*, \
+        LPFILETIME))aSyscall[10].pCurrent)
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+  { "FileTimeToSystemTime",    (SYSCALL)FileTimeToSystemTime,    0 },
+#else
+  { "FileTimeToSystemTime",    (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osFileTimeToSystemTime ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(CONST FILETIME*, \
+        LPSYSTEMTIME))aSyscall[11].pCurrent)
+
+  { "FlushFileBuffers",        (SYSCALL)FlushFileBuffers,        0 },
+
+#define osFlushFileBuffers ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE))aSyscall[12].pCurrent)
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
+  { "FormatMessageA",          (SYSCALL)FormatMessageA,          0 },
+#else
+  { "FormatMessageA",          (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osFormatMessageA ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(DWORD,LPCVOID,DWORD,DWORD,LPSTR, \
+        DWORD,va_list*))aSyscall[13].pCurrent)
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
+  { "FormatMessageW",          (SYSCALL)FormatMessageW,          0 },
+#else
+  { "FormatMessageW",          (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osFormatMessageW ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(DWORD,LPCVOID,DWORD,DWORD,LPWSTR, \
+        DWORD,va_list*))aSyscall[14].pCurrent)
+
+  { "FreeLibrary",             (SYSCALL)FreeLibrary,             0 },
+
+#define osFreeLibrary ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HMODULE))aSyscall[15].pCurrent)
+
+  { "GetCurrentProcessId",     (SYSCALL)GetCurrentProcessId,     0 },
+
+#define osGetCurrentProcessId ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(VOID))aSyscall[16].pCurrent)
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
+  { "GetDiskFreeSpaceA",       (SYSCALL)GetDiskFreeSpaceA,       0 },
+#else
+  { "GetDiskFreeSpaceA",       (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osGetDiskFreeSpaceA ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR,LPDWORD,LPDWORD,LPDWORD, \
+        LPDWORD))aSyscall[17].pCurrent)
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
+  { "GetDiskFreeSpaceW",       (SYSCALL)GetDiskFreeSpaceW,       0 },
+#else
+  { "GetDiskFreeSpaceW",       (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osGetDiskFreeSpaceW ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR,LPDWORD,LPDWORD,LPDWORD, \
+        LPDWORD))aSyscall[18].pCurrent)
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
+  { "GetFileAttributesA",      (SYSCALL)GetFileAttributesA,      0 },
+#else
+  { "GetFileAttributesA",      (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osGetFileAttributesA ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR))aSyscall[19].pCurrent)
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
+  { "GetFileAttributesW",      (SYSCALL)GetFileAttributesW,      0 },
+#else
+  { "GetFileAttributesW",      (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osGetFileAttributesW ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR))aSyscall[20].pCurrent)
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
+  { "GetFileAttributesExW",    (SYSCALL)GetFileAttributesExW,    0 },
+#else
+  { "GetFileAttributesExW",    (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osGetFileAttributesExW ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR,GET_FILEEX_INFO_LEVELS, \
+        LPVOID))aSyscall[21].pCurrent)
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  { "GetFileSize",             (SYSCALL)GetFileSize,             0 },
+#else
+  { "GetFileSize",             (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osGetFileSize ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LPDWORD))aSyscall[22].pCurrent)
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
+  { "GetFullPathNameA",        (SYSCALL)GetFullPathNameA,        0 },
+#else
+  { "GetFullPathNameA",        (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osGetFullPathNameA ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR,DWORD,LPSTR, \
+        LPSTR*))aSyscall[23].pCurrent)
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
+  { "GetFullPathNameW",        (SYSCALL)GetFullPathNameW,        0 },
+#else
+  { "GetFullPathNameW",        (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osGetFullPathNameW ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR,DWORD,LPWSTR, \
+        LPWSTR*))aSyscall[24].pCurrent)
+
+  { "GetLastError",            (SYSCALL)GetLastError,            0 },
+
+#define osGetLastError ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(VOID))aSyscall[25].pCurrent)
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+  /* The GetProcAddressA() routine is only available on Windows CE. */
+  { "GetProcAddressA",         (SYSCALL)GetProcAddressA,         0 },
+#else
+  /* All other Windows platforms expect GetProcAddress() to take
+  ** an ANSI string regardless of the _UNICODE setting */
+  { "GetProcAddressA",         (SYSCALL)GetProcAddress,          0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osGetProcAddressA ((FARPROC(WINAPI*)(HMODULE, \
+        LPCSTR))aSyscall[26].pCurrent)
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  { "GetSystemInfo",           (SYSCALL)GetSystemInfo,           0 },
+#else
+  { "GetSystemInfo",           (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osGetSystemInfo ((VOID(WINAPI*)(LPSYSTEM_INFO))aSyscall[27].pCurrent)
+
+  { "GetSystemTime",           (SYSCALL)GetSystemTime,           0 },
+
+#define osGetSystemTime ((VOID(WINAPI*)(LPSYSTEMTIME))aSyscall[28].pCurrent)
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+  { "GetSystemTimeAsFileTime", (SYSCALL)GetSystemTimeAsFileTime, 0 },
+#else
+  { "GetSystemTimeAsFileTime", (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osGetSystemTimeAsFileTime ((VOID(WINAPI*)( \
+        LPFILETIME))aSyscall[29].pCurrent)
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
+  { "GetTempPathA",            (SYSCALL)GetTempPathA,            0 },
+#else
+  { "GetTempPathA",            (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osGetTempPathA ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(DWORD,LPSTR))aSyscall[30].pCurrent)
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
+  { "GetTempPathW",            (SYSCALL)GetTempPathW,            0 },
+#else
+  { "GetTempPathW",            (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osGetTempPathW ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(DWORD,LPWSTR))aSyscall[31].pCurrent)
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  { "GetTickCount",            (SYSCALL)GetTickCount,            0 },
+#else
+  { "GetTickCount",            (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osGetTickCount ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(VOID))aSyscall[32].pCurrent)
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
+  { "GetVersionExA",           (SYSCALL)GetVersionExA,           0 },
+#else
+  { "GetVersionExA",           (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osGetVersionExA ((BOOL(WINAPI*)( \
+        LPOSVERSIONINFOA))aSyscall[33].pCurrent)
+
+  { "HeapAlloc",               (SYSCALL)HeapAlloc,               0 },
+
+#define osHeapAlloc ((LPVOID(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD, \
+        SIZE_T))aSyscall[34].pCurrent)
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  { "HeapCreate",              (SYSCALL)HeapCreate,              0 },
+#else
+  { "HeapCreate",              (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osHeapCreate ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(DWORD,SIZE_T, \
+        SIZE_T))aSyscall[35].pCurrent)
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  { "HeapDestroy",             (SYSCALL)HeapDestroy,             0 },
+#else
+  { "HeapDestroy",             (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osHeapDestroy ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE))aSyscall[36].pCurrent)
+
+  { "HeapFree",                (SYSCALL)HeapFree,                0 },
+
+#define osHeapFree ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,LPVOID))aSyscall[37].pCurrent)
+
+  { "HeapReAlloc",             (SYSCALL)HeapReAlloc,             0 },
+
+#define osHeapReAlloc ((LPVOID(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,LPVOID, \
+        SIZE_T))aSyscall[38].pCurrent)
+
+  { "HeapSize",                (SYSCALL)HeapSize,                0 },
+
+#define osHeapSize ((SIZE_T(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD, \
+        LPCVOID))aSyscall[39].pCurrent)
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  { "HeapValidate",            (SYSCALL)HeapValidate,            0 },
+#else
+  { "HeapValidate",            (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osHeapValidate ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD, \
+        LPCVOID))aSyscall[40].pCurrent)
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
+  { "LoadLibraryA",            (SYSCALL)LoadLibraryA,            0 },
+#else
+  { "LoadLibraryA",            (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osLoadLibraryA ((HMODULE(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR))aSyscall[41].pCurrent)
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
+  { "LoadLibraryW",            (SYSCALL)LoadLibraryW,            0 },
+#else
+  { "LoadLibraryW",            (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osLoadLibraryW ((HMODULE(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR))aSyscall[42].pCurrent)
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  { "LocalFree",               (SYSCALL)LocalFree,               0 },
+#else
+  { "LocalFree",               (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osLocalFree ((HLOCAL(WINAPI*)(HLOCAL))aSyscall[43].pCurrent)
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  { "LockFile",                (SYSCALL)LockFile,                0 },
+#else
+  { "LockFile",                (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#ifndef osLockFile
+#define osLockFile ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD, \
+        DWORD))aSyscall[44].pCurrent)
+#endif
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+  { "LockFileEx",              (SYSCALL)LockFileEx,              0 },
+#else
+  { "LockFileEx",              (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#ifndef osLockFileEx
+#define osLockFileEx ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD, \
+        LPOVERLAPPED))aSyscall[45].pCurrent)
+#endif
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE || (!SQLITE_OS_WINRT && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL))
+  { "MapViewOfFile",           (SYSCALL)MapViewOfFile,           0 },
+#else
+  { "MapViewOfFile",           (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osMapViewOfFile ((LPVOID(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD, \
+        SIZE_T))aSyscall[46].pCurrent)
+
+  { "MultiByteToWideChar",     (SYSCALL)MultiByteToWideChar,     0 },
+
+#define osMultiByteToWideChar ((int(WINAPI*)(UINT,DWORD,LPCSTR,int,LPWSTR, \
+        int))aSyscall[47].pCurrent)
+
+  { "QueryPerformanceCounter", (SYSCALL)QueryPerformanceCounter, 0 },
+
+#define osQueryPerformanceCounter ((BOOL(WINAPI*)( \
+        LARGE_INTEGER*))aSyscall[48].pCurrent)
+
+  { "ReadFile",                (SYSCALL)ReadFile,                0 },
+
+#define osReadFile ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LPVOID,DWORD,LPDWORD, \
+        LPOVERLAPPED))aSyscall[49].pCurrent)
+
+  { "SetEndOfFile",            (SYSCALL)SetEndOfFile,            0 },
+
+#define osSetEndOfFile ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE))aSyscall[50].pCurrent)
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  { "SetFilePointer",          (SYSCALL)SetFilePointer,          0 },
+#else
+  { "SetFilePointer",          (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osSetFilePointer ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LONG,PLONG, \
+        DWORD))aSyscall[51].pCurrent)
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  { "Sleep",                   (SYSCALL)Sleep,                   0 },
+#else
+  { "Sleep",                   (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osSleep ((VOID(WINAPI*)(DWORD))aSyscall[52].pCurrent)
+
+  { "SystemTimeToFileTime",    (SYSCALL)SystemTimeToFileTime,    0 },
+
+#define osSystemTimeToFileTime ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(CONST SYSTEMTIME*, \
+        LPFILETIME))aSyscall[53].pCurrent)
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  { "UnlockFile",              (SYSCALL)UnlockFile,              0 },
+#else
+  { "UnlockFile",              (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#ifndef osUnlockFile
+#define osUnlockFile ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD, \
+        DWORD))aSyscall[54].pCurrent)
+#endif
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+  { "UnlockFileEx",            (SYSCALL)UnlockFileEx,            0 },
+#else
+  { "UnlockFileEx",            (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osUnlockFileEx ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD, \
+        LPOVERLAPPED))aSyscall[55].pCurrent)
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL)
+  { "UnmapViewOfFile",         (SYSCALL)UnmapViewOfFile,         0 },
+#else
+  { "UnmapViewOfFile",         (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osUnmapViewOfFile ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(LPCVOID))aSyscall[56].pCurrent)
+
+  { "WideCharToMultiByte",     (SYSCALL)WideCharToMultiByte,     0 },
+
+#define osWideCharToMultiByte ((int(WINAPI*)(UINT,DWORD,LPCWSTR,int,LPSTR,int, \
+        LPCSTR,LPBOOL))aSyscall[57].pCurrent)
+
+  { "WriteFile",               (SYSCALL)WriteFile,               0 },
+
+#define osWriteFile ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LPCVOID,DWORD,LPDWORD, \
+        LPOVERLAPPED))aSyscall[58].pCurrent)
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  { "CreateEventExW",          (SYSCALL)CreateEventExW,          0 },
+#else
+  { "CreateEventExW",          (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osCreateEventExW ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES,LPCWSTR, \
+        DWORD,DWORD))aSyscall[59].pCurrent)
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  { "WaitForSingleObject",     (SYSCALL)WaitForSingleObject,     0 },
+#else
+  { "WaitForSingleObject",     (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osWaitForSingleObject ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(HANDLE, \
+        DWORD))aSyscall[60].pCurrent)
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  { "WaitForSingleObjectEx",   (SYSCALL)WaitForSingleObjectEx,   0 },
+#else
+  { "WaitForSingleObjectEx",   (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osWaitForSingleObjectEx ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD, \
+        BOOL))aSyscall[61].pCurrent)
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  { "SetFilePointerEx",        (SYSCALL)SetFilePointerEx,        0 },
+#else
+  { "SetFilePointerEx",        (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osSetFilePointerEx ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LARGE_INTEGER, \
+        PLARGE_INTEGER,DWORD))aSyscall[62].pCurrent)
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  { "GetFileInformationByHandleEx", (SYSCALL)GetFileInformationByHandleEx, 0 },
+#else
+  { "GetFileInformationByHandleEx", (SYSCALL)0,                  0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osGetFileInformationByHandleEx ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE, \
+        FILE_INFO_BY_HANDLE_CLASS,LPVOID,DWORD))aSyscall[63].pCurrent)
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL)
+  { "MapViewOfFileFromApp",    (SYSCALL)MapViewOfFileFromApp,    0 },
+#else
+  { "MapViewOfFileFromApp",    (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osMapViewOfFileFromApp ((LPVOID(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,ULONG,ULONG64, \
+        SIZE_T))aSyscall[64].pCurrent)
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  { "CreateFile2",             (SYSCALL)CreateFile2,             0 },
+#else
+  { "CreateFile2",             (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osCreateFile2 ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD, \
+        LPCREATEFILE2_EXTENDED_PARAMETERS))aSyscall[65].pCurrent)
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  { "LoadPackagedLibrary",     (SYSCALL)LoadPackagedLibrary,     0 },
+#else
+  { "LoadPackagedLibrary",     (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osLoadPackagedLibrary ((HMODULE(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR, \
+        DWORD))aSyscall[66].pCurrent)
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  { "GetTickCount64",          (SYSCALL)GetTickCount64,          0 },
+#else
+  { "GetTickCount64",          (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osGetTickCount64 ((ULONGLONG(WINAPI*)(VOID))aSyscall[67].pCurrent)
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  { "GetNativeSystemInfo",     (SYSCALL)GetNativeSystemInfo,     0 },
+#else
+  { "GetNativeSystemInfo",     (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osGetNativeSystemInfo ((VOID(WINAPI*)( \
+        LPSYSTEM_INFO))aSyscall[68].pCurrent)
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
+  { "OutputDebugStringA",      (SYSCALL)OutputDebugStringA,      0 },
+#else
+  { "OutputDebugStringA",      (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osOutputDebugStringA ((VOID(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR))aSyscall[69].pCurrent)
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
+  { "OutputDebugStringW",      (SYSCALL)OutputDebugStringW,      0 },
+#else
+  { "OutputDebugStringW",      (SYSCALL)0,                       0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osOutputDebugStringW ((VOID(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR))aSyscall[70].pCurrent)
+
+  { "GetProcessHeap",          (SYSCALL)GetProcessHeap,          0 },
+
+#define osGetProcessHeap ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(VOID))aSyscall[71].pCurrent)
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL)
+  { "CreateFileMappingFromApp", (SYSCALL)CreateFileMappingFromApp, 0 },
+#else
+  { "CreateFileMappingFromApp", (SYSCALL)0,                      0 },
+#endif
+
+#define osCreateFileMappingFromApp ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(HANDLE, \
+        LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES,ULONG,ULONG64,LPCWSTR))aSyscall[72].pCurrent)
+
+}; /* End of the overrideable system calls */
+
+/*
+** This is the xSetSystemCall() method of sqlite3_vfs for all of the
+** "win32" VFSes.  Return SQLITE_OK opon successfully updating the
+** system call pointer, or SQLITE_NOTFOUND if there is no configurable
+** system call named zName.
+*/
+static int winSetSystemCall(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pNotUsed,        /* The VFS pointer.  Not used */
+  const char *zName,            /* Name of system call to override */
+  sqlite3_syscall_ptr pNewFunc  /* Pointer to new system call value */
+){
+  unsigned int i;
+  int rc = SQLITE_NOTFOUND;
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pNotUsed);
+  if( zName==0 ){
+    /* If no zName is given, restore all system calls to their default
+    ** settings and return NULL
+    */
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    for(i=0; i<sizeof(aSyscall)/sizeof(aSyscall[0]); i++){
+      if( aSyscall[i].pDefault ){
+        aSyscall[i].pCurrent = aSyscall[i].pDefault;
+      }
+    }
+  }else{
+    /* If zName is specified, operate on only the one system call
+    ** specified.
+    */
+    for(i=0; i<sizeof(aSyscall)/sizeof(aSyscall[0]); i++){
+      if( strcmp(zName, aSyscall[i].zName)==0 ){
+        if( aSyscall[i].pDefault==0 ){
+          aSyscall[i].pDefault = aSyscall[i].pCurrent;
+        }
+        rc = SQLITE_OK;
+        if( pNewFunc==0 ) pNewFunc = aSyscall[i].pDefault;
+        aSyscall[i].pCurrent = pNewFunc;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the value of a system call.  Return NULL if zName is not a
+** recognized system call name.  NULL is also returned if the system call
+** is currently undefined.
+*/
+static sqlite3_syscall_ptr winGetSystemCall(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pNotUsed,
+  const char *zName
+){
+  unsigned int i;
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pNotUsed);
+  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aSyscall)/sizeof(aSyscall[0]); i++){
+    if( strcmp(zName, aSyscall[i].zName)==0 ) return aSyscall[i].pCurrent;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the name of the first system call after zName.  If zName==NULL
+** then return the name of the first system call.  Return NULL if zName
+** is the last system call or if zName is not the name of a valid
+** system call.
+*/
+static const char *winNextSystemCall(sqlite3_vfs *p, const char *zName){
+  int i = -1;
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
+  if( zName ){
+    for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aSyscall)-1; i++){
+      if( strcmp(zName, aSyscall[i].zName)==0 ) break;
+    }
+  }
+  for(i++; i<ArraySize(aSyscall); i++){
+    if( aSyscall[i].pCurrent!=0 ) return aSyscall[i].zName;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function outputs the specified (ANSI) string to the Win32 debugger
+** (if available).
+*/
+
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_win32_write_debug(char *zBuf, int nBuf){
+  char zDbgBuf[SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE];
+  int nMin = MIN(nBuf, (SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE - 1)); /* may be negative. */
+  if( nMin<-1 ) nMin = -1; /* all negative values become -1. */
+  assert( nMin==-1 || nMin==0 || nMin<SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE );
+#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
+  if( nMin>0 ){
+    memset(zDbgBuf, 0, SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE);
+    memcpy(zDbgBuf, zBuf, nMin);
+    osOutputDebugStringA(zDbgBuf);
+  }else{
+    osOutputDebugStringA(zBuf);
+  }
+#elif defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
+  memset(zDbgBuf, 0, SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE);
+  if ( osMultiByteToWideChar(
+          osAreFileApisANSI() ? CP_ACP : CP_OEMCP, 0, zBuf,
+          nMin, (LPWSTR)zDbgBuf, SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE/sizeof(WCHAR))<=0 ){
+    return;
+  }
+  osOutputDebugStringW((LPCWSTR)zDbgBuf);
+#else
+  if( nMin>0 ){
+    memset(zDbgBuf, 0, SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE);
+    memcpy(zDbgBuf, zBuf, nMin);
+    fprintf(stderr, "%s", zDbgBuf);
+  }else{
+    fprintf(stderr, "%s", zBuf);
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** The following routine suspends the current thread for at least ms
+** milliseconds.  This is equivalent to the Win32 Sleep() interface.
+*/
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+static HANDLE sleepObj = NULL;
+#endif
+
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_win32_sleep(DWORD milliseconds){
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  if ( sleepObj==NULL ){
+    sleepObj = osCreateEventExW(NULL, NULL, CREATE_EVENT_MANUAL_RESET,
+                                SYNCHRONIZE);
+  }
+  assert( sleepObj!=NULL );
+  osWaitForSingleObjectEx(sleepObj, milliseconds, FALSE);
+#else
+  osSleep(milliseconds);
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Return true (non-zero) if we are running under WinNT, Win2K, WinXP,
+** or WinCE.  Return false (zero) for Win95, Win98, or WinME.
+**
+** Here is an interesting observation:  Win95, Win98, and WinME lack
+** the LockFileEx() API.  But we can still statically link against that
+** API as long as we don't call it when running Win95/98/ME.  A call to
+** this routine is used to determine if the host is Win95/98/ME or
+** WinNT/2K/XP so that we will know whether or not we can safely call
+** the LockFileEx() API.
+*/
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE || SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+# define isNT()  (1)
+#else
+  static int isNT(void){
+    if( sqlite3_os_type==0 ){
+      OSVERSIONINFOA sInfo;
+      sInfo.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(sInfo);
+      osGetVersionExA(&sInfo);
+      sqlite3_os_type = sInfo.dwPlatformId==VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT ? 2 : 1;
+    }
+    return sqlite3_os_type==2;
+  }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OS_WINCE */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC
+/*
+** Allocate nBytes of memory.
+*/
+static void *winMemMalloc(int nBytes){
+  HANDLE hHeap;
+  void *p;
+
+  winMemAssertMagic();
+  hHeap = winMemGetHeap();
+  assert( hHeap!=0 );
+  assert( hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE );
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE)
+  assert ( osHeapValidate(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, NULL) );
+#endif
+  assert( nBytes>=0 );
+  p = osHeapAlloc(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, (SIZE_T)nBytes);
+  if( !p ){
+    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to HeapAlloc %u bytes (%d), heap=%p",
+                nBytes, osGetLastError(), (void*)hHeap);
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Free memory.
+*/
+static void winMemFree(void *pPrior){
+  HANDLE hHeap;
+
+  winMemAssertMagic();
+  hHeap = winMemGetHeap();
+  assert( hHeap!=0 );
+  assert( hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE );
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE)
+  assert ( osHeapValidate(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, pPrior) );
+#endif
+  if( !pPrior ) return; /* Passing NULL to HeapFree is undefined. */
+  if( !osHeapFree(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, pPrior) ){
+    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to HeapFree block %p (%d), heap=%p",
+                pPrior, osGetLastError(), (void*)hHeap);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the size of an existing memory allocation
+*/
+static void *winMemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nBytes){
+  HANDLE hHeap;
+  void *p;
+
+  winMemAssertMagic();
+  hHeap = winMemGetHeap();
+  assert( hHeap!=0 );
+  assert( hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE );
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE)
+  assert ( osHeapValidate(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, pPrior) );
+#endif
+  assert( nBytes>=0 );
+  if( !pPrior ){
+    p = osHeapAlloc(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, (SIZE_T)nBytes);
+  }else{
+    p = osHeapReAlloc(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, pPrior, (SIZE_T)nBytes);
+  }
+  if( !p ){
+    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to %s %u bytes (%d), heap=%p",
+                pPrior ? "HeapReAlloc" : "HeapAlloc", nBytes, osGetLastError(),
+                (void*)hHeap);
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the size of an outstanding allocation, in bytes.
+*/
+static int winMemSize(void *p){
+  HANDLE hHeap;
+  SIZE_T n;
+
+  winMemAssertMagic();
+  hHeap = winMemGetHeap();
+  assert( hHeap!=0 );
+  assert( hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE );
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE)
+  assert ( osHeapValidate(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, NULL) );
+#endif
+  if( !p ) return 0;
+  n = osHeapSize(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, p);
+  if( n==(SIZE_T)-1 ){
+    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to HeapSize block %p (%d), heap=%p",
+                p, osGetLastError(), (void*)hHeap);
+    return 0;
+  }
+  return (int)n;
+}
+
+/*
+** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size.
+*/
+static int winMemRoundup(int n){
+  return n;
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize this module.
+*/
+static int winMemInit(void *pAppData){
+  winMemData *pWinMemData = (winMemData *)pAppData;
+
+  if( !pWinMemData ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  assert( pWinMemData->magic==WINMEM_MAGIC );
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_CREATE
+  if( !pWinMemData->hHeap ){
+    pWinMemData->hHeap = osHeapCreate(SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS,
+                                      SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_INIT_SIZE,
+                                      SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_MAX_SIZE);
+    if( !pWinMemData->hHeap ){
+      sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM,
+          "failed to HeapCreate (%d), flags=%u, initSize=%u, maxSize=%u",
+          osGetLastError(), SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS,
+          SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_INIT_SIZE, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_MAX_SIZE);
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    pWinMemData->bOwned = TRUE;
+    assert( pWinMemData->bOwned );
+  }
+#else
+  pWinMemData->hHeap = osGetProcessHeap();
+  if( !pWinMemData->hHeap ){
+    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM,
+        "failed to GetProcessHeap (%d)", osGetLastError());
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  pWinMemData->bOwned = FALSE;
+  assert( !pWinMemData->bOwned );
+#endif
+  assert( pWinMemData->hHeap!=0 );
+  assert( pWinMemData->hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE );
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE)
+  assert( osHeapValidate(pWinMemData->hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, NULL) );
+#endif
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Deinitialize this module.
+*/
+static void winMemShutdown(void *pAppData){
+  winMemData *pWinMemData = (winMemData *)pAppData;
+
+  if( !pWinMemData ) return;
+  if( pWinMemData->hHeap ){
+    assert( pWinMemData->hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE );
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE)
+    assert( osHeapValidate(pWinMemData->hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, NULL) );
+#endif
+    if( pWinMemData->bOwned ){
+      if( !osHeapDestroy(pWinMemData->hHeap) ){
+        sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to HeapDestroy (%d), heap=%p",
+                    osGetLastError(), (void*)pWinMemData->hHeap);
+      }
+      pWinMemData->bOwned = FALSE;
+    }
+    pWinMemData->hHeap = NULL;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in
+** sqlite3GlobalConfig.m with pointers to the routines in this file. The
+** arguments specify the block of memory to manage.
+**
+** This routine is only called by sqlite3_config(), and therefore
+** is not required to be threadsafe (it is not).
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetWin32(void){
+  static const sqlite3_mem_methods winMemMethods = {
+    winMemMalloc,
+    winMemFree,
+    winMemRealloc,
+    winMemSize,
+    winMemRoundup,
+    winMemInit,
+    winMemShutdown,
+    &win_mem_data
+  };
+  return &winMemMethods;
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void){
+  sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC, sqlite3MemGetWin32());
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC */
+
+/*
+** Convert a UTF-8 string to Microsoft Unicode (UTF-16?). 
+**
+** Space to hold the returned string is obtained from malloc.
+*/
+static LPWSTR utf8ToUnicode(const char *zFilename){
+  int nChar;
+  LPWSTR zWideFilename;
+
+  nChar = osMultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, zFilename, -1, NULL, 0);
+  if( nChar==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  zWideFilename = sqlite3_malloc( nChar*sizeof(zWideFilename[0]) );
+  if( zWideFilename==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  nChar = osMultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, zFilename, -1, zWideFilename,
+                                nChar);
+  if( nChar==0 ){
+    sqlite3_free(zWideFilename);
+    zWideFilename = 0;
+  }
+  return zWideFilename;
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert Microsoft Unicode to UTF-8.  Space to hold the returned string is
+** obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
+*/
+static char *unicodeToUtf8(LPCWSTR zWideFilename){
+  int nByte;
+  char *zFilename;
+
+  nByte = osWideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, zWideFilename, -1, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+  if( nByte == 0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  zFilename = sqlite3_malloc( nByte );
+  if( zFilename==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  nByte = osWideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, zWideFilename, -1, zFilename, nByte,
+                                0, 0);
+  if( nByte == 0 ){
+    sqlite3_free(zFilename);
+    zFilename = 0;
+  }
+  return zFilename;
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert an ANSI string to Microsoft Unicode, based on the
+** current codepage settings for file apis.
+** 
+** Space to hold the returned string is obtained
+** from sqlite3_malloc.
+*/
+static LPWSTR mbcsToUnicode(const char *zFilename){
+  int nByte;
+  LPWSTR zMbcsFilename;
+  int codepage = osAreFileApisANSI() ? CP_ACP : CP_OEMCP;
+
+  nByte = osMultiByteToWideChar(codepage, 0, zFilename, -1, NULL,
+                                0)*sizeof(WCHAR);
+  if( nByte==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  zMbcsFilename = sqlite3_malloc( nByte*sizeof(zMbcsFilename[0]) );
+  if( zMbcsFilename==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  nByte = osMultiByteToWideChar(codepage, 0, zFilename, -1, zMbcsFilename,
+                                nByte);
+  if( nByte==0 ){
+    sqlite3_free(zMbcsFilename);
+    zMbcsFilename = 0;
+  }
+  return zMbcsFilename;
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert Microsoft Unicode to multi-byte character string, based on the
+** user's ANSI codepage.
+**
+** Space to hold the returned string is obtained from
+** sqlite3_malloc().
+*/
+static char *unicodeToMbcs(LPCWSTR zWideFilename){
+  int nByte;
+  char *zFilename;
+  int codepage = osAreFileApisANSI() ? CP_ACP : CP_OEMCP;
+
+  nByte = osWideCharToMultiByte(codepage, 0, zWideFilename, -1, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+  if( nByte == 0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  zFilename = sqlite3_malloc( nByte );
+  if( zFilename==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  nByte = osWideCharToMultiByte(codepage, 0, zWideFilename, -1, zFilename,
+                                nByte, 0, 0);
+  if( nByte == 0 ){
+    sqlite3_free(zFilename);
+    zFilename = 0;
+  }
+  return zFilename;
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert multibyte character string to UTF-8.  Space to hold the
+** returned string is obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
+*/
+SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_win32_mbcs_to_utf8(const char *zFilename){
+  char *zFilenameUtf8;
+  LPWSTR zTmpWide;
+
+  zTmpWide = mbcsToUnicode(zFilename);
+  if( zTmpWide==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  zFilenameUtf8 = unicodeToUtf8(zTmpWide);
+  sqlite3_free(zTmpWide);
+  return zFilenameUtf8;
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert UTF-8 to multibyte character string.  Space to hold the 
+** returned string is obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
+*/
+SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_win32_utf8_to_mbcs(const char *zFilename){
+  char *zFilenameMbcs;
+  LPWSTR zTmpWide;
+
+  zTmpWide = utf8ToUnicode(zFilename);
+  if( zTmpWide==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  zFilenameMbcs = unicodeToMbcs(zTmpWide);
+  sqlite3_free(zTmpWide);
+  return zFilenameMbcs;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function sets the data directory or the temporary directory based on
+** the provided arguments.  The type argument must be 1 in order to set the
+** data directory or 2 in order to set the temporary directory.  The zValue
+** argument is the name of the directory to use.  The return value will be
+** SQLITE_OK if successful.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_win32_set_directory(DWORD type, LPCWSTR zValue){
+  char **ppDirectory = 0;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+  int rc = sqlite3_initialize();
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+#endif
+  if( type==SQLITE_WIN32_DATA_DIRECTORY_TYPE ){
+    ppDirectory = &sqlite3_data_directory;
+  }else if( type==SQLITE_WIN32_TEMP_DIRECTORY_TYPE ){
+    ppDirectory = &sqlite3_temp_directory;
+  }
+  assert( !ppDirectory || type==SQLITE_WIN32_DATA_DIRECTORY_TYPE
+          || type==SQLITE_WIN32_TEMP_DIRECTORY_TYPE
+  );
+  assert( !ppDirectory || sqlite3MemdebugHasType(*ppDirectory, MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
+  if( ppDirectory ){
+    char *zValueUtf8 = 0;
+    if( zValue && zValue[0] ){
+      zValueUtf8 = unicodeToUtf8(zValue);
+      if ( zValueUtf8==0 ){
+        return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3_free(*ppDirectory);
+    *ppDirectory = zValueUtf8;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_ERROR;
+}
+
+/*
+** The return value of getLastErrorMsg
+** is zero if the error message fits in the buffer, or non-zero
+** otherwise (if the message was truncated).
+*/
+static int getLastErrorMsg(DWORD lastErrno, int nBuf, char *zBuf){
+  /* FormatMessage returns 0 on failure.  Otherwise it
+  ** returns the number of TCHARs written to the output
+  ** buffer, excluding the terminating null char.
+  */
+  DWORD dwLen = 0;
+  char *zOut = 0;
+
+  if( isNT() ){
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+    WCHAR zTempWide[MAX_PATH+1]; /* NOTE: Somewhat arbitrary. */
+    dwLen = osFormatMessageW(FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM |
+                             FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS,
+                             NULL,
+                             lastErrno,
+                             0,
+                             zTempWide,
+                             MAX_PATH,
+                             0);
+#else
+    LPWSTR zTempWide = NULL;
+    dwLen = osFormatMessageW(FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER |
+                             FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM |
+                             FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS,
+                             NULL,
+                             lastErrno,
+                             0,
+                             (LPWSTR) &zTempWide,
+                             0,
+                             0);
+#endif
+    if( dwLen > 0 ){
+      /* allocate a buffer and convert to UTF8 */
+      sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+      zOut = unicodeToUtf8(zTempWide);
+      sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+      /* free the system buffer allocated by FormatMessage */
+      osLocalFree(zTempWide);
+#endif
+    }
+  }
+#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI
+  else{
+    char *zTemp = NULL;
+    dwLen = osFormatMessageA(FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER |
+                             FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM |
+                             FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS,
+                             NULL,
+                             lastErrno,
+                             0,
+                             (LPSTR) &zTemp,
+                             0,
+                             0);
+    if( dwLen > 0 ){
+      /* allocate a buffer and convert to UTF8 */
+      sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+      zOut = sqlite3_win32_mbcs_to_utf8(zTemp);
+      sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+      /* free the system buffer allocated by FormatMessage */
+      osLocalFree(zTemp);
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+  if( 0 == dwLen ){
+    sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf, zBuf, "OsError 0x%x (%u)", lastErrno, lastErrno);
+  }else{
+    /* copy a maximum of nBuf chars to output buffer */
+    sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf, zBuf, "%s", zOut);
+    /* free the UTF8 buffer */
+    sqlite3_free(zOut);
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+**
+** This function - winLogErrorAtLine() - is only ever called via the macro
+** winLogError().
+**
+** This routine is invoked after an error occurs in an OS function.
+** It logs a message using sqlite3_log() containing the current value of
+** error code and, if possible, the human-readable equivalent from 
+** FormatMessage.
+**
+** The first argument passed to the macro should be the error code that
+** will be returned to SQLite (e.g. SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE, SQLITE_CANTOPEN). 
+** The two subsequent arguments should be the name of the OS function that
+** failed and the associated file-system path, if any.
+*/
+#define winLogError(a,b,c,d)   winLogErrorAtLine(a,b,c,d,__LINE__)
+static int winLogErrorAtLine(
+  int errcode,                    /* SQLite error code */
+  DWORD lastErrno,                /* Win32 last error */
+  const char *zFunc,              /* Name of OS function that failed */
+  const char *zPath,              /* File path associated with error */
+  int iLine                       /* Source line number where error occurred */
+){
+  char zMsg[500];                 /* Human readable error text */
+  int i;                          /* Loop counter */
+
+  zMsg[0] = 0;
+  getLastErrorMsg(lastErrno, sizeof(zMsg), zMsg);
+  assert( errcode!=SQLITE_OK );
+  if( zPath==0 ) zPath = "";
+  for(i=0; zMsg[i] && zMsg[i]!='\r' && zMsg[i]!='\n'; i++){}
+  zMsg[i] = 0;
+  sqlite3_log(errcode,
+      "os_win.c:%d: (%d) %s(%s) - %s",
+      iLine, lastErrno, zFunc, zPath, zMsg
+  );
+
+  return errcode;
+}
+
+/*
+** The number of times that a ReadFile(), WriteFile(), and DeleteFile()
+** will be retried following a locking error - probably caused by 
+** antivirus software.  Also the initial delay before the first retry.
+** The delay increases linearly with each retry.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY
+# define SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY 10
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY_DELAY
+# define SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY_DELAY 25
+#endif
+static int win32IoerrRetry = SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY;
+static int win32IoerrRetryDelay = SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY_DELAY;
+
+/*
+** If a ReadFile() or WriteFile() error occurs, invoke this routine
+** to see if it should be retried.  Return TRUE to retry.  Return FALSE
+** to give up with an error.
+*/
+static int retryIoerr(int *pnRetry, DWORD *pError){
+  DWORD e = osGetLastError();
+  if( *pnRetry>=win32IoerrRetry ){
+    if( pError ){
+      *pError = e;
+    }
+    return 0;
+  }
+  if( e==ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED ||
+      e==ERROR_LOCK_VIOLATION ||
+      e==ERROR_SHARING_VIOLATION ){
+    sqlite3_win32_sleep(win32IoerrRetryDelay*(1+*pnRetry));
+    ++*pnRetry;
+    return 1;
+  }
+  if( pError ){
+    *pError = e;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Log a I/O error retry episode.
+*/
+static void logIoerr(int nRetry){
+  if( nRetry ){
+    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_IOERR, 
+      "delayed %dms for lock/sharing conflict",
+      win32IoerrRetryDelay*nRetry*(nRetry+1)/2
+    );
+  }
+}
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+/*************************************************************************
+** This section contains code for WinCE only.
+*/
+/*
+** Windows CE does not have a localtime() function.  So create a
+** substitute.
+*/
+/* #include <time.h> */
+struct tm *__cdecl localtime(const time_t *t)
+{
+  static struct tm y;
+  FILETIME uTm, lTm;
+  SYSTEMTIME pTm;
+  sqlite3_int64 t64;
+  t64 = *t;
+  t64 = (t64 + 11644473600)*10000000;
+  uTm.dwLowDateTime = (DWORD)(t64 & 0xFFFFFFFF);
+  uTm.dwHighDateTime= (DWORD)(t64 >> 32);
+  osFileTimeToLocalFileTime(&uTm,&lTm);
+  osFileTimeToSystemTime(&lTm,&pTm);
+  y.tm_year = pTm.wYear - 1900;
+  y.tm_mon = pTm.wMonth - 1;
+  y.tm_wday = pTm.wDayOfWeek;
+  y.tm_mday = pTm.wDay;
+  y.tm_hour = pTm.wHour;
+  y.tm_min = pTm.wMinute;
+  y.tm_sec = pTm.wSecond;
+  return &y;
+}
+
+#define HANDLE_TO_WINFILE(a) (winFile*)&((char*)a)[-(int)offsetof(winFile,h)]
+
+/*
+** Acquire a lock on the handle h
+*/
+static void winceMutexAcquire(HANDLE h){
+   DWORD dwErr;
+   do {
+     dwErr = osWaitForSingleObject(h, INFINITE);
+   } while (dwErr != WAIT_OBJECT_0 && dwErr != WAIT_ABANDONED);
+}
+/*
+** Release a lock acquired by winceMutexAcquire()
+*/
+#define winceMutexRelease(h) ReleaseMutex(h)
+
+/*
+** Create the mutex and shared memory used for locking in the file
+** descriptor pFile
+*/
+static BOOL winceCreateLock(const char *zFilename, winFile *pFile){
+  LPWSTR zTok;
+  LPWSTR zName;
+  BOOL bInit = TRUE;
+
+  zName = utf8ToUnicode(zFilename);
+  if( zName==0 ){
+    /* out of memory */
+    return FALSE;
+  }
+
+  /* Initialize the local lockdata */
+  memset(&pFile->local, 0, sizeof(pFile->local));
+
+  /* Replace the backslashes from the filename and lowercase it
+  ** to derive a mutex name. */
+  zTok = osCharLowerW(zName);
+  for (;*zTok;zTok++){
+    if (*zTok == '\\') *zTok = '_';
+  }
+
+  /* Create/open the named mutex */
+  pFile->hMutex = osCreateMutexW(NULL, FALSE, zName);
+  if (!pFile->hMutex){
+    pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError();
+    winLogError(SQLITE_ERROR, pFile->lastErrno, "winceCreateLock1", zFilename);
+    sqlite3_free(zName);
+    return FALSE;
+  }
+
+  /* Acquire the mutex before continuing */
+  winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex);
+  
+  /* Since the names of named mutexes, semaphores, file mappings etc are 
+  ** case-sensitive, take advantage of that by uppercasing the mutex name
+  ** and using that as the shared filemapping name.
+  */
+  osCharUpperW(zName);
+  pFile->hShared = osCreateFileMappingW(INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE, NULL,
+                                        PAGE_READWRITE, 0, sizeof(winceLock),
+                                        zName);  
+
+  /* Set a flag that indicates we're the first to create the memory so it 
+  ** must be zero-initialized */
+  if (osGetLastError() == ERROR_ALREADY_EXISTS){
+    bInit = FALSE;
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_free(zName);
+
+  /* If we succeeded in making the shared memory handle, map it. */
+  if (pFile->hShared){
+    pFile->shared = (winceLock*)osMapViewOfFile(pFile->hShared, 
+             FILE_MAP_READ|FILE_MAP_WRITE, 0, 0, sizeof(winceLock));
+    /* If mapping failed, close the shared memory handle and erase it */
+    if (!pFile->shared){
+      pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError();
+      winLogError(SQLITE_ERROR, pFile->lastErrno,
+               "winceCreateLock2", zFilename);
+      osCloseHandle(pFile->hShared);
+      pFile->hShared = NULL;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If shared memory could not be created, then close the mutex and fail */
+  if (pFile->hShared == NULL){
+    winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex);
+    osCloseHandle(pFile->hMutex);
+    pFile->hMutex = NULL;
+    return FALSE;
+  }
+  
+  /* Initialize the shared memory if we're supposed to */
+  if (bInit) {
+    memset(pFile->shared, 0, sizeof(winceLock));
+  }
+
+  winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex);
+  return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*
+** Destroy the part of winFile that deals with wince locks
+*/
+static void winceDestroyLock(winFile *pFile){
+  if (pFile->hMutex){
+    /* Acquire the mutex */
+    winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex);
+
+    /* The following blocks should probably assert in debug mode, but they
+       are to cleanup in case any locks remained open */
+    if (pFile->local.nReaders){
+      pFile->shared->nReaders --;
+    }
+    if (pFile->local.bReserved){
+      pFile->shared->bReserved = FALSE;
+    }
+    if (pFile->local.bPending){
+      pFile->shared->bPending = FALSE;
+    }
+    if (pFile->local.bExclusive){
+      pFile->shared->bExclusive = FALSE;
+    }
+
+    /* De-reference and close our copy of the shared memory handle */
+    osUnmapViewOfFile(pFile->shared);
+    osCloseHandle(pFile->hShared);
+
+    /* Done with the mutex */
+    winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex);    
+    osCloseHandle(pFile->hMutex);
+    pFile->hMutex = NULL;
+  }
+}
+
+/* 
+** An implementation of the LockFile() API of Windows for CE
+*/
+static BOOL winceLockFile(
+  LPHANDLE phFile,
+  DWORD dwFileOffsetLow,
+  DWORD dwFileOffsetHigh,
+  DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockLow,
+  DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockHigh
+){
+  winFile *pFile = HANDLE_TO_WINFILE(phFile);
+  BOOL bReturn = FALSE;
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(dwFileOffsetHigh);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(nNumberOfBytesToLockHigh);
+
+  if (!pFile->hMutex) return TRUE;
+  winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex);
+
+  /* Wanting an exclusive lock? */
+  if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)SHARED_FIRST
+       && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == (DWORD)SHARED_SIZE){
+    if (pFile->shared->nReaders == 0 && pFile->shared->bExclusive == 0){
+       pFile->shared->bExclusive = TRUE;
+       pFile->local.bExclusive = TRUE;
+       bReturn = TRUE;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Want a read-only lock? */
+  else if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)SHARED_FIRST &&
+           nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == 1){
+    if (pFile->shared->bExclusive == 0){
+      pFile->local.nReaders ++;
+      if (pFile->local.nReaders == 1){
+        pFile->shared->nReaders ++;
+      }
+      bReturn = TRUE;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Want a pending lock? */
+  else if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)PENDING_BYTE && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == 1){
+    /* If no pending lock has been acquired, then acquire it */
+    if (pFile->shared->bPending == 0) {
+      pFile->shared->bPending = TRUE;
+      pFile->local.bPending = TRUE;
+      bReturn = TRUE;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Want a reserved lock? */
+  else if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)RESERVED_BYTE && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == 1){
+    if (pFile->shared->bReserved == 0) {
+      pFile->shared->bReserved = TRUE;
+      pFile->local.bReserved = TRUE;
+      bReturn = TRUE;
+    }
+  }
+
+  winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex);
+  return bReturn;
+}
+
+/*
+** An implementation of the UnlockFile API of Windows for CE
+*/
+static BOOL winceUnlockFile(
+  LPHANDLE phFile,
+  DWORD dwFileOffsetLow,
+  DWORD dwFileOffsetHigh,
+  DWORD nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow,
+  DWORD nNumberOfBytesToUnlockHigh
+){
+  winFile *pFile = HANDLE_TO_WINFILE(phFile);
+  BOOL bReturn = FALSE;
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(dwFileOffsetHigh);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(nNumberOfBytesToUnlockHigh);
+
+  if (!pFile->hMutex) return TRUE;
+  winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex);
+
+  /* Releasing a reader lock or an exclusive lock */
+  if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)SHARED_FIRST){
+    /* Did we have an exclusive lock? */
+    if (pFile->local.bExclusive){
+      assert(nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == (DWORD)SHARED_SIZE);
+      pFile->local.bExclusive = FALSE;
+      pFile->shared->bExclusive = FALSE;
+      bReturn = TRUE;
+    }
+
+    /* Did we just have a reader lock? */
+    else if (pFile->local.nReaders){
+      assert(nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == (DWORD)SHARED_SIZE || nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == 1);
+      pFile->local.nReaders --;
+      if (pFile->local.nReaders == 0)
+      {
+        pFile->shared->nReaders --;
+      }
+      bReturn = TRUE;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Releasing a pending lock */
+  else if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)PENDING_BYTE && nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == 1){
+    if (pFile->local.bPending){
+      pFile->local.bPending = FALSE;
+      pFile->shared->bPending = FALSE;
+      bReturn = TRUE;
+    }
+  }
+  /* Releasing a reserved lock */
+  else if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)RESERVED_BYTE && nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == 1){
+    if (pFile->local.bReserved) {
+      pFile->local.bReserved = FALSE;
+      pFile->shared->bReserved = FALSE;
+      bReturn = TRUE;
+    }
+  }
+
+  winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex);
+  return bReturn;
+}
+/*
+** End of the special code for wince
+*****************************************************************************/
+#endif /* SQLITE_OS_WINCE */
+
+/*
+** Lock a file region.
+*/
+static BOOL winLockFile(
+  LPHANDLE phFile,
+  DWORD flags,
+  DWORD offsetLow,
+  DWORD offsetHigh,
+  DWORD numBytesLow,
+  DWORD numBytesHigh
+){
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+  /*
+  ** NOTE: Windows CE is handled differently here due its lack of the Win32
+  **       API LockFile.
+  */
+  return winceLockFile(phFile, offsetLow, offsetHigh,
+                       numBytesLow, numBytesHigh);
+#else
+  if( isNT() ){
+    OVERLAPPED ovlp;
+    memset(&ovlp, 0, sizeof(OVERLAPPED));
+    ovlp.Offset = offsetLow;
+    ovlp.OffsetHigh = offsetHigh;
+    return osLockFileEx(*phFile, flags, 0, numBytesLow, numBytesHigh, &ovlp);
+  }else{
+    return osLockFile(*phFile, offsetLow, offsetHigh, numBytesLow,
+                      numBytesHigh);
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Unlock a file region.
+ */
+static BOOL winUnlockFile(
+  LPHANDLE phFile,
+  DWORD offsetLow,
+  DWORD offsetHigh,
+  DWORD numBytesLow,
+  DWORD numBytesHigh
+){
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+  /*
+  ** NOTE: Windows CE is handled differently here due its lack of the Win32
+  **       API UnlockFile.
+  */
+  return winceUnlockFile(phFile, offsetLow, offsetHigh,
+                         numBytesLow, numBytesHigh);
+#else
+  if( isNT() ){
+    OVERLAPPED ovlp;
+    memset(&ovlp, 0, sizeof(OVERLAPPED));
+    ovlp.Offset = offsetLow;
+    ovlp.OffsetHigh = offsetHigh;
+    return osUnlockFileEx(*phFile, 0, numBytesLow, numBytesHigh, &ovlp);
+  }else{
+    return osUnlockFile(*phFile, offsetLow, offsetHigh, numBytesLow,
+                        numBytesHigh);
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+** The next group of routines implement the I/O methods specified
+** by the sqlite3_io_methods object.
+******************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+** Some Microsoft compilers lack this definition.
+*/
+#ifndef INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER
+# define INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER ((DWORD)-1)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Move the current position of the file handle passed as the first 
+** argument to offset iOffset within the file. If successful, return 0. 
+** Otherwise, set pFile->lastErrno and return non-zero.
+*/
+static int seekWinFile(winFile *pFile, sqlite3_int64 iOffset){
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  LONG upperBits;                 /* Most sig. 32 bits of new offset */
+  LONG lowerBits;                 /* Least sig. 32 bits of new offset */
+  DWORD dwRet;                    /* Value returned by SetFilePointer() */
+  DWORD lastErrno;                /* Value returned by GetLastError() */
+
+  upperBits = (LONG)((iOffset>>32) & 0x7fffffff);
+  lowerBits = (LONG)(iOffset & 0xffffffff);
+
+  /* API oddity: If successful, SetFilePointer() returns a dword 
+  ** containing the lower 32-bits of the new file-offset. Or, if it fails,
+  ** it returns INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER. However according to MSDN, 
+  ** INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER may also be a valid new offset. So to determine 
+  ** whether an error has actually occured, it is also necessary to call 
+  ** GetLastError().
+  */
+  dwRet = osSetFilePointer(pFile->h, lowerBits, &upperBits, FILE_BEGIN);
+
+  if( (dwRet==INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER
+      && ((lastErrno = osGetLastError())!=NO_ERROR)) ){
+    pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno;
+    winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK, pFile->lastErrno,
+             "seekWinFile", pFile->zPath);
+    return 1;
+  }
+
+  return 0;
+#else
+  /*
+  ** Same as above, except that this implementation works for WinRT.
+  */
+
+  LARGE_INTEGER x;                /* The new offset */
+  BOOL bRet;                      /* Value returned by SetFilePointerEx() */
+
+  x.QuadPart = iOffset;
+  bRet = osSetFilePointerEx(pFile->h, x, 0, FILE_BEGIN);
+
+  if(!bRet){
+    pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError();
+    winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK, pFile->lastErrno,
+             "seekWinFile", pFile->zPath);
+    return 1;
+  }
+
+  return 0;
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a file.
+**
+** It is reported that an attempt to close a handle might sometimes
+** fail.  This is a very unreasonable result, but Windows is notorious
+** for being unreasonable so I do not doubt that it might happen.  If
+** the close fails, we pause for 100 milliseconds and try again.  As
+** many as MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT attempts to close the handle are made before
+** giving up and returning an error.
+*/
+#define MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT 3
+static int winClose(sqlite3_file *id){
+  int rc, cnt = 0;
+  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
+
+  assert( id!=0 );
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+  assert( pFile->pShm==0 );
+#endif
+  OSTRACE(("CLOSE %d\n", pFile->h));
+  do{
+    rc = osCloseHandle(pFile->h);
+    /* SimulateIOError( rc=0; cnt=MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT; ); */
+  }while( rc==0 && ++cnt < MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT && (sqlite3_win32_sleep(100), 1) );
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+#define WINCE_DELETION_ATTEMPTS 3
+  winceDestroyLock(pFile);
+  if( pFile->zDeleteOnClose ){
+    int cnt = 0;
+    while(
+           osDeleteFileW(pFile->zDeleteOnClose)==0
+        && osGetFileAttributesW(pFile->zDeleteOnClose)!=0xffffffff 
+        && cnt++ < WINCE_DELETION_ATTEMPTS
+    ){
+       sqlite3_win32_sleep(100);  /* Wait a little before trying again */
+    }
+    sqlite3_free(pFile->zDeleteOnClose);
+  }
+#endif
+  OSTRACE(("CLOSE %d %s\n", pFile->h, rc ? "ok" : "failed"));
+  if( rc ){
+    pFile->h = NULL;
+  }
+  OpenCounter(-1);
+  return rc ? SQLITE_OK
+            : winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE, osGetLastError(),
+                          "winClose", pFile->zPath);
+}
+
+/*
+** Read data from a file into a buffer.  Return SQLITE_OK if all
+** bytes were read successfully and SQLITE_IOERR if anything goes
+** wrong.
+*/
+static int winRead(
+  sqlite3_file *id,          /* File to read from */
+  void *pBuf,                /* Write content into this buffer */
+  int amt,                   /* Number of bytes to read */
+  sqlite3_int64 offset       /* Begin reading at this offset */
+){
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+  OVERLAPPED overlapped;          /* The offset for ReadFile. */
+#endif
+  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;  /* file handle */
+  DWORD nRead;                    /* Number of bytes actually read from file */
+  int nRetry = 0;                 /* Number of retrys */
+
+  assert( id!=0 );
+  SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_READ);
+  OSTRACE(("READ %d lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype));
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+  if( seekWinFile(pFile, offset) ){
+    return SQLITE_FULL;
+  }
+  while( !osReadFile(pFile->h, pBuf, amt, &nRead, 0) ){
+#else
+  memset(&overlapped, 0, sizeof(OVERLAPPED));
+  overlapped.Offset = (LONG)(offset & 0xffffffff);
+  overlapped.OffsetHigh = (LONG)((offset>>32) & 0x7fffffff);
+  while( !osReadFile(pFile->h, pBuf, amt, &nRead, &overlapped) &&
+         osGetLastError()!=ERROR_HANDLE_EOF ){
+#endif
+    DWORD lastErrno;
+    if( retryIoerr(&nRetry, &lastErrno) ) continue;
+    pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno;
+    return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_READ, pFile->lastErrno,
+             "winRead", pFile->zPath);
+  }
+  logIoerr(nRetry);
+  if( nRead<(DWORD)amt ){
+    /* Unread parts of the buffer must be zero-filled */
+    memset(&((char*)pBuf)[nRead], 0, amt-nRead);
+    return SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ;
+  }
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Write data from a buffer into a file.  Return SQLITE_OK on success
+** or some other error code on failure.
+*/
+static int winWrite(
+  sqlite3_file *id,               /* File to write into */
+  const void *pBuf,               /* The bytes to be written */
+  int amt,                        /* Number of bytes to write */
+  sqlite3_int64 offset            /* Offset into the file to begin writing at */
+){
+  int rc = 0;                     /* True if error has occured, else false */
+  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;  /* File handle */
+  int nRetry = 0;                 /* Number of retries */
+
+  assert( amt>0 );
+  assert( pFile );
+  SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE);
+  SimulateDiskfullError(return SQLITE_FULL);
+
+  OSTRACE(("WRITE %d lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype));
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+  rc = seekWinFile(pFile, offset);
+  if( rc==0 ){
+#else
+  {
+#endif
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+    OVERLAPPED overlapped;        /* The offset for WriteFile. */
+#endif
+    u8 *aRem = (u8 *)pBuf;        /* Data yet to be written */
+    int nRem = amt;               /* Number of bytes yet to be written */
+    DWORD nWrite;                 /* Bytes written by each WriteFile() call */
+    DWORD lastErrno = NO_ERROR;   /* Value returned by GetLastError() */
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+    memset(&overlapped, 0, sizeof(OVERLAPPED));
+    overlapped.Offset = (LONG)(offset & 0xffffffff);
+    overlapped.OffsetHigh = (LONG)((offset>>32) & 0x7fffffff);
+#endif
+
+    while( nRem>0 ){
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+      if( !osWriteFile(pFile->h, aRem, nRem, &nWrite, 0) ){
+#else
+      if( !osWriteFile(pFile->h, aRem, nRem, &nWrite, &overlapped) ){
+#endif
+        if( retryIoerr(&nRetry, &lastErrno) ) continue;
+        break;
+      }
+      if( nWrite<=0 ){
+        lastErrno = osGetLastError();
+        break;
+      }
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+      offset += nWrite;
+      overlapped.Offset = (LONG)(offset & 0xffffffff);
+      overlapped.OffsetHigh = (LONG)((offset>>32) & 0x7fffffff);
+#endif
+      aRem += nWrite;
+      nRem -= nWrite;
+    }
+    if( nRem>0 ){
+      pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno;
+      rc = 1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( rc ){
+    if(   ( pFile->lastErrno==ERROR_HANDLE_DISK_FULL )
+       || ( pFile->lastErrno==ERROR_DISK_FULL )){
+      return SQLITE_FULL;
+    }
+    return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE, pFile->lastErrno,
+             "winWrite", pFile->zPath);
+  }else{
+    logIoerr(nRetry);
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Truncate an open file to a specified size
+*/
+static int winTruncate(sqlite3_file *id, sqlite3_int64 nByte){
+  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;  /* File handle object */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code for this function */
+
+  assert( pFile );
+
+  OSTRACE(("TRUNCATE %d %lld\n", pFile->h, nByte));
+  SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE);
+
+  /* If the user has configured a chunk-size for this file, truncate the
+  ** file so that it consists of an integer number of chunks (i.e. the
+  ** actual file size after the operation may be larger than the requested
+  ** size).
+  */
+  if( pFile->szChunk>0 ){
+    nByte = ((nByte + pFile->szChunk - 1)/pFile->szChunk) * pFile->szChunk;
+  }
+
+  /* SetEndOfFile() returns non-zero when successful, or zero when it fails. */
+  if( seekWinFile(pFile, nByte) ){
+    rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE, pFile->lastErrno,
+             "winTruncate1", pFile->zPath);
+  }else if( 0==osSetEndOfFile(pFile->h) ){
+    pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError();
+    rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE, pFile->lastErrno,
+             "winTruncate2", pFile->zPath);
+  }
+
+  OSTRACE(("TRUNCATE %d %lld %s\n", pFile->h, nByte, rc ? "failed" : "ok"));
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+/*
+** Count the number of fullsyncs and normal syncs.  This is used to test
+** that syncs and fullsyncs are occuring at the right times.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sync_count = 0;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fullsync_count = 0;
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Make sure all writes to a particular file are committed to disk.
+*/
+static int winSync(sqlite3_file *id, int flags){
+#ifndef SQLITE_NO_SYNC
+  /*
+  ** Used only when SQLITE_NO_SYNC is not defined.
+   */
+  BOOL rc;
+#endif
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) || !defined(SQLITE_NO_SYNC) || \
+    (defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG))
+  /*
+  ** Used when SQLITE_NO_SYNC is not defined and by the assert() and/or
+  ** OSTRACE() macros.
+   */
+  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
+#else
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(id);
+#endif
+
+  assert( pFile );
+  /* Check that one of SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL or FULL was passed */
+  assert((flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL
+      || (flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL
+  );
+
+  OSTRACE(("SYNC %d lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype));
+
+  /* Unix cannot, but some systems may return SQLITE_FULL from here. This
+  ** line is to test that doing so does not cause any problems.
+  */
+  SimulateDiskfullError( return SQLITE_FULL );
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_TEST
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(flags);
+#else
+  if( (flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL ){
+    sqlite3_fullsync_count++;
+  }
+  sqlite3_sync_count++;
+#endif
+
+  /* If we compiled with the SQLITE_NO_SYNC flag, then syncing is a
+  ** no-op
+  */
+#ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+#else
+  rc = osFlushFileBuffers(pFile->h);
+  SimulateIOError( rc=FALSE );
+  if( rc ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError();
+    return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC, pFile->lastErrno,
+             "winSync", pFile->zPath);
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Determine the current size of a file in bytes
+*/
+static int winFileSize(sqlite3_file *id, sqlite3_int64 *pSize){
+  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  assert( id!=0 );
+  SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT);
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  {
+    FILE_STANDARD_INFO info;
+    if( osGetFileInformationByHandleEx(pFile->h, FileStandardInfo,
+                                     &info, sizeof(info)) ){
+      *pSize = info.EndOfFile.QuadPart;
+    }else{
+      pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError();
+      rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT, pFile->lastErrno,
+                       "winFileSize", pFile->zPath);
+    }
+  }
+#else
+  {
+    DWORD upperBits;
+    DWORD lowerBits;
+    DWORD lastErrno;
+
+    lowerBits = osGetFileSize(pFile->h, &upperBits);
+    *pSize = (((sqlite3_int64)upperBits)<<32) + lowerBits;
+    if(   (lowerBits == INVALID_FILE_SIZE)
+       && ((lastErrno = osGetLastError())!=NO_ERROR) ){
+      pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno;
+      rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT, pFile->lastErrno,
+             "winFileSize", pFile->zPath);
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY is undefined on some Windows systems.
+*/
+#ifndef LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY
+# define LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef LOCKFILE_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
+# define LOCKFILE_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK 2
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Historically, SQLite has used both the LockFile and LockFileEx functions.
+** When the LockFile function was used, it was always expected to fail
+** immediately if the lock could not be obtained.  Also, it always expected to
+** obtain an exclusive lock.  These flags are used with the LockFileEx function
+** and reflect those expectations; therefore, they should not be changed.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_LOCKFILE_FLAGS
+# define SQLITE_LOCKFILE_FLAGS   (LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY | \
+                                  LOCKFILE_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Currently, SQLite never calls the LockFileEx function without wanting the
+** call to fail immediately if the lock cannot be obtained.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_LOCKFILEEX_FLAGS
+# define SQLITE_LOCKFILEEX_FLAGS (LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Acquire a reader lock.
+** Different API routines are called depending on whether or not this
+** is Win9x or WinNT.
+*/
+static int getReadLock(winFile *pFile){
+  int res;
+  if( isNT() ){
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+    /*
+    ** NOTE: Windows CE is handled differently here due its lack of the Win32
+    **       API LockFileEx.
+    */
+    res = winceLockFile(&pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, 1, 0);
+#else
+    res = winLockFile(&pFile->h, SQLITE_LOCKFILEEX_FLAGS, SHARED_FIRST, 0,
+                      SHARED_SIZE, 0);
+#endif
+  }
+#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI
+  else{
+    int lk;
+    sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(lk), &lk);
+    pFile->sharedLockByte = (short)((lk & 0x7fffffff)%(SHARED_SIZE - 1));
+    res = winLockFile(&pFile->h, SQLITE_LOCKFILE_FLAGS,
+                      SHARED_FIRST+pFile->sharedLockByte, 0, 1, 0);
+  }
+#endif
+  if( res == 0 ){
+    pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError();
+    /* No need to log a failure to lock */
+  }
+  return res;
+}
+
+/*
+** Undo a readlock
+*/
+static int unlockReadLock(winFile *pFile){
+  int res;
+  DWORD lastErrno;
+  if( isNT() ){
+    res = winUnlockFile(&pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0);
+  }
+#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI
+  else{
+    res = winUnlockFile(&pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST+pFile->sharedLockByte, 0, 1, 0);
+  }
+#endif
+  if( res==0 && ((lastErrno = osGetLastError())!=ERROR_NOT_LOCKED) ){
+    pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno;
+    winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK, pFile->lastErrno,
+             "unlockReadLock", pFile->zPath);
+  }
+  return res;
+}
+
+/*
+** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter locktype - one
+** of the following:
+**
+**     (1) SHARED_LOCK
+**     (2) RESERVED_LOCK
+**     (3) PENDING_LOCK
+**     (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
+**
+** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
+** are inserted in between.  The locking might fail on one of the later
+** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
+** still short of its goal.  The following chart shows the allowed
+** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
+**
+**    UNLOCKED -> SHARED
+**    SHARED -> RESERVED
+**    SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+**    RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+**    PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
+**
+** This routine will only increase a lock.  The winUnlock() routine
+** erases all locks at once and returns us immediately to locking level 0.
+** It is not possible to lower the locking level one step at a time.  You
+** must go straight to locking level 0.
+*/
+static int winLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;    /* Return code from subroutines */
+  int res = 1;           /* Result of a Windows lock call */
+  int newLocktype;       /* Set pFile->locktype to this value before exiting */
+  int gotPendingLock = 0;/* True if we acquired a PENDING lock this time */
+  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
+  DWORD lastErrno = NO_ERROR;
+
+  assert( id!=0 );
+  OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %d was %d(%d)\n",
+           pFile->h, locktype, pFile->locktype, pFile->sharedLockByte));
+
+  /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the
+  ** OsFile, do nothing. Don't use the end_lock: exit path, as
+  ** sqlite3OsEnterMutex() hasn't been called yet.
+  */
+  if( pFile->locktype>=locktype ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct
+  */
+  assert( pFile->locktype!=NO_LOCK || locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
+  assert( locktype!=PENDING_LOCK );
+  assert( locktype!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
+
+  /* Lock the PENDING_LOCK byte if we need to acquire a PENDING lock or
+  ** a SHARED lock.  If we are acquiring a SHARED lock, the acquisition of
+  ** the PENDING_LOCK byte is temporary.
+  */
+  newLocktype = pFile->locktype;
+  if(   (pFile->locktype==NO_LOCK)
+     || (   (locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
+         && (pFile->locktype==RESERVED_LOCK))
+  ){
+    int cnt = 3;
+    while( cnt-->0 && (res = winLockFile(&pFile->h, SQLITE_LOCKFILE_FLAGS,
+                                         PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0))==0 ){
+      /* Try 3 times to get the pending lock.  This is needed to work
+      ** around problems caused by indexing and/or anti-virus software on
+      ** Windows systems.
+      ** If you are using this code as a model for alternative VFSes, do not
+      ** copy this retry logic.  It is a hack intended for Windows only.
+      */
+      OSTRACE(("could not get a PENDING lock. cnt=%d\n", cnt));
+      if( cnt ) sqlite3_win32_sleep(1);
+    }
+    gotPendingLock = res;
+    if( !res ){
+      lastErrno = osGetLastError();
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Acquire a shared lock
+  */
+  if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && res ){
+    assert( pFile->locktype==NO_LOCK );
+    res = getReadLock(pFile);
+    if( res ){
+      newLocktype = SHARED_LOCK;
+    }else{
+      lastErrno = osGetLastError();
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Acquire a RESERVED lock
+  */
+  if( locktype==RESERVED_LOCK && res ){
+    assert( pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
+    res = winLockFile(&pFile->h, SQLITE_LOCKFILE_FLAGS, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
+    if( res ){
+      newLocktype = RESERVED_LOCK;
+    }else{
+      lastErrno = osGetLastError();
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Acquire a PENDING lock
+  */
+  if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && res ){
+    newLocktype = PENDING_LOCK;
+    gotPendingLock = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* Acquire an EXCLUSIVE lock
+  */
+  if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && res ){
+    assert( pFile->locktype>=SHARED_LOCK );
+    res = unlockReadLock(pFile);
+    OSTRACE(("unreadlock = %d\n", res));
+    res = winLockFile(&pFile->h, SQLITE_LOCKFILE_FLAGS, SHARED_FIRST, 0,
+                      SHARED_SIZE, 0);
+    if( res ){
+      newLocktype = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK;
+    }else{
+      lastErrno = osGetLastError();
+      OSTRACE(("error-code = %d\n", lastErrno));
+      getReadLock(pFile);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If we are holding a PENDING lock that ought to be released, then
+  ** release it now.
+  */
+  if( gotPendingLock && locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){
+    winUnlockFile(&pFile->h, PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
+  }
+
+  /* Update the state of the lock has held in the file descriptor then
+  ** return the appropriate result code.
+  */
+  if( res ){
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    OSTRACE(("LOCK FAILED %d trying for %d but got %d\n", pFile->h,
+           locktype, newLocktype));
+    pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno;
+    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+  }
+  pFile->locktype = (u8)newLocktype;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
+** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, return
+** non-zero, otherwise zero.
+*/
+static int winCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){
+  int rc;
+  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
+
+  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; );
+
+  assert( id!=0 );
+  if( pFile->locktype>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
+    rc = 1;
+    OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d (local)\n", pFile->h, rc));
+  }else{
+    rc = winLockFile(&pFile->h, SQLITE_LOCKFILE_FLAGS, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
+    if( rc ){
+      winUnlockFile(&pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
+    }
+    rc = !rc;
+    OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d (remote)\n", pFile->h, rc));
+  }
+  *pResOut = rc;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Lower the locking level on file descriptor id to locktype.  locktype
+** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
+**
+** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
+** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
+**
+** It is not possible for this routine to fail if the second argument
+** is NO_LOCK.  If the second argument is SHARED_LOCK then this routine
+** might return SQLITE_IOERR;
+*/
+static int winUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){
+  int type;
+  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  assert( pFile!=0 );
+  assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK );
+  OSTRACE(("UNLOCK %d to %d was %d(%d)\n", pFile->h, locktype,
+          pFile->locktype, pFile->sharedLockByte));
+  type = pFile->locktype;
+  if( type>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
+    winUnlockFile(&pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0);
+    if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && !getReadLock(pFile) ){
+      /* This should never happen.  We should always be able to
+      ** reacquire the read lock */
+      rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK, osGetLastError(),
+               "winUnlock", pFile->zPath);
+    }
+  }
+  if( type>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
+    winUnlockFile(&pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
+  }
+  if( locktype==NO_LOCK && type>=SHARED_LOCK ){
+    unlockReadLock(pFile);
+  }
+  if( type>=PENDING_LOCK ){
+    winUnlockFile(&pFile->h, PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
+  }
+  pFile->locktype = (u8)locktype;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** If *pArg is inititially negative then this is a query.  Set *pArg to
+** 1 or 0 depending on whether or not bit mask of pFile->ctrlFlags is set.
+**
+** If *pArg is 0 or 1, then clear or set the mask bit of pFile->ctrlFlags.
+*/
+static void winModeBit(winFile *pFile, unsigned char mask, int *pArg){
+  if( *pArg<0 ){
+    *pArg = (pFile->ctrlFlags & mask)!=0;
+  }else if( (*pArg)==0 ){
+    pFile->ctrlFlags &= ~mask;
+  }else{
+    pFile->ctrlFlags |= mask;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Control and query of the open file handle.
+*/
+static int winFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){
+  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
+  switch( op ){
+    case SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE: {
+      *(int*)pArg = pFile->locktype;
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO: {
+      *(int*)pArg = (int)pFile->lastErrno;
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE: {
+      pFile->szChunk = *(int *)pArg;
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT: {
+      if( pFile->szChunk>0 ){
+        sqlite3_int64 oldSz;
+        int rc = winFileSize(id, &oldSz);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          sqlite3_int64 newSz = *(sqlite3_int64*)pArg;
+          if( newSz>oldSz ){
+            SimulateIOErrorBenign(1);
+            rc = winTruncate(id, newSz);
+            SimulateIOErrorBenign(0);
+          }
+        }
+        return rc;
+      }
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL: {
+      winModeBit(pFile, WINFILE_PERSIST_WAL, (int*)pArg);
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE: {
+      winModeBit(pFile, WINFILE_PSOW, (int*)pArg);
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME: {
+      *(char**)pArg = sqlite3_mprintf("win32");
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY: {
+      int *a = (int*)pArg;
+      if( a[0]>0 ){
+        win32IoerrRetry = a[0];
+      }else{
+        a[0] = win32IoerrRetry;
+      }
+      if( a[1]>0 ){
+        win32IoerrRetryDelay = a[1];
+      }else{
+        a[1] = win32IoerrRetryDelay;
+      }
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_NOTFOUND;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the sector size in bytes of the underlying block device for
+** the specified file. This is almost always 512 bytes, but may be
+** larger for some devices.
+**
+** SQLite code assumes this function cannot fail. It also assumes that
+** if two files are created in the same file-system directory (i.e.
+** a database and its journal file) that the sector size will be the
+** same for both.
+*/
+static int winSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id){
+  (void)id;
+  return SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a vector of device characteristics.
+*/
+static int winDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){
+  winFile *p = (winFile*)id;
+  return SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN |
+         ((p->ctrlFlags & WINFILE_PSOW)?SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE:0);
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+
+/* 
+** Windows will only let you create file view mappings
+** on allocation size granularity boundaries.
+** During sqlite3_os_init() we do a GetSystemInfo()
+** to get the granularity size.
+*/
+SYSTEM_INFO winSysInfo;
+
+/*
+** Helper functions to obtain and relinquish the global mutex. The
+** global mutex is used to protect the winLockInfo objects used by 
+** this file, all of which may be shared by multiple threads.
+**
+** Function winShmMutexHeld() is used to assert() that the global mutex 
+** is held when required. This function is only used as part of assert() 
+** statements. e.g.
+**
+**   winShmEnterMutex()
+**     assert( winShmMutexHeld() );
+**   winShmLeaveMutex()
+*/
+static void winShmEnterMutex(void){
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
+}
+static void winShmLeaveMutex(void){
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
+}
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+static int winShmMutexHeld(void) {
+  return sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Object used to represent a single file opened and mmapped to provide
+** shared memory.  When multiple threads all reference the same
+** log-summary, each thread has its own winFile object, but they all
+** point to a single instance of this object.  In other words, each
+** log-summary is opened only once per process.
+**
+** winShmMutexHeld() must be true when creating or destroying
+** this object or while reading or writing the following fields:
+**
+**      nRef
+**      pNext 
+**
+** The following fields are read-only after the object is created:
+** 
+**      fid
+**      zFilename
+**
+** Either winShmNode.mutex must be held or winShmNode.nRef==0 and
+** winShmMutexHeld() is true when reading or writing any other field
+** in this structure.
+**
+*/
+struct winShmNode {
+  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;      /* Mutex to access this object */
+  char *zFilename;           /* Name of the file */
+  winFile hFile;             /* File handle from winOpen */
+
+  int szRegion;              /* Size of shared-memory regions */
+  int nRegion;               /* Size of array apRegion */
+  struct ShmRegion {
+    HANDLE hMap;             /* File handle from CreateFileMapping */
+    void *pMap;
+  } *aRegion;
+  DWORD lastErrno;           /* The Windows errno from the last I/O error */
+
+  int nRef;                  /* Number of winShm objects pointing to this */
+  winShm *pFirst;            /* All winShm objects pointing to this */
+  winShmNode *pNext;         /* Next in list of all winShmNode objects */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  u8 nextShmId;              /* Next available winShm.id value */
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+** A global array of all winShmNode objects.
+**
+** The winShmMutexHeld() must be true while reading or writing this list.
+*/
+static winShmNode *winShmNodeList = 0;
+
+/*
+** Structure used internally by this VFS to record the state of an
+** open shared memory connection.
+**
+** The following fields are initialized when this object is created and
+** are read-only thereafter:
+**
+**    winShm.pShmNode
+**    winShm.id
+**
+** All other fields are read/write.  The winShm.pShmNode->mutex must be held
+** while accessing any read/write fields.
+*/
+struct winShm {
+  winShmNode *pShmNode;      /* The underlying winShmNode object */
+  winShm *pNext;             /* Next winShm with the same winShmNode */
+  u8 hasMutex;               /* True if holding the winShmNode mutex */
+  u16 sharedMask;            /* Mask of shared locks held */
+  u16 exclMask;              /* Mask of exclusive locks held */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  u8 id;                     /* Id of this connection with its winShmNode */
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+** Constants used for locking
+*/
+#define WIN_SHM_BASE   ((22+SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK)*4)        /* first lock byte */
+#define WIN_SHM_DMS    (WIN_SHM_BASE+SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK)  /* deadman switch */
+
+/*
+** Apply advisory locks for all n bytes beginning at ofst.
+*/
+#define _SHM_UNLCK  1
+#define _SHM_RDLCK  2
+#define _SHM_WRLCK  3
+static int winShmSystemLock(
+  winShmNode *pFile,    /* Apply locks to this open shared-memory segment */
+  int lockType,         /* _SHM_UNLCK, _SHM_RDLCK, or _SHM_WRLCK */
+  int ofst,             /* Offset to first byte to be locked/unlocked */
+  int nByte             /* Number of bytes to lock or unlock */
+){
+  int rc = 0;           /* Result code form Lock/UnlockFileEx() */
+
+  /* Access to the winShmNode object is serialized by the caller */
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pFile->mutex) || pFile->nRef==0 );
+
+  /* Release/Acquire the system-level lock */
+  if( lockType==_SHM_UNLCK ){
+    rc = winUnlockFile(&pFile->hFile.h, ofst, 0, nByte, 0);
+  }else{
+    /* Initialize the locking parameters */
+    DWORD dwFlags = LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY;
+    if( lockType == _SHM_WRLCK ) dwFlags |= LOCKFILE_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK;
+    rc = winLockFile(&pFile->hFile.h, dwFlags, ofst, 0, nByte, 0);
+  }
+  
+  if( rc!= 0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    pFile->lastErrno =  osGetLastError();
+    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+  }
+
+  OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK %d %s %s 0x%08lx\n", 
+           pFile->hFile.h,
+           rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed",
+           lockType==_SHM_UNLCK ? "UnlockFileEx" : "LockFileEx",
+           pFile->lastErrno));
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* Forward references to VFS methods */
+static int winOpen(sqlite3_vfs*,const char*,sqlite3_file*,int,int*);
+static int winDelete(sqlite3_vfs *,const char*,int);
+
+/*
+** Purge the winShmNodeList list of all entries with winShmNode.nRef==0.
+**
+** This is not a VFS shared-memory method; it is a utility function called
+** by VFS shared-memory methods.
+*/
+static void winShmPurge(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int deleteFlag){
+  winShmNode **pp;
+  winShmNode *p;
+  BOOL bRc;
+  assert( winShmMutexHeld() );
+  pp = &winShmNodeList;
+  while( (p = *pp)!=0 ){
+    if( p->nRef==0 ){
+      int i;
+      if( p->mutex ) sqlite3_mutex_free(p->mutex);
+      for(i=0; i<p->nRegion; i++){
+        bRc = osUnmapViewOfFile(p->aRegion[i].pMap);
+        OSTRACE(("SHM-PURGE pid-%d unmap region=%d %s\n",
+                 (int)osGetCurrentProcessId(), i,
+                 bRc ? "ok" : "failed"));
+        bRc = osCloseHandle(p->aRegion[i].hMap);
+        OSTRACE(("SHM-PURGE pid-%d close region=%d %s\n",
+                 (int)osGetCurrentProcessId(), i,
+                 bRc ? "ok" : "failed"));
+      }
+      if( p->hFile.h != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ){
+        SimulateIOErrorBenign(1);
+        winClose((sqlite3_file *)&p->hFile);
+        SimulateIOErrorBenign(0);
+      }
+      if( deleteFlag ){
+        SimulateIOErrorBenign(1);
+        sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+        winDelete(pVfs, p->zFilename, 0);
+        sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+        SimulateIOErrorBenign(0);
+      }
+      *pp = p->pNext;
+      sqlite3_free(p->aRegion);
+      sqlite3_free(p);
+    }else{
+      pp = &p->pNext;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Open the shared-memory area associated with database file pDbFd.
+**
+** When opening a new shared-memory file, if no other instances of that
+** file are currently open, in this process or in other processes, then
+** the file must be truncated to zero length or have its header cleared.
+*/
+static int winOpenSharedMemory(winFile *pDbFd){
+  struct winShm *p;                  /* The connection to be opened */
+  struct winShmNode *pShmNode = 0;   /* The underlying mmapped file */
+  int rc;                            /* Result code */
+  struct winShmNode *pNew;           /* Newly allocated winShmNode */
+  int nName;                         /* Size of zName in bytes */
+
+  assert( pDbFd->pShm==0 );    /* Not previously opened */
+
+  /* Allocate space for the new sqlite3_shm object.  Also speculatively
+  ** allocate space for a new winShmNode and filename.
+  */
+  p = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*p) );
+  if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
+  memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p));
+  nName = sqlite3Strlen30(pDbFd->zPath);
+  pNew = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pShmNode) + nName + 17 );
+  if( pNew==0 ){
+    sqlite3_free(p);
+    return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
+  }
+  memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(*pNew) + nName + 17);
+  pNew->zFilename = (char*)&pNew[1];
+  sqlite3_snprintf(nName+15, pNew->zFilename, "%s-shm", pDbFd->zPath);
+  sqlite3FileSuffix3(pDbFd->zPath, pNew->zFilename); 
+
+  /* Look to see if there is an existing winShmNode that can be used.
+  ** If no matching winShmNode currently exists, create a new one.
+  */
+  winShmEnterMutex();
+  for(pShmNode = winShmNodeList; pShmNode; pShmNode=pShmNode->pNext){
+    /* TBD need to come up with better match here.  Perhaps
+    ** use FILE_ID_BOTH_DIR_INFO Structure.
+    */
+    if( sqlite3StrICmp(pShmNode->zFilename, pNew->zFilename)==0 ) break;
+  }
+  if( pShmNode ){
+    sqlite3_free(pNew);
+  }else{
+    pShmNode = pNew;
+    pNew = 0;
+    ((winFile*)(&pShmNode->hFile))->h = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
+    pShmNode->pNext = winShmNodeList;
+    winShmNodeList = pShmNode;
+
+    pShmNode->mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST);
+    if( pShmNode->mutex==0 ){
+      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
+      goto shm_open_err;
+    }
+
+    rc = winOpen(pDbFd->pVfs,
+                 pShmNode->zFilename,             /* Name of the file (UTF-8) */
+                 (sqlite3_file*)&pShmNode->hFile,  /* File handle here */
+                 SQLITE_OPEN_WAL | SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, /* Mode flags */
+                 0);
+    if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){
+      goto shm_open_err;
+    }
+
+    /* Check to see if another process is holding the dead-man switch.
+    ** If not, truncate the file to zero length. 
+    */
+    if( winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_WRLCK, WIN_SHM_DMS, 1)==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = winTruncate((sqlite3_file *)&pShmNode->hFile, 0);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN, osGetLastError(),
+                 "winOpenShm", pDbFd->zPath);
+      }
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_UNLCK, WIN_SHM_DMS, 1);
+      rc = winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_RDLCK, WIN_SHM_DMS, 1);
+    }
+    if( rc ) goto shm_open_err;
+  }
+
+  /* Make the new connection a child of the winShmNode */
+  p->pShmNode = pShmNode;
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  p->id = pShmNode->nextShmId++;
+#endif
+  pShmNode->nRef++;
+  pDbFd->pShm = p;
+  winShmLeaveMutex();
+
+  /* The reference count on pShmNode has already been incremented under
+  ** the cover of the winShmEnterMutex() mutex and the pointer from the
+  ** new (struct winShm) object to the pShmNode has been set. All that is
+  ** left to do is to link the new object into the linked list starting
+  ** at pShmNode->pFirst. This must be done while holding the pShmNode->mutex 
+  ** mutex.
+  */
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex);
+  p->pNext = pShmNode->pFirst;
+  pShmNode->pFirst = p;
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+
+  /* Jump here on any error */
+shm_open_err:
+  winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_UNLCK, WIN_SHM_DMS, 1);
+  winShmPurge(pDbFd->pVfs, 0);      /* This call frees pShmNode if required */
+  sqlite3_free(p);
+  sqlite3_free(pNew);
+  winShmLeaveMutex();
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a connection to shared-memory.  Delete the underlying 
+** storage if deleteFlag is true.
+*/
+static int winShmUnmap(
+  sqlite3_file *fd,          /* Database holding shared memory */
+  int deleteFlag             /* Delete after closing if true */
+){
+  winFile *pDbFd;       /* Database holding shared-memory */
+  winShm *p;            /* The connection to be closed */
+  winShmNode *pShmNode; /* The underlying shared-memory file */
+  winShm **pp;          /* For looping over sibling connections */
+
+  pDbFd = (winFile*)fd;
+  p = pDbFd->pShm;
+  if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  pShmNode = p->pShmNode;
+
+  /* Remove connection p from the set of connections associated
+  ** with pShmNode */
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex);
+  for(pp=&pShmNode->pFirst; (*pp)!=p; pp = &(*pp)->pNext){}
+  *pp = p->pNext;
+
+  /* Free the connection p */
+  sqlite3_free(p);
+  pDbFd->pShm = 0;
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex);
+
+  /* If pShmNode->nRef has reached 0, then close the underlying
+  ** shared-memory file, too */
+  winShmEnterMutex();
+  assert( pShmNode->nRef>0 );
+  pShmNode->nRef--;
+  if( pShmNode->nRef==0 ){
+    winShmPurge(pDbFd->pVfs, deleteFlag);
+  }
+  winShmLeaveMutex();
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the lock state for a shared-memory segment.
+*/
+static int winShmLock(
+  sqlite3_file *fd,          /* Database file holding the shared memory */
+  int ofst,                  /* First lock to acquire or release */
+  int n,                     /* Number of locks to acquire or release */
+  int flags                  /* What to do with the lock */
+){
+  winFile *pDbFd = (winFile*)fd;        /* Connection holding shared memory */
+  winShm *p = pDbFd->pShm;              /* The shared memory being locked */
+  winShm *pX;                           /* For looping over all siblings */
+  winShmNode *pShmNode = p->pShmNode;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;                   /* Result code */
+  u16 mask;                             /* Mask of locks to take or release */
+
+  assert( ofst>=0 && ofst+n<=SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK );
+  assert( n>=1 );
+  assert( flags==(SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED)
+       || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE)
+       || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED)
+       || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE) );
+  assert( n==1 || (flags & SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE)!=0 );
+
+  mask = (u16)((1U<<(ofst+n)) - (1U<<ofst));
+  assert( n>1 || mask==(1<<ofst) );
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex);
+  if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK ){
+    u16 allMask = 0; /* Mask of locks held by siblings */
+
+    /* See if any siblings hold this same lock */
+    for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){
+      if( pX==p ) continue;
+      assert( (pX->exclMask & (p->exclMask|p->sharedMask))==0 );
+      allMask |= pX->sharedMask;
+    }
+
+    /* Unlock the system-level locks */
+    if( (mask & allMask)==0 ){
+      rc = winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_UNLCK, ofst+WIN_SHM_BASE, n);
+    }else{
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+
+    /* Undo the local locks */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      p->exclMask &= ~mask;
+      p->sharedMask &= ~mask;
+    } 
+  }else if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_SHARED ){
+    u16 allShared = 0;  /* Union of locks held by connections other than "p" */
+
+    /* Find out which shared locks are already held by sibling connections.
+    ** If any sibling already holds an exclusive lock, go ahead and return
+    ** SQLITE_BUSY.
+    */
+    for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){
+      if( (pX->exclMask & mask)!=0 ){
+        rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+        break;
+      }
+      allShared |= pX->sharedMask;
+    }
+
+    /* Get shared locks at the system level, if necessary */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      if( (allShared & mask)==0 ){
+        rc = winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_RDLCK, ofst+WIN_SHM_BASE, n);
+      }else{
+        rc = SQLITE_OK;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Get the local shared locks */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      p->sharedMask |= mask;
+    }
+  }else{
+    /* Make sure no sibling connections hold locks that will block this
+    ** lock.  If any do, return SQLITE_BUSY right away.
+    */
+    for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){
+      if( (pX->exclMask & mask)!=0 || (pX->sharedMask & mask)!=0 ){
+        rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  
+    /* Get the exclusive locks at the system level.  Then if successful
+    ** also mark the local connection as being locked.
+    */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_WRLCK, ofst+WIN_SHM_BASE, n);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        assert( (p->sharedMask & mask)==0 );
+        p->exclMask |= mask;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex);
+  OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK shmid-%d, pid-%d got %03x,%03x %s\n",
+           p->id, (int)osGetCurrentProcessId(), p->sharedMask, p->exclMask,
+           rc ? "failed" : "ok"));
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Implement a memory barrier or memory fence on shared memory.  
+**
+** All loads and stores begun before the barrier must complete before
+** any load or store begun after the barrier.
+*/
+static void winShmBarrier(
+  sqlite3_file *fd          /* Database holding the shared memory */
+){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(fd);
+  /* MemoryBarrier(); // does not work -- do not know why not */
+  winShmEnterMutex();
+  winShmLeaveMutex();
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called to obtain a pointer to region iRegion of the 
+** shared-memory associated with the database file fd. Shared-memory regions 
+** are numbered starting from zero. Each shared-memory region is szRegion 
+** bytes in size.
+**
+** If an error occurs, an error code is returned and *pp is set to NULL.
+**
+** Otherwise, if the isWrite parameter is 0 and the requested shared-memory
+** region has not been allocated (by any client, including one running in a
+** separate process), then *pp is set to NULL and SQLITE_OK returned. If 
+** isWrite is non-zero and the requested shared-memory region has not yet 
+** been allocated, it is allocated by this function.
+**
+** If the shared-memory region has already been allocated or is allocated by
+** this call as described above, then it is mapped into this processes 
+** address space (if it is not already), *pp is set to point to the mapped 
+** memory and SQLITE_OK returned.
+*/
+static int winShmMap(
+  sqlite3_file *fd,               /* Handle open on database file */
+  int iRegion,                    /* Region to retrieve */
+  int szRegion,                   /* Size of regions */
+  int isWrite,                    /* True to extend file if necessary */
+  void volatile **pp              /* OUT: Mapped memory */
+){
+  winFile *pDbFd = (winFile*)fd;
+  winShm *p = pDbFd->pShm;
+  winShmNode *pShmNode;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  if( !p ){
+    rc = winOpenSharedMemory(pDbFd);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+    p = pDbFd->pShm;
+  }
+  pShmNode = p->pShmNode;
+
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex);
+  assert( szRegion==pShmNode->szRegion || pShmNode->nRegion==0 );
+
+  if( pShmNode->nRegion<=iRegion ){
+    struct ShmRegion *apNew;           /* New aRegion[] array */
+    int nByte = (iRegion+1)*szRegion;  /* Minimum required file size */
+    sqlite3_int64 sz;                  /* Current size of wal-index file */
+
+    pShmNode->szRegion = szRegion;
+
+    /* The requested region is not mapped into this processes address space.
+    ** Check to see if it has been allocated (i.e. if the wal-index file is
+    ** large enough to contain the requested region).
+    */
+    rc = winFileSize((sqlite3_file *)&pShmNode->hFile, &sz);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE, osGetLastError(),
+               "winShmMap1", pDbFd->zPath);
+      goto shmpage_out;
+    }
+
+    if( sz<nByte ){
+      /* The requested memory region does not exist. If isWrite is set to
+      ** zero, exit early. *pp will be set to NULL and SQLITE_OK returned.
+      **
+      ** Alternatively, if isWrite is non-zero, use ftruncate() to allocate
+      ** the requested memory region.
+      */
+      if( !isWrite ) goto shmpage_out;
+      rc = winTruncate((sqlite3_file *)&pShmNode->hFile, nByte);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE, osGetLastError(),
+                 "winShmMap2", pDbFd->zPath);
+        goto shmpage_out;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Map the requested memory region into this processes address space. */
+    apNew = (struct ShmRegion *)sqlite3_realloc(
+        pShmNode->aRegion, (iRegion+1)*sizeof(apNew[0])
+    );
+    if( !apNew ){
+      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
+      goto shmpage_out;
+    }
+    pShmNode->aRegion = apNew;
+
+    while( pShmNode->nRegion<=iRegion ){
+      HANDLE hMap;                /* file-mapping handle */
+      void *pMap = 0;             /* Mapped memory region */
+     
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+      hMap = osCreateFileMappingFromApp(pShmNode->hFile.h,
+          NULL, PAGE_READWRITE, nByte, NULL
+      );
+#else
+      hMap = osCreateFileMappingW(pShmNode->hFile.h, 
+          NULL, PAGE_READWRITE, 0, nByte, NULL
+      );
+#endif
+      OSTRACE(("SHM-MAP pid-%d create region=%d nbyte=%d %s\n",
+               (int)osGetCurrentProcessId(), pShmNode->nRegion, nByte,
+               hMap ? "ok" : "failed"));
+      if( hMap ){
+        int iOffset = pShmNode->nRegion*szRegion;
+        int iOffsetShift = iOffset % winSysInfo.dwAllocationGranularity;
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+        pMap = osMapViewOfFileFromApp(hMap, FILE_MAP_WRITE | FILE_MAP_READ,
+            iOffset - iOffsetShift, szRegion + iOffsetShift
+        );
+#else
+        pMap = osMapViewOfFile(hMap, FILE_MAP_WRITE | FILE_MAP_READ,
+            0, iOffset - iOffsetShift, szRegion + iOffsetShift
+        );
+#endif
+        OSTRACE(("SHM-MAP pid-%d map region=%d offset=%d size=%d %s\n",
+                 (int)osGetCurrentProcessId(), pShmNode->nRegion, iOffset,
+                 szRegion, pMap ? "ok" : "failed"));
+      }
+      if( !pMap ){
+        pShmNode->lastErrno = osGetLastError();
+        rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP, pShmNode->lastErrno,
+                 "winShmMap3", pDbFd->zPath);
+        if( hMap ) osCloseHandle(hMap);
+        goto shmpage_out;
+      }
+
+      pShmNode->aRegion[pShmNode->nRegion].pMap = pMap;
+      pShmNode->aRegion[pShmNode->nRegion].hMap = hMap;
+      pShmNode->nRegion++;
+    }
+  }
+
+shmpage_out:
+  if( pShmNode->nRegion>iRegion ){
+    int iOffset = iRegion*szRegion;
+    int iOffsetShift = iOffset % winSysInfo.dwAllocationGranularity;
+    char *p = (char *)pShmNode->aRegion[iRegion].pMap;
+    *pp = (void *)&p[iOffsetShift];
+  }else{
+    *pp = 0;
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#else
+# define winShmMap     0
+# define winShmLock    0
+# define winShmBarrier 0
+# define winShmUnmap   0
+#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
+
+/*
+** Here ends the implementation of all sqlite3_file methods.
+**
+********************** End sqlite3_file Methods *******************************
+******************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+** This vector defines all the methods that can operate on an
+** sqlite3_file for win32.
+*/
+static const sqlite3_io_methods winIoMethod = {
+  2,                              /* iVersion */
+  winClose,                       /* xClose */
+  winRead,                        /* xRead */
+  winWrite,                       /* xWrite */
+  winTruncate,                    /* xTruncate */
+  winSync,                        /* xSync */
+  winFileSize,                    /* xFileSize */
+  winLock,                        /* xLock */
+  winUnlock,                      /* xUnlock */
+  winCheckReservedLock,           /* xCheckReservedLock */
+  winFileControl,                 /* xFileControl */
+  winSectorSize,                  /* xSectorSize */
+  winDeviceCharacteristics,       /* xDeviceCharacteristics */
+  winShmMap,                      /* xShmMap */
+  winShmLock,                     /* xShmLock */
+  winShmBarrier,                  /* xShmBarrier */
+  winShmUnmap                     /* xShmUnmap */
+};
+
+/****************************************************************************
+**************************** sqlite3_vfs methods ****************************
+**
+** This division contains the implementation of methods on the
+** sqlite3_vfs object.
+*/
+
+/*
+** Convert a UTF-8 filename into whatever form the underlying
+** operating system wants filenames in.  Space to hold the result
+** is obtained from malloc and must be freed by the calling
+** function.
+*/
+static void *convertUtf8Filename(const char *zFilename){
+  void *zConverted = 0;
+  if( isNT() ){
+    zConverted = utf8ToUnicode(zFilename);
+  }
+#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI
+  else{
+    zConverted = sqlite3_win32_utf8_to_mbcs(zFilename);
+  }
+#endif
+  /* caller will handle out of memory */
+  return zConverted;
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a temporary file name in zBuf.  zBuf must be big enough to
+** hold at pVfs->mxPathname characters.
+*/
+static int getTempname(int nBuf, char *zBuf){
+  static char zChars[] =
+    "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
+    "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ"
+    "0123456789";
+  size_t i, j;
+  int nTempPath;
+  char zTempPath[MAX_PATH+2];
+
+  /* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just
+  ** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this
+  ** function failing. 
+  */
+  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR );
+
+  memset(zTempPath, 0, MAX_PATH+2);
+
+  if( sqlite3_temp_directory ){
+    sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATH-30, zTempPath, "%s", sqlite3_temp_directory);
+  }
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  else if( isNT() ){
+    char *zMulti;
+    WCHAR zWidePath[MAX_PATH];
+    osGetTempPathW(MAX_PATH-30, zWidePath);
+    zMulti = unicodeToUtf8(zWidePath);
+    if( zMulti ){
+      sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATH-30, zTempPath, "%s", zMulti);
+      sqlite3_free(zMulti);
+    }else{
+      return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
+    }
+  }
+#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI
+  else{
+    char *zUtf8;
+    char zMbcsPath[MAX_PATH];
+    osGetTempPathA(MAX_PATH-30, zMbcsPath);
+    zUtf8 = sqlite3_win32_mbcs_to_utf8(zMbcsPath);
+    if( zUtf8 ){
+      sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATH-30, zTempPath, "%s", zUtf8);
+      sqlite3_free(zUtf8);
+    }else{
+      return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+#endif
+
+  /* Check that the output buffer is large enough for the temporary file 
+  ** name. If it is not, return SQLITE_ERROR.
+  */
+  nTempPath = sqlite3Strlen30(zTempPath);
+
+  if( (nTempPath + sqlite3Strlen30(SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX) + 18) >= nBuf ){
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  for(i=nTempPath; i>0 && zTempPath[i-1]=='\\'; i--){}
+  zTempPath[i] = 0;
+
+  sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf-18, zBuf, (nTempPath > 0) ?
+                       "%s\\"SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX : SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX,
+                   zTempPath);
+  j = sqlite3Strlen30(zBuf);
+  sqlite3_randomness(15, &zBuf[j]);
+  for(i=0; i<15; i++, j++){
+    zBuf[j] = (char)zChars[ ((unsigned char)zBuf[j])%(sizeof(zChars)-1) ];
+  }
+  zBuf[j] = 0;
+  zBuf[j+1] = 0;
+
+  OSTRACE(("TEMP FILENAME: %s\n", zBuf));
+  return SQLITE_OK; 
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the named file is really a directory.  Return false if
+** it is something other than a directory, or if there is any kind of memory
+** allocation failure.
+*/
+static int winIsDir(const void *zConverted){
+  DWORD attr;
+  int rc = 0;
+  DWORD lastErrno;
+
+  if( isNT() ){
+    int cnt = 0;
+    WIN32_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DATA sAttrData;
+    memset(&sAttrData, 0, sizeof(sAttrData));
+    while( !(rc = osGetFileAttributesExW((LPCWSTR)zConverted,
+                             GetFileExInfoStandard,
+                             &sAttrData)) && retryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){}
+    if( !rc ){
+      return 0; /* Invalid name? */
+    }
+    attr = sAttrData.dwFileAttributes;
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==0
+  }else{
+    attr = osGetFileAttributesA((char*)zConverted);
+#endif
+  }
+  return (attr!=INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES) && (attr&FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY);
+}
+
+/*
+** Open a file.
+*/
+static int winOpen(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,        /* Not used */
+  const char *zName,        /* Name of the file (UTF-8) */
+  sqlite3_file *id,         /* Write the SQLite file handle here */
+  int flags,                /* Open mode flags */
+  int *pOutFlags            /* Status return flags */
+){
+  HANDLE h;
+  DWORD lastErrno;
+  DWORD dwDesiredAccess;
+  DWORD dwShareMode;
+  DWORD dwCreationDisposition;
+  DWORD dwFlagsAndAttributes = 0;
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+  int isTemp = 0;
+#endif
+  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
+  void *zConverted;              /* Filename in OS encoding */
+  const char *zUtf8Name = zName; /* Filename in UTF-8 encoding */
+  int cnt = 0;
+
+  /* If argument zPath is a NULL pointer, this function is required to open
+  ** a temporary file. Use this buffer to store the file name in.
+  */
+  char zTmpname[MAX_PATH+2];     /* Buffer used to create temp filename */
+
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;            /* Function Return Code */
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) || SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+  int eType = flags&0xFFFFFF00;  /* Type of file to open */
+#endif
+
+  int isExclusive  = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE);
+  int isDelete     = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE);
+  int isCreate     = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE);
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  int isReadonly   = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
+#endif
+  int isReadWrite  = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE);
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  int isOpenJournal = (isCreate && (
+        eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL 
+     || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL 
+     || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL
+  ));
+#endif
+
+  /* Check the following statements are true: 
+  **
+  **   (a) Exactly one of the READWRITE and READONLY flags must be set, and 
+  **   (b) if CREATE is set, then READWRITE must also be set, and
+  **   (c) if EXCLUSIVE is set, then CREATE must also be set.
+  **   (d) if DELETEONCLOSE is set, then CREATE must also be set.
+  */
+  assert((isReadonly==0 || isReadWrite==0) && (isReadWrite || isReadonly));
+  assert(isCreate==0 || isReadWrite);
+  assert(isExclusive==0 || isCreate);
+  assert(isDelete==0 || isCreate);
+
+  /* The main DB, main journal, WAL file and master journal are never 
+  ** automatically deleted. Nor are they ever temporary files.  */
+  assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB );
+  assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL );
+  assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL );
+  assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_WAL );
+
+  /* Assert that the upper layer has set one of the "file-type" flags. */
+  assert( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB      || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB 
+       || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL 
+       || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL   || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL 
+       || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL
+  );
+
+  assert( id!=0 );
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  if( !sqlite3_temp_directory ){
+    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_ERROR,
+        "sqlite3_temp_directory variable should be set for WinRT");
+  }
+#endif
+
+  pFile->h = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
+
+  /* If the second argument to this function is NULL, generate a 
+  ** temporary file name to use 
+  */
+  if( !zUtf8Name ){
+    assert(isDelete && !isOpenJournal);
+    rc = getTempname(MAX_PATH+2, zTmpname);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      return rc;
+    }
+    zUtf8Name = zTmpname;
+  }
+
+  /* Database filenames are double-zero terminated if they are not
+  ** URIs with parameters.  Hence, they can always be passed into
+  ** sqlite3_uri_parameter().
+  */
+  assert( (eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB) || (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_URI) ||
+        zUtf8Name[strlen(zUtf8Name)+1]==0 );
+
+  /* Convert the filename to the system encoding. */
+  zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zUtf8Name);
+  if( zConverted==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
+  }
+
+  if( winIsDir(zConverted) ){
+    sqlite3_free(zConverted);
+    return SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR;
+  }
+
+  if( isReadWrite ){
+    dwDesiredAccess = GENERIC_READ | GENERIC_WRITE;
+  }else{
+    dwDesiredAccess = GENERIC_READ;
+  }
+
+  /* SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE is used to make sure that a new file is 
+  ** created. SQLite doesn't use it to indicate "exclusive access" 
+  ** as it is usually understood.
+  */
+  if( isExclusive ){
+    /* Creates a new file, only if it does not already exist. */
+    /* If the file exists, it fails. */
+    dwCreationDisposition = CREATE_NEW;
+  }else if( isCreate ){
+    /* Open existing file, or create if it doesn't exist */
+    dwCreationDisposition = OPEN_ALWAYS;
+  }else{
+    /* Opens a file, only if it exists. */
+    dwCreationDisposition = OPEN_EXISTING;
+  }
+
+  dwShareMode = FILE_SHARE_READ | FILE_SHARE_WRITE;
+
+  if( isDelete ){
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+    dwFlagsAndAttributes = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN;
+    isTemp = 1;
+#else
+    dwFlagsAndAttributes = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TEMPORARY
+                               | FILE_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN
+                               | FILE_FLAG_DELETE_ON_CLOSE;
+#endif
+  }else{
+    dwFlagsAndAttributes = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL;
+  }
+  /* Reports from the internet are that performance is always
+  ** better if FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS is used.  Ticket #2699. */
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+  dwFlagsAndAttributes |= FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS;
+#endif
+
+  if( isNT() ){
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+    CREATEFILE2_EXTENDED_PARAMETERS extendedParameters;
+    extendedParameters.dwSize = sizeof(CREATEFILE2_EXTENDED_PARAMETERS);
+    extendedParameters.dwFileAttributes =
+            dwFlagsAndAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MASK;
+    extendedParameters.dwFileFlags = dwFlagsAndAttributes & FILE_FLAG_MASK;
+    extendedParameters.dwSecurityQosFlags = SECURITY_ANONYMOUS;
+    extendedParameters.lpSecurityAttributes = NULL;
+    extendedParameters.hTemplateFile = NULL;
+    while( (h = osCreateFile2((LPCWSTR)zConverted,
+                              dwDesiredAccess,
+                              dwShareMode,
+                              dwCreationDisposition,
+                              &extendedParameters))==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE &&
+                              retryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){
+               /* Noop */
+    }
+#else
+    while( (h = osCreateFileW((LPCWSTR)zConverted,
+                              dwDesiredAccess,
+                              dwShareMode, NULL,
+                              dwCreationDisposition,
+                              dwFlagsAndAttributes,
+                              NULL))==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE &&
+                              retryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){
+               /* Noop */
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI
+  else{
+    while( (h = osCreateFileA((LPCSTR)zConverted,
+                              dwDesiredAccess,
+                              dwShareMode, NULL,
+                              dwCreationDisposition,
+                              dwFlagsAndAttributes,
+                              NULL))==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE &&
+                              retryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){
+               /* Noop */
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+  logIoerr(cnt);
+
+  OSTRACE(("OPEN %d %s 0x%lx %s\n", 
+           h, zName, dwDesiredAccess, 
+           h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ? "failed" : "ok"));
+
+  if( h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ){
+    pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno;
+    winLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN, pFile->lastErrno, "winOpen", zUtf8Name);
+    sqlite3_free(zConverted);
+    if( isReadWrite && !isExclusive ){
+      return winOpen(pVfs, zName, id, 
+             ((flags|SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY)&~(SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE)), pOutFlags);
+    }else{
+      return SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( pOutFlags ){
+    if( isReadWrite ){
+      *pOutFlags = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE;
+    }else{
+      *pOutFlags = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY;
+    }
+  }
+
+  memset(pFile, 0, sizeof(*pFile));
+  pFile->pMethod = &winIoMethod;
+  pFile->h = h;
+  pFile->lastErrno = NO_ERROR;
+  pFile->pVfs = pVfs;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+  pFile->pShm = 0;
+#endif
+  pFile->zPath = zName;
+  if( sqlite3_uri_boolean(zName, "psow", SQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE) ){
+    pFile->ctrlFlags |= WINFILE_PSOW;
+  }
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+  if( isReadWrite && eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB
+       && !winceCreateLock(zName, pFile)
+  ){
+    osCloseHandle(h);
+    sqlite3_free(zConverted);
+    return SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
+  }
+  if( isTemp ){
+    pFile->zDeleteOnClose = zConverted;
+  }else
+#endif
+  {
+    sqlite3_free(zConverted);
+  }
+
+  OpenCounter(+1);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete the named file.
+**
+** Note that Windows does not allow a file to be deleted if some other
+** process has it open.  Sometimes a virus scanner or indexing program
+** will open a journal file shortly after it is created in order to do
+** whatever it does.  While this other process is holding the
+** file open, we will be unable to delete it.  To work around this
+** problem, we delay 100 milliseconds and try to delete again.  Up
+** to MX_DELETION_ATTEMPTs deletion attempts are run before giving
+** up and returning an error.
+*/
+static int winDelete(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,          /* Not used on win32 */
+  const char *zFilename,      /* Name of file to delete */
+  int syncDir                 /* Not used on win32 */
+){
+  int cnt = 0;
+  int rc;
+  DWORD attr;
+  DWORD lastErrno;
+  void *zConverted;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(syncDir);
+
+  SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE);
+  zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zFilename);
+  if( zConverted==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
+  }
+  if( isNT() ){
+    do {
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+      WIN32_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DATA sAttrData;
+      memset(&sAttrData, 0, sizeof(sAttrData));
+      if ( osGetFileAttributesExW(zConverted, GetFileExInfoStandard,
+                                  &sAttrData) ){
+        attr = sAttrData.dwFileAttributes;
+      }else{
+        rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Already gone? */
+        break;
+      }
+#else
+      attr = osGetFileAttributesW(zConverted);
+#endif
+      if ( attr==INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES ){
+        rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Already gone? */
+        break;
+      }
+      if ( attr&FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY ){
+        rc = SQLITE_ERROR; /* Files only. */
+        break;
+      }
+      if ( osDeleteFileW(zConverted) ){
+        rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Deleted OK. */
+        break;
+      }
+      if ( !retryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){
+        rc = SQLITE_ERROR; /* No more retries. */
+        break;
+      }
+    } while(1);
+  }
+#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI
+  else{
+    do {
+      attr = osGetFileAttributesA(zConverted);
+      if ( attr==INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES ){
+        rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Already gone? */
+        break;
+      }
+      if ( attr&FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY ){
+        rc = SQLITE_ERROR; /* Files only. */
+        break;
+      }
+      if ( osDeleteFileA(zConverted) ){
+        rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Deleted OK. */
+        break;
+      }
+      if ( !retryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){
+        rc = SQLITE_ERROR; /* No more retries. */
+        break;
+      }
+    } while(1);
+  }
+#endif
+  if( rc ){
+    rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE, lastErrno,
+             "winDelete", zFilename);
+  }else{
+    logIoerr(cnt);
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(zConverted);
+  OSTRACE(("DELETE \"%s\" %s\n", zFilename, (rc ? "failed" : "ok" )));
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Check the existance and status of a file.
+*/
+static int winAccess(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,         /* Not used on win32 */
+  const char *zFilename,     /* Name of file to check */
+  int flags,                 /* Type of test to make on this file */
+  int *pResOut               /* OUT: Result */
+){
+  DWORD attr;
+  int rc = 0;
+  DWORD lastErrno;
+  void *zConverted;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
+
+  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS; );
+  zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zFilename);
+  if( zConverted==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
+  }
+  if( isNT() ){
+    int cnt = 0;
+    WIN32_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DATA sAttrData;
+    memset(&sAttrData, 0, sizeof(sAttrData));
+    while( !(rc = osGetFileAttributesExW((LPCWSTR)zConverted,
+                             GetFileExInfoStandard, 
+                             &sAttrData)) && retryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){}
+    if( rc ){
+      /* For an SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS query, treat a zero-length file
+      ** as if it does not exist.
+      */
+      if(    flags==SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS
+          && sAttrData.nFileSizeHigh==0 
+          && sAttrData.nFileSizeLow==0 ){
+        attr = INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES;
+      }else{
+        attr = sAttrData.dwFileAttributes;
+      }
+    }else{
+      logIoerr(cnt);
+      if( lastErrno!=ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND && lastErrno!=ERROR_PATH_NOT_FOUND ){
+        winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS, lastErrno, "winAccess", zFilename);
+        sqlite3_free(zConverted);
+        return SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS;
+      }else{
+        attr = INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI
+  else{
+    attr = osGetFileAttributesA((char*)zConverted);
+  }
+#endif
+  sqlite3_free(zConverted);
+  switch( flags ){
+    case SQLITE_ACCESS_READ:
+    case SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS:
+      rc = attr!=INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES;
+      break;
+    case SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE:
+      rc = attr!=INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES &&
+             (attr & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_READONLY)==0;
+      break;
+    default:
+      assert(!"Invalid flags argument");
+  }
+  *pResOut = rc;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Returns non-zero if the specified path name should be used verbatim.  If
+** non-zero is returned from this function, the calling function must simply
+** use the provided path name verbatim -OR- resolve it into a full path name
+** using the GetFullPathName Win32 API function (if available).
+*/
+static BOOL winIsVerbatimPathname(
+  const char *zPathname
+){
+  /*
+  ** If the path name starts with a forward slash or a backslash, it is either
+  ** a legal UNC name, a volume relative path, or an absolute path name in the
+  ** "Unix" format on Windows.  There is no easy way to differentiate between
+  ** the final two cases; therefore, we return the safer return value of TRUE
+  ** so that callers of this function will simply use it verbatim.
+  */
+  if ( zPathname[0]=='/' || zPathname[0]=='\\' ){
+    return TRUE;
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** If the path name starts with a letter and a colon it is either a volume
+  ** relative path or an absolute path.  Callers of this function must not
+  ** attempt to treat it as a relative path name (i.e. they should simply use
+  ** it verbatim).
+  */
+  if ( sqlite3Isalpha(zPathname[0]) && zPathname[1]==':' ){
+    return TRUE;
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** If we get to this point, the path name should almost certainly be a purely
+  ** relative one (i.e. not a UNC name, not absolute, and not volume relative).
+  */
+  return FALSE;
+}
+
+/*
+** Turn a relative pathname into a full pathname.  Write the full
+** pathname into zOut[].  zOut[] will be at least pVfs->mxPathname
+** bytes in size.
+*/
+static int winFullPathname(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,            /* Pointer to vfs object */
+  const char *zRelative,        /* Possibly relative input path */
+  int nFull,                    /* Size of output buffer in bytes */
+  char *zFull                   /* Output buffer */
+){
+  
+#if defined(__CYGWIN__)
+  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_ERROR );
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(nFull);
+  assert( pVfs->mxPathname>=MAX_PATH );
+  assert( nFull>=pVfs->mxPathname );
+  if ( sqlite3_data_directory && !winIsVerbatimPathname(zRelative) ){
+    /*
+    ** NOTE: We are dealing with a relative path name and the data
+    **       directory has been set.  Therefore, use it as the basis
+    **       for converting the relative path name to an absolute
+    **       one by prepending the data directory and a slash.
+    */
+    char zOut[MAX_PATH+1];
+    memset(zOut, 0, MAX_PATH+1);
+    cygwin_conv_to_win32_path(zRelative, zOut); /* POSIX to Win32 */
+    sqlite3_snprintf(MIN(nFull, pVfs->mxPathname), zFull, "%s\\%s",
+                     sqlite3_data_directory, zOut);
+  }else{
+    /*
+    ** NOTE: The Cygwin docs state that the maximum length needed
+    **       for the buffer passed to cygwin_conv_to_full_win32_path
+    **       is MAX_PATH.
+    */
+    cygwin_conv_to_full_win32_path(zRelative, zFull);
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+#endif
+
+#if (SQLITE_OS_WINCE || SQLITE_OS_WINRT) && !defined(__CYGWIN__)
+  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_ERROR );
+  /* WinCE has no concept of a relative pathname, or so I am told. */
+  /* WinRT has no way to convert a relative path to an absolute one. */
+  if ( sqlite3_data_directory && !winIsVerbatimPathname(zRelative) ){
+    /*
+    ** NOTE: We are dealing with a relative path name and the data
+    **       directory has been set.  Therefore, use it as the basis
+    **       for converting the relative path name to an absolute
+    **       one by prepending the data directory and a backslash.
+    */
+    sqlite3_snprintf(MIN(nFull, pVfs->mxPathname), zFull, "%s\\%s",
+                     sqlite3_data_directory, zRelative);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3_snprintf(MIN(nFull, pVfs->mxPathname), zFull, "%s", zRelative);
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+#endif
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && !defined(__CYGWIN__)
+  int nByte;
+  void *zConverted;
+  char *zOut;
+
+  /* If this path name begins with "/X:", where "X" is any alphabetic
+  ** character, discard the initial "/" from the pathname.
+  */
+  if( zRelative[0]=='/' && sqlite3Isalpha(zRelative[1]) && zRelative[2]==':' ){
+    zRelative++;
+  }
+
+  /* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just
+  ** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this
+  ** function failing. This function could fail if, for example, the
+  ** current working directory has been unlinked.
+  */
+  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_ERROR );
+  if ( sqlite3_data_directory && !winIsVerbatimPathname(zRelative) ){
+    /*
+    ** NOTE: We are dealing with a relative path name and the data
+    **       directory has been set.  Therefore, use it as the basis
+    **       for converting the relative path name to an absolute
+    **       one by prepending the data directory and a backslash.
+    */
+    sqlite3_snprintf(MIN(nFull, pVfs->mxPathname), zFull, "%s\\%s",
+                     sqlite3_data_directory, zRelative);
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zRelative);
+  if( zConverted==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
+  }
+  if( isNT() ){
+    LPWSTR zTemp;
+    nByte = osGetFullPathNameW((LPCWSTR)zConverted, 0, 0, 0) + 3;
+    zTemp = sqlite3_malloc( nByte*sizeof(zTemp[0]) );
+    if( zTemp==0 ){
+      sqlite3_free(zConverted);
+      return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
+    }
+    osGetFullPathNameW((LPCWSTR)zConverted, nByte, zTemp, 0);
+    sqlite3_free(zConverted);
+    zOut = unicodeToUtf8(zTemp);
+    sqlite3_free(zTemp);
+  }
+#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI
+  else{
+    char *zTemp;
+    nByte = osGetFullPathNameA((char*)zConverted, 0, 0, 0) + 3;
+    zTemp = sqlite3_malloc( nByte*sizeof(zTemp[0]) );
+    if( zTemp==0 ){
+      sqlite3_free(zConverted);
+      return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
+    }
+    osGetFullPathNameA((char*)zConverted, nByte, zTemp, 0);
+    sqlite3_free(zConverted);
+    zOut = sqlite3_win32_mbcs_to_utf8(zTemp);
+    sqlite3_free(zTemp);
+  }
+#endif
+  if( zOut ){
+    sqlite3_snprintf(MIN(nFull, pVfs->mxPathname), zFull, "%s", zOut);
+    sqlite3_free(zOut);
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
+/*
+** Interfaces for opening a shared library, finding entry points
+** within the shared library, and closing the shared library.
+*/
+/*
+** Interfaces for opening a shared library, finding entry points
+** within the shared library, and closing the shared library.
+*/
+static void *winDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zFilename){
+  HANDLE h;
+  void *zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zFilename);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
+  if( zConverted==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  if( isNT() ){
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+    h = osLoadPackagedLibrary((LPCWSTR)zConverted, 0);
+#else
+    h = osLoadLibraryW((LPCWSTR)zConverted);
+#endif
+  }
+#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI
+  else{
+    h = osLoadLibraryA((char*)zConverted);
+  }
+#endif
+  sqlite3_free(zConverted);
+  return (void*)h;
+}
+static void winDlError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBufOut){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
+  getLastErrorMsg(osGetLastError(), nBuf, zBufOut);
+}
+static void (*winDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle, const char *zSymbol))(void){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
+  return (void(*)(void))osGetProcAddressA((HANDLE)pHandle, zSymbol);
+}
+static void winDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
+  osFreeLibrary((HANDLE)pHandle);
+}
+#else /* if SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION is defined: */
+  #define winDlOpen  0
+  #define winDlError 0
+  #define winDlSym   0
+  #define winDlClose 0
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Write up to nBuf bytes of randomness into zBuf.
+*/
+static int winRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){
+  int n = 0;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+  n = nBuf;
+  memset(zBuf, 0, nBuf);
+#else
+  if( sizeof(SYSTEMTIME)<=nBuf-n ){
+    SYSTEMTIME x;
+    osGetSystemTime(&x);
+    memcpy(&zBuf[n], &x, sizeof(x));
+    n += sizeof(x);
+  }
+  if( sizeof(DWORD)<=nBuf-n ){
+    DWORD pid = osGetCurrentProcessId();
+    memcpy(&zBuf[n], &pid, sizeof(pid));
+    n += sizeof(pid);
+  }
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  if( sizeof(ULONGLONG)<=nBuf-n ){
+    ULONGLONG cnt = osGetTickCount64();
+    memcpy(&zBuf[n], &cnt, sizeof(cnt));
+    n += sizeof(cnt);
+  }
+#else
+  if( sizeof(DWORD)<=nBuf-n ){
+    DWORD cnt = osGetTickCount();
+    memcpy(&zBuf[n], &cnt, sizeof(cnt));
+    n += sizeof(cnt);
+  }
+#endif
+  if( sizeof(LARGE_INTEGER)<=nBuf-n ){
+    LARGE_INTEGER i;
+    osQueryPerformanceCounter(&i);
+    memcpy(&zBuf[n], &i, sizeof(i));
+    n += sizeof(i);
+  }
+#endif
+  return n;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Sleep for a little while.  Return the amount of time slept.
+*/
+static int winSleep(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int microsec){
+  sqlite3_win32_sleep((microsec+999)/1000);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
+  return ((microsec+999)/1000)*1000;
+}
+
+/*
+** The following variable, if set to a non-zero value, is interpreted as
+** the number of seconds since 1970 and is used to set the result of
+** sqlite3OsCurrentTime() during testing.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_current_time = 0;  /* Fake system time in seconds since 1970. */
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time).  Write into *piNow
+** the current time and date as a Julian Day number times 86_400_000.  In
+** other words, write into *piNow the number of milliseconds since the Julian
+** epoch of noon in Greenwich on November 24, 4714 B.C according to the
+** proleptic Gregorian calendar.
+**
+** On success, return SQLITE_OK.  Return SQLITE_ERROR if the time and date 
+** cannot be found.
+*/
+static int winCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, sqlite3_int64 *piNow){
+  /* FILETIME structure is a 64-bit value representing the number of 
+     100-nanosecond intervals since January 1, 1601 (= JD 2305813.5). 
+  */
+  FILETIME ft;
+  static const sqlite3_int64 winFiletimeEpoch = 23058135*(sqlite3_int64)8640000;
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  static const sqlite3_int64 unixEpoch = 24405875*(sqlite3_int64)8640000;
+#endif
+  /* 2^32 - to avoid use of LL and warnings in gcc */
+  static const sqlite3_int64 max32BitValue = 
+      (sqlite3_int64)2000000000 + (sqlite3_int64)2000000000 + (sqlite3_int64)294967296;
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+  SYSTEMTIME time;
+  osGetSystemTime(&time);
+  /* if SystemTimeToFileTime() fails, it returns zero. */
+  if (!osSystemTimeToFileTime(&time,&ft)){
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+#else
+  osGetSystemTimeAsFileTime( &ft );
+#endif
+
+  *piNow = winFiletimeEpoch +
+            ((((sqlite3_int64)ft.dwHighDateTime)*max32BitValue) + 
+               (sqlite3_int64)ft.dwLowDateTime)/(sqlite3_int64)10000;
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  if( sqlite3_current_time ){
+    *piNow = 1000*(sqlite3_int64)sqlite3_current_time + unixEpoch;
+  }
+#endif
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time).  Write the
+** current time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and
+** return 0.  Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found.
+*/
+static int winCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, double *prNow){
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3_int64 i;
+  rc = winCurrentTimeInt64(pVfs, &i);
+  if( !rc ){
+    *prNow = i/86400000.0;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The idea is that this function works like a combination of
+** GetLastError() and FormatMessage() on Windows (or errno and
+** strerror_r() on Unix). After an error is returned by an OS
+** function, SQLite calls this function with zBuf pointing to
+** a buffer of nBuf bytes. The OS layer should populate the
+** buffer with a nul-terminated UTF-8 encoded error message
+** describing the last IO error to have occurred within the calling
+** thread.
+**
+** If the error message is too large for the supplied buffer,
+** it should be truncated. The return value of xGetLastError
+** is zero if the error message fits in the buffer, or non-zero
+** otherwise (if the message was truncated). If non-zero is returned,
+** then it is not necessary to include the nul-terminator character
+** in the output buffer.
+**
+** Not supplying an error message will have no adverse effect
+** on SQLite. It is fine to have an implementation that never
+** returns an error message:
+**
+**   int xGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){
+**     assert(zBuf[0]=='\0');
+**     return 0;
+**   }
+**
+** However if an error message is supplied, it will be incorporated
+** by sqlite into the error message available to the user using
+** sqlite3_errmsg(), possibly making IO errors easier to debug.
+*/
+static int winGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
+  return getLastErrorMsg(osGetLastError(), nBuf, zBuf);
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize and deinitialize the operating system interface.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void){
+  static sqlite3_vfs winVfs = {
+    3,                   /* iVersion */
+    sizeof(winFile),     /* szOsFile */
+    MAX_PATH,            /* mxPathname */
+    0,                   /* pNext */
+    "win32",             /* zName */
+    0,                   /* pAppData */
+    winOpen,             /* xOpen */
+    winDelete,           /* xDelete */
+    winAccess,           /* xAccess */
+    winFullPathname,     /* xFullPathname */
+    winDlOpen,           /* xDlOpen */
+    winDlError,          /* xDlError */
+    winDlSym,            /* xDlSym */
+    winDlClose,          /* xDlClose */
+    winRandomness,       /* xRandomness */
+    winSleep,            /* xSleep */
+    winCurrentTime,      /* xCurrentTime */
+    winGetLastError,     /* xGetLastError */
+    winCurrentTimeInt64, /* xCurrentTimeInt64 */
+    winSetSystemCall,    /* xSetSystemCall */
+    winGetSystemCall,    /* xGetSystemCall */
+    winNextSystemCall,   /* xNextSystemCall */
+  };
+
+  /* Double-check that the aSyscall[] array has been constructed
+  ** correctly.  See ticket [bb3a86e890c8e96ab] */
+  assert( ArraySize(aSyscall)==73 );
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+  /* get memory map allocation granularity */
+  memset(&winSysInfo, 0, sizeof(SYSTEM_INFO));
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  osGetNativeSystemInfo(&winSysInfo);
+#else
+  osGetSystemInfo(&winSysInfo);
+#endif
+  assert(winSysInfo.dwAllocationGranularity > 0);
+#endif
+
+  sqlite3_vfs_register(&winVfs, 1);
+  return SQLITE_OK; 
+}
+
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void){ 
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
+  if( sleepObj != NULL ){
+    osCloseHandle(sleepObj);
+    sleepObj = NULL;
+  }
+#endif
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_OS_WIN */
+
+/************** End of os_win.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file bitvec.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 February 16
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file implements an object that represents a fixed-length
+** bitmap.  Bits are numbered starting with 1.
+**
+** A bitmap is used to record which pages of a database file have been
+** journalled during a transaction, or which pages have the "dont-write"
+** property.  Usually only a few pages are meet either condition.
+** So the bitmap is usually sparse and has low cardinality.
+** But sometimes (for example when during a DROP of a large table) most
+** or all of the pages in a database can get journalled.  In those cases, 
+** the bitmap becomes dense with high cardinality.  The algorithm needs 
+** to handle both cases well.
+**
+** The size of the bitmap is fixed when the object is created.
+**
+** All bits are clear when the bitmap is created.  Individual bits
+** may be set or cleared one at a time.
+**
+** Test operations are about 100 times more common that set operations.
+** Clear operations are exceedingly rare.  There are usually between
+** 5 and 500 set operations per Bitvec object, though the number of sets can
+** sometimes grow into tens of thousands or larger.  The size of the
+** Bitvec object is the number of pages in the database file at the
+** start of a transaction, and is thus usually less than a few thousand,
+** but can be as large as 2 billion for a really big database.
+*/
+
+/* Size of the Bitvec structure in bytes. */
+#define BITVEC_SZ        512
+
+/* Round the union size down to the nearest pointer boundary, since that's how 
+** it will be aligned within the Bitvec struct. */
+#define BITVEC_USIZE     (((BITVEC_SZ-(3*sizeof(u32)))/sizeof(Bitvec*))*sizeof(Bitvec*))
+
+/* Type of the array "element" for the bitmap representation. 
+** Should be a power of 2, and ideally, evenly divide into BITVEC_USIZE. 
+** Setting this to the "natural word" size of your CPU may improve
+** performance. */
+#define BITVEC_TELEM     u8
+/* Size, in bits, of the bitmap element. */
+#define BITVEC_SZELEM    8
+/* Number of elements in a bitmap array. */
+#define BITVEC_NELEM     (BITVEC_USIZE/sizeof(BITVEC_TELEM))
+/* Number of bits in the bitmap array. */
+#define BITVEC_NBIT      (BITVEC_NELEM*BITVEC_SZELEM)
+
+/* Number of u32 values in hash table. */
+#define BITVEC_NINT      (BITVEC_USIZE/sizeof(u32))
+/* Maximum number of entries in hash table before 
+** sub-dividing and re-hashing. */
+#define BITVEC_MXHASH    (BITVEC_NINT/2)
+/* Hashing function for the aHash representation.
+** Empirical testing showed that the *37 multiplier 
+** (an arbitrary prime)in the hash function provided 
+** no fewer collisions than the no-op *1. */
+#define BITVEC_HASH(X)   (((X)*1)%BITVEC_NINT)
+
+#define BITVEC_NPTR      (BITVEC_USIZE/sizeof(Bitvec *))
+
+
+/*
+** A bitmap is an instance of the following structure.
+**
+** This bitmap records the existance of zero or more bits
+** with values between 1 and iSize, inclusive.
+**
+** There are three possible representations of the bitmap.
+** If iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT, then Bitvec.u.aBitmap[] is a straight
+** bitmap.  The least significant bit is bit 1.
+**
+** If iSize>BITVEC_NBIT and iDivisor==0 then Bitvec.u.aHash[] is
+** a hash table that will hold up to BITVEC_MXHASH distinct values.
+**
+** Otherwise, the value i is redirected into one of BITVEC_NPTR
+** sub-bitmaps pointed to by Bitvec.u.apSub[].  Each subbitmap
+** handles up to iDivisor separate values of i.  apSub[0] holds
+** values between 1 and iDivisor.  apSub[1] holds values between
+** iDivisor+1 and 2*iDivisor.  apSub[N] holds values between
+** N*iDivisor+1 and (N+1)*iDivisor.  Each subbitmap is normalized
+** to hold deal with values between 1 and iDivisor.
+*/
+struct Bitvec {
+  u32 iSize;      /* Maximum bit index.  Max iSize is 4,294,967,296. */
+  u32 nSet;       /* Number of bits that are set - only valid for aHash
+                  ** element.  Max is BITVEC_NINT.  For BITVEC_SZ of 512,
+                  ** this would be 125. */
+  u32 iDivisor;   /* Number of bits handled by each apSub[] entry. */
+                  /* Should >=0 for apSub element. */
+                  /* Max iDivisor is max(u32) / BITVEC_NPTR + 1.  */
+                  /* For a BITVEC_SZ of 512, this would be 34,359,739. */
+  union {
+    BITVEC_TELEM aBitmap[BITVEC_NELEM];    /* Bitmap representation */
+    u32 aHash[BITVEC_NINT];      /* Hash table representation */
+    Bitvec *apSub[BITVEC_NPTR];  /* Recursive representation */
+  } u;
+};
+
+/*
+** Create a new bitmap object able to handle bits between 0 and iSize,
+** inclusive.  Return a pointer to the new object.  Return NULL if 
+** malloc fails.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitvec *sqlite3BitvecCreate(u32 iSize){
+  Bitvec *p;
+  assert( sizeof(*p)==BITVEC_SZ );
+  p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) );
+  if( p ){
+    p->iSize = iSize;
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Check to see if the i-th bit is set.  Return true or false.
+** If p is NULL (if the bitmap has not been created) or if
+** i is out of range, then return false.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecTest(Bitvec *p, u32 i){
+  if( p==0 ) return 0;
+  if( i>p->iSize || i==0 ) return 0;
+  i--;
+  while( p->iDivisor ){
+    u32 bin = i/p->iDivisor;
+    i = i%p->iDivisor;
+    p = p->u.apSub[bin];
+    if (!p) {
+      return 0;
+    }
+  }
+  if( p->iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT ){
+    return (p->u.aBitmap[i/BITVEC_SZELEM] & (1<<(i&(BITVEC_SZELEM-1))))!=0;
+  } else{
+    u32 h = BITVEC_HASH(i++);
+    while( p->u.aHash[h] ){
+      if( p->u.aHash[h]==i ) return 1;
+      h = (h+1) % BITVEC_NINT;
+    }
+    return 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the i-th bit.  Return 0 on success and an error code if
+** anything goes wrong.
+**
+** This routine might cause sub-bitmaps to be allocated.  Failing
+** to get the memory needed to hold the sub-bitmap is the only
+** that can go wrong with an insert, assuming p and i are valid.
+**
+** The calling function must ensure that p is a valid Bitvec object
+** and that the value for "i" is within range of the Bitvec object.
+** Otherwise the behavior is undefined.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecSet(Bitvec *p, u32 i){
+  u32 h;
+  if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  assert( i>0 );
+  assert( i<=p->iSize );
+  i--;
+  while((p->iSize > BITVEC_NBIT) && p->iDivisor) {
+    u32 bin = i/p->iDivisor;
+    i = i%p->iDivisor;
+    if( p->u.apSub[bin]==0 ){
+      p->u.apSub[bin] = sqlite3BitvecCreate( p->iDivisor );
+      if( p->u.apSub[bin]==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    p = p->u.apSub[bin];
+  }
+  if( p->iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT ){
+    p->u.aBitmap[i/BITVEC_SZELEM] |= 1 << (i&(BITVEC_SZELEM-1));
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  h = BITVEC_HASH(i++);
+  /* if there wasn't a hash collision, and this doesn't */
+  /* completely fill the hash, then just add it without */
+  /* worring about sub-dividing and re-hashing. */
+  if( !p->u.aHash[h] ){
+    if (p->nSet<(BITVEC_NINT-1)) {
+      goto bitvec_set_end;
+    } else {
+      goto bitvec_set_rehash;
+    }
+  }
+  /* there was a collision, check to see if it's already */
+  /* in hash, if not, try to find a spot for it */
+  do {
+    if( p->u.aHash[h]==i ) return SQLITE_OK;
+    h++;
+    if( h>=BITVEC_NINT ) h = 0;
+  } while( p->u.aHash[h] );
+  /* we didn't find it in the hash.  h points to the first */
+  /* available free spot. check to see if this is going to */
+  /* make our hash too "full".  */
+bitvec_set_rehash:
+  if( p->nSet>=BITVEC_MXHASH ){
+    unsigned int j;
+    int rc;
+    u32 *aiValues = sqlite3StackAllocRaw(0, sizeof(p->u.aHash));
+    if( aiValues==0 ){
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }else{
+      memcpy(aiValues, p->u.aHash, sizeof(p->u.aHash));
+      memset(p->u.apSub, 0, sizeof(p->u.apSub));
+      p->iDivisor = (p->iSize + BITVEC_NPTR - 1)/BITVEC_NPTR;
+      rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(p, i);
+      for(j=0; j<BITVEC_NINT; j++){
+        if( aiValues[j] ) rc |= sqlite3BitvecSet(p, aiValues[j]);
+      }
+      sqlite3StackFree(0, aiValues);
+      return rc;
+    }
+  }
+bitvec_set_end:
+  p->nSet++;
+  p->u.aHash[h] = i;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Clear the i-th bit.
+**
+** pBuf must be a pointer to at least BITVEC_SZ bytes of temporary storage
+** that BitvecClear can use to rebuilt its hash table.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BitvecClear(Bitvec *p, u32 i, void *pBuf){
+  if( p==0 ) return;
+  assert( i>0 );
+  i--;
+  while( p->iDivisor ){
+    u32 bin = i/p->iDivisor;
+    i = i%p->iDivisor;
+    p = p->u.apSub[bin];
+    if (!p) {
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+  if( p->iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT ){
+    p->u.aBitmap[i/BITVEC_SZELEM] &= ~(1 << (i&(BITVEC_SZELEM-1)));
+  }else{
+    unsigned int j;
+    u32 *aiValues = pBuf;
+    memcpy(aiValues, p->u.aHash, sizeof(p->u.aHash));
+    memset(p->u.aHash, 0, sizeof(p->u.aHash));
+    p->nSet = 0;
+    for(j=0; j<BITVEC_NINT; j++){
+      if( aiValues[j] && aiValues[j]!=(i+1) ){
+        u32 h = BITVEC_HASH(aiValues[j]-1);
+        p->nSet++;
+        while( p->u.aHash[h] ){
+          h++;
+          if( h>=BITVEC_NINT ) h = 0;
+        }
+        p->u.aHash[h] = aiValues[j];
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Destroy a bitmap object.  Reclaim all memory used.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BitvecDestroy(Bitvec *p){
+  if( p==0 ) return;
+  if( p->iDivisor ){
+    unsigned int i;
+    for(i=0; i<BITVEC_NPTR; i++){
+      sqlite3BitvecDestroy(p->u.apSub[i]);
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the value of the iSize parameter specified when Bitvec *p
+** was created.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BitvecSize(Bitvec *p){
+  return p->iSize;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
+/*
+** Let V[] be an array of unsigned characters sufficient to hold
+** up to N bits.  Let I be an integer between 0 and N.  0<=I<N.
+** Then the following macros can be used to set, clear, or test
+** individual bits within V.
+*/
+#define SETBIT(V,I)      V[I>>3] |= (1<<(I&7))
+#define CLEARBIT(V,I)    V[I>>3] &= ~(1<<(I&7))
+#define TESTBIT(V,I)     (V[I>>3]&(1<<(I&7)))!=0
+
+/*
+** This routine runs an extensive test of the Bitvec code.
+**
+** The input is an array of integers that acts as a program
+** to test the Bitvec.  The integers are opcodes followed
+** by 0, 1, or 3 operands, depending on the opcode.  Another
+** opcode follows immediately after the last operand.
+**
+** There are 6 opcodes numbered from 0 through 5.  0 is the
+** "halt" opcode and causes the test to end.
+**
+**    0          Halt and return the number of errors
+**    1 N S X    Set N bits beginning with S and incrementing by X
+**    2 N S X    Clear N bits beginning with S and incrementing by X
+**    3 N        Set N randomly chosen bits
+**    4 N        Clear N randomly chosen bits
+**    5 N S X    Set N bits from S increment X in array only, not in bitvec
+**
+** The opcodes 1 through 4 perform set and clear operations are performed
+** on both a Bitvec object and on a linear array of bits obtained from malloc.
+** Opcode 5 works on the linear array only, not on the Bitvec.
+** Opcode 5 is used to deliberately induce a fault in order to
+** confirm that error detection works.
+**
+** At the conclusion of the test the linear array is compared
+** against the Bitvec object.  If there are any differences,
+** an error is returned.  If they are the same, zero is returned.
+**
+** If a memory allocation error occurs, return -1.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest(int sz, int *aOp){
+  Bitvec *pBitvec = 0;
+  unsigned char *pV = 0;
+  int rc = -1;
+  int i, nx, pc, op;
+  void *pTmpSpace;
+
+  /* Allocate the Bitvec to be tested and a linear array of
+  ** bits to act as the reference */
+  pBitvec = sqlite3BitvecCreate( sz );
+  pV = sqlite3MallocZero( (sz+7)/8 + 1 );
+  pTmpSpace = sqlite3_malloc(BITVEC_SZ);
+  if( pBitvec==0 || pV==0 || pTmpSpace==0  ) goto bitvec_end;
+
+  /* NULL pBitvec tests */
+  sqlite3BitvecSet(0, 1);
+  sqlite3BitvecClear(0, 1, pTmpSpace);
+
+  /* Run the program */
+  pc = 0;
+  while( (op = aOp[pc])!=0 ){
+    switch( op ){
+      case 1:
+      case 2:
+      case 5: {
+        nx = 4;
+        i = aOp[pc+2] - 1;
+        aOp[pc+2] += aOp[pc+3];
+        break;
+      }
+      case 3:
+      case 4: 
+      default: {
+        nx = 2;
+        sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(i), &i);
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    if( (--aOp[pc+1]) > 0 ) nx = 0;
+    pc += nx;
+    i = (i & 0x7fffffff)%sz;
+    if( (op & 1)!=0 ){
+      SETBIT(pV, (i+1));
+      if( op!=5 ){
+        if( sqlite3BitvecSet(pBitvec, i+1) ) goto bitvec_end;
+      }
+    }else{
+      CLEARBIT(pV, (i+1));
+      sqlite3BitvecClear(pBitvec, i+1, pTmpSpace);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Test to make sure the linear array exactly matches the
+  ** Bitvec object.  Start with the assumption that they do
+  ** match (rc==0).  Change rc to non-zero if a discrepancy
+  ** is found.
+  */
+  rc = sqlite3BitvecTest(0,0) + sqlite3BitvecTest(pBitvec, sz+1)
+          + sqlite3BitvecTest(pBitvec, 0)
+          + (sqlite3BitvecSize(pBitvec) - sz);
+  for(i=1; i<=sz; i++){
+    if(  (TESTBIT(pV,i))!=sqlite3BitvecTest(pBitvec,i) ){
+      rc = i;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Free allocated structure */
+bitvec_end:
+  sqlite3_free(pTmpSpace);
+  sqlite3_free(pV);
+  sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pBitvec);
+  return rc;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST */
+
+/************** End of bitvec.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file pcache.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 August 05
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file implements that page cache.
+*/
+
+/*
+** A complete page cache is an instance of this structure.
+*/
+struct PCache {
+  PgHdr *pDirty, *pDirtyTail;         /* List of dirty pages in LRU order */
+  PgHdr *pSynced;                     /* Last synced page in dirty page list */
+  int nRef;                           /* Number of referenced pages */
+  int szCache;                        /* Configured cache size */
+  int szPage;                         /* Size of every page in this cache */
+  int szExtra;                        /* Size of extra space for each page */
+  int bPurgeable;                     /* True if pages are on backing store */
+  int (*xStress)(void*,PgHdr*);       /* Call to try make a page clean */
+  void *pStress;                      /* Argument to xStress */
+  sqlite3_pcache *pCache;             /* Pluggable cache module */
+  PgHdr *pPage1;                      /* Reference to page 1 */
+};
+
+/*
+** Some of the assert() macros in this code are too expensive to run
+** even during normal debugging.  Use them only rarely on long-running
+** tests.  Enable the expensive asserts using the
+** -DSQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT=1 compile-time option.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT
+# define expensive_assert(X)  assert(X)
+#else
+# define expensive_assert(X)
+#endif
+
+/********************************** Linked List Management ********************/
+
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT)
+/*
+** Check that the pCache->pSynced variable is set correctly. If it
+** is not, either fail an assert or return zero. Otherwise, return
+** non-zero. This is only used in debugging builds, as follows:
+**
+**   expensive_assert( pcacheCheckSynced(pCache) );
+*/
+static int pcacheCheckSynced(PCache *pCache){
+  PgHdr *p;
+  for(p=pCache->pDirtyTail; p!=pCache->pSynced; p=p->pDirtyPrev){
+    assert( p->nRef || (p->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) );
+  }
+  return (p==0 || p->nRef || (p->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0);
+}
+#endif /* !NDEBUG && SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT */
+
+/*
+** Remove page pPage from the list of dirty pages.
+*/
+static void pcacheRemoveFromDirtyList(PgHdr *pPage){
+  PCache *p = pPage->pCache;
+
+  assert( pPage->pDirtyNext || pPage==p->pDirtyTail );
+  assert( pPage->pDirtyPrev || pPage==p->pDirty );
+
+  /* Update the PCache1.pSynced variable if necessary. */
+  if( p->pSynced==pPage ){
+    PgHdr *pSynced = pPage->pDirtyPrev;
+    while( pSynced && (pSynced->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) ){
+      pSynced = pSynced->pDirtyPrev;
+    }
+    p->pSynced = pSynced;
+  }
+
+  if( pPage->pDirtyNext ){
+    pPage->pDirtyNext->pDirtyPrev = pPage->pDirtyPrev;
+  }else{
+    assert( pPage==p->pDirtyTail );
+    p->pDirtyTail = pPage->pDirtyPrev;
+  }
+  if( pPage->pDirtyPrev ){
+    pPage->pDirtyPrev->pDirtyNext = pPage->pDirtyNext;
+  }else{
+    assert( pPage==p->pDirty );
+    p->pDirty = pPage->pDirtyNext;
+  }
+  pPage->pDirtyNext = 0;
+  pPage->pDirtyPrev = 0;
+
+  expensive_assert( pcacheCheckSynced(p) );
+}
+
+/*
+** Add page pPage to the head of the dirty list (PCache1.pDirty is set to
+** pPage).
+*/
+static void pcacheAddToDirtyList(PgHdr *pPage){
+  PCache *p = pPage->pCache;
+
+  assert( pPage->pDirtyNext==0 && pPage->pDirtyPrev==0 && p->pDirty!=pPage );
+
+  pPage->pDirtyNext = p->pDirty;
+  if( pPage->pDirtyNext ){
+    assert( pPage->pDirtyNext->pDirtyPrev==0 );
+    pPage->pDirtyNext->pDirtyPrev = pPage;
+  }
+  p->pDirty = pPage;
+  if( !p->pDirtyTail ){
+    p->pDirtyTail = pPage;
+  }
+  if( !p->pSynced && 0==(pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) ){
+    p->pSynced = pPage;
+  }
+  expensive_assert( pcacheCheckSynced(p) );
+}
+
+/*
+** Wrapper around the pluggable caches xUnpin method. If the cache is
+** being used for an in-memory database, this function is a no-op.
+*/
+static void pcacheUnpin(PgHdr *p){
+  PCache *pCache = p->pCache;
+  if( pCache->bPurgeable ){
+    if( p->pgno==1 ){
+      pCache->pPage1 = 0;
+    }
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xUnpin(pCache->pCache, p->pPage, 0);
+  }
+}
+
+/*************************************************** General Interfaces ******
+**
+** Initialize and shutdown the page cache subsystem. Neither of these 
+** functions are threadsafe.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheInitialize(void){
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xInit==0 ){
+    /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-26801-64137 If the xInit() method is NULL, then the
+    ** built-in default page cache is used instead of the application defined
+    ** page cache. */
+    sqlite3PCacheSetDefault();
+  }
+  return sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xInit(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.pArg);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheShutdown(void){
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xShutdown ){
+    /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-26000-56589 The xShutdown() method may be NULL. */
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xShutdown(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.pArg);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the size in bytes of a PCache object.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheSize(void){ return sizeof(PCache); }
+
+/*
+** Create a new PCache object. Storage space to hold the object
+** has already been allocated and is passed in as the p pointer. 
+** The caller discovers how much space needs to be allocated by 
+** calling sqlite3PcacheSize().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheOpen(
+  int szPage,                  /* Size of every page */
+  int szExtra,                 /* Extra space associated with each page */
+  int bPurgeable,              /* True if pages are on backing store */
+  int (*xStress)(void*,PgHdr*),/* Call to try to make pages clean */
+  void *pStress,               /* Argument to xStress */
+  PCache *p                    /* Preallocated space for the PCache */
+){
+  memset(p, 0, sizeof(PCache));
+  p->szPage = szPage;
+  p->szExtra = szExtra;
+  p->bPurgeable = bPurgeable;
+  p->xStress = xStress;
+  p->pStress = pStress;
+  p->szCache = 100;
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the page size for PCache object. The caller must ensure that there
+** are no outstanding page references when this function is called.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(PCache *pCache, int szPage){
+  assert( pCache->nRef==0 && pCache->pDirty==0 );
+  if( pCache->pCache ){
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xDestroy(pCache->pCache);
+    pCache->pCache = 0;
+    pCache->pPage1 = 0;
+  }
+  pCache->szPage = szPage;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compute the number of pages of cache requested.
+*/
+static int numberOfCachePages(PCache *p){
+  if( p->szCache>=0 ){
+    return p->szCache;
+  }else{
+    return (int)((-1024*(i64)p->szCache)/(p->szPage+p->szExtra));
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Try to obtain a page from the cache.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheFetch(
+  PCache *pCache,       /* Obtain the page from this cache */
+  Pgno pgno,            /* Page number to obtain */
+  int createFlag,       /* If true, create page if it does not exist already */
+  PgHdr **ppPage        /* Write the page here */
+){
+  sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage = 0;
+  PgHdr *pPgHdr = 0;
+  int eCreate;
+
+  assert( pCache!=0 );
+  assert( createFlag==1 || createFlag==0 );
+  assert( pgno>0 );
+
+  /* If the pluggable cache (sqlite3_pcache*) has not been allocated,
+  ** allocate it now.
+  */
+  if( !pCache->pCache && createFlag ){
+    sqlite3_pcache *p;
+    p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xCreate(
+        pCache->szPage, pCache->szExtra + sizeof(PgHdr), pCache->bPurgeable
+    );
+    if( !p ){
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xCachesize(p, numberOfCachePages(pCache));
+    pCache->pCache = p;
+  }
+
+  eCreate = createFlag * (1 + (!pCache->bPurgeable || !pCache->pDirty));
+  if( pCache->pCache ){
+    pPage = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xFetch(pCache->pCache, pgno, eCreate);
+  }
+
+  if( !pPage && eCreate==1 ){
+    PgHdr *pPg;
+
+    /* Find a dirty page to write-out and recycle. First try to find a 
+    ** page that does not require a journal-sync (one with PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
+    ** cleared), but if that is not possible settle for any other 
+    ** unreferenced dirty page.
+    */
+    expensive_assert( pcacheCheckSynced(pCache) );
+    for(pPg=pCache->pSynced; 
+        pPg && (pPg->nRef || (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)); 
+        pPg=pPg->pDirtyPrev
+    );
+    pCache->pSynced = pPg;
+    if( !pPg ){
+      for(pPg=pCache->pDirtyTail; pPg && pPg->nRef; pPg=pPg->pDirtyPrev);
+    }
+    if( pPg ){
+      int rc;
+#ifdef SQLITE_LOG_CACHE_SPILL
+      sqlite3_log(SQLITE_FULL, 
+                  "spill page %d making room for %d - cache used: %d/%d",
+                  pPg->pgno, pgno,
+                  sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xPagecount(pCache->pCache),
+                  numberOfCachePages(pCache));
+#endif
+      rc = pCache->xStress(pCache->pStress, pPg);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){
+        return rc;
+      }
+    }
+
+    pPage = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xFetch(pCache->pCache, pgno, 2);
+  }
+
+  if( pPage ){
+    pPgHdr = (PgHdr *)pPage->pExtra;
+
+    if( !pPgHdr->pPage ){
+      memset(pPgHdr, 0, sizeof(PgHdr));
+      pPgHdr->pPage = pPage;
+      pPgHdr->pData = pPage->pBuf;
+      pPgHdr->pExtra = (void *)&pPgHdr[1];
+      memset(pPgHdr->pExtra, 0, pCache->szExtra);
+      pPgHdr->pCache = pCache;
+      pPgHdr->pgno = pgno;
+    }
+    assert( pPgHdr->pCache==pCache );
+    assert( pPgHdr->pgno==pgno );
+    assert( pPgHdr->pData==pPage->pBuf );
+    assert( pPgHdr->pExtra==(void *)&pPgHdr[1] );
+
+    if( 0==pPgHdr->nRef ){
+      pCache->nRef++;
+    }
+    pPgHdr->nRef++;
+    if( pgno==1 ){
+      pCache->pPage1 = pPgHdr;
+    }
+  }
+  *ppPage = pPgHdr;
+  return (pPgHdr==0 && eCreate) ? SQLITE_NOMEM : SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Decrement the reference count on a page. If the page is clean and the
+** reference count drops to 0, then it is made elible for recycling.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheRelease(PgHdr *p){
+  assert( p->nRef>0 );
+  p->nRef--;
+  if( p->nRef==0 ){
+    PCache *pCache = p->pCache;
+    pCache->nRef--;
+    if( (p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY)==0 ){
+      pcacheUnpin(p);
+    }else{
+      /* Move the page to the head of the dirty list. */
+      pcacheRemoveFromDirtyList(p);
+      pcacheAddToDirtyList(p);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Increase the reference count of a supplied page by 1.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheRef(PgHdr *p){
+  assert(p->nRef>0);
+  p->nRef++;
+}
+
+/*
+** Drop a page from the cache. There must be exactly one reference to the
+** page. This function deletes that reference, so after it returns the
+** page pointed to by p is invalid.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheDrop(PgHdr *p){
+  PCache *pCache;
+  assert( p->nRef==1 );
+  if( p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ){
+    pcacheRemoveFromDirtyList(p);
+  }
+  pCache = p->pCache;
+  pCache->nRef--;
+  if( p->pgno==1 ){
+    pCache->pPage1 = 0;
+  }
+  sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xUnpin(pCache->pCache, p->pPage, 1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Make sure the page is marked as dirty. If it isn't dirty already,
+** make it so.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(PgHdr *p){
+  p->flags &= ~PGHDR_DONT_WRITE;
+  assert( p->nRef>0 );
+  if( 0==(p->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY) ){
+    p->flags |= PGHDR_DIRTY;
+    pcacheAddToDirtyList( p);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Make sure the page is marked as clean. If it isn't clean already,
+** make it so.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(PgHdr *p){
+  if( (p->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY) ){
+    pcacheRemoveFromDirtyList(p);
+    p->flags &= ~(PGHDR_DIRTY|PGHDR_NEED_SYNC);
+    if( p->nRef==0 ){
+      pcacheUnpin(p);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Make every page in the cache clean.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(PCache *pCache){
+  PgHdr *p;
+  while( (p = pCache->pDirty)!=0 ){
+    sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(p);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag from all dirty pages.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(PCache *pCache){
+  PgHdr *p;
+  for(p=pCache->pDirty; p; p=p->pDirtyNext){
+    p->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
+  }
+  pCache->pSynced = pCache->pDirtyTail;
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the page number of page p to newPgno. 
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMove(PgHdr *p, Pgno newPgno){
+  PCache *pCache = p->pCache;
+  assert( p->nRef>0 );
+  assert( newPgno>0 );
+  sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xRekey(pCache->pCache, p->pPage, p->pgno,newPgno);
+  p->pgno = newPgno;
+  if( (p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && (p->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) ){
+    pcacheRemoveFromDirtyList(p);
+    pcacheAddToDirtyList(p);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Drop every cache entry whose page number is greater than "pgno". The
+** caller must ensure that there are no outstanding references to any pages
+** other than page 1 with a page number greater than pgno.
+**
+** If there is a reference to page 1 and the pgno parameter passed to this
+** function is 0, then the data area associated with page 1 is zeroed, but
+** the page object is not dropped.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheTruncate(PCache *pCache, Pgno pgno){
+  if( pCache->pCache ){
+    PgHdr *p;
+    PgHdr *pNext;
+    for(p=pCache->pDirty; p; p=pNext){
+      pNext = p->pDirtyNext;
+      /* This routine never gets call with a positive pgno except right
+      ** after sqlite3PcacheCleanAll().  So if there are dirty pages,
+      ** it must be that pgno==0.
+      */
+      assert( p->pgno>0 );
+      if( ALWAYS(p->pgno>pgno) ){
+        assert( p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
+        sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(p);
+      }
+    }
+    if( pgno==0 && pCache->pPage1 ){
+      memset(pCache->pPage1->pData, 0, pCache->szPage);
+      pgno = 1;
+    }
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xTruncate(pCache->pCache, pgno+1);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a cache.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClose(PCache *pCache){
+  if( pCache->pCache ){
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xDestroy(pCache->pCache);
+  }
+}
+
+/* 
+** Discard the contents of the cache.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClear(PCache *pCache){
+  sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pCache, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Merge two lists of pages connected by pDirty and in pgno order.
+** Do not both fixing the pDirtyPrev pointers.
+*/
+static PgHdr *pcacheMergeDirtyList(PgHdr *pA, PgHdr *pB){
+  PgHdr result, *pTail;
+  pTail = &result;
+  while( pA && pB ){
+    if( pA->pgno<pB->pgno ){
+      pTail->pDirty = pA;
+      pTail = pA;
+      pA = pA->pDirty;
+    }else{
+      pTail->pDirty = pB;
+      pTail = pB;
+      pB = pB->pDirty;
+    }
+  }
+  if( pA ){
+    pTail->pDirty = pA;
+  }else if( pB ){
+    pTail->pDirty = pB;
+  }else{
+    pTail->pDirty = 0;
+  }
+  return result.pDirty;
+}
+
+/*
+** Sort the list of pages in accending order by pgno.  Pages are
+** connected by pDirty pointers.  The pDirtyPrev pointers are
+** corrupted by this sort.
+**
+** Since there cannot be more than 2^31 distinct pages in a database,
+** there cannot be more than 31 buckets required by the merge sorter.
+** One extra bucket is added to catch overflow in case something
+** ever changes to make the previous sentence incorrect.
+*/
+#define N_SORT_BUCKET  32
+static PgHdr *pcacheSortDirtyList(PgHdr *pIn){
+  PgHdr *a[N_SORT_BUCKET], *p;
+  int i;
+  memset(a, 0, sizeof(a));
+  while( pIn ){
+    p = pIn;
+    pIn = p->pDirty;
+    p->pDirty = 0;
+    for(i=0; ALWAYS(i<N_SORT_BUCKET-1); i++){
+      if( a[i]==0 ){
+        a[i] = p;
+        break;
+      }else{
+        p = pcacheMergeDirtyList(a[i], p);
+        a[i] = 0;
+      }
+    }
+    if( NEVER(i==N_SORT_BUCKET-1) ){
+      /* To get here, there need to be 2^(N_SORT_BUCKET) elements in
+      ** the input list.  But that is impossible.
+      */
+      a[i] = pcacheMergeDirtyList(a[i], p);
+    }
+  }
+  p = a[0];
+  for(i=1; i<N_SORT_BUCKET; i++){
+    p = pcacheMergeDirtyList(p, a[i]);
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a list of all dirty pages in the cache, sorted by page number.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE PgHdr *sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(PCache *pCache){
+  PgHdr *p;
+  for(p=pCache->pDirty; p; p=p->pDirtyNext){
+    p->pDirty = p->pDirtyNext;
+  }
+  return pcacheSortDirtyList(pCache->pDirty);
+}
+
+/* 
+** Return the total number of referenced pages held by the cache.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheRefCount(PCache *pCache){
+  return pCache->nRef;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of references to the page supplied as an argument.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(PgHdr *p){
+  return p->nRef;
+}
+
+/* 
+** Return the total number of pages in the cache.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePagecount(PCache *pCache){
+  int nPage = 0;
+  if( pCache->pCache ){
+    nPage = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xPagecount(pCache->pCache);
+  }
+  return nPage;
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+/*
+** Get the suggested cache-size value.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(PCache *pCache){
+  return numberOfCachePages(pCache);
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Set the suggested cache-size value.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(PCache *pCache, int mxPage){
+  pCache->szCache = mxPage;
+  if( pCache->pCache ){
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xCachesize(pCache->pCache,
+                                           numberOfCachePages(pCache));
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Free up as much memory as possible from the page cache.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheShrink(PCache *pCache){
+  if( pCache->pCache ){
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xShrink(pCache->pCache);
+  }
+}
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+/*
+** For all dirty pages currently in the cache, invoke the specified
+** callback. This is only used if the SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES macro is
+** defined.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(PCache *pCache, void (*xIter)(PgHdr *)){
+  PgHdr *pDirty;
+  for(pDirty=pCache->pDirty; pDirty; pDirty=pDirty->pDirtyNext){
+    xIter(pDirty);
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+/************** End of pcache.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file pcache1.c *****************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 November 05
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file implements the default page cache implementation (the
+** sqlite3_pcache interface). It also contains part of the implementation
+** of the SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE and sqlite3_release_memory() features.
+** If the default page cache implementation is overriden, then neither of
+** these two features are available.
+*/
+
+
+typedef struct PCache1 PCache1;
+typedef struct PgHdr1 PgHdr1;
+typedef struct PgFreeslot PgFreeslot;
+typedef struct PGroup PGroup;
+
+/* Each page cache (or PCache) belongs to a PGroup.  A PGroup is a set 
+** of one or more PCaches that are able to recycle each others unpinned
+** pages when they are under memory pressure.  A PGroup is an instance of
+** the following object.
+**
+** This page cache implementation works in one of two modes:
+**
+**   (1)  Every PCache is the sole member of its own PGroup.  There is
+**        one PGroup per PCache.
+**
+**   (2)  There is a single global PGroup that all PCaches are a member
+**        of.
+**
+** Mode 1 uses more memory (since PCache instances are not able to rob
+** unused pages from other PCaches) but it also operates without a mutex,
+** and is therefore often faster.  Mode 2 requires a mutex in order to be
+** threadsafe, but recycles pages more efficiently.
+**
+** For mode (1), PGroup.mutex is NULL.  For mode (2) there is only a single
+** PGroup which is the pcache1.grp global variable and its mutex is
+** SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU.
+*/
+struct PGroup {
+  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;          /* MUTEX_STATIC_LRU or NULL */
+  unsigned int nMaxPage;         /* Sum of nMax for purgeable caches */
+  unsigned int nMinPage;         /* Sum of nMin for purgeable caches */
+  unsigned int mxPinned;         /* nMaxpage + 10 - nMinPage */
+  unsigned int nCurrentPage;     /* Number of purgeable pages allocated */
+  PgHdr1 *pLruHead, *pLruTail;   /* LRU list of unpinned pages */
+};
+
+/* Each page cache is an instance of the following object.  Every
+** open database file (including each in-memory database and each
+** temporary or transient database) has a single page cache which
+** is an instance of this object.
+**
+** Pointers to structures of this type are cast and returned as 
+** opaque sqlite3_pcache* handles.
+*/
+struct PCache1 {
+  /* Cache configuration parameters. Page size (szPage) and the purgeable
+  ** flag (bPurgeable) are set when the cache is created. nMax may be 
+  ** modified at any time by a call to the pcache1Cachesize() method.
+  ** The PGroup mutex must be held when accessing nMax.
+  */
+  PGroup *pGroup;                     /* PGroup this cache belongs to */
+  int szPage;                         /* Size of allocated pages in bytes */
+  int szExtra;                        /* Size of extra space in bytes */
+  int bPurgeable;                     /* True if cache is purgeable */
+  unsigned int nMin;                  /* Minimum number of pages reserved */
+  unsigned int nMax;                  /* Configured "cache_size" value */
+  unsigned int n90pct;                /* nMax*9/10 */
+  unsigned int iMaxKey;               /* Largest key seen since xTruncate() */
+
+  /* Hash table of all pages. The following variables may only be accessed
+  ** when the accessor is holding the PGroup mutex.
+  */
+  unsigned int nRecyclable;           /* Number of pages in the LRU list */
+  unsigned int nPage;                 /* Total number of pages in apHash */
+  unsigned int nHash;                 /* Number of slots in apHash[] */
+  PgHdr1 **apHash;                    /* Hash table for fast lookup by key */
+};
+
+/*
+** Each cache entry is represented by an instance of the following 
+** structure. Unless SQLITE_PCACHE_SEPARATE_HEADER is defined, a buffer of
+** PgHdr1.pCache->szPage bytes is allocated directly before this structure 
+** in memory.
+*/
+struct PgHdr1 {
+  sqlite3_pcache_page page;
+  unsigned int iKey;             /* Key value (page number) */
+  PgHdr1 *pNext;                 /* Next in hash table chain */
+  PCache1 *pCache;               /* Cache that currently owns this page */
+  PgHdr1 *pLruNext;              /* Next in LRU list of unpinned pages */
+  PgHdr1 *pLruPrev;              /* Previous in LRU list of unpinned pages */
+};
+
+/*
+** Free slots in the allocator used to divide up the buffer provided using
+** the SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE mechanism.
+*/
+struct PgFreeslot {
+  PgFreeslot *pNext;  /* Next free slot */
+};
+
+/*
+** Global data used by this cache.
+*/
+static SQLITE_WSD struct PCacheGlobal {
+  PGroup grp;                    /* The global PGroup for mode (2) */
+
+  /* Variables related to SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE settings.  The
+  ** szSlot, nSlot, pStart, pEnd, nReserve, and isInit values are all
+  ** fixed at sqlite3_initialize() time and do not require mutex protection.
+  ** The nFreeSlot and pFree values do require mutex protection.
+  */
+  int isInit;                    /* True if initialized */
+  int szSlot;                    /* Size of each free slot */
+  int nSlot;                     /* The number of pcache slots */
+  int nReserve;                  /* Try to keep nFreeSlot above this */
+  void *pStart, *pEnd;           /* Bounds of pagecache malloc range */
+  /* Above requires no mutex.  Use mutex below for variable that follow. */
+  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;          /* Mutex for accessing the following: */
+  PgFreeslot *pFree;             /* Free page blocks */
+  int nFreeSlot;                 /* Number of unused pcache slots */
+  /* The following value requires a mutex to change.  We skip the mutex on
+  ** reading because (1) most platforms read a 32-bit integer atomically and
+  ** (2) even if an incorrect value is read, no great harm is done since this
+  ** is really just an optimization. */
+  int bUnderPressure;            /* True if low on PAGECACHE memory */
+} pcache1_g;
+
+/*
+** All code in this file should access the global structure above via the
+** alias "pcache1". This ensures that the WSD emulation is used when
+** compiling for systems that do not support real WSD.
+*/
+#define pcache1 (GLOBAL(struct PCacheGlobal, pcache1_g))
+
+/*
+** Macros to enter and leave the PCache LRU mutex.
+*/
+#define pcache1EnterMutex(X) sqlite3_mutex_enter((X)->mutex)
+#define pcache1LeaveMutex(X) sqlite3_mutex_leave((X)->mutex)
+
+/******************************************************************************/
+/******** Page Allocation/SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE Related Functions **************/
+
+/*
+** This function is called during initialization if a static buffer is 
+** supplied to use for the page-cache by passing the SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE
+** verb to sqlite3_config(). Parameter pBuf points to an allocation large
+** enough to contain 'n' buffers of 'sz' bytes each.
+**
+** This routine is called from sqlite3_initialize() and so it is guaranteed
+** to be serialized already.  There is no need for further mutexing.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup(void *pBuf, int sz, int n){
+  if( pcache1.isInit ){
+    PgFreeslot *p;
+    sz = ROUNDDOWN8(sz);
+    pcache1.szSlot = sz;
+    pcache1.nSlot = pcache1.nFreeSlot = n;
+    pcache1.nReserve = n>90 ? 10 : (n/10 + 1);
+    pcache1.pStart = pBuf;
+    pcache1.pFree = 0;
+    pcache1.bUnderPressure = 0;
+    while( n-- ){
+      p = (PgFreeslot*)pBuf;
+      p->pNext = pcache1.pFree;
+      pcache1.pFree = p;
+      pBuf = (void*)&((char*)pBuf)[sz];
+    }
+    pcache1.pEnd = pBuf;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Malloc function used within this file to allocate space from the buffer
+** configured using sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE) option. If no 
+** such buffer exists or there is no space left in it, this function falls 
+** back to sqlite3Malloc().
+**
+** Multiple threads can run this routine at the same time.  Global variables
+** in pcache1 need to be protected via mutex.
+*/
+static void *pcache1Alloc(int nByte){
+  void *p = 0;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(pcache1.grp.mutex) );
+  sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE, nByte);
+  if( nByte<=pcache1.szSlot ){
+    sqlite3_mutex_enter(pcache1.mutex);
+    p = (PgHdr1 *)pcache1.pFree;
+    if( p ){
+      pcache1.pFree = pcache1.pFree->pNext;
+      pcache1.nFreeSlot--;
+      pcache1.bUnderPressure = pcache1.nFreeSlot<pcache1.nReserve;
+      assert( pcache1.nFreeSlot>=0 );
+      sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED, 1);
+    }
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(pcache1.mutex);
+  }
+  if( p==0 ){
+    /* Memory is not available in the SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE pool.  Get
+    ** it from sqlite3Malloc instead.
+    */
+    p = sqlite3Malloc(nByte);
+#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW_STATS
+    if( p ){
+      int sz = sqlite3MallocSize(p);
+      sqlite3_mutex_enter(pcache1.mutex);
+      sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW, sz);
+      sqlite3_mutex_leave(pcache1.mutex);
+    }
+#endif
+    sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_PCACHE);
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Free an allocated buffer obtained from pcache1Alloc().
+*/
+static int pcache1Free(void *p){
+  int nFreed = 0;
+  if( p==0 ) return 0;
+  if( p>=pcache1.pStart && p<pcache1.pEnd ){
+    PgFreeslot *pSlot;
+    sqlite3_mutex_enter(pcache1.mutex);
+    sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED, -1);
+    pSlot = (PgFreeslot*)p;
+    pSlot->pNext = pcache1.pFree;
+    pcache1.pFree = pSlot;
+    pcache1.nFreeSlot++;
+    pcache1.bUnderPressure = pcache1.nFreeSlot<pcache1.nReserve;
+    assert( pcache1.nFreeSlot<=pcache1.nSlot );
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(pcache1.mutex);
+  }else{
+    assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_PCACHE) );
+    sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP);
+    nFreed = sqlite3MallocSize(p);
+#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW_STATS
+    sqlite3_mutex_enter(pcache1.mutex);
+    sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW, -nFreed);
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(pcache1.mutex);
+#endif
+    sqlite3_free(p);
+  }
+  return nFreed;
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
+/*
+** Return the size of a pcache allocation
+*/
+static int pcache1MemSize(void *p){
+  if( p>=pcache1.pStart && p<pcache1.pEnd ){
+    return pcache1.szSlot;
+  }else{
+    int iSize;
+    assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_PCACHE) );
+    sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP);
+    iSize = sqlite3MallocSize(p);
+    sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_PCACHE);
+    return iSize;
+  }
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT */
+
+/*
+** Allocate a new page object initially associated with cache pCache.
+*/
+static PgHdr1 *pcache1AllocPage(PCache1 *pCache){
+  PgHdr1 *p = 0;
+  void *pPg;
+
+  /* The group mutex must be released before pcache1Alloc() is called. This
+  ** is because it may call sqlite3_release_memory(), which assumes that 
+  ** this mutex is not held. */
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCache->pGroup->mutex) );
+  pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup);
+#ifdef SQLITE_PCACHE_SEPARATE_HEADER
+  pPg = pcache1Alloc(pCache->szPage);
+  p = sqlite3Malloc(sizeof(PgHdr1) + pCache->szExtra);
+  if( !pPg || !p ){
+    pcache1Free(pPg);
+    sqlite3_free(p);
+    pPg = 0;
+  }
+#else
+  pPg = pcache1Alloc(sizeof(PgHdr1) + pCache->szPage + pCache->szExtra);
+  p = (PgHdr1 *)&((u8 *)pPg)[pCache->szPage];
+#endif
+  pcache1EnterMutex(pCache->pGroup);
+
+  if( pPg ){
+    p->page.pBuf = pPg;
+    p->page.pExtra = &p[1];
+    if( pCache->bPurgeable ){
+      pCache->pGroup->nCurrentPage++;
+    }
+    return p;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Free a page object allocated by pcache1AllocPage().
+**
+** The pointer is allowed to be NULL, which is prudent.  But it turns out
+** that the current implementation happens to never call this routine
+** with a NULL pointer, so we mark the NULL test with ALWAYS().
+*/
+static void pcache1FreePage(PgHdr1 *p){
+  if( ALWAYS(p) ){
+    PCache1 *pCache = p->pCache;
+    assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pCache->pGroup->mutex) );
+    pcache1Free(p->page.pBuf);
+#ifdef SQLITE_PCACHE_SEPARATE_HEADER
+    sqlite3_free(p);
+#endif
+    if( pCache->bPurgeable ){
+      pCache->pGroup->nCurrentPage--;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Malloc function used by SQLite to obtain space from the buffer configured
+** using sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE) option. If no such buffer
+** exists, this function falls back to sqlite3Malloc().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PageMalloc(int sz){
+  return pcache1Alloc(sz);
+}
+
+/*
+** Free an allocated buffer obtained from sqlite3PageMalloc().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PageFree(void *p){
+  pcache1Free(p);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Return true if it desirable to avoid allocating a new page cache
+** entry.
+**
+** If memory was allocated specifically to the page cache using
+** SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE but that memory has all been used, then
+** it is desirable to avoid allocating a new page cache entry because
+** presumably SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE was suppose to be sufficient
+** for all page cache needs and we should not need to spill the
+** allocation onto the heap.
+**
+** Or, the heap is used for all page cache memory but the heap is
+** under memory pressure, then again it is desirable to avoid
+** allocating a new page cache entry in order to avoid stressing
+** the heap even further.
+*/
+static int pcache1UnderMemoryPressure(PCache1 *pCache){
+  if( pcache1.nSlot && (pCache->szPage+pCache->szExtra)<=pcache1.szSlot ){
+    return pcache1.bUnderPressure;
+  }else{
+    return sqlite3HeapNearlyFull();
+  }
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************/
+/******** General Implementation Functions ************************************/
+
+/*
+** This function is used to resize the hash table used by the cache passed
+** as the first argument.
+**
+** The PCache mutex must be held when this function is called.
+*/
+static int pcache1ResizeHash(PCache1 *p){
+  PgHdr1 **apNew;
+  unsigned int nNew;
+  unsigned int i;
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pGroup->mutex) );
+
+  nNew = p->nHash*2;
+  if( nNew<256 ){
+    nNew = 256;
+  }
+
+  pcache1LeaveMutex(p->pGroup);
+  if( p->nHash ){ sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); }
+  apNew = (PgHdr1 **)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(PgHdr1 *)*nNew);
+  if( p->nHash ){ sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); }
+  pcache1EnterMutex(p->pGroup);
+  if( apNew ){
+    for(i=0; i<p->nHash; i++){
+      PgHdr1 *pPage;
+      PgHdr1 *pNext = p->apHash[i];
+      while( (pPage = pNext)!=0 ){
+        unsigned int h = pPage->iKey % nNew;
+        pNext = pPage->pNext;
+        pPage->pNext = apNew[h];
+        apNew[h] = pPage;
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3_free(p->apHash);
+    p->apHash = apNew;
+    p->nHash = nNew;
+  }
+
+  return (p->apHash ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_NOMEM);
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is used internally to remove the page pPage from the 
+** PGroup LRU list, if is part of it. If pPage is not part of the PGroup
+** LRU list, then this function is a no-op.
+**
+** The PGroup mutex must be held when this function is called.
+**
+** If pPage is NULL then this routine is a no-op.
+*/
+static void pcache1PinPage(PgHdr1 *pPage){
+  PCache1 *pCache;
+  PGroup *pGroup;
+
+  if( pPage==0 ) return;
+  pCache = pPage->pCache;
+  pGroup = pCache->pGroup;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pGroup->mutex) );
+  if( pPage->pLruNext || pPage==pGroup->pLruTail ){
+    if( pPage->pLruPrev ){
+      pPage->pLruPrev->pLruNext = pPage->pLruNext;
+    }
+    if( pPage->pLruNext ){
+      pPage->pLruNext->pLruPrev = pPage->pLruPrev;
+    }
+    if( pGroup->pLruHead==pPage ){
+      pGroup->pLruHead = pPage->pLruNext;
+    }
+    if( pGroup->pLruTail==pPage ){
+      pGroup->pLruTail = pPage->pLruPrev;
+    }
+    pPage->pLruNext = 0;
+    pPage->pLruPrev = 0;
+    pPage->pCache->nRecyclable--;
+  }
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Remove the page supplied as an argument from the hash table 
+** (PCache1.apHash structure) that it is currently stored in.
+**
+** The PGroup mutex must be held when this function is called.
+*/
+static void pcache1RemoveFromHash(PgHdr1 *pPage){
+  unsigned int h;
+  PCache1 *pCache = pPage->pCache;
+  PgHdr1 **pp;
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCache->pGroup->mutex) );
+  h = pPage->iKey % pCache->nHash;
+  for(pp=&pCache->apHash[h]; (*pp)!=pPage; pp=&(*pp)->pNext);
+  *pp = (*pp)->pNext;
+
+  pCache->nPage--;
+}
+
+/*
+** If there are currently more than nMaxPage pages allocated, try
+** to recycle pages to reduce the number allocated to nMaxPage.
+*/
+static void pcache1EnforceMaxPage(PGroup *pGroup){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pGroup->mutex) );
+  while( pGroup->nCurrentPage>pGroup->nMaxPage && pGroup->pLruTail ){
+    PgHdr1 *p = pGroup->pLruTail;
+    assert( p->pCache->pGroup==pGroup );
+    pcache1PinPage(p);
+    pcache1RemoveFromHash(p);
+    pcache1FreePage(p);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Discard all pages from cache pCache with a page number (key value) 
+** greater than or equal to iLimit. Any pinned pages that meet this 
+** criteria are unpinned before they are discarded.
+**
+** The PCache mutex must be held when this function is called.
+*/
+static void pcache1TruncateUnsafe(
+  PCache1 *pCache,             /* The cache to truncate */
+  unsigned int iLimit          /* Drop pages with this pgno or larger */
+){
+  TESTONLY( unsigned int nPage = 0; )  /* To assert pCache->nPage is correct */
+  unsigned int h;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCache->pGroup->mutex) );
+  for(h=0; h<pCache->nHash; h++){
+    PgHdr1 **pp = &pCache->apHash[h]; 
+    PgHdr1 *pPage;
+    while( (pPage = *pp)!=0 ){
+      if( pPage->iKey>=iLimit ){
+        pCache->nPage--;
+        *pp = pPage->pNext;
+        pcache1PinPage(pPage);
+        pcache1FreePage(pPage);
+      }else{
+        pp = &pPage->pNext;
+        TESTONLY( nPage++; )
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  assert( pCache->nPage==nPage );
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************/
+/******** sqlite3_pcache Methods **********************************************/
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xInit method.
+*/
+static int pcache1Init(void *NotUsed){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  assert( pcache1.isInit==0 );
+  memset(&pcache1, 0, sizeof(pcache1));
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){
+    pcache1.grp.mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU);
+    pcache1.mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM);
+  }
+  pcache1.grp.mxPinned = 10;
+  pcache1.isInit = 1;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xShutdown method.
+** Note that the static mutex allocated in xInit does 
+** not need to be freed.
+*/
+static void pcache1Shutdown(void *NotUsed){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  assert( pcache1.isInit!=0 );
+  memset(&pcache1, 0, sizeof(pcache1));
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xCreate method.
+**
+** Allocate a new cache.
+*/
+static sqlite3_pcache *pcache1Create(int szPage, int szExtra, int bPurgeable){
+  PCache1 *pCache;      /* The newly created page cache */
+  PGroup *pGroup;       /* The group the new page cache will belong to */
+  int sz;               /* Bytes of memory required to allocate the new cache */
+
+  /*
+  ** The seperateCache variable is true if each PCache has its own private
+  ** PGroup.  In other words, separateCache is true for mode (1) where no
+  ** mutexing is required.
+  **
+  **   *  Always use a unified cache (mode-2) if ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
+  **
+  **   *  Always use a unified cache in single-threaded applications
+  **
+  **   *  Otherwise (if multi-threaded and ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT is off)
+  **      use separate caches (mode-1)
+  */
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT) || SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0
+  const int separateCache = 0;
+#else
+  int separateCache = sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex>0;
+#endif
+
+  assert( (szPage & (szPage-1))==0 && szPage>=512 && szPage<=65536 );
+  assert( szExtra < 300 );
+
+  sz = sizeof(PCache1) + sizeof(PGroup)*separateCache;
+  pCache = (PCache1 *)sqlite3MallocZero(sz);
+  if( pCache ){
+    if( separateCache ){
+      pGroup = (PGroup*)&pCache[1];
+      pGroup->mxPinned = 10;
+    }else{
+      pGroup = &pcache1.grp;
+    }
+    pCache->pGroup = pGroup;
+    pCache->szPage = szPage;
+    pCache->szExtra = szExtra;
+    pCache->bPurgeable = (bPurgeable ? 1 : 0);
+    if( bPurgeable ){
+      pCache->nMin = 10;
+      pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup);
+      pGroup->nMinPage += pCache->nMin;
+      pGroup->mxPinned = pGroup->nMaxPage + 10 - pGroup->nMinPage;
+      pcache1LeaveMutex(pGroup);
+    }
+  }
+  return (sqlite3_pcache *)pCache;
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xCachesize method. 
+**
+** Configure the cache_size limit for a cache.
+*/
+static void pcache1Cachesize(sqlite3_pcache *p, int nMax){
+  PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
+  if( pCache->bPurgeable ){
+    PGroup *pGroup = pCache->pGroup;
+    pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup);
+    pGroup->nMaxPage += (nMax - pCache->nMax);
+    pGroup->mxPinned = pGroup->nMaxPage + 10 - pGroup->nMinPage;
+    pCache->nMax = nMax;
+    pCache->n90pct = pCache->nMax*9/10;
+    pcache1EnforceMaxPage(pGroup);
+    pcache1LeaveMutex(pGroup);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xShrink method. 
+**
+** Free up as much memory as possible.
+*/
+static void pcache1Shrink(sqlite3_pcache *p){
+  PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1*)p;
+  if( pCache->bPurgeable ){
+    PGroup *pGroup = pCache->pGroup;
+    int savedMaxPage;
+    pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup);
+    savedMaxPage = pGroup->nMaxPage;
+    pGroup->nMaxPage = 0;
+    pcache1EnforceMaxPage(pGroup);
+    pGroup->nMaxPage = savedMaxPage;
+    pcache1LeaveMutex(pGroup);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xPagecount method. 
+*/
+static int pcache1Pagecount(sqlite3_pcache *p){
+  int n;
+  PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1*)p;
+  pcache1EnterMutex(pCache->pGroup);
+  n = pCache->nPage;
+  pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup);
+  return n;
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xFetch method. 
+**
+** Fetch a page by key value.
+**
+** Whether or not a new page may be allocated by this function depends on
+** the value of the createFlag argument.  0 means do not allocate a new
+** page.  1 means allocate a new page if space is easily available.  2 
+** means to try really hard to allocate a new page.
+**
+** For a non-purgeable cache (a cache used as the storage for an in-memory
+** database) there is really no difference between createFlag 1 and 2.  So
+** the calling function (pcache.c) will never have a createFlag of 1 on
+** a non-purgeable cache.
+**
+** There are three different approaches to obtaining space for a page,
+** depending on the value of parameter createFlag (which may be 0, 1 or 2).
+**
+**   1. Regardless of the value of createFlag, the cache is searched for a 
+**      copy of the requested page. If one is found, it is returned.
+**
+**   2. If createFlag==0 and the page is not already in the cache, NULL is
+**      returned.
+**
+**   3. If createFlag is 1, and the page is not already in the cache, then
+**      return NULL (do not allocate a new page) if any of the following
+**      conditions are true:
+**
+**       (a) the number of pages pinned by the cache is greater than
+**           PCache1.nMax, or
+**
+**       (b) the number of pages pinned by the cache is greater than
+**           the sum of nMax for all purgeable caches, less the sum of 
+**           nMin for all other purgeable caches, or
+**
+**   4. If none of the first three conditions apply and the cache is marked
+**      as purgeable, and if one of the following is true:
+**
+**       (a) The number of pages allocated for the cache is already 
+**           PCache1.nMax, or
+**
+**       (b) The number of pages allocated for all purgeable caches is
+**           already equal to or greater than the sum of nMax for all
+**           purgeable caches,
+**
+**       (c) The system is under memory pressure and wants to avoid
+**           unnecessary pages cache entry allocations
+**
+**      then attempt to recycle a page from the LRU list. If it is the right
+**      size, return the recycled buffer. Otherwise, free the buffer and
+**      proceed to step 5. 
+**
+**   5. Otherwise, allocate and return a new page buffer.
+*/
+static sqlite3_pcache_page *pcache1Fetch(
+  sqlite3_pcache *p, 
+  unsigned int iKey, 
+  int createFlag
+){
+  unsigned int nPinned;
+  PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
+  PGroup *pGroup;
+  PgHdr1 *pPage = 0;
+
+  assert( pCache->bPurgeable || createFlag!=1 );
+  assert( pCache->bPurgeable || pCache->nMin==0 );
+  assert( pCache->bPurgeable==0 || pCache->nMin==10 );
+  assert( pCache->nMin==0 || pCache->bPurgeable );
+  pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup = pCache->pGroup);
+
+  /* Step 1: Search the hash table for an existing entry. */
+  if( pCache->nHash>0 ){
+    unsigned int h = iKey % pCache->nHash;
+    for(pPage=pCache->apHash[h]; pPage&&pPage->iKey!=iKey; pPage=pPage->pNext);
+  }
+
+  /* Step 2: Abort if no existing page is found and createFlag is 0 */
+  if( pPage || createFlag==0 ){
+    pcache1PinPage(pPage);
+    goto fetch_out;
+  }
+
+  /* The pGroup local variable will normally be initialized by the
+  ** pcache1EnterMutex() macro above.  But if SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT is defined,
+  ** then pcache1EnterMutex() is a no-op, so we have to initialize the
+  ** local variable here.  Delaying the initialization of pGroup is an
+  ** optimization:  The common case is to exit the module before reaching
+  ** this point.
+  */
+#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT
+  pGroup = pCache->pGroup;
+#endif
+
+  /* Step 3: Abort if createFlag is 1 but the cache is nearly full */
+  assert( pCache->nPage >= pCache->nRecyclable );
+  nPinned = pCache->nPage - pCache->nRecyclable;
+  assert( pGroup->mxPinned == pGroup->nMaxPage + 10 - pGroup->nMinPage );
+  assert( pCache->n90pct == pCache->nMax*9/10 );
+  if( createFlag==1 && (
+        nPinned>=pGroup->mxPinned
+     || nPinned>=pCache->n90pct
+     || pcache1UnderMemoryPressure(pCache)
+  )){
+    goto fetch_out;
+  }
+
+  if( pCache->nPage>=pCache->nHash && pcache1ResizeHash(pCache) ){
+    goto fetch_out;
+  }
+
+  /* Step 4. Try to recycle a page. */
+  if( pCache->bPurgeable && pGroup->pLruTail && (
+         (pCache->nPage+1>=pCache->nMax)
+      || pGroup->nCurrentPage>=pGroup->nMaxPage
+      || pcache1UnderMemoryPressure(pCache)
+  )){
+    PCache1 *pOther;
+    pPage = pGroup->pLruTail;
+    pcache1RemoveFromHash(pPage);
+    pcache1PinPage(pPage);
+    pOther = pPage->pCache;
+
+    /* We want to verify that szPage and szExtra are the same for pOther
+    ** and pCache.  Assert that we can verify this by comparing sums. */
+    assert( (pCache->szPage & (pCache->szPage-1))==0 && pCache->szPage>=512 );
+    assert( pCache->szExtra<512 );
+    assert( (pOther->szPage & (pOther->szPage-1))==0 && pOther->szPage>=512 );
+    assert( pOther->szExtra<512 );
+
+    if( pOther->szPage+pOther->szExtra != pCache->szPage+pCache->szExtra ){
+      pcache1FreePage(pPage);
+      pPage = 0;
+    }else{
+      pGroup->nCurrentPage -= (pOther->bPurgeable - pCache->bPurgeable);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Step 5. If a usable page buffer has still not been found, 
+  ** attempt to allocate a new one. 
+  */
+  if( !pPage ){
+    if( createFlag==1 ) sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+    pPage = pcache1AllocPage(pCache);
+    if( createFlag==1 ) sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+  }
+
+  if( pPage ){
+    unsigned int h = iKey % pCache->nHash;
+    pCache->nPage++;
+    pPage->iKey = iKey;
+    pPage->pNext = pCache->apHash[h];
+    pPage->pCache = pCache;
+    pPage->pLruPrev = 0;
+    pPage->pLruNext = 0;
+    *(void **)pPage->page.pExtra = 0;
+    pCache->apHash[h] = pPage;
+  }
+
+fetch_out:
+  if( pPage && iKey>pCache->iMaxKey ){
+    pCache->iMaxKey = iKey;
+  }
+  pcache1LeaveMutex(pGroup);
+  return &pPage->page;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xUnpin method.
+**
+** Mark a page as unpinned (eligible for asynchronous recycling).
+*/
+static void pcache1Unpin(
+  sqlite3_pcache *p, 
+  sqlite3_pcache_page *pPg, 
+  int reuseUnlikely
+){
+  PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
+  PgHdr1 *pPage = (PgHdr1 *)pPg;
+  PGroup *pGroup = pCache->pGroup;
+ 
+  assert( pPage->pCache==pCache );
+  pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup);
+
+  /* It is an error to call this function if the page is already 
+  ** part of the PGroup LRU list.
+  */
+  assert( pPage->pLruPrev==0 && pPage->pLruNext==0 );
+  assert( pGroup->pLruHead!=pPage && pGroup->pLruTail!=pPage );
+
+  if( reuseUnlikely || pGroup->nCurrentPage>pGroup->nMaxPage ){
+    pcache1RemoveFromHash(pPage);
+    pcache1FreePage(pPage);
+  }else{
+    /* Add the page to the PGroup LRU list. */
+    if( pGroup->pLruHead ){
+      pGroup->pLruHead->pLruPrev = pPage;
+      pPage->pLruNext = pGroup->pLruHead;
+      pGroup->pLruHead = pPage;
+    }else{
+      pGroup->pLruTail = pPage;
+      pGroup->pLruHead = pPage;
+    }
+    pCache->nRecyclable++;
+  }
+
+  pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup);
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xRekey method. 
+*/
+static void pcache1Rekey(
+  sqlite3_pcache *p,
+  sqlite3_pcache_page *pPg,
+  unsigned int iOld,
+  unsigned int iNew
+){
+  PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
+  PgHdr1 *pPage = (PgHdr1 *)pPg;
+  PgHdr1 **pp;
+  unsigned int h; 
+  assert( pPage->iKey==iOld );
+  assert( pPage->pCache==pCache );
+
+  pcache1EnterMutex(pCache->pGroup);
+
+  h = iOld%pCache->nHash;
+  pp = &pCache->apHash[h];
+  while( (*pp)!=pPage ){
+    pp = &(*pp)->pNext;
+  }
+  *pp = pPage->pNext;
+
+  h = iNew%pCache->nHash;
+  pPage->iKey = iNew;
+  pPage->pNext = pCache->apHash[h];
+  pCache->apHash[h] = pPage;
+  if( iNew>pCache->iMaxKey ){
+    pCache->iMaxKey = iNew;
+  }
+
+  pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup);
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xTruncate method. 
+**
+** Discard all unpinned pages in the cache with a page number equal to
+** or greater than parameter iLimit. Any pinned pages with a page number
+** equal to or greater than iLimit are implicitly unpinned.
+*/
+static void pcache1Truncate(sqlite3_pcache *p, unsigned int iLimit){
+  PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
+  pcache1EnterMutex(pCache->pGroup);
+  if( iLimit<=pCache->iMaxKey ){
+    pcache1TruncateUnsafe(pCache, iLimit);
+    pCache->iMaxKey = iLimit-1;
+  }
+  pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup);
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xDestroy method. 
+**
+** Destroy a cache allocated using pcache1Create().
+*/
+static void pcache1Destroy(sqlite3_pcache *p){
+  PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
+  PGroup *pGroup = pCache->pGroup;
+  assert( pCache->bPurgeable || (pCache->nMax==0 && pCache->nMin==0) );
+  pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup);
+  pcache1TruncateUnsafe(pCache, 0);
+  assert( pGroup->nMaxPage >= pCache->nMax );
+  pGroup->nMaxPage -= pCache->nMax;
+  assert( pGroup->nMinPage >= pCache->nMin );
+  pGroup->nMinPage -= pCache->nMin;
+  pGroup->mxPinned = pGroup->nMaxPage + 10 - pGroup->nMinPage;
+  pcache1EnforceMaxPage(pGroup);
+  pcache1LeaveMutex(pGroup);
+  sqlite3_free(pCache->apHash);
+  sqlite3_free(pCache);
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called during initialization (sqlite3_initialize()) to
+** install the default pluggable cache module, assuming the user has not
+** already provided an alternative.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheSetDefault(void){
+  static const sqlite3_pcache_methods2 defaultMethods = {
+    1,                       /* iVersion */
+    0,                       /* pArg */
+    pcache1Init,             /* xInit */
+    pcache1Shutdown,         /* xShutdown */
+    pcache1Create,           /* xCreate */
+    pcache1Cachesize,        /* xCachesize */
+    pcache1Pagecount,        /* xPagecount */
+    pcache1Fetch,            /* xFetch */
+    pcache1Unpin,            /* xUnpin */
+    pcache1Rekey,            /* xRekey */
+    pcache1Truncate,         /* xTruncate */
+    pcache1Destroy,          /* xDestroy */
+    pcache1Shrink            /* xShrink */
+  };
+  sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2, &defaultMethods);
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
+/*
+** This function is called to free superfluous dynamically allocated memory
+** held by the pager system. Memory in use by any SQLite pager allocated
+** by the current thread may be sqlite3_free()ed.
+**
+** nReq is the number of bytes of memory required. Once this much has
+** been released, the function returns. The return value is the total number 
+** of bytes of memory released.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheReleaseMemory(int nReq){
+  int nFree = 0;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(pcache1.grp.mutex) );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(pcache1.mutex) );
+  if( pcache1.pStart==0 ){
+    PgHdr1 *p;
+    pcache1EnterMutex(&pcache1.grp);
+    while( (nReq<0 || nFree<nReq) && ((p=pcache1.grp.pLruTail)!=0) ){
+      nFree += pcache1MemSize(p->page.pBuf);
+#ifdef SQLITE_PCACHE_SEPARATE_HEADER
+      nFree += sqlite3MemSize(p);
+#endif
+      pcache1PinPage(p);
+      pcache1RemoveFromHash(p);
+      pcache1FreePage(p);
+    }
+    pcache1LeaveMutex(&pcache1.grp);
+  }
+  return nFree;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+/*
+** This function is used by test procedures to inspect the internal state
+** of the global cache.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheStats(
+  int *pnCurrent,      /* OUT: Total number of pages cached */
+  int *pnMax,          /* OUT: Global maximum cache size */
+  int *pnMin,          /* OUT: Sum of PCache1.nMin for purgeable caches */
+  int *pnRecyclable    /* OUT: Total number of pages available for recycling */
+){
+  PgHdr1 *p;
+  int nRecyclable = 0;
+  for(p=pcache1.grp.pLruHead; p; p=p->pLruNext){
+    nRecyclable++;
+  }
+  *pnCurrent = pcache1.grp.nCurrentPage;
+  *pnMax = (int)pcache1.grp.nMaxPage;
+  *pnMin = (int)pcache1.grp.nMinPage;
+  *pnRecyclable = nRecyclable;
+}
+#endif
+
+/************** End of pcache1.c *********************************************/
+/************** Begin file rowset.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 December 3
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This module implements an object we call a "RowSet".
+**
+** The RowSet object is a collection of rowids.  Rowids
+** are inserted into the RowSet in an arbitrary order.  Inserts
+** can be intermixed with tests to see if a given rowid has been
+** previously inserted into the RowSet.
+**
+** After all inserts are finished, it is possible to extract the
+** elements of the RowSet in sorted order.  Once this extraction
+** process has started, no new elements may be inserted.
+**
+** Hence, the primitive operations for a RowSet are:
+**
+**    CREATE
+**    INSERT
+**    TEST
+**    SMALLEST
+**    DESTROY
+**
+** The CREATE and DESTROY primitives are the constructor and destructor,
+** obviously.  The INSERT primitive adds a new element to the RowSet.
+** TEST checks to see if an element is already in the RowSet.  SMALLEST
+** extracts the least value from the RowSet.
+**
+** The INSERT primitive might allocate additional memory.  Memory is
+** allocated in chunks so most INSERTs do no allocation.  There is an 
+** upper bound on the size of allocated memory.  No memory is freed
+** until DESTROY.
+**
+** The TEST primitive includes a "batch" number.  The TEST primitive
+** will only see elements that were inserted before the last change
+** in the batch number.  In other words, if an INSERT occurs between
+** two TESTs where the TESTs have the same batch nubmer, then the
+** value added by the INSERT will not be visible to the second TEST.
+** The initial batch number is zero, so if the very first TEST contains
+** a non-zero batch number, it will see all prior INSERTs.
+**
+** No INSERTs may occurs after a SMALLEST.  An assertion will fail if
+** that is attempted.
+**
+** The cost of an INSERT is roughly constant.  (Sometime new memory
+** has to be allocated on an INSERT.)  The cost of a TEST with a new
+** batch number is O(NlogN) where N is the number of elements in the RowSet.
+** The cost of a TEST using the same batch number is O(logN).  The cost
+** of the first SMALLEST is O(NlogN).  Second and subsequent SMALLEST
+** primitives are constant time.  The cost of DESTROY is O(N).
+**
+** There is an added cost of O(N) when switching between TEST and
+** SMALLEST primitives.
+*/
+
+
+/*
+** Target size for allocation chunks.
+*/
+#define ROWSET_ALLOCATION_SIZE 1024
+
+/*
+** The number of rowset entries per allocation chunk.
+*/
+#define ROWSET_ENTRY_PER_CHUNK  \
+                       ((ROWSET_ALLOCATION_SIZE-8)/sizeof(struct RowSetEntry))
+
+/*
+** Each entry in a RowSet is an instance of the following object.
+**
+** This same object is reused to store a linked list of trees of RowSetEntry
+** objects.  In that alternative use, pRight points to the next entry
+** in the list, pLeft points to the tree, and v is unused.  The
+** RowSet.pForest value points to the head of this forest list.
+*/
+struct RowSetEntry {            
+  i64 v;                        /* ROWID value for this entry */
+  struct RowSetEntry *pRight;   /* Right subtree (larger entries) or list */
+  struct RowSetEntry *pLeft;    /* Left subtree (smaller entries) */
+};
+
+/*
+** RowSetEntry objects are allocated in large chunks (instances of the
+** following structure) to reduce memory allocation overhead.  The
+** chunks are kept on a linked list so that they can be deallocated
+** when the RowSet is destroyed.
+*/
+struct RowSetChunk {
+  struct RowSetChunk *pNextChunk;        /* Next chunk on list of them all */
+  struct RowSetEntry aEntry[ROWSET_ENTRY_PER_CHUNK]; /* Allocated entries */
+};
+
+/*
+** A RowSet in an instance of the following structure.
+**
+** A typedef of this structure if found in sqliteInt.h.
+*/
+struct RowSet {
+  struct RowSetChunk *pChunk;    /* List of all chunk allocations */
+  sqlite3 *db;                   /* The database connection */
+  struct RowSetEntry *pEntry;    /* List of entries using pRight */
+  struct RowSetEntry *pLast;     /* Last entry on the pEntry list */
+  struct RowSetEntry *pFresh;    /* Source of new entry objects */
+  struct RowSetEntry *pForest;   /* List of binary trees of entries */
+  u16 nFresh;                    /* Number of objects on pFresh */
+  u8 rsFlags;                    /* Various flags */
+  u8 iBatch;                     /* Current insert batch */
+};
+
+/*
+** Allowed values for RowSet.rsFlags
+*/
+#define ROWSET_SORTED  0x01   /* True if RowSet.pEntry is sorted */
+#define ROWSET_NEXT    0x02   /* True if sqlite3RowSetNext() has been called */
+
+/*
+** Turn bulk memory into a RowSet object.  N bytes of memory
+** are available at pSpace.  The db pointer is used as a memory context
+** for any subsequent allocations that need to occur.
+** Return a pointer to the new RowSet object.
+**
+** It must be the case that N is sufficient to make a Rowset.  If not
+** an assertion fault occurs.
+** 
+** If N is larger than the minimum, use the surplus as an initial
+** allocation of entries available to be filled.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE RowSet *sqlite3RowSetInit(sqlite3 *db, void *pSpace, unsigned int N){
+  RowSet *p;
+  assert( N >= ROUND8(sizeof(*p)) );
+  p = pSpace;
+  p->pChunk = 0;
+  p->db = db;
+  p->pEntry = 0;
+  p->pLast = 0;
+  p->pForest = 0;
+  p->pFresh = (struct RowSetEntry*)(ROUND8(sizeof(*p)) + (char*)p);
+  p->nFresh = (u16)((N - ROUND8(sizeof(*p)))/sizeof(struct RowSetEntry));
+  p->rsFlags = ROWSET_SORTED;
+  p->iBatch = 0;
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Deallocate all chunks from a RowSet.  This frees all memory that
+** the RowSet has allocated over its lifetime.  This routine is
+** the destructor for the RowSet.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowSetClear(RowSet *p){
+  struct RowSetChunk *pChunk, *pNextChunk;
+  for(pChunk=p->pChunk; pChunk; pChunk = pNextChunk){
+    pNextChunk = pChunk->pNextChunk;
+    sqlite3DbFree(p->db, pChunk);
+  }
+  p->pChunk = 0;
+  p->nFresh = 0;
+  p->pEntry = 0;
+  p->pLast = 0;
+  p->pForest = 0;
+  p->rsFlags = ROWSET_SORTED;
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate a new RowSetEntry object that is associated with the
+** given RowSet.  Return a pointer to the new and completely uninitialized
+** objected.
+**
+** In an OOM situation, the RowSet.db->mallocFailed flag is set and this
+** routine returns NULL.
+*/
+static struct RowSetEntry *rowSetEntryAlloc(RowSet *p){
+  assert( p!=0 );
+  if( p->nFresh==0 ){
+    struct RowSetChunk *pNew;
+    pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(p->db, sizeof(*pNew));
+    if( pNew==0 ){
+      return 0;
+    }
+    pNew->pNextChunk = p->pChunk;
+    p->pChunk = pNew;
+    p->pFresh = pNew->aEntry;
+    p->nFresh = ROWSET_ENTRY_PER_CHUNK;
+  }
+  p->nFresh--;
+  return p->pFresh++;
+}
+
+/*
+** Insert a new value into a RowSet.
+**
+** The mallocFailed flag of the database connection is set if a
+** memory allocation fails.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowSetInsert(RowSet *p, i64 rowid){
+  struct RowSetEntry *pEntry;  /* The new entry */
+  struct RowSetEntry *pLast;   /* The last prior entry */
+
+  /* This routine is never called after sqlite3RowSetNext() */
+  assert( p!=0 && (p->rsFlags & ROWSET_NEXT)==0 );
+
+  pEntry = rowSetEntryAlloc(p);
+  if( pEntry==0 ) return;
+  pEntry->v = rowid;
+  pEntry->pRight = 0;
+  pLast = p->pLast;
+  if( pLast ){
+    if( (p->rsFlags & ROWSET_SORTED)!=0 && rowid<=pLast->v ){
+      p->rsFlags &= ~ROWSET_SORTED;
+    }
+    pLast->pRight = pEntry;
+  }else{
+    p->pEntry = pEntry;
+  }
+  p->pLast = pEntry;
+}
+
+/*
+** Merge two lists of RowSetEntry objects.  Remove duplicates.
+**
+** The input lists are connected via pRight pointers and are 
+** assumed to each already be in sorted order.
+*/
+static struct RowSetEntry *rowSetEntryMerge(
+  struct RowSetEntry *pA,    /* First sorted list to be merged */
+  struct RowSetEntry *pB     /* Second sorted list to be merged */
+){
+  struct RowSetEntry head;
+  struct RowSetEntry *pTail;
+
+  pTail = &head;
+  while( pA && pB ){
+    assert( pA->pRight==0 || pA->v<=pA->pRight->v );
+    assert( pB->pRight==0 || pB->v<=pB->pRight->v );
+    if( pA->v<pB->v ){
+      pTail->pRight = pA;
+      pA = pA->pRight;
+      pTail = pTail->pRight;
+    }else if( pB->v<pA->v ){
+      pTail->pRight = pB;
+      pB = pB->pRight;
+      pTail = pTail->pRight;
+    }else{
+      pA = pA->pRight;
+    }
+  }
+  if( pA ){
+    assert( pA->pRight==0 || pA->v<=pA->pRight->v );
+    pTail->pRight = pA;
+  }else{
+    assert( pB==0 || pB->pRight==0 || pB->v<=pB->pRight->v );
+    pTail->pRight = pB;
+  }
+  return head.pRight;
+}
+
+/*
+** Sort all elements on the list of RowSetEntry objects into order of
+** increasing v.
+*/ 
+static struct RowSetEntry *rowSetEntrySort(struct RowSetEntry *pIn){
+  unsigned int i;
+  struct RowSetEntry *pNext, *aBucket[40];
+
+  memset(aBucket, 0, sizeof(aBucket));
+  while( pIn ){
+    pNext = pIn->pRight;
+    pIn->pRight = 0;
+    for(i=0; aBucket[i]; i++){
+      pIn = rowSetEntryMerge(aBucket[i], pIn);
+      aBucket[i] = 0;
+    }
+    aBucket[i] = pIn;
+    pIn = pNext;
+  }
+  pIn = 0;
+  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aBucket)/sizeof(aBucket[0]); i++){
+    pIn = rowSetEntryMerge(pIn, aBucket[i]);
+  }
+  return pIn;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** The input, pIn, is a binary tree (or subtree) of RowSetEntry objects.
+** Convert this tree into a linked list connected by the pRight pointers
+** and return pointers to the first and last elements of the new list.
+*/
+static void rowSetTreeToList(
+  struct RowSetEntry *pIn,         /* Root of the input tree */
+  struct RowSetEntry **ppFirst,    /* Write head of the output list here */
+  struct RowSetEntry **ppLast      /* Write tail of the output list here */
+){
+  assert( pIn!=0 );
+  if( pIn->pLeft ){
+    struct RowSetEntry *p;
+    rowSetTreeToList(pIn->pLeft, ppFirst, &p);
+    p->pRight = pIn;
+  }else{
+    *ppFirst = pIn;
+  }
+  if( pIn->pRight ){
+    rowSetTreeToList(pIn->pRight, &pIn->pRight, ppLast);
+  }else{
+    *ppLast = pIn;
+  }
+  assert( (*ppLast)->pRight==0 );
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Convert a sorted list of elements (connected by pRight) into a binary
+** tree with depth of iDepth.  A depth of 1 means the tree contains a single
+** node taken from the head of *ppList.  A depth of 2 means a tree with
+** three nodes.  And so forth.
+**
+** Use as many entries from the input list as required and update the
+** *ppList to point to the unused elements of the list.  If the input
+** list contains too few elements, then construct an incomplete tree
+** and leave *ppList set to NULL.
+**
+** Return a pointer to the root of the constructed binary tree.
+*/
+static struct RowSetEntry *rowSetNDeepTree(
+  struct RowSetEntry **ppList,
+  int iDepth
+){
+  struct RowSetEntry *p;         /* Root of the new tree */
+  struct RowSetEntry *pLeft;     /* Left subtree */
+  if( *ppList==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  if( iDepth==1 ){
+    p = *ppList;
+    *ppList = p->pRight;
+    p->pLeft = p->pRight = 0;
+    return p;
+  }
+  pLeft = rowSetNDeepTree(ppList, iDepth-1);
+  p = *ppList;
+  if( p==0 ){
+    return pLeft;
+  }
+  p->pLeft = pLeft;
+  *ppList = p->pRight;
+  p->pRight = rowSetNDeepTree(ppList, iDepth-1);
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert a sorted list of elements into a binary tree. Make the tree
+** as deep as it needs to be in order to contain the entire list.
+*/
+static struct RowSetEntry *rowSetListToTree(struct RowSetEntry *pList){
+  int iDepth;           /* Depth of the tree so far */
+  struct RowSetEntry *p;       /* Current tree root */
+  struct RowSetEntry *pLeft;   /* Left subtree */
+
+  assert( pList!=0 );
+  p = pList;
+  pList = p->pRight;
+  p->pLeft = p->pRight = 0;
+  for(iDepth=1; pList; iDepth++){
+    pLeft = p;
+    p = pList;
+    pList = p->pRight;
+    p->pLeft = pLeft;
+    p->pRight = rowSetNDeepTree(&pList, iDepth);
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Take all the entries on p->pEntry and on the trees in p->pForest and
+** sort them all together into one big ordered list on p->pEntry.
+**
+** This routine should only be called once in the life of a RowSet.
+*/
+static void rowSetToList(RowSet *p){
+
+  /* This routine is called only once */
+  assert( p!=0 && (p->rsFlags & ROWSET_NEXT)==0 );
+
+  if( (p->rsFlags & ROWSET_SORTED)==0 ){
+    p->pEntry = rowSetEntrySort(p->pEntry);
+  }
+
+  /* While this module could theoretically support it, sqlite3RowSetNext()
+  ** is never called after sqlite3RowSetText() for the same RowSet.  So
+  ** there is never a forest to deal with.  Should this change, simply
+  ** remove the assert() and the #if 0. */
+  assert( p->pForest==0 );
+#if 0
+  while( p->pForest ){
+    struct RowSetEntry *pTree = p->pForest->pLeft;
+    if( pTree ){
+      struct RowSetEntry *pHead, *pTail;
+      rowSetTreeToList(pTree, &pHead, &pTail);
+      p->pEntry = rowSetEntryMerge(p->pEntry, pHead);
+    }
+    p->pForest = p->pForest->pRight;
+  }
+#endif
+  p->rsFlags |= ROWSET_NEXT;  /* Verify this routine is never called again */
+}
+
+/*
+** Extract the smallest element from the RowSet.
+** Write the element into *pRowid.  Return 1 on success.  Return
+** 0 if the RowSet is already empty.
+**
+** After this routine has been called, the sqlite3RowSetInsert()
+** routine may not be called again.  
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RowSetNext(RowSet *p, i64 *pRowid){
+  assert( p!=0 );
+
+  /* Merge the forest into a single sorted list on first call */
+  if( (p->rsFlags & ROWSET_NEXT)==0 ) rowSetToList(p);
+
+  /* Return the next entry on the list */
+  if( p->pEntry ){
+    *pRowid = p->pEntry->v;
+    p->pEntry = p->pEntry->pRight;
+    if( p->pEntry==0 ){
+      sqlite3RowSetClear(p);
+    }
+    return 1;
+  }else{
+    return 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Check to see if element iRowid was inserted into the rowset as
+** part of any insert batch prior to iBatch.  Return 1 or 0.
+**
+** If this is the first test of a new batch and if there exist entires
+** on pRowSet->pEntry, then sort those entires into the forest at
+** pRowSet->pForest so that they can be tested.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RowSetTest(RowSet *pRowSet, u8 iBatch, sqlite3_int64 iRowid){
+  struct RowSetEntry *p, *pTree;
+
+  /* This routine is never called after sqlite3RowSetNext() */
+  assert( pRowSet!=0 && (pRowSet->rsFlags & ROWSET_NEXT)==0 );
+
+  /* Sort entries into the forest on the first test of a new batch 
+  */
+  if( iBatch!=pRowSet->iBatch ){
+    p = pRowSet->pEntry;
+    if( p ){
+      struct RowSetEntry **ppPrevTree = &pRowSet->pForest;
+      if( (pRowSet->rsFlags & ROWSET_SORTED)==0 ){
+        p = rowSetEntrySort(p);
+      }
+      for(pTree = pRowSet->pForest; pTree; pTree=pTree->pRight){
+        ppPrevTree = &pTree->pRight;
+        if( pTree->pLeft==0 ){
+          pTree->pLeft = rowSetListToTree(p);
+          break;
+        }else{
+          struct RowSetEntry *pAux, *pTail;
+          rowSetTreeToList(pTree->pLeft, &pAux, &pTail);
+          pTree->pLeft = 0;
+          p = rowSetEntryMerge(pAux, p);
+        }
+      }
+      if( pTree==0 ){
+        *ppPrevTree = pTree = rowSetEntryAlloc(pRowSet);
+        if( pTree ){
+          pTree->v = 0;
+          pTree->pRight = 0;
+          pTree->pLeft = rowSetListToTree(p);
+        }
+      }
+      pRowSet->pEntry = 0;
+      pRowSet->pLast = 0;
+      pRowSet->rsFlags |= ROWSET_SORTED;
+    }
+    pRowSet->iBatch = iBatch;
+  }
+
+  /* Test to see if the iRowid value appears anywhere in the forest.
+  ** Return 1 if it does and 0 if not.
+  */
+  for(pTree = pRowSet->pForest; pTree; pTree=pTree->pRight){
+    p = pTree->pLeft;
+    while( p ){
+      if( p->v<iRowid ){
+        p = p->pRight;
+      }else if( p->v>iRowid ){
+        p = p->pLeft;
+      }else{
+        return 1;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/************** End of rowset.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file pager.c *******************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager".
+** 
+** The pager is used to access a database disk file.  It implements
+** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that
+** is separate from the database file.  The pager also implements file
+** locking to prevent two processes from writing the same database
+** file simultaneously, or one process from reading the database while
+** another is writing.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
+/************** Include wal.h in the middle of pager.c ***********************/
+/************** Begin file wal.h *********************************************/
+/*
+** 2010 February 1
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This header file defines the interface to the write-ahead logging 
+** system. Refer to the comments below and the header comment attached to 
+** the implementation of each function in log.c for further details.
+*/
+
+#ifndef _WAL_H_
+#define _WAL_H_
+
+
+/* Additional values that can be added to the sync_flags argument of
+** sqlite3WalFrames():
+*/
+#define WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS  0x20   /* Sync at the end of each transaction */
+#define SQLITE_SYNC_MASK       0x13   /* Mask off the SQLITE_SYNC_* values */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+# define sqlite3WalOpen(x,y,z)                   0
+# define sqlite3WalLimit(x,y)
+# define sqlite3WalClose(w,x,y,z)                0
+# define sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(y,z)     0
+# define sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(z)
+# define sqlite3WalRead(v,w,x,y,z)               0
+# define sqlite3WalDbsize(y)                     0
+# define sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(y)      0
+# define sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(x)        0
+# define sqlite3WalUndo(x,y,z)                   0
+# define sqlite3WalSavepoint(y,z)
+# define sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(y,z)            0
+# define sqlite3WalFrames(u,v,w,x,y,z)           0
+# define sqlite3WalCheckpoint(r,s,t,u,v,w,x,y,z) 0
+# define sqlite3WalCallback(z)                   0
+# define sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(y,z)            0
+# define sqlite3WalHeapMemory(z)                 0
+# define sqlite3WalFramesize(z)                  0
+#else
+
+#define WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA 4
+
+/* Connection to a write-ahead log (WAL) file. 
+** There is one object of this type for each pager. 
+*/
+typedef struct Wal Wal;
+
+/* Open and close a connection to a write-ahead log. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalOpen(sqlite3_vfs*, sqlite3_file*, const char *, int, i64, Wal**);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalClose(Wal *pWal, int sync_flags, int, u8 *);
+
+/* Set the limiting size of a WAL file. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalLimit(Wal*, i64);
+
+/* Used by readers to open (lock) and close (unlock) a snapshot.  A 
+** snapshot is like a read-transaction.  It is the state of the database
+** at an instant in time.  sqlite3WalOpenSnapshot gets a read lock and
+** preserves the current state even if the other threads or processes
+** write to or checkpoint the WAL.  sqlite3WalCloseSnapshot() closes the
+** transaction and releases the lock.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(Wal *pWal, int *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(Wal *pWal);
+
+/* Read a page from the write-ahead log, if it is present. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalRead(Wal *pWal, Pgno pgno, int *pInWal, int nOut, u8 *pOut);
+
+/* If the WAL is not empty, return the size of the database. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3WalDbsize(Wal *pWal);
+
+/* Obtain or release the WRITER lock. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(Wal *pWal);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(Wal *pWal);
+
+/* Undo any frames written (but not committed) to the log */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalUndo(Wal *pWal, int (*xUndo)(void *, Pgno), void *pUndoCtx);
+
+/* Return an integer that records the current (uncommitted) write
+** position in the WAL */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalSavepoint(Wal *pWal, u32 *aWalData);
+
+/* Move the write position of the WAL back to iFrame.  Called in
+** response to a ROLLBACK TO command. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(Wal *pWal, u32 *aWalData);
+
+/* Write a frame or frames to the log. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFrames(Wal *pWal, int, PgHdr *, Pgno, int, int);
+
+/* Copy pages from the log to the database file */ 
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalCheckpoint(
+  Wal *pWal,                      /* Write-ahead log connection */
+  int eMode,                      /* One of PASSIVE, FULL and RESTART */
+  int (*xBusy)(void*),            /* Function to call when busy */
+  void *pBusyArg,                 /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */
+  int sync_flags,                 /* Flags to sync db file with (or 0) */
+  int nBuf,                       /* Size of buffer nBuf */
+  u8 *zBuf,                       /* Temporary buffer to use */
+  int *pnLog,                     /* OUT: Number of frames in WAL */
+  int *pnCkpt                     /* OUT: Number of backfilled frames in WAL */
+);
+
+/* Return the value to pass to a sqlite3_wal_hook callback, the
+** number of frames in the WAL at the point of the last commit since
+** sqlite3WalCallback() was called.  If no commits have occurred since
+** the last call, then return 0.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalCallback(Wal *pWal);
+
+/* Tell the wal layer that an EXCLUSIVE lock has been obtained (or released)
+** by the pager layer on the database file.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(Wal *pWal, int op);
+
+/* Return true if the argument is non-NULL and the WAL module is using
+** heap-memory for the wal-index. Otherwise, if the argument is NULL or the
+** WAL module is using shared-memory, return false. 
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalHeapMemory(Wal *pWal);
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
+/* If the WAL file is not empty, return the number of bytes of content
+** stored in each frame (i.e. the db page-size when the WAL was created).
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFramesize(Wal *pWal);
+#endif
+
+#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
+#endif /* _WAL_H_ */
+
+/************** End of wal.h *************************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in pager.c **********************/
+
+
+/******************* NOTES ON THE DESIGN OF THE PAGER ************************
+**
+** This comment block describes invariants that hold when using a rollback
+** journal.  These invariants do not apply for journal_mode=WAL,
+** journal_mode=MEMORY, or journal_mode=OFF.
+**
+** Within this comment block, a page is deemed to have been synced
+** automatically as soon as it is written when PRAGMA synchronous=OFF.
+** Otherwise, the page is not synced until the xSync method of the VFS
+** is called successfully on the file containing the page.
+**
+** Definition:  A page of the database file is said to be "overwriteable" if
+** one or more of the following are true about the page:
+** 
+**     (a)  The original content of the page as it was at the beginning of
+**          the transaction has been written into the rollback journal and
+**          synced.
+** 
+**     (b)  The page was a freelist leaf page at the start of the transaction.
+** 
+**     (c)  The page number is greater than the largest page that existed in
+**          the database file at the start of the transaction.
+** 
+** (1) A page of the database file is never overwritten unless one of the
+**     following are true:
+** 
+**     (a) The page and all other pages on the same sector are overwriteable.
+** 
+**     (b) The atomic page write optimization is enabled, and the entire
+**         transaction other than the update of the transaction sequence
+**         number consists of a single page change.
+** 
+** (2) The content of a page written into the rollback journal exactly matches
+**     both the content in the database when the rollback journal was written
+**     and the content in the database at the beginning of the current
+**     transaction.
+** 
+** (3) Writes to the database file are an integer multiple of the page size
+**     in length and are aligned on a page boundary.
+** 
+** (4) Reads from the database file are either aligned on a page boundary and
+**     an integer multiple of the page size in length or are taken from the
+**     first 100 bytes of the database file.
+** 
+** (5) All writes to the database file are synced prior to the rollback journal
+**     being deleted, truncated, or zeroed.
+** 
+** (6) If a master journal file is used, then all writes to the database file
+**     are synced prior to the master journal being deleted.
+** 
+** Definition: Two databases (or the same database at two points it time)
+** are said to be "logically equivalent" if they give the same answer to
+** all queries.  Note in particular the content of freelist leaf
+** pages can be changed arbitarily without effecting the logical equivalence
+** of the database.
+** 
+** (7) At any time, if any subset, including the empty set and the total set,
+**     of the unsynced changes to a rollback journal are removed and the 
+**     journal is rolled back, the resulting database file will be logical
+**     equivalent to the database file at the beginning of the transaction.
+** 
+** (8) When a transaction is rolled back, the xTruncate method of the VFS
+**     is called to restore the database file to the same size it was at
+**     the beginning of the transaction.  (In some VFSes, the xTruncate
+**     method is a no-op, but that does not change the fact the SQLite will
+**     invoke it.)
+** 
+** (9) Whenever the database file is modified, at least one bit in the range
+**     of bytes from 24 through 39 inclusive will be changed prior to releasing
+**     the EXCLUSIVE lock, thus signaling other connections on the same
+**     database to flush their caches.
+**
+** (10) The pattern of bits in bytes 24 through 39 shall not repeat in less
+**      than one billion transactions.
+**
+** (11) A database file is well-formed at the beginning and at the conclusion
+**      of every transaction.
+**
+** (12) An EXCLUSIVE lock is held on the database file when writing to
+**      the database file.
+**
+** (13) A SHARED lock is held on the database file while reading any
+**      content out of the database file.
+**
+******************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+** Macros for troubleshooting.  Normally turned off
+*/
+#if 0
+int sqlite3PagerTrace=1;  /* True to enable tracing */
+#define sqlite3DebugPrintf printf
+#define PAGERTRACE(X)     if( sqlite3PagerTrace ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf X; }
+#else
+#define PAGERTRACE(X)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The following two macros are used within the PAGERTRACE() macros above
+** to print out file-descriptors. 
+**
+** PAGERID() takes a pointer to a Pager struct as its argument. The
+** associated file-descriptor is returned. FILEHANDLEID() takes an sqlite3_file
+** struct as its argument.
+*/
+#define PAGERID(p) ((int)(p->fd))
+#define FILEHANDLEID(fd) ((int)fd)
+
+/*
+** The Pager.eState variable stores the current 'state' of a pager. A
+** pager may be in any one of the seven states shown in the following
+** state diagram.
+**
+**                            OPEN <------+------+
+**                              |         |      |
+**                              V         |      |
+**               +---------> READER-------+      |
+**               |              |                |
+**               |              V                |
+**               |<-------WRITER_LOCKED------> ERROR
+**               |              |                ^  
+**               |              V                |
+**               |<------WRITER_CACHEMOD-------->|
+**               |              |                |
+**               |              V                |
+**               |<-------WRITER_DBMOD---------->|
+**               |              |                |
+**               |              V                |
+**               +<------WRITER_FINISHED-------->+
+**
+**
+** List of state transitions and the C [function] that performs each:
+** 
+**   OPEN              -> READER              [sqlite3PagerSharedLock]
+**   READER            -> OPEN                [pager_unlock]
+**
+**   READER            -> WRITER_LOCKED       [sqlite3PagerBegin]
+**   WRITER_LOCKED     -> WRITER_CACHEMOD     [pager_open_journal]
+**   WRITER_CACHEMOD   -> WRITER_DBMOD        [syncJournal]
+**   WRITER_DBMOD      -> WRITER_FINISHED     [sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne]
+**   WRITER_***        -> READER              [pager_end_transaction]
+**
+**   WRITER_***        -> ERROR               [pager_error]
+**   ERROR             -> OPEN                [pager_unlock]
+** 
+**
+**  OPEN:
+**
+**    The pager starts up in this state. Nothing is guaranteed in this
+**    state - the file may or may not be locked and the database size is
+**    unknown. The database may not be read or written.
+**
+**    * No read or write transaction is active.
+**    * Any lock, or no lock at all, may be held on the database file.
+**    * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables may not be trusted.
+**
+**  READER:
+**
+**    In this state all the requirements for reading the database in 
+**    rollback (non-WAL) mode are met. Unless the pager is (or recently
+**    was) in exclusive-locking mode, a user-level read transaction is 
+**    open. The database size is known in this state.
+**
+**    A connection running with locking_mode=normal enters this state when
+**    it opens a read-transaction on the database and returns to state
+**    OPEN after the read-transaction is completed. However a connection
+**    running in locking_mode=exclusive (including temp databases) remains in
+**    this state even after the read-transaction is closed. The only way
+**    a locking_mode=exclusive connection can transition from READER to OPEN
+**    is via the ERROR state (see below).
+** 
+**    * A read transaction may be active (but a write-transaction cannot).
+**    * A SHARED or greater lock is held on the database file.
+**    * The dbSize variable may be trusted (even if a user-level read 
+**      transaction is not active). The dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables
+**      may not be trusted at this point.
+**    * If the database is a WAL database, then the WAL connection is open.
+**    * Even if a read-transaction is not open, it is guaranteed that 
+**      there is no hot-journal in the file-system.
+**
+**  WRITER_LOCKED:
+**
+**    The pager moves to this state from READER when a write-transaction
+**    is first opened on the database. In WRITER_LOCKED state, all locks 
+**    required to start a write-transaction are held, but no actual 
+**    modifications to the cache or database have taken place.
+**
+**    In rollback mode, a RESERVED or (if the transaction was opened with 
+**    BEGIN EXCLUSIVE) EXCLUSIVE lock is obtained on the database file when
+**    moving to this state, but the journal file is not written to or opened 
+**    to in this state. If the transaction is committed or rolled back while 
+**    in WRITER_LOCKED state, all that is required is to unlock the database 
+**    file.
+**
+**    IN WAL mode, WalBeginWriteTransaction() is called to lock the log file.
+**    If the connection is running with locking_mode=exclusive, an attempt
+**    is made to obtain an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file.
+**
+**    * A write transaction is active.
+**    * If the connection is open in rollback-mode, a RESERVED or greater 
+**      lock is held on the database file.
+**    * If the connection is open in WAL-mode, a WAL write transaction
+**      is open (i.e. sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction() has been successfully
+**      called).
+**    * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables are all valid.
+**    * The contents of the pager cache have not been modified.
+**    * The journal file may or may not be open.
+**    * Nothing (not even the first header) has been written to the journal.
+**
+**  WRITER_CACHEMOD:
+**
+**    A pager moves from WRITER_LOCKED state to this state when a page is
+**    first modified by the upper layer. In rollback mode the journal file
+**    is opened (if it is not already open) and a header written to the
+**    start of it. The database file on disk has not been modified.
+**
+**    * A write transaction is active.
+**    * A RESERVED or greater lock is held on the database file.
+**    * The journal file is open and the first header has been written 
+**      to it, but the header has not been synced to disk.
+**    * The contents of the page cache have been modified.
+**
+**  WRITER_DBMOD:
+**
+**    The pager transitions from WRITER_CACHEMOD into WRITER_DBMOD state
+**    when it modifies the contents of the database file. WAL connections
+**    never enter this state (since they do not modify the database file,
+**    just the log file).
+**
+**    * A write transaction is active.
+**    * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
+**    * The journal file is open and the first header has been written 
+**      and synced to disk.
+**    * The contents of the page cache have been modified (and possibly
+**      written to disk).
+**
+**  WRITER_FINISHED:
+**
+**    It is not possible for a WAL connection to enter this state.
+**
+**    A rollback-mode pager changes to WRITER_FINISHED state from WRITER_DBMOD
+**    state after the entire transaction has been successfully written into the
+**    database file. In this state the transaction may be committed simply
+**    by finalizing the journal file. Once in WRITER_FINISHED state, it is 
+**    not possible to modify the database further. At this point, the upper 
+**    layer must either commit or rollback the transaction.
+**
+**    * A write transaction is active.
+**    * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
+**    * All writing and syncing of journal and database data has finished.
+**      If no error occured, all that remains is to finalize the journal to
+**      commit the transaction. If an error did occur, the caller will need
+**      to rollback the transaction. 
+**
+**  ERROR:
+**
+**    The ERROR state is entered when an IO or disk-full error (including
+**    SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) occurs at a point in the code that makes it 
+**    difficult to be sure that the in-memory pager state (cache contents, 
+**    db size etc.) are consistent with the contents of the file-system.
+**
+**    Temporary pager files may enter the ERROR state, but in-memory pagers
+**    cannot.
+**
+**    For example, if an IO error occurs while performing a rollback, 
+**    the contents of the page-cache may be left in an inconsistent state.
+**    At this point it would be dangerous to change back to READER state
+**    (as usually happens after a rollback). Any subsequent readers might
+**    report database corruption (due to the inconsistent cache), and if
+**    they upgrade to writers, they may inadvertently corrupt the database
+**    file. To avoid this hazard, the pager switches into the ERROR state
+**    instead of READER following such an error.
+**
+**    Once it has entered the ERROR state, any attempt to use the pager
+**    to read or write data returns an error. Eventually, once all 
+**    outstanding transactions have been abandoned, the pager is able to
+**    transition back to OPEN state, discarding the contents of the 
+**    page-cache and any other in-memory state at the same time. Everything
+**    is reloaded from disk (and, if necessary, hot-journal rollback peformed)
+**    when a read-transaction is next opened on the pager (transitioning
+**    the pager into READER state). At that point the system has recovered 
+**    from the error.
+**
+**    Specifically, the pager jumps into the ERROR state if:
+**
+**      1. An error occurs while attempting a rollback. This happens in
+**         function sqlite3PagerRollback().
+**
+**      2. An error occurs while attempting to finalize a journal file
+**         following a commit in function sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo().
+**
+**      3. An error occurs while attempting to write to the journal or
+**         database file in function pagerStress() in order to free up
+**         memory.
+**
+**    In other cases, the error is returned to the b-tree layer. The b-tree
+**    layer then attempts a rollback operation. If the error condition 
+**    persists, the pager enters the ERROR state via condition (1) above.
+**
+**    Condition (3) is necessary because it can be triggered by a read-only
+**    statement executed within a transaction. In this case, if the error
+**    code were simply returned to the user, the b-tree layer would not
+**    automatically attempt a rollback, as it assumes that an error in a
+**    read-only statement cannot leave the pager in an internally inconsistent 
+**    state.
+**
+**    * The Pager.errCode variable is set to something other than SQLITE_OK.
+**    * There are one or more outstanding references to pages (after the
+**      last reference is dropped the pager should move back to OPEN state).
+**    * The pager is not an in-memory pager.
+**    
+**
+** Notes:
+**
+**   * A pager is never in WRITER_DBMOD or WRITER_FINISHED state if the
+**     connection is open in WAL mode. A WAL connection is always in one
+**     of the first four states.
+**
+**   * Normally, a connection open in exclusive mode is never in PAGER_OPEN
+**     state. There are two exceptions: immediately after exclusive-mode has
+**     been turned on (and before any read or write transactions are 
+**     executed), and when the pager is leaving the "error state".
+**
+**   * See also: assert_pager_state().
+*/
+#define PAGER_OPEN                  0
+#define PAGER_READER                1
+#define PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED         2
+#define PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD       3
+#define PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD          4
+#define PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED       5
+#define PAGER_ERROR                 6
+
+/*
+** The Pager.eLock variable is almost always set to one of the 
+** following locking-states, according to the lock currently held on
+** the database file: NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
+** This variable is kept up to date as locks are taken and released by
+** the pagerLockDb() and pagerUnlockDb() wrappers.
+**
+** If the VFS xLock() or xUnlock() returns an error other than SQLITE_BUSY
+** (i.e. one of the SQLITE_IOERR subtypes), it is not clear whether or not
+** the operation was successful. In these circumstances pagerLockDb() and
+** pagerUnlockDb() take a conservative approach - eLock is always updated
+** when unlocking the file, and only updated when locking the file if the
+** VFS call is successful. This way, the Pager.eLock variable may be set
+** to a less exclusive (lower) value than the lock that is actually held
+** at the system level, but it is never set to a more exclusive value.
+**
+** This is usually safe. If an xUnlock fails or appears to fail, there may 
+** be a few redundant xLock() calls or a lock may be held for longer than
+** required, but nothing really goes wrong.
+**
+** The exception is when the database file is unlocked as the pager moves
+** from ERROR to OPEN state. At this point there may be a hot-journal file 
+** in the file-system that needs to be rolled back (as part of a OPEN->SHARED
+** transition, by the same pager or any other). If the call to xUnlock()
+** fails at this point and the pager is left holding an EXCLUSIVE lock, this
+** can confuse the call to xCheckReservedLock() call made later as part
+** of hot-journal detection.
+**
+** xCheckReservedLock() is defined as returning true "if there is a RESERVED 
+** lock held by this process or any others". So xCheckReservedLock may 
+** return true because the caller itself is holding an EXCLUSIVE lock (but
+** doesn't know it because of a previous error in xUnlock). If this happens
+** a hot-journal may be mistaken for a journal being created by an active
+** transaction in another process, causing SQLite to read from the database
+** without rolling it back.
+**
+** To work around this, if a call to xUnlock() fails when unlocking the
+** database in the ERROR state, Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK. It
+** is only changed back to a real locking state after a successful call
+** to xLock(EXCLUSIVE). Also, the code to do the OPEN->SHARED state transition
+** omits the check for a hot-journal if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK 
+** lock. Instead, it assumes a hot-journal exists and obtains an EXCLUSIVE
+** lock on the database file before attempting to roll it back. See function
+** PagerSharedLock() for more detail.
+**
+** Pager.eLock may only be set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when the pager is in 
+** PAGER_OPEN state.
+*/
+#define UNKNOWN_LOCK                (EXCLUSIVE_LOCK+1)
+
+/*
+** A macro used for invoking the codec if there is one
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+# define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) \
+    if( P->xCodec && P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)==0 ){ E; }
+# define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) \
+    if( P->xCodec==0 ){ O=(char*)D; }else \
+    if( (O=(char*)(P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)))==0 ){ E; }
+#else
+# define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E)   /* NO-OP */
+# define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) O=(char*)D
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The maximum allowed sector size. 64KiB. If the xSectorsize() method 
+** returns a value larger than this, then MAX_SECTOR_SIZE is used instead.
+** This could conceivably cause corruption following a power failure on
+** such a system. This is currently an undocumented limit.
+*/
+#define MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 0x10000
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each active
+** savepoint and statement transaction in the system. All such structures
+** are stored in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array, which is allocated and
+** resized using sqlite3Realloc().
+**
+** When a savepoint is created, the PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset field is
+** set to 0. If a journal-header is written into the main journal while
+** the savepoint is active, then iHdrOffset is set to the byte offset 
+** immediately following the last journal record written into the main
+** journal before the journal-header. This is required during savepoint
+** rollback (see pagerPlaybackSavepoint()).
+*/
+typedef struct PagerSavepoint PagerSavepoint;
+struct PagerSavepoint {
+  i64 iOffset;                 /* Starting offset in main journal */
+  i64 iHdrOffset;              /* See above */
+  Bitvec *pInSavepoint;        /* Set of pages in this savepoint */
+  Pgno nOrig;                  /* Original number of pages in file */
+  Pgno iSubRec;                /* Index of first record in sub-journal */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+  u32 aWalData[WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA];        /* WAL savepoint context */
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+** A open page cache is an instance of struct Pager. A description of
+** some of the more important member variables follows:
+**
+** eState
+**
+**   The current 'state' of the pager object. See the comment and state
+**   diagram above for a description of the pager state.
+**
+** eLock
+**
+**   For a real on-disk database, the current lock held on the database file -
+**   NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
+**
+**   For a temporary or in-memory database (neither of which require any
+**   locks), this variable is always set to EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. Since such
+**   databases always have Pager.exclusiveMode==1, this tricks the pager
+**   logic into thinking that it already has all the locks it will ever
+**   need (and no reason to release them).
+**
+**   In some (obscure) circumstances, this variable may also be set to
+**   UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for
+**   details.
+**
+** changeCountDone
+**
+**   This boolean variable is used to make sure that the change-counter 
+**   (the 4-byte header field at byte offset 24 of the database file) is 
+**   not updated more often than necessary. 
+**
+**   It is set to true when the change-counter field is updated, which 
+**   can only happen if an exclusive lock is held on the database file.
+**   It is cleared (set to false) whenever an exclusive lock is 
+**   relinquished on the database file. Each time a transaction is committed,
+**   The changeCountDone flag is inspected. If it is true, the work of
+**   updating the change-counter is omitted for the current transaction.
+**
+**   This mechanism means that when running in exclusive mode, a connection 
+**   need only update the change-counter once, for the first transaction
+**   committed.
+**
+** setMaster
+**
+**   When PagerCommitPhaseOne() is called to commit a transaction, it may
+**   (or may not) specify a master-journal name to be written into the 
+**   journal file before it is synced to disk.
+**
+**   Whether or not a journal file contains a master-journal pointer affects 
+**   the way in which the journal file is finalized after the transaction is 
+**   committed or rolled back when running in "journal_mode=PERSIST" mode.
+**   If a journal file does not contain a master-journal pointer, it is
+**   finalized by overwriting the first journal header with zeroes. If
+**   it does contain a master-journal pointer the journal file is finalized 
+**   by truncating it to zero bytes, just as if the connection were 
+**   running in "journal_mode=truncate" mode.
+**
+**   Journal files that contain master journal pointers cannot be finalized
+**   simply by overwriting the first journal-header with zeroes, as the
+**   master journal pointer could interfere with hot-journal rollback of any
+**   subsequently interrupted transaction that reuses the journal file.
+**
+**   The flag is cleared as soon as the journal file is finalized (either
+**   by PagerCommitPhaseTwo or PagerRollback). If an IO error prevents the
+**   journal file from being successfully finalized, the setMaster flag
+**   is cleared anyway (and the pager will move to ERROR state).
+**
+** doNotSpill, doNotSyncSpill
+**
+**   These two boolean variables control the behaviour of cache-spills
+**   (calls made by the pcache module to the pagerStress() routine to
+**   write cached data to the file-system in order to free up memory).
+**
+**   When doNotSpill is non-zero, writing to the database from pagerStress()
+**   is disabled altogether. This is done in a very obscure case that
+**   comes up during savepoint rollback that requires the pcache module
+**   to allocate a new page to prevent the journal file from being written
+**   while it is being traversed by code in pager_playback().
+** 
+**   If doNotSyncSpill is non-zero, writing to the database from pagerStress()
+**   is permitted, but syncing the journal file is not. This flag is set
+**   by sqlite3PagerWrite() when the file-system sector-size is larger than
+**   the database page-size in order to prevent a journal sync from happening 
+**   in between the journalling of two pages on the same sector. 
+**
+** subjInMemory
+**
+**   This is a boolean variable. If true, then any required sub-journal
+**   is opened as an in-memory journal file. If false, then in-memory
+**   sub-journals are only used for in-memory pager files.
+**
+**   This variable is updated by the upper layer each time a new 
+**   write-transaction is opened.
+**
+** dbSize, dbOrigSize, dbFileSize
+**
+**   Variable dbSize is set to the number of pages in the database file.
+**   It is valid in PAGER_READER and higher states (all states except for
+**   OPEN and ERROR). 
+**
+**   dbSize is set based on the size of the database file, which may be 
+**   larger than the size of the database (the value stored at offset
+**   28 of the database header by the btree). If the size of the file
+**   is not an integer multiple of the page-size, the value stored in
+**   dbSize is rounded down (i.e. a 5KB file with 2K page-size has dbSize==2).
+**   Except, any file that is greater than 0 bytes in size is considered
+**   to have at least one page. (i.e. a 1KB file with 2K page-size leads
+**   to dbSize==1).
+**
+**   During a write-transaction, if pages with page-numbers greater than
+**   dbSize are modified in the cache, dbSize is updated accordingly.
+**   Similarly, if the database is truncated using PagerTruncateImage(), 
+**   dbSize is updated.
+**
+**   Variables dbOrigSize and dbFileSize are valid in states 
+**   PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED and higher. dbOrigSize is a copy of the dbSize
+**   variable at the start of the transaction. It is used during rollback,
+**   and to determine whether or not pages need to be journalled before
+**   being modified.
+**
+**   Throughout a write-transaction, dbFileSize contains the size of
+**   the file on disk in pages. It is set to a copy of dbSize when the
+**   write-transaction is first opened, and updated when VFS calls are made
+**   to write or truncate the database file on disk. 
+**
+**   The only reason the dbFileSize variable is required is to suppress 
+**   unnecessary calls to xTruncate() after committing a transaction. If, 
+**   when a transaction is committed, the dbFileSize variable indicates 
+**   that the database file is larger than the database image (Pager.dbSize), 
+**   pager_truncate() is called. The pager_truncate() call uses xFilesize()
+**   to measure the database file on disk, and then truncates it if required.
+**   dbFileSize is not used when rolling back a transaction. In this case
+**   pager_truncate() is called unconditionally (which means there may be
+**   a call to xFilesize() that is not strictly required). In either case,
+**   pager_truncate() may cause the file to become smaller or larger.
+**
+** dbHintSize
+**
+**   The dbHintSize variable is used to limit the number of calls made to
+**   the VFS xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method. 
+**
+**   dbHintSize is set to a copy of the dbSize variable when a
+**   write-transaction is opened (at the same time as dbFileSize and
+**   dbOrigSize). If the xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method is called,
+**   dbHintSize is increased to the number of pages that correspond to the
+**   size-hint passed to the method call. See pager_write_pagelist() for 
+**   details.
+**
+** errCode
+**
+**   The Pager.errCode variable is only ever used in PAGER_ERROR state. It
+**   is set to zero in all other states. In PAGER_ERROR state, Pager.errCode 
+**   is always set to SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the SQLITE_IOERR_XXX 
+**   sub-codes.
+*/
+struct Pager {
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;          /* OS functions to use for IO */
+  u8 exclusiveMode;           /* Boolean. True if locking_mode==EXCLUSIVE */
+  u8 journalMode;             /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_* values */
+  u8 useJournal;              /* Use a rollback journal on this file */
+  u8 noSync;                  /* Do not sync the journal if true */
+  u8 fullSync;                /* Do extra syncs of the journal for robustness */
+  u8 ckptSyncFlags;           /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL for checkpoint */
+  u8 walSyncFlags;            /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL for wal writes */
+  u8 syncFlags;               /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL otherwise */
+  u8 tempFile;                /* zFilename is a temporary file */
+  u8 readOnly;                /* True for a read-only database */
+  u8 memDb;                   /* True to inhibit all file I/O */
+
+  /**************************************************************************
+  ** The following block contains those class members that change during
+  ** routine opertion.  Class members not in this block are either fixed
+  ** when the pager is first created or else only change when there is a
+  ** significant mode change (such as changing the page_size, locking_mode,
+  ** or the journal_mode).  From another view, these class members describe
+  ** the "state" of the pager, while other class members describe the
+  ** "configuration" of the pager.
+  */
+  u8 eState;                  /* Pager state (OPEN, READER, WRITER_LOCKED..) */
+  u8 eLock;                   /* Current lock held on database file */
+  u8 changeCountDone;         /* Set after incrementing the change-counter */
+  u8 setMaster;               /* True if a m-j name has been written to jrnl */
+  u8 doNotSpill;              /* Do not spill the cache when non-zero */
+  u8 doNotSyncSpill;          /* Do not do a spill that requires jrnl sync */
+  u8 subjInMemory;            /* True to use in-memory sub-journals */
+  Pgno dbSize;                /* Number of pages in the database */
+  Pgno dbOrigSize;            /* dbSize before the current transaction */
+  Pgno dbFileSize;            /* Number of pages in the database file */
+  Pgno dbHintSize;            /* Value passed to FCNTL_SIZE_HINT call */
+  int errCode;                /* One of several kinds of errors */
+  int nRec;                   /* Pages journalled since last j-header written */
+  u32 cksumInit;              /* Quasi-random value added to every checksum */
+  u32 nSubRec;                /* Number of records written to sub-journal */
+  Bitvec *pInJournal;         /* One bit for each page in the database file */
+  sqlite3_file *fd;           /* File descriptor for database */
+  sqlite3_file *jfd;          /* File descriptor for main journal */
+  sqlite3_file *sjfd;         /* File descriptor for sub-journal */
+  i64 journalOff;             /* Current write offset in the journal file */
+  i64 journalHdr;             /* Byte offset to previous journal header */
+  sqlite3_backup *pBackup;    /* Pointer to list of ongoing backup processes */
+  PagerSavepoint *aSavepoint; /* Array of active savepoints */
+  int nSavepoint;             /* Number of elements in aSavepoint[] */
+  char dbFileVers[16];        /* Changes whenever database file changes */
+  /*
+  ** End of the routinely-changing class members
+  ***************************************************************************/
+
+  u16 nExtra;                 /* Add this many bytes to each in-memory page */
+  i16 nReserve;               /* Number of unused bytes at end of each page */
+  u32 vfsFlags;               /* Flags for sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
+  u32 sectorSize;             /* Assumed sector size during rollback */
+  int pageSize;               /* Number of bytes in a page */
+  Pgno mxPgno;                /* Maximum allowed size of the database */
+  i64 journalSizeLimit;       /* Size limit for persistent journal files */
+  char *zFilename;            /* Name of the database file */
+  char *zJournal;             /* Name of the journal file */
+  int (*xBusyHandler)(void*); /* Function to call when busy */
+  void *pBusyHandlerArg;      /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */
+  int aStat[3];               /* Total cache hits, misses and writes */
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  int nRead;                  /* Database pages read */
+#endif
+  void (*xReiniter)(DbPage*); /* Call this routine when reloading pages */
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+  void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int); /* Routine for en/decoding data */
+  void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int); /* Notify of page size changes */
+  void (*xCodecFree)(void*);             /* Destructor for the codec */
+  void *pCodec;               /* First argument to xCodec... methods */
+#endif
+  char *pTmpSpace;            /* Pager.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */
+  PCache *pPCache;            /* Pointer to page cache object */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+  Wal *pWal;                  /* Write-ahead log used by "journal_mode=wal" */
+  char *zWal;                 /* File name for write-ahead log */
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+** Indexes for use with Pager.aStat[]. The Pager.aStat[] array contains
+** the values accessed by passing SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, CACHE_MISS 
+** or CACHE_WRITE to sqlite3_db_status().
+*/
+#define PAGER_STAT_HIT   0
+#define PAGER_STAT_MISS  1
+#define PAGER_STAT_WRITE 2
+
+/*
+** The following global variables hold counters used for
+** testing purposes only.  These variables do not exist in
+** a non-testing build.  These variables are not thread-safe.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_pager_readdb_count = 0;    /* Number of full pages read from DB */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_pager_writedb_count = 0;   /* Number of full pages written to DB */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_pager_writej_count = 0;    /* Number of pages written to journal */
+# define PAGER_INCR(v)  v++
+#else
+# define PAGER_INCR(v)
+#endif
+
+
+
+/*
+** Journal files begin with the following magic string.  The data
+** was obtained from /dev/random.  It is used only as a sanity check.
+**
+** Since version 2.8.0, the journal format contains additional sanity
+** checking information.  If the power fails while the journal is being
+** written, semi-random garbage data might appear in the journal
+** file after power is restored.  If an attempt is then made
+** to roll the journal back, the database could be corrupted.  The additional
+** sanity checking data is an attempt to discover the garbage in the
+** journal and ignore it.
+**
+** The sanity checking information for the new journal format consists
+** of a 32-bit checksum on each page of data.  The checksum covers both
+** the page number and the pPager->pageSize bytes of data for the page.
+** This cksum is initialized to a 32-bit random value that appears in the
+** journal file right after the header.  The random initializer is important,
+** because garbage data that appears at the end of a journal is likely
+** data that was once in other files that have now been deleted.  If the
+** garbage data came from an obsolete journal file, the checksums might
+** be correct.  But by initializing the checksum to random value which
+** is different for every journal, we minimize that risk.
+*/
+static const unsigned char aJournalMagic[] = {
+  0xd9, 0xd5, 0x05, 0xf9, 0x20, 0xa1, 0x63, 0xd7,
+};
+
+/*
+** The size of the of each page record in the journal is given by
+** the following macro.
+*/
+#define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)  ((pPager->pageSize) + 8)
+
+/*
+** The journal header size for this pager. This is usually the same 
+** size as a single disk sector. See also setSectorSize().
+*/
+#define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize)
+
+/*
+** The macro MEMDB is true if we are dealing with an in-memory database.
+** We do this as a macro so that if the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB macro is set,
+** the value of MEMDB will be a constant and the compiler will optimize
+** out code that would never execute.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
+# define MEMDB 0
+#else
+# define MEMDB pPager->memDb
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The maximum legal page number is (2^31 - 1).
+*/
+#define PAGER_MAX_PGNO 2147483647
+
+/*
+** The argument to this macro is a file descriptor (type sqlite3_file*).
+** Return 0 if it is not open, or non-zero (but not 1) if it is.
+**
+** This is so that expressions can be written as:
+**
+**   if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ ...
+**
+** instead of
+**
+**   if( pPager->jfd->pMethods ){ ...
+*/
+#define isOpen(pFd) ((pFd)->pMethods)
+
+/*
+** Return true if this pager uses a write-ahead log instead of the usual
+** rollback journal. Otherwise false.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+static int pagerUseWal(Pager *pPager){
+  return (pPager->pWal!=0);
+}
+#else
+# define pagerUseWal(x) 0
+# define pagerRollbackWal(x) 0
+# define pagerWalFrames(v,w,x,y) 0
+# define pagerOpenWalIfPresent(z) SQLITE_OK
+# define pagerBeginReadTransaction(z) SQLITE_OK
+#endif
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG 
+/*
+** Usage:
+**
+**   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+**
+** This function runs many asserts to try to find inconsistencies in
+** the internal state of the Pager object.
+*/
+static int assert_pager_state(Pager *p){
+  Pager *pPager = p;
+
+  /* State must be valid. */
+  assert( p->eState==PAGER_OPEN
+       || p->eState==PAGER_READER
+       || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
+       || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
+       || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
+       || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
+       || p->eState==PAGER_ERROR
+  );
+
+  /* Regardless of the current state, a temp-file connection always behaves
+  ** as if it has an exclusive lock on the database file. It never updates
+  ** the change-counter field, so the changeCountDone flag is always set.
+  */
+  assert( p->tempFile==0 || p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
+  assert( p->tempFile==0 || pPager->changeCountDone );
+
+  /* If the useJournal flag is clear, the journal-mode must be "OFF". 
+  ** And if the journal-mode is "OFF", the journal file must not be open.
+  */
+  assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || p->useJournal );
+  assert( p->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || !isOpen(p->jfd) );
+
+  /* Check that MEMDB implies noSync. And an in-memory journal. Since 
+  ** this means an in-memory pager performs no IO at all, it cannot encounter 
+  ** either SQLITE_IOERR or SQLITE_FULL during rollback or while finalizing 
+  ** a journal file. (although the in-memory journal implementation may 
+  ** return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM while the journal file is being written). It 
+  ** is therefore not possible for an in-memory pager to enter the ERROR 
+  ** state.
+  */
+  if( MEMDB ){
+    assert( p->noSync );
+    assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 
+         || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 
+    );
+    assert( p->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && p->eState!=PAGER_OPEN );
+    assert( pagerUseWal(p)==0 );
+  }
+
+  /* If changeCountDone is set, a RESERVED lock or greater must be held
+  ** on the file.
+  */
+  assert( pPager->changeCountDone==0 || pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
+  assert( p->eLock!=PENDING_LOCK );
+
+  switch( p->eState ){
+    case PAGER_OPEN:
+      assert( !MEMDB );
+      assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
+      assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 || pPager->tempFile );
+      break;
+
+    case PAGER_READER:
+      assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
+      assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
+      assert( p->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
+      break;
+
+    case PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED:
+      assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
+      assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
+      if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+        assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
+      }
+      assert( pPager->dbSize==pPager->dbOrigSize );
+      assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
+      assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize );
+      assert( pPager->setMaster==0 );
+      break;
+
+    case PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD:
+      assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
+      assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
+      if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+        /* It is possible that if journal_mode=wal here that neither the
+        ** journal file nor the WAL file are open. This happens during
+        ** a rollback transaction that switches from journal_mode=off
+        ** to journal_mode=wal.
+        */
+        assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
+        assert( isOpen(p->jfd) 
+             || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 
+             || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 
+        );
+      }
+      assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
+      assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize );
+      break;
+
+    case PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD:
+      assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
+      assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
+      assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
+      assert( p->eLock>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
+      assert( isOpen(p->jfd) 
+           || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 
+           || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 
+      );
+      assert( pPager->dbOrigSize<=pPager->dbHintSize );
+      break;
+
+    case PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED:
+      assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
+      assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
+      assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
+      assert( isOpen(p->jfd) 
+           || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 
+           || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 
+      );
+      break;
+
+    case PAGER_ERROR:
+      /* There must be at least one outstanding reference to the pager if
+      ** in ERROR state. Otherwise the pager should have already dropped
+      ** back to OPEN state.
+      */
+      assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK );
+      assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 );
+      break;
+  }
+
+  return 1;
+}
+#endif /* ifndef NDEBUG */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 
+/*
+** Return a pointer to a human readable string in a static buffer
+** containing the state of the Pager object passed as an argument. This
+** is intended to be used within debuggers. For example, as an alternative
+** to "print *pPager" in gdb:
+**
+** (gdb) printf "%s", print_pager_state(pPager)
+*/
+static char *print_pager_state(Pager *p){
+  static char zRet[1024];
+
+  sqlite3_snprintf(1024, zRet,
+      "Filename:      %s\n"
+      "State:         %s errCode=%d\n"
+      "Lock:          %s\n"
+      "Locking mode:  locking_mode=%s\n"
+      "Journal mode:  journal_mode=%s\n"
+      "Backing store: tempFile=%d memDb=%d useJournal=%d\n"
+      "Journal:       journalOff=%lld journalHdr=%lld\n"
+      "Size:          dbsize=%d dbOrigSize=%d dbFileSize=%d\n"
+      , p->zFilename
+      , p->eState==PAGER_OPEN            ? "OPEN" :
+        p->eState==PAGER_READER          ? "READER" :
+        p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED   ? "WRITER_LOCKED" :
+        p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ? "WRITER_CACHEMOD" :
+        p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD    ? "WRITER_DBMOD" :
+        p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ? "WRITER_FINISHED" :
+        p->eState==PAGER_ERROR           ? "ERROR" : "?error?"
+      , (int)p->errCode
+      , p->eLock==NO_LOCK         ? "NO_LOCK" :
+        p->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK   ? "RESERVED" :
+        p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK  ? "EXCLUSIVE" :
+        p->eLock==SHARED_LOCK     ? "SHARED" :
+        p->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK    ? "UNKNOWN" : "?error?"
+      , p->exclusiveMode ? "exclusive" : "normal"
+      , p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY   ? "memory" :
+        p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF      ? "off" :
+        p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE   ? "delete" :
+        p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST  ? "persist" :
+        p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ? "truncate" :
+        p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL      ? "wal" : "?error?"
+      , (int)p->tempFile, (int)p->memDb, (int)p->useJournal
+      , p->journalOff, p->journalHdr
+      , (int)p->dbSize, (int)p->dbOrigSize, (int)p->dbFileSize
+  );
+
+  return zRet;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Return true if it is necessary to write page *pPg into the sub-journal.
+** A page needs to be written into the sub-journal if there exists one
+** or more open savepoints for which:
+**
+**   * The page-number is less than or equal to PagerSavepoint.nOrig, and
+**   * The bit corresponding to the page-number is not set in
+**     PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint.
+*/
+static int subjRequiresPage(PgHdr *pPg){
+  Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno;
+  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<pPager->nSavepoint; i++){
+    PagerSavepoint *p = &pPager->aSavepoint[i];
+    if( p->nOrig>=pgno && 0==sqlite3BitvecTest(p->pInSavepoint, pgno) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return true if the page is already in the journal file.
+*/
+static int pageInJournal(PgHdr *pPg){
+  return sqlite3BitvecTest(pPg->pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
+}
+
+/*
+** Read a 32-bit integer from the given file descriptor.  Store the integer
+** that is read in *pRes.  Return SQLITE_OK if everything worked, or an
+** error code is something goes wrong.
+**
+** All values are stored on disk as big-endian.
+*/
+static int read32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 *pRes){
+  unsigned char ac[4];
+  int rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, ac, sizeof(ac), offset);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    *pRes = sqlite3Get4byte(ac);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Write a 32-bit integer into a string buffer in big-endian byte order.
+*/
+#define put32bits(A,B)  sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)A,B)
+
+
+/*
+** Write a 32-bit integer into the given file descriptor.  Return SQLITE_OK
+** on success or an error code is something goes wrong.
+*/
+static int write32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 val){
+  char ac[4];
+  put32bits(ac, val);
+  return sqlite3OsWrite(fd, ac, 4, offset);
+}
+
+/*
+** Unlock the database file to level eLock, which must be either NO_LOCK
+** or SHARED_LOCK. Regardless of whether or not the call to xUnlock()
+** succeeds, set the Pager.eLock variable to match the (attempted) new lock.
+**
+** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
+** called, do not modify it. See the comment above the #define of 
+** UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of this.
+*/
+static int pagerUnlockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  assert( !pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->eLock==eLock );
+  assert( eLock==NO_LOCK || eLock==SHARED_LOCK );
+  assert( eLock!=NO_LOCK || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
+  if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
+    assert( pPager->eLock>=eLock );
+    rc = sqlite3OsUnlock(pPager->fd, eLock);
+    if( pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ){
+      pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock;
+    }
+    IOTRACE(("UNLOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock))
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Lock the database file to level eLock, which must be either SHARED_LOCK,
+** RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. If the caller is successful, set the
+** Pager.eLock variable to the new locking state. 
+**
+** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is 
+** called, do not modify it unless the new locking state is EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. 
+** See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation 
+** of this.
+*/
+static int pagerLockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  assert( eLock==SHARED_LOCK || eLock==RESERVED_LOCK || eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
+  if( pPager->eLock<eLock || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ){
+    rc = sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, eLock);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK||eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) ){
+      pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock;
+      IOTRACE(("LOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock))
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function determines whether or not the atomic-write optimization
+** can be used with this pager. The optimization can be used if:
+**
+**  (a) the value returned by OsDeviceCharacteristics() indicates that
+**      a database page may be written atomically, and
+**  (b) the value returned by OsSectorSize() is less than or equal
+**      to the page size.
+**
+** The optimization is also always enabled for temporary files. It is
+** an error to call this function if pPager is opened on an in-memory
+** database.
+**
+** If the optimization cannot be used, 0 is returned. If it can be used,
+** then the value returned is the size of the journal file when it
+** contains rollback data for exactly one page.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
+static int jrnlBufferSize(Pager *pPager){
+  assert( !MEMDB );
+  if( !pPager->tempFile ){
+    int dc;                           /* Device characteristics */
+    int nSector;                      /* Sector size */
+    int szPage;                       /* Page size */
+
+    assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
+    dc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
+    nSector = pPager->sectorSize;
+    szPage = pPager->pageSize;
+
+    assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
+    assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
+    if( 0==(dc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(szPage>>8)) || nSector>szPage) ){
+      return 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager);
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined then we do some sanity checking
+** on the cache using a hash function.  This is used for testing
+** and debugging only.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
+/*
+** Return a 32-bit hash of the page data for pPage.
+*/
+static u32 pager_datahash(int nByte, unsigned char *pData){
+  u32 hash = 0;
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<nByte; i++){
+    hash = (hash*1039) + pData[i];
+  }
+  return hash;
+}
+static u32 pager_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
+  return pager_datahash(pPage->pPager->pageSize, (unsigned char *)pPage->pData);
+}
+static void pager_set_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
+  pPage->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPage);
+}
+
+/*
+** The CHECK_PAGE macro takes a PgHdr* as an argument. If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
+** is defined, and NDEBUG is not defined, an assert() statement checks
+** that the page is either dirty or still matches the calculated page-hash.
+*/
+#define CHECK_PAGE(x) checkPage(x)
+static void checkPage(PgHdr *pPg){
+  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
+  assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
+  assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) || pPg->pageHash==pager_pagehash(pPg) );
+}
+
+#else
+#define pager_datahash(X,Y)  0
+#define pager_pagehash(X)  0
+#define pager_set_pagehash(X)
+#define CHECK_PAGE(x)
+#endif  /* SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES */
+
+/*
+** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open.
+** This function attempts to read a master journal file name from the 
+** end of the file and, if successful, copies it into memory supplied 
+** by the caller. See comments above writeMasterJournal() for the format
+** used to store a master journal file name at the end of a journal file.
+**
+** zMaster must point to a buffer of at least nMaster bytes allocated by
+** the caller. This should be sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname+1 (to ensure there is
+** enough space to write the master journal name). If the master journal
+** name in the journal is longer than nMaster bytes (including a
+** nul-terminator), then this is handled as if no master journal name
+** were present in the journal.
+**
+** If a master journal file name is present at the end of the journal
+** file, then it is copied into the buffer pointed to by zMaster. A
+** nul-terminator byte is appended to the buffer following the master
+** journal file name.
+**
+** If it is determined that no master journal file name is present 
+** zMaster[0] is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned.
+**
+** If an error occurs while reading from the journal file, an SQLite
+** error code is returned.
+*/
+static int readMasterJournal(sqlite3_file *pJrnl, char *zMaster, u32 nMaster){
+  int rc;                    /* Return code */
+  u32 len;                   /* Length in bytes of master journal name */
+  i64 szJ;                   /* Total size in bytes of journal file pJrnl */
+  u32 cksum;                 /* MJ checksum value read from journal */
+  u32 u;                     /* Unsigned loop counter */
+  unsigned char aMagic[8];   /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
+  zMaster[0] = '\0';
+
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl, &szJ))
+   || szJ<16
+   || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-16, &len))
+   || len>=nMaster 
+   || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-12, &cksum))
+   || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, aMagic, 8, szJ-8))
+   || memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8)
+   || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, zMaster, len, szJ-16-len))
+  ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  /* See if the checksum matches the master journal name */
+  for(u=0; u<len; u++){
+    cksum -= zMaster[u];
+  }
+  if( cksum ){
+    /* If the checksum doesn't add up, then one or more of the disk sectors
+    ** containing the master journal filename is corrupted. This means
+    ** definitely roll back, so just return SQLITE_OK and report a (nul)
+    ** master-journal filename.
+    */
+    len = 0;
+  }
+  zMaster[len] = '\0';
+   
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the offset of the sector boundary at or immediately 
+** following the value in pPager->journalOff, assuming a sector 
+** size of pPager->sectorSize bytes.
+**
+** i.e for a sector size of 512:
+**
+**   Pager.journalOff          Return value
+**   ---------------------------------------
+**   0                         0
+**   512                       512
+**   100                       512
+**   2000                      2048
+** 
+*/
+static i64 journalHdrOffset(Pager *pPager){
+  i64 offset = 0;
+  i64 c = pPager->journalOff;
+  if( c ){
+    offset = ((c-1)/JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + 1) * JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
+  }
+  assert( offset%JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==0 );
+  assert( offset>=c );
+  assert( (offset-c)<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
+  return offset;
+}
+
+/*
+** The journal file must be open when this function is called.
+**
+** This function is a no-op if the journal file has not been written to
+** within the current transaction (i.e. if Pager.journalOff==0).
+**
+** If doTruncate is non-zero or the Pager.journalSizeLimit variable is
+** set to 0, then truncate the journal file to zero bytes in size. Otherwise,
+** zero the 28-byte header at the start of the journal file. In either case, 
+** if the pager is not in no-sync mode, sync the journal file immediately 
+** after writing or truncating it.
+**
+** If Pager.journalSizeLimit is set to a positive, non-zero value, and
+** following the truncation or zeroing described above the size of the 
+** journal file in bytes is larger than this value, then truncate the
+** journal file to Pager.journalSizeLimit bytes. The journal file does
+** not need to be synced following this operation.
+**
+** If an IO error occurs, abandon processing and return the IO error code.
+** Otherwise, return SQLITE_OK.
+*/
+static int zeroJournalHdr(Pager *pPager, int doTruncate){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;                               /* Return code */
+  assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
+  if( pPager->journalOff ){
+    const i64 iLimit = pPager->journalSizeLimit;    /* Local cache of jsl */
+
+    IOTRACE(("JZEROHDR %p\n", pPager))
+    if( doTruncate || iLimit==0 ){
+      rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
+    }else{
+      static const char zeroHdr[28] = {0};
+      rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zeroHdr, sizeof(zeroHdr), 0);
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){
+      rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY|pPager->syncFlags);
+    }
+
+    /* At this point the transaction is committed but the write lock 
+    ** is still held on the file. If there is a size limit configured for 
+    ** the persistent journal and the journal file currently consumes more
+    ** space than that limit allows for, truncate it now. There is no need
+    ** to sync the file following this operation.
+    */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iLimit>0 ){
+      i64 sz;
+      rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &sz);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sz>iLimit ){
+        rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, iLimit);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The journal file must be open when this routine is called. A journal
+** header (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is written into the journal file at the
+** current location.
+**
+** The format for the journal header is as follows:
+** - 8 bytes: Magic identifying journal format.
+** - 4 bytes: Number of records in journal, or -1 no-sync mode is on.
+** - 4 bytes: Random number used for page hash.
+** - 4 bytes: Initial database page count.
+** - 4 bytes: Sector size used by the process that wrote this journal.
+** - 4 bytes: Database page size.
+** 
+** Followed by (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes of unused space.
+*/
+static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;                 /* Return code */
+  char *zHeader = pPager->pTmpSpace;  /* Temporary space used to build header */
+  u32 nHeader = (u32)pPager->pageSize;/* Size of buffer pointed to by zHeader */
+  u32 nWrite;                         /* Bytes of header sector written */
+  int ii;                             /* Loop counter */
+
+  assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );      /* Journal file must be open. */
+
+  if( nHeader>JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
+    nHeader = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
+  }
+
+  /* If there are active savepoints and any of them were created 
+  ** since the most recent journal header was written, update the 
+  ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset fields now.
+  */
+  for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
+    if( pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset==0 ){
+      pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset = pPager->journalOff;
+    }
+  }
+
+  pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
+
+  /* 
+  ** Write the nRec Field - the number of page records that follow this
+  ** journal header. Normally, zero is written to this value at this time.
+  ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced, 
+  ** if in full-sync mode), the zero is overwritten with the true number
+  ** of records (see syncJournal()).
+  **
+  ** A faster alternative is to write 0xFFFFFFFF to the nRec field. When
+  ** reading the journal this value tells SQLite to assume that the
+  ** rest of the journal file contains valid page records. This assumption
+  ** is dangerous, as if a failure occurred whilst writing to the journal
+  ** file it may contain some garbage data. There are two scenarios
+  ** where this risk can be ignored:
+  **
+  **   * When the pager is in no-sync mode. Corruption can follow a
+  **     power failure in this case anyway.
+  **
+  **   * When the SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND flag is set. This guarantees
+  **     that garbage data is never appended to the journal file.
+  */
+  assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->noSync );
+  if( pPager->noSync || (pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY)
+   || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) 
+  ){
+    memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
+    put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0xffffffff);
+  }else{
+    memset(zHeader, 0, sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4);
+  }
+
+  /* The random check-hash initialiser */ 
+  sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(pPager->cksumInit), &pPager->cksumInit);
+  put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4], pPager->cksumInit);
+  /* The initial database size */
+  put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+8], pPager->dbOrigSize);
+  /* The assumed sector size for this process */
+  put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+12], pPager->sectorSize);
+
+  /* The page size */
+  put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+16], pPager->pageSize);
+
+  /* Initializing the tail of the buffer is not necessary.  Everything
+  ** works find if the following memset() is omitted.  But initializing
+  ** the memory prevents valgrind from complaining, so we are willing to
+  ** take the performance hit.
+  */
+  memset(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20], 0,
+         nHeader-(sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20));
+
+  /* In theory, it is only necessary to write the 28 bytes that the 
+  ** journal header consumes to the journal file here. Then increment the 
+  ** Pager.journalOff variable by JOURNAL_HDR_SZ so that the next 
+  ** record is written to the following sector (leaving a gap in the file
+  ** that will be implicitly filled in by the OS).
+  **
+  ** However it has been discovered that on some systems this pattern can 
+  ** be significantly slower than contiguously writing data to the file,
+  ** even if that means explicitly writing data to the block of 
+  ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes that will not be used. So that is what
+  ** is done. 
+  **
+  ** The loop is required here in case the sector-size is larger than the 
+  ** database page size. Since the zHeader buffer is only Pager.pageSize
+  ** bytes in size, more than one call to sqlite3OsWrite() may be required
+  ** to populate the entire journal header sector.
+  */ 
+  for(nWrite=0; rc==SQLITE_OK&&nWrite<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); nWrite+=nHeader){
+    IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld %d\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr, nHeader))
+    rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zHeader, nHeader, pPager->journalOff);
+    assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff );
+    pPager->journalOff += nHeader;
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The journal file must be open when this is called. A journal header file
+** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is read from the current location in the journal
+** file. The current location in the journal file is given by
+** pPager->journalOff. See comments above function writeJournalHdr() for
+** a description of the journal header format.
+**
+** If the header is read successfully, *pNRec is set to the number of
+** page records following this header and *pDbSize is set to the size of the
+** database before the transaction began, in pages. Also, pPager->cksumInit
+** is set to the value read from the journal header. SQLITE_OK is returned
+** in this case.
+**
+** If the journal header file appears to be corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is
+** returned and *pNRec and *PDbSize are undefined.  If JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes
+** cannot be read from the journal file an error code is returned.
+*/
+static int readJournalHdr(
+  Pager *pPager,               /* Pager object */
+  int isHot,
+  i64 journalSize,             /* Size of the open journal file in bytes */
+  u32 *pNRec,                  /* OUT: Value read from the nRec field */
+  u32 *pDbSize                 /* OUT: Value of original database size field */
+){
+  int rc;                      /* Return code */
+  unsigned char aMagic[8];     /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
+  i64 iHdrOff;                 /* Offset of journal header being read */
+
+  assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );      /* Journal file must be open. */
+
+  /* Advance Pager.journalOff to the start of the next sector. If the
+  ** journal file is too small for there to be a header stored at this
+  ** point, return SQLITE_DONE.
+  */
+  pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
+  if( pPager->journalOff+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) > journalSize ){
+    return SQLITE_DONE;
+  }
+  iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
+
+  /* Read in the first 8 bytes of the journal header. If they do not match
+  ** the  magic string found at the start of each journal header, return
+  ** SQLITE_DONE. If an IO error occurs, return an error code. Otherwise,
+  ** proceed.
+  */
+  if( isHot || iHdrOff!=pPager->journalHdr ){
+    rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, sizeof(aMagic), iHdrOff);
+    if( rc ){
+      return rc;
+    }
+    if( memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aMagic))!=0 ){
+      return SQLITE_DONE;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Read the first three 32-bit fields of the journal header: The nRec
+  ** field, the checksum-initializer and the database size at the start
+  ** of the transaction. Return an error code if anything goes wrong.
+  */
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+8, pNRec))
+   || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+12, &pPager->cksumInit))
+   || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+16, pDbSize))
+  ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){
+    u32 iPageSize;               /* Page-size field of journal header */
+    u32 iSectorSize;             /* Sector-size field of journal header */
+
+    /* Read the page-size and sector-size journal header fields. */
+    if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+20, &iSectorSize))
+     || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+24, &iPageSize))
+    ){
+      return rc;
+    }
+
+    /* Versions of SQLite prior to 3.5.8 set the page-size field of the
+    ** journal header to zero. In this case, assume that the Pager.pageSize
+    ** variable is already set to the correct page size.
+    */
+    if( iPageSize==0 ){
+      iPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
+    }
+
+    /* Check that the values read from the page-size and sector-size fields
+    ** are within range. To be 'in range', both values need to be a power
+    ** of two greater than or equal to 512 or 32, and not greater than their 
+    ** respective compile time maximum limits.
+    */
+    if( iPageSize<512                  || iSectorSize<32
+     || iPageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE || iSectorSize>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE
+     || ((iPageSize-1)&iPageSize)!=0   || ((iSectorSize-1)&iSectorSize)!=0 
+    ){
+      /* If the either the page-size or sector-size in the journal-header is 
+      ** invalid, then the process that wrote the journal-header must have 
+      ** crashed before the header was synced. In this case stop reading 
+      ** the journal file here.
+      */
+      return SQLITE_DONE;
+    }
+
+    /* Update the page-size to match the value read from the journal. 
+    ** Use a testcase() macro to make sure that malloc failure within 
+    ** PagerSetPagesize() is tested.
+    */
+    rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &iPageSize, -1);
+    testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+
+    /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by 
+    ** the process that created this journal. If this journal was
+    ** created by a process other than this one, then this routine
+    ** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value
+    ** of Pager.sectorSize is restored at the end of that routine.
+    */
+    pPager->sectorSize = iSectorSize;
+  }
+
+  pPager->journalOff += JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Write the supplied master journal name into the journal file for pager
+** pPager at the current location. The master journal name must be the last
+** thing written to a journal file. If the pager is in full-sync mode, the
+** journal file descriptor is advanced to the next sector boundary before
+** anything is written. The format is:
+**
+**   + 4 bytes: PAGER_MJ_PGNO.
+**   + N bytes: Master journal filename in utf-8.
+**   + 4 bytes: N (length of master journal name in bytes, no nul-terminator).
+**   + 4 bytes: Master journal name checksum.
+**   + 8 bytes: aJournalMagic[].
+**
+** The master journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in the master
+** journal name, where each byte is interpreted as a signed 8-bit integer.
+**
+** If zMaster is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction), 
+** this call is a no-op.
+*/
+static int writeMasterJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
+  int rc;                          /* Return code */
+  int nMaster;                     /* Length of string zMaster */
+  i64 iHdrOff;                     /* Offset of header in journal file */
+  i64 jrnlSize;                    /* Size of journal file on disk */
+  u32 cksum = 0;                   /* Checksum of string zMaster */
+
+  assert( pPager->setMaster==0 );
+  assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
+
+  if( !zMaster 
+   || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 
+   || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 
+  ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  pPager->setMaster = 1;
+  assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
+  assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff );
+
+  /* Calculate the length in bytes and the checksum of zMaster */
+  for(nMaster=0; zMaster[nMaster]; nMaster++){
+    cksum += zMaster[nMaster];
+  }
+
+  /* If in full-sync mode, advance to the next disk sector before writing
+  ** the master journal name. This is in case the previous page written to
+  ** the journal has already been synced.
+  */
+  if( pPager->fullSync ){
+    pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
+  }
+  iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
+
+  /* Write the master journal data to the end of the journal file. If
+  ** an error occurs, return the error code to the caller.
+  */
+  if( (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff, PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager))))
+   || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zMaster, nMaster, iHdrOff+4)))
+   || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster, nMaster)))
+   || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster+4, cksum)))
+   || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, aJournalMagic, 8, iHdrOff+4+nMaster+8)))
+  ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+  pPager->journalOff += (nMaster+20);
+
+  /* If the pager is in peristent-journal mode, then the physical 
+  ** journal-file may extend past the end of the master-journal name
+  ** and 8 bytes of magic data just written to the file. This is 
+  ** dangerous because the code to rollback a hot-journal file
+  ** will not be able to find the master-journal name to determine 
+  ** whether or not the journal is hot. 
+  **
+  ** Easiest thing to do in this scenario is to truncate the journal 
+  ** file to the required size.
+  */ 
+  if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &jrnlSize))
+   && jrnlSize>pPager->journalOff
+  ){
+    rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Find a page in the hash table given its page number. Return
+** a pointer to the page or NULL if the requested page is not 
+** already in memory.
+*/
+static PgHdr *pager_lookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
+  PgHdr *p;                         /* Return value */
+
+  /* It is not possible for a call to PcacheFetch() with createFlag==0 to
+  ** fail, since no attempt to allocate dynamic memory will be made.
+  */
+  (void)sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0, &p);
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Discard the entire contents of the in-memory page-cache.
+*/
+static void pager_reset(Pager *pPager){
+  sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
+  sqlite3PcacheClear(pPager->pPCache);
+}
+
+/*
+** Free all structures in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array and set both
+** Pager.aSavepoint and Pager.nSavepoint to zero. Close the sub-journal
+** if it is open and the pager is not in exclusive mode.
+*/
+static void releaseAllSavepoints(Pager *pPager){
+  int ii;               /* Iterator for looping through Pager.aSavepoint */
+  for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
+    sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint);
+  }
+  if( !pPager->exclusiveMode || sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->sjfd) ){
+    sqlite3OsClose(pPager->sjfd);
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(pPager->aSavepoint);
+  pPager->aSavepoint = 0;
+  pPager->nSavepoint = 0;
+  pPager->nSubRec = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the bit number pgno in the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint 
+** bitvecs of all open savepoints. Return SQLITE_OK if successful
+** or SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc failure occurs.
+*/
+static int addToSavepointBitvecs(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
+  int ii;                   /* Loop counter */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;       /* Result code */
+
+  for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
+    PagerSavepoint *p = &pPager->aSavepoint[ii];
+    if( pgno<=p->nOrig ){
+      rc |= sqlite3BitvecSet(p->pInSavepoint, pgno);
+      testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
+      assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is a no-op if the pager is in exclusive mode and not
+** in the ERROR state. Otherwise, it switches the pager to PAGER_OPEN
+** state.
+**
+** If the pager is not in exclusive-access mode, the database file is
+** completely unlocked. If the file is unlocked and the file-system does
+** not exhibit the UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN property, the journal file is
+** closed (if it is open).
+**
+** If the pager is in ERROR state when this function is called, the 
+** contents of the pager cache are discarded before switching back to 
+** the OPEN state. Regardless of whether the pager is in exclusive-mode
+** or not, any journal file left in the file-system will be treated
+** as a hot-journal and rolled back the next time a read-transaction
+** is opened (by this or by any other connection).
+*/
+static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager){
+
+  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER 
+       || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN 
+       || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR 
+  );
+
+  sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
+  pPager->pInJournal = 0;
+  releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
+
+  if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+    assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
+    sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal);
+    pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
+  }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
+    int rc;                       /* Error code returned by pagerUnlockDb() */
+    int iDc = isOpen(pPager->fd)?sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd):0;
+
+    /* If the operating system support deletion of open files, then
+    ** close the journal file when dropping the database lock.  Otherwise
+    ** another connection with journal_mode=delete might delete the file
+    ** out from under us.
+    */
+    assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY   & 5)!=1 );
+    assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF      & 5)!=1 );
+    assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL      & 5)!=1 );
+    assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE   & 5)!=1 );
+    assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 );
+    assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST  & 5)==1 );
+    if( 0==(iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN)
+     || 1!=(pPager->journalMode & 5)
+    ){
+      sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
+    }
+
+    /* If the pager is in the ERROR state and the call to unlock the database
+    ** file fails, set the current lock to UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment
+    ** above the #define for UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of why this
+    ** is necessary.
+    */
+    rc = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, NO_LOCK);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ){
+      pPager->eLock = UNKNOWN_LOCK;
+    }
+
+    /* The pager state may be changed from PAGER_ERROR to PAGER_OPEN here
+    ** without clearing the error code. This is intentional - the error
+    ** code is cleared and the cache reset in the block below.
+    */
+    assert( pPager->errCode || pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
+    pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
+    pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
+  }
+
+  /* If Pager.errCode is set, the contents of the pager cache cannot be
+  ** trusted. Now that there are no outstanding references to the pager,
+  ** it can safely move back to PAGER_OPEN state. This happens in both
+  ** normal and exclusive-locking mode.
+  */
+  if( pPager->errCode ){
+    assert( !MEMDB );
+    pager_reset(pPager);
+    pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
+    pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
+    pPager->errCode = SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  pPager->journalOff = 0;
+  pPager->journalHdr = 0;
+  pPager->setMaster = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called whenever an IOERR or FULL error that requires
+** the pager to transition into the ERROR state may ahve occurred.
+** The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the second 
+** the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function. The 
+** value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function. 
+**
+** If the second argument is SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the
+** IOERR sub-codes, the pager enters the ERROR state and the error code
+** is stored in Pager.errCode. While the pager remains in the ERROR state,
+** all major API calls on the Pager will immediately return Pager.errCode.
+**
+** The ERROR state indicates that the contents of the pager-cache 
+** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding 
+** the contents of the pager-cache. If a transaction was active when
+** the persistent error occurred, then the rollback journal may need
+** to be replayed to restore the contents of the database file (as if
+** it were a hot-journal).
+*/
+static int pager_error(Pager *pPager, int rc){
+  int rc2 = rc & 0xff;
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB );
+  assert(
+       pPager->errCode==SQLITE_FULL ||
+       pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ||
+       (pPager->errCode & 0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR
+  );
+  if( rc2==SQLITE_FULL || rc2==SQLITE_IOERR ){
+    pPager->errCode = rc;
+    pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is usually ended by 
+** either a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK operation. This routine may be called 
+** after rollback of a hot-journal, or if an error occurs while opening
+** the journal file or writing the very first journal-header of a
+** database transaction.
+** 
+** This routine is never called in PAGER_ERROR state. If it is called
+** in PAGER_NONE or PAGER_SHARED state and the lock held is less
+** exclusive than a RESERVED lock, it is a no-op.
+**
+** Otherwise, any active savepoints are released.
+**
+** If the journal file is open, then it is "finalized". Once a journal 
+** file has been finalized it is not possible to use it to roll back a 
+** transaction. Nor will it be considered to be a hot-journal by this
+** or any other database connection. Exactly how a journal is finalized
+** depends on whether or not the pager is running in exclusive mode and
+** the current journal-mode (Pager.journalMode value), as follows:
+**
+**   journalMode==MEMORY
+**     Journal file descriptor is simply closed. This destroys an 
+**     in-memory journal.
+**
+**   journalMode==TRUNCATE
+**     Journal file is truncated to zero bytes in size.
+**
+**   journalMode==PERSIST
+**     The first 28 bytes of the journal file are zeroed. This invalidates
+**     the first journal header in the file, and hence the entire journal
+**     file. An invalid journal file cannot be rolled back.
+**
+**   journalMode==DELETE
+**     The journal file is closed and deleted using sqlite3OsDelete().
+**
+**     If the pager is running in exclusive mode, this method of finalizing
+**     the journal file is never used. Instead, if the journalMode is
+**     DELETE and the pager is in exclusive mode, the method described under
+**     journalMode==PERSIST is used instead.
+**
+** After the journal is finalized, the pager moves to PAGER_READER state.
+** If running in non-exclusive rollback mode, the lock on the file is 
+** downgraded to a SHARED_LOCK.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs. If an error occurs during
+** any of the IO operations to finalize the journal file or unlock the
+** database then the IO error code is returned to the user. If the 
+** operation to finalize the journal file fails, then the code still
+** tries to unlock the database file if not in exclusive mode. If the
+** unlock operation fails as well, then the first error code related
+** to the first error encountered (the journal finalization one) is
+** returned.
+*/
+static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Error code from journal finalization operation */
+  int rc2 = SQLITE_OK;     /* Error code from db file unlock operation */
+
+  /* Do nothing if the pager does not have an open write transaction
+  ** or at least a RESERVED lock. This function may be called when there
+  ** is no write-transaction active but a RESERVED or greater lock is
+  ** held under two circumstances:
+  **
+  **   1. After a successful hot-journal rollback, it is called with
+  **      eState==PAGER_NONE and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
+  **
+  **   2. If a connection with locking_mode=exclusive holding an EXCLUSIVE 
+  **      lock switches back to locking_mode=normal and then executes a
+  **      read-transaction, this function is called with eState==PAGER_READER 
+  **      and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK when the read-transaction is closed.
+  */
+  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+  assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
+  if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED && pPager->eLock<RESERVED_LOCK ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
+  assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->pInJournal==0 );
+  if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
+    assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
+
+    /* Finalize the journal file. */
+    if( sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->jfd) ){
+      assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY );
+      sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
+    }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ){
+      if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){
+        rc = SQLITE_OK;
+      }else{
+        rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
+      }
+      pPager->journalOff = 0;
+    }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
+      || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL)
+    ){
+      rc = zeroJournalHdr(pPager, hasMaster);
+      pPager->journalOff = 0;
+    }else{
+      /* This branch may be executed with Pager.journalMode==MEMORY if
+      ** a hot-journal was just rolled back. In this case the journal
+      ** file should be closed and deleted. If this connection writes to
+      ** the database file, it will do so using an in-memory journal. 
+      */
+      assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 
+           || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 
+           || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 
+      );
+      sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
+      if( !pPager->tempFile ){
+        rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
+  sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, pager_set_pagehash);
+  if( pPager->dbSize==0 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ){
+    PgHdr *p = pager_lookup(pPager, 1);
+    if( p ){
+      p->pageHash = 0;
+      sqlite3PagerUnref(p);
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
+  pPager->pInJournal = 0;
+  pPager->nRec = 0;
+  sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
+  sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pPager->pPCache, pPager->dbSize);
+
+  if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+    /* Drop the WAL write-lock, if any. Also, if the connection was in 
+    ** locking_mode=exclusive mode but is no longer, drop the EXCLUSIVE 
+    ** lock held on the database file.
+    */
+    rc2 = sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal);
+    assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK );
+  }
+  if( !pPager->exclusiveMode 
+   && (!pagerUseWal(pPager) || sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 0))
+  ){
+    rc2 = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
+    pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
+  }
+  pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
+  pPager->setMaster = 0;
+
+  return (rc==SQLITE_OK?rc2:rc);
+}
+
+/*
+** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the 
+** database file. 
+**
+** If the pager has already entered the ERROR state, do not attempt 
+** the rollback at this time. Instead, pager_unlock() is called. The
+** call to pager_unlock() will discard all in-memory pages, unlock
+** the database file and move the pager back to OPEN state. If this 
+** means that there is a hot-journal left in the file-system, the next 
+** connection to obtain a shared lock on the pager (which may be this one) 
+** will roll it back.
+**
+** If the pager has not already entered the ERROR state, but an IO or
+** malloc error occurs during a rollback, then this will itself cause 
+** the pager to enter the ERROR state. Which will be cleared by the
+** call to pager_unlock(), as described above.
+*/
+static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager *pPager){
+  if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ){
+    assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+    if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
+      sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+      sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager);
+      sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+    }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
+      assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
+      pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0);
+    }
+  }
+  pager_unlock(pPager);
+}
+
+/*
+** Parameter aData must point to a buffer of pPager->pageSize bytes
+** of data. Compute and return a checksum based ont the contents of the 
+** page of data and the current value of pPager->cksumInit.
+**
+** This is not a real checksum. It is really just the sum of the 
+** random initial value (pPager->cksumInit) and every 200th byte
+** of the page data, starting with byte offset (pPager->pageSize%200).
+** Each byte is interpreted as an 8-bit unsigned integer.
+**
+** Changing the formula used to compute this checksum results in an
+** incompatible journal file format.
+**
+** If journal corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely 
+** scenario is that one end or the other of the record will be changed. 
+** It is much less likely that the two ends of the journal record will be
+** correct and the middle be corrupt.  Thus, this "checksum" scheme,
+** though fast and simple, catches the mostly likely kind of corruption.
+*/
+static u32 pager_cksum(Pager *pPager, const u8 *aData){
+  u32 cksum = pPager->cksumInit;         /* Checksum value to return */
+  int i = pPager->pageSize-200;          /* Loop counter */
+  while( i>0 ){
+    cksum += aData[i];
+    i -= 200;
+  }
+  return cksum;
+}
+
+/*
+** Report the current page size and number of reserved bytes back
+** to the codec.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+static void pagerReportSize(Pager *pPager){
+  if( pPager->xCodecSizeChng ){
+    pPager->xCodecSizeChng(pPager->pCodec, pPager->pageSize,
+                           (int)pPager->nReserve);
+  }
+}
+#else
+# define pagerReportSize(X)     /* No-op if we do not support a codec */
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Read a single page from either the journal file (if isMainJrnl==1) or
+** from the sub-journal (if isMainJrnl==0) and playback that page.
+** The page begins at offset *pOffset into the file. The *pOffset
+** value is increased to the start of the next page in the journal.
+**
+** The main rollback journal uses checksums - the statement journal does 
+** not.
+**
+** If the page number of the page record read from the (sub-)journal file
+** is greater than the current value of Pager.dbSize, then playback is
+** skipped and SQLITE_OK is returned.
+**
+** If pDone is not NULL, then it is a record of pages that have already
+** been played back.  If the page at *pOffset has already been played back
+** (if the corresponding pDone bit is set) then skip the playback.
+** Make sure the pDone bit corresponding to the *pOffset page is set
+** prior to returning.
+**
+** If the page record is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file
+** and played back, then SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error occurs
+** while reading the record from the (sub-)journal file or while writing
+** to the database file, then the IO error code is returned. If data
+** is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file but appears to be
+** corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is returned. Data is considered corrupted in
+** two circumstances:
+** 
+**   * If the record page-number is illegal (0 or PAGER_MJ_PGNO), or
+**   * If the record is being rolled back from the main journal file
+**     and the checksum field does not match the record content.
+**
+** Neither of these two scenarios are possible during a savepoint rollback.
+**
+** If this is a savepoint rollback, then memory may have to be dynamically
+** allocated by this function. If this is the case and an allocation fails,
+** SQLITE_NOMEM is returned.
+*/
+static int pager_playback_one_page(
+  Pager *pPager,                /* The pager being played back */
+  i64 *pOffset,                 /* Offset of record to playback */
+  Bitvec *pDone,                /* Bitvec of pages already played back */
+  int isMainJrnl,               /* 1 -> main journal. 0 -> sub-journal. */
+  int isSavepnt                 /* True for a savepoint rollback */
+){
+  int rc;
+  PgHdr *pPg;                   /* An existing page in the cache */
+  Pgno pgno;                    /* The page number of a page in journal */
+  u32 cksum;                    /* Checksum used for sanity checking */
+  char *aData;                  /* Temporary storage for the page */
+  sqlite3_file *jfd;            /* The file descriptor for the journal file */
+  int isSynced;                 /* True if journal page is synced */
+
+  assert( (isMainJrnl&~1)==0 );      /* isMainJrnl is 0 or 1 */
+  assert( (isSavepnt&~1)==0 );       /* isSavepnt is 0 or 1 */
+  assert( isMainJrnl || pDone );     /* pDone always used on sub-journals */
+  assert( isSavepnt || pDone==0 );   /* pDone never used on non-savepoint */
+
+  aData = pPager->pTmpSpace;
+  assert( aData );         /* Temp storage must have already been allocated */
+  assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || (!isMainJrnl && isSavepnt) );
+
+  /* Either the state is greater than PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD (a transaction 
+  ** or savepoint rollback done at the request of the caller) or this is
+  ** a hot-journal rollback. If it is a hot-journal rollback, the pager
+  ** is in state OPEN and holds an EXCLUSIVE lock. Hot-journal rollback
+  ** only reads from the main journal, not the sub-journal.
+  */
+  assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
+       || (pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
+  );
+  assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD || isMainJrnl );
+
+  /* Read the page number and page data from the journal or sub-journal
+  ** file. Return an error code to the caller if an IO error occurs.
+  */
+  jfd = isMainJrnl ? pPager->jfd : pPager->sjfd;
+  rc = read32bits(jfd, *pOffset, &pgno);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  rc = sqlite3OsRead(jfd, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize, (*pOffset)+4);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  *pOffset += pPager->pageSize + 4 + isMainJrnl*4;
+
+  /* Sanity checking on the page.  This is more important that I originally
+  ** thought.  If a power failure occurs while the journal is being written,
+  ** it could cause invalid data to be written into the journal.  We need to
+  ** detect this invalid data (with high probability) and ignore it.
+  */
+  if( pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
+    assert( !isSavepnt );
+    return SQLITE_DONE;
+  }
+  if( pgno>(Pgno)pPager->dbSize || sqlite3BitvecTest(pDone, pgno) ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  if( isMainJrnl ){
+    rc = read32bits(jfd, (*pOffset)-4, &cksum);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+    if( !isSavepnt && pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)aData)!=cksum ){
+      return SQLITE_DONE;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If this page has already been played by before during the current
+  ** rollback, then don't bother to play it back again.
+  */
+  if( pDone && (rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pDone, pgno))!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  /* When playing back page 1, restore the nReserve setting
+  */
+  if( pgno==1 && pPager->nReserve!=((u8*)aData)[20] ){
+    pPager->nReserve = ((u8*)aData)[20];
+    pagerReportSize(pPager);
+  }
+
+  /* If the pager is in CACHEMOD state, then there must be a copy of this
+  ** page in the pager cache. In this case just update the pager cache,
+  ** not the database file. The page is left marked dirty in this case.
+  **
+  ** An exception to the above rule: If the database is in no-sync mode
+  ** and a page is moved during an incremental vacuum then the page may
+  ** not be in the pager cache. Later: if a malloc() or IO error occurs
+  ** during a Movepage() call, then the page may not be in the cache
+  ** either. So the condition described in the above paragraph is not
+  ** assert()able.
+  **
+  ** If in WRITER_DBMOD, WRITER_FINISHED or OPEN state, then we update the
+  ** pager cache if it exists and the main file. The page is then marked 
+  ** not dirty. Since this code is only executed in PAGER_OPEN state for
+  ** a hot-journal rollback, it is guaranteed that the page-cache is empty
+  ** if the pager is in OPEN state.
+  **
+  ** Ticket #1171:  The statement journal might contain page content that is
+  ** different from the page content at the start of the transaction.
+  ** This occurs when a page is changed prior to the start of a statement
+  ** then changed again within the statement.  When rolling back such a
+  ** statement we must not write to the original database unless we know
+  ** for certain that original page contents are synced into the main rollback
+  ** journal.  Otherwise, a power loss might leave modified data in the
+  ** database file without an entry in the rollback journal that can
+  ** restore the database to its original form.  Two conditions must be
+  ** met before writing to the database files. (1) the database must be
+  ** locked.  (2) we know that the original page content is fully synced
+  ** in the main journal either because the page is not in cache or else
+  ** the page is marked as needSync==0.
+  **
+  ** 2008-04-14:  When attempting to vacuum a corrupt database file, it
+  ** is possible to fail a statement on a database that does not yet exist.
+  ** Do not attempt to write if database file has never been opened.
+  */
+  if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+    pPg = 0;
+  }else{
+    pPg = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno);
+  }
+  assert( pPg || !MEMDB );
+  assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN || pPg==0 );
+  PAGERTRACE(("PLAYBACK %d page %d hash(%08x) %s\n",
+           PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_datahash(pPager->pageSize, (u8*)aData),
+           (isMainJrnl?"main-journal":"sub-journal")
+  ));
+  if( isMainJrnl ){
+    isSynced = pPager->noSync || (*pOffset <= pPager->journalHdr);
+  }else{
+    isSynced = (pPg==0 || 0==(pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC));
+  }
+  if( isOpen(pPager->fd)
+   && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
+   && isSynced
+  ){
+    i64 ofst = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
+    testcase( !isSavepnt && pPg!=0 && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0 );
+    assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
+    rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst);
+    if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){
+      pPager->dbFileSize = pgno;
+    }
+    if( pPager->pBackup ){
+      CODEC1(pPager, aData, pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM);
+      sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData);
+      CODEC2(pPager, aData, pgno, 7, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM, aData);
+    }
+  }else if( !isMainJrnl && pPg==0 ){
+    /* If this is a rollback of a savepoint and data was not written to
+    ** the database and the page is not in-memory, there is a potential
+    ** problem. When the page is next fetched by the b-tree layer, it 
+    ** will be read from the database file, which may or may not be 
+    ** current. 
+    **
+    ** There are a couple of different ways this can happen. All are quite
+    ** obscure. When running in synchronous mode, this can only happen 
+    ** if the page is on the free-list at the start of the transaction, then
+    ** populated, then moved using sqlite3PagerMovepage().
+    **
+    ** The solution is to add an in-memory page to the cache containing
+    ** the data just read from the sub-journal. Mark the page as dirty 
+    ** and if the pager requires a journal-sync, then mark the page as 
+    ** requiring a journal-sync before it is written.
+    */
+    assert( isSavepnt );
+    assert( pPager->doNotSpill==0 );
+    pPager->doNotSpill++;
+    rc = sqlite3PagerAcquire(pPager, pgno, &pPg, 1);
+    assert( pPager->doNotSpill==1 );
+    pPager->doNotSpill--;
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+    pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_READ;
+    sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
+  }
+  if( pPg ){
+    /* No page should ever be explicitly rolled back that is in use, except
+    ** for page 1 which is held in use in order to keep the lock on the
+    ** database active. However such a page may be rolled back as a result
+    ** of an internal error resulting in an automatic call to
+    ** sqlite3PagerRollback().
+    */
+    void *pData;
+    pData = pPg->pData;
+    memcpy(pData, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize);
+    pPager->xReiniter(pPg);
+    if( isMainJrnl && (!isSavepnt || *pOffset<=pPager->journalHdr) ){
+      /* If the contents of this page were just restored from the main 
+      ** journal file, then its content must be as they were when the 
+      ** transaction was first opened. In this case we can mark the page
+      ** as clean, since there will be no need to write it out to the
+      ** database.
+      **
+      ** There is one exception to this rule. If the page is being rolled
+      ** back as part of a savepoint (or statement) rollback from an 
+      ** unsynced portion of the main journal file, then it is not safe
+      ** to mark the page as clean. This is because marking the page as
+      ** clean will clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag. Since the page is
+      ** already in the journal file (recorded in Pager.pInJournal) and
+      ** the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is cleared, if the page is written to
+      ** again within this transaction, it will be marked as dirty but
+      ** the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag will not be set. It could then potentially
+      ** be written out into the database file before its journal file
+      ** segment is synced. If a crash occurs during or following this,
+      ** database corruption may ensue.
+      */
+      assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
+      sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg);
+    }
+    pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
+
+    /* If this was page 1, then restore the value of Pager.dbFileVers.
+    ** Do this before any decoding. */
+    if( pgno==1 ){
+      memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &((u8*)pData)[24],sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
+    }
+
+    /* Decode the page just read from disk */
+    CODEC1(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM);
+    sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Parameter zMaster is the name of a master journal file. A single journal
+** file that referred to the master journal file has just been rolled back.
+** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the master journal file,
+** and does so if it is.
+**
+** Argument zMaster may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not 
+** available for use within this function.
+**
+** When a master journal file is created, it is populated with the names 
+** of all of its child journals, one after another, formatted as utf-8 
+** encoded text. The end of each child journal file is marked with a 
+** nul-terminator byte (0x00). i.e. the entire contents of a master journal
+** file for a transaction involving two databases might be:
+**
+**   "/home/bill/a.db-journal\x00/home/bill/b.db-journal\x00"
+**
+** A master journal file may only be deleted once all of its child 
+** journals have been rolled back.
+**
+** This function reads the contents of the master-journal file into 
+** memory and loops through each of the child journal names. For
+** each child journal, it checks if:
+**
+**   * if the child journal exists, and if so
+**   * if the child journal contains a reference to master journal 
+**     file zMaster
+**
+** If a child journal can be found that matches both of the criteria
+** above, this function returns without doing anything. Otherwise, if
+** no such child journal can be found, file zMaster is deleted from
+** the file-system using sqlite3OsDelete().
+**
+** If an IO error within this function, an error code is returned. This
+** function allocates memory by calling sqlite3Malloc(). If an allocation
+** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, if no IO or malloc errors 
+** occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
+**
+** TODO: This function allocates a single block of memory to load
+** the entire contents of the master journal file. This could be
+** a couple of kilobytes or so - potentially larger than the page 
+** size.
+*/
+static int pager_delmaster(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
+  int rc;                   /* Return code */
+  sqlite3_file *pMaster;    /* Malloc'd master-journal file descriptor */
+  sqlite3_file *pJournal;   /* Malloc'd child-journal file descriptor */
+  char *zMasterJournal = 0; /* Contents of master journal file */
+  i64 nMasterJournal;       /* Size of master journal file */
+  char *zJournal;           /* Pointer to one journal within MJ file */
+  char *zMasterPtr;         /* Space to hold MJ filename from a journal file */
+  int nMasterPtr;           /* Amount of space allocated to zMasterPtr[] */
+
+  /* Allocate space for both the pJournal and pMaster file descriptors.
+  ** If successful, open the master journal file for reading.
+  */
+  pMaster = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile * 2);
+  pJournal = (sqlite3_file *)(((u8 *)pMaster) + pVfs->szOsFile);
+  if( !pMaster ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }else{
+    const int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL);
+    rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zMaster, pMaster, flags, 0);
+  }
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
+
+  /* Load the entire master journal file into space obtained from
+  ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zMasterJournal.   Also obtain
+  ** sufficient space (in zMasterPtr) to hold the names of master
+  ** journal files extracted from regular rollback-journals.
+  */
+  rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pMaster, &nMasterJournal);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
+  nMasterPtr = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
+  zMasterJournal = sqlite3Malloc((int)nMasterJournal + nMasterPtr + 1);
+  if( !zMasterJournal ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    goto delmaster_out;
+  }
+  zMasterPtr = &zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal+1];
+  rc = sqlite3OsRead(pMaster, zMasterJournal, (int)nMasterJournal, 0);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
+  zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal] = 0;
+
+  zJournal = zMasterJournal;
+  while( (zJournal-zMasterJournal)<nMasterJournal ){
+    int exists;
+    rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      goto delmaster_out;
+    }
+    if( exists ){
+      /* One of the journals pointed to by the master journal exists.
+      ** Open it and check if it points at the master journal. If
+      ** so, return without deleting the master journal file.
+      */
+      int c;
+      int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL);
+      rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zJournal, pJournal, flags, 0);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        goto delmaster_out;
+      }
+
+      rc = readMasterJournal(pJournal, zMasterPtr, nMasterPtr);
+      sqlite3OsClose(pJournal);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        goto delmaster_out;
+      }
+
+      c = zMasterPtr[0]!=0 && strcmp(zMasterPtr, zMaster)==0;
+      if( c ){
+        /* We have a match. Do not delete the master journal file. */
+        goto delmaster_out;
+      }
+    }
+    zJournal += (sqlite3Strlen30(zJournal)+1);
+  }
+ 
+  sqlite3OsClose(pMaster);
+  rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0);
+
+delmaster_out:
+  sqlite3_free(zMasterJournal);
+  if( pMaster ){
+    sqlite3OsClose(pMaster);
+    assert( !isOpen(pJournal) );
+    sqlite3_free(pMaster);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This function is used to change the actual size of the database 
+** file in the file-system. This only happens when committing a transaction,
+** or rolling back a transaction (including rolling back a hot-journal).
+**
+** If the main database file is not open, or the pager is not in either
+** DBMOD or OPEN state, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, the size 
+** of the file is changed to nPage pages (nPage*pPager->pageSize bytes). 
+** If the file on disk is currently larger than nPage pages, then use the VFS
+** xTruncate() method to truncate it.
+**
+** Or, it might might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than 
+** nPage pages. Some operating system implementations can get confused if 
+** you try to truncate a file to some size that is larger than it 
+** currently is, so detect this case and write a single zero byte to 
+** the end of the new file instead.
+**
+** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. If an IO error occurs while modifying
+** the database file, return the error code to the caller.
+*/
+static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
+  assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_READER );
+  
+  if( isOpen(pPager->fd) 
+   && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) 
+  ){
+    i64 currentSize, newSize;
+    int szPage = pPager->pageSize;
+    assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
+    /* TODO: Is it safe to use Pager.dbFileSize here? */
+    rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &currentSize);
+    newSize = szPage*(i64)nPage;
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && currentSize!=newSize ){
+      if( currentSize>newSize ){
+        rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->fd, newSize);
+      }else if( (currentSize+szPage)<=newSize ){
+        char *pTmp = pPager->pTmpSpace;
+        memset(pTmp, 0, szPage);
+        testcase( (newSize-szPage) == currentSize );
+        testcase( (newSize-szPage) >  currentSize );
+        rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pTmp, szPage, newSize-szPage);
+      }
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        pPager->dbFileSize = nPage;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the value of the Pager.sectorSize variable for the given
+** pager based on the value returned by the xSectorSize method
+** of the open database file. The sector size will be used used 
+** to determine the size and alignment of journal header and 
+** master journal pointers within created journal files.
+**
+** For temporary files the effective sector size is always 512 bytes.
+**
+** Otherwise, for non-temporary files, the effective sector size is
+** the value returned by the xSectorSize() method rounded up to 32 if
+** it is less than 32, or rounded down to MAX_SECTOR_SIZE if it
+** is greater than MAX_SECTOR_SIZE.
+**
+** If the file has the SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property, then set
+** the effective sector size to its minimum value (512).  The purpose of
+** pPager->sectorSize is to define the "blast radius" of bytes that
+** might change if a crash occurs while writing to a single byte in
+** that range.  But with POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE, the blast radius is zero
+** (that is what POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE means), so we minimize the sector
+** size.  For backwards compatibility of the rollback journal file format,
+** we cannot reduce the effective sector size below 512.
+*/
+static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){
+  assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
+
+  if( pPager->tempFile
+   || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd) & 
+              SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE)!=0
+  ){
+    /* Sector size doesn't matter for temporary files. Also, the file
+    ** may not have been opened yet, in which case the OsSectorSize()
+    ** call will segfault. */
+    pPager->sectorSize = 512;
+  }else{
+    pPager->sectorSize = sqlite3OsSectorSize(pPager->fd);
+    if( pPager->sectorSize<32 ){
+      pPager->sectorSize = 512;
+    }
+    if( pPager->sectorSize>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE ){
+      assert( MAX_SECTOR_SIZE>=512 );
+      pPager->sectorSize = MAX_SECTOR_SIZE;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Playback the journal and thus restore the database file to
+** the state it was in before we started making changes.  
+**
+** The journal file format is as follows: 
+**
+**  (1)  8 byte prefix.  A copy of aJournalMagic[].
+**  (2)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the number of valid page records
+**       in the journal.  If this value is 0xffffffff, then compute the
+**       number of page records from the journal size.
+**  (3)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the 
+**       sanity checksum.
+**  (4)  4 byte integer which is the number of pages to truncate the
+**       database to during a rollback.
+**  (5)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the sector size.  The header
+**       is this many bytes in size.
+**  (6)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the page size.
+**  (7)  zero padding out to the next sector size.
+**  (8)  Zero or more pages instances, each as follows:
+**        +  4 byte page number.
+**        +  pPager->pageSize bytes of data.
+**        +  4 byte checksum
+**
+** When we speak of the journal header, we mean the first 7 items above.
+** Each entry in the journal is an instance of the 8th item.
+**
+** Call the value from the second bullet "nRec".  nRec is the number of
+** valid page entries in the journal.  In most cases, you can compute the
+** value of nRec from the size of the journal file.  But if a power
+** failure occurred while the journal was being written, it could be the
+** case that the size of the journal file had already been increased but
+** the extra entries had not yet made it safely to disk.  In such a case,
+** the value of nRec computed from the file size would be too large.  For
+** that reason, we always use the nRec value in the header.
+**
+** If the nRec value is 0xffffffff it means that nRec should be computed
+** from the file size.  This value is used when the user selects the
+** no-sync option for the journal.  A power failure could lead to corruption
+** in this case.  But for things like temporary table (which will be
+** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care.  
+**
+** If the file opened as the journal file is not a well-formed
+** journal file then all pages up to the first corrupted page are rolled
+** back (or no pages if the journal header is corrupted). The journal file
+** is then deleted and SQLITE_OK returned, just as if no corruption had
+** been encountered.
+**
+** If an I/O or malloc() error occurs, the journal-file is not deleted
+** and an error code is returned.
+**
+** The isHot parameter indicates that we are trying to rollback a journal
+** that might be a hot journal.  Or, it could be that the journal is 
+** preserved because of JOURNALMODE_PERSIST or JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE.
+** If the journal really is hot, reset the pager cache prior rolling
+** back any content.  If the journal is merely persistent, no reset is
+** needed.
+*/
+static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
+  i64 szJ;                 /* Size of the journal file in bytes */
+  u32 nRec;                /* Number of Records in the journal */
+  u32 u;                   /* Unsigned loop counter */
+  Pgno mxPg = 0;           /* Size of the original file in pages */
+  int rc;                  /* Result code of a subroutine */
+  int res = 1;             /* Value returned by sqlite3OsAccess() */
+  char *zMaster = 0;       /* Name of master journal file if any */
+  int needPagerReset;      /* True to reset page prior to first page rollback */
+
+  /* Figure out how many records are in the journal.  Abort early if
+  ** the journal is empty.
+  */
+  assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
+  rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &szJ);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    goto end_playback;
+  }
+
+  /* Read the master journal name from the journal, if it is present.
+  ** If a master journal file name is specified, but the file is not
+  ** present on disk, then the journal is not hot and does not need to be
+  ** played back.
+  **
+  ** TODO: Technically the following is an error because it assumes that
+  ** buffer Pager.pTmpSpace is (mxPathname+1) bytes or larger. i.e. that
+  ** (pPager->pageSize >= pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1). Using os_unix.c,
+  **  mxPathname is 512, which is the same as the minimum allowable value
+  ** for pageSize.
+  */
+  zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace;
+  rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] ){
+    rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res);
+  }
+  zMaster = 0;
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !res ){
+    goto end_playback;
+  }
+  pPager->journalOff = 0;
+  needPagerReset = isHot;
+
+  /* This loop terminates either when a readJournalHdr() or 
+  ** pager_playback_one_page() call returns SQLITE_DONE or an IO error 
+  ** occurs. 
+  */
+  while( 1 ){
+    /* Read the next journal header from the journal file.  If there are
+    ** not enough bytes left in the journal file for a complete header, or
+    ** it is corrupted, then a process must have failed while writing it.
+    ** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back.
+    */
+    rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, isHot, szJ, &nRec, &mxPg);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 
+      if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+        rc = SQLITE_OK;
+      }
+      goto end_playback;
+    }
+
+    /* If nRec is 0xffffffff, then this journal was created by a process
+    ** working in no-sync mode. This means that the rest of the journal
+    ** file consists of pages, there are no more journal headers. Compute
+    ** the value of nRec based on this assumption.
+    */
+    if( nRec==0xffffffff ){
+      assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
+      nRec = (int)((szJ - JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager))/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
+    }
+
+    /* If nRec is 0 and this rollback is of a transaction created by this
+    ** process and if this is the final header in the journal, then it means
+    ** that this part of the journal was being filled but has not yet been
+    ** synced to disk.  Compute the number of pages based on the remaining
+    ** size of the file.
+    **
+    ** The third term of the test was added to fix ticket #2565.
+    ** When rolling back a hot journal, nRec==0 always means that the next
+    ** chunk of the journal contains zero pages to be rolled back.  But
+    ** when doing a ROLLBACK and the nRec==0 chunk is the last chunk in
+    ** the journal, it means that the journal might contain additional
+    ** pages that need to be rolled back and that the number of pages 
+    ** should be computed based on the journal file size.
+    */
+    if( nRec==0 && !isHot &&
+        pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff ){
+      nRec = (int)((szJ - pPager->journalOff) / JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
+    }
+
+    /* If this is the first header read from the journal, truncate the
+    ** database file back to its original size.
+    */
+    if( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
+      rc = pager_truncate(pPager, mxPg);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        goto end_playback;
+      }
+      pPager->dbSize = mxPg;
+    }
+
+    /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the 
+    ** database file and/or page cache.
+    */
+    for(u=0; u<nRec; u++){
+      if( needPagerReset ){
+        pager_reset(pPager);
+        needPagerReset = 0;
+      }
+      rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager,&pPager->journalOff,0,1,0);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+          pPager->journalOff = szJ;
+          break;
+        }else if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
+          /* If the journal has been truncated, simply stop reading and
+          ** processing the journal. This might happen if the journal was
+          ** not completely written and synced prior to a crash.  In that
+          ** case, the database should have never been written in the
+          ** first place so it is OK to simply abandon the rollback. */
+          rc = SQLITE_OK;
+          goto end_playback;
+        }else{
+          /* If we are unable to rollback, quit and return the error
+          ** code.  This will cause the pager to enter the error state
+          ** so that no further harm will be done.  Perhaps the next
+          ** process to come along will be able to rollback the database.
+          */
+          goto end_playback;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  /*NOTREACHED*/
+  assert( 0 );
+
+end_playback:
+  /* Following a rollback, the database file should be back in its original
+  ** state prior to the start of the transaction, so invoke the
+  ** SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED file-control method to disable the
+  ** assertion that the transaction counter was modified.
+  */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  if( pPager->fd->pMethods ){
+    sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd,SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED,0);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* If this playback is happening automatically as a result of an IO or 
+  ** malloc error that occurred after the change-counter was updated but 
+  ** before the transaction was committed, then the change-counter 
+  ** modification may just have been reverted. If this happens in exclusive 
+  ** mode, then subsequent transactions performed by the connection will not
+  ** update the change-counter at all. This may lead to cache inconsistency
+  ** problems for other processes at some point in the future. So, just
+  ** in case this has happened, clear the changeCountDone flag now.
+  */
+  pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace;
+    rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
+    testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK
+   && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
+  ){
+    rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager);
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, zMaster[0]!='\0');
+    testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] && res ){
+    /* If there was a master journal and this routine will return success,
+    ** see if it is possible to delete the master journal.
+    */
+    rc = pager_delmaster(pPager, zMaster);
+    testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+  }
+
+  /* The Pager.sectorSize variable may have been updated while rolling
+  ** back a journal created by a process with a different sector size
+  ** value. Reset it to the correct value for this process.
+  */
+  setSectorSize(pPager);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Read the content for page pPg out of the database file and into 
+** pPg->pData. A shared lock or greater must be held on the database
+** file before this function is called.
+**
+** If page 1 is read, then the value of Pager.dbFileVers[] is set to
+** the value read from the database file.
+**
+** If an IO error occurs, then the IO error is returned to the caller.
+** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
+*/
+static int readDbPage(PgHdr *pPg){
+  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* Pager object associated with page pPg */
+  Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno;       /* Page number to read */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;          /* Return code */
+  int isInWal = 0;             /* True if page is in log file */
+  int pgsz = pPager->pageSize; /* Number of bytes to read */
+
+  assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && !MEMDB );
+  assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
+
+  if( NEVER(!isOpen(pPager->fd)) ){
+    assert( pPager->tempFile );
+    memset(pPg->pData, 0, pPager->pageSize);
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+    /* Try to pull the page from the write-ahead log. */
+    rc = sqlite3WalRead(pPager->pWal, pgno, &isInWal, pgsz, pPg->pData);
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !isInWal ){
+    i64 iOffset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
+    rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pPg->pData, pgsz, iOffset);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( pgno==1 ){
+    if( rc ){
+      /* If the read is unsuccessful, set the dbFileVers[] to something
+      ** that will never be a valid file version.  dbFileVers[] is a copy
+      ** of bytes 24..39 of the database.  Bytes 28..31 should always be
+      ** zero or the size of the database in page. Bytes 32..35 and 35..39
+      ** should be page numbers which are never 0xffffffff.  So filling
+      ** pPager->dbFileVers[] with all 0xff bytes should suffice.
+      **
+      ** For an encrypted database, the situation is more complex:  bytes
+      ** 24..39 of the database are white noise.  But the probability of
+      ** white noising equaling 16 bytes of 0xff is vanishingly small so
+      ** we should still be ok.
+      */
+      memset(pPager->dbFileVers, 0xff, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
+    }else{
+      u8 *dbFileVers = &((u8*)pPg->pData)[24];
+      memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
+    }
+  }
+  CODEC1(pPager, pPg->pData, pgno, 3, rc = SQLITE_NOMEM);
+
+  PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_readdb_count);
+  PAGER_INCR(pPager->nRead);
+  IOTRACE(("PGIN %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
+  PAGERTRACE(("FETCH %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
+               PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pPg)));
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Update the value of the change-counter at offsets 24 and 92 in
+** the header and the sqlite version number at offset 96.
+**
+** This is an unconditional update.  See also the pager_incr_changecounter()
+** routine which only updates the change-counter if the update is actually
+** needed, as determined by the pPager->changeCountDone state variable.
+*/
+static void pager_write_changecounter(PgHdr *pPg){
+  u32 change_counter;
+
+  /* Increment the value just read and write it back to byte 24. */
+  change_counter = sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)pPg->pPager->dbFileVers)+1;
+  put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+24, change_counter);
+
+  /* Also store the SQLite version number in bytes 96..99 and in
+  ** bytes 92..95 store the change counter for which the version number
+  ** is valid. */
+  put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+92, change_counter);
+  put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+96, SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER);
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+/*
+** This function is invoked once for each page that has already been 
+** written into the log file when a WAL transaction is rolled back.
+** Parameter iPg is the page number of said page. The pCtx argument 
+** is actually a pointer to the Pager structure.
+**
+** If page iPg is present in the cache, and has no outstanding references,
+** it is discarded. Otherwise, if there are one or more outstanding
+** references, the page content is reloaded from the database. If the
+** attempt to reload content from the database is required and fails, 
+** return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
+*/
+static int pagerUndoCallback(void *pCtx, Pgno iPg){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  Pager *pPager = (Pager *)pCtx;
+  PgHdr *pPg;
+
+  pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, iPg);
+  if( pPg ){
+    if( sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPg)==1 ){
+      sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg);
+    }else{
+      rc = readDbPage(pPg);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        pPager->xReiniter(pPg);
+      }
+      sqlite3PagerUnref(pPg);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Normally, if a transaction is rolled back, any backup processes are
+  ** updated as data is copied out of the rollback journal and into the
+  ** database. This is not generally possible with a WAL database, as
+  ** rollback involves simply truncating the log file. Therefore, if one
+  ** or more frames have already been written to the log (and therefore 
+  ** also copied into the backup databases) as part of this transaction,
+  ** the backups must be restarted.
+  */
+  sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called to rollback a transaction on a WAL database.
+*/
+static int pagerRollbackWal(Pager *pPager){
+  int rc;                         /* Return Code */
+  PgHdr *pList;                   /* List of dirty pages to revert */
+
+  /* For all pages in the cache that are currently dirty or have already
+  ** been written (but not committed) to the log file, do one of the 
+  ** following:
+  **
+  **   + Discard the cached page (if refcount==0), or
+  **   + Reload page content from the database (if refcount>0).
+  */
+  pPager->dbSize = pPager->dbOrigSize;
+  rc = sqlite3WalUndo(pPager->pWal, pagerUndoCallback, (void *)pPager);
+  pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
+  while( pList && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty;
+    rc = pagerUndoCallback((void *)pPager, pList->pgno);
+    pList = pNext;
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is a wrapper around sqlite3WalFrames(). As well as logging
+** the contents of the list of pages headed by pList (connected by pDirty),
+** this function notifies any active backup processes that the pages have
+** changed. 
+**
+** The list of pages passed into this routine is always sorted by page number.
+** Hence, if page 1 appears anywhere on the list, it will be the first page.
+*/ 
+static int pagerWalFrames(
+  Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
+  PgHdr *pList,                   /* List of frames to log */
+  Pgno nTruncate,                 /* Database size after this commit */
+  int isCommit                    /* True if this is a commit */
+){
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+  int nList;                      /* Number of pages in pList */
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES)
+  PgHdr *p;                       /* For looping over pages */
+#endif
+
+  assert( pPager->pWal );
+  assert( pList );
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  /* Verify that the page list is in accending order */
+  for(p=pList; p && p->pDirty; p=p->pDirty){
+    assert( p->pgno < p->pDirty->pgno );
+  }
+#endif
+
+  assert( pList->pDirty==0 || isCommit );
+  if( isCommit ){
+    /* If a WAL transaction is being committed, there is no point in writing
+    ** any pages with page numbers greater than nTruncate into the WAL file.
+    ** They will never be read by any client. So remove them from the pDirty
+    ** list here. */
+    PgHdr *p;
+    PgHdr **ppNext = &pList;
+    nList = 0;
+    for(p=pList; (*ppNext = p)!=0; p=p->pDirty){
+      if( p->pgno<=nTruncate ){
+        ppNext = &p->pDirty;
+        nList++;
+      }
+    }
+    assert( pList );
+  }else{
+    nList = 1;
+  }
+  pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE] += nList;
+
+  if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList);
+  rc = sqlite3WalFrames(pPager->pWal, 
+      pPager->pageSize, pList, nTruncate, isCommit, pPager->walSyncFlags
+  );
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pBackup ){
+    PgHdr *p;
+    for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
+      sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, p->pgno, (u8 *)p->pData);
+    }
+  }
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
+  pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
+  for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
+    pager_set_pagehash(p);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Begin a read transaction on the WAL.
+**
+** This routine used to be called "pagerOpenSnapshot()" because it essentially
+** makes a snapshot of the database at the current point in time and preserves
+** that snapshot for use by the reader in spite of concurrently changes by
+** other writers or checkpointers.
+*/
+static int pagerBeginReadTransaction(Pager *pPager){
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+  int changed = 0;                /* True if cache must be reset */
+
+  assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) );
+  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
+
+  /* sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction() was not called for the previous
+  ** transaction in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE.  So call it now.  If we
+  ** are in locking_mode=NORMAL and EndRead() was previously called,
+  ** the duplicate call is harmless.
+  */
+  sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal);
+
+  rc = sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(pPager->pWal, &changed);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || changed ){
+    pager_reset(pPager);
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** This function is called as part of the transition from PAGER_OPEN
+** to PAGER_READER state to determine the size of the database file
+** in pages (assuming the page size currently stored in Pager.pageSize).
+**
+** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the size of the database
+** in pages is stored in *pnPage. Otherwise, an error code (perhaps
+** SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT) is returned and *pnPage is left unmodified.
+*/
+static int pagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, Pgno *pnPage){
+  Pgno nPage;                     /* Value to return via *pnPage */
+
+  /* Query the WAL sub-system for the database size. The WalDbsize()
+  ** function returns zero if the WAL is not open (i.e. Pager.pWal==0), or
+  ** if the database size is not available. The database size is not
+  ** available from the WAL sub-system if the log file is empty or
+  ** contains no valid committed transactions.
+  */
+  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
+  assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
+  nPage = sqlite3WalDbsize(pPager->pWal);
+
+  /* If the database size was not available from the WAL sub-system,
+  ** determine it based on the size of the database file. If the size
+  ** of the database file is not an integer multiple of the page-size,
+  ** round down to the nearest page. Except, any file larger than 0
+  ** bytes in size is considered to contain at least one page.
+  */
+  if( nPage==0 ){
+    i64 n = 0;                    /* Size of db file in bytes */
+    assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
+    if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
+      int rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &n);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        return rc;
+      }
+    }
+    nPage = (Pgno)((n+pPager->pageSize-1) / pPager->pageSize);
+  }
+
+  /* If the current number of pages in the file is greater than the
+  ** configured maximum pager number, increase the allowed limit so
+  ** that the file can be read.
+  */
+  if( nPage>pPager->mxPgno ){
+    pPager->mxPgno = (Pgno)nPage;
+  }
+
+  *pnPage = nPage;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+/*
+** Check if the *-wal file that corresponds to the database opened by pPager
+** exists if the database is not empy, or verify that the *-wal file does
+** not exist (by deleting it) if the database file is empty.
+**
+** If the database is not empty and the *-wal file exists, open the pager
+** in WAL mode.  If the database is empty or if no *-wal file exists and
+** if no error occurs, make sure Pager.journalMode is not set to
+** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK or an error code.
+**
+** The caller must hold a SHARED lock on the database file to call this
+** function. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db file is required to delete 
+** a WAL on a none-empty database, this ensures there is no race condition 
+** between the xAccess() below and an xDelete() being executed by some 
+** other connection.
+*/
+static int pagerOpenWalIfPresent(Pager *pPager){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
+  assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
+
+  if( !pPager->tempFile ){
+    int isWal;                    /* True if WAL file exists */
+    Pgno nPage;                   /* Size of the database file */
+
+    rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+    if( nPage==0 ){
+      rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, 0);
+      isWal = 0;
+    }else{
+      rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
+          pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &isWal
+      );
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      if( isWal ){
+        testcase( sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
+        rc = sqlite3PagerOpenWal(pPager, 0);
+      }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){
+        pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Playback savepoint pSavepoint. Or, if pSavepoint==NULL, then playback
+** the entire master journal file. The case pSavepoint==NULL occurs when 
+** a ROLLBACK TO command is invoked on a SAVEPOINT that is a transaction 
+** savepoint.
+**
+** When pSavepoint is not NULL (meaning a non-transaction savepoint is 
+** being rolled back), then the rollback consists of up to three stages,
+** performed in the order specified:
+**
+**   * Pages are played back from the main journal starting at byte
+**     offset PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to 
+**     PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset, or to the end of the main journal
+**     file if PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is zero.
+**
+**   * If PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is not zero, then pages are played
+**     back starting from the journal header immediately following 
+**     PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset to the end of the main journal file.
+**
+**   * Pages are then played back from the sub-journal file, starting
+**     with the PagerSavepoint.iSubRec and continuing to the end of
+**     the journal file.
+**
+** Throughout the rollback process, each time a page is rolled back, the
+** corresponding bit is set in a bitvec structure (variable pDone in the
+** implementation below). This is used to ensure that a page is only
+** rolled back the first time it is encountered in either journal.
+**
+** If pSavepoint is NULL, then pages are only played back from the main
+** journal file. There is no need for a bitvec in this case.
+**
+** In either case, before playback commences the Pager.dbSize variable
+** is reset to the value that it held at the start of the savepoint 
+** (or transaction). No page with a page-number greater than this value
+** is played back. If one is encountered it is simply skipped.
+*/
+static int pagerPlaybackSavepoint(Pager *pPager, PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint){
+  i64 szJ;                 /* Effective size of the main journal */
+  i64 iHdrOff;             /* End of first segment of main-journal records */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Return code */
+  Bitvec *pDone = 0;       /* Bitvec to ensure pages played back only once */
+
+  assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
+  assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
+
+  /* Allocate a bitvec to use to store the set of pages rolled back */
+  if( pSavepoint ){
+    pDone = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pSavepoint->nOrig);
+    if( !pDone ){
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Set the database size back to the value it was before the savepoint 
+  ** being reverted was opened.
+  */
+  pPager->dbSize = pSavepoint ? pSavepoint->nOrig : pPager->dbOrigSize;
+  pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
+
+  if( !pSavepoint && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+    return pagerRollbackWal(pPager);
+  }
+
+  /* Use pPager->journalOff as the effective size of the main rollback
+  ** journal.  The actual file might be larger than this in
+  ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE or PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST.  But anything
+  ** past pPager->journalOff is off-limits to us.
+  */
+  szJ = pPager->journalOff;
+  assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || szJ==0 );
+
+  /* Begin by rolling back records from the main journal starting at
+  ** PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to the next journal header.
+  ** There might be records in the main journal that have a page number
+  ** greater than the current database size (pPager->dbSize) but those
+  ** will be skipped automatically.  Pages are added to pDone as they
+  ** are played back.
+  */
+  if( pSavepoint && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+    iHdrOff = pSavepoint->iHdrOffset ? pSavepoint->iHdrOffset : szJ;
+    pPager->journalOff = pSavepoint->iOffset;
+    while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<iHdrOff ){
+      rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1);
+    }
+    assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
+  }else{
+    pPager->journalOff = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* Continue rolling back records out of the main journal starting at
+  ** the first journal header seen and continuing until the effective end
+  ** of the main journal file.  Continue to skip out-of-range pages and
+  ** continue adding pages rolled back to pDone.
+  */
+  while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<szJ ){
+    u32 ii;            /* Loop counter */
+    u32 nJRec = 0;     /* Number of Journal Records */
+    u32 dummy;
+    rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, 0, szJ, &nJRec, &dummy);
+    assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
+
+    /*
+    ** The "pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff"
+    ** test is related to ticket #2565.  See the discussion in the
+    ** pager_playback() function for additional information.
+    */
+    if( nJRec==0 
+     && pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff
+    ){
+      nJRec = (u32)((szJ - pPager->journalOff)/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
+    }
+    for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nJRec && pPager->journalOff<szJ; ii++){
+      rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1);
+    }
+    assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
+  }
+  assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->journalOff>=szJ );
+
+  /* Finally,  rollback pages from the sub-journal.  Page that were
+  ** previously rolled back out of the main journal (and are hence in pDone)
+  ** will be skipped.  Out-of-range pages are also skipped.
+  */
+  if( pSavepoint ){
+    u32 ii;            /* Loop counter */
+    i64 offset = (i64)pSavepoint->iSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
+
+    if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+      rc = sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(pPager->pWal, pSavepoint->aWalData);
+    }
+    for(ii=pSavepoint->iSubRec; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<pPager->nSubRec; ii++){
+      assert( offset==(i64)ii*(4+pPager->pageSize) );
+      rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &offset, pDone, 0, 1);
+    }
+    assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
+  }
+
+  sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pDone);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    pPager->journalOff = szJ;
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
+  sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage);
+}
+
+/*
+** Free as much memory as possible from the pager.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager *pPager){
+  sqlite3PcacheShrink(pPager->pPCache);
+}
+
+/*
+** Adjust the robustness of the database to damage due to OS crashes
+** or power failures by changing the number of syncs()s when writing
+** the rollback journal.  There are three levels:
+**
+**    OFF       sqlite3OsSync() is never called.  This is the default
+**              for temporary and transient files.
+**
+**    NORMAL    The journal is synced once before writes begin on the
+**              database.  This is normally adequate protection, but
+**              it is theoretically possible, though very unlikely,
+**              that an inopertune power failure could leave the journal
+**              in a state which would cause damage to the database
+**              when it is rolled back.
+**
+**    FULL      The journal is synced twice before writes begin on the
+**              database (with some additional information - the nRec field
+**              of the journal header - being written in between the two
+**              syncs).  If we assume that writing a
+**              single disk sector is atomic, then this mode provides
+**              assurance that the journal will not be corrupted to the
+**              point of causing damage to the database during rollback.
+**
+** The above is for a rollback-journal mode.  For WAL mode, OFF continues
+** to mean that no syncs ever occur.  NORMAL means that the WAL is synced
+** prior to the start of checkpoint and that the database file is synced
+** at the conclusion of the checkpoint if the entire content of the WAL
+** was written back into the database.  But no sync operations occur for
+** an ordinary commit in NORMAL mode with WAL.  FULL means that the WAL
+** file is synced following each commit operation, in addition to the
+** syncs associated with NORMAL.
+**
+** Do not confuse synchronous=FULL with SQLITE_SYNC_FULL.  The
+** SQLITE_SYNC_FULL macro means to use the MacOSX-style full-fsync
+** using fcntl(F_FULLFSYNC).  SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL means to do an
+** ordinary fsync() call.  There is no difference between SQLITE_SYNC_FULL
+** and SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL on platforms other than MacOSX.  But the
+** synchronous=FULL versus synchronous=NORMAL setting determines when
+** the xSync primitive is called and is relevant to all platforms.
+**
+** Numeric values associated with these states are OFF==1, NORMAL=2,
+** and FULL=3.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetSafetyLevel(
+  Pager *pPager,        /* The pager to set safety level for */
+  int level,            /* PRAGMA synchronous.  1=OFF, 2=NORMAL, 3=FULL */  
+  int bFullFsync,       /* PRAGMA fullfsync */
+  int bCkptFullFsync    /* PRAGMA checkpoint_fullfsync */
+){
+  assert( level>=1 && level<=3 );
+  pPager->noSync =  (level==1 || pPager->tempFile) ?1:0;
+  pPager->fullSync = (level==3 && !pPager->tempFile) ?1:0;
+  if( pPager->noSync ){
+    pPager->syncFlags = 0;
+    pPager->ckptSyncFlags = 0;
+  }else if( bFullFsync ){
+    pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
+    pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
+  }else if( bCkptFullFsync ){
+    pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
+    pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
+  }else{
+    pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
+    pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
+  }
+  pPager->walSyncFlags = pPager->syncFlags;
+  if( pPager->fullSync ){
+    pPager->walSyncFlags |= WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS;
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The following global variable is incremented whenever the library
+** attempts to open a temporary file.  This information is used for
+** testing and analysis only.  
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_opentemp_count = 0;
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Open a temporary file.
+**
+** Write the file descriptor into *pFile. Return SQLITE_OK on success 
+** or some other error code if we fail. The OS will automatically 
+** delete the temporary file when it is closed.
+**
+** The flags passed to the VFS layer xOpen() call are those specified
+** by parameter vfsFlags ORed with the following:
+**
+**     SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
+**     SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE
+**     SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE
+**     SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE
+*/
+static int pagerOpentemp(
+  Pager *pPager,        /* The pager object */
+  sqlite3_file *pFile,  /* Write the file descriptor here */
+  int vfsFlags          /* Flags passed through to the VFS */
+){
+  int rc;               /* Return code */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  sqlite3_opentemp_count++;  /* Used for testing and analysis only */
+#endif
+
+  vfsFlags |=  SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
+            SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE;
+  rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pFile, vfsFlags, 0);
+  assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pFile) );
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the busy handler function.
+**
+** The pager invokes the busy-handler if sqlite3OsLock() returns 
+** SQLITE_BUSY when trying to upgrade from no-lock to a SHARED lock,
+** or when trying to upgrade from a RESERVED lock to an EXCLUSIVE 
+** lock. It does *not* invoke the busy handler when upgrading from
+** SHARED to RESERVED, or when upgrading from SHARED to EXCLUSIVE
+** (which occurs during hot-journal rollback). Summary:
+**
+**   Transition                        | Invokes xBusyHandler
+**   --------------------------------------------------------
+**   NO_LOCK       -> SHARED_LOCK      | Yes
+**   SHARED_LOCK   -> RESERVED_LOCK    | No
+**   SHARED_LOCK   -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK   | No
+**   RESERVED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK   | Yes
+**
+** If the busy-handler callback returns non-zero, the lock is 
+** retried. If it returns zero, then the SQLITE_BUSY error is
+** returned to the caller of the pager API function.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(
+  Pager *pPager,                       /* Pager object */
+  int (*xBusyHandler)(void *),         /* Pointer to busy-handler function */
+  void *pBusyHandlerArg                /* Argument to pass to xBusyHandler */
+){  
+  pPager->xBusyHandler = xBusyHandler;
+  pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = pBusyHandlerArg;
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the page size used by the Pager object. The new page size 
+** is passed in *pPageSize.
+**
+** If the pager is in the error state when this function is called, it
+** is a no-op. The value returned is the error state error code (i.e. 
+** one of SQLITE_IOERR, an SQLITE_IOERR_xxx sub-code or SQLITE_FULL).
+**
+** Otherwise, if all of the following are true:
+**
+**   * the new page size (value of *pPageSize) is valid (a power 
+**     of two between 512 and SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, inclusive), and
+**
+**   * there are no outstanding page references, and
+**
+**   * the database is either not an in-memory database or it is
+**     an in-memory database that currently consists of zero pages.
+**
+** then the pager object page size is set to *pPageSize.
+**
+** If the page size is changed, then this function uses sqlite3PagerMalloc() 
+** to obtain a new Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. If this allocation attempt 
+** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and the page size remains unchanged. 
+** In all other cases, SQLITE_OK is returned.
+**
+** If the page size is not changed, either because one of the enumerated
+** conditions above is not true, the pager was in error state when this
+** function was called, or because the memory allocation attempt failed, 
+** then *pPageSize is set to the old, retained page size before returning.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u32 *pPageSize, int nReserve){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  /* It is not possible to do a full assert_pager_state() here, as this
+  ** function may be called from within PagerOpen(), before the state
+  ** of the Pager object is internally consistent.
+  **
+  ** At one point this function returned an error if the pager was in 
+  ** PAGER_ERROR state. But since PAGER_ERROR state guarantees that
+  ** there is at least one outstanding page reference, this function
+  ** is a no-op for that case anyhow.
+  */
+
+  u32 pageSize = *pPageSize;
+  assert( pageSize==0 || (pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) );
+  if( (pPager->memDb==0 || pPager->dbSize==0)
+   && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 
+   && pageSize && pageSize!=(u32)pPager->pageSize 
+  ){
+    char *pNew = NULL;             /* New temp space */
+    i64 nByte = 0;
+
+    if( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
+      rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &nByte);
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      pNew = (char *)sqlite3PageMalloc(pageSize);
+      if( !pNew ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      pager_reset(pPager);
+      pPager->dbSize = (Pgno)((nByte+pageSize-1)/pageSize);
+      pPager->pageSize = pageSize;
+      sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace);
+      pPager->pTmpSpace = pNew;
+      sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(pPager->pPCache, pageSize);
+    }
+  }
+
+  *pPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( nReserve<0 ) nReserve = pPager->nReserve;
+    assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<1000 );
+    pPager->nReserve = (i16)nReserve;
+    pagerReportSize(pPager);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the "temporary page" buffer held internally
+** by the pager.  This is a buffer that is big enough to hold the
+** entire content of a database page.  This buffer is used internally
+** during rollback and will be overwritten whenever a rollback
+** occurs.  But other modules are free to use it too, as long as
+** no rollbacks are happening.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager *pPager){
+  return pPager->pTmpSpace;
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive. 
+** Make no changes if mxPage is zero or negative.  And never reduce the
+** maximum page count below the current size of the database.
+**
+** Regardless of mxPage, return the current maximum page count.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
+  if( mxPage>0 ){
+    pPager->mxPgno = mxPage;
+  }
+  assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN );      /* Called only by OP_MaxPgcnt */
+  assert( pPager->mxPgno>=pPager->dbSize );  /* OP_MaxPgcnt enforces this */
+  return pPager->mxPgno;
+}
+
+/*
+** The following set of routines are used to disable the simulated
+** I/O error mechanism.  These routines are used to avoid simulated
+** errors in places where we do not care about errors.
+**
+** Unless -DSQLITE_TEST=1 is used, these routines are all no-ops
+** and generate no code.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending;
+SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_io_error_hit;
+static int saved_cnt;
+void disable_simulated_io_errors(void){
+  saved_cnt = sqlite3_io_error_pending;
+  sqlite3_io_error_pending = -1;
+}
+void enable_simulated_io_errors(void){
+  sqlite3_io_error_pending = saved_cnt;
+}
+#else
+# define disable_simulated_io_errors()
+# define enable_simulated_io_errors()
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Read the first N bytes from the beginning of the file into memory
+** that pDest points to. 
+**
+** If the pager was opened on a transient file (zFilename==""), or
+** opened on a file less than N bytes in size, the output buffer is
+** zeroed and SQLITE_OK returned. The rationale for this is that this 
+** function is used to read database headers, and a new transient or
+** zero sized database has a header than consists entirely of zeroes.
+**
+** If any IO error apart from SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ is encountered,
+** the error code is returned to the caller and the contents of the
+** output buffer undefined.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager *pPager, int N, unsigned char *pDest){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  memset(pDest, 0, N);
+  assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
+
+  /* This routine is only called by btree immediately after creating
+  ** the Pager object.  There has not been an opportunity to transition
+  ** to WAL mode yet.
+  */
+  assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
+
+  if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
+    IOTRACE(("DBHDR %p 0 %d\n", pPager, N))
+    rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pDest, N, 0);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function may only be called when a read-transaction is open on
+** the pager. It returns the total number of pages in the database.
+**
+** However, if the file is between 1 and <page-size> bytes in size, then 
+** this is considered a 1 page file.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, int *pnPage){
+  assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
+  assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED );
+  *pnPage = (int)pPager->dbSize;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Try to obtain a lock of type locktype on the database file. If
+** a similar or greater lock is already held, this function is a no-op
+** (returning SQLITE_OK immediately).
+**
+** Otherwise, attempt to obtain the lock using sqlite3OsLock(). Invoke 
+** the busy callback if the lock is currently not available. Repeat 
+** until the busy callback returns false or until the attempt to 
+** obtain the lock succeeds.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK on success and an error code if we cannot obtain
+** the lock. If the lock is obtained successfully, set the Pager.state 
+** variable to locktype before returning.
+*/
+static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){
+  int rc;                              /* Return code */
+
+  /* Check that this is either a no-op (because the requested lock is 
+  ** already held, or one of the transistions that the busy-handler
+  ** may be invoked during, according to the comment above
+  ** sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler().
+  */
+  assert( (pPager->eLock>=locktype)
+       || (pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK && locktype==SHARED_LOCK)
+       || (pPager->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK && locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
+  );
+
+  do {
+    rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, locktype);
+  }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && pPager->xBusyHandler(pPager->pBusyHandlerArg) );
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Function assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) checks that one of the 
+** following is true for all dirty pages currently in the page-cache:
+**
+**   a) The page number is less than or equal to the size of the 
+**      current database image, in pages, OR
+**
+**   b) if the page content were written at this time, it would not
+**      be necessary to write the current content out to the sub-journal
+**      (as determined by function subjRequiresPage()).
+**
+** If the condition asserted by this function were not true, and the
+** dirty page were to be discarded from the cache via the pagerStress()
+** routine, pagerStress() would not write the current page content to
+** the database file. If a savepoint transaction were rolled back after
+** this happened, the correct behaviour would be to restore the current
+** content of the page. However, since this content is not present in either
+** the database file or the portion of the rollback journal and 
+** sub-journal rolled back the content could not be restored and the
+** database image would become corrupt. It is therefore fortunate that 
+** this circumstance cannot arise.
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+static void assertTruncateConstraintCb(PgHdr *pPg){
+  assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
+  assert( !subjRequiresPage(pPg) || pPg->pgno<=pPg->pPager->dbSize );
+}
+static void assertTruncateConstraint(Pager *pPager){
+  sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, assertTruncateConstraintCb);
+}
+#else
+# define assertTruncateConstraint(pPager)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Truncate the in-memory database file image to nPage pages. This 
+** function does not actually modify the database file on disk. It 
+** just sets the internal state of the pager object so that the 
+** truncation will be done when the current transaction is committed.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
+  assert( pPager->dbSize>=nPage );
+  assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD );
+  pPager->dbSize = nPage;
+  assertTruncateConstraint(pPager);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This function is called before attempting a hot-journal rollback. It
+** syncs the journal file to disk, then sets pPager->journalHdr to the
+** size of the journal file so that the pager_playback() routine knows
+** that the entire journal file has been synced.
+**
+** Syncing a hot-journal to disk before attempting to roll it back ensures 
+** that if a power-failure occurs during the rollback, the process that
+** attempts rollback following system recovery sees the same journal
+** content as this process.
+**
+** If everything goes as planned, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, 
+** an SQLite error code.
+*/
+static int pagerSyncHotJournal(Pager *pPager){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( !pPager->noSync ){
+    rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL);
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &pPager->journalHdr);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Shutdown the page cache.  Free all memory and close all files.
+**
+** If a transaction was in progress when this routine is called, that
+** transaction is rolled back.  All outstanding pages are invalidated
+** and their memory is freed.  Any attempt to use a page associated
+** with this page cache after this function returns will likely
+** result in a coredump.
+**
+** This function always succeeds. If a transaction is active an attempt
+** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback 
+** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned
+** to the caller.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager){
+  u8 *pTmp = (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace;
+
+  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+  disable_simulated_io_errors();
+  sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+  /* pPager->errCode = 0; */
+  pPager->exclusiveMode = 0;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+  sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, pTmp);
+  pPager->pWal = 0;
+#endif
+  pager_reset(pPager);
+  if( MEMDB ){
+    pager_unlock(pPager);
+  }else{
+    /* If it is open, sync the journal file before calling UnlockAndRollback.
+    ** If this is not done, then an unsynced portion of the open journal 
+    ** file may be played back into the database. If a power failure occurs 
+    ** while this is happening, the database could become corrupt.
+    **
+    ** If an error occurs while trying to sync the journal, shift the pager
+    ** into the ERROR state. This causes UnlockAndRollback to unlock the
+    ** database and close the journal file without attempting to roll it
+    ** back or finalize it. The next database user will have to do hot-journal
+    ** rollback before accessing the database file.
+    */
+    if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
+      pager_error(pPager, pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager));
+    }
+    pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
+  }
+  sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+  enable_simulated_io_errors();
+  PAGERTRACE(("CLOSE %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
+  IOTRACE(("CLOSE %p\n", pPager))
+  sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
+  sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
+  sqlite3PageFree(pTmp);
+  sqlite3PcacheClose(pPager->pPCache);
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+  if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec);
+#endif
+
+  assert( !pPager->aSavepoint && !pPager->pInJournal );
+  assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) && !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) );
+
+  sqlite3_free(pPager);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+/*
+** Return the page number for page pPg.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage *pPg){
+  return pPg->pgno;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Increment the reference count for page pPg.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage *pPg){
+  sqlite3PcacheRef(pPg);
+}
+
+/*
+** Sync the journal. In other words, make sure all the pages that have
+** been written to the journal have actually reached the surface of the
+** disk and can be restored in the event of a hot-journal rollback.
+**
+** If the Pager.noSync flag is set, then this function is a no-op.
+** Otherwise, the actions required depend on the journal-mode and the 
+** device characteristics of the file-system, as follows:
+**
+**   * If the journal file is an in-memory journal file, no action need
+**     be taken.
+**
+**   * Otherwise, if the device does not support the SAFE_APPEND property,
+**     then the nRec field of the most recently written journal header
+**     is updated to contain the number of journal records that have
+**     been written following it. If the pager is operating in full-sync
+**     mode, then the journal file is synced before this field is updated.
+**
+**   * If the device does not support the SEQUENTIAL property, then 
+**     journal file is synced.
+**
+** Or, in pseudo-code:
+**
+**   if( NOT <in-memory journal> ){
+**     if( NOT SAFE_APPEND ){
+**       if( <full-sync mode> ) xSync(<journal file>);
+**       <update nRec field>
+**     } 
+**     if( NOT SEQUENTIAL ) xSync(<journal file>);
+**   }
+**
+** If successful, this routine clears the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag of every 
+** page currently held in memory before returning SQLITE_OK. If an IO
+** error is encountered, then the IO error code is returned to the caller.
+*/
+static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager, int newHdr){
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+
+  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
+       || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
+  );
+  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+  assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
+
+  rc = sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  if( !pPager->noSync ){
+    assert( !pPager->tempFile );
+    if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
+      const int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
+      assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
+
+      if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
+        /* This block deals with an obscure problem. If the last connection
+        ** that wrote to this database was operating in persistent-journal
+        ** mode, then the journal file may at this point actually be larger
+        ** than Pager.journalOff bytes. If the next thing in the journal
+        ** file happens to be a journal-header (written as part of the
+        ** previous connection's transaction), and a crash or power-failure 
+        ** occurs after nRec is updated but before this connection writes 
+        ** anything else to the journal file (or commits/rolls back its 
+        ** transaction), then SQLite may become confused when doing the 
+        ** hot-journal rollback following recovery. It may roll back all
+        ** of this connections data, then proceed to rolling back the old,
+        ** out-of-date data that follows it. Database corruption.
+        **
+        ** To work around this, if the journal file does appear to contain
+        ** a valid header following Pager.journalOff, then write a 0x00
+        ** byte to the start of it to prevent it from being recognized.
+        **
+        ** Variable iNextHdrOffset is set to the offset at which this
+        ** problematic header will occur, if it exists. aMagic is used 
+        ** as a temporary buffer to inspect the first couple of bytes of
+        ** the potential journal header.
+        */
+        i64 iNextHdrOffset;
+        u8 aMagic[8];
+        u8 zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4];
+
+        memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
+        put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], pPager->nRec);
+
+        iNextHdrOffset = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
+        rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, 8, iNextHdrOffset);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) ){
+          static const u8 zerobyte = 0;
+          rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, &zerobyte, 1, iNextHdrOffset);
+        }
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
+          return rc;
+        }
+
+        /* Write the nRec value into the journal file header. If in
+        ** full-synchronous mode, sync the journal first. This ensures that
+        ** all data has really hit the disk before nRec is updated to mark
+        ** it as a candidate for rollback.
+        **
+        ** This is not required if the persistent media supports the
+        ** SAFE_APPEND property. Because in this case it is not possible 
+        ** for garbage data to be appended to the file, the nRec field
+        ** is populated with 0xFFFFFFFF when the journal header is written
+        ** and never needs to be updated.
+        */
+        if( pPager->fullSync && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
+          PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
+          IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
+          rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags);
+          if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+        }
+        IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr));
+        rc = sqlite3OsWrite(
+            pPager->jfd, zHeader, sizeof(zHeader), pPager->journalHdr
+        );
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+      }
+      if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
+        PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
+        IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
+        rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags| 
+          (pPager->syncFlags==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL?SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY:0)
+        );
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+      }
+
+      pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
+      if( newHdr && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
+        pPager->nRec = 0;
+        rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+      }
+    }else{
+      pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Unless the pager is in noSync mode, the journal file was just 
+  ** successfully synced. Either way, clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag on 
+  ** all pages.
+  */
+  sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(pPager->pPCache);
+  pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD;
+  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** The argument is the first in a linked list of dirty pages connected
+** by the PgHdr.pDirty pointer. This function writes each one of the
+** in-memory pages in the list to the database file. The argument may
+** be NULL, representing an empty list. In this case this function is
+** a no-op.
+**
+** The pager must hold at least a RESERVED lock when this function
+** is called. Before writing anything to the database file, this lock
+** is upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock. If the lock cannot be obtained,
+** SQLITE_BUSY is returned and no data is written to the database file.
+** 
+** If the pager is a temp-file pager and the actual file-system file
+** is not yet open, it is created and opened before any data is 
+** written out.
+**
+** Once the lock has been upgraded and, if necessary, the file opened,
+** the pages are written out to the database file in list order. Writing
+** a page is skipped if it meets either of the following criteria:
+**
+**   * The page number is greater than Pager.dbSize, or
+**   * The PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag is set on the page.
+**
+** If writing out a page causes the database file to grow, Pager.dbFileSize
+** is updated accordingly. If page 1 is written out, then the value cached
+** in Pager.dbFileVers[] is updated to match the new value stored in
+** the database file.
+**
+** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error 
+** occurs, an IO error code is returned. Or, if the EXCLUSIVE lock cannot
+** be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY is returned.
+*/
+static int pager_write_pagelist(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pList){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
+
+  /* This function is only called for rollback pagers in WRITER_DBMOD state. */
+  assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
+  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD );
+  assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
+
+  /* If the file is a temp-file has not yet been opened, open it now. It
+  ** is not possible for rc to be other than SQLITE_OK if this branch
+  ** is taken, as pager_wait_on_lock() is a no-op for temp-files.
+  */
+  if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
+    assert( pPager->tempFile && rc==SQLITE_OK );
+    rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->fd, pPager->vfsFlags);
+  }
+
+  /* Before the first write, give the VFS a hint of what the final
+  ** file size will be.
+  */
+  assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->fd) );
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->dbSize>pPager->dbHintSize ){
+    sqlite3_int64 szFile = pPager->pageSize * (sqlite3_int64)pPager->dbSize;
+    sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &szFile);
+    pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize;
+  }
+
+  while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){
+    Pgno pgno = pList->pgno;
+
+    /* If there are dirty pages in the page cache with page numbers greater
+    ** than Pager.dbSize, this means sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() was called to
+    ** make the file smaller (presumably by auto-vacuum code). Do not write
+    ** any such pages to the file.
+    **
+    ** Also, do not write out any page that has the PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag
+    ** set (set by sqlite3PagerDontWrite()).
+    */
+    if( pgno<=pPager->dbSize && 0==(pList->flags&PGHDR_DONT_WRITE) ){
+      i64 offset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;   /* Offset to write */
+      char *pData;                                   /* Data to write */    
+
+      assert( (pList->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 );
+      if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList);
+
+      /* Encode the database */
+      CODEC2(pPager, pList->pData, pgno, 6, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData);
+
+      /* Write out the page data. */
+      rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pData, pPager->pageSize, offset);
+
+      /* If page 1 was just written, update Pager.dbFileVers to match
+      ** the value now stored in the database file. If writing this 
+      ** page caused the database file to grow, update dbFileSize. 
+      */
+      if( pgno==1 ){
+        memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &pData[24], sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
+      }
+      if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){
+        pPager->dbFileSize = pgno;
+      }
+      pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++;
+
+      /* Update any backup objects copying the contents of this pager. */
+      sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)pList->pData);
+
+      PAGERTRACE(("STORE %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
+                   PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pList)));
+      IOTRACE(("PGOUT %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
+      PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writedb_count);
+    }else{
+      PAGERTRACE(("NOSTORE %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pgno));
+    }
+    pager_set_pagehash(pList);
+    pList = pList->pDirty;
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Ensure that the sub-journal file is open. If it is already open, this 
+** function is a no-op.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if everything goes according to plan. An 
+** SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned if a call to sqlite3OsOpen() 
+** fails.
+*/
+static int openSubJournal(Pager *pPager){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
+    if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || pPager->subjInMemory ){
+      sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->sjfd);
+    }else{
+      rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->sjfd, SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL);
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Append a record of the current state of page pPg to the sub-journal. 
+** It is the callers responsibility to use subjRequiresPage() to check 
+** that it is really required before calling this function.
+**
+** If successful, set the bit corresponding to pPg->pgno in the bitvecs
+** for all open savepoints before returning.
+**
+** This function returns SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, an IO
+** error code if the attempt to write to the sub-journal fails, or 
+** SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails while setting a bit in a savepoint
+** bitvec.
+*/
+static int subjournalPage(PgHdr *pPg){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
+  if( pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
+
+    /* Open the sub-journal, if it has not already been opened */
+    assert( pPager->useJournal );
+    assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pagerUseWal(pPager) );
+    assert( isOpen(pPager->sjfd) || pPager->nSubRec==0 );
+    assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) 
+         || pageInJournal(pPg) 
+         || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize 
+    );
+    rc = openSubJournal(pPager);
+
+    /* If the sub-journal was opened successfully (or was already open),
+    ** write the journal record into the file.  */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      void *pData = pPg->pData;
+      i64 offset = (i64)pPager->nSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
+      char *pData2;
+  
+      CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData2);
+      PAGERTRACE(("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno));
+      rc = write32bits(pPager->sjfd, offset, pPg->pgno);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->sjfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, offset+4);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    pPager->nSubRec++;
+    assert( pPager->nSavepoint>0 );
+    rc = addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called by the pcache layer when it has reached some
+** soft memory limit. The first argument is a pointer to a Pager object
+** (cast as a void*). The pager is always 'purgeable' (not an in-memory
+** database). The second argument is a reference to a page that is 
+** currently dirty but has no outstanding references. The page
+** is always associated with the Pager object passed as the first 
+** argument.
+**
+** The job of this function is to make pPg clean by writing its contents
+** out to the database file, if possible. This may involve syncing the
+** journal file. 
+**
+** If successful, sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is called on the page and
+** SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying to make the
+** page clean, the IO error code is returned. If the page cannot be
+** made clean for some other reason, but no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK
+** is returned by sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is not called.
+*/
+static int pagerStress(void *p, PgHdr *pPg){
+  Pager *pPager = (Pager *)p;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  assert( pPg->pPager==pPager );
+  assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
+
+  /* The doNotSyncSpill flag is set during times when doing a sync of
+  ** journal (and adding a new header) is not allowed.  This occurs
+  ** during calls to sqlite3PagerWrite() while trying to journal multiple
+  ** pages belonging to the same sector.
+  **
+  ** The doNotSpill flag inhibits all cache spilling regardless of whether
+  ** or not a sync is required.  This is set during a rollback.
+  **
+  ** Spilling is also prohibited when in an error state since that could
+  ** lead to database corruption.   In the current implementaton it 
+  ** is impossible for sqlite3PcacheFetch() to be called with createFlag==1
+  ** while in the error state, hence it is impossible for this routine to
+  ** be called in the error state.  Nevertheless, we include a NEVER()
+  ** test for the error state as a safeguard against future changes.
+  */
+  if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  if( pPager->doNotSpill ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  if( pPager->doNotSyncSpill && (pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0 ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  pPg->pDirty = 0;
+  if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+    /* Write a single frame for this page to the log. */
+    if( subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){ 
+      rc = subjournalPage(pPg); 
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pPg, 0, 0);
+    }
+  }else{
+  
+    /* Sync the journal file if required. */
+    if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC 
+     || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
+    ){
+      rc = syncJournal(pPager, 1);
+    }
+  
+    /* If the page number of this page is larger than the current size of
+    ** the database image, it may need to be written to the sub-journal.
+    ** This is because the call to pager_write_pagelist() below will not
+    ** actually write data to the file in this case.
+    **
+    ** Consider the following sequence of events:
+    **
+    **   BEGIN;
+    **     <journal page X>
+    **     <modify page X>
+    **     SAVEPOINT sp;
+    **       <shrink database file to Y pages>
+    **       pagerStress(page X)
+    **     ROLLBACK TO sp;
+    **
+    ** If (X>Y), then when pagerStress is called page X will not be written
+    ** out to the database file, but will be dropped from the cache. Then,
+    ** following the "ROLLBACK TO sp" statement, reading page X will read
+    ** data from the database file. This will be the copy of page X as it
+    ** was when the transaction started, not as it was when "SAVEPOINT sp"
+    ** was executed.
+    **
+    ** The solution is to write the current data for page X into the 
+    ** sub-journal file now (if it is not already there), so that it will
+    ** be restored to its current value when the "ROLLBACK TO sp" is 
+    ** executed.
+    */
+    if( NEVER(
+        rc==SQLITE_OK && pPg->pgno>pPager->dbSize && subjRequiresPage(pPg)
+    ) ){
+      rc = subjournalPage(pPg);
+    }
+  
+    /* Write the contents of the page out to the database file. */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 );
+      rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pPg);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Mark the page as clean. */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    PAGERTRACE(("STRESS %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno));
+    sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg);
+  }
+
+  return pager_error(pPager, rc); 
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Allocate and initialize a new Pager object and put a pointer to it
+** in *ppPager. The pager should eventually be freed by passing it
+** to sqlite3PagerClose().
+**
+** The zFilename argument is the path to the database file to open.
+** If zFilename is NULL then a randomly-named temporary file is created
+** and used as the file to be cached. Temporary files are be deleted
+** automatically when they are closed. If zFilename is ":memory:" then 
+** all information is held in cache. It is never written to disk. 
+** This can be used to implement an in-memory database.
+**
+** The nExtra parameter specifies the number of bytes of space allocated
+** along with each page reference. This space is available to the user
+** via the sqlite3PagerGetExtra() API.
+**
+** The flags argument is used to specify properties that affect the
+** operation of the pager. It should be passed some bitwise combination
+** of the PAGER_* flags.
+**
+** The vfsFlags parameter is a bitmask to pass to the flags parameter
+** of the xOpen() method of the supplied VFS when opening files. 
+**
+** If the pager object is allocated and the specified file opened 
+** successfully, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppPager set to point to
+** the new pager object. If an error occurs, *ppPager is set to NULL
+** and error code returned. This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM
+** (sqlite3Malloc() is used to allocate memory), SQLITE_CANTOPEN or 
+** various SQLITE_IO_XXX errors.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpen(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,       /* The virtual file system to use */
+  Pager **ppPager,         /* OUT: Return the Pager structure here */
+  const char *zFilename,   /* Name of the database file to open */
+  int nExtra,              /* Extra bytes append to each in-memory page */
+  int flags,               /* flags controlling this file */
+  int vfsFlags,            /* flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
+  void (*xReinit)(DbPage*) /* Function to reinitialize pages */
+){
+  u8 *pPtr;
+  Pager *pPager = 0;       /* Pager object to allocate and return */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Return code */
+  int tempFile = 0;        /* True for temp files (incl. in-memory files) */
+  int memDb = 0;           /* True if this is an in-memory file */
+  int readOnly = 0;        /* True if this is a read-only file */
+  int journalFileSize;     /* Bytes to allocate for each journal fd */
+  char *zPathname = 0;     /* Full path to database file */
+  int nPathname = 0;       /* Number of bytes in zPathname */
+  int useJournal = (flags & PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL)==0; /* False to omit journal */
+  int pcacheSize = sqlite3PcacheSize();       /* Bytes to allocate for PCache */
+  u32 szPageDflt = SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;  /* Default page size */
+  const char *zUri = 0;    /* URI args to copy */
+  int nUri = 0;            /* Number of bytes of URI args at *zUri */
+
+  /* Figure out how much space is required for each journal file-handle
+  ** (there are two of them, the main journal and the sub-journal). This
+  ** is the maximum space required for an in-memory journal file handle 
+  ** and a regular journal file-handle. Note that a "regular journal-handle"
+  ** may be a wrapper capable of caching the first portion of the journal
+  ** file in memory to implement the atomic-write optimization (see 
+  ** source file journal.c).
+  */
+  if( sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs)>sqlite3MemJournalSize() ){
+    journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs));
+  }else{
+    journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3MemJournalSize());
+  }
+
+  /* Set the output variable to NULL in case an error occurs. */
+  *ppPager = 0;
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
+  if( flags & PAGER_MEMORY ){
+    memDb = 1;
+    if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
+      zPathname = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, zFilename);
+      if( zPathname==0  ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname);
+      zFilename = 0;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Compute and store the full pathname in an allocated buffer pointed
+  ** to by zPathname, length nPathname. Or, if this is a temporary file,
+  ** leave both nPathname and zPathname set to 0.
+  */
+  if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
+    const char *z;
+    nPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
+    zPathname = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, nPathname*2);
+    if( zPathname==0 ){
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    zPathname[0] = 0; /* Make sure initialized even if FullPathname() fails */
+    rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nPathname, zPathname);
+    nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname);
+    z = zUri = &zFilename[sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)+1];
+    while( *z ){
+      z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1;
+      z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1;
+    }
+    nUri = (int)(&z[1] - zUri);
+    assert( nUri>=0 );
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nPathname+8>pVfs->mxPathname ){
+      /* This branch is taken when the journal path required by
+      ** the database being opened will be more than pVfs->mxPathname
+      ** bytes in length. This means the database cannot be opened,
+      ** as it will not be possible to open the journal file or even
+      ** check for a hot-journal before reading.
+      */
+      rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
+    }
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
+      return rc;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Allocate memory for the Pager structure, PCache object, the
+  ** three file descriptors, the database file name and the journal 
+  ** file name. The layout in memory is as follows:
+  **
+  **     Pager object                    (sizeof(Pager) bytes)
+  **     PCache object                   (sqlite3PcacheSize() bytes)
+  **     Database file handle            (pVfs->szOsFile bytes)
+  **     Sub-journal file handle         (journalFileSize bytes)
+  **     Main journal file handle        (journalFileSize bytes)
+  **     Database file name              (nPathname+1 bytes)
+  **     Journal file name               (nPathname+8+1 bytes)
+  */
+  pPtr = (u8 *)sqlite3MallocZero(
+    ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)) +      /* Pager structure */
+    ROUND8(pcacheSize) +           /* PCache object */
+    ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile) +       /* The main db file */
+    journalFileSize * 2 +          /* The two journal files */ 
+    nPathname + 1 + nUri +         /* zFilename */
+    nPathname + 8 + 2              /* zJournal */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+    + nPathname + 4 + 2            /* zWal */
+#endif
+  );
+  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(journalFileSize)) );
+  if( !pPtr ){
+    sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  pPager =              (Pager*)(pPtr);
+  pPager->pPCache =    (PCache*)(pPtr += ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)));
+  pPager->fd =   (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pcacheSize));
+  pPager->sjfd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile));
+  pPager->jfd =  (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += journalFileSize);
+  pPager->zFilename =    (char*)(pPtr += journalFileSize);
+  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pPager->jfd) );
+
+  /* Fill in the Pager.zFilename and Pager.zJournal buffers, if required. */
+  if( zPathname ){
+    assert( nPathname>0 );
+    pPager->zJournal =   (char*)(pPtr += nPathname + 1 + nUri);
+    memcpy(pPager->zFilename, zPathname, nPathname);
+    if( nUri ) memcpy(&pPager->zFilename[nPathname+1], zUri, nUri);
+    memcpy(pPager->zJournal, zPathname, nPathname);
+    memcpy(&pPager->zJournal[nPathname], "-journal\000", 8+1);
+    sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zJournal);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+    pPager->zWal = &pPager->zJournal[nPathname+8+1];
+    memcpy(pPager->zWal, zPathname, nPathname);
+    memcpy(&pPager->zWal[nPathname], "-wal\000", 4+1);
+    sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zWal);
+#endif
+    sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
+  }
+  pPager->pVfs = pVfs;
+  pPager->vfsFlags = vfsFlags;
+
+  /* Open the pager file.
+  */
+  if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
+    int fout = 0;                    /* VFS flags returned by xOpen() */
+    rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zFilename, pPager->fd, vfsFlags, &fout);
+    assert( !memDb );
+    readOnly = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
+
+    /* If the file was successfully opened for read/write access,
+    ** choose a default page size in case we have to create the
+    ** database file. The default page size is the maximum of:
+    **
+    **    + SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE,
+    **    + The value returned by sqlite3OsSectorSize()
+    **    + The largest page size that can be written atomically.
+    */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !readOnly ){
+      setSectorSize(pPager);
+      assert(SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE);
+      if( szPageDflt<pPager->sectorSize ){
+        if( pPager->sectorSize>SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE ){
+          szPageDflt = SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;
+        }else{
+          szPageDflt = (u32)pPager->sectorSize;
+        }
+      }
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
+      {
+        int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
+        int ii;
+        assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
+        assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
+        assert(SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=65536);
+        for(ii=szPageDflt; ii<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; ii=ii*2){
+          if( iDc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(ii>>8)) ){
+            szPageDflt = ii;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+#endif
+    }
+  }else{
+    /* If a temporary file is requested, it is not opened immediately.
+    ** In this case we accept the default page size and delay actually
+    ** opening the file until the first call to OsWrite().
+    **
+    ** This branch is also run for an in-memory database. An in-memory
+    ** database is the same as a temp-file that is never written out to
+    ** disk and uses an in-memory rollback journal.
+    */ 
+    tempFile = 1;
+    pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
+    pPager->eLock = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK;
+    readOnly = (vfsFlags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
+  }
+
+  /* The following call to PagerSetPagesize() serves to set the value of 
+  ** Pager.pageSize and to allocate the Pager.pTmpSpace buffer.
+  */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    assert( pPager->memDb==0 );
+    rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &szPageDflt, -1);
+    testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+  }
+
+  /* If an error occurred in either of the blocks above, free the 
+  ** Pager structure and close the file.
+  */
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    assert( !pPager->pTmpSpace );
+    sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
+    sqlite3_free(pPager);
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  /* Initialize the PCache object. */
+  assert( nExtra<1000 );
+  nExtra = ROUND8(nExtra);
+  sqlite3PcacheOpen(szPageDflt, nExtra, !memDb,
+                    !memDb?pagerStress:0, (void *)pPager, pPager->pPCache);
+
+  PAGERTRACE(("OPEN %d %s\n", FILEHANDLEID(pPager->fd), pPager->zFilename));
+  IOTRACE(("OPEN %p %s\n", pPager, pPager->zFilename))
+
+  pPager->useJournal = (u8)useJournal;
+  /* pPager->stmtOpen = 0; */
+  /* pPager->stmtInUse = 0; */
+  /* pPager->nRef = 0; */
+  /* pPager->stmtSize = 0; */
+  /* pPager->stmtJSize = 0; */
+  /* pPager->nPage = 0; */
+  pPager->mxPgno = SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT;
+  /* pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; */
+#if 0
+  assert( pPager->state == (tempFile ? PAGER_EXCLUSIVE : PAGER_UNLOCK) );
+#endif
+  /* pPager->errMask = 0; */
+  pPager->tempFile = (u8)tempFile;
+  assert( tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL 
+          || tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
+  assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE==1 );
+  pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)tempFile; 
+  pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
+  pPager->memDb = (u8)memDb;
+  pPager->readOnly = (u8)readOnly;
+  assert( useJournal || pPager->tempFile );
+  pPager->noSync = pPager->tempFile;
+  if( pPager->noSync ){
+    assert( pPager->fullSync==0 );
+    assert( pPager->syncFlags==0 );
+    assert( pPager->walSyncFlags==0 );
+    assert( pPager->ckptSyncFlags==0 );
+  }else{
+    pPager->fullSync = 1;
+    pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
+    pPager->walSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL | WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS;
+    pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
+  }
+  /* pPager->pFirst = 0; */
+  /* pPager->pFirstSynced = 0; */
+  /* pPager->pLast = 0; */
+  pPager->nExtra = (u16)nExtra;
+  pPager->journalSizeLimit = SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT;
+  assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || tempFile );
+  setSectorSize(pPager);
+  if( !useJournal ){
+    pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF;
+  }else if( memDb ){
+    pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY;
+  }
+  /* pPager->xBusyHandler = 0; */
+  /* pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = 0; */
+  pPager->xReiniter = xReinit;
+  /* memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash)); */
+
+  *ppPager = pPager;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+** This function is called after transitioning from PAGER_UNLOCK to
+** PAGER_SHARED state. It tests if there is a hot journal present in
+** the file-system for the given pager. A hot journal is one that 
+** needs to be played back. According to this function, a hot-journal
+** file exists if the following criteria are met:
+**
+**   * The journal file exists in the file system, and
+**   * No process holds a RESERVED or greater lock on the database file, and
+**   * The database file itself is greater than 0 bytes in size, and
+**   * The first byte of the journal file exists and is not 0x00.
+**
+** If the current size of the database file is 0 but a journal file
+** exists, that is probably an old journal left over from a prior
+** database with the same name. In this case the journal file is
+** just deleted using OsDelete, *pExists is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK
+** is returned.
+**
+** This routine does not check if there is a master journal filename
+** at the end of the file. If there is, and that master journal file
+** does not exist, then the journal file is not really hot. In this
+** case this routine will return a false-positive. The pager_playback()
+** routine will discover that the journal file is not really hot and 
+** will not roll it back. 
+**
+** If a hot-journal file is found to exist, *pExists is set to 1 and 
+** SQLITE_OK returned. If no hot-journal file is present, *pExists is
+** set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying
+** to determine whether or not a hot-journal file exists, the IO error
+** code is returned and the value of *pExists is undefined.
+*/
+static int hasHotJournal(Pager *pPager, int *pExists){
+  sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;           /* Return code */
+  int exists = 1;               /* True if a journal file is present */
+  int jrnlOpen = !!isOpen(pPager->jfd);
+
+  assert( pPager->useJournal );
+  assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
+  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
+
+  assert( jrnlOpen==0 || ( sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->jfd) &
+    SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN
+  ));
+
+  *pExists = 0;
+  if( !jrnlOpen ){
+    rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exists ){
+    int locked = 0;             /* True if some process holds a RESERVED lock */
+
+    /* Race condition here:  Another process might have been holding the
+    ** the RESERVED lock and have a journal open at the sqlite3OsAccess() 
+    ** call above, but then delete the journal and drop the lock before
+    ** we get to the following sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock() call.  If that
+    ** is the case, this routine might think there is a hot journal when
+    ** in fact there is none.  This results in a false-positive which will
+    ** be dealt with by the playback routine.  Ticket #3883.
+    */
+    rc = sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(pPager->fd, &locked);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !locked ){
+      Pgno nPage;                 /* Number of pages in database file */
+
+      /* Check the size of the database file. If it consists of 0 pages,
+      ** then delete the journal file. See the header comment above for 
+      ** the reasoning here.  Delete the obsolete journal file under
+      ** a RESERVED lock to avoid race conditions and to avoid violating
+      ** [H33020].
+      */
+      rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        if( nPage==0 ){
+          sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+          if( pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK)==SQLITE_OK ){
+            sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
+            if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
+          }
+          sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+        }else{
+          /* The journal file exists and no other connection has a reserved
+          ** or greater lock on the database file. Now check that there is
+          ** at least one non-zero bytes at the start of the journal file.
+          ** If there is, then we consider this journal to be hot. If not, 
+          ** it can be ignored.
+          */
+          if( !jrnlOpen ){
+            int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
+            rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &f);
+          }
+          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+            u8 first = 0;
+            rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, (void *)&first, 1, 0);
+            if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
+              rc = SQLITE_OK;
+            }
+            if( !jrnlOpen ){
+              sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
+            }
+            *pExists = (first!=0);
+          }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){
+            /* If we cannot open the rollback journal file in order to see if
+            ** its has a zero header, that might be due to an I/O error, or
+            ** it might be due to the race condition described above and in
+            ** ticket #3883.  Either way, assume that the journal is hot.
+            ** This might be a false positive.  But if it is, then the
+            ** automatic journal playback and recovery mechanism will deal
+            ** with it under an EXCLUSIVE lock where we do not need to
+            ** worry so much with race conditions.
+            */
+            *pExists = 1;
+            rc = SQLITE_OK;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called to obtain a shared lock on the database file.
+** It is illegal to call sqlite3PagerAcquire() until after this function
+** has been successfully called. If a shared-lock is already held when
+** this function is called, it is a no-op.
+**
+** The following operations are also performed by this function.
+**
+**   1) If the pager is currently in PAGER_OPEN state (no lock held
+**      on the database file), then an attempt is made to obtain a
+**      SHARED lock on the database file. Immediately after obtaining
+**      the SHARED lock, the file-system is checked for a hot-journal,
+**      which is played back if present. Following any hot-journal 
+**      rollback, the contents of the cache are validated by checking
+**      the 'change-counter' field of the database file header and
+**      discarded if they are found to be invalid.
+**
+**   2) If the pager is running in exclusive-mode, and there are currently
+**      no outstanding references to any pages, and is in the error state,
+**      then an attempt is made to clear the error state by discarding
+**      the contents of the page cache and rolling back any open journal
+**      file.
+**
+** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error 
+** occurs while locking the database, checking for a hot-journal file or 
+** rolling back a journal file, the IO error code is returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;                /* Return code */
+
+  /* This routine is only called from b-tree and only when there are no
+  ** outstanding pages. This implies that the pager state should either
+  ** be OPEN or READER. READER is only possible if the pager is or was in 
+  ** exclusive access mode.
+  */
+  assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
+  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
+  if( NEVER(MEMDB && pPager->errCode) ){ return pPager->errCode; }
+
+  if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ){
+    int bHotJournal = 1;          /* True if there exists a hot journal-file */
+
+    assert( !MEMDB );
+
+    rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      assert( pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK );
+      goto failed;
+    }
+
+    /* If a journal file exists, and there is no RESERVED lock on the
+    ** database file, then it either needs to be played back or deleted.
+    */
+    if( pPager->eLock<=SHARED_LOCK ){
+      rc = hasHotJournal(pPager, &bHotJournal);
+    }
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      goto failed;
+    }
+    if( bHotJournal ){
+      /* Get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. At this point it is
+      ** important that a RESERVED lock is not obtained on the way to the
+      ** EXCLUSIVE lock. If it were, another process might open the
+      ** database file, detect the RESERVED lock, and conclude that the
+      ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling the 
+      ** hot-journal back.
+      ** 
+      ** Because the intermediate RESERVED lock is not requested, any
+      ** other process attempting to access the database file will get to 
+      ** this point in the code and fail to obtain its own EXCLUSIVE lock 
+      ** on the database file.
+      **
+      ** Unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, the lock is
+      ** downgraded to SHARED_LOCK before this function returns.
+      */
+      rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        goto failed;
+      }
+ 
+      /* If it is not already open and the file exists on disk, open the 
+      ** journal for read/write access. Write access is required because 
+      ** in exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open 
+      ** and possibly used for a transaction later on. Also, write-access 
+      ** is usually required to finalize the journal in journal_mode=persist 
+      ** mode (and also for journal_mode=truncate on some systems).
+      **
+      ** If the journal does not exist, it usually means that some 
+      ** other connection managed to get in and roll it back before 
+      ** this connection obtained the exclusive lock above. Or, it 
+      ** may mean that the pager was in the error-state when this
+      ** function was called and the journal file does not exist.
+      */
+      if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
+        sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
+        int bExists;              /* True if journal file exists */
+        rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
+            pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &bExists);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bExists ){
+          int fout = 0;
+          int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
+          assert( !pPager->tempFile );
+          rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &fout);
+          assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
+          if( rc==SQLITE_OK && fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){
+            rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
+            sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
+          }
+        }
+      }
+ 
+      /* Playback and delete the journal.  Drop the database write
+      ** lock and reacquire the read lock. Purge the cache before
+      ** playing back the hot-journal so that we don't end up with
+      ** an inconsistent cache.  Sync the hot journal before playing
+      ** it back since the process that crashed and left the hot journal
+      ** probably did not sync it and we are required to always sync
+      ** the journal before playing it back.
+      */
+      if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
+        assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+        rc = pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          rc = pager_playback(pPager, 1);
+          pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
+        }
+      }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
+        pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
+      }
+
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        /* This branch is taken if an error occurs while trying to open
+        ** or roll back a hot-journal while holding an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
+        ** pager_unlock() routine will be called before returning to unlock
+        ** the file. If the unlock attempt fails, then Pager.eLock must be
+        ** set to UNKNOWN_LOCK (see the comment above the #define for 
+        ** UNKNOWN_LOCK above for an explanation). 
+        **
+        ** In order to get pager_unlock() to do this, set Pager.eState to
+        ** PAGER_ERROR now. This is not actually counted as a transition
+        ** to ERROR state in the state diagram at the top of this file,
+        ** since we know that the same call to pager_unlock() will very
+        ** shortly transition the pager object to the OPEN state. Calling
+        ** assert_pager_state() would fail now, as it should not be possible
+        ** to be in ERROR state when there are zero outstanding page 
+        ** references.
+        */
+        pager_error(pPager, rc);
+        goto failed;
+      }
+
+      assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
+      assert( (pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK)
+           || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->eLock>SHARED_LOCK)
+      );
+    }
+
+    if( !pPager->tempFile 
+     && (pPager->pBackup || sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)>0) 
+    ){
+      /* The shared-lock has just been acquired on the database file
+      ** and there are already pages in the cache (from a previous
+      ** read or write transaction).  Check to see if the database
+      ** has been modified.  If the database has changed, flush the
+      ** cache.
+      **
+      ** Database changes is detected by looking at 15 bytes beginning
+      ** at offset 24 into the file.  The first 4 of these 16 bytes are
+      ** a 32-bit counter that is incremented with each change.  The
+      ** other bytes change randomly with each file change when
+      ** a codec is in use.
+      ** 
+      ** There is a vanishingly small chance that a change will not be 
+      ** detected.  The chance of an undetected change is so small that
+      ** it can be neglected.
+      */
+      Pgno nPage = 0;
+      char dbFileVers[sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)];
+
+      rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
+      if( rc ) goto failed;
+
+      if( nPage>0 ){
+        IOTRACE(("CKVERS %p %d\n", pPager, sizeof(dbFileVers)));
+        rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, &dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers), 24);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          goto failed;
+        }
+      }else{
+        memset(dbFileVers, 0, sizeof(dbFileVers));
+      }
+
+      if( memcmp(pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers))!=0 ){
+        pager_reset(pPager);
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* If there is a WAL file in the file-system, open this database in WAL
+    ** mode. Otherwise, the following function call is a no-op.
+    */
+    rc = pagerOpenWalIfPresent(pPager);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+    assert( pPager->pWal==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
+#endif
+  }
+
+  if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+    rc = pagerBeginReadTransaction(pPager);
+  }
+
+  if( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &pPager->dbSize);
+  }
+
+ failed:
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    assert( !MEMDB );
+    pager_unlock(pPager);
+    assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
+  }else{
+    pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** If the reference count has reached zero, rollback any active
+** transaction and unlock the pager.
+**
+** Except, in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE when there is nothing to in
+** the rollback journal, the unlock is not performed and there is
+** nothing to rollback, so this routine is a no-op.
+*/ 
+static void pagerUnlockIfUnused(Pager *pPager){
+  if( (sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0) ){
+    pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Acquire a reference to page number pgno in pager pPager (a page
+** reference has type DbPage*). If the requested reference is 
+** successfully obtained, it is copied to *ppPage and SQLITE_OK returned.
+**
+** If the requested page is already in the cache, it is returned. 
+** Otherwise, a new page object is allocated and populated with data
+** read from the database file. In some cases, the pcache module may
+** choose not to allocate a new page object and may reuse an existing
+** object with no outstanding references.
+**
+** The extra data appended to a page is always initialized to zeros the 
+** first time a page is loaded into memory. If the page requested is 
+** already in the cache when this function is called, then the extra
+** data is left as it was when the page object was last used.
+**
+** If the database image is smaller than the requested page or if a 
+** non-zero value is passed as the noContent parameter and the 
+** requested page is not already stored in the cache, then no 
+** actual disk read occurs. In this case the memory image of the 
+** page is initialized to all zeros. 
+**
+** If noContent is true, it means that we do not care about the contents
+** of the page. This occurs in two seperate scenarios:
+**
+**   a) When reading a free-list leaf page from the database, and
+**
+**   b) When a savepoint is being rolled back and we need to load
+**      a new page into the cache to be filled with the data read
+**      from the savepoint journal.
+**
+** If noContent is true, then the data returned is zeroed instead of
+** being read from the database. Additionally, the bits corresponding
+** to pgno in Pager.pInJournal (bitvec of pages already written to the
+** journal file) and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs of any open
+** savepoints are set. This means if the page is made writable at any
+** point in the future, using a call to sqlite3PagerWrite(), its contents
+** will not be journaled. This saves IO.
+**
+** The acquisition might fail for several reasons.  In all cases,
+** an appropriate error code is returned and *ppPage is set to NULL.
+**
+** See also sqlite3PagerLookup().  Both this routine and Lookup() attempt
+** to find a page in the in-memory cache first.  If the page is not already
+** in memory, this routine goes to disk to read it in whereas Lookup()
+** just returns 0.  This routine acquires a read-lock the first time it
+** has to go to disk, and could also playback an old journal if necessary.
+** Since Lookup() never goes to disk, it never has to deal with locks
+** or journal files.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerAcquire(
+  Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
+  Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
+  DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
+  int noContent       /* Do not bother reading content from disk if true */
+){
+  int rc;
+  PgHdr *pPg;
+
+  assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
+  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+
+  if( pgno==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+  }
+
+  /* If the pager is in the error state, return an error immediately. 
+  ** Otherwise, request the page from the PCache layer. */
+  if( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = pPager->errCode;
+  }else{
+    rc = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 1, ppPage);
+  }
+
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    /* Either the call to sqlite3PcacheFetch() returned an error or the
+    ** pager was already in the error-state when this function was called.
+    ** Set pPg to 0 and jump to the exception handler.  */
+    pPg = 0;
+    goto pager_acquire_err;
+  }
+  assert( (*ppPage)->pgno==pgno );
+  assert( (*ppPage)->pPager==pPager || (*ppPage)->pPager==0 );
+
+  if( (*ppPage)->pPager && !noContent ){
+    /* In this case the pcache already contains an initialized copy of
+    ** the page. Return without further ado.  */
+    assert( pgno<=PAGER_MAX_PGNO && pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
+    pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT]++;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+
+  }else{
+    /* The pager cache has created a new page. Its content needs to 
+    ** be initialized.  */
+
+    pPg = *ppPage;
+    pPg->pPager = pPager;
+
+    /* The maximum page number is 2^31. Return SQLITE_CORRUPT if a page
+    ** number greater than this, or the unused locking-page, is requested. */
+    if( pgno>PAGER_MAX_PGNO || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
+      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+      goto pager_acquire_err;
+    }
+
+    if( MEMDB || pPager->dbSize<pgno || noContent || !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
+      if( pgno>pPager->mxPgno ){
+        rc = SQLITE_FULL;
+        goto pager_acquire_err;
+      }
+      if( noContent ){
+        /* Failure to set the bits in the InJournal bit-vectors is benign.
+        ** It merely means that we might do some extra work to journal a 
+        ** page that does not need to be journaled.  Nevertheless, be sure 
+        ** to test the case where a malloc error occurs while trying to set 
+        ** a bit in a bit vector.
+        */
+        sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+        if( pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
+          TESTONLY( rc = ) sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pgno);
+          testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
+        }
+        TESTONLY( rc = ) addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pgno);
+        testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
+        sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+      }
+      memset(pPg->pData, 0, pPager->pageSize);
+      IOTRACE(("ZERO %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
+    }else{
+      assert( pPg->pPager==pPager );
+      pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS]++;
+      rc = readDbPage(pPg);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        goto pager_acquire_err;
+      }
+    }
+    pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
+  }
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+
+pager_acquire_err:
+  assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+  if( pPg ){
+    sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg);
+  }
+  pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
+
+  *ppPage = 0;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Acquire a page if it is already in the in-memory cache.  Do
+** not read the page from disk.  Return a pointer to the page,
+** or 0 if the page is not in cache. 
+**
+** See also sqlite3PagerGet().  The difference between this routine
+** and sqlite3PagerGet() is that _get() will go to the disk and read
+** in the page if the page is not already in cache.  This routine
+** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error 
+** has ever happened.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
+  PgHdr *pPg = 0;
+  assert( pPager!=0 );
+  assert( pgno!=0 );
+  assert( pPager->pPCache!=0 );
+  assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
+  sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0, &pPg);
+  return pPg;
+}
+
+/*
+** Release a page reference.
+**
+** If the number of references to the page drop to zero, then the
+** page is added to the LRU list.  When all references to all pages
+** are released, a rollback occurs and the lock on the database is
+** removed.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage *pPg){
+  if( pPg ){
+    Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
+    sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
+    pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called at the start of every write transaction.
+** There must already be a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database 
+** file when this routine is called.
+**
+** Open the journal file for pager pPager and write a journal header
+** to the start of it. If there are active savepoints, open the sub-journal
+** as well. This function is only used when the journal file is being 
+** opened to write a rollback log for a transaction. It is not used 
+** when opening a hot journal file to roll it back.
+**
+** If the journal file is already open (as it may be in exclusive mode),
+** then this function just writes a journal header to the start of the
+** already open file. 
+**
+** Whether or not the journal file is opened by this function, the
+** Pager.pInJournal bitvec structure is allocated.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful. Otherwise, return 
+** SQLITE_NOMEM if the attempt to allocate Pager.pInJournal fails, or 
+** an IO error code if opening or writing the journal file fails.
+*/
+static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;                        /* Return code */
+  sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;   /* Local cache of vfs pointer */
+
+  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
+  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+  assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
+  
+  /* If already in the error state, this function is a no-op.  But on
+  ** the other hand, this routine is never called if we are already in
+  ** an error state. */
+  if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
+
+  if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
+    pPager->pInJournal = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
+    if( pPager->pInJournal==0 ){
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+  
+    /* Open the journal file if it is not already open. */
+    if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
+      if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
+        sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->jfd);
+      }else{
+        const int flags =                   /* VFS flags to open journal file */
+          SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|
+          (pPager->tempFile ? 
+            (SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL):
+            (SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL)
+          );
+  #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
+        rc = sqlite3JournalOpen(
+            pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, jrnlBufferSize(pPager)
+        );
+  #else
+        rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, 0);
+  #endif
+      }
+      assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
+    }
+  
+  
+    /* Write the first journal header to the journal file and open 
+    ** the sub-journal if necessary.
+    */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      /* TODO: Check if all of these are really required. */
+      pPager->nRec = 0;
+      pPager->journalOff = 0;
+      pPager->setMaster = 0;
+      pPager->journalHdr = 0;
+      rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
+    pPager->pInJournal = 0;
+  }else{
+    assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
+    pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD;
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Begin a write-transaction on the specified pager object. If a 
+** write-transaction has already been opened, this function is a no-op.
+**
+** If the exFlag argument is false, then acquire at least a RESERVED
+** lock on the database file. If exFlag is true, then acquire at least
+** an EXCLUSIVE lock. If such a lock is already held, no locking 
+** functions need be called.
+**
+** If the subjInMemory argument is non-zero, then any sub-journal opened
+** within this transaction will be opened as an in-memory file. This
+** has no effect if the sub-journal is already opened (as it may be when
+** running in exclusive mode) or if the transaction does not require a
+** sub-journal. If the subjInMemory argument is zero, then any required
+** sub-journal is implemented in-memory if pPager is an in-memory database, 
+** or using a temporary file otherwise.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager *pPager, int exFlag, int subjInMemory){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  if( pPager->errCode ) return pPager->errCode;
+  assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && pPager->eState<PAGER_ERROR );
+  pPager->subjInMemory = (u8)subjInMemory;
+
+  if( ALWAYS(pPager->eState==PAGER_READER) ){
+    assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
+
+    if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+      /* If the pager is configured to use locking_mode=exclusive, and an
+      ** exclusive lock on the database is not already held, obtain it now.
+      */
+      if( pPager->exclusiveMode && sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, -1) ){
+        rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          return rc;
+        }
+        sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 1);
+      }
+
+      /* Grab the write lock on the log file. If successful, upgrade to
+      ** PAGER_RESERVED state. Otherwise, return an error code to the caller.
+      ** The busy-handler is not invoked if another connection already
+      ** holds the write-lock. If possible, the upper layer will call it.
+      */
+      rc = sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal);
+    }else{
+      /* Obtain a RESERVED lock on the database file. If the exFlag parameter
+      ** is true, then immediately upgrade this to an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
+      ** busy-handler callback can be used when upgrading to the EXCLUSIVE
+      ** lock, but not when obtaining the RESERVED lock.
+      */
+      rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exFlag ){
+        rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
+      }
+    }
+
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      /* Change to WRITER_LOCKED state.
+      **
+      ** WAL mode sets Pager.eState to PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED or CACHEMOD
+      ** when it has an open transaction, but never to DBMOD or FINISHED.
+      ** This is because in those states the code to roll back savepoint 
+      ** transactions may copy data from the sub-journal into the database 
+      ** file as well as into the page cache. Which would be incorrect in 
+      ** WAL mode.
+      */
+      pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED;
+      pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize;
+      pPager->dbFileSize = pPager->dbSize;
+      pPager->dbOrigSize = pPager->dbSize;
+      pPager->journalOff = 0;
+    }
+
+    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
+    assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
+    assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+  }
+
+  PAGERTRACE(("TRANSACTION %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Mark a single data page as writeable. The page is written into the 
+** main journal or sub-journal as required. If the page is written into
+** one of the journals, the corresponding bit is set in the 
+** Pager.pInJournal bitvec and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs
+** of any open savepoints as appropriate.
+*/
+static int pager_write(PgHdr *pPg){
+  void *pData = pPg->pData;
+  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  /* This routine is not called unless a write-transaction has already 
+  ** been started. The journal file may or may not be open at this point.
+  ** It is never called in the ERROR state.
+  */
+  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
+       || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
+       || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
+  );
+  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+
+  /* If an error has been previously detected, report the same error
+  ** again. This should not happen, but the check provides robustness. */
+  if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) )  return pPager->errCode;
+
+  /* Higher-level routines never call this function if database is not
+  ** writable.  But check anyway, just for robustness. */
+  if( NEVER(pPager->readOnly) ) return SQLITE_PERM;
+
+  CHECK_PAGE(pPg);
+
+  /* The journal file needs to be opened. Higher level routines have already
+  ** obtained the necessary locks to begin the write-transaction, but the
+  ** rollback journal might not yet be open. Open it now if this is the case.
+  **
+  ** This is done before calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty() on the page. 
+  ** Otherwise, if it were done after calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(), then
+  ** an error might occur and the pager would end up in WRITER_LOCKED state
+  ** with pages marked as dirty in the cache.
+  */
+  if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
+    rc = pager_open_journal(pPager);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  }
+  assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD );
+  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+
+  /* Mark the page as dirty.  If the page has already been written
+  ** to the journal then we can return right away.
+  */
+  sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
+  if( pageInJournal(pPg) && !subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){
+    assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
+  }else{
+  
+    /* The transaction journal now exists and we have a RESERVED or an
+    ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the main database file.  Write the current page to
+    ** the transaction journal if it is not there already.
+    */
+    if( !pageInJournal(pPg) && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+      assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
+      if( pPg->pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize && isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
+        u32 cksum;
+        char *pData2;
+        i64 iOff = pPager->journalOff;
+
+        /* We should never write to the journal file the page that
+        ** contains the database locks.  The following assert verifies
+        ** that we do not. */
+        assert( pPg->pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
+
+        assert( pPager->journalHdr<=pPager->journalOff );
+        CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData2);
+        cksum = pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)pData2);
+
+        /* Even if an IO or diskfull error occurs while journalling the
+        ** page in the block above, set the need-sync flag for the page.
+        ** Otherwise, when the transaction is rolled back, the logic in
+        ** playback_one_page() will think that the page needs to be restored
+        ** in the database file. And if an IO error occurs while doing so,
+        ** then corruption may follow.
+        */
+        pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
+
+        rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff, pPg->pgno);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+        rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, iOff+4);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+        rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff+pPager->pageSize+4, cksum);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+        IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, 
+                 pPager->journalOff, pPager->pageSize));
+        PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writej_count);
+        PAGERTRACE(("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d hash(%08x)\n",
+             PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, 
+             ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0), pager_pagehash(pPg)));
+
+        pPager->journalOff += 8 + pPager->pageSize;
+        pPager->nRec++;
+        assert( pPager->pInJournal!=0 );
+        rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
+        testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
+        assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
+        rc |= addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
+          return rc;
+        }
+      }else{
+        if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ){
+          pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
+        }
+        PAGERTRACE(("APPEND %d page %d needSync=%d\n",
+                PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno,
+               ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0)));
+      }
+    }
+  
+    /* If the statement journal is open and the page is not in it,
+    ** then write the current page to the statement journal.  Note that
+    ** the statement journal format differs from the standard journal format
+    ** in that it omits the checksums and the header.
+    */
+    if( subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){
+      rc = subjournalPage(pPg);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Update the database size and return.
+  */
+  if( pPager->dbSize<pPg->pgno ){
+    pPager->dbSize = pPg->pgno;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Mark a data page as writeable. This routine must be called before 
+** making changes to a page. The caller must check the return value 
+** of this function and be careful not to change any page data unless 
+** this routine returns SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** The difference between this function and pager_write() is that this
+** function also deals with the special case where 2 or more pages
+** fit on a single disk sector. In this case all co-resident pages
+** must have been written to the journal file before returning.
+**
+** If an error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code is returned
+** as appropriate. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWrite(DbPage *pDbPage){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  PgHdr *pPg = pDbPage;
+  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
+  Pgno nPagePerSector = (pPager->sectorSize/pPager->pageSize);
+
+  assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
+  assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
+  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+
+  if( nPagePerSector>1 ){
+    Pgno nPageCount;          /* Total number of pages in database file */
+    Pgno pg1;                 /* First page of the sector pPg is located on. */
+    int nPage = 0;            /* Number of pages starting at pg1 to journal */
+    int ii;                   /* Loop counter */
+    int needSync = 0;         /* True if any page has PGHDR_NEED_SYNC */
+
+    /* Set the doNotSyncSpill flag to 1. This is because we cannot allow
+    ** a journal header to be written between the pages journaled by
+    ** this function.
+    */
+    assert( !MEMDB );
+    assert( pPager->doNotSyncSpill==0 );
+    pPager->doNotSyncSpill++;
+
+    /* This trick assumes that both the page-size and sector-size are
+    ** an integer power of 2. It sets variable pg1 to the identifier
+    ** of the first page of the sector pPg is located on.
+    */
+    pg1 = ((pPg->pgno-1) & ~(nPagePerSector-1)) + 1;
+
+    nPageCount = pPager->dbSize;
+    if( pPg->pgno>nPageCount ){
+      nPage = (pPg->pgno - pg1)+1;
+    }else if( (pg1+nPagePerSector-1)>nPageCount ){
+      nPage = nPageCount+1-pg1;
+    }else{
+      nPage = nPagePerSector;
+    }
+    assert(nPage>0);
+    assert(pg1<=pPg->pgno);
+    assert((pg1+nPage)>pPg->pgno);
+
+    for(ii=0; ii<nPage && rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){
+      Pgno pg = pg1+ii;
+      PgHdr *pPage;
+      if( pg==pPg->pgno || !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pg) ){
+        if( pg!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
+          rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pg, &pPage);
+          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+            rc = pager_write(pPage);
+            if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
+              needSync = 1;
+            }
+            sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage);
+          }
+        }
+      }else if( (pPage = pager_lookup(pPager, pg))!=0 ){
+        if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
+          needSync = 1;
+        }
+        sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage);
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* If the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is set for any of the nPage pages 
+    ** starting at pg1, then it needs to be set for all of them. Because
+    ** writing to any of these nPage pages may damage the others, the
+    ** journal file must contain sync()ed copies of all of them
+    ** before any of them can be written out to the database file.
+    */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && needSync ){
+      assert( !MEMDB );
+      for(ii=0; ii<nPage; ii++){
+        PgHdr *pPage = pager_lookup(pPager, pg1+ii);
+        if( pPage ){
+          pPage->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
+          sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    assert( pPager->doNotSyncSpill==1 );
+    pPager->doNotSyncSpill--;
+  }else{
+    rc = pager_write(pDbPage);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the page given in the argument was previously passed
+** to sqlite3PagerWrite().  In other words, return TRUE if it is ok
+** to change the content of the page.
+*/
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage *pPg){
+  return pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** A call to this routine tells the pager that it is not necessary to
+** write the information on page pPg back to the disk, even though
+** that page might be marked as dirty.  This happens, for example, when
+** the page has been added as a leaf of the freelist and so its
+** content no longer matters.
+**
+** The overlying software layer calls this routine when all of the data
+** on the given page is unused. The pager marks the page as clean so
+** that it does not get written to disk.
+**
+** Tests show that this optimization can quadruple the speed of large 
+** DELETE operations.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(PgHdr *pPg){
+  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
+  if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && pPager->nSavepoint==0 ){
+    PAGERTRACE(("DONT_WRITE page %d of %d\n", pPg->pgno, PAGERID(pPager)));
+    IOTRACE(("CLEAN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno))
+    pPg->flags |= PGHDR_DONT_WRITE;
+    pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called to increment the value of the database file 
+** change-counter, stored as a 4-byte big-endian integer starting at 
+** byte offset 24 of the pager file.  The secondary change counter at
+** 92 is also updated, as is the SQLite version number at offset 96.
+**
+** But this only happens if the pPager->changeCountDone flag is false.
+** To avoid excess churning of page 1, the update only happens once.
+** See also the pager_write_changecounter() routine that does an 
+** unconditional update of the change counters.
+**
+** If the isDirectMode flag is zero, then this is done by calling 
+** sqlite3PagerWrite() on page 1, then modifying the contents of the
+** page data. In this case the file will be updated when the current
+** transaction is committed.
+**
+** The isDirectMode flag may only be non-zero if the library was compiled
+** with the SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE macro defined. In this case,
+** if isDirect is non-zero, then the database file is updated directly
+** by writing an updated version of page 1 using a call to the 
+** sqlite3OsWrite() function.
+*/
+static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager, int isDirectMode){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
+       || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
+  );
+  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+
+  /* Declare and initialize constant integer 'isDirect'. If the
+  ** atomic-write optimization is enabled in this build, then isDirect
+  ** is initialized to the value passed as the isDirectMode parameter
+  ** to this function. Otherwise, it is always set to zero.
+  **
+  ** The idea is that if the atomic-write optimization is not
+  ** enabled at compile time, the compiler can omit the tests of
+  ** 'isDirect' below, as well as the block enclosed in the
+  ** "if( isDirect )" condition.
+  */
+#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
+# define DIRECT_MODE 0
+  assert( isDirectMode==0 );
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(isDirectMode);
+#else
+# define DIRECT_MODE isDirectMode
+#endif
+
+  if( !pPager->changeCountDone && pPager->dbSize>0 ){
+    PgHdr *pPgHdr;                /* Reference to page 1 */
+
+    assert( !pPager->tempFile && isOpen(pPager->fd) );
+
+    /* Open page 1 of the file for writing. */
+    rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPgHdr);
+    assert( pPgHdr==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
+
+    /* If page one was fetched successfully, and this function is not
+    ** operating in direct-mode, make page 1 writable.  When not in 
+    ** direct mode, page 1 is always held in cache and hence the PagerGet()
+    ** above is always successful - hence the ALWAYS on rc==SQLITE_OK.
+    */
+    if( !DIRECT_MODE && ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) ){
+      rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPgHdr);
+    }
+
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      /* Actually do the update of the change counter */
+      pager_write_changecounter(pPgHdr);
+
+      /* If running in direct mode, write the contents of page 1 to the file. */
+      if( DIRECT_MODE ){
+        const void *zBuf;
+        assert( pPager->dbFileSize>0 );
+        CODEC2(pPager, pPgHdr->pData, 1, 6, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM, zBuf);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, zBuf, pPager->pageSize, 0);
+          pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++;
+        }
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          pPager->changeCountDone = 1;
+        }
+      }else{
+        pPager->changeCountDone = 1;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Release the page reference. */
+    sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Sync the database file to disk. This is a no-op for in-memory databases
+** or pages with the Pager.noSync flag set.
+**
+** If successful, or if called on a pager for which it is a no-op, this
+** function returns SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, an IO error code is returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( !pPager->noSync ){
+    assert( !MEMDB );
+    rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, pPager->syncFlags);
+  }else if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
+    assert( !MEMDB );
+    rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED, 0);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function may only be called while a write-transaction is active in
+** rollback. If the connection is in WAL mode, this call is a no-op. 
+** Otherwise, if the connection does not already have an EXCLUSIVE lock on 
+** the database file, an attempt is made to obtain one.
+**
+** If the EXCLUSIVE lock is already held or the attempt to obtain it is
+** successful, or the connection is in WAL mode, SQLITE_OK is returned.
+** Otherwise, either SQLITE_BUSY or an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is 
+** returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 
+       || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 
+       || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 
+  );
+  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+  if( 0==pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+    rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Sync the database file for the pager pPager. zMaster points to the name
+** of a master journal file that should be written into the individual
+** journal file. zMaster may be NULL, which is interpreted as no master
+** journal (a single database transaction).
+**
+** This routine ensures that:
+**
+**   * The database file change-counter is updated,
+**   * the journal is synced (unless the atomic-write optimization is used),
+**   * all dirty pages are written to the database file, 
+**   * the database file is truncated (if required), and
+**   * the database file synced. 
+**
+** The only thing that remains to commit the transaction is to finalize 
+** (delete, truncate or zero the first part of) the journal file (or 
+** delete the master journal file if specified).
+**
+** Note that if zMaster==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value
+** passed to an sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne() call.
+**
+** If the final parameter - noSync - is true, then the database file itself
+** is not synced. The caller must call sqlite3PagerSync() directly to
+** sync the database file before calling CommitPhaseTwo() to delete the
+** journal file in this case.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(
+  Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
+  const char *zMaster,            /* If not NULL, the master journal name */
+  int noSync                      /* True to omit the xSync on the db file */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
+
+  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
+       || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
+       || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
+       || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR
+  );
+  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+
+  /* If a prior error occurred, report that error again. */
+  if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
+
+  PAGERTRACE(("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zMaster=%s nSize=%d\n", 
+      pPager->zFilename, zMaster, pPager->dbSize));
+
+  /* If no database changes have been made, return early. */
+  if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return SQLITE_OK;
+
+  if( MEMDB ){
+    /* If this is an in-memory db, or no pages have been written to, or this
+    ** function has already been called, it is mostly a no-op.  However, any
+    ** backup in progress needs to be restarted.
+    */
+    sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
+  }else{
+    if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+      PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
+      PgHdr *pPageOne = 0;
+      if( pList==0 ){
+        /* Must have at least one page for the WAL commit flag.
+        ** Ticket [2d1a5c67dfc2363e44f29d9bbd57f] 2011-05-18 */
+        rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPageOne);
+        pList = pPageOne;
+        pList->pDirty = 0;
+      }
+      assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+      if( ALWAYS(pList) ){
+        rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pList, pPager->dbSize, 1);
+      }
+      sqlite3PagerUnref(pPageOne);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
+      }
+    }else{
+      /* The following block updates the change-counter. Exactly how it
+      ** does this depends on whether or not the atomic-update optimization
+      ** was enabled at compile time, and if this transaction meets the 
+      ** runtime criteria to use the operation: 
+      **
+      **    * The file-system supports the atomic-write property for
+      **      blocks of size page-size, and 
+      **    * This commit is not part of a multi-file transaction, and
+      **    * Exactly one page has been modified and store in the journal file.
+      **
+      ** If the optimization was not enabled at compile time, then the
+      ** pager_incr_changecounter() function is called to update the change
+      ** counter in 'indirect-mode'. If the optimization is compiled in but
+      ** is not applicable to this transaction, call sqlite3JournalCreate()
+      ** to make sure the journal file has actually been created, then call
+      ** pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter in indirect
+      ** mode. 
+      **
+      ** Otherwise, if the optimization is both enabled and applicable,
+      ** then call pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter
+      ** in 'direct' mode. In this case the journal file will never be
+      ** created for this transaction.
+      */
+  #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
+      PgHdr *pPg;
+      assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) 
+           || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 
+           || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 
+      );
+      if( !zMaster && isOpen(pPager->jfd) 
+       && pPager->journalOff==jrnlBufferSize(pPager) 
+       && pPager->dbSize>=pPager->dbOrigSize
+       && (0==(pPg = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)) || 0==pPg->pDirty)
+      ){
+        /* Update the db file change counter via the direct-write method. The 
+        ** following call will modify the in-memory representation of page 1 
+        ** to include the updated change counter and then write page 1 
+        ** directly to the database file. Because of the atomic-write 
+        ** property of the host file-system, this is safe.
+        */
+        rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 1);
+      }else{
+        rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
+        }
+      }
+  #else
+      rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
+  #endif
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
+  
+      /* If this transaction has made the database smaller, then all pages
+      ** being discarded by the truncation must be written to the journal
+      ** file. This can only happen in auto-vacuum mode.
+      **
+      ** Before reading the pages with page numbers larger than the 
+      ** current value of Pager.dbSize, set dbSize back to the value
+      ** that it took at the start of the transaction. Otherwise, the
+      ** calls to sqlite3PagerGet() return zeroed pages instead of 
+      ** reading data from the database file.
+      */
+  #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+      if( pPager->dbSize<pPager->dbOrigSize 
+       && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
+      ){
+        Pgno i;                                   /* Iterator variable */
+        const Pgno iSkip = PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager); /* Pending lock page */
+        const Pgno dbSize = pPager->dbSize;       /* Database image size */ 
+        pPager->dbSize = pPager->dbOrigSize;
+        for( i=dbSize+1; i<=pPager->dbOrigSize; i++ ){
+          if( !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, i) && i!=iSkip ){
+            PgHdr *pPage;             /* Page to journal */
+            rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, i, &pPage);
+            if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
+            rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage);
+            sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage);
+            if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
+          }
+        }
+        pPager->dbSize = dbSize;
+      } 
+  #endif
+  
+      /* Write the master journal name into the journal file. If a master 
+      ** journal file name has already been written to the journal file, 
+      ** or if zMaster is NULL (no master journal), then this call is a no-op.
+      */
+      rc = writeMasterJournal(pPager, zMaster);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
+  
+      /* Sync the journal file and write all dirty pages to the database.
+      ** If the atomic-update optimization is being used, this sync will not 
+      ** create the journal file or perform any real IO.
+      **
+      ** Because the change-counter page was just modified, unless the
+      ** atomic-update optimization is used it is almost certain that the
+      ** journal requires a sync here. However, in locking_mode=exclusive
+      ** on a system under memory pressure it is just possible that this is 
+      ** not the case. In this case it is likely enough that the redundant
+      ** xSync() call will be changed to a no-op by the OS anyhow. 
+      */
+      rc = syncJournal(pPager, 0);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
+  
+      rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager,sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache));
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED );
+        goto commit_phase_one_exit;
+      }
+      sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
+  
+      /* If the file on disk is not the same size as the database image,
+      ** then use pager_truncate to grow or shrink the file here.
+      */
+      if( pPager->dbSize!=pPager->dbFileSize ){
+        Pgno nNew = pPager->dbSize - (pPager->dbSize==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager));
+        assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD );
+        rc = pager_truncate(pPager, nNew);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
+      }
+  
+      /* Finally, sync the database file. */
+      if( !noSync ){
+        rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager);
+      }
+      IOTRACE(("DBSYNC %p\n", pPager))
+    }
+  }
+
+commit_phase_one_exit:
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+    pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** When this function is called, the database file has been completely
+** updated to reflect the changes made by the current transaction and
+** synced to disk. The journal file still exists in the file-system 
+** though, and if a failure occurs at this point it will eventually
+** be used as a hot-journal and the current transaction rolled back.
+**
+** This function finalizes the journal file, either by deleting, 
+** truncating or partially zeroing it, so that it cannot be used 
+** for hot-journal rollback. Once this is done the transaction is
+** irrevocably committed.
+**
+** If an error occurs, an IO error code is returned and the pager
+** moves into the error state. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager *pPager){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
+
+  /* This routine should not be called if a prior error has occurred.
+  ** But if (due to a coding error elsewhere in the system) it does get
+  ** called, just return the same error code without doing anything. */
+  if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
+
+  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
+       || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
+       || (pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD)
+  );
+  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+
+  /* An optimization. If the database was not actually modified during
+  ** this transaction, the pager is running in exclusive-mode and is
+  ** using persistent journals, then this function is a no-op.
+  **
+  ** The start of the journal file currently contains a single journal 
+  ** header with the nRec field set to 0. If such a journal is used as
+  ** a hot-journal during hot-journal rollback, 0 changes will be made
+  ** to the database file. So there is no need to zero the journal 
+  ** header. Since the pager is in exclusive mode, there is no need
+  ** to drop any locks either.
+  */
+  if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 
+   && pPager->exclusiveMode 
+   && pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
+  ){
+    assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) || !pPager->journalOff );
+    pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  PAGERTRACE(("COMMIT %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
+  rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster);
+  return pager_error(pPager, rc);
+}
+
+/*
+** If a write transaction is open, then all changes made within the 
+** transaction are reverted and the current write-transaction is closed.
+** The pager falls back to PAGER_READER state if successful, or PAGER_ERROR
+** state if an error occurs.
+**
+** If the pager is already in PAGER_ERROR state when this function is called,
+** it returns Pager.errCode immediately. No work is performed in this case.
+**
+** Otherwise, in rollback mode, this function performs two functions:
+**
+**   1) It rolls back the journal file, restoring all database file and 
+**      in-memory cache pages to the state they were in when the transaction
+**      was opened, and
+**
+**   2) It finalizes the journal file, so that it is not used for hot
+**      rollback at any point in the future.
+**
+** Finalization of the journal file (task 2) is only performed if the 
+** rollback is successful.
+**
+** In WAL mode, all cache-entries containing data modified within the
+** current transaction are either expelled from the cache or reverted to
+** their pre-transaction state by re-reading data from the database or
+** WAL files. The WAL transaction is then closed.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager *pPager){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
+  PAGERTRACE(("ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
+
+  /* PagerRollback() is a no-op if called in READER or OPEN state. If
+  ** the pager is already in the ERROR state, the rollback is not 
+  ** attempted here. Instead, the error code is returned to the caller.
+  */
+  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+  if( pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ) return pPager->errCode;
+  if( pPager->eState<=PAGER_READER ) return SQLITE_OK;
+
+  if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+    int rc2;
+    rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pPager, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, -1);
+    rc2 = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
+  }else if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
+    int eState = pPager->eState;
+    rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0);
+    if( !MEMDB && eState>PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
+      /* This can happen using journal_mode=off. Move the pager to the error 
+      ** state to indicate that the contents of the cache may not be trusted.
+      ** Any active readers will get SQLITE_ABORT.
+      */
+      pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT;
+      pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
+      return rc;
+    }
+  }else{
+    rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0);
+  }
+
+  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_FULL
+          || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR );
+
+  /* If an error occurs during a ROLLBACK, we can no longer trust the pager
+  ** cache. So call pager_error() on the way out to make any error persistent.
+  */
+  return pager_error(pPager, rc);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the database file is opened read-only.  Return FALSE
+** if the database is (in theory) writable.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager *pPager){
+  return pPager->readOnly;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of references to the pager.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager *pPager){
+  return sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the approximate number of bytes of memory currently
+** used by the pager and its associated cache.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager *pPager){
+  int perPageSize = pPager->pageSize + pPager->nExtra + sizeof(PgHdr)
+                                     + 5*sizeof(void*);
+  return perPageSize*sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)
+           + sqlite3MallocSize(pPager)
+           + pPager->pageSize;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of references to the specified page.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage *pPage){
+  return sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPage);
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+/*
+** This routine is used for testing and analysis only.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager *pPager){
+  static int a[11];
+  a[0] = sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache);
+  a[1] = sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache);
+  a[2] = sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(pPager->pPCache);
+  a[3] = pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? -1 : (int) pPager->dbSize;
+  a[4] = pPager->eState;
+  a[5] = pPager->errCode;
+  a[6] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT];
+  a[7] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS];
+  a[8] = 0;  /* Used to be pPager->nOvfl */
+  a[9] = pPager->nRead;
+  a[10] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE];
+  return a;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Parameter eStat must be either SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT or
+** SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS. Before returning, *pnVal is incremented by the
+** current cache hit or miss count, according to the value of eStat. If the 
+** reset parameter is non-zero, the cache hit or miss count is zeroed before 
+** returning.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *pPager, int eStat, int reset, int *pnVal){
+
+  assert( eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT
+       || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS
+       || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE
+  );
+
+  assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+1==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS );
+  assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+2==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE );
+  assert( PAGER_STAT_HIT==0 && PAGER_STAT_MISS==1 && PAGER_STAT_WRITE==2 );
+
+  *pnVal += pPager->aStat[eStat - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT];
+  if( reset ){
+    pPager->aStat[eStat - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT] = 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return true if this is an in-memory pager.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager *pPager){
+  return MEMDB;
+}
+
+/*
+** Check that there are at least nSavepoint savepoints open. If there are
+** currently less than nSavepoints open, then open one or more savepoints
+** to make up the difference. If the number of savepoints is already
+** equal to nSavepoint, then this function is a no-op.
+**
+** If a memory allocation fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. If an error 
+** occurs while opening the sub-journal file, then an IO error code is
+** returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;                       /* Return code */
+  int nCurrent = pPager->nSavepoint;        /* Current number of savepoints */
+
+  assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
+  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+
+  if( nSavepoint>nCurrent && pPager->useJournal ){
+    int ii;                                 /* Iterator variable */
+    PagerSavepoint *aNew;                   /* New Pager.aSavepoint array */
+
+    /* Grow the Pager.aSavepoint array using realloc(). Return SQLITE_NOMEM
+    ** if the allocation fails. Otherwise, zero the new portion in case a 
+    ** malloc failure occurs while populating it in the for(...) loop below.
+    */
+    aNew = (PagerSavepoint *)sqlite3Realloc(
+        pPager->aSavepoint, sizeof(PagerSavepoint)*nSavepoint
+    );
+    if( !aNew ){
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    memset(&aNew[nCurrent], 0, (nSavepoint-nCurrent) * sizeof(PagerSavepoint));
+    pPager->aSavepoint = aNew;
+
+    /* Populate the PagerSavepoint structures just allocated. */
+    for(ii=nCurrent; ii<nSavepoint; ii++){
+      aNew[ii].nOrig = pPager->dbSize;
+      if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0 ){
+        aNew[ii].iOffset = pPager->journalOff;
+      }else{
+        aNew[ii].iOffset = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
+      }
+      aNew[ii].iSubRec = pPager->nSubRec;
+      aNew[ii].pInSavepoint = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
+      if( !aNew[ii].pInSavepoint ){
+        return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }
+      if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+        sqlite3WalSavepoint(pPager->pWal, aNew[ii].aWalData);
+      }
+      pPager->nSavepoint = ii+1;
+    }
+    assert( pPager->nSavepoint==nSavepoint );
+    assertTruncateConstraint(pPager);
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called to rollback or release (commit) a savepoint.
+** The savepoint to release or rollback need not be the most recently 
+** created savepoint.
+**
+** Parameter op is always either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE.
+** If it is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then release and destroy the savepoint with
+** index iSavepoint. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then rollback all changes
+** that have occurred since the specified savepoint was created.
+**
+** The savepoint to rollback or release is identified by parameter 
+** iSavepoint. A value of 0 means to operate on the outermost savepoint
+** (the first created). A value of (Pager.nSavepoint-1) means operate
+** on the most recently created savepoint. If iSavepoint is greater than
+** (Pager.nSavepoint-1), then this function is a no-op.
+**
+** If a negative value is passed to this function, then the current
+** transaction is rolled back. This is different to calling 
+** sqlite3PagerRollback() because this function does not terminate
+** the transaction or unlock the database, it just restores the 
+** contents of the database to its original state. 
+**
+** In any case, all savepoints with an index greater than iSavepoint 
+** are destroyed. If this is a release operation (op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE),
+** then savepoint iSavepoint is also destroyed.
+**
+** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation fails,
+** or an IO error code if an IO error occurs while rolling back a 
+** savepoint. If no errors occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
+*/ 
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint){
+  int rc = pPager->errCode;       /* Return code */
+
+  assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
+  assert( iSavepoint>=0 || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iSavepoint<pPager->nSavepoint ){
+    int ii;            /* Iterator variable */
+    int nNew;          /* Number of remaining savepoints after this op. */
+
+    /* Figure out how many savepoints will still be active after this
+    ** operation. Store this value in nNew. Then free resources associated 
+    ** with any savepoints that are destroyed by this operation.
+    */
+    nNew = iSavepoint + (( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) ? 0 : 1);
+    for(ii=nNew; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
+      sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint);
+    }
+    pPager->nSavepoint = nNew;
+
+    /* If this is a release of the outermost savepoint, truncate 
+    ** the sub-journal to zero bytes in size. */
+    if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){
+      if( nNew==0 && isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
+        /* Only truncate if it is an in-memory sub-journal. */
+        if( sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->sjfd) ){
+          rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->sjfd, 0);
+          assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+        }
+        pPager->nSubRec = 0;
+      }
+    }
+    /* Else this is a rollback operation, playback the specified savepoint.
+    ** If this is a temp-file, it is possible that the journal file has
+    ** not yet been opened. In this case there have been no changes to
+    ** the database file, so the playback operation can be skipped.
+    */
+    else if( pagerUseWal(pPager) || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
+      PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint = (nNew==0)?0:&pPager->aSavepoint[nNew-1];
+      rc = pagerPlaybackSavepoint(pPager, pSavepoint);
+      assert(rc!=SQLITE_DONE);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the full pathname of the database file.
+**
+** Except, if the pager is in-memory only, then return an empty string if
+** nullIfMemDb is true.  This routine is called with nullIfMemDb==1 when
+** used to report the filename to the user, for compatibility with legacy
+** behavior.  But when the Btree needs to know the filename for matching to
+** shared cache, it uses nullIfMemDb==0 so that in-memory databases can
+** participate in shared-cache.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager *pPager, int nullIfMemDb){
+  return (nullIfMemDb && pPager->memDb) ? "" : pPager->zFilename;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the VFS structure for the pager.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager *pPager){
+  return pPager->pVfs;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the file handle for the database file associated
+** with the pager.  This might return NULL if the file has
+** not yet been opened.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager *pPager){
+  return pPager->fd;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the full pathname of the journal file.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager *pPager){
+  return pPager->zJournal;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return true if fsync() calls are disabled for this pager.  Return FALSE
+** if fsync()s are executed normally.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerNosync(Pager *pPager){
+  return pPager->noSync;
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+/*
+** Set or retrieve the codec for this pager
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetCodec(
+  Pager *pPager,
+  void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int),
+  void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int),
+  void (*xCodecFree)(void*),
+  void *pCodec
+){
+  if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec);
+  pPager->xCodec = pPager->memDb ? 0 : xCodec;
+  pPager->xCodecSizeChng = xCodecSizeChng;
+  pPager->xCodecFree = xCodecFree;
+  pPager->pCodec = pCodec;
+  pagerReportSize(pPager);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetCodec(Pager *pPager){
+  return pPager->pCodec;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+/*
+** Move the page pPg to location pgno in the file.
+**
+** There must be no references to the page previously located at
+** pgno (which we call pPgOld) though that page is allowed to be
+** in cache.  If the page previously located at pgno is not already
+** in the rollback journal, it is not put there by by this routine.
+**
+** References to the page pPg remain valid. Updating any
+** meta-data associated with pPg (i.e. data stored in the nExtra bytes
+** allocated along with the page) is the responsibility of the caller.
+**
+** A transaction must be active when this routine is called. It used to be
+** required that a statement transaction was not active, but this restriction
+** has been removed (CREATE INDEX needs to move a page when a statement
+** transaction is active).
+**
+** If the fourth argument, isCommit, is non-zero, then this page is being
+** moved as part of a database reorganization just before the transaction 
+** is being committed. In this case, it is guaranteed that the database page 
+** pPg refers to will not be written to again within this transaction.
+**
+** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code if an error
+** occurs. Otherwise, it returns SQLITE_OK.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, int isCommit){
+  PgHdr *pPgOld;               /* The page being overwritten. */
+  Pgno needSyncPgno = 0;       /* Old value of pPg->pgno, if sync is required */
+  int rc;                      /* Return code */
+  Pgno origPgno;               /* The original page number */
+
+  assert( pPg->nRef>0 );
+  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
+       || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
+  );
+  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+
+  /* In order to be able to rollback, an in-memory database must journal
+  ** the page we are moving from.
+  */
+  if( MEMDB ){
+    rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+  }
+
+  /* If the page being moved is dirty and has not been saved by the latest
+  ** savepoint, then save the current contents of the page into the 
+  ** sub-journal now. This is required to handle the following scenario:
+  **
+  **   BEGIN;
+  **     <journal page X, then modify it in memory>
+  **     SAVEPOINT one;
+  **       <Move page X to location Y>
+  **     ROLLBACK TO one;
+  **
+  ** If page X were not written to the sub-journal here, it would not
+  ** be possible to restore its contents when the "ROLLBACK TO one"
+  ** statement were is processed.
+  **
+  ** subjournalPage() may need to allocate space to store pPg->pgno into
+  ** one or more savepoint bitvecs. This is the reason this function
+  ** may return SQLITE_NOMEM.
+  */
+  if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY
+   && subjRequiresPage(pPg)
+   && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = subjournalPage(pPg))
+  ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  PAGERTRACE(("MOVE %d page %d (needSync=%d) moves to %d\n", 
+      PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0, pgno));
+  IOTRACE(("MOVE %p %d %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, pgno))
+
+  /* If the journal needs to be sync()ed before page pPg->pgno can
+  ** be written to, store pPg->pgno in local variable needSyncPgno.
+  **
+  ** If the isCommit flag is set, there is no need to remember that
+  ** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pPg->pgno 
+  ** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to it.
+  */
+  if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) && !isCommit ){
+    needSyncPgno = pPg->pgno;
+    assert( pageInJournal(pPg) || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize );
+    assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
+  }
+
+  /* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it
+  ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag was set for 
+  ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained 
+  ** for the page moved there.
+  */
+  pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
+  pPgOld = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno);
+  assert( !pPgOld || pPgOld->nRef==1 );
+  if( pPgOld ){
+    pPg->flags |= (pPgOld->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC);
+    if( MEMDB ){
+      /* Do not discard pages from an in-memory database since we might
+      ** need to rollback later.  Just move the page out of the way. */
+      sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, pPager->dbSize+1);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPgOld);
+    }
+  }
+
+  origPgno = pPg->pgno;
+  sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, pgno);
+  sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
+
+  /* For an in-memory database, make sure the original page continues
+  ** to exist, in case the transaction needs to roll back.  Use pPgOld
+  ** as the original page since it has already been allocated.
+  */
+  if( MEMDB ){
+    assert( pPgOld );
+    sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, origPgno);
+    sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgOld);
+  }
+
+  if( needSyncPgno ){
+    /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be 
+    ** sync()ed before any data is written to database file page needSyncPgno.
+    ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the 
+    ** "is journaled" bitvec flag has been set. This needs to be remedied by
+    ** loading the page into the pager-cache and setting the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
+    ** flag.
+    **
+    ** If the attempt to load the page into the page-cache fails, (due
+    ** to a malloc() or IO failure), clear the bit in the pInJournal[]
+    ** array. Otherwise, if the page is loaded and written again in
+    ** this transaction, it may be written to the database file before
+    ** it is synced into the journal file. This way, it may end up in
+    ** the journal file twice, but that is not a problem.
+    */
+    PgHdr *pPgHdr;
+    rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, needSyncPgno, &pPgHdr);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      if( needSyncPgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
+        assert( pPager->pTmpSpace!=0 );
+        sqlite3BitvecClear(pPager->pInJournal, needSyncPgno, pPager->pTmpSpace);
+      }
+      return rc;
+    }
+    pPgHdr->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
+    sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPgHdr);
+    sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr);
+  }
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the data for the specified page.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *pPg){
+  assert( pPg->nRef>0 || pPg->pPager->memDb );
+  return pPg->pData;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the Pager.nExtra bytes of "extra" space 
+** allocated along with the specified page.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *pPg){
+  return pPg->pExtra;
+}
+
+/*
+** Get/set the locking-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one
+** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or 
+** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE. If the parameter is not _QUERY, then
+** the locking-mode is set to the value specified.
+**
+** The returned value is either PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
+** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE, indicating the current (possibly updated)
+** locking-mode.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
+  assert( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY
+            || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
+            || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
+  assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY<0 );
+  assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL>=0 && PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE>=0 );
+  assert( pPager->exclusiveMode || 0==sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) );
+  if( eMode>=0 && !pPager->tempFile && !sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ){
+    pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)eMode;
+  }
+  return (int)pPager->exclusiveMode;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the journal-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one of:
+**
+**    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
+**    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
+**    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
+**    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
+**    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
+**    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
+**
+** The journalmode is set to the value specified if the change is allowed.
+** The change may be disallowed for the following reasons:
+**
+**   *  An in-memory database can only have its journal_mode set to _OFF
+**      or _MEMORY.
+**
+**   *  Temporary databases cannot have _WAL journalmode.
+**
+** The returned indicate the current (possibly updated) journal-mode.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
+  u8 eOld = pPager->journalMode;    /* Prior journalmode */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  /* The print_pager_state() routine is intended to be used by the debugger
+  ** only.  We invoke it once here to suppress a compiler warning. */
+  print_pager_state(pPager);
+#endif
+
+
+  /* The eMode parameter is always valid */
+  assert(      eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
+            || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
+            || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
+            || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 
+            || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 
+            || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY );
+
+  /* This routine is only called from the OP_JournalMode opcode, and
+  ** the logic there will never allow a temporary file to be changed
+  ** to WAL mode.
+  */
+  assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL );
+
+  /* Do allow the journalmode of an in-memory database to be set to
+  ** anything other than MEMORY or OFF
+  */
+  if( MEMDB ){
+    assert( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF );
+    if( eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY && eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
+      eMode = eOld;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( eMode!=eOld ){
+
+    /* Change the journal mode. */
+    assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
+    pPager->journalMode = (u8)eMode;
+
+    /* When transistioning from TRUNCATE or PERSIST to any other journal
+    ** mode except WAL, unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode,
+    ** delete the journal file.
+    */
+    assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 );
+    assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 );
+    assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)==0 );
+    assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)==4 );
+    assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)==0 );
+    assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)==5 );
+
+    assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->exclusiveMode );
+    if( !pPager->exclusiveMode && (eOld & 5)==1 && (eMode & 1)==0 ){
+
+      /* In this case we would like to delete the journal file. If it is
+      ** not possible, then that is not a problem. Deleting the journal file
+      ** here is an optimization only.
+      **
+      ** Before deleting the journal file, obtain a RESERVED lock on the
+      ** database file. This ensures that the journal file is not deleted
+      ** while it is in use by some other client.
+      */
+      sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
+      if( pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
+        sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
+      }else{
+        int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+        int state = pPager->eState;
+        assert( state==PAGER_OPEN || state==PAGER_READER );
+        if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){
+          rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pPager);
+        }
+        if( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ){
+          assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+          rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK);
+        }
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
+        }
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK && state==PAGER_READER ){
+          pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
+        }else if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){
+          pager_unlock(pPager);
+        }
+        assert( state==pPager->eState );
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Return the new journal mode */
+  return (int)pPager->journalMode;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the current journal mode.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager *pPager){
+  return (int)pPager->journalMode;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the pager is in a state where it is OK to change the
+** journalmode.  Journalmode changes can only happen when the database
+** is unmodified.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager *pPager){
+  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+  if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return 0;
+  if( NEVER(isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0) ) return 0;
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Get/set the size-limit used for persistent journal files.
+**
+** Setting the size limit to -1 means no limit is enforced.
+** An attempt to set a limit smaller than -1 is a no-op.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *pPager, i64 iLimit){
+  if( iLimit>=-1 ){
+    pPager->journalSizeLimit = iLimit;
+    sqlite3WalLimit(pPager->pWal, iLimit);
+  }
+  return pPager->journalSizeLimit;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the pPager->pBackup variable. The backup module
+** in backup.c maintains the content of this variable. This module
+** uses it opaquely as an argument to sqlite3BackupRestart() and
+** sqlite3BackupUpdate() only.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager *pPager){
+  return &pPager->pBackup;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM
+/*
+** Unless this is an in-memory or temporary database, clear the pager cache.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager *pPager){
+  if( !MEMDB && pPager->tempFile==0 ) pager_reset(pPager);
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+/*
+** This function is called when the user invokes "PRAGMA wal_checkpoint",
+** "PRAGMA wal_blocking_checkpoint" or calls the sqlite3_wal_checkpoint()
+** or wal_blocking_checkpoint() API functions.
+**
+** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(Pager *pPager, int eMode, int *pnLog, int *pnCkpt){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( pPager->pWal ){
+    rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(pPager->pWal, eMode,
+        pPager->xBusyHandler, pPager->pBusyHandlerArg,
+        pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace,
+        pnLog, pnCkpt
+    );
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager){
+  return sqlite3WalCallback(pPager->pWal);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return true if the underlying VFS for the given pager supports the
+** primitives necessary for write-ahead logging.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager){
+  const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods = pPager->fd->pMethods;
+  return pPager->exclusiveMode || (pMethods->iVersion>=2 && pMethods->xShmMap);
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to take an exclusive lock on the database file. If a PENDING lock
+** is obtained instead, immediately release it.
+*/
+static int pagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+
+  assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
+  rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    /* If the attempt to grab the exclusive lock failed, release the 
+    ** pending lock that may have been obtained instead.  */
+    pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Call sqlite3WalOpen() to open the WAL handle. If the pager is in 
+** exclusive-locking mode when this function is called, take an EXCLUSIVE
+** lock on the database file and use heap-memory to store the wal-index
+** in. Otherwise, use the normal shared-memory.
+*/
+static int pagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  assert( pPager->pWal==0 && pPager->tempFile==0 );
+  assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
+
+  /* If the pager is already in exclusive-mode, the WAL module will use 
+  ** heap-memory for the wal-index instead of the VFS shared-memory 
+  ** implementation. Take the exclusive lock now, before opening the WAL
+  ** file, to make sure this is safe.
+  */
+  if( pPager->exclusiveMode ){
+    rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
+  }
+
+  /* Open the connection to the log file. If this operation fails, 
+  ** (e.g. due to malloc() failure), return an error code.
+  */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3WalOpen(pPager->pVfs, 
+        pPager->fd, pPager->zWal, pPager->exclusiveMode,
+        pPager->journalSizeLimit, &pPager->pWal
+    );
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** The caller must be holding a SHARED lock on the database file to call
+** this function.
+**
+** If the pager passed as the first argument is open on a real database
+** file (not a temp file or an in-memory database), and the WAL file
+** is not already open, make an attempt to open it now. If successful,
+** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs or the VFS used by the pager does 
+** not support the xShmXXX() methods, return an error code. *pbOpen is
+** not modified in either case.
+**
+** If the pager is open on a temp-file (or in-memory database), or if
+** the WAL file is already open, set *pbOpen to 1 and return SQLITE_OK
+** without doing anything.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenWal(
+  Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
+  int *pbOpen                     /* OUT: Set to true if call is a no-op */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
+
+  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN   || pbOpen );
+  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || !pbOpen );
+  assert( pbOpen==0 || *pbOpen==0 );
+  assert( pbOpen!=0 || (!pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal) );
+
+  if( !pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal ){
+    if( !sqlite3PagerWalSupported(pPager) ) return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+
+    /* Close any rollback journal previously open */
+    sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
+
+    rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL;
+      pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
+    }
+  }else{
+    *pbOpen = 1;
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called to close the connection to the log file prior
+** to switching from WAL to rollback mode.
+**
+** Before closing the log file, this function attempts to take an 
+** EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. If this cannot be obtained, an
+** error (SQLITE_BUSY) is returned and the log connection is not closed.
+** If successful, the EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL );
+
+  /* If the log file is not already open, but does exist in the file-system,
+  ** it may need to be checkpointed before the connection can switch to
+  ** rollback mode. Open it now so this can happen.
+  */
+  if( !pPager->pWal ){
+    int logexists = 0;
+    rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
+          pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &logexists
+      );
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && logexists ){
+      rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager);
+    }
+  }
+    
+  /* Checkpoint and close the log. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock is held on
+  ** the database file, the log and log-summary files will be deleted.
+  */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pWal ){
+    rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, pPager->ckptSyncFlags,
+                           pPager->pageSize, (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace);
+      pPager->pWal = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
+/*
+** A read-lock must be held on the pager when this function is called. If
+** the pager is in WAL mode and the WAL file currently contains one or more
+** frames, return the size in bytes of the page images stored within the
+** WAL frames. Otherwise, if this is not a WAL database or the WAL file
+** is empty, return 0.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager){
+  assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
+  return sqlite3WalFramesize(pPager->pWal);
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+/*
+** This function is called by the wal module when writing page content
+** into the log file.
+**
+** This function returns a pointer to a buffer containing the encrypted
+** page content. If a malloc fails, this function may return NULL.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerCodec(PgHdr *pPg){
+  void *aData = 0;
+  CODEC2(pPg->pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 6, return 0, aData);
+  return aData;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_HAS_CODEC */
+
+#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */
+
+/************** End of pager.c ***********************************************/
+/************** Begin file wal.c *********************************************/
+/*
+** 2010 February 1
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains the implementation of a write-ahead log (WAL) used in 
+** "journal_mode=WAL" mode.
+**
+** WRITE-AHEAD LOG (WAL) FILE FORMAT
+**
+** A WAL file consists of a header followed by zero or more "frames".
+** Each frame records the revised content of a single page from the
+** database file.  All changes to the database are recorded by writing
+** frames into the WAL.  Transactions commit when a frame is written that
+** contains a commit marker.  A single WAL can and usually does record 
+** multiple transactions.  Periodically, the content of the WAL is
+** transferred back into the database file in an operation called a
+** "checkpoint".
+**
+** A single WAL file can be used multiple times.  In other words, the
+** WAL can fill up with frames and then be checkpointed and then new
+** frames can overwrite the old ones.  A WAL always grows from beginning
+** toward the end.  Checksums and counters attached to each frame are
+** used to determine which frames within the WAL are valid and which
+** are leftovers from prior checkpoints.
+**
+** The WAL header is 32 bytes in size and consists of the following eight
+** big-endian 32-bit unsigned integer values:
+**
+**     0: Magic number.  0x377f0682 or 0x377f0683
+**     4: File format version.  Currently 3007000
+**     8: Database page size.  Example: 1024
+**    12: Checkpoint sequence number
+**    16: Salt-1, random integer incremented with each checkpoint
+**    20: Salt-2, a different random integer changing with each ckpt
+**    24: Checksum-1 (first part of checksum for first 24 bytes of header).
+**    28: Checksum-2 (second part of checksum for first 24 bytes of header).
+**
+** Immediately following the wal-header are zero or more frames. Each
+** frame consists of a 24-byte frame-header followed by a <page-size> bytes
+** of page data. The frame-header is six big-endian 32-bit unsigned 
+** integer values, as follows:
+**
+**     0: Page number.
+**     4: For commit records, the size of the database image in pages 
+**        after the commit. For all other records, zero.
+**     8: Salt-1 (copied from the header)
+**    12: Salt-2 (copied from the header)
+**    16: Checksum-1.
+**    20: Checksum-2.
+**
+** A frame is considered valid if and only if the following conditions are
+** true:
+**
+**    (1) The salt-1 and salt-2 values in the frame-header match
+**        salt values in the wal-header
+**
+**    (2) The checksum values in the final 8 bytes of the frame-header
+**        exactly match the checksum computed consecutively on the
+**        WAL header and the first 8 bytes and the content of all frames
+**        up to and including the current frame.
+**
+** The checksum is computed using 32-bit big-endian integers if the
+** magic number in the first 4 bytes of the WAL is 0x377f0683 and it
+** is computed using little-endian if the magic number is 0x377f0682.
+** The checksum values are always stored in the frame header in a
+** big-endian format regardless of which byte order is used to compute
+** the checksum.  The checksum is computed by interpreting the input as
+** an even number of unsigned 32-bit integers: x[0] through x[N].  The
+** algorithm used for the checksum is as follows:
+** 
+**   for i from 0 to n-1 step 2:
+**     s0 += x[i] + s1;
+**     s1 += x[i+1] + s0;
+**   endfor
+**
+** Note that s0 and s1 are both weighted checksums using fibonacci weights
+** in reverse order (the largest fibonacci weight occurs on the first element
+** of the sequence being summed.)  The s1 value spans all 32-bit 
+** terms of the sequence whereas s0 omits the final term.
+**
+** On a checkpoint, the WAL is first VFS.xSync-ed, then valid content of the
+** WAL is transferred into the database, then the database is VFS.xSync-ed.
+** The VFS.xSync operations serve as write barriers - all writes launched
+** before the xSync must complete before any write that launches after the
+** xSync begins.
+**
+** After each checkpoint, the salt-1 value is incremented and the salt-2
+** value is randomized.  This prevents old and new frames in the WAL from
+** being considered valid at the same time and being checkpointing together
+** following a crash.
+**
+** READER ALGORITHM
+**
+** To read a page from the database (call it page number P), a reader
+** first checks the WAL to see if it contains page P.  If so, then the
+** last valid instance of page P that is a followed by a commit frame
+** or is a commit frame itself becomes the value read.  If the WAL
+** contains no copies of page P that are valid and which are a commit
+** frame or are followed by a commit frame, then page P is read from
+** the database file.
+**
+** To start a read transaction, the reader records the index of the last
+** valid frame in the WAL.  The reader uses this recorded "mxFrame" value
+** for all subsequent read operations.  New transactions can be appended
+** to the WAL, but as long as the reader uses its original mxFrame value
+** and ignores the newly appended content, it will see a consistent snapshot
+** of the database from a single point in time.  This technique allows
+** multiple concurrent readers to view different versions of the database
+** content simultaneously.
+**
+** The reader algorithm in the previous paragraphs works correctly, but 
+** because frames for page P can appear anywhere within the WAL, the
+** reader has to scan the entire WAL looking for page P frames.  If the
+** WAL is large (multiple megabytes is typical) that scan can be slow,
+** and read performance suffers.  To overcome this problem, a separate
+** data structure called the wal-index is maintained to expedite the
+** search for frames of a particular page.
+** 
+** WAL-INDEX FORMAT
+**
+** Conceptually, the wal-index is shared memory, though VFS implementations
+** might choose to implement the wal-index using a mmapped file.  Because
+** the wal-index is shared memory, SQLite does not support journal_mode=WAL 
+** on a network filesystem.  All users of the database must be able to
+** share memory.
+**
+** The wal-index is transient.  After a crash, the wal-index can (and should
+** be) reconstructed from the original WAL file.  In fact, the VFS is required
+** to either truncate or zero the header of the wal-index when the last
+** connection to it closes.  Because the wal-index is transient, it can
+** use an architecture-specific format; it does not have to be cross-platform.
+** Hence, unlike the database and WAL file formats which store all values
+** as big endian, the wal-index can store multi-byte values in the native
+** byte order of the host computer.
+**
+** The purpose of the wal-index is to answer this question quickly:  Given
+** a page number P and a maximum frame index M, return the index of the 
+** last frame in the wal before frame M for page P in the WAL, or return
+** NULL if there are no frames for page P in the WAL prior to M.
+**
+** The wal-index consists of a header region, followed by an one or
+** more index blocks.  
+**
+** The wal-index header contains the total number of frames within the WAL
+** in the mxFrame field.
+**
+** Each index block except for the first contains information on 
+** HASHTABLE_NPAGE frames. The first index block contains information on
+** HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE frames. The values of HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE and 
+** HASHTABLE_NPAGE are selected so that together the wal-index header and
+** first index block are the same size as all other index blocks in the
+** wal-index.
+**
+** Each index block contains two sections, a page-mapping that contains the
+** database page number associated with each wal frame, and a hash-table 
+** that allows readers to query an index block for a specific page number.
+** The page-mapping is an array of HASHTABLE_NPAGE (or HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE
+** for the first index block) 32-bit page numbers. The first entry in the 
+** first index-block contains the database page number corresponding to the
+** first frame in the WAL file. The first entry in the second index block
+** in the WAL file corresponds to the (HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+1)th frame in
+** the log, and so on.
+**
+** The last index block in a wal-index usually contains less than the full
+** complement of HASHTABLE_NPAGE (or HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE) page-numbers,
+** depending on the contents of the WAL file. This does not change the
+** allocated size of the page-mapping array - the page-mapping array merely
+** contains unused entries.
+**
+** Even without using the hash table, the last frame for page P
+** can be found by scanning the page-mapping sections of each index block
+** starting with the last index block and moving toward the first, and
+** within each index block, starting at the end and moving toward the
+** beginning.  The first entry that equals P corresponds to the frame
+** holding the content for that page.
+**
+** The hash table consists of HASHTABLE_NSLOT 16-bit unsigned integers.
+** HASHTABLE_NSLOT = 2*HASHTABLE_NPAGE, and there is one entry in the
+** hash table for each page number in the mapping section, so the hash 
+** table is never more than half full.  The expected number of collisions 
+** prior to finding a match is 1.  Each entry of the hash table is an
+** 1-based index of an entry in the mapping section of the same
+** index block.   Let K be the 1-based index of the largest entry in
+** the mapping section.  (For index blocks other than the last, K will
+** always be exactly HASHTABLE_NPAGE (4096) and for the last index block
+** K will be (mxFrame%HASHTABLE_NPAGE).)  Unused slots of the hash table
+** contain a value of 0.
+**
+** To look for page P in the hash table, first compute a hash iKey on
+** P as follows:
+**
+**      iKey = (P * 383) % HASHTABLE_NSLOT
+**
+** Then start scanning entries of the hash table, starting with iKey
+** (wrapping around to the beginning when the end of the hash table is
+** reached) until an unused hash slot is found. Let the first unused slot
+** be at index iUnused.  (iUnused might be less than iKey if there was
+** wrap-around.) Because the hash table is never more than half full,
+** the search is guaranteed to eventually hit an unused entry.  Let 
+** iMax be the value between iKey and iUnused, closest to iUnused,
+** where aHash[iMax]==P.  If there is no iMax entry (if there exists
+** no hash slot such that aHash[i]==p) then page P is not in the
+** current index block.  Otherwise the iMax-th mapping entry of the
+** current index block corresponds to the last entry that references 
+** page P.
+**
+** A hash search begins with the last index block and moves toward the
+** first index block, looking for entries corresponding to page P.  On
+** average, only two or three slots in each index block need to be
+** examined in order to either find the last entry for page P, or to
+** establish that no such entry exists in the block.  Each index block
+** holds over 4000 entries.  So two or three index blocks are sufficient
+** to cover a typical 10 megabyte WAL file, assuming 1K pages.  8 or 10
+** comparisons (on average) suffice to either locate a frame in the
+** WAL or to establish that the frame does not exist in the WAL.  This
+** is much faster than scanning the entire 10MB WAL.
+**
+** Note that entries are added in order of increasing K.  Hence, one
+** reader might be using some value K0 and a second reader that started
+** at a later time (after additional transactions were added to the WAL
+** and to the wal-index) might be using a different value K1, where K1>K0.
+** Both readers can use the same hash table and mapping section to get
+** the correct result.  There may be entries in the hash table with
+** K>K0 but to the first reader, those entries will appear to be unused
+** slots in the hash table and so the first reader will get an answer as
+** if no values greater than K0 had ever been inserted into the hash table
+** in the first place - which is what reader one wants.  Meanwhile, the
+** second reader using K1 will see additional values that were inserted
+** later, which is exactly what reader two wants.  
+**
+** When a rollback occurs, the value of K is decreased. Hash table entries
+** that correspond to frames greater than the new K value are removed
+** from the hash table at this point.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+
+
+/*
+** Trace output macros
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalTrace = 0;
+# define WALTRACE(X)  if(sqlite3WalTrace) sqlite3DebugPrintf X
+#else
+# define WALTRACE(X)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The maximum (and only) versions of the wal and wal-index formats
+** that may be interpreted by this version of SQLite.
+**
+** If a client begins recovering a WAL file and finds that (a) the checksum
+** values in the wal-header are correct and (b) the version field is not
+** WAL_MAX_VERSION, recovery fails and SQLite returns SQLITE_CANTOPEN.
+**
+** Similarly, if a client successfully reads a wal-index header (i.e. the 
+** checksum test is successful) and finds that the version field is not
+** WALINDEX_MAX_VERSION, then no read-transaction is opened and SQLite
+** returns SQLITE_CANTOPEN.
+*/
+#define WAL_MAX_VERSION      3007000
+#define WALINDEX_MAX_VERSION 3007000
+
+/*
+** Indices of various locking bytes.   WAL_NREADER is the number
+** of available reader locks and should be at least 3.
+*/
+#define WAL_WRITE_LOCK         0
+#define WAL_ALL_BUT_WRITE      1
+#define WAL_CKPT_LOCK          1
+#define WAL_RECOVER_LOCK       2
+#define WAL_READ_LOCK(I)       (3+(I))
+#define WAL_NREADER            (SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK-3)
+
+
+/* Object declarations */
+typedef struct WalIndexHdr WalIndexHdr;
+typedef struct WalIterator WalIterator;
+typedef struct WalCkptInfo WalCkptInfo;
+
+
+/*
+** The following object holds a copy of the wal-index header content.
+**
+** The actual header in the wal-index consists of two copies of this
+** object.
+**
+** The szPage value can be any power of 2 between 512 and 32768, inclusive.
+** Or it can be 1 to represent a 65536-byte page.  The latter case was
+** added in 3.7.1 when support for 64K pages was added.  
+*/
+struct WalIndexHdr {
+  u32 iVersion;                   /* Wal-index version */
+  u32 unused;                     /* Unused (padding) field */
+  u32 iChange;                    /* Counter incremented each transaction */
+  u8 isInit;                      /* 1 when initialized */
+  u8 bigEndCksum;                 /* True if checksums in WAL are big-endian */
+  u16 szPage;                     /* Database page size in bytes. 1==64K */
+  u32 mxFrame;                    /* Index of last valid frame in the WAL */
+  u32 nPage;                      /* Size of database in pages */
+  u32 aFrameCksum[2];             /* Checksum of last frame in log */
+  u32 aSalt[2];                   /* Two salt values copied from WAL header */
+  u32 aCksum[2];                  /* Checksum over all prior fields */
+};
+
+/*
+** A copy of the following object occurs in the wal-index immediately
+** following the second copy of the WalIndexHdr.  This object stores
+** information used by checkpoint.
+**
+** nBackfill is the number of frames in the WAL that have been written
+** back into the database. (We call the act of moving content from WAL to
+** database "backfilling".)  The nBackfill number is never greater than
+** WalIndexHdr.mxFrame.  nBackfill can only be increased by threads
+** holding the WAL_CKPT_LOCK lock (which includes a recovery thread).
+** However, a WAL_WRITE_LOCK thread can move the value of nBackfill from
+** mxFrame back to zero when the WAL is reset.
+**
+** There is one entry in aReadMark[] for each reader lock.  If a reader
+** holds read-lock K, then the value in aReadMark[K] is no greater than
+** the mxFrame for that reader.  The value READMARK_NOT_USED (0xffffffff)
+** for any aReadMark[] means that entry is unused.  aReadMark[0] is 
+** a special case; its value is never used and it exists as a place-holder
+** to avoid having to offset aReadMark[] indexs by one.  Readers holding
+** WAL_READ_LOCK(0) always ignore the entire WAL and read all content
+** directly from the database.
+**
+** The value of aReadMark[K] may only be changed by a thread that
+** is holding an exclusive lock on WAL_READ_LOCK(K).  Thus, the value of
+** aReadMark[K] cannot changed while there is a reader is using that mark
+** since the reader will be holding a shared lock on WAL_READ_LOCK(K).
+**
+** The checkpointer may only transfer frames from WAL to database where
+** the frame numbers are less than or equal to every aReadMark[] that is
+** in use (that is, every aReadMark[j] for which there is a corresponding
+** WAL_READ_LOCK(j)).  New readers (usually) pick the aReadMark[] with the
+** largest value and will increase an unused aReadMark[] to mxFrame if there
+** is not already an aReadMark[] equal to mxFrame.  The exception to the
+** previous sentence is when nBackfill equals mxFrame (meaning that everything
+** in the WAL has been backfilled into the database) then new readers
+** will choose aReadMark[0] which has value 0 and hence such reader will
+** get all their all content directly from the database file and ignore 
+** the WAL.
+**
+** Writers normally append new frames to the end of the WAL.  However,
+** if nBackfill equals mxFrame (meaning that all WAL content has been
+** written back into the database) and if no readers are using the WAL
+** (in other words, if there are no WAL_READ_LOCK(i) where i>0) then
+** the writer will first "reset" the WAL back to the beginning and start
+** writing new content beginning at frame 1.
+**
+** We assume that 32-bit loads are atomic and so no locks are needed in
+** order to read from any aReadMark[] entries.
+*/
+struct WalCkptInfo {
+  u32 nBackfill;                  /* Number of WAL frames backfilled into DB */
+  u32 aReadMark[WAL_NREADER];     /* Reader marks */
+};
+#define READMARK_NOT_USED  0xffffffff
+
+
+/* A block of WALINDEX_LOCK_RESERVED bytes beginning at
+** WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET is reserved for locks. Since some systems
+** only support mandatory file-locks, we do not read or write data
+** from the region of the file on which locks are applied.
+*/
+#define WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET   (sizeof(WalIndexHdr)*2 + sizeof(WalCkptInfo))
+#define WALINDEX_LOCK_RESERVED 16
+#define WALINDEX_HDR_SIZE      (WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET+WALINDEX_LOCK_RESERVED)
+
+/* Size of header before each frame in wal */
+#define WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE 24
+
+/* Size of write ahead log header, including checksum. */
+/* #define WAL_HDRSIZE 24 */
+#define WAL_HDRSIZE 32
+
+/* WAL magic value. Either this value, or the same value with the least
+** significant bit also set (WAL_MAGIC | 0x00000001) is stored in 32-bit
+** big-endian format in the first 4 bytes of a WAL file.
+**
+** If the LSB is set, then the checksums for each frame within the WAL
+** file are calculated by treating all data as an array of 32-bit 
+** big-endian words. Otherwise, they are calculated by interpreting 
+** all data as 32-bit little-endian words.
+*/
+#define WAL_MAGIC 0x377f0682
+
+/*
+** Return the offset of frame iFrame in the write-ahead log file, 
+** assuming a database page size of szPage bytes. The offset returned
+** is to the start of the write-ahead log frame-header.
+*/
+#define walFrameOffset(iFrame, szPage) (                               \
+  WAL_HDRSIZE + ((iFrame)-1)*(i64)((szPage)+WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE)         \
+)
+
+/*
+** An open write-ahead log file is represented by an instance of the
+** following object.
+*/
+struct Wal {
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;         /* The VFS used to create pDbFd */
+  sqlite3_file *pDbFd;       /* File handle for the database file */
+  sqlite3_file *pWalFd;      /* File handle for WAL file */
+  u32 iCallback;             /* Value to pass to log callback (or 0) */
+  i64 mxWalSize;             /* Truncate WAL to this size upon reset */
+  int nWiData;               /* Size of array apWiData */
+  int szFirstBlock;          /* Size of first block written to WAL file */
+  volatile u32 **apWiData;   /* Pointer to wal-index content in memory */
+  u32 szPage;                /* Database page size */
+  i16 readLock;              /* Which read lock is being held.  -1 for none */
+  u8 syncFlags;              /* Flags to use to sync header writes */
+  u8 exclusiveMode;          /* Non-zero if connection is in exclusive mode */
+  u8 writeLock;              /* True if in a write transaction */
+  u8 ckptLock;               /* True if holding a checkpoint lock */
+  u8 readOnly;               /* WAL_RDWR, WAL_RDONLY, or WAL_SHM_RDONLY */
+  u8 truncateOnCommit;       /* True to truncate WAL file on commit */
+  u8 syncHeader;             /* Fsync the WAL header if true */
+  u8 padToSectorBoundary;    /* Pad transactions out to the next sector */
+  WalIndexHdr hdr;           /* Wal-index header for current transaction */
+  const char *zWalName;      /* Name of WAL file */
+  u32 nCkpt;                 /* Checkpoint sequence counter in the wal-header */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  u8 lockError;              /* True if a locking error has occurred */
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+** Candidate values for Wal.exclusiveMode.
+*/
+#define WAL_NORMAL_MODE     0
+#define WAL_EXCLUSIVE_MODE  1     
+#define WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE 2
+
+/*
+** Possible values for WAL.readOnly
+*/
+#define WAL_RDWR        0    /* Normal read/write connection */
+#define WAL_RDONLY      1    /* The WAL file is readonly */
+#define WAL_SHM_RDONLY  2    /* The SHM file is readonly */
+
+/*
+** Each page of the wal-index mapping contains a hash-table made up of
+** an array of HASHTABLE_NSLOT elements of the following type.
+*/
+typedef u16 ht_slot;
+
+/*
+** This structure is used to implement an iterator that loops through
+** all frames in the WAL in database page order. Where two or more frames
+** correspond to the same database page, the iterator visits only the 
+** frame most recently written to the WAL (in other words, the frame with
+** the largest index).
+**
+** The internals of this structure are only accessed by:
+**
+**   walIteratorInit() - Create a new iterator,
+**   walIteratorNext() - Step an iterator,
+**   walIteratorFree() - Free an iterator.
+**
+** This functionality is used by the checkpoint code (see walCheckpoint()).
+*/
+struct WalIterator {
+  int iPrior;                     /* Last result returned from the iterator */
+  int nSegment;                   /* Number of entries in aSegment[] */
+  struct WalSegment {
+    int iNext;                    /* Next slot in aIndex[] not yet returned */
+    ht_slot *aIndex;              /* i0, i1, i2... such that aPgno[iN] ascend */
+    u32 *aPgno;                   /* Array of page numbers. */
+    int nEntry;                   /* Nr. of entries in aPgno[] and aIndex[] */
+    int iZero;                    /* Frame number associated with aPgno[0] */
+  } aSegment[1];                  /* One for every 32KB page in the wal-index */
+};
+
+/*
+** Define the parameters of the hash tables in the wal-index file. There
+** is a hash-table following every HASHTABLE_NPAGE page numbers in the
+** wal-index.
+**
+** Changing any of these constants will alter the wal-index format and
+** create incompatibilities.
+*/
+#define HASHTABLE_NPAGE      4096                 /* Must be power of 2 */
+#define HASHTABLE_HASH_1     383                  /* Should be prime */
+#define HASHTABLE_NSLOT      (HASHTABLE_NPAGE*2)  /* Must be a power of 2 */
+
+/* 
+** The block of page numbers associated with the first hash-table in a
+** wal-index is smaller than usual. This is so that there is a complete
+** hash-table on each aligned 32KB page of the wal-index.
+*/
+#define HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE  (HASHTABLE_NPAGE - (WALINDEX_HDR_SIZE/sizeof(u32)))
+
+/* The wal-index is divided into pages of WALINDEX_PGSZ bytes each. */
+#define WALINDEX_PGSZ   (                                         \
+    sizeof(ht_slot)*HASHTABLE_NSLOT + HASHTABLE_NPAGE*sizeof(u32) \
+)
+
+/*
+** Obtain a pointer to the iPage'th page of the wal-index. The wal-index
+** is broken into pages of WALINDEX_PGSZ bytes. Wal-index pages are
+** numbered from zero.
+**
+** If this call is successful, *ppPage is set to point to the wal-index
+** page and SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error (an OOM or VFS error) occurs,
+** then an SQLite error code is returned and *ppPage is set to 0.
+*/
+static int walIndexPage(Wal *pWal, int iPage, volatile u32 **ppPage){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  /* Enlarge the pWal->apWiData[] array if required */
+  if( pWal->nWiData<=iPage ){
+    int nByte = sizeof(u32*)*(iPage+1);
+    volatile u32 **apNew;
+    apNew = (volatile u32 **)sqlite3_realloc((void *)pWal->apWiData, nByte);
+    if( !apNew ){
+      *ppPage = 0;
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    memset((void*)&apNew[pWal->nWiData], 0,
+           sizeof(u32*)*(iPage+1-pWal->nWiData));
+    pWal->apWiData = apNew;
+    pWal->nWiData = iPage+1;
+  }
+
+  /* Request a pointer to the required page from the VFS */
+  if( pWal->apWiData[iPage]==0 ){
+    if( pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE ){
+      pWal->apWiData[iPage] = (u32 volatile *)sqlite3MallocZero(WALINDEX_PGSZ);
+      if( !pWal->apWiData[iPage] ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }else{
+      rc = sqlite3OsShmMap(pWal->pDbFd, iPage, WALINDEX_PGSZ, 
+          pWal->writeLock, (void volatile **)&pWal->apWiData[iPage]
+      );
+      if( rc==SQLITE_READONLY ){
+        pWal->readOnly |= WAL_SHM_RDONLY;
+        rc = SQLITE_OK;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  *ppPage = pWal->apWiData[iPage];
+  assert( iPage==0 || *ppPage || rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the WalCkptInfo structure in the wal-index.
+*/
+static volatile WalCkptInfo *walCkptInfo(Wal *pWal){
+  assert( pWal->nWiData>0 && pWal->apWiData[0] );
+  return (volatile WalCkptInfo*)&(pWal->apWiData[0][sizeof(WalIndexHdr)/2]);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the WalIndexHdr structure in the wal-index.
+*/
+static volatile WalIndexHdr *walIndexHdr(Wal *pWal){
+  assert( pWal->nWiData>0 && pWal->apWiData[0] );
+  return (volatile WalIndexHdr*)pWal->apWiData[0];
+}
+
+/*
+** The argument to this macro must be of type u32. On a little-endian
+** architecture, it returns the u32 value that results from interpreting
+** the 4 bytes as a big-endian value. On a big-endian architecture, it
+** returns the value that would be produced by intepreting the 4 bytes
+** of the input value as a little-endian integer.
+*/
+#define BYTESWAP32(x) ( \
+    (((x)&0x000000FF)<<24) + (((x)&0x0000FF00)<<8)  \
+  + (((x)&0x00FF0000)>>8)  + (((x)&0xFF000000)>>24) \
+)
+
+/*
+** Generate or extend an 8 byte checksum based on the data in 
+** array aByte[] and the initial values of aIn[0] and aIn[1] (or
+** initial values of 0 and 0 if aIn==NULL).
+**
+** The checksum is written back into aOut[] before returning.
+**
+** nByte must be a positive multiple of 8.
+*/
+static void walChecksumBytes(
+  int nativeCksum, /* True for native byte-order, false for non-native */
+  u8 *a,           /* Content to be checksummed */
+  int nByte,       /* Bytes of content in a[].  Must be a multiple of 8. */
+  const u32 *aIn,  /* Initial checksum value input */
+  u32 *aOut        /* OUT: Final checksum value output */
+){
+  u32 s1, s2;
+  u32 *aData = (u32 *)a;
+  u32 *aEnd = (u32 *)&a[nByte];
+
+  if( aIn ){
+    s1 = aIn[0];
+    s2 = aIn[1];
+  }else{
+    s1 = s2 = 0;
+  }
+
+  assert( nByte>=8 );
+  assert( (nByte&0x00000007)==0 );
+
+  if( nativeCksum ){
+    do {
+      s1 += *aData++ + s2;
+      s2 += *aData++ + s1;
+    }while( aData<aEnd );
+  }else{
+    do {
+      s1 += BYTESWAP32(aData[0]) + s2;
+      s2 += BYTESWAP32(aData[1]) + s1;
+      aData += 2;
+    }while( aData<aEnd );
+  }
+
+  aOut[0] = s1;
+  aOut[1] = s2;
+}
+
+static void walShmBarrier(Wal *pWal){
+  if( pWal->exclusiveMode!=WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE ){
+    sqlite3OsShmBarrier(pWal->pDbFd);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Write the header information in pWal->hdr into the wal-index.
+**
+** The checksum on pWal->hdr is updated before it is written.
+*/
+static void walIndexWriteHdr(Wal *pWal){
+  volatile WalIndexHdr *aHdr = walIndexHdr(pWal);
+  const int nCksum = offsetof(WalIndexHdr, aCksum);
+
+  assert( pWal->writeLock );
+  pWal->hdr.isInit = 1;
+  pWal->hdr.iVersion = WALINDEX_MAX_VERSION;
+  walChecksumBytes(1, (u8*)&pWal->hdr, nCksum, 0, pWal->hdr.aCksum);
+  memcpy((void *)&aHdr[1], (void *)&pWal->hdr, sizeof(WalIndexHdr));
+  walShmBarrier(pWal);
+  memcpy((void *)&aHdr[0], (void *)&pWal->hdr, sizeof(WalIndexHdr));
+}
+
+/*
+** This function encodes a single frame header and writes it to a buffer
+** supplied by the caller. A frame-header is made up of a series of 
+** 4-byte big-endian integers, as follows:
+**
+**     0: Page number.
+**     4: For commit records, the size of the database image in pages 
+**        after the commit. For all other records, zero.
+**     8: Salt-1 (copied from the wal-header)
+**    12: Salt-2 (copied from the wal-header)
+**    16: Checksum-1.
+**    20: Checksum-2.
+*/
+static void walEncodeFrame(
+  Wal *pWal,                      /* The write-ahead log */
+  u32 iPage,                      /* Database page number for frame */
+  u32 nTruncate,                  /* New db size (or 0 for non-commit frames) */
+  u8 *aData,                      /* Pointer to page data */
+  u8 *aFrame                      /* OUT: Write encoded frame here */
+){
+  int nativeCksum;                /* True for native byte-order checksums */
+  u32 *aCksum = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum;
+  assert( WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE==24 );
+  sqlite3Put4byte(&aFrame[0], iPage);
+  sqlite3Put4byte(&aFrame[4], nTruncate);
+  memcpy(&aFrame[8], pWal->hdr.aSalt, 8);
+
+  nativeCksum = (pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum==SQLITE_BIGENDIAN);
+  walChecksumBytes(nativeCksum, aFrame, 8, aCksum, aCksum);
+  walChecksumBytes(nativeCksum, aData, pWal->szPage, aCksum, aCksum);
+
+  sqlite3Put4byte(&aFrame[16], aCksum[0]);
+  sqlite3Put4byte(&aFrame[20], aCksum[1]);
+}
+
+/*
+** Check to see if the frame with header in aFrame[] and content
+** in aData[] is valid.  If it is a valid frame, fill *piPage and
+** *pnTruncate and return true.  Return if the frame is not valid.
+*/
+static int walDecodeFrame(
+  Wal *pWal,                      /* The write-ahead log */
+  u32 *piPage,                    /* OUT: Database page number for frame */
+  u32 *pnTruncate,                /* OUT: New db size (or 0 if not commit) */
+  u8 *aData,                      /* Pointer to page data (for checksum) */
+  u8 *aFrame                      /* Frame data */
+){
+  int nativeCksum;                /* True for native byte-order checksums */
+  u32 *aCksum = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum;
+  u32 pgno;                       /* Page number of the frame */
+  assert( WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE==24 );
+
+  /* A frame is only valid if the salt values in the frame-header
+  ** match the salt values in the wal-header. 
+  */
+  if( memcmp(&pWal->hdr.aSalt, &aFrame[8], 8)!=0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  /* A frame is only valid if the page number is creater than zero.
+  */
+  pgno = sqlite3Get4byte(&aFrame[0]);
+  if( pgno==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  /* A frame is only valid if a checksum of the WAL header,
+  ** all prior frams, the first 16 bytes of this frame-header, 
+  ** and the frame-data matches the checksum in the last 8 
+  ** bytes of this frame-header.
+  */
+  nativeCksum = (pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum==SQLITE_BIGENDIAN);
+  walChecksumBytes(nativeCksum, aFrame, 8, aCksum, aCksum);
+  walChecksumBytes(nativeCksum, aData, pWal->szPage, aCksum, aCksum);
+  if( aCksum[0]!=sqlite3Get4byte(&aFrame[16]) 
+   || aCksum[1]!=sqlite3Get4byte(&aFrame[20]) 
+  ){
+    /* Checksum failed. */
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  /* If we reach this point, the frame is valid.  Return the page number
+  ** and the new database size.
+  */
+  *piPage = pgno;
+  *pnTruncate = sqlite3Get4byte(&aFrame[4]);
+  return 1;
+}
+
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+/*
+** Names of locks.  This routine is used to provide debugging output and is not
+** a part of an ordinary build.
+*/
+static const char *walLockName(int lockIdx){
+  if( lockIdx==WAL_WRITE_LOCK ){
+    return "WRITE-LOCK";
+  }else if( lockIdx==WAL_CKPT_LOCK ){
+    return "CKPT-LOCK";
+  }else if( lockIdx==WAL_RECOVER_LOCK ){
+    return "RECOVER-LOCK";
+  }else{
+    static char zName[15];
+    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zName), zName, "READ-LOCK[%d]",
+                     lockIdx-WAL_READ_LOCK(0));
+    return zName;
+  }
+}
+#endif /*defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) */
+    
+
+/*
+** Set or release locks on the WAL.  Locks are either shared or exclusive.
+** A lock cannot be moved directly between shared and exclusive - it must go
+** through the unlocked state first.
+**
+** In locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE, all of these routines become no-ops.
+*/
+static int walLockShared(Wal *pWal, int lockIdx){
+  int rc;
+  if( pWal->exclusiveMode ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  rc = sqlite3OsShmLock(pWal->pDbFd, lockIdx, 1,
+                        SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED);
+  WALTRACE(("WAL%p: acquire SHARED-%s %s\n", pWal,
+            walLockName(lockIdx), rc ? "failed" : "ok"));
+  VVA_ONLY( pWal->lockError = (u8)(rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY); )
+  return rc;
+}
+static void walUnlockShared(Wal *pWal, int lockIdx){
+  if( pWal->exclusiveMode ) return;
+  (void)sqlite3OsShmLock(pWal->pDbFd, lockIdx, 1,
+                         SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED);
+  WALTRACE(("WAL%p: release SHARED-%s\n", pWal, walLockName(lockIdx)));
+}
+static int walLockExclusive(Wal *pWal, int lockIdx, int n){
+  int rc;
+  if( pWal->exclusiveMode ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  rc = sqlite3OsShmLock(pWal->pDbFd, lockIdx, n,
+                        SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE);
+  WALTRACE(("WAL%p: acquire EXCLUSIVE-%s cnt=%d %s\n", pWal,
+            walLockName(lockIdx), n, rc ? "failed" : "ok"));
+  VVA_ONLY( pWal->lockError = (u8)(rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY); )
+  return rc;
+}
+static void walUnlockExclusive(Wal *pWal, int lockIdx, int n){
+  if( pWal->exclusiveMode ) return;
+  (void)sqlite3OsShmLock(pWal->pDbFd, lockIdx, n,
+                         SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE);
+  WALTRACE(("WAL%p: release EXCLUSIVE-%s cnt=%d\n", pWal,
+             walLockName(lockIdx), n));
+}
+
+/*
+** Compute a hash on a page number.  The resulting hash value must land
+** between 0 and (HASHTABLE_NSLOT-1).  The walHashNext() function advances
+** the hash to the next value in the event of a collision.
+*/
+static int walHash(u32 iPage){
+  assert( iPage>0 );
+  assert( (HASHTABLE_NSLOT & (HASHTABLE_NSLOT-1))==0 );
+  return (iPage*HASHTABLE_HASH_1) & (HASHTABLE_NSLOT-1);
+}
+static int walNextHash(int iPriorHash){
+  return (iPriorHash+1)&(HASHTABLE_NSLOT-1);
+}
+
+/* 
+** Return pointers to the hash table and page number array stored on
+** page iHash of the wal-index. The wal-index is broken into 32KB pages
+** numbered starting from 0.
+**
+** Set output variable *paHash to point to the start of the hash table
+** in the wal-index file. Set *piZero to one less than the frame 
+** number of the first frame indexed by this hash table. If a
+** slot in the hash table is set to N, it refers to frame number 
+** (*piZero+N) in the log.
+**
+** Finally, set *paPgno so that *paPgno[1] is the page number of the
+** first frame indexed by the hash table, frame (*piZero+1).
+*/
+static int walHashGet(
+  Wal *pWal,                      /* WAL handle */
+  int iHash,                      /* Find the iHash'th table */
+  volatile ht_slot **paHash,      /* OUT: Pointer to hash index */
+  volatile u32 **paPgno,          /* OUT: Pointer to page number array */
+  u32 *piZero                     /* OUT: Frame associated with *paPgno[0] */
+){
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+  volatile u32 *aPgno;
+
+  rc = walIndexPage(pWal, iHash, &aPgno);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || iHash>0 );
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    u32 iZero;
+    volatile ht_slot *aHash;
+
+    aHash = (volatile ht_slot *)&aPgno[HASHTABLE_NPAGE];
+    if( iHash==0 ){
+      aPgno = &aPgno[WALINDEX_HDR_SIZE/sizeof(u32)];
+      iZero = 0;
+    }else{
+      iZero = HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE + (iHash-1)*HASHTABLE_NPAGE;
+    }
+  
+    *paPgno = &aPgno[-1];
+    *paHash = aHash;
+    *piZero = iZero;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of the wal-index page that contains the hash-table
+** and page-number array that contain entries corresponding to WAL frame
+** iFrame. The wal-index is broken up into 32KB pages. Wal-index pages 
+** are numbered starting from 0.
+*/
+static int walFramePage(u32 iFrame){
+  int iHash = (iFrame+HASHTABLE_NPAGE-HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE-1) / HASHTABLE_NPAGE;
+  assert( (iHash==0 || iFrame>HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE)
+       && (iHash>=1 || iFrame<=HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE)
+       && (iHash<=1 || iFrame>(HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+HASHTABLE_NPAGE))
+       && (iHash>=2 || iFrame<=HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+HASHTABLE_NPAGE)
+       && (iHash<=2 || iFrame>(HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+2*HASHTABLE_NPAGE))
+  );
+  return iHash;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the page number associated with frame iFrame in this WAL.
+*/
+static u32 walFramePgno(Wal *pWal, u32 iFrame){
+  int iHash = walFramePage(iFrame);
+  if( iHash==0 ){
+    return pWal->apWiData[0][WALINDEX_HDR_SIZE/sizeof(u32) + iFrame - 1];
+  }
+  return pWal->apWiData[iHash][(iFrame-1-HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE)%HASHTABLE_NPAGE];
+}
+
+/*
+** Remove entries from the hash table that point to WAL slots greater
+** than pWal->hdr.mxFrame.
+**
+** This function is called whenever pWal->hdr.mxFrame is decreased due
+** to a rollback or savepoint.
+**
+** At most only the hash table containing pWal->hdr.mxFrame needs to be
+** updated.  Any later hash tables will be automatically cleared when
+** pWal->hdr.mxFrame advances to the point where those hash tables are
+** actually needed.
+*/
+static void walCleanupHash(Wal *pWal){
+  volatile ht_slot *aHash = 0;    /* Pointer to hash table to clear */
+  volatile u32 *aPgno = 0;        /* Page number array for hash table */
+  u32 iZero = 0;                  /* frame == (aHash[x]+iZero) */
+  int iLimit = 0;                 /* Zero values greater than this */
+  int nByte;                      /* Number of bytes to zero in aPgno[] */
+  int i;                          /* Used to iterate through aHash[] */
+
+  assert( pWal->writeLock );
+  testcase( pWal->hdr.mxFrame==HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE-1 );
+  testcase( pWal->hdr.mxFrame==HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE );
+  testcase( pWal->hdr.mxFrame==HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+1 );
+
+  if( pWal->hdr.mxFrame==0 ) return;
+
+  /* Obtain pointers to the hash-table and page-number array containing 
+  ** the entry that corresponds to frame pWal->hdr.mxFrame. It is guaranteed
+  ** that the page said hash-table and array reside on is already mapped.
+  */
+  assert( pWal->nWiData>walFramePage(pWal->hdr.mxFrame) );
+  assert( pWal->apWiData[walFramePage(pWal->hdr.mxFrame)] );
+  walHashGet(pWal, walFramePage(pWal->hdr.mxFrame), &aHash, &aPgno, &iZero);
+
+  /* Zero all hash-table entries that correspond to frame numbers greater
+  ** than pWal->hdr.mxFrame.
+  */
+  iLimit = pWal->hdr.mxFrame - iZero;
+  assert( iLimit>0 );
+  for(i=0; i<HASHTABLE_NSLOT; i++){
+    if( aHash[i]>iLimit ){
+      aHash[i] = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  
+  /* Zero the entries in the aPgno array that correspond to frames with
+  ** frame numbers greater than pWal->hdr.mxFrame. 
+  */
+  nByte = (int)((char *)aHash - (char *)&aPgno[iLimit+1]);
+  memset((void *)&aPgno[iLimit+1], 0, nByte);
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT
+  /* Verify that the every entry in the mapping region is still reachable
+  ** via the hash table even after the cleanup.
+  */
+  if( iLimit ){
+    int i;           /* Loop counter */
+    int iKey;        /* Hash key */
+    for(i=1; i<=iLimit; i++){
+      for(iKey=walHash(aPgno[i]); aHash[iKey]; iKey=walNextHash(iKey)){
+        if( aHash[iKey]==i ) break;
+      }
+      assert( aHash[iKey]==i );
+    }
+  }
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT */
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Set an entry in the wal-index that will map database page number
+** pPage into WAL frame iFrame.
+*/
+static int walIndexAppend(Wal *pWal, u32 iFrame, u32 iPage){
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+  u32 iZero = 0;                  /* One less than frame number of aPgno[1] */
+  volatile u32 *aPgno = 0;        /* Page number array */
+  volatile ht_slot *aHash = 0;    /* Hash table */
+
+  rc = walHashGet(pWal, walFramePage(iFrame), &aHash, &aPgno, &iZero);
+
+  /* Assuming the wal-index file was successfully mapped, populate the
+  ** page number array and hash table entry.
+  */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int iKey;                     /* Hash table key */
+    int idx;                      /* Value to write to hash-table slot */
+    int nCollide;                 /* Number of hash collisions */
+
+    idx = iFrame - iZero;
+    assert( idx <= HASHTABLE_NSLOT/2 + 1 );
+    
+    /* If this is the first entry to be added to this hash-table, zero the
+    ** entire hash table and aPgno[] array before proceding. 
+    */
+    if( idx==1 ){
+      int nByte = (int)((u8 *)&aHash[HASHTABLE_NSLOT] - (u8 *)&aPgno[1]);
+      memset((void*)&aPgno[1], 0, nByte);
+    }
+
+    /* If the entry in aPgno[] is already set, then the previous writer
+    ** must have exited unexpectedly in the middle of a transaction (after
+    ** writing one or more dirty pages to the WAL to free up memory). 
+    ** Remove the remnants of that writers uncommitted transaction from 
+    ** the hash-table before writing any new entries.
+    */
+    if( aPgno[idx] ){
+      walCleanupHash(pWal);
+      assert( !aPgno[idx] );
+    }
+
+    /* Write the aPgno[] array entry and the hash-table slot. */
+    nCollide = idx;
+    for(iKey=walHash(iPage); aHash[iKey]; iKey=walNextHash(iKey)){
+      if( (nCollide--)==0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+    }
+    aPgno[idx] = iPage;
+    aHash[iKey] = (ht_slot)idx;
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT
+    /* Verify that the number of entries in the hash table exactly equals
+    ** the number of entries in the mapping region.
+    */
+    {
+      int i;           /* Loop counter */
+      int nEntry = 0;  /* Number of entries in the hash table */
+      for(i=0; i<HASHTABLE_NSLOT; i++){ if( aHash[i] ) nEntry++; }
+      assert( nEntry==idx );
+    }
+
+    /* Verify that the every entry in the mapping region is reachable
+    ** via the hash table.  This turns out to be a really, really expensive
+    ** thing to check, so only do this occasionally - not on every
+    ** iteration.
+    */
+    if( (idx&0x3ff)==0 ){
+      int i;           /* Loop counter */
+      for(i=1; i<=idx; i++){
+        for(iKey=walHash(aPgno[i]); aHash[iKey]; iKey=walNextHash(iKey)){
+          if( aHash[iKey]==i ) break;
+        }
+        assert( aHash[iKey]==i );
+      }
+    }
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT */
+  }
+
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Recover the wal-index by reading the write-ahead log file. 
+**
+** This routine first tries to establish an exclusive lock on the
+** wal-index to prevent other threads/processes from doing anything
+** with the WAL or wal-index while recovery is running.  The
+** WAL_RECOVER_LOCK is also held so that other threads will know
+** that this thread is running recovery.  If unable to establish
+** the necessary locks, this routine returns SQLITE_BUSY.
+*/
+static int walIndexRecover(Wal *pWal){
+  int rc;                         /* Return Code */
+  i64 nSize;                      /* Size of log file */
+  u32 aFrameCksum[2] = {0, 0};
+  int iLock;                      /* Lock offset to lock for checkpoint */
+  int nLock;                      /* Number of locks to hold */
+
+  /* Obtain an exclusive lock on all byte in the locking range not already
+  ** locked by the caller. The caller is guaranteed to have locked the
+  ** WAL_WRITE_LOCK byte, and may have also locked the WAL_CKPT_LOCK byte.
+  ** If successful, the same bytes that are locked here are unlocked before
+  ** this function returns.
+  */
+  assert( pWal->ckptLock==1 || pWal->ckptLock==0 );
+  assert( WAL_ALL_BUT_WRITE==WAL_WRITE_LOCK+1 );
+  assert( WAL_CKPT_LOCK==WAL_ALL_BUT_WRITE );
+  assert( pWal->writeLock );
+  iLock = WAL_ALL_BUT_WRITE + pWal->ckptLock;
+  nLock = SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK - iLock;
+  rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, iLock, nLock);
+  if( rc ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+  WALTRACE(("WAL%p: recovery begin...\n", pWal));
+
+  memset(&pWal->hdr, 0, sizeof(WalIndexHdr));
+
+  rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pWal->pWalFd, &nSize);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    goto recovery_error;
+  }
+
+  if( nSize>WAL_HDRSIZE ){
+    u8 aBuf[WAL_HDRSIZE];         /* Buffer to load WAL header into */
+    u8 *aFrame = 0;               /* Malloc'd buffer to load entire frame */
+    int szFrame;                  /* Number of bytes in buffer aFrame[] */
+    u8 *aData;                    /* Pointer to data part of aFrame buffer */
+    int iFrame;                   /* Index of last frame read */
+    i64 iOffset;                  /* Next offset to read from log file */
+    int szPage;                   /* Page size according to the log */
+    u32 magic;                    /* Magic value read from WAL header */
+    u32 version;                  /* Magic value read from WAL header */
+    int isValid;                  /* True if this frame is valid */
+
+    /* Read in the WAL header. */
+    rc = sqlite3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, aBuf, WAL_HDRSIZE, 0);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      goto recovery_error;
+    }
+
+    /* If the database page size is not a power of two, or is greater than
+    ** SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, conclude that the WAL file contains no valid 
+    ** data. Similarly, if the 'magic' value is invalid, ignore the whole
+    ** WAL file.
+    */
+    magic = sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[0]);
+    szPage = sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[8]);
+    if( (magic&0xFFFFFFFE)!=WAL_MAGIC 
+     || szPage&(szPage-1) 
+     || szPage>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE 
+     || szPage<512 
+    ){
+      goto finished;
+    }
+    pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum = (u8)(magic&0x00000001);
+    pWal->szPage = szPage;
+    pWal->nCkpt = sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[12]);
+    memcpy(&pWal->hdr.aSalt, &aBuf[16], 8);
+
+    /* Verify that the WAL header checksum is correct */
+    walChecksumBytes(pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum==SQLITE_BIGENDIAN, 
+        aBuf, WAL_HDRSIZE-2*4, 0, pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum
+    );
+    if( pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0]!=sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[24])
+     || pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1]!=sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[28])
+    ){
+      goto finished;
+    }
+
+    /* Verify that the version number on the WAL format is one that
+    ** are able to understand */
+    version = sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[4]);
+    if( version!=WAL_MAX_VERSION ){
+      rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
+      goto finished;
+    }
+
+    /* Malloc a buffer to read frames into. */
+    szFrame = szPage + WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE;
+    aFrame = (u8 *)sqlite3_malloc(szFrame);
+    if( !aFrame ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      goto recovery_error;
+    }
+    aData = &aFrame[WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE];
+
+    /* Read all frames from the log file. */
+    iFrame = 0;
+    for(iOffset=WAL_HDRSIZE; (iOffset+szFrame)<=nSize; iOffset+=szFrame){
+      u32 pgno;                   /* Database page number for frame */
+      u32 nTruncate;              /* dbsize field from frame header */
+
+      /* Read and decode the next log frame. */
+      iFrame++;
+      rc = sqlite3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, aFrame, szFrame, iOffset);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
+      isValid = walDecodeFrame(pWal, &pgno, &nTruncate, aData, aFrame);
+      if( !isValid ) break;
+      rc = walIndexAppend(pWal, iFrame, pgno);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
+
+      /* If nTruncate is non-zero, this is a commit record. */
+      if( nTruncate ){
+        pWal->hdr.mxFrame = iFrame;
+        pWal->hdr.nPage = nTruncate;
+        pWal->hdr.szPage = (u16)((szPage&0xff00) | (szPage>>16));
+        testcase( szPage<=32768 );
+        testcase( szPage>=65536 );
+        aFrameCksum[0] = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0];
+        aFrameCksum[1] = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1];
+      }
+    }
+
+    sqlite3_free(aFrame);
+  }
+
+finished:
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    volatile WalCkptInfo *pInfo;
+    int i;
+    pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0] = aFrameCksum[0];
+    pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1] = aFrameCksum[1];
+    walIndexWriteHdr(pWal);
+
+    /* Reset the checkpoint-header. This is safe because this thread is 
+    ** currently holding locks that exclude all other readers, writers and
+    ** checkpointers.
+    */
+    pInfo = walCkptInfo(pWal);
+    pInfo->nBackfill = 0;
+    pInfo->aReadMark[0] = 0;
+    for(i=1; i<WAL_NREADER; i++) pInfo->aReadMark[i] = READMARK_NOT_USED;
+    if( pWal->hdr.mxFrame ) pInfo->aReadMark[1] = pWal->hdr.mxFrame;
+
+    /* If more than one frame was recovered from the log file, report an
+    ** event via sqlite3_log(). This is to help with identifying performance
+    ** problems caused by applications routinely shutting down without
+    ** checkpointing the log file.
+    */
+    if( pWal->hdr.nPage ){
+      sqlite3_log(SQLITE_OK, "Recovered %d frames from WAL file %s",
+          pWal->hdr.nPage, pWal->zWalName
+      );
+    }
+  }
+
+recovery_error:
+  WALTRACE(("WAL%p: recovery %s\n", pWal, rc ? "failed" : "ok"));
+  walUnlockExclusive(pWal, iLock, nLock);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close an open wal-index.
+*/
+static void walIndexClose(Wal *pWal, int isDelete){
+  if( pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE ){
+    int i;
+    for(i=0; i<pWal->nWiData; i++){
+      sqlite3_free((void *)pWal->apWiData[i]);
+      pWal->apWiData[i] = 0;
+    }
+  }else{
+    sqlite3OsShmUnmap(pWal->pDbFd, isDelete);
+  }
+}
+
+/* 
+** Open a connection to the WAL file zWalName. The database file must 
+** already be opened on connection pDbFd. The buffer that zWalName points
+** to must remain valid for the lifetime of the returned Wal* handle.
+**
+** A SHARED lock should be held on the database file when this function
+** is called. The purpose of this SHARED lock is to prevent any other
+** client from unlinking the WAL or wal-index file. If another process
+** were to do this just after this client opened one of these files, the
+** system would be badly broken.
+**
+** If the log file is successfully opened, SQLITE_OK is returned and 
+** *ppWal is set to point to a new WAL handle. If an error occurs,
+** an SQLite error code is returned and *ppWal is left unmodified.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalOpen(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,              /* vfs module to open wal and wal-index */
+  sqlite3_file *pDbFd,            /* The open database file */
+  const char *zWalName,           /* Name of the WAL file */
+  int bNoShm,                     /* True to run in heap-memory mode */
+  i64 mxWalSize,                  /* Truncate WAL to this size on reset */
+  Wal **ppWal                     /* OUT: Allocated Wal handle */
+){
+  int rc;                         /* Return Code */
+  Wal *pRet;                      /* Object to allocate and return */
+  int flags;                      /* Flags passed to OsOpen() */
+
+  assert( zWalName && zWalName[0] );
+  assert( pDbFd );
+
+  /* In the amalgamation, the os_unix.c and os_win.c source files come before
+  ** this source file.  Verify that the #defines of the locking byte offsets
+  ** in os_unix.c and os_win.c agree with the WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET value.
+  */
+#ifdef WIN_SHM_BASE
+  assert( WIN_SHM_BASE==WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET );
+#endif
+#ifdef UNIX_SHM_BASE
+  assert( UNIX_SHM_BASE==WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET );
+#endif
+
+
+  /* Allocate an instance of struct Wal to return. */
+  *ppWal = 0;
+  pRet = (Wal*)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(Wal) + pVfs->szOsFile);
+  if( !pRet ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+
+  pRet->pVfs = pVfs;
+  pRet->pWalFd = (sqlite3_file *)&pRet[1];
+  pRet->pDbFd = pDbFd;
+  pRet->readLock = -1;
+  pRet->mxWalSize = mxWalSize;
+  pRet->zWalName = zWalName;
+  pRet->syncHeader = 1;
+  pRet->padToSectorBoundary = 1;
+  pRet->exclusiveMode = (bNoShm ? WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE: WAL_NORMAL_MODE);
+
+  /* Open file handle on the write-ahead log file. */
+  flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|SQLITE_OPEN_WAL);
+  rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zWalName, pRet->pWalFd, flags, &flags);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && flags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){
+    pRet->readOnly = WAL_RDONLY;
+  }
+
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    walIndexClose(pRet, 0);
+    sqlite3OsClose(pRet->pWalFd);
+    sqlite3_free(pRet);
+  }else{
+    int iDC = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pRet->pWalFd);
+    if( iDC & SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL ){ pRet->syncHeader = 0; }
+    if( iDC & SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE ){
+      pRet->padToSectorBoundary = 0;
+    }
+    *ppWal = pRet;
+    WALTRACE(("WAL%d: opened\n", pRet));
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the size to which the WAL file is trucated on each reset.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalLimit(Wal *pWal, i64 iLimit){
+  if( pWal ) pWal->mxWalSize = iLimit;
+}
+
+/*
+** Find the smallest page number out of all pages held in the WAL that
+** has not been returned by any prior invocation of this method on the
+** same WalIterator object.   Write into *piFrame the frame index where
+** that page was last written into the WAL.  Write into *piPage the page
+** number.
+**
+** Return 0 on success.  If there are no pages in the WAL with a page
+** number larger than *piPage, then return 1.
+*/
+static int walIteratorNext(
+  WalIterator *p,               /* Iterator */
+  u32 *piPage,                  /* OUT: The page number of the next page */
+  u32 *piFrame                  /* OUT: Wal frame index of next page */
+){
+  u32 iMin;                     /* Result pgno must be greater than iMin */
+  u32 iRet = 0xFFFFFFFF;        /* 0xffffffff is never a valid page number */
+  int i;                        /* For looping through segments */
+
+  iMin = p->iPrior;
+  assert( iMin<0xffffffff );
+  for(i=p->nSegment-1; i>=0; i--){
+    struct WalSegment *pSegment = &p->aSegment[i];
+    while( pSegment->iNext<pSegment->nEntry ){
+      u32 iPg = pSegment->aPgno[pSegment->aIndex[pSegment->iNext]];
+      if( iPg>iMin ){
+        if( iPg<iRet ){
+          iRet = iPg;
+          *piFrame = pSegment->iZero + pSegment->aIndex[pSegment->iNext];
+        }
+        break;
+      }
+      pSegment->iNext++;
+    }
+  }
+
+  *piPage = p->iPrior = iRet;
+  return (iRet==0xFFFFFFFF);
+}
+
+/*
+** This function merges two sorted lists into a single sorted list.
+**
+** aLeft[] and aRight[] are arrays of indices.  The sort key is
+** aContent[aLeft[]] and aContent[aRight[]].  Upon entry, the following
+** is guaranteed for all J<K:
+**
+**        aContent[aLeft[J]] < aContent[aLeft[K]]
+**        aContent[aRight[J]] < aContent[aRight[K]]
+**
+** This routine overwrites aRight[] with a new (probably longer) sequence
+** of indices such that the aRight[] contains every index that appears in
+** either aLeft[] or the old aRight[] and such that the second condition
+** above is still met.
+**
+** The aContent[aLeft[X]] values will be unique for all X.  And the
+** aContent[aRight[X]] values will be unique too.  But there might be
+** one or more combinations of X and Y such that
+**
+**      aLeft[X]!=aRight[Y]  &&  aContent[aLeft[X]] == aContent[aRight[Y]]
+**
+** When that happens, omit the aLeft[X] and use the aRight[Y] index.
+*/
+static void walMerge(
+  const u32 *aContent,            /* Pages in wal - keys for the sort */
+  ht_slot *aLeft,                 /* IN: Left hand input list */
+  int nLeft,                      /* IN: Elements in array *paLeft */
+  ht_slot **paRight,              /* IN/OUT: Right hand input list */
+  int *pnRight,                   /* IN/OUT: Elements in *paRight */
+  ht_slot *aTmp                   /* Temporary buffer */
+){
+  int iLeft = 0;                  /* Current index in aLeft */
+  int iRight = 0;                 /* Current index in aRight */
+  int iOut = 0;                   /* Current index in output buffer */
+  int nRight = *pnRight;
+  ht_slot *aRight = *paRight;
+
+  assert( nLeft>0 && nRight>0 );
+  while( iRight<nRight || iLeft<nLeft ){
+    ht_slot logpage;
+    Pgno dbpage;
+
+    if( (iLeft<nLeft) 
+     && (iRight>=nRight || aContent[aLeft[iLeft]]<aContent[aRight[iRight]])
+    ){
+      logpage = aLeft[iLeft++];
+    }else{
+      logpage = aRight[iRight++];
+    }
+    dbpage = aContent[logpage];
+
+    aTmp[iOut++] = logpage;
+    if( iLeft<nLeft && aContent[aLeft[iLeft]]==dbpage ) iLeft++;
+
+    assert( iLeft>=nLeft || aContent[aLeft[iLeft]]>dbpage );
+    assert( iRight>=nRight || aContent[aRight[iRight]]>dbpage );
+  }
+
+  *paRight = aLeft;
+  *pnRight = iOut;
+  memcpy(aLeft, aTmp, sizeof(aTmp[0])*iOut);
+}
+
+/*
+** Sort the elements in list aList using aContent[] as the sort key.
+** Remove elements with duplicate keys, preferring to keep the
+** larger aList[] values.
+**
+** The aList[] entries are indices into aContent[].  The values in
+** aList[] are to be sorted so that for all J<K:
+**
+**      aContent[aList[J]] < aContent[aList[K]]
+**
+** For any X and Y such that
+**
+**      aContent[aList[X]] == aContent[aList[Y]]
+**
+** Keep the larger of the two values aList[X] and aList[Y] and discard
+** the smaller.
+*/
+static void walMergesort(
+  const u32 *aContent,            /* Pages in wal */
+  ht_slot *aBuffer,               /* Buffer of at least *pnList items to use */
+  ht_slot *aList,                 /* IN/OUT: List to sort */
+  int *pnList                     /* IN/OUT: Number of elements in aList[] */
+){
+  struct Sublist {
+    int nList;                    /* Number of elements in aList */
+    ht_slot *aList;               /* Pointer to sub-list content */
+  };
+
+  const int nList = *pnList;      /* Size of input list */
+  int nMerge = 0;                 /* Number of elements in list aMerge */
+  ht_slot *aMerge = 0;            /* List to be merged */
+  int iList;                      /* Index into input list */
+  int iSub = 0;                   /* Index into aSub array */
+  struct Sublist aSub[13];        /* Array of sub-lists */
+
+  memset(aSub, 0, sizeof(aSub));
+  assert( nList<=HASHTABLE_NPAGE && nList>0 );
+  assert( HASHTABLE_NPAGE==(1<<(ArraySize(aSub)-1)) );
+
+  for(iList=0; iList<nList; iList++){
+    nMerge = 1;
+    aMerge = &aList[iList];
+    for(iSub=0; iList & (1<<iSub); iSub++){
+      struct Sublist *p = &aSub[iSub];
+      assert( p->aList && p->nList<=(1<<iSub) );
+      assert( p->aList==&aList[iList&~((2<<iSub)-1)] );
+      walMerge(aContent, p->aList, p->nList, &aMerge, &nMerge, aBuffer);
+    }
+    aSub[iSub].aList = aMerge;
+    aSub[iSub].nList = nMerge;
+  }
+
+  for(iSub++; iSub<ArraySize(aSub); iSub++){
+    if( nList & (1<<iSub) ){
+      struct Sublist *p = &aSub[iSub];
+      assert( p->nList<=(1<<iSub) );
+      assert( p->aList==&aList[nList&~((2<<iSub)-1)] );
+      walMerge(aContent, p->aList, p->nList, &aMerge, &nMerge, aBuffer);
+    }
+  }
+  assert( aMerge==aList );
+  *pnList = nMerge;
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  {
+    int i;
+    for(i=1; i<*pnList; i++){
+      assert( aContent[aList[i]] > aContent[aList[i-1]] );
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/* 
+** Free an iterator allocated by walIteratorInit().
+*/
+static void walIteratorFree(WalIterator *p){
+  sqlite3ScratchFree(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Construct a WalInterator object that can be used to loop over all 
+** pages in the WAL in ascending order. The caller must hold the checkpoint
+** lock.
+**
+** On success, make *pp point to the newly allocated WalInterator object
+** return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return an error code. If this routine
+** returns an error, the value of *pp is undefined.
+**
+** The calling routine should invoke walIteratorFree() to destroy the
+** WalIterator object when it has finished with it.
+*/
+static int walIteratorInit(Wal *pWal, WalIterator **pp){
+  WalIterator *p;                 /* Return value */
+  int nSegment;                   /* Number of segments to merge */
+  u32 iLast;                      /* Last frame in log */
+  int nByte;                      /* Number of bytes to allocate */
+  int i;                          /* Iterator variable */
+  ht_slot *aTmp;                  /* Temp space used by merge-sort */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return Code */
+
+  /* This routine only runs while holding the checkpoint lock. And
+  ** it only runs if there is actually content in the log (mxFrame>0).
+  */
+  assert( pWal->ckptLock && pWal->hdr.mxFrame>0 );
+  iLast = pWal->hdr.mxFrame;
+
+  /* Allocate space for the WalIterator object. */
+  nSegment = walFramePage(iLast) + 1;
+  nByte = sizeof(WalIterator) 
+        + (nSegment-1)*sizeof(struct WalSegment)
+        + iLast*sizeof(ht_slot);
+  p = (WalIterator *)sqlite3ScratchMalloc(nByte);
+  if( !p ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  memset(p, 0, nByte);
+  p->nSegment = nSegment;
+
+  /* Allocate temporary space used by the merge-sort routine. This block
+  ** of memory will be freed before this function returns.
+  */
+  aTmp = (ht_slot *)sqlite3ScratchMalloc(
+      sizeof(ht_slot) * (iLast>HASHTABLE_NPAGE?HASHTABLE_NPAGE:iLast)
+  );
+  if( !aTmp ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+
+  for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<nSegment; i++){
+    volatile ht_slot *aHash;
+    u32 iZero;
+    volatile u32 *aPgno;
+
+    rc = walHashGet(pWal, i, &aHash, &aPgno, &iZero);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      int j;                      /* Counter variable */
+      int nEntry;                 /* Number of entries in this segment */
+      ht_slot *aIndex;            /* Sorted index for this segment */
+
+      aPgno++;
+      if( (i+1)==nSegment ){
+        nEntry = (int)(iLast - iZero);
+      }else{
+        nEntry = (int)((u32*)aHash - (u32*)aPgno);
+      }
+      aIndex = &((ht_slot *)&p->aSegment[p->nSegment])[iZero];
+      iZero++;
+  
+      for(j=0; j<nEntry; j++){
+        aIndex[j] = (ht_slot)j;
+      }
+      walMergesort((u32 *)aPgno, aTmp, aIndex, &nEntry);
+      p->aSegment[i].iZero = iZero;
+      p->aSegment[i].nEntry = nEntry;
+      p->aSegment[i].aIndex = aIndex;
+      p->aSegment[i].aPgno = (u32 *)aPgno;
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3ScratchFree(aTmp);
+
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    walIteratorFree(p);
+  }
+  *pp = p;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to obtain the exclusive WAL lock defined by parameters lockIdx and
+** n. If the attempt fails and parameter xBusy is not NULL, then it is a
+** busy-handler function. Invoke it and retry the lock until either the
+** lock is successfully obtained or the busy-handler returns 0.
+*/
+static int walBusyLock(
+  Wal *pWal,                      /* WAL connection */
+  int (*xBusy)(void*),            /* Function to call when busy */
+  void *pBusyArg,                 /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */
+  int lockIdx,                    /* Offset of first byte to lock */
+  int n                           /* Number of bytes to lock */
+){
+  int rc;
+  do {
+    rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, lockIdx, n);
+  }while( xBusy && rc==SQLITE_BUSY && xBusy(pBusyArg) );
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The cache of the wal-index header must be valid to call this function.
+** Return the page-size in bytes used by the database.
+*/
+static int walPagesize(Wal *pWal){
+  return (pWal->hdr.szPage&0xfe00) + ((pWal->hdr.szPage&0x0001)<<16);
+}
+
+/*
+** Copy as much content as we can from the WAL back into the database file
+** in response to an sqlite3_wal_checkpoint() request or the equivalent.
+**
+** The amount of information copies from WAL to database might be limited
+** by active readers.  This routine will never overwrite a database page
+** that a concurrent reader might be using.
+**
+** All I/O barrier operations (a.k.a fsyncs) occur in this routine when
+** SQLite is in WAL-mode in synchronous=NORMAL.  That means that if 
+** checkpoints are always run by a background thread or background 
+** process, foreground threads will never block on a lengthy fsync call.
+**
+** Fsync is called on the WAL before writing content out of the WAL and
+** into the database.  This ensures that if the new content is persistent
+** in the WAL and can be recovered following a power-loss or hard reset.
+**
+** Fsync is also called on the database file if (and only if) the entire
+** WAL content is copied into the database file.  This second fsync makes
+** it safe to delete the WAL since the new content will persist in the
+** database file.
+**
+** This routine uses and updates the nBackfill field of the wal-index header.
+** This is the only routine tha will increase the value of nBackfill.  
+** (A WAL reset or recovery will revert nBackfill to zero, but not increase
+** its value.)
+**
+** The caller must be holding sufficient locks to ensure that no other
+** checkpoint is running (in any other thread or process) at the same
+** time.
+*/
+static int walCheckpoint(
+  Wal *pWal,                      /* Wal connection */
+  int eMode,                      /* One of PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART */
+  int (*xBusyCall)(void*),        /* Function to call when busy */
+  void *pBusyArg,                 /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */
+  int sync_flags,                 /* Flags for OsSync() (or 0) */
+  u8 *zBuf                        /* Temporary buffer to use */
+){
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+  int szPage;                     /* Database page-size */
+  WalIterator *pIter = 0;         /* Wal iterator context */
+  u32 iDbpage = 0;                /* Next database page to write */
+  u32 iFrame = 0;                 /* Wal frame containing data for iDbpage */
+  u32 mxSafeFrame;                /* Max frame that can be backfilled */
+  u32 mxPage;                     /* Max database page to write */
+  int i;                          /* Loop counter */
+  volatile WalCkptInfo *pInfo;    /* The checkpoint status information */
+  int (*xBusy)(void*) = 0;        /* Function to call when waiting for locks */
+
+  szPage = walPagesize(pWal);
+  testcase( szPage<=32768 );
+  testcase( szPage>=65536 );
+  pInfo = walCkptInfo(pWal);
+  if( pInfo->nBackfill>=pWal->hdr.mxFrame ) return SQLITE_OK;
+
+  /* Allocate the iterator */
+  rc = walIteratorInit(pWal, &pIter);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+  assert( pIter );
+
+  if( eMode!=SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ) xBusy = xBusyCall;
+
+  /* Compute in mxSafeFrame the index of the last frame of the WAL that is
+  ** safe to write into the database.  Frames beyond mxSafeFrame might
+  ** overwrite database pages that are in use by active readers and thus
+  ** cannot be backfilled from the WAL.
+  */
+  mxSafeFrame = pWal->hdr.mxFrame;
+  mxPage = pWal->hdr.nPage;
+  for(i=1; i<WAL_NREADER; i++){
+    u32 y = pInfo->aReadMark[i];
+    if( mxSafeFrame>y ){
+      assert( y<=pWal->hdr.mxFrame );
+      rc = walBusyLock(pWal, xBusy, pBusyArg, WAL_READ_LOCK(i), 1);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        pInfo->aReadMark[i] = (i==1 ? mxSafeFrame : READMARK_NOT_USED);
+        walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(i), 1);
+      }else if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+        mxSafeFrame = y;
+        xBusy = 0;
+      }else{
+        goto walcheckpoint_out;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( pInfo->nBackfill<mxSafeFrame
+   && (rc = walBusyLock(pWal, xBusy, pBusyArg, WAL_READ_LOCK(0), 1))==SQLITE_OK
+  ){
+    i64 nSize;                    /* Current size of database file */
+    u32 nBackfill = pInfo->nBackfill;
+
+    /* Sync the WAL to disk */
+    if( sync_flags ){
+      rc = sqlite3OsSync(pWal->pWalFd, sync_flags);
+    }
+
+    /* If the database file may grow as a result of this checkpoint, hint
+    ** about the eventual size of the db file to the VFS layer. 
+    */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      i64 nReq = ((i64)mxPage * szPage);
+      rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pWal->pDbFd, &nSize);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nSize<nReq ){
+        sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pWal->pDbFd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &nReq);
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Iterate through the contents of the WAL, copying data to the db file. */
+    while( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==walIteratorNext(pIter, &iDbpage, &iFrame) ){
+      i64 iOffset;
+      assert( walFramePgno(pWal, iFrame)==iDbpage );
+      if( iFrame<=nBackfill || iFrame>mxSafeFrame || iDbpage>mxPage ) continue;
+      iOffset = walFrameOffset(iFrame, szPage) + WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE;
+      /* testcase( IS_BIG_INT(iOffset) ); // requires a 4GiB WAL file */
+      rc = sqlite3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, zBuf, szPage, iOffset);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
+      iOffset = (iDbpage-1)*(i64)szPage;
+      testcase( IS_BIG_INT(iOffset) );
+      rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pWal->pDbFd, zBuf, szPage, iOffset);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
+    }
+
+    /* If work was actually accomplished... */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      if( mxSafeFrame==walIndexHdr(pWal)->mxFrame ){
+        i64 szDb = pWal->hdr.nPage*(i64)szPage;
+        testcase( IS_BIG_INT(szDb) );
+        rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pWal->pDbFd, szDb);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sync_flags ){
+          rc = sqlite3OsSync(pWal->pDbFd, sync_flags);
+        }
+      }
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        pInfo->nBackfill = mxSafeFrame;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Release the reader lock held while backfilling */
+    walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(0), 1);
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+    /* Reset the return code so as not to report a checkpoint failure
+    ** just because there are active readers.  */
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  /* If this is an SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART operation, and the entire wal
+  ** file has been copied into the database file, then block until all
+  ** readers have finished using the wal file. This ensures that the next
+  ** process to write to the database restarts the wal file.
+  */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && eMode!=SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ){
+    assert( pWal->writeLock );
+    if( pInfo->nBackfill<pWal->hdr.mxFrame ){
+      rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+    }else if( eMode==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART ){
+      assert( mxSafeFrame==pWal->hdr.mxFrame );
+      rc = walBusyLock(pWal, xBusy, pBusyArg, WAL_READ_LOCK(1), WAL_NREADER-1);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(1), WAL_NREADER-1);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+ walcheckpoint_out:
+  walIteratorFree(pIter);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** If the WAL file is currently larger than nMax bytes in size, truncate
+** it to exactly nMax bytes. If an error occurs while doing so, ignore it.
+*/
+static void walLimitSize(Wal *pWal, i64 nMax){
+  i64 sz;
+  int rx;
+  sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+  rx = sqlite3OsFileSize(pWal->pWalFd, &sz);
+  if( rx==SQLITE_OK && (sz > nMax ) ){
+    rx = sqlite3OsTruncate(pWal->pWalFd, nMax);
+  }
+  sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+  if( rx ){
+    sqlite3_log(rx, "cannot limit WAL size: %s", pWal->zWalName);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a connection to a log file.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalClose(
+  Wal *pWal,                      /* Wal to close */
+  int sync_flags,                 /* Flags to pass to OsSync() (or 0) */
+  int nBuf,
+  u8 *zBuf                        /* Buffer of at least nBuf bytes */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( pWal ){
+    int isDelete = 0;             /* True to unlink wal and wal-index files */
+
+    /* If an EXCLUSIVE lock can be obtained on the database file (using the
+    ** ordinary, rollback-mode locking methods, this guarantees that the
+    ** connection associated with this log file is the only connection to
+    ** the database. In this case checkpoint the database and unlink both
+    ** the wal and wal-index files.
+    **
+    ** The EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning.
+    */
+    rc = sqlite3OsLock(pWal->pDbFd, SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      if( pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_NORMAL_MODE ){
+        pWal->exclusiveMode = WAL_EXCLUSIVE_MODE;
+      }
+      rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(
+          pWal, SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, 0, 0, sync_flags, nBuf, zBuf, 0, 0
+      );
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        int bPersist = -1;
+        sqlite3OsFileControlHint(
+            pWal->pDbFd, SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL, &bPersist
+        );
+        if( bPersist!=1 ){
+          /* Try to delete the WAL file if the checkpoint completed and
+          ** fsyned (rc==SQLITE_OK) and if we are not in persistent-wal
+          ** mode (!bPersist) */
+          isDelete = 1;
+        }else if( pWal->mxWalSize>=0 ){
+          /* Try to truncate the WAL file to zero bytes if the checkpoint
+          ** completed and fsynced (rc==SQLITE_OK) and we are in persistent
+          ** WAL mode (bPersist) and if the PRAGMA journal_size_limit is a
+          ** non-negative value (pWal->mxWalSize>=0).  Note that we truncate
+          ** to zero bytes as truncating to the journal_size_limit might
+          ** leave a corrupt WAL file on disk. */
+          walLimitSize(pWal, 0);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    walIndexClose(pWal, isDelete);
+    sqlite3OsClose(pWal->pWalFd);
+    if( isDelete ){
+      sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+      sqlite3OsDelete(pWal->pVfs, pWal->zWalName, 0);
+      sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+    }
+    WALTRACE(("WAL%p: closed\n", pWal));
+    sqlite3_free((void *)pWal->apWiData);
+    sqlite3_free(pWal);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Try to read the wal-index header.  Return 0 on success and 1 if
+** there is a problem.
+**
+** The wal-index is in shared memory.  Another thread or process might
+** be writing the header at the same time this procedure is trying to
+** read it, which might result in inconsistency.  A dirty read is detected
+** by verifying that both copies of the header are the same and also by
+** a checksum on the header.
+**
+** If and only if the read is consistent and the header is different from
+** pWal->hdr, then pWal->hdr is updated to the content of the new header
+** and *pChanged is set to 1.
+**
+** If the checksum cannot be verified return non-zero. If the header
+** is read successfully and the checksum verified, return zero.
+*/
+static int walIndexTryHdr(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged){
+  u32 aCksum[2];                  /* Checksum on the header content */
+  WalIndexHdr h1, h2;             /* Two copies of the header content */
+  WalIndexHdr volatile *aHdr;     /* Header in shared memory */
+
+  /* The first page of the wal-index must be mapped at this point. */
+  assert( pWal->nWiData>0 && pWal->apWiData[0] );
+
+  /* Read the header. This might happen concurrently with a write to the
+  ** same area of shared memory on a different CPU in a SMP,
+  ** meaning it is possible that an inconsistent snapshot is read
+  ** from the file. If this happens, return non-zero.
+  **
+  ** There are two copies of the header at the beginning of the wal-index.
+  ** When reading, read [0] first then [1].  Writes are in the reverse order.
+  ** Memory barriers are used to prevent the compiler or the hardware from
+  ** reordering the reads and writes.
+  */
+  aHdr = walIndexHdr(pWal);
+  memcpy(&h1, (void *)&aHdr[0], sizeof(h1));
+  walShmBarrier(pWal);
+  memcpy(&h2, (void *)&aHdr[1], sizeof(h2));
+
+  if( memcmp(&h1, &h2, sizeof(h1))!=0 ){
+    return 1;   /* Dirty read */
+  }  
+  if( h1.isInit==0 ){
+    return 1;   /* Malformed header - probably all zeros */
+  }
+  walChecksumBytes(1, (u8*)&h1, sizeof(h1)-sizeof(h1.aCksum), 0, aCksum);
+  if( aCksum[0]!=h1.aCksum[0] || aCksum[1]!=h1.aCksum[1] ){
+    return 1;   /* Checksum does not match */
+  }
+
+  if( memcmp(&pWal->hdr, &h1, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)) ){
+    *pChanged = 1;
+    memcpy(&pWal->hdr, &h1, sizeof(WalIndexHdr));
+    pWal->szPage = (pWal->hdr.szPage&0xfe00) + ((pWal->hdr.szPage&0x0001)<<16);
+    testcase( pWal->szPage<=32768 );
+    testcase( pWal->szPage>=65536 );
+  }
+
+  /* The header was successfully read. Return zero. */
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Read the wal-index header from the wal-index and into pWal->hdr.
+** If the wal-header appears to be corrupt, try to reconstruct the
+** wal-index from the WAL before returning.
+**
+** Set *pChanged to 1 if the wal-index header value in pWal->hdr is
+** changed by this opertion.  If pWal->hdr is unchanged, set *pChanged
+** to 0.
+**
+** If the wal-index header is successfully read, return SQLITE_OK. 
+** Otherwise an SQLite error code.
+*/
+static int walIndexReadHdr(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged){
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+  int badHdr;                     /* True if a header read failed */
+  volatile u32 *page0;            /* Chunk of wal-index containing header */
+
+  /* Ensure that page 0 of the wal-index (the page that contains the 
+  ** wal-index header) is mapped. Return early if an error occurs here.
+  */
+  assert( pChanged );
+  rc = walIndexPage(pWal, 0, &page0);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return rc;
+  };
+  assert( page0 || pWal->writeLock==0 );
+
+  /* If the first page of the wal-index has been mapped, try to read the
+  ** wal-index header immediately, without holding any lock. This usually
+  ** works, but may fail if the wal-index header is corrupt or currently 
+  ** being modified by another thread or process.
+  */
+  badHdr = (page0 ? walIndexTryHdr(pWal, pChanged) : 1);
+
+  /* If the first attempt failed, it might have been due to a race
+  ** with a writer.  So get a WRITE lock and try again.
+  */
+  assert( badHdr==0 || pWal->writeLock==0 );
+  if( badHdr ){
+    if( pWal->readOnly & WAL_SHM_RDONLY ){
+      if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = walLockShared(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK)) ){
+        walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK);
+        rc = SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY;
+      }
+    }else if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1)) ){
+      pWal->writeLock = 1;
+      if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = walIndexPage(pWal, 0, &page0)) ){
+        badHdr = walIndexTryHdr(pWal, pChanged);
+        if( badHdr ){
+          /* If the wal-index header is still malformed even while holding
+          ** a WRITE lock, it can only mean that the header is corrupted and
+          ** needs to be reconstructed.  So run recovery to do exactly that.
+          */
+          rc = walIndexRecover(pWal);
+          *pChanged = 1;
+        }
+      }
+      pWal->writeLock = 0;
+      walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If the header is read successfully, check the version number to make
+  ** sure the wal-index was not constructed with some future format that
+  ** this version of SQLite cannot understand.
+  */
+  if( badHdr==0 && pWal->hdr.iVersion!=WALINDEX_MAX_VERSION ){
+    rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This is the value that walTryBeginRead returns when it needs to
+** be retried.
+*/
+#define WAL_RETRY  (-1)
+
+/*
+** Attempt to start a read transaction.  This might fail due to a race or
+** other transient condition.  When that happens, it returns WAL_RETRY to
+** indicate to the caller that it is safe to retry immediately.
+**
+** On success return SQLITE_OK.  On a permanent failure (such an
+** I/O error or an SQLITE_BUSY because another process is running
+** recovery) return a positive error code.
+**
+** The useWal parameter is true to force the use of the WAL and disable
+** the case where the WAL is bypassed because it has been completely
+** checkpointed.  If useWal==0 then this routine calls walIndexReadHdr() 
+** to make a copy of the wal-index header into pWal->hdr.  If the 
+** wal-index header has changed, *pChanged is set to 1 (as an indication 
+** to the caller that the local paget cache is obsolete and needs to be 
+** flushed.)  When useWal==1, the wal-index header is assumed to already
+** be loaded and the pChanged parameter is unused.
+**
+** The caller must set the cnt parameter to the number of prior calls to
+** this routine during the current read attempt that returned WAL_RETRY.
+** This routine will start taking more aggressive measures to clear the
+** race conditions after multiple WAL_RETRY returns, and after an excessive
+** number of errors will ultimately return SQLITE_PROTOCOL.  The
+** SQLITE_PROTOCOL return indicates that some other process has gone rogue
+** and is not honoring the locking protocol.  There is a vanishingly small
+** chance that SQLITE_PROTOCOL could be returned because of a run of really
+** bad luck when there is lots of contention for the wal-index, but that
+** possibility is so small that it can be safely neglected, we believe.
+**
+** On success, this routine obtains a read lock on 
+** WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock).  The pWal->readLock integer is
+** in the range 0 <= pWal->readLock < WAL_NREADER.  If pWal->readLock==(-1)
+** that means the Wal does not hold any read lock.  The reader must not
+** access any database page that is modified by a WAL frame up to and
+** including frame number aReadMark[pWal->readLock].  The reader will
+** use WAL frames up to and including pWal->hdr.mxFrame if pWal->readLock>0
+** Or if pWal->readLock==0, then the reader will ignore the WAL
+** completely and get all content directly from the database file.
+** If the useWal parameter is 1 then the WAL will never be ignored and
+** this routine will always set pWal->readLock>0 on success.
+** When the read transaction is completed, the caller must release the
+** lock on WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock) and set pWal->readLock to -1.
+**
+** This routine uses the nBackfill and aReadMark[] fields of the header
+** to select a particular WAL_READ_LOCK() that strives to let the
+** checkpoint process do as much work as possible.  This routine might
+** update values of the aReadMark[] array in the header, but if it does
+** so it takes care to hold an exclusive lock on the corresponding
+** WAL_READ_LOCK() while changing values.
+*/
+static int walTryBeginRead(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged, int useWal, int cnt){
+  volatile WalCkptInfo *pInfo;    /* Checkpoint information in wal-index */
+  u32 mxReadMark;                 /* Largest aReadMark[] value */
+  int mxI;                        /* Index of largest aReadMark[] value */
+  int i;                          /* Loop counter */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code  */
+
+  assert( pWal->readLock<0 );     /* Not currently locked */
+
+  /* Take steps to avoid spinning forever if there is a protocol error.
+  **
+  ** Circumstances that cause a RETRY should only last for the briefest
+  ** instances of time.  No I/O or other system calls are done while the
+  ** locks are held, so the locks should not be held for very long. But 
+  ** if we are unlucky, another process that is holding a lock might get
+  ** paged out or take a page-fault that is time-consuming to resolve, 
+  ** during the few nanoseconds that it is holding the lock.  In that case,
+  ** it might take longer than normal for the lock to free.
+  **
+  ** After 5 RETRYs, we begin calling sqlite3OsSleep().  The first few
+  ** calls to sqlite3OsSleep() have a delay of 1 microsecond.  Really this
+  ** is more of a scheduler yield than an actual delay.  But on the 10th
+  ** an subsequent retries, the delays start becoming longer and longer, 
+  ** so that on the 100th (and last) RETRY we delay for 21 milliseconds.
+  ** The total delay time before giving up is less than 1 second.
+  */
+  if( cnt>5 ){
+    int nDelay = 1;                      /* Pause time in microseconds */
+    if( cnt>100 ){
+      VVA_ONLY( pWal->lockError = 1; )
+      return SQLITE_PROTOCOL;
+    }
+    if( cnt>=10 ) nDelay = (cnt-9)*238;  /* Max delay 21ms. Total delay 996ms */
+    sqlite3OsSleep(pWal->pVfs, nDelay);
+  }
+
+  if( !useWal ){
+    rc = walIndexReadHdr(pWal, pChanged);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+      /* If there is not a recovery running in another thread or process
+      ** then convert BUSY errors to WAL_RETRY.  If recovery is known to
+      ** be running, convert BUSY to BUSY_RECOVERY.  There is a race here
+      ** which might cause WAL_RETRY to be returned even if BUSY_RECOVERY
+      ** would be technically correct.  But the race is benign since with
+      ** WAL_RETRY this routine will be called again and will probably be
+      ** right on the second iteration.
+      */
+      if( pWal->apWiData[0]==0 ){
+        /* This branch is taken when the xShmMap() method returns SQLITE_BUSY.
+        ** We assume this is a transient condition, so return WAL_RETRY. The
+        ** xShmMap() implementation used by the default unix and win32 VFS 
+        ** modules may return SQLITE_BUSY due to a race condition in the 
+        ** code that determines whether or not the shared-memory region 
+        ** must be zeroed before the requested page is returned.
+        */
+        rc = WAL_RETRY;
+      }else if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = walLockShared(pWal, WAL_RECOVER_LOCK)) ){
+        walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_RECOVER_LOCK);
+        rc = WAL_RETRY;
+      }else if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+        rc = SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY;
+      }
+    }
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      return rc;
+    }
+  }
+
+  pInfo = walCkptInfo(pWal);
+  if( !useWal && pInfo->nBackfill==pWal->hdr.mxFrame ){
+    /* The WAL has been completely backfilled (or it is empty).
+    ** and can be safely ignored.
+    */
+    rc = walLockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(0));
+    walShmBarrier(pWal);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      if( memcmp((void *)walIndexHdr(pWal), &pWal->hdr, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)) ){
+        /* It is not safe to allow the reader to continue here if frames
+        ** may have been appended to the log before READ_LOCK(0) was obtained.
+        ** When holding READ_LOCK(0), the reader ignores the entire log file,
+        ** which implies that the database file contains a trustworthy
+        ** snapshoT. Since holding READ_LOCK(0) prevents a checkpoint from
+        ** happening, this is usually correct.
+        **
+        ** However, if frames have been appended to the log (or if the log 
+        ** is wrapped and written for that matter) before the READ_LOCK(0)
+        ** is obtained, that is not necessarily true. A checkpointer may
+        ** have started to backfill the appended frames but crashed before
+        ** it finished. Leaving a corrupt image in the database file.
+        */
+        walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(0));
+        return WAL_RETRY;
+      }
+      pWal->readLock = 0;
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }else if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){
+      return rc;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If we get this far, it means that the reader will want to use
+  ** the WAL to get at content from recent commits.  The job now is
+  ** to select one of the aReadMark[] entries that is closest to
+  ** but not exceeding pWal->hdr.mxFrame and lock that entry.
+  */
+  mxReadMark = 0;
+  mxI = 0;
+  for(i=1; i<WAL_NREADER; i++){
+    u32 thisMark = pInfo->aReadMark[i];
+    if( mxReadMark<=thisMark && thisMark<=pWal->hdr.mxFrame ){
+      assert( thisMark!=READMARK_NOT_USED );
+      mxReadMark = thisMark;
+      mxI = i;
+    }
+  }
+  /* There was once an "if" here. The extra "{" is to preserve indentation. */
+  {
+    if( (pWal->readOnly & WAL_SHM_RDONLY)==0
+     && (mxReadMark<pWal->hdr.mxFrame || mxI==0)
+    ){
+      for(i=1; i<WAL_NREADER; i++){
+        rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(i), 1);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          mxReadMark = pInfo->aReadMark[i] = pWal->hdr.mxFrame;
+          mxI = i;
+          walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(i), 1);
+          break;
+        }else if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){
+          return rc;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    if( mxI==0 ){
+      assert( rc==SQLITE_BUSY || (pWal->readOnly & WAL_SHM_RDONLY)!=0 );
+      return rc==SQLITE_BUSY ? WAL_RETRY : SQLITE_READONLY_CANTLOCK;
+    }
+
+    rc = walLockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(mxI));
+    if( rc ){
+      return rc==SQLITE_BUSY ? WAL_RETRY : rc;
+    }
+    /* Now that the read-lock has been obtained, check that neither the
+    ** value in the aReadMark[] array or the contents of the wal-index
+    ** header have changed.
+    **
+    ** It is necessary to check that the wal-index header did not change
+    ** between the time it was read and when the shared-lock was obtained
+    ** on WAL_READ_LOCK(mxI) was obtained to account for the possibility
+    ** that the log file may have been wrapped by a writer, or that frames
+    ** that occur later in the log than pWal->hdr.mxFrame may have been
+    ** copied into the database by a checkpointer. If either of these things
+    ** happened, then reading the database with the current value of
+    ** pWal->hdr.mxFrame risks reading a corrupted snapshot. So, retry
+    ** instead.
+    **
+    ** This does not guarantee that the copy of the wal-index header is up to
+    ** date before proceeding. That would not be possible without somehow
+    ** blocking writers. It only guarantees that a dangerous checkpoint or 
+    ** log-wrap (either of which would require an exclusive lock on
+    ** WAL_READ_LOCK(mxI)) has not occurred since the snapshot was valid.
+    */
+    walShmBarrier(pWal);
+    if( pInfo->aReadMark[mxI]!=mxReadMark
+     || memcmp((void *)walIndexHdr(pWal), &pWal->hdr, sizeof(WalIndexHdr))
+    ){
+      walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(mxI));
+      return WAL_RETRY;
+    }else{
+      assert( mxReadMark<=pWal->hdr.mxFrame );
+      pWal->readLock = (i16)mxI;
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Begin a read transaction on the database.
+**
+** This routine used to be called sqlite3OpenSnapshot() and with good reason:
+** it takes a snapshot of the state of the WAL and wal-index for the current
+** instant in time.  The current thread will continue to use this snapshot.
+** Other threads might append new content to the WAL and wal-index but
+** that extra content is ignored by the current thread.
+**
+** If the database contents have changes since the previous read
+** transaction, then *pChanged is set to 1 before returning.  The
+** Pager layer will use this to know that is cache is stale and
+** needs to be flushed.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged){
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+  int cnt = 0;                    /* Number of TryBeginRead attempts */
+
+  do{
+    rc = walTryBeginRead(pWal, pChanged, 0, ++cnt);
+  }while( rc==WAL_RETRY );
+  testcase( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_BUSY );
+  testcase( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR );
+  testcase( rc==SQLITE_PROTOCOL );
+  testcase( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Finish with a read transaction.  All this does is release the
+** read-lock.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(Wal *pWal){
+  sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pWal);
+  if( pWal->readLock>=0 ){
+    walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock));
+    pWal->readLock = -1;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Read a page from the WAL, if it is present in the WAL and if the 
+** current read transaction is configured to use the WAL.  
+**
+** The *pInWal is set to 1 if the requested page is in the WAL and
+** has been loaded.  Or *pInWal is set to 0 if the page was not in 
+** the WAL and needs to be read out of the database.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalRead(
+  Wal *pWal,                      /* WAL handle */
+  Pgno pgno,                      /* Database page number to read data for */
+  int *pInWal,                    /* OUT: True if data is read from WAL */
+  int nOut,                       /* Size of buffer pOut in bytes */
+  u8 *pOut                        /* Buffer to write page data to */
+){
+  u32 iRead = 0;                  /* If !=0, WAL frame to return data from */
+  u32 iLast = pWal->hdr.mxFrame;  /* Last page in WAL for this reader */
+  int iHash;                      /* Used to loop through N hash tables */
+
+  /* This routine is only be called from within a read transaction. */
+  assert( pWal->readLock>=0 || pWal->lockError );
+
+  /* If the "last page" field of the wal-index header snapshot is 0, then
+  ** no data will be read from the wal under any circumstances. Return early
+  ** in this case as an optimization.  Likewise, if pWal->readLock==0, 
+  ** then the WAL is ignored by the reader so return early, as if the 
+  ** WAL were empty.
+  */
+  if( iLast==0 || pWal->readLock==0 ){
+    *pInWal = 0;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  /* Search the hash table or tables for an entry matching page number
+  ** pgno. Each iteration of the following for() loop searches one
+  ** hash table (each hash table indexes up to HASHTABLE_NPAGE frames).
+  **
+  ** This code might run concurrently to the code in walIndexAppend()
+  ** that adds entries to the wal-index (and possibly to this hash 
+  ** table). This means the value just read from the hash 
+  ** slot (aHash[iKey]) may have been added before or after the 
+  ** current read transaction was opened. Values added after the
+  ** read transaction was opened may have been written incorrectly -
+  ** i.e. these slots may contain garbage data. However, we assume
+  ** that any slots written before the current read transaction was
+  ** opened remain unmodified.
+  **
+  ** For the reasons above, the if(...) condition featured in the inner
+  ** loop of the following block is more stringent that would be required 
+  ** if we had exclusive access to the hash-table:
+  **
+  **   (aPgno[iFrame]==pgno): 
+  **     This condition filters out normal hash-table collisions.
+  **
+  **   (iFrame<=iLast): 
+  **     This condition filters out entries that were added to the hash
+  **     table after the current read-transaction had started.
+  */
+  for(iHash=walFramePage(iLast); iHash>=0 && iRead==0; iHash--){
+    volatile ht_slot *aHash;      /* Pointer to hash table */
+    volatile u32 *aPgno;          /* Pointer to array of page numbers */
+    u32 iZero;                    /* Frame number corresponding to aPgno[0] */
+    int iKey;                     /* Hash slot index */
+    int nCollide;                 /* Number of hash collisions remaining */
+    int rc;                       /* Error code */
+
+    rc = walHashGet(pWal, iHash, &aHash, &aPgno, &iZero);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      return rc;
+    }
+    nCollide = HASHTABLE_NSLOT;
+    for(iKey=walHash(pgno); aHash[iKey]; iKey=walNextHash(iKey)){
+      u32 iFrame = aHash[iKey] + iZero;
+      if( iFrame<=iLast && aPgno[aHash[iKey]]==pgno ){
+        /* assert( iFrame>iRead ); -- not true if there is corruption */
+        iRead = iFrame;
+      }
+      if( (nCollide--)==0 ){
+        return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT
+  /* If expensive assert() statements are available, do a linear search
+  ** of the wal-index file content. Make sure the results agree with the
+  ** result obtained using the hash indexes above.  */
+  {
+    u32 iRead2 = 0;
+    u32 iTest;
+    for(iTest=iLast; iTest>0; iTest--){
+      if( walFramePgno(pWal, iTest)==pgno ){
+        iRead2 = iTest;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    assert( iRead==iRead2 );
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* If iRead is non-zero, then it is the log frame number that contains the
+  ** required page. Read and return data from the log file.
+  */
+  if( iRead ){
+    int sz;
+    i64 iOffset;
+    sz = pWal->hdr.szPage;
+    sz = (sz&0xfe00) + ((sz&0x0001)<<16);
+    testcase( sz<=32768 );
+    testcase( sz>=65536 );
+    iOffset = walFrameOffset(iRead, sz) + WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE;
+    *pInWal = 1;
+    /* testcase( IS_BIG_INT(iOffset) ); // requires a 4GiB WAL */
+    return sqlite3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, pOut, (nOut>sz ? sz : nOut), iOffset);
+  }
+
+  *pInWal = 0;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+/* 
+** Return the size of the database in pages (or zero, if unknown).
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3WalDbsize(Wal *pWal){
+  if( pWal && ALWAYS(pWal->readLock>=0) ){
+    return pWal->hdr.nPage;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+/* 
+** This function starts a write transaction on the WAL.
+**
+** A read transaction must have already been started by a prior call
+** to sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction().
+**
+** If another thread or process has written into the database since
+** the read transaction was started, then it is not possible for this
+** thread to write as doing so would cause a fork.  So this routine
+** returns SQLITE_BUSY in that case and no write transaction is started.
+**
+** There can only be a single writer active at a time.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(Wal *pWal){
+  int rc;
+
+  /* Cannot start a write transaction without first holding a read
+  ** transaction. */
+  assert( pWal->readLock>=0 );
+
+  if( pWal->readOnly ){
+    return SQLITE_READONLY;
+  }
+
+  /* Only one writer allowed at a time.  Get the write lock.  Return
+  ** SQLITE_BUSY if unable.
+  */
+  rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1);
+  if( rc ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+  pWal->writeLock = 1;
+
+  /* If another connection has written to the database file since the
+  ** time the read transaction on this connection was started, then
+  ** the write is disallowed.
+  */
+  if( memcmp(&pWal->hdr, (void *)walIndexHdr(pWal), sizeof(WalIndexHdr))!=0 ){
+    walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1);
+    pWal->writeLock = 0;
+    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** End a write transaction.  The commit has already been done.  This
+** routine merely releases the lock.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(Wal *pWal){
+  if( pWal->writeLock ){
+    walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1);
+    pWal->writeLock = 0;
+    pWal->truncateOnCommit = 0;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** If any data has been written (but not committed) to the log file, this
+** function moves the write-pointer back to the start of the transaction.
+**
+** Additionally, the callback function is invoked for each frame written
+** to the WAL since the start of the transaction. If the callback returns
+** other than SQLITE_OK, it is not invoked again and the error code is
+** returned to the caller.
+**
+** Otherwise, if the callback function does not return an error, this
+** function returns SQLITE_OK.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalUndo(Wal *pWal, int (*xUndo)(void *, Pgno), void *pUndoCtx){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( ALWAYS(pWal->writeLock) ){
+    Pgno iMax = pWal->hdr.mxFrame;
+    Pgno iFrame;
+  
+    /* Restore the clients cache of the wal-index header to the state it
+    ** was in before the client began writing to the database. 
+    */
+    memcpy(&pWal->hdr, (void *)walIndexHdr(pWal), sizeof(WalIndexHdr));
+
+    for(iFrame=pWal->hdr.mxFrame+1; 
+        ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) && iFrame<=iMax; 
+        iFrame++
+    ){
+      /* This call cannot fail. Unless the page for which the page number
+      ** is passed as the second argument is (a) in the cache and 
+      ** (b) has an outstanding reference, then xUndo is either a no-op
+      ** (if (a) is false) or simply expels the page from the cache (if (b)
+      ** is false).
+      **
+      ** If the upper layer is doing a rollback, it is guaranteed that there
+      ** are no outstanding references to any page other than page 1. And
+      ** page 1 is never written to the log until the transaction is
+      ** committed. As a result, the call to xUndo may not fail.
+      */
+      assert( walFramePgno(pWal, iFrame)!=1 );
+      rc = xUndo(pUndoCtx, walFramePgno(pWal, iFrame));
+    }
+    walCleanupHash(pWal);
+  }
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* 
+** Argument aWalData must point to an array of WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA u32 
+** values. This function populates the array with values required to 
+** "rollback" the write position of the WAL handle back to the current 
+** point in the event of a savepoint rollback (via WalSavepointUndo()).
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalSavepoint(Wal *pWal, u32 *aWalData){
+  assert( pWal->writeLock );
+  aWalData[0] = pWal->hdr.mxFrame;
+  aWalData[1] = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0];
+  aWalData[2] = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1];
+  aWalData[3] = pWal->nCkpt;
+}
+
+/* 
+** Move the write position of the WAL back to the point identified by
+** the values in the aWalData[] array. aWalData must point to an array
+** of WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA u32 values that has been previously populated
+** by a call to WalSavepoint().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(Wal *pWal, u32 *aWalData){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  assert( pWal->writeLock );
+  assert( aWalData[3]!=pWal->nCkpt || aWalData[0]<=pWal->hdr.mxFrame );
+
+  if( aWalData[3]!=pWal->nCkpt ){
+    /* This savepoint was opened immediately after the write-transaction
+    ** was started. Right after that, the writer decided to wrap around
+    ** to the start of the log. Update the savepoint values to match.
+    */
+    aWalData[0] = 0;
+    aWalData[3] = pWal->nCkpt;
+  }
+
+  if( aWalData[0]<pWal->hdr.mxFrame ){
+    pWal->hdr.mxFrame = aWalData[0];
+    pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0] = aWalData[1];
+    pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1] = aWalData[2];
+    walCleanupHash(pWal);
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This function is called just before writing a set of frames to the log
+** file (see sqlite3WalFrames()). It checks to see if, instead of appending
+** to the current log file, it is possible to overwrite the start of the
+** existing log file with the new frames (i.e. "reset" the log). If so,
+** it sets pWal->hdr.mxFrame to 0. Otherwise, pWal->hdr.mxFrame is left
+** unchanged.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error is encountered (regardless of whether
+** or not pWal->hdr.mxFrame is modified). An SQLite error code is returned
+** if an error occurs.
+*/
+static int walRestartLog(Wal *pWal){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int cnt;
+
+  if( pWal->readLock==0 ){
+    volatile WalCkptInfo *pInfo = walCkptInfo(pWal);
+    assert( pInfo->nBackfill==pWal->hdr.mxFrame );
+    if( pInfo->nBackfill>0 ){
+      u32 salt1;
+      sqlite3_randomness(4, &salt1);
+      rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(1), WAL_NREADER-1);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        /* If all readers are using WAL_READ_LOCK(0) (in other words if no
+        ** readers are currently using the WAL), then the transactions
+        ** frames will overwrite the start of the existing log. Update the
+        ** wal-index header to reflect this.
+        **
+        ** In theory it would be Ok to update the cache of the header only
+        ** at this point. But updating the actual wal-index header is also
+        ** safe and means there is no special case for sqlite3WalUndo()
+        ** to handle if this transaction is rolled back.
+        */
+        int i;                    /* Loop counter */
+        u32 *aSalt = pWal->hdr.aSalt;       /* Big-endian salt values */
+
+        pWal->nCkpt++;
+        pWal->hdr.mxFrame = 0;
+        sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)&aSalt[0], 1 + sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)&aSalt[0]));
+        aSalt[1] = salt1;
+        walIndexWriteHdr(pWal);
+        pInfo->nBackfill = 0;
+        pInfo->aReadMark[1] = 0;
+        for(i=2; i<WAL_NREADER; i++) pInfo->aReadMark[i] = READMARK_NOT_USED;
+        assert( pInfo->aReadMark[0]==0 );
+        walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(1), WAL_NREADER-1);
+      }else if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){
+        return rc;
+      }
+    }
+    walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(0));
+    pWal->readLock = -1;
+    cnt = 0;
+    do{
+      int notUsed;
+      rc = walTryBeginRead(pWal, &notUsed, 1, ++cnt);
+    }while( rc==WAL_RETRY );
+    assert( (rc&0xff)!=SQLITE_BUSY ); /* BUSY not possible when useWal==1 */
+    testcase( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR );
+    testcase( rc==SQLITE_PROTOCOL );
+    testcase( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Information about the current state of the WAL file and where
+** the next fsync should occur - passed from sqlite3WalFrames() into
+** walWriteToLog().
+*/
+typedef struct WalWriter {
+  Wal *pWal;                   /* The complete WAL information */
+  sqlite3_file *pFd;           /* The WAL file to which we write */
+  sqlite3_int64 iSyncPoint;    /* Fsync at this offset */
+  int syncFlags;               /* Flags for the fsync */
+  int szPage;                  /* Size of one page */
+} WalWriter;
+
+/*
+** Write iAmt bytes of content into the WAL file beginning at iOffset.
+** Do a sync when crossing the p->iSyncPoint boundary.
+**
+** In other words, if iSyncPoint is in between iOffset and iOffset+iAmt,
+** first write the part before iSyncPoint, then sync, then write the
+** rest.
+*/
+static int walWriteToLog(
+  WalWriter *p,              /* WAL to write to */
+  void *pContent,            /* Content to be written */
+  int iAmt,                  /* Number of bytes to write */
+  sqlite3_int64 iOffset      /* Start writing at this offset */
+){
+  int rc;
+  if( iOffset<p->iSyncPoint && iOffset+iAmt>=p->iSyncPoint ){
+    int iFirstAmt = (int)(p->iSyncPoint - iOffset);
+    rc = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pFd, pContent, iFirstAmt, iOffset);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+    iOffset += iFirstAmt;
+    iAmt -= iFirstAmt;
+    pContent = (void*)(iFirstAmt + (char*)pContent);
+    assert( p->syncFlags & (SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL|SQLITE_SYNC_FULL) );
+    rc = sqlite3OsSync(p->pFd, p->syncFlags);
+    if( iAmt==0 || rc ) return rc;
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pFd, pContent, iAmt, iOffset);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Write out a single frame of the WAL
+*/
+static int walWriteOneFrame(
+  WalWriter *p,               /* Where to write the frame */
+  PgHdr *pPage,               /* The page of the frame to be written */
+  int nTruncate,              /* The commit flag.  Usually 0.  >0 for commit */
+  sqlite3_int64 iOffset       /* Byte offset at which to write */
+){
+  int rc;                         /* Result code from subfunctions */
+  void *pData;                    /* Data actually written */
+  u8 aFrame[WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE];   /* Buffer to assemble frame-header in */
+#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC)
+  if( (pData = sqlite3PagerCodec(pPage))==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+#else
+  pData = pPage->pData;
+#endif
+  walEncodeFrame(p->pWal, pPage->pgno, nTruncate, pData, aFrame);
+  rc = walWriteToLog(p, aFrame, sizeof(aFrame), iOffset);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  /* Write the page data */
+  rc = walWriteToLog(p, pData, p->szPage, iOffset+sizeof(aFrame));
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* 
+** Write a set of frames to the log. The caller must hold the write-lock
+** on the log file (obtained using sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction()).
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFrames(
+  Wal *pWal,                      /* Wal handle to write to */
+  int szPage,                     /* Database page-size in bytes */
+  PgHdr *pList,                   /* List of dirty pages to write */
+  Pgno nTruncate,                 /* Database size after this commit */
+  int isCommit,                   /* True if this is a commit */
+  int sync_flags                  /* Flags to pass to OsSync() (or 0) */
+){
+  int rc;                         /* Used to catch return codes */
+  u32 iFrame;                     /* Next frame address */
+  PgHdr *p;                       /* Iterator to run through pList with. */
+  PgHdr *pLast = 0;               /* Last frame in list */
+  int nExtra = 0;                 /* Number of extra copies of last page */
+  int szFrame;                    /* The size of a single frame */
+  i64 iOffset;                    /* Next byte to write in WAL file */
+  WalWriter w;                    /* The writer */
+
+  assert( pList );
+  assert( pWal->writeLock );
+
+  /* If this frame set completes a transaction, then nTruncate>0.  If
+  ** nTruncate==0 then this frame set does not complete the transaction. */
+  assert( (isCommit!=0)==(nTruncate!=0) );
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+  { int cnt; for(cnt=0, p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty, cnt++){}
+    WALTRACE(("WAL%p: frame write begin. %d frames. mxFrame=%d. %s\n",
+              pWal, cnt, pWal->hdr.mxFrame, isCommit ? "Commit" : "Spill"));
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* See if it is possible to write these frames into the start of the
+  ** log file, instead of appending to it at pWal->hdr.mxFrame.
+  */
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = walRestartLog(pWal)) ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  /* If this is the first frame written into the log, write the WAL
+  ** header to the start of the WAL file. See comments at the top of
+  ** this source file for a description of the WAL header format.
+  */
+  iFrame = pWal->hdr.mxFrame;
+  if( iFrame==0 ){
+    u8 aWalHdr[WAL_HDRSIZE];      /* Buffer to assemble wal-header in */
+    u32 aCksum[2];                /* Checksum for wal-header */
+
+    sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[0], (WAL_MAGIC | SQLITE_BIGENDIAN));
+    sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[4], WAL_MAX_VERSION);
+    sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[8], szPage);
+    sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[12], pWal->nCkpt);
+    if( pWal->nCkpt==0 ) sqlite3_randomness(8, pWal->hdr.aSalt);
+    memcpy(&aWalHdr[16], pWal->hdr.aSalt, 8);
+    walChecksumBytes(1, aWalHdr, WAL_HDRSIZE-2*4, 0, aCksum);
+    sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[24], aCksum[0]);
+    sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[28], aCksum[1]);
+    
+    pWal->szPage = szPage;
+    pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum = SQLITE_BIGENDIAN;
+    pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0] = aCksum[0];
+    pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1] = aCksum[1];
+    pWal->truncateOnCommit = 1;
+
+    rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pWal->pWalFd, aWalHdr, sizeof(aWalHdr), 0);
+    WALTRACE(("WAL%p: wal-header write %s\n", pWal, rc ? "failed" : "ok"));
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      return rc;
+    }
+
+    /* Sync the header (unless SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL is true or unless
+    ** all syncing is turned off by PRAGMA synchronous=OFF).  Otherwise
+    ** an out-of-order write following a WAL restart could result in
+    ** database corruption.  See the ticket:
+    **
+    **     http://localhost:591/sqlite/info/ff5be73dee
+    */
+    if( pWal->syncHeader && sync_flags ){
+      rc = sqlite3OsSync(pWal->pWalFd, sync_flags & SQLITE_SYNC_MASK);
+      if( rc ) return rc;
+    }
+  }
+  assert( (int)pWal->szPage==szPage );
+
+  /* Setup information needed to write frames into the WAL */
+  w.pWal = pWal;
+  w.pFd = pWal->pWalFd;
+  w.iSyncPoint = 0;
+  w.syncFlags = sync_flags;
+  w.szPage = szPage;
+  iOffset = walFrameOffset(iFrame+1, szPage);
+  szFrame = szPage + WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE;
+
+  /* Write all frames into the log file exactly once */
+  for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
+    int nDbSize;   /* 0 normally.  Positive == commit flag */
+    iFrame++;
+    assert( iOffset==walFrameOffset(iFrame, szPage) );
+    nDbSize = (isCommit && p->pDirty==0) ? nTruncate : 0;
+    rc = walWriteOneFrame(&w, p, nDbSize, iOffset);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+    pLast = p;
+    iOffset += szFrame;
+  }
+
+  /* If this is the end of a transaction, then we might need to pad
+  ** the transaction and/or sync the WAL file.
+  **
+  ** Padding and syncing only occur if this set of frames complete a
+  ** transaction and if PRAGMA synchronous=FULL.  If synchronous==NORMAL
+  ** or synchonous==OFF, then no padding or syncing are needed.
+  **
+  ** If SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE is defined, then padding is not
+  ** needed and only the sync is done.  If padding is needed, then the
+  ** final frame is repeated (with its commit mark) until the next sector
+  ** boundary is crossed.  Only the part of the WAL prior to the last
+  ** sector boundary is synced; the part of the last frame that extends
+  ** past the sector boundary is written after the sync.
+  */
+  if( isCommit && (sync_flags & WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS)!=0 ){
+    if( pWal->padToSectorBoundary ){
+      int sectorSize = sqlite3OsSectorSize(pWal->pWalFd);
+      w.iSyncPoint = ((iOffset+sectorSize-1)/sectorSize)*sectorSize;
+      while( iOffset<w.iSyncPoint ){
+        rc = walWriteOneFrame(&w, pLast, nTruncate, iOffset);
+        if( rc ) return rc;
+        iOffset += szFrame;
+        nExtra++;
+      }
+    }else{
+      rc = sqlite3OsSync(w.pFd, sync_flags & SQLITE_SYNC_MASK);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If this frame set completes the first transaction in the WAL and
+  ** if PRAGMA journal_size_limit is set, then truncate the WAL to the
+  ** journal size limit, if possible.
+  */
+  if( isCommit && pWal->truncateOnCommit && pWal->mxWalSize>=0 ){
+    i64 sz = pWal->mxWalSize;
+    if( walFrameOffset(iFrame+nExtra+1, szPage)>pWal->mxWalSize ){
+      sz = walFrameOffset(iFrame+nExtra+1, szPage);
+    }
+    walLimitSize(pWal, sz);
+    pWal->truncateOnCommit = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* Append data to the wal-index. It is not necessary to lock the 
+  ** wal-index to do this as the SQLITE_SHM_WRITE lock held on the wal-index
+  ** guarantees that there are no other writers, and no data that may
+  ** be in use by existing readers is being overwritten.
+  */
+  iFrame = pWal->hdr.mxFrame;
+  for(p=pList; p && rc==SQLITE_OK; p=p->pDirty){
+    iFrame++;
+    rc = walIndexAppend(pWal, iFrame, p->pgno);
+  }
+  while( rc==SQLITE_OK && nExtra>0 ){
+    iFrame++;
+    nExtra--;
+    rc = walIndexAppend(pWal, iFrame, pLast->pgno);
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    /* Update the private copy of the header. */
+    pWal->hdr.szPage = (u16)((szPage&0xff00) | (szPage>>16));
+    testcase( szPage<=32768 );
+    testcase( szPage>=65536 );
+    pWal->hdr.mxFrame = iFrame;
+    if( isCommit ){
+      pWal->hdr.iChange++;
+      pWal->hdr.nPage = nTruncate;
+    }
+    /* If this is a commit, update the wal-index header too. */
+    if( isCommit ){
+      walIndexWriteHdr(pWal);
+      pWal->iCallback = iFrame;
+    }
+  }
+
+  WALTRACE(("WAL%p: frame write %s\n", pWal, rc ? "failed" : "ok"));
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* 
+** This routine is called to implement sqlite3_wal_checkpoint() and
+** related interfaces.
+**
+** Obtain a CHECKPOINT lock and then backfill as much information as
+** we can from WAL into the database.
+**
+** If parameter xBusy is not NULL, it is a pointer to a busy-handler
+** callback. In this case this function runs a blocking checkpoint.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalCheckpoint(
+  Wal *pWal,                      /* Wal connection */
+  int eMode,                      /* PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART */
+  int (*xBusy)(void*),            /* Function to call when busy */
+  void *pBusyArg,                 /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */
+  int sync_flags,                 /* Flags to sync db file with (or 0) */
+  int nBuf,                       /* Size of temporary buffer */
+  u8 *zBuf,                       /* Temporary buffer to use */
+  int *pnLog,                     /* OUT: Number of frames in WAL */
+  int *pnCkpt                     /* OUT: Number of backfilled frames in WAL */
+){
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+  int isChanged = 0;              /* True if a new wal-index header is loaded */
+  int eMode2 = eMode;             /* Mode to pass to walCheckpoint() */
+
+  assert( pWal->ckptLock==0 );
+  assert( pWal->writeLock==0 );
+
+  if( pWal->readOnly ) return SQLITE_READONLY;
+  WALTRACE(("WAL%p: checkpoint begins\n", pWal));
+  rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_CKPT_LOCK, 1);
+  if( rc ){
+    /* Usually this is SQLITE_BUSY meaning that another thread or process
+    ** is already running a checkpoint, or maybe a recovery.  But it might
+    ** also be SQLITE_IOERR. */
+    return rc;
+  }
+  pWal->ckptLock = 1;
+
+  /* If this is a blocking-checkpoint, then obtain the write-lock as well
+  ** to prevent any writers from running while the checkpoint is underway.
+  ** This has to be done before the call to walIndexReadHdr() below.
+  **
+  ** If the writer lock cannot be obtained, then a passive checkpoint is
+  ** run instead. Since the checkpointer is not holding the writer lock,
+  ** there is no point in blocking waiting for any readers. Assuming no 
+  ** other error occurs, this function will return SQLITE_BUSY to the caller.
+  */
+  if( eMode!=SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ){
+    rc = walBusyLock(pWal, xBusy, pBusyArg, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      pWal->writeLock = 1;
+    }else if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+      eMode2 = SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE;
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Read the wal-index header. */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = walIndexReadHdr(pWal, &isChanged);
+  }
+
+  /* Copy data from the log to the database file. */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( pWal->hdr.mxFrame && walPagesize(pWal)!=nBuf ){
+      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+    }else{
+      rc = walCheckpoint(pWal, eMode2, xBusy, pBusyArg, sync_flags, zBuf);
+    }
+
+    /* If no error occurred, set the output variables. */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+      if( pnLog ) *pnLog = (int)pWal->hdr.mxFrame;
+      if( pnCkpt ) *pnCkpt = (int)(walCkptInfo(pWal)->nBackfill);
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( isChanged ){
+    /* If a new wal-index header was loaded before the checkpoint was 
+    ** performed, then the pager-cache associated with pWal is now
+    ** out of date. So zero the cached wal-index header to ensure that
+    ** next time the pager opens a snapshot on this database it knows that
+    ** the cache needs to be reset.
+    */
+    memset(&pWal->hdr, 0, sizeof(WalIndexHdr));
+  }
+
+  /* Release the locks. */
+  sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pWal);
+  walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_CKPT_LOCK, 1);
+  pWal->ckptLock = 0;
+  WALTRACE(("WAL%p: checkpoint %s\n", pWal, rc ? "failed" : "ok"));
+  return (rc==SQLITE_OK && eMode!=eMode2 ? SQLITE_BUSY : rc);
+}
+
+/* Return the value to pass to a sqlite3_wal_hook callback, the
+** number of frames in the WAL at the point of the last commit since
+** sqlite3WalCallback() was called.  If no commits have occurred since
+** the last call, then return 0.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalCallback(Wal *pWal){
+  u32 ret = 0;
+  if( pWal ){
+    ret = pWal->iCallback;
+    pWal->iCallback = 0;
+  }
+  return (int)ret;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called to change the WAL subsystem into or out
+** of locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE.
+**
+** If op is zero, then attempt to change from locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE
+** into locking_mode=NORMAL.  This means that we must acquire a lock
+** on the pWal->readLock byte.  If the WAL is already in locking_mode=NORMAL
+** or if the acquisition of the lock fails, then return 0.  If the
+** transition out of exclusive-mode is successful, return 1.  This
+** operation must occur while the pager is still holding the exclusive
+** lock on the main database file.
+**
+** If op is one, then change from locking_mode=NORMAL into 
+** locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE.  This means that the pWal->readLock must
+** be released.  Return 1 if the transition is made and 0 if the
+** WAL is already in exclusive-locking mode - meaning that this
+** routine is a no-op.  The pager must already hold the exclusive lock
+** on the main database file before invoking this operation.
+**
+** If op is negative, then do a dry-run of the op==1 case but do
+** not actually change anything. The pager uses this to see if it
+** should acquire the database exclusive lock prior to invoking
+** the op==1 case.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(Wal *pWal, int op){
+  int rc;
+  assert( pWal->writeLock==0 );
+  assert( pWal->exclusiveMode!=WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE || op==-1 );
+
+  /* pWal->readLock is usually set, but might be -1 if there was a 
+  ** prior error while attempting to acquire are read-lock. This cannot 
+  ** happen if the connection is actually in exclusive mode (as no xShmLock
+  ** locks are taken in this case). Nor should the pager attempt to
+  ** upgrade to exclusive-mode following such an error.
+  */
+  assert( pWal->readLock>=0 || pWal->lockError );
+  assert( pWal->readLock>=0 || (op<=0 && pWal->exclusiveMode==0) );
+
+  if( op==0 ){
+    if( pWal->exclusiveMode ){
+      pWal->exclusiveMode = 0;
+      if( walLockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock))!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        pWal->exclusiveMode = 1;
+      }
+      rc = pWal->exclusiveMode==0;
+    }else{
+      /* Already in locking_mode=NORMAL */
+      rc = 0;
+    }
+  }else if( op>0 ){
+    assert( pWal->exclusiveMode==0 );
+    assert( pWal->readLock>=0 );
+    walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock));
+    pWal->exclusiveMode = 1;
+    rc = 1;
+  }else{
+    rc = pWal->exclusiveMode==0;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* 
+** Return true if the argument is non-NULL and the WAL module is using
+** heap-memory for the wal-index. Otherwise, if the argument is NULL or the
+** WAL module is using shared-memory, return false. 
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalHeapMemory(Wal *pWal){
+  return (pWal && pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE );
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
+/*
+** If the argument is not NULL, it points to a Wal object that holds a
+** read-lock. This function returns the database page-size if it is known,
+** or zero if it is not (or if pWal is NULL).
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFramesize(Wal *pWal){
+  assert( pWal==0 || pWal->readLock>=0 );
+  return (pWal ? pWal->szPage : 0);
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
+
+/************** End of wal.c *************************************************/
+/************** Begin file btmutex.c *****************************************/
+/*
+** 2007 August 27
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains code used to implement mutexes on Btree objects.
+** This code really belongs in btree.c.  But btree.c is getting too
+** big and we want to break it down some.  This packaged seemed like
+** a good breakout.
+*/
+/************** Include btreeInt.h in the middle of btmutex.c ****************/
+/************** Begin file btreeInt.h ****************************************/
+/*
+** 2004 April 6
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file implements a external (disk-based) database using BTrees.
+** For a detailed discussion of BTrees, refer to
+**
+**     Donald E. Knuth, THE ART OF COMPUTER PROGRAMMING, Volume 3:
+**     "Sorting And Searching", pages 473-480. Addison-Wesley
+**     Publishing Company, Reading, Massachusetts.
+**
+** The basic idea is that each page of the file contains N database
+** entries and N+1 pointers to subpages.
+**
+**   ----------------------------------------------------------------
+**   |  Ptr(0) | Key(0) | Ptr(1) | Key(1) | ... | Key(N-1) | Ptr(N) |
+**   ----------------------------------------------------------------
+**
+** All of the keys on the page that Ptr(0) points to have values less
+** than Key(0).  All of the keys on page Ptr(1) and its subpages have
+** values greater than Key(0) and less than Key(1).  All of the keys
+** on Ptr(N) and its subpages have values greater than Key(N-1).  And
+** so forth.
+**
+** Finding a particular key requires reading O(log(M)) pages from the 
+** disk where M is the number of entries in the tree.
+**
+** In this implementation, a single file can hold one or more separate 
+** BTrees.  Each BTree is identified by the index of its root page.  The
+** key and data for any entry are combined to form the "payload".  A
+** fixed amount of payload can be carried directly on the database
+** page.  If the payload is larger than the preset amount then surplus
+** bytes are stored on overflow pages.  The payload for an entry
+** and the preceding pointer are combined to form a "Cell".  Each 
+** page has a small header which contains the Ptr(N) pointer and other
+** information such as the size of key and data.
+**
+** FORMAT DETAILS
+**
+** The file is divided into pages.  The first page is called page 1,
+** the second is page 2, and so forth.  A page number of zero indicates
+** "no such page".  The page size can be any power of 2 between 512 and 65536.
+** Each page can be either a btree page, a freelist page, an overflow
+** page, or a pointer-map page.
+**
+** The first page is always a btree page.  The first 100 bytes of the first
+** page contain a special header (the "file header") that describes the file.
+** The format of the file header is as follows:
+**
+**   OFFSET   SIZE    DESCRIPTION
+**      0      16     Header string: "SQLite format 3\000"
+**     16       2     Page size in bytes.  
+**     18       1     File format write version
+**     19       1     File format read version
+**     20       1     Bytes of unused space at the end of each page
+**     21       1     Max embedded payload fraction
+**     22       1     Min embedded payload fraction
+**     23       1     Min leaf payload fraction
+**     24       4     File change counter
+**     28       4     Reserved for future use
+**     32       4     First freelist page
+**     36       4     Number of freelist pages in the file
+**     40      60     15 4-byte meta values passed to higher layers
+**
+**     40       4     Schema cookie
+**     44       4     File format of schema layer
+**     48       4     Size of page cache
+**     52       4     Largest root-page (auto/incr_vacuum)
+**     56       4     1=UTF-8 2=UTF16le 3=UTF16be
+**     60       4     User version
+**     64       4     Incremental vacuum mode
+**     68       4     unused
+**     72       4     unused
+**     76       4     unused
+**
+** All of the integer values are big-endian (most significant byte first).
+**
+** The file change counter is incremented when the database is changed
+** This counter allows other processes to know when the file has changed
+** and thus when they need to flush their cache.
+**
+** The max embedded payload fraction is the amount of the total usable
+** space in a page that can be consumed by a single cell for standard
+** B-tree (non-LEAFDATA) tables.  A value of 255 means 100%.  The default
+** is to limit the maximum cell size so that at least 4 cells will fit
+** on one page.  Thus the default max embedded payload fraction is 64.
+**
+** If the payload for a cell is larger than the max payload, then extra
+** payload is spilled to overflow pages.  Once an overflow page is allocated,
+** as many bytes as possible are moved into the overflow pages without letting
+** the cell size drop below the min embedded payload fraction.
+**
+** The min leaf payload fraction is like the min embedded payload fraction
+** except that it applies to leaf nodes in a LEAFDATA tree.  The maximum
+** payload fraction for a LEAFDATA tree is always 100% (or 255) and it
+** not specified in the header.
+**
+** Each btree pages is divided into three sections:  The header, the
+** cell pointer array, and the cell content area.  Page 1 also has a 100-byte
+** file header that occurs before the page header.
+**
+**      |----------------|
+**      | file header    |   100 bytes.  Page 1 only.
+**      |----------------|
+**      | page header    |   8 bytes for leaves.  12 bytes for interior nodes
+**      |----------------|
+**      | cell pointer   |   |  2 bytes per cell.  Sorted order.
+**      | array          |   |  Grows downward
+**      |                |   v
+**      |----------------|
+**      | unallocated    |
+**      | space          |
+**      |----------------|   ^  Grows upwards
+**      | cell content   |   |  Arbitrary order interspersed with freeblocks.
+**      | area           |   |  and free space fragments.
+**      |----------------|
+**
+** The page headers looks like this:
+**
+**   OFFSET   SIZE     DESCRIPTION
+**      0       1      Flags. 1: intkey, 2: zerodata, 4: leafdata, 8: leaf
+**      1       2      byte offset to the first freeblock
+**      3       2      number of cells on this page
+**      5       2      first byte of the cell content area
+**      7       1      number of fragmented free bytes
+**      8       4      Right child (the Ptr(N) value).  Omitted on leaves.
+**
+** The flags define the format of this btree page.  The leaf flag means that
+** this page has no children.  The zerodata flag means that this page carries
+** only keys and no data.  The intkey flag means that the key is a integer
+** which is stored in the key size entry of the cell header rather than in
+** the payload area.
+**
+** The cell pointer array begins on the first byte after the page header.
+** The cell pointer array contains zero or more 2-byte numbers which are
+** offsets from the beginning of the page to the cell content in the cell
+** content area.  The cell pointers occur in sorted order.  The system strives
+** to keep free space after the last cell pointer so that new cells can
+** be easily added without having to defragment the page.
+**
+** Cell content is stored at the very end of the page and grows toward the
+** beginning of the page.
+**
+** Unused space within the cell content area is collected into a linked list of
+** freeblocks.  Each freeblock is at least 4 bytes in size.  The byte offset
+** to the first freeblock is given in the header.  Freeblocks occur in
+** increasing order.  Because a freeblock must be at least 4 bytes in size,
+** any group of 3 or fewer unused bytes in the cell content area cannot
+** exist on the freeblock chain.  A group of 3 or fewer free bytes is called
+** a fragment.  The total number of bytes in all fragments is recorded.
+** in the page header at offset 7.
+**
+**    SIZE    DESCRIPTION
+**      2     Byte offset of the next freeblock
+**      2     Bytes in this freeblock
+**
+** Cells are of variable length.  Cells are stored in the cell content area at
+** the end of the page.  Pointers to the cells are in the cell pointer array
+** that immediately follows the page header.  Cells is not necessarily
+** contiguous or in order, but cell pointers are contiguous and in order.
+**
+** Cell content makes use of variable length integers.  A variable
+** length integer is 1 to 9 bytes where the lower 7 bits of each 
+** byte are used.  The integer consists of all bytes that have bit 8 set and
+** the first byte with bit 8 clear.  The most significant byte of the integer
+** appears first.  A variable-length integer may not be more than 9 bytes long.
+** As a special case, all 8 bytes of the 9th byte are used as data.  This
+** allows a 64-bit integer to be encoded in 9 bytes.
+**
+**    0x00                      becomes  0x00000000
+**    0x7f                      becomes  0x0000007f
+**    0x81 0x00                 becomes  0x00000080
+**    0x82 0x00                 becomes  0x00000100
+**    0x80 0x7f                 becomes  0x0000007f
+**    0x8a 0x91 0xd1 0xac 0x78  becomes  0x12345678
+**    0x81 0x81 0x81 0x81 0x01  becomes  0x10204081
+**
+** Variable length integers are used for rowids and to hold the number of
+** bytes of key and data in a btree cell.
+**
+** The content of a cell looks like this:
+**
+**    SIZE    DESCRIPTION
+**      4     Page number of the left child. Omitted if leaf flag is set.
+**     var    Number of bytes of data. Omitted if the zerodata flag is set.
+**     var    Number of bytes of key. Or the key itself if intkey flag is set.
+**      *     Payload
+**      4     First page of the overflow chain.  Omitted if no overflow
+**
+** Overflow pages form a linked list.  Each page except the last is completely
+** filled with data (pagesize - 4 bytes).  The last page can have as little
+** as 1 byte of data.
+**
+**    SIZE    DESCRIPTION
+**      4     Page number of next overflow page
+**      *     Data
+**
+** Freelist pages come in two subtypes: trunk pages and leaf pages.  The
+** file header points to the first in a linked list of trunk page.  Each trunk
+** page points to multiple leaf pages.  The content of a leaf page is
+** unspecified.  A trunk page looks like this:
+**
+**    SIZE    DESCRIPTION
+**      4     Page number of next trunk page
+**      4     Number of leaf pointers on this page
+**      *     zero or more pages numbers of leaves
+*/
+
+
+/* The following value is the maximum cell size assuming a maximum page
+** size give above.
+*/
+#define MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt)  ((int)(pBt->pageSize-8))
+
+/* The maximum number of cells on a single page of the database.  This
+** assumes a minimum cell size of 6 bytes  (4 bytes for the cell itself
+** plus 2 bytes for the index to the cell in the page header).  Such
+** small cells will be rare, but they are possible.
+*/
+#define MX_CELL(pBt) ((pBt->pageSize-8)/6)
+
+/* Forward declarations */
+typedef struct MemPage MemPage;
+typedef struct BtLock BtLock;
+
+/*
+** This is a magic string that appears at the beginning of every
+** SQLite database in order to identify the file as a real database.
+**
+** You can change this value at compile-time by specifying a
+** -DSQLITE_FILE_HEADER="..." on the compiler command-line.  The
+** header must be exactly 16 bytes including the zero-terminator so
+** the string itself should be 15 characters long.  If you change
+** the header, then your custom library will not be able to read 
+** databases generated by the standard tools and the standard tools
+** will not be able to read databases created by your custom library.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_FILE_HEADER /* 123456789 123456 */
+#  define SQLITE_FILE_HEADER "SQLite format 3"
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Page type flags.  An ORed combination of these flags appear as the
+** first byte of on-disk image of every BTree page.
+*/
+#define PTF_INTKEY    0x01
+#define PTF_ZERODATA  0x02
+#define PTF_LEAFDATA  0x04
+#define PTF_LEAF      0x08
+
+/*
+** As each page of the file is loaded into memory, an instance of the following
+** structure is appended and initialized to zero.  This structure stores
+** information about the page that is decoded from the raw file page.
+**
+** The pParent field points back to the parent page.  This allows us to
+** walk up the BTree from any leaf to the root.  Care must be taken to
+** unref() the parent page pointer when this page is no longer referenced.
+** The pageDestructor() routine handles that chore.
+**
+** Access to all fields of this structure is controlled by the mutex
+** stored in MemPage.pBt->mutex.
+*/
+struct MemPage {
+  u8 isInit;           /* True if previously initialized. MUST BE FIRST! */
+  u8 nOverflow;        /* Number of overflow cell bodies in aCell[] */
+  u8 intKey;           /* True if intkey flag is set */
+  u8 leaf;             /* True if leaf flag is set */
+  u8 hasData;          /* True if this page stores data */
+  u8 hdrOffset;        /* 100 for page 1.  0 otherwise */
+  u8 childPtrSize;     /* 0 if leaf==1.  4 if leaf==0 */
+  u8 max1bytePayload;  /* min(maxLocal,127) */
+  u16 maxLocal;        /* Copy of BtShared.maxLocal or BtShared.maxLeaf */
+  u16 minLocal;        /* Copy of BtShared.minLocal or BtShared.minLeaf */
+  u16 cellOffset;      /* Index in aData of first cell pointer */
+  u16 nFree;           /* Number of free bytes on the page */
+  u16 nCell;           /* Number of cells on this page, local and ovfl */
+  u16 maskPage;        /* Mask for page offset */
+  u16 aiOvfl[5];       /* Insert the i-th overflow cell before the aiOvfl-th
+                       ** non-overflow cell */
+  u8 *apOvfl[5];       /* Pointers to the body of overflow cells */
+  BtShared *pBt;       /* Pointer to BtShared that this page is part of */
+  u8 *aData;           /* Pointer to disk image of the page data */
+  u8 *aDataEnd;        /* One byte past the end of usable data */
+  u8 *aCellIdx;        /* The cell index area */
+  DbPage *pDbPage;     /* Pager page handle */
+  Pgno pgno;           /* Page number for this page */
+};
+
+/*
+** The in-memory image of a disk page has the auxiliary information appended
+** to the end.  EXTRA_SIZE is the number of bytes of space needed to hold
+** that extra information.
+*/
+#define EXTRA_SIZE sizeof(MemPage)
+
+/*
+** A linked list of the following structures is stored at BtShared.pLock.
+** Locks are added (or upgraded from READ_LOCK to WRITE_LOCK) when a cursor 
+** is opened on the table with root page BtShared.iTable. Locks are removed
+** from this list when a transaction is committed or rolled back, or when
+** a btree handle is closed.
+*/
+struct BtLock {
+  Btree *pBtree;        /* Btree handle holding this lock */
+  Pgno iTable;          /* Root page of table */
+  u8 eLock;             /* READ_LOCK or WRITE_LOCK */
+  BtLock *pNext;        /* Next in BtShared.pLock list */
+};
+
+/* Candidate values for BtLock.eLock */
+#define READ_LOCK     1
+#define WRITE_LOCK    2
+
+/* A Btree handle
+**
+** A database connection contains a pointer to an instance of
+** this object for every database file that it has open.  This structure
+** is opaque to the database connection.  The database connection cannot
+** see the internals of this structure and only deals with pointers to
+** this structure.
+**
+** For some database files, the same underlying database cache might be 
+** shared between multiple connections.  In that case, each connection
+** has it own instance of this object.  But each instance of this object
+** points to the same BtShared object.  The database cache and the
+** schema associated with the database file are all contained within
+** the BtShared object.
+**
+** All fields in this structure are accessed under sqlite3.mutex.
+** The pBt pointer itself may not be changed while there exists cursors 
+** in the referenced BtShared that point back to this Btree since those
+** cursors have to go through this Btree to find their BtShared and
+** they often do so without holding sqlite3.mutex.
+*/
+struct Btree {
+  sqlite3 *db;       /* The database connection holding this btree */
+  BtShared *pBt;     /* Sharable content of this btree */
+  u8 inTrans;        /* TRANS_NONE, TRANS_READ or TRANS_WRITE */
+  u8 sharable;       /* True if we can share pBt with another db */
+  u8 locked;         /* True if db currently has pBt locked */
+  int wantToLock;    /* Number of nested calls to sqlite3BtreeEnter() */
+  int nBackup;       /* Number of backup operations reading this btree */
+  Btree *pNext;      /* List of other sharable Btrees from the same db */
+  Btree *pPrev;      /* Back pointer of the same list */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+  BtLock lock;       /* Object used to lock page 1 */
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+** Btree.inTrans may take one of the following values.
+**
+** If the shared-data extension is enabled, there may be multiple users
+** of the Btree structure. At most one of these may open a write transaction,
+** but any number may have active read transactions.
+*/
+#define TRANS_NONE  0
+#define TRANS_READ  1
+#define TRANS_WRITE 2
+
+/*
+** An instance of this object represents a single database file.
+** 
+** A single database file can be in use at the same time by two
+** or more database connections.  When two or more connections are
+** sharing the same database file, each connection has it own
+** private Btree object for the file and each of those Btrees points
+** to this one BtShared object.  BtShared.nRef is the number of
+** connections currently sharing this database file.
+**
+** Fields in this structure are accessed under the BtShared.mutex
+** mutex, except for nRef and pNext which are accessed under the
+** global SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER mutex.  The pPager field
+** may not be modified once it is initially set as long as nRef>0.
+** The pSchema field may be set once under BtShared.mutex and
+** thereafter is unchanged as long as nRef>0.
+**
+** isPending:
+**
+**   If a BtShared client fails to obtain a write-lock on a database
+**   table (because there exists one or more read-locks on the table),
+**   the shared-cache enters 'pending-lock' state and isPending is
+**   set to true.
+**
+**   The shared-cache leaves the 'pending lock' state when either of
+**   the following occur:
+**
+**     1) The current writer (BtShared.pWriter) concludes its transaction, OR
+**     2) The number of locks held by other connections drops to zero.
+**
+**   while in the 'pending-lock' state, no connection may start a new
+**   transaction.
+**
+**   This feature is included to help prevent writer-starvation.
+*/
+struct BtShared {
+  Pager *pPager;        /* The page cache */
+  sqlite3 *db;          /* Database connection currently using this Btree */
+  BtCursor *pCursor;    /* A list of all open cursors */
+  MemPage *pPage1;      /* First page of the database */
+  u8 openFlags;         /* Flags to sqlite3BtreeOpen() */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+  u8 autoVacuum;        /* True if auto-vacuum is enabled */
+  u8 incrVacuum;        /* True if incr-vacuum is enabled */
+#endif
+  u8 inTransaction;     /* Transaction state */
+  u8 max1bytePayload;   /* Maximum first byte of cell for a 1-byte payload */
+  u16 btsFlags;         /* Boolean parameters.  See BTS_* macros below */
+  u16 maxLocal;         /* Maximum local payload in non-LEAFDATA tables */
+  u16 minLocal;         /* Minimum local payload in non-LEAFDATA tables */
+  u16 maxLeaf;          /* Maximum local payload in a LEAFDATA table */
+  u16 minLeaf;          /* Minimum local payload in a LEAFDATA table */
+  u32 pageSize;         /* Total number of bytes on a page */
+  u32 usableSize;       /* Number of usable bytes on each page */
+  int nTransaction;     /* Number of open transactions (read + write) */
+  u32 nPage;            /* Number of pages in the database */
+  void *pSchema;        /* Pointer to space allocated by sqlite3BtreeSchema() */
+  void (*xFreeSchema)(void*);  /* Destructor for BtShared.pSchema */
+  sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Non-recursive mutex required to access this object */
+  Bitvec *pHasContent;  /* Set of pages moved to free-list this transaction */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+  int nRef;             /* Number of references to this structure */
+  BtShared *pNext;      /* Next on a list of sharable BtShared structs */
+  BtLock *pLock;        /* List of locks held on this shared-btree struct */
+  Btree *pWriter;       /* Btree with currently open write transaction */
+#endif
+  u8 *pTmpSpace;        /* BtShared.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */
+};
+
+/*
+** Allowed values for BtShared.btsFlags
+*/
+#define BTS_READ_ONLY        0x0001   /* Underlying file is readonly */
+#define BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED   0x0002   /* Page size can no longer be changed */
+#define BTS_SECURE_DELETE    0x0004   /* PRAGMA secure_delete is enabled */
+#define BTS_INITIALLY_EMPTY  0x0008   /* Database was empty at trans start */
+#define BTS_NO_WAL           0x0010   /* Do not open write-ahead-log files */
+#define BTS_EXCLUSIVE        0x0020   /* pWriter has an exclusive lock */
+#define BTS_PENDING          0x0040   /* Waiting for read-locks to clear */
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure is used to hold information
+** about a cell.  The parseCellPtr() function fills in this structure
+** based on information extract from the raw disk page.
+*/
+typedef struct CellInfo CellInfo;
+struct CellInfo {
+  i64 nKey;      /* The key for INTKEY tables, or number of bytes in key */
+  u8 *pCell;     /* Pointer to the start of cell content */
+  u32 nData;     /* Number of bytes of data */
+  u32 nPayload;  /* Total amount of payload */
+  u16 nHeader;   /* Size of the cell content header in bytes */
+  u16 nLocal;    /* Amount of payload held locally */
+  u16 iOverflow; /* Offset to overflow page number.  Zero if no overflow */
+  u16 nSize;     /* Size of the cell content on the main b-tree page */
+};
+
+/*
+** Maximum depth of an SQLite B-Tree structure. Any B-Tree deeper than
+** this will be declared corrupt. This value is calculated based on a
+** maximum database size of 2^31 pages a minimum fanout of 2 for a
+** root-node and 3 for all other internal nodes.
+**
+** If a tree that appears to be taller than this is encountered, it is
+** assumed that the database is corrupt.
+*/
+#define BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH 20
+
+/*
+** A cursor is a pointer to a particular entry within a particular
+** b-tree within a database file.
+**
+** The entry is identified by its MemPage and the index in
+** MemPage.aCell[] of the entry.
+**
+** A single database file can be shared by two more database connections,
+** but cursors cannot be shared.  Each cursor is associated with a
+** particular database connection identified BtCursor.pBtree.db.
+**
+** Fields in this structure are accessed under the BtShared.mutex
+** found at self->pBt->mutex. 
+*/
+struct BtCursor {
+  Btree *pBtree;            /* The Btree to which this cursor belongs */
+  BtShared *pBt;            /* The BtShared this cursor points to */
+  BtCursor *pNext, *pPrev;  /* Forms a linked list of all cursors */
+  struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Argument passed to comparison function */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
+  Pgno *aOverflow;          /* Cache of overflow page locations */
+#endif
+  Pgno pgnoRoot;            /* The root page of this tree */
+  sqlite3_int64 cachedRowid; /* Next rowid cache.  0 means not valid */
+  CellInfo info;            /* A parse of the cell we are pointing at */
+  i64 nKey;        /* Size of pKey, or last integer key */
+  void *pKey;      /* Saved key that was cursor's last known position */
+  int skipNext;    /* Prev() is noop if negative. Next() is noop if positive */
+  u8 wrFlag;                /* True if writable */
+  u8 atLast;                /* Cursor pointing to the last entry */
+  u8 validNKey;             /* True if info.nKey is valid */
+  u8 eState;                /* One of the CURSOR_XXX constants (see below) */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
+  u8 isIncrblobHandle;      /* True if this cursor is an incr. io handle */
+#endif
+  u8 hints;                             /* As configured by CursorSetHints() */
+  i16 iPage;                            /* Index of current page in apPage */
+  u16 aiIdx[BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH];        /* Current index in apPage[i] */
+  MemPage *apPage[BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH];  /* Pages from root to current page */
+};
+
+/*
+** Potential values for BtCursor.eState.
+**
+** CURSOR_VALID:
+**   Cursor points to a valid entry. getPayload() etc. may be called.
+**
+** CURSOR_INVALID:
+**   Cursor does not point to a valid entry. This can happen (for example) 
+**   because the table is empty or because BtreeCursorFirst() has not been
+**   called.
+**
+** CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK:
+**   The table that this cursor was opened on still exists, but has been 
+**   modified since the cursor was last used. The cursor position is saved
+**   in variables BtCursor.pKey and BtCursor.nKey. When a cursor is in 
+**   this state, restoreCursorPosition() can be called to attempt to
+**   seek the cursor to the saved position.
+**
+** CURSOR_FAULT:
+**   A unrecoverable error (an I/O error or a malloc failure) has occurred
+**   on a different connection that shares the BtShared cache with this
+**   cursor.  The error has left the cache in an inconsistent state.
+**   Do nothing else with this cursor.  Any attempt to use the cursor
+**   should return the error code stored in BtCursor.skip
+*/
+#define CURSOR_INVALID           0
+#define CURSOR_VALID             1
+#define CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK       2
+#define CURSOR_FAULT             3
+
+/* 
+** The database page the PENDING_BYTE occupies. This page is never used.
+*/
+# define PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pBt)
+
+/*
+** These macros define the location of the pointer-map entry for a 
+** database page. The first argument to each is the number of usable
+** bytes on each page of the database (often 1024). The second is the
+** page number to look up in the pointer map.
+**
+** PTRMAP_PAGENO returns the database page number of the pointer-map
+** page that stores the required pointer. PTRMAP_PTROFFSET returns
+** the offset of the requested map entry.
+**
+** If the pgno argument passed to PTRMAP_PAGENO is a pointer-map page,
+** then pgno is returned. So (pgno==PTRMAP_PAGENO(pgsz, pgno)) can be
+** used to test if pgno is a pointer-map page. PTRMAP_ISPAGE implements
+** this test.
+*/
+#define PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, pgno) ptrmapPageno(pBt, pgno)
+#define PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(pgptrmap, pgno) (5*(pgno-pgptrmap-1))
+#define PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pgno) (PTRMAP_PAGENO((pBt),(pgno))==(pgno))
+
+/*
+** The pointer map is a lookup table that identifies the parent page for
+** each child page in the database file.  The parent page is the page that
+** contains a pointer to the child.  Every page in the database contains
+** 0 or 1 parent pages.  (In this context 'database page' refers
+** to any page that is not part of the pointer map itself.)  Each pointer map
+** entry consists of a single byte 'type' and a 4 byte parent page number.
+** The PTRMAP_XXX identifiers below are the valid types.
+**
+** The purpose of the pointer map is to facility moving pages from one
+** position in the file to another as part of autovacuum.  When a page
+** is moved, the pointer in its parent must be updated to point to the
+** new location.  The pointer map is used to locate the parent page quickly.
+**
+** PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE: The database page is a root-page. The page-number is not
+**                  used in this case.
+**
+** PTRMAP_FREEPAGE: The database page is an unused (free) page. The page-number 
+**                  is not used in this case.
+**
+** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1: The database page is the first page in a list of 
+**                   overflow pages. The page number identifies the page that
+**                   contains the cell with a pointer to this overflow page.
+**
+** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2: The database page is the second or later page in a list of
+**                   overflow pages. The page-number identifies the previous
+**                   page in the overflow page list.
+**
+** PTRMAP_BTREE: The database page is a non-root btree page. The page number
+**               identifies the parent page in the btree.
+*/
+#define PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE 1
+#define PTRMAP_FREEPAGE 2
+#define PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 3
+#define PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 4
+#define PTRMAP_BTREE 5
+
+/* A bunch of assert() statements to check the transaction state variables
+** of handle p (type Btree*) are internally consistent.
+*/
+#define btreeIntegrity(p) \
+  assert( p->pBt->inTransaction!=TRANS_NONE || p->pBt->nTransaction==0 ); \
+  assert( p->pBt->inTransaction>=p->inTrans ); 
+
+
+/*
+** The ISAUTOVACUUM macro is used within balance_nonroot() to determine
+** if the database supports auto-vacuum or not. Because it is used
+** within an expression that is an argument to another macro 
+** (sqliteMallocRaw), it is not possible to use conditional compilation.
+** So, this macro is defined instead.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+#define ISAUTOVACUUM (pBt->autoVacuum)
+#else
+#define ISAUTOVACUUM 0
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** This structure is passed around through all the sanity checking routines
+** in order to keep track of some global state information.
+**
+** The aRef[] array is allocated so that there is 1 bit for each page in
+** the database. As the integrity-check proceeds, for each page used in
+** the database the corresponding bit is set. This allows integrity-check to 
+** detect pages that are used twice and orphaned pages (both of which 
+** indicate corruption).
+*/
+typedef struct IntegrityCk IntegrityCk;
+struct IntegrityCk {
+  BtShared *pBt;    /* The tree being checked out */
+  Pager *pPager;    /* The associated pager.  Also accessible by pBt->pPager */
+  u8 *aPgRef;       /* 1 bit per page in the db (see above) */
+  Pgno nPage;       /* Number of pages in the database */
+  int mxErr;        /* Stop accumulating errors when this reaches zero */
+  int nErr;         /* Number of messages written to zErrMsg so far */
+  int mallocFailed; /* A memory allocation error has occurred */
+  StrAccum errMsg;  /* Accumulate the error message text here */
+};
+
+/*
+** Routines to read or write a two- and four-byte big-endian integer values.
+*/
+#define get2byte(x)   ((x)[0]<<8 | (x)[1])
+#define put2byte(p,v) ((p)[0] = (u8)((v)>>8), (p)[1] = (u8)(v))
+#define get4byte sqlite3Get4byte
+#define put4byte sqlite3Put4byte
+
+/************** End of btreeInt.h ********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in btmutex.c ********************/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+
+/*
+** Obtain the BtShared mutex associated with B-Tree handle p. Also,
+** set BtShared.db to the database handle associated with p and the
+** p->locked boolean to true.
+*/
+static void lockBtreeMutex(Btree *p){
+  assert( p->locked==0 );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(p->pBt->mutex) );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pBt->mutex);
+  p->pBt->db = p->db;
+  p->locked = 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Release the BtShared mutex associated with B-Tree handle p and
+** clear the p->locked boolean.
+*/
+static void unlockBtreeMutex(Btree *p){
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+  assert( p->locked==1 );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+  assert( p->db==pBt->db );
+
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pBt->mutex);
+  p->locked = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Enter a mutex on the given BTree object.
+**
+** If the object is not sharable, then no mutex is ever required
+** and this routine is a no-op.  The underlying mutex is non-recursive.
+** But we keep a reference count in Btree.wantToLock so the behavior
+** of this interface is recursive.
+**
+** To avoid deadlocks, multiple Btrees are locked in the same order
+** by all database connections.  The p->pNext is a list of other
+** Btrees belonging to the same database connection as the p Btree
+** which need to be locked after p.  If we cannot get a lock on
+** p, then first unlock all of the others on p->pNext, then wait
+** for the lock to become available on p, then relock all of the
+** subsequent Btrees that desire a lock.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnter(Btree *p){
+  Btree *pLater;
+
+  /* Some basic sanity checking on the Btree.  The list of Btrees
+  ** connected by pNext and pPrev should be in sorted order by
+  ** Btree.pBt value. All elements of the list should belong to
+  ** the same connection. Only shared Btrees are on the list. */
+  assert( p->pNext==0 || p->pNext->pBt>p->pBt );
+  assert( p->pPrev==0 || p->pPrev->pBt<p->pBt );
+  assert( p->pNext==0 || p->pNext->db==p->db );
+  assert( p->pPrev==0 || p->pPrev->db==p->db );
+  assert( p->sharable || (p->pNext==0 && p->pPrev==0) );
+
+  /* Check for locking consistency */
+  assert( !p->locked || p->wantToLock>0 );
+  assert( p->sharable || p->wantToLock==0 );
+
+  /* We should already hold a lock on the database connection */
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+
+  /* Unless the database is sharable and unlocked, then BtShared.db
+  ** should already be set correctly. */
+  assert( (p->locked==0 && p->sharable) || p->pBt->db==p->db );
+
+  if( !p->sharable ) return;
+  p->wantToLock++;
+  if( p->locked ) return;
+
+  /* In most cases, we should be able to acquire the lock we
+  ** want without having to go throught the ascending lock
+  ** procedure that follows.  Just be sure not to block.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3_mutex_try(p->pBt->mutex)==SQLITE_OK ){
+    p->pBt->db = p->db;
+    p->locked = 1;
+    return;
+  }
+
+  /* To avoid deadlock, first release all locks with a larger
+  ** BtShared address.  Then acquire our lock.  Then reacquire
+  ** the other BtShared locks that we used to hold in ascending
+  ** order.
+  */
+  for(pLater=p->pNext; pLater; pLater=pLater->pNext){
+    assert( pLater->sharable );
+    assert( pLater->pNext==0 || pLater->pNext->pBt>pLater->pBt );
+    assert( !pLater->locked || pLater->wantToLock>0 );
+    if( pLater->locked ){
+      unlockBtreeMutex(pLater);
+    }
+  }
+  lockBtreeMutex(p);
+  for(pLater=p->pNext; pLater; pLater=pLater->pNext){
+    if( pLater->wantToLock ){
+      lockBtreeMutex(pLater);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Exit the recursive mutex on a Btree.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeave(Btree *p){
+  if( p->sharable ){
+    assert( p->wantToLock>0 );
+    p->wantToLock--;
+    if( p->wantToLock==0 ){
+      unlockBtreeMutex(p);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/*
+** Return true if the BtShared mutex is held on the btree, or if the
+** B-Tree is not marked as sharable.
+**
+** This routine is used only from within assert() statements.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(Btree *p){
+  assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || p->wantToLock>0 );
+  assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || p->db==p->pBt->db );
+  assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex) );
+  assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+
+  return (p->sharable==0 || p->locked);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
+/*
+** Enter and leave a mutex on a Btree given a cursor owned by that
+** Btree.  These entry points are used by incremental I/O and can be
+** omitted if that module is not used.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(pCur->pBtree);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(pCur->pBtree);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB */
+
+
+/*
+** Enter the mutex on every Btree associated with a database
+** connection.  This is needed (for example) prior to parsing
+** a statement since we will be comparing table and column names
+** against all schemas and we do not want those schemas being
+** reset out from under us.
+**
+** There is a corresponding leave-all procedures.
+**
+** Enter the mutexes in accending order by BtShared pointer address
+** to avoid the possibility of deadlock when two threads with
+** two or more btrees in common both try to lock all their btrees
+** at the same instant.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(sqlite3 *db){
+  int i;
+  Btree *p;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+    p = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+    if( p ) sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  }
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(sqlite3 *db){
+  int i;
+  Btree *p;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+    p = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+    if( p ) sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return true if a particular Btree requires a lock.  Return FALSE if
+** no lock is ever required since it is not sharable.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSharable(Btree *p){
+  return p->sharable;
+}
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/*
+** Return true if the current thread holds the database connection
+** mutex and all required BtShared mutexes.
+**
+** This routine is used inside assert() statements only.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(sqlite3 *db){
+  int i;
+  if( !sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+    Btree *p;
+    p = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+    if( p && p->sharable &&
+         (p->wantToLock==0 || !sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex)) ){
+      return 0;
+    }
+  }
+  return 1;
+}
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/*
+** Return true if the correct mutexes are held for accessing the
+** db->aDb[iDb].pSchema structure.  The mutexes required for schema
+** access are:
+**
+**   (1) The mutex on db
+**   (2) if iDb!=1, then the mutex on db->aDb[iDb].pBt.
+**
+** If pSchema is not NULL, then iDb is computed from pSchema and
+** db using sqlite3SchemaToIndex().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, Schema *pSchema){
+  Btree *p;
+  assert( db!=0 );
+  if( pSchema ) iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pSchema);
+  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
+  if( !sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ) return 0;
+  if( iDb==1 ) return 1;
+  p = db->aDb[iDb].pBt;
+  assert( p!=0 );
+  return p->sharable==0 || p->locked==1;
+}
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+
+#else /* SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0 above.  SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 below */
+/*
+** The following are special cases for mutex enter routines for use
+** in single threaded applications that use shared cache.  Except for
+** these two routines, all mutex operations are no-ops in that case and
+** are null #defines in btree.h.
+**
+** If shared cache is disabled, then all btree mutex routines, including
+** the ones below, are no-ops and are null #defines in btree.h.
+*/
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnter(Btree *p){
+  p->pBt->db = p->db;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(sqlite3 *db){
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+    Btree *p = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+    if( p ){
+      p->pBt->db = p->db;
+    }
+  }
+}
+#endif /* if SQLITE_THREADSAFE */
+#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */
+
+/************** End of btmutex.c *********************************************/
+/************** Begin file btree.c *******************************************/
+/*
+** 2004 April 6
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file implements a external (disk-based) database using BTrees.
+** See the header comment on "btreeInt.h" for additional information.
+** Including a description of file format and an overview of operation.
+*/
+
+/*
+** The header string that appears at the beginning of every
+** SQLite database.
+*/
+static const char zMagicHeader[] = SQLITE_FILE_HEADER;
+
+/*
+** Set this global variable to 1 to enable tracing using the TRACE
+** macro.
+*/
+#if 0
+int sqlite3BtreeTrace=1;  /* True to enable tracing */
+# define TRACE(X)  if(sqlite3BtreeTrace){printf X;fflush(stdout);}
+#else
+# define TRACE(X)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Extract a 2-byte big-endian integer from an array of unsigned bytes.
+** But if the value is zero, make it 65536.
+**
+** This routine is used to extract the "offset to cell content area" value
+** from the header of a btree page.  If the page size is 65536 and the page
+** is empty, the offset should be 65536, but the 2-byte value stores zero.
+** This routine makes the necessary adjustment to 65536.
+*/
+#define get2byteNotZero(X)  (((((int)get2byte(X))-1)&0xffff)+1)
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+/*
+** A list of BtShared objects that are eligible for participation
+** in shared cache.  This variable has file scope during normal builds,
+** but the test harness needs to access it so we make it global for 
+** test builds.
+**
+** Access to this variable is protected by SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_PRIVATE BtShared *SQLITE_WSD sqlite3SharedCacheList = 0;
+#else
+static BtShared *SQLITE_WSD sqlite3SharedCacheList = 0;
+#endif
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+/*
+** Enable or disable the shared pager and schema features.
+**
+** This routine has no effect on existing database connections.
+** The shared cache setting effects only future calls to
+** sqlite3_open(), sqlite3_open16(), or sqlite3_open_v2().
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(int enable){
+  sqlite3GlobalConfig.sharedCacheEnabled = enable;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+  /*
+  ** The functions querySharedCacheTableLock(), setSharedCacheTableLock(),
+  ** and clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks()
+  ** manipulate entries in the BtShared.pLock linked list used to store
+  ** shared-cache table level locks. If the library is compiled with the
+  ** shared-cache feature disabled, then there is only ever one user
+  ** of each BtShared structure and so this locking is not necessary. 
+  ** So define the lock related functions as no-ops.
+  */
+  #define querySharedCacheTableLock(a,b,c) SQLITE_OK
+  #define setSharedCacheTableLock(a,b,c) SQLITE_OK
+  #define clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks(a)
+  #define downgradeAllSharedCacheTableLocks(a)
+  #define hasSharedCacheTableLock(a,b,c,d) 1
+  #define hasReadConflicts(a, b) 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+/*
+**** This function is only used as part of an assert() statement. ***
+**
+** Check to see if pBtree holds the required locks to read or write to the 
+** table with root page iRoot.   Return 1 if it does and 0 if not.
+**
+** For example, when writing to a table with root-page iRoot via 
+** Btree connection pBtree:
+**
+**    assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(pBtree, iRoot, 0, WRITE_LOCK) );
+**
+** When writing to an index that resides in a sharable database, the 
+** caller should have first obtained a lock specifying the root page of
+** the corresponding table. This makes things a bit more complicated,
+** as this module treats each table as a separate structure. To determine
+** the table corresponding to the index being written, this
+** function has to search through the database schema.
+**
+** Instead of a lock on the table/index rooted at page iRoot, the caller may
+** hold a write-lock on the schema table (root page 1). This is also
+** acceptable.
+*/
+static int hasSharedCacheTableLock(
+  Btree *pBtree,         /* Handle that must hold lock */
+  Pgno iRoot,            /* Root page of b-tree */
+  int isIndex,           /* True if iRoot is the root of an index b-tree */
+  int eLockType          /* Required lock type (READ_LOCK or WRITE_LOCK) */
+){
+  Schema *pSchema = (Schema *)pBtree->pBt->pSchema;
+  Pgno iTab = 0;
+  BtLock *pLock;
+
+  /* If this database is not shareable, or if the client is reading
+  ** and has the read-uncommitted flag set, then no lock is required. 
+  ** Return true immediately.
+  */
+  if( (pBtree->sharable==0)
+   || (eLockType==READ_LOCK && (pBtree->db->flags & SQLITE_ReadUncommitted))
+  ){
+    return 1;
+  }
+
+  /* If the client is reading  or writing an index and the schema is
+  ** not loaded, then it is too difficult to actually check to see if
+  ** the correct locks are held.  So do not bother - just return true.
+  ** This case does not come up very often anyhow.
+  */
+  if( isIndex && (!pSchema || (pSchema->flags&DB_SchemaLoaded)==0) ){
+    return 1;
+  }
+
+  /* Figure out the root-page that the lock should be held on. For table
+  ** b-trees, this is just the root page of the b-tree being read or
+  ** written. For index b-trees, it is the root page of the associated
+  ** table.  */
+  if( isIndex ){
+    HashElem *p;
+    for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->idxHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){
+      Index *pIdx = (Index *)sqliteHashData(p);
+      if( pIdx->tnum==(int)iRoot ){
+        iTab = pIdx->pTable->tnum;
+      }
+    }
+  }else{
+    iTab = iRoot;
+  }
+
+  /* Search for the required lock. Either a write-lock on root-page iTab, a 
+  ** write-lock on the schema table, or (if the client is reading) a
+  ** read-lock on iTab will suffice. Return 1 if any of these are found.  */
+  for(pLock=pBtree->pBt->pLock; pLock; pLock=pLock->pNext){
+    if( pLock->pBtree==pBtree 
+     && (pLock->iTable==iTab || (pLock->eLock==WRITE_LOCK && pLock->iTable==1))
+     && pLock->eLock>=eLockType 
+    ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Failed to find the required lock. */
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+/*
+**** This function may be used as part of assert() statements only. ****
+**
+** Return true if it would be illegal for pBtree to write into the
+** table or index rooted at iRoot because other shared connections are
+** simultaneously reading that same table or index.
+**
+** It is illegal for pBtree to write if some other Btree object that
+** shares the same BtShared object is currently reading or writing
+** the iRoot table.  Except, if the other Btree object has the
+** read-uncommitted flag set, then it is OK for the other object to
+** have a read cursor.
+**
+** For example, before writing to any part of the table or index
+** rooted at page iRoot, one should call:
+**
+**    assert( !hasReadConflicts(pBtree, iRoot) );
+*/
+static int hasReadConflicts(Btree *pBtree, Pgno iRoot){
+  BtCursor *p;
+  for(p=pBtree->pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
+    if( p->pgnoRoot==iRoot 
+     && p->pBtree!=pBtree
+     && 0==(p->pBtree->db->flags & SQLITE_ReadUncommitted)
+    ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif    /* #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG */
+
+/*
+** Query to see if Btree handle p may obtain a lock of type eLock 
+** (READ_LOCK or WRITE_LOCK) on the table with root-page iTab. Return
+** SQLITE_OK if the lock may be obtained (by calling
+** setSharedCacheTableLock()), or SQLITE_LOCKED if not.
+*/
+static int querySharedCacheTableLock(Btree *p, Pgno iTab, u8 eLock){
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+  BtLock *pIter;
+
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
+  assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || eLock==WRITE_LOCK );
+  assert( p->db!=0 );
+  assert( !(p->db->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommitted)||eLock==WRITE_LOCK||iTab==1 );
+  
+  /* If requesting a write-lock, then the Btree must have an open write
+  ** transaction on this file. And, obviously, for this to be so there 
+  ** must be an open write transaction on the file itself.
+  */
+  assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || (p==pBt->pWriter && p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE) );
+  assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
+  
+  /* This routine is a no-op if the shared-cache is not enabled */
+  if( !p->sharable ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  /* If some other connection is holding an exclusive lock, the
+  ** requested lock may not be obtained.
+  */
+  if( pBt->pWriter!=p && (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_EXCLUSIVE)!=0 ){
+    sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(p->db, pBt->pWriter->db);
+    return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE;
+  }
+
+  for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){
+    /* The condition (pIter->eLock!=eLock) in the following if(...) 
+    ** statement is a simplification of:
+    **
+    **   (eLock==WRITE_LOCK || pIter->eLock==WRITE_LOCK)
+    **
+    ** since we know that if eLock==WRITE_LOCK, then no other connection
+    ** may hold a WRITE_LOCK on any table in this file (since there can
+    ** only be a single writer).
+    */
+    assert( pIter->eLock==READ_LOCK || pIter->eLock==WRITE_LOCK );
+    assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || pIter->pBtree==p || pIter->eLock==READ_LOCK);
+    if( pIter->pBtree!=p && pIter->iTable==iTab && pIter->eLock!=eLock ){
+      sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(p->db, pIter->pBtree->db);
+      if( eLock==WRITE_LOCK ){
+        assert( p==pBt->pWriter );
+        pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_PENDING;
+      }
+      return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE;
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+/*
+** Add a lock on the table with root-page iTable to the shared-btree used
+** by Btree handle p. Parameter eLock must be either READ_LOCK or 
+** WRITE_LOCK.
+**
+** This function assumes the following:
+**
+**   (a) The specified Btree object p is connected to a sharable
+**       database (one with the BtShared.sharable flag set), and
+**
+**   (b) No other Btree objects hold a lock that conflicts
+**       with the requested lock (i.e. querySharedCacheTableLock() has
+**       already been called and returned SQLITE_OK).
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if the lock is added successfully. SQLITE_NOMEM 
+** is returned if a malloc attempt fails.
+*/
+static int setSharedCacheTableLock(Btree *p, Pgno iTable, u8 eLock){
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+  BtLock *pLock = 0;
+  BtLock *pIter;
+
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
+  assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || eLock==WRITE_LOCK );
+  assert( p->db!=0 );
+
+  /* A connection with the read-uncommitted flag set will never try to
+  ** obtain a read-lock using this function. The only read-lock obtained
+  ** by a connection in read-uncommitted mode is on the sqlite_master 
+  ** table, and that lock is obtained in BtreeBeginTrans().  */
+  assert( 0==(p->db->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommitted) || eLock==WRITE_LOCK );
+
+  /* This function should only be called on a sharable b-tree after it 
+  ** has been determined that no other b-tree holds a conflicting lock.  */
+  assert( p->sharable );
+  assert( SQLITE_OK==querySharedCacheTableLock(p, iTable, eLock) );
+
+  /* First search the list for an existing lock on this table. */
+  for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){
+    if( pIter->iTable==iTable && pIter->pBtree==p ){
+      pLock = pIter;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If the above search did not find a BtLock struct associating Btree p
+  ** with table iTable, allocate one and link it into the list.
+  */
+  if( !pLock ){
+    pLock = (BtLock *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(BtLock));
+    if( !pLock ){
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    pLock->iTable = iTable;
+    pLock->pBtree = p;
+    pLock->pNext = pBt->pLock;
+    pBt->pLock = pLock;
+  }
+
+  /* Set the BtLock.eLock variable to the maximum of the current lock
+  ** and the requested lock. This means if a write-lock was already held
+  ** and a read-lock requested, we don't incorrectly downgrade the lock.
+  */
+  assert( WRITE_LOCK>READ_LOCK );
+  if( eLock>pLock->eLock ){
+    pLock->eLock = eLock;
+  }
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+/*
+** Release all the table locks (locks obtained via calls to
+** the setSharedCacheTableLock() procedure) held by Btree object p.
+**
+** This function assumes that Btree p has an open read or write 
+** transaction. If it does not, then the BTS_PENDING flag
+** may be incorrectly cleared.
+*/
+static void clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks(Btree *p){
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+  BtLock **ppIter = &pBt->pLock;
+
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
+  assert( p->sharable || 0==*ppIter );
+  assert( p->inTrans>0 );
+
+  while( *ppIter ){
+    BtLock *pLock = *ppIter;
+    assert( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_EXCLUSIVE)==0 || pBt->pWriter==pLock->pBtree );
+    assert( pLock->pBtree->inTrans>=pLock->eLock );
+    if( pLock->pBtree==p ){
+      *ppIter = pLock->pNext;
+      assert( pLock->iTable!=1 || pLock==&p->lock );
+      if( pLock->iTable!=1 ){
+        sqlite3_free(pLock);
+      }
+    }else{
+      ppIter = &pLock->pNext;
+    }
+  }
+
+  assert( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_PENDING)==0 || pBt->pWriter );
+  if( pBt->pWriter==p ){
+    pBt->pWriter = 0;
+    pBt->btsFlags &= ~(BTS_EXCLUSIVE|BTS_PENDING);
+  }else if( pBt->nTransaction==2 ){
+    /* This function is called when Btree p is concluding its 
+    ** transaction. If there currently exists a writer, and p is not
+    ** that writer, then the number of locks held by connections other
+    ** than the writer must be about to drop to zero. In this case
+    ** set the BTS_PENDING flag to 0.
+    **
+    ** If there is not currently a writer, then BTS_PENDING must
+    ** be zero already. So this next line is harmless in that case.
+    */
+    pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_PENDING;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This function changes all write-locks held by Btree p into read-locks.
+*/
+static void downgradeAllSharedCacheTableLocks(Btree *p){
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+  if( pBt->pWriter==p ){
+    BtLock *pLock;
+    pBt->pWriter = 0;
+    pBt->btsFlags &= ~(BTS_EXCLUSIVE|BTS_PENDING);
+    for(pLock=pBt->pLock; pLock; pLock=pLock->pNext){
+      assert( pLock->eLock==READ_LOCK || pLock->pBtree==p );
+      pLock->eLock = READ_LOCK;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */
+
+static void releasePage(MemPage *pPage);  /* Forward reference */
+
+/*
+***** This routine is used inside of assert() only ****
+**
+** Verify that the cursor holds the mutex on its BtShared
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+static int cursorHoldsMutex(BtCursor *p){
+  return sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
+/*
+** Invalidate the overflow page-list cache for cursor pCur, if any.
+*/
+static void invalidateOverflowCache(BtCursor *pCur){
+  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+  sqlite3_free(pCur->aOverflow);
+  pCur->aOverflow = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Invalidate the overflow page-list cache for all cursors opened
+** on the shared btree structure pBt.
+*/
+static void invalidateAllOverflowCache(BtShared *pBt){
+  BtCursor *p;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+  for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
+    invalidateOverflowCache(p);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called before modifying the contents of a table
+** to invalidate any incrblob cursors that are open on the
+** row or one of the rows being modified.
+**
+** If argument isClearTable is true, then the entire contents of the
+** table is about to be deleted. In this case invalidate all incrblob
+** cursors open on any row within the table with root-page pgnoRoot.
+**
+** Otherwise, if argument isClearTable is false, then the row with
+** rowid iRow is being replaced or deleted. In this case invalidate
+** only those incrblob cursors open on that specific row.
+*/
+static void invalidateIncrblobCursors(
+  Btree *pBtree,          /* The database file to check */
+  i64 iRow,               /* The rowid that might be changing */
+  int isClearTable        /* True if all rows are being deleted */
+){
+  BtCursor *p;
+  BtShared *pBt = pBtree->pBt;
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(pBtree) );
+  for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
+    if( p->isIncrblobHandle && (isClearTable || p->info.nKey==iRow) ){
+      p->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+#else
+  /* Stub functions when INCRBLOB is omitted */
+  #define invalidateOverflowCache(x)
+  #define invalidateAllOverflowCache(x)
+  #define invalidateIncrblobCursors(x,y,z)
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB */
+
+/*
+** Set bit pgno of the BtShared.pHasContent bitvec. This is called 
+** when a page that previously contained data becomes a free-list leaf 
+** page.
+**
+** The BtShared.pHasContent bitvec exists to work around an obscure
+** bug caused by the interaction of two useful IO optimizations surrounding
+** free-list leaf pages:
+**
+**   1) When all data is deleted from a page and the page becomes
+**      a free-list leaf page, the page is not written to the database
+**      (as free-list leaf pages contain no meaningful data). Sometimes
+**      such a page is not even journalled (as it will not be modified,
+**      why bother journalling it?).
+**
+**   2) When a free-list leaf page is reused, its content is not read
+**      from the database or written to the journal file (why should it
+**      be, if it is not at all meaningful?).
+**
+** By themselves, these optimizations work fine and provide a handy
+** performance boost to bulk delete or insert operations. However, if
+** a page is moved to the free-list and then reused within the same
+** transaction, a problem comes up. If the page is not journalled when
+** it is moved to the free-list and it is also not journalled when it
+** is extracted from the free-list and reused, then the original data
+** may be lost. In the event of a rollback, it may not be possible
+** to restore the database to its original configuration.
+**
+** The solution is the BtShared.pHasContent bitvec. Whenever a page is 
+** moved to become a free-list leaf page, the corresponding bit is
+** set in the bitvec. Whenever a leaf page is extracted from the free-list,
+** optimization 2 above is omitted if the corresponding bit is already
+** set in BtShared.pHasContent. The contents of the bitvec are cleared
+** at the end of every transaction.
+*/
+static int btreeSetHasContent(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( !pBt->pHasContent ){
+    assert( pgno<=pBt->nPage );
+    pBt->pHasContent = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pBt->nPage);
+    if( !pBt->pHasContent ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pgno<=sqlite3BitvecSize(pBt->pHasContent) ){
+    rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pBt->pHasContent, pgno);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Query the BtShared.pHasContent vector.
+**
+** This function is called when a free-list leaf page is removed from the
+** free-list for reuse. It returns false if it is safe to retrieve the
+** page from the pager layer with the 'no-content' flag set. True otherwise.
+*/
+static int btreeGetHasContent(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){
+  Bitvec *p = pBt->pHasContent;
+  return (p && (pgno>sqlite3BitvecSize(p) || sqlite3BitvecTest(p, pgno)));
+}
+
+/*
+** Clear (destroy) the BtShared.pHasContent bitvec. This should be
+** invoked at the conclusion of each write-transaction.
+*/
+static void btreeClearHasContent(BtShared *pBt){
+  sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pBt->pHasContent);
+  pBt->pHasContent = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Save the current cursor position in the variables BtCursor.nKey 
+** and BtCursor.pKey. The cursor's state is set to CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK.
+**
+** The caller must ensure that the cursor is valid (has eState==CURSOR_VALID)
+** prior to calling this routine.  
+*/
+static int saveCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur){
+  int rc;
+
+  assert( CURSOR_VALID==pCur->eState );
+  assert( 0==pCur->pKey );
+  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &pCur->nKey);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );  /* KeySize() cannot fail */
+
+  /* If this is an intKey table, then the above call to BtreeKeySize()
+  ** stores the integer key in pCur->nKey. In this case this value is
+  ** all that is required. Otherwise, if pCur is not open on an intKey
+  ** table, then malloc space for and store the pCur->nKey bytes of key 
+  ** data.
+  */
+  if( 0==pCur->apPage[0]->intKey ){
+    void *pKey = sqlite3Malloc( (int)pCur->nKey );
+    if( pKey ){
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(pCur, 0, (int)pCur->nKey, pKey);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        pCur->pKey = pKey;
+      }else{
+        sqlite3_free(pKey);
+      }
+    }else{
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+  }
+  assert( !pCur->apPage[0]->intKey || !pCur->pKey );
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int i;
+    for(i=0; i<=pCur->iPage; i++){
+      releasePage(pCur->apPage[i]);
+      pCur->apPage[i] = 0;
+    }
+    pCur->iPage = -1;
+    pCur->eState = CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK;
+  }
+
+  invalidateOverflowCache(pCur);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Save the positions of all cursors (except pExcept) that are open on
+** the table  with root-page iRoot. Usually, this is called just before cursor
+** pExcept is used to modify the table (BtreeDelete() or BtreeInsert()).
+*/
+static int saveAllCursors(BtShared *pBt, Pgno iRoot, BtCursor *pExcept){
+  BtCursor *p;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+  assert( pExcept==0 || pExcept->pBt==pBt );
+  for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
+    if( p!=pExcept && (0==iRoot || p->pgnoRoot==iRoot) && 
+        p->eState==CURSOR_VALID ){
+      int rc = saveCursorPosition(p);
+      if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){
+        return rc;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Clear the current cursor position.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
+  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+  sqlite3_free(pCur->pKey);
+  pCur->pKey = 0;
+  pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
+}
+
+/*
+** In this version of BtreeMoveto, pKey is a packed index record
+** such as is generated by the OP_MakeRecord opcode.  Unpack the
+** record and then call BtreeMovetoUnpacked() to do the work.
+*/
+static int btreeMoveto(
+  BtCursor *pCur,     /* Cursor open on the btree to be searched */
+  const void *pKey,   /* Packed key if the btree is an index */
+  i64 nKey,           /* Integer key for tables.  Size of pKey for indices */
+  int bias,           /* Bias search to the high end */
+  int *pRes           /* Write search results here */
+){
+  int rc;                    /* Status code */
+  UnpackedRecord *pIdxKey;   /* Unpacked index key */
+  char aSpace[150];          /* Temp space for pIdxKey - to avoid a malloc */
+  char *pFree = 0;
+
+  if( pKey ){
+    assert( nKey==(i64)(int)nKey );
+    pIdxKey = sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord(
+        pCur->pKeyInfo, aSpace, sizeof(aSpace), &pFree
+    );
+    if( pIdxKey==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(pCur->pKeyInfo, (int)nKey, pKey, pIdxKey);
+  }else{
+    pIdxKey = 0;
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pCur, pIdxKey, nKey, bias, pRes);
+  if( pFree ){
+    sqlite3DbFree(pCur->pKeyInfo->db, pFree);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Restore the cursor to the position it was in (or as close to as possible)
+** when saveCursorPosition() was called. Note that this call deletes the 
+** saved position info stored by saveCursorPosition(), so there can be
+** at most one effective restoreCursorPosition() call after each 
+** saveCursorPosition().
+*/
+static int btreeRestoreCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur){
+  int rc;
+  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+  assert( pCur->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK );
+  if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){
+    return pCur->skipNext;
+  }
+  pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
+  rc = btreeMoveto(pCur, pCur->pKey, pCur->nKey, 0, &pCur->skipNext);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_free(pCur->pKey);
+    pCur->pKey = 0;
+    assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID );
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#define restoreCursorPosition(p) \
+  (p->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ? \
+         btreeRestoreCursorPosition(p) : \
+         SQLITE_OK)
+
+/*
+** Determine whether or not a cursor has moved from the position it
+** was last placed at.  Cursors can move when the row they are pointing
+** at is deleted out from under them.
+**
+** This routine returns an error code if something goes wrong.  The
+** integer *pHasMoved is set to one if the cursor has moved and 0 if not.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(BtCursor *pCur, int *pHasMoved){
+  int rc;
+
+  rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur);
+  if( rc ){
+    *pHasMoved = 1;
+    return rc;
+  }
+  if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID || pCur->skipNext!=0 ){
+    *pHasMoved = 1;
+  }else{
+    *pHasMoved = 0;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+/*
+** Given a page number of a regular database page, return the page
+** number for the pointer-map page that contains the entry for the
+** input page number.
+**
+** Return 0 (not a valid page) for pgno==1 since there is
+** no pointer map associated with page 1.  The integrity_check logic
+** requires that ptrmapPageno(*,1)!=1.
+*/
+static Pgno ptrmapPageno(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){
+  int nPagesPerMapPage;
+  Pgno iPtrMap, ret;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+  if( pgno<2 ) return 0;
+  nPagesPerMapPage = (pBt->usableSize/5)+1;
+  iPtrMap = (pgno-2)/nPagesPerMapPage;
+  ret = (iPtrMap*nPagesPerMapPage) + 2; 
+  if( ret==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
+    ret++;
+  }
+  return ret;
+}
+
+/*
+** Write an entry into the pointer map.
+**
+** This routine updates the pointer map entry for page number 'key'
+** so that it maps to type 'eType' and parent page number 'pgno'.
+**
+** If *pRC is initially non-zero (non-SQLITE_OK) then this routine is
+** a no-op.  If an error occurs, the appropriate error code is written
+** into *pRC.
+*/
+static void ptrmapPut(BtShared *pBt, Pgno key, u8 eType, Pgno parent, int *pRC){
+  DbPage *pDbPage;  /* The pointer map page */
+  u8 *pPtrmap;      /* The pointer map data */
+  Pgno iPtrmap;     /* The pointer map page number */
+  int offset;       /* Offset in pointer map page */
+  int rc;           /* Return code from subfunctions */
+
+  if( *pRC ) return;
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+  /* The master-journal page number must never be used as a pointer map page */
+  assert( 0==PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt)) );
+
+  assert( pBt->autoVacuum );
+  if( key==0 ){
+    *pRC = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+    return;
+  }
+  iPtrmap = PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, key);
+  rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, iPtrmap, &pDbPage);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    *pRC = rc;
+    return;
+  }
+  offset = PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(iPtrmap, key);
+  if( offset<0 ){
+    *pRC = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+    goto ptrmap_exit;
+  }
+  assert( offset <= (int)pBt->usableSize-5 );
+  pPtrmap = (u8 *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage);
+
+  if( eType!=pPtrmap[offset] || get4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1])!=parent ){
+    TRACE(("PTRMAP_UPDATE: %d->(%d,%d)\n", key, eType, parent));
+    *pRC= rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pDbPage);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      pPtrmap[offset] = eType;
+      put4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1], parent);
+    }
+  }
+
+ptrmap_exit:
+  sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage);
+}
+
+/*
+** Read an entry from the pointer map.
+**
+** This routine retrieves the pointer map entry for page 'key', writing
+** the type and parent page number to *pEType and *pPgno respectively.
+** An error code is returned if something goes wrong, otherwise SQLITE_OK.
+*/
+static int ptrmapGet(BtShared *pBt, Pgno key, u8 *pEType, Pgno *pPgno){
+  DbPage *pDbPage;   /* The pointer map page */
+  int iPtrmap;       /* Pointer map page index */
+  u8 *pPtrmap;       /* Pointer map page data */
+  int offset;        /* Offset of entry in pointer map */
+  int rc;
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+
+  iPtrmap = PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, key);
+  rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, iPtrmap, &pDbPage);
+  if( rc!=0 ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+  pPtrmap = (u8 *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage);
+
+  offset = PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(iPtrmap, key);
+  if( offset<0 ){
+    sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage);
+    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+  }
+  assert( offset <= (int)pBt->usableSize-5 );
+  assert( pEType!=0 );
+  *pEType = pPtrmap[offset];
+  if( pPgno ) *pPgno = get4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1]);
+
+  sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage);
+  if( *pEType<1 || *pEType>5 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+#else /* if defined SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM */
+  #define ptrmapPut(w,x,y,z,rc)
+  #define ptrmapGet(w,x,y,z) SQLITE_OK
+  #define ptrmapPutOvflPtr(x, y, rc)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Given a btree page and a cell index (0 means the first cell on
+** the page, 1 means the second cell, and so forth) return a pointer
+** to the cell content.
+**
+** This routine works only for pages that do not contain overflow cells.
+*/
+#define findCell(P,I) \
+  ((P)->aData + ((P)->maskPage & get2byte(&(P)->aCellIdx[2*(I)])))
+#define findCellv2(D,M,O,I) (D+(M&get2byte(D+(O+2*(I)))))
+
+
+/*
+** This a more complex version of findCell() that works for
+** pages that do contain overflow cells.
+*/
+static u8 *findOverflowCell(MemPage *pPage, int iCell){
+  int i;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+  for(i=pPage->nOverflow-1; i>=0; i--){
+    int k;
+    k = pPage->aiOvfl[i];
+    if( k<=iCell ){
+      if( k==iCell ){
+        return pPage->apOvfl[i];
+      }
+      iCell--;
+    }
+  }
+  return findCell(pPage, iCell);
+}
+
+/*
+** Parse a cell content block and fill in the CellInfo structure.  There
+** are two versions of this function.  btreeParseCell() takes a 
+** cell index as the second argument and btreeParseCellPtr() 
+** takes a pointer to the body of the cell as its second argument.
+**
+** Within this file, the parseCell() macro can be called instead of
+** btreeParseCellPtr(). Using some compilers, this will be faster.
+*/
+static void btreeParseCellPtr(
+  MemPage *pPage,         /* Page containing the cell */
+  u8 *pCell,              /* Pointer to the cell text. */
+  CellInfo *pInfo         /* Fill in this structure */
+){
+  u16 n;                  /* Number bytes in cell content header */
+  u32 nPayload;           /* Number of bytes of cell payload */
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+
+  pInfo->pCell = pCell;
+  assert( pPage->leaf==0 || pPage->leaf==1 );
+  n = pPage->childPtrSize;
+  assert( n==4-4*pPage->leaf );
+  if( pPage->intKey ){
+    if( pPage->hasData ){
+      n += getVarint32(&pCell[n], nPayload);
+    }else{
+      nPayload = 0;
+    }
+    n += getVarint(&pCell[n], (u64*)&pInfo->nKey);
+    pInfo->nData = nPayload;
+  }else{
+    pInfo->nData = 0;
+    n += getVarint32(&pCell[n], nPayload);
+    pInfo->nKey = nPayload;
+  }
+  pInfo->nPayload = nPayload;
+  pInfo->nHeader = n;
+  testcase( nPayload==pPage->maxLocal );
+  testcase( nPayload==pPage->maxLocal+1 );
+  if( likely(nPayload<=pPage->maxLocal) ){
+    /* This is the (easy) common case where the entire payload fits
+    ** on the local page.  No overflow is required.
+    */
+    if( (pInfo->nSize = (u16)(n+nPayload))<4 ) pInfo->nSize = 4;
+    pInfo->nLocal = (u16)nPayload;
+    pInfo->iOverflow = 0;
+  }else{
+    /* If the payload will not fit completely on the local page, we have
+    ** to decide how much to store locally and how much to spill onto
+    ** overflow pages.  The strategy is to minimize the amount of unused
+    ** space on overflow pages while keeping the amount of local storage
+    ** in between minLocal and maxLocal.
+    **
+    ** Warning:  changing the way overflow payload is distributed in any
+    ** way will result in an incompatible file format.
+    */
+    int minLocal;  /* Minimum amount of payload held locally */
+    int maxLocal;  /* Maximum amount of payload held locally */
+    int surplus;   /* Overflow payload available for local storage */
+
+    minLocal = pPage->minLocal;
+    maxLocal = pPage->maxLocal;
+    surplus = minLocal + (nPayload - minLocal)%(pPage->pBt->usableSize - 4);
+    testcase( surplus==maxLocal );
+    testcase( surplus==maxLocal+1 );
+    if( surplus <= maxLocal ){
+      pInfo->nLocal = (u16)surplus;
+    }else{
+      pInfo->nLocal = (u16)minLocal;
+    }
+    pInfo->iOverflow = (u16)(pInfo->nLocal + n);
+    pInfo->nSize = pInfo->iOverflow + 4;
+  }
+}
+#define parseCell(pPage, iCell, pInfo) \
+  btreeParseCellPtr((pPage), findCell((pPage), (iCell)), (pInfo))
+static void btreeParseCell(
+  MemPage *pPage,         /* Page containing the cell */
+  int iCell,              /* The cell index.  First cell is 0 */
+  CellInfo *pInfo         /* Fill in this structure */
+){
+  parseCell(pPage, iCell, pInfo);
+}
+
+/*
+** Compute the total number of bytes that a Cell needs in the cell
+** data area of the btree-page.  The return number includes the cell
+** data header and the local payload, but not any overflow page or
+** the space used by the cell pointer.
+*/
+static u16 cellSizePtr(MemPage *pPage, u8 *pCell){
+  u8 *pIter = &pCell[pPage->childPtrSize];
+  u32 nSize;
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  /* The value returned by this function should always be the same as
+  ** the (CellInfo.nSize) value found by doing a full parse of the
+  ** cell. If SQLITE_DEBUG is defined, an assert() at the bottom of
+  ** this function verifies that this invariant is not violated. */
+  CellInfo debuginfo;
+  btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &debuginfo);
+#endif
+
+  if( pPage->intKey ){
+    u8 *pEnd;
+    if( pPage->hasData ){
+      pIter += getVarint32(pIter, nSize);
+    }else{
+      nSize = 0;
+    }
+
+    /* pIter now points at the 64-bit integer key value, a variable length 
+    ** integer. The following block moves pIter to point at the first byte
+    ** past the end of the key value. */
+    pEnd = &pIter[9];
+    while( (*pIter++)&0x80 && pIter<pEnd );
+  }else{
+    pIter += getVarint32(pIter, nSize);
+  }
+
+  testcase( nSize==pPage->maxLocal );
+  testcase( nSize==pPage->maxLocal+1 );
+  if( nSize>pPage->maxLocal ){
+    int minLocal = pPage->minLocal;
+    nSize = minLocal + (nSize - minLocal) % (pPage->pBt->usableSize - 4);
+    testcase( nSize==pPage->maxLocal );
+    testcase( nSize==pPage->maxLocal+1 );
+    if( nSize>pPage->maxLocal ){
+      nSize = minLocal;
+    }
+    nSize += 4;
+  }
+  nSize += (u32)(pIter - pCell);
+
+  /* The minimum size of any cell is 4 bytes. */
+  if( nSize<4 ){
+    nSize = 4;
+  }
+
+  assert( nSize==debuginfo.nSize );
+  return (u16)nSize;
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+/* This variation on cellSizePtr() is used inside of assert() statements
+** only. */
+static u16 cellSize(MemPage *pPage, int iCell){
+  return cellSizePtr(pPage, findCell(pPage, iCell));
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+/*
+** If the cell pCell, part of page pPage contains a pointer
+** to an overflow page, insert an entry into the pointer-map
+** for the overflow page.
+*/
+static void ptrmapPutOvflPtr(MemPage *pPage, u8 *pCell, int *pRC){
+  CellInfo info;
+  if( *pRC ) return;
+  assert( pCell!=0 );
+  btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
+  assert( (info.nData+(pPage->intKey?0:info.nKey))==info.nPayload );
+  if( info.iOverflow ){
+    Pgno ovfl = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]);
+    ptrmapPut(pPage->pBt, ovfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1, pPage->pgno, pRC);
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Defragment the page given.  All Cells are moved to the
+** end of the page and all free space is collected into one
+** big FreeBlk that occurs in between the header and cell
+** pointer array and the cell content area.
+*/
+static int defragmentPage(MemPage *pPage){
+  int i;                     /* Loop counter */
+  int pc;                    /* Address of a i-th cell */
+  int hdr;                   /* Offset to the page header */
+  int size;                  /* Size of a cell */
+  int usableSize;            /* Number of usable bytes on a page */
+  int cellOffset;            /* Offset to the cell pointer array */
+  int cbrk;                  /* Offset to the cell content area */
+  int nCell;                 /* Number of cells on the page */
+  unsigned char *data;       /* The page data */
+  unsigned char *temp;       /* Temp area for cell content */
+  int iCellFirst;            /* First allowable cell index */
+  int iCellLast;             /* Last possible cell index */
+
+
+  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
+  assert( pPage->pBt!=0 );
+  assert( pPage->pBt->usableSize <= SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE );
+  assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+  temp = sqlite3PagerTempSpace(pPage->pBt->pPager);
+  data = pPage->aData;
+  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
+  cellOffset = pPage->cellOffset;
+  nCell = pPage->nCell;
+  assert( nCell==get2byte(&data[hdr+3]) );
+  usableSize = pPage->pBt->usableSize;
+  cbrk = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
+  memcpy(&temp[cbrk], &data[cbrk], usableSize - cbrk);
+  cbrk = usableSize;
+  iCellFirst = cellOffset + 2*nCell;
+  iCellLast = usableSize - 4;
+  for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
+    u8 *pAddr;     /* The i-th cell pointer */
+    pAddr = &data[cellOffset + i*2];
+    pc = get2byte(pAddr);
+    testcase( pc==iCellFirst );
+    testcase( pc==iCellLast );
+#if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK)
+    /* These conditions have already been verified in btreeInitPage()
+    ** if SQLITE_ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK is defined 
+    */
+    if( pc<iCellFirst || pc>iCellLast ){
+      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+    }
+#endif
+    assert( pc>=iCellFirst && pc<=iCellLast );
+    size = cellSizePtr(pPage, &temp[pc]);
+    cbrk -= size;
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK)
+    if( cbrk<iCellFirst ){
+      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+    }
+#else
+    if( cbrk<iCellFirst || pc+size>usableSize ){
+      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+    }
+#endif
+    assert( cbrk+size<=usableSize && cbrk>=iCellFirst );
+    testcase( cbrk+size==usableSize );
+    testcase( pc+size==usableSize );
+    memcpy(&data[cbrk], &temp[pc], size);
+    put2byte(pAddr, cbrk);
+  }
+  assert( cbrk>=iCellFirst );
+  put2byte(&data[hdr+5], cbrk);
+  data[hdr+1] = 0;
+  data[hdr+2] = 0;
+  data[hdr+7] = 0;
+  memset(&data[iCellFirst], 0, cbrk-iCellFirst);
+  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
+  if( cbrk-iCellFirst!=pPage->nFree ){
+    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate nByte bytes of space from within the B-Tree page passed
+** as the first argument. Write into *pIdx the index into pPage->aData[]
+** of the first byte of allocated space. Return either SQLITE_OK or
+** an error code (usually SQLITE_CORRUPT).
+**
+** The caller guarantees that there is sufficient space to make the
+** allocation.  This routine might need to defragment in order to bring
+** all the space together, however.  This routine will avoid using
+** the first two bytes past the cell pointer area since presumably this
+** allocation is being made in order to insert a new cell, so we will
+** also end up needing a new cell pointer.
+*/
+static int allocateSpace(MemPage *pPage, int nByte, int *pIdx){
+  const int hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;    /* Local cache of pPage->hdrOffset */
+  u8 * const data = pPage->aData;      /* Local cache of pPage->aData */
+  int nFrag;                           /* Number of fragmented bytes on pPage */
+  int top;                             /* First byte of cell content area */
+  int gap;        /* First byte of gap between cell pointers and cell content */
+  int rc;         /* Integer return code */
+  int usableSize; /* Usable size of the page */
+  
+  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
+  assert( pPage->pBt );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+  assert( nByte>=0 );  /* Minimum cell size is 4 */
+  assert( pPage->nFree>=nByte );
+  assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 );
+  usableSize = pPage->pBt->usableSize;
+  assert( nByte < usableSize-8 );
+
+  nFrag = data[hdr+7];
+  assert( pPage->cellOffset == hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf );
+  gap = pPage->cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell;
+  top = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]);
+  if( gap>top ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+  testcase( gap+2==top );
+  testcase( gap+1==top );
+  testcase( gap==top );
+
+  if( nFrag>=60 ){
+    /* Always defragment highly fragmented pages */
+    rc = defragmentPage(pPage);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+    top = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]);
+  }else if( gap+2<=top ){
+    /* Search the freelist looking for a free slot big enough to satisfy 
+    ** the request. The allocation is made from the first free slot in 
+    ** the list that is large enough to accomadate it.
+    */
+    int pc, addr;
+    for(addr=hdr+1; (pc = get2byte(&data[addr]))>0; addr=pc){
+      int size;            /* Size of the free slot */
+      if( pc>usableSize-4 || pc<addr+4 ){
+        return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+      }
+      size = get2byte(&data[pc+2]);
+      if( size>=nByte ){
+        int x = size - nByte;
+        testcase( x==4 );
+        testcase( x==3 );
+        if( x<4 ){
+          /* Remove the slot from the free-list. Update the number of
+          ** fragmented bytes within the page. */
+          memcpy(&data[addr], &data[pc], 2);
+          data[hdr+7] = (u8)(nFrag + x);
+        }else if( size+pc > usableSize ){
+          return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+        }else{
+          /* The slot remains on the free-list. Reduce its size to account
+          ** for the portion used by the new allocation. */
+          put2byte(&data[pc+2], x);
+        }
+        *pIdx = pc + x;
+        return SQLITE_OK;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Check to make sure there is enough space in the gap to satisfy
+  ** the allocation.  If not, defragment.
+  */
+  testcase( gap+2+nByte==top );
+  if( gap+2+nByte>top ){
+    rc = defragmentPage(pPage);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+    top = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]);
+    assert( gap+nByte<=top );
+  }
+
+
+  /* Allocate memory from the gap in between the cell pointer array
+  ** and the cell content area.  The btreeInitPage() call has already
+  ** validated the freelist.  Given that the freelist is valid, there
+  ** is no way that the allocation can extend off the end of the page.
+  ** The assert() below verifies the previous sentence.
+  */
+  top -= nByte;
+  put2byte(&data[hdr+5], top);
+  assert( top+nByte <= (int)pPage->pBt->usableSize );
+  *pIdx = top;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a section of the pPage->aData to the freelist.
+** The first byte of the new free block is pPage->aDisk[start]
+** and the size of the block is "size" bytes.
+**
+** Most of the effort here is involved in coalesing adjacent
+** free blocks into a single big free block.
+*/
+static int freeSpace(MemPage *pPage, int start, int size){
+  int addr, pbegin, hdr;
+  int iLast;                        /* Largest possible freeblock offset */
+  unsigned char *data = pPage->aData;
+
+  assert( pPage->pBt!=0 );
+  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
+  assert( start>=pPage->hdrOffset+6+pPage->childPtrSize );
+  assert( (start + size) <= (int)pPage->pBt->usableSize );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+  assert( size>=0 );   /* Minimum cell size is 4 */
+
+  if( pPage->pBt->btsFlags & BTS_SECURE_DELETE ){
+    /* Overwrite deleted information with zeros when the secure_delete
+    ** option is enabled */
+    memset(&data[start], 0, size);
+  }
+
+  /* Add the space back into the linked list of freeblocks.  Note that
+  ** even though the freeblock list was checked by btreeInitPage(),
+  ** btreeInitPage() did not detect overlapping cells or
+  ** freeblocks that overlapped cells.   Nor does it detect when the
+  ** cell content area exceeds the value in the page header.  If these
+  ** situations arise, then subsequent insert operations might corrupt
+  ** the freelist.  So we do need to check for corruption while scanning
+  ** the freelist.
+  */
+  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
+  addr = hdr + 1;
+  iLast = pPage->pBt->usableSize - 4;
+  assert( start<=iLast );
+  while( (pbegin = get2byte(&data[addr]))<start && pbegin>0 ){
+    if( pbegin<addr+4 ){
+      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+    }
+    addr = pbegin;
+  }
+  if( pbegin>iLast ){
+    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+  }
+  assert( pbegin>addr || pbegin==0 );
+  put2byte(&data[addr], start);
+  put2byte(&data[start], pbegin);
+  put2byte(&data[start+2], size);
+  pPage->nFree = pPage->nFree + (u16)size;
+
+  /* Coalesce adjacent free blocks */
+  addr = hdr + 1;
+  while( (pbegin = get2byte(&data[addr]))>0 ){
+    int pnext, psize, x;
+    assert( pbegin>addr );
+    assert( pbegin <= (int)pPage->pBt->usableSize-4 );
+    pnext = get2byte(&data[pbegin]);
+    psize = get2byte(&data[pbegin+2]);
+    if( pbegin + psize + 3 >= pnext && pnext>0 ){
+      int frag = pnext - (pbegin+psize);
+      if( (frag<0) || (frag>(int)data[hdr+7]) ){
+        return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+      }
+      data[hdr+7] -= (u8)frag;
+      x = get2byte(&data[pnext]);
+      put2byte(&data[pbegin], x);
+      x = pnext + get2byte(&data[pnext+2]) - pbegin;
+      put2byte(&data[pbegin+2], x);
+    }else{
+      addr = pbegin;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If the cell content area begins with a freeblock, remove it. */
+  if( data[hdr+1]==data[hdr+5] && data[hdr+2]==data[hdr+6] ){
+    int top;
+    pbegin = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]);
+    memcpy(&data[hdr+1], &data[pbegin], 2);
+    top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]) + get2byte(&data[pbegin+2]);
+    put2byte(&data[hdr+5], top);
+  }
+  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Decode the flags byte (the first byte of the header) for a page
+** and initialize fields of the MemPage structure accordingly.
+**
+** Only the following combinations are supported.  Anything different
+** indicates a corrupt database files:
+**
+**         PTF_ZERODATA
+**         PTF_ZERODATA | PTF_LEAF
+**         PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_INTKEY
+**         PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_INTKEY | PTF_LEAF
+*/
+static int decodeFlags(MemPage *pPage, int flagByte){
+  BtShared *pBt;     /* A copy of pPage->pBt */
+
+  assert( pPage->hdrOffset==(pPage->pgno==1 ? 100 : 0) );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+  pPage->leaf = (u8)(flagByte>>3);  assert( PTF_LEAF == 1<<3 );
+  flagByte &= ~PTF_LEAF;
+  pPage->childPtrSize = 4-4*pPage->leaf;
+  pBt = pPage->pBt;
+  if( flagByte==(PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_INTKEY) ){
+    pPage->intKey = 1;
+    pPage->hasData = pPage->leaf;
+    pPage->maxLocal = pBt->maxLeaf;
+    pPage->minLocal = pBt->minLeaf;
+  }else if( flagByte==PTF_ZERODATA ){
+    pPage->intKey = 0;
+    pPage->hasData = 0;
+    pPage->maxLocal = pBt->maxLocal;
+    pPage->minLocal = pBt->minLocal;
+  }else{
+    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+  }
+  pPage->max1bytePayload = pBt->max1bytePayload;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize the auxiliary information for a disk block.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK on success.  If we see that the page does
+** not contain a well-formed database page, then return 
+** SQLITE_CORRUPT.  Note that a return of SQLITE_OK does not
+** guarantee that the page is well-formed.  It only shows that
+** we failed to detect any corruption.
+*/
+static int btreeInitPage(MemPage *pPage){
+
+  assert( pPage->pBt!=0 );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+  assert( pPage->pgno==sqlite3PagerPagenumber(pPage->pDbPage) );
+  assert( pPage == sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pPage->pDbPage) );
+  assert( pPage->aData == sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage) );
+
+  if( !pPage->isInit ){
+    u16 pc;            /* Address of a freeblock within pPage->aData[] */
+    u8 hdr;            /* Offset to beginning of page header */
+    u8 *data;          /* Equal to pPage->aData */
+    BtShared *pBt;        /* The main btree structure */
+    int usableSize;    /* Amount of usable space on each page */
+    u16 cellOffset;    /* Offset from start of page to first cell pointer */
+    int nFree;         /* Number of unused bytes on the page */
+    int top;           /* First byte of the cell content area */
+    int iCellFirst;    /* First allowable cell or freeblock offset */
+    int iCellLast;     /* Last possible cell or freeblock offset */
+
+    pBt = pPage->pBt;
+
+    hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
+    data = pPage->aData;
+    if( decodeFlags(pPage, data[hdr]) ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+    assert( pBt->pageSize>=512 && pBt->pageSize<=65536 );
+    pPage->maskPage = (u16)(pBt->pageSize - 1);
+    pPage->nOverflow = 0;
+    usableSize = pBt->usableSize;
+    pPage->cellOffset = cellOffset = hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf;
+    pPage->aDataEnd = &data[usableSize];
+    pPage->aCellIdx = &data[cellOffset];
+    top = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]);
+    pPage->nCell = get2byte(&data[hdr+3]);
+    if( pPage->nCell>MX_CELL(pBt) ){
+      /* To many cells for a single page.  The page must be corrupt */
+      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+    }
+    testcase( pPage->nCell==MX_CELL(pBt) );
+
+    /* A malformed database page might cause us to read past the end
+    ** of page when parsing a cell.  
+    **
+    ** The following block of code checks early to see if a cell extends
+    ** past the end of a page boundary and causes SQLITE_CORRUPT to be 
+    ** returned if it does.
+    */
+    iCellFirst = cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell;
+    iCellLast = usableSize - 4;
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK)
+    {
+      int i;            /* Index into the cell pointer array */
+      int sz;           /* Size of a cell */
+
+      if( !pPage->leaf ) iCellLast--;
+      for(i=0; i<pPage->nCell; i++){
+        pc = get2byte(&data[cellOffset+i*2]);
+        testcase( pc==iCellFirst );
+        testcase( pc==iCellLast );
+        if( pc<iCellFirst || pc>iCellLast ){
+          return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+        }
+        sz = cellSizePtr(pPage, &data[pc]);
+        testcase( pc+sz==usableSize );
+        if( pc+sz>usableSize ){
+          return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+        }
+      }
+      if( !pPage->leaf ) iCellLast++;
+    }  
+#endif
+
+    /* Compute the total free space on the page */
+    pc = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]);
+    nFree = data[hdr+7] + top;
+    while( pc>0 ){
+      u16 next, size;
+      if( pc<iCellFirst || pc>iCellLast ){
+        /* Start of free block is off the page */
+        return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 
+      }
+      next = get2byte(&data[pc]);
+      size = get2byte(&data[pc+2]);
+      if( (next>0 && next<=pc+size+3) || pc+size>usableSize ){
+        /* Free blocks must be in ascending order. And the last byte of
+        ** the free-block must lie on the database page.  */
+        return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 
+      }
+      nFree = nFree + size;
+      pc = next;
+    }
+
+    /* At this point, nFree contains the sum of the offset to the start
+    ** of the cell-content area plus the number of free bytes within
+    ** the cell-content area. If this is greater than the usable-size
+    ** of the page, then the page must be corrupted. This check also
+    ** serves to verify that the offset to the start of the cell-content
+    ** area, according to the page header, lies within the page.
+    */
+    if( nFree>usableSize ){
+      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 
+    }
+    pPage->nFree = (u16)(nFree - iCellFirst);
+    pPage->isInit = 1;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set up a raw page so that it looks like a database page holding
+** no entries.
+*/
+static void zeroPage(MemPage *pPage, int flags){
+  unsigned char *data = pPage->aData;
+  BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
+  u8 hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
+  u16 first;
+
+  assert( sqlite3PagerPagenumber(pPage->pDbPage)==pPage->pgno );
+  assert( sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pPage->pDbPage) == (void*)pPage );
+  assert( sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage) == data );
+  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+  if( pBt->btsFlags & BTS_SECURE_DELETE ){
+    memset(&data[hdr], 0, pBt->usableSize - hdr);
+  }
+  data[hdr] = (char)flags;
+  first = hdr + 8 + 4*((flags&PTF_LEAF)==0 ?1:0);
+  memset(&data[hdr+1], 0, 4);
+  data[hdr+7] = 0;
+  put2byte(&data[hdr+5], pBt->usableSize);
+  pPage->nFree = (u16)(pBt->usableSize - first);
+  decodeFlags(pPage, flags);
+  pPage->hdrOffset = hdr;
+  pPage->cellOffset = first;
+  pPage->aDataEnd = &data[pBt->usableSize];
+  pPage->aCellIdx = &data[first];
+  pPage->nOverflow = 0;
+  assert( pBt->pageSize>=512 && pBt->pageSize<=65536 );
+  pPage->maskPage = (u16)(pBt->pageSize - 1);
+  pPage->nCell = 0;
+  pPage->isInit = 1;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Convert a DbPage obtained from the pager into a MemPage used by
+** the btree layer.
+*/
+static MemPage *btreePageFromDbPage(DbPage *pDbPage, Pgno pgno, BtShared *pBt){
+  MemPage *pPage = (MemPage*)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pDbPage);
+  pPage->aData = sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage);
+  pPage->pDbPage = pDbPage;
+  pPage->pBt = pBt;
+  pPage->pgno = pgno;
+  pPage->hdrOffset = pPage->pgno==1 ? 100 : 0;
+  return pPage; 
+}
+
+/*
+** Get a page from the pager.  Initialize the MemPage.pBt and
+** MemPage.aData elements if needed.
+**
+** If the noContent flag is set, it means that we do not care about
+** the content of the page at this time.  So do not go to the disk
+** to fetch the content.  Just fill in the content with zeros for now.
+** If in the future we call sqlite3PagerWrite() on this page, that
+** means we have started to be concerned about content and the disk
+** read should occur at that point.
+*/
+static int btreeGetPage(
+  BtShared *pBt,       /* The btree */
+  Pgno pgno,           /* Number of the page to fetch */
+  MemPage **ppPage,    /* Return the page in this parameter */
+  int noContent        /* Do not load page content if true */
+){
+  int rc;
+  DbPage *pDbPage;
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+  rc = sqlite3PagerAcquire(pBt->pPager, pgno, (DbPage**)&pDbPage, noContent);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  *ppPage = btreePageFromDbPage(pDbPage, pgno, pBt);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Retrieve a page from the pager cache. If the requested page is not
+** already in the pager cache return NULL. Initialize the MemPage.pBt and
+** MemPage.aData elements if needed.
+*/
+static MemPage *btreePageLookup(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){
+  DbPage *pDbPage;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+  pDbPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pBt->pPager, pgno);
+  if( pDbPage ){
+    return btreePageFromDbPage(pDbPage, pgno, pBt);
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the size of the database file in pages. If there is any kind of
+** error, return ((unsigned int)-1).
+*/
+static Pgno btreePagecount(BtShared *pBt){
+  return pBt->nPage;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BtreeLastPage(Btree *p){
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
+  assert( ((p->pBt->nPage)&0x8000000)==0 );
+  return (int)btreePagecount(p->pBt);
+}
+
+/*
+** Get a page from the pager and initialize it.  This routine is just a
+** convenience wrapper around separate calls to btreeGetPage() and 
+** btreeInitPage().
+**
+** If an error occurs, then the value *ppPage is set to is undefined. It
+** may remain unchanged, or it may be set to an invalid value.
+*/
+static int getAndInitPage(
+  BtShared *pBt,          /* The database file */
+  Pgno pgno,           /* Number of the page to get */
+  MemPage **ppPage     /* Write the page pointer here */
+){
+  int rc;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+
+  if( pgno>btreePagecount(pBt) ){
+    rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+  }else{
+    rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, pgno, ppPage, 0);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = btreeInitPage(*ppPage);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        releasePage(*ppPage);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  testcase( pgno==0 );
+  assert( pgno!=0 || rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT );
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Release a MemPage.  This should be called once for each prior
+** call to btreeGetPage.
+*/
+static void releasePage(MemPage *pPage){
+  if( pPage ){
+    assert( pPage->aData );
+    assert( pPage->pBt );
+    assert( sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pPage->pDbPage) == (void*)pPage );
+    assert( sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage)==pPage->aData );
+    assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+    sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage->pDbPage);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** During a rollback, when the pager reloads information into the cache
+** so that the cache is restored to its original state at the start of
+** the transaction, for each page restored this routine is called.
+**
+** This routine needs to reset the extra data section at the end of the
+** page to agree with the restored data.
+*/
+static void pageReinit(DbPage *pData){
+  MemPage *pPage;
+  pPage = (MemPage *)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pData);
+  assert( sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(pData)>0 );
+  if( pPage->isInit ){
+    assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+    pPage->isInit = 0;
+    if( sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(pData)>1 ){
+      /* pPage might not be a btree page;  it might be an overflow page
+      ** or ptrmap page or a free page.  In those cases, the following
+      ** call to btreeInitPage() will likely return SQLITE_CORRUPT.
+      ** But no harm is done by this.  And it is very important that
+      ** btreeInitPage() be called on every btree page so we make
+      ** the call for every page that comes in for re-initing. */
+      btreeInitPage(pPage);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Invoke the busy handler for a btree.
+*/
+static int btreeInvokeBusyHandler(void *pArg){
+  BtShared *pBt = (BtShared*)pArg;
+  assert( pBt->db );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->db->mutex) );
+  return sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(&pBt->db->busyHandler);
+}
+
+/*
+** Open a database file.
+** 
+** zFilename is the name of the database file.  If zFilename is NULL
+** then an ephemeral database is created.  The ephemeral database might
+** be exclusively in memory, or it might use a disk-based memory cache.
+** Either way, the ephemeral database will be automatically deleted 
+** when sqlite3BtreeClose() is called.
+**
+** If zFilename is ":memory:" then an in-memory database is created
+** that is automatically destroyed when it is closed.
+**
+** The "flags" parameter is a bitmask that might contain bits like
+** BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL and/or BTREE_MEMORY.
+**
+** If the database is already opened in the same database connection
+** and we are in shared cache mode, then the open will fail with an
+** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT error.  We cannot allow two or more BtShared
+** objects in the same database connection since doing so will lead
+** to problems with locking.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeOpen(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,      /* VFS to use for this b-tree */
+  const char *zFilename,  /* Name of the file containing the BTree database */
+  sqlite3 *db,            /* Associated database handle */
+  Btree **ppBtree,        /* Pointer to new Btree object written here */
+  int flags,              /* Options */
+  int vfsFlags            /* Flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
+){
+  BtShared *pBt = 0;             /* Shared part of btree structure */
+  Btree *p;                      /* Handle to return */
+  sqlite3_mutex *mutexOpen = 0;  /* Prevents a race condition. Ticket #3537 */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;            /* Result code from this function */
+  u8 nReserve;                   /* Byte of unused space on each page */
+  unsigned char zDbHeader[100];  /* Database header content */
+
+  /* True if opening an ephemeral, temporary database */
+  const int isTempDb = zFilename==0 || zFilename[0]==0;
+
+  /* Set the variable isMemdb to true for an in-memory database, or 
+  ** false for a file-based database.
+  */
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
+  const int isMemdb = 0;
+#else
+  const int isMemdb = (zFilename && strcmp(zFilename, ":memory:")==0)
+                       || (isTempDb && sqlite3TempInMemory(db))
+                       || (vfsFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY)!=0;
+#endif
+
+  assert( db!=0 );
+  assert( pVfs!=0 );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+  assert( (flags&0xff)==flags );   /* flags fit in 8 bits */
+
+  /* Only a BTREE_SINGLE database can be BTREE_UNORDERED */
+  assert( (flags & BTREE_UNORDERED)==0 || (flags & BTREE_SINGLE)!=0 );
+
+  /* A BTREE_SINGLE database is always a temporary and/or ephemeral */
+  assert( (flags & BTREE_SINGLE)==0 || isTempDb );
+
+  if( isMemdb ){
+    flags |= BTREE_MEMORY;
+  }
+  if( (vfsFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB)!=0 && (isMemdb || isTempDb) ){
+    vfsFlags = (vfsFlags & ~SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB) | SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB;
+  }
+  p = sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(Btree));
+  if( !p ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  p->inTrans = TRANS_NONE;
+  p->db = db;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+  p->lock.pBtree = p;
+  p->lock.iTable = 1;
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO)
+  /*
+  ** If this Btree is a candidate for shared cache, try to find an
+  ** existing BtShared object that we can share with
+  */
+  if( isTempDb==0 && (isMemdb==0 || (vfsFlags&SQLITE_OPEN_URI)!=0) ){
+    if( vfsFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE ){
+      int nFullPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
+      char *zFullPathname = sqlite3Malloc(nFullPathname);
+      MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlite3_mutex *mutexShared; )
+      p->sharable = 1;
+      if( !zFullPathname ){
+        sqlite3_free(p);
+        return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }
+      if( isMemdb ){
+        memcpy(zFullPathname, zFilename, sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)+1);
+      }else{
+        rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename,
+                                   nFullPathname, zFullPathname);
+        if( rc ){
+          sqlite3_free(zFullPathname);
+          sqlite3_free(p);
+          return rc;
+        }
+      }
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+      mutexOpen = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN);
+      sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutexOpen);
+      mutexShared = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
+      sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutexShared);
+#endif
+      for(pBt=GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList); pBt; pBt=pBt->pNext){
+        assert( pBt->nRef>0 );
+        if( 0==strcmp(zFullPathname, sqlite3PagerFilename(pBt->pPager, 0))
+                 && sqlite3PagerVfs(pBt->pPager)==pVfs ){
+          int iDb;
+          for(iDb=db->nDb-1; iDb>=0; iDb--){
+            Btree *pExisting = db->aDb[iDb].pBt;
+            if( pExisting && pExisting->pBt==pBt ){
+              sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexShared);
+              sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexOpen);
+              sqlite3_free(zFullPathname);
+              sqlite3_free(p);
+              return SQLITE_CONSTRAINT;
+            }
+          }
+          p->pBt = pBt;
+          pBt->nRef++;
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+      sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexShared);
+      sqlite3_free(zFullPathname);
+    }
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+    else{
+      /* In debug mode, we mark all persistent databases as sharable
+      ** even when they are not.  This exercises the locking code and
+      ** gives more opportunity for asserts(sqlite3_mutex_held())
+      ** statements to find locking problems.
+      */
+      p->sharable = 1;
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+#endif
+  if( pBt==0 ){
+    /*
+    ** The following asserts make sure that structures used by the btree are
+    ** the right size.  This is to guard against size changes that result
+    ** when compiling on a different architecture.
+    */
+    assert( sizeof(i64)==8 || sizeof(i64)==4 );
+    assert( sizeof(u64)==8 || sizeof(u64)==4 );
+    assert( sizeof(u32)==4 );
+    assert( sizeof(u16)==2 );
+    assert( sizeof(Pgno)==4 );
+  
+    pBt = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*pBt) );
+    if( pBt==0 ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      goto btree_open_out;
+    }
+    rc = sqlite3PagerOpen(pVfs, &pBt->pPager, zFilename,
+                          EXTRA_SIZE, flags, vfsFlags, pageReinit);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(pBt->pPager,sizeof(zDbHeader),zDbHeader);
+    }
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      goto btree_open_out;
+    }
+    pBt->openFlags = (u8)flags;
+    pBt->db = db;
+    sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(pBt->pPager, btreeInvokeBusyHandler, pBt);
+    p->pBt = pBt;
+  
+    pBt->pCursor = 0;
+    pBt->pPage1 = 0;
+    if( sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(pBt->pPager) ) pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_READ_ONLY;
+#ifdef SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE
+    pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_SECURE_DELETE;
+#endif
+    pBt->pageSize = (zDbHeader[16]<<8) | (zDbHeader[17]<<16);
+    if( pBt->pageSize<512 || pBt->pageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
+         || ((pBt->pageSize-1)&pBt->pageSize)!=0 ){
+      pBt->pageSize = 0;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+      /* If the magic name ":memory:" will create an in-memory database, then
+      ** leave the autoVacuum mode at 0 (do not auto-vacuum), even if
+      ** SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM is true. On the other hand, if
+      ** SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB has been defined, then ":memory:" is just a
+      ** regular file-name. In this case the auto-vacuum applies as per normal.
+      */
+      if( zFilename && !isMemdb ){
+        pBt->autoVacuum = (SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM ? 1 : 0);
+        pBt->incrVacuum = (SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM==2 ? 1 : 0);
+      }
+#endif
+      nReserve = 0;
+    }else{
+      nReserve = zDbHeader[20];
+      pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+      pBt->autoVacuum = (get4byte(&zDbHeader[36 + 4*4])?1:0);
+      pBt->incrVacuum = (get4byte(&zDbHeader[36 + 7*4])?1:0);
+#endif
+    }
+    rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize, nReserve);
+    if( rc ) goto btree_open_out;
+    pBt->usableSize = pBt->pageSize - nReserve;
+    assert( (pBt->pageSize & 7)==0 );  /* 8-byte alignment of pageSize */
+   
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO)
+    /* Add the new BtShared object to the linked list sharable BtShareds.
+    */
+    if( p->sharable ){
+      MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlite3_mutex *mutexShared; )
+      pBt->nRef = 1;
+      MUTEX_LOGIC( mutexShared = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);)
+      if( SQLITE_THREADSAFE && sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){
+        pBt->mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST);
+        if( pBt->mutex==0 ){
+          rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+          db->mallocFailed = 0;
+          goto btree_open_out;
+        }
+      }
+      sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutexShared);
+      pBt->pNext = GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList);
+      GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList) = pBt;
+      sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexShared);
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO)
+  /* If the new Btree uses a sharable pBtShared, then link the new
+  ** Btree into the list of all sharable Btrees for the same connection.
+  ** The list is kept in ascending order by pBt address.
+  */
+  if( p->sharable ){
+    int i;
+    Btree *pSib;
+    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+      if( (pSib = db->aDb[i].pBt)!=0 && pSib->sharable ){
+        while( pSib->pPrev ){ pSib = pSib->pPrev; }
+        if( p->pBt<pSib->pBt ){
+          p->pNext = pSib;
+          p->pPrev = 0;
+          pSib->pPrev = p;
+        }else{
+          while( pSib->pNext && pSib->pNext->pBt<p->pBt ){
+            pSib = pSib->pNext;
+          }
+          p->pNext = pSib->pNext;
+          p->pPrev = pSib;
+          if( p->pNext ){
+            p->pNext->pPrev = p;
+          }
+          pSib->pNext = p;
+        }
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+  *ppBtree = p;
+
+btree_open_out:
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( pBt && pBt->pPager ){
+      sqlite3PagerClose(pBt->pPager);
+    }
+    sqlite3_free(pBt);
+    sqlite3_free(p);
+    *ppBtree = 0;
+  }else{
+    /* If the B-Tree was successfully opened, set the pager-cache size to the
+    ** default value. Except, when opening on an existing shared pager-cache,
+    ** do not change the pager-cache size.
+    */
+    if( sqlite3BtreeSchema(p, 0, 0)==0 ){
+      sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(p->pBt->pPager, SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE);
+    }
+  }
+  if( mutexOpen ){
+    assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mutexOpen) );
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexOpen);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Decrement the BtShared.nRef counter.  When it reaches zero,
+** remove the BtShared structure from the sharing list.  Return
+** true if the BtShared.nRef counter reaches zero and return
+** false if it is still positive.
+*/
+static int removeFromSharingList(BtShared *pBt){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+  MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlite3_mutex *pMaster; )
+  BtShared *pList;
+  int removed = 0;
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(pBt->mutex) );
+  MUTEX_LOGIC( pMaster = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); )
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster);
+  pBt->nRef--;
+  if( pBt->nRef<=0 ){
+    if( GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList)==pBt ){
+      GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList) = pBt->pNext;
+    }else{
+      pList = GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList);
+      while( ALWAYS(pList) && pList->pNext!=pBt ){
+        pList=pList->pNext;
+      }
+      if( ALWAYS(pList) ){
+        pList->pNext = pBt->pNext;
+      }
+    }
+    if( SQLITE_THREADSAFE ){
+      sqlite3_mutex_free(pBt->mutex);
+    }
+    removed = 1;
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster);
+  return removed;
+#else
+  return 1;
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Make sure pBt->pTmpSpace points to an allocation of 
+** MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) bytes.
+*/
+static void allocateTempSpace(BtShared *pBt){
+  if( !pBt->pTmpSpace ){
+    pBt->pTmpSpace = sqlite3PageMalloc( pBt->pageSize );
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Free the pBt->pTmpSpace allocation
+*/
+static void freeTempSpace(BtShared *pBt){
+  sqlite3PageFree( pBt->pTmpSpace);
+  pBt->pTmpSpace = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close an open database and invalidate all cursors.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClose(Btree *p){
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+  BtCursor *pCur;
+
+  /* Close all cursors opened via this handle.  */
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  pCur = pBt->pCursor;
+  while( pCur ){
+    BtCursor *pTmp = pCur;
+    pCur = pCur->pNext;
+    if( pTmp->pBtree==p ){
+      sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(pTmp);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Rollback any active transaction and free the handle structure.
+  ** The call to sqlite3BtreeRollback() drops any table-locks held by
+  ** this handle.
+  */
+  sqlite3BtreeRollback(p, SQLITE_OK);
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+
+  /* If there are still other outstanding references to the shared-btree
+  ** structure, return now. The remainder of this procedure cleans 
+  ** up the shared-btree.
+  */
+  assert( p->wantToLock==0 && p->locked==0 );
+  if( !p->sharable || removeFromSharingList(pBt) ){
+    /* The pBt is no longer on the sharing list, so we can access
+    ** it without having to hold the mutex.
+    **
+    ** Clean out and delete the BtShared object.
+    */
+    assert( !pBt->pCursor );
+    sqlite3PagerClose(pBt->pPager);
+    if( pBt->xFreeSchema && pBt->pSchema ){
+      pBt->xFreeSchema(pBt->pSchema);
+    }
+    sqlite3DbFree(0, pBt->pSchema);
+    freeTempSpace(pBt);
+    sqlite3_free(pBt);
+  }
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+  assert( p->wantToLock==0 );
+  assert( p->locked==0 );
+  if( p->pPrev ) p->pPrev->pNext = p->pNext;
+  if( p->pNext ) p->pNext->pPrev = p->pPrev;
+#endif
+
+  sqlite3_free(p);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the limit on the number of pages allowed in the cache.
+**
+** The maximum number of cache pages is set to the absolute
+** value of mxPage.  If mxPage is negative, the pager will
+** operate asynchronously - it will not stop to do fsync()s
+** to insure data is written to the disk surface before
+** continuing.  Transactions still work if synchronous is off,
+** and the database cannot be corrupted if this program
+** crashes.  But if the operating system crashes or there is
+** an abrupt power failure when synchronous is off, the database
+** could be left in an inconsistent and unrecoverable state.
+** Synchronous is on by default so database corruption is not
+** normally a worry.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(Btree *p, int mxPage){
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(pBt->pPager, mxPage);
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the way data is synced to disk in order to increase or decrease
+** how well the database resists damage due to OS crashes and power
+** failures.  Level 1 is the same as asynchronous (no syncs() occur and
+** there is a high probability of damage)  Level 2 is the default.  There
+** is a very low but non-zero probability of damage.  Level 3 reduces the
+** probability of damage to near zero but with a write performance reduction.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(
+  Btree *p,              /* The btree to set the safety level on */
+  int level,             /* PRAGMA synchronous.  1=OFF, 2=NORMAL, 3=FULL */
+  int fullSync,          /* PRAGMA fullfsync. */
+  int ckptFullSync       /* PRAGMA checkpoint_fullfync */
+){
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+  assert( level>=1 && level<=3 );
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  sqlite3PagerSetSafetyLevel(pBt->pPager, level, fullSync, ckptFullSync);
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the given btree is set to safety level 1.  In other
+** words, return TRUE if no sync() occurs on the disk files.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSyncDisabled(Btree *p){
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+  int rc;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );  
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  assert( pBt && pBt->pPager );
+  rc = sqlite3PagerNosync(pBt->pPager);
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the default pages size and the number of reserved bytes per page.
+** Or, if the page size has already been fixed, return SQLITE_READONLY 
+** without changing anything.
+**
+** The page size must be a power of 2 between 512 and 65536.  If the page
+** size supplied does not meet this constraint then the page size is not
+** changed.
+**
+** Page sizes are constrained to be a power of two so that the region
+** of the database file used for locking (beginning at PENDING_BYTE,
+** the first byte past the 1GB boundary, 0x40000000) needs to occur
+** at the beginning of a page.
+**
+** If parameter nReserve is less than zero, then the number of reserved
+** bytes per page is left unchanged.
+**
+** If the iFix!=0 then the BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED flag is set so that the page size
+** and autovacuum mode can no longer be changed.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree *p, int pageSize, int nReserve, int iFix){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+  assert( nReserve>=-1 && nReserve<=255 );
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  if( pBt->btsFlags & BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED ){
+    sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+    return SQLITE_READONLY;
+  }
+  if( nReserve<0 ){
+    nReserve = pBt->pageSize - pBt->usableSize;
+  }
+  assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<=255 );
+  if( pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE &&
+        ((pageSize-1)&pageSize)==0 ){
+    assert( (pageSize & 7)==0 );
+    assert( !pBt->pPage1 && !pBt->pCursor );
+    pBt->pageSize = (u32)pageSize;
+    freeTempSpace(pBt);
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize, nReserve);
+  pBt->usableSize = pBt->pageSize - (u16)nReserve;
+  if( iFix ) pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED;
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the currently defined page size
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree *p){
+  return p->pBt->pageSize;
+}
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM)
+/*
+** Return the number of bytes of space at the end of every page that
+** are intentually left unused.  This is the "reserved" space that is
+** sometimes used by extensions.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(Btree *p){
+  int n;
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  n = p->pBt->pageSize - p->pBt->usableSize;
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return n;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the maximum page count for a database if mxPage is positive.
+** No changes are made if mxPage is 0 or negative.
+** Regardless of the value of mxPage, return the maximum page count.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(Btree *p, int mxPage){
+  int n;
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  n = sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(p->pBt->pPager, mxPage);
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return n;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the BTS_SECURE_DELETE flag if newFlag is 0 or 1.  If newFlag is -1,
+** then make no changes.  Always return the value of the BTS_SECURE_DELETE
+** setting after the change.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(Btree *p, int newFlag){
+  int b;
+  if( p==0 ) return 0;
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  if( newFlag>=0 ){
+    p->pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_SECURE_DELETE;
+    if( newFlag ) p->pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_SECURE_DELETE;
+  } 
+  b = (p->pBt->btsFlags & BTS_SECURE_DELETE)!=0;
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return b;
+}
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) */
+
+/*
+** Change the 'auto-vacuum' property of the database. If the 'autoVacuum'
+** parameter is non-zero, then auto-vacuum mode is enabled. If zero, it
+** is disabled. The default value for the auto-vacuum property is 
+** determined by the SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM macro.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(Btree *p, int autoVacuum){
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+  return SQLITE_READONLY;
+#else
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  u8 av = (u8)autoVacuum;
+
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  if( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED)!=0 && (av ?1:0)!=pBt->autoVacuum ){
+    rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
+  }else{
+    pBt->autoVacuum = av ?1:0;
+    pBt->incrVacuum = av==2 ?1:0;
+  }
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return rc;
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the value of the 'auto-vacuum' property. If auto-vacuum is 
+** enabled 1 is returned. Otherwise 0.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(Btree *p){
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+  return BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE;
+#else
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  rc = (
+    (!p->pBt->autoVacuum)?BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE:
+    (!p->pBt->incrVacuum)?BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_FULL:
+    BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_INCR
+  );
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return rc;
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Get a reference to pPage1 of the database file.  This will
+** also acquire a readlock on that file.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned on success.  If the file is not a
+** well-formed database file, then SQLITE_CORRUPT is returned.
+** SQLITE_BUSY is returned if the database is locked.  SQLITE_NOMEM
+** is returned if we run out of memory. 
+*/
+static int lockBtree(BtShared *pBt){
+  int rc;              /* Result code from subfunctions */
+  MemPage *pPage1;     /* Page 1 of the database file */
+  int nPage;           /* Number of pages in the database */
+  int nPageFile = 0;   /* Number of pages in the database file */
+  int nPageHeader;     /* Number of pages in the database according to hdr */
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+  assert( pBt->pPage1==0 );
+  rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pBt->pPager);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, 1, &pPage1, 0);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  /* Do some checking to help insure the file we opened really is
+  ** a valid database file. 
+  */
+  nPage = nPageHeader = get4byte(28+(u8*)pPage1->aData);
+  sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager, &nPageFile);
+  if( nPage==0 || memcmp(24+(u8*)pPage1->aData, 92+(u8*)pPage1->aData,4)!=0 ){
+    nPage = nPageFile;
+  }
+  if( nPage>0 ){
+    u32 pageSize;
+    u32 usableSize;
+    u8 *page1 = pPage1->aData;
+    rc = SQLITE_NOTADB;
+    if( memcmp(page1, zMagicHeader, 16)!=0 ){
+      goto page1_init_failed;
+    }
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+    if( page1[18]>1 ){
+      pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_READ_ONLY;
+    }
+    if( page1[19]>1 ){
+      goto page1_init_failed;
+    }
+#else
+    if( page1[18]>2 ){
+      pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_READ_ONLY;
+    }
+    if( page1[19]>2 ){
+      goto page1_init_failed;
+    }
+
+    /* If the write version is set to 2, this database should be accessed
+    ** in WAL mode. If the log is not already open, open it now. Then 
+    ** return SQLITE_OK and return without populating BtShared.pPage1.
+    ** The caller detects this and calls this function again. This is
+    ** required as the version of page 1 currently in the page1 buffer
+    ** may not be the latest version - there may be a newer one in the log
+    ** file.
+    */
+    if( page1[19]==2 && (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_NO_WAL)==0 ){
+      int isOpen = 0;
+      rc = sqlite3PagerOpenWal(pBt->pPager, &isOpen);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        goto page1_init_failed;
+      }else if( isOpen==0 ){
+        releasePage(pPage1);
+        return SQLITE_OK;
+      }
+      rc = SQLITE_NOTADB;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    /* The maximum embedded fraction must be exactly 25%.  And the minimum
+    ** embedded fraction must be 12.5% for both leaf-data and non-leaf-data.
+    ** The original design allowed these amounts to vary, but as of
+    ** version 3.6.0, we require them to be fixed.
+    */
+    if( memcmp(&page1[21], "\100\040\040",3)!=0 ){
+      goto page1_init_failed;
+    }
+    pageSize = (page1[16]<<8) | (page1[17]<<16);
+    if( ((pageSize-1)&pageSize)!=0
+     || pageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE 
+     || pageSize<=256 
+    ){
+      goto page1_init_failed;
+    }
+    assert( (pageSize & 7)==0 );
+    usableSize = pageSize - page1[20];
+    if( (u32)pageSize!=pBt->pageSize ){
+      /* After reading the first page of the database assuming a page size
+      ** of BtShared.pageSize, we have discovered that the page-size is
+      ** actually pageSize. Unlock the database, leave pBt->pPage1 at
+      ** zero and return SQLITE_OK. The caller will call this function
+      ** again with the correct page-size.
+      */
+      releasePage(pPage1);
+      pBt->usableSize = usableSize;
+      pBt->pageSize = pageSize;
+      freeTempSpace(pBt);
+      rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize,
+                                   pageSize-usableSize);
+      return rc;
+    }
+    if( (pBt->db->flags & SQLITE_RecoveryMode)==0 && nPage>nPageFile ){
+      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+      goto page1_init_failed;
+    }
+    if( usableSize<480 ){
+      goto page1_init_failed;
+    }
+    pBt->pageSize = pageSize;
+    pBt->usableSize = usableSize;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+    pBt->autoVacuum = (get4byte(&page1[36 + 4*4])?1:0);
+    pBt->incrVacuum = (get4byte(&page1[36 + 7*4])?1:0);
+#endif
+  }
+
+  /* maxLocal is the maximum amount of payload to store locally for
+  ** a cell.  Make sure it is small enough so that at least minFanout
+  ** cells can will fit on one page.  We assume a 10-byte page header.
+  ** Besides the payload, the cell must store:
+  **     2-byte pointer to the cell
+  **     4-byte child pointer
+  **     9-byte nKey value
+  **     4-byte nData value
+  **     4-byte overflow page pointer
+  ** So a cell consists of a 2-byte pointer, a header which is as much as
+  ** 17 bytes long, 0 to N bytes of payload, and an optional 4 byte overflow
+  ** page pointer.
+  */
+  pBt->maxLocal = (u16)((pBt->usableSize-12)*64/255 - 23);
+  pBt->minLocal = (u16)((pBt->usableSize-12)*32/255 - 23);
+  pBt->maxLeaf = (u16)(pBt->usableSize - 35);
+  pBt->minLeaf = (u16)((pBt->usableSize-12)*32/255 - 23);
+  if( pBt->maxLocal>127 ){
+    pBt->max1bytePayload = 127;
+  }else{
+    pBt->max1bytePayload = (u8)pBt->maxLocal;
+  }
+  assert( pBt->maxLeaf + 23 <= MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) );
+  pBt->pPage1 = pPage1;
+  pBt->nPage = nPage;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+
+page1_init_failed:
+  releasePage(pPage1);
+  pBt->pPage1 = 0;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** If there are no outstanding cursors and we are not in the middle
+** of a transaction but there is a read lock on the database, then
+** this routine unrefs the first page of the database file which 
+** has the effect of releasing the read lock.
+**
+** If there is a transaction in progress, this routine is a no-op.
+*/
+static void unlockBtreeIfUnused(BtShared *pBt){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+  assert( pBt->pCursor==0 || pBt->inTransaction>TRANS_NONE );
+  if( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_NONE && pBt->pPage1!=0 ){
+    assert( pBt->pPage1->aData );
+    assert( sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager)==1 );
+    assert( pBt->pPage1->aData );
+    releasePage(pBt->pPage1);
+    pBt->pPage1 = 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** If pBt points to an empty file then convert that empty file
+** into a new empty database by initializing the first page of
+** the database.
+*/
+static int newDatabase(BtShared *pBt){
+  MemPage *pP1;
+  unsigned char *data;
+  int rc;
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+  if( pBt->nPage>0 ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  pP1 = pBt->pPage1;
+  assert( pP1!=0 );
+  data = pP1->aData;
+  rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pP1->pDbPage);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  memcpy(data, zMagicHeader, sizeof(zMagicHeader));
+  assert( sizeof(zMagicHeader)==16 );
+  data[16] = (u8)((pBt->pageSize>>8)&0xff);
+  data[17] = (u8)((pBt->pageSize>>16)&0xff);
+  data[18] = 1;
+  data[19] = 1;
+  assert( pBt->usableSize<=pBt->pageSize && pBt->usableSize+255>=pBt->pageSize);
+  data[20] = (u8)(pBt->pageSize - pBt->usableSize);
+  data[21] = 64;
+  data[22] = 32;
+  data[23] = 32;
+  memset(&data[24], 0, 100-24);
+  zeroPage(pP1, PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAF|PTF_LEAFDATA );
+  pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+  assert( pBt->autoVacuum==1 || pBt->autoVacuum==0 );
+  assert( pBt->incrVacuum==1 || pBt->incrVacuum==0 );
+  put4byte(&data[36 + 4*4], pBt->autoVacuum);
+  put4byte(&data[36 + 7*4], pBt->incrVacuum);
+#endif
+  pBt->nPage = 1;
+  data[31] = 1;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to start a new transaction. A write-transaction
+** is started if the second argument is nonzero, otherwise a read-
+** transaction.  If the second argument is 2 or more and exclusive
+** transaction is started, meaning that no other process is allowed
+** to access the database.  A preexisting transaction may not be
+** upgraded to exclusive by calling this routine a second time - the
+** exclusivity flag only works for a new transaction.
+**
+** A write-transaction must be started before attempting any 
+** changes to the database.  None of the following routines 
+** will work unless a transaction is started first:
+**
+**      sqlite3BtreeCreateTable()
+**      sqlite3BtreeCreateIndex()
+**      sqlite3BtreeClearTable()
+**      sqlite3BtreeDropTable()
+**      sqlite3BtreeInsert()
+**      sqlite3BtreeDelete()
+**      sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta()
+**
+** If an initial attempt to acquire the lock fails because of lock contention
+** and the database was previously unlocked, then invoke the busy handler
+** if there is one.  But if there was previously a read-lock, do not
+** invoke the busy handler - just return SQLITE_BUSY.  SQLITE_BUSY is 
+** returned when there is already a read-lock in order to avoid a deadlock.
+**
+** Suppose there are two processes A and B.  A has a read lock and B has
+** a reserved lock.  B tries to promote to exclusive but is blocked because
+** of A's read lock.  A tries to promote to reserved but is blocked by B.
+** One or the other of the two processes must give way or there can be
+** no progress.  By returning SQLITE_BUSY and not invoking the busy callback
+** when A already has a read lock, we encourage A to give up and let B
+** proceed.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree *p, int wrflag){
+  sqlite3 *pBlock = 0;
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  btreeIntegrity(p);
+
+  /* If the btree is already in a write-transaction, or it
+  ** is already in a read-transaction and a read-transaction
+  ** is requested, this is a no-op.
+  */
+  if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE || (p->inTrans==TRANS_READ && !wrflag) ){
+    goto trans_begun;
+  }
+
+  /* Write transactions are not possible on a read-only database */
+  if( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)!=0 && wrflag ){
+    rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
+    goto trans_begun;
+  }
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+  /* If another database handle has already opened a write transaction 
+  ** on this shared-btree structure and a second write transaction is
+  ** requested, return SQLITE_LOCKED.
+  */
+  if( (wrflag && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE)
+   || (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_PENDING)!=0
+  ){
+    pBlock = pBt->pWriter->db;
+  }else if( wrflag>1 ){
+    BtLock *pIter;
+    for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){
+      if( pIter->pBtree!=p ){
+        pBlock = pIter->pBtree->db;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if( pBlock ){
+    sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(p->db, pBlock);
+    rc = SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE;
+    goto trans_begun;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Any read-only or read-write transaction implies a read-lock on 
+  ** page 1. So if some other shared-cache client already has a write-lock 
+  ** on page 1, the transaction cannot be opened. */
+  rc = querySharedCacheTableLock(p, MASTER_ROOT, READ_LOCK);
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ) goto trans_begun;
+
+  pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_INITIALLY_EMPTY;
+  if( pBt->nPage==0 ) pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_INITIALLY_EMPTY;
+  do {
+    /* Call lockBtree() until either pBt->pPage1 is populated or
+    ** lockBtree() returns something other than SQLITE_OK. lockBtree()
+    ** may return SQLITE_OK but leave pBt->pPage1 set to 0 if after
+    ** reading page 1 it discovers that the page-size of the database 
+    ** file is not pBt->pageSize. In this case lockBtree() will update
+    ** pBt->pageSize to the page-size of the file on disk.
+    */
+    while( pBt->pPage1==0 && SQLITE_OK==(rc = lockBtree(pBt)) );
+
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && wrflag ){
+      if( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)!=0 ){
+        rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
+      }else{
+        rc = sqlite3PagerBegin(pBt->pPager,wrflag>1,sqlite3TempInMemory(p->db));
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          rc = newDatabase(pBt);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
+    }
+  }while( (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_BUSY && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_NONE &&
+          btreeInvokeBusyHandler(pBt) );
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( p->inTrans==TRANS_NONE ){
+      pBt->nTransaction++;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+      if( p->sharable ){
+        assert( p->lock.pBtree==p && p->lock.iTable==1 );
+        p->lock.eLock = READ_LOCK;
+        p->lock.pNext = pBt->pLock;
+        pBt->pLock = &p->lock;
+      }
+#endif
+    }
+    p->inTrans = (wrflag?TRANS_WRITE:TRANS_READ);
+    if( p->inTrans>pBt->inTransaction ){
+      pBt->inTransaction = p->inTrans;
+    }
+    if( wrflag ){
+      MemPage *pPage1 = pBt->pPage1;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+      assert( !pBt->pWriter );
+      pBt->pWriter = p;
+      pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_EXCLUSIVE;
+      if( wrflag>1 ) pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_EXCLUSIVE;
+#endif
+
+      /* If the db-size header field is incorrect (as it may be if an old
+      ** client has been writing the database file), update it now. Doing
+      ** this sooner rather than later means the database size can safely 
+      ** re-read the database size from page 1 if a savepoint or transaction
+      ** rollback occurs within the transaction.
+      */
+      if( pBt->nPage!=get4byte(&pPage1->aData[28]) ){
+        rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage1->pDbPage);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          put4byte(&pPage1->aData[28], pBt->nPage);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+
+trans_begun:
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && wrflag ){
+    /* This call makes sure that the pager has the correct number of
+    ** open savepoints. If the second parameter is greater than 0 and
+    ** the sub-journal is not already open, then it will be opened here.
+    */
+    rc = sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(pBt->pPager, p->db->nSavepoint);
+  }
+
+  btreeIntegrity(p);
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+
+/*
+** Set the pointer-map entries for all children of page pPage. Also, if
+** pPage contains cells that point to overflow pages, set the pointer
+** map entries for the overflow pages as well.
+*/
+static int setChildPtrmaps(MemPage *pPage){
+  int i;                             /* Counter variable */
+  int nCell;                         /* Number of cells in page pPage */
+  int rc;                            /* Return code */
+  BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
+  u8 isInitOrig = pPage->isInit;
+  Pgno pgno = pPage->pgno;
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+  rc = btreeInitPage(pPage);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    goto set_child_ptrmaps_out;
+  }
+  nCell = pPage->nCell;
+
+  for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
+    u8 *pCell = findCell(pPage, i);
+
+    ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pPage, pCell, &rc);
+
+    if( !pPage->leaf ){
+      Pgno childPgno = get4byte(pCell);
+      ptrmapPut(pBt, childPgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pgno, &rc);
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( !pPage->leaf ){
+    Pgno childPgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
+    ptrmapPut(pBt, childPgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pgno, &rc);
+  }
+
+set_child_ptrmaps_out:
+  pPage->isInit = isInitOrig;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Somewhere on pPage is a pointer to page iFrom.  Modify this pointer so
+** that it points to iTo. Parameter eType describes the type of pointer to
+** be modified, as  follows:
+**
+** PTRMAP_BTREE:     pPage is a btree-page. The pointer points at a child 
+**                   page of pPage.
+**
+** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1: pPage is a btree-page. The pointer points at an overflow
+**                   page pointed to by one of the cells on pPage.
+**
+** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2: pPage is an overflow-page. The pointer points at the next
+**                   overflow page in the list.
+*/
+static int modifyPagePointer(MemPage *pPage, Pgno iFrom, Pgno iTo, u8 eType){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
+  if( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 ){
+    /* The pointer is always the first 4 bytes of the page in this case.  */
+    if( get4byte(pPage->aData)!=iFrom ){
+      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+    }
+    put4byte(pPage->aData, iTo);
+  }else{
+    u8 isInitOrig = pPage->isInit;
+    int i;
+    int nCell;
+
+    btreeInitPage(pPage);
+    nCell = pPage->nCell;
+
+    for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
+      u8 *pCell = findCell(pPage, i);
+      if( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 ){
+        CellInfo info;
+        btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
+        if( info.iOverflow
+         && pCell+info.iOverflow+3<=pPage->aData+pPage->maskPage
+         && iFrom==get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow])
+        ){
+          put4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow], iTo);
+          break;
+        }
+      }else{
+        if( get4byte(pCell)==iFrom ){
+          put4byte(pCell, iTo);
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  
+    if( i==nCell ){
+      if( eType!=PTRMAP_BTREE || 
+          get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8])!=iFrom ){
+        return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+      }
+      put4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8], iTo);
+    }
+
+    pPage->isInit = isInitOrig;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Move the open database page pDbPage to location iFreePage in the 
+** database. The pDbPage reference remains valid.
+**
+** The isCommit flag indicates that there is no need to remember that
+** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pDbPage->pgno 
+** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to that
+** page.
+*/
+static int relocatePage(
+  BtShared *pBt,           /* Btree */
+  MemPage *pDbPage,        /* Open page to move */
+  u8 eType,                /* Pointer map 'type' entry for pDbPage */
+  Pgno iPtrPage,           /* Pointer map 'page-no' entry for pDbPage */
+  Pgno iFreePage,          /* The location to move pDbPage to */
+  int isCommit             /* isCommit flag passed to sqlite3PagerMovepage */
+){
+  MemPage *pPtrPage;   /* The page that contains a pointer to pDbPage */
+  Pgno iDbPage = pDbPage->pgno;
+  Pager *pPager = pBt->pPager;
+  int rc;
+
+  assert( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 || eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 || 
+      eType==PTRMAP_BTREE || eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+  assert( pDbPage->pBt==pBt );
+
+  /* Move page iDbPage from its current location to page number iFreePage */
+  TRACE(("AUTOVACUUM: Moving %d to free page %d (ptr page %d type %d)\n", 
+      iDbPage, iFreePage, iPtrPage, eType));
+  rc = sqlite3PagerMovepage(pPager, pDbPage->pDbPage, iFreePage, isCommit);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+  pDbPage->pgno = iFreePage;
+
+  /* If pDbPage was a btree-page, then it may have child pages and/or cells
+  ** that point to overflow pages. The pointer map entries for all these
+  ** pages need to be changed.
+  **
+  ** If pDbPage is an overflow page, then the first 4 bytes may store a
+  ** pointer to a subsequent overflow page. If this is the case, then
+  ** the pointer map needs to be updated for the subsequent overflow page.
+  */
+  if( eType==PTRMAP_BTREE || eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){
+    rc = setChildPtrmaps(pDbPage);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      return rc;
+    }
+  }else{
+    Pgno nextOvfl = get4byte(pDbPage->aData);
+    if( nextOvfl!=0 ){
+      ptrmapPut(pBt, nextOvfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2, iFreePage, &rc);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        return rc;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Fix the database pointer on page iPtrPage that pointed at iDbPage so
+  ** that it points at iFreePage. Also fix the pointer map entry for
+  ** iPtrPage.
+  */
+  if( eType!=PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){
+    rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iPtrPage, &pPtrPage, 0);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      return rc;
+    }
+    rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPtrPage->pDbPage);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      releasePage(pPtrPage);
+      return rc;
+    }
+    rc = modifyPagePointer(pPtrPage, iDbPage, iFreePage, eType);
+    releasePage(pPtrPage);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      ptrmapPut(pBt, iFreePage, eType, iPtrPage, &rc);
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* Forward declaration required by incrVacuumStep(). */
+static int allocateBtreePage(BtShared *, MemPage **, Pgno *, Pgno, u8);
+
+/*
+** Perform a single step of an incremental-vacuum. If successful,
+** return SQLITE_OK. If there is no work to do (and therefore no
+** point in calling this function again), return SQLITE_DONE.
+**
+** More specificly, this function attempts to re-organize the 
+** database so that the last page of the file currently in use
+** is no longer in use.
+**
+** If the nFin parameter is non-zero, this function assumes
+** that the caller will keep calling incrVacuumStep() until
+** it returns SQLITE_DONE or an error, and that nFin is the
+** number of pages the database file will contain after this 
+** process is complete.  If nFin is zero, it is assumed that
+** incrVacuumStep() will be called a finite amount of times
+** which may or may not empty the freelist.  A full autovacuum
+** has nFin>0.  A "PRAGMA incremental_vacuum" has nFin==0.
+*/
+static int incrVacuumStep(BtShared *pBt, Pgno nFin, Pgno iLastPg){
+  Pgno nFreeList;           /* Number of pages still on the free-list */
+  int rc;
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+  assert( iLastPg>nFin );
+
+  if( !PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iLastPg) && iLastPg!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
+    u8 eType;
+    Pgno iPtrPage;
+
+    nFreeList = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]);
+    if( nFreeList==0 ){
+      return SQLITE_DONE;
+    }
+
+    rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, iLastPg, &eType, &iPtrPage);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      return rc;
+    }
+    if( eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){
+      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+    }
+
+    if( eType==PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ){
+      if( nFin==0 ){
+        /* Remove the page from the files free-list. This is not required
+        ** if nFin is non-zero. In that case, the free-list will be
+        ** truncated to zero after this function returns, so it doesn't 
+        ** matter if it still contains some garbage entries.
+        */
+        Pgno iFreePg;
+        MemPage *pFreePg;
+        rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pFreePg, &iFreePg, iLastPg, 1);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          return rc;
+        }
+        assert( iFreePg==iLastPg );
+        releasePage(pFreePg);
+      }
+    } else {
+      Pgno iFreePg;             /* Index of free page to move pLastPg to */
+      MemPage *pLastPg;
+
+      rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iLastPg, &pLastPg, 0);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        return rc;
+      }
+
+      /* If nFin is zero, this loop runs exactly once and page pLastPg
+      ** is swapped with the first free page pulled off the free list.
+      **
+      ** On the other hand, if nFin is greater than zero, then keep
+      ** looping until a free-page located within the first nFin pages
+      ** of the file is found.
+      */
+      do {
+        MemPage *pFreePg;
+        rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pFreePg, &iFreePg, 0, 0);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          releasePage(pLastPg);
+          return rc;
+        }
+        releasePage(pFreePg);
+      }while( nFin!=0 && iFreePg>nFin );
+      assert( iFreePg<iLastPg );
+      
+      rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pLastPg->pDbPage);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = relocatePage(pBt, pLastPg, eType, iPtrPage, iFreePg, nFin!=0);
+      }
+      releasePage(pLastPg);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        return rc;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( nFin==0 ){
+    iLastPg--;
+    while( iLastPg==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt)||PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iLastPg) ){
+      if( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iLastPg) ){
+        MemPage *pPg;
+        rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iLastPg, &pPg, 0);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          return rc;
+        }
+        rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg->pDbPage);
+        releasePage(pPg);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          return rc;
+        }
+      }
+      iLastPg--;
+    }
+    sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(pBt->pPager, iLastPg);
+    pBt->nPage = iLastPg;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** A write-transaction must be opened before calling this function.
+** It performs a single unit of work towards an incremental vacuum.
+**
+** If the incremental vacuum is finished after this function has run,
+** SQLITE_DONE is returned. If it is not finished, but no error occurred,
+** SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise an SQLite error code. 
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(Btree *p){
+  int rc;
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE && p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE );
+  if( !pBt->autoVacuum ){
+    rc = SQLITE_DONE;
+  }else{
+    invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt);
+    rc = incrVacuumStep(pBt, 0, btreePagecount(pBt));
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage);
+      put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[28], pBt->nPage);
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called prior to sqlite3PagerCommit when a transaction
+** is commited for an auto-vacuum database.
+**
+** If SQLITE_OK is returned, then *pnTrunc is set to the number of pages
+** the database file should be truncated to during the commit process. 
+** i.e. the database has been reorganized so that only the first *pnTrunc
+** pages are in use.
+*/
+static int autoVacuumCommit(BtShared *pBt){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  Pager *pPager = pBt->pPager;
+  VVA_ONLY( int nRef = sqlite3PagerRefcount(pPager) );
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+  invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt);
+  assert(pBt->autoVacuum);
+  if( !pBt->incrVacuum ){
+    Pgno nFin;         /* Number of pages in database after autovacuuming */
+    Pgno nFree;        /* Number of pages on the freelist initially */
+    Pgno nPtrmap;      /* Number of PtrMap pages to be freed */
+    Pgno iFree;        /* The next page to be freed */
+    int nEntry;        /* Number of entries on one ptrmap page */
+    Pgno nOrig;        /* Database size before freeing */
+
+    nOrig = btreePagecount(pBt);
+    if( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, nOrig) || nOrig==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
+      /* It is not possible to create a database for which the final page
+      ** is either a pointer-map page or the pending-byte page. If one
+      ** is encountered, this indicates corruption.
+      */
+      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+    }
+
+    nFree = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]);
+    nEntry = pBt->usableSize/5;
+    nPtrmap = (nFree-nOrig+PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, nOrig)+nEntry)/nEntry;
+    nFin = nOrig - nFree - nPtrmap;
+    if( nOrig>PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) && nFin<PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
+      nFin--;
+    }
+    while( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, nFin) || nFin==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
+      nFin--;
+    }
+    if( nFin>nOrig ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+
+    for(iFree=nOrig; iFree>nFin && rc==SQLITE_OK; iFree--){
+      rc = incrVacuumStep(pBt, nFin, iFree);
+    }
+    if( (rc==SQLITE_DONE || rc==SQLITE_OK) && nFree>0 ){
+      rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage);
+      put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[32], 0);
+      put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36], 0);
+      put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[28], nFin);
+      sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(pBt->pPager, nFin);
+      pBt->nPage = nFin;
+    }
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager);
+    }
+  }
+
+  assert( nRef==sqlite3PagerRefcount(pPager) );
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#else /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM */
+# define setChildPtrmaps(x) SQLITE_OK
+#endif
+
+/*
+** This routine does the first phase of a two-phase commit.  This routine
+** causes a rollback journal to be created (if it does not already exist)
+** and populated with enough information so that if a power loss occurs
+** the database can be restored to its original state by playing back
+** the journal.  Then the contents of the journal are flushed out to
+** the disk.  After the journal is safely on oxide, the changes to the
+** database are written into the database file and flushed to oxide.
+** At the end of this call, the rollback journal still exists on the
+** disk and we are still holding all locks, so the transaction has not
+** committed.  See sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo() for the second phase of the
+** commit process.
+**
+** This call is a no-op if no write-transaction is currently active on pBt.
+**
+** Otherwise, sync the database file for the btree pBt. zMaster points to
+** the name of a master journal file that should be written into the
+** individual journal file, or is NULL, indicating no master journal file 
+** (single database transaction).
+**
+** When this is called, the master journal should already have been
+** created, populated with this journal pointer and synced to disk.
+**
+** Once this is routine has returned, the only thing required to commit
+** the write-transaction for this database file is to delete the journal.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(Btree *p, const char *zMaster){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){
+    BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+    sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+    if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
+      rc = autoVacuumCommit(pBt);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+        return rc;
+      }
+    }
+#endif
+    rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(pBt->pPager, zMaster, 0);
+    sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called from both BtreeCommitPhaseTwo() and BtreeRollback()
+** at the conclusion of a transaction.
+*/
+static void btreeEndTransaction(Btree *p){
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
+
+  btreeClearHasContent(pBt);
+  if( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE && p->db->activeVdbeCnt>1 ){
+    /* If there are other active statements that belong to this database
+    ** handle, downgrade to a read-only transaction. The other statements
+    ** may still be reading from the database.  */
+    downgradeAllSharedCacheTableLocks(p);
+    p->inTrans = TRANS_READ;
+  }else{
+    /* If the handle had any kind of transaction open, decrement the 
+    ** transaction count of the shared btree. If the transaction count 
+    ** reaches 0, set the shared state to TRANS_NONE. The unlockBtreeIfUnused()
+    ** call below will unlock the pager.  */
+    if( p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE ){
+      clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks(p);
+      pBt->nTransaction--;
+      if( 0==pBt->nTransaction ){
+        pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_NONE;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Set the current transaction state to TRANS_NONE and unlock the 
+    ** pager if this call closed the only read or write transaction.  */
+    p->inTrans = TRANS_NONE;
+    unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
+  }
+
+  btreeIntegrity(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Commit the transaction currently in progress.
+**
+** This routine implements the second phase of a 2-phase commit.  The
+** sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne() routine does the first phase and should
+** be invoked prior to calling this routine.  The sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne()
+** routine did all the work of writing information out to disk and flushing the
+** contents so that they are written onto the disk platter.  All this
+** routine has to do is delete or truncate or zero the header in the
+** the rollback journal (which causes the transaction to commit) and
+** drop locks.
+**
+** Normally, if an error occurs while the pager layer is attempting to 
+** finalize the underlying journal file, this function returns an error and
+** the upper layer will attempt a rollback. However, if the second argument
+** is non-zero then this b-tree transaction is part of a multi-file 
+** transaction. In this case, the transaction has already been committed 
+** (by deleting a master journal file) and the caller will ignore this 
+** functions return code. So, even if an error occurs in the pager layer,
+** reset the b-tree objects internal state to indicate that the write
+** transaction has been closed. This is quite safe, as the pager will have
+** transitioned to the error state.
+**
+** This will release the write lock on the database file.  If there
+** are no active cursors, it also releases the read lock.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(Btree *p, int bCleanup){
+
+  if( p->inTrans==TRANS_NONE ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  btreeIntegrity(p);
+
+  /* If the handle has a write-transaction open, commit the shared-btrees 
+  ** transaction and set the shared state to TRANS_READ.
+  */
+  if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){
+    int rc;
+    BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+    assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
+    assert( pBt->nTransaction>0 );
+    rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(pBt->pPager);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && bCleanup==0 ){
+      sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+      return rc;
+    }
+    pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_READ;
+  }
+
+  btreeEndTransaction(p);
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Do both phases of a commit.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommit(Btree *p){
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(p, 0);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(p, 0);
+  }
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/*
+** Return the number of write-cursors open on this handle. This is for use
+** in assert() expressions, so it is only compiled if NDEBUG is not
+** defined.
+**
+** For the purposes of this routine, a write-cursor is any cursor that
+** is capable of writing to the databse.  That means the cursor was
+** originally opened for writing and the cursor has not be disabled
+** by having its state changed to CURSOR_FAULT.
+*/
+static int countWriteCursors(BtShared *pBt){
+  BtCursor *pCur;
+  int r = 0;
+  for(pCur=pBt->pCursor; pCur; pCur=pCur->pNext){
+    if( pCur->wrFlag && pCur->eState!=CURSOR_FAULT ) r++; 
+  }
+  return r;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** This routine sets the state to CURSOR_FAULT and the error
+** code to errCode for every cursor on BtShared that pBtree
+** references.
+**
+** Every cursor is tripped, including cursors that belong
+** to other database connections that happen to be sharing
+** the cache with pBtree.
+**
+** This routine gets called when a rollback occurs.
+** All cursors using the same cache must be tripped
+** to prevent them from trying to use the btree after
+** the rollback.  The rollback may have deleted tables
+** or moved root pages, so it is not sufficient to
+** save the state of the cursor.  The cursor must be
+** invalidated.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(Btree *pBtree, int errCode){
+  BtCursor *p;
+  if( pBtree==0 ) return;
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBtree);
+  for(p=pBtree->pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
+    int i;
+    sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(p);
+    p->eState = CURSOR_FAULT;
+    p->skipNext = errCode;
+    for(i=0; i<=p->iPage; i++){
+      releasePage(p->apPage[i]);
+      p->apPage[i] = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBtree);
+}
+
+/*
+** Rollback the transaction in progress.  All cursors will be
+** invalided by this operation.  Any attempt to use a cursor
+** that was open at the beginning of this operation will result
+** in an error.
+**
+** This will release the write lock on the database file.  If there
+** are no active cursors, it also releases the read lock.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeRollback(Btree *p, int tripCode){
+  int rc;
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+  MemPage *pPage1;
+
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  if( tripCode==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = tripCode = saveAllCursors(pBt, 0, 0);
+  }else{
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  if( tripCode ){
+    sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(p, tripCode);
+  }
+  btreeIntegrity(p);
+
+  if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){
+    int rc2;
+
+    assert( TRANS_WRITE==pBt->inTransaction );
+    rc2 = sqlite3PagerRollback(pBt->pPager);
+    if( rc2!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = rc2;
+    }
+
+    /* The rollback may have destroyed the pPage1->aData value.  So
+    ** call btreeGetPage() on page 1 again to make
+    ** sure pPage1->aData is set correctly. */
+    if( btreeGetPage(pBt, 1, &pPage1, 0)==SQLITE_OK ){
+      int nPage = get4byte(28+(u8*)pPage1->aData);
+      testcase( nPage==0 );
+      if( nPage==0 ) sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager, &nPage);
+      testcase( pBt->nPage!=nPage );
+      pBt->nPage = nPage;
+      releasePage(pPage1);
+    }
+    assert( countWriteCursors(pBt)==0 );
+    pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_READ;
+  }
+
+  btreeEndTransaction(p);
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Start a statement subtransaction. The subtransaction can can be rolled
+** back independently of the main transaction. You must start a transaction 
+** before starting a subtransaction. The subtransaction is ended automatically 
+** if the main transaction commits or rolls back.
+**
+** Statement subtransactions are used around individual SQL statements
+** that are contained within a BEGIN...COMMIT block.  If a constraint
+** error occurs within the statement, the effect of that one statement
+** can be rolled back without having to rollback the entire transaction.
+**
+** A statement sub-transaction is implemented as an anonymous savepoint. The
+** value passed as the second parameter is the total number of savepoints,
+** including the new anonymous savepoint, open on the B-Tree. i.e. if there
+** are no active savepoints and no other statement-transactions open,
+** iStatement is 1. This anonymous savepoint can be released or rolled back
+** using the sqlite3BtreeSavepoint() function.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(Btree *p, int iStatement){
+  int rc;
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE );
+  assert( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)==0 );
+  assert( iStatement>0 );
+  assert( iStatement>p->db->nSavepoint );
+  assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
+  /* At the pager level, a statement transaction is a savepoint with
+  ** an index greater than all savepoints created explicitly using
+  ** SQL statements. It is illegal to open, release or rollback any
+  ** such savepoints while the statement transaction savepoint is active.
+  */
+  rc = sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(pBt->pPager, iStatement);
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The second argument to this function, op, is always SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK
+** or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE. This function either releases or rolls back the
+** savepoint identified by parameter iSavepoint, depending on the value 
+** of op.
+**
+** Normally, iSavepoint is greater than or equal to zero. However, if op is
+** SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then iSavepoint may also be -1. In this case the 
+** contents of the entire transaction are rolled back. This is different
+** from a normal transaction rollback, as no locks are released and the
+** transaction remains open.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(Btree *p, int op, int iSavepoint){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( p && p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){
+    BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+    assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
+    assert( iSavepoint>=0 || (iSavepoint==-1 && op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK) );
+    sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+    rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pBt->pPager, op, iSavepoint);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      if( iSavepoint<0 && (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_INITIALLY_EMPTY)!=0 ){
+        pBt->nPage = 0;
+      }
+      rc = newDatabase(pBt);
+      pBt->nPage = get4byte(28 + pBt->pPage1->aData);
+
+      /* The database size was written into the offset 28 of the header
+      ** when the transaction started, so we know that the value at offset
+      ** 28 is nonzero. */
+      assert( pBt->nPage>0 );
+    }
+    sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a new cursor for the BTree whose root is on the page
+** iTable. If a read-only cursor is requested, it is assumed that
+** the caller already has at least a read-only transaction open
+** on the database already. If a write-cursor is requested, then
+** the caller is assumed to have an open write transaction.
+**
+** If wrFlag==0, then the cursor can only be used for reading.
+** If wrFlag==1, then the cursor can be used for reading or for
+** writing if other conditions for writing are also met.  These
+** are the conditions that must be met in order for writing to
+** be allowed:
+**
+** 1:  The cursor must have been opened with wrFlag==1
+**
+** 2:  Other database connections that share the same pager cache
+**     but which are not in the READ_UNCOMMITTED state may not have
+**     cursors open with wrFlag==0 on the same table.  Otherwise
+**     the changes made by this write cursor would be visible to
+**     the read cursors in the other database connection.
+**
+** 3:  The database must be writable (not on read-only media)
+**
+** 4:  There must be an active transaction.
+**
+** No checking is done to make sure that page iTable really is the
+** root page of a b-tree.  If it is not, then the cursor acquired
+** will not work correctly.
+**
+** It is assumed that the sqlite3BtreeCursorZero() has been called
+** on pCur to initialize the memory space prior to invoking this routine.
+*/
+static int btreeCursor(
+  Btree *p,                              /* The btree */
+  int iTable,                            /* Root page of table to open */
+  int wrFlag,                            /* 1 to write. 0 read-only */
+  struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo,              /* First arg to comparison function */
+  BtCursor *pCur                         /* Space for new cursor */
+){
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;                /* Shared b-tree handle */
+
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
+  assert( wrFlag==0 || wrFlag==1 );
+
+  /* The following assert statements verify that if this is a sharable 
+  ** b-tree database, the connection is holding the required table locks, 
+  ** and that no other connection has any open cursor that conflicts with 
+  ** this lock.  */
+  assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(p, iTable, pKeyInfo!=0, wrFlag+1) );
+  assert( wrFlag==0 || !hasReadConflicts(p, iTable) );
+
+  /* Assert that the caller has opened the required transaction. */
+  assert( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE );
+  assert( wrFlag==0 || p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE );
+  assert( pBt->pPage1 && pBt->pPage1->aData );
+
+  if( NEVER(wrFlag && (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)!=0) ){
+    return SQLITE_READONLY;
+  }
+  if( iTable==1 && btreePagecount(pBt)==0 ){
+    assert( wrFlag==0 );
+    iTable = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* Now that no other errors can occur, finish filling in the BtCursor
+  ** variables and link the cursor into the BtShared list.  */
+  pCur->pgnoRoot = (Pgno)iTable;
+  pCur->iPage = -1;
+  pCur->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo;
+  pCur->pBtree = p;
+  pCur->pBt = pBt;
+  pCur->wrFlag = (u8)wrFlag;
+  pCur->pNext = pBt->pCursor;
+  if( pCur->pNext ){
+    pCur->pNext->pPrev = pCur;
+  }
+  pBt->pCursor = pCur;
+  pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
+  pCur->cachedRowid = 0;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursor(
+  Btree *p,                                   /* The btree */
+  int iTable,                                 /* Root page of table to open */
+  int wrFlag,                                 /* 1 to write. 0 read-only */
+  struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo,                   /* First arg to xCompare() */
+  BtCursor *pCur                              /* Write new cursor here */
+){
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  rc = btreeCursor(p, iTable, wrFlag, pKeyInfo, pCur);
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the size of a BtCursor object in bytes.
+**
+** This interfaces is needed so that users of cursors can preallocate
+** sufficient storage to hold a cursor.  The BtCursor object is opaque
+** to users so they cannot do the sizeof() themselves - they must call
+** this routine.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorSize(void){
+  return ROUND8(sizeof(BtCursor));
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize memory that will be converted into a BtCursor object.
+**
+** The simple approach here would be to memset() the entire object
+** to zero.  But it turns out that the apPage[] and aiIdx[] arrays
+** do not need to be zeroed and they are large, so we can save a lot
+** of run-time by skipping the initialization of those elements.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorZero(BtCursor *p){
+  memset(p, 0, offsetof(BtCursor, iPage));
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the cached rowid value of every cursor in the same database file
+** as pCur and having the same root page number as pCur.  The value is
+** set to iRowid.
+**
+** Only positive rowid values are considered valid for this cache.
+** The cache is initialized to zero, indicating an invalid cache.
+** A btree will work fine with zero or negative rowids.  We just cannot
+** cache zero or negative rowids, which means tables that use zero or
+** negative rowids might run a little slower.  But in practice, zero
+** or negative rowids are very uncommon so this should not be a problem.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeSetCachedRowid(BtCursor *pCur, sqlite3_int64 iRowid){
+  BtCursor *p;
+  for(p=pCur->pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
+    if( p->pgnoRoot==pCur->pgnoRoot ) p->cachedRowid = iRowid;
+  }
+  assert( pCur->cachedRowid==iRowid );
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the cached rowid for the given cursor.  A negative or zero
+** return value indicates that the rowid cache is invalid and should be
+** ignored.  If the rowid cache has never before been set, then a
+** zero is returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_int64 sqlite3BtreeGetCachedRowid(BtCursor *pCur){
+  return pCur->cachedRowid;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a cursor.  The read lock on the database file is released
+** when the last cursor is closed.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
+  Btree *pBtree = pCur->pBtree;
+  if( pBtree ){
+    int i;
+    BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBt;
+    sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBtree);
+    sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(pCur);
+    if( pCur->pPrev ){
+      pCur->pPrev->pNext = pCur->pNext;
+    }else{
+      pBt->pCursor = pCur->pNext;
+    }
+    if( pCur->pNext ){
+      pCur->pNext->pPrev = pCur->pPrev;
+    }
+    for(i=0; i<=pCur->iPage; i++){
+      releasePage(pCur->apPage[i]);
+    }
+    unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
+    invalidateOverflowCache(pCur);
+    /* sqlite3_free(pCur); */
+    sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBtree);
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Make sure the BtCursor* given in the argument has a valid
+** BtCursor.info structure.  If it is not already valid, call
+** btreeParseCell() to fill it in.
+**
+** BtCursor.info is a cache of the information in the current cell.
+** Using this cache reduces the number of calls to btreeParseCell().
+**
+** 2007-06-25:  There is a bug in some versions of MSVC that cause the
+** compiler to crash when getCellInfo() is implemented as a macro.
+** But there is a measureable speed advantage to using the macro on gcc
+** (when less compiler optimizations like -Os or -O0 are used and the
+** compiler is not doing agressive inlining.)  So we use a real function
+** for MSVC and a macro for everything else.  Ticket #2457.
+*/
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  static void assertCellInfo(BtCursor *pCur){
+    CellInfo info;
+    int iPage = pCur->iPage;
+    memset(&info, 0, sizeof(info));
+    btreeParseCell(pCur->apPage[iPage], pCur->aiIdx[iPage], &info);
+    assert( memcmp(&info, &pCur->info, sizeof(info))==0 );
+  }
+#else
+  #define assertCellInfo(x)
+#endif
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+  /* Use a real function in MSVC to work around bugs in that compiler. */
+  static void getCellInfo(BtCursor *pCur){
+    if( pCur->info.nSize==0 ){
+      int iPage = pCur->iPage;
+      btreeParseCell(pCur->apPage[iPage],pCur->aiIdx[iPage],&pCur->info);
+      pCur->validNKey = 1;
+    }else{
+      assertCellInfo(pCur);
+    }
+  }
+#else /* if not _MSC_VER */
+  /* Use a macro in all other compilers so that the function is inlined */
+#define getCellInfo(pCur)                                                      \
+  if( pCur->info.nSize==0 ){                                                   \
+    int iPage = pCur->iPage;                                                   \
+    btreeParseCell(pCur->apPage[iPage],pCur->aiIdx[iPage],&pCur->info); \
+    pCur->validNKey = 1;                                                       \
+  }else{                                                                       \
+    assertCellInfo(pCur);                                                      \
+  }
+#endif /* _MSC_VER */
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG  /* The next routine used only within assert() statements */
+/*
+** Return true if the given BtCursor is valid.  A valid cursor is one
+** that is currently pointing to a row in a (non-empty) table.
+** This is a verification routine is used only within assert() statements.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(BtCursor *pCur){
+  return pCur && pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID;
+}
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+
+/*
+** Set *pSize to the size of the buffer needed to hold the value of
+** the key for the current entry.  If the cursor is not pointing
+** to a valid entry, *pSize is set to 0. 
+**
+** For a table with the INTKEY flag set, this routine returns the key
+** itself, not the number of bytes in the key.
+**
+** The caller must position the cursor prior to invoking this routine.
+** 
+** This routine cannot fail.  It always returns SQLITE_OK.  
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeKeySize(BtCursor *pCur, i64 *pSize){
+  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
+  if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ){
+    *pSize = 0;
+  }else{
+    getCellInfo(pCur);
+    *pSize = pCur->info.nKey;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set *pSize to the number of bytes of data in the entry the
+** cursor currently points to.
+**
+** The caller must guarantee that the cursor is pointing to a non-NULL
+** valid entry.  In other words, the calling procedure must guarantee
+** that the cursor has Cursor.eState==CURSOR_VALID.
+**
+** Failure is not possible.  This function always returns SQLITE_OK.
+** It might just as well be a procedure (returning void) but we continue
+** to return an integer result code for historical reasons.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDataSize(BtCursor *pCur, u32 *pSize){
+  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
+  getCellInfo(pCur);
+  *pSize = pCur->info.nData;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Given the page number of an overflow page in the database (parameter
+** ovfl), this function finds the page number of the next page in the 
+** linked list of overflow pages. If possible, it uses the auto-vacuum
+** pointer-map data instead of reading the content of page ovfl to do so. 
+**
+** If an error occurs an SQLite error code is returned. Otherwise:
+**
+** The page number of the next overflow page in the linked list is 
+** written to *pPgnoNext. If page ovfl is the last page in its linked 
+** list, *pPgnoNext is set to zero. 
+**
+** If ppPage is not NULL, and a reference to the MemPage object corresponding
+** to page number pOvfl was obtained, then *ppPage is set to point to that
+** reference. It is the responsibility of the caller to call releasePage()
+** on *ppPage to free the reference. In no reference was obtained (because
+** the pointer-map was used to obtain the value for *pPgnoNext), then
+** *ppPage is set to zero.
+*/
+static int getOverflowPage(
+  BtShared *pBt,               /* The database file */
+  Pgno ovfl,                   /* Current overflow page number */
+  MemPage **ppPage,            /* OUT: MemPage handle (may be NULL) */
+  Pgno *pPgnoNext              /* OUT: Next overflow page number */
+){
+  Pgno next = 0;
+  MemPage *pPage = 0;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+  assert(pPgnoNext);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+  /* Try to find the next page in the overflow list using the
+  ** autovacuum pointer-map pages. Guess that the next page in 
+  ** the overflow list is page number (ovfl+1). If that guess turns 
+  ** out to be wrong, fall back to loading the data of page 
+  ** number ovfl to determine the next page number.
+  */
+  if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
+    Pgno pgno;
+    Pgno iGuess = ovfl+1;
+    u8 eType;
+
+    while( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iGuess) || iGuess==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
+      iGuess++;
+    }
+
+    if( iGuess<=btreePagecount(pBt) ){
+      rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, iGuess, &eType, &pgno);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 && pgno==ovfl ){
+        next = iGuess;
+        rc = SQLITE_DONE;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  assert( next==0 || rc==SQLITE_DONE );
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, ovfl, &pPage, 0);
+    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pPage==0 );
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      next = get4byte(pPage->aData);
+    }
+  }
+
+  *pPgnoNext = next;
+  if( ppPage ){
+    *ppPage = pPage;
+  }else{
+    releasePage(pPage);
+  }
+  return (rc==SQLITE_DONE ? SQLITE_OK : rc);
+}
+
+/*
+** Copy data from a buffer to a page, or from a page to a buffer.
+**
+** pPayload is a pointer to data stored on database page pDbPage.
+** If argument eOp is false, then nByte bytes of data are copied
+** from pPayload to the buffer pointed at by pBuf. If eOp is true,
+** then sqlite3PagerWrite() is called on pDbPage and nByte bytes
+** of data are copied from the buffer pBuf to pPayload.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned on success, otherwise an error code.
+*/
+static int copyPayload(
+  void *pPayload,           /* Pointer to page data */
+  void *pBuf,               /* Pointer to buffer */
+  int nByte,                /* Number of bytes to copy */
+  int eOp,                  /* 0 -> copy from page, 1 -> copy to page */
+  DbPage *pDbPage           /* Page containing pPayload */
+){
+  if( eOp ){
+    /* Copy data from buffer to page (a write operation) */
+    int rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pDbPage);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      return rc;
+    }
+    memcpy(pPayload, pBuf, nByte);
+  }else{
+    /* Copy data from page to buffer (a read operation) */
+    memcpy(pBuf, pPayload, nByte);
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is used to read or overwrite payload information
+** for the entry that the pCur cursor is pointing to. If the eOp
+** parameter is 0, this is a read operation (data copied into
+** buffer pBuf). If it is non-zero, a write (data copied from
+** buffer pBuf).
+**
+** A total of "amt" bytes are read or written beginning at "offset".
+** Data is read to or from the buffer pBuf.
+**
+** The content being read or written might appear on the main page
+** or be scattered out on multiple overflow pages.
+**
+** If the BtCursor.isIncrblobHandle flag is set, and the current
+** cursor entry uses one or more overflow pages, this function
+** allocates space for and lazily popluates the overflow page-list 
+** cache array (BtCursor.aOverflow). Subsequent calls use this
+** cache to make seeking to the supplied offset more efficient.
+**
+** Once an overflow page-list cache has been allocated, it may be
+** invalidated if some other cursor writes to the same table, or if
+** the cursor is moved to a different row. Additionally, in auto-vacuum
+** mode, the following events may invalidate an overflow page-list cache.
+**
+**   * An incremental vacuum,
+**   * A commit in auto_vacuum="full" mode,
+**   * Creating a table (may require moving an overflow page).
+*/
+static int accessPayload(
+  BtCursor *pCur,      /* Cursor pointing to entry to read from */
+  u32 offset,          /* Begin reading this far into payload */
+  u32 amt,             /* Read this many bytes */
+  unsigned char *pBuf, /* Write the bytes into this buffer */ 
+  int eOp              /* zero to read. non-zero to write. */
+){
+  unsigned char *aPayload;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  u32 nKey;
+  int iIdx = 0;
+  MemPage *pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; /* Btree page of current entry */
+  BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBt;                  /* Btree this cursor belongs to */
+
+  assert( pPage );
+  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
+  assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pPage->nCell );
+  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+
+  getCellInfo(pCur);
+  aPayload = pCur->info.pCell + pCur->info.nHeader;
+  nKey = (pPage->intKey ? 0 : (int)pCur->info.nKey);
+
+  if( NEVER(offset+amt > nKey+pCur->info.nData) 
+   || &aPayload[pCur->info.nLocal] > &pPage->aData[pBt->usableSize]
+  ){
+    /* Trying to read or write past the end of the data is an error */
+    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+  }
+
+  /* Check if data must be read/written to/from the btree page itself. */
+  if( offset<pCur->info.nLocal ){
+    int a = amt;
+    if( a+offset>pCur->info.nLocal ){
+      a = pCur->info.nLocal - offset;
+    }
+    rc = copyPayload(&aPayload[offset], pBuf, a, eOp, pPage->pDbPage);
+    offset = 0;
+    pBuf += a;
+    amt -= a;
+  }else{
+    offset -= pCur->info.nLocal;
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 ){
+    const u32 ovflSize = pBt->usableSize - 4;  /* Bytes content per ovfl page */
+    Pgno nextPage;
+
+    nextPage = get4byte(&aPayload[pCur->info.nLocal]);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
+    /* If the isIncrblobHandle flag is set and the BtCursor.aOverflow[]
+    ** has not been allocated, allocate it now. The array is sized at
+    ** one entry for each overflow page in the overflow chain. The
+    ** page number of the first overflow page is stored in aOverflow[0],
+    ** etc. A value of 0 in the aOverflow[] array means "not yet known"
+    ** (the cache is lazily populated).
+    */
+    if( pCur->isIncrblobHandle && !pCur->aOverflow ){
+      int nOvfl = (pCur->info.nPayload-pCur->info.nLocal+ovflSize-1)/ovflSize;
+      pCur->aOverflow = (Pgno *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(Pgno)*nOvfl);
+      /* nOvfl is always positive.  If it were zero, fetchPayload would have
+      ** been used instead of this routine. */
+      if( ALWAYS(nOvfl) && !pCur->aOverflow ){
+        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* If the overflow page-list cache has been allocated and the
+    ** entry for the first required overflow page is valid, skip
+    ** directly to it.
+    */
+    if( pCur->aOverflow && pCur->aOverflow[offset/ovflSize] ){
+      iIdx = (offset/ovflSize);
+      nextPage = pCur->aOverflow[iIdx];
+      offset = (offset%ovflSize);
+    }
+#endif
+
+    for( ; rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 && nextPage; iIdx++){
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
+      /* If required, populate the overflow page-list cache. */
+      if( pCur->aOverflow ){
+        assert(!pCur->aOverflow[iIdx] || pCur->aOverflow[iIdx]==nextPage);
+        pCur->aOverflow[iIdx] = nextPage;
+      }
+#endif
+
+      if( offset>=ovflSize ){
+        /* The only reason to read this page is to obtain the page
+        ** number for the next page in the overflow chain. The page
+        ** data is not required. So first try to lookup the overflow
+        ** page-list cache, if any, then fall back to the getOverflowPage()
+        ** function.
+        */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
+        if( pCur->aOverflow && pCur->aOverflow[iIdx+1] ){
+          nextPage = pCur->aOverflow[iIdx+1];
+        } else 
+#endif
+          rc = getOverflowPage(pBt, nextPage, 0, &nextPage);
+        offset -= ovflSize;
+      }else{
+        /* Need to read this page properly. It contains some of the
+        ** range of data that is being read (eOp==0) or written (eOp!=0).
+        */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ
+        sqlite3_file *fd;
+#endif
+        int a = amt;
+        if( a + offset > ovflSize ){
+          a = ovflSize - offset;
+        }
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ
+        /* If all the following are true:
+        **
+        **   1) this is a read operation, and 
+        **   2) data is required from the start of this overflow page, and
+        **   3) the database is file-backed, and
+        **   4) there is no open write-transaction, and
+        **   5) the database is not a WAL database,
+        **
+        ** then data can be read directly from the database file into the
+        ** output buffer, bypassing the page-cache altogether. This speeds
+        ** up loading large records that span many overflow pages.
+        */
+        if( eOp==0                                             /* (1) */
+         && offset==0                                          /* (2) */
+         && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_READ                     /* (4) */
+         && (fd = sqlite3PagerFile(pBt->pPager))->pMethods     /* (3) */
+         && pBt->pPage1->aData[19]==0x01                       /* (5) */
+        ){
+          u8 aSave[4];
+          u8 *aWrite = &pBuf[-4];
+          memcpy(aSave, aWrite, 4);
+          rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, aWrite, a+4, (i64)pBt->pageSize*(nextPage-1));
+          nextPage = get4byte(aWrite);
+          memcpy(aWrite, aSave, 4);
+        }else
+#endif
+
+        {
+          DbPage *pDbPage;
+          rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, nextPage, &pDbPage);
+          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+            aPayload = sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage);
+            nextPage = get4byte(aPayload);
+            rc = copyPayload(&aPayload[offset+4], pBuf, a, eOp, pDbPage);
+            sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage);
+            offset = 0;
+          }
+        }
+        amt -= a;
+        pBuf += a;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 ){
+    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Read part of the key associated with cursor pCur.  Exactly
+** "amt" bytes will be transfered into pBuf[].  The transfer
+** begins at "offset".
+**
+** The caller must ensure that pCur is pointing to a valid row
+** in the table.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK on success or an error code if anything goes
+** wrong.  An error is returned if "offset+amt" is larger than
+** the available payload.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeKey(BtCursor *pCur, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *pBuf){
+  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
+  assert( pCur->iPage>=0 && pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] );
+  assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell );
+  return accessPayload(pCur, offset, amt, (unsigned char*)pBuf, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Read part of the data associated with cursor pCur.  Exactly
+** "amt" bytes will be transfered into pBuf[].  The transfer
+** begins at "offset".
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK on success or an error code if anything goes
+** wrong.  An error is returned if "offset+amt" is larger than
+** the available payload.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeData(BtCursor *pCur, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *pBuf){
+  int rc;
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
+  if ( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){
+    return SQLITE_ABORT;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+  rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
+    assert( pCur->iPage>=0 && pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] );
+    assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell );
+    rc = accessPayload(pCur, offset, amt, pBuf, 0);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to payload information from the entry that the 
+** pCur cursor is pointing to.  The pointer is to the beginning of
+** the key if skipKey==0 and it points to the beginning of data if
+** skipKey==1.  The number of bytes of available key/data is written
+** into *pAmt.  If *pAmt==0, then the value returned will not be
+** a valid pointer.
+**
+** This routine is an optimization.  It is common for the entire key
+** and data to fit on the local page and for there to be no overflow
+** pages.  When that is so, this routine can be used to access the
+** key and data without making a copy.  If the key and/or data spills
+** onto overflow pages, then accessPayload() must be used to reassemble
+** the key/data and copy it into a preallocated buffer.
+**
+** The pointer returned by this routine looks directly into the cached
+** page of the database.  The data might change or move the next time
+** any btree routine is called.
+*/
+static const unsigned char *fetchPayload(
+  BtCursor *pCur,      /* Cursor pointing to entry to read from */
+  int *pAmt,           /* Write the number of available bytes here */
+  int skipKey          /* read beginning at data if this is true */
+){
+  unsigned char *aPayload;
+  MemPage *pPage;
+  u32 nKey;
+  u32 nLocal;
+
+  assert( pCur!=0 && pCur->iPage>=0 && pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]);
+  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
+  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+  pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
+  assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pPage->nCell );
+  if( NEVER(pCur->info.nSize==0) ){
+    btreeParseCell(pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage], pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage],
+                   &pCur->info);
+  }
+  aPayload = pCur->info.pCell;
+  aPayload += pCur->info.nHeader;
+  if( pPage->intKey ){
+    nKey = 0;
+  }else{
+    nKey = (int)pCur->info.nKey;
+  }
+  if( skipKey ){
+    aPayload += nKey;
+    nLocal = pCur->info.nLocal - nKey;
+  }else{
+    nLocal = pCur->info.nLocal;
+    assert( nLocal<=nKey );
+  }
+  *pAmt = nLocal;
+  return aPayload;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** For the entry that cursor pCur is point to, return as
+** many bytes of the key or data as are available on the local
+** b-tree page.  Write the number of available bytes into *pAmt.
+**
+** The pointer returned is ephemeral.  The key/data may move
+** or be destroyed on the next call to any Btree routine,
+** including calls from other threads against the same cache.
+** Hence, a mutex on the BtShared should be held prior to calling
+** this routine.
+**
+** These routines is used to get quick access to key and data
+** in the common case where no overflow pages are used.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(BtCursor *pCur, int *pAmt){
+  const void *p = 0;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) );
+  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+  if( ALWAYS(pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID) ){
+    p = (const void*)fetchPayload(pCur, pAmt, 0);
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(BtCursor *pCur, int *pAmt){
+  const void *p = 0;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) );
+  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+  if( ALWAYS(pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID) ){
+    p = (const void*)fetchPayload(pCur, pAmt, 1);
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Move the cursor down to a new child page.  The newPgno argument is the
+** page number of the child page to move to.
+**
+** This function returns SQLITE_CORRUPT if the page-header flags field of
+** the new child page does not match the flags field of the parent (i.e.
+** if an intkey page appears to be the parent of a non-intkey page, or
+** vice-versa).
+*/
+static int moveToChild(BtCursor *pCur, u32 newPgno){
+  int rc;
+  int i = pCur->iPage;
+  MemPage *pNewPage;
+  BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBt;
+
+  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
+  assert( pCur->iPage<BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH );
+  if( pCur->iPage>=(BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH-1) ){
+    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+  }
+  rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, newPgno, &pNewPage);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  pCur->apPage[i+1] = pNewPage;
+  pCur->aiIdx[i+1] = 0;
+  pCur->iPage++;
+
+  pCur->info.nSize = 0;
+  pCur->validNKey = 0;
+  if( pNewPage->nCell<1 || pNewPage->intKey!=pCur->apPage[i]->intKey ){
+    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+#if 0
+/*
+** Page pParent is an internal (non-leaf) tree page. This function 
+** asserts that page number iChild is the left-child if the iIdx'th
+** cell in page pParent. Or, if iIdx is equal to the total number of
+** cells in pParent, that page number iChild is the right-child of
+** the page.
+*/
+static void assertParentIndex(MemPage *pParent, int iIdx, Pgno iChild){
+  assert( iIdx<=pParent->nCell );
+  if( iIdx==pParent->nCell ){
+    assert( get4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8])==iChild );
+  }else{
+    assert( get4byte(findCell(pParent, iIdx))==iChild );
+  }
+}
+#else
+#  define assertParentIndex(x,y,z) 
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Move the cursor up to the parent page.
+**
+** pCur->idx is set to the cell index that contains the pointer
+** to the page we are coming from.  If we are coming from the
+** right-most child page then pCur->idx is set to one more than
+** the largest cell index.
+*/
+static void moveToParent(BtCursor *pCur){
+  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
+  assert( pCur->iPage>0 );
+  assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] );
+
+  /* UPDATE: It is actually possible for the condition tested by the assert
+  ** below to be untrue if the database file is corrupt. This can occur if
+  ** one cursor has modified page pParent while a reference to it is held 
+  ** by a second cursor. Which can only happen if a single page is linked
+  ** into more than one b-tree structure in a corrupt database.  */
+#if 0
+  assertParentIndex(
+    pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage-1], 
+    pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage-1], 
+    pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->pgno
+  );
+#endif
+  testcase( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage-1] > pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage-1]->nCell );
+
+  releasePage(pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]);
+  pCur->iPage--;
+  pCur->info.nSize = 0;
+  pCur->validNKey = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Move the cursor to point to the root page of its b-tree structure.
+**
+** If the table has a virtual root page, then the cursor is moved to point
+** to the virtual root page instead of the actual root page. A table has a
+** virtual root page when the actual root page contains no cells and a 
+** single child page. This can only happen with the table rooted at page 1.
+**
+** If the b-tree structure is empty, the cursor state is set to 
+** CURSOR_INVALID. Otherwise, the cursor is set to point to the first
+** cell located on the root (or virtual root) page and the cursor state
+** is set to CURSOR_VALID.
+**
+** If this function returns successfully, it may be assumed that the
+** page-header flags indicate that the [virtual] root-page is the expected 
+** kind of b-tree page (i.e. if when opening the cursor the caller did not
+** specify a KeyInfo structure the flags byte is set to 0x05 or 0x0D,
+** indicating a table b-tree, or if the caller did specify a KeyInfo 
+** structure the flags byte is set to 0x02 or 0x0A, indicating an index
+** b-tree).
+*/
+static int moveToRoot(BtCursor *pCur){
+  MemPage *pRoot;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  Btree *p = pCur->pBtree;
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+
+  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+  assert( CURSOR_INVALID < CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK );
+  assert( CURSOR_VALID   < CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK );
+  assert( CURSOR_FAULT   > CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK );
+  if( pCur->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ){
+    if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){
+      assert( pCur->skipNext!=SQLITE_OK );
+      return pCur->skipNext;
+    }
+    sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(pCur);
+  }
+
+  if( pCur->iPage>=0 ){
+    int i;
+    for(i=1; i<=pCur->iPage; i++){
+      releasePage(pCur->apPage[i]);
+    }
+    pCur->iPage = 0;
+  }else if( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 ){
+    pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, &pCur->apPage[0]);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
+      return rc;
+    }
+    pCur->iPage = 0;
+
+    /* If pCur->pKeyInfo is not NULL, then the caller that opened this cursor
+    ** expected to open it on an index b-tree. Otherwise, if pKeyInfo is
+    ** NULL, the caller expects a table b-tree. If this is not the case,
+    ** return an SQLITE_CORRUPT error.  */
+    assert( pCur->apPage[0]->intKey==1 || pCur->apPage[0]->intKey==0 );
+    if( (pCur->pKeyInfo==0)!=pCur->apPage[0]->intKey ){
+      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Assert that the root page is of the correct type. This must be the
+  ** case as the call to this function that loaded the root-page (either
+  ** this call or a previous invocation) would have detected corruption 
+  ** if the assumption were not true, and it is not possible for the flags 
+  ** byte to have been modified while this cursor is holding a reference
+  ** to the page.  */
+  pRoot = pCur->apPage[0];
+  assert( pRoot->pgno==pCur->pgnoRoot );
+  assert( pRoot->isInit && (pCur->pKeyInfo==0)==pRoot->intKey );
+
+  pCur->aiIdx[0] = 0;
+  pCur->info.nSize = 0;
+  pCur->atLast = 0;
+  pCur->validNKey = 0;
+
+  if( pRoot->nCell==0 && !pRoot->leaf ){
+    Pgno subpage;
+    if( pRoot->pgno!=1 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+    subpage = get4byte(&pRoot->aData[pRoot->hdrOffset+8]);
+    pCur->eState = CURSOR_VALID;
+    rc = moveToChild(pCur, subpage);
+  }else{
+    pCur->eState = ((pRoot->nCell>0)?CURSOR_VALID:CURSOR_INVALID);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Move the cursor down to the left-most leaf entry beneath the
+** entry to which it is currently pointing.
+**
+** The left-most leaf is the one with the smallest key - the first
+** in ascending order.
+*/
+static int moveToLeftmost(BtCursor *pCur){
+  Pgno pgno;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  MemPage *pPage;
+
+  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
+  while( rc==SQLITE_OK && !(pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage])->leaf ){
+    assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pPage->nCell );
+    pgno = get4byte(findCell(pPage, pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]));
+    rc = moveToChild(pCur, pgno);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Move the cursor down to the right-most leaf entry beneath the
+** page to which it is currently pointing.  Notice the difference
+** between moveToLeftmost() and moveToRightmost().  moveToLeftmost()
+** finds the left-most entry beneath the *entry* whereas moveToRightmost()
+** finds the right-most entry beneath the *page*.
+**
+** The right-most entry is the one with the largest key - the last
+** key in ascending order.
+*/
+static int moveToRightmost(BtCursor *pCur){
+  Pgno pgno;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  MemPage *pPage = 0;
+
+  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
+  while( rc==SQLITE_OK && !(pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage])->leaf ){
+    pgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
+    pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = pPage->nCell;
+    rc = moveToChild(pCur, pgno);
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = pPage->nCell-1;
+    pCur->info.nSize = 0;
+    pCur->validNKey = 0;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* Move the cursor to the first entry in the table.  Return SQLITE_OK
+** on success.  Set *pRes to 0 if the cursor actually points to something
+** or set *pRes to 1 if the table is empty.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeFirst(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
+  int rc;
+
+  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) );
+  rc = moveToRoot(pCur);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){
+      assert( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell==0 );
+      *pRes = 1;
+    }else{
+      assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell>0 );
+      *pRes = 0;
+      rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur);
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* Move the cursor to the last entry in the table.  Return SQLITE_OK
+** on success.  Set *pRes to 0 if the cursor actually points to something
+** or set *pRes to 1 if the table is empty.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
+  int rc;
+ 
+  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) );
+
+  /* If the cursor already points to the last entry, this is a no-op. */
+  if( CURSOR_VALID==pCur->eState && pCur->atLast ){
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+    /* This block serves to assert() that the cursor really does point 
+    ** to the last entry in the b-tree. */
+    int ii;
+    for(ii=0; ii<pCur->iPage; ii++){
+      assert( pCur->aiIdx[ii]==pCur->apPage[ii]->nCell );
+    }
+    assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]==pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell-1 );
+    assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->leaf );
+#endif
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  rc = moveToRoot(pCur);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){
+      assert( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell==0 );
+      *pRes = 1;
+    }else{
+      assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
+      *pRes = 0;
+      rc = moveToRightmost(pCur);
+      pCur->atLast = rc==SQLITE_OK ?1:0;
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* Move the cursor so that it points to an entry near the key 
+** specified by pIdxKey or intKey.   Return a success code.
+**
+** For INTKEY tables, the intKey parameter is used.  pIdxKey 
+** must be NULL.  For index tables, pIdxKey is used and intKey
+** is ignored.
+**
+** If an exact match is not found, then the cursor is always
+** left pointing at a leaf page which would hold the entry if it
+** were present.  The cursor might point to an entry that comes
+** before or after the key.
+**
+** An integer is written into *pRes which is the result of
+** comparing the key with the entry to which the cursor is 
+** pointing.  The meaning of the integer written into
+** *pRes is as follows:
+**
+**     *pRes<0      The cursor is left pointing at an entry that
+**                  is smaller than intKey/pIdxKey or if the table is empty
+**                  and the cursor is therefore left point to nothing.
+**
+**     *pRes==0     The cursor is left pointing at an entry that
+**                  exactly matches intKey/pIdxKey.
+**
+**     *pRes>0      The cursor is left pointing at an entry that
+**                  is larger than intKey/pIdxKey.
+**
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(
+  BtCursor *pCur,          /* The cursor to be moved */
+  UnpackedRecord *pIdxKey, /* Unpacked index key */
+  i64 intKey,              /* The table key */
+  int biasRight,           /* If true, bias the search to the high end */
+  int *pRes                /* Write search results here */
+){
+  int rc;
+
+  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) );
+  assert( pRes );
+  assert( (pIdxKey==0)==(pCur->pKeyInfo==0) );
+
+  /* If the cursor is already positioned at the point we are trying
+  ** to move to, then just return without doing any work */
+  if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID && pCur->validNKey 
+   && pCur->apPage[0]->intKey 
+  ){
+    if( pCur->info.nKey==intKey ){
+      *pRes = 0;
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+    if( pCur->atLast && pCur->info.nKey<intKey ){
+      *pRes = -1;
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+  }
+
+  rc = moveToRoot(pCur);
+  if( rc ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+  assert( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] );
+  assert( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->isInit );
+  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell>0 );
+  if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){
+    *pRes = -1;
+    assert( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell==0 );
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  assert( pCur->apPage[0]->intKey || pIdxKey );
+  for(;;){
+    int lwr, upr, idx;
+    Pgno chldPg;
+    MemPage *pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
+    int c;
+
+    /* pPage->nCell must be greater than zero. If this is the root-page
+    ** the cursor would have been INVALID above and this for(;;) loop
+    ** not run. If this is not the root-page, then the moveToChild() routine
+    ** would have already detected db corruption. Similarly, pPage must
+    ** be the right kind (index or table) of b-tree page. Otherwise
+    ** a moveToChild() or moveToRoot() call would have detected corruption.  */
+    assert( pPage->nCell>0 );
+    assert( pPage->intKey==(pIdxKey==0) );
+    lwr = 0;
+    upr = pPage->nCell-1;
+    if( biasRight ){
+      pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)(idx = upr);
+    }else{
+      pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)(idx = (upr+lwr)/2);
+    }
+    for(;;){
+      u8 *pCell;                          /* Pointer to current cell in pPage */
+
+      assert( idx==pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] );
+      pCur->info.nSize = 0;
+      pCell = findCell(pPage, idx) + pPage->childPtrSize;
+      if( pPage->intKey ){
+        i64 nCellKey;
+        if( pPage->hasData ){
+          u32 dummy;
+          pCell += getVarint32(pCell, dummy);
+        }
+        getVarint(pCell, (u64*)&nCellKey);
+        if( nCellKey==intKey ){
+          c = 0;
+        }else if( nCellKey<intKey ){
+          c = -1;
+        }else{
+          assert( nCellKey>intKey );
+          c = +1;
+        }
+        pCur->validNKey = 1;
+        pCur->info.nKey = nCellKey;
+      }else{
+        /* The maximum supported page-size is 65536 bytes. This means that
+        ** the maximum number of record bytes stored on an index B-Tree
+        ** page is less than 16384 bytes and may be stored as a 2-byte
+        ** varint. This information is used to attempt to avoid parsing 
+        ** the entire cell by checking for the cases where the record is 
+        ** stored entirely within the b-tree page by inspecting the first 
+        ** 2 bytes of the cell.
+        */
+        int nCell = pCell[0];
+        if( nCell<=pPage->max1bytePayload
+         /* && (pCell+nCell)<pPage->aDataEnd */
+        ){
+          /* This branch runs if the record-size field of the cell is a
+          ** single byte varint and the record fits entirely on the main
+          ** b-tree page.  */
+          testcase( pCell+nCell+1==pPage->aDataEnd );
+          c = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nCell, (void*)&pCell[1], pIdxKey);
+        }else if( !(pCell[1] & 0x80) 
+          && (nCell = ((nCell&0x7f)<<7) + pCell[1])<=pPage->maxLocal
+          /* && (pCell+nCell+2)<=pPage->aDataEnd */
+        ){
+          /* The record-size field is a 2 byte varint and the record 
+          ** fits entirely on the main b-tree page.  */
+          testcase( pCell+nCell+2==pPage->aDataEnd );
+          c = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nCell, (void*)&pCell[2], pIdxKey);
+        }else{
+          /* The record flows over onto one or more overflow pages. In
+          ** this case the whole cell needs to be parsed, a buffer allocated
+          ** and accessPayload() used to retrieve the record into the
+          ** buffer before VdbeRecordCompare() can be called. */
+          void *pCellKey;
+          u8 * const pCellBody = pCell - pPage->childPtrSize;
+          btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCellBody, &pCur->info);
+          nCell = (int)pCur->info.nKey;
+          pCellKey = sqlite3Malloc( nCell );
+          if( pCellKey==0 ){
+            rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+            goto moveto_finish;
+          }
+          rc = accessPayload(pCur, 0, nCell, (unsigned char*)pCellKey, 0);
+          if( rc ){
+            sqlite3_free(pCellKey);
+            goto moveto_finish;
+          }
+          c = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nCell, pCellKey, pIdxKey);
+          sqlite3_free(pCellKey);
+        }
+      }
+      if( c==0 ){
+        if( pPage->intKey && !pPage->leaf ){
+          lwr = idx;
+          break;
+        }else{
+          *pRes = 0;
+          rc = SQLITE_OK;
+          goto moveto_finish;
+        }
+      }
+      if( c<0 ){
+        lwr = idx+1;
+      }else{
+        upr = idx-1;
+      }
+      if( lwr>upr ){
+        break;
+      }
+      pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)(idx = (lwr+upr)/2);
+    }
+    assert( lwr==upr+1 || (pPage->intKey && !pPage->leaf) );
+    assert( pPage->isInit );
+    if( pPage->leaf ){
+      chldPg = 0;
+    }else if( lwr>=pPage->nCell ){
+      chldPg = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
+    }else{
+      chldPg = get4byte(findCell(pPage, lwr));
+    }
+    if( chldPg==0 ){
+      assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell );
+      *pRes = c;
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+      goto moveto_finish;
+    }
+    pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)lwr;
+    pCur->info.nSize = 0;
+    pCur->validNKey = 0;
+    rc = moveToChild(pCur, chldPg);
+    if( rc ) goto moveto_finish;
+  }
+moveto_finish:
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the cursor is not pointing at an entry of the table.
+**
+** TRUE will be returned after a call to sqlite3BtreeNext() moves
+** past the last entry in the table or sqlite3BtreePrev() moves past
+** the first entry.  TRUE is also returned if the table is empty.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeEof(BtCursor *pCur){
+  /* TODO: What if the cursor is in CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK but all table entries
+  ** have been deleted? This API will need to change to return an error code
+  ** as well as the boolean result value.
+  */
+  return (CURSOR_VALID!=pCur->eState);
+}
+
+/*
+** Advance the cursor to the next entry in the database.  If
+** successful then set *pRes=0.  If the cursor
+** was already pointing to the last entry in the database before
+** this routine was called, then set *pRes=1.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeNext(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
+  int rc;
+  int idx;
+  MemPage *pPage;
+
+  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+  rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+  assert( pRes!=0 );
+  if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){
+    *pRes = 1;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  if( pCur->skipNext>0 ){
+    pCur->skipNext = 0;
+    *pRes = 0;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  pCur->skipNext = 0;
+
+  pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
+  idx = ++pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage];
+  assert( pPage->isInit );
+
+  /* If the database file is corrupt, it is possible for the value of idx 
+  ** to be invalid here. This can only occur if a second cursor modifies
+  ** the page while cursor pCur is holding a reference to it. Which can
+  ** only happen if the database is corrupt in such a way as to link the
+  ** page into more than one b-tree structure. */
+  testcase( idx>pPage->nCell );
+
+  pCur->info.nSize = 0;
+  pCur->validNKey = 0;
+  if( idx>=pPage->nCell ){
+    if( !pPage->leaf ){
+      rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]));
+      if( rc ) return rc;
+      rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur);
+      *pRes = 0;
+      return rc;
+    }
+    do{
+      if( pCur->iPage==0 ){
+        *pRes = 1;
+        pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
+        return SQLITE_OK;
+      }
+      moveToParent(pCur);
+      pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
+    }while( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]>=pPage->nCell );
+    *pRes = 0;
+    if( pPage->intKey ){
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(pCur, pRes);
+    }else{
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+    return rc;
+  }
+  *pRes = 0;
+  if( pPage->leaf ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Step the cursor to the back to the previous entry in the database.  If
+** successful then set *pRes=0.  If the cursor
+** was already pointing to the first entry in the database before
+** this routine was called, then set *pRes=1.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePrevious(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
+  int rc;
+  MemPage *pPage;
+
+  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+  rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+  pCur->atLast = 0;
+  if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){
+    *pRes = 1;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  if( pCur->skipNext<0 ){
+    pCur->skipNext = 0;
+    *pRes = 0;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  pCur->skipNext = 0;
+
+  pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
+  assert( pPage->isInit );
+  if( !pPage->leaf ){
+    int idx = pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage];
+    rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(findCell(pPage, idx)));
+    if( rc ){
+      return rc;
+    }
+    rc = moveToRightmost(pCur);
+  }else{
+    while( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]==0 ){
+      if( pCur->iPage==0 ){
+        pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
+        *pRes = 1;
+        return SQLITE_OK;
+      }
+      moveToParent(pCur);
+    }
+    pCur->info.nSize = 0;
+    pCur->validNKey = 0;
+
+    pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]--;
+    pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
+    if( pPage->intKey && !pPage->leaf ){
+      rc = sqlite3BtreePrevious(pCur, pRes);
+    }else{
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+  }
+  *pRes = 0;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate a new page from the database file.
+**
+** The new page is marked as dirty.  (In other words, sqlite3PagerWrite()
+** has already been called on the new page.)  The new page has also
+** been referenced and the calling routine is responsible for calling
+** sqlite3PagerUnref() on the new page when it is done.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned on success.  Any other return value indicates
+** an error.  *ppPage and *pPgno are undefined in the event of an error.
+** Do not invoke sqlite3PagerUnref() on *ppPage if an error is returned.
+**
+** If the "nearby" parameter is not 0, then a (feeble) effort is made to 
+** locate a page close to the page number "nearby".  This can be used in an
+** attempt to keep related pages close to each other in the database file,
+** which in turn can make database access faster.
+**
+** If the "exact" parameter is not 0, and the page-number nearby exists 
+** anywhere on the free-list, then it is guarenteed to be returned. This
+** is only used by auto-vacuum databases when allocating a new table.
+*/
+static int allocateBtreePage(
+  BtShared *pBt, 
+  MemPage **ppPage, 
+  Pgno *pPgno, 
+  Pgno nearby,
+  u8 exact
+){
+  MemPage *pPage1;
+  int rc;
+  u32 n;     /* Number of pages on the freelist */
+  u32 k;     /* Number of leaves on the trunk of the freelist */
+  MemPage *pTrunk = 0;
+  MemPage *pPrevTrunk = 0;
+  Pgno mxPage;     /* Total size of the database file */
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+  pPage1 = pBt->pPage1;
+  mxPage = btreePagecount(pBt);
+  n = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[36]);
+  testcase( n==mxPage-1 );
+  if( n>=mxPage ){
+    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+  }
+  if( n>0 ){
+    /* There are pages on the freelist.  Reuse one of those pages. */
+    Pgno iTrunk;
+    u8 searchList = 0; /* If the free-list must be searched for 'nearby' */
+    
+    /* If the 'exact' parameter was true and a query of the pointer-map
+    ** shows that the page 'nearby' is somewhere on the free-list, then
+    ** the entire-list will be searched for that page.
+    */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+    if( exact && nearby<=mxPage ){
+      u8 eType;
+      assert( nearby>0 );
+      assert( pBt->autoVacuum );
+      rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, nearby, &eType, 0);
+      if( rc ) return rc;
+      if( eType==PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ){
+        searchList = 1;
+      }
+      *pPgno = nearby;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    /* Decrement the free-list count by 1. Set iTrunk to the index of the
+    ** first free-list trunk page. iPrevTrunk is initially 1.
+    */
+    rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage1->pDbPage);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+    put4byte(&pPage1->aData[36], n-1);
+
+    /* The code within this loop is run only once if the 'searchList' variable
+    ** is not true. Otherwise, it runs once for each trunk-page on the
+    ** free-list until the page 'nearby' is located.
+    */
+    do {
+      pPrevTrunk = pTrunk;
+      if( pPrevTrunk ){
+        iTrunk = get4byte(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0]);
+      }else{
+        iTrunk = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[32]);
+      }
+      testcase( iTrunk==mxPage );
+      if( iTrunk>mxPage ){
+        rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+      }else{
+        rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iTrunk, &pTrunk, 0);
+      }
+      if( rc ){
+        pTrunk = 0;
+        goto end_allocate_page;
+      }
+      assert( pTrunk!=0 );
+      assert( pTrunk->aData!=0 );
+
+      k = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4]); /* # of leaves on this trunk page */
+      if( k==0 && !searchList ){
+        /* The trunk has no leaves and the list is not being searched. 
+        ** So extract the trunk page itself and use it as the newly 
+        ** allocated page */
+        assert( pPrevTrunk==0 );
+        rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage);
+        if( rc ){
+          goto end_allocate_page;
+        }
+        *pPgno = iTrunk;
+        memcpy(&pPage1->aData[32], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4);
+        *ppPage = pTrunk;
+        pTrunk = 0;
+        TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d trunk - %d free pages left\n", *pPgno, n-1));
+      }else if( k>(u32)(pBt->usableSize/4 - 2) ){
+        /* Value of k is out of range.  Database corruption */
+        rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+        goto end_allocate_page;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+      }else if( searchList && nearby==iTrunk ){
+        /* The list is being searched and this trunk page is the page
+        ** to allocate, regardless of whether it has leaves.
+        */
+        assert( *pPgno==iTrunk );
+        *ppPage = pTrunk;
+        searchList = 0;
+        rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage);
+        if( rc ){
+          goto end_allocate_page;
+        }
+        if( k==0 ){
+          if( !pPrevTrunk ){
+            memcpy(&pPage1->aData[32], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4);
+          }else{
+            rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPrevTrunk->pDbPage);
+            if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+              goto end_allocate_page;
+            }
+            memcpy(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4);
+          }
+        }else{
+          /* The trunk page is required by the caller but it contains 
+          ** pointers to free-list leaves. The first leaf becomes a trunk
+          ** page in this case.
+          */
+          MemPage *pNewTrunk;
+          Pgno iNewTrunk = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[8]);
+          if( iNewTrunk>mxPage ){ 
+            rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+            goto end_allocate_page;
+          }
+          testcase( iNewTrunk==mxPage );
+          rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iNewTrunk, &pNewTrunk, 0);
+          if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+            goto end_allocate_page;
+          }
+          rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pNewTrunk->pDbPage);
+          if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+            releasePage(pNewTrunk);
+            goto end_allocate_page;
+          }
+          memcpy(&pNewTrunk->aData[0], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4);
+          put4byte(&pNewTrunk->aData[4], k-1);
+          memcpy(&pNewTrunk->aData[8], &pTrunk->aData[12], (k-1)*4);
+          releasePage(pNewTrunk);
+          if( !pPrevTrunk ){
+            assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage1->pDbPage) );
+            put4byte(&pPage1->aData[32], iNewTrunk);
+          }else{
+            rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPrevTrunk->pDbPage);
+            if( rc ){
+              goto end_allocate_page;
+            }
+            put4byte(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0], iNewTrunk);
+          }
+        }
+        pTrunk = 0;
+        TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d trunk - %d free pages left\n", *pPgno, n-1));
+#endif
+      }else if( k>0 ){
+        /* Extract a leaf from the trunk */
+        u32 closest;
+        Pgno iPage;
+        unsigned char *aData = pTrunk->aData;
+        if( nearby>0 ){
+          u32 i;
+          int dist;
+          closest = 0;
+          dist = sqlite3AbsInt32(get4byte(&aData[8]) - nearby);
+          for(i=1; i<k; i++){
+            int d2 = sqlite3AbsInt32(get4byte(&aData[8+i*4]) - nearby);
+            if( d2<dist ){
+              closest = i;
+              dist = d2;
+            }
+          }
+        }else{
+          closest = 0;
+        }
+
+        iPage = get4byte(&aData[8+closest*4]);
+        testcase( iPage==mxPage );
+        if( iPage>mxPage ){
+          rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+          goto end_allocate_page;
+        }
+        testcase( iPage==mxPage );
+        if( !searchList || iPage==nearby ){
+          int noContent;
+          *pPgno = iPage;
+          TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d was leaf %d of %d on trunk %d"
+                 ": %d more free pages\n",
+                 *pPgno, closest+1, k, pTrunk->pgno, n-1));
+          rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage);
+          if( rc ) goto end_allocate_page;
+          if( closest<k-1 ){
+            memcpy(&aData[8+closest*4], &aData[4+k*4], 4);
+          }
+          put4byte(&aData[4], k-1);
+          noContent = !btreeGetHasContent(pBt, *pPgno);
+          rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, *pPgno, ppPage, noContent);
+          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+            rc = sqlite3PagerWrite((*ppPage)->pDbPage);
+            if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+              releasePage(*ppPage);
+            }
+          }
+          searchList = 0;
+        }
+      }
+      releasePage(pPrevTrunk);
+      pPrevTrunk = 0;
+    }while( searchList );
+  }else{
+    /* There are no pages on the freelist, so create a new page at the
+    ** end of the file */
+    rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+    pBt->nPage++;
+    if( pBt->nPage==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ) pBt->nPage++;
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+    if( pBt->autoVacuum && PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pBt->nPage) ){
+      /* If *pPgno refers to a pointer-map page, allocate two new pages
+      ** at the end of the file instead of one. The first allocated page
+      ** becomes a new pointer-map page, the second is used by the caller.
+      */
+      MemPage *pPg = 0;
+      TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d from end of file (pointer-map page)\n", pBt->nPage));
+      assert( pBt->nPage!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) );
+      rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, pBt->nPage, &pPg, 1);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg->pDbPage);
+        releasePage(pPg);
+      }
+      if( rc ) return rc;
+      pBt->nPage++;
+      if( pBt->nPage==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ pBt->nPage++; }
+    }
+#endif
+    put4byte(28 + (u8*)pBt->pPage1->aData, pBt->nPage);
+    *pPgno = pBt->nPage;
+
+    assert( *pPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) );
+    rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, *pPgno, ppPage, 1);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+    rc = sqlite3PagerWrite((*ppPage)->pDbPage);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      releasePage(*ppPage);
+    }
+    TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d from end of file\n", *pPgno));
+  }
+
+  assert( *pPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) );
+
+end_allocate_page:
+  releasePage(pTrunk);
+  releasePage(pPrevTrunk);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( sqlite3PagerPageRefcount((*ppPage)->pDbPage)>1 ){
+      releasePage(*ppPage);
+      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+    }
+    (*ppPage)->isInit = 0;
+  }else{
+    *ppPage = 0;
+  }
+  assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || sqlite3PagerIswriteable((*ppPage)->pDbPage) );
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is used to add page iPage to the database file free-list. 
+** It is assumed that the page is not already a part of the free-list.
+**
+** The value passed as the second argument to this function is optional.
+** If the caller happens to have a pointer to the MemPage object 
+** corresponding to page iPage handy, it may pass it as the second value. 
+** Otherwise, it may pass NULL.
+**
+** If a pointer to a MemPage object is passed as the second argument,
+** its reference count is not altered by this function.
+*/
+static int freePage2(BtShared *pBt, MemPage *pMemPage, Pgno iPage){
+  MemPage *pTrunk = 0;                /* Free-list trunk page */
+  Pgno iTrunk = 0;                    /* Page number of free-list trunk page */ 
+  MemPage *pPage1 = pBt->pPage1;      /* Local reference to page 1 */
+  MemPage *pPage;                     /* Page being freed. May be NULL. */
+  int rc;                             /* Return Code */
+  int nFree;                          /* Initial number of pages on free-list */
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+  assert( iPage>1 );
+  assert( !pMemPage || pMemPage->pgno==iPage );
+
+  if( pMemPage ){
+    pPage = pMemPage;
+    sqlite3PagerRef(pPage->pDbPage);
+  }else{
+    pPage = btreePageLookup(pBt, iPage);
+  }
+
+  /* Increment the free page count on pPage1 */
+  rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage1->pDbPage);
+  if( rc ) goto freepage_out;
+  nFree = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[36]);
+  put4byte(&pPage1->aData[36], nFree+1);
+
+  if( pBt->btsFlags & BTS_SECURE_DELETE ){
+    /* If the secure_delete option is enabled, then
+    ** always fully overwrite deleted information with zeros.
+    */
+    if( (!pPage && ((rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iPage, &pPage, 0))!=0) )
+     ||            ((rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage))!=0)
+    ){
+      goto freepage_out;
+    }
+    memset(pPage->aData, 0, pPage->pBt->pageSize);
+  }
+
+  /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, write an entry in the pointer-map
+  ** to indicate that the page is free.
+  */
+  if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
+    ptrmapPut(pBt, iPage, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0, &rc);
+    if( rc ) goto freepage_out;
+  }
+
+  /* Now manipulate the actual database free-list structure. There are two
+  ** possibilities. If the free-list is currently empty, or if the first
+  ** trunk page in the free-list is full, then this page will become a
+  ** new free-list trunk page. Otherwise, it will become a leaf of the
+  ** first trunk page in the current free-list. This block tests if it
+  ** is possible to add the page as a new free-list leaf.
+  */
+  if( nFree!=0 ){
+    u32 nLeaf;                /* Initial number of leaf cells on trunk page */
+
+    iTrunk = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[32]);
+    rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iTrunk, &pTrunk, 0);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      goto freepage_out;
+    }
+
+    nLeaf = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4]);
+    assert( pBt->usableSize>32 );
+    if( nLeaf > (u32)pBt->usableSize/4 - 2 ){
+      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+      goto freepage_out;
+    }
+    if( nLeaf < (u32)pBt->usableSize/4 - 8 ){
+      /* In this case there is room on the trunk page to insert the page
+      ** being freed as a new leaf.
+      **
+      ** Note that the trunk page is not really full until it contains
+      ** usableSize/4 - 2 entries, not usableSize/4 - 8 entries as we have
+      ** coded.  But due to a coding error in versions of SQLite prior to
+      ** 3.6.0, databases with freelist trunk pages holding more than
+      ** usableSize/4 - 8 entries will be reported as corrupt.  In order
+      ** to maintain backwards compatibility with older versions of SQLite,
+      ** we will continue to restrict the number of entries to usableSize/4 - 8
+      ** for now.  At some point in the future (once everyone has upgraded
+      ** to 3.6.0 or later) we should consider fixing the conditional above
+      ** to read "usableSize/4-2" instead of "usableSize/4-8".
+      */
+      rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        put4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4], nLeaf+1);
+        put4byte(&pTrunk->aData[8+nLeaf*4], iPage);
+        if( pPage && (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_SECURE_DELETE)==0 ){
+          sqlite3PagerDontWrite(pPage->pDbPage);
+        }
+        rc = btreeSetHasContent(pBt, iPage);
+      }
+      TRACE(("FREE-PAGE: %d leaf on trunk page %d\n",pPage->pgno,pTrunk->pgno));
+      goto freepage_out;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If control flows to this point, then it was not possible to add the
+  ** the page being freed as a leaf page of the first trunk in the free-list.
+  ** Possibly because the free-list is empty, or possibly because the 
+  ** first trunk in the free-list is full. Either way, the page being freed
+  ** will become the new first trunk page in the free-list.
+  */
+  if( pPage==0 && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iPage, &pPage, 0)) ){
+    goto freepage_out;
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    goto freepage_out;
+  }
+  put4byte(pPage->aData, iTrunk);
+  put4byte(&pPage->aData[4], 0);
+  put4byte(&pPage1->aData[32], iPage);
+  TRACE(("FREE-PAGE: %d new trunk page replacing %d\n", pPage->pgno, iTrunk));
+
+freepage_out:
+  if( pPage ){
+    pPage->isInit = 0;
+  }
+  releasePage(pPage);
+  releasePage(pTrunk);
+  return rc;
+}
+static void freePage(MemPage *pPage, int *pRC){
+  if( (*pRC)==SQLITE_OK ){
+    *pRC = freePage2(pPage->pBt, pPage, pPage->pgno);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Free any overflow pages associated with the given Cell.
+*/
+static int clearCell(MemPage *pPage, unsigned char *pCell){
+  BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
+  CellInfo info;
+  Pgno ovflPgno;
+  int rc;
+  int nOvfl;
+  u32 ovflPageSize;
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+  btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
+  if( info.iOverflow==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;  /* No overflow pages. Return without doing anything */
+  }
+  if( pCell+info.iOverflow+3 > pPage->aData+pPage->maskPage ){
+    return SQLITE_CORRUPT;  /* Cell extends past end of page */
+  }
+  ovflPgno = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]);
+  assert( pBt->usableSize > 4 );
+  ovflPageSize = pBt->usableSize - 4;
+  nOvfl = (info.nPayload - info.nLocal + ovflPageSize - 1)/ovflPageSize;
+  assert( ovflPgno==0 || nOvfl>0 );
+  while( nOvfl-- ){
+    Pgno iNext = 0;
+    MemPage *pOvfl = 0;
+    if( ovflPgno<2 || ovflPgno>btreePagecount(pBt) ){
+      /* 0 is not a legal page number and page 1 cannot be an 
+      ** overflow page. Therefore if ovflPgno<2 or past the end of the 
+      ** file the database must be corrupt. */
+      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+    }
+    if( nOvfl ){
+      rc = getOverflowPage(pBt, ovflPgno, &pOvfl, &iNext);
+      if( rc ) return rc;
+    }
+
+    if( ( pOvfl || ((pOvfl = btreePageLookup(pBt, ovflPgno))!=0) )
+     && sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(pOvfl->pDbPage)!=1
+    ){
+      /* There is no reason any cursor should have an outstanding reference 
+      ** to an overflow page belonging to a cell that is being deleted/updated.
+      ** So if there exists more than one reference to this page, then it 
+      ** must not really be an overflow page and the database must be corrupt. 
+      ** It is helpful to detect this before calling freePage2(), as 
+      ** freePage2() may zero the page contents if secure-delete mode is
+      ** enabled. If this 'overflow' page happens to be a page that the
+      ** caller is iterating through or using in some other way, this
+      ** can be problematic.
+      */
+      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+    }else{
+      rc = freePage2(pBt, pOvfl, ovflPgno);
+    }
+
+    if( pOvfl ){
+      sqlite3PagerUnref(pOvfl->pDbPage);
+    }
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+    ovflPgno = iNext;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Create the byte sequence used to represent a cell on page pPage
+** and write that byte sequence into pCell[].  Overflow pages are
+** allocated and filled in as necessary.  The calling procedure
+** is responsible for making sure sufficient space has been allocated
+** for pCell[].
+**
+** Note that pCell does not necessary need to point to the pPage->aData
+** area.  pCell might point to some temporary storage.  The cell will
+** be constructed in this temporary area then copied into pPage->aData
+** later.
+*/
+static int fillInCell(
+  MemPage *pPage,                /* The page that contains the cell */
+  unsigned char *pCell,          /* Complete text of the cell */
+  const void *pKey, i64 nKey,    /* The key */
+  const void *pData,int nData,   /* The data */
+  int nZero,                     /* Extra zero bytes to append to pData */
+  int *pnSize                    /* Write cell size here */
+){
+  int nPayload;
+  const u8 *pSrc;
+  int nSrc, n, rc;
+  int spaceLeft;
+  MemPage *pOvfl = 0;
+  MemPage *pToRelease = 0;
+  unsigned char *pPrior;
+  unsigned char *pPayload;
+  BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
+  Pgno pgnoOvfl = 0;
+  int nHeader;
+  CellInfo info;
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+
+  /* pPage is not necessarily writeable since pCell might be auxiliary
+  ** buffer space that is separate from the pPage buffer area */
+  assert( pCell<pPage->aData || pCell>=&pPage->aData[pBt->pageSize]
+            || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
+
+  /* Fill in the header. */
+  nHeader = 0;
+  if( !pPage->leaf ){
+    nHeader += 4;
+  }
+  if( pPage->hasData ){
+    nHeader += putVarint(&pCell[nHeader], nData+nZero);
+  }else{
+    nData = nZero = 0;
+  }
+  nHeader += putVarint(&pCell[nHeader], *(u64*)&nKey);
+  btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
+  assert( info.nHeader==nHeader );
+  assert( info.nKey==nKey );
+  assert( info.nData==(u32)(nData+nZero) );
+  
+  /* Fill in the payload */
+  nPayload = nData + nZero;
+  if( pPage->intKey ){
+    pSrc = pData;
+    nSrc = nData;
+    nData = 0;
+  }else{ 
+    if( NEVER(nKey>0x7fffffff || pKey==0) ){
+      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+    }
+    nPayload += (int)nKey;
+    pSrc = pKey;
+    nSrc = (int)nKey;
+  }
+  *pnSize = info.nSize;
+  spaceLeft = info.nLocal;
+  pPayload = &pCell[nHeader];
+  pPrior = &pCell[info.iOverflow];
+
+  while( nPayload>0 ){
+    if( spaceLeft==0 ){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+      Pgno pgnoPtrmap = pgnoOvfl; /* Overflow page pointer-map entry page */
+      if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
+        do{
+          pgnoOvfl++;
+        } while( 
+          PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pgnoOvfl) || pgnoOvfl==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) 
+        );
+      }
+#endif
+      rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pOvfl, &pgnoOvfl, pgnoOvfl, 0);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+      /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, and the second or subsequent
+      ** overflow page is being allocated, add an entry to the pointer-map
+      ** for that page now. 
+      **
+      ** If this is the first overflow page, then write a partial entry 
+      ** to the pointer-map. If we write nothing to this pointer-map slot,
+      ** then the optimistic overflow chain processing in clearCell()
+      ** may misinterpret the uninitialised values and delete the
+      ** wrong pages from the database.
+      */
+      if( pBt->autoVacuum && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        u8 eType = (pgnoPtrmap?PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2:PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1);
+        ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoOvfl, eType, pgnoPtrmap, &rc);
+        if( rc ){
+          releasePage(pOvfl);
+        }
+      }
+#endif
+      if( rc ){
+        releasePage(pToRelease);
+        return rc;
+      }
+
+      /* If pToRelease is not zero than pPrior points into the data area
+      ** of pToRelease.  Make sure pToRelease is still writeable. */
+      assert( pToRelease==0 || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pToRelease->pDbPage) );
+
+      /* If pPrior is part of the data area of pPage, then make sure pPage
+      ** is still writeable */
+      assert( pPrior<pPage->aData || pPrior>=&pPage->aData[pBt->pageSize]
+            || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
+
+      put4byte(pPrior, pgnoOvfl);
+      releasePage(pToRelease);
+      pToRelease = pOvfl;
+      pPrior = pOvfl->aData;
+      put4byte(pPrior, 0);
+      pPayload = &pOvfl->aData[4];
+      spaceLeft = pBt->usableSize - 4;
+    }
+    n = nPayload;
+    if( n>spaceLeft ) n = spaceLeft;
+
+    /* If pToRelease is not zero than pPayload points into the data area
+    ** of pToRelease.  Make sure pToRelease is still writeable. */
+    assert( pToRelease==0 || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pToRelease->pDbPage) );
+
+    /* If pPayload is part of the data area of pPage, then make sure pPage
+    ** is still writeable */
+    assert( pPayload<pPage->aData || pPayload>=&pPage->aData[pBt->pageSize]
+            || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
+
+    if( nSrc>0 ){
+      if( n>nSrc ) n = nSrc;
+      assert( pSrc );
+      memcpy(pPayload, pSrc, n);
+    }else{
+      memset(pPayload, 0, n);
+    }
+    nPayload -= n;
+    pPayload += n;
+    pSrc += n;
+    nSrc -= n;
+    spaceLeft -= n;
+    if( nSrc==0 ){
+      nSrc = nData;
+      pSrc = pData;
+    }
+  }
+  releasePage(pToRelease);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Remove the i-th cell from pPage.  This routine effects pPage only.
+** The cell content is not freed or deallocated.  It is assumed that
+** the cell content has been copied someplace else.  This routine just
+** removes the reference to the cell from pPage.
+**
+** "sz" must be the number of bytes in the cell.
+*/
+static void dropCell(MemPage *pPage, int idx, int sz, int *pRC){
+  u32 pc;         /* Offset to cell content of cell being deleted */
+  u8 *data;       /* pPage->aData */
+  u8 *ptr;        /* Used to move bytes around within data[] */
+  u8 *endPtr;     /* End of loop */
+  int rc;         /* The return code */
+  int hdr;        /* Beginning of the header.  0 most pages.  100 page 1 */
+
+  if( *pRC ) return;
+
+  assert( idx>=0 && idx<pPage->nCell );
+  assert( sz==cellSize(pPage, idx) );
+  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+  data = pPage->aData;
+  ptr = &pPage->aCellIdx[2*idx];
+  pc = get2byte(ptr);
+  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
+  testcase( pc==get2byte(&data[hdr+5]) );
+  testcase( pc+sz==pPage->pBt->usableSize );
+  if( pc < (u32)get2byte(&data[hdr+5]) || pc+sz > pPage->pBt->usableSize ){
+    *pRC = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+    return;
+  }
+  rc = freeSpace(pPage, pc, sz);
+  if( rc ){
+    *pRC = rc;
+    return;
+  }
+  endPtr = &pPage->aCellIdx[2*pPage->nCell - 2];
+  assert( (SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(ptr)&1)==0 );  /* ptr is always 2-byte aligned */
+  while( ptr<endPtr ){
+    *(u16*)ptr = *(u16*)&ptr[2];
+    ptr += 2;
+  }
+  pPage->nCell--;
+  put2byte(&data[hdr+3], pPage->nCell);
+  pPage->nFree += 2;
+}
+
+/*
+** Insert a new cell on pPage at cell index "i".  pCell points to the
+** content of the cell.
+**
+** If the cell content will fit on the page, then put it there.  If it
+** will not fit, then make a copy of the cell content into pTemp if
+** pTemp is not null.  Regardless of pTemp, allocate a new entry
+** in pPage->apOvfl[] and make it point to the cell content (either
+** in pTemp or the original pCell) and also record its index. 
+** Allocating a new entry in pPage->aCell[] implies that 
+** pPage->nOverflow is incremented.
+**
+** If nSkip is non-zero, then do not copy the first nSkip bytes of the
+** cell. The caller will overwrite them after this function returns. If
+** nSkip is non-zero, then pCell may not point to an invalid memory location 
+** (but pCell+nSkip is always valid).
+*/
+static void insertCell(
+  MemPage *pPage,   /* Page into which we are copying */
+  int i,            /* New cell becomes the i-th cell of the page */
+  u8 *pCell,        /* Content of the new cell */
+  int sz,           /* Bytes of content in pCell */
+  u8 *pTemp,        /* Temp storage space for pCell, if needed */
+  Pgno iChild,      /* If non-zero, replace first 4 bytes with this value */
+  int *pRC          /* Read and write return code from here */
+){
+  int idx = 0;      /* Where to write new cell content in data[] */
+  int j;            /* Loop counter */
+  int end;          /* First byte past the last cell pointer in data[] */
+  int ins;          /* Index in data[] where new cell pointer is inserted */
+  int cellOffset;   /* Address of first cell pointer in data[] */
+  u8 *data;         /* The content of the whole page */
+  u8 *ptr;          /* Used for moving information around in data[] */
+  u8 *endPtr;       /* End of the loop */
+
+  int nSkip = (iChild ? 4 : 0);
+
+  if( *pRC ) return;
+
+  assert( i>=0 && i<=pPage->nCell+pPage->nOverflow );
+  assert( pPage->nCell<=MX_CELL(pPage->pBt) && MX_CELL(pPage->pBt)<=10921 );
+  assert( pPage->nOverflow<=ArraySize(pPage->apOvfl) );
+  assert( ArraySize(pPage->apOvfl)==ArraySize(pPage->aiOvfl) );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+  /* The cell should normally be sized correctly.  However, when moving a
+  ** malformed cell from a leaf page to an interior page, if the cell size
+  ** wanted to be less than 4 but got rounded up to 4 on the leaf, then size
+  ** might be less than 8 (leaf-size + pointer) on the interior node.  Hence
+  ** the term after the || in the following assert(). */
+  assert( sz==cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell) || (sz==8 && iChild>0) );
+  if( pPage->nOverflow || sz+2>pPage->nFree ){
+    if( pTemp ){
+      memcpy(pTemp+nSkip, pCell+nSkip, sz-nSkip);
+      pCell = pTemp;
+    }
+    if( iChild ){
+      put4byte(pCell, iChild);
+    }
+    j = pPage->nOverflow++;
+    assert( j<(int)(sizeof(pPage->apOvfl)/sizeof(pPage->apOvfl[0])) );
+    pPage->apOvfl[j] = pCell;
+    pPage->aiOvfl[j] = (u16)i;
+  }else{
+    int rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      *pRC = rc;
+      return;
+    }
+    assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
+    data = pPage->aData;
+    cellOffset = pPage->cellOffset;
+    end = cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell;
+    ins = cellOffset + 2*i;
+    rc = allocateSpace(pPage, sz, &idx);
+    if( rc ){ *pRC = rc; return; }
+    /* The allocateSpace() routine guarantees the following two properties
+    ** if it returns success */
+    assert( idx >= end+2 );
+    assert( idx+sz <= (int)pPage->pBt->usableSize );
+    pPage->nCell++;
+    pPage->nFree -= (u16)(2 + sz);
+    memcpy(&data[idx+nSkip], pCell+nSkip, sz-nSkip);
+    if( iChild ){
+      put4byte(&data[idx], iChild);
+    }
+    ptr = &data[end];
+    endPtr = &data[ins];
+    assert( (SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(ptr)&1)==0 );  /* ptr is always 2-byte aligned */
+    while( ptr>endPtr ){
+      *(u16*)ptr = *(u16*)&ptr[-2];
+      ptr -= 2;
+    }
+    put2byte(&data[ins], idx);
+    put2byte(&data[pPage->hdrOffset+3], pPage->nCell);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+    if( pPage->pBt->autoVacuum ){
+      /* The cell may contain a pointer to an overflow page. If so, write
+      ** the entry for the overflow page into the pointer map.
+      */
+      ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pPage, pCell, pRC);
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Add a list of cells to a page.  The page should be initially empty.
+** The cells are guaranteed to fit on the page.
+*/
+static void assemblePage(
+  MemPage *pPage,   /* The page to be assemblied */
+  int nCell,        /* The number of cells to add to this page */
+  u8 **apCell,      /* Pointers to cell bodies */
+  u16 *aSize        /* Sizes of the cells */
+){
+  int i;            /* Loop counter */
+  u8 *pCellptr;     /* Address of next cell pointer */
+  int cellbody;     /* Address of next cell body */
+  u8 * const data = pPage->aData;             /* Pointer to data for pPage */
+  const int hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;           /* Offset of header on pPage */
+  const int nUsable = pPage->pBt->usableSize; /* Usable size of page */
+
+  assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+  assert( nCell>=0 && nCell<=(int)MX_CELL(pPage->pBt)
+            && (int)MX_CELL(pPage->pBt)<=10921);
+  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
+
+  /* Check that the page has just been zeroed by zeroPage() */
+  assert( pPage->nCell==0 );
+  assert( get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5])==nUsable );
+
+  pCellptr = &pPage->aCellIdx[nCell*2];
+  cellbody = nUsable;
+  for(i=nCell-1; i>=0; i--){
+    u16 sz = aSize[i];
+    pCellptr -= 2;
+    cellbody -= sz;
+    put2byte(pCellptr, cellbody);
+    memcpy(&data[cellbody], apCell[i], sz);
+  }
+  put2byte(&data[hdr+3], nCell);
+  put2byte(&data[hdr+5], cellbody);
+  pPage->nFree -= (nCell*2 + nUsable - cellbody);
+  pPage->nCell = (u16)nCell;
+}
+
+/*
+** The following parameters determine how many adjacent pages get involved
+** in a balancing operation.  NN is the number of neighbors on either side
+** of the page that participate in the balancing operation.  NB is the
+** total number of pages that participate, including the target page and
+** NN neighbors on either side.
+**
+** The minimum value of NN is 1 (of course).  Increasing NN above 1
+** (to 2 or 3) gives a modest improvement in SELECT and DELETE performance
+** in exchange for a larger degradation in INSERT and UPDATE performance.
+** The value of NN appears to give the best results overall.
+*/
+#define NN 1             /* Number of neighbors on either side of pPage */
+#define NB (NN*2+1)      /* Total pages involved in the balance */
+
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE
+/*
+** This version of balance() handles the common special case where
+** a new entry is being inserted on the extreme right-end of the
+** tree, in other words, when the new entry will become the largest
+** entry in the tree.
+**
+** Instead of trying to balance the 3 right-most leaf pages, just add
+** a new page to the right-hand side and put the one new entry in
+** that page.  This leaves the right side of the tree somewhat
+** unbalanced.  But odds are that we will be inserting new entries
+** at the end soon afterwards so the nearly empty page will quickly
+** fill up.  On average.
+**
+** pPage is the leaf page which is the right-most page in the tree.
+** pParent is its parent.  pPage must have a single overflow entry
+** which is also the right-most entry on the page.
+**
+** The pSpace buffer is used to store a temporary copy of the divider
+** cell that will be inserted into pParent. Such a cell consists of a 4
+** byte page number followed by a variable length integer. In other
+** words, at most 13 bytes. Hence the pSpace buffer must be at
+** least 13 bytes in size.
+*/
+static int balance_quick(MemPage *pParent, MemPage *pPage, u8 *pSpace){
+  BtShared *const pBt = pPage->pBt;    /* B-Tree Database */
+  MemPage *pNew;                       /* Newly allocated page */
+  int rc;                              /* Return Code */
+  Pgno pgnoNew;                        /* Page number of pNew */
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) );
+  assert( pPage->nOverflow==1 );
+
+  /* This error condition is now caught prior to reaching this function */
+  if( pPage->nCell<=0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+
+  /* Allocate a new page. This page will become the right-sibling of 
+  ** pPage. Make the parent page writable, so that the new divider cell
+  ** may be inserted. If both these operations are successful, proceed.
+  */
+  rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pNew, &pgnoNew, 0, 0);
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+
+    u8 *pOut = &pSpace[4];
+    u8 *pCell = pPage->apOvfl[0];
+    u16 szCell = cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell);
+    u8 *pStop;
+
+    assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pNew->pDbPage) );
+    assert( pPage->aData[0]==(PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAFDATA|PTF_LEAF) );
+    zeroPage(pNew, PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAFDATA|PTF_LEAF);
+    assemblePage(pNew, 1, &pCell, &szCell);
+
+    /* If this is an auto-vacuum database, update the pointer map
+    ** with entries for the new page, and any pointer from the 
+    ** cell on the page to an overflow page. If either of these
+    ** operations fails, the return code is set, but the contents
+    ** of the parent page are still manipulated by thh code below.
+    ** That is Ok, at this point the parent page is guaranteed to
+    ** be marked as dirty. Returning an error code will cause a
+    ** rollback, undoing any changes made to the parent page.
+    */
+    if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
+      ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoNew, PTRMAP_BTREE, pParent->pgno, &rc);
+      if( szCell>pNew->minLocal ){
+        ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pNew, pCell, &rc);
+      }
+    }
+  
+    /* Create a divider cell to insert into pParent. The divider cell
+    ** consists of a 4-byte page number (the page number of pPage) and
+    ** a variable length key value (which must be the same value as the
+    ** largest key on pPage).
+    **
+    ** To find the largest key value on pPage, first find the right-most 
+    ** cell on pPage. The first two fields of this cell are the 
+    ** record-length (a variable length integer at most 32-bits in size)
+    ** and the key value (a variable length integer, may have any value).
+    ** The first of the while(...) loops below skips over the record-length
+    ** field. The second while(...) loop copies the key value from the
+    ** cell on pPage into the pSpace buffer.
+    */
+    pCell = findCell(pPage, pPage->nCell-1);
+    pStop = &pCell[9];
+    while( (*(pCell++)&0x80) && pCell<pStop );
+    pStop = &pCell[9];
+    while( ((*(pOut++) = *(pCell++))&0x80) && pCell<pStop );
+
+    /* Insert the new divider cell into pParent. */
+    insertCell(pParent, pParent->nCell, pSpace, (int)(pOut-pSpace),
+               0, pPage->pgno, &rc);
+
+    /* Set the right-child pointer of pParent to point to the new page. */
+    put4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8], pgnoNew);
+  
+    /* Release the reference to the new page. */
+    releasePage(pNew);
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE */
+
+#if 0
+/*
+** This function does not contribute anything to the operation of SQLite.
+** it is sometimes activated temporarily while debugging code responsible 
+** for setting pointer-map entries.
+*/
+static int ptrmapCheckPages(MemPage **apPage, int nPage){
+  int i, j;
+  for(i=0; i<nPage; i++){
+    Pgno n;
+    u8 e;
+    MemPage *pPage = apPage[i];
+    BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
+    assert( pPage->isInit );
+
+    for(j=0; j<pPage->nCell; j++){
+      CellInfo info;
+      u8 *z;
+     
+      z = findCell(pPage, j);
+      btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, z, &info);
+      if( info.iOverflow ){
+        Pgno ovfl = get4byte(&z[info.iOverflow]);
+        ptrmapGet(pBt, ovfl, &e, &n);
+        assert( n==pPage->pgno && e==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 );
+      }
+      if( !pPage->leaf ){
+        Pgno child = get4byte(z);
+        ptrmapGet(pBt, child, &e, &n);
+        assert( n==pPage->pgno && e==PTRMAP_BTREE );
+      }
+    }
+    if( !pPage->leaf ){
+      Pgno child = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
+      ptrmapGet(pBt, child, &e, &n);
+      assert( n==pPage->pgno && e==PTRMAP_BTREE );
+    }
+  }
+  return 1;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** This function is used to copy the contents of the b-tree node stored 
+** on page pFrom to page pTo. If page pFrom was not a leaf page, then
+** the pointer-map entries for each child page are updated so that the
+** parent page stored in the pointer map is page pTo. If pFrom contained
+** any cells with overflow page pointers, then the corresponding pointer
+** map entries are also updated so that the parent page is page pTo.
+**
+** If pFrom is currently carrying any overflow cells (entries in the
+** MemPage.apOvfl[] array), they are not copied to pTo. 
+**
+** Before returning, page pTo is reinitialized using btreeInitPage().
+**
+** The performance of this function is not critical. It is only used by 
+** the balance_shallower() and balance_deeper() procedures, neither of
+** which are called often under normal circumstances.
+*/
+static void copyNodeContent(MemPage *pFrom, MemPage *pTo, int *pRC){
+  if( (*pRC)==SQLITE_OK ){
+    BtShared * const pBt = pFrom->pBt;
+    u8 * const aFrom = pFrom->aData;
+    u8 * const aTo = pTo->aData;
+    int const iFromHdr = pFrom->hdrOffset;
+    int const iToHdr = ((pTo->pgno==1) ? 100 : 0);
+    int rc;
+    int iData;
+  
+  
+    assert( pFrom->isInit );
+    assert( pFrom->nFree>=iToHdr );
+    assert( get2byte(&aFrom[iFromHdr+5]) <= (int)pBt->usableSize );
+  
+    /* Copy the b-tree node content from page pFrom to page pTo. */
+    iData = get2byte(&aFrom[iFromHdr+5]);
+    memcpy(&aTo[iData], &aFrom[iData], pBt->usableSize-iData);
+    memcpy(&aTo[iToHdr], &aFrom[iFromHdr], pFrom->cellOffset + 2*pFrom->nCell);
+  
+    /* Reinitialize page pTo so that the contents of the MemPage structure
+    ** match the new data. The initialization of pTo can actually fail under
+    ** fairly obscure circumstances, even though it is a copy of initialized 
+    ** page pFrom.
+    */
+    pTo->isInit = 0;
+    rc = btreeInitPage(pTo);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      *pRC = rc;
+      return;
+    }
+  
+    /* If this is an auto-vacuum database, update the pointer-map entries
+    ** for any b-tree or overflow pages that pTo now contains the pointers to.
+    */
+    if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
+      *pRC = setChildPtrmaps(pTo);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine redistributes cells on the iParentIdx'th child of pParent
+** (hereafter "the page") and up to 2 siblings so that all pages have about the
+** same amount of free space. Usually a single sibling on either side of the
+** page are used in the balancing, though both siblings might come from one
+** side if the page is the first or last child of its parent. If the page 
+** has fewer than 2 siblings (something which can only happen if the page
+** is a root page or a child of a root page) then all available siblings
+** participate in the balancing.
+**
+** The number of siblings of the page might be increased or decreased by 
+** one or two in an effort to keep pages nearly full but not over full. 
+**
+** Note that when this routine is called, some of the cells on the page
+** might not actually be stored in MemPage.aData[]. This can happen
+** if the page is overfull. This routine ensures that all cells allocated
+** to the page and its siblings fit into MemPage.aData[] before returning.
+**
+** In the course of balancing the page and its siblings, cells may be
+** inserted into or removed from the parent page (pParent). Doing so
+** may cause the parent page to become overfull or underfull. If this
+** happens, it is the responsibility of the caller to invoke the correct
+** balancing routine to fix this problem (see the balance() routine). 
+**
+** If this routine fails for any reason, it might leave the database
+** in a corrupted state. So if this routine fails, the database should
+** be rolled back.
+**
+** The third argument to this function, aOvflSpace, is a pointer to a
+** buffer big enough to hold one page. If while inserting cells into the parent
+** page (pParent) the parent page becomes overfull, this buffer is
+** used to store the parent's overflow cells. Because this function inserts
+** a maximum of four divider cells into the parent page, and the maximum
+** size of a cell stored within an internal node is always less than 1/4
+** of the page-size, the aOvflSpace[] buffer is guaranteed to be large
+** enough for all overflow cells.
+**
+** If aOvflSpace is set to a null pointer, this function returns 
+** SQLITE_NOMEM.
+*/
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1700 && defined(_M_ARM)
+#pragma optimize("", off)
+#endif
+static int balance_nonroot(
+  MemPage *pParent,               /* Parent page of siblings being balanced */
+  int iParentIdx,                 /* Index of "the page" in pParent */
+  u8 *aOvflSpace,                 /* page-size bytes of space for parent ovfl */
+  int isRoot,                     /* True if pParent is a root-page */
+  int bBulk                       /* True if this call is part of a bulk load */
+){
+  BtShared *pBt;               /* The whole database */
+  int nCell = 0;               /* Number of cells in apCell[] */
+  int nMaxCells = 0;           /* Allocated size of apCell, szCell, aFrom. */
+  int nNew = 0;                /* Number of pages in apNew[] */
+  int nOld;                    /* Number of pages in apOld[] */
+  int i, j, k;                 /* Loop counters */
+  int nxDiv;                   /* Next divider slot in pParent->aCell[] */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;          /* The return code */
+  u16 leafCorrection;          /* 4 if pPage is a leaf.  0 if not */
+  int leafData;                /* True if pPage is a leaf of a LEAFDATA tree */
+  int usableSpace;             /* Bytes in pPage beyond the header */
+  int pageFlags;               /* Value of pPage->aData[0] */
+  int subtotal;                /* Subtotal of bytes in cells on one page */
+  int iSpace1 = 0;             /* First unused byte of aSpace1[] */
+  int iOvflSpace = 0;          /* First unused byte of aOvflSpace[] */
+  int szScratch;               /* Size of scratch memory requested */
+  MemPage *apOld[NB];          /* pPage and up to two siblings */
+  MemPage *apCopy[NB];         /* Private copies of apOld[] pages */
+  MemPage *apNew[NB+2];        /* pPage and up to NB siblings after balancing */
+  u8 *pRight;                  /* Location in parent of right-sibling pointer */
+  u8 *apDiv[NB-1];             /* Divider cells in pParent */
+  int cntNew[NB+2];            /* Index in aCell[] of cell after i-th page */
+  int szNew[NB+2];             /* Combined size of cells place on i-th page */
+  u8 **apCell = 0;             /* All cells begin balanced */
+  u16 *szCell;                 /* Local size of all cells in apCell[] */
+  u8 *aSpace1;                 /* Space for copies of dividers cells */
+  Pgno pgno;                   /* Temp var to store a page number in */
+
+  pBt = pParent->pBt;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) );
+
+#if 0
+  TRACE(("BALANCE: begin page %d child of %d\n", pPage->pgno, pParent->pgno));
+#endif
+
+  /* At this point pParent may have at most one overflow cell. And if
+  ** this overflow cell is present, it must be the cell with 
+  ** index iParentIdx. This scenario comes about when this function
+  ** is called (indirectly) from sqlite3BtreeDelete().
+  */
+  assert( pParent->nOverflow==0 || pParent->nOverflow==1 );
+  assert( pParent->nOverflow==0 || pParent->aiOvfl[0]==iParentIdx );
+
+  if( !aOvflSpace ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+
+  /* Find the sibling pages to balance. Also locate the cells in pParent 
+  ** that divide the siblings. An attempt is made to find NN siblings on 
+  ** either side of pPage. More siblings are taken from one side, however, 
+  ** if there are fewer than NN siblings on the other side. If pParent
+  ** has NB or fewer children then all children of pParent are taken.  
+  **
+  ** This loop also drops the divider cells from the parent page. This
+  ** way, the remainder of the function does not have to deal with any
+  ** overflow cells in the parent page, since if any existed they will
+  ** have already been removed.
+  */
+  i = pParent->nOverflow + pParent->nCell;
+  if( i<2 ){
+    nxDiv = 0;
+  }else{
+    assert( bBulk==0 || bBulk==1 );
+    if( iParentIdx==0 ){                 
+      nxDiv = 0;
+    }else if( iParentIdx==i ){
+      nxDiv = i-2+bBulk;
+    }else{
+      assert( bBulk==0 );
+      nxDiv = iParentIdx-1;
+    }
+    i = 2-bBulk;
+  }
+  nOld = i+1;
+  if( (i+nxDiv-pParent->nOverflow)==pParent->nCell ){
+    pRight = &pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8];
+  }else{
+    pRight = findCell(pParent, i+nxDiv-pParent->nOverflow);
+  }
+  pgno = get4byte(pRight);
+  while( 1 ){
+    rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pgno, &apOld[i]);
+    if( rc ){
+      memset(apOld, 0, (i+1)*sizeof(MemPage*));
+      goto balance_cleanup;
+    }
+    nMaxCells += 1+apOld[i]->nCell+apOld[i]->nOverflow;
+    if( (i--)==0 ) break;
+
+    if( i+nxDiv==pParent->aiOvfl[0] && pParent->nOverflow ){
+      apDiv[i] = pParent->apOvfl[0];
+      pgno = get4byte(apDiv[i]);
+      szNew[i] = cellSizePtr(pParent, apDiv[i]);
+      pParent->nOverflow = 0;
+    }else{
+      apDiv[i] = findCell(pParent, i+nxDiv-pParent->nOverflow);
+      pgno = get4byte(apDiv[i]);
+      szNew[i] = cellSizePtr(pParent, apDiv[i]);
+
+      /* Drop the cell from the parent page. apDiv[i] still points to
+      ** the cell within the parent, even though it has been dropped.
+      ** This is safe because dropping a cell only overwrites the first
+      ** four bytes of it, and this function does not need the first
+      ** four bytes of the divider cell. So the pointer is safe to use
+      ** later on.  
+      **
+      ** But not if we are in secure-delete mode. In secure-delete mode,
+      ** the dropCell() routine will overwrite the entire cell with zeroes.
+      ** In this case, temporarily copy the cell into the aOvflSpace[]
+      ** buffer. It will be copied out again as soon as the aSpace[] buffer
+      ** is allocated.  */
+      if( pBt->btsFlags & BTS_SECURE_DELETE ){
+        int iOff;
+
+        iOff = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(apDiv[i]) - SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pParent->aData);
+        if( (iOff+szNew[i])>(int)pBt->usableSize ){
+          rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+          memset(apOld, 0, (i+1)*sizeof(MemPage*));
+          goto balance_cleanup;
+        }else{
+          memcpy(&aOvflSpace[iOff], apDiv[i], szNew[i]);
+          apDiv[i] = &aOvflSpace[apDiv[i]-pParent->aData];
+        }
+      }
+      dropCell(pParent, i+nxDiv-pParent->nOverflow, szNew[i], &rc);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Make nMaxCells a multiple of 4 in order to preserve 8-byte
+  ** alignment */
+  nMaxCells = (nMaxCells + 3)&~3;
+
+  /*
+  ** Allocate space for memory structures
+  */
+  k = pBt->pageSize + ROUND8(sizeof(MemPage));
+  szScratch =
+       nMaxCells*sizeof(u8*)                       /* apCell */
+     + nMaxCells*sizeof(u16)                       /* szCell */
+     + pBt->pageSize                               /* aSpace1 */
+     + k*nOld;                                     /* Page copies (apCopy) */
+  apCell = sqlite3ScratchMalloc( szScratch ); 
+  if( apCell==0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    goto balance_cleanup;
+  }
+  szCell = (u16*)&apCell[nMaxCells];
+  aSpace1 = (u8*)&szCell[nMaxCells];
+  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(aSpace1) );
+
+  /*
+  ** Load pointers to all cells on sibling pages and the divider cells
+  ** into the local apCell[] array.  Make copies of the divider cells
+  ** into space obtained from aSpace1[] and remove the divider cells
+  ** from pParent.
+  **
+  ** If the siblings are on leaf pages, then the child pointers of the
+  ** divider cells are stripped from the cells before they are copied
+  ** into aSpace1[].  In this way, all cells in apCell[] are without
+  ** child pointers.  If siblings are not leaves, then all cell in
+  ** apCell[] include child pointers.  Either way, all cells in apCell[]
+  ** are alike.
+  **
+  ** leafCorrection:  4 if pPage is a leaf.  0 if pPage is not a leaf.
+  **       leafData:  1 if pPage holds key+data and pParent holds only keys.
+  */
+  leafCorrection = apOld[0]->leaf*4;
+  leafData = apOld[0]->hasData;
+  for(i=0; i<nOld; i++){
+    int limit;
+    
+    /* Before doing anything else, take a copy of the i'th original sibling
+    ** The rest of this function will use data from the copies rather
+    ** that the original pages since the original pages will be in the
+    ** process of being overwritten.  */
+    MemPage *pOld = apCopy[i] = (MemPage*)&aSpace1[pBt->pageSize + k*i];
+    memcpy(pOld, apOld[i], sizeof(MemPage));
+    pOld->aData = (void*)&pOld[1];
+    memcpy(pOld->aData, apOld[i]->aData, pBt->pageSize);
+
+    limit = pOld->nCell+pOld->nOverflow;
+    if( pOld->nOverflow>0 ){
+      for(j=0; j<limit; j++){
+        assert( nCell<nMaxCells );
+        apCell[nCell] = findOverflowCell(pOld, j);
+        szCell[nCell] = cellSizePtr(pOld, apCell[nCell]);
+        nCell++;
+      }
+    }else{
+      u8 *aData = pOld->aData;
+      u16 maskPage = pOld->maskPage;
+      u16 cellOffset = pOld->cellOffset;
+      for(j=0; j<limit; j++){
+        assert( nCell<nMaxCells );
+        apCell[nCell] = findCellv2(aData, maskPage, cellOffset, j);
+        szCell[nCell] = cellSizePtr(pOld, apCell[nCell]);
+        nCell++;
+      }
+    }       
+    if( i<nOld-1 && !leafData){
+      u16 sz = (u16)szNew[i];
+      u8 *pTemp;
+      assert( nCell<nMaxCells );
+      szCell[nCell] = sz;
+      pTemp = &aSpace1[iSpace1];
+      iSpace1 += sz;
+      assert( sz<=pBt->maxLocal+23 );
+      assert( iSpace1 <= (int)pBt->pageSize );
+      memcpy(pTemp, apDiv[i], sz);
+      apCell[nCell] = pTemp+leafCorrection;
+      assert( leafCorrection==0 || leafCorrection==4 );
+      szCell[nCell] = szCell[nCell] - leafCorrection;
+      if( !pOld->leaf ){
+        assert( leafCorrection==0 );
+        assert( pOld->hdrOffset==0 );
+        /* The right pointer of the child page pOld becomes the left
+        ** pointer of the divider cell */
+        memcpy(apCell[nCell], &pOld->aData[8], 4);
+      }else{
+        assert( leafCorrection==4 );
+        if( szCell[nCell]<4 ){
+          /* Do not allow any cells smaller than 4 bytes. */
+          szCell[nCell] = 4;
+        }
+      }
+      nCell++;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** Figure out the number of pages needed to hold all nCell cells.
+  ** Store this number in "k".  Also compute szNew[] which is the total
+  ** size of all cells on the i-th page and cntNew[] which is the index
+  ** in apCell[] of the cell that divides page i from page i+1.  
+  ** cntNew[k] should equal nCell.
+  **
+  ** Values computed by this block:
+  **
+  **           k: The total number of sibling pages
+  **    szNew[i]: Spaced used on the i-th sibling page.
+  **   cntNew[i]: Index in apCell[] and szCell[] for the first cell to
+  **              the right of the i-th sibling page.
+  ** usableSpace: Number of bytes of space available on each sibling.
+  ** 
+  */
+  usableSpace = pBt->usableSize - 12 + leafCorrection;
+  for(subtotal=k=i=0; i<nCell; i++){
+    assert( i<nMaxCells );
+    subtotal += szCell[i] + 2;
+    if( subtotal > usableSpace ){
+      szNew[k] = subtotal - szCell[i];
+      cntNew[k] = i;
+      if( leafData ){ i--; }
+      subtotal = 0;
+      k++;
+      if( k>NB+1 ){ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; goto balance_cleanup; }
+    }
+  }
+  szNew[k] = subtotal;
+  cntNew[k] = nCell;
+  k++;
+
+  /*
+  ** The packing computed by the previous block is biased toward the siblings
+  ** on the left side.  The left siblings are always nearly full, while the
+  ** right-most sibling might be nearly empty.  This block of code attempts
+  ** to adjust the packing of siblings to get a better balance.
+  **
+  ** This adjustment is more than an optimization.  The packing above might
+  ** be so out of balance as to be illegal.  For example, the right-most
+  ** sibling might be completely empty.  This adjustment is not optional.
+  */
+  for(i=k-1; i>0; i--){
+    int szRight = szNew[i];  /* Size of sibling on the right */
+    int szLeft = szNew[i-1]; /* Size of sibling on the left */
+    int r;              /* Index of right-most cell in left sibling */
+    int d;              /* Index of first cell to the left of right sibling */
+
+    r = cntNew[i-1] - 1;
+    d = r + 1 - leafData;
+    assert( d<nMaxCells );
+    assert( r<nMaxCells );
+    while( szRight==0 
+       || (!bBulk && szRight+szCell[d]+2<=szLeft-(szCell[r]+2)) 
+    ){
+      szRight += szCell[d] + 2;
+      szLeft -= szCell[r] + 2;
+      cntNew[i-1]--;
+      r = cntNew[i-1] - 1;
+      d = r + 1 - leafData;
+    }
+    szNew[i] = szRight;
+    szNew[i-1] = szLeft;
+  }
+
+  /* Either we found one or more cells (cntnew[0])>0) or pPage is
+  ** a virtual root page.  A virtual root page is when the real root
+  ** page is page 1 and we are the only child of that page.
+  **
+  ** UPDATE:  The assert() below is not necessarily true if the database
+  ** file is corrupt.  The corruption will be detected and reported later
+  ** in this procedure so there is no need to act upon it now.
+  */
+#if 0
+  assert( cntNew[0]>0 || (pParent->pgno==1 && pParent->nCell==0) );
+#endif
+
+  TRACE(("BALANCE: old: %d %d %d  ",
+    apOld[0]->pgno, 
+    nOld>=2 ? apOld[1]->pgno : 0,
+    nOld>=3 ? apOld[2]->pgno : 0
+  ));
+
+  /*
+  ** Allocate k new pages.  Reuse old pages where possible.
+  */
+  if( apOld[0]->pgno<=1 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+    goto balance_cleanup;
+  }
+  pageFlags = apOld[0]->aData[0];
+  for(i=0; i<k; i++){
+    MemPage *pNew;
+    if( i<nOld ){
+      pNew = apNew[i] = apOld[i];
+      apOld[i] = 0;
+      rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pNew->pDbPage);
+      nNew++;
+      if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup;
+    }else{
+      assert( i>0 );
+      rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pNew, &pgno, (bBulk ? 1 : pgno), 0);
+      if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup;
+      apNew[i] = pNew;
+      nNew++;
+
+      /* Set the pointer-map entry for the new sibling page. */
+      if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
+        ptrmapPut(pBt, pNew->pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pParent->pgno, &rc);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          goto balance_cleanup;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Free any old pages that were not reused as new pages.
+  */
+  while( i<nOld ){
+    freePage(apOld[i], &rc);
+    if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup;
+    releasePage(apOld[i]);
+    apOld[i] = 0;
+    i++;
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** Put the new pages in accending order.  This helps to
+  ** keep entries in the disk file in order so that a scan
+  ** of the table is a linear scan through the file.  That
+  ** in turn helps the operating system to deliver pages
+  ** from the disk more rapidly.
+  **
+  ** An O(n^2) insertion sort algorithm is used, but since
+  ** n is never more than NB (a small constant), that should
+  ** not be a problem.
+  **
+  ** When NB==3, this one optimization makes the database
+  ** about 25% faster for large insertions and deletions.
+  */
+  for(i=0; i<k-1; i++){
+    int minV = apNew[i]->pgno;
+    int minI = i;
+    for(j=i+1; j<k; j++){
+      if( apNew[j]->pgno<(unsigned)minV ){
+        minI = j;
+        minV = apNew[j]->pgno;
+      }
+    }
+    if( minI>i ){
+      MemPage *pT;
+      pT = apNew[i];
+      apNew[i] = apNew[minI];
+      apNew[minI] = pT;
+    }
+  }
+  TRACE(("new: %d(%d) %d(%d) %d(%d) %d(%d) %d(%d)\n",
+    apNew[0]->pgno, szNew[0],
+    nNew>=2 ? apNew[1]->pgno : 0, nNew>=2 ? szNew[1] : 0,
+    nNew>=3 ? apNew[2]->pgno : 0, nNew>=3 ? szNew[2] : 0,
+    nNew>=4 ? apNew[3]->pgno : 0, nNew>=4 ? szNew[3] : 0,
+    nNew>=5 ? apNew[4]->pgno : 0, nNew>=5 ? szNew[4] : 0));
+
+  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) );
+  put4byte(pRight, apNew[nNew-1]->pgno);
+
+  /*
+  ** Evenly distribute the data in apCell[] across the new pages.
+  ** Insert divider cells into pParent as necessary.
+  */
+  j = 0;
+  for(i=0; i<nNew; i++){
+    /* Assemble the new sibling page. */
+    MemPage *pNew = apNew[i];
+    assert( j<nMaxCells );
+    zeroPage(pNew, pageFlags);
+    assemblePage(pNew, cntNew[i]-j, &apCell[j], &szCell[j]);
+    assert( pNew->nCell>0 || (nNew==1 && cntNew[0]==0) );
+    assert( pNew->nOverflow==0 );
+
+    j = cntNew[i];
+
+    /* If the sibling page assembled above was not the right-most sibling,
+    ** insert a divider cell into the parent page.
+    */
+    assert( i<nNew-1 || j==nCell );
+    if( j<nCell ){
+      u8 *pCell;
+      u8 *pTemp;
+      int sz;
+
+      assert( j<nMaxCells );
+      pCell = apCell[j];
+      sz = szCell[j] + leafCorrection;
+      pTemp = &aOvflSpace[iOvflSpace];
+      if( !pNew->leaf ){
+        memcpy(&pNew->aData[8], pCell, 4);
+      }else if( leafData ){
+        /* If the tree is a leaf-data tree, and the siblings are leaves, 
+        ** then there is no divider cell in apCell[]. Instead, the divider 
+        ** cell consists of the integer key for the right-most cell of 
+        ** the sibling-page assembled above only.
+        */
+        CellInfo info;
+        j--;
+        btreeParseCellPtr(pNew, apCell[j], &info);
+        pCell = pTemp;
+        sz = 4 + putVarint(&pCell[4], info.nKey);
+        pTemp = 0;
+      }else{
+        pCell -= 4;
+        /* Obscure case for non-leaf-data trees: If the cell at pCell was
+        ** previously stored on a leaf node, and its reported size was 4
+        ** bytes, then it may actually be smaller than this 
+        ** (see btreeParseCellPtr(), 4 bytes is the minimum size of
+        ** any cell). But it is important to pass the correct size to 
+        ** insertCell(), so reparse the cell now.
+        **
+        ** Note that this can never happen in an SQLite data file, as all
+        ** cells are at least 4 bytes. It only happens in b-trees used
+        ** to evaluate "IN (SELECT ...)" and similar clauses.
+        */
+        if( szCell[j]==4 ){
+          assert(leafCorrection==4);
+          sz = cellSizePtr(pParent, pCell);
+        }
+      }
+      iOvflSpace += sz;
+      assert( sz<=pBt->maxLocal+23 );
+      assert( iOvflSpace <= (int)pBt->pageSize );
+      insertCell(pParent, nxDiv, pCell, sz, pTemp, pNew->pgno, &rc);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto balance_cleanup;
+      assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) );
+
+      j++;
+      nxDiv++;
+    }
+  }
+  assert( j==nCell );
+  assert( nOld>0 );
+  assert( nNew>0 );
+  if( (pageFlags & PTF_LEAF)==0 ){
+    u8 *zChild = &apCopy[nOld-1]->aData[8];
+    memcpy(&apNew[nNew-1]->aData[8], zChild, 4);
+  }
+
+  if( isRoot && pParent->nCell==0 && pParent->hdrOffset<=apNew[0]->nFree ){
+    /* The root page of the b-tree now contains no cells. The only sibling
+    ** page is the right-child of the parent. Copy the contents of the
+    ** child page into the parent, decreasing the overall height of the
+    ** b-tree structure by one. This is described as the "balance-shallower"
+    ** sub-algorithm in some documentation.
+    **
+    ** If this is an auto-vacuum database, the call to copyNodeContent() 
+    ** sets all pointer-map entries corresponding to database image pages 
+    ** for which the pointer is stored within the content being copied.
+    **
+    ** The second assert below verifies that the child page is defragmented
+    ** (it must be, as it was just reconstructed using assemblePage()). This
+    ** is important if the parent page happens to be page 1 of the database
+    ** image.  */
+    assert( nNew==1 );
+    assert( apNew[0]->nFree == 
+        (get2byte(&apNew[0]->aData[5])-apNew[0]->cellOffset-apNew[0]->nCell*2) 
+    );
+    copyNodeContent(apNew[0], pParent, &rc);
+    freePage(apNew[0], &rc);
+  }else if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
+    /* Fix the pointer-map entries for all the cells that were shifted around. 
+    ** There are several different types of pointer-map entries that need to
+    ** be dealt with by this routine. Some of these have been set already, but
+    ** many have not. The following is a summary:
+    **
+    **   1) The entries associated with new sibling pages that were not
+    **      siblings when this function was called. These have already
+    **      been set. We don't need to worry about old siblings that were
+    **      moved to the free-list - the freePage() code has taken care
+    **      of those.
+    **
+    **   2) The pointer-map entries associated with the first overflow
+    **      page in any overflow chains used by new divider cells. These 
+    **      have also already been taken care of by the insertCell() code.
+    **
+    **   3) If the sibling pages are not leaves, then the child pages of
+    **      cells stored on the sibling pages may need to be updated.
+    **
+    **   4) If the sibling pages are not internal intkey nodes, then any
+    **      overflow pages used by these cells may need to be updated
+    **      (internal intkey nodes never contain pointers to overflow pages).
+    **
+    **   5) If the sibling pages are not leaves, then the pointer-map
+    **      entries for the right-child pages of each sibling may need
+    **      to be updated.
+    **
+    ** Cases 1 and 2 are dealt with above by other code. The next
+    ** block deals with cases 3 and 4 and the one after that, case 5. Since
+    ** setting a pointer map entry is a relatively expensive operation, this
+    ** code only sets pointer map entries for child or overflow pages that have
+    ** actually moved between pages.  */
+    MemPage *pNew = apNew[0];
+    MemPage *pOld = apCopy[0];
+    int nOverflow = pOld->nOverflow;
+    int iNextOld = pOld->nCell + nOverflow;
+    int iOverflow = (nOverflow ? pOld->aiOvfl[0] : -1);
+    j = 0;                             /* Current 'old' sibling page */
+    k = 0;                             /* Current 'new' sibling page */
+    for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
+      int isDivider = 0;
+      while( i==iNextOld ){
+        /* Cell i is the cell immediately following the last cell on old
+        ** sibling page j. If the siblings are not leaf pages of an
+        ** intkey b-tree, then cell i was a divider cell. */
+        assert( j+1 < ArraySize(apCopy) );
+        assert( j+1 < nOld );
+        pOld = apCopy[++j];
+        iNextOld = i + !leafData + pOld->nCell + pOld->nOverflow;
+        if( pOld->nOverflow ){
+          nOverflow = pOld->nOverflow;
+          iOverflow = i + !leafData + pOld->aiOvfl[0];
+        }
+        isDivider = !leafData;  
+      }
+
+      assert(nOverflow>0 || iOverflow<i );
+      assert(nOverflow<2 || pOld->aiOvfl[0]==pOld->aiOvfl[1]-1);
+      assert(nOverflow<3 || pOld->aiOvfl[1]==pOld->aiOvfl[2]-1);
+      if( i==iOverflow ){
+        isDivider = 1;
+        if( (--nOverflow)>0 ){
+          iOverflow++;
+        }
+      }
+
+      if( i==cntNew[k] ){
+        /* Cell i is the cell immediately following the last cell on new
+        ** sibling page k. If the siblings are not leaf pages of an
+        ** intkey b-tree, then cell i is a divider cell.  */
+        pNew = apNew[++k];
+        if( !leafData ) continue;
+      }
+      assert( j<nOld );
+      assert( k<nNew );
+
+      /* If the cell was originally divider cell (and is not now) or
+      ** an overflow cell, or if the cell was located on a different sibling
+      ** page before the balancing, then the pointer map entries associated
+      ** with any child or overflow pages need to be updated.  */
+      if( isDivider || pOld->pgno!=pNew->pgno ){
+        if( !leafCorrection ){
+          ptrmapPut(pBt, get4byte(apCell[i]), PTRMAP_BTREE, pNew->pgno, &rc);
+        }
+        if( szCell[i]>pNew->minLocal ){
+          ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pNew, apCell[i], &rc);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    if( !leafCorrection ){
+      for(i=0; i<nNew; i++){
+        u32 key = get4byte(&apNew[i]->aData[8]);
+        ptrmapPut(pBt, key, PTRMAP_BTREE, apNew[i]->pgno, &rc);
+      }
+    }
+
+#if 0
+    /* The ptrmapCheckPages() contains assert() statements that verify that
+    ** all pointer map pages are set correctly. This is helpful while 
+    ** debugging. This is usually disabled because a corrupt database may
+    ** cause an assert() statement to fail.  */
+    ptrmapCheckPages(apNew, nNew);
+    ptrmapCheckPages(&pParent, 1);
+#endif
+  }
+
+  assert( pParent->isInit );
+  TRACE(("BALANCE: finished: old=%d new=%d cells=%d\n",
+          nOld, nNew, nCell));
+
+  /*
+  ** Cleanup before returning.
+  */
+balance_cleanup:
+  sqlite3ScratchFree(apCell);
+  for(i=0; i<nOld; i++){
+    releasePage(apOld[i]);
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<nNew; i++){
+    releasePage(apNew[i]);
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1700 && defined(_M_ARM)
+#pragma optimize("", on)
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** This function is called when the root page of a b-tree structure is
+** overfull (has one or more overflow pages).
+**
+** A new child page is allocated and the contents of the current root
+** page, including overflow cells, are copied into the child. The root
+** page is then overwritten to make it an empty page with the right-child 
+** pointer pointing to the new page.
+**
+** Before returning, all pointer-map entries corresponding to pages 
+** that the new child-page now contains pointers to are updated. The
+** entry corresponding to the new right-child pointer of the root
+** page is also updated.
+**
+** If successful, *ppChild is set to contain a reference to the child 
+** page and SQLITE_OK is returned. In this case the caller is required
+** to call releasePage() on *ppChild exactly once. If an error occurs,
+** an error code is returned and *ppChild is set to 0.
+*/
+static int balance_deeper(MemPage *pRoot, MemPage **ppChild){
+  int rc;                        /* Return value from subprocedures */
+  MemPage *pChild = 0;           /* Pointer to a new child page */
+  Pgno pgnoChild = 0;            /* Page number of the new child page */
+  BtShared *pBt = pRoot->pBt;    /* The BTree */
+
+  assert( pRoot->nOverflow>0 );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+
+  /* Make pRoot, the root page of the b-tree, writable. Allocate a new 
+  ** page that will become the new right-child of pPage. Copy the contents
+  ** of the node stored on pRoot into the new child page.
+  */
+  rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pRoot->pDbPage);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt,&pChild,&pgnoChild,pRoot->pgno,0);
+    copyNodeContent(pRoot, pChild, &rc);
+    if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
+      ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoChild, PTRMAP_BTREE, pRoot->pgno, &rc);
+    }
+  }
+  if( rc ){
+    *ppChild = 0;
+    releasePage(pChild);
+    return rc;
+  }
+  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pChild->pDbPage) );
+  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pRoot->pDbPage) );
+  assert( pChild->nCell==pRoot->nCell );
+
+  TRACE(("BALANCE: copy root %d into %d\n", pRoot->pgno, pChild->pgno));
+
+  /* Copy the overflow cells from pRoot to pChild */
+  memcpy(pChild->aiOvfl, pRoot->aiOvfl,
+         pRoot->nOverflow*sizeof(pRoot->aiOvfl[0]));
+  memcpy(pChild->apOvfl, pRoot->apOvfl,
+         pRoot->nOverflow*sizeof(pRoot->apOvfl[0]));
+  pChild->nOverflow = pRoot->nOverflow;
+
+  /* Zero the contents of pRoot. Then install pChild as the right-child. */
+  zeroPage(pRoot, pChild->aData[0] & ~PTF_LEAF);
+  put4byte(&pRoot->aData[pRoot->hdrOffset+8], pgnoChild);
+
+  *ppChild = pChild;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** The page that pCur currently points to has just been modified in
+** some way. This function figures out if this modification means the
+** tree needs to be balanced, and if so calls the appropriate balancing 
+** routine. Balancing routines are:
+**
+**   balance_quick()
+**   balance_deeper()
+**   balance_nonroot()
+*/
+static int balance(BtCursor *pCur){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  const int nMin = pCur->pBt->usableSize * 2 / 3;
+  u8 aBalanceQuickSpace[13];
+  u8 *pFree = 0;
+
+  TESTONLY( int balance_quick_called = 0 );
+  TESTONLY( int balance_deeper_called = 0 );
+
+  do {
+    int iPage = pCur->iPage;
+    MemPage *pPage = pCur->apPage[iPage];
+
+    if( iPage==0 ){
+      if( pPage->nOverflow ){
+        /* The root page of the b-tree is overfull. In this case call the
+        ** balance_deeper() function to create a new child for the root-page
+        ** and copy the current contents of the root-page to it. The
+        ** next iteration of the do-loop will balance the child page.
+        */ 
+        assert( (balance_deeper_called++)==0 );
+        rc = balance_deeper(pPage, &pCur->apPage[1]);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          pCur->iPage = 1;
+          pCur->aiIdx[0] = 0;
+          pCur->aiIdx[1] = 0;
+          assert( pCur->apPage[1]->nOverflow );
+        }
+      }else{
+        break;
+      }
+    }else if( pPage->nOverflow==0 && pPage->nFree<=nMin ){
+      break;
+    }else{
+      MemPage * const pParent = pCur->apPage[iPage-1];
+      int const iIdx = pCur->aiIdx[iPage-1];
+
+      rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pParent->pDbPage);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE
+        if( pPage->hasData
+         && pPage->nOverflow==1
+         && pPage->aiOvfl[0]==pPage->nCell
+         && pParent->pgno!=1
+         && pParent->nCell==iIdx
+        ){
+          /* Call balance_quick() to create a new sibling of pPage on which
+          ** to store the overflow cell. balance_quick() inserts a new cell
+          ** into pParent, which may cause pParent overflow. If this
+          ** happens, the next interation of the do-loop will balance pParent 
+          ** use either balance_nonroot() or balance_deeper(). Until this
+          ** happens, the overflow cell is stored in the aBalanceQuickSpace[]
+          ** buffer. 
+          **
+          ** The purpose of the following assert() is to check that only a
+          ** single call to balance_quick() is made for each call to this
+          ** function. If this were not verified, a subtle bug involving reuse
+          ** of the aBalanceQuickSpace[] might sneak in.
+          */
+          assert( (balance_quick_called++)==0 );
+          rc = balance_quick(pParent, pPage, aBalanceQuickSpace);
+        }else
+#endif
+        {
+          /* In this case, call balance_nonroot() to redistribute cells
+          ** between pPage and up to 2 of its sibling pages. This involves
+          ** modifying the contents of pParent, which may cause pParent to
+          ** become overfull or underfull. The next iteration of the do-loop
+          ** will balance the parent page to correct this.
+          ** 
+          ** If the parent page becomes overfull, the overflow cell or cells
+          ** are stored in the pSpace buffer allocated immediately below. 
+          ** A subsequent iteration of the do-loop will deal with this by
+          ** calling balance_nonroot() (balance_deeper() may be called first,
+          ** but it doesn't deal with overflow cells - just moves them to a
+          ** different page). Once this subsequent call to balance_nonroot() 
+          ** has completed, it is safe to release the pSpace buffer used by
+          ** the previous call, as the overflow cell data will have been 
+          ** copied either into the body of a database page or into the new
+          ** pSpace buffer passed to the latter call to balance_nonroot().
+          */
+          u8 *pSpace = sqlite3PageMalloc(pCur->pBt->pageSize);
+          rc = balance_nonroot(pParent, iIdx, pSpace, iPage==1, pCur->hints);
+          if( pFree ){
+            /* If pFree is not NULL, it points to the pSpace buffer used 
+            ** by a previous call to balance_nonroot(). Its contents are
+            ** now stored either on real database pages or within the 
+            ** new pSpace buffer, so it may be safely freed here. */
+            sqlite3PageFree(pFree);
+          }
+
+          /* The pSpace buffer will be freed after the next call to
+          ** balance_nonroot(), or just before this function returns, whichever
+          ** comes first. */
+          pFree = pSpace;
+        }
+      }
+
+      pPage->nOverflow = 0;
+
+      /* The next iteration of the do-loop balances the parent page. */
+      releasePage(pPage);
+      pCur->iPage--;
+    }
+  }while( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+
+  if( pFree ){
+    sqlite3PageFree(pFree);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Insert a new record into the BTree.  The key is given by (pKey,nKey)
+** and the data is given by (pData,nData).  The cursor is used only to
+** define what table the record should be inserted into.  The cursor
+** is left pointing at a random location.
+**
+** For an INTKEY table, only the nKey value of the key is used.  pKey is
+** ignored.  For a ZERODATA table, the pData and nData are both ignored.
+**
+** If the seekResult parameter is non-zero, then a successful call to
+** MovetoUnpacked() to seek cursor pCur to (pKey, nKey) has already
+** been performed. seekResult is the search result returned (a negative
+** number if pCur points at an entry that is smaller than (pKey, nKey), or
+** a positive value if pCur points at an etry that is larger than 
+** (pKey, nKey)). 
+**
+** If the seekResult parameter is non-zero, then the caller guarantees that
+** cursor pCur is pointing at the existing copy of a row that is to be
+** overwritten.  If the seekResult parameter is 0, then cursor pCur may
+** point to any entry or to no entry at all and so this function has to seek
+** the cursor before the new key can be inserted.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeInsert(
+  BtCursor *pCur,                /* Insert data into the table of this cursor */
+  const void *pKey, i64 nKey,    /* The key of the new record */
+  const void *pData, int nData,  /* The data of the new record */
+  int nZero,                     /* Number of extra 0 bytes to append to data */
+  int appendBias,                /* True if this is likely an append */
+  int seekResult                 /* Result of prior MovetoUnpacked() call */
+){
+  int rc;
+  int loc = seekResult;          /* -1: before desired location  +1: after */
+  int szNew = 0;
+  int idx;
+  MemPage *pPage;
+  Btree *p = pCur->pBtree;
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+  unsigned char *oldCell;
+  unsigned char *newCell = 0;
+
+  if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){
+    assert( pCur->skipNext!=SQLITE_OK );
+    return pCur->skipNext;
+  }
+
+  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+  assert( pCur->wrFlag && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE
+              && (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)==0 );
+  assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(p, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur->pKeyInfo!=0, 2) );
+
+  /* Assert that the caller has been consistent. If this cursor was opened
+  ** expecting an index b-tree, then the caller should be inserting blob
+  ** keys with no associated data. If the cursor was opened expecting an
+  ** intkey table, the caller should be inserting integer keys with a
+  ** blob of associated data.  */
+  assert( (pKey==0)==(pCur->pKeyInfo==0) );
+
+  /* Save the positions of any other cursors open on this table.
+  **
+  ** In some cases, the call to btreeMoveto() below is a no-op. For
+  ** example, when inserting data into a table with auto-generated integer
+  ** keys, the VDBE layer invokes sqlite3BtreeLast() to figure out the 
+  ** integer key to use. It then calls this function to actually insert the 
+  ** data into the intkey B-Tree. In this case btreeMoveto() recognizes
+  ** that the cursor is already where it needs to be and returns without
+  ** doing any work. To avoid thwarting these optimizations, it is important
+  ** not to clear the cursor here.
+  */
+  rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+
+  /* If this is an insert into a table b-tree, invalidate any incrblob 
+  ** cursors open on the row being replaced (assuming this is a replace
+  ** operation - if it is not, the following is a no-op).  */
+  if( pCur->pKeyInfo==0 ){
+    invalidateIncrblobCursors(p, nKey, 0);
+  }
+
+  if( !loc ){
+    rc = btreeMoveto(pCur, pKey, nKey, appendBias, &loc);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+  }
+  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID || (pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID && loc) );
+
+  pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
+  assert( pPage->intKey || nKey>=0 );
+  assert( pPage->leaf || !pPage->intKey );
+
+  TRACE(("INSERT: table=%d nkey=%lld ndata=%d page=%d %s\n",
+          pCur->pgnoRoot, nKey, nData, pPage->pgno,
+          loc==0 ? "overwrite" : "new entry"));
+  assert( pPage->isInit );
+  allocateTempSpace(pBt);
+  newCell = pBt->pTmpSpace;
+  if( newCell==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  rc = fillInCell(pPage, newCell, pKey, nKey, pData, nData, nZero, &szNew);
+  if( rc ) goto end_insert;
+  assert( szNew==cellSizePtr(pPage, newCell) );
+  assert( szNew <= MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) );
+  idx = pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage];
+  if( loc==0 ){
+    u16 szOld;
+    assert( idx<pPage->nCell );
+    rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage);
+    if( rc ){
+      goto end_insert;
+    }
+    oldCell = findCell(pPage, idx);
+    if( !pPage->leaf ){
+      memcpy(newCell, oldCell, 4);
+    }
+    szOld = cellSizePtr(pPage, oldCell);
+    rc = clearCell(pPage, oldCell);
+    dropCell(pPage, idx, szOld, &rc);
+    if( rc ) goto end_insert;
+  }else if( loc<0 && pPage->nCell>0 ){
+    assert( pPage->leaf );
+    idx = ++pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage];
+  }else{
+    assert( pPage->leaf );
+  }
+  insertCell(pPage, idx, newCell, szNew, 0, 0, &rc);
+  assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPage->nCell>0 || pPage->nOverflow>0 );
+
+  /* If no error has occured and pPage has an overflow cell, call balance() 
+  ** to redistribute the cells within the tree. Since balance() may move
+  ** the cursor, zero the BtCursor.info.nSize and BtCursor.validNKey
+  ** variables.
+  **
+  ** Previous versions of SQLite called moveToRoot() to move the cursor
+  ** back to the root page as balance() used to invalidate the contents
+  ** of BtCursor.apPage[] and BtCursor.aiIdx[]. Instead of doing that,
+  ** set the cursor state to "invalid". This makes common insert operations
+  ** slightly faster.
+  **
+  ** There is a subtle but important optimization here too. When inserting
+  ** multiple records into an intkey b-tree using a single cursor (as can
+  ** happen while processing an "INSERT INTO ... SELECT" statement), it
+  ** is advantageous to leave the cursor pointing to the last entry in
+  ** the b-tree if possible. If the cursor is left pointing to the last
+  ** entry in the table, and the next row inserted has an integer key
+  ** larger than the largest existing key, it is possible to insert the
+  ** row without seeking the cursor. This can be a big performance boost.
+  */
+  pCur->info.nSize = 0;
+  pCur->validNKey = 0;
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPage->nOverflow ){
+    rc = balance(pCur);
+
+    /* Must make sure nOverflow is reset to zero even if the balance()
+    ** fails. Internal data structure corruption will result otherwise. 
+    ** Also, set the cursor state to invalid. This stops saveCursorPosition()
+    ** from trying to save the current position of the cursor.  */
+    pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nOverflow = 0;
+    pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
+  }
+  assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nOverflow==0 );
+
+end_insert:
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete the entry that the cursor is pointing to.  The cursor
+** is left pointing at a arbitrary location.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor *pCur){
+  Btree *p = pCur->pBtree;
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;              
+  int rc;                              /* Return code */
+  MemPage *pPage;                      /* Page to delete cell from */
+  unsigned char *pCell;                /* Pointer to cell to delete */
+  int iCellIdx;                        /* Index of cell to delete */
+  int iCellDepth;                      /* Depth of node containing pCell */ 
+
+  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+  assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
+  assert( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)==0 );
+  assert( pCur->wrFlag );
+  assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(p, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur->pKeyInfo!=0, 2) );
+  assert( !hasReadConflicts(p, pCur->pgnoRoot) );
+
+  if( NEVER(pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]>=pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell) 
+   || NEVER(pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID)
+  ){
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;  /* Something has gone awry. */
+  }
+
+  iCellDepth = pCur->iPage;
+  iCellIdx = pCur->aiIdx[iCellDepth];
+  pPage = pCur->apPage[iCellDepth];
+  pCell = findCell(pPage, iCellIdx);
+
+  /* If the page containing the entry to delete is not a leaf page, move
+  ** the cursor to the largest entry in the tree that is smaller than
+  ** the entry being deleted. This cell will replace the cell being deleted
+  ** from the internal node. The 'previous' entry is used for this instead
+  ** of the 'next' entry, as the previous entry is always a part of the
+  ** sub-tree headed by the child page of the cell being deleted. This makes
+  ** balancing the tree following the delete operation easier.  */
+  if( !pPage->leaf ){
+    int notUsed;
+    rc = sqlite3BtreePrevious(pCur, &notUsed);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+  }
+
+  /* Save the positions of any other cursors open on this table before
+  ** making any modifications. Make the page containing the entry to be 
+  ** deleted writable. Then free any overflow pages associated with the 
+  ** entry and finally remove the cell itself from within the page.  
+  */
+  rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+
+  /* If this is a delete operation to remove a row from a table b-tree,
+  ** invalidate any incrblob cursors open on the row being deleted.  */
+  if( pCur->pKeyInfo==0 ){
+    invalidateIncrblobCursors(p, pCur->info.nKey, 0);
+  }
+
+  rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  rc = clearCell(pPage, pCell);
+  dropCell(pPage, iCellIdx, cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell), &rc);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+
+  /* If the cell deleted was not located on a leaf page, then the cursor
+  ** is currently pointing to the largest entry in the sub-tree headed
+  ** by the child-page of the cell that was just deleted from an internal
+  ** node. The cell from the leaf node needs to be moved to the internal
+  ** node to replace the deleted cell.  */
+  if( !pPage->leaf ){
+    MemPage *pLeaf = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
+    int nCell;
+    Pgno n = pCur->apPage[iCellDepth+1]->pgno;
+    unsigned char *pTmp;
+
+    pCell = findCell(pLeaf, pLeaf->nCell-1);
+    nCell = cellSizePtr(pLeaf, pCell);
+    assert( MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) >= nCell );
+
+    allocateTempSpace(pBt);
+    pTmp = pBt->pTmpSpace;
+
+    rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pLeaf->pDbPage);
+    insertCell(pPage, iCellIdx, pCell-4, nCell+4, pTmp, n, &rc);
+    dropCell(pLeaf, pLeaf->nCell-1, nCell, &rc);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+  }
+
+  /* Balance the tree. If the entry deleted was located on a leaf page,
+  ** then the cursor still points to that page. In this case the first
+  ** call to balance() repairs the tree, and the if(...) condition is
+  ** never true.
+  **
+  ** Otherwise, if the entry deleted was on an internal node page, then
+  ** pCur is pointing to the leaf page from which a cell was removed to
+  ** replace the cell deleted from the internal node. This is slightly
+  ** tricky as the leaf node may be underfull, and the internal node may
+  ** be either under or overfull. In this case run the balancing algorithm
+  ** on the leaf node first. If the balance proceeds far enough up the
+  ** tree that we can be sure that any problem in the internal node has
+  ** been corrected, so be it. Otherwise, after balancing the leaf node,
+  ** walk the cursor up the tree to the internal node and balance it as 
+  ** well.  */
+  rc = balance(pCur);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pCur->iPage>iCellDepth ){
+    while( pCur->iPage>iCellDepth ){
+      releasePage(pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage--]);
+    }
+    rc = balance(pCur);
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    moveToRoot(pCur);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a new BTree table.  Write into *piTable the page
+** number for the root page of the new table.
+**
+** The type of type is determined by the flags parameter.  Only the
+** following values of flags are currently in use.  Other values for
+** flags might not work:
+**
+**     BTREE_INTKEY|BTREE_LEAFDATA     Used for SQL tables with rowid keys
+**     BTREE_ZERODATA                  Used for SQL indices
+*/
+static int btreeCreateTable(Btree *p, int *piTable, int createTabFlags){
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+  MemPage *pRoot;
+  Pgno pgnoRoot;
+  int rc;
+  int ptfFlags;          /* Page-type flage for the root page of new table */
+
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
+  assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
+  assert( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)==0 );
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+  rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pRoot, &pgnoRoot, 1, 0);
+  if( rc ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+#else
+  if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
+    Pgno pgnoMove;      /* Move a page here to make room for the root-page */
+    MemPage *pPageMove; /* The page to move to. */
+
+    /* Creating a new table may probably require moving an existing database
+    ** to make room for the new tables root page. In case this page turns
+    ** out to be an overflow page, delete all overflow page-map caches
+    ** held by open cursors.
+    */
+    invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt);
+
+    /* Read the value of meta[3] from the database to determine where the
+    ** root page of the new table should go. meta[3] is the largest root-page
+    ** created so far, so the new root-page is (meta[3]+1).
+    */
+    sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(p, BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE, &pgnoRoot);
+    pgnoRoot++;
+
+    /* The new root-page may not be allocated on a pointer-map page, or the
+    ** PENDING_BYTE page.
+    */
+    while( pgnoRoot==PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, pgnoRoot) ||
+        pgnoRoot==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
+      pgnoRoot++;
+    }
+    assert( pgnoRoot>=3 );
+
+    /* Allocate a page. The page that currently resides at pgnoRoot will
+    ** be moved to the allocated page (unless the allocated page happens
+    ** to reside at pgnoRoot).
+    */
+    rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pPageMove, &pgnoMove, pgnoRoot, 1);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      return rc;
+    }
+
+    if( pgnoMove!=pgnoRoot ){
+      /* pgnoRoot is the page that will be used for the root-page of
+      ** the new table (assuming an error did not occur). But we were
+      ** allocated pgnoMove. If required (i.e. if it was not allocated
+      ** by extending the file), the current page at position pgnoMove
+      ** is already journaled.
+      */
+      u8 eType = 0;
+      Pgno iPtrPage = 0;
+
+      releasePage(pPageMove);
+
+      /* Move the page currently at pgnoRoot to pgnoMove. */
+      rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, pgnoRoot, &pRoot, 0);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        return rc;
+      }
+      rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, pgnoRoot, &eType, &iPtrPage);
+      if( eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE || eType==PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ){
+        rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+      }
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        releasePage(pRoot);
+        return rc;
+      }
+      assert( eType!=PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE );
+      assert( eType!=PTRMAP_FREEPAGE );
+      rc = relocatePage(pBt, pRoot, eType, iPtrPage, pgnoMove, 0);
+      releasePage(pRoot);
+
+      /* Obtain the page at pgnoRoot */
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        return rc;
+      }
+      rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, pgnoRoot, &pRoot, 0);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        return rc;
+      }
+      rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pRoot->pDbPage);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        releasePage(pRoot);
+        return rc;
+      }
+    }else{
+      pRoot = pPageMove;
+    } 
+
+    /* Update the pointer-map and meta-data with the new root-page number. */
+    ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoRoot, PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0, &rc);
+    if( rc ){
+      releasePage(pRoot);
+      return rc;
+    }
+
+    /* When the new root page was allocated, page 1 was made writable in
+    ** order either to increase the database filesize, or to decrement the
+    ** freelist count.  Hence, the sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta() call cannot fail.
+    */
+    assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage) );
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(p, 4, pgnoRoot);
+    if( NEVER(rc) ){
+      releasePage(pRoot);
+      return rc;
+    }
+
+  }else{
+    rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pRoot, &pgnoRoot, 1, 0);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+  }
+#endif
+  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pRoot->pDbPage) );
+  if( createTabFlags & BTREE_INTKEY ){
+    ptfFlags = PTF_INTKEY | PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_LEAF;
+  }else{
+    ptfFlags = PTF_ZERODATA | PTF_LEAF;
+  }
+  zeroPage(pRoot, ptfFlags);
+  sqlite3PagerUnref(pRoot->pDbPage);
+  assert( (pBt->openFlags & BTREE_SINGLE)==0 || pgnoRoot==2 );
+  *piTable = (int)pgnoRoot;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(Btree *p, int *piTable, int flags){
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  rc = btreeCreateTable(p, piTable, flags);
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Erase the given database page and all its children.  Return
+** the page to the freelist.
+*/
+static int clearDatabasePage(
+  BtShared *pBt,           /* The BTree that contains the table */
+  Pgno pgno,               /* Page number to clear */
+  int freePageFlag,        /* Deallocate page if true */
+  int *pnChange            /* Add number of Cells freed to this counter */
+){
+  MemPage *pPage;
+  int rc;
+  unsigned char *pCell;
+  int i;
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+  if( pgno>btreePagecount(pBt) ){
+    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+  }
+
+  rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pgno, &pPage);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  for(i=0; i<pPage->nCell; i++){
+    pCell = findCell(pPage, i);
+    if( !pPage->leaf ){
+      rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, get4byte(pCell), 1, pnChange);
+      if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out;
+    }
+    rc = clearCell(pPage, pCell);
+    if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out;
+  }
+  if( !pPage->leaf ){
+    rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, get4byte(&pPage->aData[8]), 1, pnChange);
+    if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out;
+  }else if( pnChange ){
+    assert( pPage->intKey );
+    *pnChange += pPage->nCell;
+  }
+  if( freePageFlag ){
+    freePage(pPage, &rc);
+  }else if( (rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage))==0 ){
+    zeroPage(pPage, pPage->aData[0] | PTF_LEAF);
+  }
+
+cleardatabasepage_out:
+  releasePage(pPage);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete all information from a single table in the database.  iTable is
+** the page number of the root of the table.  After this routine returns,
+** the root page is empty, but still exists.
+**
+** This routine will fail with SQLITE_LOCKED if there are any open
+** read cursors on the table.  Open write cursors are moved to the
+** root of the table.
+**
+** If pnChange is not NULL, then table iTable must be an intkey table. The
+** integer value pointed to by pnChange is incremented by the number of
+** entries in the table.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClearTable(Btree *p, int iTable, int *pnChange){
+  int rc;
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE );
+
+  rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, 0);
+
+  if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){
+    /* Invalidate all incrblob cursors open on table iTable (assuming iTable
+    ** is the root of a table b-tree - if it is not, the following call is
+    ** a no-op).  */
+    invalidateIncrblobCursors(p, 0, 1);
+    rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, 0, pnChange);
+  }
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Erase all information in a table and add the root of the table to
+** the freelist.  Except, the root of the principle table (the one on
+** page 1) is never added to the freelist.
+**
+** This routine will fail with SQLITE_LOCKED if there are any open
+** cursors on the table.
+**
+** If AUTOVACUUM is enabled and the page at iTable is not the last
+** root page in the database file, then the last root page 
+** in the database file is moved into the slot formerly occupied by
+** iTable and that last slot formerly occupied by the last root page
+** is added to the freelist instead of iTable.  In this say, all
+** root pages are kept at the beginning of the database file, which
+** is necessary for AUTOVACUUM to work right.  *piMoved is set to the 
+** page number that used to be the last root page in the file before
+** the move.  If no page gets moved, *piMoved is set to 0.
+** The last root page is recorded in meta[3] and the value of
+** meta[3] is updated by this procedure.
+*/
+static int btreeDropTable(Btree *p, Pgno iTable, int *piMoved){
+  int rc;
+  MemPage *pPage = 0;
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
+  assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE );
+
+  /* It is illegal to drop a table if any cursors are open on the
+  ** database. This is because in auto-vacuum mode the backend may
+  ** need to move another root-page to fill a gap left by the deleted
+  ** root page. If an open cursor was using this page a problem would 
+  ** occur.
+  **
+  ** This error is caught long before control reaches this point.
+  */
+  if( NEVER(pBt->pCursor) ){
+    sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(p->db, pBt->pCursor->pBtree->db);
+    return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE;
+  }
+
+  rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, &pPage, 0);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeClearTable(p, iTable, 0);
+  if( rc ){
+    releasePage(pPage);
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  *piMoved = 0;
+
+  if( iTable>1 ){
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+    freePage(pPage, &rc);
+    releasePage(pPage);
+#else
+    if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
+      Pgno maxRootPgno;
+      sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(p, BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE, &maxRootPgno);
+
+      if( iTable==maxRootPgno ){
+        /* If the table being dropped is the table with the largest root-page
+        ** number in the database, put the root page on the free list. 
+        */
+        freePage(pPage, &rc);
+        releasePage(pPage);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          return rc;
+        }
+      }else{
+        /* The table being dropped does not have the largest root-page
+        ** number in the database. So move the page that does into the 
+        ** gap left by the deleted root-page.
+        */
+        MemPage *pMove;
+        releasePage(pPage);
+        rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, maxRootPgno, &pMove, 0);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          return rc;
+        }
+        rc = relocatePage(pBt, pMove, PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0, iTable, 0);
+        releasePage(pMove);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          return rc;
+        }
+        pMove = 0;
+        rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, maxRootPgno, &pMove, 0);
+        freePage(pMove, &rc);
+        releasePage(pMove);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          return rc;
+        }
+        *piMoved = maxRootPgno;
+      }
+
+      /* Set the new 'max-root-page' value in the database header. This
+      ** is the old value less one, less one more if that happens to
+      ** be a root-page number, less one again if that is the
+      ** PENDING_BYTE_PAGE.
+      */
+      maxRootPgno--;
+      while( maxRootPgno==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt)
+             || PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, maxRootPgno) ){
+        maxRootPgno--;
+      }
+      assert( maxRootPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) );
+
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(p, 4, maxRootPgno);
+    }else{
+      freePage(pPage, &rc);
+      releasePage(pPage);
+    }
+#endif
+  }else{
+    /* If sqlite3BtreeDropTable was called on page 1.
+    ** This really never should happen except in a corrupt
+    ** database. 
+    */
+    zeroPage(pPage, PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAF );
+    releasePage(pPage);
+  }
+  return rc;  
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDropTable(Btree *p, int iTable, int *piMoved){
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  rc = btreeDropTable(p, iTable, piMoved);
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This function may only be called if the b-tree connection already
+** has a read or write transaction open on the database.
+**
+** Read the meta-information out of a database file.  Meta[0]
+** is the number of free pages currently in the database.  Meta[1]
+** through meta[15] are available for use by higher layers.  Meta[0]
+** is read-only, the others are read/write.
+** 
+** The schema layer numbers meta values differently.  At the schema
+** layer (and the SetCookie and ReadCookie opcodes) the number of
+** free pages is not visible.  So Cookie[0] is the same as Meta[1].
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(Btree *p, int idx, u32 *pMeta){
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  assert( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE );
+  assert( SQLITE_OK==querySharedCacheTableLock(p, MASTER_ROOT, READ_LOCK) );
+  assert( pBt->pPage1 );
+  assert( idx>=0 && idx<=15 );
+
+  *pMeta = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36 + idx*4]);
+
+  /* If auto-vacuum is disabled in this build and this is an auto-vacuum
+  ** database, mark the database as read-only.  */
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+  if( idx==BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE && *pMeta>0 ){
+    pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_READ_ONLY;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Write meta-information back into the database.  Meta[0] is
+** read-only and may not be written.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(Btree *p, int idx, u32 iMeta){
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+  unsigned char *pP1;
+  int rc;
+  assert( idx>=1 && idx<=15 );
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE );
+  assert( pBt->pPage1!=0 );
+  pP1 = pBt->pPage1->aData;
+  rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    put4byte(&pP1[36 + idx*4], iMeta);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+    if( idx==BTREE_INCR_VACUUM ){
+      assert( pBt->autoVacuum || iMeta==0 );
+      assert( iMeta==0 || iMeta==1 );
+      pBt->incrVacuum = (u8)iMeta;
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT
+/*
+** The first argument, pCur, is a cursor opened on some b-tree. Count the
+** number of entries in the b-tree and write the result to *pnEntry.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if the operation is successfully executed. 
+** Otherwise, if an error is encountered (i.e. an IO error or database
+** corruption) an SQLite error code is returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCount(BtCursor *pCur, i64 *pnEntry){
+  i64 nEntry = 0;                      /* Value to return in *pnEntry */
+  int rc;                              /* Return code */
+
+  if( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 ){
+    *pnEntry = 0;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  rc = moveToRoot(pCur);
+
+  /* Unless an error occurs, the following loop runs one iteration for each
+  ** page in the B-Tree structure (not including overflow pages). 
+  */
+  while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int iIdx;                          /* Index of child node in parent */
+    MemPage *pPage;                    /* Current page of the b-tree */
+
+    /* If this is a leaf page or the tree is not an int-key tree, then 
+    ** this page contains countable entries. Increment the entry counter
+    ** accordingly.
+    */
+    pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
+    if( pPage->leaf || !pPage->intKey ){
+      nEntry += pPage->nCell;
+    }
+
+    /* pPage is a leaf node. This loop navigates the cursor so that it 
+    ** points to the first interior cell that it points to the parent of
+    ** the next page in the tree that has not yet been visited. The
+    ** pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] value is set to the index of the parent cell
+    ** of the page, or to the number of cells in the page if the next page
+    ** to visit is the right-child of its parent.
+    **
+    ** If all pages in the tree have been visited, return SQLITE_OK to the
+    ** caller.
+    */
+    if( pPage->leaf ){
+      do {
+        if( pCur->iPage==0 ){
+          /* All pages of the b-tree have been visited. Return successfully. */
+          *pnEntry = nEntry;
+          return SQLITE_OK;
+        }
+        moveToParent(pCur);
+      }while ( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]>=pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell );
+
+      pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]++;
+      pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
+    }
+
+    /* Descend to the child node of the cell that the cursor currently 
+    ** points at. This is the right-child if (iIdx==pPage->nCell).
+    */
+    iIdx = pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage];
+    if( iIdx==pPage->nCell ){
+      rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]));
+    }else{
+      rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(findCell(pPage, iIdx)));
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* An error has occurred. Return an error code. */
+  return rc;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Return the pager associated with a BTree.  This routine is used for
+** testing and debugging only.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Pager *sqlite3BtreePager(Btree *p){
+  return p->pBt->pPager;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
+/*
+** Append a message to the error message string.
+*/
+static void checkAppendMsg(
+  IntegrityCk *pCheck,
+  char *zMsg1,
+  const char *zFormat,
+  ...
+){
+  va_list ap;
+  if( !pCheck->mxErr ) return;
+  pCheck->mxErr--;
+  pCheck->nErr++;
+  va_start(ap, zFormat);
+  if( pCheck->errMsg.nChar ){
+    sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&pCheck->errMsg, "\n", 1);
+  }
+  if( zMsg1 ){
+    sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&pCheck->errMsg, zMsg1, -1);
+  }
+  sqlite3VXPrintf(&pCheck->errMsg, 1, zFormat, ap);
+  va_end(ap);
+  if( pCheck->errMsg.mallocFailed ){
+    pCheck->mallocFailed = 1;
+  }
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
+
+/*
+** Return non-zero if the bit in the IntegrityCk.aPgRef[] array that
+** corresponds to page iPg is already set.
+*/
+static int getPageReferenced(IntegrityCk *pCheck, Pgno iPg){
+  assert( iPg<=pCheck->nPage && sizeof(pCheck->aPgRef[0])==1 );
+  return (pCheck->aPgRef[iPg/8] & (1 << (iPg & 0x07)));
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the bit in the IntegrityCk.aPgRef[] array that corresponds to page iPg.
+*/
+static void setPageReferenced(IntegrityCk *pCheck, Pgno iPg){
+  assert( iPg<=pCheck->nPage && sizeof(pCheck->aPgRef[0])==1 );
+  pCheck->aPgRef[iPg/8] |= (1 << (iPg & 0x07));
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Add 1 to the reference count for page iPage.  If this is the second
+** reference to the page, add an error message to pCheck->zErrMsg.
+** Return 1 if there are 2 ore more references to the page and 0 if
+** if this is the first reference to the page.
+**
+** Also check that the page number is in bounds.
+*/
+static int checkRef(IntegrityCk *pCheck, Pgno iPage, char *zContext){
+  if( iPage==0 ) return 1;
+  if( iPage>pCheck->nPage ){
+    checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "invalid page number %d", iPage);
+    return 1;
+  }
+  if( getPageReferenced(pCheck, iPage) ){
+    checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "2nd reference to page %d", iPage);
+    return 1;
+  }
+  setPageReferenced(pCheck, iPage);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+/*
+** Check that the entry in the pointer-map for page iChild maps to 
+** page iParent, pointer type ptrType. If not, append an error message
+** to pCheck.
+*/
+static void checkPtrmap(
+  IntegrityCk *pCheck,   /* Integrity check context */
+  Pgno iChild,           /* Child page number */
+  u8 eType,              /* Expected pointer map type */
+  Pgno iParent,          /* Expected pointer map parent page number */
+  char *zContext         /* Context description (used for error msg) */
+){
+  int rc;
+  u8 ePtrmapType;
+  Pgno iPtrmapParent;
+
+  rc = ptrmapGet(pCheck->pBt, iChild, &ePtrmapType, &iPtrmapParent);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ) pCheck->mallocFailed = 1;
+    checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "Failed to read ptrmap key=%d", iChild);
+    return;
+  }
+
+  if( ePtrmapType!=eType || iPtrmapParent!=iParent ){
+    checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, 
+      "Bad ptr map entry key=%d expected=(%d,%d) got=(%d,%d)", 
+      iChild, eType, iParent, ePtrmapType, iPtrmapParent);
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Check the integrity of the freelist or of an overflow page list.
+** Verify that the number of pages on the list is N.
+*/
+static void checkList(
+  IntegrityCk *pCheck,  /* Integrity checking context */
+  int isFreeList,       /* True for a freelist.  False for overflow page list */
+  int iPage,            /* Page number for first page in the list */
+  int N,                /* Expected number of pages in the list */
+  char *zContext        /* Context for error messages */
+){
+  int i;
+  int expected = N;
+  int iFirst = iPage;
+  while( N-- > 0 && pCheck->mxErr ){
+    DbPage *pOvflPage;
+    unsigned char *pOvflData;
+    if( iPage<1 ){
+      checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext,
+         "%d of %d pages missing from overflow list starting at %d",
+          N+1, expected, iFirst);
+      break;
+    }
+    if( checkRef(pCheck, iPage, zContext) ) break;
+    if( sqlite3PagerGet(pCheck->pPager, (Pgno)iPage, &pOvflPage) ){
+      checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "failed to get page %d", iPage);
+      break;
+    }
+    pOvflData = (unsigned char *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pOvflPage);
+    if( isFreeList ){
+      int n = get4byte(&pOvflData[4]);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+      if( pCheck->pBt->autoVacuum ){
+        checkPtrmap(pCheck, iPage, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0, zContext);
+      }
+#endif
+      if( n>(int)pCheck->pBt->usableSize/4-2 ){
+        checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext,
+           "freelist leaf count too big on page %d", iPage);
+        N--;
+      }else{
+        for(i=0; i<n; i++){
+          Pgno iFreePage = get4byte(&pOvflData[8+i*4]);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+          if( pCheck->pBt->autoVacuum ){
+            checkPtrmap(pCheck, iFreePage, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0, zContext);
+          }
+#endif
+          checkRef(pCheck, iFreePage, zContext);
+        }
+        N -= n;
+      }
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+    else{
+      /* If this database supports auto-vacuum and iPage is not the last
+      ** page in this overflow list, check that the pointer-map entry for
+      ** the following page matches iPage.
+      */
+      if( pCheck->pBt->autoVacuum && N>0 ){
+        i = get4byte(pOvflData);
+        checkPtrmap(pCheck, i, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2, iPage, zContext);
+      }
+    }
+#endif
+    iPage = get4byte(pOvflData);
+    sqlite3PagerUnref(pOvflPage);
+  }
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
+/*
+** Do various sanity checks on a single page of a tree.  Return
+** the tree depth.  Root pages return 0.  Parents of root pages
+** return 1, and so forth.
+** 
+** These checks are done:
+**
+**      1.  Make sure that cells and freeblocks do not overlap
+**          but combine to completely cover the page.
+**  NO  2.  Make sure cell keys are in order.
+**  NO  3.  Make sure no key is less than or equal to zLowerBound.
+**  NO  4.  Make sure no key is greater than or equal to zUpperBound.
+**      5.  Check the integrity of overflow pages.
+**      6.  Recursively call checkTreePage on all children.
+**      7.  Verify that the depth of all children is the same.
+**      8.  Make sure this page is at least 33% full or else it is
+**          the root of the tree.
+*/
+static int checkTreePage(
+  IntegrityCk *pCheck,  /* Context for the sanity check */
+  int iPage,            /* Page number of the page to check */
+  char *zParentContext, /* Parent context */
+  i64 *pnParentMinKey, 
+  i64 *pnParentMaxKey
+){
+  MemPage *pPage;
+  int i, rc, depth, d2, pgno, cnt;
+  int hdr, cellStart;
+  int nCell;
+  u8 *data;
+  BtShared *pBt;
+  int usableSize;
+  char zContext[100];
+  char *hit = 0;
+  i64 nMinKey = 0;
+  i64 nMaxKey = 0;
+
+  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zContext), zContext, "Page %d: ", iPage);
+
+  /* Check that the page exists
+  */
+  pBt = pCheck->pBt;
+  usableSize = pBt->usableSize;
+  if( iPage==0 ) return 0;
+  if( checkRef(pCheck, iPage, zParentContext) ) return 0;
+  if( (rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, (Pgno)iPage, &pPage, 0))!=0 ){
+    checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext,
+       "unable to get the page. error code=%d", rc);
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  /* Clear MemPage.isInit to make sure the corruption detection code in
+  ** btreeInitPage() is executed.  */
+  pPage->isInit = 0;
+  if( (rc = btreeInitPage(pPage))!=0 ){
+    assert( rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT );  /* The only possible error from InitPage */
+    checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, 
+                   "btreeInitPage() returns error code %d", rc);
+    releasePage(pPage);
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  /* Check out all the cells.
+  */
+  depth = 0;
+  for(i=0; i<pPage->nCell && pCheck->mxErr; i++){
+    u8 *pCell;
+    u32 sz;
+    CellInfo info;
+
+    /* Check payload overflow pages
+    */
+    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zContext), zContext,
+             "On tree page %d cell %d: ", iPage, i);
+    pCell = findCell(pPage,i);
+    btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
+    sz = info.nData;
+    if( !pPage->intKey ) sz += (int)info.nKey;
+    /* For intKey pages, check that the keys are in order.
+    */
+    else if( i==0 ) nMinKey = nMaxKey = info.nKey;
+    else{
+      if( info.nKey <= nMaxKey ){
+        checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, 
+            "Rowid %lld out of order (previous was %lld)", info.nKey, nMaxKey);
+      }
+      nMaxKey = info.nKey;
+    }
+    assert( sz==info.nPayload );
+    if( (sz>info.nLocal) 
+     && (&pCell[info.iOverflow]<=&pPage->aData[pBt->usableSize])
+    ){
+      int nPage = (sz - info.nLocal + usableSize - 5)/(usableSize - 4);
+      Pgno pgnoOvfl = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+      if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
+        checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgnoOvfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1, iPage, zContext);
+      }
+#endif
+      checkList(pCheck, 0, pgnoOvfl, nPage, zContext);
+    }
+
+    /* Check sanity of left child page.
+    */
+    if( !pPage->leaf ){
+      pgno = get4byte(pCell);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+      if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
+        checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, iPage, zContext);
+      }
+#endif
+      d2 = checkTreePage(pCheck, pgno, zContext, &nMinKey, i==0 ? NULL : &nMaxKey);
+      if( i>0 && d2!=depth ){
+        checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "Child page depth differs");
+      }
+      depth = d2;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( !pPage->leaf ){
+    pgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
+    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zContext), zContext, 
+                     "On page %d at right child: ", iPage);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+    if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
+      checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, iPage, zContext);
+    }
+#endif
+    checkTreePage(pCheck, pgno, zContext, NULL, !pPage->nCell ? NULL : &nMaxKey);
+  }
+ 
+  /* For intKey leaf pages, check that the min/max keys are in order
+  ** with any left/parent/right pages.
+  */
+  if( pPage->leaf && pPage->intKey ){
+    /* if we are a left child page */
+    if( pnParentMinKey ){
+      /* if we are the left most child page */
+      if( !pnParentMaxKey ){
+        if( nMaxKey > *pnParentMinKey ){
+          checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, 
+              "Rowid %lld out of order (max larger than parent min of %lld)",
+              nMaxKey, *pnParentMinKey);
+        }
+      }else{
+        if( nMinKey <= *pnParentMinKey ){
+          checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, 
+              "Rowid %lld out of order (min less than parent min of %lld)",
+              nMinKey, *pnParentMinKey);
+        }
+        if( nMaxKey > *pnParentMaxKey ){
+          checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, 
+              "Rowid %lld out of order (max larger than parent max of %lld)",
+              nMaxKey, *pnParentMaxKey);
+        }
+        *pnParentMinKey = nMaxKey;
+      }
+    /* else if we're a right child page */
+    } else if( pnParentMaxKey ){
+      if( nMinKey <= *pnParentMaxKey ){
+        checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, 
+            "Rowid %lld out of order (min less than parent max of %lld)",
+            nMinKey, *pnParentMaxKey);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Check for complete coverage of the page
+  */
+  data = pPage->aData;
+  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
+  hit = sqlite3PageMalloc( pBt->pageSize );
+  if( hit==0 ){
+    pCheck->mallocFailed = 1;
+  }else{
+    int contentOffset = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]);
+    assert( contentOffset<=usableSize );  /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */
+    memset(hit+contentOffset, 0, usableSize-contentOffset);
+    memset(hit, 1, contentOffset);
+    nCell = get2byte(&data[hdr+3]);
+    cellStart = hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf;
+    for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
+      int pc = get2byte(&data[cellStart+i*2]);
+      u32 size = 65536;
+      int j;
+      if( pc<=usableSize-4 ){
+        size = cellSizePtr(pPage, &data[pc]);
+      }
+      if( (int)(pc+size-1)>=usableSize ){
+        checkAppendMsg(pCheck, 0, 
+            "Corruption detected in cell %d on page %d",i,iPage);
+      }else{
+        for(j=pc+size-1; j>=pc; j--) hit[j]++;
+      }
+    }
+    i = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]);
+    while( i>0 ){
+      int size, j;
+      assert( i<=usableSize-4 );     /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */
+      size = get2byte(&data[i+2]);
+      assert( i+size<=usableSize );  /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */
+      for(j=i+size-1; j>=i; j--) hit[j]++;
+      j = get2byte(&data[i]);
+      assert( j==0 || j>i+size );  /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */
+      assert( j<=usableSize-4 );   /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */
+      i = j;
+    }
+    for(i=cnt=0; i<usableSize; i++){
+      if( hit[i]==0 ){
+        cnt++;
+      }else if( hit[i]>1 ){
+        checkAppendMsg(pCheck, 0,
+          "Multiple uses for byte %d of page %d", i, iPage);
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    if( cnt!=data[hdr+7] ){
+      checkAppendMsg(pCheck, 0, 
+          "Fragmentation of %d bytes reported as %d on page %d",
+          cnt, data[hdr+7], iPage);
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3PageFree(hit);
+  releasePage(pPage);
+  return depth+1;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
+/*
+** This routine does a complete check of the given BTree file.  aRoot[] is
+** an array of pages numbers were each page number is the root page of
+** a table.  nRoot is the number of entries in aRoot.
+**
+** A read-only or read-write transaction must be opened before calling
+** this function.
+**
+** Write the number of error seen in *pnErr.  Except for some memory
+** allocation errors,  an error message held in memory obtained from
+** malloc is returned if *pnErr is non-zero.  If *pnErr==0 then NULL is
+** returned.  If a memory allocation error occurs, NULL is returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(
+  Btree *p,     /* The btree to be checked */
+  int *aRoot,   /* An array of root pages numbers for individual trees */
+  int nRoot,    /* Number of entries in aRoot[] */
+  int mxErr,    /* Stop reporting errors after this many */
+  int *pnErr    /* Write number of errors seen to this variable */
+){
+  Pgno i;
+  int nRef;
+  IntegrityCk sCheck;
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+  char zErr[100];
+
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  assert( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE && pBt->inTransaction>TRANS_NONE );
+  nRef = sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager);
+  sCheck.pBt = pBt;
+  sCheck.pPager = pBt->pPager;
+  sCheck.nPage = btreePagecount(sCheck.pBt);
+  sCheck.mxErr = mxErr;
+  sCheck.nErr = 0;
+  sCheck.mallocFailed = 0;
+  *pnErr = 0;
+  if( sCheck.nPage==0 ){
+    sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  sCheck.aPgRef = sqlite3MallocZero((sCheck.nPage / 8)+ 1);
+  if( !sCheck.aPgRef ){
+    *pnErr = 1;
+    sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+    return 0;
+  }
+  i = PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt);
+  if( i<=sCheck.nPage ) setPageReferenced(&sCheck, i);
+  sqlite3StrAccumInit(&sCheck.errMsg, zErr, sizeof(zErr), 20000);
+  sCheck.errMsg.useMalloc = 2;
+
+  /* Check the integrity of the freelist
+  */
+  checkList(&sCheck, 1, get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[32]),
+            get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]), "Main freelist: ");
+
+  /* Check all the tables.
+  */
+  for(i=0; (int)i<nRoot && sCheck.mxErr; i++){
+    if( aRoot[i]==0 ) continue;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+    if( pBt->autoVacuum && aRoot[i]>1 ){
+      checkPtrmap(&sCheck, aRoot[i], PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0, 0);
+    }
+#endif
+    checkTreePage(&sCheck, aRoot[i], "List of tree roots: ", NULL, NULL);
+  }
+
+  /* Make sure every page in the file is referenced
+  */
+  for(i=1; i<=sCheck.nPage && sCheck.mxErr; i++){
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+    if( getPageReferenced(&sCheck, i)==0 ){
+      checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, "Page %d is never used", i);
+    }
+#else
+    /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, make sure no tables contain
+    ** references to pointer-map pages.
+    */
+    if( getPageReferenced(&sCheck, i)==0 && 
+       (PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, i)!=i || !pBt->autoVacuum) ){
+      checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, "Page %d is never used", i);
+    }
+    if( getPageReferenced(&sCheck, i)!=0 && 
+       (PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, i)==i && pBt->autoVacuum) ){
+      checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, "Pointer map page %d is referenced", i);
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+
+  /* Make sure this analysis did not leave any unref() pages.
+  ** This is an internal consistency check; an integrity check
+  ** of the integrity check.
+  */
+  if( NEVER(nRef != sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager)) ){
+    checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, 
+      "Outstanding page count goes from %d to %d during this analysis",
+      nRef, sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager)
+    );
+  }
+
+  /* Clean  up and report errors.
+  */
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  sqlite3_free(sCheck.aPgRef);
+  if( sCheck.mallocFailed ){
+    sqlite3StrAccumReset(&sCheck.errMsg);
+    *pnErr = sCheck.nErr+1;
+    return 0;
+  }
+  *pnErr = sCheck.nErr;
+  if( sCheck.nErr==0 ) sqlite3StrAccumReset(&sCheck.errMsg);
+  return sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&sCheck.errMsg);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */
+
+/*
+** Return the full pathname of the underlying database file.  Return
+** an empty string if the database is in-memory or a TEMP database.
+**
+** The pager filename is invariant as long as the pager is
+** open so it is safe to access without the BtShared mutex.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(Btree *p){
+  assert( p->pBt->pPager!=0 );
+  return sqlite3PagerFilename(p->pBt->pPager, 1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the pathname of the journal file for this database. The return
+** value of this routine is the same regardless of whether the journal file
+** has been created or not.
+**
+** The pager journal filename is invariant as long as the pager is
+** open so it is safe to access without the BtShared mutex.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(Btree *p){
+  assert( p->pBt->pPager!=0 );
+  return sqlite3PagerJournalname(p->pBt->pPager);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return non-zero if a transaction is active.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(Btree *p){
+  assert( p==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+  return (p && (p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE));
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+/*
+** Run a checkpoint on the Btree passed as the first argument.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_LOCKED if this or any other connection has an open 
+** transaction on the shared-cache the argument Btree is connected to.
+**
+** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCheckpoint(Btree *p, int eMode, int *pnLog, int *pnCkpt){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( p ){
+    BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+    sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+    if( pBt->inTransaction!=TRANS_NONE ){
+      rc = SQLITE_LOCKED;
+    }else{
+      rc = sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(pBt->pPager, eMode, pnLog, pnCkpt);
+    }
+    sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Return non-zero if a read (or write) transaction is active.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(Btree *p){
+  assert( p );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+  return p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE;
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(Btree *p){
+  assert( p );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+  return p->nBackup!=0;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function returns a pointer to a blob of memory associated with
+** a single shared-btree. The memory is used by client code for its own
+** purposes (for example, to store a high-level schema associated with 
+** the shared-btree). The btree layer manages reference counting issues.
+**
+** The first time this is called on a shared-btree, nBytes bytes of memory
+** are allocated, zeroed, and returned to the caller. For each subsequent 
+** call the nBytes parameter is ignored and a pointer to the same blob
+** of memory returned. 
+**
+** If the nBytes parameter is 0 and the blob of memory has not yet been
+** allocated, a null pointer is returned. If the blob has already been
+** allocated, it is returned as normal.
+**
+** Just before the shared-btree is closed, the function passed as the 
+** xFree argument when the memory allocation was made is invoked on the 
+** blob of allocated memory. The xFree function should not call sqlite3_free()
+** on the memory, the btree layer does that.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3BtreeSchema(Btree *p, int nBytes, void(*xFree)(void *)){
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  if( !pBt->pSchema && nBytes ){
+    pBt->pSchema = sqlite3DbMallocZero(0, nBytes);
+    pBt->xFreeSchema = xFree;
+  }
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return pBt->pSchema;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE if another user of the same shared 
+** btree as the argument handle holds an exclusive lock on the 
+** sqlite_master table. Otherwise SQLITE_OK.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(Btree *p){
+  int rc;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  rc = querySharedCacheTableLock(p, MASTER_ROOT, READ_LOCK);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE );
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+/*
+** Obtain a lock on the table whose root page is iTab.  The
+** lock is a write lock if isWritelock is true or a read lock
+** if it is false.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLockTable(Btree *p, int iTab, u8 isWriteLock){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  assert( p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE );
+  if( p->sharable ){
+    u8 lockType = READ_LOCK + isWriteLock;
+    assert( READ_LOCK+1==WRITE_LOCK );
+    assert( isWriteLock==0 || isWriteLock==1 );
+
+    sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+    rc = querySharedCacheTableLock(p, iTab, lockType);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = setSharedCacheTableLock(p, iTab, lockType);
+    }
+    sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
+/*
+** Argument pCsr must be a cursor opened for writing on an 
+** INTKEY table currently pointing at a valid table entry. 
+** This function modifies the data stored as part of that entry.
+**
+** Only the data content may only be modified, it is not possible to 
+** change the length of the data stored. If this function is called with
+** parameters that attempt to write past the end of the existing data,
+** no modifications are made and SQLITE_CORRUPT is returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePutData(BtCursor *pCsr, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *z){
+  int rc;
+  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCsr) );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCsr->pBtree->db->mutex) );
+  assert( pCsr->isIncrblobHandle );
+
+  rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCsr);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+  assert( pCsr->eState!=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK );
+  if( pCsr->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ){
+    return SQLITE_ABORT;
+  }
+
+  /* Check some assumptions: 
+  **   (a) the cursor is open for writing,
+  **   (b) there is a read/write transaction open,
+  **   (c) the connection holds a write-lock on the table (if required),
+  **   (d) there are no conflicting read-locks, and
+  **   (e) the cursor points at a valid row of an intKey table.
+  */
+  if( !pCsr->wrFlag ){
+    return SQLITE_READONLY;
+  }
+  assert( (pCsr->pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)==0
+              && pCsr->pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
+  assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(pCsr->pBtree, pCsr->pgnoRoot, 0, 2) );
+  assert( !hasReadConflicts(pCsr->pBtree, pCsr->pgnoRoot) );
+  assert( pCsr->apPage[pCsr->iPage]->intKey );
+
+  return accessPayload(pCsr, offset, amt, (unsigned char *)z, 1);
+}
+
+/* 
+** Set a flag on this cursor to cache the locations of pages from the 
+** overflow list for the current row. This is used by cursors opened
+** for incremental blob IO only.
+**
+** This function sets a flag only. The actual page location cache
+** (stored in BtCursor.aOverflow[]) is allocated and used by function
+** accessPayload() (the worker function for sqlite3BtreeData() and
+** sqlite3BtreePutData()).
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCacheOverflow(BtCursor *pCur){
+  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) );
+  invalidateOverflowCache(pCur);
+  pCur->isIncrblobHandle = 1;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Set both the "read version" (single byte at byte offset 18) and 
+** "write version" (single byte at byte offset 19) fields in the database
+** header to iVersion.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetVersion(Btree *pBtree, int iVersion){
+  BtShared *pBt = pBtree->pBt;
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+ 
+  assert( iVersion==1 || iVersion==2 );
+
+  /* If setting the version fields to 1, do not automatically open the
+  ** WAL connection, even if the version fields are currently set to 2.
+  */
+  pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_NO_WAL;
+  if( iVersion==1 ) pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_NO_WAL;
+
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBtree, 0);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    u8 *aData = pBt->pPage1->aData;
+    if( aData[18]!=(u8)iVersion || aData[19]!=(u8)iVersion ){
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBtree, 2);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          aData[18] = (u8)iVersion;
+          aData[19] = (u8)iVersion;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_NO_WAL;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** set the mask of hint flags for cursor pCsr. Currently the only valid
+** values are 0 and BTREE_BULKLOAD.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorHints(BtCursor *pCsr, unsigned int mask){
+  assert( mask==BTREE_BULKLOAD || mask==0 );
+  pCsr->hints = mask;
+}
+
+/************** End of btree.c ***********************************************/
+/************** Begin file backup.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2009 January 28
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains the implementation of the sqlite3_backup_XXX() 
+** API functions and the related features.
+*/
+
+/* Macro to find the minimum of two numeric values.
+*/
+#ifndef MIN
+# define MIN(x,y) ((x)<(y)?(x):(y))
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Structure allocated for each backup operation.
+*/
+struct sqlite3_backup {
+  sqlite3* pDestDb;        /* Destination database handle */
+  Btree *pDest;            /* Destination b-tree file */
+  u32 iDestSchema;         /* Original schema cookie in destination */
+  int bDestLocked;         /* True once a write-transaction is open on pDest */
+
+  Pgno iNext;              /* Page number of the next source page to copy */
+  sqlite3* pSrcDb;         /* Source database handle */
+  Btree *pSrc;             /* Source b-tree file */
+
+  int rc;                  /* Backup process error code */
+
+  /* These two variables are set by every call to backup_step(). They are
+  ** read by calls to backup_remaining() and backup_pagecount().
+  */
+  Pgno nRemaining;         /* Number of pages left to copy */
+  Pgno nPagecount;         /* Total number of pages to copy */
+
+  int isAttached;          /* True once backup has been registered with pager */
+  sqlite3_backup *pNext;   /* Next backup associated with source pager */
+};
+
+/*
+** THREAD SAFETY NOTES:
+**
+**   Once it has been created using backup_init(), a single sqlite3_backup
+**   structure may be accessed via two groups of thread-safe entry points:
+**
+**     * Via the sqlite3_backup_XXX() API function backup_step() and 
+**       backup_finish(). Both these functions obtain the source database
+**       handle mutex and the mutex associated with the source BtShared 
+**       structure, in that order.
+**
+**     * Via the BackupUpdate() and BackupRestart() functions, which are
+**       invoked by the pager layer to report various state changes in
+**       the page cache associated with the source database. The mutex
+**       associated with the source database BtShared structure will always 
+**       be held when either of these functions are invoked.
+**
+**   The other sqlite3_backup_XXX() API functions, backup_remaining() and
+**   backup_pagecount() are not thread-safe functions. If they are called
+**   while some other thread is calling backup_step() or backup_finish(),
+**   the values returned may be invalid. There is no way for a call to
+**   BackupUpdate() or BackupRestart() to interfere with backup_remaining()
+**   or backup_pagecount().
+**
+**   Depending on the SQLite configuration, the database handles and/or
+**   the Btree objects may have their own mutexes that require locking.
+**   Non-sharable Btrees (in-memory databases for example), do not have
+**   associated mutexes.
+*/
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer corresponding to database zDb (i.e. "main", "temp")
+** in connection handle pDb. If such a database cannot be found, return
+** a NULL pointer and write an error message to pErrorDb.
+**
+** If the "temp" database is requested, it may need to be opened by this 
+** function. If an error occurs while doing so, return 0 and write an 
+** error message to pErrorDb.
+*/
+static Btree *findBtree(sqlite3 *pErrorDb, sqlite3 *pDb, const char *zDb){
+  int i = sqlite3FindDbName(pDb, zDb);
+
+  if( i==1 ){
+    Parse *pParse;
+    int rc = 0;
+    pParse = sqlite3StackAllocZero(pErrorDb, sizeof(*pParse));
+    if( pParse==0 ){
+      sqlite3Error(pErrorDb, SQLITE_NOMEM, "out of memory");
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }else{
+      pParse->db = pDb;
+      if( sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(pParse) ){
+        sqlite3Error(pErrorDb, pParse->rc, "%s", pParse->zErrMsg);
+        rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+      }
+      sqlite3DbFree(pErrorDb, pParse->zErrMsg);
+      sqlite3StackFree(pErrorDb, pParse);
+    }
+    if( rc ){
+      return 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( i<0 ){
+    sqlite3Error(pErrorDb, SQLITE_ERROR, "unknown database %s", zDb);
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  return pDb->aDb[i].pBt;
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to set the page size of the destination to match the page size
+** of the source.
+*/
+static int setDestPgsz(sqlite3_backup *p){
+  int rc;
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(p->pDest,sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pSrc),-1,0);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Create an sqlite3_backup process to copy the contents of zSrcDb from
+** connection handle pSrcDb to zDestDb in pDestDb. If successful, return
+** a pointer to the new sqlite3_backup object.
+**
+** If an error occurs, NULL is returned and an error code and error message
+** stored in database handle pDestDb.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_backup *sqlite3_backup_init(
+  sqlite3* pDestDb,                     /* Database to write to */
+  const char *zDestDb,                  /* Name of database within pDestDb */
+  sqlite3* pSrcDb,                      /* Database connection to read from */
+  const char *zSrcDb                    /* Name of database within pSrcDb */
+){
+  sqlite3_backup *p;                    /* Value to return */
+
+  /* Lock the source database handle. The destination database
+  ** handle is not locked in this routine, but it is locked in
+  ** sqlite3_backup_step(). The user is required to ensure that no
+  ** other thread accesses the destination handle for the duration
+  ** of the backup operation.  Any attempt to use the destination
+  ** database connection while a backup is in progress may cause
+  ** a malfunction or a deadlock.
+  */
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pSrcDb->mutex);
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pDestDb->mutex);
+
+  if( pSrcDb==pDestDb ){
+    sqlite3Error(
+        pDestDb, SQLITE_ERROR, "source and destination must be distinct"
+    );
+    p = 0;
+  }else {
+    /* Allocate space for a new sqlite3_backup object...
+    ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-64852-21591 The sqlite3_backup object is created by a
+    ** call to sqlite3_backup_init() and is destroyed by a call to
+    ** sqlite3_backup_finish(). */
+    p = (sqlite3_backup *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(sqlite3_backup));
+    if( !p ){
+      sqlite3Error(pDestDb, SQLITE_NOMEM, 0);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If the allocation succeeded, populate the new object. */
+  if( p ){
+    p->pSrc = findBtree(pDestDb, pSrcDb, zSrcDb);
+    p->pDest = findBtree(pDestDb, pDestDb, zDestDb);
+    p->pDestDb = pDestDb;
+    p->pSrcDb = pSrcDb;
+    p->iNext = 1;
+    p->isAttached = 0;
+
+    if( 0==p->pSrc || 0==p->pDest || setDestPgsz(p)==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
+      /* One (or both) of the named databases did not exist or an OOM
+      ** error was hit.  The error has already been written into the
+      ** pDestDb handle.  All that is left to do here is free the
+      ** sqlite3_backup structure.
+      */
+      sqlite3_free(p);
+      p = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  if( p ){
+    p->pSrc->nBackup++;
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pDestDb->mutex);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pSrcDb->mutex);
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Argument rc is an SQLite error code. Return true if this error is 
+** considered fatal if encountered during a backup operation. All errors
+** are considered fatal except for SQLITE_BUSY and SQLITE_LOCKED.
+*/
+static int isFatalError(int rc){
+  return (rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY && ALWAYS(rc!=SQLITE_LOCKED));
+}
+
+/*
+** Parameter zSrcData points to a buffer containing the data for 
+** page iSrcPg from the source database. Copy this data into the 
+** destination database.
+*/
+static int backupOnePage(sqlite3_backup *p, Pgno iSrcPg, const u8 *zSrcData){
+  Pager * const pDestPager = sqlite3BtreePager(p->pDest);
+  const int nSrcPgsz = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pSrc);
+  int nDestPgsz = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pDest);
+  const int nCopy = MIN(nSrcPgsz, nDestPgsz);
+  const i64 iEnd = (i64)iSrcPg*(i64)nSrcPgsz;
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+  int nSrcReserve = sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(p->pSrc);
+  int nDestReserve = sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(p->pDest);
+#endif
+
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  i64 iOff;
+
+  assert( p->bDestLocked );
+  assert( !isFatalError(p->rc) );
+  assert( iSrcPg!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pSrc->pBt) );
+  assert( zSrcData );
+
+  /* Catch the case where the destination is an in-memory database and the
+  ** page sizes of the source and destination differ. 
+  */
+  if( nSrcPgsz!=nDestPgsz && sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(pDestPager) ){
+    rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
+  }
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+  /* Backup is not possible if the page size of the destination is changing
+  ** and a codec is in use.
+  */
+  if( nSrcPgsz!=nDestPgsz && sqlite3PagerGetCodec(pDestPager)!=0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
+  }
+
+  /* Backup is not possible if the number of bytes of reserve space differ
+  ** between source and destination.  If there is a difference, try to
+  ** fix the destination to agree with the source.  If that is not possible,
+  ** then the backup cannot proceed.
+  */
+  if( nSrcReserve!=nDestReserve ){
+    u32 newPgsz = nSrcPgsz;
+    rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pDestPager, &newPgsz, nSrcReserve);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && newPgsz!=nSrcPgsz ) rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* This loop runs once for each destination page spanned by the source 
+  ** page. For each iteration, variable iOff is set to the byte offset
+  ** of the destination page.
+  */
+  for(iOff=iEnd-(i64)nSrcPgsz; rc==SQLITE_OK && iOff<iEnd; iOff+=nDestPgsz){
+    DbPage *pDestPg = 0;
+    Pgno iDest = (Pgno)(iOff/nDestPgsz)+1;
+    if( iDest==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pDest->pBt) ) continue;
+    if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pDestPager, iDest, &pDestPg))
+     && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pDestPg))
+    ){
+      const u8 *zIn = &zSrcData[iOff%nSrcPgsz];
+      u8 *zDestData = sqlite3PagerGetData(pDestPg);
+      u8 *zOut = &zDestData[iOff%nDestPgsz];
+
+      /* Copy the data from the source page into the destination page.
+      ** Then clear the Btree layer MemPage.isInit flag. Both this module
+      ** and the pager code use this trick (clearing the first byte
+      ** of the page 'extra' space to invalidate the Btree layers
+      ** cached parse of the page). MemPage.isInit is marked 
+      ** "MUST BE FIRST" for this purpose.
+      */
+      memcpy(zOut, zIn, nCopy);
+      ((u8 *)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pDestPg))[0] = 0;
+    }
+    sqlite3PagerUnref(pDestPg);
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** If pFile is currently larger than iSize bytes, then truncate it to
+** exactly iSize bytes. If pFile is not larger than iSize bytes, then
+** this function is a no-op.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, or an SQLite error 
+** code if an error occurs.
+*/
+static int backupTruncateFile(sqlite3_file *pFile, i64 iSize){
+  i64 iCurrent;
+  int rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pFile, &iCurrent);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iCurrent>iSize ){
+    rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pFile, iSize);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Register this backup object with the associated source pager for
+** callbacks when pages are changed or the cache invalidated.
+*/
+static void attachBackupObject(sqlite3_backup *p){
+  sqlite3_backup **pp;
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p->pSrc) );
+  pp = sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(sqlite3BtreePager(p->pSrc));
+  p->pNext = *pp;
+  *pp = p;
+  p->isAttached = 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Copy nPage pages from the source b-tree to the destination.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_step(sqlite3_backup *p, int nPage){
+  int rc;
+  int destMode;       /* Destination journal mode */
+  int pgszSrc = 0;    /* Source page size */
+  int pgszDest = 0;   /* Destination page size */
+
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pSrcDb->mutex);
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p->pSrc);
+  if( p->pDestDb ){
+    sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pDestDb->mutex);
+  }
+
+  rc = p->rc;
+  if( !isFatalError(rc) ){
+    Pager * const pSrcPager = sqlite3BtreePager(p->pSrc);     /* Source pager */
+    Pager * const pDestPager = sqlite3BtreePager(p->pDest);   /* Dest pager */
+    int ii;                            /* Iterator variable */
+    int nSrcPage = -1;                 /* Size of source db in pages */
+    int bCloseTrans = 0;               /* True if src db requires unlocking */
+
+    /* If the source pager is currently in a write-transaction, return
+    ** SQLITE_BUSY immediately.
+    */
+    if( p->pDestDb && p->pSrc->pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ){
+      rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+    }else{
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+
+    /* Lock the destination database, if it is not locked already. */
+    if( SQLITE_OK==rc && p->bDestLocked==0
+     && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(p->pDest, 2)) 
+    ){
+      p->bDestLocked = 1;
+      sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(p->pDest, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, &p->iDestSchema);
+    }
+
+    /* If there is no open read-transaction on the source database, open
+    ** one now. If a transaction is opened here, then it will be closed
+    ** before this function exits.
+    */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(p->pSrc) ){
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(p->pSrc, 0);
+      bCloseTrans = 1;
+    }
+
+    /* Do not allow backup if the destination database is in WAL mode
+    ** and the page sizes are different between source and destination */
+    pgszSrc = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pSrc);
+    pgszDest = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pDest);
+    destMode = sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(sqlite3BtreePager(p->pDest));
+    if( SQLITE_OK==rc && destMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL && pgszSrc!=pgszDest ){
+      rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
+    }
+  
+    /* Now that there is a read-lock on the source database, query the
+    ** source pager for the number of pages in the database.
+    */
+    nSrcPage = (int)sqlite3BtreeLastPage(p->pSrc);
+    assert( nSrcPage>=0 );
+    for(ii=0; (nPage<0 || ii<nPage) && p->iNext<=(Pgno)nSrcPage && !rc; ii++){
+      const Pgno iSrcPg = p->iNext;                 /* Source page number */
+      if( iSrcPg!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pSrc->pBt) ){
+        DbPage *pSrcPg;                             /* Source page object */
+        rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pSrcPager, iSrcPg, &pSrcPg);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          rc = backupOnePage(p, iSrcPg, sqlite3PagerGetData(pSrcPg));
+          sqlite3PagerUnref(pSrcPg);
+        }
+      }
+      p->iNext++;
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      p->nPagecount = nSrcPage;
+      p->nRemaining = nSrcPage+1-p->iNext;
+      if( p->iNext>(Pgno)nSrcPage ){
+        rc = SQLITE_DONE;
+      }else if( !p->isAttached ){
+        attachBackupObject(p);
+      }
+    }
+  
+    /* Update the schema version field in the destination database. This
+    ** is to make sure that the schema-version really does change in
+    ** the case where the source and destination databases have the
+    ** same schema version.
+    */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(p->pDest,1,p->iDestSchema+1);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        if( p->pDestDb ){
+          sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(p->pDestDb);
+        }
+        if( destMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){
+          rc = sqlite3BtreeSetVersion(p->pDest, 2);
+        }
+      }
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        int nDestTruncate;
+        /* Set nDestTruncate to the final number of pages in the destination
+        ** database. The complication here is that the destination page
+        ** size may be different to the source page size. 
+        **
+        ** If the source page size is smaller than the destination page size, 
+        ** round up. In this case the call to sqlite3OsTruncate() below will
+        ** fix the size of the file. However it is important to call
+        ** sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() here so that any pages in the 
+        ** destination file that lie beyond the nDestTruncate page mark are
+        ** journalled by PagerCommitPhaseOne() before they are destroyed
+        ** by the file truncation.
+        */
+        assert( pgszSrc==sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pSrc) );
+        assert( pgszDest==sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pDest) );
+        if( pgszSrc<pgszDest ){
+          int ratio = pgszDest/pgszSrc;
+          nDestTruncate = (nSrcPage+ratio-1)/ratio;
+          if( nDestTruncate==(int)PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pDest->pBt) ){
+            nDestTruncate--;
+          }
+        }else{
+          nDestTruncate = nSrcPage * (pgszSrc/pgszDest);
+        }
+        sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(pDestPager, nDestTruncate);
+
+        if( pgszSrc<pgszDest ){
+          /* If the source page-size is smaller than the destination page-size,
+          ** two extra things may need to happen:
+          **
+          **   * The destination may need to be truncated, and
+          **
+          **   * Data stored on the pages immediately following the 
+          **     pending-byte page in the source database may need to be
+          **     copied into the destination database.
+          */
+          const i64 iSize = (i64)pgszSrc * (i64)nSrcPage;
+          sqlite3_file * const pFile = sqlite3PagerFile(pDestPager);
+          i64 iOff;
+          i64 iEnd;
+
+          assert( pFile );
+          assert( (i64)nDestTruncate*(i64)pgszDest >= iSize || (
+                nDestTruncate==(int)(PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pDest->pBt)-1)
+             && iSize>=PENDING_BYTE && iSize<=PENDING_BYTE+pgszDest
+          ));
+
+          /* This call ensures that all data required to recreate the original
+          ** database has been stored in the journal for pDestPager and the
+          ** journal synced to disk. So at this point we may safely modify
+          ** the database file in any way, knowing that if a power failure
+          ** occurs, the original database will be reconstructed from the 
+          ** journal file.  */
+          rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(pDestPager, 0, 1);
+
+          /* Write the extra pages and truncate the database file as required */
+          iEnd = MIN(PENDING_BYTE + pgszDest, iSize);
+          for(
+            iOff=PENDING_BYTE+pgszSrc; 
+            rc==SQLITE_OK && iOff<iEnd; 
+            iOff+=pgszSrc
+          ){
+            PgHdr *pSrcPg = 0;
+            const Pgno iSrcPg = (Pgno)((iOff/pgszSrc)+1);
+            rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pSrcPager, iSrcPg, &pSrcPg);
+            if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+              u8 *zData = sqlite3PagerGetData(pSrcPg);
+              rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pFile, zData, pgszSrc, iOff);
+            }
+            sqlite3PagerUnref(pSrcPg);
+          }
+          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+            rc = backupTruncateFile(pFile, iSize);
+          }
+
+          /* Sync the database file to disk. */
+          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+            rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pDestPager);
+          }
+        }else{
+          rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(pDestPager, 0, 0);
+        }
+    
+        /* Finish committing the transaction to the destination database. */
+        if( SQLITE_OK==rc
+         && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(p->pDest, 0))
+        ){
+          rc = SQLITE_DONE;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  
+    /* If bCloseTrans is true, then this function opened a read transaction
+    ** on the source database. Close the read transaction here. There is
+    ** no need to check the return values of the btree methods here, as
+    ** "committing" a read-only transaction cannot fail.
+    */
+    if( bCloseTrans ){
+      TESTONLY( int rc2 );
+      TESTONLY( rc2  = ) sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(p->pSrc, 0);
+      TESTONLY( rc2 |= ) sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(p->pSrc, 0);
+      assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK );
+    }
+  
+    if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    p->rc = rc;
+  }
+  if( p->pDestDb ){
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pDestDb->mutex);
+  }
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p->pSrc);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pSrcDb->mutex);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Release all resources associated with an sqlite3_backup* handle.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_finish(sqlite3_backup *p){
+  sqlite3_backup **pp;                 /* Ptr to head of pagers backup list */
+  sqlite3 *pSrcDb;                     /* Source database connection */
+  int rc;                              /* Value to return */
+
+  /* Enter the mutexes */
+  if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  pSrcDb = p->pSrcDb;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pSrcDb->mutex);
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p->pSrc);
+  if( p->pDestDb ){
+    sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pDestDb->mutex);
+  }
+
+  /* Detach this backup from the source pager. */
+  if( p->pDestDb ){
+    p->pSrc->nBackup--;
+  }
+  if( p->isAttached ){
+    pp = sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(sqlite3BtreePager(p->pSrc));
+    while( *pp!=p ){
+      pp = &(*pp)->pNext;
+    }
+    *pp = p->pNext;
+  }
+
+  /* If a transaction is still open on the Btree, roll it back. */
+  sqlite3BtreeRollback(p->pDest, SQLITE_OK);
+
+  /* Set the error code of the destination database handle. */
+  rc = (p->rc==SQLITE_DONE) ? SQLITE_OK : p->rc;
+  sqlite3Error(p->pDestDb, rc, 0);
+
+  /* Exit the mutexes and free the backup context structure. */
+  if( p->pDestDb ){
+    sqlite3LeaveMutexAndCloseZombie(p->pDestDb);
+  }
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p->pSrc);
+  if( p->pDestDb ){
+    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-64852-21591 The sqlite3_backup object is created by a
+    ** call to sqlite3_backup_init() and is destroyed by a call to
+    ** sqlite3_backup_finish(). */
+    sqlite3_free(p);
+  }
+  sqlite3LeaveMutexAndCloseZombie(pSrcDb);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of pages still to be backed up as of the most recent
+** call to sqlite3_backup_step().
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_remaining(sqlite3_backup *p){
+  return p->nRemaining;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the total number of pages in the source database as of the most 
+** recent call to sqlite3_backup_step().
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p){
+  return p->nPagecount;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called after the contents of page iPage of the
+** source database have been modified. If page iPage has already been 
+** copied into the destination database, then the data written to the
+** destination is now invalidated. The destination copy of iPage needs
+** to be updated with the new data before the backup operation is
+** complete.
+**
+** It is assumed that the mutex associated with the BtShared object
+** corresponding to the source database is held when this function is
+** called.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BackupUpdate(sqlite3_backup *pBackup, Pgno iPage, const u8 *aData){
+  sqlite3_backup *p;                   /* Iterator variable */
+  for(p=pBackup; p; p=p->pNext){
+    assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pSrc->pBt->mutex) );
+    if( !isFatalError(p->rc) && iPage<p->iNext ){
+      /* The backup process p has already copied page iPage. But now it
+      ** has been modified by a transaction on the source pager. Copy
+      ** the new data into the backup.
+      */
+      int rc;
+      assert( p->pDestDb );
+      sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pDestDb->mutex);
+      rc = backupOnePage(p, iPage, aData);
+      sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pDestDb->mutex);
+      assert( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY && rc!=SQLITE_LOCKED );
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        p->rc = rc;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Restart the backup process. This is called when the pager layer
+** detects that the database has been modified by an external database
+** connection. In this case there is no way of knowing which of the
+** pages that have been copied into the destination database are still 
+** valid and which are not, so the entire process needs to be restarted.
+**
+** It is assumed that the mutex associated with the BtShared object
+** corresponding to the source database is held when this function is
+** called.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BackupRestart(sqlite3_backup *pBackup){
+  sqlite3_backup *p;                   /* Iterator variable */
+  for(p=pBackup; p; p=p->pNext){
+    assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pSrc->pBt->mutex) );
+    p->iNext = 1;
+  }
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM
+/*
+** Copy the complete content of pBtFrom into pBtTo.  A transaction
+** must be active for both files.
+**
+** The size of file pTo may be reduced by this operation. If anything 
+** goes wrong, the transaction on pTo is rolled back. If successful, the 
+** transaction is committed before returning.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(Btree *pTo, Btree *pFrom){
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3_file *pFd;              /* File descriptor for database pTo */
+  sqlite3_backup b;
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(pTo);
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(pFrom);
+
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pTo) );
+  pFd = sqlite3PagerFile(sqlite3BtreePager(pTo));
+  if( pFd->pMethods ){
+    i64 nByte = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pFrom)*(i64)sqlite3BtreeLastPage(pFrom);
+    rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pFd, SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE, &nByte);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    if( rc ) goto copy_finished;
+  }
+
+  /* Set up an sqlite3_backup object. sqlite3_backup.pDestDb must be set
+  ** to 0. This is used by the implementations of sqlite3_backup_step()
+  ** and sqlite3_backup_finish() to detect that they are being called
+  ** from this function, not directly by the user.
+  */
+  memset(&b, 0, sizeof(b));
+  b.pSrcDb = pFrom->db;
+  b.pSrc = pFrom;
+  b.pDest = pTo;
+  b.iNext = 1;
+
+  /* 0x7FFFFFFF is the hard limit for the number of pages in a database
+  ** file. By passing this as the number of pages to copy to
+  ** sqlite3_backup_step(), we can guarantee that the copy finishes 
+  ** within a single call (unless an error occurs). The assert() statement
+  ** checks this assumption - (p->rc) should be set to either SQLITE_DONE 
+  ** or an error code.
+  */
+  sqlite3_backup_step(&b, 0x7FFFFFFF);
+  assert( b.rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+  rc = sqlite3_backup_finish(&b);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    pTo->pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED;
+  }else{
+    sqlite3PagerClearCache(sqlite3BtreePager(b.pDest));
+  }
+
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pTo)==0 );
+copy_finished:
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(pFrom);
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(pTo);
+  return rc;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM */
+
+/************** End of backup.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file vdbemem.c *****************************************/
+/*
+** 2004 May 26
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains code use to manipulate "Mem" structure.  A "Mem"
+** stores a single value in the VDBE.  Mem is an opaque structure visible
+** only within the VDBE.  Interface routines refer to a Mem using the
+** name sqlite_value
+*/
+
+/*
+** If pMem is an object with a valid string representation, this routine
+** ensures the internal encoding for the string representation is
+** 'desiredEnc', one of SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE.
+**
+** If pMem is not a string object, or the encoding of the string
+** representation is already stored using the requested encoding, then this
+** routine is a no-op.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if the conversion is successful (or not required).
+** SQLITE_NOMEM may be returned if a malloc() fails during conversion
+** between formats.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(Mem *pMem, int desiredEnc){
+  int rc;
+  assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+  assert( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8 || desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF16LE
+           || desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF16BE );
+  if( !(pMem->flags&MEM_Str) || pMem->enc==desiredEnc ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+  return SQLITE_ERROR;
+#else
+
+  /* MemTranslate() may return SQLITE_OK or SQLITE_NOMEM. If NOMEM is returned,
+  ** then the encoding of the value may not have changed.
+  */
+  rc = sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(pMem, (u8)desiredEnc);
+  assert(rc==SQLITE_OK    || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM);
+  assert(rc==SQLITE_OK    || pMem->enc!=desiredEnc);
+  assert(rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || pMem->enc==desiredEnc);
+  return rc;
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Make sure pMem->z points to a writable allocation of at least 
+** n bytes.
+**
+** If the third argument passed to this function is true, then memory
+** cell pMem must contain a string or blob. In this case the content is
+** preserved. Otherwise, if the third parameter to this function is false,
+** any current string or blob value may be discarded.
+**
+** This function sets the MEM_Dyn flag and clears any xDel callback.
+** It also clears MEM_Ephem and MEM_Static. If the preserve flag is 
+** not set, Mem.n is zeroed.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(Mem *pMem, int n, int preserve){
+  assert( 1 >=
+    ((pMem->zMalloc && pMem->zMalloc==pMem->z) ? 1 : 0) +
+    (((pMem->flags&MEM_Dyn)&&pMem->xDel) ? 1 : 0) + 
+    ((pMem->flags&MEM_Ephem) ? 1 : 0) + 
+    ((pMem->flags&MEM_Static) ? 1 : 0)
+  );
+  assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+
+  /* If the preserve flag is set to true, then the memory cell must already
+  ** contain a valid string or blob value.  */
+  assert( preserve==0 || pMem->flags&(MEM_Blob|MEM_Str) );
+
+  if( n<32 ) n = 32;
+  if( sqlite3DbMallocSize(pMem->db, pMem->zMalloc)<n ){
+    if( preserve && pMem->z==pMem->zMalloc ){
+      pMem->z = pMem->zMalloc = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(pMem->db, pMem->z, n);
+      preserve = 0;
+    }else{
+      sqlite3DbFree(pMem->db, pMem->zMalloc);
+      pMem->zMalloc = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pMem->db, n);
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( pMem->z && preserve && pMem->zMalloc && pMem->z!=pMem->zMalloc ){
+    memcpy(pMem->zMalloc, pMem->z, pMem->n);
+  }
+  if( pMem->flags&MEM_Dyn && pMem->xDel ){
+    assert( pMem->xDel!=SQLITE_DYNAMIC );
+    pMem->xDel((void *)(pMem->z));
+  }
+
+  pMem->z = pMem->zMalloc;
+  if( pMem->z==0 ){
+    pMem->flags = MEM_Null;
+  }else{
+    pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static);
+  }
+  pMem->xDel = 0;
+  return (pMem->z ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_NOMEM);
+}
+
+/*
+** Make the given Mem object MEM_Dyn.  In other words, make it so
+** that any TEXT or BLOB content is stored in memory obtained from
+** malloc().  In this way, we know that the memory is safe to be
+** overwritten or altered.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK on success or SQLITE_NOMEM if malloc fails.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(Mem *pMem){
+  int f;
+  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+  assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+  ExpandBlob(pMem);
+  f = pMem->flags;
+  if( (f&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob)) && pMem->z!=pMem->zMalloc ){
+    if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, pMem->n + 2, 1) ){
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    pMem->z[pMem->n] = 0;
+    pMem->z[pMem->n+1] = 0;
+    pMem->flags |= MEM_Term;
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+    pMem->pScopyFrom = 0;
+#endif
+  }
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** If the given Mem* has a zero-filled tail, turn it into an ordinary
+** blob stored in dynamically allocated space.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(Mem *pMem){
+  if( pMem->flags & MEM_Zero ){
+    int nByte;
+    assert( pMem->flags&MEM_Blob );
+    assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+    assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+
+    /* Set nByte to the number of bytes required to store the expanded blob. */
+    nByte = pMem->n + pMem->u.nZero;
+    if( nByte<=0 ){
+      nByte = 1;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nByte, 1) ){
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+
+    memset(&pMem->z[pMem->n], 0, pMem->u.nZero);
+    pMem->n += pMem->u.nZero;
+    pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Zero|MEM_Term);
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Make sure the given Mem is \u0000 terminated.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(Mem *pMem){
+  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+  if( (pMem->flags & MEM_Term)!=0 || (pMem->flags & MEM_Str)==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;   /* Nothing to do */
+  }
+  if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, pMem->n+2, 1) ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  pMem->z[pMem->n] = 0;
+  pMem->z[pMem->n+1] = 0;
+  pMem->flags |= MEM_Term;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Add MEM_Str to the set of representations for the given Mem.  Numbers
+** are converted using sqlite3_snprintf().  Converting a BLOB to a string
+** is a no-op.
+**
+** Existing representations MEM_Int and MEM_Real are *not* invalidated.
+**
+** A MEM_Null value will never be passed to this function. This function is
+** used for converting values to text for returning to the user (i.e. via
+** sqlite3_value_text()), or for ensuring that values to be used as btree
+** keys are strings. In the former case a NULL pointer is returned the
+** user and the later is an internal programming error.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(Mem *pMem, int enc){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int fg = pMem->flags;
+  const int nByte = 32;
+
+  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+  assert( !(fg&MEM_Zero) );
+  assert( !(fg&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob)) );
+  assert( fg&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real) );
+  assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );
+
+
+  if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nByte, 0) ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+
+  /* For a Real or Integer, use sqlite3_mprintf() to produce the UTF-8
+  ** string representation of the value. Then, if the required encoding
+  ** is UTF-16le or UTF-16be do a translation.
+  ** 
+  ** FIX ME: It would be better if sqlite3_snprintf() could do UTF-16.
+  */
+  if( fg & MEM_Int ){
+    sqlite3_snprintf(nByte, pMem->z, "%lld", pMem->u.i);
+  }else{
+    assert( fg & MEM_Real );
+    sqlite3_snprintf(nByte, pMem->z, "%!.15g", pMem->r);
+  }
+  pMem->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pMem->z);
+  pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+  pMem->flags |= MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pMem, enc);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Memory cell pMem contains the context of an aggregate function.
+** This routine calls the finalize method for that function.  The
+** result of the aggregate is stored back into pMem.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_ERROR if the finalizer reports an error.  SQLITE_OK
+** otherwise.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(Mem *pMem, FuncDef *pFunc){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( ALWAYS(pFunc && pFunc->xFinalize) ){
+    sqlite3_context ctx;
+    assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Null)!=0 || pFunc==pMem->u.pDef );
+    assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+    memset(&ctx, 0, sizeof(ctx));
+    ctx.s.flags = MEM_Null;
+    ctx.s.db = pMem->db;
+    ctx.pMem = pMem;
+    ctx.pFunc = pFunc;
+    pFunc->xFinalize(&ctx); /* IMP: R-24505-23230 */
+    assert( 0==(pMem->flags&MEM_Dyn) && !pMem->xDel );
+    sqlite3DbFree(pMem->db, pMem->zMalloc);
+    memcpy(pMem, &ctx.s, sizeof(ctx.s));
+    rc = ctx.isError;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** If the memory cell contains a string value that must be freed by
+** invoking an external callback, free it now. Calling this function
+** does not free any Mem.zMalloc buffer.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(Mem *p){
+  assert( p->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+  if( p->flags&MEM_Agg ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(p, p->u.pDef);
+    assert( (p->flags & MEM_Agg)==0 );
+    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(p);
+  }else if( p->flags&MEM_Dyn && p->xDel ){
+    assert( (p->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+    assert( p->xDel!=SQLITE_DYNAMIC );
+    p->xDel((void *)p->z);
+    p->xDel = 0;
+  }else if( p->flags&MEM_RowSet ){
+    sqlite3RowSetClear(p->u.pRowSet);
+  }else if( p->flags&MEM_Frame ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(p);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Release any memory held by the Mem. This may leave the Mem in an
+** inconsistent state, for example with (Mem.z==0) and
+** (Mem.type==SQLITE_TEXT).
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(Mem *p){
+  VdbeMemRelease(p);
+  sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p->zMalloc);
+  p->z = 0;
+  p->zMalloc = 0;
+  p->xDel = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert a 64-bit IEEE double into a 64-bit signed integer.
+** If the double is too large, return 0x8000000000000000.
+**
+** Most systems appear to do this simply by assigning
+** variables and without the extra range tests.  But
+** there are reports that windows throws an expection
+** if the floating point value is out of range. (See ticket #2880.)
+** Because we do not completely understand the problem, we will
+** take the conservative approach and always do range tests
+** before attempting the conversion.
+*/
+static i64 doubleToInt64(double r){
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+  /* When floating-point is omitted, double and int64 are the same thing */
+  return r;
+#else
+  /*
+  ** Many compilers we encounter do not define constants for the
+  ** minimum and maximum 64-bit integers, or they define them
+  ** inconsistently.  And many do not understand the "LL" notation.
+  ** So we define our own static constants here using nothing
+  ** larger than a 32-bit integer constant.
+  */
+  static const i64 maxInt = LARGEST_INT64;
+  static const i64 minInt = SMALLEST_INT64;
+
+  if( r<(double)minInt ){
+    return minInt;
+  }else if( r>(double)maxInt ){
+    /* minInt is correct here - not maxInt.  It turns out that assigning
+    ** a very large positive number to an integer results in a very large
+    ** negative integer.  This makes no sense, but it is what x86 hardware
+    ** does so for compatibility we will do the same in software. */
+    return minInt;
+  }else{
+    return (i64)r;
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Return some kind of integer value which is the best we can do
+** at representing the value that *pMem describes as an integer.
+** If pMem is an integer, then the value is exact.  If pMem is
+** a floating-point then the value returned is the integer part.
+** If pMem is a string or blob, then we make an attempt to convert
+** it into a integer and return that.  If pMem represents an
+** an SQL-NULL value, return 0.
+**
+** If pMem represents a string value, its encoding might be changed.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3VdbeIntValue(Mem *pMem){
+  int flags;
+  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );
+  flags = pMem->flags;
+  if( flags & MEM_Int ){
+    return pMem->u.i;
+  }else if( flags & MEM_Real ){
+    return doubleToInt64(pMem->r);
+  }else if( flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
+    i64 value = 0;
+    assert( pMem->z || pMem->n==0 );
+    testcase( pMem->z==0 );
+    sqlite3Atoi64(pMem->z, &value, pMem->n, pMem->enc);
+    return value;
+  }else{
+    return 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the best representation of pMem that we can get into a
+** double.  If pMem is already a double or an integer, return its
+** value.  If it is a string or blob, try to convert it to a double.
+** If it is a NULL, return 0.0.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE double sqlite3VdbeRealValue(Mem *pMem){
+  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );
+  if( pMem->flags & MEM_Real ){
+    return pMem->r;
+  }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Int ){
+    return (double)pMem->u.i;
+  }else if( pMem->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
+    /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */
+    double val = (double)0;
+    sqlite3AtoF(pMem->z, &val, pMem->n, pMem->enc);
+    return val;
+  }else{
+    /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */
+    return (double)0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** The MEM structure is already a MEM_Real.  Try to also make it a
+** MEM_Int if we can.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(Mem *pMem){
+  assert( pMem->flags & MEM_Real );
+  assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );
+
+  pMem->u.i = doubleToInt64(pMem->r);
+
+  /* Only mark the value as an integer if
+  **
+  **    (1) the round-trip conversion real->int->real is a no-op, and
+  **    (2) The integer is neither the largest nor the smallest
+  **        possible integer (ticket #3922)
+  **
+  ** The second and third terms in the following conditional enforces
+  ** the second condition under the assumption that addition overflow causes
+  ** values to wrap around.  On x86 hardware, the third term is always
+  ** true and could be omitted.  But we leave it in because other
+  ** architectures might behave differently.
+  */
+  if( pMem->r==(double)pMem->u.i
+   && pMem->u.i>SMALLEST_INT64
+#if defined(__i486__) || defined(__x86_64__)
+   && ALWAYS(pMem->u.i<LARGEST_INT64)
+#else
+   && pMem->u.i<LARGEST_INT64
+#endif
+  ){
+    pMem->flags |= MEM_Int;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert pMem to type integer.  Invalidate any prior representations.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(Mem *pMem){
+  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+  assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );
+
+  pMem->u.i = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pMem);
+  MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Int);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert pMem so that it is of type MEM_Real.
+** Invalidate any prior representations.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(Mem *pMem){
+  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );
+
+  pMem->r = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pMem);
+  MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Real);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert pMem so that it has types MEM_Real or MEM_Int or both.
+** Invalidate any prior representations.
+**
+** Every effort is made to force the conversion, even if the input
+** is a string that does not look completely like a number.  Convert
+** as much of the string as we can and ignore the rest.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(Mem *pMem){
+  if( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Null))==0 ){
+    assert( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str))!=0 );
+    assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+    if( 0==sqlite3Atoi64(pMem->z, &pMem->u.i, pMem->n, pMem->enc) ){
+      MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Int);
+    }else{
+      pMem->r = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pMem);
+      MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Real);
+      sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pMem);
+    }
+  }
+  assert( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Null))!=0 );
+  pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to NULL.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(Mem *pMem){
+  if( pMem->flags & MEM_Frame ){
+    VdbeFrame *pFrame = pMem->u.pFrame;
+    pFrame->pParent = pFrame->v->pDelFrame;
+    pFrame->v->pDelFrame = pFrame;
+  }
+  if( pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet ){
+    sqlite3RowSetClear(pMem->u.pRowSet);
+  }
+  MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Null);
+  pMem->type = SQLITE_NULL;
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete any previous value and set the value to be a BLOB of length
+** n containing all zeros.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(Mem *pMem, int n){
+  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
+  pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Zero;
+  pMem->type = SQLITE_BLOB;
+  pMem->n = 0;
+  if( n<0 ) n = 0;
+  pMem->u.nZero = n;
+  pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
+  sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, n, 0);
+  if( pMem->z ){
+    pMem->n = n;
+    memset(pMem->z, 0, n);
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to val,
+** manifest type INTEGER.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(Mem *pMem, i64 val){
+  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
+  pMem->u.i = val;
+  pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+  pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+/*
+** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to val,
+** manifest type REAL.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(Mem *pMem, double val){
+  if( sqlite3IsNaN(val) ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pMem);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
+    pMem->r = val;
+    pMem->flags = MEM_Real;
+    pMem->type = SQLITE_FLOAT;
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Delete any previous value and set the value of pMem to be an
+** empty boolean index.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetRowSet(Mem *pMem){
+  sqlite3 *db = pMem->db;
+  assert( db!=0 );
+  assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
+  pMem->zMalloc = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, 64);
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    pMem->flags = MEM_Null;
+  }else{
+    assert( pMem->zMalloc );
+    pMem->u.pRowSet = sqlite3RowSetInit(db, pMem->zMalloc, 
+                                       sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, pMem->zMalloc));
+    assert( pMem->u.pRowSet!=0 );
+    pMem->flags = MEM_RowSet;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return true if the Mem object contains a TEXT or BLOB that is
+** too large - whose size exceeds SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(Mem *p){
+  assert( p->db!=0 );
+  if( p->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
+    int n = p->n;
+    if( p->flags & MEM_Zero ){
+      n += p->u.nZero;
+    }
+    return n>p->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH];
+  }
+  return 0; 
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+/*
+** This routine prepares a memory cell for modication by breaking
+** its link to a shallow copy and by marking any current shallow
+** copies of this cell as invalid.
+**
+** This is used for testing and debugging only - to make sure shallow
+** copies are not misused.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemAboutToChange(Vdbe *pVdbe, Mem *pMem){
+  int i;
+  Mem *pX;
+  for(i=1, pX=&pVdbe->aMem[1]; i<=pVdbe->nMem; i++, pX++){
+    if( pX->pScopyFrom==pMem ){
+      pX->flags |= MEM_Invalid;
+      pX->pScopyFrom = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  pMem->pScopyFrom = 0;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
+
+/*
+** Size of struct Mem not including the Mem.zMalloc member.
+*/
+#define MEMCELLSIZE (size_t)(&(((Mem *)0)->zMalloc))
+
+/*
+** Make an shallow copy of pFrom into pTo.  Prior contents of
+** pTo are freed.  The pFrom->z field is not duplicated.  If
+** pFrom->z is used, then pTo->z points to the same thing as pFrom->z
+** and flags gets srcType (either MEM_Ephem or MEM_Static).
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(Mem *pTo, const Mem *pFrom, int srcType){
+  assert( (pFrom->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+  VdbeMemRelease(pTo);
+  memcpy(pTo, pFrom, MEMCELLSIZE);
+  pTo->xDel = 0;
+  if( (pFrom->flags&MEM_Static)==0 ){
+    pTo->flags &= ~(MEM_Dyn|MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem);
+    assert( srcType==MEM_Ephem || srcType==MEM_Static );
+    pTo->flags |= srcType;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Make a full copy of pFrom into pTo.  Prior contents of pTo are
+** freed before the copy is made.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(Mem *pTo, const Mem *pFrom){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  assert( (pFrom->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+  VdbeMemRelease(pTo);
+  memcpy(pTo, pFrom, MEMCELLSIZE);
+  pTo->flags &= ~MEM_Dyn;
+
+  if( pTo->flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
+    if( 0==(pFrom->flags&MEM_Static) ){
+      pTo->flags |= MEM_Ephem;
+      rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pTo);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Transfer the contents of pFrom to pTo. Any existing value in pTo is
+** freed. If pFrom contains ephemeral data, a copy is made.
+**
+** pFrom contains an SQL NULL when this routine returns.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemMove(Mem *pTo, Mem *pFrom){
+  assert( pFrom->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pFrom->db->mutex) );
+  assert( pTo->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pTo->db->mutex) );
+  assert( pFrom->db==0 || pTo->db==0 || pFrom->db==pTo->db );
+
+  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pTo);
+  memcpy(pTo, pFrom, sizeof(Mem));
+  pFrom->flags = MEM_Null;
+  pFrom->xDel = 0;
+  pFrom->zMalloc = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the value of a Mem to be a string or a BLOB.
+**
+** The memory management strategy depends on the value of the xDel
+** parameter. If the value passed is SQLITE_TRANSIENT, then the 
+** string is copied into a (possibly existing) buffer managed by the 
+** Mem structure. Otherwise, any existing buffer is freed and the
+** pointer copied.
+**
+** If the string is too large (if it exceeds the SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH
+** size limit) then no memory allocation occurs.  If the string can be
+** stored without allocating memory, then it is.  If a memory allocation
+** is required to store the string, then value of pMem is unchanged.  In
+** either case, SQLITE_TOOBIG is returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(
+  Mem *pMem,          /* Memory cell to set to string value */
+  const char *z,      /* String pointer */
+  int n,              /* Bytes in string, or negative */
+  u8 enc,             /* Encoding of z.  0 for BLOBs */
+  void (*xDel)(void*) /* Destructor function */
+){
+  int nByte = n;      /* New value for pMem->n */
+  int iLimit;         /* Maximum allowed string or blob size */
+  u16 flags = 0;      /* New value for pMem->flags */
+
+  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+  assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+
+  /* If z is a NULL pointer, set pMem to contain an SQL NULL. */
+  if( !z ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pMem);
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  if( pMem->db ){
+    iLimit = pMem->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH];
+  }else{
+    iLimit = SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH;
+  }
+  flags = (enc==0?MEM_Blob:MEM_Str);
+  if( nByte<0 ){
+    assert( enc!=0 );
+    if( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){
+      for(nByte=0; nByte<=iLimit && z[nByte]; nByte++){}
+    }else{
+      for(nByte=0; nByte<=iLimit && (z[nByte] | z[nByte+1]); nByte+=2){}
+    }
+    flags |= MEM_Term;
+  }
+
+  /* The following block sets the new values of Mem.z and Mem.xDel. It
+  ** also sets a flag in local variable "flags" to indicate the memory
+  ** management (one of MEM_Dyn or MEM_Static).
+  */
+  if( xDel==SQLITE_TRANSIENT ){
+    int nAlloc = nByte;
+    if( flags&MEM_Term ){
+      nAlloc += (enc==SQLITE_UTF8?1:2);
+    }
+    if( nByte>iLimit ){
+      return SQLITE_TOOBIG;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nAlloc, 0) ){
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    memcpy(pMem->z, z, nAlloc);
+  }else if( xDel==SQLITE_DYNAMIC ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
+    pMem->zMalloc = pMem->z = (char *)z;
+    pMem->xDel = 0;
+  }else{
+    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
+    pMem->z = (char *)z;
+    pMem->xDel = xDel;
+    flags |= ((xDel==SQLITE_STATIC)?MEM_Static:MEM_Dyn);
+  }
+
+  pMem->n = nByte;
+  pMem->flags = flags;
+  pMem->enc = (enc==0 ? SQLITE_UTF8 : enc);
+  pMem->type = (enc==0 ? SQLITE_BLOB : SQLITE_TEXT);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+  if( pMem->enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 && sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom(pMem) ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  if( nByte>iLimit ){
+    return SQLITE_TOOBIG;
+  }
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compare the values contained by the two memory cells, returning
+** negative, zero or positive if pMem1 is less than, equal to, or greater
+** than pMem2. Sorting order is NULL's first, followed by numbers (integers
+** and reals) sorted numerically, followed by text ordered by the collating
+** sequence pColl and finally blob's ordered by memcmp().
+**
+** Two NULL values are considered equal by this function.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemCompare(const Mem *pMem1, const Mem *pMem2, const CollSeq *pColl){
+  int rc;
+  int f1, f2;
+  int combined_flags;
+
+  f1 = pMem1->flags;
+  f2 = pMem2->flags;
+  combined_flags = f1|f2;
+  assert( (combined_flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+ 
+  /* If one value is NULL, it is less than the other. If both values
+  ** are NULL, return 0.
+  */
+  if( combined_flags&MEM_Null ){
+    return (f2&MEM_Null) - (f1&MEM_Null);
+  }
+
+  /* If one value is a number and the other is not, the number is less.
+  ** If both are numbers, compare as reals if one is a real, or as integers
+  ** if both values are integers.
+  */
+  if( combined_flags&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real) ){
+    if( !(f1&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real)) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    if( !(f2&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real)) ){
+      return -1;
+    }
+    if( (f1 & f2 & MEM_Int)==0 ){
+      double r1, r2;
+      if( (f1&MEM_Real)==0 ){
+        r1 = (double)pMem1->u.i;
+      }else{
+        r1 = pMem1->r;
+      }
+      if( (f2&MEM_Real)==0 ){
+        r2 = (double)pMem2->u.i;
+      }else{
+        r2 = pMem2->r;
+      }
+      if( r1<r2 ) return -1;
+      if( r1>r2 ) return 1;
+      return 0;
+    }else{
+      assert( f1&MEM_Int );
+      assert( f2&MEM_Int );
+      if( pMem1->u.i < pMem2->u.i ) return -1;
+      if( pMem1->u.i > pMem2->u.i ) return 1;
+      return 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If one value is a string and the other is a blob, the string is less.
+  ** If both are strings, compare using the collating functions.
+  */
+  if( combined_flags&MEM_Str ){
+    if( (f1 & MEM_Str)==0 ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    if( (f2 & MEM_Str)==0 ){
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+    assert( pMem1->enc==pMem2->enc );
+    assert( pMem1->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 || 
+            pMem1->enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE || pMem1->enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE );
+
+    /* The collation sequence must be defined at this point, even if
+    ** the user deletes the collation sequence after the vdbe program is
+    ** compiled (this was not always the case).
+    */
+    assert( !pColl || pColl->xCmp );
+
+    if( pColl ){
+      if( pMem1->enc==pColl->enc ){
+        /* The strings are already in the correct encoding.  Call the
+        ** comparison function directly */
+        return pColl->xCmp(pColl->pUser,pMem1->n,pMem1->z,pMem2->n,pMem2->z);
+      }else{
+        const void *v1, *v2;
+        int n1, n2;
+        Mem c1;
+        Mem c2;
+        memset(&c1, 0, sizeof(c1));
+        memset(&c2, 0, sizeof(c2));
+        sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(&c1, pMem1, MEM_Ephem);
+        sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(&c2, pMem2, MEM_Ephem);
+        v1 = sqlite3ValueText((sqlite3_value*)&c1, pColl->enc);
+        n1 = v1==0 ? 0 : c1.n;
+        v2 = sqlite3ValueText((sqlite3_value*)&c2, pColl->enc);
+        n2 = v2==0 ? 0 : c2.n;
+        rc = pColl->xCmp(pColl->pUser, n1, v1, n2, v2);
+        sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&c1);
+        sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&c2);
+        return rc;
+      }
+    }
+    /* If a NULL pointer was passed as the collate function, fall through
+    ** to the blob case and use memcmp().  */
+  }
+ 
+  /* Both values must be blobs.  Compare using memcmp().  */
+  rc = memcmp(pMem1->z, pMem2->z, (pMem1->n>pMem2->n)?pMem2->n:pMem1->n);
+  if( rc==0 ){
+    rc = pMem1->n - pMem2->n;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Move data out of a btree key or data field and into a Mem structure.
+** The data or key is taken from the entry that pCur is currently pointing
+** to.  offset and amt determine what portion of the data or key to retrieve.
+** key is true to get the key or false to get data.  The result is written
+** into the pMem element.
+**
+** The pMem structure is assumed to be uninitialized.  Any prior content
+** is overwritten without being freed.
+**
+** If this routine fails for any reason (malloc returns NULL or unable
+** to read from the disk) then the pMem is left in an inconsistent state.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(
+  BtCursor *pCur,   /* Cursor pointing at record to retrieve. */
+  int offset,       /* Offset from the start of data to return bytes from. */
+  int amt,          /* Number of bytes to return. */
+  int key,          /* If true, retrieve from the btree key, not data. */
+  Mem *pMem         /* OUT: Return data in this Mem structure. */
+){
+  char *zData;        /* Data from the btree layer */
+  int available = 0;  /* Number of bytes available on the local btree page */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
+
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCur) );
+
+  /* Note: the calls to BtreeKeyFetch() and DataFetch() below assert() 
+  ** that both the BtShared and database handle mutexes are held. */
+  assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+  if( key ){
+    zData = (char *)sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(pCur, &available);
+  }else{
+    zData = (char *)sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(pCur, &available);
+  }
+  assert( zData!=0 );
+
+  if( offset+amt<=available && (pMem->flags&MEM_Dyn)==0 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
+    pMem->z = &zData[offset];
+    pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Ephem;
+  }else if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, amt+2, 0)) ){
+    pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Dyn|MEM_Term;
+    pMem->enc = 0;
+    pMem->type = SQLITE_BLOB;
+    if( key ){
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(pCur, offset, amt, pMem->z);
+    }else{
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeData(pCur, offset, amt, pMem->z);
+    }
+    pMem->z[amt] = 0;
+    pMem->z[amt+1] = 0;
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
+    }
+  }
+  pMem->n = amt;
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* This function is only available internally, it is not part of the
+** external API. It works in a similar way to sqlite3_value_text(),
+** except the data returned is in the encoding specified by the second
+** parameter, which must be one of SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_UTF16LE or
+** SQLITE_UTF8.
+**
+** (2006-02-16:)  The enc value can be or-ed with SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED.
+** If that is the case, then the result must be aligned on an even byte
+** boundary.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3ValueText(sqlite3_value* pVal, u8 enc){
+  if( !pVal ) return 0;
+
+  assert( pVal->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pVal->db->mutex) );
+  assert( (enc&3)==(enc&~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) );
+  assert( (pVal->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+
+  if( pVal->flags&MEM_Null ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  assert( (MEM_Blob>>3) == MEM_Str );
+  pVal->flags |= (pVal->flags & MEM_Blob)>>3;
+  ExpandBlob(pVal);
+  if( pVal->flags&MEM_Str ){
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pVal, enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED);
+    if( (enc & SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED)!=0 && 1==(1&SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pVal->z)) ){
+      assert( (pVal->flags & (MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static))!=0 );
+      if( sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pVal)!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        return 0;
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(pVal); /* IMP: R-31275-44060 */
+  }else{
+    assert( (pVal->flags&MEM_Blob)==0 );
+    sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(pVal, enc);
+    assert( 0==(1&SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pVal->z)) );
+  }
+  assert(pVal->enc==(enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) || pVal->db==0
+              || pVal->db->mallocFailed );
+  if( pVal->enc==(enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) ){
+    return pVal->z;
+  }else{
+    return 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a new sqlite3_value object.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_value *sqlite3ValueNew(sqlite3 *db){
+  Mem *p = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*p));
+  if( p ){
+    p->flags = MEM_Null;
+    p->type = SQLITE_NULL;
+    p->db = db;
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a new sqlite3_value object, containing the value of pExpr.
+**
+** This only works for very simple expressions that consist of one constant
+** token (i.e. "5", "5.1", "'a string'"). If the expression can
+** be converted directly into a value, then the value is allocated and
+** a pointer written to *ppVal. The caller is responsible for deallocating
+** the value by passing it to sqlite3ValueFree() later on. If the expression
+** cannot be converted to a value, then *ppVal is set to NULL.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ValueFromExpr(
+  sqlite3 *db,              /* The database connection */
+  Expr *pExpr,              /* The expression to evaluate */
+  u8 enc,                   /* Encoding to use */
+  u8 affinity,              /* Affinity to use */
+  sqlite3_value **ppVal     /* Write the new value here */
+){
+  int op;
+  char *zVal = 0;
+  sqlite3_value *pVal = 0;
+  int negInt = 1;
+  const char *zNeg = "";
+
+  if( !pExpr ){
+    *ppVal = 0;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  op = pExpr->op;
+
+  /* op can only be TK_REGISTER if we have compiled with SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3.
+  ** The ifdef here is to enable us to achieve 100% branch test coverage even
+  ** when SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 is omitted.
+  */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3
+  if( op==TK_REGISTER ) op = pExpr->op2;
+#else
+  if( NEVER(op==TK_REGISTER) ) op = pExpr->op2;
+#endif
+
+  /* Handle negative integers in a single step.  This is needed in the
+  ** case when the value is -9223372036854775808.
+  */
+  if( op==TK_UMINUS
+   && (pExpr->pLeft->op==TK_INTEGER || pExpr->pLeft->op==TK_FLOAT) ){
+    pExpr = pExpr->pLeft;
+    op = pExpr->op;
+    negInt = -1;
+    zNeg = "-";
+  }
+
+  if( op==TK_STRING || op==TK_FLOAT || op==TK_INTEGER ){
+    pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(db);
+    if( pVal==0 ) goto no_mem;
+    if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ){
+      sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pVal, (i64)pExpr->u.iValue*negInt);
+    }else{
+      zVal = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s%s", zNeg, pExpr->u.zToken);
+      if( zVal==0 ) goto no_mem;
+      sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zVal, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
+      if( op==TK_FLOAT ) pVal->type = SQLITE_FLOAT;
+    }
+    if( (op==TK_INTEGER || op==TK_FLOAT ) && affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){
+      sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pVal, SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC, SQLITE_UTF8);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pVal, affinity, SQLITE_UTF8);
+    }
+    if( pVal->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real) ) pVal->flags &= ~MEM_Str;
+    if( enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pVal, enc);
+    }
+  }else if( op==TK_UMINUS ) {
+    /* This branch happens for multiple negative signs.  Ex: -(-5) */
+    if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3ValueFromExpr(db,pExpr->pLeft,enc,affinity,&pVal) ){
+      sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(pVal);
+      if( pVal->u.i==SMALLEST_INT64 ){
+        pVal->flags &= MEM_Int;
+        pVal->flags |= MEM_Real;
+        pVal->r = (double)LARGEST_INT64;
+      }else{
+        pVal->u.i = -pVal->u.i;
+      }
+      pVal->r = -pVal->r;
+      sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pVal, affinity, enc);
+    }
+  }else if( op==TK_NULL ){
+    pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(db);
+    if( pVal==0 ) goto no_mem;
+  }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL
+  else if( op==TK_BLOB ){
+    int nVal;
+    assert( pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='x' || pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='X' );
+    assert( pExpr->u.zToken[1]=='\'' );
+    pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(db);
+    if( !pVal ) goto no_mem;
+    zVal = &pExpr->u.zToken[2];
+    nVal = sqlite3Strlen30(zVal)-1;
+    assert( zVal[nVal]=='\'' );
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pVal, sqlite3HexToBlob(db, zVal, nVal), nVal/2,
+                         0, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  if( pVal ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemStoreType(pVal);
+  }
+  *ppVal = pVal;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+
+no_mem:
+  db->mallocFailed = 1;
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, zVal);
+  sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
+  *ppVal = 0;
+  return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the string value of an sqlite3_value object
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueSetStr(
+  sqlite3_value *v,     /* Value to be set */
+  int n,                /* Length of string z */
+  const void *z,        /* Text of the new string */
+  u8 enc,               /* Encoding to use */
+  void (*xDel)(void*)   /* Destructor for the string */
+){
+  if( v ) sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr((Mem *)v, z, n, enc, xDel);
+}
+
+/*
+** Free an sqlite3_value object
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueFree(sqlite3_value *v){
+  if( !v ) return;
+  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease((Mem *)v);
+  sqlite3DbFree(((Mem*)v)->db, v);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of bytes in the sqlite3_value object assuming
+** that it uses the encoding "enc"
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ValueBytes(sqlite3_value *pVal, u8 enc){
+  Mem *p = (Mem*)pVal;
+  if( (p->flags & MEM_Blob)!=0 || sqlite3ValueText(pVal, enc) ){
+    if( p->flags & MEM_Zero ){
+      return p->n + p->u.nZero;
+    }else{
+      return p->n;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/************** End of vdbemem.c *********************************************/
+/************** Begin file vdbeaux.c *****************************************/
+/*
+** 2003 September 6
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains code used for creating, destroying, and populating
+** a VDBE (or an "sqlite3_stmt" as it is known to the outside world.)  Prior
+** to version 2.8.7, all this code was combined into the vdbe.c source file.
+** But that file was getting too big so this subroutines were split out.
+*/
+
+
+
+/*
+** When debugging the code generator in a symbolic debugger, one can
+** set the sqlite3VdbeAddopTrace to 1 and all opcodes will be printed
+** as they are added to the instruction stream.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddopTrace = 0;
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Create a new virtual database engine.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Vdbe *sqlite3VdbeCreate(sqlite3 *db){
+  Vdbe *p;
+  p = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Vdbe) );
+  if( p==0 ) return 0;
+  p->db = db;
+  if( db->pVdbe ){
+    db->pVdbe->pPrev = p;
+  }
+  p->pNext = db->pVdbe;
+  p->pPrev = 0;
+  db->pVdbe = p;
+  p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_INIT;
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Remember the SQL string for a prepared statement.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetSql(Vdbe *p, const char *z, int n, int isPrepareV2){
+  assert( isPrepareV2==1 || isPrepareV2==0 );
+  if( p==0 ) return;
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
+  if( !isPrepareV2 ) return;
+#endif
+  assert( p->zSql==0 );
+  p->zSql = sqlite3DbStrNDup(p->db, z, n);
+  p->isPrepareV2 = (u8)isPrepareV2;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the SQL associated with a prepared statement
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+  return (p && p->isPrepareV2) ? p->zSql : 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Swap all content between two VDBE structures.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSwap(Vdbe *pA, Vdbe *pB){
+  Vdbe tmp, *pTmp;
+  char *zTmp;
+  tmp = *pA;
+  *pA = *pB;
+  *pB = tmp;
+  pTmp = pA->pNext;
+  pA->pNext = pB->pNext;
+  pB->pNext = pTmp;
+  pTmp = pA->pPrev;
+  pA->pPrev = pB->pPrev;
+  pB->pPrev = pTmp;
+  zTmp = pA->zSql;
+  pA->zSql = pB->zSql;
+  pB->zSql = zTmp;
+  pB->isPrepareV2 = pA->isPrepareV2;
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+/*
+** Turn tracing on or off
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeTrace(Vdbe *p, FILE *trace){
+  p->trace = trace;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Resize the Vdbe.aOp array so that it is at least one op larger than 
+** it was.
+**
+** If an out-of-memory error occurs while resizing the array, return
+** SQLITE_NOMEM. In this case Vdbe.aOp and Vdbe.nOpAlloc remain 
+** unchanged (this is so that any opcodes already allocated can be 
+** correctly deallocated along with the rest of the Vdbe).
+*/
+static int growOpArray(Vdbe *p){
+  VdbeOp *pNew;
+  int nNew = (p->nOpAlloc ? p->nOpAlloc*2 : (int)(1024/sizeof(Op)));
+  pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(p->db, p->aOp, nNew*sizeof(Op));
+  if( pNew ){
+    p->nOpAlloc = sqlite3DbMallocSize(p->db, pNew)/sizeof(Op);
+    p->aOp = pNew;
+  }
+  return (pNew ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_NOMEM);
+}
+
+/*
+** Add a new instruction to the list of instructions current in the
+** VDBE.  Return the address of the new instruction.
+**
+** Parameters:
+**
+**    p               Pointer to the VDBE
+**
+**    op              The opcode for this instruction
+**
+**    p1, p2, p3      Operands
+**
+** Use the sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel() function to fix an address and
+** the sqlite3VdbeChangeP4() function to change the value of the P4
+** operand.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(Vdbe *p, int op, int p1, int p2, int p3){
+  int i;
+  VdbeOp *pOp;
+
+  i = p->nOp;
+  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+  assert( op>0 && op<0xff );
+  if( p->nOpAlloc<=i ){
+    if( growOpArray(p) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+  }
+  p->nOp++;
+  pOp = &p->aOp[i];
+  pOp->opcode = (u8)op;
+  pOp->p5 = 0;
+  pOp->p1 = p1;
+  pOp->p2 = p2;
+  pOp->p3 = p3;
+  pOp->p4.p = 0;
+  pOp->p4type = P4_NOTUSED;
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  pOp->zComment = 0;
+  if( sqlite3VdbeAddopTrace ) sqlite3VdbePrintOp(0, i, &p->aOp[i]);
+#endif
+#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
+  pOp->cycles = 0;
+  pOp->cnt = 0;
+#endif
+  return i;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(Vdbe *p, int op){
+  return sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, 0, 0, 0);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(Vdbe *p, int op, int p1){
+  return sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, p1, 0, 0);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(Vdbe *p, int op, int p1, int p2){
+  return sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, p1, p2, 0);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Add an opcode that includes the p4 value as a pointer.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(
+  Vdbe *p,            /* Add the opcode to this VM */
+  int op,             /* The new opcode */
+  int p1,             /* The P1 operand */
+  int p2,             /* The P2 operand */
+  int p3,             /* The P3 operand */
+  const char *zP4,    /* The P4 operand */
+  int p4type          /* P4 operand type */
+){
+  int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, p1, p2, p3);
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(p, addr, zP4, p4type);
+  return addr;
+}
+
+/*
+** Add an OP_ParseSchema opcode.  This routine is broken out from
+** sqlite3VdbeAddOp4() since it needs to also needs to mark all btrees
+** as having been used.
+**
+** The zWhere string must have been obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
+** This routine will take ownership of the allocated memory.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(Vdbe *p, int iDb, char *zWhere){
+  int j;
+  int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, OP_ParseSchema, iDb, 0, 0);
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(p, addr, zWhere, P4_DYNAMIC);
+  for(j=0; j<p->db->nDb; j++) sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(p, j);
+}
+
+/*
+** Add an opcode that includes the p4 value as an integer.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(
+  Vdbe *p,            /* Add the opcode to this VM */
+  int op,             /* The new opcode */
+  int p1,             /* The P1 operand */
+  int p2,             /* The P2 operand */
+  int p3,             /* The P3 operand */
+  int p4              /* The P4 operand as an integer */
+){
+  int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, p1, p2, p3);
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(p, addr, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(p4), P4_INT32);
+  return addr;
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a new symbolic label for an instruction that has yet to be
+** coded.  The symbolic label is really just a negative number.  The
+** label can be used as the P2 value of an operation.  Later, when
+** the label is resolved to a specific address, the VDBE will scan
+** through its operation list and change all values of P2 which match
+** the label into the resolved address.
+**
+** The VDBE knows that a P2 value is a label because labels are
+** always negative and P2 values are suppose to be non-negative.
+** Hence, a negative P2 value is a label that has yet to be resolved.
+**
+** Zero is returned if a malloc() fails.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(Vdbe *p){
+  int i = p->nLabel++;
+  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+  if( (i & (i-1))==0 ){
+    p->aLabel = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(p->db, p->aLabel, 
+                                       (i*2+1)*sizeof(p->aLabel[0]));
+  }
+  if( p->aLabel ){
+    p->aLabel[i] = -1;
+  }
+  return -1-i;
+}
+
+/*
+** Resolve label "x" to be the address of the next instruction to
+** be inserted.  The parameter "x" must have been obtained from
+** a prior call to sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(Vdbe *p, int x){
+  int j = -1-x;
+  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+  assert( j>=0 && j<p->nLabel );
+  if( p->aLabel ){
+    p->aLabel[j] = p->nOp;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Mark the VDBE as one that can only be run one time.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRunOnlyOnce(Vdbe *p){
+  p->runOnlyOnce = 1;
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* sqlite3AssertMayAbort() logic */
+
+/*
+** The following type and function are used to iterate through all opcodes
+** in a Vdbe main program and each of the sub-programs (triggers) it may 
+** invoke directly or indirectly. It should be used as follows:
+**
+**   Op *pOp;
+**   VdbeOpIter sIter;
+**
+**   memset(&sIter, 0, sizeof(sIter));
+**   sIter.v = v;                            // v is of type Vdbe* 
+**   while( (pOp = opIterNext(&sIter)) ){
+**     // Do something with pOp
+**   }
+**   sqlite3DbFree(v->db, sIter.apSub);
+** 
+*/
+typedef struct VdbeOpIter VdbeOpIter;
+struct VdbeOpIter {
+  Vdbe *v;                   /* Vdbe to iterate through the opcodes of */
+  SubProgram **apSub;        /* Array of subprograms */
+  int nSub;                  /* Number of entries in apSub */
+  int iAddr;                 /* Address of next instruction to return */
+  int iSub;                  /* 0 = main program, 1 = first sub-program etc. */
+};
+static Op *opIterNext(VdbeOpIter *p){
+  Vdbe *v = p->v;
+  Op *pRet = 0;
+  Op *aOp;
+  int nOp;
+
+  if( p->iSub<=p->nSub ){
+
+    if( p->iSub==0 ){
+      aOp = v->aOp;
+      nOp = v->nOp;
+    }else{
+      aOp = p->apSub[p->iSub-1]->aOp;
+      nOp = p->apSub[p->iSub-1]->nOp;
+    }
+    assert( p->iAddr<nOp );
+
+    pRet = &aOp[p->iAddr];
+    p->iAddr++;
+    if( p->iAddr==nOp ){
+      p->iSub++;
+      p->iAddr = 0;
+    }
+  
+    if( pRet->p4type==P4_SUBPROGRAM ){
+      int nByte = (p->nSub+1)*sizeof(SubProgram*);
+      int j;
+      for(j=0; j<p->nSub; j++){
+        if( p->apSub[j]==pRet->p4.pProgram ) break;
+      }
+      if( j==p->nSub ){
+        p->apSub = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(v->db, p->apSub, nByte);
+        if( !p->apSub ){
+          pRet = 0;
+        }else{
+          p->apSub[p->nSub++] = pRet->p4.pProgram;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return pRet;
+}
+
+/*
+** Check if the program stored in the VM associated with pParse may
+** throw an ABORT exception (causing the statement, but not entire transaction
+** to be rolled back). This condition is true if the main program or any
+** sub-programs contains any of the following:
+**
+**   *  OP_Halt with P1=SQLITE_CONSTRAINT and P2=OE_Abort.
+**   *  OP_HaltIfNull with P1=SQLITE_CONSTRAINT and P2=OE_Abort.
+**   *  OP_Destroy
+**   *  OP_VUpdate
+**   *  OP_VRename
+**   *  OP_FkCounter with P2==0 (immediate foreign key constraint)
+**
+** Then check that the value of Parse.mayAbort is true if an
+** ABORT may be thrown, or false otherwise. Return true if it does
+** match, or false otherwise. This function is intended to be used as
+** part of an assert statement in the compiler. Similar to:
+**
+**   assert( sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(pParse->pVdbe, pParse->mayAbort) );
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(Vdbe *v, int mayAbort){
+  int hasAbort = 0;
+  Op *pOp;
+  VdbeOpIter sIter;
+  memset(&sIter, 0, sizeof(sIter));
+  sIter.v = v;
+
+  while( (pOp = opIterNext(&sIter))!=0 ){
+    int opcode = pOp->opcode;
+    if( opcode==OP_Destroy || opcode==OP_VUpdate || opcode==OP_VRename 
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
+     || (opcode==OP_FkCounter && pOp->p1==0 && pOp->p2==1) 
+#endif
+     || ((opcode==OP_Halt || opcode==OP_HaltIfNull) 
+      && (pOp->p1==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT && pOp->p2==OE_Abort))
+    ){
+      hasAbort = 1;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3DbFree(v->db, sIter.apSub);
+
+  /* Return true if hasAbort==mayAbort. Or if a malloc failure occured.
+  ** If malloc failed, then the while() loop above may not have iterated
+  ** through all opcodes and hasAbort may be set incorrectly. Return
+  ** true for this case to prevent the assert() in the callers frame
+  ** from failing.  */
+  return ( v->db->mallocFailed || hasAbort==mayAbort );
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG - the sqlite3AssertMayAbort() function */
+
+/*
+** Loop through the program looking for P2 values that are negative
+** on jump instructions.  Each such value is a label.  Resolve the
+** label by setting the P2 value to its correct non-zero value.
+**
+** This routine is called once after all opcodes have been inserted.
+**
+** Variable *pMaxFuncArgs is set to the maximum value of any P2 argument 
+** to an OP_Function, OP_AggStep or OP_VFilter opcode. This is used by 
+** sqlite3VdbeMakeReady() to size the Vdbe.apArg[] array.
+**
+** The Op.opflags field is set on all opcodes.
+*/
+static void resolveP2Values(Vdbe *p, int *pMaxFuncArgs){
+  int i;
+  int nMaxArgs = *pMaxFuncArgs;
+  Op *pOp;
+  int *aLabel = p->aLabel;
+  p->readOnly = 1;
+  for(pOp=p->aOp, i=p->nOp-1; i>=0; i--, pOp++){
+    u8 opcode = pOp->opcode;
+
+    pOp->opflags = sqlite3OpcodeProperty[opcode];
+    if( opcode==OP_Function || opcode==OP_AggStep ){
+      if( pOp->p5>nMaxArgs ) nMaxArgs = pOp->p5;
+    }else if( (opcode==OP_Transaction && pOp->p2!=0) || opcode==OP_Vacuum ){
+      p->readOnly = 0;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+    }else if( opcode==OP_VUpdate ){
+      if( pOp->p2>nMaxArgs ) nMaxArgs = pOp->p2;
+    }else if( opcode==OP_VFilter ){
+      int n;
+      assert( p->nOp - i >= 3 );
+      assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_Integer );
+      n = pOp[-1].p1;
+      if( n>nMaxArgs ) nMaxArgs = n;
+#endif
+    }else if( opcode==OP_Next || opcode==OP_SorterNext ){
+      pOp->p4.xAdvance = sqlite3BtreeNext;
+      pOp->p4type = P4_ADVANCE;
+    }else if( opcode==OP_Prev ){
+      pOp->p4.xAdvance = sqlite3BtreePrevious;
+      pOp->p4type = P4_ADVANCE;
+    }
+
+    if( (pOp->opflags & OPFLG_JUMP)!=0 && pOp->p2<0 ){
+      assert( -1-pOp->p2<p->nLabel );
+      pOp->p2 = aLabel[-1-pOp->p2];
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p->aLabel);
+  p->aLabel = 0;
+
+  *pMaxFuncArgs = nMaxArgs;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the address of the next instruction to be inserted.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(Vdbe *p){
+  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+  return p->nOp;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function returns a pointer to the array of opcodes associated with
+** the Vdbe passed as the first argument. It is the callers responsibility
+** to arrange for the returned array to be eventually freed using the 
+** vdbeFreeOpArray() function.
+**
+** Before returning, *pnOp is set to the number of entries in the returned
+** array. Also, *pnMaxArg is set to the larger of its current value and 
+** the number of entries in the Vdbe.apArg[] array required to execute the 
+** returned program.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeTakeOpArray(Vdbe *p, int *pnOp, int *pnMaxArg){
+  VdbeOp *aOp = p->aOp;
+  assert( aOp && !p->db->mallocFailed );
+
+  /* Check that sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree() was not called on this VM */
+  assert( p->btreeMask==0 );
+
+  resolveP2Values(p, pnMaxArg);
+  *pnOp = p->nOp;
+  p->aOp = 0;
+  return aOp;
+}
+
+/*
+** Add a whole list of operations to the operation stack.  Return the
+** address of the first operation added.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(Vdbe *p, int nOp, VdbeOpList const *aOp){
+  int addr;
+  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+  if( p->nOp + nOp > p->nOpAlloc && growOpArray(p) ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  addr = p->nOp;
+  if( ALWAYS(nOp>0) ){
+    int i;
+    VdbeOpList const *pIn = aOp;
+    for(i=0; i<nOp; i++, pIn++){
+      int p2 = pIn->p2;
+      VdbeOp *pOut = &p->aOp[i+addr];
+      pOut->opcode = pIn->opcode;
+      pOut->p1 = pIn->p1;
+      if( p2<0 && (sqlite3OpcodeProperty[pOut->opcode] & OPFLG_JUMP)!=0 ){
+        pOut->p2 = addr + ADDR(p2);
+      }else{
+        pOut->p2 = p2;
+      }
+      pOut->p3 = pIn->p3;
+      pOut->p4type = P4_NOTUSED;
+      pOut->p4.p = 0;
+      pOut->p5 = 0;
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+      pOut->zComment = 0;
+      if( sqlite3VdbeAddopTrace ){
+        sqlite3VdbePrintOp(0, i+addr, &p->aOp[i+addr]);
+      }
+#endif
+    }
+    p->nOp += nOp;
+  }
+  return addr;
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the value of the P1 operand for a specific instruction.
+** This routine is useful when a large program is loaded from a
+** static array using sqlite3VdbeAddOpList but we want to make a
+** few minor changes to the program.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(Vdbe *p, u32 addr, int val){
+  assert( p!=0 );
+  if( ((u32)p->nOp)>addr ){
+    p->aOp[addr].p1 = val;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the value of the P2 operand for a specific instruction.
+** This routine is useful for setting a jump destination.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(Vdbe *p, u32 addr, int val){
+  assert( p!=0 );
+  if( ((u32)p->nOp)>addr ){
+    p->aOp[addr].p2 = val;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the value of the P3 operand for a specific instruction.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(Vdbe *p, u32 addr, int val){
+  assert( p!=0 );
+  if( ((u32)p->nOp)>addr ){
+    p->aOp[addr].p3 = val;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the value of the P5 operand for the most recently
+** added operation.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(Vdbe *p, u8 val){
+  assert( p!=0 );
+  if( p->aOp ){
+    assert( p->nOp>0 );
+    p->aOp[p->nOp-1].p5 = val;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the P2 operand of instruction addr so that it points to
+** the address of the next instruction to be coded.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(Vdbe *p, int addr){
+  assert( addr>=0 || p->db->mallocFailed );
+  if( addr>=0 ) sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(p, addr, p->nOp);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** If the input FuncDef structure is ephemeral, then free it.  If
+** the FuncDef is not ephermal, then do nothing.
+*/
+static void freeEphemeralFunction(sqlite3 *db, FuncDef *pDef){
+  if( ALWAYS(pDef) && (pDef->flags & SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM)!=0 ){
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pDef);
+  }
+}
+
+static void vdbeFreeOpArray(sqlite3 *, Op *, int);
+
+/*
+** Delete a P4 value if necessary.
+*/
+static void freeP4(sqlite3 *db, int p4type, void *p4){
+  if( p4 ){
+    assert( db );
+    switch( p4type ){
+      case P4_REAL:
+      case P4_INT64:
+      case P4_DYNAMIC:
+      case P4_KEYINFO:
+      case P4_INTARRAY:
+      case P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF: {
+        sqlite3DbFree(db, p4);
+        break;
+      }
+      case P4_MPRINTF: {
+        if( db->pnBytesFreed==0 ) sqlite3_free(p4);
+        break;
+      }
+      case P4_VDBEFUNC: {
+        VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc = (VdbeFunc *)p4;
+        freeEphemeralFunction(db, pVdbeFunc->pFunc);
+        if( db->pnBytesFreed==0 ) sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(pVdbeFunc, 0);
+        sqlite3DbFree(db, pVdbeFunc);
+        break;
+      }
+      case P4_FUNCDEF: {
+        freeEphemeralFunction(db, (FuncDef*)p4);
+        break;
+      }
+      case P4_MEM: {
+        if( db->pnBytesFreed==0 ){
+          sqlite3ValueFree((sqlite3_value*)p4);
+        }else{
+          Mem *p = (Mem*)p4;
+          sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zMalloc);
+          sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
+        }
+        break;
+      }
+      case P4_VTAB : {
+        if( db->pnBytesFreed==0 ) sqlite3VtabUnlock((VTable *)p4);
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Free the space allocated for aOp and any p4 values allocated for the
+** opcodes contained within. If aOp is not NULL it is assumed to contain 
+** nOp entries. 
+*/
+static void vdbeFreeOpArray(sqlite3 *db, Op *aOp, int nOp){
+  if( aOp ){
+    Op *pOp;
+    for(pOp=aOp; pOp<&aOp[nOp]; pOp++){
+      freeP4(db, pOp->p4type, pOp->p4.p);
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, pOp->zComment);
+#endif     
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, aOp);
+}
+
+/*
+** Link the SubProgram object passed as the second argument into the linked
+** list at Vdbe.pSubProgram. This list is used to delete all sub-program
+** objects when the VM is no longer required.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeLinkSubProgram(Vdbe *pVdbe, SubProgram *p){
+  p->pNext = pVdbe->pProgram;
+  pVdbe->pProgram = p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the opcode at addr into OP_Noop
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(Vdbe *p, int addr){
+  if( p->aOp ){
+    VdbeOp *pOp = &p->aOp[addr];
+    sqlite3 *db = p->db;
+    freeP4(db, pOp->p4type, pOp->p4.p);
+    memset(pOp, 0, sizeof(pOp[0]));
+    pOp->opcode = OP_Noop;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the value of the P4 operand for a specific instruction.
+** This routine is useful when a large program is loaded from a
+** static array using sqlite3VdbeAddOpList but we want to make a
+** few minor changes to the program.
+**
+** If n>=0 then the P4 operand is dynamic, meaning that a copy of
+** the string is made into memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
+** A value of n==0 means copy bytes of zP4 up to and including the
+** first null byte.  If n>0 then copy n+1 bytes of zP4.
+**
+** If n==P4_KEYINFO it means that zP4 is a pointer to a KeyInfo structure.
+** A copy is made of the KeyInfo structure into memory obtained from
+** sqlite3_malloc, to be freed when the Vdbe is finalized.
+** n==P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF indicates that zP4 points to a KeyInfo structure
+** stored in memory that the caller has obtained from sqlite3_malloc. The 
+** caller should not free the allocation, it will be freed when the Vdbe is
+** finalized.
+** 
+** Other values of n (P4_STATIC, P4_COLLSEQ etc.) indicate that zP4 points
+** to a string or structure that is guaranteed to exist for the lifetime of
+** the Vdbe. In these cases we can just copy the pointer.
+**
+** If addr<0 then change P4 on the most recently inserted instruction.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(Vdbe *p, int addr, const char *zP4, int n){
+  Op *pOp;
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  assert( p!=0 );
+  db = p->db;
+  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+  if( p->aOp==0 || db->mallocFailed ){
+    if ( n!=P4_KEYINFO && n!=P4_VTAB ) {
+      freeP4(db, n, (void*)*(char**)&zP4);
+    }
+    return;
+  }
+  assert( p->nOp>0 );
+  assert( addr<p->nOp );
+  if( addr<0 ){
+    addr = p->nOp - 1;
+  }
+  pOp = &p->aOp[addr];
+  freeP4(db, pOp->p4type, pOp->p4.p);
+  pOp->p4.p = 0;
+  if( n==P4_INT32 ){
+    /* Note: this cast is safe, because the origin data point was an int
+    ** that was cast to a (const char *). */
+    pOp->p4.i = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(zP4);
+    pOp->p4type = P4_INT32;
+  }else if( zP4==0 ){
+    pOp->p4.p = 0;
+    pOp->p4type = P4_NOTUSED;
+  }else if( n==P4_KEYINFO ){
+    KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
+    int nField, nByte;
+
+    nField = ((KeyInfo*)zP4)->nField;
+    nByte = sizeof(*pKeyInfo) + (nField-1)*sizeof(pKeyInfo->aColl[0]) + nField;
+    pKeyInfo = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, nByte);
+    pOp->p4.pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo;
+    if( pKeyInfo ){
+      u8 *aSortOrder;
+      memcpy((char*)pKeyInfo, zP4, nByte - nField);
+      aSortOrder = pKeyInfo->aSortOrder;
+      if( aSortOrder ){
+        pKeyInfo->aSortOrder = (unsigned char*)&pKeyInfo->aColl[nField];
+        memcpy(pKeyInfo->aSortOrder, aSortOrder, nField);
+      }
+      pOp->p4type = P4_KEYINFO;
+    }else{
+      p->db->mallocFailed = 1;
+      pOp->p4type = P4_NOTUSED;
+    }
+  }else if( n==P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF ){
+    pOp->p4.p = (void*)zP4;
+    pOp->p4type = P4_KEYINFO;
+  }else if( n==P4_VTAB ){
+    pOp->p4.p = (void*)zP4;
+    pOp->p4type = P4_VTAB;
+    sqlite3VtabLock((VTable *)zP4);
+    assert( ((VTable *)zP4)->db==p->db );
+  }else if( n<0 ){
+    pOp->p4.p = (void*)zP4;
+    pOp->p4type = (signed char)n;
+  }else{
+    if( n==0 ) n = sqlite3Strlen30(zP4);
+    pOp->p4.z = sqlite3DbStrNDup(p->db, zP4, n);
+    pOp->p4type = P4_DYNAMIC;
+  }
+}
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/*
+** Change the comment on the most recently coded instruction.  Or
+** insert a No-op and add the comment to that new instruction.  This
+** makes the code easier to read during debugging.  None of this happens
+** in a production build.
+*/
+static void vdbeVComment(Vdbe *p, const char *zFormat, va_list ap){
+  assert( p->nOp>0 || p->aOp==0 );
+  assert( p->aOp==0 || p->aOp[p->nOp-1].zComment==0 || p->db->mallocFailed );
+  if( p->nOp ){
+    assert( p->aOp );
+    sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p->aOp[p->nOp-1].zComment);
+    p->aOp[p->nOp-1].zComment = sqlite3VMPrintf(p->db, zFormat, ap);
+  }
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeComment(Vdbe *p, const char *zFormat, ...){
+  va_list ap;
+  if( p ){
+    va_start(ap, zFormat);
+    vdbeVComment(p, zFormat, ap);
+    va_end(ap);
+  }
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeNoopComment(Vdbe *p, const char *zFormat, ...){
+  va_list ap;
+  if( p ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(p, OP_Noop);
+    va_start(ap, zFormat);
+    vdbeVComment(p, zFormat, ap);
+    va_end(ap);
+  }
+}
+#endif  /* NDEBUG */
+
+/*
+** Return the opcode for a given address.  If the address is -1, then
+** return the most recently inserted opcode.
+**
+** If a memory allocation error has occurred prior to the calling of this
+** routine, then a pointer to a dummy VdbeOp will be returned.  That opcode
+** is readable but not writable, though it is cast to a writable value.
+** The return of a dummy opcode allows the call to continue functioning
+** after a OOM fault without having to check to see if the return from 
+** this routine is a valid pointer.  But because the dummy.opcode is 0,
+** dummy will never be written to.  This is verified by code inspection and
+** by running with Valgrind.
+**
+** About the #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE:  Normally, this routine is never called
+** unless p->nOp>0.  This is because in the absense of SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE,
+** an OP_Trace instruction is always inserted by sqlite3VdbeGet() as soon as
+** a new VDBE is created.  So we are free to set addr to p->nOp-1 without
+** having to double-check to make sure that the result is non-negative. But
+** if SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE is defined, the OP_Trace is omitted and we do need to
+** check the value of p->nOp-1 before continuing.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeGetOp(Vdbe *p, int addr){
+  /* C89 specifies that the constant "dummy" will be initialized to all
+  ** zeros, which is correct.  MSVC generates a warning, nevertheless. */
+  static VdbeOp dummy;  /* Ignore the MSVC warning about no initializer */
+  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+  if( addr<0 ){
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
+    if( p->nOp==0 ) return (VdbeOp*)&dummy;
+#endif
+    addr = p->nOp - 1;
+  }
+  assert( (addr>=0 && addr<p->nOp) || p->db->mallocFailed );
+  if( p->db->mallocFailed ){
+    return (VdbeOp*)&dummy;
+  }else{
+    return &p->aOp[addr];
+  }
+}
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN) || !defined(NDEBUG) \
+     || defined(VDBE_PROFILE) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+/*
+** Compute a string that describes the P4 parameter for an opcode.
+** Use zTemp for any required temporary buffer space.
+*/
+static char *displayP4(Op *pOp, char *zTemp, int nTemp){
+  char *zP4 = zTemp;
+  assert( nTemp>=20 );
+  switch( pOp->p4type ){
+    case P4_KEYINFO_STATIC:
+    case P4_KEYINFO: {
+      int i, j;
+      KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo;
+      sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "keyinfo(%d", pKeyInfo->nField);
+      i = sqlite3Strlen30(zTemp);
+      for(j=0; j<pKeyInfo->nField; j++){
+        CollSeq *pColl = pKeyInfo->aColl[j];
+        if( pColl ){
+          int n = sqlite3Strlen30(pColl->zName);
+          if( i+n>nTemp-6 ){
+            memcpy(&zTemp[i],",...",4);
+            break;
+          }
+          zTemp[i++] = ',';
+          if( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder && pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[j] ){
+            zTemp[i++] = '-';
+          }
+          memcpy(&zTemp[i], pColl->zName,n+1);
+          i += n;
+        }else if( i+4<nTemp-6 ){
+          memcpy(&zTemp[i],",nil",4);
+          i += 4;
+        }
+      }
+      zTemp[i++] = ')';
+      zTemp[i] = 0;
+      assert( i<nTemp );
+      break;
+    }
+    case P4_COLLSEQ: {
+      CollSeq *pColl = pOp->p4.pColl;
+      sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "collseq(%.20s)", pColl->zName);
+      break;
+    }
+    case P4_FUNCDEF: {
+      FuncDef *pDef = pOp->p4.pFunc;
+      sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%s(%d)", pDef->zName, pDef->nArg);
+      break;
+    }
+    case P4_INT64: {
+      sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%lld", *pOp->p4.pI64);
+      break;
+    }
+    case P4_INT32: {
+      sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%d", pOp->p4.i);
+      break;
+    }
+    case P4_REAL: {
+      sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%.16g", *pOp->p4.pReal);
+      break;
+    }
+    case P4_MEM: {
+      Mem *pMem = pOp->p4.pMem;
+      if( pMem->flags & MEM_Str ){
+        zP4 = pMem->z;
+      }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Int ){
+        sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%lld", pMem->u.i);
+      }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Real ){
+        sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%.16g", pMem->r);
+      }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Null ){
+        sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "NULL");
+      }else{
+        assert( pMem->flags & MEM_Blob );
+        zP4 = "(blob)";
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+    case P4_VTAB: {
+      sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab->pVtab;
+      sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "vtab:%p:%p", pVtab, pVtab->pModule);
+      break;
+    }
+#endif
+    case P4_INTARRAY: {
+      sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "intarray");
+      break;
+    }
+    case P4_SUBPROGRAM: {
+      sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "program");
+      break;
+    }
+    case P4_ADVANCE: {
+      zTemp[0] = 0;
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+      zP4 = pOp->p4.z;
+      if( zP4==0 ){
+        zP4 = zTemp;
+        zTemp[0] = 0;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  assert( zP4!=0 );
+  return zP4;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Declare to the Vdbe that the BTree object at db->aDb[i] is used.
+**
+** The prepared statements need to know in advance the complete set of
+** attached databases that will be use.  A mask of these databases
+** is maintained in p->btreeMask.  The p->lockMask value is the subset of
+** p->btreeMask of databases that will require a lock.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(Vdbe *p, int i){
+  assert( i>=0 && i<p->db->nDb && i<(int)sizeof(yDbMask)*8 );
+  assert( i<(int)sizeof(p->btreeMask)*8 );
+  p->btreeMask |= ((yDbMask)1)<<i;
+  if( i!=1 && sqlite3BtreeSharable(p->db->aDb[i].pBt) ){
+    p->lockMask |= ((yDbMask)1)<<i;
+  }
+}
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0
+/*
+** If SQLite is compiled to support shared-cache mode and to be threadsafe,
+** this routine obtains the mutex associated with each BtShared structure
+** that may be accessed by the VM passed as an argument. In doing so it also
+** sets the BtShared.db member of each of the BtShared structures, ensuring
+** that the correct busy-handler callback is invoked if required.
+**
+** If SQLite is not threadsafe but does support shared-cache mode, then
+** sqlite3BtreeEnter() is invoked to set the BtShared.db variables
+** of all of BtShared structures accessible via the database handle 
+** associated with the VM.
+**
+** If SQLite is not threadsafe and does not support shared-cache mode, this
+** function is a no-op.
+**
+** The p->btreeMask field is a bitmask of all btrees that the prepared 
+** statement p will ever use.  Let N be the number of bits in p->btreeMask
+** corresponding to btrees that use shared cache.  Then the runtime of
+** this routine is N*N.  But as N is rarely more than 1, this should not
+** be a problem.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeEnter(Vdbe *p){
+  int i;
+  yDbMask mask;
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  Db *aDb;
+  int nDb;
+  if( p->lockMask==0 ) return;  /* The common case */
+  db = p->db;
+  aDb = db->aDb;
+  nDb = db->nDb;
+  for(i=0, mask=1; i<nDb; i++, mask += mask){
+    if( i!=1 && (mask & p->lockMask)!=0 && ALWAYS(aDb[i].pBt!=0) ){
+      sqlite3BtreeEnter(aDb[i].pBt);
+    }
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0
+/*
+** Unlock all of the btrees previously locked by a call to sqlite3VdbeEnter().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeLeave(Vdbe *p){
+  int i;
+  yDbMask mask;
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  Db *aDb;
+  int nDb;
+  if( p->lockMask==0 ) return;  /* The common case */
+  db = p->db;
+  aDb = db->aDb;
+  nDb = db->nDb;
+  for(i=0, mask=1; i<nDb; i++, mask += mask){
+    if( i!=1 && (mask & p->lockMask)!=0 && ALWAYS(aDb[i].pBt!=0) ){
+      sqlite3BtreeLeave(aDb[i].pBt);
+    }
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+#if defined(VDBE_PROFILE) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+/*
+** Print a single opcode.  This routine is used for debugging only.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePrintOp(FILE *pOut, int pc, Op *pOp){
+  char *zP4;
+  char zPtr[50];
+  static const char *zFormat1 = "%4d %-13s %4d %4d %4d %-4s %.2X %s\n";
+  if( pOut==0 ) pOut = stdout;
+  zP4 = displayP4(pOp, zPtr, sizeof(zPtr));
+  fprintf(pOut, zFormat1, pc, 
+      sqlite3OpcodeName(pOp->opcode), pOp->p1, pOp->p2, pOp->p3, zP4, pOp->p5,
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+      pOp->zComment ? pOp->zComment : ""
+#else
+      ""
+#endif
+  );
+  fflush(pOut);
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Release an array of N Mem elements
+*/
+static void releaseMemArray(Mem *p, int N){
+  if( p && N ){
+    Mem *pEnd;
+    sqlite3 *db = p->db;
+    u8 malloc_failed = db->mallocFailed;
+    if( db->pnBytesFreed ){
+      for(pEnd=&p[N]; p<pEnd; p++){
+        sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zMalloc);
+      }
+      return;
+    }
+    for(pEnd=&p[N]; p<pEnd; p++){
+      assert( (&p[1])==pEnd || p[0].db==p[1].db );
+
+      /* This block is really an inlined version of sqlite3VdbeMemRelease()
+      ** that takes advantage of the fact that the memory cell value is 
+      ** being set to NULL after releasing any dynamic resources.
+      **
+      ** The justification for duplicating code is that according to 
+      ** callgrind, this causes a certain test case to hit the CPU 4.7 
+      ** percent less (x86 linux, gcc version 4.1.2, -O6) than if 
+      ** sqlite3MemRelease() were called from here. With -O2, this jumps
+      ** to 6.6 percent. The test case is inserting 1000 rows into a table 
+      ** with no indexes using a single prepared INSERT statement, bind() 
+      ** and reset(). Inserts are grouped into a transaction.
+      */
+      if( p->flags&(MEM_Agg|MEM_Dyn|MEM_Frame|MEM_RowSet) ){
+        sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(p);
+      }else if( p->zMalloc ){
+        sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zMalloc);
+        p->zMalloc = 0;
+      }
+
+      p->flags = MEM_Invalid;
+    }
+    db->mallocFailed = malloc_failed;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete a VdbeFrame object and its contents. VdbeFrame objects are
+** allocated by the OP_Program opcode in sqlite3VdbeExec().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFrameDelete(VdbeFrame *p){
+  int i;
+  Mem *aMem = VdbeFrameMem(p);
+  VdbeCursor **apCsr = (VdbeCursor **)&aMem[p->nChildMem];
+  for(i=0; i<p->nChildCsr; i++){
+    sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p->v, apCsr[i]);
+  }
+  releaseMemArray(aMem, p->nChildMem);
+  sqlite3DbFree(p->v->db, p);
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
+/*
+** Give a listing of the program in the virtual machine.
+**
+** The interface is the same as sqlite3VdbeExec().  But instead of
+** running the code, it invokes the callback once for each instruction.
+** This feature is used to implement "EXPLAIN".
+**
+** When p->explain==1, each instruction is listed.  When
+** p->explain==2, only OP_Explain instructions are listed and these
+** are shown in a different format.  p->explain==2 is used to implement
+** EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN.
+**
+** When p->explain==1, first the main program is listed, then each of
+** the trigger subprograms are listed one by one.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeList(
+  Vdbe *p                   /* The VDBE */
+){
+  int nRow;                            /* Stop when row count reaches this */
+  int nSub = 0;                        /* Number of sub-vdbes seen so far */
+  SubProgram **apSub = 0;              /* Array of sub-vdbes */
+  Mem *pSub = 0;                       /* Memory cell hold array of subprogs */
+  sqlite3 *db = p->db;                 /* The database connection */
+  int i;                               /* Loop counter */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
+  Mem *pMem = &p->aMem[1];             /* First Mem of result set */
+
+  assert( p->explain );
+  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN );
+  assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->rc==SQLITE_BUSY || p->rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
+
+  /* Even though this opcode does not use dynamic strings for
+  ** the result, result columns may become dynamic if the user calls
+  ** sqlite3_column_text16(), causing a translation to UTF-16 encoding.
+  */
+  releaseMemArray(pMem, 8);
+  p->pResultSet = 0;
+
+  if( p->rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
+    /* This happens if a malloc() inside a call to sqlite3_column_text() or
+    ** sqlite3_column_text16() failed.  */
+    db->mallocFailed = 1;
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* When the number of output rows reaches nRow, that means the
+  ** listing has finished and sqlite3_step() should return SQLITE_DONE.
+  ** nRow is the sum of the number of rows in the main program, plus
+  ** the sum of the number of rows in all trigger subprograms encountered
+  ** so far.  The nRow value will increase as new trigger subprograms are
+  ** encountered, but p->pc will eventually catch up to nRow.
+  */
+  nRow = p->nOp;
+  if( p->explain==1 ){
+    /* The first 8 memory cells are used for the result set.  So we will
+    ** commandeer the 9th cell to use as storage for an array of pointers
+    ** to trigger subprograms.  The VDBE is guaranteed to have at least 9
+    ** cells.  */
+    assert( p->nMem>9 );
+    pSub = &p->aMem[9];
+    if( pSub->flags&MEM_Blob ){
+      /* On the first call to sqlite3_step(), pSub will hold a NULL.  It is
+      ** initialized to a BLOB by the P4_SUBPROGRAM processing logic below */
+      nSub = pSub->n/sizeof(Vdbe*);
+      apSub = (SubProgram **)pSub->z;
+    }
+    for(i=0; i<nSub; i++){
+      nRow += apSub[i]->nOp;
+    }
+  }
+
+  do{
+    i = p->pc++;
+  }while( i<nRow && p->explain==2 && p->aOp[i].opcode!=OP_Explain );
+  if( i>=nRow ){
+    p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    rc = SQLITE_DONE;
+  }else if( db->u1.isInterrupted ){
+    p->rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(p->rc));
+  }else{
+    char *z;
+    Op *pOp;
+    if( i<p->nOp ){
+      /* The output line number is small enough that we are still in the
+      ** main program. */
+      pOp = &p->aOp[i];
+    }else{
+      /* We are currently listing subprograms.  Figure out which one and
+      ** pick up the appropriate opcode. */
+      int j;
+      i -= p->nOp;
+      for(j=0; i>=apSub[j]->nOp; j++){
+        i -= apSub[j]->nOp;
+      }
+      pOp = &apSub[j]->aOp[i];
+    }
+    if( p->explain==1 ){
+      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+      pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER;
+      pMem->u.i = i;                                /* Program counter */
+      pMem++;
+  
+      pMem->flags = MEM_Static|MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
+      pMem->z = (char*)sqlite3OpcodeName(pOp->opcode);  /* Opcode */
+      assert( pMem->z!=0 );
+      pMem->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pMem->z);
+      pMem->type = SQLITE_TEXT;
+      pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+      pMem++;
+
+      /* When an OP_Program opcode is encounter (the only opcode that has
+      ** a P4_SUBPROGRAM argument), expand the size of the array of subprograms
+      ** kept in p->aMem[9].z to hold the new program - assuming this subprogram
+      ** has not already been seen.
+      */
+      if( pOp->p4type==P4_SUBPROGRAM ){
+        int nByte = (nSub+1)*sizeof(SubProgram*);
+        int j;
+        for(j=0; j<nSub; j++){
+          if( apSub[j]==pOp->p4.pProgram ) break;
+        }
+        if( j==nSub && SQLITE_OK==sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pSub, nByte, nSub!=0) ){
+          apSub = (SubProgram **)pSub->z;
+          apSub[nSub++] = pOp->p4.pProgram;
+          pSub->flags |= MEM_Blob;
+          pSub->n = nSub*sizeof(SubProgram*);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+    pMem->u.i = pOp->p1;                          /* P1 */
+    pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER;
+    pMem++;
+
+    pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+    pMem->u.i = pOp->p2;                          /* P2 */
+    pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER;
+    pMem++;
+
+    pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+    pMem->u.i = pOp->p3;                          /* P3 */
+    pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER;
+    pMem++;
+
+    if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, 32, 0) ){            /* P4 */
+      assert( p->db->mallocFailed );
+      return SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }
+    pMem->flags = MEM_Dyn|MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
+    z = displayP4(pOp, pMem->z, 32);
+    if( z!=pMem->z ){
+      sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pMem, z, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0);
+    }else{
+      assert( pMem->z!=0 );
+      pMem->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pMem->z);
+      pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+    }
+    pMem->type = SQLITE_TEXT;
+    pMem++;
+
+    if( p->explain==1 ){
+      if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, 4, 0) ){
+        assert( p->db->mallocFailed );
+        return SQLITE_ERROR;
+      }
+      pMem->flags = MEM_Dyn|MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
+      pMem->n = 2;
+      sqlite3_snprintf(3, pMem->z, "%.2x", pOp->p5);   /* P5 */
+      pMem->type = SQLITE_TEXT;
+      pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+      pMem++;
+  
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+      if( pOp->zComment ){
+        pMem->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
+        pMem->z = pOp->zComment;
+        pMem->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pMem->z);
+        pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+        pMem->type = SQLITE_TEXT;
+      }else
+#endif
+      {
+        pMem->flags = MEM_Null;                       /* Comment */
+        pMem->type = SQLITE_NULL;
+      }
+    }
+
+    p->nResColumn = 8 - 4*(p->explain-1);
+    p->pResultSet = &p->aMem[1];
+    p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    rc = SQLITE_ROW;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+/*
+** Print the SQL that was used to generate a VDBE program.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePrintSql(Vdbe *p){
+  int nOp = p->nOp;
+  VdbeOp *pOp;
+  if( nOp<1 ) return;
+  pOp = &p->aOp[0];
+  if( pOp->opcode==OP_Trace && pOp->p4.z!=0 ){
+    const char *z = pOp->p4.z;
+    while( sqlite3Isspace(*z) ) z++;
+    printf("SQL: [%s]\n", z);
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE)
+/*
+** Print an IOTRACE message showing SQL content.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(Vdbe *p){
+  int nOp = p->nOp;
+  VdbeOp *pOp;
+  if( sqlite3IoTrace==0 ) return;
+  if( nOp<1 ) return;
+  pOp = &p->aOp[0];
+  if( pOp->opcode==OP_Trace && pOp->p4.z!=0 ){
+    int i, j;
+    char z[1000];
+    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(z), z, "%s", pOp->p4.z);
+    for(i=0; sqlite3Isspace(z[i]); i++){}
+    for(j=0; z[i]; i++){
+      if( sqlite3Isspace(z[i]) ){
+        if( z[i-1]!=' ' ){
+          z[j++] = ' ';
+        }
+      }else{
+        z[j++] = z[i];
+      }
+    }
+    z[j] = 0;
+    sqlite3IoTrace("SQL %s\n", z);
+  }
+}
+#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE && SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE */
+
+/*
+** Allocate space from a fixed size buffer and return a pointer to
+** that space.  If insufficient space is available, return NULL.
+**
+** The pBuf parameter is the initial value of a pointer which will
+** receive the new memory.  pBuf is normally NULL.  If pBuf is not
+** NULL, it means that memory space has already been allocated and that
+** this routine should not allocate any new memory.  When pBuf is not
+** NULL simply return pBuf.  Only allocate new memory space when pBuf
+** is NULL.
+**
+** nByte is the number of bytes of space needed.
+**
+** *ppFrom points to available space and pEnd points to the end of the
+** available space.  When space is allocated, *ppFrom is advanced past
+** the end of the allocated space.
+**
+** *pnByte is a counter of the number of bytes of space that have failed
+** to allocate.  If there is insufficient space in *ppFrom to satisfy the
+** request, then increment *pnByte by the amount of the request.
+*/
+static void *allocSpace(
+  void *pBuf,          /* Where return pointer will be stored */
+  int nByte,           /* Number of bytes to allocate */
+  u8 **ppFrom,         /* IN/OUT: Allocate from *ppFrom */
+  u8 *pEnd,            /* Pointer to 1 byte past the end of *ppFrom buffer */
+  int *pnByte          /* If allocation cannot be made, increment *pnByte */
+){
+  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(*ppFrom) );
+  if( pBuf ) return pBuf;
+  nByte = ROUND8(nByte);
+  if( &(*ppFrom)[nByte] <= pEnd ){
+    pBuf = (void*)*ppFrom;
+    *ppFrom += nByte;
+  }else{
+    *pnByte += nByte;
+  }
+  return pBuf;
+}
+
+/*
+** Rewind the VDBE back to the beginning in preparation for
+** running it.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRewind(Vdbe *p){
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(VDBE_PROFILE)
+  int i;
+#endif
+  assert( p!=0 );
+  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+
+  /* There should be at least one opcode.
+  */
+  assert( p->nOp>0 );
+
+  /* Set the magic to VDBE_MAGIC_RUN sooner rather than later. */
+  p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_RUN;
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  for(i=1; i<p->nMem; i++){
+    assert( p->aMem[i].db==p->db );
+  }
+#endif
+  p->pc = -1;
+  p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  p->errorAction = OE_Abort;
+  p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_RUN;
+  p->nChange = 0;
+  p->cacheCtr = 1;
+  p->minWriteFileFormat = 255;
+  p->iStatement = 0;
+  p->nFkConstraint = 0;
+#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
+  for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){
+    p->aOp[i].cnt = 0;
+    p->aOp[i].cycles = 0;
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Prepare a virtual machine for execution for the first time after
+** creating the virtual machine.  This involves things such
+** as allocating stack space and initializing the program counter.
+** After the VDBE has be prepped, it can be executed by one or more
+** calls to sqlite3VdbeExec().  
+**
+** This function may be called exact once on a each virtual machine.
+** After this routine is called the VM has been "packaged" and is ready
+** to run.  After this routine is called, futher calls to 
+** sqlite3VdbeAddOp() functions are prohibited.  This routine disconnects
+** the Vdbe from the Parse object that helped generate it so that the
+** the Vdbe becomes an independent entity and the Parse object can be
+** destroyed.
+**
+** Use the sqlite3VdbeRewind() procedure to restore a virtual machine back
+** to its initial state after it has been run.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(
+  Vdbe *p,                       /* The VDBE */
+  Parse *pParse                  /* Parsing context */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db;                   /* The database connection */
+  int nVar;                      /* Number of parameters */
+  int nMem;                      /* Number of VM memory registers */
+  int nCursor;                   /* Number of cursors required */
+  int nArg;                      /* Number of arguments in subprograms */
+  int nOnce;                     /* Number of OP_Once instructions */
+  int n;                         /* Loop counter */
+  u8 *zCsr;                      /* Memory available for allocation */
+  u8 *zEnd;                      /* First byte past allocated memory */
+  int nByte;                     /* How much extra memory is needed */
+
+  assert( p!=0 );
+  assert( p->nOp>0 );
+  assert( pParse!=0 );
+  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+  db = p->db;
+  assert( db->mallocFailed==0 );
+  nVar = pParse->nVar;
+  nMem = pParse->nMem;
+  nCursor = pParse->nTab;
+  nArg = pParse->nMaxArg;
+  nOnce = pParse->nOnce;
+  if( nOnce==0 ) nOnce = 1; /* Ensure at least one byte in p->aOnceFlag[] */
+  
+  /* For each cursor required, also allocate a memory cell. Memory
+  ** cells (nMem+1-nCursor)..nMem, inclusive, will never be used by
+  ** the vdbe program. Instead they are used to allocate space for
+  ** VdbeCursor/BtCursor structures. The blob of memory associated with 
+  ** cursor 0 is stored in memory cell nMem. Memory cell (nMem-1)
+  ** stores the blob of memory associated with cursor 1, etc.
+  **
+  ** See also: allocateCursor().
+  */
+  nMem += nCursor;
+
+  /* Allocate space for memory registers, SQL variables, VDBE cursors and 
+  ** an array to marshal SQL function arguments in.
+  */
+  zCsr = (u8*)&p->aOp[p->nOp];       /* Memory avaliable for allocation */
+  zEnd = (u8*)&p->aOp[p->nOpAlloc];  /* First byte past end of zCsr[] */
+
+  resolveP2Values(p, &nArg);
+  p->usesStmtJournal = (u8)(pParse->isMultiWrite && pParse->mayAbort);
+  if( pParse->explain && nMem<10 ){
+    nMem = 10;
+  }
+  memset(zCsr, 0, zEnd-zCsr);
+  zCsr += (zCsr - (u8*)0)&7;
+  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(zCsr) );
+  p->expired = 0;
+
+  /* Memory for registers, parameters, cursor, etc, is allocated in two
+  ** passes.  On the first pass, we try to reuse unused space at the 
+  ** end of the opcode array.  If we are unable to satisfy all memory
+  ** requirements by reusing the opcode array tail, then the second
+  ** pass will fill in the rest using a fresh allocation.  
+  **
+  ** This two-pass approach that reuses as much memory as possible from
+  ** the leftover space at the end of the opcode array can significantly
+  ** reduce the amount of memory held by a prepared statement.
+  */
+  do {
+    nByte = 0;
+    p->aMem = allocSpace(p->aMem, nMem*sizeof(Mem), &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte);
+    p->aVar = allocSpace(p->aVar, nVar*sizeof(Mem), &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte);
+    p->apArg = allocSpace(p->apArg, nArg*sizeof(Mem*), &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte);
+    p->azVar = allocSpace(p->azVar, nVar*sizeof(char*), &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte);
+    p->apCsr = allocSpace(p->apCsr, nCursor*sizeof(VdbeCursor*),
+                          &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte);
+    p->aOnceFlag = allocSpace(p->aOnceFlag, nOnce, &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte);
+    if( nByte ){
+      p->pFree = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte);
+    }
+    zCsr = p->pFree;
+    zEnd = &zCsr[nByte];
+  }while( nByte && !db->mallocFailed );
+
+  p->nCursor = (u16)nCursor;
+  p->nOnceFlag = nOnce;
+  if( p->aVar ){
+    p->nVar = (ynVar)nVar;
+    for(n=0; n<nVar; n++){
+      p->aVar[n].flags = MEM_Null;
+      p->aVar[n].db = db;
+    }
+  }
+  if( p->azVar ){
+    p->nzVar = pParse->nzVar;
+    memcpy(p->azVar, pParse->azVar, p->nzVar*sizeof(p->azVar[0]));
+    memset(pParse->azVar, 0, pParse->nzVar*sizeof(pParse->azVar[0]));
+  }
+  if( p->aMem ){
+    p->aMem--;                      /* aMem[] goes from 1..nMem */
+    p->nMem = nMem;                 /*       not from 0..nMem-1 */
+    for(n=1; n<=nMem; n++){
+      p->aMem[n].flags = MEM_Invalid;
+      p->aMem[n].db = db;
+    }
+  }
+  p->explain = pParse->explain;
+  sqlite3VdbeRewind(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a VDBE cursor and release all the resources that cursor 
+** happens to hold.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(Vdbe *p, VdbeCursor *pCx){
+  if( pCx==0 ){
+    return;
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeSorterClose(p->db, pCx);
+  if( pCx->pBt ){
+    sqlite3BtreeClose(pCx->pBt);
+    /* The pCx->pCursor will be close automatically, if it exists, by
+    ** the call above. */
+  }else if( pCx->pCursor ){
+    sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(pCx->pCursor);
+  }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  if( pCx->pVtabCursor ){
+    sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor = pCx->pVtabCursor;
+    const sqlite3_module *pModule = pCx->pModule;
+    p->inVtabMethod = 1;
+    pModule->xClose(pVtabCursor);
+    p->inVtabMethod = 0;
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Copy the values stored in the VdbeFrame structure to its Vdbe. This
+** is used, for example, when a trigger sub-program is halted to restore
+** control to the main program.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(VdbeFrame *pFrame){
+  Vdbe *v = pFrame->v;
+  v->aOnceFlag = pFrame->aOnceFlag;
+  v->nOnceFlag = pFrame->nOnceFlag;
+  v->aOp = pFrame->aOp;
+  v->nOp = pFrame->nOp;
+  v->aMem = pFrame->aMem;
+  v->nMem = pFrame->nMem;
+  v->apCsr = pFrame->apCsr;
+  v->nCursor = pFrame->nCursor;
+  v->db->lastRowid = pFrame->lastRowid;
+  v->nChange = pFrame->nChange;
+  return pFrame->pc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close all cursors.
+**
+** Also release any dynamic memory held by the VM in the Vdbe.aMem memory 
+** cell array. This is necessary as the memory cell array may contain
+** pointers to VdbeFrame objects, which may in turn contain pointers to
+** open cursors.
+*/
+static void closeAllCursors(Vdbe *p){
+  if( p->pFrame ){
+    VdbeFrame *pFrame;
+    for(pFrame=p->pFrame; pFrame->pParent; pFrame=pFrame->pParent);
+    sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(pFrame);
+  }
+  p->pFrame = 0;
+  p->nFrame = 0;
+
+  if( p->apCsr ){
+    int i;
+    for(i=0; i<p->nCursor; i++){
+      VdbeCursor *pC = p->apCsr[i];
+      if( pC ){
+        sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p, pC);
+        p->apCsr[i] = 0;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if( p->aMem ){
+    releaseMemArray(&p->aMem[1], p->nMem);
+  }
+  while( p->pDelFrame ){
+    VdbeFrame *pDel = p->pDelFrame;
+    p->pDelFrame = pDel->pParent;
+    sqlite3VdbeFrameDelete(pDel);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Clean up the VM after execution.
+**
+** This routine will automatically close any cursors, lists, and/or
+** sorters that were left open.  It also deletes the values of
+** variables in the aVar[] array.
+*/
+static void Cleanup(Vdbe *p){
+  sqlite3 *db = p->db;
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  /* Execute assert() statements to ensure that the Vdbe.apCsr[] and 
+  ** Vdbe.aMem[] arrays have already been cleaned up.  */
+  int i;
+  if( p->apCsr ) for(i=0; i<p->nCursor; i++) assert( p->apCsr[i]==0 );
+  if( p->aMem ){
+    for(i=1; i<=p->nMem; i++) assert( p->aMem[i].flags==MEM_Invalid );
+  }
+#endif
+
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
+  p->zErrMsg = 0;
+  p->pResultSet = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the number of result columns that will be returned by this SQL
+** statement. This is now set at compile time, rather than during
+** execution of the vdbe program so that sqlite3_column_count() can
+** be called on an SQL statement before sqlite3_step().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(Vdbe *p, int nResColumn){
+  Mem *pColName;
+  int n;
+  sqlite3 *db = p->db;
+
+  releaseMemArray(p->aColName, p->nResColumn*COLNAME_N);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aColName);
+  n = nResColumn*COLNAME_N;
+  p->nResColumn = (u16)nResColumn;
+  p->aColName = pColName = (Mem*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Mem)*n );
+  if( p->aColName==0 ) return;
+  while( n-- > 0 ){
+    pColName->flags = MEM_Null;
+    pColName->db = p->db;
+    pColName++;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the name of the idx'th column to be returned by the SQL statement.
+** zName must be a pointer to a nul terminated string.
+**
+** This call must be made after a call to sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols().
+**
+** The final parameter, xDel, must be one of SQLITE_DYNAMIC, SQLITE_STATIC
+** or SQLITE_TRANSIENT. If it is SQLITE_DYNAMIC, then the buffer pointed
+** to by zName will be freed by sqlite3DbFree() when the vdbe is destroyed.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSetColName(
+  Vdbe *p,                         /* Vdbe being configured */
+  int idx,                         /* Index of column zName applies to */
+  int var,                         /* One of the COLNAME_* constants */
+  const char *zName,               /* Pointer to buffer containing name */
+  void (*xDel)(void*)              /* Memory management strategy for zName */
+){
+  int rc;
+  Mem *pColName;
+  assert( idx<p->nResColumn );
+  assert( var<COLNAME_N );
+  if( p->db->mallocFailed ){
+    assert( !zName || xDel!=SQLITE_DYNAMIC );
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  assert( p->aColName!=0 );
+  pColName = &(p->aColName[idx+var*p->nResColumn]);
+  rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pColName, zName, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, xDel);
+  assert( rc!=0 || !zName || (pColName->flags&MEM_Term)!=0 );
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** A read or write transaction may or may not be active on database handle
+** db. If a transaction is active, commit it. If there is a
+** write-transaction spanning more than one database file, this routine
+** takes care of the master journal trickery.
+*/
+static int vdbeCommit(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe *p){
+  int i;
+  int nTrans = 0;  /* Number of databases with an active write-transaction */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int needXcommit = 0;
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  /* With this option, sqlite3VtabSync() is defined to be simply 
+  ** SQLITE_OK so p is not used. 
+  */
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
+#endif
+
+  /* Before doing anything else, call the xSync() callback for any
+  ** virtual module tables written in this transaction. This has to
+  ** be done before determining whether a master journal file is 
+  ** required, as an xSync() callback may add an attached database
+  ** to the transaction.
+  */
+  rc = sqlite3VtabSync(db, &p->zErrMsg);
+
+  /* This loop determines (a) if the commit hook should be invoked and
+  ** (b) how many database files have open write transactions, not 
+  ** including the temp database. (b) is important because if more than 
+  ** one database file has an open write transaction, a master journal
+  ** file is required for an atomic commit.
+  */ 
+  for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){ 
+    Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+    if( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) ){
+      needXcommit = 1;
+      if( i!=1 ) nTrans++;
+      rc = sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(sqlite3BtreePager(pBt));
+    }
+  }
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  /* If there are any write-transactions at all, invoke the commit hook */
+  if( needXcommit && db->xCommitCallback ){
+    rc = db->xCommitCallback(db->pCommitArg);
+    if( rc ){
+      return SQLITE_CONSTRAINT;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* The simple case - no more than one database file (not counting the
+  ** TEMP database) has a transaction active.   There is no need for the
+  ** master-journal.
+  **
+  ** If the return value of sqlite3BtreeGetFilename() is a zero length
+  ** string, it means the main database is :memory: or a temp file.  In 
+  ** that case we do not support atomic multi-file commits, so use the 
+  ** simple case then too.
+  */
+  if( 0==sqlite3Strlen30(sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[0].pBt))
+   || nTrans<=1
+  ){
+    for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){
+      Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+      if( pBt ){
+        rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(pBt, 0);
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Do the commit only if all databases successfully complete phase 1. 
+    ** If one of the BtreeCommitPhaseOne() calls fails, this indicates an
+    ** IO error while deleting or truncating a journal file. It is unlikely,
+    ** but could happen. In this case abandon processing and return the error.
+    */
+    for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){
+      Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+      if( pBt ){
+        rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(pBt, 0);
+      }
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3VtabCommit(db);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* The complex case - There is a multi-file write-transaction active.
+  ** This requires a master journal file to ensure the transaction is
+  ** committed atomicly.
+  */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
+  else{
+    sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = db->pVfs;
+    int needSync = 0;
+    char *zMaster = 0;   /* File-name for the master journal */
+    char const *zMainFile = sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[0].pBt);
+    sqlite3_file *pMaster = 0;
+    i64 offset = 0;
+    int res;
+    int retryCount = 0;
+    int nMainFile;
+
+    /* Select a master journal file name */
+    nMainFile = sqlite3Strlen30(zMainFile);
+    zMaster = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s-mjXXXXXX9XXz", zMainFile);
+    if( zMaster==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    do {
+      u32 iRandom;
+      if( retryCount ){
+        if( retryCount>100 ){
+          sqlite3_log(SQLITE_FULL, "MJ delete: %s", zMaster);
+          sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0);
+          break;
+        }else if( retryCount==1 ){
+          sqlite3_log(SQLITE_FULL, "MJ collide: %s", zMaster);
+        }
+      }
+      retryCount++;
+      sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(iRandom), &iRandom);
+      sqlite3_snprintf(13, &zMaster[nMainFile], "-mj%06X9%02X",
+                               (iRandom>>8)&0xffffff, iRandom&0xff);
+      /* The antipenultimate character of the master journal name must
+      ** be "9" to avoid name collisions when using 8+3 filenames. */
+      assert( zMaster[sqlite3Strlen30(zMaster)-3]=='9' );
+      sqlite3FileSuffix3(zMainFile, zMaster);
+      rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res);
+    }while( rc==SQLITE_OK && res );
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      /* Open the master journal. */
+      rc = sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(pVfs, zMaster, &pMaster, 
+          SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|
+          SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL, 0
+      );
+    }
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster);
+      return rc;
+    }
+ 
+    /* Write the name of each database file in the transaction into the new
+    ** master journal file. If an error occurs at this point close
+    ** and delete the master journal file. All the individual journal files
+    ** still have 'null' as the master journal pointer, so they will roll
+    ** back independently if a failure occurs.
+    */
+    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+      Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+      if( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) ){
+        char const *zFile = sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(pBt);
+        if( zFile==0 ){
+          continue;  /* Ignore TEMP and :memory: databases */
+        }
+        assert( zFile[0]!=0 );
+        if( !needSync && !sqlite3BtreeSyncDisabled(pBt) ){
+          needSync = 1;
+        }
+        rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pMaster, zFile, sqlite3Strlen30(zFile)+1, offset);
+        offset += sqlite3Strlen30(zFile)+1;
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          sqlite3OsCloseFree(pMaster);
+          sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0);
+          sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster);
+          return rc;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Sync the master journal file. If the IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL device
+    ** flag is set this is not required.
+    */
+    if( needSync 
+     && 0==(sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pMaster)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL)
+     && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsSync(pMaster, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL))
+    ){
+      sqlite3OsCloseFree(pMaster);
+      sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0);
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster);
+      return rc;
+    }
+
+    /* Sync all the db files involved in the transaction. The same call
+    ** sets the master journal pointer in each individual journal. If
+    ** an error occurs here, do not delete the master journal file.
+    **
+    ** If the error occurs during the first call to
+    ** sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(), then there is a chance that the
+    ** master journal file will be orphaned. But we cannot delete it,
+    ** in case the master journal file name was written into the journal
+    ** file before the failure occurred.
+    */
+    for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){ 
+      Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+      if( pBt ){
+        rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(pBt, zMaster);
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3OsCloseFree(pMaster);
+    assert( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY );
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster);
+      return rc;
+    }
+
+    /* Delete the master journal file. This commits the transaction. After
+    ** doing this the directory is synced again before any individual
+    ** transaction files are deleted.
+    */
+    rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 1);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster);
+    zMaster = 0;
+    if( rc ){
+      return rc;
+    }
+
+    /* All files and directories have already been synced, so the following
+    ** calls to sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo() are only closing files and
+    ** deleting or truncating journals. If something goes wrong while
+    ** this is happening we don't really care. The integrity of the
+    ** transaction is already guaranteed, but some stray 'cold' journals
+    ** may be lying around. Returning an error code won't help matters.
+    */
+    disable_simulated_io_errors();
+    sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ 
+      Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+      if( pBt ){
+        sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(pBt, 1);
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+    enable_simulated_io_errors();
+
+    sqlite3VtabCommit(db);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* 
+** This routine checks that the sqlite3.activeVdbeCnt count variable
+** matches the number of vdbe's in the list sqlite3.pVdbe that are
+** currently active. An assertion fails if the two counts do not match.
+** This is an internal self-check only - it is not an essential processing
+** step.
+**
+** This is a no-op if NDEBUG is defined.
+*/
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+static void checkActiveVdbeCnt(sqlite3 *db){
+  Vdbe *p;
+  int cnt = 0;
+  int nWrite = 0;
+  p = db->pVdbe;
+  while( p ){
+    if( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN && p->pc>=0 ){
+      cnt++;
+      if( p->readOnly==0 ) nWrite++;
+    }
+    p = p->pNext;
+  }
+  assert( cnt==db->activeVdbeCnt );
+  assert( nWrite==db->writeVdbeCnt );
+}
+#else
+#define checkActiveVdbeCnt(x)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** If the Vdbe passed as the first argument opened a statement-transaction,
+** close it now. Argument eOp must be either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or
+** SAVEPOINT_RELEASE. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then the statement
+** transaction is rolled back. If eOp is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then the 
+** statement transaction is commtted.
+**
+** If an IO error occurs, an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned. 
+** Otherwise SQLITE_OK.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement(Vdbe *p, int eOp){
+  sqlite3 *const db = p->db;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  /* If p->iStatement is greater than zero, then this Vdbe opened a 
+  ** statement transaction that should be closed here. The only exception
+  ** is that an IO error may have occured, causing an emergency rollback.
+  ** In this case (db->nStatement==0), and there is nothing to do.
+  */
+  if( db->nStatement && p->iStatement ){
+    int i;
+    const int iSavepoint = p->iStatement-1;
+
+    assert( eOp==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK || eOp==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE);
+    assert( db->nStatement>0 );
+    assert( p->iStatement==(db->nStatement+db->nSavepoint) );
+
+    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ 
+      int rc2 = SQLITE_OK;
+      Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+      if( pBt ){
+        if( eOp==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){
+          rc2 = sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(pBt, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, iSavepoint);
+        }
+        if( rc2==SQLITE_OK ){
+          rc2 = sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(pBt, SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, iSavepoint);
+        }
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          rc = rc2;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    db->nStatement--;
+    p->iStatement = 0;
+
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      if( eOp==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){
+        rc = sqlite3VtabSavepoint(db, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, iSavepoint);
+      }
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = sqlite3VtabSavepoint(db, SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, iSavepoint);
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* If the statement transaction is being rolled back, also restore the 
+    ** database handles deferred constraint counter to the value it had when 
+    ** the statement transaction was opened.  */
+    if( eOp==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){
+      db->nDeferredCons = p->nStmtDefCons;
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called when a transaction opened by the database 
+** handle associated with the VM passed as an argument is about to be 
+** committed. If there are outstanding deferred foreign key constraint
+** violations, return SQLITE_ERROR. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** If there are outstanding FK violations and this function returns 
+** SQLITE_ERROR, set the result of the VM to SQLITE_CONSTRAINT and write
+** an error message to it. Then return SQLITE_ERROR.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(Vdbe *p, int deferred){
+  sqlite3 *db = p->db;
+  if( (deferred && db->nDeferredCons>0) || (!deferred && p->nFkConstraint>0) ){
+    p->rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT;
+    p->errorAction = OE_Abort;
+    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "foreign key constraint failed");
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** This routine is called the when a VDBE tries to halt.  If the VDBE
+** has made changes and is in autocommit mode, then commit those
+** changes.  If a rollback is needed, then do the rollback.
+**
+** This routine is the only way to move the state of a VM from
+** SQLITE_MAGIC_RUN to SQLITE_MAGIC_HALT.  It is harmless to
+** call this on a VM that is in the SQLITE_MAGIC_HALT state.
+**
+** Return an error code.  If the commit could not complete because of
+** lock contention, return SQLITE_BUSY.  If SQLITE_BUSY is returned, it
+** means the close did not happen and needs to be repeated.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeHalt(Vdbe *p){
+  int rc;                         /* Used to store transient return codes */
+  sqlite3 *db = p->db;
+
+  /* This function contains the logic that determines if a statement or
+  ** transaction will be committed or rolled back as a result of the
+  ** execution of this virtual machine. 
+  **
+  ** If any of the following errors occur:
+  **
+  **     SQLITE_NOMEM
+  **     SQLITE_IOERR
+  **     SQLITE_FULL
+  **     SQLITE_INTERRUPT
+  **
+  ** Then the internal cache might have been left in an inconsistent
+  ** state.  We need to rollback the statement transaction, if there is
+  ** one, or the complete transaction if there is no statement transaction.
+  */
+
+  if( p->db->mallocFailed ){
+    p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  if( p->aOnceFlag ) memset(p->aOnceFlag, 0, p->nOnceFlag);
+  closeAllCursors(p);
+  if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  checkActiveVdbeCnt(db);
+
+  /* No commit or rollback needed if the program never started */
+  if( p->pc>=0 ){
+    int mrc;   /* Primary error code from p->rc */
+    int eStatementOp = 0;
+    int isSpecialError;            /* Set to true if a 'special' error */
+
+    /* Lock all btrees used by the statement */
+    sqlite3VdbeEnter(p);
+
+    /* Check for one of the special errors */
+    mrc = p->rc & 0xff;
+    assert( p->rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED );  /* This error no longer exists */
+    isSpecialError = mrc==SQLITE_NOMEM || mrc==SQLITE_IOERR
+                     || mrc==SQLITE_INTERRUPT || mrc==SQLITE_FULL;
+    if( isSpecialError ){
+      /* If the query was read-only and the error code is SQLITE_INTERRUPT, 
+      ** no rollback is necessary. Otherwise, at least a savepoint 
+      ** transaction must be rolled back to restore the database to a 
+      ** consistent state.
+      **
+      ** Even if the statement is read-only, it is important to perform
+      ** a statement or transaction rollback operation. If the error 
+      ** occured while writing to the journal, sub-journal or database
+      ** file as part of an effort to free up cache space (see function
+      ** pagerStress() in pager.c), the rollback is required to restore 
+      ** the pager to a consistent state.
+      */
+      if( !p->readOnly || mrc!=SQLITE_INTERRUPT ){
+        if( (mrc==SQLITE_NOMEM || mrc==SQLITE_FULL) && p->usesStmtJournal ){
+          eStatementOp = SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK;
+        }else{
+          /* We are forced to roll back the active transaction. Before doing
+          ** so, abort any other statements this handle currently has active.
+          */
+          sqlite3RollbackAll(db, SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK);
+          sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db);
+          db->autoCommit = 1;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Check for immediate foreign key violations. */
+    if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 0);
+    }
+  
+    /* If the auto-commit flag is set and this is the only active writer 
+    ** VM, then we do either a commit or rollback of the current transaction. 
+    **
+    ** Note: This block also runs if one of the special errors handled 
+    ** above has occurred. 
+    */
+    if( !sqlite3VtabInSync(db) 
+     && db->autoCommit 
+     && db->writeVdbeCnt==(p->readOnly==0) 
+    ){
+      if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || (p->errorAction==OE_Fail && !isSpecialError) ){
+        rc = sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 1);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          if( NEVER(p->readOnly) ){
+            sqlite3VdbeLeave(p);
+            return SQLITE_ERROR;
+          }
+          rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT;
+        }else{ 
+          /* The auto-commit flag is true, the vdbe program was successful 
+          ** or hit an 'OR FAIL' constraint and there are no deferred foreign
+          ** key constraints to hold up the transaction. This means a commit 
+          ** is required. */
+          rc = vdbeCommit(db, p);
+        }
+        if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && p->readOnly ){
+          sqlite3VdbeLeave(p);
+          return SQLITE_BUSY;
+        }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          p->rc = rc;
+          sqlite3RollbackAll(db, SQLITE_OK);
+        }else{
+          db->nDeferredCons = 0;
+          sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(db);
+        }
+      }else{
+        sqlite3RollbackAll(db, SQLITE_OK);
+      }
+      db->nStatement = 0;
+    }else if( eStatementOp==0 ){
+      if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->errorAction==OE_Fail ){
+        eStatementOp = SAVEPOINT_RELEASE;
+      }else if( p->errorAction==OE_Abort ){
+        eStatementOp = SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK;
+      }else{
+        sqlite3RollbackAll(db, SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK);
+        sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db);
+        db->autoCommit = 1;
+      }
+    }
+  
+    /* If eStatementOp is non-zero, then a statement transaction needs to
+    ** be committed or rolled back. Call sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement() to
+    ** do so. If this operation returns an error, and the current statement
+    ** error code is SQLITE_OK or SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, then promote the
+    ** current statement error code.
+    */
+    if( eStatementOp ){
+      rc = sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement(p, eStatementOp);
+      if( rc ){
+        if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->rc==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT ){
+          p->rc = rc;
+          sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
+          p->zErrMsg = 0;
+        }
+        sqlite3RollbackAll(db, SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK);
+        sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db);
+        db->autoCommit = 1;
+      }
+    }
+  
+    /* If this was an INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE and no statement transaction
+    ** has been rolled back, update the database connection change-counter. 
+    */
+    if( p->changeCntOn ){
+      if( eStatementOp!=SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){
+        sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, p->nChange);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, 0);
+      }
+      p->nChange = 0;
+    }
+
+    /* Release the locks */
+    sqlite3VdbeLeave(p);
+  }
+
+  /* We have successfully halted and closed the VM.  Record this fact. */
+  if( p->pc>=0 ){
+    db->activeVdbeCnt--;
+    if( !p->readOnly ){
+      db->writeVdbeCnt--;
+    }
+    assert( db->activeVdbeCnt>=db->writeVdbeCnt );
+  }
+  p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_HALT;
+  checkActiveVdbeCnt(db);
+  if( p->db->mallocFailed ){
+    p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+
+  /* If the auto-commit flag is set to true, then any locks that were held
+  ** by connection db have now been released. Call sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked() 
+  ** to invoke any required unlock-notify callbacks.
+  */
+  if( db->autoCommit ){
+    sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(db);
+  }
+
+  assert( db->activeVdbeCnt>0 || db->autoCommit==0 || db->nStatement==0 );
+  return (p->rc==SQLITE_BUSY ? SQLITE_BUSY : SQLITE_OK);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Each VDBE holds the result of the most recent sqlite3_step() call
+** in p->rc.  This routine sets that result back to SQLITE_OK.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResetStepResult(Vdbe *p){
+  p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Copy the error code and error message belonging to the VDBE passed
+** as the first argument to its database handle (so that they will be 
+** returned by calls to sqlite3_errcode() and sqlite3_errmsg()).
+**
+** This function does not clear the VDBE error code or message, just
+** copies them to the database handle.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeTransferError(Vdbe *p){
+  sqlite3 *db = p->db;
+  int rc = p->rc;
+  if( p->zErrMsg ){
+    u8 mallocFailed = db->mallocFailed;
+    sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+    sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, -1, p->zErrMsg, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+    sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+    db->mallocFailed = mallocFailed;
+    db->errCode = rc;
+  }else{
+    sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Clean up a VDBE after execution but do not delete the VDBE just yet.
+** Write any error messages into *pzErrMsg.  Return the result code.
+**
+** After this routine is run, the VDBE should be ready to be executed
+** again.
+**
+** To look at it another way, this routine resets the state of the
+** virtual machine from VDBE_MAGIC_RUN or VDBE_MAGIC_HALT back to
+** VDBE_MAGIC_INIT.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeReset(Vdbe *p){
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  db = p->db;
+
+  /* If the VM did not run to completion or if it encountered an
+  ** error, then it might not have been halted properly.  So halt
+  ** it now.
+  */
+  sqlite3VdbeHalt(p);
+
+  /* If the VDBE has be run even partially, then transfer the error code
+  ** and error message from the VDBE into the main database structure.  But
+  ** if the VDBE has just been set to run but has not actually executed any
+  ** instructions yet, leave the main database error information unchanged.
+  */
+  if( p->pc>=0 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeTransferError(p);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
+    p->zErrMsg = 0;
+    if( p->runOnlyOnce ) p->expired = 1;
+  }else if( p->rc && p->expired ){
+    /* The expired flag was set on the VDBE before the first call
+    ** to sqlite3_step(). For consistency (since sqlite3_step() was
+    ** called), set the database error in this case as well.
+    */
+    sqlite3Error(db, p->rc, 0);
+    sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, -1, p->zErrMsg, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
+    p->zErrMsg = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* Reclaim all memory used by the VDBE
+  */
+  Cleanup(p);
+
+  /* Save profiling information from this VDBE run.
+  */
+#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
+  {
+    FILE *out = fopen("vdbe_profile.out", "a");
+    if( out ){
+      int i;
+      fprintf(out, "---- ");
+      for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){
+        fprintf(out, "%02x", p->aOp[i].opcode);
+      }
+      fprintf(out, "\n");
+      for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){
+        fprintf(out, "%6d %10lld %8lld ",
+           p->aOp[i].cnt,
+           p->aOp[i].cycles,
+           p->aOp[i].cnt>0 ? p->aOp[i].cycles/p->aOp[i].cnt : 0
+        );
+        sqlite3VdbePrintOp(out, i, &p->aOp[i]);
+      }
+      fclose(out);
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+  p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_INIT;
+  return p->rc & db->errMask;
+}
+ 
+/*
+** Clean up and delete a VDBE after execution.  Return an integer which is
+** the result code.  Write any error message text into *pzErrMsg.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFinalize(Vdbe *p){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN || p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_HALT ){
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeReset(p);
+    assert( (rc & p->db->errMask)==rc );
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeDelete(p);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Call the destructor for each auxdata entry in pVdbeFunc for which
+** the corresponding bit in mask is clear.  Auxdata entries beyond 31
+** are always destroyed.  To destroy all auxdata entries, call this
+** routine with mask==0.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc, int mask){
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<pVdbeFunc->nAux; i++){
+    struct AuxData *pAux = &pVdbeFunc->apAux[i];
+    if( (i>31 || !(mask&(((u32)1)<<i))) && pAux->pAux ){
+      if( pAux->xDelete ){
+        pAux->xDelete(pAux->pAux);
+      }
+      pAux->pAux = 0;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Free all memory associated with the Vdbe passed as the second argument.
+** The difference between this function and sqlite3VdbeDelete() is that
+** VdbeDelete() also unlinks the Vdbe from the list of VMs associated with
+** the database connection.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDeleteObject(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe *p){
+  SubProgram *pSub, *pNext;
+  int i;
+  assert( p->db==0 || p->db==db );
+  releaseMemArray(p->aVar, p->nVar);
+  releaseMemArray(p->aColName, p->nResColumn*COLNAME_N);
+  for(pSub=p->pProgram; pSub; pSub=pNext){
+    pNext = pSub->pNext;
+    vdbeFreeOpArray(db, pSub->aOp, pSub->nOp);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pSub);
+  }
+  for(i=p->nzVar-1; i>=0; i--) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->azVar[i]);
+  vdbeFreeOpArray(db, p->aOp, p->nOp);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aLabel);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aColName);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zSql);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->pFree);
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN)
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zExplain);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->pExplain);
+#endif
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete an entire VDBE.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDelete(Vdbe *p){
+  sqlite3 *db;
+
+  if( NEVER(p==0) ) return;
+  db = p->db;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+  if( p->pPrev ){
+    p->pPrev->pNext = p->pNext;
+  }else{
+    assert( db->pVdbe==p );
+    db->pVdbe = p->pNext;
+  }
+  if( p->pNext ){
+    p->pNext->pPrev = p->pPrev;
+  }
+  p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_DEAD;
+  p->db = 0;
+  sqlite3VdbeDeleteObject(db, p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Make sure the cursor p is ready to read or write the row to which it
+** was last positioned.  Return an error code if an OOM fault or I/O error
+** prevents us from positioning the cursor to its correct position.
+**
+** If a MoveTo operation is pending on the given cursor, then do that
+** MoveTo now.  If no move is pending, check to see if the row has been
+** deleted out from under the cursor and if it has, mark the row as
+** a NULL row.
+**
+** If the cursor is already pointing to the correct row and that row has
+** not been deleted out from under the cursor, then this routine is a no-op.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(VdbeCursor *p){
+  if( p->deferredMoveto ){
+    int res, rc;
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+    extern int sqlite3_search_count;
+#endif
+    assert( p->isTable );
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(p->pCursor, 0, p->movetoTarget, 0, &res);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+    p->lastRowid = p->movetoTarget;
+    if( res!=0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+    p->rowidIsValid = 1;
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+    sqlite3_search_count++;
+#endif
+    p->deferredMoveto = 0;
+    p->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+  }else if( ALWAYS(p->pCursor) ){
+    int hasMoved;
+    int rc = sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(p->pCursor, &hasMoved);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+    if( hasMoved ){
+      p->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+      p->nullRow = 1;
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** The following functions:
+**
+** sqlite3VdbeSerialType()
+** sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen()
+** sqlite3VdbeSerialLen()
+** sqlite3VdbeSerialPut()
+** sqlite3VdbeSerialGet()
+**
+** encapsulate the code that serializes values for storage in SQLite
+** data and index records. Each serialized value consists of a
+** 'serial-type' and a blob of data. The serial type is an 8-byte unsigned
+** integer, stored as a varint.
+**
+** In an SQLite index record, the serial type is stored directly before
+** the blob of data that it corresponds to. In a table record, all serial
+** types are stored at the start of the record, and the blobs of data at
+** the end. Hence these functions allow the caller to handle the
+** serial-type and data blob seperately.
+**
+** The following table describes the various storage classes for data:
+**
+**   serial type        bytes of data      type
+**   --------------     ---------------    ---------------
+**      0                     0            NULL
+**      1                     1            signed integer
+**      2                     2            signed integer
+**      3                     3            signed integer
+**      4                     4            signed integer
+**      5                     6            signed integer
+**      6                     8            signed integer
+**      7                     8            IEEE float
+**      8                     0            Integer constant 0
+**      9                     0            Integer constant 1
+**     10,11                               reserved for expansion
+**    N>=12 and even       (N-12)/2        BLOB
+**    N>=13 and odd        (N-13)/2        text
+**
+** The 8 and 9 types were added in 3.3.0, file format 4.  Prior versions
+** of SQLite will not understand those serial types.
+*/
+
+/*
+** Return the serial-type for the value stored in pMem.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialType(Mem *pMem, int file_format){
+  int flags = pMem->flags;
+  int n;
+
+  if( flags&MEM_Null ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  if( flags&MEM_Int ){
+    /* Figure out whether to use 1, 2, 4, 6 or 8 bytes. */
+#   define MAX_6BYTE ((((i64)0x00008000)<<32)-1)
+    i64 i = pMem->u.i;
+    u64 u;
+    if( file_format>=4 && (i&1)==i ){
+      return 8+(u32)i;
+    }
+    if( i<0 ){
+      if( i<(-MAX_6BYTE) ) return 6;
+      /* Previous test prevents:  u = -(-9223372036854775808) */
+      u = -i;
+    }else{
+      u = i;
+    }
+    if( u<=127 ) return 1;
+    if( u<=32767 ) return 2;
+    if( u<=8388607 ) return 3;
+    if( u<=2147483647 ) return 4;
+    if( u<=MAX_6BYTE ) return 5;
+    return 6;
+  }
+  if( flags&MEM_Real ){
+    return 7;
+  }
+  assert( pMem->db->mallocFailed || flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) );
+  n = pMem->n;
+  if( flags & MEM_Zero ){
+    n += pMem->u.nZero;
+  }
+  assert( n>=0 );
+  return ((n*2) + 12 + ((flags&MEM_Str)!=0));
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the length of the data corresponding to the supplied serial-type.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(u32 serial_type){
+  if( serial_type>=12 ){
+    return (serial_type-12)/2;
+  }else{
+    static const u8 aSize[] = { 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 8, 0, 0, 0, 0 };
+    return aSize[serial_type];
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** If we are on an architecture with mixed-endian floating 
+** points (ex: ARM7) then swap the lower 4 bytes with the 
+** upper 4 bytes.  Return the result.
+**
+** For most architectures, this is a no-op.
+**
+** (later):  It is reported to me that the mixed-endian problem
+** on ARM7 is an issue with GCC, not with the ARM7 chip.  It seems
+** that early versions of GCC stored the two words of a 64-bit
+** float in the wrong order.  And that error has been propagated
+** ever since.  The blame is not necessarily with GCC, though.
+** GCC might have just copying the problem from a prior compiler.
+** I am also told that newer versions of GCC that follow a different
+** ABI get the byte order right.
+**
+** Developers using SQLite on an ARM7 should compile and run their
+** application using -DSQLITE_DEBUG=1 at least once.  With DEBUG
+** enabled, some asserts below will ensure that the byte order of
+** floating point values is correct.
+**
+** (2007-08-30)  Frank van Vugt has studied this problem closely
+** and has send his findings to the SQLite developers.  Frank
+** writes that some Linux kernels offer floating point hardware
+** emulation that uses only 32-bit mantissas instead of a full 
+** 48-bits as required by the IEEE standard.  (This is the
+** CONFIG_FPE_FASTFPE option.)  On such systems, floating point
+** byte swapping becomes very complicated.  To avoid problems,
+** the necessary byte swapping is carried out using a 64-bit integer
+** rather than a 64-bit float.  Frank assures us that the code here
+** works for him.  We, the developers, have no way to independently
+** verify this, but Frank seems to know what he is talking about
+** so we trust him.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT
+static u64 floatSwap(u64 in){
+  union {
+    u64 r;
+    u32 i[2];
+  } u;
+  u32 t;
+
+  u.r = in;
+  t = u.i[0];
+  u.i[0] = u.i[1];
+  u.i[1] = t;
+  return u.r;
+}
+# define swapMixedEndianFloat(X)  X = floatSwap(X)
+#else
+# define swapMixedEndianFloat(X)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Write the serialized data blob for the value stored in pMem into 
+** buf. It is assumed that the caller has allocated sufficient space.
+** Return the number of bytes written.
+**
+** nBuf is the amount of space left in buf[].  nBuf must always be
+** large enough to hold the entire field.  Except, if the field is
+** a blob with a zero-filled tail, then buf[] might be just the right
+** size to hold everything except for the zero-filled tail.  If buf[]
+** is only big enough to hold the non-zero prefix, then only write that
+** prefix into buf[].  But if buf[] is large enough to hold both the
+** prefix and the tail then write the prefix and set the tail to all
+** zeros.
+**
+** Return the number of bytes actually written into buf[].  The number
+** of bytes in the zero-filled tail is included in the return value only
+** if those bytes were zeroed in buf[].
+*/ 
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(u8 *buf, int nBuf, Mem *pMem, int file_format){
+  u32 serial_type = sqlite3VdbeSerialType(pMem, file_format);
+  u32 len;
+
+  /* Integer and Real */
+  if( serial_type<=7 && serial_type>0 ){
+    u64 v;
+    u32 i;
+    if( serial_type==7 ){
+      assert( sizeof(v)==sizeof(pMem->r) );
+      memcpy(&v, &pMem->r, sizeof(v));
+      swapMixedEndianFloat(v);
+    }else{
+      v = pMem->u.i;
+    }
+    len = i = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type);
+    assert( len<=(u32)nBuf );
+    while( i-- ){
+      buf[i] = (u8)(v&0xFF);
+      v >>= 8;
+    }
+    return len;
+  }
+
+  /* String or blob */
+  if( serial_type>=12 ){
+    assert( pMem->n + ((pMem->flags & MEM_Zero)?pMem->u.nZero:0)
+             == (int)sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type) );
+    assert( pMem->n<=nBuf );
+    len = pMem->n;
+    memcpy(buf, pMem->z, len);
+    if( pMem->flags & MEM_Zero ){
+      len += pMem->u.nZero;
+      assert( nBuf>=0 );
+      if( len > (u32)nBuf ){
+        len = (u32)nBuf;
+      }
+      memset(&buf[pMem->n], 0, len-pMem->n);
+    }
+    return len;
+  }
+
+  /* NULL or constants 0 or 1 */
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Deserialize the data blob pointed to by buf as serial type serial_type
+** and store the result in pMem.  Return the number of bytes read.
+*/ 
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(
+  const unsigned char *buf,     /* Buffer to deserialize from */
+  u32 serial_type,              /* Serial type to deserialize */
+  Mem *pMem                     /* Memory cell to write value into */
+){
+  switch( serial_type ){
+    case 10:   /* Reserved for future use */
+    case 11:   /* Reserved for future use */
+    case 0: {  /* NULL */
+      pMem->flags = MEM_Null;
+      break;
+    }
+    case 1: { /* 1-byte signed integer */
+      pMem->u.i = (signed char)buf[0];
+      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case 2: { /* 2-byte signed integer */
+      pMem->u.i = (((signed char)buf[0])<<8) | buf[1];
+      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+      return 2;
+    }
+    case 3: { /* 3-byte signed integer */
+      pMem->u.i = (((signed char)buf[0])<<16) | (buf[1]<<8) | buf[2];
+      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+      return 3;
+    }
+    case 4: { /* 4-byte signed integer */
+      pMem->u.i = (buf[0]<<24) | (buf[1]<<16) | (buf[2]<<8) | buf[3];
+      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+      return 4;
+    }
+    case 5: { /* 6-byte signed integer */
+      u64 x = (((signed char)buf[0])<<8) | buf[1];
+      u32 y = (buf[2]<<24) | (buf[3]<<16) | (buf[4]<<8) | buf[5];
+      x = (x<<32) | y;
+      pMem->u.i = *(i64*)&x;
+      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+      return 6;
+    }
+    case 6:   /* 8-byte signed integer */
+    case 7: { /* IEEE floating point */
+      u64 x;
+      u32 y;
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT)
+      /* Verify that integers and floating point values use the same
+      ** byte order.  Or, that if SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT is
+      ** defined that 64-bit floating point values really are mixed
+      ** endian.
+      */
+      static const u64 t1 = ((u64)0x3ff00000)<<32;
+      static const double r1 = 1.0;
+      u64 t2 = t1;
+      swapMixedEndianFloat(t2);
+      assert( sizeof(r1)==sizeof(t2) && memcmp(&r1, &t2, sizeof(r1))==0 );
+#endif
+
+      x = (buf[0]<<24) | (buf[1]<<16) | (buf[2]<<8) | buf[3];
+      y = (buf[4]<<24) | (buf[5]<<16) | (buf[6]<<8) | buf[7];
+      x = (x<<32) | y;
+      if( serial_type==6 ){
+        pMem->u.i = *(i64*)&x;
+        pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+      }else{
+        assert( sizeof(x)==8 && sizeof(pMem->r)==8 );
+        swapMixedEndianFloat(x);
+        memcpy(&pMem->r, &x, sizeof(x));
+        pMem->flags = sqlite3IsNaN(pMem->r) ? MEM_Null : MEM_Real;
+      }
+      return 8;
+    }
+    case 8:    /* Integer 0 */
+    case 9: {  /* Integer 1 */
+      pMem->u.i = serial_type-8;
+      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+      return 0;
+    }
+    default: {
+      u32 len = (serial_type-12)/2;
+      pMem->z = (char *)buf;
+      pMem->n = len;
+      pMem->xDel = 0;
+      if( serial_type&0x01 ){
+        pMem->flags = MEM_Str | MEM_Ephem;
+      }else{
+        pMem->flags = MEM_Blob | MEM_Ephem;
+      }
+      return len;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is used to allocate sufficient space for an UnpackedRecord
+** structure large enough to be used with sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack() if
+** the first argument is a pointer to KeyInfo structure pKeyInfo.
+**
+** The space is either allocated using sqlite3DbMallocRaw() or from within
+** the unaligned buffer passed via the second and third arguments (presumably
+** stack space). If the former, then *ppFree is set to a pointer that should
+** be eventually freed by the caller using sqlite3DbFree(). Or, if the 
+** allocation comes from the pSpace/szSpace buffer, *ppFree is set to NULL
+** before returning.
+**
+** If an OOM error occurs, NULL is returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE UnpackedRecord *sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord(
+  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo,              /* Description of the record */
+  char *pSpace,                   /* Unaligned space available */
+  int szSpace,                    /* Size of pSpace[] in bytes */
+  char **ppFree                   /* OUT: Caller should free this pointer */
+){
+  UnpackedRecord *p;              /* Unpacked record to return */
+  int nOff;                       /* Increment pSpace by nOff to align it */
+  int nByte;                      /* Number of bytes required for *p */
+
+  /* We want to shift the pointer pSpace up such that it is 8-byte aligned.
+  ** Thus, we need to calculate a value, nOff, between 0 and 7, to shift 
+  ** it by.  If pSpace is already 8-byte aligned, nOff should be zero.
+  */
+  nOff = (8 - (SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pSpace) & 7)) & 7;
+  nByte = ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord)) + sizeof(Mem)*(pKeyInfo->nField+1);
+  if( nByte>szSpace+nOff ){
+    p = (UnpackedRecord *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pKeyInfo->db, nByte);
+    *ppFree = (char *)p;
+    if( !p ) return 0;
+  }else{
+    p = (UnpackedRecord*)&pSpace[nOff];
+    *ppFree = 0;
+  }
+
+  p->aMem = (Mem*)&((char*)p)[ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord))];
+  p->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo;
+  p->nField = pKeyInfo->nField + 1;
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Given the nKey-byte encoding of a record in pKey[], populate the 
+** UnpackedRecord structure indicated by the fourth argument with the
+** contents of the decoded record.
+*/ 
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(
+  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo,     /* Information about the record format */
+  int nKey,              /* Size of the binary record */
+  const void *pKey,      /* The binary record */
+  UnpackedRecord *p      /* Populate this structure before returning. */
+){
+  const unsigned char *aKey = (const unsigned char *)pKey;
+  int d; 
+  u32 idx;                        /* Offset in aKey[] to read from */
+  u16 u;                          /* Unsigned loop counter */
+  u32 szHdr;
+  Mem *pMem = p->aMem;
+
+  p->flags = 0;
+  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );
+  idx = getVarint32(aKey, szHdr);
+  d = szHdr;
+  u = 0;
+  while( idx<szHdr && u<p->nField && d<=nKey ){
+    u32 serial_type;
+
+    idx += getVarint32(&aKey[idx], serial_type);
+    pMem->enc = pKeyInfo->enc;
+    pMem->db = pKeyInfo->db;
+    /* pMem->flags = 0; // sqlite3VdbeSerialGet() will set this for us */
+    pMem->zMalloc = 0;
+    d += sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&aKey[d], serial_type, pMem);
+    pMem++;
+    u++;
+  }
+  assert( u<=pKeyInfo->nField + 1 );
+  p->nField = u;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function compares the two table rows or index records
+** specified by {nKey1, pKey1} and pPKey2.  It returns a negative, zero
+** or positive integer if key1 is less than, equal to or 
+** greater than key2.  The {nKey1, pKey1} key must be a blob
+** created by th OP_MakeRecord opcode of the VDBE.  The pPKey2
+** key must be a parsed key such as obtained from
+** sqlite3VdbeParseRecord.
+**
+** Key1 and Key2 do not have to contain the same number of fields.
+** The key with fewer fields is usually compares less than the 
+** longer key.  However if the UNPACKED_INCRKEY flags in pPKey2 is set
+** and the common prefixes are equal, then key1 is less than key2.
+** Or if the UNPACKED_MATCH_PREFIX flag is set and the prefixes are
+** equal, then the keys are considered to be equal and
+** the parts beyond the common prefix are ignored.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(
+  int nKey1, const void *pKey1, /* Left key */
+  UnpackedRecord *pPKey2        /* Right key */
+){
+  int d1;            /* Offset into aKey[] of next data element */
+  u32 idx1;          /* Offset into aKey[] of next header element */
+  u32 szHdr1;        /* Number of bytes in header */
+  int i = 0;
+  int nField;
+  int rc = 0;
+  const unsigned char *aKey1 = (const unsigned char *)pKey1;
+  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
+  Mem mem1;
+
+  pKeyInfo = pPKey2->pKeyInfo;
+  mem1.enc = pKeyInfo->enc;
+  mem1.db = pKeyInfo->db;
+  /* mem1.flags = 0;  // Will be initialized by sqlite3VdbeSerialGet() */
+  VVA_ONLY( mem1.zMalloc = 0; ) /* Only needed by assert() statements */
+
+  /* Compilers may complain that mem1.u.i is potentially uninitialized.
+  ** We could initialize it, as shown here, to silence those complaints.
+  ** But in fact, mem1.u.i will never actually be used uninitialized, and doing 
+  ** the unnecessary initialization has a measurable negative performance
+  ** impact, since this routine is a very high runner.  And so, we choose
+  ** to ignore the compiler warnings and leave this variable uninitialized.
+  */
+  /*  mem1.u.i = 0;  // not needed, here to silence compiler warning */
+  
+  idx1 = getVarint32(aKey1, szHdr1);
+  d1 = szHdr1;
+  nField = pKeyInfo->nField;
+  while( idx1<szHdr1 && i<pPKey2->nField ){
+    u32 serial_type1;
+
+    /* Read the serial types for the next element in each key. */
+    idx1 += getVarint32( aKey1+idx1, serial_type1 );
+    if( d1>=nKey1 && sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type1)>0 ) break;
+
+    /* Extract the values to be compared.
+    */
+    d1 += sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&aKey1[d1], serial_type1, &mem1);
+
+    /* Do the comparison
+    */
+    rc = sqlite3MemCompare(&mem1, &pPKey2->aMem[i],
+                           i<nField ? pKeyInfo->aColl[i] : 0);
+    if( rc!=0 ){
+      assert( mem1.zMalloc==0 );  /* See comment below */
+
+      /* Invert the result if we are using DESC sort order. */
+      if( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder && i<nField && pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[i] ){
+        rc = -rc;
+      }
+    
+      /* If the PREFIX_SEARCH flag is set and all fields except the final
+      ** rowid field were equal, then clear the PREFIX_SEARCH flag and set 
+      ** pPKey2->rowid to the value of the rowid field in (pKey1, nKey1).
+      ** This is used by the OP_IsUnique opcode.
+      */
+      if( (pPKey2->flags & UNPACKED_PREFIX_SEARCH) && i==(pPKey2->nField-1) ){
+        assert( idx1==szHdr1 && rc );
+        assert( mem1.flags & MEM_Int );
+        pPKey2->flags &= ~UNPACKED_PREFIX_SEARCH;
+        pPKey2->rowid = mem1.u.i;
+      }
+    
+      return rc;
+    }
+    i++;
+  }
+
+  /* No memory allocation is ever used on mem1.  Prove this using
+  ** the following assert().  If the assert() fails, it indicates a
+  ** memory leak and a need to call sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&mem1).
+  */
+  assert( mem1.zMalloc==0 );
+
+  /* rc==0 here means that one of the keys ran out of fields and
+  ** all the fields up to that point were equal. If the UNPACKED_INCRKEY
+  ** flag is set, then break the tie by treating key2 as larger.
+  ** If the UPACKED_PREFIX_MATCH flag is set, then keys with common prefixes
+  ** are considered to be equal.  Otherwise, the longer key is the 
+  ** larger.  As it happens, the pPKey2 will always be the longer
+  ** if there is a difference.
+  */
+  assert( rc==0 );
+  if( pPKey2->flags & UNPACKED_INCRKEY ){
+    rc = -1;
+  }else if( pPKey2->flags & UNPACKED_PREFIX_MATCH ){
+    /* Leave rc==0 */
+  }else if( idx1<szHdr1 ){
+    rc = 1;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+ 
+
+/*
+** pCur points at an index entry created using the OP_MakeRecord opcode.
+** Read the rowid (the last field in the record) and store it in *rowid.
+** Return SQLITE_OK if everything works, or an error code otherwise.
+**
+** pCur might be pointing to text obtained from a corrupt database file.
+** So the content cannot be trusted.  Do appropriate checks on the content.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(sqlite3 *db, BtCursor *pCur, i64 *rowid){
+  i64 nCellKey = 0;
+  int rc;
+  u32 szHdr;        /* Size of the header */
+  u32 typeRowid;    /* Serial type of the rowid */
+  u32 lenRowid;     /* Size of the rowid */
+  Mem m, v;
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(db);
+
+  /* Get the size of the index entry.  Only indices entries of less
+  ** than 2GiB are support - anything large must be database corruption.
+  ** Any corruption is detected in sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(), though, so
+  ** this code can safely assume that nCellKey is 32-bits  
+  */
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCur) );
+  VVA_ONLY(rc =) sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &nCellKey);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );     /* pCur is always valid so KeySize cannot fail */
+  assert( (nCellKey & SQLITE_MAX_U32)==(u64)nCellKey );
+
+  /* Read in the complete content of the index entry */
+  memset(&m, 0, sizeof(m));
+  rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pCur, 0, (int)nCellKey, 1, &m);
+  if( rc ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  /* The index entry must begin with a header size */
+  (void)getVarint32((u8*)m.z, szHdr);
+  testcase( szHdr==3 );
+  testcase( szHdr==m.n );
+  if( unlikely(szHdr<3 || (int)szHdr>m.n) ){
+    goto idx_rowid_corruption;
+  }
+
+  /* The last field of the index should be an integer - the ROWID.
+  ** Verify that the last entry really is an integer. */
+  (void)getVarint32((u8*)&m.z[szHdr-1], typeRowid);
+  testcase( typeRowid==1 );
+  testcase( typeRowid==2 );
+  testcase( typeRowid==3 );
+  testcase( typeRowid==4 );
+  testcase( typeRowid==5 );
+  testcase( typeRowid==6 );
+  testcase( typeRowid==8 );
+  testcase( typeRowid==9 );
+  if( unlikely(typeRowid<1 || typeRowid>9 || typeRowid==7) ){
+    goto idx_rowid_corruption;
+  }
+  lenRowid = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(typeRowid);
+  testcase( (u32)m.n==szHdr+lenRowid );
+  if( unlikely((u32)m.n<szHdr+lenRowid) ){
+    goto idx_rowid_corruption;
+  }
+
+  /* Fetch the integer off the end of the index record */
+  sqlite3VdbeSerialGet((u8*)&m.z[m.n-lenRowid], typeRowid, &v);
+  *rowid = v.u.i;
+  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+
+  /* Jump here if database corruption is detected after m has been
+  ** allocated.  Free the m object and return SQLITE_CORRUPT. */
+idx_rowid_corruption:
+  testcase( m.zMalloc!=0 );
+  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m);
+  return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compare the key of the index entry that cursor pC is pointing to against
+** the key string in pUnpacked.  Write into *pRes a number
+** that is negative, zero, or positive if pC is less than, equal to,
+** or greater than pUnpacked.  Return SQLITE_OK on success.
+**
+** pUnpacked is either created without a rowid or is truncated so that it
+** omits the rowid at the end.  The rowid at the end of the index entry
+** is ignored as well.  Hence, this routine only compares the prefixes 
+** of the keys prior to the final rowid, not the entire key.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(
+  VdbeCursor *pC,             /* The cursor to compare against */
+  UnpackedRecord *pUnpacked,  /* Unpacked version of key to compare against */
+  int *res                    /* Write the comparison result here */
+){
+  i64 nCellKey = 0;
+  int rc;
+  BtCursor *pCur = pC->pCursor;
+  Mem m;
+
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCur) );
+  VVA_ONLY(rc =) sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &nCellKey);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );    /* pCur is always valid so KeySize cannot fail */
+  /* nCellKey will always be between 0 and 0xffffffff because of the say
+  ** that btreeParseCellPtr() and sqlite3GetVarint32() are implemented */
+  if( nCellKey<=0 || nCellKey>0x7fffffff ){
+    *res = 0;
+    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+  }
+  memset(&m, 0, sizeof(m));
+  rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pC->pCursor, 0, (int)nCellKey, 1, &m);
+  if( rc ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+  assert( pUnpacked->flags & UNPACKED_PREFIX_MATCH );
+  *res = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(m.n, m.z, pUnpacked);
+  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine sets the value to be returned by subsequent calls to
+** sqlite3_changes() on the database handle 'db'. 
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(sqlite3 *db, int nChange){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+  db->nChange = nChange;
+  db->nTotalChange += nChange;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set a flag in the vdbe to update the change counter when it is finalised
+** or reset.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(Vdbe *v){
+  v->changeCntOn = 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Mark every prepared statement associated with a database connection
+** as expired.
+**
+** An expired statement means that recompilation of the statement is
+** recommend.  Statements expire when things happen that make their
+** programs obsolete.  Removing user-defined functions or collating
+** sequences, or changing an authorization function are the types of
+** things that make prepared statements obsolete.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(sqlite3 *db){
+  Vdbe *p;
+  for(p = db->pVdbe; p; p=p->pNext){
+    p->expired = 1;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the database associated with the Vdbe.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3 *sqlite3VdbeDb(Vdbe *v){
+  return v->db;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to an sqlite3_value structure containing the value bound
+** parameter iVar of VM v. Except, if the value is an SQL NULL, return 
+** 0 instead. Unless it is NULL, apply affinity aff (one of the SQLITE_AFF_*
+** constants) to the value before returning it.
+**
+** The returned value must be freed by the caller using sqlite3ValueFree().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_value *sqlite3VdbeGetValue(Vdbe *v, int iVar, u8 aff){
+  assert( iVar>0 );
+  if( v ){
+    Mem *pMem = &v->aVar[iVar-1];
+    if( 0==(pMem->flags & MEM_Null) ){
+      sqlite3_value *pRet = sqlite3ValueNew(v->db);
+      if( pRet ){
+        sqlite3VdbeMemCopy((Mem *)pRet, pMem);
+        sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pRet, aff, SQLITE_UTF8);
+        sqlite3VdbeMemStoreType((Mem *)pRet);
+      }
+      return pRet;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Configure SQL variable iVar so that binding a new value to it signals
+** to sqlite3_reoptimize() that re-preparing the statement may result
+** in a better query plan.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(Vdbe *v, int iVar){
+  assert( iVar>0 );
+  if( iVar>32 ){
+    v->expmask = 0xffffffff;
+  }else{
+    v->expmask |= ((u32)1 << (iVar-1));
+  }
+}
+
+/************** End of vdbeaux.c *********************************************/
+/************** Begin file vdbeapi.c *****************************************/
+/*
+** 2004 May 26
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains code use to implement APIs that are part of the
+** VDBE.
+*/
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+/*
+** Return TRUE (non-zero) of the statement supplied as an argument needs
+** to be recompiled.  A statement needs to be recompiled whenever the
+** execution environment changes in a way that would alter the program
+** that sqlite3_prepare() generates.  For example, if new functions or
+** collating sequences are registered or if an authorizer function is
+** added or changed.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_expired(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
+  return p==0 || p->expired;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Check on a Vdbe to make sure it has not been finalized.  Log
+** an error and return true if it has been finalized (or is otherwise
+** invalid).  Return false if it is ok.
+*/
+static int vdbeSafety(Vdbe *p){
+  if( p->db==0 ){
+    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE, "API called with finalized prepared statement");
+    return 1;
+  }else{
+    return 0;
+  }
+}
+static int vdbeSafetyNotNull(Vdbe *p){
+  if( p==0 ){
+    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE, "API called with NULL prepared statement");
+    return 1;
+  }else{
+    return vdbeSafety(p);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** The following routine destroys a virtual machine that is created by
+** the sqlite3_compile() routine. The integer returned is an SQLITE_
+** success/failure code that describes the result of executing the virtual
+** machine.
+**
+** This routine sets the error code and string returned by
+** sqlite3_errcode(), sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16().
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_finalize(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+  int rc;
+  if( pStmt==0 ){
+    /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-57228-12904 Invoking sqlite3_finalize() on a NULL
+    ** pointer is a harmless no-op. */
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    Vdbe *v = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
+    sqlite3 *db = v->db;
+    if( vdbeSafety(v) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+    sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeFinalize(v);
+    rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+    sqlite3LeaveMutexAndCloseZombie(db);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Terminate the current execution of an SQL statement and reset it
+** back to its starting state so that it can be reused. A success code from
+** the prior execution is returned.
+**
+** This routine sets the error code and string returned by
+** sqlite3_errcode(), sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16().
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+  int rc;
+  if( pStmt==0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    Vdbe *v = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
+    sqlite3_mutex_enter(v->db->mutex);
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeReset(v);
+    sqlite3VdbeRewind(v);
+    assert( (rc & (v->db->errMask))==rc );
+    rc = sqlite3ApiExit(v->db, rc);
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(v->db->mutex);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set all the parameters in the compiled SQL statement to NULL.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_clear_bindings(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+  int i;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+  sqlite3_mutex *mutex = ((Vdbe*)pStmt)->db->mutex;
+#endif
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
+  for(i=0; i<p->nVar; i++){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&p->aVar[i]);
+    p->aVar[i].flags = MEM_Null;
+  }
+  if( p->isPrepareV2 && p->expmask ){
+    p->expired = 1;
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/**************************** sqlite3_value_  *******************************
+** The following routines extract information from a Mem or sqlite3_value
+** structure.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_blob(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+  Mem *p = (Mem*)pVal;
+  if( p->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str) ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(p);
+    p->flags &= ~MEM_Str;
+    p->flags |= MEM_Blob;
+    return p->n ? p->z : 0;
+  }else{
+    return sqlite3_value_text(pVal);
+  }
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+  return sqlite3ValueBytes(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8);
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes16(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+  return sqlite3ValueBytes(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
+}
+SQLITE_API double sqlite3_value_double(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+  return sqlite3VdbeRealValue((Mem*)pVal);
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_int(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+  return (int)sqlite3VdbeIntValue((Mem*)pVal);
+}
+SQLITE_API sqlite_int64 sqlite3_value_int64(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+  return sqlite3VdbeIntValue((Mem*)pVal);
+}
+SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_value_text(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+  return (const unsigned char *)sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8);
+}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16(sqlite3_value* pVal){
+  return sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
+}
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16be(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+  return sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16BE);
+}
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16le(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+  return sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16LE);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_type(sqlite3_value* pVal){
+  return pVal->type;
+}
+
+/**************************** sqlite3_result_  *******************************
+** The following routines are used by user-defined functions to specify
+** the function result.
+**
+** The setStrOrError() funtion calls sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr() to store the
+** result as a string or blob but if the string or blob is too large, it
+** then sets the error code to SQLITE_TOOBIG
+*/
+static void setResultStrOrError(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx,  /* Function context */
+  const char *z,          /* String pointer */
+  int n,                  /* Bytes in string, or negative */
+  u8 enc,                 /* Encoding of z.  0 for BLOBs */
+  void (*xDel)(void*)     /* Destructor function */
+){
+  if( sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, enc, xDel)==SQLITE_TOOBIG ){
+    sqlite3_result_error_toobig(pCtx);
+  }
+}
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_blob(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
+  const void *z, 
+  int n, 
+  void (*xDel)(void *)
+){
+  assert( n>=0 );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
+  setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, 0, xDel);
+}
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_double(sqlite3_context *pCtx, double rVal){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(&pCtx->s, rVal);
+}
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error(sqlite3_context *pCtx, const char *z, int n){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
+  pCtx->isError = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error16(sqlite3_context *pCtx, const void *z, int n){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
+  pCtx->isError = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+}
+#endif
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int iVal){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&pCtx->s, (i64)iVal);
+}
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int64(sqlite3_context *pCtx, i64 iVal){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&pCtx->s, iVal);
+}
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_null(sqlite3_context *pCtx){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(&pCtx->s);
+}
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
+  const char *z, 
+  int n,
+  void (*xDel)(void *)
+){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
+  setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF8, xDel);
+}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
+  const void *z, 
+  int n, 
+  void (*xDel)(void *)
+){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
+  setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, xDel);
+}
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16be(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
+  const void *z, 
+  int n, 
+  void (*xDel)(void *)
+){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
+  setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16BE, xDel);
+}
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16le(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
+  const void *z, 
+  int n, 
+  void (*xDel)(void *)
+){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
+  setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16LE, xDel);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_value(sqlite3_context *pCtx, sqlite3_value *pValue){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
+  sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(&pCtx->s, pValue);
+}
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_zeroblob(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int n){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(&pCtx->s, n);
+}
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_code(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int errCode){
+  pCtx->isError = errCode;
+  if( pCtx->s.flags & MEM_Null ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, sqlite3ErrStr(errCode), -1, 
+                         SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
+  }
+}
+
+/* Force an SQLITE_TOOBIG error. */
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_toobig(sqlite3_context *pCtx){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
+  pCtx->isError = SQLITE_TOOBIG;
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, "string or blob too big", -1, 
+                       SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
+}
+
+/* An SQLITE_NOMEM error. */
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_nomem(sqlite3_context *pCtx){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(&pCtx->s);
+  pCtx->isError = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  pCtx->s.db->mallocFailed = 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called after a transaction has been committed. It 
+** invokes callbacks registered with sqlite3_wal_hook() as required.
+*/
+static int doWalCallbacks(sqlite3 *db){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+    Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+    if( pBt ){
+      int nEntry = sqlite3PagerWalCallback(sqlite3BtreePager(pBt));
+      if( db->xWalCallback && nEntry>0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = db->xWalCallback(db->pWalArg, db, db->aDb[i].zName, nEntry);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Execute the statement pStmt, either until a row of data is ready, the
+** statement is completely executed or an error occurs.
+**
+** This routine implements the bulk of the logic behind the sqlite_step()
+** API.  The only thing omitted is the automatic recompile if a 
+** schema change has occurred.  That detail is handled by the
+** outer sqlite3_step() wrapper procedure.
+*/
+static int sqlite3Step(Vdbe *p){
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  int rc;
+
+  assert(p);
+  if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ){
+    /* We used to require that sqlite3_reset() be called before retrying
+    ** sqlite3_step() after any error or after SQLITE_DONE.  But beginning
+    ** with version 3.7.0, we changed this so that sqlite3_reset() would
+    ** be called automatically instead of throwing the SQLITE_MISUSE error.
+    ** This "automatic-reset" change is not technically an incompatibility, 
+    ** since any application that receives an SQLITE_MISUSE is broken by
+    ** definition.
+    **
+    ** Nevertheless, some published applications that were originally written
+    ** for version 3.6.23 or earlier do in fact depend on SQLITE_MISUSE 
+    ** returns, and those were broken by the automatic-reset change.  As a
+    ** a work-around, the SQLITE_OMIT_AUTORESET compile-time restores the
+    ** legacy behavior of returning SQLITE_MISUSE for cases where the 
+    ** previous sqlite3_step() returned something other than a SQLITE_LOCKED
+    ** or SQLITE_BUSY error.
+    */
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTORESET
+    if( p->rc==SQLITE_BUSY || p->rc==SQLITE_LOCKED ){
+      sqlite3_reset((sqlite3_stmt*)p);
+    }else{
+      return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+    }
+#else
+    sqlite3_reset((sqlite3_stmt*)p);
+#endif
+  }
+
+  /* Check that malloc() has not failed. If it has, return early. */
+  db = p->db;
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+
+  if( p->pc<=0 && p->expired ){
+    p->rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA;
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    goto end_of_step;
+  }
+  if( p->pc<0 ){
+    /* If there are no other statements currently running, then
+    ** reset the interrupt flag.  This prevents a call to sqlite3_interrupt
+    ** from interrupting a statement that has not yet started.
+    */
+    if( db->activeVdbeCnt==0 ){
+      db->u1.isInterrupted = 0;
+    }
+
+    assert( db->writeVdbeCnt>0 || db->autoCommit==0 || db->nDeferredCons==0 );
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
+    if( db->xProfile && !db->init.busy ){
+      sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(db->pVfs, &p->startTime);
+    }
+#endif
+
+    db->activeVdbeCnt++;
+    if( p->readOnly==0 ) db->writeVdbeCnt++;
+    p->pc = 0;
+  }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
+  if( p->explain ){
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeList(p);
+  }else
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN */
+  {
+    db->vdbeExecCnt++;
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeExec(p);
+    db->vdbeExecCnt--;
+  }
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
+  /* Invoke the profile callback if there is one
+  */
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW && db->xProfile && !db->init.busy && p->zSql ){
+    sqlite3_int64 iNow;
+    sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(db->pVfs, &iNow);
+    db->xProfile(db->pProfileArg, p->zSql, (iNow - p->startTime)*1000000);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+    assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK );
+    p->rc = doWalCallbacks(db);
+    if( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }
+  }
+
+  db->errCode = rc;
+  if( SQLITE_NOMEM==sqlite3ApiExit(p->db, p->rc) ){
+    p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+end_of_step:
+  /* At this point local variable rc holds the value that should be 
+  ** returned if this statement was compiled using the legacy 
+  ** sqlite3_prepare() interface. According to the docs, this can only
+  ** be one of the values in the first assert() below. Variable p->rc 
+  ** contains the value that would be returned if sqlite3_finalize() 
+  ** were called on statement p.
+  */
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_ROW  || rc==SQLITE_DONE   || rc==SQLITE_ERROR 
+       || rc==SQLITE_BUSY || rc==SQLITE_MISUSE
+  );
+  assert( p->rc!=SQLITE_ROW && p->rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
+  if( p->isPrepareV2 && rc!=SQLITE_ROW && rc!=SQLITE_DONE ){
+    /* If this statement was prepared using sqlite3_prepare_v2(), and an
+    ** error has occured, then return the error code in p->rc to the
+    ** caller. Set the error code in the database handle to the same value.
+    */ 
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeTransferError(p);
+  }
+  return (rc&db->errMask);
+}
+
+/*
+** The maximum number of times that a statement will try to reparse
+** itself before giving up and returning SQLITE_SCHEMA.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY
+# define SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY 5
+#endif
+
+/*
+** This is the top-level implementation of sqlite3_step().  Call
+** sqlite3Step() to do most of the work.  If a schema error occurs,
+** call sqlite3Reprepare() and try again.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_step(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Result from sqlite3Step() */
+  int rc2 = SQLITE_OK;     /* Result from sqlite3Reprepare() */
+  Vdbe *v = (Vdbe*)pStmt;  /* the prepared statement */
+  int cnt = 0;             /* Counter to prevent infinite loop of reprepares */
+  sqlite3 *db;             /* The database connection */
+
+  if( vdbeSafetyNotNull(v) ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+  }
+  db = v->db;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  while( (rc = sqlite3Step(v))==SQLITE_SCHEMA
+         && cnt++ < SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY
+         && (rc2 = rc = sqlite3Reprepare(v))==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+    assert( v->expired==0 );
+  }
+  if( rc2!=SQLITE_OK && ALWAYS(v->isPrepareV2) && ALWAYS(db->pErr) ){
+    /* This case occurs after failing to recompile an sql statement. 
+    ** The error message from the SQL compiler has already been loaded 
+    ** into the database handle. This block copies the error message 
+    ** from the database handle into the statement and sets the statement
+    ** program counter to 0 to ensure that when the statement is 
+    ** finalized or reset the parser error message is available via
+    ** sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errcode().
+    */
+    const char *zErr = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(db->pErr); 
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, v->zErrMsg);
+    if( !db->mallocFailed ){
+      v->zErrMsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zErr);
+      v->rc = rc2;
+    } else {
+      v->zErrMsg = 0;
+      v->rc = rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Extract the user data from a sqlite3_context structure and return a
+** pointer to it.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_user_data(sqlite3_context *p){
+  assert( p && p->pFunc );
+  return p->pFunc->pUserData;
+}
+
+/*
+** Extract the user data from a sqlite3_context structure and return a
+** pointer to it.
+**
+** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-46798-50301 The sqlite3_context_db_handle() interface
+** returns a copy of the pointer to the database connection (the 1st
+** parameter) of the sqlite3_create_function() and
+** sqlite3_create_function16() routines that originally registered the
+** application defined function.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_context_db_handle(sqlite3_context *p){
+  assert( p && p->pFunc );
+  return p->s.db;
+}
+
+/*
+** The following is the implementation of an SQL function that always
+** fails with an error message stating that the function is used in the
+** wrong context.  The sqlite3_overload_function() API might construct
+** SQL function that use this routine so that the functions will exist
+** for name resolution but are actually overloaded by the xFindFunction
+** method of virtual tables.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3InvalidFunction(
+  sqlite3_context *context,  /* The function calling context */
+  int NotUsed,               /* Number of arguments to the function */
+  sqlite3_value **NotUsed2   /* Value of each argument */
+){
+  const char *zName = context->pFunc->zName;
+  char *zErr;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
+  zErr = sqlite3_mprintf(
+      "unable to use function %s in the requested context", zName);
+  sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
+  sqlite3_free(zErr);
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate or return the aggregate context for a user function.  A new
+** context is allocated on the first call.  Subsequent calls return the
+** same context that was returned on prior calls.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_aggregate_context(sqlite3_context *p, int nByte){
+  Mem *pMem;
+  assert( p && p->pFunc && p->pFunc->xStep );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->s.db->mutex) );
+  pMem = p->pMem;
+  testcase( nByte<0 );
+  if( (pMem->flags & MEM_Agg)==0 ){
+    if( nByte<=0 ){
+      sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(pMem);
+      pMem->flags = MEM_Null;
+      pMem->z = 0;
+    }else{
+      sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nByte, 0);
+      pMem->flags = MEM_Agg;
+      pMem->u.pDef = p->pFunc;
+      if( pMem->z ){
+        memset(pMem->z, 0, nByte);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return (void*)pMem->z;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the auxilary data pointer, if any, for the iArg'th argument to
+** the user-function defined by pCtx.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_get_auxdata(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int iArg){
+  VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc;
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
+  pVdbeFunc = pCtx->pVdbeFunc;
+  if( !pVdbeFunc || iArg>=pVdbeFunc->nAux || iArg<0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  return pVdbeFunc->apAux[iArg].pAux;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the auxilary data pointer and delete function, for the iArg'th
+** argument to the user-function defined by pCtx. Any previous value is
+** deleted by calling the delete function specified when it was set.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_set_auxdata(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
+  int iArg, 
+  void *pAux, 
+  void (*xDelete)(void*)
+){
+  struct AuxData *pAuxData;
+  VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc;
+  if( iArg<0 ) goto failed;
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
+  pVdbeFunc = pCtx->pVdbeFunc;
+  if( !pVdbeFunc || pVdbeFunc->nAux<=iArg ){
+    int nAux = (pVdbeFunc ? pVdbeFunc->nAux : 0);
+    int nMalloc = sizeof(VdbeFunc) + sizeof(struct AuxData)*iArg;
+    pVdbeFunc = sqlite3DbRealloc(pCtx->s.db, pVdbeFunc, nMalloc);
+    if( !pVdbeFunc ){
+      goto failed;
+    }
+    pCtx->pVdbeFunc = pVdbeFunc;
+    memset(&pVdbeFunc->apAux[nAux], 0, sizeof(struct AuxData)*(iArg+1-nAux));
+    pVdbeFunc->nAux = iArg+1;
+    pVdbeFunc->pFunc = pCtx->pFunc;
+  }
+
+  pAuxData = &pVdbeFunc->apAux[iArg];
+  if( pAuxData->pAux && pAuxData->xDelete ){
+    pAuxData->xDelete(pAuxData->pAux);
+  }
+  pAuxData->pAux = pAux;
+  pAuxData->xDelete = xDelete;
+  return;
+
+failed:
+  if( xDelete ){
+    xDelete(pAux);
+  }
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+/*
+** Return the number of times the Step function of a aggregate has been 
+** called.
+**
+** This function is deprecated.  Do not use it for new code.  It is
+** provide only to avoid breaking legacy code.  New aggregate function
+** implementations should keep their own counts within their aggregate
+** context.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_aggregate_count(sqlite3_context *p){
+  assert( p && p->pMem && p->pFunc && p->pFunc->xStep );
+  return p->pMem->n;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Return the number of columns in the result set for the statement pStmt.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+  Vdbe *pVm = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+  return pVm ? pVm->nResColumn : 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of values available from the current row of the
+** currently executing statement pStmt.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+  Vdbe *pVm = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+  if( pVm==0 || pVm->pResultSet==0 ) return 0;
+  return pVm->nResColumn;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Check to see if column iCol of the given statement is valid.  If
+** it is, return a pointer to the Mem for the value of that column.
+** If iCol is not valid, return a pointer to a Mem which has a value
+** of NULL.
+*/
+static Mem *columnMem(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+  Vdbe *pVm;
+  Mem *pOut;
+
+  pVm = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+  if( pVm && pVm->pResultSet!=0 && i<pVm->nResColumn && i>=0 ){
+    sqlite3_mutex_enter(pVm->db->mutex);
+    pOut = &pVm->pResultSet[i];
+  }else{
+    /* If the value passed as the second argument is out of range, return
+    ** a pointer to the following static Mem object which contains the
+    ** value SQL NULL. Even though the Mem structure contains an element
+    ** of type i64, on certain architectures (x86) with certain compiler
+    ** switches (-Os), gcc may align this Mem object on a 4-byte boundary
+    ** instead of an 8-byte one. This all works fine, except that when
+    ** running with SQLITE_DEBUG defined the SQLite code sometimes assert()s
+    ** that a Mem structure is located on an 8-byte boundary. To prevent
+    ** these assert()s from failing, when building with SQLITE_DEBUG defined
+    ** using gcc, we force nullMem to be 8-byte aligned using the magical
+    ** __attribute__((aligned(8))) macro.  */
+    static const Mem nullMem 
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && defined(__GNUC__)
+      __attribute__((aligned(8))) 
+#endif
+      = {0, "", (double)0, {0}, 0, MEM_Null, SQLITE_NULL, 0,
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+         0, 0,  /* pScopyFrom, pFiller */
+#endif
+         0, 0 };
+
+    if( pVm && ALWAYS(pVm->db) ){
+      sqlite3_mutex_enter(pVm->db->mutex);
+      sqlite3Error(pVm->db, SQLITE_RANGE, 0);
+    }
+    pOut = (Mem*)&nullMem;
+  }
+  return pOut;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called after invoking an sqlite3_value_XXX function on a 
+** column value (i.e. a value returned by evaluating an SQL expression in the
+** select list of a SELECT statement) that may cause a malloc() failure. If 
+** malloc() has failed, the threads mallocFailed flag is cleared and the result
+** code of statement pStmt set to SQLITE_NOMEM.
+**
+** Specifically, this is called from within:
+**
+**     sqlite3_column_int()
+**     sqlite3_column_int64()
+**     sqlite3_column_text()
+**     sqlite3_column_text16()
+**     sqlite3_column_real()
+**     sqlite3_column_bytes()
+**     sqlite3_column_bytes16()
+**     sqiite3_column_blob()
+*/
+static void columnMallocFailure(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt)
+{
+  /* If malloc() failed during an encoding conversion within an
+  ** sqlite3_column_XXX API, then set the return code of the statement to
+  ** SQLITE_NOMEM. The next call to _step() (if any) will return SQLITE_ERROR
+  ** and _finalize() will return NOMEM.
+  */
+  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+  if( p ){
+    p->rc = sqlite3ApiExit(p->db, p->rc);
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
+  }
+}
+
+/**************************** sqlite3_column_  *******************************
+** The following routines are used to access elements of the current row
+** in the result set.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_blob(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+  const void *val;
+  val = sqlite3_value_blob( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+  /* Even though there is no encoding conversion, value_blob() might
+  ** need to call malloc() to expand the result of a zeroblob() 
+  ** expression. 
+  */
+  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
+  return val;
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+  int val = sqlite3_value_bytes( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
+  return val;
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+  int val = sqlite3_value_bytes16( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
+  return val;
+}
+SQLITE_API double sqlite3_column_double(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+  double val = sqlite3_value_double( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
+  return val;
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_int(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+  int val = sqlite3_value_int( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
+  return val;
+}
+SQLITE_API sqlite_int64 sqlite3_column_int64(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+  sqlite_int64 val = sqlite3_value_int64( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
+  return val;
+}
+SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_column_text(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+  const unsigned char *val = sqlite3_value_text( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
+  return val;
+}
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_value *sqlite3_column_value(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+  Mem *pOut = columnMem(pStmt, i);
+  if( pOut->flags&MEM_Static ){
+    pOut->flags &= ~MEM_Static;
+    pOut->flags |= MEM_Ephem;
+  }
+  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
+  return (sqlite3_value *)pOut;
+}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_text16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+  const void *val = sqlite3_value_text16( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
+  return val;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_type(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+  int iType = sqlite3_value_type( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
+  return iType;
+}
+
+/* The following function is experimental and subject to change or
+** removal */
+/*int sqlite3_column_numeric_type(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+**  return sqlite3_value_numeric_type( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+**}
+*/
+
+/*
+** Convert the N-th element of pStmt->pColName[] into a string using
+** xFunc() then return that string.  If N is out of range, return 0.
+**
+** There are up to 5 names for each column.  useType determines which
+** name is returned.  Here are the names:
+**
+**    0      The column name as it should be displayed for output
+**    1      The datatype name for the column
+**    2      The name of the database that the column derives from
+**    3      The name of the table that the column derives from
+**    4      The name of the table column that the result column derives from
+**
+** If the result is not a simple column reference (if it is an expression
+** or a constant) then useTypes 2, 3, and 4 return NULL.
+*/
+static const void *columnName(
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt,
+  int N,
+  const void *(*xFunc)(Mem*),
+  int useType
+){
+  const void *ret = 0;
+  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+  int n;
+  sqlite3 *db = p->db;
+  
+  assert( db!=0 );
+  n = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt);
+  if( N<n && N>=0 ){
+    N += useType*n;
+    sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+    assert( db->mallocFailed==0 );
+    ret = xFunc(&p->aColName[N]);
+     /* A malloc may have failed inside of the xFunc() call. If this
+    ** is the case, clear the mallocFailed flag and return NULL.
+    */
+    if( db->mallocFailed ){
+      db->mallocFailed = 0;
+      ret = 0;
+    }
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  }
+  return ret;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the name of the Nth column of the result set returned by SQL
+** statement pStmt.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
+  return columnName(
+      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_NAME);
+}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
+  return columnName(
+      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_NAME);
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Constraint:  If you have ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA then you must
+** not define OMIT_DECLTYPE.
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA)
+# error "Must not define both SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE \
+         and SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE
+/*
+** Return the column declaration type (if applicable) of the 'i'th column
+** of the result set of SQL statement pStmt.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_decltype(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
+  return columnName(
+      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_DECLTYPE);
+}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_decltype16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
+  return columnName(
+      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_DECLTYPE);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
+/*
+** Return the name of the database from which a result column derives.
+** NULL is returned if the result column is an expression or constant or
+** anything else which is not an unabiguous reference to a database column.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_database_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
+  return columnName(
+      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_DATABASE);
+}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_database_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
+  return columnName(
+      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_DATABASE);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+
+/*
+** Return the name of the table from which a result column derives.
+** NULL is returned if the result column is an expression or constant or
+** anything else which is not an unabiguous reference to a database column.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_table_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
+  return columnName(
+      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_TABLE);
+}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_table_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
+  return columnName(
+      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_TABLE);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+
+/*
+** Return the name of the table column from which a result column derives.
+** NULL is returned if the result column is an expression or constant or
+** anything else which is not an unabiguous reference to a database column.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_origin_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
+  return columnName(
+      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_COLUMN);
+}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_origin_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
+  return columnName(
+      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_COLUMN);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA */
+
+
+/******************************* sqlite3_bind_  ***************************
+** 
+** Routines used to attach values to wildcards in a compiled SQL statement.
+*/
+/*
+** Unbind the value bound to variable i in virtual machine p. This is the 
+** the same as binding a NULL value to the column. If the "i" parameter is
+** out of range, then SQLITE_RANGE is returned. Othewise SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** A successful evaluation of this routine acquires the mutex on p.
+** the mutex is released if any kind of error occurs.
+**
+** The error code stored in database p->db is overwritten with the return
+** value in any case.
+*/
+static int vdbeUnbind(Vdbe *p, int i){
+  Mem *pVar;
+  if( vdbeSafetyNotNull(p) ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->db->mutex);
+  if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN || p->pc>=0 ){
+    sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_MISUSE, 0);
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
+    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE, 
+        "bind on a busy prepared statement: [%s]", p->zSql);
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+  }
+  if( i<1 || i>p->nVar ){
+    sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_RANGE, 0);
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
+    return SQLITE_RANGE;
+  }
+  i--;
+  pVar = &p->aVar[i];
+  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pVar);
+  pVar->flags = MEM_Null;
+  sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_OK, 0);
+
+  /* If the bit corresponding to this variable in Vdbe.expmask is set, then 
+  ** binding a new value to this variable invalidates the current query plan.
+  **
+  ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-48440-37595 If the specific value bound to host
+  ** parameter in the WHERE clause might influence the choice of query plan
+  ** for a statement, then the statement will be automatically recompiled,
+  ** as if there had been a schema change, on the first sqlite3_step() call
+  ** following any change to the bindings of that parameter.
+  */
+  if( p->isPrepareV2 &&
+     ((i<32 && p->expmask & ((u32)1 << i)) || p->expmask==0xffffffff)
+  ){
+    p->expired = 1;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Bind a text or BLOB value.
+*/
+static int bindText(
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt,   /* The statement to bind against */
+  int i,                 /* Index of the parameter to bind */
+  const void *zData,     /* Pointer to the data to be bound */
+  int nData,             /* Number of bytes of data to be bound */
+  void (*xDel)(void*),   /* Destructor for the data */
+  u8 encoding            /* Encoding for the data */
+){
+  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+  Mem *pVar;
+  int rc;
+
+  rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( zData!=0 ){
+      pVar = &p->aVar[i-1];
+      rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pVar, zData, nData, encoding, xDel);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && encoding!=0 ){
+        rc = sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pVar, ENC(p->db));
+      }
+      sqlite3Error(p->db, rc, 0);
+      rc = sqlite3ApiExit(p->db, rc);
+    }
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
+  }else if( xDel!=SQLITE_STATIC && xDel!=SQLITE_TRANSIENT ){
+    xDel((void*)zData);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Bind a blob value to an SQL statement variable.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_blob(
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, 
+  int i, 
+  const void *zData, 
+  int nData, 
+  void (*xDel)(void*)
+){
+  return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, 0);
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_double(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, double rValue){
+  int rc;
+  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+  rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(&p->aVar[i-1], rValue);
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int(sqlite3_stmt *p, int i, int iValue){
+  return sqlite3_bind_int64(p, i, (i64)iValue);
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int64(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, sqlite_int64 iValue){
+  int rc;
+  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+  rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&p->aVar[i-1], iValue);
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_null(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+  int rc;
+  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
+  rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text( 
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, 
+  int i, 
+  const char *zData, 
+  int nData, 
+  void (*xDel)(void*)
+){
+  return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, SQLITE_UTF8);
+}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text16(
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, 
+  int i, 
+  const void *zData, 
+  int nData, 
+  void (*xDel)(void*)
+){
+  return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_value(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, const sqlite3_value *pValue){
+  int rc;
+  switch( pValue->type ){
+    case SQLITE_INTEGER: {
+      rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, i, pValue->u.i);
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_FLOAT: {
+      rc = sqlite3_bind_double(pStmt, i, pValue->r);
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_BLOB: {
+      if( pValue->flags & MEM_Zero ){
+        rc = sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(pStmt, i, pValue->u.nZero);
+      }else{
+        rc = sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, i, pValue->z, pValue->n,SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_TEXT: {
+      rc = bindText(pStmt,i,  pValue->z, pValue->n, SQLITE_TRANSIENT,
+                              pValue->enc);
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+      rc = sqlite3_bind_null(pStmt, i);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, int n){
+  int rc;
+  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+  rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(&p->aVar[i-1], n);
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of wildcards that can be potentially bound to.
+** This routine is added to support DBD::SQLite.  
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
+  return p ? p->nVar : 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the name of a wildcard parameter.  Return NULL if the index
+** is out of range or if the wildcard is unnamed.
+**
+** The result is always UTF-8.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
+  if( p==0 || i<1 || i>p->nzVar ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  return p->azVar[i-1];
+}
+
+/*
+** Given a wildcard parameter name, return the index of the variable
+** with that name.  If there is no variable with the given name,
+** return 0.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeParameterIndex(Vdbe *p, const char *zName, int nName){
+  int i;
+  if( p==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  if( zName ){
+    for(i=0; i<p->nzVar; i++){
+      const char *z = p->azVar[i];
+      if( z && memcmp(z,zName,nName)==0 && z[nName]==0 ){
+        return i+1;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, const char *zName){
+  return sqlite3VdbeParameterIndex((Vdbe*)pStmt, zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName));
+}
+
+/*
+** Transfer all bindings from the first statement over to the second.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TransferBindings(sqlite3_stmt *pFromStmt, sqlite3_stmt *pToStmt){
+  Vdbe *pFrom = (Vdbe*)pFromStmt;
+  Vdbe *pTo = (Vdbe*)pToStmt;
+  int i;
+  assert( pTo->db==pFrom->db );
+  assert( pTo->nVar==pFrom->nVar );
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pTo->db->mutex);
+  for(i=0; i<pFrom->nVar; i++){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemMove(&pTo->aVar[i], &pFrom->aVar[i]);
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pTo->db->mutex);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+/*
+** Deprecated external interface.  Internal/core SQLite code
+** should call sqlite3TransferBindings.
+**
+** Is is misuse to call this routine with statements from different
+** database connections.  But as this is a deprecated interface, we
+** will not bother to check for that condition.
+**
+** If the two statements contain a different number of bindings, then
+** an SQLITE_ERROR is returned.  Nothing else can go wrong, so otherwise
+** SQLITE_OK is returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_transfer_bindings(sqlite3_stmt *pFromStmt, sqlite3_stmt *pToStmt){
+  Vdbe *pFrom = (Vdbe*)pFromStmt;
+  Vdbe *pTo = (Vdbe*)pToStmt;
+  if( pFrom->nVar!=pTo->nVar ){
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  if( pTo->isPrepareV2 && pTo->expmask ){
+    pTo->expired = 1;
+  }
+  if( pFrom->isPrepareV2 && pFrom->expmask ){
+    pFrom->expired = 1;
+  }
+  return sqlite3TransferBindings(pFromStmt, pToStmt);
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Return the sqlite3* database handle to which the prepared statement given
+** in the argument belongs.  This is the same database handle that was
+** the first argument to the sqlite3_prepare() that was used to create
+** the statement in the first place.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_db_handle(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+  return pStmt ? ((Vdbe*)pStmt)->db : 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return true if the prepared statement is guaranteed to not modify the
+** database.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_readonly(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+  return pStmt ? ((Vdbe*)pStmt)->readOnly : 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return true if the prepared statement is in need of being reset.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_busy(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+  Vdbe *v = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
+  return v!=0 && v->pc>0 && v->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the next prepared statement after pStmt associated
+** with database connection pDb.  If pStmt is NULL, return the first
+** prepared statement for the database connection.  Return NULL if there
+** are no more.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_stmt *sqlite3_next_stmt(sqlite3 *pDb, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pNext;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pDb->mutex);
+  if( pStmt==0 ){
+    pNext = (sqlite3_stmt*)pDb->pVdbe;
+  }else{
+    pNext = (sqlite3_stmt*)((Vdbe*)pStmt)->pNext;
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pDb->mutex);
+  return pNext;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the value of a status counter for a prepared statement
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_status(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int op, int resetFlag){
+  Vdbe *pVdbe = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
+  int v = pVdbe->aCounter[op-1];
+  if( resetFlag ) pVdbe->aCounter[op-1] = 0;
+  return v;
+}
+
+/************** End of vdbeapi.c *********************************************/
+/************** Begin file vdbetrace.c ***************************************/
+/*
+** 2009 November 25
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains code used to insert the values of host parameters
+** (aka "wildcards") into the SQL text output by sqlite3_trace().
+**
+** The Vdbe parse-tree explainer is also found here.
+*/
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
+
+/*
+** zSql is a zero-terminated string of UTF-8 SQL text.  Return the number of
+** bytes in this text up to but excluding the first character in
+** a host parameter.  If the text contains no host parameters, return
+** the total number of bytes in the text.
+*/
+static int findNextHostParameter(const char *zSql, int *pnToken){
+  int tokenType;
+  int nTotal = 0;
+  int n;
+
+  *pnToken = 0;
+  while( zSql[0] ){
+    n = sqlite3GetToken((u8*)zSql, &tokenType);
+    assert( n>0 && tokenType!=TK_ILLEGAL );
+    if( tokenType==TK_VARIABLE ){
+      *pnToken = n;
+      break;
+    }
+    nTotal += n;
+    zSql += n;
+  }
+  return nTotal;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function returns a pointer to a nul-terminated string in memory
+** obtained from sqlite3DbMalloc(). If sqlite3.vdbeExecCnt is 1, then the
+** string contains a copy of zRawSql but with host parameters expanded to 
+** their current bindings. Or, if sqlite3.vdbeExecCnt is greater than 1, 
+** then the returned string holds a copy of zRawSql with "-- " prepended
+** to each line of text.
+**
+** The calling function is responsible for making sure the memory returned
+** is eventually freed.
+**
+** ALGORITHM:  Scan the input string looking for host parameters in any of
+** these forms:  ?, ?N, $A, @A, :A.  Take care to avoid text within
+** string literals, quoted identifier names, and comments.  For text forms,
+** the host parameter index is found by scanning the perpared
+** statement for the corresponding OP_Variable opcode.  Once the host
+** parameter index is known, locate the value in p->aVar[].  Then render
+** the value as a literal in place of the host parameter name.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3VdbeExpandSql(
+  Vdbe *p,                 /* The prepared statement being evaluated */
+  const char *zRawSql      /* Raw text of the SQL statement */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db;             /* The database connection */
+  int idx = 0;             /* Index of a host parameter */
+  int nextIndex = 1;       /* Index of next ? host parameter */
+  int n;                   /* Length of a token prefix */
+  int nToken;              /* Length of the parameter token */
+  int i;                   /* Loop counter */
+  Mem *pVar;               /* Value of a host parameter */
+  StrAccum out;            /* Accumulate the output here */
+  char zBase[100];         /* Initial working space */
+
+  db = p->db;
+  sqlite3StrAccumInit(&out, zBase, sizeof(zBase), 
+                      db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]);
+  out.db = db;
+  if( db->vdbeExecCnt>1 ){
+    while( *zRawSql ){
+      const char *zStart = zRawSql;
+      while( *(zRawSql++)!='\n' && *zRawSql );
+      sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, "-- ", 3);
+      sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, zStart, (int)(zRawSql-zStart));
+    }
+  }else{
+    while( zRawSql[0] ){
+      n = findNextHostParameter(zRawSql, &nToken);
+      assert( n>0 );
+      sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, zRawSql, n);
+      zRawSql += n;
+      assert( zRawSql[0] || nToken==0 );
+      if( nToken==0 ) break;
+      if( zRawSql[0]=='?' ){
+        if( nToken>1 ){
+          assert( sqlite3Isdigit(zRawSql[1]) );
+          sqlite3GetInt32(&zRawSql[1], &idx);
+        }else{
+          idx = nextIndex;
+        }
+      }else{
+        assert( zRawSql[0]==':' || zRawSql[0]=='$' || zRawSql[0]=='@' );
+        testcase( zRawSql[0]==':' );
+        testcase( zRawSql[0]=='$' );
+        testcase( zRawSql[0]=='@' );
+        idx = sqlite3VdbeParameterIndex(p, zRawSql, nToken);
+        assert( idx>0 );
+      }
+      zRawSql += nToken;
+      nextIndex = idx + 1;
+      assert( idx>0 && idx<=p->nVar );
+      pVar = &p->aVar[idx-1];
+      if( pVar->flags & MEM_Null ){
+        sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, "NULL", 4);
+      }else if( pVar->flags & MEM_Int ){
+        sqlite3XPrintf(&out, "%lld", pVar->u.i);
+      }else if( pVar->flags & MEM_Real ){
+        sqlite3XPrintf(&out, "%!.15g", pVar->r);
+      }else if( pVar->flags & MEM_Str ){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+        u8 enc = ENC(db);
+        if( enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){
+          Mem utf8;
+          memset(&utf8, 0, sizeof(utf8));
+          utf8.db = db;
+          sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&utf8, pVar->z, pVar->n, enc, SQLITE_STATIC);
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(&utf8, SQLITE_UTF8);
+          sqlite3XPrintf(&out, "'%.*q'", utf8.n, utf8.z);
+          sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&utf8);
+        }else
+#endif
+        {
+          sqlite3XPrintf(&out, "'%.*q'", pVar->n, pVar->z);
+        }
+      }else if( pVar->flags & MEM_Zero ){
+        sqlite3XPrintf(&out, "zeroblob(%d)", pVar->u.nZero);
+      }else{
+        assert( pVar->flags & MEM_Blob );
+        sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, "x'", 2);
+        for(i=0; i<pVar->n; i++){
+          sqlite3XPrintf(&out, "%02x", pVar->z[i]&0xff);
+        }
+        sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, "'", 1);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&out);
+}
+
+#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE */
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+** The following code implements the data-structure explaining logic
+** for the Vdbe.
+*/
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN)
+
+/*
+** Allocate a new Explain object
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainBegin(Vdbe *pVdbe){
+  if( pVdbe ){
+    Explain *p;
+    sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+    p = (Explain *)sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(Explain) );
+    if( p ){
+      p->pVdbe = pVdbe;
+      sqlite3_free(pVdbe->pExplain);
+      pVdbe->pExplain = p;
+      sqlite3StrAccumInit(&p->str, p->zBase, sizeof(p->zBase),
+                          SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH);
+      p->str.useMalloc = 2;
+    }else{
+      sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return true if the Explain ends with a new-line.
+*/
+static int endsWithNL(Explain *p){
+  return p && p->str.zText && p->str.nChar
+           && p->str.zText[p->str.nChar-1]=='\n';
+}
+    
+/*
+** Append text to the indentation
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainPrintf(Vdbe *pVdbe, const char *zFormat, ...){
+  Explain *p;
+  if( pVdbe && (p = pVdbe->pExplain)!=0 ){
+    va_list ap;
+    if( p->nIndent && endsWithNL(p) ){
+      int n = p->nIndent;
+      if( n>ArraySize(p->aIndent) ) n = ArraySize(p->aIndent);
+      sqlite3AppendSpace(&p->str, p->aIndent[n-1]);
+    }   
+    va_start(ap, zFormat);
+    sqlite3VXPrintf(&p->str, 1, zFormat, ap);
+    va_end(ap);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Append a '\n' if there is not already one.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainNL(Vdbe *pVdbe){
+  Explain *p;
+  if( pVdbe && (p = pVdbe->pExplain)!=0 && !endsWithNL(p) ){
+    sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&p->str, "\n", 1);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Push a new indentation level.  Subsequent lines will be indented
+** so that they begin at the current cursor position.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainPush(Vdbe *pVdbe){
+  Explain *p;
+  if( pVdbe && (p = pVdbe->pExplain)!=0 ){
+    if( p->str.zText && p->nIndent<ArraySize(p->aIndent) ){
+      const char *z = p->str.zText;
+      int i = p->str.nChar-1;
+      int x;
+      while( i>=0 && z[i]!='\n' ){ i--; }
+      x = (p->str.nChar - 1) - i;
+      if( p->nIndent && x<p->aIndent[p->nIndent-1] ){
+        x = p->aIndent[p->nIndent-1];
+      }
+      p->aIndent[p->nIndent] = x;
+    }
+    p->nIndent++;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Pop the indentation stack by one level.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainPop(Vdbe *p){
+  if( p && p->pExplain ) p->pExplain->nIndent--;
+}
+
+/*
+** Free the indentation structure
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainFinish(Vdbe *pVdbe){
+  if( pVdbe && pVdbe->pExplain ){
+    sqlite3_free(pVdbe->zExplain);
+    sqlite3ExplainNL(pVdbe);
+    pVdbe->zExplain = sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&pVdbe->pExplain->str);
+    sqlite3_free(pVdbe->pExplain);
+    pVdbe->pExplain = 0;
+    sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the explanation of a virtual machine.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3VdbeExplanation(Vdbe *pVdbe){
+  return (pVdbe && pVdbe->zExplain) ? pVdbe->zExplain : 0;
+}
+#endif /* defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) */
+
+/************** End of vdbetrace.c *******************************************/
+/************** Begin file vdbe.c ********************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** The code in this file implements execution method of the 
+** Virtual Database Engine (VDBE).  A separate file ("vdbeaux.c")
+** handles housekeeping details such as creating and deleting
+** VDBE instances.  This file is solely interested in executing
+** the VDBE program.
+**
+** In the external interface, an "sqlite3_stmt*" is an opaque pointer
+** to a VDBE.
+**
+** The SQL parser generates a program which is then executed by
+** the VDBE to do the work of the SQL statement.  VDBE programs are 
+** similar in form to assembly language.  The program consists of
+** a linear sequence of operations.  Each operation has an opcode 
+** and 5 operands.  Operands P1, P2, and P3 are integers.  Operand P4 
+** is a null-terminated string.  Operand P5 is an unsigned character.
+** Few opcodes use all 5 operands.
+**
+** Computation results are stored on a set of registers numbered beginning
+** with 1 and going up to Vdbe.nMem.  Each register can store
+** either an integer, a null-terminated string, a floating point
+** number, or the SQL "NULL" value.  An implicit conversion from one
+** type to the other occurs as necessary.
+** 
+** Most of the code in this file is taken up by the sqlite3VdbeExec()
+** function which does the work of interpreting a VDBE program.
+** But other routines are also provided to help in building up
+** a program instruction by instruction.
+**
+** Various scripts scan this source file in order to generate HTML
+** documentation, headers files, or other derived files.  The formatting
+** of the code in this file is, therefore, important.  See other comments
+** in this file for details.  If in doubt, do not deviate from existing
+** commenting and indentation practices when changing or adding code.
+*/
+
+/*
+** Invoke this macro on memory cells just prior to changing the
+** value of the cell.  This macro verifies that shallow copies are
+** not misused.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+# define memAboutToChange(P,M) sqlite3VdbeMemAboutToChange(P,M)
+#else
+# define memAboutToChange(P,M)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The following global variable is incremented every time a cursor
+** moves, either by the OP_SeekXX, OP_Next, or OP_Prev opcodes.  The test
+** procedures use this information to make sure that indices are
+** working correctly.  This variable has no function other than to
+** help verify the correct operation of the library.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_search_count = 0;
+#endif
+
+/*
+** When this global variable is positive, it gets decremented once before
+** each instruction in the VDBE.  When it reaches zero, the u1.isInterrupted
+** field of the sqlite3 structure is set in order to simulate an interrupt.
+**
+** This facility is used for testing purposes only.  It does not function
+** in an ordinary build.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_interrupt_count = 0;
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The next global variable is incremented each type the OP_Sort opcode
+** is executed.  The test procedures use this information to make sure that
+** sorting is occurring or not occurring at appropriate times.   This variable
+** has no function other than to help verify the correct operation of the
+** library.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sort_count = 0;
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The next global variable records the size of the largest MEM_Blob
+** or MEM_Str that has been used by a VDBE opcode.  The test procedures
+** use this information to make sure that the zero-blob functionality
+** is working correctly.   This variable has no function other than to
+** help verify the correct operation of the library.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_max_blobsize = 0;
+static void updateMaxBlobsize(Mem *p){
+  if( (p->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))!=0 && p->n>sqlite3_max_blobsize ){
+    sqlite3_max_blobsize = p->n;
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The next global variable is incremented each type the OP_Found opcode
+** is executed. This is used to test whether or not the foreign key
+** operation implemented using OP_FkIsZero is working. This variable
+** has no function other than to help verify the correct operation of the
+** library.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_found_count = 0;
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Test a register to see if it exceeds the current maximum blob size.
+** If it does, record the new maximum blob size.
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST)
+# define UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(P)  updateMaxBlobsize(P)
+#else
+# define UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(P)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Convert the given register into a string if it isn't one
+** already. Return non-zero if a malloc() fails.
+*/
+#define Stringify(P, enc) \
+   if(((P)->flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))==0 && sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(P,enc)) \
+     { goto no_mem; }
+
+/*
+** An ephemeral string value (signified by the MEM_Ephem flag) contains
+** a pointer to a dynamically allocated string where some other entity
+** is responsible for deallocating that string.  Because the register
+** does not control the string, it might be deleted without the register
+** knowing it.
+**
+** This routine converts an ephemeral string into a dynamically allocated
+** string that the register itself controls.  In other words, it
+** converts an MEM_Ephem string into an MEM_Dyn string.
+*/
+#define Deephemeralize(P) \
+   if( ((P)->flags&MEM_Ephem)!=0 \
+       && sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(P) ){ goto no_mem;}
+
+/* Return true if the cursor was opened using the OP_OpenSorter opcode. */
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MERGE_SORT
+# define isSorter(x) 0
+#else
+# define isSorter(x) ((x)->pSorter!=0)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Argument pMem points at a register that will be passed to a
+** user-defined function or returned to the user as the result of a query.
+** This routine sets the pMem->type variable used by the sqlite3_value_*() 
+** routines.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemStoreType(Mem *pMem){
+  int flags = pMem->flags;
+  if( flags & MEM_Null ){
+    pMem->type = SQLITE_NULL;
+  }
+  else if( flags & MEM_Int ){
+    pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER;
+  }
+  else if( flags & MEM_Real ){
+    pMem->type = SQLITE_FLOAT;
+  }
+  else if( flags & MEM_Str ){
+    pMem->type = SQLITE_TEXT;
+  }else{
+    pMem->type = SQLITE_BLOB;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate VdbeCursor number iCur.  Return a pointer to it.  Return NULL
+** if we run out of memory.
+*/
+static VdbeCursor *allocateCursor(
+  Vdbe *p,              /* The virtual machine */
+  int iCur,             /* Index of the new VdbeCursor */
+  int nField,           /* Number of fields in the table or index */
+  int iDb,              /* Database the cursor belongs to, or -1 */
+  int isBtreeCursor     /* True for B-Tree.  False for pseudo-table or vtab */
+){
+  /* Find the memory cell that will be used to store the blob of memory
+  ** required for this VdbeCursor structure. It is convenient to use a 
+  ** vdbe memory cell to manage the memory allocation required for a
+  ** VdbeCursor structure for the following reasons:
+  **
+  **   * Sometimes cursor numbers are used for a couple of different
+  **     purposes in a vdbe program. The different uses might require
+  **     different sized allocations. Memory cells provide growable
+  **     allocations.
+  **
+  **   * When using ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT, memory cell buffers can
+  **     be freed lazily via the sqlite3_release_memory() API. This
+  **     minimizes the number of malloc calls made by the system.
+  **
+  ** Memory cells for cursors are allocated at the top of the address
+  ** space. Memory cell (p->nMem) corresponds to cursor 0. Space for
+  ** cursor 1 is managed by memory cell (p->nMem-1), etc.
+  */
+  Mem *pMem = &p->aMem[p->nMem-iCur];
+
+  int nByte;
+  VdbeCursor *pCx = 0;
+  nByte = 
+      ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeCursor)) + 
+      (isBtreeCursor?sqlite3BtreeCursorSize():0) + 
+      2*nField*sizeof(u32);
+
+  assert( iCur<p->nCursor );
+  if( p->apCsr[iCur] ){
+    sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p, p->apCsr[iCur]);
+    p->apCsr[iCur] = 0;
+  }
+  if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nByte, 0) ){
+    p->apCsr[iCur] = pCx = (VdbeCursor*)pMem->z;
+    memset(pCx, 0, sizeof(VdbeCursor));
+    pCx->iDb = iDb;
+    pCx->nField = nField;
+    if( nField ){
+      pCx->aType = (u32 *)&pMem->z[ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeCursor))];
+    }
+    if( isBtreeCursor ){
+      pCx->pCursor = (BtCursor*)
+          &pMem->z[ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeCursor))+2*nField*sizeof(u32)];
+      sqlite3BtreeCursorZero(pCx->pCursor);
+    }
+  }
+  return pCx;
+}
+
+/*
+** Try to convert a value into a numeric representation if we can
+** do so without loss of information.  In other words, if the string
+** looks like a number, convert it into a number.  If it does not
+** look like a number, leave it alone.
+*/
+static void applyNumericAffinity(Mem *pRec){
+  if( (pRec->flags & (MEM_Real|MEM_Int))==0 ){
+    double rValue;
+    i64 iValue;
+    u8 enc = pRec->enc;
+    if( (pRec->flags&MEM_Str)==0 ) return;
+    if( sqlite3AtoF(pRec->z, &rValue, pRec->n, enc)==0 ) return;
+    if( 0==sqlite3Atoi64(pRec->z, &iValue, pRec->n, enc) ){
+      pRec->u.i = iValue;
+      pRec->flags |= MEM_Int;
+    }else{
+      pRec->r = rValue;
+      pRec->flags |= MEM_Real;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Processing is determine by the affinity parameter:
+**
+** SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER:
+** SQLITE_AFF_REAL:
+** SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC:
+**    Try to convert pRec to an integer representation or a 
+**    floating-point representation if an integer representation
+**    is not possible.  Note that the integer representation is
+**    always preferred, even if the affinity is REAL, because
+**    an integer representation is more space efficient on disk.
+**
+** SQLITE_AFF_TEXT:
+**    Convert pRec to a text representation.
+**
+** SQLITE_AFF_NONE:
+**    No-op.  pRec is unchanged.
+*/
+static void applyAffinity(
+  Mem *pRec,          /* The value to apply affinity to */
+  char affinity,      /* The affinity to be applied */
+  u8 enc              /* Use this text encoding */
+){
+  if( affinity==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ){
+    /* Only attempt the conversion to TEXT if there is an integer or real
+    ** representation (blob and NULL do not get converted) but no string
+    ** representation.
+    */
+    if( 0==(pRec->flags&MEM_Str) && (pRec->flags&(MEM_Real|MEM_Int)) ){
+      sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(pRec, enc);
+    }
+    pRec->flags &= ~(MEM_Real|MEM_Int);
+  }else if( affinity!=SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){
+    assert( affinity==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER || affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL
+             || affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC );
+    applyNumericAffinity(pRec);
+    if( pRec->flags & MEM_Real ){
+      sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pRec);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Try to convert the type of a function argument or a result column
+** into a numeric representation.  Use either INTEGER or REAL whichever
+** is appropriate.  But only do the conversion if it is possible without
+** loss of information and return the revised type of the argument.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_numeric_type(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+  Mem *pMem = (Mem*)pVal;
+  if( pMem->type==SQLITE_TEXT ){
+    applyNumericAffinity(pMem);
+    sqlite3VdbeMemStoreType(pMem);
+  }
+  return pMem->type;
+}
+
+/*
+** Exported version of applyAffinity(). This one works on sqlite3_value*, 
+** not the internal Mem* type.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(
+  sqlite3_value *pVal, 
+  u8 affinity, 
+  u8 enc
+){
+  applyAffinity((Mem *)pVal, affinity, enc);
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+/*
+** Write a nice string representation of the contents of cell pMem
+** into buffer zBuf, length nBuf.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(Mem *pMem, char *zBuf){
+  char *zCsr = zBuf;
+  int f = pMem->flags;
+
+  static const char *const encnames[] = {"(X)", "(8)", "(16LE)", "(16BE)"};
+
+  if( f&MEM_Blob ){
+    int i;
+    char c;
+    if( f & MEM_Dyn ){
+      c = 'z';
+      assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem))==0 );
+    }else if( f & MEM_Static ){
+      c = 't';
+      assert( (f & (MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem))==0 );
+    }else if( f & MEM_Ephem ){
+      c = 'e';
+      assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn))==0 );
+    }else{
+      c = 's';
+    }
+
+    sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "%c", c);
+    zCsr += sqlite3Strlen30(zCsr);
+    sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "%d[", pMem->n);
+    zCsr += sqlite3Strlen30(zCsr);
+    for(i=0; i<16 && i<pMem->n; i++){
+      sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "%02X", ((int)pMem->z[i] & 0xFF));
+      zCsr += sqlite3Strlen30(zCsr);
+    }
+    for(i=0; i<16 && i<pMem->n; i++){
+      char z = pMem->z[i];
+      if( z<32 || z>126 ) *zCsr++ = '.';
+      else *zCsr++ = z;
+    }
+
+    sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "]%s", encnames[pMem->enc]);
+    zCsr += sqlite3Strlen30(zCsr);
+    if( f & MEM_Zero ){
+      sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr,"+%dz",pMem->u.nZero);
+      zCsr += sqlite3Strlen30(zCsr);
+    }
+    *zCsr = '\0';
+  }else if( f & MEM_Str ){
+    int j, k;
+    zBuf[0] = ' ';
+    if( f & MEM_Dyn ){
+      zBuf[1] = 'z';
+      assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem))==0 );
+    }else if( f & MEM_Static ){
+      zBuf[1] = 't';
+      assert( (f & (MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem))==0 );
+    }else if( f & MEM_Ephem ){
+      zBuf[1] = 'e';
+      assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn))==0 );
+    }else{
+      zBuf[1] = 's';
+    }
+    k = 2;
+    sqlite3_snprintf(100, &zBuf[k], "%d", pMem->n);
+    k += sqlite3Strlen30(&zBuf[k]);
+    zBuf[k++] = '[';
+    for(j=0; j<15 && j<pMem->n; j++){
+      u8 c = pMem->z[j];
+      if( c>=0x20 && c<0x7f ){
+        zBuf[k++] = c;
+      }else{
+        zBuf[k++] = '.';
+      }
+    }
+    zBuf[k++] = ']';
+    sqlite3_snprintf(100,&zBuf[k], encnames[pMem->enc]);
+    k += sqlite3Strlen30(&zBuf[k]);
+    zBuf[k++] = 0;
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+/*
+** Print the value of a register for tracing purposes:
+*/
+static void memTracePrint(FILE *out, Mem *p){
+  if( p->flags & MEM_Null ){
+    fprintf(out, " NULL");
+  }else if( (p->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Str))==(MEM_Int|MEM_Str) ){
+    fprintf(out, " si:%lld", p->u.i);
+  }else if( p->flags & MEM_Int ){
+    fprintf(out, " i:%lld", p->u.i);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+  }else if( p->flags & MEM_Real ){
+    fprintf(out, " r:%g", p->r);
+#endif
+  }else if( p->flags & MEM_RowSet ){
+    fprintf(out, " (rowset)");
+  }else{
+    char zBuf[200];
+    sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(p, zBuf);
+    fprintf(out, " ");
+    fprintf(out, "%s", zBuf);
+  }
+}
+static void registerTrace(FILE *out, int iReg, Mem *p){
+  fprintf(out, "REG[%d] = ", iReg);
+  memTracePrint(out, p);
+  fprintf(out, "\n");
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+#  define REGISTER_TRACE(R,M) if(p->trace)registerTrace(p->trace,R,M)
+#else
+#  define REGISTER_TRACE(R,M)
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
+
+/* 
+** hwtime.h contains inline assembler code for implementing 
+** high-performance timing routines.
+*/
+/************** Include hwtime.h in the middle of vdbe.c *********************/
+/************** Begin file hwtime.h ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 May 27
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains inline asm code for retrieving "high-performance"
+** counters for x86 class CPUs.
+*/
+#ifndef _HWTIME_H_
+#define _HWTIME_H_
+
+/*
+** The following routine only works on pentium-class (or newer) processors.
+** It uses the RDTSC opcode to read the cycle count value out of the
+** processor and returns that value.  This can be used for high-res
+** profiling.
+*/
+#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(_MSC_VER)) && \
+      (defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86))
+
+  #if defined(__GNUC__)
+
+  __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+     unsigned int lo, hi;
+     __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=a" (lo), "=d" (hi));
+     return (sqlite_uint64)hi << 32 | lo;
+  }
+
+  #elif defined(_MSC_VER)
+
+  __declspec(naked) __inline sqlite_uint64 __cdecl sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+     __asm {
+        rdtsc
+        ret       ; return value at EDX:EAX
+     }
+  }
+
+  #endif
+
+#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__x86_64__))
+
+  __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+      unsigned long val;
+      __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=A" (val));
+      return val;
+  }
+ 
+#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__ppc__))
+
+  __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+      unsigned long long retval;
+      unsigned long junk;
+      __asm__ __volatile__ ("\n\
+          1:      mftbu   %1\n\
+                  mftb    %L0\n\
+                  mftbu   %0\n\
+                  cmpw    %0,%1\n\
+                  bne     1b"
+                  : "=r" (retval), "=r" (junk));
+      return retval;
+  }
+
+#else
+
+  #error Need implementation of sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform.
+
+  /*
+  ** To compile without implementing sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform,
+  ** you can remove the above #error and use the following
+  ** stub function.  You will lose timing support for many
+  ** of the debugging and testing utilities, but it should at
+  ** least compile and run.
+  */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ return ((sqlite_uint64)0); }
+
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !defined(_HWTIME_H_) */
+
+/************** End of hwtime.h **********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in vdbe.c ***********************/
+
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT macro defined here looks to see if the
+** sqlite3_interrupt() routine has been called.  If it has been, then
+** processing of the VDBE program is interrupted.
+**
+** This macro added to every instruction that does a jump in order to
+** implement a loop.  This test used to be on every single instruction,
+** but that meant we more testing than we needed.  By only testing the
+** flag on jump instructions, we get a (small) speed improvement.
+*/
+#define CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT \
+   if( db->u1.isInterrupted ) goto abort_due_to_interrupt;
+
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/*
+** This function is only called from within an assert() expression. It
+** checks that the sqlite3.nTransaction variable is correctly set to
+** the number of non-transaction savepoints currently in the 
+** linked list starting at sqlite3.pSavepoint.
+** 
+** Usage:
+**
+**     assert( checkSavepointCount(db) );
+*/
+static int checkSavepointCount(sqlite3 *db){
+  int n = 0;
+  Savepoint *p;
+  for(p=db->pSavepoint; p; p=p->pNext) n++;
+  assert( n==(db->nSavepoint + db->isTransactionSavepoint) );
+  return 1;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Transfer error message text from an sqlite3_vtab.zErrMsg (text stored
+** in memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc) into a Vdbe.zErrMsg (text stored
+** in memory obtained from sqlite3DbMalloc).
+*/
+static void importVtabErrMsg(Vdbe *p, sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
+  sqlite3 *db = p->db;
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
+  p->zErrMsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pVtab->zErrMsg);
+  sqlite3_free(pVtab->zErrMsg);
+  pVtab->zErrMsg = 0;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Execute as much of a VDBE program as we can then return.
+**
+** sqlite3VdbeMakeReady() must be called before this routine in order to
+** close the program with a final OP_Halt and to set up the callbacks
+** and the error message pointer.
+**
+** Whenever a row or result data is available, this routine will either
+** invoke the result callback (if there is one) or return with
+** SQLITE_ROW.
+**
+** If an attempt is made to open a locked database, then this routine
+** will either invoke the busy callback (if there is one) or it will
+** return SQLITE_BUSY.
+**
+** If an error occurs, an error message is written to memory obtained
+** from sqlite3_malloc() and p->zErrMsg is made to point to that memory.
+** The error code is stored in p->rc and this routine returns SQLITE_ERROR.
+**
+** If the callback ever returns non-zero, then the program exits
+** immediately.  There will be no error message but the p->rc field is
+** set to SQLITE_ABORT and this routine will return SQLITE_ERROR.
+**
+** A memory allocation error causes p->rc to be set to SQLITE_NOMEM and this
+** routine to return SQLITE_ERROR.
+**
+** Other fatal errors return SQLITE_ERROR.
+**
+** After this routine has finished, sqlite3VdbeFinalize() should be
+** used to clean up the mess that was left behind.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeExec(
+  Vdbe *p                    /* The VDBE */
+){
+  int pc=0;                  /* The program counter */
+  Op *aOp = p->aOp;          /* Copy of p->aOp */
+  Op *pOp;                   /* Current operation */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;        /* Value to return */
+  sqlite3 *db = p->db;       /* The database */
+  u8 resetSchemaOnFault = 0; /* Reset schema after an error if positive */
+  u8 encoding = ENC(db);     /* The database encoding */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
+  int checkProgress;         /* True if progress callbacks are enabled */
+  int nProgressOps = 0;      /* Opcodes executed since progress callback. */
+#endif
+  Mem *aMem = p->aMem;       /* Copy of p->aMem */
+  Mem *pIn1 = 0;             /* 1st input operand */
+  Mem *pIn2 = 0;             /* 2nd input operand */
+  Mem *pIn3 = 0;             /* 3rd input operand */
+  Mem *pOut = 0;             /* Output operand */
+  int iCompare = 0;          /* Result of last OP_Compare operation */
+  int *aPermute = 0;         /* Permutation of columns for OP_Compare */
+  i64 lastRowid = db->lastRowid;  /* Saved value of the last insert ROWID */
+#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
+  u64 start;                 /* CPU clock count at start of opcode */
+  int origPc;                /* Program counter at start of opcode */
+#endif
+  /********************************************************************
+  ** Automatically generated code
+  **
+  ** The following union is automatically generated by the
+  ** vdbe-compress.tcl script.  The purpose of this union is to
+  ** reduce the amount of stack space required by this function.
+  ** See comments in the vdbe-compress.tcl script for details.
+  */
+  union vdbeExecUnion {
+    struct OP_Yield_stack_vars {
+      int pcDest;
+    } aa;
+    struct OP_Null_stack_vars {
+      int cnt;
+    } ab;
+    struct OP_Variable_stack_vars {
+      Mem *pVar;       /* Value being transferred */
+    } ac;
+    struct OP_Move_stack_vars {
+      char *zMalloc;   /* Holding variable for allocated memory */
+      int n;           /* Number of registers left to copy */
+      int p1;          /* Register to copy from */
+      int p2;          /* Register to copy to */
+    } ad;
+    struct OP_ResultRow_stack_vars {
+      Mem *pMem;
+      int i;
+    } ae;
+    struct OP_Concat_stack_vars {
+      i64 nByte;
+    } af;
+    struct OP_Remainder_stack_vars {
+      int flags;      /* Combined MEM_* flags from both inputs */
+      i64 iA;         /* Integer value of left operand */
+      i64 iB;         /* Integer value of right operand */
+      double rA;      /* Real value of left operand */
+      double rB;      /* Real value of right operand */
+    } ag;
+    struct OP_Function_stack_vars {
+      int i;
+      Mem *pArg;
+      sqlite3_context ctx;
+      sqlite3_value **apVal;
+      int n;
+    } ah;
+    struct OP_ShiftRight_stack_vars {
+      i64 iA;
+      u64 uA;
+      i64 iB;
+      u8 op;
+    } ai;
+    struct OP_Ge_stack_vars {
+      int res;            /* Result of the comparison of pIn1 against pIn3 */
+      char affinity;      /* Affinity to use for comparison */
+      u16 flags1;         /* Copy of initial value of pIn1->flags */
+      u16 flags3;         /* Copy of initial value of pIn3->flags */
+    } aj;
+    struct OP_Compare_stack_vars {
+      int n;
+      int i;
+      int p1;
+      int p2;
+      const KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
+      int idx;
+      CollSeq *pColl;    /* Collating sequence to use on this term */
+      int bRev;          /* True for DESCENDING sort order */
+    } ak;
+    struct OP_Or_stack_vars {
+      int v1;    /* Left operand:  0==FALSE, 1==TRUE, 2==UNKNOWN or NULL */
+      int v2;    /* Right operand: 0==FALSE, 1==TRUE, 2==UNKNOWN or NULL */
+    } al;
+    struct OP_IfNot_stack_vars {
+      int c;
+    } am;
+    struct OP_Column_stack_vars {
+      u32 payloadSize;   /* Number of bytes in the record */
+      i64 payloadSize64; /* Number of bytes in the record */
+      int p1;            /* P1 value of the opcode */
+      int p2;            /* column number to retrieve */
+      VdbeCursor *pC;    /* The VDBE cursor */
+      char *zRec;        /* Pointer to complete record-data */
+      BtCursor *pCrsr;   /* The BTree cursor */
+      u32 *aType;        /* aType[i] holds the numeric type of the i-th column */
+      u32 *aOffset;      /* aOffset[i] is offset to start of data for i-th column */
+      int nField;        /* number of fields in the record */
+      int len;           /* The length of the serialized data for the column */
+      int i;             /* Loop counter */
+      char *zData;       /* Part of the record being decoded */
+      Mem *pDest;        /* Where to write the extracted value */
+      Mem sMem;          /* For storing the record being decoded */
+      u8 *zIdx;          /* Index into header */
+      u8 *zEndHdr;       /* Pointer to first byte after the header */
+      u32 offset;        /* Offset into the data */
+      u32 szField;       /* Number of bytes in the content of a field */
+      int szHdr;         /* Size of the header size field at start of record */
+      int avail;         /* Number of bytes of available data */
+      u32 t;             /* A type code from the record header */
+      Mem *pReg;         /* PseudoTable input register */
+    } an;
+    struct OP_Affinity_stack_vars {
+      const char *zAffinity;   /* The affinity to be applied */
+      char cAff;               /* A single character of affinity */
+    } ao;
+    struct OP_MakeRecord_stack_vars {
+      u8 *zNewRecord;        /* A buffer to hold the data for the new record */
+      Mem *pRec;             /* The new record */
+      u64 nData;             /* Number of bytes of data space */
+      int nHdr;              /* Number of bytes of header space */
+      i64 nByte;             /* Data space required for this record */
+      int nZero;             /* Number of zero bytes at the end of the record */
+      int nVarint;           /* Number of bytes in a varint */
+      u32 serial_type;       /* Type field */
+      Mem *pData0;           /* First field to be combined into the record */
+      Mem *pLast;            /* Last field of the record */
+      int nField;            /* Number of fields in the record */
+      char *zAffinity;       /* The affinity string for the record */
+      int file_format;       /* File format to use for encoding */
+      int i;                 /* Space used in zNewRecord[] */
+      int len;               /* Length of a field */
+    } ap;
+    struct OP_Count_stack_vars {
+      i64 nEntry;
+      BtCursor *pCrsr;
+    } aq;
+    struct OP_Savepoint_stack_vars {
+      int p1;                         /* Value of P1 operand */
+      char *zName;                    /* Name of savepoint */
+      int nName;
+      Savepoint *pNew;
+      Savepoint *pSavepoint;
+      Savepoint *pTmp;
+      int iSavepoint;
+      int ii;
+    } ar;
+    struct OP_AutoCommit_stack_vars {
+      int desiredAutoCommit;
+      int iRollback;
+      int turnOnAC;
+    } as;
+    struct OP_Transaction_stack_vars {
+      Btree *pBt;
+    } at;
+    struct OP_ReadCookie_stack_vars {
+      int iMeta;
+      int iDb;
+      int iCookie;
+    } au;
+    struct OP_SetCookie_stack_vars {
+      Db *pDb;
+    } av;
+    struct OP_VerifyCookie_stack_vars {
+      int iMeta;
+      int iGen;
+      Btree *pBt;
+    } aw;
+    struct OP_OpenWrite_stack_vars {
+      int nField;
+      KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
+      int p2;
+      int iDb;
+      int wrFlag;
+      Btree *pX;
+      VdbeCursor *pCur;
+      Db *pDb;
+    } ax;
+    struct OP_OpenEphemeral_stack_vars {
+      VdbeCursor *pCx;
+    } ay;
+    struct OP_SorterOpen_stack_vars {
+      VdbeCursor *pCx;
+    } az;
+    struct OP_OpenPseudo_stack_vars {
+      VdbeCursor *pCx;
+    } ba;
+    struct OP_SeekGt_stack_vars {
+      int res;
+      int oc;
+      VdbeCursor *pC;
+      UnpackedRecord r;
+      int nField;
+      i64 iKey;      /* The rowid we are to seek to */
+    } bb;
+    struct OP_Seek_stack_vars {
+      VdbeCursor *pC;
+    } bc;
+    struct OP_Found_stack_vars {
+      int alreadyExists;
+      VdbeCursor *pC;
+      int res;
+      char *pFree;
+      UnpackedRecord *pIdxKey;
+      UnpackedRecord r;
+      char aTempRec[ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord)) + sizeof(Mem)*3 + 7];
+    } bd;
+    struct OP_IsUnique_stack_vars {
+      u16 ii;
+      VdbeCursor *pCx;
+      BtCursor *pCrsr;
+      u16 nField;
+      Mem *aMx;
+      UnpackedRecord r;                  /* B-Tree index search key */
+      i64 R;                             /* Rowid stored in register P3 */
+    } be;
+    struct OP_NotExists_stack_vars {
+      VdbeCursor *pC;
+      BtCursor *pCrsr;
+      int res;
+      u64 iKey;
+    } bf;
+    struct OP_NewRowid_stack_vars {
+      i64 v;                 /* The new rowid */
+      VdbeCursor *pC;        /* Cursor of table to get the new rowid */
+      int res;               /* Result of an sqlite3BtreeLast() */
+      int cnt;               /* Counter to limit the number of searches */
+      Mem *pMem;             /* Register holding largest rowid for AUTOINCREMENT */
+      VdbeFrame *pFrame;     /* Root frame of VDBE */
+    } bg;
+    struct OP_InsertInt_stack_vars {
+      Mem *pData;       /* MEM cell holding data for the record to be inserted */
+      Mem *pKey;        /* MEM cell holding key  for the record */
+      i64 iKey;         /* The integer ROWID or key for the record to be inserted */
+      VdbeCursor *pC;   /* Cursor to table into which insert is written */
+      int nZero;        /* Number of zero-bytes to append */
+      int seekResult;   /* Result of prior seek or 0 if no USESEEKRESULT flag */
+      const char *zDb;  /* database name - used by the update hook */
+      const char *zTbl; /* Table name - used by the opdate hook */
+      int op;           /* Opcode for update hook: SQLITE_UPDATE or SQLITE_INSERT */
+    } bh;
+    struct OP_Delete_stack_vars {
+      i64 iKey;
+      VdbeCursor *pC;
+    } bi;
+    struct OP_SorterCompare_stack_vars {
+      VdbeCursor *pC;
+      int res;
+    } bj;
+    struct OP_SorterData_stack_vars {
+      VdbeCursor *pC;
+    } bk;
+    struct OP_RowData_stack_vars {
+      VdbeCursor *pC;
+      BtCursor *pCrsr;
+      u32 n;
+      i64 n64;
+    } bl;
+    struct OP_Rowid_stack_vars {
+      VdbeCursor *pC;
+      i64 v;
+      sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
+      const sqlite3_module *pModule;
+    } bm;
+    struct OP_NullRow_stack_vars {
+      VdbeCursor *pC;
+    } bn;
+    struct OP_Last_stack_vars {
+      VdbeCursor *pC;
+      BtCursor *pCrsr;
+      int res;
+    } bo;
+    struct OP_Rewind_stack_vars {
+      VdbeCursor *pC;
+      BtCursor *pCrsr;
+      int res;
+    } bp;
+    struct OP_Next_stack_vars {
+      VdbeCursor *pC;
+      int res;
+    } bq;
+    struct OP_IdxInsert_stack_vars {
+      VdbeCursor *pC;
+      BtCursor *pCrsr;
+      int nKey;
+      const char *zKey;
+    } br;
+    struct OP_IdxDelete_stack_vars {
+      VdbeCursor *pC;
+      BtCursor *pCrsr;
+      int res;
+      UnpackedRecord r;
+    } bs;
+    struct OP_IdxRowid_stack_vars {
+      BtCursor *pCrsr;
+      VdbeCursor *pC;
+      i64 rowid;
+    } bt;
+    struct OP_IdxGE_stack_vars {
+      VdbeCursor *pC;
+      int res;
+      UnpackedRecord r;
+    } bu;
+    struct OP_Destroy_stack_vars {
+      int iMoved;
+      int iCnt;
+      Vdbe *pVdbe;
+      int iDb;
+    } bv;
+    struct OP_Clear_stack_vars {
+      int nChange;
+    } bw;
+    struct OP_CreateTable_stack_vars {
+      int pgno;
+      int flags;
+      Db *pDb;
+    } bx;
+    struct OP_ParseSchema_stack_vars {
+      int iDb;
+      const char *zMaster;
+      char *zSql;
+      InitData initData;
+    } by;
+    struct OP_IntegrityCk_stack_vars {
+      int nRoot;      /* Number of tables to check.  (Number of root pages.) */
+      int *aRoot;     /* Array of rootpage numbers for tables to be checked */
+      int j;          /* Loop counter */
+      int nErr;       /* Number of errors reported */
+      char *z;        /* Text of the error report */
+      Mem *pnErr;     /* Register keeping track of errors remaining */
+    } bz;
+    struct OP_RowSetRead_stack_vars {
+      i64 val;
+    } ca;
+    struct OP_RowSetTest_stack_vars {
+      int iSet;
+      int exists;
+    } cb;
+    struct OP_Program_stack_vars {
+      int nMem;               /* Number of memory registers for sub-program */
+      int nByte;              /* Bytes of runtime space required for sub-program */
+      Mem *pRt;               /* Register to allocate runtime space */
+      Mem *pMem;              /* Used to iterate through memory cells */
+      Mem *pEnd;              /* Last memory cell in new array */
+      VdbeFrame *pFrame;      /* New vdbe frame to execute in */
+      SubProgram *pProgram;   /* Sub-program to execute */
+      void *t;                /* Token identifying trigger */
+    } cc;
+    struct OP_Param_stack_vars {
+      VdbeFrame *pFrame;
+      Mem *pIn;
+    } cd;
+    struct OP_MemMax_stack_vars {
+      Mem *pIn1;
+      VdbeFrame *pFrame;
+    } ce;
+    struct OP_AggStep_stack_vars {
+      int n;
+      int i;
+      Mem *pMem;
+      Mem *pRec;
+      sqlite3_context ctx;
+      sqlite3_value **apVal;
+    } cf;
+    struct OP_AggFinal_stack_vars {
+      Mem *pMem;
+    } cg;
+    struct OP_Checkpoint_stack_vars {
+      int i;                          /* Loop counter */
+      int aRes[3];                    /* Results */
+      Mem *pMem;                      /* Write results here */
+    } ch;
+    struct OP_JournalMode_stack_vars {
+      Btree *pBt;                     /* Btree to change journal mode of */
+      Pager *pPager;                  /* Pager associated with pBt */
+      int eNew;                       /* New journal mode */
+      int eOld;                       /* The old journal mode */
+      const char *zFilename;          /* Name of database file for pPager */
+    } ci;
+    struct OP_IncrVacuum_stack_vars {
+      Btree *pBt;
+    } cj;
+    struct OP_VBegin_stack_vars {
+      VTable *pVTab;
+    } ck;
+    struct OP_VOpen_stack_vars {
+      VdbeCursor *pCur;
+      sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor;
+      sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
+      sqlite3_module *pModule;
+    } cl;
+    struct OP_VFilter_stack_vars {
+      int nArg;
+      int iQuery;
+      const sqlite3_module *pModule;
+      Mem *pQuery;
+      Mem *pArgc;
+      sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor;
+      sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
+      VdbeCursor *pCur;
+      int res;
+      int i;
+      Mem **apArg;
+    } cm;
+    struct OP_VColumn_stack_vars {
+      sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
+      const sqlite3_module *pModule;
+      Mem *pDest;
+      sqlite3_context sContext;
+    } cn;
+    struct OP_VNext_stack_vars {
+      sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
+      const sqlite3_module *pModule;
+      int res;
+      VdbeCursor *pCur;
+    } co;
+    struct OP_VRename_stack_vars {
+      sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
+      Mem *pName;
+    } cp;
+    struct OP_VUpdate_stack_vars {
+      sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
+      sqlite3_module *pModule;
+      int nArg;
+      int i;
+      sqlite_int64 rowid;
+      Mem **apArg;
+      Mem *pX;
+    } cq;
+    struct OP_Trace_stack_vars {
+      char *zTrace;
+      char *z;
+    } cr;
+  } u;
+  /* End automatically generated code
+  ********************************************************************/
+
+  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN );  /* sqlite3_step() verifies this */
+  sqlite3VdbeEnter(p);
+  if( p->rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
+    /* This happens if a malloc() inside a call to sqlite3_column_text() or
+    ** sqlite3_column_text16() failed.  */
+    goto no_mem;
+  }
+  assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->rc==SQLITE_BUSY );
+  p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  assert( p->explain==0 );
+  p->pResultSet = 0;
+  db->busyHandler.nBusy = 0;
+  CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT;
+  sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(p);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
+  checkProgress = db->xProgress!=0;
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+  if( p->pc==0  && (p->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeListing)!=0 ){
+    int i;
+    printf("VDBE Program Listing:\n");
+    sqlite3VdbePrintSql(p);
+    for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){
+      sqlite3VdbePrintOp(stdout, i, &aOp[i]);
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+#endif
+  for(pc=p->pc; rc==SQLITE_OK; pc++){
+    assert( pc>=0 && pc<p->nOp );
+    if( db->mallocFailed ) goto no_mem;
+#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
+    origPc = pc;
+    start = sqlite3Hwtime();
+#endif
+    pOp = &aOp[pc];
+
+    /* Only allow tracing if SQLITE_DEBUG is defined.
+    */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+    if( p->trace ){
+      if( pc==0 ){
+        printf("VDBE Execution Trace:\n");
+        sqlite3VdbePrintSql(p);
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbePrintOp(p->trace, pc, pOp);
+    }
+#endif
+      
+
+    /* Check to see if we need to simulate an interrupt.  This only happens
+    ** if we have a special test build.
+    */
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+    if( sqlite3_interrupt_count>0 ){
+      sqlite3_interrupt_count--;
+      if( sqlite3_interrupt_count==0 ){
+        sqlite3_interrupt(db);
+      }
+    }
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
+    /* Call the progress callback if it is configured and the required number
+    ** of VDBE ops have been executed (either since this invocation of
+    ** sqlite3VdbeExec() or since last time the progress callback was called).
+    ** If the progress callback returns non-zero, exit the virtual machine with
+    ** a return code SQLITE_ABORT.
+    */
+    if( checkProgress ){
+      if( db->nProgressOps==nProgressOps ){
+        int prc;
+        prc = db->xProgress(db->pProgressArg);
+        if( prc!=0 ){
+          rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
+          goto vdbe_error_halt;
+        }
+        nProgressOps = 0;
+      }
+      nProgressOps++;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    /* On any opcode with the "out2-prerelease" tag, free any
+    ** external allocations out of mem[p2] and set mem[p2] to be
+    ** an undefined integer.  Opcodes will either fill in the integer
+    ** value or convert mem[p2] to a different type.
+    */
+    assert( pOp->opflags==sqlite3OpcodeProperty[pOp->opcode] );
+    if( pOp->opflags & OPFLG_OUT2_PRERELEASE ){
+      assert( pOp->p2>0 );
+      assert( pOp->p2<=p->nMem );
+      pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+      memAboutToChange(p, pOut);
+      VdbeMemRelease(pOut);
+      pOut->flags = MEM_Int;
+    }
+
+    /* Sanity checking on other operands */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+    if( (pOp->opflags & OPFLG_IN1)!=0 ){
+      assert( pOp->p1>0 );
+      assert( pOp->p1<=p->nMem );
+      assert( memIsValid(&aMem[pOp->p1]) );
+      REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, &aMem[pOp->p1]);
+    }
+    if( (pOp->opflags & OPFLG_IN2)!=0 ){
+      assert( pOp->p2>0 );
+      assert( pOp->p2<=p->nMem );
+      assert( memIsValid(&aMem[pOp->p2]) );
+      REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, &aMem[pOp->p2]);
+    }
+    if( (pOp->opflags & OPFLG_IN3)!=0 ){
+      assert( pOp->p3>0 );
+      assert( pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
+      assert( memIsValid(&aMem[pOp->p3]) );
+      REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, &aMem[pOp->p3]);
+    }
+    if( (pOp->opflags & OPFLG_OUT2)!=0 ){
+      assert( pOp->p2>0 );
+      assert( pOp->p2<=p->nMem );
+      memAboutToChange(p, &aMem[pOp->p2]);
+    }
+    if( (pOp->opflags & OPFLG_OUT3)!=0 ){
+      assert( pOp->p3>0 );
+      assert( pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
+      memAboutToChange(p, &aMem[pOp->p3]);
+    }
+#endif
+  
+    switch( pOp->opcode ){
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+** What follows is a massive switch statement where each case implements a
+** separate instruction in the virtual machine.  If we follow the usual
+** indentation conventions, each case should be indented by 6 spaces.  But
+** that is a lot of wasted space on the left margin.  So the code within
+** the switch statement will break with convention and be flush-left. Another
+** big comment (similar to this one) will mark the point in the code where
+** we transition back to normal indentation.
+**
+** The formatting of each case is important.  The makefile for SQLite
+** generates two C files "opcodes.h" and "opcodes.c" by scanning this
+** file looking for lines that begin with "case OP_".  The opcodes.h files
+** will be filled with #defines that give unique integer values to each
+** opcode and the opcodes.c file is filled with an array of strings where
+** each string is the symbolic name for the corresponding opcode.  If the
+** case statement is followed by a comment of the form "/# same as ... #/"
+** that comment is used to determine the particular value of the opcode.
+**
+** Other keywords in the comment that follows each case are used to
+** construct the OPFLG_INITIALIZER value that initializes opcodeProperty[].
+** Keywords include: in1, in2, in3, out2_prerelease, out2, out3.  See
+** the mkopcodeh.awk script for additional information.
+**
+** Documentation about VDBE opcodes is generated by scanning this file
+** for lines of that contain "Opcode:".  That line and all subsequent
+** comment lines are used in the generation of the opcode.html documentation
+** file.
+**
+** SUMMARY:
+**
+**     Formatting is important to scripts that scan this file.
+**     Do not deviate from the formatting style currently in use.
+**
+*****************************************************************************/
+
+/* Opcode:  Goto * P2 * * *
+**
+** An unconditional jump to address P2.
+** The next instruction executed will be 
+** the one at index P2 from the beginning of
+** the program.
+*/
+case OP_Goto: {             /* jump */
+  CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT;
+  pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode:  Gosub P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** Write the current address onto register P1
+** and then jump to address P2.
+*/
+case OP_Gosub: {            /* jump */
+  assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=p->nMem );
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  assert( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 );
+  memAboutToChange(p, pIn1);
+  pIn1->flags = MEM_Int;
+  pIn1->u.i = pc;
+  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, pIn1);
+  pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode:  Return P1 * * * *
+**
+** Jump to the next instruction after the address in register P1.
+*/
+case OP_Return: {           /* in1 */
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  assert( pIn1->flags & MEM_Int );
+  pc = (int)pIn1->u.i;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode:  Yield P1 * * * *
+**
+** Swap the program counter with the value in register P1.
+*/
+case OP_Yield: {            /* in1 */
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.aa */
+  int pcDest;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.aa */
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  assert( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 );
+  pIn1->flags = MEM_Int;
+  u.aa.pcDest = (int)pIn1->u.i;
+  pIn1->u.i = pc;
+  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, pIn1);
+  pc = u.aa.pcDest;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode:  HaltIfNull  P1 P2 P3 P4 *
+**
+** Check the value in register P3.  If it is NULL then Halt using
+** parameter P1, P2, and P4 as if this were a Halt instruction.  If the
+** value in register P3 is not NULL, then this routine is a no-op.
+*/
+case OP_HaltIfNull: {      /* in3 */
+  pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+  if( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ) break;
+  /* Fall through into OP_Halt */
+}
+
+/* Opcode:  Halt P1 P2 * P4 *
+**
+** Exit immediately.  All open cursors, etc are closed
+** automatically.
+**
+** P1 is the result code returned by sqlite3_exec(), sqlite3_reset(),
+** or sqlite3_finalize().  For a normal halt, this should be SQLITE_OK (0).
+** For errors, it can be some other value.  If P1!=0 then P2 will determine
+** whether or not to rollback the current transaction.  Do not rollback
+** if P2==OE_Fail. Do the rollback if P2==OE_Rollback.  If P2==OE_Abort,
+** then back out all changes that have occurred during this execution of the
+** VDBE, but do not rollback the transaction. 
+**
+** If P4 is not null then it is an error message string.
+**
+** There is an implied "Halt 0 0 0" instruction inserted at the very end of
+** every program.  So a jump past the last instruction of the program
+** is the same as executing Halt.
+*/
+case OP_Halt: {
+  if( pOp->p1==SQLITE_OK && p->pFrame ){
+    /* Halt the sub-program. Return control to the parent frame. */
+    VdbeFrame *pFrame = p->pFrame;
+    p->pFrame = pFrame->pParent;
+    p->nFrame--;
+    sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, p->nChange);
+    pc = sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(pFrame);
+    lastRowid = db->lastRowid;
+    if( pOp->p2==OE_Ignore ){
+      /* Instruction pc is the OP_Program that invoked the sub-program 
+      ** currently being halted. If the p2 instruction of this OP_Halt
+      ** instruction is set to OE_Ignore, then the sub-program is throwing
+      ** an IGNORE exception. In this case jump to the address specified
+      ** as the p2 of the calling OP_Program.  */
+      pc = p->aOp[pc].p2-1;
+    }
+    aOp = p->aOp;
+    aMem = p->aMem;
+    break;
+  }
+
+  p->rc = pOp->p1;
+  p->errorAction = (u8)pOp->p2;
+  p->pc = pc;
+  if( pOp->p4.z ){
+    assert( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", pOp->p4.z);
+    testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
+    sqlite3_log(pOp->p1, "abort at %d in [%s]: %s", pc, p->zSql, pOp->p4.z);
+  }else if( p->rc ){
+    testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
+    sqlite3_log(pOp->p1, "constraint failed at %d in [%s]", pc, p->zSql);
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3VdbeHalt(p);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_BUSY || rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_ERROR );
+  if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+    p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+  }else{
+    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || p->rc==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT );
+    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || db->nDeferredCons>0 );
+    rc = p->rc ? SQLITE_ERROR : SQLITE_DONE;
+  }
+  goto vdbe_return;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Integer P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** The 32-bit integer value P1 is written into register P2.
+*/
+case OP_Integer: {         /* out2-prerelease */
+  pOut->u.i = pOp->p1;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Int64 * P2 * P4 *
+**
+** P4 is a pointer to a 64-bit integer value.
+** Write that value into register P2.
+*/
+case OP_Int64: {           /* out2-prerelease */
+  assert( pOp->p4.pI64!=0 );
+  pOut->u.i = *pOp->p4.pI64;
+  break;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+/* Opcode: Real * P2 * P4 *
+**
+** P4 is a pointer to a 64-bit floating point value.
+** Write that value into register P2.
+*/
+case OP_Real: {            /* same as TK_FLOAT, out2-prerelease */
+  pOut->flags = MEM_Real;
+  assert( !sqlite3IsNaN(*pOp->p4.pReal) );
+  pOut->r = *pOp->p4.pReal;
+  break;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Opcode: String8 * P2 * P4 *
+**
+** P4 points to a nul terminated UTF-8 string. This opcode is transformed 
+** into an OP_String before it is executed for the first time.
+*/
+case OP_String8: {         /* same as TK_STRING, out2-prerelease */
+  assert( pOp->p4.z!=0 );
+  pOp->opcode = OP_String;
+  pOp->p1 = sqlite3Strlen30(pOp->p4.z);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+  if( encoding!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pOut, pOp->p4.z, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_TOOBIG ) goto too_big;
+    if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pOut, encoding) ) goto no_mem;
+    assert( pOut->zMalloc==pOut->z );
+    assert( pOut->flags & MEM_Dyn );
+    pOut->zMalloc = 0;
+    pOut->flags |= MEM_Static;
+    pOut->flags &= ~MEM_Dyn;
+    if( pOp->p4type==P4_DYNAMIC ){
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, pOp->p4.z);
+    }
+    pOp->p4type = P4_DYNAMIC;
+    pOp->p4.z = pOut->z;
+    pOp->p1 = pOut->n;
+  }
+#endif
+  if( pOp->p1>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
+    goto too_big;
+  }
+  /* Fall through to the next case, OP_String */
+}
+  
+/* Opcode: String P1 P2 * P4 *
+**
+** The string value P4 of length P1 (bytes) is stored in register P2.
+*/
+case OP_String: {          /* out2-prerelease */
+  assert( pOp->p4.z!=0 );
+  pOut->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Static|MEM_Term;
+  pOut->z = pOp->p4.z;
+  pOut->n = pOp->p1;
+  pOut->enc = encoding;
+  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Null * P2 P3 * *
+**
+** Write a NULL into registers P2.  If P3 greater than P2, then also write
+** NULL into register P3 and ever register in between P2 and P3.  If P3
+** is less than P2 (typically P3 is zero) then only register P2 is
+** set to NULL
+*/
+case OP_Null: {           /* out2-prerelease */
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.ab */
+  int cnt;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.ab */
+  u.ab.cnt = pOp->p3-pOp->p2;
+  assert( pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
+  pOut->flags = MEM_Null;
+  while( u.ab.cnt>0 ){
+    pOut++;
+    memAboutToChange(p, pOut);
+    VdbeMemRelease(pOut);
+    pOut->flags = MEM_Null;
+    u.ab.cnt--;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+
+/* Opcode: Blob P1 P2 * P4
+**
+** P4 points to a blob of data P1 bytes long.  Store this
+** blob in register P2.
+*/
+case OP_Blob: {                /* out2-prerelease */
+  assert( pOp->p1 <= SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH );
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pOut, pOp->p4.z, pOp->p1, 0, 0);
+  pOut->enc = encoding;
+  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Variable P1 P2 * P4 *
+**
+** Transfer the values of bound parameter P1 into register P2
+**
+** If the parameter is named, then its name appears in P4 and P3==1.
+** The P4 value is used by sqlite3_bind_parameter_name().
+*/
+case OP_Variable: {            /* out2-prerelease */
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.ac */
+  Mem *pVar;       /* Value being transferred */
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.ac */
+
+  assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=p->nVar );
+  assert( pOp->p4.z==0 || pOp->p4.z==p->azVar[pOp->p1-1] );
+  u.ac.pVar = &p->aVar[pOp->p1 - 1];
+  if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(u.ac.pVar) ){
+    goto too_big;
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, u.ac.pVar, MEM_Static);
+  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Move P1 P2 P3 * *
+**
+** Move the values in register P1..P1+P3-1 over into
+** registers P2..P2+P3-1.  Registers P1..P1+P1-1 are
+** left holding a NULL.  It is an error for register ranges
+** P1..P1+P3-1 and P2..P2+P3-1 to overlap.
+*/
+case OP_Move: {
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.ad */
+  char *zMalloc;   /* Holding variable for allocated memory */
+  int n;           /* Number of registers left to copy */
+  int p1;          /* Register to copy from */
+  int p2;          /* Register to copy to */
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.ad */
+
+  u.ad.n = pOp->p3;
+  u.ad.p1 = pOp->p1;
+  u.ad.p2 = pOp->p2;
+  assert( u.ad.n>0 && u.ad.p1>0 && u.ad.p2>0 );
+  assert( u.ad.p1+u.ad.n<=u.ad.p2 || u.ad.p2+u.ad.n<=u.ad.p1 );
+
+  pIn1 = &aMem[u.ad.p1];
+  pOut = &aMem[u.ad.p2];
+  while( u.ad.n-- ){
+    assert( pOut<=&aMem[p->nMem] );
+    assert( pIn1<=&aMem[p->nMem] );
+    assert( memIsValid(pIn1) );
+    memAboutToChange(p, pOut);
+    u.ad.zMalloc = pOut->zMalloc;
+    pOut->zMalloc = 0;
+    sqlite3VdbeMemMove(pOut, pIn1);
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+    if( pOut->pScopyFrom>=&aMem[u.ad.p1] && pOut->pScopyFrom<&aMem[u.ad.p1+pOp->p3] ){
+      pOut->pScopyFrom += u.ad.p1 - pOp->p2;
+    }
+#endif
+    pIn1->zMalloc = u.ad.zMalloc;
+    REGISTER_TRACE(u.ad.p2++, pOut);
+    pIn1++;
+    pOut++;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Copy P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** Make a copy of register P1 into register P2.
+**
+** This instruction makes a deep copy of the value.  A duplicate
+** is made of any string or blob constant.  See also OP_SCopy.
+*/
+case OP_Copy: {             /* in1, out2 */
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+  assert( pOut!=pIn1 );
+  sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, pIn1, MEM_Ephem);
+  Deephemeralize(pOut);
+  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pOut);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: SCopy P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** Make a shallow copy of register P1 into register P2.
+**
+** This instruction makes a shallow copy of the value.  If the value
+** is a string or blob, then the copy is only a pointer to the
+** original and hence if the original changes so will the copy.
+** Worse, if the original is deallocated, the copy becomes invalid.
+** Thus the program must guarantee that the original will not change
+** during the lifetime of the copy.  Use OP_Copy to make a complete
+** copy.
+*/
+case OP_SCopy: {            /* in1, out2 */
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+  assert( pOut!=pIn1 );
+  sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, pIn1, MEM_Ephem);
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  if( pOut->pScopyFrom==0 ) pOut->pScopyFrom = pIn1;
+#endif
+  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pOut);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: ResultRow P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** The registers P1 through P1+P2-1 contain a single row of
+** results. This opcode causes the sqlite3_step() call to terminate
+** with an SQLITE_ROW return code and it sets up the sqlite3_stmt
+** structure to provide access to the top P1 values as the result
+** row.
+*/
+case OP_ResultRow: {
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.ae */
+  Mem *pMem;
+  int i;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.ae */
+  assert( p->nResColumn==pOp->p2 );
+  assert( pOp->p1>0 );
+  assert( pOp->p1+pOp->p2<=p->nMem+1 );
+
+  /* If this statement has violated immediate foreign key constraints, do
+  ** not return the number of rows modified. And do not RELEASE the statement
+  ** transaction. It needs to be rolled back.  */
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 0)) ){
+    assert( db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows );
+    assert( p->usesStmtJournal );
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /* If the SQLITE_CountRows flag is set in sqlite3.flags mask, then
+  ** DML statements invoke this opcode to return the number of rows
+  ** modified to the user. This is the only way that a VM that
+  ** opens a statement transaction may invoke this opcode.
+  **
+  ** In case this is such a statement, close any statement transaction
+  ** opened by this VM before returning control to the user. This is to
+  ** ensure that statement-transactions are always nested, not overlapping.
+  ** If the open statement-transaction is not closed here, then the user
+  ** may step another VM that opens its own statement transaction. This
+  ** may lead to overlapping statement transactions.
+  **
+  ** The statement transaction is never a top-level transaction.  Hence
+  ** the RELEASE call below can never fail.
+  */
+  assert( p->iStatement==0 || db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows );
+  rc = sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement(p, SAVEPOINT_RELEASE);
+  if( NEVER(rc!=SQLITE_OK) ){
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /* Invalidate all ephemeral cursor row caches */
+  p->cacheCtr = (p->cacheCtr + 2)|1;
+
+  /* Make sure the results of the current row are \000 terminated
+  ** and have an assigned type.  The results are de-ephemeralized as
+  ** a side effect.
+  */
+  u.ae.pMem = p->pResultSet = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  for(u.ae.i=0; u.ae.i<pOp->p2; u.ae.i++){
+    assert( memIsValid(&u.ae.pMem[u.ae.i]) );
+    Deephemeralize(&u.ae.pMem[u.ae.i]);
+    assert( (u.ae.pMem[u.ae.i].flags & MEM_Ephem)==0
+            || (u.ae.pMem[u.ae.i].flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))==0 );
+    sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(&u.ae.pMem[u.ae.i]);
+    sqlite3VdbeMemStoreType(&u.ae.pMem[u.ae.i]);
+    REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1+u.ae.i, &u.ae.pMem[u.ae.i]);
+  }
+  if( db->mallocFailed ) goto no_mem;
+
+  /* Return SQLITE_ROW
+  */
+  p->pc = pc + 1;
+  rc = SQLITE_ROW;
+  goto vdbe_return;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Concat P1 P2 P3 * *
+**
+** Add the text in register P1 onto the end of the text in
+** register P2 and store the result in register P3.
+** If either the P1 or P2 text are NULL then store NULL in P3.
+**
+**   P3 = P2 || P1
+**
+** It is illegal for P1 and P3 to be the same register. Sometimes,
+** if P3 is the same register as P2, the implementation is able
+** to avoid a memcpy().
+*/
+case OP_Concat: {           /* same as TK_CONCAT, in1, in2, out3 */
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.af */
+  i64 nByte;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.af */
+
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+  assert( pIn1!=pOut );
+  if( (pIn1->flags | pIn2->flags) & MEM_Null ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut);
+    break;
+  }
+  if( ExpandBlob(pIn1) || ExpandBlob(pIn2) ) goto no_mem;
+  Stringify(pIn1, encoding);
+  Stringify(pIn2, encoding);
+  u.af.nByte = pIn1->n + pIn2->n;
+  if( u.af.nByte>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
+    goto too_big;
+  }
+  MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Str);
+  if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pOut, (int)u.af.nByte+2, pOut==pIn2) ){
+    goto no_mem;
+  }
+  if( pOut!=pIn2 ){
+    memcpy(pOut->z, pIn2->z, pIn2->n);
+  }
+  memcpy(&pOut->z[pIn2->n], pIn1->z, pIn1->n);
+  pOut->z[u.af.nByte] = 0;
+  pOut->z[u.af.nByte+1] = 0;
+  pOut->flags |= MEM_Term;
+  pOut->n = (int)u.af.nByte;
+  pOut->enc = encoding;
+  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Add P1 P2 P3 * *
+**
+** Add the value in register P1 to the value in register P2
+** and store the result in register P3.
+** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
+*/
+/* Opcode: Multiply P1 P2 P3 * *
+**
+**
+** Multiply the value in register P1 by the value in register P2
+** and store the result in register P3.
+** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
+*/
+/* Opcode: Subtract P1 P2 P3 * *
+**
+** Subtract the value in register P1 from the value in register P2
+** and store the result in register P3.
+** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
+*/
+/* Opcode: Divide P1 P2 P3 * *
+**
+** Divide the value in register P1 by the value in register P2
+** and store the result in register P3 (P3=P2/P1). If the value in 
+** register P1 is zero, then the result is NULL. If either input is 
+** NULL, the result is NULL.
+*/
+/* Opcode: Remainder P1 P2 P3 * *
+**
+** Compute the remainder after integer division of the value in
+** register P1 by the value in register P2 and store the result in P3. 
+** If the value in register P2 is zero the result is NULL.
+** If either operand is NULL, the result is NULL.
+*/
+case OP_Add:                   /* same as TK_PLUS, in1, in2, out3 */
+case OP_Subtract:              /* same as TK_MINUS, in1, in2, out3 */
+case OP_Multiply:              /* same as TK_STAR, in1, in2, out3 */
+case OP_Divide:                /* same as TK_SLASH, in1, in2, out3 */
+case OP_Remainder: {           /* same as TK_REM, in1, in2, out3 */
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.ag */
+  int flags;      /* Combined MEM_* flags from both inputs */
+  i64 iA;         /* Integer value of left operand */
+  i64 iB;         /* Integer value of right operand */
+  double rA;      /* Real value of left operand */
+  double rB;      /* Real value of right operand */
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.ag */
+
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  applyNumericAffinity(pIn1);
+  pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+  applyNumericAffinity(pIn2);
+  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+  u.ag.flags = pIn1->flags | pIn2->flags;
+  if( (u.ag.flags & MEM_Null)!=0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
+  if( (pIn1->flags & pIn2->flags & MEM_Int)==MEM_Int ){
+    u.ag.iA = pIn1->u.i;
+    u.ag.iB = pIn2->u.i;
+    switch( pOp->opcode ){
+      case OP_Add:       if( sqlite3AddInt64(&u.ag.iB,u.ag.iA) ) goto fp_math;  break;
+      case OP_Subtract:  if( sqlite3SubInt64(&u.ag.iB,u.ag.iA) ) goto fp_math;  break;
+      case OP_Multiply:  if( sqlite3MulInt64(&u.ag.iB,u.ag.iA) ) goto fp_math;  break;
+      case OP_Divide: {
+        if( u.ag.iA==0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
+        if( u.ag.iA==-1 && u.ag.iB==SMALLEST_INT64 ) goto fp_math;
+        u.ag.iB /= u.ag.iA;
+        break;
+      }
+      default: {
+        if( u.ag.iA==0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
+        if( u.ag.iA==-1 ) u.ag.iA = 1;
+        u.ag.iB %= u.ag.iA;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    pOut->u.i = u.ag.iB;
+    MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
+  }else{
+fp_math:
+    u.ag.rA = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pIn1);
+    u.ag.rB = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pIn2);
+    switch( pOp->opcode ){
+      case OP_Add:         u.ag.rB += u.ag.rA;       break;
+      case OP_Subtract:    u.ag.rB -= u.ag.rA;       break;
+      case OP_Multiply:    u.ag.rB *= u.ag.rA;       break;
+      case OP_Divide: {
+        /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */
+        if( u.ag.rA==(double)0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
+        u.ag.rB /= u.ag.rA;
+        break;
+      }
+      default: {
+        u.ag.iA = (i64)u.ag.rA;
+        u.ag.iB = (i64)u.ag.rB;
+        if( u.ag.iA==0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
+        if( u.ag.iA==-1 ) u.ag.iA = 1;
+        u.ag.rB = (double)(u.ag.iB % u.ag.iA);
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+    pOut->u.i = u.ag.rB;
+    MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
+#else
+    if( sqlite3IsNaN(u.ag.rB) ){
+      goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
+    }
+    pOut->r = u.ag.rB;
+    MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Real);
+    if( (u.ag.flags & MEM_Real)==0 ){
+      sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pOut);
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+  break;
+
+arithmetic_result_is_null:
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: CollSeq P1 * * P4
+**
+** P4 is a pointer to a CollSeq struct. If the next call to a user function
+** or aggregate calls sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(), this collation sequence will
+** be returned. This is used by the built-in min(), max() and nullif()
+** functions.
+**
+** If P1 is not zero, then it is a register that a subsequent min() or
+** max() aggregate will set to 1 if the current row is not the minimum or
+** maximum.  The P1 register is initialized to 0 by this instruction.
+**
+** The interface used by the implementation of the aforementioned functions
+** to retrieve the collation sequence set by this opcode is not available
+** publicly, only to user functions defined in func.c.
+*/
+case OP_CollSeq: {
+  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_COLLSEQ );
+  if( pOp->p1 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&aMem[pOp->p1], 0);
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Function P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+**
+** Invoke a user function (P4 is a pointer to a Function structure that
+** defines the function) with P5 arguments taken from register P2 and
+** successors.  The result of the function is stored in register P3.
+** Register P3 must not be one of the function inputs.
+**
+** P1 is a 32-bit bitmask indicating whether or not each argument to the 
+** function was determined to be constant at compile time. If the first
+** argument was constant then bit 0 of P1 is set. This is used to determine
+** whether meta data associated with a user function argument using the
+** sqlite3_set_auxdata() API may be safely retained until the next
+** invocation of this opcode.
+**
+** See also: AggStep and AggFinal
+*/
+case OP_Function: {
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.ah */
+  int i;
+  Mem *pArg;
+  sqlite3_context ctx;
+  sqlite3_value **apVal;
+  int n;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.ah */
+
+  u.ah.n = pOp->p5;
+  u.ah.apVal = p->apArg;
+  assert( u.ah.apVal || u.ah.n==0 );
+  assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
+  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+  memAboutToChange(p, pOut);
+
+  assert( u.ah.n==0 || (pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2+u.ah.n<=p->nMem+1) );
+  assert( pOp->p3<pOp->p2 || pOp->p3>=pOp->p2+u.ah.n );
+  u.ah.pArg = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+  for(u.ah.i=0; u.ah.i<u.ah.n; u.ah.i++, u.ah.pArg++){
+    assert( memIsValid(u.ah.pArg) );
+    u.ah.apVal[u.ah.i] = u.ah.pArg;
+    Deephemeralize(u.ah.pArg);
+    sqlite3VdbeMemStoreType(u.ah.pArg);
+    REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2+u.ah.i, u.ah.pArg);
+  }
+
+  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_FUNCDEF || pOp->p4type==P4_VDBEFUNC );
+  if( pOp->p4type==P4_FUNCDEF ){
+    u.ah.ctx.pFunc = pOp->p4.pFunc;
+    u.ah.ctx.pVdbeFunc = 0;
+  }else{
+    u.ah.ctx.pVdbeFunc = (VdbeFunc*)pOp->p4.pVdbeFunc;
+    u.ah.ctx.pFunc = u.ah.ctx.pVdbeFunc->pFunc;
+  }
+
+  u.ah.ctx.s.flags = MEM_Null;
+  u.ah.ctx.s.db = db;
+  u.ah.ctx.s.xDel = 0;
+  u.ah.ctx.s.zMalloc = 0;
+
+  /* The output cell may already have a buffer allocated. Move
+  ** the pointer to u.ah.ctx.s so in case the user-function can use
+  ** the already allocated buffer instead of allocating a new one.
+  */
+  sqlite3VdbeMemMove(&u.ah.ctx.s, pOut);
+  MemSetTypeFlag(&u.ah.ctx.s, MEM_Null);
+
+  u.ah.ctx.isError = 0;
+  if( u.ah.ctx.pFunc->flags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL ){
+    assert( pOp>aOp );
+    assert( pOp[-1].p4type==P4_COLLSEQ );
+    assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_CollSeq );
+    u.ah.ctx.pColl = pOp[-1].p4.pColl;
+  }
+  db->lastRowid = lastRowid;
+  (*u.ah.ctx.pFunc->xFunc)(&u.ah.ctx, u.ah.n, u.ah.apVal); /* IMP: R-24505-23230 */
+  lastRowid = db->lastRowid;
+
+  /* If any auxiliary data functions have been called by this user function,
+  ** immediately call the destructor for any non-static values.
+  */
+  if( u.ah.ctx.pVdbeFunc ){
+    sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(u.ah.ctx.pVdbeFunc, pOp->p1);
+    pOp->p4.pVdbeFunc = u.ah.ctx.pVdbeFunc;
+    pOp->p4type = P4_VDBEFUNC;
+  }
+
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    /* Even though a malloc() has failed, the implementation of the
+    ** user function may have called an sqlite3_result_XXX() function
+    ** to return a value. The following call releases any resources
+    ** associated with such a value.
+    */
+    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&u.ah.ctx.s);
+    goto no_mem;
+  }
+
+  /* If the function returned an error, throw an exception */
+  if( u.ah.ctx.isError ){
+    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3_value_text(&u.ah.ctx.s));
+    rc = u.ah.ctx.isError;
+  }
+
+  /* Copy the result of the function into register P3 */
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(&u.ah.ctx.s, encoding);
+  sqlite3VdbeMemMove(pOut, &u.ah.ctx.s);
+  if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pOut) ){
+    goto too_big;
+  }
+
+#if 0
+  /* The app-defined function has done something that as caused this
+  ** statement to expire.  (Perhaps the function called sqlite3_exec()
+  ** with a CREATE TABLE statement.)
+  */
+  if( p->expired ) rc = SQLITE_ABORT;
+#endif
+
+  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pOut);
+  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: BitAnd P1 P2 P3 * *
+**
+** Take the bit-wise AND of the values in register P1 and P2 and
+** store the result in register P3.
+** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
+*/
+/* Opcode: BitOr P1 P2 P3 * *
+**
+** Take the bit-wise OR of the values in register P1 and P2 and
+** store the result in register P3.
+** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
+*/
+/* Opcode: ShiftLeft P1 P2 P3 * *
+**
+** Shift the integer value in register P2 to the left by the
+** number of bits specified by the integer in register P1.
+** Store the result in register P3.
+** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
+*/
+/* Opcode: ShiftRight P1 P2 P3 * *
+**
+** Shift the integer value in register P2 to the right by the
+** number of bits specified by the integer in register P1.
+** Store the result in register P3.
+** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
+*/
+case OP_BitAnd:                 /* same as TK_BITAND, in1, in2, out3 */
+case OP_BitOr:                  /* same as TK_BITOR, in1, in2, out3 */
+case OP_ShiftLeft:              /* same as TK_LSHIFT, in1, in2, out3 */
+case OP_ShiftRight: {           /* same as TK_RSHIFT, in1, in2, out3 */
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.ai */
+  i64 iA;
+  u64 uA;
+  i64 iB;
+  u8 op;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.ai */
+
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+  if( (pIn1->flags | pIn2->flags) & MEM_Null ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut);
+    break;
+  }
+  u.ai.iA = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn2);
+  u.ai.iB = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1);
+  u.ai.op = pOp->opcode;
+  if( u.ai.op==OP_BitAnd ){
+    u.ai.iA &= u.ai.iB;
+  }else if( u.ai.op==OP_BitOr ){
+    u.ai.iA |= u.ai.iB;
+  }else if( u.ai.iB!=0 ){
+    assert( u.ai.op==OP_ShiftRight || u.ai.op==OP_ShiftLeft );
+
+    /* If shifting by a negative amount, shift in the other direction */
+    if( u.ai.iB<0 ){
+      assert( OP_ShiftRight==OP_ShiftLeft+1 );
+      u.ai.op = 2*OP_ShiftLeft + 1 - u.ai.op;
+      u.ai.iB = u.ai.iB>(-64) ? -u.ai.iB : 64;
+    }
+
+    if( u.ai.iB>=64 ){
+      u.ai.iA = (u.ai.iA>=0 || u.ai.op==OP_ShiftLeft) ? 0 : -1;
+    }else{
+      memcpy(&u.ai.uA, &u.ai.iA, sizeof(u.ai.uA));
+      if( u.ai.op==OP_ShiftLeft ){
+        u.ai.uA <<= u.ai.iB;
+      }else{
+        u.ai.uA >>= u.ai.iB;
+        /* Sign-extend on a right shift of a negative number */
+        if( u.ai.iA<0 ) u.ai.uA |= ((((u64)0xffffffff)<<32)|0xffffffff) << (64-u.ai.iB);
+      }
+      memcpy(&u.ai.iA, &u.ai.uA, sizeof(u.ai.iA));
+    }
+  }
+  pOut->u.i = u.ai.iA;
+  MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: AddImm  P1 P2 * * *
+** 
+** Add the constant P2 to the value in register P1.
+** The result is always an integer.
+**
+** To force any register to be an integer, just add 0.
+*/
+case OP_AddImm: {            /* in1 */
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  memAboutToChange(p, pIn1);
+  sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn1);
+  pIn1->u.i += pOp->p2;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: MustBeInt P1 P2 * * *
+** 
+** Force the value in register P1 to be an integer.  If the value
+** in P1 is not an integer and cannot be converted into an integer
+** without data loss, then jump immediately to P2, or if P2==0
+** raise an SQLITE_MISMATCH exception.
+*/
+case OP_MustBeInt: {            /* jump, in1 */
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  applyAffinity(pIn1, SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC, encoding);
+  if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Int)==0 ){
+    if( pOp->p2==0 ){
+      rc = SQLITE_MISMATCH;
+      goto abort_due_to_error;
+    }else{
+      pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+    }
+  }else{
+    MemSetTypeFlag(pIn1, MEM_Int);
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+/* Opcode: RealAffinity P1 * * * *
+**
+** If register P1 holds an integer convert it to a real value.
+**
+** This opcode is used when extracting information from a column that
+** has REAL affinity.  Such column values may still be stored as
+** integers, for space efficiency, but after extraction we want them
+** to have only a real value.
+*/
+case OP_RealAffinity: {                  /* in1 */
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Int ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(pIn1);
+  }
+  break;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST
+/* Opcode: ToText P1 * * * *
+**
+** Force the value in register P1 to be text.
+** If the value is numeric, convert it to a string using the
+** equivalent of printf().  Blob values are unchanged and
+** are afterwards simply interpreted as text.
+**
+** A NULL value is not changed by this routine.  It remains NULL.
+*/
+case OP_ToText: {                  /* same as TK_TO_TEXT, in1 */
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  memAboutToChange(p, pIn1);
+  if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ) break;
+  assert( MEM_Str==(MEM_Blob>>3) );
+  pIn1->flags |= (pIn1->flags&MEM_Blob)>>3;
+  applyAffinity(pIn1, SQLITE_AFF_TEXT, encoding);
+  rc = ExpandBlob(pIn1);
+  assert( pIn1->flags & MEM_Str || db->mallocFailed );
+  pIn1->flags &= ~(MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Blob|MEM_Zero);
+  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pIn1);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: ToBlob P1 * * * *
+**
+** Force the value in register P1 to be a BLOB.
+** If the value is numeric, convert it to a string first.
+** Strings are simply reinterpreted as blobs with no change
+** to the underlying data.
+**
+** A NULL value is not changed by this routine.  It remains NULL.
+*/
+case OP_ToBlob: {                  /* same as TK_TO_BLOB, in1 */
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ) break;
+  if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Blob)==0 ){
+    applyAffinity(pIn1, SQLITE_AFF_TEXT, encoding);
+    assert( pIn1->flags & MEM_Str || db->mallocFailed );
+    MemSetTypeFlag(pIn1, MEM_Blob);
+  }else{
+    pIn1->flags &= ~(MEM_TypeMask&~MEM_Blob);
+  }
+  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pIn1);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: ToNumeric P1 * * * *
+**
+** Force the value in register P1 to be numeric (either an
+** integer or a floating-point number.)
+** If the value is text or blob, try to convert it to an using the
+** equivalent of atoi() or atof() and store 0 if no such conversion 
+** is possible.
+**
+** A NULL value is not changed by this routine.  It remains NULL.
+*/
+case OP_ToNumeric: {                  /* same as TK_TO_NUMERIC, in1 */
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(pIn1);
+  break;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CAST */
+
+/* Opcode: ToInt P1 * * * *
+**
+** Force the value in register P1 to be an integer.  If
+** The value is currently a real number, drop its fractional part.
+** If the value is text or blob, try to convert it to an integer using the
+** equivalent of atoi() and store 0 if no such conversion is possible.
+**
+** A NULL value is not changed by this routine.  It remains NULL.
+*/
+case OP_ToInt: {                  /* same as TK_TO_INT, in1 */
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn1);
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CAST) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT)
+/* Opcode: ToReal P1 * * * *
+**
+** Force the value in register P1 to be a floating point number.
+** If The value is currently an integer, convert it.
+** If the value is text or blob, try to convert it to an integer using the
+** equivalent of atoi() and store 0.0 if no such conversion is possible.
+**
+** A NULL value is not changed by this routine.  It remains NULL.
+*/
+case OP_ToReal: {                  /* same as TK_TO_REAL, in1 */
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  memAboutToChange(p, pIn1);
+  if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(pIn1);
+  }
+  break;
+}
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CAST) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT) */
+
+/* Opcode: Lt P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+**
+** Compare the values in register P1 and P3.  If reg(P3)<reg(P1) then
+** jump to address P2.  
+**
+** If the SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL bit of P5 is set and either reg(P1) or
+** reg(P3) is NULL then take the jump.  If the SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL 
+** bit is clear then fall through if either operand is NULL.
+**
+** The SQLITE_AFF_MASK portion of P5 must be an affinity character -
+** SQLITE_AFF_TEXT, SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER, and so forth. An attempt is made 
+** to coerce both inputs according to this affinity before the
+** comparison is made. If the SQLITE_AFF_MASK is 0x00, then numeric
+** affinity is used. Note that the affinity conversions are stored
+** back into the input registers P1 and P3.  So this opcode can cause
+** persistent changes to registers P1 and P3.
+**
+** Once any conversions have taken place, and neither value is NULL, 
+** the values are compared. If both values are blobs then memcmp() is
+** used to determine the results of the comparison.  If both values
+** are text, then the appropriate collating function specified in
+** P4 is  used to do the comparison.  If P4 is not specified then
+** memcmp() is used to compare text string.  If both values are
+** numeric, then a numeric comparison is used. If the two values
+** are of different types, then numbers are considered less than
+** strings and strings are considered less than blobs.
+**
+** If the SQLITE_STOREP2 bit of P5 is set, then do not jump.  Instead,
+** store a boolean result (either 0, or 1, or NULL) in register P2.
+*/
+/* Opcode: Ne P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+**
+** This works just like the Lt opcode except that the jump is taken if
+** the operands in registers P1 and P3 are not equal.  See the Lt opcode for
+** additional information.
+**
+** If SQLITE_NULLEQ is set in P5 then the result of comparison is always either
+** true or false and is never NULL.  If both operands are NULL then the result
+** of comparison is false.  If either operand is NULL then the result is true.
+** If neither operand is NULL the result is the same as it would be if
+** the SQLITE_NULLEQ flag were omitted from P5.
+*/
+/* Opcode: Eq P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+**
+** This works just like the Lt opcode except that the jump is taken if
+** the operands in registers P1 and P3 are equal.
+** See the Lt opcode for additional information.
+**
+** If SQLITE_NULLEQ is set in P5 then the result of comparison is always either
+** true or false and is never NULL.  If both operands are NULL then the result
+** of comparison is true.  If either operand is NULL then the result is false.
+** If neither operand is NULL the result is the same as it would be if
+** the SQLITE_NULLEQ flag were omitted from P5.
+*/
+/* Opcode: Le P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+**
+** This works just like the Lt opcode except that the jump is taken if
+** the content of register P3 is less than or equal to the content of
+** register P1.  See the Lt opcode for additional information.
+*/
+/* Opcode: Gt P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+**
+** This works just like the Lt opcode except that the jump is taken if
+** the content of register P3 is greater than the content of
+** register P1.  See the Lt opcode for additional information.
+*/
+/* Opcode: Ge P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+**
+** This works just like the Lt opcode except that the jump is taken if
+** the content of register P3 is greater than or equal to the content of
+** register P1.  See the Lt opcode for additional information.
+*/
+case OP_Eq:               /* same as TK_EQ, jump, in1, in3 */
+case OP_Ne:               /* same as TK_NE, jump, in1, in3 */
+case OP_Lt:               /* same as TK_LT, jump, in1, in3 */
+case OP_Le:               /* same as TK_LE, jump, in1, in3 */
+case OP_Gt:               /* same as TK_GT, jump, in1, in3 */
+case OP_Ge: {             /* same as TK_GE, jump, in1, in3 */
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.aj */
+  int res;            /* Result of the comparison of pIn1 against pIn3 */
+  char affinity;      /* Affinity to use for comparison */
+  u16 flags1;         /* Copy of initial value of pIn1->flags */
+  u16 flags3;         /* Copy of initial value of pIn3->flags */
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.aj */
+
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+  u.aj.flags1 = pIn1->flags;
+  u.aj.flags3 = pIn3->flags;
+  if( (u.aj.flags1 | u.aj.flags3)&MEM_Null ){
+    /* One or both operands are NULL */
+    if( pOp->p5 & SQLITE_NULLEQ ){
+      /* If SQLITE_NULLEQ is set (which will only happen if the operator is
+      ** OP_Eq or OP_Ne) then take the jump or not depending on whether
+      ** or not both operands are null.
+      */
+      assert( pOp->opcode==OP_Eq || pOp->opcode==OP_Ne );
+      u.aj.res = (u.aj.flags1 & u.aj.flags3 & MEM_Null)==0;
+    }else{
+      /* SQLITE_NULLEQ is clear and at least one operand is NULL,
+      ** then the result is always NULL.
+      ** The jump is taken if the SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL bit is set.
+      */
+      if( pOp->p5 & SQLITE_STOREP2 ){
+        pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+        MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Null);
+        REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pOut);
+      }else if( pOp->p5 & SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL ){
+        pc = pOp->p2-1;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+  }else{
+    /* Neither operand is NULL.  Do a comparison. */
+    u.aj.affinity = pOp->p5 & SQLITE_AFF_MASK;
+    if( u.aj.affinity ){
+      applyAffinity(pIn1, u.aj.affinity, encoding);
+      applyAffinity(pIn3, u.aj.affinity, encoding);
+      if( db->mallocFailed ) goto no_mem;
+    }
+
+    assert( pOp->p4type==P4_COLLSEQ || pOp->p4.pColl==0 );
+    ExpandBlob(pIn1);
+    ExpandBlob(pIn3);
+    u.aj.res = sqlite3MemCompare(pIn3, pIn1, pOp->p4.pColl);
+  }
+  switch( pOp->opcode ){
+    case OP_Eq:    u.aj.res = u.aj.res==0;     break;
+    case OP_Ne:    u.aj.res = u.aj.res!=0;     break;
+    case OP_Lt:    u.aj.res = u.aj.res<0;      break;
+    case OP_Le:    u.aj.res = u.aj.res<=0;     break;
+    case OP_Gt:    u.aj.res = u.aj.res>0;      break;
+    default:       u.aj.res = u.aj.res>=0;     break;
+  }
+
+  if( pOp->p5 & SQLITE_STOREP2 ){
+    pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+    memAboutToChange(p, pOut);
+    MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
+    pOut->u.i = u.aj.res;
+    REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pOut);
+  }else if( u.aj.res ){
+    pc = pOp->p2-1;
+  }
+
+  /* Undo any changes made by applyAffinity() to the input registers. */
+  pIn1->flags = (pIn1->flags&~MEM_TypeMask) | (u.aj.flags1&MEM_TypeMask);
+  pIn3->flags = (pIn3->flags&~MEM_TypeMask) | (u.aj.flags3&MEM_TypeMask);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Permutation * * * P4 *
+**
+** Set the permutation used by the OP_Compare operator to be the array
+** of integers in P4.
+**
+** The permutation is only valid until the next OP_Permutation, OP_Compare,
+** OP_Halt, or OP_ResultRow.  Typically the OP_Permutation should occur
+** immediately prior to the OP_Compare.
+*/
+case OP_Permutation: {
+  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INTARRAY );
+  assert( pOp->p4.ai );
+  aPermute = pOp->p4.ai;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Compare P1 P2 P3 P4 *
+**
+** Compare two vectors of registers in reg(P1)..reg(P1+P3-1) (call this
+** vector "A") and in reg(P2)..reg(P2+P3-1) ("B").  Save the result of
+** the comparison for use by the next OP_Jump instruct.
+**
+** P4 is a KeyInfo structure that defines collating sequences and sort
+** orders for the comparison.  The permutation applies to registers
+** only.  The KeyInfo elements are used sequentially.
+**
+** The comparison is a sort comparison, so NULLs compare equal,
+** NULLs are less than numbers, numbers are less than strings,
+** and strings are less than blobs.
+*/
+case OP_Compare: {
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.ak */
+  int n;
+  int i;
+  int p1;
+  int p2;
+  const KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
+  int idx;
+  CollSeq *pColl;    /* Collating sequence to use on this term */
+  int bRev;          /* True for DESCENDING sort order */
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.ak */
+
+  u.ak.n = pOp->p3;
+  u.ak.pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo;
+  assert( u.ak.n>0 );
+  assert( u.ak.pKeyInfo!=0 );
+  u.ak.p1 = pOp->p1;
+  u.ak.p2 = pOp->p2;
+#if SQLITE_DEBUG
+  if( aPermute ){
+    int k, mx = 0;
+    for(k=0; k<u.ak.n; k++) if( aPermute[k]>mx ) mx = aPermute[k];
+    assert( u.ak.p1>0 && u.ak.p1+mx<=p->nMem+1 );
+    assert( u.ak.p2>0 && u.ak.p2+mx<=p->nMem+1 );
+  }else{
+    assert( u.ak.p1>0 && u.ak.p1+u.ak.n<=p->nMem+1 );
+    assert( u.ak.p2>0 && u.ak.p2+u.ak.n<=p->nMem+1 );
+  }
+#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
+  for(u.ak.i=0; u.ak.i<u.ak.n; u.ak.i++){
+    u.ak.idx = aPermute ? aPermute[u.ak.i] : u.ak.i;
+    assert( memIsValid(&aMem[u.ak.p1+u.ak.idx]) );
+    assert( memIsValid(&aMem[u.ak.p2+u.ak.idx]) );
+    REGISTER_TRACE(u.ak.p1+u.ak.idx, &aMem[u.ak.p1+u.ak.idx]);
+    REGISTER_TRACE(u.ak.p2+u.ak.idx, &aMem[u.ak.p2+u.ak.idx]);
+    assert( u.ak.i<u.ak.pKeyInfo->nField );
+    u.ak.pColl = u.ak.pKeyInfo->aColl[u.ak.i];
+    u.ak.bRev = u.ak.pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[u.ak.i];
+    iCompare = sqlite3MemCompare(&aMem[u.ak.p1+u.ak.idx], &aMem[u.ak.p2+u.ak.idx], u.ak.pColl);
+    if( iCompare ){
+      if( u.ak.bRev ) iCompare = -iCompare;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  aPermute = 0;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Jump P1 P2 P3 * *
+**
+** Jump to the instruction at address P1, P2, or P3 depending on whether
+** in the most recent OP_Compare instruction the P1 vector was less than
+** equal to, or greater than the P2 vector, respectively.
+*/
+case OP_Jump: {             /* jump */
+  if( iCompare<0 ){
+    pc = pOp->p1 - 1;
+  }else if( iCompare==0 ){
+    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+  }else{
+    pc = pOp->p3 - 1;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: And P1 P2 P3 * *
+**
+** Take the logical AND of the values in registers P1 and P2 and
+** write the result into register P3.
+**
+** If either P1 or P2 is 0 (false) then the result is 0 even if
+** the other input is NULL.  A NULL and true or two NULLs give
+** a NULL output.
+*/
+/* Opcode: Or P1 P2 P3 * *
+**
+** Take the logical OR of the values in register P1 and P2 and
+** store the answer in register P3.
+**
+** If either P1 or P2 is nonzero (true) then the result is 1 (true)
+** even if the other input is NULL.  A NULL and false or two NULLs
+** give a NULL output.
+*/
+case OP_And:              /* same as TK_AND, in1, in2, out3 */
+case OP_Or: {             /* same as TK_OR, in1, in2, out3 */
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.al */
+  int v1;    /* Left operand:  0==FALSE, 1==TRUE, 2==UNKNOWN or NULL */
+  int v2;    /* Right operand: 0==FALSE, 1==TRUE, 2==UNKNOWN or NULL */
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.al */
+
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ){
+    u.al.v1 = 2;
+  }else{
+    u.al.v1 = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1)!=0;
+  }
+  pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+  if( pIn2->flags & MEM_Null ){
+    u.al.v2 = 2;
+  }else{
+    u.al.v2 = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn2)!=0;
+  }
+  if( pOp->opcode==OP_And ){
+    static const unsigned char and_logic[] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 2, 0, 2, 2 };
+    u.al.v1 = and_logic[u.al.v1*3+u.al.v2];
+  }else{
+    static const unsigned char or_logic[] = { 0, 1, 2, 1, 1, 1, 2, 1, 2 };
+    u.al.v1 = or_logic[u.al.v1*3+u.al.v2];
+  }
+  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+  if( u.al.v1==2 ){
+    MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Null);
+  }else{
+    pOut->u.i = u.al.v1;
+    MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Not P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** Interpret the value in register P1 as a boolean value.  Store the
+** boolean complement in register P2.  If the value in register P1 is 
+** NULL, then a NULL is stored in P2.
+*/
+case OP_Not: {                /* same as TK_NOT, in1, out2 */
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+  if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pOut, !sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1));
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: BitNot P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** Interpret the content of register P1 as an integer.  Store the
+** ones-complement of the P1 value into register P2.  If P1 holds
+** a NULL then store a NULL in P2.
+*/
+case OP_BitNot: {             /* same as TK_BITNOT, in1, out2 */
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+  if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pOut, ~sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1));
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Once P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** Check if OP_Once flag P1 is set. If so, jump to instruction P2. Otherwise,
+** set the flag and fall through to the next instruction.
+**
+** See also: JumpOnce
+*/
+case OP_Once: {             /* jump */
+  assert( pOp->p1<p->nOnceFlag );
+  if( p->aOnceFlag[pOp->p1] ){
+    pc = pOp->p2-1;
+  }else{
+    p->aOnceFlag[pOp->p1] = 1;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: If P1 P2 P3 * *
+**
+** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is true.  The value
+** is considered true if it is numeric and non-zero.  If the value
+** in P1 is NULL then take the jump if P3 is non-zero.
+*/
+/* Opcode: IfNot P1 P2 P3 * *
+**
+** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is False.  The value
+** is considered false if it has a numeric value of zero.  If the value
+** in P1 is NULL then take the jump if P3 is zero.
+*/
+case OP_If:                 /* jump, in1 */
+case OP_IfNot: {            /* jump, in1 */
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.am */
+  int c;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.am */
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ){
+    u.am.c = pOp->p3;
+  }else{
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+    u.am.c = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1)!=0;
+#else
+    u.am.c = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pIn1)!=0.0;
+#endif
+    if( pOp->opcode==OP_IfNot ) u.am.c = !u.am.c;
+  }
+  if( u.am.c ){
+    pc = pOp->p2-1;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: IsNull P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is NULL.
+*/
+case OP_IsNull: {            /* same as TK_ISNULL, jump, in1 */
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)!=0 ){
+    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: NotNull P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is not NULL.  
+*/
+case OP_NotNull: {            /* same as TK_NOTNULL, jump, in1 */
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ){
+    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Column P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+**
+** Interpret the data that cursor P1 points to as a structure built using
+** the MakeRecord instruction.  (See the MakeRecord opcode for additional
+** information about the format of the data.)  Extract the P2-th column
+** from this record.  If there are less that (P2+1) 
+** values in the record, extract a NULL.
+**
+** The value extracted is stored in register P3.
+**
+** If the column contains fewer than P2 fields, then extract a NULL.  Or,
+** if the P4 argument is a P4_MEM use the value of the P4 argument as
+** the result.
+**
+** If the OPFLAG_CLEARCACHE bit is set on P5 and P1 is a pseudo-table cursor,
+** then the cache of the cursor is reset prior to extracting the column.
+** The first OP_Column against a pseudo-table after the value of the content
+** register has changed should have this bit set.
+**
+** If the OPFLAG_LENGTHARG and OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG bits are set on P5 when
+** the result is guaranteed to only be used as the argument of a length()
+** or typeof() function, respectively.  The loading of large blobs can be
+** skipped for length() and all content loading can be skipped for typeof().
+*/
+case OP_Column: {
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.an */
+  u32 payloadSize;   /* Number of bytes in the record */
+  i64 payloadSize64; /* Number of bytes in the record */
+  int p1;            /* P1 value of the opcode */
+  int p2;            /* column number to retrieve */
+  VdbeCursor *pC;    /* The VDBE cursor */
+  char *zRec;        /* Pointer to complete record-data */
+  BtCursor *pCrsr;   /* The BTree cursor */
+  u32 *aType;        /* aType[i] holds the numeric type of the i-th column */
+  u32 *aOffset;      /* aOffset[i] is offset to start of data for i-th column */
+  int nField;        /* number of fields in the record */
+  int len;           /* The length of the serialized data for the column */
+  int i;             /* Loop counter */
+  char *zData;       /* Part of the record being decoded */
+  Mem *pDest;        /* Where to write the extracted value */
+  Mem sMem;          /* For storing the record being decoded */
+  u8 *zIdx;          /* Index into header */
+  u8 *zEndHdr;       /* Pointer to first byte after the header */
+  u32 offset;        /* Offset into the data */
+  u32 szField;       /* Number of bytes in the content of a field */
+  int szHdr;         /* Size of the header size field at start of record */
+  int avail;         /* Number of bytes of available data */
+  u32 t;             /* A type code from the record header */
+  Mem *pReg;         /* PseudoTable input register */
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.an */
+
+
+  u.an.p1 = pOp->p1;
+  u.an.p2 = pOp->p2;
+  u.an.pC = 0;
+  memset(&u.an.sMem, 0, sizeof(u.an.sMem));
+  assert( u.an.p1<p->nCursor );
+  assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
+  u.an.pDest = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+  memAboutToChange(p, u.an.pDest);
+  u.an.zRec = 0;
+
+  /* This block sets the variable u.an.payloadSize to be the total number of
+  ** bytes in the record.
+  **
+  ** u.an.zRec is set to be the complete text of the record if it is available.
+  ** The complete record text is always available for pseudo-tables
+  ** If the record is stored in a cursor, the complete record text
+  ** might be available in the  u.an.pC->aRow cache.  Or it might not be.
+  ** If the data is unavailable,  u.an.zRec is set to NULL.
+  **
+  ** We also compute the number of columns in the record.  For cursors,
+  ** the number of columns is stored in the VdbeCursor.nField element.
+  */
+  u.an.pC = p->apCsr[u.an.p1];
+  assert( u.an.pC!=0 );
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  assert( u.an.pC->pVtabCursor==0 );
+#endif
+  u.an.pCrsr = u.an.pC->pCursor;
+  if( u.an.pCrsr!=0 ){
+    /* The record is stored in a B-Tree */
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(u.an.pC);
+    if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+    if( u.an.pC->nullRow ){
+      u.an.payloadSize = 0;
+    }else if( u.an.pC->cacheStatus==p->cacheCtr ){
+      u.an.payloadSize = u.an.pC->payloadSize;
+      u.an.zRec = (char*)u.an.pC->aRow;
+    }else if( u.an.pC->isIndex ){
+      assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(u.an.pCrsr) );
+      VVA_ONLY(rc =) sqlite3BtreeKeySize(u.an.pCrsr, &u.an.payloadSize64);
+      assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );   /* True because of CursorMoveto() call above */
+      /* sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr() uses getVarint32() to extract the
+      ** payload size, so it is impossible for u.an.payloadSize64 to be
+      ** larger than 32 bits. */
+      assert( (u.an.payloadSize64 & SQLITE_MAX_U32)==(u64)u.an.payloadSize64 );
+      u.an.payloadSize = (u32)u.an.payloadSize64;
+    }else{
+      assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(u.an.pCrsr) );
+      VVA_ONLY(rc =) sqlite3BtreeDataSize(u.an.pCrsr, &u.an.payloadSize);
+      assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );   /* DataSize() cannot fail */
+    }
+  }else if( ALWAYS(u.an.pC->pseudoTableReg>0) ){
+    u.an.pReg = &aMem[u.an.pC->pseudoTableReg];
+    assert( u.an.pReg->flags & MEM_Blob );
+    assert( memIsValid(u.an.pReg) );
+    u.an.payloadSize = u.an.pReg->n;
+    u.an.zRec = u.an.pReg->z;
+    u.an.pC->cacheStatus = (pOp->p5&OPFLAG_CLEARCACHE) ? CACHE_STALE : p->cacheCtr;
+    assert( u.an.payloadSize==0 || u.an.zRec!=0 );
+  }else{
+    /* Consider the row to be NULL */
+    u.an.payloadSize = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* If u.an.payloadSize is 0, then just store a NULL.  This can happen because of
+  ** nullRow or because of a corrupt database. */
+  if( u.an.payloadSize==0 ){
+    MemSetTypeFlag(u.an.pDest, MEM_Null);
+    goto op_column_out;
+  }
+  assert( db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]>=0 );
+  if( u.an.payloadSize > (u32)db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
+    goto too_big;
+  }
+
+  u.an.nField = u.an.pC->nField;
+  assert( u.an.p2<u.an.nField );
+
+  /* Read and parse the table header.  Store the results of the parse
+  ** into the record header cache fields of the cursor.
+  */
+  u.an.aType = u.an.pC->aType;
+  if( u.an.pC->cacheStatus==p->cacheCtr ){
+    u.an.aOffset = u.an.pC->aOffset;
+  }else{
+    assert(u.an.aType);
+    u.an.avail = 0;
+    u.an.pC->aOffset = u.an.aOffset = &u.an.aType[u.an.nField];
+    u.an.pC->payloadSize = u.an.payloadSize;
+    u.an.pC->cacheStatus = p->cacheCtr;
+
+    /* Figure out how many bytes are in the header */
+    if( u.an.zRec ){
+      u.an.zData = u.an.zRec;
+    }else{
+      if( u.an.pC->isIndex ){
+        u.an.zData = (char*)sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(u.an.pCrsr, &u.an.avail);
+      }else{
+        u.an.zData = (char*)sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(u.an.pCrsr, &u.an.avail);
+      }
+      /* If KeyFetch()/DataFetch() managed to get the entire payload,
+      ** save the payload in the u.an.pC->aRow cache.  That will save us from
+      ** having to make additional calls to fetch the content portion of
+      ** the record.
+      */
+      assert( u.an.avail>=0 );
+      if( u.an.payloadSize <= (u32)u.an.avail ){
+        u.an.zRec = u.an.zData;
+        u.an.pC->aRow = (u8*)u.an.zData;
+      }else{
+        u.an.pC->aRow = 0;
+      }
+    }
+    /* The following assert is true in all cases except when
+    ** the database file has been corrupted externally.
+    **    assert( u.an.zRec!=0 || u.an.avail>=u.an.payloadSize || u.an.avail>=9 ); */
+    u.an.szHdr = getVarint32((u8*)u.an.zData, u.an.offset);
+
+    /* Make sure a corrupt database has not given us an oversize header.
+    ** Do this now to avoid an oversize memory allocation.
+    **
+    ** Type entries can be between 1 and 5 bytes each.  But 4 and 5 byte
+    ** types use so much data space that there can only be 4096 and 32 of
+    ** them, respectively.  So the maximum header length results from a
+    ** 3-byte type for each of the maximum of 32768 columns plus three
+    ** extra bytes for the header length itself.  32768*3 + 3 = 98307.
+    */
+    if( u.an.offset > 98307 ){
+      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+      goto op_column_out;
+    }
+
+    /* Compute in u.an.len the number of bytes of data we need to read in order
+    ** to get u.an.nField type values.  u.an.offset is an upper bound on this.  But
+    ** u.an.nField might be significantly less than the true number of columns
+    ** in the table, and in that case, 5*u.an.nField+3 might be smaller than u.an.offset.
+    ** We want to minimize u.an.len in order to limit the size of the memory
+    ** allocation, especially if a corrupt database file has caused u.an.offset
+    ** to be oversized. Offset is limited to 98307 above.  But 98307 might
+    ** still exceed Robson memory allocation limits on some configurations.
+    ** On systems that cannot tolerate large memory allocations, u.an.nField*5+3
+    ** will likely be much smaller since u.an.nField will likely be less than
+    ** 20 or so.  This insures that Robson memory allocation limits are
+    ** not exceeded even for corrupt database files.
+    */
+    u.an.len = u.an.nField*5 + 3;
+    if( u.an.len > (int)u.an.offset ) u.an.len = (int)u.an.offset;
+
+    /* The KeyFetch() or DataFetch() above are fast and will get the entire
+    ** record header in most cases.  But they will fail to get the complete
+    ** record header if the record header does not fit on a single page
+    ** in the B-Tree.  When that happens, use sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree() to
+    ** acquire the complete header text.
+    */
+    if( !u.an.zRec && u.an.avail<u.an.len ){
+      u.an.sMem.flags = 0;
+      u.an.sMem.db = 0;
+      rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(u.an.pCrsr, 0, u.an.len, u.an.pC->isIndex, &u.an.sMem);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        goto op_column_out;
+      }
+      u.an.zData = u.an.sMem.z;
+    }
+    u.an.zEndHdr = (u8 *)&u.an.zData[u.an.len];
+    u.an.zIdx = (u8 *)&u.an.zData[u.an.szHdr];
+
+    /* Scan the header and use it to fill in the u.an.aType[] and u.an.aOffset[]
+    ** arrays.  u.an.aType[u.an.i] will contain the type integer for the u.an.i-th
+    ** column and u.an.aOffset[u.an.i] will contain the u.an.offset from the beginning
+    ** of the record to the start of the data for the u.an.i-th column
+    */
+    for(u.an.i=0; u.an.i<u.an.nField; u.an.i++){
+      if( u.an.zIdx<u.an.zEndHdr ){
+        u.an.aOffset[u.an.i] = u.an.offset;
+        if( u.an.zIdx[0]<0x80 ){
+          u.an.t = u.an.zIdx[0];
+          u.an.zIdx++;
+        }else{
+          u.an.zIdx += sqlite3GetVarint32(u.an.zIdx, &u.an.t);
+        }
+        u.an.aType[u.an.i] = u.an.t;
+        u.an.szField = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(u.an.t);
+        u.an.offset += u.an.szField;
+        if( u.an.offset<u.an.szField ){  /* True if u.an.offset overflows */
+          u.an.zIdx = &u.an.zEndHdr[1];  /* Forces SQLITE_CORRUPT return below */
+          break;
+        }
+      }else{
+        /* If u.an.i is less that u.an.nField, then there are fewer fields in this
+        ** record than SetNumColumns indicated there are columns in the
+        ** table. Set the u.an.offset for any extra columns not present in
+        ** the record to 0. This tells code below to store the default value
+        ** for the column instead of deserializing a value from the record.
+        */
+        u.an.aOffset[u.an.i] = 0;
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&u.an.sMem);
+    u.an.sMem.flags = MEM_Null;
+
+    /* If we have read more header data than was contained in the header,
+    ** or if the end of the last field appears to be past the end of the
+    ** record, or if the end of the last field appears to be before the end
+    ** of the record (when all fields present), then we must be dealing
+    ** with a corrupt database.
+    */
+    if( (u.an.zIdx > u.an.zEndHdr) || (u.an.offset > u.an.payloadSize)
+         || (u.an.zIdx==u.an.zEndHdr && u.an.offset!=u.an.payloadSize) ){
+      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+      goto op_column_out;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Get the column information. If u.an.aOffset[u.an.p2] is non-zero, then
+  ** deserialize the value from the record. If u.an.aOffset[u.an.p2] is zero,
+  ** then there are not enough fields in the record to satisfy the
+  ** request.  In this case, set the value NULL or to P4 if P4 is
+  ** a pointer to a Mem object.
+  */
+  if( u.an.aOffset[u.an.p2] ){
+    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+    if( u.an.zRec ){
+      /* This is the common case where the whole row fits on a single page */
+      VdbeMemRelease(u.an.pDest);
+      sqlite3VdbeSerialGet((u8 *)&u.an.zRec[u.an.aOffset[u.an.p2]], u.an.aType[u.an.p2], u.an.pDest);
+    }else{
+      /* This branch happens only when the row overflows onto multiple pages */
+      u.an.t = u.an.aType[u.an.p2];
+      if( (pOp->p5 & (OPFLAG_LENGTHARG|OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG))!=0
+       && ((u.an.t>=12 && (u.an.t&1)==0) || (pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG)!=0)
+      ){
+        /* Content is irrelevant for the typeof() function and for
+        ** the length(X) function if X is a blob.  So we might as well use
+        ** bogus content rather than reading content from disk.  NULL works
+        ** for text and blob and whatever is in the u.an.payloadSize64 variable
+        ** will work for everything else. */
+        u.an.zData = u.an.t<12 ? (char*)&u.an.payloadSize64 : 0;
+      }else{
+        u.an.len = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(u.an.t);
+        sqlite3VdbeMemMove(&u.an.sMem, u.an.pDest);
+        rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(u.an.pCrsr, u.an.aOffset[u.an.p2], u.an.len,  u.an.pC->isIndex,
+                                     &u.an.sMem);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          goto op_column_out;
+        }
+        u.an.zData = u.an.sMem.z;
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeSerialGet((u8*)u.an.zData, u.an.t, u.an.pDest);
+    }
+    u.an.pDest->enc = encoding;
+  }else{
+    if( pOp->p4type==P4_MEM ){
+      sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(u.an.pDest, pOp->p4.pMem, MEM_Static);
+    }else{
+      MemSetTypeFlag(u.an.pDest, MEM_Null);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If we dynamically allocated space to hold the data (in the
+  ** sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree() call above) then transfer control of that
+  ** dynamically allocated space over to the u.an.pDest structure.
+  ** This prevents a memory copy.
+  */
+  if( u.an.sMem.zMalloc ){
+    assert( u.an.sMem.z==u.an.sMem.zMalloc );
+    assert( !(u.an.pDest->flags & MEM_Dyn) );
+    assert( !(u.an.pDest->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str)) || u.an.pDest->z==u.an.sMem.z );
+    u.an.pDest->flags &= ~(MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static);
+    u.an.pDest->flags |= MEM_Term;
+    u.an.pDest->z = u.an.sMem.z;
+    u.an.pDest->zMalloc = u.an.sMem.zMalloc;
+  }
+
+  rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(u.an.pDest);
+
+op_column_out:
+  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(u.an.pDest);
+  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, u.an.pDest);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Affinity P1 P2 * P4 *
+**
+** Apply affinities to a range of P2 registers starting with P1.
+**
+** P4 is a string that is P2 characters long. The nth character of the
+** string indicates the column affinity that should be used for the nth
+** memory cell in the range.
+*/
+case OP_Affinity: {
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.ao */
+  const char *zAffinity;   /* The affinity to be applied */
+  char cAff;               /* A single character of affinity */
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.ao */
+
+  u.ao.zAffinity = pOp->p4.z;
+  assert( u.ao.zAffinity!=0 );
+  assert( u.ao.zAffinity[pOp->p2]==0 );
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  while( (u.ao.cAff = *(u.ao.zAffinity++))!=0 ){
+    assert( pIn1 <= &p->aMem[p->nMem] );
+    assert( memIsValid(pIn1) );
+    ExpandBlob(pIn1);
+    applyAffinity(pIn1, u.ao.cAff, encoding);
+    pIn1++;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: MakeRecord P1 P2 P3 P4 *
+**
+** Convert P2 registers beginning with P1 into the [record format]
+** use as a data record in a database table or as a key
+** in an index.  The OP_Column opcode can decode the record later.
+**
+** P4 may be a string that is P2 characters long.  The nth character of the
+** string indicates the column affinity that should be used for the nth
+** field of the index key.
+**
+** The mapping from character to affinity is given by the SQLITE_AFF_
+** macros defined in sqliteInt.h.
+**
+** If P4 is NULL then all index fields have the affinity NONE.
+*/
+case OP_MakeRecord: {
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.ap */
+  u8 *zNewRecord;        /* A buffer to hold the data for the new record */
+  Mem *pRec;             /* The new record */
+  u64 nData;             /* Number of bytes of data space */
+  int nHdr;              /* Number of bytes of header space */
+  i64 nByte;             /* Data space required for this record */
+  int nZero;             /* Number of zero bytes at the end of the record */
+  int nVarint;           /* Number of bytes in a varint */
+  u32 serial_type;       /* Type field */
+  Mem *pData0;           /* First field to be combined into the record */
+  Mem *pLast;            /* Last field of the record */
+  int nField;            /* Number of fields in the record */
+  char *zAffinity;       /* The affinity string for the record */
+  int file_format;       /* File format to use for encoding */
+  int i;                 /* Space used in zNewRecord[] */
+  int len;               /* Length of a field */
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.ap */
+
+  /* Assuming the record contains N fields, the record format looks
+  ** like this:
+  **
+  ** ------------------------------------------------------------------------
+  ** | hdr-size | type 0 | type 1 | ... | type N-1 | data0 | ... | data N-1 |
+  ** ------------------------------------------------------------------------
+  **
+  ** Data(0) is taken from register P1.  Data(1) comes from register P1+1
+  ** and so froth.
+  **
+  ** Each type field is a varint representing the serial type of the
+  ** corresponding data element (see sqlite3VdbeSerialType()). The
+  ** hdr-size field is also a varint which is the offset from the beginning
+  ** of the record to data0.
+  */
+  u.ap.nData = 0;         /* Number of bytes of data space */
+  u.ap.nHdr = 0;          /* Number of bytes of header space */
+  u.ap.nZero = 0;         /* Number of zero bytes at the end of the record */
+  u.ap.nField = pOp->p1;
+  u.ap.zAffinity = pOp->p4.z;
+  assert( u.ap.nField>0 && pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2+u.ap.nField<=p->nMem+1 );
+  u.ap.pData0 = &aMem[u.ap.nField];
+  u.ap.nField = pOp->p2;
+  u.ap.pLast = &u.ap.pData0[u.ap.nField-1];
+  u.ap.file_format = p->minWriteFileFormat;
+
+  /* Identify the output register */
+  assert( pOp->p3<pOp->p1 || pOp->p3>=pOp->p1+pOp->p2 );
+  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+  memAboutToChange(p, pOut);
+
+  /* Loop through the elements that will make up the record to figure
+  ** out how much space is required for the new record.
+  */
+  for(u.ap.pRec=u.ap.pData0; u.ap.pRec<=u.ap.pLast; u.ap.pRec++){
+    assert( memIsValid(u.ap.pRec) );
+    if( u.ap.zAffinity ){
+      applyAffinity(u.ap.pRec, u.ap.zAffinity[u.ap.pRec-u.ap.pData0], encoding);
+    }
+    if( u.ap.pRec->flags&MEM_Zero && u.ap.pRec->n>0 ){
+      sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(u.ap.pRec);
+    }
+    u.ap.serial_type = sqlite3VdbeSerialType(u.ap.pRec, u.ap.file_format);
+    u.ap.len = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(u.ap.serial_type);
+    u.ap.nData += u.ap.len;
+    u.ap.nHdr += sqlite3VarintLen(u.ap.serial_type);
+    if( u.ap.pRec->flags & MEM_Zero ){
+      /* Only pure zero-filled BLOBs can be input to this Opcode.
+      ** We do not allow blobs with a prefix and a zero-filled tail. */
+      u.ap.nZero += u.ap.pRec->u.nZero;
+    }else if( u.ap.len ){
+      u.ap.nZero = 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Add the initial header varint and total the size */
+  u.ap.nHdr += u.ap.nVarint = sqlite3VarintLen(u.ap.nHdr);
+  if( u.ap.nVarint<sqlite3VarintLen(u.ap.nHdr) ){
+    u.ap.nHdr++;
+  }
+  u.ap.nByte = u.ap.nHdr+u.ap.nData-u.ap.nZero;
+  if( u.ap.nByte>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
+    goto too_big;
+  }
+
+  /* Make sure the output register has a buffer large enough to store
+  ** the new record. The output register (pOp->p3) is not allowed to
+  ** be one of the input registers (because the following call to
+  ** sqlite3VdbeMemGrow() could clobber the value before it is used).
+  */
+  if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pOut, (int)u.ap.nByte, 0) ){
+    goto no_mem;
+  }
+  u.ap.zNewRecord = (u8 *)pOut->z;
+
+  /* Write the record */
+  u.ap.i = putVarint32(u.ap.zNewRecord, u.ap.nHdr);
+  for(u.ap.pRec=u.ap.pData0; u.ap.pRec<=u.ap.pLast; u.ap.pRec++){
+    u.ap.serial_type = sqlite3VdbeSerialType(u.ap.pRec, u.ap.file_format);
+    u.ap.i += putVarint32(&u.ap.zNewRecord[u.ap.i], u.ap.serial_type);      /* serial type */
+  }
+  for(u.ap.pRec=u.ap.pData0; u.ap.pRec<=u.ap.pLast; u.ap.pRec++){  /* serial data */
+    u.ap.i += sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(&u.ap.zNewRecord[u.ap.i], (int)(u.ap.nByte-u.ap.i), u.ap.pRec,u.ap.file_format);
+  }
+  assert( u.ap.i==u.ap.nByte );
+
+  assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
+  pOut->n = (int)u.ap.nByte;
+  pOut->flags = MEM_Blob | MEM_Dyn;
+  pOut->xDel = 0;
+  if( u.ap.nZero ){
+    pOut->u.nZero = u.ap.nZero;
+    pOut->flags |= MEM_Zero;
+  }
+  pOut->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;  /* In case the blob is ever converted to text */
+  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pOut);
+  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Count P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** Store the number of entries (an integer value) in the table or index 
+** opened by cursor P1 in register P2
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT
+case OP_Count: {         /* out2-prerelease */
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.aq */
+  i64 nEntry;
+  BtCursor *pCrsr;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.aq */
+
+  u.aq.pCrsr = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]->pCursor;
+  if( ALWAYS(u.aq.pCrsr) ){
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeCount(u.aq.pCrsr, &u.aq.nEntry);
+  }else{
+    u.aq.nEntry = 0;
+  }
+  pOut->u.i = u.aq.nEntry;
+  break;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Opcode: Savepoint P1 * * P4 *
+**
+** Open, release or rollback the savepoint named by parameter P4, depending
+** on the value of P1. To open a new savepoint, P1==0. To release (commit) an
+** existing savepoint, P1==1, or to rollback an existing savepoint P1==2.
+*/
+case OP_Savepoint: {
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.ar */
+  int p1;                         /* Value of P1 operand */
+  char *zName;                    /* Name of savepoint */
+  int nName;
+  Savepoint *pNew;
+  Savepoint *pSavepoint;
+  Savepoint *pTmp;
+  int iSavepoint;
+  int ii;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.ar */
+
+  u.ar.p1 = pOp->p1;
+  u.ar.zName = pOp->p4.z;
+
+  /* Assert that the u.ar.p1 parameter is valid. Also that if there is no open
+  ** transaction, then there cannot be any savepoints.
+  */
+  assert( db->pSavepoint==0 || db->autoCommit==0 );
+  assert( u.ar.p1==SAVEPOINT_BEGIN||u.ar.p1==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE||u.ar.p1==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
+  assert( db->pSavepoint || db->isTransactionSavepoint==0 );
+  assert( checkSavepointCount(db) );
+
+  if( u.ar.p1==SAVEPOINT_BEGIN ){
+    if( db->writeVdbeCnt>0 ){
+      /* A new savepoint cannot be created if there are active write
+      ** statements (i.e. open read/write incremental blob handles).
+      */
+      sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "cannot open savepoint - "
+        "SQL statements in progress");
+      rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+    }else{
+      u.ar.nName = sqlite3Strlen30(u.ar.zName);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+      /* This call is Ok even if this savepoint is actually a transaction
+      ** savepoint (and therefore should not prompt xSavepoint()) callbacks.
+      ** If this is a transaction savepoint being opened, it is guaranteed
+      ** that the db->aVTrans[] array is empty.  */
+      assert( db->autoCommit==0 || db->nVTrans==0 );
+      rc = sqlite3VtabSavepoint(db, SAVEPOINT_BEGIN,
+                                db->nStatement+db->nSavepoint);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+#endif
+
+      /* Create a new savepoint structure. */
+      u.ar.pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(Savepoint)+u.ar.nName+1);
+      if( u.ar.pNew ){
+        u.ar.pNew->zName = (char *)&u.ar.pNew[1];
+        memcpy(u.ar.pNew->zName, u.ar.zName, u.ar.nName+1);
+
+        /* If there is no open transaction, then mark this as a special
+        ** "transaction savepoint". */
+        if( db->autoCommit ){
+          db->autoCommit = 0;
+          db->isTransactionSavepoint = 1;
+        }else{
+          db->nSavepoint++;
+        }
+
+        /* Link the new savepoint into the database handle's list. */
+        u.ar.pNew->pNext = db->pSavepoint;
+        db->pSavepoint = u.ar.pNew;
+        u.ar.pNew->nDeferredCons = db->nDeferredCons;
+      }
+    }
+  }else{
+    u.ar.iSavepoint = 0;
+
+    /* Find the named savepoint. If there is no such savepoint, then an
+    ** an error is returned to the user.  */
+    for(
+      u.ar.pSavepoint = db->pSavepoint;
+      u.ar.pSavepoint && sqlite3StrICmp(u.ar.pSavepoint->zName, u.ar.zName);
+      u.ar.pSavepoint = u.ar.pSavepoint->pNext
+    ){
+      u.ar.iSavepoint++;
+    }
+    if( !u.ar.pSavepoint ){
+      sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "no such savepoint: %s", u.ar.zName);
+      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }else if( db->writeVdbeCnt>0 && u.ar.p1==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){
+      /* It is not possible to release (commit) a savepoint if there are
+      ** active write statements.
+      */
+      sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db,
+        "cannot release savepoint - SQL statements in progress"
+      );
+      rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+    }else{
+
+      /* Determine whether or not this is a transaction savepoint. If so,
+      ** and this is a RELEASE command, then the current transaction
+      ** is committed.
+      */
+      int isTransaction = u.ar.pSavepoint->pNext==0 && db->isTransactionSavepoint;
+      if( isTransaction && u.ar.p1==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){
+        if( (rc = sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 1))!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          goto vdbe_return;
+        }
+        db->autoCommit = 1;
+        if( sqlite3VdbeHalt(p)==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+          p->pc = pc;
+          db->autoCommit = 0;
+          p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+          goto vdbe_return;
+        }
+        db->isTransactionSavepoint = 0;
+        rc = p->rc;
+      }else{
+        u.ar.iSavepoint = db->nSavepoint - u.ar.iSavepoint - 1;
+        if( u.ar.p1==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){
+          for(u.ar.ii=0; u.ar.ii<db->nDb; u.ar.ii++){
+            sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(db->aDb[u.ar.ii].pBt, SQLITE_ABORT);
+          }
+        }
+        for(u.ar.ii=0; u.ar.ii<db->nDb; u.ar.ii++){
+          rc = sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(db->aDb[u.ar.ii].pBt, u.ar.p1, u.ar.iSavepoint);
+          if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+            goto abort_due_to_error;
+          }
+        }
+        if( u.ar.p1==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK && (db->flags&SQLITE_InternChanges)!=0 ){
+          sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
+          sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db);
+          db->flags = (db->flags | SQLITE_InternChanges);
+        }
+      }
+
+      /* Regardless of whether this is a RELEASE or ROLLBACK, destroy all
+      ** savepoints nested inside of the savepoint being operated on. */
+      while( db->pSavepoint!=u.ar.pSavepoint ){
+        u.ar.pTmp = db->pSavepoint;
+        db->pSavepoint = u.ar.pTmp->pNext;
+        sqlite3DbFree(db, u.ar.pTmp);
+        db->nSavepoint--;
+      }
+
+      /* If it is a RELEASE, then destroy the savepoint being operated on
+      ** too. If it is a ROLLBACK TO, then set the number of deferred
+      ** constraint violations present in the database to the value stored
+      ** when the savepoint was created.  */
+      if( u.ar.p1==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){
+        assert( u.ar.pSavepoint==db->pSavepoint );
+        db->pSavepoint = u.ar.pSavepoint->pNext;
+        sqlite3DbFree(db, u.ar.pSavepoint);
+        if( !isTransaction ){
+          db->nSavepoint--;
+        }
+      }else{
+        db->nDeferredCons = u.ar.pSavepoint->nDeferredCons;
+      }
+
+      if( !isTransaction ){
+        rc = sqlite3VtabSavepoint(db, u.ar.p1, u.ar.iSavepoint);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: AutoCommit P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** Set the database auto-commit flag to P1 (1 or 0). If P2 is true, roll
+** back any currently active btree transactions. If there are any active
+** VMs (apart from this one), then a ROLLBACK fails.  A COMMIT fails if
+** there are active writing VMs or active VMs that use shared cache.
+**
+** This instruction causes the VM to halt.
+*/
+case OP_AutoCommit: {
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.as */
+  int desiredAutoCommit;
+  int iRollback;
+  int turnOnAC;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.as */
+
+  u.as.desiredAutoCommit = pOp->p1;
+  u.as.iRollback = pOp->p2;
+  u.as.turnOnAC = u.as.desiredAutoCommit && !db->autoCommit;
+  assert( u.as.desiredAutoCommit==1 || u.as.desiredAutoCommit==0 );
+  assert( u.as.desiredAutoCommit==1 || u.as.iRollback==0 );
+  assert( db->activeVdbeCnt>0 );  /* At least this one VM is active */
+
+#if 0
+  if( u.as.turnOnAC && u.as.iRollback && db->activeVdbeCnt>1 ){
+    /* If this instruction implements a ROLLBACK and other VMs are
+    ** still running, and a transaction is active, return an error indicating
+    ** that the other VMs must complete first.
+    */
+    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "cannot rollback transaction - "
+        "SQL statements in progress");
+    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+  }else
+#endif
+  if( u.as.turnOnAC && !u.as.iRollback && db->writeVdbeCnt>0 ){
+    /* If this instruction implements a COMMIT and other VMs are writing
+    ** return an error indicating that the other VMs must complete first.
+    */
+    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "cannot commit transaction - "
+        "SQL statements in progress");
+    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+  }else if( u.as.desiredAutoCommit!=db->autoCommit ){
+    if( u.as.iRollback ){
+      assert( u.as.desiredAutoCommit==1 );
+      sqlite3RollbackAll(db, SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK);
+      db->autoCommit = 1;
+    }else if( (rc = sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 1))!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      goto vdbe_return;
+    }else{
+      db->autoCommit = (u8)u.as.desiredAutoCommit;
+      if( sqlite3VdbeHalt(p)==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+        p->pc = pc;
+        db->autoCommit = (u8)(1-u.as.desiredAutoCommit);
+        p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+        goto vdbe_return;
+      }
+    }
+    assert( db->nStatement==0 );
+    sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db);
+    if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = SQLITE_DONE;
+    }else{
+      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }
+    goto vdbe_return;
+  }else{
+    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db,
+        (!u.as.desiredAutoCommit)?"cannot start a transaction within a transaction":(
+        (u.as.iRollback)?"cannot rollback - no transaction is active":
+                   "cannot commit - no transaction is active"));
+
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Transaction P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** Begin a transaction.  The transaction ends when a Commit or Rollback
+** opcode is encountered.  Depending on the ON CONFLICT setting, the
+** transaction might also be rolled back if an error is encountered.
+**
+** P1 is the index of the database file on which the transaction is
+** started.  Index 0 is the main database file and index 1 is the
+** file used for temporary tables.  Indices of 2 or more are used for
+** attached databases.
+**
+** If P2 is non-zero, then a write-transaction is started.  A RESERVED lock is
+** obtained on the database file when a write-transaction is started.  No
+** other process can start another write transaction while this transaction is
+** underway.  Starting a write transaction also creates a rollback journal. A
+** write transaction must be started before any changes can be made to the
+** database.  If P2 is 2 or greater then an EXCLUSIVE lock is also obtained
+** on the file.
+**
+** If a write-transaction is started and the Vdbe.usesStmtJournal flag is
+** true (this flag is set if the Vdbe may modify more than one row and may
+** throw an ABORT exception), a statement transaction may also be opened.
+** More specifically, a statement transaction is opened iff the database
+** connection is currently not in autocommit mode, or if there are other
+** active statements. A statement transaction allows the changes made by this
+** VDBE to be rolled back after an error without having to roll back the
+** entire transaction. If no error is encountered, the statement transaction
+** will automatically commit when the VDBE halts.
+**
+** If P2 is zero, then a read-lock is obtained on the database file.
+*/
+case OP_Transaction: {
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.at */
+  Btree *pBt;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.at */
+
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
+  assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<<pOp->p1))!=0 );
+  u.at.pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt;
+
+  if( u.at.pBt ){
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(u.at.pBt, pOp->p2);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+      p->pc = pc;
+      p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+      goto vdbe_return;
+    }
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      goto abort_due_to_error;
+    }
+
+    if( pOp->p2 && p->usesStmtJournal
+     && (db->autoCommit==0 || db->activeVdbeCnt>1)
+    ){
+      assert( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(u.at.pBt) );
+      if( p->iStatement==0 ){
+        assert( db->nStatement>=0 && db->nSavepoint>=0 );
+        db->nStatement++;
+        p->iStatement = db->nSavepoint + db->nStatement;
+      }
+
+      rc = sqlite3VtabSavepoint(db, SAVEPOINT_BEGIN, p->iStatement-1);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(u.at.pBt, p->iStatement);
+      }
+
+      /* Store the current value of the database handles deferred constraint
+      ** counter. If the statement transaction needs to be rolled back,
+      ** the value of this counter needs to be restored too.  */
+      p->nStmtDefCons = db->nDeferredCons;
+    }
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: ReadCookie P1 P2 P3 * *
+**
+** Read cookie number P3 from database P1 and write it into register P2.
+** P3==1 is the schema version.  P3==2 is the database format.
+** P3==3 is the recommended pager cache size, and so forth.  P1==0 is
+** the main database file and P1==1 is the database file used to store
+** temporary tables.
+**
+** There must be a read-lock on the database (either a transaction
+** must be started or there must be an open cursor) before
+** executing this instruction.
+*/
+case OP_ReadCookie: {               /* out2-prerelease */
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.au */
+  int iMeta;
+  int iDb;
+  int iCookie;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.au */
+
+  u.au.iDb = pOp->p1;
+  u.au.iCookie = pOp->p3;
+  assert( pOp->p3<SQLITE_N_BTREE_META );
+  assert( u.au.iDb>=0 && u.au.iDb<db->nDb );
+  assert( db->aDb[u.au.iDb].pBt!=0 );
+  assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<<u.au.iDb))!=0 );
+
+  sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(db->aDb[u.au.iDb].pBt, u.au.iCookie, (u32 *)&u.au.iMeta);
+  pOut->u.i = u.au.iMeta;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: SetCookie P1 P2 P3 * *
+**
+** Write the content of register P3 (interpreted as an integer)
+** into cookie number P2 of database P1.  P2==1 is the schema version.  
+** P2==2 is the database format. P2==3 is the recommended pager cache 
+** size, and so forth.  P1==0 is the main database file and P1==1 is the 
+** database file used to store temporary tables.
+**
+** A transaction must be started before executing this opcode.
+*/
+case OP_SetCookie: {       /* in3 */
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.av */
+  Db *pDb;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.av */
+  assert( pOp->p2<SQLITE_N_BTREE_META );
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
+  assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<<pOp->p1))!=0 );
+  u.av.pDb = &db->aDb[pOp->p1];
+  assert( u.av.pDb->pBt!=0 );
+  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, pOp->p1, 0) );
+  pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+  sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn3);
+  /* See note about index shifting on OP_ReadCookie */
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(u.av.pDb->pBt, pOp->p2, (int)pIn3->u.i);
+  if( pOp->p2==BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION ){
+    /* When the schema cookie changes, record the new cookie internally */
+    u.av.pDb->pSchema->schema_cookie = (int)pIn3->u.i;
+    db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
+  }else if( pOp->p2==BTREE_FILE_FORMAT ){
+    /* Record changes in the file format */
+    u.av.pDb->pSchema->file_format = (u8)pIn3->u.i;
+  }
+  if( pOp->p1==1 ){
+    /* Invalidate all prepared statements whenever the TEMP database
+    ** schema is changed.  Ticket #1644 */
+    sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
+    p->expired = 0;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: VerifyCookie P1 P2 P3 * *
+**
+** Check the value of global database parameter number 0 (the
+** schema version) and make sure it is equal to P2 and that the
+** generation counter on the local schema parse equals P3.
+**
+** P1 is the database number which is 0 for the main database file
+** and 1 for the file holding temporary tables and some higher number
+** for auxiliary databases.
+**
+** The cookie changes its value whenever the database schema changes.
+** This operation is used to detect when that the cookie has changed
+** and that the current process needs to reread the schema.
+**
+** Either a transaction needs to have been started or an OP_Open needs
+** to be executed (to establish a read lock) before this opcode is
+** invoked.
+*/
+case OP_VerifyCookie: {
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.aw */
+  int iMeta;
+  int iGen;
+  Btree *pBt;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.aw */
+
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
+  assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<<pOp->p1))!=0 );
+  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, pOp->p1, 0) );
+  u.aw.pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt;
+  if( u.aw.pBt ){
+    sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(u.aw.pBt, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, (u32 *)&u.aw.iMeta);
+    u.aw.iGen = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pSchema->iGeneration;
+  }else{
+    u.aw.iGen = u.aw.iMeta = 0;
+  }
+  if( u.aw.iMeta!=pOp->p2 || u.aw.iGen!=pOp->p3 ){
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
+    p->zErrMsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, "database schema has changed");
+    /* If the schema-cookie from the database file matches the cookie
+    ** stored with the in-memory representation of the schema, do
+    ** not reload the schema from the database file.
+    **
+    ** If virtual-tables are in use, this is not just an optimization.
+    ** Often, v-tables store their data in other SQLite tables, which
+    ** are queried from within xNext() and other v-table methods using
+    ** prepared queries. If such a query is out-of-date, we do not want to
+    ** discard the database schema, as the user code implementing the
+    ** v-table would have to be ready for the sqlite3_vtab structure itself
+    ** to be invalidated whenever sqlite3_step() is called from within
+    ** a v-table method.
+    */
+    if( db->aDb[pOp->p1].pSchema->schema_cookie!=u.aw.iMeta ){
+      sqlite3ResetOneSchema(db, pOp->p1);
+    }
+
+    p->expired = 1;
+    rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: OpenRead P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+**
+** Open a read-only cursor for the database table whose root page is
+** P2 in a database file.  The database file is determined by P3. 
+** P3==0 means the main database, P3==1 means the database used for 
+** temporary tables, and P3>1 means used the corresponding attached
+** database.  Give the new cursor an identifier of P1.  The P1
+** values need not be contiguous but all P1 values should be small integers.
+** It is an error for P1 to be negative.
+**
+** If P5!=0 then use the content of register P2 as the root page, not
+** the value of P2 itself.
+**
+** There will be a read lock on the database whenever there is an
+** open cursor.  If the database was unlocked prior to this instruction
+** then a read lock is acquired as part of this instruction.  A read
+** lock allows other processes to read the database but prohibits
+** any other process from modifying the database.  The read lock is
+** released when all cursors are closed.  If this instruction attempts
+** to get a read lock but fails, the script terminates with an
+** SQLITE_BUSY error code.
+**
+** The P4 value may be either an integer (P4_INT32) or a pointer to
+** a KeyInfo structure (P4_KEYINFO). If it is a pointer to a KeyInfo 
+** structure, then said structure defines the content and collating 
+** sequence of the index being opened. Otherwise, if P4 is an integer 
+** value, it is set to the number of columns in the table.
+**
+** See also OpenWrite.
+*/
+/* Opcode: OpenWrite P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+**
+** Open a read/write cursor named P1 on the table or index whose root
+** page is P2.  Or if P5!=0 use the content of register P2 to find the
+** root page.
+**
+** The P4 value may be either an integer (P4_INT32) or a pointer to
+** a KeyInfo structure (P4_KEYINFO). If it is a pointer to a KeyInfo 
+** structure, then said structure defines the content and collating 
+** sequence of the index being opened. Otherwise, if P4 is an integer 
+** value, it is set to the number of columns in the table, or to the
+** largest index of any column of the table that is actually used.
+**
+** This instruction works just like OpenRead except that it opens the cursor
+** in read/write mode.  For a given table, there can be one or more read-only
+** cursors or a single read/write cursor but not both.
+**
+** See also OpenRead.
+*/
+case OP_OpenRead:
+case OP_OpenWrite: {
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.ax */
+  int nField;
+  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
+  int p2;
+  int iDb;
+  int wrFlag;
+  Btree *pX;
+  VdbeCursor *pCur;
+  Db *pDb;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.ax */
+
+  assert( (pOp->p5&(OPFLAG_P2ISREG|OPFLAG_BULKCSR))==pOp->p5 );
+  assert( pOp->opcode==OP_OpenWrite || pOp->p5==0 );
+
+  if( p->expired ){
+    rc = SQLITE_ABORT;
+    break;
+  }
+
+  u.ax.nField = 0;
+  u.ax.pKeyInfo = 0;
+  u.ax.p2 = pOp->p2;
+  u.ax.iDb = pOp->p3;
+  assert( u.ax.iDb>=0 && u.ax.iDb<db->nDb );
+  assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<<u.ax.iDb))!=0 );
+  u.ax.pDb = &db->aDb[u.ax.iDb];
+  u.ax.pX = u.ax.pDb->pBt;
+  assert( u.ax.pX!=0 );
+  if( pOp->opcode==OP_OpenWrite ){
+    u.ax.wrFlag = 1;
+    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, u.ax.iDb, 0) );
+    if( u.ax.pDb->pSchema->file_format < p->minWriteFileFormat ){
+      p->minWriteFileFormat = u.ax.pDb->pSchema->file_format;
+    }
+  }else{
+    u.ax.wrFlag = 0;
+  }
+  if( pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_P2ISREG ){
+    assert( u.ax.p2>0 );
+    assert( u.ax.p2<=p->nMem );
+    pIn2 = &aMem[u.ax.p2];
+    assert( memIsValid(pIn2) );
+    assert( (pIn2->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 );
+    sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn2);
+    u.ax.p2 = (int)pIn2->u.i;
+    /* The u.ax.p2 value always comes from a prior OP_CreateTable opcode and
+    ** that opcode will always set the u.ax.p2 value to 2 or more or else fail.
+    ** If there were a failure, the prepared statement would have halted
+    ** before reaching this instruction. */
+    if( NEVER(u.ax.p2<2) ) {
+      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+      goto abort_due_to_error;
+    }
+  }
+  if( pOp->p4type==P4_KEYINFO ){
+    u.ax.pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo;
+    u.ax.pKeyInfo->enc = ENC(p->db);
+    u.ax.nField = u.ax.pKeyInfo->nField+1;
+  }else if( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 ){
+    u.ax.nField = pOp->p4.i;
+  }
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 );
+  u.ax.pCur = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, u.ax.nField, u.ax.iDb, 1);
+  if( u.ax.pCur==0 ) goto no_mem;
+  u.ax.pCur->nullRow = 1;
+  u.ax.pCur->isOrdered = 1;
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(u.ax.pX, u.ax.p2, u.ax.wrFlag, u.ax.pKeyInfo, u.ax.pCur->pCursor);
+  u.ax.pCur->pKeyInfo = u.ax.pKeyInfo;
+  assert( OPFLAG_BULKCSR==BTREE_BULKLOAD );
+  sqlite3BtreeCursorHints(u.ax.pCur->pCursor, (pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_BULKCSR));
+
+  /* Since it performs no memory allocation or IO, the only value that
+  ** sqlite3BtreeCursor() may return is SQLITE_OK. */
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+
+  /* Set the VdbeCursor.isTable and isIndex variables. Previous versions of
+  ** SQLite used to check if the root-page flags were sane at this point
+  ** and report database corruption if they were not, but this check has
+  ** since moved into the btree layer.  */
+  u.ax.pCur->isTable = pOp->p4type!=P4_KEYINFO;
+  u.ax.pCur->isIndex = !u.ax.pCur->isTable;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: OpenEphemeral P1 P2 * P4 P5
+**
+** Open a new cursor P1 to a transient table.
+** The cursor is always opened read/write even if 
+** the main database is read-only.  The ephemeral
+** table is deleted automatically when the cursor is closed.
+**
+** P2 is the number of columns in the ephemeral table.
+** The cursor points to a BTree table if P4==0 and to a BTree index
+** if P4 is not 0.  If P4 is not NULL, it points to a KeyInfo structure
+** that defines the format of keys in the index.
+**
+** This opcode was once called OpenTemp.  But that created
+** confusion because the term "temp table", might refer either
+** to a TEMP table at the SQL level, or to a table opened by
+** this opcode.  Then this opcode was call OpenVirtual.  But
+** that created confusion with the whole virtual-table idea.
+**
+** The P5 parameter can be a mask of the BTREE_* flags defined
+** in btree.h.  These flags control aspects of the operation of
+** the btree.  The BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL and BTREE_SINGLE flags are
+** added automatically.
+*/
+/* Opcode: OpenAutoindex P1 P2 * P4 *
+**
+** This opcode works the same as OP_OpenEphemeral.  It has a
+** different name to distinguish its use.  Tables created using
+** by this opcode will be used for automatically created transient
+** indices in joins.
+*/
+case OP_OpenAutoindex: 
+case OP_OpenEphemeral: {
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.ay */
+  VdbeCursor *pCx;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.ay */
+  static const int vfsFlags =
+      SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE |
+      SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
+      SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE |
+      SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE |
+      SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB;
+
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 );
+  u.ay.pCx = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, pOp->p2, -1, 1);
+  if( u.ay.pCx==0 ) goto no_mem;
+  u.ay.pCx->nullRow = 1;
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(db->pVfs, 0, db, &u.ay.pCx->pBt,
+                        BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL | BTREE_SINGLE | pOp->p5, vfsFlags);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(u.ay.pCx->pBt, 1);
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    /* If a transient index is required, create it by calling
+    ** sqlite3BtreeCreateTable() with the BTREE_BLOBKEY flag before
+    ** opening it. If a transient table is required, just use the
+    ** automatically created table with root-page 1 (an BLOB_INTKEY table).
+    */
+    if( pOp->p4.pKeyInfo ){
+      int pgno;
+      assert( pOp->p4type==P4_KEYINFO );
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(u.ay.pCx->pBt, &pgno, BTREE_BLOBKEY | pOp->p5);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        assert( pgno==MASTER_ROOT+1 );
+        rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(u.ay.pCx->pBt, pgno, 1,
+                                (KeyInfo*)pOp->p4.z, u.ay.pCx->pCursor);
+        u.ay.pCx->pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo;
+        u.ay.pCx->pKeyInfo->enc = ENC(p->db);
+      }
+      u.ay.pCx->isTable = 0;
+    }else{
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(u.ay.pCx->pBt, MASTER_ROOT, 1, 0, u.ay.pCx->pCursor);
+      u.ay.pCx->isTable = 1;
+    }
+  }
+  u.ay.pCx->isOrdered = (pOp->p5!=BTREE_UNORDERED);
+  u.ay.pCx->isIndex = !u.ay.pCx->isTable;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: OpenSorter P1 P2 * P4 *
+**
+** This opcode works like OP_OpenEphemeral except that it opens
+** a transient index that is specifically designed to sort large
+** tables using an external merge-sort algorithm.
+*/
+case OP_SorterOpen: {
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.az */
+  VdbeCursor *pCx;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.az */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MERGE_SORT
+  u.az.pCx = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, pOp->p2, -1, 1);
+  if( u.az.pCx==0 ) goto no_mem;
+  u.az.pCx->pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo;
+  u.az.pCx->pKeyInfo->enc = ENC(p->db);
+  u.az.pCx->isSorter = 1;
+  rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterInit(db, u.az.pCx);
+#else
+  pOp->opcode = OP_OpenEphemeral;
+  pc--;
+#endif
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: OpenPseudo P1 P2 P3 * *
+**
+** Open a new cursor that points to a fake table that contains a single
+** row of data.  The content of that one row in the content of memory
+** register P2.  In other words, cursor P1 becomes an alias for the 
+** MEM_Blob content contained in register P2.
+**
+** A pseudo-table created by this opcode is used to hold a single
+** row output from the sorter so that the row can be decomposed into
+** individual columns using the OP_Column opcode.  The OP_Column opcode
+** is the only cursor opcode that works with a pseudo-table.
+**
+** P3 is the number of fields in the records that will be stored by
+** the pseudo-table.
+*/
+case OP_OpenPseudo: {
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.ba */
+  VdbeCursor *pCx;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.ba */
+
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 );
+  u.ba.pCx = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, pOp->p3, -1, 0);
+  if( u.ba.pCx==0 ) goto no_mem;
+  u.ba.pCx->nullRow = 1;
+  u.ba.pCx->pseudoTableReg = pOp->p2;
+  u.ba.pCx->isTable = 1;
+  u.ba.pCx->isIndex = 0;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Close P1 * * * *
+**
+** Close a cursor previously opened as P1.  If P1 is not
+** currently open, this instruction is a no-op.
+*/
+case OP_Close: {
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+  sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p, p->apCsr[pOp->p1]);
+  p->apCsr[pOp->p1] = 0;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: SeekGe P1 P2 P3 P4 *
+**
+** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), 
+** use the value in register P3 as the key.  If cursor P1 refers 
+** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers 
+** that are used as an unpacked index key. 
+**
+** Reposition cursor P1 so that  it points to the smallest entry that 
+** is greater than or equal to the key value. If there are no records 
+** greater than or equal to the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2.
+**
+** See also: Found, NotFound, Distinct, SeekLt, SeekGt, SeekLe
+*/
+/* Opcode: SeekGt P1 P2 P3 P4 *
+**
+** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), 
+** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers 
+** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers 
+** that are used as an unpacked index key. 
+**
+** Reposition cursor P1 so that  it points to the smallest entry that 
+** is greater than the key value. If there are no records greater than 
+** the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2.
+**
+** See also: Found, NotFound, Distinct, SeekLt, SeekGe, SeekLe
+*/
+/* Opcode: SeekLt P1 P2 P3 P4 * 
+**
+** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), 
+** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers 
+** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers 
+** that are used as an unpacked index key. 
+**
+** Reposition cursor P1 so that  it points to the largest entry that 
+** is less than the key value. If there are no records less than 
+** the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2.
+**
+** See also: Found, NotFound, Distinct, SeekGt, SeekGe, SeekLe
+*/
+/* Opcode: SeekLe P1 P2 P3 P4 *
+**
+** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), 
+** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers 
+** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers 
+** that are used as an unpacked index key. 
+**
+** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the largest entry that 
+** is less than or equal to the key value. If there are no records 
+** less than or equal to the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2.
+**
+** See also: Found, NotFound, Distinct, SeekGt, SeekGe, SeekLt
+*/
+case OP_SeekLt:         /* jump, in3 */
+case OP_SeekLe:         /* jump, in3 */
+case OP_SeekGe:         /* jump, in3 */
+case OP_SeekGt: {       /* jump, in3 */
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.bb */
+  int res;
+  int oc;
+  VdbeCursor *pC;
+  UnpackedRecord r;
+  int nField;
+  i64 iKey;      /* The rowid we are to seek to */
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.bb */
+
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+  assert( pOp->p2!=0 );
+  u.bb.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( u.bb.pC!=0 );
+  assert( u.bb.pC->pseudoTableReg==0 );
+  assert( OP_SeekLe == OP_SeekLt+1 );
+  assert( OP_SeekGe == OP_SeekLt+2 );
+  assert( OP_SeekGt == OP_SeekLt+3 );
+  assert( u.bb.pC->isOrdered );
+  if( ALWAYS(u.bb.pC->pCursor!=0) ){
+    u.bb.oc = pOp->opcode;
+    u.bb.pC->nullRow = 0;
+    if( u.bb.pC->isTable ){
+      /* The input value in P3 might be of any type: integer, real, string,
+      ** blob, or NULL.  But it needs to be an integer before we can do
+      ** the seek, so covert it. */
+      pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+      applyNumericAffinity(pIn3);
+      u.bb.iKey = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn3);
+      u.bb.pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
+
+      /* If the P3 value could not be converted into an integer without
+      ** loss of information, then special processing is required... */
+      if( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Int)==0 ){
+        if( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Real)==0 ){
+          /* If the P3 value cannot be converted into any kind of a number,
+          ** then the seek is not possible, so jump to P2 */
+          pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+          break;
+        }
+        /* If we reach this point, then the P3 value must be a floating
+        ** point number. */
+        assert( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Real)!=0 );
+
+        if( u.bb.iKey==SMALLEST_INT64 && (pIn3->r<(double)u.bb.iKey || pIn3->r>0) ){
+          /* The P3 value is too large in magnitude to be expressed as an
+          ** integer. */
+          u.bb.res = 1;
+          if( pIn3->r<0 ){
+            if( u.bb.oc>=OP_SeekGe ){  assert( u.bb.oc==OP_SeekGe || u.bb.oc==OP_SeekGt );
+              rc = sqlite3BtreeFirst(u.bb.pC->pCursor, &u.bb.res);
+              if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+            }
+          }else{
+            if( u.bb.oc<=OP_SeekLe ){  assert( u.bb.oc==OP_SeekLt || u.bb.oc==OP_SeekLe );
+              rc = sqlite3BtreeLast(u.bb.pC->pCursor, &u.bb.res);
+              if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+            }
+          }
+          if( u.bb.res ){
+            pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+          }
+          break;
+        }else if( u.bb.oc==OP_SeekLt || u.bb.oc==OP_SeekGe ){
+          /* Use the ceiling() function to convert real->int */
+          if( pIn3->r > (double)u.bb.iKey ) u.bb.iKey++;
+        }else{
+          /* Use the floor() function to convert real->int */
+          assert( u.bb.oc==OP_SeekLe || u.bb.oc==OP_SeekGt );
+          if( pIn3->r < (double)u.bb.iKey ) u.bb.iKey--;
+        }
+      }
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(u.bb.pC->pCursor, 0, (u64)u.bb.iKey, 0, &u.bb.res);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        goto abort_due_to_error;
+      }
+      if( u.bb.res==0 ){
+        u.bb.pC->rowidIsValid = 1;
+        u.bb.pC->lastRowid = u.bb.iKey;
+      }
+    }else{
+      u.bb.nField = pOp->p4.i;
+      assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 );
+      assert( u.bb.nField>0 );
+      u.bb.r.pKeyInfo = u.bb.pC->pKeyInfo;
+      u.bb.r.nField = (u16)u.bb.nField;
+
+      /* The next line of code computes as follows, only faster:
+      **   if( u.bb.oc==OP_SeekGt || u.bb.oc==OP_SeekLe ){
+      **     u.bb.r.flags = UNPACKED_INCRKEY;
+      **   }else{
+      **     u.bb.r.flags = 0;
+      **   }
+      */
+      u.bb.r.flags = (u16)(UNPACKED_INCRKEY * (1 & (u.bb.oc - OP_SeekLt)));
+      assert( u.bb.oc!=OP_SeekGt || u.bb.r.flags==UNPACKED_INCRKEY );
+      assert( u.bb.oc!=OP_SeekLe || u.bb.r.flags==UNPACKED_INCRKEY );
+      assert( u.bb.oc!=OP_SeekGe || u.bb.r.flags==0 );
+      assert( u.bb.oc!=OP_SeekLt || u.bb.r.flags==0 );
+
+      u.bb.r.aMem = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+      { int i; for(i=0; i<u.bb.r.nField; i++) assert( memIsValid(&u.bb.r.aMem[i]) ); }
+#endif
+      ExpandBlob(u.bb.r.aMem);
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(u.bb.pC->pCursor, &u.bb.r, 0, 0, &u.bb.res);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        goto abort_due_to_error;
+      }
+      u.bb.pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
+    }
+    u.bb.pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
+    u.bb.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+    sqlite3_search_count++;
+#endif
+    if( u.bb.oc>=OP_SeekGe ){  assert( u.bb.oc==OP_SeekGe || u.bb.oc==OP_SeekGt );
+      if( u.bb.res<0 || (u.bb.res==0 && u.bb.oc==OP_SeekGt) ){
+        rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(u.bb.pC->pCursor, &u.bb.res);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+        u.bb.pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
+      }else{
+        u.bb.res = 0;
+      }
+    }else{
+      assert( u.bb.oc==OP_SeekLt || u.bb.oc==OP_SeekLe );
+      if( u.bb.res>0 || (u.bb.res==0 && u.bb.oc==OP_SeekLt) ){
+        rc = sqlite3BtreePrevious(u.bb.pC->pCursor, &u.bb.res);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+        u.bb.pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
+      }else{
+        /* u.bb.res might be negative because the table is empty.  Check to
+        ** see if this is the case.
+        */
+        u.bb.res = sqlite3BtreeEof(u.bb.pC->pCursor);
+      }
+    }
+    assert( pOp->p2>0 );
+    if( u.bb.res ){
+      pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+    }
+  }else{
+    /* This happens when attempting to open the sqlite3_master table
+    ** for read access returns SQLITE_EMPTY. In this case always
+    ** take the jump (since there are no records in the table).
+    */
+    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Seek P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** P1 is an open table cursor and P2 is a rowid integer.  Arrange
+** for P1 to move so that it points to the rowid given by P2.
+**
+** This is actually a deferred seek.  Nothing actually happens until
+** the cursor is used to read a record.  That way, if no reads
+** occur, no unnecessary I/O happens.
+*/
+case OP_Seek: {    /* in2 */
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.bc */
+  VdbeCursor *pC;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.bc */
+
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+  u.bc.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( u.bc.pC!=0 );
+  if( ALWAYS(u.bc.pC->pCursor!=0) ){
+    assert( u.bc.pC->isTable );
+    u.bc.pC->nullRow = 0;
+    pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+    u.bc.pC->movetoTarget = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn2);
+    u.bc.pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
+    u.bc.pC->deferredMoveto = 1;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+  
+
+/* Opcode: Found P1 P2 P3 P4 *
+**
+** If P4==0 then register P3 holds a blob constructed by MakeRecord.  If
+** P4>0 then register P3 is the first of P4 registers that form an unpacked
+** record.
+**
+** Cursor P1 is on an index btree.  If the record identified by P3 and P4
+** is a prefix of any entry in P1 then a jump is made to P2 and
+** P1 is left pointing at the matching entry.
+*/
+/* Opcode: NotFound P1 P2 P3 P4 *
+**
+** If P4==0 then register P3 holds a blob constructed by MakeRecord.  If
+** P4>0 then register P3 is the first of P4 registers that form an unpacked
+** record.
+** 
+** Cursor P1 is on an index btree.  If the record identified by P3 and P4
+** is not the prefix of any entry in P1 then a jump is made to P2.  If P1 
+** does contain an entry whose prefix matches the P3/P4 record then control
+** falls through to the next instruction and P1 is left pointing at the
+** matching entry.
+**
+** See also: Found, NotExists, IsUnique
+*/
+case OP_NotFound:       /* jump, in3 */
+case OP_Found: {        /* jump, in3 */
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.bd */
+  int alreadyExists;
+  VdbeCursor *pC;
+  int res;
+  char *pFree;
+  UnpackedRecord *pIdxKey;
+  UnpackedRecord r;
+  char aTempRec[ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord)) + sizeof(Mem)*3 + 7];
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.bd */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  sqlite3_found_count++;
+#endif
+
+  u.bd.alreadyExists = 0;
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 );
+  u.bd.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( u.bd.pC!=0 );
+  pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+  if( ALWAYS(u.bd.pC->pCursor!=0) ){
+
+    assert( u.bd.pC->isTable==0 );
+    if( pOp->p4.i>0 ){
+      u.bd.r.pKeyInfo = u.bd.pC->pKeyInfo;
+      u.bd.r.nField = (u16)pOp->p4.i;
+      u.bd.r.aMem = pIn3;
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+      { int i; for(i=0; i<u.bd.r.nField; i++) assert( memIsValid(&u.bd.r.aMem[i]) ); }
+#endif
+      u.bd.r.flags = UNPACKED_PREFIX_MATCH;
+      u.bd.pIdxKey = &u.bd.r;
+    }else{
+      u.bd.pIdxKey = sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord(
+          u.bd.pC->pKeyInfo, u.bd.aTempRec, sizeof(u.bd.aTempRec), &u.bd.pFree
+      );
+      if( u.bd.pIdxKey==0 ) goto no_mem;
+      assert( pIn3->flags & MEM_Blob );
+      assert( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Zero)==0 );  /* zeroblobs already expanded */
+      sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(u.bd.pC->pKeyInfo, pIn3->n, pIn3->z, u.bd.pIdxKey);
+      u.bd.pIdxKey->flags |= UNPACKED_PREFIX_MATCH;
+    }
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(u.bd.pC->pCursor, u.bd.pIdxKey, 0, 0, &u.bd.res);
+    if( pOp->p4.i==0 ){
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, u.bd.pFree);
+    }
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      break;
+    }
+    u.bd.alreadyExists = (u.bd.res==0);
+    u.bd.pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
+    u.bd.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+  }
+  if( pOp->opcode==OP_Found ){
+    if( u.bd.alreadyExists ) pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+  }else{
+    if( !u.bd.alreadyExists ) pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: IsUnique P1 P2 P3 P4 *
+**
+** Cursor P1 is open on an index b-tree - that is to say, a btree which
+** no data and where the key are records generated by OP_MakeRecord with
+** the list field being the integer ROWID of the entry that the index
+** entry refers to.
+**
+** The P3 register contains an integer record number. Call this record 
+** number R. Register P4 is the first in a set of N contiguous registers
+** that make up an unpacked index key that can be used with cursor P1.
+** The value of N can be inferred from the cursor. N includes the rowid
+** value appended to the end of the index record. This rowid value may
+** or may not be the same as R.
+**
+** If any of the N registers beginning with register P4 contains a NULL
+** value, jump immediately to P2.
+**
+** Otherwise, this instruction checks if cursor P1 contains an entry
+** where the first (N-1) fields match but the rowid value at the end
+** of the index entry is not R. If there is no such entry, control jumps
+** to instruction P2. Otherwise, the rowid of the conflicting index
+** entry is copied to register P3 and control falls through to the next
+** instruction.
+**
+** See also: NotFound, NotExists, Found
+*/
+case OP_IsUnique: {        /* jump, in3 */
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.be */
+  u16 ii;
+  VdbeCursor *pCx;
+  BtCursor *pCrsr;
+  u16 nField;
+  Mem *aMx;
+  UnpackedRecord r;                  /* B-Tree index search key */
+  i64 R;                             /* Rowid stored in register P3 */
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.be */
+
+  pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+  u.be.aMx = &aMem[pOp->p4.i];
+  /* Assert that the values of parameters P1 and P4 are in range. */
+  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 );
+  assert( pOp->p4.i>0 && pOp->p4.i<=p->nMem );
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+
+  /* Find the index cursor. */
+  u.be.pCx = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( u.be.pCx->deferredMoveto==0 );
+  u.be.pCx->seekResult = 0;
+  u.be.pCx->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+  u.be.pCrsr = u.be.pCx->pCursor;
+
+  /* If any of the values are NULL, take the jump. */
+  u.be.nField = u.be.pCx->pKeyInfo->nField;
+  for(u.be.ii=0; u.be.ii<u.be.nField; u.be.ii++){
+    if( u.be.aMx[u.be.ii].flags & MEM_Null ){
+      pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+      u.be.pCrsr = 0;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  assert( (u.be.aMx[u.be.nField].flags & MEM_Null)==0 );
+
+  if( u.be.pCrsr!=0 ){
+    /* Populate the index search key. */
+    u.be.r.pKeyInfo = u.be.pCx->pKeyInfo;
+    u.be.r.nField = u.be.nField + 1;
+    u.be.r.flags = UNPACKED_PREFIX_SEARCH;
+    u.be.r.aMem = u.be.aMx;
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+    { int i; for(i=0; i<u.be.r.nField; i++) assert( memIsValid(&u.be.r.aMem[i]) ); }
+#endif
+
+    /* Extract the value of u.be.R from register P3. */
+    sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn3);
+    u.be.R = pIn3->u.i;
+
+    /* Search the B-Tree index. If no conflicting record is found, jump
+    ** to P2. Otherwise, copy the rowid of the conflicting record to
+    ** register P3 and fall through to the next instruction.  */
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(u.be.pCrsr, &u.be.r, 0, 0, &u.be.pCx->seekResult);
+    if( (u.be.r.flags & UNPACKED_PREFIX_SEARCH) || u.be.r.rowid==u.be.R ){
+      pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+    }else{
+      pIn3->u.i = u.be.r.rowid;
+    }
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: NotExists P1 P2 P3 * *
+**
+** Use the content of register P3 as an integer key.  If a record 
+** with that key does not exist in table of P1, then jump to P2. 
+** If the record does exist, then fall through.  The cursor is left 
+** pointing to the record if it exists.
+**
+** The difference between this operation and NotFound is that this
+** operation assumes the key is an integer and that P1 is a table whereas
+** NotFound assumes key is a blob constructed from MakeRecord and
+** P1 is an index.
+**
+** See also: Found, NotFound, IsUnique
+*/
+case OP_NotExists: {        /* jump, in3 */
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.bf */
+  VdbeCursor *pC;
+  BtCursor *pCrsr;
+  int res;
+  u64 iKey;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.bf */
+
+  pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+  assert( pIn3->flags & MEM_Int );
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+  u.bf.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( u.bf.pC!=0 );
+  assert( u.bf.pC->isTable );
+  assert( u.bf.pC->pseudoTableReg==0 );
+  u.bf.pCrsr = u.bf.pC->pCursor;
+  if( ALWAYS(u.bf.pCrsr!=0) ){
+    u.bf.res = 0;
+    u.bf.iKey = pIn3->u.i;
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(u.bf.pCrsr, 0, u.bf.iKey, 0, &u.bf.res);
+    u.bf.pC->lastRowid = pIn3->u.i;
+    u.bf.pC->rowidIsValid = u.bf.res==0 ?1:0;
+    u.bf.pC->nullRow = 0;
+    u.bf.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+    u.bf.pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
+    if( u.bf.res!=0 ){
+      pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+      assert( u.bf.pC->rowidIsValid==0 );
+    }
+    u.bf.pC->seekResult = u.bf.res;
+  }else{
+    /* This happens when an attempt to open a read cursor on the
+    ** sqlite_master table returns SQLITE_EMPTY.
+    */
+    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+    assert( u.bf.pC->rowidIsValid==0 );
+    u.bf.pC->seekResult = 0;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Sequence P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** Find the next available sequence number for cursor P1.
+** Write the sequence number into register P2.
+** The sequence number on the cursor is incremented after this
+** instruction.  
+*/
+case OP_Sequence: {           /* out2-prerelease */
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+  assert( p->apCsr[pOp->p1]!=0 );
+  pOut->u.i = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]->seqCount++;
+  break;
+}
+
+
+/* Opcode: NewRowid P1 P2 P3 * *
+**
+** Get a new integer record number (a.k.a "rowid") used as the key to a table.
+** The record number is not previously used as a key in the database
+** table that cursor P1 points to.  The new record number is written
+** written to register P2.
+**
+** If P3>0 then P3 is a register in the root frame of this VDBE that holds 
+** the largest previously generated record number. No new record numbers are
+** allowed to be less than this value. When this value reaches its maximum, 
+** an SQLITE_FULL error is generated. The P3 register is updated with the '
+** generated record number. This P3 mechanism is used to help implement the
+** AUTOINCREMENT feature.
+*/
+case OP_NewRowid: {           /* out2-prerelease */
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.bg */
+  i64 v;                 /* The new rowid */
+  VdbeCursor *pC;        /* Cursor of table to get the new rowid */
+  int res;               /* Result of an sqlite3BtreeLast() */
+  int cnt;               /* Counter to limit the number of searches */
+  Mem *pMem;             /* Register holding largest rowid for AUTOINCREMENT */
+  VdbeFrame *pFrame;     /* Root frame of VDBE */
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.bg */
+
+  u.bg.v = 0;
+  u.bg.res = 0;
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+  u.bg.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( u.bg.pC!=0 );
+  if( NEVER(u.bg.pC->pCursor==0) ){
+    /* The zero initialization above is all that is needed */
+  }else{
+    /* The next rowid or record number (different terms for the same
+    ** thing) is obtained in a two-step algorithm.
+    **
+    ** First we attempt to find the largest existing rowid and add one
+    ** to that.  But if the largest existing rowid is already the maximum
+    ** positive integer, we have to fall through to the second
+    ** probabilistic algorithm
+    **
+    ** The second algorithm is to select a rowid at random and see if
+    ** it already exists in the table.  If it does not exist, we have
+    ** succeeded.  If the random rowid does exist, we select a new one
+    ** and try again, up to 100 times.
+    */
+    assert( u.bg.pC->isTable );
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_32BIT_ROWID
+#   define MAX_ROWID 0x7fffffff
+#else
+    /* Some compilers complain about constants of the form 0x7fffffffffffffff.
+    ** Others complain about 0x7ffffffffffffffffLL.  The following macro seems
+    ** to provide the constant while making all compilers happy.
+    */
+#   define MAX_ROWID  (i64)( (((u64)0x7fffffff)<<32) | (u64)0xffffffff )
+#endif
+
+    if( !u.bg.pC->useRandomRowid ){
+      u.bg.v = sqlite3BtreeGetCachedRowid(u.bg.pC->pCursor);
+      if( u.bg.v==0 ){
+        rc = sqlite3BtreeLast(u.bg.pC->pCursor, &u.bg.res);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          goto abort_due_to_error;
+        }
+        if( u.bg.res ){
+          u.bg.v = 1;   /* IMP: R-61914-48074 */
+        }else{
+          assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(u.bg.pC->pCursor) );
+          rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(u.bg.pC->pCursor, &u.bg.v);
+          assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );   /* Cannot fail following BtreeLast() */
+          if( u.bg.v>=MAX_ROWID ){
+            u.bg.pC->useRandomRowid = 1;
+          }else{
+            u.bg.v++;   /* IMP: R-29538-34987 */
+          }
+        }
+      }
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
+      if( pOp->p3 ){
+        /* Assert that P3 is a valid memory cell. */
+        assert( pOp->p3>0 );
+        if( p->pFrame ){
+          for(u.bg.pFrame=p->pFrame; u.bg.pFrame->pParent; u.bg.pFrame=u.bg.pFrame->pParent);
+          /* Assert that P3 is a valid memory cell. */
+          assert( pOp->p3<=u.bg.pFrame->nMem );
+          u.bg.pMem = &u.bg.pFrame->aMem[pOp->p3];
+        }else{
+          /* Assert that P3 is a valid memory cell. */
+          assert( pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
+          u.bg.pMem = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+          memAboutToChange(p, u.bg.pMem);
+        }
+        assert( memIsValid(u.bg.pMem) );
+
+        REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, u.bg.pMem);
+        sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(u.bg.pMem);
+        assert( (u.bg.pMem->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 );  /* mem(P3) holds an integer */
+        if( u.bg.pMem->u.i==MAX_ROWID || u.bg.pC->useRandomRowid ){
+          rc = SQLITE_FULL;   /* IMP: R-12275-61338 */
+          goto abort_due_to_error;
+        }
+        if( u.bg.v<u.bg.pMem->u.i+1 ){
+          u.bg.v = u.bg.pMem->u.i + 1;
+        }
+        u.bg.pMem->u.i = u.bg.v;
+      }
+#endif
+
+      sqlite3BtreeSetCachedRowid(u.bg.pC->pCursor, u.bg.v<MAX_ROWID ? u.bg.v+1 : 0);
+    }
+    if( u.bg.pC->useRandomRowid ){
+      /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-07677-41881 If the largest ROWID is equal to the
+      ** largest possible integer (9223372036854775807) then the database
+      ** engine starts picking positive candidate ROWIDs at random until
+      ** it finds one that is not previously used. */
+      assert( pOp->p3==0 );  /* We cannot be in random rowid mode if this is
+                             ** an AUTOINCREMENT table. */
+      /* on the first attempt, simply do one more than previous */
+      u.bg.v = lastRowid;
+      u.bg.v &= (MAX_ROWID>>1); /* ensure doesn't go negative */
+      u.bg.v++; /* ensure non-zero */
+      u.bg.cnt = 0;
+      while(   ((rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(u.bg.pC->pCursor, 0, (u64)u.bg.v,
+                                                 0, &u.bg.res))==SQLITE_OK)
+            && (u.bg.res==0)
+            && (++u.bg.cnt<100)){
+        /* collision - try another random rowid */
+        sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(u.bg.v), &u.bg.v);
+        if( u.bg.cnt<5 ){
+          /* try "small" random rowids for the initial attempts */
+          u.bg.v &= 0xffffff;
+        }else{
+          u.bg.v &= (MAX_ROWID>>1); /* ensure doesn't go negative */
+        }
+        u.bg.v++; /* ensure non-zero */
+      }
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && u.bg.res==0 ){
+        rc = SQLITE_FULL;   /* IMP: R-38219-53002 */
+        goto abort_due_to_error;
+      }
+      assert( u.bg.v>0 );  /* EV: R-40812-03570 */
+    }
+    u.bg.pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
+    u.bg.pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
+    u.bg.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+  }
+  pOut->u.i = u.bg.v;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Insert P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+**
+** Write an entry into the table of cursor P1.  A new entry is
+** created if it doesn't already exist or the data for an existing
+** entry is overwritten.  The data is the value MEM_Blob stored in register
+** number P2. The key is stored in register P3. The key must
+** be a MEM_Int.
+**
+** If the OPFLAG_NCHANGE flag of P5 is set, then the row change count is
+** incremented (otherwise not).  If the OPFLAG_LASTROWID flag of P5 is set,
+** then rowid is stored for subsequent return by the
+** sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() function (otherwise it is unmodified).
+**
+** If the OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT flag of P5 is set and if the result of
+** the last seek operation (OP_NotExists) was a success, then this
+** operation will not attempt to find the appropriate row before doing
+** the insert but will instead overwrite the row that the cursor is
+** currently pointing to.  Presumably, the prior OP_NotExists opcode
+** has already positioned the cursor correctly.  This is an optimization
+** that boosts performance by avoiding redundant seeks.
+**
+** If the OPFLAG_ISUPDATE flag is set, then this opcode is part of an
+** UPDATE operation.  Otherwise (if the flag is clear) then this opcode
+** is part of an INSERT operation.  The difference is only important to
+** the update hook.
+**
+** Parameter P4 may point to a string containing the table-name, or
+** may be NULL. If it is not NULL, then the update-hook 
+** (sqlite3.xUpdateCallback) is invoked following a successful insert.
+**
+** (WARNING/TODO: If P1 is a pseudo-cursor and P2 is dynamically
+** allocated, then ownership of P2 is transferred to the pseudo-cursor
+** and register P2 becomes ephemeral.  If the cursor is changed, the
+** value of register P2 will then change.  Make sure this does not
+** cause any problems.)
+**
+** This instruction only works on tables.  The equivalent instruction
+** for indices is OP_IdxInsert.
+*/
+/* Opcode: InsertInt P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+**
+** This works exactly like OP_Insert except that the key is the
+** integer value P3, not the value of the integer stored in register P3.
+*/
+case OP_Insert: 
+case OP_InsertInt: {
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.bh */
+  Mem *pData;       /* MEM cell holding data for the record to be inserted */
+  Mem *pKey;        /* MEM cell holding key  for the record */
+  i64 iKey;         /* The integer ROWID or key for the record to be inserted */
+  VdbeCursor *pC;   /* Cursor to table into which insert is written */
+  int nZero;        /* Number of zero-bytes to append */
+  int seekResult;   /* Result of prior seek or 0 if no USESEEKRESULT flag */
+  const char *zDb;  /* database name - used by the update hook */
+  const char *zTbl; /* Table name - used by the opdate hook */
+  int op;           /* Opcode for update hook: SQLITE_UPDATE or SQLITE_INSERT */
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.bh */
+
+  u.bh.pData = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+  assert( memIsValid(u.bh.pData) );
+  u.bh.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( u.bh.pC!=0 );
+  assert( u.bh.pC->pCursor!=0 );
+  assert( u.bh.pC->pseudoTableReg==0 );
+  assert( u.bh.pC->isTable );
+  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, u.bh.pData);
+
+  if( pOp->opcode==OP_Insert ){
+    u.bh.pKey = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+    assert( u.bh.pKey->flags & MEM_Int );
+    assert( memIsValid(u.bh.pKey) );
+    REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, u.bh.pKey);
+    u.bh.iKey = u.bh.pKey->u.i;
+  }else{
+    assert( pOp->opcode==OP_InsertInt );
+    u.bh.iKey = pOp->p3;
+  }
+
+  if( pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_NCHANGE ) p->nChange++;
+  if( pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_LASTROWID ) db->lastRowid = lastRowid = u.bh.iKey;
+  if( u.bh.pData->flags & MEM_Null ){
+    u.bh.pData->z = 0;
+    u.bh.pData->n = 0;
+  }else{
+    assert( u.bh.pData->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str) );
+  }
+  u.bh.seekResult = ((pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT) ? u.bh.pC->seekResult : 0);
+  if( u.bh.pData->flags & MEM_Zero ){
+    u.bh.nZero = u.bh.pData->u.nZero;
+  }else{
+    u.bh.nZero = 0;
+  }
+  sqlite3BtreeSetCachedRowid(u.bh.pC->pCursor, 0);
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeInsert(u.bh.pC->pCursor, 0, u.bh.iKey,
+                          u.bh.pData->z, u.bh.pData->n, u.bh.nZero,
+                          pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_APPEND, u.bh.seekResult
+  );
+  u.bh.pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
+  u.bh.pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
+  u.bh.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+
+  /* Invoke the update-hook if required. */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && db->xUpdateCallback && pOp->p4.z ){
+    u.bh.zDb = db->aDb[u.bh.pC->iDb].zName;
+    u.bh.zTbl = pOp->p4.z;
+    u.bh.op = ((pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_ISUPDATE) ? SQLITE_UPDATE : SQLITE_INSERT);
+    assert( u.bh.pC->isTable );
+    db->xUpdateCallback(db->pUpdateArg, u.bh.op, u.bh.zDb, u.bh.zTbl, u.bh.iKey);
+    assert( u.bh.pC->iDb>=0 );
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Delete P1 P2 * P4 *
+**
+** Delete the record at which the P1 cursor is currently pointing.
+**
+** The cursor will be left pointing at either the next or the previous
+** record in the table. If it is left pointing at the next record, then
+** the next Next instruction will be a no-op.  Hence it is OK to delete
+** a record from within an Next loop.
+**
+** If the OPFLAG_NCHANGE flag of P2 is set, then the row change count is
+** incremented (otherwise not).
+**
+** P1 must not be pseudo-table.  It has to be a real table with
+** multiple rows.
+**
+** If P4 is not NULL, then it is the name of the table that P1 is
+** pointing to.  The update hook will be invoked, if it exists.
+** If P4 is not NULL then the P1 cursor must have been positioned
+** using OP_NotFound prior to invoking this opcode.
+*/
+case OP_Delete: {
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.bi */
+  i64 iKey;
+  VdbeCursor *pC;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.bi */
+
+  u.bi.iKey = 0;
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+  u.bi.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( u.bi.pC!=0 );
+  assert( u.bi.pC->pCursor!=0 );  /* Only valid for real tables, no pseudotables */
+
+  /* If the update-hook will be invoked, set u.bi.iKey to the rowid of the
+  ** row being deleted.
+  */
+  if( db->xUpdateCallback && pOp->p4.z ){
+    assert( u.bi.pC->isTable );
+    assert( u.bi.pC->rowidIsValid );  /* lastRowid set by previous OP_NotFound */
+    u.bi.iKey = u.bi.pC->lastRowid;
+  }
+
+  /* The OP_Delete opcode always follows an OP_NotExists or OP_Last or
+  ** OP_Column on the same table without any intervening operations that
+  ** might move or invalidate the cursor.  Hence cursor u.bi.pC is always pointing
+  ** to the row to be deleted and the sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto() operation
+  ** below is always a no-op and cannot fail.  We will run it anyhow, though,
+  ** to guard against future changes to the code generator.
+  **/
+  assert( u.bi.pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
+  rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(u.bi.pC);
+  if( NEVER(rc!=SQLITE_OK) ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+
+  sqlite3BtreeSetCachedRowid(u.bi.pC->pCursor, 0);
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeDelete(u.bi.pC->pCursor);
+  u.bi.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+
+  /* Invoke the update-hook if required. */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && db->xUpdateCallback && pOp->p4.z ){
+    const char *zDb = db->aDb[u.bi.pC->iDb].zName;
+    const char *zTbl = pOp->p4.z;
+    db->xUpdateCallback(db->pUpdateArg, SQLITE_DELETE, zDb, zTbl, u.bi.iKey);
+    assert( u.bi.pC->iDb>=0 );
+  }
+  if( pOp->p2 & OPFLAG_NCHANGE ) p->nChange++;
+  break;
+}
+/* Opcode: ResetCount * * * * *
+**
+** The value of the change counter is copied to the database handle
+** change counter (returned by subsequent calls to sqlite3_changes()).
+** Then the VMs internal change counter resets to 0.
+** This is used by trigger programs.
+*/
+case OP_ResetCount: {
+  sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, p->nChange);
+  p->nChange = 0;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: SorterCompare P1 P2 P3
+**
+** P1 is a sorter cursor. This instruction compares the record blob in 
+** register P3 with the entry that the sorter cursor currently points to.
+** If, excluding the rowid fields at the end, the two records are a match,
+** fall through to the next instruction. Otherwise, jump to instruction P2.
+*/
+case OP_SorterCompare: {
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.bj */
+  VdbeCursor *pC;
+  int res;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.bj */
+
+  u.bj.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( isSorter(u.bj.pC) );
+  pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+  rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterCompare(u.bj.pC, pIn3, &u.bj.res);
+  if( u.bj.res ){
+    pc = pOp->p2-1;
+  }
+  break;
+};
+
+/* Opcode: SorterData P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** Write into register P2 the current sorter data for sorter cursor P1.
+*/
+case OP_SorterData: {
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.bk */
+  VdbeCursor *pC;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.bk */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MERGE_SORT
+  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+  u.bk.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( u.bk.pC->isSorter );
+  rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterRowkey(u.bk.pC, pOut);
+#else
+  pOp->opcode = OP_RowKey;
+  pc--;
+#endif
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: RowData P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** Write into register P2 the complete row data for cursor P1.
+** There is no interpretation of the data.  
+** It is just copied onto the P2 register exactly as 
+** it is found in the database file.
+**
+** If the P1 cursor must be pointing to a valid row (not a NULL row)
+** of a real table, not a pseudo-table.
+*/
+/* Opcode: RowKey P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** Write into register P2 the complete row key for cursor P1.
+** There is no interpretation of the data.  
+** The key is copied onto the P3 register exactly as 
+** it is found in the database file.
+**
+** If the P1 cursor must be pointing to a valid row (not a NULL row)
+** of a real table, not a pseudo-table.
+*/
+case OP_RowKey:
+case OP_RowData: {
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.bl */
+  VdbeCursor *pC;
+  BtCursor *pCrsr;
+  u32 n;
+  i64 n64;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.bl */
+
+  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+  memAboutToChange(p, pOut);
+
+  /* Note that RowKey and RowData are really exactly the same instruction */
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+  u.bl.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( u.bl.pC->isSorter==0 );
+  assert( u.bl.pC->isTable || pOp->opcode!=OP_RowData );
+  assert( u.bl.pC->isIndex || pOp->opcode==OP_RowData );
+  assert( u.bl.pC!=0 );
+  assert( u.bl.pC->nullRow==0 );
+  assert( u.bl.pC->pseudoTableReg==0 );
+  assert( u.bl.pC->pCursor!=0 );
+  u.bl.pCrsr = u.bl.pC->pCursor;
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(u.bl.pCrsr) );
+
+  /* The OP_RowKey and OP_RowData opcodes always follow OP_NotExists or
+  ** OP_Rewind/Op_Next with no intervening instructions that might invalidate
+  ** the cursor.  Hence the following sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto() call is always
+  ** a no-op and can never fail.  But we leave it in place as a safety.
+  */
+  assert( u.bl.pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
+  rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(u.bl.pC);
+  if( NEVER(rc!=SQLITE_OK) ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+
+  if( u.bl.pC->isIndex ){
+    assert( !u.bl.pC->isTable );
+    VVA_ONLY(rc =) sqlite3BtreeKeySize(u.bl.pCrsr, &u.bl.n64);
+    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );    /* True because of CursorMoveto() call above */
+    if( u.bl.n64>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
+      goto too_big;
+    }
+    u.bl.n = (u32)u.bl.n64;
+  }else{
+    VVA_ONLY(rc =) sqlite3BtreeDataSize(u.bl.pCrsr, &u.bl.n);
+    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );    /* DataSize() cannot fail */
+    if( u.bl.n>(u32)db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
+      goto too_big;
+    }
+  }
+  if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pOut, u.bl.n, 0) ){
+    goto no_mem;
+  }
+  pOut->n = u.bl.n;
+  MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Blob);
+  if( u.bl.pC->isIndex ){
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(u.bl.pCrsr, 0, u.bl.n, pOut->z);
+  }else{
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeData(u.bl.pCrsr, 0, u.bl.n, pOut->z);
+  }
+  pOut->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;  /* In case the blob is ever cast to text */
+  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Rowid P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** Store in register P2 an integer which is the key of the table entry that
+** P1 is currently point to.
+**
+** P1 can be either an ordinary table or a virtual table.  There used to
+** be a separate OP_VRowid opcode for use with virtual tables, but this
+** one opcode now works for both table types.
+*/
+case OP_Rowid: {                 /* out2-prerelease */
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.bm */
+  VdbeCursor *pC;
+  i64 v;
+  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
+  const sqlite3_module *pModule;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.bm */
+
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+  u.bm.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( u.bm.pC!=0 );
+  assert( u.bm.pC->pseudoTableReg==0 );
+  if( u.bm.pC->nullRow ){
+    pOut->flags = MEM_Null;
+    break;
+  }else if( u.bm.pC->deferredMoveto ){
+    u.bm.v = u.bm.pC->movetoTarget;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  }else if( u.bm.pC->pVtabCursor ){
+    u.bm.pVtab = u.bm.pC->pVtabCursor->pVtab;
+    u.bm.pModule = u.bm.pVtab->pModule;
+    assert( u.bm.pModule->xRowid );
+    rc = u.bm.pModule->xRowid(u.bm.pC->pVtabCursor, &u.bm.v);
+    importVtabErrMsg(p, u.bm.pVtab);
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
+  }else{
+    assert( u.bm.pC->pCursor!=0 );
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(u.bm.pC);
+    if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+    if( u.bm.pC->rowidIsValid ){
+      u.bm.v = u.bm.pC->lastRowid;
+    }else{
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(u.bm.pC->pCursor, &u.bm.v);
+      assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );  /* Always so because of CursorMoveto() above */
+    }
+  }
+  pOut->u.i = u.bm.v;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: NullRow P1 * * * *
+**
+** Move the cursor P1 to a null row.  Any OP_Column operations
+** that occur while the cursor is on the null row will always
+** write a NULL.
+*/
+case OP_NullRow: {
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.bn */
+  VdbeCursor *pC;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.bn */
+
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+  u.bn.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( u.bn.pC!=0 );
+  u.bn.pC->nullRow = 1;
+  u.bn.pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
+  assert( u.bn.pC->pCursor || u.bn.pC->pVtabCursor );
+  if( u.bn.pC->pCursor ){
+    sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(u.bn.pC->pCursor);
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Last P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** The next use of the Rowid or Column or Next instruction for P1 
+** will refer to the last entry in the database table or index.
+** If the table or index is empty and P2>0, then jump immediately to P2.
+** If P2 is 0 or if the table or index is not empty, fall through
+** to the following instruction.
+*/
+case OP_Last: {        /* jump */
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.bo */
+  VdbeCursor *pC;
+  BtCursor *pCrsr;
+  int res;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.bo */
+
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+  u.bo.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( u.bo.pC!=0 );
+  u.bo.pCrsr = u.bo.pC->pCursor;
+  u.bo.res = 0;
+  if( ALWAYS(u.bo.pCrsr!=0) ){
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeLast(u.bo.pCrsr, &u.bo.res);
+  }
+  u.bo.pC->nullRow = (u8)u.bo.res;
+  u.bo.pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
+  u.bo.pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
+  u.bo.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+  if( pOp->p2>0 && u.bo.res ){
+    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+
+/* Opcode: Sort P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** This opcode does exactly the same thing as OP_Rewind except that
+** it increments an undocumented global variable used for testing.
+**
+** Sorting is accomplished by writing records into a sorting index,
+** then rewinding that index and playing it back from beginning to
+** end.  We use the OP_Sort opcode instead of OP_Rewind to do the
+** rewinding so that the global variable will be incremented and
+** regression tests can determine whether or not the optimizer is
+** correctly optimizing out sorts.
+*/
+case OP_SorterSort:    /* jump */
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MERGE_SORT
+  pOp->opcode = OP_Sort;
+#endif
+case OP_Sort: {        /* jump */
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  sqlite3_sort_count++;
+  sqlite3_search_count--;
+#endif
+  p->aCounter[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT-1]++;
+  /* Fall through into OP_Rewind */
+}
+/* Opcode: Rewind P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** The next use of the Rowid or Column or Next instruction for P1 
+** will refer to the first entry in the database table or index.
+** If the table or index is empty and P2>0, then jump immediately to P2.
+** If P2 is 0 or if the table or index is not empty, fall through
+** to the following instruction.
+*/
+case OP_Rewind: {        /* jump */
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.bp */
+  VdbeCursor *pC;
+  BtCursor *pCrsr;
+  int res;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.bp */
+
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+  u.bp.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( u.bp.pC!=0 );
+  assert( u.bp.pC->isSorter==(pOp->opcode==OP_SorterSort) );
+  u.bp.res = 1;
+  if( isSorter(u.bp.pC) ){
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterRewind(db, u.bp.pC, &u.bp.res);
+  }else{
+    u.bp.pCrsr = u.bp.pC->pCursor;
+    assert( u.bp.pCrsr );
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeFirst(u.bp.pCrsr, &u.bp.res);
+    u.bp.pC->atFirst = u.bp.res==0 ?1:0;
+    u.bp.pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
+    u.bp.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+    u.bp.pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
+  }
+  u.bp.pC->nullRow = (u8)u.bp.res;
+  assert( pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2<p->nOp );
+  if( u.bp.res ){
+    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Next P1 P2 * P4 P5
+**
+** Advance cursor P1 so that it points to the next key/data pair in its
+** table or index.  If there are no more key/value pairs then fall through
+** to the following instruction.  But if the cursor advance was successful,
+** jump immediately to P2.
+**
+** The P1 cursor must be for a real table, not a pseudo-table.
+**
+** P4 is always of type P4_ADVANCE. The function pointer points to
+** sqlite3BtreeNext().
+**
+** If P5 is positive and the jump is taken, then event counter
+** number P5-1 in the prepared statement is incremented.
+**
+** See also: Prev
+*/
+/* Opcode: Prev P1 P2 * * P5
+**
+** Back up cursor P1 so that it points to the previous key/data pair in its
+** table or index.  If there is no previous key/value pairs then fall through
+** to the following instruction.  But if the cursor backup was successful,
+** jump immediately to P2.
+**
+** The P1 cursor must be for a real table, not a pseudo-table.
+**
+** P4 is always of type P4_ADVANCE. The function pointer points to
+** sqlite3BtreePrevious().
+**
+** If P5 is positive and the jump is taken, then event counter
+** number P5-1 in the prepared statement is incremented.
+*/
+case OP_SorterNext:    /* jump */
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MERGE_SORT
+  pOp->opcode = OP_Next;
+#endif
+case OP_Prev:          /* jump */
+case OP_Next: {        /* jump */
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.bq */
+  VdbeCursor *pC;
+  int res;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.bq */
+
+  CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT;
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+  assert( pOp->p5<=ArraySize(p->aCounter) );
+  u.bq.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  if( u.bq.pC==0 ){
+    break;  /* See ticket #2273 */
+  }
+  assert( u.bq.pC->isSorter==(pOp->opcode==OP_SorterNext) );
+  if( isSorter(u.bq.pC) ){
+    assert( pOp->opcode==OP_SorterNext );
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterNext(db, u.bq.pC, &u.bq.res);
+  }else{
+    u.bq.res = 1;
+    assert( u.bq.pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
+    assert( u.bq.pC->pCursor );
+    assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_Next || pOp->p4.xAdvance==sqlite3BtreeNext );
+    assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_Prev || pOp->p4.xAdvance==sqlite3BtreePrevious );
+    rc = pOp->p4.xAdvance(u.bq.pC->pCursor, &u.bq.res);
+  }
+  u.bq.pC->nullRow = (u8)u.bq.res;
+  u.bq.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+  if( u.bq.res==0 ){
+    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+    if( pOp->p5 ) p->aCounter[pOp->p5-1]++;
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+    sqlite3_search_count++;
+#endif
+  }
+  u.bq.pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: IdxInsert P1 P2 P3 * P5
+**
+** Register P2 holds an SQL index key made using the
+** MakeRecord instructions.  This opcode writes that key
+** into the index P1.  Data for the entry is nil.
+**
+** P3 is a flag that provides a hint to the b-tree layer that this
+** insert is likely to be an append.
+**
+** This instruction only works for indices.  The equivalent instruction
+** for tables is OP_Insert.
+*/
+case OP_SorterInsert:       /* in2 */
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MERGE_SORT
+  pOp->opcode = OP_IdxInsert;
+#endif
+case OP_IdxInsert: {        /* in2 */
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.br */
+  VdbeCursor *pC;
+  BtCursor *pCrsr;
+  int nKey;
+  const char *zKey;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.br */
+
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+  u.br.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( u.br.pC!=0 );
+  assert( u.br.pC->isSorter==(pOp->opcode==OP_SorterInsert) );
+  pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+  assert( pIn2->flags & MEM_Blob );
+  u.br.pCrsr = u.br.pC->pCursor;
+  if( ALWAYS(u.br.pCrsr!=0) ){
+    assert( u.br.pC->isTable==0 );
+    rc = ExpandBlob(pIn2);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      if( isSorter(u.br.pC) ){
+        rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterWrite(db, u.br.pC, pIn2);
+      }else{
+        u.br.nKey = pIn2->n;
+        u.br.zKey = pIn2->z;
+        rc = sqlite3BtreeInsert(u.br.pCrsr, u.br.zKey, u.br.nKey, "", 0, 0, pOp->p3,
+            ((pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT) ? u.br.pC->seekResult : 0)
+            );
+        assert( u.br.pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
+        u.br.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: IdxDelete P1 P2 P3 * *
+**
+** The content of P3 registers starting at register P2 form
+** an unpacked index key. This opcode removes that entry from the 
+** index opened by cursor P1.
+*/
+case OP_IdxDelete: {
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.bs */
+  VdbeCursor *pC;
+  BtCursor *pCrsr;
+  int res;
+  UnpackedRecord r;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.bs */
+
+  assert( pOp->p3>0 );
+  assert( pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2+pOp->p3<=p->nMem+1 );
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+  u.bs.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( u.bs.pC!=0 );
+  u.bs.pCrsr = u.bs.pC->pCursor;
+  if( ALWAYS(u.bs.pCrsr!=0) ){
+    u.bs.r.pKeyInfo = u.bs.pC->pKeyInfo;
+    u.bs.r.nField = (u16)pOp->p3;
+    u.bs.r.flags = 0;
+    u.bs.r.aMem = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+    { int i; for(i=0; i<u.bs.r.nField; i++) assert( memIsValid(&u.bs.r.aMem[i]) ); }
+#endif
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(u.bs.pCrsr, &u.bs.r, 0, 0, &u.bs.res);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && u.bs.res==0 ){
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeDelete(u.bs.pCrsr);
+    }
+    assert( u.bs.pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
+    u.bs.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: IdxRowid P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** Write into register P2 an integer which is the last entry in the record at
+** the end of the index key pointed to by cursor P1.  This integer should be
+** the rowid of the table entry to which this index entry points.
+**
+** See also: Rowid, MakeRecord.
+*/
+case OP_IdxRowid: {              /* out2-prerelease */
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.bt */
+  BtCursor *pCrsr;
+  VdbeCursor *pC;
+  i64 rowid;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.bt */
+
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+  u.bt.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( u.bt.pC!=0 );
+  u.bt.pCrsr = u.bt.pC->pCursor;
+  pOut->flags = MEM_Null;
+  if( ALWAYS(u.bt.pCrsr!=0) ){
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(u.bt.pC);
+    if( NEVER(rc) ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+    assert( u.bt.pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
+    assert( u.bt.pC->isTable==0 );
+    if( !u.bt.pC->nullRow ){
+      rc = sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(db, u.bt.pCrsr, &u.bt.rowid);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        goto abort_due_to_error;
+      }
+      pOut->u.i = u.bt.rowid;
+      pOut->flags = MEM_Int;
+    }
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: IdxGE P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+**
+** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index 
+** key that omits the ROWID.  Compare this key value against the index 
+** that P1 is currently pointing to, ignoring the ROWID on the P1 index.
+**
+** If the P1 index entry is greater than or equal to the key value
+** then jump to P2.  Otherwise fall through to the next instruction.
+**
+** If P5 is non-zero then the key value is increased by an epsilon 
+** prior to the comparison.  This make the opcode work like IdxGT except
+** that if the key from register P3 is a prefix of the key in the cursor,
+** the result is false whereas it would be true with IdxGT.
+*/
+/* Opcode: IdxLT P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+**
+** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index 
+** key that omits the ROWID.  Compare this key value against the index 
+** that P1 is currently pointing to, ignoring the ROWID on the P1 index.
+**
+** If the P1 index entry is less than the key value then jump to P2.
+** Otherwise fall through to the next instruction.
+**
+** If P5 is non-zero then the key value is increased by an epsilon prior 
+** to the comparison.  This makes the opcode work like IdxLE.
+*/
+case OP_IdxLT:          /* jump */
+case OP_IdxGE: {        /* jump */
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.bu */
+  VdbeCursor *pC;
+  int res;
+  UnpackedRecord r;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.bu */
+
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+  u.bu.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( u.bu.pC!=0 );
+  assert( u.bu.pC->isOrdered );
+  if( ALWAYS(u.bu.pC->pCursor!=0) ){
+    assert( u.bu.pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
+    assert( pOp->p5==0 || pOp->p5==1 );
+    assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 );
+    u.bu.r.pKeyInfo = u.bu.pC->pKeyInfo;
+    u.bu.r.nField = (u16)pOp->p4.i;
+    if( pOp->p5 ){
+      u.bu.r.flags = UNPACKED_INCRKEY | UNPACKED_PREFIX_MATCH;
+    }else{
+      u.bu.r.flags = UNPACKED_PREFIX_MATCH;
+    }
+    u.bu.r.aMem = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+    { int i; for(i=0; i<u.bu.r.nField; i++) assert( memIsValid(&u.bu.r.aMem[i]) ); }
+#endif
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(u.bu.pC, &u.bu.r, &u.bu.res);
+    if( pOp->opcode==OP_IdxLT ){
+      u.bu.res = -u.bu.res;
+    }else{
+      assert( pOp->opcode==OP_IdxGE );
+      u.bu.res++;
+    }
+    if( u.bu.res>0 ){
+      pc = pOp->p2 - 1 ;
+    }
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Destroy P1 P2 P3 * *
+**
+** Delete an entire database table or index whose root page in the database
+** file is given by P1.
+**
+** The table being destroyed is in the main database file if P3==0.  If
+** P3==1 then the table to be clear is in the auxiliary database file
+** that is used to store tables create using CREATE TEMPORARY TABLE.
+**
+** If AUTOVACUUM is enabled then it is possible that another root page
+** might be moved into the newly deleted root page in order to keep all
+** root pages contiguous at the beginning of the database.  The former
+** value of the root page that moved - its value before the move occurred -
+** is stored in register P2.  If no page 
+** movement was required (because the table being dropped was already 
+** the last one in the database) then a zero is stored in register P2.
+** If AUTOVACUUM is disabled then a zero is stored in register P2.
+**
+** See also: Clear
+*/
+case OP_Destroy: {     /* out2-prerelease */
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.bv */
+  int iMoved;
+  int iCnt;
+  Vdbe *pVdbe;
+  int iDb;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.bv */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  u.bv.iCnt = 0;
+  for(u.bv.pVdbe=db->pVdbe; u.bv.pVdbe; u.bv.pVdbe = u.bv.pVdbe->pNext){
+    if( u.bv.pVdbe->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN && u.bv.pVdbe->inVtabMethod<2 && u.bv.pVdbe->pc>=0 ){
+      u.bv.iCnt++;
+    }
+  }
+#else
+  u.bv.iCnt = db->activeVdbeCnt;
+#endif
+  pOut->flags = MEM_Null;
+  if( u.bv.iCnt>1 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_LOCKED;
+    p->errorAction = OE_Abort;
+  }else{
+    u.bv.iDb = pOp->p3;
+    assert( u.bv.iCnt==1 );
+    assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<<u.bv.iDb))!=0 );
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeDropTable(db->aDb[u.bv.iDb].pBt, pOp->p1, &u.bv.iMoved);
+    pOut->flags = MEM_Int;
+    pOut->u.i = u.bv.iMoved;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && u.bv.iMoved!=0 ){
+      sqlite3RootPageMoved(db, u.bv.iDb, u.bv.iMoved, pOp->p1);
+      /* All OP_Destroy operations occur on the same btree */
+      assert( resetSchemaOnFault==0 || resetSchemaOnFault==u.bv.iDb+1 );
+      resetSchemaOnFault = u.bv.iDb+1;
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Clear P1 P2 P3
+**
+** Delete all contents of the database table or index whose root page
+** in the database file is given by P1.  But, unlike Destroy, do not
+** remove the table or index from the database file.
+**
+** The table being clear is in the main database file if P2==0.  If
+** P2==1 then the table to be clear is in the auxiliary database file
+** that is used to store tables create using CREATE TEMPORARY TABLE.
+**
+** If the P3 value is non-zero, then the table referred to must be an
+** intkey table (an SQL table, not an index). In this case the row change 
+** count is incremented by the number of rows in the table being cleared. 
+** If P3 is greater than zero, then the value stored in register P3 is
+** also incremented by the number of rows in the table being cleared.
+**
+** See also: Destroy
+*/
+case OP_Clear: {
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.bw */
+  int nChange;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.bw */
+
+  u.bw.nChange = 0;
+  assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<<pOp->p2))!=0 );
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeClearTable(
+      db->aDb[pOp->p2].pBt, pOp->p1, (pOp->p3 ? &u.bw.nChange : 0)
+  );
+  if( pOp->p3 ){
+    p->nChange += u.bw.nChange;
+    if( pOp->p3>0 ){
+      assert( memIsValid(&aMem[pOp->p3]) );
+      memAboutToChange(p, &aMem[pOp->p3]);
+      aMem[pOp->p3].u.i += u.bw.nChange;
+    }
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: CreateTable P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** Allocate a new table in the main database file if P1==0 or in the
+** auxiliary database file if P1==1 or in an attached database if
+** P1>1.  Write the root page number of the new table into
+** register P2
+**
+** The difference between a table and an index is this:  A table must
+** have a 4-byte integer key and can have arbitrary data.  An index
+** has an arbitrary key but no data.
+**
+** See also: CreateIndex
+*/
+/* Opcode: CreateIndex P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** Allocate a new index in the main database file if P1==0 or in the
+** auxiliary database file if P1==1 or in an attached database if
+** P1>1.  Write the root page number of the new table into
+** register P2.
+**
+** See documentation on OP_CreateTable for additional information.
+*/
+case OP_CreateIndex:            /* out2-prerelease */
+case OP_CreateTable: {          /* out2-prerelease */
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.bx */
+  int pgno;
+  int flags;
+  Db *pDb;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.bx */
+
+  u.bx.pgno = 0;
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
+  assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<<pOp->p1))!=0 );
+  u.bx.pDb = &db->aDb[pOp->p1];
+  assert( u.bx.pDb->pBt!=0 );
+  if( pOp->opcode==OP_CreateTable ){
+    /* u.bx.flags = BTREE_INTKEY; */
+    u.bx.flags = BTREE_INTKEY;
+  }else{
+    u.bx.flags = BTREE_BLOBKEY;
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(u.bx.pDb->pBt, &u.bx.pgno, u.bx.flags);
+  pOut->u.i = u.bx.pgno;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: ParseSchema P1 * * P4 *
+**
+** Read and parse all entries from the SQLITE_MASTER table of database P1
+** that match the WHERE clause P4. 
+**
+** This opcode invokes the parser to create a new virtual machine,
+** then runs the new virtual machine.  It is thus a re-entrant opcode.
+*/
+case OP_ParseSchema: {
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.by */
+  int iDb;
+  const char *zMaster;
+  char *zSql;
+  InitData initData;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.by */
+
+  /* Any prepared statement that invokes this opcode will hold mutexes
+  ** on every btree.  This is a prerequisite for invoking
+  ** sqlite3InitCallback().
+  */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  for(u.by.iDb=0; u.by.iDb<db->nDb; u.by.iDb++){
+    assert( u.by.iDb==1 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(db->aDb[u.by.iDb].pBt) );
+  }
+#endif
+
+  u.by.iDb = pOp->p1;
+  assert( u.by.iDb>=0 && u.by.iDb<db->nDb );
+  assert( DbHasProperty(db, u.by.iDb, DB_SchemaLoaded) );
+  /* Used to be a conditional */ {
+    u.by.zMaster = SCHEMA_TABLE(u.by.iDb);
+    u.by.initData.db = db;
+    u.by.initData.iDb = pOp->p1;
+    u.by.initData.pzErrMsg = &p->zErrMsg;
+    u.by.zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db,
+       "SELECT name, rootpage, sql FROM '%q'.%s WHERE %s ORDER BY rowid",
+       db->aDb[u.by.iDb].zName, u.by.zMaster, pOp->p4.z);
+    if( u.by.zSql==0 ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }else{
+      assert( db->init.busy==0 );
+      db->init.busy = 1;
+      u.by.initData.rc = SQLITE_OK;
+      assert( !db->mallocFailed );
+      rc = sqlite3_exec(db, u.by.zSql, sqlite3InitCallback, &u.by.initData, 0);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = u.by.initData.rc;
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, u.by.zSql);
+      db->init.busy = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  if( rc ) sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
+    goto no_mem;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE)
+/* Opcode: LoadAnalysis P1 * * * *
+**
+** Read the sqlite_stat1 table for database P1 and load the content
+** of that table into the internal index hash table.  This will cause
+** the analysis to be used when preparing all subsequent queries.
+*/
+case OP_LoadAnalysis: {
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
+  rc = sqlite3AnalysisLoad(db, pOp->p1);
+  break;  
+}
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE) */
+
+/* Opcode: DropTable P1 * * P4 *
+**
+** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe
+** the table named P4 in database P1.  This is called after a table
+** is dropped in order to keep the internal representation of the
+** schema consistent with what is on disk.
+*/
+case OP_DropTable: {
+  sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTable(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: DropIndex P1 * * P4 *
+**
+** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe
+** the index named P4 in database P1.  This is called after an index
+** is dropped in order to keep the internal representation of the
+** schema consistent with what is on disk.
+*/
+case OP_DropIndex: {
+  sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: DropTrigger P1 * * P4 *
+**
+** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe
+** the trigger named P4 in database P1.  This is called after a trigger
+** is dropped in order to keep the internal representation of the
+** schema consistent with what is on disk.
+*/
+case OP_DropTrigger: {
+  sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z);
+  break;
+}
+
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
+/* Opcode: IntegrityCk P1 P2 P3 * P5
+**
+** Do an analysis of the currently open database.  Store in
+** register P1 the text of an error message describing any problems.
+** If no problems are found, store a NULL in register P1.
+**
+** The register P3 contains the maximum number of allowed errors.
+** At most reg(P3) errors will be reported.
+** In other words, the analysis stops as soon as reg(P1) errors are 
+** seen.  Reg(P1) is updated with the number of errors remaining.
+**
+** The root page numbers of all tables in the database are integer
+** stored in reg(P1), reg(P1+1), reg(P1+2), ....  There are P2 tables
+** total.
+**
+** If P5 is not zero, the check is done on the auxiliary database
+** file, not the main database file.
+**
+** This opcode is used to implement the integrity_check pragma.
+*/
+case OP_IntegrityCk: {
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.bz */
+  int nRoot;      /* Number of tables to check.  (Number of root pages.) */
+  int *aRoot;     /* Array of rootpage numbers for tables to be checked */
+  int j;          /* Loop counter */
+  int nErr;       /* Number of errors reported */
+  char *z;        /* Text of the error report */
+  Mem *pnErr;     /* Register keeping track of errors remaining */
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.bz */
+
+  u.bz.nRoot = pOp->p2;
+  assert( u.bz.nRoot>0 );
+  u.bz.aRoot = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int)*(u.bz.nRoot+1) );
+  if( u.bz.aRoot==0 ) goto no_mem;
+  assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
+  u.bz.pnErr = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+  assert( (u.bz.pnErr->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 );
+  assert( (u.bz.pnErr->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))==0 );
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  for(u.bz.j=0; u.bz.j<u.bz.nRoot; u.bz.j++){
+    u.bz.aRoot[u.bz.j] = (int)sqlite3VdbeIntValue(&pIn1[u.bz.j]);
+  }
+  u.bz.aRoot[u.bz.j] = 0;
+  assert( pOp->p5<db->nDb );
+  assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<<pOp->p5))!=0 );
+  u.bz.z = sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(db->aDb[pOp->p5].pBt, u.bz.aRoot, u.bz.nRoot,
+                                 (int)u.bz.pnErr->u.i, &u.bz.nErr);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, u.bz.aRoot);
+  u.bz.pnErr->u.i -= u.bz.nErr;
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pIn1);
+  if( u.bz.nErr==0 ){
+    assert( u.bz.z==0 );
+  }else if( u.bz.z==0 ){
+    goto no_mem;
+  }else{
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pIn1, u.bz.z, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, sqlite3_free);
+  }
+  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pIn1);
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pIn1, encoding);
+  break;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */
+
+/* Opcode: RowSetAdd P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** Insert the integer value held by register P2 into a boolean index
+** held in register P1.
+**
+** An assertion fails if P2 is not an integer.
+*/
+case OP_RowSetAdd: {       /* in1, in2 */
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+  assert( (pIn2->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 );
+  if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetRowSet(pIn1);
+    if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ) goto no_mem;
+  }
+  sqlite3RowSetInsert(pIn1->u.pRowSet, pIn2->u.i);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: RowSetRead P1 P2 P3 * *
+**
+** Extract the smallest value from boolean index P1 and put that value into
+** register P3.  Or, if boolean index P1 is initially empty, leave P3
+** unchanged and jump to instruction P2.
+*/
+case OP_RowSetRead: {       /* jump, in1, out3 */
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.ca */
+  i64 val;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.ca */
+  CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT;
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0
+   || sqlite3RowSetNext(pIn1->u.pRowSet, &u.ca.val)==0
+  ){
+    /* The boolean index is empty */
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pIn1);
+    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+  }else{
+    /* A value was pulled from the index */
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&aMem[pOp->p3], u.ca.val);
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: RowSetTest P1 P2 P3 P4
+**
+** Register P3 is assumed to hold a 64-bit integer value. If register P1
+** contains a RowSet object and that RowSet object contains
+** the value held in P3, jump to register P2. Otherwise, insert the
+** integer in P3 into the RowSet and continue on to the
+** next opcode.
+**
+** The RowSet object is optimized for the case where successive sets
+** of integers, where each set contains no duplicates. Each set
+** of values is identified by a unique P4 value. The first set
+** must have P4==0, the final set P4=-1.  P4 must be either -1 or
+** non-negative.  For non-negative values of P4 only the lower 4
+** bits are significant.
+**
+** This allows optimizations: (a) when P4==0 there is no need to test
+** the rowset object for P3, as it is guaranteed not to contain it,
+** (b) when P4==-1 there is no need to insert the value, as it will
+** never be tested for, and (c) when a value that is part of set X is
+** inserted, there is no need to search to see if the same value was
+** previously inserted as part of set X (only if it was previously
+** inserted as part of some other set).
+*/
+case OP_RowSetTest: {                     /* jump, in1, in3 */
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.cb */
+  int iSet;
+  int exists;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.cb */
+
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+  u.cb.iSet = pOp->p4.i;
+  assert( pIn3->flags&MEM_Int );
+
+  /* If there is anything other than a rowset object in memory cell P1,
+  ** delete it now and initialize P1 with an empty rowset
+  */
+  if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetRowSet(pIn1);
+    if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ) goto no_mem;
+  }
+
+  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 );
+  assert( u.cb.iSet==-1 || u.cb.iSet>=0 );
+  if( u.cb.iSet ){
+    u.cb.exists = sqlite3RowSetTest(pIn1->u.pRowSet,
+                               (u8)(u.cb.iSet>=0 ? u.cb.iSet & 0xf : 0xff),
+                               pIn3->u.i);
+    if( u.cb.exists ){
+      pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  if( u.cb.iSet>=0 ){
+    sqlite3RowSetInsert(pIn1->u.pRowSet, pIn3->u.i);
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+
+/* Opcode: Program P1 P2 P3 P4 *
+**
+** Execute the trigger program passed as P4 (type P4_SUBPROGRAM). 
+**
+** P1 contains the address of the memory cell that contains the first memory 
+** cell in an array of values used as arguments to the sub-program. P2 
+** contains the address to jump to if the sub-program throws an IGNORE 
+** exception using the RAISE() function. Register P3 contains the address 
+** of a memory cell in this (the parent) VM that is used to allocate the 
+** memory required by the sub-vdbe at runtime.
+**
+** P4 is a pointer to the VM containing the trigger program.
+*/
+case OP_Program: {        /* jump */
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.cc */
+  int nMem;               /* Number of memory registers for sub-program */
+  int nByte;              /* Bytes of runtime space required for sub-program */
+  Mem *pRt;               /* Register to allocate runtime space */
+  Mem *pMem;              /* Used to iterate through memory cells */
+  Mem *pEnd;              /* Last memory cell in new array */
+  VdbeFrame *pFrame;      /* New vdbe frame to execute in */
+  SubProgram *pProgram;   /* Sub-program to execute */
+  void *t;                /* Token identifying trigger */
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.cc */
+
+  u.cc.pProgram = pOp->p4.pProgram;
+  u.cc.pRt = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+  assert( u.cc.pProgram->nOp>0 );
+
+  /* If the p5 flag is clear, then recursive invocation of triggers is
+  ** disabled for backwards compatibility (p5 is set if this sub-program
+  ** is really a trigger, not a foreign key action, and the flag set
+  ** and cleared by the "PRAGMA recursive_triggers" command is clear).
+  **
+  ** It is recursive invocation of triggers, at the SQL level, that is
+  ** disabled. In some cases a single trigger may generate more than one
+  ** SubProgram (if the trigger may be executed with more than one different
+  ** ON CONFLICT algorithm). SubProgram structures associated with a
+  ** single trigger all have the same value for the SubProgram.token
+  ** variable.  */
+  if( pOp->p5 ){
+    u.cc.t = u.cc.pProgram->token;
+    for(u.cc.pFrame=p->pFrame; u.cc.pFrame && u.cc.pFrame->token!=u.cc.t; u.cc.pFrame=u.cc.pFrame->pParent);
+    if( u.cc.pFrame ) break;
+  }
+
+  if( p->nFrame>=db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH] ){
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "too many levels of trigger recursion");
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /* Register u.cc.pRt is used to store the memory required to save the state
+  ** of the current program, and the memory required at runtime to execute
+  ** the trigger program. If this trigger has been fired before, then u.cc.pRt
+  ** is already allocated. Otherwise, it must be initialized.  */
+  if( (u.cc.pRt->flags&MEM_Frame)==0 ){
+    /* SubProgram.nMem is set to the number of memory cells used by the
+    ** program stored in SubProgram.aOp. As well as these, one memory
+    ** cell is required for each cursor used by the program. Set local
+    ** variable u.cc.nMem (and later, VdbeFrame.nChildMem) to this value.
+    */
+    u.cc.nMem = u.cc.pProgram->nMem + u.cc.pProgram->nCsr;
+    u.cc.nByte = ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeFrame))
+              + u.cc.nMem * sizeof(Mem)
+              + u.cc.pProgram->nCsr * sizeof(VdbeCursor *)
+              + u.cc.pProgram->nOnce * sizeof(u8);
+    u.cc.pFrame = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, u.cc.nByte);
+    if( !u.cc.pFrame ){
+      goto no_mem;
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(u.cc.pRt);
+    u.cc.pRt->flags = MEM_Frame;
+    u.cc.pRt->u.pFrame = u.cc.pFrame;
+
+    u.cc.pFrame->v = p;
+    u.cc.pFrame->nChildMem = u.cc.nMem;
+    u.cc.pFrame->nChildCsr = u.cc.pProgram->nCsr;
+    u.cc.pFrame->pc = pc;
+    u.cc.pFrame->aMem = p->aMem;
+    u.cc.pFrame->nMem = p->nMem;
+    u.cc.pFrame->apCsr = p->apCsr;
+    u.cc.pFrame->nCursor = p->nCursor;
+    u.cc.pFrame->aOp = p->aOp;
+    u.cc.pFrame->nOp = p->nOp;
+    u.cc.pFrame->token = u.cc.pProgram->token;
+    u.cc.pFrame->aOnceFlag = p->aOnceFlag;
+    u.cc.pFrame->nOnceFlag = p->nOnceFlag;
+
+    u.cc.pEnd = &VdbeFrameMem(u.cc.pFrame)[u.cc.pFrame->nChildMem];
+    for(u.cc.pMem=VdbeFrameMem(u.cc.pFrame); u.cc.pMem!=u.cc.pEnd; u.cc.pMem++){
+      u.cc.pMem->flags = MEM_Invalid;
+      u.cc.pMem->db = db;
+    }
+  }else{
+    u.cc.pFrame = u.cc.pRt->u.pFrame;
+    assert( u.cc.pProgram->nMem+u.cc.pProgram->nCsr==u.cc.pFrame->nChildMem );
+    assert( u.cc.pProgram->nCsr==u.cc.pFrame->nChildCsr );
+    assert( pc==u.cc.pFrame->pc );
+  }
+
+  p->nFrame++;
+  u.cc.pFrame->pParent = p->pFrame;
+  u.cc.pFrame->lastRowid = lastRowid;
+  u.cc.pFrame->nChange = p->nChange;
+  p->nChange = 0;
+  p->pFrame = u.cc.pFrame;
+  p->aMem = aMem = &VdbeFrameMem(u.cc.pFrame)[-1];
+  p->nMem = u.cc.pFrame->nChildMem;
+  p->nCursor = (u16)u.cc.pFrame->nChildCsr;
+  p->apCsr = (VdbeCursor **)&aMem[p->nMem+1];
+  p->aOp = aOp = u.cc.pProgram->aOp;
+  p->nOp = u.cc.pProgram->nOp;
+  p->aOnceFlag = (u8 *)&p->apCsr[p->nCursor];
+  p->nOnceFlag = u.cc.pProgram->nOnce;
+  pc = -1;
+  memset(p->aOnceFlag, 0, p->nOnceFlag);
+
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Param P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** This opcode is only ever present in sub-programs called via the 
+** OP_Program instruction. Copy a value currently stored in a memory 
+** cell of the calling (parent) frame to cell P2 in the current frames 
+** address space. This is used by trigger programs to access the new.* 
+** and old.* values.
+**
+** The address of the cell in the parent frame is determined by adding
+** the value of the P1 argument to the value of the P1 argument to the
+** calling OP_Program instruction.
+*/
+case OP_Param: {           /* out2-prerelease */
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.cd */
+  VdbeFrame *pFrame;
+  Mem *pIn;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.cd */
+  u.cd.pFrame = p->pFrame;
+  u.cd.pIn = &u.cd.pFrame->aMem[pOp->p1 + u.cd.pFrame->aOp[u.cd.pFrame->pc].p1];
+  sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, u.cd.pIn, MEM_Ephem);
+  break;
+}
+
+#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
+/* Opcode: FkCounter P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** Increment a "constraint counter" by P2 (P2 may be negative or positive).
+** If P1 is non-zero, the database constraint counter is incremented 
+** (deferred foreign key constraints). Otherwise, if P1 is zero, the 
+** statement counter is incremented (immediate foreign key constraints).
+*/
+case OP_FkCounter: {
+  if( pOp->p1 ){
+    db->nDeferredCons += pOp->p2;
+  }else{
+    p->nFkConstraint += pOp->p2;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: FkIfZero P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** This opcode tests if a foreign key constraint-counter is currently zero.
+** If so, jump to instruction P2. Otherwise, fall through to the next 
+** instruction.
+**
+** If P1 is non-zero, then the jump is taken if the database constraint-counter
+** is zero (the one that counts deferred constraint violations). If P1 is
+** zero, the jump is taken if the statement constraint-counter is zero
+** (immediate foreign key constraint violations).
+*/
+case OP_FkIfZero: {         /* jump */
+  if( pOp->p1 ){
+    if( db->nDeferredCons==0 ) pc = pOp->p2-1;
+  }else{
+    if( p->nFkConstraint==0 ) pc = pOp->p2-1;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
+/* Opcode: MemMax P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** P1 is a register in the root frame of this VM (the root frame is
+** different from the current frame if this instruction is being executed
+** within a sub-program). Set the value of register P1 to the maximum of 
+** its current value and the value in register P2.
+**
+** This instruction throws an error if the memory cell is not initially
+** an integer.
+*/
+case OP_MemMax: {        /* in2 */
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.ce */
+  Mem *pIn1;
+  VdbeFrame *pFrame;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.ce */
+  if( p->pFrame ){
+    for(u.ce.pFrame=p->pFrame; u.ce.pFrame->pParent; u.ce.pFrame=u.ce.pFrame->pParent);
+    u.ce.pIn1 = &u.ce.pFrame->aMem[pOp->p1];
+  }else{
+    u.ce.pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  }
+  assert( memIsValid(u.ce.pIn1) );
+  sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(u.ce.pIn1);
+  pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+  sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn2);
+  if( u.ce.pIn1->u.i<pIn2->u.i){
+    u.ce.pIn1->u.i = pIn2->u.i;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT */
+
+/* Opcode: IfPos P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** If the value of register P1 is 1 or greater, jump to P2.
+**
+** It is illegal to use this instruction on a register that does
+** not contain an integer.  An assertion fault will result if you try.
+*/
+case OP_IfPos: {        /* jump, in1 */
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  assert( pIn1->flags&MEM_Int );
+  if( pIn1->u.i>0 ){
+     pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: IfNeg P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** If the value of register P1 is less than zero, jump to P2. 
+**
+** It is illegal to use this instruction on a register that does
+** not contain an integer.  An assertion fault will result if you try.
+*/
+case OP_IfNeg: {        /* jump, in1 */
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  assert( pIn1->flags&MEM_Int );
+  if( pIn1->u.i<0 ){
+     pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: IfZero P1 P2 P3 * *
+**
+** The register P1 must contain an integer.  Add literal P3 to the
+** value in register P1.  If the result is exactly 0, jump to P2. 
+**
+** It is illegal to use this instruction on a register that does
+** not contain an integer.  An assertion fault will result if you try.
+*/
+case OP_IfZero: {        /* jump, in1 */
+  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  assert( pIn1->flags&MEM_Int );
+  pIn1->u.i += pOp->p3;
+  if( pIn1->u.i==0 ){
+     pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: AggStep * P2 P3 P4 P5
+**
+** Execute the step function for an aggregate.  The
+** function has P5 arguments.   P4 is a pointer to the FuncDef
+** structure that specifies the function.  Use register
+** P3 as the accumulator.
+**
+** The P5 arguments are taken from register P2 and its
+** successors.
+*/
+case OP_AggStep: {
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.cf */
+  int n;
+  int i;
+  Mem *pMem;
+  Mem *pRec;
+  sqlite3_context ctx;
+  sqlite3_value **apVal;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.cf */
+
+  u.cf.n = pOp->p5;
+  assert( u.cf.n>=0 );
+  u.cf.pRec = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+  u.cf.apVal = p->apArg;
+  assert( u.cf.apVal || u.cf.n==0 );
+  for(u.cf.i=0; u.cf.i<u.cf.n; u.cf.i++, u.cf.pRec++){
+    assert( memIsValid(u.cf.pRec) );
+    u.cf.apVal[u.cf.i] = u.cf.pRec;
+    memAboutToChange(p, u.cf.pRec);
+    sqlite3VdbeMemStoreType(u.cf.pRec);
+  }
+  u.cf.ctx.pFunc = pOp->p4.pFunc;
+  assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
+  u.cf.ctx.pMem = u.cf.pMem = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+  u.cf.pMem->n++;
+  u.cf.ctx.s.flags = MEM_Null;
+  u.cf.ctx.s.z = 0;
+  u.cf.ctx.s.zMalloc = 0;
+  u.cf.ctx.s.xDel = 0;
+  u.cf.ctx.s.db = db;
+  u.cf.ctx.isError = 0;
+  u.cf.ctx.pColl = 0;
+  u.cf.ctx.skipFlag = 0;
+  if( u.cf.ctx.pFunc->flags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL ){
+    assert( pOp>p->aOp );
+    assert( pOp[-1].p4type==P4_COLLSEQ );
+    assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_CollSeq );
+    u.cf.ctx.pColl = pOp[-1].p4.pColl;
+  }
+  (u.cf.ctx.pFunc->xStep)(&u.cf.ctx, u.cf.n, u.cf.apVal); /* IMP: R-24505-23230 */
+  if( u.cf.ctx.isError ){
+    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3_value_text(&u.cf.ctx.s));
+    rc = u.cf.ctx.isError;
+  }
+  if( u.cf.ctx.skipFlag ){
+    assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_CollSeq );
+    u.cf.i = pOp[-1].p1;
+    if( u.cf.i ) sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&aMem[u.cf.i], 1);
+  }
+
+  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&u.cf.ctx.s);
+
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: AggFinal P1 P2 * P4 *
+**
+** Execute the finalizer function for an aggregate.  P1 is
+** the memory location that is the accumulator for the aggregate.
+**
+** P2 is the number of arguments that the step function takes and
+** P4 is a pointer to the FuncDef for this function.  The P2
+** argument is not used by this opcode.  It is only there to disambiguate
+** functions that can take varying numbers of arguments.  The
+** P4 argument is only needed for the degenerate case where
+** the step function was not previously called.
+*/
+case OP_AggFinal: {
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.cg */
+  Mem *pMem;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.cg */
+  assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=p->nMem );
+  u.cg.pMem = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  assert( (u.cg.pMem->flags & ~(MEM_Null|MEM_Agg))==0 );
+  rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(u.cg.pMem, pOp->p4.pFunc);
+  if( rc ){
+    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3_value_text(u.cg.pMem));
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(u.cg.pMem, encoding);
+  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(u.cg.pMem);
+  if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(u.cg.pMem) ){
+    goto too_big;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+/* Opcode: Checkpoint P1 P2 P3 * *
+**
+** Checkpoint database P1. This is a no-op if P1 is not currently in
+** WAL mode. Parameter P2 is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL
+** or RESTART.  Write 1 or 0 into mem[P3] if the checkpoint returns
+** SQLITE_BUSY or not, respectively.  Write the number of pages in the
+** WAL after the checkpoint into mem[P3+1] and the number of pages
+** in the WAL that have been checkpointed after the checkpoint
+** completes into mem[P3+2].  However on an error, mem[P3+1] and
+** mem[P3+2] are initialized to -1.
+*/
+case OP_Checkpoint: {
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.ch */
+  int i;                          /* Loop counter */
+  int aRes[3];                    /* Results */
+  Mem *pMem;                      /* Write results here */
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.ch */
+
+  u.ch.aRes[0] = 0;
+  u.ch.aRes[1] = u.ch.aRes[2] = -1;
+  assert( pOp->p2==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE
+       || pOp->p2==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL
+       || pOp->p2==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART
+  );
+  rc = sqlite3Checkpoint(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p2, &u.ch.aRes[1], &u.ch.aRes[2]);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    u.ch.aRes[0] = 1;
+  }
+  for(u.ch.i=0, u.ch.pMem = &aMem[pOp->p3]; u.ch.i<3; u.ch.i++, u.ch.pMem++){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(u.ch.pMem, (i64)u.ch.aRes[u.ch.i]);
+  }
+  break;
+};  
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA
+/* Opcode: JournalMode P1 P2 P3 * P5
+**
+** Change the journal mode of database P1 to P3. P3 must be one of the
+** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_XXX values. If changing between the various rollback
+** modes (delete, truncate, persist, off and memory), this is a simple
+** operation. No IO is required.
+**
+** If changing into or out of WAL mode the procedure is more complicated.
+**
+** Write a string containing the final journal-mode to register P2.
+*/
+case OP_JournalMode: {    /* out2-prerelease */
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.ci */
+  Btree *pBt;                     /* Btree to change journal mode of */
+  Pager *pPager;                  /* Pager associated with pBt */
+  int eNew;                       /* New journal mode */
+  int eOld;                       /* The old journal mode */
+  const char *zFilename;          /* Name of database file for pPager */
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.ci */
+
+  u.ci.eNew = pOp->p3;
+  assert( u.ci.eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
+       || u.ci.eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
+       || u.ci.eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
+       || u.ci.eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
+       || u.ci.eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
+       || u.ci.eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
+       || u.ci.eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY
+  );
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
+
+  u.ci.pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt;
+  u.ci.pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(u.ci.pBt);
+  u.ci.eOld = sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(u.ci.pPager);
+  if( u.ci.eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY ) u.ci.eNew = u.ci.eOld;
+  if( !sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(u.ci.pPager) ) u.ci.eNew = u.ci.eOld;
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+  u.ci.zFilename = sqlite3PagerFilename(u.ci.pPager, 1);
+
+  /* Do not allow a transition to journal_mode=WAL for a database
+  ** in temporary storage or if the VFS does not support shared memory
+  */
+  if( u.ci.eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
+   && (sqlite3Strlen30(u.ci.zFilename)==0           /* Temp file */
+       || !sqlite3PagerWalSupported(u.ci.pPager))   /* No shared-memory support */
+  ){
+    u.ci.eNew = u.ci.eOld;
+  }
+
+  if( (u.ci.eNew!=u.ci.eOld)
+   && (u.ci.eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL || u.ci.eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL)
+  ){
+    if( !db->autoCommit || db->activeVdbeCnt>1 ){
+      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+      sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db,
+          "cannot change %s wal mode from within a transaction",
+          (u.ci.eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ? "into" : "out of")
+      );
+      break;
+    }else{
+
+      if( u.ci.eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){
+        /* If leaving WAL mode, close the log file. If successful, the call
+        ** to PagerCloseWal() checkpoints and deletes the write-ahead-log
+        ** file. An EXCLUSIVE lock may still be held on the database file
+        ** after a successful return.
+        */
+        rc = sqlite3PagerCloseWal(u.ci.pPager);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(u.ci.pPager, u.ci.eNew);
+        }
+      }else if( u.ci.eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
+        /* Cannot transition directly from MEMORY to WAL.  Use mode OFF
+        ** as an intermediate */
+        sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(u.ci.pPager, PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF);
+      }
+
+      /* Open a transaction on the database file. Regardless of the journal
+      ** mode, this transaction always uses a rollback journal.
+      */
+      assert( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(u.ci.pBt)==0 );
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = sqlite3BtreeSetVersion(u.ci.pBt, (u.ci.eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ? 2 : 1));
+      }
+    }
+  }
+#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
+
+  if( rc ){
+    u.ci.eNew = u.ci.eOld;
+  }
+  u.ci.eNew = sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(u.ci.pPager, u.ci.eNew);
+
+  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+  pOut->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Static|MEM_Term;
+  pOut->z = (char *)sqlite3JournalModename(u.ci.eNew);
+  pOut->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pOut->z);
+  pOut->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pOut, encoding);
+  break;
+};
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA */
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH)
+/* Opcode: Vacuum * * * * *
+**
+** Vacuum the entire database.  This opcode will cause other virtual
+** machines to be created and run.  It may not be called from within
+** a transaction.
+*/
+case OP_Vacuum: {
+  rc = sqlite3RunVacuum(&p->zErrMsg, db);
+  break;
+}
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM)
+/* Opcode: IncrVacuum P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** Perform a single step of the incremental vacuum procedure on
+** the P1 database. If the vacuum has finished, jump to instruction
+** P2. Otherwise, fall through to the next instruction.
+*/
+case OP_IncrVacuum: {        /* jump */
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.cj */
+  Btree *pBt;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.cj */
+
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
+  assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<<pOp->p1))!=0 );
+  u.cj.pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt;
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(u.cj.pBt);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Opcode: Expire P1 * * * *
+**
+** Cause precompiled statements to become expired. An expired statement
+** fails with an error code of SQLITE_SCHEMA if it is ever executed 
+** (via sqlite3_step()).
+** 
+** If P1 is 0, then all SQL statements become expired. If P1 is non-zero,
+** then only the currently executing statement is affected. 
+*/
+case OP_Expire: {
+  if( !pOp->p1 ){
+    sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
+  }else{
+    p->expired = 1;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+/* Opcode: TableLock P1 P2 P3 P4 *
+**
+** Obtain a lock on a particular table. This instruction is only used when
+** the shared-cache feature is enabled. 
+**
+** P1 is the index of the database in sqlite3.aDb[] of the database
+** on which the lock is acquired.  A readlock is obtained if P3==0 or
+** a write lock if P3==1.
+**
+** P2 contains the root-page of the table to lock.
+**
+** P4 contains a pointer to the name of the table being locked. This is only
+** used to generate an error message if the lock cannot be obtained.
+*/
+case OP_TableLock: {
+  u8 isWriteLock = (u8)pOp->p3;
+  if( isWriteLock || 0==(db->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommitted) ){
+    int p1 = pOp->p1; 
+    assert( p1>=0 && p1<db->nDb );
+    assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<<p1))!=0 );
+    assert( isWriteLock==0 || isWriteLock==1 );
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeLockTable(db->aDb[p1].pBt, pOp->p2, isWriteLock);
+    if( (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_LOCKED ){
+      const char *z = pOp->p4.z;
+      sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "database table is locked: %s", z);
+    }
+  }
+  break;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+/* Opcode: VBegin * * * P4 *
+**
+** P4 may be a pointer to an sqlite3_vtab structure. If so, call the 
+** xBegin method for that table.
+**
+** Also, whether or not P4 is set, check that this is not being called from
+** within a callback to a virtual table xSync() method. If it is, the error
+** code will be set to SQLITE_LOCKED.
+*/
+case OP_VBegin: {
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.ck */
+  VTable *pVTab;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.ck */
+  u.ck.pVTab = pOp->p4.pVtab;
+  rc = sqlite3VtabBegin(db, u.ck.pVTab);
+  if( u.ck.pVTab ) importVtabErrMsg(p, u.ck.pVTab->pVtab);
+  break;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+/* Opcode: VCreate P1 * * P4 *
+**
+** P4 is the name of a virtual table in database P1. Call the xCreate method
+** for that table.
+*/
+case OP_VCreate: {
+  rc = sqlite3VtabCallCreate(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z, &p->zErrMsg);
+  break;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+/* Opcode: VDestroy P1 * * P4 *
+**
+** P4 is the name of a virtual table in database P1.  Call the xDestroy method
+** of that table.
+*/
+case OP_VDestroy: {
+  p->inVtabMethod = 2;
+  rc = sqlite3VtabCallDestroy(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z);
+  p->inVtabMethod = 0;
+  break;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+/* Opcode: VOpen P1 * * P4 *
+**
+** P4 is a pointer to a virtual table object, an sqlite3_vtab structure.
+** P1 is a cursor number.  This opcode opens a cursor to the virtual
+** table and stores that cursor in P1.
+*/
+case OP_VOpen: {
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.cl */
+  VdbeCursor *pCur;
+  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor;
+  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
+  sqlite3_module *pModule;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.cl */
+
+  u.cl.pCur = 0;
+  u.cl.pVtabCursor = 0;
+  u.cl.pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab->pVtab;
+  u.cl.pModule = (sqlite3_module *)u.cl.pVtab->pModule;
+  assert(u.cl.pVtab && u.cl.pModule);
+  rc = u.cl.pModule->xOpen(u.cl.pVtab, &u.cl.pVtabCursor);
+  importVtabErrMsg(p, u.cl.pVtab);
+  if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){
+    /* Initialize sqlite3_vtab_cursor base class */
+    u.cl.pVtabCursor->pVtab = u.cl.pVtab;
+
+    /* Initialise vdbe cursor object */
+    u.cl.pCur = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, 0, -1, 0);
+    if( u.cl.pCur ){
+      u.cl.pCur->pVtabCursor = u.cl.pVtabCursor;
+      u.cl.pCur->pModule = u.cl.pVtabCursor->pVtab->pModule;
+    }else{
+      db->mallocFailed = 1;
+      u.cl.pModule->xClose(u.cl.pVtabCursor);
+    }
+  }
+  break;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+/* Opcode: VFilter P1 P2 P3 P4 *
+**
+** P1 is a cursor opened using VOpen.  P2 is an address to jump to if
+** the filtered result set is empty.
+**
+** P4 is either NULL or a string that was generated by the xBestIndex
+** method of the module.  The interpretation of the P4 string is left
+** to the module implementation.
+**
+** This opcode invokes the xFilter method on the virtual table specified
+** by P1.  The integer query plan parameter to xFilter is stored in register
+** P3. Register P3+1 stores the argc parameter to be passed to the
+** xFilter method. Registers P3+2..P3+1+argc are the argc
+** additional parameters which are passed to
+** xFilter as argv. Register P3+2 becomes argv[0] when passed to xFilter.
+**
+** A jump is made to P2 if the result set after filtering would be empty.
+*/
+case OP_VFilter: {   /* jump */
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.cm */
+  int nArg;
+  int iQuery;
+  const sqlite3_module *pModule;
+  Mem *pQuery;
+  Mem *pArgc;
+  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor;
+  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
+  VdbeCursor *pCur;
+  int res;
+  int i;
+  Mem **apArg;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.cm */
+
+  u.cm.pQuery = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+  u.cm.pArgc = &u.cm.pQuery[1];
+  u.cm.pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( memIsValid(u.cm.pQuery) );
+  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, u.cm.pQuery);
+  assert( u.cm.pCur->pVtabCursor );
+  u.cm.pVtabCursor = u.cm.pCur->pVtabCursor;
+  u.cm.pVtab = u.cm.pVtabCursor->pVtab;
+  u.cm.pModule = u.cm.pVtab->pModule;
+
+  /* Grab the index number and argc parameters */
+  assert( (u.cm.pQuery->flags&MEM_Int)!=0 && u.cm.pArgc->flags==MEM_Int );
+  u.cm.nArg = (int)u.cm.pArgc->u.i;
+  u.cm.iQuery = (int)u.cm.pQuery->u.i;
+
+  /* Invoke the xFilter method */
+  {
+    u.cm.res = 0;
+    u.cm.apArg = p->apArg;
+    for(u.cm.i = 0; u.cm.i<u.cm.nArg; u.cm.i++){
+      u.cm.apArg[u.cm.i] = &u.cm.pArgc[u.cm.i+1];
+      sqlite3VdbeMemStoreType(u.cm.apArg[u.cm.i]);
+    }
+
+    p->inVtabMethod = 1;
+    rc = u.cm.pModule->xFilter(u.cm.pVtabCursor, u.cm.iQuery, pOp->p4.z, u.cm.nArg, u.cm.apArg);
+    p->inVtabMethod = 0;
+    importVtabErrMsg(p, u.cm.pVtab);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      u.cm.res = u.cm.pModule->xEof(u.cm.pVtabCursor);
+    }
+
+    if( u.cm.res ){
+      pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+    }
+  }
+  u.cm.pCur->nullRow = 0;
+
+  break;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+/* Opcode: VColumn P1 P2 P3 * *
+**
+** Store the value of the P2-th column of
+** the row of the virtual-table that the 
+** P1 cursor is pointing to into register P3.
+*/
+case OP_VColumn: {
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.cn */
+  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
+  const sqlite3_module *pModule;
+  Mem *pDest;
+  sqlite3_context sContext;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.cn */
+
+  VdbeCursor *pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( pCur->pVtabCursor );
+  assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
+  u.cn.pDest = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+  memAboutToChange(p, u.cn.pDest);
+  if( pCur->nullRow ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(u.cn.pDest);
+    break;
+  }
+  u.cn.pVtab = pCur->pVtabCursor->pVtab;
+  u.cn.pModule = u.cn.pVtab->pModule;
+  assert( u.cn.pModule->xColumn );
+  memset(&u.cn.sContext, 0, sizeof(u.cn.sContext));
+
+  /* The output cell may already have a buffer allocated. Move
+  ** the current contents to u.cn.sContext.s so in case the user-function
+  ** can use the already allocated buffer instead of allocating a
+  ** new one.
+  */
+  sqlite3VdbeMemMove(&u.cn.sContext.s, u.cn.pDest);
+  MemSetTypeFlag(&u.cn.sContext.s, MEM_Null);
+
+  rc = u.cn.pModule->xColumn(pCur->pVtabCursor, &u.cn.sContext, pOp->p2);
+  importVtabErrMsg(p, u.cn.pVtab);
+  if( u.cn.sContext.isError ){
+    rc = u.cn.sContext.isError;
+  }
+
+  /* Copy the result of the function to the P3 register. We
+  ** do this regardless of whether or not an error occurred to ensure any
+  ** dynamic allocation in u.cn.sContext.s (a Mem struct) is  released.
+  */
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(&u.cn.sContext.s, encoding);
+  sqlite3VdbeMemMove(u.cn.pDest, &u.cn.sContext.s);
+  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, u.cn.pDest);
+  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(u.cn.pDest);
+
+  if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(u.cn.pDest) ){
+    goto too_big;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+/* Opcode: VNext P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** Advance virtual table P1 to the next row in its result set and
+** jump to instruction P2.  Or, if the virtual table has reached
+** the end of its result set, then fall through to the next instruction.
+*/
+case OP_VNext: {   /* jump */
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.co */
+  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
+  const sqlite3_module *pModule;
+  int res;
+  VdbeCursor *pCur;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.co */
+
+  u.co.res = 0;
+  u.co.pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( u.co.pCur->pVtabCursor );
+  if( u.co.pCur->nullRow ){
+    break;
+  }
+  u.co.pVtab = u.co.pCur->pVtabCursor->pVtab;
+  u.co.pModule = u.co.pVtab->pModule;
+  assert( u.co.pModule->xNext );
+
+  /* Invoke the xNext() method of the module. There is no way for the
+  ** underlying implementation to return an error if one occurs during
+  ** xNext(). Instead, if an error occurs, true is returned (indicating that
+  ** data is available) and the error code returned when xColumn or
+  ** some other method is next invoked on the save virtual table cursor.
+  */
+  p->inVtabMethod = 1;
+  rc = u.co.pModule->xNext(u.co.pCur->pVtabCursor);
+  p->inVtabMethod = 0;
+  importVtabErrMsg(p, u.co.pVtab);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    u.co.res = u.co.pModule->xEof(u.co.pCur->pVtabCursor);
+  }
+
+  if( !u.co.res ){
+    /* If there is data, jump to P2 */
+    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+/* Opcode: VRename P1 * * P4 *
+**
+** P4 is a pointer to a virtual table object, an sqlite3_vtab structure.
+** This opcode invokes the corresponding xRename method. The value
+** in register P1 is passed as the zName argument to the xRename method.
+*/
+case OP_VRename: {
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.cp */
+  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
+  Mem *pName;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.cp */
+
+  u.cp.pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab->pVtab;
+  u.cp.pName = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+  assert( u.cp.pVtab->pModule->xRename );
+  assert( memIsValid(u.cp.pName) );
+  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, u.cp.pName);
+  assert( u.cp.pName->flags & MEM_Str );
+  testcase( u.cp.pName->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 );
+  testcase( u.cp.pName->enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE );
+  testcase( u.cp.pName->enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE );
+  rc = sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(u.cp.pName, SQLITE_UTF8);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = u.cp.pVtab->pModule->xRename(u.cp.pVtab, u.cp.pName->z);
+    importVtabErrMsg(p, u.cp.pVtab);
+    p->expired = 0;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+/* Opcode: VUpdate P1 P2 P3 P4 *
+**
+** P4 is a pointer to a virtual table object, an sqlite3_vtab structure.
+** This opcode invokes the corresponding xUpdate method. P2 values
+** are contiguous memory cells starting at P3 to pass to the xUpdate 
+** invocation. The value in register (P3+P2-1) corresponds to the 
+** p2th element of the argv array passed to xUpdate.
+**
+** The xUpdate method will do a DELETE or an INSERT or both.
+** The argv[0] element (which corresponds to memory cell P3)
+** is the rowid of a row to delete.  If argv[0] is NULL then no 
+** deletion occurs.  The argv[1] element is the rowid of the new 
+** row.  This can be NULL to have the virtual table select the new 
+** rowid for itself.  The subsequent elements in the array are 
+** the values of columns in the new row.
+**
+** If P2==1 then no insert is performed.  argv[0] is the rowid of
+** a row to delete.
+**
+** P1 is a boolean flag. If it is set to true and the xUpdate call
+** is successful, then the value returned by sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() 
+** is set to the value of the rowid for the row just inserted.
+*/
+case OP_VUpdate: {
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.cq */
+  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
+  sqlite3_module *pModule;
+  int nArg;
+  int i;
+  sqlite_int64 rowid;
+  Mem **apArg;
+  Mem *pX;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.cq */
+
+  assert( pOp->p2==1        || pOp->p5==OE_Fail   || pOp->p5==OE_Rollback
+       || pOp->p5==OE_Abort || pOp->p5==OE_Ignore || pOp->p5==OE_Replace
+  );
+  u.cq.pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab->pVtab;
+  u.cq.pModule = (sqlite3_module *)u.cq.pVtab->pModule;
+  u.cq.nArg = pOp->p2;
+  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_VTAB );
+  if( ALWAYS(u.cq.pModule->xUpdate) ){
+    u8 vtabOnConflict = db->vtabOnConflict;
+    u.cq.apArg = p->apArg;
+    u.cq.pX = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+    for(u.cq.i=0; u.cq.i<u.cq.nArg; u.cq.i++){
+      assert( memIsValid(u.cq.pX) );
+      memAboutToChange(p, u.cq.pX);
+      sqlite3VdbeMemStoreType(u.cq.pX);
+      u.cq.apArg[u.cq.i] = u.cq.pX;
+      u.cq.pX++;
+    }
+    db->vtabOnConflict = pOp->p5;
+    rc = u.cq.pModule->xUpdate(u.cq.pVtab, u.cq.nArg, u.cq.apArg, &u.cq.rowid);
+    db->vtabOnConflict = vtabOnConflict;
+    importVtabErrMsg(p, u.cq.pVtab);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pOp->p1 ){
+      assert( u.cq.nArg>1 && u.cq.apArg[0] && (u.cq.apArg[0]->flags&MEM_Null) );
+      db->lastRowid = lastRowid = u.cq.rowid;
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT && pOp->p4.pVtab->bConstraint ){
+      if( pOp->p5==OE_Ignore ){
+        rc = SQLITE_OK;
+      }else{
+        p->errorAction = ((pOp->p5==OE_Replace) ? OE_Abort : pOp->p5);
+      }
+    }else{
+      p->nChange++;
+    }
+  }
+  break;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
+
+#ifndef  SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
+/* Opcode: Pagecount P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** Write the current number of pages in database P1 to memory cell P2.
+*/
+case OP_Pagecount: {            /* out2-prerelease */
+  pOut->u.i = sqlite3BtreeLastPage(db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt);
+  break;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#ifndef  SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
+/* Opcode: MaxPgcnt P1 P2 P3 * *
+**
+** Try to set the maximum page count for database P1 to the value in P3.
+** Do not let the maximum page count fall below the current page count and
+** do not change the maximum page count value if P3==0.
+**
+** Store the maximum page count after the change in register P2.
+*/
+case OP_MaxPgcnt: {            /* out2-prerelease */
+  unsigned int newMax;
+  Btree *pBt;
+
+  pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt;
+  newMax = 0;
+  if( pOp->p3 ){
+    newMax = sqlite3BtreeLastPage(pBt);
+    if( newMax < (unsigned)pOp->p3 ) newMax = (unsigned)pOp->p3;
+  }
+  pOut->u.i = sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(pBt, newMax);
+  break;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
+/* Opcode: Trace * * * P4 *
+**
+** If tracing is enabled (by the sqlite3_trace()) interface, then
+** the UTF-8 string contained in P4 is emitted on the trace callback.
+*/
+case OP_Trace: {
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.cr */
+  char *zTrace;
+  char *z;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.cr */
+
+  if( db->xTrace && (u.cr.zTrace = (pOp->p4.z ? pOp->p4.z : p->zSql))!=0 ){
+    u.cr.z = sqlite3VdbeExpandSql(p, u.cr.zTrace);
+    db->xTrace(db->pTraceArg, u.cr.z);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, u.cr.z);
+  }
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  if( (db->flags & SQLITE_SqlTrace)!=0
+   && (u.cr.zTrace = (pOp->p4.z ? pOp->p4.z : p->zSql))!=0
+  ){
+    sqlite3DebugPrintf("SQL-trace: %s\n", u.cr.zTrace);
+  }
+#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
+  break;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/* Opcode: Noop * * * * *
+**
+** Do nothing.  This instruction is often useful as a jump
+** destination.
+*/
+/*
+** The magic Explain opcode are only inserted when explain==2 (which
+** is to say when the EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN syntax is used.)
+** This opcode records information from the optimizer.  It is the
+** the same as a no-op.  This opcodesnever appears in a real VM program.
+*/
+default: {          /* This is really OP_Noop and OP_Explain */
+  assert( pOp->opcode==OP_Noop || pOp->opcode==OP_Explain );
+  break;
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+** The cases of the switch statement above this line should all be indented
+** by 6 spaces.  But the left-most 6 spaces have been removed to improve the
+** readability.  From this point on down, the normal indentation rules are
+** restored.
+*****************************************************************************/
+    }
+
+#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
+    {
+      u64 elapsed = sqlite3Hwtime() - start;
+      pOp->cycles += elapsed;
+      pOp->cnt++;
+#if 0
+        fprintf(stdout, "%10llu ", elapsed);
+        sqlite3VdbePrintOp(stdout, origPc, &aOp[origPc]);
+#endif
+    }
+#endif
+
+    /* The following code adds nothing to the actual functionality
+    ** of the program.  It is only here for testing and debugging.
+    ** On the other hand, it does burn CPU cycles every time through
+    ** the evaluator loop.  So we can leave it out when NDEBUG is defined.
+    */
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+    assert( pc>=-1 && pc<p->nOp );
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+    if( p->trace ){
+      if( rc!=0 ) fprintf(p->trace,"rc=%d\n",rc);
+      if( pOp->opflags & (OPFLG_OUT2_PRERELEASE|OPFLG_OUT2) ){
+        registerTrace(p->trace, pOp->p2, &aMem[pOp->p2]);
+      }
+      if( pOp->opflags & OPFLG_OUT3 ){
+        registerTrace(p->trace, pOp->p3, &aMem[pOp->p3]);
+      }
+    }
+#endif  /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
+#endif  /* NDEBUG */
+  }  /* The end of the for(;;) loop the loops through opcodes */
+
+  /* If we reach this point, it means that execution is finished with
+  ** an error of some kind.
+  */
+vdbe_error_halt:
+  assert( rc );
+  p->rc = rc;
+  testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
+  sqlite3_log(rc, "statement aborts at %d: [%s] %s", 
+                   pc, p->zSql, p->zErrMsg);
+  sqlite3VdbeHalt(p);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ) db->mallocFailed = 1;
+  rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  if( resetSchemaOnFault>0 ){
+    sqlite3ResetOneSchema(db, resetSchemaOnFault-1);
+  }
+
+  /* This is the only way out of this procedure.  We have to
+  ** release the mutexes on btrees that were acquired at the
+  ** top. */
+vdbe_return:
+  db->lastRowid = lastRowid;
+  sqlite3VdbeLeave(p);
+  return rc;
+
+  /* Jump to here if a string or blob larger than SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH
+  ** is encountered.
+  */
+too_big:
+  sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "string or blob too big");
+  rc = SQLITE_TOOBIG;
+  goto vdbe_error_halt;
+
+  /* Jump to here if a malloc() fails.
+  */
+no_mem:
+  db->mallocFailed = 1;
+  sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "out of memory");
+  rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  goto vdbe_error_halt;
+
+  /* Jump to here for any other kind of fatal error.  The "rc" variable
+  ** should hold the error number.
+  */
+abort_due_to_error:
+  assert( p->zErrMsg==0 );
+  if( db->mallocFailed ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
+    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(rc));
+  }
+  goto vdbe_error_halt;
+
+  /* Jump to here if the sqlite3_interrupt() API sets the interrupt
+  ** flag.
+  */
+abort_due_to_interrupt:
+  assert( db->u1.isInterrupted );
+  rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
+  p->rc = rc;
+  sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(rc));
+  goto vdbe_error_halt;
+}
+
+/************** End of vdbe.c ************************************************/
+/************** Begin file vdbeblob.c ****************************************/
+/*
+** 2007 May 1
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains code used to implement incremental BLOB I/O.
+*/
+
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
+
+/*
+** Valid sqlite3_blob* handles point to Incrblob structures.
+*/
+typedef struct Incrblob Incrblob;
+struct Incrblob {
+  int flags;              /* Copy of "flags" passed to sqlite3_blob_open() */
+  int nByte;              /* Size of open blob, in bytes */
+  int iOffset;            /* Byte offset of blob in cursor data */
+  int iCol;               /* Table column this handle is open on */
+  BtCursor *pCsr;         /* Cursor pointing at blob row */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;    /* Statement holding cursor open */
+  sqlite3 *db;            /* The associated database */
+};
+
+
+/*
+** This function is used by both blob_open() and blob_reopen(). It seeks
+** the b-tree cursor associated with blob handle p to point to row iRow.
+** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and subsequent calls to
+** sqlite3_blob_read() or sqlite3_blob_write() access the specified row.
+**
+** If an error occurs, or if the specified row does not exist or does not
+** contain a value of type TEXT or BLOB in the column nominated when the
+** blob handle was opened, then an error code is returned and *pzErr may
+** be set to point to a buffer containing an error message. It is the
+** responsibility of the caller to free the error message buffer using
+** sqlite3DbFree().
+**
+** If an error does occur, then the b-tree cursor is closed. All subsequent
+** calls to sqlite3_blob_read(), blob_write() or blob_reopen() will 
+** immediately return SQLITE_ABORT.
+*/
+static int blobSeekToRow(Incrblob *p, sqlite3_int64 iRow, char **pzErr){
+  int rc;                         /* Error code */
+  char *zErr = 0;                 /* Error message */
+  Vdbe *v = (Vdbe *)p->pStmt;
+
+  /* Set the value of the SQL statements only variable to integer iRow. 
+  ** This is done directly instead of using sqlite3_bind_int64() to avoid 
+  ** triggering asserts related to mutexes.
+  */
+  assert( v->aVar[0].flags&MEM_Int );
+  v->aVar[0].u.i = iRow;
+
+  rc = sqlite3_step(p->pStmt);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
+    u32 type = v->apCsr[0]->aType[p->iCol];
+    if( type<12 ){
+      zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(p->db, "cannot open value of type %s",
+          type==0?"null": type==7?"real": "integer"
+      );
+      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+      sqlite3_finalize(p->pStmt);
+      p->pStmt = 0;
+    }else{
+      p->iOffset = v->apCsr[0]->aOffset[p->iCol];
+      p->nByte = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(type);
+      p->pCsr =  v->apCsr[0]->pCursor;
+      sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(p->pCsr);
+      sqlite3BtreeCacheOverflow(p->pCsr);
+      sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(p->pCsr);
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }else if( p->pStmt ){
+    rc = sqlite3_finalize(p->pStmt);
+    p->pStmt = 0;
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(p->db, "no such rowid: %lld", iRow);
+      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }else{
+      zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(p->db, "%s", sqlite3_errmsg(p->db));
+    }
+  }
+
+  assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || zErr==0 );
+  assert( rc!=SQLITE_ROW && rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
+
+  *pzErr = zErr;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Open a blob handle.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_open(
+  sqlite3* db,            /* The database connection */
+  const char *zDb,        /* The attached database containing the blob */
+  const char *zTable,     /* The table containing the blob */
+  const char *zColumn,    /* The column containing the blob */
+  sqlite_int64 iRow,      /* The row containing the glob */
+  int flags,              /* True -> read/write access, false -> read-only */
+  sqlite3_blob **ppBlob   /* Handle for accessing the blob returned here */
+){
+  int nAttempt = 0;
+  int iCol;               /* Index of zColumn in row-record */
+
+  /* This VDBE program seeks a btree cursor to the identified 
+  ** db/table/row entry. The reason for using a vdbe program instead
+  ** of writing code to use the b-tree layer directly is that the
+  ** vdbe program will take advantage of the various transaction,
+  ** locking and error handling infrastructure built into the vdbe.
+  **
+  ** After seeking the cursor, the vdbe executes an OP_ResultRow.
+  ** Code external to the Vdbe then "borrows" the b-tree cursor and
+  ** uses it to implement the blob_read(), blob_write() and 
+  ** blob_bytes() functions.
+  **
+  ** The sqlite3_blob_close() function finalizes the vdbe program,
+  ** which closes the b-tree cursor and (possibly) commits the 
+  ** transaction.
+  */
+  static const VdbeOpList openBlob[] = {
+    {OP_Transaction, 0, 0, 0},     /* 0: Start a transaction */
+    {OP_VerifyCookie, 0, 0, 0},    /* 1: Check the schema cookie */
+    {OP_TableLock, 0, 0, 0},       /* 2: Acquire a read or write lock */
+
+    /* One of the following two instructions is replaced by an OP_Noop. */
+    {OP_OpenRead, 0, 0, 0},        /* 3: Open cursor 0 for reading */
+    {OP_OpenWrite, 0, 0, 0},       /* 4: Open cursor 0 for read/write */
+
+    {OP_Variable, 1, 1, 1},        /* 5: Push the rowid to the stack */
+    {OP_NotExists, 0, 10, 1},      /* 6: Seek the cursor */
+    {OP_Column, 0, 0, 1},          /* 7  */
+    {OP_ResultRow, 1, 0, 0},       /* 8  */
+    {OP_Goto, 0, 5, 0},            /* 9  */
+    {OP_Close, 0, 0, 0},           /* 10 */
+    {OP_Halt, 0, 0, 0},            /* 11 */
+  };
+
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  char *zErr = 0;
+  Table *pTab;
+  Parse *pParse = 0;
+  Incrblob *pBlob = 0;
+
+  flags = !!flags;                /* flags = (flags ? 1 : 0); */
+  *ppBlob = 0;
+
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+
+  pBlob = (Incrblob *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Incrblob));
+  if( !pBlob ) goto blob_open_out;
+  pParse = sqlite3StackAllocRaw(db, sizeof(*pParse));
+  if( !pParse ) goto blob_open_out;
+
+  do {
+    memset(pParse, 0, sizeof(Parse));
+    pParse->db = db;
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
+    zErr = 0;
+
+    sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
+    pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, zTable, zDb);
+    if( pTab && IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+      pTab = 0;
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot open virtual table: %s", zTable);
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
+    if( pTab && pTab->pSelect ){
+      pTab = 0;
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot open view: %s", zTable);
+    }
+#endif
+    if( !pTab ){
+      if( pParse->zErrMsg ){
+        sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
+        zErr = pParse->zErrMsg;
+        pParse->zErrMsg = 0;
+      }
+      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+      sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
+      goto blob_open_out;
+    }
+
+    /* Now search pTab for the exact column. */
+    for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nCol; iCol++) {
+      if( sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->aCol[iCol].zName, zColumn)==0 ){
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    if( iCol==pTab->nCol ){
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
+      zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "no such column: \"%s\"", zColumn);
+      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+      sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
+      goto blob_open_out;
+    }
+
+    /* If the value is being opened for writing, check that the
+    ** column is not indexed, and that it is not part of a foreign key. 
+    ** It is against the rules to open a column to which either of these
+    ** descriptions applies for writing.  */
+    if( flags ){
+      const char *zFault = 0;
+      Index *pIdx;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
+      if( db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){
+        /* Check that the column is not part of an FK child key definition. It
+        ** is not necessary to check if it is part of a parent key, as parent
+        ** key columns must be indexed. The check below will pick up this 
+        ** case.  */
+        FKey *pFKey;
+        for(pFKey=pTab->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextFrom){
+          int j;
+          for(j=0; j<pFKey->nCol; j++){
+            if( pFKey->aCol[j].iFrom==iCol ){
+              zFault = "foreign key";
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      }
+#endif
+      for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+        int j;
+        for(j=0; j<pIdx->nColumn; j++){
+          if( pIdx->aiColumn[j]==iCol ){
+            zFault = "indexed";
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      if( zFault ){
+        sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
+        zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "cannot open %s column for writing", zFault);
+        rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+        sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
+        goto blob_open_out;
+      }
+    }
+
+    pBlob->pStmt = (sqlite3_stmt *)sqlite3VdbeCreate(db);
+    assert( pBlob->pStmt || db->mallocFailed );
+    if( pBlob->pStmt ){
+      Vdbe *v = (Vdbe *)pBlob->pStmt;
+      int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
+
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, sizeof(openBlob)/sizeof(VdbeOpList), openBlob);
+
+
+      /* Configure the OP_Transaction */
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, 0, iDb);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, 0, flags);
+
+      /* Configure the OP_VerifyCookie */
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, 1, iDb);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, 1, pTab->pSchema->schema_cookie);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, 1, pTab->pSchema->iGeneration);
+
+      /* Make sure a mutex is held on the table to be accessed */
+      sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); 
+
+      /* Configure the OP_TableLock instruction */
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, 2);
+#else
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, 2, iDb);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, 2, pTab->tnum);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, 2, flags);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, 2, pTab->zName, P4_TRANSIENT);
+#endif
+
+      /* Remove either the OP_OpenWrite or OpenRead. Set the P2 
+      ** parameter of the other to pTab->tnum.  */
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, 4 - flags);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, 3 + flags, pTab->tnum);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, 3 + flags, iDb);
+
+      /* Configure the number of columns. Configure the cursor to
+      ** think that the table has one more column than it really
+      ** does. An OP_Column to retrieve this imaginary column will
+      ** always return an SQL NULL. This is useful because it means
+      ** we can invoke OP_Column to fill in the vdbe cursors type 
+      ** and offset cache without causing any IO.
+      */
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, 3+flags, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(pTab->nCol+1),P4_INT32);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, 7, pTab->nCol);
+      if( !db->mallocFailed ){
+        pParse->nVar = 1;
+        pParse->nMem = 1;
+        pParse->nTab = 1;
+        sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(v, pParse);
+      }
+    }
+   
+    pBlob->flags = flags;
+    pBlob->iCol = iCol;
+    pBlob->db = db;
+    sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
+    if( db->mallocFailed ){
+      goto blob_open_out;
+    }
+    sqlite3_bind_int64(pBlob->pStmt, 1, iRow);
+    rc = blobSeekToRow(pBlob, iRow, &zErr);
+  } while( (++nAttempt)<5 && rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA );
+
+blob_open_out:
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && db->mallocFailed==0 ){
+    *ppBlob = (sqlite3_blob *)pBlob;
+  }else{
+    if( pBlob && pBlob->pStmt ) sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe *)pBlob->pStmt);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pBlob);
+  }
+  sqlite3Error(db, rc, (zErr ? "%s" : 0), zErr);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
+  sqlite3StackFree(db, pParse);
+  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a blob handle that was previously created using
+** sqlite3_blob_open().
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_close(sqlite3_blob *pBlob){
+  Incrblob *p = (Incrblob *)pBlob;
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3 *db;
+
+  if( p ){
+    db = p->db;
+    sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+    rc = sqlite3_finalize(p->pStmt);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  }else{
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Perform a read or write operation on a blob
+*/
+static int blobReadWrite(
+  sqlite3_blob *pBlob, 
+  void *z, 
+  int n, 
+  int iOffset, 
+  int (*xCall)(BtCursor*, u32, u32, void*)
+){
+  int rc;
+  Incrblob *p = (Incrblob *)pBlob;
+  Vdbe *v;
+  sqlite3 *db;
+
+  if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+  db = p->db;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  v = (Vdbe*)p->pStmt;
+
+  if( n<0 || iOffset<0 || (iOffset+n)>p->nByte ){
+    /* Request is out of range. Return a transient error. */
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ERROR, 0);
+  }else if( v==0 ){
+    /* If there is no statement handle, then the blob-handle has
+    ** already been invalidated. Return SQLITE_ABORT in this case.
+    */
+    rc = SQLITE_ABORT;
+  }else{
+    /* Call either BtreeData() or BtreePutData(). If SQLITE_ABORT is
+    ** returned, clean-up the statement handle.
+    */
+    assert( db == v->db );
+    sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(p->pCsr);
+    rc = xCall(p->pCsr, iOffset+p->iOffset, n, z);
+    sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(p->pCsr);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_ABORT ){
+      sqlite3VdbeFinalize(v);
+      p->pStmt = 0;
+    }else{
+      db->errCode = rc;
+      v->rc = rc;
+    }
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Read data from a blob handle.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_read(sqlite3_blob *pBlob, void *z, int n, int iOffset){
+  return blobReadWrite(pBlob, z, n, iOffset, sqlite3BtreeData);
+}
+
+/*
+** Write data to a blob handle.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_write(sqlite3_blob *pBlob, const void *z, int n, int iOffset){
+  return blobReadWrite(pBlob, (void *)z, n, iOffset, sqlite3BtreePutData);
+}
+
+/*
+** Query a blob handle for the size of the data.
+**
+** The Incrblob.nByte field is fixed for the lifetime of the Incrblob
+** so no mutex is required for access.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_bytes(sqlite3_blob *pBlob){
+  Incrblob *p = (Incrblob *)pBlob;
+  return (p && p->pStmt) ? p->nByte : 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Move an existing blob handle to point to a different row of the same
+** database table.
+**
+** If an error occurs, or if the specified row does not exist or does not
+** contain a blob or text value, then an error code is returned and the
+** database handle error code and message set. If this happens, then all 
+** subsequent calls to sqlite3_blob_xxx() functions (except blob_close()) 
+** immediately return SQLITE_ABORT.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_reopen(sqlite3_blob *pBlob, sqlite3_int64 iRow){
+  int rc;
+  Incrblob *p = (Incrblob *)pBlob;
+  sqlite3 *db;
+
+  if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+  db = p->db;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+
+  if( p->pStmt==0 ){
+    /* If there is no statement handle, then the blob-handle has
+    ** already been invalidated. Return SQLITE_ABORT in this case.
+    */
+    rc = SQLITE_ABORT;
+  }else{
+    char *zErr;
+    rc = blobSeekToRow(p, iRow, &zErr);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3Error(db, rc, (zErr ? "%s" : 0), zErr);
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
+    }
+    assert( rc!=SQLITE_SCHEMA );
+  }
+
+  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || p->pStmt==0 );
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB */
+
+/************** End of vdbeblob.c ********************************************/
+/************** Begin file vdbesort.c ****************************************/
+/*
+** 2011 July 9
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains code for the VdbeSorter object, used in concert with
+** a VdbeCursor to sort large numbers of keys (as may be required, for
+** example, by CREATE INDEX statements on tables too large to fit in main
+** memory).
+*/
+
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MERGE_SORT
+
+typedef struct VdbeSorterIter VdbeSorterIter;
+typedef struct SorterRecord SorterRecord;
+typedef struct FileWriter FileWriter;
+
+/*
+** NOTES ON DATA STRUCTURE USED FOR N-WAY MERGES:
+**
+** As keys are added to the sorter, they are written to disk in a series
+** of sorted packed-memory-arrays (PMAs). The size of each PMA is roughly
+** the same as the cache-size allowed for temporary databases. In order
+** to allow the caller to extract keys from the sorter in sorted order,
+** all PMAs currently stored on disk must be merged together. This comment
+** describes the data structure used to do so. The structure supports 
+** merging any number of arrays in a single pass with no redundant comparison 
+** operations.
+**
+** The aIter[] array contains an iterator for each of the PMAs being merged.
+** An aIter[] iterator either points to a valid key or else is at EOF. For 
+** the purposes of the paragraphs below, we assume that the array is actually 
+** N elements in size, where N is the smallest power of 2 greater to or equal 
+** to the number of iterators being merged. The extra aIter[] elements are 
+** treated as if they are empty (always at EOF).
+**
+** The aTree[] array is also N elements in size. The value of N is stored in
+** the VdbeSorter.nTree variable.
+**
+** The final (N/2) elements of aTree[] contain the results of comparing
+** pairs of iterator keys together. Element i contains the result of 
+** comparing aIter[2*i-N] and aIter[2*i-N+1]. Whichever key is smaller, the
+** aTree element is set to the index of it. 
+**
+** For the purposes of this comparison, EOF is considered greater than any
+** other key value. If the keys are equal (only possible with two EOF
+** values), it doesn't matter which index is stored.
+**
+** The (N/4) elements of aTree[] that preceed the final (N/2) described 
+** above contains the index of the smallest of each block of 4 iterators.
+** And so on. So that aTree[1] contains the index of the iterator that 
+** currently points to the smallest key value. aTree[0] is unused.
+**
+** Example:
+**
+**     aIter[0] -> Banana
+**     aIter[1] -> Feijoa
+**     aIter[2] -> Elderberry
+**     aIter[3] -> Currant
+**     aIter[4] -> Grapefruit
+**     aIter[5] -> Apple
+**     aIter[6] -> Durian
+**     aIter[7] -> EOF
+**
+**     aTree[] = { X, 5   0, 5    0, 3, 5, 6 }
+**
+** The current element is "Apple" (the value of the key indicated by 
+** iterator 5). When the Next() operation is invoked, iterator 5 will
+** be advanced to the next key in its segment. Say the next key is
+** "Eggplant":
+**
+**     aIter[5] -> Eggplant
+**
+** The contents of aTree[] are updated first by comparing the new iterator
+** 5 key to the current key of iterator 4 (still "Grapefruit"). The iterator
+** 5 value is still smaller, so aTree[6] is set to 5. And so on up the tree.
+** The value of iterator 6 - "Durian" - is now smaller than that of iterator
+** 5, so aTree[3] is set to 6. Key 0 is smaller than key 6 (Banana<Durian),
+** so the value written into element 1 of the array is 0. As follows:
+**
+**     aTree[] = { X, 0   0, 6    0, 3, 5, 6 }
+**
+** In other words, each time we advance to the next sorter element, log2(N)
+** key comparison operations are required, where N is the number of segments
+** being merged (rounded up to the next power of 2).
+*/
+struct VdbeSorter {
+  i64 iWriteOff;                  /* Current write offset within file pTemp1 */
+  i64 iReadOff;                   /* Current read offset within file pTemp1 */
+  int nInMemory;                  /* Current size of pRecord list as PMA */
+  int nTree;                      /* Used size of aTree/aIter (power of 2) */
+  int nPMA;                       /* Number of PMAs stored in pTemp1 */
+  int mnPmaSize;                  /* Minimum PMA size, in bytes */
+  int mxPmaSize;                  /* Maximum PMA size, in bytes.  0==no limit */
+  VdbeSorterIter *aIter;          /* Array of iterators to merge */
+  int *aTree;                     /* Current state of incremental merge */
+  sqlite3_file *pTemp1;           /* PMA file 1 */
+  SorterRecord *pRecord;          /* Head of in-memory record list */
+  UnpackedRecord *pUnpacked;      /* Used to unpack keys */
+};
+
+/*
+** The following type is an iterator for a PMA. It caches the current key in 
+** variables nKey/aKey. If the iterator is at EOF, pFile==0.
+*/
+struct VdbeSorterIter {
+  i64 iReadOff;                   /* Current read offset */
+  i64 iEof;                       /* 1 byte past EOF for this iterator */
+  int nAlloc;                     /* Bytes of space at aAlloc */
+  int nKey;                       /* Number of bytes in key */
+  sqlite3_file *pFile;            /* File iterator is reading from */
+  u8 *aAlloc;                     /* Allocated space */
+  u8 *aKey;                       /* Pointer to current key */
+  u8 *aBuffer;                    /* Current read buffer */
+  int nBuffer;                    /* Size of read buffer in bytes */
+};
+
+/*
+** An instance of this structure is used to organize the stream of records
+** being written to files by the merge-sort code into aligned, page-sized
+** blocks.  Doing all I/O in aligned page-sized blocks helps I/O to go
+** faster on many operating systems.
+*/
+struct FileWriter {
+  int eFWErr;                     /* Non-zero if in an error state */
+  u8 *aBuffer;                    /* Pointer to write buffer */
+  int nBuffer;                    /* Size of write buffer in bytes */
+  int iBufStart;                  /* First byte of buffer to write */
+  int iBufEnd;                    /* Last byte of buffer to write */
+  i64 iWriteOff;                  /* Offset of start of buffer in file */
+  sqlite3_file *pFile;            /* File to write to */
+};
+
+/*
+** A structure to store a single record. All in-memory records are connected
+** together into a linked list headed at VdbeSorter.pRecord using the 
+** SorterRecord.pNext pointer.
+*/
+struct SorterRecord {
+  void *pVal;
+  int nVal;
+  SorterRecord *pNext;
+};
+
+/* Minimum allowable value for the VdbeSorter.nWorking variable */
+#define SORTER_MIN_WORKING 10
+
+/* Maximum number of segments to merge in a single pass. */
+#define SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT 16
+
+/*
+** Free all memory belonging to the VdbeSorterIter object passed as the second
+** argument. All structure fields are set to zero before returning.
+*/
+static void vdbeSorterIterZero(sqlite3 *db, VdbeSorterIter *pIter){
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, pIter->aAlloc);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, pIter->aBuffer);
+  memset(pIter, 0, sizeof(VdbeSorterIter));
+}
+
+/*
+** Read nByte bytes of data from the stream of data iterated by object p.
+** If successful, set *ppOut to point to a buffer containing the data
+** and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if an error occurs, return an SQLite
+** error code.
+**
+** The buffer indicated by *ppOut may only be considered valid until the
+** next call to this function.
+*/
+static int vdbeSorterIterRead(
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database handle (for malloc) */
+  VdbeSorterIter *p,              /* Iterator */
+  int nByte,                      /* Bytes of data to read */
+  u8 **ppOut                      /* OUT: Pointer to buffer containing data */
+){
+  int iBuf;                       /* Offset within buffer to read from */
+  int nAvail;                     /* Bytes of data available in buffer */
+  assert( p->aBuffer );
+
+  /* If there is no more data to be read from the buffer, read the next 
+  ** p->nBuffer bytes of data from the file into it. Or, if there are less
+  ** than p->nBuffer bytes remaining in the PMA, read all remaining data.  */
+  iBuf = p->iReadOff % p->nBuffer;
+  if( iBuf==0 ){
+    int nRead;                    /* Bytes to read from disk */
+    int rc;                       /* sqlite3OsRead() return code */
+
+    /* Determine how many bytes of data to read. */
+    nRead = (int)(p->iEof - p->iReadOff);
+    if( nRead>p->nBuffer ) nRead = p->nBuffer;
+    assert( nRead>0 );
+
+    /* Read data from the file. Return early if an error occurs. */
+    rc = sqlite3OsRead(p->pFile, p->aBuffer, nRead, p->iReadOff);
+    assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ );
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  }
+  nAvail = p->nBuffer - iBuf; 
+
+  if( nByte<=nAvail ){
+    /* The requested data is available in the in-memory buffer. In this
+    ** case there is no need to make a copy of the data, just return a 
+    ** pointer into the buffer to the caller.  */
+    *ppOut = &p->aBuffer[iBuf];
+    p->iReadOff += nByte;
+  }else{
+    /* The requested data is not all available in the in-memory buffer.
+    ** In this case, allocate space at p->aAlloc[] to copy the requested
+    ** range into. Then return a copy of pointer p->aAlloc to the caller.  */
+    int nRem;                     /* Bytes remaining to copy */
+
+    /* Extend the p->aAlloc[] allocation if required. */
+    if( p->nAlloc<nByte ){
+      int nNew = p->nAlloc*2;
+      while( nByte>nNew ) nNew = nNew*2;
+      p->aAlloc = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(db, p->aAlloc, nNew);
+      if( !p->aAlloc ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      p->nAlloc = nNew;
+    }
+
+    /* Copy as much data as is available in the buffer into the start of
+    ** p->aAlloc[].  */
+    memcpy(p->aAlloc, &p->aBuffer[iBuf], nAvail);
+    p->iReadOff += nAvail;
+    nRem = nByte - nAvail;
+
+    /* The following loop copies up to p->nBuffer bytes per iteration into
+    ** the p->aAlloc[] buffer.  */
+    while( nRem>0 ){
+      int rc;                     /* vdbeSorterIterRead() return code */
+      int nCopy;                  /* Number of bytes to copy */
+      u8 *aNext;                  /* Pointer to buffer to copy data from */
+
+      nCopy = nRem;
+      if( nRem>p->nBuffer ) nCopy = p->nBuffer;
+      rc = vdbeSorterIterRead(db, p, nCopy, &aNext);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+      assert( aNext!=p->aAlloc );
+      memcpy(&p->aAlloc[nByte - nRem], aNext, nCopy);
+      nRem -= nCopy;
+    }
+
+    *ppOut = p->aAlloc;
+  }
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Read a varint from the stream of data accessed by p. Set *pnOut to
+** the value read.
+*/
+static int vdbeSorterIterVarint(sqlite3 *db, VdbeSorterIter *p, u64 *pnOut){
+  int iBuf;
+
+  iBuf = p->iReadOff % p->nBuffer;
+  if( iBuf && (p->nBuffer-iBuf)>=9 ){
+    p->iReadOff += sqlite3GetVarint(&p->aBuffer[iBuf], pnOut);
+  }else{
+    u8 aVarint[16], *a;
+    int i = 0, rc;
+    do{
+      rc = vdbeSorterIterRead(db, p, 1, &a);
+      if( rc ) return rc;
+      aVarint[(i++)&0xf] = a[0];
+    }while( (a[0]&0x80)!=0 );
+    sqlite3GetVarint(aVarint, pnOut);
+  }
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Advance iterator pIter to the next key in its PMA. Return SQLITE_OK if
+** no error occurs, or an SQLite error code if one does.
+*/
+static int vdbeSorterIterNext(
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database handle (for sqlite3DbMalloc() ) */
+  VdbeSorterIter *pIter           /* Iterator to advance */
+){
+  int rc;                         /* Return Code */
+  u64 nRec = 0;                   /* Size of record in bytes */
+
+  if( pIter->iReadOff>=pIter->iEof ){
+    /* This is an EOF condition */
+    vdbeSorterIterZero(db, pIter);
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  rc = vdbeSorterIterVarint(db, pIter, &nRec);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    pIter->nKey = (int)nRec;
+    rc = vdbeSorterIterRead(db, pIter, (int)nRec, &pIter->aKey);
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize iterator pIter to scan through the PMA stored in file pFile
+** starting at offset iStart and ending at offset iEof-1. This function 
+** leaves the iterator pointing to the first key in the PMA (or EOF if the 
+** PMA is empty).
+*/
+static int vdbeSorterIterInit(
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database handle */
+  const VdbeSorter *pSorter,      /* Sorter object */
+  i64 iStart,                     /* Start offset in pFile */
+  VdbeSorterIter *pIter,          /* Iterator to populate */
+  i64 *pnByte                     /* IN/OUT: Increment this value by PMA size */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int nBuf;
+
+  nBuf = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(db->aDb[0].pBt);
+
+  assert( pSorter->iWriteOff>iStart );
+  assert( pIter->aAlloc==0 );
+  assert( pIter->aBuffer==0 );
+  pIter->pFile = pSorter->pTemp1;
+  pIter->iReadOff = iStart;
+  pIter->nAlloc = 128;
+  pIter->aAlloc = (u8 *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, pIter->nAlloc);
+  pIter->nBuffer = nBuf;
+  pIter->aBuffer = (u8 *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, nBuf);
+
+  if( !pIter->aBuffer ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }else{
+    int iBuf;
+
+    iBuf = iStart % nBuf;
+    if( iBuf ){
+      int nRead = nBuf - iBuf;
+      if( (iStart + nRead) > pSorter->iWriteOff ){
+        nRead = (int)(pSorter->iWriteOff - iStart);
+      }
+      rc = sqlite3OsRead(
+          pSorter->pTemp1, &pIter->aBuffer[iBuf], nRead, iStart
+      );
+      assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ );
+    }
+
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      u64 nByte;                       /* Size of PMA in bytes */
+      pIter->iEof = pSorter->iWriteOff;
+      rc = vdbeSorterIterVarint(db, pIter, &nByte);
+      pIter->iEof = pIter->iReadOff + nByte;
+      *pnByte += nByte;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = vdbeSorterIterNext(db, pIter);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Compare key1 (buffer pKey1, size nKey1 bytes) with key2 (buffer pKey2, 
+** size nKey2 bytes).  Argument pKeyInfo supplies the collation functions
+** used by the comparison. If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code.
+** Otherwise, return SQLITE_OK and set *pRes to a negative, zero or positive
+** value, depending on whether key1 is smaller, equal to or larger than key2.
+**
+** If the bOmitRowid argument is non-zero, assume both keys end in a rowid
+** field. For the purposes of the comparison, ignore it. Also, if bOmitRowid
+** is true and key1 contains even a single NULL value, it is considered to
+** be less than key2. Even if key2 also contains NULL values.
+**
+** If pKey2 is passed a NULL pointer, then it is assumed that the pCsr->aSpace
+** has been allocated and contains an unpacked record that is used as key2.
+*/
+static void vdbeSorterCompare(
+  const VdbeCursor *pCsr,         /* Cursor object (for pKeyInfo) */
+  int bOmitRowid,                 /* Ignore rowid field at end of keys */
+  const void *pKey1, int nKey1,   /* Left side of comparison */
+  const void *pKey2, int nKey2,   /* Right side of comparison */
+  int *pRes                       /* OUT: Result of comparison */
+){
+  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = pCsr->pKeyInfo;
+  VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter;
+  UnpackedRecord *r2 = pSorter->pUnpacked;
+  int i;
+
+  if( pKey2 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(pKeyInfo, nKey2, pKey2, r2);
+  }
+
+  if( bOmitRowid ){
+    r2->nField = pKeyInfo->nField;
+    assert( r2->nField>0 );
+    for(i=0; i<r2->nField; i++){
+      if( r2->aMem[i].flags & MEM_Null ){
+        *pRes = -1;
+        return;
+      }
+    }
+    r2->flags |= UNPACKED_PREFIX_MATCH;
+  }
+
+  *pRes = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nKey1, pKey1, r2);
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called to compare two iterator keys when merging 
+** multiple b-tree segments. Parameter iOut is the index of the aTree[] 
+** value to recalculate.
+*/
+static int vdbeSorterDoCompare(const VdbeCursor *pCsr, int iOut){
+  VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter;
+  int i1;
+  int i2;
+  int iRes;
+  VdbeSorterIter *p1;
+  VdbeSorterIter *p2;
+
+  assert( iOut<pSorter->nTree && iOut>0 );
+
+  if( iOut>=(pSorter->nTree/2) ){
+    i1 = (iOut - pSorter->nTree/2) * 2;
+    i2 = i1 + 1;
+  }else{
+    i1 = pSorter->aTree[iOut*2];
+    i2 = pSorter->aTree[iOut*2+1];
+  }
+
+  p1 = &pSorter->aIter[i1];
+  p2 = &pSorter->aIter[i2];
+
+  if( p1->pFile==0 ){
+    iRes = i2;
+  }else if( p2->pFile==0 ){
+    iRes = i1;
+  }else{
+    int res;
+    assert( pCsr->pSorter->pUnpacked!=0 );  /* allocated in vdbeSorterMerge() */
+    vdbeSorterCompare(
+        pCsr, 0, p1->aKey, p1->nKey, p2->aKey, p2->nKey, &res
+    );
+    if( res<=0 ){
+      iRes = i1;
+    }else{
+      iRes = i2;
+    }
+  }
+
+  pSorter->aTree[iOut] = iRes;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize the temporary index cursor just opened as a sorter cursor.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterInit(sqlite3 *db, VdbeCursor *pCsr){
+  int pgsz;                       /* Page size of main database */
+  int mxCache;                    /* Cache size */
+  VdbeSorter *pSorter;            /* The new sorter */
+  char *d;                        /* Dummy */
+
+  assert( pCsr->pKeyInfo && pCsr->pBt==0 );
+  pCsr->pSorter = pSorter = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(VdbeSorter));
+  if( pSorter==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  
+  pSorter->pUnpacked = sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord(pCsr->pKeyInfo, 0, 0, &d);
+  if( pSorter->pUnpacked==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  assert( pSorter->pUnpacked==(UnpackedRecord *)d );
+
+  if( !sqlite3TempInMemory(db) ){
+    pgsz = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(db->aDb[0].pBt);
+    pSorter->mnPmaSize = SORTER_MIN_WORKING * pgsz;
+    mxCache = db->aDb[0].pSchema->cache_size;
+    if( mxCache<SORTER_MIN_WORKING ) mxCache = SORTER_MIN_WORKING;
+    pSorter->mxPmaSize = mxCache * pgsz;
+  }
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Free the list of sorted records starting at pRecord.
+*/
+static void vdbeSorterRecordFree(sqlite3 *db, SorterRecord *pRecord){
+  SorterRecord *p;
+  SorterRecord *pNext;
+  for(p=pRecord; p; p=pNext){
+    pNext = p->pNext;
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Free any cursor components allocated by sqlite3VdbeSorterXXX routines.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSorterClose(sqlite3 *db, VdbeCursor *pCsr){
+  VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter;
+  if( pSorter ){
+    if( pSorter->aIter ){
+      int i;
+      for(i=0; i<pSorter->nTree; i++){
+        vdbeSorterIterZero(db, &pSorter->aIter[i]);
+      }
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, pSorter->aIter);
+    }
+    if( pSorter->pTemp1 ){
+      sqlite3OsCloseFree(pSorter->pTemp1);
+    }
+    vdbeSorterRecordFree(db, pSorter->pRecord);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pSorter->pUnpacked);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pSorter);
+    pCsr->pSorter = 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate space for a file-handle and open a temporary file. If successful,
+** set *ppFile to point to the malloc'd file-handle and return SQLITE_OK.
+** Otherwise, set *ppFile to 0 and return an SQLite error code.
+*/
+static int vdbeSorterOpenTempFile(sqlite3 *db, sqlite3_file **ppFile){
+  int dummy;
+  return sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(db->pVfs, 0, ppFile,
+      SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL |
+      SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE    | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
+      SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE    | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE, &dummy
+  );
+}
+
+/*
+** Merge the two sorted lists p1 and p2 into a single list.
+** Set *ppOut to the head of the new list.
+*/
+static void vdbeSorterMerge(
+  const VdbeCursor *pCsr,         /* For pKeyInfo */
+  SorterRecord *p1,               /* First list to merge */
+  SorterRecord *p2,               /* Second list to merge */
+  SorterRecord **ppOut            /* OUT: Head of merged list */
+){
+  SorterRecord *pFinal = 0;
+  SorterRecord **pp = &pFinal;
+  void *pVal2 = p2 ? p2->pVal : 0;
+
+  while( p1 && p2 ){
+    int res;
+    vdbeSorterCompare(pCsr, 0, p1->pVal, p1->nVal, pVal2, p2->nVal, &res);
+    if( res<=0 ){
+      *pp = p1;
+      pp = &p1->pNext;
+      p1 = p1->pNext;
+      pVal2 = 0;
+    }else{
+      *pp = p2;
+       pp = &p2->pNext;
+      p2 = p2->pNext;
+      if( p2==0 ) break;
+      pVal2 = p2->pVal;
+    }
+  }
+  *pp = p1 ? p1 : p2;
+  *ppOut = pFinal;
+}
+
+/*
+** Sort the linked list of records headed at pCsr->pRecord. Return SQLITE_OK
+** if successful, or an SQLite error code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM) if an error
+** occurs.
+*/
+static int vdbeSorterSort(const VdbeCursor *pCsr){
+  int i;
+  SorterRecord **aSlot;
+  SorterRecord *p;
+  VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter;
+
+  aSlot = (SorterRecord **)sqlite3MallocZero(64 * sizeof(SorterRecord *));
+  if( !aSlot ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+
+  p = pSorter->pRecord;
+  while( p ){
+    SorterRecord *pNext = p->pNext;
+    p->pNext = 0;
+    for(i=0; aSlot[i]; i++){
+      vdbeSorterMerge(pCsr, p, aSlot[i], &p);
+      aSlot[i] = 0;
+    }
+    aSlot[i] = p;
+    p = pNext;
+  }
+
+  p = 0;
+  for(i=0; i<64; i++){
+    vdbeSorterMerge(pCsr, p, aSlot[i], &p);
+  }
+  pSorter->pRecord = p;
+
+  sqlite3_free(aSlot);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize a file-writer object.
+*/
+static void fileWriterInit(
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database (for malloc) */
+  sqlite3_file *pFile,            /* File to write to */
+  FileWriter *p,                  /* Object to populate */
+  i64 iStart                      /* Offset of pFile to begin writing at */
+){
+  int nBuf = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(db->aDb[0].pBt);
+
+  memset(p, 0, sizeof(FileWriter));
+  p->aBuffer = (u8 *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, nBuf);
+  if( !p->aBuffer ){
+    p->eFWErr = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }else{
+    p->iBufEnd = p->iBufStart = (iStart % nBuf);
+    p->iWriteOff = iStart - p->iBufStart;
+    p->nBuffer = nBuf;
+    p->pFile = pFile;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Write nData bytes of data to the file-write object. Return SQLITE_OK
+** if successful, or an SQLite error code if an error occurs.
+*/
+static void fileWriterWrite(FileWriter *p, u8 *pData, int nData){
+  int nRem = nData;
+  while( nRem>0 && p->eFWErr==0 ){
+    int nCopy = nRem;
+    if( nCopy>(p->nBuffer - p->iBufEnd) ){
+      nCopy = p->nBuffer - p->iBufEnd;
+    }
+
+    memcpy(&p->aBuffer[p->iBufEnd], &pData[nData-nRem], nCopy);
+    p->iBufEnd += nCopy;
+    if( p->iBufEnd==p->nBuffer ){
+      p->eFWErr = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pFile, 
+          &p->aBuffer[p->iBufStart], p->iBufEnd - p->iBufStart, 
+          p->iWriteOff + p->iBufStart
+      );
+      p->iBufStart = p->iBufEnd = 0;
+      p->iWriteOff += p->nBuffer;
+    }
+    assert( p->iBufEnd<p->nBuffer );
+
+    nRem -= nCopy;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Flush any buffered data to disk and clean up the file-writer object.
+** The results of using the file-writer after this call are undefined.
+** Return SQLITE_OK if flushing the buffered data succeeds or is not 
+** required. Otherwise, return an SQLite error code.
+**
+** Before returning, set *piEof to the offset immediately following the
+** last byte written to the file.
+*/
+static int fileWriterFinish(sqlite3 *db, FileWriter *p, i64 *piEof){
+  int rc;
+  if( p->eFWErr==0 && ALWAYS(p->aBuffer) && p->iBufEnd>p->iBufStart ){
+    p->eFWErr = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pFile, 
+        &p->aBuffer[p->iBufStart], p->iBufEnd - p->iBufStart, 
+        p->iWriteOff + p->iBufStart
+    );
+  }
+  *piEof = (p->iWriteOff + p->iBufEnd);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aBuffer);
+  rc = p->eFWErr;
+  memset(p, 0, sizeof(FileWriter));
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Write value iVal encoded as a varint to the file-write object. Return 
+** SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code if an error occurs.
+*/
+static void fileWriterWriteVarint(FileWriter *p, u64 iVal){
+  int nByte; 
+  u8 aByte[10];
+  nByte = sqlite3PutVarint(aByte, iVal);
+  fileWriterWrite(p, aByte, nByte);
+}
+
+/*
+** Write the current contents of the in-memory linked-list to a PMA. Return
+** SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise.
+**
+** The format of a PMA is:
+**
+**     * A varint. This varint contains the total number of bytes of content
+**       in the PMA (not including the varint itself).
+**
+**     * One or more records packed end-to-end in order of ascending keys. 
+**       Each record consists of a varint followed by a blob of data (the 
+**       key). The varint is the number of bytes in the blob of data.
+*/
+static int vdbeSorterListToPMA(sqlite3 *db, const VdbeCursor *pCsr){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
+  VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter;
+  FileWriter writer;
+
+  memset(&writer, 0, sizeof(FileWriter));
+
+  if( pSorter->nInMemory==0 ){
+    assert( pSorter->pRecord==0 );
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  rc = vdbeSorterSort(pCsr);
+
+  /* If the first temporary PMA file has not been opened, open it now. */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pSorter->pTemp1==0 ){
+    rc = vdbeSorterOpenTempFile(db, &pSorter->pTemp1);
+    assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pSorter->pTemp1 );
+    assert( pSorter->iWriteOff==0 );
+    assert( pSorter->nPMA==0 );
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    SorterRecord *p;
+    SorterRecord *pNext = 0;
+
+    fileWriterInit(db, pSorter->pTemp1, &writer, pSorter->iWriteOff);
+    pSorter->nPMA++;
+    fileWriterWriteVarint(&writer, pSorter->nInMemory);
+    for(p=pSorter->pRecord; p; p=pNext){
+      pNext = p->pNext;
+      fileWriterWriteVarint(&writer, p->nVal);
+      fileWriterWrite(&writer, p->pVal, p->nVal);
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
+    }
+    pSorter->pRecord = p;
+    rc = fileWriterFinish(db, &writer, &pSorter->iWriteOff);
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Add a record to the sorter.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterWrite(
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database handle */
+  const VdbeCursor *pCsr,               /* Sorter cursor */
+  Mem *pVal                       /* Memory cell containing record */
+){
+  VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return Code */
+  SorterRecord *pNew;             /* New list element */
+
+  assert( pSorter );
+  pSorter->nInMemory += sqlite3VarintLen(pVal->n) + pVal->n;
+
+  pNew = (SorterRecord *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, pVal->n + sizeof(SorterRecord));
+  if( pNew==0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }else{
+    pNew->pVal = (void *)&pNew[1];
+    memcpy(pNew->pVal, pVal->z, pVal->n);
+    pNew->nVal = pVal->n;
+    pNew->pNext = pSorter->pRecord;
+    pSorter->pRecord = pNew;
+  }
+
+  /* See if the contents of the sorter should now be written out. They
+  ** are written out when either of the following are true:
+  **
+  **   * The total memory allocated for the in-memory list is greater 
+  **     than (page-size * cache-size), or
+  **
+  **   * The total memory allocated for the in-memory list is greater 
+  **     than (page-size * 10) and sqlite3HeapNearlyFull() returns true.
+  */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pSorter->mxPmaSize>0 && (
+        (pSorter->nInMemory>pSorter->mxPmaSize)
+     || (pSorter->nInMemory>pSorter->mnPmaSize && sqlite3HeapNearlyFull())
+  )){
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+    i64 nExpect = pSorter->iWriteOff
+                + sqlite3VarintLen(pSorter->nInMemory)
+                + pSorter->nInMemory;
+#endif
+    rc = vdbeSorterListToPMA(db, pCsr);
+    pSorter->nInMemory = 0;
+    assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || (nExpect==pSorter->iWriteOff) );
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Helper function for sqlite3VdbeSorterRewind(). 
+*/
+static int vdbeSorterInitMerge(
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database handle */
+  const VdbeCursor *pCsr,         /* Cursor handle for this sorter */
+  i64 *pnByte                     /* Sum of bytes in all opened PMAs */
+){
+  VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
+  int i;                          /* Used to iterator through aIter[] */
+  i64 nByte = 0;                  /* Total bytes in all opened PMAs */
+
+  /* Initialize the iterators. */
+  for(i=0; i<SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT; i++){
+    VdbeSorterIter *pIter = &pSorter->aIter[i];
+    rc = vdbeSorterIterInit(db, pSorter, pSorter->iReadOff, pIter, &nByte);
+    pSorter->iReadOff = pIter->iEof;
+    assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pSorter->iReadOff<=pSorter->iWriteOff );
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pSorter->iReadOff>=pSorter->iWriteOff ) break;
+  }
+
+  /* Initialize the aTree[] array. */
+  for(i=pSorter->nTree-1; rc==SQLITE_OK && i>0; i--){
+    rc = vdbeSorterDoCompare(pCsr, i);
+  }
+
+  *pnByte = nByte;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Once the sorter has been populated, this function is called to prepare
+** for iterating through its contents in sorted order.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterRewind(sqlite3 *db, const VdbeCursor *pCsr, int *pbEof){
+  VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter;
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+  sqlite3_file *pTemp2 = 0;       /* Second temp file to use */
+  i64 iWrite2 = 0;                /* Write offset for pTemp2 */
+  int nIter;                      /* Number of iterators used */
+  int nByte;                      /* Bytes of space required for aIter/aTree */
+  int N = 2;                      /* Power of 2 >= nIter */
+
+  assert( pSorter );
+
+  /* If no data has been written to disk, then do not do so now. Instead,
+  ** sort the VdbeSorter.pRecord list. The vdbe layer will read data directly
+  ** from the in-memory list.  */
+  if( pSorter->nPMA==0 ){
+    *pbEof = !pSorter->pRecord;
+    assert( pSorter->aTree==0 );
+    return vdbeSorterSort(pCsr);
+  }
+
+  /* Write the current in-memory list to a PMA. */
+  rc = vdbeSorterListToPMA(db, pCsr);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  /* Allocate space for aIter[] and aTree[]. */
+  nIter = pSorter->nPMA;
+  if( nIter>SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT ) nIter = SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT;
+  assert( nIter>0 );
+  while( N<nIter ) N += N;
+  nByte = N * (sizeof(int) + sizeof(VdbeSorterIter));
+  pSorter->aIter = (VdbeSorterIter *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte);
+  if( !pSorter->aIter ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  pSorter->aTree = (int *)&pSorter->aIter[N];
+  pSorter->nTree = N;
+
+  do {
+    int iNew;                     /* Index of new, merged, PMA */
+
+    for(iNew=0; 
+        rc==SQLITE_OK && iNew*SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT<pSorter->nPMA; 
+        iNew++
+    ){
+      int rc2;                    /* Return code from fileWriterFinish() */
+      FileWriter writer;          /* Object used to write to disk */
+      i64 nWrite;                 /* Number of bytes in new PMA */
+
+      memset(&writer, 0, sizeof(FileWriter));
+
+      /* If there are SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT or less PMAs in file pTemp1,
+      ** initialize an iterator for each of them and break out of the loop.
+      ** These iterators will be incrementally merged as the VDBE layer calls
+      ** sqlite3VdbeSorterNext().
+      **
+      ** Otherwise, if pTemp1 contains more than SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT PMAs,
+      ** initialize interators for SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT of them. These PMAs
+      ** are merged into a single PMA that is written to file pTemp2.
+      */
+      rc = vdbeSorterInitMerge(db, pCsr, &nWrite);
+      assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pSorter->aIter[ pSorter->aTree[1] ].pFile );
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pSorter->nPMA<=SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT ){
+        break;
+      }
+
+      /* Open the second temp file, if it is not already open. */
+      if( pTemp2==0 ){
+        assert( iWrite2==0 );
+        rc = vdbeSorterOpenTempFile(db, &pTemp2);
+      }
+
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        int bEof = 0;
+        fileWriterInit(db, pTemp2, &writer, iWrite2);
+        fileWriterWriteVarint(&writer, nWrite);
+        while( rc==SQLITE_OK && bEof==0 ){
+          VdbeSorterIter *pIter = &pSorter->aIter[ pSorter->aTree[1] ];
+          assert( pIter->pFile );
+
+          fileWriterWriteVarint(&writer, pIter->nKey);
+          fileWriterWrite(&writer, pIter->aKey, pIter->nKey);
+          rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterNext(db, pCsr, &bEof);
+        }
+        rc2 = fileWriterFinish(db, &writer, &iWrite2);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if( pSorter->nPMA<=SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT ){
+      break;
+    }else{
+      sqlite3_file *pTmp = pSorter->pTemp1;
+      pSorter->nPMA = iNew;
+      pSorter->pTemp1 = pTemp2;
+      pTemp2 = pTmp;
+      pSorter->iWriteOff = iWrite2;
+      pSorter->iReadOff = 0;
+      iWrite2 = 0;
+    }
+  }while( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+
+  if( pTemp2 ){
+    sqlite3OsCloseFree(pTemp2);
+  }
+  *pbEof = (pSorter->aIter[pSorter->aTree[1]].pFile==0);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Advance to the next element in the sorter.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterNext(sqlite3 *db, const VdbeCursor *pCsr, int *pbEof){
+  VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter;
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+
+  if( pSorter->aTree ){
+    int iPrev = pSorter->aTree[1];/* Index of iterator to advance */
+    int i;                        /* Index of aTree[] to recalculate */
+
+    rc = vdbeSorterIterNext(db, &pSorter->aIter[iPrev]);
+    for(i=(pSorter->nTree+iPrev)/2; rc==SQLITE_OK && i>0; i=i/2){
+      rc = vdbeSorterDoCompare(pCsr, i);
+    }
+
+    *pbEof = (pSorter->aIter[pSorter->aTree[1]].pFile==0);
+  }else{
+    SorterRecord *pFree = pSorter->pRecord;
+    pSorter->pRecord = pFree->pNext;
+    pFree->pNext = 0;
+    vdbeSorterRecordFree(db, pFree);
+    *pbEof = !pSorter->pRecord;
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to a buffer owned by the sorter that contains the 
+** current key.
+*/
+static void *vdbeSorterRowkey(
+  const VdbeSorter *pSorter,      /* Sorter object */
+  int *pnKey                      /* OUT: Size of current key in bytes */
+){
+  void *pKey;
+  if( pSorter->aTree ){
+    VdbeSorterIter *pIter;
+    pIter = &pSorter->aIter[ pSorter->aTree[1] ];
+    *pnKey = pIter->nKey;
+    pKey = pIter->aKey;
+  }else{
+    *pnKey = pSorter->pRecord->nVal;
+    pKey = pSorter->pRecord->pVal;
+  }
+  return pKey;
+}
+
+/*
+** Copy the current sorter key into the memory cell pOut.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterRowkey(const VdbeCursor *pCsr, Mem *pOut){
+  VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter;
+  void *pKey; int nKey;           /* Sorter key to copy into pOut */
+
+  pKey = vdbeSorterRowkey(pSorter, &nKey);
+  if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pOut, nKey, 0) ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  pOut->n = nKey;
+  MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Blob);
+  memcpy(pOut->z, pKey, nKey);
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compare the key in memory cell pVal with the key that the sorter cursor
+** passed as the first argument currently points to. For the purposes of
+** the comparison, ignore the rowid field at the end of each record.
+**
+** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM).
+** Otherwise, set *pRes to a negative, zero or positive value if the
+** key in pVal is smaller than, equal to or larger than the current sorter
+** key.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterCompare(
+  const VdbeCursor *pCsr,         /* Sorter cursor */
+  Mem *pVal,                      /* Value to compare to current sorter key */
+  int *pRes                       /* OUT: Result of comparison */
+){
+  VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter;
+  void *pKey; int nKey;           /* Sorter key to compare pVal with */
+
+  pKey = vdbeSorterRowkey(pSorter, &nKey);
+  vdbeSorterCompare(pCsr, 1, pVal->z, pVal->n, pKey, nKey, pRes);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MERGE_SORT */
+
+/************** End of vdbesort.c ********************************************/
+/************** Begin file journal.c *****************************************/
+/*
+** 2007 August 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file implements a special kind of sqlite3_file object used
+** by SQLite to create journal files if the atomic-write optimization
+** is enabled.
+**
+** The distinctive characteristic of this sqlite3_file is that the
+** actual on disk file is created lazily. When the file is created,
+** the caller specifies a buffer size for an in-memory buffer to
+** be used to service read() and write() requests. The actual file
+** on disk is not created or populated until either:
+**
+**   1) The in-memory representation grows too large for the allocated 
+**      buffer, or
+**   2) The sqlite3JournalCreate() function is called.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
+
+
+/*
+** A JournalFile object is a subclass of sqlite3_file used by
+** as an open file handle for journal files.
+*/
+struct JournalFile {
+  sqlite3_io_methods *pMethod;    /* I/O methods on journal files */
+  int nBuf;                       /* Size of zBuf[] in bytes */
+  char *zBuf;                     /* Space to buffer journal writes */
+  int iSize;                      /* Amount of zBuf[] currently used */
+  int flags;                      /* xOpen flags */
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;              /* The "real" underlying VFS */
+  sqlite3_file *pReal;            /* The "real" underlying file descriptor */
+  const char *zJournal;           /* Name of the journal file */
+};
+typedef struct JournalFile JournalFile;
+
+/*
+** If it does not already exists, create and populate the on-disk file 
+** for JournalFile p.
+*/
+static int createFile(JournalFile *p){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( !p->pReal ){
+    sqlite3_file *pReal = (sqlite3_file *)&p[1];
+    rc = sqlite3OsOpen(p->pVfs, p->zJournal, pReal, p->flags, 0);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      p->pReal = pReal;
+      if( p->iSize>0 ){
+        assert(p->iSize<=p->nBuf);
+        rc = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pReal, p->zBuf, p->iSize, 0);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close the file.
+*/
+static int jrnlClose(sqlite3_file *pJfd){
+  JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd;
+  if( p->pReal ){
+    sqlite3OsClose(p->pReal);
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(p->zBuf);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Read data from the file.
+*/
+static int jrnlRead(
+  sqlite3_file *pJfd,    /* The journal file from which to read */
+  void *zBuf,            /* Put the results here */
+  int iAmt,              /* Number of bytes to read */
+  sqlite_int64 iOfst     /* Begin reading at this offset */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd;
+  if( p->pReal ){
+    rc = sqlite3OsRead(p->pReal, zBuf, iAmt, iOfst);
+  }else if( (iAmt+iOfst)>p->iSize ){
+    rc = SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ;
+  }else{
+    memcpy(zBuf, &p->zBuf[iOfst], iAmt);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Write data to the file.
+*/
+static int jrnlWrite(
+  sqlite3_file *pJfd,    /* The journal file into which to write */
+  const void *zBuf,      /* Take data to be written from here */
+  int iAmt,              /* Number of bytes to write */
+  sqlite_int64 iOfst     /* Begin writing at this offset into the file */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd;
+  if( !p->pReal && (iOfst+iAmt)>p->nBuf ){
+    rc = createFile(p);
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( p->pReal ){
+      rc = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pReal, zBuf, iAmt, iOfst);
+    }else{
+      memcpy(&p->zBuf[iOfst], zBuf, iAmt);
+      if( p->iSize<(iOfst+iAmt) ){
+        p->iSize = (iOfst+iAmt);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Truncate the file.
+*/
+static int jrnlTruncate(sqlite3_file *pJfd, sqlite_int64 size){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd;
+  if( p->pReal ){
+    rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(p->pReal, size);
+  }else if( size<p->iSize ){
+    p->iSize = size;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Sync the file.
+*/
+static int jrnlSync(sqlite3_file *pJfd, int flags){
+  int rc;
+  JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd;
+  if( p->pReal ){
+    rc = sqlite3OsSync(p->pReal, flags);
+  }else{
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Query the size of the file in bytes.
+*/
+static int jrnlFileSize(sqlite3_file *pJfd, sqlite_int64 *pSize){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd;
+  if( p->pReal ){
+    rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(p->pReal, pSize);
+  }else{
+    *pSize = (sqlite_int64) p->iSize;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Table of methods for JournalFile sqlite3_file object.
+*/
+static struct sqlite3_io_methods JournalFileMethods = {
+  1,             /* iVersion */
+  jrnlClose,     /* xClose */
+  jrnlRead,      /* xRead */
+  jrnlWrite,     /* xWrite */
+  jrnlTruncate,  /* xTruncate */
+  jrnlSync,      /* xSync */
+  jrnlFileSize,  /* xFileSize */
+  0,             /* xLock */
+  0,             /* xUnlock */
+  0,             /* xCheckReservedLock */
+  0,             /* xFileControl */
+  0,             /* xSectorSize */
+  0,             /* xDeviceCharacteristics */
+  0,             /* xShmMap */
+  0,             /* xShmLock */
+  0,             /* xShmBarrier */
+  0              /* xShmUnmap */
+};
+
+/* 
+** Open a journal file.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalOpen(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,         /* The VFS to use for actual file I/O */
+  const char *zName,         /* Name of the journal file */
+  sqlite3_file *pJfd,        /* Preallocated, blank file handle */
+  int flags,                 /* Opening flags */
+  int nBuf                   /* Bytes buffered before opening the file */
+){
+  JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd;
+  memset(p, 0, sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs));
+  if( nBuf>0 ){
+    p->zBuf = sqlite3MallocZero(nBuf);
+    if( !p->zBuf ){
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+  }else{
+    return sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zName, pJfd, flags, 0);
+  }
+  p->pMethod = &JournalFileMethods;
+  p->nBuf = nBuf;
+  p->flags = flags;
+  p->zJournal = zName;
+  p->pVfs = pVfs;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** If the argument p points to a JournalFile structure, and the underlying
+** file has not yet been created, create it now.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalCreate(sqlite3_file *p){
+  if( p->pMethods!=&JournalFileMethods ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  return createFile((JournalFile *)p);
+}
+
+/* 
+** Return the number of bytes required to store a JournalFile that uses vfs
+** pVfs to create the underlying on-disk files.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalSize(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs){
+  return (pVfs->szOsFile+sizeof(JournalFile));
+}
+#endif
+
+/************** End of journal.c *********************************************/
+/************** Begin file memjournal.c **************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 October 7
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains code use to implement an in-memory rollback journal.
+** The in-memory rollback journal is used to journal transactions for
+** ":memory:" databases and when the journal_mode=MEMORY pragma is used.
+*/
+
+/* Forward references to internal structures */
+typedef struct MemJournal MemJournal;
+typedef struct FilePoint FilePoint;
+typedef struct FileChunk FileChunk;
+
+/* Space to hold the rollback journal is allocated in increments of
+** this many bytes.
+**
+** The size chosen is a little less than a power of two.  That way,
+** the FileChunk object will have a size that almost exactly fills
+** a power-of-two allocation.  This mimimizes wasted space in power-of-two
+** memory allocators.
+*/
+#define JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE ((int)(1024-sizeof(FileChunk*)))
+
+/* Macro to find the minimum of two numeric values.
+*/
+#ifndef MIN
+# define MIN(x,y) ((x)<(y)?(x):(y))
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The rollback journal is composed of a linked list of these structures.
+*/
+struct FileChunk {
+  FileChunk *pNext;               /* Next chunk in the journal */
+  u8 zChunk[JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE];   /* Content of this chunk */
+};
+
+/*
+** An instance of this object serves as a cursor into the rollback journal.
+** The cursor can be either for reading or writing.
+*/
+struct FilePoint {
+  sqlite3_int64 iOffset;          /* Offset from the beginning of the file */
+  FileChunk *pChunk;              /* Specific chunk into which cursor points */
+};
+
+/*
+** This subclass is a subclass of sqlite3_file.  Each open memory-journal
+** is an instance of this class.
+*/
+struct MemJournal {
+  sqlite3_io_methods *pMethod;    /* Parent class. MUST BE FIRST */
+  FileChunk *pFirst;              /* Head of in-memory chunk-list */
+  FilePoint endpoint;             /* Pointer to the end of the file */
+  FilePoint readpoint;            /* Pointer to the end of the last xRead() */
+};
+
+/*
+** Read data from the in-memory journal file.  This is the implementation
+** of the sqlite3_vfs.xRead method.
+*/
+static int memjrnlRead(
+  sqlite3_file *pJfd,    /* The journal file from which to read */
+  void *zBuf,            /* Put the results here */
+  int iAmt,              /* Number of bytes to read */
+  sqlite_int64 iOfst     /* Begin reading at this offset */
+){
+  MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd;
+  u8 *zOut = zBuf;
+  int nRead = iAmt;
+  int iChunkOffset;
+  FileChunk *pChunk;
+
+  /* SQLite never tries to read past the end of a rollback journal file */
+  assert( iOfst+iAmt<=p->endpoint.iOffset );
+
+  if( p->readpoint.iOffset!=iOfst || iOfst==0 ){
+    sqlite3_int64 iOff = 0;
+    for(pChunk=p->pFirst; 
+        ALWAYS(pChunk) && (iOff+JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE)<=iOfst;
+        pChunk=pChunk->pNext
+    ){
+      iOff += JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE;
+    }
+  }else{
+    pChunk = p->readpoint.pChunk;
+  }
+
+  iChunkOffset = (int)(iOfst%JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE);
+  do {
+    int iSpace = JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE - iChunkOffset;
+    int nCopy = MIN(nRead, (JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE - iChunkOffset));
+    memcpy(zOut, &pChunk->zChunk[iChunkOffset], nCopy);
+    zOut += nCopy;
+    nRead -= iSpace;
+    iChunkOffset = 0;
+  } while( nRead>=0 && (pChunk=pChunk->pNext)!=0 && nRead>0 );
+  p->readpoint.iOffset = iOfst+iAmt;
+  p->readpoint.pChunk = pChunk;
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Write data to the file.
+*/
+static int memjrnlWrite(
+  sqlite3_file *pJfd,    /* The journal file into which to write */
+  const void *zBuf,      /* Take data to be written from here */
+  int iAmt,              /* Number of bytes to write */
+  sqlite_int64 iOfst     /* Begin writing at this offset into the file */
+){
+  MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd;
+  int nWrite = iAmt;
+  u8 *zWrite = (u8 *)zBuf;
+
+  /* An in-memory journal file should only ever be appended to. Random
+  ** access writes are not required by sqlite.
+  */
+  assert( iOfst==p->endpoint.iOffset );
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(iOfst);
+
+  while( nWrite>0 ){
+    FileChunk *pChunk = p->endpoint.pChunk;
+    int iChunkOffset = (int)(p->endpoint.iOffset%JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE);
+    int iSpace = MIN(nWrite, JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE - iChunkOffset);
+
+    if( iChunkOffset==0 ){
+      /* New chunk is required to extend the file. */
+      FileChunk *pNew = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(FileChunk));
+      if( !pNew ){
+        return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
+      }
+      pNew->pNext = 0;
+      if( pChunk ){
+        assert( p->pFirst );
+        pChunk->pNext = pNew;
+      }else{
+        assert( !p->pFirst );
+        p->pFirst = pNew;
+      }
+      p->endpoint.pChunk = pNew;
+    }
+
+    memcpy(&p->endpoint.pChunk->zChunk[iChunkOffset], zWrite, iSpace);
+    zWrite += iSpace;
+    nWrite -= iSpace;
+    p->endpoint.iOffset += iSpace;
+  }
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Truncate the file.
+*/
+static int memjrnlTruncate(sqlite3_file *pJfd, sqlite_int64 size){
+  MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd;
+  FileChunk *pChunk;
+  assert(size==0);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(size);
+  pChunk = p->pFirst;
+  while( pChunk ){
+    FileChunk *pTmp = pChunk;
+    pChunk = pChunk->pNext;
+    sqlite3_free(pTmp);
+  }
+  sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pJfd);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close the file.
+*/
+static int memjrnlClose(sqlite3_file *pJfd){
+  memjrnlTruncate(pJfd, 0);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Sync the file.
+**
+** Syncing an in-memory journal is a no-op.  And, in fact, this routine
+** is never called in a working implementation.  This implementation
+** exists purely as a contingency, in case some malfunction in some other
+** part of SQLite causes Sync to be called by mistake.
+*/
+static int memjrnlSync(sqlite3_file *NotUsed, int NotUsed2){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Query the size of the file in bytes.
+*/
+static int memjrnlFileSize(sqlite3_file *pJfd, sqlite_int64 *pSize){
+  MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd;
+  *pSize = (sqlite_int64) p->endpoint.iOffset;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Table of methods for MemJournal sqlite3_file object.
+*/
+static const struct sqlite3_io_methods MemJournalMethods = {
+  1,                /* iVersion */
+  memjrnlClose,     /* xClose */
+  memjrnlRead,      /* xRead */
+  memjrnlWrite,     /* xWrite */
+  memjrnlTruncate,  /* xTruncate */
+  memjrnlSync,      /* xSync */
+  memjrnlFileSize,  /* xFileSize */
+  0,                /* xLock */
+  0,                /* xUnlock */
+  0,                /* xCheckReservedLock */
+  0,                /* xFileControl */
+  0,                /* xSectorSize */
+  0,                /* xDeviceCharacteristics */
+  0,                /* xShmMap */
+  0,                /* xShmLock */
+  0,                /* xShmBarrier */
+  0                 /* xShmUnlock */
+};
+
+/* 
+** Open a journal file.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemJournalOpen(sqlite3_file *pJfd){
+  MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd;
+  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(p) );
+  memset(p, 0, sqlite3MemJournalSize());
+  p->pMethod = (sqlite3_io_methods*)&MemJournalMethods;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return true if the file-handle passed as an argument is 
+** an in-memory journal 
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsMemJournal(sqlite3_file *pJfd){
+  return pJfd->pMethods==&MemJournalMethods;
+}
+
+/* 
+** Return the number of bytes required to store a MemJournal file descriptor.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemJournalSize(void){
+  return sizeof(MemJournal);
+}
+
+/************** End of memjournal.c ******************************************/
+/************** Begin file walker.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 August 16
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains routines used for walking the parser tree for
+** an SQL statement.
+*/
+/* #include <stdlib.h> */
+/* #include <string.h> */
+
+
+/*
+** Walk an expression tree.  Invoke the callback once for each node
+** of the expression, while decending.  (In other words, the callback
+** is invoked before visiting children.)
+**
+** The return value from the callback should be one of the WRC_*
+** constants to specify how to proceed with the walk.
+**
+**    WRC_Continue      Continue descending down the tree.
+**
+**    WRC_Prune         Do not descend into child nodes.  But allow
+**                      the walk to continue with sibling nodes.
+**
+**    WRC_Abort         Do no more callbacks.  Unwind the stack and
+**                      return the top-level walk call.
+**
+** The return value from this routine is WRC_Abort to abandon the tree walk
+** and WRC_Continue to continue.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkExpr(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){
+  int rc;
+  if( pExpr==0 ) return WRC_Continue;
+  testcase( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly) );
+  testcase( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Reduced) );
+  rc = pWalker->xExprCallback(pWalker, pExpr);
+  if( rc==WRC_Continue
+              && !ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr,EP_TokenOnly) ){
+    if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, pExpr->pLeft) ) return WRC_Abort;
+    if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, pExpr->pRight) ) return WRC_Abort;
+    if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
+      if( sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pExpr->x.pSelect) ) return WRC_Abort;
+    }else{
+      if( sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, pExpr->x.pList) ) return WRC_Abort;
+    }
+  }
+  return rc & WRC_Abort;
+}
+
+/*
+** Call sqlite3WalkExpr() for every expression in list p or until
+** an abort request is seen.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkExprList(Walker *pWalker, ExprList *p){
+  int i;
+  struct ExprList_item *pItem;
+  if( p ){
+    for(i=p->nExpr, pItem=p->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){
+      if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, pItem->pExpr) ) return WRC_Abort;
+    }
+  }
+  return WRC_Continue;
+}
+
+/*
+** Walk all expressions associated with SELECT statement p.  Do
+** not invoke the SELECT callback on p, but do (of course) invoke
+** any expr callbacks and SELECT callbacks that come from subqueries.
+** Return WRC_Abort or WRC_Continue.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelectExpr(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){
+  if( sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, p->pEList) ) return WRC_Abort;
+  if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, p->pWhere) ) return WRC_Abort;
+  if( sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, p->pGroupBy) ) return WRC_Abort;
+  if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, p->pHaving) ) return WRC_Abort;
+  if( sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, p->pOrderBy) ) return WRC_Abort;
+  if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, p->pLimit) ) return WRC_Abort;
+  if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, p->pOffset) ) return WRC_Abort;
+  return WRC_Continue;
+}
+
+/*
+** Walk the parse trees associated with all subqueries in the
+** FROM clause of SELECT statement p.  Do not invoke the select
+** callback on p, but do invoke it on each FROM clause subquery
+** and on any subqueries further down in the tree.  Return 
+** WRC_Abort or WRC_Continue;
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelectFrom(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){
+  SrcList *pSrc;
+  int i;
+  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
+
+  pSrc = p->pSrc;
+  if( ALWAYS(pSrc) ){
+    for(i=pSrc->nSrc, pItem=pSrc->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){
+      if( sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pItem->pSelect) ){
+        return WRC_Abort;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return WRC_Continue;
+} 
+
+/*
+** Call sqlite3WalkExpr() for every expression in Select statement p.
+** Invoke sqlite3WalkSelect() for subqueries in the FROM clause and
+** on the compound select chain, p->pPrior.
+**
+** Return WRC_Continue under normal conditions.  Return WRC_Abort if
+** there is an abort request.
+**
+** If the Walker does not have an xSelectCallback() then this routine
+** is a no-op returning WRC_Continue.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelect(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){
+  int rc;
+  if( p==0 || pWalker->xSelectCallback==0 ) return WRC_Continue;
+  rc = WRC_Continue;
+  pWalker->walkerDepth++;
+  while( p ){
+    rc = pWalker->xSelectCallback(pWalker, p);
+    if( rc ) break;
+    if( sqlite3WalkSelectExpr(pWalker, p)
+     || sqlite3WalkSelectFrom(pWalker, p)
+    ){
+      pWalker->walkerDepth--;
+      return WRC_Abort;
+    }
+    p = p->pPrior;
+  }
+  pWalker->walkerDepth--;
+  return rc & WRC_Abort;
+}
+
+/************** End of walker.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file resolve.c *****************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 August 18
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains routines used for walking the parser tree and
+** resolve all identifiers by associating them with a particular
+** table and column.
+*/
+/* #include <stdlib.h> */
+/* #include <string.h> */
+
+/*
+** Walk the expression tree pExpr and increase the aggregate function
+** depth (the Expr.op2 field) by N on every TK_AGG_FUNCTION node.
+** This needs to occur when copying a TK_AGG_FUNCTION node from an
+** outer query into an inner subquery.
+**
+** incrAggFunctionDepth(pExpr,n) is the main routine.  incrAggDepth(..)
+** is a helper function - a callback for the tree walker.
+*/
+static int incrAggDepth(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){
+  if( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION ) pExpr->op2 += pWalker->u.i;
+  return WRC_Continue;
+}
+static void incrAggFunctionDepth(Expr *pExpr, int N){
+  if( N>0 ){
+    Walker w;
+    memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w));
+    w.xExprCallback = incrAggDepth;
+    w.u.i = N;
+    sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, pExpr);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Turn the pExpr expression into an alias for the iCol-th column of the
+** result set in pEList.
+**
+** If the result set column is a simple column reference, then this routine
+** makes an exact copy.  But for any other kind of expression, this
+** routine make a copy of the result set column as the argument to the
+** TK_AS operator.  The TK_AS operator causes the expression to be
+** evaluated just once and then reused for each alias.
+**
+** The reason for suppressing the TK_AS term when the expression is a simple
+** column reference is so that the column reference will be recognized as
+** usable by indices within the WHERE clause processing logic. 
+**
+** Hack:  The TK_AS operator is inhibited if zType[0]=='G'.  This means
+** that in a GROUP BY clause, the expression is evaluated twice.  Hence:
+**
+**     SELECT random()%5 AS x, count(*) FROM tab GROUP BY x
+**
+** Is equivalent to:
+**
+**     SELECT random()%5 AS x, count(*) FROM tab GROUP BY random()%5
+**
+** The result of random()%5 in the GROUP BY clause is probably different
+** from the result in the result-set.  We might fix this someday.  Or
+** then again, we might not...
+**
+** The nSubquery parameter specifies how many levels of subquery the
+** alias is removed from the original expression.  The usually value is
+** zero but it might be more if the alias is contained within a subquery
+** of the original expression.  The Expr.op2 field of TK_AGG_FUNCTION
+** structures must be increased by the nSubquery amount.
+*/
+static void resolveAlias(
+  Parse *pParse,         /* Parsing context */
+  ExprList *pEList,      /* A result set */
+  int iCol,              /* A column in the result set.  0..pEList->nExpr-1 */
+  Expr *pExpr,           /* Transform this into an alias to the result set */
+  const char *zType,     /* "GROUP" or "ORDER" or "" */
+  int nSubquery          /* Number of subqueries that the label is moving */
+){
+  Expr *pOrig;           /* The iCol-th column of the result set */
+  Expr *pDup;            /* Copy of pOrig */
+  sqlite3 *db;           /* The database connection */
+
+  assert( iCol>=0 && iCol<pEList->nExpr );
+  pOrig = pEList->a[iCol].pExpr;
+  assert( pOrig!=0 );
+  assert( pOrig->flags & EP_Resolved );
+  db = pParse->db;
+  if( pOrig->op!=TK_COLUMN && zType[0]!='G' ){
+    pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOrig, 0);
+    incrAggFunctionDepth(pDup, nSubquery);
+    pDup = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_AS, pDup, 0, 0);
+    if( pDup==0 ) return;
+    if( pEList->a[iCol].iAlias==0 ){
+      pEList->a[iCol].iAlias = (u16)(++pParse->nAlias);
+    }
+    pDup->iTable = pEList->a[iCol].iAlias;
+  }else if( ExprHasProperty(pOrig, EP_IntValue) || pOrig->u.zToken==0 ){
+    pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOrig, 0);
+    if( pDup==0 ) return;
+  }else{
+    char *zToken = pOrig->u.zToken;
+    assert( zToken!=0 );
+    pOrig->u.zToken = 0;
+    pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOrig, 0);
+    pOrig->u.zToken = zToken;
+    if( pDup==0 ) return;
+    assert( (pDup->flags & (EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly))==0 );
+    pDup->flags2 |= EP2_MallocedToken;
+    pDup->u.zToken = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zToken);
+  }
+  if( pExpr->flags & EP_ExpCollate ){
+    pDup->pColl = pExpr->pColl;
+    pDup->flags |= EP_ExpCollate;
+  }
+
+  /* Before calling sqlite3ExprDelete(), set the EP_Static flag. This 
+  ** prevents ExprDelete() from deleting the Expr structure itself,
+  ** allowing it to be repopulated by the memcpy() on the following line.
+  */
+  ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Static);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr);
+  memcpy(pExpr, pDup, sizeof(*pExpr));
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, pDup);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the name zCol occurs anywhere in the USING clause.
+**
+** Return FALSE if the USING clause is NULL or if it does not contain
+** zCol.
+*/
+static int nameInUsingClause(IdList *pUsing, const char *zCol){
+  if( pUsing ){
+    int k;
+    for(k=0; k<pUsing->nId; k++){
+      if( sqlite3StrICmp(pUsing->a[k].zName, zCol)==0 ) return 1;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Given the name of a column of the form X.Y.Z or Y.Z or just Z, look up
+** that name in the set of source tables in pSrcList and make the pExpr 
+** expression node refer back to that source column.  The following changes
+** are made to pExpr:
+**
+**    pExpr->iDb           Set the index in db->aDb[] of the database X
+**                         (even if X is implied).
+**    pExpr->iTable        Set to the cursor number for the table obtained
+**                         from pSrcList.
+**    pExpr->pTab          Points to the Table structure of X.Y (even if
+**                         X and/or Y are implied.)
+**    pExpr->iColumn       Set to the column number within the table.
+**    pExpr->op            Set to TK_COLUMN.
+**    pExpr->pLeft         Any expression this points to is deleted
+**    pExpr->pRight        Any expression this points to is deleted.
+**
+** The zDb variable is the name of the database (the "X").  This value may be
+** NULL meaning that name is of the form Y.Z or Z.  Any available database
+** can be used.  The zTable variable is the name of the table (the "Y").  This
+** value can be NULL if zDb is also NULL.  If zTable is NULL it
+** means that the form of the name is Z and that columns from any table
+** can be used.
+**
+** If the name cannot be resolved unambiguously, leave an error message
+** in pParse and return WRC_Abort.  Return WRC_Prune on success.
+*/
+static int lookupName(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* The parsing context */
+  const char *zDb,     /* Name of the database containing table, or NULL */
+  const char *zTab,    /* Name of table containing column, or NULL */
+  const char *zCol,    /* Name of the column. */
+  NameContext *pNC,    /* The name context used to resolve the name */
+  Expr *pExpr          /* Make this EXPR node point to the selected column */
+){
+  int i, j;                         /* Loop counters */
+  int cnt = 0;                      /* Number of matching column names */
+  int cntTab = 0;                   /* Number of matching table names */
+  int nSubquery = 0;                /* How many levels of subquery */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;         /* The database connection */
+  struct SrcList_item *pItem;       /* Use for looping over pSrcList items */
+  struct SrcList_item *pMatch = 0;  /* The matching pSrcList item */
+  NameContext *pTopNC = pNC;        /* First namecontext in the list */
+  Schema *pSchema = 0;              /* Schema of the expression */
+  int isTrigger = 0;
+
+  assert( pNC );     /* the name context cannot be NULL. */
+  assert( zCol );    /* The Z in X.Y.Z cannot be NULL */
+  assert( ~ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) );
+
+  /* Initialize the node to no-match */
+  pExpr->iTable = -1;
+  pExpr->pTab = 0;
+  ExprSetIrreducible(pExpr);
+
+  /* Start at the inner-most context and move outward until a match is found */
+  while( pNC && cnt==0 ){
+    ExprList *pEList;
+    SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList;
+
+    if( pSrcList ){
+      for(i=0, pItem=pSrcList->a; i<pSrcList->nSrc; i++, pItem++){
+        Table *pTab;
+        int iDb;
+        Column *pCol;
+  
+        pTab = pItem->pTab;
+        assert( pTab!=0 && pTab->zName!=0 );
+        iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
+        assert( pTab->nCol>0 );
+        if( zTab ){
+          if( pItem->zAlias ){
+            char *zTabName = pItem->zAlias;
+            if( sqlite3StrICmp(zTabName, zTab)!=0 ) continue;
+          }else{
+            char *zTabName = pTab->zName;
+            if( NEVER(zTabName==0) || sqlite3StrICmp(zTabName, zTab)!=0 ){
+              continue;
+            }
+            if( zDb!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(db->aDb[iDb].zName, zDb)!=0 ){
+              continue;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+        if( 0==(cntTab++) ){
+          pExpr->iTable = pItem->iCursor;
+          pExpr->pTab = pTab;
+          pSchema = pTab->pSchema;
+          pMatch = pItem;
+        }
+        for(j=0, pCol=pTab->aCol; j<pTab->nCol; j++, pCol++){
+          if( sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zCol)==0 ){
+            /* If there has been exactly one prior match and this match
+            ** is for the right-hand table of a NATURAL JOIN or is in a 
+            ** USING clause, then skip this match.
+            */
+            if( cnt==1 ){
+              if( pItem->jointype & JT_NATURAL ) continue;
+              if( nameInUsingClause(pItem->pUsing, zCol) ) continue;
+            }
+            cnt++;
+            pExpr->iTable = pItem->iCursor;
+            pExpr->pTab = pTab;
+            pMatch = pItem;
+            pSchema = pTab->pSchema;
+            /* Substitute the rowid (column -1) for the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */
+            pExpr->iColumn = j==pTab->iPKey ? -1 : (i16)j;
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+    /* If we have not already resolved the name, then maybe 
+    ** it is a new.* or old.* trigger argument reference
+    */
+    if( zDb==0 && zTab!=0 && cnt==0 && pParse->pTriggerTab!=0 ){
+      int op = pParse->eTriggerOp;
+      Table *pTab = 0;
+      assert( op==TK_DELETE || op==TK_UPDATE || op==TK_INSERT );
+      if( op!=TK_DELETE && sqlite3StrICmp("new",zTab) == 0 ){
+        pExpr->iTable = 1;
+        pTab = pParse->pTriggerTab;
+      }else if( op!=TK_INSERT && sqlite3StrICmp("old",zTab)==0 ){
+        pExpr->iTable = 0;
+        pTab = pParse->pTriggerTab;
+      }
+
+      if( pTab ){ 
+        int iCol;
+        pSchema = pTab->pSchema;
+        cntTab++;
+        for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nCol; iCol++){
+          Column *pCol = &pTab->aCol[iCol];
+          if( sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zCol)==0 ){
+            if( iCol==pTab->iPKey ){
+              iCol = -1;
+            }
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+        if( iCol>=pTab->nCol && sqlite3IsRowid(zCol) ){
+          iCol = -1;        /* IMP: R-44911-55124 */
+        }
+        if( iCol<pTab->nCol ){
+          cnt++;
+          if( iCol<0 ){
+            pExpr->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
+          }else if( pExpr->iTable==0 ){
+            testcase( iCol==31 );
+            testcase( iCol==32 );
+            pParse->oldmask |= (iCol>=32 ? 0xffffffff : (((u32)1)<<iCol));
+          }else{
+            testcase( iCol==31 );
+            testcase( iCol==32 );
+            pParse->newmask |= (iCol>=32 ? 0xffffffff : (((u32)1)<<iCol));
+          }
+          pExpr->iColumn = (i16)iCol;
+          pExpr->pTab = pTab;
+          isTrigger = 1;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */
+
+    /*
+    ** Perhaps the name is a reference to the ROWID
+    */
+    if( cnt==0 && cntTab==1 && sqlite3IsRowid(zCol) ){
+      cnt = 1;
+      pExpr->iColumn = -1;     /* IMP: R-44911-55124 */
+      pExpr->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
+    }
+
+    /*
+    ** If the input is of the form Z (not Y.Z or X.Y.Z) then the name Z
+    ** might refer to an result-set alias.  This happens, for example, when
+    ** we are resolving names in the WHERE clause of the following command:
+    **
+    **     SELECT a+b AS x FROM table WHERE x<10;
+    **
+    ** In cases like this, replace pExpr with a copy of the expression that
+    ** forms the result set entry ("a+b" in the example) and return immediately.
+    ** Note that the expression in the result set should have already been
+    ** resolved by the time the WHERE clause is resolved.
+    */
+    if( cnt==0 && (pEList = pNC->pEList)!=0 && zTab==0 ){
+      for(j=0; j<pEList->nExpr; j++){
+        char *zAs = pEList->a[j].zName;
+        if( zAs!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(zAs, zCol)==0 ){
+          Expr *pOrig;
+          assert( pExpr->pLeft==0 && pExpr->pRight==0 );
+          assert( pExpr->x.pList==0 );
+          assert( pExpr->x.pSelect==0 );
+          pOrig = pEList->a[j].pExpr;
+          if( (pNC->ncFlags&NC_AllowAgg)==0 && ExprHasProperty(pOrig, EP_Agg) ){
+            sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "misuse of aliased aggregate %s", zAs);
+            return WRC_Abort;
+          }
+          resolveAlias(pParse, pEList, j, pExpr, "", nSubquery);
+          cnt = 1;
+          pMatch = 0;
+          assert( zTab==0 && zDb==0 );
+          goto lookupname_end;
+        }
+      } 
+    }
+
+    /* Advance to the next name context.  The loop will exit when either
+    ** we have a match (cnt>0) or when we run out of name contexts.
+    */
+    if( cnt==0 ){
+      pNC = pNC->pNext;
+      nSubquery++;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** If X and Y are NULL (in other words if only the column name Z is
+  ** supplied) and the value of Z is enclosed in double-quotes, then
+  ** Z is a string literal if it doesn't match any column names.  In that
+  ** case, we need to return right away and not make any changes to
+  ** pExpr.
+  **
+  ** Because no reference was made to outer contexts, the pNC->nRef
+  ** fields are not changed in any context.
+  */
+  if( cnt==0 && zTab==0 && ExprHasProperty(pExpr,EP_DblQuoted) ){
+    pExpr->op = TK_STRING;
+    pExpr->pTab = 0;
+    return WRC_Prune;
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** cnt==0 means there was not match.  cnt>1 means there were two or
+  ** more matches.  Either way, we have an error.
+  */
+  if( cnt!=1 ){
+    const char *zErr;
+    zErr = cnt==0 ? "no such column" : "ambiguous column name";
+    if( zDb ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s.%s.%s", zErr, zDb, zTab, zCol);
+    }else if( zTab ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s.%s", zErr, zTab, zCol);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s", zErr, zCol);
+    }
+    pParse->checkSchema = 1;
+    pTopNC->nErr++;
+  }
+
+  /* If a column from a table in pSrcList is referenced, then record
+  ** this fact in the pSrcList.a[].colUsed bitmask.  Column 0 causes
+  ** bit 0 to be set.  Column 1 sets bit 1.  And so forth.  If the
+  ** column number is greater than the number of bits in the bitmask
+  ** then set the high-order bit of the bitmask.
+  */
+  if( pExpr->iColumn>=0 && pMatch!=0 ){
+    int n = pExpr->iColumn;
+    testcase( n==BMS-1 );
+    if( n>=BMS ){
+      n = BMS-1;
+    }
+    assert( pMatch->iCursor==pExpr->iTable );
+    pMatch->colUsed |= ((Bitmask)1)<<n;
+  }
+
+  /* Clean up and return
+  */
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr->pLeft);
+  pExpr->pLeft = 0;
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr->pRight);
+  pExpr->pRight = 0;
+  pExpr->op = (isTrigger ? TK_TRIGGER : TK_COLUMN);
+lookupname_end:
+  if( cnt==1 ){
+    assert( pNC!=0 );
+    sqlite3AuthRead(pParse, pExpr, pSchema, pNC->pSrcList);
+    /* Increment the nRef value on all name contexts from TopNC up to
+    ** the point where the name matched. */
+    for(;;){
+      assert( pTopNC!=0 );
+      pTopNC->nRef++;
+      if( pTopNC==pNC ) break;
+      pTopNC = pTopNC->pNext;
+    }
+    return WRC_Prune;
+  } else {
+    return WRC_Abort;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate and return a pointer to an expression to load the column iCol
+** from datasource iSrc in SrcList pSrc.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3CreateColumnExpr(sqlite3 *db, SrcList *pSrc, int iSrc, int iCol){
+  Expr *p = sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_COLUMN, 0, 0);
+  if( p ){
+    struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pSrc->a[iSrc];
+    p->pTab = pItem->pTab;
+    p->iTable = pItem->iCursor;
+    if( p->pTab->iPKey==iCol ){
+      p->iColumn = -1;
+    }else{
+      p->iColumn = (ynVar)iCol;
+      testcase( iCol==BMS );
+      testcase( iCol==BMS-1 );
+      pItem->colUsed |= ((Bitmask)1)<<(iCol>=BMS ? BMS-1 : iCol);
+    }
+    ExprSetProperty(p, EP_Resolved);
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is callback for sqlite3WalkExpr().
+**
+** Resolve symbolic names into TK_COLUMN operators for the current
+** node in the expression tree.  Return 0 to continue the search down
+** the tree or 2 to abort the tree walk.
+**
+** This routine also does error checking and name resolution for
+** function names.  The operator for aggregate functions is changed
+** to TK_AGG_FUNCTION.
+*/
+static int resolveExprStep(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){
+  NameContext *pNC;
+  Parse *pParse;
+
+  pNC = pWalker->u.pNC;
+  assert( pNC!=0 );
+  pParse = pNC->pParse;
+  assert( pParse==pWalker->pParse );
+
+  if( ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_Resolved) ) return WRC_Prune;
+  ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Resolved);
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  if( pNC->pSrcList && pNC->pSrcList->nAlloc>0 ){
+    SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList;
+    int i;
+    for(i=0; i<pNC->pSrcList->nSrc; i++){
+      assert( pSrcList->a[i].iCursor>=0 && pSrcList->a[i].iCursor<pParse->nTab);
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+  switch( pExpr->op ){
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY)
+    /* The special operator TK_ROW means use the rowid for the first
+    ** column in the FROM clause.  This is used by the LIMIT and ORDER BY
+    ** clause processing on UPDATE and DELETE statements.
+    */
+    case TK_ROW: {
+      SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList;
+      struct SrcList_item *pItem;
+      assert( pSrcList && pSrcList->nSrc==1 );
+      pItem = pSrcList->a; 
+      pExpr->op = TK_COLUMN;
+      pExpr->pTab = pItem->pTab;
+      pExpr->iTable = pItem->iCursor;
+      pExpr->iColumn = -1;
+      pExpr->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
+      break;
+    }
+#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) */
+
+    /* A lone identifier is the name of a column.
+    */
+    case TK_ID: {
+      return lookupName(pParse, 0, 0, pExpr->u.zToken, pNC, pExpr);
+    }
+  
+    /* A table name and column name:     ID.ID
+    ** Or a database, table and column:  ID.ID.ID
+    */
+    case TK_DOT: {
+      const char *zColumn;
+      const char *zTable;
+      const char *zDb;
+      Expr *pRight;
+
+      /* if( pSrcList==0 ) break; */
+      pRight = pExpr->pRight;
+      if( pRight->op==TK_ID ){
+        zDb = 0;
+        zTable = pExpr->pLeft->u.zToken;
+        zColumn = pRight->u.zToken;
+      }else{
+        assert( pRight->op==TK_DOT );
+        zDb = pExpr->pLeft->u.zToken;
+        zTable = pRight->pLeft->u.zToken;
+        zColumn = pRight->pRight->u.zToken;
+      }
+      return lookupName(pParse, zDb, zTable, zColumn, pNC, pExpr);
+    }
+
+    /* Resolve function names
+    */
+    case TK_CONST_FUNC:
+    case TK_FUNCTION: {
+      ExprList *pList = pExpr->x.pList;    /* The argument list */
+      int n = pList ? pList->nExpr : 0;    /* Number of arguments */
+      int no_such_func = 0;       /* True if no such function exists */
+      int wrong_num_args = 0;     /* True if wrong number of arguments */
+      int is_agg = 0;             /* True if is an aggregate function */
+      int auth;                   /* Authorization to use the function */
+      int nId;                    /* Number of characters in function name */
+      const char *zId;            /* The function name. */
+      FuncDef *pDef;              /* Information about the function */
+      u8 enc = ENC(pParse->db);   /* The database encoding */
+
+      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_CONST_FUNC );
+      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
+      zId = pExpr->u.zToken;
+      nId = sqlite3Strlen30(zId);
+      pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db, zId, nId, n, enc, 0);
+      if( pDef==0 ){
+        pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db, zId, nId, -2, enc, 0);
+        if( pDef==0 ){
+          no_such_func = 1;
+        }else{
+          wrong_num_args = 1;
+        }
+      }else{
+        is_agg = pDef->xFunc==0;
+      }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+      if( pDef ){
+        auth = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_FUNCTION, 0, pDef->zName, 0);
+        if( auth!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          if( auth==SQLITE_DENY ){
+            sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not authorized to use function: %s",
+                                    pDef->zName);
+            pNC->nErr++;
+          }
+          pExpr->op = TK_NULL;
+          return WRC_Prune;
+        }
+      }
+#endif
+      if( is_agg && (pNC->ncFlags & NC_AllowAgg)==0 ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "misuse of aggregate function %.*s()", nId,zId);
+        pNC->nErr++;
+        is_agg = 0;
+      }else if( no_such_func ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such function: %.*s", nId, zId);
+        pNC->nErr++;
+      }else if( wrong_num_args ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"wrong number of arguments to function %.*s()",
+             nId, zId);
+        pNC->nErr++;
+      }
+      if( is_agg ) pNC->ncFlags &= ~NC_AllowAgg;
+      sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, pList);
+      if( is_agg ){
+        NameContext *pNC2 = pNC;
+        pExpr->op = TK_AGG_FUNCTION;
+        pExpr->op2 = 0;
+        while( pNC2 && !sqlite3FunctionUsesThisSrc(pExpr, pNC2->pSrcList) ){
+          pExpr->op2++;
+          pNC2 = pNC2->pNext;
+        }
+        if( pNC2 ) pNC2->ncFlags |= NC_HasAgg;
+        pNC->ncFlags |= NC_AllowAgg;
+      }
+      /* FIX ME:  Compute pExpr->affinity based on the expected return
+      ** type of the function 
+      */
+      return WRC_Prune;
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+    case TK_SELECT:
+    case TK_EXISTS:  testcase( pExpr->op==TK_EXISTS );
+#endif
+    case TK_IN: {
+      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_IN );
+      if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
+        int nRef = pNC->nRef;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
+        if( (pNC->ncFlags & NC_IsCheck)!=0 ){
+          sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"subqueries prohibited in CHECK constraints");
+        }
+#endif
+        sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pExpr->x.pSelect);
+        assert( pNC->nRef>=nRef );
+        if( nRef!=pNC->nRef ){
+          ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_VarSelect);
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
+    case TK_VARIABLE: {
+      if( (pNC->ncFlags & NC_IsCheck)!=0 ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"parameters prohibited in CHECK constraints");
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+  return (pParse->nErr || pParse->db->mallocFailed) ? WRC_Abort : WRC_Continue;
+}
+
+/*
+** pEList is a list of expressions which are really the result set of the
+** a SELECT statement.  pE is a term in an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause.
+** This routine checks to see if pE is a simple identifier which corresponds
+** to the AS-name of one of the terms of the expression list.  If it is,
+** this routine return an integer between 1 and N where N is the number of
+** elements in pEList, corresponding to the matching entry.  If there is
+** no match, or if pE is not a simple identifier, then this routine
+** return 0.
+**
+** pEList has been resolved.  pE has not.
+*/
+static int resolveAsName(
+  Parse *pParse,     /* Parsing context for error messages */
+  ExprList *pEList,  /* List of expressions to scan */
+  Expr *pE           /* Expression we are trying to match */
+){
+  int i;             /* Loop counter */
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pParse);
+
+  if( pE->op==TK_ID ){
+    char *zCol = pE->u.zToken;
+    for(i=0; i<pEList->nExpr; i++){
+      char *zAs = pEList->a[i].zName;
+      if( zAs!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(zAs, zCol)==0 ){
+        return i+1;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** pE is a pointer to an expression which is a single term in the
+** ORDER BY of a compound SELECT.  The expression has not been
+** name resolved.
+**
+** At the point this routine is called, we already know that the
+** ORDER BY term is not an integer index into the result set.  That
+** case is handled by the calling routine.
+**
+** Attempt to match pE against result set columns in the left-most
+** SELECT statement.  Return the index i of the matching column,
+** as an indication to the caller that it should sort by the i-th column.
+** The left-most column is 1.  In other words, the value returned is the
+** same integer value that would be used in the SQL statement to indicate
+** the column.
+**
+** If there is no match, return 0.  Return -1 if an error occurs.
+*/
+static int resolveOrderByTermToExprList(
+  Parse *pParse,     /* Parsing context for error messages */
+  Select *pSelect,   /* The SELECT statement with the ORDER BY clause */
+  Expr *pE           /* The specific ORDER BY term */
+){
+  int i;             /* Loop counter */
+  ExprList *pEList;  /* The columns of the result set */
+  NameContext nc;    /* Name context for resolving pE */
+  sqlite3 *db;       /* Database connection */
+  int rc;            /* Return code from subprocedures */
+  u8 savedSuppErr;   /* Saved value of db->suppressErr */
+
+  assert( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE, &i)==0 );
+  pEList = pSelect->pEList;
+
+  /* Resolve all names in the ORDER BY term expression
+  */
+  memset(&nc, 0, sizeof(nc));
+  nc.pParse = pParse;
+  nc.pSrcList = pSelect->pSrc;
+  nc.pEList = pEList;
+  nc.ncFlags = NC_AllowAgg;
+  nc.nErr = 0;
+  db = pParse->db;
+  savedSuppErr = db->suppressErr;
+  db->suppressErr = 1;
+  rc = sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&nc, pE);
+  db->suppressErr = savedSuppErr;
+  if( rc ) return 0;
+
+  /* Try to match the ORDER BY expression against an expression
+  ** in the result set.  Return an 1-based index of the matching
+  ** result-set entry.
+  */
+  for(i=0; i<pEList->nExpr; i++){
+    if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pEList->a[i].pExpr, pE)<2 ){
+      return i+1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If no match, return 0. */
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate an ORDER BY or GROUP BY term out-of-range error.
+*/
+static void resolveOutOfRangeError(
+  Parse *pParse,         /* The error context into which to write the error */
+  const char *zType,     /* "ORDER" or "GROUP" */
+  int i,                 /* The index (1-based) of the term out of range */
+  int mx                 /* Largest permissible value of i */
+){
+  sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
+    "%r %s BY term out of range - should be "
+    "between 1 and %d", i, zType, mx);
+}
+
+/*
+** Analyze the ORDER BY clause in a compound SELECT statement.   Modify
+** each term of the ORDER BY clause is a constant integer between 1
+** and N where N is the number of columns in the compound SELECT.
+**
+** ORDER BY terms that are already an integer between 1 and N are
+** unmodified.  ORDER BY terms that are integers outside the range of
+** 1 through N generate an error.  ORDER BY terms that are expressions
+** are matched against result set expressions of compound SELECT
+** beginning with the left-most SELECT and working toward the right.
+** At the first match, the ORDER BY expression is transformed into
+** the integer column number.
+**
+** Return the number of errors seen.
+*/
+static int resolveCompoundOrderBy(
+  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing context.  Leave error messages here */
+  Select *pSelect       /* The SELECT statement containing the ORDER BY */
+){
+  int i;
+  ExprList *pOrderBy;
+  ExprList *pEList;
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  int moreToDo = 1;
+
+  pOrderBy = pSelect->pOrderBy;
+  if( pOrderBy==0 ) return 0;
+  db = pParse->db;
+#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN
+  if( pOrderBy->nExpr>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many terms in ORDER BY clause");
+    return 1;
+  }
+#endif
+  for(i=0; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++){
+    pOrderBy->a[i].done = 0;
+  }
+  pSelect->pNext = 0;
+  while( pSelect->pPrior ){
+    pSelect->pPrior->pNext = pSelect;
+    pSelect = pSelect->pPrior;
+  }
+  while( pSelect && moreToDo ){
+    struct ExprList_item *pItem;
+    moreToDo = 0;
+    pEList = pSelect->pEList;
+    assert( pEList!=0 );
+    for(i=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++, pItem++){
+      int iCol = -1;
+      Expr *pE, *pDup;
+      if( pItem->done ) continue;
+      pE = pItem->pExpr;
+      if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE, &iCol) ){
+        if( iCol<=0 || iCol>pEList->nExpr ){
+          resolveOutOfRangeError(pParse, "ORDER", i+1, pEList->nExpr);
+          return 1;
+        }
+      }else{
+        iCol = resolveAsName(pParse, pEList, pE);
+        if( iCol==0 ){
+          pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pE, 0);
+          if( !db->mallocFailed ){
+            assert(pDup);
+            iCol = resolveOrderByTermToExprList(pParse, pSelect, pDup);
+          }
+          sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pDup);
+        }
+      }
+      if( iCol>0 ){
+        CollSeq *pColl = pE->pColl;
+        int flags = pE->flags & EP_ExpCollate;
+        sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pE);
+        pItem->pExpr = pE = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_INTEGER, 0);
+        if( pE==0 ) return 1;
+        pE->pColl = pColl;
+        pE->flags |= EP_IntValue | flags;
+        pE->u.iValue = iCol;
+        pItem->iOrderByCol = (u16)iCol;
+        pItem->done = 1;
+      }else{
+        moreToDo = 1;
+      }
+    }
+    pSelect = pSelect->pNext;
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++){
+    if( pOrderBy->a[i].done==0 ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%r ORDER BY term does not match any "
+            "column in the result set", i+1);
+      return 1;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Check every term in the ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause pOrderBy of
+** the SELECT statement pSelect.  If any term is reference to a
+** result set expression (as determined by the ExprList.a.iCol field)
+** then convert that term into a copy of the corresponding result set
+** column.
+**
+** If any errors are detected, add an error message to pParse and
+** return non-zero.  Return zero if no errors are seen.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(
+  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing context.  Leave error messages here */
+  Select *pSelect,      /* The SELECT statement containing the clause */
+  ExprList *pOrderBy,   /* The ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause to be processed */
+  const char *zType     /* "ORDER" or "GROUP" */
+){
+  int i;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  ExprList *pEList;
+  struct ExprList_item *pItem;
+
+  if( pOrderBy==0 || pParse->db->mallocFailed ) return 0;
+#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN
+  if( pOrderBy->nExpr>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many terms in %s BY clause", zType);
+    return 1;
+  }
+#endif
+  pEList = pSelect->pEList;
+  assert( pEList!=0 );  /* sqlite3SelectNew() guarantees this */
+  for(i=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++, pItem++){
+    if( pItem->iOrderByCol ){
+      if( pItem->iOrderByCol>pEList->nExpr ){
+        resolveOutOfRangeError(pParse, zType, i+1, pEList->nExpr);
+        return 1;
+      }
+      resolveAlias(pParse, pEList, pItem->iOrderByCol-1, pItem->pExpr, zType,0);
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** pOrderBy is an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause in SELECT statement pSelect.
+** The Name context of the SELECT statement is pNC.  zType is either
+** "ORDER" or "GROUP" depending on which type of clause pOrderBy is.
+**
+** This routine resolves each term of the clause into an expression.
+** If the order-by term is an integer I between 1 and N (where N is the
+** number of columns in the result set of the SELECT) then the expression
+** in the resolution is a copy of the I-th result-set expression.  If
+** the order-by term is an identify that corresponds to the AS-name of
+** a result-set expression, then the term resolves to a copy of the
+** result-set expression.  Otherwise, the expression is resolved in
+** the usual way - using sqlite3ResolveExprNames().
+**
+** This routine returns the number of errors.  If errors occur, then
+** an appropriate error message might be left in pParse.  (OOM errors
+** excepted.)
+*/
+static int resolveOrderGroupBy(
+  NameContext *pNC,     /* The name context of the SELECT statement */
+  Select *pSelect,      /* The SELECT statement holding pOrderBy */
+  ExprList *pOrderBy,   /* An ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause to resolve */
+  const char *zType     /* Either "ORDER" or "GROUP", as appropriate */
+){
+  int i, j;                      /* Loop counters */
+  int iCol;                      /* Column number */
+  struct ExprList_item *pItem;   /* A term of the ORDER BY clause */
+  Parse *pParse;                 /* Parsing context */
+  int nResult;                   /* Number of terms in the result set */
+
+  if( pOrderBy==0 ) return 0;
+  nResult = pSelect->pEList->nExpr;
+  pParse = pNC->pParse;
+  for(i=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++, pItem++){
+    Expr *pE = pItem->pExpr;
+    iCol = resolveAsName(pParse, pSelect->pEList, pE);
+    if( iCol>0 ){
+      /* If an AS-name match is found, mark this ORDER BY column as being
+      ** a copy of the iCol-th result-set column.  The subsequent call to
+      ** sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy() will convert the expression to a
+      ** copy of the iCol-th result-set expression. */
+      pItem->iOrderByCol = (u16)iCol;
+      continue;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE, &iCol) ){
+      /* The ORDER BY term is an integer constant.  Again, set the column
+      ** number so that sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy() will convert the
+      ** order-by term to a copy of the result-set expression */
+      if( iCol<1 ){
+        resolveOutOfRangeError(pParse, zType, i+1, nResult);
+        return 1;
+      }
+      pItem->iOrderByCol = (u16)iCol;
+      continue;
+    }
+
+    /* Otherwise, treat the ORDER BY term as an ordinary expression */
+    pItem->iOrderByCol = 0;
+    if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(pNC, pE) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    for(j=0; j<pSelect->pEList->nExpr; j++){
+      if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pE, pSelect->pEList->a[j].pExpr)==0 ){
+        pItem->iOrderByCol = j+1;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(pParse, pSelect, pOrderBy, zType);
+}
+
+/*
+** Resolve names in the SELECT statement p and all of its descendents.
+*/
+static int resolveSelectStep(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){
+  NameContext *pOuterNC;  /* Context that contains this SELECT */
+  NameContext sNC;        /* Name context of this SELECT */
+  int isCompound;         /* True if p is a compound select */
+  int nCompound;          /* Number of compound terms processed so far */
+  Parse *pParse;          /* Parsing context */
+  ExprList *pEList;       /* Result set expression list */
+  int i;                  /* Loop counter */
+  ExprList *pGroupBy;     /* The GROUP BY clause */
+  Select *pLeftmost;      /* Left-most of SELECT of a compound */
+  sqlite3 *db;            /* Database connection */
+  
+
+  assert( p!=0 );
+  if( p->selFlags & SF_Resolved ){
+    return WRC_Prune;
+  }
+  pOuterNC = pWalker->u.pNC;
+  pParse = pWalker->pParse;
+  db = pParse->db;
+
+  /* Normally sqlite3SelectExpand() will be called first and will have
+  ** already expanded this SELECT.  However, if this is a subquery within
+  ** an expression, sqlite3ResolveExprNames() will be called without a
+  ** prior call to sqlite3SelectExpand().  When that happens, let
+  ** sqlite3SelectPrep() do all of the processing for this SELECT.
+  ** sqlite3SelectPrep() will invoke both sqlite3SelectExpand() and
+  ** this routine in the correct order.
+  */
+  if( (p->selFlags & SF_Expanded)==0 ){
+    sqlite3SelectPrep(pParse, p, pOuterNC);
+    return (pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed) ? WRC_Abort : WRC_Prune;
+  }
+
+  isCompound = p->pPrior!=0;
+  nCompound = 0;
+  pLeftmost = p;
+  while( p ){
+    assert( (p->selFlags & SF_Expanded)!=0 );
+    assert( (p->selFlags & SF_Resolved)==0 );
+    p->selFlags |= SF_Resolved;
+
+    /* Resolve the expressions in the LIMIT and OFFSET clauses. These
+    ** are not allowed to refer to any names, so pass an empty NameContext.
+    */
+    memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
+    sNC.pParse = pParse;
+    if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, p->pLimit) ||
+        sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, p->pOffset) ){
+      return WRC_Abort;
+    }
+  
+    /* Set up the local name-context to pass to sqlite3ResolveExprNames() to
+    ** resolve the result-set expression list.
+    */
+    sNC.ncFlags = NC_AllowAgg;
+    sNC.pSrcList = p->pSrc;
+    sNC.pNext = pOuterNC;
+  
+    /* Resolve names in the result set. */
+    pEList = p->pEList;
+    assert( pEList!=0 );
+    for(i=0; i<pEList->nExpr; i++){
+      Expr *pX = pEList->a[i].pExpr;
+      if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pX) ){
+        return WRC_Abort;
+      }
+    }
+  
+    /* Recursively resolve names in all subqueries
+    */
+    for(i=0; i<p->pSrc->nSrc; i++){
+      struct SrcList_item *pItem = &p->pSrc->a[i];
+      if( pItem->pSelect ){
+        NameContext *pNC;         /* Used to iterate name contexts */
+        int nRef = 0;             /* Refcount for pOuterNC and outer contexts */
+        const char *zSavedContext = pParse->zAuthContext;
+
+        /* Count the total number of references to pOuterNC and all of its
+        ** parent contexts. After resolving references to expressions in
+        ** pItem->pSelect, check if this value has changed. If so, then
+        ** SELECT statement pItem->pSelect must be correlated. Set the
+        ** pItem->isCorrelated flag if this is the case. */
+        for(pNC=pOuterNC; pNC; pNC=pNC->pNext) nRef += pNC->nRef;
+
+        if( pItem->zName ) pParse->zAuthContext = pItem->zName;
+        sqlite3ResolveSelectNames(pParse, pItem->pSelect, pOuterNC);
+        pParse->zAuthContext = zSavedContext;
+        if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return WRC_Abort;
+
+        for(pNC=pOuterNC; pNC; pNC=pNC->pNext) nRef -= pNC->nRef;
+        assert( pItem->isCorrelated==0 && nRef<=0 );
+        pItem->isCorrelated = (nRef!=0);
+      }
+    }
+  
+    /* If there are no aggregate functions in the result-set, and no GROUP BY 
+    ** expression, do not allow aggregates in any of the other expressions.
+    */
+    assert( (p->selFlags & SF_Aggregate)==0 );
+    pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy;
+    if( pGroupBy || (sNC.ncFlags & NC_HasAgg)!=0 ){
+      p->selFlags |= SF_Aggregate;
+    }else{
+      sNC.ncFlags &= ~NC_AllowAgg;
+    }
+  
+    /* If a HAVING clause is present, then there must be a GROUP BY clause.
+    */
+    if( p->pHaving && !pGroupBy ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a GROUP BY clause is required before HAVING");
+      return WRC_Abort;
+    }
+  
+    /* Add the expression list to the name-context before parsing the
+    ** other expressions in the SELECT statement. This is so that
+    ** expressions in the WHERE clause (etc.) can refer to expressions by
+    ** aliases in the result set.
+    **
+    ** Minor point: If this is the case, then the expression will be
+    ** re-evaluated for each reference to it.
+    */
+    sNC.pEList = p->pEList;
+    if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, p->pWhere) ||
+       sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, p->pHaving)
+    ){
+      return WRC_Abort;
+    }
+
+    /* The ORDER BY and GROUP BY clauses may not refer to terms in
+    ** outer queries 
+    */
+    sNC.pNext = 0;
+    sNC.ncFlags |= NC_AllowAgg;
+
+    /* Process the ORDER BY clause for singleton SELECT statements.
+    ** The ORDER BY clause for compounds SELECT statements is handled
+    ** below, after all of the result-sets for all of the elements of
+    ** the compound have been resolved.
+    */
+    if( !isCompound && resolveOrderGroupBy(&sNC, p, p->pOrderBy, "ORDER") ){
+      return WRC_Abort;
+    }
+    if( db->mallocFailed ){
+      return WRC_Abort;
+    }
+  
+    /* Resolve the GROUP BY clause.  At the same time, make sure 
+    ** the GROUP BY clause does not contain aggregate functions.
+    */
+    if( pGroupBy ){
+      struct ExprList_item *pItem;
+    
+      if( resolveOrderGroupBy(&sNC, p, pGroupBy, "GROUP") || db->mallocFailed ){
+        return WRC_Abort;
+      }
+      for(i=0, pItem=pGroupBy->a; i<pGroupBy->nExpr; i++, pItem++){
+        if( ExprHasProperty(pItem->pExpr, EP_Agg) ){
+          sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "aggregate functions are not allowed in "
+              "the GROUP BY clause");
+          return WRC_Abort;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Advance to the next term of the compound
+    */
+    p = p->pPrior;
+    nCompound++;
+  }
+
+  /* Resolve the ORDER BY on a compound SELECT after all terms of
+  ** the compound have been resolved.
+  */
+  if( isCompound && resolveCompoundOrderBy(pParse, pLeftmost) ){
+    return WRC_Abort;
+  }
+
+  return WRC_Prune;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine walks an expression tree and resolves references to
+** table columns and result-set columns.  At the same time, do error
+** checking on function usage and set a flag if any aggregate functions
+** are seen.
+**
+** To resolve table columns references we look for nodes (or subtrees) of the 
+** form X.Y.Z or Y.Z or just Z where
+**
+**      X:   The name of a database.  Ex:  "main" or "temp" or
+**           the symbolic name assigned to an ATTACH-ed database.
+**
+**      Y:   The name of a table in a FROM clause.  Or in a trigger
+**           one of the special names "old" or "new".
+**
+**      Z:   The name of a column in table Y.
+**
+** The node at the root of the subtree is modified as follows:
+**
+**    Expr.op        Changed to TK_COLUMN
+**    Expr.pTab      Points to the Table object for X.Y
+**    Expr.iColumn   The column index in X.Y.  -1 for the rowid.
+**    Expr.iTable    The VDBE cursor number for X.Y
+**
+**
+** To resolve result-set references, look for expression nodes of the
+** form Z (with no X and Y prefix) where the Z matches the right-hand
+** size of an AS clause in the result-set of a SELECT.  The Z expression
+** is replaced by a copy of the left-hand side of the result-set expression.
+** Table-name and function resolution occurs on the substituted expression
+** tree.  For example, in:
+**
+**      SELECT a+b AS x, c+d AS y FROM t1 ORDER BY x;
+**
+** The "x" term of the order by is replaced by "a+b" to render:
+**
+**      SELECT a+b AS x, c+d AS y FROM t1 ORDER BY a+b;
+**
+** Function calls are checked to make sure that the function is 
+** defined and that the correct number of arguments are specified.
+** If the function is an aggregate function, then the NC_HasAgg flag is
+** set and the opcode is changed from TK_FUNCTION to TK_AGG_FUNCTION.
+** If an expression contains aggregate functions then the EP_Agg
+** property on the expression is set.
+**
+** An error message is left in pParse if anything is amiss.  The number
+** if errors is returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveExprNames( 
+  NameContext *pNC,       /* Namespace to resolve expressions in. */
+  Expr *pExpr             /* The expression to be analyzed. */
+){
+  u8 savedHasAgg;
+  Walker w;
+
+  if( pExpr==0 ) return 0;
+#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
+  {
+    Parse *pParse = pNC->pParse;
+    if( sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(pParse, pExpr->nHeight+pNC->pParse->nHeight) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    pParse->nHeight += pExpr->nHeight;
+  }
+#endif
+  savedHasAgg = pNC->ncFlags & NC_HasAgg;
+  pNC->ncFlags &= ~NC_HasAgg;
+  w.xExprCallback = resolveExprStep;
+  w.xSelectCallback = resolveSelectStep;
+  w.pParse = pNC->pParse;
+  w.u.pNC = pNC;
+  sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, pExpr);
+#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
+  pNC->pParse->nHeight -= pExpr->nHeight;
+#endif
+  if( pNC->nErr>0 || w.pParse->nErr>0 ){
+    ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Error);
+  }
+  if( pNC->ncFlags & NC_HasAgg ){
+    ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Agg);
+  }else if( savedHasAgg ){
+    pNC->ncFlags |= NC_HasAgg;
+  }
+  return ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Error);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Resolve all names in all expressions of a SELECT and in all
+** decendents of the SELECT, including compounds off of p->pPrior,
+** subqueries in expressions, and subqueries used as FROM clause
+** terms.
+**
+** See sqlite3ResolveExprNames() for a description of the kinds of
+** transformations that occur.
+**
+** All SELECT statements should have been expanded using
+** sqlite3SelectExpand() prior to invoking this routine.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResolveSelectNames(
+  Parse *pParse,         /* The parser context */
+  Select *p,             /* The SELECT statement being coded. */
+  NameContext *pOuterNC  /* Name context for parent SELECT statement */
+){
+  Walker w;
+
+  assert( p!=0 );
+  w.xExprCallback = resolveExprStep;
+  w.xSelectCallback = resolveSelectStep;
+  w.pParse = pParse;
+  w.u.pNC = pOuterNC;
+  sqlite3WalkSelect(&w, p);
+}
+
+/************** End of resolve.c *********************************************/
+/************** Begin file expr.c ********************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains routines used for analyzing expressions and
+** for generating VDBE code that evaluates expressions in SQLite.
+*/
+
+/*
+** Return the 'affinity' of the expression pExpr if any.
+**
+** If pExpr is a column, a reference to a column via an 'AS' alias,
+** or a sub-select with a column as the return value, then the 
+** affinity of that column is returned. Otherwise, 0x00 is returned,
+** indicating no affinity for the expression.
+**
+** i.e. the WHERE clause expresssions in the following statements all
+** have an affinity:
+**
+** CREATE TABLE t1(a);
+** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a;
+** SELECT a AS b FROM t1 WHERE b;
+** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE (select a from t1);
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3ExprAffinity(Expr *pExpr){
+  int op = pExpr->op;
+  if( op==TK_SELECT ){
+    assert( pExpr->flags&EP_xIsSelect );
+    return sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr->x.pSelect->pEList->a[0].pExpr);
+  }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST
+  if( op==TK_CAST ){
+    assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
+    return sqlite3AffinityType(pExpr->u.zToken);
+  }
+#endif
+  if( (op==TK_AGG_COLUMN || op==TK_COLUMN || op==TK_REGISTER) 
+   && pExpr->pTab!=0
+  ){
+    /* op==TK_REGISTER && pExpr->pTab!=0 happens when pExpr was originally
+    ** a TK_COLUMN but was previously evaluated and cached in a register */
+    int j = pExpr->iColumn;
+    if( j<0 ) return SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
+    assert( pExpr->pTab && j<pExpr->pTab->nCol );
+    return pExpr->pTab->aCol[j].affinity;
+  }
+  return pExpr->affinity;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the explicit collating sequence for an expression to the
+** collating sequence supplied in the second argument.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprSetColl(Expr *pExpr, CollSeq *pColl){
+  if( pExpr && pColl ){
+    pExpr->pColl = pColl;
+    pExpr->flags |= EP_ExpCollate;
+  }
+  return pExpr;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the collating sequence for expression pExpr to be the collating
+** sequence named by pToken.   Return a pointer to the revised expression.
+** The collating sequence is marked as "explicit" using the EP_ExpCollate
+** flag.  An explicit collating sequence will override implicit
+** collating sequences.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprSetCollByToken(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, Token *pCollName){
+  char *zColl = 0;            /* Dequoted name of collation sequence */
+  CollSeq *pColl;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  zColl = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pCollName);
+  pColl = sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl);
+  sqlite3ExprSetColl(pExpr, pColl);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, zColl);
+  return pExpr;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the default collation sequence for the expression pExpr. If
+** there is no default collation type, return 0.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3ExprCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){
+  CollSeq *pColl = 0;
+  Expr *p = pExpr;
+  while( p ){
+    int op;
+    pColl = p->pColl;
+    if( pColl ) break;
+    op = p->op;
+    if( p->pTab!=0 && (
+        op==TK_AGG_COLUMN || op==TK_COLUMN || op==TK_REGISTER || op==TK_TRIGGER
+    )){
+      /* op==TK_REGISTER && p->pTab!=0 happens when pExpr was originally
+      ** a TK_COLUMN but was previously evaluated and cached in a register */
+      const char *zColl;
+      int j = p->iColumn;
+      if( j>=0 ){
+        sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+        zColl = p->pTab->aCol[j].zColl;
+        pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), zColl, 0);
+        pExpr->pColl = pColl;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    if( op!=TK_CAST && op!=TK_UPLUS ){
+      break;
+    }
+    p = p->pLeft;
+  }
+  if( sqlite3CheckCollSeq(pParse, pColl) ){ 
+    pColl = 0;
+  }
+  return pColl;
+}
+
+/*
+** pExpr is an operand of a comparison operator.  aff2 is the
+** type affinity of the other operand.  This routine returns the
+** type affinity that should be used for the comparison operator.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3CompareAffinity(Expr *pExpr, char aff2){
+  char aff1 = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr);
+  if( aff1 && aff2 ){
+    /* Both sides of the comparison are columns. If one has numeric
+    ** affinity, use that. Otherwise use no affinity.
+    */
+    if( sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(aff1) || sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(aff2) ){
+      return SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC;
+    }else{
+      return SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
+    }
+  }else if( !aff1 && !aff2 ){
+    /* Neither side of the comparison is a column.  Compare the
+    ** results directly.
+    */
+    return SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
+  }else{
+    /* One side is a column, the other is not. Use the columns affinity. */
+    assert( aff1==0 || aff2==0 );
+    return (aff1 + aff2);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** pExpr is a comparison operator.  Return the type affinity that should
+** be applied to both operands prior to doing the comparison.
+*/
+static char comparisonAffinity(Expr *pExpr){
+  char aff;
+  assert( pExpr->op==TK_EQ || pExpr->op==TK_IN || pExpr->op==TK_LT ||
+          pExpr->op==TK_GT || pExpr->op==TK_GE || pExpr->op==TK_LE ||
+          pExpr->op==TK_NE || pExpr->op==TK_IS || pExpr->op==TK_ISNOT );
+  assert( pExpr->pLeft );
+  aff = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr->pLeft);
+  if( pExpr->pRight ){
+    aff = sqlite3CompareAffinity(pExpr->pRight, aff);
+  }else if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
+    aff = sqlite3CompareAffinity(pExpr->x.pSelect->pEList->a[0].pExpr, aff);
+  }else if( !aff ){
+    aff = SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
+  }
+  return aff;
+}
+
+/*
+** pExpr is a comparison expression, eg. '=', '<', IN(...) etc.
+** idx_affinity is the affinity of an indexed column. Return true
+** if the index with affinity idx_affinity may be used to implement
+** the comparison in pExpr.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(Expr *pExpr, char idx_affinity){
+  char aff = comparisonAffinity(pExpr);
+  switch( aff ){
+    case SQLITE_AFF_NONE:
+      return 1;
+    case SQLITE_AFF_TEXT:
+      return idx_affinity==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT;
+    default:
+      return sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(idx_affinity);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the P5 value that should be used for a binary comparison
+** opcode (OP_Eq, OP_Ge etc.) used to compare pExpr1 and pExpr2.
+*/
+static u8 binaryCompareP5(Expr *pExpr1, Expr *pExpr2, int jumpIfNull){
+  u8 aff = (char)sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr2);
+  aff = (u8)sqlite3CompareAffinity(pExpr1, aff) | (u8)jumpIfNull;
+  return aff;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the collation sequence that should be used by
+** a binary comparison operator comparing pLeft and pRight.
+**
+** If the left hand expression has a collating sequence type, then it is
+** used. Otherwise the collation sequence for the right hand expression
+** is used, or the default (BINARY) if neither expression has a collating
+** type.
+**
+** Argument pRight (but not pLeft) may be a null pointer. In this case,
+** it is not considered.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(
+  Parse *pParse, 
+  Expr *pLeft, 
+  Expr *pRight
+){
+  CollSeq *pColl;
+  assert( pLeft );
+  if( pLeft->flags & EP_ExpCollate ){
+    assert( pLeft->pColl );
+    pColl = pLeft->pColl;
+  }else if( pRight && pRight->flags & EP_ExpCollate ){
+    assert( pRight->pColl );
+    pColl = pRight->pColl;
+  }else{
+    pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pLeft);
+    if( !pColl ){
+      pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pRight);
+    }
+  }
+  return pColl;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code for a comparison operator.
+*/
+static int codeCompare(
+  Parse *pParse,    /* The parsing (and code generating) context */
+  Expr *pLeft,      /* The left operand */
+  Expr *pRight,     /* The right operand */
+  int opcode,       /* The comparison opcode */
+  int in1, int in2, /* Register holding operands */
+  int dest,         /* Jump here if true.  */
+  int jumpIfNull    /* If true, jump if either operand is NULL */
+){
+  int p5;
+  int addr;
+  CollSeq *p4;
+
+  p4 = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pLeft, pRight);
+  p5 = binaryCompareP5(pLeft, pRight, jumpIfNull);
+  addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(pParse->pVdbe, opcode, in2, dest, in1,
+                           (void*)p4, P4_COLLSEQ);
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(pParse->pVdbe, (u8)p5);
+  return addr;
+}
+
+#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
+/*
+** Check that argument nHeight is less than or equal to the maximum
+** expression depth allowed. If it is not, leave an error message in
+** pParse.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(Parse *pParse, int nHeight){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int mxHeight = pParse->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH];
+  if( nHeight>mxHeight ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
+       "Expression tree is too large (maximum depth %d)", mxHeight
+    );
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* The following three functions, heightOfExpr(), heightOfExprList()
+** and heightOfSelect(), are used to determine the maximum height
+** of any expression tree referenced by the structure passed as the
+** first argument.
+**
+** If this maximum height is greater than the current value pointed
+** to by pnHeight, the second parameter, then set *pnHeight to that
+** value.
+*/
+static void heightOfExpr(Expr *p, int *pnHeight){
+  if( p ){
+    if( p->nHeight>*pnHeight ){
+      *pnHeight = p->nHeight;
+    }
+  }
+}
+static void heightOfExprList(ExprList *p, int *pnHeight){
+  if( p ){
+    int i;
+    for(i=0; i<p->nExpr; i++){
+      heightOfExpr(p->a[i].pExpr, pnHeight);
+    }
+  }
+}
+static void heightOfSelect(Select *p, int *pnHeight){
+  if( p ){
+    heightOfExpr(p->pWhere, pnHeight);
+    heightOfExpr(p->pHaving, pnHeight);
+    heightOfExpr(p->pLimit, pnHeight);
+    heightOfExpr(p->pOffset, pnHeight);
+    heightOfExprList(p->pEList, pnHeight);
+    heightOfExprList(p->pGroupBy, pnHeight);
+    heightOfExprList(p->pOrderBy, pnHeight);
+    heightOfSelect(p->pPrior, pnHeight);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the Expr.nHeight variable in the structure passed as an 
+** argument. An expression with no children, Expr.pList or 
+** Expr.pSelect member has a height of 1. Any other expression
+** has a height equal to the maximum height of any other 
+** referenced Expr plus one.
+*/
+static void exprSetHeight(Expr *p){
+  int nHeight = 0;
+  heightOfExpr(p->pLeft, &nHeight);
+  heightOfExpr(p->pRight, &nHeight);
+  if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect) ){
+    heightOfSelect(p->x.pSelect, &nHeight);
+  }else{
+    heightOfExprList(p->x.pList, &nHeight);
+  }
+  p->nHeight = nHeight + 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the Expr.nHeight variable using the exprSetHeight() function. If
+** the height is greater than the maximum allowed expression depth,
+** leave an error in pParse.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprSetHeight(Parse *pParse, Expr *p){
+  exprSetHeight(p);
+  sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(pParse, p->nHeight);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the maximum height of any expression tree referenced
+** by the select statement passed as an argument.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SelectExprHeight(Select *p){
+  int nHeight = 0;
+  heightOfSelect(p, &nHeight);
+  return nHeight;
+}
+#else
+  #define exprSetHeight(y)
+#endif /* SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 */
+
+/*
+** This routine is the core allocator for Expr nodes.
+**
+** Construct a new expression node and return a pointer to it.  Memory
+** for this node and for the pToken argument is a single allocation
+** obtained from sqlite3DbMalloc().  The calling function
+** is responsible for making sure the node eventually gets freed.
+**
+** If dequote is true, then the token (if it exists) is dequoted.
+** If dequote is false, no dequoting is performance.  The deQuote
+** parameter is ignored if pToken is NULL or if the token does not
+** appear to be quoted.  If the quotes were of the form "..." (double-quotes)
+** then the EP_DblQuoted flag is set on the expression node.
+**
+** Special case:  If op==TK_INTEGER and pToken points to a string that
+** can be translated into a 32-bit integer, then the token is not
+** stored in u.zToken.  Instead, the integer values is written
+** into u.iValue and the EP_IntValue flag is set.  No extra storage
+** is allocated to hold the integer text and the dequote flag is ignored.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAlloc(
+  sqlite3 *db,            /* Handle for sqlite3DbMallocZero() (may be null) */
+  int op,                 /* Expression opcode */
+  const Token *pToken,    /* Token argument.  Might be NULL */
+  int dequote             /* True to dequote */
+){
+  Expr *pNew;
+  int nExtra = 0;
+  int iValue = 0;
+
+  if( pToken ){
+    if( op!=TK_INTEGER || pToken->z==0
+          || sqlite3GetInt32(pToken->z, &iValue)==0 ){
+      nExtra = pToken->n+1;
+      assert( iValue>=0 );
+    }
+  }
+  pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Expr)+nExtra);
+  if( pNew ){
+    pNew->op = (u8)op;
+    pNew->iAgg = -1;
+    if( pToken ){
+      if( nExtra==0 ){
+        pNew->flags |= EP_IntValue;
+        pNew->u.iValue = iValue;
+      }else{
+        int c;
+        pNew->u.zToken = (char*)&pNew[1];
+        assert( pToken->z!=0 || pToken->n==0 );
+        if( pToken->n ) memcpy(pNew->u.zToken, pToken->z, pToken->n);
+        pNew->u.zToken[pToken->n] = 0;
+        if( dequote && nExtra>=3 
+             && ((c = pToken->z[0])=='\'' || c=='"' || c=='[' || c=='`') ){
+          sqlite3Dequote(pNew->u.zToken);
+          if( c=='"' ) pNew->flags |= EP_DblQuoted;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
+    pNew->nHeight = 1;
+#endif  
+  }
+  return pNew;
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate a new expression node from a zero-terminated token that has
+** already been dequoted.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3Expr(
+  sqlite3 *db,            /* Handle for sqlite3DbMallocZero() (may be null) */
+  int op,                 /* Expression opcode */
+  const char *zToken      /* Token argument.  Might be NULL */
+){
+  Token x;
+  x.z = zToken;
+  x.n = zToken ? sqlite3Strlen30(zToken) : 0;
+  return sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, op, &x, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Attach subtrees pLeft and pRight to the Expr node pRoot.
+**
+** If pRoot==NULL that means that a memory allocation error has occurred.
+** In that case, delete the subtrees pLeft and pRight.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAttachSubtrees(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  Expr *pRoot,
+  Expr *pLeft,
+  Expr *pRight
+){
+  if( pRoot==0 ){
+    assert( db->mallocFailed );
+    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pLeft);
+    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pRight);
+  }else{
+    if( pRight ){
+      pRoot->pRight = pRight;
+      if( pRight->flags & EP_ExpCollate ){
+        pRoot->flags |= EP_ExpCollate;
+        pRoot->pColl = pRight->pColl;
+      }
+    }
+    if( pLeft ){
+      pRoot->pLeft = pLeft;
+      if( pLeft->flags & EP_ExpCollate ){
+        pRoot->flags |= EP_ExpCollate;
+        pRoot->pColl = pLeft->pColl;
+      }
+    }
+    exprSetHeight(pRoot);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate a Expr node which joins as many as two subtrees.
+**
+** One or both of the subtrees can be NULL.  Return a pointer to the new
+** Expr node.  Or, if an OOM error occurs, set pParse->db->mallocFailed,
+** free the subtrees and return NULL.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3PExpr(
+  Parse *pParse,          /* Parsing context */
+  int op,                 /* Expression opcode */
+  Expr *pLeft,            /* Left operand */
+  Expr *pRight,           /* Right operand */
+  const Token *pToken     /* Argument token */
+){
+  Expr *p;
+  if( op==TK_AND && pLeft && pRight ){
+    /* Take advantage of short-circuit false optimization for AND */
+    p = sqlite3ExprAnd(pParse->db, pLeft, pRight);
+  }else{
+    p = sqlite3ExprAlloc(pParse->db, op, pToken, 1);
+    sqlite3ExprAttachSubtrees(pParse->db, p, pLeft, pRight);
+  }
+  if( p ) {
+    sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(pParse, p->nHeight);
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return 1 if an expression must be FALSE in all cases and 0 if the
+** expression might be true.  This is an optimization.  If is OK to
+** return 0 here even if the expression really is always false (a 
+** false negative).  But it is a bug to return 1 if the expression
+** might be true in some rare circumstances (a false positive.)
+**
+** Note that if the expression is part of conditional for a
+** LEFT JOIN, then we cannot determine at compile-time whether or not
+** is it true or false, so always return 0.
+*/
+static int exprAlwaysFalse(Expr *p){
+  int v = 0;
+  if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_FromJoin) ) return 0;
+  if( !sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p, &v) ) return 0;
+  return v==0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Join two expressions using an AND operator.  If either expression is
+** NULL, then just return the other expression.
+**
+** If one side or the other of the AND is known to be false, then instead
+** of returning an AND expression, just return a constant expression with
+** a value of false.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAnd(sqlite3 *db, Expr *pLeft, Expr *pRight){
+  if( pLeft==0 ){
+    return pRight;
+  }else if( pRight==0 ){
+    return pLeft;
+  }else if( exprAlwaysFalse(pLeft) || exprAlwaysFalse(pRight) ){
+    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pLeft);
+    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pRight);
+    return sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_INTEGER, &sqlite3IntTokens[0], 0);
+  }else{
+    Expr *pNew = sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_AND, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3ExprAttachSubtrees(db, pNew, pLeft, pRight);
+    return pNew;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Construct a new expression node for a function with multiple
+** arguments.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprFunction(Parse *pParse, ExprList *pList, Token *pToken){
+  Expr *pNew;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  assert( pToken );
+  pNew = sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_FUNCTION, pToken, 1);
+  if( pNew==0 ){
+    sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList); /* Avoid memory leak when malloc fails */
+    return 0;
+  }
+  pNew->x.pList = pList;
+  assert( !ExprHasProperty(pNew, EP_xIsSelect) );
+  sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, pNew);
+  return pNew;
+}
+
+/*
+** Assign a variable number to an expression that encodes a wildcard
+** in the original SQL statement.  
+**
+** Wildcards consisting of a single "?" are assigned the next sequential
+** variable number.
+**
+** Wildcards of the form "?nnn" are assigned the number "nnn".  We make
+** sure "nnn" is not too be to avoid a denial of service attack when
+** the SQL statement comes from an external source.
+**
+** Wildcards of the form ":aaa", "@aaa", or "$aaa" are assigned the same number
+** as the previous instance of the same wildcard.  Or if this is the first
+** instance of the wildcard, the next sequenial variable number is
+** assigned.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  const char *z;
+
+  if( pExpr==0 ) return;
+  assert( !ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue|EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly) );
+  z = pExpr->u.zToken;
+  assert( z!=0 );
+  assert( z[0]!=0 );
+  if( z[1]==0 ){
+    /* Wildcard of the form "?".  Assign the next variable number */
+    assert( z[0]=='?' );
+    pExpr->iColumn = (ynVar)(++pParse->nVar);
+  }else{
+    ynVar x = 0;
+    u32 n = sqlite3Strlen30(z);
+    if( z[0]=='?' ){
+      /* Wildcard of the form "?nnn".  Convert "nnn" to an integer and
+      ** use it as the variable number */
+      i64 i;
+      int bOk = 0==sqlite3Atoi64(&z[1], &i, n-1, SQLITE_UTF8);
+      pExpr->iColumn = x = (ynVar)i;
+      testcase( i==0 );
+      testcase( i==1 );
+      testcase( i==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]-1 );
+      testcase( i==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] );
+      if( bOk==0 || i<1 || i>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "variable number must be between ?1 and ?%d",
+            db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]);
+        x = 0;
+      }
+      if( i>pParse->nVar ){
+        pParse->nVar = (int)i;
+      }
+    }else{
+      /* Wildcards like ":aaa", "$aaa" or "@aaa".  Reuse the same variable
+      ** number as the prior appearance of the same name, or if the name
+      ** has never appeared before, reuse the same variable number
+      */
+      ynVar i;
+      for(i=0; i<pParse->nzVar; i++){
+        if( pParse->azVar[i] && memcmp(pParse->azVar[i],z,n+1)==0 ){
+          pExpr->iColumn = x = (ynVar)i+1;
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+      if( x==0 ) x = pExpr->iColumn = (ynVar)(++pParse->nVar);
+    }
+    if( x>0 ){
+      if( x>pParse->nzVar ){
+        char **a;
+        a = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pParse->azVar, x*sizeof(a[0]));
+        if( a==0 ) return;  /* Error reported through db->mallocFailed */
+        pParse->azVar = a;
+        memset(&a[pParse->nzVar], 0, (x-pParse->nzVar)*sizeof(a[0]));
+        pParse->nzVar = x;
+      }
+      if( z[0]!='?' || pParse->azVar[x-1]==0 ){
+        sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->azVar[x-1]);
+        pParse->azVar[x-1] = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, z, n);
+      }
+    }
+  } 
+  if( !pParse->nErr && pParse->nVar>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many SQL variables");
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Recursively delete an expression tree.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprDelete(sqlite3 *db, Expr *p){
+  if( p==0 ) return;
+  /* Sanity check: Assert that the IntValue is non-negative if it exists */
+  assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_IntValue) || p->u.iValue>=0 );
+  if( !ExprHasAnyProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly) ){
+    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLeft);
+    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pRight);
+    if( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_Reduced) && (p->flags2 & EP2_MallocedToken)!=0 ){
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, p->u.zToken);
+    }
+    if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect) ){
+      sqlite3SelectDelete(db, p->x.pSelect);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->x.pList);
+    }
+  }
+  if( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_Static) ){
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of bytes allocated for the expression structure 
+** passed as the first argument. This is always one of EXPR_FULLSIZE,
+** EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE or EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE.
+*/
+static int exprStructSize(Expr *p){
+  if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly) ) return EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE;
+  if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_Reduced) ) return EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE;
+  return EXPR_FULLSIZE;
+}
+
+/*
+** The dupedExpr*Size() routines each return the number of bytes required
+** to store a copy of an expression or expression tree.  They differ in
+** how much of the tree is measured.
+**
+**     dupedExprStructSize()     Size of only the Expr structure 
+**     dupedExprNodeSize()       Size of Expr + space for token
+**     dupedExprSize()           Expr + token + subtree components
+**
+***************************************************************************
+**
+** The dupedExprStructSize() function returns two values OR-ed together:  
+** (1) the space required for a copy of the Expr structure only and 
+** (2) the EP_xxx flags that indicate what the structure size should be.
+** The return values is always one of:
+**
+**      EXPR_FULLSIZE
+**      EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE   | EP_Reduced
+**      EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE | EP_TokenOnly
+**
+** The size of the structure can be found by masking the return value
+** of this routine with 0xfff.  The flags can be found by masking the
+** return value with EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly.
+**
+** Note that with flags==EXPRDUP_REDUCE, this routines works on full-size
+** (unreduced) Expr objects as they or originally constructed by the parser.
+** During expression analysis, extra information is computed and moved into
+** later parts of teh Expr object and that extra information might get chopped
+** off if the expression is reduced.  Note also that it does not work to
+** make a EXPRDUP_REDUCE copy of a reduced expression.  It is only legal
+** to reduce a pristine expression tree from the parser.  The implementation
+** of dupedExprStructSize() contain multiple assert() statements that attempt
+** to enforce this constraint.
+*/
+static int dupedExprStructSize(Expr *p, int flags){
+  int nSize;
+  assert( flags==EXPRDUP_REDUCE || flags==0 ); /* Only one flag value allowed */
+  if( 0==(flags&EXPRDUP_REDUCE) ){
+    nSize = EXPR_FULLSIZE;
+  }else{
+    assert( !ExprHasAnyProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) );
+    assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_FromJoin) ); 
+    assert( (p->flags2 & EP2_MallocedToken)==0 );
+    assert( (p->flags2 & EP2_Irreducible)==0 );
+    if( p->pLeft || p->pRight || p->pColl || p->x.pList ){
+      nSize = EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE | EP_Reduced;
+    }else{
+      nSize = EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE | EP_TokenOnly;
+    }
+  }
+  return nSize;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function returns the space in bytes required to store the copy 
+** of the Expr structure and a copy of the Expr.u.zToken string (if that
+** string is defined.)
+*/
+static int dupedExprNodeSize(Expr *p, int flags){
+  int nByte = dupedExprStructSize(p, flags) & 0xfff;
+  if( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_IntValue) && p->u.zToken ){
+    nByte += sqlite3Strlen30(p->u.zToken)+1;
+  }
+  return ROUND8(nByte);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of bytes required to create a duplicate of the 
+** expression passed as the first argument. The second argument is a
+** mask containing EXPRDUP_XXX flags.
+**
+** The value returned includes space to create a copy of the Expr struct
+** itself and the buffer referred to by Expr.u.zToken, if any.
+**
+** If the EXPRDUP_REDUCE flag is set, then the return value includes 
+** space to duplicate all Expr nodes in the tree formed by Expr.pLeft 
+** and Expr.pRight variables (but not for any structures pointed to or 
+** descended from the Expr.x.pList or Expr.x.pSelect variables).
+*/
+static int dupedExprSize(Expr *p, int flags){
+  int nByte = 0;
+  if( p ){
+    nByte = dupedExprNodeSize(p, flags);
+    if( flags&EXPRDUP_REDUCE ){
+      nByte += dupedExprSize(p->pLeft, flags) + dupedExprSize(p->pRight, flags);
+    }
+  }
+  return nByte;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is similar to sqlite3ExprDup(), except that if pzBuffer 
+** is not NULL then *pzBuffer is assumed to point to a buffer large enough 
+** to store the copy of expression p, the copies of p->u.zToken
+** (if applicable), and the copies of the p->pLeft and p->pRight expressions,
+** if any. Before returning, *pzBuffer is set to the first byte passed the
+** portion of the buffer copied into by this function.
+*/
+static Expr *exprDup(sqlite3 *db, Expr *p, int flags, u8 **pzBuffer){
+  Expr *pNew = 0;                      /* Value to return */
+  if( p ){
+    const int isReduced = (flags&EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
+    u8 *zAlloc;
+    u32 staticFlag = 0;
+
+    assert( pzBuffer==0 || isReduced );
+
+    /* Figure out where to write the new Expr structure. */
+    if( pzBuffer ){
+      zAlloc = *pzBuffer;
+      staticFlag = EP_Static;
+    }else{
+      zAlloc = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, dupedExprSize(p, flags));
+    }
+    pNew = (Expr *)zAlloc;
+
+    if( pNew ){
+      /* Set nNewSize to the size allocated for the structure pointed to
+      ** by pNew. This is either EXPR_FULLSIZE, EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE or
+      ** EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE. nToken is set to the number of bytes consumed
+      ** by the copy of the p->u.zToken string (if any).
+      */
+      const unsigned nStructSize = dupedExprStructSize(p, flags);
+      const int nNewSize = nStructSize & 0xfff;
+      int nToken;
+      if( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_IntValue) && p->u.zToken ){
+        nToken = sqlite3Strlen30(p->u.zToken) + 1;
+      }else{
+        nToken = 0;
+      }
+      if( isReduced ){
+        assert( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_Reduced)==0 );
+        memcpy(zAlloc, p, nNewSize);
+      }else{
+        int nSize = exprStructSize(p);
+        memcpy(zAlloc, p, nSize);
+        memset(&zAlloc[nSize], 0, EXPR_FULLSIZE-nSize);
+      }
+
+      /* Set the EP_Reduced, EP_TokenOnly, and EP_Static flags appropriately. */
+      pNew->flags &= ~(EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly|EP_Static);
+      pNew->flags |= nStructSize & (EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly);
+      pNew->flags |= staticFlag;
+
+      /* Copy the p->u.zToken string, if any. */
+      if( nToken ){
+        char *zToken = pNew->u.zToken = (char*)&zAlloc[nNewSize];
+        memcpy(zToken, p->u.zToken, nToken);
+      }
+
+      if( 0==((p->flags|pNew->flags) & EP_TokenOnly) ){
+        /* Fill in the pNew->x.pSelect or pNew->x.pList member. */
+        if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect) ){
+          pNew->x.pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, p->x.pSelect, isReduced);
+        }else{
+          pNew->x.pList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->x.pList, isReduced);
+        }
+      }
+
+      /* Fill in pNew->pLeft and pNew->pRight. */
+      if( ExprHasAnyProperty(pNew, EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly) ){
+        zAlloc += dupedExprNodeSize(p, flags);
+        if( ExprHasProperty(pNew, EP_Reduced) ){
+          pNew->pLeft = exprDup(db, p->pLeft, EXPRDUP_REDUCE, &zAlloc);
+          pNew->pRight = exprDup(db, p->pRight, EXPRDUP_REDUCE, &zAlloc);
+        }
+        if( pzBuffer ){
+          *pzBuffer = zAlloc;
+        }
+      }else{
+        pNew->flags2 = 0;
+        if( !ExprHasAnyProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly) ){
+          pNew->pLeft = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pLeft, 0);
+          pNew->pRight = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pRight, 0);
+        }
+      }
+
+    }
+  }
+  return pNew;
+}
+
+/*
+** The following group of routines make deep copies of expressions,
+** expression lists, ID lists, and select statements.  The copies can
+** be deleted (by being passed to their respective ...Delete() routines)
+** without effecting the originals.
+**
+** The expression list, ID, and source lists return by sqlite3ExprListDup(),
+** sqlite3IdListDup(), and sqlite3SrcListDup() can not be further expanded 
+** by subsequent calls to sqlite*ListAppend() routines.
+**
+** Any tables that the SrcList might point to are not duplicated.
+**
+** The flags parameter contains a combination of the EXPRDUP_XXX flags.
+** If the EXPRDUP_REDUCE flag is set, then the structure returned is a
+** truncated version of the usual Expr structure that will be stored as
+** part of the in-memory representation of the database schema.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprDup(sqlite3 *db, Expr *p, int flags){
+  return exprDup(db, p, flags, 0);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListDup(sqlite3 *db, ExprList *p, int flags){
+  ExprList *pNew;
+  struct ExprList_item *pItem, *pOldItem;
+  int i;
+  if( p==0 ) return 0;
+  pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(*pNew) );
+  if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
+  pNew->iECursor = 0;
+  pNew->nExpr = i = p->nExpr;
+  if( (flags & EXPRDUP_REDUCE)==0 ) for(i=1; i<p->nExpr; i+=i){}
+  pNew->a = pItem = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db,  i*sizeof(p->a[0]) );
+  if( pItem==0 ){
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pNew);
+    return 0;
+  } 
+  pOldItem = p->a;
+  for(i=0; i<p->nExpr; i++, pItem++, pOldItem++){
+    Expr *pOldExpr = pOldItem->pExpr;
+    pItem->pExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOldExpr, flags);
+    pItem->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zName);
+    pItem->zSpan = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zSpan);
+    pItem->sortOrder = pOldItem->sortOrder;
+    pItem->done = 0;
+    pItem->iOrderByCol = pOldItem->iOrderByCol;
+    pItem->iAlias = pOldItem->iAlias;
+  }
+  return pNew;
+}
+
+/*
+** If cursors, triggers, views and subqueries are all omitted from
+** the build, then none of the following routines, except for 
+** sqlite3SelectDup(), can be called. sqlite3SelectDup() is sometimes
+** called with a NULL argument.
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) \
+ || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListDup(sqlite3 *db, SrcList *p, int flags){
+  SrcList *pNew;
+  int i;
+  int nByte;
+  if( p==0 ) return 0;
+  nByte = sizeof(*p) + (p->nSrc>0 ? sizeof(p->a[0]) * (p->nSrc-1) : 0);
+  pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, nByte );
+  if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
+  pNew->nSrc = pNew->nAlloc = p->nSrc;
+  for(i=0; i<p->nSrc; i++){
+    struct SrcList_item *pNewItem = &pNew->a[i];
+    struct SrcList_item *pOldItem = &p->a[i];
+    Table *pTab;
+    pNewItem->zDatabase = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zDatabase);
+    pNewItem->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zName);
+    pNewItem->zAlias = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zAlias);
+    pNewItem->jointype = pOldItem->jointype;
+    pNewItem->iCursor = pOldItem->iCursor;
+    pNewItem->addrFillSub = pOldItem->addrFillSub;
+    pNewItem->regReturn = pOldItem->regReturn;
+    pNewItem->isCorrelated = pOldItem->isCorrelated;
+    pNewItem->zIndex = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zIndex);
+    pNewItem->notIndexed = pOldItem->notIndexed;
+    pNewItem->pIndex = pOldItem->pIndex;
+    pTab = pNewItem->pTab = pOldItem->pTab;
+    if( pTab ){
+      pTab->nRef++;
+    }
+    pNewItem->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pOldItem->pSelect, flags);
+    pNewItem->pOn = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOldItem->pOn, flags);
+    pNewItem->pUsing = sqlite3IdListDup(db, pOldItem->pUsing);
+    pNewItem->colUsed = pOldItem->colUsed;
+  }
+  return pNew;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE IdList *sqlite3IdListDup(sqlite3 *db, IdList *p){
+  IdList *pNew;
+  int i;
+  if( p==0 ) return 0;
+  pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(*pNew) );
+  if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
+  pNew->nId = p->nId;
+  pNew->a = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, p->nId*sizeof(p->a[0]) );
+  if( pNew->a==0 ){
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pNew);
+    return 0;
+  }
+  /* Note that because the size of the allocation for p->a[] is not
+  ** necessarily a power of two, sqlite3IdListAppend() may not be called
+  ** on the duplicate created by this function. */
+  for(i=0; i<p->nId; i++){
+    struct IdList_item *pNewItem = &pNew->a[i];
+    struct IdList_item *pOldItem = &p->a[i];
+    pNewItem->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zName);
+    pNewItem->idx = pOldItem->idx;
+  }
+  return pNew;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectDup(sqlite3 *db, Select *p, int flags){
+  Select *pNew, *pPrior;
+  if( p==0 ) return 0;
+  pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(*p) );
+  if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
+  pNew->pEList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pEList, flags);
+  pNew->pSrc = sqlite3SrcListDup(db, p->pSrc, flags);
+  pNew->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pWhere, flags);
+  pNew->pGroupBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pGroupBy, flags);
+  pNew->pHaving = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pHaving, flags);
+  pNew->pOrderBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pOrderBy, flags);
+  pNew->op = p->op;
+  pNew->pPrior = pPrior = sqlite3SelectDup(db, p->pPrior, flags);
+  if( pPrior ) pPrior->pNext = pNew;
+  pNew->pNext = 0;
+  pNew->pLimit = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pLimit, flags);
+  pNew->pOffset = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pOffset, flags);
+  pNew->iLimit = 0;
+  pNew->iOffset = 0;
+  pNew->selFlags = p->selFlags & ~SF_UsesEphemeral;
+  pNew->pRightmost = 0;
+  pNew->addrOpenEphm[0] = -1;
+  pNew->addrOpenEphm[1] = -1;
+  pNew->addrOpenEphm[2] = -1;
+  return pNew;
+}
+#else
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectDup(sqlite3 *db, Select *p, int flags){
+  assert( p==0 );
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Add a new element to the end of an expression list.  If pList is
+** initially NULL, then create a new expression list.
+**
+** If a memory allocation error occurs, the entire list is freed and
+** NULL is returned.  If non-NULL is returned, then it is guaranteed
+** that the new entry was successfully appended.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListAppend(
+  Parse *pParse,          /* Parsing context */
+  ExprList *pList,        /* List to which to append. Might be NULL */
+  Expr *pExpr             /* Expression to be appended. Might be NULL */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  if( pList==0 ){
+    pList = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(ExprList) );
+    if( pList==0 ){
+      goto no_mem;
+    }
+    pList->a = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(pList->a[0]));
+    if( pList->a==0 ) goto no_mem;
+  }else if( (pList->nExpr & (pList->nExpr-1))==0 ){
+    struct ExprList_item *a;
+    assert( pList->nExpr>0 );
+    a = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pList->a, pList->nExpr*2*sizeof(pList->a[0]));
+    if( a==0 ){
+      goto no_mem;
+    }
+    pList->a = a;
+  }
+  assert( pList->a!=0 );
+  if( 1 ){
+    struct ExprList_item *pItem = &pList->a[pList->nExpr++];
+    memset(pItem, 0, sizeof(*pItem));
+    pItem->pExpr = pExpr;
+  }
+  return pList;
+
+no_mem:     
+  /* Avoid leaking memory if malloc has failed. */
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr);
+  sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the ExprList.a[].zName element of the most recently added item
+** on the expression list.
+**
+** pList might be NULL following an OOM error.  But pName should never be
+** NULL.  If a memory allocation fails, the pParse->db->mallocFailed flag
+** is set.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListSetName(
+  Parse *pParse,          /* Parsing context */
+  ExprList *pList,        /* List to which to add the span. */
+  Token *pName,           /* Name to be added */
+  int dequote             /* True to cause the name to be dequoted */
+){
+  assert( pList!=0 || pParse->db->mallocFailed!=0 );
+  if( pList ){
+    struct ExprList_item *pItem;
+    assert( pList->nExpr>0 );
+    pItem = &pList->a[pList->nExpr-1];
+    assert( pItem->zName==0 );
+    pItem->zName = sqlite3DbStrNDup(pParse->db, pName->z, pName->n);
+    if( dequote && pItem->zName ) sqlite3Dequote(pItem->zName);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the ExprList.a[].zSpan element of the most recently added item
+** on the expression list.
+**
+** pList might be NULL following an OOM error.  But pSpan should never be
+** NULL.  If a memory allocation fails, the pParse->db->mallocFailed flag
+** is set.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListSetSpan(
+  Parse *pParse,          /* Parsing context */
+  ExprList *pList,        /* List to which to add the span. */
+  ExprSpan *pSpan         /* The span to be added */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  assert( pList!=0 || db->mallocFailed!=0 );
+  if( pList ){
+    struct ExprList_item *pItem = &pList->a[pList->nExpr-1];
+    assert( pList->nExpr>0 );
+    assert( db->mallocFailed || pItem->pExpr==pSpan->pExpr );
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zSpan);
+    pItem->zSpan = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pSpan->zStart,
+                                    (int)(pSpan->zEnd - pSpan->zStart));
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** If the expression list pEList contains more than iLimit elements,
+** leave an error message in pParse.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(
+  Parse *pParse,
+  ExprList *pEList,
+  const char *zObject
+){
+  int mx = pParse->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN];
+  testcase( pEList && pEList->nExpr==mx );
+  testcase( pEList && pEList->nExpr==mx+1 );
+  if( pEList && pEList->nExpr>mx ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many columns in %s", zObject);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete an entire expression list.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListDelete(sqlite3 *db, ExprList *pList){
+  int i;
+  struct ExprList_item *pItem;
+  if( pList==0 ) return;
+  assert( pList->a!=0 || pList->nExpr==0 );
+  for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++, pItem++){
+    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pItem->pExpr);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zName);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zSpan);
+  }
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, pList->a);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, pList);
+}
+
+/*
+** These routines are Walker callbacks.  Walker.u.pi is a pointer
+** to an integer.  These routines are checking an expression to see
+** if it is a constant.  Set *Walker.u.pi to 0 if the expression is
+** not constant.
+**
+** These callback routines are used to implement the following:
+**
+**     sqlite3ExprIsConstant()
+**     sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin()
+**     sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction()
+**
+*/
+static int exprNodeIsConstant(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){
+
+  /* If pWalker->u.i is 3 then any term of the expression that comes from
+  ** the ON or USING clauses of a join disqualifies the expression
+  ** from being considered constant. */
+  if( pWalker->u.i==3 && ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ){
+    pWalker->u.i = 0;
+    return WRC_Abort;
+  }
+
+  switch( pExpr->op ){
+    /* Consider functions to be constant if all their arguments are constant
+    ** and pWalker->u.i==2 */
+    case TK_FUNCTION:
+      if( pWalker->u.i==2 ) return 0;
+      /* Fall through */
+    case TK_ID:
+    case TK_COLUMN:
+    case TK_AGG_FUNCTION:
+    case TK_AGG_COLUMN:
+      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_ID );
+      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN );
+      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION );
+      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN );
+      pWalker->u.i = 0;
+      return WRC_Abort;
+    default:
+      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_SELECT ); /* selectNodeIsConstant will disallow */
+      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_EXISTS ); /* selectNodeIsConstant will disallow */
+      return WRC_Continue;
+  }
+}
+static int selectNodeIsConstant(Walker *pWalker, Select *NotUsed){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  pWalker->u.i = 0;
+  return WRC_Abort;
+}
+static int exprIsConst(Expr *p, int initFlag){
+  Walker w;
+  w.u.i = initFlag;
+  w.xExprCallback = exprNodeIsConstant;
+  w.xSelectCallback = selectNodeIsConstant;
+  sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, p);
+  return w.u.i;
+}
+
+/*
+** Walk an expression tree.  Return 1 if the expression is constant
+** and 0 if it involves variables or function calls.
+**
+** For the purposes of this function, a double-quoted string (ex: "abc")
+** is considered a variable but a single-quoted string (ex: 'abc') is
+** a constant.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstant(Expr *p){
+  return exprIsConst(p, 1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Walk an expression tree.  Return 1 if the expression is constant
+** that does no originate from the ON or USING clauses of a join.
+** Return 0 if it involves variables or function calls or terms from
+** an ON or USING clause.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(Expr *p){
+  return exprIsConst(p, 3);
+}
+
+/*
+** Walk an expression tree.  Return 1 if the expression is constant
+** or a function call with constant arguments.  Return and 0 if there
+** are any variables.
+**
+** For the purposes of this function, a double-quoted string (ex: "abc")
+** is considered a variable but a single-quoted string (ex: 'abc') is
+** a constant.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(Expr *p){
+  return exprIsConst(p, 2);
+}
+
+/*
+** If the expression p codes a constant integer that is small enough
+** to fit in a 32-bit integer, return 1 and put the value of the integer
+** in *pValue.  If the expression is not an integer or if it is too big
+** to fit in a signed 32-bit integer, return 0 and leave *pValue unchanged.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsInteger(Expr *p, int *pValue){
+  int rc = 0;
+
+  /* If an expression is an integer literal that fits in a signed 32-bit
+  ** integer, then the EP_IntValue flag will have already been set */
+  assert( p->op!=TK_INTEGER || (p->flags & EP_IntValue)!=0
+           || sqlite3GetInt32(p->u.zToken, &rc)==0 );
+
+  if( p->flags & EP_IntValue ){
+    *pValue = p->u.iValue;
+    return 1;
+  }
+  switch( p->op ){
+    case TK_UPLUS: {
+      rc = sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p->pLeft, pValue);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_UMINUS: {
+      int v;
+      if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p->pLeft, &v) ){
+        *pValue = -v;
+        rc = 1;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    default: break;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return FALSE if there is no chance that the expression can be NULL.
+**
+** If the expression might be NULL or if the expression is too complex
+** to tell return TRUE.  
+**
+** This routine is used as an optimization, to skip OP_IsNull opcodes
+** when we know that a value cannot be NULL.  Hence, a false positive
+** (returning TRUE when in fact the expression can never be NULL) might
+** be a small performance hit but is otherwise harmless.  On the other
+** hand, a false negative (returning FALSE when the result could be NULL)
+** will likely result in an incorrect answer.  So when in doubt, return
+** TRUE.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(const Expr *p){
+  u8 op;
+  while( p->op==TK_UPLUS || p->op==TK_UMINUS ){ p = p->pLeft; }
+  op = p->op;
+  if( op==TK_REGISTER ) op = p->op2;
+  switch( op ){
+    case TK_INTEGER:
+    case TK_STRING:
+    case TK_FLOAT:
+    case TK_BLOB:
+      return 0;
+    default:
+      return 1;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate an OP_IsNull instruction that tests register iReg and jumps
+** to location iDest if the value in iReg is NULL.  The value in iReg 
+** was computed by pExpr.  If we can look at pExpr at compile-time and
+** determine that it can never generate a NULL, then the OP_IsNull operation
+** can be omitted.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeIsNullJump(
+  Vdbe *v,            /* The VDBE under construction */
+  const Expr *pExpr,  /* Only generate OP_IsNull if this expr can be NULL */
+  int iReg,           /* Test the value in this register for NULL */
+  int iDest           /* Jump here if the value is null */
+){
+  if( sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(pExpr) ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, iReg, iDest);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the given expression is a constant which would be
+** unchanged by OP_Affinity with the affinity given in the second
+** argument.
+**
+** This routine is used to determine if the OP_Affinity operation
+** can be omitted.  When in doubt return FALSE.  A false negative
+** is harmless.  A false positive, however, can result in the wrong
+** answer.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprNeedsNoAffinityChange(const Expr *p, char aff){
+  u8 op;
+  if( aff==SQLITE_AFF_NONE ) return 1;
+  while( p->op==TK_UPLUS || p->op==TK_UMINUS ){ p = p->pLeft; }
+  op = p->op;
+  if( op==TK_REGISTER ) op = p->op2;
+  switch( op ){
+    case TK_INTEGER: {
+      return aff==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER || aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC;
+    }
+    case TK_FLOAT: {
+      return aff==SQLITE_AFF_REAL || aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC;
+    }
+    case TK_STRING: {
+      return aff==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT;
+    }
+    case TK_BLOB: {
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case TK_COLUMN: {
+      assert( p->iTable>=0 );  /* p cannot be part of a CHECK constraint */
+      return p->iColumn<0
+          && (aff==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER || aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC);
+    }
+    default: {
+      return 0;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the given string is a row-id column name.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsRowid(const char *z){
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "_ROWID_")==0 ) return 1;
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "ROWID")==0 ) return 1;
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "OID")==0 ) return 1;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return true if we are able to the IN operator optimization on a
+** query of the form
+**
+**       x IN (SELECT ...)
+**
+** Where the SELECT... clause is as specified by the parameter to this
+** routine.
+**
+** The Select object passed in has already been preprocessed and no
+** errors have been found.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+static int isCandidateForInOpt(Select *p){
+  SrcList *pSrc;
+  ExprList *pEList;
+  Table *pTab;
+  if( p==0 ) return 0;                   /* right-hand side of IN is SELECT */
+  if( p->pPrior ) return 0;              /* Not a compound SELECT */
+  if( p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate) ){
+    testcase( (p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Distinct );
+    testcase( (p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Aggregate );
+    return 0; /* No DISTINCT keyword and no aggregate functions */
+  }
+  assert( p->pGroupBy==0 );              /* Has no GROUP BY clause */
+  if( p->pLimit ) return 0;              /* Has no LIMIT clause */
+  assert( p->pOffset==0 );               /* No LIMIT means no OFFSET */
+  if( p->pWhere ) return 0;              /* Has no WHERE clause */
+  pSrc = p->pSrc;
+  assert( pSrc!=0 );
+  if( pSrc->nSrc!=1 ) return 0;          /* Single term in FROM clause */
+  if( pSrc->a[0].pSelect ) return 0;     /* FROM is not a subquery or view */
+  pTab = pSrc->a[0].pTab;
+  if( NEVER(pTab==0) ) return 0;
+  assert( pTab->pSelect==0 );            /* FROM clause is not a view */
+  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return 0;        /* FROM clause not a virtual table */
+  pEList = p->pEList;
+  if( pEList->nExpr!=1 ) return 0;       /* One column in the result set */
+  if( pEList->a[0].pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) return 0; /* Result is a column */
+  return 1;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */
+
+/*
+** Code an OP_Once instruction and allocate space for its flag. Return the 
+** address of the new instruction.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CodeOnce(Parse *pParse){
+  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);      /* Virtual machine being coded */
+  return sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Once, pParse->nOnce++);
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is used by the implementation of the IN (...) operator.
+** It's job is to find or create a b-tree structure that may be used
+** either to test for membership of the (...) set or to iterate through
+** its members, skipping duplicates.
+**
+** The index of the cursor opened on the b-tree (database table, database index 
+** or ephermal table) is stored in pX->iTable before this function returns.
+** The returned value of this function indicates the b-tree type, as follows:
+**
+**   IN_INDEX_ROWID - The cursor was opened on a database table.
+**   IN_INDEX_INDEX - The cursor was opened on a database index.
+**   IN_INDEX_EPH -   The cursor was opened on a specially created and
+**                    populated epheremal table.
+**
+** An existing b-tree may only be used if the SELECT is of the simple
+** form:
+**
+**     SELECT <column> FROM <table>
+**
+** If the prNotFound parameter is 0, then the b-tree will be used to iterate
+** through the set members, skipping any duplicates. In this case an
+** epheremal table must be used unless the selected <column> is guaranteed
+** to be unique - either because it is an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY or it
+** has a UNIQUE constraint or UNIQUE index.
+**
+** If the prNotFound parameter is not 0, then the b-tree will be used 
+** for fast set membership tests. In this case an epheremal table must 
+** be used unless <column> is an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY or an index can 
+** be found with <column> as its left-most column.
+**
+** When the b-tree is being used for membership tests, the calling function
+** needs to know whether or not the structure contains an SQL NULL 
+** value in order to correctly evaluate expressions like "X IN (Y, Z)".
+** If there is any chance that the (...) might contain a NULL value at
+** runtime, then a register is allocated and the register number written
+** to *prNotFound. If there is no chance that the (...) contains a
+** NULL value, then *prNotFound is left unchanged.
+**
+** If a register is allocated and its location stored in *prNotFound, then
+** its initial value is NULL.  If the (...) does not remain constant
+** for the duration of the query (i.e. the SELECT within the (...)
+** is a correlated subquery) then the value of the allocated register is
+** reset to NULL each time the subquery is rerun. This allows the
+** caller to use vdbe code equivalent to the following:
+**
+**   if( register==NULL ){
+**     has_null = <test if data structure contains null>
+**     register = 1
+**   }
+**
+** in order to avoid running the <test if data structure contains null>
+** test more often than is necessary.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindInIndex(Parse *pParse, Expr *pX, int *prNotFound){
+  Select *p;                            /* SELECT to the right of IN operator */
+  int eType = 0;                        /* Type of RHS table. IN_INDEX_* */
+  int iTab = pParse->nTab++;            /* Cursor of the RHS table */
+  int mustBeUnique = (prNotFound==0);   /* True if RHS must be unique */
+  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);     /* Virtual machine being coded */
+
+  assert( pX->op==TK_IN );
+
+  /* Check to see if an existing table or index can be used to
+  ** satisfy the query.  This is preferable to generating a new 
+  ** ephemeral table.
+  */
+  p = (ExprHasProperty(pX, EP_xIsSelect) ? pX->x.pSelect : 0);
+  if( ALWAYS(pParse->nErr==0) && isCandidateForInOpt(p) ){
+    sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;              /* Database connection */
+    Table *pTab;                           /* Table <table>. */
+    Expr *pExpr;                           /* Expression <column> */
+    int iCol;                              /* Index of column <column> */
+    int iDb;                               /* Database idx for pTab */
+
+    assert( p );                        /* Because of isCandidateForInOpt(p) */
+    assert( p->pEList!=0 );             /* Because of isCandidateForInOpt(p) */
+    assert( p->pEList->a[0].pExpr!=0 ); /* Because of isCandidateForInOpt(p) */
+    assert( p->pSrc!=0 );               /* Because of isCandidateForInOpt(p) */
+    pTab = p->pSrc->a[0].pTab;
+    pExpr = p->pEList->a[0].pExpr;
+    iCol = pExpr->iColumn;
+   
+    /* Code an OP_VerifyCookie and OP_TableLock for <table>. */
+    iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
+    sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
+    sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName);
+
+    /* This function is only called from two places. In both cases the vdbe
+    ** has already been allocated. So assume sqlite3GetVdbe() is always
+    ** successful here.
+    */
+    assert(v);
+    if( iCol<0 ){
+      int iAddr;
+
+      iAddr = sqlite3CodeOnce(pParse);
+
+      sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iTab, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead);
+      eType = IN_INDEX_ROWID;
+
+      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iAddr);
+    }else{
+      Index *pIdx;                         /* Iterator variable */
+
+      /* The collation sequence used by the comparison. If an index is to
+      ** be used in place of a temp-table, it must be ordered according
+      ** to this collation sequence.  */
+      CollSeq *pReq = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pX->pLeft, pExpr);
+
+      /* Check that the affinity that will be used to perform the 
+      ** comparison is the same as the affinity of the column. If
+      ** it is not, it is not possible to use any index.
+      */
+      char aff = comparisonAffinity(pX);
+      int affinity_ok = (pTab->aCol[iCol].affinity==aff||aff==SQLITE_AFF_NONE);
+
+      for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx && eType==0 && affinity_ok; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+        if( (pIdx->aiColumn[0]==iCol)
+         && sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), pIdx->azColl[0], 0)==pReq
+         && (!mustBeUnique || (pIdx->nColumn==1 && pIdx->onError!=OE_None))
+        ){
+          int iAddr;
+          char *pKey;
+  
+          pKey = (char *)sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIdx);
+          iAddr = sqlite3CodeOnce(pParse);
+  
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenRead, iTab, pIdx->tnum, iDb,
+                               pKey,P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
+          VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName));
+          eType = IN_INDEX_INDEX;
+
+          sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iAddr);
+          if( prNotFound && !pTab->aCol[iCol].notNull ){
+            *prNotFound = ++pParse->nMem;
+            sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, *prNotFound);
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( eType==0 ){
+    /* Could not found an existing table or index to use as the RHS b-tree.
+    ** We will have to generate an ephemeral table to do the job.
+    */
+    double savedNQueryLoop = pParse->nQueryLoop;
+    int rMayHaveNull = 0;
+    eType = IN_INDEX_EPH;
+    if( prNotFound ){
+      *prNotFound = rMayHaveNull = ++pParse->nMem;
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, *prNotFound);
+    }else{
+      testcase( pParse->nQueryLoop>(double)1 );
+      pParse->nQueryLoop = (double)1;
+      if( pX->pLeft->iColumn<0 && !ExprHasAnyProperty(pX, EP_xIsSelect) ){
+        eType = IN_INDEX_ROWID;
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3CodeSubselect(pParse, pX, rMayHaveNull, eType==IN_INDEX_ROWID);
+    pParse->nQueryLoop = savedNQueryLoop;
+  }else{
+    pX->iTable = iTab;
+  }
+  return eType;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Generate code for scalar subqueries used as a subquery expression, EXISTS,
+** or IN operators.  Examples:
+**
+**     (SELECT a FROM b)          -- subquery
+**     EXISTS (SELECT a FROM b)   -- EXISTS subquery
+**     x IN (4,5,11)              -- IN operator with list on right-hand side
+**     x IN (SELECT a FROM b)     -- IN operator with subquery on the right
+**
+** The pExpr parameter describes the expression that contains the IN
+** operator or subquery.
+**
+** If parameter isRowid is non-zero, then expression pExpr is guaranteed
+** to be of the form "<rowid> IN (?, ?, ?)", where <rowid> is a reference
+** to some integer key column of a table B-Tree. In this case, use an
+** intkey B-Tree to store the set of IN(...) values instead of the usual
+** (slower) variable length keys B-Tree.
+**
+** If rMayHaveNull is non-zero, that means that the operation is an IN
+** (not a SELECT or EXISTS) and that the RHS might contains NULLs.
+** Furthermore, the IN is in a WHERE clause and that we really want
+** to iterate over the RHS of the IN operator in order to quickly locate
+** all corresponding LHS elements.  All this routine does is initialize
+** the register given by rMayHaveNull to NULL.  Calling routines will take
+** care of changing this register value to non-NULL if the RHS is NULL-free.
+**
+** If rMayHaveNull is zero, that means that the subquery is being used
+** for membership testing only.  There is no need to initialize any
+** registers to indicate the presense or absence of NULLs on the RHS.
+**
+** For a SELECT or EXISTS operator, return the register that holds the
+** result.  For IN operators or if an error occurs, the return value is 0.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CodeSubselect(
+  Parse *pParse,          /* Parsing context */
+  Expr *pExpr,            /* The IN, SELECT, or EXISTS operator */
+  int rMayHaveNull,       /* Register that records whether NULLs exist in RHS */
+  int isRowid             /* If true, LHS of IN operator is a rowid */
+){
+  int testAddr = -1;                      /* One-time test address */
+  int rReg = 0;                           /* Register storing resulting */
+  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( NEVER(v==0) ) return 0;
+  sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
+
+  /* This code must be run in its entirety every time it is encountered
+  ** if any of the following is true:
+  **
+  **    *  The right-hand side is a correlated subquery
+  **    *  The right-hand side is an expression list containing variables
+  **    *  We are inside a trigger
+  **
+  ** If all of the above are false, then we can run this code just once
+  ** save the results, and reuse the same result on subsequent invocations.
+  */
+  if( !ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_VarSelect) ){
+    testAddr = sqlite3CodeOnce(pParse);
+  }
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
+  if( pParse->explain==2 ){
+    char *zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(
+        pParse->db, "EXECUTE %s%s SUBQUERY %d", testAddr>=0?"":"CORRELATED ",
+        pExpr->op==TK_IN?"LIST":"SCALAR", pParse->iNextSelectId
+    );
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Explain, pParse->iSelectId, 0, 0, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  switch( pExpr->op ){
+    case TK_IN: {
+      char affinity;              /* Affinity of the LHS of the IN */
+      KeyInfo keyInfo;            /* Keyinfo for the generated table */
+      int addr;                   /* Address of OP_OpenEphemeral instruction */
+      Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; /* the LHS of the IN operator */
+
+      if( rMayHaveNull ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, rMayHaveNull);
+      }
+
+      affinity = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pLeft);
+
+      /* Whether this is an 'x IN(SELECT...)' or an 'x IN(<exprlist>)'
+      ** expression it is handled the same way.  An ephemeral table is 
+      ** filled with single-field index keys representing the results
+      ** from the SELECT or the <exprlist>.
+      **
+      ** If the 'x' expression is a column value, or the SELECT...
+      ** statement returns a column value, then the affinity of that
+      ** column is used to build the index keys. If both 'x' and the
+      ** SELECT... statement are columns, then numeric affinity is used
+      ** if either column has NUMERIC or INTEGER affinity. If neither
+      ** 'x' nor the SELECT... statement are columns, then numeric affinity
+      ** is used.
+      */
+      pExpr->iTable = pParse->nTab++;
+      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, pExpr->iTable, !isRowid);
+      if( rMayHaveNull==0 ) sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, BTREE_UNORDERED);
+      memset(&keyInfo, 0, sizeof(keyInfo));
+      keyInfo.nField = 1;
+
+      if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
+        /* Case 1:     expr IN (SELECT ...)
+        **
+        ** Generate code to write the results of the select into the temporary
+        ** table allocated and opened above.
+        */
+        SelectDest dest;
+        ExprList *pEList;
+
+        assert( !isRowid );
+        sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Set, pExpr->iTable);
+        dest.affSdst = (u8)affinity;
+        assert( (pExpr->iTable&0x0000FFFF)==pExpr->iTable );
+        pExpr->x.pSelect->iLimit = 0;
+        if( sqlite3Select(pParse, pExpr->x.pSelect, &dest) ){
+          return 0;
+        }
+        pEList = pExpr->x.pSelect->pEList;
+        if( ALWAYS(pEList!=0 && pEList->nExpr>0) ){ 
+          keyInfo.aColl[0] = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft,
+              pEList->a[0].pExpr);
+        }
+      }else if( ALWAYS(pExpr->x.pList!=0) ){
+        /* Case 2:     expr IN (exprlist)
+        **
+        ** For each expression, build an index key from the evaluation and
+        ** store it in the temporary table. If <expr> is a column, then use
+        ** that columns affinity when building index keys. If <expr> is not
+        ** a column, use numeric affinity.
+        */
+        int i;
+        ExprList *pList = pExpr->x.pList;
+        struct ExprList_item *pItem;
+        int r1, r2, r3;
+
+        if( !affinity ){
+          affinity = SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
+        }
+        keyInfo.aColl[0] = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
+
+        /* Loop through each expression in <exprlist>. */
+        r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+        r2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, r2);
+        for(i=pList->nExpr, pItem=pList->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){
+          Expr *pE2 = pItem->pExpr;
+          int iValToIns;
+
+          /* If the expression is not constant then we will need to
+          ** disable the test that was generated above that makes sure
+          ** this code only executes once.  Because for a non-constant
+          ** expression we need to rerun this code each time.
+          */
+          if( testAddr>=0 && !sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pE2) ){
+            sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, testAddr);
+            testAddr = -1;
+          }
+
+          /* Evaluate the expression and insert it into the temp table */
+          if( isRowid && sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE2, &iValToIns) ){
+            sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InsertInt, pExpr->iTable, r2, iValToIns);
+          }else{
+            r3 = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pE2, r1);
+            if( isRowid ){
+              sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, r3,
+                                sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2);
+              sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, pExpr->iTable, r2, r3);
+            }else{
+              sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, r3, 1, r2, &affinity, 1);
+              sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, r3, 1);
+              sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, pExpr->iTable, r2);
+            }
+          }
+        }
+        sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
+        sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r2);
+      }
+      if( !isRowid ){
+        sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr, (void *)&keyInfo, P4_KEYINFO);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TK_EXISTS:
+    case TK_SELECT:
+    default: {
+      /* If this has to be a scalar SELECT.  Generate code to put the
+      ** value of this select in a memory cell and record the number
+      ** of the memory cell in iColumn.  If this is an EXISTS, write
+      ** an integer 0 (not exists) or 1 (exists) into a memory cell
+      ** and record that memory cell in iColumn.
+      */
+      Select *pSel;                         /* SELECT statement to encode */
+      SelectDest dest;                      /* How to deal with SELECt result */
+
+      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_EXISTS );
+      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_SELECT );
+      assert( pExpr->op==TK_EXISTS || pExpr->op==TK_SELECT );
+
+      assert( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
+      pSel = pExpr->x.pSelect;
+      sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, 0, ++pParse->nMem);
+      if( pExpr->op==TK_SELECT ){
+        dest.eDest = SRT_Mem;
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, dest.iSDParm);
+        VdbeComment((v, "Init subquery result"));
+      }else{
+        dest.eDest = SRT_Exists;
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, dest.iSDParm);
+        VdbeComment((v, "Init EXISTS result"));
+      }
+      sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pSel->pLimit);
+      pSel->pLimit = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_INTEGER, 0, 0,
+                                  &sqlite3IntTokens[1]);
+      pSel->iLimit = 0;
+      if( sqlite3Select(pParse, pSel, &dest) ){
+        return 0;
+      }
+      rReg = dest.iSDParm;
+      ExprSetIrreducible(pExpr);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( testAddr>=0 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, testAddr);
+  }
+  sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse, 1);
+
+  return rReg;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+/*
+** Generate code for an IN expression.
+**
+**      x IN (SELECT ...)
+**      x IN (value, value, ...)
+**
+** The left-hand side (LHS) is a scalar expression.  The right-hand side (RHS)
+** is an array of zero or more values.  The expression is true if the LHS is
+** contained within the RHS.  The value of the expression is unknown (NULL)
+** if the LHS is NULL or if the LHS is not contained within the RHS and the
+** RHS contains one or more NULL values.
+**
+** This routine generates code will jump to destIfFalse if the LHS is not 
+** contained within the RHS.  If due to NULLs we cannot determine if the LHS
+** is contained in the RHS then jump to destIfNull.  If the LHS is contained
+** within the RHS then fall through.
+*/
+static void sqlite3ExprCodeIN(
+  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing and code generating context */
+  Expr *pExpr,          /* The IN expression */
+  int destIfFalse,      /* Jump here if LHS is not contained in the RHS */
+  int destIfNull        /* Jump here if the results are unknown due to NULLs */
+){
+  int rRhsHasNull = 0;  /* Register that is true if RHS contains NULL values */
+  char affinity;        /* Comparison affinity to use */
+  int eType;            /* Type of the RHS */
+  int r1;               /* Temporary use register */
+  Vdbe *v;              /* Statement under construction */
+
+  /* Compute the RHS.   After this step, the table with cursor
+  ** pExpr->iTable will contains the values that make up the RHS.
+  */
+  v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  assert( v!=0 );       /* OOM detected prior to this routine */
+  VdbeNoopComment((v, "begin IN expr"));
+  eType = sqlite3FindInIndex(pParse, pExpr, &rRhsHasNull);
+
+  /* Figure out the affinity to use to create a key from the results
+  ** of the expression. affinityStr stores a static string suitable for
+  ** P4 of OP_MakeRecord.
+  */
+  affinity = comparisonAffinity(pExpr);
+
+  /* Code the LHS, the <expr> from "<expr> IN (...)".
+  */
+  sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
+  r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+  sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, r1);
+
+  /* If the LHS is NULL, then the result is either false or NULL depending
+  ** on whether the RHS is empty or not, respectively.
+  */
+  if( destIfNull==destIfFalse ){
+    /* Shortcut for the common case where the false and NULL outcomes are
+    ** the same. */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, r1, destIfNull);
+  }else{
+    int addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, r1);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, pExpr->iTable, destIfFalse);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, destIfNull);
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
+  }
+
+  if( eType==IN_INDEX_ROWID ){
+    /* In this case, the RHS is the ROWID of table b-tree
+    */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, r1, destIfFalse);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, pExpr->iTable, destIfFalse, r1);
+  }else{
+    /* In this case, the RHS is an index b-tree.
+    */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Affinity, r1, 1, 0, &affinity, 1);
+
+    /* If the set membership test fails, then the result of the 
+    ** "x IN (...)" expression must be either 0 or NULL. If the set
+    ** contains no NULL values, then the result is 0. If the set 
+    ** contains one or more NULL values, then the result of the
+    ** expression is also NULL.
+    */
+    if( rRhsHasNull==0 || destIfFalse==destIfNull ){
+      /* This branch runs if it is known at compile time that the RHS
+      ** cannot contain NULL values. This happens as the result
+      ** of a "NOT NULL" constraint in the database schema.
+      **
+      ** Also run this branch if NULL is equivalent to FALSE
+      ** for this particular IN operator.
+      */
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, pExpr->iTable, destIfFalse, r1, 1);
+
+    }else{
+      /* In this branch, the RHS of the IN might contain a NULL and
+      ** the presence of a NULL on the RHS makes a difference in the
+      ** outcome.
+      */
+      int j1, j2, j3;
+
+      /* First check to see if the LHS is contained in the RHS.  If so,
+      ** then the presence of NULLs in the RHS does not matter, so jump
+      ** over all of the code that follows.
+      */
+      j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, pExpr->iTable, 0, r1, 1);
+
+      /* Here we begin generating code that runs if the LHS is not
+      ** contained within the RHS.  Generate additional code that
+      ** tests the RHS for NULLs.  If the RHS contains a NULL then
+      ** jump to destIfNull.  If there are no NULLs in the RHS then
+      ** jump to destIfFalse.
+      */
+      j2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, rRhsHasNull);
+      j3 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, pExpr->iTable, 0, rRhsHasNull, 1);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -1, rRhsHasNull);
+      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j3);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, rRhsHasNull, 1);
+      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j2);
+
+      /* Jump to the appropriate target depending on whether or not
+      ** the RHS contains a NULL
+      */
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_If, rRhsHasNull, destIfNull);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, destIfFalse);
+
+      /* The OP_Found at the top of this branch jumps here when true, 
+      ** causing the overall IN expression evaluation to fall through.
+      */
+      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
+  sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse, 1);
+  VdbeComment((v, "end IN expr"));
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */
+
+/*
+** Duplicate an 8-byte value
+*/
+static char *dup8bytes(Vdbe *v, const char *in){
+  char *out = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(sqlite3VdbeDb(v), 8);
+  if( out ){
+    memcpy(out, in, 8);
+  }
+  return out;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+/*
+** Generate an instruction that will put the floating point
+** value described by z[0..n-1] into register iMem.
+**
+** The z[] string will probably not be zero-terminated.  But the 
+** z[n] character is guaranteed to be something that does not look
+** like the continuation of the number.
+*/
+static void codeReal(Vdbe *v, const char *z, int negateFlag, int iMem){
+  if( ALWAYS(z!=0) ){
+    double value;
+    char *zV;
+    sqlite3AtoF(z, &value, sqlite3Strlen30(z), SQLITE_UTF8);
+    assert( !sqlite3IsNaN(value) ); /* The new AtoF never returns NaN */
+    if( negateFlag ) value = -value;
+    zV = dup8bytes(v, (char*)&value);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Real, 0, iMem, 0, zV, P4_REAL);
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Generate an instruction that will put the integer describe by
+** text z[0..n-1] into register iMem.
+**
+** Expr.u.zToken is always UTF8 and zero-terminated.
+*/
+static void codeInteger(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int negFlag, int iMem){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  if( pExpr->flags & EP_IntValue ){
+    int i = pExpr->u.iValue;
+    assert( i>=0 );
+    if( negFlag ) i = -i;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, iMem);
+  }else{
+    int c;
+    i64 value;
+    const char *z = pExpr->u.zToken;
+    assert( z!=0 );
+    c = sqlite3Atoi64(z, &value, sqlite3Strlen30(z), SQLITE_UTF8);
+    if( c==0 || (c==2 && negFlag) ){
+      char *zV;
+      if( negFlag ){ value = c==2 ? SMALLEST_INT64 : -value; }
+      zV = dup8bytes(v, (char*)&value);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Int64, 0, iMem, 0, zV, P4_INT64);
+    }else{
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "oversized integer: %s%s", negFlag ? "-" : "", z);
+#else
+      codeReal(v, z, negFlag, iMem);
+#endif
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Clear a cache entry.
+*/
+static void cacheEntryClear(Parse *pParse, struct yColCache *p){
+  if( p->tempReg ){
+    if( pParse->nTempReg<ArraySize(pParse->aTempReg) ){
+      pParse->aTempReg[pParse->nTempReg++] = p->iReg;
+    }
+    p->tempReg = 0;
+  }
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Record in the column cache that a particular column from a
+** particular table is stored in a particular register.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheStore(Parse *pParse, int iTab, int iCol, int iReg){
+  int i;
+  int minLru;
+  int idxLru;
+  struct yColCache *p;
+
+  assert( iReg>0 );  /* Register numbers are always positive */
+  assert( iCol>=-1 && iCol<32768 );  /* Finite column numbers */
+
+  /* The SQLITE_ColumnCache flag disables the column cache.  This is used
+  ** for testing only - to verify that SQLite always gets the same answer
+  ** with and without the column cache.
+  */
+  if( pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_ColumnCache ) return;
+
+  /* First replace any existing entry.
+  **
+  ** Actually, the way the column cache is currently used, we are guaranteed
+  ** that the object will never already be in cache.  Verify this guarantee.
+  */
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){
+    assert( p->iReg==0 || p->iTable!=iTab || p->iColumn!=iCol );
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Find an empty slot and replace it */
+  for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){
+    if( p->iReg==0 ){
+      p->iLevel = pParse->iCacheLevel;
+      p->iTable = iTab;
+      p->iColumn = iCol;
+      p->iReg = iReg;
+      p->tempReg = 0;
+      p->lru = pParse->iCacheCnt++;
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Replace the last recently used */
+  minLru = 0x7fffffff;
+  idxLru = -1;
+  for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){
+    if( p->lru<minLru ){
+      idxLru = i;
+      minLru = p->lru;
+    }
+  }
+  if( ALWAYS(idxLru>=0) ){
+    p = &pParse->aColCache[idxLru];
+    p->iLevel = pParse->iCacheLevel;
+    p->iTable = iTab;
+    p->iColumn = iCol;
+    p->iReg = iReg;
+    p->tempReg = 0;
+    p->lru = pParse->iCacheCnt++;
+    return;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Indicate that registers between iReg..iReg+nReg-1 are being overwritten.
+** Purge the range of registers from the column cache.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(Parse *pParse, int iReg, int nReg){
+  int i;
+  int iLast = iReg + nReg - 1;
+  struct yColCache *p;
+  for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){
+    int r = p->iReg;
+    if( r>=iReg && r<=iLast ){
+      cacheEntryClear(pParse, p);
+      p->iReg = 0;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Remember the current column cache context.  Any new entries added
+** added to the column cache after this call are removed when the
+** corresponding pop occurs.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCachePush(Parse *pParse){
+  pParse->iCacheLevel++;
+}
+
+/*
+** Remove from the column cache any entries that were added since the
+** the previous N Push operations.  In other words, restore the cache
+** to the state it was in N Pushes ago.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCachePop(Parse *pParse, int N){
+  int i;
+  struct yColCache *p;
+  assert( N>0 );
+  assert( pParse->iCacheLevel>=N );
+  pParse->iCacheLevel -= N;
+  for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){
+    if( p->iReg && p->iLevel>pParse->iCacheLevel ){
+      cacheEntryClear(pParse, p);
+      p->iReg = 0;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** When a cached column is reused, make sure that its register is
+** no longer available as a temp register.  ticket #3879:  that same
+** register might be in the cache in multiple places, so be sure to
+** get them all.
+*/
+static void sqlite3ExprCachePinRegister(Parse *pParse, int iReg){
+  int i;
+  struct yColCache *p;
+  for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){
+    if( p->iReg==iReg ){
+      p->tempReg = 0;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code to extract the value of the iCol-th column of a table.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(
+  Vdbe *v,        /* The VDBE under construction */
+  Table *pTab,    /* The table containing the value */
+  int iTabCur,    /* The cursor for this table */
+  int iCol,       /* Index of the column to extract */
+  int regOut      /* Extract the valud into this register */
+){
+  if( iCol<0 || iCol==pTab->iPKey ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iTabCur, regOut);
+  }else{
+    int op = IsVirtual(pTab) ? OP_VColumn : OP_Column;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, op, iTabCur, iCol, regOut);
+  }
+  if( iCol>=0 ){
+    sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, iCol, regOut);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code that will extract the iColumn-th column from
+** table pTab and store the column value in a register.  An effort
+** is made to store the column value in register iReg, but this is
+** not guaranteed.  The location of the column value is returned.
+**
+** There must be an open cursor to pTab in iTable when this routine
+** is called.  If iColumn<0 then code is generated that extracts the rowid.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(
+  Parse *pParse,   /* Parsing and code generating context */
+  Table *pTab,     /* Description of the table we are reading from */
+  int iColumn,     /* Index of the table column */
+  int iTable,      /* The cursor pointing to the table */
+  int iReg,        /* Store results here */
+  u8 p5            /* P5 value for OP_Column */
+){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  int i;
+  struct yColCache *p;
+
+  for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){
+    if( p->iReg>0 && p->iTable==iTable && p->iColumn==iColumn ){
+      p->lru = pParse->iCacheCnt++;
+      sqlite3ExprCachePinRegister(pParse, p->iReg);
+      return p->iReg;
+    }
+  }  
+  assert( v!=0 );
+  sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iTable, iColumn, iReg);
+  if( p5 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, p5);
+  }else{   
+    sqlite3ExprCacheStore(pParse, iTable, iColumn, iReg);
+  }
+  return iReg;
+}
+
+/*
+** Clear all column cache entries.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheClear(Parse *pParse){
+  int i;
+  struct yColCache *p;
+
+  for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){
+    if( p->iReg ){
+      cacheEntryClear(pParse, p);
+      p->iReg = 0;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Record the fact that an affinity change has occurred on iCount
+** registers starting with iStart.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(Parse *pParse, int iStart, int iCount){
+  sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(pParse, iStart, iCount);
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code to move content from registers iFrom...iFrom+nReg-1
+** over to iTo..iTo+nReg-1. Keep the column cache up-to-date.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeMove(Parse *pParse, int iFrom, int iTo, int nReg){
+  int i;
+  struct yColCache *p;
+  if( NEVER(iFrom==iTo) ) return;
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(pParse->pVdbe, OP_Move, iFrom, iTo, nReg);
+  for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){
+    int x = p->iReg;
+    if( x>=iFrom && x<iFrom+nReg ){
+      p->iReg += iTo-iFrom;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code to copy content from registers iFrom...iFrom+nReg-1
+** over to iTo..iTo+nReg-1.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeCopy(Parse *pParse, int iFrom, int iTo, int nReg){
+  int i;
+  if( NEVER(iFrom==iTo) ) return;
+  for(i=0; i<nReg; i++){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, OP_Copy, iFrom+i, iTo+i);
+  }
+}
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST)
+/*
+** Return true if any register in the range iFrom..iTo (inclusive)
+** is used as part of the column cache.
+**
+** This routine is used within assert() and testcase() macros only
+** and does not appear in a normal build.
+*/
+static int usedAsColumnCache(Parse *pParse, int iFrom, int iTo){
+  int i;
+  struct yColCache *p;
+  for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){
+    int r = p->iReg;
+    if( r>=iFrom && r<=iTo ) return 1;    /*NO_TEST*/
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG || SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST */
+
+/*
+** Generate code into the current Vdbe to evaluate the given
+** expression.  Attempt to store the results in register "target".
+** Return the register where results are stored.
+**
+** With this routine, there is no guarantee that results will
+** be stored in target.  The result might be stored in some other
+** register if it is convenient to do so.  The calling function
+** must check the return code and move the results to the desired
+** register.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;  /* The VM under construction */
+  int op;                   /* The opcode being coded */
+  int inReg = target;       /* Results stored in register inReg */
+  int regFree1 = 0;         /* If non-zero free this temporary register */
+  int regFree2 = 0;         /* If non-zero free this temporary register */
+  int r1, r2, r3, r4;       /* Various register numbers */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */
+
+  assert( target>0 && target<=pParse->nMem );
+  if( v==0 ){
+    assert( pParse->db->mallocFailed );
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  if( pExpr==0 ){
+    op = TK_NULL;
+  }else{
+    op = pExpr->op;
+  }
+  switch( op ){
+    case TK_AGG_COLUMN: {
+      AggInfo *pAggInfo = pExpr->pAggInfo;
+      struct AggInfo_col *pCol = &pAggInfo->aCol[pExpr->iAgg];
+      if( !pAggInfo->directMode ){
+        assert( pCol->iMem>0 );
+        inReg = pCol->iMem;
+        break;
+      }else if( pAggInfo->useSortingIdx ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, pAggInfo->sortingIdxPTab,
+                              pCol->iSorterColumn, target);
+        break;
+      }
+      /* Otherwise, fall thru into the TK_COLUMN case */
+    }
+    case TK_COLUMN: {
+      if( pExpr->iTable<0 ){
+        /* This only happens when coding check constraints */
+        assert( pParse->ckBase>0 );
+        inReg = pExpr->iColumn + pParse->ckBase;
+      }else{
+        inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, pExpr->pTab,
+                                 pExpr->iColumn, pExpr->iTable, target,
+                                 pExpr->op2);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_INTEGER: {
+      codeInteger(pParse, pExpr, 0, target);
+      break;
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+    case TK_FLOAT: {
+      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
+      codeReal(v, pExpr->u.zToken, 0, target);
+      break;
+    }
+#endif
+    case TK_STRING: {
+      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, target, 0, pExpr->u.zToken, 0);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_NULL: {
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, target);
+      break;
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL
+    case TK_BLOB: {
+      int n;
+      const char *z;
+      char *zBlob;
+      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
+      assert( pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='x' || pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='X' );
+      assert( pExpr->u.zToken[1]=='\'' );
+      z = &pExpr->u.zToken[2];
+      n = sqlite3Strlen30(z) - 1;
+      assert( z[n]=='\'' );
+      zBlob = sqlite3HexToBlob(sqlite3VdbeDb(v), z, n);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Blob, n/2, target, 0, zBlob, P4_DYNAMIC);
+      break;
+    }
+#endif
+    case TK_VARIABLE: {
+      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
+      assert( pExpr->u.zToken!=0 );
+      assert( pExpr->u.zToken[0]!=0 );
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Variable, pExpr->iColumn, target);
+      if( pExpr->u.zToken[1]!=0 ){
+        assert( pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='?' 
+             || strcmp(pExpr->u.zToken, pParse->azVar[pExpr->iColumn-1])==0 );
+        sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pParse->azVar[pExpr->iColumn-1], P4_STATIC);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_REGISTER: {
+      inReg = pExpr->iTable;
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_AS: {
+      inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, target);
+      break;
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST
+    case TK_CAST: {
+      /* Expressions of the form:   CAST(pLeft AS token) */
+      int aff, to_op;
+      inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, target);
+      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
+      aff = sqlite3AffinityType(pExpr->u.zToken);
+      to_op = aff - SQLITE_AFF_TEXT + OP_ToText;
+      assert( to_op==OP_ToText    || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_TEXT    );
+      assert( to_op==OP_ToBlob    || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_NONE    );
+      assert( to_op==OP_ToNumeric || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC );
+      assert( to_op==OP_ToInt     || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER );
+      assert( to_op==OP_ToReal    || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_REAL    );
+      testcase( to_op==OP_ToText );
+      testcase( to_op==OP_ToBlob );
+      testcase( to_op==OP_ToNumeric );
+      testcase( to_op==OP_ToInt );
+      testcase( to_op==OP_ToReal );
+      if( inReg!=target ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, inReg, target);
+        inReg = target;
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, to_op, inReg);
+      testcase( usedAsColumnCache(pParse, inReg, inReg) );
+      sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, inReg, 1);
+      break;
+    }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CAST */
+    case TK_LT:
+    case TK_LE:
+    case TK_GT:
+    case TK_GE:
+    case TK_NE:
+    case TK_EQ: {
+      assert( TK_LT==OP_Lt );
+      assert( TK_LE==OP_Le );
+      assert( TK_GT==OP_Gt );
+      assert( TK_GE==OP_Ge );
+      assert( TK_EQ==OP_Eq );
+      assert( TK_NE==OP_Ne );
+      testcase( op==TK_LT );
+      testcase( op==TK_LE );
+      testcase( op==TK_GT );
+      testcase( op==TK_GE );
+      testcase( op==TK_EQ );
+      testcase( op==TK_NE );
+      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &regFree1);
+      r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, &regFree2);
+      codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op,
+                  r1, r2, inReg, SQLITE_STOREP2);
+      testcase( regFree1==0 );
+      testcase( regFree2==0 );
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_IS:
+    case TK_ISNOT: {
+      testcase( op==TK_IS );
+      testcase( op==TK_ISNOT );
+      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &regFree1);
+      r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, &regFree2);
+      op = (op==TK_IS) ? TK_EQ : TK_NE;
+      codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op,
+                  r1, r2, inReg, SQLITE_STOREP2 | SQLITE_NULLEQ);
+      testcase( regFree1==0 );
+      testcase( regFree2==0 );
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_AND:
+    case TK_OR:
+    case TK_PLUS:
+    case TK_STAR:
+    case TK_MINUS:
+    case TK_REM:
+    case TK_BITAND:
+    case TK_BITOR:
+    case TK_SLASH:
+    case TK_LSHIFT:
+    case TK_RSHIFT: 
+    case TK_CONCAT: {
+      assert( TK_AND==OP_And );
+      assert( TK_OR==OP_Or );
+      assert( TK_PLUS==OP_Add );
+      assert( TK_MINUS==OP_Subtract );
+      assert( TK_REM==OP_Remainder );
+      assert( TK_BITAND==OP_BitAnd );
+      assert( TK_BITOR==OP_BitOr );
+      assert( TK_SLASH==OP_Divide );
+      assert( TK_LSHIFT==OP_ShiftLeft );
+      assert( TK_RSHIFT==OP_ShiftRight );
+      assert( TK_CONCAT==OP_Concat );
+      testcase( op==TK_AND );
+      testcase( op==TK_OR );
+      testcase( op==TK_PLUS );
+      testcase( op==TK_MINUS );
+      testcase( op==TK_REM );
+      testcase( op==TK_BITAND );
+      testcase( op==TK_BITOR );
+      testcase( op==TK_SLASH );
+      testcase( op==TK_LSHIFT );
+      testcase( op==TK_RSHIFT );
+      testcase( op==TK_CONCAT );
+      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &regFree1);
+      r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, &regFree2);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, op, r2, r1, target);
+      testcase( regFree1==0 );
+      testcase( regFree2==0 );
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_UMINUS: {
+      Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
+      assert( pLeft );
+      if( pLeft->op==TK_INTEGER ){
+        codeInteger(pParse, pLeft, 1, target);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+      }else if( pLeft->op==TK_FLOAT ){
+        assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
+        codeReal(v, pLeft->u.zToken, 1, target);
+#endif
+      }else{
+        regFree1 = r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, r1);
+        r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &regFree2);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Subtract, r2, r1, target);
+        testcase( regFree2==0 );
+      }
+      inReg = target;
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_BITNOT:
+    case TK_NOT: {
+      assert( TK_BITNOT==OP_BitNot );
+      assert( TK_NOT==OP_Not );
+      testcase( op==TK_BITNOT );
+      testcase( op==TK_NOT );
+      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &regFree1);
+      testcase( regFree1==0 );
+      inReg = target;
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, op, r1, inReg);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_ISNULL:
+    case TK_NOTNULL: {
+      int addr;
+      assert( TK_ISNULL==OP_IsNull );
+      assert( TK_NOTNULL==OP_NotNull );
+      testcase( op==TK_ISNULL );
+      testcase( op==TK_NOTNULL );
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, target);
+      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &regFree1);
+      testcase( regFree1==0 );
+      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, op, r1);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, target, -1);
+      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: {
+      AggInfo *pInfo = pExpr->pAggInfo;
+      if( pInfo==0 ){
+        assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "misuse of aggregate: %s()", pExpr->u.zToken);
+      }else{
+        inReg = pInfo->aFunc[pExpr->iAgg].iMem;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_CONST_FUNC:
+    case TK_FUNCTION: {
+      ExprList *pFarg;       /* List of function arguments */
+      int nFarg;             /* Number of function arguments */
+      FuncDef *pDef;         /* The function definition object */
+      int nId;               /* Length of the function name in bytes */
+      const char *zId;       /* The function name */
+      int constMask = 0;     /* Mask of function arguments that are constant */
+      int i;                 /* Loop counter */
+      u8 enc = ENC(db);      /* The text encoding used by this database */
+      CollSeq *pColl = 0;    /* A collating sequence */
+
+      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
+      testcase( op==TK_CONST_FUNC );
+      testcase( op==TK_FUNCTION );
+      if( ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly) ){
+        pFarg = 0;
+      }else{
+        pFarg = pExpr->x.pList;
+      }
+      nFarg = pFarg ? pFarg->nExpr : 0;
+      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
+      zId = pExpr->u.zToken;
+      nId = sqlite3Strlen30(zId);
+      pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zId, nId, nFarg, enc, 0);
+      if( pDef==0 ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown function: %.*s()", nId, zId);
+        break;
+      }
+
+      /* Attempt a direct implementation of the built-in COALESCE() and
+      ** IFNULL() functions.  This avoids unnecessary evalation of
+      ** arguments past the first non-NULL argument.
+      */
+      if( pDef->flags & SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE ){
+        int endCoalesce = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+        assert( nFarg>=2 );
+        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pFarg->a[0].pExpr, target);
+        for(i=1; i<nFarg; i++){
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NotNull, target, endCoalesce);
+          sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(pParse, target, 1);
+          sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
+          sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pFarg->a[i].pExpr, target);
+          sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse, 1);
+        }
+        sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endCoalesce);
+        break;
+      }
+
+
+      if( pFarg ){
+        r1 = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nFarg);
+
+        /* For length() and typeof() functions with a column argument,
+        ** set the P5 parameter to the OP_Column opcode to OPFLAG_LENGTHARG
+        ** or OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG respectively, to avoid unnecessary data
+        ** loading.
+        */
+        if( (pDef->flags & (SQLITE_FUNC_LENGTH|SQLITE_FUNC_TYPEOF))!=0 ){
+          u8 exprOp;
+          assert( nFarg==1 );
+          assert( pFarg->a[0].pExpr!=0 );
+          exprOp = pFarg->a[0].pExpr->op;
+          if( exprOp==TK_COLUMN || exprOp==TK_AGG_COLUMN ){
+            assert( SQLITE_FUNC_LENGTH==OPFLAG_LENGTHARG );
+            assert( SQLITE_FUNC_TYPEOF==OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG );
+            testcase( pDef->flags==SQLITE_FUNC_LENGTH );
+            pFarg->a[0].pExpr->op2 = pDef->flags;
+          }
+        }
+
+        sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);     /* Ticket 2ea2425d34be */
+        sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pFarg, r1, 1);
+        sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse, 1);   /* Ticket 2ea2425d34be */
+      }else{
+        r1 = 0;
+      }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+      /* Possibly overload the function if the first argument is
+      ** a virtual table column.
+      **
+      ** For infix functions (LIKE, GLOB, REGEXP, and MATCH) use the
+      ** second argument, not the first, as the argument to test to
+      ** see if it is a column in a virtual table.  This is done because
+      ** the left operand of infix functions (the operand we want to
+      ** control overloading) ends up as the second argument to the
+      ** function.  The expression "A glob B" is equivalent to 
+      ** "glob(B,A).  We want to use the A in "A glob B" to test
+      ** for function overloading.  But we use the B term in "glob(B,A)".
+      */
+      if( nFarg>=2 && (pExpr->flags & EP_InfixFunc) ){
+        pDef = sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(db, pDef, nFarg, pFarg->a[1].pExpr);
+      }else if( nFarg>0 ){
+        pDef = sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(db, pDef, nFarg, pFarg->a[0].pExpr);
+      }
+#endif
+      for(i=0; i<nFarg; i++){
+        if( i<32 && sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pFarg->a[i].pExpr) ){
+          constMask |= (1<<i);
+        }
+        if( (pDef->flags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL)!=0 && !pColl ){
+          pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pFarg->a[i].pExpr);
+        }
+      }
+      if( pDef->flags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL ){
+        if( !pColl ) pColl = db->pDfltColl; 
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_CollSeq, 0, 0, 0, (char *)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ);
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Function, constMask, r1, target,
+                        (char*)pDef, P4_FUNCDEF);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)nFarg);
+      if( nFarg ){
+        sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, r1, nFarg);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+    case TK_EXISTS:
+    case TK_SELECT: {
+      testcase( op==TK_EXISTS );
+      testcase( op==TK_SELECT );
+      inReg = sqlite3CodeSubselect(pParse, pExpr, 0, 0);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_IN: {
+      int destIfFalse = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      int destIfNull = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, target);
+      sqlite3ExprCodeIN(pParse, pExpr, destIfFalse, destIfNull);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, target);
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, destIfFalse);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, target, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, destIfNull);
+      break;
+    }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */
+
+
+    /*
+    **    x BETWEEN y AND z
+    **
+    ** This is equivalent to
+    **
+    **    x>=y AND x<=z
+    **
+    ** X is stored in pExpr->pLeft.
+    ** Y is stored in pExpr->pList->a[0].pExpr.
+    ** Z is stored in pExpr->pList->a[1].pExpr.
+    */
+    case TK_BETWEEN: {
+      Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
+      struct ExprList_item *pLItem = pExpr->x.pList->a;
+      Expr *pRight = pLItem->pExpr;
+
+      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pLeft, &regFree1);
+      r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pRight, &regFree2);
+      testcase( regFree1==0 );
+      testcase( regFree2==0 );
+      r3 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+      r4 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+      codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pRight, OP_Ge,
+                  r1, r2, r3, SQLITE_STOREP2);
+      pLItem++;
+      pRight = pLItem->pExpr;
+      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2);
+      r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pRight, &regFree2);
+      testcase( regFree2==0 );
+      codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pRight, OP_Le, r1, r2, r4, SQLITE_STOREP2);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_And, r3, r4, target);
+      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r3);
+      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r4);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_UPLUS: {
+      inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, target);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TK_TRIGGER: {
+      /* If the opcode is TK_TRIGGER, then the expression is a reference
+      ** to a column in the new.* or old.* pseudo-tables available to
+      ** trigger programs. In this case Expr.iTable is set to 1 for the
+      ** new.* pseudo-table, or 0 for the old.* pseudo-table. Expr.iColumn
+      ** is set to the column of the pseudo-table to read, or to -1 to
+      ** read the rowid field.
+      **
+      ** The expression is implemented using an OP_Param opcode. The p1
+      ** parameter is set to 0 for an old.rowid reference, or to (i+1)
+      ** to reference another column of the old.* pseudo-table, where 
+      ** i is the index of the column. For a new.rowid reference, p1 is
+      ** set to (n+1), where n is the number of columns in each pseudo-table.
+      ** For a reference to any other column in the new.* pseudo-table, p1
+      ** is set to (n+2+i), where n and i are as defined previously. For
+      ** example, if the table on which triggers are being fired is
+      ** declared as:
+      **
+      **   CREATE TABLE t1(a, b);
+      **
+      ** Then p1 is interpreted as follows:
+      **
+      **   p1==0   ->    old.rowid     p1==3   ->    new.rowid
+      **   p1==1   ->    old.a         p1==4   ->    new.a
+      **   p1==2   ->    old.b         p1==5   ->    new.b       
+      */
+      Table *pTab = pExpr->pTab;
+      int p1 = pExpr->iTable * (pTab->nCol+1) + 1 + pExpr->iColumn;
+
+      assert( pExpr->iTable==0 || pExpr->iTable==1 );
+      assert( pExpr->iColumn>=-1 && pExpr->iColumn<pTab->nCol );
+      assert( pTab->iPKey<0 || pExpr->iColumn!=pTab->iPKey );
+      assert( p1>=0 && p1<(pTab->nCol*2+2) );
+
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Param, p1, target);
+      VdbeComment((v, "%s.%s -> $%d",
+        (pExpr->iTable ? "new" : "old"),
+        (pExpr->iColumn<0 ? "rowid" : pExpr->pTab->aCol[pExpr->iColumn].zName),
+        target
+      ));
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+      /* If the column has REAL affinity, it may currently be stored as an
+      ** integer. Use OP_RealAffinity to make sure it is really real.  */
+      if( pExpr->iColumn>=0 
+       && pTab->aCol[pExpr->iColumn].affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL
+      ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_RealAffinity, target);
+      }
+#endif
+      break;
+    }
+
+
+    /*
+    ** Form A:
+    **   CASE x WHEN e1 THEN r1 WHEN e2 THEN r2 ... WHEN eN THEN rN ELSE y END
+    **
+    ** Form B:
+    **   CASE WHEN e1 THEN r1 WHEN e2 THEN r2 ... WHEN eN THEN rN ELSE y END
+    **
+    ** Form A is can be transformed into the equivalent form B as follows:
+    **   CASE WHEN x=e1 THEN r1 WHEN x=e2 THEN r2 ...
+    **        WHEN x=eN THEN rN ELSE y END
+    **
+    ** X (if it exists) is in pExpr->pLeft.
+    ** Y is in pExpr->pRight.  The Y is also optional.  If there is no
+    ** ELSE clause and no other term matches, then the result of the
+    ** exprssion is NULL.
+    ** Ei is in pExpr->pList->a[i*2] and Ri is pExpr->pList->a[i*2+1].
+    **
+    ** The result of the expression is the Ri for the first matching Ei,
+    ** or if there is no matching Ei, the ELSE term Y, or if there is
+    ** no ELSE term, NULL.
+    */
+    default: assert( op==TK_CASE ); {
+      int endLabel;                     /* GOTO label for end of CASE stmt */
+      int nextCase;                     /* GOTO label for next WHEN clause */
+      int nExpr;                        /* 2x number of WHEN terms */
+      int i;                            /* Loop counter */
+      ExprList *pEList;                 /* List of WHEN terms */
+      struct ExprList_item *aListelem;  /* Array of WHEN terms */
+      Expr opCompare;                   /* The X==Ei expression */
+      Expr cacheX;                      /* Cached expression X */
+      Expr *pX;                         /* The X expression */
+      Expr *pTest = 0;                  /* X==Ei (form A) or just Ei (form B) */
+      VVA_ONLY( int iCacheLevel = pParse->iCacheLevel; )
+
+      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) && pExpr->x.pList );
+      assert((pExpr->x.pList->nExpr % 2) == 0);
+      assert(pExpr->x.pList->nExpr > 0);
+      pEList = pExpr->x.pList;
+      aListelem = pEList->a;
+      nExpr = pEList->nExpr;
+      endLabel = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      if( (pX = pExpr->pLeft)!=0 ){
+        cacheX = *pX;
+        testcase( pX->op==TK_COLUMN );
+        testcase( pX->op==TK_REGISTER );
+        cacheX.iTable = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pX, &regFree1);
+        testcase( regFree1==0 );
+        cacheX.op = TK_REGISTER;
+        opCompare.op = TK_EQ;
+        opCompare.pLeft = &cacheX;
+        pTest = &opCompare;
+        /* Ticket b351d95f9cd5ef17e9d9dbae18f5ca8611190001:
+        ** The value in regFree1 might get SCopy-ed into the file result.
+        ** So make sure that the regFree1 register is not reused for other
+        ** purposes and possibly overwritten.  */
+        regFree1 = 0;
+      }
+      for(i=0; i<nExpr; i=i+2){
+        sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
+        if( pX ){
+          assert( pTest!=0 );
+          opCompare.pRight = aListelem[i].pExpr;
+        }else{
+          pTest = aListelem[i].pExpr;
+        }
+        nextCase = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+        testcase( pTest->op==TK_COLUMN );
+        sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pTest, nextCase, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
+        testcase( aListelem[i+1].pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN );
+        testcase( aListelem[i+1].pExpr->op==TK_REGISTER );
+        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, aListelem[i+1].pExpr, target);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, endLabel);
+        sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse, 1);
+        sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, nextCase);
+      }
+      if( pExpr->pRight ){
+        sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
+        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pRight, target);
+        sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse, 1);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, target);
+      }
+      assert( db->mallocFailed || pParse->nErr>0 
+           || pParse->iCacheLevel==iCacheLevel );
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endLabel);
+      break;
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+    case TK_RAISE: {
+      assert( pExpr->affinity==OE_Rollback 
+           || pExpr->affinity==OE_Abort
+           || pExpr->affinity==OE_Fail
+           || pExpr->affinity==OE_Ignore
+      );
+      if( !pParse->pTriggerTab ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+                       "RAISE() may only be used within a trigger-program");
+        return 0;
+      }
+      if( pExpr->affinity==OE_Abort ){
+        sqlite3MayAbort(pParse);
+      }
+      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
+      if( pExpr->affinity==OE_Ignore ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(
+            v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_OK, OE_Ignore, 0, pExpr->u.zToken,0);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, pExpr->affinity, pExpr->u.zToken, 0);
+      }
+
+      break;
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree1);
+  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2);
+  return inReg;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code to evaluate an expression and store the results
+** into a register.  Return the register number where the results
+** are stored.
+**
+** If the register is a temporary register that can be deallocated,
+** then write its number into *pReg.  If the result register is not
+** a temporary, then set *pReg to zero.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int *pReg){
+  int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+  int r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, r1);
+  if( r2==r1 ){
+    *pReg = r1;
+  }else{
+    sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
+    *pReg = 0;
+  }
+  return r2;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code that will evaluate expression pExpr and store the
+** results in register target.  The results are guaranteed to appear
+** in register target.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCode(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target){
+  int inReg;
+
+  assert( target>0 && target<=pParse->nMem );
+  if( pExpr && pExpr->op==TK_REGISTER ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, OP_Copy, pExpr->iTable, target);
+  }else{
+    inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, target);
+    assert( pParse->pVdbe || pParse->db->mallocFailed );
+    if( inReg!=target && pParse->pVdbe ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, OP_SCopy, inReg, target);
+    }
+  }
+  return target;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code that evalutes the given expression and puts the result
+** in register target.
+**
+** Also make a copy of the expression results into another "cache" register
+** and modify the expression so that the next time it is evaluated,
+** the result is a copy of the cache register.
+**
+** This routine is used for expressions that are used multiple 
+** times.  They are evaluated once and the results of the expression
+** are reused.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  int inReg;
+  inReg = sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr, target);
+  assert( target>0 );
+  /* This routine is called for terms to INSERT or UPDATE.  And the only
+  ** other place where expressions can be converted into TK_REGISTER is
+  ** in WHERE clause processing.  So as currently implemented, there is
+  ** no way for a TK_REGISTER to exist here.  But it seems prudent to
+  ** keep the ALWAYS() in case the conditions above change with future
+  ** modifications or enhancements. */
+  if( ALWAYS(pExpr->op!=TK_REGISTER) ){  
+    int iMem;
+    iMem = ++pParse->nMem;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, inReg, iMem);
+    pExpr->iTable = iMem;
+    pExpr->op2 = pExpr->op;
+    pExpr->op = TK_REGISTER;
+  }
+  return inReg;
+}
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN)
+/*
+** Generate a human-readable explanation of an expression tree.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainExpr(Vdbe *pOut, Expr *pExpr){
+  int op;                   /* The opcode being coded */
+  const char *zBinOp = 0;   /* Binary operator */
+  const char *zUniOp = 0;   /* Unary operator */
+  if( pExpr==0 ){
+    op = TK_NULL;
+  }else{
+    op = pExpr->op;
+  }
+  switch( op ){
+    case TK_AGG_COLUMN: {
+      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "AGG{%d:%d}",
+            pExpr->iTable, pExpr->iColumn);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_COLUMN: {
+      if( pExpr->iTable<0 ){
+        /* This only happens when coding check constraints */
+        sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "COLUMN(%d)", pExpr->iColumn);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "{%d:%d}",
+                             pExpr->iTable, pExpr->iColumn);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_INTEGER: {
+      if( pExpr->flags & EP_IntValue ){
+        sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "%d", pExpr->u.iValue);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "%s", pExpr->u.zToken);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+    case TK_FLOAT: {
+      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,"%s", pExpr->u.zToken);
+      break;
+    }
+#endif
+    case TK_STRING: {
+      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,"%Q", pExpr->u.zToken);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_NULL: {
+      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,"NULL");
+      break;
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL
+    case TK_BLOB: {
+      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,"%s", pExpr->u.zToken);
+      break;
+    }
+#endif
+    case TK_VARIABLE: {
+      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,"VARIABLE(%s,%d)",
+                           pExpr->u.zToken, pExpr->iColumn);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_REGISTER: {
+      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,"REGISTER(%d)", pExpr->iTable);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_AS: {
+      sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pExpr->pLeft);
+      break;
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST
+    case TK_CAST: {
+      /* Expressions of the form:   CAST(pLeft AS token) */
+      const char *zAff = "unk";
+      switch( sqlite3AffinityType(pExpr->u.zToken) ){
+        case SQLITE_AFF_TEXT:    zAff = "TEXT";     break;
+        case SQLITE_AFF_NONE:    zAff = "NONE";     break;
+        case SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC: zAff = "NUMERIC";  break;
+        case SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER: zAff = "INTEGER";  break;
+        case SQLITE_AFF_REAL:    zAff = "REAL";     break;
+      }
+      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "CAST-%s(", zAff);
+      sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pExpr->pLeft);
+      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, ")");
+      break;
+    }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CAST */
+    case TK_LT:      zBinOp = "LT";     break;
+    case TK_LE:      zBinOp = "LE";     break;
+    case TK_GT:      zBinOp = "GT";     break;
+    case TK_GE:      zBinOp = "GE";     break;
+    case TK_NE:      zBinOp = "NE";     break;
+    case TK_EQ:      zBinOp = "EQ";     break;
+    case TK_IS:      zBinOp = "IS";     break;
+    case TK_ISNOT:   zBinOp = "ISNOT";  break;
+    case TK_AND:     zBinOp = "AND";    break;
+    case TK_OR:      zBinOp = "OR";     break;
+    case TK_PLUS:    zBinOp = "ADD";    break;
+    case TK_STAR:    zBinOp = "MUL";    break;
+    case TK_MINUS:   zBinOp = "SUB";    break;
+    case TK_REM:     zBinOp = "REM";    break;
+    case TK_BITAND:  zBinOp = "BITAND"; break;
+    case TK_BITOR:   zBinOp = "BITOR";  break;
+    case TK_SLASH:   zBinOp = "DIV";    break;
+    case TK_LSHIFT:  zBinOp = "LSHIFT"; break;
+    case TK_RSHIFT:  zBinOp = "RSHIFT"; break;
+    case TK_CONCAT:  zBinOp = "CONCAT"; break;
+
+    case TK_UMINUS:  zUniOp = "UMINUS"; break;
+    case TK_UPLUS:   zUniOp = "UPLUS";  break;
+    case TK_BITNOT:  zUniOp = "BITNOT"; break;
+    case TK_NOT:     zUniOp = "NOT";    break;
+    case TK_ISNULL:  zUniOp = "ISNULL"; break;
+    case TK_NOTNULL: zUniOp = "NOTNULL"; break;
+
+    case TK_AGG_FUNCTION:
+    case TK_CONST_FUNC:
+    case TK_FUNCTION: {
+      ExprList *pFarg;       /* List of function arguments */
+      if( ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly) ){
+        pFarg = 0;
+      }else{
+        pFarg = pExpr->x.pList;
+      }
+      if( op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION ){
+        sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "AGG_FUNCTION%d:%s(",
+                             pExpr->op2, pExpr->u.zToken);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "FUNCTION:%s(", pExpr->u.zToken);
+      }
+      if( pFarg ){
+        sqlite3ExplainExprList(pOut, pFarg);
+      }
+      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, ")");
+      break;
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+    case TK_EXISTS: {
+      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "EXISTS(");
+      sqlite3ExplainSelect(pOut, pExpr->x.pSelect);
+      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,")");
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_SELECT: {
+      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "(");
+      sqlite3ExplainSelect(pOut, pExpr->x.pSelect);
+      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, ")");
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_IN: {
+      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "IN(");
+      sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pExpr->pLeft);
+      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, ",");
+      if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
+        sqlite3ExplainSelect(pOut, pExpr->x.pSelect);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3ExplainExprList(pOut, pExpr->x.pList);
+      }
+      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, ")");
+      break;
+    }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */
+
+    /*
+    **    x BETWEEN y AND z
+    **
+    ** This is equivalent to
+    **
+    **    x>=y AND x<=z
+    **
+    ** X is stored in pExpr->pLeft.
+    ** Y is stored in pExpr->pList->a[0].pExpr.
+    ** Z is stored in pExpr->pList->a[1].pExpr.
+    */
+    case TK_BETWEEN: {
+      Expr *pX = pExpr->pLeft;
+      Expr *pY = pExpr->x.pList->a[0].pExpr;
+      Expr *pZ = pExpr->x.pList->a[1].pExpr;
+      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "BETWEEN(");
+      sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pX);
+      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, ",");
+      sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pY);
+      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, ",");
+      sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pZ);
+      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, ")");
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_TRIGGER: {
+      /* If the opcode is TK_TRIGGER, then the expression is a reference
+      ** to a column in the new.* or old.* pseudo-tables available to
+      ** trigger programs. In this case Expr.iTable is set to 1 for the
+      ** new.* pseudo-table, or 0 for the old.* pseudo-table. Expr.iColumn
+      ** is set to the column of the pseudo-table to read, or to -1 to
+      ** read the rowid field.
+      */
+      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "%s(%d)", 
+          pExpr->iTable ? "NEW" : "OLD", pExpr->iColumn);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_CASE: {
+      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "CASE(");
+      sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pExpr->pLeft);
+      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, ",");
+      sqlite3ExplainExprList(pOut, pExpr->x.pList);
+      break;
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+    case TK_RAISE: {
+      const char *zType = "unk";
+      switch( pExpr->affinity ){
+        case OE_Rollback:   zType = "rollback";  break;
+        case OE_Abort:      zType = "abort";     break;
+        case OE_Fail:       zType = "fail";      break;
+        case OE_Ignore:     zType = "ignore";    break;
+      }
+      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "RAISE-%s(%s)", zType, pExpr->u.zToken);
+      break;
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+  if( zBinOp ){
+    sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,"%s(", zBinOp);
+    sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pExpr->pLeft);
+    sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,",");
+    sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pExpr->pRight);
+    sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,")");
+  }else if( zUniOp ){
+    sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,"%s(", zUniOp);
+    sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pExpr->pLeft);
+    sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,")");
+  }
+}
+#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN) */
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN)
+/*
+** Generate a human-readable explanation of an expression list.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainExprList(Vdbe *pOut, ExprList *pList){
+  int i;
+  if( pList==0 || pList->nExpr==0 ){
+    sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "(empty-list)");
+    return;
+  }else if( pList->nExpr==1 ){
+    sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pList->a[0].pExpr);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3ExplainPush(pOut);
+    for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
+      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "item[%d] = ", i);
+      sqlite3ExplainPush(pOut);
+      sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pList->a[i].pExpr);
+      sqlite3ExplainPop(pOut);
+      if( i<pList->nExpr-1 ){
+        sqlite3ExplainNL(pOut);
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3ExplainPop(pOut);
+  }
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if pExpr is an constant expression that is appropriate
+** for factoring out of a loop.  Appropriate expressions are:
+**
+**    *  Any expression that evaluates to two or more opcodes.
+**
+**    *  Any OP_Integer, OP_Real, OP_String, OP_Blob, OP_Null, 
+**       or OP_Variable that does not need to be placed in a 
+**       specific register.
+**
+** There is no point in factoring out single-instruction constant
+** expressions that need to be placed in a particular register.  
+** We could factor them out, but then we would end up adding an
+** OP_SCopy instruction to move the value into the correct register
+** later.  We might as well just use the original instruction and
+** avoid the OP_SCopy.
+*/
+static int isAppropriateForFactoring(Expr *p){
+  if( !sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(p) ){
+    return 0;  /* Only constant expressions are appropriate for factoring */
+  }
+  if( (p->flags & EP_FixedDest)==0 ){
+    return 1;  /* Any constant without a fixed destination is appropriate */
+  }
+  while( p->op==TK_UPLUS ) p = p->pLeft;
+  switch( p->op ){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL
+    case TK_BLOB:
+#endif
+    case TK_VARIABLE:
+    case TK_INTEGER:
+    case TK_FLOAT:
+    case TK_NULL:
+    case TK_STRING: {
+      testcase( p->op==TK_BLOB );
+      testcase( p->op==TK_VARIABLE );
+      testcase( p->op==TK_INTEGER );
+      testcase( p->op==TK_FLOAT );
+      testcase( p->op==TK_NULL );
+      testcase( p->op==TK_STRING );
+      /* Single-instruction constants with a fixed destination are
+      ** better done in-line.  If we factor them, they will just end
+      ** up generating an OP_SCopy to move the value to the destination
+      ** register. */
+      return 0;
+    }
+    case TK_UMINUS: {
+      if( p->pLeft->op==TK_FLOAT || p->pLeft->op==TK_INTEGER ){
+        return 0;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** If pExpr is a constant expression that is appropriate for
+** factoring out of a loop, then evaluate the expression
+** into a register and convert the expression into a TK_REGISTER
+** expression.
+*/
+static int evalConstExpr(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){
+  Parse *pParse = pWalker->pParse;
+  switch( pExpr->op ){
+    case TK_IN:
+    case TK_REGISTER: {
+      return WRC_Prune;
+    }
+    case TK_FUNCTION:
+    case TK_AGG_FUNCTION:
+    case TK_CONST_FUNC: {
+      /* The arguments to a function have a fixed destination.
+      ** Mark them this way to avoid generated unneeded OP_SCopy
+      ** instructions. 
+      */
+      ExprList *pList = pExpr->x.pList;
+      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
+      if( pList ){
+        int i = pList->nExpr;
+        struct ExprList_item *pItem = pList->a;
+        for(; i>0; i--, pItem++){
+          if( ALWAYS(pItem->pExpr) ) pItem->pExpr->flags |= EP_FixedDest;
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  if( isAppropriateForFactoring(pExpr) ){
+    int r1 = ++pParse->nMem;
+    int r2;
+    r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, r1);
+    if( NEVER(r1!=r2) ) sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
+    pExpr->op2 = pExpr->op;
+    pExpr->op = TK_REGISTER;
+    pExpr->iTable = r2;
+    return WRC_Prune;
+  }
+  return WRC_Continue;
+}
+
+/*
+** Preevaluate constant subexpressions within pExpr and store the
+** results in registers.  Modify pExpr so that the constant subexpresions
+** are TK_REGISTER opcodes that refer to the precomputed values.
+**
+** This routine is a no-op if the jump to the cookie-check code has
+** already occur.  Since the cookie-check jump is generated prior to
+** any other serious processing, this check ensures that there is no
+** way to accidently bypass the constant initializations.
+**
+** This routine is also a no-op if the SQLITE_FactorOutConst optimization
+** is disabled via the sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS)
+** interface.  This allows test logic to verify that the same answer is
+** obtained for queries regardless of whether or not constants are
+** precomputed into registers or if they are inserted in-line.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeConstants(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){
+  Walker w;
+  if( pParse->cookieGoto ) return;
+  if( (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_FactorOutConst)!=0 ) return;
+  w.xExprCallback = evalConstExpr;
+  w.xSelectCallback = 0;
+  w.pParse = pParse;
+  sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, pExpr);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Generate code that pushes the value of every element of the given
+** expression list into a sequence of registers beginning at target.
+**
+** Return the number of elements evaluated.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(
+  Parse *pParse,     /* Parsing context */
+  ExprList *pList,   /* The expression list to be coded */
+  int target,        /* Where to write results */
+  int doHardCopy     /* Make a hard copy of every element */
+){
+  struct ExprList_item *pItem;
+  int i, n;
+  assert( pList!=0 );
+  assert( target>0 );
+  assert( pParse->pVdbe!=0 );  /* Never gets this far otherwise */
+  n = pList->nExpr;
+  for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; i<n; i++, pItem++){
+    Expr *pExpr = pItem->pExpr;
+    int inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, target+i);
+    if( inReg!=target+i ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, doHardCopy ? OP_Copy : OP_SCopy,
+                        inReg, target+i);
+    }
+  }
+  return n;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code for a BETWEEN operator.
+**
+**    x BETWEEN y AND z
+**
+** The above is equivalent to 
+**
+**    x>=y AND x<=z
+**
+** Code it as such, taking care to do the common subexpression
+** elementation of x.
+*/
+static void exprCodeBetween(
+  Parse *pParse,    /* Parsing and code generating context */
+  Expr *pExpr,      /* The BETWEEN expression */
+  int dest,         /* Jump here if the jump is taken */
+  int jumpIfTrue,   /* Take the jump if the BETWEEN is true */
+  int jumpIfNull    /* Take the jump if the BETWEEN is NULL */
+){
+  Expr exprAnd;     /* The AND operator in  x>=y AND x<=z  */
+  Expr compLeft;    /* The  x>=y  term */
+  Expr compRight;   /* The  x<=z  term */
+  Expr exprX;       /* The  x  subexpression */
+  int regFree1 = 0; /* Temporary use register */
+
+  assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
+  exprX = *pExpr->pLeft;
+  exprAnd.op = TK_AND;
+  exprAnd.pLeft = &compLeft;
+  exprAnd.pRight = &compRight;
+  compLeft.op = TK_GE;
+  compLeft.pLeft = &exprX;
+  compLeft.pRight = pExpr->x.pList->a[0].pExpr;
+  compRight.op = TK_LE;
+  compRight.pLeft = &exprX;
+  compRight.pRight = pExpr->x.pList->a[1].pExpr;
+  exprX.iTable = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, &exprX, &regFree1);
+  exprX.op = TK_REGISTER;
+  if( jumpIfTrue ){
+    sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, &exprAnd, dest, jumpIfNull);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, &exprAnd, dest, jumpIfNull);
+  }
+  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree1);
+
+  /* Ensure adequate test coverage */
+  testcase( jumpIfTrue==0 && jumpIfNull==0 && regFree1==0 );
+  testcase( jumpIfTrue==0 && jumpIfNull==0 && regFree1!=0 );
+  testcase( jumpIfTrue==0 && jumpIfNull!=0 && regFree1==0 );
+  testcase( jumpIfTrue==0 && jumpIfNull!=0 && regFree1!=0 );
+  testcase( jumpIfTrue!=0 && jumpIfNull==0 && regFree1==0 );
+  testcase( jumpIfTrue!=0 && jumpIfNull==0 && regFree1!=0 );
+  testcase( jumpIfTrue!=0 && jumpIfNull!=0 && regFree1==0 );
+  testcase( jumpIfTrue!=0 && jumpIfNull!=0 && regFree1!=0 );
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code for a boolean expression such that a jump is made
+** to the label "dest" if the expression is true but execution
+** continues straight thru if the expression is false.
+**
+** If the expression evaluates to NULL (neither true nor false), then
+** take the jump if the jumpIfNull flag is SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL.
+**
+** This code depends on the fact that certain token values (ex: TK_EQ)
+** are the same as opcode values (ex: OP_Eq) that implement the corresponding
+** operation.  Special comments in vdbe.c and the mkopcodeh.awk script in
+** the make process cause these values to align.  Assert()s in the code
+** below verify that the numbers are aligned correctly.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprIfTrue(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int dest, int jumpIfNull){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  int op = 0;
+  int regFree1 = 0;
+  int regFree2 = 0;
+  int r1, r2;
+
+  assert( jumpIfNull==SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL || jumpIfNull==0 );
+  if( NEVER(v==0) )     return;  /* Existance of VDBE checked by caller */
+  if( NEVER(pExpr==0) ) return;  /* No way this can happen */
+  op = pExpr->op;
+  switch( op ){
+    case TK_AND: {
+      int d2 = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
+      sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
+      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, d2,jumpIfNull^SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
+      sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull);
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, d2);
+      sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse, 1);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_OR: {
+      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
+      sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull);
+      sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_NOT: {
+      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
+      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_LT:
+    case TK_LE:
+    case TK_GT:
+    case TK_GE:
+    case TK_NE:
+    case TK_EQ: {
+      assert( TK_LT==OP_Lt );
+      assert( TK_LE==OP_Le );
+      assert( TK_GT==OP_Gt );
+      assert( TK_GE==OP_Ge );
+      assert( TK_EQ==OP_Eq );
+      assert( TK_NE==OP_Ne );
+      testcase( op==TK_LT );
+      testcase( op==TK_LE );
+      testcase( op==TK_GT );
+      testcase( op==TK_GE );
+      testcase( op==TK_EQ );
+      testcase( op==TK_NE );
+      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
+      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &regFree1);
+      r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, &regFree2);
+      codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op,
+                  r1, r2, dest, jumpIfNull);
+      testcase( regFree1==0 );
+      testcase( regFree2==0 );
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_IS:
+    case TK_ISNOT: {
+      testcase( op==TK_IS );
+      testcase( op==TK_ISNOT );
+      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &regFree1);
+      r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, &regFree2);
+      op = (op==TK_IS) ? TK_EQ : TK_NE;
+      codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op,
+                  r1, r2, dest, SQLITE_NULLEQ);
+      testcase( regFree1==0 );
+      testcase( regFree2==0 );
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_ISNULL:
+    case TK_NOTNULL: {
+      assert( TK_ISNULL==OP_IsNull );
+      assert( TK_NOTNULL==OP_NotNull );
+      testcase( op==TK_ISNULL );
+      testcase( op==TK_NOTNULL );
+      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &regFree1);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, op, r1, dest);
+      testcase( regFree1==0 );
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_BETWEEN: {
+      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
+      exprCodeBetween(pParse, pExpr, dest, 1, jumpIfNull);
+      break;
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+    case TK_IN: {
+      int destIfFalse = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      int destIfNull = jumpIfNull ? dest : destIfFalse;
+      sqlite3ExprCodeIN(pParse, pExpr, destIfFalse, destIfNull);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, dest);
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, destIfFalse);
+      break;
+    }
+#endif
+    default: {
+      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr, &regFree1);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_If, r1, dest, jumpIfNull!=0);
+      testcase( regFree1==0 );
+      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree1);
+  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2);  
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code for a boolean expression such that a jump is made
+** to the label "dest" if the expression is false but execution
+** continues straight thru if the expression is true.
+**
+** If the expression evaluates to NULL (neither true nor false) then
+** jump if jumpIfNull is SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL or fall through if jumpIfNull
+** is 0.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprIfFalse(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int dest, int jumpIfNull){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  int op = 0;
+  int regFree1 = 0;
+  int regFree2 = 0;
+  int r1, r2;
+
+  assert( jumpIfNull==SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL || jumpIfNull==0 );
+  if( NEVER(v==0) ) return; /* Existance of VDBE checked by caller */
+  if( pExpr==0 )    return;
+
+  /* The value of pExpr->op and op are related as follows:
+  **
+  **       pExpr->op            op
+  **       ---------          ----------
+  **       TK_ISNULL          OP_NotNull
+  **       TK_NOTNULL         OP_IsNull
+  **       TK_NE              OP_Eq
+  **       TK_EQ              OP_Ne
+  **       TK_GT              OP_Le
+  **       TK_LE              OP_Gt
+  **       TK_GE              OP_Lt
+  **       TK_LT              OP_Ge
+  **
+  ** For other values of pExpr->op, op is undefined and unused.
+  ** The value of TK_ and OP_ constants are arranged such that we
+  ** can compute the mapping above using the following expression.
+  ** Assert()s verify that the computation is correct.
+  */
+  op = ((pExpr->op+(TK_ISNULL&1))^1)-(TK_ISNULL&1);
+
+  /* Verify correct alignment of TK_ and OP_ constants
+  */
+  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_ISNULL || op==OP_NotNull );
+  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_NOTNULL || op==OP_IsNull );
+  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_NE || op==OP_Eq );
+  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_EQ || op==OP_Ne );
+  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_LT || op==OP_Ge );
+  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_LE || op==OP_Gt );
+  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_GT || op==OP_Le );
+  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_GE || op==OP_Lt );
+
+  switch( pExpr->op ){
+    case TK_AND: {
+      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
+      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull);
+      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_OR: {
+      int d2 = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
+      sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
+      sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, d2, jumpIfNull^SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
+      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull);
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, d2);
+      sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse, 1);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_NOT: {
+      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
+      sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_LT:
+    case TK_LE:
+    case TK_GT:
+    case TK_GE:
+    case TK_NE:
+    case TK_EQ: {
+      testcase( op==TK_LT );
+      testcase( op==TK_LE );
+      testcase( op==TK_GT );
+      testcase( op==TK_GE );
+      testcase( op==TK_EQ );
+      testcase( op==TK_NE );
+      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
+      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &regFree1);
+      r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, &regFree2);
+      codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op,
+                  r1, r2, dest, jumpIfNull);
+      testcase( regFree1==0 );
+      testcase( regFree2==0 );
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_IS:
+    case TK_ISNOT: {
+      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_IS );
+      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_ISNOT );
+      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &regFree1);
+      r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, &regFree2);
+      op = (pExpr->op==TK_IS) ? TK_NE : TK_EQ;
+      codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op,
+                  r1, r2, dest, SQLITE_NULLEQ);
+      testcase( regFree1==0 );
+      testcase( regFree2==0 );
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_ISNULL:
+    case TK_NOTNULL: {
+      testcase( op==TK_ISNULL );
+      testcase( op==TK_NOTNULL );
+      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &regFree1);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, op, r1, dest);
+      testcase( regFree1==0 );
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_BETWEEN: {
+      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
+      exprCodeBetween(pParse, pExpr, dest, 0, jumpIfNull);
+      break;
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+    case TK_IN: {
+      if( jumpIfNull ){
+        sqlite3ExprCodeIN(pParse, pExpr, dest, dest);
+      }else{
+        int destIfNull = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+        sqlite3ExprCodeIN(pParse, pExpr, dest, destIfNull);
+        sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, destIfNull);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+#endif
+    default: {
+      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr, &regFree1);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfNot, r1, dest, jumpIfNull!=0);
+      testcase( regFree1==0 );
+      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree1);
+  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2);
+}
+
+/*
+** Do a deep comparison of two expression trees.  Return 0 if the two
+** expressions are completely identical.  Return 1 if they differ only
+** by a COLLATE operator at the top level.  Return 2 if there are differences
+** other than the top-level COLLATE operator.
+**
+** Sometimes this routine will return 2 even if the two expressions
+** really are equivalent.  If we cannot prove that the expressions are
+** identical, we return 2 just to be safe.  So if this routine
+** returns 2, then you do not really know for certain if the two
+** expressions are the same.  But if you get a 0 or 1 return, then you
+** can be sure the expressions are the same.  In the places where
+** this routine is used, it does not hurt to get an extra 2 - that
+** just might result in some slightly slower code.  But returning
+** an incorrect 0 or 1 could lead to a malfunction.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCompare(Expr *pA, Expr *pB){
+  if( pA==0||pB==0 ){
+    return pB==pA ? 0 : 2;
+  }
+  assert( !ExprHasAnyProperty(pA, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) );
+  assert( !ExprHasAnyProperty(pB, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) );
+  if( ExprHasProperty(pA, EP_xIsSelect) || ExprHasProperty(pB, EP_xIsSelect) ){
+    return 2;
+  }
+  if( (pA->flags & EP_Distinct)!=(pB->flags & EP_Distinct) ) return 2;
+  if( pA->op!=pB->op ) return 2;
+  if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pA->pLeft, pB->pLeft) ) return 2;
+  if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pA->pRight, pB->pRight) ) return 2;
+  if( sqlite3ExprListCompare(pA->x.pList, pB->x.pList) ) return 2;
+  if( pA->iTable!=pB->iTable || pA->iColumn!=pB->iColumn ) return 2;
+  if( ExprHasProperty(pA, EP_IntValue) ){
+    if( !ExprHasProperty(pB, EP_IntValue) || pA->u.iValue!=pB->u.iValue ){
+      return 2;
+    }
+  }else if( pA->op!=TK_COLUMN && ALWAYS(pA->op!=TK_AGG_COLUMN) && pA->u.zToken){
+    if( ExprHasProperty(pB, EP_IntValue) || NEVER(pB->u.zToken==0) ) return 2;
+    if( strcmp(pA->u.zToken,pB->u.zToken)!=0 ){
+      return 2;
+    }
+  }
+  if( (pA->flags & EP_ExpCollate)!=(pB->flags & EP_ExpCollate) ) return 1;
+  if( (pA->flags & EP_ExpCollate)!=0 && pA->pColl!=pB->pColl ) return 2;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compare two ExprList objects.  Return 0 if they are identical and 
+** non-zero if they differ in any way.
+**
+** This routine might return non-zero for equivalent ExprLists.  The
+** only consequence will be disabled optimizations.  But this routine
+** must never return 0 if the two ExprList objects are different, or
+** a malfunction will result.
+**
+** Two NULL pointers are considered to be the same.  But a NULL pointer
+** always differs from a non-NULL pointer.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprListCompare(ExprList *pA, ExprList *pB){
+  int i;
+  if( pA==0 && pB==0 ) return 0;
+  if( pA==0 || pB==0 ) return 1;
+  if( pA->nExpr!=pB->nExpr ) return 1;
+  for(i=0; i<pA->nExpr; i++){
+    Expr *pExprA = pA->a[i].pExpr;
+    Expr *pExprB = pB->a[i].pExpr;
+    if( pA->a[i].sortOrder!=pB->a[i].sortOrder ) return 1;
+    if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pExprA, pExprB) ) return 1;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure is used by the tree walker
+** to count references to table columns in the arguments of an 
+** aggregate function, in order to implement the
+** sqlite3FunctionThisSrc() routine.
+*/
+struct SrcCount {
+  SrcList *pSrc;   /* One particular FROM clause in a nested query */
+  int nThis;       /* Number of references to columns in pSrcList */
+  int nOther;      /* Number of references to columns in other FROM clauses */
+};
+
+/*
+** Count the number of references to columns.
+*/
+static int exprSrcCount(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){
+  /* The NEVER() on the second term is because sqlite3FunctionUsesThisSrc()
+  ** is always called before sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates() and so the
+  ** TK_COLUMNs have not yet been converted into TK_AGG_COLUMN.  If
+  ** sqlite3FunctionUsesThisSrc() is used differently in the future, the
+  ** NEVER() will need to be removed. */
+  if( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN || NEVER(pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN) ){
+    int i;
+    struct SrcCount *p = pWalker->u.pSrcCount;
+    SrcList *pSrc = p->pSrc;
+    for(i=0; i<pSrc->nSrc; i++){
+      if( pExpr->iTable==pSrc->a[i].iCursor ) break;
+    }
+    if( i<pSrc->nSrc ){
+      p->nThis++;
+    }else{
+      p->nOther++;
+    }
+  }
+  return WRC_Continue;
+}
+
+/*
+** Determine if any of the arguments to the pExpr Function reference
+** pSrcList.  Return true if they do.  Also return true if the function
+** has no arguments or has only constant arguments.  Return false if pExpr
+** references columns but not columns of tables found in pSrcList.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FunctionUsesThisSrc(Expr *pExpr, SrcList *pSrcList){
+  Walker w;
+  struct SrcCount cnt;
+  assert( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION );
+  memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w));
+  w.xExprCallback = exprSrcCount;
+  w.u.pSrcCount = &cnt;
+  cnt.pSrc = pSrcList;
+  cnt.nThis = 0;
+  cnt.nOther = 0;
+  sqlite3WalkExprList(&w, pExpr->x.pList);
+  return cnt.nThis>0 || cnt.nOther==0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Add a new element to the pAggInfo->aCol[] array.  Return the index of
+** the new element.  Return a negative number if malloc fails.
+*/
+static int addAggInfoColumn(sqlite3 *db, AggInfo *pInfo){
+  int i;
+  pInfo->aCol = sqlite3ArrayAllocate(
+       db,
+       pInfo->aCol,
+       sizeof(pInfo->aCol[0]),
+       &pInfo->nColumn,
+       &i
+  );
+  return i;
+}    
+
+/*
+** Add a new element to the pAggInfo->aFunc[] array.  Return the index of
+** the new element.  Return a negative number if malloc fails.
+*/
+static int addAggInfoFunc(sqlite3 *db, AggInfo *pInfo){
+  int i;
+  pInfo->aFunc = sqlite3ArrayAllocate(
+       db, 
+       pInfo->aFunc,
+       sizeof(pInfo->aFunc[0]),
+       &pInfo->nFunc,
+       &i
+  );
+  return i;
+}    
+
+/*
+** This is the xExprCallback for a tree walker.  It is used to
+** implement sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates().  See sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates
+** for additional information.
+*/
+static int analyzeAggregate(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){
+  int i;
+  NameContext *pNC = pWalker->u.pNC;
+  Parse *pParse = pNC->pParse;
+  SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList;
+  AggInfo *pAggInfo = pNC->pAggInfo;
+
+  switch( pExpr->op ){
+    case TK_AGG_COLUMN:
+    case TK_COLUMN: {
+      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN );
+      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN );
+      /* Check to see if the column is in one of the tables in the FROM
+      ** clause of the aggregate query */
+      if( ALWAYS(pSrcList!=0) ){
+        struct SrcList_item *pItem = pSrcList->a;
+        for(i=0; i<pSrcList->nSrc; i++, pItem++){
+          struct AggInfo_col *pCol;
+          assert( !ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) );
+          if( pExpr->iTable==pItem->iCursor ){
+            /* If we reach this point, it means that pExpr refers to a table
+            ** that is in the FROM clause of the aggregate query.  
+            **
+            ** Make an entry for the column in pAggInfo->aCol[] if there
+            ** is not an entry there already.
+            */
+            int k;
+            pCol = pAggInfo->aCol;
+            for(k=0; k<pAggInfo->nColumn; k++, pCol++){
+              if( pCol->iTable==pExpr->iTable &&
+                  pCol->iColumn==pExpr->iColumn ){
+                break;
+              }
+            }
+            if( (k>=pAggInfo->nColumn)
+             && (k = addAggInfoColumn(pParse->db, pAggInfo))>=0 
+            ){
+              pCol = &pAggInfo->aCol[k];
+              pCol->pTab = pExpr->pTab;
+              pCol->iTable = pExpr->iTable;
+              pCol->iColumn = pExpr->iColumn;
+              pCol->iMem = ++pParse->nMem;
+              pCol->iSorterColumn = -1;
+              pCol->pExpr = pExpr;
+              if( pAggInfo->pGroupBy ){
+                int j, n;
+                ExprList *pGB = pAggInfo->pGroupBy;
+                struct ExprList_item *pTerm = pGB->a;
+                n = pGB->nExpr;
+                for(j=0; j<n; j++, pTerm++){
+                  Expr *pE = pTerm->pExpr;
+                  if( pE->op==TK_COLUMN && pE->iTable==pExpr->iTable &&
+                      pE->iColumn==pExpr->iColumn ){
+                    pCol->iSorterColumn = j;
+                    break;
+                  }
+                }
+              }
+              if( pCol->iSorterColumn<0 ){
+                pCol->iSorterColumn = pAggInfo->nSortingColumn++;
+              }
+            }
+            /* There is now an entry for pExpr in pAggInfo->aCol[] (either
+            ** because it was there before or because we just created it).
+            ** Convert the pExpr to be a TK_AGG_COLUMN referring to that
+            ** pAggInfo->aCol[] entry.
+            */
+            ExprSetIrreducible(pExpr);
+            pExpr->pAggInfo = pAggInfo;
+            pExpr->op = TK_AGG_COLUMN;
+            pExpr->iAgg = (i16)k;
+            break;
+          } /* endif pExpr->iTable==pItem->iCursor */
+        } /* end loop over pSrcList */
+      }
+      return WRC_Prune;
+    }
+    case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: {
+      if( (pNC->ncFlags & NC_InAggFunc)==0
+       && pWalker->walkerDepth==pExpr->op2
+      ){
+        /* Check to see if pExpr is a duplicate of another aggregate 
+        ** function that is already in the pAggInfo structure
+        */
+        struct AggInfo_func *pItem = pAggInfo->aFunc;
+        for(i=0; i<pAggInfo->nFunc; i++, pItem++){
+          if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pItem->pExpr, pExpr)==0 ){
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+        if( i>=pAggInfo->nFunc ){
+          /* pExpr is original.  Make a new entry in pAggInfo->aFunc[]
+          */
+          u8 enc = ENC(pParse->db);
+          i = addAggInfoFunc(pParse->db, pAggInfo);
+          if( i>=0 ){
+            assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
+            pItem = &pAggInfo->aFunc[i];
+            pItem->pExpr = pExpr;
+            pItem->iMem = ++pParse->nMem;
+            assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
+            pItem->pFunc = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db,
+                   pExpr->u.zToken, sqlite3Strlen30(pExpr->u.zToken),
+                   pExpr->x.pList ? pExpr->x.pList->nExpr : 0, enc, 0);
+            if( pExpr->flags & EP_Distinct ){
+              pItem->iDistinct = pParse->nTab++;
+            }else{
+              pItem->iDistinct = -1;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+        /* Make pExpr point to the appropriate pAggInfo->aFunc[] entry
+        */
+        assert( !ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) );
+        ExprSetIrreducible(pExpr);
+        pExpr->iAgg = (i16)i;
+        pExpr->pAggInfo = pAggInfo;
+      }
+      return WRC_Prune;
+    }
+  }
+  return WRC_Continue;
+}
+static int analyzeAggregatesInSelect(Walker *pWalker, Select *pSelect){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pWalker);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pSelect);
+  return WRC_Continue;
+}
+
+/*
+** Analyze the given expression looking for aggregate functions and
+** for variables that need to be added to the pParse->aAgg[] array.
+** Make additional entries to the pParse->aAgg[] array as necessary.
+**
+** This routine should only be called after the expression has been
+** analyzed by sqlite3ResolveExprNames().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(NameContext *pNC, Expr *pExpr){
+  Walker w;
+  memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w));
+  w.xExprCallback = analyzeAggregate;
+  w.xSelectCallback = analyzeAggregatesInSelect;
+  w.u.pNC = pNC;
+  assert( pNC->pSrcList!=0 );
+  sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, pExpr);
+}
+
+/*
+** Call sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates() for every expression in an
+** expression list.  Return the number of errors.
+**
+** If an error is found, the analysis is cut short.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(NameContext *pNC, ExprList *pList){
+  struct ExprList_item *pItem;
+  int i;
+  if( pList ){
+    for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++, pItem++){
+      sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(pNC, pItem->pExpr);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate a single new register for use to hold some intermediate result.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetTempReg(Parse *pParse){
+  if( pParse->nTempReg==0 ){
+    return ++pParse->nMem;
+  }
+  return pParse->aTempReg[--pParse->nTempReg];
+}
+
+/*
+** Deallocate a register, making available for reuse for some other
+** purpose.
+**
+** If a register is currently being used by the column cache, then
+** the dallocation is deferred until the column cache line that uses
+** the register becomes stale.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(Parse *pParse, int iReg){
+  if( iReg && pParse->nTempReg<ArraySize(pParse->aTempReg) ){
+    int i;
+    struct yColCache *p;
+    for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){
+      if( p->iReg==iReg ){
+        p->tempReg = 1;
+        return;
+      }
+    }
+    pParse->aTempReg[pParse->nTempReg++] = iReg;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate or deallocate a block of nReg consecutive registers
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetTempRange(Parse *pParse, int nReg){
+  int i, n;
+  i = pParse->iRangeReg;
+  n = pParse->nRangeReg;
+  if( nReg<=n ){
+    assert( !usedAsColumnCache(pParse, i, i+n-1) );
+    pParse->iRangeReg += nReg;
+    pParse->nRangeReg -= nReg;
+  }else{
+    i = pParse->nMem+1;
+    pParse->nMem += nReg;
+  }
+  return i;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(Parse *pParse, int iReg, int nReg){
+  sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(pParse, iReg, nReg);
+  if( nReg>pParse->nRangeReg ){
+    pParse->nRangeReg = nReg;
+    pParse->iRangeReg = iReg;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Mark all temporary registers as being unavailable for reuse.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ClearTempRegCache(Parse *pParse){
+  pParse->nTempReg = 0;
+  pParse->nRangeReg = 0;
+}
+
+/************** End of expr.c ************************************************/
+/************** Begin file alter.c *******************************************/
+/*
+** 2005 February 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains C code routines that used to generate VDBE code
+** that implements the ALTER TABLE command.
+*/
+
+/*
+** The code in this file only exists if we are not omitting the
+** ALTER TABLE logic from the build.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE
+
+
+/*
+** This function is used by SQL generated to implement the 
+** ALTER TABLE command. The first argument is the text of a CREATE TABLE or
+** CREATE INDEX command. The second is a table name. The table name in 
+** the CREATE TABLE or CREATE INDEX statement is replaced with the third
+** argument and the result returned. Examples:
+**
+** sqlite_rename_table('CREATE TABLE abc(a, b, c)', 'def')
+**     -> 'CREATE TABLE def(a, b, c)'
+**
+** sqlite_rename_table('CREATE INDEX i ON abc(a)', 'def')
+**     -> 'CREATE INDEX i ON def(a, b, c)'
+*/
+static void renameTableFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int NotUsed,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  unsigned char const *zSql = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  unsigned char const *zTableName = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
+
+  int token;
+  Token tname;
+  unsigned char const *zCsr = zSql;
+  int len = 0;
+  char *zRet;
+
+  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+
+  /* The principle used to locate the table name in the CREATE TABLE 
+  ** statement is that the table name is the first non-space token that
+  ** is immediately followed by a TK_LP or TK_USING token.
+  */
+  if( zSql ){
+    do {
+      if( !*zCsr ){
+        /* Ran out of input before finding an opening bracket. Return NULL. */
+        return;
+      }
+
+      /* Store the token that zCsr points to in tname. */
+      tname.z = (char*)zCsr;
+      tname.n = len;
+
+      /* Advance zCsr to the next token. Store that token type in 'token',
+      ** and its length in 'len' (to be used next iteration of this loop).
+      */
+      do {
+        zCsr += len;
+        len = sqlite3GetToken(zCsr, &token);
+      } while( token==TK_SPACE );
+      assert( len>0 );
+    } while( token!=TK_LP && token!=TK_USING );
+
+    zRet = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%.*s\"%w\"%s", ((u8*)tname.z) - zSql, zSql, 
+       zTableName, tname.z+tname.n);
+    sqlite3_result_text(context, zRet, -1, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This C function implements an SQL user function that is used by SQL code
+** generated by the ALTER TABLE ... RENAME command to modify the definition
+** of any foreign key constraints that use the table being renamed as the 
+** parent table. It is passed three arguments:
+**
+**   1) The complete text of the CREATE TABLE statement being modified,
+**   2) The old name of the table being renamed, and
+**   3) The new name of the table being renamed.
+**
+** It returns the new CREATE TABLE statement. For example:
+**
+**   sqlite_rename_parent('CREATE TABLE t1(a REFERENCES t2)', 't2', 't3')
+**       -> 'CREATE TABLE t1(a REFERENCES t3)'
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
+static void renameParentFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int NotUsed,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+  char *zOutput = 0;
+  char *zResult;
+  unsigned char const *zInput = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  unsigned char const *zOld = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
+  unsigned char const *zNew = sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]);
+
+  unsigned const char *z;         /* Pointer to token */
+  int n;                          /* Length of token z */
+  int token;                      /* Type of token */
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  for(z=zInput; *z; z=z+n){
+    n = sqlite3GetToken(z, &token);
+    if( token==TK_REFERENCES ){
+      char *zParent;
+      do {
+        z += n;
+        n = sqlite3GetToken(z, &token);
+      }while( token==TK_SPACE );
+
+      zParent = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (const char *)z, n);
+      if( zParent==0 ) break;
+      sqlite3Dequote(zParent);
+      if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp((const char *)zOld, zParent) ){
+        char *zOut = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s%.*s\"%w\"", 
+            (zOutput?zOutput:""), z-zInput, zInput, (const char *)zNew
+        );
+        sqlite3DbFree(db, zOutput);
+        zOutput = zOut;
+        zInput = &z[n];
+      }
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, zParent);
+    }
+  }
+
+  zResult = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s%s", (zOutput?zOutput:""), zInput), 
+  sqlite3_result_text(context, zResult, -1, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, zOutput);
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+/* This function is used by SQL generated to implement the
+** ALTER TABLE command. The first argument is the text of a CREATE TRIGGER 
+** statement. The second is a table name. The table name in the CREATE 
+** TRIGGER statement is replaced with the third argument and the result 
+** returned. This is analagous to renameTableFunc() above, except for CREATE
+** TRIGGER, not CREATE INDEX and CREATE TABLE.
+*/
+static void renameTriggerFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int NotUsed,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  unsigned char const *zSql = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  unsigned char const *zTableName = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
+
+  int token;
+  Token tname;
+  int dist = 3;
+  unsigned char const *zCsr = zSql;
+  int len = 0;
+  char *zRet;
+  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+
+  /* The principle used to locate the table name in the CREATE TRIGGER 
+  ** statement is that the table name is the first token that is immediatedly
+  ** preceded by either TK_ON or TK_DOT and immediatedly followed by one
+  ** of TK_WHEN, TK_BEGIN or TK_FOR.
+  */
+  if( zSql ){
+    do {
+
+      if( !*zCsr ){
+        /* Ran out of input before finding the table name. Return NULL. */
+        return;
+      }
+
+      /* Store the token that zCsr points to in tname. */
+      tname.z = (char*)zCsr;
+      tname.n = len;
+
+      /* Advance zCsr to the next token. Store that token type in 'token',
+      ** and its length in 'len' (to be used next iteration of this loop).
+      */
+      do {
+        zCsr += len;
+        len = sqlite3GetToken(zCsr, &token);
+      }while( token==TK_SPACE );
+      assert( len>0 );
+
+      /* Variable 'dist' stores the number of tokens read since the most
+      ** recent TK_DOT or TK_ON. This means that when a WHEN, FOR or BEGIN 
+      ** token is read and 'dist' equals 2, the condition stated above
+      ** to be met.
+      **
+      ** Note that ON cannot be a database, table or column name, so
+      ** there is no need to worry about syntax like 
+      ** "CREATE TRIGGER ... ON ON.ON BEGIN ..." etc.
+      */
+      dist++;
+      if( token==TK_DOT || token==TK_ON ){
+        dist = 0;
+      }
+    } while( dist!=2 || (token!=TK_WHEN && token!=TK_FOR && token!=TK_BEGIN) );
+
+    /* Variable tname now contains the token that is the old table-name
+    ** in the CREATE TRIGGER statement.
+    */
+    zRet = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%.*s\"%w\"%s", ((u8*)tname.z) - zSql, zSql, 
+       zTableName, tname.z+tname.n);
+    sqlite3_result_text(context, zRet, -1, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
+  }
+}
+#endif   /* !SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */
+
+/*
+** Register built-in functions used to help implement ALTER TABLE
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFunctions(void){
+  static SQLITE_WSD FuncDef aAlterTableFuncs[] = {
+    FUNCTION(sqlite_rename_table,   2, 0, 0, renameTableFunc),
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+    FUNCTION(sqlite_rename_trigger, 2, 0, 0, renameTriggerFunc),
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
+    FUNCTION(sqlite_rename_parent,  3, 0, 0, renameParentFunc),
+#endif
+  };
+  int i;
+  FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions);
+  FuncDef *aFunc = (FuncDef*)&GLOBAL(FuncDef, aAlterTableFuncs);
+
+  for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aAlterTableFuncs); i++){
+    sqlite3FuncDefInsert(pHash, &aFunc[i]);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is used to create the text of expressions of the form:
+**
+**   name=<constant1> OR name=<constant2> OR ...
+**
+** If argument zWhere is NULL, then a pointer string containing the text 
+** "name=<constant>" is returned, where <constant> is the quoted version
+** of the string passed as argument zConstant. The returned buffer is
+** allocated using sqlite3DbMalloc(). It is the responsibility of the
+** caller to ensure that it is eventually freed.
+**
+** If argument zWhere is not NULL, then the string returned is 
+** "<where> OR name=<constant>", where <where> is the contents of zWhere.
+** In this case zWhere is passed to sqlite3DbFree() before returning.
+** 
+*/
+static char *whereOrName(sqlite3 *db, char *zWhere, char *zConstant){
+  char *zNew;
+  if( !zWhere ){
+    zNew = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "name=%Q", zConstant);
+  }else{
+    zNew = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s OR name=%Q", zWhere, zConstant);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zWhere);
+  }
+  return zNew;
+}
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
+/*
+** Generate the text of a WHERE expression which can be used to select all
+** tables that have foreign key constraints that refer to table pTab (i.e.
+** constraints for which pTab is the parent table) from the sqlite_master
+** table.
+*/
+static char *whereForeignKeys(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){
+  FKey *p;
+  char *zWhere = 0;
+  for(p=sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); p; p=p->pNextTo){
+    zWhere = whereOrName(pParse->db, zWhere, p->pFrom->zName);
+  }
+  return zWhere;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Generate the text of a WHERE expression which can be used to select all
+** temporary triggers on table pTab from the sqlite_temp_master table. If
+** table pTab has no temporary triggers, or is itself stored in the 
+** temporary database, NULL is returned.
+*/
+static char *whereTempTriggers(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){
+  Trigger *pTrig;
+  char *zWhere = 0;
+  const Schema *pTempSchema = pParse->db->aDb[1].pSchema; /* Temp db schema */
+
+  /* If the table is not located in the temp-db (in which case NULL is 
+  ** returned, loop through the tables list of triggers. For each trigger
+  ** that is not part of the temp-db schema, add a clause to the WHERE 
+  ** expression being built up in zWhere.
+  */
+  if( pTab->pSchema!=pTempSchema ){
+    sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+    for(pTrig=sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pTab); pTrig; pTrig=pTrig->pNext){
+      if( pTrig->pSchema==pTempSchema ){
+        zWhere = whereOrName(db, zWhere, pTrig->zName);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if( zWhere ){
+    char *zNew = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "type='trigger' AND (%s)", zWhere);
+    sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, zWhere);
+    zWhere = zNew;
+  }
+  return zWhere;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code to drop and reload the internal representation of table
+** pTab from the database, including triggers and temporary triggers.
+** Argument zName is the name of the table in the database schema at
+** the time the generated code is executed. This can be different from
+** pTab->zName if this function is being called to code part of an 
+** "ALTER TABLE RENAME TO" statement.
+*/
+static void reloadTableSchema(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, const char *zName){
+  Vdbe *v;
+  char *zWhere;
+  int iDb;                   /* Index of database containing pTab */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+  Trigger *pTrig;
+#endif
+
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( NEVER(v==0) ) return;
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) );
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
+  assert( iDb>=0 );
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+  /* Drop any table triggers from the internal schema. */
+  for(pTrig=sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pTab); pTrig; pTrig=pTrig->pNext){
+    int iTrigDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTrig->pSchema);
+    assert( iTrigDb==iDb || iTrigDb==1 );
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTrigger, iTrigDb, 0, 0, pTrig->zName, 0);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Drop the table and index from the internal schema.  */
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTable, iDb, 0, 0, pTab->zName, 0);
+
+  /* Reload the table, index and permanent trigger schemas. */
+  zWhere = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "tbl_name=%Q", zName);
+  if( !zWhere ) return;
+  sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, iDb, zWhere);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+  /* Now, if the table is not stored in the temp database, reload any temp 
+  ** triggers. Don't use IN(...) in case SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY is defined. 
+  */
+  if( (zWhere=whereTempTriggers(pParse, pTab))!=0 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, 1, zWhere);
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Parameter zName is the name of a table that is about to be altered
+** (either with ALTER TABLE ... RENAME TO or ALTER TABLE ... ADD COLUMN).
+** If the table is a system table, this function leaves an error message
+** in pParse->zErr (system tables may not be altered) and returns non-zero.
+**
+** Or, if zName is not a system table, zero is returned.
+*/
+static int isSystemTable(Parse *pParse, const char *zName){
+  if( sqlite3Strlen30(zName)>6 && 0==sqlite3StrNICmp(zName, "sqlite_", 7) ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be altered", zName);
+    return 1;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code to implement the "ALTER TABLE xxx RENAME TO yyy" 
+** command. 
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterRenameTable(
+  Parse *pParse,            /* Parser context. */
+  SrcList *pSrc,            /* The table to rename. */
+  Token *pName              /* The new table name. */
+){
+  int iDb;                  /* Database that contains the table */
+  char *zDb;                /* Name of database iDb */
+  Table *pTab;              /* Table being renamed */
+  char *zName = 0;          /* NULL-terminated version of pName */ 
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */
+  int nTabName;             /* Number of UTF-8 characters in zTabName */
+  const char *zTabName;     /* Original name of the table */
+  Vdbe *v;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+  char *zWhere = 0;         /* Where clause to locate temp triggers */
+#endif
+  VTable *pVTab = 0;        /* Non-zero if this is a v-tab with an xRename() */
+  int savedDbFlags;         /* Saved value of db->flags */
+
+  savedDbFlags = db->flags;  
+  if( NEVER(db->mallocFailed) ) goto exit_rename_table;
+  assert( pSrc->nSrc==1 );
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) );
+
+  pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, pSrc->a[0].zName, pSrc->a[0].zDatabase);
+  if( !pTab ) goto exit_rename_table;
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
+  zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
+  db->flags |= SQLITE_PreferBuiltin;
+
+  /* Get a NULL terminated version of the new table name. */
+  zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName);
+  if( !zName ) goto exit_rename_table;
+
+  /* Check that a table or index named 'zName' does not already exist
+  ** in database iDb. If so, this is an error.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, zDb) || sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, zDb) ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
+        "there is already another table or index with this name: %s", zName);
+    goto exit_rename_table;
+  }
+
+  /* Make sure it is not a system table being altered, or a reserved name
+  ** that the table is being renamed to.
+  */
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=isSystemTable(pParse, pTab->zName) ){
+    goto exit_rename_table;
+  }
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){ goto
+    exit_rename_table;
+  }
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
+  if( pTab->pSelect ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "view %s may not be altered", pTab->zName);
+    goto exit_rename_table;
+  }
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  /* Invoke the authorization callback. */
+  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE, zDb, pTab->zName, 0) ){
+    goto exit_rename_table;
+  }
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){
+    goto exit_rename_table;
+  }
+  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+    pVTab = sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab);
+    if( pVTab->pVtab->pModule->xRename==0 ){
+      pVTab = 0;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Begin a transaction and code the VerifyCookie for database iDb. 
+  ** Then modify the schema cookie (since the ALTER TABLE modifies the
+  ** schema). Open a statement transaction if the table is a virtual
+  ** table.
+  */
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v==0 ){
+    goto exit_rename_table;
+  }
+  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, pVTab!=0, iDb);
+  sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
+
+  /* If this is a virtual table, invoke the xRename() function if
+  ** one is defined. The xRename() callback will modify the names
+  ** of any resources used by the v-table implementation (including other
+  ** SQLite tables) that are identified by the name of the virtual table.
+  */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  if( pVTab ){
+    int i = ++pParse->nMem;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, i, 0, zName, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VRename, i, 0, 0,(const char*)pVTab, P4_VTAB);
+    sqlite3MayAbort(pParse);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* figure out how many UTF-8 characters are in zName */
+  zTabName = pTab->zName;
+  nTabName = sqlite3Utf8CharLen(zTabName, -1);
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
+  if( db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){
+    /* If foreign-key support is enabled, rewrite the CREATE TABLE 
+    ** statements corresponding to all child tables of foreign key constraints
+    ** for which the renamed table is the parent table.  */
+    if( (zWhere=whereForeignKeys(pParse, pTab))!=0 ){
+      sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, 
+          "UPDATE \"%w\".%s SET "
+              "sql = sqlite_rename_parent(sql, %Q, %Q) "
+              "WHERE %s;", zDb, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), zTabName, zName, zWhere);
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, zWhere);
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Modify the sqlite_master table to use the new table name. */
+  sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
+      "UPDATE %Q.%s SET "
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+          "sql = sqlite_rename_table(sql, %Q), "
+#else
+          "sql = CASE "
+            "WHEN type = 'trigger' THEN sqlite_rename_trigger(sql, %Q)"
+            "ELSE sqlite_rename_table(sql, %Q) END, "
+#endif
+          "tbl_name = %Q, "
+          "name = CASE "
+            "WHEN type='table' THEN %Q "
+            "WHEN name LIKE 'sqlite_autoindex%%' AND type='index' THEN "
+             "'sqlite_autoindex_' || %Q || substr(name,%d+18) "
+            "ELSE name END "
+      "WHERE tbl_name=%Q COLLATE nocase AND "
+          "(type='table' OR type='index' OR type='trigger');", 
+      zDb, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), zName, zName, zName, 
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+      zName,
+#endif
+      zName, nTabName, zTabName
+  );
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
+  /* If the sqlite_sequence table exists in this database, then update 
+  ** it with the new table name.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_sequence", zDb) ){
+    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
+        "UPDATE \"%w\".sqlite_sequence set name = %Q WHERE name = %Q",
+        zDb, zName, pTab->zName);
+  }
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+  /* If there are TEMP triggers on this table, modify the sqlite_temp_master
+  ** table. Don't do this if the table being ALTERed is itself located in
+  ** the temp database.
+  */
+  if( (zWhere=whereTempTriggers(pParse, pTab))!=0 ){
+    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, 
+        "UPDATE sqlite_temp_master SET "
+            "sql = sqlite_rename_trigger(sql, %Q), "
+            "tbl_name = %Q "
+            "WHERE %s;", zName, zName, zWhere);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zWhere);
+  }
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
+  if( db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){
+    FKey *p;
+    for(p=sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); p; p=p->pNextTo){
+      Table *pFrom = p->pFrom;
+      if( pFrom!=pTab ){
+        reloadTableSchema(pParse, p->pFrom, pFrom->zName);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Drop and reload the internal table schema. */
+  reloadTableSchema(pParse, pTab, zName);
+
+exit_rename_table:
+  sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pSrc);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, zName);
+  db->flags = savedDbFlags;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Generate code to make sure the file format number is at least minFormat.
+** The generated code will increase the file format number if necessary.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MinimumFileFormat(Parse *pParse, int iDb, int minFormat){
+  Vdbe *v;
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  /* The VDBE should have been allocated before this routine is called.
+  ** If that allocation failed, we would have quit before reaching this
+  ** point */
+  if( ALWAYS(v) ){
+    int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+    int r2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+    int j1;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_ReadCookie, iDb, r1, BTREE_FILE_FORMAT);
+    sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, minFormat, r2);
+    j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Ge, r2, 0, r1);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_FILE_FORMAT, r2);
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
+    sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
+    sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r2);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called after an "ALTER TABLE ... ADD" statement
+** has been parsed. Argument pColDef contains the text of the new
+** column definition.
+**
+** The Table structure pParse->pNewTable was extended to include
+** the new column during parsing.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(Parse *pParse, Token *pColDef){
+  Table *pNew;              /* Copy of pParse->pNewTable */
+  Table *pTab;              /* Table being altered */
+  int iDb;                  /* Database number */
+  const char *zDb;          /* Database name */
+  const char *zTab;         /* Table name */
+  char *zCol;               /* Null-terminated column definition */
+  Column *pCol;             /* The new column */
+  Expr *pDflt;              /* Default value for the new column */
+  sqlite3 *db;              /* The database connection; */
+
+  db = pParse->db;
+  if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return;
+  pNew = pParse->pNewTable;
+  assert( pNew );
+
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pNew->pSchema);
+  zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
+  zTab = &pNew->zName[16];  /* Skip the "sqlite_altertab_" prefix on the name */
+  pCol = &pNew->aCol[pNew->nCol-1];
+  pDflt = pCol->pDflt;
+  pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, zDb);
+  assert( pTab );
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  /* Invoke the authorization callback. */
+  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE, zDb, pTab->zName, 0) ){
+    return;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* If the default value for the new column was specified with a 
+  ** literal NULL, then set pDflt to 0. This simplifies checking
+  ** for an SQL NULL default below.
+  */
+  if( pDflt && pDflt->op==TK_NULL ){
+    pDflt = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* Check that the new column is not specified as PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE.
+  ** If there is a NOT NULL constraint, then the default value for the
+  ** column must not be NULL.
+  */
+  if( pCol->isPrimKey ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a PRIMARY KEY column");
+    return;
+  }
+  if( pNew->pIndex ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a UNIQUE column");
+    return;
+  }
+  if( (db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys) && pNew->pFKey && pDflt ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
+        "Cannot add a REFERENCES column with non-NULL default value");
+    return;
+  }
+  if( pCol->notNull && !pDflt ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
+        "Cannot add a NOT NULL column with default value NULL");
+    return;
+  }
+
+  /* Ensure the default expression is something that sqlite3ValueFromExpr()
+  ** can handle (i.e. not CURRENT_TIME etc.)
+  */
+  if( pDflt ){
+    sqlite3_value *pVal;
+    if( sqlite3ValueFromExpr(db, pDflt, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_AFF_NONE, &pVal) ){
+      db->mallocFailed = 1;
+      return;
+    }
+    if( !pVal ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a column with non-constant default");
+      return;
+    }
+    sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
+  }
+
+  /* Modify the CREATE TABLE statement. */
+  zCol = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pColDef->z, pColDef->n);
+  if( zCol ){
+    char *zEnd = &zCol[pColDef->n-1];
+    int savedDbFlags = db->flags;
+    while( zEnd>zCol && (*zEnd==';' || sqlite3Isspace(*zEnd)) ){
+      *zEnd-- = '\0';
+    }
+    db->flags |= SQLITE_PreferBuiltin;
+    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, 
+        "UPDATE \"%w\".%s SET "
+          "sql = substr(sql,1,%d) || ', ' || %Q || substr(sql,%d) "
+        "WHERE type = 'table' AND name = %Q", 
+      zDb, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), pNew->addColOffset, zCol, pNew->addColOffset+1,
+      zTab
+    );
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zCol);
+    db->flags = savedDbFlags;
+  }
+
+  /* If the default value of the new column is NULL, then set the file
+  ** format to 2. If the default value of the new column is not NULL,
+  ** the file format becomes 3.
+  */
+  sqlite3MinimumFileFormat(pParse, iDb, pDflt ? 3 : 2);
+
+  /* Reload the schema of the modified table. */
+  reloadTableSchema(pParse, pTab, pTab->zName);
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called by the parser after the table-name in
+** an "ALTER TABLE <table-name> ADD" statement is parsed. Argument 
+** pSrc is the full-name of the table being altered.
+**
+** This routine makes a (partial) copy of the Table structure
+** for the table being altered and sets Parse.pNewTable to point
+** to it. Routines called by the parser as the column definition
+** is parsed (i.e. sqlite3AddColumn()) add the new Column data to 
+** the copy. The copy of the Table structure is deleted by tokenize.c 
+** after parsing is finished.
+**
+** Routine sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn() will be called to complete
+** coding the "ALTER TABLE ... ADD" statement.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pSrc){
+  Table *pNew;
+  Table *pTab;
+  Vdbe *v;
+  int iDb;
+  int i;
+  int nAlloc;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+
+  /* Look up the table being altered. */
+  assert( pParse->pNewTable==0 );
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
+  if( db->mallocFailed ) goto exit_begin_add_column;
+  pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, pSrc->a[0].zName, pSrc->a[0].zDatabase);
+  if( !pTab ) goto exit_begin_add_column;
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "virtual tables may not be altered");
+    goto exit_begin_add_column;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Make sure this is not an attempt to ALTER a view. */
+  if( pTab->pSelect ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a column to a view");
+    goto exit_begin_add_column;
+  }
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=isSystemTable(pParse, pTab->zName) ){
+    goto exit_begin_add_column;
+  }
+
+  assert( pTab->addColOffset>0 );
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
+
+  /* Put a copy of the Table struct in Parse.pNewTable for the
+  ** sqlite3AddColumn() function and friends to modify.  But modify
+  ** the name by adding an "sqlite_altertab_" prefix.  By adding this
+  ** prefix, we insure that the name will not collide with an existing
+  ** table because user table are not allowed to have the "sqlite_"
+  ** prefix on their name.
+  */
+  pNew = (Table*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table));
+  if( !pNew ) goto exit_begin_add_column;
+  pParse->pNewTable = pNew;
+  pNew->nRef = 1;
+  pNew->nCol = pTab->nCol;
+  assert( pNew->nCol>0 );
+  nAlloc = (((pNew->nCol-1)/8)*8)+8;
+  assert( nAlloc>=pNew->nCol && nAlloc%8==0 && nAlloc-pNew->nCol<8 );
+  pNew->aCol = (Column*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Column)*nAlloc);
+  pNew->zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "sqlite_altertab_%s", pTab->zName);
+  if( !pNew->aCol || !pNew->zName ){
+    db->mallocFailed = 1;
+    goto exit_begin_add_column;
+  }
+  memcpy(pNew->aCol, pTab->aCol, sizeof(Column)*pNew->nCol);
+  for(i=0; i<pNew->nCol; i++){
+    Column *pCol = &pNew->aCol[i];
+    pCol->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pCol->zName);
+    pCol->zColl = 0;
+    pCol->zType = 0;
+    pCol->pDflt = 0;
+    pCol->zDflt = 0;
+  }
+  pNew->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema;
+  pNew->addColOffset = pTab->addColOffset;
+  pNew->nRef = 1;
+
+  /* Begin a transaction and increment the schema cookie.  */
+  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( !v ) goto exit_begin_add_column;
+  sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
+
+exit_begin_add_column:
+  sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pSrc);
+  return;
+}
+#endif  /* SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE */
+
+/************** End of alter.c ***********************************************/
+/************** Begin file analyze.c *****************************************/
+/*
+** 2005 July 8
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains code associated with the ANALYZE command.
+**
+** The ANALYZE command gather statistics about the content of tables
+** and indices.  These statistics are made available to the query planner
+** to help it make better decisions about how to perform queries.
+**
+** The following system tables are or have been supported:
+**
+**    CREATE TABLE sqlite_stat1(tbl, idx, stat);
+**    CREATE TABLE sqlite_stat2(tbl, idx, sampleno, sample);
+**    CREATE TABLE sqlite_stat3(tbl, idx, nEq, nLt, nDLt, sample);
+**
+** Additional tables might be added in future releases of SQLite.
+** The sqlite_stat2 table is not created or used unless the SQLite version
+** is between 3.6.18 and 3.7.8, inclusive, and unless SQLite is compiled
+** with SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2.  The sqlite_stat2 table is deprecated.
+** The sqlite_stat2 table is superceded by sqlite_stat3, which is only
+** created and used by SQLite versions 3.7.9 and later and with
+** SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 defined.  The fucntionality of sqlite_stat3
+** is a superset of sqlite_stat2.  
+**
+** Format of sqlite_stat1:
+**
+** There is normally one row per index, with the index identified by the
+** name in the idx column.  The tbl column is the name of the table to
+** which the index belongs.  In each such row, the stat column will be
+** a string consisting of a list of integers.  The first integer in this
+** list is the number of rows in the index and in the table.  The second
+** integer is the average number of rows in the index that have the same
+** value in the first column of the index.  The third integer is the average
+** number of rows in the index that have the same value for the first two
+** columns.  The N-th integer (for N>1) is the average number of rows in 
+** the index which have the same value for the first N-1 columns.  For
+** a K-column index, there will be K+1 integers in the stat column.  If
+** the index is unique, then the last integer will be 1.
+**
+** The list of integers in the stat column can optionally be followed
+** by the keyword "unordered".  The "unordered" keyword, if it is present,
+** must be separated from the last integer by a single space.  If the
+** "unordered" keyword is present, then the query planner assumes that
+** the index is unordered and will not use the index for a range query.
+** 
+** If the sqlite_stat1.idx column is NULL, then the sqlite_stat1.stat
+** column contains a single integer which is the (estimated) number of
+** rows in the table identified by sqlite_stat1.tbl.
+**
+** Format of sqlite_stat2:
+**
+** The sqlite_stat2 is only created and is only used if SQLite is compiled
+** with SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2 and if the SQLite version number is between
+** 3.6.18 and 3.7.8.  The "stat2" table contains additional information
+** about the distribution of keys within an index.  The index is identified by
+** the "idx" column and the "tbl" column is the name of the table to which
+** the index belongs.  There are usually 10 rows in the sqlite_stat2
+** table for each index.
+**
+** The sqlite_stat2 entries for an index that have sampleno between 0 and 9
+** inclusive are samples of the left-most key value in the index taken at
+** evenly spaced points along the index.  Let the number of samples be S
+** (10 in the standard build) and let C be the number of rows in the index.
+** Then the sampled rows are given by:
+**
+**     rownumber = (i*C*2 + C)/(S*2)
+**
+** For i between 0 and S-1.  Conceptually, the index space is divided into
+** S uniform buckets and the samples are the middle row from each bucket.
+**
+** The format for sqlite_stat2 is recorded here for legacy reference.  This
+** version of SQLite does not support sqlite_stat2.  It neither reads nor
+** writes the sqlite_stat2 table.  This version of SQLite only supports
+** sqlite_stat3.
+**
+** Format for sqlite_stat3:
+**
+** The sqlite_stat3 is an enhancement to sqlite_stat2.  A new name is
+** used to avoid compatibility problems.  
+**
+** The format of the sqlite_stat3 table is similar to the format of
+** the sqlite_stat2 table.  There are multiple entries for each index.
+** The idx column names the index and the tbl column is the table of the
+** index.  If the idx and tbl columns are the same, then the sample is
+** of the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY.  The sample column is a value taken from
+** the left-most column of the index.  The nEq column is the approximate
+** number of entires in the index whose left-most column exactly matches
+** the sample.  nLt is the approximate number of entires whose left-most
+** column is less than the sample.  The nDLt column is the approximate
+** number of distinct left-most entries in the index that are less than
+** the sample.
+**
+** Future versions of SQLite might change to store a string containing
+** multiple integers values in the nDLt column of sqlite_stat3.  The first
+** integer will be the number of prior index entires that are distinct in
+** the left-most column.  The second integer will be the number of prior index
+** entries that are distinct in the first two columns.  The third integer
+** will be the number of prior index entries that are distinct in the first
+** three columns.  And so forth.  With that extension, the nDLt field is
+** similar in function to the sqlite_stat1.stat field.
+**
+** There can be an arbitrary number of sqlite_stat3 entries per index.
+** The ANALYZE command will typically generate sqlite_stat3 tables
+** that contain between 10 and 40 samples which are distributed across
+** the key space, though not uniformly, and which include samples with
+** largest possible nEq values.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE
+
+/*
+** This routine generates code that opens the sqlite_stat1 table for
+** writing with cursor iStatCur. If the library was built with the
+** SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 macro defined, then the sqlite_stat3 table is
+** opened for writing using cursor (iStatCur+1)
+**
+** If the sqlite_stat1 tables does not previously exist, it is created.
+** Similarly, if the sqlite_stat3 table does not exist and the library
+** is compiled with SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 defined, it is created. 
+**
+** Argument zWhere may be a pointer to a buffer containing a table name,
+** or it may be a NULL pointer. If it is not NULL, then all entries in
+** the sqlite_stat1 and (if applicable) sqlite_stat3 tables associated
+** with the named table are deleted. If zWhere==0, then code is generated
+** to delete all stat table entries.
+*/
+static void openStatTable(
+  Parse *pParse,          /* Parsing context */
+  int iDb,                /* The database we are looking in */
+  int iStatCur,           /* Open the sqlite_stat1 table on this cursor */
+  const char *zWhere,     /* Delete entries for this table or index */
+  const char *zWhereType  /* Either "tbl" or "idx" */
+){
+  static const struct {
+    const char *zName;
+    const char *zCols;
+  } aTable[] = {
+    { "sqlite_stat1", "tbl,idx,stat" },
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3
+    { "sqlite_stat3", "tbl,idx,neq,nlt,ndlt,sample" },
+#endif
+  };
+
+  int aRoot[] = {0, 0};
+  u8 aCreateTbl[] = {0, 0};
+
+  int i;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  Db *pDb;
+  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v==0 ) return;
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
+  assert( sqlite3VdbeDb(v)==db );
+  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
+
+  /* Create new statistic tables if they do not exist, or clear them
+  ** if they do already exist.
+  */
+  for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aTable); i++){
+    const char *zTab = aTable[i].zName;
+    Table *pStat;
+    if( (pStat = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, pDb->zName))==0 ){
+      /* The sqlite_stat[12] table does not exist. Create it. Note that a 
+      ** side-effect of the CREATE TABLE statement is to leave the rootpage 
+      ** of the new table in register pParse->regRoot. This is important 
+      ** because the OpenWrite opcode below will be needing it. */
+      sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
+          "CREATE TABLE %Q.%s(%s)", pDb->zName, zTab, aTable[i].zCols
+      );
+      aRoot[i] = pParse->regRoot;
+      aCreateTbl[i] = OPFLAG_P2ISREG;
+    }else{
+      /* The table already exists. If zWhere is not NULL, delete all entries 
+      ** associated with the table zWhere. If zWhere is NULL, delete the
+      ** entire contents of the table. */
+      aRoot[i] = pStat->tnum;
+      sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, aRoot[i], 1, zTab);
+      if( zWhere ){
+        sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
+           "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE %s=%Q", pDb->zName, zTab, zWhereType, zWhere
+        );
+      }else{
+        /* The sqlite_stat[12] table already exists.  Delete all rows. */
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, aRoot[i], iDb);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Open the sqlite_stat[13] tables for writing. */
+  for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aTable); i++){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenWrite, iStatCur+i, aRoot[i], iDb);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char *)3, P4_INT32);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, aCreateTbl[i]);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Recommended number of samples for sqlite_stat3
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_STAT3_SAMPLES
+# define SQLITE_STAT3_SAMPLES 24
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Three SQL functions - stat3_init(), stat3_push(), and stat3_pop() -
+** share an instance of the following structure to hold their state
+** information.
+*/
+typedef struct Stat3Accum Stat3Accum;
+struct Stat3Accum {
+  tRowcnt nRow;             /* Number of rows in the entire table */
+  tRowcnt nPSample;         /* How often to do a periodic sample */
+  int iMin;                 /* Index of entry with minimum nEq and hash */
+  int mxSample;             /* Maximum number of samples to accumulate */
+  int nSample;              /* Current number of samples */
+  u32 iPrn;                 /* Pseudo-random number used for sampling */
+  struct Stat3Sample {
+    i64 iRowid;                /* Rowid in main table of the key */
+    tRowcnt nEq;               /* sqlite_stat3.nEq */
+    tRowcnt nLt;               /* sqlite_stat3.nLt */
+    tRowcnt nDLt;              /* sqlite_stat3.nDLt */
+    u8 isPSample;              /* True if a periodic sample */
+    u32 iHash;                 /* Tiebreaker hash */
+  } *a;                     /* An array of samples */
+};
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3
+/*
+** Implementation of the stat3_init(C,S) SQL function.  The two parameters
+** are the number of rows in the table or index (C) and the number of samples
+** to accumulate (S).
+**
+** This routine allocates the Stat3Accum object.
+**
+** The return value is the Stat3Accum object (P).
+*/
+static void stat3Init(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  Stat3Accum *p;
+  tRowcnt nRow;
+  int mxSample;
+  int n;
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+  nRow = (tRowcnt)sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]);
+  mxSample = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]);
+  n = sizeof(*p) + sizeof(p->a[0])*mxSample;
+  p = sqlite3MallocZero( n );
+  if( p==0 ){
+    sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
+    return;
+  }
+  p->a = (struct Stat3Sample*)&p[1];
+  p->nRow = nRow;
+  p->mxSample = mxSample;
+  p->nPSample = p->nRow/(mxSample/3+1) + 1;
+  sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(p->iPrn), &p->iPrn);
+  sqlite3_result_blob(context, p, sizeof(p), sqlite3_free);
+}
+static const FuncDef stat3InitFuncdef = {
+  2,                /* nArg */
+  SQLITE_UTF8,      /* iPrefEnc */
+  0,                /* flags */
+  0,                /* pUserData */
+  0,                /* pNext */
+  stat3Init,        /* xFunc */
+  0,                /* xStep */
+  0,                /* xFinalize */
+  "stat3_init",     /* zName */
+  0,                /* pHash */
+  0                 /* pDestructor */
+};
+
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the stat3_push(nEq,nLt,nDLt,rowid,P) SQL function.  The
+** arguments describe a single key instance.  This routine makes the 
+** decision about whether or not to retain this key for the sqlite_stat3
+** table.
+**
+** The return value is NULL.
+*/
+static void stat3Push(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  Stat3Accum *p = (Stat3Accum*)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[4]);
+  tRowcnt nEq = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]);
+  tRowcnt nLt = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[1]);
+  tRowcnt nDLt = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[2]);
+  i64 rowid = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[3]);
+  u8 isPSample = 0;
+  u8 doInsert = 0;
+  int iMin = p->iMin;
+  struct Stat3Sample *pSample;
+  int i;
+  u32 h;
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(context);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+  if( nEq==0 ) return;
+  h = p->iPrn = p->iPrn*1103515245 + 12345;
+  if( (nLt/p->nPSample)!=((nEq+nLt)/p->nPSample) ){
+    doInsert = isPSample = 1;
+  }else if( p->nSample<p->mxSample ){
+    doInsert = 1;
+  }else{
+    if( nEq>p->a[iMin].nEq || (nEq==p->a[iMin].nEq && h>p->a[iMin].iHash) ){
+      doInsert = 1;
+    }
+  }
+  if( !doInsert ) return;
+  if( p->nSample==p->mxSample ){
+    assert( p->nSample - iMin - 1 >= 0 );
+    memmove(&p->a[iMin], &p->a[iMin+1], sizeof(p->a[0])*(p->nSample-iMin-1));
+    pSample = &p->a[p->nSample-1];
+  }else{
+    pSample = &p->a[p->nSample++];
+  }
+  pSample->iRowid = rowid;
+  pSample->nEq = nEq;
+  pSample->nLt = nLt;
+  pSample->nDLt = nDLt;
+  pSample->iHash = h;
+  pSample->isPSample = isPSample;
+
+  /* Find the new minimum */
+  if( p->nSample==p->mxSample ){
+    pSample = p->a;
+    i = 0;
+    while( pSample->isPSample ){
+      i++;
+      pSample++;
+      assert( i<p->nSample );
+    }
+    nEq = pSample->nEq;
+    h = pSample->iHash;
+    iMin = i;
+    for(i++, pSample++; i<p->nSample; i++, pSample++){
+      if( pSample->isPSample ) continue;
+      if( pSample->nEq<nEq
+       || (pSample->nEq==nEq && pSample->iHash<h)
+      ){
+        iMin = i;
+        nEq = pSample->nEq;
+        h = pSample->iHash;
+      }
+    }
+    p->iMin = iMin;
+  }
+}
+static const FuncDef stat3PushFuncdef = {
+  5,                /* nArg */
+  SQLITE_UTF8,      /* iPrefEnc */
+  0,                /* flags */
+  0,                /* pUserData */
+  0,                /* pNext */
+  stat3Push,        /* xFunc */
+  0,                /* xStep */
+  0,                /* xFinalize */
+  "stat3_push",     /* zName */
+  0,                /* pHash */
+  0                 /* pDestructor */
+};
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the stat3_get(P,N,...) SQL function.  This routine is
+** used to query the results.  Content is returned for the Nth sqlite_stat3
+** row where N is between 0 and S-1 and S is the number of samples.  The
+** value returned depends on the number of arguments.
+**
+**   argc==2    result:  rowid
+**   argc==3    result:  nEq
+**   argc==4    result:  nLt
+**   argc==5    result:  nDLt
+*/
+static void stat3Get(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  int n = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]);
+  Stat3Accum *p = (Stat3Accum*)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]);
+
+  assert( p!=0 );
+  if( p->nSample<=n ) return;
+  switch( argc ){
+    case 2:  sqlite3_result_int64(context, p->a[n].iRowid); break;
+    case 3:  sqlite3_result_int64(context, p->a[n].nEq);    break;
+    case 4:  sqlite3_result_int64(context, p->a[n].nLt);    break;
+    default: sqlite3_result_int64(context, p->a[n].nDLt);   break;
+  }
+}
+static const FuncDef stat3GetFuncdef = {
+  -1,               /* nArg */
+  SQLITE_UTF8,      /* iPrefEnc */
+  0,                /* flags */
+  0,                /* pUserData */
+  0,                /* pNext */
+  stat3Get,         /* xFunc */
+  0,                /* xStep */
+  0,                /* xFinalize */
+  "stat3_get",     /* zName */
+  0,                /* pHash */
+  0                 /* pDestructor */
+};
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 */
+
+
+
+
+/*
+** Generate code to do an analysis of all indices associated with
+** a single table.
+*/
+static void analyzeOneTable(
+  Parse *pParse,   /* Parser context */
+  Table *pTab,     /* Table whose indices are to be analyzed */
+  Index *pOnlyIdx, /* If not NULL, only analyze this one index */
+  int iStatCur,    /* Index of VdbeCursor that writes the sqlite_stat1 table */
+  int iMem         /* Available memory locations begin here */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;    /* Database handle */
+  Index *pIdx;                 /* An index to being analyzed */
+  int iIdxCur;                 /* Cursor open on index being analyzed */
+  Vdbe *v;                     /* The virtual machine being built up */
+  int i;                       /* Loop counter */
+  int topOfLoop;               /* The top of the loop */
+  int endOfLoop;               /* The end of the loop */
+  int jZeroRows = -1;          /* Jump from here if number of rows is zero */
+  int iDb;                     /* Index of database containing pTab */
+  int regTabname = iMem++;     /* Register containing table name */
+  int regIdxname = iMem++;     /* Register containing index name */
+  int regStat1 = iMem++;       /* The stat column of sqlite_stat1 */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3
+  int regNumEq = regStat1;     /* Number of instances.  Same as regStat1 */
+  int regNumLt = iMem++;       /* Number of keys less than regSample */
+  int regNumDLt = iMem++;      /* Number of distinct keys less than regSample */
+  int regSample = iMem++;      /* The next sample value */
+  int regRowid = regSample;    /* Rowid of a sample */
+  int regAccum = iMem++;       /* Register to hold Stat3Accum object */
+  int regLoop = iMem++;        /* Loop counter */
+  int regCount = iMem++;       /* Number of rows in the table or index */
+  int regTemp1 = iMem++;       /* Intermediate register */
+  int regTemp2 = iMem++;       /* Intermediate register */
+  int once = 1;                /* One-time initialization */
+  int shortJump = 0;           /* Instruction address */
+  int iTabCur = pParse->nTab++; /* Table cursor */
+#endif
+  int regCol = iMem++;         /* Content of a column in analyzed table */
+  int regRec = iMem++;         /* Register holding completed record */
+  int regTemp = iMem++;        /* Temporary use register */
+  int regNewRowid = iMem++;    /* Rowid for the inserted record */
+
+
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v==0 || NEVER(pTab==0) ){
+    return;
+  }
+  if( pTab->tnum==0 ){
+    /* Do not gather statistics on views or virtual tables */
+    return;
+  }
+  if( memcmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0 ){
+    /* Do not gather statistics on system tables */
+    return;
+  }
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
+  assert( iDb>=0 );
+  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_ANALYZE, pTab->zName, 0,
+      db->aDb[iDb].zName ) ){
+    return;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Establish a read-lock on the table at the shared-cache level. */
+  sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName);
+
+  iIdxCur = pParse->nTab++;
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, regTabname, 0, pTab->zName, 0);
+  for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+    int nCol;
+    KeyInfo *pKey;
+    int addrIfNot = 0;           /* address of OP_IfNot */
+    int *aChngAddr;              /* Array of jump instruction addresses */
+
+    if( pOnlyIdx && pOnlyIdx!=pIdx ) continue;
+    VdbeNoopComment((v, "Begin analysis of %s", pIdx->zName));
+    nCol = pIdx->nColumn;
+    aChngAddr = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int)*nCol);
+    if( aChngAddr==0 ) continue;
+    pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIdx);
+    if( iMem+1+(nCol*2)>pParse->nMem ){
+      pParse->nMem = iMem+1+(nCol*2);
+    }
+
+    /* Open a cursor to the index to be analyzed. */
+    assert( iDb==sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pIdx->pSchema) );
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenRead, iIdxCur, pIdx->tnum, iDb,
+        (char *)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
+    VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName));
+
+    /* Populate the register containing the index name. */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, regIdxname, 0, pIdx->zName, 0);
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3
+    if( once ){
+      once = 0;
+      sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iTabCur, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead);
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iIdxCur, regCount);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, SQLITE_STAT3_SAMPLES, regTemp1);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regNumEq);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regNumLt);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -1, regNumDLt);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Null, 0, regSample, regAccum);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Function, 1, regCount, regAccum,
+                      (char*)&stat3InitFuncdef, P4_FUNCDEF);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 2);
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 */
+
+    /* The block of memory cells initialized here is used as follows.
+    **
+    **    iMem:                
+    **        The total number of rows in the table.
+    **
+    **    iMem+1 .. iMem+nCol: 
+    **        Number of distinct entries in index considering the 
+    **        left-most N columns only, where N is between 1 and nCol, 
+    **        inclusive.
+    **
+    **    iMem+nCol+1 .. Mem+2*nCol:  
+    **        Previous value of indexed columns, from left to right.
+    **
+    ** Cells iMem through iMem+nCol are initialized to 0. The others are 
+    ** initialized to contain an SQL NULL.
+    */
+    for(i=0; i<=nCol; i++){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, iMem+i);
+    }
+    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iMem+nCol+i+1);
+    }
+
+    /* Start the analysis loop. This loop runs through all the entries in
+    ** the index b-tree.  */
+    endOfLoop = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iIdxCur, endOfLoop);
+    topOfLoop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, iMem, 1);  /* Increment row counter */
+
+    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+      CollSeq *pColl;
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, i, regCol);
+      if( i==0 ){
+        /* Always record the very first row */
+        addrIfNot = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, iMem+1);
+      }
+      assert( pIdx->azColl!=0 );
+      assert( pIdx->azColl[i]!=0 );
+      pColl = sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, pIdx->azColl[i]);
+      aChngAddr[i] = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Ne, regCol, 0, iMem+nCol+i+1,
+                                      (char*)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NULLEQ);
+      VdbeComment((v, "jump if column %d changed", i));
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3
+      if( i==0 ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, regNumEq, 1);
+        VdbeComment((v, "incr repeat count"));
+      }
+#endif
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, endOfLoop);
+    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, aChngAddr[i]);  /* Set jump dest for the OP_Ne */
+      if( i==0 ){
+        sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrIfNot);   /* Jump dest for OP_IfNot */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Function, 1, regNumEq, regTemp2,
+                          (char*)&stat3PushFuncdef, P4_FUNCDEF);
+        sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 5);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, pIdx->nColumn, regRowid);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Add, regNumEq, regNumLt, regNumLt);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, regNumDLt, 1);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, regNumEq);
+#endif        
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, iMem+i+1, 1);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, i, iMem+nCol+i+1);
+    }
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, aChngAddr);
+
+    /* Always jump here after updating the iMem+1...iMem+1+nCol counters */
+    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endOfLoop);
+
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iIdxCur, topOfLoop);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iIdxCur);
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Function, 1, regNumEq, regTemp2,
+                      (char*)&stat3PushFuncdef, P4_FUNCDEF);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 5);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -1, regLoop);
+    shortJump = 
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, regLoop, 1);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Function, 1, regAccum, regTemp1,
+                      (char*)&stat3GetFuncdef, P4_FUNCDEF);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 2);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IsNull, regTemp1);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iTabCur, shortJump, regTemp1);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iTabCur, pIdx->aiColumn[0], regSample);
+    sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, pIdx->aiColumn[0], regSample);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Function, 1, regAccum, regNumEq,
+                      (char*)&stat3GetFuncdef, P4_FUNCDEF);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 3);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Function, 1, regAccum, regNumLt,
+                      (char*)&stat3GetFuncdef, P4_FUNCDEF);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 4);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Function, 1, regAccum, regNumDLt,
+                      (char*)&stat3GetFuncdef, P4_FUNCDEF);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 5);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regTabname, 6, regRec, "bbbbbb", 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iStatCur+1, regNewRowid);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iStatCur+1, regRec, regNewRowid);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, shortJump);
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, shortJump+2);
+#endif        
+
+    /* Store the results in sqlite_stat1.
+    **
+    ** The result is a single row of the sqlite_stat1 table.  The first
+    ** two columns are the names of the table and index.  The third column
+    ** is a string composed of a list of integer statistics about the
+    ** index.  The first integer in the list is the total number of entries
+    ** in the index.  There is one additional integer in the list for each
+    ** column of the table.  This additional integer is a guess of how many
+    ** rows of the table the index will select.  If D is the count of distinct
+    ** values and K is the total number of rows, then the integer is computed
+    ** as:
+    **
+    **        I = (K+D-1)/D
+    **
+    ** If K==0 then no entry is made into the sqlite_stat1 table.  
+    ** If K>0 then it is always the case the D>0 so division by zero
+    ** is never possible.
+    */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, iMem, regStat1);
+    if( jZeroRows<0 ){
+      jZeroRows = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, iMem);
+    }
+    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, regTemp, 0, " ", 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, regTemp, regStat1, regStat1);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Add, iMem, iMem+i+1, regTemp);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, regTemp, -1);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Divide, iMem+i+1, regTemp, regTemp);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_ToInt, regTemp);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, regTemp, regStat1, regStat1);
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regTabname, 3, regRec, "aaa", 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iStatCur, regNewRowid);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iStatCur, regRec, regNewRowid);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND);
+  }
+
+  /* If the table has no indices, create a single sqlite_stat1 entry
+  ** containing NULL as the index name and the row count as the content.
+  */
+  if( pTab->pIndex==0 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iIdxCur, pTab->tnum, iDb);
+    VdbeComment((v, "%s", pTab->zName));
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iIdxCur, regStat1);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iIdxCur);
+    jZeroRows = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, regStat1);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jZeroRows);
+    jZeroRows = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto);
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regIdxname);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regTabname, 3, regRec, "aaa", 0);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iStatCur, regNewRowid);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iStatCur, regRec, regNewRowid);
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND);
+  if( pParse->nMem<regRec ) pParse->nMem = regRec;
+  sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jZeroRows);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Generate code that will cause the most recent index analysis to
+** be loaded into internal hash tables where is can be used.
+*/
+static void loadAnalysis(Parse *pParse, int iDb){
+  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_LoadAnalysis, iDb);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code that will do an analysis of an entire database
+*/
+static void analyzeDatabase(Parse *pParse, int iDb){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema;    /* Schema of database iDb */
+  HashElem *k;
+  int iStatCur;
+  int iMem;
+
+  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
+  iStatCur = pParse->nTab;
+  pParse->nTab += 3;
+  openStatTable(pParse, iDb, iStatCur, 0, 0);
+  iMem = pParse->nMem+1;
+  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+  for(k=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->tblHash); k; k=sqliteHashNext(k)){
+    Table *pTab = (Table*)sqliteHashData(k);
+    analyzeOneTable(pParse, pTab, 0, iStatCur, iMem);
+  }
+  loadAnalysis(pParse, iDb);
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code that will do an analysis of a single table in
+** a database.  If pOnlyIdx is not NULL then it is a single index
+** in pTab that should be analyzed.
+*/
+static void analyzeTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, Index *pOnlyIdx){
+  int iDb;
+  int iStatCur;
+
+  assert( pTab!=0 );
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) );
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
+  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
+  iStatCur = pParse->nTab;
+  pParse->nTab += 3;
+  if( pOnlyIdx ){
+    openStatTable(pParse, iDb, iStatCur, pOnlyIdx->zName, "idx");
+  }else{
+    openStatTable(pParse, iDb, iStatCur, pTab->zName, "tbl");
+  }
+  analyzeOneTable(pParse, pTab, pOnlyIdx, iStatCur, pParse->nMem+1);
+  loadAnalysis(pParse, iDb);
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code for the ANALYZE command.  The parser calls this routine
+** when it recognizes an ANALYZE command.
+**
+**        ANALYZE                            -- 1
+**        ANALYZE  <database>                -- 2
+**        ANALYZE  ?<database>.?<tablename>  -- 3
+**
+** Form 1 causes all indices in all attached databases to be analyzed.
+** Form 2 analyzes all indices the single database named.
+** Form 3 analyzes all indices associated with the named table.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Analyze(Parse *pParse, Token *pName1, Token *pName2){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  int iDb;
+  int i;
+  char *z, *zDb;
+  Table *pTab;
+  Index *pIdx;
+  Token *pTableName;
+
+  /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message
+  ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) );
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
+    return;
+  }
+
+  assert( pName2!=0 || pName1==0 );
+  if( pName1==0 ){
+    /* Form 1:  Analyze everything */
+    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+      if( i==1 ) continue;  /* Do not analyze the TEMP database */
+      analyzeDatabase(pParse, i);
+    }
+  }else if( pName2->n==0 ){
+    /* Form 2:  Analyze the database or table named */
+    iDb = sqlite3FindDb(db, pName1);
+    if( iDb>=0 ){
+      analyzeDatabase(pParse, iDb);
+    }else{
+      z = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName1);
+      if( z ){
+        if( (pIdx = sqlite3FindIndex(db, z, 0))!=0 ){
+          analyzeTable(pParse, pIdx->pTable, pIdx);
+        }else if( (pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, z, 0))!=0 ){
+          analyzeTable(pParse, pTab, 0);
+        }
+        sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
+      }
+    }
+  }else{
+    /* Form 3: Analyze the fully qualified table name */
+    iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pTableName);
+    if( iDb>=0 ){
+      zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
+      z = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pTableName);
+      if( z ){
+        if( (pIdx = sqlite3FindIndex(db, z, zDb))!=0 ){
+          analyzeTable(pParse, pIdx->pTable, pIdx);
+        }else if( (pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, z, zDb))!=0 ){
+          analyzeTable(pParse, pTab, 0);
+        }
+        sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
+      }
+    }   
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Used to pass information from the analyzer reader through to the
+** callback routine.
+*/
+typedef struct analysisInfo analysisInfo;
+struct analysisInfo {
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  const char *zDatabase;
+};
+
+/*
+** This callback is invoked once for each index when reading the
+** sqlite_stat1 table.  
+**
+**     argv[0] = name of the table
+**     argv[1] = name of the index (might be NULL)
+**     argv[2] = results of analysis - on integer for each column
+**
+** Entries for which argv[1]==NULL simply record the number of rows in
+** the table.
+*/
+static int analysisLoader(void *pData, int argc, char **argv, char **NotUsed){
+  analysisInfo *pInfo = (analysisInfo*)pData;
+  Index *pIndex;
+  Table *pTable;
+  int i, c, n;
+  tRowcnt v;
+  const char *z;
+
+  assert( argc==3 );
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, argc);
+
+  if( argv==0 || argv[0]==0 || argv[2]==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  pTable = sqlite3FindTable(pInfo->db, argv[0], pInfo->zDatabase);
+  if( pTable==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  if( argv[1] ){
+    pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(pInfo->db, argv[1], pInfo->zDatabase);
+  }else{
+    pIndex = 0;
+  }
+  n = pIndex ? pIndex->nColumn : 0;
+  z = argv[2];
+  for(i=0; *z && i<=n; i++){
+    v = 0;
+    while( (c=z[0])>='0' && c<='9' ){
+      v = v*10 + c - '0';
+      z++;
+    }
+    if( i==0 ) pTable->nRowEst = v;
+    if( pIndex==0 ) break;
+    pIndex->aiRowEst[i] = v;
+    if( *z==' ' ) z++;
+    if( memcmp(z, "unordered", 10)==0 ){
+      pIndex->bUnordered = 1;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** If the Index.aSample variable is not NULL, delete the aSample[] array
+** and its contents.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(sqlite3 *db, Index *pIdx){
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3
+  if( pIdx->aSample ){
+    int j;
+    for(j=0; j<pIdx->nSample; j++){
+      IndexSample *p = &pIdx->aSample[j];
+      if( p->eType==SQLITE_TEXT || p->eType==SQLITE_BLOB ){
+        sqlite3DbFree(db, p->u.z);
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pIdx->aSample);
+  }
+  if( db && db->pnBytesFreed==0 ){
+    pIdx->nSample = 0;
+    pIdx->aSample = 0;
+  }
+#else
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(db);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pIdx);
+#endif
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3
+/*
+** Load content from the sqlite_stat3 table into the Index.aSample[]
+** arrays of all indices.
+*/
+static int loadStat3(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb){
+  int rc;                       /* Result codes from subroutines */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;      /* An SQL statement being run */
+  char *zSql;                   /* Text of the SQL statement */
+  Index *pPrevIdx = 0;          /* Previous index in the loop */
+  int idx = 0;                  /* slot in pIdx->aSample[] for next sample */
+  int eType;                    /* Datatype of a sample */
+  IndexSample *pSample;         /* A slot in pIdx->aSample[] */
+
+  assert( db->lookaside.bEnabled==0 );
+  if( !sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat3", zDb) ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, 
+      "SELECT idx,count(*) FROM %Q.sqlite_stat3"
+      " GROUP BY idx", zDb);
+  if( !zSql ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+
+  while( sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW ){
+    char *zIndex;   /* Index name */
+    Index *pIdx;    /* Pointer to the index object */
+    int nSample;    /* Number of samples */
+
+    zIndex = (char *)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 0);
+    if( zIndex==0 ) continue;
+    nSample = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 1);
+    pIdx = sqlite3FindIndex(db, zIndex, zDb);
+    if( pIdx==0 ) continue;
+    assert( pIdx->nSample==0 );
+    pIdx->nSample = nSample;
+    pIdx->aSample = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nSample*sizeof(IndexSample));
+    pIdx->avgEq = pIdx->aiRowEst[1];
+    if( pIdx->aSample==0 ){
+      db->mallocFailed = 1;
+      sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+
+  zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, 
+      "SELECT idx,neq,nlt,ndlt,sample FROM %Q.sqlite_stat3", zDb);
+  if( !zSql ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+
+  while( sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW ){
+    char *zIndex;   /* Index name */
+    Index *pIdx;    /* Pointer to the index object */
+    int i;          /* Loop counter */
+    tRowcnt sumEq;  /* Sum of the nEq values */
+
+    zIndex = (char *)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 0);
+    if( zIndex==0 ) continue;
+    pIdx = sqlite3FindIndex(db, zIndex, zDb);
+    if( pIdx==0 ) continue;
+    if( pIdx==pPrevIdx ){
+      idx++;
+    }else{
+      pPrevIdx = pIdx;
+      idx = 0;
+    }
+    assert( idx<pIdx->nSample );
+    pSample = &pIdx->aSample[idx];
+    pSample->nEq = (tRowcnt)sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 1);
+    pSample->nLt = (tRowcnt)sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 2);
+    pSample->nDLt = (tRowcnt)sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 3);
+    if( idx==pIdx->nSample-1 ){
+      if( pSample->nDLt>0 ){
+        for(i=0, sumEq=0; i<=idx-1; i++) sumEq += pIdx->aSample[i].nEq;
+        pIdx->avgEq = (pSample->nLt - sumEq)/pSample->nDLt;
+      }
+      if( pIdx->avgEq<=0 ) pIdx->avgEq = 1;
+    }
+    eType = sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, 4);
+    pSample->eType = (u8)eType;
+    switch( eType ){
+      case SQLITE_INTEGER: {
+        pSample->u.i = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 4);
+        break;
+      }
+      case SQLITE_FLOAT: {
+        pSample->u.r = sqlite3_column_double(pStmt, 4);
+        break;
+      }
+      case SQLITE_NULL: {
+        break;
+      }
+      default: assert( eType==SQLITE_TEXT || eType==SQLITE_BLOB ); {
+        const char *z = (const char *)(
+              (eType==SQLITE_BLOB) ?
+              sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 4):
+              sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 4)
+           );
+        int n = z ? sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 4) : 0;
+        pSample->nByte = n;
+        if( n < 1){
+          pSample->u.z = 0;
+        }else{
+          pSample->u.z = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n);
+          if( pSample->u.z==0 ){
+            db->mallocFailed = 1;
+            sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+            return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+          }
+          memcpy(pSample->u.z, z, n);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 */
+
+/*
+** Load the content of the sqlite_stat1 and sqlite_stat3 tables. The
+** contents of sqlite_stat1 are used to populate the Index.aiRowEst[]
+** arrays. The contents of sqlite_stat3 are used to populate the
+** Index.aSample[] arrays.
+**
+** If the sqlite_stat1 table is not present in the database, SQLITE_ERROR
+** is returned. In this case, even if SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 was defined 
+** during compilation and the sqlite_stat3 table is present, no data is 
+** read from it.
+**
+** If SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 was defined during compilation and the 
+** sqlite_stat3 table is not present in the database, SQLITE_ERROR is
+** returned. However, in this case, data is read from the sqlite_stat1
+** table (if it is present) before returning.
+**
+** If an OOM error occurs, this function always sets db->mallocFailed.
+** This means if the caller does not care about other errors, the return
+** code may be ignored.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AnalysisLoad(sqlite3 *db, int iDb){
+  analysisInfo sInfo;
+  HashElem *i;
+  char *zSql;
+  int rc;
+
+  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
+  assert( db->aDb[iDb].pBt!=0 );
+
+  /* Clear any prior statistics */
+  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+  for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->idxHash);i;i=sqliteHashNext(i)){
+    Index *pIdx = sqliteHashData(i);
+    sqlite3DefaultRowEst(pIdx);
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3
+    sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(db, pIdx);
+    pIdx->aSample = 0;
+#endif
+  }
+
+  /* Check to make sure the sqlite_stat1 table exists */
+  sInfo.db = db;
+  sInfo.zDatabase = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
+  if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat1", sInfo.zDatabase)==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Load new statistics out of the sqlite_stat1 table */
+  zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, 
+      "SELECT tbl,idx,stat FROM %Q.sqlite_stat1", sInfo.zDatabase);
+  if( zSql==0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }else{
+    rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, analysisLoader, &sInfo, 0);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql);
+  }
+
+
+  /* Load the statistics from the sqlite_stat3 table. */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int lookasideEnabled = db->lookaside.bEnabled;
+    db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0;
+    rc = loadStat3(db, sInfo.zDatabase);
+    db->lookaside.bEnabled = lookasideEnabled;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
+    db->mallocFailed = 1;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE */
+
+/************** End of analyze.c *********************************************/
+/************** Begin file attach.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2003 April 6
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains code used to implement the ATTACH and DETACH commands.
+*/
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH
+/*
+** Resolve an expression that was part of an ATTACH or DETACH statement. This
+** is slightly different from resolving a normal SQL expression, because simple
+** identifiers are treated as strings, not possible column names or aliases.
+**
+** i.e. if the parser sees:
+**
+**     ATTACH DATABASE abc AS def
+**
+** it treats the two expressions as literal strings 'abc' and 'def' instead of
+** looking for columns of the same name.
+**
+** This only applies to the root node of pExpr, so the statement:
+**
+**     ATTACH DATABASE abc||def AS 'db2'
+**
+** will fail because neither abc or def can be resolved.
+*/
+static int resolveAttachExpr(NameContext *pName, Expr *pExpr)
+{
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( pExpr ){
+    if( pExpr->op!=TK_ID ){
+      rc = sqlite3ResolveExprNames(pName, pExpr);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pExpr) ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pName->pParse, "invalid name: \"%s\"", pExpr->u.zToken);
+        return SQLITE_ERROR;
+      }
+    }else{
+      pExpr->op = TK_STRING;
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** An SQL user-function registered to do the work of an ATTACH statement. The
+** three arguments to the function come directly from an attach statement:
+**
+**     ATTACH DATABASE x AS y KEY z
+**
+**     SELECT sqlite_attach(x, y, z)
+**
+** If the optional "KEY z" syntax is omitted, an SQL NULL is passed as the
+** third argument.
+*/
+static void attachFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int NotUsed,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  int i;
+  int rc = 0;
+  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+  const char *zName;
+  const char *zFile;
+  char *zPath = 0;
+  char *zErr = 0;
+  unsigned int flags;
+  Db *aNew;
+  char *zErrDyn = 0;
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+
+  zFile = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
+  if( zFile==0 ) zFile = "";
+  if( zName==0 ) zName = "";
+
+  /* Check for the following errors:
+  **
+  **     * Too many attached databases,
+  **     * Transaction currently open
+  **     * Specified database name already being used.
+  */
+  if( db->nDb>=db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]+2 ){
+    zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "too many attached databases - max %d", 
+      db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]
+    );
+    goto attach_error;
+  }
+  if( !db->autoCommit ){
+    zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "cannot ATTACH database within transaction");
+    goto attach_error;
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+    char *z = db->aDb[i].zName;
+    assert( z && zName );
+    if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, zName)==0 ){
+      zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "database %s is already in use", zName);
+      goto attach_error;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Allocate the new entry in the db->aDb[] array and initialise the schema
+  ** hash tables.
+  */
+  if( db->aDb==db->aDbStatic ){
+    aNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*3 );
+    if( aNew==0 ) return;
+    memcpy(aNew, db->aDb, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*2);
+  }else{
+    aNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, db->aDb, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*(db->nDb+1) );
+    if( aNew==0 ) return;
+  }
+  db->aDb = aNew;
+  aNew = &db->aDb[db->nDb];
+  memset(aNew, 0, sizeof(*aNew));
+
+  /* Open the database file. If the btree is successfully opened, use
+  ** it to obtain the database schema. At this point the schema may
+  ** or may not be initialised.
+  */
+  flags = db->openFlags;
+  rc = sqlite3ParseUri(db->pVfs->zName, zFile, &flags, &pVfs, &zPath, &zErr);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ) db->mallocFailed = 1;
+    sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
+    sqlite3_free(zErr);
+    return;
+  }
+  assert( pVfs );
+  flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB;
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(pVfs, zPath, db, &aNew->pBt, 0, flags);
+  sqlite3_free( zPath );
+  db->nDb++;
+  if( rc==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT ){
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "database is already attached");
+  }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    Pager *pPager;
+    aNew->pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, aNew->pBt);
+    if( !aNew->pSchema ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }else if( aNew->pSchema->file_format && aNew->pSchema->enc!=ENC(db) ){
+      zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, 
+        "attached databases must use the same text encoding as main database");
+      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }
+    pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(aNew->pBt);
+    sqlite3PagerLockingMode(pPager, db->dfltLockMode);
+    sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(aNew->pBt,
+                             sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(db->aDb[0].pBt,-1) );
+  }
+  aNew->safety_level = 3;
+  aNew->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zName);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && aNew->zName==0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    extern int sqlite3CodecAttach(sqlite3*, int, const void*, int);
+    extern void sqlite3CodecGetKey(sqlite3*, int, void**, int*);
+    int nKey;
+    char *zKey;
+    int t = sqlite3_value_type(argv[2]);
+    switch( t ){
+      case SQLITE_INTEGER:
+      case SQLITE_FLOAT:
+        zErrDyn = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, "Invalid key value");
+        rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+        break;
+        
+      case SQLITE_TEXT:
+      case SQLITE_BLOB:
+        nKey = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[2]);
+        zKey = (char *)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[2]);
+        rc = sqlite3CodecAttach(db, db->nDb-1, zKey, nKey);
+        break;
+
+      case SQLITE_NULL:
+        /* No key specified.  Use the key from the main database */
+        sqlite3CodecGetKey(db, 0, (void**)&zKey, &nKey);
+        if( nKey>0 || sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(db->aDb[0].pBt)>0 ){
+          rc = sqlite3CodecAttach(db, db->nDb-1, zKey, nKey);
+        }
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* If the file was opened successfully, read the schema for the new database.
+  ** If this fails, or if opening the file failed, then close the file and 
+  ** remove the entry from the db->aDb[] array. i.e. put everything back the way
+  ** we found it.
+  */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
+    rc = sqlite3Init(db, &zErrDyn);
+    sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
+  }
+  if( rc ){
+    int iDb = db->nDb - 1;
+    assert( iDb>=2 );
+    if( db->aDb[iDb].pBt ){
+      sqlite3BtreeClose(db->aDb[iDb].pBt);
+      db->aDb[iDb].pBt = 0;
+      db->aDb[iDb].pSchema = 0;
+    }
+    sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db);
+    db->nDb = iDb;
+    if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
+      db->mallocFailed = 1;
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrDyn);
+      zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "out of memory");
+    }else if( zErrDyn==0 ){
+      zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "unable to open database: %s", zFile);
+    }
+    goto attach_error;
+  }
+  
+  return;
+
+attach_error:
+  /* Return an error if we get here */
+  if( zErrDyn ){
+    sqlite3_result_error(context, zErrDyn, -1);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrDyn);
+  }
+  if( rc ) sqlite3_result_error_code(context, rc);
+}
+
+/*
+** An SQL user-function registered to do the work of an DETACH statement. The
+** three arguments to the function come directly from a detach statement:
+**
+**     DETACH DATABASE x
+**
+**     SELECT sqlite_detach(x)
+*/
+static void detachFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int NotUsed,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  const char *zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+  int i;
+  Db *pDb = 0;
+  char zErr[128];
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+
+  if( zName==0 ) zName = "";
+  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+    pDb = &db->aDb[i];
+    if( pDb->pBt==0 ) continue;
+    if( sqlite3StrICmp(pDb->zName, zName)==0 ) break;
+  }
+
+  if( i>=db->nDb ){
+    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "no such database: %s", zName);
+    goto detach_error;
+  }
+  if( i<2 ){
+    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "cannot detach database %s", zName);
+    goto detach_error;
+  }
+  if( !db->autoCommit ){
+    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr,
+                     "cannot DETACH database within transaction");
+    goto detach_error;
+  }
+  if( sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(pDb->pBt) || sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(pDb->pBt) ){
+    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "database %s is locked", zName);
+    goto detach_error;
+  }
+
+  sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt);
+  pDb->pBt = 0;
+  pDb->pSchema = 0;
+  sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db);
+  return;
+
+detach_error:
+  sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
+}
+
+/*
+** This procedure generates VDBE code for a single invocation of either the
+** sqlite_detach() or sqlite_attach() SQL user functions.
+*/
+static void codeAttach(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* The parser context */
+  int type,            /* Either SQLITE_ATTACH or SQLITE_DETACH */
+  FuncDef const *pFunc,/* FuncDef wrapper for detachFunc() or attachFunc() */
+  Expr *pAuthArg,      /* Expression to pass to authorization callback */
+  Expr *pFilename,     /* Name of database file */
+  Expr *pDbname,       /* Name of the database to use internally */
+  Expr *pKey           /* Database key for encryption extension */
+){
+  int rc;
+  NameContext sName;
+  Vdbe *v;
+  sqlite3* db = pParse->db;
+  int regArgs;
+
+  memset(&sName, 0, sizeof(NameContext));
+  sName.pParse = pParse;
+
+  if( 
+      SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pFilename)) ||
+      SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pDbname)) ||
+      SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pKey))
+  ){
+    pParse->nErr++;
+    goto attach_end;
+  }
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  if( pAuthArg ){
+    char *zAuthArg;
+    if( pAuthArg->op==TK_STRING ){
+      zAuthArg = pAuthArg->u.zToken;
+    }else{
+      zAuthArg = 0;
+    }
+    rc = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, type, zAuthArg, 0, 0);
+    if(rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      goto attach_end;
+    }
+  }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION */
+
+
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  regArgs = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, 4);
+  sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pFilename, regArgs);
+  sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pDbname, regArgs+1);
+  sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pKey, regArgs+2);
+
+  assert( v || db->mallocFailed );
+  if( v ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Function, 0, regArgs+3-pFunc->nArg, regArgs+3);
+    assert( pFunc->nArg==-1 || (pFunc->nArg&0xff)==pFunc->nArg );
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)(pFunc->nArg));
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char *)pFunc, P4_FUNCDEF);
+
+    /* Code an OP_Expire. For an ATTACH statement, set P1 to true (expire this
+    ** statement only). For DETACH, set it to false (expire all existing
+    ** statements).
+    */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Expire, (type==SQLITE_ATTACH));
+  }
+  
+attach_end:
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pFilename);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pDbname);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pKey);
+}
+
+/*
+** Called by the parser to compile a DETACH statement.
+**
+**     DETACH pDbname
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Detach(Parse *pParse, Expr *pDbname){
+  static const FuncDef detach_func = {
+    1,                /* nArg */
+    SQLITE_UTF8,      /* iPrefEnc */
+    0,                /* flags */
+    0,                /* pUserData */
+    0,                /* pNext */
+    detachFunc,       /* xFunc */
+    0,                /* xStep */
+    0,                /* xFinalize */
+    "sqlite_detach",  /* zName */
+    0,                /* pHash */
+    0                 /* pDestructor */
+  };
+  codeAttach(pParse, SQLITE_DETACH, &detach_func, pDbname, 0, 0, pDbname);
+}
+
+/*
+** Called by the parser to compile an ATTACH statement.
+**
+**     ATTACH p AS pDbname KEY pKey
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Attach(Parse *pParse, Expr *p, Expr *pDbname, Expr *pKey){
+  static const FuncDef attach_func = {
+    3,                /* nArg */
+    SQLITE_UTF8,      /* iPrefEnc */
+    0,                /* flags */
+    0,                /* pUserData */
+    0,                /* pNext */
+    attachFunc,       /* xFunc */
+    0,                /* xStep */
+    0,                /* xFinalize */
+    "sqlite_attach",  /* zName */
+    0,                /* pHash */
+    0                 /* pDestructor */
+  };
+  codeAttach(pParse, SQLITE_ATTACH, &attach_func, p, p, pDbname, pKey);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH */
+
+/*
+** Initialize a DbFixer structure.  This routine must be called prior
+** to passing the structure to one of the sqliteFixAAAA() routines below.
+**
+** The return value indicates whether or not fixation is required.  TRUE
+** means we do need to fix the database references, FALSE means we do not.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixInit(
+  DbFixer *pFix,      /* The fixer to be initialized */
+  Parse *pParse,      /* Error messages will be written here */
+  int iDb,            /* This is the database that must be used */
+  const char *zType,  /* "view", "trigger", or "index" */
+  const Token *pName  /* Name of the view, trigger, or index */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db;
+
+  if( NEVER(iDb<0) || iDb==1 ) return 0;
+  db = pParse->db;
+  assert( db->nDb>iDb );
+  pFix->pParse = pParse;
+  pFix->zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
+  pFix->zType = zType;
+  pFix->pName = pName;
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** The following set of routines walk through the parse tree and assign
+** a specific database to all table references where the database name
+** was left unspecified in the original SQL statement.  The pFix structure
+** must have been initialized by a prior call to sqlite3FixInit().
+**
+** These routines are used to make sure that an index, trigger, or
+** view in one database does not refer to objects in a different database.
+** (Exception: indices, triggers, and views in the TEMP database are
+** allowed to refer to anything.)  If a reference is explicitly made
+** to an object in a different database, an error message is added to
+** pParse->zErrMsg and these routines return non-zero.  If everything
+** checks out, these routines return 0.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixSrcList(
+  DbFixer *pFix,       /* Context of the fixation */
+  SrcList *pList       /* The Source list to check and modify */
+){
+  int i;
+  const char *zDb;
+  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
+
+  if( NEVER(pList==0) ) return 0;
+  zDb = pFix->zDb;
+  for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; i<pList->nSrc; i++, pItem++){
+    if( pItem->zDatabase==0 ){
+      pItem->zDatabase = sqlite3DbStrDup(pFix->pParse->db, zDb);
+    }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(pItem->zDatabase,zDb)!=0 ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pFix->pParse,
+         "%s %T cannot reference objects in database %s",
+         pFix->zType, pFix->pName, pItem->zDatabase);
+      return 1;
+    }
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
+    if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pItem->pSelect) ) return 1;
+    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pItem->pOn) ) return 1;
+#endif
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixSelect(
+  DbFixer *pFix,       /* Context of the fixation */
+  Select *pSelect      /* The SELECT statement to be fixed to one database */
+){
+  while( pSelect ){
+    if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pSelect->pEList) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3FixSrcList(pFix, pSelect->pSrc) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pSelect->pWhere) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pSelect->pHaving) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    pSelect = pSelect->pPrior;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixExpr(
+  DbFixer *pFix,     /* Context of the fixation */
+  Expr *pExpr        /* The expression to be fixed to one database */
+){
+  while( pExpr ){
+    if( ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly) ) break;
+    if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
+      if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pExpr->x.pSelect) ) return 1;
+    }else{
+      if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pExpr->x.pList) ) return 1;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pExpr->pRight) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    pExpr = pExpr->pLeft;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixExprList(
+  DbFixer *pFix,     /* Context of the fixation */
+  ExprList *pList    /* The expression to be fixed to one database */
+){
+  int i;
+  struct ExprList_item *pItem;
+  if( pList==0 ) return 0;
+  for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; i<pList->nExpr; i++, pItem++){
+    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pItem->pExpr) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixTriggerStep(
+  DbFixer *pFix,     /* Context of the fixation */
+  TriggerStep *pStep /* The trigger step be fixed to one database */
+){
+  while( pStep ){
+    if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pStep->pSelect) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pStep->pWhere) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pStep->pExprList) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    pStep = pStep->pNext;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+/************** End of attach.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file auth.c ********************************************/
+/*
+** 2003 January 11
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains code used to implement the sqlite3_set_authorizer()
+** API.  This facility is an optional feature of the library.  Embedded
+** systems that do not need this facility may omit it by recompiling
+** the library with -DSQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION=1
+*/
+
+/*
+** All of the code in this file may be omitted by defining a single
+** macro.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+
+/*
+** Set or clear the access authorization function.
+**
+** The access authorization function is be called during the compilation
+** phase to verify that the user has read and/or write access permission on
+** various fields of the database.  The first argument to the auth function
+** is a copy of the 3rd argument to this routine.  The second argument
+** to the auth function is one of these constants:
+**
+**       SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX
+**       SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE
+**       SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX
+**       SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE
+**       SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER
+**       SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW
+**       SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER
+**       SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW
+**       SQLITE_DELETE
+**       SQLITE_DROP_INDEX
+**       SQLITE_DROP_TABLE
+**       SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX
+**       SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE
+**       SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER
+**       SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW
+**       SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER
+**       SQLITE_DROP_VIEW
+**       SQLITE_INSERT
+**       SQLITE_PRAGMA
+**       SQLITE_READ
+**       SQLITE_SELECT
+**       SQLITE_TRANSACTION
+**       SQLITE_UPDATE
+**
+** The third and fourth arguments to the auth function are the name of
+** the table and the column that are being accessed.  The auth function
+** should return either SQLITE_OK, SQLITE_DENY, or SQLITE_IGNORE.  If
+** SQLITE_OK is returned, it means that access is allowed.  SQLITE_DENY
+** means that the SQL statement will never-run - the sqlite3_exec() call
+** will return with an error.  SQLITE_IGNORE means that the SQL statement
+** should run but attempts to read the specified column will return NULL
+** and attempts to write the column will be ignored.
+**
+** Setting the auth function to NULL disables this hook.  The default
+** setting of the auth function is NULL.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_set_authorizer(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*),
+  void *pArg
+){
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  db->xAuth = xAuth;
+  db->pAuthArg = pArg;
+  sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Write an error message into pParse->zErrMsg that explains that the
+** user-supplied authorization function returned an illegal value.
+*/
+static void sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(Parse *pParse){
+  sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "authorizer malfunction");
+  pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+}
+
+/*
+** Invoke the authorization callback for permission to read column zCol from
+** table zTab in database zDb. This function assumes that an authorization
+** callback has been registered (i.e. that sqlite3.xAuth is not NULL).
+**
+** If SQLITE_IGNORE is returned and pExpr is not NULL, then pExpr is changed
+** to an SQL NULL expression. Otherwise, if pExpr is NULL, then SQLITE_IGNORE
+** is treated as SQLITE_DENY. In this case an error is left in pParse.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AuthReadCol(
+  Parse *pParse,                  /* The parser context */
+  const char *zTab,               /* Table name */
+  const char *zCol,               /* Column name */
+  int iDb                         /* Index of containing database. */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;       /* Database handle */
+  char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; /* Name of attached database */
+  int rc;                         /* Auth callback return code */
+
+  rc = db->xAuth(db->pAuthArg, SQLITE_READ, zTab,zCol,zDb,pParse->zAuthContext);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){
+    if( db->nDb>2 || iDb!=0 ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "access to %s.%s.%s is prohibited",zDb,zTab,zCol);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "access to %s.%s is prohibited", zTab, zCol);
+    }
+    pParse->rc = SQLITE_AUTH;
+  }else if( rc!=SQLITE_IGNORE && rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(pParse);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The pExpr should be a TK_COLUMN expression.  The table referred to
+** is in pTabList or else it is the NEW or OLD table of a trigger.  
+** Check to see if it is OK to read this particular column.
+**
+** If the auth function returns SQLITE_IGNORE, change the TK_COLUMN 
+** instruction into a TK_NULL.  If the auth function returns SQLITE_DENY,
+** then generate an error.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AuthRead(
+  Parse *pParse,        /* The parser context */
+  Expr *pExpr,          /* The expression to check authorization on */
+  Schema *pSchema,      /* The schema of the expression */
+  SrcList *pTabList     /* All table that pExpr might refer to */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  Table *pTab = 0;      /* The table being read */
+  const char *zCol;     /* Name of the column of the table */
+  int iSrc;             /* Index in pTabList->a[] of table being read */
+  int iDb;              /* The index of the database the expression refers to */
+  int iCol;             /* Index of column in table */
+
+  if( db->xAuth==0 ) return;
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pSchema);
+  if( iDb<0 ){
+    /* An attempt to read a column out of a subquery or other
+    ** temporary table. */
+    return;
+  }
+
+  assert( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN || pExpr->op==TK_TRIGGER );
+  if( pExpr->op==TK_TRIGGER ){
+    pTab = pParse->pTriggerTab;
+  }else{
+    assert( pTabList );
+    for(iSrc=0; ALWAYS(iSrc<pTabList->nSrc); iSrc++){
+      if( pExpr->iTable==pTabList->a[iSrc].iCursor ){
+        pTab = pTabList->a[iSrc].pTab;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  iCol = pExpr->iColumn;
+  if( NEVER(pTab==0) ) return;
+
+  if( iCol>=0 ){
+    assert( iCol<pTab->nCol );
+    zCol = pTab->aCol[iCol].zName;
+  }else if( pTab->iPKey>=0 ){
+    assert( pTab->iPKey<pTab->nCol );
+    zCol = pTab->aCol[pTab->iPKey].zName;
+  }else{
+    zCol = "ROWID";
+  }
+  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
+  if( SQLITE_IGNORE==sqlite3AuthReadCol(pParse, pTab->zName, zCol, iDb) ){
+    pExpr->op = TK_NULL;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Do an authorization check using the code and arguments given.  Return
+** either SQLITE_OK (zero) or SQLITE_IGNORE or SQLITE_DENY.  If SQLITE_DENY
+** is returned, then the error count and error message in pParse are
+** modified appropriately.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AuthCheck(
+  Parse *pParse,
+  int code,
+  const char *zArg1,
+  const char *zArg2,
+  const char *zArg3
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  int rc;
+
+  /* Don't do any authorization checks if the database is initialising
+  ** or if the parser is being invoked from within sqlite3_declare_vtab.
+  */
+  if( db->init.busy || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  if( db->xAuth==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  rc = db->xAuth(db->pAuthArg, code, zArg1, zArg2, zArg3, pParse->zAuthContext);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not authorized");
+    pParse->rc = SQLITE_AUTH;
+  }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IGNORE ){
+    rc = SQLITE_DENY;
+    sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(pParse);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Push an authorization context.  After this routine is called, the
+** zArg3 argument to authorization callbacks will be zContext until
+** popped.  Or if pParse==0, this routine is a no-op.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AuthContextPush(
+  Parse *pParse,
+  AuthContext *pContext, 
+  const char *zContext
+){
+  assert( pParse );
+  pContext->pParse = pParse;
+  pContext->zAuthContext = pParse->zAuthContext;
+  pParse->zAuthContext = zContext;
+}
+
+/*
+** Pop an authorization context that was previously pushed
+** by sqlite3AuthContextPush
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AuthContextPop(AuthContext *pContext){
+  if( pContext->pParse ){
+    pContext->pParse->zAuthContext = pContext->zAuthContext;
+    pContext->pParse = 0;
+  }
+}
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION */
+
+/************** End of auth.c ************************************************/
+/************** Begin file build.c *******************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains C code routines that are called by the SQLite parser
+** when syntax rules are reduced.  The routines in this file handle the
+** following kinds of SQL syntax:
+**
+**     CREATE TABLE
+**     DROP TABLE
+**     CREATE INDEX
+**     DROP INDEX
+**     creating ID lists
+**     BEGIN TRANSACTION
+**     COMMIT
+**     ROLLBACK
+*/
+
+/*
+** This routine is called when a new SQL statement is beginning to
+** be parsed.  Initialize the pParse structure as needed.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginParse(Parse *pParse, int explainFlag){
+  pParse->explain = (u8)explainFlag;
+  pParse->nVar = 0;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+/*
+** The TableLock structure is only used by the sqlite3TableLock() and
+** codeTableLocks() functions.
+*/
+struct TableLock {
+  int iDb;             /* The database containing the table to be locked */
+  int iTab;            /* The root page of the table to be locked */
+  u8 isWriteLock;      /* True for write lock.  False for a read lock */
+  const char *zName;   /* Name of the table */
+};
+
+/*
+** Record the fact that we want to lock a table at run-time.  
+**
+** The table to be locked has root page iTab and is found in database iDb.
+** A read or a write lock can be taken depending on isWritelock.
+**
+** This routine just records the fact that the lock is desired.  The
+** code to make the lock occur is generated by a later call to
+** codeTableLocks() which occurs during sqlite3FinishCoding().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TableLock(
+  Parse *pParse,     /* Parsing context */
+  int iDb,           /* Index of the database containing the table to lock */
+  int iTab,          /* Root page number of the table to be locked */
+  u8 isWriteLock,    /* True for a write lock */
+  const char *zName  /* Name of the table to be locked */
+){
+  Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
+  int i;
+  int nBytes;
+  TableLock *p;
+  assert( iDb>=0 );
+
+  for(i=0; i<pToplevel->nTableLock; i++){
+    p = &pToplevel->aTableLock[i];
+    if( p->iDb==iDb && p->iTab==iTab ){
+      p->isWriteLock = (p->isWriteLock || isWriteLock);
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+
+  nBytes = sizeof(TableLock) * (pToplevel->nTableLock+1);
+  pToplevel->aTableLock =
+      sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(pToplevel->db, pToplevel->aTableLock, nBytes);
+  if( pToplevel->aTableLock ){
+    p = &pToplevel->aTableLock[pToplevel->nTableLock++];
+    p->iDb = iDb;
+    p->iTab = iTab;
+    p->isWriteLock = isWriteLock;
+    p->zName = zName;
+  }else{
+    pToplevel->nTableLock = 0;
+    pToplevel->db->mallocFailed = 1;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Code an OP_TableLock instruction for each table locked by the
+** statement (configured by calls to sqlite3TableLock()).
+*/
+static void codeTableLocks(Parse *pParse){
+  int i;
+  Vdbe *pVdbe; 
+
+  pVdbe = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  assert( pVdbe!=0 ); /* sqlite3GetVdbe cannot fail: VDBE already allocated */
+
+  for(i=0; i<pParse->nTableLock; i++){
+    TableLock *p = &pParse->aTableLock[i];
+    int p1 = p->iDb;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(pVdbe, OP_TableLock, p1, p->iTab, p->isWriteLock,
+                      p->zName, P4_STATIC);
+  }
+}
+#else
+  #define codeTableLocks(x)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** This routine is called after a single SQL statement has been
+** parsed and a VDBE program to execute that statement has been
+** prepared.  This routine puts the finishing touches on the
+** VDBE program and resets the pParse structure for the next
+** parse.
+**
+** Note that if an error occurred, it might be the case that
+** no VDBE code was generated.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FinishCoding(Parse *pParse){
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  Vdbe *v;
+
+  db = pParse->db;
+  if( db->mallocFailed ) return;
+  if( pParse->nested ) return;
+  if( pParse->nErr ) return;
+
+  /* Begin by generating some termination code at the end of the
+  ** vdbe program
+  */
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  assert( !pParse->isMultiWrite 
+       || sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(v, pParse->mayAbort));
+  if( v ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Halt);
+
+    /* The cookie mask contains one bit for each database file open.
+    ** (Bit 0 is for main, bit 1 is for temp, and so forth.)  Bits are
+    ** set for each database that is used.  Generate code to start a
+    ** transaction on each used database and to verify the schema cookie
+    ** on each used database.
+    */
+    if( pParse->cookieGoto>0 ){
+      yDbMask mask;
+      int iDb;
+      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pParse->cookieGoto-1);
+      for(iDb=0, mask=1; iDb<db->nDb; mask<<=1, iDb++){
+        if( (mask & pParse->cookieMask)==0 ) continue;
+        sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v,OP_Transaction, iDb, (mask & pParse->writeMask)!=0);
+        if( db->init.busy==0 ){
+          assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_VerifyCookie,
+                            iDb, pParse->cookieValue[iDb],
+                            db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->iGeneration);
+        }
+      }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+      {
+        int i;
+        for(i=0; i<pParse->nVtabLock; i++){
+          char *vtab = (char *)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pParse->apVtabLock[i]);
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VBegin, 0, 0, 0, vtab, P4_VTAB);
+        }
+        pParse->nVtabLock = 0;
+      }
+#endif
+
+      /* Once all the cookies have been verified and transactions opened, 
+      ** obtain the required table-locks. This is a no-op unless the 
+      ** shared-cache feature is enabled.
+      */
+      codeTableLocks(pParse);
+
+      /* Initialize any AUTOINCREMENT data structures required.
+      */
+      sqlite3AutoincrementBegin(pParse);
+
+      /* Finally, jump back to the beginning of the executable code. */
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, pParse->cookieGoto);
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  /* Get the VDBE program ready for execution
+  */
+  if( v && ALWAYS(pParse->nErr==0) && !db->mallocFailed ){
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+    FILE *trace = (db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeTrace)!=0 ? stdout : 0;
+    sqlite3VdbeTrace(v, trace);
+#endif
+    assert( pParse->iCacheLevel==0 );  /* Disables and re-enables match */
+    /* A minimum of one cursor is required if autoincrement is used
+    *  See ticket [a696379c1f08866] */
+    if( pParse->pAinc!=0 && pParse->nTab==0 ) pParse->nTab = 1;
+    sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(v, pParse);
+    pParse->rc = SQLITE_DONE;
+    pParse->colNamesSet = 0;
+  }else{
+    pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  pParse->nTab = 0;
+  pParse->nMem = 0;
+  pParse->nSet = 0;
+  pParse->nVar = 0;
+  pParse->cookieMask = 0;
+  pParse->cookieGoto = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Run the parser and code generator recursively in order to generate
+** code for the SQL statement given onto the end of the pParse context
+** currently under construction.  When the parser is run recursively
+** this way, the final OP_Halt is not appended and other initialization
+** and finalization steps are omitted because those are handling by the
+** outermost parser.
+**
+** Not everything is nestable.  This facility is designed to permit
+** INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE operations against SQLITE_MASTER.  Use
+** care if you decide to try to use this routine for some other purposes.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3NestedParse(Parse *pParse, const char *zFormat, ...){
+  va_list ap;
+  char *zSql;
+  char *zErrMsg = 0;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+# define SAVE_SZ  (sizeof(Parse) - offsetof(Parse,nVar))
+  char saveBuf[SAVE_SZ];
+
+  if( pParse->nErr ) return;
+  assert( pParse->nested<10 );  /* Nesting should only be of limited depth */
+  va_start(ap, zFormat);
+  zSql = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap);
+  va_end(ap);
+  if( zSql==0 ){
+    return;   /* A malloc must have failed */
+  }
+  pParse->nested++;
+  memcpy(saveBuf, &pParse->nVar, SAVE_SZ);
+  memset(&pParse->nVar, 0, SAVE_SZ);
+  sqlite3RunParser(pParse, zSql, &zErrMsg);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql);
+  memcpy(&pParse->nVar, saveBuf, SAVE_SZ);
+  pParse->nested--;
+}
+
+/*
+** Locate the in-memory structure that describes a particular database
+** table given the name of that table and (optionally) the name of the
+** database containing the table.  Return NULL if not found.
+**
+** If zDatabase is 0, all databases are searched for the table and the
+** first matching table is returned.  (No checking for duplicate table
+** names is done.)  The search order is TEMP first, then MAIN, then any
+** auxiliary databases added using the ATTACH command.
+**
+** See also sqlite3LocateTable().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3FindTable(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, const char *zDatabase){
+  Table *p = 0;
+  int i;
+  int nName;
+  assert( zName!=0 );
+  nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
+  /* All mutexes are required for schema access.  Make sure we hold them. */
+  assert( zDatabase!=0 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
+  for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; i<db->nDb; i++){
+    int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i;   /* Search TEMP before MAIN */
+    if( zDatabase!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(zDatabase, db->aDb[j].zName) ) continue;
+    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, j, 0) );
+    p = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aDb[j].pSchema->tblHash, zName, nName);
+    if( p ) break;
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Locate the in-memory structure that describes a particular database
+** table given the name of that table and (optionally) the name of the
+** database containing the table.  Return NULL if not found.  Also leave an
+** error message in pParse->zErrMsg.
+**
+** The difference between this routine and sqlite3FindTable() is that this
+** routine leaves an error message in pParse->zErrMsg where
+** sqlite3FindTable() does not.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3LocateTable(
+  Parse *pParse,         /* context in which to report errors */
+  int isView,            /* True if looking for a VIEW rather than a TABLE */
+  const char *zName,     /* Name of the table we are looking for */
+  const char *zDbase     /* Name of the database.  Might be NULL */
+){
+  Table *p;
+
+  /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message
+  ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  p = sqlite3FindTable(pParse->db, zName, zDbase);
+  if( p==0 ){
+    const char *zMsg = isView ? "no such view" : "no such table";
+    if( zDbase ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s.%s", zMsg, zDbase, zName);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s", zMsg, zName);
+    }
+    pParse->checkSchema = 1;
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Locate the in-memory structure that describes 
+** a particular index given the name of that index
+** and the name of the database that contains the index.
+** Return NULL if not found.
+**
+** If zDatabase is 0, all databases are searched for the
+** table and the first matching index is returned.  (No checking
+** for duplicate index names is done.)  The search order is
+** TEMP first, then MAIN, then any auxiliary databases added
+** using the ATTACH command.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3FindIndex(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, const char *zDb){
+  Index *p = 0;
+  int i;
+  int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
+  /* All mutexes are required for schema access.  Make sure we hold them. */
+  assert( zDb!=0 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
+  for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; i<db->nDb; i++){
+    int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i;  /* Search TEMP before MAIN */
+    Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[j].pSchema;
+    assert( pSchema );
+    if( zDb && sqlite3StrICmp(zDb, db->aDb[j].zName) ) continue;
+    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, j, 0) );
+    p = sqlite3HashFind(&pSchema->idxHash, zName, nName);
+    if( p ) break;
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Reclaim the memory used by an index
+*/
+static void freeIndex(sqlite3 *db, Index *p){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE
+  sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(db, p);
+#endif
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zColAff);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
+}
+
+/*
+** For the index called zIdxName which is found in the database iDb,
+** unlike that index from its Table then remove the index from
+** the index hash table and free all memory structures associated
+** with the index.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zIdxName){
+  Index *pIndex;
+  int len;
+  Hash *pHash;
+
+  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+  pHash = &db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->idxHash;
+  len = sqlite3Strlen30(zIdxName);
+  pIndex = sqlite3HashInsert(pHash, zIdxName, len, 0);
+  if( ALWAYS(pIndex) ){
+    if( pIndex->pTable->pIndex==pIndex ){
+      pIndex->pTable->pIndex = pIndex->pNext;
+    }else{
+      Index *p;
+      /* Justification of ALWAYS();  The index must be on the list of
+      ** indices. */
+      p = pIndex->pTable->pIndex;
+      while( ALWAYS(p) && p->pNext!=pIndex ){ p = p->pNext; }
+      if( ALWAYS(p && p->pNext==pIndex) ){
+        p->pNext = pIndex->pNext;
+      }
+    }
+    freeIndex(db, pIndex);
+  }
+  db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
+}
+
+/*
+** Look through the list of open database files in db->aDb[] and if
+** any have been closed, remove them from the list.  Reallocate the
+** db->aDb[] structure to a smaller size, if possible.
+**
+** Entry 0 (the "main" database) and entry 1 (the "temp" database)
+** are never candidates for being collapsed.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CollapseDatabaseArray(sqlite3 *db){
+  int i, j;
+  for(i=j=2; i<db->nDb; i++){
+    struct Db *pDb = &db->aDb[i];
+    if( pDb->pBt==0 ){
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, pDb->zName);
+      pDb->zName = 0;
+      continue;
+    }
+    if( j<i ){
+      db->aDb[j] = db->aDb[i];
+    }
+    j++;
+  }
+  memset(&db->aDb[j], 0, (db->nDb-j)*sizeof(db->aDb[j]));
+  db->nDb = j;
+  if( db->nDb<=2 && db->aDb!=db->aDbStatic ){
+    memcpy(db->aDbStatic, db->aDb, 2*sizeof(db->aDb[0]));
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aDb);
+    db->aDb = db->aDbStatic;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Reset the schema for the database at index iDb.  Also reset the
+** TEMP schema.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResetOneSchema(sqlite3 *db, int iDb){
+  Db *pDb;
+  assert( iDb<db->nDb );
+
+  /* Case 1:  Reset the single schema identified by iDb */
+  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
+  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+  assert( pDb->pSchema!=0 );
+  sqlite3SchemaClear(pDb->pSchema);
+
+  /* If any database other than TEMP is reset, then also reset TEMP
+  ** since TEMP might be holding triggers that reference tables in the
+  ** other database.
+  */
+  if( iDb!=1 ){
+    pDb = &db->aDb[1];
+    assert( pDb->pSchema!=0 );
+    sqlite3SchemaClear(pDb->pSchema);
+  }
+  return;
+}
+
+/*
+** Erase all schema information from all attached databases (including
+** "main" and "temp") for a single database connection.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(sqlite3 *db){
+  int i;
+  sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
+  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+    Db *pDb = &db->aDb[i];
+    if( pDb->pSchema ){
+      sqlite3SchemaClear(pDb->pSchema);
+    }
+  }
+  db->flags &= ~SQLITE_InternChanges;
+  sqlite3VtabUnlockList(db);
+  sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
+  sqlite3CollapseDatabaseArray(db);
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called when a commit occurs.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(sqlite3 *db){
+  db->flags &= ~SQLITE_InternChanges;
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete memory allocated for the column names of a table or view (the
+** Table.aCol[] array).
+*/
+static void sqliteDeleteColumnNames(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTable){
+  int i;
+  Column *pCol;
+  assert( pTable!=0 );
+  if( (pCol = pTable->aCol)!=0 ){
+    for(i=0; i<pTable->nCol; i++, pCol++){
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, pCol->zName);
+      sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pCol->pDflt);
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, pCol->zDflt);
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, pCol->zType);
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, pCol->zColl);
+    }
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable->aCol);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Remove the memory data structures associated with the given
+** Table.  No changes are made to disk by this routine.
+**
+** This routine just deletes the data structure.  It does not unlink
+** the table data structure from the hash table.  But it does destroy
+** memory structures of the indices and foreign keys associated with 
+** the table.
+**
+** The db parameter is optional.  It is needed if the Table object 
+** contains lookaside memory.  (Table objects in the schema do not use
+** lookaside memory, but some ephemeral Table objects do.)  Or the
+** db parameter can be used with db->pnBytesFreed to measure the memory
+** used by the Table object.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTable(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTable){
+  Index *pIndex, *pNext;
+  TESTONLY( int nLookaside; ) /* Used to verify lookaside not used for schema */
+
+  assert( !pTable || pTable->nRef>0 );
+
+  /* Do not delete the table until the reference count reaches zero. */
+  if( !pTable ) return;
+  if( ((!db || db->pnBytesFreed==0) && (--pTable->nRef)>0) ) return;
+
+  /* Record the number of outstanding lookaside allocations in schema Tables
+  ** prior to doing any free() operations.  Since schema Tables do not use
+  ** lookaside, this number should not change. */
+  TESTONLY( nLookaside = (db && (pTable->tabFlags & TF_Ephemeral)==0) ?
+                         db->lookaside.nOut : 0 );
+
+  /* Delete all indices associated with this table. */
+  for(pIndex = pTable->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pNext){
+    pNext = pIndex->pNext;
+    assert( pIndex->pSchema==pTable->pSchema );
+    if( !db || db->pnBytesFreed==0 ){
+      char *zName = pIndex->zName; 
+      TESTONLY ( Index *pOld = ) sqlite3HashInsert(
+         &pIndex->pSchema->idxHash, zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName), 0
+      );
+      assert( db==0 || sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pIndex->pSchema) );
+      assert( pOld==pIndex || pOld==0 );
+    }
+    freeIndex(db, pIndex);
+  }
+
+  /* Delete any foreign keys attached to this table. */
+  sqlite3FkDelete(db, pTable);
+
+  /* Delete the Table structure itself.
+  */
+  sqliteDeleteColumnNames(db, pTable);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable->zName);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable->zColAff);
+  sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pTable->pSelect);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
+  sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pTable->pCheck);
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  sqlite3VtabClear(db, pTable);
+#endif
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable);
+
+  /* Verify that no lookaside memory was used by schema tables */
+  assert( nLookaside==0 || nLookaside==db->lookaside.nOut );
+}
+
+/*
+** Unlink the given table from the hash tables and the delete the
+** table structure with all its indices and foreign keys.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTable(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zTabName){
+  Table *p;
+  Db *pDb;
+
+  assert( db!=0 );
+  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
+  assert( zTabName );
+  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+  testcase( zTabName[0]==0 );  /* Zero-length table names are allowed */
+  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
+  p = sqlite3HashInsert(&pDb->pSchema->tblHash, zTabName,
+                        sqlite3Strlen30(zTabName),0);
+  sqlite3DeleteTable(db, p);
+  db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
+}
+
+/*
+** Given a token, return a string that consists of the text of that
+** token.  Space to hold the returned string
+** is obtained from sqliteMalloc() and must be freed by the calling
+** function.
+**
+** Any quotation marks (ex:  "name", 'name', [name], or `name`) that
+** surround the body of the token are removed.
+**
+** Tokens are often just pointers into the original SQL text and so
+** are not \000 terminated and are not persistent.  The returned string
+** is \000 terminated and is persistent.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3NameFromToken(sqlite3 *db, Token *pName){
+  char *zName;
+  if( pName ){
+    zName = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pName->z, pName->n);
+    sqlite3Dequote(zName);
+  }else{
+    zName = 0;
+  }
+  return zName;
+}
+
+/*
+** Open the sqlite_master table stored in database number iDb for
+** writing. The table is opened using cursor 0.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenMasterTable(Parse *p, int iDb){
+  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(p);
+  sqlite3TableLock(p, iDb, MASTER_ROOT, 1, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb));
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenWrite, 0, MASTER_ROOT, iDb);
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char *)5, P4_INT32);  /* 5 column table */
+  if( p->nTab==0 ){
+    p->nTab = 1;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Parameter zName points to a nul-terminated buffer containing the name
+** of a database ("main", "temp" or the name of an attached db). This
+** function returns the index of the named database in db->aDb[], or
+** -1 if the named db cannot be found.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDbName(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName){
+  int i = -1;         /* Database number */
+  if( zName ){
+    Db *pDb;
+    int n = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
+    for(i=(db->nDb-1), pDb=&db->aDb[i]; i>=0; i--, pDb--){
+      if( (!OMIT_TEMPDB || i!=1 ) && n==sqlite3Strlen30(pDb->zName) && 
+          0==sqlite3StrICmp(pDb->zName, zName) ){
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return i;
+}
+
+/*
+** The token *pName contains the name of a database (either "main" or
+** "temp" or the name of an attached db). This routine returns the
+** index of the named database in db->aDb[], or -1 if the named db 
+** does not exist.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDb(sqlite3 *db, Token *pName){
+  int i;                               /* Database number */
+  char *zName;                         /* Name we are searching for */
+  zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName);
+  i = sqlite3FindDbName(db, zName);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, zName);
+  return i;
+}
+
+/* The table or view or trigger name is passed to this routine via tokens
+** pName1 and pName2. If the table name was fully qualified, for example:
+**
+** CREATE TABLE xxx.yyy (...);
+** 
+** Then pName1 is set to "xxx" and pName2 "yyy". On the other hand if
+** the table name is not fully qualified, i.e.:
+**
+** CREATE TABLE yyy(...);
+**
+** Then pName1 is set to "yyy" and pName2 is "".
+**
+** This routine sets the *ppUnqual pointer to point at the token (pName1 or
+** pName2) that stores the unqualified table name.  The index of the
+** database "xxx" is returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TwoPartName(
+  Parse *pParse,      /* Parsing and code generating context */
+  Token *pName1,      /* The "xxx" in the name "xxx.yyy" or "xxx" */
+  Token *pName2,      /* The "yyy" in the name "xxx.yyy" */
+  Token **pUnqual     /* Write the unqualified object name here */
+){
+  int iDb;                    /* Database holding the object */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+
+  if( ALWAYS(pName2!=0) && pName2->n>0 ){
+    if( db->init.busy ) {
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "corrupt database");
+      pParse->nErr++;
+      return -1;
+    }
+    *pUnqual = pName2;
+    iDb = sqlite3FindDb(db, pName1);
+    if( iDb<0 ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown database %T", pName1);
+      pParse->nErr++;
+      return -1;
+    }
+  }else{
+    assert( db->init.iDb==0 || db->init.busy );
+    iDb = db->init.iDb;
+    *pUnqual = pName1;
+  }
+  return iDb;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is used to check if the UTF-8 string zName is a legal
+** unqualified name for a new schema object (table, index, view or
+** trigger). All names are legal except those that begin with the string
+** "sqlite_" (in upper, lower or mixed case). This portion of the namespace
+** is reserved for internal use.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CheckObjectName(Parse *pParse, const char *zName){
+  if( !pParse->db->init.busy && pParse->nested==0 
+          && (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_WriteSchema)==0
+          && 0==sqlite3StrNICmp(zName, "sqlite_", 7) ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "object name reserved for internal use: %s", zName);
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Begin constructing a new table representation in memory.  This is
+** the first of several action routines that get called in response
+** to a CREATE TABLE statement.  In particular, this routine is called
+** after seeing tokens "CREATE" and "TABLE" and the table name. The isTemp
+** flag is true if the table should be stored in the auxiliary database
+** file instead of in the main database file.  This is normally the case
+** when the "TEMP" or "TEMPORARY" keyword occurs in between
+** CREATE and TABLE.
+**
+** The new table record is initialized and put in pParse->pNewTable.
+** As more of the CREATE TABLE statement is parsed, additional action
+** routines will be called to add more information to this record.
+** At the end of the CREATE TABLE statement, the sqlite3EndTable() routine
+** is called to complete the construction of the new table record.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StartTable(
+  Parse *pParse,   /* Parser context */
+  Token *pName1,   /* First part of the name of the table or view */
+  Token *pName2,   /* Second part of the name of the table or view */
+  int isTemp,      /* True if this is a TEMP table */
+  int isView,      /* True if this is a VIEW */
+  int isVirtual,   /* True if this is a VIRTUAL table */
+  int noErr        /* Do nothing if table already exists */
+){
+  Table *pTable;
+  char *zName = 0; /* The name of the new table */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  Vdbe *v;
+  int iDb;         /* Database number to create the table in */
+  Token *pName;    /* Unqualified name of the table to create */
+
+  /* The table or view name to create is passed to this routine via tokens
+  ** pName1 and pName2. If the table name was fully qualified, for example:
+  **
+  ** CREATE TABLE xxx.yyy (...);
+  ** 
+  ** Then pName1 is set to "xxx" and pName2 "yyy". On the other hand if
+  ** the table name is not fully qualified, i.e.:
+  **
+  ** CREATE TABLE yyy(...);
+  **
+  ** Then pName1 is set to "yyy" and pName2 is "".
+  **
+  ** The call below sets the pName pointer to point at the token (pName1 or
+  ** pName2) that stores the unqualified table name. The variable iDb is
+  ** set to the index of the database that the table or view is to be
+  ** created in.
+  */
+  iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName);
+  if( iDb<0 ) return;
+  if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp && pName2->n>0 && iDb!=1 ){
+    /* If creating a temp table, the name may not be qualified. Unless 
+    ** the database name is "temp" anyway.  */
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary table name must be unqualified");
+    return;
+  }
+  if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp ) iDb = 1;
+
+  pParse->sNameToken = *pName;
+  zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName);
+  if( zName==0 ) return;
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){
+    goto begin_table_error;
+  }
+  if( db->init.iDb==1 ) isTemp = 1;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  assert( (isTemp & 1)==isTemp );
+  {
+    int code;
+    char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
+    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, SCHEMA_TABLE(isTemp), 0, zDb) ){
+      goto begin_table_error;
+    }
+    if( isView ){
+      if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp ){
+        code = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW;
+      }else{
+        code = SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW;
+      }
+    }else{
+      if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp ){
+        code = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE;
+      }else{
+        code = SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE;
+      }
+    }
+    if( !isVirtual && sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, zName, 0, zDb) ){
+      goto begin_table_error;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Make sure the new table name does not collide with an existing
+  ** index or table name in the same database.  Issue an error message if
+  ** it does. The exception is if the statement being parsed was passed
+  ** to an sqlite3_declare_vtab() call. In that case only the column names
+  ** and types will be used, so there is no need to test for namespace
+  ** collisions.
+  */
+  if( !IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){
+    char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
+    if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
+      goto begin_table_error;
+    }
+    pTable = sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, zDb);
+    if( pTable ){
+      if( !noErr ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %T already exists", pName);
+      }else{
+        assert( !db->init.busy );
+        sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
+      }
+      goto begin_table_error;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, zDb)!=0 ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "there is already an index named %s", zName);
+      goto begin_table_error;
+    }
+  }
+
+  pTable = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table));
+  if( pTable==0 ){
+    db->mallocFailed = 1;
+    pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    pParse->nErr++;
+    goto begin_table_error;
+  }
+  pTable->zName = zName;
+  pTable->iPKey = -1;
+  pTable->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema;
+  pTable->nRef = 1;
+  pTable->nRowEst = 1000000;
+  assert( pParse->pNewTable==0 );
+  pParse->pNewTable = pTable;
+
+  /* If this is the magic sqlite_sequence table used by autoincrement,
+  ** then record a pointer to this table in the main database structure
+  ** so that INSERT can find the table easily.
+  */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
+  if( !pParse->nested && strcmp(zName, "sqlite_sequence")==0 ){
+    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+    pTable->pSchema->pSeqTab = pTable;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Begin generating the code that will insert the table record into
+  ** the SQLITE_MASTER table.  Note in particular that we must go ahead
+  ** and allocate the record number for the table entry now.  Before any
+  ** PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE keywords are parsed.  Those keywords will cause
+  ** indices to be created and the table record must come before the 
+  ** indices.  Hence, the record number for the table must be allocated
+  ** now.
+  */
+  if( !db->init.busy && (v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse))!=0 ){
+    int j1;
+    int fileFormat;
+    int reg1, reg2, reg3;
+    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+    if( isVirtual ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_VBegin);
+    }
+#endif
+
+    /* If the file format and encoding in the database have not been set, 
+    ** set them now.
+    */
+    reg1 = pParse->regRowid = ++pParse->nMem;
+    reg2 = pParse->regRoot = ++pParse->nMem;
+    reg3 = ++pParse->nMem;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_ReadCookie, iDb, reg3, BTREE_FILE_FORMAT);
+    sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);
+    j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_If, reg3);
+    fileFormat = (db->flags & SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt)!=0 ?
+                  1 : SQLITE_MAX_FILE_FORMAT;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, fileFormat, reg3);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_FILE_FORMAT, reg3);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, ENC(db), reg3);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING, reg3);
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
+
+    /* This just creates a place-holder record in the sqlite_master table.
+    ** The record created does not contain anything yet.  It will be replaced
+    ** by the real entry in code generated at sqlite3EndTable().
+    **
+    ** The rowid for the new entry is left in register pParse->regRowid.
+    ** The root page number of the new table is left in reg pParse->regRoot.
+    ** The rowid and root page number values are needed by the code that
+    ** sqlite3EndTable will generate.
+    */
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE)
+    if( isView || isVirtual ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, reg2);
+    }else
+#endif
+    {
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_CreateTable, iDb, reg2);
+    }
+    sqlite3OpenMasterTable(pParse, iDb);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, 0, reg1);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, reg3);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, 0, reg3, reg1);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Close);
+  }
+
+  /* Normal (non-error) return. */
+  return;
+
+  /* If an error occurs, we jump here */
+begin_table_error:
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, zName);
+  return;
+}
+
+/*
+** This macro is used to compare two strings in a case-insensitive manner.
+** It is slightly faster than calling sqlite3StrICmp() directly, but
+** produces larger code.
+**
+** WARNING: This macro is not compatible with the strcmp() family. It
+** returns true if the two strings are equal, otherwise false.
+*/
+#define STRICMP(x, y) (\
+sqlite3UpperToLower[*(unsigned char *)(x)]==   \
+sqlite3UpperToLower[*(unsigned char *)(y)]     \
+&& sqlite3StrICmp((x)+1,(y)+1)==0 )
+
+/*
+** Add a new column to the table currently being constructed.
+**
+** The parser calls this routine once for each column declaration
+** in a CREATE TABLE statement.  sqlite3StartTable() gets called
+** first to get things going.  Then this routine is called for each
+** column.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddColumn(Parse *pParse, Token *pName){
+  Table *p;
+  int i;
+  char *z;
+  Column *pCol;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)==0 ) return;
+#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN
+  if( p->nCol+1>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many columns on %s", p->zName);
+    return;
+  }
+#endif
+  z = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName);
+  if( z==0 ) return;
+  for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++){
+    if( STRICMP(z, p->aCol[i].zName) ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "duplicate column name: %s", z);
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+  if( (p->nCol & 0x7)==0 ){
+    Column *aNew;
+    aNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db,p->aCol,(p->nCol+8)*sizeof(p->aCol[0]));
+    if( aNew==0 ){
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
+      return;
+    }
+    p->aCol = aNew;
+  }
+  pCol = &p->aCol[p->nCol];
+  memset(pCol, 0, sizeof(p->aCol[0]));
+  pCol->zName = z;
+ 
+  /* If there is no type specified, columns have the default affinity
+  ** 'NONE'. If there is a type specified, then sqlite3AddColumnType() will
+  ** be called next to set pCol->affinity correctly.
+  */
+  pCol->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
+  p->nCol++;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called by the parser while in the middle of
+** parsing a CREATE TABLE statement.  A "NOT NULL" constraint has
+** been seen on a column.  This routine sets the notNull flag on
+** the column currently under construction.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddNotNull(Parse *pParse, int onError){
+  Table *p;
+  p = pParse->pNewTable;
+  if( p==0 || NEVER(p->nCol<1) ) return;
+  p->aCol[p->nCol-1].notNull = (u8)onError;
+}
+
+/*
+** Scan the column type name zType (length nType) and return the
+** associated affinity type.
+**
+** This routine does a case-independent search of zType for the 
+** substrings in the following table. If one of the substrings is
+** found, the corresponding affinity is returned. If zType contains
+** more than one of the substrings, entries toward the top of 
+** the table take priority. For example, if zType is 'BLOBINT', 
+** SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER is returned.
+**
+** Substring     | Affinity
+** --------------------------------
+** 'INT'         | SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER
+** 'CHAR'        | SQLITE_AFF_TEXT
+** 'CLOB'        | SQLITE_AFF_TEXT
+** 'TEXT'        | SQLITE_AFF_TEXT
+** 'BLOB'        | SQLITE_AFF_NONE
+** 'REAL'        | SQLITE_AFF_REAL
+** 'FLOA'        | SQLITE_AFF_REAL
+** 'DOUB'        | SQLITE_AFF_REAL
+**
+** If none of the substrings in the above table are found,
+** SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC is returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3AffinityType(const char *zIn){
+  u32 h = 0;
+  char aff = SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC;
+
+  if( zIn ) while( zIn[0] ){
+    h = (h<<8) + sqlite3UpperToLower[(*zIn)&0xff];
+    zIn++;
+    if( h==(('c'<<24)+('h'<<16)+('a'<<8)+'r') ){             /* CHAR */
+      aff = SQLITE_AFF_TEXT; 
+    }else if( h==(('c'<<24)+('l'<<16)+('o'<<8)+'b') ){       /* CLOB */
+      aff = SQLITE_AFF_TEXT;
+    }else if( h==(('t'<<24)+('e'<<16)+('x'<<8)+'t') ){       /* TEXT */
+      aff = SQLITE_AFF_TEXT;
+    }else if( h==(('b'<<24)+('l'<<16)+('o'<<8)+'b')          /* BLOB */
+        && (aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC || aff==SQLITE_AFF_REAL) ){
+      aff = SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+    }else if( h==(('r'<<24)+('e'<<16)+('a'<<8)+'l')          /* REAL */
+        && aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){
+      aff = SQLITE_AFF_REAL;
+    }else if( h==(('f'<<24)+('l'<<16)+('o'<<8)+'a')          /* FLOA */
+        && aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){
+      aff = SQLITE_AFF_REAL;
+    }else if( h==(('d'<<24)+('o'<<16)+('u'<<8)+'b')          /* DOUB */
+        && aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){
+      aff = SQLITE_AFF_REAL;
+#endif
+    }else if( (h&0x00FFFFFF)==(('i'<<16)+('n'<<8)+'t') ){    /* INT */
+      aff = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return aff;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called by the parser while in the middle of
+** parsing a CREATE TABLE statement.  The pFirst token is the first
+** token in the sequence of tokens that describe the type of the
+** column currently under construction.   pLast is the last token
+** in the sequence.  Use this information to construct a string
+** that contains the typename of the column and store that string
+** in zType.
+*/ 
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddColumnType(Parse *pParse, Token *pType){
+  Table *p;
+  Column *pCol;
+
+  p = pParse->pNewTable;
+  if( p==0 || NEVER(p->nCol<1) ) return;
+  pCol = &p->aCol[p->nCol-1];
+  assert( pCol->zType==0 );
+  pCol->zType = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pType);
+  pCol->affinity = sqlite3AffinityType(pCol->zType);
+}
+
+/*
+** The expression is the default value for the most recently added column
+** of the table currently under construction.
+**
+** Default value expressions must be constant.  Raise an exception if this
+** is not the case.
+**
+** This routine is called by the parser while in the middle of
+** parsing a CREATE TABLE statement.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddDefaultValue(Parse *pParse, ExprSpan *pSpan){
+  Table *p;
+  Column *pCol;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  p = pParse->pNewTable;
+  if( p!=0 ){
+    pCol = &(p->aCol[p->nCol-1]);
+    if( !sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(pSpan->pExpr) ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "default value of column [%s] is not constant",
+          pCol->zName);
+    }else{
+      /* A copy of pExpr is used instead of the original, as pExpr contains
+      ** tokens that point to volatile memory. The 'span' of the expression
+      ** is required by pragma table_info.
+      */
+      sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pCol->pDflt);
+      pCol->pDflt = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pSpan->pExpr, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, pCol->zDflt);
+      pCol->zDflt = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pSpan->zStart,
+                                     (int)(pSpan->zEnd - pSpan->zStart));
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pSpan->pExpr);
+}
+
+/*
+** Designate the PRIMARY KEY for the table.  pList is a list of names 
+** of columns that form the primary key.  If pList is NULL, then the
+** most recently added column of the table is the primary key.
+**
+** A table can have at most one primary key.  If the table already has
+** a primary key (and this is the second primary key) then create an
+** error.
+**
+** If the PRIMARY KEY is on a single column whose datatype is INTEGER,
+** then we will try to use that column as the rowid.  Set the Table.iPKey
+** field of the table under construction to be the index of the
+** INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column.  Table.iPKey is set to -1 if there is
+** no INTEGER PRIMARY KEY.
+**
+** If the key is not an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, then create a unique
+** index for the key.  No index is created for INTEGER PRIMARY KEYs.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(
+  Parse *pParse,    /* Parsing context */
+  ExprList *pList,  /* List of field names to be indexed */
+  int onError,      /* What to do with a uniqueness conflict */
+  int autoInc,      /* True if the AUTOINCREMENT keyword is present */
+  int sortOrder     /* SQLITE_SO_ASC or SQLITE_SO_DESC */
+){
+  Table *pTab = pParse->pNewTable;
+  char *zType = 0;
+  int iCol = -1, i;
+  if( pTab==0 || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ) goto primary_key_exit;
+  if( pTab->tabFlags & TF_HasPrimaryKey ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
+      "table \"%s\" has more than one primary key", pTab->zName);
+    goto primary_key_exit;
+  }
+  pTab->tabFlags |= TF_HasPrimaryKey;
+  if( pList==0 ){
+    iCol = pTab->nCol - 1;
+    pTab->aCol[iCol].isPrimKey = 1;
+  }else{
+    for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
+      for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nCol; iCol++){
+        if( sqlite3StrICmp(pList->a[i].zName, pTab->aCol[iCol].zName)==0 ){
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+      if( iCol<pTab->nCol ){
+        pTab->aCol[iCol].isPrimKey = 1;
+      }
+    }
+    if( pList->nExpr>1 ) iCol = -1;
+  }
+  if( iCol>=0 && iCol<pTab->nCol ){
+    zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType;
+  }
+  if( zType && sqlite3StrICmp(zType, "INTEGER")==0
+        && sortOrder==SQLITE_SO_ASC ){
+    pTab->iPKey = iCol;
+    pTab->keyConf = (u8)onError;
+    assert( autoInc==0 || autoInc==1 );
+    pTab->tabFlags |= autoInc*TF_Autoincrement;
+  }else if( autoInc ){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "AUTOINCREMENT is only allowed on an "
+       "INTEGER PRIMARY KEY");
+#endif
+  }else{
+    Index *p;
+    p = sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse, 0, 0, 0, pList, onError, 0, 0, sortOrder, 0);
+    if( p ){
+      p->autoIndex = 2;
+    }
+    pList = 0;
+  }
+
+primary_key_exit:
+  sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pList);
+  return;
+}
+
+/*
+** Add a new CHECK constraint to the table currently under construction.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(
+  Parse *pParse,    /* Parsing context */
+  Expr *pCheckExpr  /* The check expression */
+){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
+  Table *pTab = pParse->pNewTable;
+  if( pTab && !IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){
+    pTab->pCheck = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pTab->pCheck, pCheckExpr);
+    if( pParse->constraintName.n ){
+      sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, pTab->pCheck, &pParse->constraintName, 1);
+    }
+  }else
+#endif
+  {
+    sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pCheckExpr);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the collation function of the most recently parsed table column
+** to the CollSeq given.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddCollateType(Parse *pParse, Token *pToken){
+  Table *p;
+  int i;
+  char *zColl;              /* Dequoted name of collation sequence */
+  sqlite3 *db;
+
+  if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)==0 ) return;
+  i = p->nCol-1;
+  db = pParse->db;
+  zColl = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pToken);
+  if( !zColl ) return;
+
+  if( sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl) ){
+    Index *pIdx;
+    p->aCol[i].zColl = zColl;
+  
+    /* If the column is declared as "<name> PRIMARY KEY COLLATE <type>",
+    ** then an index may have been created on this column before the
+    ** collation type was added. Correct this if it is the case.
+    */
+    for(pIdx=p->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+      assert( pIdx->nColumn==1 );
+      if( pIdx->aiColumn[0]==i ){
+        pIdx->azColl[0] = p->aCol[i].zColl;
+      }
+    }
+  }else{
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zColl);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This function returns the collation sequence for database native text
+** encoding identified by the string zName, length nName.
+**
+** If the requested collation sequence is not available, or not available
+** in the database native encoding, the collation factory is invoked to
+** request it. If the collation factory does not supply such a sequence,
+** and the sequence is available in another text encoding, then that is
+** returned instead.
+**
+** If no versions of the requested collations sequence are available, or
+** another error occurs, NULL is returned and an error message written into
+** pParse.
+**
+** This routine is a wrapper around sqlite3FindCollSeq().  This routine
+** invokes the collation factory if the named collation cannot be found
+** and generates an error message.
+**
+** See also: sqlite3FindCollSeq(), sqlite3GetCollSeq()
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3LocateCollSeq(Parse *pParse, const char *zName){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  u8 enc = ENC(db);
+  u8 initbusy = db->init.busy;
+  CollSeq *pColl;
+
+  pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, enc, zName, initbusy);
+  if( !initbusy && (!pColl || !pColl->xCmp) ){
+    pColl = sqlite3GetCollSeq(db, enc, pColl, zName);
+    if( !pColl ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such collation sequence: %s", zName);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return pColl;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Generate code that will increment the schema cookie.
+**
+** The schema cookie is used to determine when the schema for the
+** database changes.  After each schema change, the cookie value
+** changes.  When a process first reads the schema it records the
+** cookie.  Thereafter, whenever it goes to access the database,
+** it checks the cookie to make sure the schema has not changed
+** since it was last read.
+**
+** This plan is not completely bullet-proof.  It is possible for
+** the schema to change multiple times and for the cookie to be
+** set back to prior value.  But schema changes are infrequent
+** and the probability of hitting the same cookie value is only
+** 1 chance in 2^32.  So we're safe enough.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ChangeCookie(Parse *pParse, int iDb){
+  int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie+1, r1);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, r1);
+  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Measure the number of characters needed to output the given
+** identifier.  The number returned includes any quotes used
+** but does not include the null terminator.
+**
+** The estimate is conservative.  It might be larger that what is
+** really needed.
+*/
+static int identLength(const char *z){
+  int n;
+  for(n=0; *z; n++, z++){
+    if( *z=='"' ){ n++; }
+  }
+  return n + 2;
+}
+
+/*
+** The first parameter is a pointer to an output buffer. The second 
+** parameter is a pointer to an integer that contains the offset at
+** which to write into the output buffer. This function copies the
+** nul-terminated string pointed to by the third parameter, zSignedIdent,
+** to the specified offset in the buffer and updates *pIdx to refer
+** to the first byte after the last byte written before returning.
+** 
+** If the string zSignedIdent consists entirely of alpha-numeric
+** characters, does not begin with a digit and is not an SQL keyword,
+** then it is copied to the output buffer exactly as it is. Otherwise,
+** it is quoted using double-quotes.
+*/
+static void identPut(char *z, int *pIdx, char *zSignedIdent){
+  unsigned char *zIdent = (unsigned char*)zSignedIdent;
+  int i, j, needQuote;
+  i = *pIdx;
+
+  for(j=0; zIdent[j]; j++){
+    if( !sqlite3Isalnum(zIdent[j]) && zIdent[j]!='_' ) break;
+  }
+  needQuote = sqlite3Isdigit(zIdent[0]) || sqlite3KeywordCode(zIdent, j)!=TK_ID;
+  if( !needQuote ){
+    needQuote = zIdent[j];
+  }
+
+  if( needQuote ) z[i++] = '"';
+  for(j=0; zIdent[j]; j++){
+    z[i++] = zIdent[j];
+    if( zIdent[j]=='"' ) z[i++] = '"';
+  }
+  if( needQuote ) z[i++] = '"';
+  z[i] = 0;
+  *pIdx = i;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate a CREATE TABLE statement appropriate for the given
+** table.  Memory to hold the text of the statement is obtained
+** from sqliteMalloc() and must be freed by the calling function.
+*/
+static char *createTableStmt(sqlite3 *db, Table *p){
+  int i, k, n;
+  char *zStmt;
+  char *zSep, *zSep2, *zEnd;
+  Column *pCol;
+  n = 0;
+  for(pCol = p->aCol, i=0; i<p->nCol; i++, pCol++){
+    n += identLength(pCol->zName) + 5;
+  }
+  n += identLength(p->zName);
+  if( n<50 ){ 
+    zSep = "";
+    zSep2 = ",";
+    zEnd = ")";
+  }else{
+    zSep = "\n  ";
+    zSep2 = ",\n  ";
+    zEnd = "\n)";
+  }
+  n += 35 + 6*p->nCol;
+  zStmt = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, n);
+  if( zStmt==0 ){
+    db->mallocFailed = 1;
+    return 0;
+  }
+  sqlite3_snprintf(n, zStmt, "CREATE TABLE ");
+  k = sqlite3Strlen30(zStmt);
+  identPut(zStmt, &k, p->zName);
+  zStmt[k++] = '(';
+  for(pCol=p->aCol, i=0; i<p->nCol; i++, pCol++){
+    static const char * const azType[] = {
+        /* SQLITE_AFF_TEXT    */ " TEXT",
+        /* SQLITE_AFF_NONE    */ "",
+        /* SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC */ " NUM",
+        /* SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER */ " INT",
+        /* SQLITE_AFF_REAL    */ " REAL"
+    };
+    int len;
+    const char *zType;
+
+    sqlite3_snprintf(n-k, &zStmt[k], zSep);
+    k += sqlite3Strlen30(&zStmt[k]);
+    zSep = zSep2;
+    identPut(zStmt, &k, pCol->zName);
+    assert( pCol->affinity-SQLITE_AFF_TEXT >= 0 );
+    assert( pCol->affinity-SQLITE_AFF_TEXT < ArraySize(azType) );
+    testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT );
+    testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NONE );
+    testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC );
+    testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER );
+    testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL );
+    
+    zType = azType[pCol->affinity - SQLITE_AFF_TEXT];
+    len = sqlite3Strlen30(zType);
+    assert( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NONE 
+            || pCol->affinity==sqlite3AffinityType(zType) );
+    memcpy(&zStmt[k], zType, len);
+    k += len;
+    assert( k<=n );
+  }
+  sqlite3_snprintf(n-k, &zStmt[k], "%s", zEnd);
+  return zStmt;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called to report the final ")" that terminates
+** a CREATE TABLE statement.
+**
+** The table structure that other action routines have been building
+** is added to the internal hash tables, assuming no errors have
+** occurred.
+**
+** An entry for the table is made in the master table on disk, unless
+** this is a temporary table or db->init.busy==1.  When db->init.busy==1
+** it means we are reading the sqlite_master table because we just
+** connected to the database or because the sqlite_master table has
+** recently changed, so the entry for this table already exists in
+** the sqlite_master table.  We do not want to create it again.
+**
+** If the pSelect argument is not NULL, it means that this routine
+** was called to create a table generated from a 
+** "CREATE TABLE ... AS SELECT ..." statement.  The column names of
+** the new table will match the result set of the SELECT.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3EndTable(
+  Parse *pParse,          /* Parse context */
+  Token *pCons,           /* The ',' token after the last column defn. */
+  Token *pEnd,            /* The final ')' token in the CREATE TABLE */
+  Select *pSelect         /* Select from a "CREATE ... AS SELECT" */
+){
+  Table *p;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  int iDb;
+
+  if( (pEnd==0 && pSelect==0) || db->mallocFailed ){
+    return;
+  }
+  p = pParse->pNewTable;
+  if( p==0 ) return;
+
+  assert( !db->init.busy || !pSelect );
+
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, p->pSchema);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
+  /* Resolve names in all CHECK constraint expressions.
+  */
+  if( p->pCheck ){
+    SrcList sSrc;                   /* Fake SrcList for pParse->pNewTable */
+    NameContext sNC;                /* Name context for pParse->pNewTable */
+    ExprList *pList;                /* List of all CHECK constraints */
+    int i;                          /* Loop counter */
+
+    memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
+    memset(&sSrc, 0, sizeof(sSrc));
+    sSrc.nSrc = 1;
+    sSrc.a[0].zName = p->zName;
+    sSrc.a[0].pTab = p;
+    sSrc.a[0].iCursor = -1;
+    sNC.pParse = pParse;
+    sNC.pSrcList = &sSrc;
+    sNC.ncFlags = NC_IsCheck;
+    pList = p->pCheck;
+    for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
+      if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pList->a[i].pExpr) ){
+        return;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK) */
+
+  /* If the db->init.busy is 1 it means we are reading the SQL off the
+  ** "sqlite_master" or "sqlite_temp_master" table on the disk.
+  ** So do not write to the disk again.  Extract the root page number
+  ** for the table from the db->init.newTnum field.  (The page number
+  ** should have been put there by the sqliteOpenCb routine.)
+  */
+  if( db->init.busy ){
+    p->tnum = db->init.newTnum;
+  }
+
+  /* If not initializing, then create a record for the new table
+  ** in the SQLITE_MASTER table of the database.
+  **
+  ** If this is a TEMPORARY table, write the entry into the auxiliary
+  ** file instead of into the main database file.
+  */
+  if( !db->init.busy ){
+    int n;
+    Vdbe *v;
+    char *zType;    /* "view" or "table" */
+    char *zType2;   /* "VIEW" or "TABLE" */
+    char *zStmt;    /* Text of the CREATE TABLE or CREATE VIEW statement */
+
+    v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+    if( NEVER(v==0) ) return;
+
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, 0);
+
+    /* 
+    ** Initialize zType for the new view or table.
+    */
+    if( p->pSelect==0 ){
+      /* A regular table */
+      zType = "table";
+      zType2 = "TABLE";
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
+    }else{
+      /* A view */
+      zType = "view";
+      zType2 = "VIEW";
+#endif
+    }
+
+    /* If this is a CREATE TABLE xx AS SELECT ..., execute the SELECT
+    ** statement to populate the new table. The root-page number for the
+    ** new table is in register pParse->regRoot.
+    **
+    ** Once the SELECT has been coded by sqlite3Select(), it is in a
+    ** suitable state to query for the column names and types to be used
+    ** by the new table.
+    **
+    ** A shared-cache write-lock is not required to write to the new table,
+    ** as a schema-lock must have already been obtained to create it. Since
+    ** a schema-lock excludes all other database users, the write-lock would
+    ** be redundant.
+    */
+    if( pSelect ){
+      SelectDest dest;
+      Table *pSelTab;
+
+      assert(pParse->nTab==1);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenWrite, 1, pParse->regRoot, iDb);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_P2ISREG);
+      pParse->nTab = 2;
+      sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Table, 1);
+      sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &dest);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, 1);
+      if( pParse->nErr==0 ){
+        pSelTab = sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, pSelect);
+        if( pSelTab==0 ) return;
+        assert( p->aCol==0 );
+        p->nCol = pSelTab->nCol;
+        p->aCol = pSelTab->aCol;
+        pSelTab->nCol = 0;
+        pSelTab->aCol = 0;
+        sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pSelTab);
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Compute the complete text of the CREATE statement */
+    if( pSelect ){
+      zStmt = createTableStmt(db, p);
+    }else{
+      n = (int)(pEnd->z - pParse->sNameToken.z) + 1;
+      zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(db, 
+          "CREATE %s %.*s", zType2, n, pParse->sNameToken.z
+      );
+    }
+
+    /* A slot for the record has already been allocated in the 
+    ** SQLITE_MASTER table.  We just need to update that slot with all
+    ** the information we've collected.
+    */
+    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
+      "UPDATE %Q.%s "
+         "SET type='%s', name=%Q, tbl_name=%Q, rootpage=#%d, sql=%Q "
+       "WHERE rowid=#%d",
+      db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb),
+      zType,
+      p->zName,
+      p->zName,
+      pParse->regRoot,
+      zStmt,
+      pParse->regRowid
+    );
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zStmt);
+    sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
+    /* Check to see if we need to create an sqlite_sequence table for
+    ** keeping track of autoincrement keys.
+    */
+    if( p->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement ){
+      Db *pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
+      assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+      if( pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab==0 ){
+        sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
+          "CREATE TABLE %Q.sqlite_sequence(name,seq)",
+          pDb->zName
+        );
+      }
+    }
+#endif
+
+    /* Reparse everything to update our internal data structures */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, iDb,
+               sqlite3MPrintf(db, "tbl_name='%q'", p->zName));
+  }
+
+
+  /* Add the table to the in-memory representation of the database.
+  */
+  if( db->init.busy ){
+    Table *pOld;
+    Schema *pSchema = p->pSchema;
+    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+    pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&pSchema->tblHash, p->zName,
+                             sqlite3Strlen30(p->zName),p);
+    if( pOld ){
+      assert( p==pOld );  /* Malloc must have failed inside HashInsert() */
+      db->mallocFailed = 1;
+      return;
+    }
+    pParse->pNewTable = 0;
+    db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE
+    if( !p->pSelect ){
+      const char *zName = (const char *)pParse->sNameToken.z;
+      int nName;
+      assert( !pSelect && pCons && pEnd );
+      if( pCons->z==0 ){
+        pCons = pEnd;
+      }
+      nName = (int)((const char *)pCons->z - zName);
+      p->addColOffset = 13 + sqlite3Utf8CharLen(zName, nName);
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
+/*
+** The parser calls this routine in order to create a new VIEW
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateView(
+  Parse *pParse,     /* The parsing context */
+  Token *pBegin,     /* The CREATE token that begins the statement */
+  Token *pName1,     /* The token that holds the name of the view */
+  Token *pName2,     /* The token that holds the name of the view */
+  Select *pSelect,   /* A SELECT statement that will become the new view */
+  int isTemp,        /* TRUE for a TEMPORARY view */
+  int noErr          /* Suppress error messages if VIEW already exists */
+){
+  Table *p;
+  int n;
+  const char *z;
+  Token sEnd;
+  DbFixer sFix;
+  Token *pName = 0;
+  int iDb;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+
+  if( pParse->nVar>0 ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "parameters are not allowed in views");
+    sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
+    return;
+  }
+  sqlite3StartTable(pParse, pName1, pName2, isTemp, 1, 0, noErr);
+  p = pParse->pNewTable;
+  if( p==0 || pParse->nErr ){
+    sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
+    return;
+  }
+  sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName);
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, p->pSchema);
+  if( sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "view", pName)
+    && sqlite3FixSelect(&sFix, pSelect)
+  ){
+    sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
+    return;
+  }
+
+  /* Make a copy of the entire SELECT statement that defines the view.
+  ** This will force all the Expr.token.z values to be dynamically
+  ** allocated rather than point to the input string - which means that
+  ** they will persist after the current sqlite3_exec() call returns.
+  */
+  p->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pSelect, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
+  sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    return;
+  }
+  if( !db->init.busy ){
+    sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, p);
+  }
+
+  /* Locate the end of the CREATE VIEW statement.  Make sEnd point to
+  ** the end.
+  */
+  sEnd = pParse->sLastToken;
+  if( ALWAYS(sEnd.z[0]!=0) && sEnd.z[0]!=';' ){
+    sEnd.z += sEnd.n;
+  }
+  sEnd.n = 0;
+  n = (int)(sEnd.z - pBegin->z);
+  z = pBegin->z;
+  while( ALWAYS(n>0) && sqlite3Isspace(z[n-1]) ){ n--; }
+  sEnd.z = &z[n-1];
+  sEnd.n = 1;
+
+  /* Use sqlite3EndTable() to add the view to the SQLITE_MASTER table */
+  sqlite3EndTable(pParse, 0, &sEnd, 0);
+  return;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW */
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE)
+/*
+** The Table structure pTable is really a VIEW.  Fill in the names of
+** the columns of the view in the pTable structure.  Return the number
+** of errors.  If an error is seen leave an error message in pParse->zErrMsg.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(Parse *pParse, Table *pTable){
+  Table *pSelTab;   /* A fake table from which we get the result set */
+  Select *pSel;     /* Copy of the SELECT that implements the view */
+  int nErr = 0;     /* Number of errors encountered */
+  int n;            /* Temporarily holds the number of cursors assigned */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;  /* Database connection for malloc errors */
+  int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*);
+
+  assert( pTable );
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  if( sqlite3VtabCallConnect(pParse, pTable) ){
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  if( IsVirtual(pTable) ) return 0;
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
+  /* A positive nCol means the columns names for this view are
+  ** already known.
+  */
+  if( pTable->nCol>0 ) return 0;
+
+  /* A negative nCol is a special marker meaning that we are currently
+  ** trying to compute the column names.  If we enter this routine with
+  ** a negative nCol, it means two or more views form a loop, like this:
+  **
+  **     CREATE VIEW one AS SELECT * FROM two;
+  **     CREATE VIEW two AS SELECT * FROM one;
+  **
+  ** Actually, the error above is now caught prior to reaching this point.
+  ** But the following test is still important as it does come up
+  ** in the following:
+  ** 
+  **     CREATE TABLE main.ex1(a);
+  **     CREATE TEMP VIEW ex1 AS SELECT a FROM ex1;
+  **     SELECT * FROM temp.ex1;
+  */
+  if( pTable->nCol<0 ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "view %s is circularly defined", pTable->zName);
+    return 1;
+  }
+  assert( pTable->nCol>=0 );
+
+  /* If we get this far, it means we need to compute the table names.
+  ** Note that the call to sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect() will expand any
+  ** "*" elements in the results set of the view and will assign cursors
+  ** to the elements of the FROM clause.  But we do not want these changes
+  ** to be permanent.  So the computation is done on a copy of the SELECT
+  ** statement that defines the view.
+  */
+  assert( pTable->pSelect );
+  pSel = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pTable->pSelect, 0);
+  if( pSel ){
+    u8 enableLookaside = db->lookaside.bEnabled;
+    n = pParse->nTab;
+    sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, pSel->pSrc);
+    pTable->nCol = -1;
+    db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+    xAuth = db->xAuth;
+    db->xAuth = 0;
+    pSelTab = sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, pSel);
+    db->xAuth = xAuth;
+#else
+    pSelTab = sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, pSel);
+#endif
+    db->lookaside.bEnabled = enableLookaside;
+    pParse->nTab = n;
+    if( pSelTab ){
+      assert( pTable->aCol==0 );
+      pTable->nCol = pSelTab->nCol;
+      pTable->aCol = pSelTab->aCol;
+      pSelTab->nCol = 0;
+      pSelTab->aCol = 0;
+      sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pSelTab);
+      assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pTable->pSchema) );
+      pTable->pSchema->flags |= DB_UnresetViews;
+    }else{
+      pTable->nCol = 0;
+      nErr++;
+    }
+    sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSel);
+  } else {
+    nErr++;
+  }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW */
+  return nErr;  
+}
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
+/*
+** Clear the column names from every VIEW in database idx.
+*/
+static void sqliteViewResetAll(sqlite3 *db, int idx){
+  HashElem *i;
+  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, idx, 0) );
+  if( !DbHasProperty(db, idx, DB_UnresetViews) ) return;
+  for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aDb[idx].pSchema->tblHash); i;i=sqliteHashNext(i)){
+    Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(i);
+    if( pTab->pSelect ){
+      sqliteDeleteColumnNames(db, pTab);
+      pTab->aCol = 0;
+      pTab->nCol = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  DbClearProperty(db, idx, DB_UnresetViews);
+}
+#else
+# define sqliteViewResetAll(A,B)
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW */
+
+/*
+** This function is called by the VDBE to adjust the internal schema
+** used by SQLite when the btree layer moves a table root page. The
+** root-page of a table or index in database iDb has changed from iFrom
+** to iTo.
+**
+** Ticket #1728:  The symbol table might still contain information
+** on tables and/or indices that are the process of being deleted.
+** If you are unlucky, one of those deleted indices or tables might
+** have the same rootpage number as the real table or index that is
+** being moved.  So we cannot stop searching after the first match 
+** because the first match might be for one of the deleted indices
+** or tables and not the table/index that is actually being moved.
+** We must continue looping until all tables and indices with
+** rootpage==iFrom have been converted to have a rootpage of iTo
+** in order to be certain that we got the right one.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RootPageMoved(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, int iFrom, int iTo){
+  HashElem *pElem;
+  Hash *pHash;
+  Db *pDb;
+
+  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
+  pHash = &pDb->pSchema->tblHash;
+  for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(pHash); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){
+    Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(pElem);
+    if( pTab->tnum==iFrom ){
+      pTab->tnum = iTo;
+    }
+  }
+  pHash = &pDb->pSchema->idxHash;
+  for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(pHash); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){
+    Index *pIdx = sqliteHashData(pElem);
+    if( pIdx->tnum==iFrom ){
+      pIdx->tnum = iTo;
+    }
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Write code to erase the table with root-page iTable from database iDb.
+** Also write code to modify the sqlite_master table and internal schema
+** if a root-page of another table is moved by the btree-layer whilst
+** erasing iTable (this can happen with an auto-vacuum database).
+*/ 
+static void destroyRootPage(Parse *pParse, int iTable, int iDb){
+  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Destroy, iTable, r1, iDb);
+  sqlite3MayAbort(pParse);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+  /* OP_Destroy stores an in integer r1. If this integer
+  ** is non-zero, then it is the root page number of a table moved to
+  ** location iTable. The following code modifies the sqlite_master table to
+  ** reflect this.
+  **
+  ** The "#NNN" in the SQL is a special constant that means whatever value
+  ** is in register NNN.  See grammar rules associated with the TK_REGISTER
+  ** token for additional information.
+  */
+  sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, 
+     "UPDATE %Q.%s SET rootpage=%d WHERE #%d AND rootpage=#%d",
+     pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), iTable, r1, r1);
+#endif
+  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Write VDBE code to erase table pTab and all associated indices on disk.
+** Code to update the sqlite_master tables and internal schema definitions
+** in case a root-page belonging to another table is moved by the btree layer
+** is also added (this can happen with an auto-vacuum database).
+*/
+static void destroyTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+  Index *pIdx;
+  int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
+  destroyRootPage(pParse, pTab->tnum, iDb);
+  for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+    destroyRootPage(pParse, pIdx->tnum, iDb);
+  }
+#else
+  /* If the database may be auto-vacuum capable (if SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+  ** is not defined), then it is important to call OP_Destroy on the
+  ** table and index root-pages in order, starting with the numerically 
+  ** largest root-page number. This guarantees that none of the root-pages
+  ** to be destroyed is relocated by an earlier OP_Destroy. i.e. if the
+  ** following were coded:
+  **
+  ** OP_Destroy 4 0
+  ** ...
+  ** OP_Destroy 5 0
+  **
+  ** and root page 5 happened to be the largest root-page number in the
+  ** database, then root page 5 would be moved to page 4 by the 
+  ** "OP_Destroy 4 0" opcode. The subsequent "OP_Destroy 5 0" would hit
+  ** a free-list page.
+  */
+  int iTab = pTab->tnum;
+  int iDestroyed = 0;
+
+  while( 1 ){
+    Index *pIdx;
+    int iLargest = 0;
+
+    if( iDestroyed==0 || iTab<iDestroyed ){
+      iLargest = iTab;
+    }
+    for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+      int iIdx = pIdx->tnum;
+      assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema );
+      if( (iDestroyed==0 || (iIdx<iDestroyed)) && iIdx>iLargest ){
+        iLargest = iIdx;
+      }
+    }
+    if( iLargest==0 ){
+      return;
+    }else{
+      int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
+      destroyRootPage(pParse, iLargest, iDb);
+      iDestroyed = iLargest;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Remove entries from the sqlite_statN tables (for N in (1,2,3))
+** after a DROP INDEX or DROP TABLE command.
+*/
+static void sqlite3ClearStatTables(
+  Parse *pParse,         /* The parsing context */
+  int iDb,               /* The database number */
+  const char *zType,     /* "idx" or "tbl" */
+  const char *zName      /* Name of index or table */
+){
+  int i;
+  const char *zDbName = pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName;
+  for(i=1; i<=3; i++){
+    char zTab[24];
+    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zTab),zTab,"sqlite_stat%d",i);
+    if( sqlite3FindTable(pParse->db, zTab, zDbName) ){
+      sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
+        "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE %s=%Q",
+        zDbName, zTab, zType, zName
+      );
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code to drop a table.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeDropTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, int iDb, int isView){
+  Vdbe *v;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  Trigger *pTrigger;
+  Db *pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
+
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  assert( v!=0 );
+  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_VBegin);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Drop all triggers associated with the table being dropped. Code
+  ** is generated to remove entries from sqlite_master and/or
+  ** sqlite_temp_master if required.
+  */
+  pTrigger = sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pTab);
+  while( pTrigger ){
+    assert( pTrigger->pSchema==pTab->pSchema || 
+        pTrigger->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema );
+    sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(pParse, pTrigger);
+    pTrigger = pTrigger->pNext;
+  }
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
+  /* Remove any entries of the sqlite_sequence table associated with
+  ** the table being dropped. This is done before the table is dropped
+  ** at the btree level, in case the sqlite_sequence table needs to
+  ** move as a result of the drop (can happen in auto-vacuum mode).
+  */
+  if( pTab->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement ){
+    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
+      "DELETE FROM %Q.sqlite_sequence WHERE name=%Q",
+      pDb->zName, pTab->zName
+    );
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Drop all SQLITE_MASTER table and index entries that refer to the
+  ** table. The program name loops through the master table and deletes
+  ** every row that refers to a table of the same name as the one being
+  ** dropped. Triggers are handled seperately because a trigger can be
+  ** created in the temp database that refers to a table in another
+  ** database.
+  */
+  sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, 
+      "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE tbl_name=%Q and type!='trigger'",
+      pDb->zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), pTab->zName);
+  if( !isView && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+    destroyTable(pParse, pTab);
+  }
+
+  /* Remove the table entry from SQLite's internal schema and modify
+  ** the schema cookie.
+  */
+  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VDestroy, iDb, 0, 0, pTab->zName, 0);
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTable, iDb, 0, 0, pTab->zName, 0);
+  sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
+  sqliteViewResetAll(db, iDb);
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called to do the work of a DROP TABLE statement.
+** pName is the name of the table to be dropped.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTable(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int isView, int noErr){
+  Table *pTab;
+  Vdbe *v;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  int iDb;
+
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    goto exit_drop_table;
+  }
+  assert( pParse->nErr==0 );
+  assert( pName->nSrc==1 );
+  if( noErr ) db->suppressErr++;
+  pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, isView, 
+                            pName->a[0].zName, pName->a[0].zDatabase);
+  if( noErr ) db->suppressErr--;
+
+  if( pTab==0 ){
+    if( noErr ) sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(pParse, pName->a[0].zDatabase);
+    goto exit_drop_table;
+  }
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
+  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
+
+  /* If pTab is a virtual table, call ViewGetColumnNames() to ensure
+  ** it is initialized.
+  */
+  if( IsVirtual(pTab) && sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){
+    goto exit_drop_table;
+  }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  {
+    int code;
+    const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb);
+    const char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
+    const char *zArg2 = 0;
+    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb)){
+      goto exit_drop_table;
+    }
+    if( isView ){
+      if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){
+        code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW;
+      }else{
+        code = SQLITE_DROP_VIEW;
+      }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+    }else if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+      code = SQLITE_DROP_VTABLE;
+      zArg2 = sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab)->pMod->zName;
+#endif
+    }else{
+      if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){
+        code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE;
+      }else{
+        code = SQLITE_DROP_TABLE;
+      }
+    }
+    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pTab->zName, zArg2, zDb) ){
+      goto exit_drop_table;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, pTab->zName, 0, zDb) ){
+      goto exit_drop_table;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+  if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0 
+    && sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_stat", 11)!=0 ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be dropped", pTab->zName);
+    goto exit_drop_table;
+  }
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
+  /* Ensure DROP TABLE is not used on a view, and DROP VIEW is not used
+  ** on a table.
+  */
+  if( isView && pTab->pSelect==0 ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "use DROP TABLE to delete table %s", pTab->zName);
+    goto exit_drop_table;
+  }
+  if( !isView && pTab->pSelect ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "use DROP VIEW to delete view %s", pTab->zName);
+    goto exit_drop_table;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Generate code to remove the table from the master table
+  ** on disk.
+  */
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v ){
+    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb);
+    sqlite3ClearStatTables(pParse, iDb, "tbl", pTab->zName);
+    sqlite3FkDropTable(pParse, pName, pTab);
+    sqlite3CodeDropTable(pParse, pTab, iDb, isView);
+  }
+
+exit_drop_table:
+  sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pName);
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called to create a new foreign key on the table
+** currently under construction.  pFromCol determines which columns
+** in the current table point to the foreign key.  If pFromCol==0 then
+** connect the key to the last column inserted.  pTo is the name of
+** the table referred to.  pToCol is a list of tables in the other
+** pTo table that the foreign key points to.  flags contains all
+** information about the conflict resolution algorithms specified
+** in the ON DELETE, ON UPDATE and ON INSERT clauses.
+**
+** An FKey structure is created and added to the table currently
+** under construction in the pParse->pNewTable field.
+**
+** The foreign key is set for IMMEDIATE processing.  A subsequent call
+** to sqlite3DeferForeignKey() might change this to DEFERRED.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateForeignKey(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* Parsing context */
+  ExprList *pFromCol,  /* Columns in this table that point to other table */
+  Token *pTo,          /* Name of the other table */
+  ExprList *pToCol,    /* Columns in the other table */
+  int flags            /* Conflict resolution algorithms. */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
+  FKey *pFKey = 0;
+  FKey *pNextTo;
+  Table *p = pParse->pNewTable;
+  int nByte;
+  int i;
+  int nCol;
+  char *z;
+
+  assert( pTo!=0 );
+  if( p==0 || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ) goto fk_end;
+  if( pFromCol==0 ){
+    int iCol = p->nCol-1;
+    if( NEVER(iCol<0) ) goto fk_end;
+    if( pToCol && pToCol->nExpr!=1 ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "foreign key on %s"
+         " should reference only one column of table %T",
+         p->aCol[iCol].zName, pTo);
+      goto fk_end;
+    }
+    nCol = 1;
+  }else if( pToCol && pToCol->nExpr!=pFromCol->nExpr ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+        "number of columns in foreign key does not match the number of "
+        "columns in the referenced table");
+    goto fk_end;
+  }else{
+    nCol = pFromCol->nExpr;
+  }
+  nByte = sizeof(*pFKey) + (nCol-1)*sizeof(pFKey->aCol[0]) + pTo->n + 1;
+  if( pToCol ){
+    for(i=0; i<pToCol->nExpr; i++){
+      nByte += sqlite3Strlen30(pToCol->a[i].zName) + 1;
+    }
+  }
+  pFKey = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte );
+  if( pFKey==0 ){
+    goto fk_end;
+  }
+  pFKey->pFrom = p;
+  pFKey->pNextFrom = p->pFKey;
+  z = (char*)&pFKey->aCol[nCol];
+  pFKey->zTo = z;
+  memcpy(z, pTo->z, pTo->n);
+  z[pTo->n] = 0;
+  sqlite3Dequote(z);
+  z += pTo->n+1;
+  pFKey->nCol = nCol;
+  if( pFromCol==0 ){
+    pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom = p->nCol-1;
+  }else{
+    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+      int j;
+      for(j=0; j<p->nCol; j++){
+        if( sqlite3StrICmp(p->aCol[j].zName, pFromCol->a[i].zName)==0 ){
+          pFKey->aCol[i].iFrom = j;
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+      if( j>=p->nCol ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
+          "unknown column \"%s\" in foreign key definition", 
+          pFromCol->a[i].zName);
+        goto fk_end;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if( pToCol ){
+    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+      int n = sqlite3Strlen30(pToCol->a[i].zName);
+      pFKey->aCol[i].zCol = z;
+      memcpy(z, pToCol->a[i].zName, n);
+      z[n] = 0;
+      z += n+1;
+    }
+  }
+  pFKey->isDeferred = 0;
+  pFKey->aAction[0] = (u8)(flags & 0xff);            /* ON DELETE action */
+  pFKey->aAction[1] = (u8)((flags >> 8 ) & 0xff);    /* ON UPDATE action */
+
+  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, p->pSchema) );
+  pNextTo = (FKey *)sqlite3HashInsert(&p->pSchema->fkeyHash, 
+      pFKey->zTo, sqlite3Strlen30(pFKey->zTo), (void *)pFKey
+  );
+  if( pNextTo==pFKey ){
+    db->mallocFailed = 1;
+    goto fk_end;
+  }
+  if( pNextTo ){
+    assert( pNextTo->pPrevTo==0 );
+    pFKey->pNextTo = pNextTo;
+    pNextTo->pPrevTo = pFKey;
+  }
+
+  /* Link the foreign key to the table as the last step.
+  */
+  p->pFKey = pFKey;
+  pFKey = 0;
+
+fk_end:
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, pFKey);
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) */
+  sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pFromCol);
+  sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pToCol);
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called when an INITIALLY IMMEDIATE or INITIALLY DEFERRED
+** clause is seen as part of a foreign key definition.  The isDeferred
+** parameter is 1 for INITIALLY DEFERRED and 0 for INITIALLY IMMEDIATE.
+** The behavior of the most recently created foreign key is adjusted
+** accordingly.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeferForeignKey(Parse *pParse, int isDeferred){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
+  Table *pTab;
+  FKey *pFKey;
+  if( (pTab = pParse->pNewTable)==0 || (pFKey = pTab->pFKey)==0 ) return;
+  assert( isDeferred==0 || isDeferred==1 ); /* EV: R-30323-21917 */
+  pFKey->isDeferred = (u8)isDeferred;
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code that will erase and refill index *pIdx.  This is
+** used to initialize a newly created index or to recompute the
+** content of an index in response to a REINDEX command.
+**
+** if memRootPage is not negative, it means that the index is newly
+** created.  The register specified by memRootPage contains the
+** root page number of the index.  If memRootPage is negative, then
+** the index already exists and must be cleared before being refilled and
+** the root page number of the index is taken from pIndex->tnum.
+*/
+static void sqlite3RefillIndex(Parse *pParse, Index *pIndex, int memRootPage){
+  Table *pTab = pIndex->pTable;  /* The table that is indexed */
+  int iTab = pParse->nTab++;     /* Btree cursor used for pTab */
+  int iIdx = pParse->nTab++;     /* Btree cursor used for pIndex */
+  int iSorter;                   /* Cursor opened by OpenSorter (if in use) */
+  int addr1;                     /* Address of top of loop */
+  int addr2;                     /* Address to jump to for next iteration */
+  int tnum;                      /* Root page of index */
+  Vdbe *v;                       /* Generate code into this virtual machine */
+  KeyInfo *pKey;                 /* KeyInfo for index */
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MERGE_SORT
+  int regIdxKey;                 /* Registers containing the index key */
+#endif
+  int regRecord;                 /* Register holding assemblied index record */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;      /* The database connection */
+  int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pIndex->pSchema);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_REINDEX, pIndex->zName, 0,
+      db->aDb[iDb].zName ) ){
+    return;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Require a write-lock on the table to perform this operation */
+  sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 1, pTab->zName);
+
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v==0 ) return;
+  if( memRootPage>=0 ){
+    tnum = memRootPage;
+  }else{
+    tnum = pIndex->tnum;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, tnum, iDb);
+  }
+  pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIndex);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenWrite, iIdx, tnum, iDb, 
+                    (char *)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_BULKCSR|((memRootPage>=0)?OPFLAG_P2ISREG:0));
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MERGE_SORT
+  /* Open the sorter cursor if we are to use one. */
+  iSorter = pParse->nTab++;
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_SorterOpen, iSorter, 0, 0, (char*)pKey, P4_KEYINFO);
+#else
+  iSorter = iTab;
+#endif
+
+  /* Open the table. Loop through all rows of the table, inserting index
+  ** records into the sorter. */
+  sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iTab, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead);
+  addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iTab, 0);
+  regRecord = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MERGE_SORT
+  sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(pParse, pIndex, iTab, regRecord, 1);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterInsert, iSorter, regRecord);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iTab, addr1+1);
+  sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
+  addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterSort, iSorter, 0);
+  if( pIndex->onError!=OE_None ){
+    int j2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 3;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, j2);
+    addr2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SorterCompare, iSorter, j2, regRecord);
+    sqlite3HaltConstraint(
+        pParse, OE_Abort, "indexed columns are not unique", P4_STATIC
+    );
+  }else{
+    addr2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterData, iSorter, regRecord);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxInsert, iIdx, regRecord, 1);
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT);
+#else
+  regIdxKey = sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(pParse, pIndex, iTab, regRecord, 1);
+  addr2 = addr1 + 1;
+  if( pIndex->onError!=OE_None ){
+    const int regRowid = regIdxKey + pIndex->nColumn;
+    const int j2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 2;
+    void * const pRegKey = SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(regIdxKey);
+
+    /* The registers accessed by the OP_IsUnique opcode were allocated
+    ** using sqlite3GetTempRange() inside of the sqlite3GenerateIndexKey()
+    ** call above. Just before that function was freed they were released
+    ** (made available to the compiler for reuse) using 
+    ** sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(). So in some ways having the OP_IsUnique
+    ** opcode use the values stored within seems dangerous. However, since
+    ** we can be sure that no other temp registers have been allocated
+    ** since sqlite3ReleaseTempRange() was called, it is safe to do so.
+    */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_IsUnique, iIdx, j2, regRowid, pRegKey, P4_INT32);
+    sqlite3HaltConstraint(
+        pParse, OE_Abort, "indexed columns are not unique", P4_STATIC);
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxInsert, iIdx, regRecord, 0);
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT);
+#endif
+  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterNext, iSorter, addr2);
+  sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
+
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iTab);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iIdx);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iSorter);
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a new index for an SQL table.  pName1.pName2 is the name of the index 
+** and pTblList is the name of the table that is to be indexed.  Both will 
+** be NULL for a primary key or an index that is created to satisfy a
+** UNIQUE constraint.  If pTable and pIndex are NULL, use pParse->pNewTable
+** as the table to be indexed.  pParse->pNewTable is a table that is
+** currently being constructed by a CREATE TABLE statement.
+**
+** pList is a list of columns to be indexed.  pList will be NULL if this
+** is a primary key or unique-constraint on the most recent column added
+** to the table currently under construction.  
+**
+** If the index is created successfully, return a pointer to the new Index
+** structure. This is used by sqlite3AddPrimaryKey() to mark the index
+** as the tables primary key (Index.autoIndex==2).
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3CreateIndex(
+  Parse *pParse,     /* All information about this parse */
+  Token *pName1,     /* First part of index name. May be NULL */
+  Token *pName2,     /* Second part of index name. May be NULL */
+  SrcList *pTblName, /* Table to index. Use pParse->pNewTable if 0 */
+  ExprList *pList,   /* A list of columns to be indexed */
+  int onError,       /* OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, OE_Replace, or OE_None */
+  Token *pStart,     /* The CREATE token that begins this statement */
+  Token *pEnd,       /* The ")" that closes the CREATE INDEX statement */
+  int sortOrder,     /* Sort order of primary key when pList==NULL */
+  int ifNotExist     /* Omit error if index already exists */
+){
+  Index *pRet = 0;     /* Pointer to return */
+  Table *pTab = 0;     /* Table to be indexed */
+  Index *pIndex = 0;   /* The index to be created */
+  char *zName = 0;     /* Name of the index */
+  int nName;           /* Number of characters in zName */
+  int i, j;
+  Token nullId;        /* Fake token for an empty ID list */
+  DbFixer sFix;        /* For assigning database names to pTable */
+  int sortOrderMask;   /* 1 to honor DESC in index.  0 to ignore. */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  Db *pDb;             /* The specific table containing the indexed database */
+  int iDb;             /* Index of the database that is being written */
+  Token *pName = 0;    /* Unqualified name of the index to create */
+  struct ExprList_item *pListItem; /* For looping over pList */
+  int nCol;
+  int nExtra = 0;
+  char *zExtra;
+
+  assert( pStart==0 || pEnd!=0 ); /* pEnd must be non-NULL if pStart is */
+  assert( pParse->nErr==0 );      /* Never called with prior errors */
+  if( db->mallocFailed || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){
+    goto exit_create_index;
+  }
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
+    goto exit_create_index;
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** Find the table that is to be indexed.  Return early if not found.
+  */
+  if( pTblName!=0 ){
+
+    /* Use the two-part index name to determine the database 
+    ** to search for the table. 'Fix' the table name to this db
+    ** before looking up the table.
+    */
+    assert( pName1 && pName2 );
+    iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName);
+    if( iDb<0 ) goto exit_create_index;
+    assert( pName && pName->z );
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB
+    /* If the index name was unqualified, check if the table
+    ** is a temp table. If so, set the database to 1. Do not do this
+    ** if initialising a database schema.
+    */
+    if( !db->init.busy ){
+      pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTblName);
+      if( pName2->n==0 && pTab && pTab->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema ){
+        iDb = 1;
+      }
+    }
+#endif
+
+    if( sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "index", pName) &&
+        sqlite3FixSrcList(&sFix, pTblName)
+    ){
+      /* Because the parser constructs pTblName from a single identifier,
+      ** sqlite3FixSrcList can never fail. */
+      assert(0);
+    }
+    pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, pTblName->a[0].zName, 
+        pTblName->a[0].zDatabase);
+    if( !pTab || db->mallocFailed ) goto exit_create_index;
+    assert( db->aDb[iDb].pSchema==pTab->pSchema );
+  }else{
+    assert( pName==0 );
+    assert( pStart==0 );
+    pTab = pParse->pNewTable;
+    if( !pTab ) goto exit_create_index;
+    iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
+  }
+  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
+
+  assert( pTab!=0 );
+  assert( pParse->nErr==0 );
+  if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0 
+       && memcmp(&pTab->zName[7],"altertab_",9)!=0 ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be indexed", pTab->zName);
+    goto exit_create_index;
+  }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
+  if( pTab->pSelect ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "views may not be indexed");
+    goto exit_create_index;
+  }
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "virtual tables may not be indexed");
+    goto exit_create_index;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /*
+  ** Find the name of the index.  Make sure there is not already another
+  ** index or table with the same name.  
+  **
+  ** Exception:  If we are reading the names of permanent indices from the
+  ** sqlite_master table (because some other process changed the schema) and
+  ** one of the index names collides with the name of a temporary table or
+  ** index, then we will continue to process this index.
+  **
+  ** If pName==0 it means that we are
+  ** dealing with a primary key or UNIQUE constraint.  We have to invent our
+  ** own name.
+  */
+  if( pName ){
+    zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName);
+    if( zName==0 ) goto exit_create_index;
+    assert( pName->z!=0 );
+    if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){
+      goto exit_create_index;
+    }
+    if( !db->init.busy ){
+      if( sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, 0)!=0 ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "there is already a table named %s", zName);
+        goto exit_create_index;
+      }
+    }
+    if( sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, pDb->zName)!=0 ){
+      if( !ifNotExist ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "index %s already exists", zName);
+      }else{
+        assert( !db->init.busy );
+        sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
+      }
+      goto exit_create_index;
+    }
+  }else{
+    int n;
+    Index *pLoop;
+    for(pLoop=pTab->pIndex, n=1; pLoop; pLoop=pLoop->pNext, n++){}
+    zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "sqlite_autoindex_%s_%d", pTab->zName, n);
+    if( zName==0 ){
+      goto exit_create_index;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Check for authorization to create an index.
+  */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  {
+    const char *zDb = pDb->zName;
+    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), 0, zDb) ){
+      goto exit_create_index;
+    }
+    i = SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX;
+    if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ) i = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX;
+    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, i, zName, pTab->zName, zDb) ){
+      goto exit_create_index;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* If pList==0, it means this routine was called to make a primary
+  ** key out of the last column added to the table under construction.
+  ** So create a fake list to simulate this.
+  */
+  if( pList==0 ){
+    nullId.z = pTab->aCol[pTab->nCol-1].zName;
+    nullId.n = sqlite3Strlen30((char*)nullId.z);
+    pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, 0);
+    if( pList==0 ) goto exit_create_index;
+    sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, pList, &nullId, 0);
+    pList->a[0].sortOrder = (u8)sortOrder;
+  }
+
+  /* Figure out how many bytes of space are required to store explicitly
+  ** specified collation sequence names.
+  */
+  for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
+    Expr *pExpr = pList->a[i].pExpr;
+    if( pExpr ){
+      CollSeq *pColl = pExpr->pColl;
+      /* Either pColl!=0 or there was an OOM failure.  But if an OOM
+      ** failure we have quit before reaching this point. */
+      if( ALWAYS(pColl) ){
+        nExtra += (1 + sqlite3Strlen30(pColl->zName));
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* 
+  ** Allocate the index structure. 
+  */
+  nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
+  nCol = pList->nExpr;
+  pIndex = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, 
+      ROUND8(sizeof(Index)) +              /* Index structure  */
+      ROUND8(sizeof(tRowcnt)*(nCol+1)) +   /* Index.aiRowEst   */
+      sizeof(char *)*nCol +                /* Index.azColl     */
+      sizeof(int)*nCol +                   /* Index.aiColumn   */
+      sizeof(u8)*nCol +                    /* Index.aSortOrder */
+      nName + 1 +                          /* Index.zName      */
+      nExtra                               /* Collation sequence names */
+  );
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    goto exit_create_index;
+  }
+  zExtra = (char*)pIndex;
+  pIndex->aiRowEst = (tRowcnt*)&zExtra[ROUND8(sizeof(Index))];
+  pIndex->azColl = (char**)
+     ((char*)pIndex->aiRowEst + ROUND8(sizeof(tRowcnt)*nCol+1));
+  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pIndex->aiRowEst) );
+  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pIndex->azColl) );
+  pIndex->aiColumn = (int *)(&pIndex->azColl[nCol]);
+  pIndex->aSortOrder = (u8 *)(&pIndex->aiColumn[nCol]);
+  pIndex->zName = (char *)(&pIndex->aSortOrder[nCol]);
+  zExtra = (char *)(&pIndex->zName[nName+1]);
+  memcpy(pIndex->zName, zName, nName+1);
+  pIndex->pTable = pTab;
+  pIndex->nColumn = pList->nExpr;
+  pIndex->onError = (u8)onError;
+  pIndex->autoIndex = (u8)(pName==0);
+  pIndex->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema;
+  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+
+  /* Check to see if we should honor DESC requests on index columns
+  */
+  if( pDb->pSchema->file_format>=4 ){
+    sortOrderMask = -1;   /* Honor DESC */
+  }else{
+    sortOrderMask = 0;    /* Ignore DESC */
+  }
+
+  /* Scan the names of the columns of the table to be indexed and
+  ** load the column indices into the Index structure.  Report an error
+  ** if any column is not found.
+  **
+  ** TODO:  Add a test to make sure that the same column is not named
+  ** more than once within the same index.  Only the first instance of
+  ** the column will ever be used by the optimizer.  Note that using the
+  ** same column more than once cannot be an error because that would 
+  ** break backwards compatibility - it needs to be a warning.
+  */
+  for(i=0, pListItem=pList->a; i<pList->nExpr; i++, pListItem++){
+    const char *zColName = pListItem->zName;
+    Column *pTabCol;
+    int requestedSortOrder;
+    char *zColl;                   /* Collation sequence name */
+
+    for(j=0, pTabCol=pTab->aCol; j<pTab->nCol; j++, pTabCol++){
+      if( sqlite3StrICmp(zColName, pTabCol->zName)==0 ) break;
+    }
+    if( j>=pTab->nCol ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s has no column named %s",
+        pTab->zName, zColName);
+      pParse->checkSchema = 1;
+      goto exit_create_index;
+    }
+    pIndex->aiColumn[i] = j;
+    /* Justification of the ALWAYS(pListItem->pExpr->pColl):  Because of
+    ** the way the "idxlist" non-terminal is constructed by the parser,
+    ** if pListItem->pExpr is not null then either pListItem->pExpr->pColl
+    ** must exist or else there must have been an OOM error.  But if there
+    ** was an OOM error, we would never reach this point. */
+    if( pListItem->pExpr && ALWAYS(pListItem->pExpr->pColl) ){
+      int nColl;
+      zColl = pListItem->pExpr->pColl->zName;
+      nColl = sqlite3Strlen30(zColl) + 1;
+      assert( nExtra>=nColl );
+      memcpy(zExtra, zColl, nColl);
+      zColl = zExtra;
+      zExtra += nColl;
+      nExtra -= nColl;
+    }else{
+      zColl = pTab->aCol[j].zColl;
+      if( !zColl ){
+        zColl = "BINARY";
+      }
+    }
+    if( !db->init.busy && !sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl) ){
+      goto exit_create_index;
+    }
+    pIndex->azColl[i] = zColl;
+    requestedSortOrder = pListItem->sortOrder & sortOrderMask;
+    pIndex->aSortOrder[i] = (u8)requestedSortOrder;
+  }
+  sqlite3DefaultRowEst(pIndex);
+
+  if( pTab==pParse->pNewTable ){
+    /* This routine has been called to create an automatic index as a
+    ** result of a PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE clause on a column definition, or
+    ** a PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE clause following the column definitions.
+    ** i.e. one of:
+    **
+    ** CREATE TABLE t(x PRIMARY KEY, y);
+    ** CREATE TABLE t(x, y, UNIQUE(x, y));
+    **
+    ** Either way, check to see if the table already has such an index. If
+    ** so, don't bother creating this one. This only applies to
+    ** automatically created indices. Users can do as they wish with
+    ** explicit indices.
+    **
+    ** Two UNIQUE or PRIMARY KEY constraints are considered equivalent
+    ** (and thus suppressing the second one) even if they have different
+    ** sort orders.
+    **
+    ** If there are different collating sequences or if the columns of
+    ** the constraint occur in different orders, then the constraints are
+    ** considered distinct and both result in separate indices.
+    */
+    Index *pIdx;
+    for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+      int k;
+      assert( pIdx->onError!=OE_None );
+      assert( pIdx->autoIndex );
+      assert( pIndex->onError!=OE_None );
+
+      if( pIdx->nColumn!=pIndex->nColumn ) continue;
+      for(k=0; k<pIdx->nColumn; k++){
+        const char *z1;
+        const char *z2;
+        if( pIdx->aiColumn[k]!=pIndex->aiColumn[k] ) break;
+        z1 = pIdx->azColl[k];
+        z2 = pIndex->azColl[k];
+        if( z1!=z2 && sqlite3StrICmp(z1, z2) ) break;
+      }
+      if( k==pIdx->nColumn ){
+        if( pIdx->onError!=pIndex->onError ){
+          /* This constraint creates the same index as a previous
+          ** constraint specified somewhere in the CREATE TABLE statement.
+          ** However the ON CONFLICT clauses are different. If both this 
+          ** constraint and the previous equivalent constraint have explicit
+          ** ON CONFLICT clauses this is an error. Otherwise, use the
+          ** explicitly specified behaviour for the index.
+          */
+          if( !(pIdx->onError==OE_Default || pIndex->onError==OE_Default) ){
+            sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
+                "conflicting ON CONFLICT clauses specified", 0);
+          }
+          if( pIdx->onError==OE_Default ){
+            pIdx->onError = pIndex->onError;
+          }
+        }
+        goto exit_create_index;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Link the new Index structure to its table and to the other
+  ** in-memory database structures. 
+  */
+  if( db->init.busy ){
+    Index *p;
+    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pIndex->pSchema) );
+    p = sqlite3HashInsert(&pIndex->pSchema->idxHash, 
+                          pIndex->zName, sqlite3Strlen30(pIndex->zName),
+                          pIndex);
+    if( p ){
+      assert( p==pIndex );  /* Malloc must have failed */
+      db->mallocFailed = 1;
+      goto exit_create_index;
+    }
+    db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
+    if( pTblName!=0 ){
+      pIndex->tnum = db->init.newTnum;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If the db->init.busy is 0 then create the index on disk.  This
+  ** involves writing the index into the master table and filling in the
+  ** index with the current table contents.
+  **
+  ** The db->init.busy is 0 when the user first enters a CREATE INDEX 
+  ** command.  db->init.busy is 1 when a database is opened and 
+  ** CREATE INDEX statements are read out of the master table.  In
+  ** the latter case the index already exists on disk, which is why
+  ** we don't want to recreate it.
+  **
+  ** If pTblName==0 it means this index is generated as a primary key
+  ** or UNIQUE constraint of a CREATE TABLE statement.  Since the table
+  ** has just been created, it contains no data and the index initialization
+  ** step can be skipped.
+  */
+  else{ /* if( db->init.busy==0 ) */
+    Vdbe *v;
+    char *zStmt;
+    int iMem = ++pParse->nMem;
+
+    v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+    if( v==0 ) goto exit_create_index;
+
+
+    /* Create the rootpage for the index
+    */
+    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_CreateIndex, iDb, iMem);
+
+    /* Gather the complete text of the CREATE INDEX statement into
+    ** the zStmt variable
+    */
+    if( pStart ){
+      assert( pEnd!=0 );
+      /* A named index with an explicit CREATE INDEX statement */
+      zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "CREATE%s INDEX %.*s",
+        onError==OE_None ? "" : " UNIQUE",
+        (int)(pEnd->z - pName->z) + 1,
+        pName->z);
+    }else{
+      /* An automatic index created by a PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE constraint */
+      /* zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(""); */
+      zStmt = 0;
+    }
+
+    /* Add an entry in sqlite_master for this index
+    */
+    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, 
+        "INSERT INTO %Q.%s VALUES('index',%Q,%Q,#%d,%Q);",
+        db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb),
+        pIndex->zName,
+        pTab->zName,
+        iMem,
+        zStmt
+    );
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zStmt);
+
+    /* Fill the index with data and reparse the schema. Code an OP_Expire
+    ** to invalidate all pre-compiled statements.
+    */
+    if( pTblName ){
+      sqlite3RefillIndex(pParse, pIndex, iMem);
+      sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, iDb,
+         sqlite3MPrintf(db, "name='%q' AND type='index'", pIndex->zName));
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Expire, 0);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* When adding an index to the list of indices for a table, make
+  ** sure all indices labeled OE_Replace come after all those labeled
+  ** OE_Ignore.  This is necessary for the correct constraint check
+  ** processing (in sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks()) as part of
+  ** UPDATE and INSERT statements.  
+  */
+  if( db->init.busy || pTblName==0 ){
+    if( onError!=OE_Replace || pTab->pIndex==0
+         || pTab->pIndex->onError==OE_Replace){
+      pIndex->pNext = pTab->pIndex;
+      pTab->pIndex = pIndex;
+    }else{
+      Index *pOther = pTab->pIndex;
+      while( pOther->pNext && pOther->pNext->onError!=OE_Replace ){
+        pOther = pOther->pNext;
+      }
+      pIndex->pNext = pOther->pNext;
+      pOther->pNext = pIndex;
+    }
+    pRet = pIndex;
+    pIndex = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* Clean up before exiting */
+exit_create_index:
+  if( pIndex ){
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pIndex->zColAff);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pIndex);
+  }
+  sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList);
+  sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTblName);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, zName);
+  return pRet;
+}
+
+/*
+** Fill the Index.aiRowEst[] array with default information - information
+** to be used when we have not run the ANALYZE command.
+**
+** aiRowEst[0] is suppose to contain the number of elements in the index.
+** Since we do not know, guess 1 million.  aiRowEst[1] is an estimate of the
+** number of rows in the table that match any particular value of the
+** first column of the index.  aiRowEst[2] is an estimate of the number
+** of rows that match any particular combiniation of the first 2 columns
+** of the index.  And so forth.  It must always be the case that
+*
+**           aiRowEst[N]<=aiRowEst[N-1]
+**           aiRowEst[N]>=1
+**
+** Apart from that, we have little to go on besides intuition as to
+** how aiRowEst[] should be initialized.  The numbers generated here
+** are based on typical values found in actual indices.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DefaultRowEst(Index *pIdx){
+  tRowcnt *a = pIdx->aiRowEst;
+  int i;
+  tRowcnt n;
+  assert( a!=0 );
+  a[0] = pIdx->pTable->nRowEst;
+  if( a[0]<10 ) a[0] = 10;
+  n = 10;
+  for(i=1; i<=pIdx->nColumn; i++){
+    a[i] = n;
+    if( n>5 ) n--;
+  }
+  if( pIdx->onError!=OE_None ){
+    a[pIdx->nColumn] = 1;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine will drop an existing named index.  This routine
+** implements the DROP INDEX statement.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropIndex(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int ifExists){
+  Index *pIndex;
+  Vdbe *v;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  int iDb;
+
+  assert( pParse->nErr==0 );   /* Never called with prior errors */
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    goto exit_drop_index;
+  }
+  assert( pName->nSrc==1 );
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
+    goto exit_drop_index;
+  }
+  pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(db, pName->a[0].zName, pName->a[0].zDatabase);
+  if( pIndex==0 ){
+    if( !ifExists ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such index: %S", pName, 0);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(pParse, pName->a[0].zDatabase);
+    }
+    pParse->checkSchema = 1;
+    goto exit_drop_index;
+  }
+  if( pIndex->autoIndex ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "index associated with UNIQUE "
+      "or PRIMARY KEY constraint cannot be dropped", 0);
+    goto exit_drop_index;
+  }
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pIndex->pSchema);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  {
+    int code = SQLITE_DROP_INDEX;
+    Table *pTab = pIndex->pTable;
+    const char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
+    const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb);
+    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb) ){
+      goto exit_drop_index;
+    }
+    if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb ) code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX;
+    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pIndex->zName, pTab->zName, zDb) ){
+      goto exit_drop_index;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Generate code to remove the index and from the master table */
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v ){
+    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb);
+    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
+       "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE name=%Q AND type='index'",
+       db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), pIndex->zName
+    );
+    sqlite3ClearStatTables(pParse, iDb, "idx", pIndex->zName);
+    sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
+    destroyRootPage(pParse, pIndex->tnum, iDb);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropIndex, iDb, 0, 0, pIndex->zName, 0);
+  }
+
+exit_drop_index:
+  sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pName);
+}
+
+/*
+** pArray is a pointer to an array of objects. Each object in the
+** array is szEntry bytes in size. This routine uses sqlite3DbRealloc()
+** to extend the array so that there is space for a new object at the end.
+**
+** When this function is called, *pnEntry contains the current size of
+** the array (in entries - so the allocation is ((*pnEntry) * szEntry) bytes
+** in total).
+**
+** If the realloc() is successful (i.e. if no OOM condition occurs), the
+** space allocated for the new object is zeroed, *pnEntry updated to
+** reflect the new size of the array and a pointer to the new allocation
+** returned. *pIdx is set to the index of the new array entry in this case.
+**
+** Otherwise, if the realloc() fails, *pIdx is set to -1, *pnEntry remains
+** unchanged and a copy of pArray returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ArrayAllocate(
+  sqlite3 *db,      /* Connection to notify of malloc failures */
+  void *pArray,     /* Array of objects.  Might be reallocated */
+  int szEntry,      /* Size of each object in the array */
+  int *pnEntry,     /* Number of objects currently in use */
+  int *pIdx         /* Write the index of a new slot here */
+){
+  char *z;
+  int n = *pnEntry;
+  if( (n & (n-1))==0 ){
+    int sz = (n==0) ? 1 : 2*n;
+    void *pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pArray, sz*szEntry);
+    if( pNew==0 ){
+      *pIdx = -1;
+      return pArray;
+    }
+    pArray = pNew;
+  }
+  z = (char*)pArray;
+  memset(&z[n * szEntry], 0, szEntry);
+  *pIdx = n;
+  ++*pnEntry;
+  return pArray;
+}
+
+/*
+** Append a new element to the given IdList.  Create a new IdList if
+** need be.
+**
+** A new IdList is returned, or NULL if malloc() fails.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE IdList *sqlite3IdListAppend(sqlite3 *db, IdList *pList, Token *pToken){
+  int i;
+  if( pList==0 ){
+    pList = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(IdList) );
+    if( pList==0 ) return 0;
+  }
+  pList->a = sqlite3ArrayAllocate(
+      db,
+      pList->a,
+      sizeof(pList->a[0]),
+      &pList->nId,
+      &i
+  );
+  if( i<0 ){
+    sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pList);
+    return 0;
+  }
+  pList->a[i].zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pToken);
+  return pList;
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete an IdList.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3IdListDelete(sqlite3 *db, IdList *pList){
+  int i;
+  if( pList==0 ) return;
+  for(i=0; i<pList->nId; i++){
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pList->a[i].zName);
+  }
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, pList->a);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, pList);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the index in pList of the identifier named zId.  Return -1
+** if not found.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IdListIndex(IdList *pList, const char *zName){
+  int i;
+  if( pList==0 ) return -1;
+  for(i=0; i<pList->nId; i++){
+    if( sqlite3StrICmp(pList->a[i].zName, zName)==0 ) return i;
+  }
+  return -1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Expand the space allocated for the given SrcList object by
+** creating nExtra new slots beginning at iStart.  iStart is zero based.
+** New slots are zeroed.
+**
+** For example, suppose a SrcList initially contains two entries: A,B.
+** To append 3 new entries onto the end, do this:
+**
+**    sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(db, pSrclist, 3, 2);
+**
+** After the call above it would contain:  A, B, nil, nil, nil.
+** If the iStart argument had been 1 instead of 2, then the result
+** would have been:  A, nil, nil, nil, B.  To prepend the new slots,
+** the iStart value would be 0.  The result then would
+** be: nil, nil, nil, A, B.
+**
+** If a memory allocation fails the SrcList is unchanged.  The
+** db->mallocFailed flag will be set to true.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(
+  sqlite3 *db,       /* Database connection to notify of OOM errors */
+  SrcList *pSrc,     /* The SrcList to be enlarged */
+  int nExtra,        /* Number of new slots to add to pSrc->a[] */
+  int iStart         /* Index in pSrc->a[] of first new slot */
+){
+  int i;
+
+  /* Sanity checking on calling parameters */
+  assert( iStart>=0 );
+  assert( nExtra>=1 );
+  assert( pSrc!=0 );
+  assert( iStart<=pSrc->nSrc );
+
+  /* Allocate additional space if needed */
+  if( pSrc->nSrc+nExtra>pSrc->nAlloc ){
+    SrcList *pNew;
+    int nAlloc = pSrc->nSrc+nExtra;
+    int nGot;
+    pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pSrc,
+               sizeof(*pSrc) + (nAlloc-1)*sizeof(pSrc->a[0]) );
+    if( pNew==0 ){
+      assert( db->mallocFailed );
+      return pSrc;
+    }
+    pSrc = pNew;
+    nGot = (sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, pNew) - sizeof(*pSrc))/sizeof(pSrc->a[0])+1;
+    pSrc->nAlloc = (u16)nGot;
+  }
+
+  /* Move existing slots that come after the newly inserted slots
+  ** out of the way */
+  for(i=pSrc->nSrc-1; i>=iStart; i--){
+    pSrc->a[i+nExtra] = pSrc->a[i];
+  }
+  pSrc->nSrc += (i16)nExtra;
+
+  /* Zero the newly allocated slots */
+  memset(&pSrc->a[iStart], 0, sizeof(pSrc->a[0])*nExtra);
+  for(i=iStart; i<iStart+nExtra; i++){
+    pSrc->a[i].iCursor = -1;
+  }
+
+  /* Return a pointer to the enlarged SrcList */
+  return pSrc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Append a new table name to the given SrcList.  Create a new SrcList if
+** need be.  A new entry is created in the SrcList even if pTable is NULL.
+**
+** A SrcList is returned, or NULL if there is an OOM error.  The returned
+** SrcList might be the same as the SrcList that was input or it might be
+** a new one.  If an OOM error does occurs, then the prior value of pList
+** that is input to this routine is automatically freed.
+**
+** If pDatabase is not null, it means that the table has an optional
+** database name prefix.  Like this:  "database.table".  The pDatabase
+** points to the table name and the pTable points to the database name.
+** The SrcList.a[].zName field is filled with the table name which might
+** come from pTable (if pDatabase is NULL) or from pDatabase.  
+** SrcList.a[].zDatabase is filled with the database name from pTable,
+** or with NULL if no database is specified.
+**
+** In other words, if call like this:
+**
+**         sqlite3SrcListAppend(D,A,B,0);
+**
+** Then B is a table name and the database name is unspecified.  If called
+** like this:
+**
+**         sqlite3SrcListAppend(D,A,B,C);
+**
+** Then C is the table name and B is the database name.  If C is defined
+** then so is B.  In other words, we never have a case where:
+**
+**         sqlite3SrcListAppend(D,A,0,C);
+**
+** Both pTable and pDatabase are assumed to be quoted.  They are dequoted
+** before being added to the SrcList.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppend(
+  sqlite3 *db,        /* Connection to notify of malloc failures */
+  SrcList *pList,     /* Append to this SrcList. NULL creates a new SrcList */
+  Token *pTable,      /* Table to append */
+  Token *pDatabase    /* Database of the table */
+){
+  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
+  assert( pDatabase==0 || pTable!=0 );  /* Cannot have C without B */
+  if( pList==0 ){
+    pList = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(SrcList) );
+    if( pList==0 ) return 0;
+    pList->nAlloc = 1;
+  }
+  pList = sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(db, pList, 1, pList->nSrc);
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pList);
+    return 0;
+  }
+  pItem = &pList->a[pList->nSrc-1];
+  if( pDatabase && pDatabase->z==0 ){
+    pDatabase = 0;
+  }
+  if( pDatabase ){
+    Token *pTemp = pDatabase;
+    pDatabase = pTable;
+    pTable = pTemp;
+  }
+  pItem->zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pTable);
+  pItem->zDatabase = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pDatabase);
+  return pList;
+}
+
+/*
+** Assign VdbeCursor index numbers to all tables in a SrcList
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pList){
+  int i;
+  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
+  assert(pList || pParse->db->mallocFailed );
+  if( pList ){
+    for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; i<pList->nSrc; i++, pItem++){
+      if( pItem->iCursor>=0 ) break;
+      pItem->iCursor = pParse->nTab++;
+      if( pItem->pSelect ){
+        sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, pItem->pSelect->pSrc);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete an entire SrcList including all its substructure.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListDelete(sqlite3 *db, SrcList *pList){
+  int i;
+  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
+  if( pList==0 ) return;
+  for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; i<pList->nSrc; i++, pItem++){
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zDatabase);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zName);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zAlias);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zIndex);
+    sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pItem->pTab);
+    sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pItem->pSelect);
+    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pItem->pOn);
+    sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pItem->pUsing);
+  }
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, pList);
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called by the parser to add a new term to the
+** end of a growing FROM clause.  The "p" parameter is the part of
+** the FROM clause that has already been constructed.  "p" is NULL
+** if this is the first term of the FROM clause.  pTable and pDatabase
+** are the name of the table and database named in the FROM clause term.
+** pDatabase is NULL if the database name qualifier is missing - the
+** usual case.  If the term has a alias, then pAlias points to the
+** alias token.  If the term is a subquery, then pSubquery is the
+** SELECT statement that the subquery encodes.  The pTable and
+** pDatabase parameters are NULL for subqueries.  The pOn and pUsing
+** parameters are the content of the ON and USING clauses.
+**
+** Return a new SrcList which encodes is the FROM with the new
+** term added.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(
+  Parse *pParse,          /* Parsing context */
+  SrcList *p,             /* The left part of the FROM clause already seen */
+  Token *pTable,          /* Name of the table to add to the FROM clause */
+  Token *pDatabase,       /* Name of the database containing pTable */
+  Token *pAlias,          /* The right-hand side of the AS subexpression */
+  Select *pSubquery,      /* A subquery used in place of a table name */
+  Expr *pOn,              /* The ON clause of a join */
+  IdList *pUsing          /* The USING clause of a join */
+){
+  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  if( !p && (pOn || pUsing) ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a JOIN clause is required before %s", 
+      (pOn ? "ON" : "USING")
+    );
+    goto append_from_error;
+  }
+  p = sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, p, pTable, pDatabase);
+  if( p==0 || NEVER(p->nSrc==0) ){
+    goto append_from_error;
+  }
+  pItem = &p->a[p->nSrc-1];
+  assert( pAlias!=0 );
+  if( pAlias->n ){
+    pItem->zAlias = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pAlias);
+  }
+  pItem->pSelect = pSubquery;
+  pItem->pOn = pOn;
+  pItem->pUsing = pUsing;
+  return p;
+
+ append_from_error:
+  assert( p==0 );
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pOn);
+  sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pUsing);
+  sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSubquery);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Add an INDEXED BY or NOT INDEXED clause to the most recently added 
+** element of the source-list passed as the second argument.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(Parse *pParse, SrcList *p, Token *pIndexedBy){
+  assert( pIndexedBy!=0 );
+  if( p && ALWAYS(p->nSrc>0) ){
+    struct SrcList_item *pItem = &p->a[p->nSrc-1];
+    assert( pItem->notIndexed==0 && pItem->zIndex==0 );
+    if( pIndexedBy->n==1 && !pIndexedBy->z ){
+      /* A "NOT INDEXED" clause was supplied. See parse.y 
+      ** construct "indexed_opt" for details. */
+      pItem->notIndexed = 1;
+    }else{
+      pItem->zIndex = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pIndexedBy);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** When building up a FROM clause in the parser, the join operator
+** is initially attached to the left operand.  But the code generator
+** expects the join operator to be on the right operand.  This routine
+** Shifts all join operators from left to right for an entire FROM
+** clause.
+**
+** Example: Suppose the join is like this:
+**
+**           A natural cross join B
+**
+** The operator is "natural cross join".  The A and B operands are stored
+** in p->a[0] and p->a[1], respectively.  The parser initially stores the
+** operator with A.  This routine shifts that operator over to B.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(SrcList *p){
+  if( p ){
+    int i;
+    assert( p->a || p->nSrc==0 );
+    for(i=p->nSrc-1; i>0; i--){
+      p->a[i].jointype = p->a[i-1].jointype;
+    }
+    p->a[0].jointype = 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Begin a transaction
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginTransaction(Parse *pParse, int type){
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  Vdbe *v;
+  int i;
+
+  assert( pParse!=0 );
+  db = pParse->db;
+  assert( db!=0 );
+/*  if( db->aDb[0].pBt==0 ) return; */
+  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION, "BEGIN", 0, 0) ){
+    return;
+  }
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( !v ) return;
+  if( type!=TK_DEFERRED ){
+    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Transaction, i, (type==TK_EXCLUSIVE)+1);
+      sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, i);
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AutoCommit, 0, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Commit a transaction
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CommitTransaction(Parse *pParse){
+  Vdbe *v;
+
+  assert( pParse!=0 );
+  assert( pParse->db!=0 );
+  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION, "COMMIT", 0, 0) ){
+    return;
+  }
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AutoCommit, 1, 0);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Rollback a transaction
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RollbackTransaction(Parse *pParse){
+  Vdbe *v;
+
+  assert( pParse!=0 );
+  assert( pParse->db!=0 );
+  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION, "ROLLBACK", 0, 0) ){
+    return;
+  }
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AutoCommit, 1, 1);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called by the parser when it parses a command to create,
+** release or rollback an SQL savepoint. 
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Savepoint(Parse *pParse, int op, Token *pName){
+  char *zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pName);
+  if( zName ){
+    Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+    static const char * const az[] = { "BEGIN", "RELEASE", "ROLLBACK" };
+    assert( !SAVEPOINT_BEGIN && SAVEPOINT_RELEASE==1 && SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK==2 );
+#endif
+    if( !v || sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_SAVEPOINT, az[op], zName, 0) ){
+      sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, zName);
+      return;
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Savepoint, op, 0, 0, zName, P4_DYNAMIC);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Make sure the TEMP database is open and available for use.  Return
+** the number of errors.  Leave any error messages in the pParse structure.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(Parse *pParse){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  if( db->aDb[1].pBt==0 && !pParse->explain ){
+    int rc;
+    Btree *pBt;
+    static const int flags = 
+          SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE |
+          SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
+          SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE |
+          SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE |
+          SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB;
+
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(db->pVfs, 0, db, &pBt, 0, flags);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unable to open a temporary database "
+        "file for storing temporary tables");
+      pParse->rc = rc;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    db->aDb[1].pBt = pBt;
+    assert( db->aDb[1].pSchema );
+    if( SQLITE_NOMEM==sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pBt, db->nextPagesize, -1, 0) ){
+      db->mallocFailed = 1;
+      return 1;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate VDBE code that will verify the schema cookie and start
+** a read-transaction for all named database files.
+**
+** It is important that all schema cookies be verified and all
+** read transactions be started before anything else happens in
+** the VDBE program.  But this routine can be called after much other
+** code has been generated.  So here is what we do:
+**
+** The first time this routine is called, we code an OP_Goto that
+** will jump to a subroutine at the end of the program.  Then we
+** record every database that needs its schema verified in the
+** pParse->cookieMask field.  Later, after all other code has been
+** generated, the subroutine that does the cookie verifications and
+** starts the transactions will be coded and the OP_Goto P2 value
+** will be made to point to that subroutine.  The generation of the
+** cookie verification subroutine code happens in sqlite3FinishCoding().
+**
+** If iDb<0 then code the OP_Goto only - don't set flag to verify the
+** schema on any databases.  This can be used to position the OP_Goto
+** early in the code, before we know if any database tables will be used.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(Parse *pParse, int iDb){
+  Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
+
+  if( pToplevel->cookieGoto==0 ){
+    Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pToplevel);
+    if( v==0 ) return;  /* This only happens if there was a prior error */
+    pToplevel->cookieGoto = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0)+1;
+  }
+  if( iDb>=0 ){
+    sqlite3 *db = pToplevel->db;
+    yDbMask mask;
+
+    assert( iDb<db->nDb );
+    assert( db->aDb[iDb].pBt!=0 || iDb==1 );
+    assert( iDb<SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED+2 );
+    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+    mask = ((yDbMask)1)<<iDb;
+    if( (pToplevel->cookieMask & mask)==0 ){
+      pToplevel->cookieMask |= mask;
+      pToplevel->cookieValue[iDb] = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie;
+      if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){
+        sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(pToplevel);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** If argument zDb is NULL, then call sqlite3CodeVerifySchema() for each 
+** attached database. Otherwise, invoke it for the database named zDb only.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(Parse *pParse, const char *zDb){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+    Db *pDb = &db->aDb[i];
+    if( pDb->pBt && (!zDb || 0==sqlite3StrICmp(zDb, pDb->zName)) ){
+      sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, i);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate VDBE code that prepares for doing an operation that
+** might change the database.
+**
+** This routine starts a new transaction if we are not already within
+** a transaction.  If we are already within a transaction, then a checkpoint
+** is set if the setStatement parameter is true.  A checkpoint should
+** be set for operations that might fail (due to a constraint) part of
+** the way through and which will need to undo some writes without having to
+** rollback the whole transaction.  For operations where all constraints
+** can be checked before any changes are made to the database, it is never
+** necessary to undo a write and the checkpoint should not be set.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(Parse *pParse, int setStatement, int iDb){
+  Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
+  sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
+  pToplevel->writeMask |= ((yDbMask)1)<<iDb;
+  pToplevel->isMultiWrite |= setStatement;
+}
+
+/*
+** Indicate that the statement currently under construction might write
+** more than one entry (example: deleting one row then inserting another,
+** inserting multiple rows in a table, or inserting a row and index entries.)
+** If an abort occurs after some of these writes have completed, then it will
+** be necessary to undo the completed writes.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MultiWrite(Parse *pParse){
+  Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
+  pToplevel->isMultiWrite = 1;
+}
+
+/* 
+** The code generator calls this routine if is discovers that it is
+** possible to abort a statement prior to completion.  In order to 
+** perform this abort without corrupting the database, we need to make
+** sure that the statement is protected by a statement transaction.
+**
+** Technically, we only need to set the mayAbort flag if the
+** isMultiWrite flag was previously set.  There is a time dependency
+** such that the abort must occur after the multiwrite.  This makes
+** some statements involving the REPLACE conflict resolution algorithm
+** go a little faster.  But taking advantage of this time dependency
+** makes it more difficult to prove that the code is correct (in 
+** particular, it prevents us from writing an effective
+** implementation of sqlite3AssertMayAbort()) and so we have chosen
+** to take the safe route and skip the optimization.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MayAbort(Parse *pParse){
+  Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
+  pToplevel->mayAbort = 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Code an OP_Halt that causes the vdbe to return an SQLITE_CONSTRAINT
+** error. The onError parameter determines which (if any) of the statement
+** and/or current transaction is rolled back.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HaltConstraint(Parse *pParse, int onError, char *p4, int p4type){
+  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( onError==OE_Abort ){
+    sqlite3MayAbort(pParse);
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, onError, 0, p4, p4type);
+}
+
+/*
+** Check to see if pIndex uses the collating sequence pColl.  Return
+** true if it does and false if it does not.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX
+static int collationMatch(const char *zColl, Index *pIndex){
+  int i;
+  assert( zColl!=0 );
+  for(i=0; i<pIndex->nColumn; i++){
+    const char *z = pIndex->azColl[i];
+    assert( z!=0 );
+    if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, zColl) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Recompute all indices of pTab that use the collating sequence pColl.
+** If pColl==0 then recompute all indices of pTab.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX
+static void reindexTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, char const *zColl){
+  Index *pIndex;              /* An index associated with pTab */
+
+  for(pIndex=pTab->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pIndex->pNext){
+    if( zColl==0 || collationMatch(zColl, pIndex) ){
+      int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
+      sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
+      sqlite3RefillIndex(pParse, pIndex, -1);
+    }
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Recompute all indices of all tables in all databases where the
+** indices use the collating sequence pColl.  If pColl==0 then recompute
+** all indices everywhere.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX
+static void reindexDatabases(Parse *pParse, char const *zColl){
+  Db *pDb;                    /* A single database */
+  int iDb;                    /* The database index number */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;   /* The database connection */
+  HashElem *k;                /* For looping over tables in pDb */
+  Table *pTab;                /* A table in the database */
+
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );  /* Needed for schema access */
+  for(iDb=0, pDb=db->aDb; iDb<db->nDb; iDb++, pDb++){
+    assert( pDb!=0 );
+    for(k=sqliteHashFirst(&pDb->pSchema->tblHash);  k; k=sqliteHashNext(k)){
+      pTab = (Table*)sqliteHashData(k);
+      reindexTable(pParse, pTab, zColl);
+    }
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Generate code for the REINDEX command.
+**
+**        REINDEX                            -- 1
+**        REINDEX  <collation>               -- 2
+**        REINDEX  ?<database>.?<tablename>  -- 3
+**        REINDEX  ?<database>.?<indexname>  -- 4
+**
+** Form 1 causes all indices in all attached databases to be rebuilt.
+** Form 2 rebuilds all indices in all databases that use the named
+** collating function.  Forms 3 and 4 rebuild the named index or all
+** indices associated with the named table.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Reindex(Parse *pParse, Token *pName1, Token *pName2){
+  CollSeq *pColl;             /* Collating sequence to be reindexed, or NULL */
+  char *z;                    /* Name of a table or index */
+  const char *zDb;            /* Name of the database */
+  Table *pTab;                /* A table in the database */
+  Index *pIndex;              /* An index associated with pTab */
+  int iDb;                    /* The database index number */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;   /* The database connection */
+  Token *pObjName;            /* Name of the table or index to be reindexed */
+
+  /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message
+  ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
+    return;
+  }
+
+  if( pName1==0 ){
+    reindexDatabases(pParse, 0);
+    return;
+  }else if( NEVER(pName2==0) || pName2->z==0 ){
+    char *zColl;
+    assert( pName1->z );
+    zColl = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pName1);
+    if( !zColl ) return;
+    pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), zColl, 0);
+    if( pColl ){
+      reindexDatabases(pParse, zColl);
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, zColl);
+      return;
+    }
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zColl);
+  }
+  iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pObjName);
+  if( iDb<0 ) return;
+  z = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pObjName);
+  if( z==0 ) return;
+  zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
+  pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, z, zDb);
+  if( pTab ){
+    reindexTable(pParse, pTab, 0);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
+    return;
+  }
+  pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(db, z, zDb);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
+  if( pIndex ){
+    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
+    sqlite3RefillIndex(pParse, pIndex, -1);
+    return;
+  }
+  sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unable to identify the object to be reindexed");
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Return a dynamicly allocated KeyInfo structure that can be used
+** with OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite to access database index pIdx.
+**
+** If successful, a pointer to the new structure is returned. In this case
+** the caller is responsible for calling sqlite3DbFree(db, ) on the returned 
+** pointer. If an error occurs (out of memory or missing collation 
+** sequence), NULL is returned and the state of pParse updated to reflect
+** the error.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE KeyInfo *sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(Parse *pParse, Index *pIdx){
+  int i;
+  int nCol = pIdx->nColumn;
+  int nBytes = sizeof(KeyInfo) + (nCol-1)*sizeof(CollSeq*) + nCol;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  KeyInfo *pKey = (KeyInfo *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nBytes);
+
+  if( pKey ){
+    pKey->db = pParse->db;
+    pKey->aSortOrder = (u8 *)&(pKey->aColl[nCol]);
+    assert( &pKey->aSortOrder[nCol]==&(((u8 *)pKey)[nBytes]) );
+    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+      char *zColl = pIdx->azColl[i];
+      assert( zColl );
+      pKey->aColl[i] = sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl);
+      pKey->aSortOrder[i] = pIdx->aSortOrder[i];
+    }
+    pKey->nField = (u16)nCol;
+  }
+
+  if( pParse->nErr ){
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pKey);
+    pKey = 0;
+  }
+  return pKey;
+}
+
+/************** End of build.c ***********************************************/
+/************** Begin file callback.c ****************************************/
+/*
+** 2005 May 23 
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains functions used to access the internal hash tables
+** of user defined functions and collation sequences.
+*/
+
+
+/*
+** Invoke the 'collation needed' callback to request a collation sequence
+** in the encoding enc of name zName, length nName.
+*/
+static void callCollNeeded(sqlite3 *db, int enc, const char *zName){
+  assert( !db->xCollNeeded || !db->xCollNeeded16 );
+  if( db->xCollNeeded ){
+    char *zExternal = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zName);
+    if( !zExternal ) return;
+    db->xCollNeeded(db->pCollNeededArg, db, enc, zExternal);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zExternal);
+  }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+  if( db->xCollNeeded16 ){
+    char const *zExternal;
+    sqlite3_value *pTmp = sqlite3ValueNew(db);
+    sqlite3ValueSetStr(pTmp, -1, zName, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
+    zExternal = sqlite3ValueText(pTmp, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
+    if( zExternal ){
+      db->xCollNeeded16(db->pCollNeededArg, db, (int)ENC(db), zExternal);
+    }
+    sqlite3ValueFree(pTmp);
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called if the collation factory fails to deliver a
+** collation function in the best encoding but there may be other versions
+** of this collation function (for other text encodings) available. Use one
+** of these instead if they exist. Avoid a UTF-8 <-> UTF-16 conversion if
+** possible.
+*/
+static int synthCollSeq(sqlite3 *db, CollSeq *pColl){
+  CollSeq *pColl2;
+  char *z = pColl->zName;
+  int i;
+  static const u8 aEnc[] = { SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_UTF16LE, SQLITE_UTF8 };
+  for(i=0; i<3; i++){
+    pColl2 = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, aEnc[i], z, 0);
+    if( pColl2->xCmp!=0 ){
+      memcpy(pColl, pColl2, sizeof(CollSeq));
+      pColl->xDel = 0;         /* Do not copy the destructor */
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_ERROR;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is responsible for invoking the collation factory callback
+** or substituting a collation sequence of a different encoding when the
+** requested collation sequence is not available in the desired encoding.
+** 
+** If it is not NULL, then pColl must point to the database native encoding 
+** collation sequence with name zName, length nName.
+**
+** The return value is either the collation sequence to be used in database
+** db for collation type name zName, length nName, or NULL, if no collation
+** sequence can be found.
+**
+** See also: sqlite3LocateCollSeq(), sqlite3FindCollSeq()
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3GetCollSeq(
+  sqlite3* db,          /* The database connection */
+  u8 enc,               /* The desired encoding for the collating sequence */
+  CollSeq *pColl,       /* Collating sequence with native encoding, or NULL */
+  const char *zName     /* Collating sequence name */
+){
+  CollSeq *p;
+
+  p = pColl;
+  if( !p ){
+    p = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, enc, zName, 0);
+  }
+  if( !p || !p->xCmp ){
+    /* No collation sequence of this type for this encoding is registered.
+    ** Call the collation factory to see if it can supply us with one.
+    */
+    callCollNeeded(db, enc, zName);
+    p = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, enc, zName, 0);
+  }
+  if( p && !p->xCmp && synthCollSeq(db, p) ){
+    p = 0;
+  }
+  assert( !p || p->xCmp );
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called on a collation sequence before it is used to
+** check that it is defined. An undefined collation sequence exists when
+** a database is loaded that contains references to collation sequences
+** that have not been defined by sqlite3_create_collation() etc.
+**
+** If required, this routine calls the 'collation needed' callback to
+** request a definition of the collating sequence. If this doesn't work, 
+** an equivalent collating sequence that uses a text encoding different
+** from the main database is substituted, if one is available.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CheckCollSeq(Parse *pParse, CollSeq *pColl){
+  if( pColl ){
+    const char *zName = pColl->zName;
+    sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+    CollSeq *p = sqlite3GetCollSeq(db, ENC(db), pColl, zName);
+    if( !p ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such collation sequence: %s", zName);
+      pParse->nErr++;
+      return SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }
+    assert( p==pColl );
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+** Locate and return an entry from the db.aCollSeq hash table. If the entry
+** specified by zName and nName is not found and parameter 'create' is
+** true, then create a new entry. Otherwise return NULL.
+**
+** Each pointer stored in the sqlite3.aCollSeq hash table contains an
+** array of three CollSeq structures. The first is the collation sequence
+** prefferred for UTF-8, the second UTF-16le, and the third UTF-16be.
+**
+** Stored immediately after the three collation sequences is a copy of
+** the collation sequence name. A pointer to this string is stored in
+** each collation sequence structure.
+*/
+static CollSeq *findCollSeqEntry(
+  sqlite3 *db,          /* Database connection */
+  const char *zName,    /* Name of the collating sequence */
+  int create            /* Create a new entry if true */
+){
+  CollSeq *pColl;
+  int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
+  pColl = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aCollSeq, zName, nName);
+
+  if( 0==pColl && create ){
+    pColl = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, 3*sizeof(*pColl) + nName + 1 );
+    if( pColl ){
+      CollSeq *pDel = 0;
+      pColl[0].zName = (char*)&pColl[3];
+      pColl[0].enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+      pColl[1].zName = (char*)&pColl[3];
+      pColl[1].enc = SQLITE_UTF16LE;
+      pColl[2].zName = (char*)&pColl[3];
+      pColl[2].enc = SQLITE_UTF16BE;
+      memcpy(pColl[0].zName, zName, nName);
+      pColl[0].zName[nName] = 0;
+      pDel = sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aCollSeq, pColl[0].zName, nName, pColl);
+
+      /* If a malloc() failure occurred in sqlite3HashInsert(), it will 
+      ** return the pColl pointer to be deleted (because it wasn't added
+      ** to the hash table).
+      */
+      assert( pDel==0 || pDel==pColl );
+      if( pDel!=0 ){
+        db->mallocFailed = 1;
+        sqlite3DbFree(db, pDel);
+        pColl = 0;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return pColl;
+}
+
+/*
+** Parameter zName points to a UTF-8 encoded string nName bytes long.
+** Return the CollSeq* pointer for the collation sequence named zName
+** for the encoding 'enc' from the database 'db'.
+**
+** If the entry specified is not found and 'create' is true, then create a
+** new entry.  Otherwise return NULL.
+**
+** A separate function sqlite3LocateCollSeq() is a wrapper around
+** this routine.  sqlite3LocateCollSeq() invokes the collation factory
+** if necessary and generates an error message if the collating sequence
+** cannot be found.
+**
+** See also: sqlite3LocateCollSeq(), sqlite3GetCollSeq()
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3FindCollSeq(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  u8 enc,
+  const char *zName,
+  int create
+){
+  CollSeq *pColl;
+  if( zName ){
+    pColl = findCollSeqEntry(db, zName, create);
+  }else{
+    pColl = db->pDfltColl;
+  }
+  assert( SQLITE_UTF8==1 && SQLITE_UTF16LE==2 && SQLITE_UTF16BE==3 );
+  assert( enc>=SQLITE_UTF8 && enc<=SQLITE_UTF16BE );
+  if( pColl ) pColl += enc-1;
+  return pColl;
+}
+
+/* During the search for the best function definition, this procedure
+** is called to test how well the function passed as the first argument
+** matches the request for a function with nArg arguments in a system
+** that uses encoding enc. The value returned indicates how well the
+** request is matched. A higher value indicates a better match.
+**
+** If nArg is -1 that means to only return a match (non-zero) if p->nArg
+** is also -1.  In other words, we are searching for a function that
+** takes a variable number of arguments.
+**
+** If nArg is -2 that means that we are searching for any function 
+** regardless of the number of arguments it uses, so return a positive
+** match score for any
+**
+** The returned value is always between 0 and 6, as follows:
+**
+** 0: Not a match.
+** 1: UTF8/16 conversion required and function takes any number of arguments.
+** 2: UTF16 byte order change required and function takes any number of args.
+** 3: encoding matches and function takes any number of arguments
+** 4: UTF8/16 conversion required - argument count matches exactly
+** 5: UTF16 byte order conversion required - argument count matches exactly
+** 6: Perfect match:  encoding and argument count match exactly.
+**
+** If nArg==(-2) then any function with a non-null xStep or xFunc is
+** a perfect match and any function with both xStep and xFunc NULL is
+** a non-match.
+*/
+#define FUNC_PERFECT_MATCH 6  /* The score for a perfect match */
+static int matchQuality(
+  FuncDef *p,     /* The function we are evaluating for match quality */
+  int nArg,       /* Desired number of arguments.  (-1)==any */
+  u8 enc          /* Desired text encoding */
+){
+  int match;
+
+  /* nArg of -2 is a special case */
+  if( nArg==(-2) ) return (p->xFunc==0 && p->xStep==0) ? 0 : FUNC_PERFECT_MATCH;
+
+  /* Wrong number of arguments means "no match" */
+  if( p->nArg!=nArg && p->nArg>=0 ) return 0;
+
+  /* Give a better score to a function with a specific number of arguments
+  ** than to function that accepts any number of arguments. */
+  if( p->nArg==nArg ){
+    match = 4;
+  }else{
+    match = 1;
+  }
+
+  /* Bonus points if the text encoding matches */
+  if( enc==p->iPrefEnc ){
+    match += 2;  /* Exact encoding match */
+  }else if( (enc & p->iPrefEnc & 2)!=0 ){
+    match += 1;  /* Both are UTF16, but with different byte orders */
+  }
+
+  return match;
+}
+
+/*
+** Search a FuncDefHash for a function with the given name.  Return
+** a pointer to the matching FuncDef if found, or 0 if there is no match.
+*/
+static FuncDef *functionSearch(
+  FuncDefHash *pHash,  /* Hash table to search */
+  int h,               /* Hash of the name */
+  const char *zFunc,   /* Name of function */
+  int nFunc            /* Number of bytes in zFunc */
+){
+  FuncDef *p;
+  for(p=pHash->a[h]; p; p=p->pHash){
+    if( sqlite3StrNICmp(p->zName, zFunc, nFunc)==0 && p->zName[nFunc]==0 ){
+      return p;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Insert a new FuncDef into a FuncDefHash hash table.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FuncDefInsert(
+  FuncDefHash *pHash,  /* The hash table into which to insert */
+  FuncDef *pDef        /* The function definition to insert */
+){
+  FuncDef *pOther;
+  int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(pDef->zName);
+  u8 c1 = (u8)pDef->zName[0];
+  int h = (sqlite3UpperToLower[c1] + nName) % ArraySize(pHash->a);
+  pOther = functionSearch(pHash, h, pDef->zName, nName);
+  if( pOther ){
+    assert( pOther!=pDef && pOther->pNext!=pDef );
+    pDef->pNext = pOther->pNext;
+    pOther->pNext = pDef;
+  }else{
+    pDef->pNext = 0;
+    pDef->pHash = pHash->a[h];
+    pHash->a[h] = pDef;
+  }
+}
+  
+  
+
+/*
+** Locate a user function given a name, a number of arguments and a flag
+** indicating whether the function prefers UTF-16 over UTF-8.  Return a
+** pointer to the FuncDef structure that defines that function, or return
+** NULL if the function does not exist.
+**
+** If the createFlag argument is true, then a new (blank) FuncDef
+** structure is created and liked into the "db" structure if a
+** no matching function previously existed.
+**
+** If nArg is -2, then the first valid function found is returned.  A
+** function is valid if either xFunc or xStep is non-zero.  The nArg==(-2)
+** case is used to see if zName is a valid function name for some number
+** of arguments.  If nArg is -2, then createFlag must be 0.
+**
+** If createFlag is false, then a function with the required name and
+** number of arguments may be returned even if the eTextRep flag does not
+** match that requested.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlite3FindFunction(
+  sqlite3 *db,       /* An open database */
+  const char *zName, /* Name of the function.  Not null-terminated */
+  int nName,         /* Number of characters in the name */
+  int nArg,          /* Number of arguments.  -1 means any number */
+  u8 enc,            /* Preferred text encoding */
+  u8 createFlag      /* Create new entry if true and does not otherwise exist */
+){
+  FuncDef *p;         /* Iterator variable */
+  FuncDef *pBest = 0; /* Best match found so far */
+  int bestScore = 0;  /* Score of best match */
+  int h;              /* Hash value */
+
+  assert( nArg>=(-2) );
+  assert( nArg>=(-1) || createFlag==0 );
+  assert( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 || enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE || enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE );
+  h = (sqlite3UpperToLower[(u8)zName[0]] + nName) % ArraySize(db->aFunc.a);
+
+  /* First search for a match amongst the application-defined functions.
+  */
+  p = functionSearch(&db->aFunc, h, zName, nName);
+  while( p ){
+    int score = matchQuality(p, nArg, enc);
+    if( score>bestScore ){
+      pBest = p;
+      bestScore = score;
+    }
+    p = p->pNext;
+  }
+
+  /* If no match is found, search the built-in functions.
+  **
+  ** If the SQLITE_PreferBuiltin flag is set, then search the built-in
+  ** functions even if a prior app-defined function was found.  And give
+  ** priority to built-in functions.
+  **
+  ** Except, if createFlag is true, that means that we are trying to
+  ** install a new function.  Whatever FuncDef structure is returned it will
+  ** have fields overwritten with new information appropriate for the
+  ** new function.  But the FuncDefs for built-in functions are read-only.
+  ** So we must not search for built-ins when creating a new function.
+  */ 
+  if( !createFlag && (pBest==0 || (db->flags & SQLITE_PreferBuiltin)!=0) ){
+    FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions);
+    bestScore = 0;
+    p = functionSearch(pHash, h, zName, nName);
+    while( p ){
+      int score = matchQuality(p, nArg, enc);
+      if( score>bestScore ){
+        pBest = p;
+        bestScore = score;
+      }
+      p = p->pNext;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If the createFlag parameter is true and the search did not reveal an
+  ** exact match for the name, number of arguments and encoding, then add a
+  ** new entry to the hash table and return it.
+  */
+  if( createFlag && bestScore<FUNC_PERFECT_MATCH && 
+      (pBest = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pBest)+nName+1))!=0 ){
+    pBest->zName = (char *)&pBest[1];
+    pBest->nArg = (u16)nArg;
+    pBest->iPrefEnc = enc;
+    memcpy(pBest->zName, zName, nName);
+    pBest->zName[nName] = 0;
+    sqlite3FuncDefInsert(&db->aFunc, pBest);
+  }
+
+  if( pBest && (pBest->xStep || pBest->xFunc || createFlag) ){
+    return pBest;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Free all resources held by the schema structure. The void* argument points
+** at a Schema struct. This function does not call sqlite3DbFree(db, ) on the 
+** pointer itself, it just cleans up subsidiary resources (i.e. the contents
+** of the schema hash tables).
+**
+** The Schema.cache_size variable is not cleared.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SchemaClear(void *p){
+  Hash temp1;
+  Hash temp2;
+  HashElem *pElem;
+  Schema *pSchema = (Schema *)p;
+
+  temp1 = pSchema->tblHash;
+  temp2 = pSchema->trigHash;
+  sqlite3HashInit(&pSchema->trigHash);
+  sqlite3HashClear(&pSchema->idxHash);
+  for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(&temp2); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){
+    sqlite3DeleteTrigger(0, (Trigger*)sqliteHashData(pElem));
+  }
+  sqlite3HashClear(&temp2);
+  sqlite3HashInit(&pSchema->tblHash);
+  for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(&temp1); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){
+    Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(pElem);
+    sqlite3DeleteTable(0, pTab);
+  }
+  sqlite3HashClear(&temp1);
+  sqlite3HashClear(&pSchema->fkeyHash);
+  pSchema->pSeqTab = 0;
+  if( pSchema->flags & DB_SchemaLoaded ){
+    pSchema->iGeneration++;
+    pSchema->flags &= ~DB_SchemaLoaded;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Find and return the schema associated with a BTree.  Create
+** a new one if necessary.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Schema *sqlite3SchemaGet(sqlite3 *db, Btree *pBt){
+  Schema * p;
+  if( pBt ){
+    p = (Schema *)sqlite3BtreeSchema(pBt, sizeof(Schema), sqlite3SchemaClear);
+  }else{
+    p = (Schema *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(0, sizeof(Schema));
+  }
+  if( !p ){
+    db->mallocFailed = 1;
+  }else if ( 0==p->file_format ){
+    sqlite3HashInit(&p->tblHash);
+    sqlite3HashInit(&p->idxHash);
+    sqlite3HashInit(&p->trigHash);
+    sqlite3HashInit(&p->fkeyHash);
+    p->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/************** End of callback.c ********************************************/
+/************** Begin file delete.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
+** in order to generate code for DELETE FROM statements.
+*/
+
+/*
+** While a SrcList can in general represent multiple tables and subqueries
+** (as in the FROM clause of a SELECT statement) in this case it contains
+** the name of a single table, as one might find in an INSERT, DELETE,
+** or UPDATE statement.  Look up that table in the symbol table and
+** return a pointer.  Set an error message and return NULL if the table 
+** name is not found or if any other error occurs.
+**
+** The following fields are initialized appropriate in pSrc:
+**
+**    pSrc->a[0].pTab       Pointer to the Table object
+**    pSrc->a[0].pIndex     Pointer to the INDEXED BY index, if there is one
+**
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3SrcListLookup(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pSrc){
+  struct SrcList_item *pItem = pSrc->a;
+  Table *pTab;
+  assert( pItem && pSrc->nSrc==1 );
+  pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, pItem->zName, pItem->zDatabase);
+  sqlite3DeleteTable(pParse->db, pItem->pTab);
+  pItem->pTab = pTab;
+  if( pTab ){
+    pTab->nRef++;
+  }
+  if( sqlite3IndexedByLookup(pParse, pItem) ){
+    pTab = 0;
+  }
+  return pTab;
+}
+
+/*
+** Check to make sure the given table is writable.  If it is not
+** writable, generate an error message and return 1.  If it is
+** writable return 0;
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsReadOnly(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, int viewOk){
+  /* A table is not writable under the following circumstances:
+  **
+  **   1) It is a virtual table and no implementation of the xUpdate method
+  **      has been provided, or
+  **   2) It is a system table (i.e. sqlite_master), this call is not
+  **      part of a nested parse and writable_schema pragma has not 
+  **      been specified.
+  **
+  ** In either case leave an error message in pParse and return non-zero.
+  */
+  if( ( IsVirtual(pTab) 
+     && sqlite3GetVTable(pParse->db, pTab)->pMod->pModule->xUpdate==0 )
+   || ( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Readonly)!=0
+     && (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_WriteSchema)==0
+     && pParse->nested==0 )
+  ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be modified", pTab->zName);
+    return 1;
+  }
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
+  if( !viewOk && pTab->pSelect ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"cannot modify %s because it is a view",pTab->zName);
+    return 1;
+  }
+#endif
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
+/*
+** Evaluate a view and store its result in an ephemeral table.  The
+** pWhere argument is an optional WHERE clause that restricts the
+** set of rows in the view that are to be added to the ephemeral table.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MaterializeView(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* Parsing context */
+  Table *pView,        /* View definition */
+  Expr *pWhere,        /* Optional WHERE clause to be added */
+  int iCur             /* Cursor number for ephemerial table */
+){
+  SelectDest dest;
+  Select *pDup;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+
+  pDup = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pView->pSelect, 0);
+  if( pWhere ){
+    SrcList *pFrom;
+    
+    pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, 0);
+    pFrom = sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, 0, 0, 0);
+    if( pFrom ){
+      assert( pFrom->nSrc==1 );
+      pFrom->a[0].zAlias = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pView->zName);
+      pFrom->a[0].pSelect = pDup;
+      assert( pFrom->a[0].pOn==0 );
+      assert( pFrom->a[0].pUsing==0 );
+    }else{
+      sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pDup);
+    }
+    pDup = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, 0, pFrom, pWhere, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+  }
+  sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_EphemTab, iCur);
+  sqlite3Select(pParse, pDup, &dest);
+  sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pDup);
+}
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY)
+/*
+** Generate an expression tree to implement the WHERE, ORDER BY,
+** and LIMIT/OFFSET portion of DELETE and UPDATE statements.
+**
+**     DELETE FROM table_wxyz WHERE a<5 ORDER BY a LIMIT 1;
+**                            \__________________________/
+**                               pLimitWhere (pInClause)
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3LimitWhere(
+  Parse *pParse,               /* The parser context */
+  SrcList *pSrc,               /* the FROM clause -- which tables to scan */
+  Expr *pWhere,                /* The WHERE clause.  May be null */
+  ExprList *pOrderBy,          /* The ORDER BY clause.  May be null */
+  Expr *pLimit,                /* The LIMIT clause.  May be null */
+  Expr *pOffset,               /* The OFFSET clause.  May be null */
+  char *zStmtType              /* Either DELETE or UPDATE.  For error messages. */
+){
+  Expr *pWhereRowid = NULL;    /* WHERE rowid .. */
+  Expr *pInClause = NULL;      /* WHERE rowid IN ( select ) */
+  Expr *pSelectRowid = NULL;   /* SELECT rowid ... */
+  ExprList *pEList = NULL;     /* Expression list contaning only pSelectRowid */
+  SrcList *pSelectSrc = NULL;  /* SELECT rowid FROM x ... (dup of pSrc) */
+  Select *pSelect = NULL;      /* Complete SELECT tree */
+
+  /* Check that there isn't an ORDER BY without a LIMIT clause.
+  */
+  if( pOrderBy && (pLimit == 0) ) {
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "ORDER BY without LIMIT on %s", zStmtType);
+    goto limit_where_cleanup_2;
+  }
+
+  /* We only need to generate a select expression if there
+  ** is a limit/offset term to enforce.
+  */
+  if( pLimit == 0 ) {
+    /* if pLimit is null, pOffset will always be null as well. */
+    assert( pOffset == 0 );
+    return pWhere;
+  }
+
+  /* Generate a select expression tree to enforce the limit/offset 
+  ** term for the DELETE or UPDATE statement.  For example:
+  **   DELETE FROM table_a WHERE col1=1 ORDER BY col2 LIMIT 1 OFFSET 1
+  ** becomes:
+  **   DELETE FROM table_a WHERE rowid IN ( 
+  **     SELECT rowid FROM table_a WHERE col1=1 ORDER BY col2 LIMIT 1 OFFSET 1
+  **   );
+  */
+
+  pSelectRowid = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ROW, 0, 0, 0);
+  if( pSelectRowid == 0 ) goto limit_where_cleanup_2;
+  pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, pSelectRowid);
+  if( pEList == 0 ) goto limit_where_cleanup_2;
+
+  /* duplicate the FROM clause as it is needed by both the DELETE/UPDATE tree
+  ** and the SELECT subtree. */
+  pSelectSrc = sqlite3SrcListDup(pParse->db, pSrc, 0);
+  if( pSelectSrc == 0 ) {
+    sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pEList);
+    goto limit_where_cleanup_2;
+  }
+
+  /* generate the SELECT expression tree. */
+  pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,pEList,pSelectSrc,pWhere,0,0,
+                             pOrderBy,0,pLimit,pOffset);
+  if( pSelect == 0 ) return 0;
+
+  /* now generate the new WHERE rowid IN clause for the DELETE/UDPATE */
+  pWhereRowid = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ROW, 0, 0, 0);
+  if( pWhereRowid == 0 ) goto limit_where_cleanup_1;
+  pInClause = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, pWhereRowid, 0, 0);
+  if( pInClause == 0 ) goto limit_where_cleanup_1;
+
+  pInClause->x.pSelect = pSelect;
+  pInClause->flags |= EP_xIsSelect;
+  sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, pInClause);
+  return pInClause;
+
+  /* something went wrong. clean up anything allocated. */
+limit_where_cleanup_1:
+  sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, pSelect);
+  return 0;
+
+limit_where_cleanup_2:
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pWhere);
+  sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pOrderBy);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pLimit);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pOffset);
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) */
+
+/*
+** Generate code for a DELETE FROM statement.
+**
+**     DELETE FROM table_wxyz WHERE a<5 AND b NOT NULL;
+**                 \________/       \________________/
+**                  pTabList              pWhere
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteFrom(
+  Parse *pParse,         /* The parser context */
+  SrcList *pTabList,     /* The table from which we should delete things */
+  Expr *pWhere           /* The WHERE clause.  May be null */
+){
+  Vdbe *v;               /* The virtual database engine */
+  Table *pTab;           /* The table from which records will be deleted */
+  const char *zDb;       /* Name of database holding pTab */
+  int end, addr = 0;     /* A couple addresses of generated code */
+  int i;                 /* Loop counter */
+  WhereInfo *pWInfo;     /* Information about the WHERE clause */
+  Index *pIdx;           /* For looping over indices of the table */
+  int iCur;              /* VDBE Cursor number for pTab */
+  sqlite3 *db;           /* Main database structure */
+  AuthContext sContext;  /* Authorization context */
+  NameContext sNC;       /* Name context to resolve expressions in */
+  int iDb;               /* Database number */
+  int memCnt = -1;       /* Memory cell used for change counting */
+  int rcauth;            /* Value returned by authorization callback */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+  int isView;                  /* True if attempting to delete from a view */
+  Trigger *pTrigger;           /* List of table triggers, if required */
+#endif
+
+  memset(&sContext, 0, sizeof(sContext));
+  db = pParse->db;
+  if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){
+    goto delete_from_cleanup;
+  }
+  assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 );
+
+  /* Locate the table which we want to delete.  This table has to be
+  ** put in an SrcList structure because some of the subroutines we
+  ** will be calling are designed to work with multiple tables and expect
+  ** an SrcList* parameter instead of just a Table* parameter.
+  */
+  pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList);
+  if( pTab==0 )  goto delete_from_cleanup;
+
+  /* Figure out if we have any triggers and if the table being
+  ** deleted from is a view
+  */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+  pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_DELETE, 0, 0);
+  isView = pTab->pSelect!=0;
+#else
+# define pTrigger 0
+# define isView 0
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
+# undef isView
+# define isView 0
+#endif
+
+  /* If pTab is really a view, make sure it has been initialized.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){
+    goto delete_from_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, (pTrigger?1:0)) ){
+    goto delete_from_cleanup;
+  }
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
+  assert( iDb<db->nDb );
+  zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
+  rcauth = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, pTab->zName, 0, zDb);
+  assert( rcauth==SQLITE_OK || rcauth==SQLITE_DENY || rcauth==SQLITE_IGNORE );
+  if( rcauth==SQLITE_DENY ){
+    goto delete_from_cleanup;
+  }
+  assert(!isView || pTrigger);
+
+  /* Assign  cursor number to the table and all its indices.
+  */
+  assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 );
+  iCur = pTabList->a[0].iCursor = pParse->nTab++;
+  for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+    pParse->nTab++;
+  }
+
+  /* Start the view context
+  */
+  if( isView ){
+    sqlite3AuthContextPush(pParse, &sContext, pTab->zName);
+  }
+
+  /* Begin generating code.
+  */
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v==0 ){
+    goto delete_from_cleanup;
+  }
+  if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v);
+  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb);
+
+  /* If we are trying to delete from a view, realize that view into
+  ** a ephemeral table.
+  */
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
+  if( isView ){
+    sqlite3MaterializeView(pParse, pTab, pWhere, iCur);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Resolve the column names in the WHERE clause.
+  */
+  memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
+  sNC.pParse = pParse;
+  sNC.pSrcList = pTabList;
+  if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pWhere) ){
+    goto delete_from_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  /* Initialize the counter of the number of rows deleted, if
+  ** we are counting rows.
+  */
+  if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){
+    memCnt = ++pParse->nMem;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, memCnt);
+  }
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION
+  /* Special case: A DELETE without a WHERE clause deletes everything.
+  ** It is easier just to erase the whole table. Prior to version 3.6.5,
+  ** this optimization caused the row change count (the value returned by 
+  ** API function sqlite3_count_changes) to be set incorrectly.  */
+  if( rcauth==SQLITE_OK && pWhere==0 && !pTrigger && !IsVirtual(pTab) 
+   && 0==sqlite3FkRequired(pParse, pTab, 0, 0)
+  ){
+    assert( !isView );
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Clear, pTab->tnum, iDb, memCnt,
+                      pTab->zName, P4_STATIC);
+    for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+      assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema );
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, pIdx->tnum, iDb);
+    }
+  }else
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION */
+  /* The usual case: There is a WHERE clause so we have to scan through
+  ** the table and pick which records to delete.
+  */
+  {
+    int iRowSet = ++pParse->nMem;   /* Register for rowset of rows to delete */
+    int iRowid = ++pParse->nMem;    /* Used for storing rowid values. */
+    int regRowid;                   /* Actual register containing rowids */
+
+    /* Collect rowids of every row to be deleted.
+    */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iRowSet);
+    pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(
+        pParse, pTabList, pWhere, 0, 0, WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK, 0
+    );
+    if( pWInfo==0 ) goto delete_from_cleanup;
+    regRowid = sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, pTab, -1, iCur, iRowid, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowSetAdd, iRowSet, regRowid);
+    if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, memCnt, 1);
+    }
+    sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
+
+    /* Delete every item whose key was written to the list during the
+    ** database scan.  We have to delete items after the scan is complete
+    ** because deleting an item can change the scan order.  */
+    end = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+
+    /* Unless this is a view, open cursors for the table we are 
+    ** deleting from and all its indices. If this is a view, then the
+    ** only effect this statement has is to fire the INSTEAD OF 
+    ** triggers.  */
+    if( !isView ){
+      sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, iCur, OP_OpenWrite);
+    }
+
+    addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_RowSetRead, iRowSet, end, iRowid);
+
+    /* Delete the row */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+    if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+      const char *pVTab = (const char *)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab);
+      sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(pParse, pTab);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VUpdate, 0, 1, iRowid, pVTab, P4_VTAB);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OE_Abort);
+      sqlite3MayAbort(pParse);
+    }else
+#endif
+    {
+      int count = (pParse->nested==0);    /* True to count changes */
+      sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(pParse, pTab, iCur, iRowid, count, pTrigger, OE_Default);
+    }
+
+    /* End of the delete loop */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addr);
+    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, end);
+
+    /* Close the cursors open on the table and its indexes. */
+    if( !isView && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+      for(i=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; i++, pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iCur + i, pIdx->tnum);
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iCur);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Update the sqlite_sequence table by storing the content of the
+  ** maximum rowid counter values recorded while inserting into
+  ** autoincrement tables.
+  */
+  if( pParse->nested==0 && pParse->pTriggerTab==0 ){
+    sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(pParse);
+  }
+
+  /* Return the number of rows that were deleted. If this routine is 
+  ** generating code because of a call to sqlite3NestedParse(), do not
+  ** invoke the callback function.
+  */
+  if( (db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows) && !pParse->nested && !pParse->pTriggerTab ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, memCnt, 1);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows deleted", SQLITE_STATIC);
+  }
+
+delete_from_cleanup:
+  sqlite3AuthContextPop(&sContext);
+  sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTabList);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere);
+  return;
+}
+/* Make sure "isView" and other macros defined above are undefined. Otherwise
+** thely may interfere with compilation of other functions in this file
+** (or in another file, if this file becomes part of the amalgamation).  */
+#ifdef isView
+ #undef isView
+#endif
+#ifdef pTrigger
+ #undef pTrigger
+#endif
+
+/*
+** This routine generates VDBE code that causes a single row of a
+** single table to be deleted.
+**
+** The VDBE must be in a particular state when this routine is called.
+** These are the requirements:
+**
+**   1.  A read/write cursor pointing to pTab, the table containing the row
+**       to be deleted, must be opened as cursor number $iCur.
+**
+**   2.  Read/write cursors for all indices of pTab must be open as
+**       cursor number base+i for the i-th index.
+**
+**   3.  The record number of the row to be deleted must be stored in
+**       memory cell iRowid.
+**
+** This routine generates code to remove both the table record and all 
+** index entries that point to that record.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(
+  Parse *pParse,     /* Parsing context */
+  Table *pTab,       /* Table containing the row to be deleted */
+  int iCur,          /* Cursor number for the table */
+  int iRowid,        /* Memory cell that contains the rowid to delete */
+  int count,         /* If non-zero, increment the row change counter */
+  Trigger *pTrigger, /* List of triggers to (potentially) fire */
+  int onconf         /* Default ON CONFLICT policy for triggers */
+){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;        /* Vdbe */
+  int iOld = 0;                   /* First register in OLD.* array */
+  int iLabel;                     /* Label resolved to end of generated code */
+
+  /* Vdbe is guaranteed to have been allocated by this stage. */
+  assert( v );
+
+  /* Seek cursor iCur to the row to delete. If this row no longer exists 
+  ** (this can happen if a trigger program has already deleted it), do
+  ** not attempt to delete it or fire any DELETE triggers.  */
+  iLabel = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, iLabel, iRowid);
+ 
+  /* If there are any triggers to fire, allocate a range of registers to
+  ** use for the old.* references in the triggers.  */
+  if( sqlite3FkRequired(pParse, pTab, 0, 0) || pTrigger ){
+    u32 mask;                     /* Mask of OLD.* columns in use */
+    int iCol;                     /* Iterator used while populating OLD.* */
+
+    /* TODO: Could use temporary registers here. Also could attempt to
+    ** avoid copying the contents of the rowid register.  */
+    mask = sqlite3TriggerColmask(
+        pParse, pTrigger, 0, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, onconf
+    );
+    mask |= sqlite3FkOldmask(pParse, pTab);
+    iOld = pParse->nMem+1;
+    pParse->nMem += (1 + pTab->nCol);
+
+    /* Populate the OLD.* pseudo-table register array. These values will be 
+    ** used by any BEFORE and AFTER triggers that exist.  */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, iRowid, iOld);
+    for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nCol; iCol++){
+      if( mask==0xffffffff || mask&(1<<iCol) ){
+        sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iCur, iCol, iOld+iCol+1);
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Invoke BEFORE DELETE trigger programs. */
+    sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, 
+        TK_DELETE, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab, iOld, onconf, iLabel
+    );
+
+    /* Seek the cursor to the row to be deleted again. It may be that
+    ** the BEFORE triggers coded above have already removed the row
+    ** being deleted. Do not attempt to delete the row a second time, and 
+    ** do not fire AFTER triggers.  */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, iLabel, iRowid);
+
+    /* Do FK processing. This call checks that any FK constraints that
+    ** refer to this table (i.e. constraints attached to other tables) 
+    ** are not violated by deleting this row.  */
+    sqlite3FkCheck(pParse, pTab, iOld, 0);
+  }
+
+  /* Delete the index and table entries. Skip this step if pTab is really
+  ** a view (in which case the only effect of the DELETE statement is to
+  ** fire the INSTEAD OF triggers).  */ 
+  if( pTab->pSelect==0 ){
+    sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(pParse, pTab, iCur, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Delete, iCur, (count?OPFLAG_NCHANGE:0));
+    if( count ){
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pTab->zName, P4_TRANSIENT);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Do any ON CASCADE, SET NULL or SET DEFAULT operations required to
+  ** handle rows (possibly in other tables) that refer via a foreign key
+  ** to the row just deleted. */ 
+  sqlite3FkActions(pParse, pTab, 0, iOld);
+
+  /* Invoke AFTER DELETE trigger programs. */
+  sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, 
+      TK_DELETE, 0, TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, iOld, onconf, iLabel
+  );
+
+  /* Jump here if the row had already been deleted before any BEFORE
+  ** trigger programs were invoked. Or if a trigger program throws a 
+  ** RAISE(IGNORE) exception.  */
+  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iLabel);
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine generates VDBE code that causes the deletion of all
+** index entries associated with a single row of a single table.
+**
+** The VDBE must be in a particular state when this routine is called.
+** These are the requirements:
+**
+**   1.  A read/write cursor pointing to pTab, the table containing the row
+**       to be deleted, must be opened as cursor number "iCur".
+**
+**   2.  Read/write cursors for all indices of pTab must be open as
+**       cursor number iCur+i for the i-th index.
+**
+**   3.  The "iCur" cursor must be pointing to the row that is to be
+**       deleted.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(
+  Parse *pParse,     /* Parsing and code generating context */
+  Table *pTab,       /* Table containing the row to be deleted */
+  int iCur,          /* Cursor number for the table */
+  int *aRegIdx       /* Only delete if aRegIdx!=0 && aRegIdx[i]>0 */
+){
+  int i;
+  Index *pIdx;
+  int r1;
+
+  for(i=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; i++, pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+    if( aRegIdx!=0 && aRegIdx[i-1]==0 ) continue;
+    r1 = sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(pParse, pIdx, iCur, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(pParse->pVdbe, OP_IdxDelete, iCur+i, r1,pIdx->nColumn+1);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code that will assemble an index key and put it in register
+** regOut.  The key with be for index pIdx which is an index on pTab.
+** iCur is the index of a cursor open on the pTab table and pointing to
+** the entry that needs indexing.
+**
+** Return a register number which is the first in a block of
+** registers that holds the elements of the index key.  The
+** block of registers has already been deallocated by the time
+** this routine returns.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(
+  Parse *pParse,     /* Parsing context */
+  Index *pIdx,       /* The index for which to generate a key */
+  int iCur,          /* Cursor number for the pIdx->pTable table */
+  int regOut,        /* Write the new index key to this register */
+  int doMakeRec      /* Run the OP_MakeRecord instruction if true */
+){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  int j;
+  Table *pTab = pIdx->pTable;
+  int regBase;
+  int nCol;
+
+  nCol = pIdx->nColumn;
+  regBase = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nCol+1);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, regBase+nCol);
+  for(j=0; j<nCol; j++){
+    int idx = pIdx->aiColumn[j];
+    if( idx==pTab->iPKey ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regBase+nCol, regBase+j);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iCur, idx, regBase+j);
+      sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, idx, -1);
+    }
+  }
+  if( doMakeRec ){
+    const char *zAff;
+    if( pTab->pSelect || (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_IdxRealAsInt)!=0 ){
+      zAff = 0;
+    }else{
+      zAff = sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v, pIdx);
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regBase, nCol+1, regOut);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, zAff, P4_TRANSIENT);
+  }
+  sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regBase, nCol+1);
+  return regBase;
+}
+
+/************** End of delete.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file func.c ********************************************/
+/*
+** 2002 February 23
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains the C functions that implement various SQL
+** functions of SQLite.  
+**
+** There is only one exported symbol in this file - the function
+** sqliteRegisterBuildinFunctions() found at the bottom of the file.
+** All other code has file scope.
+*/
+/* #include <stdlib.h> */
+/* #include <assert.h> */
+
+/*
+** Return the collating function associated with a function.
+*/
+static CollSeq *sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(sqlite3_context *context){
+  return context->pColl;
+}
+
+/*
+** Indicate that the accumulator load should be skipped on this
+** iteration of the aggregate loop.
+*/
+static void sqlite3SkipAccumulatorLoad(sqlite3_context *context){
+  context->skipFlag = 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the non-aggregate min() and max() functions
+*/
+static void minmaxFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  int i;
+  int mask;    /* 0 for min() or 0xffffffff for max() */
+  int iBest;
+  CollSeq *pColl;
+
+  assert( argc>1 );
+  mask = sqlite3_user_data(context)==0 ? 0 : -1;
+  pColl = sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context);
+  assert( pColl );
+  assert( mask==-1 || mask==0 );
+  iBest = 0;
+  if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return;
+  for(i=1; i<argc; i++){
+    if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[i])==SQLITE_NULL ) return;
+    if( (sqlite3MemCompare(argv[iBest], argv[i], pColl)^mask)>=0 ){
+      testcase( mask==0 );
+      iBest = i;
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[iBest]);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the type of the argument.
+*/
+static void typeofFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int NotUsed,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  const char *z = 0;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){
+    case SQLITE_INTEGER: z = "integer"; break;
+    case SQLITE_TEXT:    z = "text";    break;
+    case SQLITE_FLOAT:   z = "real";    break;
+    case SQLITE_BLOB:    z = "blob";    break;
+    default:             z = "null";    break;
+  }
+  sqlite3_result_text(context, z, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the length() function
+*/
+static void lengthFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  int len;
+
+  assert( argc==1 );
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+  switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){
+    case SQLITE_BLOB:
+    case SQLITE_INTEGER:
+    case SQLITE_FLOAT: {
+      sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]));
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_TEXT: {
+      const unsigned char *z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+      if( z==0 ) return;
+      len = 0;
+      while( *z ){
+        len++;
+        SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z);
+      }
+      sqlite3_result_int(context, len);
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+      sqlite3_result_null(context);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the abs() function.
+**
+** IMP: R-23979-26855 The abs(X) function returns the absolute value of
+** the numeric argument X. 
+*/
+static void absFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
+  assert( argc==1 );
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+  switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){
+    case SQLITE_INTEGER: {
+      i64 iVal = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]);
+      if( iVal<0 ){
+        if( (iVal<<1)==0 ){
+          /* IMP: R-35460-15084 If X is the integer -9223372036854775807 then
+          ** abs(X) throws an integer overflow error since there is no
+          ** equivalent positive 64-bit two complement value. */
+          sqlite3_result_error(context, "integer overflow", -1);
+          return;
+        }
+        iVal = -iVal;
+      } 
+      sqlite3_result_int64(context, iVal);
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_NULL: {
+      /* IMP: R-37434-19929 Abs(X) returns NULL if X is NULL. */
+      sqlite3_result_null(context);
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+      /* Because sqlite3_value_double() returns 0.0 if the argument is not
+      ** something that can be converted into a number, we have:
+      ** IMP: R-57326-31541 Abs(X) return 0.0 if X is a string or blob that
+      ** cannot be converted to a numeric value. 
+      */
+      double rVal = sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]);
+      if( rVal<0 ) rVal = -rVal;
+      sqlite3_result_double(context, rVal);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the substr() function.
+**
+** substr(x,p1,p2)  returns p2 characters of x[] beginning with p1.
+** p1 is 1-indexed.  So substr(x,1,1) returns the first character
+** of x.  If x is text, then we actually count UTF-8 characters.
+** If x is a blob, then we count bytes.
+**
+** If p1 is negative, then we begin abs(p1) from the end of x[].
+**
+** If p2 is negative, return the p2 characters preceeding p1.
+*/
+static void substrFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  const unsigned char *z;
+  const unsigned char *z2;
+  int len;
+  int p0type;
+  i64 p1, p2;
+  int negP2 = 0;
+
+  assert( argc==3 || argc==2 );
+  if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[1])==SQLITE_NULL
+   || (argc==3 && sqlite3_value_type(argv[2])==SQLITE_NULL)
+  ){
+    return;
+  }
+  p0type = sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]);
+  p1 = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]);
+  if( p0type==SQLITE_BLOB ){
+    len = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
+    z = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]);
+    if( z==0 ) return;
+    assert( len==sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]) );
+  }else{
+    z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+    if( z==0 ) return;
+    len = 0;
+    if( p1<0 ){
+      for(z2=z; *z2; len++){
+        SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z2);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if( argc==3 ){
+    p2 = sqlite3_value_int(argv[2]);
+    if( p2<0 ){
+      p2 = -p2;
+      negP2 = 1;
+    }
+  }else{
+    p2 = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context)->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH];
+  }
+  if( p1<0 ){
+    p1 += len;
+    if( p1<0 ){
+      p2 += p1;
+      if( p2<0 ) p2 = 0;
+      p1 = 0;
+    }
+  }else if( p1>0 ){
+    p1--;
+  }else if( p2>0 ){
+    p2--;
+  }
+  if( negP2 ){
+    p1 -= p2;
+    if( p1<0 ){
+      p2 += p1;
+      p1 = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  assert( p1>=0 && p2>=0 );
+  if( p0type!=SQLITE_BLOB ){
+    while( *z && p1 ){
+      SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z);
+      p1--;
+    }
+    for(z2=z; *z2 && p2; p2--){
+      SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z2);
+    }
+    sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)z, (int)(z2-z), SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+  }else{
+    if( p1+p2>len ){
+      p2 = len-p1;
+      if( p2<0 ) p2 = 0;
+    }
+    sqlite3_result_blob(context, (char*)&z[p1], (int)p2, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the round() function
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+static void roundFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
+  int n = 0;
+  double r;
+  char *zBuf;
+  assert( argc==1 || argc==2 );
+  if( argc==2 ){
+    if( SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_value_type(argv[1]) ) return;
+    n = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]);
+    if( n>30 ) n = 30;
+    if( n<0 ) n = 0;
+  }
+  if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return;
+  r = sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]);
+  /* If Y==0 and X will fit in a 64-bit int,
+  ** handle the rounding directly,
+  ** otherwise use printf.
+  */
+  if( n==0 && r>=0 && r<LARGEST_INT64-1 ){
+    r = (double)((sqlite_int64)(r+0.5));
+  }else if( n==0 && r<0 && (-r)<LARGEST_INT64-1 ){
+    r = -(double)((sqlite_int64)((-r)+0.5));
+  }else{
+    zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%.*f",n,r);
+    if( zBuf==0 ){
+      sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
+      return;
+    }
+    sqlite3AtoF(zBuf, &r, sqlite3Strlen30(zBuf), SQLITE_UTF8);
+    sqlite3_free(zBuf);
+  }
+  sqlite3_result_double(context, r);
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Allocate nByte bytes of space using sqlite3_malloc(). If the
+** allocation fails, call sqlite3_result_error_nomem() to notify
+** the database handle that malloc() has failed and return NULL.
+** If nByte is larger than the maximum string or blob length, then
+** raise an SQLITE_TOOBIG exception and return NULL.
+*/
+static void *contextMalloc(sqlite3_context *context, i64 nByte){
+  char *z;
+  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+  assert( nByte>0 );
+  testcase( nByte==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] );
+  testcase( nByte==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]+1 );
+  if( nByte>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
+    sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context);
+    z = 0;
+  }else{
+    z = sqlite3Malloc((int)nByte);
+    if( !z ){
+      sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
+    }
+  }
+  return z;
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the upper() and lower() SQL functions.
+*/
+static void upperFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
+  char *z1;
+  const char *z2;
+  int i, n;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+  z2 = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
+  /* Verify that the call to _bytes() does not invalidate the _text() pointer */
+  assert( z2==(char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) );
+  if( z2 ){
+    z1 = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)n)+1);
+    if( z1 ){
+      for(i=0; i<n; i++){
+        z1[i] = (char)sqlite3Toupper(z2[i]);
+      }
+      sqlite3_result_text(context, z1, n, sqlite3_free);
+    }
+  }
+}
+static void lowerFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
+  char *z1;
+  const char *z2;
+  int i, n;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+  z2 = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
+  /* Verify that the call to _bytes() does not invalidate the _text() pointer */
+  assert( z2==(char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) );
+  if( z2 ){
+    z1 = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)n)+1);
+    if( z1 ){
+      for(i=0; i<n; i++){
+        z1[i] = sqlite3Tolower(z2[i]);
+      }
+      sqlite3_result_text(context, z1, n, sqlite3_free);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+
+#if 0  /* This function is never used. */
+/*
+** The COALESCE() and IFNULL() functions used to be implemented as shown
+** here.  But now they are implemented as VDBE code so that unused arguments
+** do not have to be computed.  This legacy implementation is retained as
+** comment.
+*/
+/*
+** Implementation of the IFNULL(), NVL(), and COALESCE() functions.  
+** All three do the same thing.  They return the first non-NULL
+** argument.
+*/
+static void ifnullFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<argc; i++){
+    if( SQLITE_NULL!=sqlite3_value_type(argv[i]) ){
+      sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[i]);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+}
+#endif /* NOT USED */
+#define ifnullFunc versionFunc   /* Substitute function - never called */
+
+/*
+** Implementation of random().  Return a random integer.  
+*/
+static void randomFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int NotUsed,
+  sqlite3_value **NotUsed2
+){
+  sqlite_int64 r;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
+  sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(r), &r);
+  if( r<0 ){
+    /* We need to prevent a random number of 0x8000000000000000 
+    ** (or -9223372036854775808) since when you do abs() of that
+    ** number of you get the same value back again.  To do this
+    ** in a way that is testable, mask the sign bit off of negative
+    ** values, resulting in a positive value.  Then take the 
+    ** 2s complement of that positive value.  The end result can
+    ** therefore be no less than -9223372036854775807.
+    */
+    r = -(r & LARGEST_INT64);
+  }
+  sqlite3_result_int64(context, r);
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of randomblob(N).  Return a random blob
+** that is N bytes long.
+*/
+static void randomBlob(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  int n;
+  unsigned char *p;
+  assert( argc==1 );
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+  n = sqlite3_value_int(argv[0]);
+  if( n<1 ){
+    n = 1;
+  }
+  p = contextMalloc(context, n);
+  if( p ){
+    sqlite3_randomness(n, p);
+    sqlite3_result_blob(context, (char*)p, n, sqlite3_free);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the last_insert_rowid() SQL function.  The return
+** value is the same as the sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() API function.
+*/
+static void last_insert_rowid(
+  sqlite3_context *context, 
+  int NotUsed, 
+  sqlite3_value **NotUsed2
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
+  /* IMP: R-51513-12026 The last_insert_rowid() SQL function is a
+  ** wrapper around the sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() C/C++ interface
+  ** function. */
+  sqlite3_result_int64(context, sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(db));
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the changes() SQL function.
+**
+** IMP: R-62073-11209 The changes() SQL function is a wrapper
+** around the sqlite3_changes() C/C++ function and hence follows the same
+** rules for counting changes.
+*/
+static void changes(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int NotUsed,
+  sqlite3_value **NotUsed2
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
+  sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_changes(db));
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the total_changes() SQL function.  The return value is
+** the same as the sqlite3_total_changes() API function.
+*/
+static void total_changes(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int NotUsed,
+  sqlite3_value **NotUsed2
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
+  /* IMP: R-52756-41993 This function is a wrapper around the
+  ** sqlite3_total_changes() C/C++ interface. */
+  sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_total_changes(db));
+}
+
+/*
+** A structure defining how to do GLOB-style comparisons.
+*/
+struct compareInfo {
+  u8 matchAll;
+  u8 matchOne;
+  u8 matchSet;
+  u8 noCase;
+};
+
+/*
+** For LIKE and GLOB matching on EBCDIC machines, assume that every
+** character is exactly one byte in size.  Also, all characters are
+** able to participate in upper-case-to-lower-case mappings in EBCDIC
+** whereas only characters less than 0x80 do in ASCII.
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_EBCDIC)
+# define sqlite3Utf8Read(A,C)  (*(A++))
+# define GlogUpperToLower(A)   A = sqlite3UpperToLower[A]
+#else
+# define GlogUpperToLower(A)   if( !((A)&~0x7f) ){ A = sqlite3UpperToLower[A]; }
+#endif
+
+static const struct compareInfo globInfo = { '*', '?', '[', 0 };
+/* The correct SQL-92 behavior is for the LIKE operator to ignore
+** case.  Thus  'a' LIKE 'A' would be true. */
+static const struct compareInfo likeInfoNorm = { '%', '_',   0, 1 };
+/* If SQLITE_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE is defined, then the LIKE operator
+** is case sensitive causing 'a' LIKE 'A' to be false */
+static const struct compareInfo likeInfoAlt = { '%', '_',   0, 0 };
+
+/*
+** Compare two UTF-8 strings for equality where the first string can
+** potentially be a "glob" expression.  Return true (1) if they
+** are the same and false (0) if they are different.
+**
+** Globbing rules:
+**
+**      '*'       Matches any sequence of zero or more characters.
+**
+**      '?'       Matches exactly one character.
+**
+**     [...]      Matches one character from the enclosed list of
+**                characters.
+**
+**     [^...]     Matches one character not in the enclosed list.
+**
+** With the [...] and [^...] matching, a ']' character can be included
+** in the list by making it the first character after '[' or '^'.  A
+** range of characters can be specified using '-'.  Example:
+** "[a-z]" matches any single lower-case letter.  To match a '-', make
+** it the last character in the list.
+**
+** This routine is usually quick, but can be N**2 in the worst case.
+**
+** Hints: to match '*' or '?', put them in "[]".  Like this:
+**
+**         abc[*]xyz        Matches "abc*xyz" only
+*/
+static int patternCompare(
+  const u8 *zPattern,              /* The glob pattern */
+  const u8 *zString,               /* The string to compare against the glob */
+  const struct compareInfo *pInfo, /* Information about how to do the compare */
+  u32 esc                          /* The escape character */
+){
+  u32 c, c2;
+  int invert;
+  int seen;
+  u8 matchOne = pInfo->matchOne;
+  u8 matchAll = pInfo->matchAll;
+  u8 matchSet = pInfo->matchSet;
+  u8 noCase = pInfo->noCase; 
+  int prevEscape = 0;     /* True if the previous character was 'escape' */
+
+  while( (c = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern,&zPattern))!=0 ){
+    if( !prevEscape && c==matchAll ){
+      while( (c=sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern,&zPattern)) == matchAll
+               || c == matchOne ){
+        if( c==matchOne && sqlite3Utf8Read(zString, &zString)==0 ){
+          return 0;
+        }
+      }
+      if( c==0 ){
+        return 1;
+      }else if( c==esc ){
+        c = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern, &zPattern);
+        if( c==0 ){
+          return 0;
+        }
+      }else if( c==matchSet ){
+        assert( esc==0 );         /* This is GLOB, not LIKE */
+        assert( matchSet<0x80 );  /* '[' is a single-byte character */
+        while( *zString && patternCompare(&zPattern[-1],zString,pInfo,esc)==0 ){
+          SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(zString);
+        }
+        return *zString!=0;
+      }
+      while( (c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zString,&zString))!=0 ){
+        if( noCase ){
+          GlogUpperToLower(c2);
+          GlogUpperToLower(c);
+          while( c2 != 0 && c2 != c ){
+            c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zString, &zString);
+            GlogUpperToLower(c2);
+          }
+        }else{
+          while( c2 != 0 && c2 != c ){
+            c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zString, &zString);
+          }
+        }
+        if( c2==0 ) return 0;
+        if( patternCompare(zPattern,zString,pInfo,esc) ) return 1;
+      }
+      return 0;
+    }else if( !prevEscape && c==matchOne ){
+      if( sqlite3Utf8Read(zString, &zString)==0 ){
+        return 0;
+      }
+    }else if( c==matchSet ){
+      u32 prior_c = 0;
+      assert( esc==0 );    /* This only occurs for GLOB, not LIKE */
+      seen = 0;
+      invert = 0;
+      c = sqlite3Utf8Read(zString, &zString);
+      if( c==0 ) return 0;
+      c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern, &zPattern);
+      if( c2=='^' ){
+        invert = 1;
+        c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern, &zPattern);
+      }
+      if( c2==']' ){
+        if( c==']' ) seen = 1;
+        c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern, &zPattern);
+      }
+      while( c2 && c2!=']' ){
+        if( c2=='-' && zPattern[0]!=']' && zPattern[0]!=0 && prior_c>0 ){
+          c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern, &zPattern);
+          if( c>=prior_c && c<=c2 ) seen = 1;
+          prior_c = 0;
+        }else{
+          if( c==c2 ){
+            seen = 1;
+          }
+          prior_c = c2;
+        }
+        c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern, &zPattern);
+      }
+      if( c2==0 || (seen ^ invert)==0 ){
+        return 0;
+      }
+    }else if( esc==c && !prevEscape ){
+      prevEscape = 1;
+    }else{
+      c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zString, &zString);
+      if( noCase ){
+        GlogUpperToLower(c);
+        GlogUpperToLower(c2);
+      }
+      if( c!=c2 ){
+        return 0;
+      }
+      prevEscape = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  return *zString==0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Count the number of times that the LIKE operator (or GLOB which is
+** just a variation of LIKE) gets called.  This is used for testing
+** only.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_like_count = 0;
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the like() SQL function.  This function implements
+** the build-in LIKE operator.  The first argument to the function is the
+** pattern and the second argument is the string.  So, the SQL statements:
+**
+**       A LIKE B
+**
+** is implemented as like(B,A).
+**
+** This same function (with a different compareInfo structure) computes
+** the GLOB operator.
+*/
+static void likeFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context, 
+  int argc, 
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  const unsigned char *zA, *zB;
+  u32 escape = 0;
+  int nPat;
+  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+
+  zB = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  zA = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
+
+  /* Limit the length of the LIKE or GLOB pattern to avoid problems
+  ** of deep recursion and N*N behavior in patternCompare().
+  */
+  nPat = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
+  testcase( nPat==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH] );
+  testcase( nPat==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH]+1 );
+  if( nPat > db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH] ){
+    sqlite3_result_error(context, "LIKE or GLOB pattern too complex", -1);
+    return;
+  }
+  assert( zB==sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) );  /* Encoding did not change */
+
+  if( argc==3 ){
+    /* The escape character string must consist of a single UTF-8 character.
+    ** Otherwise, return an error.
+    */
+    const unsigned char *zEsc = sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]);
+    if( zEsc==0 ) return;
+    if( sqlite3Utf8CharLen((char*)zEsc, -1)!=1 ){
+      sqlite3_result_error(context, 
+          "ESCAPE expression must be a single character", -1);
+      return;
+    }
+    escape = sqlite3Utf8Read(zEsc, &zEsc);
+  }
+  if( zA && zB ){
+    struct compareInfo *pInfo = sqlite3_user_data(context);
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+    sqlite3_like_count++;
+#endif
+    
+    sqlite3_result_int(context, patternCompare(zB, zA, pInfo, escape));
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the NULLIF(x,y) function.  The result is the first
+** argument if the arguments are different.  The result is NULL if the
+** arguments are equal to each other.
+*/
+static void nullifFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int NotUsed,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  if( sqlite3MemCompare(argv[0], argv[1], pColl)!=0 ){
+    sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[0]);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the sqlite_version() function.  The result is the version
+** of the SQLite library that is running.
+*/
+static void versionFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int NotUsed,
+  sqlite3_value **NotUsed2
+){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
+  /* IMP: R-48699-48617 This function is an SQL wrapper around the
+  ** sqlite3_libversion() C-interface. */
+  sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3_libversion(), -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the sqlite_source_id() function. The result is a string
+** that identifies the particular version of the source code used to build
+** SQLite.
+*/
+static void sourceidFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int NotUsed,
+  sqlite3_value **NotUsed2
+){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
+  /* IMP: R-24470-31136 This function is an SQL wrapper around the
+  ** sqlite3_sourceid() C interface. */
+  sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3_sourceid(), -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the sqlite_log() function.  This is a wrapper around
+** sqlite3_log().  The return value is NULL.  The function exists purely for
+** its side-effects.
+*/
+static void errlogFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(context);
+  sqlite3_log(sqlite3_value_int(argv[0]), "%s", sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]));
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the sqlite_compileoption_used() function.
+** The result is an integer that identifies if the compiler option
+** was used to build SQLite.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS
+static void compileoptionusedFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  const char *zOptName;
+  assert( argc==1 );
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+  /* IMP: R-39564-36305 The sqlite_compileoption_used() SQL
+  ** function is a wrapper around the sqlite3_compileoption_used() C/C++
+  ** function.
+  */
+  if( (zOptName = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]))!=0 ){
+    sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_compileoption_used(zOptName));
+  }
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the sqlite_compileoption_get() function. 
+** The result is a string that identifies the compiler options 
+** used to build SQLite.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS
+static void compileoptiongetFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  int n;
+  assert( argc==1 );
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+  /* IMP: R-04922-24076 The sqlite_compileoption_get() SQL function
+  ** is a wrapper around the sqlite3_compileoption_get() C/C++ function.
+  */
+  n = sqlite3_value_int(argv[0]);
+  sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3_compileoption_get(n), -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */
+
+/* Array for converting from half-bytes (nybbles) into ASCII hex
+** digits. */
+static const char hexdigits[] = {
+  '0', '1', '2', '3', '4', '5', '6', '7',
+  '8', '9', 'A', 'B', 'C', 'D', 'E', 'F' 
+};
+
+/*
+** EXPERIMENTAL - This is not an official function.  The interface may
+** change.  This function may disappear.  Do not write code that depends
+** on this function.
+**
+** Implementation of the QUOTE() function.  This function takes a single
+** argument.  If the argument is numeric, the return value is the same as
+** the argument.  If the argument is NULL, the return value is the string
+** "NULL".  Otherwise, the argument is enclosed in single quotes with
+** single-quote escapes.
+*/
+static void quoteFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
+  assert( argc==1 );
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+  switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){
+    case SQLITE_FLOAT: {
+      double r1, r2;
+      char zBuf[50];
+      r1 = sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]);
+      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%!.15g", r1);
+      sqlite3AtoF(zBuf, &r2, 20, SQLITE_UTF8);
+      if( r1!=r2 ){
+        sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%!.20e", r1);
+      }
+      sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_INTEGER: {
+      sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[0]);
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_BLOB: {
+      char *zText = 0;
+      char const *zBlob = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]);
+      int nBlob = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
+      assert( zBlob==sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]) ); /* No encoding change */
+      zText = (char *)contextMalloc(context, (2*(i64)nBlob)+4); 
+      if( zText ){
+        int i;
+        for(i=0; i<nBlob; i++){
+          zText[(i*2)+2] = hexdigits[(zBlob[i]>>4)&0x0F];
+          zText[(i*2)+3] = hexdigits[(zBlob[i])&0x0F];
+        }
+        zText[(nBlob*2)+2] = '\'';
+        zText[(nBlob*2)+3] = '\0';
+        zText[0] = 'X';
+        zText[1] = '\'';
+        sqlite3_result_text(context, zText, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+        sqlite3_free(zText);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_TEXT: {
+      int i,j;
+      u64 n;
+      const unsigned char *zArg = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+      char *z;
+
+      if( zArg==0 ) return;
+      for(i=0, n=0; zArg[i]; i++){ if( zArg[i]=='\'' ) n++; }
+      z = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)i)+((i64)n)+3);
+      if( z ){
+        z[0] = '\'';
+        for(i=0, j=1; zArg[i]; i++){
+          z[j++] = zArg[i];
+          if( zArg[i]=='\'' ){
+            z[j++] = '\'';
+          }
+        }
+        z[j++] = '\'';
+        z[j] = 0;
+        sqlite3_result_text(context, z, j, sqlite3_free);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+      assert( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL );
+      sqlite3_result_text(context, "NULL", 4, SQLITE_STATIC);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** The hex() function.  Interpret the argument as a blob.  Return
+** a hexadecimal rendering as text.
+*/
+static void hexFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  int i, n;
+  const unsigned char *pBlob;
+  char *zHex, *z;
+  assert( argc==1 );
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+  pBlob = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]);
+  n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
+  assert( pBlob==sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]) );  /* No encoding change */
+  z = zHex = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)n)*2 + 1);
+  if( zHex ){
+    for(i=0; i<n; i++, pBlob++){
+      unsigned char c = *pBlob;
+      *(z++) = hexdigits[(c>>4)&0xf];
+      *(z++) = hexdigits[c&0xf];
+    }
+    *z = 0;
+    sqlite3_result_text(context, zHex, n*2, sqlite3_free);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** The zeroblob(N) function returns a zero-filled blob of size N bytes.
+*/
+static void zeroblobFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  i64 n;
+  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+  assert( argc==1 );
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+  n = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]);
+  testcase( n==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] );
+  testcase( n==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]+1 );
+  if( n>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
+    sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3_result_zeroblob(context, (int)n); /* IMP: R-00293-64994 */
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** The replace() function.  Three arguments are all strings: call
+** them A, B, and C. The result is also a string which is derived
+** from A by replacing every occurance of B with C.  The match
+** must be exact.  Collating sequences are not used.
+*/
+static void replaceFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  const unsigned char *zStr;        /* The input string A */
+  const unsigned char *zPattern;    /* The pattern string B */
+  const unsigned char *zRep;        /* The replacement string C */
+  unsigned char *zOut;              /* The output */
+  int nStr;                /* Size of zStr */
+  int nPattern;            /* Size of zPattern */
+  int nRep;                /* Size of zRep */
+  i64 nOut;                /* Maximum size of zOut */
+  int loopLimit;           /* Last zStr[] that might match zPattern[] */
+  int i, j;                /* Loop counters */
+
+  assert( argc==3 );
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+  zStr = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  if( zStr==0 ) return;
+  nStr = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
+  assert( zStr==sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) );  /* No encoding change */
+  zPattern = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
+  if( zPattern==0 ){
+    assert( sqlite3_value_type(argv[1])==SQLITE_NULL
+            || sqlite3_context_db_handle(context)->mallocFailed );
+    return;
+  }
+  if( zPattern[0]==0 ){
+    assert( sqlite3_value_type(argv[1])!=SQLITE_NULL );
+    sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[0]);
+    return;
+  }
+  nPattern = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]);
+  assert( zPattern==sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]) );  /* No encoding change */
+  zRep = sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]);
+  if( zRep==0 ) return;
+  nRep = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[2]);
+  assert( zRep==sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]) );
+  nOut = nStr + 1;
+  assert( nOut<SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH );
+  zOut = contextMalloc(context, (i64)nOut);
+  if( zOut==0 ){
+    return;
+  }
+  loopLimit = nStr - nPattern;  
+  for(i=j=0; i<=loopLimit; i++){
+    if( zStr[i]!=zPattern[0] || memcmp(&zStr[i], zPattern, nPattern) ){
+      zOut[j++] = zStr[i];
+    }else{
+      u8 *zOld;
+      sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+      nOut += nRep - nPattern;
+      testcase( nOut-1==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] );
+      testcase( nOut-2==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] );
+      if( nOut-1>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
+        sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context);
+        sqlite3_free(zOut);
+        return;
+      }
+      zOld = zOut;
+      zOut = sqlite3_realloc(zOut, (int)nOut);
+      if( zOut==0 ){
+        sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
+        sqlite3_free(zOld);
+        return;
+      }
+      memcpy(&zOut[j], zRep, nRep);
+      j += nRep;
+      i += nPattern-1;
+    }
+  }
+  assert( j+nStr-i+1==nOut );
+  memcpy(&zOut[j], &zStr[i], nStr-i);
+  j += nStr - i;
+  assert( j<=nOut );
+  zOut[j] = 0;
+  sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)zOut, j, sqlite3_free);
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the TRIM(), LTRIM(), and RTRIM() functions.
+** The userdata is 0x1 for left trim, 0x2 for right trim, 0x3 for both.
+*/
+static void trimFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  const unsigned char *zIn;         /* Input string */
+  const unsigned char *zCharSet;    /* Set of characters to trim */
+  int nIn;                          /* Number of bytes in input */
+  int flags;                        /* 1: trimleft  2: trimright  3: trim */
+  int i;                            /* Loop counter */
+  unsigned char *aLen = 0;          /* Length of each character in zCharSet */
+  unsigned char **azChar = 0;       /* Individual characters in zCharSet */
+  int nChar;                        /* Number of characters in zCharSet */
+
+  if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ){
+    return;
+  }
+  zIn = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  if( zIn==0 ) return;
+  nIn = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
+  assert( zIn==sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) );
+  if( argc==1 ){
+    static const unsigned char lenOne[] = { 1 };
+    static unsigned char * const azOne[] = { (u8*)" " };
+    nChar = 1;
+    aLen = (u8*)lenOne;
+    azChar = (unsigned char **)azOne;
+    zCharSet = 0;
+  }else if( (zCharSet = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]))==0 ){
+    return;
+  }else{
+    const unsigned char *z;
+    for(z=zCharSet, nChar=0; *z; nChar++){
+      SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z);
+    }
+    if( nChar>0 ){
+      azChar = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)nChar)*(sizeof(char*)+1));
+      if( azChar==0 ){
+        return;
+      }
+      aLen = (unsigned char*)&azChar[nChar];
+      for(z=zCharSet, nChar=0; *z; nChar++){
+        azChar[nChar] = (unsigned char *)z;
+        SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z);
+        aLen[nChar] = (u8)(z - azChar[nChar]);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if( nChar>0 ){
+    flags = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(sqlite3_user_data(context));
+    if( flags & 1 ){
+      while( nIn>0 ){
+        int len = 0;
+        for(i=0; i<nChar; i++){
+          len = aLen[i];
+          if( len<=nIn && memcmp(zIn, azChar[i], len)==0 ) break;
+        }
+        if( i>=nChar ) break;
+        zIn += len;
+        nIn -= len;
+      }
+    }
+    if( flags & 2 ){
+      while( nIn>0 ){
+        int len = 0;
+        for(i=0; i<nChar; i++){
+          len = aLen[i];
+          if( len<=nIn && memcmp(&zIn[nIn-len],azChar[i],len)==0 ) break;
+        }
+        if( i>=nChar ) break;
+        nIn -= len;
+      }
+    }
+    if( zCharSet ){
+      sqlite3_free(azChar);
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)zIn, nIn, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+}
+
+
+/* IMP: R-25361-16150 This function is omitted from SQLite by default. It
+** is only available if the SQLITE_SOUNDEX compile-time option is used
+** when SQLite is built.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_SOUNDEX
+/*
+** Compute the soundex encoding of a word.
+**
+** IMP: R-59782-00072 The soundex(X) function returns a string that is the
+** soundex encoding of the string X. 
+*/
+static void soundexFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  char zResult[8];
+  const u8 *zIn;
+  int i, j;
+  static const unsigned char iCode[] = {
+    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+    0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 0, 1, 2, 0, 0, 2, 2, 4, 5, 5, 0,
+    1, 2, 6, 2, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+    0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 0, 1, 2, 0, 0, 2, 2, 4, 5, 5, 0,
+    1, 2, 6, 2, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+  };
+  assert( argc==1 );
+  zIn = (u8*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  if( zIn==0 ) zIn = (u8*)"";
+  for(i=0; zIn[i] && !sqlite3Isalpha(zIn[i]); i++){}
+  if( zIn[i] ){
+    u8 prevcode = iCode[zIn[i]&0x7f];
+    zResult[0] = sqlite3Toupper(zIn[i]);
+    for(j=1; j<4 && zIn[i]; i++){
+      int code = iCode[zIn[i]&0x7f];
+      if( code>0 ){
+        if( code!=prevcode ){
+          prevcode = code;
+          zResult[j++] = code + '0';
+        }
+      }else{
+        prevcode = 0;
+      }
+    }
+    while( j<4 ){
+      zResult[j++] = '0';
+    }
+    zResult[j] = 0;
+    sqlite3_result_text(context, zResult, 4, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+  }else{
+    /* IMP: R-64894-50321 The string "?000" is returned if the argument
+    ** is NULL or contains no ASCII alphabetic characters. */
+    sqlite3_result_text(context, "?000", 4, SQLITE_STATIC);
+  }
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_SOUNDEX */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
+/*
+** A function that loads a shared-library extension then returns NULL.
+*/
+static void loadExt(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
+  const char *zFile = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  const char *zProc;
+  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+  char *zErrMsg = 0;
+
+  if( argc==2 ){
+    zProc = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
+  }else{
+    zProc = 0;
+  }
+  if( zFile && sqlite3_load_extension(db, zFile, zProc, &zErrMsg) ){
+    sqlite3_result_error(context, zErrMsg, -1);
+    sqlite3_free(zErrMsg);
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure holds the context of a
+** sum() or avg() aggregate computation.
+*/
+typedef struct SumCtx SumCtx;
+struct SumCtx {
+  double rSum;      /* Floating point sum */
+  i64 iSum;         /* Integer sum */   
+  i64 cnt;          /* Number of elements summed */
+  u8 overflow;      /* True if integer overflow seen */
+  u8 approx;        /* True if non-integer value was input to the sum */
+};
+
+/*
+** Routines used to compute the sum, average, and total.
+**
+** The SUM() function follows the (broken) SQL standard which means
+** that it returns NULL if it sums over no inputs.  TOTAL returns
+** 0.0 in that case.  In addition, TOTAL always returns a float where
+** SUM might return an integer if it never encounters a floating point
+** value.  TOTAL never fails, but SUM might through an exception if
+** it overflows an integer.
+*/
+static void sumStep(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
+  SumCtx *p;
+  int type;
+  assert( argc==1 );
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+  p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p));
+  type = sqlite3_value_numeric_type(argv[0]);
+  if( p && type!=SQLITE_NULL ){
+    p->cnt++;
+    if( type==SQLITE_INTEGER ){
+      i64 v = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]);
+      p->rSum += v;
+      if( (p->approx|p->overflow)==0 && sqlite3AddInt64(&p->iSum, v) ){
+        p->overflow = 1;
+      }
+    }else{
+      p->rSum += sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]);
+      p->approx = 1;
+    }
+  }
+}
+static void sumFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
+  SumCtx *p;
+  p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0);
+  if( p && p->cnt>0 ){
+    if( p->overflow ){
+      sqlite3_result_error(context,"integer overflow",-1);
+    }else if( p->approx ){
+      sqlite3_result_double(context, p->rSum);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3_result_int64(context, p->iSum);
+    }
+  }
+}
+static void avgFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
+  SumCtx *p;
+  p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0);
+  if( p && p->cnt>0 ){
+    sqlite3_result_double(context, p->rSum/(double)p->cnt);
+  }
+}
+static void totalFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
+  SumCtx *p;
+  p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0);
+  /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */
+  sqlite3_result_double(context, p ? p->rSum : (double)0);
+}
+
+/*
+** The following structure keeps track of state information for the
+** count() aggregate function.
+*/
+typedef struct CountCtx CountCtx;
+struct CountCtx {
+  i64 n;
+};
+
+/*
+** Routines to implement the count() aggregate function.
+*/
+static void countStep(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
+  CountCtx *p;
+  p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p));
+  if( (argc==0 || SQLITE_NULL!=sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])) && p ){
+    p->n++;
+  }
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+  /* The sqlite3_aggregate_count() function is deprecated.  But just to make
+  ** sure it still operates correctly, verify that its count agrees with our 
+  ** internal count when using count(*) and when the total count can be
+  ** expressed as a 32-bit integer. */
+  assert( argc==1 || p==0 || p->n>0x7fffffff
+          || p->n==sqlite3_aggregate_count(context) );
+#endif
+}   
+static void countFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
+  CountCtx *p;
+  p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0);
+  sqlite3_result_int64(context, p ? p->n : 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Routines to implement min() and max() aggregate functions.
+*/
+static void minmaxStep(
+  sqlite3_context *context, 
+  int NotUsed, 
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  Mem *pArg  = (Mem *)argv[0];
+  Mem *pBest;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+
+  pBest = (Mem *)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*pBest));
+  if( !pBest ) return;
+
+  if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ){
+    if( pBest->flags ) sqlite3SkipAccumulatorLoad(context);
+  }else if( pBest->flags ){
+    int max;
+    int cmp;
+    CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context);
+    /* This step function is used for both the min() and max() aggregates,
+    ** the only difference between the two being that the sense of the
+    ** comparison is inverted. For the max() aggregate, the
+    ** sqlite3_user_data() function returns (void *)-1. For min() it
+    ** returns (void *)db, where db is the sqlite3* database pointer.
+    ** Therefore the next statement sets variable 'max' to 1 for the max()
+    ** aggregate, or 0 for min().
+    */
+    max = sqlite3_user_data(context)!=0;
+    cmp = sqlite3MemCompare(pBest, pArg, pColl);
+    if( (max && cmp<0) || (!max && cmp>0) ){
+      sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(pBest, pArg);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3SkipAccumulatorLoad(context);
+    }
+  }else{
+    sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(pBest, pArg);
+  }
+}
+static void minMaxFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
+  sqlite3_value *pRes;
+  pRes = (sqlite3_value *)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0);
+  if( pRes ){
+    if( pRes->flags ){
+      sqlite3_result_value(context, pRes);
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pRes);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** group_concat(EXPR, ?SEPARATOR?)
+*/
+static void groupConcatStep(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  const char *zVal;
+  StrAccum *pAccum;
+  const char *zSep;
+  int nVal, nSep;
+  assert( argc==1 || argc==2 );
+  if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return;
+  pAccum = (StrAccum*)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*pAccum));
+
+  if( pAccum ){
+    sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+    int firstTerm = pAccum->useMalloc==0;
+    pAccum->useMalloc = 2;
+    pAccum->mxAlloc = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH];
+    if( !firstTerm ){
+      if( argc==2 ){
+        zSep = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
+        nSep = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]);
+      }else{
+        zSep = ",";
+        nSep = 1;
+      }
+      sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, zSep, nSep);
+    }
+    zVal = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+    nVal = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
+    sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, zVal, nVal);
+  }
+}
+static void groupConcatFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
+  StrAccum *pAccum;
+  pAccum = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0);
+  if( pAccum ){
+    if( pAccum->tooBig ){
+      sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context);
+    }else if( pAccum->mallocFailed ){
+      sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
+    }else{    
+      sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3StrAccumFinish(pAccum), -1, 
+                          sqlite3_free);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine does per-connection function registration.  Most
+** of the built-in functions above are part of the global function set.
+** This routine only deals with those that are not global.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(sqlite3 *db){
+  int rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "MATCH", 2);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_OK );
+  if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
+    db->mallocFailed = 1;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the LIKEOPT flag on the 2-argument function with the given name.
+*/
+static void setLikeOptFlag(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, u8 flagVal){
+  FuncDef *pDef;
+  pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName),
+                             2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0);
+  if( ALWAYS(pDef) ){
+    pDef->flags = flagVal;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Register the built-in LIKE and GLOB functions.  The caseSensitive
+** parameter determines whether or not the LIKE operator is case
+** sensitive.  GLOB is always case sensitive.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(sqlite3 *db, int caseSensitive){
+  struct compareInfo *pInfo;
+  if( caseSensitive ){
+    pInfo = (struct compareInfo*)&likeInfoAlt;
+  }else{
+    pInfo = (struct compareInfo*)&likeInfoNorm;
+  }
+  sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "like", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, pInfo, likeFunc, 0, 0, 0);
+  sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "like", 3, SQLITE_UTF8, pInfo, likeFunc, 0, 0, 0);
+  sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "glob", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 
+      (struct compareInfo*)&globInfo, likeFunc, 0, 0, 0);
+  setLikeOptFlag(db, "glob", SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE | SQLITE_FUNC_CASE);
+  setLikeOptFlag(db, "like", 
+      caseSensitive ? (SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE | SQLITE_FUNC_CASE) : SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE);
+}
+
+/*
+** pExpr points to an expression which implements a function.  If
+** it is appropriate to apply the LIKE optimization to that function
+** then set aWc[0] through aWc[2] to the wildcard characters and
+** return TRUE.  If the function is not a LIKE-style function then
+** return FALSE.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsLikeFunction(sqlite3 *db, Expr *pExpr, int *pIsNocase, char *aWc){
+  FuncDef *pDef;
+  if( pExpr->op!=TK_FUNCTION 
+   || !pExpr->x.pList 
+   || pExpr->x.pList->nExpr!=2
+  ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
+  pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(db, pExpr->u.zToken, 
+                             sqlite3Strlen30(pExpr->u.zToken),
+                             2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0);
+  if( NEVER(pDef==0) || (pDef->flags & SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE)==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  /* The memcpy() statement assumes that the wildcard characters are
+  ** the first three statements in the compareInfo structure.  The
+  ** asserts() that follow verify that assumption
+  */
+  memcpy(aWc, pDef->pUserData, 3);
+  assert( (char*)&likeInfoAlt == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchAll );
+  assert( &((char*)&likeInfoAlt)[1] == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchOne );
+  assert( &((char*)&likeInfoAlt)[2] == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchSet );
+  *pIsNocase = (pDef->flags & SQLITE_FUNC_CASE)==0;
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** All all of the FuncDef structures in the aBuiltinFunc[] array above
+** to the global function hash table.  This occurs at start-time (as
+** a consequence of calling sqlite3_initialize()).
+**
+** After this routine runs
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterGlobalFunctions(void){
+  /*
+  ** The following array holds FuncDef structures for all of the functions
+  ** defined in this file.
+  **
+  ** The array cannot be constant since changes are made to the
+  ** FuncDef.pHash elements at start-time.  The elements of this array
+  ** are read-only after initialization is complete.
+  */
+  static SQLITE_WSD FuncDef aBuiltinFunc[] = {
+    FUNCTION(ltrim,              1, 1, 0, trimFunc         ),
+    FUNCTION(ltrim,              2, 1, 0, trimFunc         ),
+    FUNCTION(rtrim,              1, 2, 0, trimFunc         ),
+    FUNCTION(rtrim,              2, 2, 0, trimFunc         ),
+    FUNCTION(trim,               1, 3, 0, trimFunc         ),
+    FUNCTION(trim,               2, 3, 0, trimFunc         ),
+    FUNCTION(min,               -1, 0, 1, minmaxFunc       ),
+    FUNCTION(min,                0, 0, 1, 0                ),
+    AGGREGATE(min,               1, 0, 1, minmaxStep,      minMaxFinalize ),
+    FUNCTION(max,               -1, 1, 1, minmaxFunc       ),
+    FUNCTION(max,                0, 1, 1, 0                ),
+    AGGREGATE(max,               1, 1, 1, minmaxStep,      minMaxFinalize ),
+    FUNCTION2(typeof,            1, 0, 0, typeofFunc,  SQLITE_FUNC_TYPEOF),
+    FUNCTION2(length,            1, 0, 0, lengthFunc,  SQLITE_FUNC_LENGTH),
+    FUNCTION(substr,             2, 0, 0, substrFunc       ),
+    FUNCTION(substr,             3, 0, 0, substrFunc       ),
+    FUNCTION(abs,                1, 0, 0, absFunc          ),
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+    FUNCTION(round,              1, 0, 0, roundFunc        ),
+    FUNCTION(round,              2, 0, 0, roundFunc        ),
+#endif
+    FUNCTION(upper,              1, 0, 0, upperFunc        ),
+    FUNCTION(lower,              1, 0, 0, lowerFunc        ),
+    FUNCTION(coalesce,           1, 0, 0, 0                ),
+    FUNCTION(coalesce,           0, 0, 0, 0                ),
+    FUNCTION2(coalesce,         -1, 0, 0, ifnullFunc,  SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE),
+    FUNCTION(hex,                1, 0, 0, hexFunc          ),
+    FUNCTION2(ifnull,            2, 0, 0, ifnullFunc,  SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE),
+    FUNCTION(random,             0, 0, 0, randomFunc       ),
+    FUNCTION(randomblob,         1, 0, 0, randomBlob       ),
+    FUNCTION(nullif,             2, 0, 1, nullifFunc       ),
+    FUNCTION(sqlite_version,     0, 0, 0, versionFunc      ),
+    FUNCTION(sqlite_source_id,   0, 0, 0, sourceidFunc     ),
+    FUNCTION(sqlite_log,         2, 0, 0, errlogFunc       ),
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS
+    FUNCTION(sqlite_compileoption_used,1, 0, 0, compileoptionusedFunc  ),
+    FUNCTION(sqlite_compileoption_get, 1, 0, 0, compileoptiongetFunc  ),
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */
+    FUNCTION(quote,              1, 0, 0, quoteFunc        ),
+    FUNCTION(last_insert_rowid,  0, 0, 0, last_insert_rowid),
+    FUNCTION(changes,            0, 0, 0, changes          ),
+    FUNCTION(total_changes,      0, 0, 0, total_changes    ),
+    FUNCTION(replace,            3, 0, 0, replaceFunc      ),
+    FUNCTION(zeroblob,           1, 0, 0, zeroblobFunc     ),
+  #ifdef SQLITE_SOUNDEX
+    FUNCTION(soundex,            1, 0, 0, soundexFunc      ),
+  #endif
+  #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
+    FUNCTION(load_extension,     1, 0, 0, loadExt          ),
+    FUNCTION(load_extension,     2, 0, 0, loadExt          ),
+  #endif
+    AGGREGATE(sum,               1, 0, 0, sumStep,         sumFinalize    ),
+    AGGREGATE(total,             1, 0, 0, sumStep,         totalFinalize    ),
+    AGGREGATE(avg,               1, 0, 0, sumStep,         avgFinalize    ),
+ /* AGGREGATE(count,             0, 0, 0, countStep,       countFinalize  ), */
+    {0,SQLITE_UTF8,SQLITE_FUNC_COUNT,0,0,0,countStep,countFinalize,"count",0,0},
+    AGGREGATE(count,             1, 0, 0, countStep,       countFinalize  ),
+    AGGREGATE(group_concat,      1, 0, 0, groupConcatStep, groupConcatFinalize),
+    AGGREGATE(group_concat,      2, 0, 0, groupConcatStep, groupConcatFinalize),
+  
+    LIKEFUNC(glob, 2, &globInfo, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE|SQLITE_FUNC_CASE),
+  #ifdef SQLITE_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE
+    LIKEFUNC(like, 2, &likeInfoAlt, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE|SQLITE_FUNC_CASE),
+    LIKEFUNC(like, 3, &likeInfoAlt, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE|SQLITE_FUNC_CASE),
+  #else
+    LIKEFUNC(like, 2, &likeInfoNorm, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE),
+    LIKEFUNC(like, 3, &likeInfoNorm, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE),
+  #endif
+  };
+
+  int i;
+  FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions);
+  FuncDef *aFunc = (FuncDef*)&GLOBAL(FuncDef, aBuiltinFunc);
+
+  for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aBuiltinFunc); i++){
+    sqlite3FuncDefInsert(pHash, &aFunc[i]);
+  }
+  sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions();
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE
+  sqlite3AlterFunctions();
+#endif
+}
+
+/************** End of func.c ************************************************/
+/************** Begin file fkey.c ********************************************/
+/*
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains code used by the compiler to add foreign key
+** support to compiled SQL statements.
+*/
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+
+/*
+** Deferred and Immediate FKs
+** --------------------------
+**
+** Foreign keys in SQLite come in two flavours: deferred and immediate.
+** If an immediate foreign key constraint is violated, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT
+** is returned and the current statement transaction rolled back. If a 
+** deferred foreign key constraint is violated, no action is taken 
+** immediately. However if the application attempts to commit the 
+** transaction before fixing the constraint violation, the attempt fails.
+**
+** Deferred constraints are implemented using a simple counter associated
+** with the database handle. The counter is set to zero each time a 
+** database transaction is opened. Each time a statement is executed 
+** that causes a foreign key violation, the counter is incremented. Each
+** time a statement is executed that removes an existing violation from
+** the database, the counter is decremented. When the transaction is
+** committed, the commit fails if the current value of the counter is
+** greater than zero. This scheme has two big drawbacks:
+**
+**   * When a commit fails due to a deferred foreign key constraint, 
+**     there is no way to tell which foreign constraint is not satisfied,
+**     or which row it is not satisfied for.
+**
+**   * If the database contains foreign key violations when the 
+**     transaction is opened, this may cause the mechanism to malfunction.
+**
+** Despite these problems, this approach is adopted as it seems simpler
+** than the alternatives.
+**
+** INSERT operations:
+**
+**   I.1) For each FK for which the table is the child table, search
+**        the parent table for a match. If none is found increment the
+**        constraint counter.
+**
+**   I.2) For each FK for which the table is the parent table, 
+**        search the child table for rows that correspond to the new
+**        row in the parent table. Decrement the counter for each row
+**        found (as the constraint is now satisfied).
+**
+** DELETE operations:
+**
+**   D.1) For each FK for which the table is the child table, 
+**        search the parent table for a row that corresponds to the 
+**        deleted row in the child table. If such a row is not found, 
+**        decrement the counter.
+**
+**   D.2) For each FK for which the table is the parent table, search 
+**        the child table for rows that correspond to the deleted row 
+**        in the parent table. For each found increment the counter.
+**
+** UPDATE operations:
+**
+**   An UPDATE command requires that all 4 steps above are taken, but only
+**   for FK constraints for which the affected columns are actually 
+**   modified (values must be compared at runtime).
+**
+** Note that I.1 and D.1 are very similar operations, as are I.2 and D.2.
+** This simplifies the implementation a bit.
+**
+** For the purposes of immediate FK constraints, the OR REPLACE conflict
+** resolution is considered to delete rows before the new row is inserted.
+** If a delete caused by OR REPLACE violates an FK constraint, an exception
+** is thrown, even if the FK constraint would be satisfied after the new 
+** row is inserted.
+**
+** Immediate constraints are usually handled similarly. The only difference 
+** is that the counter used is stored as part of each individual statement
+** object (struct Vdbe). If, after the statement has run, its immediate
+** constraint counter is greater than zero, it returns SQLITE_CONSTRAINT
+** and the statement transaction is rolled back. An exception is an INSERT
+** statement that inserts a single row only (no triggers). In this case,
+** instead of using a counter, an exception is thrown immediately if the
+** INSERT violates a foreign key constraint. This is necessary as such
+** an INSERT does not open a statement transaction.
+**
+** TODO: How should dropping a table be handled? How should renaming a 
+** table be handled?
+**
+**
+** Query API Notes
+** ---------------
+**
+** Before coding an UPDATE or DELETE row operation, the code-generator
+** for those two operations needs to know whether or not the operation
+** requires any FK processing and, if so, which columns of the original
+** row are required by the FK processing VDBE code (i.e. if FKs were
+** implemented using triggers, which of the old.* columns would be 
+** accessed). No information is required by the code-generator before
+** coding an INSERT operation. The functions used by the UPDATE/DELETE
+** generation code to query for this information are:
+**
+**   sqlite3FkRequired() - Test to see if FK processing is required.
+**   sqlite3FkOldmask()  - Query for the set of required old.* columns.
+**
+**
+** Externally accessible module functions
+** --------------------------------------
+**
+**   sqlite3FkCheck()    - Check for foreign key violations.
+**   sqlite3FkActions()  - Code triggers for ON UPDATE/ON DELETE actions.
+**   sqlite3FkDelete()   - Delete an FKey structure.
+*/
+
+/*
+** VDBE Calling Convention
+** -----------------------
+**
+** Example:
+**
+**   For the following INSERT statement:
+**
+**     CREATE TABLE t1(a, b INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, c);
+**     INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(1, 2, 3.1);
+**
+**   Register (x):        2    (type integer)
+**   Register (x+1):      1    (type integer)
+**   Register (x+2):      NULL (type NULL)
+**   Register (x+3):      3.1  (type real)
+*/
+
+/*
+** A foreign key constraint requires that the key columns in the parent
+** table are collectively subject to a UNIQUE or PRIMARY KEY constraint.
+** Given that pParent is the parent table for foreign key constraint pFKey, 
+** search the schema a unique index on the parent key columns. 
+**
+** If successful, zero is returned. If the parent key is an INTEGER PRIMARY 
+** KEY column, then output variable *ppIdx is set to NULL. Otherwise, *ppIdx 
+** is set to point to the unique index. 
+** 
+** If the parent key consists of a single column (the foreign key constraint
+** is not a composite foreign key), output variable *paiCol is set to NULL.
+** Otherwise, it is set to point to an allocated array of size N, where
+** N is the number of columns in the parent key. The first element of the
+** array is the index of the child table column that is mapped by the FK
+** constraint to the parent table column stored in the left-most column
+** of index *ppIdx. The second element of the array is the index of the
+** child table column that corresponds to the second left-most column of
+** *ppIdx, and so on.
+**
+** If the required index cannot be found, either because:
+**
+**   1) The named parent key columns do not exist, or
+**
+**   2) The named parent key columns do exist, but are not subject to a
+**      UNIQUE or PRIMARY KEY constraint, or
+**
+**   3) No parent key columns were provided explicitly as part of the
+**      foreign key definition, and the parent table does not have a
+**      PRIMARY KEY, or
+**
+**   4) No parent key columns were provided explicitly as part of the
+**      foreign key definition, and the PRIMARY KEY of the parent table 
+**      consists of a a different number of columns to the child key in 
+**      the child table.
+**
+** then non-zero is returned, and a "foreign key mismatch" error loaded
+** into pParse. If an OOM error occurs, non-zero is returned and the
+** pParse->db->mallocFailed flag is set.
+*/
+static int locateFkeyIndex(
+  Parse *pParse,                  /* Parse context to store any error in */
+  Table *pParent,                 /* Parent table of FK constraint pFKey */
+  FKey *pFKey,                    /* Foreign key to find index for */
+  Index **ppIdx,                  /* OUT: Unique index on parent table */
+  int **paiCol                    /* OUT: Map of index columns in pFKey */
+){
+  Index *pIdx = 0;                    /* Value to return via *ppIdx */
+  int *aiCol = 0;                     /* Value to return via *paiCol */
+  int nCol = pFKey->nCol;             /* Number of columns in parent key */
+  char *zKey = pFKey->aCol[0].zCol;   /* Name of left-most parent key column */
+
+  /* The caller is responsible for zeroing output parameters. */
+  assert( ppIdx && *ppIdx==0 );
+  assert( !paiCol || *paiCol==0 );
+  assert( pParse );
+
+  /* If this is a non-composite (single column) foreign key, check if it 
+  ** maps to the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY of table pParent. If so, leave *ppIdx 
+  ** and *paiCol set to zero and return early. 
+  **
+  ** Otherwise, for a composite foreign key (more than one column), allocate
+  ** space for the aiCol array (returned via output parameter *paiCol).
+  ** Non-composite foreign keys do not require the aiCol array.
+  */
+  if( nCol==1 ){
+    /* The FK maps to the IPK if any of the following are true:
+    **
+    **   1) There is an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column and the FK is implicitly 
+    **      mapped to the primary key of table pParent, or
+    **   2) The FK is explicitly mapped to a column declared as INTEGER
+    **      PRIMARY KEY.
+    */
+    if( pParent->iPKey>=0 ){
+      if( !zKey ) return 0;
+      if( !sqlite3StrICmp(pParent->aCol[pParent->iPKey].zName, zKey) ) return 0;
+    }
+  }else if( paiCol ){
+    assert( nCol>1 );
+    aiCol = (int *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pParse->db, nCol*sizeof(int));
+    if( !aiCol ) return 1;
+    *paiCol = aiCol;
+  }
+
+  for(pIdx=pParent->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+    if( pIdx->nColumn==nCol && pIdx->onError!=OE_None ){ 
+      /* pIdx is a UNIQUE index (or a PRIMARY KEY) and has the right number
+      ** of columns. If each indexed column corresponds to a foreign key
+      ** column of pFKey, then this index is a winner.  */
+
+      if( zKey==0 ){
+        /* If zKey is NULL, then this foreign key is implicitly mapped to 
+        ** the PRIMARY KEY of table pParent. The PRIMARY KEY index may be 
+        ** identified by the test (Index.autoIndex==2).  */
+        if( pIdx->autoIndex==2 ){
+          if( aiCol ){
+            int i;
+            for(i=0; i<nCol; i++) aiCol[i] = pFKey->aCol[i].iFrom;
+          }
+          break;
+        }
+      }else{
+        /* If zKey is non-NULL, then this foreign key was declared to
+        ** map to an explicit list of columns in table pParent. Check if this
+        ** index matches those columns. Also, check that the index uses
+        ** the default collation sequences for each column. */
+        int i, j;
+        for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+          int iCol = pIdx->aiColumn[i];     /* Index of column in parent tbl */
+          char *zDfltColl;                  /* Def. collation for column */
+          char *zIdxCol;                    /* Name of indexed column */
+
+          /* If the index uses a collation sequence that is different from
+          ** the default collation sequence for the column, this index is
+          ** unusable. Bail out early in this case.  */
+          zDfltColl = pParent->aCol[iCol].zColl;
+          if( !zDfltColl ){
+            zDfltColl = "BINARY";
+          }
+          if( sqlite3StrICmp(pIdx->azColl[i], zDfltColl) ) break;
+
+          zIdxCol = pParent->aCol[iCol].zName;
+          for(j=0; j<nCol; j++){
+            if( sqlite3StrICmp(pFKey->aCol[j].zCol, zIdxCol)==0 ){
+              if( aiCol ) aiCol[i] = pFKey->aCol[j].iFrom;
+              break;
+            }
+          }
+          if( j==nCol ) break;
+        }
+        if( i==nCol ) break;      /* pIdx is usable */
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( !pIdx ){
+    if( !pParse->disableTriggers ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "foreign key mismatch");
+    }
+    sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, aiCol);
+    return 1;
+  }
+
+  *ppIdx = pIdx;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called when a row is inserted into or deleted from the 
+** child table of foreign key constraint pFKey. If an SQL UPDATE is executed 
+** on the child table of pFKey, this function is invoked twice for each row
+** affected - once to "delete" the old row, and then again to "insert" the
+** new row.
+**
+** Each time it is called, this function generates VDBE code to locate the
+** row in the parent table that corresponds to the row being inserted into 
+** or deleted from the child table. If the parent row can be found, no 
+** special action is taken. Otherwise, if the parent row can *not* be
+** found in the parent table:
+**
+**   Operation | FK type   | Action taken
+**   --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+**   INSERT      immediate   Increment the "immediate constraint counter".
+**
+**   DELETE      immediate   Decrement the "immediate constraint counter".
+**
+**   INSERT      deferred    Increment the "deferred constraint counter".
+**
+**   DELETE      deferred    Decrement the "deferred constraint counter".
+**
+** These operations are identified in the comment at the top of this file 
+** (fkey.c) as "I.1" and "D.1".
+*/
+static void fkLookupParent(
+  Parse *pParse,        /* Parse context */
+  int iDb,              /* Index of database housing pTab */
+  Table *pTab,          /* Parent table of FK pFKey */
+  Index *pIdx,          /* Unique index on parent key columns in pTab */
+  FKey *pFKey,          /* Foreign key constraint */
+  int *aiCol,           /* Map from parent key columns to child table columns */
+  int regData,          /* Address of array containing child table row */
+  int nIncr,            /* Increment constraint counter by this */
+  int isIgnore          /* If true, pretend pTab contains all NULL values */
+){
+  int i;                                    /* Iterator variable */
+  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);         /* Vdbe to add code to */
+  int iCur = pParse->nTab - 1;              /* Cursor number to use */
+  int iOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);        /* jump here if parent key found */
+
+  /* If nIncr is less than zero, then check at runtime if there are any
+  ** outstanding constraints to resolve. If there are not, there is no need
+  ** to check if deleting this row resolves any outstanding violations.
+  **
+  ** Check if any of the key columns in the child table row are NULL. If 
+  ** any are, then the constraint is considered satisfied. No need to 
+  ** search for a matching row in the parent table.  */
+  if( nIncr<0 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkIfZero, pFKey->isDeferred, iOk);
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<pFKey->nCol; i++){
+    int iReg = aiCol[i] + regData + 1;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, iReg, iOk);
+  }
+
+  if( isIgnore==0 ){
+    if( pIdx==0 ){
+      /* If pIdx is NULL, then the parent key is the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY
+      ** column of the parent table (table pTab).  */
+      int iMustBeInt;               /* Address of MustBeInt instruction */
+      int regTemp = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+  
+      /* Invoke MustBeInt to coerce the child key value to an integer (i.e. 
+      ** apply the affinity of the parent key). If this fails, then there
+      ** is no matching parent key. Before using MustBeInt, make a copy of
+      ** the value. Otherwise, the value inserted into the child key column
+      ** will have INTEGER affinity applied to it, which may not be correct.  */
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, aiCol[0]+1+regData, regTemp);
+      iMustBeInt = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, regTemp, 0);
+  
+      /* If the parent table is the same as the child table, and we are about
+      ** to increment the constraint-counter (i.e. this is an INSERT operation),
+      ** then check if the row being inserted matches itself. If so, do not
+      ** increment the constraint-counter.  */
+      if( pTab==pFKey->pFrom && nIncr==1 ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, regData, iOk, regTemp);
+      }
+  
+      sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iCur, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, 0, regTemp);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iOk);
+      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)-2);
+      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iMustBeInt);
+      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regTemp);
+    }else{
+      int nCol = pFKey->nCol;
+      int regTemp = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nCol);
+      int regRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+      KeyInfo *pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIdx);
+  
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iCur, pIdx->tnum, iDb);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char*)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
+      for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, aiCol[i]+1+regData, regTemp+i);
+      }
+  
+      /* If the parent table is the same as the child table, and we are about
+      ** to increment the constraint-counter (i.e. this is an INSERT operation),
+      ** then check if the row being inserted matches itself. If so, do not
+      ** increment the constraint-counter. 
+      **
+      ** If any of the parent-key values are NULL, then the row cannot match 
+      ** itself. So set JUMPIFNULL to make sure we do the OP_Found if any
+      ** of the parent-key values are NULL (at this point it is known that
+      ** none of the child key values are).
+      */
+      if( pTab==pFKey->pFrom && nIncr==1 ){
+        int iJump = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + nCol + 1;
+        for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+          int iChild = aiCol[i]+1+regData;
+          int iParent = pIdx->aiColumn[i]+1+regData;
+          assert( aiCol[i]!=pTab->iPKey );
+          if( pIdx->aiColumn[i]==pTab->iPKey ){
+            /* The parent key is a composite key that includes the IPK column */
+            iParent = regData;
+          }
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Ne, iChild, iJump, iParent);
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
+        }
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iOk);
+      }
+  
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regTemp, nCol, regRec);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v,pIdx), P4_TRANSIENT);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iCur, iOk, regRec, 0);
+  
+      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRec);
+      sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regTemp, nCol);
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( !pFKey->isDeferred && !pParse->pToplevel && !pParse->isMultiWrite ){
+    /* Special case: If this is an INSERT statement that will insert exactly
+    ** one row into the table, raise a constraint immediately instead of
+    ** incrementing a counter. This is necessary as the VM code is being
+    ** generated for will not open a statement transaction.  */
+    assert( nIncr==1 );
+    sqlite3HaltConstraint(
+        pParse, OE_Abort, "foreign key constraint failed", P4_STATIC
+    );
+  }else{
+    if( nIncr>0 && pFKey->isDeferred==0 ){
+      sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse)->mayAbort = 1;
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkCounter, pFKey->isDeferred, nIncr);
+  }
+
+  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iOk);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iCur);
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called to generate code executed when a row is deleted
+** from the parent table of foreign key constraint pFKey and, if pFKey is 
+** deferred, when a row is inserted into the same table. When generating
+** code for an SQL UPDATE operation, this function may be called twice -
+** once to "delete" the old row and once to "insert" the new row.
+**
+** The code generated by this function scans through the rows in the child
+** table that correspond to the parent table row being deleted or inserted.
+** For each child row found, one of the following actions is taken:
+**
+**   Operation | FK type   | Action taken
+**   --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+**   DELETE      immediate   Increment the "immediate constraint counter".
+**                           Or, if the ON (UPDATE|DELETE) action is RESTRICT,
+**                           throw a "foreign key constraint failed" exception.
+**
+**   INSERT      immediate   Decrement the "immediate constraint counter".
+**
+**   DELETE      deferred    Increment the "deferred constraint counter".
+**                           Or, if the ON (UPDATE|DELETE) action is RESTRICT,
+**                           throw a "foreign key constraint failed" exception.
+**
+**   INSERT      deferred    Decrement the "deferred constraint counter".
+**
+** These operations are identified in the comment at the top of this file 
+** (fkey.c) as "I.2" and "D.2".
+*/
+static void fkScanChildren(
+  Parse *pParse,                  /* Parse context */
+  SrcList *pSrc,                  /* SrcList containing the table to scan */
+  Table *pTab,
+  Index *pIdx,                    /* Foreign key index */
+  FKey *pFKey,                    /* Foreign key relationship */
+  int *aiCol,                     /* Map from pIdx cols to child table cols */
+  int regData,                    /* Referenced table data starts here */
+  int nIncr                       /* Amount to increment deferred counter by */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;       /* Database handle */
+  int i;                          /* Iterator variable */
+  Expr *pWhere = 0;               /* WHERE clause to scan with */
+  NameContext sNameContext;       /* Context used to resolve WHERE clause */
+  WhereInfo *pWInfo;              /* Context used by sqlite3WhereXXX() */
+  int iFkIfZero = 0;              /* Address of OP_FkIfZero */
+  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+
+  assert( !pIdx || pIdx->pTable==pTab );
+
+  if( nIncr<0 ){
+    iFkIfZero = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkIfZero, pFKey->isDeferred, 0);
+  }
+
+  /* Create an Expr object representing an SQL expression like:
+  **
+  **   <parent-key1> = <child-key1> AND <parent-key2> = <child-key2> ...
+  **
+  ** The collation sequence used for the comparison should be that of
+  ** the parent key columns. The affinity of the parent key column should
+  ** be applied to each child key value before the comparison takes place.
+  */
+  for(i=0; i<pFKey->nCol; i++){
+    Expr *pLeft;                  /* Value from parent table row */
+    Expr *pRight;                 /* Column ref to child table */
+    Expr *pEq;                    /* Expression (pLeft = pRight) */
+    int iCol;                     /* Index of column in child table */ 
+    const char *zCol;             /* Name of column in child table */
+
+    pLeft = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_REGISTER, 0);
+    if( pLeft ){
+      /* Set the collation sequence and affinity of the LHS of each TK_EQ
+      ** expression to the parent key column defaults.  */
+      if( pIdx ){
+        Column *pCol;
+        iCol = pIdx->aiColumn[i];
+        pCol = &pTab->aCol[iCol];
+        if( pTab->iPKey==iCol ) iCol = -1;
+        pLeft->iTable = regData+iCol+1;
+        pLeft->affinity = pCol->affinity;
+        pLeft->pColl = sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, pCol->zColl);
+      }else{
+        pLeft->iTable = regData;
+        pLeft->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
+      }
+    }
+    iCol = aiCol ? aiCol[i] : pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom;
+    assert( iCol>=0 );
+    zCol = pFKey->pFrom->aCol[iCol].zName;
+    pRight = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, zCol);
+    pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ, pLeft, pRight, 0);
+    pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pWhere, pEq);
+  }
+
+  /* If the child table is the same as the parent table, and this scan
+  ** is taking place as part of a DELETE operation (operation D.2), omit the
+  ** row being deleted from the scan by adding ($rowid != rowid) to the WHERE 
+  ** clause, where $rowid is the rowid of the row being deleted.  */
+  if( pTab==pFKey->pFrom && nIncr>0 ){
+    Expr *pEq;                    /* Expression (pLeft = pRight) */
+    Expr *pLeft;                  /* Value from parent table row */
+    Expr *pRight;                 /* Column ref to child table */
+    pLeft = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_REGISTER, 0);
+    pRight = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_COLUMN, 0);
+    if( pLeft && pRight ){
+      pLeft->iTable = regData;
+      pLeft->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
+      pRight->iTable = pSrc->a[0].iCursor;
+      pRight->iColumn = -1;
+    }
+    pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NE, pLeft, pRight, 0);
+    pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pWhere, pEq);
+  }
+
+  /* Resolve the references in the WHERE clause. */
+  memset(&sNameContext, 0, sizeof(NameContext));
+  sNameContext.pSrcList = pSrc;
+  sNameContext.pParse = pParse;
+  sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNameContext, pWhere);
+
+  /* Create VDBE to loop through the entries in pSrc that match the WHERE
+  ** clause. If the constraint is not deferred, throw an exception for
+  ** each row found. Otherwise, for deferred constraints, increment the
+  ** deferred constraint counter by nIncr for each row selected.  */
+  pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pSrc, pWhere, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+  if( nIncr>0 && pFKey->isDeferred==0 ){
+    sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse)->mayAbort = 1;
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkCounter, pFKey->isDeferred, nIncr);
+  if( pWInfo ){
+    sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
+  }
+
+  /* Clean up the WHERE clause constructed above. */
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere);
+  if( iFkIfZero ){
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iFkIfZero);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This function returns a pointer to the head of a linked list of FK
+** constraints for which table pTab is the parent table. For example,
+** given the following schema:
+**
+**   CREATE TABLE t1(a PRIMARY KEY);
+**   CREATE TABLE t2(b REFERENCES t1(a);
+**
+** Calling this function with table "t1" as an argument returns a pointer
+** to the FKey structure representing the foreign key constraint on table
+** "t2". Calling this function with "t2" as the argument would return a
+** NULL pointer (as there are no FK constraints for which t2 is the parent
+** table).
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE FKey *sqlite3FkReferences(Table *pTab){
+  int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(pTab->zName);
+  return (FKey *)sqlite3HashFind(&pTab->pSchema->fkeyHash, pTab->zName, nName);
+}
+
+/*
+** The second argument is a Trigger structure allocated by the 
+** fkActionTrigger() routine. This function deletes the Trigger structure
+** and all of its sub-components.
+**
+** The Trigger structure or any of its sub-components may be allocated from
+** the lookaside buffer belonging to database handle dbMem.
+*/
+static void fkTriggerDelete(sqlite3 *dbMem, Trigger *p){
+  if( p ){
+    TriggerStep *pStep = p->step_list;
+    sqlite3ExprDelete(dbMem, pStep->pWhere);
+    sqlite3ExprListDelete(dbMem, pStep->pExprList);
+    sqlite3SelectDelete(dbMem, pStep->pSelect);
+    sqlite3ExprDelete(dbMem, p->pWhen);
+    sqlite3DbFree(dbMem, p);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called to generate code that runs when table pTab is
+** being dropped from the database. The SrcList passed as the second argument
+** to this function contains a single entry guaranteed to resolve to
+** table pTab.
+**
+** Normally, no code is required. However, if either
+**
+**   (a) The table is the parent table of a FK constraint, or
+**   (b) The table is the child table of a deferred FK constraint and it is
+**       determined at runtime that there are outstanding deferred FK 
+**       constraint violations in the database,
+**
+** then the equivalent of "DELETE FROM <tbl>" is executed before dropping
+** the table from the database. Triggers are disabled while running this
+** DELETE, but foreign key actions are not.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkDropTable(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, Table *pTab){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  if( (db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys) && !IsVirtual(pTab) && !pTab->pSelect ){
+    int iSkip = 0;
+    Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+
+    assert( v );                  /* VDBE has already been allocated */
+    if( sqlite3FkReferences(pTab)==0 ){
+      /* Search for a deferred foreign key constraint for which this table
+      ** is the child table. If one cannot be found, return without 
+      ** generating any VDBE code. If one can be found, then jump over
+      ** the entire DELETE if there are no outstanding deferred constraints
+      ** when this statement is run.  */
+      FKey *p;
+      for(p=pTab->pFKey; p; p=p->pNextFrom){
+        if( p->isDeferred ) break;
+      }
+      if( !p ) return;
+      iSkip = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkIfZero, 1, iSkip);
+    }
+
+    pParse->disableTriggers = 1;
+    sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse, sqlite3SrcListDup(db, pName, 0), 0);
+    pParse->disableTriggers = 0;
+
+    /* If the DELETE has generated immediate foreign key constraint 
+    ** violations, halt the VDBE and return an error at this point, before
+    ** any modifications to the schema are made. This is because statement
+    ** transactions are not able to rollback schema changes.  */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkIfZero, 0, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2);
+    sqlite3HaltConstraint(
+        pParse, OE_Abort, "foreign key constraint failed", P4_STATIC
+    );
+
+    if( iSkip ){
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iSkip);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called when inserting, deleting or updating a row of
+** table pTab to generate VDBE code to perform foreign key constraint 
+** processing for the operation.
+**
+** For a DELETE operation, parameter regOld is passed the index of the
+** first register in an array of (pTab->nCol+1) registers containing the
+** rowid of the row being deleted, followed by each of the column values
+** of the row being deleted, from left to right. Parameter regNew is passed
+** zero in this case.
+**
+** For an INSERT operation, regOld is passed zero and regNew is passed the
+** first register of an array of (pTab->nCol+1) registers containing the new
+** row data.
+**
+** For an UPDATE operation, this function is called twice. Once before
+** the original record is deleted from the table using the calling convention
+** described for DELETE. Then again after the original record is deleted
+** but before the new record is inserted using the INSERT convention. 
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkCheck(
+  Parse *pParse,                  /* Parse context */
+  Table *pTab,                    /* Row is being deleted from this table */ 
+  int regOld,                     /* Previous row data is stored here */
+  int regNew                      /* New row data is stored here */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;       /* Database handle */
+  FKey *pFKey;                    /* Used to iterate through FKs */
+  int iDb;                        /* Index of database containing pTab */
+  const char *zDb;                /* Name of database containing pTab */
+  int isIgnoreErrors = pParse->disableTriggers;
+
+  /* Exactly one of regOld and regNew should be non-zero. */
+  assert( (regOld==0)!=(regNew==0) );
+
+  /* If foreign-keys are disabled, this function is a no-op. */
+  if( (db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys)==0 ) return;
+
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
+  zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
+
+  /* Loop through all the foreign key constraints for which pTab is the
+  ** child table (the table that the foreign key definition is part of).  */
+  for(pFKey=pTab->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextFrom){
+    Table *pTo;                   /* Parent table of foreign key pFKey */
+    Index *pIdx = 0;              /* Index on key columns in pTo */
+    int *aiFree = 0;
+    int *aiCol;
+    int iCol;
+    int i;
+    int isIgnore = 0;
+
+    /* Find the parent table of this foreign key. Also find a unique index 
+    ** on the parent key columns in the parent table. If either of these 
+    ** schema items cannot be located, set an error in pParse and return 
+    ** early.  */
+    if( pParse->disableTriggers ){
+      pTo = sqlite3FindTable(db, pFKey->zTo, zDb);
+    }else{
+      pTo = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, pFKey->zTo, zDb);
+    }
+    if( !pTo || locateFkeyIndex(pParse, pTo, pFKey, &pIdx, &aiFree) ){
+      assert( isIgnoreErrors==0 || (regOld!=0 && regNew==0) );
+      if( !isIgnoreErrors || db->mallocFailed ) return;
+      if( pTo==0 ){
+        /* If isIgnoreErrors is true, then a table is being dropped. In this
+        ** case SQLite runs a "DELETE FROM xxx" on the table being dropped
+        ** before actually dropping it in order to check FK constraints.
+        ** If the parent table of an FK constraint on the current table is
+        ** missing, behave as if it is empty. i.e. decrement the relevant
+        ** FK counter for each row of the current table with non-NULL keys.
+        */
+        Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+        int iJump = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + pFKey->nCol + 1;
+        for(i=0; i<pFKey->nCol; i++){
+          int iReg = pFKey->aCol[i].iFrom + regOld + 1;
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, iReg, iJump);
+        }
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkCounter, pFKey->isDeferred, -1);
+      }
+      continue;
+    }
+    assert( pFKey->nCol==1 || (aiFree && pIdx) );
+
+    if( aiFree ){
+      aiCol = aiFree;
+    }else{
+      iCol = pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom;
+      aiCol = &iCol;
+    }
+    for(i=0; i<pFKey->nCol; i++){
+      if( aiCol[i]==pTab->iPKey ){
+        aiCol[i] = -1;
+      }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+      /* Request permission to read the parent key columns. If the 
+      ** authorization callback returns SQLITE_IGNORE, behave as if any
+      ** values read from the parent table are NULL. */
+      if( db->xAuth ){
+        int rcauth;
+        char *zCol = pTo->aCol[pIdx ? pIdx->aiColumn[i] : pTo->iPKey].zName;
+        rcauth = sqlite3AuthReadCol(pParse, pTo->zName, zCol, iDb);
+        isIgnore = (rcauth==SQLITE_IGNORE);
+      }
+#endif
+    }
+
+    /* Take a shared-cache advisory read-lock on the parent table. Allocate 
+    ** a cursor to use to search the unique index on the parent key columns 
+    ** in the parent table.  */
+    sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTo->tnum, 0, pTo->zName);
+    pParse->nTab++;
+
+    if( regOld!=0 ){
+      /* A row is being removed from the child table. Search for the parent.
+      ** If the parent does not exist, removing the child row resolves an 
+      ** outstanding foreign key constraint violation. */
+      fkLookupParent(pParse, iDb, pTo, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regOld, -1,isIgnore);
+    }
+    if( regNew!=0 ){
+      /* A row is being added to the child table. If a parent row cannot
+      ** be found, adding the child row has violated the FK constraint. */ 
+      fkLookupParent(pParse, iDb, pTo, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regNew, +1,isIgnore);
+    }
+
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, aiFree);
+  }
+
+  /* Loop through all the foreign key constraints that refer to this table */
+  for(pFKey = sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextTo){
+    Index *pIdx = 0;              /* Foreign key index for pFKey */
+    SrcList *pSrc;
+    int *aiCol = 0;
+
+    if( !pFKey->isDeferred && !pParse->pToplevel && !pParse->isMultiWrite ){
+      assert( regOld==0 && regNew!=0 );
+      /* Inserting a single row into a parent table cannot cause an immediate
+      ** foreign key violation. So do nothing in this case.  */
+      continue;
+    }
+
+    if( locateFkeyIndex(pParse, pTab, pFKey, &pIdx, &aiCol) ){
+      if( !isIgnoreErrors || db->mallocFailed ) return;
+      continue;
+    }
+    assert( aiCol || pFKey->nCol==1 );
+
+    /* Create a SrcList structure containing a single table (the table 
+    ** the foreign key that refers to this table is attached to). This
+    ** is required for the sqlite3WhereXXX() interface.  */
+    pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, 0, 0, 0);
+    if( pSrc ){
+      struct SrcList_item *pItem = pSrc->a;
+      pItem->pTab = pFKey->pFrom;
+      pItem->zName = pFKey->pFrom->zName;
+      pItem->pTab->nRef++;
+      pItem->iCursor = pParse->nTab++;
+  
+      if( regNew!=0 ){
+        fkScanChildren(pParse, pSrc, pTab, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regNew, -1);
+      }
+      if( regOld!=0 ){
+        /* If there is a RESTRICT action configured for the current operation
+        ** on the parent table of this FK, then throw an exception 
+        ** immediately if the FK constraint is violated, even if this is a
+        ** deferred trigger. That's what RESTRICT means. To defer checking
+        ** the constraint, the FK should specify NO ACTION (represented
+        ** using OE_None). NO ACTION is the default.  */
+        fkScanChildren(pParse, pSrc, pTab, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regOld, 1);
+      }
+      pItem->zName = 0;
+      sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pSrc);
+    }
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, aiCol);
+  }
+}
+
+#define COLUMN_MASK(x) (((x)>31) ? 0xffffffff : ((u32)1<<(x)))
+
+/*
+** This function is called before generating code to update or delete a 
+** row contained in table pTab.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3FkOldmask(
+  Parse *pParse,                  /* Parse context */
+  Table *pTab                     /* Table being modified */
+){
+  u32 mask = 0;
+  if( pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){
+    FKey *p;
+    int i;
+    for(p=pTab->pFKey; p; p=p->pNextFrom){
+      for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++) mask |= COLUMN_MASK(p->aCol[i].iFrom);
+    }
+    for(p=sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); p; p=p->pNextTo){
+      Index *pIdx = 0;
+      locateFkeyIndex(pParse, pTab, p, &pIdx, 0);
+      if( pIdx ){
+        for(i=0; i<pIdx->nColumn; i++) mask |= COLUMN_MASK(pIdx->aiColumn[i]);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return mask;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called before generating code to update or delete a 
+** row contained in table pTab. If the operation is a DELETE, then
+** parameter aChange is passed a NULL value. For an UPDATE, aChange points
+** to an array of size N, where N is the number of columns in table pTab.
+** If the i'th column is not modified by the UPDATE, then the corresponding 
+** entry in the aChange[] array is set to -1. If the column is modified,
+** the value is 0 or greater. Parameter chngRowid is set to true if the
+** UPDATE statement modifies the rowid fields of the table.
+**
+** If any foreign key processing will be required, this function returns
+** true. If there is no foreign key related processing, this function 
+** returns false.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FkRequired(
+  Parse *pParse,                  /* Parse context */
+  Table *pTab,                    /* Table being modified */
+  int *aChange,                   /* Non-NULL for UPDATE operations */
+  int chngRowid                   /* True for UPDATE that affects rowid */
+){
+  if( pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){
+    if( !aChange ){
+      /* A DELETE operation. Foreign key processing is required if the 
+      ** table in question is either the child or parent table for any 
+      ** foreign key constraint.  */
+      return (sqlite3FkReferences(pTab) || pTab->pFKey);
+    }else{
+      /* This is an UPDATE. Foreign key processing is only required if the
+      ** operation modifies one or more child or parent key columns. */
+      int i;
+      FKey *p;
+
+      /* Check if any child key columns are being modified. */
+      for(p=pTab->pFKey; p; p=p->pNextFrom){
+        for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++){
+          int iChildKey = p->aCol[i].iFrom;
+          if( aChange[iChildKey]>=0 ) return 1;
+          if( iChildKey==pTab->iPKey && chngRowid ) return 1;
+        }
+      }
+
+      /* Check if any parent key columns are being modified. */
+      for(p=sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); p; p=p->pNextTo){
+        for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++){
+          char *zKey = p->aCol[i].zCol;
+          int iKey;
+          for(iKey=0; iKey<pTab->nCol; iKey++){
+            Column *pCol = &pTab->aCol[iKey];
+            if( (zKey ? !sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zKey) : pCol->isPrimKey) ){
+              if( aChange[iKey]>=0 ) return 1;
+              if( iKey==pTab->iPKey && chngRowid ) return 1;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called when an UPDATE or DELETE operation is being 
+** compiled on table pTab, which is the parent table of foreign-key pFKey.
+** If the current operation is an UPDATE, then the pChanges parameter is
+** passed a pointer to the list of columns being modified. If it is a
+** DELETE, pChanges is passed a NULL pointer.
+**
+** It returns a pointer to a Trigger structure containing a trigger
+** equivalent to the ON UPDATE or ON DELETE action specified by pFKey.
+** If the action is "NO ACTION" or "RESTRICT", then a NULL pointer is
+** returned (these actions require no special handling by the triggers
+** sub-system, code for them is created by fkScanChildren()).
+**
+** For example, if pFKey is the foreign key and pTab is table "p" in 
+** the following schema:
+**
+**   CREATE TABLE p(pk PRIMARY KEY);
+**   CREATE TABLE c(ck REFERENCES p ON DELETE CASCADE);
+**
+** then the returned trigger structure is equivalent to:
+**
+**   CREATE TRIGGER ... DELETE ON p BEGIN
+**     DELETE FROM c WHERE ck = old.pk;
+**   END;
+**
+** The returned pointer is cached as part of the foreign key object. It
+** is eventually freed along with the rest of the foreign key object by 
+** sqlite3FkDelete().
+*/
+static Trigger *fkActionTrigger(
+  Parse *pParse,                  /* Parse context */
+  Table *pTab,                    /* Table being updated or deleted from */
+  FKey *pFKey,                    /* Foreign key to get action for */
+  ExprList *pChanges              /* Change-list for UPDATE, NULL for DELETE */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;       /* Database handle */
+  int action;                     /* One of OE_None, OE_Cascade etc. */
+  Trigger *pTrigger;              /* Trigger definition to return */
+  int iAction = (pChanges!=0);    /* 1 for UPDATE, 0 for DELETE */
+
+  action = pFKey->aAction[iAction];
+  pTrigger = pFKey->apTrigger[iAction];
+
+  if( action!=OE_None && !pTrigger ){
+    u8 enableLookaside;           /* Copy of db->lookaside.bEnabled */
+    char const *zFrom;            /* Name of child table */
+    int nFrom;                    /* Length in bytes of zFrom */
+    Index *pIdx = 0;              /* Parent key index for this FK */
+    int *aiCol = 0;               /* child table cols -> parent key cols */
+    TriggerStep *pStep = 0;        /* First (only) step of trigger program */
+    Expr *pWhere = 0;             /* WHERE clause of trigger step */
+    ExprList *pList = 0;          /* Changes list if ON UPDATE CASCADE */
+    Select *pSelect = 0;          /* If RESTRICT, "SELECT RAISE(...)" */
+    int i;                        /* Iterator variable */
+    Expr *pWhen = 0;              /* WHEN clause for the trigger */
+
+    if( locateFkeyIndex(pParse, pTab, pFKey, &pIdx, &aiCol) ) return 0;
+    assert( aiCol || pFKey->nCol==1 );
+
+    for(i=0; i<pFKey->nCol; i++){
+      Token tOld = { "old", 3 };  /* Literal "old" token */
+      Token tNew = { "new", 3 };  /* Literal "new" token */
+      Token tFromCol;             /* Name of column in child table */
+      Token tToCol;               /* Name of column in parent table */
+      int iFromCol;               /* Idx of column in child table */
+      Expr *pEq;                  /* tFromCol = OLD.tToCol */
+
+      iFromCol = aiCol ? aiCol[i] : pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom;
+      assert( iFromCol>=0 );
+      tToCol.z = pIdx ? pTab->aCol[pIdx->aiColumn[i]].zName : "oid";
+      tFromCol.z = pFKey->pFrom->aCol[iFromCol].zName;
+
+      tToCol.n = sqlite3Strlen30(tToCol.z);
+      tFromCol.n = sqlite3Strlen30(tFromCol.z);
+
+      /* Create the expression "OLD.zToCol = zFromCol". It is important
+      ** that the "OLD.zToCol" term is on the LHS of the = operator, so
+      ** that the affinity and collation sequence associated with the
+      ** parent table are used for the comparison. */
+      pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ,
+          sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, 
+            sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tOld),
+            sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tToCol)
+          , 0),
+          sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tFromCol)
+      , 0);
+      pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pWhere, pEq);
+
+      /* For ON UPDATE, construct the next term of the WHEN clause.
+      ** The final WHEN clause will be like this:
+      **
+      **    WHEN NOT(old.col1 IS new.col1 AND ... AND old.colN IS new.colN)
+      */
+      if( pChanges ){
+        pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IS,
+            sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, 
+              sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tOld),
+              sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tToCol),
+              0),
+            sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, 
+              sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tNew),
+              sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tToCol),
+              0),
+            0);
+        pWhen = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pWhen, pEq);
+      }
+  
+      if( action!=OE_Restrict && (action!=OE_Cascade || pChanges) ){
+        Expr *pNew;
+        if( action==OE_Cascade ){
+          pNew = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, 
+            sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tNew),
+            sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tToCol)
+          , 0);
+        }else if( action==OE_SetDflt ){
+          Expr *pDflt = pFKey->pFrom->aCol[iFromCol].pDflt;
+          if( pDflt ){
+            pNew = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pDflt, 0);
+          }else{
+            pNew = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NULL, 0, 0, 0);
+          }
+        }else{
+          pNew = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NULL, 0, 0, 0);
+        }
+        pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pList, pNew);
+        sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, pList, &tFromCol, 0);
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, aiCol);
+
+    zFrom = pFKey->pFrom->zName;
+    nFrom = sqlite3Strlen30(zFrom);
+
+    if( action==OE_Restrict ){
+      Token tFrom;
+      Expr *pRaise; 
+
+      tFrom.z = zFrom;
+      tFrom.n = nFrom;
+      pRaise = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_RAISE, "foreign key constraint failed");
+      if( pRaise ){
+        pRaise->affinity = OE_Abort;
+      }
+      pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, 
+          sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, pRaise),
+          sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, 0, &tFrom, 0),
+          pWhere,
+          0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
+      );
+      pWhere = 0;
+    }
+
+    /* Disable lookaside memory allocation */
+    enableLookaside = db->lookaside.bEnabled;
+    db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0;
+
+    pTrigger = (Trigger *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, 
+        sizeof(Trigger) +         /* struct Trigger */
+        sizeof(TriggerStep) +     /* Single step in trigger program */
+        nFrom + 1                 /* Space for pStep->target.z */
+    );
+    if( pTrigger ){
+      pStep = pTrigger->step_list = (TriggerStep *)&pTrigger[1];
+      pStep->target.z = (char *)&pStep[1];
+      pStep->target.n = nFrom;
+      memcpy((char *)pStep->target.z, zFrom, nFrom);
+  
+      pStep->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
+      pStep->pExprList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pList, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
+      pStep->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pSelect, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
+      if( pWhen ){
+        pWhen = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, pWhen, 0, 0);
+        pTrigger->pWhen = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhen, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Re-enable the lookaside buffer, if it was disabled earlier. */
+    db->lookaside.bEnabled = enableLookaside;
+
+    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere);
+    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhen);
+    sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList);
+    sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
+    if( db->mallocFailed==1 ){
+      fkTriggerDelete(db, pTrigger);
+      return 0;
+    }
+    assert( pStep!=0 );
+
+    switch( action ){
+      case OE_Restrict:
+        pStep->op = TK_SELECT; 
+        break;
+      case OE_Cascade: 
+        if( !pChanges ){ 
+          pStep->op = TK_DELETE; 
+          break; 
+        }
+      default:
+        pStep->op = TK_UPDATE;
+    }
+    pStep->pTrig = pTrigger;
+    pTrigger->pSchema = pTab->pSchema;
+    pTrigger->pTabSchema = pTab->pSchema;
+    pFKey->apTrigger[iAction] = pTrigger;
+    pTrigger->op = (pChanges ? TK_UPDATE : TK_DELETE);
+  }
+
+  return pTrigger;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called when deleting or updating a row to implement
+** any required CASCADE, SET NULL or SET DEFAULT actions.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkActions(
+  Parse *pParse,                  /* Parse context */
+  Table *pTab,                    /* Table being updated or deleted from */
+  ExprList *pChanges,             /* Change-list for UPDATE, NULL for DELETE */
+  int regOld                      /* Address of array containing old row */
+){
+  /* If foreign-key support is enabled, iterate through all FKs that 
+  ** refer to table pTab. If there is an action associated with the FK 
+  ** for this operation (either update or delete), invoke the associated 
+  ** trigger sub-program.  */
+  if( pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){
+    FKey *pFKey;                  /* Iterator variable */
+    for(pFKey = sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextTo){
+      Trigger *pAction = fkActionTrigger(pParse, pTab, pFKey, pChanges);
+      if( pAction ){
+        sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect(pParse, pAction, pTab, regOld, OE_Abort, 0);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */
+
+/*
+** Free all memory associated with foreign key definitions attached to
+** table pTab. Remove the deleted foreign keys from the Schema.fkeyHash
+** hash table.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkDelete(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTab){
+  FKey *pFKey;                    /* Iterator variable */
+  FKey *pNext;                    /* Copy of pFKey->pNextFrom */
+
+  assert( db==0 || sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pTab->pSchema) );
+  for(pFKey=pTab->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pNext){
+
+    /* Remove the FK from the fkeyHash hash table. */
+    if( !db || db->pnBytesFreed==0 ){
+      if( pFKey->pPrevTo ){
+        pFKey->pPrevTo->pNextTo = pFKey->pNextTo;
+      }else{
+        void *p = (void *)pFKey->pNextTo;
+        const char *z = (p ? pFKey->pNextTo->zTo : pFKey->zTo);
+        sqlite3HashInsert(&pTab->pSchema->fkeyHash, z, sqlite3Strlen30(z), p);
+      }
+      if( pFKey->pNextTo ){
+        pFKey->pNextTo->pPrevTo = pFKey->pPrevTo;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* EV: R-30323-21917 Each foreign key constraint in SQLite is
+    ** classified as either immediate or deferred.
+    */
+    assert( pFKey->isDeferred==0 || pFKey->isDeferred==1 );
+
+    /* Delete any triggers created to implement actions for this FK. */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+    fkTriggerDelete(db, pFKey->apTrigger[0]);
+    fkTriggerDelete(db, pFKey->apTrigger[1]);
+#endif
+
+    pNext = pFKey->pNextFrom;
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pFKey);
+  }
+}
+#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY */
+
+/************** End of fkey.c ************************************************/
+/************** Begin file insert.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
+** to handle INSERT statements in SQLite.
+*/
+
+/*
+** Generate code that will open a table for reading.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenTable(
+  Parse *p,       /* Generate code into this VDBE */
+  int iCur,       /* The cursor number of the table */
+  int iDb,        /* The database index in sqlite3.aDb[] */
+  Table *pTab,    /* The table to be opened */
+  int opcode      /* OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite */
+){
+  Vdbe *v;
+  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return;
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(p);
+  assert( opcode==OP_OpenWrite || opcode==OP_OpenRead );
+  sqlite3TableLock(p, iDb, pTab->tnum, (opcode==OP_OpenWrite)?1:0, pTab->zName);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, opcode, iCur, pTab->tnum, iDb);
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(pTab->nCol), P4_INT32);
+  VdbeComment((v, "%s", pTab->zName));
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the column affinity string associated with index
+** pIdx. A column affinity string has one character for each column in 
+** the table, according to the affinity of the column:
+**
+**  Character      Column affinity
+**  ------------------------------
+**  'a'            TEXT
+**  'b'            NONE
+**  'c'            NUMERIC
+**  'd'            INTEGER
+**  'e'            REAL
+**
+** An extra 'd' is appended to the end of the string to cover the
+** rowid that appears as the last column in every index.
+**
+** Memory for the buffer containing the column index affinity string
+** is managed along with the rest of the Index structure. It will be
+** released when sqlite3DeleteIndex() is called.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(Vdbe *v, Index *pIdx){
+  if( !pIdx->zColAff ){
+    /* The first time a column affinity string for a particular index is
+    ** required, it is allocated and populated here. It is then stored as
+    ** a member of the Index structure for subsequent use.
+    **
+    ** The column affinity string will eventually be deleted by
+    ** sqliteDeleteIndex() when the Index structure itself is cleaned
+    ** up.
+    */
+    int n;
+    Table *pTab = pIdx->pTable;
+    sqlite3 *db = sqlite3VdbeDb(v);
+    pIdx->zColAff = (char *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, pIdx->nColumn+2);
+    if( !pIdx->zColAff ){
+      db->mallocFailed = 1;
+      return 0;
+    }
+    for(n=0; n<pIdx->nColumn; n++){
+      pIdx->zColAff[n] = pTab->aCol[pIdx->aiColumn[n]].affinity;
+    }
+    pIdx->zColAff[n++] = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
+    pIdx->zColAff[n] = 0;
+  }
+ 
+  return pIdx->zColAff;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set P4 of the most recently inserted opcode to a column affinity
+** string for table pTab. A column affinity string has one character
+** for each column indexed by the index, according to the affinity of the
+** column:
+**
+**  Character      Column affinity
+**  ------------------------------
+**  'a'            TEXT
+**  'b'            NONE
+**  'c'            NUMERIC
+**  'd'            INTEGER
+**  'e'            REAL
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TableAffinityStr(Vdbe *v, Table *pTab){
+  /* The first time a column affinity string for a particular table
+  ** is required, it is allocated and populated here. It is then 
+  ** stored as a member of the Table structure for subsequent use.
+  **
+  ** The column affinity string will eventually be deleted by
+  ** sqlite3DeleteTable() when the Table structure itself is cleaned up.
+  */
+  if( !pTab->zColAff ){
+    char *zColAff;
+    int i;
+    sqlite3 *db = sqlite3VdbeDb(v);
+
+    zColAff = (char *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, pTab->nCol+1);
+    if( !zColAff ){
+      db->mallocFailed = 1;
+      return;
+    }
+
+    for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
+      zColAff[i] = pTab->aCol[i].affinity;
+    }
+    zColAff[pTab->nCol] = '\0';
+
+    pTab->zColAff = zColAff;
+  }
+
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pTab->zColAff, P4_TRANSIENT);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return non-zero if the table pTab in database iDb or any of its indices
+** have been opened at any point in the VDBE program beginning at location
+** iStartAddr throught the end of the program.  This is used to see if 
+** a statement of the form  "INSERT INTO <iDb, pTab> SELECT ..." can 
+** run without using temporary table for the results of the SELECT. 
+*/
+static int readsTable(Parse *p, int iStartAddr, int iDb, Table *pTab){
+  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(p);
+  int i;
+  int iEnd = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  VTable *pVTab = IsVirtual(pTab) ? sqlite3GetVTable(p->db, pTab) : 0;
+#endif
+
+  for(i=iStartAddr; i<iEnd; i++){
+    VdbeOp *pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, i);
+    assert( pOp!=0 );
+    if( pOp->opcode==OP_OpenRead && pOp->p3==iDb ){
+      Index *pIndex;
+      int tnum = pOp->p2;
+      if( tnum==pTab->tnum ){
+        return 1;
+      }
+      for(pIndex=pTab->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pIndex->pNext){
+        if( tnum==pIndex->tnum ){
+          return 1;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+    if( pOp->opcode==OP_VOpen && pOp->p4.pVtab==pVTab ){
+      assert( pOp->p4.pVtab!=0 );
+      assert( pOp->p4type==P4_VTAB );
+      return 1;
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
+/*
+** Locate or create an AutoincInfo structure associated with table pTab
+** which is in database iDb.  Return the register number for the register
+** that holds the maximum rowid.
+**
+** There is at most one AutoincInfo structure per table even if the
+** same table is autoincremented multiple times due to inserts within
+** triggers.  A new AutoincInfo structure is created if this is the
+** first use of table pTab.  On 2nd and subsequent uses, the original
+** AutoincInfo structure is used.
+**
+** Three memory locations are allocated:
+**
+**   (1)  Register to hold the name of the pTab table.
+**   (2)  Register to hold the maximum ROWID of pTab.
+**   (3)  Register to hold the rowid in sqlite_sequence of pTab
+**
+** The 2nd register is the one that is returned.  That is all the
+** insert routine needs to know about.
+*/
+static int autoIncBegin(
+  Parse *pParse,      /* Parsing context */
+  int iDb,            /* Index of the database holding pTab */
+  Table *pTab         /* The table we are writing to */
+){
+  int memId = 0;      /* Register holding maximum rowid */
+  if( pTab->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement ){
+    Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
+    AutoincInfo *pInfo;
+
+    pInfo = pToplevel->pAinc;
+    while( pInfo && pInfo->pTab!=pTab ){ pInfo = pInfo->pNext; }
+    if( pInfo==0 ){
+      pInfo = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pParse->db, sizeof(*pInfo));
+      if( pInfo==0 ) return 0;
+      pInfo->pNext = pToplevel->pAinc;
+      pToplevel->pAinc = pInfo;
+      pInfo->pTab = pTab;
+      pInfo->iDb = iDb;
+      pToplevel->nMem++;                  /* Register to hold name of table */
+      pInfo->regCtr = ++pToplevel->nMem;  /* Max rowid register */
+      pToplevel->nMem++;                  /* Rowid in sqlite_sequence */
+    }
+    memId = pInfo->regCtr;
+  }
+  return memId;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine generates code that will initialize all of the
+** register used by the autoincrement tracker.  
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoincrementBegin(Parse *pParse){
+  AutoincInfo *p;            /* Information about an AUTOINCREMENT */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;  /* The database connection */
+  Db *pDb;                   /* Database only autoinc table */
+  int memId;                 /* Register holding max rowid */
+  int addr;                  /* A VDBE address */
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;   /* VDBE under construction */
+
+  /* This routine is never called during trigger-generation.  It is
+  ** only called from the top-level */
+  assert( pParse->pTriggerTab==0 );
+  assert( pParse==sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse) );
+
+  assert( v );   /* We failed long ago if this is not so */
+  for(p = pParse->pAinc; p; p = p->pNext){
+    pDb = &db->aDb[p->iDb];
+    memId = p->regCtr;
+    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pDb->pSchema) );
+    sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, 0, p->iDb, pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab, OP_OpenRead);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Null, 0, memId, memId+1);
+    addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, memId-1, 0, p->pTab->zName, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, 0, addr+9);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, 0, 0, memId);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Ne, memId-1, addr+7, memId);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, 0, memId+1);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, 0, 1, memId);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addr+9);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, 0, addr+2);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, memId);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Close);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Update the maximum rowid for an autoincrement calculation.
+**
+** This routine should be called when the top of the stack holds a
+** new rowid that is about to be inserted.  If that new rowid is
+** larger than the maximum rowid in the memId memory cell, then the
+** memory cell is updated.  The stack is unchanged.
+*/
+static void autoIncStep(Parse *pParse, int memId, int regRowid){
+  if( memId>0 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, OP_MemMax, memId, regRowid);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine generates the code needed to write autoincrement
+** maximum rowid values back into the sqlite_sequence register.
+** Every statement that might do an INSERT into an autoincrement
+** table (either directly or through triggers) needs to call this
+** routine just before the "exit" code.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(Parse *pParse){
+  AutoincInfo *p;
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+
+  assert( v );
+  for(p = pParse->pAinc; p; p = p->pNext){
+    Db *pDb = &db->aDb[p->iDb];
+    int j1, j2, j3, j4, j5;
+    int iRec;
+    int memId = p->regCtr;
+
+    iRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pDb->pSchema) );
+    sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, 0, p->iDb, pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab, OP_OpenWrite);
+    j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, memId+1);
+    j2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Rewind);
+    j3 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, 0, 0, iRec);
+    j4 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, memId-1, 0, iRec);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, 0, j3);
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j2);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, 0, memId+1);
+    j5 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto);
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j4);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, 0, memId+1);
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j5);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, memId-1, 2, iRec);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, 0, iRec, memId+1);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Close);
+    sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, iRec);
+  }
+}
+#else
+/*
+** If SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT is defined, then the three routines
+** above are all no-ops
+*/
+# define autoIncBegin(A,B,C) (0)
+# define autoIncStep(A,B,C)
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT */
+
+
+/* Forward declaration */
+static int xferOptimization(
+  Parse *pParse,        /* Parser context */
+  Table *pDest,         /* The table we are inserting into */
+  Select *pSelect,      /* A SELECT statement to use as the data source */
+  int onError,          /* How to handle constraint errors */
+  int iDbDest           /* The database of pDest */
+);
+
+/*
+** This routine is call to handle SQL of the following forms:
+**
+**    insert into TABLE (IDLIST) values(EXPRLIST)
+**    insert into TABLE (IDLIST) select
+**
+** The IDLIST following the table name is always optional.  If omitted,
+** then a list of all columns for the table is substituted.  The IDLIST
+** appears in the pColumn parameter.  pColumn is NULL if IDLIST is omitted.
+**
+** The pList parameter holds EXPRLIST in the first form of the INSERT
+** statement above, and pSelect is NULL.  For the second form, pList is
+** NULL and pSelect is a pointer to the select statement used to generate
+** data for the insert.
+**
+** The code generated follows one of four templates.  For a simple
+** select with data coming from a VALUES clause, the code executes
+** once straight down through.  Pseudo-code follows (we call this
+** the "1st template"):
+**
+**         open write cursor to <table> and its indices
+**         puts VALUES clause expressions onto the stack
+**         write the resulting record into <table>
+**         cleanup
+**
+** The three remaining templates assume the statement is of the form
+**
+**   INSERT INTO <table> SELECT ...
+**
+** If the SELECT clause is of the restricted form "SELECT * FROM <table2>" -
+** in other words if the SELECT pulls all columns from a single table
+** and there is no WHERE or LIMIT or GROUP BY or ORDER BY clauses, and
+** if <table2> and <table1> are distinct tables but have identical
+** schemas, including all the same indices, then a special optimization
+** is invoked that copies raw records from <table2> over to <table1>.
+** See the xferOptimization() function for the implementation of this
+** template.  This is the 2nd template.
+**
+**         open a write cursor to <table>
+**         open read cursor on <table2>
+**         transfer all records in <table2> over to <table>
+**         close cursors
+**         foreach index on <table>
+**           open a write cursor on the <table> index
+**           open a read cursor on the corresponding <table2> index
+**           transfer all records from the read to the write cursors
+**           close cursors
+**         end foreach
+**
+** The 3rd template is for when the second template does not apply
+** and the SELECT clause does not read from <table> at any time.
+** The generated code follows this template:
+**
+**         EOF <- 0
+**         X <- A
+**         goto B
+**      A: setup for the SELECT
+**         loop over the rows in the SELECT
+**           load values into registers R..R+n
+**           yield X
+**         end loop
+**         cleanup after the SELECT
+**         EOF <- 1
+**         yield X
+**         goto A
+**      B: open write cursor to <table> and its indices
+**      C: yield X
+**         if EOF goto D
+**         insert the select result into <table> from R..R+n
+**         goto C
+**      D: cleanup
+**
+** The 4th template is used if the insert statement takes its
+** values from a SELECT but the data is being inserted into a table
+** that is also read as part of the SELECT.  In the third form,
+** we have to use a intermediate table to store the results of
+** the select.  The template is like this:
+**
+**         EOF <- 0
+**         X <- A
+**         goto B
+**      A: setup for the SELECT
+**         loop over the tables in the SELECT
+**           load value into register R..R+n
+**           yield X
+**         end loop
+**         cleanup after the SELECT
+**         EOF <- 1
+**         yield X
+**         halt-error
+**      B: open temp table
+**      L: yield X
+**         if EOF goto M
+**         insert row from R..R+n into temp table
+**         goto L
+**      M: open write cursor to <table> and its indices
+**         rewind temp table
+**      C: loop over rows of intermediate table
+**           transfer values form intermediate table into <table>
+**         end loop
+**      D: cleanup
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Insert(
+  Parse *pParse,        /* Parser context */
+  SrcList *pTabList,    /* Name of table into which we are inserting */
+  ExprList *pList,      /* List of values to be inserted */
+  Select *pSelect,      /* A SELECT statement to use as the data source */
+  IdList *pColumn,      /* Column names corresponding to IDLIST. */
+  int onError           /* How to handle constraint errors */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db;          /* The main database structure */
+  Table *pTab;          /* The table to insert into.  aka TABLE */
+  char *zTab;           /* Name of the table into which we are inserting */
+  const char *zDb;      /* Name of the database holding this table */
+  int i, j, idx;        /* Loop counters */
+  Vdbe *v;              /* Generate code into this virtual machine */
+  Index *pIdx;          /* For looping over indices of the table */
+  int nColumn;          /* Number of columns in the data */
+  int nHidden = 0;      /* Number of hidden columns if TABLE is virtual */
+  int baseCur = 0;      /* VDBE Cursor number for pTab */
+  int keyColumn = -1;   /* Column that is the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */
+  int endOfLoop;        /* Label for the end of the insertion loop */
+  int useTempTable = 0; /* Store SELECT results in intermediate table */
+  int srcTab = 0;       /* Data comes from this temporary cursor if >=0 */
+  int addrInsTop = 0;   /* Jump to label "D" */
+  int addrCont = 0;     /* Top of insert loop. Label "C" in templates 3 and 4 */
+  int addrSelect = 0;   /* Address of coroutine that implements the SELECT */
+  SelectDest dest;      /* Destination for SELECT on rhs of INSERT */
+  int iDb;              /* Index of database holding TABLE */
+  Db *pDb;              /* The database containing table being inserted into */
+  int appendFlag = 0;   /* True if the insert is likely to be an append */
+
+  /* Register allocations */
+  int regFromSelect = 0;/* Base register for data coming from SELECT */
+  int regAutoinc = 0;   /* Register holding the AUTOINCREMENT counter */
+  int regRowCount = 0;  /* Memory cell used for the row counter */
+  int regIns;           /* Block of regs holding rowid+data being inserted */
+  int regRowid;         /* registers holding insert rowid */
+  int regData;          /* register holding first column to insert */
+  int regEof = 0;       /* Register recording end of SELECT data */
+  int *aRegIdx = 0;     /* One register allocated to each index */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+  int isView;                 /* True if attempting to insert into a view */
+  Trigger *pTrigger;          /* List of triggers on pTab, if required */
+  int tmask;                  /* Mask of trigger times */
+#endif
+
+  db = pParse->db;
+  memset(&dest, 0, sizeof(dest));
+  if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){
+    goto insert_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  /* Locate the table into which we will be inserting new information.
+  */
+  assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 );
+  zTab = pTabList->a[0].zName;
+  if( NEVER(zTab==0) ) goto insert_cleanup;
+  pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList);
+  if( pTab==0 ){
+    goto insert_cleanup;
+  }
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
+  assert( iDb<db->nDb );
+  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
+  zDb = pDb->zName;
+  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, pTab->zName, 0, zDb) ){
+    goto insert_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  /* Figure out if we have any triggers and if the table being
+  ** inserted into is a view
+  */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+  pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_INSERT, 0, &tmask);
+  isView = pTab->pSelect!=0;
+#else
+# define pTrigger 0
+# define tmask 0
+# define isView 0
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
+# undef isView
+# define isView 0
+#endif
+  assert( (pTrigger && tmask) || (pTrigger==0 && tmask==0) );
+
+  /* If pTab is really a view, make sure it has been initialized.
+  ** ViewGetColumnNames() is a no-op if pTab is not a view (or virtual 
+  ** module table).
+  */
+  if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){
+    goto insert_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  /* Ensure that:
+  *  (a) the table is not read-only, 
+  *  (b) that if it is a view then ON INSERT triggers exist
+  */
+  if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, tmask) ){
+    goto insert_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  /* Allocate a VDBE
+  */
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v==0 ) goto insert_cleanup;
+  if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v);
+  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, pSelect || pTrigger, iDb);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT
+  /* If the statement is of the form
+  **
+  **       INSERT INTO <table1> SELECT * FROM <table2>;
+  **
+  ** Then special optimizations can be applied that make the transfer
+  ** very fast and which reduce fragmentation of indices.
+  **
+  ** This is the 2nd template.
+  */
+  if( pColumn==0 && xferOptimization(pParse, pTab, pSelect, onError, iDb) ){
+    assert( !pTrigger );
+    assert( pList==0 );
+    goto insert_end;
+  }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT */
+
+  /* If this is an AUTOINCREMENT table, look up the sequence number in the
+  ** sqlite_sequence table and store it in memory cell regAutoinc.
+  */
+  regAutoinc = autoIncBegin(pParse, iDb, pTab);
+
+  /* Figure out how many columns of data are supplied.  If the data
+  ** is coming from a SELECT statement, then generate a co-routine that
+  ** produces a single row of the SELECT on each invocation.  The
+  ** co-routine is the common header to the 3rd and 4th templates.
+  */
+  if( pSelect ){
+    /* Data is coming from a SELECT.  Generate code to implement that SELECT
+    ** as a co-routine.  The code is common to both the 3rd and 4th
+    ** templates:
+    **
+    **         EOF <- 0
+    **         X <- A
+    **         goto B
+    **      A: setup for the SELECT
+    **         loop over the tables in the SELECT
+    **           load value into register R..R+n
+    **           yield X
+    **         end loop
+    **         cleanup after the SELECT
+    **         EOF <- 1
+    **         yield X
+    **         halt-error
+    **
+    ** On each invocation of the co-routine, it puts a single row of the
+    ** SELECT result into registers dest.iMem...dest.iMem+dest.nMem-1.
+    ** (These output registers are allocated by sqlite3Select().)  When
+    ** the SELECT completes, it sets the EOF flag stored in regEof.
+    */
+    int rc, j1;
+
+    regEof = ++pParse->nMem;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regEof);      /* EOF <- 0 */
+    VdbeComment((v, "SELECT eof flag"));
+    sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Coroutine, ++pParse->nMem);
+    addrSelect = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, addrSelect-1, dest.iSDParm);
+    j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0);
+    VdbeComment((v, "Jump over SELECT coroutine"));
+
+    /* Resolve the expressions in the SELECT statement and execute it. */
+    rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &dest);
+    assert( pParse->nErr==0 || rc );
+    if( rc || NEVER(pParse->nErr) || db->mallocFailed ){
+      goto insert_cleanup;
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, regEof);         /* EOF <- 1 */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, dest.iSDParm);   /* yield X */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_INTERNAL, OE_Abort);
+    VdbeComment((v, "End of SELECT coroutine"));
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);                          /* label B: */
+
+    regFromSelect = dest.iSdst;
+    assert( pSelect->pEList );
+    nColumn = pSelect->pEList->nExpr;
+    assert( dest.nSdst==nColumn );
+
+    /* Set useTempTable to TRUE if the result of the SELECT statement
+    ** should be written into a temporary table (template 4).  Set to
+    ** FALSE if each* row of the SELECT can be written directly into
+    ** the destination table (template 3).
+    **
+    ** A temp table must be used if the table being updated is also one
+    ** of the tables being read by the SELECT statement.  Also use a 
+    ** temp table in the case of row triggers.
+    */
+    if( pTrigger || readsTable(pParse, addrSelect, iDb, pTab) ){
+      useTempTable = 1;
+    }
+
+    if( useTempTable ){
+      /* Invoke the coroutine to extract information from the SELECT
+      ** and add it to a transient table srcTab.  The code generated
+      ** here is from the 4th template:
+      **
+      **      B: open temp table
+      **      L: yield X
+      **         if EOF goto M
+      **         insert row from R..R+n into temp table
+      **         goto L
+      **      M: ...
+      */
+      int regRec;          /* Register to hold packed record */
+      int regTempRowid;    /* Register to hold temp table ROWID */
+      int addrTop;         /* Label "L" */
+      int addrIf;          /* Address of jump to M */
+
+      srcTab = pParse->nTab++;
+      regRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+      regTempRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, srcTab, nColumn);
+      addrTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, dest.iSDParm);
+      addrIf = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_If, regEof);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regFromSelect, nColumn, regRec);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, srcTab, regTempRowid);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, srcTab, regRec, regTempRowid);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrTop);
+      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrIf);
+      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRec);
+      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regTempRowid);
+    }
+  }else{
+    /* This is the case if the data for the INSERT is coming from a VALUES
+    ** clause
+    */
+    NameContext sNC;
+    memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
+    sNC.pParse = pParse;
+    srcTab = -1;
+    assert( useTempTable==0 );
+    nColumn = pList ? pList->nExpr : 0;
+    for(i=0; i<nColumn; i++){
+      if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pList->a[i].pExpr) ){
+        goto insert_cleanup;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Make sure the number of columns in the source data matches the number
+  ** of columns to be inserted into the table.
+  */
+  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+    for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
+      nHidden += (IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[i]) ? 1 : 0);
+    }
+  }
+  if( pColumn==0 && nColumn && nColumn!=(pTab->nCol-nHidden) ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
+       "table %S has %d columns but %d values were supplied",
+       pTabList, 0, pTab->nCol-nHidden, nColumn);
+    goto insert_cleanup;
+  }
+  if( pColumn!=0 && nColumn!=pColumn->nId ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%d values for %d columns", nColumn, pColumn->nId);
+    goto insert_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  /* If the INSERT statement included an IDLIST term, then make sure
+  ** all elements of the IDLIST really are columns of the table and 
+  ** remember the column indices.
+  **
+  ** If the table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column and that column
+  ** is named in the IDLIST, then record in the keyColumn variable
+  ** the index into IDLIST of the primary key column.  keyColumn is
+  ** the index of the primary key as it appears in IDLIST, not as
+  ** is appears in the original table.  (The index of the primary
+  ** key in the original table is pTab->iPKey.)
+  */
+  if( pColumn ){
+    for(i=0; i<pColumn->nId; i++){
+      pColumn->a[i].idx = -1;
+    }
+    for(i=0; i<pColumn->nId; i++){
+      for(j=0; j<pTab->nCol; j++){
+        if( sqlite3StrICmp(pColumn->a[i].zName, pTab->aCol[j].zName)==0 ){
+          pColumn->a[i].idx = j;
+          if( j==pTab->iPKey ){
+            keyColumn = i;
+          }
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+      if( j>=pTab->nCol ){
+        if( sqlite3IsRowid(pColumn->a[i].zName) ){
+          keyColumn = i;
+        }else{
+          sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %S has no column named %s",
+              pTabList, 0, pColumn->a[i].zName);
+          pParse->checkSchema = 1;
+          goto insert_cleanup;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If there is no IDLIST term but the table has an integer primary
+  ** key, the set the keyColumn variable to the primary key column index
+  ** in the original table definition.
+  */
+  if( pColumn==0 && nColumn>0 ){
+    keyColumn = pTab->iPKey;
+  }
+    
+  /* Initialize the count of rows to be inserted
+  */
+  if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){
+    regRowCount = ++pParse->nMem;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regRowCount);
+  }
+
+  /* If this is not a view, open the table and and all indices */
+  if( !isView ){
+    int nIdx;
+
+    baseCur = pParse->nTab;
+    nIdx = sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, baseCur, OP_OpenWrite);
+    aRegIdx = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int)*(nIdx+1));
+    if( aRegIdx==0 ){
+      goto insert_cleanup;
+    }
+    for(i=0; i<nIdx; i++){
+      aRegIdx[i] = ++pParse->nMem;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* This is the top of the main insertion loop */
+  if( useTempTable ){
+    /* This block codes the top of loop only.  The complete loop is the
+    ** following pseudocode (template 4):
+    **
+    **         rewind temp table
+    **      C: loop over rows of intermediate table
+    **           transfer values form intermediate table into <table>
+    **         end loop
+    **      D: ...
+    */
+    addrInsTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, srcTab);
+    addrCont = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+  }else if( pSelect ){
+    /* This block codes the top of loop only.  The complete loop is the
+    ** following pseudocode (template 3):
+    **
+    **      C: yield X
+    **         if EOF goto D
+    **         insert the select result into <table> from R..R+n
+    **         goto C
+    **      D: ...
+    */
+    addrCont = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, dest.iSDParm);
+    addrInsTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_If, regEof);
+  }
+
+  /* Allocate registers for holding the rowid of the new row,
+  ** the content of the new row, and the assemblied row record.
+  */
+  regRowid = regIns = pParse->nMem+1;
+  pParse->nMem += pTab->nCol + 1;
+  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+    regRowid++;
+    pParse->nMem++;
+  }
+  regData = regRowid+1;
+
+  /* Run the BEFORE and INSTEAD OF triggers, if there are any
+  */
+  endOfLoop = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+  if( tmask & TRIGGER_BEFORE ){
+    int regCols = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pTab->nCol+1);
+
+    /* build the NEW.* reference row.  Note that if there is an INTEGER
+    ** PRIMARY KEY into which a NULL is being inserted, that NULL will be
+    ** translated into a unique ID for the row.  But on a BEFORE trigger,
+    ** we do not know what the unique ID will be (because the insert has
+    ** not happened yet) so we substitute a rowid of -1
+    */
+    if( keyColumn<0 ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -1, regCols);
+    }else{
+      int j1;
+      if( useTempTable ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, keyColumn, regCols);
+      }else{
+        assert( pSelect==0 );  /* Otherwise useTempTable is true */
+        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[keyColumn].pExpr, regCols);
+      }
+      j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, regCols);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -1, regCols);
+      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, regCols);
+    }
+
+    /* Cannot have triggers on a virtual table. If it were possible,
+    ** this block would have to account for hidden column.
+    */
+    assert( !IsVirtual(pTab) );
+
+    /* Create the new column data
+    */
+    for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
+      if( pColumn==0 ){
+        j = i;
+      }else{
+        for(j=0; j<pColumn->nId; j++){
+          if( pColumn->a[j].idx==i ) break;
+        }
+      }
+      if( (!useTempTable && !pList) || (pColumn && j>=pColumn->nId) ){
+        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt, regCols+i+1);
+      }else if( useTempTable ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, j, regCols+i+1); 
+      }else{
+        assert( pSelect==0 ); /* Otherwise useTempTable is true */
+        sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(pParse, pList->a[j].pExpr, regCols+i+1);
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* If this is an INSERT on a view with an INSTEAD OF INSERT trigger,
+    ** do not attempt any conversions before assembling the record.
+    ** If this is a real table, attempt conversions as required by the
+    ** table column affinities.
+    */
+    if( !isView ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Affinity, regCols+1, pTab->nCol);
+      sqlite3TableAffinityStr(v, pTab);
+    }
+
+    /* Fire BEFORE or INSTEAD OF triggers */
+    sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_INSERT, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE, 
+        pTab, regCols-pTab->nCol-1, onError, endOfLoop);
+
+    sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regCols, pTab->nCol+1);
+  }
+
+  /* Push the record number for the new entry onto the stack.  The
+  ** record number is a randomly generate integer created by NewRowid
+  ** except when the table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column, in which
+  ** case the record number is the same as that column. 
+  */
+  if( !isView ){
+    if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+      /* The row that the VUpdate opcode will delete: none */
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regIns);
+    }
+    if( keyColumn>=0 ){
+      if( useTempTable ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, keyColumn, regRowid);
+      }else if( pSelect ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regFromSelect+keyColumn, regRowid);
+      }else{
+        VdbeOp *pOp;
+        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[keyColumn].pExpr, regRowid);
+        pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, -1);
+        if( ALWAYS(pOp) && pOp->opcode==OP_Null && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+          appendFlag = 1;
+          pOp->opcode = OP_NewRowid;
+          pOp->p1 = baseCur;
+          pOp->p2 = regRowid;
+          pOp->p3 = regAutoinc;
+        }
+      }
+      /* If the PRIMARY KEY expression is NULL, then use OP_NewRowid
+      ** to generate a unique primary key value.
+      */
+      if( !appendFlag ){
+        int j1;
+        if( !IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+          j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, regRowid);
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NewRowid, baseCur, regRowid, regAutoinc);
+          sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
+        }else{
+          j1 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regRowid, j1+2);
+        }
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, regRowid);
+      }
+    }else if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regRowid);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NewRowid, baseCur, regRowid, regAutoinc);
+      appendFlag = 1;
+    }
+    autoIncStep(pParse, regAutoinc, regRowid);
+
+    /* Push onto the stack, data for all columns of the new entry, beginning
+    ** with the first column.
+    */
+    nHidden = 0;
+    for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
+      int iRegStore = regRowid+1+i;
+      if( i==pTab->iPKey ){
+        /* The value of the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column is always a NULL.
+        ** Whenever this column is read, the record number will be substituted
+        ** in its place.  So will fill this column with a NULL to avoid
+        ** taking up data space with information that will never be used. */
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iRegStore);
+        continue;
+      }
+      if( pColumn==0 ){
+        if( IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[i]) ){
+          assert( IsVirtual(pTab) );
+          j = -1;
+          nHidden++;
+        }else{
+          j = i - nHidden;
+        }
+      }else{
+        for(j=0; j<pColumn->nId; j++){
+          if( pColumn->a[j].idx==i ) break;
+        }
+      }
+      if( j<0 || nColumn==0 || (pColumn && j>=pColumn->nId) ){
+        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt, iRegStore);
+      }else if( useTempTable ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, j, iRegStore); 
+      }else if( pSelect ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regFromSelect+j, iRegStore);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[j].pExpr, iRegStore);
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Generate code to check constraints and generate index keys and
+    ** do the insertion.
+    */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+    if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+      const char *pVTab = (const char *)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab);
+      sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(pParse, pTab);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VUpdate, 1, pTab->nCol+2, regIns, pVTab, P4_VTAB);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, onError==OE_Default ? OE_Abort : onError);
+      sqlite3MayAbort(pParse);
+    }else
+#endif
+    {
+      int isReplace;    /* Set to true if constraints may cause a replace */
+      sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(pParse, pTab, baseCur, regIns, aRegIdx,
+          keyColumn>=0, 0, onError, endOfLoop, &isReplace
+      );
+      sqlite3FkCheck(pParse, pTab, 0, regIns);
+      sqlite3CompleteInsertion(
+          pParse, pTab, baseCur, regIns, aRegIdx, 0, appendFlag, isReplace==0
+      );
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Update the count of rows that are inserted
+  */
+  if( (db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows)!=0 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, regRowCount, 1);
+  }
+
+  if( pTrigger ){
+    /* Code AFTER triggers */
+    sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_INSERT, 0, TRIGGER_AFTER, 
+        pTab, regData-2-pTab->nCol, onError, endOfLoop);
+  }
+
+  /* The bottom of the main insertion loop, if the data source
+  ** is a SELECT statement.
+  */
+  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endOfLoop);
+  if( useTempTable ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, srcTab, addrCont);
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrInsTop);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, srcTab);
+  }else if( pSelect ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrCont);
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrInsTop);
+  }
+
+  if( !IsVirtual(pTab) && !isView ){
+    /* Close all tables opened */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, baseCur);
+    for(idx=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, idx++){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, idx+baseCur);
+    }
+  }
+
+insert_end:
+  /* Update the sqlite_sequence table by storing the content of the
+  ** maximum rowid counter values recorded while inserting into
+  ** autoincrement tables.
+  */
+  if( pParse->nested==0 && pParse->pTriggerTab==0 ){
+    sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(pParse);
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** Return the number of rows inserted. If this routine is 
+  ** generating code because of a call to sqlite3NestedParse(), do not
+  ** invoke the callback function.
+  */
+  if( (db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows) && !pParse->nested && !pParse->pTriggerTab ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, regRowCount, 1);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows inserted", SQLITE_STATIC);
+  }
+
+insert_cleanup:
+  sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTabList);
+  sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList);
+  sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
+  sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pColumn);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, aRegIdx);
+}
+
+/* Make sure "isView" and other macros defined above are undefined. Otherwise
+** thely may interfere with compilation of other functions in this file
+** (or in another file, if this file becomes part of the amalgamation).  */
+#ifdef isView
+ #undef isView
+#endif
+#ifdef pTrigger
+ #undef pTrigger
+#endif
+#ifdef tmask
+ #undef tmask
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Generate code to do constraint checks prior to an INSERT or an UPDATE.
+**
+** The input is a range of consecutive registers as follows:
+**
+**    1.  The rowid of the row after the update.
+**
+**    2.  The data in the first column of the entry after the update.
+**
+**    i.  Data from middle columns...
+**
+**    N.  The data in the last column of the entry after the update.
+**
+** The regRowid parameter is the index of the register containing (1).
+**
+** If isUpdate is true and rowidChng is non-zero, then rowidChng contains
+** the address of a register containing the rowid before the update takes
+** place. isUpdate is true for UPDATEs and false for INSERTs. If isUpdate
+** is false, indicating an INSERT statement, then a non-zero rowidChng 
+** indicates that the rowid was explicitly specified as part of the
+** INSERT statement. If rowidChng is false, it means that  the rowid is
+** computed automatically in an insert or that the rowid value is not 
+** modified by an update.
+**
+** The code generated by this routine store new index entries into
+** registers identified by aRegIdx[].  No index entry is created for
+** indices where aRegIdx[i]==0.  The order of indices in aRegIdx[] is
+** the same as the order of indices on the linked list of indices
+** attached to the table.
+**
+** This routine also generates code to check constraints.  NOT NULL,
+** CHECK, and UNIQUE constraints are all checked.  If a constraint fails,
+** then the appropriate action is performed.  There are five possible
+** actions: ROLLBACK, ABORT, FAIL, REPLACE, and IGNORE.
+**
+**  Constraint type  Action       What Happens
+**  ---------------  ----------   ----------------------------------------
+**  any              ROLLBACK     The current transaction is rolled back and
+**                                sqlite3_exec() returns immediately with a
+**                                return code of SQLITE_CONSTRAINT.
+**
+**  any              ABORT        Back out changes from the current command
+**                                only (do not do a complete rollback) then
+**                                cause sqlite3_exec() to return immediately
+**                                with SQLITE_CONSTRAINT.
+**
+**  any              FAIL         Sqlite3_exec() returns immediately with a
+**                                return code of SQLITE_CONSTRAINT.  The
+**                                transaction is not rolled back and any
+**                                prior changes are retained.
+**
+**  any              IGNORE       The record number and data is popped from
+**                                the stack and there is an immediate jump
+**                                to label ignoreDest.
+**
+**  NOT NULL         REPLACE      The NULL value is replace by the default
+**                                value for that column.  If the default value
+**                                is NULL, the action is the same as ABORT.
+**
+**  UNIQUE           REPLACE      The other row that conflicts with the row
+**                                being inserted is removed.
+**
+**  CHECK            REPLACE      Illegal.  The results in an exception.
+**
+** Which action to take is determined by the overrideError parameter.
+** Or if overrideError==OE_Default, then the pParse->onError parameter
+** is used.  Or if pParse->onError==OE_Default then the onError value
+** for the constraint is used.
+**
+** The calling routine must open a read/write cursor for pTab with
+** cursor number "baseCur".  All indices of pTab must also have open
+** read/write cursors with cursor number baseCur+i for the i-th cursor.
+** Except, if there is no possibility of a REPLACE action then
+** cursors do not need to be open for indices where aRegIdx[i]==0.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(
+  Parse *pParse,      /* The parser context */
+  Table *pTab,        /* the table into which we are inserting */
+  int baseCur,        /* Index of a read/write cursor pointing at pTab */
+  int regRowid,       /* Index of the range of input registers */
+  int *aRegIdx,       /* Register used by each index.  0 for unused indices */
+  int rowidChng,      /* True if the rowid might collide with existing entry */
+  int isUpdate,       /* True for UPDATE, False for INSERT */
+  int overrideError,  /* Override onError to this if not OE_Default */
+  int ignoreDest,     /* Jump to this label on an OE_Ignore resolution */
+  int *pbMayReplace   /* OUT: Set to true if constraint may cause a replace */
+){
+  int i;              /* loop counter */
+  Vdbe *v;            /* VDBE under constrution */
+  int nCol;           /* Number of columns */
+  int onError;        /* Conflict resolution strategy */
+  int j1;             /* Addresss of jump instruction */
+  int j2 = 0, j3;     /* Addresses of jump instructions */
+  int regData;        /* Register containing first data column */
+  int iCur;           /* Table cursor number */
+  Index *pIdx;         /* Pointer to one of the indices */
+  sqlite3 *db;         /* Database connection */
+  int seenReplace = 0; /* True if REPLACE is used to resolve INT PK conflict */
+  int regOldRowid = (rowidChng && isUpdate) ? rowidChng : regRowid;
+
+  db = pParse->db;
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  assert( v!=0 );
+  assert( pTab->pSelect==0 );  /* This table is not a VIEW */
+  nCol = pTab->nCol;
+  regData = regRowid + 1;
+
+  /* Test all NOT NULL constraints.
+  */
+  for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+    if( i==pTab->iPKey ){
+      continue;
+    }
+    onError = pTab->aCol[i].notNull;
+    if( onError==OE_None ) continue;
+    if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){
+      onError = overrideError;
+    }else if( onError==OE_Default ){
+      onError = OE_Abort;
+    }
+    if( onError==OE_Replace && pTab->aCol[i].pDflt==0 ){
+      onError = OE_Abort;
+    }
+    assert( onError==OE_Rollback || onError==OE_Abort || onError==OE_Fail
+        || onError==OE_Ignore || onError==OE_Replace );
+    switch( onError ){
+      case OE_Abort:
+        sqlite3MayAbort(pParse);
+      case OE_Rollback:
+      case OE_Fail: {
+        char *zMsg;
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_HaltIfNull,
+                                  SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, onError, regData+i);
+        zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s.%s may not be NULL",
+                              pTab->zName, pTab->aCol[i].zName);
+        sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC);
+        break;
+      }
+      case OE_Ignore: {
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regData+i, ignoreDest);
+        break;
+      }
+      default: {
+        assert( onError==OE_Replace );
+        j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, regData+i);
+        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt, regData+i);
+        sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Test all CHECK constraints
+  */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
+  if( pTab->pCheck && (db->flags & SQLITE_IgnoreChecks)==0 ){
+    ExprList *pCheck = pTab->pCheck;
+    pParse->ckBase = regData;
+    onError = overrideError!=OE_Default ? overrideError : OE_Abort;
+    for(i=0; i<pCheck->nExpr; i++){
+      int allOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pCheck->a[i].pExpr, allOk, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
+      if( onError==OE_Ignore ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest);
+      }else{
+        char *zConsName = pCheck->a[i].zName;
+        if( onError==OE_Replace ) onError = OE_Abort; /* IMP: R-15569-63625 */
+        if( zConsName ){
+          zConsName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "constraint %s failed", zConsName);
+        }else{
+          zConsName = 0;
+        }
+        sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, onError, zConsName, P4_DYNAMIC);
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, allOk);
+    }
+  }
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK) */
+
+  /* If we have an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, make sure the primary key
+  ** of the new record does not previously exist.  Except, if this
+  ** is an UPDATE and the primary key is not changing, that is OK.
+  */
+  if( rowidChng ){
+    onError = pTab->keyConf;
+    if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){
+      onError = overrideError;
+    }else if( onError==OE_Default ){
+      onError = OE_Abort;
+    }
+    
+    if( isUpdate ){
+      j2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, regRowid, 0, rowidChng);
+    }
+    j3 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, baseCur, 0, regRowid);
+    switch( onError ){
+      default: {
+        onError = OE_Abort;
+        /* Fall thru into the next case */
+      }
+      case OE_Rollback:
+      case OE_Abort:
+      case OE_Fail: {
+        sqlite3HaltConstraint(
+          pParse, onError, "PRIMARY KEY must be unique", P4_STATIC);
+        break;
+      }
+      case OE_Replace: {
+        /* If there are DELETE triggers on this table and the
+        ** recursive-triggers flag is set, call GenerateRowDelete() to
+        ** remove the conflicting row from the table. This will fire
+        ** the triggers and remove both the table and index b-tree entries.
+        **
+        ** Otherwise, if there are no triggers or the recursive-triggers
+        ** flag is not set, but the table has one or more indexes, call 
+        ** GenerateRowIndexDelete(). This removes the index b-tree entries 
+        ** only. The table b-tree entry will be replaced by the new entry 
+        ** when it is inserted.  
+        **
+        ** If either GenerateRowDelete() or GenerateRowIndexDelete() is called,
+        ** also invoke MultiWrite() to indicate that this VDBE may require
+        ** statement rollback (if the statement is aborted after the delete
+        ** takes place). Earlier versions called sqlite3MultiWrite() regardless,
+        ** but being more selective here allows statements like:
+        **
+        **   REPLACE INTO t(rowid) VALUES($newrowid)
+        **
+        ** to run without a statement journal if there are no indexes on the
+        ** table.
+        */
+        Trigger *pTrigger = 0;
+        if( db->flags&SQLITE_RecTriggers ){
+          pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_DELETE, 0, 0);
+        }
+        if( pTrigger || sqlite3FkRequired(pParse, pTab, 0, 0) ){
+          sqlite3MultiWrite(pParse);
+          sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(
+              pParse, pTab, baseCur, regRowid, 0, pTrigger, OE_Replace
+          );
+        }else if( pTab->pIndex ){
+          sqlite3MultiWrite(pParse);
+          sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(pParse, pTab, baseCur, 0);
+        }
+        seenReplace = 1;
+        break;
+      }
+      case OE_Ignore: {
+        assert( seenReplace==0 );
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest);
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j3);
+    if( isUpdate ){
+      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j2);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Test all UNIQUE constraints by creating entries for each UNIQUE
+  ** index and making sure that duplicate entries do not already exist.
+  ** Add the new records to the indices as we go.
+  */
+  for(iCur=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, iCur++){
+    int regIdx;
+    int regR;
+
+    if( aRegIdx[iCur]==0 ) continue;  /* Skip unused indices */
+
+    /* Create a key for accessing the index entry */
+    regIdx = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pIdx->nColumn+1);
+    for(i=0; i<pIdx->nColumn; i++){
+      int idx = pIdx->aiColumn[i];
+      if( idx==pTab->iPKey ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regRowid, regIdx+i);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regData+idx, regIdx+i);
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regRowid, regIdx+i);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn+1, aRegIdx[iCur]);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v, pIdx), P4_TRANSIENT);
+    sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn+1);
+
+    /* Find out what action to take in case there is an indexing conflict */
+    onError = pIdx->onError;
+    if( onError==OE_None ){ 
+      sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn+1);
+      continue;  /* pIdx is not a UNIQUE index */
+    }
+    if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){
+      onError = overrideError;
+    }else if( onError==OE_Default ){
+      onError = OE_Abort;
+    }
+    if( seenReplace ){
+      if( onError==OE_Ignore ) onError = OE_Replace;
+      else if( onError==OE_Fail ) onError = OE_Abort;
+    }
+    
+    /* Check to see if the new index entry will be unique */
+    regR = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regOldRowid, regR);
+    j3 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_IsUnique, baseCur+iCur+1, 0,
+                           regR, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(regIdx),
+                           P4_INT32);
+    sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn+1);
+
+    /* Generate code that executes if the new index entry is not unique */
+    assert( onError==OE_Rollback || onError==OE_Abort || onError==OE_Fail
+        || onError==OE_Ignore || onError==OE_Replace );
+    switch( onError ){
+      case OE_Rollback:
+      case OE_Abort:
+      case OE_Fail: {
+        int j;
+        StrAccum errMsg;
+        const char *zSep;
+        char *zErr;
+
+        sqlite3StrAccumInit(&errMsg, 0, 0, 200);
+        errMsg.db = db;
+        zSep = pIdx->nColumn>1 ? "columns " : "column ";
+        for(j=0; j<pIdx->nColumn; j++){
+          char *zCol = pTab->aCol[pIdx->aiColumn[j]].zName;
+          sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&errMsg, zSep, -1);
+          zSep = ", ";
+          sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&errMsg, zCol, -1);
+        }
+        sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&errMsg,
+            pIdx->nColumn>1 ? " are not unique" : " is not unique", -1);
+        zErr = sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&errMsg);
+        sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, onError, zErr, 0);
+        sqlite3DbFree(errMsg.db, zErr);
+        break;
+      }
+      case OE_Ignore: {
+        assert( seenReplace==0 );
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest);
+        break;
+      }
+      default: {
+        Trigger *pTrigger = 0;
+        assert( onError==OE_Replace );
+        sqlite3MultiWrite(pParse);
+        if( db->flags&SQLITE_RecTriggers ){
+          pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_DELETE, 0, 0);
+        }
+        sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(
+            pParse, pTab, baseCur, regR, 0, pTrigger, OE_Replace
+        );
+        seenReplace = 1;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j3);
+    sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regR);
+  }
+  
+  if( pbMayReplace ){
+    *pbMayReplace = seenReplace;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine generates code to finish the INSERT or UPDATE operation
+** that was started by a prior call to sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks.
+** A consecutive range of registers starting at regRowid contains the
+** rowid and the content to be inserted.
+**
+** The arguments to this routine should be the same as the first six
+** arguments to sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CompleteInsertion(
+  Parse *pParse,      /* The parser context */
+  Table *pTab,        /* the table into which we are inserting */
+  int baseCur,        /* Index of a read/write cursor pointing at pTab */
+  int regRowid,       /* Range of content */
+  int *aRegIdx,       /* Register used by each index.  0 for unused indices */
+  int isUpdate,       /* True for UPDATE, False for INSERT */
+  int appendBias,     /* True if this is likely to be an append */
+  int useSeekResult   /* True to set the USESEEKRESULT flag on OP_[Idx]Insert */
+){
+  int i;
+  Vdbe *v;
+  int nIdx;
+  Index *pIdx;
+  u8 pik_flags;
+  int regData;
+  int regRec;
+
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  assert( v!=0 );
+  assert( pTab->pSelect==0 );  /* This table is not a VIEW */
+  for(nIdx=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, nIdx++){}
+  for(i=nIdx-1; i>=0; i--){
+    if( aRegIdx[i]==0 ) continue;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, baseCur+i+1, aRegIdx[i]);
+    if( useSeekResult ){
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT);
+    }
+  }
+  regData = regRowid + 1;
+  regRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regData, pTab->nCol, regRec);
+  sqlite3TableAffinityStr(v, pTab);
+  sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regData, pTab->nCol);
+  if( pParse->nested ){
+    pik_flags = 0;
+  }else{
+    pik_flags = OPFLAG_NCHANGE;
+    pik_flags |= (isUpdate?OPFLAG_ISUPDATE:OPFLAG_LASTROWID);
+  }
+  if( appendBias ){
+    pik_flags |= OPFLAG_APPEND;
+  }
+  if( useSeekResult ){
+    pik_flags |= OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT;
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, baseCur, regRec, regRowid);
+  if( !pParse->nested ){
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pTab->zName, P4_TRANSIENT);
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, pik_flags);
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code that will open cursors for a table and for all
+** indices of that table.  The "baseCur" parameter is the cursor number used
+** for the table.  Indices are opened on subsequent cursors.
+**
+** Return the number of indices on the table.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(
+  Parse *pParse,   /* Parsing context */
+  Table *pTab,     /* Table to be opened */
+  int baseCur,     /* Cursor number assigned to the table */
+  int op           /* OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite */
+){
+  int i;
+  int iDb;
+  Index *pIdx;
+  Vdbe *v;
+
+  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return 0;
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  assert( v!=0 );
+  sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, baseCur, iDb, pTab, op);
+  for(i=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){
+    KeyInfo *pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIdx);
+    assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema );
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, op, i+baseCur, pIdx->tnum, iDb,
+                      (char*)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
+    VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName));
+  }
+  if( pParse->nTab<baseCur+i ){
+    pParse->nTab = baseCur+i;
+  }
+  return i-1;
+}
+
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+/*
+** The following global variable is incremented whenever the
+** transfer optimization is used.  This is used for testing
+** purposes only - to make sure the transfer optimization really
+** is happening when it is suppose to.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_xferopt_count;
+#endif /* SQLITE_TEST */
+
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT
+/*
+** Check to collation names to see if they are compatible.
+*/
+static int xferCompatibleCollation(const char *z1, const char *z2){
+  if( z1==0 ){
+    return z2==0;
+  }
+  if( z2==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  return sqlite3StrICmp(z1, z2)==0;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Check to see if index pSrc is compatible as a source of data
+** for index pDest in an insert transfer optimization.  The rules
+** for a compatible index:
+**
+**    *   The index is over the same set of columns
+**    *   The same DESC and ASC markings occurs on all columns
+**    *   The same onError processing (OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, etc)
+**    *   The same collating sequence on each column
+*/
+static int xferCompatibleIndex(Index *pDest, Index *pSrc){
+  int i;
+  assert( pDest && pSrc );
+  assert( pDest->pTable!=pSrc->pTable );
+  if( pDest->nColumn!=pSrc->nColumn ){
+    return 0;   /* Different number of columns */
+  }
+  if( pDest->onError!=pSrc->onError ){
+    return 0;   /* Different conflict resolution strategies */
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<pSrc->nColumn; i++){
+    if( pSrc->aiColumn[i]!=pDest->aiColumn[i] ){
+      return 0;   /* Different columns indexed */
+    }
+    if( pSrc->aSortOrder[i]!=pDest->aSortOrder[i] ){
+      return 0;   /* Different sort orders */
+    }
+    if( !xferCompatibleCollation(pSrc->azColl[i],pDest->azColl[i]) ){
+      return 0;   /* Different collating sequences */
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If no test above fails then the indices must be compatible */
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt the transfer optimization on INSERTs of the form
+**
+**     INSERT INTO tab1 SELECT * FROM tab2;
+**
+** The xfer optimization transfers raw records from tab2 over to tab1.  
+** Columns are not decoded and reassemblied, which greatly improves
+** performance.  Raw index records are transferred in the same way.
+**
+** The xfer optimization is only attempted if tab1 and tab2 are compatible.
+** There are lots of rules for determining compatibility - see comments
+** embedded in the code for details.
+**
+** This routine returns TRUE if the optimization is guaranteed to be used.
+** Sometimes the xfer optimization will only work if the destination table
+** is empty - a factor that can only be determined at run-time.  In that
+** case, this routine generates code for the xfer optimization but also
+** does a test to see if the destination table is empty and jumps over the
+** xfer optimization code if the test fails.  In that case, this routine
+** returns FALSE so that the caller will know to go ahead and generate
+** an unoptimized transfer.  This routine also returns FALSE if there
+** is no chance that the xfer optimization can be applied.
+**
+** This optimization is particularly useful at making VACUUM run faster.
+*/
+static int xferOptimization(
+  Parse *pParse,        /* Parser context */
+  Table *pDest,         /* The table we are inserting into */
+  Select *pSelect,      /* A SELECT statement to use as the data source */
+  int onError,          /* How to handle constraint errors */
+  int iDbDest           /* The database of pDest */
+){
+  ExprList *pEList;                /* The result set of the SELECT */
+  Table *pSrc;                     /* The table in the FROM clause of SELECT */
+  Index *pSrcIdx, *pDestIdx;       /* Source and destination indices */
+  struct SrcList_item *pItem;      /* An element of pSelect->pSrc */
+  int i;                           /* Loop counter */
+  int iDbSrc;                      /* The database of pSrc */
+  int iSrc, iDest;                 /* Cursors from source and destination */
+  int addr1, addr2;                /* Loop addresses */
+  int emptyDestTest;               /* Address of test for empty pDest */
+  int emptySrcTest;                /* Address of test for empty pSrc */
+  Vdbe *v;                         /* The VDBE we are building */
+  KeyInfo *pKey;                   /* Key information for an index */
+  int regAutoinc;                  /* Memory register used by AUTOINC */
+  int destHasUniqueIdx = 0;        /* True if pDest has a UNIQUE index */
+  int regData, regRowid;           /* Registers holding data and rowid */
+
+  if( pSelect==0 ){
+    return 0;   /* Must be of the form  INSERT INTO ... SELECT ... */
+  }
+  if( sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pDest) ){
+    return 0;   /* tab1 must not have triggers */
+  }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  if( pDest->tabFlags & TF_Virtual ){
+    return 0;   /* tab1 must not be a virtual table */
+  }
+#endif
+  if( onError==OE_Default ){
+    if( pDest->iPKey>=0 ) onError = pDest->keyConf;
+    if( onError==OE_Default ) onError = OE_Abort;
+  }
+  assert(pSelect->pSrc);   /* allocated even if there is no FROM clause */
+  if( pSelect->pSrc->nSrc!=1 ){
+    return 0;   /* FROM clause must have exactly one term */
+  }
+  if( pSelect->pSrc->a[0].pSelect ){
+    return 0;   /* FROM clause cannot contain a subquery */
+  }
+  if( pSelect->pWhere ){
+    return 0;   /* SELECT may not have a WHERE clause */
+  }
+  if( pSelect->pOrderBy ){
+    return 0;   /* SELECT may not have an ORDER BY clause */
+  }
+  /* Do not need to test for a HAVING clause.  If HAVING is present but
+  ** there is no ORDER BY, we will get an error. */
+  if( pSelect->pGroupBy ){
+    return 0;   /* SELECT may not have a GROUP BY clause */
+  }
+  if( pSelect->pLimit ){
+    return 0;   /* SELECT may not have a LIMIT clause */
+  }
+  assert( pSelect->pOffset==0 );  /* Must be so if pLimit==0 */
+  if( pSelect->pPrior ){
+    return 0;   /* SELECT may not be a compound query */
+  }
+  if( pSelect->selFlags & SF_Distinct ){
+    return 0;   /* SELECT may not be DISTINCT */
+  }
+  pEList = pSelect->pEList;
+  assert( pEList!=0 );
+  if( pEList->nExpr!=1 ){
+    return 0;   /* The result set must have exactly one column */
+  }
+  assert( pEList->a[0].pExpr );
+  if( pEList->a[0].pExpr->op!=TK_ALL ){
+    return 0;   /* The result set must be the special operator "*" */
+  }
+
+  /* At this point we have established that the statement is of the
+  ** correct syntactic form to participate in this optimization.  Now
+  ** we have to check the semantics.
+  */
+  pItem = pSelect->pSrc->a;
+  pSrc = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, pItem->zName, pItem->zDatabase);
+  if( pSrc==0 ){
+    return 0;   /* FROM clause does not contain a real table */
+  }
+  if( pSrc==pDest ){
+    return 0;   /* tab1 and tab2 may not be the same table */
+  }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  if( pSrc->tabFlags & TF_Virtual ){
+    return 0;   /* tab2 must not be a virtual table */
+  }
+#endif
+  if( pSrc->pSelect ){
+    return 0;   /* tab2 may not be a view */
+  }
+  if( pDest->nCol!=pSrc->nCol ){
+    return 0;   /* Number of columns must be the same in tab1 and tab2 */
+  }
+  if( pDest->iPKey!=pSrc->iPKey ){
+    return 0;   /* Both tables must have the same INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<pDest->nCol; i++){
+    if( pDest->aCol[i].affinity!=pSrc->aCol[i].affinity ){
+      return 0;    /* Affinity must be the same on all columns */
+    }
+    if( !xferCompatibleCollation(pDest->aCol[i].zColl, pSrc->aCol[i].zColl) ){
+      return 0;    /* Collating sequence must be the same on all columns */
+    }
+    if( pDest->aCol[i].notNull && !pSrc->aCol[i].notNull ){
+      return 0;    /* tab2 must be NOT NULL if tab1 is */
+    }
+  }
+  for(pDestIdx=pDest->pIndex; pDestIdx; pDestIdx=pDestIdx->pNext){
+    if( pDestIdx->onError!=OE_None ){
+      destHasUniqueIdx = 1;
+    }
+    for(pSrcIdx=pSrc->pIndex; pSrcIdx; pSrcIdx=pSrcIdx->pNext){
+      if( xferCompatibleIndex(pDestIdx, pSrcIdx) ) break;
+    }
+    if( pSrcIdx==0 ){
+      return 0;    /* pDestIdx has no corresponding index in pSrc */
+    }
+  }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
+  if( pDest->pCheck && sqlite3ExprListCompare(pSrc->pCheck, pDest->pCheck) ){
+    return 0;   /* Tables have different CHECK constraints.  Ticket #2252 */
+  }
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
+  /* Disallow the transfer optimization if the destination table constains
+  ** any foreign key constraints.  This is more restrictive than necessary.
+  ** But the main beneficiary of the transfer optimization is the VACUUM 
+  ** command, and the VACUUM command disables foreign key constraints.  So
+  ** the extra complication to make this rule less restrictive is probably
+  ** not worth the effort.  Ticket [6284df89debdfa61db8073e062908af0c9b6118e]
+  */
+  if( (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_ForeignKeys)!=0 && pDest->pFKey!=0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+#endif
+  if( (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows)!=0 ){
+    return 0;  /* xfer opt does not play well with PRAGMA count_changes */
+  }
+
+  /* If we get this far, it means that the xfer optimization is at
+  ** least a possibility, though it might only work if the destination
+  ** table (tab1) is initially empty.
+  */
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  sqlite3_xferopt_count++;
+#endif
+  iDbSrc = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pSrc->pSchema);
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDbSrc);
+  iSrc = pParse->nTab++;
+  iDest = pParse->nTab++;
+  regAutoinc = autoIncBegin(pParse, iDbDest, pDest);
+  sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iDest, iDbDest, pDest, OP_OpenWrite);
+  if( (pDest->iPKey<0 && pDest->pIndex!=0)          /* (1) */
+   || destHasUniqueIdx                              /* (2) */
+   || (onError!=OE_Abort && onError!=OE_Rollback)   /* (3) */
+  ){
+    /* In some circumstances, we are able to run the xfer optimization
+    ** only if the destination table is initially empty.  This code makes
+    ** that determination.  Conditions under which the destination must
+    ** be empty:
+    **
+    ** (1) There is no INTEGER PRIMARY KEY but there are indices.
+    **     (If the destination is not initially empty, the rowid fields
+    **     of index entries might need to change.)
+    **
+    ** (2) The destination has a unique index.  (The xfer optimization 
+    **     is unable to test uniqueness.)
+    **
+    ** (3) onError is something other than OE_Abort and OE_Rollback.
+    */
+    addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iDest, 0);
+    emptyDestTest = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
+  }else{
+    emptyDestTest = 0;
+  }
+  sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iSrc, iDbSrc, pSrc, OP_OpenRead);
+  emptySrcTest = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iSrc, 0);
+  regData = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+  regRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+  if( pDest->iPKey>=0 ){
+    addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iSrc, regRowid);
+    addr2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iDest, 0, regRowid);
+    sqlite3HaltConstraint(
+        pParse, onError, "PRIMARY KEY must be unique", P4_STATIC);
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr2);
+    autoIncStep(pParse, regAutoinc, regRowid);
+  }else if( pDest->pIndex==0 ){
+    addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iDest, regRowid);
+  }else{
+    addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iSrc, regRowid);
+    assert( (pDest->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement)==0 );
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowData, iSrc, regData);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iDest, regData, regRowid);
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_NCHANGE|OPFLAG_LASTROWID|OPFLAG_APPEND);
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pDest->zName, 0);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iSrc, addr1);
+  for(pDestIdx=pDest->pIndex; pDestIdx; pDestIdx=pDestIdx->pNext){
+    for(pSrcIdx=pSrc->pIndex; ALWAYS(pSrcIdx); pSrcIdx=pSrcIdx->pNext){
+      if( xferCompatibleIndex(pDestIdx, pSrcIdx) ) break;
+    }
+    assert( pSrcIdx );
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iSrc, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iDest, 0);
+    pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pSrcIdx);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenRead, iSrc, pSrcIdx->tnum, iDbSrc,
+                      (char*)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
+    VdbeComment((v, "%s", pSrcIdx->zName));
+    pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pDestIdx);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenWrite, iDest, pDestIdx->tnum, iDbDest,
+                      (char*)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
+    VdbeComment((v, "%s", pDestIdx->zName));
+    addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iSrc, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowKey, iSrc, regData);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxInsert, iDest, regData, 1);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iSrc, addr1+1);
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, emptySrcTest);
+  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRowid);
+  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regData);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iSrc, 0);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iDest, 0);
+  if( emptyDestTest ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_OK, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, emptyDestTest);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iDest, 0);
+    return 0;
+  }else{
+    return 1;
+  }
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT */
+
+/************** End of insert.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file legacy.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** Main file for the SQLite library.  The routines in this file
+** implement the programmer interface to the library.  Routines in
+** other files are for internal use by SQLite and should not be
+** accessed by users of the library.
+*/
+
+
+/*
+** Execute SQL code.  Return one of the SQLITE_ success/failure
+** codes.  Also write an error message into memory obtained from
+** malloc() and make *pzErrMsg point to that message.
+**
+** If the SQL is a query, then for each row in the query result
+** the xCallback() function is called.  pArg becomes the first
+** argument to xCallback().  If xCallback=NULL then no callback
+** is invoked, even for queries.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec(
+  sqlite3 *db,                /* The database on which the SQL executes */
+  const char *zSql,           /* The SQL to be executed */
+  sqlite3_callback xCallback, /* Invoke this callback routine */
+  void *pArg,                 /* First argument to xCallback() */
+  char **pzErrMsg             /* Write error messages here */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;         /* Return code */
+  const char *zLeftover;      /* Tail of unprocessed SQL */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;    /* The current SQL statement */
+  char **azCols = 0;          /* Names of result columns */
+  int nRetry = 0;             /* Number of retry attempts */
+  int callbackIsInit;         /* True if callback data is initialized */
+
+  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+  if( zSql==0 ) zSql = "";
+
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0);
+  while( (rc==SQLITE_OK || (rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA && (++nRetry)<2)) && zSql[0] ){
+    int nCol;
+    char **azVals = 0;
+
+    pStmt = 0;
+    rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, &zLeftover);
+    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pStmt==0 );
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      continue;
+    }
+    if( !pStmt ){
+      /* this happens for a comment or white-space */
+      zSql = zLeftover;
+      continue;
+    }
+
+    callbackIsInit = 0;
+    nCol = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt);
+
+    while( 1 ){
+      int i;
+      rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+
+      /* Invoke the callback function if required */
+      if( xCallback && (SQLITE_ROW==rc || 
+          (SQLITE_DONE==rc && !callbackIsInit
+                           && db->flags&SQLITE_NullCallback)) ){
+        if( !callbackIsInit ){
+          azCols = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, 2*nCol*sizeof(const char*) + 1);
+          if( azCols==0 ){
+            goto exec_out;
+          }
+          for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+            azCols[i] = (char *)sqlite3_column_name(pStmt, i);
+            /* sqlite3VdbeSetColName() installs column names as UTF8
+            ** strings so there is no way for sqlite3_column_name() to fail. */
+            assert( azCols[i]!=0 );
+          }
+          callbackIsInit = 1;
+        }
+        if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
+          azVals = &azCols[nCol];
+          for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+            azVals[i] = (char *)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, i);
+            if( !azVals[i] && sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, i)!=SQLITE_NULL ){
+              db->mallocFailed = 1;
+              goto exec_out;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+        if( xCallback(pArg, nCol, azVals, azCols) ){
+          rc = SQLITE_ABORT;
+          sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe *)pStmt);
+          pStmt = 0;
+          sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ABORT, 0);
+          goto exec_out;
+        }
+      }
+
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ){
+        rc = sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe *)pStmt);
+        pStmt = 0;
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_SCHEMA ){
+          nRetry = 0;
+          zSql = zLeftover;
+          while( sqlite3Isspace(zSql[0]) ) zSql++;
+        }
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, azCols);
+    azCols = 0;
+  }
+
+exec_out:
+  if( pStmt ) sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe *)pStmt);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, azCols);
+
+  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && ALWAYS(rc==sqlite3_errcode(db)) && pzErrMsg ){
+    int nErrMsg = 1 + sqlite3Strlen30(sqlite3_errmsg(db));
+    *pzErrMsg = sqlite3Malloc(nErrMsg);
+    if( *pzErrMsg ){
+      memcpy(*pzErrMsg, sqlite3_errmsg(db), nErrMsg);
+    }else{
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_NOMEM, 0);
+    }
+  }else if( pzErrMsg ){
+    *pzErrMsg = 0;
+  }
+
+  assert( (rc&db->errMask)==rc );
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/************** End of legacy.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file loadext.c *****************************************/
+/*
+** 2006 June 7
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains code used to dynamically load extensions into
+** the SQLite library.
+*/
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_CORE
+  #define SQLITE_CORE 1  /* Disable the API redefinition in sqlite3ext.h */
+#endif
+/************** Include sqlite3ext.h in the middle of loadext.c **************/
+/************** Begin file sqlite3ext.h **************************************/
+/*
+** 2006 June 7
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This header file defines the SQLite interface for use by
+** shared libraries that want to be imported as extensions into
+** an SQLite instance.  Shared libraries that intend to be loaded
+** as extensions by SQLite should #include this file instead of 
+** sqlite3.h.
+*/
+#ifndef _SQLITE3EXT_H_
+#define _SQLITE3EXT_H_
+
+typedef struct sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3_api_routines;
+
+/*
+** The following structure holds pointers to all of the SQLite API
+** routines.
+**
+** WARNING:  In order to maintain backwards compatibility, add new
+** interfaces to the end of this structure only.  If you insert new
+** interfaces in the middle of this structure, then older different
+** versions of SQLite will not be able to load each others' shared
+** libraries!
+*/
+struct sqlite3_api_routines {
+  void * (*aggregate_context)(sqlite3_context*,int nBytes);
+  int  (*aggregate_count)(sqlite3_context*);
+  int  (*bind_blob)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const void*,int n,void(*)(void*));
+  int  (*bind_double)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,double);
+  int  (*bind_int)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,int);
+  int  (*bind_int64)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,sqlite_int64);
+  int  (*bind_null)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+  int  (*bind_parameter_count)(sqlite3_stmt*);
+  int  (*bind_parameter_index)(sqlite3_stmt*,const char*zName);
+  const char * (*bind_parameter_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+  int  (*bind_text)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const char*,int n,void(*)(void*));
+  int  (*bind_text16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const void*,int,void(*)(void*));
+  int  (*bind_value)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const sqlite3_value*);
+  int  (*busy_handler)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*,int),void*);
+  int  (*busy_timeout)(sqlite3*,int ms);
+  int  (*changes)(sqlite3*);
+  int  (*close)(sqlite3*);
+  int  (*collation_needed)(sqlite3*,void*,void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,
+                           int eTextRep,const char*));
+  int  (*collation_needed16)(sqlite3*,void*,void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,
+                             int eTextRep,const void*));
+  const void * (*column_blob)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
+  int  (*column_bytes)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
+  int  (*column_bytes16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
+  int  (*column_count)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt);
+  const char * (*column_database_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+  const void * (*column_database_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+  const char * (*column_decltype)(sqlite3_stmt*,int i);
+  const void * (*column_decltype16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+  double  (*column_double)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
+  int  (*column_int)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
+  sqlite_int64  (*column_int64)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
+  const char * (*column_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+  const void * (*column_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+  const char * (*column_origin_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+  const void * (*column_origin_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+  const char * (*column_table_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+  const void * (*column_table_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+  const unsigned char * (*column_text)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
+  const void * (*column_text16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
+  int  (*column_type)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
+  sqlite3_value* (*column_value)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
+  void * (*commit_hook)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*),void*);
+  int  (*complete)(const char*sql);
+  int  (*complete16)(const void*sql);
+  int  (*create_collation)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,void*,
+                           int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*));
+  int  (*create_collation16)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,void*,
+                             int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*));
+  int  (*create_function)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int,void*,
+                          void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+                          void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+                          void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*));
+  int  (*create_function16)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,int,void*,
+                            void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+                            void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+                            void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*));
+  int (*create_module)(sqlite3*,const char*,const sqlite3_module*,void*);
+  int  (*data_count)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt);
+  sqlite3 * (*db_handle)(sqlite3_stmt*);
+  int (*declare_vtab)(sqlite3*,const char*);
+  int  (*enable_shared_cache)(int);
+  int  (*errcode)(sqlite3*db);
+  const char * (*errmsg)(sqlite3*);
+  const void * (*errmsg16)(sqlite3*);
+  int  (*exec)(sqlite3*,const char*,sqlite3_callback,void*,char**);
+  int  (*expired)(sqlite3_stmt*);
+  int  (*finalize)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt);
+  void  (*free)(void*);
+  void  (*free_table)(char**result);
+  int  (*get_autocommit)(sqlite3*);
+  void * (*get_auxdata)(sqlite3_context*,int);
+  int  (*get_table)(sqlite3*,const char*,char***,int*,int*,char**);
+  int  (*global_recover)(void);
+  void  (*interruptx)(sqlite3*);
+  sqlite_int64  (*last_insert_rowid)(sqlite3*);
+  const char * (*libversion)(void);
+  int  (*libversion_number)(void);
+  void *(*malloc)(int);
+  char * (*mprintf)(const char*,...);
+  int  (*open)(const char*,sqlite3**);
+  int  (*open16)(const void*,sqlite3**);
+  int  (*prepare)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const char**);
+  int  (*prepare16)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const void**);
+  void * (*profile)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void*,const char*,sqlite_uint64),void*);
+  void  (*progress_handler)(sqlite3*,int,int(*)(void*),void*);
+  void *(*realloc)(void*,int);
+  int  (*reset)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt);
+  void  (*result_blob)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*));
+  void  (*result_double)(sqlite3_context*,double);
+  void  (*result_error)(sqlite3_context*,const char*,int);
+  void  (*result_error16)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int);
+  void  (*result_int)(sqlite3_context*,int);
+  void  (*result_int64)(sqlite3_context*,sqlite_int64);
+  void  (*result_null)(sqlite3_context*);
+  void  (*result_text)(sqlite3_context*,const char*,int,void(*)(void*));
+  void  (*result_text16)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*));
+  void  (*result_text16be)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*));
+  void  (*result_text16le)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*));
+  void  (*result_value)(sqlite3_context*,sqlite3_value*);
+  void * (*rollback_hook)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void*),void*);
+  int  (*set_authorizer)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,
+                         const char*,const char*),void*);
+  void  (*set_auxdata)(sqlite3_context*,int,void*,void (*)(void*));
+  char * (*snprintf)(int,char*,const char*,...);
+  int  (*step)(sqlite3_stmt*);
+  int  (*table_column_metadata)(sqlite3*,const char*,const char*,const char*,
+                                char const**,char const**,int*,int*,int*);
+  void  (*thread_cleanup)(void);
+  int  (*total_changes)(sqlite3*);
+  void * (*trace)(sqlite3*,void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*),void*);
+  int  (*transfer_bindings)(sqlite3_stmt*,sqlite3_stmt*);
+  void * (*update_hook)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void*,int ,char const*,char const*,
+                                         sqlite_int64),void*);
+  void * (*user_data)(sqlite3_context*);
+  const void * (*value_blob)(sqlite3_value*);
+  int  (*value_bytes)(sqlite3_value*);
+  int  (*value_bytes16)(sqlite3_value*);
+  double  (*value_double)(sqlite3_value*);
+  int  (*value_int)(sqlite3_value*);
+  sqlite_int64  (*value_int64)(sqlite3_value*);
+  int  (*value_numeric_type)(sqlite3_value*);
+  const unsigned char * (*value_text)(sqlite3_value*);
+  const void * (*value_text16)(sqlite3_value*);
+  const void * (*value_text16be)(sqlite3_value*);
+  const void * (*value_text16le)(sqlite3_value*);
+  int  (*value_type)(sqlite3_value*);
+  char *(*vmprintf)(const char*,va_list);
+  /* Added ??? */
+  int (*overload_function)(sqlite3*, const char *zFuncName, int nArg);
+  /* Added by 3.3.13 */
+  int (*prepare_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const char**);
+  int (*prepare16_v2)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const void**);
+  int (*clear_bindings)(sqlite3_stmt*);
+  /* Added by 3.4.1 */
+  int (*create_module_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,const sqlite3_module*,void*,
+                          void (*xDestroy)(void *));
+  /* Added by 3.5.0 */
+  int (*bind_zeroblob)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,int);
+  int (*blob_bytes)(sqlite3_blob*);
+  int (*blob_close)(sqlite3_blob*);
+  int (*blob_open)(sqlite3*,const char*,const char*,const char*,sqlite3_int64,
+                   int,sqlite3_blob**);
+  int (*blob_read)(sqlite3_blob*,void*,int,int);
+  int (*blob_write)(sqlite3_blob*,const void*,int,int);
+  int (*create_collation_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,void*,
+                             int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*),
+                             void(*)(void*));
+  int (*file_control)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,void*);
+  sqlite3_int64 (*memory_highwater)(int);
+  sqlite3_int64 (*memory_used)(void);
+  sqlite3_mutex *(*mutex_alloc)(int);
+  void (*mutex_enter)(sqlite3_mutex*);
+  void (*mutex_free)(sqlite3_mutex*);
+  void (*mutex_leave)(sqlite3_mutex*);
+  int (*mutex_try)(sqlite3_mutex*);
+  int (*open_v2)(const char*,sqlite3**,int,const char*);
+  int (*release_memory)(int);
+  void (*result_error_nomem)(sqlite3_context*);
+  void (*result_error_toobig)(sqlite3_context*);
+  int (*sleep)(int);
+  void (*soft_heap_limit)(int);
+  sqlite3_vfs *(*vfs_find)(const char*);
+  int (*vfs_register)(sqlite3_vfs*,int);
+  int (*vfs_unregister)(sqlite3_vfs*);
+  int (*xthreadsafe)(void);
+  void (*result_zeroblob)(sqlite3_context*,int);
+  void (*result_error_code)(sqlite3_context*,int);
+  int (*test_control)(int, ...);
+  void (*randomness)(int,void*);
+  sqlite3 *(*context_db_handle)(sqlite3_context*);
+  int (*extended_result_codes)(sqlite3*,int);
+  int (*limit)(sqlite3*,int,int);
+  sqlite3_stmt *(*next_stmt)(sqlite3*,sqlite3_stmt*);
+  const char *(*sql)(sqlite3_stmt*);
+  int (*status)(int,int*,int*,int);
+  int (*backup_finish)(sqlite3_backup*);
+  sqlite3_backup *(*backup_init)(sqlite3*,const char*,sqlite3*,const char*);
+  int (*backup_pagecount)(sqlite3_backup*);
+  int (*backup_remaining)(sqlite3_backup*);
+  int (*backup_step)(sqlite3_backup*,int);
+  const char *(*compileoption_get)(int);
+  int (*compileoption_used)(const char*);
+  int (*create_function_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int,void*,
+                            void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+                            void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+                            void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*),
+                            void(*xDestroy)(void*));
+  int (*db_config)(sqlite3*,int,...);
+  sqlite3_mutex *(*db_mutex)(sqlite3*);
+  int (*db_status)(sqlite3*,int,int*,int*,int);
+  int (*extended_errcode)(sqlite3*);
+  void (*log)(int,const char*,...);
+  sqlite3_int64 (*soft_heap_limit64)(sqlite3_int64);
+  const char *(*sourceid)(void);
+  int (*stmt_status)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,int);
+  int (*strnicmp)(const char*,const char*,int);
+  int (*unlock_notify)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void**,int),void*);
+  int (*wal_autocheckpoint)(sqlite3*,int);
+  int (*wal_checkpoint)(sqlite3*,const char*);
+  void *(*wal_hook)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*,sqlite3*,const char*,int),void*);
+  int (*blob_reopen)(sqlite3_blob*,sqlite3_int64);
+  int (*vtab_config)(sqlite3*,int op,...);
+  int (*vtab_on_conflict)(sqlite3*);
+};
+
+/*
+** The following macros redefine the API routines so that they are
+** redirected throught the global sqlite3_api structure.
+**
+** This header file is also used by the loadext.c source file
+** (part of the main SQLite library - not an extension) so that
+** it can get access to the sqlite3_api_routines structure
+** definition.  But the main library does not want to redefine
+** the API.  So the redefinition macros are only valid if the
+** SQLITE_CORE macros is undefined.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_CORE
+#define sqlite3_aggregate_context      sqlite3_api->aggregate_context
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+#define sqlite3_aggregate_count        sqlite3_api->aggregate_count
+#endif
+#define sqlite3_bind_blob              sqlite3_api->bind_blob
+#define sqlite3_bind_double            sqlite3_api->bind_double
+#define sqlite3_bind_int               sqlite3_api->bind_int
+#define sqlite3_bind_int64             sqlite3_api->bind_int64
+#define sqlite3_bind_null              sqlite3_api->bind_null
+#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_count   sqlite3_api->bind_parameter_count
+#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_index   sqlite3_api->bind_parameter_index
+#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_name    sqlite3_api->bind_parameter_name
+#define sqlite3_bind_text              sqlite3_api->bind_text
+#define sqlite3_bind_text16            sqlite3_api->bind_text16
+#define sqlite3_bind_value             sqlite3_api->bind_value
+#define sqlite3_busy_handler           sqlite3_api->busy_handler
+#define sqlite3_busy_timeout           sqlite3_api->busy_timeout
+#define sqlite3_changes                sqlite3_api->changes
+#define sqlite3_close                  sqlite3_api->close
+#define sqlite3_collation_needed       sqlite3_api->collation_needed
+#define sqlite3_collation_needed16     sqlite3_api->collation_needed16
+#define sqlite3_column_blob            sqlite3_api->column_blob
+#define sqlite3_column_bytes           sqlite3_api->column_bytes
+#define sqlite3_column_bytes16         sqlite3_api->column_bytes16
+#define sqlite3_column_count           sqlite3_api->column_count
+#define sqlite3_column_database_name   sqlite3_api->column_database_name
+#define sqlite3_column_database_name16 sqlite3_api->column_database_name16
+#define sqlite3_column_decltype        sqlite3_api->column_decltype
+#define sqlite3_column_decltype16      sqlite3_api->column_decltype16
+#define sqlite3_column_double          sqlite3_api->column_double
+#define sqlite3_column_int             sqlite3_api->column_int
+#define sqlite3_column_int64           sqlite3_api->column_int64
+#define sqlite3_column_name            sqlite3_api->column_name
+#define sqlite3_column_name16          sqlite3_api->column_name16
+#define sqlite3_column_origin_name     sqlite3_api->column_origin_name
+#define sqlite3_column_origin_name16   sqlite3_api->column_origin_name16
+#define sqlite3_column_table_name      sqlite3_api->column_table_name
+#define sqlite3_column_table_name16    sqlite3_api->column_table_name16
+#define sqlite3_column_text            sqlite3_api->column_text
+#define sqlite3_column_text16          sqlite3_api->column_text16
+#define sqlite3_column_type            sqlite3_api->column_type
+#define sqlite3_column_value           sqlite3_api->column_value
+#define sqlite3_commit_hook            sqlite3_api->commit_hook
+#define sqlite3_complete               sqlite3_api->complete
+#define sqlite3_complete16             sqlite3_api->complete16
+#define sqlite3_create_collation       sqlite3_api->create_collation
+#define sqlite3_create_collation16     sqlite3_api->create_collation16
+#define sqlite3_create_function        sqlite3_api->create_function
+#define sqlite3_create_function16      sqlite3_api->create_function16
+#define sqlite3_create_module          sqlite3_api->create_module
+#define sqlite3_create_module_v2       sqlite3_api->create_module_v2
+#define sqlite3_data_count             sqlite3_api->data_count
+#define sqlite3_db_handle              sqlite3_api->db_handle
+#define sqlite3_declare_vtab           sqlite3_api->declare_vtab
+#define sqlite3_enable_shared_cache    sqlite3_api->enable_shared_cache
+#define sqlite3_errcode                sqlite3_api->errcode
+#define sqlite3_errmsg                 sqlite3_api->errmsg
+#define sqlite3_errmsg16               sqlite3_api->errmsg16
+#define sqlite3_exec                   sqlite3_api->exec
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+#define sqlite3_expired                sqlite3_api->expired
+#endif
+#define sqlite3_finalize               sqlite3_api->finalize
+#define sqlite3_free                   sqlite3_api->free
+#define sqlite3_free_table             sqlite3_api->free_table
+#define sqlite3_get_autocommit         sqlite3_api->get_autocommit
+#define sqlite3_get_auxdata            sqlite3_api->get_auxdata
+#define sqlite3_get_table              sqlite3_api->get_table
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+#define sqlite3_global_recover         sqlite3_api->global_recover
+#endif
+#define sqlite3_interrupt              sqlite3_api->interruptx
+#define sqlite3_last_insert_rowid      sqlite3_api->last_insert_rowid
+#define sqlite3_libversion             sqlite3_api->libversion
+#define sqlite3_libversion_number      sqlite3_api->libversion_number
+#define sqlite3_malloc                 sqlite3_api->malloc
+#define sqlite3_mprintf                sqlite3_api->mprintf
+#define sqlite3_open                   sqlite3_api->open
+#define sqlite3_open16                 sqlite3_api->open16
+#define sqlite3_prepare                sqlite3_api->prepare
+#define sqlite3_prepare16              sqlite3_api->prepare16
+#define sqlite3_prepare_v2             sqlite3_api->prepare_v2
+#define sqlite3_prepare16_v2           sqlite3_api->prepare16_v2
+#define sqlite3_profile                sqlite3_api->profile
+#define sqlite3_progress_handler       sqlite3_api->progress_handler
+#define sqlite3_realloc                sqlite3_api->realloc
+#define sqlite3_reset                  sqlite3_api->reset
+#define sqlite3_result_blob            sqlite3_api->result_blob
+#define sqlite3_result_double          sqlite3_api->result_double
+#define sqlite3_result_error           sqlite3_api->result_error
+#define sqlite3_result_error16         sqlite3_api->result_error16
+#define sqlite3_result_int             sqlite3_api->result_int
+#define sqlite3_result_int64           sqlite3_api->result_int64
+#define sqlite3_result_null            sqlite3_api->result_null
+#define sqlite3_result_text            sqlite3_api->result_text
+#define sqlite3_result_text16          sqlite3_api->result_text16
+#define sqlite3_result_text16be        sqlite3_api->result_text16be
+#define sqlite3_result_text16le        sqlite3_api->result_text16le
+#define sqlite3_result_value           sqlite3_api->result_value
+#define sqlite3_rollback_hook          sqlite3_api->rollback_hook
+#define sqlite3_set_authorizer         sqlite3_api->set_authorizer
+#define sqlite3_set_auxdata            sqlite3_api->set_auxdata
+#define sqlite3_snprintf               sqlite3_api->snprintf
+#define sqlite3_step                   sqlite3_api->step
+#define sqlite3_table_column_metadata  sqlite3_api->table_column_metadata
+#define sqlite3_thread_cleanup         sqlite3_api->thread_cleanup
+#define sqlite3_total_changes          sqlite3_api->total_changes
+#define sqlite3_trace                  sqlite3_api->trace
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+#define sqlite3_transfer_bindings      sqlite3_api->transfer_bindings
+#endif
+#define sqlite3_update_hook            sqlite3_api->update_hook
+#define sqlite3_user_data              sqlite3_api->user_data
+#define sqlite3_value_blob             sqlite3_api->value_blob
+#define sqlite3_value_bytes            sqlite3_api->value_bytes
+#define sqlite3_value_bytes16          sqlite3_api->value_bytes16
+#define sqlite3_value_double           sqlite3_api->value_double
+#define sqlite3_value_int              sqlite3_api->value_int
+#define sqlite3_value_int64            sqlite3_api->value_int64
+#define sqlite3_value_numeric_type     sqlite3_api->value_numeric_type
+#define sqlite3_value_text             sqlite3_api->value_text
+#define sqlite3_value_text16           sqlite3_api->value_text16
+#define sqlite3_value_text16be         sqlite3_api->value_text16be
+#define sqlite3_value_text16le         sqlite3_api->value_text16le
+#define sqlite3_value_type             sqlite3_api->value_type
+#define sqlite3_vmprintf               sqlite3_api->vmprintf
+#define sqlite3_overload_function      sqlite3_api->overload_function
+#define sqlite3_prepare_v2             sqlite3_api->prepare_v2
+#define sqlite3_prepare16_v2           sqlite3_api->prepare16_v2
+#define sqlite3_clear_bindings         sqlite3_api->clear_bindings
+#define sqlite3_bind_zeroblob          sqlite3_api->bind_zeroblob
+#define sqlite3_blob_bytes             sqlite3_api->blob_bytes
+#define sqlite3_blob_close             sqlite3_api->blob_close
+#define sqlite3_blob_open              sqlite3_api->blob_open
+#define sqlite3_blob_read              sqlite3_api->blob_read
+#define sqlite3_blob_write             sqlite3_api->blob_write
+#define sqlite3_create_collation_v2    sqlite3_api->create_collation_v2
+#define sqlite3_file_control           sqlite3_api->file_control
+#define sqlite3_memory_highwater       sqlite3_api->memory_highwater
+#define sqlite3_memory_used            sqlite3_api->memory_used
+#define sqlite3_mutex_alloc            sqlite3_api->mutex_alloc
+#define sqlite3_mutex_enter            sqlite3_api->mutex_enter
+#define sqlite3_mutex_free             sqlite3_api->mutex_free
+#define sqlite3_mutex_leave            sqlite3_api->mutex_leave
+#define sqlite3_mutex_try              sqlite3_api->mutex_try
+#define sqlite3_open_v2                sqlite3_api->open_v2
+#define sqlite3_release_memory         sqlite3_api->release_memory
+#define sqlite3_result_error_nomem     sqlite3_api->result_error_nomem
+#define sqlite3_result_error_toobig    sqlite3_api->result_error_toobig
+#define sqlite3_sleep                  sqlite3_api->sleep
+#define sqlite3_soft_heap_limit        sqlite3_api->soft_heap_limit
+#define sqlite3_vfs_find               sqlite3_api->vfs_find
+#define sqlite3_vfs_register           sqlite3_api->vfs_register
+#define sqlite3_vfs_unregister         sqlite3_api->vfs_unregister
+#define sqlite3_threadsafe             sqlite3_api->xthreadsafe
+#define sqlite3_result_zeroblob        sqlite3_api->result_zeroblob
+#define sqlite3_result_error_code      sqlite3_api->result_error_code
+#define sqlite3_test_control           sqlite3_api->test_control
+#define sqlite3_randomness             sqlite3_api->randomness
+#define sqlite3_context_db_handle      sqlite3_api->context_db_handle
+#define sqlite3_extended_result_codes  sqlite3_api->extended_result_codes
+#define sqlite3_limit                  sqlite3_api->limit
+#define sqlite3_next_stmt              sqlite3_api->next_stmt
+#define sqlite3_sql                    sqlite3_api->sql
+#define sqlite3_status                 sqlite3_api->status
+#define sqlite3_backup_finish          sqlite3_api->backup_finish
+#define sqlite3_backup_init            sqlite3_api->backup_init
+#define sqlite3_backup_pagecount       sqlite3_api->backup_pagecount
+#define sqlite3_backup_remaining       sqlite3_api->backup_remaining
+#define sqlite3_backup_step            sqlite3_api->backup_step
+#define sqlite3_compileoption_get      sqlite3_api->compileoption_get
+#define sqlite3_compileoption_used     sqlite3_api->compileoption_used
+#define sqlite3_create_function_v2     sqlite3_api->create_function_v2
+#define sqlite3_db_config              sqlite3_api->db_config
+#define sqlite3_db_mutex               sqlite3_api->db_mutex
+#define sqlite3_db_status              sqlite3_api->db_status
+#define sqlite3_extended_errcode       sqlite3_api->extended_errcode
+#define sqlite3_log                    sqlite3_api->log
+#define sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64      sqlite3_api->soft_heap_limit64
+#define sqlite3_sourceid               sqlite3_api->sourceid
+#define sqlite3_stmt_status            sqlite3_api->stmt_status
+#define sqlite3_strnicmp               sqlite3_api->strnicmp
+#define sqlite3_unlock_notify          sqlite3_api->unlock_notify
+#define sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint     sqlite3_api->wal_autocheckpoint
+#define sqlite3_wal_checkpoint         sqlite3_api->wal_checkpoint
+#define sqlite3_wal_hook               sqlite3_api->wal_hook
+#define sqlite3_blob_reopen            sqlite3_api->blob_reopen
+#define sqlite3_vtab_config            sqlite3_api->vtab_config
+#define sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict       sqlite3_api->vtab_on_conflict
+#endif /* SQLITE_CORE */
+
+#define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1     const sqlite3_api_routines *sqlite3_api = 0;
+#define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(v)  sqlite3_api = v;
+
+#endif /* _SQLITE3EXT_H_ */
+
+/************** End of sqlite3ext.h ******************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in loadext.c ********************/
+/* #include <string.h> */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
+
+/*
+** Some API routines are omitted when various features are
+** excluded from a build of SQLite.  Substitute a NULL pointer
+** for any missing APIs.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
+# define sqlite3_column_database_name   0
+# define sqlite3_column_database_name16 0
+# define sqlite3_column_table_name      0
+# define sqlite3_column_table_name16    0
+# define sqlite3_column_origin_name     0
+# define sqlite3_column_origin_name16   0
+# define sqlite3_table_column_metadata  0
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+# define sqlite3_set_authorizer         0
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+# define sqlite3_bind_text16            0
+# define sqlite3_collation_needed16     0
+# define sqlite3_column_decltype16      0
+# define sqlite3_column_name16          0
+# define sqlite3_column_text16          0
+# define sqlite3_complete16             0
+# define sqlite3_create_collation16     0
+# define sqlite3_create_function16      0
+# define sqlite3_errmsg16               0
+# define sqlite3_open16                 0
+# define sqlite3_prepare16              0
+# define sqlite3_prepare16_v2           0
+# define sqlite3_result_error16         0
+# define sqlite3_result_text16          0
+# define sqlite3_result_text16be        0
+# define sqlite3_result_text16le        0
+# define sqlite3_value_text16           0
+# define sqlite3_value_text16be         0
+# define sqlite3_value_text16le         0
+# define sqlite3_column_database_name16 0
+# define sqlite3_column_table_name16    0
+# define sqlite3_column_origin_name16   0
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE
+# define sqlite3_complete 0
+# define sqlite3_complete16 0
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE
+# define sqlite3_column_decltype16      0
+# define sqlite3_column_decltype        0
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
+# define sqlite3_progress_handler 0
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+# define sqlite3_create_module 0
+# define sqlite3_create_module_v2 0
+# define sqlite3_declare_vtab 0
+# define sqlite3_vtab_config 0
+# define sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict 0
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+# define sqlite3_enable_shared_cache 0
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
+# define sqlite3_profile       0
+# define sqlite3_trace         0
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE
+# define sqlite3_free_table    0
+# define sqlite3_get_table     0
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
+#define sqlite3_bind_zeroblob  0
+#define sqlite3_blob_bytes     0
+#define sqlite3_blob_close     0
+#define sqlite3_blob_open      0
+#define sqlite3_blob_read      0
+#define sqlite3_blob_write     0
+#define sqlite3_blob_reopen    0
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The following structure contains pointers to all SQLite API routines.
+** A pointer to this structure is passed into extensions when they are
+** loaded so that the extension can make calls back into the SQLite
+** library.
+**
+** When adding new APIs, add them to the bottom of this structure
+** in order to preserve backwards compatibility.
+**
+** Extensions that use newer APIs should first call the
+** sqlite3_libversion_number() to make sure that the API they
+** intend to use is supported by the library.  Extensions should
+** also check to make sure that the pointer to the function is
+** not NULL before calling it.
+*/
+static const sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3Apis = {
+  sqlite3_aggregate_context,
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+  sqlite3_aggregate_count,
+#else
+  0,
+#endif
+  sqlite3_bind_blob,
+  sqlite3_bind_double,
+  sqlite3_bind_int,
+  sqlite3_bind_int64,
+  sqlite3_bind_null,
+  sqlite3_bind_parameter_count,
+  sqlite3_bind_parameter_index,
+  sqlite3_bind_parameter_name,
+  sqlite3_bind_text,
+  sqlite3_bind_text16,
+  sqlite3_bind_value,
+  sqlite3_busy_handler,
+  sqlite3_busy_timeout,
+  sqlite3_changes,
+  sqlite3_close,
+  sqlite3_collation_needed,
+  sqlite3_collation_needed16,
+  sqlite3_column_blob,
+  sqlite3_column_bytes,
+  sqlite3_column_bytes16,
+  sqlite3_column_count,
+  sqlite3_column_database_name,
+  sqlite3_column_database_name16,
+  sqlite3_column_decltype,
+  sqlite3_column_decltype16,
+  sqlite3_column_double,
+  sqlite3_column_int,
+  sqlite3_column_int64,
+  sqlite3_column_name,
+  sqlite3_column_name16,
+  sqlite3_column_origin_name,
+  sqlite3_column_origin_name16,
+  sqlite3_column_table_name,
+  sqlite3_column_table_name16,
+  sqlite3_column_text,
+  sqlite3_column_text16,
+  sqlite3_column_type,
+  sqlite3_column_value,
+  sqlite3_commit_hook,
+  sqlite3_complete,
+  sqlite3_complete16,
+  sqlite3_create_collation,
+  sqlite3_create_collation16,
+  sqlite3_create_function,
+  sqlite3_create_function16,
+  sqlite3_create_module,
+  sqlite3_data_count,
+  sqlite3_db_handle,
+  sqlite3_declare_vtab,
+  sqlite3_enable_shared_cache,
+  sqlite3_errcode,
+  sqlite3_errmsg,
+  sqlite3_errmsg16,
+  sqlite3_exec,
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+  sqlite3_expired,
+#else
+  0,
+#endif
+  sqlite3_finalize,
+  sqlite3_free,
+  sqlite3_free_table,
+  sqlite3_get_autocommit,
+  sqlite3_get_auxdata,
+  sqlite3_get_table,
+  0,     /* Was sqlite3_global_recover(), but that function is deprecated */
+  sqlite3_interrupt,
+  sqlite3_last_insert_rowid,
+  sqlite3_libversion,
+  sqlite3_libversion_number,
+  sqlite3_malloc,
+  sqlite3_mprintf,
+  sqlite3_open,
+  sqlite3_open16,
+  sqlite3_prepare,
+  sqlite3_prepare16,
+  sqlite3_profile,
+  sqlite3_progress_handler,
+  sqlite3_realloc,
+  sqlite3_reset,
+  sqlite3_result_blob,
+  sqlite3_result_double,
+  sqlite3_result_error,
+  sqlite3_result_error16,
+  sqlite3_result_int,
+  sqlite3_result_int64,
+  sqlite3_result_null,
+  sqlite3_result_text,
+  sqlite3_result_text16,
+  sqlite3_result_text16be,
+  sqlite3_result_text16le,
+  sqlite3_result_value,
+  sqlite3_rollback_hook,
+  sqlite3_set_authorizer,
+  sqlite3_set_auxdata,
+  sqlite3_snprintf,
+  sqlite3_step,
+  sqlite3_table_column_metadata,
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+  sqlite3_thread_cleanup,
+#else
+  0,
+#endif
+  sqlite3_total_changes,
+  sqlite3_trace,
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+  sqlite3_transfer_bindings,
+#else
+  0,
+#endif
+  sqlite3_update_hook,
+  sqlite3_user_data,
+  sqlite3_value_blob,
+  sqlite3_value_bytes,
+  sqlite3_value_bytes16,
+  sqlite3_value_double,
+  sqlite3_value_int,
+  sqlite3_value_int64,
+  sqlite3_value_numeric_type,
+  sqlite3_value_text,
+  sqlite3_value_text16,
+  sqlite3_value_text16be,
+  sqlite3_value_text16le,
+  sqlite3_value_type,
+  sqlite3_vmprintf,
+  /*
+  ** The original API set ends here.  All extensions can call any
+  ** of the APIs above provided that the pointer is not NULL.  But
+  ** before calling APIs that follow, extension should check the
+  ** sqlite3_libversion_number() to make sure they are dealing with
+  ** a library that is new enough to support that API.
+  *************************************************************************
+  */
+  sqlite3_overload_function,
+
+  /*
+  ** Added after 3.3.13
+  */
+  sqlite3_prepare_v2,
+  sqlite3_prepare16_v2,
+  sqlite3_clear_bindings,
+
+  /*
+  ** Added for 3.4.1
+  */
+  sqlite3_create_module_v2,
+
+  /*
+  ** Added for 3.5.0
+  */
+  sqlite3_bind_zeroblob,
+  sqlite3_blob_bytes,
+  sqlite3_blob_close,
+  sqlite3_blob_open,
+  sqlite3_blob_read,
+  sqlite3_blob_write,
+  sqlite3_create_collation_v2,
+  sqlite3_file_control,
+  sqlite3_memory_highwater,
+  sqlite3_memory_used,
+#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT
+  0, 
+  0, 
+  0,
+  0,
+  0,
+#else
+  sqlite3_mutex_alloc,
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter,
+  sqlite3_mutex_free,
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave,
+  sqlite3_mutex_try,
+#endif
+  sqlite3_open_v2,
+  sqlite3_release_memory,
+  sqlite3_result_error_nomem,
+  sqlite3_result_error_toobig,
+  sqlite3_sleep,
+  sqlite3_soft_heap_limit,
+  sqlite3_vfs_find,
+  sqlite3_vfs_register,
+  sqlite3_vfs_unregister,
+
+  /*
+  ** Added for 3.5.8
+  */
+  sqlite3_threadsafe,
+  sqlite3_result_zeroblob,
+  sqlite3_result_error_code,
+  sqlite3_test_control,
+  sqlite3_randomness,
+  sqlite3_context_db_handle,
+
+  /*
+  ** Added for 3.6.0
+  */
+  sqlite3_extended_result_codes,
+  sqlite3_limit,
+  sqlite3_next_stmt,
+  sqlite3_sql,
+  sqlite3_status,
+
+  /*
+  ** Added for 3.7.4
+  */
+  sqlite3_backup_finish,
+  sqlite3_backup_init,
+  sqlite3_backup_pagecount,
+  sqlite3_backup_remaining,
+  sqlite3_backup_step,
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS
+  sqlite3_compileoption_get,
+  sqlite3_compileoption_used,
+#else
+  0,
+  0,
+#endif
+  sqlite3_create_function_v2,
+  sqlite3_db_config,
+  sqlite3_db_mutex,
+  sqlite3_db_status,
+  sqlite3_extended_errcode,
+  sqlite3_log,
+  sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64,
+  sqlite3_sourceid,
+  sqlite3_stmt_status,
+  sqlite3_strnicmp,
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY
+  sqlite3_unlock_notify,
+#else
+  0,
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+  sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint,
+  sqlite3_wal_checkpoint,
+  sqlite3_wal_hook,
+#else
+  0,
+  0,
+  0,
+#endif
+  sqlite3_blob_reopen,
+  sqlite3_vtab_config,
+  sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict,
+};
+
+/*
+** Attempt to load an SQLite extension library contained in the file
+** zFile.  The entry point is zProc.  zProc may be 0 in which case a
+** default entry point name (sqlite3_extension_init) is used.  Use
+** of the default name is recommended.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK on success and SQLITE_ERROR if something goes wrong.
+**
+** If an error occurs and pzErrMsg is not 0, then fill *pzErrMsg with 
+** error message text.  The calling function should free this memory
+** by calling sqlite3DbFree(db, ).
+*/
+static int sqlite3LoadExtension(
+  sqlite3 *db,          /* Load the extension into this database connection */
+  const char *zFile,    /* Name of the shared library containing extension */
+  const char *zProc,    /* Entry point.  Use "sqlite3_extension_init" if 0 */
+  char **pzErrMsg       /* Put error message here if not 0 */
+){
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = db->pVfs;
+  void *handle;
+  int (*xInit)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*);
+  char *zErrmsg = 0;
+  void **aHandle;
+  int nMsg = 300 + sqlite3Strlen30(zFile);
+
+  if( pzErrMsg ) *pzErrMsg = 0;
+
+  /* Ticket #1863.  To avoid a creating security problems for older
+  ** applications that relink against newer versions of SQLite, the
+  ** ability to run load_extension is turned off by default.  One
+  ** must call sqlite3_enable_load_extension() to turn on extension
+  ** loading.  Otherwise you get the following error.
+  */
+  if( (db->flags & SQLITE_LoadExtension)==0 ){
+    if( pzErrMsg ){
+      *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("not authorized");
+    }
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  if( zProc==0 ){
+    zProc = "sqlite3_extension_init";
+  }
+
+  handle = sqlite3OsDlOpen(pVfs, zFile);
+  if( handle==0 ){
+    if( pzErrMsg ){
+      *pzErrMsg = zErrmsg = sqlite3_malloc(nMsg);
+      if( zErrmsg ){
+        sqlite3_snprintf(nMsg, zErrmsg, 
+            "unable to open shared library [%s]", zFile);
+        sqlite3OsDlError(pVfs, nMsg-1, zErrmsg);
+      }
+    }
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  xInit = (int(*)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*))
+                   sqlite3OsDlSym(pVfs, handle, zProc);
+  if( xInit==0 ){
+    if( pzErrMsg ){
+      nMsg += sqlite3Strlen30(zProc);
+      *pzErrMsg = zErrmsg = sqlite3_malloc(nMsg);
+      if( zErrmsg ){
+        sqlite3_snprintf(nMsg, zErrmsg,
+            "no entry point [%s] in shared library [%s]", zProc,zFile);
+        sqlite3OsDlError(pVfs, nMsg-1, zErrmsg);
+      }
+      sqlite3OsDlClose(pVfs, handle);
+    }
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }else if( xInit(db, &zErrmsg, &sqlite3Apis) ){
+    if( pzErrMsg ){
+      *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("error during initialization: %s", zErrmsg);
+    }
+    sqlite3_free(zErrmsg);
+    sqlite3OsDlClose(pVfs, handle);
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Append the new shared library handle to the db->aExtension array. */
+  aHandle = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(handle)*(db->nExtension+1));
+  if( aHandle==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  if( db->nExtension>0 ){
+    memcpy(aHandle, db->aExtension, sizeof(handle)*db->nExtension);
+  }
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aExtension);
+  db->aExtension = aHandle;
+
+  db->aExtension[db->nExtension++] = handle;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_load_extension(
+  sqlite3 *db,          /* Load the extension into this database connection */
+  const char *zFile,    /* Name of the shared library containing extension */
+  const char *zProc,    /* Entry point.  Use "sqlite3_extension_init" if 0 */
+  char **pzErrMsg       /* Put error message here if not 0 */
+){
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  rc = sqlite3LoadExtension(db, zFile, zProc, pzErrMsg);
+  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Call this routine when the database connection is closing in order
+** to clean up loaded extensions
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CloseExtensions(sqlite3 *db){
+  int i;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+  for(i=0; i<db->nExtension; i++){
+    sqlite3OsDlClose(db->pVfs, db->aExtension[i]);
+  }
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aExtension);
+}
+
+/*
+** Enable or disable extension loading.  Extension loading is disabled by
+** default so as not to open security holes in older applications.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_load_extension(sqlite3 *db, int onoff){
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  if( onoff ){
+    db->flags |= SQLITE_LoadExtension;
+  }else{
+    db->flags &= ~SQLITE_LoadExtension;
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */
+
+/*
+** The auto-extension code added regardless of whether or not extension
+** loading is supported.  We need a dummy sqlite3Apis pointer for that
+** code if regular extension loading is not available.  This is that
+** dummy pointer.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
+static const sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3Apis = { 0 };
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** The following object holds the list of automatically loaded
+** extensions.
+**
+** This list is shared across threads.  The SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER
+** mutex must be held while accessing this list.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3AutoExtList sqlite3AutoExtList;
+static SQLITE_WSD struct sqlite3AutoExtList {
+  int nExt;              /* Number of entries in aExt[] */          
+  void (**aExt)(void);   /* Pointers to the extension init functions */
+} sqlite3Autoext = { 0, 0 };
+
+/* The "wsdAutoext" macro will resolve to the autoextension
+** state vector.  If writable static data is unsupported on the target,
+** we have to locate the state vector at run-time.  In the more common
+** case where writable static data is supported, wsdStat can refer directly
+** to the "sqlite3Autoext" state vector declared above.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
+# define wsdAutoextInit \
+  sqlite3AutoExtList *x = &GLOBAL(sqlite3AutoExtList,sqlite3Autoext)
+# define wsdAutoext x[0]
+#else
+# define wsdAutoextInit
+# define wsdAutoext sqlite3Autoext
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Register a statically linked extension that is automatically
+** loaded by every new database connection.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_auto_extension(void (*xInit)(void)){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+  rc = sqlite3_initialize();
+  if( rc ){
+    return rc;
+  }else
+#endif
+  {
+    int i;
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+    sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
+#endif
+    wsdAutoextInit;
+    sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
+    for(i=0; i<wsdAutoext.nExt; i++){
+      if( wsdAutoext.aExt[i]==xInit ) break;
+    }
+    if( i==wsdAutoext.nExt ){
+      int nByte = (wsdAutoext.nExt+1)*sizeof(wsdAutoext.aExt[0]);
+      void (**aNew)(void);
+      aNew = sqlite3_realloc(wsdAutoext.aExt, nByte);
+      if( aNew==0 ){
+        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }else{
+        wsdAutoext.aExt = aNew;
+        wsdAutoext.aExt[wsdAutoext.nExt] = xInit;
+        wsdAutoext.nExt++;
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
+    assert( (rc&0xff)==rc );
+    return rc;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Reset the automatic extension loading mechanism.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_reset_auto_extension(void){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+  if( sqlite3_initialize()==SQLITE_OK )
+#endif
+  {
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+    sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
+#endif
+    wsdAutoextInit;
+    sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
+    sqlite3_free(wsdAutoext.aExt);
+    wsdAutoext.aExt = 0;
+    wsdAutoext.nExt = 0;
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Load all automatic extensions.
+**
+** If anything goes wrong, set an error in the database connection.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoLoadExtensions(sqlite3 *db){
+  int i;
+  int go = 1;
+  int rc;
+  int (*xInit)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*);
+
+  wsdAutoextInit;
+  if( wsdAutoext.nExt==0 ){
+    /* Common case: early out without every having to acquire a mutex */
+    return;
+  }
+  for(i=0; go; i++){
+    char *zErrmsg;
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+    sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
+#endif
+    sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
+    if( i>=wsdAutoext.nExt ){
+      xInit = 0;
+      go = 0;
+    }else{
+      xInit = (int(*)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*))
+              wsdAutoext.aExt[i];
+    }
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
+    zErrmsg = 0;
+    if( xInit && (rc = xInit(db, &zErrmsg, &sqlite3Apis))!=0 ){
+      sqlite3Error(db, rc,
+            "automatic extension loading failed: %s", zErrmsg);
+      go = 0;
+    }
+    sqlite3_free(zErrmsg);
+  }
+}
+
+/************** End of loadext.c *********************************************/
+/************** Begin file pragma.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2003 April 6
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains code used to implement the PRAGMA command.
+*/
+
+/*
+** Interpret the given string as a safety level.  Return 0 for OFF,
+** 1 for ON or NORMAL and 2 for FULL.  Return 1 for an empty or 
+** unrecognized string argument.  The FULL option is disallowed
+** if the omitFull parameter it 1.
+**
+** Note that the values returned are one less that the values that
+** should be passed into sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel().  The is done
+** to support legacy SQL code.  The safety level used to be boolean
+** and older scripts may have used numbers 0 for OFF and 1 for ON.
+*/
+static u8 getSafetyLevel(const char *z, int omitFull, int dflt){
+                             /* 123456789 123456789 */
+  static const char zText[] = "onoffalseyestruefull";
+  static const u8 iOffset[] = {0, 1, 2, 4, 9, 12, 16};
+  static const u8 iLength[] = {2, 2, 3, 5, 3, 4, 4};
+  static const u8 iValue[] =  {1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 2};
+  int i, n;
+  if( sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ){
+    return (u8)sqlite3Atoi(z);
+  }
+  n = sqlite3Strlen30(z);
+  for(i=0; i<ArraySize(iLength)-omitFull; i++){
+    if( iLength[i]==n && sqlite3StrNICmp(&zText[iOffset[i]],z,n)==0 ){
+      return iValue[i];
+    }
+  }
+  return dflt;
+}
+
+/*
+** Interpret the given string as a boolean value.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetBoolean(const char *z, int dflt){
+  return getSafetyLevel(z,1,dflt)!=0;
+}
+
+/* The sqlite3GetBoolean() function is used by other modules but the
+** remainder of this file is specific to PRAGMA processing.  So omit
+** the rest of the file if PRAGMAs are omitted from the build.
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA)
+
+/*
+** Interpret the given string as a locking mode value.
+*/
+static int getLockingMode(const char *z){
+  if( z ){
+    if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, "exclusive") ) return PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE;
+    if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, "normal") ) return PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL;
+  }
+  return PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+/*
+** Interpret the given string as an auto-vacuum mode value.
+**
+** The following strings, "none", "full" and "incremental" are 
+** acceptable, as are their numeric equivalents: 0, 1 and 2 respectively.
+*/
+static int getAutoVacuum(const char *z){
+  int i;
+  if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, "none") ) return BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE;
+  if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, "full") ) return BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_FULL;
+  if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, "incremental") ) return BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_INCR;
+  i = sqlite3Atoi(z);
+  return (u8)((i>=0&&i<=2)?i:0);
+}
+#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
+/*
+** Interpret the given string as a temp db location. Return 1 for file
+** backed temporary databases, 2 for the Red-Black tree in memory database
+** and 0 to use the compile-time default.
+*/
+static int getTempStore(const char *z){
+  if( z[0]>='0' && z[0]<='2' ){
+    return z[0] - '0';
+  }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "file")==0 ){
+    return 1;
+  }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "memory")==0 ){
+    return 2;
+  }else{
+    return 0;
+  }
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_PRAGMAS */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
+/*
+** Invalidate temp storage, either when the temp storage is changed
+** from default, or when 'file' and the temp_store_directory has changed
+*/
+static int invalidateTempStorage(Parse *pParse){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  if( db->aDb[1].pBt!=0 ){
+    if( !db->autoCommit || sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(db->aDb[1].pBt) ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary storage cannot be changed "
+        "from within a transaction");
+      return SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }
+    sqlite3BtreeClose(db->aDb[1].pBt);
+    db->aDb[1].pBt = 0;
+    sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db);
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_PRAGMAS */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
+/*
+** If the TEMP database is open, close it and mark the database schema
+** as needing reloading.  This must be done when using the SQLITE_TEMP_STORE
+** or DEFAULT_TEMP_STORE pragmas.
+*/
+static int changeTempStorage(Parse *pParse, const char *zStorageType){
+  int ts = getTempStore(zStorageType);
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  if( db->temp_store==ts ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  if( invalidateTempStorage( pParse ) != SQLITE_OK ){
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  db->temp_store = (u8)ts;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_PRAGMAS */
+
+/*
+** Generate code to return a single integer value.
+*/
+static void returnSingleInt(Parse *pParse, const char *zLabel, i64 value){
+  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  int mem = ++pParse->nMem;
+  i64 *pI64 = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pParse->db, sizeof(value));
+  if( pI64 ){
+    memcpy(pI64, &value, sizeof(value));
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Int64, 0, mem, 0, (char*)pI64, P4_INT64);
+  sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+  sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, zLabel, SQLITE_STATIC);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, mem, 1);
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS
+/*
+** Check to see if zRight and zLeft refer to a pragma that queries
+** or changes one of the flags in db->flags.  Return 1 if so and 0 if not.
+** Also, implement the pragma.
+*/
+static int flagPragma(Parse *pParse, const char *zLeft, const char *zRight){
+  static const struct sPragmaType {
+    const char *zName;  /* Name of the pragma */
+    int mask;           /* Mask for the db->flags value */
+  } aPragma[] = {
+    { "full_column_names",        SQLITE_FullColNames  },
+    { "short_column_names",       SQLITE_ShortColNames },
+    { "count_changes",            SQLITE_CountRows     },
+    { "empty_result_callbacks",   SQLITE_NullCallback  },
+    { "legacy_file_format",       SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt },
+    { "fullfsync",                SQLITE_FullFSync     },
+    { "checkpoint_fullfsync",     SQLITE_CkptFullFSync },
+    { "reverse_unordered_selects", SQLITE_ReverseOrder  },
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX
+    { "automatic_index",          SQLITE_AutoIndex     },
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+    { "sql_trace",                SQLITE_SqlTrace      },
+    { "vdbe_listing",             SQLITE_VdbeListing   },
+    { "vdbe_trace",               SQLITE_VdbeTrace     },
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
+    { "ignore_check_constraints", SQLITE_IgnoreChecks  },
+#endif
+    /* The following is VERY experimental */
+    { "writable_schema",          SQLITE_WriteSchema|SQLITE_RecoveryMode },
+
+    /* TODO: Maybe it shouldn't be possible to change the ReadUncommitted
+    ** flag if there are any active statements. */
+    { "read_uncommitted",         SQLITE_ReadUncommitted },
+    { "recursive_triggers",       SQLITE_RecTriggers },
+
+    /* This flag may only be set if both foreign-key and trigger support
+    ** are present in the build.  */
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
+    { "foreign_keys",             SQLITE_ForeignKeys },
+#endif
+  };
+  int i;
+  const struct sPragmaType *p;
+  for(i=0, p=aPragma; i<ArraySize(aPragma); i++, p++){
+    if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, p->zName)==0 ){
+      sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+      Vdbe *v;
+      v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+      assert( v!=0 );  /* Already allocated by sqlite3Pragma() */
+      if( ALWAYS(v) ){
+        if( zRight==0 ){
+          returnSingleInt(pParse, p->zName, (db->flags & p->mask)!=0 );
+        }else{
+          int mask = p->mask;          /* Mask of bits to set or clear. */
+          if( db->autoCommit==0 ){
+            /* Foreign key support may not be enabled or disabled while not
+            ** in auto-commit mode.  */
+            mask &= ~(SQLITE_ForeignKeys);
+          }
+
+          if( sqlite3GetBoolean(zRight, 0) ){
+            db->flags |= mask;
+          }else{
+            db->flags &= ~mask;
+          }
+
+          /* Many of the flag-pragmas modify the code generated by the SQL 
+          ** compiler (eg. count_changes). So add an opcode to expire all
+          ** compiled SQL statements after modifying a pragma value.
+          */
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Expire, 0, 0);
+        }
+      }
+
+      return 1;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS */
+
+/*
+** Return a human-readable name for a constraint resolution action.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
+static const char *actionName(u8 action){
+  const char *zName;
+  switch( action ){
+    case OE_SetNull:  zName = "SET NULL";        break;
+    case OE_SetDflt:  zName = "SET DEFAULT";     break;
+    case OE_Cascade:  zName = "CASCADE";         break;
+    case OE_Restrict: zName = "RESTRICT";        break;
+    default:          zName = "NO ACTION";  
+                      assert( action==OE_None ); break;
+  }
+  return zName;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Parameter eMode must be one of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_XXX constants
+** defined in pager.h. This function returns the associated lowercase
+** journal-mode name.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3JournalModename(int eMode){
+  static char * const azModeName[] = {
+    "delete", "persist", "off", "truncate", "memory"
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+     , "wal"
+#endif
+  };
+  assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE==0 );
+  assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST==1 );
+  assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF==2 );
+  assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE==3 );
+  assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY==4 );
+  assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL==5 );
+  assert( eMode>=0 && eMode<=ArraySize(azModeName) );
+
+  if( eMode==ArraySize(azModeName) ) return 0;
+  return azModeName[eMode];
+}
+
+/*
+** Process a pragma statement.  
+**
+** Pragmas are of this form:
+**
+**      PRAGMA [database.]id [= value]
+**
+** The identifier might also be a string.  The value is a string, and
+** identifier, or a number.  If minusFlag is true, then the value is
+** a number that was preceded by a minus sign.
+**
+** If the left side is "database.id" then pId1 is the database name
+** and pId2 is the id.  If the left side is just "id" then pId1 is the
+** id and pId2 is any empty string.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma(
+  Parse *pParse, 
+  Token *pId1,        /* First part of [database.]id field */
+  Token *pId2,        /* Second part of [database.]id field, or NULL */
+  Token *pValue,      /* Token for <value>, or NULL */
+  int minusFlag       /* True if a '-' sign preceded <value> */
+){
+  char *zLeft = 0;       /* Nul-terminated UTF-8 string <id> */
+  char *zRight = 0;      /* Nul-terminated UTF-8 string <value>, or NULL */
+  const char *zDb = 0;   /* The database name */
+  Token *pId;            /* Pointer to <id> token */
+  int iDb;               /* Database index for <database> */
+  char *aFcntl[4];       /* Argument to SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA */
+  int rc;                      /* return value form SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;    /* The database connection */
+  Db *pDb;                     /* The specific database being pragmaed */
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe = sqlite3VdbeCreate(db);  /* Prepared statement */
+
+  if( v==0 ) return;
+  sqlite3VdbeRunOnlyOnce(v);
+  pParse->nMem = 2;
+
+  /* Interpret the [database.] part of the pragma statement. iDb is the
+  ** index of the database this pragma is being applied to in db.aDb[]. */
+  iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pId1, pId2, &pId);
+  if( iDb<0 ) return;
+  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
+
+  /* If the temp database has been explicitly named as part of the 
+  ** pragma, make sure it is open. 
+  */
+  if( iDb==1 && sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(pParse) ){
+    return;
+  }
+
+  zLeft = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pId);
+  if( !zLeft ) return;
+  if( minusFlag ){
+    zRight = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "-%T", pValue);
+  }else{
+    zRight = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pValue);
+  }
+
+  assert( pId2 );
+  zDb = pId2->n>0 ? pDb->zName : 0;
+  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_PRAGMA, zLeft, zRight, zDb) ){
+    goto pragma_out;
+  }
+
+  /* Send an SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA file-control to the underlying VFS
+  ** connection.  If it returns SQLITE_OK, then assume that the VFS
+  ** handled the pragma and generate a no-op prepared statement.
+  */
+  aFcntl[0] = 0;
+  aFcntl[1] = zLeft;
+  aFcntl[2] = zRight;
+  aFcntl[3] = 0;
+  rc = sqlite3_file_control(db, zDb, SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA, (void*)aFcntl);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( aFcntl[0] ){
+      int mem = ++pParse->nMem;
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, mem, 0, aFcntl[0], 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "result", SQLITE_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, mem, 1);
+      sqlite3_free(aFcntl[0]);
+    }
+  }else if( rc!=SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){
+    if( aFcntl[0] ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", aFcntl[0]);
+      sqlite3_free(aFcntl[0]);
+    }
+    pParse->nErr++;
+    pParse->rc = rc;
+  }else
+                            
+ 
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED)
+  /*
+  **  PRAGMA [database.]default_cache_size
+  **  PRAGMA [database.]default_cache_size=N
+  **
+  ** The first form reports the current persistent setting for the
+  ** page cache size.  The value returned is the maximum number of
+  ** pages in the page cache.  The second form sets both the current
+  ** page cache size value and the persistent page cache size value
+  ** stored in the database file.
+  **
+  ** Older versions of SQLite would set the default cache size to a
+  ** negative number to indicate synchronous=OFF.  These days, synchronous
+  ** is always on by default regardless of the sign of the default cache
+  ** size.  But continue to take the absolute value of the default cache
+  ** size of historical compatibility.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"default_cache_size")==0 ){
+    static const VdbeOpList getCacheSize[] = {
+      { OP_Transaction, 0, 0,        0},                         /* 0 */
+      { OP_ReadCookie,  0, 1,        BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE},  /* 1 */
+      { OP_IfPos,       1, 7,        0},
+      { OP_Integer,     0, 2,        0},
+      { OP_Subtract,    1, 2,        1},
+      { OP_IfPos,       1, 7,        0},
+      { OP_Integer,     0, 1,        0},                         /* 6 */
+      { OP_ResultRow,   1, 1,        0},
+    };
+    int addr;
+    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
+    sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);
+    if( !zRight ){
+      sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "cache_size", SQLITE_STATIC);
+      pParse->nMem += 2;
+      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(getCacheSize), getCacheSize);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr, iDb);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+1, iDb);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+6, SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE);
+    }else{
+      int size = sqlite3AbsInt32(sqlite3Atoi(zRight));
+      sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, size, 1);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE, 1);
+      assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+      pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size;
+      sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size);
+    }
+  }else
+#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS && !SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED */
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS)
+  /*
+  **  PRAGMA [database.]page_size
+  **  PRAGMA [database.]page_size=N
+  **
+  ** The first form reports the current setting for the
+  ** database page size in bytes.  The second form sets the
+  ** database page size value.  The value can only be set if
+  ** the database has not yet been created.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"page_size")==0 ){
+    Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt;
+    assert( pBt!=0 );
+    if( !zRight ){
+      int size = ALWAYS(pBt) ? sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pBt) : 0;
+      returnSingleInt(pParse, "page_size", size);
+    }else{
+      /* Malloc may fail when setting the page-size, as there is an internal
+      ** buffer that the pager module resizes using sqlite3_realloc().
+      */
+      db->nextPagesize = sqlite3Atoi(zRight);
+      if( SQLITE_NOMEM==sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pBt, db->nextPagesize,-1,0) ){
+        db->mallocFailed = 1;
+      }
+    }
+  }else
+
+  /*
+  **  PRAGMA [database.]secure_delete
+  **  PRAGMA [database.]secure_delete=ON/OFF
+  **
+  ** The first form reports the current setting for the
+  ** secure_delete flag.  The second form changes the secure_delete
+  ** flag setting and reports thenew value.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"secure_delete")==0 ){
+    Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt;
+    int b = -1;
+    assert( pBt!=0 );
+    if( zRight ){
+      b = sqlite3GetBoolean(zRight, 0);
+    }
+    if( pId2->n==0 && b>=0 ){
+      int ii;
+      for(ii=0; ii<db->nDb; ii++){
+        sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(db->aDb[ii].pBt, b);
+      }
+    }
+    b = sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(pBt, b);
+    returnSingleInt(pParse, "secure_delete", b);
+  }else
+
+  /*
+  **  PRAGMA [database.]max_page_count
+  **  PRAGMA [database.]max_page_count=N
+  **
+  ** The first form reports the current setting for the
+  ** maximum number of pages in the database file.  The 
+  ** second form attempts to change this setting.  Both
+  ** forms return the current setting.
+  **
+  ** The absolute value of N is used.  This is undocumented and might
+  ** change.  The only purpose is to provide an easy way to test
+  ** the sqlite3AbsInt32() function.
+  **
+  **  PRAGMA [database.]page_count
+  **
+  ** Return the number of pages in the specified database.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"page_count")==0
+   || sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"max_page_count")==0
+  ){
+    int iReg;
+    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
+    sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
+    iReg = ++pParse->nMem;
+    if( sqlite3Tolower(zLeft[0])=='p' ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Pagecount, iDb, iReg);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MaxPgcnt, iDb, iReg, 
+                        sqlite3AbsInt32(sqlite3Atoi(zRight)));
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, iReg, 1);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, zLeft, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+  }else
+
+  /*
+  **  PRAGMA [database.]locking_mode
+  **  PRAGMA [database.]locking_mode = (normal|exclusive)
+  */
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"locking_mode")==0 ){
+    const char *zRet = "normal";
+    int eMode = getLockingMode(zRight);
+
+    if( pId2->n==0 && eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY ){
+      /* Simple "PRAGMA locking_mode;" statement. This is a query for
+      ** the current default locking mode (which may be different to
+      ** the locking-mode of the main database).
+      */
+      eMode = db->dfltLockMode;
+    }else{
+      Pager *pPager;
+      if( pId2->n==0 ){
+        /* This indicates that no database name was specified as part
+        ** of the PRAGMA command. In this case the locking-mode must be
+        ** set on all attached databases, as well as the main db file.
+        **
+        ** Also, the sqlite3.dfltLockMode variable is set so that
+        ** any subsequently attached databases also use the specified
+        ** locking mode.
+        */
+        int ii;
+        assert(pDb==&db->aDb[0]);
+        for(ii=2; ii<db->nDb; ii++){
+          pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[ii].pBt);
+          sqlite3PagerLockingMode(pPager, eMode);
+        }
+        db->dfltLockMode = (u8)eMode;
+      }
+      pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt);
+      eMode = sqlite3PagerLockingMode(pPager, eMode);
+    }
+
+    assert(eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL||eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE);
+    if( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ){
+      zRet = "exclusive";
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "locking_mode", SQLITE_STATIC);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, zRet, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1);
+  }else
+
+  /*
+  **  PRAGMA [database.]journal_mode
+  **  PRAGMA [database.]journal_mode =
+  **                      (delete|persist|off|truncate|memory|wal|off)
+  */
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"journal_mode")==0 ){
+    int eMode;        /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_XXX symbols */
+    int ii;           /* Loop counter */
+
+    /* Force the schema to be loaded on all databases.  This causes all
+    ** database files to be opened and the journal_modes set.  This is
+    ** necessary because subsequent processing must know if the databases
+    ** are in WAL mode. */
+    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
+      goto pragma_out;
+    }
+
+    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "journal_mode", SQLITE_STATIC);
+
+    if( zRight==0 ){
+      /* If there is no "=MODE" part of the pragma, do a query for the
+      ** current mode */
+      eMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY;
+    }else{
+      const char *zMode;
+      int n = sqlite3Strlen30(zRight);
+      for(eMode=0; (zMode = sqlite3JournalModename(eMode))!=0; eMode++){
+        if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zRight, zMode, n)==0 ) break;
+      }
+      if( !zMode ){
+        /* If the "=MODE" part does not match any known journal mode,
+        ** then do a query */
+        eMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY;
+      }
+    }
+    if( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY && pId2->n==0 ){
+      /* Convert "PRAGMA journal_mode" into "PRAGMA main.journal_mode" */
+      iDb = 0;
+      pId2->n = 1;
+    }
+    for(ii=db->nDb-1; ii>=0; ii--){
+      if( db->aDb[ii].pBt && (ii==iDb || pId2->n==0) ){
+        sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, ii);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_JournalMode, ii, 1, eMode);
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1);
+  }else
+
+  /*
+  **  PRAGMA [database.]journal_size_limit
+  **  PRAGMA [database.]journal_size_limit=N
+  **
+  ** Get or set the size limit on rollback journal files.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"journal_size_limit")==0 ){
+    Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt);
+    i64 iLimit = -2;
+    if( zRight ){
+      sqlite3Atoi64(zRight, &iLimit, 1000000, SQLITE_UTF8);
+      if( iLimit<-1 ) iLimit = -1;
+    }
+    iLimit = sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(pPager, iLimit);
+    returnSingleInt(pParse, "journal_size_limit", iLimit);
+  }else
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS */
+
+  /*
+  **  PRAGMA [database.]auto_vacuum
+  **  PRAGMA [database.]auto_vacuum=N
+  **
+  ** Get or set the value of the database 'auto-vacuum' parameter.
+  ** The value is one of:  0 NONE 1 FULL 2 INCREMENTAL
+  */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"auto_vacuum")==0 ){
+    Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt;
+    assert( pBt!=0 );
+    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
+      goto pragma_out;
+    }
+    if( !zRight ){
+      int auto_vacuum;
+      if( ALWAYS(pBt) ){
+         auto_vacuum = sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(pBt);
+      }else{
+         auto_vacuum = SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM;
+      }
+      returnSingleInt(pParse, "auto_vacuum", auto_vacuum);
+    }else{
+      int eAuto = getAutoVacuum(zRight);
+      assert( eAuto>=0 && eAuto<=2 );
+      db->nextAutovac = (u8)eAuto;
+      if( ALWAYS(eAuto>=0) ){
+        /* Call SetAutoVacuum() to set initialize the internal auto and
+        ** incr-vacuum flags. This is required in case this connection
+        ** creates the database file. It is important that it is created
+        ** as an auto-vacuum capable db.
+        */
+        rc = sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(pBt, eAuto);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (eAuto==1 || eAuto==2) ){
+          /* When setting the auto_vacuum mode to either "full" or 
+          ** "incremental", write the value of meta[6] in the database
+          ** file. Before writing to meta[6], check that meta[3] indicates
+          ** that this really is an auto-vacuum capable database.
+          */
+          static const VdbeOpList setMeta6[] = {
+            { OP_Transaction,    0,         1,                 0},    /* 0 */
+            { OP_ReadCookie,     0,         1,         BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE},
+            { OP_If,             1,         0,                 0},    /* 2 */
+            { OP_Halt,           SQLITE_OK, OE_Abort,          0},    /* 3 */
+            { OP_Integer,        0,         1,                 0},    /* 4 */
+            { OP_SetCookie,      0,         BTREE_INCR_VACUUM, 1},    /* 5 */
+          };
+          int iAddr;
+          iAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(setMeta6), setMeta6);
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr, iDb);
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr+1, iDb);
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, iAddr+2, iAddr+4);
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr+4, eAuto-1);
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr+5, iDb);
+          sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }else
+#endif
+
+  /*
+  **  PRAGMA [database.]incremental_vacuum(N)
+  **
+  ** Do N steps of incremental vacuuming on a database.
+  */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"incremental_vacuum")==0 ){
+    int iLimit, addr;
+    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
+      goto pragma_out;
+    }
+    if( zRight==0 || !sqlite3GetInt32(zRight, &iLimit) || iLimit<=0 ){
+      iLimit = 0x7fffffff;
+    }
+    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, iLimit, 1);
+    addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IncrVacuum, iDb);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_ResultRow, 1);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 1, -1);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, 1, addr);
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
+  }else
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
+  /*
+  **  PRAGMA [database.]cache_size
+  **  PRAGMA [database.]cache_size=N
+  **
+  ** The first form reports the current local setting for the
+  ** page cache size. The second form sets the local
+  ** page cache size value.  If N is positive then that is the
+  ** number of pages in the cache.  If N is negative, then the
+  ** number of pages is adjusted so that the cache uses -N kibibytes
+  ** of memory.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"cache_size")==0 ){
+    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
+    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+    if( !zRight ){
+      returnSingleInt(pParse, "cache_size", pDb->pSchema->cache_size);
+    }else{
+      int size = sqlite3Atoi(zRight);
+      pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size;
+      sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size);
+    }
+  }else
+
+  /*
+  **   PRAGMA temp_store
+  **   PRAGMA temp_store = "default"|"memory"|"file"
+  **
+  ** Return or set the local value of the temp_store flag.  Changing
+  ** the local value does not make changes to the disk file and the default
+  ** value will be restored the next time the database is opened.
+  **
+  ** Note that it is possible for the library compile-time options to
+  ** override this setting
+  */
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "temp_store")==0 ){
+    if( !zRight ){
+      returnSingleInt(pParse, "temp_store", db->temp_store);
+    }else{
+      changeTempStorage(pParse, zRight);
+    }
+  }else
+
+  /*
+  **   PRAGMA temp_store_directory
+  **   PRAGMA temp_store_directory = ""|"directory_name"
+  **
+  ** Return or set the local value of the temp_store_directory flag.  Changing
+  ** the value sets a specific directory to be used for temporary files.
+  ** Setting to a null string reverts to the default temporary directory search.
+  ** If temporary directory is changed, then invalidateTempStorage.
+  **
+  */
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "temp_store_directory")==0 ){
+    if( !zRight ){
+      if( sqlite3_temp_directory ){
+        sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, 
+            "temp_store_directory", SQLITE_STATIC);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, sqlite3_temp_directory, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1);
+      }
+    }else{
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
+      if( zRight[0] ){
+        int res;
+        rc = sqlite3OsAccess(db->pVfs, zRight, SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE, &res);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || res==0 ){
+          sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not a writable directory");
+          goto pragma_out;
+        }
+      }
+      if( SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==0
+       || (SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==1 && db->temp_store<=1)
+       || (SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==2 && db->temp_store==1)
+      ){
+        invalidateTempStorage(pParse);
+      }
+      sqlite3_free(sqlite3_temp_directory);
+      if( zRight[0] ){
+        sqlite3_temp_directory = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zRight);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3_temp_directory = 0;
+      }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WSD */
+    }
+  }else
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WIN
+  /*
+  **   PRAGMA data_store_directory
+  **   PRAGMA data_store_directory = ""|"directory_name"
+  **
+  ** Return or set the local value of the data_store_directory flag.  Changing
+  ** the value sets a specific directory to be used for database files that
+  ** were specified with a relative pathname.  Setting to a null string reverts
+  ** to the default database directory, which for database files specified with
+  ** a relative path will probably be based on the current directory for the
+  ** process.  Database file specified with an absolute path are not impacted
+  ** by this setting, regardless of its value.
+  **
+  */
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "data_store_directory")==0 ){
+    if( !zRight ){
+      if( sqlite3_data_directory ){
+        sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, 
+            "data_store_directory", SQLITE_STATIC);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, sqlite3_data_directory, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1);
+      }
+    }else{
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
+      if( zRight[0] ){
+        int res;
+        rc = sqlite3OsAccess(db->pVfs, zRight, SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE, &res);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || res==0 ){
+          sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not a writable directory");
+          goto pragma_out;
+        }
+      }
+      sqlite3_free(sqlite3_data_directory);
+      if( zRight[0] ){
+        sqlite3_data_directory = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zRight);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3_data_directory = 0;
+      }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WSD */
+    }
+  }else
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE)
+#  if defined(__APPLE__)
+#    define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 1
+#  else
+#    define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 0
+#  endif
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+  /*
+   **   PRAGMA [database.]lock_proxy_file
+   **   PRAGMA [database.]lock_proxy_file = ":auto:"|"lock_file_path"
+   **
+   ** Return or set the value of the lock_proxy_file flag.  Changing
+   ** the value sets a specific file to be used for database access locks.
+   **
+   */
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "lock_proxy_file")==0 ){
+    if( !zRight ){
+      Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt);
+      char *proxy_file_path = NULL;
+      sqlite3_file *pFile = sqlite3PagerFile(pPager);
+      sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pFile, SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE, 
+                           &proxy_file_path);
+      
+      if( proxy_file_path ){
+        sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, 
+                              "lock_proxy_file", SQLITE_STATIC);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, proxy_file_path, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1);
+      }
+    }else{
+      Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt);
+      sqlite3_file *pFile = sqlite3PagerFile(pPager);
+      int res;
+      if( zRight[0] ){
+        res=sqlite3OsFileControl(pFile, SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE, 
+                                     zRight);
+      } else {
+        res=sqlite3OsFileControl(pFile, SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE, 
+                                     NULL);
+      }
+      if( res!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "failed to set lock proxy file");
+        goto pragma_out;
+      }
+    }
+  }else
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */      
+    
+  /*
+  **   PRAGMA [database.]synchronous
+  **   PRAGMA [database.]synchronous=OFF|ON|NORMAL|FULL
+  **
+  ** Return or set the local value of the synchronous flag.  Changing
+  ** the local value does not make changes to the disk file and the
+  ** default value will be restored the next time the database is
+  ** opened.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"synchronous")==0 ){
+    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
+    if( !zRight ){
+      returnSingleInt(pParse, "synchronous", pDb->safety_level-1);
+    }else{
+      if( !db->autoCommit ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
+            "Safety level may not be changed inside a transaction");
+      }else{
+        pDb->safety_level = getSafetyLevel(zRight,0,1)+1;
+      }
+    }
+  }else
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS
+  if( flagPragma(pParse, zLeft, zRight) ){
+    /* The flagPragma() subroutine also generates any necessary code
+    ** there is nothing more to do here */
+  }else
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS
+  /*
+  **   PRAGMA table_info(<table>)
+  **
+  ** Return a single row for each column of the named table. The columns of
+  ** the returned data set are:
+  **
+  ** cid:        Column id (numbered from left to right, starting at 0)
+  ** name:       Column name
+  ** type:       Column declaration type.
+  ** notnull:    True if 'NOT NULL' is part of column declaration
+  ** dflt_value: The default value for the column, if any.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "table_info")==0 && zRight ){
+    Table *pTab;
+    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
+    pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zRight, zDb);
+    if( pTab ){
+      int i;
+      int nHidden = 0;
+      Column *pCol;
+      sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 6);
+      pParse->nMem = 6;
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "cid", SQLITE_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", SQLITE_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "type", SQLITE_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 3, COLNAME_NAME, "notnull", SQLITE_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 4, COLNAME_NAME, "dflt_value", SQLITE_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 5, COLNAME_NAME, "pk", SQLITE_STATIC);
+      sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab);
+      for(i=0, pCol=pTab->aCol; i<pTab->nCol; i++, pCol++){
+        if( IsHiddenColumn(pCol) ){
+          nHidden++;
+          continue;
+        }
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i-nHidden, 1);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, pCol->zName, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0,
+           pCol->zType ? pCol->zType : "", 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, (pCol->notNull ? 1 : 0), 4);
+        if( pCol->zDflt ){
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 5, 0, (char*)pCol->zDflt, 0);
+        }else{
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, 5);
+        }
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pCol->isPrimKey, 6);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 6);
+      }
+    }
+  }else
+
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "index_info")==0 && zRight ){
+    Index *pIdx;
+    Table *pTab;
+    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
+    pIdx = sqlite3FindIndex(db, zRight, zDb);
+    if( pIdx ){
+      int i;
+      pTab = pIdx->pTable;
+      sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3);
+      pParse->nMem = 3;
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seqno", SQLITE_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "cid", SQLITE_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "name", SQLITE_STATIC);
+      for(i=0; i<pIdx->nColumn; i++){
+        int cnum = pIdx->aiColumn[i];
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, 1);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, cnum, 2);
+        assert( pTab->nCol>cnum );
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, pTab->aCol[cnum].zName, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 3);
+      }
+    }
+  }else
+
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "index_list")==0 && zRight ){
+    Index *pIdx;
+    Table *pTab;
+    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
+    pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zRight, zDb);
+    if( pTab ){
+      v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+      pIdx = pTab->pIndex;
+      if( pIdx ){
+        int i = 0; 
+        sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3);
+        pParse->nMem = 3;
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", SQLITE_STATIC);
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", SQLITE_STATIC);
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "unique", SQLITE_STATIC);
+        while(pIdx){
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, 1);
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, pIdx->zName, 0);
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pIdx->onError!=OE_None, 3);
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 3);
+          ++i;
+          pIdx = pIdx->pNext;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }else
+
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "database_list")==0 ){
+    int i;
+    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
+    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3);
+    pParse->nMem = 3;
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", SQLITE_STATIC);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", SQLITE_STATIC);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "file", SQLITE_STATIC);
+    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+      if( db->aDb[i].pBt==0 ) continue;
+      assert( db->aDb[i].zName!=0 );
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, 1);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, db->aDb[i].zName, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0,
+           sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[i].pBt), 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 3);
+    }
+  }else
+
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "collation_list")==0 ){
+    int i = 0;
+    HashElem *p;
+    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 2);
+    pParse->nMem = 2;
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", SQLITE_STATIC);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", SQLITE_STATIC);
+    for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aCollSeq); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){
+      CollSeq *pColl = (CollSeq *)sqliteHashData(p);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i++, 1);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, pColl->zName, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 2);
+    }
+  }else
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "foreign_key_list")==0 && zRight ){
+    FKey *pFK;
+    Table *pTab;
+    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
+    pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zRight, zDb);
+    if( pTab ){
+      v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+      pFK = pTab->pFKey;
+      if( pFK ){
+        int i = 0; 
+        sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 8);
+        pParse->nMem = 8;
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "id", SQLITE_STATIC);
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", SQLITE_STATIC);
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "table", SQLITE_STATIC);
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 3, COLNAME_NAME, "from", SQLITE_STATIC);
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 4, COLNAME_NAME, "to", SQLITE_STATIC);
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 5, COLNAME_NAME, "on_update", SQLITE_STATIC);
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 6, COLNAME_NAME, "on_delete", SQLITE_STATIC);
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 7, COLNAME_NAME, "match", SQLITE_STATIC);
+        while(pFK){
+          int j;
+          for(j=0; j<pFK->nCol; j++){
+            char *zCol = pFK->aCol[j].zCol;
+            char *zOnDelete = (char *)actionName(pFK->aAction[0]);
+            char *zOnUpdate = (char *)actionName(pFK->aAction[1]);
+            sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, 1);
+            sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, j, 2);
+            sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, pFK->zTo, 0);
+            sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 4, 0,
+                              pTab->aCol[pFK->aCol[j].iFrom].zName, 0);
+            sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, zCol ? OP_String8 : OP_Null, 0, 5, 0, zCol, 0);
+            sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 6, 0, zOnUpdate, 0);
+            sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 7, 0, zOnDelete, 0);
+            sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 8, 0, "NONE", 0);
+            sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 8);
+          }
+          ++i;
+          pFK = pFK->pNextFrom;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }else
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) */
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "parser_trace")==0 ){
+    if( zRight ){
+      if( sqlite3GetBoolean(zRight, 0) ){
+        sqlite3ParserTrace(stderr, "parser: ");
+      }else{
+        sqlite3ParserTrace(0, 0);
+      }
+    }
+  }else
+#endif
+
+  /* Reinstall the LIKE and GLOB functions.  The variant of LIKE
+  ** used will be case sensitive or not depending on the RHS.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "case_sensitive_like")==0 ){
+    if( zRight ){
+      sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(db, sqlite3GetBoolean(zRight, 0));
+    }
+  }else
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX
+# define SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX 100
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
+  /* Pragma "quick_check" is an experimental reduced version of 
+  ** integrity_check designed to detect most database corruption
+  ** without most of the overhead of a full integrity-check.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "integrity_check")==0
+   || sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "quick_check")==0 
+  ){
+    int i, j, addr, mxErr;
+
+    /* Code that appears at the end of the integrity check.  If no error
+    ** messages have been generated, output OK.  Otherwise output the
+    ** error message
+    */
+    static const VdbeOpList endCode[] = {
+      { OP_AddImm,      1, 0,        0},    /* 0 */
+      { OP_IfNeg,       1, 0,        0},    /* 1 */
+      { OP_String8,     0, 3,        0},    /* 2 */
+      { OP_ResultRow,   3, 1,        0},
+    };
+
+    int isQuick = (sqlite3Tolower(zLeft[0])=='q');
+
+    /* If the PRAGMA command was of the form "PRAGMA <db>.integrity_check",
+    ** then iDb is set to the index of the database identified by <db>.
+    ** In this case, the integrity of database iDb only is verified by
+    ** the VDBE created below.
+    **
+    ** Otherwise, if the command was simply "PRAGMA integrity_check" (or
+    ** "PRAGMA quick_check"), then iDb is set to 0. In this case, set iDb
+    ** to -1 here, to indicate that the VDBE should verify the integrity
+    ** of all attached databases.  */
+    assert( iDb>=0 );
+    assert( iDb==0 || pId2->z );
+    if( pId2->z==0 ) iDb = -1;
+
+    /* Initialize the VDBE program */
+    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
+    pParse->nMem = 6;
+    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "integrity_check", SQLITE_STATIC);
+
+    /* Set the maximum error count */
+    mxErr = SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX;
+    if( zRight ){
+      sqlite3GetInt32(zRight, &mxErr);
+      if( mxErr<=0 ){
+        mxErr = SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX;
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, mxErr, 1);  /* reg[1] holds errors left */
+
+    /* Do an integrity check on each database file */
+    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+      HashElem *x;
+      Hash *pTbls;
+      int cnt = 0;
+
+      if( OMIT_TEMPDB && i==1 ) continue;
+      if( iDb>=0 && i!=iDb ) continue;
+
+      sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, i);
+      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, 1); /* Halt if out of errors */
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
+
+      /* Do an integrity check of the B-Tree
+      **
+      ** Begin by filling registers 2, 3, ... with the root pages numbers
+      ** for all tables and indices in the database.
+      */
+      assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, i, 0) );
+      pTbls = &db->aDb[i].pSchema->tblHash;
+      for(x=sqliteHashFirst(pTbls); x; x=sqliteHashNext(x)){
+        Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(x);
+        Index *pIdx;
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pTab->tnum, 2+cnt);
+        cnt++;
+        for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pIdx->tnum, 2+cnt);
+          cnt++;
+        }
+      }
+
+      /* Make sure sufficient number of registers have been allocated */
+      if( pParse->nMem < cnt+4 ){
+        pParse->nMem = cnt+4;
+      }
+
+      /* Do the b-tree integrity checks */
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IntegrityCk, 2, cnt, 1);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)i);
+      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IsNull, 2);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0,
+         sqlite3MPrintf(db, "*** in database %s ***\n", db->aDb[i].zName),
+         P4_DYNAMIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Move, 2, 4, 1);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, 4, 3, 2);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 2, 1);
+      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
+
+      /* Make sure all the indices are constructed correctly.
+      */
+      for(x=sqliteHashFirst(pTbls); x && !isQuick; x=sqliteHashNext(x)){
+        Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(x);
+        Index *pIdx;
+        int loopTop;
+
+        if( pTab->pIndex==0 ) continue;
+        addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, 1);  /* Stop if out of errors */
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
+        sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, 1, OP_OpenRead);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, 2);  /* reg(2) will count entries */
+        loopTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, 1, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 2, 1);   /* increment entry count */
+        for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){
+          int jmp2;
+          int r1;
+          static const VdbeOpList idxErr[] = {
+            { OP_AddImm,      1, -1,  0},
+            { OP_String8,     0,  3,  0},    /* 1 */
+            { OP_Rowid,       1,  4,  0},
+            { OP_String8,     0,  5,  0},    /* 3 */
+            { OP_String8,     0,  6,  0},    /* 4 */
+            { OP_Concat,      4,  3,  3},
+            { OP_Concat,      5,  3,  3},
+            { OP_Concat,      6,  3,  3},
+            { OP_ResultRow,   3,  1,  0},
+            { OP_IfPos,       1,  0,  0},    /* 9 */
+            { OP_Halt,        0,  0,  0},
+          };
+          r1 = sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(pParse, pIdx, 1, 3, 0);
+          jmp2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, j+2, 0, r1, pIdx->nColumn+1);
+          addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(idxErr), idxErr);
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr+1, "rowid ", P4_STATIC);
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr+3, " missing from index ", P4_STATIC);
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr+4, pIdx->zName, P4_TRANSIENT);
+          sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr+9);
+          sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jmp2);
+        }
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, 1, loopTop+1);
+        sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, loopTop);
+        for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){
+          static const VdbeOpList cntIdx[] = {
+             { OP_Integer,      0,  3,  0},
+             { OP_Rewind,       0,  0,  0},  /* 1 */
+             { OP_AddImm,       3,  1,  0},
+             { OP_Next,         0,  0,  0},  /* 3 */
+             { OP_Eq,           2,  0,  3},  /* 4 */
+             { OP_AddImm,       1, -1,  0},
+             { OP_String8,      0,  2,  0},  /* 6 */
+             { OP_String8,      0,  3,  0},  /* 7 */
+             { OP_Concat,       3,  2,  2},
+             { OP_ResultRow,    2,  1,  0},
+          };
+          addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, 1);
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0);
+          sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
+          addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(cntIdx), cntIdx);
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+1, j+2);
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr+1, addr+4);
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+3, j+2);
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr+3, addr+2);
+          sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr+4);
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr+6, 
+                     "wrong # of entries in index ", P4_STATIC);
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr+7, pIdx->zName, P4_TRANSIENT);
+        }
+      } 
+    }
+    addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(endCode), endCode);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr, -mxErr);
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr+1);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr+2, "ok", P4_STATIC);
+  }else
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+  /*
+  **   PRAGMA encoding
+  **   PRAGMA encoding = "utf-8"|"utf-16"|"utf-16le"|"utf-16be"
+  **
+  ** In its first form, this pragma returns the encoding of the main
+  ** database. If the database is not initialized, it is initialized now.
+  **
+  ** The second form of this pragma is a no-op if the main database file
+  ** has not already been initialized. In this case it sets the default
+  ** encoding that will be used for the main database file if a new file
+  ** is created. If an existing main database file is opened, then the
+  ** default text encoding for the existing database is used.
+  ** 
+  ** In all cases new databases created using the ATTACH command are
+  ** created to use the same default text encoding as the main database. If
+  ** the main database has not been initialized and/or created when ATTACH
+  ** is executed, this is done before the ATTACH operation.
+  **
+  ** In the second form this pragma sets the text encoding to be used in
+  ** new database files created using this database handle. It is only
+  ** useful if invoked immediately after the main database i
+  */
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "encoding")==0 ){
+    static const struct EncName {
+      char *zName;
+      u8 enc;
+    } encnames[] = {
+      { "UTF8",     SQLITE_UTF8        },
+      { "UTF-8",    SQLITE_UTF8        },  /* Must be element [1] */
+      { "UTF-16le", SQLITE_UTF16LE     },  /* Must be element [2] */
+      { "UTF-16be", SQLITE_UTF16BE     },  /* Must be element [3] */
+      { "UTF16le",  SQLITE_UTF16LE     },
+      { "UTF16be",  SQLITE_UTF16BE     },
+      { "UTF-16",   0                  }, /* SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE */
+      { "UTF16",    0                  }, /* SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE */
+      { 0, 0 }
+    };
+    const struct EncName *pEnc;
+    if( !zRight ){    /* "PRAGMA encoding" */
+      if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
+      sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "encoding", SQLITE_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_String8, 0, 1);
+      assert( encnames[SQLITE_UTF8].enc==SQLITE_UTF8 );
+      assert( encnames[SQLITE_UTF16LE].enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE );
+      assert( encnames[SQLITE_UTF16BE].enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE );
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, encnames[ENC(pParse->db)].zName, P4_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1);
+    }else{                        /* "PRAGMA encoding = XXX" */
+      /* Only change the value of sqlite.enc if the database handle is not
+      ** initialized. If the main database exists, the new sqlite.enc value
+      ** will be overwritten when the schema is next loaded. If it does not
+      ** already exists, it will be created to use the new encoding value.
+      */
+      if( 
+        !(DbHasProperty(db, 0, DB_SchemaLoaded)) || 
+        DbHasProperty(db, 0, DB_Empty) 
+      ){
+        for(pEnc=&encnames[0]; pEnc->zName; pEnc++){
+          if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(zRight, pEnc->zName) ){
+            ENC(pParse->db) = pEnc->enc ? pEnc->enc : SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE;
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+        if( !pEnc->zName ){
+          sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unsupported encoding: %s", zRight);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }else
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS
+  /*
+  **   PRAGMA [database.]schema_version
+  **   PRAGMA [database.]schema_version = <integer>
+  **
+  **   PRAGMA [database.]user_version
+  **   PRAGMA [database.]user_version = <integer>
+  **
+  ** The pragma's schema_version and user_version are used to set or get
+  ** the value of the schema-version and user-version, respectively. Both
+  ** the schema-version and the user-version are 32-bit signed integers
+  ** stored in the database header.
+  **
+  ** The schema-cookie is usually only manipulated internally by SQLite. It
+  ** is incremented by SQLite whenever the database schema is modified (by
+  ** creating or dropping a table or index). The schema version is used by
+  ** SQLite each time a query is executed to ensure that the internal cache
+  ** of the schema used when compiling the SQL query matches the schema of
+  ** the database against which the compiled query is actually executed.
+  ** Subverting this mechanism by using "PRAGMA schema_version" to modify
+  ** the schema-version is potentially dangerous and may lead to program
+  ** crashes or database corruption. Use with caution!
+  **
+  ** The user-version is not used internally by SQLite. It may be used by
+  ** applications for any purpose.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "schema_version")==0 
+   || sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "user_version")==0 
+   || sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "freelist_count")==0 
+  ){
+    int iCookie;   /* Cookie index. 1 for schema-cookie, 6 for user-cookie. */
+    sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);
+    switch( zLeft[0] ){
+      case 'f': case 'F':
+        iCookie = BTREE_FREE_PAGE_COUNT;
+        break;
+      case 's': case 'S':
+        iCookie = BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION;
+        break;
+      default:
+        iCookie = BTREE_USER_VERSION;
+        break;
+    }
+
+    if( zRight && iCookie!=BTREE_FREE_PAGE_COUNT ){
+      /* Write the specified cookie value */
+      static const VdbeOpList setCookie[] = {
+        { OP_Transaction,    0,  1,  0},    /* 0 */
+        { OP_Integer,        0,  1,  0},    /* 1 */
+        { OP_SetCookie,      0,  0,  1},    /* 2 */
+      };
+      int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(setCookie), setCookie);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr, iDb);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+1, sqlite3Atoi(zRight));
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+2, iDb);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr+2, iCookie);
+    }else{
+      /* Read the specified cookie value */
+      static const VdbeOpList readCookie[] = {
+        { OP_Transaction,     0,  0,  0},    /* 0 */
+        { OP_ReadCookie,      0,  1,  0},    /* 1 */
+        { OP_ResultRow,       1,  1,  0}
+      };
+      int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(readCookie), readCookie);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr, iDb);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+1, iDb);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, addr+1, iCookie);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, zLeft, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+    }
+  }else
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS
+  /*
+  **   PRAGMA compile_options
+  **
+  ** Return the names of all compile-time options used in this build,
+  ** one option per row.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "compile_options")==0 ){
+    int i = 0;
+    const char *zOpt;
+    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+    pParse->nMem = 1;
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "compile_option", SQLITE_STATIC);
+    while( (zOpt = sqlite3_compileoption_get(i++))!=0 ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, zOpt, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1);
+    }
+  }else
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+  /*
+  **   PRAGMA [database.]wal_checkpoint = passive|full|restart
+  **
+  ** Checkpoint the database.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "wal_checkpoint")==0 ){
+    int iBt = (pId2->z?iDb:SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED);
+    int eMode = SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE;
+    if( zRight ){
+      if( sqlite3StrICmp(zRight, "full")==0 ){
+        eMode = SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL;
+      }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(zRight, "restart")==0 ){
+        eMode = SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART;
+      }
+    }
+    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
+    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3);
+    pParse->nMem = 3;
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "busy", SQLITE_STATIC);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "log", SQLITE_STATIC);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "checkpointed", SQLITE_STATIC);
+
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Checkpoint, iBt, eMode, 1);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 3);
+  }else
+
+  /*
+  **   PRAGMA wal_autocheckpoint
+  **   PRAGMA wal_autocheckpoint = N
+  **
+  ** Configure a database connection to automatically checkpoint a database
+  ** after accumulating N frames in the log. Or query for the current value
+  ** of N.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "wal_autocheckpoint")==0 ){
+    if( zRight ){
+      sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(db, sqlite3Atoi(zRight));
+    }
+    returnSingleInt(pParse, "wal_autocheckpoint", 
+       db->xWalCallback==sqlite3WalDefaultHook ? 
+           SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(db->pWalArg) : 0);
+  }else
+#endif
+
+  /*
+  **  PRAGMA shrink_memory
+  **
+  ** This pragma attempts to free as much memory as possible from the
+  ** current database connection.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "shrink_memory")==0 ){
+    sqlite3_db_release_memory(db);
+  }else
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+  /*
+  ** Report the current state of file logs for all databases
+  */
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "lock_status")==0 ){
+    static const char *const azLockName[] = {
+      "unlocked", "shared", "reserved", "pending", "exclusive"
+    };
+    int i;
+    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 2);
+    pParse->nMem = 2;
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "database", SQLITE_STATIC);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "status", SQLITE_STATIC);
+    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+      Btree *pBt;
+      Pager *pPager;
+      const char *zState = "unknown";
+      int j;
+      if( db->aDb[i].zName==0 ) continue;
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, db->aDb[i].zName, P4_STATIC);
+      pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+      if( pBt==0 || (pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBt))==0 ){
+        zState = "closed";
+      }else if( sqlite3_file_control(db, i ? db->aDb[i].zName : 0, 
+                                     SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE, &j)==SQLITE_OK ){
+         zState = azLockName[j];
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, zState, P4_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 2);
+    }
+
+  }else
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "key")==0 && zRight ){
+    sqlite3_key(db, zRight, sqlite3Strlen30(zRight));
+  }else
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "rekey")==0 && zRight ){
+    sqlite3_rekey(db, zRight, sqlite3Strlen30(zRight));
+  }else
+  if( zRight && (sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "hexkey")==0 ||
+                 sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "hexrekey")==0) ){
+    int i, h1, h2;
+    char zKey[40];
+    for(i=0; (h1 = zRight[i])!=0 && (h2 = zRight[i+1])!=0; i+=2){
+      h1 += 9*(1&(h1>>6));
+      h2 += 9*(1&(h2>>6));
+      zKey[i/2] = (h2 & 0x0f) | ((h1 & 0xf)<<4);
+    }
+    if( (zLeft[3] & 0xf)==0xb ){
+      sqlite3_key(db, zKey, i/2);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3_rekey(db, zKey, i/2);
+    }
+  }else
+#endif
+#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD)
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "activate_extensions")==0 ){
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+    if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zRight, "see-", 4)==0 ){
+      sqlite3_activate_see(&zRight[4]);
+    }
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD
+    if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zRight, "cerod-", 6)==0 ){
+      sqlite3_activate_cerod(&zRight[6]);
+    }
+#endif
+  }else
+#endif
+
+ 
+  {/* Empty ELSE clause */}
+
+  /*
+  ** Reset the safety level, in case the fullfsync flag or synchronous
+  ** setting changed.
+  */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
+  if( db->autoCommit ){
+    sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(pDb->pBt, pDb->safety_level,
+               (db->flags&SQLITE_FullFSync)!=0,
+               (db->flags&SQLITE_CkptFullFSync)!=0);
+  }
+#endif
+pragma_out:
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, zLeft);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, zRight);
+}
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA */
+
+/************** End of pragma.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file prepare.c *****************************************/
+/*
+** 2005 May 25
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains the implementation of the sqlite3_prepare()
+** interface, and routines that contribute to loading the database schema
+** from disk.
+*/
+
+/*
+** Fill the InitData structure with an error message that indicates
+** that the database is corrupt.
+*/
+static void corruptSchema(
+  InitData *pData,     /* Initialization context */
+  const char *zObj,    /* Object being parsed at the point of error */
+  const char *zExtra   /* Error information */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = pData->db;
+  if( !db->mallocFailed && (db->flags & SQLITE_RecoveryMode)==0 ){
+    if( zObj==0 ) zObj = "?";
+    sqlite3SetString(pData->pzErrMsg, db,
+      "malformed database schema (%s)", zObj);
+    if( zExtra ){
+      *pData->pzErrMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, *pData->pzErrMsg, 
+                                 "%s - %s", *pData->pzErrMsg, zExtra);
+    }
+  }
+  pData->rc = db->mallocFailed ? SQLITE_NOMEM : SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+}
+
+/*
+** This is the callback routine for the code that initializes the
+** database.  See sqlite3Init() below for additional information.
+** This routine is also called from the OP_ParseSchema opcode of the VDBE.
+**
+** Each callback contains the following information:
+**
+**     argv[0] = name of thing being created
+**     argv[1] = root page number for table or index. 0 for trigger or view.
+**     argv[2] = SQL text for the CREATE statement.
+**
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InitCallback(void *pInit, int argc, char **argv, char **NotUsed){
+  InitData *pData = (InitData*)pInit;
+  sqlite3 *db = pData->db;
+  int iDb = pData->iDb;
+
+  assert( argc==3 );
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, argc);
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+  DbClearProperty(db, iDb, DB_Empty);
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], 0);
+    return 1;
+  }
+
+  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
+  if( argv==0 ) return 0;   /* Might happen if EMPTY_RESULT_CALLBACKS are on */
+  if( argv[1]==0 ){
+    corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], 0);
+  }else if( argv[2] && argv[2][0] ){
+    /* Call the parser to process a CREATE TABLE, INDEX or VIEW.
+    ** But because db->init.busy is set to 1, no VDBE code is generated
+    ** or executed.  All the parser does is build the internal data
+    ** structures that describe the table, index, or view.
+    */
+    int rc;
+    sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+    TESTONLY(int rcp);            /* Return code from sqlite3_prepare() */
+
+    assert( db->init.busy );
+    db->init.iDb = iDb;
+    db->init.newTnum = sqlite3Atoi(argv[1]);
+    db->init.orphanTrigger = 0;
+    TESTONLY(rcp = ) sqlite3_prepare(db, argv[2], -1, &pStmt, 0);
+    rc = db->errCode;
+    assert( (rc&0xFF)==(rcp&0xFF) );
+    db->init.iDb = 0;
+    if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){
+      if( db->init.orphanTrigger ){
+        assert( iDb==1 );
+      }else{
+        pData->rc = rc;
+        if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
+          db->mallocFailed = 1;
+        }else if( rc!=SQLITE_INTERRUPT && (rc&0xFF)!=SQLITE_LOCKED ){
+          corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], sqlite3_errmsg(db));
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+  }else if( argv[0]==0 ){
+    corruptSchema(pData, 0, 0);
+  }else{
+    /* If the SQL column is blank it means this is an index that
+    ** was created to be the PRIMARY KEY or to fulfill a UNIQUE
+    ** constraint for a CREATE TABLE.  The index should have already
+    ** been created when we processed the CREATE TABLE.  All we have
+    ** to do here is record the root page number for that index.
+    */
+    Index *pIndex;
+    pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(db, argv[0], db->aDb[iDb].zName);
+    if( pIndex==0 ){
+      /* This can occur if there exists an index on a TEMP table which
+      ** has the same name as another index on a permanent index.  Since
+      ** the permanent table is hidden by the TEMP table, we can also
+      ** safely ignore the index on the permanent table.
+      */
+      /* Do Nothing */;
+    }else if( sqlite3GetInt32(argv[1], &pIndex->tnum)==0 ){
+      corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], "invalid rootpage");
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to read the database schema and initialize internal
+** data structures for a single database file.  The index of the
+** database file is given by iDb.  iDb==0 is used for the main
+** database.  iDb==1 should never be used.  iDb>=2 is used for
+** auxiliary databases.  Return one of the SQLITE_ error codes to
+** indicate success or failure.
+*/
+static int sqlite3InitOne(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, char **pzErrMsg){
+  int rc;
+  int i;
+  int size;
+  Table *pTab;
+  Db *pDb;
+  char const *azArg[4];
+  int meta[5];
+  InitData initData;
+  char const *zMasterSchema;
+  char const *zMasterName;
+  int openedTransaction = 0;
+
+  /*
+  ** The master database table has a structure like this
+  */
+  static const char master_schema[] = 
+     "CREATE TABLE sqlite_master(\n"
+     "  type text,\n"
+     "  name text,\n"
+     "  tbl_name text,\n"
+     "  rootpage integer,\n"
+     "  sql text\n"
+     ")"
+  ;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB
+  static const char temp_master_schema[] = 
+     "CREATE TEMP TABLE sqlite_temp_master(\n"
+     "  type text,\n"
+     "  name text,\n"
+     "  tbl_name text,\n"
+     "  rootpage integer,\n"
+     "  sql text\n"
+     ")"
+  ;
+#else
+  #define temp_master_schema 0
+#endif
+
+  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
+  assert( db->aDb[iDb].pSchema );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+  assert( iDb==1 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(db->aDb[iDb].pBt) );
+
+  /* zMasterSchema and zInitScript are set to point at the master schema
+  ** and initialisation script appropriate for the database being
+  ** initialised. zMasterName is the name of the master table.
+  */
+  if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){
+    zMasterSchema = temp_master_schema;
+  }else{
+    zMasterSchema = master_schema;
+  }
+  zMasterName = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb);
+
+  /* Construct the schema tables.  */
+  azArg[0] = zMasterName;
+  azArg[1] = "1";
+  azArg[2] = zMasterSchema;
+  azArg[3] = 0;
+  initData.db = db;
+  initData.iDb = iDb;
+  initData.rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  initData.pzErrMsg = pzErrMsg;
+  sqlite3InitCallback(&initData, 3, (char **)azArg, 0);
+  if( initData.rc ){
+    rc = initData.rc;
+    goto error_out;
+  }
+  pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zMasterName, db->aDb[iDb].zName);
+  if( ALWAYS(pTab) ){
+    pTab->tabFlags |= TF_Readonly;
+  }
+
+  /* Create a cursor to hold the database open
+  */
+  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
+  if( pDb->pBt==0 ){
+    if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && ALWAYS(iDb==1) ){
+      DbSetProperty(db, 1, DB_SchemaLoaded);
+    }
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  /* If there is not already a read-only (or read-write) transaction opened
+  ** on the b-tree database, open one now. If a transaction is opened, it 
+  ** will be closed before this function returns.  */
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(pDb->pBt);
+  if( !sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(pDb->pBt) ){
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pDb->pBt, 0);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(rc));
+      goto initone_error_out;
+    }
+    openedTransaction = 1;
+  }
+
+  /* Get the database meta information.
+  **
+  ** Meta values are as follows:
+  **    meta[0]   Schema cookie.  Changes with each schema change.
+  **    meta[1]   File format of schema layer.
+  **    meta[2]   Size of the page cache.
+  **    meta[3]   Largest rootpage (auto/incr_vacuum mode)
+  **    meta[4]   Db text encoding. 1:UTF-8 2:UTF-16LE 3:UTF-16BE
+  **    meta[5]   User version
+  **    meta[6]   Incremental vacuum mode
+  **    meta[7]   unused
+  **    meta[8]   unused
+  **    meta[9]   unused
+  **
+  ** Note: The #defined SQLITE_UTF* symbols in sqliteInt.h correspond to
+  ** the possible values of meta[4].
+  */
+  for(i=0; i<ArraySize(meta); i++){
+    sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pDb->pBt, i+1, (u32 *)&meta[i]);
+  }
+  pDb->pSchema->schema_cookie = meta[BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION-1];
+
+  /* If opening a non-empty database, check the text encoding. For the
+  ** main database, set sqlite3.enc to the encoding of the main database.
+  ** For an attached db, it is an error if the encoding is not the same
+  ** as sqlite3.enc.
+  */
+  if( meta[BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING-1] ){  /* text encoding */
+    if( iDb==0 ){
+      u8 encoding;
+      /* If opening the main database, set ENC(db). */
+      encoding = (u8)meta[BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING-1] & 3;
+      if( encoding==0 ) encoding = SQLITE_UTF8;
+      ENC(db) = encoding;
+    }else{
+      /* If opening an attached database, the encoding much match ENC(db) */
+      if( meta[BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING-1]!=ENC(db) ){
+        sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "attached databases must use the same"
+            " text encoding as main database");
+        rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+        goto initone_error_out;
+      }
+    }
+  }else{
+    DbSetProperty(db, iDb, DB_Empty);
+  }
+  pDb->pSchema->enc = ENC(db);
+
+  if( pDb->pSchema->cache_size==0 ){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+    size = sqlite3AbsInt32(meta[BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE-1]);
+    if( size==0 ){ size = SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE; }
+    pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size;
+#else
+    pDb->pSchema->cache_size = SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE;
+#endif
+    sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size);
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** file_format==1    Version 3.0.0.
+  ** file_format==2    Version 3.1.3.  // ALTER TABLE ADD COLUMN
+  ** file_format==3    Version 3.1.4.  // ditto but with non-NULL defaults
+  ** file_format==4    Version 3.3.0.  // DESC indices.  Boolean constants
+  */
+  pDb->pSchema->file_format = (u8)meta[BTREE_FILE_FORMAT-1];
+  if( pDb->pSchema->file_format==0 ){
+    pDb->pSchema->file_format = 1;
+  }
+  if( pDb->pSchema->file_format>SQLITE_MAX_FILE_FORMAT ){
+    sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "unsupported file format");
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    goto initone_error_out;
+  }
+
+  /* Ticket #2804:  When we open a database in the newer file format,
+  ** clear the legacy_file_format pragma flag so that a VACUUM will
+  ** not downgrade the database and thus invalidate any descending
+  ** indices that the user might have created.
+  */
+  if( iDb==0 && meta[BTREE_FILE_FORMAT-1]>=4 ){
+    db->flags &= ~SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt;
+  }
+
+  /* Read the schema information out of the schema tables
+  */
+  assert( db->init.busy );
+  {
+    char *zSql;
+    zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, 
+        "SELECT name, rootpage, sql FROM '%q'.%s ORDER BY rowid",
+        db->aDb[iDb].zName, zMasterName);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+    {
+      int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*);
+      xAuth = db->xAuth;
+      db->xAuth = 0;
+#endif
+      rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, sqlite3InitCallback, &initData, 0);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+      db->xAuth = xAuth;
+    }
+#endif
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = initData.rc;
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3AnalysisLoad(db, iDb);
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db);
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK || (db->flags&SQLITE_RecoveryMode)){
+    /* Black magic: If the SQLITE_RecoveryMode flag is set, then consider
+    ** the schema loaded, even if errors occurred. In this situation the 
+    ** current sqlite3_prepare() operation will fail, but the following one
+    ** will attempt to compile the supplied statement against whatever subset
+    ** of the schema was loaded before the error occurred. The primary
+    ** purpose of this is to allow access to the sqlite_master table
+    ** even when its contents have been corrupted.
+    */
+    DbSetProperty(db, iDb, DB_SchemaLoaded);
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  /* Jump here for an error that occurs after successfully allocating
+  ** curMain and calling sqlite3BtreeEnter(). For an error that occurs
+  ** before that point, jump to error_out.
+  */
+initone_error_out:
+  if( openedTransaction ){
+    sqlite3BtreeCommit(pDb->pBt);
+  }
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(pDb->pBt);
+
+error_out:
+  if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
+    db->mallocFailed = 1;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize all database files - the main database file, the file
+** used to store temporary tables, and any additional database files
+** created using ATTACH statements.  Return a success code.  If an
+** error occurs, write an error message into *pzErrMsg.
+**
+** After a database is initialized, the DB_SchemaLoaded bit is set
+** bit is set in the flags field of the Db structure. If the database
+** file was of zero-length, then the DB_Empty flag is also set.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Init(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg){
+  int i, rc;
+  int commit_internal = !(db->flags&SQLITE_InternChanges);
+  
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+  rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  db->init.busy = 1;
+  for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){
+    if( DbHasProperty(db, i, DB_SchemaLoaded) || i==1 ) continue;
+    rc = sqlite3InitOne(db, i, pzErrMsg);
+    if( rc ){
+      sqlite3ResetOneSchema(db, i);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Once all the other databases have been initialised, load the schema
+  ** for the TEMP database. This is loaded last, as the TEMP database
+  ** schema may contain references to objects in other databases.
+  */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && ALWAYS(db->nDb>1)
+                    && !DbHasProperty(db, 1, DB_SchemaLoaded) ){
+    rc = sqlite3InitOne(db, 1, pzErrMsg);
+    if( rc ){
+      sqlite3ResetOneSchema(db, 1);
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  db->init.busy = 0;
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && commit_internal ){
+    sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(db);
+  }
+
+  return rc; 
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is a no-op if the database schema is already initialised.
+** Otherwise, the schema is loaded. An error code is returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ReadSchema(Parse *pParse){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+  if( !db->init.busy ){
+    rc = sqlite3Init(db, &pParse->zErrMsg);
+  }
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    pParse->rc = rc;
+    pParse->nErr++;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Check schema cookies in all databases.  If any cookie is out
+** of date set pParse->rc to SQLITE_SCHEMA.  If all schema cookies
+** make no changes to pParse->rc.
+*/
+static void schemaIsValid(Parse *pParse){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  int iDb;
+  int rc;
+  int cookie;
+
+  assert( pParse->checkSchema );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+  for(iDb=0; iDb<db->nDb; iDb++){
+    int openedTransaction = 0;         /* True if a transaction is opened */
+    Btree *pBt = db->aDb[iDb].pBt;     /* Btree database to read cookie from */
+    if( pBt==0 ) continue;
+
+    /* If there is not already a read-only (or read-write) transaction opened
+    ** on the b-tree database, open one now. If a transaction is opened, it 
+    ** will be closed immediately after reading the meta-value. */
+    if( !sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(pBt) ){
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBt, 0);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
+        db->mallocFailed = 1;
+      }
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return;
+      openedTransaction = 1;
+    }
+
+    /* Read the schema cookie from the database. If it does not match the 
+    ** value stored as part of the in-memory schema representation,
+    ** set Parse.rc to SQLITE_SCHEMA. */
+    sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pBt, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, (u32 *)&cookie);
+    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+    if( cookie!=db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie ){
+      sqlite3ResetOneSchema(db, iDb);
+      pParse->rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA;
+    }
+
+    /* Close the transaction, if one was opened. */
+    if( openedTransaction ){
+      sqlite3BtreeCommit(pBt);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert a schema pointer into the iDb index that indicates
+** which database file in db->aDb[] the schema refers to.
+**
+** If the same database is attached more than once, the first
+** attached database is returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SchemaToIndex(sqlite3 *db, Schema *pSchema){
+  int i = -1000000;
+
+  /* If pSchema is NULL, then return -1000000. This happens when code in 
+  ** expr.c is trying to resolve a reference to a transient table (i.e. one
+  ** created by a sub-select). In this case the return value of this 
+  ** function should never be used.
+  **
+  ** We return -1000000 instead of the more usual -1 simply because using
+  ** -1000000 as the incorrect index into db->aDb[] is much 
+  ** more likely to cause a segfault than -1 (of course there are assert()
+  ** statements too, but it never hurts to play the odds).
+  */
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+  if( pSchema ){
+    for(i=0; ALWAYS(i<db->nDb); i++){
+      if( db->aDb[i].pSchema==pSchema ){
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    assert( i>=0 && i<db->nDb );
+  }
+  return i;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compile the UTF-8 encoded SQL statement zSql into a statement handle.
+*/
+static int sqlite3Prepare(
+  sqlite3 *db,              /* Database handle. */
+  const char *zSql,         /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */
+  int nBytes,               /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
+  int saveSqlFlag,          /* True to copy SQL text into the sqlite3_stmt */
+  Vdbe *pReprepare,         /* VM being reprepared */
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,    /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
+  const char **pzTail       /* OUT: End of parsed string */
+){
+  Parse *pParse;            /* Parsing context */
+  char *zErrMsg = 0;        /* Error message */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;       /* Result code */
+  int i;                    /* Loop counter */
+
+  /* Allocate the parsing context */
+  pParse = sqlite3StackAllocZero(db, sizeof(*pParse));
+  if( pParse==0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    goto end_prepare;
+  }
+  pParse->pReprepare = pReprepare;
+  assert( ppStmt && *ppStmt==0 );
+  assert( !db->mallocFailed );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+
+  /* Check to verify that it is possible to get a read lock on all
+  ** database schemas.  The inability to get a read lock indicates that
+  ** some other database connection is holding a write-lock, which in
+  ** turn means that the other connection has made uncommitted changes
+  ** to the schema.
+  **
+  ** Were we to proceed and prepare the statement against the uncommitted
+  ** schema changes and if those schema changes are subsequently rolled
+  ** back and different changes are made in their place, then when this
+  ** prepared statement goes to run the schema cookie would fail to detect
+  ** the schema change.  Disaster would follow.
+  **
+  ** This thread is currently holding mutexes on all Btrees (because
+  ** of the sqlite3BtreeEnterAll() in sqlite3LockAndPrepare()) so it
+  ** is not possible for another thread to start a new schema change
+  ** while this routine is running.  Hence, we do not need to hold 
+  ** locks on the schema, we just need to make sure nobody else is 
+  ** holding them.
+  **
+  ** Note that setting READ_UNCOMMITTED overrides most lock detection,
+  ** but it does *not* override schema lock detection, so this all still
+  ** works even if READ_UNCOMMITTED is set.
+  */
+  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++) {
+    Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+    if( pBt ){
+      assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(pBt) );
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(pBt);
+      if( rc ){
+        const char *zDb = db->aDb[i].zName;
+        sqlite3Error(db, rc, "database schema is locked: %s", zDb);
+        testcase( db->flags & SQLITE_ReadUncommitted );
+        goto end_prepare;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  sqlite3VtabUnlockList(db);
+
+  pParse->db = db;
+  pParse->nQueryLoop = (double)1;
+  if( nBytes>=0 && (nBytes==0 || zSql[nBytes-1]!=0) ){
+    char *zSqlCopy;
+    int mxLen = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH];
+    testcase( nBytes==mxLen );
+    testcase( nBytes==mxLen+1 );
+    if( nBytes>mxLen ){
+      sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_TOOBIG, "statement too long");
+      rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, SQLITE_TOOBIG);
+      goto end_prepare;
+    }
+    zSqlCopy = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, zSql, nBytes);
+    if( zSqlCopy ){
+      sqlite3RunParser(pParse, zSqlCopy, &zErrMsg);
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, zSqlCopy);
+      pParse->zTail = &zSql[pParse->zTail-zSqlCopy];
+    }else{
+      pParse->zTail = &zSql[nBytes];
+    }
+  }else{
+    sqlite3RunParser(pParse, zSql, &zErrMsg);
+  }
+  assert( 1==(int)pParse->nQueryLoop );
+
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  if( pParse->rc==SQLITE_DONE ) pParse->rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( pParse->checkSchema ){
+    schemaIsValid(pParse);
+  }
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  if( pzTail ){
+    *pzTail = pParse->zTail;
+  }
+  rc = pParse->rc;
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pParse->pVdbe && pParse->explain ){
+    static const char * const azColName[] = {
+       "addr", "opcode", "p1", "p2", "p3", "p4", "p5", "comment",
+       "selectid", "order", "from", "detail"
+    };
+    int iFirst, mx;
+    if( pParse->explain==2 ){
+      sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(pParse->pVdbe, 4);
+      iFirst = 8;
+      mx = 12;
+    }else{
+      sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(pParse->pVdbe, 8);
+      iFirst = 0;
+      mx = 8;
+    }
+    for(i=iFirst; i<mx; i++){
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(pParse->pVdbe, i-iFirst, COLNAME_NAME,
+                            azColName[i], SQLITE_STATIC);
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  assert( db->init.busy==0 || saveSqlFlag==0 );
+  if( db->init.busy==0 ){
+    Vdbe *pVdbe = pParse->pVdbe;
+    sqlite3VdbeSetSql(pVdbe, zSql, (int)(pParse->zTail-zSql), saveSqlFlag);
+  }
+  if( pParse->pVdbe && (rc!=SQLITE_OK || db->mallocFailed) ){
+    sqlite3VdbeFinalize(pParse->pVdbe);
+    assert(!(*ppStmt));
+  }else{
+    *ppStmt = (sqlite3_stmt*)pParse->pVdbe;
+  }
+
+  if( zErrMsg ){
+    sqlite3Error(db, rc, "%s", zErrMsg);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0);
+  }
+
+  /* Delete any TriggerPrg structures allocated while parsing this statement. */
+  while( pParse->pTriggerPrg ){
+    TriggerPrg *pT = pParse->pTriggerPrg;
+    pParse->pTriggerPrg = pT->pNext;
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pT);
+  }
+
+end_prepare:
+
+  sqlite3StackFree(db, pParse);
+  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+  assert( (rc&db->errMask)==rc );
+  return rc;
+}
+static int sqlite3LockAndPrepare(
+  sqlite3 *db,              /* Database handle. */
+  const char *zSql,         /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */
+  int nBytes,               /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
+  int saveSqlFlag,          /* True to copy SQL text into the sqlite3_stmt */
+  Vdbe *pOld,               /* VM being reprepared */
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,    /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
+  const char **pzTail       /* OUT: End of parsed string */
+){
+  int rc;
+  assert( ppStmt!=0 );
+  *ppStmt = 0;
+  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
+  rc = sqlite3Prepare(db, zSql, nBytes, saveSqlFlag, pOld, ppStmt, pzTail);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA ){
+    sqlite3_finalize(*ppStmt);
+    rc = sqlite3Prepare(db, zSql, nBytes, saveSqlFlag, pOld, ppStmt, pzTail);
+  }
+  sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || *ppStmt==0 );
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Rerun the compilation of a statement after a schema change.
+**
+** If the statement is successfully recompiled, return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise,
+** if the statement cannot be recompiled because another connection has
+** locked the sqlite3_master table, return SQLITE_LOCKED. If any other error
+** occurs, return SQLITE_SCHEMA.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Reprepare(Vdbe *p){
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pNew;
+  const char *zSql;
+  sqlite3 *db;
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3VdbeDb(p)->mutex) );
+  zSql = sqlite3_sql((sqlite3_stmt *)p);
+  assert( zSql!=0 );  /* Reprepare only called for prepare_v2() statements */
+  db = sqlite3VdbeDb(p);
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+  rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db, zSql, -1, 0, p, &pNew, 0);
+  if( rc ){
+    if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
+      db->mallocFailed = 1;
+    }
+    assert( pNew==0 );
+    return rc;
+  }else{
+    assert( pNew!=0 );
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeSwap((Vdbe*)pNew, p);
+  sqlite3TransferBindings(pNew, (sqlite3_stmt*)p);
+  sqlite3VdbeResetStepResult((Vdbe*)pNew);
+  sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe*)pNew);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Two versions of the official API.  Legacy and new use.  In the legacy
+** version, the original SQL text is not saved in the prepared statement
+** and so if a schema change occurs, SQLITE_SCHEMA is returned by
+** sqlite3_step().  In the new version, the original SQL text is retained
+** and the statement is automatically recompiled if an schema change
+** occurs.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare(
+  sqlite3 *db,              /* Database handle. */
+  const char *zSql,         /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */
+  int nBytes,               /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,    /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
+  const char **pzTail       /* OUT: End of parsed string */
+){
+  int rc;
+  rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db,zSql,nBytes,0,0,ppStmt,pzTail);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 );  /* VERIFY: F13021 */
+  return rc;
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare_v2(
+  sqlite3 *db,              /* Database handle. */
+  const char *zSql,         /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */
+  int nBytes,               /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,    /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
+  const char **pzTail       /* OUT: End of parsed string */
+){
+  int rc;
+  rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db,zSql,nBytes,1,0,ppStmt,pzTail);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 );  /* VERIFY: F13021 */
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+/*
+** Compile the UTF-16 encoded SQL statement zSql into a statement handle.
+*/
+static int sqlite3Prepare16(
+  sqlite3 *db,              /* Database handle. */ 
+  const void *zSql,         /* UTF-16 encoded SQL statement. */
+  int nBytes,               /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
+  int saveSqlFlag,          /* True to save SQL text into the sqlite3_stmt */
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,    /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
+  const void **pzTail       /* OUT: End of parsed string */
+){
+  /* This function currently works by first transforming the UTF-16
+  ** encoded string to UTF-8, then invoking sqlite3_prepare(). The
+  ** tricky bit is figuring out the pointer to return in *pzTail.
+  */
+  char *zSql8;
+  const char *zTail8 = 0;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  assert( ppStmt );
+  *ppStmt = 0;
+  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  zSql8 = sqlite3Utf16to8(db, zSql, nBytes, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
+  if( zSql8 ){
+    rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db, zSql8, -1, saveSqlFlag, 0, ppStmt, &zTail8);
+  }
+
+  if( zTail8 && pzTail ){
+    /* If sqlite3_prepare returns a tail pointer, we calculate the
+    ** equivalent pointer into the UTF-16 string by counting the unicode
+    ** characters between zSql8 and zTail8, and then returning a pointer
+    ** the same number of characters into the UTF-16 string.
+    */
+    int chars_parsed = sqlite3Utf8CharLen(zSql8, (int)(zTail8-zSql8));
+    *pzTail = (u8 *)zSql + sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(zSql, chars_parsed);
+  }
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql8); 
+  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Two versions of the official API.  Legacy and new use.  In the legacy
+** version, the original SQL text is not saved in the prepared statement
+** and so if a schema change occurs, SQLITE_SCHEMA is returned by
+** sqlite3_step().  In the new version, the original SQL text is retained
+** and the statement is automatically recompiled if an schema change
+** occurs.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16(
+  sqlite3 *db,              /* Database handle. */ 
+  const void *zSql,         /* UTF-16 encoded SQL statement. */
+  int nBytes,               /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,    /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
+  const void **pzTail       /* OUT: End of parsed string */
+){
+  int rc;
+  rc = sqlite3Prepare16(db,zSql,nBytes,0,ppStmt,pzTail);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 );  /* VERIFY: F13021 */
+  return rc;
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16_v2(
+  sqlite3 *db,              /* Database handle. */ 
+  const void *zSql,         /* UTF-16 encoded SQL statement. */
+  int nBytes,               /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,    /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
+  const void **pzTail       /* OUT: End of parsed string */
+){
+  int rc;
+  rc = sqlite3Prepare16(db,zSql,nBytes,1,ppStmt,pzTail);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 );  /* VERIFY: F13021 */
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+
+/************** End of prepare.c *********************************************/
+/************** Begin file select.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
+** to handle SELECT statements in SQLite.
+*/
+
+
+/*
+** Delete all the content of a Select structure but do not deallocate
+** the select structure itself.
+*/
+static void clearSelect(sqlite3 *db, Select *p){
+  sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pEList);
+  sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, p->pSrc);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pWhere);
+  sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pGroupBy);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pHaving);
+  sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pOrderBy);
+  sqlite3SelectDelete(db, p->pPrior);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pOffset);
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize a SelectDest structure.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectDestInit(SelectDest *pDest, int eDest, int iParm){
+  pDest->eDest = (u8)eDest;
+  pDest->iSDParm = iParm;
+  pDest->affSdst = 0;
+  pDest->iSdst = 0;
+  pDest->nSdst = 0;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Allocate a new Select structure and return a pointer to that
+** structure.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectNew(
+  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing context */
+  ExprList *pEList,     /* which columns to include in the result */
+  SrcList *pSrc,        /* the FROM clause -- which tables to scan */
+  Expr *pWhere,         /* the WHERE clause */
+  ExprList *pGroupBy,   /* the GROUP BY clause */
+  Expr *pHaving,        /* the HAVING clause */
+  ExprList *pOrderBy,   /* the ORDER BY clause */
+  int isDistinct,       /* true if the DISTINCT keyword is present */
+  Expr *pLimit,         /* LIMIT value.  NULL means not used */
+  Expr *pOffset         /* OFFSET value.  NULL means no offset */
+){
+  Select *pNew;
+  Select standin;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pNew) );
+  assert( db->mallocFailed || !pOffset || pLimit ); /* OFFSET implies LIMIT */
+  if( pNew==0 ){
+    assert( db->mallocFailed );
+    pNew = &standin;
+    memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(*pNew));
+  }
+  if( pEList==0 ){
+    pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, sqlite3Expr(db,TK_ALL,0));
+  }
+  pNew->pEList = pEList;
+  if( pSrc==0 ) pSrc = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pSrc));
+  pNew->pSrc = pSrc;
+  pNew->pWhere = pWhere;
+  pNew->pGroupBy = pGroupBy;
+  pNew->pHaving = pHaving;
+  pNew->pOrderBy = pOrderBy;
+  pNew->selFlags = isDistinct ? SF_Distinct : 0;
+  pNew->op = TK_SELECT;
+  pNew->pLimit = pLimit;
+  pNew->pOffset = pOffset;
+  assert( pOffset==0 || pLimit!=0 );
+  pNew->addrOpenEphm[0] = -1;
+  pNew->addrOpenEphm[1] = -1;
+  pNew->addrOpenEphm[2] = -1;
+  if( db->mallocFailed ) {
+    clearSelect(db, pNew);
+    if( pNew!=&standin ) sqlite3DbFree(db, pNew);
+    pNew = 0;
+  }else{
+    assert( pNew->pSrc!=0 || pParse->nErr>0 );
+  }
+  assert( pNew!=&standin );
+  return pNew;
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete the given Select structure and all of its substructures.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectDelete(sqlite3 *db, Select *p){
+  if( p ){
+    clearSelect(db, p);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Given 1 to 3 identifiers preceeding the JOIN keyword, determine the
+** type of join.  Return an integer constant that expresses that type
+** in terms of the following bit values:
+**
+**     JT_INNER
+**     JT_CROSS
+**     JT_OUTER
+**     JT_NATURAL
+**     JT_LEFT
+**     JT_RIGHT
+**
+** A full outer join is the combination of JT_LEFT and JT_RIGHT.
+**
+** If an illegal or unsupported join type is seen, then still return
+** a join type, but put an error in the pParse structure.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JoinType(Parse *pParse, Token *pA, Token *pB, Token *pC){
+  int jointype = 0;
+  Token *apAll[3];
+  Token *p;
+                             /*   0123456789 123456789 123456789 123 */
+  static const char zKeyText[] = "naturaleftouterightfullinnercross";
+  static const struct {
+    u8 i;        /* Beginning of keyword text in zKeyText[] */
+    u8 nChar;    /* Length of the keyword in characters */
+    u8 code;     /* Join type mask */
+  } aKeyword[] = {
+    /* natural */ { 0,  7, JT_NATURAL                },
+    /* left    */ { 6,  4, JT_LEFT|JT_OUTER          },
+    /* outer   */ { 10, 5, JT_OUTER                  },
+    /* right   */ { 14, 5, JT_RIGHT|JT_OUTER         },
+    /* full    */ { 19, 4, JT_LEFT|JT_RIGHT|JT_OUTER },
+    /* inner   */ { 23, 5, JT_INNER                  },
+    /* cross   */ { 28, 5, JT_INNER|JT_CROSS         },
+  };
+  int i, j;
+  apAll[0] = pA;
+  apAll[1] = pB;
+  apAll[2] = pC;
+  for(i=0; i<3 && apAll[i]; i++){
+    p = apAll[i];
+    for(j=0; j<ArraySize(aKeyword); j++){
+      if( p->n==aKeyword[j].nChar 
+          && sqlite3StrNICmp((char*)p->z, &zKeyText[aKeyword[j].i], p->n)==0 ){
+        jointype |= aKeyword[j].code;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    testcase( j==0 || j==1 || j==2 || j==3 || j==4 || j==5 || j==6 );
+    if( j>=ArraySize(aKeyword) ){
+      jointype |= JT_ERROR;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  if(
+     (jointype & (JT_INNER|JT_OUTER))==(JT_INNER|JT_OUTER) ||
+     (jointype & JT_ERROR)!=0
+  ){
+    const char *zSp = " ";
+    assert( pB!=0 );
+    if( pC==0 ){ zSp++; }
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown or unsupported join type: "
+       "%T %T%s%T", pA, pB, zSp, pC);
+    jointype = JT_INNER;
+  }else if( (jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0 
+         && (jointype & (JT_LEFT|JT_RIGHT))!=JT_LEFT ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
+      "RIGHT and FULL OUTER JOINs are not currently supported");
+    jointype = JT_INNER;
+  }
+  return jointype;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the index of a column in a table.  Return -1 if the column
+** is not contained in the table.
+*/
+static int columnIndex(Table *pTab, const char *zCol){
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
+    if( sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->aCol[i].zName, zCol)==0 ) return i;
+  }
+  return -1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Search the first N tables in pSrc, from left to right, looking for a
+** table that has a column named zCol.  
+**
+** When found, set *piTab and *piCol to the table index and column index
+** of the matching column and return TRUE.
+**
+** If not found, return FALSE.
+*/
+static int tableAndColumnIndex(
+  SrcList *pSrc,       /* Array of tables to search */
+  int N,               /* Number of tables in pSrc->a[] to search */
+  const char *zCol,    /* Name of the column we are looking for */
+  int *piTab,          /* Write index of pSrc->a[] here */
+  int *piCol           /* Write index of pSrc->a[*piTab].pTab->aCol[] here */
+){
+  int i;               /* For looping over tables in pSrc */
+  int iCol;            /* Index of column matching zCol */
+
+  assert( (piTab==0)==(piCol==0) );  /* Both or neither are NULL */
+  for(i=0; i<N; i++){
+    iCol = columnIndex(pSrc->a[i].pTab, zCol);
+    if( iCol>=0 ){
+      if( piTab ){
+        *piTab = i;
+        *piCol = iCol;
+      }
+      return 1;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is used to add terms implied by JOIN syntax to the
+** WHERE clause expression of a SELECT statement. The new term, which
+** is ANDed with the existing WHERE clause, is of the form:
+**
+**    (tab1.col1 = tab2.col2)
+**
+** where tab1 is the iSrc'th table in SrcList pSrc and tab2 is the 
+** (iSrc+1)'th. Column col1 is column iColLeft of tab1, and col2 is
+** column iColRight of tab2.
+*/
+static void addWhereTerm(
+  Parse *pParse,                  /* Parsing context */
+  SrcList *pSrc,                  /* List of tables in FROM clause */
+  int iLeft,                      /* Index of first table to join in pSrc */
+  int iColLeft,                   /* Index of column in first table */
+  int iRight,                     /* Index of second table in pSrc */
+  int iColRight,                  /* Index of column in second table */
+  int isOuterJoin,                /* True if this is an OUTER join */
+  Expr **ppWhere                  /* IN/OUT: The WHERE clause to add to */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  Expr *pE1;
+  Expr *pE2;
+  Expr *pEq;
+
+  assert( iLeft<iRight );
+  assert( pSrc->nSrc>iRight );
+  assert( pSrc->a[iLeft].pTab );
+  assert( pSrc->a[iRight].pTab );
+
+  pE1 = sqlite3CreateColumnExpr(db, pSrc, iLeft, iColLeft);
+  pE2 = sqlite3CreateColumnExpr(db, pSrc, iRight, iColRight);
+
+  pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ, pE1, pE2, 0);
+  if( pEq && isOuterJoin ){
+    ExprSetProperty(pEq, EP_FromJoin);
+    assert( !ExprHasAnyProperty(pEq, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) );
+    ExprSetIrreducible(pEq);
+    pEq->iRightJoinTable = (i16)pE2->iTable;
+  }
+  *ppWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, *ppWhere, pEq);
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the EP_FromJoin property on all terms of the given expression.
+** And set the Expr.iRightJoinTable to iTable for every term in the
+** expression.
+**
+** The EP_FromJoin property is used on terms of an expression to tell
+** the LEFT OUTER JOIN processing logic that this term is part of the
+** join restriction specified in the ON or USING clause and not a part
+** of the more general WHERE clause.  These terms are moved over to the
+** WHERE clause during join processing but we need to remember that they
+** originated in the ON or USING clause.
+**
+** The Expr.iRightJoinTable tells the WHERE clause processing that the
+** expression depends on table iRightJoinTable even if that table is not
+** explicitly mentioned in the expression.  That information is needed
+** for cases like this:
+**
+**    SELECT * FROM t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON t1.a=t2.b AND t1.x=5
+**
+** The where clause needs to defer the handling of the t1.x=5
+** term until after the t2 loop of the join.  In that way, a
+** NULL t2 row will be inserted whenever t1.x!=5.  If we do not
+** defer the handling of t1.x=5, it will be processed immediately
+** after the t1 loop and rows with t1.x!=5 will never appear in
+** the output, which is incorrect.
+*/
+static void setJoinExpr(Expr *p, int iTable){
+  while( p ){
+    ExprSetProperty(p, EP_FromJoin);
+    assert( !ExprHasAnyProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) );
+    ExprSetIrreducible(p);
+    p->iRightJoinTable = (i16)iTable;
+    setJoinExpr(p->pLeft, iTable);
+    p = p->pRight;
+  } 
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine processes the join information for a SELECT statement.
+** ON and USING clauses are converted into extra terms of the WHERE clause.
+** NATURAL joins also create extra WHERE clause terms.
+**
+** The terms of a FROM clause are contained in the Select.pSrc structure.
+** The left most table is the first entry in Select.pSrc.  The right-most
+** table is the last entry.  The join operator is held in the entry to
+** the left.  Thus entry 0 contains the join operator for the join between
+** entries 0 and 1.  Any ON or USING clauses associated with the join are
+** also attached to the left entry.
+**
+** This routine returns the number of errors encountered.
+*/
+static int sqliteProcessJoin(Parse *pParse, Select *p){
+  SrcList *pSrc;                  /* All tables in the FROM clause */
+  int i, j;                       /* Loop counters */
+  struct SrcList_item *pLeft;     /* Left table being joined */
+  struct SrcList_item *pRight;    /* Right table being joined */
+
+  pSrc = p->pSrc;
+  pLeft = &pSrc->a[0];
+  pRight = &pLeft[1];
+  for(i=0; i<pSrc->nSrc-1; i++, pRight++, pLeft++){
+    Table *pLeftTab = pLeft->pTab;
+    Table *pRightTab = pRight->pTab;
+    int isOuter;
+
+    if( NEVER(pLeftTab==0 || pRightTab==0) ) continue;
+    isOuter = (pRight->jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0;
+
+    /* When the NATURAL keyword is present, add WHERE clause terms for
+    ** every column that the two tables have in common.
+    */
+    if( pRight->jointype & JT_NATURAL ){
+      if( pRight->pOn || pRight->pUsing ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a NATURAL join may not have "
+           "an ON or USING clause", 0);
+        return 1;
+      }
+      for(j=0; j<pRightTab->nCol; j++){
+        char *zName;   /* Name of column in the right table */
+        int iLeft;     /* Matching left table */
+        int iLeftCol;  /* Matching column in the left table */
+
+        zName = pRightTab->aCol[j].zName;
+        if( tableAndColumnIndex(pSrc, i+1, zName, &iLeft, &iLeftCol) ){
+          addWhereTerm(pParse, pSrc, iLeft, iLeftCol, i+1, j,
+                       isOuter, &p->pWhere);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Disallow both ON and USING clauses in the same join
+    */
+    if( pRight->pOn && pRight->pUsing ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot have both ON and USING "
+        "clauses in the same join");
+      return 1;
+    }
+
+    /* Add the ON clause to the end of the WHERE clause, connected by
+    ** an AND operator.
+    */
+    if( pRight->pOn ){
+      if( isOuter ) setJoinExpr(pRight->pOn, pRight->iCursor);
+      p->pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(pParse->db, p->pWhere, pRight->pOn);
+      pRight->pOn = 0;
+    }
+
+    /* Create extra terms on the WHERE clause for each column named
+    ** in the USING clause.  Example: If the two tables to be joined are 
+    ** A and B and the USING clause names X, Y, and Z, then add this
+    ** to the WHERE clause:    A.X=B.X AND A.Y=B.Y AND A.Z=B.Z
+    ** Report an error if any column mentioned in the USING clause is
+    ** not contained in both tables to be joined.
+    */
+    if( pRight->pUsing ){
+      IdList *pList = pRight->pUsing;
+      for(j=0; j<pList->nId; j++){
+        char *zName;     /* Name of the term in the USING clause */
+        int iLeft;       /* Table on the left with matching column name */
+        int iLeftCol;    /* Column number of matching column on the left */
+        int iRightCol;   /* Column number of matching column on the right */
+
+        zName = pList->a[j].zName;
+        iRightCol = columnIndex(pRightTab, zName);
+        if( iRightCol<0
+         || !tableAndColumnIndex(pSrc, i+1, zName, &iLeft, &iLeftCol)
+        ){
+          sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot join using column %s - column "
+            "not present in both tables", zName);
+          return 1;
+        }
+        addWhereTerm(pParse, pSrc, iLeft, iLeftCol, i+1, iRightCol,
+                     isOuter, &p->pWhere);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Insert code into "v" that will push the record on the top of the
+** stack into the sorter.
+*/
+static void pushOntoSorter(
+  Parse *pParse,         /* Parser context */
+  ExprList *pOrderBy,    /* The ORDER BY clause */
+  Select *pSelect,       /* The whole SELECT statement */
+  int regData            /* Register holding data to be sorted */
+){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  int nExpr = pOrderBy->nExpr;
+  int regBase = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nExpr+2);
+  int regRecord = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+  int op;
+  sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
+  sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pOrderBy, regBase, 0);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sequence, pOrderBy->iECursor, regBase+nExpr);
+  sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, regData, regBase+nExpr+1, 1);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regBase, nExpr + 2, regRecord);
+  if( pSelect->selFlags & SF_UseSorter ){
+    op = OP_SorterInsert;
+  }else{
+    op = OP_IdxInsert;
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, op, pOrderBy->iECursor, regRecord);
+  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord);
+  sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regBase, nExpr+2);
+  if( pSelect->iLimit ){
+    int addr1, addr2;
+    int iLimit;
+    if( pSelect->iOffset ){
+      iLimit = pSelect->iOffset+1;
+    }else{
+      iLimit = pSelect->iLimit;
+    }
+    addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfZero, iLimit);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, iLimit, -1);
+    addr2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto);
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Last, pOrderBy->iECursor);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Delete, pOrderBy->iECursor);
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr2);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Add code to implement the OFFSET
+*/
+static void codeOffset(
+  Vdbe *v,          /* Generate code into this VM */
+  Select *p,        /* The SELECT statement being coded */
+  int iContinue     /* Jump here to skip the current record */
+){
+  if( p->iOffset && iContinue!=0 ){
+    int addr;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, p->iOffset, -1);
+    addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNeg, p->iOffset);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iContinue);
+    VdbeComment((v, "skip OFFSET records"));
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Add code that will check to make sure the N registers starting at iMem
+** form a distinct entry.  iTab is a sorting index that holds previously
+** seen combinations of the N values.  A new entry is made in iTab
+** if the current N values are new.
+**
+** A jump to addrRepeat is made and the N+1 values are popped from the
+** stack if the top N elements are not distinct.
+*/
+static void codeDistinct(
+  Parse *pParse,     /* Parsing and code generating context */
+  int iTab,          /* A sorting index used to test for distinctness */
+  int addrRepeat,    /* Jump to here if not distinct */
+  int N,             /* Number of elements */
+  int iMem           /* First element */
+){
+  Vdbe *v;
+  int r1;
+
+  v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iTab, addrRepeat, iMem, N);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, iMem, N, r1);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iTab, r1);
+  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+/*
+** Generate an error message when a SELECT is used within a subexpression
+** (example:  "a IN (SELECT * FROM table)") but it has more than 1 result
+** column.  We do this in a subroutine because the error used to occur
+** in multiple places.  (The error only occurs in one place now, but we
+** retain the subroutine to minimize code disruption.)
+*/
+static int checkForMultiColumnSelectError(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* Parse context. */
+  SelectDest *pDest,   /* Destination of SELECT results */
+  int nExpr            /* Number of result columns returned by SELECT */
+){
+  int eDest = pDest->eDest;
+  if( nExpr>1 && (eDest==SRT_Mem || eDest==SRT_Set) ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "only a single result allowed for "
+       "a SELECT that is part of an expression");
+    return 1;
+  }else{
+    return 0;
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** This routine generates the code for the inside of the inner loop
+** of a SELECT.
+**
+** If srcTab and nColumn are both zero, then the pEList expressions
+** are evaluated in order to get the data for this row.  If nColumn>0
+** then data is pulled from srcTab and pEList is used only to get the
+** datatypes for each column.
+*/
+static void selectInnerLoop(
+  Parse *pParse,          /* The parser context */
+  Select *p,              /* The complete select statement being coded */
+  ExprList *pEList,       /* List of values being extracted */
+  int srcTab,             /* Pull data from this table */
+  int nColumn,            /* Number of columns in the source table */
+  ExprList *pOrderBy,     /* If not NULL, sort results using this key */
+  int distinct,           /* If >=0, make sure results are distinct */
+  SelectDest *pDest,      /* How to dispose of the results */
+  int iContinue,          /* Jump here to continue with next row */
+  int iBreak              /* Jump here to break out of the inner loop */
+){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  int i;
+  int hasDistinct;        /* True if the DISTINCT keyword is present */
+  int regResult;              /* Start of memory holding result set */
+  int eDest = pDest->eDest;   /* How to dispose of results */
+  int iParm = pDest->iSDParm; /* First argument to disposal method */
+  int nResultCol;             /* Number of result columns */
+
+  assert( v );
+  if( NEVER(v==0) ) return;
+  assert( pEList!=0 );
+  hasDistinct = distinct>=0;
+  if( pOrderBy==0 && !hasDistinct ){
+    codeOffset(v, p, iContinue);
+  }
+
+  /* Pull the requested columns.
+  */
+  if( nColumn>0 ){
+    nResultCol = nColumn;
+  }else{
+    nResultCol = pEList->nExpr;
+  }
+  if( pDest->iSdst==0 ){
+    pDest->iSdst = pParse->nMem+1;
+    pDest->nSdst = nResultCol;
+    pParse->nMem += nResultCol;
+  }else{ 
+    assert( pDest->nSdst==nResultCol );
+  }
+  regResult = pDest->iSdst;
+  if( nColumn>0 ){
+    for(i=0; i<nColumn; i++){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, i, regResult+i);
+    }
+  }else if( eDest!=SRT_Exists ){
+    /* If the destination is an EXISTS(...) expression, the actual
+    ** values returned by the SELECT are not required.
+    */
+    sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
+    sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pEList, regResult, eDest==SRT_Output);
+  }
+  nColumn = nResultCol;
+
+  /* If the DISTINCT keyword was present on the SELECT statement
+  ** and this row has been seen before, then do not make this row
+  ** part of the result.
+  */
+  if( hasDistinct ){
+    assert( pEList!=0 );
+    assert( pEList->nExpr==nColumn );
+    codeDistinct(pParse, distinct, iContinue, nColumn, regResult);
+    if( pOrderBy==0 ){
+      codeOffset(v, p, iContinue);
+    }
+  }
+
+  switch( eDest ){
+    /* In this mode, write each query result to the key of the temporary
+    ** table iParm.
+    */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
+    case SRT_Union: {
+      int r1;
+      r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, nColumn, r1);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, r1);
+      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /* Construct a record from the query result, but instead of
+    ** saving that record, use it as a key to delete elements from
+    ** the temporary table iParm.
+    */
+    case SRT_Except: {
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxDelete, iParm, regResult, nColumn);
+      break;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    /* Store the result as data using a unique key.
+    */
+    case SRT_Table:
+    case SRT_EphemTab: {
+      int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+      testcase( eDest==SRT_Table );
+      testcase( eDest==SRT_EphemTab );
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, nColumn, r1);
+      if( pOrderBy ){
+        pushOntoSorter(pParse, pOrderBy, p, r1);
+      }else{
+        int r2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iParm, r2);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iParm, r1, r2);
+        sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND);
+        sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r2);
+      }
+      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
+      break;
+    }
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+    /* If we are creating a set for an "expr IN (SELECT ...)" construct,
+    ** then there should be a single item on the stack.  Write this
+    ** item into the set table with bogus data.
+    */
+    case SRT_Set: {
+      assert( nColumn==1 );
+      p->affinity = sqlite3CompareAffinity(pEList->a[0].pExpr, pDest->affSdst);
+      if( pOrderBy ){
+        /* At first glance you would think we could optimize out the
+        ** ORDER BY in this case since the order of entries in the set
+        ** does not matter.  But there might be a LIMIT clause, in which
+        ** case the order does matter */
+        pushOntoSorter(pParse, pOrderBy, p, regResult);
+      }else{
+        int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, 1, r1, &p->affinity, 1);
+        sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regResult, 1);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, r1);
+        sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /* If any row exist in the result set, record that fact and abort.
+    */
+    case SRT_Exists: {
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iParm);
+      /* The LIMIT clause will terminate the loop for us */
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /* If this is a scalar select that is part of an expression, then
+    ** store the results in the appropriate memory cell and break out
+    ** of the scan loop.
+    */
+    case SRT_Mem: {
+      assert( nColumn==1 );
+      if( pOrderBy ){
+        pushOntoSorter(pParse, pOrderBy, p, regResult);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, regResult, iParm, 1);
+        /* The LIMIT clause will jump out of the loop for us */
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */
+
+    /* Send the data to the callback function or to a subroutine.  In the
+    ** case of a subroutine, the subroutine itself is responsible for
+    ** popping the data from the stack.
+    */
+    case SRT_Coroutine:
+    case SRT_Output: {
+      testcase( eDest==SRT_Coroutine );
+      testcase( eDest==SRT_Output );
+      if( pOrderBy ){
+        int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, nColumn, r1);
+        pushOntoSorter(pParse, pOrderBy, p, r1);
+        sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
+      }else if( eDest==SRT_Coroutine ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, pDest->iSDParm);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, regResult, nColumn);
+        sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regResult, nColumn);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
+    /* Discard the results.  This is used for SELECT statements inside
+    ** the body of a TRIGGER.  The purpose of such selects is to call
+    ** user-defined functions that have side effects.  We do not care
+    ** about the actual results of the select.
+    */
+    default: {
+      assert( eDest==SRT_Discard );
+      break;
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+
+  /* Jump to the end of the loop if the LIMIT is reached.  Except, if
+  ** there is a sorter, in which case the sorter has already limited
+  ** the output for us.
+  */
+  if( pOrderBy==0 && p->iLimit ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfZero, p->iLimit, iBreak, -1);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Given an expression list, generate a KeyInfo structure that records
+** the collating sequence for each expression in that expression list.
+**
+** If the ExprList is an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause then the resulting
+** KeyInfo structure is appropriate for initializing a virtual index to
+** implement that clause.  If the ExprList is the result set of a SELECT
+** then the KeyInfo structure is appropriate for initializing a virtual
+** index to implement a DISTINCT test.
+**
+** Space to hold the KeyInfo structure is obtain from malloc.  The calling
+** function is responsible for seeing that this structure is eventually
+** freed.  Add the KeyInfo structure to the P4 field of an opcode using
+** P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF is the usual way of dealing with this.
+*/
+static KeyInfo *keyInfoFromExprList(Parse *pParse, ExprList *pList){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  int nExpr;
+  KeyInfo *pInfo;
+  struct ExprList_item *pItem;
+  int i;
+
+  nExpr = pList->nExpr;
+  pInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pInfo) + nExpr*(sizeof(CollSeq*)+1) );
+  if( pInfo ){
+    pInfo->aSortOrder = (u8*)&pInfo->aColl[nExpr];
+    pInfo->nField = (u16)nExpr;
+    pInfo->enc = ENC(db);
+    pInfo->db = db;
+    for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; i<nExpr; i++, pItem++){
+      CollSeq *pColl;
+      pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pItem->pExpr);
+      if( !pColl ){
+        pColl = db->pDfltColl;
+      }
+      pInfo->aColl[i] = pColl;
+      pInfo->aSortOrder[i] = pItem->sortOrder;
+    }
+  }
+  return pInfo;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
+/*
+** Name of the connection operator, used for error messages.
+*/
+static const char *selectOpName(int id){
+  char *z;
+  switch( id ){
+    case TK_ALL:       z = "UNION ALL";   break;
+    case TK_INTERSECT: z = "INTERSECT";   break;
+    case TK_EXCEPT:    z = "EXCEPT";      break;
+    default:           z = "UNION";       break;
+  }
+  return z;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
+/*
+** Unless an "EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN" command is being processed, this function
+** is a no-op. Otherwise, it adds a single row of output to the EQP result,
+** where the caption is of the form:
+**
+**   "USE TEMP B-TREE FOR xxx"
+**
+** where xxx is one of "DISTINCT", "ORDER BY" or "GROUP BY". Exactly which
+** is determined by the zUsage argument.
+*/
+static void explainTempTable(Parse *pParse, const char *zUsage){
+  if( pParse->explain==2 ){
+    Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+    char *zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "USE TEMP B-TREE FOR %s", zUsage);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Explain, pParse->iSelectId, 0, 0, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Assign expression b to lvalue a. A second, no-op, version of this macro
+** is provided when SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN is defined. This allows the code
+** in sqlite3Select() to assign values to structure member variables that
+** only exist if SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN is not defined without polluting the
+** code with #ifndef directives.
+*/
+# define explainSetInteger(a, b) a = b
+
+#else
+/* No-op versions of the explainXXX() functions and macros. */
+# define explainTempTable(y,z)
+# define explainSetInteger(y,z)
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT)
+/*
+** Unless an "EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN" command is being processed, this function
+** is a no-op. Otherwise, it adds a single row of output to the EQP result,
+** where the caption is of one of the two forms:
+**
+**   "COMPOSITE SUBQUERIES iSub1 and iSub2 (op)"
+**   "COMPOSITE SUBQUERIES iSub1 and iSub2 USING TEMP B-TREE (op)"
+**
+** where iSub1 and iSub2 are the integers passed as the corresponding
+** function parameters, and op is the text representation of the parameter
+** of the same name. The parameter "op" must be one of TK_UNION, TK_EXCEPT,
+** TK_INTERSECT or TK_ALL. The first form is used if argument bUseTmp is 
+** false, or the second form if it is true.
+*/
+static void explainComposite(
+  Parse *pParse,                  /* Parse context */
+  int op,                         /* One of TK_UNION, TK_EXCEPT etc. */
+  int iSub1,                      /* Subquery id 1 */
+  int iSub2,                      /* Subquery id 2 */
+  int bUseTmp                     /* True if a temp table was used */
+){
+  assert( op==TK_UNION || op==TK_EXCEPT || op==TK_INTERSECT || op==TK_ALL );
+  if( pParse->explain==2 ){
+    Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+    char *zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(
+        pParse->db, "COMPOUND SUBQUERIES %d AND %d %s(%s)", iSub1, iSub2,
+        bUseTmp?"USING TEMP B-TREE ":"", selectOpName(op)
+    );
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Explain, pParse->iSelectId, 0, 0, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC);
+  }
+}
+#else
+/* No-op versions of the explainXXX() functions and macros. */
+# define explainComposite(v,w,x,y,z)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** If the inner loop was generated using a non-null pOrderBy argument,
+** then the results were placed in a sorter.  After the loop is terminated
+** we need to run the sorter and output the results.  The following
+** routine generates the code needed to do that.
+*/
+static void generateSortTail(
+  Parse *pParse,    /* Parsing context */
+  Select *p,        /* The SELECT statement */
+  Vdbe *v,          /* Generate code into this VDBE */
+  int nColumn,      /* Number of columns of data */
+  SelectDest *pDest /* Write the sorted results here */
+){
+  int addrBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);     /* Jump here to exit loop */
+  int addrContinue = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);  /* Jump here for next cycle */
+  int addr;
+  int iTab;
+  int pseudoTab = 0;
+  ExprList *pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy;
+
+  int eDest = pDest->eDest;
+  int iParm = pDest->iSDParm;
+
+  int regRow;
+  int regRowid;
+
+  iTab = pOrderBy->iECursor;
+  regRow = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+  if( eDest==SRT_Output || eDest==SRT_Coroutine ){
+    pseudoTab = pParse->nTab++;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenPseudo, pseudoTab, regRow, nColumn);
+    regRowid = 0;
+  }else{
+    regRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+  }
+  if( p->selFlags & SF_UseSorter ){
+    int regSortOut = ++pParse->nMem;
+    int ptab2 = pParse->nTab++;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenPseudo, ptab2, regSortOut, pOrderBy->nExpr+2);
+    addr = 1 + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterSort, iTab, addrBreak);
+    codeOffset(v, p, addrContinue);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterData, iTab, regSortOut);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, ptab2, pOrderBy->nExpr+1, regRow);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_CLEARCACHE);
+  }else{
+    addr = 1 + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sort, iTab, addrBreak);
+    codeOffset(v, p, addrContinue);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iTab, pOrderBy->nExpr+1, regRow);
+  }
+  switch( eDest ){
+    case SRT_Table:
+    case SRT_EphemTab: {
+      testcase( eDest==SRT_Table );
+      testcase( eDest==SRT_EphemTab );
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iParm, regRowid);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iParm, regRow, regRowid);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND);
+      break;
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+    case SRT_Set: {
+      assert( nColumn==1 );
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regRow, 1, regRowid, &p->affinity, 1);
+      sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regRow, 1);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, regRowid);
+      break;
+    }
+    case SRT_Mem: {
+      assert( nColumn==1 );
+      sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, regRow, iParm, 1);
+      /* The LIMIT clause will terminate the loop for us */
+      break;
+    }
+#endif
+    default: {
+      int i;
+      assert( eDest==SRT_Output || eDest==SRT_Coroutine ); 
+      testcase( eDest==SRT_Output );
+      testcase( eDest==SRT_Coroutine );
+      for(i=0; i<nColumn; i++){
+        assert( regRow!=pDest->iSdst+i );
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, pseudoTab, i, pDest->iSdst+i);
+        if( i==0 ){
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_CLEARCACHE);
+        }
+      }
+      if( eDest==SRT_Output ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, pDest->iSdst, nColumn);
+        sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, pDest->iSdst, nColumn);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, pDest->iSDParm);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRow);
+  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRowid);
+
+  /* The bottom of the loop
+  */
+  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrContinue);
+  if( p->selFlags & SF_UseSorter ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterNext, iTab, addr);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iTab, addr);
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrBreak);
+  if( eDest==SRT_Output || eDest==SRT_Coroutine ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, pseudoTab, 0);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to a string containing the 'declaration type' of the
+** expression pExpr. The string may be treated as static by the caller.
+**
+** The declaration type is the exact datatype definition extracted from the
+** original CREATE TABLE statement if the expression is a column. The
+** declaration type for a ROWID field is INTEGER. Exactly when an expression
+** is considered a column can be complex in the presence of subqueries. The
+** result-set expression in all of the following SELECT statements is 
+** considered a column by this function.
+**
+**   SELECT col FROM tbl;
+**   SELECT (SELECT col FROM tbl;
+**   SELECT (SELECT col FROM tbl);
+**   SELECT abc FROM (SELECT col AS abc FROM tbl);
+** 
+** The declaration type for any expression other than a column is NULL.
+*/
+static const char *columnType(
+  NameContext *pNC, 
+  Expr *pExpr,
+  const char **pzOriginDb,
+  const char **pzOriginTab,
+  const char **pzOriginCol
+){
+  char const *zType = 0;
+  char const *zOriginDb = 0;
+  char const *zOriginTab = 0;
+  char const *zOriginCol = 0;
+  int j;
+  if( NEVER(pExpr==0) || pNC->pSrcList==0 ) return 0;
+
+  switch( pExpr->op ){
+    case TK_AGG_COLUMN:
+    case TK_COLUMN: {
+      /* The expression is a column. Locate the table the column is being
+      ** extracted from in NameContext.pSrcList. This table may be real
+      ** database table or a subquery.
+      */
+      Table *pTab = 0;            /* Table structure column is extracted from */
+      Select *pS = 0;             /* Select the column is extracted from */
+      int iCol = pExpr->iColumn;  /* Index of column in pTab */
+      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN );
+      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN );
+      while( pNC && !pTab ){
+        SrcList *pTabList = pNC->pSrcList;
+        for(j=0;j<pTabList->nSrc && pTabList->a[j].iCursor!=pExpr->iTable;j++);
+        if( j<pTabList->nSrc ){
+          pTab = pTabList->a[j].pTab;
+          pS = pTabList->a[j].pSelect;
+        }else{
+          pNC = pNC->pNext;
+        }
+      }
+
+      if( pTab==0 ){
+        /* At one time, code such as "SELECT new.x" within a trigger would
+        ** cause this condition to run.  Since then, we have restructured how
+        ** trigger code is generated and so this condition is no longer 
+        ** possible. However, it can still be true for statements like
+        ** the following:
+        **
+        **   CREATE TABLE t1(col INTEGER);
+        **   SELECT (SELECT t1.col) FROM FROM t1;
+        **
+        ** when columnType() is called on the expression "t1.col" in the 
+        ** sub-select. In this case, set the column type to NULL, even
+        ** though it should really be "INTEGER".
+        **
+        ** This is not a problem, as the column type of "t1.col" is never
+        ** used. When columnType() is called on the expression 
+        ** "(SELECT t1.col)", the correct type is returned (see the TK_SELECT
+        ** branch below.  */
+        break;
+      }
+
+      assert( pTab && pExpr->pTab==pTab );
+      if( pS ){
+        /* The "table" is actually a sub-select or a view in the FROM clause
+        ** of the SELECT statement. Return the declaration type and origin
+        ** data for the result-set column of the sub-select.
+        */
+        if( iCol>=0 && ALWAYS(iCol<pS->pEList->nExpr) ){
+          /* If iCol is less than zero, then the expression requests the
+          ** rowid of the sub-select or view. This expression is legal (see 
+          ** test case misc2.2.2) - it always evaluates to NULL.
+          */
+          NameContext sNC;
+          Expr *p = pS->pEList->a[iCol].pExpr;
+          sNC.pSrcList = pS->pSrc;
+          sNC.pNext = pNC;
+          sNC.pParse = pNC->pParse;
+          zType = columnType(&sNC, p, &zOriginDb, &zOriginTab, &zOriginCol); 
+        }
+      }else if( ALWAYS(pTab->pSchema) ){
+        /* A real table */
+        assert( !pS );
+        if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey;
+        assert( iCol==-1 || (iCol>=0 && iCol<pTab->nCol) );
+        if( iCol<0 ){
+          zType = "INTEGER";
+          zOriginCol = "rowid";
+        }else{
+          zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType;
+          zOriginCol = pTab->aCol[iCol].zName;
+        }
+        zOriginTab = pTab->zName;
+        if( pNC->pParse ){
+          int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pNC->pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
+          zOriginDb = pNC->pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName;
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+    case TK_SELECT: {
+      /* The expression is a sub-select. Return the declaration type and
+      ** origin info for the single column in the result set of the SELECT
+      ** statement.
+      */
+      NameContext sNC;
+      Select *pS = pExpr->x.pSelect;
+      Expr *p = pS->pEList->a[0].pExpr;
+      assert( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
+      sNC.pSrcList = pS->pSrc;
+      sNC.pNext = pNC;
+      sNC.pParse = pNC->pParse;
+      zType = columnType(&sNC, p, &zOriginDb, &zOriginTab, &zOriginCol); 
+      break;
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+  
+  if( pzOriginDb ){
+    assert( pzOriginTab && pzOriginCol );
+    *pzOriginDb = zOriginDb;
+    *pzOriginTab = zOriginTab;
+    *pzOriginCol = zOriginCol;
+  }
+  return zType;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code that will tell the VDBE the declaration types of columns
+** in the result set.
+*/
+static void generateColumnTypes(
+  Parse *pParse,      /* Parser context */
+  SrcList *pTabList,  /* List of tables */
+  ExprList *pEList    /* Expressions defining the result set */
+){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  int i;
+  NameContext sNC;
+  sNC.pSrcList = pTabList;
+  sNC.pParse = pParse;
+  for(i=0; i<pEList->nExpr; i++){
+    Expr *p = pEList->a[i].pExpr;
+    const char *zType;
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
+    const char *zOrigDb = 0;
+    const char *zOrigTab = 0;
+    const char *zOrigCol = 0;
+    zType = columnType(&sNC, p, &zOrigDb, &zOrigTab, &zOrigCol);
+
+    /* The vdbe must make its own copy of the column-type and other 
+    ** column specific strings, in case the schema is reset before this
+    ** virtual machine is deleted.
+    */
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_DATABASE, zOrigDb, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_TABLE, zOrigTab, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_COLUMN, zOrigCol, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+#else
+    zType = columnType(&sNC, p, 0, 0, 0);
+#endif
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_DECLTYPE, zType, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+  }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE */
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code that will tell the VDBE the names of columns
+** in the result set.  This information is used to provide the
+** azCol[] values in the callback.
+*/
+static void generateColumnNames(
+  Parse *pParse,      /* Parser context */
+  SrcList *pTabList,  /* List of tables */
+  ExprList *pEList    /* Expressions defining the result set */
+){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  int i, j;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  int fullNames, shortNames;
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
+  /* If this is an EXPLAIN, skip this step */
+  if( pParse->explain ){
+    return;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  if( pParse->colNamesSet || NEVER(v==0) || db->mallocFailed ) return;
+  pParse->colNamesSet = 1;
+  fullNames = (db->flags & SQLITE_FullColNames)!=0;
+  shortNames = (db->flags & SQLITE_ShortColNames)!=0;
+  sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, pEList->nExpr);
+  for(i=0; i<pEList->nExpr; i++){
+    Expr *p;
+    p = pEList->a[i].pExpr;
+    if( NEVER(p==0) ) continue;
+    if( pEList->a[i].zName ){
+      char *zName = pEList->a[i].zName;
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zName, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+    }else if( (p->op==TK_COLUMN || p->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN) && pTabList ){
+      Table *pTab;
+      char *zCol;
+      int iCol = p->iColumn;
+      for(j=0; ALWAYS(j<pTabList->nSrc); j++){
+        if( pTabList->a[j].iCursor==p->iTable ) break;
+      }
+      assert( j<pTabList->nSrc );
+      pTab = pTabList->a[j].pTab;
+      if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey;
+      assert( iCol==-1 || (iCol>=0 && iCol<pTab->nCol) );
+      if( iCol<0 ){
+        zCol = "rowid";
+      }else{
+        zCol = pTab->aCol[iCol].zName;
+      }
+      if( !shortNames && !fullNames ){
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, 
+            sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pEList->a[i].zSpan), SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
+      }else if( fullNames ){
+        char *zName = 0;
+        zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s.%s", pTab->zName, zCol);
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zName, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zCol, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+      }
+    }else{
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, 
+          sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pEList->a[i].zSpan), SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
+    }
+  }
+  generateColumnTypes(pParse, pTabList, pEList);
+}
+
+/*
+** Given a an expression list (which is really the list of expressions
+** that form the result set of a SELECT statement) compute appropriate
+** column names for a table that would hold the expression list.
+**
+** All column names will be unique.
+**
+** Only the column names are computed.  Column.zType, Column.zColl,
+** and other fields of Column are zeroed.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK on success.  If a memory allocation error occurs,
+** store NULL in *paCol and 0 in *pnCol and return SQLITE_NOMEM.
+*/
+static int selectColumnsFromExprList(
+  Parse *pParse,          /* Parsing context */
+  ExprList *pEList,       /* Expr list from which to derive column names */
+  int *pnCol,             /* Write the number of columns here */
+  Column **paCol          /* Write the new column list here */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;   /* Database connection */
+  int i, j;                   /* Loop counters */
+  int cnt;                    /* Index added to make the name unique */
+  Column *aCol, *pCol;        /* For looping over result columns */
+  int nCol;                   /* Number of columns in the result set */
+  Expr *p;                    /* Expression for a single result column */
+  char *zName;                /* Column name */
+  int nName;                  /* Size of name in zName[] */
+
+  if( pEList ){
+    nCol = pEList->nExpr;
+    aCol = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(aCol[0])*nCol);
+    testcase( aCol==0 );
+  }else{
+    nCol = 0;
+    aCol = 0;
+  }
+  *pnCol = nCol;
+  *paCol = aCol;
+
+  for(i=0, pCol=aCol; i<nCol; i++, pCol++){
+    /* Get an appropriate name for the column
+    */
+    p = pEList->a[i].pExpr;
+    assert( p->pRight==0 || ExprHasProperty(p->pRight, EP_IntValue)
+               || p->pRight->u.zToken==0 || p->pRight->u.zToken[0]!=0 );
+    if( (zName = pEList->a[i].zName)!=0 ){
+      /* If the column contains an "AS <name>" phrase, use <name> as the name */
+      zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zName);
+    }else{
+      Expr *pColExpr = p;  /* The expression that is the result column name */
+      Table *pTab;         /* Table associated with this expression */
+      while( pColExpr->op==TK_DOT ){
+        pColExpr = pColExpr->pRight;
+        assert( pColExpr!=0 );
+      }
+      if( pColExpr->op==TK_COLUMN && ALWAYS(pColExpr->pTab!=0) ){
+        /* For columns use the column name name */
+        int iCol = pColExpr->iColumn;
+        pTab = pColExpr->pTab;
+        if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey;
+        zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s",
+                 iCol>=0 ? pTab->aCol[iCol].zName : "rowid");
+      }else if( pColExpr->op==TK_ID ){
+        assert( !ExprHasProperty(pColExpr, EP_IntValue) );
+        zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", pColExpr->u.zToken);
+      }else{
+        /* Use the original text of the column expression as its name */
+        zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", pEList->a[i].zSpan);
+      }
+    }
+    if( db->mallocFailed ){
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, zName);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /* Make sure the column name is unique.  If the name is not unique,
+    ** append a integer to the name so that it becomes unique.
+    */
+    nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
+    for(j=cnt=0; j<i; j++){
+      if( sqlite3StrICmp(aCol[j].zName, zName)==0 ){
+        char *zNewName;
+        zName[nName] = 0;
+        zNewName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s:%d", zName, ++cnt);
+        sqlite3DbFree(db, zName);
+        zName = zNewName;
+        j = -1;
+        if( zName==0 ) break;
+      }
+    }
+    pCol->zName = zName;
+  }
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    for(j=0; j<i; j++){
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, aCol[j].zName);
+    }
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, aCol);
+    *paCol = 0;
+    *pnCol = 0;
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Add type and collation information to a column list based on
+** a SELECT statement.
+** 
+** The column list presumably came from selectColumnNamesFromExprList().
+** The column list has only names, not types or collations.  This
+** routine goes through and adds the types and collations.
+**
+** This routine requires that all identifiers in the SELECT
+** statement be resolved.
+*/
+static void selectAddColumnTypeAndCollation(
+  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing contexts */
+  int nCol,             /* Number of columns */
+  Column *aCol,         /* List of columns */
+  Select *pSelect       /* SELECT used to determine types and collations */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  NameContext sNC;
+  Column *pCol;
+  CollSeq *pColl;
+  int i;
+  Expr *p;
+  struct ExprList_item *a;
+
+  assert( pSelect!=0 );
+  assert( (pSelect->selFlags & SF_Resolved)!=0 );
+  assert( nCol==pSelect->pEList->nExpr || db->mallocFailed );
+  if( db->mallocFailed ) return;
+  memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
+  sNC.pSrcList = pSelect->pSrc;
+  a = pSelect->pEList->a;
+  for(i=0, pCol=aCol; i<nCol; i++, pCol++){
+    p = a[i].pExpr;
+    pCol->zType = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, columnType(&sNC, p, 0, 0, 0));
+    pCol->affinity = sqlite3ExprAffinity(p);
+    if( pCol->affinity==0 ) pCol->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
+    pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, p);
+    if( pColl ){
+      pCol->zColl = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pColl->zName);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Given a SELECT statement, generate a Table structure that describes
+** the result set of that SELECT.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(Parse *pParse, Select *pSelect){
+  Table *pTab;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  int savedFlags;
+
+  savedFlags = db->flags;
+  db->flags &= ~SQLITE_FullColNames;
+  db->flags |= SQLITE_ShortColNames;
+  sqlite3SelectPrep(pParse, pSelect, 0);
+  if( pParse->nErr ) return 0;
+  while( pSelect->pPrior ) pSelect = pSelect->pPrior;
+  db->flags = savedFlags;
+  pTab = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table) );
+  if( pTab==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  /* The sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect() is only used n contexts where lookaside
+  ** is disabled */
+  assert( db->lookaside.bEnabled==0 );
+  pTab->nRef = 1;
+  pTab->zName = 0;
+  pTab->nRowEst = 1000000;
+  selectColumnsFromExprList(pParse, pSelect->pEList, &pTab->nCol, &pTab->aCol);
+  selectAddColumnTypeAndCollation(pParse, pTab->nCol, pTab->aCol, pSelect);
+  pTab->iPKey = -1;
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pTab);
+    return 0;
+  }
+  return pTab;
+}
+
+/*
+** Get a VDBE for the given parser context.  Create a new one if necessary.
+** If an error occurs, return NULL and leave a message in pParse.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Vdbe *sqlite3GetVdbe(Parse *pParse){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  if( v==0 ){
+    v = pParse->pVdbe = sqlite3VdbeCreate(pParse->db);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
+    if( v ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Trace);
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+  return v;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Compute the iLimit and iOffset fields of the SELECT based on the
+** pLimit and pOffset expressions.  pLimit and pOffset hold the expressions
+** that appear in the original SQL statement after the LIMIT and OFFSET
+** keywords.  Or NULL if those keywords are omitted. iLimit and iOffset 
+** are the integer memory register numbers for counters used to compute 
+** the limit and offset.  If there is no limit and/or offset, then 
+** iLimit and iOffset are negative.
+**
+** This routine changes the values of iLimit and iOffset only if
+** a limit or offset is defined by pLimit and pOffset.  iLimit and
+** iOffset should have been preset to appropriate default values
+** (usually but not always -1) prior to calling this routine.
+** Only if pLimit!=0 or pOffset!=0 do the limit registers get
+** redefined.  The UNION ALL operator uses this property to force
+** the reuse of the same limit and offset registers across multiple
+** SELECT statements.
+*/
+static void computeLimitRegisters(Parse *pParse, Select *p, int iBreak){
+  Vdbe *v = 0;
+  int iLimit = 0;
+  int iOffset;
+  int addr1, n;
+  if( p->iLimit ) return;
+
+  /* 
+  ** "LIMIT -1" always shows all rows.  There is some
+  ** contraversy about what the correct behavior should be.
+  ** The current implementation interprets "LIMIT 0" to mean
+  ** no rows.
+  */
+  sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
+  assert( p->pOffset==0 || p->pLimit!=0 );
+  if( p->pLimit ){
+    p->iLimit = iLimit = ++pParse->nMem;
+    v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+    if( NEVER(v==0) ) return;  /* VDBE should have already been allocated */
+    if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p->pLimit, &n) ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, n, iLimit);
+      VdbeComment((v, "LIMIT counter"));
+      if( n==0 ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iBreak);
+      }else{
+        if( p->nSelectRow > (double)n ) p->nSelectRow = (double)n;
+      }
+    }else{
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, p->pLimit, iLimit);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, iLimit);
+      VdbeComment((v, "LIMIT counter"));
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfZero, iLimit, iBreak);
+    }
+    if( p->pOffset ){
+      p->iOffset = iOffset = ++pParse->nMem;
+      pParse->nMem++;   /* Allocate an extra register for limit+offset */
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, p->pOffset, iOffset);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, iOffset);
+      VdbeComment((v, "OFFSET counter"));
+      addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, iOffset);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, iOffset);
+      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Add, iLimit, iOffset, iOffset+1);
+      VdbeComment((v, "LIMIT+OFFSET"));
+      addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, iLimit);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -1, iOffset+1);
+      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
+/*
+** Return the appropriate collating sequence for the iCol-th column of
+** the result set for the compound-select statement "p".  Return NULL if
+** the column has no default collating sequence.
+**
+** The collating sequence for the compound select is taken from the
+** left-most term of the select that has a collating sequence.
+*/
+static CollSeq *multiSelectCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Select *p, int iCol){
+  CollSeq *pRet;
+  if( p->pPrior ){
+    pRet = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p->pPrior, iCol);
+  }else{
+    pRet = 0;
+  }
+  assert( iCol>=0 );
+  if( pRet==0 && iCol<p->pEList->nExpr ){
+    pRet = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, p->pEList->a[iCol].pExpr);
+  }
+  return pRet;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT */
+
+/* Forward reference */
+static int multiSelectOrderBy(
+  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing context */
+  Select *p,            /* The right-most of SELECTs to be coded */
+  SelectDest *pDest     /* What to do with query results */
+);
+
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
+/*
+** This routine is called to process a compound query form from
+** two or more separate queries using UNION, UNION ALL, EXCEPT, or
+** INTERSECT
+**
+** "p" points to the right-most of the two queries.  the query on the
+** left is p->pPrior.  The left query could also be a compound query
+** in which case this routine will be called recursively. 
+**
+** The results of the total query are to be written into a destination
+** of type eDest with parameter iParm.
+**
+** Example 1:  Consider a three-way compound SQL statement.
+**
+**     SELECT a FROM t1 UNION SELECT b FROM t2 UNION SELECT c FROM t3
+**
+** This statement is parsed up as follows:
+**
+**     SELECT c FROM t3
+**      |
+**      `----->  SELECT b FROM t2
+**                |
+**                `------>  SELECT a FROM t1
+**
+** The arrows in the diagram above represent the Select.pPrior pointer.
+** So if this routine is called with p equal to the t3 query, then
+** pPrior will be the t2 query.  p->op will be TK_UNION in this case.
+**
+** Notice that because of the way SQLite parses compound SELECTs, the
+** individual selects always group from left to right.
+*/
+static int multiSelect(
+  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing context */
+  Select *p,            /* The right-most of SELECTs to be coded */
+  SelectDest *pDest     /* What to do with query results */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;   /* Success code from a subroutine */
+  Select *pPrior;       /* Another SELECT immediately to our left */
+  Vdbe *v;              /* Generate code to this VDBE */
+  SelectDest dest;      /* Alternative data destination */
+  Select *pDelete = 0;  /* Chain of simple selects to delete */
+  sqlite3 *db;          /* Database connection */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
+  int iSub1;            /* EQP id of left-hand query */
+  int iSub2;            /* EQP id of right-hand query */
+#endif
+
+  /* Make sure there is no ORDER BY or LIMIT clause on prior SELECTs.  Only
+  ** the last (right-most) SELECT in the series may have an ORDER BY or LIMIT.
+  */
+  assert( p && p->pPrior );  /* Calling function guarantees this much */
+  db = pParse->db;
+  pPrior = p->pPrior;
+  assert( pPrior->pRightmost!=pPrior );
+  assert( pPrior->pRightmost==p->pRightmost );
+  dest = *pDest;
+  if( pPrior->pOrderBy ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"ORDER BY clause should come after %s not before",
+      selectOpName(p->op));
+    rc = 1;
+    goto multi_select_end;
+  }
+  if( pPrior->pLimit ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"LIMIT clause should come after %s not before",
+      selectOpName(p->op));
+    rc = 1;
+    goto multi_select_end;
+  }
+
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  assert( v!=0 );  /* The VDBE already created by calling function */
+
+  /* Create the destination temporary table if necessary
+  */
+  if( dest.eDest==SRT_EphemTab ){
+    assert( p->pEList );
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, dest.iSDParm, p->pEList->nExpr);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, BTREE_UNORDERED);
+    dest.eDest = SRT_Table;
+  }
+
+  /* Make sure all SELECTs in the statement have the same number of elements
+  ** in their result sets.
+  */
+  assert( p->pEList && pPrior->pEList );
+  if( p->pEList->nExpr!=pPrior->pEList->nExpr ){
+    if( p->selFlags & SF_Values ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "all VALUES must have the same number of terms");
+    }else{
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "SELECTs to the left and right of %s"
+        " do not have the same number of result columns", selectOpName(p->op));
+    }
+    rc = 1;
+    goto multi_select_end;
+  }
+
+  /* Compound SELECTs that have an ORDER BY clause are handled separately.
+  */
+  if( p->pOrderBy ){
+    return multiSelectOrderBy(pParse, p, pDest);
+  }
+
+  /* Generate code for the left and right SELECT statements.
+  */
+  switch( p->op ){
+    case TK_ALL: {
+      int addr = 0;
+      int nLimit;
+      assert( !pPrior->pLimit );
+      pPrior->pLimit = p->pLimit;
+      pPrior->pOffset = p->pOffset;
+      explainSetInteger(iSub1, pParse->iNextSelectId);
+      rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &dest);
+      p->pLimit = 0;
+      p->pOffset = 0;
+      if( rc ){
+        goto multi_select_end;
+      }
+      p->pPrior = 0;
+      p->iLimit = pPrior->iLimit;
+      p->iOffset = pPrior->iOffset;
+      if( p->iLimit ){
+        addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfZero, p->iLimit);
+        VdbeComment((v, "Jump ahead if LIMIT reached"));
+      }
+      explainSetInteger(iSub2, pParse->iNextSelectId);
+      rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &dest);
+      testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+      pDelete = p->pPrior;
+      p->pPrior = pPrior;
+      p->nSelectRow += pPrior->nSelectRow;
+      if( pPrior->pLimit
+       && sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pPrior->pLimit, &nLimit)
+       && p->nSelectRow > (double)nLimit 
+      ){
+        p->nSelectRow = (double)nLimit;
+      }
+      if( addr ){
+        sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_EXCEPT:
+    case TK_UNION: {
+      int unionTab;    /* Cursor number of the temporary table holding result */
+      u8 op = 0;       /* One of the SRT_ operations to apply to self */
+      int priorOp;     /* The SRT_ operation to apply to prior selects */
+      Expr *pLimit, *pOffset; /* Saved values of p->nLimit and p->nOffset */
+      int addr;
+      SelectDest uniondest;
+
+      testcase( p->op==TK_EXCEPT );
+      testcase( p->op==TK_UNION );
+      priorOp = SRT_Union;
+      if( dest.eDest==priorOp && ALWAYS(!p->pLimit &&!p->pOffset) ){
+        /* We can reuse a temporary table generated by a SELECT to our
+        ** right.
+        */
+        assert( p->pRightmost!=p );  /* Can only happen for leftward elements
+                                     ** of a 3-way or more compound */
+        assert( p->pLimit==0 );      /* Not allowed on leftward elements */
+        assert( p->pOffset==0 );     /* Not allowed on leftward elements */
+        unionTab = dest.iSDParm;
+      }else{
+        /* We will need to create our own temporary table to hold the
+        ** intermediate results.
+        */
+        unionTab = pParse->nTab++;
+        assert( p->pOrderBy==0 );
+        addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, unionTab, 0);
+        assert( p->addrOpenEphm[0] == -1 );
+        p->addrOpenEphm[0] = addr;
+        p->pRightmost->selFlags |= SF_UsesEphemeral;
+        assert( p->pEList );
+      }
+
+      /* Code the SELECT statements to our left
+      */
+      assert( !pPrior->pOrderBy );
+      sqlite3SelectDestInit(&uniondest, priorOp, unionTab);
+      explainSetInteger(iSub1, pParse->iNextSelectId);
+      rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &uniondest);
+      if( rc ){
+        goto multi_select_end;
+      }
+
+      /* Code the current SELECT statement
+      */
+      if( p->op==TK_EXCEPT ){
+        op = SRT_Except;
+      }else{
+        assert( p->op==TK_UNION );
+        op = SRT_Union;
+      }
+      p->pPrior = 0;
+      pLimit = p->pLimit;
+      p->pLimit = 0;
+      pOffset = p->pOffset;
+      p->pOffset = 0;
+      uniondest.eDest = op;
+      explainSetInteger(iSub2, pParse->iNextSelectId);
+      rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &uniondest);
+      testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+      /* Query flattening in sqlite3Select() might refill p->pOrderBy.
+      ** Be sure to delete p->pOrderBy, therefore, to avoid a memory leak. */
+      sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pOrderBy);
+      pDelete = p->pPrior;
+      p->pPrior = pPrior;
+      p->pOrderBy = 0;
+      if( p->op==TK_UNION ) p->nSelectRow += pPrior->nSelectRow;
+      sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit);
+      p->pLimit = pLimit;
+      p->pOffset = pOffset;
+      p->iLimit = 0;
+      p->iOffset = 0;
+
+      /* Convert the data in the temporary table into whatever form
+      ** it is that we currently need.
+      */
+      assert( unionTab==dest.iSDParm || dest.eDest!=priorOp );
+      if( dest.eDest!=priorOp ){
+        int iCont, iBreak, iStart;
+        assert( p->pEList );
+        if( dest.eDest==SRT_Output ){
+          Select *pFirst = p;
+          while( pFirst->pPrior ) pFirst = pFirst->pPrior;
+          generateColumnNames(pParse, 0, pFirst->pEList);
+        }
+        iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+        iCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+        computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, iBreak);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, unionTab, iBreak);
+        iStart = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+        selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, unionTab, p->pEList->nExpr,
+                        0, -1, &dest, iCont, iBreak);
+        sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iCont);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, unionTab, iStart);
+        sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iBreak);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, unionTab, 0);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    default: assert( p->op==TK_INTERSECT ); {
+      int tab1, tab2;
+      int iCont, iBreak, iStart;
+      Expr *pLimit, *pOffset;
+      int addr;
+      SelectDest intersectdest;
+      int r1;
+
+      /* INTERSECT is different from the others since it requires
+      ** two temporary tables.  Hence it has its own case.  Begin
+      ** by allocating the tables we will need.
+      */
+      tab1 = pParse->nTab++;
+      tab2 = pParse->nTab++;
+      assert( p->pOrderBy==0 );
+
+      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, tab1, 0);
+      assert( p->addrOpenEphm[0] == -1 );
+      p->addrOpenEphm[0] = addr;
+      p->pRightmost->selFlags |= SF_UsesEphemeral;
+      assert( p->pEList );
+
+      /* Code the SELECTs to our left into temporary table "tab1".
+      */
+      sqlite3SelectDestInit(&intersectdest, SRT_Union, tab1);
+      explainSetInteger(iSub1, pParse->iNextSelectId);
+      rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &intersectdest);
+      if( rc ){
+        goto multi_select_end;
+      }
+
+      /* Code the current SELECT into temporary table "tab2"
+      */
+      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, tab2, 0);
+      assert( p->addrOpenEphm[1] == -1 );
+      p->addrOpenEphm[1] = addr;
+      p->pPrior = 0;
+      pLimit = p->pLimit;
+      p->pLimit = 0;
+      pOffset = p->pOffset;
+      p->pOffset = 0;
+      intersectdest.iSDParm = tab2;
+      explainSetInteger(iSub2, pParse->iNextSelectId);
+      rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &intersectdest);
+      testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+      pDelete = p->pPrior;
+      p->pPrior = pPrior;
+      if( p->nSelectRow>pPrior->nSelectRow ) p->nSelectRow = pPrior->nSelectRow;
+      sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit);
+      p->pLimit = pLimit;
+      p->pOffset = pOffset;
+
+      /* Generate code to take the intersection of the two temporary
+      ** tables.
+      */
+      assert( p->pEList );
+      if( dest.eDest==SRT_Output ){
+        Select *pFirst = p;
+        while( pFirst->pPrior ) pFirst = pFirst->pPrior;
+        generateColumnNames(pParse, 0, pFirst->pEList);
+      }
+      iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      iCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, iBreak);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, tab1, iBreak);
+      r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+      iStart = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowKey, tab1, r1);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, tab2, iCont, r1, 0);
+      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
+      selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, tab1, p->pEList->nExpr,
+                      0, -1, &dest, iCont, iBreak);
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iCont);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, tab1, iStart);
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iBreak);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, tab2, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, tab1, 0);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  explainComposite(pParse, p->op, iSub1, iSub2, p->op!=TK_ALL);
+
+  /* Compute collating sequences used by 
+  ** temporary tables needed to implement the compound select.
+  ** Attach the KeyInfo structure to all temporary tables.
+  **
+  ** This section is run by the right-most SELECT statement only.
+  ** SELECT statements to the left always skip this part.  The right-most
+  ** SELECT might also skip this part if it has no ORDER BY clause and
+  ** no temp tables are required.
+  */
+  if( p->selFlags & SF_UsesEphemeral ){
+    int i;                        /* Loop counter */
+    KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;            /* Collating sequence for the result set */
+    Select *pLoop;                /* For looping through SELECT statements */
+    CollSeq **apColl;             /* For looping through pKeyInfo->aColl[] */
+    int nCol;                     /* Number of columns in result set */
+
+    assert( p->pRightmost==p );
+    nCol = p->pEList->nExpr;
+    pKeyInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db,
+                       sizeof(*pKeyInfo)+nCol*(sizeof(CollSeq*) + 1));
+    if( !pKeyInfo ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      goto multi_select_end;
+    }
+
+    pKeyInfo->enc = ENC(db);
+    pKeyInfo->nField = (u16)nCol;
+
+    for(i=0, apColl=pKeyInfo->aColl; i<nCol; i++, apColl++){
+      *apColl = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p, i);
+      if( 0==*apColl ){
+        *apColl = db->pDfltColl;
+      }
+    }
+
+    for(pLoop=p; pLoop; pLoop=pLoop->pPrior){
+      for(i=0; i<2; i++){
+        int addr = pLoop->addrOpenEphm[i];
+        if( addr<0 ){
+          /* If [0] is unused then [1] is also unused.  So we can
+          ** always safely abort as soon as the first unused slot is found */
+          assert( pLoop->addrOpenEphm[1]<0 );
+          break;
+        }
+        sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr, nCol);
+        sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr, (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO);
+        pLoop->addrOpenEphm[i] = -1;
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pKeyInfo);
+  }
+
+multi_select_end:
+  pDest->iSdst = dest.iSdst;
+  pDest->nSdst = dest.nSdst;
+  sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pDelete);
+  return rc;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT */
+
+/*
+** Code an output subroutine for a coroutine implementation of a
+** SELECT statment.
+**
+** The data to be output is contained in pIn->iSdst.  There are
+** pIn->nSdst columns to be output.  pDest is where the output should
+** be sent.
+**
+** regReturn is the number of the register holding the subroutine
+** return address.
+**
+** If regPrev>0 then it is the first register in a vector that
+** records the previous output.  mem[regPrev] is a flag that is false
+** if there has been no previous output.  If regPrev>0 then code is
+** generated to suppress duplicates.  pKeyInfo is used for comparing
+** keys.
+**
+** If the LIMIT found in p->iLimit is reached, jump immediately to
+** iBreak.
+*/
+static int generateOutputSubroutine(
+  Parse *pParse,          /* Parsing context */
+  Select *p,              /* The SELECT statement */
+  SelectDest *pIn,        /* Coroutine supplying data */
+  SelectDest *pDest,      /* Where to send the data */
+  int regReturn,          /* The return address register */
+  int regPrev,            /* Previous result register.  No uniqueness if 0 */
+  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo,      /* For comparing with previous entry */
+  int p4type,             /* The p4 type for pKeyInfo */
+  int iBreak              /* Jump here if we hit the LIMIT */
+){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  int iContinue;
+  int addr;
+
+  addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+  iContinue = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+
+  /* Suppress duplicates for UNION, EXCEPT, and INTERSECT 
+  */
+  if( regPrev ){
+    int j1, j2;
+    j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, regPrev);
+    j2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Compare, pIn->iSdst, regPrev+1, pIn->nSdst,
+                              (char*)pKeyInfo, p4type);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, j2+2, iContinue, j2+2);
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
+    sqlite3ExprCodeCopy(pParse, pIn->iSdst, regPrev+1, pIn->nSdst);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, regPrev);
+  }
+  if( pParse->db->mallocFailed ) return 0;
+
+  /* Suppress the first OFFSET entries if there is an OFFSET clause
+  */
+  codeOffset(v, p, iContinue);
+
+  switch( pDest->eDest ){
+    /* Store the result as data using a unique key.
+    */
+    case SRT_Table:
+    case SRT_EphemTab: {
+      int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+      int r2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+      testcase( pDest->eDest==SRT_Table );
+      testcase( pDest->eDest==SRT_EphemTab );
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, pIn->iSdst, pIn->nSdst, r1);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, pDest->iSDParm, r2);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, pDest->iSDParm, r1, r2);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND);
+      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r2);
+      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
+      break;
+    }
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+    /* If we are creating a set for an "expr IN (SELECT ...)" construct,
+    ** then there should be a single item on the stack.  Write this
+    ** item into the set table with bogus data.
+    */
+    case SRT_Set: {
+      int r1;
+      assert( pIn->nSdst==1 );
+      p->affinity = 
+         sqlite3CompareAffinity(p->pEList->a[0].pExpr, pDest->affSdst);
+      r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, pIn->iSdst, 1, r1, &p->affinity, 1);
+      sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, pIn->iSdst, 1);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, pDest->iSDParm, r1);
+      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
+      break;
+    }
+
+#if 0  /* Never occurs on an ORDER BY query */
+    /* If any row exist in the result set, record that fact and abort.
+    */
+    case SRT_Exists: {
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, pDest->iSDParm);
+      /* The LIMIT clause will terminate the loop for us */
+      break;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    /* If this is a scalar select that is part of an expression, then
+    ** store the results in the appropriate memory cell and break out
+    ** of the scan loop.
+    */
+    case SRT_Mem: {
+      assert( pIn->nSdst==1 );
+      sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, pIn->iSdst, pDest->iSDParm, 1);
+      /* The LIMIT clause will jump out of the loop for us */
+      break;
+    }
+#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */
+
+    /* The results are stored in a sequence of registers
+    ** starting at pDest->iSdst.  Then the co-routine yields.
+    */
+    case SRT_Coroutine: {
+      if( pDest->iSdst==0 ){
+        pDest->iSdst = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pIn->nSdst);
+        pDest->nSdst = pIn->nSdst;
+      }
+      sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, pIn->iSdst, pDest->iSdst, pDest->nSdst);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, pDest->iSDParm);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /* If none of the above, then the result destination must be
+    ** SRT_Output.  This routine is never called with any other
+    ** destination other than the ones handled above or SRT_Output.
+    **
+    ** For SRT_Output, results are stored in a sequence of registers.  
+    ** Then the OP_ResultRow opcode is used to cause sqlite3_step() to
+    ** return the next row of result.
+    */
+    default: {
+      assert( pDest->eDest==SRT_Output );
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, pIn->iSdst, pIn->nSdst);
+      sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, pIn->iSdst, pIn->nSdst);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Jump to the end of the loop if the LIMIT is reached.
+  */
+  if( p->iLimit ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfZero, p->iLimit, iBreak, -1);
+  }
+
+  /* Generate the subroutine return
+  */
+  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iContinue);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regReturn);
+
+  return addr;
+}
+
+/*
+** Alternative compound select code generator for cases when there
+** is an ORDER BY clause.
+**
+** We assume a query of the following form:
+**
+**      <selectA>  <operator>  <selectB>  ORDER BY <orderbylist>
+**
+** <operator> is one of UNION ALL, UNION, EXCEPT, or INTERSECT.  The idea
+** is to code both <selectA> and <selectB> with the ORDER BY clause as
+** co-routines.  Then run the co-routines in parallel and merge the results
+** into the output.  In addition to the two coroutines (called selectA and
+** selectB) there are 7 subroutines:
+**
+**    outA:    Move the output of the selectA coroutine into the output
+**             of the compound query.
+**
+**    outB:    Move the output of the selectB coroutine into the output
+**             of the compound query.  (Only generated for UNION and
+**             UNION ALL.  EXCEPT and INSERTSECT never output a row that
+**             appears only in B.)
+**
+**    AltB:    Called when there is data from both coroutines and A<B.
+**
+**    AeqB:    Called when there is data from both coroutines and A==B.
+**
+**    AgtB:    Called when there is data from both coroutines and A>B.
+**
+**    EofA:    Called when data is exhausted from selectA.
+**
+**    EofB:    Called when data is exhausted from selectB.
+**
+** The implementation of the latter five subroutines depend on which 
+** <operator> is used:
+**
+**
+**             UNION ALL         UNION            EXCEPT          INTERSECT
+**          -------------  -----------------  --------------  -----------------
+**   AltB:   outA, nextA      outA, nextA       outA, nextA         nextA
+**
+**   AeqB:   outA, nextA         nextA             nextA         outA, nextA
+**
+**   AgtB:   outB, nextB      outB, nextB          nextB            nextB
+**
+**   EofA:   outB, nextB      outB, nextB          halt             halt
+**
+**   EofB:   outA, nextA      outA, nextA       outA, nextA         halt
+**
+** In the AltB, AeqB, and AgtB subroutines, an EOF on A following nextA
+** causes an immediate jump to EofA and an EOF on B following nextB causes
+** an immediate jump to EofB.  Within EofA and EofB, and EOF on entry or
+** following nextX causes a jump to the end of the select processing.
+**
+** Duplicate removal in the UNION, EXCEPT, and INTERSECT cases is handled
+** within the output subroutine.  The regPrev register set holds the previously
+** output value.  A comparison is made against this value and the output
+** is skipped if the next results would be the same as the previous.
+**
+** The implementation plan is to implement the two coroutines and seven
+** subroutines first, then put the control logic at the bottom.  Like this:
+**
+**          goto Init
+**     coA: coroutine for left query (A)
+**     coB: coroutine for right query (B)
+**    outA: output one row of A
+**    outB: output one row of B (UNION and UNION ALL only)
+**    EofA: ...
+**    EofB: ...
+**    AltB: ...
+**    AeqB: ...
+**    AgtB: ...
+**    Init: initialize coroutine registers
+**          yield coA
+**          if eof(A) goto EofA
+**          yield coB
+**          if eof(B) goto EofB
+**    Cmpr: Compare A, B
+**          Jump AltB, AeqB, AgtB
+**     End: ...
+**
+** We call AltB, AeqB, AgtB, EofA, and EofB "subroutines" but they are not
+** actually called using Gosub and they do not Return.  EofA and EofB loop
+** until all data is exhausted then jump to the "end" labe.  AltB, AeqB,
+** and AgtB jump to either L2 or to one of EofA or EofB.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
+static int multiSelectOrderBy(
+  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing context */
+  Select *p,            /* The right-most of SELECTs to be coded */
+  SelectDest *pDest     /* What to do with query results */
+){
+  int i, j;             /* Loop counters */
+  Select *pPrior;       /* Another SELECT immediately to our left */
+  Vdbe *v;              /* Generate code to this VDBE */
+  SelectDest destA;     /* Destination for coroutine A */
+  SelectDest destB;     /* Destination for coroutine B */
+  int regAddrA;         /* Address register for select-A coroutine */
+  int regEofA;          /* Flag to indicate when select-A is complete */
+  int regAddrB;         /* Address register for select-B coroutine */
+  int regEofB;          /* Flag to indicate when select-B is complete */
+  int addrSelectA;      /* Address of the select-A coroutine */
+  int addrSelectB;      /* Address of the select-B coroutine */
+  int regOutA;          /* Address register for the output-A subroutine */
+  int regOutB;          /* Address register for the output-B subroutine */
+  int addrOutA;         /* Address of the output-A subroutine */
+  int addrOutB = 0;     /* Address of the output-B subroutine */
+  int addrEofA;         /* Address of the select-A-exhausted subroutine */
+  int addrEofB;         /* Address of the select-B-exhausted subroutine */
+  int addrAltB;         /* Address of the A<B subroutine */
+  int addrAeqB;         /* Address of the A==B subroutine */
+  int addrAgtB;         /* Address of the A>B subroutine */
+  int regLimitA;        /* Limit register for select-A */
+  int regLimitB;        /* Limit register for select-A */
+  int regPrev;          /* A range of registers to hold previous output */
+  int savedLimit;       /* Saved value of p->iLimit */
+  int savedOffset;      /* Saved value of p->iOffset */
+  int labelCmpr;        /* Label for the start of the merge algorithm */
+  int labelEnd;         /* Label for the end of the overall SELECT stmt */
+  int j1;               /* Jump instructions that get retargetted */
+  int op;               /* One of TK_ALL, TK_UNION, TK_EXCEPT, TK_INTERSECT */
+  KeyInfo *pKeyDup = 0; /* Comparison information for duplicate removal */
+  KeyInfo *pKeyMerge;   /* Comparison information for merging rows */
+  sqlite3 *db;          /* Database connection */
+  ExprList *pOrderBy;   /* The ORDER BY clause */
+  int nOrderBy;         /* Number of terms in the ORDER BY clause */
+  int *aPermute;        /* Mapping from ORDER BY terms to result set columns */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
+  int iSub1;            /* EQP id of left-hand query */
+  int iSub2;            /* EQP id of right-hand query */
+#endif
+
+  assert( p->pOrderBy!=0 );
+  assert( pKeyDup==0 ); /* "Managed" code needs this.  Ticket #3382. */
+  db = pParse->db;
+  v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  assert( v!=0 );       /* Already thrown the error if VDBE alloc failed */
+  labelEnd = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+  labelCmpr = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+
+
+  /* Patch up the ORDER BY clause
+  */
+  op = p->op;  
+  pPrior = p->pPrior;
+  assert( pPrior->pOrderBy==0 );
+  pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy;
+  assert( pOrderBy );
+  nOrderBy = pOrderBy->nExpr;
+
+  /* For operators other than UNION ALL we have to make sure that
+  ** the ORDER BY clause covers every term of the result set.  Add
+  ** terms to the ORDER BY clause as necessary.
+  */
+  if( op!=TK_ALL ){
+    for(i=1; db->mallocFailed==0 && i<=p->pEList->nExpr; i++){
+      struct ExprList_item *pItem;
+      for(j=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; j<nOrderBy; j++, pItem++){
+        assert( pItem->iOrderByCol>0 );
+        if( pItem->iOrderByCol==i ) break;
+      }
+      if( j==nOrderBy ){
+        Expr *pNew = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_INTEGER, 0);
+        if( pNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+        pNew->flags |= EP_IntValue;
+        pNew->u.iValue = i;
+        pOrderBy = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pOrderBy, pNew);
+        if( pOrderBy ) pOrderBy->a[nOrderBy++].iOrderByCol = (u16)i;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Compute the comparison permutation and keyinfo that is used with
+  ** the permutation used to determine if the next
+  ** row of results comes from selectA or selectB.  Also add explicit
+  ** collations to the ORDER BY clause terms so that when the subqueries
+  ** to the right and the left are evaluated, they use the correct
+  ** collation.
+  */
+  aPermute = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int)*nOrderBy);
+  if( aPermute ){
+    struct ExprList_item *pItem;
+    for(i=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; i<nOrderBy; i++, pItem++){
+      assert( pItem->iOrderByCol>0  && pItem->iOrderByCol<=p->pEList->nExpr );
+      aPermute[i] = pItem->iOrderByCol - 1;
+    }
+    pKeyMerge =
+      sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(*pKeyMerge)+nOrderBy*(sizeof(CollSeq*)+1));
+    if( pKeyMerge ){
+      pKeyMerge->aSortOrder = (u8*)&pKeyMerge->aColl[nOrderBy];
+      pKeyMerge->nField = (u16)nOrderBy;
+      pKeyMerge->enc = ENC(db);
+      for(i=0; i<nOrderBy; i++){
+        CollSeq *pColl;
+        Expr *pTerm = pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr;
+        if( pTerm->flags & EP_ExpCollate ){
+          pColl = pTerm->pColl;
+        }else{
+          pColl = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p, aPermute[i]);
+          pTerm->flags |= EP_ExpCollate;
+          pTerm->pColl = pColl;
+        }
+        pKeyMerge->aColl[i] = pColl;
+        pKeyMerge->aSortOrder[i] = pOrderBy->a[i].sortOrder;
+      }
+    }
+  }else{
+    pKeyMerge = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* Reattach the ORDER BY clause to the query.
+  */
+  p->pOrderBy = pOrderBy;
+  pPrior->pOrderBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(pParse->db, pOrderBy, 0);
+
+  /* Allocate a range of temporary registers and the KeyInfo needed
+  ** for the logic that removes duplicate result rows when the
+  ** operator is UNION, EXCEPT, or INTERSECT (but not UNION ALL).
+  */
+  if( op==TK_ALL ){
+    regPrev = 0;
+  }else{
+    int nExpr = p->pEList->nExpr;
+    assert( nOrderBy>=nExpr || db->mallocFailed );
+    regPrev = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nExpr+1);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regPrev);
+    pKeyDup = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db,
+                  sizeof(*pKeyDup) + nExpr*(sizeof(CollSeq*)+1) );
+    if( pKeyDup ){
+      pKeyDup->aSortOrder = (u8*)&pKeyDup->aColl[nExpr];
+      pKeyDup->nField = (u16)nExpr;
+      pKeyDup->enc = ENC(db);
+      for(i=0; i<nExpr; i++){
+        pKeyDup->aColl[i] = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p, i);
+        pKeyDup->aSortOrder[i] = 0;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+ 
+  /* Separate the left and the right query from one another
+  */
+  p->pPrior = 0;
+  sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(pParse, p, p->pOrderBy, "ORDER");
+  if( pPrior->pPrior==0 ){
+    sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(pParse, pPrior, pPrior->pOrderBy, "ORDER");
+  }
+
+  /* Compute the limit registers */
+  computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, labelEnd);
+  if( p->iLimit && op==TK_ALL ){
+    regLimitA = ++pParse->nMem;
+    regLimitB = ++pParse->nMem;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, p->iOffset ? p->iOffset+1 : p->iLimit,
+                                  regLimitA);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, regLimitA, regLimitB);
+  }else{
+    regLimitA = regLimitB = 0;
+  }
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit);
+  p->pLimit = 0;
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pOffset);
+  p->pOffset = 0;
+
+  regAddrA = ++pParse->nMem;
+  regEofA = ++pParse->nMem;
+  regAddrB = ++pParse->nMem;
+  regEofB = ++pParse->nMem;
+  regOutA = ++pParse->nMem;
+  regOutB = ++pParse->nMem;
+  sqlite3SelectDestInit(&destA, SRT_Coroutine, regAddrA);
+  sqlite3SelectDestInit(&destB, SRT_Coroutine, regAddrB);
+
+  /* Jump past the various subroutines and coroutines to the main
+  ** merge loop
+  */
+  j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto);
+  addrSelectA = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+
+
+  /* Generate a coroutine to evaluate the SELECT statement to the
+  ** left of the compound operator - the "A" select.
+  */
+  VdbeNoopComment((v, "Begin coroutine for left SELECT"));
+  pPrior->iLimit = regLimitA;
+  explainSetInteger(iSub1, pParse->iNextSelectId);
+  sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &destA);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, regEofA);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, regAddrA);
+  VdbeNoopComment((v, "End coroutine for left SELECT"));
+
+  /* Generate a coroutine to evaluate the SELECT statement on 
+  ** the right - the "B" select
+  */
+  addrSelectB = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+  VdbeNoopComment((v, "Begin coroutine for right SELECT"));
+  savedLimit = p->iLimit;
+  savedOffset = p->iOffset;
+  p->iLimit = regLimitB;
+  p->iOffset = 0;  
+  explainSetInteger(iSub2, pParse->iNextSelectId);
+  sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &destB);
+  p->iLimit = savedLimit;
+  p->iOffset = savedOffset;
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, regEofB);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, regAddrB);
+  VdbeNoopComment((v, "End coroutine for right SELECT"));
+
+  /* Generate a subroutine that outputs the current row of the A
+  ** select as the next output row of the compound select.
+  */
+  VdbeNoopComment((v, "Output routine for A"));
+  addrOutA = generateOutputSubroutine(pParse,
+                 p, &destA, pDest, regOutA,
+                 regPrev, pKeyDup, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF, labelEnd);
+  
+  /* Generate a subroutine that outputs the current row of the B
+  ** select as the next output row of the compound select.
+  */
+  if( op==TK_ALL || op==TK_UNION ){
+    VdbeNoopComment((v, "Output routine for B"));
+    addrOutB = generateOutputSubroutine(pParse,
+                 p, &destB, pDest, regOutB,
+                 regPrev, pKeyDup, P4_KEYINFO_STATIC, labelEnd);
+  }
+
+  /* Generate a subroutine to run when the results from select A
+  ** are exhausted and only data in select B remains.
+  */
+  VdbeNoopComment((v, "eof-A subroutine"));
+  if( op==TK_EXCEPT || op==TK_INTERSECT ){
+    addrEofA = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, labelEnd);
+  }else{  
+    addrEofA = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_If, regEofB, labelEnd);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutB, addrOutB);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, regAddrB);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrEofA);
+    p->nSelectRow += pPrior->nSelectRow;
+  }
+
+  /* Generate a subroutine to run when the results from select B
+  ** are exhausted and only data in select A remains.
+  */
+  if( op==TK_INTERSECT ){
+    addrEofB = addrEofA;
+    if( p->nSelectRow > pPrior->nSelectRow ) p->nSelectRow = pPrior->nSelectRow;
+  }else{  
+    VdbeNoopComment((v, "eof-B subroutine"));
+    addrEofB = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_If, regEofA, labelEnd);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutA, addrOutA);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, regAddrA);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrEofB);
+  }
+
+  /* Generate code to handle the case of A<B
+  */
+  VdbeNoopComment((v, "A-lt-B subroutine"));
+  addrAltB = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutA, addrOutA);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, regAddrA);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_If, regEofA, addrEofA);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, labelCmpr);
+
+  /* Generate code to handle the case of A==B
+  */
+  if( op==TK_ALL ){
+    addrAeqB = addrAltB;
+  }else if( op==TK_INTERSECT ){
+    addrAeqB = addrAltB;
+    addrAltB++;
+  }else{
+    VdbeNoopComment((v, "A-eq-B subroutine"));
+    addrAeqB =
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, regAddrA);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_If, regEofA, addrEofA);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, labelCmpr);
+  }
+
+  /* Generate code to handle the case of A>B
+  */
+  VdbeNoopComment((v, "A-gt-B subroutine"));
+  addrAgtB = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+  if( op==TK_ALL || op==TK_UNION ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutB, addrOutB);
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, regAddrB);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_If, regEofB, addrEofB);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, labelCmpr);
+
+  /* This code runs once to initialize everything.
+  */
+  sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regEofA);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regEofB);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regAddrA, addrSelectA);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regAddrB, addrSelectB);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_If, regEofA, addrEofA);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_If, regEofB, addrEofB);
+
+  /* Implement the main merge loop
+  */
+  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelCmpr);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Permutation, 0, 0, 0, (char*)aPermute, P4_INTARRAY);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Compare, destA.iSdst, destB.iSdst, nOrderBy,
+                         (char*)pKeyMerge, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, addrAltB, addrAeqB, addrAgtB);
+
+  /* Release temporary registers
+  */
+  if( regPrev ){
+    sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regPrev, nOrderBy+1);
+  }
+
+  /* Jump to the this point in order to terminate the query.
+  */
+  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelEnd);
+
+  /* Set the number of output columns
+  */
+  if( pDest->eDest==SRT_Output ){
+    Select *pFirst = pPrior;
+    while( pFirst->pPrior ) pFirst = pFirst->pPrior;
+    generateColumnNames(pParse, 0, pFirst->pEList);
+  }
+
+  /* Reassembly the compound query so that it will be freed correctly
+  ** by the calling function */
+  if( p->pPrior ){
+    sqlite3SelectDelete(db, p->pPrior);
+  }
+  p->pPrior = pPrior;
+
+  /*** TBD:  Insert subroutine calls to close cursors on incomplete
+  **** subqueries ****/
+  explainComposite(pParse, p->op, iSub1, iSub2, 0);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW)
+/* Forward Declarations */
+static void substExprList(sqlite3*, ExprList*, int, ExprList*);
+static void substSelect(sqlite3*, Select *, int, ExprList *);
+
+/*
+** Scan through the expression pExpr.  Replace every reference to
+** a column in table number iTable with a copy of the iColumn-th
+** entry in pEList.  (But leave references to the ROWID column 
+** unchanged.)
+**
+** This routine is part of the flattening procedure.  A subquery
+** whose result set is defined by pEList appears as entry in the
+** FROM clause of a SELECT such that the VDBE cursor assigned to that
+** FORM clause entry is iTable.  This routine make the necessary 
+** changes to pExpr so that it refers directly to the source table
+** of the subquery rather the result set of the subquery.
+*/
+static Expr *substExpr(
+  sqlite3 *db,        /* Report malloc errors to this connection */
+  Expr *pExpr,        /* Expr in which substitution occurs */
+  int iTable,         /* Table to be substituted */
+  ExprList *pEList    /* Substitute expressions */
+){
+  if( pExpr==0 ) return 0;
+  if( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN && pExpr->iTable==iTable ){
+    if( pExpr->iColumn<0 ){
+      pExpr->op = TK_NULL;
+    }else{
+      Expr *pNew;
+      assert( pEList!=0 && pExpr->iColumn<pEList->nExpr );
+      assert( pExpr->pLeft==0 && pExpr->pRight==0 );
+      pNew = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pEList->a[pExpr->iColumn].pExpr, 0);
+      if( pNew && pExpr->pColl ){
+        pNew->pColl = pExpr->pColl;
+      }
+      sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr);
+      pExpr = pNew;
+    }
+  }else{
+    pExpr->pLeft = substExpr(db, pExpr->pLeft, iTable, pEList);
+    pExpr->pRight = substExpr(db, pExpr->pRight, iTable, pEList);
+    if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
+      substSelect(db, pExpr->x.pSelect, iTable, pEList);
+    }else{
+      substExprList(db, pExpr->x.pList, iTable, pEList);
+    }
+  }
+  return pExpr;
+}
+static void substExprList(
+  sqlite3 *db,         /* Report malloc errors here */
+  ExprList *pList,     /* List to scan and in which to make substitutes */
+  int iTable,          /* Table to be substituted */
+  ExprList *pEList     /* Substitute values */
+){
+  int i;
+  if( pList==0 ) return;
+  for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
+    pList->a[i].pExpr = substExpr(db, pList->a[i].pExpr, iTable, pEList);
+  }
+}
+static void substSelect(
+  sqlite3 *db,         /* Report malloc errors here */
+  Select *p,           /* SELECT statement in which to make substitutions */
+  int iTable,          /* Table to be replaced */
+  ExprList *pEList     /* Substitute values */
+){
+  SrcList *pSrc;
+  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
+  int i;
+  if( !p ) return;
+  substExprList(db, p->pEList, iTable, pEList);
+  substExprList(db, p->pGroupBy, iTable, pEList);
+  substExprList(db, p->pOrderBy, iTable, pEList);
+  p->pHaving = substExpr(db, p->pHaving, iTable, pEList);
+  p->pWhere = substExpr(db, p->pWhere, iTable, pEList);
+  substSelect(db, p->pPrior, iTable, pEList);
+  pSrc = p->pSrc;
+  assert( pSrc );  /* Even for (SELECT 1) we have: pSrc!=0 but pSrc->nSrc==0 */
+  if( ALWAYS(pSrc) ){
+    for(i=pSrc->nSrc, pItem=pSrc->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){
+      substSelect(db, pItem->pSelect, iTable, pEList);
+    }
+  }
+}
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) */
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW)
+/*
+** This routine attempts to flatten subqueries as a performance optimization.
+** This routine returns 1 if it makes changes and 0 if no flattening occurs.
+**
+** To understand the concept of flattening, consider the following
+** query:
+**
+**     SELECT a FROM (SELECT x+y AS a FROM t1 WHERE z<100) WHERE a>5
+**
+** The default way of implementing this query is to execute the
+** subquery first and store the results in a temporary table, then
+** run the outer query on that temporary table.  This requires two
+** passes over the data.  Furthermore, because the temporary table
+** has no indices, the WHERE clause on the outer query cannot be
+** optimized.
+**
+** This routine attempts to rewrite queries such as the above into
+** a single flat select, like this:
+**
+**     SELECT x+y AS a FROM t1 WHERE z<100 AND a>5
+**
+** The code generated for this simpification gives the same result
+** but only has to scan the data once.  And because indices might 
+** exist on the table t1, a complete scan of the data might be
+** avoided.
+**
+** Flattening is only attempted if all of the following are true:
+**
+**   (1)  The subquery and the outer query do not both use aggregates.
+**
+**   (2)  The subquery is not an aggregate or the outer query is not a join.
+**
+**   (3)  The subquery is not the right operand of a left outer join
+**        (Originally ticket #306.  Strengthened by ticket #3300)
+**
+**   (4)  The subquery is not DISTINCT.
+**
+**  (**)  At one point restrictions (4) and (5) defined a subset of DISTINCT
+**        sub-queries that were excluded from this optimization. Restriction 
+**        (4) has since been expanded to exclude all DISTINCT subqueries.
+**
+**   (6)  The subquery does not use aggregates or the outer query is not
+**        DISTINCT.
+**
+**   (7)  The subquery has a FROM clause.  TODO:  For subqueries without
+**        A FROM clause, consider adding a FROM close with the special
+**        table sqlite_once that consists of a single row containing a
+**        single NULL.
+**
+**   (8)  The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query is not a join.
+**
+**   (9)  The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query does not use
+**        aggregates.
+**
+**  (10)  The subquery does not use aggregates or the outer query does not
+**        use LIMIT.
+**
+**  (11)  The subquery and the outer query do not both have ORDER BY clauses.
+**
+**  (**)  Not implemented.  Subsumed into restriction (3).  Was previously
+**        a separate restriction deriving from ticket #350.
+**
+**  (13)  The subquery and outer query do not both use LIMIT.
+**
+**  (14)  The subquery does not use OFFSET.
+**
+**  (15)  The outer query is not part of a compound select or the
+**        subquery does not have a LIMIT clause.
+**        (See ticket #2339 and ticket [02a8e81d44]).
+**
+**  (16)  The outer query is not an aggregate or the subquery does
+**        not contain ORDER BY.  (Ticket #2942)  This used to not matter
+**        until we introduced the group_concat() function.  
+**
+**  (17)  The sub-query is not a compound select, or it is a UNION ALL 
+**        compound clause made up entirely of non-aggregate queries, and 
+**        the parent query:
+**
+**          * is not itself part of a compound select,
+**          * is not an aggregate or DISTINCT query, and
+**          * is not a join
+**
+**        The parent and sub-query may contain WHERE clauses. Subject to
+**        rules (11), (13) and (14), they may also contain ORDER BY,
+**        LIMIT and OFFSET clauses.  The subquery cannot use any compound
+**        operator other than UNION ALL because all the other compound
+**        operators have an implied DISTINCT which is disallowed by
+**        restriction (4).
+**
+**        Also, each component of the sub-query must return the same number
+**        of result columns. This is actually a requirement for any compound
+**        SELECT statement, but all the code here does is make sure that no
+**        such (illegal) sub-query is flattened. The caller will detect the
+**        syntax error and return a detailed message.
+**
+**  (18)  If the sub-query is a compound select, then all terms of the
+**        ORDER by clause of the parent must be simple references to 
+**        columns of the sub-query.
+**
+**  (19)  The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query does not
+**        have a WHERE clause.
+**
+**  (20)  If the sub-query is a compound select, then it must not use
+**        an ORDER BY clause.  Ticket #3773.  We could relax this constraint
+**        somewhat by saying that the terms of the ORDER BY clause must
+**        appear as unmodified result columns in the outer query.  But we
+**        have other optimizations in mind to deal with that case.
+**
+**  (21)  The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query is not
+**        DISTINCT.  (See ticket [752e1646fc]).
+**
+** In this routine, the "p" parameter is a pointer to the outer query.
+** The subquery is p->pSrc->a[iFrom].  isAgg is true if the outer query
+** uses aggregates and subqueryIsAgg is true if the subquery uses aggregates.
+**
+** If flattening is not attempted, this routine is a no-op and returns 0.
+** If flattening is attempted this routine returns 1.
+**
+** All of the expression analysis must occur on both the outer query and
+** the subquery before this routine runs.
+*/
+static int flattenSubquery(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* Parsing context */
+  Select *p,           /* The parent or outer SELECT statement */
+  int iFrom,           /* Index in p->pSrc->a[] of the inner subquery */
+  int isAgg,           /* True if outer SELECT uses aggregate functions */
+  int subqueryIsAgg    /* True if the subquery uses aggregate functions */
+){
+  const char *zSavedAuthContext = pParse->zAuthContext;
+  Select *pParent;
+  Select *pSub;       /* The inner query or "subquery" */
+  Select *pSub1;      /* Pointer to the rightmost select in sub-query */
+  SrcList *pSrc;      /* The FROM clause of the outer query */
+  SrcList *pSubSrc;   /* The FROM clause of the subquery */
+  ExprList *pList;    /* The result set of the outer query */
+  int iParent;        /* VDBE cursor number of the pSub result set temp table */
+  int i;              /* Loop counter */
+  Expr *pWhere;                    /* The WHERE clause */
+  struct SrcList_item *pSubitem;   /* The subquery */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+
+  /* Check to see if flattening is permitted.  Return 0 if not.
+  */
+  assert( p!=0 );
+  assert( p->pPrior==0 );  /* Unable to flatten compound queries */
+  if( db->flags & SQLITE_QueryFlattener ) return 0;
+  pSrc = p->pSrc;
+  assert( pSrc && iFrom>=0 && iFrom<pSrc->nSrc );
+  pSubitem = &pSrc->a[iFrom];
+  iParent = pSubitem->iCursor;
+  pSub = pSubitem->pSelect;
+  assert( pSub!=0 );
+  if( isAgg && subqueryIsAgg ) return 0;                 /* Restriction (1)  */
+  if( subqueryIsAgg && pSrc->nSrc>1 ) return 0;          /* Restriction (2)  */
+  pSubSrc = pSub->pSrc;
+  assert( pSubSrc );
+  /* Prior to version 3.1.2, when LIMIT and OFFSET had to be simple constants,
+  ** not arbitrary expresssions, we allowed some combining of LIMIT and OFFSET
+  ** because they could be computed at compile-time.  But when LIMIT and OFFSET
+  ** became arbitrary expressions, we were forced to add restrictions (13)
+  ** and (14). */
+  if( pSub->pLimit && p->pLimit ) return 0;              /* Restriction (13) */
+  if( pSub->pOffset ) return 0;                          /* Restriction (14) */
+  if( p->pRightmost && pSub->pLimit ){
+    return 0;                                            /* Restriction (15) */
+  }
+  if( pSubSrc->nSrc==0 ) return 0;                       /* Restriction (7)  */
+  if( pSub->selFlags & SF_Distinct ) return 0;           /* Restriction (5)  */
+  if( pSub->pLimit && (pSrc->nSrc>1 || isAgg) ){
+     return 0;         /* Restrictions (8)(9) */
+  }
+  if( (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0 && subqueryIsAgg ){
+     return 0;         /* Restriction (6)  */
+  }
+  if( p->pOrderBy && pSub->pOrderBy ){
+     return 0;                                           /* Restriction (11) */
+  }
+  if( isAgg && pSub->pOrderBy ) return 0;                /* Restriction (16) */
+  if( pSub->pLimit && p->pWhere ) return 0;              /* Restriction (19) */
+  if( pSub->pLimit && (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0 ){
+     return 0;         /* Restriction (21) */
+  }
+
+  /* OBSOLETE COMMENT 1:
+  ** Restriction 3:  If the subquery is a join, make sure the subquery is 
+  ** not used as the right operand of an outer join.  Examples of why this
+  ** is not allowed:
+  **
+  **         t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN (t2 JOIN t3)
+  **
+  ** If we flatten the above, we would get
+  **
+  **         (t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN t2) JOIN t3
+  **
+  ** which is not at all the same thing.
+  **
+  ** OBSOLETE COMMENT 2:
+  ** Restriction 12:  If the subquery is the right operand of a left outer
+  ** join, make sure the subquery has no WHERE clause.
+  ** An examples of why this is not allowed:
+  **
+  **         t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN (SELECT * FROM t2 WHERE t2.x>0)
+  **
+  ** If we flatten the above, we would get
+  **
+  **         (t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN t2) WHERE t2.x>0
+  **
+  ** But the t2.x>0 test will always fail on a NULL row of t2, which
+  ** effectively converts the OUTER JOIN into an INNER JOIN.
+  **
+  ** THIS OVERRIDES OBSOLETE COMMENTS 1 AND 2 ABOVE:
+  ** Ticket #3300 shows that flattening the right term of a LEFT JOIN
+  ** is fraught with danger.  Best to avoid the whole thing.  If the
+  ** subquery is the right term of a LEFT JOIN, then do not flatten.
+  */
+  if( (pSubitem->jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  /* Restriction 17: If the sub-query is a compound SELECT, then it must
+  ** use only the UNION ALL operator. And none of the simple select queries
+  ** that make up the compound SELECT are allowed to be aggregate or distinct
+  ** queries.
+  */
+  if( pSub->pPrior ){
+    if( pSub->pOrderBy ){
+      return 0;  /* Restriction 20 */
+    }
+    if( isAgg || (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0 || pSrc->nSrc!=1 ){
+      return 0;
+    }
+    for(pSub1=pSub; pSub1; pSub1=pSub1->pPrior){
+      testcase( (pSub1->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Distinct );
+      testcase( (pSub1->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Aggregate );
+      assert( pSub->pSrc!=0 );
+      if( (pSub1->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))!=0
+       || (pSub1->pPrior && pSub1->op!=TK_ALL) 
+       || pSub1->pSrc->nSrc<1
+       || pSub->pEList->nExpr!=pSub1->pEList->nExpr
+      ){
+        return 0;
+      }
+      testcase( pSub1->pSrc->nSrc>1 );
+    }
+
+    /* Restriction 18. */
+    if( p->pOrderBy ){
+      int ii;
+      for(ii=0; ii<p->pOrderBy->nExpr; ii++){
+        if( p->pOrderBy->a[ii].iOrderByCol==0 ) return 0;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /***** If we reach this point, flattening is permitted. *****/
+
+  /* Authorize the subquery */
+  pParse->zAuthContext = pSubitem->zName;
+  TESTONLY(i =) sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_SELECT, 0, 0, 0);
+  testcase( i==SQLITE_DENY );
+  pParse->zAuthContext = zSavedAuthContext;
+
+  /* If the sub-query is a compound SELECT statement, then (by restrictions
+  ** 17 and 18 above) it must be a UNION ALL and the parent query must 
+  ** be of the form:
+  **
+  **     SELECT <expr-list> FROM (<sub-query>) <where-clause> 
+  **
+  ** followed by any ORDER BY, LIMIT and/or OFFSET clauses. This block
+  ** creates N-1 copies of the parent query without any ORDER BY, LIMIT or 
+  ** OFFSET clauses and joins them to the left-hand-side of the original
+  ** using UNION ALL operators. In this case N is the number of simple
+  ** select statements in the compound sub-query.
+  **
+  ** Example:
+  **
+  **     SELECT a+1 FROM (
+  **        SELECT x FROM tab
+  **        UNION ALL
+  **        SELECT y FROM tab
+  **        UNION ALL
+  **        SELECT abs(z*2) FROM tab2
+  **     ) WHERE a!=5 ORDER BY 1
+  **
+  ** Transformed into:
+  **
+  **     SELECT x+1 FROM tab WHERE x+1!=5
+  **     UNION ALL
+  **     SELECT y+1 FROM tab WHERE y+1!=5
+  **     UNION ALL
+  **     SELECT abs(z*2)+1 FROM tab2 WHERE abs(z*2)+1!=5
+  **     ORDER BY 1
+  **
+  ** We call this the "compound-subquery flattening".
+  */
+  for(pSub=pSub->pPrior; pSub; pSub=pSub->pPrior){
+    Select *pNew;
+    ExprList *pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy;
+    Expr *pLimit = p->pLimit;
+    Select *pPrior = p->pPrior;
+    p->pOrderBy = 0;
+    p->pSrc = 0;
+    p->pPrior = 0;
+    p->pLimit = 0;
+    pNew = sqlite3SelectDup(db, p, 0);
+    p->pLimit = pLimit;
+    p->pOrderBy = pOrderBy;
+    p->pSrc = pSrc;
+    p->op = TK_ALL;
+    p->pRightmost = 0;
+    if( pNew==0 ){
+      pNew = pPrior;
+    }else{
+      pNew->pPrior = pPrior;
+      pNew->pRightmost = 0;
+    }
+    p->pPrior = pNew;
+    if( db->mallocFailed ) return 1;
+  }
+
+  /* Begin flattening the iFrom-th entry of the FROM clause 
+  ** in the outer query.
+  */
+  pSub = pSub1 = pSubitem->pSelect;
+
+  /* Delete the transient table structure associated with the
+  ** subquery
+  */
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, pSubitem->zDatabase);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, pSubitem->zName);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, pSubitem->zAlias);
+  pSubitem->zDatabase = 0;
+  pSubitem->zName = 0;
+  pSubitem->zAlias = 0;
+  pSubitem->pSelect = 0;
+
+  /* Defer deleting the Table object associated with the
+  ** subquery until code generation is
+  ** complete, since there may still exist Expr.pTab entries that
+  ** refer to the subquery even after flattening.  Ticket #3346.
+  **
+  ** pSubitem->pTab is always non-NULL by test restrictions and tests above.
+  */
+  if( ALWAYS(pSubitem->pTab!=0) ){
+    Table *pTabToDel = pSubitem->pTab;
+    if( pTabToDel->nRef==1 ){
+      Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
+      pTabToDel->pNextZombie = pToplevel->pZombieTab;
+      pToplevel->pZombieTab = pTabToDel;
+    }else{
+      pTabToDel->nRef--;
+    }
+    pSubitem->pTab = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* The following loop runs once for each term in a compound-subquery
+  ** flattening (as described above).  If we are doing a different kind
+  ** of flattening - a flattening other than a compound-subquery flattening -
+  ** then this loop only runs once.
+  **
+  ** This loop moves all of the FROM elements of the subquery into the
+  ** the FROM clause of the outer query.  Before doing this, remember
+  ** the cursor number for the original outer query FROM element in
+  ** iParent.  The iParent cursor will never be used.  Subsequent code
+  ** will scan expressions looking for iParent references and replace
+  ** those references with expressions that resolve to the subquery FROM
+  ** elements we are now copying in.
+  */
+  for(pParent=p; pParent; pParent=pParent->pPrior, pSub=pSub->pPrior){
+    int nSubSrc;
+    u8 jointype = 0;
+    pSubSrc = pSub->pSrc;     /* FROM clause of subquery */
+    nSubSrc = pSubSrc->nSrc;  /* Number of terms in subquery FROM clause */
+    pSrc = pParent->pSrc;     /* FROM clause of the outer query */
+
+    if( pSrc ){
+      assert( pParent==p );  /* First time through the loop */
+      jointype = pSubitem->jointype;
+    }else{
+      assert( pParent!=p );  /* 2nd and subsequent times through the loop */
+      pSrc = pParent->pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, 0, 0, 0);
+      if( pSrc==0 ){
+        assert( db->mallocFailed );
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* The subquery uses a single slot of the FROM clause of the outer
+    ** query.  If the subquery has more than one element in its FROM clause,
+    ** then expand the outer query to make space for it to hold all elements
+    ** of the subquery.
+    **
+    ** Example:
+    **
+    **    SELECT * FROM tabA, (SELECT * FROM sub1, sub2), tabB;
+    **
+    ** The outer query has 3 slots in its FROM clause.  One slot of the
+    ** outer query (the middle slot) is used by the subquery.  The next
+    ** block of code will expand the out query to 4 slots.  The middle
+    ** slot is expanded to two slots in order to make space for the
+    ** two elements in the FROM clause of the subquery.
+    */
+    if( nSubSrc>1 ){
+      pParent->pSrc = pSrc = sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(db, pSrc, nSubSrc-1,iFrom+1);
+      if( db->mallocFailed ){
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Transfer the FROM clause terms from the subquery into the
+    ** outer query.
+    */
+    for(i=0; i<nSubSrc; i++){
+      sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pSrc->a[i+iFrom].pUsing);
+      pSrc->a[i+iFrom] = pSubSrc->a[i];
+      memset(&pSubSrc->a[i], 0, sizeof(pSubSrc->a[i]));
+    }
+    pSrc->a[iFrom].jointype = jointype;
+  
+    /* Now begin substituting subquery result set expressions for 
+    ** references to the iParent in the outer query.
+    ** 
+    ** Example:
+    **
+    **   SELECT a+5, b*10 FROM (SELECT x*3 AS a, y+10 AS b FROM t1) WHERE a>b;
+    **   \                     \_____________ subquery __________/          /
+    **    \_____________________ outer query ______________________________/
+    **
+    ** We look at every expression in the outer query and every place we see
+    ** "a" we substitute "x*3" and every place we see "b" we substitute "y+10".
+    */
+    pList = pParent->pEList;
+    for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
+      if( pList->a[i].zName==0 ){
+        const char *zSpan = pList->a[i].zSpan;
+        if( ALWAYS(zSpan) ){
+          pList->a[i].zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zSpan);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    substExprList(db, pParent->pEList, iParent, pSub->pEList);
+    if( isAgg ){
+      substExprList(db, pParent->pGroupBy, iParent, pSub->pEList);
+      pParent->pHaving = substExpr(db, pParent->pHaving, iParent, pSub->pEList);
+    }
+    if( pSub->pOrderBy ){
+      assert( pParent->pOrderBy==0 );
+      pParent->pOrderBy = pSub->pOrderBy;
+      pSub->pOrderBy = 0;
+    }else if( pParent->pOrderBy ){
+      substExprList(db, pParent->pOrderBy, iParent, pSub->pEList);
+    }
+    if( pSub->pWhere ){
+      pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pSub->pWhere, 0);
+    }else{
+      pWhere = 0;
+    }
+    if( subqueryIsAgg ){
+      assert( pParent->pHaving==0 );
+      pParent->pHaving = pParent->pWhere;
+      pParent->pWhere = pWhere;
+      pParent->pHaving = substExpr(db, pParent->pHaving, iParent, pSub->pEList);
+      pParent->pHaving = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pParent->pHaving, 
+                                  sqlite3ExprDup(db, pSub->pHaving, 0));
+      assert( pParent->pGroupBy==0 );
+      pParent->pGroupBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pSub->pGroupBy, 0);
+    }else{
+      pParent->pWhere = substExpr(db, pParent->pWhere, iParent, pSub->pEList);
+      pParent->pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pParent->pWhere, pWhere);
+    }
+  
+    /* The flattened query is distinct if either the inner or the
+    ** outer query is distinct. 
+    */
+    pParent->selFlags |= pSub->selFlags & SF_Distinct;
+  
+    /*
+    ** SELECT ... FROM (SELECT ... LIMIT a OFFSET b) LIMIT x OFFSET y;
+    **
+    ** One is tempted to try to add a and b to combine the limits.  But this
+    ** does not work if either limit is negative.
+    */
+    if( pSub->pLimit ){
+      pParent->pLimit = pSub->pLimit;
+      pSub->pLimit = 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Finially, delete what is left of the subquery and return
+  ** success.
+  */
+  sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSub1);
+
+  return 1;
+}
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) */
+
+/*
+** Analyze the SELECT statement passed as an argument to see if it
+** is a min() or max() query. Return WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN or WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX if 
+** it is, or 0 otherwise. At present, a query is considered to be
+** a min()/max() query if:
+**
+**   1. There is a single object in the FROM clause.
+**
+**   2. There is a single expression in the result set, and it is
+**      either min(x) or max(x), where x is a column reference.
+*/
+static u8 minMaxQuery(Select *p){
+  Expr *pExpr;
+  ExprList *pEList = p->pEList;
+
+  if( pEList->nExpr!=1 ) return WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL;
+  pExpr = pEList->a[0].pExpr;
+  if( pExpr->op!=TK_AGG_FUNCTION ) return 0;
+  if( NEVER(ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect)) ) return 0;
+  pEList = pExpr->x.pList;
+  if( pEList==0 || pEList->nExpr!=1 ) return 0;
+  if( pEList->a[0].pExpr->op!=TK_AGG_COLUMN ) return WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL;
+  assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(pExpr->u.zToken,"min")==0 ){
+    return WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN;
+  }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(pExpr->u.zToken,"max")==0 ){
+    return WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX;
+  }
+  return WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL;
+}
+
+/*
+** The select statement passed as the first argument is an aggregate query.
+** The second argment is the associated aggregate-info object. This 
+** function tests if the SELECT is of the form:
+**
+**   SELECT count(*) FROM <tbl>
+**
+** where table is a database table, not a sub-select or view. If the query
+** does match this pattern, then a pointer to the Table object representing
+** <tbl> is returned. Otherwise, 0 is returned.
+*/
+static Table *isSimpleCount(Select *p, AggInfo *pAggInfo){
+  Table *pTab;
+  Expr *pExpr;
+
+  assert( !p->pGroupBy );
+
+  if( p->pWhere || p->pEList->nExpr!=1 
+   || p->pSrc->nSrc!=1 || p->pSrc->a[0].pSelect
+  ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  pTab = p->pSrc->a[0].pTab;
+  pExpr = p->pEList->a[0].pExpr;
+  assert( pTab && !pTab->pSelect && pExpr );
+
+  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return 0;
+  if( pExpr->op!=TK_AGG_FUNCTION ) return 0;
+  if( NEVER(pAggInfo->nFunc==0) ) return 0;
+  if( (pAggInfo->aFunc[0].pFunc->flags&SQLITE_FUNC_COUNT)==0 ) return 0;
+  if( pExpr->flags&EP_Distinct ) return 0;
+
+  return pTab;
+}
+
+/*
+** If the source-list item passed as an argument was augmented with an
+** INDEXED BY clause, then try to locate the specified index. If there
+** was such a clause and the named index cannot be found, return 
+** SQLITE_ERROR and leave an error in pParse. Otherwise, populate 
+** pFrom->pIndex and return SQLITE_OK.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexedByLookup(Parse *pParse, struct SrcList_item *pFrom){
+  if( pFrom->pTab && pFrom->zIndex ){
+    Table *pTab = pFrom->pTab;
+    char *zIndex = pFrom->zIndex;
+    Index *pIdx;
+    for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; 
+        pIdx && sqlite3StrICmp(pIdx->zName, zIndex); 
+        pIdx=pIdx->pNext
+    );
+    if( !pIdx ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such index: %s", zIndex, 0);
+      pParse->checkSchema = 1;
+      return SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }
+    pFrom->pIndex = pIdx;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is a Walker callback for "expanding" a SELECT statement.
+** "Expanding" means to do the following:
+**
+**    (1)  Make sure VDBE cursor numbers have been assigned to every
+**         element of the FROM clause.
+**
+**    (2)  Fill in the pTabList->a[].pTab fields in the SrcList that 
+**         defines FROM clause.  When views appear in the FROM clause,
+**         fill pTabList->a[].pSelect with a copy of the SELECT statement
+**         that implements the view.  A copy is made of the view's SELECT
+**         statement so that we can freely modify or delete that statement
+**         without worrying about messing up the presistent representation
+**         of the view.
+**
+**    (3)  Add terms to the WHERE clause to accomodate the NATURAL keyword
+**         on joins and the ON and USING clause of joins.
+**
+**    (4)  Scan the list of columns in the result set (pEList) looking
+**         for instances of the "*" operator or the TABLE.* operator.
+**         If found, expand each "*" to be every column in every table
+**         and TABLE.* to be every column in TABLE.
+**
+*/
+static int selectExpander(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){
+  Parse *pParse = pWalker->pParse;
+  int i, j, k;
+  SrcList *pTabList;
+  ExprList *pEList;
+  struct SrcList_item *pFrom;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+
+  if( db->mallocFailed  ){
+    return WRC_Abort;
+  }
+  if( NEVER(p->pSrc==0) || (p->selFlags & SF_Expanded)!=0 ){
+    return WRC_Prune;
+  }
+  p->selFlags |= SF_Expanded;
+  pTabList = p->pSrc;
+  pEList = p->pEList;
+
+  /* Make sure cursor numbers have been assigned to all entries in
+  ** the FROM clause of the SELECT statement.
+  */
+  sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, pTabList);
+
+  /* Look up every table named in the FROM clause of the select.  If
+  ** an entry of the FROM clause is a subquery instead of a table or view,
+  ** then create a transient table structure to describe the subquery.
+  */
+  for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++, pFrom++){
+    Table *pTab;
+    if( pFrom->pTab!=0 ){
+      /* This statement has already been prepared.  There is no need
+      ** to go further. */
+      assert( i==0 );
+      return WRC_Prune;
+    }
+    if( pFrom->zName==0 ){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+      Select *pSel = pFrom->pSelect;
+      /* A sub-query in the FROM clause of a SELECT */
+      assert( pSel!=0 );
+      assert( pFrom->pTab==0 );
+      sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pSel);
+      pFrom->pTab = pTab = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table));
+      if( pTab==0 ) return WRC_Abort;
+      pTab->nRef = 1;
+      pTab->zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "sqlite_subquery_%p_", (void*)pTab);
+      while( pSel->pPrior ){ pSel = pSel->pPrior; }
+      selectColumnsFromExprList(pParse, pSel->pEList, &pTab->nCol, &pTab->aCol);
+      pTab->iPKey = -1;
+      pTab->nRowEst = 1000000;
+      pTab->tabFlags |= TF_Ephemeral;
+#endif
+    }else{
+      /* An ordinary table or view name in the FROM clause */
+      assert( pFrom->pTab==0 );
+      pFrom->pTab = pTab = 
+        sqlite3LocateTable(pParse,0,pFrom->zName,pFrom->zDatabase);
+      if( pTab==0 ) return WRC_Abort;
+      pTab->nRef++;
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined (SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE)
+      if( pTab->pSelect || IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+        /* We reach here if the named table is a really a view */
+        if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ) return WRC_Abort;
+        assert( pFrom->pSelect==0 );
+        pFrom->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pTab->pSelect, 0);
+        sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pFrom->pSelect);
+      }
+#endif
+    }
+
+    /* Locate the index named by the INDEXED BY clause, if any. */
+    if( sqlite3IndexedByLookup(pParse, pFrom) ){
+      return WRC_Abort;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Process NATURAL keywords, and ON and USING clauses of joins.
+  */
+  if( db->mallocFailed || sqliteProcessJoin(pParse, p) ){
+    return WRC_Abort;
+  }
+
+  /* For every "*" that occurs in the column list, insert the names of
+  ** all columns in all tables.  And for every TABLE.* insert the names
+  ** of all columns in TABLE.  The parser inserted a special expression
+  ** with the TK_ALL operator for each "*" that it found in the column list.
+  ** The following code just has to locate the TK_ALL expressions and expand
+  ** each one to the list of all columns in all tables.
+  **
+  ** The first loop just checks to see if there are any "*" operators
+  ** that need expanding.
+  */
+  for(k=0; k<pEList->nExpr; k++){
+    Expr *pE = pEList->a[k].pExpr;
+    if( pE->op==TK_ALL ) break;
+    assert( pE->op!=TK_DOT || pE->pRight!=0 );
+    assert( pE->op!=TK_DOT || (pE->pLeft!=0 && pE->pLeft->op==TK_ID) );
+    if( pE->op==TK_DOT && pE->pRight->op==TK_ALL ) break;
+  }
+  if( k<pEList->nExpr ){
+    /*
+    ** If we get here it means the result set contains one or more "*"
+    ** operators that need to be expanded.  Loop through each expression
+    ** in the result set and expand them one by one.
+    */
+    struct ExprList_item *a = pEList->a;
+    ExprList *pNew = 0;
+    int flags = pParse->db->flags;
+    int longNames = (flags & SQLITE_FullColNames)!=0
+                      && (flags & SQLITE_ShortColNames)==0;
+
+    for(k=0; k<pEList->nExpr; k++){
+      Expr *pE = a[k].pExpr;
+      assert( pE->op!=TK_DOT || pE->pRight!=0 );
+      if( pE->op!=TK_ALL && (pE->op!=TK_DOT || pE->pRight->op!=TK_ALL) ){
+        /* This particular expression does not need to be expanded.
+        */
+        pNew = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pNew, a[k].pExpr);
+        if( pNew ){
+          pNew->a[pNew->nExpr-1].zName = a[k].zName;
+          pNew->a[pNew->nExpr-1].zSpan = a[k].zSpan;
+          a[k].zName = 0;
+          a[k].zSpan = 0;
+        }
+        a[k].pExpr = 0;
+      }else{
+        /* This expression is a "*" or a "TABLE.*" and needs to be
+        ** expanded. */
+        int tableSeen = 0;      /* Set to 1 when TABLE matches */
+        char *zTName;            /* text of name of TABLE */
+        if( pE->op==TK_DOT ){
+          assert( pE->pLeft!=0 );
+          assert( !ExprHasProperty(pE->pLeft, EP_IntValue) );
+          zTName = pE->pLeft->u.zToken;
+        }else{
+          zTName = 0;
+        }
+        for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++, pFrom++){
+          Table *pTab = pFrom->pTab;
+          char *zTabName = pFrom->zAlias;
+          if( zTabName==0 ){
+            zTabName = pTab->zName;
+          }
+          if( db->mallocFailed ) break;
+          if( zTName && sqlite3StrICmp(zTName, zTabName)!=0 ){
+            continue;
+          }
+          tableSeen = 1;
+          for(j=0; j<pTab->nCol; j++){
+            Expr *pExpr, *pRight;
+            char *zName = pTab->aCol[j].zName;
+            char *zColname;  /* The computed column name */
+            char *zToFree;   /* Malloced string that needs to be freed */
+            Token sColname;  /* Computed column name as a token */
+
+            /* If a column is marked as 'hidden' (currently only possible
+            ** for virtual tables), do not include it in the expanded
+            ** result-set list.
+            */
+            if( IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[j]) ){
+              assert(IsVirtual(pTab));
+              continue;
+            }
+
+            if( i>0 && zTName==0 ){
+              if( (pFrom->jointype & JT_NATURAL)!=0
+                && tableAndColumnIndex(pTabList, i, zName, 0, 0)
+              ){
+                /* In a NATURAL join, omit the join columns from the 
+                ** table to the right of the join */
+                continue;
+              }
+              if( sqlite3IdListIndex(pFrom->pUsing, zName)>=0 ){
+                /* In a join with a USING clause, omit columns in the
+                ** using clause from the table on the right. */
+                continue;
+              }
+            }
+            pRight = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, zName);
+            zColname = zName;
+            zToFree = 0;
+            if( longNames || pTabList->nSrc>1 ){
+              Expr *pLeft;
+              pLeft = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, zTabName);
+              pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, pLeft, pRight, 0);
+              if( longNames ){
+                zColname = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s.%s", zTabName, zName);
+                zToFree = zColname;
+              }
+            }else{
+              pExpr = pRight;
+            }
+            pNew = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pNew, pExpr);
+            sColname.z = zColname;
+            sColname.n = sqlite3Strlen30(zColname);
+            sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, pNew, &sColname, 0);
+            sqlite3DbFree(db, zToFree);
+          }
+        }
+        if( !tableSeen ){
+          if( zTName ){
+            sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such table: %s", zTName);
+          }else{
+            sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no tables specified");
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pEList);
+    p->pEList = pNew;
+  }
+#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN
+  if( p->pEList && p->pEList->nExpr>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many columns in result set");
+  }
+#endif
+  return WRC_Continue;
+}
+
+/*
+** No-op routine for the parse-tree walker.
+**
+** When this routine is the Walker.xExprCallback then expression trees
+** are walked without any actions being taken at each node.  Presumably,
+** when this routine is used for Walker.xExprCallback then 
+** Walker.xSelectCallback is set to do something useful for every 
+** subquery in the parser tree.
+*/
+static int exprWalkNoop(Walker *NotUsed, Expr *NotUsed2){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
+  return WRC_Continue;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine "expands" a SELECT statement and all of its subqueries.
+** For additional information on what it means to "expand" a SELECT
+** statement, see the comment on the selectExpand worker callback above.
+**
+** Expanding a SELECT statement is the first step in processing a
+** SELECT statement.  The SELECT statement must be expanded before
+** name resolution is performed.
+**
+** If anything goes wrong, an error message is written into pParse.
+** The calling function can detect the problem by looking at pParse->nErr
+** and/or pParse->db->mallocFailed.
+*/
+static void sqlite3SelectExpand(Parse *pParse, Select *pSelect){
+  Walker w;
+  w.xSelectCallback = selectExpander;
+  w.xExprCallback = exprWalkNoop;
+  w.pParse = pParse;
+  sqlite3WalkSelect(&w, pSelect);
+}
+
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+/*
+** This is a Walker.xSelectCallback callback for the sqlite3SelectTypeInfo()
+** interface.
+**
+** For each FROM-clause subquery, add Column.zType and Column.zColl
+** information to the Table structure that represents the result set
+** of that subquery.
+**
+** The Table structure that represents the result set was constructed
+** by selectExpander() but the type and collation information was omitted
+** at that point because identifiers had not yet been resolved.  This
+** routine is called after identifier resolution.
+*/
+static int selectAddSubqueryTypeInfo(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){
+  Parse *pParse;
+  int i;
+  SrcList *pTabList;
+  struct SrcList_item *pFrom;
+
+  assert( p->selFlags & SF_Resolved );
+  if( (p->selFlags & SF_HasTypeInfo)==0 ){
+    p->selFlags |= SF_HasTypeInfo;
+    pParse = pWalker->pParse;
+    pTabList = p->pSrc;
+    for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++, pFrom++){
+      Table *pTab = pFrom->pTab;
+      if( ALWAYS(pTab!=0) && (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Ephemeral)!=0 ){
+        /* A sub-query in the FROM clause of a SELECT */
+        Select *pSel = pFrom->pSelect;
+        assert( pSel );
+        while( pSel->pPrior ) pSel = pSel->pPrior;
+        selectAddColumnTypeAndCollation(pParse, pTab->nCol, pTab->aCol, pSel);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return WRC_Continue;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** This routine adds datatype and collating sequence information to
+** the Table structures of all FROM-clause subqueries in a
+** SELECT statement.
+**
+** Use this routine after name resolution.
+*/
+static void sqlite3SelectAddTypeInfo(Parse *pParse, Select *pSelect){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+  Walker w;
+  w.xSelectCallback = selectAddSubqueryTypeInfo;
+  w.xExprCallback = exprWalkNoop;
+  w.pParse = pParse;
+  sqlite3WalkSelect(&w, pSelect);
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This routine sets up a SELECT statement for processing.  The
+** following is accomplished:
+**
+**     *  VDBE Cursor numbers are assigned to all FROM-clause terms.
+**     *  Ephemeral Table objects are created for all FROM-clause subqueries.
+**     *  ON and USING clauses are shifted into WHERE statements
+**     *  Wildcards "*" and "TABLE.*" in result sets are expanded.
+**     *  Identifiers in expression are matched to tables.
+**
+** This routine acts recursively on all subqueries within the SELECT.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectPrep(
+  Parse *pParse,         /* The parser context */
+  Select *p,             /* The SELECT statement being coded. */
+  NameContext *pOuterNC  /* Name context for container */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  if( NEVER(p==0) ) return;
+  db = pParse->db;
+  if( p->selFlags & SF_HasTypeInfo ) return;
+  sqlite3SelectExpand(pParse, p);
+  if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return;
+  sqlite3ResolveSelectNames(pParse, p, pOuterNC);
+  if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return;
+  sqlite3SelectAddTypeInfo(pParse, p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Reset the aggregate accumulator.
+**
+** The aggregate accumulator is a set of memory cells that hold
+** intermediate results while calculating an aggregate.  This
+** routine generates code that stores NULLs in all of those memory
+** cells.
+*/
+static void resetAccumulator(Parse *pParse, AggInfo *pAggInfo){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  int i;
+  struct AggInfo_func *pFunc;
+  if( pAggInfo->nFunc+pAggInfo->nColumn==0 ){
+    return;
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<pAggInfo->nColumn; i++){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, pAggInfo->aCol[i].iMem);
+  }
+  for(pFunc=pAggInfo->aFunc, i=0; i<pAggInfo->nFunc; i++, pFunc++){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, pFunc->iMem);
+    if( pFunc->iDistinct>=0 ){
+      Expr *pE = pFunc->pExpr;
+      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pE, EP_xIsSelect) );
+      if( pE->x.pList==0 || pE->x.pList->nExpr!=1 ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "DISTINCT aggregates must have exactly one "
+           "argument");
+        pFunc->iDistinct = -1;
+      }else{
+        KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pE->x.pList);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, pFunc->iDistinct, 0, 0,
+                          (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Invoke the OP_AggFinalize opcode for every aggregate function
+** in the AggInfo structure.
+*/
+static void finalizeAggFunctions(Parse *pParse, AggInfo *pAggInfo){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  int i;
+  struct AggInfo_func *pF;
+  for(i=0, pF=pAggInfo->aFunc; i<pAggInfo->nFunc; i++, pF++){
+    ExprList *pList = pF->pExpr->x.pList;
+    assert( !ExprHasProperty(pF->pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_AggFinal, pF->iMem, pList ? pList->nExpr : 0, 0,
+                      (void*)pF->pFunc, P4_FUNCDEF);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Update the accumulator memory cells for an aggregate based on
+** the current cursor position.
+*/
+static void updateAccumulator(Parse *pParse, AggInfo *pAggInfo){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  int i;
+  int regHit = 0;
+  int addrHitTest = 0;
+  struct AggInfo_func *pF;
+  struct AggInfo_col *pC;
+
+  pAggInfo->directMode = 1;
+  sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
+  for(i=0, pF=pAggInfo->aFunc; i<pAggInfo->nFunc; i++, pF++){
+    int nArg;
+    int addrNext = 0;
+    int regAgg;
+    ExprList *pList = pF->pExpr->x.pList;
+    assert( !ExprHasProperty(pF->pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
+    if( pList ){
+      nArg = pList->nExpr;
+      regAgg = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nArg);
+      sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pList, regAgg, 1);
+    }else{
+      nArg = 0;
+      regAgg = 0;
+    }
+    if( pF->iDistinct>=0 ){
+      addrNext = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      assert( nArg==1 );
+      codeDistinct(pParse, pF->iDistinct, addrNext, 1, regAgg);
+    }
+    if( pF->pFunc->flags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL ){
+      CollSeq *pColl = 0;
+      struct ExprList_item *pItem;
+      int j;
+      assert( pList!=0 );  /* pList!=0 if pF->pFunc has NEEDCOLL */
+      for(j=0, pItem=pList->a; !pColl && j<nArg; j++, pItem++){
+        pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pItem->pExpr);
+      }
+      if( !pColl ){
+        pColl = pParse->db->pDfltColl;
+      }
+      if( regHit==0 && pAggInfo->nAccumulator ) regHit = ++pParse->nMem;
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_CollSeq, regHit, 0, 0, (char *)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ);
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_AggStep, 0, regAgg, pF->iMem,
+                      (void*)pF->pFunc, P4_FUNCDEF);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)nArg);
+    sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regAgg, nArg);
+    sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regAgg, nArg);
+    if( addrNext ){
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrNext);
+      sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Before populating the accumulator registers, clear the column cache.
+  ** Otherwise, if any of the required column values are already present 
+  ** in registers, sqlite3ExprCode() may use OP_SCopy to copy the value
+  ** to pC->iMem. But by the time the value is used, the original register
+  ** may have been used, invalidating the underlying buffer holding the
+  ** text or blob value. See ticket [883034dcb5].
+  **
+  ** Another solution would be to change the OP_SCopy used to copy cached
+  ** values to an OP_Copy.
+  */
+  if( regHit ){
+    addrHitTest = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_If, regHit);
+  }
+  sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
+  for(i=0, pC=pAggInfo->aCol; i<pAggInfo->nAccumulator; i++, pC++){
+    sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pC->pExpr, pC->iMem);
+  }
+  pAggInfo->directMode = 0;
+  sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
+  if( addrHitTest ){
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrHitTest);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Add a single OP_Explain instruction to the VDBE to explain a simple
+** count(*) query ("SELECT count(*) FROM pTab").
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
+static void explainSimpleCount(
+  Parse *pParse,                  /* Parse context */
+  Table *pTab,                    /* Table being queried */
+  Index *pIdx                     /* Index used to optimize scan, or NULL */
+){
+  if( pParse->explain==2 ){
+    char *zEqp = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "SCAN TABLE %s %s%s(~%d rows)",
+        pTab->zName, 
+        pIdx ? "USING COVERING INDEX " : "",
+        pIdx ? pIdx->zName : "",
+        pTab->nRowEst
+    );
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(
+        pParse->pVdbe, OP_Explain, pParse->iSelectId, 0, 0, zEqp, P4_DYNAMIC
+    );
+  }
+}
+#else
+# define explainSimpleCount(a,b,c)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Generate code for the SELECT statement given in the p argument.  
+**
+** The results are distributed in various ways depending on the
+** contents of the SelectDest structure pointed to by argument pDest
+** as follows:
+**
+**     pDest->eDest    Result
+**     ------------    -------------------------------------------
+**     SRT_Output      Generate a row of output (using the OP_ResultRow
+**                     opcode) for each row in the result set.
+**
+**     SRT_Mem         Only valid if the result is a single column.
+**                     Store the first column of the first result row
+**                     in register pDest->iSDParm then abandon the rest
+**                     of the query.  This destination implies "LIMIT 1".
+**
+**     SRT_Set         The result must be a single column.  Store each
+**                     row of result as the key in table pDest->iSDParm. 
+**                     Apply the affinity pDest->affSdst before storing
+**                     results.  Used to implement "IN (SELECT ...)".
+**
+**     SRT_Union       Store results as a key in a temporary table 
+**                     identified by pDest->iSDParm.
+**
+**     SRT_Except      Remove results from the temporary table pDest->iSDParm.
+**
+**     SRT_Table       Store results in temporary table pDest->iSDParm.
+**                     This is like SRT_EphemTab except that the table
+**                     is assumed to already be open.
+**
+**     SRT_EphemTab    Create an temporary table pDest->iSDParm and store
+**                     the result there. The cursor is left open after
+**                     returning.  This is like SRT_Table except that
+**                     this destination uses OP_OpenEphemeral to create
+**                     the table first.
+**
+**     SRT_Coroutine   Generate a co-routine that returns a new row of
+**                     results each time it is invoked.  The entry point
+**                     of the co-routine is stored in register pDest->iSDParm.
+**
+**     SRT_Exists      Store a 1 in memory cell pDest->iSDParm if the result
+**                     set is not empty.
+**
+**     SRT_Discard     Throw the results away.  This is used by SELECT
+**                     statements within triggers whose only purpose is
+**                     the side-effects of functions.
+**
+** This routine returns the number of errors.  If any errors are
+** encountered, then an appropriate error message is left in
+** pParse->zErrMsg.
+**
+** This routine does NOT free the Select structure passed in.  The
+** calling function needs to do that.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select(
+  Parse *pParse,         /* The parser context */
+  Select *p,             /* The SELECT statement being coded. */
+  SelectDest *pDest      /* What to do with the query results */
+){
+  int i, j;              /* Loop counters */
+  WhereInfo *pWInfo;     /* Return from sqlite3WhereBegin() */
+  Vdbe *v;               /* The virtual machine under construction */
+  int isAgg;             /* True for select lists like "count(*)" */
+  ExprList *pEList;      /* List of columns to extract. */
+  SrcList *pTabList;     /* List of tables to select from */
+  Expr *pWhere;          /* The WHERE clause.  May be NULL */
+  ExprList *pOrderBy;    /* The ORDER BY clause.  May be NULL */
+  ExprList *pGroupBy;    /* The GROUP BY clause.  May be NULL */
+  Expr *pHaving;         /* The HAVING clause.  May be NULL */
+  int isDistinct;        /* True if the DISTINCT keyword is present */
+  int distinct;          /* Table to use for the distinct set */
+  int rc = 1;            /* Value to return from this function */
+  int addrSortIndex;     /* Address of an OP_OpenEphemeral instruction */
+  int addrDistinctIndex; /* Address of an OP_OpenEphemeral instruction */
+  AggInfo sAggInfo;      /* Information used by aggregate queries */
+  int iEnd;              /* Address of the end of the query */
+  sqlite3 *db;           /* The database connection */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
+  int iRestoreSelectId = pParse->iSelectId;
+  pParse->iSelectId = pParse->iNextSelectId++;
+#endif
+
+  db = pParse->db;
+  if( p==0 || db->mallocFailed || pParse->nErr ){
+    return 1;
+  }
+  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_SELECT, 0, 0, 0) ) return 1;
+  memset(&sAggInfo, 0, sizeof(sAggInfo));
+
+  if( IgnorableOrderby(pDest) ){
+    assert(pDest->eDest==SRT_Exists || pDest->eDest==SRT_Union || 
+           pDest->eDest==SRT_Except || pDest->eDest==SRT_Discard);
+    /* If ORDER BY makes no difference in the output then neither does
+    ** DISTINCT so it can be removed too. */
+    sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pOrderBy);
+    p->pOrderBy = 0;
+    p->selFlags &= ~SF_Distinct;
+  }
+  sqlite3SelectPrep(pParse, p, 0);
+  pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy;
+  pTabList = p->pSrc;
+  pEList = p->pEList;
+  if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){
+    goto select_end;
+  }
+  isAgg = (p->selFlags & SF_Aggregate)!=0;
+  assert( pEList!=0 );
+
+  /* Begin generating code.
+  */
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v==0 ) goto select_end;
+
+  /* If writing to memory or generating a set
+  ** only a single column may be output.
+  */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+  if( checkForMultiColumnSelectError(pParse, pDest, pEList->nExpr) ){
+    goto select_end;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Generate code for all sub-queries in the FROM clause
+  */
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW)
+  for(i=0; !p->pPrior && i<pTabList->nSrc; i++){
+    struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pTabList->a[i];
+    SelectDest dest;
+    Select *pSub = pItem->pSelect;
+    int isAggSub;
+
+    if( pSub==0 ) continue;
+    if( pItem->addrFillSub ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, pItem->regReturn, pItem->addrFillSub);
+      continue;
+    }
+
+    /* Increment Parse.nHeight by the height of the largest expression
+    ** tree refered to by this, the parent select. The child select
+    ** may contain expression trees of at most
+    ** (SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH-Parse.nHeight) height. This is a bit
+    ** more conservative than necessary, but much easier than enforcing
+    ** an exact limit.
+    */
+    pParse->nHeight += sqlite3SelectExprHeight(p);
+
+    isAggSub = (pSub->selFlags & SF_Aggregate)!=0;
+    if( flattenSubquery(pParse, p, i, isAgg, isAggSub) ){
+      /* This subquery can be absorbed into its parent. */
+      if( isAggSub ){
+        isAgg = 1;
+        p->selFlags |= SF_Aggregate;
+      }
+      i = -1;
+    }else{
+      /* Generate a subroutine that will fill an ephemeral table with
+      ** the content of this subquery.  pItem->addrFillSub will point
+      ** to the address of the generated subroutine.  pItem->regReturn
+      ** is a register allocated to hold the subroutine return address
+      */
+      int topAddr;
+      int onceAddr = 0;
+      int retAddr;
+      assert( pItem->addrFillSub==0 );
+      pItem->regReturn = ++pParse->nMem;
+      topAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, pItem->regReturn);
+      pItem->addrFillSub = topAddr+1;
+      VdbeNoopComment((v, "materialize %s", pItem->pTab->zName));
+      if( pItem->isCorrelated==0 ){
+        /* If the subquery is no correlated and if we are not inside of
+        ** a trigger, then we only need to compute the value of the subquery
+        ** once. */
+        onceAddr = sqlite3CodeOnce(pParse);
+      }
+      sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_EphemTab, pItem->iCursor);
+      explainSetInteger(pItem->iSelectId, (u8)pParse->iNextSelectId);
+      sqlite3Select(pParse, pSub, &dest);
+      pItem->pTab->nRowEst = (unsigned)pSub->nSelectRow;
+      if( onceAddr ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, onceAddr);
+      retAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, pItem->regReturn);
+      VdbeComment((v, "end %s", pItem->pTab->zName));
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, topAddr, retAddr);
+      sqlite3ClearTempRegCache(pParse);
+    }
+    if( /*pParse->nErr ||*/ db->mallocFailed ){
+      goto select_end;
+    }
+    pParse->nHeight -= sqlite3SelectExprHeight(p);
+    pTabList = p->pSrc;
+    if( !IgnorableOrderby(pDest) ){
+      pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy;
+    }
+  }
+  pEList = p->pEList;
+#endif
+  pWhere = p->pWhere;
+  pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy;
+  pHaving = p->pHaving;
+  isDistinct = (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0;
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
+  /* If there is are a sequence of queries, do the earlier ones first.
+  */
+  if( p->pPrior ){
+    if( p->pRightmost==0 ){
+      Select *pLoop, *pRight = 0;
+      int cnt = 0;
+      int mxSelect;
+      for(pLoop=p; pLoop; pLoop=pLoop->pPrior, cnt++){
+        pLoop->pRightmost = p;
+        pLoop->pNext = pRight;
+        pRight = pLoop;
+      }
+      mxSelect = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT];
+      if( mxSelect && cnt>mxSelect ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many terms in compound SELECT");
+        goto select_end;
+      }
+    }
+    rc = multiSelect(pParse, p, pDest);
+    explainSetInteger(pParse->iSelectId, iRestoreSelectId);
+    return rc;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* If there is both a GROUP BY and an ORDER BY clause and they are
+  ** identical, then disable the ORDER BY clause since the GROUP BY
+  ** will cause elements to come out in the correct order.  This is
+  ** an optimization - the correct answer should result regardless.
+  ** Use the SQLITE_GroupByOrder flag with SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZER
+  ** to disable this optimization for testing purposes.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3ExprListCompare(p->pGroupBy, pOrderBy)==0
+         && (db->flags & SQLITE_GroupByOrder)==0 ){
+    pOrderBy = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* If the query is DISTINCT with an ORDER BY but is not an aggregate, and 
+  ** if the select-list is the same as the ORDER BY list, then this query
+  ** can be rewritten as a GROUP BY. In other words, this:
+  **
+  **     SELECT DISTINCT xyz FROM ... ORDER BY xyz
+  **
+  ** is transformed to:
+  **
+  **     SELECT xyz FROM ... GROUP BY xyz
+  **
+  ** The second form is preferred as a single index (or temp-table) may be 
+  ** used for both the ORDER BY and DISTINCT processing. As originally 
+  ** written the query must use a temp-table for at least one of the ORDER 
+  ** BY and DISTINCT, and an index or separate temp-table for the other.
+  */
+  if( (p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Distinct 
+   && sqlite3ExprListCompare(pOrderBy, p->pEList)==0
+  ){
+    p->selFlags &= ~SF_Distinct;
+    p->pGroupBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pEList, 0);
+    pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy;
+    pOrderBy = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* If there is an ORDER BY clause, then this sorting
+  ** index might end up being unused if the data can be 
+  ** extracted in pre-sorted order.  If that is the case, then the
+  ** OP_OpenEphemeral instruction will be changed to an OP_Noop once
+  ** we figure out that the sorting index is not needed.  The addrSortIndex
+  ** variable is used to facilitate that change.
+  */
+  if( pOrderBy ){
+    KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
+    pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pOrderBy);
+    pOrderBy->iECursor = pParse->nTab++;
+    p->addrOpenEphm[2] = addrSortIndex =
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral,
+                           pOrderBy->iECursor, pOrderBy->nExpr+2, 0,
+                           (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
+  }else{
+    addrSortIndex = -1;
+  }
+
+  /* If the output is destined for a temporary table, open that table.
+  */
+  if( pDest->eDest==SRT_EphemTab ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, pDest->iSDParm, pEList->nExpr);
+  }
+
+  /* Set the limiter.
+  */
+  iEnd = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+  p->nSelectRow = (double)LARGEST_INT64;
+  computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, iEnd);
+  if( p->iLimit==0 && addrSortIndex>=0 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, addrSortIndex)->opcode = OP_SorterOpen;
+    p->selFlags |= SF_UseSorter;
+  }
+
+  /* Open a virtual index to use for the distinct set.
+  */
+  if( p->selFlags & SF_Distinct ){
+    KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
+    distinct = pParse->nTab++;
+    pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, p->pEList);
+    addrDistinctIndex = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, distinct, 0, 0,
+        (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, BTREE_UNORDERED);
+  }else{
+    distinct = addrDistinctIndex = -1;
+  }
+
+  /* Aggregate and non-aggregate queries are handled differently */
+  if( !isAgg && pGroupBy==0 ){
+    ExprList *pDist = (isDistinct ? p->pEList : 0);
+
+    /* Begin the database scan. */
+    pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, &pOrderBy, pDist, 0,0);
+    if( pWInfo==0 ) goto select_end;
+    if( pWInfo->nRowOut < p->nSelectRow ) p->nSelectRow = pWInfo->nRowOut;
+
+    /* If sorting index that was created by a prior OP_OpenEphemeral 
+    ** instruction ended up not being needed, then change the OP_OpenEphemeral
+    ** into an OP_Noop.
+    */
+    if( addrSortIndex>=0 && pOrderBy==0 ){
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, addrSortIndex);
+      p->addrOpenEphm[2] = -1;
+    }
+
+    if( pWInfo->eDistinct ){
+      VdbeOp *pOp;                /* No longer required OpenEphemeral instr. */
+     
+      assert( addrDistinctIndex>=0 );
+      pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, addrDistinctIndex);
+
+      assert( isDistinct );
+      assert( pWInfo->eDistinct==WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED 
+           || pWInfo->eDistinct==WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE 
+      );
+      distinct = -1;
+      if( pWInfo->eDistinct==WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED ){
+        int iJump;
+        int iExpr;
+        int iFlag = ++pParse->nMem;
+        int iBase = pParse->nMem+1;
+        int iBase2 = iBase + pEList->nExpr;
+        pParse->nMem += (pEList->nExpr*2);
+
+        /* Change the OP_OpenEphemeral coded earlier to an OP_Integer. The
+        ** OP_Integer initializes the "first row" flag.  */
+        pOp->opcode = OP_Integer;
+        pOp->p1 = 1;
+        pOp->p2 = iFlag;
+
+        sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pEList, iBase, 1);
+        iJump = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 1 + pEList->nExpr + 1 + 1;
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_If, iFlag, iJump-1);
+        for(iExpr=0; iExpr<pEList->nExpr; iExpr++){
+          CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pEList->a[iExpr].pExpr);
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Ne, iBase+iExpr, iJump, iBase2+iExpr);
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (const char *)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ);
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NULLEQ);
+        }
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, pWInfo->iContinue);
+
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, iFlag);
+        assert( sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)==iJump );
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Move, iBase, iBase2, pEList->nExpr);
+      }else{
+        pOp->opcode = OP_Noop;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Use the standard inner loop. */
+    selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, pEList, 0, 0, pOrderBy, distinct, pDest,
+                    pWInfo->iContinue, pWInfo->iBreak);
+
+    /* End the database scan loop.
+    */
+    sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
+  }else{
+    /* This is the processing for aggregate queries */
+    NameContext sNC;    /* Name context for processing aggregate information */
+    int iAMem;          /* First Mem address for storing current GROUP BY */
+    int iBMem;          /* First Mem address for previous GROUP BY */
+    int iUseFlag;       /* Mem address holding flag indicating that at least
+                        ** one row of the input to the aggregator has been
+                        ** processed */
+    int iAbortFlag;     /* Mem address which causes query abort if positive */
+    int groupBySort;    /* Rows come from source in GROUP BY order */
+    int addrEnd;        /* End of processing for this SELECT */
+    int sortPTab = 0;   /* Pseudotable used to decode sorting results */
+    int sortOut = 0;    /* Output register from the sorter */
+
+    /* Remove any and all aliases between the result set and the
+    ** GROUP BY clause.
+    */
+    if( pGroupBy ){
+      int k;                        /* Loop counter */
+      struct ExprList_item *pItem;  /* For looping over expression in a list */
+
+      for(k=p->pEList->nExpr, pItem=p->pEList->a; k>0; k--, pItem++){
+        pItem->iAlias = 0;
+      }
+      for(k=pGroupBy->nExpr, pItem=pGroupBy->a; k>0; k--, pItem++){
+        pItem->iAlias = 0;
+      }
+      if( p->nSelectRow>(double)100 ) p->nSelectRow = (double)100;
+    }else{
+      p->nSelectRow = (double)1;
+    }
+
+ 
+    /* Create a label to jump to when we want to abort the query */
+    addrEnd = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+
+    /* Convert TK_COLUMN nodes into TK_AGG_COLUMN and make entries in
+    ** sAggInfo for all TK_AGG_FUNCTION nodes in expressions of the
+    ** SELECT statement.
+    */
+    memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
+    sNC.pParse = pParse;
+    sNC.pSrcList = pTabList;
+    sNC.pAggInfo = &sAggInfo;
+    sAggInfo.nSortingColumn = pGroupBy ? pGroupBy->nExpr+1 : 0;
+    sAggInfo.pGroupBy = pGroupBy;
+    sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(&sNC, pEList);
+    sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(&sNC, pOrderBy);
+    if( pHaving ){
+      sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(&sNC, pHaving);
+    }
+    sAggInfo.nAccumulator = sAggInfo.nColumn;
+    for(i=0; i<sAggInfo.nFunc; i++){
+      assert( !ExprHasProperty(sAggInfo.aFunc[i].pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
+      sNC.ncFlags |= NC_InAggFunc;
+      sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(&sNC, sAggInfo.aFunc[i].pExpr->x.pList);
+      sNC.ncFlags &= ~NC_InAggFunc;
+    }
+    if( db->mallocFailed ) goto select_end;
+
+    /* Processing for aggregates with GROUP BY is very different and
+    ** much more complex than aggregates without a GROUP BY.
+    */
+    if( pGroupBy ){
+      KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;  /* Keying information for the group by clause */
+      int j1;             /* A-vs-B comparision jump */
+      int addrOutputRow;  /* Start of subroutine that outputs a result row */
+      int regOutputRow;   /* Return address register for output subroutine */
+      int addrSetAbort;   /* Set the abort flag and return */
+      int addrTopOfLoop;  /* Top of the input loop */
+      int addrSortingIdx; /* The OP_OpenEphemeral for the sorting index */
+      int addrReset;      /* Subroutine for resetting the accumulator */
+      int regReset;       /* Return address register for reset subroutine */
+
+      /* If there is a GROUP BY clause we might need a sorting index to
+      ** implement it.  Allocate that sorting index now.  If it turns out
+      ** that we do not need it after all, the OP_SorterOpen instruction
+      ** will be converted into a Noop.  
+      */
+      sAggInfo.sortingIdx = pParse->nTab++;
+      pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pGroupBy);
+      addrSortingIdx = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_SorterOpen, 
+          sAggInfo.sortingIdx, sAggInfo.nSortingColumn, 
+          0, (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
+
+      /* Initialize memory locations used by GROUP BY aggregate processing
+      */
+      iUseFlag = ++pParse->nMem;
+      iAbortFlag = ++pParse->nMem;
+      regOutputRow = ++pParse->nMem;
+      addrOutputRow = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      regReset = ++pParse->nMem;
+      addrReset = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      iAMem = pParse->nMem + 1;
+      pParse->nMem += pGroupBy->nExpr;
+      iBMem = pParse->nMem + 1;
+      pParse->nMem += pGroupBy->nExpr;
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, iAbortFlag);
+      VdbeComment((v, "clear abort flag"));
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, iUseFlag);
+      VdbeComment((v, "indicate accumulator empty"));
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Null, 0, iAMem, iAMem+pGroupBy->nExpr-1);
+
+      /* Begin a loop that will extract all source rows in GROUP BY order.
+      ** This might involve two separate loops with an OP_Sort in between, or
+      ** it might be a single loop that uses an index to extract information
+      ** in the right order to begin with.
+      */
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regReset, addrReset);
+      pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, &pGroupBy, 0, 0, 0);
+      if( pWInfo==0 ) goto select_end;
+      if( pGroupBy==0 ){
+        /* The optimizer is able to deliver rows in group by order so
+        ** we do not have to sort.  The OP_OpenEphemeral table will be
+        ** cancelled later because we still need to use the pKeyInfo
+        */
+        pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy;
+        groupBySort = 0;
+      }else{
+        /* Rows are coming out in undetermined order.  We have to push
+        ** each row into a sorting index, terminate the first loop,
+        ** then loop over the sorting index in order to get the output
+        ** in sorted order
+        */
+        int regBase;
+        int regRecord;
+        int nCol;
+        int nGroupBy;
+
+        explainTempTable(pParse, 
+            isDistinct && !(p->selFlags&SF_Distinct)?"DISTINCT":"GROUP BY");
+
+        groupBySort = 1;
+        nGroupBy = pGroupBy->nExpr;
+        nCol = nGroupBy + 1;
+        j = nGroupBy+1;
+        for(i=0; i<sAggInfo.nColumn; i++){
+          if( sAggInfo.aCol[i].iSorterColumn>=j ){
+            nCol++;
+            j++;
+          }
+        }
+        regBase = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nCol);
+        sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
+        sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pGroupBy, regBase, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sequence, sAggInfo.sortingIdx,regBase+nGroupBy);
+        j = nGroupBy+1;
+        for(i=0; i<sAggInfo.nColumn; i++){
+          struct AggInfo_col *pCol = &sAggInfo.aCol[i];
+          if( pCol->iSorterColumn>=j ){
+            int r1 = j + regBase;
+            int r2;
+
+            r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, 
+                               pCol->pTab, pCol->iColumn, pCol->iTable, r1, 0);
+            if( r1!=r2 ){
+              sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, r2, r1);
+            }
+            j++;
+          }
+        }
+        regRecord = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regBase, nCol, regRecord);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterInsert, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, regRecord);
+        sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord);
+        sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regBase, nCol);
+        sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
+        sAggInfo.sortingIdxPTab = sortPTab = pParse->nTab++;
+        sortOut = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenPseudo, sortPTab, sortOut, nCol);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterSort, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, addrEnd);
+        VdbeComment((v, "GROUP BY sort"));
+        sAggInfo.useSortingIdx = 1;
+        sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
+      }
+
+      /* Evaluate the current GROUP BY terms and store in b0, b1, b2...
+      ** (b0 is memory location iBMem+0, b1 is iBMem+1, and so forth)
+      ** Then compare the current GROUP BY terms against the GROUP BY terms
+      ** from the previous row currently stored in a0, a1, a2...
+      */
+      addrTopOfLoop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+      sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
+      if( groupBySort ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterData, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, sortOut);
+      }
+      for(j=0; j<pGroupBy->nExpr; j++){
+        if( groupBySort ){
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, sortPTab, j, iBMem+j);
+          if( j==0 ) sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_CLEARCACHE);
+        }else{
+          sAggInfo.directMode = 1;
+          sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pGroupBy->a[j].pExpr, iBMem+j);
+        }
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Compare, iAMem, iBMem, pGroupBy->nExpr,
+                          (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO);
+      j1 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, j1+1, 0, j1+1);
+
+      /* Generate code that runs whenever the GROUP BY changes.
+      ** Changes in the GROUP BY are detected by the previous code
+      ** block.  If there were no changes, this block is skipped.
+      **
+      ** This code copies current group by terms in b0,b1,b2,...
+      ** over to a0,a1,a2.  It then calls the output subroutine
+      ** and resets the aggregate accumulator registers in preparation
+      ** for the next GROUP BY batch.
+      */
+      sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, iBMem, iAMem, pGroupBy->nExpr);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutputRow, addrOutputRow);
+      VdbeComment((v, "output one row"));
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, iAbortFlag, addrEnd);
+      VdbeComment((v, "check abort flag"));
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regReset, addrReset);
+      VdbeComment((v, "reset accumulator"));
+
+      /* Update the aggregate accumulators based on the content of
+      ** the current row
+      */
+      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
+      updateAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iUseFlag);
+      VdbeComment((v, "indicate data in accumulator"));
+
+      /* End of the loop
+      */
+      if( groupBySort ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterNext, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, addrTopOfLoop);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
+        sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, addrSortingIdx);
+      }
+
+      /* Output the final row of result
+      */
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutputRow, addrOutputRow);
+      VdbeComment((v, "output final row"));
+
+      /* Jump over the subroutines
+      */
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrEnd);
+
+      /* Generate a subroutine that outputs a single row of the result
+      ** set.  This subroutine first looks at the iUseFlag.  If iUseFlag
+      ** is less than or equal to zero, the subroutine is a no-op.  If
+      ** the processing calls for the query to abort, this subroutine
+      ** increments the iAbortFlag memory location before returning in
+      ** order to signal the caller to abort.
+      */
+      addrSetAbort = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iAbortFlag);
+      VdbeComment((v, "set abort flag"));
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regOutputRow);
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrOutputRow);
+      addrOutputRow = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, iUseFlag, addrOutputRow+2);
+      VdbeComment((v, "Groupby result generator entry point"));
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regOutputRow);
+      finalizeAggFunctions(pParse, &sAggInfo);
+      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pHaving, addrOutputRow+1, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
+      selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, 0, 0, pOrderBy,
+                      distinct, pDest,
+                      addrOutputRow+1, addrSetAbort);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regOutputRow);
+      VdbeComment((v, "end groupby result generator"));
+
+      /* Generate a subroutine that will reset the group-by accumulator
+      */
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrReset);
+      resetAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regReset);
+     
+    } /* endif pGroupBy.  Begin aggregate queries without GROUP BY: */
+    else {
+      ExprList *pDel = 0;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT
+      Table *pTab;
+      if( (pTab = isSimpleCount(p, &sAggInfo))!=0 ){
+        /* If isSimpleCount() returns a pointer to a Table structure, then
+        ** the SQL statement is of the form:
+        **
+        **   SELECT count(*) FROM <tbl>
+        **
+        ** where the Table structure returned represents table <tbl>.
+        **
+        ** This statement is so common that it is optimized specially. The
+        ** OP_Count instruction is executed either on the intkey table that
+        ** contains the data for table <tbl> or on one of its indexes. It
+        ** is better to execute the op on an index, as indexes are almost
+        ** always spread across less pages than their corresponding tables.
+        */
+        const int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
+        const int iCsr = pParse->nTab++;     /* Cursor to scan b-tree */
+        Index *pIdx;                         /* Iterator variable */
+        KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = 0;               /* Keyinfo for scanned index */
+        Index *pBest = 0;                    /* Best index found so far */
+        int iRoot = pTab->tnum;              /* Root page of scanned b-tree */
+
+        sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
+        sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName);
+
+        /* Search for the index that has the least amount of columns. If
+        ** there is such an index, and it has less columns than the table
+        ** does, then we can assume that it consumes less space on disk and
+        ** will therefore be cheaper to scan to determine the query result.
+        ** In this case set iRoot to the root page number of the index b-tree
+        ** and pKeyInfo to the KeyInfo structure required to navigate the
+        ** index.
+        **
+        ** (2011-04-15) Do not do a full scan of an unordered index.
+        **
+        ** In practice the KeyInfo structure will not be used. It is only 
+        ** passed to keep OP_OpenRead happy.
+        */
+        for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+          if( pIdx->bUnordered==0 && (!pBest || pIdx->nColumn<pBest->nColumn) ){
+            pBest = pIdx;
+          }
+        }
+        if( pBest && pBest->nColumn<pTab->nCol ){
+          iRoot = pBest->tnum;
+          pKeyInfo = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pBest);
+        }
+
+        /* Open a read-only cursor, execute the OP_Count, close the cursor. */
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iCsr, iRoot, iDb);
+        if( pKeyInfo ){
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char *)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
+        }
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iCsr, sAggInfo.aFunc[0].iMem);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iCsr);
+        explainSimpleCount(pParse, pTab, pBest);
+      }else
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT */
+      {
+        /* Check if the query is of one of the following forms:
+        **
+        **   SELECT min(x) FROM ...
+        **   SELECT max(x) FROM ...
+        **
+        ** If it is, then ask the code in where.c to attempt to sort results
+        ** as if there was an "ORDER ON x" or "ORDER ON x DESC" clause. 
+        ** If where.c is able to produce results sorted in this order, then
+        ** add vdbe code to break out of the processing loop after the 
+        ** first iteration (since the first iteration of the loop is 
+        ** guaranteed to operate on the row with the minimum or maximum 
+        ** value of x, the only row required).
+        **
+        ** A special flag must be passed to sqlite3WhereBegin() to slightly
+        ** modify behaviour as follows:
+        **
+        **   + If the query is a "SELECT min(x)", then the loop coded by
+        **     where.c should not iterate over any values with a NULL value
+        **     for x.
+        **
+        **   + The optimizer code in where.c (the thing that decides which
+        **     index or indices to use) should place a different priority on 
+        **     satisfying the 'ORDER BY' clause than it does in other cases.
+        **     Refer to code and comments in where.c for details.
+        */
+        ExprList *pMinMax = 0;
+        u8 flag = minMaxQuery(p);
+        if( flag ){
+          assert( !ExprHasProperty(p->pEList->a[0].pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
+          pMinMax = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pEList->a[0].pExpr->x.pList,0);
+          pDel = pMinMax;
+          if( pMinMax && !db->mallocFailed ){
+            pMinMax->a[0].sortOrder = flag!=WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN ?1:0;
+            pMinMax->a[0].pExpr->op = TK_COLUMN;
+          }
+        }
+  
+        /* This case runs if the aggregate has no GROUP BY clause.  The
+        ** processing is much simpler since there is only a single row
+        ** of output.
+        */
+        resetAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo);
+        pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, &pMinMax,0,flag,0);
+        if( pWInfo==0 ){
+          sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pDel);
+          goto select_end;
+        }
+        updateAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo);
+        if( !pMinMax && flag ){
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, pWInfo->iBreak);
+          VdbeComment((v, "%s() by index",
+                (flag==WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN?"min":"max")));
+        }
+        sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
+        finalizeAggFunctions(pParse, &sAggInfo);
+      }
+
+      pOrderBy = 0;
+      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pHaving, addrEnd, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
+      selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, 0, 0, 0, -1, 
+                      pDest, addrEnd, addrEnd);
+      sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pDel);
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrEnd);
+    
+  } /* endif aggregate query */
+
+  if( distinct>=0 ){
+    explainTempTable(pParse, "DISTINCT");
+  }
+
+  /* If there is an ORDER BY clause, then we need to sort the results
+  ** and send them to the callback one by one.
+  */
+  if( pOrderBy ){
+    explainTempTable(pParse, "ORDER BY");
+    generateSortTail(pParse, p, v, pEList->nExpr, pDest);
+  }
+
+  /* Jump here to skip this query
+  */
+  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iEnd);
+
+  /* The SELECT was successfully coded.   Set the return code to 0
+  ** to indicate no errors.
+  */
+  rc = 0;
+
+  /* Control jumps to here if an error is encountered above, or upon
+  ** successful coding of the SELECT.
+  */
+select_end:
+  explainSetInteger(pParse->iSelectId, iRestoreSelectId);
+
+  /* Identify column names if results of the SELECT are to be output.
+  */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pDest->eDest==SRT_Output ){
+    generateColumnNames(pParse, pTabList, pEList);
+  }
+
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, sAggInfo.aCol);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, sAggInfo.aFunc);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN)
+/*
+** Generate a human-readable description of a the Select object.
+*/
+static void explainOneSelect(Vdbe *pVdbe, Select *p){
+  sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "SELECT ");
+  if( p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate) ){
+    if( p->selFlags & SF_Distinct ){
+      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "DISTINCT ");
+    }
+    if( p->selFlags & SF_Aggregate ){
+      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "agg_flag ");
+    }
+    sqlite3ExplainNL(pVdbe);
+    sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "   ");
+  }
+  sqlite3ExplainExprList(pVdbe, p->pEList);
+  sqlite3ExplainNL(pVdbe);
+  if( p->pSrc && p->pSrc->nSrc ){
+    int i;
+    sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "FROM ");
+    sqlite3ExplainPush(pVdbe);
+    for(i=0; i<p->pSrc->nSrc; i++){
+      struct SrcList_item *pItem = &p->pSrc->a[i];
+      sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "{%d,*} = ", pItem->iCursor);
+      if( pItem->pSelect ){
+        sqlite3ExplainSelect(pVdbe, pItem->pSelect);
+        if( pItem->pTab ){
+          sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, " (tabname=%s)", pItem->pTab->zName);
+        }
+      }else if( pItem->zName ){
+        sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "%s", pItem->zName);
+      }
+      if( pItem->zAlias ){
+        sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, " (AS %s)", pItem->zAlias);
+      }
+      if( pItem->jointype & JT_LEFT ){
+        sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, " LEFT-JOIN");
+      }
+      sqlite3ExplainNL(pVdbe);
+    }
+    sqlite3ExplainPop(pVdbe);
+  }
+  if( p->pWhere ){
+    sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "WHERE ");
+    sqlite3ExplainExpr(pVdbe, p->pWhere);
+    sqlite3ExplainNL(pVdbe);
+  }
+  if( p->pGroupBy ){
+    sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "GROUPBY ");
+    sqlite3ExplainExprList(pVdbe, p->pGroupBy);
+    sqlite3ExplainNL(pVdbe);
+  }
+  if( p->pHaving ){
+    sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "HAVING ");
+    sqlite3ExplainExpr(pVdbe, p->pHaving);
+    sqlite3ExplainNL(pVdbe);
+  }
+  if( p->pOrderBy ){
+    sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "ORDERBY ");
+    sqlite3ExplainExprList(pVdbe, p->pOrderBy);
+    sqlite3ExplainNL(pVdbe);
+  }
+  if( p->pLimit ){
+    sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "LIMIT ");
+    sqlite3ExplainExpr(pVdbe, p->pLimit);
+    sqlite3ExplainNL(pVdbe);
+  }
+  if( p->pOffset ){
+    sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "OFFSET ");
+    sqlite3ExplainExpr(pVdbe, p->pOffset);
+    sqlite3ExplainNL(pVdbe);
+  }
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainSelect(Vdbe *pVdbe, Select *p){
+  if( p==0 ){
+    sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "(null-select)");
+    return;
+  }
+  while( p->pPrior ) p = p->pPrior;
+  sqlite3ExplainPush(pVdbe);
+  while( p ){
+    explainOneSelect(pVdbe, p);
+    p = p->pNext;
+    if( p==0 ) break;
+    sqlite3ExplainNL(pVdbe);
+    sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "%s\n", selectOpName(p->op));
+  }
+  sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "END");
+  sqlite3ExplainPop(pVdbe);
+}
+
+/* End of the structure debug printing code
+*****************************************************************************/
+#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN) */
+
+/************** End of select.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file table.c *******************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains the sqlite3_get_table() and sqlite3_free_table()
+** interface routines.  These are just wrappers around the main
+** interface routine of sqlite3_exec().
+**
+** These routines are in a separate files so that they will not be linked
+** if they are not used.
+*/
+/* #include <stdlib.h> */
+/* #include <string.h> */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE
+
+/*
+** This structure is used to pass data from sqlite3_get_table() through
+** to the callback function is uses to build the result.
+*/
+typedef struct TabResult {
+  char **azResult;   /* Accumulated output */
+  char *zErrMsg;     /* Error message text, if an error occurs */
+  int nAlloc;        /* Slots allocated for azResult[] */
+  int nRow;          /* Number of rows in the result */
+  int nColumn;       /* Number of columns in the result */
+  int nData;         /* Slots used in azResult[].  (nRow+1)*nColumn */
+  int rc;            /* Return code from sqlite3_exec() */
+} TabResult;
+
+/*
+** This routine is called once for each row in the result table.  Its job
+** is to fill in the TabResult structure appropriately, allocating new
+** memory as necessary.
+*/
+static int sqlite3_get_table_cb(void *pArg, int nCol, char **argv, char **colv){
+  TabResult *p = (TabResult*)pArg;  /* Result accumulator */
+  int need;                         /* Slots needed in p->azResult[] */
+  int i;                            /* Loop counter */
+  char *z;                          /* A single column of result */
+
+  /* Make sure there is enough space in p->azResult to hold everything
+  ** we need to remember from this invocation of the callback.
+  */
+  if( p->nRow==0 && argv!=0 ){
+    need = nCol*2;
+  }else{
+    need = nCol;
+  }
+  if( p->nData + need > p->nAlloc ){
+    char **azNew;
+    p->nAlloc = p->nAlloc*2 + need;
+    azNew = sqlite3_realloc( p->azResult, sizeof(char*)*p->nAlloc );
+    if( azNew==0 ) goto malloc_failed;
+    p->azResult = azNew;
+  }
+
+  /* If this is the first row, then generate an extra row containing
+  ** the names of all columns.
+  */
+  if( p->nRow==0 ){
+    p->nColumn = nCol;
+    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+      z = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", colv[i]);
+      if( z==0 ) goto malloc_failed;
+      p->azResult[p->nData++] = z;
+    }
+  }else if( p->nColumn!=nCol ){
+    sqlite3_free(p->zErrMsg);
+    p->zErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf(
+       "sqlite3_get_table() called with two or more incompatible queries"
+    );
+    p->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    return 1;
+  }
+
+  /* Copy over the row data
+  */
+  if( argv!=0 ){
+    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+      if( argv[i]==0 ){
+        z = 0;
+      }else{
+        int n = sqlite3Strlen30(argv[i])+1;
+        z = sqlite3_malloc( n );
+        if( z==0 ) goto malloc_failed;
+        memcpy(z, argv[i], n);
+      }
+      p->azResult[p->nData++] = z;
+    }
+    p->nRow++;
+  }
+  return 0;
+
+malloc_failed:
+  p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Query the database.  But instead of invoking a callback for each row,
+** malloc() for space to hold the result and return the entire results
+** at the conclusion of the call.
+**
+** The result that is written to ***pazResult is held in memory obtained
+** from malloc().  But the caller cannot free this memory directly.  
+** Instead, the entire table should be passed to sqlite3_free_table() when
+** the calling procedure is finished using it.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_table(
+  sqlite3 *db,                /* The database on which the SQL executes */
+  const char *zSql,           /* The SQL to be executed */
+  char ***pazResult,          /* Write the result table here */
+  int *pnRow,                 /* Write the number of rows in the result here */
+  int *pnColumn,              /* Write the number of columns of result here */
+  char **pzErrMsg             /* Write error messages here */
+){
+  int rc;
+  TabResult res;
+
+  *pazResult = 0;
+  if( pnColumn ) *pnColumn = 0;
+  if( pnRow ) *pnRow = 0;
+  if( pzErrMsg ) *pzErrMsg = 0;
+  res.zErrMsg = 0;
+  res.nRow = 0;
+  res.nColumn = 0;
+  res.nData = 1;
+  res.nAlloc = 20;
+  res.rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  res.azResult = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(char*)*res.nAlloc );
+  if( res.azResult==0 ){
+     db->errCode = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+     return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  res.azResult[0] = 0;
+  rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, sqlite3_get_table_cb, &res, pzErrMsg);
+  assert( sizeof(res.azResult[0])>= sizeof(res.nData) );
+  res.azResult[0] = SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(res.nData);
+  if( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_ABORT ){
+    sqlite3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]);
+    if( res.zErrMsg ){
+      if( pzErrMsg ){
+        sqlite3_free(*pzErrMsg);
+        *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s",res.zErrMsg);
+      }
+      sqlite3_free(res.zErrMsg);
+    }
+    db->errCode = res.rc;  /* Assume 32-bit assignment is atomic */
+    return res.rc;
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(res.zErrMsg);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]);
+    return rc;
+  }
+  if( res.nAlloc>res.nData ){
+    char **azNew;
+    azNew = sqlite3_realloc( res.azResult, sizeof(char*)*res.nData );
+    if( azNew==0 ){
+      sqlite3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]);
+      db->errCode = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    res.azResult = azNew;
+  }
+  *pazResult = &res.azResult[1];
+  if( pnColumn ) *pnColumn = res.nColumn;
+  if( pnRow ) *pnRow = res.nRow;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine frees the space the sqlite3_get_table() malloced.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_table(
+  char **azResult            /* Result returned from from sqlite3_get_table() */
+){
+  if( azResult ){
+    int i, n;
+    azResult--;
+    assert( azResult!=0 );
+    n = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(azResult[0]);
+    for(i=1; i<n; i++){ if( azResult[i] ) sqlite3_free(azResult[i]); }
+    sqlite3_free(azResult);
+  }
+}
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE */
+
+/************** End of table.c ***********************************************/
+/************** Begin file trigger.c *****************************************/
+/*
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains the implementation for TRIGGERs
+*/
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+/*
+** Delete a linked list of TriggerStep structures.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(sqlite3 *db, TriggerStep *pTriggerStep){
+  while( pTriggerStep ){
+    TriggerStep * pTmp = pTriggerStep;
+    pTriggerStep = pTriggerStep->pNext;
+
+    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pTmp->pWhere);
+    sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pTmp->pExprList);
+    sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pTmp->pSelect);
+    sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pTmp->pIdList);
+
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pTmp);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Given table pTab, return a list of all the triggers attached to 
+** the table. The list is connected by Trigger.pNext pointers.
+**
+** All of the triggers on pTab that are in the same database as pTab
+** are already attached to pTab->pTrigger.  But there might be additional
+** triggers on pTab in the TEMP schema.  This routine prepends all
+** TEMP triggers on pTab to the beginning of the pTab->pTrigger list
+** and returns the combined list.
+**
+** To state it another way:  This routine returns a list of all triggers
+** that fire off of pTab.  The list will include any TEMP triggers on
+** pTab as well as the triggers lised in pTab->pTrigger.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Trigger *sqlite3TriggerList(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){
+  Schema * const pTmpSchema = pParse->db->aDb[1].pSchema;
+  Trigger *pList = 0;                  /* List of triggers to return */
+
+  if( pParse->disableTriggers ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  if( pTmpSchema!=pTab->pSchema ){
+    HashElem *p;
+    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(pParse->db, 0, pTmpSchema) );
+    for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pTmpSchema->trigHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){
+      Trigger *pTrig = (Trigger *)sqliteHashData(p);
+      if( pTrig->pTabSchema==pTab->pSchema
+       && 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pTrig->table, pTab->zName) 
+      ){
+        pTrig->pNext = (pList ? pList : pTab->pTrigger);
+        pList = pTrig;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return (pList ? pList : pTab->pTrigger);
+}
+
+/*
+** This is called by the parser when it sees a CREATE TRIGGER statement
+** up to the point of the BEGIN before the trigger actions.  A Trigger
+** structure is generated based on the information available and stored
+** in pParse->pNewTrigger.  After the trigger actions have been parsed, the
+** sqlite3FinishTrigger() function is called to complete the trigger
+** construction process.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginTrigger(
+  Parse *pParse,      /* The parse context of the CREATE TRIGGER statement */
+  Token *pName1,      /* The name of the trigger */
+  Token *pName2,      /* The name of the trigger */
+  int tr_tm,          /* One of TK_BEFORE, TK_AFTER, TK_INSTEAD */
+  int op,             /* One of TK_INSERT, TK_UPDATE, TK_DELETE */
+  IdList *pColumns,   /* column list if this is an UPDATE OF trigger */
+  SrcList *pTableName,/* The name of the table/view the trigger applies to */
+  Expr *pWhen,        /* WHEN clause */
+  int isTemp,         /* True if the TEMPORARY keyword is present */
+  int noErr           /* Suppress errors if the trigger already exists */
+){
+  Trigger *pTrigger = 0;  /* The new trigger */
+  Table *pTab;            /* Table that the trigger fires off of */
+  char *zName = 0;        /* Name of the trigger */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;  /* The database connection */
+  int iDb;                /* The database to store the trigger in */
+  Token *pName;           /* The unqualified db name */
+  DbFixer sFix;           /* State vector for the DB fixer */
+  int iTabDb;             /* Index of the database holding pTab */
+
+  assert( pName1!=0 );   /* pName1->z might be NULL, but not pName1 itself */
+  assert( pName2!=0 );
+  assert( op==TK_INSERT || op==TK_UPDATE || op==TK_DELETE );
+  assert( op>0 && op<0xff );
+  if( isTemp ){
+    /* If TEMP was specified, then the trigger name may not be qualified. */
+    if( pName2->n>0 ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary trigger may not have qualified name");
+      goto trigger_cleanup;
+    }
+    iDb = 1;
+    pName = pName1;
+  }else{
+    /* Figure out the db that the trigger will be created in */
+    iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName);
+    if( iDb<0 ){
+      goto trigger_cleanup;
+    }
+  }
+  if( !pTableName || db->mallocFailed ){
+    goto trigger_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  /* A long-standing parser bug is that this syntax was allowed:
+  **
+  **    CREATE TRIGGER attached.demo AFTER INSERT ON attached.tab ....
+  **                                                 ^^^^^^^^
+  **
+  ** To maintain backwards compatibility, ignore the database
+  ** name on pTableName if we are reparsing our of SQLITE_MASTER.
+  */
+  if( db->init.busy && iDb!=1 ){
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pTableName->a[0].zDatabase);
+    pTableName->a[0].zDatabase = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* If the trigger name was unqualified, and the table is a temp table,
+  ** then set iDb to 1 to create the trigger in the temporary database.
+  ** If sqlite3SrcListLookup() returns 0, indicating the table does not
+  ** exist, the error is caught by the block below.
+  */
+  pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTableName);
+  if( db->init.busy==0 && pName2->n==0 && pTab
+        && pTab->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema ){
+    iDb = 1;
+  }
+
+  /* Ensure the table name matches database name and that the table exists */
+  if( db->mallocFailed ) goto trigger_cleanup;
+  assert( pTableName->nSrc==1 );
+  if( sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "trigger", pName) && 
+      sqlite3FixSrcList(&sFix, pTableName) ){
+    goto trigger_cleanup;
+  }
+  pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTableName);
+  if( !pTab ){
+    /* The table does not exist. */
+    if( db->init.iDb==1 ){
+      /* Ticket #3810.
+      ** Normally, whenever a table is dropped, all associated triggers are
+      ** dropped too.  But if a TEMP trigger is created on a non-TEMP table
+      ** and the table is dropped by a different database connection, the
+      ** trigger is not visible to the database connection that does the
+      ** drop so the trigger cannot be dropped.  This results in an
+      ** "orphaned trigger" - a trigger whose associated table is missing.
+      */
+      db->init.orphanTrigger = 1;
+    }
+    goto trigger_cleanup;
+  }
+  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create triggers on virtual tables");
+    goto trigger_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  /* Check that the trigger name is not reserved and that no trigger of the
+  ** specified name exists */
+  zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName);
+  if( !zName || SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){
+    goto trigger_cleanup;
+  }
+  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+  if( sqlite3HashFind(&(db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash),
+                      zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName)) ){
+    if( !noErr ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "trigger %T already exists", pName);
+    }else{
+      assert( !db->init.busy );
+      sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
+    }
+    goto trigger_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  /* Do not create a trigger on a system table */
+  if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0 ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create trigger on system table");
+    pParse->nErr++;
+    goto trigger_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  /* INSTEAD of triggers are only for views and views only support INSTEAD
+  ** of triggers.
+  */
+  if( pTab->pSelect && tr_tm!=TK_INSTEAD ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create %s trigger on view: %S", 
+        (tr_tm == TK_BEFORE)?"BEFORE":"AFTER", pTableName, 0);
+    goto trigger_cleanup;
+  }
+  if( !pTab->pSelect && tr_tm==TK_INSTEAD ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create INSTEAD OF"
+        " trigger on table: %S", pTableName, 0);
+    goto trigger_cleanup;
+  }
+  iTabDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  {
+    int code = SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER;
+    const char *zDb = db->aDb[iTabDb].zName;
+    const char *zDbTrig = isTemp ? db->aDb[1].zName : zDb;
+    if( iTabDb==1 || isTemp ) code = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER;
+    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, zName, pTab->zName, zDbTrig) ){
+      goto trigger_cleanup;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, SCHEMA_TABLE(iTabDb),0,zDb)){
+      goto trigger_cleanup;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* INSTEAD OF triggers can only appear on views and BEFORE triggers
+  ** cannot appear on views.  So we might as well translate every
+  ** INSTEAD OF trigger into a BEFORE trigger.  It simplifies code
+  ** elsewhere.
+  */
+  if (tr_tm == TK_INSTEAD){
+    tr_tm = TK_BEFORE;
+  }
+
+  /* Build the Trigger object */
+  pTrigger = (Trigger*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Trigger));
+  if( pTrigger==0 ) goto trigger_cleanup;
+  pTrigger->zName = zName;
+  zName = 0;
+  pTrigger->table = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pTableName->a[0].zName);
+  pTrigger->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema;
+  pTrigger->pTabSchema = pTab->pSchema;
+  pTrigger->op = (u8)op;
+  pTrigger->tr_tm = tr_tm==TK_BEFORE ? TRIGGER_BEFORE : TRIGGER_AFTER;
+  pTrigger->pWhen = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhen, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
+  pTrigger->pColumns = sqlite3IdListDup(db, pColumns);
+  assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==0 );
+  pParse->pNewTrigger = pTrigger;
+
+trigger_cleanup:
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, zName);
+  sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTableName);
+  sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pColumns);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhen);
+  if( !pParse->pNewTrigger ){
+    sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pTrigger);
+  }else{
+    assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==pTrigger );
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called after all of the trigger actions have been parsed
+** in order to complete the process of building the trigger.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FinishTrigger(
+  Parse *pParse,          /* Parser context */
+  TriggerStep *pStepList, /* The triggered program */
+  Token *pAll             /* Token that describes the complete CREATE TRIGGER */
+){
+  Trigger *pTrig = pParse->pNewTrigger;   /* Trigger being finished */
+  char *zName;                            /* Name of trigger */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;               /* The database */
+  DbFixer sFix;                           /* Fixer object */
+  int iDb;                                /* Database containing the trigger */
+  Token nameToken;                        /* Trigger name for error reporting */
+
+  pParse->pNewTrigger = 0;
+  if( NEVER(pParse->nErr) || !pTrig ) goto triggerfinish_cleanup;
+  zName = pTrig->zName;
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTrig->pSchema);
+  pTrig->step_list = pStepList;
+  while( pStepList ){
+    pStepList->pTrig = pTrig;
+    pStepList = pStepList->pNext;
+  }
+  nameToken.z = pTrig->zName;
+  nameToken.n = sqlite3Strlen30(nameToken.z);
+  if( sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "trigger", &nameToken) 
+          && sqlite3FixTriggerStep(&sFix, pTrig->step_list) ){
+    goto triggerfinish_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  /* if we are not initializing,
+  ** build the sqlite_master entry
+  */
+  if( !db->init.busy ){
+    Vdbe *v;
+    char *z;
+
+    /* Make an entry in the sqlite_master table */
+    v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+    if( v==0 ) goto triggerfinish_cleanup;
+    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
+    z = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pAll->z, pAll->n);
+    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
+       "INSERT INTO %Q.%s VALUES('trigger',%Q,%Q,0,'CREATE TRIGGER %q')",
+       db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), zName,
+       pTrig->table, z);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
+    sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, iDb,
+        sqlite3MPrintf(db, "type='trigger' AND name='%q'", zName));
+  }
+
+  if( db->init.busy ){
+    Trigger *pLink = pTrig;
+    Hash *pHash = &db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash;
+    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+    pTrig = sqlite3HashInsert(pHash, zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName), pTrig);
+    if( pTrig ){
+      db->mallocFailed = 1;
+    }else if( pLink->pSchema==pLink->pTabSchema ){
+      Table *pTab;
+      int n = sqlite3Strlen30(pLink->table);
+      pTab = sqlite3HashFind(&pLink->pTabSchema->tblHash, pLink->table, n);
+      assert( pTab!=0 );
+      pLink->pNext = pTab->pTrigger;
+      pTab->pTrigger = pLink;
+    }
+  }
+
+triggerfinish_cleanup:
+  sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pTrig);
+  assert( !pParse->pNewTrigger );
+  sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(db, pStepList);
+}
+
+/*
+** Turn a SELECT statement (that the pSelect parameter points to) into
+** a trigger step.  Return a pointer to a TriggerStep structure.
+**
+** The parser calls this routine when it finds a SELECT statement in
+** body of a TRIGGER.  
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(sqlite3 *db, Select *pSelect){
+  TriggerStep *pTriggerStep = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(TriggerStep));
+  if( pTriggerStep==0 ) {
+    sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
+    return 0;
+  }
+  pTriggerStep->op = TK_SELECT;
+  pTriggerStep->pSelect = pSelect;
+  pTriggerStep->orconf = OE_Default;
+  return pTriggerStep;
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate space to hold a new trigger step.  The allocated space
+** holds both the TriggerStep object and the TriggerStep.target.z string.
+**
+** If an OOM error occurs, NULL is returned and db->mallocFailed is set.
+*/
+static TriggerStep *triggerStepAllocate(
+  sqlite3 *db,                /* Database connection */
+  u8 op,                      /* Trigger opcode */
+  Token *pName                /* The target name */
+){
+  TriggerStep *pTriggerStep;
+
+  pTriggerStep = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(TriggerStep) + pName->n);
+  if( pTriggerStep ){
+    char *z = (char*)&pTriggerStep[1];
+    memcpy(z, pName->z, pName->n);
+    pTriggerStep->target.z = z;
+    pTriggerStep->target.n = pName->n;
+    pTriggerStep->op = op;
+  }
+  return pTriggerStep;
+}
+
+/*
+** Build a trigger step out of an INSERT statement.  Return a pointer
+** to the new trigger step.
+**
+** The parser calls this routine when it sees an INSERT inside the
+** body of a trigger.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(
+  sqlite3 *db,        /* The database connection */
+  Token *pTableName,  /* Name of the table into which we insert */
+  IdList *pColumn,    /* List of columns in pTableName to insert into */
+  ExprList *pEList,   /* The VALUE clause: a list of values to be inserted */
+  Select *pSelect,    /* A SELECT statement that supplies values */
+  u8 orconf           /* The conflict algorithm (OE_Abort, OE_Replace, etc.) */
+){
+  TriggerStep *pTriggerStep;
+
+  assert(pEList == 0 || pSelect == 0);
+  assert(pEList != 0 || pSelect != 0 || db->mallocFailed);
+
+  pTriggerStep = triggerStepAllocate(db, TK_INSERT, pTableName);
+  if( pTriggerStep ){
+    pTriggerStep->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pSelect, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
+    pTriggerStep->pIdList = pColumn;
+    pTriggerStep->pExprList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pEList, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
+    pTriggerStep->orconf = orconf;
+  }else{
+    sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pColumn);
+  }
+  sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pEList);
+  sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
+
+  return pTriggerStep;
+}
+
+/*
+** Construct a trigger step that implements an UPDATE statement and return
+** a pointer to that trigger step.  The parser calls this routine when it
+** sees an UPDATE statement inside the body of a CREATE TRIGGER.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(
+  sqlite3 *db,         /* The database connection */
+  Token *pTableName,   /* Name of the table to be updated */
+  ExprList *pEList,    /* The SET clause: list of column and new values */
+  Expr *pWhere,        /* The WHERE clause */
+  u8 orconf            /* The conflict algorithm. (OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, etc) */
+){
+  TriggerStep *pTriggerStep;
+
+  pTriggerStep = triggerStepAllocate(db, TK_UPDATE, pTableName);
+  if( pTriggerStep ){
+    pTriggerStep->pExprList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pEList, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
+    pTriggerStep->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
+    pTriggerStep->orconf = orconf;
+  }
+  sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pEList);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere);
+  return pTriggerStep;
+}
+
+/*
+** Construct a trigger step that implements a DELETE statement and return
+** a pointer to that trigger step.  The parser calls this routine when it
+** sees a DELETE statement inside the body of a CREATE TRIGGER.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep(
+  sqlite3 *db,            /* Database connection */
+  Token *pTableName,      /* The table from which rows are deleted */
+  Expr *pWhere            /* The WHERE clause */
+){
+  TriggerStep *pTriggerStep;
+
+  pTriggerStep = triggerStepAllocate(db, TK_DELETE, pTableName);
+  if( pTriggerStep ){
+    pTriggerStep->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
+    pTriggerStep->orconf = OE_Default;
+  }
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere);
+  return pTriggerStep;
+}
+
+/* 
+** Recursively delete a Trigger structure
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTrigger(sqlite3 *db, Trigger *pTrigger){
+  if( pTrigger==0 ) return;
+  sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(db, pTrigger->step_list);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, pTrigger->zName);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, pTrigger->table);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pTrigger->pWhen);
+  sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pTrigger->pColumns);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, pTrigger);
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called to drop a trigger from the database schema. 
+**
+** This may be called directly from the parser and therefore identifies
+** the trigger by name.  The sqlite3DropTriggerPtr() routine does the
+** same job as this routine except it takes a pointer to the trigger
+** instead of the trigger name.
+**/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTrigger(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int noErr){
+  Trigger *pTrigger = 0;
+  int i;
+  const char *zDb;
+  const char *zName;
+  int nName;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+
+  if( db->mallocFailed ) goto drop_trigger_cleanup;
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
+    goto drop_trigger_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  assert( pName->nSrc==1 );
+  zDb = pName->a[0].zDatabase;
+  zName = pName->a[0].zName;
+  nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
+  assert( zDb!=0 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
+  for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; i<db->nDb; i++){
+    int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i;  /* Search TEMP before MAIN */
+    if( zDb && sqlite3StrICmp(db->aDb[j].zName, zDb) ) continue;
+    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, j, 0) );
+    pTrigger = sqlite3HashFind(&(db->aDb[j].pSchema->trigHash), zName, nName);
+    if( pTrigger ) break;
+  }
+  if( !pTrigger ){
+    if( !noErr ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such trigger: %S", pName, 0);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(pParse, zDb);
+    }
+    pParse->checkSchema = 1;
+    goto drop_trigger_cleanup;
+  }
+  sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(pParse, pTrigger);
+
+drop_trigger_cleanup:
+  sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pName);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the Table structure for the table that a trigger
+** is set on.
+*/
+static Table *tableOfTrigger(Trigger *pTrigger){
+  int n = sqlite3Strlen30(pTrigger->table);
+  return sqlite3HashFind(&pTrigger->pTabSchema->tblHash, pTrigger->table, n);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Drop a trigger given a pointer to that trigger. 
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(Parse *pParse, Trigger *pTrigger){
+  Table   *pTable;
+  Vdbe *v;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  int iDb;
+
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTrigger->pSchema);
+  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
+  pTable = tableOfTrigger(pTrigger);
+  assert( pTable );
+  assert( pTable->pSchema==pTrigger->pSchema || iDb==1 );
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  {
+    int code = SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER;
+    const char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
+    const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb);
+    if( iDb==1 ) code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER;
+    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pTrigger->zName, pTable->zName, zDb) ||
+      sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb) ){
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Generate code to destroy the database record of the trigger.
+  */
+  assert( pTable!=0 );
+  if( (v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse))!=0 ){
+    int base;
+    static const VdbeOpList dropTrigger[] = {
+      { OP_Rewind,     0, ADDR(9),  0},
+      { OP_String8,    0, 1,        0}, /* 1 */
+      { OP_Column,     0, 1,        2},
+      { OP_Ne,         2, ADDR(8),  1},
+      { OP_String8,    0, 1,        0}, /* 4: "trigger" */
+      { OP_Column,     0, 0,        2},
+      { OP_Ne,         2, ADDR(8),  1},
+      { OP_Delete,     0, 0,        0},
+      { OP_Next,       0, ADDR(1),  0}, /* 8 */
+    };
+
+    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
+    sqlite3OpenMasterTable(pParse, iDb);
+    base = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v,  ArraySize(dropTrigger), dropTrigger);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, base+1, pTrigger->zName, P4_TRANSIENT);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, base+4, "trigger", P4_STATIC);
+    sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTrigger, iDb, 0, 0, pTrigger->zName, 0);
+    if( pParse->nMem<3 ){
+      pParse->nMem = 3;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Remove a trigger from the hash tables of the sqlite* pointer.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zName){
+  Trigger *pTrigger;
+  Hash *pHash;
+
+  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+  pHash = &(db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash);
+  pTrigger = sqlite3HashInsert(pHash, zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName), 0);
+  if( ALWAYS(pTrigger) ){
+    if( pTrigger->pSchema==pTrigger->pTabSchema ){
+      Table *pTab = tableOfTrigger(pTrigger);
+      Trigger **pp;
+      for(pp=&pTab->pTrigger; *pp!=pTrigger; pp=&((*pp)->pNext));
+      *pp = (*pp)->pNext;
+    }
+    sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pTrigger);
+    db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** pEList is the SET clause of an UPDATE statement.  Each entry
+** in pEList is of the format <id>=<expr>.  If any of the entries
+** in pEList have an <id> which matches an identifier in pIdList,
+** then return TRUE.  If pIdList==NULL, then it is considered a
+** wildcard that matches anything.  Likewise if pEList==NULL then
+** it matches anything so always return true.  Return false only
+** if there is no match.
+*/
+static int checkColumnOverlap(IdList *pIdList, ExprList *pEList){
+  int e;
+  if( pIdList==0 || NEVER(pEList==0) ) return 1;
+  for(e=0; e<pEList->nExpr; e++){
+    if( sqlite3IdListIndex(pIdList, pEList->a[e].zName)>=0 ) return 1;
+  }
+  return 0; 
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a list of all triggers on table pTab if there exists at least
+** one trigger that must be fired when an operation of type 'op' is 
+** performed on the table, and, if that operation is an UPDATE, if at
+** least one of the columns in pChanges is being modified.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Trigger *sqlite3TriggersExist(
+  Parse *pParse,          /* Parse context */
+  Table *pTab,            /* The table the contains the triggers */
+  int op,                 /* one of TK_DELETE, TK_INSERT, TK_UPDATE */
+  ExprList *pChanges,     /* Columns that change in an UPDATE statement */
+  int *pMask              /* OUT: Mask of TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER */
+){
+  int mask = 0;
+  Trigger *pList = 0;
+  Trigger *p;
+
+  if( (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_EnableTrigger)!=0 ){
+    pList = sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pTab);
+  }
+  assert( pList==0 || IsVirtual(pTab)==0 );
+  for(p=pList; p; p=p->pNext){
+    if( p->op==op && checkColumnOverlap(p->pColumns, pChanges) ){
+      mask |= p->tr_tm;
+    }
+  }
+  if( pMask ){
+    *pMask = mask;
+  }
+  return (mask ? pList : 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert the pStep->target token into a SrcList and return a pointer
+** to that SrcList.
+**
+** This routine adds a specific database name, if needed, to the target when
+** forming the SrcList.  This prevents a trigger in one database from
+** referring to a target in another database.  An exception is when the
+** trigger is in TEMP in which case it can refer to any other database it
+** wants.
+*/
+static SrcList *targetSrcList(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* The parsing context */
+  TriggerStep *pStep   /* The trigger containing the target token */
+){
+  int iDb;             /* Index of the database to use */
+  SrcList *pSrc;       /* SrcList to be returned */
+
+  pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db, 0, &pStep->target, 0);
+  if( pSrc ){
+    assert( pSrc->nSrc>0 );
+    assert( pSrc->a!=0 );
+    iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pStep->pTrig->pSchema);
+    if( iDb==0 || iDb>=2 ){
+      sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+      assert( iDb<pParse->db->nDb );
+      pSrc->a[pSrc->nSrc-1].zDatabase = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, db->aDb[iDb].zName);
+    }
+  }
+  return pSrc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate VDBE code for the statements inside the body of a single 
+** trigger.
+*/
+static int codeTriggerProgram(
+  Parse *pParse,            /* The parser context */
+  TriggerStep *pStepList,   /* List of statements inside the trigger body */
+  int orconf                /* Conflict algorithm. (OE_Abort, etc) */  
+){
+  TriggerStep *pStep;
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+
+  assert( pParse->pTriggerTab && pParse->pToplevel );
+  assert( pStepList );
+  assert( v!=0 );
+  for(pStep=pStepList; pStep; pStep=pStep->pNext){
+    /* Figure out the ON CONFLICT policy that will be used for this step
+    ** of the trigger program. If the statement that caused this trigger
+    ** to fire had an explicit ON CONFLICT, then use it. Otherwise, use
+    ** the ON CONFLICT policy that was specified as part of the trigger
+    ** step statement. Example:
+    **
+    **   CREATE TRIGGER AFTER INSERT ON t1 BEGIN;
+    **     INSERT OR REPLACE INTO t2 VALUES(new.a, new.b);
+    **   END;
+    **
+    **   INSERT INTO t1 ... ;            -- insert into t2 uses REPLACE policy
+    **   INSERT OR IGNORE INTO t1 ... ;  -- insert into t2 uses IGNORE policy
+    */
+    pParse->eOrconf = (orconf==OE_Default)?pStep->orconf:(u8)orconf;
+
+    switch( pStep->op ){
+      case TK_UPDATE: {
+        sqlite3Update(pParse, 
+          targetSrcList(pParse, pStep),
+          sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pStep->pExprList, 0), 
+          sqlite3ExprDup(db, pStep->pWhere, 0), 
+          pParse->eOrconf
+        );
+        break;
+      }
+      case TK_INSERT: {
+        sqlite3Insert(pParse, 
+          targetSrcList(pParse, pStep),
+          sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pStep->pExprList, 0), 
+          sqlite3SelectDup(db, pStep->pSelect, 0), 
+          sqlite3IdListDup(db, pStep->pIdList), 
+          pParse->eOrconf
+        );
+        break;
+      }
+      case TK_DELETE: {
+        sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse, 
+          targetSrcList(pParse, pStep),
+          sqlite3ExprDup(db, pStep->pWhere, 0)
+        );
+        break;
+      }
+      default: assert( pStep->op==TK_SELECT ); {
+        SelectDest sDest;
+        Select *pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pStep->pSelect, 0);
+        sqlite3SelectDestInit(&sDest, SRT_Discard, 0);
+        sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &sDest);
+        sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
+        break;
+      }
+    } 
+    if( pStep->op!=TK_SELECT ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_ResetCount);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+/*
+** This function is used to add VdbeComment() annotations to a VDBE
+** program. It is not used in production code, only for debugging.
+*/
+static const char *onErrorText(int onError){
+  switch( onError ){
+    case OE_Abort:    return "abort";
+    case OE_Rollback: return "rollback";
+    case OE_Fail:     return "fail";
+    case OE_Replace:  return "replace";
+    case OE_Ignore:   return "ignore";
+    case OE_Default:  return "default";
+  }
+  return "n/a";
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Parse context structure pFrom has just been used to create a sub-vdbe
+** (trigger program). If an error has occurred, transfer error information
+** from pFrom to pTo.
+*/
+static void transferParseError(Parse *pTo, Parse *pFrom){
+  assert( pFrom->zErrMsg==0 || pFrom->nErr );
+  assert( pTo->zErrMsg==0 || pTo->nErr );
+  if( pTo->nErr==0 ){
+    pTo->zErrMsg = pFrom->zErrMsg;
+    pTo->nErr = pFrom->nErr;
+  }else{
+    sqlite3DbFree(pFrom->db, pFrom->zErrMsg);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Create and populate a new TriggerPrg object with a sub-program 
+** implementing trigger pTrigger with ON CONFLICT policy orconf.
+*/
+static TriggerPrg *codeRowTrigger(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* Current parse context */
+  Trigger *pTrigger,   /* Trigger to code */
+  Table *pTab,         /* The table pTrigger is attached to */
+  int orconf           /* ON CONFLICT policy to code trigger program with */
+){
+  Parse *pTop = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;   /* Database handle */
+  TriggerPrg *pPrg;           /* Value to return */
+  Expr *pWhen = 0;            /* Duplicate of trigger WHEN expression */
+  Vdbe *v;                    /* Temporary VM */
+  NameContext sNC;            /* Name context for sub-vdbe */
+  SubProgram *pProgram = 0;   /* Sub-vdbe for trigger program */
+  Parse *pSubParse;           /* Parse context for sub-vdbe */
+  int iEndTrigger = 0;        /* Label to jump to if WHEN is false */
+
+  assert( pTrigger->zName==0 || pTab==tableOfTrigger(pTrigger) );
+  assert( pTop->pVdbe );
+
+  /* Allocate the TriggerPrg and SubProgram objects. To ensure that they
+  ** are freed if an error occurs, link them into the Parse.pTriggerPrg 
+  ** list of the top-level Parse object sooner rather than later.  */
+  pPrg = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(TriggerPrg));
+  if( !pPrg ) return 0;
+  pPrg->pNext = pTop->pTriggerPrg;
+  pTop->pTriggerPrg = pPrg;
+  pPrg->pProgram = pProgram = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(SubProgram));
+  if( !pProgram ) return 0;
+  sqlite3VdbeLinkSubProgram(pTop->pVdbe, pProgram);
+  pPrg->pTrigger = pTrigger;
+  pPrg->orconf = orconf;
+  pPrg->aColmask[0] = 0xffffffff;
+  pPrg->aColmask[1] = 0xffffffff;
+
+  /* Allocate and populate a new Parse context to use for coding the 
+  ** trigger sub-program.  */
+  pSubParse = sqlite3StackAllocZero(db, sizeof(Parse));
+  if( !pSubParse ) return 0;
+  memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
+  sNC.pParse = pSubParse;
+  pSubParse->db = db;
+  pSubParse->pTriggerTab = pTab;
+  pSubParse->pToplevel = pTop;
+  pSubParse->zAuthContext = pTrigger->zName;
+  pSubParse->eTriggerOp = pTrigger->op;
+  pSubParse->nQueryLoop = pParse->nQueryLoop;
+
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pSubParse);
+  if( v ){
+    VdbeComment((v, "Start: %s.%s (%s %s%s%s ON %s)", 
+      pTrigger->zName, onErrorText(orconf),
+      (pTrigger->tr_tm==TRIGGER_BEFORE ? "BEFORE" : "AFTER"),
+        (pTrigger->op==TK_UPDATE ? "UPDATE" : ""),
+        (pTrigger->op==TK_INSERT ? "INSERT" : ""),
+        (pTrigger->op==TK_DELETE ? "DELETE" : ""),
+      pTab->zName
+    ));
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, 
+      sqlite3MPrintf(db, "-- TRIGGER %s", pTrigger->zName), P4_DYNAMIC
+    );
+#endif
+
+    /* If one was specified, code the WHEN clause. If it evaluates to false
+    ** (or NULL) the sub-vdbe is immediately halted by jumping to the 
+    ** OP_Halt inserted at the end of the program.  */
+    if( pTrigger->pWhen ){
+      pWhen = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pTrigger->pWhen, 0);
+      if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pWhen) 
+       && db->mallocFailed==0 
+      ){
+        iEndTrigger = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+        sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pSubParse, pWhen, iEndTrigger, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
+      }
+      sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhen);
+    }
+
+    /* Code the trigger program into the sub-vdbe. */
+    codeTriggerProgram(pSubParse, pTrigger->step_list, orconf);
+
+    /* Insert an OP_Halt at the end of the sub-program. */
+    if( iEndTrigger ){
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iEndTrigger);
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Halt);
+    VdbeComment((v, "End: %s.%s", pTrigger->zName, onErrorText(orconf)));
+
+    transferParseError(pParse, pSubParse);
+    if( db->mallocFailed==0 ){
+      pProgram->aOp = sqlite3VdbeTakeOpArray(v, &pProgram->nOp, &pTop->nMaxArg);
+    }
+    pProgram->nMem = pSubParse->nMem;
+    pProgram->nCsr = pSubParse->nTab;
+    pProgram->nOnce = pSubParse->nOnce;
+    pProgram->token = (void *)pTrigger;
+    pPrg->aColmask[0] = pSubParse->oldmask;
+    pPrg->aColmask[1] = pSubParse->newmask;
+    sqlite3VdbeDelete(v);
+  }
+
+  assert( !pSubParse->pAinc       && !pSubParse->pZombieTab );
+  assert( !pSubParse->pTriggerPrg && !pSubParse->nMaxArg );
+  sqlite3StackFree(db, pSubParse);
+
+  return pPrg;
+}
+    
+/*
+** Return a pointer to a TriggerPrg object containing the sub-program for
+** trigger pTrigger with default ON CONFLICT algorithm orconf. If no such
+** TriggerPrg object exists, a new object is allocated and populated before
+** being returned.
+*/
+static TriggerPrg *getRowTrigger(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* Current parse context */
+  Trigger *pTrigger,   /* Trigger to code */
+  Table *pTab,         /* The table trigger pTrigger is attached to */
+  int orconf           /* ON CONFLICT algorithm. */
+){
+  Parse *pRoot = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
+  TriggerPrg *pPrg;
+
+  assert( pTrigger->zName==0 || pTab==tableOfTrigger(pTrigger) );
+
+  /* It may be that this trigger has already been coded (or is in the
+  ** process of being coded). If this is the case, then an entry with
+  ** a matching TriggerPrg.pTrigger field will be present somewhere
+  ** in the Parse.pTriggerPrg list. Search for such an entry.  */
+  for(pPrg=pRoot->pTriggerPrg; 
+      pPrg && (pPrg->pTrigger!=pTrigger || pPrg->orconf!=orconf); 
+      pPrg=pPrg->pNext
+  );
+
+  /* If an existing TriggerPrg could not be located, create a new one. */
+  if( !pPrg ){
+    pPrg = codeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, pTab, orconf);
+  }
+
+  return pPrg;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code for the trigger program associated with trigger p on 
+** table pTab. The reg, orconf and ignoreJump parameters passed to this
+** function are the same as those described in the header function for
+** sqlite3CodeRowTrigger()
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* Parse context */
+  Trigger *p,          /* Trigger to code */
+  Table *pTab,         /* The table to code triggers from */
+  int reg,             /* Reg array containing OLD.* and NEW.* values */
+  int orconf,          /* ON CONFLICT policy */
+  int ignoreJump       /* Instruction to jump to for RAISE(IGNORE) */
+){
+  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); /* Main VM */
+  TriggerPrg *pPrg;
+  pPrg = getRowTrigger(pParse, p, pTab, orconf);
+  assert( pPrg || pParse->nErr || pParse->db->mallocFailed );
+
+  /* Code the OP_Program opcode in the parent VDBE. P4 of the OP_Program 
+  ** is a pointer to the sub-vdbe containing the trigger program.  */
+  if( pPrg ){
+    int bRecursive = (p->zName && 0==(pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_RecTriggers));
+
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Program, reg, ignoreJump, ++pParse->nMem);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (const char *)pPrg->pProgram, P4_SUBPROGRAM);
+    VdbeComment(
+        (v, "Call: %s.%s", (p->zName?p->zName:"fkey"), onErrorText(orconf)));
+
+    /* Set the P5 operand of the OP_Program instruction to non-zero if
+    ** recursive invocation of this trigger program is disallowed. Recursive
+    ** invocation is disallowed if (a) the sub-program is really a trigger,
+    ** not a foreign key action, and (b) the flag to enable recursive triggers
+    ** is clear.  */
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)bRecursive);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This is called to code the required FOR EACH ROW triggers for an operation
+** on table pTab. The operation to code triggers for (INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE)
+** is given by the op paramater. The tr_tm parameter determines whether the
+** BEFORE or AFTER triggers are coded. If the operation is an UPDATE, then
+** parameter pChanges is passed the list of columns being modified.
+**
+** If there are no triggers that fire at the specified time for the specified
+** operation on pTab, this function is a no-op.
+**
+** The reg argument is the address of the first in an array of registers 
+** that contain the values substituted for the new.* and old.* references
+** in the trigger program. If N is the number of columns in table pTab
+** (a copy of pTab->nCol), then registers are populated as follows:
+**
+**   Register       Contains
+**   ------------------------------------------------------
+**   reg+0          OLD.rowid
+**   reg+1          OLD.* value of left-most column of pTab
+**   ...            ...
+**   reg+N          OLD.* value of right-most column of pTab
+**   reg+N+1        NEW.rowid
+**   reg+N+2        OLD.* value of left-most column of pTab
+**   ...            ...
+**   reg+N+N+1      NEW.* value of right-most column of pTab
+**
+** For ON DELETE triggers, the registers containing the NEW.* values will
+** never be accessed by the trigger program, so they are not allocated or 
+** populated by the caller (there is no data to populate them with anyway). 
+** Similarly, for ON INSERT triggers the values stored in the OLD.* registers
+** are never accessed, and so are not allocated by the caller. So, for an
+** ON INSERT trigger, the value passed to this function as parameter reg
+** is not a readable register, although registers (reg+N) through 
+** (reg+N+N+1) are.
+**
+** Parameter orconf is the default conflict resolution algorithm for the
+** trigger program to use (REPLACE, IGNORE etc.). Parameter ignoreJump
+** is the instruction that control should jump to if a trigger program
+** raises an IGNORE exception.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* Parse context */
+  Trigger *pTrigger,   /* List of triggers on table pTab */
+  int op,              /* One of TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT, TK_DELETE */
+  ExprList *pChanges,  /* Changes list for any UPDATE OF triggers */
+  int tr_tm,           /* One of TRIGGER_BEFORE, TRIGGER_AFTER */
+  Table *pTab,         /* The table to code triggers from */
+  int reg,             /* The first in an array of registers (see above) */
+  int orconf,          /* ON CONFLICT policy */
+  int ignoreJump       /* Instruction to jump to for RAISE(IGNORE) */
+){
+  Trigger *p;          /* Used to iterate through pTrigger list */
+
+  assert( op==TK_UPDATE || op==TK_INSERT || op==TK_DELETE );
+  assert( tr_tm==TRIGGER_BEFORE || tr_tm==TRIGGER_AFTER );
+  assert( (op==TK_UPDATE)==(pChanges!=0) );
+
+  for(p=pTrigger; p; p=p->pNext){
+
+    /* Sanity checking:  The schema for the trigger and for the table are
+    ** always defined.  The trigger must be in the same schema as the table
+    ** or else it must be a TEMP trigger. */
+    assert( p->pSchema!=0 );
+    assert( p->pTabSchema!=0 );
+    assert( p->pSchema==p->pTabSchema 
+         || p->pSchema==pParse->db->aDb[1].pSchema );
+
+    /* Determine whether we should code this trigger */
+    if( p->op==op 
+     && p->tr_tm==tr_tm 
+     && checkColumnOverlap(p->pColumns, pChanges)
+    ){
+      sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect(pParse, p, pTab, reg, orconf, ignoreJump);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Triggers may access values stored in the old.* or new.* pseudo-table. 
+** This function returns a 32-bit bitmask indicating which columns of the 
+** old.* or new.* tables actually are used by triggers. This information 
+** may be used by the caller, for example, to avoid having to load the entire
+** old.* record into memory when executing an UPDATE or DELETE command.
+**
+** Bit 0 of the returned mask is set if the left-most column of the
+** table may be accessed using an [old|new].<col> reference. Bit 1 is set if
+** the second leftmost column value is required, and so on. If there
+** are more than 32 columns in the table, and at least one of the columns
+** with an index greater than 32 may be accessed, 0xffffffff is returned.
+**
+** It is not possible to determine if the old.rowid or new.rowid column is 
+** accessed by triggers. The caller must always assume that it is.
+**
+** Parameter isNew must be either 1 or 0. If it is 0, then the mask returned
+** applies to the old.* table. If 1, the new.* table.
+**
+** Parameter tr_tm must be a mask with one or both of the TRIGGER_BEFORE
+** and TRIGGER_AFTER bits set. Values accessed by BEFORE triggers are only
+** included in the returned mask if the TRIGGER_BEFORE bit is set in the
+** tr_tm parameter. Similarly, values accessed by AFTER triggers are only
+** included in the returned mask if the TRIGGER_AFTER bit is set in tr_tm.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3TriggerColmask(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* Parse context */
+  Trigger *pTrigger,   /* List of triggers on table pTab */
+  ExprList *pChanges,  /* Changes list for any UPDATE OF triggers */
+  int isNew,           /* 1 for new.* ref mask, 0 for old.* ref mask */
+  int tr_tm,           /* Mask of TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER */
+  Table *pTab,         /* The table to code triggers from */
+  int orconf           /* Default ON CONFLICT policy for trigger steps */
+){
+  const int op = pChanges ? TK_UPDATE : TK_DELETE;
+  u32 mask = 0;
+  Trigger *p;
+
+  assert( isNew==1 || isNew==0 );
+  for(p=pTrigger; p; p=p->pNext){
+    if( p->op==op && (tr_tm&p->tr_tm)
+     && checkColumnOverlap(p->pColumns,pChanges)
+    ){
+      TriggerPrg *pPrg;
+      pPrg = getRowTrigger(pParse, p, pTab, orconf);
+      if( pPrg ){
+        mask |= pPrg->aColmask[isNew];
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return mask;
+}
+
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */
+
+/************** End of trigger.c *********************************************/
+/************** Begin file update.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
+** to handle UPDATE statements.
+*/
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+/* Forward declaration */
+static void updateVirtualTable(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* The parsing context */
+  SrcList *pSrc,       /* The virtual table to be modified */
+  Table *pTab,         /* The virtual table */
+  ExprList *pChanges,  /* The columns to change in the UPDATE statement */
+  Expr *pRowidExpr,    /* Expression used to recompute the rowid */
+  int *aXRef,          /* Mapping from columns of pTab to entries in pChanges */
+  Expr *pWhere,        /* WHERE clause of the UPDATE statement */
+  int onError          /* ON CONFLICT strategy */
+);
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
+
+/*
+** The most recently coded instruction was an OP_Column to retrieve the
+** i-th column of table pTab. This routine sets the P4 parameter of the 
+** OP_Column to the default value, if any.
+**
+** The default value of a column is specified by a DEFAULT clause in the 
+** column definition. This was either supplied by the user when the table
+** was created, or added later to the table definition by an ALTER TABLE
+** command. If the latter, then the row-records in the table btree on disk
+** may not contain a value for the column and the default value, taken
+** from the P4 parameter of the OP_Column instruction, is returned instead.
+** If the former, then all row-records are guaranteed to include a value
+** for the column and the P4 value is not required.
+**
+** Column definitions created by an ALTER TABLE command may only have 
+** literal default values specified: a number, null or a string. (If a more
+** complicated default expression value was provided, it is evaluated 
+** when the ALTER TABLE is executed and one of the literal values written
+** into the sqlite_master table.)
+**
+** Therefore, the P4 parameter is only required if the default value for
+** the column is a literal number, string or null. The sqlite3ValueFromExpr()
+** function is capable of transforming these types of expressions into
+** sqlite3_value objects.
+**
+** If parameter iReg is not negative, code an OP_RealAffinity instruction
+** on register iReg. This is used when an equivalent integer value is 
+** stored in place of an 8-byte floating point value in order to save 
+** space.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ColumnDefault(Vdbe *v, Table *pTab, int i, int iReg){
+  assert( pTab!=0 );
+  if( !pTab->pSelect ){
+    sqlite3_value *pValue;
+    u8 enc = ENC(sqlite3VdbeDb(v));
+    Column *pCol = &pTab->aCol[i];
+    VdbeComment((v, "%s.%s", pTab->zName, pCol->zName));
+    assert( i<pTab->nCol );
+    sqlite3ValueFromExpr(sqlite3VdbeDb(v), pCol->pDflt, enc, 
+                         pCol->affinity, &pValue);
+    if( pValue ){
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (const char *)pValue, P4_MEM);
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+    if( iReg>=0 && pTab->aCol[i].affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_RealAffinity, iReg);
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Process an UPDATE statement.
+**
+**   UPDATE OR IGNORE table_wxyz SET a=b, c=d WHERE e<5 AND f NOT NULL;
+**          \_______/ \________/     \______/       \________________/
+*            onError   pTabList      pChanges             pWhere
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update(
+  Parse *pParse,         /* The parser context */
+  SrcList *pTabList,     /* The table in which we should change things */
+  ExprList *pChanges,    /* Things to be changed */
+  Expr *pWhere,          /* The WHERE clause.  May be null */
+  int onError            /* How to handle constraint errors */
+){
+  int i, j;              /* Loop counters */
+  Table *pTab;           /* The table to be updated */
+  int addr = 0;          /* VDBE instruction address of the start of the loop */
+  WhereInfo *pWInfo;     /* Information about the WHERE clause */
+  Vdbe *v;               /* The virtual database engine */
+  Index *pIdx;           /* For looping over indices */
+  int nIdx;              /* Number of indices that need updating */
+  int iCur;              /* VDBE Cursor number of pTab */
+  sqlite3 *db;           /* The database structure */
+  int *aRegIdx = 0;      /* One register assigned to each index to be updated */
+  int *aXRef = 0;        /* aXRef[i] is the index in pChanges->a[] of the
+                         ** an expression for the i-th column of the table.
+                         ** aXRef[i]==-1 if the i-th column is not changed. */
+  int chngRowid;         /* True if the record number is being changed */
+  Expr *pRowidExpr = 0;  /* Expression defining the new record number */
+  int openAll = 0;       /* True if all indices need to be opened */
+  AuthContext sContext;  /* The authorization context */
+  NameContext sNC;       /* The name-context to resolve expressions in */
+  int iDb;               /* Database containing the table being updated */
+  int okOnePass;         /* True for one-pass algorithm without the FIFO */
+  int hasFK;             /* True if foreign key processing is required */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+  int isView;            /* True when updating a view (INSTEAD OF trigger) */
+  Trigger *pTrigger;     /* List of triggers on pTab, if required */
+  int tmask;             /* Mask of TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER */
+#endif
+  int newmask;           /* Mask of NEW.* columns accessed by BEFORE triggers */
+
+  /* Register Allocations */
+  int regRowCount = 0;   /* A count of rows changed */
+  int regOldRowid;       /* The old rowid */
+  int regNewRowid;       /* The new rowid */
+  int regNew;            /* Content of the NEW.* table in triggers */
+  int regOld = 0;        /* Content of OLD.* table in triggers */
+  int regRowSet = 0;     /* Rowset of rows to be updated */
+
+  memset(&sContext, 0, sizeof(sContext));
+  db = pParse->db;
+  if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){
+    goto update_cleanup;
+  }
+  assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 );
+
+  /* Locate the table which we want to update. 
+  */
+  pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList);
+  if( pTab==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
+
+  /* Figure out if we have any triggers and if the table being
+  ** updated is a view.
+  */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+  pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_UPDATE, pChanges, &tmask);
+  isView = pTab->pSelect!=0;
+  assert( pTrigger || tmask==0 );
+#else
+# define pTrigger 0
+# define isView 0
+# define tmask 0
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
+# undef isView
+# define isView 0
+#endif
+
+  if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){
+    goto update_cleanup;
+  }
+  if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, tmask) ){
+    goto update_cleanup;
+  }
+  aXRef = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int) * pTab->nCol );
+  if( aXRef==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
+  for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++) aXRef[i] = -1;
+
+  /* Allocate a cursors for the main database table and for all indices.
+  ** The index cursors might not be used, but if they are used they
+  ** need to occur right after the database cursor.  So go ahead and
+  ** allocate enough space, just in case.
+  */
+  pTabList->a[0].iCursor = iCur = pParse->nTab++;
+  for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+    pParse->nTab++;
+  }
+
+  /* Initialize the name-context */
+  memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
+  sNC.pParse = pParse;
+  sNC.pSrcList = pTabList;
+
+  /* Resolve the column names in all the expressions of the
+  ** of the UPDATE statement.  Also find the column index
+  ** for each column to be updated in the pChanges array.  For each
+  ** column to be updated, make sure we have authorization to change
+  ** that column.
+  */
+  chngRowid = 0;
+  for(i=0; i<pChanges->nExpr; i++){
+    if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pChanges->a[i].pExpr) ){
+      goto update_cleanup;
+    }
+    for(j=0; j<pTab->nCol; j++){
+      if( sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->aCol[j].zName, pChanges->a[i].zName)==0 ){
+        if( j==pTab->iPKey ){
+          chngRowid = 1;
+          pRowidExpr = pChanges->a[i].pExpr;
+        }
+        aXRef[j] = i;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    if( j>=pTab->nCol ){
+      if( sqlite3IsRowid(pChanges->a[i].zName) ){
+        chngRowid = 1;
+        pRowidExpr = pChanges->a[i].pExpr;
+      }else{
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such column: %s", pChanges->a[i].zName);
+        pParse->checkSchema = 1;
+        goto update_cleanup;
+      }
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+    {
+      int rc;
+      rc = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_UPDATE, pTab->zName,
+                           pTab->aCol[j].zName, db->aDb[iDb].zName);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){
+        goto update_cleanup;
+      }else if( rc==SQLITE_IGNORE ){
+        aXRef[j] = -1;
+      }
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+
+  hasFK = sqlite3FkRequired(pParse, pTab, aXRef, chngRowid);
+
+  /* Allocate memory for the array aRegIdx[].  There is one entry in the
+  ** array for each index associated with table being updated.  Fill in
+  ** the value with a register number for indices that are to be used
+  ** and with zero for unused indices.
+  */
+  for(nIdx=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, nIdx++){}
+  if( nIdx>0 ){
+    aRegIdx = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(Index*) * nIdx );
+    if( aRegIdx==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
+  }
+  for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){
+    int reg;
+    if( hasFK || chngRowid ){
+      reg = ++pParse->nMem;
+    }else{
+      reg = 0;
+      for(i=0; i<pIdx->nColumn; i++){
+        if( aXRef[pIdx->aiColumn[i]]>=0 ){
+          reg = ++pParse->nMem;
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    aRegIdx[j] = reg;
+  }
+
+  /* Begin generating code. */
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
+  if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v);
+  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  /* Virtual tables must be handled separately */
+  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+    updateVirtualTable(pParse, pTabList, pTab, pChanges, pRowidExpr, aXRef,
+                       pWhere, onError);
+    pWhere = 0;
+    pTabList = 0;
+    goto update_cleanup;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Allocate required registers. */
+  regRowSet = ++pParse->nMem;
+  regOldRowid = regNewRowid = ++pParse->nMem;
+  if( pTrigger || hasFK ){
+    regOld = pParse->nMem + 1;
+    pParse->nMem += pTab->nCol;
+  }
+  if( chngRowid || pTrigger || hasFK ){
+    regNewRowid = ++pParse->nMem;
+  }
+  regNew = pParse->nMem + 1;
+  pParse->nMem += pTab->nCol;
+
+  /* Start the view context. */
+  if( isView ){
+    sqlite3AuthContextPush(pParse, &sContext, pTab->zName);
+  }
+
+  /* If we are trying to update a view, realize that view into
+  ** a ephemeral table.
+  */
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
+  if( isView ){
+    sqlite3MaterializeView(pParse, pTab, pWhere, iCur);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Resolve the column names in all the expressions in the
+  ** WHERE clause.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pWhere) ){
+    goto update_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  /* Begin the database scan
+  */
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Null, 0, regRowSet, regOldRowid);
+  pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(
+      pParse, pTabList, pWhere, 0, 0, WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED, 0
+  );
+  if( pWInfo==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
+  okOnePass = pWInfo->okOnePass;
+
+  /* Remember the rowid of every item to be updated.
+  */
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, regOldRowid);
+  if( !okOnePass ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowSetAdd, regRowSet, regOldRowid);
+  }
+
+  /* End the database scan loop.
+  */
+  sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
+
+  /* Initialize the count of updated rows
+  */
+  if( (db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows) && !pParse->pTriggerTab ){
+    regRowCount = ++pParse->nMem;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regRowCount);
+  }
+
+  if( !isView ){
+    /* 
+    ** Open every index that needs updating.  Note that if any
+    ** index could potentially invoke a REPLACE conflict resolution 
+    ** action, then we need to open all indices because we might need
+    ** to be deleting some records.
+    */
+    if( !okOnePass ) sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iCur, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenWrite); 
+    if( onError==OE_Replace ){
+      openAll = 1;
+    }else{
+      openAll = 0;
+      for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+        if( pIdx->onError==OE_Replace ){
+          openAll = 1;
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){
+      assert( aRegIdx );
+      if( openAll || aRegIdx[i]>0 ){
+        KeyInfo *pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIdx);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenWrite, iCur+i+1, pIdx->tnum, iDb,
+                       (char*)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
+        assert( pParse->nTab>iCur+i+1 );
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Top of the update loop */
+  if( okOnePass ){
+    int a1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, regOldRowid);
+    addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto);
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, a1);
+  }else{
+    addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_RowSetRead, regRowSet, 0, regOldRowid);
+  }
+
+  /* Make cursor iCur point to the record that is being updated. If
+  ** this record does not exist for some reason (deleted by a trigger,
+  ** for example, then jump to the next iteration of the RowSet loop.  */
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, addr, regOldRowid);
+
+  /* If the record number will change, set register regNewRowid to
+  ** contain the new value. If the record number is not being modified,
+  ** then regNewRowid is the same register as regOldRowid, which is
+  ** already populated.  */
+  assert( chngRowid || pTrigger || hasFK || regOldRowid==regNewRowid );
+  if( chngRowid ){
+    sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRowidExpr, regNewRowid);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, regNewRowid);
+  }
+
+  /* If there are triggers on this table, populate an array of registers 
+  ** with the required old.* column data.  */
+  if( hasFK || pTrigger ){
+    u32 oldmask = (hasFK ? sqlite3FkOldmask(pParse, pTab) : 0);
+    oldmask |= sqlite3TriggerColmask(pParse, 
+        pTrigger, pChanges, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, onError
+    );
+    for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
+      if( aXRef[i]<0 || oldmask==0xffffffff || (i<32 && (oldmask & (1<<i))) ){
+        sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iCur, i, regOld+i);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regOld+i);
+      }
+    }
+    if( chngRowid==0 ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, regOldRowid, regNewRowid);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Populate the array of registers beginning at regNew with the new
+  ** row data. This array is used to check constaints, create the new
+  ** table and index records, and as the values for any new.* references
+  ** made by triggers.
+  **
+  ** If there are one or more BEFORE triggers, then do not populate the
+  ** registers associated with columns that are (a) not modified by
+  ** this UPDATE statement and (b) not accessed by new.* references. The
+  ** values for registers not modified by the UPDATE must be reloaded from 
+  ** the database after the BEFORE triggers are fired anyway (as the trigger 
+  ** may have modified them). So not loading those that are not going to
+  ** be used eliminates some redundant opcodes.
+  */
+  newmask = sqlite3TriggerColmask(
+      pParse, pTrigger, pChanges, 1, TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab, onError
+  );
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Null, 0, regNew, regNew+pTab->nCol-1);
+  for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
+    if( i==pTab->iPKey ){
+      /*sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regNew+i);*/
+    }else{
+      j = aXRef[i];
+      if( j>=0 ){
+        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pChanges->a[j].pExpr, regNew+i);
+      }else if( 0==(tmask&TRIGGER_BEFORE) || i>31 || (newmask&(1<<i)) ){
+        /* This branch loads the value of a column that will not be changed 
+        ** into a register. This is done if there are no BEFORE triggers, or
+        ** if there are one or more BEFORE triggers that use this value via
+        ** a new.* reference in a trigger program.
+        */
+        testcase( i==31 );
+        testcase( i==32 );
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iCur, i, regNew+i);
+        sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, i, regNew+i);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Fire any BEFORE UPDATE triggers. This happens before constraints are
+  ** verified. One could argue that this is wrong.
+  */
+  if( tmask&TRIGGER_BEFORE ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Affinity, regNew, pTab->nCol);
+    sqlite3TableAffinityStr(v, pTab);
+    sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_UPDATE, pChanges, 
+        TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab, regOldRowid, onError, addr);
+
+    /* The row-trigger may have deleted the row being updated. In this
+    ** case, jump to the next row. No updates or AFTER triggers are 
+    ** required. This behaviour - what happens when the row being updated
+    ** is deleted or renamed by a BEFORE trigger - is left undefined in the
+    ** documentation.
+    */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, addr, regOldRowid);
+
+    /* If it did not delete it, the row-trigger may still have modified 
+    ** some of the columns of the row being updated. Load the values for 
+    ** all columns not modified by the update statement into their 
+    ** registers in case this has happened.
+    */
+    for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
+      if( aXRef[i]<0 && i!=pTab->iPKey ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iCur, i, regNew+i);
+        sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, i, regNew+i);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( !isView ){
+    int j1;                       /* Address of jump instruction */
+
+    /* Do constraint checks. */
+    sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(pParse, pTab, iCur, regNewRowid,
+        aRegIdx, (chngRowid?regOldRowid:0), 1, onError, addr, 0);
+
+    /* Do FK constraint checks. */
+    if( hasFK ){
+      sqlite3FkCheck(pParse, pTab, regOldRowid, 0);
+    }
+
+    /* Delete the index entries associated with the current record.  */
+    j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, 0, regOldRowid);
+    sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(pParse, pTab, iCur, aRegIdx);
+  
+    /* If changing the record number, delete the old record.  */
+    if( hasFK || chngRowid ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Delete, iCur, 0);
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
+
+    if( hasFK ){
+      sqlite3FkCheck(pParse, pTab, 0, regNewRowid);
+    }
+  
+    /* Insert the new index entries and the new record. */
+    sqlite3CompleteInsertion(pParse, pTab, iCur, regNewRowid, aRegIdx, 1, 0, 0);
+
+    /* Do any ON CASCADE, SET NULL or SET DEFAULT operations required to
+    ** handle rows (possibly in other tables) that refer via a foreign key
+    ** to the row just updated. */ 
+    if( hasFK ){
+      sqlite3FkActions(pParse, pTab, pChanges, regOldRowid);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Increment the row counter 
+  */
+  if( (db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows) && !pParse->pTriggerTab){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, regRowCount, 1);
+  }
+
+  sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_UPDATE, pChanges, 
+      TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, regOldRowid, onError, addr);
+
+  /* Repeat the above with the next record to be updated, until
+  ** all record selected by the WHERE clause have been updated.
+  */
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addr);
+  sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
+
+  /* Close all tables */
+  for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){
+    assert( aRegIdx );
+    if( openAll || aRegIdx[i]>0 ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iCur+i+1, 0);
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iCur, 0);
+
+  /* Update the sqlite_sequence table by storing the content of the
+  ** maximum rowid counter values recorded while inserting into
+  ** autoincrement tables.
+  */
+  if( pParse->nested==0 && pParse->pTriggerTab==0 ){
+    sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(pParse);
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** Return the number of rows that were changed. If this routine is 
+  ** generating code because of a call to sqlite3NestedParse(), do not
+  ** invoke the callback function.
+  */
+  if( (db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows) && !pParse->pTriggerTab && !pParse->nested ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, regRowCount, 1);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows updated", SQLITE_STATIC);
+  }
+
+update_cleanup:
+  sqlite3AuthContextPop(&sContext);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, aRegIdx);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, aXRef);
+  sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTabList);
+  sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pChanges);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere);
+  return;
+}
+/* Make sure "isView" and other macros defined above are undefined. Otherwise
+** thely may interfere with compilation of other functions in this file
+** (or in another file, if this file becomes part of the amalgamation).  */
+#ifdef isView
+ #undef isView
+#endif
+#ifdef pTrigger
+ #undef pTrigger
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+/*
+** Generate code for an UPDATE of a virtual table.
+**
+** The strategy is that we create an ephemerial table that contains
+** for each row to be changed:
+**
+**   (A)  The original rowid of that row.
+**   (B)  The revised rowid for the row. (note1)
+**   (C)  The content of every column in the row.
+**
+** Then we loop over this ephemeral table and for each row in
+** the ephermeral table call VUpdate.
+**
+** When finished, drop the ephemeral table.
+**
+** (note1) Actually, if we know in advance that (A) is always the same
+** as (B) we only store (A), then duplicate (A) when pulling
+** it out of the ephemeral table before calling VUpdate.
+*/
+static void updateVirtualTable(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* The parsing context */
+  SrcList *pSrc,       /* The virtual table to be modified */
+  Table *pTab,         /* The virtual table */
+  ExprList *pChanges,  /* The columns to change in the UPDATE statement */
+  Expr *pRowid,        /* Expression used to recompute the rowid */
+  int *aXRef,          /* Mapping from columns of pTab to entries in pChanges */
+  Expr *pWhere,        /* WHERE clause of the UPDATE statement */
+  int onError          /* ON CONFLICT strategy */
+){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;  /* Virtual machine under construction */
+  ExprList *pEList = 0;     /* The result set of the SELECT statement */
+  Select *pSelect = 0;      /* The SELECT statement */
+  Expr *pExpr;              /* Temporary expression */
+  int ephemTab;             /* Table holding the result of the SELECT */
+  int i;                    /* Loop counter */
+  int addr;                 /* Address of top of loop */
+  int iReg;                 /* First register in set passed to OP_VUpdate */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */
+  const char *pVTab = (const char*)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab);
+  SelectDest dest;
+
+  /* Construct the SELECT statement that will find the new values for
+  ** all updated rows. 
+  */
+  pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, "_rowid_"));
+  if( pRowid ){
+    pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pEList,
+                                   sqlite3ExprDup(db, pRowid, 0));
+  }
+  assert( pTab->iPKey<0 );
+  for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
+    if( aXRef[i]>=0 ){
+      pExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pChanges->a[aXRef[i]].pExpr, 0);
+    }else{
+      pExpr = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, pTab->aCol[i].zName);
+    }
+    pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pEList, pExpr);
+  }
+  pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, pEList, pSrc, pWhere, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+  
+  /* Create the ephemeral table into which the update results will
+  ** be stored.
+  */
+  assert( v );
+  ephemTab = pParse->nTab++;
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, ephemTab, pTab->nCol+1+(pRowid!=0));
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, BTREE_UNORDERED);
+
+  /* fill the ephemeral table 
+  */
+  sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Table, ephemTab);
+  sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &dest);
+
+  /* Generate code to scan the ephemeral table and call VUpdate. */
+  iReg = ++pParse->nMem;
+  pParse->nMem += pTab->nCol+1;
+  addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, ephemTab, 0);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column,  ephemTab, 0, iReg);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, ephemTab, (pRowid?1:0), iReg+1);
+  for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, ephemTab, i+1+(pRowid!=0), iReg+2+i);
+  }
+  sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(pParse, pTab);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VUpdate, 0, pTab->nCol+2, iReg, pVTab, P4_VTAB);
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, onError==OE_Default ? OE_Abort : onError);
+  sqlite3MayAbort(pParse);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, ephemTab, addr+1);
+  sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, ephemTab, 0);
+
+  /* Cleanup */
+  sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);  
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
+
+/************** End of update.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file vacuum.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2003 April 6
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains code used to implement the VACUUM command.
+**
+** Most of the code in this file may be omitted by defining the
+** SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM macro.
+*/
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH)
+/*
+** Finalize a prepared statement.  If there was an error, store the
+** text of the error message in *pzErrMsg.  Return the result code.
+*/
+static int vacuumFinalize(sqlite3 *db, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, char **pzErrMsg){
+  int rc;
+  rc = sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe*)pStmt);
+  if( rc ){
+    sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, sqlite3_errmsg(db));
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Execute zSql on database db. Return an error code.
+*/
+static int execSql(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg, const char *zSql){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+  VVA_ONLY( int rc; )
+  if( !zSql ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0) ){
+    sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, sqlite3_errmsg(db));
+    return sqlite3_errcode(db);
+  }
+  VVA_ONLY( rc = ) sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+  assert( rc!=SQLITE_ROW || (db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows) );
+  return vacuumFinalize(db, pStmt, pzErrMsg);
+}
+
+/*
+** Execute zSql on database db. The statement returns exactly
+** one column. Execute this as SQL on the same database.
+*/
+static int execExecSql(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg, const char *zSql){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+  int rc;
+
+  rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
+    rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg, (char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 0));
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      vacuumFinalize(db, pStmt, pzErrMsg);
+      return rc;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return vacuumFinalize(db, pStmt, pzErrMsg);
+}
+
+/*
+** The non-standard VACUUM command is used to clean up the database,
+** collapse free space, etc.  It is modelled after the VACUUM command
+** in PostgreSQL.
+**
+** In version 1.0.x of SQLite, the VACUUM command would call
+** gdbm_reorganize() on all the database tables.  But beginning
+** with 2.0.0, SQLite no longer uses GDBM so this command has
+** become a no-op.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Vacuum(Parse *pParse){
+  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Vacuum, 0, 0);
+  }
+  return;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine implements the OP_Vacuum opcode of the VDBE.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunVacuum(char **pzErrMsg, sqlite3 *db){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;     /* Return code from service routines */
+  Btree *pMain;           /* The database being vacuumed */
+  Btree *pTemp;           /* The temporary database we vacuum into */
+  char *zSql = 0;         /* SQL statements */
+  int saved_flags;        /* Saved value of the db->flags */
+  int saved_nChange;      /* Saved value of db->nChange */
+  int saved_nTotalChange; /* Saved value of db->nTotalChange */
+  void (*saved_xTrace)(void*,const char*);  /* Saved db->xTrace */
+  Db *pDb = 0;            /* Database to detach at end of vacuum */
+  int isMemDb;            /* True if vacuuming a :memory: database */
+  int nRes;               /* Bytes of reserved space at the end of each page */
+  int nDb;                /* Number of attached databases */
+
+  if( !db->autoCommit ){
+    sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "cannot VACUUM from within a transaction");
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  if( db->activeVdbeCnt>1 ){
+    sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db,"cannot VACUUM - SQL statements in progress");
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Save the current value of the database flags so that it can be 
+  ** restored before returning. Then set the writable-schema flag, and
+  ** disable CHECK and foreign key constraints.  */
+  saved_flags = db->flags;
+  saved_nChange = db->nChange;
+  saved_nTotalChange = db->nTotalChange;
+  saved_xTrace = db->xTrace;
+  db->flags |= SQLITE_WriteSchema | SQLITE_IgnoreChecks | SQLITE_PreferBuiltin;
+  db->flags &= ~(SQLITE_ForeignKeys | SQLITE_ReverseOrder);
+  db->xTrace = 0;
+
+  pMain = db->aDb[0].pBt;
+  isMemDb = sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(sqlite3BtreePager(pMain));
+
+  /* Attach the temporary database as 'vacuum_db'. The synchronous pragma
+  ** can be set to 'off' for this file, as it is not recovered if a crash
+  ** occurs anyway. The integrity of the database is maintained by a
+  ** (possibly synchronous) transaction opened on the main database before
+  ** sqlite3BtreeCopyFile() is called.
+  **
+  ** An optimisation would be to use a non-journaled pager.
+  ** (Later:) I tried setting "PRAGMA vacuum_db.journal_mode=OFF" but
+  ** that actually made the VACUUM run slower.  Very little journalling
+  ** actually occurs when doing a vacuum since the vacuum_db is initially
+  ** empty.  Only the journal header is written.  Apparently it takes more
+  ** time to parse and run the PRAGMA to turn journalling off than it does
+  ** to write the journal header file.
+  */
+  nDb = db->nDb;
+  if( sqlite3TempInMemory(db) ){
+    zSql = "ATTACH ':memory:' AS vacuum_db;";
+  }else{
+    zSql = "ATTACH '' AS vacuum_db;";
+  }
+  rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg, zSql);
+  if( db->nDb>nDb ){
+    pDb = &db->aDb[db->nDb-1];
+    assert( strcmp(pDb->zName,"vacuum_db")==0 );
+  }
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+  pTemp = db->aDb[db->nDb-1].pBt;
+
+  /* The call to execSql() to attach the temp database has left the file
+  ** locked (as there was more than one active statement when the transaction
+  ** to read the schema was concluded. Unlock it here so that this doesn't
+  ** cause problems for the call to BtreeSetPageSize() below.  */
+  sqlite3BtreeCommit(pTemp);
+
+  nRes = sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(pMain);
+
+  /* A VACUUM cannot change the pagesize of an encrypted database. */
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+  if( db->nextPagesize ){
+    extern void sqlite3CodecGetKey(sqlite3*, int, void**, int*);
+    int nKey;
+    char *zKey;
+    sqlite3CodecGetKey(db, 0, (void**)&zKey, &nKey);
+    if( nKey ) db->nextPagesize = 0;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg, "PRAGMA vacuum_db.synchronous=OFF");
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+
+  /* Begin a transaction and take an exclusive lock on the main database
+  ** file. This is done before the sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pMain) call below,
+  ** to ensure that we do not try to change the page-size on a WAL database.
+  */
+  rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg, "BEGIN;");
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pMain, 2);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+
+  /* Do not attempt to change the page size for a WAL database */
+  if( sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(sqlite3BtreePager(pMain))
+                                               ==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){
+    db->nextPagesize = 0;
+  }
+
+  if( sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pTemp, sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pMain), nRes, 0)
+   || (!isMemDb && sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pTemp, db->nextPagesize, nRes, 0))
+   || NEVER(db->mallocFailed)
+  ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    goto end_of_vacuum;
+  }
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+  sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(pTemp, db->nextAutovac>=0 ? db->nextAutovac :
+                                           sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(pMain));
+#endif
+
+  /* Query the schema of the main database. Create a mirror schema
+  ** in the temporary database.
+  */
+  rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg,
+      "SELECT 'CREATE TABLE vacuum_db.' || substr(sql,14) "
+      "  FROM sqlite_master WHERE type='table' AND name!='sqlite_sequence'"
+      "   AND rootpage>0"
+  );
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+  rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg,
+      "SELECT 'CREATE INDEX vacuum_db.' || substr(sql,14)"
+      "  FROM sqlite_master WHERE sql LIKE 'CREATE INDEX %' ");
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+  rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg,
+      "SELECT 'CREATE UNIQUE INDEX vacuum_db.' || substr(sql,21) "
+      "  FROM sqlite_master WHERE sql LIKE 'CREATE UNIQUE INDEX %'");
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+
+  /* Loop through the tables in the main database. For each, do
+  ** an "INSERT INTO vacuum_db.xxx SELECT * FROM main.xxx;" to copy
+  ** the contents to the temporary database.
+  */
+  rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg,
+      "SELECT 'INSERT INTO vacuum_db.' || quote(name) "
+      "|| ' SELECT * FROM main.' || quote(name) || ';'"
+      "FROM main.sqlite_master "
+      "WHERE type = 'table' AND name!='sqlite_sequence' "
+      "  AND rootpage>0"
+  );
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+
+  /* Copy over the sequence table
+  */
+  rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg,
+      "SELECT 'DELETE FROM vacuum_db.' || quote(name) || ';' "
+      "FROM vacuum_db.sqlite_master WHERE name='sqlite_sequence' "
+  );
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+  rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg,
+      "SELECT 'INSERT INTO vacuum_db.' || quote(name) "
+      "|| ' SELECT * FROM main.' || quote(name) || ';' "
+      "FROM vacuum_db.sqlite_master WHERE name=='sqlite_sequence';"
+  );
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+
+
+  /* Copy the triggers, views, and virtual tables from the main database
+  ** over to the temporary database.  None of these objects has any
+  ** associated storage, so all we have to do is copy their entries
+  ** from the SQLITE_MASTER table.
+  */
+  rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg,
+      "INSERT INTO vacuum_db.sqlite_master "
+      "  SELECT type, name, tbl_name, rootpage, sql"
+      "    FROM main.sqlite_master"
+      "   WHERE type='view' OR type='trigger'"
+      "      OR (type='table' AND rootpage=0)"
+  );
+  if( rc ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+
+  /* At this point, there is a write transaction open on both the 
+  ** vacuum database and the main database. Assuming no error occurs,
+  ** both transactions are closed by this block - the main database
+  ** transaction by sqlite3BtreeCopyFile() and the other by an explicit
+  ** call to sqlite3BtreeCommit().
+  */
+  {
+    u32 meta;
+    int i;
+
+    /* This array determines which meta meta values are preserved in the
+    ** vacuum.  Even entries are the meta value number and odd entries
+    ** are an increment to apply to the meta value after the vacuum.
+    ** The increment is used to increase the schema cookie so that other
+    ** connections to the same database will know to reread the schema.
+    */
+    static const unsigned char aCopy[] = {
+       BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION,     1,  /* Add one to the old schema cookie */
+       BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE, 0,  /* Preserve the default page cache size */
+       BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING,      0,  /* Preserve the text encoding */
+       BTREE_USER_VERSION,       0,  /* Preserve the user version */
+    };
+
+    assert( 1==sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pTemp) );
+    assert( 1==sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pMain) );
+
+    /* Copy Btree meta values */
+    for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aCopy); i+=2){
+      /* GetMeta() and UpdateMeta() cannot fail in this context because
+      ** we already have page 1 loaded into cache and marked dirty. */
+      sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pMain, aCopy[i], &meta);
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(pTemp, aCopy[i], meta+aCopy[i+1]);
+      if( NEVER(rc!=SQLITE_OK) ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+    }
+
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(pMain, pTemp);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeCommit(pTemp);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+    sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(pMain, sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(pTemp));
+#endif
+  }
+
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pMain, sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pTemp), nRes,1);
+
+end_of_vacuum:
+  /* Restore the original value of db->flags */
+  db->flags = saved_flags;
+  db->nChange = saved_nChange;
+  db->nTotalChange = saved_nTotalChange;
+  db->xTrace = saved_xTrace;
+  sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pMain, -1, -1, 1);
+
+  /* Currently there is an SQL level transaction open on the vacuum
+  ** database. No locks are held on any other files (since the main file
+  ** was committed at the btree level). So it safe to end the transaction
+  ** by manually setting the autoCommit flag to true and detaching the
+  ** vacuum database. The vacuum_db journal file is deleted when the pager
+  ** is closed by the DETACH.
+  */
+  db->autoCommit = 1;
+
+  if( pDb ){
+    sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt);
+    pDb->pBt = 0;
+    pDb->pSchema = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* This both clears the schemas and reduces the size of the db->aDb[]
+  ** array. */ 
+  sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db);
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#endif  /* SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM && SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH */
+
+/************** End of vacuum.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file vtab.c ********************************************/
+/*
+** 2006 June 10
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains code used to help implement virtual tables.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+
+/*
+** Before a virtual table xCreate() or xConnect() method is invoked, the
+** sqlite3.pVtabCtx member variable is set to point to an instance of
+** this struct allocated on the stack. It is used by the implementation of 
+** the sqlite3_declare_vtab() and sqlite3_vtab_config() APIs, both of which
+** are invoked only from within xCreate and xConnect methods.
+*/
+struct VtabCtx {
+  VTable *pVTable;    /* The virtual table being constructed */
+  Table *pTab;        /* The Table object to which the virtual table belongs */
+};
+
+/*
+** The actual function that does the work of creating a new module.
+** This function implements the sqlite3_create_module() and
+** sqlite3_create_module_v2() interfaces.
+*/
+static int createModule(
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database in which module is registered */
+  const char *zName,              /* Name assigned to this module */
+  const sqlite3_module *pModule,  /* The definition of the module */
+  void *pAux,                     /* Context pointer for xCreate/xConnect */
+  void (*xDestroy)(void *)        /* Module destructor function */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int nName;
+
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
+  if( sqlite3HashFind(&db->aModule, zName, nName) ){
+    rc = SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+  }else{
+    Module *pMod;
+    pMod = (Module *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(Module) + nName + 1);
+    if( pMod ){
+      Module *pDel;
+      char *zCopy = (char *)(&pMod[1]);
+      memcpy(zCopy, zName, nName+1);
+      pMod->zName = zCopy;
+      pMod->pModule = pModule;
+      pMod->pAux = pAux;
+      pMod->xDestroy = xDestroy;
+      pDel = (Module *)sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aModule,zCopy,nName,(void*)pMod);
+      assert( pDel==0 || pDel==pMod );
+      if( pDel ){
+        db->mallocFailed = 1;
+        sqlite3DbFree(db, pDel);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && xDestroy ) xDestroy(pAux);
+
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** External API function used to create a new virtual-table module.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module(
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database in which module is registered */
+  const char *zName,              /* Name assigned to this module */
+  const sqlite3_module *pModule,  /* The definition of the module */
+  void *pAux                      /* Context pointer for xCreate/xConnect */
+){
+  return createModule(db, zName, pModule, pAux, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** External API function used to create a new virtual-table module.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module_v2(
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database in which module is registered */
+  const char *zName,              /* Name assigned to this module */
+  const sqlite3_module *pModule,  /* The definition of the module */
+  void *pAux,                     /* Context pointer for xCreate/xConnect */
+  void (*xDestroy)(void *)        /* Module destructor function */
+){
+  return createModule(db, zName, pModule, pAux, xDestroy);
+}
+
+/*
+** Lock the virtual table so that it cannot be disconnected.
+** Locks nest.  Every lock should have a corresponding unlock.
+** If an unlock is omitted, resources leaks will occur.  
+**
+** If a disconnect is attempted while a virtual table is locked,
+** the disconnect is deferred until all locks have been removed.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabLock(VTable *pVTab){
+  pVTab->nRef++;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** pTab is a pointer to a Table structure representing a virtual-table.
+** Return a pointer to the VTable object used by connection db to access 
+** this virtual-table, if one has been created, or NULL otherwise.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE VTable *sqlite3GetVTable(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTab){
+  VTable *pVtab;
+  assert( IsVirtual(pTab) );
+  for(pVtab=pTab->pVTable; pVtab && pVtab->db!=db; pVtab=pVtab->pNext);
+  return pVtab;
+}
+
+/*
+** Decrement the ref-count on a virtual table object. When the ref-count
+** reaches zero, call the xDisconnect() method to delete the object.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabUnlock(VTable *pVTab){
+  sqlite3 *db = pVTab->db;
+
+  assert( db );
+  assert( pVTab->nRef>0 );
+  assert( db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN || db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_ZOMBIE );
+
+  pVTab->nRef--;
+  if( pVTab->nRef==0 ){
+    sqlite3_vtab *p = pVTab->pVtab;
+    if( p ){
+      p->pModule->xDisconnect(p);
+    }
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pVTab);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Table p is a virtual table. This function moves all elements in the
+** p->pVTable list to the sqlite3.pDisconnect lists of their associated
+** database connections to be disconnected at the next opportunity. 
+** Except, if argument db is not NULL, then the entry associated with
+** connection db is left in the p->pVTable list.
+*/
+static VTable *vtabDisconnectAll(sqlite3 *db, Table *p){
+  VTable *pRet = 0;
+  VTable *pVTable = p->pVTable;
+  p->pVTable = 0;
+
+  /* Assert that the mutex (if any) associated with the BtShared database 
+  ** that contains table p is held by the caller. See header comments 
+  ** above function sqlite3VtabUnlockList() for an explanation of why
+  ** this makes it safe to access the sqlite3.pDisconnect list of any
+  ** database connection that may have an entry in the p->pVTable list.
+  */
+  assert( db==0 || sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, p->pSchema) );
+
+  while( pVTable ){
+    sqlite3 *db2 = pVTable->db;
+    VTable *pNext = pVTable->pNext;
+    assert( db2 );
+    if( db2==db ){
+      pRet = pVTable;
+      p->pVTable = pRet;
+      pRet->pNext = 0;
+    }else{
+      pVTable->pNext = db2->pDisconnect;
+      db2->pDisconnect = pVTable;
+    }
+    pVTable = pNext;
+  }
+
+  assert( !db || pRet );
+  return pRet;
+}
+
+/*
+** Table *p is a virtual table. This function removes the VTable object
+** for table *p associated with database connection db from the linked
+** list in p->pVTab. It also decrements the VTable ref count. This is
+** used when closing database connection db to free all of its VTable
+** objects without disturbing the rest of the Schema object (which may
+** be being used by other shared-cache connections).
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabDisconnect(sqlite3 *db, Table *p){
+  VTable **ppVTab;
+
+  assert( IsVirtual(p) );
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+
+  for(ppVTab=&p->pVTable; *ppVTab; ppVTab=&(*ppVTab)->pNext){
+    if( (*ppVTab)->db==db  ){
+      VTable *pVTab = *ppVTab;
+      *ppVTab = pVTab->pNext;
+      sqlite3VtabUnlock(pVTab);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Disconnect all the virtual table objects in the sqlite3.pDisconnect list.
+**
+** This function may only be called when the mutexes associated with all
+** shared b-tree databases opened using connection db are held by the 
+** caller. This is done to protect the sqlite3.pDisconnect list. The
+** sqlite3.pDisconnect list is accessed only as follows:
+**
+**   1) By this function. In this case, all BtShared mutexes and the mutex
+**      associated with the database handle itself must be held.
+**
+**   2) By function vtabDisconnectAll(), when it adds a VTable entry to
+**      the sqlite3.pDisconnect list. In this case either the BtShared mutex
+**      associated with the database the virtual table is stored in is held
+**      or, if the virtual table is stored in a non-sharable database, then
+**      the database handle mutex is held.
+**
+** As a result, a sqlite3.pDisconnect cannot be accessed simultaneously 
+** by multiple threads. It is thread-safe.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabUnlockList(sqlite3 *db){
+  VTable *p = db->pDisconnect;
+  db->pDisconnect = 0;
+
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+
+  if( p ){
+    sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
+    do {
+      VTable *pNext = p->pNext;
+      sqlite3VtabUnlock(p);
+      p = pNext;
+    }while( p );
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Clear any and all virtual-table information from the Table record.
+** This routine is called, for example, just before deleting the Table
+** record.
+**
+** Since it is a virtual-table, the Table structure contains a pointer
+** to the head of a linked list of VTable structures. Each VTable 
+** structure is associated with a single sqlite3* user of the schema.
+** The reference count of the VTable structure associated with database 
+** connection db is decremented immediately (which may lead to the 
+** structure being xDisconnected and free). Any other VTable structures
+** in the list are moved to the sqlite3.pDisconnect list of the associated 
+** database connection.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabClear(sqlite3 *db, Table *p){
+  if( !db || db->pnBytesFreed==0 ) vtabDisconnectAll(0, p);
+  if( p->azModuleArg ){
+    int i;
+    for(i=0; i<p->nModuleArg; i++){
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, p->azModuleArg[i]);
+    }
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, p->azModuleArg);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Add a new module argument to pTable->azModuleArg[].
+** The string is not copied - the pointer is stored.  The
+** string will be freed automatically when the table is
+** deleted.
+*/
+static void addModuleArgument(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTable, char *zArg){
+  int i = pTable->nModuleArg++;
+  int nBytes = sizeof(char *)*(1+pTable->nModuleArg);
+  char **azModuleArg;
+  azModuleArg = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pTable->azModuleArg, nBytes);
+  if( azModuleArg==0 ){
+    int j;
+    for(j=0; j<i; j++){
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable->azModuleArg[j]);
+    }
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zArg);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable->azModuleArg);
+    pTable->nModuleArg = 0;
+  }else{
+    azModuleArg[i] = zArg;
+    azModuleArg[i+1] = 0;
+  }
+  pTable->azModuleArg = azModuleArg;
+}
+
+/*
+** The parser calls this routine when it first sees a CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE
+** statement.  The module name has been parsed, but the optional list
+** of parameters that follow the module name are still pending.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabBeginParse(
+  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing context */
+  Token *pName1,        /* Name of new table, or database name */
+  Token *pName2,        /* Name of new table or NULL */
+  Token *pModuleName,   /* Name of the module for the virtual table */
+  int ifNotExists       /* No error if the table already exists */
+){
+  int iDb;              /* The database the table is being created in */
+  Table *pTable;        /* The new virtual table */
+  sqlite3 *db;          /* Database connection */
+
+  sqlite3StartTable(pParse, pName1, pName2, 0, 0, 1, ifNotExists);
+  pTable = pParse->pNewTable;
+  if( pTable==0 ) return;
+  assert( 0==pTable->pIndex );
+
+  db = pParse->db;
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTable->pSchema);
+  assert( iDb>=0 );
+
+  pTable->tabFlags |= TF_Virtual;
+  pTable->nModuleArg = 0;
+  addModuleArgument(db, pTable, sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pModuleName));
+  addModuleArgument(db, pTable, sqlite3DbStrDup(db, db->aDb[iDb].zName));
+  addModuleArgument(db, pTable, sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pTable->zName));
+  pParse->sNameToken.n = (int)(&pModuleName->z[pModuleName->n] - pName1->z);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  /* Creating a virtual table invokes the authorization callback twice.
+  ** The first invocation, to obtain permission to INSERT a row into the
+  ** sqlite_master table, has already been made by sqlite3StartTable().
+  ** The second call, to obtain permission to create the table, is made now.
+  */
+  if( pTable->azModuleArg ){
+    sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_CREATE_VTABLE, pTable->zName, 
+            pTable->azModuleArg[0], pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName);
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine takes the module argument that has been accumulating
+** in pParse->zArg[] and appends it to the list of arguments on the
+** virtual table currently under construction in pParse->pTable.
+*/
+static void addArgumentToVtab(Parse *pParse){
+  if( pParse->sArg.z && pParse->pNewTable ){
+    const char *z = (const char*)pParse->sArg.z;
+    int n = pParse->sArg.n;
+    sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+    addModuleArgument(db, pParse->pNewTable, sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, z, n));
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** The parser calls this routine after the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement
+** has been completely parsed.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabFinishParse(Parse *pParse, Token *pEnd){
+  Table *pTab = pParse->pNewTable;  /* The table being constructed */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;         /* The database connection */
+
+  if( pTab==0 ) return;
+  addArgumentToVtab(pParse);
+  pParse->sArg.z = 0;
+  if( pTab->nModuleArg<1 ) return;
+  
+  /* If the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement is being entered for the
+  ** first time (in other words if the virtual table is actually being
+  ** created now instead of just being read out of sqlite_master) then
+  ** do additional initialization work and store the statement text
+  ** in the sqlite_master table.
+  */
+  if( !db->init.busy ){
+    char *zStmt;
+    char *zWhere;
+    int iDb;
+    Vdbe *v;
+
+    /* Compute the complete text of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement */
+    if( pEnd ){
+      pParse->sNameToken.n = (int)(pEnd->z - pParse->sNameToken.z) + pEnd->n;
+    }
+    zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE %T", &pParse->sNameToken);
+
+    /* A slot for the record has already been allocated in the 
+    ** SQLITE_MASTER table.  We just need to update that slot with all
+    ** the information we've collected.  
+    **
+    ** The VM register number pParse->regRowid holds the rowid of an
+    ** entry in the sqlite_master table tht was created for this vtab
+    ** by sqlite3StartTable().
+    */
+    iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
+    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
+      "UPDATE %Q.%s "
+         "SET type='table', name=%Q, tbl_name=%Q, rootpage=0, sql=%Q "
+       "WHERE rowid=#%d",
+      db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb),
+      pTab->zName,
+      pTab->zName,
+      zStmt,
+      pParse->regRowid
+    );
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zStmt);
+    v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+    sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
+
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Expire, 0, 0);
+    zWhere = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "name='%q' AND type='table'", pTab->zName);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, iDb, zWhere);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VCreate, iDb, 0, 0, 
+                         pTab->zName, sqlite3Strlen30(pTab->zName) + 1);
+  }
+
+  /* If we are rereading the sqlite_master table create the in-memory
+  ** record of the table. The xConnect() method is not called until
+  ** the first time the virtual table is used in an SQL statement. This
+  ** allows a schema that contains virtual tables to be loaded before
+  ** the required virtual table implementations are registered.  */
+  else {
+    Table *pOld;
+    Schema *pSchema = pTab->pSchema;
+    const char *zName = pTab->zName;
+    int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
+    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pSchema) );
+    pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&pSchema->tblHash, zName, nName, pTab);
+    if( pOld ){
+      db->mallocFailed = 1;
+      assert( pTab==pOld );  /* Malloc must have failed inside HashInsert() */
+      return;
+    }
+    pParse->pNewTable = 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** The parser calls this routine when it sees the first token
+** of an argument to the module name in a CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabArgInit(Parse *pParse){
+  addArgumentToVtab(pParse);
+  pParse->sArg.z = 0;
+  pParse->sArg.n = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** The parser calls this routine for each token after the first token
+** in an argument to the module name in a CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabArgExtend(Parse *pParse, Token *p){
+  Token *pArg = &pParse->sArg;
+  if( pArg->z==0 ){
+    pArg->z = p->z;
+    pArg->n = p->n;
+  }else{
+    assert(pArg->z < p->z);
+    pArg->n = (int)(&p->z[p->n] - pArg->z);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Invoke a virtual table constructor (either xCreate or xConnect). The
+** pointer to the function to invoke is passed as the fourth parameter
+** to this procedure.
+*/
+static int vtabCallConstructor(
+  sqlite3 *db, 
+  Table *pTab,
+  Module *pMod,
+  int (*xConstruct)(sqlite3*,void*,int,const char*const*,sqlite3_vtab**,char**),
+  char **pzErr
+){
+  VtabCtx sCtx, *pPriorCtx;
+  VTable *pVTable;
+  int rc;
+  const char *const*azArg = (const char *const*)pTab->azModuleArg;
+  int nArg = pTab->nModuleArg;
+  char *zErr = 0;
+  char *zModuleName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", pTab->zName);
+
+  if( !zModuleName ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+
+  pVTable = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(VTable));
+  if( !pVTable ){
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zModuleName);
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  pVTable->db = db;
+  pVTable->pMod = pMod;
+
+  /* Invoke the virtual table constructor */
+  assert( &db->pVtabCtx );
+  assert( xConstruct );
+  sCtx.pTab = pTab;
+  sCtx.pVTable = pVTable;
+  pPriorCtx = db->pVtabCtx;
+  db->pVtabCtx = &sCtx;
+  rc = xConstruct(db, pMod->pAux, nArg, azArg, &pVTable->pVtab, &zErr);
+  db->pVtabCtx = pPriorCtx;
+  if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ) db->mallocFailed = 1;
+
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){
+    if( zErr==0 ){
+      *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "vtable constructor failed: %s", zModuleName);
+    }else {
+      *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", zErr);
+      sqlite3_free(zErr);
+    }
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pVTable);
+  }else if( ALWAYS(pVTable->pVtab) ){
+    /* Justification of ALWAYS():  A correct vtab constructor must allocate
+    ** the sqlite3_vtab object if successful.  */
+    pVTable->pVtab->pModule = pMod->pModule;
+    pVTable->nRef = 1;
+    if( sCtx.pTab ){
+      const char *zFormat = "vtable constructor did not declare schema: %s";
+      *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, zFormat, pTab->zName);
+      sqlite3VtabUnlock(pVTable);
+      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }else{
+      int iCol;
+      /* If everything went according to plan, link the new VTable structure
+      ** into the linked list headed by pTab->pVTable. Then loop through the 
+      ** columns of the table to see if any of them contain the token "hidden".
+      ** If so, set the Column.isHidden flag and remove the token from
+      ** the type string.  */
+      pVTable->pNext = pTab->pVTable;
+      pTab->pVTable = pVTable;
+
+      for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nCol; iCol++){
+        char *zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType;
+        int nType;
+        int i = 0;
+        if( !zType ) continue;
+        nType = sqlite3Strlen30(zType);
+        if( sqlite3StrNICmp("hidden", zType, 6)||(zType[6] && zType[6]!=' ') ){
+          for(i=0; i<nType; i++){
+            if( (0==sqlite3StrNICmp(" hidden", &zType[i], 7))
+             && (zType[i+7]=='\0' || zType[i+7]==' ')
+            ){
+              i++;
+              break;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+        if( i<nType ){
+          int j;
+          int nDel = 6 + (zType[i+6] ? 1 : 0);
+          for(j=i; (j+nDel)<=nType; j++){
+            zType[j] = zType[j+nDel];
+          }
+          if( zType[i]=='\0' && i>0 ){
+            assert(zType[i-1]==' ');
+            zType[i-1] = '\0';
+          }
+          pTab->aCol[iCol].isHidden = 1;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, zModuleName);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is invoked by the parser to call the xConnect() method
+** of the virtual table pTab. If an error occurs, an error code is returned 
+** and an error left in pParse.
+**
+** This call is a no-op if table pTab is not a virtual table.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallConnect(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  const char *zMod;
+  Module *pMod;
+  int rc;
+
+  assert( pTab );
+  if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)==0 || sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab) ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  /* Locate the required virtual table module */
+  zMod = pTab->azModuleArg[0];
+  pMod = (Module*)sqlite3HashFind(&db->aModule, zMod, sqlite3Strlen30(zMod));
+
+  if( !pMod ){
+    const char *zModule = pTab->azModuleArg[0];
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such module: %s", zModule);
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }else{
+    char *zErr = 0;
+    rc = vtabCallConstructor(db, pTab, pMod, pMod->pModule->xConnect, &zErr);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", zErr);
+    }
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+/*
+** Grow the db->aVTrans[] array so that there is room for at least one
+** more v-table. Return SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails, or SQLITE_OK otherwise.
+*/
+static int growVTrans(sqlite3 *db){
+  const int ARRAY_INCR = 5;
+
+  /* Grow the sqlite3.aVTrans array if required */
+  if( (db->nVTrans%ARRAY_INCR)==0 ){
+    VTable **aVTrans;
+    int nBytes = sizeof(sqlite3_vtab *) * (db->nVTrans + ARRAY_INCR);
+    aVTrans = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, (void *)db->aVTrans, nBytes);
+    if( !aVTrans ){
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    memset(&aVTrans[db->nVTrans], 0, sizeof(sqlite3_vtab *)*ARRAY_INCR);
+    db->aVTrans = aVTrans;
+  }
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Add the virtual table pVTab to the array sqlite3.aVTrans[]. Space should
+** have already been reserved using growVTrans().
+*/
+static void addToVTrans(sqlite3 *db, VTable *pVTab){
+  /* Add pVtab to the end of sqlite3.aVTrans */
+  db->aVTrans[db->nVTrans++] = pVTab;
+  sqlite3VtabLock(pVTab);
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is invoked by the vdbe to call the xCreate method
+** of the virtual table named zTab in database iDb. 
+**
+** If an error occurs, *pzErr is set to point an an English language
+** description of the error and an SQLITE_XXX error code is returned.
+** In this case the caller must call sqlite3DbFree(db, ) on *pzErr.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallCreate(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zTab, char **pzErr){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  Table *pTab;
+  Module *pMod;
+  const char *zMod;
+
+  pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, db->aDb[iDb].zName);
+  assert( pTab && (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0 && !pTab->pVTable );
+
+  /* Locate the required virtual table module */
+  zMod = pTab->azModuleArg[0];
+  pMod = (Module*)sqlite3HashFind(&db->aModule, zMod, sqlite3Strlen30(zMod));
+
+  /* If the module has been registered and includes a Create method, 
+  ** invoke it now. If the module has not been registered, return an 
+  ** error. Otherwise, do nothing.
+  */
+  if( !pMod ){
+    *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "no such module: %s", zMod);
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }else{
+    rc = vtabCallConstructor(db, pTab, pMod, pMod->pModule->xCreate, pzErr);
+  }
+
+  /* Justification of ALWAYS():  The xConstructor method is required to
+  ** create a valid sqlite3_vtab if it returns SQLITE_OK. */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && ALWAYS(sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab)) ){
+    rc = growVTrans(db);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      addToVTrans(db, sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab));
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is used to set the schema of a virtual table.  It is only
+** valid to call this function from within the xCreate() or xConnect() of a
+** virtual table module.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_declare_vtab(sqlite3 *db, const char *zCreateTable){
+  Parse *pParse;
+
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  Table *pTab;
+  char *zErr = 0;
+
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  if( !db->pVtabCtx || !(pTab = db->pVtabCtx->pTab) ){
+    sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_MISUSE, 0);
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+  }
+  assert( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0 );
+
+  pParse = sqlite3StackAllocZero(db, sizeof(*pParse));
+  if( pParse==0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }else{
+    pParse->declareVtab = 1;
+    pParse->db = db;
+    pParse->nQueryLoop = 1;
+  
+    if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3RunParser(pParse, zCreateTable, &zErr) 
+     && pParse->pNewTable
+     && !db->mallocFailed
+     && !pParse->pNewTable->pSelect
+     && (pParse->pNewTable->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)==0
+    ){
+      if( !pTab->aCol ){
+        pTab->aCol = pParse->pNewTable->aCol;
+        pTab->nCol = pParse->pNewTable->nCol;
+        pParse->pNewTable->nCol = 0;
+        pParse->pNewTable->aCol = 0;
+      }
+      db->pVtabCtx->pTab = 0;
+    }else{
+      sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ERROR, (zErr ? "%s" : 0), zErr);
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
+      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }
+    pParse->declareVtab = 0;
+  
+    if( pParse->pVdbe ){
+      sqlite3VdbeFinalize(pParse->pVdbe);
+    }
+    sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pParse->pNewTable);
+    sqlite3StackFree(db, pParse);
+  }
+
+  assert( (rc&0xff)==rc );
+  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is invoked by the vdbe to call the xDestroy method
+** of the virtual table named zTab in database iDb. This occurs
+** when a DROP TABLE is mentioned.
+**
+** This call is a no-op if zTab is not a virtual table.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallDestroy(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zTab){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  Table *pTab;
+
+  pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, db->aDb[iDb].zName);
+  if( ALWAYS(pTab!=0 && pTab->pVTable!=0) ){
+    VTable *p = vtabDisconnectAll(db, pTab);
+
+    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+    rc = p->pMod->pModule->xDestroy(p->pVtab);
+
+    /* Remove the sqlite3_vtab* from the aVTrans[] array, if applicable */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      assert( pTab->pVTable==p && p->pNext==0 );
+      p->pVtab = 0;
+      pTab->pVTable = 0;
+      sqlite3VtabUnlock(p);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function invokes either the xRollback or xCommit method
+** of each of the virtual tables in the sqlite3.aVTrans array. The method
+** called is identified by the second argument, "offset", which is
+** the offset of the method to call in the sqlite3_module structure.
+**
+** The array is cleared after invoking the callbacks. 
+*/
+static void callFinaliser(sqlite3 *db, int offset){
+  int i;
+  if( db->aVTrans ){
+    for(i=0; i<db->nVTrans; i++){
+      VTable *pVTab = db->aVTrans[i];
+      sqlite3_vtab *p = pVTab->pVtab;
+      if( p ){
+        int (*x)(sqlite3_vtab *);
+        x = *(int (**)(sqlite3_vtab *))((char *)p->pModule + offset);
+        if( x ) x(p);
+      }
+      pVTab->iSavepoint = 0;
+      sqlite3VtabUnlock(pVTab);
+    }
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aVTrans);
+    db->nVTrans = 0;
+    db->aVTrans = 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Invoke the xSync method of all virtual tables in the sqlite3.aVTrans
+** array. Return the error code for the first error that occurs, or
+** SQLITE_OK if all xSync operations are successful.
+**
+** Set *pzErrmsg to point to a buffer that should be released using 
+** sqlite3DbFree() containing an error message, if one is available.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabSync(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrmsg){
+  int i;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  VTable **aVTrans = db->aVTrans;
+
+  db->aVTrans = 0;
+  for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nVTrans; i++){
+    int (*x)(sqlite3_vtab *);
+    sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = aVTrans[i]->pVtab;
+    if( pVtab && (x = pVtab->pModule->xSync)!=0 ){
+      rc = x(pVtab);
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, *pzErrmsg);
+      *pzErrmsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pVtab->zErrMsg);
+      sqlite3_free(pVtab->zErrMsg);
+    }
+  }
+  db->aVTrans = aVTrans;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Invoke the xRollback method of all virtual tables in the 
+** sqlite3.aVTrans array. Then clear the array itself.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabRollback(sqlite3 *db){
+  callFinaliser(db, offsetof(sqlite3_module,xRollback));
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Invoke the xCommit method of all virtual tables in the 
+** sqlite3.aVTrans array. Then clear the array itself.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCommit(sqlite3 *db){
+  callFinaliser(db, offsetof(sqlite3_module,xCommit));
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** If the virtual table pVtab supports the transaction interface
+** (xBegin/xRollback/xCommit and optionally xSync) and a transaction is
+** not currently open, invoke the xBegin method now.
+**
+** If the xBegin call is successful, place the sqlite3_vtab pointer
+** in the sqlite3.aVTrans array.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabBegin(sqlite3 *db, VTable *pVTab){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  const sqlite3_module *pModule;
+
+  /* Special case: If db->aVTrans is NULL and db->nVTrans is greater
+  ** than zero, then this function is being called from within a
+  ** virtual module xSync() callback. It is illegal to write to 
+  ** virtual module tables in this case, so return SQLITE_LOCKED.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3VtabInSync(db) ){
+    return SQLITE_LOCKED;
+  }
+  if( !pVTab ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  } 
+  pModule = pVTab->pVtab->pModule;
+
+  if( pModule->xBegin ){
+    int i;
+
+    /* If pVtab is already in the aVTrans array, return early */
+    for(i=0; i<db->nVTrans; i++){
+      if( db->aVTrans[i]==pVTab ){
+        return SQLITE_OK;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Invoke the xBegin method. If successful, add the vtab to the 
+    ** sqlite3.aVTrans[] array. */
+    rc = growVTrans(db);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = pModule->xBegin(pVTab->pVtab);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        addToVTrans(db, pVTab);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Invoke either the xSavepoint, xRollbackTo or xRelease method of all
+** virtual tables that currently have an open transaction. Pass iSavepoint
+** as the second argument to the virtual table method invoked.
+**
+** If op is SAVEPOINT_BEGIN, the xSavepoint method is invoked. If it is
+** SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, the xRollbackTo method. Otherwise, if op is 
+** SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then the xRelease method of each virtual table with
+** an open transaction is invoked.
+**
+** If any virtual table method returns an error code other than SQLITE_OK, 
+** processing is abandoned and the error returned to the caller of this
+** function immediately. If all calls to virtual table methods are successful,
+** SQLITE_OK is returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabSavepoint(sqlite3 *db, int op, int iSavepoint){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE||op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK||op==SAVEPOINT_BEGIN );
+  assert( iSavepoint>=0 );
+  if( db->aVTrans ){
+    int i;
+    for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nVTrans; i++){
+      VTable *pVTab = db->aVTrans[i];
+      const sqlite3_module *pMod = pVTab->pMod->pModule;
+      if( pVTab->pVtab && pMod->iVersion>=2 ){
+        int (*xMethod)(sqlite3_vtab *, int);
+        switch( op ){
+          case SAVEPOINT_BEGIN:
+            xMethod = pMod->xSavepoint;
+            pVTab->iSavepoint = iSavepoint+1;
+            break;
+          case SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK:
+            xMethod = pMod->xRollbackTo;
+            break;
+          default:
+            xMethod = pMod->xRelease;
+            break;
+        }
+        if( xMethod && pVTab->iSavepoint>iSavepoint ){
+          rc = xMethod(pVTab->pVtab, iSavepoint);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The first parameter (pDef) is a function implementation.  The
+** second parameter (pExpr) is the first argument to this function.
+** If pExpr is a column in a virtual table, then let the virtual
+** table implementation have an opportunity to overload the function.
+**
+** This routine is used to allow virtual table implementations to
+** overload MATCH, LIKE, GLOB, and REGEXP operators.
+**
+** Return either the pDef argument (indicating no change) or a 
+** new FuncDef structure that is marked as ephemeral using the
+** SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM flag.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(
+  sqlite3 *db,    /* Database connection for reporting malloc problems */
+  FuncDef *pDef,  /* Function to possibly overload */
+  int nArg,       /* Number of arguments to the function */
+  Expr *pExpr     /* First argument to the function */
+){
+  Table *pTab;
+  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
+  sqlite3_module *pMod;
+  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**) = 0;
+  void *pArg = 0;
+  FuncDef *pNew;
+  int rc = 0;
+  char *zLowerName;
+  unsigned char *z;
+
+
+  /* Check to see the left operand is a column in a virtual table */
+  if( NEVER(pExpr==0) ) return pDef;
+  if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) return pDef;
+  pTab = pExpr->pTab;
+  if( NEVER(pTab==0) ) return pDef;
+  if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)==0 ) return pDef;
+  pVtab = sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab)->pVtab;
+  assert( pVtab!=0 );
+  assert( pVtab->pModule!=0 );
+  pMod = (sqlite3_module *)pVtab->pModule;
+  if( pMod->xFindFunction==0 ) return pDef;
+ 
+  /* Call the xFindFunction method on the virtual table implementation
+  ** to see if the implementation wants to overload this function 
+  */
+  zLowerName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pDef->zName);
+  if( zLowerName ){
+    for(z=(unsigned char*)zLowerName; *z; z++){
+      *z = sqlite3UpperToLower[*z];
+    }
+    rc = pMod->xFindFunction(pVtab, nArg, zLowerName, &xFunc, &pArg);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zLowerName);
+  }
+  if( rc==0 ){
+    return pDef;
+  }
+
+  /* Create a new ephemeral function definition for the overloaded
+  ** function */
+  pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pNew)
+                             + sqlite3Strlen30(pDef->zName) + 1);
+  if( pNew==0 ){
+    return pDef;
+  }
+  *pNew = *pDef;
+  pNew->zName = (char *)&pNew[1];
+  memcpy(pNew->zName, pDef->zName, sqlite3Strlen30(pDef->zName)+1);
+  pNew->xFunc = xFunc;
+  pNew->pUserData = pArg;
+  pNew->flags |= SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM;
+  return pNew;
+}
+
+/*
+** Make sure virtual table pTab is contained in the pParse->apVirtualLock[]
+** array so that an OP_VBegin will get generated for it.  Add pTab to the
+** array if it is missing.  If pTab is already in the array, this routine
+** is a no-op.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){
+  Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
+  int i, n;
+  Table **apVtabLock;
+
+  assert( IsVirtual(pTab) );
+  for(i=0; i<pToplevel->nVtabLock; i++){
+    if( pTab==pToplevel->apVtabLock[i] ) return;
+  }
+  n = (pToplevel->nVtabLock+1)*sizeof(pToplevel->apVtabLock[0]);
+  apVtabLock = sqlite3_realloc(pToplevel->apVtabLock, n);
+  if( apVtabLock ){
+    pToplevel->apVtabLock = apVtabLock;
+    pToplevel->apVtabLock[pToplevel->nVtabLock++] = pTab;
+  }else{
+    pToplevel->db->mallocFailed = 1;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the ON CONFLICT resolution mode in effect for the virtual
+** table update operation currently in progress.
+**
+** The results of this routine are undefined unless it is called from
+** within an xUpdate method.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(sqlite3 *db){
+  static const unsigned char aMap[] = { 
+    SQLITE_ROLLBACK, SQLITE_ABORT, SQLITE_FAIL, SQLITE_IGNORE, SQLITE_REPLACE 
+  };
+  assert( OE_Rollback==1 && OE_Abort==2 && OE_Fail==3 );
+  assert( OE_Ignore==4 && OE_Replace==5 );
+  assert( db->vtabOnConflict>=1 && db->vtabOnConflict<=5 );
+  return (int)aMap[db->vtabOnConflict-1];
+}
+
+/*
+** Call from within the xCreate() or xConnect() methods to provide 
+** the SQLite core with additional information about the behavior
+** of the virtual table being implemented.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_config(sqlite3 *db, int op, ...){
+  va_list ap;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+
+  va_start(ap, op);
+  switch( op ){
+    case SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT: {
+      VtabCtx *p = db->pVtabCtx;
+      if( !p ){
+        rc = SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+      }else{
+        assert( p->pTab==0 || (p->pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0 );
+        p->pVTable->bConstraint = (u8)va_arg(ap, int);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    default:
+      rc = SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+      break;
+  }
+  va_end(ap);
+
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
+
+/************** End of vtab.c ************************************************/
+/************** Begin file where.c *******************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This module contains C code that generates VDBE code used to process
+** the WHERE clause of SQL statements.  This module is responsible for
+** generating the code that loops through a table looking for applicable
+** rows.  Indices are selected and used to speed the search when doing
+** so is applicable.  Because this module is responsible for selecting
+** indices, you might also think of this module as the "query optimizer".
+*/
+
+
+/*
+** Trace output macros
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereTrace = 0;
+#endif
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+# define WHERETRACE(X)  if(sqlite3WhereTrace) sqlite3DebugPrintf X
+#else
+# define WHERETRACE(X)
+#endif
+
+/* Forward reference
+*/
+typedef struct WhereClause WhereClause;
+typedef struct WhereMaskSet WhereMaskSet;
+typedef struct WhereOrInfo WhereOrInfo;
+typedef struct WhereAndInfo WhereAndInfo;
+typedef struct WhereCost WhereCost;
+
+/*
+** The query generator uses an array of instances of this structure to
+** help it analyze the subexpressions of the WHERE clause.  Each WHERE
+** clause subexpression is separated from the others by AND operators,
+** usually, or sometimes subexpressions separated by OR.
+**
+** All WhereTerms are collected into a single WhereClause structure.  
+** The following identity holds:
+**
+**        WhereTerm.pWC->a[WhereTerm.idx] == WhereTerm
+**
+** When a term is of the form:
+**
+**              X <op> <expr>
+**
+** where X is a column name and <op> is one of certain operators,
+** then WhereTerm.leftCursor and WhereTerm.u.leftColumn record the
+** cursor number and column number for X.  WhereTerm.eOperator records
+** the <op> using a bitmask encoding defined by WO_xxx below.  The
+** use of a bitmask encoding for the operator allows us to search
+** quickly for terms that match any of several different operators.
+**
+** A WhereTerm might also be two or more subterms connected by OR:
+**
+**         (t1.X <op> <expr>) OR (t1.Y <op> <expr>) OR ....
+**
+** In this second case, wtFlag as the TERM_ORINFO set and eOperator==WO_OR
+** and the WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo field points to auxiliary information that
+** is collected about the
+**
+** If a term in the WHERE clause does not match either of the two previous
+** categories, then eOperator==0.  The WhereTerm.pExpr field is still set
+** to the original subexpression content and wtFlags is set up appropriately
+** but no other fields in the WhereTerm object are meaningful.
+**
+** When eOperator!=0, prereqRight and prereqAll record sets of cursor numbers,
+** but they do so indirectly.  A single WhereMaskSet structure translates
+** cursor number into bits and the translated bit is stored in the prereq
+** fields.  The translation is used in order to maximize the number of
+** bits that will fit in a Bitmask.  The VDBE cursor numbers might be
+** spread out over the non-negative integers.  For example, the cursor
+** numbers might be 3, 8, 9, 10, 20, 23, 41, and 45.  The WhereMaskSet
+** translates these sparse cursor numbers into consecutive integers
+** beginning with 0 in order to make the best possible use of the available
+** bits in the Bitmask.  So, in the example above, the cursor numbers
+** would be mapped into integers 0 through 7.
+**
+** The number of terms in a join is limited by the number of bits
+** in prereqRight and prereqAll.  The default is 64 bits, hence SQLite
+** is only able to process joins with 64 or fewer tables.
+*/
+typedef struct WhereTerm WhereTerm;
+struct WhereTerm {
+  Expr *pExpr;            /* Pointer to the subexpression that is this term */
+  int iParent;            /* Disable pWC->a[iParent] when this term disabled */
+  int leftCursor;         /* Cursor number of X in "X <op> <expr>" */
+  union {
+    int leftColumn;         /* Column number of X in "X <op> <expr>" */
+    WhereOrInfo *pOrInfo;   /* Extra information if eOperator==WO_OR */
+    WhereAndInfo *pAndInfo; /* Extra information if eOperator==WO_AND */
+  } u;
+  u16 eOperator;          /* A WO_xx value describing <op> */
+  u8 wtFlags;             /* TERM_xxx bit flags.  See below */
+  u8 nChild;              /* Number of children that must disable us */
+  WhereClause *pWC;       /* The clause this term is part of */
+  Bitmask prereqRight;    /* Bitmask of tables used by pExpr->pRight */
+  Bitmask prereqAll;      /* Bitmask of tables referenced by pExpr */
+};
+
+/*
+** Allowed values of WhereTerm.wtFlags
+*/
+#define TERM_DYNAMIC    0x01   /* Need to call sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr) */
+#define TERM_VIRTUAL    0x02   /* Added by the optimizer.  Do not code */
+#define TERM_CODED      0x04   /* This term is already coded */
+#define TERM_COPIED     0x08   /* Has a child */
+#define TERM_ORINFO     0x10   /* Need to free the WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo object */
+#define TERM_ANDINFO    0x20   /* Need to free the WhereTerm.u.pAndInfo obj */
+#define TERM_OR_OK      0x40   /* Used during OR-clause processing */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3
+#  define TERM_VNULL    0x80   /* Manufactured x>NULL or x<=NULL term */
+#else
+#  define TERM_VNULL    0x00   /* Disabled if not using stat3 */
+#endif
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure holds all information about a
+** WHERE clause.  Mostly this is a container for one or more WhereTerms.
+**
+** Explanation of pOuter:  For a WHERE clause of the form
+**
+**           a AND ((b AND c) OR (d AND e)) AND f
+**
+** There are separate WhereClause objects for the whole clause and for
+** the subclauses "(b AND c)" and "(d AND e)".  The pOuter field of the
+** subclauses points to the WhereClause object for the whole clause.
+*/
+struct WhereClause {
+  Parse *pParse;           /* The parser context */
+  WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet;  /* Mapping of table cursor numbers to bitmasks */
+  Bitmask vmask;           /* Bitmask identifying virtual table cursors */
+  WhereClause *pOuter;     /* Outer conjunction */
+  u8 op;                   /* Split operator.  TK_AND or TK_OR */
+  u16 wctrlFlags;          /* Might include WHERE_AND_ONLY */
+  int nTerm;               /* Number of terms */
+  int nSlot;               /* Number of entries in a[] */
+  WhereTerm *a;            /* Each a[] describes a term of the WHERE cluase */
+#if defined(SQLITE_SMALL_STACK)
+  WhereTerm aStatic[1];    /* Initial static space for a[] */
+#else
+  WhereTerm aStatic[8];    /* Initial static space for a[] */
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+** A WhereTerm with eOperator==WO_OR has its u.pOrInfo pointer set to
+** a dynamically allocated instance of the following structure.
+*/
+struct WhereOrInfo {
+  WhereClause wc;          /* Decomposition into subterms */
+  Bitmask indexable;       /* Bitmask of all indexable tables in the clause */
+};
+
+/*
+** A WhereTerm with eOperator==WO_AND has its u.pAndInfo pointer set to
+** a dynamically allocated instance of the following structure.
+*/
+struct WhereAndInfo {
+  WhereClause wc;          /* The subexpression broken out */
+};
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure keeps track of a mapping
+** between VDBE cursor numbers and bits of the bitmasks in WhereTerm.
+**
+** The VDBE cursor numbers are small integers contained in 
+** SrcList_item.iCursor and Expr.iTable fields.  For any given WHERE 
+** clause, the cursor numbers might not begin with 0 and they might
+** contain gaps in the numbering sequence.  But we want to make maximum
+** use of the bits in our bitmasks.  This structure provides a mapping
+** from the sparse cursor numbers into consecutive integers beginning
+** with 0.
+**
+** If WhereMaskSet.ix[A]==B it means that The A-th bit of a Bitmask
+** corresponds VDBE cursor number B.  The A-th bit of a bitmask is 1<<A.
+**
+** For example, if the WHERE clause expression used these VDBE
+** cursors:  4, 5, 8, 29, 57, 73.  Then the  WhereMaskSet structure
+** would map those cursor numbers into bits 0 through 5.
+**
+** Note that the mapping is not necessarily ordered.  In the example
+** above, the mapping might go like this:  4->3, 5->1, 8->2, 29->0,
+** 57->5, 73->4.  Or one of 719 other combinations might be used. It
+** does not really matter.  What is important is that sparse cursor
+** numbers all get mapped into bit numbers that begin with 0 and contain
+** no gaps.
+*/
+struct WhereMaskSet {
+  int n;                        /* Number of assigned cursor values */
+  int ix[BMS];                  /* Cursor assigned to each bit */
+};
+
+/*
+** A WhereCost object records a lookup strategy and the estimated
+** cost of pursuing that strategy.
+*/
+struct WhereCost {
+  WherePlan plan;    /* The lookup strategy */
+  double rCost;      /* Overall cost of pursuing this search strategy */
+  Bitmask used;      /* Bitmask of cursors used by this plan */
+};
+
+/*
+** Bitmasks for the operators that indices are able to exploit.  An
+** OR-ed combination of these values can be used when searching for
+** terms in the where clause.
+*/
+#define WO_IN     0x001
+#define WO_EQ     0x002
+#define WO_LT     (WO_EQ<<(TK_LT-TK_EQ))
+#define WO_LE     (WO_EQ<<(TK_LE-TK_EQ))
+#define WO_GT     (WO_EQ<<(TK_GT-TK_EQ))
+#define WO_GE     (WO_EQ<<(TK_GE-TK_EQ))
+#define WO_MATCH  0x040
+#define WO_ISNULL 0x080
+#define WO_OR     0x100       /* Two or more OR-connected terms */
+#define WO_AND    0x200       /* Two or more AND-connected terms */
+#define WO_NOOP   0x800       /* This term does not restrict search space */
+
+#define WO_ALL    0xfff       /* Mask of all possible WO_* values */
+#define WO_SINGLE 0x0ff       /* Mask of all non-compound WO_* values */
+
+/*
+** Value for wsFlags returned by bestIndex() and stored in
+** WhereLevel.wsFlags.  These flags determine which search
+** strategies are appropriate.
+**
+** The least significant 12 bits is reserved as a mask for WO_ values above.
+** The WhereLevel.wsFlags field is usually set to WO_IN|WO_EQ|WO_ISNULL.
+** But if the table is the right table of a left join, WhereLevel.wsFlags
+** is set to WO_IN|WO_EQ.  The WhereLevel.wsFlags field can then be used as
+** the "op" parameter to findTerm when we are resolving equality constraints.
+** ISNULL constraints will then not be used on the right table of a left
+** join.  Tickets #2177 and #2189.
+*/
+#define WHERE_ROWID_EQ     0x00001000  /* rowid=EXPR or rowid IN (...) */
+#define WHERE_ROWID_RANGE  0x00002000  /* rowid<EXPR and/or rowid>EXPR */
+#define WHERE_COLUMN_EQ    0x00010000  /* x=EXPR or x IN (...) or x IS NULL */
+#define WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE 0x00020000  /* x<EXPR and/or x>EXPR */
+#define WHERE_COLUMN_IN    0x00040000  /* x IN (...) */
+#define WHERE_COLUMN_NULL  0x00080000  /* x IS NULL */
+#define WHERE_INDEXED      0x000f0000  /* Anything that uses an index */
+#define WHERE_NOT_FULLSCAN 0x100f3000  /* Does not do a full table scan */
+#define WHERE_IN_ABLE      0x000f1000  /* Able to support an IN operator */
+#define WHERE_TOP_LIMIT    0x00100000  /* x<EXPR or x<=EXPR constraint */
+#define WHERE_BTM_LIMIT    0x00200000  /* x>EXPR or x>=EXPR constraint */
+#define WHERE_BOTH_LIMIT   0x00300000  /* Both x>EXPR and x<EXPR */
+#define WHERE_IDX_ONLY     0x00800000  /* Use index only - omit table */
+#define WHERE_ORDERBY      0x01000000  /* Output will appear in correct order */
+#define WHERE_REVERSE      0x02000000  /* Scan in reverse order */
+#define WHERE_UNIQUE       0x04000000  /* Selects no more than one row */
+#define WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE 0x08000000  /* Use virtual-table processing */
+#define WHERE_MULTI_OR     0x10000000  /* OR using multiple indices */
+#define WHERE_TEMP_INDEX   0x20000000  /* Uses an ephemeral index */
+#define WHERE_DISTINCT     0x40000000  /* Correct order for DISTINCT */
+
+/*
+** Initialize a preallocated WhereClause structure.
+*/
+static void whereClauseInit(
+  WhereClause *pWC,        /* The WhereClause to be initialized */
+  Parse *pParse,           /* The parsing context */
+  WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet,  /* Mapping from table cursor numbers to bitmasks */
+  u16 wctrlFlags           /* Might include WHERE_AND_ONLY */
+){
+  pWC->pParse = pParse;
+  pWC->pMaskSet = pMaskSet;
+  pWC->pOuter = 0;
+  pWC->nTerm = 0;
+  pWC->nSlot = ArraySize(pWC->aStatic);
+  pWC->a = pWC->aStatic;
+  pWC->vmask = 0;
+  pWC->wctrlFlags = wctrlFlags;
+}
+
+/* Forward reference */
+static void whereClauseClear(WhereClause*);
+
+/*
+** Deallocate all memory associated with a WhereOrInfo object.
+*/
+static void whereOrInfoDelete(sqlite3 *db, WhereOrInfo *p){
+  whereClauseClear(&p->wc);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Deallocate all memory associated with a WhereAndInfo object.
+*/
+static void whereAndInfoDelete(sqlite3 *db, WhereAndInfo *p){
+  whereClauseClear(&p->wc);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Deallocate a WhereClause structure.  The WhereClause structure
+** itself is not freed.  This routine is the inverse of whereClauseInit().
+*/
+static void whereClauseClear(WhereClause *pWC){
+  int i;
+  WhereTerm *a;
+  sqlite3 *db = pWC->pParse->db;
+  for(i=pWC->nTerm-1, a=pWC->a; i>=0; i--, a++){
+    if( a->wtFlags & TERM_DYNAMIC ){
+      sqlite3ExprDelete(db, a->pExpr);
+    }
+    if( a->wtFlags & TERM_ORINFO ){
+      whereOrInfoDelete(db, a->u.pOrInfo);
+    }else if( a->wtFlags & TERM_ANDINFO ){
+      whereAndInfoDelete(db, a->u.pAndInfo);
+    }
+  }
+  if( pWC->a!=pWC->aStatic ){
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pWC->a);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Add a single new WhereTerm entry to the WhereClause object pWC.
+** The new WhereTerm object is constructed from Expr p and with wtFlags.
+** The index in pWC->a[] of the new WhereTerm is returned on success.
+** 0 is returned if the new WhereTerm could not be added due to a memory
+** allocation error.  The memory allocation failure will be recorded in
+** the db->mallocFailed flag so that higher-level functions can detect it.
+**
+** This routine will increase the size of the pWC->a[] array as necessary.
+**
+** If the wtFlags argument includes TERM_DYNAMIC, then responsibility
+** for freeing the expression p is assumed by the WhereClause object pWC.
+** This is true even if this routine fails to allocate a new WhereTerm.
+**
+** WARNING:  This routine might reallocate the space used to store
+** WhereTerms.  All pointers to WhereTerms should be invalidated after
+** calling this routine.  Such pointers may be reinitialized by referencing
+** the pWC->a[] array.
+*/
+static int whereClauseInsert(WhereClause *pWC, Expr *p, u8 wtFlags){
+  WhereTerm *pTerm;
+  int idx;
+  testcase( wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL );  /* EV: R-00211-15100 */
+  if( pWC->nTerm>=pWC->nSlot ){
+    WhereTerm *pOld = pWC->a;
+    sqlite3 *db = pWC->pParse->db;
+    pWC->a = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(pWC->a[0])*pWC->nSlot*2 );
+    if( pWC->a==0 ){
+      if( wtFlags & TERM_DYNAMIC ){
+        sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p);
+      }
+      pWC->a = pOld;
+      return 0;
+    }
+    memcpy(pWC->a, pOld, sizeof(pWC->a[0])*pWC->nTerm);
+    if( pOld!=pWC->aStatic ){
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, pOld);
+    }
+    pWC->nSlot = sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, pWC->a)/sizeof(pWC->a[0]);
+  }
+  pTerm = &pWC->a[idx = pWC->nTerm++];
+  pTerm->pExpr = p;
+  pTerm->wtFlags = wtFlags;
+  pTerm->pWC = pWC;
+  pTerm->iParent = -1;
+  return idx;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine identifies subexpressions in the WHERE clause where
+** each subexpression is separated by the AND operator or some other
+** operator specified in the op parameter.  The WhereClause structure
+** is filled with pointers to subexpressions.  For example:
+**
+**    WHERE  a=='hello' AND coalesce(b,11)<10 AND (c+12!=d OR c==22)
+**           \________/     \_______________/     \________________/
+**            slot[0]            slot[1]               slot[2]
+**
+** The original WHERE clause in pExpr is unaltered.  All this routine
+** does is make slot[] entries point to substructure within pExpr.
+**
+** In the previous sentence and in the diagram, "slot[]" refers to
+** the WhereClause.a[] array.  The slot[] array grows as needed to contain
+** all terms of the WHERE clause.
+*/
+static void whereSplit(WhereClause *pWC, Expr *pExpr, int op){
+  pWC->op = (u8)op;
+  if( pExpr==0 ) return;
+  if( pExpr->op!=op ){
+    whereClauseInsert(pWC, pExpr, 0);
+  }else{
+    whereSplit(pWC, pExpr->pLeft, op);
+    whereSplit(pWC, pExpr->pRight, op);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize an expression mask set (a WhereMaskSet object)
+*/
+#define initMaskSet(P)  memset(P, 0, sizeof(*P))
+
+/*
+** Return the bitmask for the given cursor number.  Return 0 if
+** iCursor is not in the set.
+*/
+static Bitmask getMask(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, int iCursor){
+  int i;
+  assert( pMaskSet->n<=(int)sizeof(Bitmask)*8 );
+  for(i=0; i<pMaskSet->n; i++){
+    if( pMaskSet->ix[i]==iCursor ){
+      return ((Bitmask)1)<<i;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a new mask for cursor iCursor.
+**
+** There is one cursor per table in the FROM clause.  The number of
+** tables in the FROM clause is limited by a test early in the
+** sqlite3WhereBegin() routine.  So we know that the pMaskSet->ix[]
+** array will never overflow.
+*/
+static void createMask(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, int iCursor){
+  assert( pMaskSet->n < ArraySize(pMaskSet->ix) );
+  pMaskSet->ix[pMaskSet->n++] = iCursor;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine walks (recursively) an expression tree and generates
+** a bitmask indicating which tables are used in that expression
+** tree.
+**
+** In order for this routine to work, the calling function must have
+** previously invoked sqlite3ResolveExprNames() on the expression.  See
+** the header comment on that routine for additional information.
+** The sqlite3ResolveExprNames() routines looks for column names and
+** sets their opcodes to TK_COLUMN and their Expr.iTable fields to
+** the VDBE cursor number of the table.  This routine just has to
+** translate the cursor numbers into bitmask values and OR all
+** the bitmasks together.
+*/
+static Bitmask exprListTableUsage(WhereMaskSet*, ExprList*);
+static Bitmask exprSelectTableUsage(WhereMaskSet*, Select*);
+static Bitmask exprTableUsage(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, Expr *p){
+  Bitmask mask = 0;
+  if( p==0 ) return 0;
+  if( p->op==TK_COLUMN ){
+    mask = getMask(pMaskSet, p->iTable);
+    return mask;
+  }
+  mask = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, p->pRight);
+  mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, p->pLeft);
+  if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect) ){
+    mask |= exprSelectTableUsage(pMaskSet, p->x.pSelect);
+  }else{
+    mask |= exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, p->x.pList);
+  }
+  return mask;
+}
+static Bitmask exprListTableUsage(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, ExprList *pList){
+  int i;
+  Bitmask mask = 0;
+  if( pList ){
+    for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
+      mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pList->a[i].pExpr);
+    }
+  }
+  return mask;
+}
+static Bitmask exprSelectTableUsage(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, Select *pS){
+  Bitmask mask = 0;
+  while( pS ){
+    SrcList *pSrc = pS->pSrc;
+    mask |= exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pEList);
+    mask |= exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pGroupBy);
+    mask |= exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pOrderBy);
+    mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pWhere);
+    mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pHaving);
+    if( ALWAYS(pSrc!=0) ){
+      int i;
+      for(i=0; i<pSrc->nSrc; i++){
+        mask |= exprSelectTableUsage(pMaskSet, pSrc->a[i].pSelect);
+        mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pSrc->a[i].pOn);
+      }
+    }
+    pS = pS->pPrior;
+  }
+  return mask;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the given operator is one of the operators that is
+** allowed for an indexable WHERE clause term.  The allowed operators are
+** "=", "<", ">", "<=", ">=", and "IN".
+**
+** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-59926-26393 To be usable by an index a term must be
+** of one of the following forms: column = expression column > expression
+** column >= expression column < expression column <= expression
+** expression = column expression > column expression >= column
+** expression < column expression <= column column IN
+** (expression-list) column IN (subquery) column IS NULL
+*/
+static int allowedOp(int op){
+  assert( TK_GT>TK_EQ && TK_GT<TK_GE );
+  assert( TK_LT>TK_EQ && TK_LT<TK_GE );
+  assert( TK_LE>TK_EQ && TK_LE<TK_GE );
+  assert( TK_GE==TK_EQ+4 );
+  return op==TK_IN || (op>=TK_EQ && op<=TK_GE) || op==TK_ISNULL;
+}
+
+/*
+** Swap two objects of type TYPE.
+*/
+#define SWAP(TYPE,A,B) {TYPE t=A; A=B; B=t;}
+
+/*
+** Commute a comparison operator.  Expressions of the form "X op Y"
+** are converted into "Y op X".
+**
+** If a collation sequence is associated with either the left or right
+** side of the comparison, it remains associated with the same side after
+** the commutation. So "Y collate NOCASE op X" becomes 
+** "X collate NOCASE op Y". This is because any collation sequence on
+** the left hand side of a comparison overrides any collation sequence 
+** attached to the right. For the same reason the EP_ExpCollate flag
+** is not commuted.
+*/
+static void exprCommute(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){
+  u16 expRight = (pExpr->pRight->flags & EP_ExpCollate);
+  u16 expLeft = (pExpr->pLeft->flags & EP_ExpCollate);
+  assert( allowedOp(pExpr->op) && pExpr->op!=TK_IN );
+  pExpr->pRight->pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pRight);
+  pExpr->pLeft->pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
+  SWAP(CollSeq*,pExpr->pRight->pColl,pExpr->pLeft->pColl);
+  pExpr->pRight->flags = (pExpr->pRight->flags & ~EP_ExpCollate) | expLeft;
+  pExpr->pLeft->flags = (pExpr->pLeft->flags & ~EP_ExpCollate) | expRight;
+  SWAP(Expr*,pExpr->pRight,pExpr->pLeft);
+  if( pExpr->op>=TK_GT ){
+    assert( TK_LT==TK_GT+2 );
+    assert( TK_GE==TK_LE+2 );
+    assert( TK_GT>TK_EQ );
+    assert( TK_GT<TK_LE );
+    assert( pExpr->op>=TK_GT && pExpr->op<=TK_GE );
+    pExpr->op = ((pExpr->op-TK_GT)^2)+TK_GT;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Translate from TK_xx operator to WO_xx bitmask.
+*/
+static u16 operatorMask(int op){
+  u16 c;
+  assert( allowedOp(op) );
+  if( op==TK_IN ){
+    c = WO_IN;
+  }else if( op==TK_ISNULL ){
+    c = WO_ISNULL;
+  }else{
+    assert( (WO_EQ<<(op-TK_EQ)) < 0x7fff );
+    c = (u16)(WO_EQ<<(op-TK_EQ));
+  }
+  assert( op!=TK_ISNULL || c==WO_ISNULL );
+  assert( op!=TK_IN || c==WO_IN );
+  assert( op!=TK_EQ || c==WO_EQ );
+  assert( op!=TK_LT || c==WO_LT );
+  assert( op!=TK_LE || c==WO_LE );
+  assert( op!=TK_GT || c==WO_GT );
+  assert( op!=TK_GE || c==WO_GE );
+  return c;
+}
+
+/*
+** Search for a term in the WHERE clause that is of the form "X <op> <expr>"
+** where X is a reference to the iColumn of table iCur and <op> is one of
+** the WO_xx operator codes specified by the op parameter.
+** Return a pointer to the term.  Return 0 if not found.
+*/
+static WhereTerm *findTerm(
+  WhereClause *pWC,     /* The WHERE clause to be searched */
+  int iCur,             /* Cursor number of LHS */
+  int iColumn,          /* Column number of LHS */
+  Bitmask notReady,     /* RHS must not overlap with this mask */
+  u32 op,               /* Mask of WO_xx values describing operator */
+  Index *pIdx           /* Must be compatible with this index, if not NULL */
+){
+  WhereTerm *pTerm;
+  int k;
+  assert( iCur>=0 );
+  op &= WO_ALL;
+  for(; pWC; pWC=pWC->pOuter){
+    for(pTerm=pWC->a, k=pWC->nTerm; k; k--, pTerm++){
+      if( pTerm->leftCursor==iCur
+         && (pTerm->prereqRight & notReady)==0
+         && pTerm->u.leftColumn==iColumn
+         && (pTerm->eOperator & op)!=0
+      ){
+        if( iColumn>=0 && pIdx && pTerm->eOperator!=WO_ISNULL ){
+          Expr *pX = pTerm->pExpr;
+          CollSeq *pColl;
+          char idxaff;
+          int j;
+          Parse *pParse = pWC->pParse;
+  
+          idxaff = pIdx->pTable->aCol[iColumn].affinity;
+          if( !sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(pX, idxaff) ) continue;
+  
+          /* Figure out the collation sequence required from an index for
+          ** it to be useful for optimising expression pX. Store this
+          ** value in variable pColl.
+          */
+          assert(pX->pLeft);
+          pColl = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pX->pLeft, pX->pRight);
+          assert(pColl || pParse->nErr);
+  
+          for(j=0; pIdx->aiColumn[j]!=iColumn; j++){
+            if( NEVER(j>=pIdx->nColumn) ) return 0;
+          }
+          if( pColl && sqlite3StrICmp(pColl->zName, pIdx->azColl[j]) ) continue;
+        }
+        return pTerm;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Forward reference */
+static void exprAnalyze(SrcList*, WhereClause*, int);
+
+/*
+** Call exprAnalyze on all terms in a WHERE clause.  
+**
+**
+*/
+static void exprAnalyzeAll(
+  SrcList *pTabList,       /* the FROM clause */
+  WhereClause *pWC         /* the WHERE clause to be analyzed */
+){
+  int i;
+  for(i=pWC->nTerm-1; i>=0; i--){
+    exprAnalyze(pTabList, pWC, i);
+  }
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION
+/*
+** Check to see if the given expression is a LIKE or GLOB operator that
+** can be optimized using inequality constraints.  Return TRUE if it is
+** so and false if not.
+**
+** In order for the operator to be optimizible, the RHS must be a string
+** literal that does not begin with a wildcard.  
+*/
+static int isLikeOrGlob(
+  Parse *pParse,    /* Parsing and code generating context */
+  Expr *pExpr,      /* Test this expression */
+  Expr **ppPrefix,  /* Pointer to TK_STRING expression with pattern prefix */
+  int *pisComplete, /* True if the only wildcard is % in the last character */
+  int *pnoCase      /* True if uppercase is equivalent to lowercase */
+){
+  const char *z = 0;         /* String on RHS of LIKE operator */
+  Expr *pRight, *pLeft;      /* Right and left size of LIKE operator */
+  ExprList *pList;           /* List of operands to the LIKE operator */
+  int c;                     /* One character in z[] */
+  int cnt;                   /* Number of non-wildcard prefix characters */
+  char wc[3];                /* Wildcard characters */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;  /* Database connection */
+  sqlite3_value *pVal = 0;
+  int op;                    /* Opcode of pRight */
+
+  if( !sqlite3IsLikeFunction(db, pExpr, pnoCase, wc) ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
+  if( *pnoCase ) return 0;
+#endif
+  pList = pExpr->x.pList;
+  pLeft = pList->a[1].pExpr;
+  if( pLeft->op!=TK_COLUMN 
+   || sqlite3ExprAffinity(pLeft)!=SQLITE_AFF_TEXT 
+   || IsVirtual(pLeft->pTab)
+  ){
+    /* IMP: R-02065-49465 The left-hand side of the LIKE or GLOB operator must
+    ** be the name of an indexed column with TEXT affinity. */
+    return 0;
+  }
+  assert( pLeft->iColumn!=(-1) ); /* Because IPK never has AFF_TEXT */
+
+  pRight = pList->a[0].pExpr;
+  op = pRight->op;
+  if( op==TK_REGISTER ){
+    op = pRight->op2;
+  }
+  if( op==TK_VARIABLE ){
+    Vdbe *pReprepare = pParse->pReprepare;
+    int iCol = pRight->iColumn;
+    pVal = sqlite3VdbeGetValue(pReprepare, iCol, SQLITE_AFF_NONE);
+    if( pVal && sqlite3_value_type(pVal)==SQLITE_TEXT ){
+      z = (char *)sqlite3_value_text(pVal);
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(pParse->pVdbe, iCol);
+    assert( pRight->op==TK_VARIABLE || pRight->op==TK_REGISTER );
+  }else if( op==TK_STRING ){
+    z = pRight->u.zToken;
+  }
+  if( z ){
+    cnt = 0;
+    while( (c=z[cnt])!=0 && c!=wc[0] && c!=wc[1] && c!=wc[2] ){
+      cnt++;
+    }
+    if( cnt!=0 && 255!=(u8)z[cnt-1] ){
+      Expr *pPrefix;
+      *pisComplete = c==wc[0] && z[cnt+1]==0;
+      pPrefix = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_STRING, z);
+      if( pPrefix ) pPrefix->u.zToken[cnt] = 0;
+      *ppPrefix = pPrefix;
+      if( op==TK_VARIABLE ){
+        Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+        sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(v, pRight->iColumn);
+        if( *pisComplete && pRight->u.zToken[1] ){
+          /* If the rhs of the LIKE expression is a variable, and the current
+          ** value of the variable means there is no need to invoke the LIKE
+          ** function, then no OP_Variable will be added to the program.
+          ** This causes problems for the sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()
+          ** API. To workaround them, add a dummy OP_Variable here.
+          */ 
+          int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+          sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pRight, r1);
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)-1, 0);
+          sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
+        }
+      }
+    }else{
+      z = 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
+  return (z!=0);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION */
+
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+/*
+** Check to see if the given expression is of the form
+**
+**         column MATCH expr
+**
+** If it is then return TRUE.  If not, return FALSE.
+*/
+static int isMatchOfColumn(
+  Expr *pExpr      /* Test this expression */
+){
+  ExprList *pList;
+
+  if( pExpr->op!=TK_FUNCTION ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(pExpr->u.zToken,"match")!=0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  pList = pExpr->x.pList;
+  if( pList->nExpr!=2 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  if( pList->a[1].pExpr->op != TK_COLUMN ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  return 1;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
+
+/*
+** If the pBase expression originated in the ON or USING clause of
+** a join, then transfer the appropriate markings over to derived.
+*/
+static void transferJoinMarkings(Expr *pDerived, Expr *pBase){
+  pDerived->flags |= pBase->flags & EP_FromJoin;
+  pDerived->iRightJoinTable = pBase->iRightJoinTable;
+}
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY)
+/*
+** Analyze a term that consists of two or more OR-connected
+** subterms.  So in:
+**
+**     ... WHERE  (a=5) AND (b=7 OR c=9 OR d=13) AND (d=13)
+**                          ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+**
+** This routine analyzes terms such as the middle term in the above example.
+** A WhereOrTerm object is computed and attached to the term under
+** analysis, regardless of the outcome of the analysis.  Hence:
+**
+**     WhereTerm.wtFlags   |=  TERM_ORINFO
+**     WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo  =  a dynamically allocated WhereOrTerm object
+**
+** The term being analyzed must have two or more of OR-connected subterms.
+** A single subterm might be a set of AND-connected sub-subterms.
+** Examples of terms under analysis:
+**
+**     (A)     t1.x=t2.y OR t1.x=t2.z OR t1.y=15 OR t1.z=t3.a+5
+**     (B)     x=expr1 OR expr2=x OR x=expr3
+**     (C)     t1.x=t2.y OR (t1.x=t2.z AND t1.y=15)
+**     (D)     x=expr1 OR (y>11 AND y<22 AND z LIKE '*hello*')
+**     (E)     (p.a=1 AND q.b=2 AND r.c=3) OR (p.x=4 AND q.y=5 AND r.z=6)
+**
+** CASE 1:
+**
+** If all subterms are of the form T.C=expr for some single column of C
+** a single table T (as shown in example B above) then create a new virtual
+** term that is an equivalent IN expression.  In other words, if the term
+** being analyzed is:
+**
+**      x = expr1  OR  expr2 = x  OR  x = expr3
+**
+** then create a new virtual term like this:
+**
+**      x IN (expr1,expr2,expr3)
+**
+** CASE 2:
+**
+** If all subterms are indexable by a single table T, then set
+**
+**     WhereTerm.eOperator              =  WO_OR
+**     WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo->indexable  |=  the cursor number for table T
+**
+** A subterm is "indexable" if it is of the form
+** "T.C <op> <expr>" where C is any column of table T and 
+** <op> is one of "=", "<", "<=", ">", ">=", "IS NULL", or "IN".
+** A subterm is also indexable if it is an AND of two or more
+** subsubterms at least one of which is indexable.  Indexable AND 
+** subterms have their eOperator set to WO_AND and they have
+** u.pAndInfo set to a dynamically allocated WhereAndTerm object.
+**
+** From another point of view, "indexable" means that the subterm could
+** potentially be used with an index if an appropriate index exists.
+** This analysis does not consider whether or not the index exists; that
+** is something the bestIndex() routine will determine.  This analysis
+** only looks at whether subterms appropriate for indexing exist.
+**
+** All examples A through E above all satisfy case 2.  But if a term
+** also statisfies case 1 (such as B) we know that the optimizer will
+** always prefer case 1, so in that case we pretend that case 2 is not
+** satisfied.
+**
+** It might be the case that multiple tables are indexable.  For example,
+** (E) above is indexable on tables P, Q, and R.
+**
+** Terms that satisfy case 2 are candidates for lookup by using
+** separate indices to find rowids for each subterm and composing
+** the union of all rowids using a RowSet object.  This is similar
+** to "bitmap indices" in other database engines.
+**
+** OTHERWISE:
+**
+** If neither case 1 nor case 2 apply, then leave the eOperator set to
+** zero.  This term is not useful for search.
+*/
+static void exprAnalyzeOrTerm(
+  SrcList *pSrc,            /* the FROM clause */
+  WhereClause *pWC,         /* the complete WHERE clause */
+  int idxTerm               /* Index of the OR-term to be analyzed */
+){
+  Parse *pParse = pWC->pParse;            /* Parser context */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;               /* Database connection */
+  WhereTerm *pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];    /* The term to be analyzed */
+  Expr *pExpr = pTerm->pExpr;             /* The expression of the term */
+  WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet = pWC->pMaskSet; /* Table use masks */
+  int i;                                  /* Loop counters */
+  WhereClause *pOrWc;       /* Breakup of pTerm into subterms */
+  WhereTerm *pOrTerm;       /* A Sub-term within the pOrWc */
+  WhereOrInfo *pOrInfo;     /* Additional information associated with pTerm */
+  Bitmask chngToIN;         /* Tables that might satisfy case 1 */
+  Bitmask indexable;        /* Tables that are indexable, satisfying case 2 */
+
+  /*
+  ** Break the OR clause into its separate subterms.  The subterms are
+  ** stored in a WhereClause structure containing within the WhereOrInfo
+  ** object that is attached to the original OR clause term.
+  */
+  assert( (pTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_DYNAMIC|TERM_ORINFO|TERM_ANDINFO))==0 );
+  assert( pExpr->op==TK_OR );
+  pTerm->u.pOrInfo = pOrInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pOrInfo));
+  if( pOrInfo==0 ) return;
+  pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_ORINFO;
+  pOrWc = &pOrInfo->wc;
+  whereClauseInit(pOrWc, pWC->pParse, pMaskSet, pWC->wctrlFlags);
+  whereSplit(pOrWc, pExpr, TK_OR);
+  exprAnalyzeAll(pSrc, pOrWc);
+  if( db->mallocFailed ) return;
+  assert( pOrWc->nTerm>=2 );
+
+  /*
+  ** Compute the set of tables that might satisfy cases 1 or 2.
+  */
+  indexable = ~(Bitmask)0;
+  chngToIN = ~(pWC->vmask);
+  for(i=pOrWc->nTerm-1, pOrTerm=pOrWc->a; i>=0 && indexable; i--, pOrTerm++){
+    if( (pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_SINGLE)==0 ){
+      WhereAndInfo *pAndInfo;
+      assert( pOrTerm->eOperator==0 );
+      assert( (pOrTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_ANDINFO|TERM_ORINFO))==0 );
+      chngToIN = 0;
+      pAndInfo = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(*pAndInfo));
+      if( pAndInfo ){
+        WhereClause *pAndWC;
+        WhereTerm *pAndTerm;
+        int j;
+        Bitmask b = 0;
+        pOrTerm->u.pAndInfo = pAndInfo;
+        pOrTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_ANDINFO;
+        pOrTerm->eOperator = WO_AND;
+        pAndWC = &pAndInfo->wc;
+        whereClauseInit(pAndWC, pWC->pParse, pMaskSet, pWC->wctrlFlags);
+        whereSplit(pAndWC, pOrTerm->pExpr, TK_AND);
+        exprAnalyzeAll(pSrc, pAndWC);
+        pAndWC->pOuter = pWC;
+        testcase( db->mallocFailed );
+        if( !db->mallocFailed ){
+          for(j=0, pAndTerm=pAndWC->a; j<pAndWC->nTerm; j++, pAndTerm++){
+            assert( pAndTerm->pExpr );
+            if( allowedOp(pAndTerm->pExpr->op) ){
+              b |= getMask(pMaskSet, pAndTerm->leftCursor);
+            }
+          }
+        }
+        indexable &= b;
+      }
+    }else if( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_COPIED ){
+      /* Skip this term for now.  We revisit it when we process the
+      ** corresponding TERM_VIRTUAL term */
+    }else{
+      Bitmask b;
+      b = getMask(pMaskSet, pOrTerm->leftCursor);
+      if( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ){
+        WhereTerm *pOther = &pOrWc->a[pOrTerm->iParent];
+        b |= getMask(pMaskSet, pOther->leftCursor);
+      }
+      indexable &= b;
+      if( pOrTerm->eOperator!=WO_EQ ){
+        chngToIN = 0;
+      }else{
+        chngToIN &= b;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** Record the set of tables that satisfy case 2.  The set might be
+  ** empty.
+  */
+  pOrInfo->indexable = indexable;
+  pTerm->eOperator = indexable==0 ? 0 : WO_OR;
+
+  /*
+  ** chngToIN holds a set of tables that *might* satisfy case 1.  But
+  ** we have to do some additional checking to see if case 1 really
+  ** is satisfied.
+  **
+  ** chngToIN will hold either 0, 1, or 2 bits.  The 0-bit case means
+  ** that there is no possibility of transforming the OR clause into an
+  ** IN operator because one or more terms in the OR clause contain
+  ** something other than == on a column in the single table.  The 1-bit
+  ** case means that every term of the OR clause is of the form
+  ** "table.column=expr" for some single table.  The one bit that is set
+  ** will correspond to the common table.  We still need to check to make
+  ** sure the same column is used on all terms.  The 2-bit case is when
+  ** the all terms are of the form "table1.column=table2.column".  It
+  ** might be possible to form an IN operator with either table1.column
+  ** or table2.column as the LHS if either is common to every term of
+  ** the OR clause.
+  **
+  ** Note that terms of the form "table.column1=table.column2" (the
+  ** same table on both sizes of the ==) cannot be optimized.
+  */
+  if( chngToIN ){
+    int okToChngToIN = 0;     /* True if the conversion to IN is valid */
+    int iColumn = -1;         /* Column index on lhs of IN operator */
+    int iCursor = -1;         /* Table cursor common to all terms */
+    int j = 0;                /* Loop counter */
+
+    /* Search for a table and column that appears on one side or the
+    ** other of the == operator in every subterm.  That table and column
+    ** will be recorded in iCursor and iColumn.  There might not be any
+    ** such table and column.  Set okToChngToIN if an appropriate table
+    ** and column is found but leave okToChngToIN false if not found.
+    */
+    for(j=0; j<2 && !okToChngToIN; j++){
+      pOrTerm = pOrWc->a;
+      for(i=pOrWc->nTerm-1; i>=0; i--, pOrTerm++){
+        assert( pOrTerm->eOperator==WO_EQ );
+        pOrTerm->wtFlags &= ~TERM_OR_OK;
+        if( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iCursor ){
+          /* This is the 2-bit case and we are on the second iteration and
+          ** current term is from the first iteration.  So skip this term. */
+          assert( j==1 );
+          continue;
+        }
+        if( (chngToIN & getMask(pMaskSet, pOrTerm->leftCursor))==0 ){
+          /* This term must be of the form t1.a==t2.b where t2 is in the
+          ** chngToIN set but t1 is not.  This term will be either preceeded
+          ** or follwed by an inverted copy (t2.b==t1.a).  Skip this term 
+          ** and use its inversion. */
+          testcase( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_COPIED );
+          testcase( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL );
+          assert( pOrTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_COPIED|TERM_VIRTUAL) );
+          continue;
+        }
+        iColumn = pOrTerm->u.leftColumn;
+        iCursor = pOrTerm->leftCursor;
+        break;
+      }
+      if( i<0 ){
+        /* No candidate table+column was found.  This can only occur
+        ** on the second iteration */
+        assert( j==1 );
+        assert( (chngToIN&(chngToIN-1))==0 );
+        assert( chngToIN==getMask(pMaskSet, iCursor) );
+        break;
+      }
+      testcase( j==1 );
+
+      /* We have found a candidate table and column.  Check to see if that
+      ** table and column is common to every term in the OR clause */
+      okToChngToIN = 1;
+      for(; i>=0 && okToChngToIN; i--, pOrTerm++){
+        assert( pOrTerm->eOperator==WO_EQ );
+        if( pOrTerm->leftCursor!=iCursor ){
+          pOrTerm->wtFlags &= ~TERM_OR_OK;
+        }else if( pOrTerm->u.leftColumn!=iColumn ){
+          okToChngToIN = 0;
+        }else{
+          int affLeft, affRight;
+          /* If the right-hand side is also a column, then the affinities
+          ** of both right and left sides must be such that no type
+          ** conversions are required on the right.  (Ticket #2249)
+          */
+          affRight = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pOrTerm->pExpr->pRight);
+          affLeft = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pOrTerm->pExpr->pLeft);
+          if( affRight!=0 && affRight!=affLeft ){
+            okToChngToIN = 0;
+          }else{
+            pOrTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_OR_OK;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* At this point, okToChngToIN is true if original pTerm satisfies
+    ** case 1.  In that case, construct a new virtual term that is 
+    ** pTerm converted into an IN operator.
+    **
+    ** EV: R-00211-15100
+    */
+    if( okToChngToIN ){
+      Expr *pDup;            /* A transient duplicate expression */
+      ExprList *pList = 0;   /* The RHS of the IN operator */
+      Expr *pLeft = 0;       /* The LHS of the IN operator */
+      Expr *pNew;            /* The complete IN operator */
+
+      for(i=pOrWc->nTerm-1, pOrTerm=pOrWc->a; i>=0; i--, pOrTerm++){
+        if( (pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_OR_OK)==0 ) continue;
+        assert( pOrTerm->eOperator==WO_EQ );
+        assert( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iCursor );
+        assert( pOrTerm->u.leftColumn==iColumn );
+        pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOrTerm->pExpr->pRight, 0);
+        pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pWC->pParse, pList, pDup);
+        pLeft = pOrTerm->pExpr->pLeft;
+      }
+      assert( pLeft!=0 );
+      pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pLeft, 0);
+      pNew = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, pDup, 0, 0);
+      if( pNew ){
+        int idxNew;
+        transferJoinMarkings(pNew, pExpr);
+        assert( !ExprHasProperty(pNew, EP_xIsSelect) );
+        pNew->x.pList = pList;
+        idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNew, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC);
+        testcase( idxNew==0 );
+        exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew);
+        pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
+        pWC->a[idxNew].iParent = idxTerm;
+        pTerm->nChild = 1;
+      }else{
+        sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList);
+      }
+      pTerm->eOperator = WO_NOOP;  /* case 1 trumps case 2 */
+    }
+  }
+}
+#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION && !SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */
+
+
+/*
+** The input to this routine is an WhereTerm structure with only the
+** "pExpr" field filled in.  The job of this routine is to analyze the
+** subexpression and populate all the other fields of the WhereTerm
+** structure.
+**
+** If the expression is of the form "<expr> <op> X" it gets commuted
+** to the standard form of "X <op> <expr>".
+**
+** If the expression is of the form "X <op> Y" where both X and Y are
+** columns, then the original expression is unchanged and a new virtual
+** term of the form "Y <op> X" is added to the WHERE clause and
+** analyzed separately.  The original term is marked with TERM_COPIED
+** and the new term is marked with TERM_DYNAMIC (because it's pExpr
+** needs to be freed with the WhereClause) and TERM_VIRTUAL (because it
+** is a commuted copy of a prior term.)  The original term has nChild=1
+** and the copy has idxParent set to the index of the original term.
+*/
+static void exprAnalyze(
+  SrcList *pSrc,            /* the FROM clause */
+  WhereClause *pWC,         /* the WHERE clause */
+  int idxTerm               /* Index of the term to be analyzed */
+){
+  WhereTerm *pTerm;                /* The term to be analyzed */
+  WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet;          /* Set of table index masks */
+  Expr *pExpr;                     /* The expression to be analyzed */
+  Bitmask prereqLeft;              /* Prerequesites of the pExpr->pLeft */
+  Bitmask prereqAll;               /* Prerequesites of pExpr */
+  Bitmask extraRight = 0;          /* Extra dependencies on LEFT JOIN */
+  Expr *pStr1 = 0;                 /* RHS of LIKE/GLOB operator */
+  int isComplete = 0;              /* RHS of LIKE/GLOB ends with wildcard */
+  int noCase = 0;                  /* LIKE/GLOB distinguishes case */
+  int op;                          /* Top-level operator.  pExpr->op */
+  Parse *pParse = pWC->pParse;     /* Parsing context */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;        /* Database connection */
+
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    return;
+  }
+  pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
+  pMaskSet = pWC->pMaskSet;
+  pExpr = pTerm->pExpr;
+  prereqLeft = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->pLeft);
+  op = pExpr->op;
+  if( op==TK_IN ){
+    assert( pExpr->pRight==0 );
+    if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
+      pTerm->prereqRight = exprSelectTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->x.pSelect);
+    }else{
+      pTerm->prereqRight = exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->x.pList);
+    }
+  }else if( op==TK_ISNULL ){
+    pTerm->prereqRight = 0;
+  }else{
+    pTerm->prereqRight = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->pRight);
+  }
+  prereqAll = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr);
+  if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ){
+    Bitmask x = getMask(pMaskSet, pExpr->iRightJoinTable);
+    prereqAll |= x;
+    extraRight = x-1;  /* ON clause terms may not be used with an index
+                       ** on left table of a LEFT JOIN.  Ticket #3015 */
+  }
+  pTerm->prereqAll = prereqAll;
+  pTerm->leftCursor = -1;
+  pTerm->iParent = -1;
+  pTerm->eOperator = 0;
+  if( allowedOp(op) && (pTerm->prereqRight & prereqLeft)==0 ){
+    Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
+    Expr *pRight = pExpr->pRight;
+    if( pLeft->op==TK_COLUMN ){
+      pTerm->leftCursor = pLeft->iTable;
+      pTerm->u.leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn;
+      pTerm->eOperator = operatorMask(op);
+    }
+    if( pRight && pRight->op==TK_COLUMN ){
+      WhereTerm *pNew;
+      Expr *pDup;
+      if( pTerm->leftCursor>=0 ){
+        int idxNew;
+        pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pExpr, 0);
+        if( db->mallocFailed ){
+          sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pDup);
+          return;
+        }
+        idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pDup, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC);
+        if( idxNew==0 ) return;
+        pNew = &pWC->a[idxNew];
+        pNew->iParent = idxTerm;
+        pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
+        pTerm->nChild = 1;
+        pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_COPIED;
+      }else{
+        pDup = pExpr;
+        pNew = pTerm;
+      }
+      exprCommute(pParse, pDup);
+      pLeft = pDup->pLeft;
+      pNew->leftCursor = pLeft->iTable;
+      pNew->u.leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn;
+      testcase( (prereqLeft | extraRight) != prereqLeft );
+      pNew->prereqRight = prereqLeft | extraRight;
+      pNew->prereqAll = prereqAll;
+      pNew->eOperator = operatorMask(pDup->op);
+    }
+  }
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BETWEEN_OPTIMIZATION
+  /* If a term is the BETWEEN operator, create two new virtual terms
+  ** that define the range that the BETWEEN implements.  For example:
+  **
+  **      a BETWEEN b AND c
+  **
+  ** is converted into:
+  **
+  **      (a BETWEEN b AND c) AND (a>=b) AND (a<=c)
+  **
+  ** The two new terms are added onto the end of the WhereClause object.
+  ** The new terms are "dynamic" and are children of the original BETWEEN
+  ** term.  That means that if the BETWEEN term is coded, the children are
+  ** skipped.  Or, if the children are satisfied by an index, the original
+  ** BETWEEN term is skipped.
+  */
+  else if( pExpr->op==TK_BETWEEN && pWC->op==TK_AND ){
+    ExprList *pList = pExpr->x.pList;
+    int i;
+    static const u8 ops[] = {TK_GE, TK_LE};
+    assert( pList!=0 );
+    assert( pList->nExpr==2 );
+    for(i=0; i<2; i++){
+      Expr *pNewExpr;
+      int idxNew;
+      pNewExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, ops[i], 
+                             sqlite3ExprDup(db, pExpr->pLeft, 0),
+                             sqlite3ExprDup(db, pList->a[i].pExpr, 0), 0);
+      idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC);
+      testcase( idxNew==0 );
+      exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew);
+      pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
+      pWC->a[idxNew].iParent = idxTerm;
+    }
+    pTerm->nChild = 2;
+  }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BETWEEN_OPTIMIZATION */
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY)
+  /* Analyze a term that is composed of two or more subterms connected by
+  ** an OR operator.
+  */
+  else if( pExpr->op==TK_OR ){
+    assert( pWC->op==TK_AND );
+    exprAnalyzeOrTerm(pSrc, pWC, idxTerm);
+    pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
+  }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION
+  /* Add constraints to reduce the search space on a LIKE or GLOB
+  ** operator.
+  **
+  ** A like pattern of the form "x LIKE 'abc%'" is changed into constraints
+  **
+  **          x>='abc' AND x<'abd' AND x LIKE 'abc%'
+  **
+  ** The last character of the prefix "abc" is incremented to form the
+  ** termination condition "abd".
+  */
+  if( pWC->op==TK_AND 
+   && isLikeOrGlob(pParse, pExpr, &pStr1, &isComplete, &noCase)
+  ){
+    Expr *pLeft;       /* LHS of LIKE/GLOB operator */
+    Expr *pStr2;       /* Copy of pStr1 - RHS of LIKE/GLOB operator */
+    Expr *pNewExpr1;
+    Expr *pNewExpr2;
+    int idxNew1;
+    int idxNew2;
+    CollSeq *pColl;    /* Collating sequence to use */
+
+    pLeft = pExpr->x.pList->a[1].pExpr;
+    pStr2 = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pStr1, 0);
+    if( !db->mallocFailed ){
+      u8 c, *pC;       /* Last character before the first wildcard */
+      pC = (u8*)&pStr2->u.zToken[sqlite3Strlen30(pStr2->u.zToken)-1];
+      c = *pC;
+      if( noCase ){
+        /* The point is to increment the last character before the first
+        ** wildcard.  But if we increment '@', that will push it into the
+        ** alphabetic range where case conversions will mess up the 
+        ** inequality.  To avoid this, make sure to also run the full
+        ** LIKE on all candidate expressions by clearing the isComplete flag
+        */
+        if( c=='A'-1 ) isComplete = 0;   /* EV: R-64339-08207 */
+
+
+        c = sqlite3UpperToLower[c];
+      }
+      *pC = c + 1;
+    }
+    pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, SQLITE_UTF8, noCase ? "NOCASE" : "BINARY",0);
+    pNewExpr1 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_GE, 
+                     sqlite3ExprSetColl(sqlite3ExprDup(db,pLeft,0), pColl),
+                     pStr1, 0);
+    idxNew1 = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr1, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC);
+    testcase( idxNew1==0 );
+    exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew1);
+    pNewExpr2 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_LT,
+                     sqlite3ExprSetColl(sqlite3ExprDup(db,pLeft,0), pColl),
+                     pStr2, 0);
+    idxNew2 = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr2, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC);
+    testcase( idxNew2==0 );
+    exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew2);
+    pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
+    if( isComplete ){
+      pWC->a[idxNew1].iParent = idxTerm;
+      pWC->a[idxNew2].iParent = idxTerm;
+      pTerm->nChild = 2;
+    }
+  }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  /* Add a WO_MATCH auxiliary term to the constraint set if the
+  ** current expression is of the form:  column MATCH expr.
+  ** This information is used by the xBestIndex methods of
+  ** virtual tables.  The native query optimizer does not attempt
+  ** to do anything with MATCH functions.
+  */
+  if( isMatchOfColumn(pExpr) ){
+    int idxNew;
+    Expr *pRight, *pLeft;
+    WhereTerm *pNewTerm;
+    Bitmask prereqColumn, prereqExpr;
+
+    pRight = pExpr->x.pList->a[0].pExpr;
+    pLeft = pExpr->x.pList->a[1].pExpr;
+    prereqExpr = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pRight);
+    prereqColumn = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pLeft);
+    if( (prereqExpr & prereqColumn)==0 ){
+      Expr *pNewExpr;
+      pNewExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_MATCH, 
+                              0, sqlite3ExprDup(db, pRight, 0), 0);
+      idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC);
+      testcase( idxNew==0 );
+      pNewTerm = &pWC->a[idxNew];
+      pNewTerm->prereqRight = prereqExpr;
+      pNewTerm->leftCursor = pLeft->iTable;
+      pNewTerm->u.leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn;
+      pNewTerm->eOperator = WO_MATCH;
+      pNewTerm->iParent = idxTerm;
+      pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
+      pTerm->nChild = 1;
+      pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_COPIED;
+      pNewTerm->prereqAll = pTerm->prereqAll;
+    }
+  }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3
+  /* When sqlite_stat3 histogram data is available an operator of the
+  ** form "x IS NOT NULL" can sometimes be evaluated more efficiently
+  ** as "x>NULL" if x is not an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY.  So construct a
+  ** virtual term of that form.
+  **
+  ** Note that the virtual term must be tagged with TERM_VNULL.  This
+  ** TERM_VNULL tag will suppress the not-null check at the beginning
+  ** of the loop.  Without the TERM_VNULL flag, the not-null check at
+  ** the start of the loop will prevent any results from being returned.
+  */
+  if( pExpr->op==TK_NOTNULL
+   && pExpr->pLeft->op==TK_COLUMN
+   && pExpr->pLeft->iColumn>=0
+  ){
+    Expr *pNewExpr;
+    Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
+    int idxNew;
+    WhereTerm *pNewTerm;
+
+    pNewExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_GT,
+                            sqlite3ExprDup(db, pLeft, 0),
+                            sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NULL, 0, 0, 0), 0);
+
+    idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr,
+                              TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC|TERM_VNULL);
+    if( idxNew ){
+      pNewTerm = &pWC->a[idxNew];
+      pNewTerm->prereqRight = 0;
+      pNewTerm->leftCursor = pLeft->iTable;
+      pNewTerm->u.leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn;
+      pNewTerm->eOperator = WO_GT;
+      pNewTerm->iParent = idxTerm;
+      pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
+      pTerm->nChild = 1;
+      pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_COPIED;
+      pNewTerm->prereqAll = pTerm->prereqAll;
+    }
+  }
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT */
+
+  /* Prevent ON clause terms of a LEFT JOIN from being used to drive
+  ** an index for tables to the left of the join.
+  */
+  pTerm->prereqRight |= extraRight;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if any of the expressions in pList->a[iFirst...] contain
+** a reference to any table other than the iBase table.
+*/
+static int referencesOtherTables(
+  ExprList *pList,          /* Search expressions in ths list */
+  WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet,   /* Mapping from tables to bitmaps */
+  int iFirst,               /* Be searching with the iFirst-th expression */
+  int iBase                 /* Ignore references to this table */
+){
+  Bitmask allowed = ~getMask(pMaskSet, iBase);
+  while( iFirst<pList->nExpr ){
+    if( (exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pList->a[iFirst++].pExpr)&allowed)!=0 ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function searches the expression list passed as the second argument
+** for an expression of type TK_COLUMN that refers to the same column and
+** uses the same collation sequence as the iCol'th column of index pIdx.
+** Argument iBase is the cursor number used for the table that pIdx refers
+** to.
+**
+** If such an expression is found, its index in pList->a[] is returned. If
+** no expression is found, -1 is returned.
+*/
+static int findIndexCol(
+  Parse *pParse,                  /* Parse context */
+  ExprList *pList,                /* Expression list to search */
+  int iBase,                      /* Cursor for table associated with pIdx */
+  Index *pIdx,                    /* Index to match column of */
+  int iCol                        /* Column of index to match */
+){
+  int i;
+  const char *zColl = pIdx->azColl[iCol];
+
+  for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
+    Expr *p = pList->a[i].pExpr;
+    if( p->op==TK_COLUMN
+     && p->iColumn==pIdx->aiColumn[iCol]
+     && p->iTable==iBase
+    ){
+      CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, p);
+      if( ALWAYS(pColl) && 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pColl->zName, zColl) ){
+        return i;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return -1;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine determines if pIdx can be used to assist in processing a
+** DISTINCT qualifier. In other words, it tests whether or not using this
+** index for the outer loop guarantees that rows with equal values for
+** all expressions in the pDistinct list are delivered grouped together.
+**
+** For example, the query 
+**
+**   SELECT DISTINCT a, b, c FROM tbl WHERE a = ?
+**
+** can benefit from any index on columns "b" and "c".
+*/
+static int isDistinctIndex(
+  Parse *pParse,                  /* Parsing context */
+  WhereClause *pWC,               /* The WHERE clause */
+  Index *pIdx,                    /* The index being considered */
+  int base,                       /* Cursor number for the table pIdx is on */
+  ExprList *pDistinct,            /* The DISTINCT expressions */
+  int nEqCol                      /* Number of index columns with == */
+){
+  Bitmask mask = 0;               /* Mask of unaccounted for pDistinct exprs */
+  int i;                          /* Iterator variable */
+
+  if( pIdx->zName==0 || pDistinct==0 || pDistinct->nExpr>=BMS ) return 0;
+  testcase( pDistinct->nExpr==BMS-1 );
+
+  /* Loop through all the expressions in the distinct list. If any of them
+  ** are not simple column references, return early. Otherwise, test if the
+  ** WHERE clause contains a "col=X" clause. If it does, the expression
+  ** can be ignored. If it does not, and the column does not belong to the
+  ** same table as index pIdx, return early. Finally, if there is no
+  ** matching "col=X" expression and the column is on the same table as pIdx,
+  ** set the corresponding bit in variable mask.
+  */
+  for(i=0; i<pDistinct->nExpr; i++){
+    WhereTerm *pTerm;
+    Expr *p = pDistinct->a[i].pExpr;
+    if( p->op!=TK_COLUMN ) return 0;
+    pTerm = findTerm(pWC, p->iTable, p->iColumn, ~(Bitmask)0, WO_EQ, 0);
+    if( pTerm ){
+      Expr *pX = pTerm->pExpr;
+      CollSeq *p1 = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pX->pLeft, pX->pRight);
+      CollSeq *p2 = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, p);
+      if( p1==p2 ) continue;
+    }
+    if( p->iTable!=base ) return 0;
+    mask |= (((Bitmask)1) << i);
+  }
+
+  for(i=nEqCol; mask && i<pIdx->nColumn; i++){
+    int iExpr = findIndexCol(pParse, pDistinct, base, pIdx, i);
+    if( iExpr<0 ) break;
+    mask &= ~(((Bitmask)1) << iExpr);
+  }
+
+  return (mask==0);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Return true if the DISTINCT expression-list passed as the third argument
+** is redundant. A DISTINCT list is redundant if the database contains a
+** UNIQUE index that guarantees that the result of the query will be distinct
+** anyway.
+*/
+static int isDistinctRedundant(
+  Parse *pParse,
+  SrcList *pTabList,
+  WhereClause *pWC,
+  ExprList *pDistinct
+){
+  Table *pTab;
+  Index *pIdx;
+  int i;                          
+  int iBase;
+
+  /* If there is more than one table or sub-select in the FROM clause of
+  ** this query, then it will not be possible to show that the DISTINCT 
+  ** clause is redundant. */
+  if( pTabList->nSrc!=1 ) return 0;
+  iBase = pTabList->a[0].iCursor;
+  pTab = pTabList->a[0].pTab;
+
+  /* If any of the expressions is an IPK column on table iBase, then return 
+  ** true. Note: The (p->iTable==iBase) part of this test may be false if the
+  ** current SELECT is a correlated sub-query.
+  */
+  for(i=0; i<pDistinct->nExpr; i++){
+    Expr *p = pDistinct->a[i].pExpr;
+    if( p->op==TK_COLUMN && p->iTable==iBase && p->iColumn<0 ) return 1;
+  }
+
+  /* Loop through all indices on the table, checking each to see if it makes
+  ** the DISTINCT qualifier redundant. It does so if:
+  **
+  **   1. The index is itself UNIQUE, and
+  **
+  **   2. All of the columns in the index are either part of the pDistinct
+  **      list, or else the WHERE clause contains a term of the form "col=X",
+  **      where X is a constant value. The collation sequences of the
+  **      comparison and select-list expressions must match those of the index.
+  **
+  **   3. All of those index columns for which the WHERE clause does not
+  **      contain a "col=X" term are subject to a NOT NULL constraint.
+  */
+  for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+    if( pIdx->onError==OE_None ) continue;
+    for(i=0; i<pIdx->nColumn; i++){
+      int iCol = pIdx->aiColumn[i];
+      if( 0==findTerm(pWC, iBase, iCol, ~(Bitmask)0, WO_EQ, pIdx) ){
+        int iIdxCol = findIndexCol(pParse, pDistinct, iBase, pIdx, i);
+        if( iIdxCol<0 || pTab->aCol[pIdx->aiColumn[i]].notNull==0 ){
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    if( i==pIdx->nColumn ){
+      /* This index implies that the DISTINCT qualifier is redundant. */
+      return 1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine decides if pIdx can be used to satisfy the ORDER BY
+** clause.  If it can, it returns 1.  If pIdx cannot satisfy the
+** ORDER BY clause, this routine returns 0.
+**
+** pOrderBy is an ORDER BY clause from a SELECT statement.  pTab is the
+** left-most table in the FROM clause of that same SELECT statement and
+** the table has a cursor number of "base".  pIdx is an index on pTab.
+**
+** nEqCol is the number of columns of pIdx that are used as equality
+** constraints.  Any of these columns may be missing from the ORDER BY
+** clause and the match can still be a success.
+**
+** All terms of the ORDER BY that match against the index must be either
+** ASC or DESC.  (Terms of the ORDER BY clause past the end of a UNIQUE
+** index do not need to satisfy this constraint.)  The *pbRev value is
+** set to 1 if the ORDER BY clause is all DESC and it is set to 0 if
+** the ORDER BY clause is all ASC.
+*/
+static int isSortingIndex(
+  Parse *pParse,          /* Parsing context */
+  WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, /* Mapping from table cursor numbers to bitmaps */
+  Index *pIdx,            /* The index we are testing */
+  int base,               /* Cursor number for the table to be sorted */
+  ExprList *pOrderBy,     /* The ORDER BY clause */
+  int nEqCol,             /* Number of index columns with == constraints */
+  int wsFlags,            /* Index usages flags */
+  int *pbRev              /* Set to 1 if ORDER BY is DESC */
+){
+  int i, j;                       /* Loop counters */
+  int sortOrder = 0;              /* XOR of index and ORDER BY sort direction */
+  int nTerm;                      /* Number of ORDER BY terms */
+  struct ExprList_item *pTerm;    /* A term of the ORDER BY clause */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+
+  if( !pOrderBy ) return 0;
+  if( wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_IN ) return 0;
+  if( pIdx->bUnordered ) return 0;
+
+  nTerm = pOrderBy->nExpr;
+  assert( nTerm>0 );
+
+  /* Argument pIdx must either point to a 'real' named index structure, 
+  ** or an index structure allocated on the stack by bestBtreeIndex() to
+  ** represent the rowid index that is part of every table.  */
+  assert( pIdx->zName || (pIdx->nColumn==1 && pIdx->aiColumn[0]==-1) );
+
+  /* Match terms of the ORDER BY clause against columns of
+  ** the index.
+  **
+  ** Note that indices have pIdx->nColumn regular columns plus
+  ** one additional column containing the rowid.  The rowid column
+  ** of the index is also allowed to match against the ORDER BY
+  ** clause.
+  */
+  for(i=j=0, pTerm=pOrderBy->a; j<nTerm && i<=pIdx->nColumn; i++){
+    Expr *pExpr;       /* The expression of the ORDER BY pTerm */
+    CollSeq *pColl;    /* The collating sequence of pExpr */
+    int termSortOrder; /* Sort order for this term */
+    int iColumn;       /* The i-th column of the index.  -1 for rowid */
+    int iSortOrder;    /* 1 for DESC, 0 for ASC on the i-th index term */
+    const char *zColl; /* Name of the collating sequence for i-th index term */
+
+    pExpr = pTerm->pExpr;
+    if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN || pExpr->iTable!=base ){
+      /* Can not use an index sort on anything that is not a column in the
+      ** left-most table of the FROM clause */
+      break;
+    }
+    pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr);
+    if( !pColl ){
+      pColl = db->pDfltColl;
+    }
+    if( pIdx->zName && i<pIdx->nColumn ){
+      iColumn = pIdx->aiColumn[i];
+      if( iColumn==pIdx->pTable->iPKey ){
+        iColumn = -1;
+      }
+      iSortOrder = pIdx->aSortOrder[i];
+      zColl = pIdx->azColl[i];
+    }else{
+      iColumn = -1;
+      iSortOrder = 0;
+      zColl = pColl->zName;
+    }
+    if( pExpr->iColumn!=iColumn || sqlite3StrICmp(pColl->zName, zColl) ){
+      /* Term j of the ORDER BY clause does not match column i of the index */
+      if( i<nEqCol ){
+        /* If an index column that is constrained by == fails to match an
+        ** ORDER BY term, that is OK.  Just ignore that column of the index
+        */
+        continue;
+      }else if( i==pIdx->nColumn ){
+        /* Index column i is the rowid.  All other terms match. */
+        break;
+      }else{
+        /* If an index column fails to match and is not constrained by ==
+        ** then the index cannot satisfy the ORDER BY constraint.
+        */
+        return 0;
+      }
+    }
+    assert( pIdx->aSortOrder!=0 || iColumn==-1 );
+    assert( pTerm->sortOrder==0 || pTerm->sortOrder==1 );
+    assert( iSortOrder==0 || iSortOrder==1 );
+    termSortOrder = iSortOrder ^ pTerm->sortOrder;
+    if( i>nEqCol ){
+      if( termSortOrder!=sortOrder ){
+        /* Indices can only be used if all ORDER BY terms past the
+        ** equality constraints are all either DESC or ASC. */
+        return 0;
+      }
+    }else{
+      sortOrder = termSortOrder;
+    }
+    j++;
+    pTerm++;
+    if( iColumn<0 && !referencesOtherTables(pOrderBy, pMaskSet, j, base) ){
+      /* If the indexed column is the primary key and everything matches
+      ** so far and none of the ORDER BY terms to the right reference other
+      ** tables in the join, then we are assured that the index can be used 
+      ** to sort because the primary key is unique and so none of the other
+      ** columns will make any difference
+      */
+      j = nTerm;
+    }
+  }
+
+  *pbRev = sortOrder!=0;
+  if( j>=nTerm ){
+    /* All terms of the ORDER BY clause are covered by this index so
+    ** this index can be used for sorting. */
+    return 1;
+  }
+  if( pIdx->onError!=OE_None && i==pIdx->nColumn
+      && (wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_NULL)==0
+      && !referencesOtherTables(pOrderBy, pMaskSet, j, base) 
+  ){
+    Column *aCol = pIdx->pTable->aCol;
+
+    /* All terms of this index match some prefix of the ORDER BY clause,
+    ** the index is UNIQUE, and no terms on the tail of the ORDER BY
+    ** refer to other tables in a join. So, assuming that the index entries
+    ** visited contain no NULL values, then this index delivers rows in
+    ** the required order.
+    **
+    ** It is not possible for any of the first nEqCol index fields to be
+    ** NULL (since the corresponding "=" operator in the WHERE clause would 
+    ** not be true). So if all remaining index columns have NOT NULL 
+    ** constaints attached to them, we can be confident that the visited
+    ** index entries are free of NULLs.  */
+    for(i=nEqCol; i<pIdx->nColumn; i++){
+      if( aCol[pIdx->aiColumn[i]].notNull==0 ) break;
+    }
+    return (i==pIdx->nColumn);
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Prepare a crude estimate of the logarithm of the input value.
+** The results need not be exact.  This is only used for estimating
+** the total cost of performing operations with O(logN) or O(NlogN)
+** complexity.  Because N is just a guess, it is no great tragedy if
+** logN is a little off.
+*/
+static double estLog(double N){
+  double logN = 1;
+  double x = 10;
+  while( N>x ){
+    logN += 1;
+    x *= 10;
+  }
+  return logN;
+}
+
+/*
+** Two routines for printing the content of an sqlite3_index_info
+** structure.  Used for testing and debugging only.  If neither
+** SQLITE_TEST or SQLITE_DEBUG are defined, then these routines
+** are no-ops.
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+static void TRACE_IDX_INPUTS(sqlite3_index_info *p){
+  int i;
+  if( !sqlite3WhereTrace ) return;
+  for(i=0; i<p->nConstraint; i++){
+    sqlite3DebugPrintf("  constraint[%d]: col=%d termid=%d op=%d usabled=%d\n",
+       i,
+       p->aConstraint[i].iColumn,
+       p->aConstraint[i].iTermOffset,
+       p->aConstraint[i].op,
+       p->aConstraint[i].usable);
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<p->nOrderBy; i++){
+    sqlite3DebugPrintf("  orderby[%d]: col=%d desc=%d\n",
+       i,
+       p->aOrderBy[i].iColumn,
+       p->aOrderBy[i].desc);
+  }
+}
+static void TRACE_IDX_OUTPUTS(sqlite3_index_info *p){
+  int i;
+  if( !sqlite3WhereTrace ) return;
+  for(i=0; i<p->nConstraint; i++){
+    sqlite3DebugPrintf("  usage[%d]: argvIdx=%d omit=%d\n",
+       i,
+       p->aConstraintUsage[i].argvIndex,
+       p->aConstraintUsage[i].omit);
+  }
+  sqlite3DebugPrintf("  idxNum=%d\n", p->idxNum);
+  sqlite3DebugPrintf("  idxStr=%s\n", p->idxStr);
+  sqlite3DebugPrintf("  orderByConsumed=%d\n", p->orderByConsumed);
+  sqlite3DebugPrintf("  estimatedCost=%g\n", p->estimatedCost);
+}
+#else
+#define TRACE_IDX_INPUTS(A)
+#define TRACE_IDX_OUTPUTS(A)
+#endif
+
+/* 
+** Required because bestIndex() is called by bestOrClauseIndex() 
+*/
+static void bestIndex(
+    Parse*, WhereClause*, struct SrcList_item*,
+    Bitmask, Bitmask, ExprList*, WhereCost*);
+
+/*
+** This routine attempts to find an scanning strategy that can be used 
+** to optimize an 'OR' expression that is part of a WHERE clause. 
+**
+** The table associated with FROM clause term pSrc may be either a
+** regular B-Tree table or a virtual table.
+*/
+static void bestOrClauseIndex(
+  Parse *pParse,              /* The parsing context */
+  WhereClause *pWC,           /* The WHERE clause */
+  struct SrcList_item *pSrc,  /* The FROM clause term to search */
+  Bitmask notReady,           /* Mask of cursors not available for indexing */
+  Bitmask notValid,           /* Cursors not available for any purpose */
+  ExprList *pOrderBy,         /* The ORDER BY clause */
+  WhereCost *pCost            /* Lowest cost query plan */
+){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION
+  const int iCur = pSrc->iCursor;   /* The cursor of the table to be accessed */
+  const Bitmask maskSrc = getMask(pWC->pMaskSet, iCur);  /* Bitmask for pSrc */
+  WhereTerm * const pWCEnd = &pWC->a[pWC->nTerm];        /* End of pWC->a[] */
+  WhereTerm *pTerm;                 /* A single term of the WHERE clause */
+
+  /* The OR-clause optimization is disallowed if the INDEXED BY or
+  ** NOT INDEXED clauses are used or if the WHERE_AND_ONLY bit is set. */
+  if( pSrc->notIndexed || pSrc->pIndex!=0 ){
+    return;
+  }
+  if( pWC->wctrlFlags & WHERE_AND_ONLY ){
+    return;
+  }
+
+  /* Search the WHERE clause terms for a usable WO_OR term. */
+  for(pTerm=pWC->a; pTerm<pWCEnd; pTerm++){
+    if( pTerm->eOperator==WO_OR 
+     && ((pTerm->prereqAll & ~maskSrc) & notReady)==0
+     && (pTerm->u.pOrInfo->indexable & maskSrc)!=0 
+    ){
+      WhereClause * const pOrWC = &pTerm->u.pOrInfo->wc;
+      WhereTerm * const pOrWCEnd = &pOrWC->a[pOrWC->nTerm];
+      WhereTerm *pOrTerm;
+      int flags = WHERE_MULTI_OR;
+      double rTotal = 0;
+      double nRow = 0;
+      Bitmask used = 0;
+
+      for(pOrTerm=pOrWC->a; pOrTerm<pOrWCEnd; pOrTerm++){
+        WhereCost sTermCost;
+        WHERETRACE(("... Multi-index OR testing for term %d of %d....\n", 
+          (pOrTerm - pOrWC->a), (pTerm - pWC->a)
+        ));
+        if( pOrTerm->eOperator==WO_AND ){
+          WhereClause *pAndWC = &pOrTerm->u.pAndInfo->wc;
+          bestIndex(pParse, pAndWC, pSrc, notReady, notValid, 0, &sTermCost);
+        }else if( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iCur ){
+          WhereClause tempWC;
+          tempWC.pParse = pWC->pParse;
+          tempWC.pMaskSet = pWC->pMaskSet;
+          tempWC.pOuter = pWC;
+          tempWC.op = TK_AND;
+          tempWC.a = pOrTerm;
+          tempWC.wctrlFlags = 0;
+          tempWC.nTerm = 1;
+          bestIndex(pParse, &tempWC, pSrc, notReady, notValid, 0, &sTermCost);
+        }else{
+          continue;
+        }
+        rTotal += sTermCost.rCost;
+        nRow += sTermCost.plan.nRow;
+        used |= sTermCost.used;
+        if( rTotal>=pCost->rCost ) break;
+      }
+
+      /* If there is an ORDER BY clause, increase the scan cost to account 
+      ** for the cost of the sort. */
+      if( pOrderBy!=0 ){
+        WHERETRACE(("... sorting increases OR cost %.9g to %.9g\n",
+                    rTotal, rTotal+nRow*estLog(nRow)));
+        rTotal += nRow*estLog(nRow);
+      }
+
+      /* If the cost of scanning using this OR term for optimization is
+      ** less than the current cost stored in pCost, replace the contents
+      ** of pCost. */
+      WHERETRACE(("... multi-index OR cost=%.9g nrow=%.9g\n", rTotal, nRow));
+      if( rTotal<pCost->rCost ){
+        pCost->rCost = rTotal;
+        pCost->used = used;
+        pCost->plan.nRow = nRow;
+        pCost->plan.wsFlags = flags;
+        pCost->plan.u.pTerm = pTerm;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION */
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the WHERE clause term pTerm is of a form where it
+** could be used with an index to access pSrc, assuming an appropriate
+** index existed.
+*/
+static int termCanDriveIndex(
+  WhereTerm *pTerm,              /* WHERE clause term to check */
+  struct SrcList_item *pSrc,     /* Table we are trying to access */
+  Bitmask notReady               /* Tables in outer loops of the join */
+){
+  char aff;
+  if( pTerm->leftCursor!=pSrc->iCursor ) return 0;
+  if( pTerm->eOperator!=WO_EQ ) return 0;
+  if( (pTerm->prereqRight & notReady)!=0 ) return 0;
+  aff = pSrc->pTab->aCol[pTerm->u.leftColumn].affinity;
+  if( !sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(pTerm->pExpr, aff) ) return 0;
+  return 1;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX
+/*
+** If the query plan for pSrc specified in pCost is a full table scan
+** and indexing is allows (if there is no NOT INDEXED clause) and it
+** possible to construct a transient index that would perform better
+** than a full table scan even when the cost of constructing the index
+** is taken into account, then alter the query plan to use the
+** transient index.
+*/
+static void bestAutomaticIndex(
+  Parse *pParse,              /* The parsing context */
+  WhereClause *pWC,           /* The WHERE clause */
+  struct SrcList_item *pSrc,  /* The FROM clause term to search */
+  Bitmask notReady,           /* Mask of cursors that are not available */
+  WhereCost *pCost            /* Lowest cost query plan */
+){
+  double nTableRow;           /* Rows in the input table */
+  double logN;                /* log(nTableRow) */
+  double costTempIdx;         /* per-query cost of the transient index */
+  WhereTerm *pTerm;           /* A single term of the WHERE clause */
+  WhereTerm *pWCEnd;          /* End of pWC->a[] */
+  Table *pTable;              /* Table tht might be indexed */
+
+  if( pParse->nQueryLoop<=(double)1 ){
+    /* There is no point in building an automatic index for a single scan */
+    return;
+  }
+  if( (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_AutoIndex)==0 ){
+    /* Automatic indices are disabled at run-time */
+    return;
+  }
+  if( (pCost->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_NOT_FULLSCAN)!=0 ){
+    /* We already have some kind of index in use for this query. */
+    return;
+  }
+  if( pSrc->notIndexed ){
+    /* The NOT INDEXED clause appears in the SQL. */
+    return;
+  }
+  if( pSrc->isCorrelated ){
+    /* The source is a correlated sub-query. No point in indexing it. */
+    return;
+  }
+
+  assert( pParse->nQueryLoop >= (double)1 );
+  pTable = pSrc->pTab;
+  nTableRow = pTable->nRowEst;
+  logN = estLog(nTableRow);
+  costTempIdx = 2*logN*(nTableRow/pParse->nQueryLoop + 1);
+  if( costTempIdx>=pCost->rCost ){
+    /* The cost of creating the transient table would be greater than
+    ** doing the full table scan */
+    return;
+  }
+
+  /* Search for any equality comparison term */
+  pWCEnd = &pWC->a[pWC->nTerm];
+  for(pTerm=pWC->a; pTerm<pWCEnd; pTerm++){
+    if( termCanDriveIndex(pTerm, pSrc, notReady) ){
+      WHERETRACE(("auto-index reduces cost from %.1f to %.1f\n",
+                    pCost->rCost, costTempIdx));
+      pCost->rCost = costTempIdx;
+      pCost->plan.nRow = logN + 1;
+      pCost->plan.wsFlags = WHERE_TEMP_INDEX;
+      pCost->used = pTerm->prereqRight;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+}
+#else
+# define bestAutomaticIndex(A,B,C,D,E)  /* no-op */
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX */
+
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX
+/*
+** Generate code to construct the Index object for an automatic index
+** and to set up the WhereLevel object pLevel so that the code generator
+** makes use of the automatic index.
+*/
+static void constructAutomaticIndex(
+  Parse *pParse,              /* The parsing context */
+  WhereClause *pWC,           /* The WHERE clause */
+  struct SrcList_item *pSrc,  /* The FROM clause term to get the next index */
+  Bitmask notReady,           /* Mask of cursors that are not available */
+  WhereLevel *pLevel          /* Write new index here */
+){
+  int nColumn;                /* Number of columns in the constructed index */
+  WhereTerm *pTerm;           /* A single term of the WHERE clause */
+  WhereTerm *pWCEnd;          /* End of pWC->a[] */
+  int nByte;                  /* Byte of memory needed for pIdx */
+  Index *pIdx;                /* Object describing the transient index */
+  Vdbe *v;                    /* Prepared statement under construction */
+  int addrInit;               /* Address of the initialization bypass jump */
+  Table *pTable;              /* The table being indexed */
+  KeyInfo *pKeyinfo;          /* Key information for the index */   
+  int addrTop;                /* Top of the index fill loop */
+  int regRecord;              /* Register holding an index record */
+  int n;                      /* Column counter */
+  int i;                      /* Loop counter */
+  int mxBitCol;               /* Maximum column in pSrc->colUsed */
+  CollSeq *pColl;             /* Collating sequence to on a column */
+  Bitmask idxCols;            /* Bitmap of columns used for indexing */
+  Bitmask extraCols;          /* Bitmap of additional columns */
+
+  /* Generate code to skip over the creation and initialization of the
+  ** transient index on 2nd and subsequent iterations of the loop. */
+  v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  assert( v!=0 );
+  addrInit = sqlite3CodeOnce(pParse);
+
+  /* Count the number of columns that will be added to the index
+  ** and used to match WHERE clause constraints */
+  nColumn = 0;
+  pTable = pSrc->pTab;
+  pWCEnd = &pWC->a[pWC->nTerm];
+  idxCols = 0;
+  for(pTerm=pWC->a; pTerm<pWCEnd; pTerm++){
+    if( termCanDriveIndex(pTerm, pSrc, notReady) ){
+      int iCol = pTerm->u.leftColumn;
+      Bitmask cMask = iCol>=BMS ? ((Bitmask)1)<<(BMS-1) : ((Bitmask)1)<<iCol;
+      testcase( iCol==BMS );
+      testcase( iCol==BMS-1 );
+      if( (idxCols & cMask)==0 ){
+        nColumn++;
+        idxCols |= cMask;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  assert( nColumn>0 );
+  pLevel->plan.nEq = nColumn;
+
+  /* Count the number of additional columns needed to create a
+  ** covering index.  A "covering index" is an index that contains all
+  ** columns that are needed by the query.  With a covering index, the
+  ** original table never needs to be accessed.  Automatic indices must
+  ** be a covering index because the index will not be updated if the
+  ** original table changes and the index and table cannot both be used
+  ** if they go out of sync.
+  */
+  extraCols = pSrc->colUsed & (~idxCols | (((Bitmask)1)<<(BMS-1)));
+  mxBitCol = (pTable->nCol >= BMS-1) ? BMS-1 : pTable->nCol;
+  testcase( pTable->nCol==BMS-1 );
+  testcase( pTable->nCol==BMS-2 );
+  for(i=0; i<mxBitCol; i++){
+    if( extraCols & (((Bitmask)1)<<i) ) nColumn++;
+  }
+  if( pSrc->colUsed & (((Bitmask)1)<<(BMS-1)) ){
+    nColumn += pTable->nCol - BMS + 1;
+  }
+  pLevel->plan.wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_EQ | WHERE_IDX_ONLY | WO_EQ;
+
+  /* Construct the Index object to describe this index */
+  nByte = sizeof(Index);
+  nByte += nColumn*sizeof(int);     /* Index.aiColumn */
+  nByte += nColumn*sizeof(char*);   /* Index.azColl */
+  nByte += nColumn;                 /* Index.aSortOrder */
+  pIdx = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, nByte);
+  if( pIdx==0 ) return;
+  pLevel->plan.u.pIdx = pIdx;
+  pIdx->azColl = (char**)&pIdx[1];
+  pIdx->aiColumn = (int*)&pIdx->azColl[nColumn];
+  pIdx->aSortOrder = (u8*)&pIdx->aiColumn[nColumn];
+  pIdx->zName = "auto-index";
+  pIdx->nColumn = nColumn;
+  pIdx->pTable = pTable;
+  n = 0;
+  idxCols = 0;
+  for(pTerm=pWC->a; pTerm<pWCEnd; pTerm++){
+    if( termCanDriveIndex(pTerm, pSrc, notReady) ){
+      int iCol = pTerm->u.leftColumn;
+      Bitmask cMask = iCol>=BMS ? ((Bitmask)1)<<(BMS-1) : ((Bitmask)1)<<iCol;
+      if( (idxCols & cMask)==0 ){
+        Expr *pX = pTerm->pExpr;
+        idxCols |= cMask;
+        pIdx->aiColumn[n] = pTerm->u.leftColumn;
+        pColl = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pX->pLeft, pX->pRight);
+        pIdx->azColl[n] = ALWAYS(pColl) ? pColl->zName : "BINARY";
+        n++;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  assert( (u32)n==pLevel->plan.nEq );
+
+  /* Add additional columns needed to make the automatic index into
+  ** a covering index */
+  for(i=0; i<mxBitCol; i++){
+    if( extraCols & (((Bitmask)1)<<i) ){
+      pIdx->aiColumn[n] = i;
+      pIdx->azColl[n] = "BINARY";
+      n++;
+    }
+  }
+  if( pSrc->colUsed & (((Bitmask)1)<<(BMS-1)) ){
+    for(i=BMS-1; i<pTable->nCol; i++){
+      pIdx->aiColumn[n] = i;
+      pIdx->azColl[n] = "BINARY";
+      n++;
+    }
+  }
+  assert( n==nColumn );
+
+  /* Create the automatic index */
+  pKeyinfo = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIdx);
+  assert( pLevel->iIdxCur>=0 );
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenAutoindex, pLevel->iIdxCur, nColumn+1, 0,
+                    (char*)pKeyinfo, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
+  VdbeComment((v, "for %s", pTable->zName));
+
+  /* Fill the automatic index with content */
+  addrTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, pLevel->iTabCur);
+  regRecord = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+  sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(pParse, pIdx, pLevel->iTabCur, regRecord, 1);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, pLevel->iIdxCur, regRecord);
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, pLevel->iTabCur, addrTop+1);
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX);
+  sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrTop);
+  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord);
+  
+  /* Jump here when skipping the initialization */
+  sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrInit);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+/*
+** Allocate and populate an sqlite3_index_info structure. It is the 
+** responsibility of the caller to eventually release the structure
+** by passing the pointer returned by this function to sqlite3_free().
+*/
+static sqlite3_index_info *allocateIndexInfo(
+  Parse *pParse, 
+  WhereClause *pWC,
+  struct SrcList_item *pSrc,
+  ExprList *pOrderBy
+){
+  int i, j;
+  int nTerm;
+  struct sqlite3_index_constraint *pIdxCons;
+  struct sqlite3_index_orderby *pIdxOrderBy;
+  struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage *pUsage;
+  WhereTerm *pTerm;
+  int nOrderBy;
+  sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo;
+
+  WHERETRACE(("Recomputing index info for %s...\n", pSrc->pTab->zName));
+
+  /* Count the number of possible WHERE clause constraints referring
+  ** to this virtual table */
+  for(i=nTerm=0, pTerm=pWC->a; i<pWC->nTerm; i++, pTerm++){
+    if( pTerm->leftCursor != pSrc->iCursor ) continue;
+    assert( (pTerm->eOperator&(pTerm->eOperator-1))==0 );
+    testcase( pTerm->eOperator==WO_IN );
+    testcase( pTerm->eOperator==WO_ISNULL );
+    if( pTerm->eOperator & (WO_IN|WO_ISNULL) ) continue;
+    if( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL ) continue;
+    nTerm++;
+  }
+
+  /* If the ORDER BY clause contains only columns in the current 
+  ** virtual table then allocate space for the aOrderBy part of
+  ** the sqlite3_index_info structure.
+  */
+  nOrderBy = 0;
+  if( pOrderBy ){
+    for(i=0; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++){
+      Expr *pExpr = pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr;
+      if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN || pExpr->iTable!=pSrc->iCursor ) break;
+    }
+    if( i==pOrderBy->nExpr ){
+      nOrderBy = pOrderBy->nExpr;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Allocate the sqlite3_index_info structure
+  */
+  pIdxInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(*pIdxInfo)
+                           + (sizeof(*pIdxCons) + sizeof(*pUsage))*nTerm
+                           + sizeof(*pIdxOrderBy)*nOrderBy );
+  if( pIdxInfo==0 ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "out of memory");
+    /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  /* Initialize the structure.  The sqlite3_index_info structure contains
+  ** many fields that are declared "const" to prevent xBestIndex from
+  ** changing them.  We have to do some funky casting in order to
+  ** initialize those fields.
+  */
+  pIdxCons = (struct sqlite3_index_constraint*)&pIdxInfo[1];
+  pIdxOrderBy = (struct sqlite3_index_orderby*)&pIdxCons[nTerm];
+  pUsage = (struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage*)&pIdxOrderBy[nOrderBy];
+  *(int*)&pIdxInfo->nConstraint = nTerm;
+  *(int*)&pIdxInfo->nOrderBy = nOrderBy;
+  *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraint = pIdxCons;
+  *(struct sqlite3_index_orderby**)&pIdxInfo->aOrderBy = pIdxOrderBy;
+  *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage =
+                                                                   pUsage;
+
+  for(i=j=0, pTerm=pWC->a; i<pWC->nTerm; i++, pTerm++){
+    if( pTerm->leftCursor != pSrc->iCursor ) continue;
+    assert( (pTerm->eOperator&(pTerm->eOperator-1))==0 );
+    testcase( pTerm->eOperator==WO_IN );
+    testcase( pTerm->eOperator==WO_ISNULL );
+    if( pTerm->eOperator & (WO_IN|WO_ISNULL) ) continue;
+    if( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL ) continue;
+    pIdxCons[j].iColumn = pTerm->u.leftColumn;
+    pIdxCons[j].iTermOffset = i;
+    pIdxCons[j].op = (u8)pTerm->eOperator;
+    /* The direct assignment in the previous line is possible only because
+    ** the WO_ and SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ codes are identical.  The
+    ** following asserts verify this fact. */
+    assert( WO_EQ==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ );
+    assert( WO_LT==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT );
+    assert( WO_LE==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE );
+    assert( WO_GT==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT );
+    assert( WO_GE==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE );
+    assert( WO_MATCH==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH );
+    assert( pTerm->eOperator & (WO_EQ|WO_LT|WO_LE|WO_GT|WO_GE|WO_MATCH) );
+    j++;
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<nOrderBy; i++){
+    Expr *pExpr = pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr;
+    pIdxOrderBy[i].iColumn = pExpr->iColumn;
+    pIdxOrderBy[i].desc = pOrderBy->a[i].sortOrder;
+  }
+
+  return pIdxInfo;
+}
+
+/*
+** The table object reference passed as the second argument to this function
+** must represent a virtual table. This function invokes the xBestIndex()
+** method of the virtual table with the sqlite3_index_info pointer passed
+** as the argument.
+**
+** If an error occurs, pParse is populated with an error message and a
+** non-zero value is returned. Otherwise, 0 is returned and the output
+** part of the sqlite3_index_info structure is left populated.
+**
+** Whether or not an error is returned, it is the responsibility of the
+** caller to eventually free p->idxStr if p->needToFreeIdxStr indicates
+** that this is required.
+*/
+static int vtabBestIndex(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, sqlite3_index_info *p){
+  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = sqlite3GetVTable(pParse->db, pTab)->pVtab;
+  int i;
+  int rc;
+
+  WHERETRACE(("xBestIndex for %s\n", pTab->zName));
+  TRACE_IDX_INPUTS(p);
+  rc = pVtab->pModule->xBestIndex(pVtab, p);
+  TRACE_IDX_OUTPUTS(p);
+
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
+      pParse->db->mallocFailed = 1;
+    }else if( !pVtab->zErrMsg ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(rc));
+    }else{
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", pVtab->zErrMsg);
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(pVtab->zErrMsg);
+  pVtab->zErrMsg = 0;
+
+  for(i=0; i<p->nConstraint; i++){
+    if( !p->aConstraint[i].usable && p->aConstraintUsage[i].argvIndex>0 ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
+          "table %s: xBestIndex returned an invalid plan", pTab->zName);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return pParse->nErr;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Compute the best index for a virtual table.
+**
+** The best index is computed by the xBestIndex method of the virtual
+** table module.  This routine is really just a wrapper that sets up
+** the sqlite3_index_info structure that is used to communicate with
+** xBestIndex.
+**
+** In a join, this routine might be called multiple times for the
+** same virtual table.  The sqlite3_index_info structure is created
+** and initialized on the first invocation and reused on all subsequent
+** invocations.  The sqlite3_index_info structure is also used when
+** code is generated to access the virtual table.  The whereInfoDelete() 
+** routine takes care of freeing the sqlite3_index_info structure after
+** everybody has finished with it.
+*/
+static void bestVirtualIndex(
+  Parse *pParse,                  /* The parsing context */
+  WhereClause *pWC,               /* The WHERE clause */
+  struct SrcList_item *pSrc,      /* The FROM clause term to search */
+  Bitmask notReady,               /* Mask of cursors not available for index */
+  Bitmask notValid,               /* Cursors not valid for any purpose */
+  ExprList *pOrderBy,             /* The order by clause */
+  WhereCost *pCost,               /* Lowest cost query plan */
+  sqlite3_index_info **ppIdxInfo  /* Index information passed to xBestIndex */
+){
+  Table *pTab = pSrc->pTab;
+  sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo;
+  struct sqlite3_index_constraint *pIdxCons;
+  struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage *pUsage;
+  WhereTerm *pTerm;
+  int i, j;
+  int nOrderBy;
+  double rCost;
+
+  /* Make sure wsFlags is initialized to some sane value. Otherwise, if the 
+  ** malloc in allocateIndexInfo() fails and this function returns leaving
+  ** wsFlags in an uninitialized state, the caller may behave unpredictably.
+  */
+  memset(pCost, 0, sizeof(*pCost));
+  pCost->plan.wsFlags = WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE;
+
+  /* If the sqlite3_index_info structure has not been previously
+  ** allocated and initialized, then allocate and initialize it now.
+  */
+  pIdxInfo = *ppIdxInfo;
+  if( pIdxInfo==0 ){
+    *ppIdxInfo = pIdxInfo = allocateIndexInfo(pParse, pWC, pSrc, pOrderBy);
+  }
+  if( pIdxInfo==0 ){
+    return;
+  }
+
+  /* At this point, the sqlite3_index_info structure that pIdxInfo points
+  ** to will have been initialized, either during the current invocation or
+  ** during some prior invocation.  Now we just have to customize the
+  ** details of pIdxInfo for the current invocation and pass it to
+  ** xBestIndex.
+  */
+
+  /* The module name must be defined. Also, by this point there must
+  ** be a pointer to an sqlite3_vtab structure. Otherwise
+  ** sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames() would have picked up the error. 
+  */
+  assert( pTab->azModuleArg && pTab->azModuleArg[0] );
+  assert( sqlite3GetVTable(pParse->db, pTab) );
+
+  /* Set the aConstraint[].usable fields and initialize all 
+  ** output variables to zero.
+  **
+  ** aConstraint[].usable is true for constraints where the right-hand
+  ** side contains only references to tables to the left of the current
+  ** table.  In other words, if the constraint is of the form:
+  **
+  **           column = expr
+  **
+  ** and we are evaluating a join, then the constraint on column is 
+  ** only valid if all tables referenced in expr occur to the left
+  ** of the table containing column.
+  **
+  ** The aConstraints[] array contains entries for all constraints
+  ** on the current table.  That way we only have to compute it once
+  ** even though we might try to pick the best index multiple times.
+  ** For each attempt at picking an index, the order of tables in the
+  ** join might be different so we have to recompute the usable flag
+  ** each time.
+  */
+  pIdxCons = *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraint;
+  pUsage = pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage;
+  for(i=0; i<pIdxInfo->nConstraint; i++, pIdxCons++){
+    j = pIdxCons->iTermOffset;
+    pTerm = &pWC->a[j];
+    pIdxCons->usable = (pTerm->prereqRight&notReady) ? 0 : 1;
+  }
+  memset(pUsage, 0, sizeof(pUsage[0])*pIdxInfo->nConstraint);
+  if( pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr ){
+    sqlite3_free(pIdxInfo->idxStr);
+  }
+  pIdxInfo->idxStr = 0;
+  pIdxInfo->idxNum = 0;
+  pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr = 0;
+  pIdxInfo->orderByConsumed = 0;
+  /* ((double)2) In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */
+  pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = SQLITE_BIG_DBL / ((double)2);
+  nOrderBy = pIdxInfo->nOrderBy;
+  if( !pOrderBy ){
+    pIdxInfo->nOrderBy = 0;
+  }
+
+  if( vtabBestIndex(pParse, pTab, pIdxInfo) ){
+    return;
+  }
+
+  pIdxCons = *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraint;
+  for(i=0; i<pIdxInfo->nConstraint; i++){
+    if( pUsage[i].argvIndex>0 ){
+      pCost->used |= pWC->a[pIdxCons[i].iTermOffset].prereqRight;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If there is an ORDER BY clause, and the selected virtual table index
+  ** does not satisfy it, increase the cost of the scan accordingly. This
+  ** matches the processing for non-virtual tables in bestBtreeIndex().
+  */
+  rCost = pIdxInfo->estimatedCost;
+  if( pOrderBy && pIdxInfo->orderByConsumed==0 ){
+    rCost += estLog(rCost)*rCost;
+  }
+
+  /* The cost is not allowed to be larger than SQLITE_BIG_DBL (the
+  ** inital value of lowestCost in this loop. If it is, then the
+  ** (cost<lowestCost) test below will never be true.
+  ** 
+  ** Use "(double)2" instead of "2.0" in case OMIT_FLOATING_POINT 
+  ** is defined.
+  */
+  if( (SQLITE_BIG_DBL/((double)2))<rCost ){
+    pCost->rCost = (SQLITE_BIG_DBL/((double)2));
+  }else{
+    pCost->rCost = rCost;
+  }
+  pCost->plan.u.pVtabIdx = pIdxInfo;
+  if( pIdxInfo->orderByConsumed ){
+    pCost->plan.wsFlags |= WHERE_ORDERBY;
+  }
+  pCost->plan.nEq = 0;
+  pIdxInfo->nOrderBy = nOrderBy;
+
+  /* Try to find a more efficient access pattern by using multiple indexes
+  ** to optimize an OR expression within the WHERE clause. 
+  */
+  bestOrClauseIndex(pParse, pWC, pSrc, notReady, notValid, pOrderBy, pCost);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3
+/*
+** Estimate the location of a particular key among all keys in an
+** index.  Store the results in aStat as follows:
+**
+**    aStat[0]      Est. number of rows less than pVal
+**    aStat[1]      Est. number of rows equal to pVal
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK on success.
+*/
+static int whereKeyStats(
+  Parse *pParse,              /* Database connection */
+  Index *pIdx,                /* Index to consider domain of */
+  sqlite3_value *pVal,        /* Value to consider */
+  int roundUp,                /* Round up if true.  Round down if false */
+  tRowcnt *aStat              /* OUT: stats written here */
+){
+  tRowcnt n;
+  IndexSample *aSample;
+  int i, eType;
+  int isEq = 0;
+  i64 v;
+  double r, rS;
+
+  assert( roundUp==0 || roundUp==1 );
+  assert( pIdx->nSample>0 );
+  if( pVal==0 ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  n = pIdx->aiRowEst[0];
+  aSample = pIdx->aSample;
+  eType = sqlite3_value_type(pVal);
+
+  if( eType==SQLITE_INTEGER ){
+    v = sqlite3_value_int64(pVal);
+    r = (i64)v;
+    for(i=0; i<pIdx->nSample; i++){
+      if( aSample[i].eType==SQLITE_NULL ) continue;
+      if( aSample[i].eType>=SQLITE_TEXT ) break;
+      if( aSample[i].eType==SQLITE_INTEGER ){
+        if( aSample[i].u.i>=v ){
+          isEq = aSample[i].u.i==v;
+          break;
+        }
+      }else{
+        assert( aSample[i].eType==SQLITE_FLOAT );
+        if( aSample[i].u.r>=r ){
+          isEq = aSample[i].u.r==r;
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }else if( eType==SQLITE_FLOAT ){
+    r = sqlite3_value_double(pVal);
+    for(i=0; i<pIdx->nSample; i++){
+      if( aSample[i].eType==SQLITE_NULL ) continue;
+      if( aSample[i].eType>=SQLITE_TEXT ) break;
+      if( aSample[i].eType==SQLITE_FLOAT ){
+        rS = aSample[i].u.r;
+      }else{
+        rS = aSample[i].u.i;
+      }
+      if( rS>=r ){
+        isEq = rS==r;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }else if( eType==SQLITE_NULL ){
+    i = 0;
+    if( aSample[0].eType==SQLITE_NULL ) isEq = 1;
+  }else{
+    assert( eType==SQLITE_TEXT || eType==SQLITE_BLOB );
+    for(i=0; i<pIdx->nSample; i++){
+      if( aSample[i].eType==SQLITE_TEXT || aSample[i].eType==SQLITE_BLOB ){
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    if( i<pIdx->nSample ){      
+      sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+      CollSeq *pColl;
+      const u8 *z;
+      if( eType==SQLITE_BLOB ){
+        z = (const u8 *)sqlite3_value_blob(pVal);
+        pColl = db->pDfltColl;
+        assert( pColl->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 );
+      }else{
+        pColl = sqlite3GetCollSeq(db, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, *pIdx->azColl);
+        if( pColl==0 ){
+          sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such collation sequence: %s",
+                          *pIdx->azColl);
+          return SQLITE_ERROR;
+        }
+        z = (const u8 *)sqlite3ValueText(pVal, pColl->enc);
+        if( !z ){
+          return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+        }
+        assert( z && pColl && pColl->xCmp );
+      }
+      n = sqlite3ValueBytes(pVal, pColl->enc);
+  
+      for(; i<pIdx->nSample; i++){
+        int c;
+        int eSampletype = aSample[i].eType;
+        if( eSampletype<eType ) continue;
+        if( eSampletype!=eType ) break;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+        if( pColl->enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){
+          int nSample;
+          char *zSample = sqlite3Utf8to16(
+              db, pColl->enc, aSample[i].u.z, aSample[i].nByte, &nSample
+          );
+          if( !zSample ){
+            assert( db->mallocFailed );
+            return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+          }
+          c = pColl->xCmp(pColl->pUser, nSample, zSample, n, z);
+          sqlite3DbFree(db, zSample);
+        }else
+#endif
+        {
+          c = pColl->xCmp(pColl->pUser, aSample[i].nByte, aSample[i].u.z, n, z);
+        }
+        if( c>=0 ){
+          if( c==0 ) isEq = 1;
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* At this point, aSample[i] is the first sample that is greater than
+  ** or equal to pVal.  Or if i==pIdx->nSample, then all samples are less
+  ** than pVal.  If aSample[i]==pVal, then isEq==1.
+  */
+  if( isEq ){
+    assert( i<pIdx->nSample );
+    aStat[0] = aSample[i].nLt;
+    aStat[1] = aSample[i].nEq;
+  }else{
+    tRowcnt iLower, iUpper, iGap;
+    if( i==0 ){
+      iLower = 0;
+      iUpper = aSample[0].nLt;
+    }else{
+      iUpper = i>=pIdx->nSample ? n : aSample[i].nLt;
+      iLower = aSample[i-1].nEq + aSample[i-1].nLt;
+    }
+    aStat[1] = pIdx->avgEq;
+    if( iLower>=iUpper ){
+      iGap = 0;
+    }else{
+      iGap = iUpper - iLower;
+    }
+    if( roundUp ){
+      iGap = (iGap*2)/3;
+    }else{
+      iGap = iGap/3;
+    }
+    aStat[0] = iLower + iGap;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 */
+
+/*
+** If expression pExpr represents a literal value, set *pp to point to
+** an sqlite3_value structure containing the same value, with affinity
+** aff applied to it, before returning. It is the responsibility of the 
+** caller to eventually release this structure by passing it to 
+** sqlite3ValueFree().
+**
+** If the current parse is a recompile (sqlite3Reprepare()) and pExpr
+** is an SQL variable that currently has a non-NULL value bound to it,
+** create an sqlite3_value structure containing this value, again with
+** affinity aff applied to it, instead.
+**
+** If neither of the above apply, set *pp to NULL.
+**
+** If an error occurs, return an error code. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3
+static int valueFromExpr(
+  Parse *pParse, 
+  Expr *pExpr, 
+  u8 aff, 
+  sqlite3_value **pp
+){
+  if( pExpr->op==TK_VARIABLE
+   || (pExpr->op==TK_REGISTER && pExpr->op2==TK_VARIABLE)
+  ){
+    int iVar = pExpr->iColumn;
+    sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(pParse->pVdbe, iVar);
+    *pp = sqlite3VdbeGetValue(pParse->pReprepare, iVar, aff);
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  return sqlite3ValueFromExpr(pParse->db, pExpr, SQLITE_UTF8, aff, pp);
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** This function is used to estimate the number of rows that will be visited
+** by scanning an index for a range of values. The range may have an upper
+** bound, a lower bound, or both. The WHERE clause terms that set the upper
+** and lower bounds are represented by pLower and pUpper respectively. For
+** example, assuming that index p is on t1(a):
+**
+**   ... FROM t1 WHERE a > ? AND a < ? ...
+**                    |_____|   |_____|
+**                       |         |
+**                     pLower    pUpper
+**
+** If either of the upper or lower bound is not present, then NULL is passed in
+** place of the corresponding WhereTerm.
+**
+** The nEq parameter is passed the index of the index column subject to the
+** range constraint. Or, equivalently, the number of equality constraints
+** optimized by the proposed index scan. For example, assuming index p is
+** on t1(a, b), and the SQL query is:
+**
+**   ... FROM t1 WHERE a = ? AND b > ? AND b < ? ...
+**
+** then nEq should be passed the value 1 (as the range restricted column,
+** b, is the second left-most column of the index). Or, if the query is:
+**
+**   ... FROM t1 WHERE a > ? AND a < ? ...
+**
+** then nEq should be passed 0.
+**
+** The returned value is an integer divisor to reduce the estimated
+** search space.  A return value of 1 means that range constraints are
+** no help at all.  A return value of 2 means range constraints are
+** expected to reduce the search space by half.  And so forth...
+**
+** In the absence of sqlite_stat3 ANALYZE data, each range inequality
+** reduces the search space by a factor of 4.  Hence a single constraint (x>?)
+** results in a return of 4 and a range constraint (x>? AND x<?) results
+** in a return of 16.
+*/
+static int whereRangeScanEst(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* Parsing & code generating context */
+  Index *p,            /* The index containing the range-compared column; "x" */
+  int nEq,             /* index into p->aCol[] of the range-compared column */
+  WhereTerm *pLower,   /* Lower bound on the range. ex: "x>123" Might be NULL */
+  WhereTerm *pUpper,   /* Upper bound on the range. ex: "x<455" Might be NULL */
+  double *pRangeDiv   /* OUT: Reduce search space by this divisor */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3
+
+  if( nEq==0 && p->nSample ){
+    sqlite3_value *pRangeVal;
+    tRowcnt iLower = 0;
+    tRowcnt iUpper = p->aiRowEst[0];
+    tRowcnt a[2];
+    u8 aff = p->pTable->aCol[p->aiColumn[0]].affinity;
+
+    if( pLower ){
+      Expr *pExpr = pLower->pExpr->pRight;
+      rc = valueFromExpr(pParse, pExpr, aff, &pRangeVal);
+      assert( pLower->eOperator==WO_GT || pLower->eOperator==WO_GE );
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK
+       && whereKeyStats(pParse, p, pRangeVal, 0, a)==SQLITE_OK
+      ){
+        iLower = a[0];
+        if( pLower->eOperator==WO_GT ) iLower += a[1];
+      }
+      sqlite3ValueFree(pRangeVal);
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pUpper ){
+      Expr *pExpr = pUpper->pExpr->pRight;
+      rc = valueFromExpr(pParse, pExpr, aff, &pRangeVal);
+      assert( pUpper->eOperator==WO_LT || pUpper->eOperator==WO_LE );
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK
+       && whereKeyStats(pParse, p, pRangeVal, 1, a)==SQLITE_OK
+      ){
+        iUpper = a[0];
+        if( pUpper->eOperator==WO_LE ) iUpper += a[1];
+      }
+      sqlite3ValueFree(pRangeVal);
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      if( iUpper<=iLower ){
+        *pRangeDiv = (double)p->aiRowEst[0];
+      }else{
+        *pRangeDiv = (double)p->aiRowEst[0]/(double)(iUpper - iLower);
+      }
+      WHERETRACE(("range scan regions: %u..%u  div=%g\n",
+                  (u32)iLower, (u32)iUpper, *pRangeDiv));
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+  }
+#else
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pParse);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(nEq);
+#endif
+  assert( pLower || pUpper );
+  *pRangeDiv = (double)1;
+  if( pLower && (pLower->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 ) *pRangeDiv *= (double)4;
+  if( pUpper ) *pRangeDiv *= (double)4;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3
+/*
+** Estimate the number of rows that will be returned based on
+** an equality constraint x=VALUE and where that VALUE occurs in
+** the histogram data.  This only works when x is the left-most
+** column of an index and sqlite_stat3 histogram data is available
+** for that index.  When pExpr==NULL that means the constraint is
+** "x IS NULL" instead of "x=VALUE".
+**
+** Write the estimated row count into *pnRow and return SQLITE_OK. 
+** If unable to make an estimate, leave *pnRow unchanged and return
+** non-zero.
+**
+** This routine can fail if it is unable to load a collating sequence
+** required for string comparison, or if unable to allocate memory
+** for a UTF conversion required for comparison.  The error is stored
+** in the pParse structure.
+*/
+static int whereEqualScanEst(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* Parsing & code generating context */
+  Index *p,            /* The index whose left-most column is pTerm */
+  Expr *pExpr,         /* Expression for VALUE in the x=VALUE constraint */
+  double *pnRow        /* Write the revised row estimate here */
+){
+  sqlite3_value *pRhs = 0;  /* VALUE on right-hand side of pTerm */
+  u8 aff;                   /* Column affinity */
+  int rc;                   /* Subfunction return code */
+  tRowcnt a[2];             /* Statistics */
+
+  assert( p->aSample!=0 );
+  assert( p->nSample>0 );
+  aff = p->pTable->aCol[p->aiColumn[0]].affinity;
+  if( pExpr ){
+    rc = valueFromExpr(pParse, pExpr, aff, &pRhs);
+    if( rc ) goto whereEqualScanEst_cancel;
+  }else{
+    pRhs = sqlite3ValueNew(pParse->db);
+  }
+  if( pRhs==0 ) return SQLITE_NOTFOUND;
+  rc = whereKeyStats(pParse, p, pRhs, 0, a);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    WHERETRACE(("equality scan regions: %d\n", (int)a[1]));
+    *pnRow = a[1];
+  }
+whereEqualScanEst_cancel:
+  sqlite3ValueFree(pRhs);
+  return rc;
+}
+#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3) */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3
+/*
+** Estimate the number of rows that will be returned based on
+** an IN constraint where the right-hand side of the IN operator
+** is a list of values.  Example:
+**
+**        WHERE x IN (1,2,3,4)
+**
+** Write the estimated row count into *pnRow and return SQLITE_OK. 
+** If unable to make an estimate, leave *pnRow unchanged and return
+** non-zero.
+**
+** This routine can fail if it is unable to load a collating sequence
+** required for string comparison, or if unable to allocate memory
+** for a UTF conversion required for comparison.  The error is stored
+** in the pParse structure.
+*/
+static int whereInScanEst(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* Parsing & code generating context */
+  Index *p,            /* The index whose left-most column is pTerm */
+  ExprList *pList,     /* The value list on the RHS of "x IN (v1,v2,v3,...)" */
+  double *pnRow        /* Write the revised row estimate here */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;         /* Subfunction return code */
+  double nEst;                /* Number of rows for a single term */
+  double nRowEst = (double)0; /* New estimate of the number of rows */
+  int i;                      /* Loop counter */
+
+  assert( p->aSample!=0 );
+  for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<pList->nExpr; i++){
+    nEst = p->aiRowEst[0];
+    rc = whereEqualScanEst(pParse, p, pList->a[i].pExpr, &nEst);
+    nRowEst += nEst;
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( nRowEst > p->aiRowEst[0] ) nRowEst = p->aiRowEst[0];
+    *pnRow = nRowEst;
+    WHERETRACE(("IN row estimate: est=%g\n", nRowEst));
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3) */
+
+
+/*
+** Find the best query plan for accessing a particular table.  Write the
+** best query plan and its cost into the WhereCost object supplied as the
+** last parameter.
+**
+** The lowest cost plan wins.  The cost is an estimate of the amount of
+** CPU and disk I/O needed to process the requested result.
+** Factors that influence cost include:
+**
+**    *  The estimated number of rows that will be retrieved.  (The
+**       fewer the better.)
+**
+**    *  Whether or not sorting must occur.
+**
+**    *  Whether or not there must be separate lookups in the
+**       index and in the main table.
+**
+** If there was an INDEXED BY clause (pSrc->pIndex) attached to the table in
+** the SQL statement, then this function only considers plans using the 
+** named index. If no such plan is found, then the returned cost is
+** SQLITE_BIG_DBL. If a plan is found that uses the named index, 
+** then the cost is calculated in the usual way.
+**
+** If a NOT INDEXED clause (pSrc->notIndexed!=0) was attached to the table 
+** in the SELECT statement, then no indexes are considered. However, the 
+** selected plan may still take advantage of the built-in rowid primary key
+** index.
+*/
+static void bestBtreeIndex(
+  Parse *pParse,              /* The parsing context */
+  WhereClause *pWC,           /* The WHERE clause */
+  struct SrcList_item *pSrc,  /* The FROM clause term to search */
+  Bitmask notReady,           /* Mask of cursors not available for indexing */
+  Bitmask notValid,           /* Cursors not available for any purpose */
+  ExprList *pOrderBy,         /* The ORDER BY clause */
+  ExprList *pDistinct,        /* The select-list if query is DISTINCT */
+  WhereCost *pCost            /* Lowest cost query plan */
+){
+  int iCur = pSrc->iCursor;   /* The cursor of the table to be accessed */
+  Index *pProbe;              /* An index we are evaluating */
+  Index *pIdx;                /* Copy of pProbe, or zero for IPK index */
+  int eqTermMask;             /* Current mask of valid equality operators */
+  int idxEqTermMask;          /* Index mask of valid equality operators */
+  Index sPk;                  /* A fake index object for the primary key */
+  tRowcnt aiRowEstPk[2];      /* The aiRowEst[] value for the sPk index */
+  int aiColumnPk = -1;        /* The aColumn[] value for the sPk index */
+  int wsFlagMask;             /* Allowed flags in pCost->plan.wsFlag */
+
+  /* Initialize the cost to a worst-case value */
+  memset(pCost, 0, sizeof(*pCost));
+  pCost->rCost = SQLITE_BIG_DBL;
+
+  /* If the pSrc table is the right table of a LEFT JOIN then we may not
+  ** use an index to satisfy IS NULL constraints on that table.  This is
+  ** because columns might end up being NULL if the table does not match -
+  ** a circumstance which the index cannot help us discover.  Ticket #2177.
+  */
+  if( pSrc->jointype & JT_LEFT ){
+    idxEqTermMask = WO_EQ|WO_IN;
+  }else{
+    idxEqTermMask = WO_EQ|WO_IN|WO_ISNULL;
+  }
+
+  if( pSrc->pIndex ){
+    /* An INDEXED BY clause specifies a particular index to use */
+    pIdx = pProbe = pSrc->pIndex;
+    wsFlagMask = ~(WHERE_ROWID_EQ|WHERE_ROWID_RANGE);
+    eqTermMask = idxEqTermMask;
+  }else{
+    /* There is no INDEXED BY clause.  Create a fake Index object in local
+    ** variable sPk to represent the rowid primary key index.  Make this
+    ** fake index the first in a chain of Index objects with all of the real
+    ** indices to follow */
+    Index *pFirst;                  /* First of real indices on the table */
+    memset(&sPk, 0, sizeof(Index));
+    sPk.nColumn = 1;
+    sPk.aiColumn = &aiColumnPk;
+    sPk.aiRowEst = aiRowEstPk;
+    sPk.onError = OE_Replace;
+    sPk.pTable = pSrc->pTab;
+    aiRowEstPk[0] = pSrc->pTab->nRowEst;
+    aiRowEstPk[1] = 1;
+    pFirst = pSrc->pTab->pIndex;
+    if( pSrc->notIndexed==0 ){
+      /* The real indices of the table are only considered if the
+      ** NOT INDEXED qualifier is omitted from the FROM clause */
+      sPk.pNext = pFirst;
+    }
+    pProbe = &sPk;
+    wsFlagMask = ~(
+        WHERE_COLUMN_IN|WHERE_COLUMN_EQ|WHERE_COLUMN_NULL|WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE
+    );
+    eqTermMask = WO_EQ|WO_IN;
+    pIdx = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* Loop over all indices looking for the best one to use
+  */
+  for(; pProbe; pIdx=pProbe=pProbe->pNext){
+    const tRowcnt * const aiRowEst = pProbe->aiRowEst;
+    double cost;                /* Cost of using pProbe */
+    double nRow;                /* Estimated number of rows in result set */
+    double log10N = (double)1;  /* base-10 logarithm of nRow (inexact) */
+    int rev;                    /* True to scan in reverse order */
+    int wsFlags = 0;
+    Bitmask used = 0;
+
+    /* The following variables are populated based on the properties of
+    ** index being evaluated. They are then used to determine the expected
+    ** cost and number of rows returned.
+    **
+    **  nEq: 
+    **    Number of equality terms that can be implemented using the index.
+    **    In other words, the number of initial fields in the index that
+    **    are used in == or IN or NOT NULL constraints of the WHERE clause.
+    **
+    **  nInMul:  
+    **    The "in-multiplier". This is an estimate of how many seek operations 
+    **    SQLite must perform on the index in question. For example, if the 
+    **    WHERE clause is:
+    **
+    **      WHERE a IN (1, 2, 3) AND b IN (4, 5, 6)
+    **
+    **    SQLite must perform 9 lookups on an index on (a, b), so nInMul is 
+    **    set to 9. Given the same schema and either of the following WHERE 
+    **    clauses:
+    **
+    **      WHERE a =  1
+    **      WHERE a >= 2
+    **
+    **    nInMul is set to 1.
+    **
+    **    If there exists a WHERE term of the form "x IN (SELECT ...)", then 
+    **    the sub-select is assumed to return 25 rows for the purposes of 
+    **    determining nInMul.
+    **
+    **  bInEst:  
+    **    Set to true if there was at least one "x IN (SELECT ...)" term used 
+    **    in determining the value of nInMul.  Note that the RHS of the
+    **    IN operator must be a SELECT, not a value list, for this variable
+    **    to be true.
+    **
+    **  rangeDiv:
+    **    An estimate of a divisor by which to reduce the search space due
+    **    to inequality constraints.  In the absence of sqlite_stat3 ANALYZE
+    **    data, a single inequality reduces the search space to 1/4rd its
+    **    original size (rangeDiv==4).  Two inequalities reduce the search
+    **    space to 1/16th of its original size (rangeDiv==16).
+    **
+    **  bSort:   
+    **    Boolean. True if there is an ORDER BY clause that will require an 
+    **    external sort (i.e. scanning the index being evaluated will not 
+    **    correctly order records).
+    **
+    **  bLookup: 
+    **    Boolean. True if a table lookup is required for each index entry
+    **    visited.  In other words, true if this is not a covering index.
+    **    This is always false for the rowid primary key index of a table.
+    **    For other indexes, it is true unless all the columns of the table
+    **    used by the SELECT statement are present in the index (such an
+    **    index is sometimes described as a covering index).
+    **    For example, given the index on (a, b), the second of the following 
+    **    two queries requires table b-tree lookups in order to find the value
+    **    of column c, but the first does not because columns a and b are
+    **    both available in the index.
+    **
+    **             SELECT a, b    FROM tbl WHERE a = 1;
+    **             SELECT a, b, c FROM tbl WHERE a = 1;
+    */
+    int nEq;                      /* Number of == or IN terms matching index */
+    int bInEst = 0;               /* True if "x IN (SELECT...)" seen */
+    int nInMul = 1;               /* Number of distinct equalities to lookup */
+    double rangeDiv = (double)1;  /* Estimated reduction in search space */
+    int nBound = 0;               /* Number of range constraints seen */
+    int bSort = !!pOrderBy;       /* True if external sort required */
+    int bDist = !!pDistinct;      /* True if index cannot help with DISTINCT */
+    int bLookup = 0;              /* True if not a covering index */
+    WhereTerm *pTerm;             /* A single term of the WHERE clause */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3
+    WhereTerm *pFirstTerm = 0;    /* First term matching the index */
+#endif
+
+    /* Determine the values of nEq and nInMul */
+    for(nEq=0; nEq<pProbe->nColumn; nEq++){
+      int j = pProbe->aiColumn[nEq];
+      pTerm = findTerm(pWC, iCur, j, notReady, eqTermMask, pIdx);
+      if( pTerm==0 ) break;
+      wsFlags |= (WHERE_COLUMN_EQ|WHERE_ROWID_EQ);
+      testcase( pTerm->pWC!=pWC );
+      if( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN ){
+        Expr *pExpr = pTerm->pExpr;
+        wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_IN;
+        if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
+          /* "x IN (SELECT ...)":  Assume the SELECT returns 25 rows */
+          nInMul *= 25;
+          bInEst = 1;
+        }else if( ALWAYS(pExpr->x.pList && pExpr->x.pList->nExpr) ){
+          /* "x IN (value, value, ...)" */
+          nInMul *= pExpr->x.pList->nExpr;
+        }
+      }else if( pTerm->eOperator & WO_ISNULL ){
+        wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_NULL;
+      }
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3
+      if( nEq==0 && pProbe->aSample ) pFirstTerm = pTerm;
+#endif
+      used |= pTerm->prereqRight;
+    }
+ 
+    /* If the index being considered is UNIQUE, and there is an equality 
+    ** constraint for all columns in the index, then this search will find
+    ** at most a single row. In this case set the WHERE_UNIQUE flag to 
+    ** indicate this to the caller.
+    **
+    ** Otherwise, if the search may find more than one row, test to see if
+    ** there is a range constraint on indexed column (nEq+1) that can be 
+    ** optimized using the index. 
+    */
+    if( nEq==pProbe->nColumn && pProbe->onError!=OE_None ){
+      testcase( wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_IN );
+      testcase( wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_NULL );
+      if( (wsFlags & (WHERE_COLUMN_IN|WHERE_COLUMN_NULL))==0 ){
+        wsFlags |= WHERE_UNIQUE;
+      }
+    }else if( pProbe->bUnordered==0 ){
+      int j = (nEq==pProbe->nColumn ? -1 : pProbe->aiColumn[nEq]);
+      if( findTerm(pWC, iCur, j, notReady, WO_LT|WO_LE|WO_GT|WO_GE, pIdx) ){
+        WhereTerm *pTop = findTerm(pWC, iCur, j, notReady, WO_LT|WO_LE, pIdx);
+        WhereTerm *pBtm = findTerm(pWC, iCur, j, notReady, WO_GT|WO_GE, pIdx);
+        whereRangeScanEst(pParse, pProbe, nEq, pBtm, pTop, &rangeDiv);
+        if( pTop ){
+          nBound = 1;
+          wsFlags |= WHERE_TOP_LIMIT;
+          used |= pTop->prereqRight;
+          testcase( pTop->pWC!=pWC );
+        }
+        if( pBtm ){
+          nBound++;
+          wsFlags |= WHERE_BTM_LIMIT;
+          used |= pBtm->prereqRight;
+          testcase( pBtm->pWC!=pWC );
+        }
+        wsFlags |= (WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE|WHERE_ROWID_RANGE);
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* If there is an ORDER BY clause and the index being considered will
+    ** naturally scan rows in the required order, set the appropriate flags
+    ** in wsFlags. Otherwise, if there is an ORDER BY clause but the index
+    ** will scan rows in a different order, set the bSort variable.  */
+    if( isSortingIndex(
+          pParse, pWC->pMaskSet, pProbe, iCur, pOrderBy, nEq, wsFlags, &rev)
+    ){
+      bSort = 0;
+      wsFlags |= WHERE_ROWID_RANGE|WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE|WHERE_ORDERBY;
+      wsFlags |= (rev ? WHERE_REVERSE : 0);
+    }
+
+    /* If there is a DISTINCT qualifier and this index will scan rows in
+    ** order of the DISTINCT expressions, clear bDist and set the appropriate
+    ** flags in wsFlags. */
+    if( isDistinctIndex(pParse, pWC, pProbe, iCur, pDistinct, nEq)
+     && (wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_IN)==0
+    ){
+      bDist = 0;
+      wsFlags |= WHERE_ROWID_RANGE|WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE|WHERE_DISTINCT;
+    }
+
+    /* If currently calculating the cost of using an index (not the IPK
+    ** index), determine if all required column data may be obtained without 
+    ** using the main table (i.e. if the index is a covering
+    ** index for this query). If it is, set the WHERE_IDX_ONLY flag in
+    ** wsFlags. Otherwise, set the bLookup variable to true.  */
+    if( pIdx && wsFlags ){
+      Bitmask m = pSrc->colUsed;
+      int j;
+      for(j=0; j<pIdx->nColumn; j++){
+        int x = pIdx->aiColumn[j];
+        if( x<BMS-1 ){
+          m &= ~(((Bitmask)1)<<x);
+        }
+      }
+      if( m==0 ){
+        wsFlags |= WHERE_IDX_ONLY;
+      }else{
+        bLookup = 1;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /*
+    ** Estimate the number of rows of output.  For an "x IN (SELECT...)"
+    ** constraint, do not let the estimate exceed half the rows in the table.
+    */
+    nRow = (double)(aiRowEst[nEq] * nInMul);
+    if( bInEst && nRow*2>aiRowEst[0] ){
+      nRow = aiRowEst[0]/2;
+      nInMul = (int)(nRow / aiRowEst[nEq]);
+    }
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3
+    /* If the constraint is of the form x=VALUE or x IN (E1,E2,...)
+    ** and we do not think that values of x are unique and if histogram
+    ** data is available for column x, then it might be possible
+    ** to get a better estimate on the number of rows based on
+    ** VALUE and how common that value is according to the histogram.
+    */
+    if( nRow>(double)1 && nEq==1 && pFirstTerm!=0 && aiRowEst[1]>1 ){
+      assert( (pFirstTerm->eOperator & (WO_EQ|WO_ISNULL|WO_IN))!=0 );
+      if( pFirstTerm->eOperator & (WO_EQ|WO_ISNULL) ){
+        testcase( pFirstTerm->eOperator==WO_EQ );
+        testcase( pFirstTerm->eOperator==WO_ISNULL );
+        whereEqualScanEst(pParse, pProbe, pFirstTerm->pExpr->pRight, &nRow);
+      }else if( bInEst==0 ){
+        assert( pFirstTerm->eOperator==WO_IN );
+        whereInScanEst(pParse, pProbe, pFirstTerm->pExpr->x.pList, &nRow);
+      }
+    }
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 */
+
+    /* Adjust the number of output rows and downward to reflect rows
+    ** that are excluded by range constraints.
+    */
+    nRow = nRow/rangeDiv;
+    if( nRow<1 ) nRow = 1;
+
+    /* Experiments run on real SQLite databases show that the time needed
+    ** to do a binary search to locate a row in a table or index is roughly
+    ** log10(N) times the time to move from one row to the next row within
+    ** a table or index.  The actual times can vary, with the size of
+    ** records being an important factor.  Both moves and searches are
+    ** slower with larger records, presumably because fewer records fit
+    ** on one page and hence more pages have to be fetched.
+    **
+    ** The ANALYZE command and the sqlite_stat1 and sqlite_stat3 tables do
+    ** not give us data on the relative sizes of table and index records.
+    ** So this computation assumes table records are about twice as big
+    ** as index records
+    */
+    if( (wsFlags & WHERE_NOT_FULLSCAN)==0 ){
+      /* The cost of a full table scan is a number of move operations equal
+      ** to the number of rows in the table.
+      **
+      ** We add an additional 4x penalty to full table scans.  This causes
+      ** the cost function to err on the side of choosing an index over
+      ** choosing a full scan.  This 4x full-scan penalty is an arguable
+      ** decision and one which we expect to revisit in the future.  But
+      ** it seems to be working well enough at the moment.
+      */
+      cost = aiRowEst[0]*4;
+    }else{
+      log10N = estLog(aiRowEst[0]);
+      cost = nRow;
+      if( pIdx ){
+        if( bLookup ){
+          /* For an index lookup followed by a table lookup:
+          **    nInMul index searches to find the start of each index range
+          **  + nRow steps through the index
+          **  + nRow table searches to lookup the table entry using the rowid
+          */
+          cost += (nInMul + nRow)*log10N;
+        }else{
+          /* For a covering index:
+          **     nInMul index searches to find the initial entry 
+          **   + nRow steps through the index
+          */
+          cost += nInMul*log10N;
+        }
+      }else{
+        /* For a rowid primary key lookup:
+        **    nInMult table searches to find the initial entry for each range
+        **  + nRow steps through the table
+        */
+        cost += nInMul*log10N;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Add in the estimated cost of sorting the result.  Actual experimental
+    ** measurements of sorting performance in SQLite show that sorting time
+    ** adds C*N*log10(N) to the cost, where N is the number of rows to be 
+    ** sorted and C is a factor between 1.95 and 4.3.  We will split the
+    ** difference and select C of 3.0.
+    */
+    if( bSort ){
+      cost += nRow*estLog(nRow)*3;
+    }
+    if( bDist ){
+      cost += nRow*estLog(nRow)*3;
+    }
+
+    /**** Cost of using this index has now been computed ****/
+
+    /* If there are additional constraints on this table that cannot
+    ** be used with the current index, but which might lower the number
+    ** of output rows, adjust the nRow value accordingly.  This only 
+    ** matters if the current index is the least costly, so do not bother
+    ** with this step if we already know this index will not be chosen.
+    ** Also, never reduce the output row count below 2 using this step.
+    **
+    ** It is critical that the notValid mask be used here instead of
+    ** the notReady mask.  When computing an "optimal" index, the notReady
+    ** mask will only have one bit set - the bit for the current table.
+    ** The notValid mask, on the other hand, always has all bits set for
+    ** tables that are not in outer loops.  If notReady is used here instead
+    ** of notValid, then a optimal index that depends on inner joins loops
+    ** might be selected even when there exists an optimal index that has
+    ** no such dependency.
+    */
+    if( nRow>2 && cost<=pCost->rCost ){
+      int k;                       /* Loop counter */
+      int nSkipEq = nEq;           /* Number of == constraints to skip */
+      int nSkipRange = nBound;     /* Number of < constraints to skip */
+      Bitmask thisTab;             /* Bitmap for pSrc */
+
+      thisTab = getMask(pWC->pMaskSet, iCur);
+      for(pTerm=pWC->a, k=pWC->nTerm; nRow>2 && k; k--, pTerm++){
+        if( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ) continue;
+        if( (pTerm->prereqAll & notValid)!=thisTab ) continue;
+        if( pTerm->eOperator & (WO_EQ|WO_IN|WO_ISNULL) ){
+          if( nSkipEq ){
+            /* Ignore the first nEq equality matches since the index
+            ** has already accounted for these */
+            nSkipEq--;
+          }else{
+            /* Assume each additional equality match reduces the result
+            ** set size by a factor of 10 */
+            nRow /= 10;
+          }
+        }else if( pTerm->eOperator & (WO_LT|WO_LE|WO_GT|WO_GE) ){
+          if( nSkipRange ){
+            /* Ignore the first nSkipRange range constraints since the index
+            ** has already accounted for these */
+            nSkipRange--;
+          }else{
+            /* Assume each additional range constraint reduces the result
+            ** set size by a factor of 3.  Indexed range constraints reduce
+            ** the search space by a larger factor: 4.  We make indexed range
+            ** more selective intentionally because of the subjective 
+            ** observation that indexed range constraints really are more
+            ** selective in practice, on average. */
+            nRow /= 3;
+          }
+        }else if( pTerm->eOperator!=WO_NOOP ){
+          /* Any other expression lowers the output row count by half */
+          nRow /= 2;
+        }
+      }
+      if( nRow<2 ) nRow = 2;
+    }
+
+
+    WHERETRACE((
+      "%s(%s): nEq=%d nInMul=%d rangeDiv=%d bSort=%d bLookup=%d wsFlags=0x%x\n"
+      "         notReady=0x%llx log10N=%.1f nRow=%.1f cost=%.1f used=0x%llx\n",
+      pSrc->pTab->zName, (pIdx ? pIdx->zName : "ipk"), 
+      nEq, nInMul, (int)rangeDiv, bSort, bLookup, wsFlags,
+      notReady, log10N, nRow, cost, used
+    ));
+
+    /* If this index is the best we have seen so far, then record this
+    ** index and its cost in the pCost structure.
+    */
+    if( (!pIdx || wsFlags)
+     && (cost<pCost->rCost || (cost<=pCost->rCost && nRow<pCost->plan.nRow))
+    ){
+      pCost->rCost = cost;
+      pCost->used = used;
+      pCost->plan.nRow = nRow;
+      pCost->plan.wsFlags = (wsFlags&wsFlagMask);
+      pCost->plan.nEq = nEq;
+      pCost->plan.u.pIdx = pIdx;
+    }
+
+    /* If there was an INDEXED BY clause, then only that one index is
+    ** considered. */
+    if( pSrc->pIndex ) break;
+
+    /* Reset masks for the next index in the loop */
+    wsFlagMask = ~(WHERE_ROWID_EQ|WHERE_ROWID_RANGE);
+    eqTermMask = idxEqTermMask;
+  }
+
+  /* If there is no ORDER BY clause and the SQLITE_ReverseOrder flag
+  ** is set, then reverse the order that the index will be scanned
+  ** in. This is used for application testing, to help find cases
+  ** where application behaviour depends on the (undefined) order that
+  ** SQLite outputs rows in in the absence of an ORDER BY clause.  */
+  if( !pOrderBy && pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_ReverseOrder ){
+    pCost->plan.wsFlags |= WHERE_REVERSE;
+  }
+
+  assert( pOrderBy || (pCost->plan.wsFlags&WHERE_ORDERBY)==0 );
+  assert( pCost->plan.u.pIdx==0 || (pCost->plan.wsFlags&WHERE_ROWID_EQ)==0 );
+  assert( pSrc->pIndex==0 
+       || pCost->plan.u.pIdx==0 
+       || pCost->plan.u.pIdx==pSrc->pIndex 
+  );
+
+  WHERETRACE(("best index is: %s\n", 
+    ((pCost->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_NOT_FULLSCAN)==0 ? "none" : 
+         pCost->plan.u.pIdx ? pCost->plan.u.pIdx->zName : "ipk")
+  ));
+  
+  bestOrClauseIndex(pParse, pWC, pSrc, notReady, notValid, pOrderBy, pCost);
+  bestAutomaticIndex(pParse, pWC, pSrc, notReady, pCost);
+  pCost->plan.wsFlags |= eqTermMask;
+}
+
+/*
+** Find the query plan for accessing table pSrc->pTab. Write the
+** best query plan and its cost into the WhereCost object supplied 
+** as the last parameter. This function may calculate the cost of
+** both real and virtual table scans.
+*/
+static void bestIndex(
+  Parse *pParse,              /* The parsing context */
+  WhereClause *pWC,           /* The WHERE clause */
+  struct SrcList_item *pSrc,  /* The FROM clause term to search */
+  Bitmask notReady,           /* Mask of cursors not available for indexing */
+  Bitmask notValid,           /* Cursors not available for any purpose */
+  ExprList *pOrderBy,         /* The ORDER BY clause */
+  WhereCost *pCost            /* Lowest cost query plan */
+){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  if( IsVirtual(pSrc->pTab) ){
+    sqlite3_index_info *p = 0;
+    bestVirtualIndex(pParse, pWC, pSrc, notReady, notValid, pOrderBy, pCost,&p);
+    if( p->needToFreeIdxStr ){
+      sqlite3_free(p->idxStr);
+    }
+    sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, p);
+  }else
+#endif
+  {
+    bestBtreeIndex(pParse, pWC, pSrc, notReady, notValid, pOrderBy, 0, pCost);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Disable a term in the WHERE clause.  Except, do not disable the term
+** if it controls a LEFT OUTER JOIN and it did not originate in the ON
+** or USING clause of that join.
+**
+** Consider the term t2.z='ok' in the following queries:
+**
+**   (1)  SELECT * FROM t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON t1.a=t2.x WHERE t2.z='ok'
+**   (2)  SELECT * FROM t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON t1.a=t2.x AND t2.z='ok'
+**   (3)  SELECT * FROM t1, t2 WHERE t1.a=t2.x AND t2.z='ok'
+**
+** The t2.z='ok' is disabled in the in (2) because it originates
+** in the ON clause.  The term is disabled in (3) because it is not part
+** of a LEFT OUTER JOIN.  In (1), the term is not disabled.
+**
+** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-24597-58655 No tests are done for terms that are
+** completely satisfied by indices.
+**
+** Disabling a term causes that term to not be tested in the inner loop
+** of the join.  Disabling is an optimization.  When terms are satisfied
+** by indices, we disable them to prevent redundant tests in the inner
+** loop.  We would get the correct results if nothing were ever disabled,
+** but joins might run a little slower.  The trick is to disable as much
+** as we can without disabling too much.  If we disabled in (1), we'd get
+** the wrong answer.  See ticket #813.
+*/
+static void disableTerm(WhereLevel *pLevel, WhereTerm *pTerm){
+  if( pTerm
+      && (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED)==0
+      && (pLevel->iLeftJoin==0 || ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_FromJoin))
+  ){
+    pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_CODED;
+    if( pTerm->iParent>=0 ){
+      WhereTerm *pOther = &pTerm->pWC->a[pTerm->iParent];
+      if( (--pOther->nChild)==0 ){
+        disableTerm(pLevel, pOther);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Code an OP_Affinity opcode to apply the column affinity string zAff
+** to the n registers starting at base. 
+**
+** As an optimization, SQLITE_AFF_NONE entries (which are no-ops) at the
+** beginning and end of zAff are ignored.  If all entries in zAff are
+** SQLITE_AFF_NONE, then no code gets generated.
+**
+** This routine makes its own copy of zAff so that the caller is free
+** to modify zAff after this routine returns.
+*/
+static void codeApplyAffinity(Parse *pParse, int base, int n, char *zAff){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  if( zAff==0 ){
+    assert( pParse->db->mallocFailed );
+    return;
+  }
+  assert( v!=0 );
+
+  /* Adjust base and n to skip over SQLITE_AFF_NONE entries at the beginning
+  ** and end of the affinity string.
+  */
+  while( n>0 && zAff[0]==SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){
+    n--;
+    base++;
+    zAff++;
+  }
+  while( n>1 && zAff[n-1]==SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){
+    n--;
+  }
+
+  /* Code the OP_Affinity opcode if there is anything left to do. */
+  if( n>0 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Affinity, base, n);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, zAff, n);
+    sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, base, n);
+  }
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Generate code for a single equality term of the WHERE clause.  An equality
+** term can be either X=expr or X IN (...).   pTerm is the term to be 
+** coded.
+**
+** The current value for the constraint is left in register iReg.
+**
+** For a constraint of the form X=expr, the expression is evaluated and its
+** result is left on the stack.  For constraints of the form X IN (...)
+** this routine sets up a loop that will iterate over all values of X.
+*/
+static int codeEqualityTerm(
+  Parse *pParse,      /* The parsing context */
+  WhereTerm *pTerm,   /* The term of the WHERE clause to be coded */
+  WhereLevel *pLevel, /* When level of the FROM clause we are working on */
+  int iTarget         /* Attempt to leave results in this register */
+){
+  Expr *pX = pTerm->pExpr;
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  int iReg;                  /* Register holding results */
+
+  assert( iTarget>0 );
+  if( pX->op==TK_EQ ){
+    iReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pX->pRight, iTarget);
+  }else if( pX->op==TK_ISNULL ){
+    iReg = iTarget;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iReg);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+  }else{
+    int eType;
+    int iTab;
+    struct InLoop *pIn;
+
+    assert( pX->op==TK_IN );
+    iReg = iTarget;
+    eType = sqlite3FindInIndex(pParse, pX, 0);
+    iTab = pX->iTable;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iTab, 0);
+    assert( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_IN_ABLE );
+    if( pLevel->u.in.nIn==0 ){
+      pLevel->addrNxt = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+    }
+    pLevel->u.in.nIn++;
+    pLevel->u.in.aInLoop =
+       sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(pParse->db, pLevel->u.in.aInLoop,
+                              sizeof(pLevel->u.in.aInLoop[0])*pLevel->u.in.nIn);
+    pIn = pLevel->u.in.aInLoop;
+    if( pIn ){
+      pIn += pLevel->u.in.nIn - 1;
+      pIn->iCur = iTab;
+      if( eType==IN_INDEX_ROWID ){
+        pIn->addrInTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iTab, iReg);
+      }else{
+        pIn->addrInTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iTab, 0, iReg);
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IsNull, iReg);
+    }else{
+      pLevel->u.in.nIn = 0;
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+  disableTerm(pLevel, pTerm);
+  return iReg;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code that will evaluate all == and IN constraints for an
+** index.
+**
+** For example, consider table t1(a,b,c,d,e,f) with index i1(a,b,c).
+** Suppose the WHERE clause is this:  a==5 AND b IN (1,2,3) AND c>5 AND c<10
+** The index has as many as three equality constraints, but in this
+** example, the third "c" value is an inequality.  So only two 
+** constraints are coded.  This routine will generate code to evaluate
+** a==5 and b IN (1,2,3).  The current values for a and b will be stored
+** in consecutive registers and the index of the first register is returned.
+**
+** In the example above nEq==2.  But this subroutine works for any value
+** of nEq including 0.  If nEq==0, this routine is nearly a no-op.
+** The only thing it does is allocate the pLevel->iMem memory cell and
+** compute the affinity string.
+**
+** This routine always allocates at least one memory cell and returns
+** the index of that memory cell. The code that
+** calls this routine will use that memory cell to store the termination
+** key value of the loop.  If one or more IN operators appear, then
+** this routine allocates an additional nEq memory cells for internal
+** use.
+**
+** Before returning, *pzAff is set to point to a buffer containing a
+** copy of the column affinity string of the index allocated using
+** sqlite3DbMalloc(). Except, entries in the copy of the string associated
+** with equality constraints that use NONE affinity are set to
+** SQLITE_AFF_NONE. This is to deal with SQL such as the following:
+**
+**   CREATE TABLE t1(a TEXT PRIMARY KEY, b);
+**   SELECT ... FROM t1 AS t2, t1 WHERE t1.a = t2.b;
+**
+** In the example above, the index on t1(a) has TEXT affinity. But since
+** the right hand side of the equality constraint (t2.b) has NONE affinity,
+** no conversion should be attempted before using a t2.b value as part of
+** a key to search the index. Hence the first byte in the returned affinity
+** string in this example would be set to SQLITE_AFF_NONE.
+*/
+static int codeAllEqualityTerms(
+  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing context */
+  WhereLevel *pLevel,   /* Which nested loop of the FROM we are coding */
+  WhereClause *pWC,     /* The WHERE clause */
+  Bitmask notReady,     /* Which parts of FROM have not yet been coded */
+  int nExtraReg,        /* Number of extra registers to allocate */
+  char **pzAff          /* OUT: Set to point to affinity string */
+){
+  int nEq = pLevel->plan.nEq;   /* The number of == or IN constraints to code */
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;      /* The vm under construction */
+  Index *pIdx;                  /* The index being used for this loop */
+  int iCur = pLevel->iTabCur;   /* The cursor of the table */
+  WhereTerm *pTerm;             /* A single constraint term */
+  int j;                        /* Loop counter */
+  int regBase;                  /* Base register */
+  int nReg;                     /* Number of registers to allocate */
+  char *zAff;                   /* Affinity string to return */
+
+  /* This module is only called on query plans that use an index. */
+  assert( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED );
+  pIdx = pLevel->plan.u.pIdx;
+
+  /* Figure out how many memory cells we will need then allocate them.
+  */
+  regBase = pParse->nMem + 1;
+  nReg = pLevel->plan.nEq + nExtraReg;
+  pParse->nMem += nReg;
+
+  zAff = sqlite3DbStrDup(pParse->db, sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v, pIdx));
+  if( !zAff ){
+    pParse->db->mallocFailed = 1;
+  }
+
+  /* Evaluate the equality constraints
+  */
+  assert( pIdx->nColumn>=nEq );
+  for(j=0; j<nEq; j++){
+    int r1;
+    int k = pIdx->aiColumn[j];
+    pTerm = findTerm(pWC, iCur, k, notReady, pLevel->plan.wsFlags, pIdx);
+    if( pTerm==0 ) break;
+    /* The following true for indices with redundant columns. 
+    ** Ex: CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(a,b,a); SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a=0 AND b=0; */
+    testcase( (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED)!=0 );
+    testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); /* EV: R-30575-11662 */
+    r1 = codeEqualityTerm(pParse, pTerm, pLevel, regBase+j);
+    if( r1!=regBase+j ){
+      if( nReg==1 ){
+        sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regBase);
+        regBase = r1;
+      }else{
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, r1, regBase+j);
+      }
+    }
+    testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_ISNULL );
+    testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN );
+    if( (pTerm->eOperator & (WO_ISNULL|WO_IN))==0 ){
+      Expr *pRight = pTerm->pExpr->pRight;
+      sqlite3ExprCodeIsNullJump(v, pRight, regBase+j, pLevel->addrBrk);
+      if( zAff ){
+        if( sqlite3CompareAffinity(pRight, zAff[j])==SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){
+          zAff[j] = SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
+        }
+        if( sqlite3ExprNeedsNoAffinityChange(pRight, zAff[j]) ){
+          zAff[j] = SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  *pzAff = zAff;
+  return regBase;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
+/*
+** This routine is a helper for explainIndexRange() below
+**
+** pStr holds the text of an expression that we are building up one term
+** at a time.  This routine adds a new term to the end of the expression.
+** Terms are separated by AND so add the "AND" text for second and subsequent
+** terms only.
+*/
+static void explainAppendTerm(
+  StrAccum *pStr,             /* The text expression being built */
+  int iTerm,                  /* Index of this term.  First is zero */
+  const char *zColumn,        /* Name of the column */
+  const char *zOp             /* Name of the operator */
+){
+  if( iTerm ) sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pStr, " AND ", 5);
+  sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pStr, zColumn, -1);
+  sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pStr, zOp, 1);
+  sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pStr, "?", 1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Argument pLevel describes a strategy for scanning table pTab. This 
+** function returns a pointer to a string buffer containing a description
+** of the subset of table rows scanned by the strategy in the form of an
+** SQL expression. Or, if all rows are scanned, NULL is returned.
+**
+** For example, if the query:
+**
+**   SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a=1 AND b>2;
+**
+** is run and there is an index on (a, b), then this function returns a
+** string similar to:
+**
+**   "a=? AND b>?"
+**
+** The returned pointer points to memory obtained from sqlite3DbMalloc().
+** It is the responsibility of the caller to free the buffer when it is
+** no longer required.
+*/
+static char *explainIndexRange(sqlite3 *db, WhereLevel *pLevel, Table *pTab){
+  WherePlan *pPlan = &pLevel->plan;
+  Index *pIndex = pPlan->u.pIdx;
+  int nEq = pPlan->nEq;
+  int i, j;
+  Column *aCol = pTab->aCol;
+  int *aiColumn = pIndex->aiColumn;
+  StrAccum txt;
+
+  if( nEq==0 && (pPlan->wsFlags & (WHERE_BTM_LIMIT|WHERE_TOP_LIMIT))==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  sqlite3StrAccumInit(&txt, 0, 0, SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH);
+  txt.db = db;
+  sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&txt, " (", 2);
+  for(i=0; i<nEq; i++){
+    explainAppendTerm(&txt, i, aCol[aiColumn[i]].zName, "=");
+  }
+
+  j = i;
+  if( pPlan->wsFlags&WHERE_BTM_LIMIT ){
+    char *z = (j==pIndex->nColumn ) ? "rowid" : aCol[aiColumn[j]].zName;
+    explainAppendTerm(&txt, i++, z, ">");
+  }
+  if( pPlan->wsFlags&WHERE_TOP_LIMIT ){
+    char *z = (j==pIndex->nColumn ) ? "rowid" : aCol[aiColumn[j]].zName;
+    explainAppendTerm(&txt, i, z, "<");
+  }
+  sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&txt, ")", 1);
+  return sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&txt);
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is a no-op unless currently processing an EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN
+** command. If the query being compiled is an EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN, a single
+** record is added to the output to describe the table scan strategy in 
+** pLevel.
+*/
+static void explainOneScan(
+  Parse *pParse,                  /* Parse context */
+  SrcList *pTabList,              /* Table list this loop refers to */
+  WhereLevel *pLevel,             /* Scan to write OP_Explain opcode for */
+  int iLevel,                     /* Value for "level" column of output */
+  int iFrom,                      /* Value for "from" column of output */
+  u16 wctrlFlags                  /* Flags passed to sqlite3WhereBegin() */
+){
+  if( pParse->explain==2 ){
+    u32 flags = pLevel->plan.wsFlags;
+    struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom];
+    Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;      /* VM being constructed */
+    sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;     /* Database handle */
+    char *zMsg;                   /* Text to add to EQP output */
+    sqlite3_int64 nRow;           /* Expected number of rows visited by scan */
+    int iId = pParse->iSelectId;  /* Select id (left-most output column) */
+    int isSearch;                 /* True for a SEARCH. False for SCAN. */
+
+    if( (flags&WHERE_MULTI_OR) || (wctrlFlags&WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY) ) return;
+
+    isSearch = (pLevel->plan.nEq>0)
+             || (flags&(WHERE_BTM_LIMIT|WHERE_TOP_LIMIT))!=0
+             || (wctrlFlags&(WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN|WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX));
+
+    zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", isSearch?"SEARCH":"SCAN");
+    if( pItem->pSelect ){
+      zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s SUBQUERY %d", zMsg,pItem->iSelectId);
+    }else{
+      zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s TABLE %s", zMsg, pItem->zName);
+    }
+
+    if( pItem->zAlias ){
+      zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s AS %s", zMsg, pItem->zAlias);
+    }
+    if( (flags & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 ){
+      char *zWhere = explainIndexRange(db, pLevel, pItem->pTab);
+      zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s USING %s%sINDEX%s%s%s", zMsg, 
+          ((flags & WHERE_TEMP_INDEX)?"AUTOMATIC ":""),
+          ((flags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)?"COVERING ":""),
+          ((flags & WHERE_TEMP_INDEX)?"":" "),
+          ((flags & WHERE_TEMP_INDEX)?"": pLevel->plan.u.pIdx->zName),
+          zWhere
+      );
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, zWhere);
+    }else if( flags & (WHERE_ROWID_EQ|WHERE_ROWID_RANGE) ){
+      zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s USING INTEGER PRIMARY KEY", zMsg);
+
+      if( flags&WHERE_ROWID_EQ ){
+        zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s (rowid=?)", zMsg);
+      }else if( (flags&WHERE_BOTH_LIMIT)==WHERE_BOTH_LIMIT ){
+        zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s (rowid>? AND rowid<?)", zMsg);
+      }else if( flags&WHERE_BTM_LIMIT ){
+        zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s (rowid>?)", zMsg);
+      }else if( flags&WHERE_TOP_LIMIT ){
+        zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s (rowid<?)", zMsg);
+      }
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+    else if( (flags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)!=0 ){
+      sqlite3_index_info *pVtabIdx = pLevel->plan.u.pVtabIdx;
+      zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s VIRTUAL TABLE INDEX %d:%s", zMsg,
+                  pVtabIdx->idxNum, pVtabIdx->idxStr);
+    }
+#endif
+    if( wctrlFlags&(WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN|WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX) ){
+      testcase( wctrlFlags & WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN );
+      nRow = 1;
+    }else{
+      nRow = (sqlite3_int64)pLevel->plan.nRow;
+    }
+    zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s (~%lld rows)", zMsg, nRow);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Explain, iId, iLevel, iFrom, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC);
+  }
+}
+#else
+# define explainOneScan(u,v,w,x,y,z)
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN */
+
+
+/*
+** Generate code for the start of the iLevel-th loop in the WHERE clause
+** implementation described by pWInfo.
+*/
+static Bitmask codeOneLoopStart(
+  WhereInfo *pWInfo,   /* Complete information about the WHERE clause */
+  int iLevel,          /* Which level of pWInfo->a[] should be coded */
+  u16 wctrlFlags,      /* One of the WHERE_* flags defined in sqliteInt.h */
+  Bitmask notReady     /* Which tables are currently available */
+){
+  int j, k;            /* Loop counters */
+  int iCur;            /* The VDBE cursor for the table */
+  int addrNxt;         /* Where to jump to continue with the next IN case */
+  int omitTable;       /* True if we use the index only */
+  int bRev;            /* True if we need to scan in reverse order */
+  WhereLevel *pLevel;  /* The where level to be coded */
+  WhereClause *pWC;    /* Decomposition of the entire WHERE clause */
+  WhereTerm *pTerm;               /* A WHERE clause term */
+  Parse *pParse;                  /* Parsing context */
+  Vdbe *v;                        /* The prepared stmt under constructions */
+  struct SrcList_item *pTabItem;  /* FROM clause term being coded */
+  int addrBrk;                    /* Jump here to break out of the loop */
+  int addrCont;                   /* Jump here to continue with next cycle */
+  int iRowidReg = 0;        /* Rowid is stored in this register, if not zero */
+  int iReleaseReg = 0;      /* Temp register to free before returning */
+
+  pParse = pWInfo->pParse;
+  v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  pWC = pWInfo->pWC;
+  pLevel = &pWInfo->a[iLevel];
+  pTabItem = &pWInfo->pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom];
+  iCur = pTabItem->iCursor;
+  bRev = (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_REVERSE)!=0;
+  omitTable = (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)!=0 
+           && (wctrlFlags & WHERE_FORCE_TABLE)==0;
+
+  /* Create labels for the "break" and "continue" instructions
+  ** for the current loop.  Jump to addrBrk to break out of a loop.
+  ** Jump to cont to go immediately to the next iteration of the
+  ** loop.
+  **
+  ** When there is an IN operator, we also have a "addrNxt" label that
+  ** means to continue with the next IN value combination.  When
+  ** there are no IN operators in the constraints, the "addrNxt" label
+  ** is the same as "addrBrk".
+  */
+  addrBrk = pLevel->addrBrk = pLevel->addrNxt = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+  addrCont = pLevel->addrCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+
+  /* If this is the right table of a LEFT OUTER JOIN, allocate and
+  ** initialize a memory cell that records if this table matches any
+  ** row of the left table of the join.
+  */
+  if( pLevel->iFrom>0 && (pTabItem[0].jointype & JT_LEFT)!=0 ){
+    pLevel->iLeftJoin = ++pParse->nMem;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, pLevel->iLeftJoin);
+    VdbeComment((v, "init LEFT JOIN no-match flag"));
+  }
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  if(  (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)!=0 ){
+    /* Case 0:  The table is a virtual-table.  Use the VFilter and VNext
+    **          to access the data.
+    */
+    int iReg;   /* P3 Value for OP_VFilter */
+    sqlite3_index_info *pVtabIdx = pLevel->plan.u.pVtabIdx;
+    int nConstraint = pVtabIdx->nConstraint;
+    struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage *aUsage =
+                                                pVtabIdx->aConstraintUsage;
+    const struct sqlite3_index_constraint *aConstraint =
+                                                pVtabIdx->aConstraint;
+
+    sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
+    iReg = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nConstraint+2);
+    for(j=1; j<=nConstraint; j++){
+      for(k=0; k<nConstraint; k++){
+        if( aUsage[k].argvIndex==j ){
+          int iTerm = aConstraint[k].iTermOffset;
+          sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pWC->a[iTerm].pExpr->pRight, iReg+j+1);
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+      if( k==nConstraint ) break;
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pVtabIdx->idxNum, iReg);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, j-1, iReg+1);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VFilter, iCur, addrBrk, iReg, pVtabIdx->idxStr,
+                      pVtabIdx->needToFreeIdxStr ? P4_MPRINTF : P4_STATIC);
+    pVtabIdx->needToFreeIdxStr = 0;
+    for(j=0; j<nConstraint; j++){
+      if( aUsage[j].omit ){
+        int iTerm = aConstraint[j].iTermOffset;
+        disableTerm(pLevel, &pWC->a[iTerm]);
+      }
+    }
+    pLevel->op = OP_VNext;
+    pLevel->p1 = iCur;
+    pLevel->p2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+    sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, iReg, nConstraint+2);
+    sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse, 1);
+  }else
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
+
+  if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_ROWID_EQ ){
+    /* Case 1:  We can directly reference a single row using an
+    **          equality comparison against the ROWID field.  Or
+    **          we reference multiple rows using a "rowid IN (...)"
+    **          construct.
+    */
+    iReleaseReg = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+    pTerm = findTerm(pWC, iCur, -1, notReady, WO_EQ|WO_IN, 0);
+    assert( pTerm!=0 );
+    assert( pTerm->pExpr!=0 );
+    assert( pTerm->leftCursor==iCur );
+    assert( omitTable==0 );
+    testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); /* EV: R-30575-11662 */
+    iRowidReg = codeEqualityTerm(pParse, pTerm, pLevel, iReleaseReg);
+    addrNxt = pLevel->addrNxt;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, iRowidReg, addrNxt);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, addrNxt, iRowidReg);
+    sqlite3ExprCacheStore(pParse, iCur, -1, iRowidReg);
+    VdbeComment((v, "pk"));
+    pLevel->op = OP_Noop;
+  }else if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_ROWID_RANGE ){
+    /* Case 2:  We have an inequality comparison against the ROWID field.
+    */
+    int testOp = OP_Noop;
+    int start;
+    int memEndValue = 0;
+    WhereTerm *pStart, *pEnd;
+
+    assert( omitTable==0 );
+    pStart = findTerm(pWC, iCur, -1, notReady, WO_GT|WO_GE, 0);
+    pEnd = findTerm(pWC, iCur, -1, notReady, WO_LT|WO_LE, 0);
+    if( bRev ){
+      pTerm = pStart;
+      pStart = pEnd;
+      pEnd = pTerm;
+    }
+    if( pStart ){
+      Expr *pX;             /* The expression that defines the start bound */
+      int r1, rTemp;        /* Registers for holding the start boundary */
+
+      /* The following constant maps TK_xx codes into corresponding 
+      ** seek opcodes.  It depends on a particular ordering of TK_xx
+      */
+      const u8 aMoveOp[] = {
+           /* TK_GT */  OP_SeekGt,
+           /* TK_LE */  OP_SeekLe,
+           /* TK_LT */  OP_SeekLt,
+           /* TK_GE */  OP_SeekGe
+      };
+      assert( TK_LE==TK_GT+1 );      /* Make sure the ordering.. */
+      assert( TK_LT==TK_GT+2 );      /*  ... of the TK_xx values... */
+      assert( TK_GE==TK_GT+3 );      /*  ... is correcct. */
+
+      testcase( pStart->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); /* EV: R-30575-11662 */
+      pX = pStart->pExpr;
+      assert( pX!=0 );
+      assert( pStart->leftCursor==iCur );
+      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pX->pRight, &rTemp);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, aMoveOp[pX->op-TK_GT], iCur, addrBrk, r1);
+      VdbeComment((v, "pk"));
+      sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, r1, 1);
+      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, rTemp);
+      disableTerm(pLevel, pStart);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, bRev ? OP_Last : OP_Rewind, iCur, addrBrk);
+    }
+    if( pEnd ){
+      Expr *pX;
+      pX = pEnd->pExpr;
+      assert( pX!=0 );
+      assert( pEnd->leftCursor==iCur );
+      testcase( pEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); /* EV: R-30575-11662 */
+      memEndValue = ++pParse->nMem;
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pX->pRight, memEndValue);
+      if( pX->op==TK_LT || pX->op==TK_GT ){
+        testOp = bRev ? OP_Le : OP_Ge;
+      }else{
+        testOp = bRev ? OP_Lt : OP_Gt;
+      }
+      disableTerm(pLevel, pEnd);
+    }
+    start = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+    pLevel->op = bRev ? OP_Prev : OP_Next;
+    pLevel->p1 = iCur;
+    pLevel->p2 = start;
+    if( pStart==0 && pEnd==0 ){
+      pLevel->p5 = SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP;
+    }else{
+      assert( pLevel->p5==0 );
+    }
+    if( testOp!=OP_Noop ){
+      iRowidReg = iReleaseReg = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, iRowidReg);
+      sqlite3ExprCacheStore(pParse, iCur, -1, iRowidReg);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, testOp, memEndValue, addrBrk, iRowidReg);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC | SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
+    }
+  }else if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & (WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE|WHERE_COLUMN_EQ) ){
+    /* Case 3: A scan using an index.
+    **
+    **         The WHERE clause may contain zero or more equality 
+    **         terms ("==" or "IN" operators) that refer to the N
+    **         left-most columns of the index. It may also contain
+    **         inequality constraints (>, <, >= or <=) on the indexed
+    **         column that immediately follows the N equalities. Only 
+    **         the right-most column can be an inequality - the rest must
+    **         use the "==" and "IN" operators. For example, if the 
+    **         index is on (x,y,z), then the following clauses are all 
+    **         optimized:
+    **
+    **            x=5
+    **            x=5 AND y=10
+    **            x=5 AND y<10
+    **            x=5 AND y>5 AND y<10
+    **            x=5 AND y=5 AND z<=10
+    **
+    **         The z<10 term of the following cannot be used, only
+    **         the x=5 term:
+    **
+    **            x=5 AND z<10
+    **
+    **         N may be zero if there are inequality constraints.
+    **         If there are no inequality constraints, then N is at
+    **         least one.
+    **
+    **         This case is also used when there are no WHERE clause
+    **         constraints but an index is selected anyway, in order
+    **         to force the output order to conform to an ORDER BY.
+    */  
+    static const u8 aStartOp[] = {
+      0,
+      0,
+      OP_Rewind,           /* 2: (!start_constraints && startEq &&  !bRev) */
+      OP_Last,             /* 3: (!start_constraints && startEq &&   bRev) */
+      OP_SeekGt,           /* 4: (start_constraints  && !startEq && !bRev) */
+      OP_SeekLt,           /* 5: (start_constraints  && !startEq &&  bRev) */
+      OP_SeekGe,           /* 6: (start_constraints  &&  startEq && !bRev) */
+      OP_SeekLe            /* 7: (start_constraints  &&  startEq &&  bRev) */
+    };
+    static const u8 aEndOp[] = {
+      OP_Noop,             /* 0: (!end_constraints) */
+      OP_IdxGE,            /* 1: (end_constraints && !bRev) */
+      OP_IdxLT             /* 2: (end_constraints && bRev) */
+    };
+    int nEq = pLevel->plan.nEq;  /* Number of == or IN terms */
+    int isMinQuery = 0;          /* If this is an optimized SELECT min(x).. */
+    int regBase;                 /* Base register holding constraint values */
+    int r1;                      /* Temp register */
+    WhereTerm *pRangeStart = 0;  /* Inequality constraint at range start */
+    WhereTerm *pRangeEnd = 0;    /* Inequality constraint at range end */
+    int startEq;                 /* True if range start uses ==, >= or <= */
+    int endEq;                   /* True if range end uses ==, >= or <= */
+    int start_constraints;       /* Start of range is constrained */
+    int nConstraint;             /* Number of constraint terms */
+    Index *pIdx;                 /* The index we will be using */
+    int iIdxCur;                 /* The VDBE cursor for the index */
+    int nExtraReg = 0;           /* Number of extra registers needed */
+    int op;                      /* Instruction opcode */
+    char *zStartAff;             /* Affinity for start of range constraint */
+    char *zEndAff;               /* Affinity for end of range constraint */
+
+    pIdx = pLevel->plan.u.pIdx;
+    iIdxCur = pLevel->iIdxCur;
+    k = (nEq==pIdx->nColumn ? -1 : pIdx->aiColumn[nEq]);
+
+    /* If this loop satisfies a sort order (pOrderBy) request that 
+    ** was passed to this function to implement a "SELECT min(x) ..." 
+    ** query, then the caller will only allow the loop to run for
+    ** a single iteration. This means that the first row returned
+    ** should not have a NULL value stored in 'x'. If column 'x' is
+    ** the first one after the nEq equality constraints in the index,
+    ** this requires some special handling.
+    */
+    if( (wctrlFlags&WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN)!=0
+     && (pLevel->plan.wsFlags&WHERE_ORDERBY)
+     && (pIdx->nColumn>nEq)
+    ){
+      /* assert( pOrderBy->nExpr==1 ); */
+      /* assert( pOrderBy->a[0].pExpr->iColumn==pIdx->aiColumn[nEq] ); */
+      isMinQuery = 1;
+      nExtraReg = 1;
+    }
+
+    /* Find any inequality constraint terms for the start and end 
+    ** of the range. 
+    */
+    if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_TOP_LIMIT ){
+      pRangeEnd = findTerm(pWC, iCur, k, notReady, (WO_LT|WO_LE), pIdx);
+      nExtraReg = 1;
+    }
+    if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_BTM_LIMIT ){
+      pRangeStart = findTerm(pWC, iCur, k, notReady, (WO_GT|WO_GE), pIdx);
+      nExtraReg = 1;
+    }
+
+    /* Generate code to evaluate all constraint terms using == or IN
+    ** and store the values of those terms in an array of registers
+    ** starting at regBase.
+    */
+    regBase = codeAllEqualityTerms(
+        pParse, pLevel, pWC, notReady, nExtraReg, &zStartAff
+    );
+    zEndAff = sqlite3DbStrDup(pParse->db, zStartAff);
+    addrNxt = pLevel->addrNxt;
+
+    /* If we are doing a reverse order scan on an ascending index, or
+    ** a forward order scan on a descending index, interchange the 
+    ** start and end terms (pRangeStart and pRangeEnd).
+    */
+    if( (nEq<pIdx->nColumn && bRev==(pIdx->aSortOrder[nEq]==SQLITE_SO_ASC))
+     || (bRev && pIdx->nColumn==nEq)
+    ){
+      SWAP(WhereTerm *, pRangeEnd, pRangeStart);
+    }
+
+    testcase( pRangeStart && pRangeStart->eOperator & WO_LE );
+    testcase( pRangeStart && pRangeStart->eOperator & WO_GE );
+    testcase( pRangeEnd && pRangeEnd->eOperator & WO_LE );
+    testcase( pRangeEnd && pRangeEnd->eOperator & WO_GE );
+    startEq = !pRangeStart || pRangeStart->eOperator & (WO_LE|WO_GE);
+    endEq =   !pRangeEnd || pRangeEnd->eOperator & (WO_LE|WO_GE);
+    start_constraints = pRangeStart || nEq>0;
+
+    /* Seek the index cursor to the start of the range. */
+    nConstraint = nEq;
+    if( pRangeStart ){
+      Expr *pRight = pRangeStart->pExpr->pRight;
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRight, regBase+nEq);
+      if( (pRangeStart->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 ){
+        sqlite3ExprCodeIsNullJump(v, pRight, regBase+nEq, addrNxt);
+      }
+      if( zStartAff ){
+        if( sqlite3CompareAffinity(pRight, zStartAff[nEq])==SQLITE_AFF_NONE){
+          /* Since the comparison is to be performed with no conversions
+          ** applied to the operands, set the affinity to apply to pRight to 
+          ** SQLITE_AFF_NONE.  */
+          zStartAff[nEq] = SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
+        }
+        if( sqlite3ExprNeedsNoAffinityChange(pRight, zStartAff[nEq]) ){
+          zStartAff[nEq] = SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
+        }
+      }  
+      nConstraint++;
+      testcase( pRangeStart->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); /* EV: R-30575-11662 */
+    }else if( isMinQuery ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regBase+nEq);
+      nConstraint++;
+      startEq = 0;
+      start_constraints = 1;
+    }
+    codeApplyAffinity(pParse, regBase, nConstraint, zStartAff);
+    op = aStartOp[(start_constraints<<2) + (startEq<<1) + bRev];
+    assert( op!=0 );
+    testcase( op==OP_Rewind );
+    testcase( op==OP_Last );
+    testcase( op==OP_SeekGt );
+    testcase( op==OP_SeekGe );
+    testcase( op==OP_SeekLe );
+    testcase( op==OP_SeekLt );
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, op, iIdxCur, addrNxt, regBase, nConstraint);
+
+    /* Load the value for the inequality constraint at the end of the
+    ** range (if any).
+    */
+    nConstraint = nEq;
+    if( pRangeEnd ){
+      Expr *pRight = pRangeEnd->pExpr->pRight;
+      sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(pParse, regBase+nEq, 1);
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRight, regBase+nEq);
+      if( (pRangeEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 ){
+        sqlite3ExprCodeIsNullJump(v, pRight, regBase+nEq, addrNxt);
+      }
+      if( zEndAff ){
+        if( sqlite3CompareAffinity(pRight, zEndAff[nEq])==SQLITE_AFF_NONE){
+          /* Since the comparison is to be performed with no conversions
+          ** applied to the operands, set the affinity to apply to pRight to 
+          ** SQLITE_AFF_NONE.  */
+          zEndAff[nEq] = SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
+        }
+        if( sqlite3ExprNeedsNoAffinityChange(pRight, zEndAff[nEq]) ){
+          zEndAff[nEq] = SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
+        }
+      }  
+      codeApplyAffinity(pParse, regBase, nEq+1, zEndAff);
+      nConstraint++;
+      testcase( pRangeEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); /* EV: R-30575-11662 */
+    }
+    sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, zStartAff);
+    sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, zEndAff);
+
+    /* Top of the loop body */
+    pLevel->p2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+
+    /* Check if the index cursor is past the end of the range. */
+    op = aEndOp[(pRangeEnd || nEq) * (1 + bRev)];
+    testcase( op==OP_Noop );
+    testcase( op==OP_IdxGE );
+    testcase( op==OP_IdxLT );
+    if( op!=OP_Noop ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, op, iIdxCur, addrNxt, regBase, nConstraint);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, endEq!=bRev ?1:0);
+    }
+
+    /* If there are inequality constraints, check that the value
+    ** of the table column that the inequality contrains is not NULL.
+    ** If it is, jump to the next iteration of the loop.
+    */
+    r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+    testcase( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_BTM_LIMIT );
+    testcase( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_TOP_LIMIT );
+    if( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & (WHERE_BTM_LIMIT|WHERE_TOP_LIMIT))!=0 ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, nEq, r1);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, r1, addrCont);
+    }
+    sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
+
+    /* Seek the table cursor, if required */
+    disableTerm(pLevel, pRangeStart);
+    disableTerm(pLevel, pRangeEnd);
+    if( !omitTable ){
+      iRowidReg = iReleaseReg = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxRowid, iIdxCur, iRowidReg);
+      sqlite3ExprCacheStore(pParse, iCur, -1, iRowidReg);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Seek, iCur, iRowidReg);  /* Deferred seek */
+    }
+
+    /* Record the instruction used to terminate the loop. Disable 
+    ** WHERE clause terms made redundant by the index range scan.
+    */
+    if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_UNIQUE ){
+      pLevel->op = OP_Noop;
+    }else if( bRev ){
+      pLevel->op = OP_Prev;
+    }else{
+      pLevel->op = OP_Next;
+    }
+    pLevel->p1 = iIdxCur;
+  }else
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION
+  if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_MULTI_OR ){
+    /* Case 4:  Two or more separately indexed terms connected by OR
+    **
+    ** Example:
+    **
+    **   CREATE TABLE t1(a,b,c,d);
+    **   CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(a);
+    **   CREATE INDEX i2 ON t1(b);
+    **   CREATE INDEX i3 ON t1(c);
+    **
+    **   SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a=5 OR b=7 OR (c=11 AND d=13)
+    **
+    ** In the example, there are three indexed terms connected by OR.
+    ** The top of the loop looks like this:
+    **
+    **          Null       1                # Zero the rowset in reg 1
+    **
+    ** Then, for each indexed term, the following. The arguments to
+    ** RowSetTest are such that the rowid of the current row is inserted
+    ** into the RowSet. If it is already present, control skips the
+    ** Gosub opcode and jumps straight to the code generated by WhereEnd().
+    **
+    **        sqlite3WhereBegin(<term>)
+    **          RowSetTest                  # Insert rowid into rowset
+    **          Gosub      2 A
+    **        sqlite3WhereEnd()
+    **
+    ** Following the above, code to terminate the loop. Label A, the target
+    ** of the Gosub above, jumps to the instruction right after the Goto.
+    **
+    **          Null       1                # Zero the rowset in reg 1
+    **          Goto       B                # The loop is finished.
+    **
+    **       A: <loop body>                 # Return data, whatever.
+    **
+    **          Return     2                # Jump back to the Gosub
+    **
+    **       B: <after the loop>
+    **
+    */
+    WhereClause *pOrWc;    /* The OR-clause broken out into subterms */
+    SrcList *pOrTab;       /* Shortened table list or OR-clause generation */
+    Index *pCov = 0;             /* Potential covering index (or NULL) */
+    int iCovCur = pParse->nTab++;  /* Cursor used for index scans (if any) */
+
+    int regReturn = ++pParse->nMem;           /* Register used with OP_Gosub */
+    int regRowset = 0;                        /* Register for RowSet object */
+    int regRowid = 0;                         /* Register holding rowid */
+    int iLoopBody = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);  /* Start of loop body */
+    int iRetInit;                             /* Address of regReturn init */
+    int untestedTerms = 0;             /* Some terms not completely tested */
+    int ii;                            /* Loop counter */
+    Expr *pAndExpr = 0;                /* An ".. AND (...)" expression */
+   
+    pTerm = pLevel->plan.u.pTerm;
+    assert( pTerm!=0 );
+    assert( pTerm->eOperator==WO_OR );
+    assert( (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_ORINFO)!=0 );
+    pOrWc = &pTerm->u.pOrInfo->wc;
+    pLevel->op = OP_Return;
+    pLevel->p1 = regReturn;
+
+    /* Set up a new SrcList in pOrTab containing the table being scanned
+    ** by this loop in the a[0] slot and all notReady tables in a[1..] slots.
+    ** This becomes the SrcList in the recursive call to sqlite3WhereBegin().
+    */
+    if( pWInfo->nLevel>1 ){
+      int nNotReady;                 /* The number of notReady tables */
+      struct SrcList_item *origSrc;     /* Original list of tables */
+      nNotReady = pWInfo->nLevel - iLevel - 1;
+      pOrTab = sqlite3StackAllocRaw(pParse->db,
+                            sizeof(*pOrTab)+ nNotReady*sizeof(pOrTab->a[0]));
+      if( pOrTab==0 ) return notReady;
+      pOrTab->nAlloc = (i16)(nNotReady + 1);
+      pOrTab->nSrc = pOrTab->nAlloc;
+      memcpy(pOrTab->a, pTabItem, sizeof(*pTabItem));
+      origSrc = pWInfo->pTabList->a;
+      for(k=1; k<=nNotReady; k++){
+        memcpy(&pOrTab->a[k], &origSrc[pLevel[k].iFrom], sizeof(pOrTab->a[k]));
+      }
+    }else{
+      pOrTab = pWInfo->pTabList;
+    }
+
+    /* Initialize the rowset register to contain NULL. An SQL NULL is 
+    ** equivalent to an empty rowset.
+    **
+    ** Also initialize regReturn to contain the address of the instruction 
+    ** immediately following the OP_Return at the bottom of the loop. This
+    ** is required in a few obscure LEFT JOIN cases where control jumps
+    ** over the top of the loop into the body of it. In this case the 
+    ** correct response for the end-of-loop code (the OP_Return) is to 
+    ** fall through to the next instruction, just as an OP_Next does if
+    ** called on an uninitialized cursor.
+    */
+    if( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK)==0 ){
+      regRowset = ++pParse->nMem;
+      regRowid = ++pParse->nMem;
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regRowset);
+    }
+    iRetInit = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regReturn);
+
+    /* If the original WHERE clause is z of the form:  (x1 OR x2 OR ...) AND y
+    ** Then for every term xN, evaluate as the subexpression: xN AND z
+    ** That way, terms in y that are factored into the disjunction will
+    ** be picked up by the recursive calls to sqlite3WhereBegin() below.
+    **
+    ** Actually, each subexpression is converted to "xN AND w" where w is
+    ** the "interesting" terms of z - terms that did not originate in the
+    ** ON or USING clause of a LEFT JOIN, and terms that are usable as 
+    ** indices.
+    */
+    if( pWC->nTerm>1 ){
+      int iTerm;
+      for(iTerm=0; iTerm<pWC->nTerm; iTerm++){
+        Expr *pExpr = pWC->a[iTerm].pExpr;
+        if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ) continue;
+        if( pWC->a[iTerm].wtFlags & (TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_ORINFO) ) continue;
+        if( (pWC->a[iTerm].eOperator & WO_ALL)==0 ) continue;
+        pExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(pParse->db, pExpr, 0);
+        pAndExpr = sqlite3ExprAnd(pParse->db, pAndExpr, pExpr);
+      }
+      if( pAndExpr ){
+        pAndExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_AND, 0, pAndExpr, 0);
+      }
+    }
+
+    for(ii=0; ii<pOrWc->nTerm; ii++){
+      WhereTerm *pOrTerm = &pOrWc->a[ii];
+      if( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iCur || pOrTerm->eOperator==WO_AND ){
+        WhereInfo *pSubWInfo;          /* Info for single OR-term scan */
+        Expr *pOrExpr = pOrTerm->pExpr;
+        if( pAndExpr ){
+          pAndExpr->pLeft = pOrExpr;
+          pOrExpr = pAndExpr;
+        }
+        /* Loop through table entries that match term pOrTerm. */
+        pSubWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pOrTab, pOrExpr, 0, 0,
+                        WHERE_OMIT_OPEN_CLOSE | WHERE_AND_ONLY |
+                        WHERE_FORCE_TABLE | WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY, iCovCur);
+        assert( pSubWInfo || pParse->nErr || pParse->db->mallocFailed );
+        if( pSubWInfo ){
+          WhereLevel *pLvl;
+          explainOneScan(
+              pParse, pOrTab, &pSubWInfo->a[0], iLevel, pLevel->iFrom, 0
+          );
+          if( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK)==0 ){
+            int iSet = ((ii==pOrWc->nTerm-1)?-1:ii);
+            int r;
+            r = sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, pTabItem->pTab, -1, iCur, 
+                                         regRowid, 0);
+            sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_RowSetTest, regRowset,
+                                 sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2, r, iSet);
+          }
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regReturn, iLoopBody);
+
+          /* The pSubWInfo->untestedTerms flag means that this OR term
+          ** contained one or more AND term from a notReady table.  The
+          ** terms from the notReady table could not be tested and will
+          ** need to be tested later.
+          */
+          if( pSubWInfo->untestedTerms ) untestedTerms = 1;
+
+          /* If all of the OR-connected terms are optimized using the same
+          ** index, and the index is opened using the same cursor number
+          ** by each call to sqlite3WhereBegin() made by this loop, it may
+          ** be possible to use that index as a covering index.
+          **
+          ** If the call to sqlite3WhereBegin() above resulted in a scan that
+          ** uses an index, and this is either the first OR-connected term
+          ** processed or the index is the same as that used by all previous
+          ** terms, set pCov to the candidate covering index. Otherwise, set 
+          ** pCov to NULL to indicate that no candidate covering index will 
+          ** be available.
+          */
+          pLvl = &pSubWInfo->a[0];
+          if( (pLvl->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0
+           && (pLvl->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_TEMP_INDEX)==0
+           && (ii==0 || pLvl->plan.u.pIdx==pCov)
+          ){
+            assert( pLvl->iIdxCur==iCovCur );
+            pCov = pLvl->plan.u.pIdx;
+          }else{
+            pCov = 0;
+          }
+
+          /* Finish the loop through table entries that match term pOrTerm. */
+          sqlite3WhereEnd(pSubWInfo);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    pLevel->u.pCovidx = pCov;
+    if( pCov ) pLevel->iIdxCur = iCovCur;
+    if( pAndExpr ){
+      pAndExpr->pLeft = 0;
+      sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pAndExpr);
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iRetInit, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v));
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, pLevel->addrBrk);
+    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iLoopBody);
+
+    if( pWInfo->nLevel>1 ) sqlite3StackFree(pParse->db, pOrTab);
+    if( !untestedTerms ) disableTerm(pLevel, pTerm);
+  }else
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION */
+
+  {
+    /* Case 5:  There is no usable index.  We must do a complete
+    **          scan of the entire table.
+    */
+    static const u8 aStep[] = { OP_Next, OP_Prev };
+    static const u8 aStart[] = { OP_Rewind, OP_Last };
+    assert( bRev==0 || bRev==1 );
+    assert( omitTable==0 );
+    pLevel->op = aStep[bRev];
+    pLevel->p1 = iCur;
+    pLevel->p2 = 1 + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, aStart[bRev], iCur, addrBrk);
+    pLevel->p5 = SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP;
+  }
+  notReady &= ~getMask(pWC->pMaskSet, iCur);
+
+  /* Insert code to test every subexpression that can be completely
+  ** computed using the current set of tables.
+  **
+  ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-49525-50935 Terms that cannot be satisfied through
+  ** the use of indices become tests that are evaluated against each row of
+  ** the relevant input tables.
+  */
+  for(pTerm=pWC->a, j=pWC->nTerm; j>0; j--, pTerm++){
+    Expr *pE;
+    testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); /* IMP: R-30575-11662 */
+    testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED );
+    if( pTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_CODED) ) continue;
+    if( (pTerm->prereqAll & notReady)!=0 ){
+      testcase( pWInfo->untestedTerms==0
+               && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY)!=0 );
+      pWInfo->untestedTerms = 1;
+      continue;
+    }
+    pE = pTerm->pExpr;
+    assert( pE!=0 );
+    if( pLevel->iLeftJoin && !ExprHasProperty(pE, EP_FromJoin) ){
+      continue;
+    }
+    sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pE, addrCont, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
+    pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_CODED;
+  }
+
+  /* For a LEFT OUTER JOIN, generate code that will record the fact that
+  ** at least one row of the right table has matched the left table.  
+  */
+  if( pLevel->iLeftJoin ){
+    pLevel->addrFirst = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, pLevel->iLeftJoin);
+    VdbeComment((v, "record LEFT JOIN hit"));
+    sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
+    for(pTerm=pWC->a, j=0; j<pWC->nTerm; j++, pTerm++){
+      testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL );  /* IMP: R-30575-11662 */
+      testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED );
+      if( pTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_CODED) ) continue;
+      if( (pTerm->prereqAll & notReady)!=0 ){
+        assert( pWInfo->untestedTerms );
+        continue;
+      }
+      assert( pTerm->pExpr );
+      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pTerm->pExpr, addrCont, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
+      pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_CODED;
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, iReleaseReg);
+
+  return notReady;
+}
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+/*
+** The following variable holds a text description of query plan generated
+** by the most recent call to sqlite3WhereBegin().  Each call to WhereBegin
+** overwrites the previous.  This information is used for testing and
+** analysis only.
+*/
+SQLITE_API char sqlite3_query_plan[BMS*2*40];  /* Text of the join */
+static int nQPlan = 0;              /* Next free slow in _query_plan[] */
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_TEST */
+
+
+/*
+** Free a WhereInfo structure
+*/
+static void whereInfoFree(sqlite3 *db, WhereInfo *pWInfo){
+  if( ALWAYS(pWInfo) ){
+    int i;
+    for(i=0; i<pWInfo->nLevel; i++){
+      sqlite3_index_info *pInfo = pWInfo->a[i].pIdxInfo;
+      if( pInfo ){
+        /* assert( pInfo->needToFreeIdxStr==0 || db->mallocFailed ); */
+        if( pInfo->needToFreeIdxStr ){
+          sqlite3_free(pInfo->idxStr);
+        }
+        sqlite3DbFree(db, pInfo);
+      }
+      if( pWInfo->a[i].plan.wsFlags & WHERE_TEMP_INDEX ){
+        Index *pIdx = pWInfo->a[i].plan.u.pIdx;
+        if( pIdx ){
+          sqlite3DbFree(db, pIdx->zColAff);
+          sqlite3DbFree(db, pIdx);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    whereClauseClear(pWInfo->pWC);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pWInfo);
+  }
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Generate the beginning of the loop used for WHERE clause processing.
+** The return value is a pointer to an opaque structure that contains
+** information needed to terminate the loop.  Later, the calling routine
+** should invoke sqlite3WhereEnd() with the return value of this function
+** in order to complete the WHERE clause processing.
+**
+** If an error occurs, this routine returns NULL.
+**
+** The basic idea is to do a nested loop, one loop for each table in
+** the FROM clause of a select.  (INSERT and UPDATE statements are the
+** same as a SELECT with only a single table in the FROM clause.)  For
+** example, if the SQL is this:
+**
+**       SELECT * FROM t1, t2, t3 WHERE ...;
+**
+** Then the code generated is conceptually like the following:
+**
+**      foreach row1 in t1 do       \    Code generated
+**        foreach row2 in t2 do      |-- by sqlite3WhereBegin()
+**          foreach row3 in t3 do   /
+**            ...
+**          end                     \    Code generated
+**        end                        |-- by sqlite3WhereEnd()
+**      end                         /
+**
+** Note that the loops might not be nested in the order in which they
+** appear in the FROM clause if a different order is better able to make
+** use of indices.  Note also that when the IN operator appears in
+** the WHERE clause, it might result in additional nested loops for
+** scanning through all values on the right-hand side of the IN.
+**
+** There are Btree cursors associated with each table.  t1 uses cursor
+** number pTabList->a[0].iCursor.  t2 uses the cursor pTabList->a[1].iCursor.
+** And so forth.  This routine generates code to open those VDBE cursors
+** and sqlite3WhereEnd() generates the code to close them.
+**
+** The code that sqlite3WhereBegin() generates leaves the cursors named
+** in pTabList pointing at their appropriate entries.  The [...] code
+** can use OP_Column and OP_Rowid opcodes on these cursors to extract
+** data from the various tables of the loop.
+**
+** If the WHERE clause is empty, the foreach loops must each scan their
+** entire tables.  Thus a three-way join is an O(N^3) operation.  But if
+** the tables have indices and there are terms in the WHERE clause that
+** refer to those indices, a complete table scan can be avoided and the
+** code will run much faster.  Most of the work of this routine is checking
+** to see if there are indices that can be used to speed up the loop.
+**
+** Terms of the WHERE clause are also used to limit which rows actually
+** make it to the "..." in the middle of the loop.  After each "foreach",
+** terms of the WHERE clause that use only terms in that loop and outer
+** loops are evaluated and if false a jump is made around all subsequent
+** inner loops (or around the "..." if the test occurs within the inner-
+** most loop)
+**
+** OUTER JOINS
+**
+** An outer join of tables t1 and t2 is conceptally coded as follows:
+**
+**    foreach row1 in t1 do
+**      flag = 0
+**      foreach row2 in t2 do
+**        start:
+**          ...
+**          flag = 1
+**      end
+**      if flag==0 then
+**        move the row2 cursor to a null row
+**        goto start
+**      fi
+**    end
+**
+** ORDER BY CLAUSE PROCESSING
+**
+** *ppOrderBy is a pointer to the ORDER BY clause of a SELECT statement,
+** if there is one.  If there is no ORDER BY clause or if this routine
+** is called from an UPDATE or DELETE statement, then ppOrderBy is NULL.
+**
+** If an index can be used so that the natural output order of the table
+** scan is correct for the ORDER BY clause, then that index is used and
+** *ppOrderBy is set to NULL.  This is an optimization that prevents an
+** unnecessary sort of the result set if an index appropriate for the
+** ORDER BY clause already exists.
+**
+** If the where clause loops cannot be arranged to provide the correct
+** output order, then the *ppOrderBy is unchanged.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin(
+  Parse *pParse,        /* The parser context */
+  SrcList *pTabList,    /* A list of all tables to be scanned */
+  Expr *pWhere,         /* The WHERE clause */
+  ExprList **ppOrderBy, /* An ORDER BY clause, or NULL */
+  ExprList *pDistinct,  /* The select-list for DISTINCT queries - or NULL */
+  u16 wctrlFlags,       /* One of the WHERE_* flags defined in sqliteInt.h */
+  int iIdxCur           /* If WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY is set, index cursor number */
+){
+  int i;                     /* Loop counter */
+  int nByteWInfo;            /* Num. bytes allocated for WhereInfo struct */
+  int nTabList;              /* Number of elements in pTabList */
+  WhereInfo *pWInfo;         /* Will become the return value of this function */
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;   /* The virtual database engine */
+  Bitmask notReady;          /* Cursors that are not yet positioned */
+  WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet;    /* The expression mask set */
+  WhereClause *pWC;               /* Decomposition of the WHERE clause */
+  struct SrcList_item *pTabItem;  /* A single entry from pTabList */
+  WhereLevel *pLevel;             /* A single level in the pWInfo list */
+  int iFrom;                      /* First unused FROM clause element */
+  int andFlags;              /* AND-ed combination of all pWC->a[].wtFlags */
+  sqlite3 *db;               /* Database connection */
+
+  /* The number of tables in the FROM clause is limited by the number of
+  ** bits in a Bitmask 
+  */
+  testcase( pTabList->nSrc==BMS );
+  if( pTabList->nSrc>BMS ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "at most %d tables in a join", BMS);
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  /* This function normally generates a nested loop for all tables in 
+  ** pTabList.  But if the WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY flag is set, then we should
+  ** only generate code for the first table in pTabList and assume that
+  ** any cursors associated with subsequent tables are uninitialized.
+  */
+  nTabList = (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY) ? 1 : pTabList->nSrc;
+
+  /* Allocate and initialize the WhereInfo structure that will become the
+  ** return value. A single allocation is used to store the WhereInfo
+  ** struct, the contents of WhereInfo.a[], the WhereClause structure
+  ** and the WhereMaskSet structure. Since WhereClause contains an 8-byte
+  ** field (type Bitmask) it must be aligned on an 8-byte boundary on
+  ** some architectures. Hence the ROUND8() below.
+  */
+  db = pParse->db;
+  nByteWInfo = ROUND8(sizeof(WhereInfo)+(nTabList-1)*sizeof(WhereLevel));
+  pWInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, 
+      nByteWInfo + 
+      sizeof(WhereClause) +
+      sizeof(WhereMaskSet)
+  );
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pWInfo);
+    pWInfo = 0;
+    goto whereBeginError;
+  }
+  pWInfo->nLevel = nTabList;
+  pWInfo->pParse = pParse;
+  pWInfo->pTabList = pTabList;
+  pWInfo->iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+  pWInfo->pWC = pWC = (WhereClause *)&((u8 *)pWInfo)[nByteWInfo];
+  pWInfo->wctrlFlags = wctrlFlags;
+  pWInfo->savedNQueryLoop = pParse->nQueryLoop;
+  pMaskSet = (WhereMaskSet*)&pWC[1];
+
+  /* Disable the DISTINCT optimization if SQLITE_DistinctOpt is set via
+  ** sqlite3_test_ctrl(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS,...) */
+  if( db->flags & SQLITE_DistinctOpt ) pDistinct = 0;
+
+  /* Split the WHERE clause into separate subexpressions where each
+  ** subexpression is separated by an AND operator.
+  */
+  initMaskSet(pMaskSet);
+  whereClauseInit(pWC, pParse, pMaskSet, wctrlFlags);
+  sqlite3ExprCodeConstants(pParse, pWhere);
+  whereSplit(pWC, pWhere, TK_AND);   /* IMP: R-15842-53296 */
+    
+  /* Special case: a WHERE clause that is constant.  Evaluate the
+  ** expression and either jump over all of the code or fall thru.
+  */
+  if( pWhere && (nTabList==0 || sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(pWhere)) ){
+    sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pWhere, pWInfo->iBreak, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
+    pWhere = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* Assign a bit from the bitmask to every term in the FROM clause.
+  **
+  ** When assigning bitmask values to FROM clause cursors, it must be
+  ** the case that if X is the bitmask for the N-th FROM clause term then
+  ** the bitmask for all FROM clause terms to the left of the N-th term
+  ** is (X-1).   An expression from the ON clause of a LEFT JOIN can use
+  ** its Expr.iRightJoinTable value to find the bitmask of the right table
+  ** of the join.  Subtracting one from the right table bitmask gives a
+  ** bitmask for all tables to the left of the join.  Knowing the bitmask
+  ** for all tables to the left of a left join is important.  Ticket #3015.
+  **
+  ** Configure the WhereClause.vmask variable so that bits that correspond
+  ** to virtual table cursors are set. This is used to selectively disable 
+  ** the OR-to-IN transformation in exprAnalyzeOrTerm(). It is not helpful 
+  ** with virtual tables.
+  **
+  ** Note that bitmasks are created for all pTabList->nSrc tables in
+  ** pTabList, not just the first nTabList tables.  nTabList is normally
+  ** equal to pTabList->nSrc but might be shortened to 1 if the
+  ** WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY flag is set.
+  */
+  assert( pWC->vmask==0 && pMaskSet->n==0 );
+  for(i=0; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++){
+    createMask(pMaskSet, pTabList->a[i].iCursor);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+    if( ALWAYS(pTabList->a[i].pTab) && IsVirtual(pTabList->a[i].pTab) ){
+      pWC->vmask |= ((Bitmask)1 << i);
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  {
+    Bitmask toTheLeft = 0;
+    for(i=0; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++){
+      Bitmask m = getMask(pMaskSet, pTabList->a[i].iCursor);
+      assert( (m-1)==toTheLeft );
+      toTheLeft |= m;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Analyze all of the subexpressions.  Note that exprAnalyze() might
+  ** add new virtual terms onto the end of the WHERE clause.  We do not
+  ** want to analyze these virtual terms, so start analyzing at the end
+  ** and work forward so that the added virtual terms are never processed.
+  */
+  exprAnalyzeAll(pTabList, pWC);
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    goto whereBeginError;
+  }
+
+  /* Check if the DISTINCT qualifier, if there is one, is redundant. 
+  ** If it is, then set pDistinct to NULL and WhereInfo.eDistinct to
+  ** WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE to tell the caller to ignore the DISTINCT.
+  */
+  if( pDistinct && isDistinctRedundant(pParse, pTabList, pWC, pDistinct) ){
+    pDistinct = 0;
+    pWInfo->eDistinct = WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE;
+  }
+
+  /* Chose the best index to use for each table in the FROM clause.
+  **
+  ** This loop fills in the following fields:
+  **
+  **   pWInfo->a[].pIdx      The index to use for this level of the loop.
+  **   pWInfo->a[].wsFlags   WHERE_xxx flags associated with pIdx
+  **   pWInfo->a[].nEq       The number of == and IN constraints
+  **   pWInfo->a[].iFrom     Which term of the FROM clause is being coded
+  **   pWInfo->a[].iTabCur   The VDBE cursor for the database table
+  **   pWInfo->a[].iIdxCur   The VDBE cursor for the index
+  **   pWInfo->a[].pTerm     When wsFlags==WO_OR, the OR-clause term
+  **
+  ** This loop also figures out the nesting order of tables in the FROM
+  ** clause.
+  */
+  notReady = ~(Bitmask)0;
+  andFlags = ~0;
+  WHERETRACE(("*** Optimizer Start ***\n"));
+  for(i=iFrom=0, pLevel=pWInfo->a; i<nTabList; i++, pLevel++){
+    WhereCost bestPlan;         /* Most efficient plan seen so far */
+    Index *pIdx;                /* Index for FROM table at pTabItem */
+    int j;                      /* For looping over FROM tables */
+    int bestJ = -1;             /* The value of j */
+    Bitmask m;                  /* Bitmask value for j or bestJ */
+    int isOptimal;              /* Iterator for optimal/non-optimal search */
+    int nUnconstrained;         /* Number tables without INDEXED BY */
+    Bitmask notIndexed;         /* Mask of tables that cannot use an index */
+
+    memset(&bestPlan, 0, sizeof(bestPlan));
+    bestPlan.rCost = SQLITE_BIG_DBL;
+    WHERETRACE(("*** Begin search for loop %d ***\n", i));
+
+    /* Loop through the remaining entries in the FROM clause to find the
+    ** next nested loop. The loop tests all FROM clause entries
+    ** either once or twice. 
+    **
+    ** The first test is always performed if there are two or more entries
+    ** remaining and never performed if there is only one FROM clause entry
+    ** to choose from.  The first test looks for an "optimal" scan.  In
+    ** this context an optimal scan is one that uses the same strategy
+    ** for the given FROM clause entry as would be selected if the entry
+    ** were used as the innermost nested loop.  In other words, a table
+    ** is chosen such that the cost of running that table cannot be reduced
+    ** by waiting for other tables to run first.  This "optimal" test works
+    ** by first assuming that the FROM clause is on the inner loop and finding
+    ** its query plan, then checking to see if that query plan uses any
+    ** other FROM clause terms that are notReady.  If no notReady terms are
+    ** used then the "optimal" query plan works.
+    **
+    ** Note that the WhereCost.nRow parameter for an optimal scan might
+    ** not be as small as it would be if the table really were the innermost
+    ** join.  The nRow value can be reduced by WHERE clause constraints
+    ** that do not use indices.  But this nRow reduction only happens if the
+    ** table really is the innermost join.  
+    **
+    ** The second loop iteration is only performed if no optimal scan
+    ** strategies were found by the first iteration. This second iteration
+    ** is used to search for the lowest cost scan overall.
+    **
+    ** Previous versions of SQLite performed only the second iteration -
+    ** the next outermost loop was always that with the lowest overall
+    ** cost. However, this meant that SQLite could select the wrong plan
+    ** for scripts such as the following:
+    **   
+    **   CREATE TABLE t1(a, b); 
+    **   CREATE TABLE t2(c, d);
+    **   SELECT * FROM t2, t1 WHERE t2.rowid = t1.a;
+    **
+    ** The best strategy is to iterate through table t1 first. However it
+    ** is not possible to determine this with a simple greedy algorithm.
+    ** Since the cost of a linear scan through table t2 is the same 
+    ** as the cost of a linear scan through table t1, a simple greedy 
+    ** algorithm may choose to use t2 for the outer loop, which is a much
+    ** costlier approach.
+    */
+    nUnconstrained = 0;
+    notIndexed = 0;
+    for(isOptimal=(iFrom<nTabList-1); isOptimal>=0 && bestJ<0; isOptimal--){
+      Bitmask mask;             /* Mask of tables not yet ready */
+      for(j=iFrom, pTabItem=&pTabList->a[j]; j<nTabList; j++, pTabItem++){
+        int doNotReorder;    /* True if this table should not be reordered */
+        WhereCost sCost;     /* Cost information from best[Virtual]Index() */
+        ExprList *pOrderBy;  /* ORDER BY clause for index to optimize */
+        ExprList *pDist;     /* DISTINCT clause for index to optimize */
+  
+        doNotReorder =  (pTabItem->jointype & (JT_LEFT|JT_CROSS))!=0;
+        if( j!=iFrom && doNotReorder ) break;
+        m = getMask(pMaskSet, pTabItem->iCursor);
+        if( (m & notReady)==0 ){
+          if( j==iFrom ) iFrom++;
+          continue;
+        }
+        mask = (isOptimal ? m : notReady);
+        pOrderBy = ((i==0 && ppOrderBy )?*ppOrderBy:0);
+        pDist = (i==0 ? pDistinct : 0);
+        if( pTabItem->pIndex==0 ) nUnconstrained++;
+  
+        WHERETRACE(("=== trying table %d with isOptimal=%d ===\n",
+                    j, isOptimal));
+        assert( pTabItem->pTab );
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+        if( IsVirtual(pTabItem->pTab) ){
+          sqlite3_index_info **pp = &pWInfo->a[j].pIdxInfo;
+          bestVirtualIndex(pParse, pWC, pTabItem, mask, notReady, pOrderBy,
+                           &sCost, pp);
+        }else 
+#endif
+        {
+          bestBtreeIndex(pParse, pWC, pTabItem, mask, notReady, pOrderBy,
+              pDist, &sCost);
+        }
+        assert( isOptimal || (sCost.used&notReady)==0 );
+
+        /* If an INDEXED BY clause is present, then the plan must use that
+        ** index if it uses any index at all */
+        assert( pTabItem->pIndex==0 
+                  || (sCost.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_NOT_FULLSCAN)==0
+                  || sCost.plan.u.pIdx==pTabItem->pIndex );
+
+        if( isOptimal && (sCost.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_NOT_FULLSCAN)==0 ){
+          notIndexed |= m;
+        }
+
+        /* Conditions under which this table becomes the best so far:
+        **
+        **   (1) The table must not depend on other tables that have not
+        **       yet run.
+        **
+        **   (2) A full-table-scan plan cannot supercede indexed plan unless
+        **       the full-table-scan is an "optimal" plan as defined above.
+        **
+        **   (3) All tables have an INDEXED BY clause or this table lacks an
+        **       INDEXED BY clause or this table uses the specific
+        **       index specified by its INDEXED BY clause.  This rule ensures
+        **       that a best-so-far is always selected even if an impossible
+        **       combination of INDEXED BY clauses are given.  The error
+        **       will be detected and relayed back to the application later.
+        **       The NEVER() comes about because rule (2) above prevents
+        **       An indexable full-table-scan from reaching rule (3).
+        **
+        **   (4) The plan cost must be lower than prior plans or else the
+        **       cost must be the same and the number of rows must be lower.
+        */
+        if( (sCost.used&notReady)==0                       /* (1) */
+            && (bestJ<0 || (notIndexed&m)!=0               /* (2) */
+                || (bestPlan.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_NOT_FULLSCAN)==0
+                || (sCost.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_NOT_FULLSCAN)!=0)
+            && (nUnconstrained==0 || pTabItem->pIndex==0   /* (3) */
+                || NEVER((sCost.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_NOT_FULLSCAN)!=0))
+            && (bestJ<0 || sCost.rCost<bestPlan.rCost      /* (4) */
+                || (sCost.rCost<=bestPlan.rCost 
+                 && sCost.plan.nRow<bestPlan.plan.nRow))
+        ){
+          WHERETRACE(("=== table %d is best so far"
+                      " with cost=%g and nRow=%g\n",
+                      j, sCost.rCost, sCost.plan.nRow));
+          bestPlan = sCost;
+          bestJ = j;
+        }
+        if( doNotReorder ) break;
+      }
+    }
+    assert( bestJ>=0 );
+    assert( notReady & getMask(pMaskSet, pTabList->a[bestJ].iCursor) );
+    WHERETRACE(("*** Optimizer selects table %d for loop %d"
+                " with cost=%g and nRow=%g\n",
+                bestJ, pLevel-pWInfo->a, bestPlan.rCost, bestPlan.plan.nRow));
+    /* The ALWAYS() that follows was added to hush up clang scan-build */
+    if( (bestPlan.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_ORDERBY)!=0 && ALWAYS(ppOrderBy) ){
+      *ppOrderBy = 0;
+    }
+    if( (bestPlan.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_DISTINCT)!=0 ){
+      assert( pWInfo->eDistinct==0 );
+      pWInfo->eDistinct = WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED;
+    }
+    andFlags &= bestPlan.plan.wsFlags;
+    pLevel->plan = bestPlan.plan;
+    testcase( bestPlan.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED );
+    testcase( bestPlan.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_TEMP_INDEX );
+    if( bestPlan.plan.wsFlags & (WHERE_INDEXED|WHERE_TEMP_INDEX) ){
+      if( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY) 
+       && (bestPlan.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_TEMP_INDEX)==0 
+      ){
+        pLevel->iIdxCur = iIdxCur;
+      }else{
+        pLevel->iIdxCur = pParse->nTab++;
+      }
+    }else{
+      pLevel->iIdxCur = -1;
+    }
+    notReady &= ~getMask(pMaskSet, pTabList->a[bestJ].iCursor);
+    pLevel->iFrom = (u8)bestJ;
+    if( bestPlan.plan.nRow>=(double)1 ){
+      pParse->nQueryLoop *= bestPlan.plan.nRow;
+    }
+
+    /* Check that if the table scanned by this loop iteration had an
+    ** INDEXED BY clause attached to it, that the named index is being
+    ** used for the scan. If not, then query compilation has failed.
+    ** Return an error.
+    */
+    pIdx = pTabList->a[bestJ].pIndex;
+    if( pIdx ){
+      if( (bestPlan.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)==0 ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot use index: %s", pIdx->zName);
+        goto whereBeginError;
+      }else{
+        /* If an INDEXED BY clause is used, the bestIndex() function is
+        ** guaranteed to find the index specified in the INDEXED BY clause
+        ** if it find an index at all. */
+        assert( bestPlan.plan.u.pIdx==pIdx );
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  WHERETRACE(("*** Optimizer Finished ***\n"));
+  if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){
+    goto whereBeginError;
+  }
+
+  /* If the total query only selects a single row, then the ORDER BY
+  ** clause is irrelevant.
+  */
+  if( (andFlags & WHERE_UNIQUE)!=0 && ppOrderBy ){
+    *ppOrderBy = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* If the caller is an UPDATE or DELETE statement that is requesting
+  ** to use a one-pass algorithm, determine if this is appropriate.
+  ** The one-pass algorithm only works if the WHERE clause constraints
+  ** the statement to update a single row.
+  */
+  assert( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)==0 || pWInfo->nLevel==1 );
+  if( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)!=0 && (andFlags & WHERE_UNIQUE)!=0 ){
+    pWInfo->okOnePass = 1;
+    pWInfo->a[0].plan.wsFlags &= ~WHERE_IDX_ONLY;
+  }
+
+  /* Open all tables in the pTabList and any indices selected for
+  ** searching those tables.
+  */
+  sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, -1); /* Insert the cookie verifier Goto */
+  notReady = ~(Bitmask)0;
+  pWInfo->nRowOut = (double)1;
+  for(i=0, pLevel=pWInfo->a; i<nTabList; i++, pLevel++){
+    Table *pTab;     /* Table to open */
+    int iDb;         /* Index of database containing table/index */
+
+    pTabItem = &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom];
+    pTab = pTabItem->pTab;
+    pLevel->iTabCur = pTabItem->iCursor;
+    pWInfo->nRowOut *= pLevel->plan.nRow;
+    iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
+    if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Ephemeral)!=0 || pTab->pSelect ){
+      /* Do nothing */
+    }else
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+    if( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)!=0 ){
+      const char *pVTab = (const char *)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab);
+      int iCur = pTabItem->iCursor;
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VOpen, iCur, 0, 0, pVTab, P4_VTAB);
+    }else
+#endif
+    if( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0
+         && (wctrlFlags & WHERE_OMIT_OPEN_CLOSE)==0 ){
+      int op = pWInfo->okOnePass ? OP_OpenWrite : OP_OpenRead;
+      sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, pTabItem->iCursor, iDb, pTab, op);
+      testcase( pTab->nCol==BMS-1 );
+      testcase( pTab->nCol==BMS );
+      if( !pWInfo->okOnePass && pTab->nCol<BMS ){
+        Bitmask b = pTabItem->colUsed;
+        int n = 0;
+        for(; b; b=b>>1, n++){}
+        sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)-1, 
+                            SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(n), P4_INT32);
+        assert( n<=pTab->nCol );
+      }
+    }else{
+      sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName);
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX
+    if( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_TEMP_INDEX)!=0 ){
+      constructAutomaticIndex(pParse, pWC, pTabItem, notReady, pLevel);
+    }else
+#endif
+    if( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 ){
+      Index *pIx = pLevel->plan.u.pIdx;
+      KeyInfo *pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIx);
+      int iIndexCur = pLevel->iIdxCur;
+      assert( pIx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema );
+      assert( iIndexCur>=0 );
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenRead, iIndexCur, pIx->tnum, iDb,
+                        (char*)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
+      VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIx->zName));
+    }
+    sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
+    notReady &= ~getMask(pWC->pMaskSet, pTabItem->iCursor);
+  }
+  pWInfo->iTop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+  if( db->mallocFailed ) goto whereBeginError;
+
+  /* Generate the code to do the search.  Each iteration of the for
+  ** loop below generates code for a single nested loop of the VM
+  ** program.
+  */
+  notReady = ~(Bitmask)0;
+  for(i=0; i<nTabList; i++){
+    pLevel = &pWInfo->a[i];
+    explainOneScan(pParse, pTabList, pLevel, i, pLevel->iFrom, wctrlFlags);
+    notReady = codeOneLoopStart(pWInfo, i, wctrlFlags, notReady);
+    pWInfo->iContinue = pLevel->addrCont;
+  }
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST  /* For testing and debugging use only */
+  /* Record in the query plan information about the current table
+  ** and the index used to access it (if any).  If the table itself
+  ** is not used, its name is just '{}'.  If no index is used
+  ** the index is listed as "{}".  If the primary key is used the
+  ** index name is '*'.
+  */
+  for(i=0; i<nTabList; i++){
+    char *z;
+    int n;
+    pLevel = &pWInfo->a[i];
+    pTabItem = &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom];
+    z = pTabItem->zAlias;
+    if( z==0 ) z = pTabItem->pTab->zName;
+    n = sqlite3Strlen30(z);
+    if( n+nQPlan < sizeof(sqlite3_query_plan)-10 ){
+      if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY ){
+        memcpy(&sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan], "{}", 2);
+        nQPlan += 2;
+      }else{
+        memcpy(&sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan], z, n);
+        nQPlan += n;
+      }
+      sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan++] = ' ';
+    }
+    testcase( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_ROWID_EQ );
+    testcase( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_ROWID_RANGE );
+    if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & (WHERE_ROWID_EQ|WHERE_ROWID_RANGE) ){
+      memcpy(&sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan], "* ", 2);
+      nQPlan += 2;
+    }else if( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 ){
+      n = sqlite3Strlen30(pLevel->plan.u.pIdx->zName);
+      if( n+nQPlan < sizeof(sqlite3_query_plan)-2 ){
+        memcpy(&sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan], pLevel->plan.u.pIdx->zName, n);
+        nQPlan += n;
+        sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan++] = ' ';
+      }
+    }else{
+      memcpy(&sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan], "{} ", 3);
+      nQPlan += 3;
+    }
+  }
+  while( nQPlan>0 && sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan-1]==' ' ){
+    sqlite3_query_plan[--nQPlan] = 0;
+  }
+  sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan] = 0;
+  nQPlan = 0;
+#endif /* SQLITE_TEST // Testing and debugging use only */
+
+  /* Record the continuation address in the WhereInfo structure.  Then
+  ** clean up and return.
+  */
+  return pWInfo;
+
+  /* Jump here if malloc fails */
+whereBeginError:
+  if( pWInfo ){
+    pParse->nQueryLoop = pWInfo->savedNQueryLoop;
+    whereInfoFree(db, pWInfo);
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate the end of the WHERE loop.  See comments on 
+** sqlite3WhereBegin() for additional information.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo *pWInfo){
+  Parse *pParse = pWInfo->pParse;
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  int i;
+  WhereLevel *pLevel;
+  SrcList *pTabList = pWInfo->pTabList;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+
+  /* Generate loop termination code.
+  */
+  sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
+  for(i=pWInfo->nLevel-1; i>=0; i--){
+    pLevel = &pWInfo->a[i];
+    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pLevel->addrCont);
+    if( pLevel->op!=OP_Noop ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, pLevel->op, pLevel->p1, pLevel->p2);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, pLevel->p5);
+    }
+    if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_IN_ABLE && pLevel->u.in.nIn>0 ){
+      struct InLoop *pIn;
+      int j;
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pLevel->addrNxt);
+      for(j=pLevel->u.in.nIn, pIn=&pLevel->u.in.aInLoop[j-1]; j>0; j--, pIn--){
+        sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pIn->addrInTop+1);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, pIn->iCur, pIn->addrInTop);
+        sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pIn->addrInTop-1);
+      }
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, pLevel->u.in.aInLoop);
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pLevel->addrBrk);
+    if( pLevel->iLeftJoin ){
+      int addr;
+      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, pLevel->iLeftJoin);
+      assert( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0
+           || (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 );
+      if( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NullRow, pTabList->a[i].iCursor);
+      }
+      if( pLevel->iIdxCur>=0 ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NullRow, pLevel->iIdxCur);
+      }
+      if( pLevel->op==OP_Return ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, pLevel->p1, pLevel->addrFirst);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, pLevel->addrFirst);
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* The "break" point is here, just past the end of the outer loop.
+  ** Set it.
+  */
+  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pWInfo->iBreak);
+
+  /* Close all of the cursors that were opened by sqlite3WhereBegin.
+  */
+  assert( pWInfo->nLevel==1 || pWInfo->nLevel==pTabList->nSrc );
+  for(i=0, pLevel=pWInfo->a; i<pWInfo->nLevel; i++, pLevel++){
+    Index *pIdx = 0;
+    struct SrcList_item *pTabItem = &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom];
+    Table *pTab = pTabItem->pTab;
+    assert( pTab!=0 );
+    if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Ephemeral)==0
+     && pTab->pSelect==0
+     && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_OMIT_OPEN_CLOSE)==0
+    ){
+      int ws = pLevel->plan.wsFlags;
+      if( !pWInfo->okOnePass && (ws & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, pTabItem->iCursor);
+      }
+      if( (ws & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 && (ws & WHERE_TEMP_INDEX)==0 ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, pLevel->iIdxCur);
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* If this scan uses an index, make code substitutions to read data
+    ** from the index in preference to the table. Sometimes, this means
+    ** the table need never be read from. This is a performance boost,
+    ** as the vdbe level waits until the table is read before actually
+    ** seeking the table cursor to the record corresponding to the current
+    ** position in the index.
+    ** 
+    ** Calls to the code generator in between sqlite3WhereBegin and
+    ** sqlite3WhereEnd will have created code that references the table
+    ** directly.  This loop scans all that code looking for opcodes
+    ** that reference the table and converts them into opcodes that
+    ** reference the index.
+    */
+    if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED ){
+      pIdx = pLevel->plan.u.pIdx;
+    }else if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_MULTI_OR ){
+      pIdx = pLevel->u.pCovidx;
+    }
+    if( pIdx && !db->mallocFailed){
+      int k, j, last;
+      VdbeOp *pOp;
+
+      pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, pWInfo->iTop);
+      last = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+      for(k=pWInfo->iTop; k<last; k++, pOp++){
+        if( pOp->p1!=pLevel->iTabCur ) continue;
+        if( pOp->opcode==OP_Column ){
+          for(j=0; j<pIdx->nColumn; j++){
+            if( pOp->p2==pIdx->aiColumn[j] ){
+              pOp->p2 = j;
+              pOp->p1 = pLevel->iIdxCur;
+              break;
+            }
+          }
+          assert( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0
+               || j<pIdx->nColumn );
+        }else if( pOp->opcode==OP_Rowid ){
+          pOp->p1 = pLevel->iIdxCur;
+          pOp->opcode = OP_IdxRowid;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Final cleanup
+  */
+  pParse->nQueryLoop = pWInfo->savedNQueryLoop;
+  whereInfoFree(db, pWInfo);
+  return;
+}
+
+/************** End of where.c ***********************************************/
+/************** Begin file parse.c *******************************************/
+/* Driver template for the LEMON parser generator.
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.
+**
+** This version of "lempar.c" is modified, slightly, for use by SQLite.
+** The only modifications are the addition of a couple of NEVER()
+** macros to disable tests that are needed in the case of a general
+** LALR(1) grammar but which are always false in the
+** specific grammar used by SQLite.
+*/
+/* First off, code is included that follows the "include" declaration
+** in the input grammar file. */
+/* #include <stdio.h> */
+
+
+/*
+** Disable all error recovery processing in the parser push-down
+** automaton.
+*/
+#define YYNOERRORRECOVERY 1
+
+/*
+** Make yytestcase() the same as testcase()
+*/
+#define yytestcase(X) testcase(X)
+
+/*
+** An instance of this structure holds information about the
+** LIMIT clause of a SELECT statement.
+*/
+struct LimitVal {
+  Expr *pLimit;    /* The LIMIT expression.  NULL if there is no limit */
+  Expr *pOffset;   /* The OFFSET expression.  NULL if there is none */
+};
+
+/*
+** An instance of this structure is used to store the LIKE,
+** GLOB, NOT LIKE, and NOT GLOB operators.
+*/
+struct LikeOp {
+  Token eOperator;  /* "like" or "glob" or "regexp" */
+  int bNot;         /* True if the NOT keyword is present */
+};
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure describes the event of a
+** TRIGGER.  "a" is the event type, one of TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT,
+** TK_DELETE, or TK_INSTEAD.  If the event is of the form
+**
+**      UPDATE ON (a,b,c)
+**
+** Then the "b" IdList records the list "a,b,c".
+*/
+struct TrigEvent { int a; IdList * b; };
+
+/*
+** An instance of this structure holds the ATTACH key and the key type.
+*/
+struct AttachKey { int type;  Token key; };
+
+/*
+** One or more VALUES claues
+*/
+struct ValueList {
+  ExprList *pList;
+  Select *pSelect;
+};
+
+
+  /* This is a utility routine used to set the ExprSpan.zStart and
+  ** ExprSpan.zEnd values of pOut so that the span covers the complete
+  ** range of text beginning with pStart and going to the end of pEnd.
+  */
+  static void spanSet(ExprSpan *pOut, Token *pStart, Token *pEnd){
+    pOut->zStart = pStart->z;
+    pOut->zEnd = &pEnd->z[pEnd->n];
+  }
+
+  /* Construct a new Expr object from a single identifier.  Use the
+  ** new Expr to populate pOut.  Set the span of pOut to be the identifier
+  ** that created the expression.
+  */
+  static void spanExpr(ExprSpan *pOut, Parse *pParse, int op, Token *pValue){
+    pOut->pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, op, 0, 0, pValue);
+    pOut->zStart = pValue->z;
+    pOut->zEnd = &pValue->z[pValue->n];
+  }
+
+  /* This routine constructs a binary expression node out of two ExprSpan
+  ** objects and uses the result to populate a new ExprSpan object.
+  */
+  static void spanBinaryExpr(
+    ExprSpan *pOut,     /* Write the result here */
+    Parse *pParse,      /* The parsing context.  Errors accumulate here */
+    int op,             /* The binary operation */
+    ExprSpan *pLeft,    /* The left operand */
+    ExprSpan *pRight    /* The right operand */
+  ){
+    pOut->pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, op, pLeft->pExpr, pRight->pExpr, 0);
+    pOut->zStart = pLeft->zStart;
+    pOut->zEnd = pRight->zEnd;
+  }
+
+  /* Construct an expression node for a unary postfix operator
+  */
+  static void spanUnaryPostfix(
+    ExprSpan *pOut,        /* Write the new expression node here */
+    Parse *pParse,         /* Parsing context to record errors */
+    int op,                /* The operator */
+    ExprSpan *pOperand,    /* The operand */
+    Token *pPostOp         /* The operand token for setting the span */
+  ){
+    pOut->pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, op, pOperand->pExpr, 0, 0);
+    pOut->zStart = pOperand->zStart;
+    pOut->zEnd = &pPostOp->z[pPostOp->n];
+  }                           
+
+  /* A routine to convert a binary TK_IS or TK_ISNOT expression into a
+  ** unary TK_ISNULL or TK_NOTNULL expression. */
+  static void binaryToUnaryIfNull(Parse *pParse, Expr *pY, Expr *pA, int op){
+    sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+    if( db->mallocFailed==0 && pY->op==TK_NULL ){
+      pA->op = (u8)op;
+      sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pA->pRight);
+      pA->pRight = 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Construct an expression node for a unary prefix operator
+  */
+  static void spanUnaryPrefix(
+    ExprSpan *pOut,        /* Write the new expression node here */
+    Parse *pParse,         /* Parsing context to record errors */
+    int op,                /* The operator */
+    ExprSpan *pOperand,    /* The operand */
+    Token *pPreOp         /* The operand token for setting the span */
+  ){
+    pOut->pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, op, pOperand->pExpr, 0, 0);
+    pOut->zStart = pPreOp->z;
+    pOut->zEnd = pOperand->zEnd;
+  }
+/* Next is all token values, in a form suitable for use by makeheaders.
+** This section will be null unless lemon is run with the -m switch.
+*/
+/* 
+** These constants (all generated automatically by the parser generator)
+** specify the various kinds of tokens (terminals) that the parser
+** understands. 
+**
+** Each symbol here is a terminal symbol in the grammar.
+*/
+/* Make sure the INTERFACE macro is defined.
+*/
+#ifndef INTERFACE
+# define INTERFACE 1
+#endif
+/* The next thing included is series of defines which control
+** various aspects of the generated parser.
+**    YYCODETYPE         is the data type used for storing terminal
+**                       and nonterminal numbers.  "unsigned char" is
+**                       used if there are fewer than 250 terminals
+**                       and nonterminals.  "int" is used otherwise.
+**    YYNOCODE           is a number of type YYCODETYPE which corresponds
+**                       to no legal terminal or nonterminal number.  This
+**                       number is used to fill in empty slots of the hash 
+**                       table.
+**    YYFALLBACK         If defined, this indicates that one or more tokens
+**                       have fall-back values which should be used if the
+**                       original value of the token will not parse.
+**    YYACTIONTYPE       is the data type used for storing terminal
+**                       and nonterminal numbers.  "unsigned char" is
+**                       used if there are fewer than 250 rules and
+**                       states combined.  "int" is used otherwise.
+**    sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE     is the data type used for minor tokens given 
+**                       directly to the parser from the tokenizer.
+**    YYMINORTYPE        is the data type used for all minor tokens.
+**                       This is typically a union of many types, one of
+**                       which is sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE.  The entry in the union
+**                       for base tokens is called "yy0".
+**    YYSTACKDEPTH       is the maximum depth of the parser's stack.  If
+**                       zero the stack is dynamically sized using realloc()
+**    sqlite3ParserARG_SDECL     A static variable declaration for the %extra_argument
+**    sqlite3ParserARG_PDECL     A parameter declaration for the %extra_argument
+**    sqlite3ParserARG_STORE     Code to store %extra_argument into yypParser
+**    sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH     Code to extract %extra_argument from yypParser
+**    YYNSTATE           the combined number of states.
+**    YYNRULE            the number of rules in the grammar
+**    YYERRORSYMBOL      is the code number of the error symbol.  If not
+**                       defined, then do no error processing.
+*/
+#define YYCODETYPE unsigned char
+#define YYNOCODE 251
+#define YYACTIONTYPE unsigned short int
+#define YYWILDCARD 67
+#define sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE Token
+typedef union {
+  int yyinit;
+  sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE yy0;
+  struct LimitVal yy64;
+  Expr* yy122;
+  Select* yy159;
+  IdList* yy180;
+  struct {int value; int mask;} yy207;
+  u8 yy258;
+  struct LikeOp yy318;
+  TriggerStep* yy327;
+  ExprSpan yy342;
+  SrcList* yy347;
+  int yy392;
+  struct TrigEvent yy410;
+  ExprList* yy442;
+  struct ValueList yy487;
+} YYMINORTYPE;
+#ifndef YYSTACKDEPTH
+#define YYSTACKDEPTH 100
+#endif
+#define sqlite3ParserARG_SDECL Parse *pParse;
+#define sqlite3ParserARG_PDECL ,Parse *pParse
+#define sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH Parse *pParse = yypParser->pParse
+#define sqlite3ParserARG_STORE yypParser->pParse = pParse
+#define YYNSTATE 627
+#define YYNRULE 327
+#define YYFALLBACK 1
+#define YY_NO_ACTION      (YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+2)
+#define YY_ACCEPT_ACTION  (YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+1)
+#define YY_ERROR_ACTION   (YYNSTATE+YYNRULE)
+
+/* The yyzerominor constant is used to initialize instances of
+** YYMINORTYPE objects to zero. */
+static const YYMINORTYPE yyzerominor = { 0 };
+
+/* Define the yytestcase() macro to be a no-op if is not already defined
+** otherwise.
+**
+** Applications can choose to define yytestcase() in the %include section
+** to a macro that can assist in verifying code coverage.  For production
+** code the yytestcase() macro should be turned off.  But it is useful
+** for testing.
+*/
+#ifndef yytestcase
+# define yytestcase(X)
+#endif
+
+
+/* Next are the tables used to determine what action to take based on the
+** current state and lookahead token.  These tables are used to implement
+** functions that take a state number and lookahead value and return an
+** action integer.  
+**
+** Suppose the action integer is N.  Then the action is determined as
+** follows
+**
+**   0 <= N < YYNSTATE                  Shift N.  That is, push the lookahead
+**                                      token onto the stack and goto state N.
+**
+**   YYNSTATE <= N < YYNSTATE+YYNRULE   Reduce by rule N-YYNSTATE.
+**
+**   N == YYNSTATE+YYNRULE              A syntax error has occurred.
+**
+**   N == YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+1            The parser accepts its input.
+**
+**   N == YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+2            No such action.  Denotes unused
+**                                      slots in the yy_action[] table.
+**
+** The action table is constructed as a single large table named yy_action[].
+** Given state S and lookahead X, the action is computed as
+**
+**      yy_action[ yy_shift_ofst[S] + X ]
+**
+** If the index value yy_shift_ofst[S]+X is out of range or if the value
+** yy_lookahead[yy_shift_ofst[S]+X] is not equal to X or if yy_shift_ofst[S]
+** is equal to YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT, it means that the action is not in the table
+** and that yy_default[S] should be used instead.  
+**
+** The formula above is for computing the action when the lookahead is
+** a terminal symbol.  If the lookahead is a non-terminal (as occurs after
+** a reduce action) then the yy_reduce_ofst[] array is used in place of
+** the yy_shift_ofst[] array and YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT is used in place of
+** YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT.
+**
+** The following are the tables generated in this section:
+**
+**  yy_action[]        A single table containing all actions.
+**  yy_lookahead[]     A table containing the lookahead for each entry in
+**                     yy_action.  Used to detect hash collisions.
+**  yy_shift_ofst[]    For each state, the offset into yy_action for
+**                     shifting terminals.
+**  yy_reduce_ofst[]   For each state, the offset into yy_action for
+**                     shifting non-terminals after a reduce.
+**  yy_default[]       Default action for each state.
+*/
+#define YY_ACTTAB_COUNT (1564)
+static const YYACTIONTYPE yy_action[] = {
+ /*     0 */   309,  955,  184,  417,    2,  171,  624,  594,   56,   56,
+ /*    10 */    56,   56,   49,   54,   54,   54,   54,   53,   53,   52,
+ /*    20 */    52,   52,   51,  233,  620,  619,  298,  620,  619,  234,
+ /*    30 */   587,  581,   56,   56,   56,   56,   19,   54,   54,   54,
+ /*    40 */    54,   53,   53,   52,   52,   52,   51,  233,  605,   57,
+ /*    50 */    58,   48,  579,  578,  580,  580,   55,   55,   56,   56,
+ /*    60 */    56,   56,  541,   54,   54,   54,   54,   53,   53,   52,
+ /*    70 */    52,   52,   51,  233,  309,  594,  325,  196,  195,  194,
+ /*    80 */    33,   54,   54,   54,   54,   53,   53,   52,   52,   52,
+ /*    90 */    51,  233,  617,  616,  165,  617,  616,  380,  377,  376,
+ /*   100 */   407,  532,  576,  576,  587,  581,  303,  422,  375,   59,
+ /*   110 */    53,   53,   52,   52,   52,   51,  233,   50,   47,  146,
+ /*   120 */   574,  545,   65,   57,   58,   48,  579,  578,  580,  580,
+ /*   130 */    55,   55,   56,   56,   56,   56,  213,   54,   54,   54,
+ /*   140 */    54,   53,   53,   52,   52,   52,   51,  233,  309,  223,
+ /*   150 */   539,  420,  170,  176,  138,  280,  383,  275,  382,  168,
+ /*   160 */   489,  551,  409,  668,  620,  619,  271,  438,  409,  438,
+ /*   170 */   550,  604,   67,  482,  507,  618,  599,  412,  587,  581,
+ /*   180 */   600,  483,  618,  412,  618,  598,   91,  439,  440,  439,
+ /*   190 */   335,  598,   73,  669,  222,  266,  480,   57,   58,   48,
+ /*   200 */   579,  578,  580,  580,   55,   55,   56,   56,   56,   56,
+ /*   210 */   670,   54,   54,   54,   54,   53,   53,   52,   52,   52,
+ /*   220 */    51,  233,  309,  279,  232,  231,    1,  132,  200,  385,
+ /*   230 */   620,  619,  617,  616,  278,  435,  289,  563,  175,  262,
+ /*   240 */   409,  264,  437,  497,  436,  166,  441,  568,  336,  568,
+ /*   250 */   201,  537,  587,  581,  599,  412,  165,  594,  600,  380,
+ /*   260 */   377,  376,  597,  598,   92,  523,  618,  569,  569,  592,
+ /*   270 */   375,   57,   58,   48,  579,  578,  580,  580,   55,   55,
+ /*   280 */    56,   56,   56,   56,  597,   54,   54,   54,   54,   53,
+ /*   290 */    53,   52,   52,   52,   51,  233,  309,  463,  617,  616,
+ /*   300 */   590,  590,  590,  174,  272,  396,  409,  272,  409,  548,
+ /*   310 */   397,  620,  619,   68,  326,  620,  619,  620,  619,  618,
+ /*   320 */   546,  412,  618,  412,  471,  594,  587,  581,  472,  598,
+ /*   330 */    92,  598,   92,   52,   52,   52,   51,  233,  513,  512,
+ /*   340 */   206,  322,  363,  464,  221,   57,   58,   48,  579,  578,
+ /*   350 */   580,  580,   55,   55,   56,   56,   56,   56,  529,   54,
+ /*   360 */    54,   54,   54,   53,   53,   52,   52,   52,   51,  233,
+ /*   370 */   309,  396,  409,  396,  597,  372,  386,  530,  347,  617,
+ /*   380 */   616,  575,  202,  617,  616,  617,  616,  412,  620,  619,
+ /*   390 */   145,  255,  346,  254,  577,  598,   74,  351,   45,  489,
+ /*   400 */   587,  581,  235,  189,  464,  544,  167,  296,  187,  469,
+ /*   410 */   479,   67,   62,   39,  618,  546,  597,  345,  573,   57,
+ /*   420 */    58,   48,  579,  578,  580,  580,   55,   55,   56,   56,
+ /*   430 */    56,   56,    6,   54,   54,   54,   54,   53,   53,   52,
+ /*   440 */    52,   52,   51,  233,  309,  562,  558,  407,  528,  576,
+ /*   450 */   576,  344,  255,  346,  254,  182,  617,  616,  503,  504,
+ /*   460 */   314,  409,  557,  235,  166,  271,  409,  352,  564,  181,
+ /*   470 */   407,  546,  576,  576,  587,  581,  412,  537,  556,  561,
+ /*   480 */   517,  412,  618,  249,  598,   16,    7,   36,  467,  598,
+ /*   490 */    92,  516,  618,   57,   58,   48,  579,  578,  580,  580,
+ /*   500 */    55,   55,   56,   56,   56,   56,  541,   54,   54,   54,
+ /*   510 */    54,   53,   53,   52,   52,   52,   51,  233,  309,  327,
+ /*   520 */   572,  571,  525,  558,  560,  394,  871,  246,  409,  248,
+ /*   530 */   171,  392,  594,  219,  407,  409,  576,  576,  502,  557,
+ /*   540 */   364,  145,  510,  412,  407,  229,  576,  576,  587,  581,
+ /*   550 */   412,  598,   92,  381,  269,  556,  166,  400,  598,   69,
+ /*   560 */   501,  419,  945,  199,  945,  198,  546,   57,   58,   48,
+ /*   570 */   579,  578,  580,  580,   55,   55,   56,   56,   56,   56,
+ /*   580 */   568,   54,   54,   54,   54,   53,   53,   52,   52,   52,
+ /*   590 */    51,  233,  309,  317,  419,  944,  508,  944,  308,  597,
+ /*   600 */   594,  565,  490,  212,  173,  247,  423,  615,  614,  613,
+ /*   610 */   323,  197,  143,  405,  572,  571,  489,   66,   50,   47,
+ /*   620 */   146,  594,  587,  581,  232,  231,  559,  427,   67,  555,
+ /*   630 */    15,  618,  186,  543,  303,  421,   35,  206,  432,  423,
+ /*   640 */   552,   57,   58,   48,  579,  578,  580,  580,   55,   55,
+ /*   650 */    56,   56,   56,   56,  205,   54,   54,   54,   54,   53,
+ /*   660 */    53,   52,   52,   52,   51,  233,  309,  569,  569,  260,
+ /*   670 */   268,  597,   12,  373,  568,  166,  409,  313,  409,  420,
+ /*   680 */   409,  473,  473,  365,  618,   50,   47,  146,  597,  594,
+ /*   690 */   468,  412,  166,  412,  351,  412,  587,  581,   32,  598,
+ /*   700 */    94,  598,   97,  598,   95,  627,  625,  329,  142,   50,
+ /*   710 */    47,  146,  333,  349,  358,   57,   58,   48,  579,  578,
+ /*   720 */   580,  580,   55,   55,   56,   56,   56,   56,  409,   54,
+ /*   730 */    54,   54,   54,   53,   53,   52,   52,   52,   51,  233,
+ /*   740 */   309,  409,  388,  412,  409,   22,  565,  404,  212,  362,
+ /*   750 */   389,  598,  104,  359,  409,  156,  412,  409,  603,  412,
+ /*   760 */   537,  331,  569,  569,  598,  103,  493,  598,  105,  412,
+ /*   770 */   587,  581,  412,  260,  549,  618,   11,  598,  106,  521,
+ /*   780 */   598,  133,  169,  457,  456,  170,   35,  601,  618,   57,
+ /*   790 */    58,   48,  579,  578,  580,  580,   55,   55,   56,   56,
+ /*   800 */    56,   56,  409,   54,   54,   54,   54,   53,   53,   52,
+ /*   810 */    52,   52,   51,  233,  309,  409,  259,  412,  409,   50,
+ /*   820 */    47,  146,  357,  318,  355,  598,  134,  527,  352,  337,
+ /*   830 */   412,  409,  356,  412,  357,  409,  357,  618,  598,   98,
+ /*   840 */   129,  598,  102,  618,  587,  581,  412,   21,  235,  618,
+ /*   850 */   412,  618,  211,  143,  598,  101,   30,  167,  598,   93,
+ /*   860 */   350,  535,  203,   57,   58,   48,  579,  578,  580,  580,
+ /*   870 */    55,   55,   56,   56,   56,   56,  409,   54,   54,   54,
+ /*   880 */    54,   53,   53,   52,   52,   52,   51,  233,  309,  409,
+ /*   890 */   526,  412,  409,  425,  215,  305,  597,  551,  141,  598,
+ /*   900 */   100,   40,  409,   38,  412,  409,  550,  412,  409,  228,
+ /*   910 */   220,  314,  598,   77,  500,  598,   96,  412,  587,  581,
+ /*   920 */   412,  338,  253,  412,  218,  598,  137,  379,  598,  136,
+ /*   930 */    28,  598,  135,  270,  715,  210,  481,   57,   58,   48,
+ /*   940 */   579,  578,  580,  580,   55,   55,   56,   56,   56,   56,
+ /*   950 */   409,   54,   54,   54,   54,   53,   53,   52,   52,   52,
+ /*   960 */    51,  233,  309,  409,  272,  412,  409,  315,  147,  597,
+ /*   970 */   272,  626,    2,  598,   76,  209,  409,  127,  412,  618,
+ /*   980 */   126,  412,  409,  621,  235,  618,  598,   90,  374,  598,
+ /*   990 */    89,  412,  587,  581,   27,  260,  350,  412,  618,  598,
+ /*  1000 */    75,  321,  541,  541,  125,  598,   88,  320,  278,  597,
+ /*  1010 */   618,   57,   46,   48,  579,  578,  580,  580,   55,   55,
+ /*  1020 */    56,   56,   56,   56,  409,   54,   54,   54,   54,   53,
+ /*  1030 */    53,   52,   52,   52,   51,  233,  309,  409,  450,  412,
+ /*  1040 */   164,  284,  282,  272,  609,  424,  304,  598,   87,  370,
+ /*  1050 */   409,  477,  412,  409,  608,  409,  607,  602,  618,  618,
+ /*  1060 */   598,   99,  586,  585,  122,  412,  587,  581,  412,  618,
+ /*  1070 */   412,  618,  618,  598,   86,  366,  598,   17,  598,   85,
+ /*  1080 */   319,  185,  519,  518,  583,  582,   58,   48,  579,  578,
+ /*  1090 */   580,  580,   55,   55,   56,   56,   56,   56,  409,   54,
+ /*  1100 */    54,   54,   54,   53,   53,   52,   52,   52,   51,  233,
+ /*  1110 */   309,  584,  409,  412,  409,  260,  260,  260,  408,  591,
+ /*  1120 */   474,  598,   84,  170,  409,  466,  518,  412,  121,  412,
+ /*  1130 */   618,  618,  618,  618,  618,  598,   83,  598,   72,  412,
+ /*  1140 */   587,  581,   51,  233,  625,  329,  470,  598,   71,  257,
+ /*  1150 */   159,  120,   14,  462,  157,  158,  117,  260,  448,  447,
+ /*  1160 */   446,   48,  579,  578,  580,  580,   55,   55,   56,   56,
+ /*  1170 */    56,   56,  618,   54,   54,   54,   54,   53,   53,   52,
+ /*  1180 */    52,   52,   51,  233,   44,  403,  260,    3,  409,  459,
+ /*  1190 */   260,  413,  619,  118,  398,   10,   25,   24,  554,  348,
+ /*  1200 */   217,  618,  406,  412,  409,  618,    4,   44,  403,  618,
+ /*  1210 */     3,  598,   82,  618,  413,  619,  455,  542,  115,  412,
+ /*  1220 */   538,  401,  536,  274,  506,  406,  251,  598,   81,  216,
+ /*  1230 */   273,  563,  618,  243,  453,  618,  154,  618,  618,  618,
+ /*  1240 */   449,  416,  623,  110,  401,  618,  409,  236,   64,  123,
+ /*  1250 */   487,   41,   42,  531,  563,  204,  409,  267,   43,  411,
+ /*  1260 */   410,  412,  265,  592,  108,  618,  107,  434,  332,  598,
+ /*  1270 */    80,  412,  618,  263,   41,   42,  443,  618,  409,  598,
+ /*  1280 */    70,   43,  411,  410,  433,  261,  592,  149,  618,  597,
+ /*  1290 */   256,  237,  188,  412,  590,  590,  590,  589,  588,   13,
+ /*  1300 */   618,  598,   18,  328,  235,  618,   44,  403,  360,    3,
+ /*  1310 */   418,  461,  339,  413,  619,  227,  124,  590,  590,  590,
+ /*  1320 */   589,  588,   13,  618,  406,  409,  618,  409,  139,   34,
+ /*  1330 */   403,  387,    3,  148,  622,  312,  413,  619,  311,  330,
+ /*  1340 */   412,  460,  412,  401,  180,  353,  412,  406,  598,   79,
+ /*  1350 */   598,   78,  250,  563,  598,    9,  618,  612,  611,  610,
+ /*  1360 */   618,    8,  452,  442,  242,  415,  401,  618,  239,  235,
+ /*  1370 */   179,  238,  428,   41,   42,  288,  563,  618,  618,  618,
+ /*  1380 */    43,  411,  410,  618,  144,  592,  618,  618,  177,   61,
+ /*  1390 */   618,  596,  391,  620,  619,  287,   41,   42,  414,  618,
+ /*  1400 */   293,   30,  393,   43,  411,  410,  292,  618,  592,   31,
+ /*  1410 */   618,  395,  291,   60,  230,   37,  590,  590,  590,  589,
+ /*  1420 */   588,   13,  214,  553,  183,  290,  172,  301,  300,  299,
+ /*  1430 */   178,  297,  595,  563,  451,   29,  285,  390,  540,  590,
+ /*  1440 */   590,  590,  589,  588,   13,  283,  520,  534,  150,  533,
+ /*  1450 */   241,  281,  384,  192,  191,  324,  515,  514,  276,  240,
+ /*  1460 */   510,  523,  307,  511,  128,  592,  509,  225,  226,  486,
+ /*  1470 */   485,  224,  152,  491,  464,  306,  484,  163,  153,  371,
+ /*  1480 */   478,  151,  162,  258,  369,  161,  367,  208,  475,  476,
+ /*  1490 */    26,  160,  465,  140,  361,  131,  590,  590,  590,  116,
+ /*  1500 */   119,  454,  343,  155,  114,  342,  113,  112,  445,  111,
+ /*  1510 */   130,  109,  431,  316,  426,  430,   23,  429,   20,  606,
+ /*  1520 */   190,  507,  255,  341,  244,   63,  294,  593,  310,  570,
+ /*  1530 */   277,  402,  354,  235,  567,  496,  495,  492,  494,  302,
+ /*  1540 */   458,  378,  286,  245,  566,    5,  252,  547,  193,  444,
+ /*  1550 */   233,  340,  207,  524,  368,  505,  334,  522,  499,  399,
+ /*  1560 */   295,  498,  956,  488,
+};
+static const YYCODETYPE yy_lookahead[] = {
+ /*     0 */    19,  142,  143,  144,  145,   24,    1,   26,   77,   78,
+ /*    10 */    79,   80,   81,   82,   83,   84,   85,   86,   87,   88,
+ /*    20 */    89,   90,   91,   92,   26,   27,   15,   26,   27,  197,
+ /*    30 */    49,   50,   77,   78,   79,   80,  204,   82,   83,   84,
+ /*    40 */    85,   86,   87,   88,   89,   90,   91,   92,   23,   68,
+ /*    50 */    69,   70,   71,   72,   73,   74,   75,   76,   77,   78,
+ /*    60 */    79,   80,  166,   82,   83,   84,   85,   86,   87,   88,
+ /*    70 */    89,   90,   91,   92,   19,   94,   19,  105,  106,  107,
+ /*    80 */    25,   82,   83,   84,   85,   86,   87,   88,   89,   90,
+ /*    90 */    91,   92,   94,   95,   96,   94,   95,   99,  100,  101,
+ /*   100 */   112,  205,  114,  115,   49,   50,   22,   23,  110,   54,
+ /*   110 */    86,   87,   88,   89,   90,   91,   92,  221,  222,  223,
+ /*   120 */    23,  120,   25,   68,   69,   70,   71,   72,   73,   74,
+ /*   130 */    75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,   22,   82,   83,   84,
+ /*   140 */    85,   86,   87,   88,   89,   90,   91,   92,   19,   92,
+ /*   150 */    23,   67,   25,   96,   97,   98,   99,  100,  101,  102,
+ /*   160 */   150,   32,  150,  118,   26,   27,  109,  150,  150,  150,
+ /*   170 */    41,  161,  162,  180,  181,  165,  113,  165,   49,   50,
+ /*   180 */   117,  188,  165,  165,  165,  173,  174,  170,  171,  170,
+ /*   190 */   171,  173,  174,  118,  184,   16,  186,   68,   69,   70,
+ /*   200 */    71,   72,   73,   74,   75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,
+ /*   210 */   118,   82,   83,   84,   85,   86,   87,   88,   89,   90,
+ /*   220 */    91,   92,   19,   98,   86,   87,   22,   24,  160,   88,
+ /*   230 */    26,   27,   94,   95,  109,   97,  224,   66,  118,   60,
+ /*   240 */   150,   62,  104,   23,  106,   25,  229,  230,  229,  230,
+ /*   250 */   160,  150,   49,   50,  113,  165,   96,   26,  117,   99,
+ /*   260 */   100,  101,  194,  173,  174,   94,  165,  129,  130,   98,
+ /*   270 */   110,   68,   69,   70,   71,   72,   73,   74,   75,   76,
+ /*   280 */    77,   78,   79,   80,  194,   82,   83,   84,   85,   86,
+ /*   290 */    87,   88,   89,   90,   91,   92,   19,   11,   94,   95,
+ /*   300 */   129,  130,  131,  118,  150,  215,  150,  150,  150,   25,
+ /*   310 */   220,   26,   27,   22,  213,   26,   27,   26,   27,  165,
+ /*   320 */    25,  165,  165,  165,   30,   94,   49,   50,   34,  173,
+ /*   330 */   174,  173,  174,   88,   89,   90,   91,   92,    7,    8,
+ /*   340 */   160,  187,   48,   57,  187,   68,   69,   70,   71,   72,
+ /*   350 */    73,   74,   75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,   23,   82,
+ /*   360 */    83,   84,   85,   86,   87,   88,   89,   90,   91,   92,
+ /*   370 */    19,  215,  150,  215,  194,   19,  220,   88,  220,   94,
+ /*   380 */    95,   23,  160,   94,   95,   94,   95,  165,   26,   27,
+ /*   390 */    95,  105,  106,  107,  113,  173,  174,  217,   22,  150,
+ /*   400 */    49,   50,  116,  119,   57,  120,   50,  158,   22,   21,
+ /*   410 */   161,  162,  232,  136,  165,  120,  194,  237,   23,   68,
+ /*   420 */    69,   70,   71,   72,   73,   74,   75,   76,   77,   78,
+ /*   430 */    79,   80,   22,   82,   83,   84,   85,   86,   87,   88,
+ /*   440 */    89,   90,   91,   92,   19,   23,   12,  112,   23,  114,
+ /*   450 */   115,   63,  105,  106,  107,   23,   94,   95,   97,   98,
+ /*   460 */   104,  150,   28,  116,   25,  109,  150,  150,   23,   23,
+ /*   470 */   112,   25,  114,  115,   49,   50,  165,  150,   44,   11,
+ /*   480 */    46,  165,  165,   16,  173,  174,   76,  136,  100,  173,
+ /*   490 */   174,   57,  165,   68,   69,   70,   71,   72,   73,   74,
+ /*   500 */    75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,  166,   82,   83,   84,
+ /*   510 */    85,   86,   87,   88,   89,   90,   91,   92,   19,  169,
+ /*   520 */   170,  171,   23,   12,   23,  214,  138,   60,  150,   62,
+ /*   530 */    24,  215,   26,  216,  112,  150,  114,  115,   36,   28,
+ /*   540 */   213,   95,  103,  165,  112,  205,  114,  115,   49,   50,
+ /*   550 */   165,  173,  174,   51,   23,   44,   25,   46,  173,  174,
+ /*   560 */    58,   22,   23,   22,   25,  160,  120,   68,   69,   70,
+ /*   570 */    71,   72,   73,   74,   75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,
+ /*   580 */   230,   82,   83,   84,   85,   86,   87,   88,   89,   90,
+ /*   590 */    91,   92,   19,  215,   22,   23,   23,   25,  163,  194,
+ /*   600 */    94,  166,  167,  168,   25,  138,   67,    7,    8,    9,
+ /*   610 */   108,  206,  207,  169,  170,  171,  150,   22,  221,  222,
+ /*   620 */   223,   26,   49,   50,   86,   87,   23,  161,  162,   23,
+ /*   630 */    22,  165,   24,  120,   22,   23,   25,  160,  241,   67,
+ /*   640 */   176,   68,   69,   70,   71,   72,   73,   74,   75,   76,
+ /*   650 */    77,   78,   79,   80,  160,   82,   83,   84,   85,   86,
+ /*   660 */    87,   88,   89,   90,   91,   92,   19,  129,  130,  150,
+ /*   670 */    23,  194,   35,   23,  230,   25,  150,  155,  150,   67,
+ /*   680 */   150,  105,  106,  107,  165,  221,  222,  223,  194,   94,
+ /*   690 */    23,  165,   25,  165,  217,  165,   49,   50,   25,  173,
+ /*   700 */   174,  173,  174,  173,  174,    0,    1,    2,  118,  221,
+ /*   710 */   222,  223,  193,  219,  237,   68,   69,   70,   71,   72,
+ /*   720 */    73,   74,   75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,  150,   82,
+ /*   730 */    83,   84,   85,   86,   87,   88,   89,   90,   91,   92,
+ /*   740 */    19,  150,   19,  165,  150,   24,  166,  167,  168,  227,
+ /*   750 */    27,  173,  174,  231,  150,   25,  165,  150,  172,  165,
+ /*   760 */   150,  242,  129,  130,  173,  174,  180,  173,  174,  165,
+ /*   770 */    49,   50,  165,  150,  176,  165,   35,  173,  174,  165,
+ /*   780 */   173,  174,   35,   23,   23,   25,   25,  173,  165,   68,
+ /*   790 */    69,   70,   71,   72,   73,   74,   75,   76,   77,   78,
+ /*   800 */    79,   80,  150,   82,   83,   84,   85,   86,   87,   88,
+ /*   810 */    89,   90,   91,   92,   19,  150,  193,  165,  150,  221,
+ /*   820 */   222,  223,  150,  213,   19,  173,  174,   23,  150,   97,
+ /*   830 */   165,  150,   27,  165,  150,  150,  150,  165,  173,  174,
+ /*   840 */    22,  173,  174,  165,   49,   50,  165,   52,  116,  165,
+ /*   850 */   165,  165,  206,  207,  173,  174,  126,   50,  173,  174,
+ /*   860 */   128,   27,  160,   68,   69,   70,   71,   72,   73,   74,
+ /*   870 */    75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,  150,   82,   83,   84,
+ /*   880 */    85,   86,   87,   88,   89,   90,   91,   92,   19,  150,
+ /*   890 */    23,  165,  150,   23,  216,   25,  194,   32,   39,  173,
+ /*   900 */   174,  135,  150,  137,  165,  150,   41,  165,  150,   52,
+ /*   910 */   238,  104,  173,  174,   29,  173,  174,  165,   49,   50,
+ /*   920 */   165,  219,  238,  165,  238,  173,  174,   52,  173,  174,
+ /*   930 */    22,  173,  174,   23,   23,  160,   25,   68,   69,   70,
+ /*   940 */    71,   72,   73,   74,   75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,
+ /*   950 */   150,   82,   83,   84,   85,   86,   87,   88,   89,   90,
+ /*   960 */    91,   92,   19,  150,  150,  165,  150,  245,  246,  194,
+ /*   970 */   150,  144,  145,  173,  174,  160,  150,   22,  165,  165,
+ /*   980 */    22,  165,  150,  150,  116,  165,  173,  174,   52,  173,
+ /*   990 */   174,  165,   49,   50,   22,  150,  128,  165,  165,  173,
+ /*  1000 */   174,  187,  166,  166,   22,  173,  174,  187,  109,  194,
+ /*  1010 */   165,   68,   69,   70,   71,   72,   73,   74,   75,   76,
+ /*  1020 */    77,   78,   79,   80,  150,   82,   83,   84,   85,   86,
+ /*  1030 */    87,   88,   89,   90,   91,   92,   19,  150,  193,  165,
+ /*  1040 */   102,  205,  205,  150,  150,  247,  248,  173,  174,   19,
+ /*  1050 */   150,   20,  165,  150,  150,  150,  150,  150,  165,  165,
+ /*  1060 */   173,  174,   49,   50,  104,  165,   49,   50,  165,  165,
+ /*  1070 */   165,  165,  165,  173,  174,   43,  173,  174,  173,  174,
+ /*  1080 */   187,   24,  190,  191,   71,   72,   69,   70,   71,   72,
+ /*  1090 */    73,   74,   75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,  150,   82,
+ /*  1100 */    83,   84,   85,   86,   87,   88,   89,   90,   91,   92,
+ /*  1110 */    19,   98,  150,  165,  150,  150,  150,  150,  150,  150,
+ /*  1120 */    59,  173,  174,   25,  150,  190,  191,  165,   53,  165,
+ /*  1130 */   165,  165,  165,  165,  165,  173,  174,  173,  174,  165,
+ /*  1140 */    49,   50,   91,   92,    1,    2,   53,  173,  174,  138,
+ /*  1150 */   104,   22,    5,    1,   35,  118,  127,  150,  193,  193,
+ /*  1160 */   193,   70,   71,   72,   73,   74,   75,   76,   77,   78,
+ /*  1170 */    79,   80,  165,   82,   83,   84,   85,   86,   87,   88,
+ /*  1180 */    89,   90,   91,   92,   19,   20,  150,   22,  150,   27,
+ /*  1190 */   150,   26,   27,  108,  150,   22,   76,   76,  150,   25,
+ /*  1200 */   193,  165,   37,  165,  150,  165,   22,   19,   20,  165,
+ /*  1210 */    22,  173,  174,  165,   26,   27,   23,  150,  119,  165,
+ /*  1220 */   150,   56,  150,  150,  150,   37,   16,  173,  174,  193,
+ /*  1230 */   150,   66,  165,  193,    1,  165,  121,  165,  165,  165,
+ /*  1240 */    20,  146,  147,  119,   56,  165,  150,  152,   16,  154,
+ /*  1250 */   150,   86,   87,   88,   66,  160,  150,  150,   93,   94,
+ /*  1260 */    95,  165,  150,   98,  108,  165,  127,   23,   65,  173,
+ /*  1270 */   174,  165,  165,  150,   86,   87,  128,  165,  150,  173,
+ /*  1280 */   174,   93,   94,   95,   23,  150,   98,   15,  165,  194,
+ /*  1290 */   150,  140,   22,  165,  129,  130,  131,  132,  133,  134,
+ /*  1300 */   165,  173,  174,    3,  116,  165,   19,   20,  150,   22,
+ /*  1310 */     4,  150,  217,   26,   27,  179,  179,  129,  130,  131,
+ /*  1320 */   132,  133,  134,  165,   37,  150,  165,  150,  164,   19,
+ /*  1330 */    20,  150,   22,  246,  149,  249,   26,   27,  249,  244,
+ /*  1340 */   165,  150,  165,   56,    6,  150,  165,   37,  173,  174,
+ /*  1350 */   173,  174,  150,   66,  173,  174,  165,  149,  149,   13,
+ /*  1360 */   165,   25,  150,  150,  150,  149,   56,  165,  150,  116,
+ /*  1370 */   151,  150,  150,   86,   87,  150,   66,  165,  165,  165,
+ /*  1380 */    93,   94,   95,  165,  150,   98,  165,  165,  151,   22,
+ /*  1390 */   165,  194,  150,   26,   27,  150,   86,   87,  159,  165,
+ /*  1400 */   199,  126,  123,   93,   94,   95,  200,  165,   98,  124,
+ /*  1410 */   165,  122,  201,  125,  225,  135,  129,  130,  131,  132,
+ /*  1420 */   133,  134,    5,  157,  157,  202,  118,   10,   11,   12,
+ /*  1430 */    13,   14,  203,   66,   17,  104,  210,  121,  211,  129,
+ /*  1440 */   130,  131,  132,  133,  134,  210,  175,  211,   31,  211,
+ /*  1450 */    33,  210,  104,   86,   87,   47,  175,  183,  175,   42,
+ /*  1460 */   103,   94,  178,  177,   22,   98,  175,   92,  228,  175,
+ /*  1470 */   175,  228,   55,  183,   57,  178,  175,  156,   61,   18,
+ /*  1480 */   157,   64,  156,  235,  157,  156,   45,  157,  236,  157,
+ /*  1490 */   135,  156,  189,   68,  157,  218,  129,  130,  131,   22,
+ /*  1500 */   189,  199,  157,  156,  192,   18,  192,  192,  199,  192,
+ /*  1510 */   218,  189,   40,  157,   38,  157,  240,  157,  240,  153,
+ /*  1520 */   196,  181,  105,  106,  107,  243,  198,  166,  111,  230,
+ /*  1530 */   176,  226,  239,  116,  230,  176,  166,  166,  176,  148,
+ /*  1540 */   199,  177,  209,  209,  166,  196,  239,  208,  185,  199,
+ /*  1550 */    92,  209,  233,  173,  234,  182,  139,  173,  182,  191,
+ /*  1560 */   195,  182,  250,  186,
+};
+#define YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT (-70)
+#define YY_SHIFT_COUNT (416)
+#define YY_SHIFT_MIN   (-69)
+#define YY_SHIFT_MAX   (1487)
+static const short yy_shift_ofst[] = {
+ /*     0 */  1143, 1188, 1417, 1188, 1287, 1287,  138,  138,   -2,  -19,
+ /*    10 */  1287, 1287, 1287, 1287,  347,  362,  129,  129,  795, 1165,
+ /*    20 */  1287, 1287, 1287, 1287, 1287, 1287, 1287, 1287, 1287, 1287,
+ /*    30 */  1287, 1287, 1287, 1287, 1287, 1287, 1287, 1287, 1287, 1287,
+ /*    40 */  1287, 1287, 1287, 1287, 1287, 1287, 1287, 1287, 1310, 1287,
+ /*    50 */  1287, 1287, 1287, 1287, 1287, 1287, 1287, 1287, 1287, 1287,
+ /*    60 */  1287, 1287,  286,  362,  362,  538,  538,  231, 1253,   55,
+ /*    70 */   721,  647,  573,  499,  425,  351,  277,  203,  869,  869,
+ /*    80 */   869,  869,  869,  869,  869,  869,  869,  869,  869,  869,
+ /*    90 */   869,  869,  869,  943,  869, 1017, 1091, 1091,  -69,  -45,
+ /*   100 */   -45,  -45,  -45,  -45,   -1,   24,  245,  362,  362,  362,
+ /*   110 */   362,  362,  362,  362,  362,  362,  362,  362,  362,  362,
+ /*   120 */   362,  362,  362,  388,  356,  362,  362,  362,  362,  362,
+ /*   130 */   732,  868,  231, 1051, 1458,  -70,  -70,  -70, 1367,   57,
+ /*   140 */   434,  434,  289,  291,  285,    1,  204,  572,  539,  362,
+ /*   150 */   362,  362,  362,  362,  362,  362,  362,  362,  362,  362,
+ /*   160 */   362,  362,  362,  362,  362,  362,  362,  362,  362,  362,
+ /*   170 */   362,  362,  362,  362,  362,  362,  362,  362,  362,  362,
+ /*   180 */   362,  506,  506,  506,  705, 1253, 1253, 1253,  -70,  -70,
+ /*   190 */   -70,  171,  171,  160,  502,  502,  502,  446,  432,  511,
+ /*   200 */   422,  358,  335,  -12,  -12,  -12,  -12,  576,  294,  -12,
+ /*   210 */   -12,  295,  595,  141,  600,  730,  723,  723,  805,  730,
+ /*   220 */   805,  439,  911,  231,  865,  231,  865,  807,  865,  723,
+ /*   230 */   766,  633,  633,  231,  284,   63,  608, 1476, 1308, 1308,
+ /*   240 */  1472, 1472, 1308, 1477, 1425, 1275, 1487, 1487, 1487, 1487,
+ /*   250 */  1308, 1461, 1275, 1477, 1425, 1425, 1308, 1461, 1355, 1441,
+ /*   260 */  1308, 1308, 1461, 1308, 1461, 1308, 1461, 1442, 1348, 1348,
+ /*   270 */  1348, 1408, 1375, 1375, 1442, 1348, 1357, 1348, 1408, 1348,
+ /*   280 */  1348, 1316, 1331, 1316, 1331, 1316, 1331, 1308, 1308, 1280,
+ /*   290 */  1288, 1289, 1285, 1279, 1275, 1253, 1336, 1346, 1346, 1338,
+ /*   300 */  1338, 1338, 1338,  -70,  -70,  -70,  -70,  -70,  -70, 1013,
+ /*   310 */   467,  612,   84,  179,  -28,  870,  410,  761,  760,  667,
+ /*   320 */   650,  531,  220,  361,  331,  125,  127,   97, 1306, 1300,
+ /*   330 */  1270, 1151, 1272, 1203, 1232, 1261, 1244, 1148, 1174, 1139,
+ /*   340 */  1156, 1124, 1220, 1115, 1210, 1233, 1099, 1193, 1184, 1174,
+ /*   350 */  1173, 1029, 1121, 1120, 1085, 1162, 1119, 1037, 1152, 1147,
+ /*   360 */  1129, 1046, 1011, 1093, 1098, 1075, 1061, 1032,  960, 1057,
+ /*   370 */  1031, 1030,  899,  938,  982,  936,  972,  958,  910,  955,
+ /*   380 */   875,  885,  908,  857,  859,  867,  804,  590,  834,  747,
+ /*   390 */   818,  513,  611,  741,  673,  637,  611,  606,  603,  579,
+ /*   400 */   501,  541,  468,  386,  445,  395,  376,  281,  185,  120,
+ /*   410 */    92,   75,   45,  114,   25,   11,    5,
+};
+#define YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT (-169)
+#define YY_REDUCE_COUNT (308)
+#define YY_REDUCE_MIN   (-168)
+#define YY_REDUCE_MAX   (1391)
+static const short yy_reduce_ofst[] = {
+ /*     0 */  -141,   90, 1095,  222,  158,  156,   19,   17,   10, -104,
+ /*    10 */   378,  316,  311,   12,  180,  249,  598,  464,  397, 1181,
+ /*    20 */  1177, 1175, 1128, 1106, 1096, 1054, 1038,  974,  964,  962,
+ /*    30 */   948,  905,  903,  900,  887,  874,  832,  826,  816,  813,
+ /*    40 */   800,  758,  755,  752,  742,  739,  726,  685,  681,  668,
+ /*    50 */   665,  652,  607,  604,  594,  591,  578,  530,  528,  526,
+ /*    60 */   385,   18,  477,  466,  519,  444,  350,  435,  405,  488,
+ /*    70 */   488,  488,  488,  488,  488,  488,  488,  488,  488,  488,
+ /*    80 */   488,  488,  488,  488,  488,  488,  488,  488,  488,  488,
+ /*    90 */   488,  488,  488,  488,  488,  488,  488,  488,  488,  488,
+ /*   100 */   488,  488,  488,  488,  488,  488,  488, 1040,  678, 1036,
+ /*   110 */  1007,  967,  966,  965,  845,  686,  610,  684,  317,  672,
+ /*   120 */   893,  327,  623,  522,   -7,  820,  814,  157,  154,  101,
+ /*   130 */   702,  494,  580,  488,  488,  488,  488,  488,  614,  586,
+ /*   140 */   935,  892,  968, 1245, 1242, 1234, 1225,  798,  798, 1222,
+ /*   150 */  1221, 1218, 1214, 1213, 1212, 1202, 1195, 1191, 1161, 1158,
+ /*   160 */  1140, 1135, 1123, 1112, 1107, 1100, 1080, 1074, 1073, 1072,
+ /*   170 */  1070, 1067, 1048, 1044,  969,  968,  907,  906,  904,  894,
+ /*   180 */   833,  837,  836,  340,  827,  815,  775,   68,  722,  646,
+ /*   190 */  -168, 1384, 1380, 1377, 1379, 1376, 1373, 1339, 1365, 1368,
+ /*   200 */  1365, 1365, 1365, 1365, 1365, 1365, 1365, 1320, 1319, 1365,
+ /*   210 */  1365, 1339, 1378, 1349, 1391, 1350, 1342, 1334, 1307, 1341,
+ /*   220 */  1293, 1364, 1363, 1371, 1362, 1370, 1359, 1340, 1354, 1333,
+ /*   230 */  1305, 1304, 1299, 1361, 1328, 1324, 1366, 1282, 1360, 1358,
+ /*   240 */  1278, 1276, 1356, 1292, 1322, 1309, 1317, 1315, 1314, 1312,
+ /*   250 */  1345, 1347, 1302, 1277, 1311, 1303, 1337, 1335, 1252, 1248,
+ /*   260 */  1332, 1330, 1329, 1327, 1326, 1323, 1321, 1297, 1301, 1295,
+ /*   270 */  1294, 1290, 1243, 1240, 1284, 1291, 1286, 1283, 1274, 1281,
+ /*   280 */  1271, 1238, 1241, 1236, 1235, 1227, 1226, 1267, 1266, 1189,
+ /*   290 */  1229, 1223, 1211, 1206, 1201, 1197, 1239, 1237, 1219, 1216,
+ /*   300 */  1209, 1208, 1185, 1089, 1086, 1087, 1137, 1136, 1164,
+};
+static const YYACTIONTYPE yy_default[] = {
+ /*     0 */   632,  866,  954,  954,  866,  866,  954,  954,  954,  756,
+ /*    10 */   954,  954,  954,  864,  954,  954,  784,  784,  928,  954,
+ /*    20 */   954,  954,  954,  954,  954,  954,  954,  954,  954,  954,
+ /*    30 */   954,  954,  954,  954,  954,  954,  954,  954,  954,  954,
+ /*    40 */   954,  954,  954,  954,  954,  954,  954,  954,  954,  954,
+ /*    50 */   954,  954,  954,  954,  954,  954,  954,  954,  954,  954,
+ /*    60 */   954,  954,  954,  954,  954,  954,  954,  671,  760,  790,
+ /*    70 */   954,  954,  954,  954,  954,  954,  954,  954,  927,  929,
+ /*    80 */   798,  797,  907,  771,  795,  788,  792,  867,  860,  861,
+ /*    90 */   859,  863,  868,  954,  791,  827,  844,  826,  838,  843,
+ /*   100 */   850,  842,  839,  829,  828,  830,  831,  954,  954,  954,
+ /*   110 */   954,  954,  954,  954,  954,  954,  954,  954,  954,  954,
+ /*   120 */   954,  954,  954,  658,  725,  954,  954,  954,  954,  954,
+ /*   130 */   954,  954,  954,  832,  833,  847,  846,  845,  954,  663,
+ /*   140 */   954,  954,  954,  954,  954,  954,  954,  954,  954,  954,
+ /*   150 */   934,  932,  954,  879,  954,  954,  954,  954,  954,  954,
+ /*   160 */   954,  954,  954,  954,  954,  954,  954,  954,  954,  954,
+ /*   170 */   954,  954,  954,  954,  954,  954,  954,  954,  954,  954,
+ /*   180 */   638,  756,  756,  756,  632,  954,  954,  954,  946,  760,
+ /*   190 */   750,  954,  954,  954,  954,  954,  954,  954,  954,  954,
+ /*   200 */   954,  954,  954,  800,  739,  917,  919,  954,  900,  737,
+ /*   210 */   660,  758,  673,  748,  640,  794,  773,  773,  912,  794,
+ /*   220 */   912,  696,  719,  954,  784,  954,  784,  693,  784,  773,
+ /*   230 */   862,  954,  954,  954,  757,  748,  954,  939,  764,  764,
+ /*   240 */   931,  931,  764,  806,  729,  794,  736,  736,  736,  736,
+ /*   250 */   764,  655,  794,  806,  729,  729,  764,  655,  906,  904,
+ /*   260 */   764,  764,  655,  764,  655,  764,  655,  872,  727,  727,
+ /*   270 */   727,  711,  876,  876,  872,  727,  696,  727,  711,  727,
+ /*   280 */   727,  777,  772,  777,  772,  777,  772,  764,  764,  954,
+ /*   290 */   789,  778,  787,  785,  794,  954,  714,  648,  648,  637,
+ /*   300 */   637,  637,  637,  951,  951,  946,  698,  698,  681,  954,
+ /*   310 */   954,  954,  954,  954,  954,  954,  881,  954,  954,  954,
+ /*   320 */   954,  954,  954,  954,  954,  954,  954,  954,  954,  633,
+ /*   330 */   941,  954,  954,  938,  954,  954,  954,  954,  799,  954,
+ /*   340 */   954,  954,  954,  954,  954,  954,  954,  954,  954,  916,
+ /*   350 */   954,  954,  954,  954,  954,  954,  954,  910,  954,  954,
+ /*   360 */   954,  954,  954,  954,  903,  902,  954,  954,  954,  954,
+ /*   370 */   954,  954,  954,  954,  954,  954,  954,  954,  954,  954,
+ /*   380 */   954,  954,  954,  954,  954,  954,  954,  954,  954,  954,
+ /*   390 */   954,  954,  786,  954,  779,  954,  865,  954,  954,  954,
+ /*   400 */   954,  954,  954,  954,  954,  954,  954,  742,  815,  954,
+ /*   410 */   814,  818,  813,  665,  954,  646,  954,  629,  634,  950,
+ /*   420 */   953,  952,  949,  948,  947,  942,  940,  937,  936,  935,
+ /*   430 */   933,  930,  926,  885,  883,  890,  889,  888,  887,  886,
+ /*   440 */   884,  882,  880,  801,  796,  793,  925,  878,  738,  735,
+ /*   450 */   734,  654,  943,  909,  918,  805,  804,  807,  915,  914,
+ /*   460 */   913,  911,  908,  895,  803,  802,  730,  870,  869,  657,
+ /*   470 */   899,  898,  897,  901,  905,  896,  766,  656,  653,  662,
+ /*   480 */   717,  718,  726,  724,  723,  722,  721,  720,  716,  664,
+ /*   490 */   672,  710,  695,  694,  875,  877,  874,  873,  703,  702,
+ /*   500 */   708,  707,  706,  705,  704,  701,  700,  699,  692,  691,
+ /*   510 */   697,  690,  713,  712,  709,  689,  733,  732,  731,  728,
+ /*   520 */   688,  687,  686,  818,  685,  684,  824,  823,  811,  854,
+ /*   530 */   753,  752,  751,  763,  762,  775,  774,  809,  808,  776,
+ /*   540 */   761,  755,  754,  770,  769,  768,  767,  759,  749,  781,
+ /*   550 */   783,  782,  780,  856,  765,  853,  924,  923,  922,  921,
+ /*   560 */   920,  858,  857,  825,  822,  676,  677,  893,  892,  894,
+ /*   570 */   891,  679,  678,  675,  674,  855,  744,  743,  851,  848,
+ /*   580 */   840,  836,  852,  849,  841,  837,  835,  834,  820,  819,
+ /*   590 */   817,  816,  812,  821,  667,  745,  741,  740,  810,  747,
+ /*   600 */   746,  683,  682,  680,  661,  659,  652,  650,  649,  651,
+ /*   610 */   647,  645,  644,  643,  642,  641,  670,  669,  668,  666,
+ /*   620 */   665,  639,  636,  635,  631,  630,  628,
+};
+
+/* The next table maps tokens into fallback tokens.  If a construct
+** like the following:
+** 
+**      %fallback ID X Y Z.
+**
+** appears in the grammar, then ID becomes a fallback token for X, Y,
+** and Z.  Whenever one of the tokens X, Y, or Z is input to the parser
+** but it does not parse, the type of the token is changed to ID and
+** the parse is retried before an error is thrown.
+*/
+#ifdef YYFALLBACK
+static const YYCODETYPE yyFallback[] = {
+    0,  /*          $ => nothing */
+    0,  /*       SEMI => nothing */
+   26,  /*    EXPLAIN => ID */
+   26,  /*      QUERY => ID */
+   26,  /*       PLAN => ID */
+   26,  /*      BEGIN => ID */
+    0,  /* TRANSACTION => nothing */
+   26,  /*   DEFERRED => ID */
+   26,  /*  IMMEDIATE => ID */
+   26,  /*  EXCLUSIVE => ID */
+    0,  /*     COMMIT => nothing */
+   26,  /*        END => ID */
+   26,  /*   ROLLBACK => ID */
+   26,  /*  SAVEPOINT => ID */
+   26,  /*    RELEASE => ID */
+    0,  /*         TO => nothing */
+    0,  /*      TABLE => nothing */
+    0,  /*     CREATE => nothing */
+   26,  /*         IF => ID */
+    0,  /*        NOT => nothing */
+    0,  /*     EXISTS => nothing */
+   26,  /*       TEMP => ID */
+    0,  /*         LP => nothing */
+    0,  /*         RP => nothing */
+    0,  /*         AS => nothing */
+    0,  /*      COMMA => nothing */
+    0,  /*         ID => nothing */
+    0,  /*    INDEXED => nothing */
+   26,  /*      ABORT => ID */
+   26,  /*     ACTION => ID */
+   26,  /*      AFTER => ID */
+   26,  /*    ANALYZE => ID */
+   26,  /*        ASC => ID */
+   26,  /*     ATTACH => ID */
+   26,  /*     BEFORE => ID */
+   26,  /*         BY => ID */
+   26,  /*    CASCADE => ID */
+   26,  /*       CAST => ID */
+   26,  /*   COLUMNKW => ID */
+   26,  /*   CONFLICT => ID */
+   26,  /*   DATABASE => ID */
+   26,  /*       DESC => ID */
+   26,  /*     DETACH => ID */
+   26,  /*       EACH => ID */
+   26,  /*       FAIL => ID */
+   26,  /*        FOR => ID */
+   26,  /*     IGNORE => ID */
+   26,  /*  INITIALLY => ID */
+   26,  /*    INSTEAD => ID */
+   26,  /*    LIKE_KW => ID */
+   26,  /*      MATCH => ID */
+   26,  /*         NO => ID */
+   26,  /*        KEY => ID */
+   26,  /*         OF => ID */
+   26,  /*     OFFSET => ID */
+   26,  /*     PRAGMA => ID */
+   26,  /*      RAISE => ID */
+   26,  /*    REPLACE => ID */
+   26,  /*   RESTRICT => ID */
+   26,  /*        ROW => ID */
+   26,  /*    TRIGGER => ID */
+   26,  /*     VACUUM => ID */
+   26,  /*       VIEW => ID */
+   26,  /*    VIRTUAL => ID */
+   26,  /*    REINDEX => ID */
+   26,  /*     RENAME => ID */
+   26,  /*   CTIME_KW => ID */
+};
+#endif /* YYFALLBACK */
+
+/* The following structure represents a single element of the
+** parser's stack.  Information stored includes:
+**
+**   +  The state number for the parser at this level of the stack.
+**
+**   +  The value of the token stored at this level of the stack.
+**      (In other words, the "major" token.)
+**
+**   +  The semantic value stored at this level of the stack.  This is
+**      the information used by the action routines in the grammar.
+**      It is sometimes called the "minor" token.
+*/
+struct yyStackEntry {
+  YYACTIONTYPE stateno;  /* The state-number */
+  YYCODETYPE major;      /* The major token value.  This is the code
+                         ** number for the token at this stack level */
+  YYMINORTYPE minor;     /* The user-supplied minor token value.  This
+                         ** is the value of the token  */
+};
+typedef struct yyStackEntry yyStackEntry;
+
+/* The state of the parser is completely contained in an instance of
+** the following structure */
+struct yyParser {
+  int yyidx;                    /* Index of top element in stack */
+#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
+  int yyidxMax;                 /* Maximum value of yyidx */
+#endif
+  int yyerrcnt;                 /* Shifts left before out of the error */
+  sqlite3ParserARG_SDECL                /* A place to hold %extra_argument */
+#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0
+  int yystksz;                  /* Current side of the stack */
+  yyStackEntry *yystack;        /* The parser's stack */
+#else
+  yyStackEntry yystack[YYSTACKDEPTH];  /* The parser's stack */
+#endif
+};
+typedef struct yyParser yyParser;
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/* #include <stdio.h> */
+static FILE *yyTraceFILE = 0;
+static char *yyTracePrompt = 0;
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/* 
+** Turn parser tracing on by giving a stream to which to write the trace
+** and a prompt to preface each trace message.  Tracing is turned off
+** by making either argument NULL 
+**
+** Inputs:
+** <ul>
+** <li> A FILE* to which trace output should be written.
+**      If NULL, then tracing is turned off.
+** <li> A prefix string written at the beginning of every
+**      line of trace output.  If NULL, then tracing is
+**      turned off.
+** </ul>
+**
+** Outputs:
+** None.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserTrace(FILE *TraceFILE, char *zTracePrompt){
+  yyTraceFILE = TraceFILE;
+  yyTracePrompt = zTracePrompt;
+  if( yyTraceFILE==0 ) yyTracePrompt = 0;
+  else if( yyTracePrompt==0 ) yyTraceFILE = 0;
+}
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/* For tracing shifts, the names of all terminals and nonterminals
+** are required.  The following table supplies these names */
+static const char *const yyTokenName[] = { 
+  "$",             "SEMI",          "EXPLAIN",       "QUERY",       
+  "PLAN",          "BEGIN",         "TRANSACTION",   "DEFERRED",    
+  "IMMEDIATE",     "EXCLUSIVE",     "COMMIT",        "END",         
+  "ROLLBACK",      "SAVEPOINT",     "RELEASE",       "TO",          
+  "TABLE",         "CREATE",        "IF",            "NOT",         
+  "EXISTS",        "TEMP",          "LP",            "RP",          
+  "AS",            "COMMA",         "ID",            "INDEXED",     
+  "ABORT",         "ACTION",        "AFTER",         "ANALYZE",     
+  "ASC",           "ATTACH",        "BEFORE",        "BY",          
+  "CASCADE",       "CAST",          "COLUMNKW",      "CONFLICT",    
+  "DATABASE",      "DESC",          "DETACH",        "EACH",        
+  "FAIL",          "FOR",           "IGNORE",        "INITIALLY",   
+  "INSTEAD",       "LIKE_KW",       "MATCH",         "NO",          
+  "KEY",           "OF",            "OFFSET",        "PRAGMA",      
+  "RAISE",         "REPLACE",       "RESTRICT",      "ROW",         
+  "TRIGGER",       "VACUUM",        "VIEW",          "VIRTUAL",     
+  "REINDEX",       "RENAME",        "CTIME_KW",      "ANY",         
+  "OR",            "AND",           "IS",            "BETWEEN",     
+  "IN",            "ISNULL",        "NOTNULL",       "NE",          
+  "EQ",            "GT",            "LE",            "LT",          
+  "GE",            "ESCAPE",        "BITAND",        "BITOR",       
+  "LSHIFT",        "RSHIFT",        "PLUS",          "MINUS",       
+  "STAR",          "SLASH",         "REM",           "CONCAT",      
+  "COLLATE",       "BITNOT",        "STRING",        "JOIN_KW",     
+  "CONSTRAINT",    "DEFAULT",       "NULL",          "PRIMARY",     
+  "UNIQUE",        "CHECK",         "REFERENCES",    "AUTOINCR",    
+  "ON",            "INSERT",        "DELETE",        "UPDATE",      
+  "SET",           "DEFERRABLE",    "FOREIGN",       "DROP",        
+  "UNION",         "ALL",           "EXCEPT",        "INTERSECT",   
+  "SELECT",        "DISTINCT",      "DOT",           "FROM",        
+  "JOIN",          "USING",         "ORDER",         "GROUP",       
+  "HAVING",        "LIMIT",         "WHERE",         "INTO",        
+  "VALUES",        "INTEGER",       "FLOAT",         "BLOB",        
+  "REGISTER",      "VARIABLE",      "CASE",          "WHEN",        
+  "THEN",          "ELSE",          "INDEX",         "ALTER",       
+  "ADD",           "error",         "input",         "cmdlist",     
+  "ecmd",          "explain",       "cmdx",          "cmd",         
+  "transtype",     "trans_opt",     "nm",            "savepoint_opt",
+  "create_table",  "create_table_args",  "createkw",      "temp",        
+  "ifnotexists",   "dbnm",          "columnlist",    "conslist_opt",
+  "select",        "column",        "columnid",      "type",        
+  "carglist",      "id",            "ids",           "typetoken",   
+  "typename",      "signed",        "plus_num",      "minus_num",   
+  "ccons",         "term",          "expr",          "onconf",      
+  "sortorder",     "autoinc",       "idxlist_opt",   "refargs",     
+  "defer_subclause",  "refarg",        "refact",        "init_deferred_pred_opt",
+  "conslist",      "tconscomma",    "tcons",         "idxlist",     
+  "defer_subclause_opt",  "orconf",        "resolvetype",   "raisetype",   
+  "ifexists",      "fullname",      "oneselect",     "multiselect_op",
+  "distinct",      "selcollist",    "from",          "where_opt",   
+  "groupby_opt",   "having_opt",    "orderby_opt",   "limit_opt",   
+  "sclp",          "as",            "seltablist",    "stl_prefix",  
+  "joinop",        "indexed_opt",   "on_opt",        "using_opt",   
+  "joinop2",       "inscollist",    "sortlist",      "nexprlist",   
+  "setlist",       "insert_cmd",    "inscollist_opt",  "valuelist",   
+  "exprlist",      "likeop",        "between_op",    "in_op",       
+  "case_operand",  "case_exprlist",  "case_else",     "uniqueflag",  
+  "collate",       "nmnum",         "number",        "trigger_decl",
+  "trigger_cmd_list",  "trigger_time",  "trigger_event",  "foreach_clause",
+  "when_clause",   "trigger_cmd",   "trnm",          "tridxby",     
+  "database_kw_opt",  "key_opt",       "add_column_fullname",  "kwcolumn_opt",
+  "create_vtab",   "vtabarglist",   "vtabarg",       "vtabargtoken",
+  "lp",            "anylist",     
+};
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/* For tracing reduce actions, the names of all rules are required.
+*/
+static const char *const yyRuleName[] = {
+ /*   0 */ "input ::= cmdlist",
+ /*   1 */ "cmdlist ::= cmdlist ecmd",
+ /*   2 */ "cmdlist ::= ecmd",
+ /*   3 */ "ecmd ::= SEMI",
+ /*   4 */ "ecmd ::= explain cmdx SEMI",
+ /*   5 */ "explain ::=",
+ /*   6 */ "explain ::= EXPLAIN",
+ /*   7 */ "explain ::= EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN",
+ /*   8 */ "cmdx ::= cmd",
+ /*   9 */ "cmd ::= BEGIN transtype trans_opt",
+ /*  10 */ "trans_opt ::=",
+ /*  11 */ "trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION",
+ /*  12 */ "trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION nm",
+ /*  13 */ "transtype ::=",
+ /*  14 */ "transtype ::= DEFERRED",
+ /*  15 */ "transtype ::= IMMEDIATE",
+ /*  16 */ "transtype ::= EXCLUSIVE",
+ /*  17 */ "cmd ::= COMMIT trans_opt",
+ /*  18 */ "cmd ::= END trans_opt",
+ /*  19 */ "cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt",
+ /*  20 */ "savepoint_opt ::= SAVEPOINT",
+ /*  21 */ "savepoint_opt ::=",
+ /*  22 */ "cmd ::= SAVEPOINT nm",
+ /*  23 */ "cmd ::= RELEASE savepoint_opt nm",
+ /*  24 */ "cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt TO savepoint_opt nm",
+ /*  25 */ "cmd ::= create_table create_table_args",
+ /*  26 */ "create_table ::= createkw temp TABLE ifnotexists nm dbnm",
+ /*  27 */ "createkw ::= CREATE",
+ /*  28 */ "ifnotexists ::=",
+ /*  29 */ "ifnotexists ::= IF NOT EXISTS",
+ /*  30 */ "temp ::= TEMP",
+ /*  31 */ "temp ::=",
+ /*  32 */ "create_table_args ::= LP columnlist conslist_opt RP",
+ /*  33 */ "create_table_args ::= AS select",
+ /*  34 */ "columnlist ::= columnlist COMMA column",
+ /*  35 */ "columnlist ::= column",
+ /*  36 */ "column ::= columnid type carglist",
+ /*  37 */ "columnid ::= nm",
+ /*  38 */ "id ::= ID",
+ /*  39 */ "id ::= INDEXED",
+ /*  40 */ "ids ::= ID|STRING",
+ /*  41 */ "nm ::= id",
+ /*  42 */ "nm ::= STRING",
+ /*  43 */ "nm ::= JOIN_KW",
+ /*  44 */ "type ::=",
+ /*  45 */ "type ::= typetoken",
+ /*  46 */ "typetoken ::= typename",
+ /*  47 */ "typetoken ::= typename LP signed RP",
+ /*  48 */ "typetoken ::= typename LP signed COMMA signed RP",
+ /*  49 */ "typename ::= ids",
+ /*  50 */ "typename ::= typename ids",
+ /*  51 */ "signed ::= plus_num",
+ /*  52 */ "signed ::= minus_num",
+ /*  53 */ "carglist ::= carglist ccons",
+ /*  54 */ "carglist ::=",
+ /*  55 */ "ccons ::= CONSTRAINT nm",
+ /*  56 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT term",
+ /*  57 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT LP expr RP",
+ /*  58 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT PLUS term",
+ /*  59 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT MINUS term",
+ /*  60 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT id",
+ /*  61 */ "ccons ::= NULL onconf",
+ /*  62 */ "ccons ::= NOT NULL onconf",
+ /*  63 */ "ccons ::= PRIMARY KEY sortorder onconf autoinc",
+ /*  64 */ "ccons ::= UNIQUE onconf",
+ /*  65 */ "ccons ::= CHECK LP expr RP",
+ /*  66 */ "ccons ::= REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs",
+ /*  67 */ "ccons ::= defer_subclause",
+ /*  68 */ "ccons ::= COLLATE ids",
+ /*  69 */ "autoinc ::=",
+ /*  70 */ "autoinc ::= AUTOINCR",
+ /*  71 */ "refargs ::=",
+ /*  72 */ "refargs ::= refargs refarg",
+ /*  73 */ "refarg ::= MATCH nm",
+ /*  74 */ "refarg ::= ON INSERT refact",
+ /*  75 */ "refarg ::= ON DELETE refact",
+ /*  76 */ "refarg ::= ON UPDATE refact",
+ /*  77 */ "refact ::= SET NULL",
+ /*  78 */ "refact ::= SET DEFAULT",
+ /*  79 */ "refact ::= CASCADE",
+ /*  80 */ "refact ::= RESTRICT",
+ /*  81 */ "refact ::= NO ACTION",
+ /*  82 */ "defer_subclause ::= NOT DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt",
+ /*  83 */ "defer_subclause ::= DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt",
+ /*  84 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::=",
+ /*  85 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY DEFERRED",
+ /*  86 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY IMMEDIATE",
+ /*  87 */ "conslist_opt ::=",
+ /*  88 */ "conslist_opt ::= COMMA conslist",
+ /*  89 */ "conslist ::= conslist tconscomma tcons",
+ /*  90 */ "conslist ::= tcons",
+ /*  91 */ "tconscomma ::= COMMA",
+ /*  92 */ "tconscomma ::=",
+ /*  93 */ "tcons ::= CONSTRAINT nm",
+ /*  94 */ "tcons ::= PRIMARY KEY LP idxlist autoinc RP onconf",
+ /*  95 */ "tcons ::= UNIQUE LP idxlist RP onconf",
+ /*  96 */ "tcons ::= CHECK LP expr RP onconf",
+ /*  97 */ "tcons ::= FOREIGN KEY LP idxlist RP REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs defer_subclause_opt",
+ /*  98 */ "defer_subclause_opt ::=",
+ /*  99 */ "defer_subclause_opt ::= defer_subclause",
+ /* 100 */ "onconf ::=",
+ /* 101 */ "onconf ::= ON CONFLICT resolvetype",
+ /* 102 */ "orconf ::=",
+ /* 103 */ "orconf ::= OR resolvetype",
+ /* 104 */ "resolvetype ::= raisetype",
+ /* 105 */ "resolvetype ::= IGNORE",
+ /* 106 */ "resolvetype ::= REPLACE",
+ /* 107 */ "cmd ::= DROP TABLE ifexists fullname",
+ /* 108 */ "ifexists ::= IF EXISTS",
+ /* 109 */ "ifexists ::=",
+ /* 110 */ "cmd ::= createkw temp VIEW ifnotexists nm dbnm AS select",
+ /* 111 */ "cmd ::= DROP VIEW ifexists fullname",
+ /* 112 */ "cmd ::= select",
+ /* 113 */ "select ::= oneselect",
+ /* 114 */ "select ::= select multiselect_op oneselect",
+ /* 115 */ "multiselect_op ::= UNION",
+ /* 116 */ "multiselect_op ::= UNION ALL",
+ /* 117 */ "multiselect_op ::= EXCEPT|INTERSECT",
+ /* 118 */ "oneselect ::= SELECT distinct selcollist from where_opt groupby_opt having_opt orderby_opt limit_opt",
+ /* 119 */ "distinct ::= DISTINCT",
+ /* 120 */ "distinct ::= ALL",
+ /* 121 */ "distinct ::=",
+ /* 122 */ "sclp ::= selcollist COMMA",
+ /* 123 */ "sclp ::=",
+ /* 124 */ "selcollist ::= sclp expr as",
+ /* 125 */ "selcollist ::= sclp STAR",
+ /* 126 */ "selcollist ::= sclp nm DOT STAR",
+ /* 127 */ "as ::= AS nm",
+ /* 128 */ "as ::= ids",
+ /* 129 */ "as ::=",
+ /* 130 */ "from ::=",
+ /* 131 */ "from ::= FROM seltablist",
+ /* 132 */ "stl_prefix ::= seltablist joinop",
+ /* 133 */ "stl_prefix ::=",
+ /* 134 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix nm dbnm as indexed_opt on_opt using_opt",
+ /* 135 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP select RP as on_opt using_opt",
+ /* 136 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP seltablist RP as on_opt using_opt",
+ /* 137 */ "dbnm ::=",
+ /* 138 */ "dbnm ::= DOT nm",
+ /* 139 */ "fullname ::= nm dbnm",
+ /* 140 */ "joinop ::= COMMA|JOIN",
+ /* 141 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW JOIN",
+ /* 142 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm JOIN",
+ /* 143 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm nm JOIN",
+ /* 144 */ "on_opt ::= ON expr",
+ /* 145 */ "on_opt ::=",
+ /* 146 */ "indexed_opt ::=",
+ /* 147 */ "indexed_opt ::= INDEXED BY nm",
+ /* 148 */ "indexed_opt ::= NOT INDEXED",
+ /* 149 */ "using_opt ::= USING LP inscollist RP",
+ /* 150 */ "using_opt ::=",
+ /* 151 */ "orderby_opt ::=",
+ /* 152 */ "orderby_opt ::= ORDER BY sortlist",
+ /* 153 */ "sortlist ::= sortlist COMMA expr sortorder",
+ /* 154 */ "sortlist ::= expr sortorder",
+ /* 155 */ "sortorder ::= ASC",
+ /* 156 */ "sortorder ::= DESC",
+ /* 157 */ "sortorder ::=",
+ /* 158 */ "groupby_opt ::=",
+ /* 159 */ "groupby_opt ::= GROUP BY nexprlist",
+ /* 160 */ "having_opt ::=",
+ /* 161 */ "having_opt ::= HAVING expr",
+ /* 162 */ "limit_opt ::=",
+ /* 163 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr",
+ /* 164 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr OFFSET expr",
+ /* 165 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr COMMA expr",
+ /* 166 */ "cmd ::= DELETE FROM fullname indexed_opt where_opt",
+ /* 167 */ "where_opt ::=",
+ /* 168 */ "where_opt ::= WHERE expr",
+ /* 169 */ "cmd ::= UPDATE orconf fullname indexed_opt SET setlist where_opt",
+ /* 170 */ "setlist ::= setlist COMMA nm EQ expr",
+ /* 171 */ "setlist ::= nm EQ expr",
+ /* 172 */ "cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt valuelist",
+ /* 173 */ "cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt select",
+ /* 174 */ "cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt DEFAULT VALUES",
+ /* 175 */ "insert_cmd ::= INSERT orconf",
+ /* 176 */ "insert_cmd ::= REPLACE",
+ /* 177 */ "valuelist ::= VALUES LP nexprlist RP",
+ /* 178 */ "valuelist ::= valuelist COMMA LP exprlist RP",
+ /* 179 */ "inscollist_opt ::=",
+ /* 180 */ "inscollist_opt ::= LP inscollist RP",
+ /* 181 */ "inscollist ::= inscollist COMMA nm",
+ /* 182 */ "inscollist ::= nm",
+ /* 183 */ "expr ::= term",
+ /* 184 */ "expr ::= LP expr RP",
+ /* 185 */ "term ::= NULL",
+ /* 186 */ "expr ::= id",
+ /* 187 */ "expr ::= JOIN_KW",
+ /* 188 */ "expr ::= nm DOT nm",
+ /* 189 */ "expr ::= nm DOT nm DOT nm",
+ /* 190 */ "term ::= INTEGER|FLOAT|BLOB",
+ /* 191 */ "term ::= STRING",
+ /* 192 */ "expr ::= REGISTER",
+ /* 193 */ "expr ::= VARIABLE",
+ /* 194 */ "expr ::= expr COLLATE ids",
+ /* 195 */ "expr ::= CAST LP expr AS typetoken RP",
+ /* 196 */ "expr ::= ID LP distinct exprlist RP",
+ /* 197 */ "expr ::= ID LP STAR RP",
+ /* 198 */ "term ::= CTIME_KW",
+ /* 199 */ "expr ::= expr AND expr",
+ /* 200 */ "expr ::= expr OR expr",
+ /* 201 */ "expr ::= expr LT|GT|GE|LE expr",
+ /* 202 */ "expr ::= expr EQ|NE expr",
+ /* 203 */ "expr ::= expr BITAND|BITOR|LSHIFT|RSHIFT expr",
+ /* 204 */ "expr ::= expr PLUS|MINUS expr",
+ /* 205 */ "expr ::= expr STAR|SLASH|REM expr",
+ /* 206 */ "expr ::= expr CONCAT expr",
+ /* 207 */ "likeop ::= LIKE_KW",
+ /* 208 */ "likeop ::= NOT LIKE_KW",
+ /* 209 */ "likeop ::= MATCH",
+ /* 210 */ "likeop ::= NOT MATCH",
+ /* 211 */ "expr ::= expr likeop expr",
+ /* 212 */ "expr ::= expr likeop expr ESCAPE expr",
+ /* 213 */ "expr ::= expr ISNULL|NOTNULL",
+ /* 214 */ "expr ::= expr NOT NULL",
+ /* 215 */ "expr ::= expr IS expr",
+ /* 216 */ "expr ::= expr IS NOT expr",
+ /* 217 */ "expr ::= NOT expr",
+ /* 218 */ "expr ::= BITNOT expr",
+ /* 219 */ "expr ::= MINUS expr",
+ /* 220 */ "expr ::= PLUS expr",
+ /* 221 */ "between_op ::= BETWEEN",
+ /* 222 */ "between_op ::= NOT BETWEEN",
+ /* 223 */ "expr ::= expr between_op expr AND expr",
+ /* 224 */ "in_op ::= IN",
+ /* 225 */ "in_op ::= NOT IN",
+ /* 226 */ "expr ::= expr in_op LP exprlist RP",
+ /* 227 */ "expr ::= LP select RP",
+ /* 228 */ "expr ::= expr in_op LP select RP",
+ /* 229 */ "expr ::= expr in_op nm dbnm",
+ /* 230 */ "expr ::= EXISTS LP select RP",
+ /* 231 */ "expr ::= CASE case_operand case_exprlist case_else END",
+ /* 232 */ "case_exprlist ::= case_exprlist WHEN expr THEN expr",
+ /* 233 */ "case_exprlist ::= WHEN expr THEN expr",
+ /* 234 */ "case_else ::= ELSE expr",
+ /* 235 */ "case_else ::=",
+ /* 236 */ "case_operand ::= expr",
+ /* 237 */ "case_operand ::=",
+ /* 238 */ "exprlist ::= nexprlist",
+ /* 239 */ "exprlist ::=",
+ /* 240 */ "nexprlist ::= nexprlist COMMA expr",
+ /* 241 */ "nexprlist ::= expr",
+ /* 242 */ "cmd ::= createkw uniqueflag INDEX ifnotexists nm dbnm ON nm LP idxlist RP",
+ /* 243 */ "uniqueflag ::= UNIQUE",
+ /* 244 */ "uniqueflag ::=",
+ /* 245 */ "idxlist_opt ::=",
+ /* 246 */ "idxlist_opt ::= LP idxlist RP",
+ /* 247 */ "idxlist ::= idxlist COMMA nm collate sortorder",
+ /* 248 */ "idxlist ::= nm collate sortorder",
+ /* 249 */ "collate ::=",
+ /* 250 */ "collate ::= COLLATE ids",
+ /* 251 */ "cmd ::= DROP INDEX ifexists fullname",
+ /* 252 */ "cmd ::= VACUUM",
+ /* 253 */ "cmd ::= VACUUM nm",
+ /* 254 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm",
+ /* 255 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ nmnum",
+ /* 256 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP nmnum RP",
+ /* 257 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ minus_num",
+ /* 258 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP minus_num RP",
+ /* 259 */ "nmnum ::= plus_num",
+ /* 260 */ "nmnum ::= nm",
+ /* 261 */ "nmnum ::= ON",
+ /* 262 */ "nmnum ::= DELETE",
+ /* 263 */ "nmnum ::= DEFAULT",
+ /* 264 */ "plus_num ::= PLUS number",
+ /* 265 */ "plus_num ::= number",
+ /* 266 */ "minus_num ::= MINUS number",
+ /* 267 */ "number ::= INTEGER|FLOAT",
+ /* 268 */ "cmd ::= createkw trigger_decl BEGIN trigger_cmd_list END",
+ /* 269 */ "trigger_decl ::= temp TRIGGER ifnotexists nm dbnm trigger_time trigger_event ON fullname foreach_clause when_clause",
+ /* 270 */ "trigger_time ::= BEFORE",
+ /* 271 */ "trigger_time ::= AFTER",
+ /* 272 */ "trigger_time ::= INSTEAD OF",
+ /* 273 */ "trigger_time ::=",
+ /* 274 */ "trigger_event ::= DELETE|INSERT",
+ /* 275 */ "trigger_event ::= UPDATE",
+ /* 276 */ "trigger_event ::= UPDATE OF inscollist",
+ /* 277 */ "foreach_clause ::=",
+ /* 278 */ "foreach_clause ::= FOR EACH ROW",
+ /* 279 */ "when_clause ::=",
+ /* 280 */ "when_clause ::= WHEN expr",
+ /* 281 */ "trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd_list trigger_cmd SEMI",
+ /* 282 */ "trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd SEMI",
+ /* 283 */ "trnm ::= nm",
+ /* 284 */ "trnm ::= nm DOT nm",
+ /* 285 */ "tridxby ::=",
+ /* 286 */ "tridxby ::= INDEXED BY nm",
+ /* 287 */ "tridxby ::= NOT INDEXED",
+ /* 288 */ "trigger_cmd ::= UPDATE orconf trnm tridxby SET setlist where_opt",
+ /* 289 */ "trigger_cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO trnm inscollist_opt valuelist",
+ /* 290 */ "trigger_cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO trnm inscollist_opt select",
+ /* 291 */ "trigger_cmd ::= DELETE FROM trnm tridxby where_opt",
+ /* 292 */ "trigger_cmd ::= select",
+ /* 293 */ "expr ::= RAISE LP IGNORE RP",
+ /* 294 */ "expr ::= RAISE LP raisetype COMMA nm RP",
+ /* 295 */ "raisetype ::= ROLLBACK",
+ /* 296 */ "raisetype ::= ABORT",
+ /* 297 */ "raisetype ::= FAIL",
+ /* 298 */ "cmd ::= DROP TRIGGER ifexists fullname",
+ /* 299 */ "cmd ::= ATTACH database_kw_opt expr AS expr key_opt",
+ /* 300 */ "cmd ::= DETACH database_kw_opt expr",
+ /* 301 */ "key_opt ::=",
+ /* 302 */ "key_opt ::= KEY expr",
+ /* 303 */ "database_kw_opt ::= DATABASE",
+ /* 304 */ "database_kw_opt ::=",
+ /* 305 */ "cmd ::= REINDEX",
+ /* 306 */ "cmd ::= REINDEX nm dbnm",
+ /* 307 */ "cmd ::= ANALYZE",
+ /* 308 */ "cmd ::= ANALYZE nm dbnm",
+ /* 309 */ "cmd ::= ALTER TABLE fullname RENAME TO nm",
+ /* 310 */ "cmd ::= ALTER TABLE add_column_fullname ADD kwcolumn_opt column",
+ /* 311 */ "add_column_fullname ::= fullname",
+ /* 312 */ "kwcolumn_opt ::=",
+ /* 313 */ "kwcolumn_opt ::= COLUMNKW",
+ /* 314 */ "cmd ::= create_vtab",
+ /* 315 */ "cmd ::= create_vtab LP vtabarglist RP",
+ /* 316 */ "create_vtab ::= createkw VIRTUAL TABLE ifnotexists nm dbnm USING nm",
+ /* 317 */ "vtabarglist ::= vtabarg",
+ /* 318 */ "vtabarglist ::= vtabarglist COMMA vtabarg",
+ /* 319 */ "vtabarg ::=",
+ /* 320 */ "vtabarg ::= vtabarg vtabargtoken",
+ /* 321 */ "vtabargtoken ::= ANY",
+ /* 322 */ "vtabargtoken ::= lp anylist RP",
+ /* 323 */ "lp ::= LP",
+ /* 324 */ "anylist ::=",
+ /* 325 */ "anylist ::= anylist LP anylist RP",
+ /* 326 */ "anylist ::= anylist ANY",
+};
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+
+
+#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0
+/*
+** Try to increase the size of the parser stack.
+*/
+static void yyGrowStack(yyParser *p){
+  int newSize;
+  yyStackEntry *pNew;
+
+  newSize = p->yystksz*2 + 100;
+  pNew = realloc(p->yystack, newSize*sizeof(pNew[0]));
+  if( pNew ){
+    p->yystack = pNew;
+    p->yystksz = newSize;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+    if( yyTraceFILE ){
+      fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack grows to %d entries!\n",
+              yyTracePrompt, p->yystksz);
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+/* 
+** This function allocates a new parser.
+** The only argument is a pointer to a function which works like
+** malloc.
+**
+** Inputs:
+** A pointer to the function used to allocate memory.
+**
+** Outputs:
+** A pointer to a parser.  This pointer is used in subsequent calls
+** to sqlite3Parser and sqlite3ParserFree.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ParserAlloc(void *(*mallocProc)(size_t)){
+  yyParser *pParser;
+  pParser = (yyParser*)(*mallocProc)( (size_t)sizeof(yyParser) );
+  if( pParser ){
+    pParser->yyidx = -1;
+#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
+    pParser->yyidxMax = 0;
+#endif
+#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0
+    pParser->yystack = NULL;
+    pParser->yystksz = 0;
+    yyGrowStack(pParser);
+#endif
+  }
+  return pParser;
+}
+
+/* The following function deletes the value associated with a
+** symbol.  The symbol can be either a terminal or nonterminal.
+** "yymajor" is the symbol code, and "yypminor" is a pointer to
+** the value.
+*/
+static void yy_destructor(
+  yyParser *yypParser,    /* The parser */
+  YYCODETYPE yymajor,     /* Type code for object to destroy */
+  YYMINORTYPE *yypminor   /* The object to be destroyed */
+){
+  sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH;
+  switch( yymajor ){
+    /* Here is inserted the actions which take place when a
+    ** terminal or non-terminal is destroyed.  This can happen
+    ** when the symbol is popped from the stack during a
+    ** reduce or during error processing or when a parser is 
+    ** being destroyed before it is finished parsing.
+    **
+    ** Note: during a reduce, the only symbols destroyed are those
+    ** which appear on the RHS of the rule, but which are not used
+    ** inside the C code.
+    */
+    case 160: /* select */
+    case 194: /* oneselect */
+{
+sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy159));
+}
+      break;
+    case 173: /* term */
+    case 174: /* expr */
+{
+sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy342).pExpr);
+}
+      break;
+    case 178: /* idxlist_opt */
+    case 187: /* idxlist */
+    case 197: /* selcollist */
+    case 200: /* groupby_opt */
+    case 202: /* orderby_opt */
+    case 204: /* sclp */
+    case 214: /* sortlist */
+    case 215: /* nexprlist */
+    case 216: /* setlist */
+    case 220: /* exprlist */
+    case 225: /* case_exprlist */
+{
+sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy442));
+}
+      break;
+    case 193: /* fullname */
+    case 198: /* from */
+    case 206: /* seltablist */
+    case 207: /* stl_prefix */
+{
+sqlite3SrcListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy347));
+}
+      break;
+    case 199: /* where_opt */
+    case 201: /* having_opt */
+    case 210: /* on_opt */
+    case 224: /* case_operand */
+    case 226: /* case_else */
+    case 236: /* when_clause */
+    case 241: /* key_opt */
+{
+sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy122));
+}
+      break;
+    case 211: /* using_opt */
+    case 213: /* inscollist */
+    case 218: /* inscollist_opt */
+{
+sqlite3IdListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy180));
+}
+      break;
+    case 219: /* valuelist */
+{
+
+  sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy487).pList);
+  sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy487).pSelect);
+
+}
+      break;
+    case 232: /* trigger_cmd_list */
+    case 237: /* trigger_cmd */
+{
+sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy327));
+}
+      break;
+    case 234: /* trigger_event */
+{
+sqlite3IdListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy410).b);
+}
+      break;
+    default:  break;   /* If no destructor action specified: do nothing */
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Pop the parser's stack once.
+**
+** If there is a destructor routine associated with the token which
+** is popped from the stack, then call it.
+**
+** Return the major token number for the symbol popped.
+*/
+static int yy_pop_parser_stack(yyParser *pParser){
+  YYCODETYPE yymajor;
+  yyStackEntry *yytos = &pParser->yystack[pParser->yyidx];
+
+  /* There is no mechanism by which the parser stack can be popped below
+  ** empty in SQLite.  */
+  if( NEVER(pParser->yyidx<0) ) return 0;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  if( yyTraceFILE && pParser->yyidx>=0 ){
+    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sPopping %s\n",
+      yyTracePrompt,
+      yyTokenName[yytos->major]);
+  }
+#endif
+  yymajor = yytos->major;
+  yy_destructor(pParser, yymajor, &yytos->minor);
+  pParser->yyidx--;
+  return yymajor;
+}
+
+/* 
+** Deallocate and destroy a parser.  Destructors are all called for
+** all stack elements before shutting the parser down.
+**
+** Inputs:
+** <ul>
+** <li>  A pointer to the parser.  This should be a pointer
+**       obtained from sqlite3ParserAlloc.
+** <li>  A pointer to a function used to reclaim memory obtained
+**       from malloc.
+** </ul>
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserFree(
+  void *p,                    /* The parser to be deleted */
+  void (*freeProc)(void*)     /* Function used to reclaim memory */
+){
+  yyParser *pParser = (yyParser*)p;
+  /* In SQLite, we never try to destroy a parser that was not successfully
+  ** created in the first place. */
+  if( NEVER(pParser==0) ) return;
+  while( pParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(pParser);
+#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0
+  free(pParser->yystack);
+#endif
+  (*freeProc)((void*)pParser);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the peak depth of the stack for a parser.
+*/
+#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParserStackPeak(void *p){
+  yyParser *pParser = (yyParser*)p;
+  return pParser->yyidxMax;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Find the appropriate action for a parser given the terminal
+** look-ahead token iLookAhead.
+**
+** If the look-ahead token is YYNOCODE, then check to see if the action is
+** independent of the look-ahead.  If it is, return the action, otherwise
+** return YY_NO_ACTION.
+*/
+static int yy_find_shift_action(
+  yyParser *pParser,        /* The parser */
+  YYCODETYPE iLookAhead     /* The look-ahead token */
+){
+  int i;
+  int stateno = pParser->yystack[pParser->yyidx].stateno;
+ 
+  if( stateno>YY_SHIFT_COUNT
+   || (i = yy_shift_ofst[stateno])==YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT ){
+    return yy_default[stateno];
+  }
+  assert( iLookAhead!=YYNOCODE );
+  i += iLookAhead;
+  if( i<0 || i>=YY_ACTTAB_COUNT || yy_lookahead[i]!=iLookAhead ){
+    if( iLookAhead>0 ){
+#ifdef YYFALLBACK
+      YYCODETYPE iFallback;            /* Fallback token */
+      if( iLookAhead<sizeof(yyFallback)/sizeof(yyFallback[0])
+             && (iFallback = yyFallback[iLookAhead])!=0 ){
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+        if( yyTraceFILE ){
+          fprintf(yyTraceFILE, "%sFALLBACK %s => %s\n",
+             yyTracePrompt, yyTokenName[iLookAhead], yyTokenName[iFallback]);
+        }
+#endif
+        return yy_find_shift_action(pParser, iFallback);
+      }
+#endif
+#ifdef YYWILDCARD
+      {
+        int j = i - iLookAhead + YYWILDCARD;
+        if( 
+#if YY_SHIFT_MIN+YYWILDCARD<0
+          j>=0 &&
+#endif
+#if YY_SHIFT_MAX+YYWILDCARD>=YY_ACTTAB_COUNT
+          j<YY_ACTTAB_COUNT &&
+#endif
+          yy_lookahead[j]==YYWILDCARD
+        ){
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+          if( yyTraceFILE ){
+            fprintf(yyTraceFILE, "%sWILDCARD %s => %s\n",
+               yyTracePrompt, yyTokenName[iLookAhead], yyTokenName[YYWILDCARD]);
+          }
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+          return yy_action[j];
+        }
+      }
+#endif /* YYWILDCARD */
+    }
+    return yy_default[stateno];
+  }else{
+    return yy_action[i];
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Find the appropriate action for a parser given the non-terminal
+** look-ahead token iLookAhead.
+**
+** If the look-ahead token is YYNOCODE, then check to see if the action is
+** independent of the look-ahead.  If it is, return the action, otherwise
+** return YY_NO_ACTION.
+*/
+static int yy_find_reduce_action(
+  int stateno,              /* Current state number */
+  YYCODETYPE iLookAhead     /* The look-ahead token */
+){
+  int i;
+#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL
+  if( stateno>YY_REDUCE_COUNT ){
+    return yy_default[stateno];
+  }
+#else
+  assert( stateno<=YY_REDUCE_COUNT );
+#endif
+  i = yy_reduce_ofst[stateno];
+  assert( i!=YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT );
+  assert( iLookAhead!=YYNOCODE );
+  i += iLookAhead;
+#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL
+  if( i<0 || i>=YY_ACTTAB_COUNT || yy_lookahead[i]!=iLookAhead ){
+    return yy_default[stateno];
+  }
+#else
+  assert( i>=0 && i<YY_ACTTAB_COUNT );
+  assert( yy_lookahead[i]==iLookAhead );
+#endif
+  return yy_action[i];
+}
+
+/*
+** The following routine is called if the stack overflows.
+*/
+static void yyStackOverflow(yyParser *yypParser, YYMINORTYPE *yypMinor){
+   sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH;
+   yypParser->yyidx--;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+   if( yyTraceFILE ){
+     fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack Overflow!\n",yyTracePrompt);
+   }
+#endif
+   while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser);
+   /* Here code is inserted which will execute if the parser
+   ** stack every overflows */
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(yypMinor); /* Silence some compiler warnings */
+  sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "parser stack overflow");
+   sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument var */
+}
+
+/*
+** Perform a shift action.
+*/
+static void yy_shift(
+  yyParser *yypParser,          /* The parser to be shifted */
+  int yyNewState,               /* The new state to shift in */
+  int yyMajor,                  /* The major token to shift in */
+  YYMINORTYPE *yypMinor         /* Pointer to the minor token to shift in */
+){
+  yyStackEntry *yytos;
+  yypParser->yyidx++;
+#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
+  if( yypParser->yyidx>yypParser->yyidxMax ){
+    yypParser->yyidxMax = yypParser->yyidx;
+  }
+#endif
+#if YYSTACKDEPTH>0 
+  if( yypParser->yyidx>=YYSTACKDEPTH ){
+    yyStackOverflow(yypParser, yypMinor);
+    return;
+  }
+#else
+  if( yypParser->yyidx>=yypParser->yystksz ){
+    yyGrowStack(yypParser);
+    if( yypParser->yyidx>=yypParser->yystksz ){
+      yyStackOverflow(yypParser, yypMinor);
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+  yytos = &yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx];
+  yytos->stateno = (YYACTIONTYPE)yyNewState;
+  yytos->major = (YYCODETYPE)yyMajor;
+  yytos->minor = *yypMinor;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  if( yyTraceFILE && yypParser->yyidx>0 ){
+    int i;
+    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sShift %d\n",yyTracePrompt,yyNewState);
+    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack:",yyTracePrompt);
+    for(i=1; i<=yypParser->yyidx; i++)
+      fprintf(yyTraceFILE," %s",yyTokenName[yypParser->yystack[i].major]);
+    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"\n");
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/* The following table contains information about every rule that
+** is used during the reduce.
+*/
+static const struct {
+  YYCODETYPE lhs;         /* Symbol on the left-hand side of the rule */
+  unsigned char nrhs;     /* Number of right-hand side symbols in the rule */
+} yyRuleInfo[] = {
+  { 142, 1 },
+  { 143, 2 },
+  { 143, 1 },
+  { 144, 1 },
+  { 144, 3 },
+  { 145, 0 },
+  { 145, 1 },
+  { 145, 3 },
+  { 146, 1 },
+  { 147, 3 },
+  { 149, 0 },
+  { 149, 1 },
+  { 149, 2 },
+  { 148, 0 },
+  { 148, 1 },
+  { 148, 1 },
+  { 148, 1 },
+  { 147, 2 },
+  { 147, 2 },
+  { 147, 2 },
+  { 151, 1 },
+  { 151, 0 },
+  { 147, 2 },
+  { 147, 3 },
+  { 147, 5 },
+  { 147, 2 },
+  { 152, 6 },
+  { 154, 1 },
+  { 156, 0 },
+  { 156, 3 },
+  { 155, 1 },
+  { 155, 0 },
+  { 153, 4 },
+  { 153, 2 },
+  { 158, 3 },
+  { 158, 1 },
+  { 161, 3 },
+  { 162, 1 },
+  { 165, 1 },
+  { 165, 1 },
+  { 166, 1 },
+  { 150, 1 },
+  { 150, 1 },
+  { 150, 1 },
+  { 163, 0 },
+  { 163, 1 },
+  { 167, 1 },
+  { 167, 4 },
+  { 167, 6 },
+  { 168, 1 },
+  { 168, 2 },
+  { 169, 1 },
+  { 169, 1 },
+  { 164, 2 },
+  { 164, 0 },
+  { 172, 2 },
+  { 172, 2 },
+  { 172, 4 },
+  { 172, 3 },
+  { 172, 3 },
+  { 172, 2 },
+  { 172, 2 },
+  { 172, 3 },
+  { 172, 5 },
+  { 172, 2 },
+  { 172, 4 },
+  { 172, 4 },
+  { 172, 1 },
+  { 172, 2 },
+  { 177, 0 },
+  { 177, 1 },
+  { 179, 0 },
+  { 179, 2 },
+  { 181, 2 },
+  { 181, 3 },
+  { 181, 3 },
+  { 181, 3 },
+  { 182, 2 },
+  { 182, 2 },
+  { 182, 1 },
+  { 182, 1 },
+  { 182, 2 },
+  { 180, 3 },
+  { 180, 2 },
+  { 183, 0 },
+  { 183, 2 },
+  { 183, 2 },
+  { 159, 0 },
+  { 159, 2 },
+  { 184, 3 },
+  { 184, 1 },
+  { 185, 1 },
+  { 185, 0 },
+  { 186, 2 },
+  { 186, 7 },
+  { 186, 5 },
+  { 186, 5 },
+  { 186, 10 },
+  { 188, 0 },
+  { 188, 1 },
+  { 175, 0 },
+  { 175, 3 },
+  { 189, 0 },
+  { 189, 2 },
+  { 190, 1 },
+  { 190, 1 },
+  { 190, 1 },
+  { 147, 4 },
+  { 192, 2 },
+  { 192, 0 },
+  { 147, 8 },
+  { 147, 4 },
+  { 147, 1 },
+  { 160, 1 },
+  { 160, 3 },
+  { 195, 1 },
+  { 195, 2 },
+  { 195, 1 },
+  { 194, 9 },
+  { 196, 1 },
+  { 196, 1 },
+  { 196, 0 },
+  { 204, 2 },
+  { 204, 0 },
+  { 197, 3 },
+  { 197, 2 },
+  { 197, 4 },
+  { 205, 2 },
+  { 205, 1 },
+  { 205, 0 },
+  { 198, 0 },
+  { 198, 2 },
+  { 207, 2 },
+  { 207, 0 },
+  { 206, 7 },
+  { 206, 7 },
+  { 206, 7 },
+  { 157, 0 },
+  { 157, 2 },
+  { 193, 2 },
+  { 208, 1 },
+  { 208, 2 },
+  { 208, 3 },
+  { 208, 4 },
+  { 210, 2 },
+  { 210, 0 },
+  { 209, 0 },
+  { 209, 3 },
+  { 209, 2 },
+  { 211, 4 },
+  { 211, 0 },
+  { 202, 0 },
+  { 202, 3 },
+  { 214, 4 },
+  { 214, 2 },
+  { 176, 1 },
+  { 176, 1 },
+  { 176, 0 },
+  { 200, 0 },
+  { 200, 3 },
+  { 201, 0 },
+  { 201, 2 },
+  { 203, 0 },
+  { 203, 2 },
+  { 203, 4 },
+  { 203, 4 },
+  { 147, 5 },
+  { 199, 0 },
+  { 199, 2 },
+  { 147, 7 },
+  { 216, 5 },
+  { 216, 3 },
+  { 147, 5 },
+  { 147, 5 },
+  { 147, 6 },
+  { 217, 2 },
+  { 217, 1 },
+  { 219, 4 },
+  { 219, 5 },
+  { 218, 0 },
+  { 218, 3 },
+  { 213, 3 },
+  { 213, 1 },
+  { 174, 1 },
+  { 174, 3 },
+  { 173, 1 },
+  { 174, 1 },
+  { 174, 1 },
+  { 174, 3 },
+  { 174, 5 },
+  { 173, 1 },
+  { 173, 1 },
+  { 174, 1 },
+  { 174, 1 },
+  { 174, 3 },
+  { 174, 6 },
+  { 174, 5 },
+  { 174, 4 },
+  { 173, 1 },
+  { 174, 3 },
+  { 174, 3 },
+  { 174, 3 },
+  { 174, 3 },
+  { 174, 3 },
+  { 174, 3 },
+  { 174, 3 },
+  { 174, 3 },
+  { 221, 1 },
+  { 221, 2 },
+  { 221, 1 },
+  { 221, 2 },
+  { 174, 3 },
+  { 174, 5 },
+  { 174, 2 },
+  { 174, 3 },
+  { 174, 3 },
+  { 174, 4 },
+  { 174, 2 },
+  { 174, 2 },
+  { 174, 2 },
+  { 174, 2 },
+  { 222, 1 },
+  { 222, 2 },
+  { 174, 5 },
+  { 223, 1 },
+  { 223, 2 },
+  { 174, 5 },
+  { 174, 3 },
+  { 174, 5 },
+  { 174, 4 },
+  { 174, 4 },
+  { 174, 5 },
+  { 225, 5 },
+  { 225, 4 },
+  { 226, 2 },
+  { 226, 0 },
+  { 224, 1 },
+  { 224, 0 },
+  { 220, 1 },
+  { 220, 0 },
+  { 215, 3 },
+  { 215, 1 },
+  { 147, 11 },
+  { 227, 1 },
+  { 227, 0 },
+  { 178, 0 },
+  { 178, 3 },
+  { 187, 5 },
+  { 187, 3 },
+  { 228, 0 },
+  { 228, 2 },
+  { 147, 4 },
+  { 147, 1 },
+  { 147, 2 },
+  { 147, 3 },
+  { 147, 5 },
+  { 147, 6 },
+  { 147, 5 },
+  { 147, 6 },
+  { 229, 1 },
+  { 229, 1 },
+  { 229, 1 },
+  { 229, 1 },
+  { 229, 1 },
+  { 170, 2 },
+  { 170, 1 },
+  { 171, 2 },
+  { 230, 1 },
+  { 147, 5 },
+  { 231, 11 },
+  { 233, 1 },
+  { 233, 1 },
+  { 233, 2 },
+  { 233, 0 },
+  { 234, 1 },
+  { 234, 1 },
+  { 234, 3 },
+  { 235, 0 },
+  { 235, 3 },
+  { 236, 0 },
+  { 236, 2 },
+  { 232, 3 },
+  { 232, 2 },
+  { 238, 1 },
+  { 238, 3 },
+  { 239, 0 },
+  { 239, 3 },
+  { 239, 2 },
+  { 237, 7 },
+  { 237, 5 },
+  { 237, 5 },
+  { 237, 5 },
+  { 237, 1 },
+  { 174, 4 },
+  { 174, 6 },
+  { 191, 1 },
+  { 191, 1 },
+  { 191, 1 },
+  { 147, 4 },
+  { 147, 6 },
+  { 147, 3 },
+  { 241, 0 },
+  { 241, 2 },
+  { 240, 1 },
+  { 240, 0 },
+  { 147, 1 },
+  { 147, 3 },
+  { 147, 1 },
+  { 147, 3 },
+  { 147, 6 },
+  { 147, 6 },
+  { 242, 1 },
+  { 243, 0 },
+  { 243, 1 },
+  { 147, 1 },
+  { 147, 4 },
+  { 244, 8 },
+  { 245, 1 },
+  { 245, 3 },
+  { 246, 0 },
+  { 246, 2 },
+  { 247, 1 },
+  { 247, 3 },
+  { 248, 1 },
+  { 249, 0 },
+  { 249, 4 },
+  { 249, 2 },
+};
+
+static void yy_accept(yyParser*);  /* Forward Declaration */
+
+/*
+** Perform a reduce action and the shift that must immediately
+** follow the reduce.
+*/
+static void yy_reduce(
+  yyParser *yypParser,         /* The parser */
+  int yyruleno                 /* Number of the rule by which to reduce */
+){
+  int yygoto;                     /* The next state */
+  int yyact;                      /* The next action */
+  YYMINORTYPE yygotominor;        /* The LHS of the rule reduced */
+  yyStackEntry *yymsp;            /* The top of the parser's stack */
+  int yysize;                     /* Amount to pop the stack */
+  sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH;
+  yymsp = &yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx];
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  if( yyTraceFILE && yyruleno>=0 
+        && yyruleno<(int)(sizeof(yyRuleName)/sizeof(yyRuleName[0])) ){
+    fprintf(yyTraceFILE, "%sReduce [%s].\n", yyTracePrompt,
+      yyRuleName[yyruleno]);
+  }
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+
+  /* Silence complaints from purify about yygotominor being uninitialized
+  ** in some cases when it is copied into the stack after the following
+  ** switch.  yygotominor is uninitialized when a rule reduces that does
+  ** not set the value of its left-hand side nonterminal.  Leaving the
+  ** value of the nonterminal uninitialized is utterly harmless as long
+  ** as the value is never used.  So really the only thing this code
+  ** accomplishes is to quieten purify.  
+  **
+  ** 2007-01-16:  The wireshark project (www.wireshark.org) reports that
+  ** without this code, their parser segfaults.  I'm not sure what there
+  ** parser is doing to make this happen.  This is the second bug report
+  ** from wireshark this week.  Clearly they are stressing Lemon in ways
+  ** that it has not been previously stressed...  (SQLite ticket #2172)
+  */
+  /*memset(&yygotominor, 0, sizeof(yygotominor));*/
+  yygotominor = yyzerominor;
+
+
+  switch( yyruleno ){
+  /* Beginning here are the reduction cases.  A typical example
+  ** follows:
+  **   case 0:
+  **  #line <lineno> <grammarfile>
+  **     { ... }           // User supplied code
+  **  #line <lineno> <thisfile>
+  **     break;
+  */
+      case 5: /* explain ::= */
+{ sqlite3BeginParse(pParse, 0); }
+        break;
+      case 6: /* explain ::= EXPLAIN */
+{ sqlite3BeginParse(pParse, 1); }
+        break;
+      case 7: /* explain ::= EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN */
+{ sqlite3BeginParse(pParse, 2); }
+        break;
+      case 8: /* cmdx ::= cmd */
+{ sqlite3FinishCoding(pParse); }
+        break;
+      case 9: /* cmd ::= BEGIN transtype trans_opt */
+{sqlite3BeginTransaction(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy392);}
+        break;
+      case 13: /* transtype ::= */
+{yygotominor.yy392 = TK_DEFERRED;}
+        break;
+      case 14: /* transtype ::= DEFERRED */
+      case 15: /* transtype ::= IMMEDIATE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==15);
+      case 16: /* transtype ::= EXCLUSIVE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==16);
+      case 115: /* multiselect_op ::= UNION */ yytestcase(yyruleno==115);
+      case 117: /* multiselect_op ::= EXCEPT|INTERSECT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==117);
+{yygotominor.yy392 = yymsp[0].major;}
+        break;
+      case 17: /* cmd ::= COMMIT trans_opt */
+      case 18: /* cmd ::= END trans_opt */ yytestcase(yyruleno==18);
+{sqlite3CommitTransaction(pParse);}
+        break;
+      case 19: /* cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt */
+{sqlite3RollbackTransaction(pParse);}
+        break;
+      case 22: /* cmd ::= SAVEPOINT nm */
+{
+  sqlite3Savepoint(pParse, SAVEPOINT_BEGIN, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+        break;
+      case 23: /* cmd ::= RELEASE savepoint_opt nm */
+{
+  sqlite3Savepoint(pParse, SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+        break;
+      case 24: /* cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt TO savepoint_opt nm */
+{
+  sqlite3Savepoint(pParse, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+        break;
+      case 26: /* create_table ::= createkw temp TABLE ifnotexists nm dbnm */
+{
+   sqlite3StartTable(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,yymsp[-4].minor.yy392,0,0,yymsp[-2].minor.yy392);
+}
+        break;
+      case 27: /* createkw ::= CREATE */
+{
+  pParse->db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0;
+  yygotominor.yy0 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0;
+}
+        break;
+      case 28: /* ifnotexists ::= */
+      case 31: /* temp ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==31);
+      case 69: /* autoinc ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==69);
+      case 82: /* defer_subclause ::= NOT DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt */ yytestcase(yyruleno==82);
+      case 84: /* init_deferred_pred_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==84);
+      case 86: /* init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY IMMEDIATE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==86);
+      case 98: /* defer_subclause_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==98);
+      case 109: /* ifexists ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==109);
+      case 120: /* distinct ::= ALL */ yytestcase(yyruleno==120);
+      case 121: /* distinct ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==121);
+      case 221: /* between_op ::= BETWEEN */ yytestcase(yyruleno==221);
+      case 224: /* in_op ::= IN */ yytestcase(yyruleno==224);
+{yygotominor.yy392 = 0;}
+        break;
+      case 29: /* ifnotexists ::= IF NOT EXISTS */
+      case 30: /* temp ::= TEMP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==30);
+      case 70: /* autoinc ::= AUTOINCR */ yytestcase(yyruleno==70);
+      case 85: /* init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY DEFERRED */ yytestcase(yyruleno==85);
+      case 108: /* ifexists ::= IF EXISTS */ yytestcase(yyruleno==108);
+      case 119: /* distinct ::= DISTINCT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==119);
+      case 222: /* between_op ::= NOT BETWEEN */ yytestcase(yyruleno==222);
+      case 225: /* in_op ::= NOT IN */ yytestcase(yyruleno==225);
+{yygotominor.yy392 = 1;}
+        break;
+      case 32: /* create_table_args ::= LP columnlist conslist_opt RP */
+{
+  sqlite3EndTable(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,0);
+}
+        break;
+      case 33: /* create_table_args ::= AS select */
+{
+  sqlite3EndTable(pParse,0,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy159);
+  sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[0].minor.yy159);
+}
+        break;
+      case 36: /* column ::= columnid type carglist */
+{
+  yygotominor.yy0.z = yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.z;
+  yygotominor.yy0.n = (int)(pParse->sLastToken.z-yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.z) + pParse->sLastToken.n;
+}
+        break;
+      case 37: /* columnid ::= nm */
+{
+  sqlite3AddColumn(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+  yygotominor.yy0 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0;
+  pParse->constraintName.n = 0;
+}
+        break;
+      case 38: /* id ::= ID */
+      case 39: /* id ::= INDEXED */ yytestcase(yyruleno==39);
+      case 40: /* ids ::= ID|STRING */ yytestcase(yyruleno==40);
+      case 41: /* nm ::= id */ yytestcase(yyruleno==41);
+      case 42: /* nm ::= STRING */ yytestcase(yyruleno==42);
+      case 43: /* nm ::= JOIN_KW */ yytestcase(yyruleno==43);
+      case 46: /* typetoken ::= typename */ yytestcase(yyruleno==46);
+      case 49: /* typename ::= ids */ yytestcase(yyruleno==49);
+      case 127: /* as ::= AS nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==127);
+      case 128: /* as ::= ids */ yytestcase(yyruleno==128);
+      case 138: /* dbnm ::= DOT nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==138);
+      case 147: /* indexed_opt ::= INDEXED BY nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==147);
+      case 250: /* collate ::= COLLATE ids */ yytestcase(yyruleno==250);
+      case 259: /* nmnum ::= plus_num */ yytestcase(yyruleno==259);
+      case 260: /* nmnum ::= nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==260);
+      case 261: /* nmnum ::= ON */ yytestcase(yyruleno==261);
+      case 262: /* nmnum ::= DELETE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==262);
+      case 263: /* nmnum ::= DEFAULT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==263);
+      case 264: /* plus_num ::= PLUS number */ yytestcase(yyruleno==264);
+      case 265: /* plus_num ::= number */ yytestcase(yyruleno==265);
+      case 266: /* minus_num ::= MINUS number */ yytestcase(yyruleno==266);
+      case 267: /* number ::= INTEGER|FLOAT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==267);
+      case 283: /* trnm ::= nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==283);
+{yygotominor.yy0 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0;}
+        break;
+      case 45: /* type ::= typetoken */
+{sqlite3AddColumnType(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+        break;
+      case 47: /* typetoken ::= typename LP signed RP */
+{
+  yygotominor.yy0.z = yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z;
+  yygotominor.yy0.n = (int)(&yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n] - yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z);
+}
+        break;
+      case 48: /* typetoken ::= typename LP signed COMMA signed RP */
+{
+  yygotominor.yy0.z = yymsp[-5].minor.yy0.z;
+  yygotominor.yy0.n = (int)(&yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n] - yymsp[-5].minor.yy0.z);
+}
+        break;
+      case 50: /* typename ::= typename ids */
+{yygotominor.yy0.z=yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z; yygotominor.yy0.n=yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n+(int)(yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z-yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z);}
+        break;
+      case 55: /* ccons ::= CONSTRAINT nm */
+      case 93: /* tcons ::= CONSTRAINT nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==93);
+{pParse->constraintName = yymsp[0].minor.yy0;}
+        break;
+      case 56: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT term */
+      case 58: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT PLUS term */ yytestcase(yyruleno==58);
+{sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy342);}
+        break;
+      case 57: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT LP expr RP */
+{sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy342);}
+        break;
+      case 59: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT MINUS term */
+{
+  ExprSpan v;
+  v.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_UMINUS, yymsp[0].minor.yy342.pExpr, 0, 0);
+  v.zStart = yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z;
+  v.zEnd = yymsp[0].minor.yy342.zEnd;
+  sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,&v);
+}
+        break;
+      case 60: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT id */
+{
+  ExprSpan v;
+  spanExpr(&v, pParse, TK_STRING, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+  sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,&v);
+}
+        break;
+      case 62: /* ccons ::= NOT NULL onconf */
+{sqlite3AddNotNull(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy392);}
+        break;
+      case 63: /* ccons ::= PRIMARY KEY sortorder onconf autoinc */
+{sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(pParse,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy392,yymsp[0].minor.yy392,yymsp[-2].minor.yy392);}
+        break;
+      case 64: /* ccons ::= UNIQUE onconf */
+{sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse,0,0,0,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy392,0,0,0,0);}
+        break;
+      case 65: /* ccons ::= CHECK LP expr RP */
+{sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy342.pExpr);}
+        break;
+      case 66: /* ccons ::= REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs */
+{sqlite3CreateForeignKey(pParse,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy442,yymsp[0].minor.yy392);}
+        break;
+      case 67: /* ccons ::= defer_subclause */
+{sqlite3DeferForeignKey(pParse,yymsp[0].minor.yy392);}
+        break;
+      case 68: /* ccons ::= COLLATE ids */
+{sqlite3AddCollateType(pParse, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+        break;
+      case 71: /* refargs ::= */
+{ yygotominor.yy392 = OE_None*0x0101; /* EV: R-19803-45884 */}
+        break;
+      case 72: /* refargs ::= refargs refarg */
+{ yygotominor.yy392 = (yymsp[-1].minor.yy392 & ~yymsp[0].minor.yy207.mask) | yymsp[0].minor.yy207.value; }
+        break;
+      case 73: /* refarg ::= MATCH nm */
+      case 74: /* refarg ::= ON INSERT refact */ yytestcase(yyruleno==74);
+{ yygotominor.yy207.value = 0;     yygotominor.yy207.mask = 0x000000; }
+        break;
+      case 75: /* refarg ::= ON DELETE refact */
+{ yygotominor.yy207.value = yymsp[0].minor.yy392;     yygotominor.yy207.mask = 0x0000ff; }
+        break;
+      case 76: /* refarg ::= ON UPDATE refact */
+{ yygotominor.yy207.value = yymsp[0].minor.yy392<<8;  yygotominor.yy207.mask = 0x00ff00; }
+        break;
+      case 77: /* refact ::= SET NULL */
+{ yygotominor.yy392 = OE_SetNull;  /* EV: R-33326-45252 */}
+        break;
+      case 78: /* refact ::= SET DEFAULT */
+{ yygotominor.yy392 = OE_SetDflt;  /* EV: R-33326-45252 */}
+        break;
+      case 79: /* refact ::= CASCADE */
+{ yygotominor.yy392 = OE_Cascade;  /* EV: R-33326-45252 */}
+        break;
+      case 80: /* refact ::= RESTRICT */
+{ yygotominor.yy392 = OE_Restrict; /* EV: R-33326-45252 */}
+        break;
+      case 81: /* refact ::= NO ACTION */
+{ yygotominor.yy392 = OE_None;     /* EV: R-33326-45252 */}
+        break;
+      case 83: /* defer_subclause ::= DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt */
+      case 99: /* defer_subclause_opt ::= defer_subclause */ yytestcase(yyruleno==99);
+      case 101: /* onconf ::= ON CONFLICT resolvetype */ yytestcase(yyruleno==101);
+      case 104: /* resolvetype ::= raisetype */ yytestcase(yyruleno==104);
+{yygotominor.yy392 = yymsp[0].minor.yy392;}
+        break;
+      case 87: /* conslist_opt ::= */
+{yygotominor.yy0.n = 0; yygotominor.yy0.z = 0;}
+        break;
+      case 88: /* conslist_opt ::= COMMA conslist */
+{yygotominor.yy0 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy0;}
+        break;
+      case 91: /* tconscomma ::= COMMA */
+{pParse->constraintName.n = 0;}
+        break;
+      case 94: /* tcons ::= PRIMARY KEY LP idxlist autoinc RP onconf */
+{sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy442,yymsp[0].minor.yy392,yymsp[-2].minor.yy392,0);}
+        break;
+      case 95: /* tcons ::= UNIQUE LP idxlist RP onconf */
+{sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse,0,0,0,yymsp[-2].minor.yy442,yymsp[0].minor.yy392,0,0,0,0);}
+        break;
+      case 96: /* tcons ::= CHECK LP expr RP onconf */
+{sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy342.pExpr);}
+        break;
+      case 97: /* tcons ::= FOREIGN KEY LP idxlist RP REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs defer_subclause_opt */
+{
+    sqlite3CreateForeignKey(pParse, yymsp[-6].minor.yy442, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy442, yymsp[-1].minor.yy392);
+    sqlite3DeferForeignKey(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy392);
+}
+        break;
+      case 100: /* onconf ::= */
+{yygotominor.yy392 = OE_Default;}
+        break;
+      case 102: /* orconf ::= */
+{yygotominor.yy258 = OE_Default;}
+        break;
+      case 103: /* orconf ::= OR resolvetype */
+{yygotominor.yy258 = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy392;}
+        break;
+      case 105: /* resolvetype ::= IGNORE */
+{yygotominor.yy392 = OE_Ignore;}
+        break;
+      case 106: /* resolvetype ::= REPLACE */
+{yygotominor.yy392 = OE_Replace;}
+        break;
+      case 107: /* cmd ::= DROP TABLE ifexists fullname */
+{
+  sqlite3DropTable(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy347, 0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy392);
+}
+        break;
+      case 110: /* cmd ::= createkw temp VIEW ifnotexists nm dbnm AS select */
+{
+  sqlite3CreateView(pParse, &yymsp[-7].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, yymsp[0].minor.yy159, yymsp[-6].minor.yy392, yymsp[-4].minor.yy392);
+}
+        break;
+      case 111: /* cmd ::= DROP VIEW ifexists fullname */
+{
+  sqlite3DropTable(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy347, 1, yymsp[-1].minor.yy392);
+}
+        break;
+      case 112: /* cmd ::= select */
+{
+  SelectDest dest = {SRT_Output, 0, 0, 0, 0};
+  sqlite3Select(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy159, &dest);
+  sqlite3ExplainBegin(pParse->pVdbe);
+  sqlite3ExplainSelect(pParse->pVdbe, yymsp[0].minor.yy159);
+  sqlite3ExplainFinish(pParse->pVdbe);
+  sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[0].minor.yy159);
+}
+        break;
+      case 113: /* select ::= oneselect */
+{yygotominor.yy159 = yymsp[0].minor.yy159;}
+        break;
+      case 114: /* select ::= select multiselect_op oneselect */
+{
+  if( yymsp[0].minor.yy159 ){
+    yymsp[0].minor.yy159->op = (u8)yymsp[-1].minor.yy392;
+    yymsp[0].minor.yy159->pPrior = yymsp[-2].minor.yy159;
+  }else{
+    sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-2].minor.yy159);
+  }
+  yygotominor.yy159 = yymsp[0].minor.yy159;
+}
+        break;
+      case 116: /* multiselect_op ::= UNION ALL */
+{yygotominor.yy392 = TK_ALL;}
+        break;
+      case 118: /* oneselect ::= SELECT distinct selcollist from where_opt groupby_opt having_opt orderby_opt limit_opt */
+{
+  yygotominor.yy159 = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy442,yymsp[-5].minor.yy347,yymsp[-4].minor.yy122,yymsp[-3].minor.yy442,yymsp[-2].minor.yy122,yymsp[-1].minor.yy442,yymsp[-7].minor.yy392,yymsp[0].minor.yy64.pLimit,yymsp[0].minor.yy64.pOffset);
+}
+        break;
+      case 122: /* sclp ::= selcollist COMMA */
+      case 246: /* idxlist_opt ::= LP idxlist RP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==246);
+{yygotominor.yy442 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy442;}
+        break;
+      case 123: /* sclp ::= */
+      case 151: /* orderby_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==151);
+      case 158: /* groupby_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==158);
+      case 239: /* exprlist ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==239);
+      case 245: /* idxlist_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==245);
+{yygotominor.yy442 = 0;}
+        break;
+      case 124: /* selcollist ::= sclp expr as */
+{
+   yygotominor.yy442 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy442, yymsp[-1].minor.yy342.pExpr);
+   if( yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n>0 ) sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, yygotominor.yy442, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, 1);
+   sqlite3ExprListSetSpan(pParse,yygotominor.yy442,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy342);
+}
+        break;
+      case 125: /* selcollist ::= sclp STAR */
+{
+  Expr *p = sqlite3Expr(pParse->db, TK_ALL, 0);
+  yygotominor.yy442 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy442, p);
+}
+        break;
+      case 126: /* selcollist ::= sclp nm DOT STAR */
+{
+  Expr *pRight = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ALL, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+  Expr *pLeft = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0);
+  Expr *pDot = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, pLeft, pRight, 0);
+  yygotominor.yy442 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy442, pDot);
+}
+        break;
+      case 129: /* as ::= */
+{yygotominor.yy0.n = 0;}
+        break;
+      case 130: /* from ::= */
+{yygotominor.yy347 = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(*yygotominor.yy347));}
+        break;
+      case 131: /* from ::= FROM seltablist */
+{
+  yygotominor.yy347 = yymsp[0].minor.yy347;
+  sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(yygotominor.yy347);
+}
+        break;
+      case 132: /* stl_prefix ::= seltablist joinop */
+{
+   yygotominor.yy347 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy347;
+   if( ALWAYS(yygotominor.yy347 && yygotominor.yy347->nSrc>0) ) yygotominor.yy347->a[yygotominor.yy347->nSrc-1].jointype = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy392;
+}
+        break;
+      case 133: /* stl_prefix ::= */
+{yygotominor.yy347 = 0;}
+        break;
+      case 134: /* seltablist ::= stl_prefix nm dbnm as indexed_opt on_opt using_opt */
+{
+  yygotominor.yy347 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy347,&yymsp[-5].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy122,yymsp[0].minor.yy180);
+  sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(pParse, yygotominor.yy347, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0);
+}
+        break;
+      case 135: /* seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP select RP as on_opt using_opt */
+{
+    yygotominor.yy347 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy347,0,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,yymsp[-4].minor.yy159,yymsp[-1].minor.yy122,yymsp[0].minor.yy180);
+  }
+        break;
+      case 136: /* seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP seltablist RP as on_opt using_opt */
+{
+    if( yymsp[-6].minor.yy347==0 && yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.n==0 && yymsp[-1].minor.yy122==0 && yymsp[0].minor.yy180==0 ){
+      yygotominor.yy347 = yymsp[-4].minor.yy347;
+    }else{
+      Select *pSubquery;
+      sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(yymsp[-4].minor.yy347);
+      pSubquery = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,0,yymsp[-4].minor.yy347,0,0,0,0,0,0,0);
+      yygotominor.yy347 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy347,0,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,pSubquery,yymsp[-1].minor.yy122,yymsp[0].minor.yy180);
+    }
+  }
+        break;
+      case 137: /* dbnm ::= */
+      case 146: /* indexed_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==146);
+{yygotominor.yy0.z=0; yygotominor.yy0.n=0;}
+        break;
+      case 139: /* fullname ::= nm dbnm */
+{yygotominor.yy347 = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db,0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+        break;
+      case 140: /* joinop ::= COMMA|JOIN */
+{ yygotominor.yy392 = JT_INNER; }
+        break;
+      case 141: /* joinop ::= JOIN_KW JOIN */
+{ yygotominor.yy392 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,0,0); }
+        break;
+      case 142: /* joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm JOIN */
+{ yygotominor.yy392 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,0); }
+        break;
+      case 143: /* joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm nm JOIN */
+{ yygotominor.yy392 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0); }
+        break;
+      case 144: /* on_opt ::= ON expr */
+      case 161: /* having_opt ::= HAVING expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==161);
+      case 168: /* where_opt ::= WHERE expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==168);
+      case 234: /* case_else ::= ELSE expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==234);
+      case 236: /* case_operand ::= expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==236);
+{yygotominor.yy122 = yymsp[0].minor.yy342.pExpr;}
+        break;
+      case 145: /* on_opt ::= */
+      case 160: /* having_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==160);
+      case 167: /* where_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==167);
+      case 235: /* case_else ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==235);
+      case 237: /* case_operand ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==237);
+{yygotominor.yy122 = 0;}
+        break;
+      case 148: /* indexed_opt ::= NOT INDEXED */
+{yygotominor.yy0.z=0; yygotominor.yy0.n=1;}
+        break;
+      case 149: /* using_opt ::= USING LP inscollist RP */
+      case 180: /* inscollist_opt ::= LP inscollist RP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==180);
+{yygotominor.yy180 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy180;}
+        break;
+      case 150: /* using_opt ::= */
+      case 179: /* inscollist_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==179);
+{yygotominor.yy180 = 0;}
+        break;
+      case 152: /* orderby_opt ::= ORDER BY sortlist */
+      case 159: /* groupby_opt ::= GROUP BY nexprlist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==159);
+      case 238: /* exprlist ::= nexprlist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==238);
+{yygotominor.yy442 = yymsp[0].minor.yy442;}
+        break;
+      case 153: /* sortlist ::= sortlist COMMA expr sortorder */
+{
+  yygotominor.yy442 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy442,yymsp[-1].minor.yy342.pExpr);
+  if( yygotominor.yy442 ) yygotominor.yy442->a[yygotominor.yy442->nExpr-1].sortOrder = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy392;
+}
+        break;
+      case 154: /* sortlist ::= expr sortorder */
+{
+  yygotominor.yy442 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy342.pExpr);
+  if( yygotominor.yy442 && ALWAYS(yygotominor.yy442->a) ) yygotominor.yy442->a[0].sortOrder = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy392;
+}
+        break;
+      case 155: /* sortorder ::= ASC */
+      case 157: /* sortorder ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==157);
+{yygotominor.yy392 = SQLITE_SO_ASC;}
+        break;
+      case 156: /* sortorder ::= DESC */
+{yygotominor.yy392 = SQLITE_SO_DESC;}
+        break;
+      case 162: /* limit_opt ::= */
+{yygotominor.yy64.pLimit = 0; yygotominor.yy64.pOffset = 0;}
+        break;
+      case 163: /* limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr */
+{yygotominor.yy64.pLimit = yymsp[0].minor.yy342.pExpr; yygotominor.yy64.pOffset = 0;}
+        break;
+      case 164: /* limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr OFFSET expr */
+{yygotominor.yy64.pLimit = yymsp[-2].minor.yy342.pExpr; yygotominor.yy64.pOffset = yymsp[0].minor.yy342.pExpr;}
+        break;
+      case 165: /* limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr COMMA expr */
+{yygotominor.yy64.pOffset = yymsp[-2].minor.yy342.pExpr; yygotominor.yy64.pLimit = yymsp[0].minor.yy342.pExpr;}
+        break;
+      case 166: /* cmd ::= DELETE FROM fullname indexed_opt where_opt */
+{
+  sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy347, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);
+  sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy347,yymsp[0].minor.yy122);
+}
+        break;
+      case 169: /* cmd ::= UPDATE orconf fullname indexed_opt SET setlist where_opt */
+{
+  sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy347, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0);
+  sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy442,"set list"); 
+  sqlite3Update(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy347,yymsp[-1].minor.yy442,yymsp[0].minor.yy122,yymsp[-5].minor.yy258);
+}
+        break;
+      case 170: /* setlist ::= setlist COMMA nm EQ expr */
+{
+  yygotominor.yy442 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy442, yymsp[0].minor.yy342.pExpr);
+  sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, yygotominor.yy442, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, 1);
+}
+        break;
+      case 171: /* setlist ::= nm EQ expr */
+{
+  yygotominor.yy442 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, yymsp[0].minor.yy342.pExpr);
+  sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, yygotominor.yy442, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, 1);
+}
+        break;
+      case 172: /* cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt valuelist */
+{sqlite3Insert(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy347, yymsp[0].minor.yy487.pList, yymsp[0].minor.yy487.pSelect, yymsp[-1].minor.yy180, yymsp[-4].minor.yy258);}
+        break;
+      case 173: /* cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt select */
+{sqlite3Insert(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy347, 0, yymsp[0].minor.yy159, yymsp[-1].minor.yy180, yymsp[-4].minor.yy258);}
+        break;
+      case 174: /* cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt DEFAULT VALUES */
+{sqlite3Insert(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy347, 0, 0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy180, yymsp[-5].minor.yy258);}
+        break;
+      case 175: /* insert_cmd ::= INSERT orconf */
+{yygotominor.yy258 = yymsp[0].minor.yy258;}
+        break;
+      case 176: /* insert_cmd ::= REPLACE */
+{yygotominor.yy258 = OE_Replace;}
+        break;
+      case 177: /* valuelist ::= VALUES LP nexprlist RP */
+{
+  yygotominor.yy487.pList = yymsp[-1].minor.yy442;
+  yygotominor.yy487.pSelect = 0;
+}
+        break;
+      case 178: /* valuelist ::= valuelist COMMA LP exprlist RP */
+{
+  Select *pRight = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy442, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+  if( yymsp[-4].minor.yy487.pList ){
+    yymsp[-4].minor.yy487.pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy487.pList, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+    yymsp[-4].minor.yy487.pList = 0;
+  }
+  yygotominor.yy487.pList = 0;
+  if( yymsp[-4].minor.yy487.pSelect==0 || pRight==0 ){
+    sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, pRight);
+    sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-4].minor.yy487.pSelect);
+    yygotominor.yy487.pSelect = 0;
+  }else{
+    pRight->op = TK_ALL;
+    pRight->pPrior = yymsp[-4].minor.yy487.pSelect;
+    pRight->selFlags |= SF_Values;
+    pRight->pPrior->selFlags |= SF_Values;
+    yygotominor.yy487.pSelect = pRight;
+  }
+}
+        break;
+      case 181: /* inscollist ::= inscollist COMMA nm */
+{yygotominor.yy180 = sqlite3IdListAppend(pParse->db,yymsp[-2].minor.yy180,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+        break;
+      case 182: /* inscollist ::= nm */
+{yygotominor.yy180 = sqlite3IdListAppend(pParse->db,0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+        break;
+      case 183: /* expr ::= term */
+{yygotominor.yy342 = yymsp[0].minor.yy342;}
+        break;
+      case 184: /* expr ::= LP expr RP */
+{yygotominor.yy342.pExpr = yymsp[-1].minor.yy342.pExpr; spanSet(&yygotominor.yy342,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+        break;
+      case 185: /* term ::= NULL */
+      case 190: /* term ::= INTEGER|FLOAT|BLOB */ yytestcase(yyruleno==190);
+      case 191: /* term ::= STRING */ yytestcase(yyruleno==191);
+{spanExpr(&yygotominor.yy342, pParse, yymsp[0].major, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+        break;
+      case 186: /* expr ::= id */
+      case 187: /* expr ::= JOIN_KW */ yytestcase(yyruleno==187);
+{spanExpr(&yygotominor.yy342, pParse, TK_ID, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+        break;
+      case 188: /* expr ::= nm DOT nm */
+{
+  Expr *temp1 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0);
+  Expr *temp2 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+  yygotominor.yy342.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, temp1, temp2, 0);
+  spanSet(&yygotominor.yy342,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+        break;
+      case 189: /* expr ::= nm DOT nm DOT nm */
+{
+  Expr *temp1 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0);
+  Expr *temp2 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0);
+  Expr *temp3 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+  Expr *temp4 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, temp2, temp3, 0);
+  yygotominor.yy342.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, temp1, temp4, 0);
+  spanSet(&yygotominor.yy342,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+        break;
+      case 192: /* expr ::= REGISTER */
+{
+  /* When doing a nested parse, one can include terms in an expression
+  ** that look like this:   #1 #2 ...  These terms refer to registers
+  ** in the virtual machine.  #N is the N-th register. */
+  if( pParse->nested==0 ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "near \"%T\": syntax error", &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+    yygotominor.yy342.pExpr = 0;
+  }else{
+    yygotominor.yy342.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_REGISTER, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+    if( yygotominor.yy342.pExpr ) sqlite3GetInt32(&yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[1], &yygotominor.yy342.pExpr->iTable);
+  }
+  spanSet(&yygotominor.yy342, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+        break;
+      case 193: /* expr ::= VARIABLE */
+{
+  spanExpr(&yygotominor.yy342, pParse, TK_VARIABLE, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+  sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(pParse, yygotominor.yy342.pExpr);
+  spanSet(&yygotominor.yy342, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+        break;
+      case 194: /* expr ::= expr COLLATE ids */
+{
+  yygotominor.yy342.pExpr = sqlite3ExprSetCollByToken(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy342.pExpr, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+  yygotominor.yy342.zStart = yymsp[-2].minor.yy342.zStart;
+  yygotominor.yy342.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n];
+}
+        break;
+      case 195: /* expr ::= CAST LP expr AS typetoken RP */
+{
+  yygotominor.yy342.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_CAST, yymsp[-3].minor.yy342.pExpr, 0, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);
+  spanSet(&yygotominor.yy342,&yymsp[-5].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+        break;
+      case 196: /* expr ::= ID LP distinct exprlist RP */
+{
+  if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy442 && yymsp[-1].minor.yy442->nExpr>pParse->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG] ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many arguments on function %T", &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0);
+  }
+  yygotominor.yy342.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy442, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0);
+  spanSet(&yygotominor.yy342,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+  if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy392 && yygotominor.yy342.pExpr ){
+    yygotominor.yy342.pExpr->flags |= EP_Distinct;
+  }
+}
+        break;
+      case 197: /* expr ::= ID LP STAR RP */
+{
+  yygotominor.yy342.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, 0, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0);
+  spanSet(&yygotominor.yy342,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+        break;
+      case 198: /* term ::= CTIME_KW */
+{
+  /* The CURRENT_TIME, CURRENT_DATE, and CURRENT_TIMESTAMP values are
+  ** treated as functions that return constants */
+  yygotominor.yy342.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, 0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+  if( yygotominor.yy342.pExpr ){
+    yygotominor.yy342.pExpr->op = TK_CONST_FUNC;  
+  }
+  spanSet(&yygotominor.yy342, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+        break;
+      case 199: /* expr ::= expr AND expr */
+      case 200: /* expr ::= expr OR expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==200);
+      case 201: /* expr ::= expr LT|GT|GE|LE expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==201);
+      case 202: /* expr ::= expr EQ|NE expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==202);
+      case 203: /* expr ::= expr BITAND|BITOR|LSHIFT|RSHIFT expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==203);
+      case 204: /* expr ::= expr PLUS|MINUS expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==204);
+      case 205: /* expr ::= expr STAR|SLASH|REM expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==205);
+      case 206: /* expr ::= expr CONCAT expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==206);
+{spanBinaryExpr(&yygotominor.yy342,pParse,yymsp[-1].major,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy342,&yymsp[0].minor.yy342);}
+        break;
+      case 207: /* likeop ::= LIKE_KW */
+      case 209: /* likeop ::= MATCH */ yytestcase(yyruleno==209);
+{yygotominor.yy318.eOperator = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; yygotominor.yy318.bNot = 0;}
+        break;
+      case 208: /* likeop ::= NOT LIKE_KW */
+      case 210: /* likeop ::= NOT MATCH */ yytestcase(yyruleno==210);
+{yygotominor.yy318.eOperator = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; yygotominor.yy318.bNot = 1;}
+        break;
+      case 211: /* expr ::= expr likeop expr */
+{
+  ExprList *pList;
+  pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[0].minor.yy342.pExpr);
+  pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[-2].minor.yy342.pExpr);
+  yygotominor.yy342.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, pList, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy318.eOperator);
+  if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy318.bNot ) yygotominor.yy342.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy342.pExpr, 0, 0);
+  yygotominor.yy342.zStart = yymsp[-2].minor.yy342.zStart;
+  yygotominor.yy342.zEnd = yymsp[0].minor.yy342.zEnd;
+  if( yygotominor.yy342.pExpr ) yygotominor.yy342.pExpr->flags |= EP_InfixFunc;
+}
+        break;
+      case 212: /* expr ::= expr likeop expr ESCAPE expr */
+{
+  ExprList *pList;
+  pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy342.pExpr);
+  pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[-4].minor.yy342.pExpr);
+  pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[0].minor.yy342.pExpr);
+  yygotominor.yy342.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, pList, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy318.eOperator);
+  if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy318.bNot ) yygotominor.yy342.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy342.pExpr, 0, 0);
+  yygotominor.yy342.zStart = yymsp[-4].minor.yy342.zStart;
+  yygotominor.yy342.zEnd = yymsp[0].minor.yy342.zEnd;
+  if( yygotominor.yy342.pExpr ) yygotominor.yy342.pExpr->flags |= EP_InfixFunc;
+}
+        break;
+      case 213: /* expr ::= expr ISNULL|NOTNULL */
+{spanUnaryPostfix(&yygotominor.yy342,pParse,yymsp[0].major,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy342,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+        break;
+      case 214: /* expr ::= expr NOT NULL */
+{spanUnaryPostfix(&yygotominor.yy342,pParse,TK_NOTNULL,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy342,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+        break;
+      case 215: /* expr ::= expr IS expr */
+{
+  spanBinaryExpr(&yygotominor.yy342,pParse,TK_IS,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy342,&yymsp[0].minor.yy342);
+  binaryToUnaryIfNull(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy342.pExpr, yygotominor.yy342.pExpr, TK_ISNULL);
+}
+        break;
+      case 216: /* expr ::= expr IS NOT expr */
+{
+  spanBinaryExpr(&yygotominor.yy342,pParse,TK_ISNOT,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy342,&yymsp[0].minor.yy342);
+  binaryToUnaryIfNull(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy342.pExpr, yygotominor.yy342.pExpr, TK_NOTNULL);
+}
+        break;
+      case 217: /* expr ::= NOT expr */
+      case 218: /* expr ::= BITNOT expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==218);
+{spanUnaryPrefix(&yygotominor.yy342,pParse,yymsp[-1].major,&yymsp[0].minor.yy342,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);}
+        break;
+      case 219: /* expr ::= MINUS expr */
+{spanUnaryPrefix(&yygotominor.yy342,pParse,TK_UMINUS,&yymsp[0].minor.yy342,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);}
+        break;
+      case 220: /* expr ::= PLUS expr */
+{spanUnaryPrefix(&yygotominor.yy342,pParse,TK_UPLUS,&yymsp[0].minor.yy342,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);}
+        break;
+      case 223: /* expr ::= expr between_op expr AND expr */
+{
+  ExprList *pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy342.pExpr);
+  pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[0].minor.yy342.pExpr);
+  yygotominor.yy342.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_BETWEEN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy342.pExpr, 0, 0);
+  if( yygotominor.yy342.pExpr ){
+    yygotominor.yy342.pExpr->x.pList = pList;
+  }else{
+    sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pList);
+  } 
+  if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy392 ) yygotominor.yy342.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy342.pExpr, 0, 0);
+  yygotominor.yy342.zStart = yymsp[-4].minor.yy342.zStart;
+  yygotominor.yy342.zEnd = yymsp[0].minor.yy342.zEnd;
+}
+        break;
+      case 226: /* expr ::= expr in_op LP exprlist RP */
+{
+    if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy442==0 ){
+      /* Expressions of the form
+      **
+      **      expr1 IN ()
+      **      expr1 NOT IN ()
+      **
+      ** simplify to constants 0 (false) and 1 (true), respectively,
+      ** regardless of the value of expr1.
+      */
+      yygotominor.yy342.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_INTEGER, 0, 0, &sqlite3IntTokens[yymsp[-3].minor.yy392]);
+      sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-4].minor.yy342.pExpr);
+    }else{
+      yygotominor.yy342.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy342.pExpr, 0, 0);
+      if( yygotominor.yy342.pExpr ){
+        yygotominor.yy342.pExpr->x.pList = yymsp[-1].minor.yy442;
+        sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy342.pExpr);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy442);
+      }
+      if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy392 ) yygotominor.yy342.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy342.pExpr, 0, 0);
+    }
+    yygotominor.yy342.zStart = yymsp[-4].minor.yy342.zStart;
+    yygotominor.yy342.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n];
+  }
+        break;
+      case 227: /* expr ::= LP select RP */
+{
+    yygotominor.yy342.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_SELECT, 0, 0, 0);
+    if( yygotominor.yy342.pExpr ){
+      yygotominor.yy342.pExpr->x.pSelect = yymsp[-1].minor.yy159;
+      ExprSetProperty(yygotominor.yy342.pExpr, EP_xIsSelect);
+      sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy342.pExpr);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy159);
+    }
+    yygotominor.yy342.zStart = yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.z;
+    yygotominor.yy342.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n];
+  }
+        break;
+      case 228: /* expr ::= expr in_op LP select RP */
+{
+    yygotominor.yy342.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy342.pExpr, 0, 0);
+    if( yygotominor.yy342.pExpr ){
+      yygotominor.yy342.pExpr->x.pSelect = yymsp[-1].minor.yy159;
+      ExprSetProperty(yygotominor.yy342.pExpr, EP_xIsSelect);
+      sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy342.pExpr);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy159);
+    }
+    if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy392 ) yygotominor.yy342.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy342.pExpr, 0, 0);
+    yygotominor.yy342.zStart = yymsp[-4].minor.yy342.zStart;
+    yygotominor.yy342.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n];
+  }
+        break;
+      case 229: /* expr ::= expr in_op nm dbnm */
+{
+    SrcList *pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db, 0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+    yygotominor.yy342.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-3].minor.yy342.pExpr, 0, 0);
+    if( yygotominor.yy342.pExpr ){
+      yygotominor.yy342.pExpr->x.pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, 0,pSrc,0,0,0,0,0,0,0);
+      ExprSetProperty(yygotominor.yy342.pExpr, EP_xIsSelect);
+      sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy342.pExpr);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3SrcListDelete(pParse->db, pSrc);
+    }
+    if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy392 ) yygotominor.yy342.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy342.pExpr, 0, 0);
+    yygotominor.yy342.zStart = yymsp[-3].minor.yy342.zStart;
+    yygotominor.yy342.zEnd = yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z ? &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n] : &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.n];
+  }
+        break;
+      case 230: /* expr ::= EXISTS LP select RP */
+{
+    Expr *p = yygotominor.yy342.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EXISTS, 0, 0, 0);
+    if( p ){
+      p->x.pSelect = yymsp[-1].minor.yy159;
+      ExprSetProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect);
+      sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, p);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy159);
+    }
+    yygotominor.yy342.zStart = yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z;
+    yygotominor.yy342.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n];
+  }
+        break;
+      case 231: /* expr ::= CASE case_operand case_exprlist case_else END */
+{
+  yygotominor.yy342.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_CASE, yymsp[-3].minor.yy122, yymsp[-1].minor.yy122, 0);
+  if( yygotominor.yy342.pExpr ){
+    yygotominor.yy342.pExpr->x.pList = yymsp[-2].minor.yy442;
+    sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy342.pExpr);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-2].minor.yy442);
+  }
+  yygotominor.yy342.zStart = yymsp[-4].minor.yy0.z;
+  yygotominor.yy342.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n];
+}
+        break;
+      case 232: /* case_exprlist ::= case_exprlist WHEN expr THEN expr */
+{
+  yygotominor.yy442 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy442, yymsp[-2].minor.yy342.pExpr);
+  yygotominor.yy442 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yygotominor.yy442, yymsp[0].minor.yy342.pExpr);
+}
+        break;
+      case 233: /* case_exprlist ::= WHEN expr THEN expr */
+{
+  yygotominor.yy442 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy342.pExpr);
+  yygotominor.yy442 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yygotominor.yy442, yymsp[0].minor.yy342.pExpr);
+}
+        break;
+      case 240: /* nexprlist ::= nexprlist COMMA expr */
+{yygotominor.yy442 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy442,yymsp[0].minor.yy342.pExpr);}
+        break;
+      case 241: /* nexprlist ::= expr */
+{yygotominor.yy442 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy342.pExpr);}
+        break;
+      case 242: /* cmd ::= createkw uniqueflag INDEX ifnotexists nm dbnm ON nm LP idxlist RP */
+{
+  sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse, &yymsp[-6].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-5].minor.yy0, 
+                     sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db,0,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,0), yymsp[-1].minor.yy442, yymsp[-9].minor.yy392,
+                      &yymsp[-10].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, SQLITE_SO_ASC, yymsp[-7].minor.yy392);
+}
+        break;
+      case 243: /* uniqueflag ::= UNIQUE */
+      case 296: /* raisetype ::= ABORT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==296);
+{yygotominor.yy392 = OE_Abort;}
+        break;
+      case 244: /* uniqueflag ::= */
+{yygotominor.yy392 = OE_None;}
+        break;
+      case 247: /* idxlist ::= idxlist COMMA nm collate sortorder */
+{
+  Expr *p = 0;
+  if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.n>0 ){
+    p = sqlite3Expr(pParse->db, TK_COLUMN, 0);
+    sqlite3ExprSetCollByToken(pParse, p, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);
+  }
+  yygotominor.yy442 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy442, p);
+  sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse,yygotominor.yy442,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,1);
+  sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse, yygotominor.yy442, "index");
+  if( yygotominor.yy442 ) yygotominor.yy442->a[yygotominor.yy442->nExpr-1].sortOrder = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy392;
+}
+        break;
+      case 248: /* idxlist ::= nm collate sortorder */
+{
+  Expr *p = 0;
+  if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.n>0 ){
+    p = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_COLUMN, 0, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3ExprSetCollByToken(pParse, p, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);
+  }
+  yygotominor.yy442 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, p);
+  sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, yygotominor.yy442, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, 1);
+  sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse, yygotominor.yy442, "index");
+  if( yygotominor.yy442 ) yygotominor.yy442->a[yygotominor.yy442->nExpr-1].sortOrder = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy392;
+}
+        break;
+      case 249: /* collate ::= */
+{yygotominor.yy0.z = 0; yygotominor.yy0.n = 0;}
+        break;
+      case 251: /* cmd ::= DROP INDEX ifexists fullname */
+{sqlite3DropIndex(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy347, yymsp[-1].minor.yy392);}
+        break;
+      case 252: /* cmd ::= VACUUM */
+      case 253: /* cmd ::= VACUUM nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==253);
+{sqlite3Vacuum(pParse);}
+        break;
+      case 254: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm */
+{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,0,0);}
+        break;
+      case 255: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ nmnum */
+{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,0);}
+        break;
+      case 256: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP nmnum RP */
+{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,0);}
+        break;
+      case 257: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ minus_num */
+{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,1);}
+        break;
+      case 258: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP minus_num RP */
+{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,1);}
+        break;
+      case 268: /* cmd ::= createkw trigger_decl BEGIN trigger_cmd_list END */
+{
+  Token all;
+  all.z = yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z;
+  all.n = (int)(yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z - yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z) + yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n;
+  sqlite3FinishTrigger(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy327, &all);
+}
+        break;
+      case 269: /* trigger_decl ::= temp TRIGGER ifnotexists nm dbnm trigger_time trigger_event ON fullname foreach_clause when_clause */
+{
+  sqlite3BeginTrigger(pParse, &yymsp[-7].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-6].minor.yy0, yymsp[-5].minor.yy392, yymsp[-4].minor.yy410.a, yymsp[-4].minor.yy410.b, yymsp[-2].minor.yy347, yymsp[0].minor.yy122, yymsp[-10].minor.yy392, yymsp[-8].minor.yy392);
+  yygotominor.yy0 = (yymsp[-6].minor.yy0.n==0?yymsp[-7].minor.yy0:yymsp[-6].minor.yy0);
+}
+        break;
+      case 270: /* trigger_time ::= BEFORE */
+      case 273: /* trigger_time ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==273);
+{ yygotominor.yy392 = TK_BEFORE; }
+        break;
+      case 271: /* trigger_time ::= AFTER */
+{ yygotominor.yy392 = TK_AFTER;  }
+        break;
+      case 272: /* trigger_time ::= INSTEAD OF */
+{ yygotominor.yy392 = TK_INSTEAD;}
+        break;
+      case 274: /* trigger_event ::= DELETE|INSERT */
+      case 275: /* trigger_event ::= UPDATE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==275);
+{yygotominor.yy410.a = yymsp[0].major; yygotominor.yy410.b = 0;}
+        break;
+      case 276: /* trigger_event ::= UPDATE OF inscollist */
+{yygotominor.yy410.a = TK_UPDATE; yygotominor.yy410.b = yymsp[0].minor.yy180;}
+        break;
+      case 279: /* when_clause ::= */
+      case 301: /* key_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==301);
+{ yygotominor.yy122 = 0; }
+        break;
+      case 280: /* when_clause ::= WHEN expr */
+      case 302: /* key_opt ::= KEY expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==302);
+{ yygotominor.yy122 = yymsp[0].minor.yy342.pExpr; }
+        break;
+      case 281: /* trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd_list trigger_cmd SEMI */
+{
+  assert( yymsp[-2].minor.yy327!=0 );
+  yymsp[-2].minor.yy327->pLast->pNext = yymsp[-1].minor.yy327;
+  yymsp[-2].minor.yy327->pLast = yymsp[-1].minor.yy327;
+  yygotominor.yy327 = yymsp[-2].minor.yy327;
+}
+        break;
+      case 282: /* trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd SEMI */
+{ 
+  assert( yymsp[-1].minor.yy327!=0 );
+  yymsp[-1].minor.yy327->pLast = yymsp[-1].minor.yy327;
+  yygotominor.yy327 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy327;
+}
+        break;
+      case 284: /* trnm ::= nm DOT nm */
+{
+  yygotominor.yy0 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0;
+  sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
+        "qualified table names are not allowed on INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE "
+        "statements within triggers");
+}
+        break;
+      case 286: /* tridxby ::= INDEXED BY nm */
+{
+  sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+        "the INDEXED BY clause is not allowed on UPDATE or DELETE statements "
+        "within triggers");
+}
+        break;
+      case 287: /* tridxby ::= NOT INDEXED */
+{
+  sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+        "the NOT INDEXED clause is not allowed on UPDATE or DELETE statements "
+        "within triggers");
+}
+        break;
+      case 288: /* trigger_cmd ::= UPDATE orconf trnm tridxby SET setlist where_opt */
+{ yygotominor.yy327 = sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy442, yymsp[0].minor.yy122, yymsp[-5].minor.yy258); }
+        break;
+      case 289: /* trigger_cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO trnm inscollist_opt valuelist */
+{yygotominor.yy327 = sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy180, yymsp[0].minor.yy487.pList, yymsp[0].minor.yy487.pSelect, yymsp[-4].minor.yy258);}
+        break;
+      case 290: /* trigger_cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO trnm inscollist_opt select */
+{yygotominor.yy327 = sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy180, 0, yymsp[0].minor.yy159, yymsp[-4].minor.yy258);}
+        break;
+      case 291: /* trigger_cmd ::= DELETE FROM trnm tridxby where_opt */
+{yygotominor.yy327 = sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, yymsp[0].minor.yy122);}
+        break;
+      case 292: /* trigger_cmd ::= select */
+{yygotominor.yy327 = sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(pParse->db, yymsp[0].minor.yy159); }
+        break;
+      case 293: /* expr ::= RAISE LP IGNORE RP */
+{
+  yygotominor.yy342.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_RAISE, 0, 0, 0); 
+  if( yygotominor.yy342.pExpr ){
+    yygotominor.yy342.pExpr->affinity = OE_Ignore;
+  }
+  yygotominor.yy342.zStart = yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z;
+  yygotominor.yy342.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n];
+}
+        break;
+      case 294: /* expr ::= RAISE LP raisetype COMMA nm RP */
+{
+  yygotominor.yy342.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_RAISE, 0, 0, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0); 
+  if( yygotominor.yy342.pExpr ) {
+    yygotominor.yy342.pExpr->affinity = (char)yymsp[-3].minor.yy392;
+  }
+  yygotominor.yy342.zStart = yymsp[-5].minor.yy0.z;
+  yygotominor.yy342.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n];
+}
+        break;
+      case 295: /* raisetype ::= ROLLBACK */
+{yygotominor.yy392 = OE_Rollback;}
+        break;
+      case 297: /* raisetype ::= FAIL */
+{yygotominor.yy392 = OE_Fail;}
+        break;
+      case 298: /* cmd ::= DROP TRIGGER ifexists fullname */
+{
+  sqlite3DropTrigger(pParse,yymsp[0].minor.yy347,yymsp[-1].minor.yy392);
+}
+        break;
+      case 299: /* cmd ::= ATTACH database_kw_opt expr AS expr key_opt */
+{
+  sqlite3Attach(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy342.pExpr, yymsp[-1].minor.yy342.pExpr, yymsp[0].minor.yy122);
+}
+        break;
+      case 300: /* cmd ::= DETACH database_kw_opt expr */
+{
+  sqlite3Detach(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy342.pExpr);
+}
+        break;
+      case 305: /* cmd ::= REINDEX */
+{sqlite3Reindex(pParse, 0, 0);}
+        break;
+      case 306: /* cmd ::= REINDEX nm dbnm */
+{sqlite3Reindex(pParse, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+        break;
+      case 307: /* cmd ::= ANALYZE */
+{sqlite3Analyze(pParse, 0, 0);}
+        break;
+      case 308: /* cmd ::= ANALYZE nm dbnm */
+{sqlite3Analyze(pParse, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+        break;
+      case 309: /* cmd ::= ALTER TABLE fullname RENAME TO nm */
+{
+  sqlite3AlterRenameTable(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy347,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+        break;
+      case 310: /* cmd ::= ALTER TABLE add_column_fullname ADD kwcolumn_opt column */
+{
+  sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(pParse, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+        break;
+      case 311: /* add_column_fullname ::= fullname */
+{
+  pParse->db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0;
+  sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy347);
+}
+        break;
+      case 314: /* cmd ::= create_vtab */
+{sqlite3VtabFinishParse(pParse,0);}
+        break;
+      case 315: /* cmd ::= create_vtab LP vtabarglist RP */
+{sqlite3VtabFinishParse(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+        break;
+      case 316: /* create_vtab ::= createkw VIRTUAL TABLE ifnotexists nm dbnm USING nm */
+{
+    sqlite3VtabBeginParse(pParse, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, yymsp[-4].minor.yy392);
+}
+        break;
+      case 319: /* vtabarg ::= */
+{sqlite3VtabArgInit(pParse);}
+        break;
+      case 321: /* vtabargtoken ::= ANY */
+      case 322: /* vtabargtoken ::= lp anylist RP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==322);
+      case 323: /* lp ::= LP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==323);
+{sqlite3VtabArgExtend(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+        break;
+      default:
+      /* (0) input ::= cmdlist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==0);
+      /* (1) cmdlist ::= cmdlist ecmd */ yytestcase(yyruleno==1);
+      /* (2) cmdlist ::= ecmd */ yytestcase(yyruleno==2);
+      /* (3) ecmd ::= SEMI */ yytestcase(yyruleno==3);
+      /* (4) ecmd ::= explain cmdx SEMI */ yytestcase(yyruleno==4);
+      /* (10) trans_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==10);
+      /* (11) trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION */ yytestcase(yyruleno==11);
+      /* (12) trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==12);
+      /* (20) savepoint_opt ::= SAVEPOINT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==20);
+      /* (21) savepoint_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==21);
+      /* (25) cmd ::= create_table create_table_args */ yytestcase(yyruleno==25);
+      /* (34) columnlist ::= columnlist COMMA column */ yytestcase(yyruleno==34);
+      /* (35) columnlist ::= column */ yytestcase(yyruleno==35);
+      /* (44) type ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==44);
+      /* (51) signed ::= plus_num */ yytestcase(yyruleno==51);
+      /* (52) signed ::= minus_num */ yytestcase(yyruleno==52);
+      /* (53) carglist ::= carglist ccons */ yytestcase(yyruleno==53);
+      /* (54) carglist ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==54);
+      /* (61) ccons ::= NULL onconf */ yytestcase(yyruleno==61);
+      /* (89) conslist ::= conslist tconscomma tcons */ yytestcase(yyruleno==89);
+      /* (90) conslist ::= tcons */ yytestcase(yyruleno==90);
+      /* (92) tconscomma ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==92);
+      /* (277) foreach_clause ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==277);
+      /* (278) foreach_clause ::= FOR EACH ROW */ yytestcase(yyruleno==278);
+      /* (285) tridxby ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==285);
+      /* (303) database_kw_opt ::= DATABASE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==303);
+      /* (304) database_kw_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==304);
+      /* (312) kwcolumn_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==312);
+      /* (313) kwcolumn_opt ::= COLUMNKW */ yytestcase(yyruleno==313);
+      /* (317) vtabarglist ::= vtabarg */ yytestcase(yyruleno==317);
+      /* (318) vtabarglist ::= vtabarglist COMMA vtabarg */ yytestcase(yyruleno==318);
+      /* (320) vtabarg ::= vtabarg vtabargtoken */ yytestcase(yyruleno==320);
+      /* (324) anylist ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==324);
+      /* (325) anylist ::= anylist LP anylist RP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==325);
+      /* (326) anylist ::= anylist ANY */ yytestcase(yyruleno==326);
+        break;
+  };
+  yygoto = yyRuleInfo[yyruleno].lhs;
+  yysize = yyRuleInfo[yyruleno].nrhs;
+  yypParser->yyidx -= yysize;
+  yyact = yy_find_reduce_action(yymsp[-yysize].stateno,(YYCODETYPE)yygoto);
+  if( yyact < YYNSTATE ){
+#ifdef NDEBUG
+    /* If we are not debugging and the reduce action popped at least
+    ** one element off the stack, then we can push the new element back
+    ** onto the stack here, and skip the stack overflow test in yy_shift().
+    ** That gives a significant speed improvement. */
+    if( yysize ){
+      yypParser->yyidx++;
+      yymsp -= yysize-1;
+      yymsp->stateno = (YYACTIONTYPE)yyact;
+      yymsp->major = (YYCODETYPE)yygoto;
+      yymsp->minor = yygotominor;
+    }else
+#endif
+    {
+      yy_shift(yypParser,yyact,yygoto,&yygotominor);
+    }
+  }else{
+    assert( yyact == YYNSTATE + YYNRULE + 1 );
+    yy_accept(yypParser);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** The following code executes when the parse fails
+*/
+#ifndef YYNOERRORRECOVERY
+static void yy_parse_failed(
+  yyParser *yypParser           /* The parser */
+){
+  sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  if( yyTraceFILE ){
+    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sFail!\n",yyTracePrompt);
+  }
+#endif
+  while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser);
+  /* Here code is inserted which will be executed whenever the
+  ** parser fails */
+  sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */
+}
+#endif /* YYNOERRORRECOVERY */
+
+/*
+** The following code executes when a syntax error first occurs.
+*/
+static void yy_syntax_error(
+  yyParser *yypParser,           /* The parser */
+  int yymajor,                   /* The major type of the error token */
+  YYMINORTYPE yyminor            /* The minor type of the error token */
+){
+  sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH;
+#define TOKEN (yyminor.yy0)
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(yymajor);  /* Silence some compiler warnings */
+  assert( TOKEN.z[0] );  /* The tokenizer always gives us a token */
+  sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "near \"%T\": syntax error", &TOKEN);
+  sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */
+}
+
+/*
+** The following is executed when the parser accepts
+*/
+static void yy_accept(
+  yyParser *yypParser           /* The parser */
+){
+  sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  if( yyTraceFILE ){
+    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sAccept!\n",yyTracePrompt);
+  }
+#endif
+  while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser);
+  /* Here code is inserted which will be executed whenever the
+  ** parser accepts */
+  sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */
+}
+
+/* The main parser program.
+** The first argument is a pointer to a structure obtained from
+** "sqlite3ParserAlloc" which describes the current state of the parser.
+** The second argument is the major token number.  The third is
+** the minor token.  The fourth optional argument is whatever the
+** user wants (and specified in the grammar) and is available for
+** use by the action routines.
+**
+** Inputs:
+** <ul>
+** <li> A pointer to the parser (an opaque structure.)
+** <li> The major token number.
+** <li> The minor token number.
+** <li> An option argument of a grammar-specified type.
+** </ul>
+**
+** Outputs:
+** None.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Parser(
+  void *yyp,                   /* The parser */
+  int yymajor,                 /* The major token code number */
+  sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE yyminor       /* The value for the token */
+  sqlite3ParserARG_PDECL               /* Optional %extra_argument parameter */
+){
+  YYMINORTYPE yyminorunion;
+  int yyact;            /* The parser action. */
+#if !defined(YYERRORSYMBOL) && !defined(YYNOERRORRECOVERY)
+  int yyendofinput;     /* True if we are at the end of input */
+#endif
+#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL
+  int yyerrorhit = 0;   /* True if yymajor has invoked an error */
+#endif
+  yyParser *yypParser;  /* The parser */
+
+  /* (re)initialize the parser, if necessary */
+  yypParser = (yyParser*)yyp;
+  if( yypParser->yyidx<0 ){
+#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0
+    if( yypParser->yystksz <=0 ){
+      /*memset(&yyminorunion, 0, sizeof(yyminorunion));*/
+      yyminorunion = yyzerominor;
+      yyStackOverflow(yypParser, &yyminorunion);
+      return;
+    }
+#endif
+    yypParser->yyidx = 0;
+    yypParser->yyerrcnt = -1;
+    yypParser->yystack[0].stateno = 0;
+    yypParser->yystack[0].major = 0;
+  }
+  yyminorunion.yy0 = yyminor;
+#if !defined(YYERRORSYMBOL) && !defined(YYNOERRORRECOVERY)
+  yyendofinput = (yymajor==0);
+#endif
+  sqlite3ParserARG_STORE;
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  if( yyTraceFILE ){
+    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sInput %s\n",yyTracePrompt,yyTokenName[yymajor]);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  do{
+    yyact = yy_find_shift_action(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor);
+    if( yyact<YYNSTATE ){
+      yy_shift(yypParser,yyact,yymajor,&yyminorunion);
+      yypParser->yyerrcnt--;
+      yymajor = YYNOCODE;
+    }else if( yyact < YYNSTATE + YYNRULE ){
+      yy_reduce(yypParser,yyact-YYNSTATE);
+    }else{
+      assert( yyact == YY_ERROR_ACTION );
+#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL
+      int yymx;
+#endif
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+      if( yyTraceFILE ){
+        fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sSyntax Error!\n",yyTracePrompt);
+      }
+#endif
+#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL
+      /* A syntax error has occurred.
+      ** The response to an error depends upon whether or not the
+      ** grammar defines an error token "ERROR".  
+      **
+      ** This is what we do if the grammar does define ERROR:
+      **
+      **  * Call the %syntax_error function.
+      **
+      **  * Begin popping the stack until we enter a state where
+      **    it is legal to shift the error symbol, then shift
+      **    the error symbol.
+      **
+      **  * Set the error count to three.
+      **
+      **  * Begin accepting and shifting new tokens.  No new error
+      **    processing will occur until three tokens have been
+      **    shifted successfully.
+      **
+      */
+      if( yypParser->yyerrcnt<0 ){
+        yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor,yyminorunion);
+      }
+      yymx = yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx].major;
+      if( yymx==YYERRORSYMBOL || yyerrorhit ){
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+        if( yyTraceFILE ){
+          fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sDiscard input token %s\n",
+             yyTracePrompt,yyTokenName[yymajor]);
+        }
+#endif
+        yy_destructor(yypParser, (YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion);
+        yymajor = YYNOCODE;
+      }else{
+         while(
+          yypParser->yyidx >= 0 &&
+          yymx != YYERRORSYMBOL &&
+          (yyact = yy_find_reduce_action(
+                        yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx].stateno,
+                        YYERRORSYMBOL)) >= YYNSTATE
+        ){
+          yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser);
+        }
+        if( yypParser->yyidx < 0 || yymajor==0 ){
+          yy_destructor(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion);
+          yy_parse_failed(yypParser);
+          yymajor = YYNOCODE;
+        }else if( yymx!=YYERRORSYMBOL ){
+          YYMINORTYPE u2;
+          u2.YYERRSYMDT = 0;
+          yy_shift(yypParser,yyact,YYERRORSYMBOL,&u2);
+        }
+      }
+      yypParser->yyerrcnt = 3;
+      yyerrorhit = 1;
+#elif defined(YYNOERRORRECOVERY)
+      /* If the YYNOERRORRECOVERY macro is defined, then do not attempt to
+      ** do any kind of error recovery.  Instead, simply invoke the syntax
+      ** error routine and continue going as if nothing had happened.
+      **
+      ** Applications can set this macro (for example inside %include) if
+      ** they intend to abandon the parse upon the first syntax error seen.
+      */
+      yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor,yyminorunion);
+      yy_destructor(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion);
+      yymajor = YYNOCODE;
+      
+#else  /* YYERRORSYMBOL is not defined */
+      /* This is what we do if the grammar does not define ERROR:
+      **
+      **  * Report an error message, and throw away the input token.
+      **
+      **  * If the input token is $, then fail the parse.
+      **
+      ** As before, subsequent error messages are suppressed until
+      ** three input tokens have been successfully shifted.
+      */
+      if( yypParser->yyerrcnt<=0 ){
+        yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor,yyminorunion);
+      }
+      yypParser->yyerrcnt = 3;
+      yy_destructor(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion);
+      if( yyendofinput ){
+        yy_parse_failed(yypParser);
+      }
+      yymajor = YYNOCODE;
+#endif
+    }
+  }while( yymajor!=YYNOCODE && yypParser->yyidx>=0 );
+  return;
+}
+
+/************** End of parse.c ***********************************************/
+/************** Begin file tokenize.c ****************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** An tokenizer for SQL
+**
+** This file contains C code that splits an SQL input string up into
+** individual tokens and sends those tokens one-by-one over to the
+** parser for analysis.
+*/
+/* #include <stdlib.h> */
+
+/*
+** The charMap() macro maps alphabetic characters into their
+** lower-case ASCII equivalent.  On ASCII machines, this is just
+** an upper-to-lower case map.  On EBCDIC machines we also need
+** to adjust the encoding.  Only alphabetic characters and underscores
+** need to be translated.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
+# define charMap(X) sqlite3UpperToLower[(unsigned char)X]
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
+# define charMap(X) ebcdicToAscii[(unsigned char)X]
+const unsigned char ebcdicToAscii[] = {
+/* 0   1   2   3   4   5   6   7   8   9   A   B   C   D   E   F */
+   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 0x */
+   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 1x */
+   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 2x */
+   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 3x */
+   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 4x */
+   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 5x */
+   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0, 95,  0,  0,  /* 6x */
+   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 7x */
+   0, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 8x */
+   0,106,107,108,109,110,111,112,113,114,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 9x */
+   0,  0,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* Ax */
+   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* Bx */
+   0, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* Cx */
+   0,106,107,108,109,110,111,112,113,114,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* Dx */
+   0,  0,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* Ex */
+   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* Fx */
+};
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The sqlite3KeywordCode function looks up an identifier to determine if
+** it is a keyword.  If it is a keyword, the token code of that keyword is 
+** returned.  If the input is not a keyword, TK_ID is returned.
+**
+** The implementation of this routine was generated by a program,
+** mkkeywordhash.h, located in the tool subdirectory of the distribution.
+** The output of the mkkeywordhash.c program is written into a file
+** named keywordhash.h and then included into this source file by
+** the #include below.
+*/
+/************** Include keywordhash.h in the middle of tokenize.c ************/
+/************** Begin file keywordhash.h *************************************/
+/***** This file contains automatically generated code ******
+**
+** The code in this file has been automatically generated by
+**
+**   sqlite/tool/mkkeywordhash.c
+**
+** The code in this file implements a function that determines whether
+** or not a given identifier is really an SQL keyword.  The same thing
+** might be implemented more directly using a hand-written hash table.
+** But by using this automatically generated code, the size of the code
+** is substantially reduced.  This is important for embedded applications
+** on platforms with limited memory.
+*/
+/* Hash score: 175 */
+static int keywordCode(const char *z, int n){
+  /* zText[] encodes 811 bytes of keywords in 541 bytes */
+  /*   REINDEXEDESCAPEACHECKEYBEFOREIGNOREGEXPLAINSTEADDATABASELECT       */
+  /*   ABLEFTHENDEFERRABLELSEXCEPTRANSACTIONATURALTERAISEXCLUSIVE         */
+  /*   XISTSAVEPOINTERSECTRIGGEREFERENCESCONSTRAINTOFFSETEMPORARY         */
+  /*   UNIQUERYATTACHAVINGROUPDATEBEGINNERELEASEBETWEENOTNULLIKE          */
+  /*   CASCADELETECASECOLLATECREATECURRENT_DATEDETACHIMMEDIATEJOIN        */
+  /*   SERTMATCHPLANALYZEPRAGMABORTVALUESVIRTUALIMITWHENWHERENAME         */
+  /*   AFTEREPLACEANDEFAULTAUTOINCREMENTCASTCOLUMNCOMMITCONFLICTCROSS     */
+  /*   CURRENT_TIMESTAMPRIMARYDEFERREDISTINCTDROPFAILFROMFULLGLOBYIF      */
+  /*   ISNULLORDERESTRICTOUTERIGHTROLLBACKROWUNIONUSINGVACUUMVIEW         */
+  /*   INITIALLY                                                          */
+  static const char zText[540] = {
+    'R','E','I','N','D','E','X','E','D','E','S','C','A','P','E','A','C','H',
+    'E','C','K','E','Y','B','E','F','O','R','E','I','G','N','O','R','E','G',
+    'E','X','P','L','A','I','N','S','T','E','A','D','D','A','T','A','B','A',
+    'S','E','L','E','C','T','A','B','L','E','F','T','H','E','N','D','E','F',
+    'E','R','R','A','B','L','E','L','S','E','X','C','E','P','T','R','A','N',
+    'S','A','C','T','I','O','N','A','T','U','R','A','L','T','E','R','A','I',
+    'S','E','X','C','L','U','S','I','V','E','X','I','S','T','S','A','V','E',
+    'P','O','I','N','T','E','R','S','E','C','T','R','I','G','G','E','R','E',
+    'F','E','R','E','N','C','E','S','C','O','N','S','T','R','A','I','N','T',
+    'O','F','F','S','E','T','E','M','P','O','R','A','R','Y','U','N','I','Q',
+    'U','E','R','Y','A','T','T','A','C','H','A','V','I','N','G','R','O','U',
+    'P','D','A','T','E','B','E','G','I','N','N','E','R','E','L','E','A','S',
+    'E','B','E','T','W','E','E','N','O','T','N','U','L','L','I','K','E','C',
+    'A','S','C','A','D','E','L','E','T','E','C','A','S','E','C','O','L','L',
+    'A','T','E','C','R','E','A','T','E','C','U','R','R','E','N','T','_','D',
+    'A','T','E','D','E','T','A','C','H','I','M','M','E','D','I','A','T','E',
+    'J','O','I','N','S','E','R','T','M','A','T','C','H','P','L','A','N','A',
+    'L','Y','Z','E','P','R','A','G','M','A','B','O','R','T','V','A','L','U',
+    'E','S','V','I','R','T','U','A','L','I','M','I','T','W','H','E','N','W',
+    'H','E','R','E','N','A','M','E','A','F','T','E','R','E','P','L','A','C',
+    'E','A','N','D','E','F','A','U','L','T','A','U','T','O','I','N','C','R',
+    'E','M','E','N','T','C','A','S','T','C','O','L','U','M','N','C','O','M',
+    'M','I','T','C','O','N','F','L','I','C','T','C','R','O','S','S','C','U',
+    'R','R','E','N','T','_','T','I','M','E','S','T','A','M','P','R','I','M',
+    'A','R','Y','D','E','F','E','R','R','E','D','I','S','T','I','N','C','T',
+    'D','R','O','P','F','A','I','L','F','R','O','M','F','U','L','L','G','L',
+    'O','B','Y','I','F','I','S','N','U','L','L','O','R','D','E','R','E','S',
+    'T','R','I','C','T','O','U','T','E','R','I','G','H','T','R','O','L','L',
+    'B','A','C','K','R','O','W','U','N','I','O','N','U','S','I','N','G','V',
+    'A','C','U','U','M','V','I','E','W','I','N','I','T','I','A','L','L','Y',
+  };
+  static const unsigned char aHash[127] = {
+      72, 101, 114,  70,   0,  45,   0,   0,  78,   0,  73,   0,   0,
+      42,  12,  74,  15,   0, 113,  81,  50, 108,   0,  19,   0,   0,
+     118,   0, 116, 111,   0,  22,  89,   0,   9,   0,   0,  66,  67,
+       0,  65,   6,   0,  48,  86,  98,   0, 115,  97,   0,   0,  44,
+       0,  99,  24,   0,  17,   0, 119,  49,  23,   0,   5, 106,  25,
+      92,   0,   0, 121, 102,  56, 120,  53,  28,  51,   0,  87,   0,
+      96,  26,   0,  95,   0,   0,   0,  91,  88,  93,  84, 105,  14,
+      39, 104,   0,  77,   0,  18,  85, 107,  32,   0, 117,  76, 109,
+      58,  46,  80,   0,   0,  90,  40,   0, 112,   0,  36,   0,   0,
+      29,   0,  82,  59,  60,   0,  20,  57,   0,  52,
+  };
+  static const unsigned char aNext[121] = {
+       0,   0,   0,   0,   4,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+       0,   2,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,  13,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+       0,   7,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+       0,   0,   0,   0,  33,   0,  21,   0,   0,   0,  43,   3,  47,
+       0,   0,   0,   0,  30,   0,  54,   0,  38,   0,   0,   0,   1,
+      62,   0,   0,  63,   0,  41,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+      61,   0,   0,   0,   0,  31,  55,  16,  34,  10,   0,   0,   0,
+       0,   0,   0,   0,  11,  68,  75,   0,   8,   0, 100,  94,   0,
+     103,   0,  83,   0,  71,   0,   0, 110,  27,  37,  69,  79,   0,
+      35,  64,   0,   0,
+  };
+  static const unsigned char aLen[121] = {
+       7,   7,   5,   4,   6,   4,   5,   3,   6,   7,   3,   6,   6,
+       7,   7,   3,   8,   2,   6,   5,   4,   4,   3,  10,   4,   6,
+      11,   6,   2,   7,   5,   5,   9,   6,   9,   9,   7,  10,  10,
+       4,   6,   2,   3,   9,   4,   2,   6,   5,   6,   6,   5,   6,
+       5,   5,   7,   7,   7,   3,   2,   4,   4,   7,   3,   6,   4,
+       7,   6,  12,   6,   9,   4,   6,   5,   4,   7,   6,   5,   6,
+       7,   5,   4,   5,   6,   5,   7,   3,   7,  13,   2,   2,   4,
+       6,   6,   8,   5,  17,  12,   7,   8,   8,   2,   4,   4,   4,
+       4,   4,   2,   2,   6,   5,   8,   5,   5,   8,   3,   5,   5,
+       6,   4,   9,   3,
+  };
+  static const unsigned short int aOffset[121] = {
+       0,   2,   2,   8,   9,  14,  16,  20,  23,  25,  25,  29,  33,
+      36,  41,  46,  48,  53,  54,  59,  62,  65,  67,  69,  78,  81,
+      86,  91,  95,  96, 101, 105, 109, 117, 122, 128, 136, 142, 152,
+     159, 162, 162, 165, 167, 167, 171, 176, 179, 184, 189, 194, 197,
+     203, 206, 210, 217, 223, 223, 223, 226, 229, 233, 234, 238, 244,
+     248, 255, 261, 273, 279, 288, 290, 296, 301, 303, 310, 315, 320,
+     326, 332, 337, 341, 344, 350, 354, 361, 363, 370, 372, 374, 383,
+     387, 393, 399, 407, 412, 412, 428, 435, 442, 443, 450, 454, 458,
+     462, 466, 469, 471, 473, 479, 483, 491, 495, 500, 508, 511, 516,
+     521, 527, 531, 536,
+  };
+  static const unsigned char aCode[121] = {
+    TK_REINDEX,    TK_INDEXED,    TK_INDEX,      TK_DESC,       TK_ESCAPE,     
+    TK_EACH,       TK_CHECK,      TK_KEY,        TK_BEFORE,     TK_FOREIGN,    
+    TK_FOR,        TK_IGNORE,     TK_LIKE_KW,    TK_EXPLAIN,    TK_INSTEAD,    
+    TK_ADD,        TK_DATABASE,   TK_AS,         TK_SELECT,     TK_TABLE,      
+    TK_JOIN_KW,    TK_THEN,       TK_END,        TK_DEFERRABLE, TK_ELSE,       
+    TK_EXCEPT,     TK_TRANSACTION,TK_ACTION,     TK_ON,         TK_JOIN_KW,    
+    TK_ALTER,      TK_RAISE,      TK_EXCLUSIVE,  TK_EXISTS,     TK_SAVEPOINT,  
+    TK_INTERSECT,  TK_TRIGGER,    TK_REFERENCES, TK_CONSTRAINT, TK_INTO,       
+    TK_OFFSET,     TK_OF,         TK_SET,        TK_TEMP,       TK_TEMP,       
+    TK_OR,         TK_UNIQUE,     TK_QUERY,      TK_ATTACH,     TK_HAVING,     
+    TK_GROUP,      TK_UPDATE,     TK_BEGIN,      TK_JOIN_KW,    TK_RELEASE,    
+    TK_BETWEEN,    TK_NOTNULL,    TK_NOT,        TK_NO,         TK_NULL,       
+    TK_LIKE_KW,    TK_CASCADE,    TK_ASC,        TK_DELETE,     TK_CASE,       
+    TK_COLLATE,    TK_CREATE,     TK_CTIME_KW,   TK_DETACH,     TK_IMMEDIATE,  
+    TK_JOIN,       TK_INSERT,     TK_MATCH,      TK_PLAN,       TK_ANALYZE,    
+    TK_PRAGMA,     TK_ABORT,      TK_VALUES,     TK_VIRTUAL,    TK_LIMIT,      
+    TK_WHEN,       TK_WHERE,      TK_RENAME,     TK_AFTER,      TK_REPLACE,    
+    TK_AND,        TK_DEFAULT,    TK_AUTOINCR,   TK_TO,         TK_IN,         
+    TK_CAST,       TK_COLUMNKW,   TK_COMMIT,     TK_CONFLICT,   TK_JOIN_KW,    
+    TK_CTIME_KW,   TK_CTIME_KW,   TK_PRIMARY,    TK_DEFERRED,   TK_DISTINCT,   
+    TK_IS,         TK_DROP,       TK_FAIL,       TK_FROM,       TK_JOIN_KW,    
+    TK_LIKE_KW,    TK_BY,         TK_IF,         TK_ISNULL,     TK_ORDER,      
+    TK_RESTRICT,   TK_JOIN_KW,    TK_JOIN_KW,    TK_ROLLBACK,   TK_ROW,        
+    TK_UNION,      TK_USING,      TK_VACUUM,     TK_VIEW,       TK_INITIALLY,  
+    TK_ALL,        
+  };
+  int h, i;
+  if( n<2 ) return TK_ID;
+  h = ((charMap(z[0])*4) ^
+      (charMap(z[n-1])*3) ^
+      n) % 127;
+  for(i=((int)aHash[h])-1; i>=0; i=((int)aNext[i])-1){
+    if( aLen[i]==n && sqlite3StrNICmp(&zText[aOffset[i]],z,n)==0 ){
+      testcase( i==0 ); /* REINDEX */
+      testcase( i==1 ); /* INDEXED */
+      testcase( i==2 ); /* INDEX */
+      testcase( i==3 ); /* DESC */
+      testcase( i==4 ); /* ESCAPE */
+      testcase( i==5 ); /* EACH */
+      testcase( i==6 ); /* CHECK */
+      testcase( i==7 ); /* KEY */
+      testcase( i==8 ); /* BEFORE */
+      testcase( i==9 ); /* FOREIGN */
+      testcase( i==10 ); /* FOR */
+      testcase( i==11 ); /* IGNORE */
+      testcase( i==12 ); /* REGEXP */
+      testcase( i==13 ); /* EXPLAIN */
+      testcase( i==14 ); /* INSTEAD */
+      testcase( i==15 ); /* ADD */
+      testcase( i==16 ); /* DATABASE */
+      testcase( i==17 ); /* AS */
+      testcase( i==18 ); /* SELECT */
+      testcase( i==19 ); /* TABLE */
+      testcase( i==20 ); /* LEFT */
+      testcase( i==21 ); /* THEN */
+      testcase( i==22 ); /* END */
+      testcase( i==23 ); /* DEFERRABLE */
+      testcase( i==24 ); /* ELSE */
+      testcase( i==25 ); /* EXCEPT */
+      testcase( i==26 ); /* TRANSACTION */
+      testcase( i==27 ); /* ACTION */
+      testcase( i==28 ); /* ON */
+      testcase( i==29 ); /* NATURAL */
+      testcase( i==30 ); /* ALTER */
+      testcase( i==31 ); /* RAISE */
+      testcase( i==32 ); /* EXCLUSIVE */
+      testcase( i==33 ); /* EXISTS */
+      testcase( i==34 ); /* SAVEPOINT */
+      testcase( i==35 ); /* INTERSECT */
+      testcase( i==36 ); /* TRIGGER */
+      testcase( i==37 ); /* REFERENCES */
+      testcase( i==38 ); /* CONSTRAINT */
+      testcase( i==39 ); /* INTO */
+      testcase( i==40 ); /* OFFSET */
+      testcase( i==41 ); /* OF */
+      testcase( i==42 ); /* SET */
+      testcase( i==43 ); /* TEMPORARY */
+      testcase( i==44 ); /* TEMP */
+      testcase( i==45 ); /* OR */
+      testcase( i==46 ); /* UNIQUE */
+      testcase( i==47 ); /* QUERY */
+      testcase( i==48 ); /* ATTACH */
+      testcase( i==49 ); /* HAVING */
+      testcase( i==50 ); /* GROUP */
+      testcase( i==51 ); /* UPDATE */
+      testcase( i==52 ); /* BEGIN */
+      testcase( i==53 ); /* INNER */
+      testcase( i==54 ); /* RELEASE */
+      testcase( i==55 ); /* BETWEEN */
+      testcase( i==56 ); /* NOTNULL */
+      testcase( i==57 ); /* NOT */
+      testcase( i==58 ); /* NO */
+      testcase( i==59 ); /* NULL */
+      testcase( i==60 ); /* LIKE */
+      testcase( i==61 ); /* CASCADE */
+      testcase( i==62 ); /* ASC */
+      testcase( i==63 ); /* DELETE */
+      testcase( i==64 ); /* CASE */
+      testcase( i==65 ); /* COLLATE */
+      testcase( i==66 ); /* CREATE */
+      testcase( i==67 ); /* CURRENT_DATE */
+      testcase( i==68 ); /* DETACH */
+      testcase( i==69 ); /* IMMEDIATE */
+      testcase( i==70 ); /* JOIN */
+      testcase( i==71 ); /* INSERT */
+      testcase( i==72 ); /* MATCH */
+      testcase( i==73 ); /* PLAN */
+      testcase( i==74 ); /* ANALYZE */
+      testcase( i==75 ); /* PRAGMA */
+      testcase( i==76 ); /* ABORT */
+      testcase( i==77 ); /* VALUES */
+      testcase( i==78 ); /* VIRTUAL */
+      testcase( i==79 ); /* LIMIT */
+      testcase( i==80 ); /* WHEN */
+      testcase( i==81 ); /* WHERE */
+      testcase( i==82 ); /* RENAME */
+      testcase( i==83 ); /* AFTER */
+      testcase( i==84 ); /* REPLACE */
+      testcase( i==85 ); /* AND */
+      testcase( i==86 ); /* DEFAULT */
+      testcase( i==87 ); /* AUTOINCREMENT */
+      testcase( i==88 ); /* TO */
+      testcase( i==89 ); /* IN */
+      testcase( i==90 ); /* CAST */
+      testcase( i==91 ); /* COLUMN */
+      testcase( i==92 ); /* COMMIT */
+      testcase( i==93 ); /* CONFLICT */
+      testcase( i==94 ); /* CROSS */
+      testcase( i==95 ); /* CURRENT_TIMESTAMP */
+      testcase( i==96 ); /* CURRENT_TIME */
+      testcase( i==97 ); /* PRIMARY */
+      testcase( i==98 ); /* DEFERRED */
+      testcase( i==99 ); /* DISTINCT */
+      testcase( i==100 ); /* IS */
+      testcase( i==101 ); /* DROP */
+      testcase( i==102 ); /* FAIL */
+      testcase( i==103 ); /* FROM */
+      testcase( i==104 ); /* FULL */
+      testcase( i==105 ); /* GLOB */
+      testcase( i==106 ); /* BY */
+      testcase( i==107 ); /* IF */
+      testcase( i==108 ); /* ISNULL */
+      testcase( i==109 ); /* ORDER */
+      testcase( i==110 ); /* RESTRICT */
+      testcase( i==111 ); /* OUTER */
+      testcase( i==112 ); /* RIGHT */
+      testcase( i==113 ); /* ROLLBACK */
+      testcase( i==114 ); /* ROW */
+      testcase( i==115 ); /* UNION */
+      testcase( i==116 ); /* USING */
+      testcase( i==117 ); /* VACUUM */
+      testcase( i==118 ); /* VIEW */
+      testcase( i==119 ); /* INITIALLY */
+      testcase( i==120 ); /* ALL */
+      return aCode[i];
+    }
+  }
+  return TK_ID;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3KeywordCode(const unsigned char *z, int n){
+  return keywordCode((char*)z, n);
+}
+#define SQLITE_N_KEYWORD 121
+
+/************** End of keywordhash.h *****************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in tokenize.c *******************/
+
+
+/*
+** If X is a character that can be used in an identifier then
+** IdChar(X) will be true.  Otherwise it is false.
+**
+** For ASCII, any character with the high-order bit set is
+** allowed in an identifier.  For 7-bit characters, 
+** sqlite3IsIdChar[X] must be 1.
+**
+** For EBCDIC, the rules are more complex but have the same
+** end result.
+**
+** Ticket #1066.  the SQL standard does not allow '$' in the
+** middle of identfiers.  But many SQL implementations do. 
+** SQLite will allow '$' in identifiers for compatibility.
+** But the feature is undocumented.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
+#define IdChar(C)  ((sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)C]&0x46)!=0)
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[] = {
+/* x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 xA xB xC xD xE xF */
+    0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 4x */
+    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 5x */
+    0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0,  /* 6x */
+    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 7x */
+    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0,  /* 8x */
+    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0,  /* 9x */
+    1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0,  /* Ax */
+    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* Bx */
+    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,  /* Cx */
+    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,  /* Dx */
+    0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,  /* Ex */
+    1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0,  /* Fx */
+};
+#define IdChar(C)  (((c=C)>=0x42 && sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[c-0x40]))
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Return the length of the token that begins at z[0]. 
+** Store the token type in *tokenType before returning.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetToken(const unsigned char *z, int *tokenType){
+  int i, c;
+  switch( *z ){
+    case ' ': case '\t': case '\n': case '\f': case '\r': {
+      testcase( z[0]==' ' );
+      testcase( z[0]=='\t' );
+      testcase( z[0]=='\n' );
+      testcase( z[0]=='\f' );
+      testcase( z[0]=='\r' );
+      for(i=1; sqlite3Isspace(z[i]); i++){}
+      *tokenType = TK_SPACE;
+      return i;
+    }
+    case '-': {
+      if( z[1]=='-' ){
+        /* IMP: R-50417-27976 -- syntax diagram for comments */
+        for(i=2; (c=z[i])!=0 && c!='\n'; i++){}
+        *tokenType = TK_SPACE;   /* IMP: R-22934-25134 */
+        return i;
+      }
+      *tokenType = TK_MINUS;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case '(': {
+      *tokenType = TK_LP;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case ')': {
+      *tokenType = TK_RP;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case ';': {
+      *tokenType = TK_SEMI;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case '+': {
+      *tokenType = TK_PLUS;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case '*': {
+      *tokenType = TK_STAR;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case '/': {
+      if( z[1]!='*' || z[2]==0 ){
+        *tokenType = TK_SLASH;
+        return 1;
+      }
+      /* IMP: R-50417-27976 -- syntax diagram for comments */
+      for(i=3, c=z[2]; (c!='*' || z[i]!='/') && (c=z[i])!=0; i++){}
+      if( c ) i++;
+      *tokenType = TK_SPACE;   /* IMP: R-22934-25134 */
+      return i;
+    }
+    case '%': {
+      *tokenType = TK_REM;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case '=': {
+      *tokenType = TK_EQ;
+      return 1 + (z[1]=='=');
+    }
+    case '<': {
+      if( (c=z[1])=='=' ){
+        *tokenType = TK_LE;
+        return 2;
+      }else if( c=='>' ){
+        *tokenType = TK_NE;
+        return 2;
+      }else if( c=='<' ){
+        *tokenType = TK_LSHIFT;
+        return 2;
+      }else{
+        *tokenType = TK_LT;
+        return 1;
+      }
+    }
+    case '>': {
+      if( (c=z[1])=='=' ){
+        *tokenType = TK_GE;
+        return 2;
+      }else if( c=='>' ){
+        *tokenType = TK_RSHIFT;
+        return 2;
+      }else{
+        *tokenType = TK_GT;
+        return 1;
+      }
+    }
+    case '!': {
+      if( z[1]!='=' ){
+        *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
+        return 2;
+      }else{
+        *tokenType = TK_NE;
+        return 2;
+      }
+    }
+    case '|': {
+      if( z[1]!='|' ){
+        *tokenType = TK_BITOR;
+        return 1;
+      }else{
+        *tokenType = TK_CONCAT;
+        return 2;
+      }
+    }
+    case ',': {
+      *tokenType = TK_COMMA;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case '&': {
+      *tokenType = TK_BITAND;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case '~': {
+      *tokenType = TK_BITNOT;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case '`':
+    case '\'':
+    case '"': {
+      int delim = z[0];
+      testcase( delim=='`' );
+      testcase( delim=='\'' );
+      testcase( delim=='"' );
+      for(i=1; (c=z[i])!=0; i++){
+        if( c==delim ){
+          if( z[i+1]==delim ){
+            i++;
+          }else{
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      if( c=='\'' ){
+        *tokenType = TK_STRING;
+        return i+1;
+      }else if( c!=0 ){
+        *tokenType = TK_ID;
+        return i+1;
+      }else{
+        *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
+        return i;
+      }
+    }
+    case '.': {
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+      if( !sqlite3Isdigit(z[1]) )
+#endif
+      {
+        *tokenType = TK_DOT;
+        return 1;
+      }
+      /* If the next character is a digit, this is a floating point
+      ** number that begins with ".".  Fall thru into the next case */
+    }
+    case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
+    case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': {
+      testcase( z[0]=='0' );  testcase( z[0]=='1' );  testcase( z[0]=='2' );
+      testcase( z[0]=='3' );  testcase( z[0]=='4' );  testcase( z[0]=='5' );
+      testcase( z[0]=='6' );  testcase( z[0]=='7' );  testcase( z[0]=='8' );
+      testcase( z[0]=='9' );
+      *tokenType = TK_INTEGER;
+      for(i=0; sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]); i++){}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+      if( z[i]=='.' ){
+        i++;
+        while( sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]) ){ i++; }
+        *tokenType = TK_FLOAT;
+      }
+      if( (z[i]=='e' || z[i]=='E') &&
+           ( sqlite3Isdigit(z[i+1]) 
+            || ((z[i+1]=='+' || z[i+1]=='-') && sqlite3Isdigit(z[i+2]))
+           )
+      ){
+        i += 2;
+        while( sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]) ){ i++; }
+        *tokenType = TK_FLOAT;
+      }
+#endif
+      while( IdChar(z[i]) ){
+        *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
+        i++;
+      }
+      return i;
+    }
+    case '[': {
+      for(i=1, c=z[0]; c!=']' && (c=z[i])!=0; i++){}
+      *tokenType = c==']' ? TK_ID : TK_ILLEGAL;
+      return i;
+    }
+    case '?': {
+      *tokenType = TK_VARIABLE;
+      for(i=1; sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]); i++){}
+      return i;
+    }
+    case '#': {
+      for(i=1; sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]); i++){}
+      if( i>1 ){
+        /* Parameters of the form #NNN (where NNN is a number) are used
+        ** internally by sqlite3NestedParse.  */
+        *tokenType = TK_REGISTER;
+        return i;
+      }
+      /* Fall through into the next case if the '#' is not followed by
+      ** a digit. Try to match #AAAA where AAAA is a parameter name. */
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TCL_VARIABLE
+    case '$':
+#endif
+    case '@':  /* For compatibility with MS SQL Server */
+    case ':': {
+      int n = 0;
+      testcase( z[0]=='$' );  testcase( z[0]=='@' );  testcase( z[0]==':' );
+      *tokenType = TK_VARIABLE;
+      for(i=1; (c=z[i])!=0; i++){
+        if( IdChar(c) ){
+          n++;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TCL_VARIABLE
+        }else if( c=='(' && n>0 ){
+          do{
+            i++;
+          }while( (c=z[i])!=0 && !sqlite3Isspace(c) && c!=')' );
+          if( c==')' ){
+            i++;
+          }else{
+            *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
+          }
+          break;
+        }else if( c==':' && z[i+1]==':' ){
+          i++;
+#endif
+        }else{
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+      if( n==0 ) *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
+      return i;
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL
+    case 'x': case 'X': {
+      testcase( z[0]=='x' ); testcase( z[0]=='X' );
+      if( z[1]=='\'' ){
+        *tokenType = TK_BLOB;
+        for(i=2; sqlite3Isxdigit(z[i]); i++){}
+        if( z[i]!='\'' || i%2 ){
+          *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
+          while( z[i] && z[i]!='\'' ){ i++; }
+        }
+        if( z[i] ) i++;
+        return i;
+      }
+      /* Otherwise fall through to the next case */
+    }
+#endif
+    default: {
+      if( !IdChar(*z) ){
+        break;
+      }
+      for(i=1; IdChar(z[i]); i++){}
+      *tokenType = keywordCode((char*)z, i);
+      return i;
+    }
+  }
+  *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Run the parser on the given SQL string.  The parser structure is
+** passed in.  An SQLITE_ status code is returned.  If an error occurs
+** then an and attempt is made to write an error message into 
+** memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc() and to make *pzErrMsg point to that
+** error message.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunParser(Parse *pParse, const char *zSql, char **pzErrMsg){
+  int nErr = 0;                   /* Number of errors encountered */
+  int i;                          /* Loop counter */
+  void *pEngine;                  /* The LEMON-generated LALR(1) parser */
+  int tokenType;                  /* type of the next token */
+  int lastTokenParsed = -1;       /* type of the previous token */
+  u8 enableLookaside;             /* Saved value of db->lookaside.bEnabled */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;       /* The database connection */
+  int mxSqlLen;                   /* Max length of an SQL string */
+
+
+  mxSqlLen = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH];
+  if( db->activeVdbeCnt==0 ){
+    db->u1.isInterrupted = 0;
+  }
+  pParse->rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  pParse->zTail = zSql;
+  i = 0;
+  assert( pzErrMsg!=0 );
+  pEngine = sqlite3ParserAlloc((void*(*)(size_t))sqlite3Malloc);
+  if( pEngine==0 ){
+    db->mallocFailed = 1;
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  assert( pParse->pNewTable==0 );
+  assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==0 );
+  assert( pParse->nVar==0 );
+  assert( pParse->nzVar==0 );
+  assert( pParse->azVar==0 );
+  enableLookaside = db->lookaside.bEnabled;
+  if( db->lookaside.pStart ) db->lookaside.bEnabled = 1;
+  while( !db->mallocFailed && zSql[i]!=0 ){
+    assert( i>=0 );
+    pParse->sLastToken.z = &zSql[i];
+    pParse->sLastToken.n = sqlite3GetToken((unsigned char*)&zSql[i],&tokenType);
+    i += pParse->sLastToken.n;
+    if( i>mxSqlLen ){
+      pParse->rc = SQLITE_TOOBIG;
+      break;
+    }
+    switch( tokenType ){
+      case TK_SPACE: {
+        if( db->u1.isInterrupted ){
+          sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "interrupt");
+          pParse->rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
+          goto abort_parse;
+        }
+        break;
+      }
+      case TK_ILLEGAL: {
+        sqlite3DbFree(db, *pzErrMsg);
+        *pzErrMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "unrecognized token: \"%T\"",
+                        &pParse->sLastToken);
+        nErr++;
+        goto abort_parse;
+      }
+      case TK_SEMI: {
+        pParse->zTail = &zSql[i];
+        /* Fall thru into the default case */
+      }
+      default: {
+        sqlite3Parser(pEngine, tokenType, pParse->sLastToken, pParse);
+        lastTokenParsed = tokenType;
+        if( pParse->rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          goto abort_parse;
+        }
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+abort_parse:
+  if( zSql[i]==0 && nErr==0 && pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( lastTokenParsed!=TK_SEMI ){
+      sqlite3Parser(pEngine, TK_SEMI, pParse->sLastToken, pParse);
+      pParse->zTail = &zSql[i];
+    }
+    sqlite3Parser(pEngine, 0, pParse->sLastToken, pParse);
+  }
+#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
+  sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK,
+      sqlite3ParserStackPeak(pEngine)
+  );
+#endif /* YYDEBUG */
+  sqlite3ParserFree(pEngine, sqlite3_free);
+  db->lookaside.bEnabled = enableLookaside;
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  if( pParse->rc!=SQLITE_OK && pParse->rc!=SQLITE_DONE && pParse->zErrMsg==0 ){
+    sqlite3SetString(&pParse->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(pParse->rc));
+  }
+  assert( pzErrMsg!=0 );
+  if( pParse->zErrMsg ){
+    *pzErrMsg = pParse->zErrMsg;
+    sqlite3_log(pParse->rc, "%s", *pzErrMsg);
+    pParse->zErrMsg = 0;
+    nErr++;
+  }
+  if( pParse->pVdbe && pParse->nErr>0 && pParse->nested==0 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeDelete(pParse->pVdbe);
+    pParse->pVdbe = 0;
+  }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+  if( pParse->nested==0 ){
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->aTableLock);
+    pParse->aTableLock = 0;
+    pParse->nTableLock = 0;
+  }
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  sqlite3_free(pParse->apVtabLock);
+#endif
+
+  if( !IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){
+    /* If the pParse->declareVtab flag is set, do not delete any table 
+    ** structure built up in pParse->pNewTable. The calling code (see vtab.c)
+    ** will take responsibility for freeing the Table structure.
+    */
+    sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pParse->pNewTable);
+  }
+
+  sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pParse->pNewTrigger);
+  for(i=pParse->nzVar-1; i>=0; i--) sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->azVar[i]);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->azVar);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->aAlias);
+  while( pParse->pAinc ){
+    AutoincInfo *p = pParse->pAinc;
+    pParse->pAinc = p->pNext;
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
+  }
+  while( pParse->pZombieTab ){
+    Table *p = pParse->pZombieTab;
+    pParse->pZombieTab = p->pNextZombie;
+    sqlite3DeleteTable(db, p);
+  }
+  if( nErr>0 && pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  return nErr;
+}
+
+/************** End of tokenize.c ********************************************/
+/************** Begin file complete.c ****************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** An tokenizer for SQL
+**
+** This file contains C code that implements the sqlite3_complete() API.
+** This code used to be part of the tokenizer.c source file.  But by
+** separating it out, the code will be automatically omitted from
+** static links that do not use it.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE
+
+/*
+** This is defined in tokenize.c.  We just have to import the definition.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
+#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
+#define IdChar(C)  ((sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)C]&0x46)!=0)
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[];
+#define IdChar(C)  (((c=C)>=0x42 && sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[c-0x40]))
+#endif
+#endif /* SQLITE_AMALGAMATION */
+
+
+/*
+** Token types used by the sqlite3_complete() routine.  See the header
+** comments on that procedure for additional information.
+*/
+#define tkSEMI    0
+#define tkWS      1
+#define tkOTHER   2
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+#define tkEXPLAIN 3
+#define tkCREATE  4
+#define tkTEMP    5
+#define tkTRIGGER 6
+#define tkEND     7
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the given SQL string ends in a semicolon.
+**
+** Special handling is require for CREATE TRIGGER statements.
+** Whenever the CREATE TRIGGER keywords are seen, the statement
+** must end with ";END;".
+**
+** This implementation uses a state machine with 8 states:
+**
+**   (0) INVALID   We have not yet seen a non-whitespace character.
+**
+**   (1) START     At the beginning or end of an SQL statement.  This routine
+**                 returns 1 if it ends in the START state and 0 if it ends
+**                 in any other state.
+**
+**   (2) NORMAL    We are in the middle of statement which ends with a single
+**                 semicolon.
+**
+**   (3) EXPLAIN   The keyword EXPLAIN has been seen at the beginning of 
+**                 a statement.
+**
+**   (4) CREATE    The keyword CREATE has been seen at the beginning of a
+**                 statement, possibly preceeded by EXPLAIN and/or followed by
+**                 TEMP or TEMPORARY
+**
+**   (5) TRIGGER   We are in the middle of a trigger definition that must be
+**                 ended by a semicolon, the keyword END, and another semicolon.
+**
+**   (6) SEMI      We've seen the first semicolon in the ";END;" that occurs at
+**                 the end of a trigger definition.
+**
+**   (7) END       We've seen the ";END" of the ";END;" that occurs at the end
+**                 of a trigger difinition.
+**
+** Transitions between states above are determined by tokens extracted
+** from the input.  The following tokens are significant:
+**
+**   (0) tkSEMI      A semicolon.
+**   (1) tkWS        Whitespace.
+**   (2) tkOTHER     Any other SQL token.
+**   (3) tkEXPLAIN   The "explain" keyword.
+**   (4) tkCREATE    The "create" keyword.
+**   (5) tkTEMP      The "temp" or "temporary" keyword.
+**   (6) tkTRIGGER   The "trigger" keyword.
+**   (7) tkEND       The "end" keyword.
+**
+** Whitespace never causes a state transition and is always ignored.
+** This means that a SQL string of all whitespace is invalid.
+**
+** If we compile with SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER, all of the computation needed
+** to recognize the end of a trigger can be omitted.  All we have to do
+** is look for a semicolon that is not part of an string or comment.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete(const char *zSql){
+  u8 state = 0;   /* Current state, using numbers defined in header comment */
+  u8 token;       /* Value of the next token */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+  /* A complex statement machine used to detect the end of a CREATE TRIGGER
+  ** statement.  This is the normal case.
+  */
+  static const u8 trans[8][8] = {
+                     /* Token:                                                */
+     /* State:       **  SEMI  WS  OTHER  EXPLAIN  CREATE  TEMP  TRIGGER  END */
+     /* 0 INVALID: */ {    1,  0,     2,       3,      4,    2,       2,   2, },
+     /* 1   START: */ {    1,  1,     2,       3,      4,    2,       2,   2, },
+     /* 2  NORMAL: */ {    1,  2,     2,       2,      2,    2,       2,   2, },
+     /* 3 EXPLAIN: */ {    1,  3,     3,       2,      4,    2,       2,   2, },
+     /* 4  CREATE: */ {    1,  4,     2,       2,      2,    4,       5,   2, },
+     /* 5 TRIGGER: */ {    6,  5,     5,       5,      5,    5,       5,   5, },
+     /* 6    SEMI: */ {    6,  6,     5,       5,      5,    5,       5,   7, },
+     /* 7     END: */ {    1,  7,     5,       5,      5,    5,       5,   5, },
+  };
+#else
+  /* If triggers are not supported by this compile then the statement machine
+  ** used to detect the end of a statement is much simplier
+  */
+  static const u8 trans[3][3] = {
+                     /* Token:           */
+     /* State:       **  SEMI  WS  OTHER */
+     /* 0 INVALID: */ {    1,  0,     2, },
+     /* 1   START: */ {    1,  1,     2, },
+     /* 2  NORMAL: */ {    1,  2,     2, },
+  };
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */
+
+  while( *zSql ){
+    switch( *zSql ){
+      case ';': {  /* A semicolon */
+        token = tkSEMI;
+        break;
+      }
+      case ' ':
+      case '\r':
+      case '\t':
+      case '\n':
+      case '\f': {  /* White space is ignored */
+        token = tkWS;
+        break;
+      }
+      case '/': {   /* C-style comments */
+        if( zSql[1]!='*' ){
+          token = tkOTHER;
+          break;
+        }
+        zSql += 2;
+        while( zSql[0] && (zSql[0]!='*' || zSql[1]!='/') ){ zSql++; }
+        if( zSql[0]==0 ) return 0;
+        zSql++;
+        token = tkWS;
+        break;
+      }
+      case '-': {   /* SQL-style comments from "--" to end of line */
+        if( zSql[1]!='-' ){
+          token = tkOTHER;
+          break;
+        }
+        while( *zSql && *zSql!='\n' ){ zSql++; }
+        if( *zSql==0 ) return state==1;
+        token = tkWS;
+        break;
+      }
+      case '[': {   /* Microsoft-style identifiers in [...] */
+        zSql++;
+        while( *zSql && *zSql!=']' ){ zSql++; }
+        if( *zSql==0 ) return 0;
+        token = tkOTHER;
+        break;
+      }
+      case '`':     /* Grave-accent quoted symbols used by MySQL */
+      case '"':     /* single- and double-quoted strings */
+      case '\'': {
+        int c = *zSql;
+        zSql++;
+        while( *zSql && *zSql!=c ){ zSql++; }
+        if( *zSql==0 ) return 0;
+        token = tkOTHER;
+        break;
+      }
+      default: {
+#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
+        unsigned char c;
+#endif
+        if( IdChar((u8)*zSql) ){
+          /* Keywords and unquoted identifiers */
+          int nId;
+          for(nId=1; IdChar(zSql[nId]); nId++){}
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+          token = tkOTHER;
+#else
+          switch( *zSql ){
+            case 'c': case 'C': {
+              if( nId==6 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "create", 6)==0 ){
+                token = tkCREATE;
+              }else{
+                token = tkOTHER;
+              }
+              break;
+            }
+            case 't': case 'T': {
+              if( nId==7 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "trigger", 7)==0 ){
+                token = tkTRIGGER;
+              }else if( nId==4 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "temp", 4)==0 ){
+                token = tkTEMP;
+              }else if( nId==9 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "temporary", 9)==0 ){
+                token = tkTEMP;
+              }else{
+                token = tkOTHER;
+              }
+              break;
+            }
+            case 'e':  case 'E': {
+              if( nId==3 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "end", 3)==0 ){
+                token = tkEND;
+              }else
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
+              if( nId==7 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "explain", 7)==0 ){
+                token = tkEXPLAIN;
+              }else
+#endif
+              {
+                token = tkOTHER;
+              }
+              break;
+            }
+            default: {
+              token = tkOTHER;
+              break;
+            }
+          }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */
+          zSql += nId-1;
+        }else{
+          /* Operators and special symbols */
+          token = tkOTHER;
+        }
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    state = trans[state][token];
+    zSql++;
+  }
+  return state==1;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+/*
+** This routine is the same as the sqlite3_complete() routine described
+** above, except that the parameter is required to be UTF-16 encoded, not
+** UTF-8.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete16(const void *zSql){
+  sqlite3_value *pVal;
+  char const *zSql8;
+  int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+  rc = sqlite3_initialize();
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+#endif
+  pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(0);
+  sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zSql, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_STATIC);
+  zSql8 = sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8);
+  if( zSql8 ){
+    rc = sqlite3_complete(zSql8);
+  }else{
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
+  return sqlite3ApiExit(0, rc);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE */
+
+/************** End of complete.c ********************************************/
+/************** Begin file main.c ********************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** Main file for the SQLite library.  The routines in this file
+** implement the programmer interface to the library.  Routines in
+** other files are for internal use by SQLite and should not be
+** accessed by users of the library.
+*/
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3
+/************** Include fts3.h in the middle of main.c ***********************/
+/************** Begin file fts3.h ********************************************/
+/*
+** 2006 Oct 10
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This header file is used by programs that want to link against the
+** FTS3 library.  All it does is declare the sqlite3Fts3Init() interface.
+*/
+
+#if 0
+extern "C" {
+#endif  /* __cplusplus */
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Init(sqlite3 *db);
+
+#if 0
+}  /* extern "C" */
+#endif  /* __cplusplus */
+
+/************** End of fts3.h ************************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in main.c ***********************/
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE
+/************** Include rtree.h in the middle of main.c **********************/
+/************** Begin file rtree.h *******************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 May 26
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This header file is used by programs that want to link against the
+** RTREE library.  All it does is declare the sqlite3RtreeInit() interface.
+*/
+
+#if 0
+extern "C" {
+#endif  /* __cplusplus */
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RtreeInit(sqlite3 *db);
+
+#if 0
+}  /* extern "C" */
+#endif  /* __cplusplus */
+
+/************** End of rtree.h ***********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in main.c ***********************/
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
+/************** Include sqliteicu.h in the middle of main.c ******************/
+/************** Begin file sqliteicu.h ***************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 May 26
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This header file is used by programs that want to link against the
+** ICU extension.  All it does is declare the sqlite3IcuInit() interface.
+*/
+
+#if 0
+extern "C" {
+#endif  /* __cplusplus */
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IcuInit(sqlite3 *db);
+
+#if 0
+}  /* extern "C" */
+#endif  /* __cplusplus */
+
+
+/************** End of sqliteicu.h *******************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in main.c ***********************/
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
+/* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-46656-45156 The sqlite3_version[] string constant
+** contains the text of SQLITE_VERSION macro. 
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char sqlite3_version[] = SQLITE_VERSION;
+#endif
+
+/* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-53536-42575 The sqlite3_libversion() function returns
+** a pointer to the to the sqlite3_version[] string constant. 
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_libversion(void){ return sqlite3_version; }
+
+/* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-63124-39300 The sqlite3_sourceid() function returns a
+** pointer to a string constant whose value is the same as the
+** SQLITE_SOURCE_ID C preprocessor macro. 
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sourceid(void){ return SQLITE_SOURCE_ID; }
+
+/* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-35210-63508 The sqlite3_libversion_number() function
+** returns an integer equal to SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_libversion_number(void){ return SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER; }
+
+/* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-20790-14025 The sqlite3_threadsafe() function returns
+** zero if and only if SQLite was compiled with mutexing code omitted due to
+** the SQLITE_THREADSAFE compile-time option being set to 0.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_threadsafe(void){ return SQLITE_THREADSAFE; }
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE)
+/*
+** If the following function pointer is not NULL and if
+** SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE is enabled, then messages describing
+** I/O active are written using this function.  These messages
+** are intended for debugging activity only.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void (*sqlite3IoTrace)(const char*, ...) = 0;
+#endif
+
+/*
+** If the following global variable points to a string which is the
+** name of a directory, then that directory will be used to store
+** temporary files.
+**
+** See also the "PRAGMA temp_store_directory" SQL command.
+*/
+SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_temp_directory = 0;
+
+/*
+** If the following global variable points to a string which is the
+** name of a directory, then that directory will be used to store
+** all database files specified with a relative pathname.
+**
+** See also the "PRAGMA data_store_directory" SQL command.
+*/
+SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_data_directory = 0;
+
+/*
+** Initialize SQLite.  
+**
+** This routine must be called to initialize the memory allocation,
+** VFS, and mutex subsystems prior to doing any serious work with
+** SQLite.  But as long as you do not compile with SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+** this routine will be called automatically by key routines such as
+** sqlite3_open().  
+**
+** This routine is a no-op except on its very first call for the process,
+** or for the first call after a call to sqlite3_shutdown.
+**
+** The first thread to call this routine runs the initialization to
+** completion.  If subsequent threads call this routine before the first
+** thread has finished the initialization process, then the subsequent
+** threads must block until the first thread finishes with the initialization.
+**
+** The first thread might call this routine recursively.  Recursive
+** calls to this routine should not block, of course.  Otherwise the
+** initialization process would never complete.
+**
+** Let X be the first thread to enter this routine.  Let Y be some other
+** thread.  Then while the initial invocation of this routine by X is
+** incomplete, it is required that:
+**
+**    *  Calls to this routine from Y must block until the outer-most
+**       call by X completes.
+**
+**    *  Recursive calls to this routine from thread X return immediately
+**       without blocking.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_initialize(void){
+  MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlite3_mutex *pMaster; )       /* The main static mutex */
+  int rc;                                      /* Result code */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
+  rc = sqlite3_wsd_init(4096, 24);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* If SQLite is already completely initialized, then this call
+  ** to sqlite3_initialize() should be a no-op.  But the initialization
+  ** must be complete.  So isInit must not be set until the very end
+  ** of this routine.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit ) return SQLITE_OK;
+
+  /* Make sure the mutex subsystem is initialized.  If unable to 
+  ** initialize the mutex subsystem, return early with the error.
+  ** If the system is so sick that we are unable to allocate a mutex,
+  ** there is not much SQLite is going to be able to do.
+  **
+  ** The mutex subsystem must take care of serializing its own
+  ** initialization.
+  */
+  rc = sqlite3MutexInit();
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+
+  /* Initialize the malloc() system and the recursive pInitMutex mutex.
+  ** This operation is protected by the STATIC_MASTER mutex.  Note that
+  ** MutexAlloc() is called for a static mutex prior to initializing the
+  ** malloc subsystem - this implies that the allocation of a static
+  ** mutex must not require support from the malloc subsystem.
+  */
+  MUTEX_LOGIC( pMaster = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); )
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster);
+  sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMutexInit = 1;
+  if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit ){
+    rc = sqlite3MallocInit();
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit = 1;
+    if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex ){
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex =
+           sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE);
+      if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex && !sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex ){
+        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex++;
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster);
+
+  /* If rc is not SQLITE_OK at this point, then either the malloc
+  ** subsystem could not be initialized or the system failed to allocate
+  ** the pInitMutex mutex. Return an error in either case.  */
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  /* Do the rest of the initialization under the recursive mutex so
+  ** that we will be able to handle recursive calls into
+  ** sqlite3_initialize().  The recursive calls normally come through
+  ** sqlite3_os_init() when it invokes sqlite3_vfs_register(), but other
+  ** recursive calls might also be possible.
+  **
+  ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-00140-37445 SQLite automatically serializes calls
+  ** to the xInit method, so the xInit method need not be threadsafe.
+  **
+  ** The following mutex is what serializes access to the appdef pcache xInit
+  ** methods.  The sqlite3_pcache_methods.xInit() all is embedded in the
+  ** call to sqlite3PcacheInitialize().
+  */
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex);
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit==0 && sqlite3GlobalConfig.inProgress==0 ){
+    FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions);
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.inProgress = 1;
+    memset(pHash, 0, sizeof(sqlite3GlobalFunctions));
+    sqlite3RegisterGlobalFunctions();
+    if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit==0 ){
+      rc = sqlite3PcacheInitialize();
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit = 1;
+      rc = sqlite3OsInit();
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage, 
+          sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage, sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage);
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit = 1;
+    }
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.inProgress = 0;
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex);
+
+  /* Go back under the static mutex and clean up the recursive
+  ** mutex to prevent a resource leak.
+  */
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster);
+  sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex--;
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex<=0 ){
+    assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex==0 );
+    sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex);
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex = 0;
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster);
+
+  /* The following is just a sanity check to make sure SQLite has
+  ** been compiled correctly.  It is important to run this code, but
+  ** we don't want to run it too often and soak up CPU cycles for no
+  ** reason.  So we run it once during initialization.
+  */
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+  /* This section of code's only "output" is via assert() statements. */
+  if ( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    u64 x = (((u64)1)<<63)-1;
+    double y;
+    assert(sizeof(x)==8);
+    assert(sizeof(x)==sizeof(y));
+    memcpy(&y, &x, 8);
+    assert( sqlite3IsNaN(y) );
+  }
+#endif
+#endif
+
+  /* Do extra initialization steps requested by the SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT
+  ** compile-time option.
+  */
+#ifdef SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit ){
+    int SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT(const char*);
+    rc = SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT(0);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Undo the effects of sqlite3_initialize().  Must not be called while
+** there are outstanding database connections or memory allocations or
+** while any part of SQLite is otherwise in use in any thread.  This
+** routine is not threadsafe.  But it is safe to invoke this routine
+** on when SQLite is already shut down.  If SQLite is already shut down
+** when this routine is invoked, then this routine is a harmless no-op.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_shutdown(void){
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit ){
+#ifdef SQLITE_EXTRA_SHUTDOWN
+    void SQLITE_EXTRA_SHUTDOWN(void);
+    SQLITE_EXTRA_SHUTDOWN();
+#endif
+    sqlite3_os_end();
+    sqlite3_reset_auto_extension();
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit = 0;
+  }
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit ){
+    sqlite3PcacheShutdown();
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit = 0;
+  }
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit ){
+    sqlite3MallocEnd();
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit = 0;
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHUTDOWN_DIRECTORIES
+    /* The heap subsystem has now been shutdown and these values are supposed
+    ** to be NULL or point to memory that was obtained from sqlite3_malloc(),
+    ** which would rely on that heap subsystem; therefore, make sure these
+    ** values cannot refer to heap memory that was just invalidated when the
+    ** heap subsystem was shutdown.  This is only done if the current call to
+    ** this function resulted in the heap subsystem actually being shutdown.
+    */
+    sqlite3_data_directory = 0;
+    sqlite3_temp_directory = 0;
+#endif
+  }
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMutexInit ){
+    sqlite3MutexEnd();
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMutexInit = 0;
+  }
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** This API allows applications to modify the global configuration of
+** the SQLite library at run-time.
+**
+** This routine should only be called when there are no outstanding
+** database connections or memory allocations.  This routine is not
+** threadsafe.  Failure to heed these warnings can lead to unpredictable
+** behavior.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_config(int op, ...){
+  va_list ap;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  /* sqlite3_config() shall return SQLITE_MISUSE if it is invoked while
+  ** the SQLite library is in use. */
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+
+  va_start(ap, op);
+  switch( op ){
+
+    /* Mutex configuration options are only available in a threadsafe
+    ** compile. 
+    */
+#if defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0
+    case SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD: {
+      /* Disable all mutexing */
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex = 0;
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex = 0;
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD: {
+      /* Disable mutexing of database connections */
+      /* Enable mutexing of core data structures */
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex = 1;
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex = 0;
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED: {
+      /* Enable all mutexing */
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex = 1;
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex = 1;
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX: {
+      /* Specify an alternative mutex implementation */
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex = *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mutex_methods*);
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX: {
+      /* Retrieve the current mutex implementation */
+      *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mutex_methods*) = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex;
+      break;
+    }
+#endif
+
+
+    case SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC: {
+      /* Specify an alternative malloc implementation */
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.m = *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mem_methods*);
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC: {
+      /* Retrieve the current malloc() implementation */
+      if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==0 ) sqlite3MemSetDefault();
+      *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mem_methods*) = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m;
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS: {
+      /* Enable or disable the malloc status collection */
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat = va_arg(ap, int);
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH: {
+      /* Designate a buffer for scratch memory space */
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch = va_arg(ap, void*);
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch = va_arg(ap, int);
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch = va_arg(ap, int);
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE: {
+      /* Designate a buffer for page cache memory space */
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage = va_arg(ap, void*);
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage = va_arg(ap, int);
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage = va_arg(ap, int);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE: {
+      /* no-op */
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE: {
+      /* now an error */
+      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2: {
+      /* Specify an alternative page cache implementation */
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2 = *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_pcache_methods2*);
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2: {
+      if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xInit==0 ){
+        sqlite3PCacheSetDefault();
+      }
+      *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_pcache_methods2*) = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2;
+      break;
+    }
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5)
+    case SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP: {
+      /* Designate a buffer for heap memory space */
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap = va_arg(ap, void*);
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.nHeap = va_arg(ap, int);
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq = va_arg(ap, int);
+
+      if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq<1 ){
+        sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq = 1;
+      }else if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq>(1<<12) ){
+        /* cap min request size at 2^12 */
+        sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq = (1<<12);
+      }
+
+      if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap==0 ){
+        /* If the heap pointer is NULL, then restore the malloc implementation
+        ** back to NULL pointers too.  This will cause the malloc to go
+        ** back to its default implementation when sqlite3_initialize() is
+        ** run.
+        */
+        memset(&sqlite3GlobalConfig.m, 0, sizeof(sqlite3GlobalConfig.m));
+      }else{
+        /* The heap pointer is not NULL, then install one of the
+        ** mem5.c/mem3.c methods. If neither ENABLE_MEMSYS3 nor
+        ** ENABLE_MEMSYS5 is defined, return an error.
+        */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3
+        sqlite3GlobalConfig.m = *sqlite3MemGetMemsys3();
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5
+        sqlite3GlobalConfig.m = *sqlite3MemGetMemsys5();
+#endif
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    case SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE: {
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.szLookaside = va_arg(ap, int);
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.nLookaside = va_arg(ap, int);
+      break;
+    }
+    
+    /* Record a pointer to the logger funcction and its first argument.
+    ** The default is NULL.  Logging is disabled if the function pointer is
+    ** NULL.
+    */
+    case SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG: {
+      /* MSVC is picky about pulling func ptrs from va lists.
+      ** http://support.microsoft.com/kb/47961
+      ** sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog = va_arg(ap, void(*)(void*,int,const char*));
+      */
+      typedef void(*LOGFUNC_t)(void*,int,const char*);
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog = va_arg(ap, LOGFUNC_t);
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.pLogArg = va_arg(ap, void*);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case SQLITE_CONFIG_URI: {
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.bOpenUri = va_arg(ap, int);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    default: {
+      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  va_end(ap);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set up the lookaside buffers for a database connection.
+** Return SQLITE_OK on success.  
+** If lookaside is already active, return SQLITE_BUSY.
+**
+** The sz parameter is the number of bytes in each lookaside slot.
+** The cnt parameter is the number of slots.  If pStart is NULL the
+** space for the lookaside memory is obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
+** If pStart is not NULL then it is sz*cnt bytes of memory to use for
+** the lookaside memory.
+*/
+static int setupLookaside(sqlite3 *db, void *pBuf, int sz, int cnt){
+  void *pStart;
+  if( db->lookaside.nOut ){
+    return SQLITE_BUSY;
+  }
+  /* Free any existing lookaside buffer for this handle before
+  ** allocating a new one so we don't have to have space for 
+  ** both at the same time.
+  */
+  if( db->lookaside.bMalloced ){
+    sqlite3_free(db->lookaside.pStart);
+  }
+  /* The size of a lookaside slot after ROUNDDOWN8 needs to be larger
+  ** than a pointer to be useful.
+  */
+  sz = ROUNDDOWN8(sz);  /* IMP: R-33038-09382 */
+  if( sz<=(int)sizeof(LookasideSlot*) ) sz = 0;
+  if( cnt<0 ) cnt = 0;
+  if( sz==0 || cnt==0 ){
+    sz = 0;
+    pStart = 0;
+  }else if( pBuf==0 ){
+    sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+    pStart = sqlite3Malloc( sz*cnt );  /* IMP: R-61949-35727 */
+    sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+    if( pStart ) cnt = sqlite3MallocSize(pStart)/sz;
+  }else{
+    pStart = pBuf;
+  }
+  db->lookaside.pStart = pStart;
+  db->lookaside.pFree = 0;
+  db->lookaside.sz = (u16)sz;
+  if( pStart ){
+    int i;
+    LookasideSlot *p;
+    assert( sz > (int)sizeof(LookasideSlot*) );
+    p = (LookasideSlot*)pStart;
+    for(i=cnt-1; i>=0; i--){
+      p->pNext = db->lookaside.pFree;
+      db->lookaside.pFree = p;
+      p = (LookasideSlot*)&((u8*)p)[sz];
+    }
+    db->lookaside.pEnd = p;
+    db->lookaside.bEnabled = 1;
+    db->lookaside.bMalloced = pBuf==0 ?1:0;
+  }else{
+    db->lookaside.pEnd = 0;
+    db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0;
+    db->lookaside.bMalloced = 0;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the mutex associated with a database connection.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_db_mutex(sqlite3 *db){
+  return db->mutex;
+}
+
+/*
+** Free up as much memory as we can from the given database
+** connection.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_release_memory(sqlite3 *db){
+  int i;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
+  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+    Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+    if( pBt ){
+      Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBt);
+      sqlite3PagerShrink(pPager);
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Configuration settings for an individual database connection
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3 *db, int op, ...){
+  va_list ap;
+  int rc;
+  va_start(ap, op);
+  switch( op ){
+    case SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE: {
+      void *pBuf = va_arg(ap, void*); /* IMP: R-26835-10964 */
+      int sz = va_arg(ap, int);       /* IMP: R-47871-25994 */
+      int cnt = va_arg(ap, int);      /* IMP: R-04460-53386 */
+      rc = setupLookaside(db, pBuf, sz, cnt);
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+      static const struct {
+        int op;      /* The opcode */
+        u32 mask;    /* Mask of the bit in sqlite3.flags to set/clear */
+      } aFlagOp[] = {
+        { SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY,    SQLITE_ForeignKeys    },
+        { SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER, SQLITE_EnableTrigger  },
+      };
+      unsigned int i;
+      rc = SQLITE_ERROR; /* IMP: R-42790-23372 */
+      for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aFlagOp); i++){
+        if( aFlagOp[i].op==op ){
+          int onoff = va_arg(ap, int);
+          int *pRes = va_arg(ap, int*);
+          int oldFlags = db->flags;
+          if( onoff>0 ){
+            db->flags |= aFlagOp[i].mask;
+          }else if( onoff==0 ){
+            db->flags &= ~aFlagOp[i].mask;
+          }
+          if( oldFlags!=db->flags ){
+            sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
+          }
+          if( pRes ){
+            *pRes = (db->flags & aFlagOp[i].mask)!=0;
+          }
+          rc = SQLITE_OK;
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  va_end(ap);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Return true if the buffer z[0..n-1] contains all spaces.
+*/
+static int allSpaces(const char *z, int n){
+  while( n>0 && z[n-1]==' ' ){ n--; }
+  return n==0;
+}
+
+/*
+** This is the default collating function named "BINARY" which is always
+** available.
+**
+** If the padFlag argument is not NULL then space padding at the end
+** of strings is ignored.  This implements the RTRIM collation.
+*/
+static int binCollFunc(
+  void *padFlag,
+  int nKey1, const void *pKey1,
+  int nKey2, const void *pKey2
+){
+  int rc, n;
+  n = nKey1<nKey2 ? nKey1 : nKey2;
+  rc = memcmp(pKey1, pKey2, n);
+  if( rc==0 ){
+    if( padFlag
+     && allSpaces(((char*)pKey1)+n, nKey1-n)
+     && allSpaces(((char*)pKey2)+n, nKey2-n)
+    ){
+      /* Leave rc unchanged at 0 */
+    }else{
+      rc = nKey1 - nKey2;
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Another built-in collating sequence: NOCASE. 
+**
+** This collating sequence is intended to be used for "case independant
+** comparison". SQLite's knowledge of upper and lower case equivalents
+** extends only to the 26 characters used in the English language.
+**
+** At the moment there is only a UTF-8 implementation.
+*/
+static int nocaseCollatingFunc(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  int nKey1, const void *pKey1,
+  int nKey2, const void *pKey2
+){
+  int r = sqlite3StrNICmp(
+      (const char *)pKey1, (const char *)pKey2, (nKey1<nKey2)?nKey1:nKey2);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  if( 0==r ){
+    r = nKey1-nKey2;
+  }
+  return r;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the ROWID of the most recent insert
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite_int64 sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3 *db){
+  return db->lastRowid;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of changes in the most recent call to sqlite3_exec().
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_changes(sqlite3 *db){
+  return db->nChange;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of changes since the database handle was opened.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_total_changes(sqlite3 *db){
+  return db->nTotalChange;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close all open savepoints. This function only manipulates fields of the
+** database handle object, it does not close any savepoints that may be open
+** at the b-tree/pager level.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CloseSavepoints(sqlite3 *db){
+  while( db->pSavepoint ){
+    Savepoint *pTmp = db->pSavepoint;
+    db->pSavepoint = pTmp->pNext;
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pTmp);
+  }
+  db->nSavepoint = 0;
+  db->nStatement = 0;
+  db->isTransactionSavepoint = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Invoke the destructor function associated with FuncDef p, if any. Except,
+** if this is not the last copy of the function, do not invoke it. Multiple
+** copies of a single function are created when create_function() is called
+** with SQLITE_ANY as the encoding.
+*/
+static void functionDestroy(sqlite3 *db, FuncDef *p){
+  FuncDestructor *pDestructor = p->pDestructor;
+  if( pDestructor ){
+    pDestructor->nRef--;
+    if( pDestructor->nRef==0 ){
+      pDestructor->xDestroy(pDestructor->pUserData);
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, pDestructor);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Disconnect all sqlite3_vtab objects that belong to database connection
+** db. This is called when db is being closed.
+*/
+static void disconnectAllVtab(sqlite3 *db){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  int i;
+  sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
+  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+    Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[i].pSchema;
+    if( db->aDb[i].pSchema ){
+      HashElem *p;
+      for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->tblHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){
+        Table *pTab = (Table *)sqliteHashData(p);
+        if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) sqlite3VtabDisconnect(db, pTab);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
+#else
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(db);
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if database connection db has unfinalized prepared
+** statements or unfinished sqlite3_backup objects.  
+*/
+static int connectionIsBusy(sqlite3 *db){
+  int j;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+  if( db->pVdbe ) return 1;
+  for(j=0; j<db->nDb; j++){
+    Btree *pBt = db->aDb[j].pBt;
+    if( pBt && sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(pBt) ) return 1;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close an existing SQLite database
+*/
+static int sqlite3Close(sqlite3 *db, int forceZombie){
+  if( !db ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+
+  /* Force xDisconnect calls on all virtual tables */
+  disconnectAllVtab(db);
+
+  /* If a transaction is open, the disconnectAllVtab() call above
+  ** will not have called the xDisconnect() method on any virtual
+  ** tables in the db->aVTrans[] array. The following sqlite3VtabRollback()
+  ** call will do so. We need to do this before the check for active
+  ** SQL statements below, as the v-table implementation may be storing
+  ** some prepared statements internally.
+  */
+  sqlite3VtabRollback(db);
+
+  /* Legacy behavior (sqlite3_close() behavior) is to return
+  ** SQLITE_BUSY if the connection can not be closed immediately.
+  */
+  if( !forceZombie && connectionIsBusy(db) ){
+    sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY, "unable to close due to unfinalized "
+       "statements or unfinished backups");
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+    return SQLITE_BUSY;
+  }
+
+  /* Convert the connection into a zombie and then close it.
+  */
+  db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_ZOMBIE;
+  sqlite3LeaveMutexAndCloseZombie(db);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Two variations on the public interface for closing a database
+** connection. The sqlite3_close() version returns SQLITE_BUSY and
+** leaves the connection option if there are unfinalized prepared
+** statements or unfinished sqlite3_backups.  The sqlite3_close_v2()
+** version forces the connection to become a zombie if there are
+** unclosed resources, and arranges for deallocation when the last
+** prepare statement or sqlite3_backup closes.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close(sqlite3 *db){ return sqlite3Close(db,0); }
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close_v2(sqlite3 *db){ return sqlite3Close(db,1); }
+
+
+/*
+** Close the mutex on database connection db.
+**
+** Furthermore, if database connection db is a zombie (meaning that there
+** has been a prior call to sqlite3_close(db) or sqlite3_close_v2(db)) and
+** every sqlite3_stmt has now been finalized and every sqlite3_backup has
+** finished, then free all resources.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3LeaveMutexAndCloseZombie(sqlite3 *db){
+  HashElem *i;                    /* Hash table iterator */
+  int j;
+
+  /* If there are outstanding sqlite3_stmt or sqlite3_backup objects
+  ** or if the connection has not yet been closed by sqlite3_close_v2(),
+  ** then just leave the mutex and return.
+  */
+  if( db->magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_ZOMBIE || connectionIsBusy(db) ){
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+    return;
+  }
+
+  /* If we reach this point, it means that the database connection has
+  ** closed all sqlite3_stmt and sqlite3_backup objects and has been
+  ** pased to sqlite3_close (meaning that it is a zombie).  Therefore,
+  ** go ahead and free all resources.
+  */
+
+  /* Free any outstanding Savepoint structures. */
+  sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db);
+
+  /* Close all database connections */
+  for(j=0; j<db->nDb; j++){
+    struct Db *pDb = &db->aDb[j];
+    if( pDb->pBt ){
+      sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt);
+      pDb->pBt = 0;
+      if( j!=1 ){
+        pDb->pSchema = 0;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  /* Clear the TEMP schema separately and last */
+  if( db->aDb[1].pSchema ){
+    sqlite3SchemaClear(db->aDb[1].pSchema);
+  }
+  sqlite3VtabUnlockList(db);
+
+  /* Free up the array of auxiliary databases */
+  sqlite3CollapseDatabaseArray(db);
+  assert( db->nDb<=2 );
+  assert( db->aDb==db->aDbStatic );
+
+  /* Tell the code in notify.c that the connection no longer holds any
+  ** locks and does not require any further unlock-notify callbacks.
+  */
+  sqlite3ConnectionClosed(db);
+
+  for(j=0; j<ArraySize(db->aFunc.a); j++){
+    FuncDef *pNext, *pHash, *p;
+    for(p=db->aFunc.a[j]; p; p=pHash){
+      pHash = p->pHash;
+      while( p ){
+        functionDestroy(db, p);
+        pNext = p->pNext;
+        sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
+        p = pNext;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aCollSeq); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){
+    CollSeq *pColl = (CollSeq *)sqliteHashData(i);
+    /* Invoke any destructors registered for collation sequence user data. */
+    for(j=0; j<3; j++){
+      if( pColl[j].xDel ){
+        pColl[j].xDel(pColl[j].pUser);
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pColl);
+  }
+  sqlite3HashClear(&db->aCollSeq);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aModule); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){
+    Module *pMod = (Module *)sqliteHashData(i);
+    if( pMod->xDestroy ){
+      pMod->xDestroy(pMod->pAux);
+    }
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pMod);
+  }
+  sqlite3HashClear(&db->aModule);
+#endif
+
+  sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0); /* Deallocates any cached error strings. */
+  if( db->pErr ){
+    sqlite3ValueFree(db->pErr);
+  }
+  sqlite3CloseExtensions(db);
+
+  db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR;
+
+  /* The temp-database schema is allocated differently from the other schema
+  ** objects (using sqliteMalloc() directly, instead of sqlite3BtreeSchema()).
+  ** So it needs to be freed here. Todo: Why not roll the temp schema into
+  ** the same sqliteMalloc() as the one that allocates the database 
+  ** structure?
+  */
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aDb[1].pSchema);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED;
+  sqlite3_mutex_free(db->mutex);
+  assert( db->lookaside.nOut==0 );  /* Fails on a lookaside memory leak */
+  if( db->lookaside.bMalloced ){
+    sqlite3_free(db->lookaside.pStart);
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(db);
+}
+
+/*
+** Rollback all database files.  If tripCode is not SQLITE_OK, then
+** any open cursors are invalidated ("tripped" - as in "tripping a circuit
+** breaker") and made to return tripCode if there are any further
+** attempts to use that cursor.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RollbackAll(sqlite3 *db, int tripCode){
+  int i;
+  int inTrans = 0;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+  sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+    Btree *p = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+    if( p ){
+      if( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(p) ){
+        inTrans = 1;
+      }
+      sqlite3BtreeRollback(p, tripCode);
+      db->aDb[i].inTrans = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3VtabRollback(db);
+  sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+
+  if( db->flags&SQLITE_InternChanges ){
+    sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
+    sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db);
+  }
+
+  /* Any deferred constraint violations have now been resolved. */
+  db->nDeferredCons = 0;
+
+  /* If one has been configured, invoke the rollback-hook callback */
+  if( db->xRollbackCallback && (inTrans || !db->autoCommit) ){
+    db->xRollbackCallback(db->pRollbackArg);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a static string that describes the kind of error specified in the
+** argument.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3ErrStr(int rc){
+  static const char* const aMsg[] = {
+    /* SQLITE_OK          */ "not an error",
+    /* SQLITE_ERROR       */ "SQL logic error or missing database",
+    /* SQLITE_INTERNAL    */ 0,
+    /* SQLITE_PERM        */ "access permission denied",
+    /* SQLITE_ABORT       */ "callback requested query abort",
+    /* SQLITE_BUSY        */ "database is locked",
+    /* SQLITE_LOCKED      */ "database table is locked",
+    /* SQLITE_NOMEM       */ "out of memory",
+    /* SQLITE_READONLY    */ "attempt to write a readonly database",
+    /* SQLITE_INTERRUPT   */ "interrupted",
+    /* SQLITE_IOERR       */ "disk I/O error",
+    /* SQLITE_CORRUPT     */ "database disk image is malformed",
+    /* SQLITE_NOTFOUND    */ "unknown operation",
+    /* SQLITE_FULL        */ "database or disk is full",
+    /* SQLITE_CANTOPEN    */ "unable to open database file",
+    /* SQLITE_PROTOCOL    */ "locking protocol",
+    /* SQLITE_EMPTY       */ "table contains no data",
+    /* SQLITE_SCHEMA      */ "database schema has changed",
+    /* SQLITE_TOOBIG      */ "string or blob too big",
+    /* SQLITE_CONSTRAINT  */ "constraint failed",
+    /* SQLITE_MISMATCH    */ "datatype mismatch",
+    /* SQLITE_MISUSE      */ "library routine called out of sequence",
+    /* SQLITE_NOLFS       */ "large file support is disabled",
+    /* SQLITE_AUTH        */ "authorization denied",
+    /* SQLITE_FORMAT      */ "auxiliary database format error",
+    /* SQLITE_RANGE       */ "bind or column index out of range",
+    /* SQLITE_NOTADB      */ "file is encrypted or is not a database",
+  };
+  const char *zErr = "unknown error";
+  switch( rc ){
+    case SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK: {
+      zErr = "abort due to ROLLBACK";
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+      rc &= 0xff;
+      if( ALWAYS(rc>=0) && rc<ArraySize(aMsg) && aMsg[rc]!=0 ){
+        zErr = aMsg[rc];
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  return zErr;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine implements a busy callback that sleeps and tries
+** again until a timeout value is reached.  The timeout value is
+** an integer number of milliseconds passed in as the first
+** argument.
+*/
+static int sqliteDefaultBusyCallback(
+ void *ptr,               /* Database connection */
+ int count                /* Number of times table has been busy */
+){
+#if SQLITE_OS_WIN || (defined(HAVE_USLEEP) && HAVE_USLEEP)
+  static const u8 delays[] =
+     { 1, 2, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 25,  25,  50,  50, 100 };
+  static const u8 totals[] =
+     { 0, 1, 3,  8, 18, 33, 53, 78, 103, 128, 178, 228 };
+# define NDELAY ArraySize(delays)
+  sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)ptr;
+  int timeout = db->busyTimeout;
+  int delay, prior;
+
+  assert( count>=0 );
+  if( count < NDELAY ){
+    delay = delays[count];
+    prior = totals[count];
+  }else{
+    delay = delays[NDELAY-1];
+    prior = totals[NDELAY-1] + delay*(count-(NDELAY-1));
+  }
+  if( prior + delay > timeout ){
+    delay = timeout - prior;
+    if( delay<=0 ) return 0;
+  }
+  sqlite3OsSleep(db->pVfs, delay*1000);
+  return 1;
+#else
+  sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)ptr;
+  int timeout = ((sqlite3 *)ptr)->busyTimeout;
+  if( (count+1)*1000 > timeout ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  sqlite3OsSleep(db->pVfs, 1000000);
+  return 1;
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Invoke the given busy handler.
+**
+** This routine is called when an operation failed with a lock.
+** If this routine returns non-zero, the lock is retried.  If it
+** returns 0, the operation aborts with an SQLITE_BUSY error.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(BusyHandler *p){
+  int rc;
+  if( NEVER(p==0) || p->xFunc==0 || p->nBusy<0 ) return 0;
+  rc = p->xFunc(p->pArg, p->nBusy);
+  if( rc==0 ){
+    p->nBusy = -1;
+  }else{
+    p->nBusy++;
+  }
+  return rc; 
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine sets the busy callback for an Sqlite database to the
+** given callback function with the given argument.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_handler(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  int (*xBusy)(void*,int),
+  void *pArg
+){
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  db->busyHandler.xFunc = xBusy;
+  db->busyHandler.pArg = pArg;
+  db->busyHandler.nBusy = 0;
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
+/*
+** This routine sets the progress callback for an Sqlite database to the
+** given callback function with the given argument. The progress callback will
+** be invoked every nOps opcodes.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(
+  sqlite3 *db, 
+  int nOps,
+  int (*xProgress)(void*), 
+  void *pArg
+){
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  if( nOps>0 ){
+    db->xProgress = xProgress;
+    db->nProgressOps = nOps;
+    db->pProgressArg = pArg;
+  }else{
+    db->xProgress = 0;
+    db->nProgressOps = 0;
+    db->pProgressArg = 0;
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** This routine installs a default busy handler that waits for the
+** specified number of milliseconds before returning 0.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3 *db, int ms){
+  if( ms>0 ){
+    db->busyTimeout = ms;
+    sqlite3_busy_handler(db, sqliteDefaultBusyCallback, (void*)db);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3_busy_handler(db, 0, 0);
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Cause any pending operation to stop at its earliest opportunity.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_interrupt(sqlite3 *db){
+  db->u1.isInterrupted = 1;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This function is exactly the same as sqlite3_create_function(), except
+** that it is designed to be called by internal code. The difference is
+** that if a malloc() fails in sqlite3_create_function(), an error code
+** is returned and the mallocFailed flag cleared. 
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CreateFunc(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  const char *zFunctionName,
+  int nArg,
+  int enc,
+  void *pUserData,
+  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
+  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
+  void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*),
+  FuncDestructor *pDestructor
+){
+  FuncDef *p;
+  int nName;
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+  if( zFunctionName==0 ||
+      (xFunc && (xFinal || xStep)) || 
+      (!xFunc && (xFinal && !xStep)) ||
+      (!xFunc && (!xFinal && xStep)) ||
+      (nArg<-1 || nArg>SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG) ||
+      (255<(nName = sqlite3Strlen30( zFunctionName))) ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+  }
+  
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+  /* If SQLITE_UTF16 is specified as the encoding type, transform this
+  ** to one of SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE using the
+  ** SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE macro. SQLITE_UTF16 is not used internally.
+  **
+  ** If SQLITE_ANY is specified, add three versions of the function
+  ** to the hash table.
+  */
+  if( enc==SQLITE_UTF16 ){
+    enc = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE;
+  }else if( enc==SQLITE_ANY ){
+    int rc;
+    rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunctionName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF8,
+         pUserData, xFunc, xStep, xFinal, pDestructor);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunctionName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF16LE,
+          pUserData, xFunc, xStep, xFinal, pDestructor);
+    }
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      return rc;
+    }
+    enc = SQLITE_UTF16BE;
+  }
+#else
+  enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+#endif
+  
+  /* Check if an existing function is being overridden or deleted. If so,
+  ** and there are active VMs, then return SQLITE_BUSY. If a function
+  ** is being overridden/deleted but there are no active VMs, allow the
+  ** operation to continue but invalidate all precompiled statements.
+  */
+  p = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zFunctionName, nName, nArg, (u8)enc, 0);
+  if( p && p->iPrefEnc==enc && p->nArg==nArg ){
+    if( db->activeVdbeCnt ){
+      sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY, 
+        "unable to delete/modify user-function due to active statements");
+      assert( !db->mallocFailed );
+      return SQLITE_BUSY;
+    }else{
+      sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
+    }
+  }
+
+  p = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zFunctionName, nName, nArg, (u8)enc, 1);
+  assert(p || db->mallocFailed);
+  if( !p ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+
+  /* If an older version of the function with a configured destructor is
+  ** being replaced invoke the destructor function here. */
+  functionDestroy(db, p);
+
+  if( pDestructor ){
+    pDestructor->nRef++;
+  }
+  p->pDestructor = pDestructor;
+  p->flags = 0;
+  p->xFunc = xFunc;
+  p->xStep = xStep;
+  p->xFinalize = xFinal;
+  p->pUserData = pUserData;
+  p->nArg = (u16)nArg;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Create new user functions.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  const char *zFunc,
+  int nArg,
+  int enc,
+  void *p,
+  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
+  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
+  void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)
+){
+  return sqlite3_create_function_v2(db, zFunc, nArg, enc, p, xFunc, xStep,
+                                    xFinal, 0);
+}
+
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function_v2(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  const char *zFunc,
+  int nArg,
+  int enc,
+  void *p,
+  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
+  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
+  void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*),
+  void (*xDestroy)(void *)
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  FuncDestructor *pArg = 0;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  if( xDestroy ){
+    pArg = (FuncDestructor *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(FuncDestructor));
+    if( !pArg ){
+      xDestroy(p);
+      goto out;
+    }
+    pArg->xDestroy = xDestroy;
+    pArg->pUserData = p;
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunc, nArg, enc, p, xFunc, xStep, xFinal, pArg);
+  if( pArg && pArg->nRef==0 ){
+    assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+    xDestroy(p);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pArg);
+  }
+
+ out:
+  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function16(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  const void *zFunctionName,
+  int nArg,
+  int eTextRep,
+  void *p,
+  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+  void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)
+){
+  int rc;
+  char *zFunc8;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  assert( !db->mallocFailed );
+  zFunc8 = sqlite3Utf16to8(db, zFunctionName, -1, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
+  rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunc8, nArg, eTextRep, p, xFunc, xStep, xFinal,0);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, zFunc8);
+  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return rc;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Declare that a function has been overloaded by a virtual table.
+**
+** If the function already exists as a regular global function, then
+** this routine is a no-op.  If the function does not exist, then create
+** a new one that always throws a run-time error.  
+**
+** When virtual tables intend to provide an overloaded function, they
+** should call this routine to make sure the global function exists.
+** A global function must exist in order for name resolution to work
+** properly.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_overload_function(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  const char *zName,
+  int nArg
+){
+  int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  if( sqlite3FindFunction(db, zName, nName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, 0)==0 ){
+    rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF8,
+                           0, sqlite3InvalidFunction, 0, 0, 0);
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
+/*
+** Register a trace function.  The pArg from the previously registered trace
+** is returned.  
+**
+** A NULL trace function means that no tracing is executes.  A non-NULL
+** trace is a pointer to a function that is invoked at the start of each
+** SQL statement.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_trace(sqlite3 *db, void (*xTrace)(void*,const char*), void *pArg){
+  void *pOld;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  pOld = db->pTraceArg;
+  db->xTrace = xTrace;
+  db->pTraceArg = pArg;
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return pOld;
+}
+/*
+** Register a profile function.  The pArg from the previously registered 
+** profile function is returned.  
+**
+** A NULL profile function means that no profiling is executes.  A non-NULL
+** profile is a pointer to a function that is invoked at the conclusion of
+** each SQL statement that is run.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_profile(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  void (*xProfile)(void*,const char*,sqlite_uint64),
+  void *pArg
+){
+  void *pOld;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  pOld = db->pProfileArg;
+  db->xProfile = xProfile;
+  db->pProfileArg = pArg;
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return pOld;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE */
+
+/*
+** Register a function to be invoked when a transaction commits.
+** If the invoked function returns non-zero, then the commit becomes a
+** rollback.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_commit_hook(
+  sqlite3 *db,              /* Attach the hook to this database */
+  int (*xCallback)(void*),  /* Function to invoke on each commit */
+  void *pArg                /* Argument to the function */
+){
+  void *pOld;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  pOld = db->pCommitArg;
+  db->xCommitCallback = xCallback;
+  db->pCommitArg = pArg;
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return pOld;
+}
+
+/*
+** Register a callback to be invoked each time a row is updated,
+** inserted or deleted using this database connection.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_update_hook(
+  sqlite3 *db,              /* Attach the hook to this database */
+  void (*xCallback)(void*,int,char const *,char const *,sqlite_int64),
+  void *pArg                /* Argument to the function */
+){
+  void *pRet;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  pRet = db->pUpdateArg;
+  db->xUpdateCallback = xCallback;
+  db->pUpdateArg = pArg;
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return pRet;
+}
+
+/*
+** Register a callback to be invoked each time a transaction is rolled
+** back by this database connection.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_rollback_hook(
+  sqlite3 *db,              /* Attach the hook to this database */
+  void (*xCallback)(void*), /* Callback function */
+  void *pArg                /* Argument to the function */
+){
+  void *pRet;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  pRet = db->pRollbackArg;
+  db->xRollbackCallback = xCallback;
+  db->pRollbackArg = pArg;
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return pRet;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+/*
+** The sqlite3_wal_hook() callback registered by sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint().
+** Invoke sqlite3_wal_checkpoint if the number of frames in the log file
+** is greater than sqlite3.pWalArg cast to an integer (the value configured by
+** wal_autocheckpoint()).
+*/ 
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalDefaultHook(
+  void *pClientData,     /* Argument */
+  sqlite3 *db,           /* Connection */
+  const char *zDb,       /* Database */
+  int nFrame             /* Size of WAL */
+){
+  if( nFrame>=SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pClientData) ){
+    sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+    sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(db, zDb);
+    sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
+
+/*
+** Configure an sqlite3_wal_hook() callback to automatically checkpoint
+** a database after committing a transaction if there are nFrame or
+** more frames in the log file. Passing zero or a negative value as the
+** nFrame parameter disables automatic checkpoints entirely.
+**
+** The callback registered by this function replaces any existing callback
+** registered using sqlite3_wal_hook(). Likewise, registering a callback
+** using sqlite3_wal_hook() disables the automatic checkpoint mechanism
+** configured by this function.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(sqlite3 *db, int nFrame){
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(db);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(nFrame);
+#else
+  if( nFrame>0 ){
+    sqlite3_wal_hook(db, sqlite3WalDefaultHook, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(nFrame));
+  }else{
+    sqlite3_wal_hook(db, 0, 0);
+  }
+#endif
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Register a callback to be invoked each time a transaction is written
+** into the write-ahead-log by this database connection.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_wal_hook(
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Attach the hook to this db handle */
+  int(*xCallback)(void *, sqlite3*, const char*, int),
+  void *pArg                      /* First argument passed to xCallback() */
+){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+  void *pRet;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  pRet = db->pWalArg;
+  db->xWalCallback = xCallback;
+  db->pWalArg = pArg;
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return pRet;
+#else
+  return 0;
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Checkpoint database zDb.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2(
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database handle */
+  const char *zDb,                /* Name of attached database (or NULL) */
+  int eMode,                      /* SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_* value */
+  int *pnLog,                     /* OUT: Size of WAL log in frames */
+  int *pnCkpt                     /* OUT: Total number of frames checkpointed */
+){
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+#else
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+  int iDb = SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED;  /* sqlite3.aDb[] index of db to checkpoint */
+
+  /* Initialize the output variables to -1 in case an error occurs. */
+  if( pnLog ) *pnLog = -1;
+  if( pnCkpt ) *pnCkpt = -1;
+
+  assert( SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE );
+  assert( SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL<SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART );
+  assert( SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE+2==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART );
+  if( eMode<SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE || eMode>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  if( zDb && zDb[0] ){
+    iDb = sqlite3FindDbName(db, zDb);
+  }
+  if( iDb<0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ERROR, "unknown database: %s", zDb);
+  }else{
+    rc = sqlite3Checkpoint(db, iDb, eMode, pnLog, pnCkpt);
+    sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0);
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return rc;
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Checkpoint database zDb. If zDb is NULL, or if the buffer zDb points
+** to contains a zero-length string, all attached databases are 
+** checkpointed.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb){
+  return sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2(db, zDb, SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, 0, 0);
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+/*
+** Run a checkpoint on database iDb. This is a no-op if database iDb is
+** not currently open in WAL mode.
+**
+** If a transaction is open on the database being checkpointed, this 
+** function returns SQLITE_LOCKED and a checkpoint is not attempted. If 
+** an error occurs while running the checkpoint, an SQLite error code is 
+** returned (i.e. SQLITE_IOERR). Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** The mutex on database handle db should be held by the caller. The mutex
+** associated with the specific b-tree being checkpointed is taken by
+** this function while the checkpoint is running.
+**
+** If iDb is passed SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED, then all attached databases are
+** checkpointed. If an error is encountered it is returned immediately -
+** no attempt is made to checkpoint any remaining databases.
+**
+** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, int eMode, int *pnLog, int *pnCkpt){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
+  int i;                          /* Used to iterate through attached dbs */
+  int bBusy = 0;                  /* True if SQLITE_BUSY has been encountered */
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+  assert( !pnLog || *pnLog==-1 );
+  assert( !pnCkpt || *pnCkpt==-1 );
+
+  for(i=0; i<db->nDb && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){
+    if( i==iDb || iDb==SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED ){
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeCheckpoint(db->aDb[i].pBt, eMode, pnLog, pnCkpt);
+      pnLog = 0;
+      pnCkpt = 0;
+      if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+        bBusy = 1;
+        rc = SQLITE_OK;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return (rc==SQLITE_OK && bBusy) ? SQLITE_BUSY : rc;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
+
+/*
+** This function returns true if main-memory should be used instead of
+** a temporary file for transient pager files and statement journals.
+** The value returned depends on the value of db->temp_store (runtime
+** parameter) and the compile time value of SQLITE_TEMP_STORE. The
+** following table describes the relationship between these two values
+** and this functions return value.
+**
+**   SQLITE_TEMP_STORE     db->temp_store     Location of temporary database
+**   -----------------     --------------     ------------------------------
+**   0                     any                file      (return 0)
+**   1                     1                  file      (return 0)
+**   1                     2                  memory    (return 1)
+**   1                     0                  file      (return 0)
+**   2                     1                  file      (return 0)
+**   2                     2                  memory    (return 1)
+**   2                     0                  memory    (return 1)
+**   3                     any                memory    (return 1)
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TempInMemory(const sqlite3 *db){
+#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==1
+  return ( db->temp_store==2 );
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==2
+  return ( db->temp_store!=1 );
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==3
+  return 1;
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE<1 || SQLITE_TEMP_STORE>3
+  return 0;
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Return UTF-8 encoded English language explanation of the most recent
+** error.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3 *db){
+  const char *z;
+  if( !db ){
+    return sqlite3ErrStr(SQLITE_NOMEM);
+  }
+  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){
+    return sqlite3ErrStr(SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT);
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    z = sqlite3ErrStr(SQLITE_NOMEM);
+  }else{
+    z = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(db->pErr);
+    assert( !db->mallocFailed );
+    if( z==0 ){
+      z = sqlite3ErrStr(db->errCode);
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return z;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+/*
+** Return UTF-16 encoded English language explanation of the most recent
+** error.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_errmsg16(sqlite3 *db){
+  static const u16 outOfMem[] = {
+    'o', 'u', 't', ' ', 'o', 'f', ' ', 'm', 'e', 'm', 'o', 'r', 'y', 0
+  };
+  static const u16 misuse[] = {
+    'l', 'i', 'b', 'r', 'a', 'r', 'y', ' ', 
+    'r', 'o', 'u', 't', 'i', 'n', 'e', ' ', 
+    'c', 'a', 'l', 'l', 'e', 'd', ' ', 
+    'o', 'u', 't', ' ', 
+    'o', 'f', ' ', 
+    's', 'e', 'q', 'u', 'e', 'n', 'c', 'e', 0
+  };
+
+  const void *z;
+  if( !db ){
+    return (void *)outOfMem;
+  }
+  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){
+    return (void *)misuse;
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    z = (void *)outOfMem;
+  }else{
+    z = sqlite3_value_text16(db->pErr);
+    if( z==0 ){
+      sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, -1, sqlite3ErrStr(db->errCode),
+           SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
+      z = sqlite3_value_text16(db->pErr);
+    }
+    /* A malloc() may have failed within the call to sqlite3_value_text16()
+    ** above. If this is the case, then the db->mallocFailed flag needs to
+    ** be cleared before returning. Do this directly, instead of via
+    ** sqlite3ApiExit(), to avoid setting the database handle error message.
+    */
+    db->mallocFailed = 0;
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return z;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+
+/*
+** Return the most recent error code generated by an SQLite routine. If NULL is
+** passed to this function, we assume a malloc() failed during sqlite3_open().
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_errcode(sqlite3 *db){
+  if( db && !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+  }
+  if( !db || db->mallocFailed ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  return db->errCode & db->errMask;
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_errcode(sqlite3 *db){
+  if( db && !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+  }
+  if( !db || db->mallocFailed ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  return db->errCode;
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a new collating function for database "db".  The name is zName
+** and the encoding is enc.
+*/
+static int createCollation(
+  sqlite3* db,
+  const char *zName, 
+  u8 enc,
+  void* pCtx,
+  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*),
+  void(*xDel)(void*)
+){
+  CollSeq *pColl;
+  int enc2;
+  int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
+  
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+
+  /* If SQLITE_UTF16 is specified as the encoding type, transform this
+  ** to one of SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE using the
+  ** SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE macro. SQLITE_UTF16 is not used internally.
+  */
+  enc2 = enc;
+  testcase( enc2==SQLITE_UTF16 );
+  testcase( enc2==SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED );
+  if( enc2==SQLITE_UTF16 || enc2==SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED ){
+    enc2 = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE;
+  }
+  if( enc2<SQLITE_UTF8 || enc2>SQLITE_UTF16BE ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+  }
+
+  /* Check if this call is removing or replacing an existing collation 
+  ** sequence. If so, and there are active VMs, return busy. If there
+  ** are no active VMs, invalidate any pre-compiled statements.
+  */
+  pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, (u8)enc2, zName, 0);
+  if( pColl && pColl->xCmp ){
+    if( db->activeVdbeCnt ){
+      sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY, 
+        "unable to delete/modify collation sequence due to active statements");
+      return SQLITE_BUSY;
+    }
+    sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
+
+    /* If collation sequence pColl was created directly by a call to
+    ** sqlite3_create_collation, and not generated by synthCollSeq(),
+    ** then any copies made by synthCollSeq() need to be invalidated.
+    ** Also, collation destructor - CollSeq.xDel() - function may need
+    ** to be called.
+    */ 
+    if( (pColl->enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED)==enc2 ){
+      CollSeq *aColl = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aCollSeq, zName, nName);
+      int j;
+      for(j=0; j<3; j++){
+        CollSeq *p = &aColl[j];
+        if( p->enc==pColl->enc ){
+          if( p->xDel ){
+            p->xDel(p->pUser);
+          }
+          p->xCmp = 0;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, (u8)enc2, zName, 1);
+  if( pColl==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  pColl->xCmp = xCompare;
+  pColl->pUser = pCtx;
+  pColl->xDel = xDel;
+  pColl->enc = (u8)(enc2 | (enc & SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED));
+  sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This array defines hard upper bounds on limit values.  The
+** initializer must be kept in sync with the SQLITE_LIMIT_*
+** #defines in sqlite3.h.
+*/
+static const int aHardLimit[] = {
+  SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH,
+  SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH,
+  SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN,
+  SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH,
+  SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT,
+  SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP,
+  SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG,
+  SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED,
+  SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH,
+  SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER,
+  SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH,
+};
+
+/*
+** Make sure the hard limits are set to reasonable values
+*/
+#if SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH<100
+# error SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH must be at least 100
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH<100
+# error SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH must be at least 100
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH>SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH
+# error SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH must not be greater than SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT<2
+# error SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT must be at least 2
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP<40
+# error SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP must be at least 40
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG<0 || SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG>1000
+# error SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG must be between 0 and 1000
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED<0 || SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED>62
+# error SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED must be between 0 and 62
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH<1
+# error SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH must be at least 1
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN>32767
+# error SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN must not exceed 32767
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH<1
+# error SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH must be at least 1
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Change the value of a limit.  Report the old value.
+** If an invalid limit index is supplied, report -1.
+** Make no changes but still report the old value if the
+** new limit is negative.
+**
+** A new lower limit does not shrink existing constructs.
+** It merely prevents new constructs that exceed the limit
+** from forming.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3 *db, int limitId, int newLimit){
+  int oldLimit;
+
+
+  /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-30189-54097 For each limit category SQLITE_LIMIT_NAME
+  ** there is a hard upper bound set at compile-time by a C preprocessor
+  ** macro called SQLITE_MAX_NAME. (The "_LIMIT_" in the name is changed to
+  ** "_MAX_".)
+  */
+  assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]==SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH );
+  assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH]==SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH );
+  assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN]==SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN );
+  assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH]==SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH );
+  assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT]==SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT);
+  assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP]==SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP );
+  assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG]==SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG );
+  assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]==SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED );
+  assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH]==
+                                               SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH );
+  assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]==SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER);
+  assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH]==SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH );
+  assert( SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH==(SQLITE_N_LIMIT-1) );
+
+
+  if( limitId<0 || limitId>=SQLITE_N_LIMIT ){
+    return -1;
+  }
+  oldLimit = db->aLimit[limitId];
+  if( newLimit>=0 ){                   /* IMP: R-52476-28732 */
+    if( newLimit>aHardLimit[limitId] ){
+      newLimit = aHardLimit[limitId];  /* IMP: R-51463-25634 */
+    }
+    db->aLimit[limitId] = newLimit;
+  }
+  return oldLimit;                     /* IMP: R-53341-35419 */
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is used to parse both URIs and non-URI filenames passed by the
+** user to API functions sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2(), and for database
+** URIs specified as part of ATTACH statements.
+**
+** The first argument to this function is the name of the VFS to use (or
+** a NULL to signify the default VFS) if the URI does not contain a "vfs=xxx"
+** query parameter. The second argument contains the URI (or non-URI filename)
+** itself. When this function is called the *pFlags variable should contain
+** the default flags to open the database handle with. The value stored in
+** *pFlags may be updated before returning if the URI filename contains 
+** "cache=xxx" or "mode=xxx" query parameters.
+**
+** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. In this case *ppVfs is set to point to
+** the VFS that should be used to open the database file. *pzFile is set to
+** point to a buffer containing the name of the file to open. It is the 
+** responsibility of the caller to eventually call sqlite3_free() to release
+** this buffer.
+**
+** If an error occurs, then an SQLite error code is returned and *pzErrMsg
+** may be set to point to a buffer containing an English language error 
+** message. It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually release
+** this buffer by calling sqlite3_free().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParseUri(
+  const char *zDefaultVfs,        /* VFS to use if no "vfs=xxx" query option */
+  const char *zUri,               /* Nul-terminated URI to parse */
+  unsigned int *pFlags,           /* IN/OUT: SQLITE_OPEN_XXX flags */
+  sqlite3_vfs **ppVfs,            /* OUT: VFS to use */ 
+  char **pzFile,                  /* OUT: Filename component of URI */
+  char **pzErrMsg                 /* OUT: Error message (if rc!=SQLITE_OK) */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  unsigned int flags = *pFlags;
+  const char *zVfs = zDefaultVfs;
+  char *zFile;
+  char c;
+  int nUri = sqlite3Strlen30(zUri);
+
+  assert( *pzErrMsg==0 );
+
+  if( ((flags & SQLITE_OPEN_URI) || sqlite3GlobalConfig.bOpenUri) 
+   && nUri>=5 && memcmp(zUri, "file:", 5)==0 
+  ){
+    char *zOpt;
+    int eState;                   /* Parser state when parsing URI */
+    int iIn;                      /* Input character index */
+    int iOut = 0;                 /* Output character index */
+    int nByte = nUri+2;           /* Bytes of space to allocate */
+
+    /* Make sure the SQLITE_OPEN_URI flag is set to indicate to the VFS xOpen 
+    ** method that there may be extra parameters following the file-name.  */
+    flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_URI;
+
+    for(iIn=0; iIn<nUri; iIn++) nByte += (zUri[iIn]=='&');
+    zFile = sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
+    if( !zFile ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+
+    /* Discard the scheme and authority segments of the URI. */
+    if( zUri[5]=='/' && zUri[6]=='/' ){
+      iIn = 7;
+      while( zUri[iIn] && zUri[iIn]!='/' ) iIn++;
+
+      if( iIn!=7 && (iIn!=16 || memcmp("localhost", &zUri[7], 9)) ){
+        *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("invalid uri authority: %.*s", 
+            iIn-7, &zUri[7]);
+        rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+        goto parse_uri_out;
+      }
+    }else{
+      iIn = 5;
+    }
+
+    /* Copy the filename and any query parameters into the zFile buffer. 
+    ** Decode %HH escape codes along the way. 
+    **
+    ** Within this loop, variable eState may be set to 0, 1 or 2, depending
+    ** on the parsing context. As follows:
+    **
+    **   0: Parsing file-name.
+    **   1: Parsing name section of a name=value query parameter.
+    **   2: Parsing value section of a name=value query parameter.
+    */
+    eState = 0;
+    while( (c = zUri[iIn])!=0 && c!='#' ){
+      iIn++;
+      if( c=='%' 
+       && sqlite3Isxdigit(zUri[iIn]) 
+       && sqlite3Isxdigit(zUri[iIn+1]) 
+      ){
+        int octet = (sqlite3HexToInt(zUri[iIn++]) << 4);
+        octet += sqlite3HexToInt(zUri[iIn++]);
+
+        assert( octet>=0 && octet<256 );
+        if( octet==0 ){
+          /* This branch is taken when "%00" appears within the URI. In this
+          ** case we ignore all text in the remainder of the path, name or
+          ** value currently being parsed. So ignore the current character
+          ** and skip to the next "?", "=" or "&", as appropriate. */
+          while( (c = zUri[iIn])!=0 && c!='#' 
+              && (eState!=0 || c!='?')
+              && (eState!=1 || (c!='=' && c!='&'))
+              && (eState!=2 || c!='&')
+          ){
+            iIn++;
+          }
+          continue;
+        }
+        c = octet;
+      }else if( eState==1 && (c=='&' || c=='=') ){
+        if( zFile[iOut-1]==0 ){
+          /* An empty option name. Ignore this option altogether. */
+          while( zUri[iIn] && zUri[iIn]!='#' && zUri[iIn-1]!='&' ) iIn++;
+          continue;
+        }
+        if( c=='&' ){
+          zFile[iOut++] = '\0';
+        }else{
+          eState = 2;
+        }
+        c = 0;
+      }else if( (eState==0 && c=='?') || (eState==2 && c=='&') ){
+        c = 0;
+        eState = 1;
+      }
+      zFile[iOut++] = c;
+    }
+    if( eState==1 ) zFile[iOut++] = '\0';
+    zFile[iOut++] = '\0';
+    zFile[iOut++] = '\0';
+
+    /* Check if there were any options specified that should be interpreted 
+    ** here. Options that are interpreted here include "vfs" and those that
+    ** correspond to flags that may be passed to the sqlite3_open_v2()
+    ** method. */
+    zOpt = &zFile[sqlite3Strlen30(zFile)+1];
+    while( zOpt[0] ){
+      int nOpt = sqlite3Strlen30(zOpt);
+      char *zVal = &zOpt[nOpt+1];
+      int nVal = sqlite3Strlen30(zVal);
+
+      if( nOpt==3 && memcmp("vfs", zOpt, 3)==0 ){
+        zVfs = zVal;
+      }else{
+        struct OpenMode {
+          const char *z;
+          int mode;
+        } *aMode = 0;
+        char *zModeType = 0;
+        int mask = 0;
+        int limit = 0;
+
+        if( nOpt==5 && memcmp("cache", zOpt, 5)==0 ){
+          static struct OpenMode aCacheMode[] = {
+            { "shared",  SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE },
+            { "private", SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE },
+            { 0, 0 }
+          };
+
+          mask = SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE|SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE;
+          aMode = aCacheMode;
+          limit = mask;
+          zModeType = "cache";
+        }
+        if( nOpt==4 && memcmp("mode", zOpt, 4)==0 ){
+          static struct OpenMode aOpenMode[] = {
+            { "ro",  SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY },
+            { "rw",  SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE }, 
+            { "rwc", SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE },
+            { "memory", SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY },
+            { 0, 0 }
+          };
+
+          mask = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY | SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
+                   | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY;
+          aMode = aOpenMode;
+          limit = mask & flags;
+          zModeType = "access";
+        }
+
+        if( aMode ){
+          int i;
+          int mode = 0;
+          for(i=0; aMode[i].z; i++){
+            const char *z = aMode[i].z;
+            if( nVal==sqlite3Strlen30(z) && 0==memcmp(zVal, z, nVal) ){
+              mode = aMode[i].mode;
+              break;
+            }
+          }
+          if( mode==0 ){
+            *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("no such %s mode: %s", zModeType, zVal);
+            rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+            goto parse_uri_out;
+          }
+          if( (mode & ~SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY)>limit ){
+            *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s mode not allowed: %s",
+                                        zModeType, zVal);
+            rc = SQLITE_PERM;
+            goto parse_uri_out;
+          }
+          flags = (flags & ~mask) | mode;
+        }
+      }
+
+      zOpt = &zVal[nVal+1];
+    }
+
+  }else{
+    zFile = sqlite3_malloc(nUri+2);
+    if( !zFile ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    memcpy(zFile, zUri, nUri);
+    zFile[nUri] = '\0';
+    zFile[nUri+1] = '\0';
+    flags &= ~SQLITE_OPEN_URI;
+  }
+
+  *ppVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(zVfs);
+  if( *ppVfs==0 ){
+    *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("no such vfs: %s", zVfs);
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+ parse_uri_out:
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_free(zFile);
+    zFile = 0;
+  }
+  *pFlags = flags;
+  *pzFile = zFile;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This routine does the work of opening a database on behalf of
+** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open16(). The database filename "zFilename"  
+** is UTF-8 encoded.
+*/
+static int openDatabase(
+  const char *zFilename, /* Database filename UTF-8 encoded */
+  sqlite3 **ppDb,        /* OUT: Returned database handle */
+  unsigned int flags,    /* Operational flags */
+  const char *zVfs       /* Name of the VFS to use */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db;                    /* Store allocated handle here */
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+  int isThreadsafe;               /* True for threadsafe connections */
+  char *zOpen = 0;                /* Filename argument to pass to BtreeOpen() */
+  char *zErrMsg = 0;              /* Error message from sqlite3ParseUri() */
+
+  *ppDb = 0;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+  rc = sqlite3_initialize();
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+#endif
+
+  /* Only allow sensible combinations of bits in the flags argument.  
+  ** Throw an error if any non-sense combination is used.  If we
+  ** do not block illegal combinations here, it could trigger
+  ** assert() statements in deeper layers.  Sensible combinations
+  ** are:
+  **
+  **  1:  SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY
+  **  2:  SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
+  **  6:  SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE
+  */
+  assert( SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY  == 0x01 );
+  assert( SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE == 0x02 );
+  assert( SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE    == 0x04 );
+  testcase( (1<<(flags&7))==0x02 ); /* READONLY */
+  testcase( (1<<(flags&7))==0x04 ); /* READWRITE */
+  testcase( (1<<(flags&7))==0x40 ); /* READWRITE | CREATE */
+  if( ((1<<(flags&7)) & 0x46)==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex==0 ){
+    isThreadsafe = 0;
+  }else if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX ){
+    isThreadsafe = 0;
+  }else if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX ){
+    isThreadsafe = 1;
+  }else{
+    isThreadsafe = sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex;
+  }
+  if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE ){
+    flags &= ~SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE;
+  }else if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.sharedCacheEnabled ){
+    flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE;
+  }
+
+  /* Remove harmful bits from the flags parameter
+  **
+  ** The SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX and SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX flags were
+  ** dealt with in the previous code block.  Besides these, the only
+  ** valid input flags for sqlite3_open_v2() are SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY,
+  ** SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE, SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE,
+  ** SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE, and some reserved bits.  Silently mask
+  ** off all other flags.
+  */
+  flags &=  ~( SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE |
+               SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE |
+               SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB |
+               SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB | 
+               SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB | 
+               SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL | 
+               SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL | 
+               SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL | 
+               SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL |
+               SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX |
+               SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX |
+               SQLITE_OPEN_WAL
+             );
+
+  /* Allocate the sqlite data structure */
+  db = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(sqlite3) );
+  if( db==0 ) goto opendb_out;
+  if( isThreadsafe ){
+    db->mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE);
+    if( db->mutex==0 ){
+      sqlite3_free(db);
+      db = 0;
+      goto opendb_out;
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  db->errMask = 0xff;
+  db->nDb = 2;
+  db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY;
+  db->aDb = db->aDbStatic;
+
+  assert( sizeof(db->aLimit)==sizeof(aHardLimit) );
+  memcpy(db->aLimit, aHardLimit, sizeof(db->aLimit));
+  db->autoCommit = 1;
+  db->nextAutovac = -1;
+  db->nextPagesize = 0;
+  db->flags |= SQLITE_ShortColNames | SQLITE_AutoIndex | SQLITE_EnableTrigger
+#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT<4
+                 | SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION
+                 | SQLITE_LoadExtension
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_RECURSIVE_TRIGGERS
+                 | SQLITE_RecTriggers
+#endif
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_FOREIGN_KEYS) && SQLITE_DEFAULT_FOREIGN_KEYS
+                 | SQLITE_ForeignKeys
+#endif
+      ;
+  sqlite3HashInit(&db->aCollSeq);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  sqlite3HashInit(&db->aModule);
+#endif
+
+  /* Add the default collation sequence BINARY. BINARY works for both UTF-8
+  ** and UTF-16, so add a version for each to avoid any unnecessary
+  ** conversions. The only error that can occur here is a malloc() failure.
+  */
+  createCollation(db, "BINARY", SQLITE_UTF8, 0, binCollFunc, 0);
+  createCollation(db, "BINARY", SQLITE_UTF16BE, 0, binCollFunc, 0);
+  createCollation(db, "BINARY", SQLITE_UTF16LE, 0, binCollFunc, 0);
+  createCollation(db, "RTRIM", SQLITE_UTF8, (void*)1, binCollFunc, 0);
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    goto opendb_out;
+  }
+  db->pDfltColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, SQLITE_UTF8, "BINARY", 0);
+  assert( db->pDfltColl!=0 );
+
+  /* Also add a UTF-8 case-insensitive collation sequence. */
+  createCollation(db, "NOCASE", SQLITE_UTF8, 0, nocaseCollatingFunc, 0);
+
+  /* Parse the filename/URI argument. */
+  db->openFlags = flags;
+  rc = sqlite3ParseUri(zVfs, zFilename, &flags, &db->pVfs, &zOpen, &zErrMsg);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ) db->mallocFailed = 1;
+    sqlite3Error(db, rc, zErrMsg ? "%s" : 0, zErrMsg);
+    sqlite3_free(zErrMsg);
+    goto opendb_out;
+  }
+
+  /* Open the backend database driver */
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(db->pVfs, zOpen, db, &db->aDb[0].pBt, 0,
+                        flags | SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0);
+    goto opendb_out;
+  }
+  db->aDb[0].pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, db->aDb[0].pBt);
+  db->aDb[1].pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, 0);
+
+
+  /* The default safety_level for the main database is 'full'; for the temp
+  ** database it is 'NONE'. This matches the pager layer defaults.  
+  */
+  db->aDb[0].zName = "main";
+  db->aDb[0].safety_level = 3;
+  db->aDb[1].zName = "temp";
+  db->aDb[1].safety_level = 1;
+
+  db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN;
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    goto opendb_out;
+  }
+
+  /* Register all built-in functions, but do not attempt to read the
+  ** database schema yet. This is delayed until the first time the database
+  ** is accessed.
+  */
+  sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0);
+  sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(db);
+
+  /* Load automatic extensions - extensions that have been registered
+  ** using the sqlite3_automatic_extension() API.
+  */
+  rc = sqlite3_errcode(db);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3AutoLoadExtensions(db);
+    rc = sqlite3_errcode(db);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      goto opendb_out;
+    }
+  }
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS1
+  if( !db->mallocFailed ){
+    extern int sqlite3Fts1Init(sqlite3*);
+    rc = sqlite3Fts1Init(db);
+  }
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS2
+  if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    extern int sqlite3Fts2Init(sqlite3*);
+    rc = sqlite3Fts2Init(db);
+  }
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3
+  if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3Fts3Init(db);
+  }
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
+  if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3IcuInit(db);
+  }
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE
+  if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK){
+    rc = sqlite3RtreeInit(db);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0);
+
+  /* -DSQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE=1 makes EXCLUSIVE the default locking
+  ** mode.  -DSQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE=0 make NORMAL the default locking
+  ** mode.  Doing nothing at all also makes NORMAL the default.
+  */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE
+  db->dfltLockMode = SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE;
+  sqlite3PagerLockingMode(sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[0].pBt),
+                          SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE);
+#endif
+
+  /* Enable the lookaside-malloc subsystem */
+  setupLookaside(db, 0, sqlite3GlobalConfig.szLookaside,
+                        sqlite3GlobalConfig.nLookaside);
+
+  sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(db, SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT);
+
+opendb_out:
+  sqlite3_free(zOpen);
+  if( db ){
+    assert( db->mutex!=0 || isThreadsafe==0 || sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex==0 );
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3_errcode(db);
+  assert( db!=0 || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
+  if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
+    sqlite3_close(db);
+    db = 0;
+  }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_SICK;
+  }
+  *ppDb = db;
+  return sqlite3ApiExit(0, rc);
+}
+
+/*
+** Open a new database handle.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open(
+  const char *zFilename, 
+  sqlite3 **ppDb 
+){
+  return openDatabase(zFilename, ppDb,
+                      SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, 0);
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_v2(
+  const char *filename,   /* Database filename (UTF-8) */
+  sqlite3 **ppDb,         /* OUT: SQLite db handle */
+  int flags,              /* Flags */
+  const char *zVfs        /* Name of VFS module to use */
+){
+  return openDatabase(filename, ppDb, (unsigned int)flags, zVfs);
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+/*
+** Open a new database handle.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open16(
+  const void *zFilename, 
+  sqlite3 **ppDb
+){
+  char const *zFilename8;   /* zFilename encoded in UTF-8 instead of UTF-16 */
+  sqlite3_value *pVal;
+  int rc;
+
+  assert( zFilename );
+  assert( ppDb );
+  *ppDb = 0;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+  rc = sqlite3_initialize();
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+#endif
+  pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(0);
+  sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zFilename, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_STATIC);
+  zFilename8 = sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8);
+  if( zFilename8 ){
+    rc = openDatabase(zFilename8, ppDb,
+                      SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, 0);
+    assert( *ppDb || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !DbHasProperty(*ppDb, 0, DB_SchemaLoaded) ){
+      ENC(*ppDb) = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE;
+    }
+  }else{
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
+
+  return sqlite3ApiExit(0, rc);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+
+/*
+** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation(
+  sqlite3* db, 
+  const char *zName, 
+  int enc, 
+  void* pCtx,
+  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
+){
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  assert( !db->mallocFailed );
+  rc = createCollation(db, zName, (u8)enc, pCtx, xCompare, 0);
+  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation_v2(
+  sqlite3* db, 
+  const char *zName, 
+  int enc, 
+  void* pCtx,
+  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*),
+  void(*xDel)(void*)
+){
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  assert( !db->mallocFailed );
+  rc = createCollation(db, zName, (u8)enc, pCtx, xCompare, xDel);
+  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+/*
+** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation16(
+  sqlite3* db, 
+  const void *zName,
+  int enc, 
+  void* pCtx,
+  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  char *zName8;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  assert( !db->mallocFailed );
+  zName8 = sqlite3Utf16to8(db, zName, -1, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
+  if( zName8 ){
+    rc = createCollation(db, zName8, (u8)enc, pCtx, xCompare, 0);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zName8);
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return rc;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+
+/*
+** Register a collation sequence factory callback with the database handle
+** db. Replace any previously installed collation sequence factory.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed(
+  sqlite3 *db, 
+  void *pCollNeededArg, 
+  void(*xCollNeeded)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*)
+){
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  db->xCollNeeded = xCollNeeded;
+  db->xCollNeeded16 = 0;
+  db->pCollNeededArg = pCollNeededArg;
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+/*
+** Register a collation sequence factory callback with the database handle
+** db. Replace any previously installed collation sequence factory.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed16(
+  sqlite3 *db, 
+  void *pCollNeededArg, 
+  void(*xCollNeeded16)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*)
+){
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  db->xCollNeeded = 0;
+  db->xCollNeeded16 = xCollNeeded16;
+  db->pCollNeededArg = pCollNeededArg;
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+/*
+** This function is now an anachronism. It used to be used to recover from a
+** malloc() failure, but SQLite now does this automatically.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_global_recover(void){
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Test to see whether or not the database connection is in autocommit
+** mode.  Return TRUE if it is and FALSE if not.  Autocommit mode is on
+** by default.  Autocommit is disabled by a BEGIN statement and reenabled
+** by the next COMMIT or ROLLBACK.
+**
+******* THIS IS AN EXPERIMENTAL API AND IS SUBJECT TO CHANGE ******
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_autocommit(sqlite3 *db){
+  return db->autoCommit;
+}
+
+/*
+** The following routines are subtitutes for constants SQLITE_CORRUPT,
+** SQLITE_MISUSE, SQLITE_CANTOPEN, SQLITE_IOERR and possibly other error
+** constants.  They server two purposes:
+**
+**   1.  Serve as a convenient place to set a breakpoint in a debugger
+**       to detect when version error conditions occurs.
+**
+**   2.  Invoke sqlite3_log() to provide the source code location where
+**       a low-level error is first detected.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CorruptError(int lineno){
+  testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
+  sqlite3_log(SQLITE_CORRUPT,
+              "database corruption at line %d of [%.10s]",
+              lineno, 20+sqlite3_sourceid());
+  return SQLITE_CORRUPT;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MisuseError(int lineno){
+  testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
+  sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE, 
+              "misuse at line %d of [%.10s]",
+              lineno, 20+sqlite3_sourceid());
+  return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CantopenError(int lineno){
+  testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
+  sqlite3_log(SQLITE_CANTOPEN, 
+              "cannot open file at line %d of [%.10s]",
+              lineno, 20+sqlite3_sourceid());
+  return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+}
+
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+/*
+** This is a convenience routine that makes sure that all thread-specific
+** data for this thread has been deallocated.
+**
+** SQLite no longer uses thread-specific data so this routine is now a
+** no-op.  It is retained for historical compatibility.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_thread_cleanup(void){
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Return meta information about a specific column of a database table.
+** See comment in sqlite3.h (sqlite.h.in) for details.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_table_column_metadata(
+  sqlite3 *db,                /* Connection handle */
+  const char *zDbName,        /* Database name or NULL */
+  const char *zTableName,     /* Table name */
+  const char *zColumnName,    /* Column name */
+  char const **pzDataType,    /* OUTPUT: Declared data type */
+  char const **pzCollSeq,     /* OUTPUT: Collation sequence name */
+  int *pNotNull,              /* OUTPUT: True if NOT NULL constraint exists */
+  int *pPrimaryKey,           /* OUTPUT: True if column part of PK */
+  int *pAutoinc               /* OUTPUT: True if column is auto-increment */
+){
+  int rc;
+  char *zErrMsg = 0;
+  Table *pTab = 0;
+  Column *pCol = 0;
+  int iCol;
+
+  char const *zDataType = 0;
+  char const *zCollSeq = 0;
+  int notnull = 0;
+  int primarykey = 0;
+  int autoinc = 0;
+
+  /* Ensure the database schema has been loaded */
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
+  rc = sqlite3Init(db, &zErrMsg);
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){
+    goto error_out;
+  }
+
+  /* Locate the table in question */
+  pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTableName, zDbName);
+  if( !pTab || pTab->pSelect ){
+    pTab = 0;
+    goto error_out;
+  }
+
+  /* Find the column for which info is requested */
+  if( sqlite3IsRowid(zColumnName) ){
+    iCol = pTab->iPKey;
+    if( iCol>=0 ){
+      pCol = &pTab->aCol[iCol];
+    }
+  }else{
+    for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nCol; iCol++){
+      pCol = &pTab->aCol[iCol];
+      if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zColumnName) ){
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    if( iCol==pTab->nCol ){
+      pTab = 0;
+      goto error_out;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* The following block stores the meta information that will be returned
+  ** to the caller in local variables zDataType, zCollSeq, notnull, primarykey
+  ** and autoinc. At this point there are two possibilities:
+  ** 
+  **     1. The specified column name was rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" 
+  **        and there is no explicitly declared IPK column. 
+  **
+  **     2. The table is not a view and the column name identified an 
+  **        explicitly declared column. Copy meta information from *pCol.
+  */ 
+  if( pCol ){
+    zDataType = pCol->zType;
+    zCollSeq = pCol->zColl;
+    notnull = pCol->notNull!=0;
+    primarykey  = pCol->isPrimKey!=0;
+    autoinc = pTab->iPKey==iCol && (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement)!=0;
+  }else{
+    zDataType = "INTEGER";
+    primarykey = 1;
+  }
+  if( !zCollSeq ){
+    zCollSeq = "BINARY";
+  }
+
+error_out:
+  sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
+
+  /* Whether the function call succeeded or failed, set the output parameters
+  ** to whatever their local counterparts contain. If an error did occur,
+  ** this has the effect of zeroing all output parameters.
+  */
+  if( pzDataType ) *pzDataType = zDataType;
+  if( pzCollSeq ) *pzCollSeq = zCollSeq;
+  if( pNotNull ) *pNotNull = notnull;
+  if( pPrimaryKey ) *pPrimaryKey = primarykey;
+  if( pAutoinc ) *pAutoinc = autoinc;
+
+  if( SQLITE_OK==rc && !pTab ){
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg);
+    zErrMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "no such table column: %s.%s", zTableName,
+        zColumnName);
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  sqlite3Error(db, rc, (zErrMsg?"%s":0), zErrMsg);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg);
+  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return rc;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Sleep for a little while.  Return the amount of time slept.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sleep(int ms){
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;
+  int rc;
+  pVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(0);
+  if( pVfs==0 ) return 0;
+
+  /* This function works in milliseconds, but the underlying OsSleep() 
+  ** API uses microseconds. Hence the 1000's.
+  */
+  rc = (sqlite3OsSleep(pVfs, 1000*ms)/1000);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Enable or disable the extended result codes.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_result_codes(sqlite3 *db, int onoff){
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  db->errMask = onoff ? 0xffffffff : 0xff;
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Invoke the xFileControl method on a particular database.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_file_control(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName, int op, void *pArg){
+  int rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  Btree *pBtree;
+
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  pBtree = sqlite3DbNameToBtree(db, zDbName);
+  if( pBtree ){
+    Pager *pPager;
+    sqlite3_file *fd;
+    sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBtree);
+    pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBtree);
+    assert( pPager!=0 );
+    fd = sqlite3PagerFile(pPager);
+    assert( fd!=0 );
+    if( op==SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER ){
+      *(sqlite3_file**)pArg = fd;
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    }else if( fd->pMethods ){
+      rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, op, pArg);
+    }else{
+      rc = SQLITE_NOTFOUND;
+    }
+    sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBtree);
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return rc;   
+}
+
+/*
+** Interface to the testing logic.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...){
+  int rc = 0;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
+  va_list ap;
+  va_start(ap, op);
+  switch( op ){
+
+    /*
+    ** Save the current state of the PRNG.
+    */
+    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_SAVE: {
+      sqlite3PrngSaveState();
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /*
+    ** Restore the state of the PRNG to the last state saved using
+    ** PRNG_SAVE.  If PRNG_SAVE has never before been called, then
+    ** this verb acts like PRNG_RESET.
+    */
+    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESTORE: {
+      sqlite3PrngRestoreState();
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /*
+    ** Reset the PRNG back to its uninitialized state.  The next call
+    ** to sqlite3_randomness() will reseed the PRNG using a single call
+    ** to the xRandomness method of the default VFS.
+    */
+    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESET: {
+      sqlite3PrngResetState();
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /*
+    **  sqlite3_test_control(BITVEC_TEST, size, program)
+    **
+    ** Run a test against a Bitvec object of size.  The program argument
+    ** is an array of integers that defines the test.  Return -1 on a
+    ** memory allocation error, 0 on success, or non-zero for an error.
+    ** See the sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest() for additional information.
+    */
+    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BITVEC_TEST: {
+      int sz = va_arg(ap, int);
+      int *aProg = va_arg(ap, int*);
+      rc = sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest(sz, aProg);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /*
+    **  sqlite3_test_control(BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS, xBegin, xEnd)
+    **
+    ** Register hooks to call to indicate which malloc() failures 
+    ** are benign.
+    */
+    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS: {
+      typedef void (*void_function)(void);
+      void_function xBenignBegin;
+      void_function xBenignEnd;
+      xBenignBegin = va_arg(ap, void_function);
+      xBenignEnd = va_arg(ap, void_function);
+      sqlite3BenignMallocHooks(xBenignBegin, xBenignEnd);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /*
+    **  sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE, unsigned int X)
+    **
+    ** Set the PENDING byte to the value in the argument, if X>0.
+    ** Make no changes if X==0.  Return the value of the pending byte
+    ** as it existing before this routine was called.
+    **
+    ** IMPORTANT:  Changing the PENDING byte from 0x40000000 results in
+    ** an incompatible database file format.  Changing the PENDING byte
+    ** while any database connection is open results in undefined and
+    ** dileterious behavior.
+    */
+    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE: {
+      rc = PENDING_BYTE;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
+      {
+        unsigned int newVal = va_arg(ap, unsigned int);
+        if( newVal ) sqlite3PendingByte = newVal;
+      }
+#endif
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /*
+    **  sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT, int X)
+    **
+    ** This action provides a run-time test to see whether or not
+    ** assert() was enabled at compile-time.  If X is true and assert()
+    ** is enabled, then the return value is true.  If X is true and
+    ** assert() is disabled, then the return value is zero.  If X is
+    ** false and assert() is enabled, then the assertion fires and the
+    ** process aborts.  If X is false and assert() is disabled, then the
+    ** return value is zero.
+    */
+    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT: {
+      volatile int x = 0;
+      assert( (x = va_arg(ap,int))!=0 );
+      rc = x;
+      break;
+    }
+
+
+    /*
+    **  sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS, int X)
+    **
+    ** This action provides a run-time test to see how the ALWAYS and
+    ** NEVER macros were defined at compile-time.
+    **
+    ** The return value is ALWAYS(X).  
+    **
+    ** The recommended test is X==2.  If the return value is 2, that means
+    ** ALWAYS() and NEVER() are both no-op pass-through macros, which is the
+    ** default setting.  If the return value is 1, then ALWAYS() is either
+    ** hard-coded to true or else it asserts if its argument is false.
+    ** The first behavior (hard-coded to true) is the case if
+    ** SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT shows that assert() is disabled and the second
+    ** behavior (assert if the argument to ALWAYS() is false) is the case if
+    ** SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT shows that assert() is enabled.
+    **
+    ** The run-time test procedure might look something like this:
+    **
+    **    if( sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS, 2)==2 ){
+    **      // ALWAYS() and NEVER() are no-op pass-through macros
+    **    }else if( sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT, 1) ){
+    **      // ALWAYS(x) asserts that x is true. NEVER(x) asserts x is false.
+    **    }else{
+    **      // ALWAYS(x) is a constant 1.  NEVER(x) is a constant 0.
+    **    }
+    */
+    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS: {
+      int x = va_arg(ap,int);
+      rc = ALWAYS(x);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /*   sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE, sqlite3 *db, int N)
+    **
+    ** Set the nReserve size to N for the main database on the database
+    ** connection db.
+    */
+    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE: {
+      sqlite3 *db = va_arg(ap, sqlite3*);
+      int x = va_arg(ap,int);
+      sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+      sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(db->aDb[0].pBt, 0, x, 0);
+      sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /*  sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS, sqlite3 *db, int N)
+    **
+    ** Enable or disable various optimizations for testing purposes.  The 
+    ** argument N is a bitmask of optimizations to be disabled.  For normal
+    ** operation N should be 0.  The idea is that a test program (like the
+    ** SQL Logic Test or SLT test module) can run the same SQL multiple times
+    ** with various optimizations disabled to verify that the same answer
+    ** is obtained in every case.
+    */
+    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS: {
+      sqlite3 *db = va_arg(ap, sqlite3*);
+      int x = va_arg(ap,int);
+      db->flags = (x & SQLITE_OptMask) | (db->flags & ~SQLITE_OptMask);
+      break;
+    }
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_N_KEYWORD
+    /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD, const char *zWord)
+    **
+    ** If zWord is a keyword recognized by the parser, then return the
+    ** number of keywords.  Or if zWord is not a keyword, return 0.
+    ** 
+    ** This test feature is only available in the amalgamation since
+    ** the SQLITE_N_KEYWORD macro is not defined in this file if SQLite
+    ** is built using separate source files.
+    */
+    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD: {
+      const char *zWord = va_arg(ap, const char*);
+      int n = sqlite3Strlen30(zWord);
+      rc = (sqlite3KeywordCode((u8*)zWord, n)!=TK_ID) ? SQLITE_N_KEYWORD : 0;
+      break;
+    }
+#endif 
+
+    /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC, sz, &pNew, pFree);
+    **
+    ** Pass pFree into sqlite3ScratchFree(). 
+    ** If sz>0 then allocate a scratch buffer into pNew.  
+    */
+    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC: {
+      void *pFree, **ppNew;
+      int sz;
+      sz = va_arg(ap, int);
+      ppNew = va_arg(ap, void**);
+      pFree = va_arg(ap, void*);
+      if( sz ) *ppNew = sqlite3ScratchMalloc(sz);
+      sqlite3ScratchFree(pFree);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /*   sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LOCALTIME_FAULT, int onoff);
+    **
+    ** If parameter onoff is non-zero, configure the wrappers so that all
+    ** subsequent calls to localtime() and variants fail. If onoff is zero,
+    ** undo this setting.
+    */
+    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LOCALTIME_FAULT: {
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.bLocaltimeFault = va_arg(ap, int);
+      break;
+    }
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN)
+    /*   sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_EXPLAIN_STMT,
+    **                        sqlite3_stmt*,const char**);
+    **
+    ** If compiled with SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN, each sqlite3_stmt holds
+    ** a string that describes the optimized parse tree.  This test-control
+    ** returns a pointer to that string.
+    */
+    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_EXPLAIN_STMT: {
+      sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = va_arg(ap, sqlite3_stmt*);
+      const char **pzRet = va_arg(ap, const char**);
+      *pzRet = sqlite3VdbeExplanation((Vdbe*)pStmt);
+      break;
+    }
+#endif
+
+  }
+  va_end(ap);
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST */
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This is a utility routine, useful to VFS implementations, that checks
+** to see if a database file was a URI that contained a specific query 
+** parameter, and if so obtains the value of the query parameter.
+**
+** The zFilename argument is the filename pointer passed into the xOpen()
+** method of a VFS implementation.  The zParam argument is the name of the
+** query parameter we seek.  This routine returns the value of the zParam
+** parameter if it exists.  If the parameter does not exist, this routine
+** returns a NULL pointer.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_uri_parameter(const char *zFilename, const char *zParam){
+  if( zFilename==0 ) return 0;
+  zFilename += sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename) + 1;
+  while( zFilename[0] ){
+    int x = strcmp(zFilename, zParam);
+    zFilename += sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename) + 1;
+    if( x==0 ) return zFilename;
+    zFilename += sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename) + 1;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a boolean value for a query parameter.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_uri_boolean(const char *zFilename, const char *zParam, int bDflt){
+  const char *z = sqlite3_uri_parameter(zFilename, zParam);
+  bDflt = bDflt!=0;
+  return z ? sqlite3GetBoolean(z, bDflt) : bDflt;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a 64-bit integer value for a query parameter.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_uri_int64(
+  const char *zFilename,    /* Filename as passed to xOpen */
+  const char *zParam,       /* URI parameter sought */
+  sqlite3_int64 bDflt       /* return if parameter is missing */
+){
+  const char *z = sqlite3_uri_parameter(zFilename, zParam);
+  sqlite3_int64 v;
+  if( z && sqlite3Atoi64(z, &v, sqlite3Strlen30(z), SQLITE_UTF8)==SQLITE_OK ){
+    bDflt = v;
+  }
+  return bDflt;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the Btree pointer identified by zDbName.  Return NULL if not found.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Btree *sqlite3DbNameToBtree(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName){
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+    if( db->aDb[i].pBt
+     && (zDbName==0 || sqlite3StrICmp(zDbName, db->aDb[i].zName)==0)
+    ){
+      return db->aDb[i].pBt;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the filename of the database associated with a database
+** connection.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_db_filename(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName){
+  Btree *pBt = sqlite3DbNameToBtree(db, zDbName);
+  return pBt ? sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(pBt) : 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return 1 if database is read-only or 0 if read/write.  Return -1 if
+** no such database exists.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_readonly(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName){
+  Btree *pBt = sqlite3DbNameToBtree(db, zDbName);
+  return pBt ? sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(sqlite3BtreePager(pBt)) : -1;
+}
+
+/************** End of main.c ************************************************/
+/************** Begin file notify.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2009 March 3
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains the implementation of the sqlite3_unlock_notify()
+** API method and its associated functionality.
+*/
+
+/* Omit this entire file if SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY is not defined. */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY
+
+/*
+** Public interfaces:
+**
+**   sqlite3ConnectionBlocked()
+**   sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked()
+**   sqlite3ConnectionClosed()
+**   sqlite3_unlock_notify()
+*/
+
+#define assertMutexHeld() \
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)) )
+
+/*
+** Head of a linked list of all sqlite3 objects created by this process
+** for which either sqlite3.pBlockingConnection or sqlite3.pUnlockConnection
+** is not NULL. This variable may only accessed while the STATIC_MASTER
+** mutex is held.
+*/
+static sqlite3 *SQLITE_WSD sqlite3BlockedList = 0;
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/*
+** This function is a complex assert() that verifies the following 
+** properties of the blocked connections list:
+**
+**   1) Each entry in the list has a non-NULL value for either 
+**      pUnlockConnection or pBlockingConnection, or both.
+**
+**   2) All entries in the list that share a common value for 
+**      xUnlockNotify are grouped together.
+**
+**   3) If the argument db is not NULL, then none of the entries in the
+**      blocked connections list have pUnlockConnection or pBlockingConnection
+**      set to db. This is used when closing connection db.
+*/
+static void checkListProperties(sqlite3 *db){
+  sqlite3 *p;
+  for(p=sqlite3BlockedList; p; p=p->pNextBlocked){
+    int seen = 0;
+    sqlite3 *p2;
+
+    /* Verify property (1) */
+    assert( p->pUnlockConnection || p->pBlockingConnection );
+
+    /* Verify property (2) */
+    for(p2=sqlite3BlockedList; p2!=p; p2=p2->pNextBlocked){
+      if( p2->xUnlockNotify==p->xUnlockNotify ) seen = 1;
+      assert( p2->xUnlockNotify==p->xUnlockNotify || !seen );
+      assert( db==0 || p->pUnlockConnection!=db );
+      assert( db==0 || p->pBlockingConnection!=db );
+    }
+  }
+}
+#else
+# define checkListProperties(x)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Remove connection db from the blocked connections list. If connection
+** db is not currently a part of the list, this function is a no-op.
+*/
+static void removeFromBlockedList(sqlite3 *db){
+  sqlite3 **pp;
+  assertMutexHeld();
+  for(pp=&sqlite3BlockedList; *pp; pp = &(*pp)->pNextBlocked){
+    if( *pp==db ){
+      *pp = (*pp)->pNextBlocked;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Add connection db to the blocked connections list. It is assumed
+** that it is not already a part of the list.
+*/
+static void addToBlockedList(sqlite3 *db){
+  sqlite3 **pp;
+  assertMutexHeld();
+  for(
+    pp=&sqlite3BlockedList; 
+    *pp && (*pp)->xUnlockNotify!=db->xUnlockNotify; 
+    pp=&(*pp)->pNextBlocked
+  );
+  db->pNextBlocked = *pp;
+  *pp = db;
+}
+
+/*
+** Obtain the STATIC_MASTER mutex.
+*/
+static void enterMutex(void){
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
+  checkListProperties(0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Release the STATIC_MASTER mutex.
+*/
+static void leaveMutex(void){
+  assertMutexHeld();
+  checkListProperties(0);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
+}
+
+/*
+** Register an unlock-notify callback.
+**
+** This is called after connection "db" has attempted some operation
+** but has received an SQLITE_LOCKED error because another connection
+** (call it pOther) in the same process was busy using the same shared
+** cache.  pOther is found by looking at db->pBlockingConnection.
+**
+** If there is no blocking connection, the callback is invoked immediately,
+** before this routine returns.
+**
+** If pOther is already blocked on db, then report SQLITE_LOCKED, to indicate
+** a deadlock.
+**
+** Otherwise, make arrangements to invoke xNotify when pOther drops
+** its locks.
+**
+** Each call to this routine overrides any prior callbacks registered
+** on the same "db".  If xNotify==0 then any prior callbacks are immediately
+** cancelled.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_unlock_notify(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  void (*xNotify)(void **, int),
+  void *pArg
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  enterMutex();
+
+  if( xNotify==0 ){
+    removeFromBlockedList(db);
+    db->pBlockingConnection = 0;
+    db->pUnlockConnection = 0;
+    db->xUnlockNotify = 0;
+    db->pUnlockArg = 0;
+  }else if( 0==db->pBlockingConnection ){
+    /* The blocking transaction has been concluded. Or there never was a 
+    ** blocking transaction. In either case, invoke the notify callback
+    ** immediately. 
+    */
+    xNotify(&pArg, 1);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3 *p;
+
+    for(p=db->pBlockingConnection; p && p!=db; p=p->pUnlockConnection){}
+    if( p ){
+      rc = SQLITE_LOCKED;              /* Deadlock detected. */
+    }else{
+      db->pUnlockConnection = db->pBlockingConnection;
+      db->xUnlockNotify = xNotify;
+      db->pUnlockArg = pArg;
+      removeFromBlockedList(db);
+      addToBlockedList(db);
+    }
+  }
+
+  leaveMutex();
+  assert( !db->mallocFailed );
+  sqlite3Error(db, rc, (rc?"database is deadlocked":0));
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called while stepping or preparing a statement 
+** associated with connection db. The operation will return SQLITE_LOCKED
+** to the user because it requires a lock that will not be available
+** until connection pBlocker concludes its current transaction.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(sqlite3 *db, sqlite3 *pBlocker){
+  enterMutex();
+  if( db->pBlockingConnection==0 && db->pUnlockConnection==0 ){
+    addToBlockedList(db);
+  }
+  db->pBlockingConnection = pBlocker;
+  leaveMutex();
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called when
+** the transaction opened by database db has just finished. Locks held 
+** by database connection db have been released.
+**
+** This function loops through each entry in the blocked connections
+** list and does the following:
+**
+**   1) If the sqlite3.pBlockingConnection member of a list entry is
+**      set to db, then set pBlockingConnection=0.
+**
+**   2) If the sqlite3.pUnlockConnection member of a list entry is
+**      set to db, then invoke the configured unlock-notify callback and
+**      set pUnlockConnection=0.
+**
+**   3) If the two steps above mean that pBlockingConnection==0 and
+**      pUnlockConnection==0, remove the entry from the blocked connections
+**      list.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(sqlite3 *db){
+  void (*xUnlockNotify)(void **, int) = 0; /* Unlock-notify cb to invoke */
+  int nArg = 0;                            /* Number of entries in aArg[] */
+  sqlite3 **pp;                            /* Iterator variable */
+  void **aArg;               /* Arguments to the unlock callback */
+  void **aDyn = 0;           /* Dynamically allocated space for aArg[] */
+  void *aStatic[16];         /* Starter space for aArg[].  No malloc required */
+
+  aArg = aStatic;
+  enterMutex();         /* Enter STATIC_MASTER mutex */
+
+  /* This loop runs once for each entry in the blocked-connections list. */
+  for(pp=&sqlite3BlockedList; *pp; /* no-op */ ){
+    sqlite3 *p = *pp;
+
+    /* Step 1. */
+    if( p->pBlockingConnection==db ){
+      p->pBlockingConnection = 0;
+    }
+
+    /* Step 2. */
+    if( p->pUnlockConnection==db ){
+      assert( p->xUnlockNotify );
+      if( p->xUnlockNotify!=xUnlockNotify && nArg!=0 ){
+        xUnlockNotify(aArg, nArg);
+        nArg = 0;
+      }
+
+      sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+      assert( aArg==aDyn || (aDyn==0 && aArg==aStatic) );
+      assert( nArg<=(int)ArraySize(aStatic) || aArg==aDyn );
+      if( (!aDyn && nArg==(int)ArraySize(aStatic))
+       || (aDyn && nArg==(int)(sqlite3MallocSize(aDyn)/sizeof(void*)))
+      ){
+        /* The aArg[] array needs to grow. */
+        void **pNew = (void **)sqlite3Malloc(nArg*sizeof(void *)*2);
+        if( pNew ){
+          memcpy(pNew, aArg, nArg*sizeof(void *));
+          sqlite3_free(aDyn);
+          aDyn = aArg = pNew;
+        }else{
+          /* This occurs when the array of context pointers that need to
+          ** be passed to the unlock-notify callback is larger than the
+          ** aStatic[] array allocated on the stack and the attempt to 
+          ** allocate a larger array from the heap has failed.
+          **
+          ** This is a difficult situation to handle. Returning an error
+          ** code to the caller is insufficient, as even if an error code
+          ** is returned the transaction on connection db will still be
+          ** closed and the unlock-notify callbacks on blocked connections
+          ** will go unissued. This might cause the application to wait
+          ** indefinitely for an unlock-notify callback that will never 
+          ** arrive.
+          **
+          ** Instead, invoke the unlock-notify callback with the context
+          ** array already accumulated. We can then clear the array and
+          ** begin accumulating any further context pointers without 
+          ** requiring any dynamic allocation. This is sub-optimal because
+          ** it means that instead of one callback with a large array of
+          ** context pointers the application will receive two or more
+          ** callbacks with smaller arrays of context pointers, which will
+          ** reduce the applications ability to prioritize multiple 
+          ** connections. But it is the best that can be done under the
+          ** circumstances.
+          */
+          xUnlockNotify(aArg, nArg);
+          nArg = 0;
+        }
+      }
+      sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+
+      aArg[nArg++] = p->pUnlockArg;
+      xUnlockNotify = p->xUnlockNotify;
+      p->pUnlockConnection = 0;
+      p->xUnlockNotify = 0;
+      p->pUnlockArg = 0;
+    }
+
+    /* Step 3. */
+    if( p->pBlockingConnection==0 && p->pUnlockConnection==0 ){
+      /* Remove connection p from the blocked connections list. */
+      *pp = p->pNextBlocked;
+      p->pNextBlocked = 0;
+    }else{
+      pp = &p->pNextBlocked;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( nArg!=0 ){
+    xUnlockNotify(aArg, nArg);
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(aDyn);
+  leaveMutex();         /* Leave STATIC_MASTER mutex */
+}
+
+/*
+** This is called when the database connection passed as an argument is 
+** being closed. The connection is removed from the blocked list.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionClosed(sqlite3 *db){
+  sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(db);
+  enterMutex();
+  removeFromBlockedList(db);
+  checkListProperties(db);
+  leaveMutex();
+}
+#endif
+
+/************** End of notify.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file fts3.c ********************************************/
+/*
+** 2006 Oct 10
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This is an SQLite module implementing full-text search.
+*/
+
+/*
+** The code in this file is only compiled if:
+**
+**     * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension
+**       (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or
+**
+**     * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of
+**       SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined).
+*/
+
+/* The full-text index is stored in a series of b+tree (-like)
+** structures called segments which map terms to doclists.  The
+** structures are like b+trees in layout, but are constructed from the
+** bottom up in optimal fashion and are not updatable.  Since trees
+** are built from the bottom up, things will be described from the
+** bottom up.
+**
+**
+**** Varints ****
+** The basic unit of encoding is a variable-length integer called a
+** varint.  We encode variable-length integers in little-endian order
+** using seven bits * per byte as follows:
+**
+** KEY:
+**         A = 0xxxxxxx    7 bits of data and one flag bit
+**         B = 1xxxxxxx    7 bits of data and one flag bit
+**
+**  7 bits - A
+** 14 bits - BA
+** 21 bits - BBA
+** and so on.
+**
+** This is similar in concept to how sqlite encodes "varints" but
+** the encoding is not the same.  SQLite varints are big-endian
+** are are limited to 9 bytes in length whereas FTS3 varints are
+** little-endian and can be up to 10 bytes in length (in theory).
+**
+** Example encodings:
+**
+**     1:    0x01
+**   127:    0x7f
+**   128:    0x81 0x00
+**
+**
+**** Document lists ****
+** A doclist (document list) holds a docid-sorted list of hits for a
+** given term.  Doclists hold docids and associated token positions.
+** A docid is the unique integer identifier for a single document.
+** A position is the index of a word within the document.  The first 
+** word of the document has a position of 0.
+**
+** FTS3 used to optionally store character offsets using a compile-time
+** option.  But that functionality is no longer supported.
+**
+** A doclist is stored like this:
+**
+** array {
+**   varint docid;          (delta from previous doclist)
+**   array {                (position list for column 0)
+**     varint position;     (2 more than the delta from previous position)
+**   }
+**   array {
+**     varint POS_COLUMN;   (marks start of position list for new column)
+**     varint column;       (index of new column)
+**     array {
+**       varint position;   (2 more than the delta from previous position)
+**     }
+**   }
+**   varint POS_END;        (marks end of positions for this document.
+** }
+**
+** Here, array { X } means zero or more occurrences of X, adjacent in
+** memory.  A "position" is an index of a token in the token stream
+** generated by the tokenizer. Note that POS_END and POS_COLUMN occur 
+** in the same logical place as the position element, and act as sentinals
+** ending a position list array.  POS_END is 0.  POS_COLUMN is 1.
+** The positions numbers are not stored literally but rather as two more
+** than the difference from the prior position, or the just the position plus
+** 2 for the first position.  Example:
+**
+**   label:       A B C D E  F  G H   I  J K
+**   value:     123 5 9 1 1 14 35 0 234 72 0
+**
+** The 123 value is the first docid.  For column zero in this document
+** there are two matches at positions 3 and 10 (5-2 and 9-2+3).  The 1
+** at D signals the start of a new column; the 1 at E indicates that the
+** new column is column number 1.  There are two positions at 12 and 45
+** (14-2 and 35-2+12).  The 0 at H indicate the end-of-document.  The
+** 234 at I is the delta to next docid (357).  It has one position 70
+** (72-2) and then terminates with the 0 at K.
+**
+** A "position-list" is the list of positions for multiple columns for
+** a single docid.  A "column-list" is the set of positions for a single
+** column.  Hence, a position-list consists of one or more column-lists,
+** a document record consists of a docid followed by a position-list and
+** a doclist consists of one or more document records.
+**
+** A bare doclist omits the position information, becoming an 
+** array of varint-encoded docids.
+**
+**** Segment leaf nodes ****
+** Segment leaf nodes store terms and doclists, ordered by term.  Leaf
+** nodes are written using LeafWriter, and read using LeafReader (to
+** iterate through a single leaf node's data) and LeavesReader (to
+** iterate through a segment's entire leaf layer).  Leaf nodes have
+** the format:
+**
+** varint iHeight;             (height from leaf level, always 0)
+** varint nTerm;               (length of first term)
+** char pTerm[nTerm];          (content of first term)
+** varint nDoclist;            (length of term's associated doclist)
+** char pDoclist[nDoclist];    (content of doclist)
+** array {
+**                             (further terms are delta-encoded)
+**   varint nPrefix;           (length of prefix shared with previous term)
+**   varint nSuffix;           (length of unshared suffix)
+**   char pTermSuffix[nSuffix];(unshared suffix of next term)
+**   varint nDoclist;          (length of term's associated doclist)
+**   char pDoclist[nDoclist];  (content of doclist)
+** }
+**
+** Here, array { X } means zero or more occurrences of X, adjacent in
+** memory.
+**
+** Leaf nodes are broken into blocks which are stored contiguously in
+** the %_segments table in sorted order.  This means that when the end
+** of a node is reached, the next term is in the node with the next
+** greater node id.
+**
+** New data is spilled to a new leaf node when the current node
+** exceeds LEAF_MAX bytes (default 2048).  New data which itself is
+** larger than STANDALONE_MIN (default 1024) is placed in a standalone
+** node (a leaf node with a single term and doclist).  The goal of
+** these settings is to pack together groups of small doclists while
+** making it efficient to directly access large doclists.  The
+** assumption is that large doclists represent terms which are more
+** likely to be query targets.
+**
+** TODO(shess) It may be useful for blocking decisions to be more
+** dynamic.  For instance, it may make more sense to have a 2.5k leaf
+** node rather than splitting into 2k and .5k nodes.  My intuition is
+** that this might extend through 2x or 4x the pagesize.
+**
+**
+**** Segment interior nodes ****
+** Segment interior nodes store blockids for subtree nodes and terms
+** to describe what data is stored by the each subtree.  Interior
+** nodes are written using InteriorWriter, and read using
+** InteriorReader.  InteriorWriters are created as needed when
+** SegmentWriter creates new leaf nodes, or when an interior node
+** itself grows too big and must be split.  The format of interior
+** nodes:
+**
+** varint iHeight;           (height from leaf level, always >0)
+** varint iBlockid;          (block id of node's leftmost subtree)
+** optional {
+**   varint nTerm;           (length of first term)
+**   char pTerm[nTerm];      (content of first term)
+**   array {
+**                                (further terms are delta-encoded)
+**     varint nPrefix;            (length of shared prefix with previous term)
+**     varint nSuffix;            (length of unshared suffix)
+**     char pTermSuffix[nSuffix]; (unshared suffix of next term)
+**   }
+** }
+**
+** Here, optional { X } means an optional element, while array { X }
+** means zero or more occurrences of X, adjacent in memory.
+**
+** An interior node encodes n terms separating n+1 subtrees.  The
+** subtree blocks are contiguous, so only the first subtree's blockid
+** is encoded.  The subtree at iBlockid will contain all terms less
+** than the first term encoded (or all terms if no term is encoded).
+** Otherwise, for terms greater than or equal to pTerm[i] but less
+** than pTerm[i+1], the subtree for that term will be rooted at
+** iBlockid+i.  Interior nodes only store enough term data to
+** distinguish adjacent children (if the rightmost term of the left
+** child is "something", and the leftmost term of the right child is
+** "wicked", only "w" is stored).
+**
+** New data is spilled to a new interior node at the same height when
+** the current node exceeds INTERIOR_MAX bytes (default 2048).
+** INTERIOR_MIN_TERMS (default 7) keeps large terms from monopolizing
+** interior nodes and making the tree too skinny.  The interior nodes
+** at a given height are naturally tracked by interior nodes at
+** height+1, and so on.
+**
+**
+**** Segment directory ****
+** The segment directory in table %_segdir stores meta-information for
+** merging and deleting segments, and also the root node of the
+** segment's tree.
+**
+** The root node is the top node of the segment's tree after encoding
+** the entire segment, restricted to ROOT_MAX bytes (default 1024).
+** This could be either a leaf node or an interior node.  If the top
+** node requires more than ROOT_MAX bytes, it is flushed to %_segments
+** and a new root interior node is generated (which should always fit
+** within ROOT_MAX because it only needs space for 2 varints, the
+** height and the blockid of the previous root).
+**
+** The meta-information in the segment directory is:
+**   level               - segment level (see below)
+**   idx                 - index within level
+**                       - (level,idx uniquely identify a segment)
+**   start_block         - first leaf node
+**   leaves_end_block    - last leaf node
+**   end_block           - last block (including interior nodes)
+**   root                - contents of root node
+**
+** If the root node is a leaf node, then start_block,
+** leaves_end_block, and end_block are all 0.
+**
+**
+**** Segment merging ****
+** To amortize update costs, segments are grouped into levels and
+** merged in batches.  Each increase in level represents exponentially
+** more documents.
+**
+** New documents (actually, document updates) are tokenized and
+** written individually (using LeafWriter) to a level 0 segment, with
+** incrementing idx.  When idx reaches MERGE_COUNT (default 16), all
+** level 0 segments are merged into a single level 1 segment.  Level 1
+** is populated like level 0, and eventually MERGE_COUNT level 1
+** segments are merged to a single level 2 segment (representing
+** MERGE_COUNT^2 updates), and so on.
+**
+** A segment merge traverses all segments at a given level in
+** parallel, performing a straightforward sorted merge.  Since segment
+** leaf nodes are written in to the %_segments table in order, this
+** merge traverses the underlying sqlite disk structures efficiently.
+** After the merge, all segment blocks from the merged level are
+** deleted.
+**
+** MERGE_COUNT controls how often we merge segments.  16 seems to be
+** somewhat of a sweet spot for insertion performance.  32 and 64 show
+** very similar performance numbers to 16 on insertion, though they're
+** a tiny bit slower (perhaps due to more overhead in merge-time
+** sorting).  8 is about 20% slower than 16, 4 about 50% slower than
+** 16, 2 about 66% slower than 16.
+**
+** At query time, high MERGE_COUNT increases the number of segments
+** which need to be scanned and merged.  For instance, with 100k docs
+** inserted:
+**
+**    MERGE_COUNT   segments
+**       16           25
+**        8           12
+**        4           10
+**        2            6
+**
+** This appears to have only a moderate impact on queries for very
+** frequent terms (which are somewhat dominated by segment merge
+** costs), and infrequent and non-existent terms still seem to be fast
+** even with many segments.
+**
+** TODO(shess) That said, it would be nice to have a better query-side
+** argument for MERGE_COUNT of 16.  Also, it is possible/likely that
+** optimizations to things like doclist merging will swing the sweet
+** spot around.
+**
+**
+**
+**** Handling of deletions and updates ****
+** Since we're using a segmented structure, with no docid-oriented
+** index into the term index, we clearly cannot simply update the term
+** index when a document is deleted or updated.  For deletions, we
+** write an empty doclist (varint(docid) varint(POS_END)), for updates
+** we simply write the new doclist.  Segment merges overwrite older
+** data for a particular docid with newer data, so deletes or updates
+** will eventually overtake the earlier data and knock it out.  The
+** query logic likewise merges doclists so that newer data knocks out
+** older data.
+*/
+
+/************** Include fts3Int.h in the middle of fts3.c ********************/
+/************** Begin file fts3Int.h *****************************************/
+/*
+** 2009 Nov 12
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+*/
+#ifndef _FTSINT_H
+#define _FTSINT_H
+
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) 
+# define NDEBUG 1
+#endif
+
+/*
+** FTS4 is really an extension for FTS3.  It is enabled using the
+** SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 macro.  But to avoid confusion we also all
+** the SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4 macro to serve as an alisse for SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3.
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4) && !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
+# define SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
+
+/* If not building as part of the core, include sqlite3ext.h. */
+#ifndef SQLITE_CORE
+SQLITE_API extern const sqlite3_api_routines *sqlite3_api;
+#endif
+
+/************** Include fts3_tokenizer.h in the middle of fts3Int.h **********/
+/************** Begin file fts3_tokenizer.h **********************************/
+/*
+** 2006 July 10
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** Defines the interface to tokenizers used by fulltext-search.  There
+** are three basic components:
+**
+** sqlite3_tokenizer_module is a singleton defining the tokenizer
+** interface functions.  This is essentially the class structure for
+** tokenizers.
+**
+** sqlite3_tokenizer is used to define a particular tokenizer, perhaps
+** including customization information defined at creation time.
+**
+** sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor is generated by a tokenizer to generate
+** tokens from a particular input.
+*/
+#ifndef _FTS3_TOKENIZER_H_
+#define _FTS3_TOKENIZER_H_
+
+/* TODO(shess) Only used for SQLITE_OK and SQLITE_DONE at this time.
+** If tokenizers are to be allowed to call sqlite3_*() functions, then
+** we will need a way to register the API consistently.
+*/
+
+/*
+** Structures used by the tokenizer interface. When a new tokenizer
+** implementation is registered, the caller provides a pointer to
+** an sqlite3_tokenizer_module containing pointers to the callback
+** functions that make up an implementation.
+**
+** When an fts3 table is created, it passes any arguments passed to
+** the tokenizer clause of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement to the
+** sqlite3_tokenizer_module.xCreate() function of the requested tokenizer
+** implementation. The xCreate() function in turn returns an 
+** sqlite3_tokenizer structure representing the specific tokenizer to
+** be used for the fts3 table (customized by the tokenizer clause arguments).
+**
+** To tokenize an input buffer, the sqlite3_tokenizer_module.xOpen()
+** method is called. It returns an sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor object
+** that may be used to tokenize a specific input buffer based on
+** the tokenization rules supplied by a specific sqlite3_tokenizer
+** object.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer_module sqlite3_tokenizer_module;
+typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer sqlite3_tokenizer;
+typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor;
+
+struct sqlite3_tokenizer_module {
+
+  /*
+  ** Structure version. Should always be set to 0 or 1.
+  */
+  int iVersion;
+
+  /*
+  ** Create a new tokenizer. The values in the argv[] array are the
+  ** arguments passed to the "tokenizer" clause of the CREATE VIRTUAL
+  ** TABLE statement that created the fts3 table. For example, if
+  ** the following SQL is executed:
+  **
+  **   CREATE .. USING fts3( ... , tokenizer <tokenizer-name> arg1 arg2)
+  **
+  ** then argc is set to 2, and the argv[] array contains pointers
+  ** to the strings "arg1" and "arg2".
+  **
+  ** This method should return either SQLITE_OK (0), or an SQLite error 
+  ** code. If SQLITE_OK is returned, then *ppTokenizer should be set
+  ** to point at the newly created tokenizer structure. The generic
+  ** sqlite3_tokenizer.pModule variable should not be initialised by
+  ** this callback. The caller will do so.
+  */
+  int (*xCreate)(
+    int argc,                           /* Size of argv array */
+    const char *const*argv,             /* Tokenizer argument strings */
+    sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer     /* OUT: Created tokenizer */
+  );
+
+  /*
+  ** Destroy an existing tokenizer. The fts3 module calls this method
+  ** exactly once for each successful call to xCreate().
+  */
+  int (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer);
+
+  /*
+  ** Create a tokenizer cursor to tokenize an input buffer. The caller
+  ** is responsible for ensuring that the input buffer remains valid
+  ** until the cursor is closed (using the xClose() method). 
+  */
+  int (*xOpen)(
+    sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer,       /* Tokenizer object */
+    const char *pInput, int nBytes,      /* Input buffer */
+    sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor  /* OUT: Created tokenizer cursor */
+  );
+
+  /*
+  ** Destroy an existing tokenizer cursor. The fts3 module calls this 
+  ** method exactly once for each successful call to xOpen().
+  */
+  int (*xClose)(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor);
+
+  /*
+  ** Retrieve the next token from the tokenizer cursor pCursor. This
+  ** method should either return SQLITE_OK and set the values of the
+  ** "OUT" variables identified below, or SQLITE_DONE to indicate that
+  ** the end of the buffer has been reached, or an SQLite error code.
+  **
+  ** *ppToken should be set to point at a buffer containing the 
+  ** normalized version of the token (i.e. after any case-folding and/or
+  ** stemming has been performed). *pnBytes should be set to the length
+  ** of this buffer in bytes. The input text that generated the token is
+  ** identified by the byte offsets returned in *piStartOffset and
+  ** *piEndOffset. *piStartOffset should be set to the index of the first
+  ** byte of the token in the input buffer. *piEndOffset should be set
+  ** to the index of the first byte just past the end of the token in
+  ** the input buffer.
+  **
+  ** The buffer *ppToken is set to point at is managed by the tokenizer
+  ** implementation. It is only required to be valid until the next call
+  ** to xNext() or xClose(). 
+  */
+  /* TODO(shess) current implementation requires pInput to be
+  ** nul-terminated.  This should either be fixed, or pInput/nBytes
+  ** should be converted to zInput.
+  */
+  int (*xNext)(
+    sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor,   /* Tokenizer cursor */
+    const char **ppToken, int *pnBytes,  /* OUT: Normalized text for token */
+    int *piStartOffset,  /* OUT: Byte offset of token in input buffer */
+    int *piEndOffset,    /* OUT: Byte offset of end of token in input buffer */
+    int *piPosition      /* OUT: Number of tokens returned before this one */
+  );
+
+  /***********************************************************************
+  ** Methods below this point are only available if iVersion>=1.
+  */
+
+  /* 
+  ** Configure the language id of a tokenizer cursor.
+  */
+  int (*xLanguageid)(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr, int iLangid);
+};
+
+struct sqlite3_tokenizer {
+  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pModule;  /* The module for this tokenizer */
+  /* Tokenizer implementations will typically add additional fields */
+};
+
+struct sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor {
+  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer;       /* Tokenizer for this cursor. */
+  /* Tokenizer implementations will typically add additional fields */
+};
+
+int fts3_global_term_cnt(int iTerm, int iCol);
+int fts3_term_cnt(int iTerm, int iCol);
+
+
+#endif /* _FTS3_TOKENIZER_H_ */
+
+/************** End of fts3_tokenizer.h **************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in fts3Int.h ********************/
+/************** Include fts3_hash.h in the middle of fts3Int.h ***************/
+/************** Begin file fts3_hash.h ***************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This is the header file for the generic hash-table implemenation
+** used in SQLite.  We've modified it slightly to serve as a standalone
+** hash table implementation for the full-text indexing module.
+**
+*/
+#ifndef _FTS3_HASH_H_
+#define _FTS3_HASH_H_
+
+/* Forward declarations of structures. */
+typedef struct Fts3Hash Fts3Hash;
+typedef struct Fts3HashElem Fts3HashElem;
+
+/* A complete hash table is an instance of the following structure.
+** The internals of this structure are intended to be opaque -- client
+** code should not attempt to access or modify the fields of this structure
+** directly.  Change this structure only by using the routines below.
+** However, many of the "procedures" and "functions" for modifying and
+** accessing this structure are really macros, so we can't really make
+** this structure opaque.
+*/
+struct Fts3Hash {
+  char keyClass;          /* HASH_INT, _POINTER, _STRING, _BINARY */
+  char copyKey;           /* True if copy of key made on insert */
+  int count;              /* Number of entries in this table */
+  Fts3HashElem *first;    /* The first element of the array */
+  int htsize;             /* Number of buckets in the hash table */
+  struct _fts3ht {        /* the hash table */
+    int count;               /* Number of entries with this hash */
+    Fts3HashElem *chain;     /* Pointer to first entry with this hash */
+  } *ht;
+};
+
+/* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following 
+** structure.  All elements are stored on a single doubly-linked list.
+**
+** Again, this structure is intended to be opaque, but it can't really
+** be opaque because it is used by macros.
+*/
+struct Fts3HashElem {
+  Fts3HashElem *next, *prev; /* Next and previous elements in the table */
+  void *data;                /* Data associated with this element */
+  void *pKey; int nKey;      /* Key associated with this element */
+};
+
+/*
+** There are 2 different modes of operation for a hash table:
+**
+**   FTS3_HASH_STRING        pKey points to a string that is nKey bytes long
+**                           (including the null-terminator, if any).  Case
+**                           is respected in comparisons.
+**
+**   FTS3_HASH_BINARY        pKey points to binary data nKey bytes long. 
+**                           memcmp() is used to compare keys.
+**
+** A copy of the key is made if the copyKey parameter to fts3HashInit is 1.  
+*/
+#define FTS3_HASH_STRING    1
+#define FTS3_HASH_BINARY    2
+
+/*
+** Access routines.  To delete, insert a NULL pointer.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3HashInit(Fts3Hash *pNew, char keyClass, char copyKey);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(Fts3Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey, void *pData);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashFind(const Fts3Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3HashClear(Fts3Hash*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Fts3HashElem *sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem(const Fts3Hash *, const void *, int);
+
+/*
+** Shorthand for the functions above
+*/
+#define fts3HashInit     sqlite3Fts3HashInit
+#define fts3HashInsert   sqlite3Fts3HashInsert
+#define fts3HashFind     sqlite3Fts3HashFind
+#define fts3HashClear    sqlite3Fts3HashClear
+#define fts3HashFindElem sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem
+
+/*
+** Macros for looping over all elements of a hash table.  The idiom is
+** like this:
+**
+**   Fts3Hash h;
+**   Fts3HashElem *p;
+**   ...
+**   for(p=fts3HashFirst(&h); p; p=fts3HashNext(p)){
+**     SomeStructure *pData = fts3HashData(p);
+**     // do something with pData
+**   }
+*/
+#define fts3HashFirst(H)  ((H)->first)
+#define fts3HashNext(E)   ((E)->next)
+#define fts3HashData(E)   ((E)->data)
+#define fts3HashKey(E)    ((E)->pKey)
+#define fts3HashKeysize(E) ((E)->nKey)
+
+/*
+** Number of entries in a hash table
+*/
+#define fts3HashCount(H)  ((H)->count)
+
+#endif /* _FTS3_HASH_H_ */
+
+/************** End of fts3_hash.h *******************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in fts3Int.h ********************/
+
+/*
+** This constant controls how often segments are merged. Once there are
+** FTS3_MERGE_COUNT segments of level N, they are merged into a single
+** segment of level N+1.
+*/
+#define FTS3_MERGE_COUNT 16
+
+/*
+** This is the maximum amount of data (in bytes) to store in the 
+** Fts3Table.pendingTerms hash table. Normally, the hash table is
+** populated as documents are inserted/updated/deleted in a transaction
+** and used to create a new segment when the transaction is committed.
+** However if this limit is reached midway through a transaction, a new 
+** segment is created and the hash table cleared immediately.
+*/
+#define FTS3_MAX_PENDING_DATA (1*1024*1024)
+
+/*
+** Macro to return the number of elements in an array. SQLite has a
+** similar macro called ArraySize(). Use a different name to avoid
+** a collision when building an amalgamation with built-in FTS3.
+*/
+#define SizeofArray(X) ((int)(sizeof(X)/sizeof(X[0])))
+
+
+#ifndef MIN
+# define MIN(x,y) ((x)<(y)?(x):(y))
+#endif
+#ifndef MAX
+# define MAX(x,y) ((x)>(y)?(x):(y))
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Maximum length of a varint encoded integer. The varint format is different
+** from that used by SQLite, so the maximum length is 10, not 9.
+*/
+#define FTS3_VARINT_MAX 10
+
+/*
+** FTS4 virtual tables may maintain multiple indexes - one index of all terms
+** in the document set and zero or more prefix indexes. All indexes are stored
+** as one or more b+-trees in the %_segments and %_segdir tables. 
+**
+** It is possible to determine which index a b+-tree belongs to based on the
+** value stored in the "%_segdir.level" column. Given this value L, the index
+** that the b+-tree belongs to is (L<<10). In other words, all b+-trees with
+** level values between 0 and 1023 (inclusive) belong to index 0, all levels
+** between 1024 and 2047 to index 1, and so on.
+**
+** It is considered impossible for an index to use more than 1024 levels. In 
+** theory though this may happen, but only after at least 
+** (FTS3_MERGE_COUNT^1024) separate flushes of the pending-terms tables.
+*/
+#define FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL      1024
+#define FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL_STR "1024"
+
+/*
+** The testcase() macro is only used by the amalgamation.  If undefined,
+** make it a no-op.
+*/
+#ifndef testcase
+# define testcase(X)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Terminator values for position-lists and column-lists.
+*/
+#define POS_COLUMN  (1)     /* Column-list terminator */
+#define POS_END     (0)     /* Position-list terminator */ 
+
+/*
+** This section provides definitions to allow the
+** FTS3 extension to be compiled outside of the 
+** amalgamation.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
+/*
+** Macros indicating that conditional expressions are always true or
+** false.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST
+# define ALWAYS(x) (1)
+# define NEVER(X)  (0)
+#else
+# define ALWAYS(x) (x)
+# define NEVER(x)  (x)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Internal types used by SQLite.
+*/
+typedef unsigned char u8;         /* 1-byte (or larger) unsigned integer */
+typedef short int i16;            /* 2-byte (or larger) signed integer */
+typedef unsigned int u32;         /* 4-byte unsigned integer */
+typedef sqlite3_uint64 u64;       /* 8-byte unsigned integer */
+typedef sqlite3_int64 i64;        /* 8-byte signed integer */
+
+/*
+** Macro used to suppress compiler warnings for unused parameters.
+*/
+#define UNUSED_PARAMETER(x) (void)(x)
+
+/*
+** Activate assert() only if SQLITE_TEST is enabled.
+*/
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) 
+# define NDEBUG 1
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The TESTONLY macro is used to enclose variable declarations or
+** other bits of code that are needed to support the arguments
+** within testcase() and assert() macros.
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST)
+# define TESTONLY(X)  X
+#else
+# define TESTONLY(X)
+#endif
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_AMALGAMATION */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Corrupt(void);
+# define FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB sqlite3Fts3Corrupt()
+#else
+# define FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB
+#endif
+
+typedef struct Fts3Table Fts3Table;
+typedef struct Fts3Cursor Fts3Cursor;
+typedef struct Fts3Expr Fts3Expr;
+typedef struct Fts3Phrase Fts3Phrase;
+typedef struct Fts3PhraseToken Fts3PhraseToken;
+
+typedef struct Fts3Doclist Fts3Doclist;
+typedef struct Fts3SegFilter Fts3SegFilter;
+typedef struct Fts3DeferredToken Fts3DeferredToken;
+typedef struct Fts3SegReader Fts3SegReader;
+typedef struct Fts3MultiSegReader Fts3MultiSegReader;
+
+/*
+** A connection to a fulltext index is an instance of the following
+** structure. The xCreate and xConnect methods create an instance
+** of this structure and xDestroy and xDisconnect free that instance.
+** All other methods receive a pointer to the structure as one of their
+** arguments.
+*/
+struct Fts3Table {
+  sqlite3_vtab base;              /* Base class used by SQLite core */
+  sqlite3 *db;                    /* The database connection */
+  const char *zDb;                /* logical database name */
+  const char *zName;              /* virtual table name */
+  int nColumn;                    /* number of named columns in virtual table */
+  char **azColumn;                /* column names.  malloced */
+  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer;  /* tokenizer for inserts and queries */
+  char *zContentTbl;              /* content=xxx option, or NULL */
+  char *zLanguageid;              /* languageid=xxx option, or NULL */
+  u8 bAutoincrmerge;              /* True if automerge=1 */
+  u32 nLeafAdd;                   /* Number of leaf blocks added this trans */
+
+  /* Precompiled statements used by the implementation. Each of these 
+  ** statements is run and reset within a single virtual table API call. 
+  */
+  sqlite3_stmt *aStmt[37];
+
+  char *zReadExprlist;
+  char *zWriteExprlist;
+
+  int nNodeSize;                  /* Soft limit for node size */
+  u8 bFts4;                       /* True for FTS4, false for FTS3 */
+  u8 bHasStat;                    /* True if %_stat table exists */
+  u8 bHasDocsize;                 /* True if %_docsize table exists */
+  u8 bDescIdx;                    /* True if doclists are in reverse order */
+  u8 bIgnoreSavepoint;            /* True to ignore xSavepoint invocations */
+  int nPgsz;                      /* Page size for host database */
+  char *zSegmentsTbl;             /* Name of %_segments table */
+  sqlite3_blob *pSegments;        /* Blob handle open on %_segments table */
+
+  /* 
+  ** The following array of hash tables is used to buffer pending index 
+  ** updates during transactions. All pending updates buffered at any one
+  ** time must share a common language-id (see the FTS4 langid= feature).
+  ** The current language id is stored in variable iPrevLangid.
+  **
+  ** A single FTS4 table may have multiple full-text indexes. For each index
+  ** there is an entry in the aIndex[] array. Index 0 is an index of all the
+  ** terms that appear in the document set. Each subsequent index in aIndex[]
+  ** is an index of prefixes of a specific length.
+  **
+  ** Variable nPendingData contains an estimate the memory consumed by the 
+  ** pending data structures, including hash table overhead, but not including
+  ** malloc overhead.  When nPendingData exceeds nMaxPendingData, all hash
+  ** tables are flushed to disk. Variable iPrevDocid is the docid of the most 
+  ** recently inserted record.
+  */
+  int nIndex;                     /* Size of aIndex[] */
+  struct Fts3Index {
+    int nPrefix;                  /* Prefix length (0 for main terms index) */
+    Fts3Hash hPending;            /* Pending terms table for this index */
+  } *aIndex;
+  int nMaxPendingData;            /* Max pending data before flush to disk */
+  int nPendingData;               /* Current bytes of pending data */
+  sqlite_int64 iPrevDocid;        /* Docid of most recently inserted document */
+  int iPrevLangid;                /* Langid of recently inserted document */
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST)
+  /* State variables used for validating that the transaction control
+  ** methods of the virtual table are called at appropriate times.  These
+  ** values do not contribute to FTS functionality; they are used for
+  ** verifying the operation of the SQLite core.
+  */
+  int inTransaction;     /* True after xBegin but before xCommit/xRollback */
+  int mxSavepoint;       /* Largest valid xSavepoint integer */
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+** When the core wants to read from the virtual table, it creates a
+** virtual table cursor (an instance of the following structure) using
+** the xOpen method. Cursors are destroyed using the xClose method.
+*/
+struct Fts3Cursor {
+  sqlite3_vtab_cursor base;       /* Base class used by SQLite core */
+  i16 eSearch;                    /* Search strategy (see below) */
+  u8 isEof;                       /* True if at End Of Results */
+  u8 isRequireSeek;               /* True if must seek pStmt to %_content row */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;            /* Prepared statement in use by the cursor */
+  Fts3Expr *pExpr;                /* Parsed MATCH query string */
+  int iLangid;                    /* Language being queried for */
+  int nPhrase;                    /* Number of matchable phrases in query */
+  Fts3DeferredToken *pDeferred;   /* Deferred search tokens, if any */
+  sqlite3_int64 iPrevId;          /* Previous id read from aDoclist */
+  char *pNextId;                  /* Pointer into the body of aDoclist */
+  char *aDoclist;                 /* List of docids for full-text queries */
+  int nDoclist;                   /* Size of buffer at aDoclist */
+  u8 bDesc;                       /* True to sort in descending order */
+  int eEvalmode;                  /* An FTS3_EVAL_XX constant */
+  int nRowAvg;                    /* Average size of database rows, in pages */
+  sqlite3_int64 nDoc;             /* Documents in table */
+
+  int isMatchinfoNeeded;          /* True when aMatchinfo[] needs filling in */
+  u32 *aMatchinfo;                /* Information about most recent match */
+  int nMatchinfo;                 /* Number of elements in aMatchinfo[] */
+  char *zMatchinfo;               /* Matchinfo specification */
+};
+
+#define FTS3_EVAL_FILTER    0
+#define FTS3_EVAL_NEXT      1
+#define FTS3_EVAL_MATCHINFO 2
+
+/*
+** The Fts3Cursor.eSearch member is always set to one of the following.
+** Actualy, Fts3Cursor.eSearch can be greater than or equal to
+** FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH.  If so, then Fts3Cursor.eSearch - 2 is the index
+** of the column to be searched.  For example, in
+**
+**     CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE ex1 USING fts3(a,b,c,d);
+**     SELECT docid FROM ex1 WHERE b MATCH 'one two three';
+** 
+** Because the LHS of the MATCH operator is 2nd column "b",
+** Fts3Cursor.eSearch will be set to FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH+1.  (+0 for a,
+** +1 for b, +2 for c, +3 for d.)  If the LHS of MATCH were "ex1" 
+** indicating that all columns should be searched,
+** then eSearch would be set to FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH+4.
+*/
+#define FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH 0    /* Linear scan of %_content table */
+#define FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH    1    /* Lookup by rowid on %_content table */
+#define FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH 2    /* Full-text index search */
+
+
+struct Fts3Doclist {
+  char *aAll;                    /* Array containing doclist (or NULL) */
+  int nAll;                      /* Size of a[] in bytes */
+  char *pNextDocid;              /* Pointer to next docid */
+
+  sqlite3_int64 iDocid;          /* Current docid (if pList!=0) */
+  int bFreeList;                 /* True if pList should be sqlite3_free()d */
+  char *pList;                   /* Pointer to position list following iDocid */
+  int nList;                     /* Length of position list */
+};
+
+/*
+** A "phrase" is a sequence of one or more tokens that must match in
+** sequence.  A single token is the base case and the most common case.
+** For a sequence of tokens contained in double-quotes (i.e. "one two three")
+** nToken will be the number of tokens in the string.
+*/
+struct Fts3PhraseToken {
+  char *z;                        /* Text of the token */
+  int n;                          /* Number of bytes in buffer z */
+  int isPrefix;                   /* True if token ends with a "*" character */
+  int bFirst;                     /* True if token must appear at position 0 */
+
+  /* Variables above this point are populated when the expression is
+  ** parsed (by code in fts3_expr.c). Below this point the variables are
+  ** used when evaluating the expression. */
+  Fts3DeferredToken *pDeferred;   /* Deferred token object for this token */
+  Fts3MultiSegReader *pSegcsr;    /* Segment-reader for this token */
+};
+
+struct Fts3Phrase {
+  /* Cache of doclist for this phrase. */
+  Fts3Doclist doclist;
+  int bIncr;                 /* True if doclist is loaded incrementally */
+  int iDoclistToken;
+
+  /* Variables below this point are populated by fts3_expr.c when parsing 
+  ** a MATCH expression. Everything above is part of the evaluation phase. 
+  */
+  int nToken;                /* Number of tokens in the phrase */
+  int iColumn;               /* Index of column this phrase must match */
+  Fts3PhraseToken aToken[1]; /* One entry for each token in the phrase */
+};
+
+/*
+** A tree of these objects forms the RHS of a MATCH operator.
+**
+** If Fts3Expr.eType is FTSQUERY_PHRASE and isLoaded is true, then aDoclist 
+** points to a malloced buffer, size nDoclist bytes, containing the results 
+** of this phrase query in FTS3 doclist format. As usual, the initial 
+** "Length" field found in doclists stored on disk is omitted from this 
+** buffer.
+**
+** Variable aMI is used only for FTSQUERY_NEAR nodes to store the global
+** matchinfo data. If it is not NULL, it points to an array of size nCol*3,
+** where nCol is the number of columns in the queried FTS table. The array
+** is populated as follows:
+**
+**   aMI[iCol*3 + 0] = Undefined
+**   aMI[iCol*3 + 1] = Number of occurrences
+**   aMI[iCol*3 + 2] = Number of rows containing at least one instance
+**
+** The aMI array is allocated using sqlite3_malloc(). It should be freed 
+** when the expression node is.
+*/
+struct Fts3Expr {
+  int eType;                 /* One of the FTSQUERY_XXX values defined below */
+  int nNear;                 /* Valid if eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR */
+  Fts3Expr *pParent;         /* pParent->pLeft==this or pParent->pRight==this */
+  Fts3Expr *pLeft;           /* Left operand */
+  Fts3Expr *pRight;          /* Right operand */
+  Fts3Phrase *pPhrase;       /* Valid if eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE */
+
+  /* The following are used by the fts3_eval.c module. */
+  sqlite3_int64 iDocid;      /* Current docid */
+  u8 bEof;                   /* True this expression is at EOF already */
+  u8 bStart;                 /* True if iDocid is valid */
+  u8 bDeferred;              /* True if this expression is entirely deferred */
+
+  u32 *aMI;
+};
+
+/*
+** Candidate values for Fts3Query.eType. Note that the order of the first
+** four values is in order of precedence when parsing expressions. For 
+** example, the following:
+**
+**   "a OR b AND c NOT d NEAR e"
+**
+** is equivalent to:
+**
+**   "a OR (b AND (c NOT (d NEAR e)))"
+*/
+#define FTSQUERY_NEAR   1
+#define FTSQUERY_NOT    2
+#define FTSQUERY_AND    3
+#define FTSQUERY_OR     4
+#define FTSQUERY_PHRASE 5
+
+
+/* fts3_write.c */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3UpdateMethod(sqlite3_vtab*,int,sqlite3_value**,sqlite3_int64*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush(Fts3Table *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(Fts3Table *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Optimize(Fts3Table *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew(int, int, sqlite3_int64,
+  sqlite3_int64, sqlite3_int64, const char *, int, Fts3SegReader**);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderPending(
+  Fts3Table*,int,const char*,int,int,Fts3SegReader**);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree(Fts3SegReader *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3AllSegdirs(Fts3Table*, int, int, int, sqlite3_stmt **);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ReadLock(Fts3Table *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(Fts3Table*, sqlite3_int64, char **, int*, int*);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SelectDoctotal(Fts3Table *, sqlite3_stmt **);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SelectDocsize(Fts3Table *, sqlite3_int64, sqlite3_stmt **);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS4_DEFERRED
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredTokens(Fts3Cursor *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3DeferToken(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3PhraseToken *, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3CacheDeferredDoclists(Fts3Cursor *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredDoclists(Fts3Cursor *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3DeferredTokenList(Fts3DeferredToken *, char **, int *);
+#else
+# define sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredTokens(x)
+# define sqlite3Fts3DeferToken(x,y,z) SQLITE_OK
+# define sqlite3Fts3CacheDeferredDoclists(x) SQLITE_OK
+# define sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredDoclists(x)
+# define sqlite3Fts3DeferredTokenList(x,y,z) SQLITE_OK
+#endif
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(Fts3Table *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MaxLevel(Fts3Table *, int *);
+
+/* Special values interpreted by sqlite3SegReaderCursor() */
+#define FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING        -1
+#define FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL            -2
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(Fts3Table*, Fts3MultiSegReader*, Fts3SegFilter*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(Fts3Table *, Fts3MultiSegReader *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(Fts3MultiSegReader *);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(Fts3Table *, 
+    int, int, int, const char *, int, int, int, Fts3MultiSegReader *);
+
+/* Flags allowed as part of the 4th argument to SegmentReaderIterate() */
+#define FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS   0x00000001
+#define FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY  0x00000002
+#define FTS3_SEGMENT_COLUMN_FILTER 0x00000004
+#define FTS3_SEGMENT_PREFIX        0x00000008
+#define FTS3_SEGMENT_SCAN          0x00000010
+#define FTS3_SEGMENT_FIRST         0x00000020
+
+/* Type passed as 4th argument to SegmentReaderIterate() */
+struct Fts3SegFilter {
+  const char *zTerm;
+  int nTerm;
+  int iCol;
+  int flags;
+};
+
+struct Fts3MultiSegReader {
+  /* Used internally by sqlite3Fts3SegReaderXXX() calls */
+  Fts3SegReader **apSegment;      /* Array of Fts3SegReader objects */
+  int nSegment;                   /* Size of apSegment array */
+  int nAdvance;                   /* How many seg-readers to advance */
+  Fts3SegFilter *pFilter;         /* Pointer to filter object */
+  char *aBuffer;                  /* Buffer to merge doclists in */
+  int nBuffer;                    /* Allocated size of aBuffer[] in bytes */
+
+  int iColFilter;                 /* If >=0, filter for this column */
+  int bRestart;
+
+  /* Used by fts3.c only. */
+  int nCost;                      /* Cost of running iterator */
+  int bLookup;                    /* True if a lookup of a single entry. */
+
+  /* Output values. Valid only after Fts3SegReaderStep() returns SQLITE_ROW. */
+  char *zTerm;                    /* Pointer to term buffer */
+  int nTerm;                      /* Size of zTerm in bytes */
+  char *aDoclist;                 /* Pointer to doclist buffer */
+  int nDoclist;                   /* Size of aDoclist[] in bytes */
+};
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Incrmerge(Fts3Table*,int,int);
+
+/* fts3.c */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(char *, sqlite3_int64);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(const char *, sqlite_int64 *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(const char *, int *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(sqlite3_uint64);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Dequote(char *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(int,char*,int,char**,sqlite3_int64*,int*,u8*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseStats(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3Expr *, u32 *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3FirstFilter(sqlite3_int64, char *, int, char *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3CreateStatTable(int*, Fts3Table*);
+
+/* fts3_tokenizer.c */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3Fts3NextToken(const char *, int *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable(sqlite3 *, Fts3Hash *, const char *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer(Fts3Hash *pHash, const char *, 
+    sqlite3_tokenizer **, char **
+);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3IsIdChar(char);
+
+/* fts3_snippet.c */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Offsets(sqlite3_context*, Fts3Cursor*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Snippet(sqlite3_context *, Fts3Cursor *, const char *,
+  const char *, const char *, int, int
+);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Matchinfo(sqlite3_context *, Fts3Cursor *, const char *);
+
+/* fts3_expr.c */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(sqlite3_tokenizer *, int,
+  char **, int, int, int, const char *, int, Fts3Expr **
+);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(Fts3Expr *);
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprInitTestInterface(sqlite3 *db);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTerm(sqlite3 *db);
+#endif
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(sqlite3_tokenizer *, int, const char *, int,
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **
+);
+
+/* fts3_aux.c */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitAux(sqlite3 *db);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseCleanup(Fts3Phrase *);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrStart(
+    Fts3Table*, Fts3MultiSegReader*, int, const char*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrNext(
+    Fts3Table *, Fts3MultiSegReader *, sqlite3_int64 *, char **, int *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3Expr *, int iCol, char **); 
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrOvfl(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3MultiSegReader *, int *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrRestart(Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr);
+
+/* fts3_unicode2.c (functions generated by parsing unicode text files) */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4_UNICODE61
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FtsUnicodeFold(int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum(int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic(int);
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !SQLITE_CORE || SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 */
+#endif /* _FTSINT_H */
+
+/************** End of fts3Int.h *********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in fts3.c ***********************/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) && !defined(SQLITE_CORE)
+# define SQLITE_CORE 1
+#endif
+
+/* #include <assert.h> */
+/* #include <stdlib.h> */
+/* #include <stddef.h> */
+/* #include <stdio.h> */
+/* #include <string.h> */
+/* #include <stdarg.h> */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_CORE 
+  SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1
+#endif
+
+static int fts3EvalNext(Fts3Cursor *pCsr);
+static int fts3EvalStart(Fts3Cursor *pCsr);
+static int fts3TermSegReaderCursor(
+    Fts3Cursor *, const char *, int, int, Fts3MultiSegReader **);
+
+/* 
+** Write a 64-bit variable-length integer to memory starting at p[0].
+** The length of data written will be between 1 and FTS3_VARINT_MAX bytes.
+** The number of bytes written is returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(char *p, sqlite_int64 v){
+  unsigned char *q = (unsigned char *) p;
+  sqlite_uint64 vu = v;
+  do{
+    *q++ = (unsigned char) ((vu & 0x7f) | 0x80);
+    vu >>= 7;
+  }while( vu!=0 );
+  q[-1] &= 0x7f;  /* turn off high bit in final byte */
+  assert( q - (unsigned char *)p <= FTS3_VARINT_MAX );
+  return (int) (q - (unsigned char *)p);
+}
+
+/* 
+** Read a 64-bit variable-length integer from memory starting at p[0].
+** Return the number of bytes read, or 0 on error.
+** The value is stored in *v.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(const char *p, sqlite_int64 *v){
+  const unsigned char *q = (const unsigned char *) p;
+  sqlite_uint64 x = 0, y = 1;
+  while( (*q&0x80)==0x80 && q-(unsigned char *)p<FTS3_VARINT_MAX ){
+    x += y * (*q++ & 0x7f);
+    y <<= 7;
+  }
+  x += y * (*q++);
+  *v = (sqlite_int64) x;
+  return (int) (q - (unsigned char *)p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Similar to sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(), except that the output is truncated to a
+** 32-bit integer before it is returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(const char *p, int *pi){
+ sqlite_int64 i;
+ int ret = sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p, &i);
+ *pi = (int) i;
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of bytes required to encode v as a varint
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(sqlite3_uint64 v){
+  int i = 0;
+  do{
+    i++;
+    v >>= 7;
+  }while( v!=0 );
+  return i;
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert an SQL-style quoted string into a normal string by removing
+** the quote characters.  The conversion is done in-place.  If the
+** input does not begin with a quote character, then this routine
+** is a no-op.
+**
+** Examples:
+**
+**     "abc"   becomes   abc
+**     'xyz'   becomes   xyz
+**     [pqr]   becomes   pqr
+**     `mno`   becomes   mno
+**
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Dequote(char *z){
+  char quote;                     /* Quote character (if any ) */
+
+  quote = z[0];
+  if( quote=='[' || quote=='\'' || quote=='"' || quote=='`' ){
+    int iIn = 1;                  /* Index of next byte to read from input */
+    int iOut = 0;                 /* Index of next byte to write to output */
+
+    /* If the first byte was a '[', then the close-quote character is a ']' */
+    if( quote=='[' ) quote = ']';  
+
+    while( ALWAYS(z[iIn]) ){
+      if( z[iIn]==quote ){
+        if( z[iIn+1]!=quote ) break;
+        z[iOut++] = quote;
+        iIn += 2;
+      }else{
+        z[iOut++] = z[iIn++];
+      }
+    }
+    z[iOut] = '\0';
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Read a single varint from the doclist at *pp and advance *pp to point
+** to the first byte past the end of the varint.  Add the value of the varint
+** to *pVal.
+*/
+static void fts3GetDeltaVarint(char **pp, sqlite3_int64 *pVal){
+  sqlite3_int64 iVal;
+  *pp += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(*pp, &iVal);
+  *pVal += iVal;
+}
+
+/*
+** When this function is called, *pp points to the first byte following a
+** varint that is part of a doclist (or position-list, or any other list
+** of varints). This function moves *pp to point to the start of that varint,
+** and sets *pVal by the varint value.
+**
+** Argument pStart points to the first byte of the doclist that the
+** varint is part of.
+*/
+static void fts3GetReverseVarint(
+  char **pp, 
+  char *pStart, 
+  sqlite3_int64 *pVal
+){
+  sqlite3_int64 iVal;
+  char *p;
+
+  /* Pointer p now points at the first byte past the varint we are 
+  ** interested in. So, unless the doclist is corrupt, the 0x80 bit is
+  ** clear on character p[-1]. */
+  for(p = (*pp)-2; p>=pStart && *p&0x80; p--);
+  p++;
+  *pp = p;
+
+  sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p, &iVal);
+  *pVal = iVal;
+}
+
+/*
+** The xDisconnect() virtual table method.
+*/
+static int fts3DisconnectMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
+  Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pVtab;
+  int i;
+
+  assert( p->nPendingData==0 );
+  assert( p->pSegments==0 );
+
+  /* Free any prepared statements held */
+  for(i=0; i<SizeofArray(p->aStmt); i++){
+    sqlite3_finalize(p->aStmt[i]);
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(p->zSegmentsTbl);
+  sqlite3_free(p->zReadExprlist);
+  sqlite3_free(p->zWriteExprlist);
+  sqlite3_free(p->zContentTbl);
+  sqlite3_free(p->zLanguageid);
+
+  /* Invoke the tokenizer destructor to free the tokenizer. */
+  p->pTokenizer->pModule->xDestroy(p->pTokenizer);
+
+  sqlite3_free(p);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Construct one or more SQL statements from the format string given
+** and then evaluate those statements. The success code is written
+** into *pRc.
+**
+** If *pRc is initially non-zero then this routine is a no-op.
+*/
+static void fts3DbExec(
+  int *pRc,              /* Success code */
+  sqlite3 *db,           /* Database in which to run SQL */
+  const char *zFormat,   /* Format string for SQL */
+  ...                    /* Arguments to the format string */
+){
+  va_list ap;
+  char *zSql;
+  if( *pRc ) return;
+  va_start(ap, zFormat);
+  zSql = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFormat, ap);
+  va_end(ap);
+  if( zSql==0 ){
+    *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }else{
+    *pRc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, 0, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3_free(zSql);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** The xDestroy() virtual table method.
+*/
+static int fts3DestroyMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
+  Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pVtab;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;              /* Return code */
+  const char *zDb = p->zDb;        /* Name of database (e.g. "main", "temp") */
+  sqlite3 *db = p->db;             /* Database handle */
+
+  /* Drop the shadow tables */
+  if( p->zContentTbl==0 ){
+    fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_content'", zDb, p->zName);
+  }
+  fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_segments'", zDb,p->zName);
+  fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_segdir'", zDb, p->zName);
+  fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_docsize'", zDb, p->zName);
+  fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_stat'", zDb, p->zName);
+
+  /* If everything has worked, invoke fts3DisconnectMethod() to free the
+  ** memory associated with the Fts3Table structure and return SQLITE_OK.
+  ** Otherwise, return an SQLite error code.
+  */
+  return (rc==SQLITE_OK ? fts3DisconnectMethod(pVtab) : rc);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Invoke sqlite3_declare_vtab() to declare the schema for the FTS3 table
+** passed as the first argument. This is done as part of the xConnect()
+** and xCreate() methods.
+**
+** If *pRc is non-zero when this function is called, it is a no-op. 
+** Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is stored in *pRc
+** before returning.
+*/
+static void fts3DeclareVtab(int *pRc, Fts3Table *p){
+  if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int i;                        /* Iterator variable */
+    int rc;                       /* Return code */
+    char *zSql;                   /* SQL statement passed to declare_vtab() */
+    char *zCols;                  /* List of user defined columns */
+    const char *zLanguageid;
+
+    zLanguageid = (p->zLanguageid ? p->zLanguageid : "__langid");
+    sqlite3_vtab_config(p->db, SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT, 1);
+
+    /* Create a list of user columns for the virtual table */
+    zCols = sqlite3_mprintf("%Q, ", p->azColumn[0]);
+    for(i=1; zCols && i<p->nColumn; i++){
+      zCols = sqlite3_mprintf("%z%Q, ", zCols, p->azColumn[i]);
+    }
+
+    /* Create the whole "CREATE TABLE" statement to pass to SQLite */
+    zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(
+        "CREATE TABLE x(%s %Q HIDDEN, docid HIDDEN, %Q HIDDEN)", 
+        zCols, p->zName, zLanguageid
+    );
+    if( !zCols || !zSql ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }else{
+      rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(p->db, zSql);
+    }
+
+    sqlite3_free(zSql);
+    sqlite3_free(zCols);
+    *pRc = rc;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Create the %_stat table if it does not already exist.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3CreateStatTable(int *pRc, Fts3Table *p){
+  fts3DbExec(pRc, p->db, 
+      "CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS %Q.'%q_stat'"
+          "(id INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, value BLOB);",
+      p->zDb, p->zName
+  );
+  if( (*pRc)==SQLITE_OK ) p->bHasStat = 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Create the backing store tables (%_content, %_segments and %_segdir)
+** required by the FTS3 table passed as the only argument. This is done
+** as part of the vtab xCreate() method.
+**
+** If the p->bHasDocsize boolean is true (indicating that this is an
+** FTS4 table, not an FTS3 table) then also create the %_docsize and
+** %_stat tables required by FTS4.
+*/
+static int fts3CreateTables(Fts3Table *p){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
+  int i;                          /* Iterator variable */
+  sqlite3 *db = p->db;            /* The database connection */
+
+  if( p->zContentTbl==0 ){
+    const char *zLanguageid = p->zLanguageid;
+    char *zContentCols;           /* Columns of %_content table */
+
+    /* Create a list of user columns for the content table */
+    zContentCols = sqlite3_mprintf("docid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY");
+    for(i=0; zContentCols && i<p->nColumn; i++){
+      char *z = p->azColumn[i];
+      zContentCols = sqlite3_mprintf("%z, 'c%d%q'", zContentCols, i, z);
+    }
+    if( zLanguageid && zContentCols ){
+      zContentCols = sqlite3_mprintf("%z, langid", zContentCols, zLanguageid);
+    }
+    if( zContentCols==0 ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  
+    /* Create the content table */
+    fts3DbExec(&rc, db, 
+       "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_content'(%s)",
+       p->zDb, p->zName, zContentCols
+    );
+    sqlite3_free(zContentCols);
+  }
+
+  /* Create other tables */
+  fts3DbExec(&rc, db, 
+      "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_segments'(blockid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, block BLOB);",
+      p->zDb, p->zName
+  );
+  fts3DbExec(&rc, db, 
+      "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_segdir'("
+        "level INTEGER,"
+        "idx INTEGER,"
+        "start_block INTEGER,"
+        "leaves_end_block INTEGER,"
+        "end_block INTEGER,"
+        "root BLOB,"
+        "PRIMARY KEY(level, idx)"
+      ");",
+      p->zDb, p->zName
+  );
+  if( p->bHasDocsize ){
+    fts3DbExec(&rc, db, 
+        "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_docsize'(docid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, size BLOB);",
+        p->zDb, p->zName
+    );
+  }
+  assert( p->bHasStat==p->bFts4 );
+  if( p->bHasStat ){
+    sqlite3Fts3CreateStatTable(&rc, p);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Store the current database page-size in bytes in p->nPgsz.
+**
+** If *pRc is non-zero when this function is called, it is a no-op. 
+** Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is stored in *pRc
+** before returning.
+*/
+static void fts3DatabasePageSize(int *pRc, Fts3Table *p){
+  if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int rc;                       /* Return code */
+    char *zSql;                   /* SQL text "PRAGMA %Q.page_size" */
+    sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;          /* Compiled "PRAGMA %Q.page_size" statement */
+  
+    zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA %Q.page_size", p->zDb);
+    if( !zSql ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }else{
+      rc = sqlite3_prepare(p->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+        p->nPgsz = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0);
+        rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+      }else if( rc==SQLITE_AUTH ){
+        p->nPgsz = 1024;
+        rc = SQLITE_OK;
+      }
+    }
+    assert( p->nPgsz>0 || rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+    sqlite3_free(zSql);
+    *pRc = rc;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** "Special" FTS4 arguments are column specifications of the following form:
+**
+**   <key> = <value>
+**
+** There may not be whitespace surrounding the "=" character. The <value> 
+** term may be quoted, but the <key> may not.
+*/
+static int fts3IsSpecialColumn(
+  const char *z, 
+  int *pnKey,
+  char **pzValue
+){
+  char *zValue;
+  const char *zCsr = z;
+
+  while( *zCsr!='=' ){
+    if( *zCsr=='\0' ) return 0;
+    zCsr++;
+  }
+
+  *pnKey = (int)(zCsr-z);
+  zValue = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", &zCsr[1]);
+  if( zValue ){
+    sqlite3Fts3Dequote(zValue);
+  }
+  *pzValue = zValue;
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Append the output of a printf() style formatting to an existing string.
+*/
+static void fts3Appendf(
+  int *pRc,                       /* IN/OUT: Error code */
+  char **pz,                      /* IN/OUT: Pointer to string buffer */
+  const char *zFormat,            /* Printf format string to append */
+  ...                             /* Arguments for printf format string */
+){
+  if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    va_list ap;
+    char *z;
+    va_start(ap, zFormat);
+    z = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFormat, ap);
+    va_end(ap);
+    if( z && *pz ){
+      char *z2 = sqlite3_mprintf("%s%s", *pz, z);
+      sqlite3_free(z);
+      z = z2;
+    }
+    if( z==0 ) *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    sqlite3_free(*pz);
+    *pz = z;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a copy of input string zInput enclosed in double-quotes (") and
+** with all double quote characters escaped. For example:
+**
+**     fts3QuoteId("un \"zip\"")   ->    "un \"\"zip\"\""
+**
+** The pointer returned points to memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). It
+** is the callers responsibility to call sqlite3_free() to release this
+** memory.
+*/
+static char *fts3QuoteId(char const *zInput){
+  int nRet;
+  char *zRet;
+  nRet = 2 + (int)strlen(zInput)*2 + 1;
+  zRet = sqlite3_malloc(nRet);
+  if( zRet ){
+    int i;
+    char *z = zRet;
+    *(z++) = '"';
+    for(i=0; zInput[i]; i++){
+      if( zInput[i]=='"' ) *(z++) = '"';
+      *(z++) = zInput[i];
+    }
+    *(z++) = '"';
+    *(z++) = '\0';
+  }
+  return zRet;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a list of comma separated SQL expressions and a FROM clause that 
+** could be used in a SELECT statement such as the following:
+**
+**     SELECT <list of expressions> FROM %_content AS x ...
+**
+** to return the docid, followed by each column of text data in order
+** from left to write. If parameter zFunc is not NULL, then instead of
+** being returned directly each column of text data is passed to an SQL
+** function named zFunc first. For example, if zFunc is "unzip" and the
+** table has the three user-defined columns "a", "b", and "c", the following
+** string is returned:
+**
+**     "docid, unzip(x.'a'), unzip(x.'b'), unzip(x.'c') FROM %_content AS x"
+**
+** The pointer returned points to a buffer allocated by sqlite3_malloc(). It
+** is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free it.
+**
+** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op (and
+** a NULL pointer is returned). Otherwise, if an OOM error is encountered
+** by this function, NULL is returned and *pRc is set to SQLITE_NOMEM. If
+** no error occurs, *pRc is left unmodified.
+*/
+static char *fts3ReadExprList(Fts3Table *p, const char *zFunc, int *pRc){
+  char *zRet = 0;
+  char *zFree = 0;
+  char *zFunction;
+  int i;
+
+  if( p->zContentTbl==0 ){
+    if( !zFunc ){
+      zFunction = "";
+    }else{
+      zFree = zFunction = fts3QuoteId(zFunc);
+    }
+    fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, "docid");
+    for(i=0; i<p->nColumn; i++){
+      fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, ",%s(x.'c%d%q')", zFunction, i, p->azColumn[i]);
+    }
+    if( p->zLanguageid ){
+      fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, ", x.%Q", "langid");
+    }
+    sqlite3_free(zFree);
+  }else{
+    fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, "rowid");
+    for(i=0; i<p->nColumn; i++){
+      fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, ", x.'%q'", p->azColumn[i]);
+    }
+    if( p->zLanguageid ){
+      fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, ", x.%Q", p->zLanguageid);
+    }
+  }
+  fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, " FROM '%q'.'%q%s' AS x", 
+      p->zDb,
+      (p->zContentTbl ? p->zContentTbl : p->zName),
+      (p->zContentTbl ? "" : "_content")
+  );
+  return zRet;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a list of N comma separated question marks, where N is the number
+** of columns in the %_content table (one for the docid plus one for each
+** user-defined text column).
+**
+** If argument zFunc is not NULL, then all but the first question mark
+** is preceded by zFunc and an open bracket, and followed by a closed
+** bracket. For example, if zFunc is "zip" and the FTS3 table has three 
+** user-defined text columns, the following string is returned:
+**
+**     "?, zip(?), zip(?), zip(?)"
+**
+** The pointer returned points to a buffer allocated by sqlite3_malloc(). It
+** is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free it.
+**
+** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op (and
+** a NULL pointer is returned). Otherwise, if an OOM error is encountered
+** by this function, NULL is returned and *pRc is set to SQLITE_NOMEM. If
+** no error occurs, *pRc is left unmodified.
+*/
+static char *fts3WriteExprList(Fts3Table *p, const char *zFunc, int *pRc){
+  char *zRet = 0;
+  char *zFree = 0;
+  char *zFunction;
+  int i;
+
+  if( !zFunc ){
+    zFunction = "";
+  }else{
+    zFree = zFunction = fts3QuoteId(zFunc);
+  }
+  fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, "?");
+  for(i=0; i<p->nColumn; i++){
+    fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, ",%s(?)", zFunction);
+  }
+  if( p->zLanguageid ){
+    fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, ", ?");
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(zFree);
+  return zRet;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function interprets the string at (*pp) as a non-negative integer
+** value. It reads the integer and sets *pnOut to the value read, then 
+** sets *pp to point to the byte immediately following the last byte of
+** the integer value.
+**
+** Only decimal digits ('0'..'9') may be part of an integer value. 
+**
+** If *pp does not being with a decimal digit SQLITE_ERROR is returned and
+** the output value undefined. Otherwise SQLITE_OK is returned.
+**
+** This function is used when parsing the "prefix=" FTS4 parameter.
+*/
+static int fts3GobbleInt(const char **pp, int *pnOut){
+  const char *p;                  /* Iterator pointer */
+  int nInt = 0;                   /* Output value */
+
+  for(p=*pp; p[0]>='0' && p[0]<='9'; p++){
+    nInt = nInt * 10 + (p[0] - '0');
+  }
+  if( p==*pp ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  *pnOut = nInt;
+  *pp = p;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called to allocate an array of Fts3Index structures
+** representing the indexes maintained by the current FTS table. FTS tables
+** always maintain the main "terms" index, but may also maintain one or
+** more "prefix" indexes, depending on the value of the "prefix=" parameter
+** (if any) specified as part of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement.
+**
+** Argument zParam is passed the value of the "prefix=" option if one was
+** specified, or NULL otherwise.
+**
+** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and *apIndex set to point to
+** the allocated array. *pnIndex is set to the number of elements in the
+** array. If an error does occur, an SQLite error code is returned.
+**
+** Regardless of whether or not an error is returned, it is the responsibility
+** of the caller to call sqlite3_free() on the output array to free it.
+*/
+static int fts3PrefixParameter(
+  const char *zParam,             /* ABC in prefix=ABC parameter to parse */
+  int *pnIndex,                   /* OUT: size of *apIndex[] array */
+  struct Fts3Index **apIndex      /* OUT: Array of indexes for this table */
+){
+  struct Fts3Index *aIndex;       /* Allocated array */
+  int nIndex = 1;                 /* Number of entries in array */
+
+  if( zParam && zParam[0] ){
+    const char *p;
+    nIndex++;
+    for(p=zParam; *p; p++){
+      if( *p==',' ) nIndex++;
+    }
+  }
+
+  aIndex = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(struct Fts3Index) * nIndex);
+  *apIndex = aIndex;
+  *pnIndex = nIndex;
+  if( !aIndex ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+
+  memset(aIndex, 0, sizeof(struct Fts3Index) * nIndex);
+  if( zParam ){
+    const char *p = zParam;
+    int i;
+    for(i=1; i<nIndex; i++){
+      int nPrefix;
+      if( fts3GobbleInt(&p, &nPrefix) ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
+      aIndex[i].nPrefix = nPrefix;
+      p++;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called when initializing an FTS4 table that uses the
+** content=xxx option. It determines the number of and names of the columns
+** of the new FTS4 table.
+**
+** The third argument passed to this function is the value passed to the
+** config=xxx option (i.e. "xxx"). This function queries the database for
+** a table of that name. If found, the output variables are populated
+** as follows:
+**
+**   *pnCol:   Set to the number of columns table xxx has,
+**
+**   *pnStr:   Set to the total amount of space required to store a copy
+**             of each columns name, including the nul-terminator.
+**
+**   *pazCol:  Set to point to an array of *pnCol strings. Each string is
+**             the name of the corresponding column in table xxx. The array
+**             and its contents are allocated using a single allocation. It
+**             is the responsibility of the caller to free this allocation
+**             by eventually passing the *pazCol value to sqlite3_free().
+**
+** If the table cannot be found, an error code is returned and the output
+** variables are undefined. Or, if an OOM is encountered, SQLITE_NOMEM is
+** returned (and the output variables are undefined).
+*/
+static int fts3ContentColumns(
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database handle */
+  const char *zDb,                /* Name of db (i.e. "main", "temp" etc.) */
+  const char *zTbl,               /* Name of content table */
+  const char ***pazCol,           /* OUT: Malloc'd array of column names */
+  int *pnCol,                     /* OUT: Size of array *pazCol */
+  int *pnStr                      /* OUT: Bytes of string content */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
+  char *zSql;                     /* "SELECT *" statement on zTbl */  
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;        /* Compiled version of zSql */
+
+  zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT * FROM %Q.%Q", zDb, zTbl);
+  if( !zSql ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }else{
+    rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(zSql);
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    const char **azCol;           /* Output array */
+    int nStr = 0;                 /* Size of all column names (incl. 0x00) */
+    int nCol;                     /* Number of table columns */
+    int i;                        /* Used to iterate through columns */
+
+    /* Loop through the returned columns. Set nStr to the number of bytes of
+    ** space required to store a copy of each column name, including the
+    ** nul-terminator byte.  */
+    nCol = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt);
+    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+      const char *zCol = sqlite3_column_name(pStmt, i);
+      nStr += (int)strlen(zCol) + 1;
+    }
+
+    /* Allocate and populate the array to return. */
+    azCol = (const char **)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(char *) * nCol + nStr);
+    if( azCol==0 ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }else{
+      char *p = (char *)&azCol[nCol];
+      for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+        const char *zCol = sqlite3_column_name(pStmt, i);
+        int n = (int)strlen(zCol)+1;
+        memcpy(p, zCol, n);
+        azCol[i] = p;
+        p += n;
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+
+    /* Set the output variables. */
+    *pnCol = nCol;
+    *pnStr = nStr;
+    *pazCol = azCol;
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is the implementation of both the xConnect and xCreate
+** methods of the FTS3 virtual table.
+**
+** The argv[] array contains the following:
+**
+**   argv[0]   -> module name  ("fts3" or "fts4")
+**   argv[1]   -> database name
+**   argv[2]   -> table name
+**   argv[...] -> "column name" and other module argument fields.
+*/
+static int fts3InitVtab(
+  int isCreate,                   /* True for xCreate, false for xConnect */
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* The SQLite database connection */
+  void *pAux,                     /* Hash table containing tokenizers */
+  int argc,                       /* Number of elements in argv array */
+  const char * const *argv,       /* xCreate/xConnect argument array */
+  sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab,          /* Write the resulting vtab structure here */
+  char **pzErr                    /* Write any error message here */
+){
+  Fts3Hash *pHash = (Fts3Hash *)pAux;
+  Fts3Table *p = 0;               /* Pointer to allocated vtab */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
+  int i;                          /* Iterator variable */
+  int nByte;                      /* Size of allocation used for *p */
+  int iCol;                       /* Column index */
+  int nString = 0;                /* Bytes required to hold all column names */
+  int nCol = 0;                   /* Number of columns in the FTS table */
+  char *zCsr;                     /* Space for holding column names */
+  int nDb;                        /* Bytes required to hold database name */
+  int nName;                      /* Bytes required to hold table name */
+  int isFts4 = (argv[0][3]=='4'); /* True for FTS4, false for FTS3 */
+  const char **aCol;              /* Array of column names */
+  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = 0;        /* Tokenizer for this table */
+
+  int nIndex;                     /* Size of aIndex[] array */
+  struct Fts3Index *aIndex = 0;   /* Array of indexes for this table */
+
+  /* The results of parsing supported FTS4 key=value options: */
+  int bNoDocsize = 0;             /* True to omit %_docsize table */
+  int bDescIdx = 0;               /* True to store descending indexes */
+  char *zPrefix = 0;              /* Prefix parameter value (or NULL) */
+  char *zCompress = 0;            /* compress=? parameter (or NULL) */
+  char *zUncompress = 0;          /* uncompress=? parameter (or NULL) */
+  char *zContent = 0;             /* content=? parameter (or NULL) */
+  char *zLanguageid = 0;          /* languageid=? parameter (or NULL) */
+
+  assert( strlen(argv[0])==4 );
+  assert( (sqlite3_strnicmp(argv[0], "fts4", 4)==0 && isFts4)
+       || (sqlite3_strnicmp(argv[0], "fts3", 4)==0 && !isFts4)
+  );
+
+  nDb = (int)strlen(argv[1]) + 1;
+  nName = (int)strlen(argv[2]) + 1;
+
+  aCol = (const char **)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(const char *) * (argc-2) );
+  if( !aCol ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  memset((void *)aCol, 0, sizeof(const char *) * (argc-2));
+
+  /* Loop through all of the arguments passed by the user to the FTS3/4
+  ** module (i.e. all the column names and special arguments). This loop
+  ** does the following:
+  **
+  **   + Figures out the number of columns the FTSX table will have, and
+  **     the number of bytes of space that must be allocated to store copies
+  **     of the column names.
+  **
+  **   + If there is a tokenizer specification included in the arguments,
+  **     initializes the tokenizer pTokenizer.
+  */
+  for(i=3; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<argc; i++){
+    char const *z = argv[i];
+    int nKey;
+    char *zVal;
+
+    /* Check if this is a tokenizer specification */
+    if( !pTokenizer 
+     && strlen(z)>8
+     && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(z, "tokenize", 8) 
+     && 0==sqlite3Fts3IsIdChar(z[8])
+    ){
+      rc = sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer(pHash, &z[9], &pTokenizer, pzErr);
+    }
+
+    /* Check if it is an FTS4 special argument. */
+    else if( isFts4 && fts3IsSpecialColumn(z, &nKey, &zVal) ){
+      struct Fts4Option {
+        const char *zOpt;
+        int nOpt;
+      } aFts4Opt[] = {
+        { "matchinfo",   9 },     /* 0 -> MATCHINFO */
+        { "prefix",      6 },     /* 1 -> PREFIX */
+        { "compress",    8 },     /* 2 -> COMPRESS */
+        { "uncompress", 10 },     /* 3 -> UNCOMPRESS */
+        { "order",       5 },     /* 4 -> ORDER */
+        { "content",     7 },     /* 5 -> CONTENT */
+        { "languageid", 10 }      /* 6 -> LANGUAGEID */
+      };
+
+      int iOpt;
+      if( !zVal ){
+        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }else{
+        for(iOpt=0; iOpt<SizeofArray(aFts4Opt); iOpt++){
+          struct Fts4Option *pOp = &aFts4Opt[iOpt];
+          if( nKey==pOp->nOpt && !sqlite3_strnicmp(z, pOp->zOpt, pOp->nOpt) ){
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+        if( iOpt==SizeofArray(aFts4Opt) ){
+          *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unrecognized parameter: %s", z);
+          rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+        }else{
+          switch( iOpt ){
+            case 0:               /* MATCHINFO */
+              if( strlen(zVal)!=4 || sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "fts3", 4) ){
+                *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unrecognized matchinfo: %s", zVal);
+                rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+              }
+              bNoDocsize = 1;
+              break;
+
+            case 1:               /* PREFIX */
+              sqlite3_free(zPrefix);
+              zPrefix = zVal;
+              zVal = 0;
+              break;
+
+            case 2:               /* COMPRESS */
+              sqlite3_free(zCompress);
+              zCompress = zVal;
+              zVal = 0;
+              break;
+
+            case 3:               /* UNCOMPRESS */
+              sqlite3_free(zUncompress);
+              zUncompress = zVal;
+              zVal = 0;
+              break;
+
+            case 4:               /* ORDER */
+              if( (strlen(zVal)!=3 || sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "asc", 3)) 
+               && (strlen(zVal)!=4 || sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "desc", 4)) 
+              ){
+                *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unrecognized order: %s", zVal);
+                rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+              }
+              bDescIdx = (zVal[0]=='d' || zVal[0]=='D');
+              break;
+
+            case 5:              /* CONTENT */
+              sqlite3_free(zContent);
+              zContent = zVal;
+              zVal = 0;
+              break;
+
+            case 6:              /* LANGUAGEID */
+              assert( iOpt==6 );
+              sqlite3_free(zLanguageid);
+              zLanguageid = zVal;
+              zVal = 0;
+              break;
+          }
+        }
+        sqlite3_free(zVal);
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Otherwise, the argument is a column name. */
+    else {
+      nString += (int)(strlen(z) + 1);
+      aCol[nCol++] = z;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If a content=xxx option was specified, the following:
+  **
+  **   1. Ignore any compress= and uncompress= options.
+  **
+  **   2. If no column names were specified as part of the CREATE VIRTUAL
+  **      TABLE statement, use all columns from the content table.
+  */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zContent ){
+    sqlite3_free(zCompress); 
+    sqlite3_free(zUncompress); 
+    zCompress = 0;
+    zUncompress = 0;
+    if( nCol==0 ){
+      sqlite3_free((void*)aCol); 
+      aCol = 0;
+      rc = fts3ContentColumns(db, argv[1], zContent, &aCol, &nCol, &nString);
+
+      /* If a languageid= option was specified, remove the language id
+      ** column from the aCol[] array. */ 
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zLanguageid ){
+        int j;
+        for(j=0; j<nCol; j++){
+          if( sqlite3_stricmp(zLanguageid, aCol[j])==0 ){
+            int k;
+            for(k=j; k<nCol; k++) aCol[k] = aCol[k+1];
+            nCol--;
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto fts3_init_out;
+
+  if( nCol==0 ){
+    assert( nString==0 );
+    aCol[0] = "content";
+    nString = 8;
+    nCol = 1;
+  }
+
+  if( pTokenizer==0 ){
+    rc = sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer(pHash, "simple", &pTokenizer, pzErr);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto fts3_init_out;
+  }
+  assert( pTokenizer );
+
+  rc = fts3PrefixParameter(zPrefix, &nIndex, &aIndex);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_ERROR ){
+    assert( zPrefix );
+    *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("error parsing prefix parameter: %s", zPrefix);
+  }
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto fts3_init_out;
+
+  /* Allocate and populate the Fts3Table structure. */
+  nByte = sizeof(Fts3Table) +                  /* Fts3Table */
+          nCol * sizeof(char *) +              /* azColumn */
+          nIndex * sizeof(struct Fts3Index) +  /* aIndex */
+          nName +                              /* zName */
+          nDb +                                /* zDb */
+          nString;                             /* Space for azColumn strings */
+  p = (Fts3Table*)sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
+  if( p==0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    goto fts3_init_out;
+  }
+  memset(p, 0, nByte);
+  p->db = db;
+  p->nColumn = nCol;
+  p->nPendingData = 0;
+  p->azColumn = (char **)&p[1];
+  p->pTokenizer = pTokenizer;
+  p->nMaxPendingData = FTS3_MAX_PENDING_DATA;
+  p->bHasDocsize = (isFts4 && bNoDocsize==0);
+  p->bHasStat = isFts4;
+  p->bFts4 = isFts4;
+  p->bDescIdx = bDescIdx;
+  p->bAutoincrmerge = 0xff;   /* 0xff means setting unknown */
+  p->zContentTbl = zContent;
+  p->zLanguageid = zLanguageid;
+  zContent = 0;
+  zLanguageid = 0;
+  TESTONLY( p->inTransaction = -1 );
+  TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = -1 );
+
+  p->aIndex = (struct Fts3Index *)&p->azColumn[nCol];
+  memcpy(p->aIndex, aIndex, sizeof(struct Fts3Index) * nIndex);
+  p->nIndex = nIndex;
+  for(i=0; i<nIndex; i++){
+    fts3HashInit(&p->aIndex[i].hPending, FTS3_HASH_STRING, 1);
+  }
+
+  /* Fill in the zName and zDb fields of the vtab structure. */
+  zCsr = (char *)&p->aIndex[nIndex];
+  p->zName = zCsr;
+  memcpy(zCsr, argv[2], nName);
+  zCsr += nName;
+  p->zDb = zCsr;
+  memcpy(zCsr, argv[1], nDb);
+  zCsr += nDb;
+
+  /* Fill in the azColumn array */
+  for(iCol=0; iCol<nCol; iCol++){
+    char *z; 
+    int n = 0;
+    z = (char *)sqlite3Fts3NextToken(aCol[iCol], &n);
+    memcpy(zCsr, z, n);
+    zCsr[n] = '\0';
+    sqlite3Fts3Dequote(zCsr);
+    p->azColumn[iCol] = zCsr;
+    zCsr += n+1;
+    assert( zCsr <= &((char *)p)[nByte] );
+  }
+
+  if( (zCompress==0)!=(zUncompress==0) ){
+    char const *zMiss = (zCompress==0 ? "compress" : "uncompress");
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("missing %s parameter in fts4 constructor", zMiss);
+  }
+  p->zReadExprlist = fts3ReadExprList(p, zUncompress, &rc);
+  p->zWriteExprlist = fts3WriteExprList(p, zCompress, &rc);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto fts3_init_out;
+
+  /* If this is an xCreate call, create the underlying tables in the 
+  ** database. TODO: For xConnect(), it could verify that said tables exist.
+  */
+  if( isCreate ){
+    rc = fts3CreateTables(p);
+  }
+
+  /* Check to see if a legacy fts3 table has been "upgraded" by the
+  ** addition of a %_stat table so that it can use incremental merge.
+  */
+  if( !isFts4 && !isCreate ){
+    int rc2 = SQLITE_OK;
+    fts3DbExec(&rc2, db, "SELECT 1 FROM %Q.'%q_stat' WHERE id=2",
+               p->zDb, p->zName);
+    if( rc2==SQLITE_OK ) p->bHasStat = 1;
+  }
+
+  /* Figure out the page-size for the database. This is required in order to
+  ** estimate the cost of loading large doclists from the database.  */
+  fts3DatabasePageSize(&rc, p);
+  p->nNodeSize = p->nPgsz-35;
+
+  /* Declare the table schema to SQLite. */
+  fts3DeclareVtab(&rc, p);
+
+fts3_init_out:
+  sqlite3_free(zPrefix);
+  sqlite3_free(aIndex);
+  sqlite3_free(zCompress);
+  sqlite3_free(zUncompress);
+  sqlite3_free(zContent);
+  sqlite3_free(zLanguageid);
+  sqlite3_free((void *)aCol);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( p ){
+      fts3DisconnectMethod((sqlite3_vtab *)p);
+    }else if( pTokenizer ){
+      pTokenizer->pModule->xDestroy(pTokenizer);
+    }
+  }else{
+    assert( p->pSegments==0 );
+    *ppVTab = &p->base;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The xConnect() and xCreate() methods for the virtual table. All the
+** work is done in function fts3InitVtab().
+*/
+static int fts3ConnectMethod(
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database connection */
+  void *pAux,                     /* Pointer to tokenizer hash table */
+  int argc,                       /* Number of elements in argv array */
+  const char * const *argv,       /* xCreate/xConnect argument array */
+  sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab,          /* OUT: New sqlite3_vtab object */
+  char **pzErr                    /* OUT: sqlite3_malloc'd error message */
+){
+  return fts3InitVtab(0, db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVtab, pzErr);
+}
+static int fts3CreateMethod(
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database connection */
+  void *pAux,                     /* Pointer to tokenizer hash table */
+  int argc,                       /* Number of elements in argv array */
+  const char * const *argv,       /* xCreate/xConnect argument array */
+  sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab,          /* OUT: New sqlite3_vtab object */
+  char **pzErr                    /* OUT: sqlite3_malloc'd error message */
+){
+  return fts3InitVtab(1, db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVtab, pzErr);
+}
+
+/* 
+** Implementation of the xBestIndex method for FTS3 tables. There
+** are three possible strategies, in order of preference:
+**
+**   1. Direct lookup by rowid or docid. 
+**   2. Full-text search using a MATCH operator on a non-docid column.
+**   3. Linear scan of %_content table.
+*/
+static int fts3BestIndexMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_index_info *pInfo){
+  Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pVTab;
+  int i;                          /* Iterator variable */
+  int iCons = -1;                 /* Index of constraint to use */
+  int iLangidCons = -1;           /* Index of langid=x constraint, if present */
+
+  /* By default use a full table scan. This is an expensive option,
+  ** so search through the constraints to see if a more efficient 
+  ** strategy is possible.
+  */
+  pInfo->idxNum = FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH;
+  pInfo->estimatedCost = 500000;
+  for(i=0; i<pInfo->nConstraint; i++){
+    struct sqlite3_index_constraint *pCons = &pInfo->aConstraint[i];
+    if( pCons->usable==0 ) continue;
+
+    /* A direct lookup on the rowid or docid column. Assign a cost of 1.0. */
+    if( iCons<0 
+     && pCons->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ 
+     && (pCons->iColumn<0 || pCons->iColumn==p->nColumn+1 )
+    ){
+      pInfo->idxNum = FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH;
+      pInfo->estimatedCost = 1.0;
+      iCons = i;
+    }
+
+    /* A MATCH constraint. Use a full-text search.
+    **
+    ** If there is more than one MATCH constraint available, use the first
+    ** one encountered. If there is both a MATCH constraint and a direct
+    ** rowid/docid lookup, prefer the MATCH strategy. This is done even 
+    ** though the rowid/docid lookup is faster than a MATCH query, selecting
+    ** it would lead to an "unable to use function MATCH in the requested 
+    ** context" error.
+    */
+    if( pCons->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH 
+     && pCons->iColumn>=0 && pCons->iColumn<=p->nColumn
+    ){
+      pInfo->idxNum = FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH + pCons->iColumn;
+      pInfo->estimatedCost = 2.0;
+      iCons = i;
+    }
+
+    /* Equality constraint on the langid column */
+    if( pCons->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ 
+     && pCons->iColumn==p->nColumn + 2
+    ){
+      iLangidCons = i;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( iCons>=0 ){
+    pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iCons].argvIndex = 1;
+    pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iCons].omit = 1;
+  } 
+  if( iLangidCons>=0 ){
+    pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iLangidCons].argvIndex = 2;
+  } 
+
+  /* Regardless of the strategy selected, FTS can deliver rows in rowid (or
+  ** docid) order. Both ascending and descending are possible. 
+  */
+  if( pInfo->nOrderBy==1 ){
+    struct sqlite3_index_orderby *pOrder = &pInfo->aOrderBy[0];
+    if( pOrder->iColumn<0 || pOrder->iColumn==p->nColumn+1 ){
+      if( pOrder->desc ){
+        pInfo->idxStr = "DESC";
+      }else{
+        pInfo->idxStr = "ASC";
+      }
+      pInfo->orderByConsumed = 1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  assert( p->pSegments==0 );
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of xOpen method.
+*/
+static int fts3OpenMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCsr){
+  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCsr;               /* Allocated cursor */
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab);
+
+  /* Allocate a buffer large enough for an Fts3Cursor structure. If the
+  ** allocation succeeds, zero it and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, 
+  ** if the allocation fails, return SQLITE_NOMEM.
+  */
+  *ppCsr = pCsr = (sqlite3_vtab_cursor *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3Cursor));
+  if( !pCsr ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(Fts3Cursor));
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close the cursor.  For additional information see the documentation
+** on the xClose method of the virtual table interface.
+*/
+static int fts3CloseMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *)pCursor;
+  assert( ((Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab)->pSegments==0 );
+  sqlite3_finalize(pCsr->pStmt);
+  sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pCsr->pExpr);
+  sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredTokens(pCsr);
+  sqlite3_free(pCsr->aDoclist);
+  sqlite3_free(pCsr->aMatchinfo);
+  assert( ((Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab)->pSegments==0 );
+  sqlite3_free(pCsr);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** If pCsr->pStmt has not been prepared (i.e. if pCsr->pStmt==0), then
+** compose and prepare an SQL statement of the form:
+**
+**    "SELECT <columns> FROM %_content WHERE rowid = ?"
+**
+** (or the equivalent for a content=xxx table) and set pCsr->pStmt to
+** it. If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code.
+**
+** Otherwise, set *ppStmt to point to pCsr->pStmt and return SQLITE_OK.
+*/
+static int fts3CursorSeekStmt(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( pCsr->pStmt==0 ){
+    Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+    char *zSql;
+    zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT %s WHERE rowid = ?", p->zReadExprlist);
+    if( !zSql ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pCsr->pStmt, 0);
+    sqlite3_free(zSql);
+  }
+  *ppStmt = pCsr->pStmt;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Position the pCsr->pStmt statement so that it is on the row
+** of the %_content table that contains the last match.  Return
+** SQLITE_OK on success.  
+*/
+static int fts3CursorSeek(sqlite3_context *pContext, Fts3Cursor *pCsr){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( pCsr->isRequireSeek ){
+    sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
+
+    rc = fts3CursorSeekStmt(pCsr, &pStmt);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3_bind_int64(pCsr->pStmt, 1, pCsr->iPrevId);
+      pCsr->isRequireSeek = 0;
+      if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pCsr->pStmt) ){
+        return SQLITE_OK;
+      }else{
+        rc = sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK && ((Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab)->zContentTbl==0 ){
+          /* If no row was found and no error has occured, then the %_content
+          ** table is missing a row that is present in the full-text index.
+          ** The data structures are corrupt.  */
+          rc = FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+          pCsr->isEof = 1;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pContext ){
+    sqlite3_result_error_code(pContext, rc);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is used to process a single interior node when searching
+** a b-tree for a term or term prefix. The node data is passed to this 
+** function via the zNode/nNode parameters. The term to search for is
+** passed in zTerm/nTerm.
+**
+** If piFirst is not NULL, then this function sets *piFirst to the blockid
+** of the child node that heads the sub-tree that may contain the term.
+**
+** If piLast is not NULL, then *piLast is set to the right-most child node
+** that heads a sub-tree that may contain a term for which zTerm/nTerm is
+** a prefix.
+**
+** If an OOM error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
+*/
+static int fts3ScanInteriorNode(
+  const char *zTerm,              /* Term to select leaves for */
+  int nTerm,                      /* Size of term zTerm in bytes */
+  const char *zNode,              /* Buffer containing segment interior node */
+  int nNode,                      /* Size of buffer at zNode */
+  sqlite3_int64 *piFirst,         /* OUT: Selected child node */
+  sqlite3_int64 *piLast           /* OUT: Selected child node */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
+  const char *zCsr = zNode;       /* Cursor to iterate through node */
+  const char *zEnd = &zCsr[nNode];/* End of interior node buffer */
+  char *zBuffer = 0;              /* Buffer to load terms into */
+  int nAlloc = 0;                 /* Size of allocated buffer */
+  int isFirstTerm = 1;            /* True when processing first term on page */
+  sqlite3_int64 iChild;           /* Block id of child node to descend to */
+
+  /* Skip over the 'height' varint that occurs at the start of every 
+  ** interior node. Then load the blockid of the left-child of the b-tree
+  ** node into variable iChild.  
+  **
+  ** Even if the data structure on disk is corrupted, this (reading two
+  ** varints from the buffer) does not risk an overread. If zNode is a
+  ** root node, then the buffer comes from a SELECT statement. SQLite does
+  ** not make this guarantee explicitly, but in practice there are always
+  ** either more than 20 bytes of allocated space following the nNode bytes of
+  ** contents, or two zero bytes. Or, if the node is read from the %_segments
+  ** table, then there are always 20 bytes of zeroed padding following the
+  ** nNode bytes of content (see sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock() for details).
+  */
+  zCsr += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(zCsr, &iChild);
+  zCsr += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(zCsr, &iChild);
+  if( zCsr>zEnd ){
+    return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+  }
+  
+  while( zCsr<zEnd && (piFirst || piLast) ){
+    int cmp;                      /* memcmp() result */
+    int nSuffix;                  /* Size of term suffix */
+    int nPrefix = 0;              /* Size of term prefix */
+    int nBuffer;                  /* Total term size */
+  
+    /* Load the next term on the node into zBuffer. Use realloc() to expand
+    ** the size of zBuffer if required.  */
+    if( !isFirstTerm ){
+      zCsr += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(zCsr, &nPrefix);
+    }
+    isFirstTerm = 0;
+    zCsr += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(zCsr, &nSuffix);
+    
+    if( nPrefix<0 || nSuffix<0 || &zCsr[nSuffix]>zEnd ){
+      rc = FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+      goto finish_scan;
+    }
+    if( nPrefix+nSuffix>nAlloc ){
+      char *zNew;
+      nAlloc = (nPrefix+nSuffix) * 2;
+      zNew = (char *)sqlite3_realloc(zBuffer, nAlloc);
+      if( !zNew ){
+        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+        goto finish_scan;
+      }
+      zBuffer = zNew;
+    }
+    assert( zBuffer );
+    memcpy(&zBuffer[nPrefix], zCsr, nSuffix);
+    nBuffer = nPrefix + nSuffix;
+    zCsr += nSuffix;
+
+    /* Compare the term we are searching for with the term just loaded from
+    ** the interior node. If the specified term is greater than or equal
+    ** to the term from the interior node, then all terms on the sub-tree 
+    ** headed by node iChild are smaller than zTerm. No need to search 
+    ** iChild.
+    **
+    ** If the interior node term is larger than the specified term, then
+    ** the tree headed by iChild may contain the specified term.
+    */
+    cmp = memcmp(zTerm, zBuffer, (nBuffer>nTerm ? nTerm : nBuffer));
+    if( piFirst && (cmp<0 || (cmp==0 && nBuffer>nTerm)) ){
+      *piFirst = iChild;
+      piFirst = 0;
+    }
+
+    if( piLast && cmp<0 ){
+      *piLast = iChild;
+      piLast = 0;
+    }
+
+    iChild++;
+  };
+
+  if( piFirst ) *piFirst = iChild;
+  if( piLast ) *piLast = iChild;
+
+ finish_scan:
+  sqlite3_free(zBuffer);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** The buffer pointed to by argument zNode (size nNode bytes) contains an
+** interior node of a b-tree segment. The zTerm buffer (size nTerm bytes)
+** contains a term. This function searches the sub-tree headed by the zNode
+** node for the range of leaf nodes that may contain the specified term
+** or terms for which the specified term is a prefix.
+**
+** If piLeaf is not NULL, then *piLeaf is set to the blockid of the 
+** left-most leaf node in the tree that may contain the specified term.
+** If piLeaf2 is not NULL, then *piLeaf2 is set to the blockid of the
+** right-most leaf node that may contain a term for which the specified
+** term is a prefix.
+**
+** It is possible that the range of returned leaf nodes does not contain 
+** the specified term or any terms for which it is a prefix. However, if the 
+** segment does contain any such terms, they are stored within the identified
+** range. Because this function only inspects interior segment nodes (and
+** never loads leaf nodes into memory), it is not possible to be sure.
+**
+** If an error occurs, an error code other than SQLITE_OK is returned.
+*/ 
+static int fts3SelectLeaf(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Virtual table handle */
+  const char *zTerm,              /* Term to select leaves for */
+  int nTerm,                      /* Size of term zTerm in bytes */
+  const char *zNode,              /* Buffer containing segment interior node */
+  int nNode,                      /* Size of buffer at zNode */
+  sqlite3_int64 *piLeaf,          /* Selected leaf node */
+  sqlite3_int64 *piLeaf2          /* Selected leaf node */
+){
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+  int iHeight;                    /* Height of this node in tree */
+
+  assert( piLeaf || piLeaf2 );
+
+  sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(zNode, &iHeight);
+  rc = fts3ScanInteriorNode(zTerm, nTerm, zNode, nNode, piLeaf, piLeaf2);
+  assert( !piLeaf2 || !piLeaf || rc!=SQLITE_OK || (*piLeaf<=*piLeaf2) );
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iHeight>1 ){
+    char *zBlob = 0;              /* Blob read from %_segments table */
+    int nBlob;                    /* Size of zBlob in bytes */
+
+    if( piLeaf && piLeaf2 && (*piLeaf!=*piLeaf2) ){
+      rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(p, *piLeaf, &zBlob, &nBlob, 0);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = fts3SelectLeaf(p, zTerm, nTerm, zBlob, nBlob, piLeaf, 0);
+      }
+      sqlite3_free(zBlob);
+      piLeaf = 0;
+      zBlob = 0;
+    }
+
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(p, piLeaf?*piLeaf:*piLeaf2, &zBlob, &nBlob, 0);
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = fts3SelectLeaf(p, zTerm, nTerm, zBlob, nBlob, piLeaf, piLeaf2);
+    }
+    sqlite3_free(zBlob);
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is used to create delta-encoded serialized lists of FTS3 
+** varints. Each call to this function appends a single varint to a list.
+*/
+static void fts3PutDeltaVarint(
+  char **pp,                      /* IN/OUT: Output pointer */
+  sqlite3_int64 *piPrev,          /* IN/OUT: Previous value written to list */
+  sqlite3_int64 iVal              /* Write this value to the list */
+){
+  assert( iVal-*piPrev > 0 || (*piPrev==0 && iVal==0) );
+  *pp += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(*pp, iVal-*piPrev);
+  *piPrev = iVal;
+}
+
+/*
+** When this function is called, *ppPoslist is assumed to point to the 
+** start of a position-list. After it returns, *ppPoslist points to the
+** first byte after the position-list.
+**
+** A position list is list of positions (delta encoded) and columns for 
+** a single document record of a doclist.  So, in other words, this
+** routine advances *ppPoslist so that it points to the next docid in
+** the doclist, or to the first byte past the end of the doclist.
+**
+** If pp is not NULL, then the contents of the position list are copied
+** to *pp. *pp is set to point to the first byte past the last byte copied
+** before this function returns.
+*/
+static void fts3PoslistCopy(char **pp, char **ppPoslist){
+  char *pEnd = *ppPoslist;
+  char c = 0;
+
+  /* The end of a position list is marked by a zero encoded as an FTS3 
+  ** varint. A single POS_END (0) byte. Except, if the 0 byte is preceded by
+  ** a byte with the 0x80 bit set, then it is not a varint 0, but the tail
+  ** of some other, multi-byte, value.
+  **
+  ** The following while-loop moves pEnd to point to the first byte that is not 
+  ** immediately preceded by a byte with the 0x80 bit set. Then increments
+  ** pEnd once more so that it points to the byte immediately following the
+  ** last byte in the position-list.
+  */
+  while( *pEnd | c ){
+    c = *pEnd++ & 0x80;
+    testcase( c!=0 && (*pEnd)==0 );
+  }
+  pEnd++;  /* Advance past the POS_END terminator byte */
+
+  if( pp ){
+    int n = (int)(pEnd - *ppPoslist);
+    char *p = *pp;
+    memcpy(p, *ppPoslist, n);
+    p += n;
+    *pp = p;
+  }
+  *ppPoslist = pEnd;
+}
+
+/*
+** When this function is called, *ppPoslist is assumed to point to the 
+** start of a column-list. After it returns, *ppPoslist points to the
+** to the terminator (POS_COLUMN or POS_END) byte of the column-list.
+**
+** A column-list is list of delta-encoded positions for a single column
+** within a single document within a doclist.
+**
+** The column-list is terminated either by a POS_COLUMN varint (1) or
+** a POS_END varint (0).  This routine leaves *ppPoslist pointing to
+** the POS_COLUMN or POS_END that terminates the column-list.
+**
+** If pp is not NULL, then the contents of the column-list are copied
+** to *pp. *pp is set to point to the first byte past the last byte copied
+** before this function returns.  The POS_COLUMN or POS_END terminator
+** is not copied into *pp.
+*/
+static void fts3ColumnlistCopy(char **pp, char **ppPoslist){
+  char *pEnd = *ppPoslist;
+  char c = 0;
+
+  /* A column-list is terminated by either a 0x01 or 0x00 byte that is
+  ** not part of a multi-byte varint.
+  */
+  while( 0xFE & (*pEnd | c) ){
+    c = *pEnd++ & 0x80;
+    testcase( c!=0 && ((*pEnd)&0xfe)==0 );
+  }
+  if( pp ){
+    int n = (int)(pEnd - *ppPoslist);
+    char *p = *pp;
+    memcpy(p, *ppPoslist, n);
+    p += n;
+    *pp = p;
+  }
+  *ppPoslist = pEnd;
+}
+
+/*
+** Value used to signify the end of an position-list. This is safe because
+** it is not possible to have a document with 2^31 terms.
+*/
+#define POSITION_LIST_END 0x7fffffff
+
+/*
+** This function is used to help parse position-lists. When this function is
+** called, *pp may point to the start of the next varint in the position-list
+** being parsed, or it may point to 1 byte past the end of the position-list
+** (in which case **pp will be a terminator bytes POS_END (0) or
+** (1)).
+**
+** If *pp points past the end of the current position-list, set *pi to 
+** POSITION_LIST_END and return. Otherwise, read the next varint from *pp,
+** increment the current value of *pi by the value read, and set *pp to
+** point to the next value before returning.
+**
+** Before calling this routine *pi must be initialized to the value of
+** the previous position, or zero if we are reading the first position
+** in the position-list.  Because positions are delta-encoded, the value
+** of the previous position is needed in order to compute the value of
+** the next position.
+*/
+static void fts3ReadNextPos(
+  char **pp,                    /* IN/OUT: Pointer into position-list buffer */
+  sqlite3_int64 *pi             /* IN/OUT: Value read from position-list */
+){
+  if( (**pp)&0xFE ){
+    fts3GetDeltaVarint(pp, pi);
+    *pi -= 2;
+  }else{
+    *pi = POSITION_LIST_END;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** If parameter iCol is not 0, write an POS_COLUMN (1) byte followed by
+** the value of iCol encoded as a varint to *pp.   This will start a new
+** column list.
+**
+** Set *pp to point to the byte just after the last byte written before 
+** returning (do not modify it if iCol==0). Return the total number of bytes
+** written (0 if iCol==0).
+*/
+static int fts3PutColNumber(char **pp, int iCol){
+  int n = 0;                      /* Number of bytes written */
+  if( iCol ){
+    char *p = *pp;                /* Output pointer */
+    n = 1 + sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&p[1], iCol);
+    *p = 0x01;
+    *pp = &p[n];
+  }
+  return n;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compute the union of two position lists.  The output written
+** into *pp contains all positions of both *pp1 and *pp2 in sorted
+** order and with any duplicates removed.  All pointers are
+** updated appropriately.   The caller is responsible for insuring
+** that there is enough space in *pp to hold the complete output.
+*/
+static void fts3PoslistMerge(
+  char **pp,                      /* Output buffer */
+  char **pp1,                     /* Left input list */
+  char **pp2                      /* Right input list */
+){
+  char *p = *pp;
+  char *p1 = *pp1;
+  char *p2 = *pp2;
+
+  while( *p1 || *p2 ){
+    int iCol1;         /* The current column index in pp1 */
+    int iCol2;         /* The current column index in pp2 */
+
+    if( *p1==POS_COLUMN ) sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(&p1[1], &iCol1);
+    else if( *p1==POS_END ) iCol1 = POSITION_LIST_END;
+    else iCol1 = 0;
+
+    if( *p2==POS_COLUMN ) sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(&p2[1], &iCol2);
+    else if( *p2==POS_END ) iCol2 = POSITION_LIST_END;
+    else iCol2 = 0;
+
+    if( iCol1==iCol2 ){
+      sqlite3_int64 i1 = 0;       /* Last position from pp1 */
+      sqlite3_int64 i2 = 0;       /* Last position from pp2 */
+      sqlite3_int64 iPrev = 0;
+      int n = fts3PutColNumber(&p, iCol1);
+      p1 += n;
+      p2 += n;
+
+      /* At this point, both p1 and p2 point to the start of column-lists
+      ** for the same column (the column with index iCol1 and iCol2).
+      ** A column-list is a list of non-negative delta-encoded varints, each 
+      ** incremented by 2 before being stored. Each list is terminated by a
+      ** POS_END (0) or POS_COLUMN (1). The following block merges the two lists
+      ** and writes the results to buffer p. p is left pointing to the byte
+      ** after the list written. No terminator (POS_END or POS_COLUMN) is
+      ** written to the output.
+      */
+      fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p1, &i1);
+      fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p2, &i2);
+      do {
+        fts3PutDeltaVarint(&p, &iPrev, (i1<i2) ? i1 : i2); 
+        iPrev -= 2;
+        if( i1==i2 ){
+          fts3ReadNextPos(&p1, &i1);
+          fts3ReadNextPos(&p2, &i2);
+        }else if( i1<i2 ){
+          fts3ReadNextPos(&p1, &i1);
+        }else{
+          fts3ReadNextPos(&p2, &i2);
+        }
+      }while( i1!=POSITION_LIST_END || i2!=POSITION_LIST_END );
+    }else if( iCol1<iCol2 ){
+      p1 += fts3PutColNumber(&p, iCol1);
+      fts3ColumnlistCopy(&p, &p1);
+    }else{
+      p2 += fts3PutColNumber(&p, iCol2);
+      fts3ColumnlistCopy(&p, &p2);
+    }
+  }
+
+  *p++ = POS_END;
+  *pp = p;
+  *pp1 = p1 + 1;
+  *pp2 = p2 + 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is used to merge two position lists into one. When it is
+** called, *pp1 and *pp2 must both point to position lists. A position-list is
+** the part of a doclist that follows each document id. For example, if a row
+** contains:
+**
+**     'a b c'|'x y z'|'a b b a'
+**
+** Then the position list for this row for token 'b' would consist of:
+**
+**     0x02 0x01 0x02 0x03 0x03 0x00
+**
+** When this function returns, both *pp1 and *pp2 are left pointing to the
+** byte following the 0x00 terminator of their respective position lists.
+**
+** If isSaveLeft is 0, an entry is added to the output position list for 
+** each position in *pp2 for which there exists one or more positions in
+** *pp1 so that (pos(*pp2)>pos(*pp1) && pos(*pp2)-pos(*pp1)<=nToken). i.e.
+** when the *pp1 token appears before the *pp2 token, but not more than nToken
+** slots before it.
+**
+** e.g. nToken==1 searches for adjacent positions.
+*/
+static int fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(
+  char **pp,                      /* IN/OUT: Preallocated output buffer */
+  int nToken,                     /* Maximum difference in token positions */
+  int isSaveLeft,                 /* Save the left position */
+  int isExact,                    /* If *pp1 is exactly nTokens before *pp2 */
+  char **pp1,                     /* IN/OUT: Left input list */
+  char **pp2                      /* IN/OUT: Right input list */
+){
+  char *p = *pp;
+  char *p1 = *pp1;
+  char *p2 = *pp2;
+  int iCol1 = 0;
+  int iCol2 = 0;
+
+  /* Never set both isSaveLeft and isExact for the same invocation. */
+  assert( isSaveLeft==0 || isExact==0 );
+
+  assert( p!=0 && *p1!=0 && *p2!=0 );
+  if( *p1==POS_COLUMN ){ 
+    p1++;
+    p1 += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(p1, &iCol1);
+  }
+  if( *p2==POS_COLUMN ){ 
+    p2++;
+    p2 += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(p2, &iCol2);
+  }
+
+  while( 1 ){
+    if( iCol1==iCol2 ){
+      char *pSave = p;
+      sqlite3_int64 iPrev = 0;
+      sqlite3_int64 iPos1 = 0;
+      sqlite3_int64 iPos2 = 0;
+
+      if( iCol1 ){
+        *p++ = POS_COLUMN;
+        p += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(p, iCol1);
+      }
+
+      assert( *p1!=POS_END && *p1!=POS_COLUMN );
+      assert( *p2!=POS_END && *p2!=POS_COLUMN );
+      fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p1, &iPos1); iPos1 -= 2;
+      fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p2, &iPos2); iPos2 -= 2;
+
+      while( 1 ){
+        if( iPos2==iPos1+nToken 
+         || (isExact==0 && iPos2>iPos1 && iPos2<=iPos1+nToken) 
+        ){
+          sqlite3_int64 iSave;
+          iSave = isSaveLeft ? iPos1 : iPos2;
+          fts3PutDeltaVarint(&p, &iPrev, iSave+2); iPrev -= 2;
+          pSave = 0;
+          assert( p );
+        }
+        if( (!isSaveLeft && iPos2<=(iPos1+nToken)) || iPos2<=iPos1 ){
+          if( (*p2&0xFE)==0 ) break;
+          fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p2, &iPos2); iPos2 -= 2;
+        }else{
+          if( (*p1&0xFE)==0 ) break;
+          fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p1, &iPos1); iPos1 -= 2;
+        }
+      }
+
+      if( pSave ){
+        assert( pp && p );
+        p = pSave;
+      }
+
+      fts3ColumnlistCopy(0, &p1);
+      fts3ColumnlistCopy(0, &p2);
+      assert( (*p1&0xFE)==0 && (*p2&0xFE)==0 );
+      if( 0==*p1 || 0==*p2 ) break;
+
+      p1++;
+      p1 += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(p1, &iCol1);
+      p2++;
+      p2 += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(p2, &iCol2);
+    }
+
+    /* Advance pointer p1 or p2 (whichever corresponds to the smaller of
+    ** iCol1 and iCol2) so that it points to either the 0x00 that marks the
+    ** end of the position list, or the 0x01 that precedes the next 
+    ** column-number in the position list. 
+    */
+    else if( iCol1<iCol2 ){
+      fts3ColumnlistCopy(0, &p1);
+      if( 0==*p1 ) break;
+      p1++;
+      p1 += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(p1, &iCol1);
+    }else{
+      fts3ColumnlistCopy(0, &p2);
+      if( 0==*p2 ) break;
+      p2++;
+      p2 += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(p2, &iCol2);
+    }
+  }
+
+  fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p2);
+  fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p1);
+  *pp1 = p1;
+  *pp2 = p2;
+  if( *pp==p ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  *p++ = 0x00;
+  *pp = p;
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Merge two position-lists as required by the NEAR operator. The argument
+** position lists correspond to the left and right phrases of an expression 
+** like:
+**
+**     "phrase 1" NEAR "phrase number 2"
+**
+** Position list *pp1 corresponds to the left-hand side of the NEAR 
+** expression and *pp2 to the right. As usual, the indexes in the position 
+** lists are the offsets of the last token in each phrase (tokens "1" and "2" 
+** in the example above).
+**
+** The output position list - written to *pp - is a copy of *pp2 with those
+** entries that are not sufficiently NEAR entries in *pp1 removed.
+*/
+static int fts3PoslistNearMerge(
+  char **pp,                      /* Output buffer */
+  char *aTmp,                     /* Temporary buffer space */
+  int nRight,                     /* Maximum difference in token positions */
+  int nLeft,                      /* Maximum difference in token positions */
+  char **pp1,                     /* IN/OUT: Left input list */
+  char **pp2                      /* IN/OUT: Right input list */
+){
+  char *p1 = *pp1;
+  char *p2 = *pp2;
+
+  char *pTmp1 = aTmp;
+  char *pTmp2;
+  char *aTmp2;
+  int res = 1;
+
+  fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&pTmp1, nRight, 0, 0, pp1, pp2);
+  aTmp2 = pTmp2 = pTmp1;
+  *pp1 = p1;
+  *pp2 = p2;
+  fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&pTmp2, nLeft, 1, 0, pp2, pp1);
+  if( pTmp1!=aTmp && pTmp2!=aTmp2 ){
+    fts3PoslistMerge(pp, &aTmp, &aTmp2);
+  }else if( pTmp1!=aTmp ){
+    fts3PoslistCopy(pp, &aTmp);
+  }else if( pTmp2!=aTmp2 ){
+    fts3PoslistCopy(pp, &aTmp2);
+  }else{
+    res = 0;
+  }
+
+  return res;
+}
+
+/* 
+** An instance of this function is used to merge together the (potentially
+** large number of) doclists for each term that matches a prefix query.
+** See function fts3TermSelectMerge() for details.
+*/
+typedef struct TermSelect TermSelect;
+struct TermSelect {
+  char *aaOutput[16];             /* Malloc'd output buffers */
+  int anOutput[16];               /* Size each output buffer in bytes */
+};
+
+/*
+** This function is used to read a single varint from a buffer. Parameter
+** pEnd points 1 byte past the end of the buffer. When this function is
+** called, if *pp points to pEnd or greater, then the end of the buffer
+** has been reached. In this case *pp is set to 0 and the function returns.
+**
+** If *pp does not point to or past pEnd, then a single varint is read
+** from *pp. *pp is then set to point 1 byte past the end of the read varint.
+**
+** If bDescIdx is false, the value read is added to *pVal before returning.
+** If it is true, the value read is subtracted from *pVal before this 
+** function returns.
+*/
+static void fts3GetDeltaVarint3(
+  char **pp,                      /* IN/OUT: Point to read varint from */
+  char *pEnd,                     /* End of buffer */
+  int bDescIdx,                   /* True if docids are descending */
+  sqlite3_int64 *pVal             /* IN/OUT: Integer value */
+){
+  if( *pp>=pEnd ){
+    *pp = 0;
+  }else{
+    sqlite3_int64 iVal;
+    *pp += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(*pp, &iVal);
+    if( bDescIdx ){
+      *pVal -= iVal;
+    }else{
+      *pVal += iVal;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is used to write a single varint to a buffer. The varint
+** is written to *pp. Before returning, *pp is set to point 1 byte past the
+** end of the value written.
+**
+** If *pbFirst is zero when this function is called, the value written to
+** the buffer is that of parameter iVal. 
+**
+** If *pbFirst is non-zero when this function is called, then the value 
+** written is either (iVal-*piPrev) (if bDescIdx is zero) or (*piPrev-iVal)
+** (if bDescIdx is non-zero).
+**
+** Before returning, this function always sets *pbFirst to 1 and *piPrev
+** to the value of parameter iVal.
+*/
+static void fts3PutDeltaVarint3(
+  char **pp,                      /* IN/OUT: Output pointer */
+  int bDescIdx,                   /* True for descending docids */
+  sqlite3_int64 *piPrev,          /* IN/OUT: Previous value written to list */
+  int *pbFirst,                   /* IN/OUT: True after first int written */
+  sqlite3_int64 iVal              /* Write this value to the list */
+){
+  sqlite3_int64 iWrite;
+  if( bDescIdx==0 || *pbFirst==0 ){
+    iWrite = iVal - *piPrev;
+  }else{
+    iWrite = *piPrev - iVal;
+  }
+  assert( *pbFirst || *piPrev==0 );
+  assert( *pbFirst==0 || iWrite>0 );
+  *pp += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(*pp, iWrite);
+  *piPrev = iVal;
+  *pbFirst = 1;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This macro is used by various functions that merge doclists. The two
+** arguments are 64-bit docid values. If the value of the stack variable
+** bDescDoclist is 0 when this macro is invoked, then it returns (i1-i2). 
+** Otherwise, (i2-i1).
+**
+** Using this makes it easier to write code that can merge doclists that are
+** sorted in either ascending or descending order.
+*/
+#define DOCID_CMP(i1, i2) ((bDescDoclist?-1:1) * (i1-i2))
+
+/*
+** This function does an "OR" merge of two doclists (output contains all
+** positions contained in either argument doclist). If the docids in the 
+** input doclists are sorted in ascending order, parameter bDescDoclist
+** should be false. If they are sorted in ascending order, it should be
+** passed a non-zero value.
+**
+** If no error occurs, *paOut is set to point at an sqlite3_malloc'd buffer
+** containing the output doclist and SQLITE_OK is returned. In this case
+** *pnOut is set to the number of bytes in the output doclist.
+**
+** If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned. The output values
+** are undefined in this case.
+*/
+static int fts3DoclistOrMerge(
+  int bDescDoclist,               /* True if arguments are desc */
+  char *a1, int n1,               /* First doclist */
+  char *a2, int n2,               /* Second doclist */
+  char **paOut, int *pnOut        /* OUT: Malloc'd doclist */
+){
+  sqlite3_int64 i1 = 0;
+  sqlite3_int64 i2 = 0;
+  sqlite3_int64 iPrev = 0;
+  char *pEnd1 = &a1[n1];
+  char *pEnd2 = &a2[n2];
+  char *p1 = a1;
+  char *p2 = a2;
+  char *p;
+  char *aOut;
+  int bFirstOut = 0;
+
+  *paOut = 0;
+  *pnOut = 0;
+
+  /* Allocate space for the output. Both the input and output doclists
+  ** are delta encoded. If they are in ascending order (bDescDoclist==0),
+  ** then the first docid in each list is simply encoded as a varint. For
+  ** each subsequent docid, the varint stored is the difference between the
+  ** current and previous docid (a positive number - since the list is in
+  ** ascending order).
+  **
+  ** The first docid written to the output is therefore encoded using the 
+  ** same number of bytes as it is in whichever of the input lists it is
+  ** read from. And each subsequent docid read from the same input list 
+  ** consumes either the same or less bytes as it did in the input (since
+  ** the difference between it and the previous value in the output must
+  ** be a positive value less than or equal to the delta value read from 
+  ** the input list). The same argument applies to all but the first docid
+  ** read from the 'other' list. And to the contents of all position lists
+  ** that will be copied and merged from the input to the output.
+  **
+  ** However, if the first docid copied to the output is a negative number,
+  ** then the encoding of the first docid from the 'other' input list may
+  ** be larger in the output than it was in the input (since the delta value
+  ** may be a larger positive integer than the actual docid).
+  **
+  ** The space required to store the output is therefore the sum of the
+  ** sizes of the two inputs, plus enough space for exactly one of the input
+  ** docids to grow. 
+  **
+  ** A symetric argument may be made if the doclists are in descending 
+  ** order.
+  */
+  aOut = sqlite3_malloc(n1+n2+FTS3_VARINT_MAX-1);
+  if( !aOut ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+
+  p = aOut;
+  fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, 0, &i1);
+  fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, 0, &i2);
+  while( p1 || p2 ){
+    sqlite3_int64 iDiff = DOCID_CMP(i1, i2);
+
+    if( p2 && p1 && iDiff==0 ){
+      fts3PutDeltaVarint3(&p, bDescDoclist, &iPrev, &bFirstOut, i1);
+      fts3PoslistMerge(&p, &p1, &p2);
+      fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, bDescDoclist, &i1);
+      fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, bDescDoclist, &i2);
+    }else if( !p2 || (p1 && iDiff<0) ){
+      fts3PutDeltaVarint3(&p, bDescDoclist, &iPrev, &bFirstOut, i1);
+      fts3PoslistCopy(&p, &p1);
+      fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, bDescDoclist, &i1);
+    }else{
+      fts3PutDeltaVarint3(&p, bDescDoclist, &iPrev, &bFirstOut, i2);
+      fts3PoslistCopy(&p, &p2);
+      fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, bDescDoclist, &i2);
+    }
+  }
+
+  *paOut = aOut;
+  *pnOut = (int)(p-aOut);
+  assert( *pnOut<=n1+n2+FTS3_VARINT_MAX-1 );
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function does a "phrase" merge of two doclists. In a phrase merge,
+** the output contains a copy of each position from the right-hand input
+** doclist for which there is a position in the left-hand input doclist
+** exactly nDist tokens before it.
+**
+** If the docids in the input doclists are sorted in ascending order,
+** parameter bDescDoclist should be false. If they are sorted in ascending 
+** order, it should be passed a non-zero value.
+**
+** The right-hand input doclist is overwritten by this function.
+*/
+static void fts3DoclistPhraseMerge(
+  int bDescDoclist,               /* True if arguments are desc */
+  int nDist,                      /* Distance from left to right (1=adjacent) */
+  char *aLeft, int nLeft,         /* Left doclist */
+  char *aRight, int *pnRight      /* IN/OUT: Right/output doclist */
+){
+  sqlite3_int64 i1 = 0;
+  sqlite3_int64 i2 = 0;
+  sqlite3_int64 iPrev = 0;
+  char *pEnd1 = &aLeft[nLeft];
+  char *pEnd2 = &aRight[*pnRight];
+  char *p1 = aLeft;
+  char *p2 = aRight;
+  char *p;
+  int bFirstOut = 0;
+  char *aOut = aRight;
+
+  assert( nDist>0 );
+
+  p = aOut;
+  fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, 0, &i1);
+  fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, 0, &i2);
+
+  while( p1 && p2 ){
+    sqlite3_int64 iDiff = DOCID_CMP(i1, i2);
+    if( iDiff==0 ){
+      char *pSave = p;
+      sqlite3_int64 iPrevSave = iPrev;
+      int bFirstOutSave = bFirstOut;
+
+      fts3PutDeltaVarint3(&p, bDescDoclist, &iPrev, &bFirstOut, i1);
+      if( 0==fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&p, nDist, 0, 1, &p1, &p2) ){
+        p = pSave;
+        iPrev = iPrevSave;
+        bFirstOut = bFirstOutSave;
+      }
+      fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, bDescDoclist, &i1);
+      fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, bDescDoclist, &i2);
+    }else if( iDiff<0 ){
+      fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p1);
+      fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, bDescDoclist, &i1);
+    }else{
+      fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p2);
+      fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, bDescDoclist, &i2);
+    }
+  }
+
+  *pnRight = (int)(p - aOut);
+}
+
+/*
+** Argument pList points to a position list nList bytes in size. This
+** function checks to see if the position list contains any entries for
+** a token in position 0 (of any column). If so, it writes argument iDelta
+** to the output buffer pOut, followed by a position list consisting only
+** of the entries from pList at position 0, and terminated by an 0x00 byte.
+** The value returned is the number of bytes written to pOut (if any).
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3FirstFilter(
+  sqlite3_int64 iDelta,           /* Varint that may be written to pOut */
+  char *pList,                    /* Position list (no 0x00 term) */
+  int nList,                      /* Size of pList in bytes */
+  char *pOut                      /* Write output here */
+){
+  int nOut = 0;
+  int bWritten = 0;               /* True once iDelta has been written */
+  char *p = pList;
+  char *pEnd = &pList[nList];
+
+  if( *p!=0x01 ){
+    if( *p==0x02 ){
+      nOut += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pOut[nOut], iDelta);
+      pOut[nOut++] = 0x02;
+      bWritten = 1;
+    }
+    fts3ColumnlistCopy(0, &p);
+  }
+
+  while( p<pEnd && *p==0x01 ){
+    sqlite3_int64 iCol;
+    p++;
+    p += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p, &iCol);
+    if( *p==0x02 ){
+      if( bWritten==0 ){
+        nOut += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pOut[nOut], iDelta);
+        bWritten = 1;
+      }
+      pOut[nOut++] = 0x01;
+      nOut += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pOut[nOut], iCol);
+      pOut[nOut++] = 0x02;
+    }
+    fts3ColumnlistCopy(0, &p);
+  }
+  if( bWritten ){
+    pOut[nOut++] = 0x00;
+  }
+
+  return nOut;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Merge all doclists in the TermSelect.aaOutput[] array into a single
+** doclist stored in TermSelect.aaOutput[0]. If successful, delete all
+** other doclists (except the aaOutput[0] one) and return SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** If an OOM error occurs, return SQLITE_NOMEM. In this case it is
+** the responsibility of the caller to free any doclists left in the
+** TermSelect.aaOutput[] array.
+*/
+static int fts3TermSelectFinishMerge(Fts3Table *p, TermSelect *pTS){
+  char *aOut = 0;
+  int nOut = 0;
+  int i;
+
+  /* Loop through the doclists in the aaOutput[] array. Merge them all
+  ** into a single doclist.
+  */
+  for(i=0; i<SizeofArray(pTS->aaOutput); i++){
+    if( pTS->aaOutput[i] ){
+      if( !aOut ){
+        aOut = pTS->aaOutput[i];
+        nOut = pTS->anOutput[i];
+        pTS->aaOutput[i] = 0;
+      }else{
+        int nNew;
+        char *aNew;
+
+        int rc = fts3DoclistOrMerge(p->bDescIdx, 
+            pTS->aaOutput[i], pTS->anOutput[i], aOut, nOut, &aNew, &nNew
+        );
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          sqlite3_free(aOut);
+          return rc;
+        }
+
+        sqlite3_free(pTS->aaOutput[i]);
+        sqlite3_free(aOut);
+        pTS->aaOutput[i] = 0;
+        aOut = aNew;
+        nOut = nNew;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  pTS->aaOutput[0] = aOut;
+  pTS->anOutput[0] = nOut;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Merge the doclist aDoclist/nDoclist into the TermSelect object passed
+** as the first argument. The merge is an "OR" merge (see function
+** fts3DoclistOrMerge() for details).
+**
+** This function is called with the doclist for each term that matches
+** a queried prefix. It merges all these doclists into one, the doclist
+** for the specified prefix. Since there can be a very large number of
+** doclists to merge, the merging is done pair-wise using the TermSelect
+** object.
+**
+** This function returns SQLITE_OK if the merge is successful, or an
+** SQLite error code (SQLITE_NOMEM) if an error occurs.
+*/
+static int fts3TermSelectMerge(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* FTS table handle */
+  TermSelect *pTS,                /* TermSelect object to merge into */
+  char *aDoclist,                 /* Pointer to doclist */
+  int nDoclist                    /* Size of aDoclist in bytes */
+){
+  if( pTS->aaOutput[0]==0 ){
+    /* If this is the first term selected, copy the doclist to the output
+    ** buffer using memcpy(). */
+    pTS->aaOutput[0] = sqlite3_malloc(nDoclist);
+    pTS->anOutput[0] = nDoclist;
+    if( pTS->aaOutput[0] ){
+      memcpy(pTS->aaOutput[0], aDoclist, nDoclist);
+    }else{
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+  }else{
+    char *aMerge = aDoclist;
+    int nMerge = nDoclist;
+    int iOut;
+
+    for(iOut=0; iOut<SizeofArray(pTS->aaOutput); iOut++){
+      if( pTS->aaOutput[iOut]==0 ){
+        assert( iOut>0 );
+        pTS->aaOutput[iOut] = aMerge;
+        pTS->anOutput[iOut] = nMerge;
+        break;
+      }else{
+        char *aNew;
+        int nNew;
+
+        int rc = fts3DoclistOrMerge(p->bDescIdx, aMerge, nMerge, 
+            pTS->aaOutput[iOut], pTS->anOutput[iOut], &aNew, &nNew
+        );
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          if( aMerge!=aDoclist ) sqlite3_free(aMerge);
+          return rc;
+        }
+
+        if( aMerge!=aDoclist ) sqlite3_free(aMerge);
+        sqlite3_free(pTS->aaOutput[iOut]);
+        pTS->aaOutput[iOut] = 0;
+  
+        aMerge = aNew;
+        nMerge = nNew;
+        if( (iOut+1)==SizeofArray(pTS->aaOutput) ){
+          pTS->aaOutput[iOut] = aMerge;
+          pTS->anOutput[iOut] = nMerge;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Append SegReader object pNew to the end of the pCsr->apSegment[] array.
+*/
+static int fts3SegReaderCursorAppend(
+  Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr, 
+  Fts3SegReader *pNew
+){
+  if( (pCsr->nSegment%16)==0 ){
+    Fts3SegReader **apNew;
+    int nByte = (pCsr->nSegment + 16)*sizeof(Fts3SegReader*);
+    apNew = (Fts3SegReader **)sqlite3_realloc(pCsr->apSegment, nByte);
+    if( !apNew ){
+      sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree(pNew);
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    pCsr->apSegment = apNew;
+  }
+  pCsr->apSegment[pCsr->nSegment++] = pNew;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Add seg-reader objects to the Fts3MultiSegReader object passed as the
+** 8th argument.
+**
+** This function returns SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code
+** otherwise.
+*/
+static int fts3SegReaderCursor(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* FTS3 table handle */
+  int iLangid,                    /* Language id */
+  int iIndex,                     /* Index to search (from 0 to p->nIndex-1) */
+  int iLevel,                     /* Level of segments to scan */
+  const char *zTerm,              /* Term to query for */
+  int nTerm,                      /* Size of zTerm in bytes */
+  int isPrefix,                   /* True for a prefix search */
+  int isScan,                     /* True to scan from zTerm to EOF */
+  Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr        /* Cursor object to populate */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Error code */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;        /* Statement to iterate through segments */
+  int rc2;                        /* Result of sqlite3_reset() */
+
+  /* If iLevel is less than 0 and this is not a scan, include a seg-reader 
+  ** for the pending-terms. If this is a scan, then this call must be being
+  ** made by an fts4aux module, not an FTS table. In this case calling
+  ** Fts3SegReaderPending might segfault, as the data structures used by 
+  ** fts4aux are not completely populated. So it's easiest to filter these
+  ** calls out here.  */
+  if( iLevel<0 && p->aIndex ){
+    Fts3SegReader *pSeg = 0;
+    rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderPending(p, iIndex, zTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, &pSeg);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pSeg ){
+      rc = fts3SegReaderCursorAppend(pCsr, pSeg);
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( iLevel!=FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING ){
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = sqlite3Fts3AllSegdirs(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel, &pStmt);
+    }
+
+    while( rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==(rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt)) ){
+      Fts3SegReader *pSeg = 0;
+
+      /* Read the values returned by the SELECT into local variables. */
+      sqlite3_int64 iStartBlock = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 1);
+      sqlite3_int64 iLeavesEndBlock = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 2);
+      sqlite3_int64 iEndBlock = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 3);
+      int nRoot = sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 4);
+      char const *zRoot = sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 4);
+
+      /* If zTerm is not NULL, and this segment is not stored entirely on its
+      ** root node, the range of leaves scanned can be reduced. Do this. */
+      if( iStartBlock && zTerm ){
+        sqlite3_int64 *pi = (isPrefix ? &iLeavesEndBlock : 0);
+        rc = fts3SelectLeaf(p, zTerm, nTerm, zRoot, nRoot, &iStartBlock, pi);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished;
+        if( isPrefix==0 && isScan==0 ) iLeavesEndBlock = iStartBlock;
+      }
+ 
+      rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew(pCsr->nSegment+1, 
+          (isPrefix==0 && isScan==0),
+          iStartBlock, iLeavesEndBlock, 
+          iEndBlock, zRoot, nRoot, &pSeg
+      );
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished;
+      rc = fts3SegReaderCursorAppend(pCsr, pSeg);
+    }
+  }
+
+ finished:
+  rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = rc2;
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set up a cursor object for iterating through a full-text index or a 
+** single level therein.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* FTS3 table handle */
+  int iLangid,                    /* Language-id to search */
+  int iIndex,                     /* Index to search (from 0 to p->nIndex-1) */
+  int iLevel,                     /* Level of segments to scan */
+  const char *zTerm,              /* Term to query for */
+  int nTerm,                      /* Size of zTerm in bytes */
+  int isPrefix,                   /* True for a prefix search */
+  int isScan,                     /* True to scan from zTerm to EOF */
+  Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr       /* Cursor object to populate */
+){
+  assert( iIndex>=0 && iIndex<p->nIndex );
+  assert( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL
+      ||  iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING 
+      ||  iLevel>=0
+  );
+  assert( iLevel<FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL );
+  assert( FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL<0 && FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING<0 );
+  assert( isPrefix==0 || isScan==0 );
+
+  memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(Fts3MultiSegReader));
+  return fts3SegReaderCursor(
+      p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel, zTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, isScan, pCsr
+  );
+}
+
+/*
+** In addition to its current configuration, have the Fts3MultiSegReader
+** passed as the 4th argument also scan the doclist for term zTerm/nTerm.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs, otherwise an SQLite error code.
+*/
+static int fts3SegReaderCursorAddZero(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* FTS virtual table handle */
+  int iLangid,
+  const char *zTerm,              /* Term to scan doclist of */
+  int nTerm,                      /* Number of bytes in zTerm */
+  Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr        /* Fts3MultiSegReader to modify */
+){
+  return fts3SegReaderCursor(p, 
+      iLangid, 0, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, zTerm, nTerm, 0, 0,pCsr
+  );
+}
+
+/*
+** Open an Fts3MultiSegReader to scan the doclist for term zTerm/nTerm. Or,
+** if isPrefix is true, to scan the doclist for all terms for which 
+** zTerm/nTerm is a prefix. If successful, return SQLITE_OK and write
+** a pointer to the new Fts3MultiSegReader to *ppSegcsr. Otherwise, return
+** an SQLite error code.
+**
+** It is the responsibility of the caller to free this object by eventually
+** passing it to fts3SegReaderCursorFree() 
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs, otherwise an SQLite error code.
+** Output parameter *ppSegcsr is set to 0 if an error occurs.
+*/
+static int fts3TermSegReaderCursor(
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* Virtual table cursor handle */
+  const char *zTerm,              /* Term to query for */
+  int nTerm,                      /* Size of zTerm in bytes */
+  int isPrefix,                   /* True for a prefix search */
+  Fts3MultiSegReader **ppSegcsr   /* OUT: Allocated seg-reader cursor */
+){
+  Fts3MultiSegReader *pSegcsr;    /* Object to allocate and return */
+  int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;          /* Return code */
+
+  pSegcsr = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3MultiSegReader));
+  if( pSegcsr ){
+    int i;
+    int bFound = 0;               /* True once an index has been found */
+    Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+
+    if( isPrefix ){
+      for(i=1; bFound==0 && i<p->nIndex; i++){
+        if( p->aIndex[i].nPrefix==nTerm ){
+          bFound = 1;
+          rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(p, pCsr->iLangid, 
+              i, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, zTerm, nTerm, 0, 0, pSegcsr
+          );
+          pSegcsr->bLookup = 1;
+        }
+      }
+
+      for(i=1; bFound==0 && i<p->nIndex; i++){
+        if( p->aIndex[i].nPrefix==nTerm+1 ){
+          bFound = 1;
+          rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(p, pCsr->iLangid, 
+              i, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, zTerm, nTerm, 1, 0, pSegcsr
+          );
+          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+            rc = fts3SegReaderCursorAddZero(
+                p, pCsr->iLangid, zTerm, nTerm, pSegcsr
+            );
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    if( bFound==0 ){
+      rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(p, pCsr->iLangid, 
+          0, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, zTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, 0, pSegcsr
+      );
+      pSegcsr->bLookup = !isPrefix;
+    }
+  }
+
+  *ppSegcsr = pSegcsr;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Free an Fts3MultiSegReader allocated by fts3TermSegReaderCursor().
+*/
+static void fts3SegReaderCursorFree(Fts3MultiSegReader *pSegcsr){
+  sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(pSegcsr);
+  sqlite3_free(pSegcsr);
+}
+
+/*
+** This function retreives the doclist for the specified term (or term
+** prefix) from the database.
+*/
+static int fts3TermSelect(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Virtual table handle */
+  Fts3PhraseToken *pTok,          /* Token to query for */
+  int iColumn,                    /* Column to query (or -ve for all columns) */
+  int *pnOut,                     /* OUT: Size of buffer at *ppOut */
+  char **ppOut                    /* OUT: Malloced result buffer */
+){
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+  Fts3MultiSegReader *pSegcsr;    /* Seg-reader cursor for this term */
+  TermSelect tsc;                 /* Object for pair-wise doclist merging */
+  Fts3SegFilter filter;           /* Segment term filter configuration */
+
+  pSegcsr = pTok->pSegcsr;
+  memset(&tsc, 0, sizeof(TermSelect));
+
+  filter.flags = FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY | FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS
+        | (pTok->isPrefix ? FTS3_SEGMENT_PREFIX : 0)
+        | (pTok->bFirst ? FTS3_SEGMENT_FIRST : 0)
+        | (iColumn<p->nColumn ? FTS3_SEGMENT_COLUMN_FILTER : 0);
+  filter.iCol = iColumn;
+  filter.zTerm = pTok->z;
+  filter.nTerm = pTok->n;
+
+  rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(p, pSegcsr, &filter);
+  while( SQLITE_OK==rc
+      && SQLITE_ROW==(rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(p, pSegcsr)) 
+  ){
+    rc = fts3TermSelectMerge(p, &tsc, pSegcsr->aDoclist, pSegcsr->nDoclist);
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = fts3TermSelectFinishMerge(p, &tsc);
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    *ppOut = tsc.aaOutput[0];
+    *pnOut = tsc.anOutput[0];
+  }else{
+    int i;
+    for(i=0; i<SizeofArray(tsc.aaOutput); i++){
+      sqlite3_free(tsc.aaOutput[i]);
+    }
+  }
+
+  fts3SegReaderCursorFree(pSegcsr);
+  pTok->pSegcsr = 0;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function counts the total number of docids in the doclist stored
+** in buffer aList[], size nList bytes.
+**
+** If the isPoslist argument is true, then it is assumed that the doclist
+** contains a position-list following each docid. Otherwise, it is assumed
+** that the doclist is simply a list of docids stored as delta encoded 
+** varints.
+*/
+static int fts3DoclistCountDocids(char *aList, int nList){
+  int nDoc = 0;                   /* Return value */
+  if( aList ){
+    char *aEnd = &aList[nList];   /* Pointer to one byte after EOF */
+    char *p = aList;              /* Cursor */
+    while( p<aEnd ){
+      nDoc++;
+      while( (*p++)&0x80 );     /* Skip docid varint */
+      fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p);   /* Skip over position list */
+    }
+  }
+
+  return nDoc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Advance the cursor to the next row in the %_content table that
+** matches the search criteria.  For a MATCH search, this will be
+** the next row that matches. For a full-table scan, this will be
+** simply the next row in the %_content table.  For a docid lookup,
+** this routine simply sets the EOF flag.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK if nothing goes wrong.  SQLITE_OK is returned
+** even if we reach end-of-file.  The fts3EofMethod() will be called
+** subsequently to determine whether or not an EOF was hit.
+*/
+static int fts3NextMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
+  int rc;
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *)pCursor;
+  if( pCsr->eSearch==FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH || pCsr->eSearch==FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH ){
+    if( SQLITE_ROW!=sqlite3_step(pCsr->pStmt) ){
+      pCsr->isEof = 1;
+      rc = sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt);
+    }else{
+      pCsr->iPrevId = sqlite3_column_int64(pCsr->pStmt, 0);
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+  }else{
+    rc = fts3EvalNext((Fts3Cursor *)pCursor);
+  }
+  assert( ((Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab)->pSegments==0 );
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This is the xFilter interface for the virtual table.  See
+** the virtual table xFilter method documentation for additional
+** information.
+**
+** If idxNum==FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH then do a full table scan against
+** the %_content table.
+**
+** If idxNum==FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH then do a docid lookup for a single entry
+** in the %_content table.
+**
+** If idxNum>=FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH then use the full text index.  The
+** column on the left-hand side of the MATCH operator is column
+** number idxNum-FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH, 0 indexed.  argv[0] is the right-hand
+** side of the MATCH operator.
+*/
+static int fts3FilterMethod(
+  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor,   /* The cursor used for this query */
+  int idxNum,                     /* Strategy index */
+  const char *idxStr,             /* Unused */
+  int nVal,                       /* Number of elements in apVal */
+  sqlite3_value **apVal           /* Arguments for the indexing scheme */
+){
+  int rc;
+  char *zSql;                     /* SQL statement used to access %_content */
+  Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pCursor->pVtab;
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *)pCursor;
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(idxStr);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(nVal);
+
+  assert( idxNum>=0 && idxNum<=(FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH+p->nColumn) );
+  assert( nVal==0 || nVal==1 || nVal==2 );
+  assert( (nVal==0)==(idxNum==FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH) );
+  assert( p->pSegments==0 );
+
+  /* In case the cursor has been used before, clear it now. */
+  sqlite3_finalize(pCsr->pStmt);
+  sqlite3_free(pCsr->aDoclist);
+  sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pCsr->pExpr);
+  memset(&pCursor[1], 0, sizeof(Fts3Cursor)-sizeof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor));
+
+  if( idxStr ){
+    pCsr->bDesc = (idxStr[0]=='D');
+  }else{
+    pCsr->bDesc = p->bDescIdx;
+  }
+  pCsr->eSearch = (i16)idxNum;
+
+  if( idxNum!=FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH && idxNum!=FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH ){
+    int iCol = idxNum-FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH;
+    const char *zQuery = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[0]);
+
+    if( zQuery==0 && sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])!=SQLITE_NULL ){
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+
+    pCsr->iLangid = 0;
+    if( nVal==2 ) pCsr->iLangid = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[1]);
+
+    rc = sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(p->pTokenizer, pCsr->iLangid,
+        p->azColumn, p->bFts4, p->nColumn, iCol, zQuery, -1, &pCsr->pExpr
+    );
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      if( rc==SQLITE_ERROR ){
+        static const char *zErr = "malformed MATCH expression: [%s]";
+        p->base.zErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf(zErr, zQuery);
+      }
+      return rc;
+    }
+
+    rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadLock(p);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+    rc = fts3EvalStart(pCsr);
+
+    sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(p);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+    pCsr->pNextId = pCsr->aDoclist;
+    pCsr->iPrevId = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* Compile a SELECT statement for this cursor. For a full-table-scan, the
+  ** statement loops through all rows of the %_content table. For a
+  ** full-text query or docid lookup, the statement retrieves a single
+  ** row by docid.
+  */
+  if( idxNum==FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH ){
+    zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(
+        "SELECT %s ORDER BY rowid %s",
+        p->zReadExprlist, (pCsr->bDesc ? "DESC" : "ASC")
+    );
+    if( zSql ){
+      rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pCsr->pStmt, 0);
+      sqlite3_free(zSql);
+    }else{
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+  }else if( idxNum==FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH ){
+    rc = fts3CursorSeekStmt(pCsr, &pCsr->pStmt);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = sqlite3_bind_value(pCsr->pStmt, 1, apVal[0]);
+    }
+  }
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  return fts3NextMethod(pCursor);
+}
+
+/* 
+** This is the xEof method of the virtual table. SQLite calls this 
+** routine to find out if it has reached the end of a result set.
+*/
+static int fts3EofMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
+  return ((Fts3Cursor *)pCursor)->isEof;
+}
+
+/* 
+** This is the xRowid method. The SQLite core calls this routine to
+** retrieve the rowid for the current row of the result set. fts3
+** exposes %_content.docid as the rowid for the virtual table. The
+** rowid should be written to *pRowid.
+*/
+static int fts3RowidMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *) pCursor;
+  *pRowid = pCsr->iPrevId;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/* 
+** This is the xColumn method, called by SQLite to request a value from
+** the row that the supplied cursor currently points to.
+**
+** If:
+**
+**   (iCol <  p->nColumn)   -> The value of the iCol'th user column.
+**   (iCol == p->nColumn)   -> Magic column with the same name as the table.
+**   (iCol == p->nColumn+1) -> Docid column
+**   (iCol == p->nColumn+2) -> Langid column
+*/
+static int fts3ColumnMethod(
+  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor,   /* Cursor to retrieve value from */
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx,          /* Context for sqlite3_result_xxx() calls */
+  int iCol                        /* Index of column to read value from */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return Code */
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *) pCursor;
+  Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pCursor->pVtab;
+
+  /* The column value supplied by SQLite must be in range. */
+  assert( iCol>=0 && iCol<=p->nColumn+2 );
+
+  if( iCol==p->nColumn+1 ){
+    /* This call is a request for the "docid" column. Since "docid" is an 
+    ** alias for "rowid", use the xRowid() method to obtain the value.
+    */
+    sqlite3_result_int64(pCtx, pCsr->iPrevId);
+  }else if( iCol==p->nColumn ){
+    /* The extra column whose name is the same as the table.
+    ** Return a blob which is a pointer to the cursor.  */
+    sqlite3_result_blob(pCtx, &pCsr, sizeof(pCsr), SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+  }else if( iCol==p->nColumn+2 && pCsr->pExpr ){
+    sqlite3_result_int64(pCtx, pCsr->iLangid);
+  }else{
+    /* The requested column is either a user column (one that contains 
+    ** indexed data), or the language-id column.  */
+    rc = fts3CursorSeek(0, pCsr);
+
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      if( iCol==p->nColumn+2 ){
+        int iLangid = 0;
+        if( p->zLanguageid ){
+          iLangid = sqlite3_column_int(pCsr->pStmt, p->nColumn+1);
+        }
+        sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, iLangid);
+      }else if( sqlite3_data_count(pCsr->pStmt)>(iCol+1) ){
+        sqlite3_result_value(pCtx, sqlite3_column_value(pCsr->pStmt, iCol+1));
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  assert( ((Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab)->pSegments==0 );
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* 
+** This function is the implementation of the xUpdate callback used by 
+** FTS3 virtual tables. It is invoked by SQLite each time a row is to be
+** inserted, updated or deleted.
+*/
+static int fts3UpdateMethod(
+  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab,            /* Virtual table handle */
+  int nArg,                       /* Size of argument array */
+  sqlite3_value **apVal,          /* Array of arguments */
+  sqlite_int64 *pRowid            /* OUT: The affected (or effected) rowid */
+){
+  return sqlite3Fts3UpdateMethod(pVtab, nArg, apVal, pRowid);
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of xSync() method. Flush the contents of the pending-terms
+** hash-table to the database.
+*/
+static int fts3SyncMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
+
+  /* Following an incremental-merge operation, assuming that the input
+  ** segments are not completely consumed (the usual case), they are updated
+  ** in place to remove the entries that have already been merged. This
+  ** involves updating the leaf block that contains the smallest unmerged
+  ** entry and each block (if any) between the leaf and the root node. So
+  ** if the height of the input segment b-trees is N, and input segments
+  ** are merged eight at a time, updating the input segments at the end
+  ** of an incremental-merge requires writing (8*(1+N)) blocks. N is usually
+  ** small - often between 0 and 2. So the overhead of the incremental
+  ** merge is somewhere between 8 and 24 blocks. To avoid this overhead
+  ** dwarfing the actual productive work accomplished, the incremental merge
+  ** is only attempted if it will write at least 64 leaf blocks. Hence
+  ** nMinMerge.
+  **
+  ** Of course, updating the input segments also involves deleting a bunch
+  ** of blocks from the segments table. But this is not considered overhead
+  ** as it would also be required by a crisis-merge that used the same input 
+  ** segments.
+  */
+  const u32 nMinMerge = 64;       /* Minimum amount of incr-merge work to do */
+
+  Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab;
+  int rc = sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush(p);
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p->bAutoincrmerge==1 && p->nLeafAdd>(nMinMerge/16) ){
+    int mxLevel = 0;              /* Maximum relative level value in db */
+    int A;                        /* Incr-merge parameter A */
+
+    rc = sqlite3Fts3MaxLevel(p, &mxLevel);
+    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || mxLevel==0 );
+    A = p->nLeafAdd * mxLevel;
+    A += (A/2);
+    if( A>(int)nMinMerge ) rc = sqlite3Fts3Incrmerge(p, A, 8);
+  }
+  sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(p);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of xBegin() method. This is a no-op.
+*/
+static int fts3BeginMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
+  Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVtab);
+  assert( p->pSegments==0 );
+  assert( p->nPendingData==0 );
+  assert( p->inTransaction!=1 );
+  TESTONLY( p->inTransaction = 1 );
+  TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = -1; );
+  p->nLeafAdd = 0;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of xCommit() method. This is a no-op. The contents of
+** the pending-terms hash-table have already been flushed into the database
+** by fts3SyncMethod().
+*/
+static int fts3CommitMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
+  TESTONLY( Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab );
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVtab);
+  assert( p->nPendingData==0 );
+  assert( p->inTransaction!=0 );
+  assert( p->pSegments==0 );
+  TESTONLY( p->inTransaction = 0 );
+  TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = -1; );
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of xRollback(). Discard the contents of the pending-terms
+** hash-table. Any changes made to the database are reverted by SQLite.
+*/
+static int fts3RollbackMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
+  Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab;
+  sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(p);
+  assert( p->inTransaction!=0 );
+  TESTONLY( p->inTransaction = 0 );
+  TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = -1; );
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** When called, *ppPoslist must point to the byte immediately following the
+** end of a position-list. i.e. ( (*ppPoslist)[-1]==POS_END ). This function
+** moves *ppPoslist so that it instead points to the first byte of the
+** same position list.
+*/
+static void fts3ReversePoslist(char *pStart, char **ppPoslist){
+  char *p = &(*ppPoslist)[-2];
+  char c = 0;
+
+  while( p>pStart && (c=*p--)==0 );
+  while( p>pStart && (*p & 0x80) | c ){ 
+    c = *p--; 
+  }
+  if( p>pStart ){ p = &p[2]; }
+  while( *p++&0x80 );
+  *ppPoslist = p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Helper function used by the implementation of the overloaded snippet(),
+** offsets() and optimize() SQL functions.
+**
+** If the value passed as the third argument is a blob of size
+** sizeof(Fts3Cursor*), then the blob contents are copied to the 
+** output variable *ppCsr and SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an error
+** message is written to context pContext and SQLITE_ERROR returned. The
+** string passed via zFunc is used as part of the error message.
+*/
+static int fts3FunctionArg(
+  sqlite3_context *pContext,      /* SQL function call context */
+  const char *zFunc,              /* Function name */
+  sqlite3_value *pVal,            /* argv[0] passed to function */
+  Fts3Cursor **ppCsr              /* OUT: Store cursor handle here */
+){
+  Fts3Cursor *pRet;
+  if( sqlite3_value_type(pVal)!=SQLITE_BLOB 
+   || sqlite3_value_bytes(pVal)!=sizeof(Fts3Cursor *)
+  ){
+    char *zErr = sqlite3_mprintf("illegal first argument to %s", zFunc);
+    sqlite3_result_error(pContext, zErr, -1);
+    sqlite3_free(zErr);
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  memcpy(&pRet, sqlite3_value_blob(pVal), sizeof(Fts3Cursor *));
+  *ppCsr = pRet;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the snippet() function for FTS3
+*/
+static void fts3SnippetFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *pContext,      /* SQLite function call context */
+  int nVal,                       /* Size of apVal[] array */
+  sqlite3_value **apVal           /* Array of arguments */
+){
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr;               /* Cursor handle passed through apVal[0] */
+  const char *zStart = "<b>";
+  const char *zEnd = "</b>";
+  const char *zEllipsis = "<b>...</b>";
+  int iCol = -1;
+  int nToken = 15;                /* Default number of tokens in snippet */
+
+  /* There must be at least one argument passed to this function (otherwise
+  ** the non-overloaded version would have been called instead of this one).
+  */
+  assert( nVal>=1 );
+
+  if( nVal>6 ){
+    sqlite3_result_error(pContext, 
+        "wrong number of arguments to function snippet()", -1);
+    return;
+  }
+  if( fts3FunctionArg(pContext, "snippet", apVal[0], &pCsr) ) return;
+
+  switch( nVal ){
+    case 6: nToken = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[5]);
+    case 5: iCol = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[4]);
+    case 4: zEllipsis = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[3]);
+    case 3: zEnd = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[2]);
+    case 2: zStart = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[1]);
+  }
+  if( !zEllipsis || !zEnd || !zStart ){
+    sqlite3_result_error_nomem(pContext);
+  }else if( SQLITE_OK==fts3CursorSeek(pContext, pCsr) ){
+    sqlite3Fts3Snippet(pContext, pCsr, zStart, zEnd, zEllipsis, iCol, nToken);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the offsets() function for FTS3
+*/
+static void fts3OffsetsFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *pContext,      /* SQLite function call context */
+  int nVal,                       /* Size of argument array */
+  sqlite3_value **apVal           /* Array of arguments */
+){
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr;               /* Cursor handle passed through apVal[0] */
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(nVal);
+
+  assert( nVal==1 );
+  if( fts3FunctionArg(pContext, "offsets", apVal[0], &pCsr) ) return;
+  assert( pCsr );
+  if( SQLITE_OK==fts3CursorSeek(pContext, pCsr) ){
+    sqlite3Fts3Offsets(pContext, pCsr);
+  }
+}
+
+/* 
+** Implementation of the special optimize() function for FTS3. This 
+** function merges all segments in the database to a single segment.
+** Example usage is:
+**
+**   SELECT optimize(t) FROM t LIMIT 1;
+**
+** where 't' is the name of an FTS3 table.
+*/
+static void fts3OptimizeFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *pContext,      /* SQLite function call context */
+  int nVal,                       /* Size of argument array */
+  sqlite3_value **apVal           /* Array of arguments */
+){
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+  Fts3Table *p;                   /* Virtual table handle */
+  Fts3Cursor *pCursor;            /* Cursor handle passed through apVal[0] */
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(nVal);
+
+  assert( nVal==1 );
+  if( fts3FunctionArg(pContext, "optimize", apVal[0], &pCursor) ) return;
+  p = (Fts3Table *)pCursor->base.pVtab;
+  assert( p );
+
+  rc = sqlite3Fts3Optimize(p);
+
+  switch( rc ){
+    case SQLITE_OK:
+      sqlite3_result_text(pContext, "Index optimized", -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+      break;
+    case SQLITE_DONE:
+      sqlite3_result_text(pContext, "Index already optimal", -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+      break;
+    default:
+      sqlite3_result_error_code(pContext, rc);
+      break;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the matchinfo() function for FTS3
+*/
+static void fts3MatchinfoFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *pContext,      /* SQLite function call context */
+  int nVal,                       /* Size of argument array */
+  sqlite3_value **apVal           /* Array of arguments */
+){
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr;               /* Cursor handle passed through apVal[0] */
+  assert( nVal==1 || nVal==2 );
+  if( SQLITE_OK==fts3FunctionArg(pContext, "matchinfo", apVal[0], &pCsr) ){
+    const char *zArg = 0;
+    if( nVal>1 ){
+      zArg = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[1]);
+    }
+    sqlite3Fts3Matchinfo(pContext, pCsr, zArg);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine implements the xFindFunction method for the FTS3
+** virtual table.
+*/
+static int fts3FindFunctionMethod(
+  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab,            /* Virtual table handle */
+  int nArg,                       /* Number of SQL function arguments */
+  const char *zName,              /* Name of SQL function */
+  void (**pxFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), /* OUT: Result */
+  void **ppArg                    /* Unused */
+){
+  struct Overloaded {
+    const char *zName;
+    void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**);
+  } aOverload[] = {
+    { "snippet", fts3SnippetFunc },
+    { "offsets", fts3OffsetsFunc },
+    { "optimize", fts3OptimizeFunc },
+    { "matchinfo", fts3MatchinfoFunc },
+  };
+  int i;                          /* Iterator variable */
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVtab);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(nArg);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(ppArg);
+
+  for(i=0; i<SizeofArray(aOverload); i++){
+    if( strcmp(zName, aOverload[i].zName)==0 ){
+      *pxFunc = aOverload[i].xFunc;
+      return 1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* No function of the specified name was found. Return 0. */
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of FTS3 xRename method. Rename an fts3 table.
+*/
+static int fts3RenameMethod(
+  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab,            /* Virtual table handle */
+  const char *zName               /* New name of table */
+){
+  Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pVtab;
+  sqlite3 *db = p->db;            /* Database connection */
+  int rc;                         /* Return Code */
+
+  /* As it happens, the pending terms table is always empty here. This is
+  ** because an "ALTER TABLE RENAME TABLE" statement inside a transaction 
+  ** always opens a savepoint transaction. And the xSavepoint() method 
+  ** flushes the pending terms table. But leave the (no-op) call to
+  ** PendingTermsFlush() in in case that changes.
+  */
+  assert( p->nPendingData==0 );
+  rc = sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush(p);
+
+  if( p->zContentTbl==0 ){
+    fts3DbExec(&rc, db,
+      "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_content'  RENAME TO '%q_content';",
+      p->zDb, p->zName, zName
+    );
+  }
+
+  if( p->bHasDocsize ){
+    fts3DbExec(&rc, db,
+      "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_docsize'  RENAME TO '%q_docsize';",
+      p->zDb, p->zName, zName
+    );
+  }
+  if( p->bHasStat ){
+    fts3DbExec(&rc, db,
+      "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_stat'  RENAME TO '%q_stat';",
+      p->zDb, p->zName, zName
+    );
+  }
+  fts3DbExec(&rc, db,
+    "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_segments' RENAME TO '%q_segments';",
+    p->zDb, p->zName, zName
+  );
+  fts3DbExec(&rc, db,
+    "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_segdir'   RENAME TO '%q_segdir';",
+    p->zDb, p->zName, zName
+  );
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The xSavepoint() method.
+**
+** Flush the contents of the pending-terms table to disk.
+*/
+static int fts3SavepointMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int iSavepoint){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(iSavepoint);
+  assert( ((Fts3Table *)pVtab)->inTransaction );
+  assert( ((Fts3Table *)pVtab)->mxSavepoint < iSavepoint );
+  TESTONLY( ((Fts3Table *)pVtab)->mxSavepoint = iSavepoint );
+  if( ((Fts3Table *)pVtab)->bIgnoreSavepoint==0 ){
+    rc = fts3SyncMethod(pVtab);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The xRelease() method.
+**
+** This is a no-op.
+*/
+static int fts3ReleaseMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int iSavepoint){
+  TESTONLY( Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab );
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(iSavepoint);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVtab);
+  assert( p->inTransaction );
+  assert( p->mxSavepoint >= iSavepoint );
+  TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = iSavepoint-1 );
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** The xRollbackTo() method.
+**
+** Discard the contents of the pending terms table.
+*/
+static int fts3RollbackToMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int iSavepoint){
+  Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(iSavepoint);
+  assert( p->inTransaction );
+  assert( p->mxSavepoint >= iSavepoint );
+  TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = iSavepoint );
+  sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(p);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+static const sqlite3_module fts3Module = {
+  /* iVersion      */ 2,
+  /* xCreate       */ fts3CreateMethod,
+  /* xConnect      */ fts3ConnectMethod,
+  /* xBestIndex    */ fts3BestIndexMethod,
+  /* xDisconnect   */ fts3DisconnectMethod,
+  /* xDestroy      */ fts3DestroyMethod,
+  /* xOpen         */ fts3OpenMethod,
+  /* xClose        */ fts3CloseMethod,
+  /* xFilter       */ fts3FilterMethod,
+  /* xNext         */ fts3NextMethod,
+  /* xEof          */ fts3EofMethod,
+  /* xColumn       */ fts3ColumnMethod,
+  /* xRowid        */ fts3RowidMethod,
+  /* xUpdate       */ fts3UpdateMethod,
+  /* xBegin        */ fts3BeginMethod,
+  /* xSync         */ fts3SyncMethod,
+  /* xCommit       */ fts3CommitMethod,
+  /* xRollback     */ fts3RollbackMethod,
+  /* xFindFunction */ fts3FindFunctionMethod,
+  /* xRename */       fts3RenameMethod,
+  /* xSavepoint    */ fts3SavepointMethod,
+  /* xRelease      */ fts3ReleaseMethod,
+  /* xRollbackTo   */ fts3RollbackToMethod,
+};
+
+/*
+** This function is registered as the module destructor (called when an
+** FTS3 enabled database connection is closed). It frees the memory
+** allocated for the tokenizer hash table.
+*/
+static void hashDestroy(void *p){
+  Fts3Hash *pHash = (Fts3Hash *)p;
+  sqlite3Fts3HashClear(pHash);
+  sqlite3_free(pHash);
+}
+
+/*
+** The fts3 built-in tokenizers - "simple", "porter" and "icu"- are 
+** implemented in files fts3_tokenizer1.c, fts3_porter.c and fts3_icu.c
+** respectively. The following three forward declarations are for functions
+** declared in these files used to retrieve the respective implementations.
+**
+** Calling sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule() sets the value pointed
+** to by the argument to point to the "simple" tokenizer implementation.
+** And so on.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3PorterTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule);
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4_UNICODE61
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3UnicodeTokenizer(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule);
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule);
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Initialise the fts3 extension. If this extension is built as part
+** of the sqlite library, then this function is called directly by
+** SQLite. If fts3 is built as a dynamically loadable extension, this
+** function is called by the sqlite3_extension_init() entry point.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Init(sqlite3 *db){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  Fts3Hash *pHash = 0;
+  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pSimple = 0;
+  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pPorter = 0;
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4_UNICODE61
+  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pUnicode = 0;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
+  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pIcu = 0;
+  sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule(&pIcu);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4_UNICODE61
+  sqlite3Fts3UnicodeTokenizer(&pUnicode);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  rc = sqlite3Fts3InitTerm(db);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+#endif
+
+  rc = sqlite3Fts3InitAux(db);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(&pSimple);
+  sqlite3Fts3PorterTokenizerModule(&pPorter);
+
+  /* Allocate and initialise the hash-table used to store tokenizers. */
+  pHash = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3Hash));
+  if( !pHash ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }else{
+    sqlite3Fts3HashInit(pHash, FTS3_HASH_STRING, 1);
+  }
+
+  /* Load the built-in tokenizers into the hash table */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "simple", 7, (void *)pSimple)
+     || sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "porter", 7, (void *)pPorter) 
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4_UNICODE61
+     || sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "unicode61", 10, (void *)pUnicode) 
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
+     || (pIcu && sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "icu", 4, (void *)pIcu))
+#endif
+    ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+  }
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3Fts3ExprInitTestInterface(db);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Create the virtual table wrapper around the hash-table and overload 
+  ** the two scalar functions. If this is successful, register the
+  ** module with sqlite.
+  */
+  if( SQLITE_OK==rc 
+   && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable(db, pHash, "fts3_tokenizer"))
+   && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "snippet", -1))
+   && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "offsets", 1))
+   && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "matchinfo", 1))
+   && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "matchinfo", 2))
+   && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "optimize", 1))
+  ){
+    rc = sqlite3_create_module_v2(
+        db, "fts3", &fts3Module, (void *)pHash, hashDestroy
+    );
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = sqlite3_create_module_v2(
+          db, "fts4", &fts3Module, (void *)pHash, 0
+      );
+    }
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  /* An error has occurred. Delete the hash table and return the error code. */
+  assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+  if( pHash ){
+    sqlite3Fts3HashClear(pHash);
+    sqlite3_free(pHash);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate an Fts3MultiSegReader for each token in the expression headed
+** by pExpr. 
+**
+** An Fts3SegReader object is a cursor that can seek or scan a range of
+** entries within a single segment b-tree. An Fts3MultiSegReader uses multiple
+** Fts3SegReader objects internally to provide an interface to seek or scan
+** within the union of all segments of a b-tree. Hence the name.
+**
+** If the allocated Fts3MultiSegReader just seeks to a single entry in a
+** segment b-tree (if the term is not a prefix or it is a prefix for which
+** there exists prefix b-tree of the right length) then it may be traversed
+** and merged incrementally. Otherwise, it has to be merged into an in-memory 
+** doclist and then traversed.
+*/
+static void fts3EvalAllocateReaders(
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* FTS cursor handle */
+  Fts3Expr *pExpr,                /* Allocate readers for this expression */
+  int *pnToken,                   /* OUT: Total number of tokens in phrase. */
+  int *pnOr,                      /* OUT: Total number of OR nodes in expr. */
+  int *pRc                        /* IN/OUT: Error code */
+){
+  if( pExpr && SQLITE_OK==*pRc ){
+    if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ){
+      int i;
+      int nToken = pExpr->pPhrase->nToken;
+      *pnToken += nToken;
+      for(i=0; i<nToken; i++){
+        Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &pExpr->pPhrase->aToken[i];
+        int rc = fts3TermSegReaderCursor(pCsr, 
+            pToken->z, pToken->n, pToken->isPrefix, &pToken->pSegcsr
+        );
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          *pRc = rc;
+          return;
+        }
+      }
+      assert( pExpr->pPhrase->iDoclistToken==0 );
+      pExpr->pPhrase->iDoclistToken = -1;
+    }else{
+      *pnOr += (pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_OR);
+      fts3EvalAllocateReaders(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pnToken, pnOr, pRc);
+      fts3EvalAllocateReaders(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pnToken, pnOr, pRc);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Arguments pList/nList contain the doclist for token iToken of phrase p.
+** It is merged into the main doclist stored in p->doclist.aAll/nAll.
+**
+** This function assumes that pList points to a buffer allocated using
+** sqlite3_malloc(). This function takes responsibility for eventually
+** freeing the buffer.
+*/
+static void fts3EvalPhraseMergeToken(
+  Fts3Table *pTab,                /* FTS Table pointer */
+  Fts3Phrase *p,                  /* Phrase to merge pList/nList into */
+  int iToken,                     /* Token pList/nList corresponds to */
+  char *pList,                    /* Pointer to doclist */
+  int nList                       /* Number of bytes in pList */
+){
+  assert( iToken!=p->iDoclistToken );
+
+  if( pList==0 ){
+    sqlite3_free(p->doclist.aAll);
+    p->doclist.aAll = 0;
+    p->doclist.nAll = 0;
+  }
+
+  else if( p->iDoclistToken<0 ){
+    p->doclist.aAll = pList;
+    p->doclist.nAll = nList;
+  }
+
+  else if( p->doclist.aAll==0 ){
+    sqlite3_free(pList);
+  }
+
+  else {
+    char *pLeft;
+    char *pRight;
+    int nLeft;
+    int nRight;
+    int nDiff;
+
+    if( p->iDoclistToken<iToken ){
+      pLeft = p->doclist.aAll;
+      nLeft = p->doclist.nAll;
+      pRight = pList;
+      nRight = nList;
+      nDiff = iToken - p->iDoclistToken;
+    }else{
+      pRight = p->doclist.aAll;
+      nRight = p->doclist.nAll;
+      pLeft = pList;
+      nLeft = nList;
+      nDiff = p->iDoclistToken - iToken;
+    }
+
+    fts3DoclistPhraseMerge(pTab->bDescIdx, nDiff, pLeft, nLeft, pRight,&nRight);
+    sqlite3_free(pLeft);
+    p->doclist.aAll = pRight;
+    p->doclist.nAll = nRight;
+  }
+
+  if( iToken>p->iDoclistToken ) p->iDoclistToken = iToken;
+}
+
+/*
+** Load the doclist for phrase p into p->doclist.aAll/nAll. The loaded doclist
+** does not take deferred tokens into account.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs, otherwise an SQLite error code.
+*/
+static int fts3EvalPhraseLoad(
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* FTS Cursor handle */
+  Fts3Phrase *p                   /* Phrase object */
+){
+  Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+  int iToken;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  for(iToken=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iToken<p->nToken; iToken++){
+    Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &p->aToken[iToken];
+    assert( pToken->pDeferred==0 || pToken->pSegcsr==0 );
+
+    if( pToken->pSegcsr ){
+      int nThis = 0;
+      char *pThis = 0;
+      rc = fts3TermSelect(pTab, pToken, p->iColumn, &nThis, &pThis);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        fts3EvalPhraseMergeToken(pTab, p, iToken, pThis, nThis);
+      }
+    }
+    assert( pToken->pSegcsr==0 );
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called on each phrase after the position lists for
+** any deferred tokens have been loaded into memory. It updates the phrases
+** current position list to include only those positions that are really
+** instances of the phrase (after considering deferred tokens). If this
+** means that the phrase does not appear in the current row, doclist.pList
+** and doclist.nList are both zeroed.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs, otherwise an SQLite error code.
+*/
+static int fts3EvalDeferredPhrase(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, Fts3Phrase *pPhrase){
+  int iToken;                     /* Used to iterate through phrase tokens */
+  char *aPoslist = 0;             /* Position list for deferred tokens */
+  int nPoslist = 0;               /* Number of bytes in aPoslist */
+  int iPrev = -1;                 /* Token number of previous deferred token */
+
+  assert( pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList==0 );
+
+  for(iToken=0; iToken<pPhrase->nToken; iToken++){
+    Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &pPhrase->aToken[iToken];
+    Fts3DeferredToken *pDeferred = pToken->pDeferred;
+
+    if( pDeferred ){
+      char *pList;
+      int nList;
+      int rc = sqlite3Fts3DeferredTokenList(pDeferred, &pList, &nList);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+      if( pList==0 ){
+        sqlite3_free(aPoslist);
+        pPhrase->doclist.pList = 0;
+        pPhrase->doclist.nList = 0;
+        return SQLITE_OK;
+
+      }else if( aPoslist==0 ){
+        aPoslist = pList;
+        nPoslist = nList;
+
+      }else{
+        char *aOut = pList;
+        char *p1 = aPoslist;
+        char *p2 = aOut;
+
+        assert( iPrev>=0 );
+        fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&aOut, iToken-iPrev, 0, 1, &p1, &p2);
+        sqlite3_free(aPoslist);
+        aPoslist = pList;
+        nPoslist = (int)(aOut - aPoslist);
+        if( nPoslist==0 ){
+          sqlite3_free(aPoslist);
+          pPhrase->doclist.pList = 0;
+          pPhrase->doclist.nList = 0;
+          return SQLITE_OK;
+        }
+      }
+      iPrev = iToken;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( iPrev>=0 ){
+    int nMaxUndeferred = pPhrase->iDoclistToken;
+    if( nMaxUndeferred<0 ){
+      pPhrase->doclist.pList = aPoslist;
+      pPhrase->doclist.nList = nPoslist;
+      pPhrase->doclist.iDocid = pCsr->iPrevId;
+      pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList = 1;
+    }else{
+      int nDistance;
+      char *p1;
+      char *p2;
+      char *aOut;
+
+      if( nMaxUndeferred>iPrev ){
+        p1 = aPoslist;
+        p2 = pPhrase->doclist.pList;
+        nDistance = nMaxUndeferred - iPrev;
+      }else{
+        p1 = pPhrase->doclist.pList;
+        p2 = aPoslist;
+        nDistance = iPrev - nMaxUndeferred;
+      }
+
+      aOut = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(nPoslist+8);
+      if( !aOut ){
+        sqlite3_free(aPoslist);
+        return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }
+      
+      pPhrase->doclist.pList = aOut;
+      if( fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&aOut, nDistance, 0, 1, &p1, &p2) ){
+        pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList = 1;
+        pPhrase->doclist.nList = (int)(aOut - pPhrase->doclist.pList);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3_free(aOut);
+        pPhrase->doclist.pList = 0;
+        pPhrase->doclist.nList = 0;
+      }
+      sqlite3_free(aPoslist);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called for each Fts3Phrase in a full-text query 
+** expression to initialize the mechanism for returning rows. Once this
+** function has been called successfully on an Fts3Phrase, it may be
+** used with fts3EvalPhraseNext() to iterate through the matching docids.
+**
+** If parameter bOptOk is true, then the phrase may (or may not) use the
+** incremental loading strategy. Otherwise, the entire doclist is loaded into
+** memory within this call.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs, otherwise an SQLite error code.
+*/
+static int fts3EvalPhraseStart(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, int bOptOk, Fts3Phrase *p){
+  int rc;                         /* Error code */
+  Fts3PhraseToken *pFirst = &p->aToken[0];
+  Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+
+  if( pCsr->bDesc==pTab->bDescIdx 
+   && bOptOk==1 
+   && p->nToken==1 
+   && pFirst->pSegcsr 
+   && pFirst->pSegcsr->bLookup 
+   && pFirst->bFirst==0
+  ){
+    /* Use the incremental approach. */
+    int iCol = (p->iColumn >= pTab->nColumn ? -1 : p->iColumn);
+    rc = sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrStart(
+        pTab, pFirst->pSegcsr, iCol, pFirst->z, pFirst->n);
+    p->bIncr = 1;
+
+  }else{
+    /* Load the full doclist for the phrase into memory. */
+    rc = fts3EvalPhraseLoad(pCsr, p);
+    p->bIncr = 0;
+  }
+
+  assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || p->nToken<1 || p->aToken[0].pSegcsr==0 || p->bIncr );
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is used to iterate backwards (from the end to start) 
+** through doclists. It is used by this module to iterate through phrase
+** doclists in reverse and by the fts3_write.c module to iterate through
+** pending-terms lists when writing to databases with "order=desc".
+**
+** The doclist may be sorted in ascending (parameter bDescIdx==0) or 
+** descending (parameter bDescIdx==1) order of docid. Regardless, this
+** function iterates from the end of the doclist to the beginning.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(
+  int bDescIdx,                   /* True if the doclist is desc */
+  char *aDoclist,                 /* Pointer to entire doclist */
+  int nDoclist,                   /* Length of aDoclist in bytes */
+  char **ppIter,                  /* IN/OUT: Iterator pointer */
+  sqlite3_int64 *piDocid,         /* IN/OUT: Docid pointer */
+  int *pnList,                    /* OUT: List length pointer */
+  u8 *pbEof                       /* OUT: End-of-file flag */
+){
+  char *p = *ppIter;
+
+  assert( nDoclist>0 );
+  assert( *pbEof==0 );
+  assert( p || *piDocid==0 );
+  assert( !p || (p>aDoclist && p<&aDoclist[nDoclist]) );
+
+  if( p==0 ){
+    sqlite3_int64 iDocid = 0;
+    char *pNext = 0;
+    char *pDocid = aDoclist;
+    char *pEnd = &aDoclist[nDoclist];
+    int iMul = 1;
+
+    while( pDocid<pEnd ){
+      sqlite3_int64 iDelta;
+      pDocid += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pDocid, &iDelta);
+      iDocid += (iMul * iDelta);
+      pNext = pDocid;
+      fts3PoslistCopy(0, &pDocid);
+      while( pDocid<pEnd && *pDocid==0 ) pDocid++;
+      iMul = (bDescIdx ? -1 : 1);
+    }
+
+    *pnList = (int)(pEnd - pNext);
+    *ppIter = pNext;
+    *piDocid = iDocid;
+  }else{
+    int iMul = (bDescIdx ? -1 : 1);
+    sqlite3_int64 iDelta;
+    fts3GetReverseVarint(&p, aDoclist, &iDelta);
+    *piDocid -= (iMul * iDelta);
+
+    if( p==aDoclist ){
+      *pbEof = 1;
+    }else{
+      char *pSave = p;
+      fts3ReversePoslist(aDoclist, &p);
+      *pnList = (int)(pSave - p);
+    }
+    *ppIter = p;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Iterate forwards through a doclist.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3DoclistNext(
+  int bDescIdx,                   /* True if the doclist is desc */
+  char *aDoclist,                 /* Pointer to entire doclist */
+  int nDoclist,                   /* Length of aDoclist in bytes */
+  char **ppIter,                  /* IN/OUT: Iterator pointer */
+  sqlite3_int64 *piDocid,         /* IN/OUT: Docid pointer */
+  u8 *pbEof                       /* OUT: End-of-file flag */
+){
+  char *p = *ppIter;
+
+  assert( nDoclist>0 );
+  assert( *pbEof==0 );
+  assert( p || *piDocid==0 );
+  assert( !p || (p>=aDoclist && p<=&aDoclist[nDoclist]) );
+
+  if( p==0 ){
+    p = aDoclist;
+    p += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p, piDocid);
+  }else{
+    fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p);
+    if( p>=&aDoclist[nDoclist] ){
+      *pbEof = 1;
+    }else{
+      sqlite3_int64 iVar;
+      p += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p, &iVar);
+      *piDocid += ((bDescIdx ? -1 : 1) * iVar);
+    }
+  }
+
+  *ppIter = p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to move the phrase iterator to point to the next matching docid. 
+** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, return 
+** SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** If there is no "next" entry and no error occurs, then *pbEof is set to
+** 1 before returning. Otherwise, if no error occurs and the iterator is
+** successfully advanced, *pbEof is set to 0.
+*/
+static int fts3EvalPhraseNext(
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* FTS Cursor handle */
+  Fts3Phrase *p,                  /* Phrase object to advance to next docid */
+  u8 *pbEof                       /* OUT: Set to 1 if EOF */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  Fts3Doclist *pDL = &p->doclist;
+  Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+
+  if( p->bIncr ){
+    assert( p->nToken==1 );
+    assert( pDL->pNextDocid==0 );
+    rc = sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrNext(pTab, p->aToken[0].pSegcsr, 
+        &pDL->iDocid, &pDL->pList, &pDL->nList
+    );
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pDL->pList ){
+      *pbEof = 1;
+    }
+  }else if( pCsr->bDesc!=pTab->bDescIdx && pDL->nAll ){
+    sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(pTab->bDescIdx, pDL->aAll, pDL->nAll, 
+        &pDL->pNextDocid, &pDL->iDocid, &pDL->nList, pbEof
+    );
+    pDL->pList = pDL->pNextDocid;
+  }else{
+    char *pIter;                            /* Used to iterate through aAll */
+    char *pEnd = &pDL->aAll[pDL->nAll];     /* 1 byte past end of aAll */
+    if( pDL->pNextDocid ){
+      pIter = pDL->pNextDocid;
+    }else{
+      pIter = pDL->aAll;
+    }
+
+    if( pIter>=pEnd ){
+      /* We have already reached the end of this doclist. EOF. */
+      *pbEof = 1;
+    }else{
+      sqlite3_int64 iDelta;
+      pIter += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pIter, &iDelta);
+      if( pTab->bDescIdx==0 || pDL->pNextDocid==0 ){
+        pDL->iDocid += iDelta;
+      }else{
+        pDL->iDocid -= iDelta;
+      }
+      pDL->pList = pIter;
+      fts3PoslistCopy(0, &pIter);
+      pDL->nList = (int)(pIter - pDL->pList);
+
+      /* pIter now points just past the 0x00 that terminates the position-
+      ** list for document pDL->iDocid. However, if this position-list was
+      ** edited in place by fts3EvalNearTrim(), then pIter may not actually
+      ** point to the start of the next docid value. The following line deals
+      ** with this case by advancing pIter past the zero-padding added by
+      ** fts3EvalNearTrim().  */
+      while( pIter<pEnd && *pIter==0 ) pIter++;
+
+      pDL->pNextDocid = pIter;
+      assert( pIter>=&pDL->aAll[pDL->nAll] || *pIter );
+      *pbEof = 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+**
+** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op.
+** Otherwise, fts3EvalPhraseStart() is called on all phrases within the
+** expression. Also the Fts3Expr.bDeferred variable is set to true for any
+** expressions for which all descendent tokens are deferred.
+**
+** If parameter bOptOk is zero, then it is guaranteed that the
+** Fts3Phrase.doclist.aAll/nAll variables contain the entire doclist for
+** each phrase in the expression (subject to deferred token processing).
+** Or, if bOptOk is non-zero, then one or more tokens within the expression
+** may be loaded incrementally, meaning doclist.aAll/nAll is not available.
+**
+** If an error occurs within this function, *pRc is set to an SQLite error
+** code before returning.
+*/
+static void fts3EvalStartReaders(
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* FTS Cursor handle */
+  Fts3Expr *pExpr,                /* Expression to initialize phrases in */
+  int bOptOk,                     /* True to enable incremental loading */
+  int *pRc                        /* IN/OUT: Error code */
+){
+  if( pExpr && SQLITE_OK==*pRc ){
+    if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ){
+      int i;
+      int nToken = pExpr->pPhrase->nToken;
+      for(i=0; i<nToken; i++){
+        if( pExpr->pPhrase->aToken[i].pDeferred==0 ) break;
+      }
+      pExpr->bDeferred = (i==nToken);
+      *pRc = fts3EvalPhraseStart(pCsr, bOptOk, pExpr->pPhrase);
+    }else{
+      fts3EvalStartReaders(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, bOptOk, pRc);
+      fts3EvalStartReaders(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, bOptOk, pRc);
+      pExpr->bDeferred = (pExpr->pLeft->bDeferred && pExpr->pRight->bDeferred);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** An array of the following structures is assembled as part of the process
+** of selecting tokens to defer before the query starts executing (as part
+** of the xFilter() method). There is one element in the array for each
+** token in the FTS expression.
+**
+** Tokens are divided into AND/NEAR clusters. All tokens in a cluster belong
+** to phrases that are connected only by AND and NEAR operators (not OR or
+** NOT). When determining tokens to defer, each AND/NEAR cluster is considered
+** separately. The root of a tokens AND/NEAR cluster is stored in 
+** Fts3TokenAndCost.pRoot.
+*/
+typedef struct Fts3TokenAndCost Fts3TokenAndCost;
+struct Fts3TokenAndCost {
+  Fts3Phrase *pPhrase;            /* The phrase the token belongs to */
+  int iToken;                     /* Position of token in phrase */
+  Fts3PhraseToken *pToken;        /* The token itself */
+  Fts3Expr *pRoot;                /* Root of NEAR/AND cluster */
+  int nOvfl;                      /* Number of overflow pages to load doclist */
+  int iCol;                       /* The column the token must match */
+};
+
+/*
+** This function is used to populate an allocated Fts3TokenAndCost array.
+**
+** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op.
+** Otherwise, if an error occurs during execution, *pRc is set to an
+** SQLite error code.
+*/
+static void fts3EvalTokenCosts(
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* FTS Cursor handle */
+  Fts3Expr *pRoot,                /* Root of current AND/NEAR cluster */
+  Fts3Expr *pExpr,                /* Expression to consider */
+  Fts3TokenAndCost **ppTC,        /* Write new entries to *(*ppTC)++ */
+  Fts3Expr ***ppOr,               /* Write new OR root to *(*ppOr)++ */
+  int *pRc                        /* IN/OUT: Error code */
+){
+  if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ){
+      Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase;
+      int i;
+      for(i=0; *pRc==SQLITE_OK && i<pPhrase->nToken; i++){
+        Fts3TokenAndCost *pTC = (*ppTC)++;
+        pTC->pPhrase = pPhrase;
+        pTC->iToken = i;
+        pTC->pRoot = pRoot;
+        pTC->pToken = &pPhrase->aToken[i];
+        pTC->iCol = pPhrase->iColumn;
+        *pRc = sqlite3Fts3MsrOvfl(pCsr, pTC->pToken->pSegcsr, &pTC->nOvfl);
+      }
+    }else if( pExpr->eType!=FTSQUERY_NOT ){
+      assert( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_OR
+           || pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_AND
+           || pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR
+      );
+      assert( pExpr->pLeft && pExpr->pRight );
+      if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_OR ){
+        pRoot = pExpr->pLeft;
+        **ppOr = pRoot;
+        (*ppOr)++;
+      }
+      fts3EvalTokenCosts(pCsr, pRoot, pExpr->pLeft, ppTC, ppOr, pRc);
+      if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_OR ){
+        pRoot = pExpr->pRight;
+        **ppOr = pRoot;
+        (*ppOr)++;
+      }
+      fts3EvalTokenCosts(pCsr, pRoot, pExpr->pRight, ppTC, ppOr, pRc);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Determine the average document (row) size in pages. If successful,
+** write this value to *pnPage and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return
+** an SQLite error code.
+**
+** The average document size in pages is calculated by first calculating 
+** determining the average size in bytes, B. If B is less than the amount
+** of data that will fit on a single leaf page of an intkey table in
+** this database, then the average docsize is 1. Otherwise, it is 1 plus
+** the number of overflow pages consumed by a record B bytes in size.
+*/
+static int fts3EvalAverageDocsize(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, int *pnPage){
+  if( pCsr->nRowAvg==0 ){
+    /* The average document size, which is required to calculate the cost
+    ** of each doclist, has not yet been determined. Read the required 
+    ** data from the %_stat table to calculate it.
+    **
+    ** Entry 0 of the %_stat table is a blob containing (nCol+1) FTS3 
+    ** varints, where nCol is the number of columns in the FTS3 table.
+    ** The first varint is the number of documents currently stored in
+    ** the table. The following nCol varints contain the total amount of
+    ** data stored in all rows of each column of the table, from left
+    ** to right.
+    */
+    int rc;
+    Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+    sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+    sqlite3_int64 nDoc = 0;
+    sqlite3_int64 nByte = 0;
+    const char *pEnd;
+    const char *a;
+
+    rc = sqlite3Fts3SelectDoctotal(p, &pStmt);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+    a = sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0);
+    assert( a );
+
+    pEnd = &a[sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 0)];
+    a += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(a, &nDoc);
+    while( a<pEnd ){
+      a += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(a, &nByte);
+    }
+    if( nDoc==0 || nByte==0 ){
+      sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+      return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+    }
+
+    pCsr->nDoc = nDoc;
+    pCsr->nRowAvg = (int)(((nByte / nDoc) + p->nPgsz) / p->nPgsz);
+    assert( pCsr->nRowAvg>0 ); 
+    rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  }
+
+  *pnPage = pCsr->nRowAvg;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called to select the tokens (if any) that will be 
+** deferred. The array aTC[] has already been populated when this is
+** called.
+**
+** This function is called once for each AND/NEAR cluster in the 
+** expression. Each invocation determines which tokens to defer within
+** the cluster with root node pRoot. See comments above the definition
+** of struct Fts3TokenAndCost for more details.
+**
+** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and sqlite3Fts3DeferToken()
+** called on each token to defer. Otherwise, an SQLite error code is
+** returned.
+*/
+static int fts3EvalSelectDeferred(
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* FTS Cursor handle */
+  Fts3Expr *pRoot,                /* Consider tokens with this root node */
+  Fts3TokenAndCost *aTC,          /* Array of expression tokens and costs */
+  int nTC                         /* Number of entries in aTC[] */
+){
+  Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+  int nDocSize = 0;               /* Number of pages per doc loaded */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
+  int ii;                         /* Iterator variable for various purposes */
+  int nOvfl = 0;                  /* Total overflow pages used by doclists */
+  int nToken = 0;                 /* Total number of tokens in cluster */
+
+  int nMinEst = 0;                /* The minimum count for any phrase so far. */
+  int nLoad4 = 1;                 /* (Phrases that will be loaded)^4. */
+
+  /* Tokens are never deferred for FTS tables created using the content=xxx
+  ** option. The reason being that it is not guaranteed that the content
+  ** table actually contains the same data as the index. To prevent this from
+  ** causing any problems, the deferred token optimization is completely
+  ** disabled for content=xxx tables. */
+  if( pTab->zContentTbl ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  /* Count the tokens in this AND/NEAR cluster. If none of the doclists
+  ** associated with the tokens spill onto overflow pages, or if there is
+  ** only 1 token, exit early. No tokens to defer in this case. */
+  for(ii=0; ii<nTC; ii++){
+    if( aTC[ii].pRoot==pRoot ){
+      nOvfl += aTC[ii].nOvfl;
+      nToken++;
+    }
+  }
+  if( nOvfl==0 || nToken<2 ) return SQLITE_OK;
+
+  /* Obtain the average docsize (in pages). */
+  rc = fts3EvalAverageDocsize(pCsr, &nDocSize);
+  assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || nDocSize>0 );
+
+
+  /* Iterate through all tokens in this AND/NEAR cluster, in ascending order 
+  ** of the number of overflow pages that will be loaded by the pager layer 
+  ** to retrieve the entire doclist for the token from the full-text index.
+  ** Load the doclists for tokens that are either:
+  **
+  **   a. The cheapest token in the entire query (i.e. the one visited by the
+  **      first iteration of this loop), or
+  **
+  **   b. Part of a multi-token phrase.
+  **
+  ** After each token doclist is loaded, merge it with the others from the
+  ** same phrase and count the number of documents that the merged doclist
+  ** contains. Set variable "nMinEst" to the smallest number of documents in 
+  ** any phrase doclist for which 1 or more token doclists have been loaded.
+  ** Let nOther be the number of other phrases for which it is certain that
+  ** one or more tokens will not be deferred.
+  **
+  ** Then, for each token, defer it if loading the doclist would result in
+  ** loading N or more overflow pages into memory, where N is computed as:
+  **
+  **    (nMinEst + 4^nOther - 1) / (4^nOther)
+  */
+  for(ii=0; ii<nToken && rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){
+    int iTC;                      /* Used to iterate through aTC[] array. */
+    Fts3TokenAndCost *pTC = 0;    /* Set to cheapest remaining token. */
+
+    /* Set pTC to point to the cheapest remaining token. */
+    for(iTC=0; iTC<nTC; iTC++){
+      if( aTC[iTC].pToken && aTC[iTC].pRoot==pRoot 
+       && (!pTC || aTC[iTC].nOvfl<pTC->nOvfl) 
+      ){
+        pTC = &aTC[iTC];
+      }
+    }
+    assert( pTC );
+
+    if( ii && pTC->nOvfl>=((nMinEst+(nLoad4/4)-1)/(nLoad4/4))*nDocSize ){
+      /* The number of overflow pages to load for this (and therefore all
+      ** subsequent) tokens is greater than the estimated number of pages 
+      ** that will be loaded if all subsequent tokens are deferred.
+      */
+      Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = pTC->pToken;
+      rc = sqlite3Fts3DeferToken(pCsr, pToken, pTC->iCol);
+      fts3SegReaderCursorFree(pToken->pSegcsr);
+      pToken->pSegcsr = 0;
+    }else{
+      /* Set nLoad4 to the value of (4^nOther) for the next iteration of the
+      ** for-loop. Except, limit the value to 2^24 to prevent it from 
+      ** overflowing the 32-bit integer it is stored in. */
+      if( ii<12 ) nLoad4 = nLoad4*4;
+
+      if( ii==0 || pTC->pPhrase->nToken>1 ){
+        /* Either this is the cheapest token in the entire query, or it is
+        ** part of a multi-token phrase. Either way, the entire doclist will
+        ** (eventually) be loaded into memory. It may as well be now. */
+        Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = pTC->pToken;
+        int nList = 0;
+        char *pList = 0;
+        rc = fts3TermSelect(pTab, pToken, pTC->iCol, &nList, &pList);
+        assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pList==0 );
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          int nCount;
+          fts3EvalPhraseMergeToken(pTab, pTC->pPhrase, pTC->iToken,pList,nList);
+          nCount = fts3DoclistCountDocids(
+              pTC->pPhrase->doclist.aAll, pTC->pPhrase->doclist.nAll
+          );
+          if( ii==0 || nCount<nMinEst ) nMinEst = nCount;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    pTC->pToken = 0;
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called from within the xFilter method. It initializes
+** the full-text query currently stored in pCsr->pExpr. To iterate through
+** the results of a query, the caller does:
+**
+**    fts3EvalStart(pCsr);
+**    while( 1 ){
+**      fts3EvalNext(pCsr);
+**      if( pCsr->bEof ) break;
+**      ... return row pCsr->iPrevId to the caller ...
+**    }
+*/
+static int fts3EvalStart(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){
+  Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int nToken = 0;
+  int nOr = 0;
+
+  /* Allocate a MultiSegReader for each token in the expression. */
+  fts3EvalAllocateReaders(pCsr, pCsr->pExpr, &nToken, &nOr, &rc);
+
+  /* Determine which, if any, tokens in the expression should be deferred. */
+#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS4_DEFERRED
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nToken>1 && pTab->bFts4 ){
+    Fts3TokenAndCost *aTC;
+    Fts3Expr **apOr;
+    aTC = (Fts3TokenAndCost *)sqlite3_malloc(
+        sizeof(Fts3TokenAndCost) * nToken
+      + sizeof(Fts3Expr *) * nOr * 2
+    );
+    apOr = (Fts3Expr **)&aTC[nToken];
+
+    if( !aTC ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }else{
+      int ii;
+      Fts3TokenAndCost *pTC = aTC;
+      Fts3Expr **ppOr = apOr;
+
+      fts3EvalTokenCosts(pCsr, 0, pCsr->pExpr, &pTC, &ppOr, &rc);
+      nToken = (int)(pTC-aTC);
+      nOr = (int)(ppOr-apOr);
+
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = fts3EvalSelectDeferred(pCsr, 0, aTC, nToken);
+        for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nOr; ii++){
+          rc = fts3EvalSelectDeferred(pCsr, apOr[ii], aTC, nToken);
+        }
+      }
+
+      sqlite3_free(aTC);
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  fts3EvalStartReaders(pCsr, pCsr->pExpr, 1, &rc);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Invalidate the current position list for phrase pPhrase.
+*/
+static void fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(Fts3Phrase *pPhrase){
+  if( pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList ){
+    sqlite3_free(pPhrase->doclist.pList);
+  }
+  pPhrase->doclist.pList = 0;
+  pPhrase->doclist.nList = 0;
+  pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called to edit the position list associated with
+** the phrase object passed as the fifth argument according to a NEAR
+** condition. For example:
+**
+**     abc NEAR/5 "def ghi"
+**
+** Parameter nNear is passed the NEAR distance of the expression (5 in
+** the example above). When this function is called, *paPoslist points to
+** the position list, and *pnToken is the number of phrase tokens in, the
+** phrase on the other side of the NEAR operator to pPhrase. For example,
+** if pPhrase refers to the "def ghi" phrase, then *paPoslist points to
+** the position list associated with phrase "abc".
+**
+** All positions in the pPhrase position list that are not sufficiently
+** close to a position in the *paPoslist position list are removed. If this
+** leaves 0 positions, zero is returned. Otherwise, non-zero.
+**
+** Before returning, *paPoslist is set to point to the position lsit 
+** associated with pPhrase. And *pnToken is set to the number of tokens in
+** pPhrase.
+*/
+static int fts3EvalNearTrim(
+  int nNear,                      /* NEAR distance. As in "NEAR/nNear". */
+  char *aTmp,                     /* Temporary space to use */
+  char **paPoslist,               /* IN/OUT: Position list */
+  int *pnToken,                   /* IN/OUT: Tokens in phrase of *paPoslist */
+  Fts3Phrase *pPhrase             /* The phrase object to trim the doclist of */
+){
+  int nParam1 = nNear + pPhrase->nToken;
+  int nParam2 = nNear + *pnToken;
+  int nNew;
+  char *p2; 
+  char *pOut; 
+  int res;
+
+  assert( pPhrase->doclist.pList );
+
+  p2 = pOut = pPhrase->doclist.pList;
+  res = fts3PoslistNearMerge(
+    &pOut, aTmp, nParam1, nParam2, paPoslist, &p2
+  );
+  if( res ){
+    nNew = (int)(pOut - pPhrase->doclist.pList) - 1;
+    assert( pPhrase->doclist.pList[nNew]=='\0' );
+    assert( nNew<=pPhrase->doclist.nList && nNew>0 );
+    memset(&pPhrase->doclist.pList[nNew], 0, pPhrase->doclist.nList - nNew);
+    pPhrase->doclist.nList = nNew;
+    *paPoslist = pPhrase->doclist.pList;
+    *pnToken = pPhrase->nToken;
+  }
+
+  return res;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is a no-op if *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when it is called.
+** Otherwise, it advances the expression passed as the second argument to
+** point to the next matching row in the database. Expressions iterate through
+** matching rows in docid order. Ascending order if Fts3Cursor.bDesc is zero,
+** or descending if it is non-zero.
+**
+** If an error occurs, *pRc is set to an SQLite error code. Otherwise, if
+** successful, the following variables in pExpr are set:
+**
+**   Fts3Expr.bEof                (non-zero if EOF - there is no next row)
+**   Fts3Expr.iDocid              (valid if bEof==0. The docid of the next row)
+**
+** If the expression is of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE, and the expression is not
+** at EOF, then the following variables are populated with the position list
+** for the phrase for the visited row:
+**
+**   FTs3Expr.pPhrase->doclist.nList        (length of pList in bytes)
+**   FTs3Expr.pPhrase->doclist.pList        (pointer to position list)
+**
+** It says above that this function advances the expression to the next
+** matching row. This is usually true, but there are the following exceptions:
+**
+**   1. Deferred tokens are not taken into account. If a phrase consists
+**      entirely of deferred tokens, it is assumed to match every row in
+**      the db. In this case the position-list is not populated at all. 
+**
+**      Or, if a phrase contains one or more deferred tokens and one or
+**      more non-deferred tokens, then the expression is advanced to the 
+**      next possible match, considering only non-deferred tokens. In other
+**      words, if the phrase is "A B C", and "B" is deferred, the expression
+**      is advanced to the next row that contains an instance of "A * C", 
+**      where "*" may match any single token. The position list in this case
+**      is populated as for "A * C" before returning.
+**
+**   2. NEAR is treated as AND. If the expression is "x NEAR y", it is 
+**      advanced to point to the next row that matches "x AND y".
+** 
+** See fts3EvalTestDeferredAndNear() for details on testing if a row is
+** really a match, taking into account deferred tokens and NEAR operators.
+*/
+static void fts3EvalNextRow(
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* FTS Cursor handle */
+  Fts3Expr *pExpr,                /* Expr. to advance to next matching row */
+  int *pRc                        /* IN/OUT: Error code */
+){
+  if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int bDescDoclist = pCsr->bDesc;         /* Used by DOCID_CMP() macro */
+    assert( pExpr->bEof==0 );
+    pExpr->bStart = 1;
+
+    switch( pExpr->eType ){
+      case FTSQUERY_NEAR:
+      case FTSQUERY_AND: {
+        Fts3Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
+        Fts3Expr *pRight = pExpr->pRight;
+        assert( !pLeft->bDeferred || !pRight->bDeferred );
+
+        if( pLeft->bDeferred ){
+          /* LHS is entirely deferred. So we assume it matches every row.
+          ** Advance the RHS iterator to find the next row visited. */
+          fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc);
+          pExpr->iDocid = pRight->iDocid;
+          pExpr->bEof = pRight->bEof;
+        }else if( pRight->bDeferred ){
+          /* RHS is entirely deferred. So we assume it matches every row.
+          ** Advance the LHS iterator to find the next row visited. */
+          fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc);
+          pExpr->iDocid = pLeft->iDocid;
+          pExpr->bEof = pLeft->bEof;
+        }else{
+          /* Neither the RHS or LHS are deferred. */
+          fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc);
+          fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc);
+          while( !pLeft->bEof && !pRight->bEof && *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
+            sqlite3_int64 iDiff = DOCID_CMP(pLeft->iDocid, pRight->iDocid);
+            if( iDiff==0 ) break;
+            if( iDiff<0 ){
+              fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc);
+            }else{
+              fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc);
+            }
+          }
+          pExpr->iDocid = pLeft->iDocid;
+          pExpr->bEof = (pLeft->bEof || pRight->bEof);
+        }
+        break;
+      }
+  
+      case FTSQUERY_OR: {
+        Fts3Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
+        Fts3Expr *pRight = pExpr->pRight;
+        sqlite3_int64 iCmp = DOCID_CMP(pLeft->iDocid, pRight->iDocid);
+
+        assert( pLeft->bStart || pLeft->iDocid==pRight->iDocid );
+        assert( pRight->bStart || pLeft->iDocid==pRight->iDocid );
+
+        if( pRight->bEof || (pLeft->bEof==0 && iCmp<0) ){
+          fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc);
+        }else if( pLeft->bEof || (pRight->bEof==0 && iCmp>0) ){
+          fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc);
+        }else{
+          fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc);
+          fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc);
+        }
+
+        pExpr->bEof = (pLeft->bEof && pRight->bEof);
+        iCmp = DOCID_CMP(pLeft->iDocid, pRight->iDocid);
+        if( pRight->bEof || (pLeft->bEof==0 &&  iCmp<0) ){
+          pExpr->iDocid = pLeft->iDocid;
+        }else{
+          pExpr->iDocid = pRight->iDocid;
+        }
+
+        break;
+      }
+
+      case FTSQUERY_NOT: {
+        Fts3Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
+        Fts3Expr *pRight = pExpr->pRight;
+
+        if( pRight->bStart==0 ){
+          fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc);
+          assert( *pRc!=SQLITE_OK || pRight->bStart );
+        }
+
+        fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc);
+        if( pLeft->bEof==0 ){
+          while( !*pRc 
+              && !pRight->bEof 
+              && DOCID_CMP(pLeft->iDocid, pRight->iDocid)>0 
+          ){
+            fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc);
+          }
+        }
+        pExpr->iDocid = pLeft->iDocid;
+        pExpr->bEof = pLeft->bEof;
+        break;
+      }
+
+      default: {
+        Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase;
+        fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(pPhrase);
+        *pRc = fts3EvalPhraseNext(pCsr, pPhrase, &pExpr->bEof);
+        pExpr->iDocid = pPhrase->doclist.iDocid;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK, or if pExpr is not the root node of a NEAR
+** cluster, then this function returns 1 immediately.
+**
+** Otherwise, it checks if the current row really does match the NEAR 
+** expression, using the data currently stored in the position lists 
+** (Fts3Expr->pPhrase.doclist.pList/nList) for each phrase in the expression. 
+**
+** If the current row is a match, the position list associated with each
+** phrase in the NEAR expression is edited in place to contain only those
+** phrase instances sufficiently close to their peers to satisfy all NEAR
+** constraints. In this case it returns 1. If the NEAR expression does not 
+** match the current row, 0 is returned. The position lists may or may not
+** be edited if 0 is returned.
+*/
+static int fts3EvalNearTest(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int *pRc){
+  int res = 1;
+
+  /* The following block runs if pExpr is the root of a NEAR query.
+  ** For example, the query:
+  **
+  **         "w" NEAR "x" NEAR "y" NEAR "z"
+  **
+  ** which is represented in tree form as:
+  **
+  **                               |
+  **                          +--NEAR--+      <-- root of NEAR query
+  **                          |        |
+  **                     +--NEAR--+   "z"
+  **                     |        |
+  **                +--NEAR--+   "y"
+  **                |        |
+  **               "w"      "x"
+  **
+  ** The right-hand child of a NEAR node is always a phrase. The 
+  ** left-hand child may be either a phrase or a NEAR node. There are
+  ** no exceptions to this - it's the way the parser in fts3_expr.c works.
+  */
+  if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK 
+   && pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR 
+   && pExpr->bEof==0
+   && (pExpr->pParent==0 || pExpr->pParent->eType!=FTSQUERY_NEAR)
+  ){
+    Fts3Expr *p; 
+    int nTmp = 0;                 /* Bytes of temp space */
+    char *aTmp;                   /* Temp space for PoslistNearMerge() */
+
+    /* Allocate temporary working space. */
+    for(p=pExpr; p->pLeft; p=p->pLeft){
+      nTmp += p->pRight->pPhrase->doclist.nList;
+    }
+    nTmp += p->pPhrase->doclist.nList;
+    aTmp = sqlite3_malloc(nTmp*2);
+    if( !aTmp ){
+      *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      res = 0;
+    }else{
+      char *aPoslist = p->pPhrase->doclist.pList;
+      int nToken = p->pPhrase->nToken;
+
+      for(p=p->pParent;res && p && p->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR; p=p->pParent){
+        Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = p->pRight->pPhrase;
+        int nNear = p->nNear;
+        res = fts3EvalNearTrim(nNear, aTmp, &aPoslist, &nToken, pPhrase);
+      }
+  
+      aPoslist = pExpr->pRight->pPhrase->doclist.pList;
+      nToken = pExpr->pRight->pPhrase->nToken;
+      for(p=pExpr->pLeft; p && res; p=p->pLeft){
+        int nNear;
+        Fts3Phrase *pPhrase;
+        assert( p->pParent && p->pParent->pLeft==p );
+        nNear = p->pParent->nNear;
+        pPhrase = (
+            p->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ? p->pRight->pPhrase : p->pPhrase
+        );
+        res = fts3EvalNearTrim(nNear, aTmp, &aPoslist, &nToken, pPhrase);
+      }
+    }
+
+    sqlite3_free(aTmp);
+  }
+
+  return res;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is a helper function for fts3EvalTestDeferredAndNear().
+** Assuming no error occurs or has occurred, It returns non-zero if the
+** expression passed as the second argument matches the row that pCsr 
+** currently points to, or zero if it does not.
+**
+** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op.
+** If an error occurs during execution of this function, *pRc is set to 
+** the appropriate SQLite error code. In this case the returned value is 
+** undefined.
+*/
+static int fts3EvalTestExpr(
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* FTS cursor handle */
+  Fts3Expr *pExpr,                /* Expr to test. May or may not be root. */
+  int *pRc                        /* IN/OUT: Error code */
+){
+  int bHit = 1;                   /* Return value */
+  if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    switch( pExpr->eType ){
+      case FTSQUERY_NEAR:
+      case FTSQUERY_AND:
+        bHit = (
+            fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pRc)
+         && fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pRc)
+         && fts3EvalNearTest(pExpr, pRc)
+        );
+
+        /* If the NEAR expression does not match any rows, zero the doclist for 
+        ** all phrases involved in the NEAR. This is because the snippet(),
+        ** offsets() and matchinfo() functions are not supposed to recognize 
+        ** any instances of phrases that are part of unmatched NEAR queries. 
+        ** For example if this expression:
+        **
+        **    ... MATCH 'a OR (b NEAR c)'
+        **
+        ** is matched against a row containing:
+        **
+        **        'a b d e'
+        **
+        ** then any snippet() should ony highlight the "a" term, not the "b"
+        ** (as "b" is part of a non-matching NEAR clause).
+        */
+        if( bHit==0 
+         && pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR 
+         && (pExpr->pParent==0 || pExpr->pParent->eType!=FTSQUERY_NEAR)
+        ){
+          Fts3Expr *p;
+          for(p=pExpr; p->pPhrase==0; p=p->pLeft){
+            if( p->pRight->iDocid==pCsr->iPrevId ){
+              fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(p->pRight->pPhrase);
+            }
+          }
+          if( p->iDocid==pCsr->iPrevId ){
+            fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(p->pPhrase);
+          }
+        }
+
+        break;
+
+      case FTSQUERY_OR: {
+        int bHit1 = fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pRc);
+        int bHit2 = fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pRc);
+        bHit = bHit1 || bHit2;
+        break;
+      }
+
+      case FTSQUERY_NOT:
+        bHit = (
+            fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pRc)
+         && !fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pRc)
+        );
+        break;
+
+      default: {
+#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS4_DEFERRED
+        if( pCsr->pDeferred 
+         && (pExpr->iDocid==pCsr->iPrevId || pExpr->bDeferred)
+        ){
+          Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase;
+          assert( pExpr->bDeferred || pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList==0 );
+          if( pExpr->bDeferred ){
+            fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(pPhrase);
+          }
+          *pRc = fts3EvalDeferredPhrase(pCsr, pPhrase);
+          bHit = (pPhrase->doclist.pList!=0);
+          pExpr->iDocid = pCsr->iPrevId;
+        }else
+#endif
+        {
+          bHit = (pExpr->bEof==0 && pExpr->iDocid==pCsr->iPrevId);
+        }
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return bHit;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called as the second part of each xNext operation when
+** iterating through the results of a full-text query. At this point the
+** cursor points to a row that matches the query expression, with the
+** following caveats:
+**
+**   * Up until this point, "NEAR" operators in the expression have been
+**     treated as "AND".
+**
+**   * Deferred tokens have not yet been considered.
+**
+** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it immediately
+** returns 0. Otherwise, it tests whether or not after considering NEAR
+** operators and deferred tokens the current row is still a match for the
+** expression. It returns 1 if both of the following are true:
+**
+**   1. *pRc is SQLITE_OK when this function returns, and
+**
+**   2. After scanning the current FTS table row for the deferred tokens,
+**      it is determined that the row does *not* match the query.
+**
+** Or, if no error occurs and it seems the current row does match the FTS
+** query, return 0.
+*/
+static int fts3EvalTestDeferredAndNear(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, int *pRc){
+  int rc = *pRc;
+  int bMiss = 0;
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+
+    /* If there are one or more deferred tokens, load the current row into
+    ** memory and scan it to determine the position list for each deferred
+    ** token. Then, see if this row is really a match, considering deferred
+    ** tokens and NEAR operators (neither of which were taken into account
+    ** earlier, by fts3EvalNextRow()). 
+    */
+    if( pCsr->pDeferred ){
+      rc = fts3CursorSeek(0, pCsr);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = sqlite3Fts3CacheDeferredDoclists(pCsr);
+      }
+    }
+    bMiss = (0==fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pCsr->pExpr, &rc));
+
+    /* Free the position-lists accumulated for each deferred token above. */
+    sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredDoclists(pCsr);
+    *pRc = rc;
+  }
+  return (rc==SQLITE_OK && bMiss);
+}
+
+/*
+** Advance to the next document that matches the FTS expression in
+** Fts3Cursor.pExpr.
+*/
+static int fts3EvalNext(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return Code */
+  Fts3Expr *pExpr = pCsr->pExpr;
+  assert( pCsr->isEof==0 );
+  if( pExpr==0 ){
+    pCsr->isEof = 1;
+  }else{
+    do {
+      if( pCsr->isRequireSeek==0 ){
+        sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt);
+      }
+      assert( sqlite3_data_count(pCsr->pStmt)==0 );
+      fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pExpr, &rc);
+      pCsr->isEof = pExpr->bEof;
+      pCsr->isRequireSeek = 1;
+      pCsr->isMatchinfoNeeded = 1;
+      pCsr->iPrevId = pExpr->iDocid;
+    }while( pCsr->isEof==0 && fts3EvalTestDeferredAndNear(pCsr, &rc) );
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Restart interation for expression pExpr so that the next call to
+** fts3EvalNext() visits the first row. Do not allow incremental 
+** loading or merging of phrase doclists for this iteration.
+**
+** If *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is
+** a no-op. If an error occurs within this function, *pRc is set to an
+** SQLite error code before returning.
+*/
+static void fts3EvalRestart(
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,
+  Fts3Expr *pExpr,
+  int *pRc
+){
+  if( pExpr && *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase;
+
+    if( pPhrase ){
+      fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(pPhrase);
+      if( pPhrase->bIncr ){
+        assert( pPhrase->nToken==1 );
+        assert( pPhrase->aToken[0].pSegcsr );
+        sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrRestart(pPhrase->aToken[0].pSegcsr);
+        *pRc = fts3EvalPhraseStart(pCsr, 0, pPhrase);
+      }
+
+      pPhrase->doclist.pNextDocid = 0;
+      pPhrase->doclist.iDocid = 0;
+    }
+
+    pExpr->iDocid = 0;
+    pExpr->bEof = 0;
+    pExpr->bStart = 0;
+
+    fts3EvalRestart(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pRc);
+    fts3EvalRestart(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pRc);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** After allocating the Fts3Expr.aMI[] array for each phrase in the 
+** expression rooted at pExpr, the cursor iterates through all rows matched
+** by pExpr, calling this function for each row. This function increments
+** the values in Fts3Expr.aMI[] according to the position-list currently
+** found in Fts3Expr.pPhrase->doclist.pList for each of the phrase 
+** expression nodes.
+*/
+static void fts3EvalUpdateCounts(Fts3Expr *pExpr){
+  if( pExpr ){
+    Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase;
+    if( pPhrase && pPhrase->doclist.pList ){
+      int iCol = 0;
+      char *p = pPhrase->doclist.pList;
+
+      assert( *p );
+      while( 1 ){
+        u8 c = 0;
+        int iCnt = 0;
+        while( 0xFE & (*p | c) ){
+          if( (c&0x80)==0 ) iCnt++;
+          c = *p++ & 0x80;
+        }
+
+        /* aMI[iCol*3 + 1] = Number of occurrences
+        ** aMI[iCol*3 + 2] = Number of rows containing at least one instance
+        */
+        pExpr->aMI[iCol*3 + 1] += iCnt;
+        pExpr->aMI[iCol*3 + 2] += (iCnt>0);
+        if( *p==0x00 ) break;
+        p++;
+        p += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(p, &iCol);
+      }
+    }
+
+    fts3EvalUpdateCounts(pExpr->pLeft);
+    fts3EvalUpdateCounts(pExpr->pRight);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Expression pExpr must be of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE.
+**
+** If it is not already allocated and populated, this function allocates and
+** populates the Fts3Expr.aMI[] array for expression pExpr. If pExpr is part
+** of a NEAR expression, then it also allocates and populates the same array
+** for all other phrases that are part of the NEAR expression.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if the aMI[] array is successfully allocated and
+** populated. Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned.
+*/
+static int fts3EvalGatherStats(
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* Cursor object */
+  Fts3Expr *pExpr                 /* FTSQUERY_PHRASE expression */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
+
+  assert( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE );
+  if( pExpr->aMI==0 ){
+    Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+    Fts3Expr *pRoot;                /* Root of NEAR expression */
+    Fts3Expr *p;                    /* Iterator used for several purposes */
+
+    sqlite3_int64 iPrevId = pCsr->iPrevId;
+    sqlite3_int64 iDocid;
+    u8 bEof;
+
+    /* Find the root of the NEAR expression */
+    pRoot = pExpr;
+    while( pRoot->pParent && pRoot->pParent->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ){
+      pRoot = pRoot->pParent;
+    }
+    iDocid = pRoot->iDocid;
+    bEof = pRoot->bEof;
+    assert( pRoot->bStart );
+
+    /* Allocate space for the aMSI[] array of each FTSQUERY_PHRASE node */
+    for(p=pRoot; p; p=p->pLeft){
+      Fts3Expr *pE = (p->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE?p:p->pRight);
+      assert( pE->aMI==0 );
+      pE->aMI = (u32 *)sqlite3_malloc(pTab->nColumn * 3 * sizeof(u32));
+      if( !pE->aMI ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      memset(pE->aMI, 0, pTab->nColumn * 3 * sizeof(u32));
+    }
+
+    fts3EvalRestart(pCsr, pRoot, &rc);
+
+    while( pCsr->isEof==0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+
+      do {
+        /* Ensure the %_content statement is reset. */
+        if( pCsr->isRequireSeek==0 ) sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt);
+        assert( sqlite3_data_count(pCsr->pStmt)==0 );
+
+        /* Advance to the next document */
+        fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRoot, &rc);
+        pCsr->isEof = pRoot->bEof;
+        pCsr->isRequireSeek = 1;
+        pCsr->isMatchinfoNeeded = 1;
+        pCsr->iPrevId = pRoot->iDocid;
+      }while( pCsr->isEof==0 
+           && pRoot->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR 
+           && fts3EvalTestDeferredAndNear(pCsr, &rc) 
+      );
+
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pCsr->isEof==0 ){
+        fts3EvalUpdateCounts(pRoot);
+      }
+    }
+
+    pCsr->isEof = 0;
+    pCsr->iPrevId = iPrevId;
+
+    if( bEof ){
+      pRoot->bEof = bEof;
+    }else{
+      /* Caution: pRoot may iterate through docids in ascending or descending
+      ** order. For this reason, even though it seems more defensive, the 
+      ** do loop can not be written:
+      **
+      **   do {...} while( pRoot->iDocid<iDocid && rc==SQLITE_OK );
+      */
+      fts3EvalRestart(pCsr, pRoot, &rc);
+      do {
+        fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRoot, &rc);
+        assert( pRoot->bEof==0 );
+      }while( pRoot->iDocid!=iDocid && rc==SQLITE_OK );
+      fts3EvalTestDeferredAndNear(pCsr, &rc);
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is used by the matchinfo() module to query a phrase 
+** expression node for the following information:
+**
+**   1. The total number of occurrences of the phrase in each column of 
+**      the FTS table (considering all rows), and
+**
+**   2. For each column, the number of rows in the table for which the
+**      column contains at least one instance of the phrase.
+**
+** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the values for each column
+** written into the array aiOut as follows:
+**
+**   aiOut[iCol*3 + 1] = Number of occurrences
+**   aiOut[iCol*3 + 2] = Number of rows containing at least one instance
+**
+** Caveats:
+**
+**   * If a phrase consists entirely of deferred tokens, then all output 
+**     values are set to the number of documents in the table. In other
+**     words we assume that very common tokens occur exactly once in each 
+**     column of each row of the table.
+**
+**   * If a phrase contains some deferred tokens (and some non-deferred 
+**     tokens), count the potential occurrence identified by considering
+**     the non-deferred tokens instead of actual phrase occurrences.
+**
+**   * If the phrase is part of a NEAR expression, then only phrase instances
+**     that meet the NEAR constraint are included in the counts.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseStats(
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* FTS cursor handle */
+  Fts3Expr *pExpr,                /* Phrase expression */
+  u32 *aiOut                      /* Array to write results into (see above) */
+){
+  Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int iCol;
+
+  if( pExpr->bDeferred && pExpr->pParent->eType!=FTSQUERY_NEAR ){
+    assert( pCsr->nDoc>0 );
+    for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nColumn; iCol++){
+      aiOut[iCol*3 + 1] = (u32)pCsr->nDoc;
+      aiOut[iCol*3 + 2] = (u32)pCsr->nDoc;
+    }
+  }else{
+    rc = fts3EvalGatherStats(pCsr, pExpr);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      assert( pExpr->aMI );
+      for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nColumn; iCol++){
+        aiOut[iCol*3 + 1] = pExpr->aMI[iCol*3 + 1];
+        aiOut[iCol*3 + 2] = pExpr->aMI[iCol*3 + 2];
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The expression pExpr passed as the second argument to this function
+** must be of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE. 
+**
+** The returned value is either NULL or a pointer to a buffer containing
+** a position-list indicating the occurrences of the phrase in column iCol
+** of the current row. 
+**
+** More specifically, the returned buffer contains 1 varint for each 
+** occurence of the phrase in the column, stored using the normal (delta+2) 
+** compression and is terminated by either an 0x01 or 0x00 byte. For example,
+** if the requested column contains "a b X c d X X" and the position-list
+** for 'X' is requested, the buffer returned may contain:
+**
+**     0x04 0x05 0x03 0x01   or   0x04 0x05 0x03 0x00
+**
+** This function works regardless of whether or not the phrase is deferred,
+** incremental, or neither.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* FTS3 cursor object */
+  Fts3Expr *pExpr,                /* Phrase to return doclist for */
+  int iCol,                       /* Column to return position list for */
+  char **ppOut                    /* OUT: Pointer to position list */
+){
+  Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase;
+  Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+  char *pIter;
+  int iThis;
+  sqlite3_int64 iDocid;
+
+  /* If this phrase is applies specifically to some column other than 
+  ** column iCol, return a NULL pointer.  */
+  *ppOut = 0;
+  assert( iCol>=0 && iCol<pTab->nColumn );
+  if( (pPhrase->iColumn<pTab->nColumn && pPhrase->iColumn!=iCol) ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  iDocid = pExpr->iDocid;
+  pIter = pPhrase->doclist.pList;
+  if( iDocid!=pCsr->iPrevId || pExpr->bEof ){
+    int bDescDoclist = pTab->bDescIdx;      /* For DOCID_CMP macro */
+    int bOr = 0;
+    u8 bEof = 0;
+    Fts3Expr *p;
+
+    /* Check if this phrase descends from an OR expression node. If not, 
+    ** return NULL. Otherwise, the entry that corresponds to docid 
+    ** pCsr->iPrevId may lie earlier in the doclist buffer. */
+    for(p=pExpr->pParent; p; p=p->pParent){
+      if( p->eType==FTSQUERY_OR ) bOr = 1;
+    }
+    if( bOr==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
+
+    /* This is the descendent of an OR node. In this case we cannot use
+    ** an incremental phrase. Load the entire doclist for the phrase
+    ** into memory in this case.  */
+    if( pPhrase->bIncr ){
+      int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+      int bEofSave = pExpr->bEof;
+      fts3EvalRestart(pCsr, pExpr, &rc);
+      while( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pExpr->bEof ){
+        fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pExpr, &rc);
+        if( bEofSave==0 && pExpr->iDocid==iDocid ) break;
+      }
+      pIter = pPhrase->doclist.pList;
+      assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPhrase->bIncr==0 );
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+    }
+
+    if( pExpr->bEof ){
+      pIter = 0;
+      iDocid = 0;
+    }
+    bEof = (pPhrase->doclist.nAll==0);
+    assert( bDescDoclist==0 || bDescDoclist==1 );
+    assert( pCsr->bDesc==0 || pCsr->bDesc==1 );
+
+    if( pCsr->bDesc==bDescDoclist ){
+      int dummy;
+      while( (pIter==0 || DOCID_CMP(iDocid, pCsr->iPrevId)>0 ) && bEof==0 ){
+        sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(
+            bDescDoclist, pPhrase->doclist.aAll, pPhrase->doclist.nAll, 
+            &pIter, &iDocid, &dummy, &bEof
+        );
+      }
+    }else{
+      while( (pIter==0 || DOCID_CMP(iDocid, pCsr->iPrevId)<0 ) && bEof==0 ){
+        sqlite3Fts3DoclistNext(
+            bDescDoclist, pPhrase->doclist.aAll, pPhrase->doclist.nAll, 
+            &pIter, &iDocid, &bEof
+        );
+      }
+    }
+
+    if( bEof || iDocid!=pCsr->iPrevId ) pIter = 0;
+  }
+  if( pIter==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
+
+  if( *pIter==0x01 ){
+    pIter++;
+    pIter += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(pIter, &iThis);
+  }else{
+    iThis = 0;
+  }
+  while( iThis<iCol ){
+    fts3ColumnlistCopy(0, &pIter);
+    if( *pIter==0x00 ) return 0;
+    pIter++;
+    pIter += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(pIter, &iThis);
+  }
+
+  *ppOut = ((iCol==iThis)?pIter:0);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Free all components of the Fts3Phrase structure that were allocated by
+** the eval module. Specifically, this means to free:
+**
+**   * the contents of pPhrase->doclist, and
+**   * any Fts3MultiSegReader objects held by phrase tokens.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseCleanup(Fts3Phrase *pPhrase){
+  if( pPhrase ){
+    int i;
+    sqlite3_free(pPhrase->doclist.aAll);
+    fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(pPhrase);
+    memset(&pPhrase->doclist, 0, sizeof(Fts3Doclist));
+    for(i=0; i<pPhrase->nToken; i++){
+      fts3SegReaderCursorFree(pPhrase->aToken[i].pSegcsr);
+      pPhrase->aToken[i].pSegcsr = 0;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Corrupt(){
+  return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+}
+#endif
+
+#if !SQLITE_CORE
+/*
+** Initialize API pointer table, if required.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extension_init(
+  sqlite3 *db, 
+  char **pzErrMsg,
+  const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi
+){
+  SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi)
+  return sqlite3Fts3Init(db);
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/************** End of fts3.c ************************************************/
+/************** Begin file fts3_aux.c ****************************************/
+/*
+** 2011 Jan 27
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
+
+/* #include <string.h> */
+/* #include <assert.h> */
+
+typedef struct Fts3auxTable Fts3auxTable;
+typedef struct Fts3auxCursor Fts3auxCursor;
+
+struct Fts3auxTable {
+  sqlite3_vtab base;              /* Base class used by SQLite core */
+  Fts3Table *pFts3Tab;
+};
+
+struct Fts3auxCursor {
+  sqlite3_vtab_cursor base;       /* Base class used by SQLite core */
+  Fts3MultiSegReader csr;        /* Must be right after "base" */
+  Fts3SegFilter filter;
+  char *zStop;
+  int nStop;                      /* Byte-length of string zStop */
+  int isEof;                      /* True if cursor is at EOF */
+  sqlite3_int64 iRowid;           /* Current rowid */
+
+  int iCol;                       /* Current value of 'col' column */
+  int nStat;                      /* Size of aStat[] array */
+  struct Fts3auxColstats {
+    sqlite3_int64 nDoc;           /* 'documents' values for current csr row */
+    sqlite3_int64 nOcc;           /* 'occurrences' values for current csr row */
+  } *aStat;
+};
+
+/*
+** Schema of the terms table.
+*/
+#define FTS3_TERMS_SCHEMA "CREATE TABLE x(term, col, documents, occurrences)"
+
+/*
+** This function does all the work for both the xConnect and xCreate methods.
+** These tables have no persistent representation of their own, so xConnect
+** and xCreate are identical operations.
+*/
+static int fts3auxConnectMethod(
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database connection */
+  void *pUnused,                  /* Unused */
+  int argc,                       /* Number of elements in argv array */
+  const char * const *argv,       /* xCreate/xConnect argument array */
+  sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab,          /* OUT: New sqlite3_vtab object */
+  char **pzErr                    /* OUT: sqlite3_malloc'd error message */
+){
+  char const *zDb;                /* Name of database (e.g. "main") */
+  char const *zFts3;              /* Name of fts3 table */
+  int nDb;                        /* Result of strlen(zDb) */
+  int nFts3;                      /* Result of strlen(zFts3) */
+  int nByte;                      /* Bytes of space to allocate here */
+  int rc;                         /* value returned by declare_vtab() */
+  Fts3auxTable *p;                /* Virtual table object to return */
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pUnused);
+
+  /* The user should specify a single argument - the name of an fts3 table. */
+  if( argc!=4 ){
+    *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf(
+        "wrong number of arguments to fts4aux constructor"
+    );
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  zDb = argv[1]; 
+  nDb = (int)strlen(zDb);
+  zFts3 = argv[3];
+  nFts3 = (int)strlen(zFts3);
+
+  rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(db, FTS3_TERMS_SCHEMA);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  nByte = sizeof(Fts3auxTable) + sizeof(Fts3Table) + nDb + nFts3 + 2;
+  p = (Fts3auxTable *)sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
+  if( !p ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  memset(p, 0, nByte);
+
+  p->pFts3Tab = (Fts3Table *)&p[1];
+  p->pFts3Tab->zDb = (char *)&p->pFts3Tab[1];
+  p->pFts3Tab->zName = &p->pFts3Tab->zDb[nDb+1];
+  p->pFts3Tab->db = db;
+  p->pFts3Tab->nIndex = 1;
+
+  memcpy((char *)p->pFts3Tab->zDb, zDb, nDb);
+  memcpy((char *)p->pFts3Tab->zName, zFts3, nFts3);
+  sqlite3Fts3Dequote((char *)p->pFts3Tab->zName);
+
+  *ppVtab = (sqlite3_vtab *)p;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function does the work for both the xDisconnect and xDestroy methods.
+** These tables have no persistent representation of their own, so xDisconnect
+** and xDestroy are identical operations.
+*/
+static int fts3auxDisconnectMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
+  Fts3auxTable *p = (Fts3auxTable *)pVtab;
+  Fts3Table *pFts3 = p->pFts3Tab;
+  int i;
+
+  /* Free any prepared statements held */
+  for(i=0; i<SizeofArray(pFts3->aStmt); i++){
+    sqlite3_finalize(pFts3->aStmt[i]);
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(pFts3->zSegmentsTbl);
+  sqlite3_free(p);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+#define FTS4AUX_EQ_CONSTRAINT 1
+#define FTS4AUX_GE_CONSTRAINT 2
+#define FTS4AUX_LE_CONSTRAINT 4
+
+/*
+** xBestIndex - Analyze a WHERE and ORDER BY clause.
+*/
+static int fts3auxBestIndexMethod(
+  sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, 
+  sqlite3_index_info *pInfo
+){
+  int i;
+  int iEq = -1;
+  int iGe = -1;
+  int iLe = -1;
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab);
+
+  /* This vtab delivers always results in "ORDER BY term ASC" order. */
+  if( pInfo->nOrderBy==1 
+   && pInfo->aOrderBy[0].iColumn==0 
+   && pInfo->aOrderBy[0].desc==0
+  ){
+    pInfo->orderByConsumed = 1;
+  }
+
+  /* Search for equality and range constraints on the "term" column. */
+  for(i=0; i<pInfo->nConstraint; i++){
+    if( pInfo->aConstraint[i].usable && pInfo->aConstraint[i].iColumn==0 ){
+      int op = pInfo->aConstraint[i].op;
+      if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ ) iEq = i;
+      if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT ) iLe = i;
+      if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE ) iLe = i;
+      if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT ) iGe = i;
+      if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE ) iGe = i;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( iEq>=0 ){
+    pInfo->idxNum = FTS4AUX_EQ_CONSTRAINT;
+    pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iEq].argvIndex = 1;
+    pInfo->estimatedCost = 5;
+  }else{
+    pInfo->idxNum = 0;
+    pInfo->estimatedCost = 20000;
+    if( iGe>=0 ){
+      pInfo->idxNum += FTS4AUX_GE_CONSTRAINT;
+      pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iGe].argvIndex = 1;
+      pInfo->estimatedCost /= 2;
+    }
+    if( iLe>=0 ){
+      pInfo->idxNum += FTS4AUX_LE_CONSTRAINT;
+      pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iLe].argvIndex = 1 + (iGe>=0);
+      pInfo->estimatedCost /= 2;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** xOpen - Open a cursor.
+*/
+static int fts3auxOpenMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCsr){
+  Fts3auxCursor *pCsr;            /* Pointer to cursor object to return */
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab);
+
+  pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3auxCursor));
+  if( !pCsr ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(Fts3auxCursor));
+
+  *ppCsr = (sqlite3_vtab_cursor *)pCsr;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** xClose - Close a cursor.
+*/
+static int fts3auxCloseMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
+  Fts3Table *pFts3 = ((Fts3auxTable *)pCursor->pVtab)->pFts3Tab;
+  Fts3auxCursor *pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor;
+
+  sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(pFts3);
+  sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(&pCsr->csr);
+  sqlite3_free((void *)pCsr->filter.zTerm);
+  sqlite3_free(pCsr->zStop);
+  sqlite3_free(pCsr->aStat);
+  sqlite3_free(pCsr);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+static int fts3auxGrowStatArray(Fts3auxCursor *pCsr, int nSize){
+  if( nSize>pCsr->nStat ){
+    struct Fts3auxColstats *aNew;
+    aNew = (struct Fts3auxColstats *)sqlite3_realloc(pCsr->aStat, 
+        sizeof(struct Fts3auxColstats) * nSize
+    );
+    if( aNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    memset(&aNew[pCsr->nStat], 0, 
+        sizeof(struct Fts3auxColstats) * (nSize - pCsr->nStat)
+    );
+    pCsr->aStat = aNew;
+    pCsr->nStat = nSize;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** xNext - Advance the cursor to the next row, if any.
+*/
+static int fts3auxNextMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
+  Fts3auxCursor *pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor;
+  Fts3Table *pFts3 = ((Fts3auxTable *)pCursor->pVtab)->pFts3Tab;
+  int rc;
+
+  /* Increment our pretend rowid value. */
+  pCsr->iRowid++;
+
+  for(pCsr->iCol++; pCsr->iCol<pCsr->nStat; pCsr->iCol++){
+    if( pCsr->aStat[pCsr->iCol].nDoc>0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(pFts3, &pCsr->csr);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
+    int i = 0;
+    int nDoclist = pCsr->csr.nDoclist;
+    char *aDoclist = pCsr->csr.aDoclist;
+    int iCol;
+
+    int eState = 0;
+
+    if( pCsr->zStop ){
+      int n = (pCsr->nStop<pCsr->csr.nTerm) ? pCsr->nStop : pCsr->csr.nTerm;
+      int mc = memcmp(pCsr->zStop, pCsr->csr.zTerm, n);
+      if( mc<0 || (mc==0 && pCsr->csr.nTerm>pCsr->nStop) ){
+        pCsr->isEof = 1;
+        return SQLITE_OK;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if( fts3auxGrowStatArray(pCsr, 2) ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    memset(pCsr->aStat, 0, sizeof(struct Fts3auxColstats) * pCsr->nStat);
+    iCol = 0;
+
+    while( i<nDoclist ){
+      sqlite3_int64 v = 0;
+
+      i += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(&aDoclist[i], &v);
+      switch( eState ){
+        /* State 0. In this state the integer just read was a docid. */
+        case 0:
+          pCsr->aStat[0].nDoc++;
+          eState = 1;
+          iCol = 0;
+          break;
+
+        /* State 1. In this state we are expecting either a 1, indicating
+        ** that the following integer will be a column number, or the
+        ** start of a position list for column 0.  
+        ** 
+        ** The only difference between state 1 and state 2 is that if the
+        ** integer encountered in state 1 is not 0 or 1, then we need to
+        ** increment the column 0 "nDoc" count for this term.
+        */
+        case 1:
+          assert( iCol==0 );
+          if( v>1 ){
+            pCsr->aStat[1].nDoc++;
+          }
+          eState = 2;
+          /* fall through */
+
+        case 2:
+          if( v==0 ){       /* 0x00. Next integer will be a docid. */
+            eState = 0;
+          }else if( v==1 ){ /* 0x01. Next integer will be a column number. */
+            eState = 3;
+          }else{            /* 2 or greater. A position. */
+            pCsr->aStat[iCol+1].nOcc++;
+            pCsr->aStat[0].nOcc++;
+          }
+          break;
+
+        /* State 3. The integer just read is a column number. */
+        default: assert( eState==3 );
+          iCol = (int)v;
+          if( fts3auxGrowStatArray(pCsr, iCol+2) ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+          pCsr->aStat[iCol+1].nDoc++;
+          eState = 2;
+          break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    pCsr->iCol = 0;
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    pCsr->isEof = 1;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** xFilter - Initialize a cursor to point at the start of its data.
+*/
+static int fts3auxFilterMethod(
+  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor,   /* The cursor used for this query */
+  int idxNum,                     /* Strategy index */
+  const char *idxStr,             /* Unused */
+  int nVal,                       /* Number of elements in apVal */
+  sqlite3_value **apVal           /* Arguments for the indexing scheme */
+){
+  Fts3auxCursor *pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor;
+  Fts3Table *pFts3 = ((Fts3auxTable *)pCursor->pVtab)->pFts3Tab;
+  int rc;
+  int isScan;
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(nVal);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(idxStr);
+
+  assert( idxStr==0 );
+  assert( idxNum==FTS4AUX_EQ_CONSTRAINT || idxNum==0
+       || idxNum==FTS4AUX_LE_CONSTRAINT || idxNum==FTS4AUX_GE_CONSTRAINT
+       || idxNum==(FTS4AUX_LE_CONSTRAINT|FTS4AUX_GE_CONSTRAINT)
+  );
+  isScan = (idxNum!=FTS4AUX_EQ_CONSTRAINT);
+
+  /* In case this cursor is being reused, close and zero it. */
+  testcase(pCsr->filter.zTerm);
+  sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(&pCsr->csr);
+  sqlite3_free((void *)pCsr->filter.zTerm);
+  sqlite3_free(pCsr->aStat);
+  memset(&pCsr->csr, 0, ((u8*)&pCsr[1]) - (u8*)&pCsr->csr);
+
+  pCsr->filter.flags = FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS|FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY;
+  if( isScan ) pCsr->filter.flags |= FTS3_SEGMENT_SCAN;
+
+  if( idxNum&(FTS4AUX_EQ_CONSTRAINT|FTS4AUX_GE_CONSTRAINT) ){
+    const unsigned char *zStr = sqlite3_value_text(apVal[0]);
+    if( zStr ){
+      pCsr->filter.zTerm = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zStr);
+      pCsr->filter.nTerm = sqlite3_value_bytes(apVal[0]);
+      if( pCsr->filter.zTerm==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+  }
+  if( idxNum&FTS4AUX_LE_CONSTRAINT ){
+    int iIdx = (idxNum&FTS4AUX_GE_CONSTRAINT) ? 1 : 0;
+    pCsr->zStop = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_value_text(apVal[iIdx]));
+    pCsr->nStop = sqlite3_value_bytes(apVal[iIdx]);
+    if( pCsr->zStop==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+
+  rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(pFts3, 0, 0, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL,
+      pCsr->filter.zTerm, pCsr->filter.nTerm, 0, isScan, &pCsr->csr
+  );
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(pFts3, &pCsr->csr, &pCsr->filter);
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = fts3auxNextMethod(pCursor);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** xEof - Return true if the cursor is at EOF, or false otherwise.
+*/
+static int fts3auxEofMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
+  Fts3auxCursor *pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor;
+  return pCsr->isEof;
+}
+
+/*
+** xColumn - Return a column value.
+*/
+static int fts3auxColumnMethod(
+  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor,   /* Cursor to retrieve value from */
+  sqlite3_context *pContext,      /* Context for sqlite3_result_xxx() calls */
+  int iCol                        /* Index of column to read value from */
+){
+  Fts3auxCursor *p = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor;
+
+  assert( p->isEof==0 );
+  if( iCol==0 ){        /* Column "term" */
+    sqlite3_result_text(pContext, p->csr.zTerm, p->csr.nTerm, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+  }else if( iCol==1 ){  /* Column "col" */
+    if( p->iCol ){
+      sqlite3_result_int(pContext, p->iCol-1);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3_result_text(pContext, "*", -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+    }
+  }else if( iCol==2 ){  /* Column "documents" */
+    sqlite3_result_int64(pContext, p->aStat[p->iCol].nDoc);
+  }else{                /* Column "occurrences" */
+    sqlite3_result_int64(pContext, p->aStat[p->iCol].nOcc);
+  }
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** xRowid - Return the current rowid for the cursor.
+*/
+static int fts3auxRowidMethod(
+  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor,   /* Cursor to retrieve value from */
+  sqlite_int64 *pRowid            /* OUT: Rowid value */
+){
+  Fts3auxCursor *pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor;
+  *pRowid = pCsr->iRowid;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Register the fts3aux module with database connection db. Return SQLITE_OK
+** if successful or an error code if sqlite3_create_module() fails.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitAux(sqlite3 *db){
+  static const sqlite3_module fts3aux_module = {
+     0,                           /* iVersion      */
+     fts3auxConnectMethod,        /* xCreate       */
+     fts3auxConnectMethod,        /* xConnect      */
+     fts3auxBestIndexMethod,      /* xBestIndex    */
+     fts3auxDisconnectMethod,     /* xDisconnect   */
+     fts3auxDisconnectMethod,     /* xDestroy      */
+     fts3auxOpenMethod,           /* xOpen         */
+     fts3auxCloseMethod,          /* xClose        */
+     fts3auxFilterMethod,         /* xFilter       */
+     fts3auxNextMethod,           /* xNext         */
+     fts3auxEofMethod,            /* xEof          */
+     fts3auxColumnMethod,         /* xColumn       */
+     fts3auxRowidMethod,          /* xRowid        */
+     0,                           /* xUpdate       */
+     0,                           /* xBegin        */
+     0,                           /* xSync         */
+     0,                           /* xCommit       */
+     0,                           /* xRollback     */
+     0,                           /* xFindFunction */
+     0,                           /* xRename       */
+     0,                           /* xSavepoint    */
+     0,                           /* xRelease      */
+     0                            /* xRollbackTo   */
+  };
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+
+  rc = sqlite3_create_module(db, "fts4aux", &fts3aux_module, 0);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */
+
+/************** End of fts3_aux.c ********************************************/
+/************** Begin file fts3_expr.c ***************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 Nov 28
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This module contains code that implements a parser for fts3 query strings
+** (the right-hand argument to the MATCH operator). Because the supported 
+** syntax is relatively simple, the whole tokenizer/parser system is
+** hand-coded. 
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
+
+/*
+** By default, this module parses the legacy syntax that has been 
+** traditionally used by fts3. Or, if SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS
+** is defined, then it uses the new syntax. The differences between
+** the new and the old syntaxes are:
+**
+**  a) The new syntax supports parenthesis. The old does not.
+**
+**  b) The new syntax supports the AND and NOT operators. The old does not.
+**
+**  c) The old syntax supports the "-" token qualifier. This is not 
+**     supported by the new syntax (it is replaced by the NOT operator).
+**
+**  d) When using the old syntax, the OR operator has a greater precedence
+**     than an implicit AND. When using the new, both implicity and explicit
+**     AND operators have a higher precedence than OR.
+**
+** If compiled with SQLITE_TEST defined, then this module exports the
+** symbol "int sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses". Setting this variable
+** to zero causes the module to use the old syntax. If it is set to 
+** non-zero the new syntax is activated. This is so both syntaxes can
+** be tested using a single build of testfixture.
+**
+** The following describes the syntax supported by the fts3 MATCH
+** operator in a similar format to that used by the lemon parser
+** generator. This module does not use actually lemon, it uses a
+** custom parser.
+**
+**   query ::= andexpr (OR andexpr)*.
+**
+**   andexpr ::= notexpr (AND? notexpr)*.
+**
+**   notexpr ::= nearexpr (NOT nearexpr|-TOKEN)*.
+**   notexpr ::= LP query RP.
+**
+**   nearexpr ::= phrase (NEAR distance_opt nearexpr)*.
+**
+**   distance_opt ::= .
+**   distance_opt ::= / INTEGER.
+**
+**   phrase ::= TOKEN.
+**   phrase ::= COLUMN:TOKEN.
+**   phrase ::= "TOKEN TOKEN TOKEN...".
+*/
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses = 0;
+#else
+# ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS 
+#  define sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses 1
+# else
+#  define sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Default span for NEAR operators.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_FTS3_DEFAULT_NEAR_PARAM 10
+
+/* #include <string.h> */
+/* #include <assert.h> */
+
+/*
+** isNot:
+**   This variable is used by function getNextNode(). When getNextNode() is
+**   called, it sets ParseContext.isNot to true if the 'next node' is a 
+**   FTSQUERY_PHRASE with a unary "-" attached to it. i.e. "mysql" in the
+**   FTS3 query "sqlite -mysql". Otherwise, ParseContext.isNot is set to
+**   zero.
+*/
+typedef struct ParseContext ParseContext;
+struct ParseContext {
+  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer;      /* Tokenizer module */
+  int iLangid;                        /* Language id used with tokenizer */
+  const char **azCol;                 /* Array of column names for fts3 table */
+  int bFts4;                          /* True to allow FTS4-only syntax */
+  int nCol;                           /* Number of entries in azCol[] */
+  int iDefaultCol;                    /* Default column to query */
+  int isNot;                          /* True if getNextNode() sees a unary - */
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx;              /* Write error message here */
+  int nNest;                          /* Number of nested brackets */
+};
+
+/*
+** This function is equivalent to the standard isspace() function. 
+**
+** The standard isspace() can be awkward to use safely, because although it
+** is defined to accept an argument of type int, its behaviour when passed
+** an integer that falls outside of the range of the unsigned char type
+** is undefined (and sometimes, "undefined" means segfault). This wrapper
+** is defined to accept an argument of type char, and always returns 0 for
+** any values that fall outside of the range of the unsigned char type (i.e.
+** negative values).
+*/
+static int fts3isspace(char c){
+  return c==' ' || c=='\t' || c=='\n' || c=='\r' || c=='\v' || c=='\f';
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate nByte bytes of memory using sqlite3_malloc(). If successful,
+** zero the memory before returning a pointer to it. If unsuccessful, 
+** return NULL.
+*/
+static void *fts3MallocZero(int nByte){
+  void *pRet = sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
+  if( pRet ) memset(pRet, 0, nByte);
+  return pRet;
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(
+  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer,
+  int iLangid,
+  const char *z,
+  int n,
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCsr
+){
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pTokenizer->pModule;
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr = 0;
+  int rc;
+
+  rc = pModule->xOpen(pTokenizer, z, n, &pCsr);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pCsr==0 );
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    pCsr->pTokenizer = pTokenizer;
+    if( pModule->iVersion>=1 ){
+      rc = pModule->xLanguageid(pCsr, iLangid);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        pModule->xClose(pCsr);
+        pCsr = 0;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  *ppCsr = pCsr;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Extract the next token from buffer z (length n) using the tokenizer
+** and other information (column names etc.) in pParse. Create an Fts3Expr
+** structure of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE containing a phrase consisting of this
+** single token and set *ppExpr to point to it. If the end of the buffer is
+** reached before a token is found, set *ppExpr to zero. It is the
+** responsibility of the caller to eventually deallocate the allocated 
+** Fts3Expr structure (if any) by passing it to sqlite3_free().
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation
+** fails.
+*/
+static int getNextToken(
+  ParseContext *pParse,                   /* fts3 query parse context */
+  int iCol,                               /* Value for Fts3Phrase.iColumn */
+  const char *z, int n,                   /* Input string */
+  Fts3Expr **ppExpr,                      /* OUT: expression */
+  int *pnConsumed                         /* OUT: Number of bytes consumed */
+){
+  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = pParse->pTokenizer;
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pTokenizer->pModule;
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor;
+  Fts3Expr *pRet = 0;
+  int nConsumed = 0;
+
+  rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(pTokenizer, pParse->iLangid, z, n, &pCursor);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    const char *zToken;
+    int nToken, iStart, iEnd, iPosition;
+    int nByte;                               /* total space to allocate */
+
+    rc = pModule->xNext(pCursor, &zToken, &nToken, &iStart, &iEnd, &iPosition);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      nByte = sizeof(Fts3Expr) + sizeof(Fts3Phrase) + nToken;
+      pRet = (Fts3Expr *)fts3MallocZero(nByte);
+      if( !pRet ){
+        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }else{
+        pRet->eType = FTSQUERY_PHRASE;
+        pRet->pPhrase = (Fts3Phrase *)&pRet[1];
+        pRet->pPhrase->nToken = 1;
+        pRet->pPhrase->iColumn = iCol;
+        pRet->pPhrase->aToken[0].n = nToken;
+        pRet->pPhrase->aToken[0].z = (char *)&pRet->pPhrase[1];
+        memcpy(pRet->pPhrase->aToken[0].z, zToken, nToken);
+
+        if( iEnd<n && z[iEnd]=='*' ){
+          pRet->pPhrase->aToken[0].isPrefix = 1;
+          iEnd++;
+        }
+
+        while( 1 ){
+          if( !sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses 
+           && iStart>0 && z[iStart-1]=='-' 
+          ){
+            pParse->isNot = 1;
+            iStart--;
+          }else if( pParse->bFts4 && iStart>0 && z[iStart-1]=='^' ){
+            pRet->pPhrase->aToken[0].bFirst = 1;
+            iStart--;
+          }else{
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+
+      }
+      nConsumed = iEnd;
+    }
+
+    pModule->xClose(pCursor);
+  }
+  
+  *pnConsumed = nConsumed;
+  *ppExpr = pRet;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Enlarge a memory allocation.  If an out-of-memory allocation occurs,
+** then free the old allocation.
+*/
+static void *fts3ReallocOrFree(void *pOrig, int nNew){
+  void *pRet = sqlite3_realloc(pOrig, nNew);
+  if( !pRet ){
+    sqlite3_free(pOrig);
+  }
+  return pRet;
+}
+
+/*
+** Buffer zInput, length nInput, contains the contents of a quoted string
+** that appeared as part of an fts3 query expression. Neither quote character
+** is included in the buffer. This function attempts to tokenize the entire
+** input buffer and create an Fts3Expr structure of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE 
+** containing the results.
+**
+** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppExpr set to point at the
+** allocated Fts3Expr structure. Otherwise, either SQLITE_NOMEM (out of memory
+** error) or SQLITE_ERROR (tokenization error) is returned and *ppExpr set
+** to 0.
+*/
+static int getNextString(
+  ParseContext *pParse,                   /* fts3 query parse context */
+  const char *zInput, int nInput,         /* Input string */
+  Fts3Expr **ppExpr                       /* OUT: expression */
+){
+  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = pParse->pTokenizer;
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pTokenizer->pModule;
+  int rc;
+  Fts3Expr *p = 0;
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor = 0;
+  char *zTemp = 0;
+  int nTemp = 0;
+
+  const int nSpace = sizeof(Fts3Expr) + sizeof(Fts3Phrase);
+  int nToken = 0;
+
+  /* The final Fts3Expr data structure, including the Fts3Phrase,
+  ** Fts3PhraseToken structures token buffers are all stored as a single 
+  ** allocation so that the expression can be freed with a single call to
+  ** sqlite3_free(). Setting this up requires a two pass approach.
+  **
+  ** The first pass, in the block below, uses a tokenizer cursor to iterate
+  ** through the tokens in the expression. This pass uses fts3ReallocOrFree()
+  ** to assemble data in two dynamic buffers:
+  **
+  **   Buffer p: Points to the Fts3Expr structure, followed by the Fts3Phrase
+  **             structure, followed by the array of Fts3PhraseToken 
+  **             structures. This pass only populates the Fts3PhraseToken array.
+  **
+  **   Buffer zTemp: Contains copies of all tokens.
+  **
+  ** The second pass, in the block that begins "if( rc==SQLITE_DONE )" below,
+  ** appends buffer zTemp to buffer p, and fills in the Fts3Expr and Fts3Phrase
+  ** structures.
+  */
+  rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(
+      pTokenizer, pParse->iLangid, zInput, nInput, &pCursor);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int ii;
+    for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){
+      const char *zByte;
+      int nByte, iBegin, iEnd, iPos;
+      rc = pModule->xNext(pCursor, &zByte, &nByte, &iBegin, &iEnd, &iPos);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        Fts3PhraseToken *pToken;
+
+        p = fts3ReallocOrFree(p, nSpace + ii*sizeof(Fts3PhraseToken));
+        if( !p ) goto no_mem;
+
+        zTemp = fts3ReallocOrFree(zTemp, nTemp + nByte);
+        if( !zTemp ) goto no_mem;
+
+        assert( nToken==ii );
+        pToken = &((Fts3Phrase *)(&p[1]))->aToken[ii];
+        memset(pToken, 0, sizeof(Fts3PhraseToken));
+
+        memcpy(&zTemp[nTemp], zByte, nByte);
+        nTemp += nByte;
+
+        pToken->n = nByte;
+        pToken->isPrefix = (iEnd<nInput && zInput[iEnd]=='*');
+        pToken->bFirst = (iBegin>0 && zInput[iBegin-1]=='^');
+        nToken = ii+1;
+      }
+    }
+
+    pModule->xClose(pCursor);
+    pCursor = 0;
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+    int jj;
+    char *zBuf = 0;
+
+    p = fts3ReallocOrFree(p, nSpace + nToken*sizeof(Fts3PhraseToken) + nTemp);
+    if( !p ) goto no_mem;
+    memset(p, 0, (char *)&(((Fts3Phrase *)&p[1])->aToken[0])-(char *)p);
+    p->eType = FTSQUERY_PHRASE;
+    p->pPhrase = (Fts3Phrase *)&p[1];
+    p->pPhrase->iColumn = pParse->iDefaultCol;
+    p->pPhrase->nToken = nToken;
+
+    zBuf = (char *)&p->pPhrase->aToken[nToken];
+    if( zTemp ){
+      memcpy(zBuf, zTemp, nTemp);
+      sqlite3_free(zTemp);
+    }else{
+      assert( nTemp==0 );
+    }
+
+    for(jj=0; jj<p->pPhrase->nToken; jj++){
+      p->pPhrase->aToken[jj].z = zBuf;
+      zBuf += p->pPhrase->aToken[jj].n;
+    }
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  *ppExpr = p;
+  return rc;
+no_mem:
+
+  if( pCursor ){
+    pModule->xClose(pCursor);
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(zTemp);
+  sqlite3_free(p);
+  *ppExpr = 0;
+  return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+}
+
+/*
+** Function getNextNode(), which is called by fts3ExprParse(), may itself
+** call fts3ExprParse(). So this forward declaration is required.
+*/
+static int fts3ExprParse(ParseContext *, const char *, int, Fts3Expr **, int *);
+
+/*
+** The output variable *ppExpr is populated with an allocated Fts3Expr 
+** structure, or set to 0 if the end of the input buffer is reached.
+**
+** Returns an SQLite error code. SQLITE_OK if everything works, SQLITE_NOMEM
+** if a malloc failure occurs, or SQLITE_ERROR if a parse error is encountered.
+** If SQLITE_ERROR is returned, pContext is populated with an error message.
+*/
+static int getNextNode(
+  ParseContext *pParse,                   /* fts3 query parse context */
+  const char *z, int n,                   /* Input string */
+  Fts3Expr **ppExpr,                      /* OUT: expression */
+  int *pnConsumed                         /* OUT: Number of bytes consumed */
+){
+  static const struct Fts3Keyword {
+    char *z;                              /* Keyword text */
+    unsigned char n;                      /* Length of the keyword */
+    unsigned char parenOnly;              /* Only valid in paren mode */
+    unsigned char eType;                  /* Keyword code */
+  } aKeyword[] = {
+    { "OR" ,  2, 0, FTSQUERY_OR   },
+    { "AND",  3, 1, FTSQUERY_AND  },
+    { "NOT",  3, 1, FTSQUERY_NOT  },
+    { "NEAR", 4, 0, FTSQUERY_NEAR }
+  };
+  int ii;
+  int iCol;
+  int iColLen;
+  int rc;
+  Fts3Expr *pRet = 0;
+
+  const char *zInput = z;
+  int nInput = n;
+
+  pParse->isNot = 0;
+
+  /* Skip over any whitespace before checking for a keyword, an open or
+  ** close bracket, or a quoted string. 
+  */
+  while( nInput>0 && fts3isspace(*zInput) ){
+    nInput--;
+    zInput++;
+  }
+  if( nInput==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_DONE;
+  }
+
+  /* See if we are dealing with a keyword. */
+  for(ii=0; ii<(int)(sizeof(aKeyword)/sizeof(struct Fts3Keyword)); ii++){
+    const struct Fts3Keyword *pKey = &aKeyword[ii];
+
+    if( (pKey->parenOnly & ~sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses)!=0 ){
+      continue;
+    }
+
+    if( nInput>=pKey->n && 0==memcmp(zInput, pKey->z, pKey->n) ){
+      int nNear = SQLITE_FTS3_DEFAULT_NEAR_PARAM;
+      int nKey = pKey->n;
+      char cNext;
+
+      /* If this is a "NEAR" keyword, check for an explicit nearness. */
+      if( pKey->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ){
+        assert( nKey==4 );
+        if( zInput[4]=='/' && zInput[5]>='0' && zInput[5]<='9' ){
+          nNear = 0;
+          for(nKey=5; zInput[nKey]>='0' && zInput[nKey]<='9'; nKey++){
+            nNear = nNear * 10 + (zInput[nKey] - '0');
+          }
+        }
+      }
+
+      /* At this point this is probably a keyword. But for that to be true,
+      ** the next byte must contain either whitespace, an open or close
+      ** parenthesis, a quote character, or EOF. 
+      */
+      cNext = zInput[nKey];
+      if( fts3isspace(cNext) 
+       || cNext=='"' || cNext=='(' || cNext==')' || cNext==0
+      ){
+        pRet = (Fts3Expr *)fts3MallocZero(sizeof(Fts3Expr));
+        if( !pRet ){
+          return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+        }
+        pRet->eType = pKey->eType;
+        pRet->nNear = nNear;
+        *ppExpr = pRet;
+        *pnConsumed = (int)((zInput - z) + nKey);
+        return SQLITE_OK;
+      }
+
+      /* Turns out that wasn't a keyword after all. This happens if the
+      ** user has supplied a token such as "ORacle". Continue.
+      */
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Check for an open bracket. */
+  if( sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses ){
+    if( *zInput=='(' ){
+      int nConsumed;
+      pParse->nNest++;
+      rc = fts3ExprParse(pParse, &zInput[1], nInput-1, ppExpr, &nConsumed);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !*ppExpr ){
+        rc = SQLITE_DONE;
+      }
+      *pnConsumed = (int)((zInput - z) + 1 + nConsumed);
+      return rc;
+    }
+  
+    /* Check for a close bracket. */
+    if( *zInput==')' ){
+      pParse->nNest--;
+      *pnConsumed = (int)((zInput - z) + 1);
+      return SQLITE_DONE;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* See if we are dealing with a quoted phrase. If this is the case, then
+  ** search for the closing quote and pass the whole string to getNextString()
+  ** for processing. This is easy to do, as fts3 has no syntax for escaping
+  ** a quote character embedded in a string.
+  */
+  if( *zInput=='"' ){
+    for(ii=1; ii<nInput && zInput[ii]!='"'; ii++);
+    *pnConsumed = (int)((zInput - z) + ii + 1);
+    if( ii==nInput ){
+      return SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }
+    return getNextString(pParse, &zInput[1], ii-1, ppExpr);
+  }
+
+
+  /* If control flows to this point, this must be a regular token, or 
+  ** the end of the input. Read a regular token using the sqlite3_tokenizer
+  ** interface. Before doing so, figure out if there is an explicit
+  ** column specifier for the token. 
+  **
+  ** TODO: Strangely, it is not possible to associate a column specifier
+  ** with a quoted phrase, only with a single token. Not sure if this was
+  ** an implementation artifact or an intentional decision when fts3 was
+  ** first implemented. Whichever it was, this module duplicates the 
+  ** limitation.
+  */
+  iCol = pParse->iDefaultCol;
+  iColLen = 0;
+  for(ii=0; ii<pParse->nCol; ii++){
+    const char *zStr = pParse->azCol[ii];
+    int nStr = (int)strlen(zStr);
+    if( nInput>nStr && zInput[nStr]==':' 
+     && sqlite3_strnicmp(zStr, zInput, nStr)==0 
+    ){
+      iCol = ii;
+      iColLen = (int)((zInput - z) + nStr + 1);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  rc = getNextToken(pParse, iCol, &z[iColLen], n-iColLen, ppExpr, pnConsumed);
+  *pnConsumed += iColLen;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The argument is an Fts3Expr structure for a binary operator (any type
+** except an FTSQUERY_PHRASE). Return an integer value representing the
+** precedence of the operator. Lower values have a higher precedence (i.e.
+** group more tightly). For example, in the C language, the == operator
+** groups more tightly than ||, and would therefore have a higher precedence.
+**
+** When using the new fts3 query syntax (when SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS
+** is defined), the order of the operators in precedence from highest to
+** lowest is:
+**
+**   NEAR
+**   NOT
+**   AND (including implicit ANDs)
+**   OR
+**
+** Note that when using the old query syntax, the OR operator has a higher
+** precedence than the AND operator.
+*/
+static int opPrecedence(Fts3Expr *p){
+  assert( p->eType!=FTSQUERY_PHRASE );
+  if( sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses ){
+    return p->eType;
+  }else if( p->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ){
+    return 1;
+  }else if( p->eType==FTSQUERY_OR ){
+    return 2;
+  }
+  assert( p->eType==FTSQUERY_AND );
+  return 3;
+}
+
+/*
+** Argument ppHead contains a pointer to the current head of a query 
+** expression tree being parsed. pPrev is the expression node most recently
+** inserted into the tree. This function adds pNew, which is always a binary
+** operator node, into the expression tree based on the relative precedence
+** of pNew and the existing nodes of the tree. This may result in the head
+** of the tree changing, in which case *ppHead is set to the new root node.
+*/
+static void insertBinaryOperator(
+  Fts3Expr **ppHead,       /* Pointer to the root node of a tree */
+  Fts3Expr *pPrev,         /* Node most recently inserted into the tree */
+  Fts3Expr *pNew           /* New binary node to insert into expression tree */
+){
+  Fts3Expr *pSplit = pPrev;
+  while( pSplit->pParent && opPrecedence(pSplit->pParent)<=opPrecedence(pNew) ){
+    pSplit = pSplit->pParent;
+  }
+
+  if( pSplit->pParent ){
+    assert( pSplit->pParent->pRight==pSplit );
+    pSplit->pParent->pRight = pNew;
+    pNew->pParent = pSplit->pParent;
+  }else{
+    *ppHead = pNew;
+  }
+  pNew->pLeft = pSplit;
+  pSplit->pParent = pNew;
+}
+
+/*
+** Parse the fts3 query expression found in buffer z, length n. This function
+** returns either when the end of the buffer is reached or an unmatched 
+** closing bracket - ')' - is encountered.
+**
+** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned, *ppExpr is set to point to the
+** parsed form of the expression and *pnConsumed is set to the number of
+** bytes read from buffer z. Otherwise, *ppExpr is set to 0 and SQLITE_NOMEM
+** (out of memory error) or SQLITE_ERROR (parse error) is returned.
+*/
+static int fts3ExprParse(
+  ParseContext *pParse,                   /* fts3 query parse context */
+  const char *z, int n,                   /* Text of MATCH query */
+  Fts3Expr **ppExpr,                      /* OUT: Parsed query structure */
+  int *pnConsumed                         /* OUT: Number of bytes consumed */
+){
+  Fts3Expr *pRet = 0;
+  Fts3Expr *pPrev = 0;
+  Fts3Expr *pNotBranch = 0;               /* Only used in legacy parse mode */
+  int nIn = n;
+  const char *zIn = z;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int isRequirePhrase = 1;
+
+  while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    Fts3Expr *p = 0;
+    int nByte = 0;
+    rc = getNextNode(pParse, zIn, nIn, &p, &nByte);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      int isPhrase;
+
+      if( !sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses 
+       && p->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE && pParse->isNot 
+      ){
+        /* Create an implicit NOT operator. */
+        Fts3Expr *pNot = fts3MallocZero(sizeof(Fts3Expr));
+        if( !pNot ){
+          sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p);
+          rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+          goto exprparse_out;
+        }
+        pNot->eType = FTSQUERY_NOT;
+        pNot->pRight = p;
+        if( pNotBranch ){
+          pNot->pLeft = pNotBranch;
+        }
+        pNotBranch = pNot;
+        p = pPrev;
+      }else{
+        int eType = p->eType;
+        isPhrase = (eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE || p->pLeft);
+
+        /* The isRequirePhrase variable is set to true if a phrase or
+        ** an expression contained in parenthesis is required. If a
+        ** binary operator (AND, OR, NOT or NEAR) is encounted when
+        ** isRequirePhrase is set, this is a syntax error.
+        */
+        if( !isPhrase && isRequirePhrase ){
+          sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p);
+          rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+          goto exprparse_out;
+        }
+  
+        if( isPhrase && !isRequirePhrase ){
+          /* Insert an implicit AND operator. */
+          Fts3Expr *pAnd;
+          assert( pRet && pPrev );
+          pAnd = fts3MallocZero(sizeof(Fts3Expr));
+          if( !pAnd ){
+            sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p);
+            rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+            goto exprparse_out;
+          }
+          pAnd->eType = FTSQUERY_AND;
+          insertBinaryOperator(&pRet, pPrev, pAnd);
+          pPrev = pAnd;
+        }
+
+        /* This test catches attempts to make either operand of a NEAR
+        ** operator something other than a phrase. For example, either of
+        ** the following:
+        **
+        **    (bracketed expression) NEAR phrase
+        **    phrase NEAR (bracketed expression)
+        **
+        ** Return an error in either case.
+        */
+        if( pPrev && (
+            (eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR && !isPhrase && pPrev->eType!=FTSQUERY_PHRASE)
+         || (eType!=FTSQUERY_PHRASE && isPhrase && pPrev->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR)
+        )){
+          sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p);
+          rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+          goto exprparse_out;
+        }
+  
+        if( isPhrase ){
+          if( pRet ){
+            assert( pPrev && pPrev->pLeft && pPrev->pRight==0 );
+            pPrev->pRight = p;
+            p->pParent = pPrev;
+          }else{
+            pRet = p;
+          }
+        }else{
+          insertBinaryOperator(&pRet, pPrev, p);
+        }
+        isRequirePhrase = !isPhrase;
+      }
+      assert( nByte>0 );
+    }
+    assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || (nByte>0 && nByte<=nIn) );
+    nIn -= nByte;
+    zIn += nByte;
+    pPrev = p;
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_DONE && pRet && isRequirePhrase ){
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    if( !sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses && pNotBranch ){
+      if( !pRet ){
+        rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+      }else{
+        Fts3Expr *pIter = pNotBranch;
+        while( pIter->pLeft ){
+          pIter = pIter->pLeft;
+        }
+        pIter->pLeft = pRet;
+        pRet = pNotBranch;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  *pnConsumed = n - nIn;
+
+exprparse_out:
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pRet);
+    sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pNotBranch);
+    pRet = 0;
+  }
+  *ppExpr = pRet;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Parameters z and n contain a pointer to and length of a buffer containing
+** an fts3 query expression, respectively. This function attempts to parse the
+** query expression and create a tree of Fts3Expr structures representing the
+** parsed expression. If successful, *ppExpr is set to point to the head
+** of the parsed expression tree and SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error
+** occurs, either SQLITE_NOMEM (out-of-memory error) or SQLITE_ERROR (parse
+** error) is returned and *ppExpr is set to 0.
+**
+** If parameter n is a negative number, then z is assumed to point to a
+** nul-terminated string and the length is determined using strlen().
+**
+** The first parameter, pTokenizer, is passed the fts3 tokenizer module to
+** use to normalize query tokens while parsing the expression. The azCol[]
+** array, which is assumed to contain nCol entries, should contain the names
+** of each column in the target fts3 table, in order from left to right. 
+** Column names must be nul-terminated strings.
+**
+** The iDefaultCol parameter should be passed the index of the table column
+** that appears on the left-hand-side of the MATCH operator (the default
+** column to match against for tokens for which a column name is not explicitly
+** specified as part of the query string), or -1 if tokens may by default
+** match any table column.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(
+  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer,      /* Tokenizer module */
+  int iLangid,                        /* Language id for tokenizer */
+  char **azCol,                       /* Array of column names for fts3 table */
+  int bFts4,                          /* True to allow FTS4-only syntax */
+  int nCol,                           /* Number of entries in azCol[] */
+  int iDefaultCol,                    /* Default column to query */
+  const char *z, int n,               /* Text of MATCH query */
+  Fts3Expr **ppExpr                   /* OUT: Parsed query structure */
+){
+  int nParsed;
+  int rc;
+  ParseContext sParse;
+
+  memset(&sParse, 0, sizeof(ParseContext));
+  sParse.pTokenizer = pTokenizer;
+  sParse.iLangid = iLangid;
+  sParse.azCol = (const char **)azCol;
+  sParse.nCol = nCol;
+  sParse.iDefaultCol = iDefaultCol;
+  sParse.bFts4 = bFts4;
+  if( z==0 ){
+    *ppExpr = 0;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  if( n<0 ){
+    n = (int)strlen(z);
+  }
+  rc = fts3ExprParse(&sParse, z, n, ppExpr, &nParsed);
+
+  /* Check for mismatched parenthesis */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sParse.nNest ){
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(*ppExpr);
+    *ppExpr = 0;
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Free a parsed fts3 query expression allocated by sqlite3Fts3ExprParse().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(Fts3Expr *p){
+  if( p ){
+    assert( p->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE || p->pPhrase==0 );
+    sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p->pLeft);
+    sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p->pRight);
+    sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseCleanup(p->pPhrase);
+    sqlite3_free(p->aMI);
+    sqlite3_free(p);
+  }
+}
+
+/****************************************************************************
+*****************************************************************************
+** Everything after this point is just test code.
+*/
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+
+/* #include <stdio.h> */
+
+/*
+** Function to query the hash-table of tokenizers (see README.tokenizers).
+*/
+static int queryTestTokenizer(
+  sqlite3 *db, 
+  const char *zName,  
+  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module **pp
+){
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+  const char zSql[] = "SELECT fts3_tokenizer(?)";
+
+  *pp = 0;
+  rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 1, zName, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+  if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
+    if( sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, 0)==SQLITE_BLOB ){
+      memcpy((void *)pp, sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0), sizeof(*pp));
+    }
+  }
+
+  return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to a buffer containing a text representation of the
+** expression passed as the first argument. The buffer is obtained from
+** sqlite3_malloc(). It is the responsibility of the caller to use 
+** sqlite3_free() to release the memory. If an OOM condition is encountered,
+** NULL is returned.
+**
+** If the second argument is not NULL, then its contents are prepended to 
+** the returned expression text and then freed using sqlite3_free().
+*/
+static char *exprToString(Fts3Expr *pExpr, char *zBuf){
+  switch( pExpr->eType ){
+    case FTSQUERY_PHRASE: {
+      Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase;
+      int i;
+      zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf(
+          "%zPHRASE %d 0", zBuf, pPhrase->iColumn);
+      for(i=0; zBuf && i<pPhrase->nToken; i++){
+        zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%z %.*s%s", zBuf, 
+            pPhrase->aToken[i].n, pPhrase->aToken[i].z,
+            (pPhrase->aToken[i].isPrefix?"+":"")
+        );
+      }
+      return zBuf;
+    }
+
+    case FTSQUERY_NEAR:
+      zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%zNEAR/%d ", zBuf, pExpr->nNear);
+      break;
+    case FTSQUERY_NOT:
+      zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%zNOT ", zBuf);
+      break;
+    case FTSQUERY_AND:
+      zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%zAND ", zBuf);
+      break;
+    case FTSQUERY_OR:
+      zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%zOR ", zBuf);
+      break;
+  }
+
+  if( zBuf ) zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%z{", zBuf);
+  if( zBuf ) zBuf = exprToString(pExpr->pLeft, zBuf);
+  if( zBuf ) zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%z} {", zBuf);
+
+  if( zBuf ) zBuf = exprToString(pExpr->pRight, zBuf);
+  if( zBuf ) zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%z}", zBuf);
+
+  return zBuf;
+}
+
+/*
+** This is the implementation of a scalar SQL function used to test the 
+** expression parser. It should be called as follows:
+**
+**   fts3_exprtest(<tokenizer>, <expr>, <column 1>, ...);
+**
+** The first argument, <tokenizer>, is the name of the fts3 tokenizer used
+** to parse the query expression (see README.tokenizers). The second argument
+** is the query expression to parse. Each subsequent argument is the name
+** of a column of the fts3 table that the query expression may refer to.
+** For example:
+**
+**   SELECT fts3_exprtest('simple', 'Bill col2:Bloggs', 'col1', 'col2');
+*/
+static void fts3ExprTest(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = 0;
+  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = 0;
+  int rc;
+  char **azCol = 0;
+  const char *zExpr;
+  int nExpr;
+  int nCol;
+  int ii;
+  Fts3Expr *pExpr;
+  char *zBuf = 0;
+  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+
+  if( argc<3 ){
+    sqlite3_result_error(context, 
+        "Usage: fts3_exprtest(tokenizer, expr, col1, ...", -1
+    );
+    return;
+  }
+
+  rc = queryTestTokenizer(db,
+                          (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]), &pModule);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
+    sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
+    goto exprtest_out;
+  }else if( !pModule ){
+    sqlite3_result_error(context, "No such tokenizer module", -1);
+    goto exprtest_out;
+  }
+
+  rc = pModule->xCreate(0, 0, &pTokenizer);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_OK );
+  if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
+    sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
+    goto exprtest_out;
+  }
+  pTokenizer->pModule = pModule;
+
+  zExpr = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
+  nExpr = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]);
+  nCol = argc-2;
+  azCol = (char **)sqlite3_malloc(nCol*sizeof(char *));
+  if( !azCol ){
+    sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
+    goto exprtest_out;
+  }
+  for(ii=0; ii<nCol; ii++){
+    azCol[ii] = (char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[ii+2]);
+  }
+
+  rc = sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(
+      pTokenizer, 0, azCol, 0, nCol, nCol, zExpr, nExpr, &pExpr
+  );
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_NOMEM ){
+    sqlite3_result_error(context, "Error parsing expression", -1);
+  }else if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || !(zBuf = exprToString(pExpr, 0)) ){
+    sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+    sqlite3_free(zBuf);
+  }
+
+  sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pExpr);
+
+exprtest_out:
+  if( pModule && pTokenizer ){
+    rc = pModule->xDestroy(pTokenizer);
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(azCol);
+}
+
+/*
+** Register the query expression parser test function fts3_exprtest() 
+** with database connection db. 
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprInitTestInterface(sqlite3* db){
+  return sqlite3_create_function(
+      db, "fts3_exprtest", -1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, fts3ExprTest, 0, 0
+  );
+}
+
+#endif
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */
+
+/************** End of fts3_expr.c *******************************************/
+/************** Begin file fts3_hash.c ***************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This is the implementation of generic hash-tables used in SQLite.
+** We've modified it slightly to serve as a standalone hash table
+** implementation for the full-text indexing module.
+*/
+
+/*
+** The code in this file is only compiled if:
+**
+**     * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension
+**       (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or
+**
+**     * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of
+**       SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined).
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
+
+/* #include <assert.h> */
+/* #include <stdlib.h> */
+/* #include <string.h> */
+
+
+/*
+** Malloc and Free functions
+*/
+static void *fts3HashMalloc(int n){
+  void *p = sqlite3_malloc(n);
+  if( p ){
+    memset(p, 0, n);
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+static void fts3HashFree(void *p){
+  sqlite3_free(p);
+}
+
+/* Turn bulk memory into a hash table object by initializing the
+** fields of the Hash structure.
+**
+** "pNew" is a pointer to the hash table that is to be initialized.
+** keyClass is one of the constants 
+** FTS3_HASH_BINARY or FTS3_HASH_STRING.  The value of keyClass 
+** determines what kind of key the hash table will use.  "copyKey" is
+** true if the hash table should make its own private copy of keys and
+** false if it should just use the supplied pointer.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3HashInit(Fts3Hash *pNew, char keyClass, char copyKey){
+  assert( pNew!=0 );
+  assert( keyClass>=FTS3_HASH_STRING && keyClass<=FTS3_HASH_BINARY );
+  pNew->keyClass = keyClass;
+  pNew->copyKey = copyKey;
+  pNew->first = 0;
+  pNew->count = 0;
+  pNew->htsize = 0;
+  pNew->ht = 0;
+}
+
+/* Remove all entries from a hash table.  Reclaim all memory.
+** Call this routine to delete a hash table or to reset a hash table
+** to the empty state.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3HashClear(Fts3Hash *pH){
+  Fts3HashElem *elem;         /* For looping over all elements of the table */
+
+  assert( pH!=0 );
+  elem = pH->first;
+  pH->first = 0;
+  fts3HashFree(pH->ht);
+  pH->ht = 0;
+  pH->htsize = 0;
+  while( elem ){
+    Fts3HashElem *next_elem = elem->next;
+    if( pH->copyKey && elem->pKey ){
+      fts3HashFree(elem->pKey);
+    }
+    fts3HashFree(elem);
+    elem = next_elem;
+  }
+  pH->count = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is FTS3_HASH_STRING
+*/
+static int fts3StrHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){
+  const char *z = (const char *)pKey;
+  int h = 0;
+  if( nKey<=0 ) nKey = (int) strlen(z);
+  while( nKey > 0  ){
+    h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ *z++;
+    nKey--;
+  }
+  return h & 0x7fffffff;
+}
+static int fts3StrCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){
+  if( n1!=n2 ) return 1;
+  return strncmp((const char*)pKey1,(const char*)pKey2,n1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is FTS3_HASH_BINARY
+*/
+static int fts3BinHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){
+  int h = 0;
+  const char *z = (const char *)pKey;
+  while( nKey-- > 0 ){
+    h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ *(z++);
+  }
+  return h & 0x7fffffff;
+}
+static int fts3BinCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){
+  if( n1!=n2 ) return 1;
+  return memcmp(pKey1,pKey2,n1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class.
+**
+** The C syntax in this function definition may be unfamilar to some 
+** programmers, so we provide the following additional explanation:
+**
+** The name of the function is "ftsHashFunction".  The function takes a
+** single parameter "keyClass".  The return value of ftsHashFunction()
+** is a pointer to another function.  Specifically, the return value
+** of ftsHashFunction() is a pointer to a function that takes two parameters
+** with types "const void*" and "int" and returns an "int".
+*/
+static int (*ftsHashFunction(int keyClass))(const void*,int){
+  if( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_STRING ){
+    return &fts3StrHash;
+  }else{
+    assert( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_BINARY );
+    return &fts3BinHash;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class.
+**
+** For help in interpreted the obscure C code in the function definition,
+** see the header comment on the previous function.
+*/
+static int (*ftsCompareFunction(int keyClass))(const void*,int,const void*,int){
+  if( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_STRING ){
+    return &fts3StrCompare;
+  }else{
+    assert( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_BINARY );
+    return &fts3BinCompare;
+  }
+}
+
+/* Link an element into the hash table
+*/
+static void fts3HashInsertElement(
+  Fts3Hash *pH,            /* The complete hash table */
+  struct _fts3ht *pEntry,  /* The entry into which pNew is inserted */
+  Fts3HashElem *pNew       /* The element to be inserted */
+){
+  Fts3HashElem *pHead;     /* First element already in pEntry */
+  pHead = pEntry->chain;
+  if( pHead ){
+    pNew->next = pHead;
+    pNew->prev = pHead->prev;
+    if( pHead->prev ){ pHead->prev->next = pNew; }
+    else             { pH->first = pNew; }
+    pHead->prev = pNew;
+  }else{
+    pNew->next = pH->first;
+    if( pH->first ){ pH->first->prev = pNew; }
+    pNew->prev = 0;
+    pH->first = pNew;
+  }
+  pEntry->count++;
+  pEntry->chain = pNew;
+}
+
+
+/* Resize the hash table so that it cantains "new_size" buckets.
+** "new_size" must be a power of 2.  The hash table might fail 
+** to resize if sqliteMalloc() fails.
+**
+** Return non-zero if a memory allocation error occurs.
+*/
+static int fts3Rehash(Fts3Hash *pH, int new_size){
+  struct _fts3ht *new_ht;          /* The new hash table */
+  Fts3HashElem *elem, *next_elem;  /* For looping over existing elements */
+  int (*xHash)(const void*,int);   /* The hash function */
+
+  assert( (new_size & (new_size-1))==0 );
+  new_ht = (struct _fts3ht *)fts3HashMalloc( new_size*sizeof(struct _fts3ht) );
+  if( new_ht==0 ) return 1;
+  fts3HashFree(pH->ht);
+  pH->ht = new_ht;
+  pH->htsize = new_size;
+  xHash = ftsHashFunction(pH->keyClass);
+  for(elem=pH->first, pH->first=0; elem; elem = next_elem){
+    int h = (*xHash)(elem->pKey, elem->nKey) & (new_size-1);
+    next_elem = elem->next;
+    fts3HashInsertElement(pH, &new_ht[h], elem);
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* This function (for internal use only) locates an element in an
+** hash table that matches the given key.  The hash for this key has
+** already been computed and is passed as the 4th parameter.
+*/
+static Fts3HashElem *fts3FindElementByHash(
+  const Fts3Hash *pH, /* The pH to be searched */
+  const void *pKey,   /* The key we are searching for */
+  int nKey,
+  int h               /* The hash for this key. */
+){
+  Fts3HashElem *elem;            /* Used to loop thru the element list */
+  int count;                     /* Number of elements left to test */
+  int (*xCompare)(const void*,int,const void*,int);  /* comparison function */
+
+  if( pH->ht ){
+    struct _fts3ht *pEntry = &pH->ht[h];
+    elem = pEntry->chain;
+    count = pEntry->count;
+    xCompare = ftsCompareFunction(pH->keyClass);
+    while( count-- && elem ){
+      if( (*xCompare)(elem->pKey,elem->nKey,pKey,nKey)==0 ){ 
+        return elem;
+      }
+      elem = elem->next;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Remove a single entry from the hash table given a pointer to that
+** element and a hash on the element's key.
+*/
+static void fts3RemoveElementByHash(
+  Fts3Hash *pH,         /* The pH containing "elem" */
+  Fts3HashElem* elem,   /* The element to be removed from the pH */
+  int h                 /* Hash value for the element */
+){
+  struct _fts3ht *pEntry;
+  if( elem->prev ){
+    elem->prev->next = elem->next; 
+  }else{
+    pH->first = elem->next;
+  }
+  if( elem->next ){
+    elem->next->prev = elem->prev;
+  }
+  pEntry = &pH->ht[h];
+  if( pEntry->chain==elem ){
+    pEntry->chain = elem->next;
+  }
+  pEntry->count--;
+  if( pEntry->count<=0 ){
+    pEntry->chain = 0;
+  }
+  if( pH->copyKey && elem->pKey ){
+    fts3HashFree(elem->pKey);
+  }
+  fts3HashFree( elem );
+  pH->count--;
+  if( pH->count<=0 ){
+    assert( pH->first==0 );
+    assert( pH->count==0 );
+    fts3HashClear(pH);
+  }
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Fts3HashElem *sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem(
+  const Fts3Hash *pH, 
+  const void *pKey, 
+  int nKey
+){
+  int h;                          /* A hash on key */
+  int (*xHash)(const void*,int);  /* The hash function */
+
+  if( pH==0 || pH->ht==0 ) return 0;
+  xHash = ftsHashFunction(pH->keyClass);
+  assert( xHash!=0 );
+  h = (*xHash)(pKey,nKey);
+  assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 );
+  return fts3FindElementByHash(pH,pKey,nKey, h & (pH->htsize-1));
+}
+
+/* 
+** Attempt to locate an element of the hash table pH with a key
+** that matches pKey,nKey.  Return the data for this element if it is
+** found, or NULL if there is no match.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashFind(const Fts3Hash *pH, const void *pKey, int nKey){
+  Fts3HashElem *pElem;            /* The element that matches key (if any) */
+
+  pElem = sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem(pH, pKey, nKey);
+  return pElem ? pElem->data : 0;
+}
+
+/* Insert an element into the hash table pH.  The key is pKey,nKey
+** and the data is "data".
+**
+** If no element exists with a matching key, then a new
+** element is created.  A copy of the key is made if the copyKey
+** flag is set.  NULL is returned.
+**
+** If another element already exists with the same key, then the
+** new data replaces the old data and the old data is returned.
+** The key is not copied in this instance.  If a malloc fails, then
+** the new data is returned and the hash table is unchanged.
+**
+** If the "data" parameter to this function is NULL, then the
+** element corresponding to "key" is removed from the hash table.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(
+  Fts3Hash *pH,        /* The hash table to insert into */
+  const void *pKey,    /* The key */
+  int nKey,            /* Number of bytes in the key */
+  void *data           /* The data */
+){
+  int hraw;                 /* Raw hash value of the key */
+  int h;                    /* the hash of the key modulo hash table size */
+  Fts3HashElem *elem;       /* Used to loop thru the element list */
+  Fts3HashElem *new_elem;   /* New element added to the pH */
+  int (*xHash)(const void*,int);  /* The hash function */
+
+  assert( pH!=0 );
+  xHash = ftsHashFunction(pH->keyClass);
+  assert( xHash!=0 );
+  hraw = (*xHash)(pKey, nKey);
+  assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 );
+  h = hraw & (pH->htsize-1);
+  elem = fts3FindElementByHash(pH,pKey,nKey,h);
+  if( elem ){
+    void *old_data = elem->data;
+    if( data==0 ){
+      fts3RemoveElementByHash(pH,elem,h);
+    }else{
+      elem->data = data;
+    }
+    return old_data;
+  }
+  if( data==0 ) return 0;
+  if( (pH->htsize==0 && fts3Rehash(pH,8))
+   || (pH->count>=pH->htsize && fts3Rehash(pH, pH->htsize*2))
+  ){
+    pH->count = 0;
+    return data;
+  }
+  assert( pH->htsize>0 );
+  new_elem = (Fts3HashElem*)fts3HashMalloc( sizeof(Fts3HashElem) );
+  if( new_elem==0 ) return data;
+  if( pH->copyKey && pKey!=0 ){
+    new_elem->pKey = fts3HashMalloc( nKey );
+    if( new_elem->pKey==0 ){
+      fts3HashFree(new_elem);
+      return data;
+    }
+    memcpy((void*)new_elem->pKey, pKey, nKey);
+  }else{
+    new_elem->pKey = (void*)pKey;
+  }
+  new_elem->nKey = nKey;
+  pH->count++;
+  assert( pH->htsize>0 );
+  assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 );
+  h = hraw & (pH->htsize-1);
+  fts3HashInsertElement(pH, &pH->ht[h], new_elem);
+  new_elem->data = data;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */
+
+/************** End of fts3_hash.c *******************************************/
+/************** Begin file fts3_porter.c *************************************/
+/*
+** 2006 September 30
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** Implementation of the full-text-search tokenizer that implements
+** a Porter stemmer.
+*/
+
+/*
+** The code in this file is only compiled if:
+**
+**     * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension
+**       (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or
+**
+**     * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of
+**       SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined).
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
+
+/* #include <assert.h> */
+/* #include <stdlib.h> */
+/* #include <stdio.h> */
+/* #include <string.h> */
+
+
+/*
+** Class derived from sqlite3_tokenizer
+*/
+typedef struct porter_tokenizer {
+  sqlite3_tokenizer base;      /* Base class */
+} porter_tokenizer;
+
+/*
+** Class derived from sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor
+*/
+typedef struct porter_tokenizer_cursor {
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor base;
+  const char *zInput;          /* input we are tokenizing */
+  int nInput;                  /* size of the input */
+  int iOffset;                 /* current position in zInput */
+  int iToken;                  /* index of next token to be returned */
+  char *zToken;                /* storage for current token */
+  int nAllocated;              /* space allocated to zToken buffer */
+} porter_tokenizer_cursor;
+
+
+/*
+** Create a new tokenizer instance.
+*/
+static int porterCreate(
+  int argc, const char * const *argv,
+  sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer
+){
+  porter_tokenizer *t;
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argv);
+
+  t = (porter_tokenizer *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*t));
+  if( t==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  memset(t, 0, sizeof(*t));
+  *ppTokenizer = &t->base;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Destroy a tokenizer
+*/
+static int porterDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){
+  sqlite3_free(pTokenizer);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string.  The input
+** string to be tokenized is zInput[0..nInput-1].  A cursor
+** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in 
+** *ppCursor.
+*/
+static int porterOpen(
+  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer,         /* The tokenizer */
+  const char *zInput, int nInput,        /* String to be tokenized */
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor    /* OUT: Tokenization cursor */
+){
+  porter_tokenizer_cursor *c;
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pTokenizer);
+
+  c = (porter_tokenizer_cursor *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*c));
+  if( c==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+
+  c->zInput = zInput;
+  if( zInput==0 ){
+    c->nInput = 0;
+  }else if( nInput<0 ){
+    c->nInput = (int)strlen(zInput);
+  }else{
+    c->nInput = nInput;
+  }
+  c->iOffset = 0;                 /* start tokenizing at the beginning */
+  c->iToken = 0;
+  c->zToken = NULL;               /* no space allocated, yet. */
+  c->nAllocated = 0;
+
+  *ppCursor = &c->base;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a tokenization cursor previously opened by a call to
+** porterOpen() above.
+*/
+static int porterClose(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){
+  porter_tokenizer_cursor *c = (porter_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor;
+  sqlite3_free(c->zToken);
+  sqlite3_free(c);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+/*
+** Vowel or consonant
+*/
+static const char cType[] = {
+   0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0,
+   1, 1, 1, 2, 1
+};
+
+/*
+** isConsonant() and isVowel() determine if their first character in
+** the string they point to is a consonant or a vowel, according
+** to Porter ruls.  
+**
+** A consonate is any letter other than 'a', 'e', 'i', 'o', or 'u'.
+** 'Y' is a consonant unless it follows another consonant,
+** in which case it is a vowel.
+**
+** In these routine, the letters are in reverse order.  So the 'y' rule
+** is that 'y' is a consonant unless it is followed by another
+** consonent.
+*/
+static int isVowel(const char*);
+static int isConsonant(const char *z){
+  int j;
+  char x = *z;
+  if( x==0 ) return 0;
+  assert( x>='a' && x<='z' );
+  j = cType[x-'a'];
+  if( j<2 ) return j;
+  return z[1]==0 || isVowel(z + 1);
+}
+static int isVowel(const char *z){
+  int j;
+  char x = *z;
+  if( x==0 ) return 0;
+  assert( x>='a' && x<='z' );
+  j = cType[x-'a'];
+  if( j<2 ) return 1-j;
+  return isConsonant(z + 1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Let any sequence of one or more vowels be represented by V and let
+** C be sequence of one or more consonants.  Then every word can be
+** represented as:
+**
+**           [C] (VC){m} [V]
+**
+** In prose:  A word is an optional consonant followed by zero or
+** vowel-consonant pairs followed by an optional vowel.  "m" is the
+** number of vowel consonant pairs.  This routine computes the value
+** of m for the first i bytes of a word.
+**
+** Return true if the m-value for z is 1 or more.  In other words,
+** return true if z contains at least one vowel that is followed
+** by a consonant.
+**
+** In this routine z[] is in reverse order.  So we are really looking
+** for an instance of of a consonant followed by a vowel.
+*/
+static int m_gt_0(const char *z){
+  while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
+  if( *z==0 ) return 0;
+  while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
+  return *z!=0;
+}
+
+/* Like mgt0 above except we are looking for a value of m which is
+** exactly 1
+*/
+static int m_eq_1(const char *z){
+  while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
+  if( *z==0 ) return 0;
+  while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
+  if( *z==0 ) return 0;
+  while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
+  if( *z==0 ) return 1;
+  while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
+  return *z==0;
+}
+
+/* Like mgt0 above except we are looking for a value of m>1 instead
+** or m>0
+*/
+static int m_gt_1(const char *z){
+  while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
+  if( *z==0 ) return 0;
+  while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
+  if( *z==0 ) return 0;
+  while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
+  if( *z==0 ) return 0;
+  while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
+  return *z!=0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if there is a vowel anywhere within z[0..n-1]
+*/
+static int hasVowel(const char *z){
+  while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
+  return *z!=0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the word ends in a double consonant.
+**
+** The text is reversed here. So we are really looking at
+** the first two characters of z[].
+*/
+static int doubleConsonant(const char *z){
+  return isConsonant(z) && z[0]==z[1];
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the word ends with three letters which
+** are consonant-vowel-consonent and where the final consonant
+** is not 'w', 'x', or 'y'.
+**
+** The word is reversed here.  So we are really checking the
+** first three letters and the first one cannot be in [wxy].
+*/
+static int star_oh(const char *z){
+  return
+    isConsonant(z) &&
+    z[0]!='w' && z[0]!='x' && z[0]!='y' &&
+    isVowel(z+1) &&
+    isConsonant(z+2);
+}
+
+/*
+** If the word ends with zFrom and xCond() is true for the stem
+** of the word that preceeds the zFrom ending, then change the 
+** ending to zTo.
+**
+** The input word *pz and zFrom are both in reverse order.  zTo
+** is in normal order. 
+**
+** Return TRUE if zFrom matches.  Return FALSE if zFrom does not
+** match.  Not that TRUE is returned even if xCond() fails and
+** no substitution occurs.
+*/
+static int stem(
+  char **pz,             /* The word being stemmed (Reversed) */
+  const char *zFrom,     /* If the ending matches this... (Reversed) */
+  const char *zTo,       /* ... change the ending to this (not reversed) */
+  int (*xCond)(const char*)   /* Condition that must be true */
+){
+  char *z = *pz;
+  while( *zFrom && *zFrom==*z ){ z++; zFrom++; }
+  if( *zFrom!=0 ) return 0;
+  if( xCond && !xCond(z) ) return 1;
+  while( *zTo ){
+    *(--z) = *(zTo++);
+  }
+  *pz = z;
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** This is the fallback stemmer used when the porter stemmer is
+** inappropriate.  The input word is copied into the output with
+** US-ASCII case folding.  If the input word is too long (more
+** than 20 bytes if it contains no digits or more than 6 bytes if
+** it contains digits) then word is truncated to 20 or 6 bytes
+** by taking 10 or 3 bytes from the beginning and end.
+*/
+static void copy_stemmer(const char *zIn, int nIn, char *zOut, int *pnOut){
+  int i, mx, j;
+  int hasDigit = 0;
+  for(i=0; i<nIn; i++){
+    char c = zIn[i];
+    if( c>='A' && c<='Z' ){
+      zOut[i] = c - 'A' + 'a';
+    }else{
+      if( c>='0' && c<='9' ) hasDigit = 1;
+      zOut[i] = c;
+    }
+  }
+  mx = hasDigit ? 3 : 10;
+  if( nIn>mx*2 ){
+    for(j=mx, i=nIn-mx; i<nIn; i++, j++){
+      zOut[j] = zOut[i];
+    }
+    i = j;
+  }
+  zOut[i] = 0;
+  *pnOut = i;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Stem the input word zIn[0..nIn-1].  Store the output in zOut.
+** zOut is at least big enough to hold nIn bytes.  Write the actual
+** size of the output word (exclusive of the '\0' terminator) into *pnOut.
+**
+** Any upper-case characters in the US-ASCII character set ([A-Z])
+** are converted to lower case.  Upper-case UTF characters are
+** unchanged.
+**
+** Words that are longer than about 20 bytes are stemmed by retaining
+** a few bytes from the beginning and the end of the word.  If the
+** word contains digits, 3 bytes are taken from the beginning and
+** 3 bytes from the end.  For long words without digits, 10 bytes
+** are taken from each end.  US-ASCII case folding still applies.
+** 
+** If the input word contains not digits but does characters not 
+** in [a-zA-Z] then no stemming is attempted and this routine just 
+** copies the input into the input into the output with US-ASCII
+** case folding.
+**
+** Stemming never increases the length of the word.  So there is
+** no chance of overflowing the zOut buffer.
+*/
+static void porter_stemmer(const char *zIn, int nIn, char *zOut, int *pnOut){
+  int i, j;
+  char zReverse[28];
+  char *z, *z2;
+  if( nIn<3 || nIn>=(int)sizeof(zReverse)-7 ){
+    /* The word is too big or too small for the porter stemmer.
+    ** Fallback to the copy stemmer */
+    copy_stemmer(zIn, nIn, zOut, pnOut);
+    return;
+  }
+  for(i=0, j=sizeof(zReverse)-6; i<nIn; i++, j--){
+    char c = zIn[i];
+    if( c>='A' && c<='Z' ){
+      zReverse[j] = c + 'a' - 'A';
+    }else if( c>='a' && c<='z' ){
+      zReverse[j] = c;
+    }else{
+      /* The use of a character not in [a-zA-Z] means that we fallback
+      ** to the copy stemmer */
+      copy_stemmer(zIn, nIn, zOut, pnOut);
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+  memset(&zReverse[sizeof(zReverse)-5], 0, 5);
+  z = &zReverse[j+1];
+
+
+  /* Step 1a */
+  if( z[0]=='s' ){
+    if(
+     !stem(&z, "sess", "ss", 0) &&
+     !stem(&z, "sei", "i", 0)  &&
+     !stem(&z, "ss", "ss", 0)
+    ){
+      z++;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Step 1b */  
+  z2 = z;
+  if( stem(&z, "dee", "ee", m_gt_0) ){
+    /* Do nothing.  The work was all in the test */
+  }else if( 
+     (stem(&z, "gni", "", hasVowel) || stem(&z, "de", "", hasVowel))
+      && z!=z2
+  ){
+     if( stem(&z, "ta", "ate", 0) ||
+         stem(&z, "lb", "ble", 0) ||
+         stem(&z, "zi", "ize", 0) ){
+       /* Do nothing.  The work was all in the test */
+     }else if( doubleConsonant(z) && (*z!='l' && *z!='s' && *z!='z') ){
+       z++;
+     }else if( m_eq_1(z) && star_oh(z) ){
+       *(--z) = 'e';
+     }
+  }
+
+  /* Step 1c */
+  if( z[0]=='y' && hasVowel(z+1) ){
+    z[0] = 'i';
+  }
+
+  /* Step 2 */
+  switch( z[1] ){
+   case 'a':
+     stem(&z, "lanoita", "ate", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "lanoit", "tion", m_gt_0);
+     break;
+   case 'c':
+     stem(&z, "icne", "ence", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "icna", "ance", m_gt_0);
+     break;
+   case 'e':
+     stem(&z, "rezi", "ize", m_gt_0);
+     break;
+   case 'g':
+     stem(&z, "igol", "log", m_gt_0);
+     break;
+   case 'l':
+     stem(&z, "ilb", "ble", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "illa", "al", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "iltne", "ent", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "ile", "e", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "ilsuo", "ous", m_gt_0);
+     break;
+   case 'o':
+     stem(&z, "noitazi", "ize", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "noita", "ate", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "rota", "ate", m_gt_0);
+     break;
+   case 's':
+     stem(&z, "msila", "al", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "ssenevi", "ive", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "ssenluf", "ful", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "ssensuo", "ous", m_gt_0);
+     break;
+   case 't':
+     stem(&z, "itila", "al", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "itivi", "ive", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "itilib", "ble", m_gt_0);
+     break;
+  }
+
+  /* Step 3 */
+  switch( z[0] ){
+   case 'e':
+     stem(&z, "etaci", "ic", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "evita", "", m_gt_0)   ||
+     stem(&z, "ezila", "al", m_gt_0);
+     break;
+   case 'i':
+     stem(&z, "itici", "ic", m_gt_0);
+     break;
+   case 'l':
+     stem(&z, "laci", "ic", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "luf", "", m_gt_0);
+     break;
+   case 's':
+     stem(&z, "ssen", "", m_gt_0);
+     break;
+  }
+
+  /* Step 4 */
+  switch( z[1] ){
+   case 'a':
+     if( z[0]=='l' && m_gt_1(z+2) ){
+       z += 2;
+     }
+     break;
+   case 'c':
+     if( z[0]=='e' && z[2]=='n' && (z[3]=='a' || z[3]=='e')  && m_gt_1(z+4)  ){
+       z += 4;
+     }
+     break;
+   case 'e':
+     if( z[0]=='r' && m_gt_1(z+2) ){
+       z += 2;
+     }
+     break;
+   case 'i':
+     if( z[0]=='c' && m_gt_1(z+2) ){
+       z += 2;
+     }
+     break;
+   case 'l':
+     if( z[0]=='e' && z[2]=='b' && (z[3]=='a' || z[3]=='i') && m_gt_1(z+4) ){
+       z += 4;
+     }
+     break;
+   case 'n':
+     if( z[0]=='t' ){
+       if( z[2]=='a' ){
+         if( m_gt_1(z+3) ){
+           z += 3;
+         }
+       }else if( z[2]=='e' ){
+         stem(&z, "tneme", "", m_gt_1) ||
+         stem(&z, "tnem", "", m_gt_1) ||
+         stem(&z, "tne", "", m_gt_1);
+       }
+     }
+     break;
+   case 'o':
+     if( z[0]=='u' ){
+       if( m_gt_1(z+2) ){
+         z += 2;
+       }
+     }else if( z[3]=='s' || z[3]=='t' ){
+       stem(&z, "noi", "", m_gt_1);
+     }
+     break;
+   case 's':
+     if( z[0]=='m' && z[2]=='i' && m_gt_1(z+3) ){
+       z += 3;
+     }
+     break;
+   case 't':
+     stem(&z, "eta", "", m_gt_1) ||
+     stem(&z, "iti", "", m_gt_1);
+     break;
+   case 'u':
+     if( z[0]=='s' && z[2]=='o' && m_gt_1(z+3) ){
+       z += 3;
+     }
+     break;
+   case 'v':
+   case 'z':
+     if( z[0]=='e' && z[2]=='i' && m_gt_1(z+3) ){
+       z += 3;
+     }
+     break;
+  }
+
+  /* Step 5a */
+  if( z[0]=='e' ){
+    if( m_gt_1(z+1) ){
+      z++;
+    }else if( m_eq_1(z+1) && !star_oh(z+1) ){
+      z++;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Step 5b */
+  if( m_gt_1(z) && z[0]=='l' && z[1]=='l' ){
+    z++;
+  }
+
+  /* z[] is now the stemmed word in reverse order.  Flip it back
+  ** around into forward order and return.
+  */
+  *pnOut = i = (int)strlen(z);
+  zOut[i] = 0;
+  while( *z ){
+    zOut[--i] = *(z++);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Characters that can be part of a token.  We assume any character
+** whose value is greater than 0x80 (any UTF character) can be
+** part of a token.  In other words, delimiters all must have
+** values of 0x7f or lower.
+*/
+static const char porterIdChar[] = {
+/* x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 xA xB xC xD xE xF */
+    1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 3x */
+    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,  /* 4x */
+    1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1,  /* 5x */
+    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,  /* 6x */
+    1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 7x */
+};
+#define isDelim(C) (((ch=C)&0x80)==0 && (ch<0x30 || !porterIdChar[ch-0x30]))
+
+/*
+** Extract the next token from a tokenization cursor.  The cursor must
+** have been opened by a prior call to porterOpen().
+*/
+static int porterNext(
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor,  /* Cursor returned by porterOpen */
+  const char **pzToken,               /* OUT: *pzToken is the token text */
+  int *pnBytes,                       /* OUT: Number of bytes in token */
+  int *piStartOffset,                 /* OUT: Starting offset of token */
+  int *piEndOffset,                   /* OUT: Ending offset of token */
+  int *piPosition                     /* OUT: Position integer of token */
+){
+  porter_tokenizer_cursor *c = (porter_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor;
+  const char *z = c->zInput;
+
+  while( c->iOffset<c->nInput ){
+    int iStartOffset, ch;
+
+    /* Scan past delimiter characters */
+    while( c->iOffset<c->nInput && isDelim(z[c->iOffset]) ){
+      c->iOffset++;
+    }
+
+    /* Count non-delimiter characters. */
+    iStartOffset = c->iOffset;
+    while( c->iOffset<c->nInput && !isDelim(z[c->iOffset]) ){
+      c->iOffset++;
+    }
+
+    if( c->iOffset>iStartOffset ){
+      int n = c->iOffset-iStartOffset;
+      if( n>c->nAllocated ){
+        char *pNew;
+        c->nAllocated = n+20;
+        pNew = sqlite3_realloc(c->zToken, c->nAllocated);
+        if( !pNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+        c->zToken = pNew;
+      }
+      porter_stemmer(&z[iStartOffset], n, c->zToken, pnBytes);
+      *pzToken = c->zToken;
+      *piStartOffset = iStartOffset;
+      *piEndOffset = c->iOffset;
+      *piPosition = c->iToken++;
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_DONE;
+}
+
+/*
+** The set of routines that implement the porter-stemmer tokenizer
+*/
+static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module porterTokenizerModule = {
+  0,
+  porterCreate,
+  porterDestroy,
+  porterOpen,
+  porterClose,
+  porterNext,
+  0
+};
+
+/*
+** Allocate a new porter tokenizer.  Return a pointer to the new
+** tokenizer in *ppModule
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3PorterTokenizerModule(
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule
+){
+  *ppModule = &porterTokenizerModule;
+}
+
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */
+
+/************** End of fts3_porter.c *****************************************/
+/************** Begin file fts3_tokenizer.c **********************************/
+/*
+** 2007 June 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This is part of an SQLite module implementing full-text search.
+** This particular file implements the generic tokenizer interface.
+*/
+
+/*
+** The code in this file is only compiled if:
+**
+**     * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension
+**       (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or
+**
+**     * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of
+**       SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined).
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
+
+/* #include <assert.h> */
+/* #include <string.h> */
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the SQL scalar function for accessing the underlying 
+** hash table. This function may be called as follows:
+**
+**   SELECT <function-name>(<key-name>);
+**   SELECT <function-name>(<key-name>, <pointer>);
+**
+** where <function-name> is the name passed as the second argument
+** to the sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable() function (e.g. 'fts3_tokenizer').
+**
+** If the <pointer> argument is specified, it must be a blob value
+** containing a pointer to be stored as the hash data corresponding
+** to the string <key-name>. If <pointer> is not specified, then
+** the string <key-name> must already exist in the has table. Otherwise,
+** an error is returned.
+**
+** Whether or not the <pointer> argument is specified, the value returned
+** is a blob containing the pointer stored as the hash data corresponding
+** to string <key-name> (after the hash-table is updated, if applicable).
+*/
+static void scalarFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  Fts3Hash *pHash;
+  void *pPtr = 0;
+  const unsigned char *zName;
+  int nName;
+
+  assert( argc==1 || argc==2 );
+
+  pHash = (Fts3Hash *)sqlite3_user_data(context);
+
+  zName = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  nName = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0])+1;
+
+  if( argc==2 ){
+    void *pOld;
+    int n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]);
+    if( n!=sizeof(pPtr) ){
+      sqlite3_result_error(context, "argument type mismatch", -1);
+      return;
+    }
+    pPtr = *(void **)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[1]);
+    pOld = sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, (void *)zName, nName, pPtr);
+    if( pOld==pPtr ){
+      sqlite3_result_error(context, "out of memory", -1);
+      return;
+    }
+  }else{
+    pPtr = sqlite3Fts3HashFind(pHash, zName, nName);
+    if( !pPtr ){
+      char *zErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unknown tokenizer: %s", zName);
+      sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
+      sqlite3_free(zErr);
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_result_blob(context, (void *)&pPtr, sizeof(pPtr), SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3IsIdChar(char c){
+  static const char isFtsIdChar[] = {
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 0x */
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 1x */
+      0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 2x */
+      1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 3x */
+      0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,  /* 4x */
+      1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1,  /* 5x */
+      0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,  /* 6x */
+      1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 7x */
+  };
+  return (c&0x80 || isFtsIdChar[(int)(c)]);
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3Fts3NextToken(const char *zStr, int *pn){
+  const char *z1;
+  const char *z2 = 0;
+
+  /* Find the start of the next token. */
+  z1 = zStr;
+  while( z2==0 ){
+    char c = *z1;
+    switch( c ){
+      case '\0': return 0;        /* No more tokens here */
+      case '\'':
+      case '"':
+      case '`': {
+        z2 = z1;
+        while( *++z2 && (*z2!=c || *++z2==c) );
+        break;
+      }
+      case '[':
+        z2 = &z1[1];
+        while( *z2 && z2[0]!=']' ) z2++;
+        if( *z2 ) z2++;
+        break;
+
+      default:
+        if( sqlite3Fts3IsIdChar(*z1) ){
+          z2 = &z1[1];
+          while( sqlite3Fts3IsIdChar(*z2) ) z2++;
+        }else{
+          z1++;
+        }
+    }
+  }
+
+  *pn = (int)(z2-z1);
+  return z1;
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer(
+  Fts3Hash *pHash,                /* Tokenizer hash table */
+  const char *zArg,               /* Tokenizer name */
+  sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTok,      /* OUT: Tokenizer (if applicable) */
+  char **pzErr                    /* OUT: Set to malloced error message */
+){
+  int rc;
+  char *z = (char *)zArg;
+  int n = 0;
+  char *zCopy;
+  char *zEnd;                     /* Pointer to nul-term of zCopy */
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_module *m;
+
+  zCopy = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zArg);
+  if( !zCopy ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  zEnd = &zCopy[strlen(zCopy)];
+
+  z = (char *)sqlite3Fts3NextToken(zCopy, &n);
+  z[n] = '\0';
+  sqlite3Fts3Dequote(z);
+
+  m = (sqlite3_tokenizer_module *)sqlite3Fts3HashFind(pHash,z,(int)strlen(z)+1);
+  if( !m ){
+    *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unknown tokenizer: %s", z);
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }else{
+    char const **aArg = 0;
+    int iArg = 0;
+    z = &z[n+1];
+    while( z<zEnd && (NULL!=(z = (char *)sqlite3Fts3NextToken(z, &n))) ){
+      int nNew = sizeof(char *)*(iArg+1);
+      char const **aNew = (const char **)sqlite3_realloc((void *)aArg, nNew);
+      if( !aNew ){
+        sqlite3_free(zCopy);
+        sqlite3_free((void *)aArg);
+        return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }
+      aArg = aNew;
+      aArg[iArg++] = z;
+      z[n] = '\0';
+      sqlite3Fts3Dequote(z);
+      z = &z[n+1];
+    }
+    rc = m->xCreate(iArg, aArg, ppTok);
+    assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || *ppTok );
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unknown tokenizer");
+    }else{
+      (*ppTok)->pModule = m; 
+    }
+    sqlite3_free((void *)aArg);
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_free(zCopy);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+
+/* #include <tcl.h> */
+/* #include <string.h> */
+
+/*
+** Implementation of a special SQL scalar function for testing tokenizers 
+** designed to be used in concert with the Tcl testing framework. This
+** function must be called with two or more arguments:
+**
+**   SELECT <function-name>(<key-name>, ..., <input-string>);
+**
+** where <function-name> is the name passed as the second argument
+** to the sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable() function (e.g. 'fts3_tokenizer')
+** concatenated with the string '_test' (e.g. 'fts3_tokenizer_test').
+**
+** The return value is a string that may be interpreted as a Tcl
+** list. For each token in the <input-string>, three elements are
+** added to the returned list. The first is the token position, the 
+** second is the token text (folded, stemmed, etc.) and the third is the
+** substring of <input-string> associated with the token. For example, 
+** using the built-in "simple" tokenizer:
+**
+**   SELECT fts_tokenizer_test('simple', 'I don't see how');
+**
+** will return the string:
+**
+**   "{0 i I 1 dont don't 2 see see 3 how how}"
+**   
+*/
+static void testFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  Fts3Hash *pHash;
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p;
+  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = 0;
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr = 0;
+
+  const char *zErr = 0;
+
+  const char *zName;
+  int nName;
+  const char *zInput;
+  int nInput;
+
+  const char *azArg[64];
+
+  const char *zToken;
+  int nToken;
+  int iStart;
+  int iEnd;
+  int iPos;
+  int i;
+
+  Tcl_Obj *pRet;
+
+  if( argc<2 ){
+    sqlite3_result_error(context, "insufficient arguments", -1);
+    return;
+  }
+
+  nName = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
+  zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  nInput = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[argc-1]);
+  zInput = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[argc-1]);
+
+  pHash = (Fts3Hash *)sqlite3_user_data(context);
+  p = (sqlite3_tokenizer_module *)sqlite3Fts3HashFind(pHash, zName, nName+1);
+
+  if( !p ){
+    char *zErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unknown tokenizer: %s", zName);
+    sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
+    sqlite3_free(zErr);
+    return;
+  }
+
+  pRet = Tcl_NewObj();
+  Tcl_IncrRefCount(pRet);
+
+  for(i=1; i<argc-1; i++){
+    azArg[i-1] = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[i]);
+  }
+
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=p->xCreate(argc-2, azArg, &pTokenizer) ){
+    zErr = "error in xCreate()";
+    goto finish;
+  }
+  pTokenizer->pModule = p;
+  if( sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(pTokenizer, 0, zInput, nInput, &pCsr) ){
+    zErr = "error in xOpen()";
+    goto finish;
+  }
+
+  while( SQLITE_OK==p->xNext(pCsr, &zToken, &nToken, &iStart, &iEnd, &iPos) ){
+    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewIntObj(iPos));
+    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewStringObj(zToken, nToken));
+    zToken = &zInput[iStart];
+    nToken = iEnd-iStart;
+    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewStringObj(zToken, nToken));
+  }
+
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=p->xClose(pCsr) ){
+    zErr = "error in xClose()";
+    goto finish;
+  }
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=p->xDestroy(pTokenizer) ){
+    zErr = "error in xDestroy()";
+    goto finish;
+  }
+
+finish:
+  if( zErr ){
+    sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3_result_text(context, Tcl_GetString(pRet), -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+  }
+  Tcl_DecrRefCount(pRet);
+}
+
+static
+int registerTokenizer(
+  sqlite3 *db, 
+  char *zName, 
+  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p
+){
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+  const char zSql[] = "SELECT fts3_tokenizer(?, ?)";
+
+  rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 1, zName, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+  sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 2, &p, sizeof(p), SQLITE_STATIC);
+  sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+
+  return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+}
+
+static
+int queryTokenizer(
+  sqlite3 *db, 
+  char *zName,  
+  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module **pp
+){
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+  const char zSql[] = "SELECT fts3_tokenizer(?)";
+
+  *pp = 0;
+  rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 1, zName, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+  if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
+    if( sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, 0)==SQLITE_BLOB ){
+      memcpy((void *)pp, sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0), sizeof(*pp));
+    }
+  }
+
+  return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule);
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the scalar function fts3_tokenizer_internal_test().
+** This function is used for testing only, it is not included in the
+** build unless SQLITE_TEST is defined.
+**
+** The purpose of this is to test that the fts3_tokenizer() function
+** can be used as designed by the C-code in the queryTokenizer and
+** registerTokenizer() functions above. These two functions are repeated
+** in the README.tokenizer file as an example, so it is important to
+** test them.
+**
+** To run the tests, evaluate the fts3_tokenizer_internal_test() scalar
+** function with no arguments. An assert() will fail if a problem is
+** detected. i.e.:
+**
+**     SELECT fts3_tokenizer_internal_test();
+**
+*/
+static void intTestFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  int rc;
+  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p1;
+  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p2;
+  sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)sqlite3_user_data(context);
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argv);
+
+  /* Test the query function */
+  sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(&p1);
+  rc = queryTokenizer(db, "simple", &p2);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+  assert( p1==p2 );
+  rc = queryTokenizer(db, "nosuchtokenizer", &p2);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_ERROR );
+  assert( p2==0 );
+  assert( 0==strcmp(sqlite3_errmsg(db), "unknown tokenizer: nosuchtokenizer") );
+
+  /* Test the storage function */
+  rc = registerTokenizer(db, "nosuchtokenizer", p1);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+  rc = queryTokenizer(db, "nosuchtokenizer", &p2);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+  assert( p2==p1 );
+
+  sqlite3_result_text(context, "ok", -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Set up SQL objects in database db used to access the contents of
+** the hash table pointed to by argument pHash. The hash table must
+** been initialised to use string keys, and to take a private copy 
+** of the key when a value is inserted. i.e. by a call similar to:
+**
+**    sqlite3Fts3HashInit(pHash, FTS3_HASH_STRING, 1);
+**
+** This function adds a scalar function (see header comment above
+** scalarFunc() in this file for details) and, if ENABLE_TABLE is
+** defined at compilation time, a temporary virtual table (see header 
+** comment above struct HashTableVtab) to the database schema. Both 
+** provide read/write access to the contents of *pHash.
+**
+** The third argument to this function, zName, is used as the name
+** of both the scalar and, if created, the virtual table.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable(
+  sqlite3 *db, 
+  Fts3Hash *pHash, 
+  const char *zName
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  void *p = (void *)pHash;
+  const int any = SQLITE_ANY;
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  char *zTest = 0;
+  char *zTest2 = 0;
+  void *pdb = (void *)db;
+  zTest = sqlite3_mprintf("%s_test", zName);
+  zTest2 = sqlite3_mprintf("%s_internal_test", zName);
+  if( !zTest || !zTest2 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){
+    rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zName, 1, any, p, scalarFunc, 0, 0);
+  }
+  if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){
+    rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zName, 2, any, p, scalarFunc, 0, 0);
+  }
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){
+    rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zTest, -1, any, p, testFunc, 0, 0);
+  }
+  if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){
+    rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zTest2, 0, any, pdb, intTestFunc, 0, 0);
+  }
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  sqlite3_free(zTest);
+  sqlite3_free(zTest2);
+#endif
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */
+
+/************** End of fts3_tokenizer.c **************************************/
+/************** Begin file fts3_tokenizer1.c *********************************/
+/*
+** 2006 Oct 10
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of the "simple" full-text-search tokenizer.
+*/
+
+/*
+** The code in this file is only compiled if:
+**
+**     * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension
+**       (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or
+**
+**     * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of
+**       SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined).
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
+
+/* #include <assert.h> */
+/* #include <stdlib.h> */
+/* #include <stdio.h> */
+/* #include <string.h> */
+
+
+typedef struct simple_tokenizer {
+  sqlite3_tokenizer base;
+  char delim[128];             /* flag ASCII delimiters */
+} simple_tokenizer;
+
+typedef struct simple_tokenizer_cursor {
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor base;
+  const char *pInput;          /* input we are tokenizing */
+  int nBytes;                  /* size of the input */
+  int iOffset;                 /* current position in pInput */
+  int iToken;                  /* index of next token to be returned */
+  char *pToken;                /* storage for current token */
+  int nTokenAllocated;         /* space allocated to zToken buffer */
+} simple_tokenizer_cursor;
+
+
+static int simpleDelim(simple_tokenizer *t, unsigned char c){
+  return c<0x80 && t->delim[c];
+}
+static int fts3_isalnum(int x){
+  return (x>='0' && x<='9') || (x>='A' && x<='Z') || (x>='a' && x<='z');
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a new tokenizer instance.
+*/
+static int simpleCreate(
+  int argc, const char * const *argv,
+  sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer
+){
+  simple_tokenizer *t;
+
+  t = (simple_tokenizer *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*t));
+  if( t==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  memset(t, 0, sizeof(*t));
+
+  /* TODO(shess) Delimiters need to remain the same from run to run,
+  ** else we need to reindex.  One solution would be a meta-table to
+  ** track such information in the database, then we'd only want this
+  ** information on the initial create.
+  */
+  if( argc>1 ){
+    int i, n = (int)strlen(argv[1]);
+    for(i=0; i<n; i++){
+      unsigned char ch = argv[1][i];
+      /* We explicitly don't support UTF-8 delimiters for now. */
+      if( ch>=0x80 ){
+        sqlite3_free(t);
+        return SQLITE_ERROR;
+      }
+      t->delim[ch] = 1;
+    }
+  } else {
+    /* Mark non-alphanumeric ASCII characters as delimiters */
+    int i;
+    for(i=1; i<0x80; i++){
+      t->delim[i] = !fts3_isalnum(i) ? -1 : 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  *ppTokenizer = &t->base;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Destroy a tokenizer
+*/
+static int simpleDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){
+  sqlite3_free(pTokenizer);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string.  The input
+** string to be tokenized is pInput[0..nBytes-1].  A cursor
+** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in 
+** *ppCursor.
+*/
+static int simpleOpen(
+  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer,         /* The tokenizer */
+  const char *pInput, int nBytes,        /* String to be tokenized */
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor    /* OUT: Tokenization cursor */
+){
+  simple_tokenizer_cursor *c;
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pTokenizer);
+
+  c = (simple_tokenizer_cursor *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*c));
+  if( c==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+
+  c->pInput = pInput;
+  if( pInput==0 ){
+    c->nBytes = 0;
+  }else if( nBytes<0 ){
+    c->nBytes = (int)strlen(pInput);
+  }else{
+    c->nBytes = nBytes;
+  }
+  c->iOffset = 0;                 /* start tokenizing at the beginning */
+  c->iToken = 0;
+  c->pToken = NULL;               /* no space allocated, yet. */
+  c->nTokenAllocated = 0;
+
+  *ppCursor = &c->base;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a tokenization cursor previously opened by a call to
+** simpleOpen() above.
+*/
+static int simpleClose(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){
+  simple_tokenizer_cursor *c = (simple_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor;
+  sqlite3_free(c->pToken);
+  sqlite3_free(c);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Extract the next token from a tokenization cursor.  The cursor must
+** have been opened by a prior call to simpleOpen().
+*/
+static int simpleNext(
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor,  /* Cursor returned by simpleOpen */
+  const char **ppToken,               /* OUT: *ppToken is the token text */
+  int *pnBytes,                       /* OUT: Number of bytes in token */
+  int *piStartOffset,                 /* OUT: Starting offset of token */
+  int *piEndOffset,                   /* OUT: Ending offset of token */
+  int *piPosition                     /* OUT: Position integer of token */
+){
+  simple_tokenizer_cursor *c = (simple_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor;
+  simple_tokenizer *t = (simple_tokenizer *) pCursor->pTokenizer;
+  unsigned char *p = (unsigned char *)c->pInput;
+
+  while( c->iOffset<c->nBytes ){
+    int iStartOffset;
+
+    /* Scan past delimiter characters */
+    while( c->iOffset<c->nBytes && simpleDelim(t, p[c->iOffset]) ){
+      c->iOffset++;
+    }
+
+    /* Count non-delimiter characters. */
+    iStartOffset = c->iOffset;
+    while( c->iOffset<c->nBytes && !simpleDelim(t, p[c->iOffset]) ){
+      c->iOffset++;
+    }
+
+    if( c->iOffset>iStartOffset ){
+      int i, n = c->iOffset-iStartOffset;
+      if( n>c->nTokenAllocated ){
+        char *pNew;
+        c->nTokenAllocated = n+20;
+        pNew = sqlite3_realloc(c->pToken, c->nTokenAllocated);
+        if( !pNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+        c->pToken = pNew;
+      }
+      for(i=0; i<n; i++){
+        /* TODO(shess) This needs expansion to handle UTF-8
+        ** case-insensitivity.
+        */
+        unsigned char ch = p[iStartOffset+i];
+        c->pToken[i] = (char)((ch>='A' && ch<='Z') ? ch-'A'+'a' : ch);
+      }
+      *ppToken = c->pToken;
+      *pnBytes = n;
+      *piStartOffset = iStartOffset;
+      *piEndOffset = c->iOffset;
+      *piPosition = c->iToken++;
+
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_DONE;
+}
+
+/*
+** The set of routines that implement the simple tokenizer
+*/
+static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module simpleTokenizerModule = {
+  0,
+  simpleCreate,
+  simpleDestroy,
+  simpleOpen,
+  simpleClose,
+  simpleNext,
+  0,
+};
+
+/*
+** Allocate a new simple tokenizer.  Return a pointer to the new
+** tokenizer in *ppModule
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule
+){
+  *ppModule = &simpleTokenizerModule;
+}
+
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */
+
+/************** End of fts3_tokenizer1.c *************************************/
+/************** Begin file fts3_write.c **************************************/
+/*
+** 2009 Oct 23
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This file is part of the SQLite FTS3 extension module. Specifically,
+** this file contains code to insert, update and delete rows from FTS3
+** tables. It also contains code to merge FTS3 b-tree segments. Some
+** of the sub-routines used to merge segments are also used by the query 
+** code in fts3.c.
+*/
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
+
+/* #include <string.h> */
+/* #include <assert.h> */
+/* #include <stdlib.h> */
+
+
+#define FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT 16
+
+/*
+** When full-text index nodes are loaded from disk, the buffer that they
+** are loaded into has the following number of bytes of padding at the end 
+** of it. i.e. if a full-text index node is 900 bytes in size, then a buffer
+** of 920 bytes is allocated for it.
+**
+** This means that if we have a pointer into a buffer containing node data,
+** it is always safe to read up to two varints from it without risking an
+** overread, even if the node data is corrupted.
+*/
+#define FTS3_NODE_PADDING (FTS3_VARINT_MAX*2)
+
+/*
+** Under certain circumstances, b-tree nodes (doclists) can be loaded into
+** memory incrementally instead of all at once. This can be a big performance
+** win (reduced IO and CPU) if SQLite stops calling the virtual table xNext()
+** method before retrieving all query results (as may happen, for example,
+** if a query has a LIMIT clause).
+**
+** Incremental loading is used for b-tree nodes FTS3_NODE_CHUNK_THRESHOLD 
+** bytes and larger. Nodes are loaded in chunks of FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE bytes.
+** The code is written so that the hard lower-limit for each of these values 
+** is 1. Clearly such small values would be inefficient, but can be useful 
+** for testing purposes.
+**
+** If this module is built with SQLITE_TEST defined, these constants may
+** be overridden at runtime for testing purposes. File fts3_test.c contains
+** a Tcl interface to read and write the values.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+int test_fts3_node_chunksize = (4*1024);
+int test_fts3_node_chunk_threshold = (4*1024)*4;
+# define FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE       test_fts3_node_chunksize
+# define FTS3_NODE_CHUNK_THRESHOLD test_fts3_node_chunk_threshold
+#else
+# define FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE (4*1024) 
+# define FTS3_NODE_CHUNK_THRESHOLD (FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE*4)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The two values that may be meaningfully bound to the :1 parameter in
+** statements SQL_REPLACE_STAT and SQL_SELECT_STAT.
+*/
+#define FTS_STAT_DOCTOTAL      0
+#define FTS_STAT_INCRMERGEHINT 1
+#define FTS_STAT_AUTOINCRMERGE 2
+
+/*
+** If FTS_LOG_MERGES is defined, call sqlite3_log() to report each automatic
+** and incremental merge operation that takes place. This is used for 
+** debugging FTS only, it should not usually be turned on in production
+** systems.
+*/
+#ifdef FTS3_LOG_MERGES
+static void fts3LogMerge(int nMerge, sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel){
+  sqlite3_log(SQLITE_OK, "%d-way merge from level %d", nMerge, (int)iAbsLevel);
+}
+#else
+#define fts3LogMerge(x, y)
+#endif
+
+
+typedef struct PendingList PendingList;
+typedef struct SegmentNode SegmentNode;
+typedef struct SegmentWriter SegmentWriter;
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following data structure is used to build doclists
+** incrementally. See function fts3PendingListAppend() for details.
+*/
+struct PendingList {
+  int nData;
+  char *aData;
+  int nSpace;
+  sqlite3_int64 iLastDocid;
+  sqlite3_int64 iLastCol;
+  sqlite3_int64 iLastPos;
+};
+
+
+/*
+** Each cursor has a (possibly empty) linked list of the following objects.
+*/
+struct Fts3DeferredToken {
+  Fts3PhraseToken *pToken;        /* Pointer to corresponding expr token */
+  int iCol;                       /* Column token must occur in */
+  Fts3DeferredToken *pNext;       /* Next in list of deferred tokens */
+  PendingList *pList;             /* Doclist is assembled here */
+};
+
+/*
+** An instance of this structure is used to iterate through the terms on
+** a contiguous set of segment b-tree leaf nodes. Although the details of
+** this structure are only manipulated by code in this file, opaque handles
+** of type Fts3SegReader* are also used by code in fts3.c to iterate through
+** terms when querying the full-text index. See functions:
+**
+**   sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew()
+**   sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree()
+**   sqlite3Fts3SegReaderIterate()
+**
+** Methods used to manipulate Fts3SegReader structures:
+**
+**   fts3SegReaderNext()
+**   fts3SegReaderFirstDocid()
+**   fts3SegReaderNextDocid()
+*/
+struct Fts3SegReader {
+  int iIdx;                       /* Index within level, or 0x7FFFFFFF for PT */
+  u8 bLookup;                     /* True for a lookup only */
+  u8 rootOnly;                    /* True for a root-only reader */
+
+  sqlite3_int64 iStartBlock;      /* Rowid of first leaf block to traverse */
+  sqlite3_int64 iLeafEndBlock;    /* Rowid of final leaf block to traverse */
+  sqlite3_int64 iEndBlock;        /* Rowid of final block in segment (or 0) */
+  sqlite3_int64 iCurrentBlock;    /* Current leaf block (or 0) */
+
+  char *aNode;                    /* Pointer to node data (or NULL) */
+  int nNode;                      /* Size of buffer at aNode (or 0) */
+  int nPopulate;                  /* If >0, bytes of buffer aNode[] loaded */
+  sqlite3_blob *pBlob;            /* If not NULL, blob handle to read node */
+
+  Fts3HashElem **ppNextElem;
+
+  /* Variables set by fts3SegReaderNext(). These may be read directly
+  ** by the caller. They are valid from the time SegmentReaderNew() returns
+  ** until SegmentReaderNext() returns something other than SQLITE_OK
+  ** (i.e. SQLITE_DONE).
+  */
+  int nTerm;                      /* Number of bytes in current term */
+  char *zTerm;                    /* Pointer to current term */
+  int nTermAlloc;                 /* Allocated size of zTerm buffer */
+  char *aDoclist;                 /* Pointer to doclist of current entry */
+  int nDoclist;                   /* Size of doclist in current entry */
+
+  /* The following variables are used by fts3SegReaderNextDocid() to iterate 
+  ** through the current doclist (aDoclist/nDoclist).
+  */
+  char *pOffsetList;
+  int nOffsetList;                /* For descending pending seg-readers only */
+  sqlite3_int64 iDocid;
+};
+
+#define fts3SegReaderIsPending(p) ((p)->ppNextElem!=0)
+#define fts3SegReaderIsRootOnly(p) ((p)->rootOnly!=0)
+
+/*
+** An instance of this structure is used to create a segment b-tree in the
+** database. The internal details of this type are only accessed by the
+** following functions:
+**
+**   fts3SegWriterAdd()
+**   fts3SegWriterFlush()
+**   fts3SegWriterFree()
+*/
+struct SegmentWriter {
+  SegmentNode *pTree;             /* Pointer to interior tree structure */
+  sqlite3_int64 iFirst;           /* First slot in %_segments written */
+  sqlite3_int64 iFree;            /* Next free slot in %_segments */
+  char *zTerm;                    /* Pointer to previous term buffer */
+  int nTerm;                      /* Number of bytes in zTerm */
+  int nMalloc;                    /* Size of malloc'd buffer at zMalloc */
+  char *zMalloc;                  /* Malloc'd space (possibly) used for zTerm */
+  int nSize;                      /* Size of allocation at aData */
+  int nData;                      /* Bytes of data in aData */
+  char *aData;                    /* Pointer to block from malloc() */
+};
+
+/*
+** Type SegmentNode is used by the following three functions to create
+** the interior part of the segment b+-tree structures (everything except
+** the leaf nodes). These functions and type are only ever used by code
+** within the fts3SegWriterXXX() family of functions described above.
+**
+**   fts3NodeAddTerm()
+**   fts3NodeWrite()
+**   fts3NodeFree()
+**
+** When a b+tree is written to the database (either as a result of a merge
+** or the pending-terms table being flushed), leaves are written into the 
+** database file as soon as they are completely populated. The interior of
+** the tree is assembled in memory and written out only once all leaves have
+** been populated and stored. This is Ok, as the b+-tree fanout is usually
+** very large, meaning that the interior of the tree consumes relatively 
+** little memory.
+*/
+struct SegmentNode {
+  SegmentNode *pParent;           /* Parent node (or NULL for root node) */
+  SegmentNode *pRight;            /* Pointer to right-sibling */
+  SegmentNode *pLeftmost;         /* Pointer to left-most node of this depth */
+  int nEntry;                     /* Number of terms written to node so far */
+  char *zTerm;                    /* Pointer to previous term buffer */
+  int nTerm;                      /* Number of bytes in zTerm */
+  int nMalloc;                    /* Size of malloc'd buffer at zMalloc */
+  char *zMalloc;                  /* Malloc'd space (possibly) used for zTerm */
+  int nData;                      /* Bytes of valid data so far */
+  char *aData;                    /* Node data */
+};
+
+/*
+** Valid values for the second argument to fts3SqlStmt().
+*/
+#define SQL_DELETE_CONTENT             0
+#define SQL_IS_EMPTY                   1
+#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_CONTENT         2 
+#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_SEGMENTS        3
+#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_SEGDIR          4
+#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_DOCSIZE         5
+#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_STAT            6
+#define SQL_SELECT_CONTENT_BY_ROWID    7
+#define SQL_NEXT_SEGMENT_INDEX         8
+#define SQL_INSERT_SEGMENTS            9
+#define SQL_NEXT_SEGMENTS_ID          10
+#define SQL_INSERT_SEGDIR             11
+#define SQL_SELECT_LEVEL              12
+#define SQL_SELECT_LEVEL_RANGE        13
+#define SQL_SELECT_LEVEL_COUNT        14
+#define SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR_MAX_LEVEL   15
+#define SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_LEVEL       16
+#define SQL_DELETE_SEGMENTS_RANGE     17
+#define SQL_CONTENT_INSERT            18
+#define SQL_DELETE_DOCSIZE            19
+#define SQL_REPLACE_DOCSIZE           20
+#define SQL_SELECT_DOCSIZE            21
+#define SQL_SELECT_STAT               22
+#define SQL_REPLACE_STAT              23
+
+#define SQL_SELECT_ALL_PREFIX_LEVEL   24
+#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_TERMS_SEGDIR   25
+#define SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_RANGE       26
+#define SQL_SELECT_ALL_LANGID         27
+#define SQL_FIND_MERGE_LEVEL          28
+#define SQL_MAX_LEAF_NODE_ESTIMATE    29
+#define SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_ENTRY       30
+#define SQL_SHIFT_SEGDIR_ENTRY        31
+#define SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR             32
+#define SQL_CHOMP_SEGDIR              33
+#define SQL_SEGMENT_IS_APPENDABLE     34
+#define SQL_SELECT_INDEXES            35
+#define SQL_SELECT_MXLEVEL            36
+
+/*
+** This function is used to obtain an SQLite prepared statement handle
+** for the statement identified by the second argument. If successful,
+** *pp is set to the requested statement handle and SQLITE_OK returned.
+** Otherwise, an SQLite error code is returned and *pp is set to 0.
+**
+** If argument apVal is not NULL, then it must point to an array with
+** at least as many entries as the requested statement has bound 
+** parameters. The values are bound to the statements parameters before
+** returning.
+*/
+static int fts3SqlStmt(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Virtual table handle */
+  int eStmt,                      /* One of the SQL_XXX constants above */
+  sqlite3_stmt **pp,              /* OUT: Statement handle */
+  sqlite3_value **apVal           /* Values to bind to statement */
+){
+  const char *azSql[] = {
+/* 0  */  "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_content' WHERE rowid = ?",
+/* 1  */  "SELECT NOT EXISTS(SELECT docid FROM %Q.'%q_content' WHERE rowid!=?)",
+/* 2  */  "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_content'",
+/* 3  */  "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segments'",
+/* 4  */  "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segdir'",
+/* 5  */  "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_docsize'",
+/* 6  */  "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_stat'",
+/* 7  */  "SELECT %s WHERE rowid=?",
+/* 8  */  "SELECT (SELECT max(idx) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ?) + 1",
+/* 9  */  "REPLACE INTO %Q.'%q_segments'(blockid, block) VALUES(?, ?)",
+/* 10 */  "SELECT coalesce((SELECT max(blockid) FROM %Q.'%q_segments') + 1, 1)",
+/* 11 */  "REPLACE INTO %Q.'%q_segdir' VALUES(?,?,?,?,?,?)",
+
+          /* Return segments in order from oldest to newest.*/ 
+/* 12 */  "SELECT idx, start_block, leaves_end_block, end_block, root "
+            "FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ? ORDER BY idx ASC",
+/* 13 */  "SELECT idx, start_block, leaves_end_block, end_block, root "
+            "FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ?"
+            "ORDER BY level DESC, idx ASC",
+
+/* 14 */  "SELECT count(*) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ?",
+/* 15 */  "SELECT max(level) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ?",
+
+/* 16 */  "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ?",
+/* 17 */  "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segments' WHERE blockid BETWEEN ? AND ?",
+/* 18 */  "INSERT INTO %Q.'%q_content' VALUES(%s)",
+/* 19 */  "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_docsize' WHERE docid = ?",
+/* 20 */  "REPLACE INTO %Q.'%q_docsize' VALUES(?,?)",
+/* 21 */  "SELECT size FROM %Q.'%q_docsize' WHERE docid=?",
+/* 22 */  "SELECT value FROM %Q.'%q_stat' WHERE id=?",
+/* 23 */  "REPLACE INTO %Q.'%q_stat' VALUES(?,?)",
+/* 24 */  "",
+/* 25 */  "",
+
+/* 26 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ?",
+/* 27 */ "SELECT DISTINCT level / (1024 * ?) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir'",
+
+/* This statement is used to determine which level to read the input from
+** when performing an incremental merge. It returns the absolute level number
+** of the oldest level in the db that contains at least ? segments. Or,
+** if no level in the FTS index contains more than ? segments, the statement
+** returns zero rows.  */
+/* 28 */ "SELECT level FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' GROUP BY level HAVING count(*)>=?"
+         "  ORDER BY (level %% 1024) ASC LIMIT 1",
+
+/* Estimate the upper limit on the number of leaf nodes in a new segment
+** created by merging the oldest :2 segments from absolute level :1. See 
+** function sqlite3Fts3Incrmerge() for details.  */
+/* 29 */ "SELECT 2 * total(1 + leaves_end_block - start_block) "
+         "  FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ? AND idx < ?",
+
+/* SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_ENTRY
+**   Delete the %_segdir entry on absolute level :1 with index :2.  */
+/* 30 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ? AND idx = ?",
+
+/* SQL_SHIFT_SEGDIR_ENTRY
+**   Modify the idx value for the segment with idx=:3 on absolute level :2
+**   to :1.  */
+/* 31 */ "UPDATE %Q.'%q_segdir' SET idx = ? WHERE level=? AND idx=?",
+
+/* SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR
+**   Read a single entry from the %_segdir table. The entry from absolute 
+**   level :1 with index value :2.  */
+/* 32 */  "SELECT idx, start_block, leaves_end_block, end_block, root "
+            "FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ? AND idx = ?",
+
+/* SQL_CHOMP_SEGDIR
+**   Update the start_block (:1) and root (:2) fields of the %_segdir
+**   entry located on absolute level :3 with index :4.  */
+/* 33 */  "UPDATE %Q.'%q_segdir' SET start_block = ?, root = ?"
+            "WHERE level = ? AND idx = ?",
+
+/* SQL_SEGMENT_IS_APPENDABLE
+**   Return a single row if the segment with end_block=? is appendable. Or
+**   no rows otherwise.  */
+/* 34 */  "SELECT 1 FROM %Q.'%q_segments' WHERE blockid=? AND block IS NULL",
+
+/* SQL_SELECT_INDEXES
+**   Return the list of valid segment indexes for absolute level ?  */
+/* 35 */  "SELECT idx FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level=? ORDER BY 1 ASC",
+
+/* SQL_SELECT_MXLEVEL
+**   Return the largest relative level in the FTS index or indexes.  */
+/* 36 */  "SELECT max( level %% 1024 ) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir'"
+  };
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+
+  assert( SizeofArray(azSql)==SizeofArray(p->aStmt) );
+  assert( eStmt<SizeofArray(azSql) && eStmt>=0 );
+  
+  pStmt = p->aStmt[eStmt];
+  if( !pStmt ){
+    char *zSql;
+    if( eStmt==SQL_CONTENT_INSERT ){
+      zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azSql[eStmt], p->zDb, p->zName, p->zWriteExprlist);
+    }else if( eStmt==SQL_SELECT_CONTENT_BY_ROWID ){
+      zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azSql[eStmt], p->zReadExprlist);
+    }else{
+      zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azSql[eStmt], p->zDb, p->zName);
+    }
+    if( !zSql ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }else{
+      rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, NULL);
+      sqlite3_free(zSql);
+      assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pStmt==0 );
+      p->aStmt[eStmt] = pStmt;
+    }
+  }
+  if( apVal ){
+    int i;
+    int nParam = sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(pStmt);
+    for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<nParam; i++){
+      rc = sqlite3_bind_value(pStmt, i+1, apVal[i]);
+    }
+  }
+  *pp = pStmt;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+static int fts3SelectDocsize(
+  Fts3Table *pTab,                /* FTS3 table handle */
+  sqlite3_int64 iDocid,           /* Docid to bind for SQL_SELECT_DOCSIZE */
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt           /* OUT: Statement handle */
+){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;        /* Statement requested from fts3SqlStmt() */
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+
+  rc = fts3SqlStmt(pTab, SQL_SELECT_DOCSIZE, &pStmt, 0);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, iDocid);
+    rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW || sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, 0)!=SQLITE_BLOB ){
+      rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+      pStmt = 0;
+    }else{
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+  }
+
+  *ppStmt = pStmt;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SelectDoctotal(
+  Fts3Table *pTab,                /* Fts3 table handle */
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt           /* OUT: Statement handle */
+){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
+  int rc;
+  rc = fts3SqlStmt(pTab, SQL_SELECT_STAT, &pStmt, 0);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 1, FTS_STAT_DOCTOTAL);
+    if( sqlite3_step(pStmt)!=SQLITE_ROW
+     || sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, 0)!=SQLITE_BLOB
+    ){
+      rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+      pStmt = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  *ppStmt = pStmt;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SelectDocsize(
+  Fts3Table *pTab,                /* Fts3 table handle */
+  sqlite3_int64 iDocid,           /* Docid to read size data for */
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt           /* OUT: Statement handle */
+){
+  return fts3SelectDocsize(pTab, iDocid, ppStmt);
+}
+
+/*
+** Similar to fts3SqlStmt(). Except, after binding the parameters in
+** array apVal[] to the SQL statement identified by eStmt, the statement
+** is executed.
+**
+** Returns SQLITE_OK if the statement is successfully executed, or an
+** SQLite error code otherwise.
+*/
+static void fts3SqlExec(
+  int *pRC,                /* Result code */
+  Fts3Table *p,            /* The FTS3 table */
+  int eStmt,               /* Index of statement to evaluate */
+  sqlite3_value **apVal    /* Parameters to bind */
+){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+  int rc;
+  if( *pRC ) return;
+  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, eStmt, &pStmt, apVal); 
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+    rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+  }
+  *pRC = rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This function ensures that the caller has obtained a shared-cache
+** table-lock on the %_content table. This is required before reading
+** data from the fts3 table. If this lock is not acquired first, then
+** the caller may end up holding read-locks on the %_segments and %_segdir
+** tables, but no read-lock on the %_content table. If this happens 
+** a second connection will be able to write to the fts3 table, but
+** attempting to commit those writes might return SQLITE_LOCKED or
+** SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE (because the commit attempts to obtain 
+** write-locks on the %_segments and %_segdir ** tables). 
+**
+** We try to avoid this because if FTS3 returns any error when committing
+** a transaction, the whole transaction will be rolled back. And this is
+** not what users expect when they get SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE. It can
+** still happen if the user reads data directly from the %_segments or
+** %_segdir tables instead of going through FTS3 though.
+**
+** This reasoning does not apply to a content=xxx table.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ReadLock(Fts3Table *p){
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;            /* Statement used to obtain lock */
+
+  if( p->zContentTbl==0 ){
+    rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_CONTENT_BY_ROWID, &pStmt, 0);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3_bind_null(pStmt, 1);
+      sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+      rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+    }
+  }else{
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** FTS maintains a separate indexes for each language-id (a 32-bit integer).
+** Within each language id, a separate index is maintained to store the
+** document terms, and each configured prefix size (configured the FTS 
+** "prefix=" option). And each index consists of multiple levels ("relative
+** levels").
+**
+** All three of these values (the language id, the specific index and the
+** level within the index) are encoded in 64-bit integer values stored
+** in the %_segdir table on disk. This function is used to convert three
+** separate component values into the single 64-bit integer value that
+** can be used to query the %_segdir table.
+**
+** Specifically, each language-id/index combination is allocated 1024 
+** 64-bit integer level values ("absolute levels"). The main terms index
+** for language-id 0 is allocate values 0-1023. The first prefix index
+** (if any) for language-id 0 is allocated values 1024-2047. And so on.
+** Language 1 indexes are allocated immediately following language 0.
+**
+** So, for a system with nPrefix prefix indexes configured, the block of
+** absolute levels that corresponds to language-id iLangid and index 
+** iIndex starts at absolute level ((iLangid * (nPrefix+1) + iIndex) * 1024).
+*/
+static sqlite3_int64 getAbsoluteLevel(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* FTS3 table handle */
+  int iLangid,                    /* Language id */
+  int iIndex,                     /* Index in p->aIndex[] */
+  int iLevel                      /* Level of segments */
+){
+  sqlite3_int64 iBase;            /* First absolute level for iLangid/iIndex */
+  assert( iLangid>=0 );
+  assert( p->nIndex>0 );
+  assert( iIndex>=0 && iIndex<p->nIndex );
+
+  iBase = ((sqlite3_int64)iLangid * p->nIndex + iIndex) * FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL;
+  return iBase + iLevel;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set *ppStmt to a statement handle that may be used to iterate through
+** all rows in the %_segdir table, from oldest to newest. If successful,
+** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs while preparing the statement, 
+** return an SQLite error code.
+**
+** There is only ever one instance of this SQL statement compiled for
+** each FTS3 table.
+**
+** The statement returns the following columns from the %_segdir table:
+**
+**   0: idx
+**   1: start_block
+**   2: leaves_end_block
+**   3: end_block
+**   4: root
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3AllSegdirs(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* FTS3 table */
+  int iLangid,                    /* Language being queried */
+  int iIndex,                     /* Index for p->aIndex[] */
+  int iLevel,                     /* Level to select (relative level) */
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt           /* OUT: Compiled statement */
+){
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
+
+  assert( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL || iLevel>=0 );
+  assert( iLevel<FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL );
+  assert( iIndex>=0 && iIndex<p->nIndex );
+
+  if( iLevel<0 ){
+    /* "SELECT * FROM %_segdir WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ? ORDER BY ..." */
+    rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_LEVEL_RANGE, &pStmt, 0);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 
+      sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, 0));
+      sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 2, 
+          getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL-1)
+      );
+    }
+  }else{
+    /* "SELECT * FROM %_segdir WHERE level = ? ORDER BY ..." */
+    rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_LEVEL, &pStmt, 0);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 
+      sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex,iLevel));
+    }
+  }
+  *ppStmt = pStmt;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Append a single varint to a PendingList buffer. SQLITE_OK is returned
+** if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise.
+**
+** This function also serves to allocate the PendingList structure itself.
+** For example, to create a new PendingList structure containing two
+** varints:
+**
+**   PendingList *p = 0;
+**   fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&p, 1);
+**   fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&p, 2);
+*/
+static int fts3PendingListAppendVarint(
+  PendingList **pp,               /* IN/OUT: Pointer to PendingList struct */
+  sqlite3_int64 i                 /* Value to append to data */
+){
+  PendingList *p = *pp;
+
+  /* Allocate or grow the PendingList as required. */
+  if( !p ){
+    p = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*p) + 100);
+    if( !p ){
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    p->nSpace = 100;
+    p->aData = (char *)&p[1];
+    p->nData = 0;
+  }
+  else if( p->nData+FTS3_VARINT_MAX+1>p->nSpace ){
+    int nNew = p->nSpace * 2;
+    p = sqlite3_realloc(p, sizeof(*p) + nNew);
+    if( !p ){
+      sqlite3_free(*pp);
+      *pp = 0;
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    p->nSpace = nNew;
+    p->aData = (char *)&p[1];
+  }
+
+  /* Append the new serialized varint to the end of the list. */
+  p->nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&p->aData[p->nData], i);
+  p->aData[p->nData] = '\0';
+  *pp = p;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Add a docid/column/position entry to a PendingList structure. Non-zero
+** is returned if the structure is sqlite3_realloced as part of adding
+** the entry. Otherwise, zero.
+**
+** If an OOM error occurs, *pRc is set to SQLITE_NOMEM before returning.
+** Zero is always returned in this case. Otherwise, if no OOM error occurs,
+** it is set to SQLITE_OK.
+*/
+static int fts3PendingListAppend(
+  PendingList **pp,               /* IN/OUT: PendingList structure */
+  sqlite3_int64 iDocid,           /* Docid for entry to add */
+  sqlite3_int64 iCol,             /* Column for entry to add */
+  sqlite3_int64 iPos,             /* Position of term for entry to add */
+  int *pRc                        /* OUT: Return code */
+){
+  PendingList *p = *pp;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  assert( !p || p->iLastDocid<=iDocid );
+
+  if( !p || p->iLastDocid!=iDocid ){
+    sqlite3_int64 iDelta = iDocid - (p ? p->iLastDocid : 0);
+    if( p ){
+      assert( p->nData<p->nSpace );
+      assert( p->aData[p->nData]==0 );
+      p->nData++;
+    }
+    if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&p, iDelta)) ){
+      goto pendinglistappend_out;
+    }
+    p->iLastCol = -1;
+    p->iLastPos = 0;
+    p->iLastDocid = iDocid;
+  }
+  if( iCol>0 && p->iLastCol!=iCol ){
+    if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&p, 1))
+     || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&p, iCol))
+    ){
+      goto pendinglistappend_out;
+    }
+    p->iLastCol = iCol;
+    p->iLastPos = 0;
+  }
+  if( iCol>=0 ){
+    assert( iPos>p->iLastPos || (iPos==0 && p->iLastPos==0) );
+    rc = fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&p, 2+iPos-p->iLastPos);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      p->iLastPos = iPos;
+    }
+  }
+
+ pendinglistappend_out:
+  *pRc = rc;
+  if( p!=*pp ){
+    *pp = p;
+    return 1;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Free a PendingList object allocated by fts3PendingListAppend().
+*/
+static void fts3PendingListDelete(PendingList *pList){
+  sqlite3_free(pList);
+}
+
+/*
+** Add an entry to one of the pending-terms hash tables.
+*/
+static int fts3PendingTermsAddOne(
+  Fts3Table *p,
+  int iCol,
+  int iPos,
+  Fts3Hash *pHash,                /* Pending terms hash table to add entry to */
+  const char *zToken,
+  int nToken
+){
+  PendingList *pList;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  pList = (PendingList *)fts3HashFind(pHash, zToken, nToken);
+  if( pList ){
+    p->nPendingData -= (pList->nData + nToken + sizeof(Fts3HashElem));
+  }
+  if( fts3PendingListAppend(&pList, p->iPrevDocid, iCol, iPos, &rc) ){
+    if( pList==fts3HashInsert(pHash, zToken, nToken, pList) ){
+      /* Malloc failed while inserting the new entry. This can only 
+      ** happen if there was no previous entry for this token.
+      */
+      assert( 0==fts3HashFind(pHash, zToken, nToken) );
+      sqlite3_free(pList);
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    p->nPendingData += (pList->nData + nToken + sizeof(Fts3HashElem));
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Tokenize the nul-terminated string zText and add all tokens to the
+** pending-terms hash-table. The docid used is that currently stored in
+** p->iPrevDocid, and the column is specified by argument iCol.
+**
+** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error code.
+*/
+static int fts3PendingTermsAdd(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Table into which text will be inserted */
+  int iLangid,                    /* Language id to use */
+  const char *zText,              /* Text of document to be inserted */
+  int iCol,                       /* Column into which text is being inserted */
+  u32 *pnWord                     /* OUT: Number of tokens inserted */
+){
+  int rc;
+  int iStart;
+  int iEnd;
+  int iPos;
+  int nWord = 0;
+
+  char const *zToken;
+  int nToken;
+
+  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = p->pTokenizer;
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pTokenizer->pModule;
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr;
+  int (*xNext)(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor,
+      const char**,int*,int*,int*,int*);
+
+  assert( pTokenizer && pModule );
+
+  /* If the user has inserted a NULL value, this function may be called with
+  ** zText==0. In this case, add zero token entries to the hash table and 
+  ** return early. */
+  if( zText==0 ){
+    *pnWord = 0;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(pTokenizer, iLangid, zText, -1, &pCsr);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  xNext = pModule->xNext;
+  while( SQLITE_OK==rc
+      && SQLITE_OK==(rc = xNext(pCsr, &zToken, &nToken, &iStart, &iEnd, &iPos))
+  ){
+    int i;
+    if( iPos>=nWord ) nWord = iPos+1;
+
+    /* Positions cannot be negative; we use -1 as a terminator internally.
+    ** Tokens must have a non-zero length.
+    */
+    if( iPos<0 || !zToken || nToken<=0 ){
+      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /* Add the term to the terms index */
+    rc = fts3PendingTermsAddOne(
+        p, iCol, iPos, &p->aIndex[0].hPending, zToken, nToken
+    );
+    
+    /* Add the term to each of the prefix indexes that it is not too 
+    ** short for. */
+    for(i=1; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<p->nIndex; i++){
+      struct Fts3Index *pIndex = &p->aIndex[i];
+      if( nToken<pIndex->nPrefix ) continue;
+      rc = fts3PendingTermsAddOne(
+          p, iCol, iPos, &pIndex->hPending, zToken, pIndex->nPrefix
+      );
+    }
+  }
+
+  pModule->xClose(pCsr);
+  *pnWord = nWord;
+  return (rc==SQLITE_DONE ? SQLITE_OK : rc);
+}
+
+/* 
+** Calling this function indicates that subsequent calls to 
+** fts3PendingTermsAdd() are to add term/position-list pairs for the
+** contents of the document with docid iDocid.
+*/
+static int fts3PendingTermsDocid(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Full-text table handle */
+  int iLangid,                    /* Language id of row being written */
+  sqlite_int64 iDocid             /* Docid of row being written */
+){
+  assert( iLangid>=0 );
+
+  /* TODO(shess) Explore whether partially flushing the buffer on
+  ** forced-flush would provide better performance.  I suspect that if
+  ** we ordered the doclists by size and flushed the largest until the
+  ** buffer was half empty, that would let the less frequent terms
+  ** generate longer doclists.
+  */
+  if( iDocid<=p->iPrevDocid 
+   || p->iPrevLangid!=iLangid
+   || p->nPendingData>p->nMaxPendingData 
+  ){
+    int rc = sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush(p);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  }
+  p->iPrevDocid = iDocid;
+  p->iPrevLangid = iLangid;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Discard the contents of the pending-terms hash tables. 
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(Fts3Table *p){
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<p->nIndex; i++){
+    Fts3HashElem *pElem;
+    Fts3Hash *pHash = &p->aIndex[i].hPending;
+    for(pElem=fts3HashFirst(pHash); pElem; pElem=fts3HashNext(pElem)){
+      PendingList *pList = (PendingList *)fts3HashData(pElem);
+      fts3PendingListDelete(pList);
+    }
+    fts3HashClear(pHash);
+  }
+  p->nPendingData = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called by the xUpdate() method as part of an INSERT
+** operation. It adds entries for each term in the new record to the
+** pendingTerms hash table.
+**
+** Argument apVal is the same as the similarly named argument passed to
+** fts3InsertData(). Parameter iDocid is the docid of the new row.
+*/
+static int fts3InsertTerms(
+  Fts3Table *p, 
+  int iLangid, 
+  sqlite3_value **apVal, 
+  u32 *aSz
+){
+  int i;                          /* Iterator variable */
+  for(i=2; i<p->nColumn+2; i++){
+    const char *zText = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[i]);
+    int rc = fts3PendingTermsAdd(p, iLangid, zText, i-2, &aSz[i-2]);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      return rc;
+    }
+    aSz[p->nColumn] += sqlite3_value_bytes(apVal[i]);
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called by the xUpdate() method for an INSERT operation.
+** The apVal parameter is passed a copy of the apVal argument passed by
+** SQLite to the xUpdate() method. i.e:
+**
+**   apVal[0]                Not used for INSERT.
+**   apVal[1]                rowid
+**   apVal[2]                Left-most user-defined column
+**   ...
+**   apVal[p->nColumn+1]     Right-most user-defined column
+**   apVal[p->nColumn+2]     Hidden column with same name as table
+**   apVal[p->nColumn+3]     Hidden "docid" column (alias for rowid)
+**   apVal[p->nColumn+4]     Hidden languageid column
+*/
+static int fts3InsertData(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Full-text table */
+  sqlite3_value **apVal,          /* Array of values to insert */
+  sqlite3_int64 *piDocid          /* OUT: Docid for row just inserted */
+){
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pContentInsert;   /* INSERT INTO %_content VALUES(...) */
+
+  if( p->zContentTbl ){
+    sqlite3_value *pRowid = apVal[p->nColumn+3];
+    if( sqlite3_value_type(pRowid)==SQLITE_NULL ){
+      pRowid = apVal[1];
+    }
+    if( sqlite3_value_type(pRowid)!=SQLITE_INTEGER ){
+      return SQLITE_CONSTRAINT;
+    }
+    *piDocid = sqlite3_value_int64(pRowid);
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  /* Locate the statement handle used to insert data into the %_content
+  ** table. The SQL for this statement is:
+  **
+  **   INSERT INTO %_content VALUES(?, ?, ?, ...)
+  **
+  ** The statement features N '?' variables, where N is the number of user
+  ** defined columns in the FTS3 table, plus one for the docid field.
+  */
+  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_CONTENT_INSERT, &pContentInsert, &apVal[1]);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p->zLanguageid ){
+    rc = sqlite3_bind_int(
+        pContentInsert, p->nColumn+2, 
+        sqlite3_value_int(apVal[p->nColumn+4])
+    );
+  }
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  /* There is a quirk here. The users INSERT statement may have specified
+  ** a value for the "rowid" field, for the "docid" field, or for both.
+  ** Which is a problem, since "rowid" and "docid" are aliases for the
+  ** same value. For example:
+  **
+  **   INSERT INTO fts3tbl(rowid, docid) VALUES(1, 2);
+  **
+  ** In FTS3, this is an error. It is an error to specify non-NULL values
+  ** for both docid and some other rowid alias.
+  */
+  if( SQLITE_NULL!=sqlite3_value_type(apVal[3+p->nColumn]) ){
+    if( SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])
+     && SQLITE_NULL!=sqlite3_value_type(apVal[1])
+    ){
+      /* A rowid/docid conflict. */
+      return SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }
+    rc = sqlite3_bind_value(pContentInsert, 1, apVal[3+p->nColumn]);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  }
+
+  /* Execute the statement to insert the record. Set *piDocid to the 
+  ** new docid value. 
+  */
+  sqlite3_step(pContentInsert);
+  rc = sqlite3_reset(pContentInsert);
+
+  *piDocid = sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(p->db);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+** Remove all data from the FTS3 table. Clear the hash table containing
+** pending terms.
+*/
+static int fts3DeleteAll(Fts3Table *p, int bContent){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
+
+  /* Discard the contents of the pending-terms hash table. */
+  sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(p);
+
+  /* Delete everything from the shadow tables. Except, leave %_content as
+  ** is if bContent is false.  */
+  assert( p->zContentTbl==0 || bContent==0 );
+  if( bContent ) fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_ALL_CONTENT, 0);
+  fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_ALL_SEGMENTS, 0);
+  fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_ALL_SEGDIR, 0);
+  if( p->bHasDocsize ){
+    fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_ALL_DOCSIZE, 0);
+  }
+  if( p->bHasStat ){
+    fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_ALL_STAT, 0);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+**
+*/
+static int langidFromSelect(Fts3Table *p, sqlite3_stmt *pSelect){
+  int iLangid = 0;
+  if( p->zLanguageid ) iLangid = sqlite3_column_int(pSelect, p->nColumn+1);
+  return iLangid;
+}
+
+/*
+** The first element in the apVal[] array is assumed to contain the docid
+** (an integer) of a row about to be deleted. Remove all terms from the
+** full-text index.
+*/
+static void fts3DeleteTerms( 
+  int *pRC,               /* Result code */
+  Fts3Table *p,           /* The FTS table to delete from */
+  sqlite3_value *pRowid,  /* The docid to be deleted */
+  u32 *aSz                /* Sizes of deleted document written here */
+){
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pSelect;
+
+  if( *pRC ) return;
+  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_CONTENT_BY_ROWID, &pSelect, &pRowid);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pSelect) ){
+      int i;
+      int iLangid = langidFromSelect(p, pSelect);
+      rc = fts3PendingTermsDocid(p, iLangid, sqlite3_column_int64(pSelect, 0));
+      for(i=1; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<=p->nColumn; i++){
+        const char *zText = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pSelect, i);
+        rc = fts3PendingTermsAdd(p, iLangid, zText, -1, &aSz[i-1]);
+        aSz[p->nColumn] += sqlite3_column_bytes(pSelect, i);
+      }
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        sqlite3_reset(pSelect);
+        *pRC = rc;
+        return;
+      }
+    }
+    rc = sqlite3_reset(pSelect);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3_reset(pSelect);
+  }
+  *pRC = rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Forward declaration to account for the circular dependency between
+** functions fts3SegmentMerge() and fts3AllocateSegdirIdx().
+*/
+static int fts3SegmentMerge(Fts3Table *, int, int, int);
+
+/* 
+** This function allocates a new level iLevel index in the segdir table.
+** Usually, indexes are allocated within a level sequentially starting
+** with 0, so the allocated index is one greater than the value returned
+** by:
+**
+**   SELECT max(idx) FROM %_segdir WHERE level = :iLevel
+**
+** However, if there are already FTS3_MERGE_COUNT indexes at the requested
+** level, they are merged into a single level (iLevel+1) segment and the 
+** allocated index is 0.
+**
+** If successful, *piIdx is set to the allocated index slot and SQLITE_OK
+** returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error code is returned.
+*/
+static int fts3AllocateSegdirIdx(
+  Fts3Table *p, 
+  int iLangid,                    /* Language id */
+  int iIndex,                     /* Index for p->aIndex */
+  int iLevel, 
+  int *piIdx
+){
+  int rc;                         /* Return Code */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pNextIdx;         /* Query for next idx at level iLevel */
+  int iNext = 0;                  /* Result of query pNextIdx */
+
+  assert( iLangid>=0 );
+  assert( p->nIndex>=1 );
+
+  /* Set variable iNext to the next available segdir index at level iLevel. */
+  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_NEXT_SEGMENT_INDEX, &pNextIdx, 0);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_bind_int64(
+        pNextIdx, 1, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel)
+    );
+    if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pNextIdx) ){
+      iNext = sqlite3_column_int(pNextIdx, 0);
+    }
+    rc = sqlite3_reset(pNextIdx);
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    /* If iNext is FTS3_MERGE_COUNT, indicating that level iLevel is already
+    ** full, merge all segments in level iLevel into a single iLevel+1
+    ** segment and allocate (newly freed) index 0 at level iLevel. Otherwise,
+    ** if iNext is less than FTS3_MERGE_COUNT, allocate index iNext.
+    */
+    if( iNext>=FTS3_MERGE_COUNT ){
+      fts3LogMerge(16, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel));
+      rc = fts3SegmentMerge(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel);
+      *piIdx = 0;
+    }else{
+      *piIdx = iNext;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The %_segments table is declared as follows:
+**
+**   CREATE TABLE %_segments(blockid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, block BLOB)
+**
+** This function reads data from a single row of the %_segments table. The
+** specific row is identified by the iBlockid parameter. If paBlob is not
+** NULL, then a buffer is allocated using sqlite3_malloc() and populated
+** with the contents of the blob stored in the "block" column of the 
+** identified table row is. Whether or not paBlob is NULL, *pnBlob is set
+** to the size of the blob in bytes before returning.
+**
+** If an error occurs, or the table does not contain the specified row,
+** an SQLite error code is returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned. If
+** paBlob is non-NULL, then it is the responsibility of the caller to
+** eventually free the returned buffer.
+**
+** This function may leave an open sqlite3_blob* handle in the
+** Fts3Table.pSegments variable. This handle is reused by subsequent calls
+** to this function. The handle may be closed by calling the
+** sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose() function. Reusing a blob handle is a handy
+** performance improvement, but the blob handle should always be closed
+** before control is returned to the user (to prevent a lock being held
+** on the database file for longer than necessary). Thus, any virtual table
+** method (xFilter etc.) that may directly or indirectly call this function
+** must call sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose() before returning.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* FTS3 table handle */
+  sqlite3_int64 iBlockid,         /* Access the row with blockid=$iBlockid */
+  char **paBlob,                  /* OUT: Blob data in malloc'd buffer */
+  int *pnBlob,                    /* OUT: Size of blob data */
+  int *pnLoad                     /* OUT: Bytes actually loaded */
+){
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+
+  /* pnBlob must be non-NULL. paBlob may be NULL or non-NULL. */
+  assert( pnBlob );
+
+  if( p->pSegments ){
+    rc = sqlite3_blob_reopen(p->pSegments, iBlockid);
+  }else{
+    if( 0==p->zSegmentsTbl ){
+      p->zSegmentsTbl = sqlite3_mprintf("%s_segments", p->zName);
+      if( 0==p->zSegmentsTbl ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    rc = sqlite3_blob_open(
+       p->db, p->zDb, p->zSegmentsTbl, "block", iBlockid, 0, &p->pSegments
+    );
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int nByte = sqlite3_blob_bytes(p->pSegments);
+    *pnBlob = nByte;
+    if( paBlob ){
+      char *aByte = sqlite3_malloc(nByte + FTS3_NODE_PADDING);
+      if( !aByte ){
+        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }else{
+        if( pnLoad && nByte>(FTS3_NODE_CHUNK_THRESHOLD) ){
+          nByte = FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE;
+          *pnLoad = nByte;
+        }
+        rc = sqlite3_blob_read(p->pSegments, aByte, nByte, 0);
+        memset(&aByte[nByte], 0, FTS3_NODE_PADDING);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          sqlite3_free(aByte);
+          aByte = 0;
+        }
+      }
+      *paBlob = aByte;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close the blob handle at p->pSegments, if it is open. See comments above
+** the sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock() function for details.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(Fts3Table *p){
+  sqlite3_blob_close(p->pSegments);
+  p->pSegments = 0;
+}
+    
+static int fts3SegReaderIncrRead(Fts3SegReader *pReader){
+  int nRead;                      /* Number of bytes to read */
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+
+  nRead = MIN(pReader->nNode - pReader->nPopulate, FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE);
+  rc = sqlite3_blob_read(
+      pReader->pBlob, 
+      &pReader->aNode[pReader->nPopulate],
+      nRead,
+      pReader->nPopulate
+  );
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    pReader->nPopulate += nRead;
+    memset(&pReader->aNode[pReader->nPopulate], 0, FTS3_NODE_PADDING);
+    if( pReader->nPopulate==pReader->nNode ){
+      sqlite3_blob_close(pReader->pBlob);
+      pReader->pBlob = 0;
+      pReader->nPopulate = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+static int fts3SegReaderRequire(Fts3SegReader *pReader, char *pFrom, int nByte){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  assert( !pReader->pBlob 
+       || (pFrom>=pReader->aNode && pFrom<&pReader->aNode[pReader->nNode])
+  );
+  while( pReader->pBlob && rc==SQLITE_OK 
+     &&  (pFrom - pReader->aNode + nByte)>pReader->nPopulate
+  ){
+    rc = fts3SegReaderIncrRead(pReader);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set an Fts3SegReader cursor to point at EOF.
+*/
+static void fts3SegReaderSetEof(Fts3SegReader *pSeg){
+  if( !fts3SegReaderIsRootOnly(pSeg) ){
+    sqlite3_free(pSeg->aNode);
+    sqlite3_blob_close(pSeg->pBlob);
+    pSeg->pBlob = 0;
+  }
+  pSeg->aNode = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Move the iterator passed as the first argument to the next term in the
+** segment. If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If there is no next term,
+** SQLITE_DONE. Otherwise, an SQLite error code.
+*/
+static int fts3SegReaderNext(
+  Fts3Table *p, 
+  Fts3SegReader *pReader,
+  int bIncr
+){
+  int rc;                         /* Return code of various sub-routines */
+  char *pNext;                    /* Cursor variable */
+  int nPrefix;                    /* Number of bytes in term prefix */
+  int nSuffix;                    /* Number of bytes in term suffix */
+
+  if( !pReader->aDoclist ){
+    pNext = pReader->aNode;
+  }else{
+    pNext = &pReader->aDoclist[pReader->nDoclist];
+  }
+
+  if( !pNext || pNext>=&pReader->aNode[pReader->nNode] ){
+
+    if( fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) ){
+      Fts3HashElem *pElem = *(pReader->ppNextElem);
+      if( pElem==0 ){
+        pReader->aNode = 0;
+      }else{
+        PendingList *pList = (PendingList *)fts3HashData(pElem);
+        pReader->zTerm = (char *)fts3HashKey(pElem);
+        pReader->nTerm = fts3HashKeysize(pElem);
+        pReader->nNode = pReader->nDoclist = pList->nData + 1;
+        pReader->aNode = pReader->aDoclist = pList->aData;
+        pReader->ppNextElem++;
+        assert( pReader->aNode );
+      }
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+
+    fts3SegReaderSetEof(pReader);
+
+    /* If iCurrentBlock>=iLeafEndBlock, this is an EOF condition. All leaf 
+    ** blocks have already been traversed.  */
+    assert( pReader->iCurrentBlock<=pReader->iLeafEndBlock );
+    if( pReader->iCurrentBlock>=pReader->iLeafEndBlock ){
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+
+    rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(
+        p, ++pReader->iCurrentBlock, &pReader->aNode, &pReader->nNode, 
+        (bIncr ? &pReader->nPopulate : 0)
+    );
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+    assert( pReader->pBlob==0 );
+    if( bIncr && pReader->nPopulate<pReader->nNode ){
+      pReader->pBlob = p->pSegments;
+      p->pSegments = 0;
+    }
+    pNext = pReader->aNode;
+  }
+
+  assert( !fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) );
+
+  rc = fts3SegReaderRequire(pReader, pNext, FTS3_VARINT_MAX*2);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  
+  /* Because of the FTS3_NODE_PADDING bytes of padding, the following is 
+  ** safe (no risk of overread) even if the node data is corrupted. */
+  pNext += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(pNext, &nPrefix);
+  pNext += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(pNext, &nSuffix);
+  if( nPrefix<0 || nSuffix<=0 
+   || &pNext[nSuffix]>&pReader->aNode[pReader->nNode] 
+  ){
+    return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+  }
+
+  if( nPrefix+nSuffix>pReader->nTermAlloc ){
+    int nNew = (nPrefix+nSuffix)*2;
+    char *zNew = sqlite3_realloc(pReader->zTerm, nNew);
+    if( !zNew ){
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    pReader->zTerm = zNew;
+    pReader->nTermAlloc = nNew;
+  }
+
+  rc = fts3SegReaderRequire(pReader, pNext, nSuffix+FTS3_VARINT_MAX);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  memcpy(&pReader->zTerm[nPrefix], pNext, nSuffix);
+  pReader->nTerm = nPrefix+nSuffix;
+  pNext += nSuffix;
+  pNext += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(pNext, &pReader->nDoclist);
+  pReader->aDoclist = pNext;
+  pReader->pOffsetList = 0;
+
+  /* Check that the doclist does not appear to extend past the end of the
+  ** b-tree node. And that the final byte of the doclist is 0x00. If either 
+  ** of these statements is untrue, then the data structure is corrupt.
+  */
+  if( &pReader->aDoclist[pReader->nDoclist]>&pReader->aNode[pReader->nNode] 
+   || (pReader->nPopulate==0 && pReader->aDoclist[pReader->nDoclist-1])
+  ){
+    return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the SegReader to point to the first docid in the doclist associated
+** with the current term.
+*/
+static int fts3SegReaderFirstDocid(Fts3Table *pTab, Fts3SegReader *pReader){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  assert( pReader->aDoclist );
+  assert( !pReader->pOffsetList );
+  if( pTab->bDescIdx && fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) ){
+    u8 bEof = 0;
+    pReader->iDocid = 0;
+    pReader->nOffsetList = 0;
+    sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(0,
+        pReader->aDoclist, pReader->nDoclist, &pReader->pOffsetList, 
+        &pReader->iDocid, &pReader->nOffsetList, &bEof
+    );
+  }else{
+    rc = fts3SegReaderRequire(pReader, pReader->aDoclist, FTS3_VARINT_MAX);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      int n = sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pReader->aDoclist, &pReader->iDocid);
+      pReader->pOffsetList = &pReader->aDoclist[n];
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Advance the SegReader to point to the next docid in the doclist
+** associated with the current term.
+** 
+** If arguments ppOffsetList and pnOffsetList are not NULL, then 
+** *ppOffsetList is set to point to the first column-offset list
+** in the doclist entry (i.e. immediately past the docid varint).
+** *pnOffsetList is set to the length of the set of column-offset
+** lists, not including the nul-terminator byte. For example:
+*/
+static int fts3SegReaderNextDocid(
+  Fts3Table *pTab,
+  Fts3SegReader *pReader,         /* Reader to advance to next docid */
+  char **ppOffsetList,            /* OUT: Pointer to current position-list */
+  int *pnOffsetList               /* OUT: Length of *ppOffsetList in bytes */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  char *p = pReader->pOffsetList;
+  char c = 0;
+
+  assert( p );
+
+  if( pTab->bDescIdx && fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) ){
+    /* A pending-terms seg-reader for an FTS4 table that uses order=desc.
+    ** Pending-terms doclists are always built up in ascending order, so
+    ** we have to iterate through them backwards here. */
+    u8 bEof = 0;
+    if( ppOffsetList ){
+      *ppOffsetList = pReader->pOffsetList;
+      *pnOffsetList = pReader->nOffsetList - 1;
+    }
+    sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(0,
+        pReader->aDoclist, pReader->nDoclist, &p, &pReader->iDocid,
+        &pReader->nOffsetList, &bEof
+    );
+    if( bEof ){
+      pReader->pOffsetList = 0;
+    }else{
+      pReader->pOffsetList = p;
+    }
+  }else{
+    char *pEnd = &pReader->aDoclist[pReader->nDoclist];
+
+    /* Pointer p currently points at the first byte of an offset list. The
+    ** following block advances it to point one byte past the end of
+    ** the same offset list. */
+    while( 1 ){
+  
+      /* The following line of code (and the "p++" below the while() loop) is
+      ** normally all that is required to move pointer p to the desired 
+      ** position. The exception is if this node is being loaded from disk
+      ** incrementally and pointer "p" now points to the first byte passed
+      ** the populated part of pReader->aNode[].
+      */
+      while( *p | c ) c = *p++ & 0x80;
+      assert( *p==0 );
+  
+      if( pReader->pBlob==0 || p<&pReader->aNode[pReader->nPopulate] ) break;
+      rc = fts3SegReaderIncrRead(pReader);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+    }
+    p++;
+  
+    /* If required, populate the output variables with a pointer to and the
+    ** size of the previous offset-list.
+    */
+    if( ppOffsetList ){
+      *ppOffsetList = pReader->pOffsetList;
+      *pnOffsetList = (int)(p - pReader->pOffsetList - 1);
+    }
+
+    while( p<pEnd && *p==0 ) p++;
+  
+    /* If there are no more entries in the doclist, set pOffsetList to
+    ** NULL. Otherwise, set Fts3SegReader.iDocid to the next docid and
+    ** Fts3SegReader.pOffsetList to point to the next offset list before
+    ** returning.
+    */
+    if( p>=pEnd ){
+      pReader->pOffsetList = 0;
+    }else{
+      rc = fts3SegReaderRequire(pReader, p, FTS3_VARINT_MAX);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        sqlite3_int64 iDelta;
+        pReader->pOffsetList = p + sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p, &iDelta);
+        if( pTab->bDescIdx ){
+          pReader->iDocid -= iDelta;
+        }else{
+          pReader->iDocid += iDelta;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrOvfl(
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr, 
+  Fts3MultiSegReader *pMsr,
+  int *pnOvfl
+){
+  Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+  int nOvfl = 0;
+  int ii;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int pgsz = p->nPgsz;
+
+  assert( p->bFts4 );
+  assert( pgsz>0 );
+
+  for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<pMsr->nSegment; ii++){
+    Fts3SegReader *pReader = pMsr->apSegment[ii];
+    if( !fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) 
+     && !fts3SegReaderIsRootOnly(pReader) 
+    ){
+      sqlite3_int64 jj;
+      for(jj=pReader->iStartBlock; jj<=pReader->iLeafEndBlock; jj++){
+        int nBlob;
+        rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(p, jj, 0, &nBlob, 0);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
+        if( (nBlob+35)>pgsz ){
+          nOvfl += (nBlob + 34)/pgsz;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  *pnOvfl = nOvfl;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Free all allocations associated with the iterator passed as the 
+** second argument.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree(Fts3SegReader *pReader){
+  if( pReader && !fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) ){
+    sqlite3_free(pReader->zTerm);
+    if( !fts3SegReaderIsRootOnly(pReader) ){
+      sqlite3_free(pReader->aNode);
+      sqlite3_blob_close(pReader->pBlob);
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(pReader);
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate a new SegReader object.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew(
+  int iAge,                       /* Segment "age". */
+  int bLookup,                    /* True for a lookup only */
+  sqlite3_int64 iStartLeaf,       /* First leaf to traverse */
+  sqlite3_int64 iEndLeaf,         /* Final leaf to traverse */
+  sqlite3_int64 iEndBlock,        /* Final block of segment */
+  const char *zRoot,              /* Buffer containing root node */
+  int nRoot,                      /* Size of buffer containing root node */
+  Fts3SegReader **ppReader        /* OUT: Allocated Fts3SegReader */
+){
+  Fts3SegReader *pReader;         /* Newly allocated SegReader object */
+  int nExtra = 0;                 /* Bytes to allocate segment root node */
+
+  assert( iStartLeaf<=iEndLeaf );
+  if( iStartLeaf==0 ){
+    nExtra = nRoot + FTS3_NODE_PADDING;
+  }
+
+  pReader = (Fts3SegReader *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3SegReader) + nExtra);
+  if( !pReader ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  memset(pReader, 0, sizeof(Fts3SegReader));
+  pReader->iIdx = iAge;
+  pReader->bLookup = bLookup!=0;
+  pReader->iStartBlock = iStartLeaf;
+  pReader->iLeafEndBlock = iEndLeaf;
+  pReader->iEndBlock = iEndBlock;
+
+  if( nExtra ){
+    /* The entire segment is stored in the root node. */
+    pReader->aNode = (char *)&pReader[1];
+    pReader->rootOnly = 1;
+    pReader->nNode = nRoot;
+    memcpy(pReader->aNode, zRoot, nRoot);
+    memset(&pReader->aNode[nRoot], 0, FTS3_NODE_PADDING);
+  }else{
+    pReader->iCurrentBlock = iStartLeaf-1;
+  }
+  *ppReader = pReader;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** This is a comparison function used as a qsort() callback when sorting
+** an array of pending terms by term. This occurs as part of flushing
+** the contents of the pending-terms hash table to the database.
+*/
+static int fts3CompareElemByTerm(const void *lhs, const void *rhs){
+  char *z1 = fts3HashKey(*(Fts3HashElem **)lhs);
+  char *z2 = fts3HashKey(*(Fts3HashElem **)rhs);
+  int n1 = fts3HashKeysize(*(Fts3HashElem **)lhs);
+  int n2 = fts3HashKeysize(*(Fts3HashElem **)rhs);
+
+  int n = (n1<n2 ? n1 : n2);
+  int c = memcmp(z1, z2, n);
+  if( c==0 ){
+    c = n1 - n2;
+  }
+  return c;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is used to allocate an Fts3SegReader that iterates through
+** a subset of the terms stored in the Fts3Table.pendingTerms array.
+**
+** If the isPrefixIter parameter is zero, then the returned SegReader iterates
+** through each term in the pending-terms table. Or, if isPrefixIter is
+** non-zero, it iterates through each term and its prefixes. For example, if
+** the pending terms hash table contains the terms "sqlite", "mysql" and
+** "firebird", then the iterator visits the following 'terms' (in the order
+** shown):
+**
+**   f fi fir fire fireb firebi firebir firebird
+**   m my mys mysq mysql
+**   s sq sql sqli sqlit sqlite
+**
+** Whereas if isPrefixIter is zero, the terms visited are:
+**
+**   firebird mysql sqlite
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderPending(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Virtual table handle */
+  int iIndex,                     /* Index for p->aIndex */
+  const char *zTerm,              /* Term to search for */
+  int nTerm,                      /* Size of buffer zTerm */
+  int bPrefix,                    /* True for a prefix iterator */
+  Fts3SegReader **ppReader        /* OUT: SegReader for pending-terms */
+){
+  Fts3SegReader *pReader = 0;     /* Fts3SegReader object to return */
+  Fts3HashElem *pE;               /* Iterator variable */
+  Fts3HashElem **aElem = 0;       /* Array of term hash entries to scan */
+  int nElem = 0;                  /* Size of array at aElem */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return Code */
+  Fts3Hash *pHash;
+
+  pHash = &p->aIndex[iIndex].hPending;
+  if( bPrefix ){
+    int nAlloc = 0;               /* Size of allocated array at aElem */
+
+    for(pE=fts3HashFirst(pHash); pE; pE=fts3HashNext(pE)){
+      char *zKey = (char *)fts3HashKey(pE);
+      int nKey = fts3HashKeysize(pE);
+      if( nTerm==0 || (nKey>=nTerm && 0==memcmp(zKey, zTerm, nTerm)) ){
+        if( nElem==nAlloc ){
+          Fts3HashElem **aElem2;
+          nAlloc += 16;
+          aElem2 = (Fts3HashElem **)sqlite3_realloc(
+              aElem, nAlloc*sizeof(Fts3HashElem *)
+          );
+          if( !aElem2 ){
+            rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+            nElem = 0;
+            break;
+          }
+          aElem = aElem2;
+        }
+
+        aElem[nElem++] = pE;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* If more than one term matches the prefix, sort the Fts3HashElem
+    ** objects in term order using qsort(). This uses the same comparison
+    ** callback as is used when flushing terms to disk.
+    */
+    if( nElem>1 ){
+      qsort(aElem, nElem, sizeof(Fts3HashElem *), fts3CompareElemByTerm);
+    }
+
+  }else{
+    /* The query is a simple term lookup that matches at most one term in
+    ** the index. All that is required is a straight hash-lookup. 
+    **
+    ** Because the stack address of pE may be accessed via the aElem pointer
+    ** below, the "Fts3HashElem *pE" must be declared so that it is valid
+    ** within this entire function, not just this "else{...}" block.
+    */
+    pE = fts3HashFindElem(pHash, zTerm, nTerm);
+    if( pE ){
+      aElem = &pE;
+      nElem = 1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( nElem>0 ){
+    int nByte = sizeof(Fts3SegReader) + (nElem+1)*sizeof(Fts3HashElem *);
+    pReader = (Fts3SegReader *)sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
+    if( !pReader ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }else{
+      memset(pReader, 0, nByte);
+      pReader->iIdx = 0x7FFFFFFF;
+      pReader->ppNextElem = (Fts3HashElem **)&pReader[1];
+      memcpy(pReader->ppNextElem, aElem, nElem*sizeof(Fts3HashElem *));
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( bPrefix ){
+    sqlite3_free(aElem);
+  }
+  *ppReader = pReader;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compare the entries pointed to by two Fts3SegReader structures. 
+** Comparison is as follows:
+**
+**   1) EOF is greater than not EOF.
+**
+**   2) The current terms (if any) are compared using memcmp(). If one
+**      term is a prefix of another, the longer term is considered the
+**      larger.
+**
+**   3) By segment age. An older segment is considered larger.
+*/
+static int fts3SegReaderCmp(Fts3SegReader *pLhs, Fts3SegReader *pRhs){
+  int rc;
+  if( pLhs->aNode && pRhs->aNode ){
+    int rc2 = pLhs->nTerm - pRhs->nTerm;
+    if( rc2<0 ){
+      rc = memcmp(pLhs->zTerm, pRhs->zTerm, pLhs->nTerm);
+    }else{
+      rc = memcmp(pLhs->zTerm, pRhs->zTerm, pRhs->nTerm);
+    }
+    if( rc==0 ){
+      rc = rc2;
+    }
+  }else{
+    rc = (pLhs->aNode==0) - (pRhs->aNode==0);
+  }
+  if( rc==0 ){
+    rc = pRhs->iIdx - pLhs->iIdx;
+  }
+  assert( rc!=0 );
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** A different comparison function for SegReader structures. In this
+** version, it is assumed that each SegReader points to an entry in
+** a doclist for identical terms. Comparison is made as follows:
+**
+**   1) EOF (end of doclist in this case) is greater than not EOF.
+**
+**   2) By current docid.
+**
+**   3) By segment age. An older segment is considered larger.
+*/
+static int fts3SegReaderDoclistCmp(Fts3SegReader *pLhs, Fts3SegReader *pRhs){
+  int rc = (pLhs->pOffsetList==0)-(pRhs->pOffsetList==0);
+  if( rc==0 ){
+    if( pLhs->iDocid==pRhs->iDocid ){
+      rc = pRhs->iIdx - pLhs->iIdx;
+    }else{
+      rc = (pLhs->iDocid > pRhs->iDocid) ? 1 : -1;
+    }
+  }
+  assert( pLhs->aNode && pRhs->aNode );
+  return rc;
+}
+static int fts3SegReaderDoclistCmpRev(Fts3SegReader *pLhs, Fts3SegReader *pRhs){
+  int rc = (pLhs->pOffsetList==0)-(pRhs->pOffsetList==0);
+  if( rc==0 ){
+    if( pLhs->iDocid==pRhs->iDocid ){
+      rc = pRhs->iIdx - pLhs->iIdx;
+    }else{
+      rc = (pLhs->iDocid < pRhs->iDocid) ? 1 : -1;
+    }
+  }
+  assert( pLhs->aNode && pRhs->aNode );
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compare the term that the Fts3SegReader object passed as the first argument
+** points to with the term specified by arguments zTerm and nTerm. 
+**
+** If the pSeg iterator is already at EOF, return 0. Otherwise, return
+** -ve if the pSeg term is less than zTerm/nTerm, 0 if the two terms are
+** equal, or +ve if the pSeg term is greater than zTerm/nTerm.
+*/
+static int fts3SegReaderTermCmp(
+  Fts3SegReader *pSeg,            /* Segment reader object */
+  const char *zTerm,              /* Term to compare to */
+  int nTerm                       /* Size of term zTerm in bytes */
+){
+  int res = 0;
+  if( pSeg->aNode ){
+    if( pSeg->nTerm>nTerm ){
+      res = memcmp(pSeg->zTerm, zTerm, nTerm);
+    }else{
+      res = memcmp(pSeg->zTerm, zTerm, pSeg->nTerm);
+    }
+    if( res==0 ){
+      res = pSeg->nTerm-nTerm;
+    }
+  }
+  return res;
+}
+
+/*
+** Argument apSegment is an array of nSegment elements. It is known that
+** the final (nSegment-nSuspect) members are already in sorted order
+** (according to the comparison function provided). This function shuffles
+** the array around until all entries are in sorted order.
+*/
+static void fts3SegReaderSort(
+  Fts3SegReader **apSegment,                     /* Array to sort entries of */
+  int nSegment,                                  /* Size of apSegment array */
+  int nSuspect,                                  /* Unsorted entry count */
+  int (*xCmp)(Fts3SegReader *, Fts3SegReader *)  /* Comparison function */
+){
+  int i;                          /* Iterator variable */
+
+  assert( nSuspect<=nSegment );
+
+  if( nSuspect==nSegment ) nSuspect--;
+  for(i=nSuspect-1; i>=0; i--){
+    int j;
+    for(j=i; j<(nSegment-1); j++){
+      Fts3SegReader *pTmp;
+      if( xCmp(apSegment[j], apSegment[j+1])<0 ) break;
+      pTmp = apSegment[j+1];
+      apSegment[j+1] = apSegment[j];
+      apSegment[j] = pTmp;
+    }
+  }
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  /* Check that the list really is sorted now. */
+  for(i=0; i<(nSuspect-1); i++){
+    assert( xCmp(apSegment[i], apSegment[i+1])<0 );
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/* 
+** Insert a record into the %_segments table.
+*/
+static int fts3WriteSegment(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Virtual table handle */
+  sqlite3_int64 iBlock,           /* Block id for new block */
+  char *z,                        /* Pointer to buffer containing block data */
+  int n                           /* Size of buffer z in bytes */
+){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+  int rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_INSERT_SEGMENTS, &pStmt, 0);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, iBlock);
+    sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 2, z, n, SQLITE_STATIC);
+    sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+    rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Find the largest relative level number in the table. If successful, set
+** *pnMax to this value and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if an error occurs,
+** set *pnMax to zero and return an SQLite error code.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MaxLevel(Fts3Table *p, int *pnMax){
+  int rc;
+  int mxLevel = 0;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
+
+  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_MXLEVEL, &pStmt, 0);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
+      mxLevel = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0);
+    }
+    rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+  }
+  *pnMax = mxLevel;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* 
+** Insert a record into the %_segdir table.
+*/
+static int fts3WriteSegdir(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Virtual table handle */
+  sqlite3_int64 iLevel,           /* Value for "level" field (absolute level) */
+  int iIdx,                       /* Value for "idx" field */
+  sqlite3_int64 iStartBlock,      /* Value for "start_block" field */
+  sqlite3_int64 iLeafEndBlock,    /* Value for "leaves_end_block" field */
+  sqlite3_int64 iEndBlock,        /* Value for "end_block" field */
+  char *zRoot,                    /* Blob value for "root" field */
+  int nRoot                       /* Number of bytes in buffer zRoot */
+){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+  int rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_INSERT_SEGDIR, &pStmt, 0);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, iLevel);
+    sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 2, iIdx);
+    sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 3, iStartBlock);
+    sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 4, iLeafEndBlock);
+    sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 5, iEndBlock);
+    sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 6, zRoot, nRoot, SQLITE_STATIC);
+    sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+    rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the size of the common prefix (if any) shared by zPrev and
+** zNext, in bytes. For example, 
+**
+**   fts3PrefixCompress("abc", 3, "abcdef", 6)   // returns 3
+**   fts3PrefixCompress("abX", 3, "abcdef", 6)   // returns 2
+**   fts3PrefixCompress("abX", 3, "Xbcdef", 6)   // returns 0
+*/
+static int fts3PrefixCompress(
+  const char *zPrev,              /* Buffer containing previous term */
+  int nPrev,                      /* Size of buffer zPrev in bytes */
+  const char *zNext,              /* Buffer containing next term */
+  int nNext                       /* Size of buffer zNext in bytes */
+){
+  int n;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(nNext);
+  for(n=0; n<nPrev && zPrev[n]==zNext[n]; n++);
+  return n;
+}
+
+/*
+** Add term zTerm to the SegmentNode. It is guaranteed that zTerm is larger
+** (according to memcmp) than the previous term.
+*/
+static int fts3NodeAddTerm(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Virtual table handle */
+  SegmentNode **ppTree,           /* IN/OUT: SegmentNode handle */ 
+  int isCopyTerm,                 /* True if zTerm/nTerm is transient */
+  const char *zTerm,              /* Pointer to buffer containing term */
+  int nTerm                       /* Size of term in bytes */
+){
+  SegmentNode *pTree = *ppTree;
+  int rc;
+  SegmentNode *pNew;
+
+  /* First try to append the term to the current node. Return early if 
+  ** this is possible.
+  */
+  if( pTree ){
+    int nData = pTree->nData;     /* Current size of node in bytes */
+    int nReq = nData;             /* Required space after adding zTerm */
+    int nPrefix;                  /* Number of bytes of prefix compression */
+    int nSuffix;                  /* Suffix length */
+
+    nPrefix = fts3PrefixCompress(pTree->zTerm, pTree->nTerm, zTerm, nTerm);
+    nSuffix = nTerm-nPrefix;
+
+    nReq += sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nPrefix)+sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nSuffix)+nSuffix;
+    if( nReq<=p->nNodeSize || !pTree->zTerm ){
+
+      if( nReq>p->nNodeSize ){
+        /* An unusual case: this is the first term to be added to the node
+        ** and the static node buffer (p->nNodeSize bytes) is not large
+        ** enough. Use a separately malloced buffer instead This wastes
+        ** p->nNodeSize bytes, but since this scenario only comes about when
+        ** the database contain two terms that share a prefix of almost 2KB, 
+        ** this is not expected to be a serious problem. 
+        */
+        assert( pTree->aData==(char *)&pTree[1] );
+        pTree->aData = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(nReq);
+        if( !pTree->aData ){
+          return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+        }
+      }
+
+      if( pTree->zTerm ){
+        /* There is no prefix-length field for first term in a node */
+        nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pTree->aData[nData], nPrefix);
+      }
+
+      nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pTree->aData[nData], nSuffix);
+      memcpy(&pTree->aData[nData], &zTerm[nPrefix], nSuffix);
+      pTree->nData = nData + nSuffix;
+      pTree->nEntry++;
+
+      if( isCopyTerm ){
+        if( pTree->nMalloc<nTerm ){
+          char *zNew = sqlite3_realloc(pTree->zMalloc, nTerm*2);
+          if( !zNew ){
+            return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+          }
+          pTree->nMalloc = nTerm*2;
+          pTree->zMalloc = zNew;
+        }
+        pTree->zTerm = pTree->zMalloc;
+        memcpy(pTree->zTerm, zTerm, nTerm);
+        pTree->nTerm = nTerm;
+      }else{
+        pTree->zTerm = (char *)zTerm;
+        pTree->nTerm = nTerm;
+      }
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If control flows to here, it was not possible to append zTerm to the
+  ** current node. Create a new node (a right-sibling of the current node).
+  ** If this is the first node in the tree, the term is added to it.
+  **
+  ** Otherwise, the term is not added to the new node, it is left empty for
+  ** now. Instead, the term is inserted into the parent of pTree. If pTree 
+  ** has no parent, one is created here.
+  */
+  pNew = (SegmentNode *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(SegmentNode) + p->nNodeSize);
+  if( !pNew ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(SegmentNode));
+  pNew->nData = 1 + FTS3_VARINT_MAX;
+  pNew->aData = (char *)&pNew[1];
+
+  if( pTree ){
+    SegmentNode *pParent = pTree->pParent;
+    rc = fts3NodeAddTerm(p, &pParent, isCopyTerm, zTerm, nTerm);
+    if( pTree->pParent==0 ){
+      pTree->pParent = pParent;
+    }
+    pTree->pRight = pNew;
+    pNew->pLeftmost = pTree->pLeftmost;
+    pNew->pParent = pParent;
+    pNew->zMalloc = pTree->zMalloc;
+    pNew->nMalloc = pTree->nMalloc;
+    pTree->zMalloc = 0;
+  }else{
+    pNew->pLeftmost = pNew;
+    rc = fts3NodeAddTerm(p, &pNew, isCopyTerm, zTerm, nTerm); 
+  }
+
+  *ppTree = pNew;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Helper function for fts3NodeWrite().
+*/
+static int fts3TreeFinishNode(
+  SegmentNode *pTree, 
+  int iHeight, 
+  sqlite3_int64 iLeftChild
+){
+  int nStart;
+  assert( iHeight>=1 && iHeight<128 );
+  nStart = FTS3_VARINT_MAX - sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(iLeftChild);
+  pTree->aData[nStart] = (char)iHeight;
+  sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pTree->aData[nStart+1], iLeftChild);
+  return nStart;
+}
+
+/*
+** Write the buffer for the segment node pTree and all of its peers to the
+** database. Then call this function recursively to write the parent of 
+** pTree and its peers to the database. 
+**
+** Except, if pTree is a root node, do not write it to the database. Instead,
+** set output variables *paRoot and *pnRoot to contain the root node.
+**
+** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and output variable *piLast is
+** set to the largest blockid written to the database (or zero if no
+** blocks were written to the db). Otherwise, an SQLite error code is 
+** returned.
+*/
+static int fts3NodeWrite(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Virtual table handle */
+  SegmentNode *pTree,             /* SegmentNode handle */
+  int iHeight,                    /* Height of this node in tree */
+  sqlite3_int64 iLeaf,            /* Block id of first leaf node */
+  sqlite3_int64 iFree,            /* Block id of next free slot in %_segments */
+  sqlite3_int64 *piLast,          /* OUT: Block id of last entry written */
+  char **paRoot,                  /* OUT: Data for root node */
+  int *pnRoot                     /* OUT: Size of root node in bytes */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  if( !pTree->pParent ){
+    /* Root node of the tree. */
+    int nStart = fts3TreeFinishNode(pTree, iHeight, iLeaf);
+    *piLast = iFree-1;
+    *pnRoot = pTree->nData - nStart;
+    *paRoot = &pTree->aData[nStart];
+  }else{
+    SegmentNode *pIter;
+    sqlite3_int64 iNextFree = iFree;
+    sqlite3_int64 iNextLeaf = iLeaf;
+    for(pIter=pTree->pLeftmost; pIter && rc==SQLITE_OK; pIter=pIter->pRight){
+      int nStart = fts3TreeFinishNode(pIter, iHeight, iNextLeaf);
+      int nWrite = pIter->nData - nStart;
+  
+      rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, iNextFree, &pIter->aData[nStart], nWrite);
+      iNextFree++;
+      iNextLeaf += (pIter->nEntry+1);
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      assert( iNextLeaf==iFree );
+      rc = fts3NodeWrite(
+          p, pTree->pParent, iHeight+1, iFree, iNextFree, piLast, paRoot, pnRoot
+      );
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Free all memory allocations associated with the tree pTree.
+*/
+static void fts3NodeFree(SegmentNode *pTree){
+  if( pTree ){
+    SegmentNode *p = pTree->pLeftmost;
+    fts3NodeFree(p->pParent);
+    while( p ){
+      SegmentNode *pRight = p->pRight;
+      if( p->aData!=(char *)&p[1] ){
+        sqlite3_free(p->aData);
+      }
+      assert( pRight==0 || p->zMalloc==0 );
+      sqlite3_free(p->zMalloc);
+      sqlite3_free(p);
+      p = pRight;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Add a term to the segment being constructed by the SegmentWriter object
+** *ppWriter. When adding the first term to a segment, *ppWriter should
+** be passed NULL. This function will allocate a new SegmentWriter object
+** and return it via the input/output variable *ppWriter in this case.
+**
+** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error code.
+*/
+static int fts3SegWriterAdd(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Virtual table handle */
+  SegmentWriter **ppWriter,       /* IN/OUT: SegmentWriter handle */ 
+  int isCopyTerm,                 /* True if buffer zTerm must be copied */
+  const char *zTerm,              /* Pointer to buffer containing term */
+  int nTerm,                      /* Size of term in bytes */
+  const char *aDoclist,           /* Pointer to buffer containing doclist */
+  int nDoclist                    /* Size of doclist in bytes */
+){
+  int nPrefix;                    /* Size of term prefix in bytes */
+  int nSuffix;                    /* Size of term suffix in bytes */
+  int nReq;                       /* Number of bytes required on leaf page */
+  int nData;
+  SegmentWriter *pWriter = *ppWriter;
+
+  if( !pWriter ){
+    int rc;
+    sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+
+    /* Allocate the SegmentWriter structure */
+    pWriter = (SegmentWriter *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(SegmentWriter));
+    if( !pWriter ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    memset(pWriter, 0, sizeof(SegmentWriter));
+    *ppWriter = pWriter;
+
+    /* Allocate a buffer in which to accumulate data */
+    pWriter->aData = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(p->nNodeSize);
+    if( !pWriter->aData ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    pWriter->nSize = p->nNodeSize;
+
+    /* Find the next free blockid in the %_segments table */
+    rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_NEXT_SEGMENTS_ID, &pStmt, 0);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+    if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
+      pWriter->iFree = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 0);
+      pWriter->iFirst = pWriter->iFree;
+    }
+    rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  }
+  nData = pWriter->nData;
+
+  nPrefix = fts3PrefixCompress(pWriter->zTerm, pWriter->nTerm, zTerm, nTerm);
+  nSuffix = nTerm-nPrefix;
+
+  /* Figure out how many bytes are required by this new entry */
+  nReq = sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nPrefix) +    /* varint containing prefix size */
+    sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nSuffix) +         /* varint containing suffix size */
+    nSuffix +                               /* Term suffix */
+    sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nDoclist) +        /* Size of doclist */
+    nDoclist;                               /* Doclist data */
+
+  if( nData>0 && nData+nReq>p->nNodeSize ){
+    int rc;
+
+    /* The current leaf node is full. Write it out to the database. */
+    rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, pWriter->iFree++, pWriter->aData, nData);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+    p->nLeafAdd++;
+
+    /* Add the current term to the interior node tree. The term added to
+    ** the interior tree must:
+    **
+    **   a) be greater than the largest term on the leaf node just written
+    **      to the database (still available in pWriter->zTerm), and
+    **
+    **   b) be less than or equal to the term about to be added to the new
+    **      leaf node (zTerm/nTerm).
+    **
+    ** In other words, it must be the prefix of zTerm 1 byte longer than
+    ** the common prefix (if any) of zTerm and pWriter->zTerm.
+    */
+    assert( nPrefix<nTerm );
+    rc = fts3NodeAddTerm(p, &pWriter->pTree, isCopyTerm, zTerm, nPrefix+1);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+    nData = 0;
+    pWriter->nTerm = 0;
+
+    nPrefix = 0;
+    nSuffix = nTerm;
+    nReq = 1 +                              /* varint containing prefix size */
+      sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nTerm) +         /* varint containing suffix size */
+      nTerm +                               /* Term suffix */
+      sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nDoclist) +      /* Size of doclist */
+      nDoclist;                             /* Doclist data */
+  }
+
+  /* If the buffer currently allocated is too small for this entry, realloc
+  ** the buffer to make it large enough.
+  */
+  if( nReq>pWriter->nSize ){
+    char *aNew = sqlite3_realloc(pWriter->aData, nReq);
+    if( !aNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    pWriter->aData = aNew;
+    pWriter->nSize = nReq;
+  }
+  assert( nData+nReq<=pWriter->nSize );
+
+  /* Append the prefix-compressed term and doclist to the buffer. */
+  nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pWriter->aData[nData], nPrefix);
+  nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pWriter->aData[nData], nSuffix);
+  memcpy(&pWriter->aData[nData], &zTerm[nPrefix], nSuffix);
+  nData += nSuffix;
+  nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pWriter->aData[nData], nDoclist);
+  memcpy(&pWriter->aData[nData], aDoclist, nDoclist);
+  pWriter->nData = nData + nDoclist;
+
+  /* Save the current term so that it can be used to prefix-compress the next.
+  ** If the isCopyTerm parameter is true, then the buffer pointed to by
+  ** zTerm is transient, so take a copy of the term data. Otherwise, just
+  ** store a copy of the pointer.
+  */
+  if( isCopyTerm ){
+    if( nTerm>pWriter->nMalloc ){
+      char *zNew = sqlite3_realloc(pWriter->zMalloc, nTerm*2);
+      if( !zNew ){
+        return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }
+      pWriter->nMalloc = nTerm*2;
+      pWriter->zMalloc = zNew;
+      pWriter->zTerm = zNew;
+    }
+    assert( pWriter->zTerm==pWriter->zMalloc );
+    memcpy(pWriter->zTerm, zTerm, nTerm);
+  }else{
+    pWriter->zTerm = (char *)zTerm;
+  }
+  pWriter->nTerm = nTerm;
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Flush all data associated with the SegmentWriter object pWriter to the
+** database. This function must be called after all terms have been added
+** to the segment using fts3SegWriterAdd(). If successful, SQLITE_OK is
+** returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error code.
+*/
+static int fts3SegWriterFlush(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Virtual table handle */
+  SegmentWriter *pWriter,         /* SegmentWriter to flush to the db */
+  sqlite3_int64 iLevel,           /* Value for 'level' column of %_segdir */
+  int iIdx                        /* Value for 'idx' column of %_segdir */
+){
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+  if( pWriter->pTree ){
+    sqlite3_int64 iLast = 0;      /* Largest block id written to database */
+    sqlite3_int64 iLastLeaf;      /* Largest leaf block id written to db */
+    char *zRoot = NULL;           /* Pointer to buffer containing root node */
+    int nRoot = 0;                /* Size of buffer zRoot */
+
+    iLastLeaf = pWriter->iFree;
+    rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, pWriter->iFree++, pWriter->aData, pWriter->nData);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = fts3NodeWrite(p, pWriter->pTree, 1,
+          pWriter->iFirst, pWriter->iFree, &iLast, &zRoot, &nRoot);
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = fts3WriteSegdir(
+          p, iLevel, iIdx, pWriter->iFirst, iLastLeaf, iLast, zRoot, nRoot);
+    }
+  }else{
+    /* The entire tree fits on the root node. Write it to the segdir table. */
+    rc = fts3WriteSegdir(
+        p, iLevel, iIdx, 0, 0, 0, pWriter->aData, pWriter->nData);
+  }
+  p->nLeafAdd++;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Release all memory held by the SegmentWriter object passed as the 
+** first argument.
+*/
+static void fts3SegWriterFree(SegmentWriter *pWriter){
+  if( pWriter ){
+    sqlite3_free(pWriter->aData);
+    sqlite3_free(pWriter->zMalloc);
+    fts3NodeFree(pWriter->pTree);
+    sqlite3_free(pWriter);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** The first value in the apVal[] array is assumed to contain an integer.
+** This function tests if there exist any documents with docid values that
+** are different from that integer. i.e. if deleting the document with docid
+** pRowid would mean the FTS3 table were empty.
+**
+** If successful, *pisEmpty is set to true if the table is empty except for
+** document pRowid, or false otherwise, and SQLITE_OK is returned. If an
+** error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned.
+*/
+static int fts3IsEmpty(Fts3Table *p, sqlite3_value *pRowid, int *pisEmpty){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+  int rc;
+  if( p->zContentTbl ){
+    /* If using the content=xxx option, assume the table is never empty */
+    *pisEmpty = 0;
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_IS_EMPTY, &pStmt, &pRowid);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
+        *pisEmpty = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0);
+      }
+      rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set *pnMax to the largest segment level in the database for the index
+** iIndex.
+**
+** Segment levels are stored in the 'level' column of the %_segdir table.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code if not.
+*/
+static int fts3SegmentMaxLevel(
+  Fts3Table *p, 
+  int iLangid,
+  int iIndex, 
+  sqlite3_int64 *pnMax
+){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+  int rc;
+  assert( iIndex>=0 && iIndex<p->nIndex );
+
+  /* Set pStmt to the compiled version of:
+  **
+  **   SELECT max(level) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ?
+  **
+  ** (1024 is actually the value of macro FTS3_SEGDIR_PREFIXLEVEL_STR).
+  */
+  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR_MAX_LEVEL, &pStmt, 0);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, 0));
+  sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 2, 
+      getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL-1)
+  );
+  if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
+    *pnMax = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 0);
+  }
+  return sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete all entries in the %_segments table associated with the segment
+** opened with seg-reader pSeg. This function does not affect the contents
+** of the %_segdir table.
+*/
+static int fts3DeleteSegment(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* FTS table handle */
+  Fts3SegReader *pSeg             /* Segment to delete */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
+  if( pSeg->iStartBlock ){
+    sqlite3_stmt *pDelete;        /* SQL statement to delete rows */
+    rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_DELETE_SEGMENTS_RANGE, &pDelete, 0);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3_bind_int64(pDelete, 1, pSeg->iStartBlock);
+      sqlite3_bind_int64(pDelete, 2, pSeg->iEndBlock);
+      sqlite3_step(pDelete);
+      rc = sqlite3_reset(pDelete);
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is used after merging multiple segments into a single large
+** segment to delete the old, now redundant, segment b-trees. Specifically,
+** it:
+** 
+**   1) Deletes all %_segments entries for the segments associated with 
+**      each of the SegReader objects in the array passed as the third 
+**      argument, and
+**
+**   2) deletes all %_segdir entries with level iLevel, or all %_segdir
+**      entries regardless of level if (iLevel<0).
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, otherwise an SQLite error code.
+*/
+static int fts3DeleteSegdir(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Virtual table handle */
+  int iLangid,                    /* Language id */
+  int iIndex,                     /* Index for p->aIndex */
+  int iLevel,                     /* Level of %_segdir entries to delete */
+  Fts3SegReader **apSegment,      /* Array of SegReader objects */
+  int nReader                     /* Size of array apSegment */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return Code */
+  int i;                          /* Iterator variable */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pDelete = 0;      /* SQL statement to delete rows */
+
+  for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<nReader; i++){
+    rc = fts3DeleteSegment(p, apSegment[i]);
+  }
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  assert( iLevel>=0 || iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL );
+  if( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL ){
+    rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_RANGE, &pDelete, 0);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3_bind_int64(pDelete, 1, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, 0));
+      sqlite3_bind_int64(pDelete, 2, 
+          getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL-1)
+      );
+    }
+  }else{
+    rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_LEVEL, &pDelete, 0);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3_bind_int64(
+          pDelete, 1, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel)
+      );
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_step(pDelete);
+    rc = sqlite3_reset(pDelete);
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** When this function is called, buffer *ppList (size *pnList bytes) contains 
+** a position list that may (or may not) feature multiple columns. This
+** function adjusts the pointer *ppList and the length *pnList so that they
+** identify the subset of the position list that corresponds to column iCol.
+**
+** If there are no entries in the input position list for column iCol, then
+** *pnList is set to zero before returning.
+*/
+static void fts3ColumnFilter(
+  int iCol,                       /* Column to filter on */
+  char **ppList,                  /* IN/OUT: Pointer to position list */
+  int *pnList                     /* IN/OUT: Size of buffer *ppList in bytes */
+){
+  char *pList = *ppList;
+  int nList = *pnList;
+  char *pEnd = &pList[nList];
+  int iCurrent = 0;
+  char *p = pList;
+
+  assert( iCol>=0 );
+  while( 1 ){
+    char c = 0;
+    while( p<pEnd && (c | *p)&0xFE ) c = *p++ & 0x80;
+  
+    if( iCol==iCurrent ){
+      nList = (int)(p - pList);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    nList -= (int)(p - pList);
+    pList = p;
+    if( nList==0 ){
+      break;
+    }
+    p = &pList[1];
+    p += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(p, &iCurrent);
+  }
+
+  *ppList = pList;
+  *pnList = nList;
+}
+
+/*
+** Cache data in the Fts3MultiSegReader.aBuffer[] buffer (overwriting any
+** existing data). Grow the buffer if required.
+**
+** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if an OOM error is encountered
+** trying to resize the buffer, return SQLITE_NOMEM.
+*/
+static int fts3MsrBufferData(
+  Fts3MultiSegReader *pMsr,       /* Multi-segment-reader handle */
+  char *pList,
+  int nList
+){
+  if( nList>pMsr->nBuffer ){
+    char *pNew;
+    pMsr->nBuffer = nList*2;
+    pNew = (char *)sqlite3_realloc(pMsr->aBuffer, pMsr->nBuffer);
+    if( !pNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    pMsr->aBuffer = pNew;
+  }
+
+  memcpy(pMsr->aBuffer, pList, nList);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrNext(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Virtual table handle */
+  Fts3MultiSegReader *pMsr,       /* Multi-segment-reader handle */
+  sqlite3_int64 *piDocid,         /* OUT: Docid value */
+  char **paPoslist,               /* OUT: Pointer to position list */
+  int *pnPoslist                  /* OUT: Size of position list in bytes */
+){
+  int nMerge = pMsr->nAdvance;
+  Fts3SegReader **apSegment = pMsr->apSegment;
+  int (*xCmp)(Fts3SegReader *, Fts3SegReader *) = (
+    p->bDescIdx ? fts3SegReaderDoclistCmpRev : fts3SegReaderDoclistCmp
+  );
+
+  if( nMerge==0 ){
+    *paPoslist = 0;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  while( 1 ){
+    Fts3SegReader *pSeg;
+    pSeg = pMsr->apSegment[0];
+
+    if( pSeg->pOffsetList==0 ){
+      *paPoslist = 0;
+      break;
+    }else{
+      int rc;
+      char *pList;
+      int nList;
+      int j;
+      sqlite3_int64 iDocid = apSegment[0]->iDocid;
+
+      rc = fts3SegReaderNextDocid(p, apSegment[0], &pList, &nList);
+      j = 1;
+      while( rc==SQLITE_OK 
+        && j<nMerge
+        && apSegment[j]->pOffsetList
+        && apSegment[j]->iDocid==iDocid
+      ){
+        rc = fts3SegReaderNextDocid(p, apSegment[j], 0, 0);
+        j++;
+      }
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+      fts3SegReaderSort(pMsr->apSegment, nMerge, j, xCmp);
+
+      if( pMsr->iColFilter>=0 ){
+        fts3ColumnFilter(pMsr->iColFilter, &pList, &nList);
+      }
+
+      if( nList>0 ){
+        if( fts3SegReaderIsPending(apSegment[0]) ){
+          rc = fts3MsrBufferData(pMsr, pList, nList+1);
+          if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+          *paPoslist = pMsr->aBuffer;
+          assert( (pMsr->aBuffer[nList] & 0xFE)==0x00 );
+        }else{
+          *paPoslist = pList;
+        }
+        *piDocid = iDocid;
+        *pnPoslist = nList;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+static int fts3SegReaderStart(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Virtual table handle */
+  Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr,       /* Cursor object */
+  const char *zTerm,              /* Term searched for (or NULL) */
+  int nTerm                       /* Length of zTerm in bytes */
+){
+  int i;
+  int nSeg = pCsr->nSegment;
+
+  /* If the Fts3SegFilter defines a specific term (or term prefix) to search 
+  ** for, then advance each segment iterator until it points to a term of
+  ** equal or greater value than the specified term. This prevents many
+  ** unnecessary merge/sort operations for the case where single segment
+  ** b-tree leaf nodes contain more than one term.
+  */
+  for(i=0; pCsr->bRestart==0 && i<pCsr->nSegment; i++){
+    int res = 0;
+    Fts3SegReader *pSeg = pCsr->apSegment[i];
+    do {
+      int rc = fts3SegReaderNext(p, pSeg, 0);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+    }while( zTerm && (res = fts3SegReaderTermCmp(pSeg, zTerm, nTerm))<0 );
+
+    if( pSeg->bLookup && res!=0 ){
+      fts3SegReaderSetEof(pSeg);
+    }
+  }
+  fts3SegReaderSort(pCsr->apSegment, nSeg, nSeg, fts3SegReaderCmp);
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Virtual table handle */
+  Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr,       /* Cursor object */
+  Fts3SegFilter *pFilter          /* Restrictions on range of iteration */
+){
+  pCsr->pFilter = pFilter;
+  return fts3SegReaderStart(p, pCsr, pFilter->zTerm, pFilter->nTerm);
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrStart(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Virtual table handle */
+  Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr,       /* Cursor object */
+  int iCol,                       /* Column to match on. */
+  const char *zTerm,              /* Term to iterate through a doclist for */
+  int nTerm                       /* Number of bytes in zTerm */
+){
+  int i;
+  int rc;
+  int nSegment = pCsr->nSegment;
+  int (*xCmp)(Fts3SegReader *, Fts3SegReader *) = (
+    p->bDescIdx ? fts3SegReaderDoclistCmpRev : fts3SegReaderDoclistCmp
+  );
+
+  assert( pCsr->pFilter==0 );
+  assert( zTerm && nTerm>0 );
+
+  /* Advance each segment iterator until it points to the term zTerm/nTerm. */
+  rc = fts3SegReaderStart(p, pCsr, zTerm, nTerm);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  /* Determine how many of the segments actually point to zTerm/nTerm. */
+  for(i=0; i<nSegment; i++){
+    Fts3SegReader *pSeg = pCsr->apSegment[i];
+    if( !pSeg->aNode || fts3SegReaderTermCmp(pSeg, zTerm, nTerm) ){
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  pCsr->nAdvance = i;
+
+  /* Advance each of the segments to point to the first docid. */
+  for(i=0; i<pCsr->nAdvance; i++){
+    rc = fts3SegReaderFirstDocid(p, pCsr->apSegment[i]);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  }
+  fts3SegReaderSort(pCsr->apSegment, i, i, xCmp);
+
+  assert( iCol<0 || iCol<p->nColumn );
+  pCsr->iColFilter = iCol;
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called on a MultiSegReader that has been started using
+** sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrStart(). One or more calls to MsrIncrNext() may also
+** have been made. Calling this function puts the MultiSegReader in such
+** a state that if the next two calls are:
+**
+**   sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart()
+**   sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep()
+**
+** then the entire doclist for the term is available in 
+** MultiSegReader.aDoclist/nDoclist.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrRestart(Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr){
+  int i;                          /* Used to iterate through segment-readers */
+
+  assert( pCsr->zTerm==0 );
+  assert( pCsr->nTerm==0 );
+  assert( pCsr->aDoclist==0 );
+  assert( pCsr->nDoclist==0 );
+
+  pCsr->nAdvance = 0;
+  pCsr->bRestart = 1;
+  for(i=0; i<pCsr->nSegment; i++){
+    pCsr->apSegment[i]->pOffsetList = 0;
+    pCsr->apSegment[i]->nOffsetList = 0;
+    pCsr->apSegment[i]->iDocid = 0;
+  }
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Virtual table handle */
+  Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr        /* Cursor object */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  int isIgnoreEmpty =  (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY);
+  int isRequirePos =   (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS);
+  int isColFilter =    (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_COLUMN_FILTER);
+  int isPrefix =       (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_PREFIX);
+  int isScan =         (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_SCAN);
+  int isFirst =        (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_FIRST);
+
+  Fts3SegReader **apSegment = pCsr->apSegment;
+  int nSegment = pCsr->nSegment;
+  Fts3SegFilter *pFilter = pCsr->pFilter;
+  int (*xCmp)(Fts3SegReader *, Fts3SegReader *) = (
+    p->bDescIdx ? fts3SegReaderDoclistCmpRev : fts3SegReaderDoclistCmp
+  );
+
+  if( pCsr->nSegment==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
+
+  do {
+    int nMerge;
+    int i;
+  
+    /* Advance the first pCsr->nAdvance entries in the apSegment[] array
+    ** forward. Then sort the list in order of current term again.  
+    */
+    for(i=0; i<pCsr->nAdvance; i++){
+      Fts3SegReader *pSeg = apSegment[i];
+      if( pSeg->bLookup ){
+        fts3SegReaderSetEof(pSeg);
+      }else{
+        rc = fts3SegReaderNext(p, pSeg, 0);
+      }
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+    }
+    fts3SegReaderSort(apSegment, nSegment, pCsr->nAdvance, fts3SegReaderCmp);
+    pCsr->nAdvance = 0;
+
+    /* If all the seg-readers are at EOF, we're finished. return SQLITE_OK. */
+    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+    if( apSegment[0]->aNode==0 ) break;
+
+    pCsr->nTerm = apSegment[0]->nTerm;
+    pCsr->zTerm = apSegment[0]->zTerm;
+
+    /* If this is a prefix-search, and if the term that apSegment[0] points
+    ** to does not share a suffix with pFilter->zTerm/nTerm, then all 
+    ** required callbacks have been made. In this case exit early.
+    **
+    ** Similarly, if this is a search for an exact match, and the first term
+    ** of segment apSegment[0] is not a match, exit early.
+    */
+    if( pFilter->zTerm && !isScan ){
+      if( pCsr->nTerm<pFilter->nTerm 
+       || (!isPrefix && pCsr->nTerm>pFilter->nTerm)
+       || memcmp(pCsr->zTerm, pFilter->zTerm, pFilter->nTerm) 
+      ){
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    nMerge = 1;
+    while( nMerge<nSegment 
+        && apSegment[nMerge]->aNode
+        && apSegment[nMerge]->nTerm==pCsr->nTerm 
+        && 0==memcmp(pCsr->zTerm, apSegment[nMerge]->zTerm, pCsr->nTerm)
+    ){
+      nMerge++;
+    }
+
+    assert( isIgnoreEmpty || (isRequirePos && !isColFilter) );
+    if( nMerge==1 
+     && !isIgnoreEmpty 
+     && !isFirst 
+     && (p->bDescIdx==0 || fts3SegReaderIsPending(apSegment[0])==0)
+    ){
+      pCsr->nDoclist = apSegment[0]->nDoclist;
+      if( fts3SegReaderIsPending(apSegment[0]) ){
+        rc = fts3MsrBufferData(pCsr, apSegment[0]->aDoclist, pCsr->nDoclist);
+        pCsr->aDoclist = pCsr->aBuffer;
+      }else{
+        pCsr->aDoclist = apSegment[0]->aDoclist;
+      }
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = SQLITE_ROW;
+    }else{
+      int nDoclist = 0;           /* Size of doclist */
+      sqlite3_int64 iPrev = 0;    /* Previous docid stored in doclist */
+
+      /* The current term of the first nMerge entries in the array
+      ** of Fts3SegReader objects is the same. The doclists must be merged
+      ** and a single term returned with the merged doclist.
+      */
+      for(i=0; i<nMerge; i++){
+        fts3SegReaderFirstDocid(p, apSegment[i]);
+      }
+      fts3SegReaderSort(apSegment, nMerge, nMerge, xCmp);
+      while( apSegment[0]->pOffsetList ){
+        int j;                    /* Number of segments that share a docid */
+        char *pList;
+        int nList;
+        int nByte;
+        sqlite3_int64 iDocid = apSegment[0]->iDocid;
+        fts3SegReaderNextDocid(p, apSegment[0], &pList, &nList);
+        j = 1;
+        while( j<nMerge
+            && apSegment[j]->pOffsetList
+            && apSegment[j]->iDocid==iDocid
+        ){
+          fts3SegReaderNextDocid(p, apSegment[j], 0, 0);
+          j++;
+        }
+
+        if( isColFilter ){
+          fts3ColumnFilter(pFilter->iCol, &pList, &nList);
+        }
+
+        if( !isIgnoreEmpty || nList>0 ){
+
+          /* Calculate the 'docid' delta value to write into the merged 
+          ** doclist. */
+          sqlite3_int64 iDelta;
+          if( p->bDescIdx && nDoclist>0 ){
+            iDelta = iPrev - iDocid;
+          }else{
+            iDelta = iDocid - iPrev;
+          }
+          assert( iDelta>0 || (nDoclist==0 && iDelta==iDocid) );
+          assert( nDoclist>0 || iDelta==iDocid );
+
+          nByte = sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(iDelta) + (isRequirePos?nList+1:0);
+          if( nDoclist+nByte>pCsr->nBuffer ){
+            char *aNew;
+            pCsr->nBuffer = (nDoclist+nByte)*2;
+            aNew = sqlite3_realloc(pCsr->aBuffer, pCsr->nBuffer);
+            if( !aNew ){
+              return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+            }
+            pCsr->aBuffer = aNew;
+          }
+
+          if( isFirst ){
+            char *a = &pCsr->aBuffer[nDoclist];
+            int nWrite;
+           
+            nWrite = sqlite3Fts3FirstFilter(iDelta, pList, nList, a);
+            if( nWrite ){
+              iPrev = iDocid;
+              nDoclist += nWrite;
+            }
+          }else{
+            nDoclist += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pCsr->aBuffer[nDoclist], iDelta);
+            iPrev = iDocid;
+            if( isRequirePos ){
+              memcpy(&pCsr->aBuffer[nDoclist], pList, nList);
+              nDoclist += nList;
+              pCsr->aBuffer[nDoclist++] = '\0';
+            }
+          }
+        }
+
+        fts3SegReaderSort(apSegment, nMerge, j, xCmp);
+      }
+      if( nDoclist>0 ){
+        pCsr->aDoclist = pCsr->aBuffer;
+        pCsr->nDoclist = nDoclist;
+        rc = SQLITE_ROW;
+      }
+    }
+    pCsr->nAdvance = nMerge;
+  }while( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(
+  Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr       /* Cursor object */
+){
+  if( pCsr ){
+    int i;
+    for(i=0; i<pCsr->nSegment; i++){
+      sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree(pCsr->apSegment[i]);
+    }
+    sqlite3_free(pCsr->apSegment);
+    sqlite3_free(pCsr->aBuffer);
+
+    pCsr->nSegment = 0;
+    pCsr->apSegment = 0;
+    pCsr->aBuffer = 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Merge all level iLevel segments in the database into a single 
+** iLevel+1 segment. Or, if iLevel<0, merge all segments into a
+** single segment with a level equal to the numerically largest level 
+** currently present in the database.
+**
+** If this function is called with iLevel<0, but there is only one
+** segment in the database, SQLITE_DONE is returned immediately. 
+** Otherwise, if successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error occurs, 
+** an SQLite error code is returned.
+*/
+static int fts3SegmentMerge(
+  Fts3Table *p, 
+  int iLangid,                    /* Language id to merge */
+  int iIndex,                     /* Index in p->aIndex[] to merge */
+  int iLevel                      /* Level to merge */
+){
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+  int iIdx = 0;                   /* Index of new segment */
+  sqlite3_int64 iNewLevel = 0;    /* Level/index to create new segment at */
+  SegmentWriter *pWriter = 0;     /* Used to write the new, merged, segment */
+  Fts3SegFilter filter;           /* Segment term filter condition */
+  Fts3MultiSegReader csr;         /* Cursor to iterate through level(s) */
+  int bIgnoreEmpty = 0;           /* True to ignore empty segments */
+
+  assert( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL
+       || iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING
+       || iLevel>=0
+  );
+  assert( iLevel<FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL );
+  assert( iIndex>=0 && iIndex<p->nIndex );
+
+  rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel, 0, 0, 1, 0, &csr);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || csr.nSegment==0 ) goto finished;
+
+  if( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL ){
+    /* This call is to merge all segments in the database to a single
+    ** segment. The level of the new segment is equal to the numerically
+    ** greatest segment level currently present in the database for this
+    ** index. The idx of the new segment is always 0.  */
+    if( csr.nSegment==1 ){
+      rc = SQLITE_DONE;
+      goto finished;
+    }
+    rc = fts3SegmentMaxLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, &iNewLevel);
+    bIgnoreEmpty = 1;
+
+  }else if( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING ){
+    iNewLevel = getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, 0);
+    rc = fts3AllocateSegdirIdx(p, iLangid, iIndex, 0, &iIdx);
+  }else{
+    /* This call is to merge all segments at level iLevel. find the next
+    ** available segment index at level iLevel+1. The call to
+    ** fts3AllocateSegdirIdx() will merge the segments at level iLevel+1 to 
+    ** a single iLevel+2 segment if necessary.  */
+    rc = fts3AllocateSegdirIdx(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel+1, &iIdx);
+    iNewLevel = getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel+1);
+  }
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished;
+  assert( csr.nSegment>0 );
+  assert( iNewLevel>=getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, 0) );
+  assert( iNewLevel<getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex,FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL) );
+
+  memset(&filter, 0, sizeof(Fts3SegFilter));
+  filter.flags = FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS;
+  filter.flags |= (bIgnoreEmpty ? FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY : 0);
+
+  rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(p, &csr, &filter);
+  while( SQLITE_OK==rc ){
+    rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(p, &csr);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ) break;
+    rc = fts3SegWriterAdd(p, &pWriter, 1, 
+        csr.zTerm, csr.nTerm, csr.aDoclist, csr.nDoclist);
+  }
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished;
+  assert( pWriter );
+
+  if( iLevel!=FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING ){
+    rc = fts3DeleteSegdir(
+        p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel, csr.apSegment, csr.nSegment
+    );
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished;
+  }
+  rc = fts3SegWriterFlush(p, pWriter, iNewLevel, iIdx);
+
+ finished:
+  fts3SegWriterFree(pWriter);
+  sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(&csr);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/* 
+** Flush the contents of pendingTerms to level 0 segments.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush(Fts3Table *p){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int i;
+        
+  for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<p->nIndex; i++){
+    rc = fts3SegmentMerge(p, p->iPrevLangid, i, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(p);
+
+  /* Determine the auto-incr-merge setting if unknown.  If enabled,
+  ** estimate the number of leaf blocks of content to be written
+  */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p->bHasStat
+   && p->bAutoincrmerge==0xff && p->nLeafAdd>0
+  ){
+    sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
+    rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_STAT, &pStmt, 0);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 1, FTS_STAT_AUTOINCRMERGE);
+      rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+      p->bAutoincrmerge = (rc==SQLITE_ROW && sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0));
+      rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Encode N integers as varints into a blob.
+*/
+static void fts3EncodeIntArray(
+  int N,             /* The number of integers to encode */
+  u32 *a,            /* The integer values */
+  char *zBuf,        /* Write the BLOB here */
+  int *pNBuf         /* Write number of bytes if zBuf[] used here */
+){
+  int i, j;
+  for(i=j=0; i<N; i++){
+    j += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&zBuf[j], (sqlite3_int64)a[i]);
+  }
+  *pNBuf = j;
+}
+
+/*
+** Decode a blob of varints into N integers
+*/
+static void fts3DecodeIntArray(
+  int N,             /* The number of integers to decode */
+  u32 *a,            /* Write the integer values */
+  const char *zBuf,  /* The BLOB containing the varints */
+  int nBuf           /* size of the BLOB */
+){
+  int i, j;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(nBuf);
+  for(i=j=0; i<N; i++){
+    sqlite3_int64 x;
+    j += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(&zBuf[j], &x);
+    assert(j<=nBuf);
+    a[i] = (u32)(x & 0xffffffff);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Insert the sizes (in tokens) for each column of the document
+** with docid equal to p->iPrevDocid.  The sizes are encoded as
+** a blob of varints.
+*/
+static void fts3InsertDocsize(
+  int *pRC,                       /* Result code */
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Table into which to insert */
+  u32 *aSz                        /* Sizes of each column, in tokens */
+){
+  char *pBlob;             /* The BLOB encoding of the document size */
+  int nBlob;               /* Number of bytes in the BLOB */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;     /* Statement used to insert the encoding */
+  int rc;                  /* Result code from subfunctions */
+
+  if( *pRC ) return;
+  pBlob = sqlite3_malloc( 10*p->nColumn );
+  if( pBlob==0 ){
+    *pRC = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    return;
+  }
+  fts3EncodeIntArray(p->nColumn, aSz, pBlob, &nBlob);
+  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_REPLACE_DOCSIZE, &pStmt, 0);
+  if( rc ){
+    sqlite3_free(pBlob);
+    *pRC = rc;
+    return;
+  }
+  sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, p->iPrevDocid);
+  sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 2, pBlob, nBlob, sqlite3_free);
+  sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+  *pRC = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+}
+
+/*
+** Record 0 of the %_stat table contains a blob consisting of N varints,
+** where N is the number of user defined columns in the fts3 table plus
+** two. If nCol is the number of user defined columns, then values of the 
+** varints are set as follows:
+**
+**   Varint 0:       Total number of rows in the table.
+**
+**   Varint 1..nCol: For each column, the total number of tokens stored in
+**                   the column for all rows of the table.
+**
+**   Varint 1+nCol:  The total size, in bytes, of all text values in all
+**                   columns of all rows of the table.
+**
+*/
+static void fts3UpdateDocTotals(
+  int *pRC,                       /* The result code */
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Table being updated */
+  u32 *aSzIns,                    /* Size increases */
+  u32 *aSzDel,                    /* Size decreases */
+  int nChng                       /* Change in the number of documents */
+){
+  char *pBlob;             /* Storage for BLOB written into %_stat */
+  int nBlob;               /* Size of BLOB written into %_stat */
+  u32 *a;                  /* Array of integers that becomes the BLOB */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;     /* Statement for reading and writing */
+  int i;                   /* Loop counter */
+  int rc;                  /* Result code from subfunctions */
+
+  const int nStat = p->nColumn+2;
+
+  if( *pRC ) return;
+  a = sqlite3_malloc( (sizeof(u32)+10)*nStat );
+  if( a==0 ){
+    *pRC = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    return;
+  }
+  pBlob = (char*)&a[nStat];
+  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_STAT, &pStmt, 0);
+  if( rc ){
+    sqlite3_free(a);
+    *pRC = rc;
+    return;
+  }
+  sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 1, FTS_STAT_DOCTOTAL);
+  if( sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW ){
+    fts3DecodeIntArray(nStat, a,
+         sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0),
+         sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 0));
+  }else{
+    memset(a, 0, sizeof(u32)*(nStat) );
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_free(a);
+    *pRC = rc;
+    return;
+  }
+  if( nChng<0 && a[0]<(u32)(-nChng) ){
+    a[0] = 0;
+  }else{
+    a[0] += nChng;
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<p->nColumn+1; i++){
+    u32 x = a[i+1];
+    if( x+aSzIns[i] < aSzDel[i] ){
+      x = 0;
+    }else{
+      x = x + aSzIns[i] - aSzDel[i];
+    }
+    a[i+1] = x;
+  }
+  fts3EncodeIntArray(nStat, a, pBlob, &nBlob);
+  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_REPLACE_STAT, &pStmt, 0);
+  if( rc ){
+    sqlite3_free(a);
+    *pRC = rc;
+    return;
+  }
+  sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 1, FTS_STAT_DOCTOTAL);
+  sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 2, pBlob, nBlob, SQLITE_STATIC);
+  sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+  *pRC = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+  sqlite3_free(a);
+}
+
+/*
+** Merge the entire database so that there is one segment for each 
+** iIndex/iLangid combination.
+*/
+static int fts3DoOptimize(Fts3Table *p, int bReturnDone){
+  int bSeenDone = 0;
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pAllLangid = 0;
+
+  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_ALL_LANGID, &pAllLangid, 0);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int rc2;
+    sqlite3_bind_int(pAllLangid, 1, p->nIndex);
+    while( sqlite3_step(pAllLangid)==SQLITE_ROW ){
+      int i;
+      int iLangid = sqlite3_column_int(pAllLangid, 0);
+      for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<p->nIndex; i++){
+        rc = fts3SegmentMerge(p, iLangid, i, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+          bSeenDone = 1;
+          rc = SQLITE_OK;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pAllLangid);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
+  }
+
+  sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(p);
+  sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(p);
+
+  return (rc==SQLITE_OK && bReturnDone && bSeenDone) ? SQLITE_DONE : rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called when the user executes the following statement:
+**
+**     INSERT INTO <tbl>(<tbl>) VALUES('rebuild');
+**
+** The entire FTS index is discarded and rebuilt. If the table is one 
+** created using the content=xxx option, then the new index is based on
+** the current contents of the xxx table. Otherwise, it is rebuilt based
+** on the contents of the %_content table.
+*/
+static int fts3DoRebuild(Fts3Table *p){
+  int rc;                         /* Return Code */
+
+  rc = fts3DeleteAll(p, 0);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    u32 *aSz = 0;
+    u32 *aSzIns = 0;
+    u32 *aSzDel = 0;
+    sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
+    int nEntry = 0;
+
+    /* Compose and prepare an SQL statement to loop through the content table */
+    char *zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT %s" , p->zReadExprlist);
+    if( !zSql ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }else{
+      rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
+      sqlite3_free(zSql);
+    }
+
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      int nByte = sizeof(u32) * (p->nColumn+1)*3;
+      aSz = (u32 *)sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
+      if( aSz==0 ){
+        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }else{
+        memset(aSz, 0, nByte);
+        aSzIns = &aSz[p->nColumn+1];
+        aSzDel = &aSzIns[p->nColumn+1];
+      }
+    }
+
+    while( rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
+      int iCol;
+      int iLangid = langidFromSelect(p, pStmt);
+      rc = fts3PendingTermsDocid(p, iLangid, sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 0));
+      aSz[p->nColumn] = 0;
+      for(iCol=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iCol<p->nColumn; iCol++){
+        const char *z = (const char *) sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, iCol+1);
+        rc = fts3PendingTermsAdd(p, iLangid, z, iCol, &aSz[iCol]);
+        aSz[p->nColumn] += sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, iCol+1);
+      }
+      if( p->bHasDocsize ){
+        fts3InsertDocsize(&rc, p, aSz);
+      }
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+        pStmt = 0;
+      }else{
+        nEntry++;
+        for(iCol=0; iCol<=p->nColumn; iCol++){
+          aSzIns[iCol] += aSz[iCol];
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    if( p->bFts4 ){
+      fts3UpdateDocTotals(&rc, p, aSzIns, aSzDel, nEntry);
+    }
+    sqlite3_free(aSz);
+
+    if( pStmt ){
+      int rc2 = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = rc2;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This function opens a cursor used to read the input data for an 
+** incremental merge operation. Specifically, it opens a cursor to scan
+** the oldest nSeg segments (idx=0 through idx=(nSeg-1)) in absolute 
+** level iAbsLevel.
+*/
+static int fts3IncrmergeCsr(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* FTS3 table handle */
+  sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel,        /* Absolute level to open */
+  int nSeg,                       /* Number of segments to merge */
+  Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr        /* Cursor object to populate */
+){
+  int rc;                         /* Return Code */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;        /* Statement used to read %_segdir entry */  
+  int nByte;                      /* Bytes allocated at pCsr->apSegment[] */
+
+  /* Allocate space for the Fts3MultiSegReader.aCsr[] array */
+  memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(*pCsr));
+  nByte = sizeof(Fts3SegReader *) * nSeg;
+  pCsr->apSegment = (Fts3SegReader **)sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
+
+  if( pCsr->apSegment==0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }else{
+    memset(pCsr->apSegment, 0, nByte);
+    rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_LEVEL, &pStmt, 0);
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int i;
+    int rc2;
+    sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, iAbsLevel);
+    assert( pCsr->nSegment==0 );
+    for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW && i<nSeg; i++){
+      rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew(i, 0,
+          sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 1),        /* segdir.start_block */
+          sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 2),        /* segdir.leaves_end_block */
+          sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 3),        /* segdir.end_block */
+          sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 4),         /* segdir.root */
+          sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 4),        /* segdir.root */
+          &pCsr->apSegment[i]
+      );
+      pCsr->nSegment++;
+    }
+    rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+typedef struct IncrmergeWriter IncrmergeWriter;
+typedef struct NodeWriter NodeWriter;
+typedef struct Blob Blob;
+typedef struct NodeReader NodeReader;
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure is used as a dynamic buffer
+** to build up nodes or other blobs of data in.
+**
+** The function blobGrowBuffer() is used to extend the allocation.
+*/
+struct Blob {
+  char *a;                        /* Pointer to allocation */
+  int n;                          /* Number of valid bytes of data in a[] */
+  int nAlloc;                     /* Allocated size of a[] (nAlloc>=n) */
+};
+
+/*
+** This structure is used to build up buffers containing segment b-tree 
+** nodes (blocks).
+*/
+struct NodeWriter {
+  sqlite3_int64 iBlock;           /* Current block id */
+  Blob key;                       /* Last key written to the current block */
+  Blob block;                     /* Current block image */
+};
+
+/*
+** An object of this type contains the state required to create or append
+** to an appendable b-tree segment.
+*/
+struct IncrmergeWriter {
+  int nLeafEst;                   /* Space allocated for leaf blocks */
+  int nWork;                      /* Number of leaf pages flushed */
+  sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel;        /* Absolute level of input segments */
+  int iIdx;                       /* Index of *output* segment in iAbsLevel+1 */
+  sqlite3_int64 iStart;           /* Block number of first allocated block */
+  sqlite3_int64 iEnd;             /* Block number of last allocated block */
+  NodeWriter aNodeWriter[FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT];
+};
+
+/*
+** An object of the following type is used to read data from a single
+** FTS segment node. See the following functions:
+**
+**     nodeReaderInit()
+**     nodeReaderNext()
+**     nodeReaderRelease()
+*/
+struct NodeReader {
+  const char *aNode;
+  int nNode;
+  int iOff;                       /* Current offset within aNode[] */
+
+  /* Output variables. Containing the current node entry. */
+  sqlite3_int64 iChild;           /* Pointer to child node */
+  Blob term;                      /* Current term */
+  const char *aDoclist;           /* Pointer to doclist */
+  int nDoclist;                   /* Size of doclist in bytes */
+};
+
+/*
+** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op.
+** Otherwise, if the allocation at pBlob->a is not already at least nMin
+** bytes in size, extend (realloc) it to be so.
+**
+** If an OOM error occurs, set *pRc to SQLITE_NOMEM and leave pBlob->a
+** unmodified. Otherwise, if the allocation succeeds, update pBlob->nAlloc
+** to reflect the new size of the pBlob->a[] buffer.
+*/
+static void blobGrowBuffer(Blob *pBlob, int nMin, int *pRc){
+  if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK && nMin>pBlob->nAlloc ){
+    int nAlloc = nMin;
+    char *a = (char *)sqlite3_realloc(pBlob->a, nAlloc);
+    if( a ){
+      pBlob->nAlloc = nAlloc;
+      pBlob->a = a;
+    }else{
+      *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to advance the node-reader object passed as the first argument to
+** the next entry on the node. 
+**
+** Return an error code if an error occurs (SQLITE_NOMEM is possible). 
+** Otherwise return SQLITE_OK. If there is no next entry on the node
+** (e.g. because the current entry is the last) set NodeReader->aNode to
+** NULL to indicate EOF. Otherwise, populate the NodeReader structure output 
+** variables for the new entry.
+*/
+static int nodeReaderNext(NodeReader *p){
+  int bFirst = (p->term.n==0);    /* True for first term on the node */
+  int nPrefix = 0;                /* Bytes to copy from previous term */
+  int nSuffix = 0;                /* Bytes to append to the prefix */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
+
+  assert( p->aNode );
+  if( p->iChild && bFirst==0 ) p->iChild++;
+  if( p->iOff>=p->nNode ){
+    /* EOF */
+    p->aNode = 0;
+  }else{
+    if( bFirst==0 ){
+      p->iOff += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(&p->aNode[p->iOff], &nPrefix);
+    }
+    p->iOff += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(&p->aNode[p->iOff], &nSuffix);
+
+    blobGrowBuffer(&p->term, nPrefix+nSuffix, &rc);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      memcpy(&p->term.a[nPrefix], &p->aNode[p->iOff], nSuffix);
+      p->term.n = nPrefix+nSuffix;
+      p->iOff += nSuffix;
+      if( p->iChild==0 ){
+        p->iOff += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(&p->aNode[p->iOff], &p->nDoclist);
+        p->aDoclist = &p->aNode[p->iOff];
+        p->iOff += p->nDoclist;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  assert( p->iOff<=p->nNode );
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Release all dynamic resources held by node-reader object *p.
+*/
+static void nodeReaderRelease(NodeReader *p){
+  sqlite3_free(p->term.a);
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize a node-reader object to read the node in buffer aNode/nNode.
+**
+** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and the NodeReader object set to 
+** point to the first entry on the node (if any). Otherwise, an SQLite
+** error code is returned.
+*/
+static int nodeReaderInit(NodeReader *p, const char *aNode, int nNode){
+  memset(p, 0, sizeof(NodeReader));
+  p->aNode = aNode;
+  p->nNode = nNode;
+
+  /* Figure out if this is a leaf or an internal node. */
+  if( p->aNode[0] ){
+    /* An internal node. */
+    p->iOff = 1 + sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(&p->aNode[1], &p->iChild);
+  }else{
+    p->iOff = 1;
+  }
+
+  return nodeReaderNext(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called while writing an FTS segment each time a leaf o
+** node is finished and written to disk. The key (zTerm/nTerm) is guaranteed
+** to be greater than the largest key on the node just written, but smaller
+** than or equal to the first key that will be written to the next leaf
+** node.
+**
+** The block id of the leaf node just written to disk may be found in
+** (pWriter->aNodeWriter[0].iBlock) when this function is called.
+*/
+static int fts3IncrmergePush(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Fts3 table handle */
+  IncrmergeWriter *pWriter,       /* Writer object */
+  const char *zTerm,              /* Term to write to internal node */
+  int nTerm                       /* Bytes at zTerm */
+){
+  sqlite3_int64 iPtr = pWriter->aNodeWriter[0].iBlock;
+  int iLayer;
+
+  assert( nTerm>0 );
+  for(iLayer=1; ALWAYS(iLayer<FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT); iLayer++){
+    sqlite3_int64 iNextPtr = 0;
+    NodeWriter *pNode = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[iLayer];
+    int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    int nPrefix;
+    int nSuffix;
+    int nSpace;
+
+    /* Figure out how much space the key will consume if it is written to
+    ** the current node of layer iLayer. Due to the prefix compression, 
+    ** the space required changes depending on which node the key is to
+    ** be added to.  */
+    nPrefix = fts3PrefixCompress(pNode->key.a, pNode->key.n, zTerm, nTerm);
+    nSuffix = nTerm - nPrefix;
+    nSpace  = sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nPrefix);
+    nSpace += sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nSuffix) + nSuffix;
+
+    if( pNode->key.n==0 || (pNode->block.n + nSpace)<=p->nNodeSize ){ 
+      /* If the current node of layer iLayer contains zero keys, or if adding
+      ** the key to it will not cause it to grow to larger than nNodeSize 
+      ** bytes in size, write the key here.  */
+
+      Blob *pBlk = &pNode->block;
+      if( pBlk->n==0 ){
+        blobGrowBuffer(pBlk, p->nNodeSize, &rc);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          pBlk->a[0] = (char)iLayer;
+          pBlk->n = 1 + sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pBlk->a[1], iPtr);
+        }
+      }
+      blobGrowBuffer(pBlk, pBlk->n + nSpace, &rc);
+      blobGrowBuffer(&pNode->key, nTerm, &rc);
+
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        if( pNode->key.n ){
+          pBlk->n += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pBlk->a[pBlk->n], nPrefix);
+        }
+        pBlk->n += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pBlk->a[pBlk->n], nSuffix);
+        memcpy(&pBlk->a[pBlk->n], &zTerm[nPrefix], nSuffix);
+        pBlk->n += nSuffix;
+
+        memcpy(pNode->key.a, zTerm, nTerm);
+        pNode->key.n = nTerm;
+      }
+    }else{
+      /* Otherwise, flush the current node of layer iLayer to disk.
+      ** Then allocate a new, empty sibling node. The key will be written
+      ** into the parent of this node. */
+      rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, pNode->iBlock, pNode->block.a, pNode->block.n);
+
+      assert( pNode->block.nAlloc>=p->nNodeSize );
+      pNode->block.a[0] = (char)iLayer;
+      pNode->block.n = 1 + sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pNode->block.a[1], iPtr+1);
+
+      iNextPtr = pNode->iBlock;
+      pNode->iBlock++;
+      pNode->key.n = 0;
+    }
+
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || iNextPtr==0 ) return rc;
+    iPtr = iNextPtr;
+  }
+
+  assert( 0 );
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Append a term and (optionally) doclist to the FTS segment node currently
+** stored in blob *pNode. The node need not contain any terms, but the
+** header must be written before this function is called.
+**
+** A node header is a single 0x00 byte for a leaf node, or a height varint
+** followed by the left-hand-child varint for an internal node.
+**
+** The term to be appended is passed via arguments zTerm/nTerm. For a 
+** leaf node, the doclist is passed as aDoclist/nDoclist. For an internal
+** node, both aDoclist and nDoclist must be passed 0.
+**
+** If the size of the value in blob pPrev is zero, then this is the first
+** term written to the node. Otherwise, pPrev contains a copy of the 
+** previous term. Before this function returns, it is updated to contain a
+** copy of zTerm/nTerm.
+**
+** It is assumed that the buffer associated with pNode is already large
+** enough to accommodate the new entry. The buffer associated with pPrev
+** is extended by this function if requrired.
+**
+** If an error (i.e. OOM condition) occurs, an SQLite error code is
+** returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
+*/
+static int fts3AppendToNode(
+  Blob *pNode,                    /* Current node image to append to */
+  Blob *pPrev,                    /* Buffer containing previous term written */
+  const char *zTerm,              /* New term to write */
+  int nTerm,                      /* Size of zTerm in bytes */
+  const char *aDoclist,           /* Doclist (or NULL) to write */
+  int nDoclist                    /* Size of aDoclist in bytes */ 
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
+  int bFirst = (pPrev->n==0);     /* True if this is the first term written */
+  int nPrefix;                    /* Size of term prefix in bytes */
+  int nSuffix;                    /* Size of term suffix in bytes */
+
+  /* Node must have already been started. There must be a doclist for a
+  ** leaf node, and there must not be a doclist for an internal node.  */
+  assert( pNode->n>0 );
+  assert( (pNode->a[0]=='\0')==(aDoclist!=0) );
+
+  blobGrowBuffer(pPrev, nTerm, &rc);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  nPrefix = fts3PrefixCompress(pPrev->a, pPrev->n, zTerm, nTerm);
+  nSuffix = nTerm - nPrefix;
+  memcpy(pPrev->a, zTerm, nTerm);
+  pPrev->n = nTerm;
+
+  if( bFirst==0 ){
+    pNode->n += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pNode->a[pNode->n], nPrefix);
+  }
+  pNode->n += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pNode->a[pNode->n], nSuffix);
+  memcpy(&pNode->a[pNode->n], &zTerm[nPrefix], nSuffix);
+  pNode->n += nSuffix;
+
+  if( aDoclist ){
+    pNode->n += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pNode->a[pNode->n], nDoclist);
+    memcpy(&pNode->a[pNode->n], aDoclist, nDoclist);
+    pNode->n += nDoclist;
+  }
+
+  assert( pNode->n<=pNode->nAlloc );
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Append the current term and doclist pointed to by cursor pCsr to the
+** appendable b-tree segment opened for writing by pWriter.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise.
+*/
+static int fts3IncrmergeAppend(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Fts3 table handle */
+  IncrmergeWriter *pWriter,       /* Writer object */
+  Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr        /* Cursor containing term and doclist */
+){
+  const char *zTerm = pCsr->zTerm;
+  int nTerm = pCsr->nTerm;
+  const char *aDoclist = pCsr->aDoclist;
+  int nDoclist = pCsr->nDoclist;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;           /* Return code */
+  int nSpace;                   /* Total space in bytes required on leaf */
+  int nPrefix;                  /* Size of prefix shared with previous term */
+  int nSuffix;                  /* Size of suffix (nTerm - nPrefix) */
+  NodeWriter *pLeaf;            /* Object used to write leaf nodes */
+
+  pLeaf = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[0];
+  nPrefix = fts3PrefixCompress(pLeaf->key.a, pLeaf->key.n, zTerm, nTerm);
+  nSuffix = nTerm - nPrefix;
+
+  nSpace  = sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nPrefix);
+  nSpace += sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nSuffix) + nSuffix;
+  nSpace += sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nDoclist) + nDoclist;
+
+  /* If the current block is not empty, and if adding this term/doclist
+  ** to the current block would make it larger than Fts3Table.nNodeSize
+  ** bytes, write this block out to the database. */
+  if( pLeaf->block.n>0 && (pLeaf->block.n + nSpace)>p->nNodeSize ){
+    rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, pLeaf->iBlock, pLeaf->block.a, pLeaf->block.n);
+    pWriter->nWork++;
+
+    /* Add the current term to the parent node. The term added to the 
+    ** parent must:
+    **
+    **   a) be greater than the largest term on the leaf node just written
+    **      to the database (still available in pLeaf->key), and
+    **
+    **   b) be less than or equal to the term about to be added to the new
+    **      leaf node (zTerm/nTerm).
+    **
+    ** In other words, it must be the prefix of zTerm 1 byte longer than
+    ** the common prefix (if any) of zTerm and pWriter->zTerm.
+    */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = fts3IncrmergePush(p, pWriter, zTerm, nPrefix+1);
+    }
+
+    /* Advance to the next output block */
+    pLeaf->iBlock++;
+    pLeaf->key.n = 0;
+    pLeaf->block.n = 0;
+
+    nSuffix = nTerm;
+    nSpace  = 1;
+    nSpace += sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nSuffix) + nSuffix;
+    nSpace += sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nDoclist) + nDoclist;
+  }
+
+  blobGrowBuffer(&pLeaf->block, pLeaf->block.n + nSpace, &rc);
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( pLeaf->block.n==0 ){
+      pLeaf->block.n = 1;
+      pLeaf->block.a[0] = '\0';
+    }
+    rc = fts3AppendToNode(
+        &pLeaf->block, &pLeaf->key, zTerm, nTerm, aDoclist, nDoclist
+    );
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called to release all dynamic resources held by the
+** merge-writer object pWriter, and if no error has occurred, to flush
+** all outstanding node buffers held by pWriter to disk.
+**
+** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, then no attempt
+** is made to write any data to disk. Instead, this function serves only
+** to release outstanding resources.
+**
+** Otherwise, if *pRc is initially SQLITE_OK and an error occurs while
+** flushing buffers to disk, *pRc is set to an SQLite error code before
+** returning.
+*/
+static void fts3IncrmergeRelease(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* FTS3 table handle */
+  IncrmergeWriter *pWriter,       /* Merge-writer object */
+  int *pRc                        /* IN/OUT: Error code */
+){
+  int i;                          /* Used to iterate through non-root layers */
+  int iRoot;                      /* Index of root in pWriter->aNodeWriter */
+  NodeWriter *pRoot;              /* NodeWriter for root node */
+  int rc = *pRc;                  /* Error code */
+
+  /* Set iRoot to the index in pWriter->aNodeWriter[] of the output segment 
+  ** root node. If the segment fits entirely on a single leaf node, iRoot
+  ** will be set to 0. If the root node is the parent of the leaves, iRoot
+  ** will be 1. And so on.  */
+  for(iRoot=FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT-1; iRoot>=0; iRoot--){
+    NodeWriter *pNode = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[iRoot];
+    if( pNode->block.n>0 ) break;
+    assert( *pRc || pNode->block.nAlloc==0 );
+    assert( *pRc || pNode->key.nAlloc==0 );
+    sqlite3_free(pNode->block.a);
+    sqlite3_free(pNode->key.a);
+  }
+
+  /* Empty output segment. This is a no-op. */
+  if( iRoot<0 ) return;
+
+  /* The entire output segment fits on a single node. Normally, this means
+  ** the node would be stored as a blob in the "root" column of the %_segdir
+  ** table. However, this is not permitted in this case. The problem is that 
+  ** space has already been reserved in the %_segments table, and so the 
+  ** start_block and end_block fields of the %_segdir table must be populated. 
+  ** And, by design or by accident, released versions of FTS cannot handle 
+  ** segments that fit entirely on the root node with start_block!=0.
+  **
+  ** Instead, create a synthetic root node that contains nothing but a 
+  ** pointer to the single content node. So that the segment consists of a
+  ** single leaf and a single interior (root) node.
+  **
+  ** Todo: Better might be to defer allocating space in the %_segments 
+  ** table until we are sure it is needed.
+  */
+  if( iRoot==0 ){
+    Blob *pBlock = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[1].block;
+    blobGrowBuffer(pBlock, 1 + FTS3_VARINT_MAX, &rc);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      pBlock->a[0] = 0x01;
+      pBlock->n = 1 + sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(
+          &pBlock->a[1], pWriter->aNodeWriter[0].iBlock
+      );
+    }
+    iRoot = 1;
+  }
+  pRoot = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[iRoot];
+
+  /* Flush all currently outstanding nodes to disk. */
+  for(i=0; i<iRoot; i++){
+    NodeWriter *pNode = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[i];
+    if( pNode->block.n>0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, pNode->iBlock, pNode->block.a, pNode->block.n);
+    }
+    sqlite3_free(pNode->block.a);
+    sqlite3_free(pNode->key.a);
+  }
+
+  /* Write the %_segdir record. */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = fts3WriteSegdir(p, 
+        pWriter->iAbsLevel+1,               /* level */
+        pWriter->iIdx,                      /* idx */
+        pWriter->iStart,                    /* start_block */
+        pWriter->aNodeWriter[0].iBlock,     /* leaves_end_block */
+        pWriter->iEnd,                      /* end_block */
+        pRoot->block.a, pRoot->block.n      /* root */
+    );
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(pRoot->block.a);
+  sqlite3_free(pRoot->key.a);
+
+  *pRc = rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compare the term in buffer zLhs (size in bytes nLhs) with that in
+** zRhs (size in bytes nRhs) using memcmp. If one term is a prefix of
+** the other, it is considered to be smaller than the other.
+**
+** Return -ve if zLhs is smaller than zRhs, 0 if it is equal, or +ve
+** if it is greater.
+*/
+static int fts3TermCmp(
+  const char *zLhs, int nLhs,     /* LHS of comparison */
+  const char *zRhs, int nRhs      /* RHS of comparison */
+){
+  int nCmp = MIN(nLhs, nRhs);
+  int res;
+
+  res = memcmp(zLhs, zRhs, nCmp);
+  if( res==0 ) res = nLhs - nRhs;
+
+  return res;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Query to see if the entry in the %_segments table with blockid iEnd is 
+** NULL. If no error occurs and the entry is NULL, set *pbRes 1 before
+** returning. Otherwise, set *pbRes to 0. 
+**
+** Or, if an error occurs while querying the database, return an SQLite 
+** error code. The final value of *pbRes is undefined in this case.
+**
+** This is used to test if a segment is an "appendable" segment. If it
+** is, then a NULL entry has been inserted into the %_segments table
+** with blockid %_segdir.end_block.
+*/
+static int fts3IsAppendable(Fts3Table *p, sqlite3_int64 iEnd, int *pbRes){
+  int bRes = 0;                   /* Result to set *pbRes to */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pCheck = 0;       /* Statement to query database with */
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+
+  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SEGMENT_IS_APPENDABLE, &pCheck, 0);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_bind_int64(pCheck, 1, iEnd);
+    if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pCheck) ) bRes = 1;
+    rc = sqlite3_reset(pCheck);
+  }
+  
+  *pbRes = bRes;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called when initializing an incremental-merge operation.
+** It checks if the existing segment with index value iIdx at absolute level 
+** (iAbsLevel+1) can be appended to by the incremental merge. If it can, the
+** merge-writer object *pWriter is initialized to write to it.
+**
+** An existing segment can be appended to by an incremental merge if:
+**
+**   * It was initially created as an appendable segment (with all required
+**     space pre-allocated), and
+**
+**   * The first key read from the input (arguments zKey and nKey) is 
+**     greater than the largest key currently stored in the potential
+**     output segment.
+*/
+static int fts3IncrmergeLoad(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Fts3 table handle */
+  sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel,        /* Absolute level of input segments */
+  int iIdx,                       /* Index of candidate output segment */
+  const char *zKey,               /* First key to write */
+  int nKey,                       /* Number of bytes in nKey */
+  IncrmergeWriter *pWriter        /* Populate this object */
+){
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pSelect = 0;      /* SELECT to read %_segdir entry */
+
+  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR, &pSelect, 0);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_int64 iStart = 0;     /* Value of %_segdir.start_block */
+    sqlite3_int64 iLeafEnd = 0;   /* Value of %_segdir.leaves_end_block */
+    sqlite3_int64 iEnd = 0;       /* Value of %_segdir.end_block */
+    const char *aRoot = 0;        /* Pointer to %_segdir.root buffer */
+    int nRoot = 0;                /* Size of aRoot[] in bytes */
+    int rc2;                      /* Return code from sqlite3_reset() */
+    int bAppendable = 0;          /* Set to true if segment is appendable */
+
+    /* Read the %_segdir entry for index iIdx absolute level (iAbsLevel+1) */
+    sqlite3_bind_int64(pSelect, 1, iAbsLevel+1);
+    sqlite3_bind_int(pSelect, 2, iIdx);
+    if( sqlite3_step(pSelect)==SQLITE_ROW ){
+      iStart = sqlite3_column_int64(pSelect, 1);
+      iLeafEnd = sqlite3_column_int64(pSelect, 2);
+      iEnd = sqlite3_column_int64(pSelect, 3);
+      nRoot = sqlite3_column_bytes(pSelect, 4);
+      aRoot = sqlite3_column_blob(pSelect, 4);
+    }else{
+      return sqlite3_reset(pSelect);
+    }
+
+    /* Check for the zero-length marker in the %_segments table */
+    rc = fts3IsAppendable(p, iEnd, &bAppendable);
+
+    /* Check that zKey/nKey is larger than the largest key the candidate */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bAppendable ){
+      char *aLeaf = 0;
+      int nLeaf = 0;
+
+      rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(p, iLeafEnd, &aLeaf, &nLeaf, 0);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        NodeReader reader;
+        for(rc = nodeReaderInit(&reader, aLeaf, nLeaf);
+            rc==SQLITE_OK && reader.aNode;
+            rc = nodeReaderNext(&reader)
+        ){
+          assert( reader.aNode );
+        }
+        if( fts3TermCmp(zKey, nKey, reader.term.a, reader.term.n)<=0 ){
+          bAppendable = 0;
+        }
+        nodeReaderRelease(&reader);
+      }
+      sqlite3_free(aLeaf);
+    }
+
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bAppendable ){
+      /* It is possible to append to this segment. Set up the IncrmergeWriter
+      ** object to do so.  */
+      int i;
+      int nHeight = (int)aRoot[0];
+      NodeWriter *pNode;
+
+      pWriter->nLeafEst = (int)((iEnd - iStart) + 1)/FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT;
+      pWriter->iStart = iStart;
+      pWriter->iEnd = iEnd;
+      pWriter->iAbsLevel = iAbsLevel;
+      pWriter->iIdx = iIdx;
+
+      for(i=nHeight+1; i<FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT; i++){
+        pWriter->aNodeWriter[i].iBlock = pWriter->iStart + i*pWriter->nLeafEst;
+      }
+
+      pNode = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[nHeight];
+      pNode->iBlock = pWriter->iStart + pWriter->nLeafEst*nHeight;
+      blobGrowBuffer(&pNode->block, MAX(nRoot, p->nNodeSize), &rc);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        memcpy(pNode->block.a, aRoot, nRoot);
+        pNode->block.n = nRoot;
+      }
+
+      for(i=nHeight; i>=0 && rc==SQLITE_OK; i--){
+        NodeReader reader;
+        pNode = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[i];
+
+        rc = nodeReaderInit(&reader, pNode->block.a, pNode->block.n);
+        while( reader.aNode && rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = nodeReaderNext(&reader);
+        blobGrowBuffer(&pNode->key, reader.term.n, &rc);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          memcpy(pNode->key.a, reader.term.a, reader.term.n);
+          pNode->key.n = reader.term.n;
+          if( i>0 ){
+            char *aBlock = 0;
+            int nBlock = 0;
+            pNode = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[i-1];
+            pNode->iBlock = reader.iChild;
+            rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(p, reader.iChild, &aBlock, &nBlock, 0);
+            blobGrowBuffer(&pNode->block, MAX(nBlock, p->nNodeSize), &rc);
+            if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+              memcpy(pNode->block.a, aBlock, nBlock);
+              pNode->block.n = nBlock;
+            }
+            sqlite3_free(aBlock);
+          }
+        }
+        nodeReaderRelease(&reader);
+      }
+    }
+
+    rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pSelect);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Determine the largest segment index value that exists within absolute
+** level iAbsLevel+1. If no error occurs, set *piIdx to this value plus
+** one before returning SQLITE_OK. Or, if there are no segments at all 
+** within level iAbsLevel, set *piIdx to zero.
+**
+** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. The final value of
+** *piIdx is undefined in this case.
+*/
+static int fts3IncrmergeOutputIdx( 
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* FTS Table handle */
+  sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel,        /* Absolute index of input segments */
+  int *piIdx                      /* OUT: Next free index at iAbsLevel+1 */
+){
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pOutputIdx = 0;   /* SQL used to find output index */
+
+  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_NEXT_SEGMENT_INDEX, &pOutputIdx, 0);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_bind_int64(pOutputIdx, 1, iAbsLevel+1);
+    sqlite3_step(pOutputIdx);
+    *piIdx = sqlite3_column_int(pOutputIdx, 0);
+    rc = sqlite3_reset(pOutputIdx);
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* 
+** Allocate an appendable output segment on absolute level iAbsLevel+1
+** with idx value iIdx.
+**
+** In the %_segdir table, a segment is defined by the values in three
+** columns:
+**
+**     start_block
+**     leaves_end_block
+**     end_block
+**
+** When an appendable segment is allocated, it is estimated that the
+** maximum number of leaf blocks that may be required is the sum of the
+** number of leaf blocks consumed by the input segments, plus the number
+** of input segments, multiplied by two. This value is stored in stack 
+** variable nLeafEst.
+**
+** A total of 16*nLeafEst blocks are allocated when an appendable segment
+** is created ((1 + end_block - start_block)==16*nLeafEst). The contiguous
+** array of leaf nodes starts at the first block allocated. The array
+** of interior nodes that are parents of the leaf nodes start at block
+** (start_block + (1 + end_block - start_block) / 16). And so on.
+**
+** In the actual code below, the value "16" is replaced with the 
+** pre-processor macro FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT.
+*/
+static int fts3IncrmergeWriter( 
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* Fts3 table handle */
+  sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel,        /* Absolute level of input segments */
+  int iIdx,                       /* Index of new output segment */
+  Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr,       /* Cursor that data will be read from */
+  IncrmergeWriter *pWriter        /* Populate this object */
+){
+  int rc;                         /* Return Code */
+  int i;                          /* Iterator variable */
+  int nLeafEst = 0;               /* Blocks allocated for leaf nodes */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pLeafEst = 0;     /* SQL used to determine nLeafEst */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pFirstBlock = 0;  /* SQL used to determine first block */
+
+  /* Calculate nLeafEst. */
+  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_MAX_LEAF_NODE_ESTIMATE, &pLeafEst, 0);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_bind_int64(pLeafEst, 1, iAbsLevel);
+    sqlite3_bind_int64(pLeafEst, 2, pCsr->nSegment);
+    if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pLeafEst) ){
+      nLeafEst = sqlite3_column_int(pLeafEst, 0);
+    }
+    rc = sqlite3_reset(pLeafEst);
+  }
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  /* Calculate the first block to use in the output segment */
+  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_NEXT_SEGMENTS_ID, &pFirstBlock, 0);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pFirstBlock) ){
+      pWriter->iStart = sqlite3_column_int64(pFirstBlock, 0);
+      pWriter->iEnd = pWriter->iStart - 1;
+      pWriter->iEnd += nLeafEst * FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT;
+    }
+    rc = sqlite3_reset(pFirstBlock);
+  }
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  /* Insert the marker in the %_segments table to make sure nobody tries
+  ** to steal the space just allocated. This is also used to identify 
+  ** appendable segments.  */
+  rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, pWriter->iEnd, 0, 0);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  pWriter->iAbsLevel = iAbsLevel;
+  pWriter->nLeafEst = nLeafEst;
+  pWriter->iIdx = iIdx;
+
+  /* Set up the array of NodeWriter objects */
+  for(i=0; i<FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT; i++){
+    pWriter->aNodeWriter[i].iBlock = pWriter->iStart + i*pWriter->nLeafEst;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Remove an entry from the %_segdir table. This involves running the 
+** following two statements:
+**
+**   DELETE FROM %_segdir WHERE level = :iAbsLevel AND idx = :iIdx
+**   UPDATE %_segdir SET idx = idx - 1 WHERE level = :iAbsLevel AND idx > :iIdx
+**
+** The DELETE statement removes the specific %_segdir level. The UPDATE 
+** statement ensures that the remaining segments have contiguously allocated
+** idx values.
+*/
+static int fts3RemoveSegdirEntry(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* FTS3 table handle */
+  sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel,        /* Absolute level to delete from */
+  int iIdx                        /* Index of %_segdir entry to delete */
+){
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pDelete = 0;      /* DELETE statement */
+
+  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_ENTRY, &pDelete, 0);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_bind_int64(pDelete, 1, iAbsLevel);
+    sqlite3_bind_int(pDelete, 2, iIdx);
+    sqlite3_step(pDelete);
+    rc = sqlite3_reset(pDelete);
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** One or more segments have just been removed from absolute level iAbsLevel.
+** Update the 'idx' values of the remaining segments in the level so that
+** the idx values are a contiguous sequence starting from 0.
+*/
+static int fts3RepackSegdirLevel(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* FTS3 table handle */
+  sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel         /* Absolute level to repack */
+){
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+  int *aIdx = 0;                  /* Array of remaining idx values */
+  int nIdx = 0;                   /* Valid entries in aIdx[] */
+  int nAlloc = 0;                 /* Allocated size of aIdx[] */
+  int i;                          /* Iterator variable */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pSelect = 0;      /* Select statement to read idx values */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pUpdate = 0;      /* Update statement to modify idx values */
+
+  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_INDEXES, &pSelect, 0);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int rc2;
+    sqlite3_bind_int64(pSelect, 1, iAbsLevel);
+    while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pSelect) ){
+      if( nIdx>=nAlloc ){
+        int *aNew;
+        nAlloc += 16;
+        aNew = sqlite3_realloc(aIdx, nAlloc*sizeof(int));
+        if( !aNew ){
+          rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+          break;
+        }
+        aIdx = aNew;
+      }
+      aIdx[nIdx++] = sqlite3_column_int(pSelect, 0);
+    }
+    rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pSelect);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SHIFT_SEGDIR_ENTRY, &pUpdate, 0);
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_bind_int64(pUpdate, 2, iAbsLevel);
+  }
+
+  assert( p->bIgnoreSavepoint==0 );
+  p->bIgnoreSavepoint = 1;
+  for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<nIdx; i++){
+    if( aIdx[i]!=i ){
+      sqlite3_bind_int(pUpdate, 3, aIdx[i]);
+      sqlite3_bind_int(pUpdate, 1, i);
+      sqlite3_step(pUpdate);
+      rc = sqlite3_reset(pUpdate);
+    }
+  }
+  p->bIgnoreSavepoint = 0;
+
+  sqlite3_free(aIdx);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+static void fts3StartNode(Blob *pNode, int iHeight, sqlite3_int64 iChild){
+  pNode->a[0] = (char)iHeight;
+  if( iChild ){
+    assert( pNode->nAlloc>=1+sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(iChild) );
+    pNode->n = 1 + sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pNode->a[1], iChild);
+  }else{
+    assert( pNode->nAlloc>=1 );
+    pNode->n = 1;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** The first two arguments are a pointer to and the size of a segment b-tree
+** node. The node may be a leaf or an internal node.
+**
+** This function creates a new node image in blob object *pNew by copying
+** all terms that are greater than or equal to zTerm/nTerm (for leaf nodes)
+** or greater than zTerm/nTerm (for internal nodes) from aNode/nNode.
+*/
+static int fts3TruncateNode(
+  const char *aNode,              /* Current node image */
+  int nNode,                      /* Size of aNode in bytes */
+  Blob *pNew,                     /* OUT: Write new node image here */
+  const char *zTerm,              /* Omit all terms smaller than this */
+  int nTerm,                      /* Size of zTerm in bytes */
+  sqlite3_int64 *piBlock          /* OUT: Block number in next layer down */
+){
+  NodeReader reader;              /* Reader object */
+  Blob prev = {0, 0, 0};          /* Previous term written to new node */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
+  int bLeaf = aNode[0]=='\0';     /* True for a leaf node */
+
+  /* Allocate required output space */
+  blobGrowBuffer(pNew, nNode, &rc);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  pNew->n = 0;
+
+  /* Populate new node buffer */
+  for(rc = nodeReaderInit(&reader, aNode, nNode); 
+      rc==SQLITE_OK && reader.aNode; 
+      rc = nodeReaderNext(&reader)
+  ){
+    if( pNew->n==0 ){
+      int res = fts3TermCmp(reader.term.a, reader.term.n, zTerm, nTerm);
+      if( res<0 || (bLeaf==0 && res==0) ) continue;
+      fts3StartNode(pNew, (int)aNode[0], reader.iChild);
+      *piBlock = reader.iChild;
+    }
+    rc = fts3AppendToNode(
+        pNew, &prev, reader.term.a, reader.term.n,
+        reader.aDoclist, reader.nDoclist
+    );
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
+  }
+  if( pNew->n==0 ){
+    fts3StartNode(pNew, (int)aNode[0], reader.iChild);
+    *piBlock = reader.iChild;
+  }
+  assert( pNew->n<=pNew->nAlloc );
+
+  nodeReaderRelease(&reader);
+  sqlite3_free(prev.a);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Remove all terms smaller than zTerm/nTerm from segment iIdx in absolute 
+** level iAbsLevel. This may involve deleting entries from the %_segments
+** table, and modifying existing entries in both the %_segments and %_segdir
+** tables.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if the segment is updated successfully. Or an
+** SQLite error code otherwise.
+*/
+static int fts3TruncateSegment(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* FTS3 table handle */
+  sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel,        /* Absolute level of segment to modify */
+  int iIdx,                       /* Index within level of segment to modify */
+  const char *zTerm,              /* Remove terms smaller than this */
+  int nTerm                      /* Number of bytes in buffer zTerm */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
+  Blob root = {0,0,0};            /* New root page image */
+  Blob block = {0,0,0};           /* Buffer used for any other block */
+  sqlite3_int64 iBlock = 0;       /* Block id */
+  sqlite3_int64 iNewStart = 0;    /* New value for iStartBlock */
+  sqlite3_int64 iOldStart = 0;    /* Old value for iStartBlock */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pFetch = 0;       /* Statement used to fetch segdir */
+
+  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR, &pFetch, 0);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int rc2;                      /* sqlite3_reset() return code */
+    sqlite3_bind_int64(pFetch, 1, iAbsLevel);
+    sqlite3_bind_int(pFetch, 2, iIdx);
+    if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pFetch) ){
+      const char *aRoot = sqlite3_column_blob(pFetch, 4);
+      int nRoot = sqlite3_column_bytes(pFetch, 4);
+      iOldStart = sqlite3_column_int64(pFetch, 1);
+      rc = fts3TruncateNode(aRoot, nRoot, &root, zTerm, nTerm, &iBlock);
+    }
+    rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pFetch);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
+  }
+
+  while( rc==SQLITE_OK && iBlock ){
+    char *aBlock = 0;
+    int nBlock = 0;
+    iNewStart = iBlock;
+
+    rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(p, iBlock, &aBlock, &nBlock, 0);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = fts3TruncateNode(aBlock, nBlock, &block, zTerm, nTerm, &iBlock);
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, iNewStart, block.a, block.n);
+    }
+    sqlite3_free(aBlock);
+  }
+
+  /* Variable iNewStart now contains the first valid leaf node. */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iNewStart ){
+    sqlite3_stmt *pDel = 0;
+    rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_DELETE_SEGMENTS_RANGE, &pDel, 0);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3_bind_int64(pDel, 1, iOldStart);
+      sqlite3_bind_int64(pDel, 2, iNewStart-1);
+      sqlite3_step(pDel);
+      rc = sqlite3_reset(pDel);
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_stmt *pChomp = 0;
+    rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_CHOMP_SEGDIR, &pChomp, 0);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3_bind_int64(pChomp, 1, iNewStart);
+      sqlite3_bind_blob(pChomp, 2, root.a, root.n, SQLITE_STATIC);
+      sqlite3_bind_int64(pChomp, 3, iAbsLevel);
+      sqlite3_bind_int(pChomp, 4, iIdx);
+      sqlite3_step(pChomp);
+      rc = sqlite3_reset(pChomp);
+    }
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_free(root.a);
+  sqlite3_free(block.a);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called after an incrmental-merge operation has run to
+** merge (or partially merge) two or more segments from absolute level
+** iAbsLevel.
+**
+** Each input segment is either removed from the db completely (if all of
+** its data was copied to the output segment by the incrmerge operation)
+** or modified in place so that it no longer contains those entries that
+** have been duplicated in the output segment.
+*/
+static int fts3IncrmergeChomp(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* FTS table handle */
+  sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel,        /* Absolute level containing segments */
+  Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr,       /* Chomp all segments opened by this cursor */
+  int *pnRem                      /* Number of segments not deleted */
+){
+  int i;
+  int nRem = 0;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  for(i=pCsr->nSegment-1; i>=0 && rc==SQLITE_OK; i--){
+    Fts3SegReader *pSeg = 0;
+    int j;
+
+    /* Find the Fts3SegReader object with Fts3SegReader.iIdx==i. It is hiding
+    ** somewhere in the pCsr->apSegment[] array.  */
+    for(j=0; ALWAYS(j<pCsr->nSegment); j++){
+      pSeg = pCsr->apSegment[j];
+      if( pSeg->iIdx==i ) break;
+    }
+    assert( j<pCsr->nSegment && pSeg->iIdx==i );
+
+    if( pSeg->aNode==0 ){
+      /* Seg-reader is at EOF. Remove the entire input segment. */
+      rc = fts3DeleteSegment(p, pSeg);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = fts3RemoveSegdirEntry(p, iAbsLevel, pSeg->iIdx);
+      }
+      *pnRem = 0;
+    }else{
+      /* The incremental merge did not copy all the data from this 
+      ** segment to the upper level. The segment is modified in place
+      ** so that it contains no keys smaller than zTerm/nTerm. */ 
+      const char *zTerm = pSeg->zTerm;
+      int nTerm = pSeg->nTerm;
+      rc = fts3TruncateSegment(p, iAbsLevel, pSeg->iIdx, zTerm, nTerm);
+      nRem++;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nRem!=pCsr->nSegment ){
+    rc = fts3RepackSegdirLevel(p, iAbsLevel);
+  }
+
+  *pnRem = nRem;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Store an incr-merge hint in the database.
+*/
+static int fts3IncrmergeHintStore(Fts3Table *p, Blob *pHint){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pReplace = 0;
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+
+  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_REPLACE_STAT, &pReplace, 0);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_bind_int(pReplace, 1, FTS_STAT_INCRMERGEHINT);
+    sqlite3_bind_blob(pReplace, 2, pHint->a, pHint->n, SQLITE_STATIC);
+    sqlite3_step(pReplace);
+    rc = sqlite3_reset(pReplace);
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Load an incr-merge hint from the database. The incr-merge hint, if one 
+** exists, is stored in the rowid==1 row of the %_stat table.
+**
+** If successful, populate blob *pHint with the value read from the %_stat
+** table and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if an error occurs, return an
+** SQLite error code.
+*/
+static int fts3IncrmergeHintLoad(Fts3Table *p, Blob *pHint){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pSelect = 0;
+  int rc;
+
+  pHint->n = 0;
+  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_STAT, &pSelect, 0);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int rc2;
+    sqlite3_bind_int(pSelect, 1, FTS_STAT_INCRMERGEHINT);
+    if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pSelect) ){
+      const char *aHint = sqlite3_column_blob(pSelect, 0);
+      int nHint = sqlite3_column_bytes(pSelect, 0);
+      if( aHint ){
+        blobGrowBuffer(pHint, nHint, &rc);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          memcpy(pHint->a, aHint, nHint);
+          pHint->n = nHint;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pSelect);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op.
+** Otherwise, append an entry to the hint stored in blob *pHint. Each entry
+** consists of two varints, the absolute level number of the input segments 
+** and the number of input segments.
+**
+** If successful, leave *pRc set to SQLITE_OK and return. If an error occurs,
+** set *pRc to an SQLite error code before returning.
+*/
+static void fts3IncrmergeHintPush(
+  Blob *pHint,                    /* Hint blob to append to */
+  i64 iAbsLevel,                  /* First varint to store in hint */
+  int nInput,                     /* Second varint to store in hint */
+  int *pRc                        /* IN/OUT: Error code */
+){
+  blobGrowBuffer(pHint, pHint->n + 2*FTS3_VARINT_MAX, pRc);
+  if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    pHint->n += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pHint->a[pHint->n], iAbsLevel);
+    pHint->n += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pHint->a[pHint->n], (i64)nInput);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Read the last entry (most recently pushed) from the hint blob *pHint
+** and then remove the entry. Write the two values read to *piAbsLevel and 
+** *pnInput before returning.
+**
+** If no error occurs, return SQLITE_OK. If the hint blob in *pHint does
+** not contain at least two valid varints, return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB.
+*/
+static int fts3IncrmergeHintPop(Blob *pHint, i64 *piAbsLevel, int *pnInput){
+  const int nHint = pHint->n;
+  int i;
+
+  i = pHint->n-2;
+  while( i>0 && (pHint->a[i-1] & 0x80) ) i--;
+  while( i>0 && (pHint->a[i-1] & 0x80) ) i--;
+
+  pHint->n = i;
+  i += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(&pHint->a[i], piAbsLevel);
+  i += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(&pHint->a[i], pnInput);
+  if( i!=nHint ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Attempt an incremental merge that writes nMerge leaf blocks.
+**
+** Incremental merges happen nMin segments at a time. The two
+** segments to be merged are the nMin oldest segments (the ones with
+** the smallest indexes) in the highest level that contains at least
+** nMin segments. Multiple merges might occur in an attempt to write the 
+** quota of nMerge leaf blocks.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Incrmerge(Fts3Table *p, int nMerge, int nMin){
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+  int nRem = nMerge;              /* Number of leaf pages yet to  be written */
+  Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr;       /* Cursor used to read input data */
+  Fts3SegFilter *pFilter;         /* Filter used with cursor pCsr */
+  IncrmergeWriter *pWriter;       /* Writer object */
+  int nSeg = 0;                   /* Number of input segments */
+  sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel = 0;    /* Absolute level number to work on */
+  Blob hint = {0, 0, 0};          /* Hint read from %_stat table */
+  int bDirtyHint = 0;             /* True if blob 'hint' has been modified */
+
+  /* Allocate space for the cursor, filter and writer objects */
+  const int nAlloc = sizeof(*pCsr) + sizeof(*pFilter) + sizeof(*pWriter);
+  pWriter = (IncrmergeWriter *)sqlite3_malloc(nAlloc);
+  if( !pWriter ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  pFilter = (Fts3SegFilter *)&pWriter[1];
+  pCsr = (Fts3MultiSegReader *)&pFilter[1];
+
+  rc = fts3IncrmergeHintLoad(p, &hint);
+  while( rc==SQLITE_OK && nRem>0 ){
+    const i64 nMod = FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL * p->nIndex;
+    sqlite3_stmt *pFindLevel = 0; /* SQL used to determine iAbsLevel */
+    int bUseHint = 0;             /* True if attempting to append */
+
+    /* Search the %_segdir table for the absolute level with the smallest
+    ** relative level number that contains at least nMin segments, if any.
+    ** If one is found, set iAbsLevel to the absolute level number and
+    ** nSeg to nMin. If no level with at least nMin segments can be found, 
+    ** set nSeg to -1.
+    */
+    rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_FIND_MERGE_LEVEL, &pFindLevel, 0);
+    sqlite3_bind_int(pFindLevel, 1, nMin);
+    if( sqlite3_step(pFindLevel)==SQLITE_ROW ){
+      iAbsLevel = sqlite3_column_int64(pFindLevel, 0);
+      nSeg = nMin;
+    }else{
+      nSeg = -1;
+    }
+    rc = sqlite3_reset(pFindLevel);
+
+    /* If the hint read from the %_stat table is not empty, check if the
+    ** last entry in it specifies a relative level smaller than or equal
+    ** to the level identified by the block above (if any). If so, this 
+    ** iteration of the loop will work on merging at the hinted level.
+    */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && hint.n ){
+      int nHint = hint.n;
+      sqlite3_int64 iHintAbsLevel = 0;      /* Hint level */
+      int nHintSeg = 0;                     /* Hint number of segments */
+
+      rc = fts3IncrmergeHintPop(&hint, &iHintAbsLevel, &nHintSeg);
+      if( nSeg<0 || (iAbsLevel % nMod) >= (iHintAbsLevel % nMod) ){
+        iAbsLevel = iHintAbsLevel;
+        nSeg = nHintSeg;
+        bUseHint = 1;
+        bDirtyHint = 1;
+      }else{
+        /* This undoes the effect of the HintPop() above - so that no entry
+        ** is removed from the hint blob.  */
+        hint.n = nHint;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* If nSeg is less that zero, then there is no level with at least
+    ** nMin segments and no hint in the %_stat table. No work to do.
+    ** Exit early in this case.  */
+    if( nSeg<0 ) break;
+
+    /* Open a cursor to iterate through the contents of the oldest nSeg 
+    ** indexes of absolute level iAbsLevel. If this cursor is opened using 
+    ** the 'hint' parameters, it is possible that there are less than nSeg
+    ** segments available in level iAbsLevel. In this case, no work is
+    ** done on iAbsLevel - fall through to the next iteration of the loop 
+    ** to start work on some other level.  */
+    memset(pWriter, 0, nAlloc);
+    pFilter->flags = FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS;
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = fts3IncrmergeCsr(p, iAbsLevel, nSeg, pCsr);
+    }
+    if( SQLITE_OK==rc && pCsr->nSegment==nSeg
+     && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(p, pCsr, pFilter))
+     && SQLITE_ROW==(rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(p, pCsr))
+    ){
+      int iIdx = 0;               /* Largest idx in level (iAbsLevel+1) */
+      rc = fts3IncrmergeOutputIdx(p, iAbsLevel, &iIdx);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        if( bUseHint && iIdx>0 ){
+          const char *zKey = pCsr->zTerm;
+          int nKey = pCsr->nTerm;
+          rc = fts3IncrmergeLoad(p, iAbsLevel, iIdx-1, zKey, nKey, pWriter);
+        }else{
+          rc = fts3IncrmergeWriter(p, iAbsLevel, iIdx, pCsr, pWriter);
+        }
+      }
+
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pWriter->nLeafEst ){
+        fts3LogMerge(nSeg, iAbsLevel);
+        do {
+          rc = fts3IncrmergeAppend(p, pWriter, pCsr);
+          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(p, pCsr);
+          if( pWriter->nWork>=nRem && rc==SQLITE_ROW ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
+        }while( rc==SQLITE_ROW );
+
+        /* Update or delete the input segments */
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          nRem -= (1 + pWriter->nWork);
+          rc = fts3IncrmergeChomp(p, iAbsLevel, pCsr, &nSeg);
+          if( nSeg!=0 ){
+            bDirtyHint = 1;
+            fts3IncrmergeHintPush(&hint, iAbsLevel, nSeg, &rc);
+          }
+        }
+      }
+
+      fts3IncrmergeRelease(p, pWriter, &rc);
+    }
+
+    sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(pCsr);
+  }
+
+  /* Write the hint values into the %_stat table for the next incr-merger */
+  if( bDirtyHint && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = fts3IncrmergeHintStore(p, &hint);
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_free(pWriter);
+  sqlite3_free(hint.a);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert the text beginning at *pz into an integer and return
+** its value.  Advance *pz to point to the first character past
+** the integer.
+*/
+static int fts3Getint(const char **pz){
+  const char *z = *pz;
+  int i = 0;
+  while( (*z)>='0' && (*z)<='9' ) i = 10*i + *(z++) - '0';
+  *pz = z;
+  return i;
+}
+
+/*
+** Process statements of the form:
+**
+**    INSERT INTO table(table) VALUES('merge=A,B');
+**
+** A and B are integers that decode to be the number of leaf pages
+** written for the merge, and the minimum number of segments on a level
+** before it will be selected for a merge, respectively.
+*/
+static int fts3DoIncrmerge(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* FTS3 table handle */
+  const char *zParam              /* Nul-terminated string containing "A,B" */
+){
+  int rc;
+  int nMin = (FTS3_MERGE_COUNT / 2);
+  int nMerge = 0;
+  const char *z = zParam;
+
+  /* Read the first integer value */
+  nMerge = fts3Getint(&z);
+
+  /* If the first integer value is followed by a ',',  read the second
+  ** integer value. */
+  if( z[0]==',' && z[1]!='\0' ){
+    z++;
+    nMin = fts3Getint(&z);
+  }
+
+  if( z[0]!='\0' || nMin<2 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }else{
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    if( !p->bHasStat ){
+      assert( p->bFts4==0 );
+      sqlite3Fts3CreateStatTable(&rc, p);
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = sqlite3Fts3Incrmerge(p, nMerge, nMin);
+    }
+    sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(p);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Process statements of the form:
+**
+**    INSERT INTO table(table) VALUES('automerge=X');
+**
+** where X is an integer.  X==0 means to turn automerge off.  X!=0 means
+** turn it on.  The setting is persistent.
+*/
+static int fts3DoAutoincrmerge(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* FTS3 table handle */
+  const char *zParam              /* Nul-terminated string containing boolean */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
+  p->bAutoincrmerge = fts3Getint(&zParam)!=0;
+  if( !p->bHasStat ){
+    assert( p->bFts4==0 );
+    sqlite3Fts3CreateStatTable(&rc, p);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+  }
+  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_REPLACE_STAT, &pStmt, 0);
+  if( rc ) return rc;;
+  sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 1, FTS_STAT_AUTOINCRMERGE);
+  sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 2, p->bAutoincrmerge);
+  sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+  rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a 64-bit checksum for the FTS index entry specified by the
+** arguments to this function.
+*/
+static u64 fts3ChecksumEntry(
+  const char *zTerm,              /* Pointer to buffer containing term */
+  int nTerm,                      /* Size of zTerm in bytes */
+  int iLangid,                    /* Language id for current row */
+  int iIndex,                     /* Index (0..Fts3Table.nIndex-1) */
+  i64 iDocid,                     /* Docid for current row. */
+  int iCol,                       /* Column number */
+  int iPos                        /* Position */
+){
+  int i;
+  u64 ret = (u64)iDocid;
+
+  ret += (ret<<3) + iLangid;
+  ret += (ret<<3) + iIndex;
+  ret += (ret<<3) + iCol;
+  ret += (ret<<3) + iPos;
+  for(i=0; i<nTerm; i++) ret += (ret<<3) + zTerm[i];
+
+  return ret;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a checksum of all entries in the FTS index that correspond to
+** language id iLangid. The checksum is calculated by XORing the checksums
+** of each individual entry (see fts3ChecksumEntry()) together.
+**
+** If successful, the checksum value is returned and *pRc set to SQLITE_OK.
+** Otherwise, if an error occurs, *pRc is set to an SQLite error code. The
+** return value is undefined in this case.
+*/
+static u64 fts3ChecksumIndex(
+  Fts3Table *p,                   /* FTS3 table handle */
+  int iLangid,                    /* Language id to return cksum for */
+  int iIndex,                     /* Index to cksum (0..p->nIndex-1) */
+  int *pRc                        /* OUT: Return code */
+){
+  Fts3SegFilter filter;
+  Fts3MultiSegReader csr;
+  int rc;
+  u64 cksum = 0;
+
+  assert( *pRc==SQLITE_OK );
+
+  memset(&filter, 0, sizeof(filter));
+  memset(&csr, 0, sizeof(csr));
+  filter.flags =  FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS|FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY;
+  filter.flags |= FTS3_SEGMENT_SCAN;
+
+  rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(
+      p, iLangid, iIndex, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, 0, 0, 0, 1,&csr
+  );
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(p, &csr, &filter);
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    while( SQLITE_ROW==(rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(p, &csr)) ){
+      char *pCsr = csr.aDoclist;
+      char *pEnd = &pCsr[csr.nDoclist];
+
+      i64 iDocid = 0;
+      i64 iCol = 0;
+      i64 iPos = 0;
+
+      pCsr += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pCsr, &iDocid);
+      while( pCsr<pEnd ){
+        i64 iVal = 0;
+        pCsr += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pCsr, &iVal);
+        if( pCsr<pEnd ){
+          if( iVal==0 || iVal==1 ){
+            iCol = 0;
+            iPos = 0;
+            if( iVal ){
+              pCsr += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pCsr, &iCol);
+            }else{
+              pCsr += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pCsr, &iVal);
+              iDocid += iVal;
+            }
+          }else{
+            iPos += (iVal - 2);
+            cksum = cksum ^ fts3ChecksumEntry(
+                csr.zTerm, csr.nTerm, iLangid, iIndex, iDocid,
+                (int)iCol, (int)iPos
+            );
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(&csr);
+
+  *pRc = rc;
+  return cksum;
+}
+
+/*
+** Check if the contents of the FTS index match the current contents of the
+** content table. If no error occurs and the contents do match, set *pbOk
+** to true and return SQLITE_OK. Or if the contents do not match, set *pbOk
+** to false before returning.
+**
+** If an error occurs (e.g. an OOM or IO error), return an SQLite error 
+** code. The final value of *pbOk is undefined in this case.
+*/
+static int fts3IntegrityCheck(Fts3Table *p, int *pbOk){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
+  u64 cksum1 = 0;                 /* Checksum based on FTS index contents */
+  u64 cksum2 = 0;                 /* Checksum based on %_content contents */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pAllLangid = 0;   /* Statement to return all language-ids */
+
+  /* This block calculates the checksum according to the FTS index. */
+  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_ALL_LANGID, &pAllLangid, 0);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int rc2;
+    sqlite3_bind_int(pAllLangid, 1, p->nIndex);
+    while( rc==SQLITE_OK && sqlite3_step(pAllLangid)==SQLITE_ROW ){
+      int iLangid = sqlite3_column_int(pAllLangid, 0);
+      int i;
+      for(i=0; i<p->nIndex; i++){
+        cksum1 = cksum1 ^ fts3ChecksumIndex(p, iLangid, i, &rc);
+      }
+    }
+    rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pAllLangid);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
+  }
+
+  /* This block calculates the checksum according to the %_content table */
+  rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_ALL_LANGID, &pAllLangid, 0);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = p->pTokenizer->pModule;
+    sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
+    char *zSql;
+   
+    zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT %s" , p->zReadExprlist);
+    if( !zSql ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }else{
+      rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
+      sqlite3_free(zSql);
+    }
+
+    while( rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
+      i64 iDocid = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 0);
+      int iLang = langidFromSelect(p, pStmt);
+      int iCol;
+
+      for(iCol=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iCol<p->nColumn; iCol++){
+        const char *zText = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, iCol+1);
+        int nText = sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, iCol+1);
+        sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pT = 0;
+
+        rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(p->pTokenizer, iLang, zText, nText, &pT);
+        while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          char const *zToken;       /* Buffer containing token */
+          int nToken;               /* Number of bytes in token */
+          int iDum1, iDum2;         /* Dummy variables */
+          int iPos;                 /* Position of token in zText */
+
+          rc = pModule->xNext(pT, &zToken, &nToken, &iDum1, &iDum2, &iPos);
+          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+            int i;
+            cksum2 = cksum2 ^ fts3ChecksumEntry(
+                zToken, nToken, iLang, 0, iDocid, iCol, iPos
+            );
+            for(i=1; i<p->nIndex; i++){
+              if( p->aIndex[i].nPrefix<=nToken ){
+                cksum2 = cksum2 ^ fts3ChecksumEntry(
+                  zToken, p->aIndex[i].nPrefix, iLang, i, iDocid, iCol, iPos
+                );
+              }
+            }
+          }
+        }
+        if( pT ) pModule->xClose(pT);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
+      }
+    }
+
+    sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+  }
+
+  *pbOk = (cksum1==cksum2);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Run the integrity-check. If no error occurs and the current contents of
+** the FTS index are correct, return SQLITE_OK. Or, if the contents of the
+** FTS index are incorrect, return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB.
+**
+** Or, if an error (e.g. an OOM or IO error) occurs, return an SQLite 
+** error code.
+**
+** The integrity-check works as follows. For each token and indexed token
+** prefix in the document set, a 64-bit checksum is calculated (by code
+** in fts3ChecksumEntry()) based on the following:
+**
+**     + The index number (0 for the main index, 1 for the first prefix
+**       index etc.),
+**     + The token (or token prefix) text itself, 
+**     + The language-id of the row it appears in,
+**     + The docid of the row it appears in,
+**     + The column it appears in, and
+**     + The tokens position within that column.
+**
+** The checksums for all entries in the index are XORed together to create
+** a single checksum for the entire index.
+**
+** The integrity-check code calculates the same checksum in two ways:
+**
+**     1. By scanning the contents of the FTS index, and 
+**     2. By scanning and tokenizing the content table.
+**
+** If the two checksums are identical, the integrity-check is deemed to have
+** passed.
+*/
+static int fts3DoIntegrityCheck(
+  Fts3Table *p                    /* FTS3 table handle */
+){
+  int rc;
+  int bOk = 0;
+  rc = fts3IntegrityCheck(p, &bOk);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bOk==0 ) rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Handle a 'special' INSERT of the form:
+**
+**   "INSERT INTO tbl(tbl) VALUES(<expr>)"
+**
+** Argument pVal contains the result of <expr>. Currently the only 
+** meaningful value to insert is the text 'optimize'.
+*/
+static int fts3SpecialInsert(Fts3Table *p, sqlite3_value *pVal){
+  int rc;                         /* Return Code */
+  const char *zVal = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(pVal);
+  int nVal = sqlite3_value_bytes(pVal);
+
+  if( !zVal ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }else if( nVal==8 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "optimize", 8) ){
+    rc = fts3DoOptimize(p, 0);
+  }else if( nVal==7 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "rebuild", 7) ){
+    rc = fts3DoRebuild(p);
+  }else if( nVal==15 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "integrity-check", 15) ){
+    rc = fts3DoIntegrityCheck(p);
+  }else if( nVal>6 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "merge=", 6) ){
+    rc = fts3DoIncrmerge(p, &zVal[6]);
+  }else if( nVal>10 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "automerge=", 10) ){
+    rc = fts3DoAutoincrmerge(p, &zVal[10]);
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  }else if( nVal>9 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "nodesize=", 9) ){
+    p->nNodeSize = atoi(&zVal[9]);
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }else if( nVal>11 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "maxpending=", 9) ){
+    p->nMaxPendingData = atoi(&zVal[11]);
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+#endif
+  }else{
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS4_DEFERRED
+/*
+** Delete all cached deferred doclists. Deferred doclists are cached
+** (allocated) by the sqlite3Fts3CacheDeferredDoclists() function.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredDoclists(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){
+  Fts3DeferredToken *pDef;
+  for(pDef=pCsr->pDeferred; pDef; pDef=pDef->pNext){
+    fts3PendingListDelete(pDef->pList);
+    pDef->pList = 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Free all entries in the pCsr->pDeffered list. Entries are added to 
+** this list using sqlite3Fts3DeferToken().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredTokens(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){
+  Fts3DeferredToken *pDef;
+  Fts3DeferredToken *pNext;
+  for(pDef=pCsr->pDeferred; pDef; pDef=pNext){
+    pNext = pDef->pNext;
+    fts3PendingListDelete(pDef->pList);
+    sqlite3_free(pDef);
+  }
+  pCsr->pDeferred = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate deferred-doclists for all tokens in the pCsr->pDeferred list
+** based on the row that pCsr currently points to.
+**
+** A deferred-doclist is like any other doclist with position information
+** included, except that it only contains entries for a single row of the
+** table, not for all rows.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3CacheDeferredDoclists(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
+  if( pCsr->pDeferred ){
+    int i;                        /* Used to iterate through table columns */
+    sqlite3_int64 iDocid;         /* Docid of the row pCsr points to */
+    Fts3DeferredToken *pDef;      /* Used to iterate through deferred tokens */
+  
+    Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+    sqlite3_tokenizer *pT = p->pTokenizer;
+    sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pT->pModule;
+   
+    assert( pCsr->isRequireSeek==0 );
+    iDocid = sqlite3_column_int64(pCsr->pStmt, 0);
+  
+    for(i=0; i<p->nColumn && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){
+      const char *zText = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pCsr->pStmt, i+1);
+      sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pTC = 0;
+  
+      rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(pT, pCsr->iLangid, zText, -1, &pTC);
+      while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        char const *zToken;       /* Buffer containing token */
+        int nToken;               /* Number of bytes in token */
+        int iDum1, iDum2;         /* Dummy variables */
+        int iPos;                 /* Position of token in zText */
+  
+        rc = pModule->xNext(pTC, &zToken, &nToken, &iDum1, &iDum2, &iPos);
+        for(pDef=pCsr->pDeferred; pDef && rc==SQLITE_OK; pDef=pDef->pNext){
+          Fts3PhraseToken *pPT = pDef->pToken;
+          if( (pDef->iCol>=p->nColumn || pDef->iCol==i)
+           && (pPT->bFirst==0 || iPos==0)
+           && (pPT->n==nToken || (pPT->isPrefix && pPT->n<nToken))
+           && (0==memcmp(zToken, pPT->z, pPT->n))
+          ){
+            fts3PendingListAppend(&pDef->pList, iDocid, i, iPos, &rc);
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      if( pTC ) pModule->xClose(pTC);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+  
+    for(pDef=pCsr->pDeferred; pDef && rc==SQLITE_OK; pDef=pDef->pNext){
+      if( pDef->pList ){
+        rc = fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&pDef->pList, 0);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3DeferredTokenList(
+  Fts3DeferredToken *p, 
+  char **ppData, 
+  int *pnData
+){
+  char *pRet;
+  int nSkip;
+  sqlite3_int64 dummy;
+
+  *ppData = 0;
+  *pnData = 0;
+
+  if( p->pList==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  pRet = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(p->pList->nData);
+  if( !pRet ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+
+  nSkip = sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p->pList->aData, &dummy);
+  *pnData = p->pList->nData - nSkip;
+  *ppData = pRet;
+  
+  memcpy(pRet, &p->pList->aData[nSkip], *pnData);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Add an entry for token pToken to the pCsr->pDeferred list.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3DeferToken(
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* Fts3 table cursor */
+  Fts3PhraseToken *pToken,        /* Token to defer */
+  int iCol                        /* Column that token must appear in (or -1) */
+){
+  Fts3DeferredToken *pDeferred;
+  pDeferred = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*pDeferred));
+  if( !pDeferred ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  memset(pDeferred, 0, sizeof(*pDeferred));
+  pDeferred->pToken = pToken;
+  pDeferred->pNext = pCsr->pDeferred; 
+  pDeferred->iCol = iCol;
+  pCsr->pDeferred = pDeferred;
+
+  assert( pToken->pDeferred==0 );
+  pToken->pDeferred = pDeferred;
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** SQLite value pRowid contains the rowid of a row that may or may not be
+** present in the FTS3 table. If it is, delete it and adjust the contents
+** of subsiduary data structures accordingly.
+*/
+static int fts3DeleteByRowid(
+  Fts3Table *p, 
+  sqlite3_value *pRowid, 
+  int *pnDoc,
+  u32 *aSzDel
+){
+  int isEmpty = 0;
+  int rc = fts3IsEmpty(p, pRowid, &isEmpty);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( isEmpty ){
+      /* Deleting this row means the whole table is empty. In this case
+      ** delete the contents of all three tables and throw away any
+      ** data in the pendingTerms hash table.  */
+      rc = fts3DeleteAll(p, 1);
+      *pnDoc = *pnDoc - 1;
+    }else{
+      fts3DeleteTerms(&rc, p, pRowid, aSzDel);
+      if( p->zContentTbl==0 ){
+        fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_CONTENT, &pRowid);
+        if( sqlite3_changes(p->db) ) *pnDoc = *pnDoc - 1;
+      }else{
+        *pnDoc = *pnDoc - 1;
+      }
+      if( p->bHasDocsize ){
+        fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_DOCSIZE, &pRowid);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function does the work for the xUpdate method of FTS3 virtual
+** tables. The schema of the virtual table being:
+**
+**     CREATE TABLE <table name>( 
+**       <user columns>,
+**       <table name> HIDDEN, 
+**       docid HIDDEN, 
+**       <langid> HIDDEN
+**     );
+**
+** 
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3UpdateMethod(
+  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab,            /* FTS3 vtab object */
+  int nArg,                       /* Size of argument array */
+  sqlite3_value **apVal,          /* Array of arguments */
+  sqlite_int64 *pRowid            /* OUT: The affected (or effected) rowid */
+){
+  Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pVtab;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return Code */
+  int isRemove = 0;               /* True for an UPDATE or DELETE */
+  u32 *aSzIns = 0;                /* Sizes of inserted documents */
+  u32 *aSzDel;                    /* Sizes of deleted documents */
+  int nChng = 0;                  /* Net change in number of documents */
+  int bInsertDone = 0;
+
+  assert( p->pSegments==0 );
+  assert( 
+      nArg==1                     /* DELETE operations */
+   || nArg==(2 + p->nColumn + 3)  /* INSERT or UPDATE operations */
+  );
+
+  /* Check for a "special" INSERT operation. One of the form:
+  **
+  **   INSERT INTO xyz(xyz) VALUES('command');
+  */
+  if( nArg>1 
+   && sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])==SQLITE_NULL 
+   && sqlite3_value_type(apVal[p->nColumn+2])!=SQLITE_NULL 
+  ){
+    rc = fts3SpecialInsert(p, apVal[p->nColumn+2]);
+    goto update_out;
+  }
+
+  if( nArg>1 && sqlite3_value_int(apVal[2 + p->nColumn + 2])<0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT;
+    goto update_out;
+  }
+
+  /* Allocate space to hold the change in document sizes */
+  aSzIns = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(aSzIns[0])*(p->nColumn+1)*2 );
+  if( aSzIns==0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    goto update_out;
+  }
+  aSzDel = &aSzIns[p->nColumn+1];
+  memset(aSzIns, 0, sizeof(aSzIns[0])*(p->nColumn+1)*2);
+
+  /* If this is an INSERT operation, or an UPDATE that modifies the rowid
+  ** value, then this operation requires constraint handling.
+  **
+  ** If the on-conflict mode is REPLACE, this means that the existing row
+  ** should be deleted from the database before inserting the new row. Or,
+  ** if the on-conflict mode is other than REPLACE, then this method must
+  ** detect the conflict and return SQLITE_CONSTRAINT before beginning to
+  ** modify the database file.
+  */
+  if( nArg>1 && p->zContentTbl==0 ){
+    /* Find the value object that holds the new rowid value. */
+    sqlite3_value *pNewRowid = apVal[3+p->nColumn];
+    if( sqlite3_value_type(pNewRowid)==SQLITE_NULL ){
+      pNewRowid = apVal[1];
+    }
+
+    if( sqlite3_value_type(pNewRowid)!=SQLITE_NULL && ( 
+        sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])==SQLITE_NULL
+     || sqlite3_value_int64(apVal[0])!=sqlite3_value_int64(pNewRowid)
+    )){
+      /* The new rowid is not NULL (in this case the rowid will be
+      ** automatically assigned and there is no chance of a conflict), and 
+      ** the statement is either an INSERT or an UPDATE that modifies the
+      ** rowid column. So if the conflict mode is REPLACE, then delete any
+      ** existing row with rowid=pNewRowid. 
+      **
+      ** Or, if the conflict mode is not REPLACE, insert the new record into 
+      ** the %_content table. If we hit the duplicate rowid constraint (or any
+      ** other error) while doing so, return immediately.
+      **
+      ** This branch may also run if pNewRowid contains a value that cannot
+      ** be losslessly converted to an integer. In this case, the eventual 
+      ** call to fts3InsertData() (either just below or further on in this
+      ** function) will return SQLITE_MISMATCH. If fts3DeleteByRowid is 
+      ** invoked, it will delete zero rows (since no row will have
+      ** docid=$pNewRowid if $pNewRowid is not an integer value).
+      */
+      if( sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(p->db)==SQLITE_REPLACE ){
+        rc = fts3DeleteByRowid(p, pNewRowid, &nChng, aSzDel);
+      }else{
+        rc = fts3InsertData(p, apVal, pRowid);
+        bInsertDone = 1;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    goto update_out;
+  }
+
+  /* If this is a DELETE or UPDATE operation, remove the old record. */
+  if( sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])!=SQLITE_NULL ){
+    assert( sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])==SQLITE_INTEGER );
+    rc = fts3DeleteByRowid(p, apVal[0], &nChng, aSzDel);
+    isRemove = 1;
+  }
+  
+  /* If this is an INSERT or UPDATE operation, insert the new record. */
+  if( nArg>1 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int iLangid = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[2 + p->nColumn + 2]);
+    if( bInsertDone==0 ){
+      rc = fts3InsertData(p, apVal, pRowid);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT && p->zContentTbl==0 ){
+        rc = FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+      }
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (!isRemove || *pRowid!=p->iPrevDocid ) ){
+      rc = fts3PendingTermsDocid(p, iLangid, *pRowid);
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      assert( p->iPrevDocid==*pRowid );
+      rc = fts3InsertTerms(p, iLangid, apVal, aSzIns);
+    }
+    if( p->bHasDocsize ){
+      fts3InsertDocsize(&rc, p, aSzIns);
+    }
+    nChng++;
+  }
+
+  if( p->bFts4 ){
+    fts3UpdateDocTotals(&rc, p, aSzIns, aSzDel, nChng);
+  }
+
+ update_out:
+  sqlite3_free(aSzIns);
+  sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(p);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* 
+** Flush any data in the pending-terms hash table to disk. If successful,
+** merge all segments in the database (including the new segment, if 
+** there was any data to flush) into a single segment. 
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Optimize(Fts3Table *p){
+  int rc;
+  rc = sqlite3_exec(p->db, "SAVEPOINT fts3", 0, 0, 0);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = fts3DoOptimize(p, 1);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+      int rc2 = sqlite3_exec(p->db, "RELEASE fts3", 0, 0, 0);
+      if( rc2!=SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
+    }else{
+      sqlite3_exec(p->db, "ROLLBACK TO fts3", 0, 0, 0);
+      sqlite3_exec(p->db, "RELEASE fts3", 0, 0, 0);
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(p);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/************** End of fts3_write.c ******************************************/
+/************** Begin file fts3_snippet.c ************************************/
+/*
+** 2009 Oct 23
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
+
+/* #include <string.h> */
+/* #include <assert.h> */
+
+/*
+** Characters that may appear in the second argument to matchinfo().
+*/
+#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_NPHRASE   'p'        /* 1 value */
+#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_NCOL      'c'        /* 1 value */
+#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_NDOC      'n'        /* 1 value */
+#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_AVGLENGTH 'a'        /* nCol values */
+#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_LENGTH    'l'        /* nCol values */
+#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_LCS       's'        /* nCol values */
+#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS      'x'        /* 3*nCol*nPhrase values */
+
+/*
+** The default value for the second argument to matchinfo(). 
+*/
+#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_DEFAULT   "pcx"
+
+
+/*
+** Used as an fts3ExprIterate() context when loading phrase doclists to
+** Fts3Expr.aDoclist[]/nDoclist.
+*/
+typedef struct LoadDoclistCtx LoadDoclistCtx;
+struct LoadDoclistCtx {
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr;               /* FTS3 Cursor */
+  int nPhrase;                    /* Number of phrases seen so far */
+  int nToken;                     /* Number of tokens seen so far */
+};
+
+/*
+** The following types are used as part of the implementation of the 
+** fts3BestSnippet() routine.
+*/
+typedef struct SnippetIter SnippetIter;
+typedef struct SnippetPhrase SnippetPhrase;
+typedef struct SnippetFragment SnippetFragment;
+
+struct SnippetIter {
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr;               /* Cursor snippet is being generated from */
+  int iCol;                       /* Extract snippet from this column */
+  int nSnippet;                   /* Requested snippet length (in tokens) */
+  int nPhrase;                    /* Number of phrases in query */
+  SnippetPhrase *aPhrase;         /* Array of size nPhrase */
+  int iCurrent;                   /* First token of current snippet */
+};
+
+struct SnippetPhrase {
+  int nToken;                     /* Number of tokens in phrase */
+  char *pList;                    /* Pointer to start of phrase position list */
+  int iHead;                      /* Next value in position list */
+  char *pHead;                    /* Position list data following iHead */
+  int iTail;                      /* Next value in trailing position list */
+  char *pTail;                    /* Position list data following iTail */
+};
+
+struct SnippetFragment {
+  int iCol;                       /* Column snippet is extracted from */
+  int iPos;                       /* Index of first token in snippet */
+  u64 covered;                    /* Mask of query phrases covered */
+  u64 hlmask;                     /* Mask of snippet terms to highlight */
+};
+
+/*
+** This type is used as an fts3ExprIterate() context object while 
+** accumulating the data returned by the matchinfo() function.
+*/
+typedef struct MatchInfo MatchInfo;
+struct MatchInfo {
+  Fts3Cursor *pCursor;            /* FTS3 Cursor */
+  int nCol;                       /* Number of columns in table */
+  int nPhrase;                    /* Number of matchable phrases in query */
+  sqlite3_int64 nDoc;             /* Number of docs in database */
+  u32 *aMatchinfo;                /* Pre-allocated buffer */
+};
+
+
+
+/*
+** The snippet() and offsets() functions both return text values. An instance
+** of the following structure is used to accumulate those values while the
+** functions are running. See fts3StringAppend() for details.
+*/
+typedef struct StrBuffer StrBuffer;
+struct StrBuffer {
+  char *z;                        /* Pointer to buffer containing string */
+  int n;                          /* Length of z in bytes (excl. nul-term) */
+  int nAlloc;                     /* Allocated size of buffer z in bytes */
+};
+
+
+/*
+** This function is used to help iterate through a position-list. A position
+** list is a list of unique integers, sorted from smallest to largest. Each
+** element of the list is represented by an FTS3 varint that takes the value
+** of the difference between the current element and the previous one plus
+** two. For example, to store the position-list:
+**
+**     4 9 113
+**
+** the three varints:
+**
+**     6 7 106
+**
+** are encoded.
+**
+** When this function is called, *pp points to the start of an element of
+** the list. *piPos contains the value of the previous entry in the list.
+** After it returns, *piPos contains the value of the next element of the
+** list and *pp is advanced to the following varint.
+*/
+static void fts3GetDeltaPosition(char **pp, int *piPos){
+  int iVal;
+  *pp += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(*pp, &iVal);
+  *piPos += (iVal-2);
+}
+
+/*
+** Helper function for fts3ExprIterate() (see below).
+*/
+static int fts3ExprIterate2(
+  Fts3Expr *pExpr,                /* Expression to iterate phrases of */
+  int *piPhrase,                  /* Pointer to phrase counter */
+  int (*x)(Fts3Expr*,int,void*),  /* Callback function to invoke for phrases */
+  void *pCtx                      /* Second argument to pass to callback */
+){
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+  int eType = pExpr->eType;       /* Type of expression node pExpr */
+
+  if( eType!=FTSQUERY_PHRASE ){
+    assert( pExpr->pLeft && pExpr->pRight );
+    rc = fts3ExprIterate2(pExpr->pLeft, piPhrase, x, pCtx);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && eType!=FTSQUERY_NOT ){
+      rc = fts3ExprIterate2(pExpr->pRight, piPhrase, x, pCtx);
+    }
+  }else{
+    rc = x(pExpr, *piPhrase, pCtx);
+    (*piPhrase)++;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Iterate through all phrase nodes in an FTS3 query, except those that
+** are part of a sub-tree that is the right-hand-side of a NOT operator.
+** For each phrase node found, the supplied callback function is invoked.
+**
+** If the callback function returns anything other than SQLITE_OK, 
+** the iteration is abandoned and the error code returned immediately.
+** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned after a callback has been made for
+** all eligible phrase nodes.
+*/
+static int fts3ExprIterate(
+  Fts3Expr *pExpr,                /* Expression to iterate phrases of */
+  int (*x)(Fts3Expr*,int,void*),  /* Callback function to invoke for phrases */
+  void *pCtx                      /* Second argument to pass to callback */
+){
+  int iPhrase = 0;                /* Variable used as the phrase counter */
+  return fts3ExprIterate2(pExpr, &iPhrase, x, pCtx);
+}
+
+/*
+** This is an fts3ExprIterate() callback used while loading the doclists
+** for each phrase into Fts3Expr.aDoclist[]/nDoclist. See also
+** fts3ExprLoadDoclists().
+*/
+static int fts3ExprLoadDoclistsCb(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int iPhrase, void *ctx){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase;
+  LoadDoclistCtx *p = (LoadDoclistCtx *)ctx;
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(iPhrase);
+
+  p->nPhrase++;
+  p->nToken += pPhrase->nToken;
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Load the doclists for each phrase in the query associated with FTS3 cursor
+** pCsr. 
+**
+** If pnPhrase is not NULL, then *pnPhrase is set to the number of matchable 
+** phrases in the expression (all phrases except those directly or 
+** indirectly descended from the right-hand-side of a NOT operator). If 
+** pnToken is not NULL, then it is set to the number of tokens in all
+** matchable phrases of the expression.
+*/
+static int fts3ExprLoadDoclists(
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* Fts3 cursor for current query */
+  int *pnPhrase,                  /* OUT: Number of phrases in query */
+  int *pnToken                    /* OUT: Number of tokens in query */
+){
+  int rc;                         /* Return Code */
+  LoadDoclistCtx sCtx = {0,0,0};  /* Context for fts3ExprIterate() */
+  sCtx.pCsr = pCsr;
+  rc = fts3ExprIterate(pCsr->pExpr, fts3ExprLoadDoclistsCb, (void *)&sCtx);
+  if( pnPhrase ) *pnPhrase = sCtx.nPhrase;
+  if( pnToken ) *pnToken = sCtx.nToken;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+static int fts3ExprPhraseCountCb(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int iPhrase, void *ctx){
+  (*(int *)ctx)++;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pExpr);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(iPhrase);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+static int fts3ExprPhraseCount(Fts3Expr *pExpr){
+  int nPhrase = 0;
+  (void)fts3ExprIterate(pExpr, fts3ExprPhraseCountCb, (void *)&nPhrase);
+  return nPhrase;
+}
+
+/*
+** Advance the position list iterator specified by the first two 
+** arguments so that it points to the first element with a value greater
+** than or equal to parameter iNext.
+*/
+static void fts3SnippetAdvance(char **ppIter, int *piIter, int iNext){
+  char *pIter = *ppIter;
+  if( pIter ){
+    int iIter = *piIter;
+
+    while( iIter<iNext ){
+      if( 0==(*pIter & 0xFE) ){
+        iIter = -1;
+        pIter = 0;
+        break;
+      }
+      fts3GetDeltaPosition(&pIter, &iIter);
+    }
+
+    *piIter = iIter;
+    *ppIter = pIter;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Advance the snippet iterator to the next candidate snippet.
+*/
+static int fts3SnippetNextCandidate(SnippetIter *pIter){
+  int i;                          /* Loop counter */
+
+  if( pIter->iCurrent<0 ){
+    /* The SnippetIter object has just been initialized. The first snippet
+    ** candidate always starts at offset 0 (even if this candidate has a
+    ** score of 0.0).
+    */
+    pIter->iCurrent = 0;
+
+    /* Advance the 'head' iterator of each phrase to the first offset that
+    ** is greater than or equal to (iNext+nSnippet).
+    */
+    for(i=0; i<pIter->nPhrase; i++){
+      SnippetPhrase *pPhrase = &pIter->aPhrase[i];
+      fts3SnippetAdvance(&pPhrase->pHead, &pPhrase->iHead, pIter->nSnippet);
+    }
+  }else{
+    int iStart;
+    int iEnd = 0x7FFFFFFF;
+
+    for(i=0; i<pIter->nPhrase; i++){
+      SnippetPhrase *pPhrase = &pIter->aPhrase[i];
+      if( pPhrase->pHead && pPhrase->iHead<iEnd ){
+        iEnd = pPhrase->iHead;
+      }
+    }
+    if( iEnd==0x7FFFFFFF ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+
+    pIter->iCurrent = iStart = iEnd - pIter->nSnippet + 1;
+    for(i=0; i<pIter->nPhrase; i++){
+      SnippetPhrase *pPhrase = &pIter->aPhrase[i];
+      fts3SnippetAdvance(&pPhrase->pHead, &pPhrase->iHead, iEnd+1);
+      fts3SnippetAdvance(&pPhrase->pTail, &pPhrase->iTail, iStart);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Retrieve information about the current candidate snippet of snippet 
+** iterator pIter.
+*/
+static void fts3SnippetDetails(
+  SnippetIter *pIter,             /* Snippet iterator */
+  u64 mCovered,                   /* Bitmask of phrases already covered */
+  int *piToken,                   /* OUT: First token of proposed snippet */
+  int *piScore,                   /* OUT: "Score" for this snippet */
+  u64 *pmCover,                   /* OUT: Bitmask of phrases covered */
+  u64 *pmHighlight                /* OUT: Bitmask of terms to highlight */
+){
+  int iStart = pIter->iCurrent;   /* First token of snippet */
+  int iScore = 0;                 /* Score of this snippet */
+  int i;                          /* Loop counter */
+  u64 mCover = 0;                 /* Mask of phrases covered by this snippet */
+  u64 mHighlight = 0;             /* Mask of tokens to highlight in snippet */
+
+  for(i=0; i<pIter->nPhrase; i++){
+    SnippetPhrase *pPhrase = &pIter->aPhrase[i];
+    if( pPhrase->pTail ){
+      char *pCsr = pPhrase->pTail;
+      int iCsr = pPhrase->iTail;
+
+      while( iCsr<(iStart+pIter->nSnippet) ){
+        int j;
+        u64 mPhrase = (u64)1 << i;
+        u64 mPos = (u64)1 << (iCsr - iStart);
+        assert( iCsr>=iStart );
+        if( (mCover|mCovered)&mPhrase ){
+          iScore++;
+        }else{
+          iScore += 1000;
+        }
+        mCover |= mPhrase;
+
+        for(j=0; j<pPhrase->nToken; j++){
+          mHighlight |= (mPos>>j);
+        }
+
+        if( 0==(*pCsr & 0x0FE) ) break;
+        fts3GetDeltaPosition(&pCsr, &iCsr);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Set the output variables before returning. */
+  *piToken = iStart;
+  *piScore = iScore;
+  *pmCover = mCover;
+  *pmHighlight = mHighlight;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is an fts3ExprIterate() callback used by fts3BestSnippet().
+** Each invocation populates an element of the SnippetIter.aPhrase[] array.
+*/
+static int fts3SnippetFindPositions(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int iPhrase, void *ctx){
+  SnippetIter *p = (SnippetIter *)ctx;
+  SnippetPhrase *pPhrase = &p->aPhrase[iPhrase];
+  char *pCsr;
+  int rc;
+
+  pPhrase->nToken = pExpr->pPhrase->nToken;
+  rc = sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(p->pCsr, pExpr, p->iCol, &pCsr);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pCsr==0 );
+  if( pCsr ){
+    int iFirst = 0;
+    pPhrase->pList = pCsr;
+    fts3GetDeltaPosition(&pCsr, &iFirst);
+    assert( iFirst>=0 );
+    pPhrase->pHead = pCsr;
+    pPhrase->pTail = pCsr;
+    pPhrase->iHead = iFirst;
+    pPhrase->iTail = iFirst;
+  }else{
+    assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || (
+       pPhrase->pList==0 && pPhrase->pHead==0 && pPhrase->pTail==0 
+    ));
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Select the fragment of text consisting of nFragment contiguous tokens 
+** from column iCol that represent the "best" snippet. The best snippet
+** is the snippet with the highest score, where scores are calculated
+** by adding:
+**
+**   (a) +1 point for each occurence of a matchable phrase in the snippet.
+**
+**   (b) +1000 points for the first occurence of each matchable phrase in 
+**       the snippet for which the corresponding mCovered bit is not set.
+**
+** The selected snippet parameters are stored in structure *pFragment before
+** returning. The score of the selected snippet is stored in *piScore
+** before returning.
+*/
+static int fts3BestSnippet(
+  int nSnippet,                   /* Desired snippet length */
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* Cursor to create snippet for */
+  int iCol,                       /* Index of column to create snippet from */
+  u64 mCovered,                   /* Mask of phrases already covered */
+  u64 *pmSeen,                    /* IN/OUT: Mask of phrases seen */
+  SnippetFragment *pFragment,     /* OUT: Best snippet found */
+  int *piScore                    /* OUT: Score of snippet pFragment */
+){
+  int rc;                         /* Return Code */
+  int nList;                      /* Number of phrases in expression */
+  SnippetIter sIter;              /* Iterates through snippet candidates */
+  int nByte;                      /* Number of bytes of space to allocate */
+  int iBestScore = -1;            /* Best snippet score found so far */
+  int i;                          /* Loop counter */
+
+  memset(&sIter, 0, sizeof(sIter));
+
+  /* Iterate through the phrases in the expression to count them. The same
+  ** callback makes sure the doclists are loaded for each phrase.
+  */
+  rc = fts3ExprLoadDoclists(pCsr, &nList, 0);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  /* Now that it is known how many phrases there are, allocate and zero
+  ** the required space using malloc().
+  */
+  nByte = sizeof(SnippetPhrase) * nList;
+  sIter.aPhrase = (SnippetPhrase *)sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
+  if( !sIter.aPhrase ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  memset(sIter.aPhrase, 0, nByte);
+
+  /* Initialize the contents of the SnippetIter object. Then iterate through
+  ** the set of phrases in the expression to populate the aPhrase[] array.
+  */
+  sIter.pCsr = pCsr;
+  sIter.iCol = iCol;
+  sIter.nSnippet = nSnippet;
+  sIter.nPhrase = nList;
+  sIter.iCurrent = -1;
+  (void)fts3ExprIterate(pCsr->pExpr, fts3SnippetFindPositions, (void *)&sIter);
+
+  /* Set the *pmSeen output variable. */
+  for(i=0; i<nList; i++){
+    if( sIter.aPhrase[i].pHead ){
+      *pmSeen |= (u64)1 << i;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Loop through all candidate snippets. Store the best snippet in 
+  ** *pFragment. Store its associated 'score' in iBestScore.
+  */
+  pFragment->iCol = iCol;
+  while( !fts3SnippetNextCandidate(&sIter) ){
+    int iPos;
+    int iScore;
+    u64 mCover;
+    u64 mHighlight;
+    fts3SnippetDetails(&sIter, mCovered, &iPos, &iScore, &mCover, &mHighlight);
+    assert( iScore>=0 );
+    if( iScore>iBestScore ){
+      pFragment->iPos = iPos;
+      pFragment->hlmask = mHighlight;
+      pFragment->covered = mCover;
+      iBestScore = iScore;
+    }
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_free(sIter.aPhrase);
+  *piScore = iBestScore;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Append a string to the string-buffer passed as the first argument.
+**
+** If nAppend is negative, then the length of the string zAppend is
+** determined using strlen().
+*/
+static int fts3StringAppend(
+  StrBuffer *pStr,                /* Buffer to append to */
+  const char *zAppend,            /* Pointer to data to append to buffer */
+  int nAppend                     /* Size of zAppend in bytes (or -1) */
+){
+  if( nAppend<0 ){
+    nAppend = (int)strlen(zAppend);
+  }
+
+  /* If there is insufficient space allocated at StrBuffer.z, use realloc()
+  ** to grow the buffer until so that it is big enough to accomadate the
+  ** appended data.
+  */
+  if( pStr->n+nAppend+1>=pStr->nAlloc ){
+    int nAlloc = pStr->nAlloc+nAppend+100;
+    char *zNew = sqlite3_realloc(pStr->z, nAlloc);
+    if( !zNew ){
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    pStr->z = zNew;
+    pStr->nAlloc = nAlloc;
+  }
+
+  /* Append the data to the string buffer. */
+  memcpy(&pStr->z[pStr->n], zAppend, nAppend);
+  pStr->n += nAppend;
+  pStr->z[pStr->n] = '\0';
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** The fts3BestSnippet() function often selects snippets that end with a
+** query term. That is, the final term of the snippet is always a term
+** that requires highlighting. For example, if 'X' is a highlighted term
+** and '.' is a non-highlighted term, BestSnippet() may select:
+**
+**     ........X.....X
+**
+** This function "shifts" the beginning of the snippet forward in the 
+** document so that there are approximately the same number of 
+** non-highlighted terms to the right of the final highlighted term as there
+** are to the left of the first highlighted term. For example, to this:
+**
+**     ....X.....X....
+**
+** This is done as part of extracting the snippet text, not when selecting
+** the snippet. Snippet selection is done based on doclists only, so there
+** is no way for fts3BestSnippet() to know whether or not the document 
+** actually contains terms that follow the final highlighted term. 
+*/
+static int fts3SnippetShift(
+  Fts3Table *pTab,                /* FTS3 table snippet comes from */
+  int iLangid,                    /* Language id to use in tokenizing */
+  int nSnippet,                   /* Number of tokens desired for snippet */
+  const char *zDoc,               /* Document text to extract snippet from */
+  int nDoc,                       /* Size of buffer zDoc in bytes */
+  int *piPos,                     /* IN/OUT: First token of snippet */
+  u64 *pHlmask                    /* IN/OUT: Mask of tokens to highlight */
+){
+  u64 hlmask = *pHlmask;          /* Local copy of initial highlight-mask */
+
+  if( hlmask ){
+    int nLeft;                    /* Tokens to the left of first highlight */
+    int nRight;                   /* Tokens to the right of last highlight */
+    int nDesired;                 /* Ideal number of tokens to shift forward */
+
+    for(nLeft=0; !(hlmask & ((u64)1 << nLeft)); nLeft++);
+    for(nRight=0; !(hlmask & ((u64)1 << (nSnippet-1-nRight))); nRight++);
+    nDesired = (nLeft-nRight)/2;
+
+    /* Ideally, the start of the snippet should be pushed forward in the
+    ** document nDesired tokens. This block checks if there are actually
+    ** nDesired tokens to the right of the snippet. If so, *piPos and
+    ** *pHlMask are updated to shift the snippet nDesired tokens to the
+    ** right. Otherwise, the snippet is shifted by the number of tokens
+    ** available.
+    */
+    if( nDesired>0 ){
+      int nShift;                 /* Number of tokens to shift snippet by */
+      int iCurrent = 0;           /* Token counter */
+      int rc;                     /* Return Code */
+      sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pMod;
+      sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pC;
+      pMod = (sqlite3_tokenizer_module *)pTab->pTokenizer->pModule;
+
+      /* Open a cursor on zDoc/nDoc. Check if there are (nSnippet+nDesired)
+      ** or more tokens in zDoc/nDoc.
+      */
+      rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(pTab->pTokenizer, iLangid, zDoc, nDoc, &pC);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        return rc;
+      }
+      while( rc==SQLITE_OK && iCurrent<(nSnippet+nDesired) ){
+        const char *ZDUMMY; int DUMMY1, DUMMY2, DUMMY3;
+        rc = pMod->xNext(pC, &ZDUMMY, &DUMMY1, &DUMMY2, &DUMMY3, &iCurrent);
+      }
+      pMod->xClose(pC);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_DONE ){ return rc; }
+
+      nShift = (rc==SQLITE_DONE)+iCurrent-nSnippet;
+      assert( nShift<=nDesired );
+      if( nShift>0 ){
+        *piPos += nShift;
+        *pHlmask = hlmask >> nShift;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Extract the snippet text for fragment pFragment from cursor pCsr and
+** append it to string buffer pOut.
+*/
+static int fts3SnippetText(
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* FTS3 Cursor */
+  SnippetFragment *pFragment,     /* Snippet to extract */
+  int iFragment,                  /* Fragment number */
+  int isLast,                     /* True for final fragment in snippet */
+  int nSnippet,                   /* Number of tokens in extracted snippet */
+  const char *zOpen,              /* String inserted before highlighted term */
+  const char *zClose,             /* String inserted after highlighted term */
+  const char *zEllipsis,          /* String inserted between snippets */
+  StrBuffer *pOut                 /* Write output here */
+){
+  Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+  const char *zDoc;               /* Document text to extract snippet from */
+  int nDoc;                       /* Size of zDoc in bytes */
+  int iCurrent = 0;               /* Current token number of document */
+  int iEnd = 0;                   /* Byte offset of end of current token */
+  int isShiftDone = 0;            /* True after snippet is shifted */
+  int iPos = pFragment->iPos;     /* First token of snippet */
+  u64 hlmask = pFragment->hlmask; /* Highlight-mask for snippet */
+  int iCol = pFragment->iCol+1;   /* Query column to extract text from */
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pMod; /* Tokenizer module methods object */
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pC;   /* Tokenizer cursor open on zDoc/nDoc */
+  const char *ZDUMMY;             /* Dummy argument used with tokenizer */
+  int DUMMY1;                     /* Dummy argument used with tokenizer */
+  
+  zDoc = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pCsr->pStmt, iCol);
+  if( zDoc==0 ){
+    if( sqlite3_column_type(pCsr->pStmt, iCol)!=SQLITE_NULL ){
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  nDoc = sqlite3_column_bytes(pCsr->pStmt, iCol);
+
+  /* Open a token cursor on the document. */
+  pMod = (sqlite3_tokenizer_module *)pTab->pTokenizer->pModule;
+  rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(pTab->pTokenizer, pCsr->iLangid, zDoc,nDoc,&pC);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int iBegin;                   /* Offset in zDoc of start of token */
+    int iFin;                     /* Offset in zDoc of end of token */
+    int isHighlight;              /* True for highlighted terms */
+
+    rc = pMod->xNext(pC, &ZDUMMY, &DUMMY1, &iBegin, &iFin, &iCurrent);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+        /* Special case - the last token of the snippet is also the last token
+        ** of the column. Append any punctuation that occurred between the end
+        ** of the previous token and the end of the document to the output. 
+        ** Then break out of the loop. */
+        rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, &zDoc[iEnd], -1);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    if( iCurrent<iPos ){ continue; }
+
+    if( !isShiftDone ){
+      int n = nDoc - iBegin;
+      rc = fts3SnippetShift(
+          pTab, pCsr->iLangid, nSnippet, &zDoc[iBegin], n, &iPos, &hlmask
+      );
+      isShiftDone = 1;
+
+      /* Now that the shift has been done, check if the initial "..." are
+      ** required. They are required if (a) this is not the first fragment,
+      ** or (b) this fragment does not begin at position 0 of its column. 
+      */
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (iPos>0 || iFragment>0) ){
+        rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, zEllipsis, -1);
+      }
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || iCurrent<iPos ) continue;
+    }
+
+    if( iCurrent>=(iPos+nSnippet) ){
+      if( isLast ){
+        rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, zEllipsis, -1);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /* Set isHighlight to true if this term should be highlighted. */
+    isHighlight = (hlmask & ((u64)1 << (iCurrent-iPos)))!=0;
+
+    if( iCurrent>iPos ) rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, &zDoc[iEnd], iBegin-iEnd);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && isHighlight ) rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, zOpen, -1);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, &zDoc[iBegin], iFin-iBegin);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && isHighlight ) rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, zClose, -1);
+
+    iEnd = iFin;
+  }
+
+  pMod->xClose(pC);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This function is used to count the entries in a column-list (a 
+** delta-encoded list of term offsets within a single column of a single 
+** row). When this function is called, *ppCollist should point to the
+** beginning of the first varint in the column-list (the varint that
+** contains the position of the first matching term in the column data).
+** Before returning, *ppCollist is set to point to the first byte after
+** the last varint in the column-list (either the 0x00 signifying the end
+** of the position-list, or the 0x01 that precedes the column number of
+** the next column in the position-list).
+**
+** The number of elements in the column-list is returned.
+*/
+static int fts3ColumnlistCount(char **ppCollist){
+  char *pEnd = *ppCollist;
+  char c = 0;
+  int nEntry = 0;
+
+  /* A column-list is terminated by either a 0x01 or 0x00. */
+  while( 0xFE & (*pEnd | c) ){
+    c = *pEnd++ & 0x80;
+    if( !c ) nEntry++;
+  }
+
+  *ppCollist = pEnd;
+  return nEntry;
+}
+
+/*
+** fts3ExprIterate() callback used to collect the "global" matchinfo stats
+** for a single query. 
+**
+** fts3ExprIterate() callback to load the 'global' elements of a
+** FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS matchinfo array. The global stats are those elements 
+** of the matchinfo array that are constant for all rows returned by the 
+** current query.
+**
+** Argument pCtx is actually a pointer to a struct of type MatchInfo. This
+** function populates Matchinfo.aMatchinfo[] as follows:
+**
+**   for(iCol=0; iCol<nCol; iCol++){
+**     aMatchinfo[3*iPhrase*nCol + 3*iCol + 1] = X;
+**     aMatchinfo[3*iPhrase*nCol + 3*iCol + 2] = Y;
+**   }
+**
+** where X is the number of matches for phrase iPhrase is column iCol of all
+** rows of the table. Y is the number of rows for which column iCol contains
+** at least one instance of phrase iPhrase.
+**
+** If the phrase pExpr consists entirely of deferred tokens, then all X and
+** Y values are set to nDoc, where nDoc is the number of documents in the 
+** file system. This is done because the full-text index doclist is required
+** to calculate these values properly, and the full-text index doclist is
+** not available for deferred tokens.
+*/
+static int fts3ExprGlobalHitsCb(
+  Fts3Expr *pExpr,                /* Phrase expression node */
+  int iPhrase,                    /* Phrase number (numbered from zero) */
+  void *pCtx                      /* Pointer to MatchInfo structure */
+){
+  MatchInfo *p = (MatchInfo *)pCtx;
+  return sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseStats(
+      p->pCursor, pExpr, &p->aMatchinfo[3*iPhrase*p->nCol]
+  );
+}
+
+/*
+** fts3ExprIterate() callback used to collect the "local" part of the
+** FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS array. The local stats are those elements of the 
+** array that are different for each row returned by the query.
+*/
+static int fts3ExprLocalHitsCb(
+  Fts3Expr *pExpr,                /* Phrase expression node */
+  int iPhrase,                    /* Phrase number */
+  void *pCtx                      /* Pointer to MatchInfo structure */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  MatchInfo *p = (MatchInfo *)pCtx;
+  int iStart = iPhrase * p->nCol * 3;
+  int i;
+
+  for(i=0; i<p->nCol && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){
+    char *pCsr;
+    rc = sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(p->pCursor, pExpr, i, &pCsr);
+    if( pCsr ){
+      p->aMatchinfo[iStart+i*3] = fts3ColumnlistCount(&pCsr);
+    }else{
+      p->aMatchinfo[iStart+i*3] = 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+static int fts3MatchinfoCheck(
+  Fts3Table *pTab, 
+  char cArg,
+  char **pzErr
+){
+  if( (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_NPHRASE)
+   || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_NCOL)
+   || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_NDOC && pTab->bFts4)
+   || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_AVGLENGTH && pTab->bFts4)
+   || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_LENGTH && pTab->bHasDocsize)
+   || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_LCS)
+   || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS)
+  ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unrecognized matchinfo request: %c", cArg);
+  return SQLITE_ERROR;
+}
+
+static int fts3MatchinfoSize(MatchInfo *pInfo, char cArg){
+  int nVal;                       /* Number of integers output by cArg */
+
+  switch( cArg ){
+    case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NDOC:
+    case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NPHRASE: 
+    case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NCOL: 
+      nVal = 1;
+      break;
+
+    case FTS3_MATCHINFO_AVGLENGTH:
+    case FTS3_MATCHINFO_LENGTH:
+    case FTS3_MATCHINFO_LCS:
+      nVal = pInfo->nCol;
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      assert( cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS );
+      nVal = pInfo->nCol * pInfo->nPhrase * 3;
+      break;
+  }
+
+  return nVal;
+}
+
+static int fts3MatchinfoSelectDoctotal(
+  Fts3Table *pTab,
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,
+  sqlite3_int64 *pnDoc,
+  const char **paLen
+){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+  const char *a;
+  sqlite3_int64 nDoc;
+
+  if( !*ppStmt ){
+    int rc = sqlite3Fts3SelectDoctotal(pTab, ppStmt);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  }
+  pStmt = *ppStmt;
+  assert( sqlite3_data_count(pStmt)==1 );
+
+  a = sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0);
+  a += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(a, &nDoc);
+  if( nDoc==0 ) return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+  *pnDoc = (u32)nDoc;
+
+  if( paLen ) *paLen = a;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure is used to store state while 
+** iterating through a multi-column position-list corresponding to the
+** hits for a single phrase on a single row in order to calculate the
+** values for a matchinfo() FTS3_MATCHINFO_LCS request.
+*/
+typedef struct LcsIterator LcsIterator;
+struct LcsIterator {
+  Fts3Expr *pExpr;                /* Pointer to phrase expression */
+  int iPosOffset;                 /* Tokens count up to end of this phrase */
+  char *pRead;                    /* Cursor used to iterate through aDoclist */
+  int iPos;                       /* Current position */
+};
+
+/* 
+** If LcsIterator.iCol is set to the following value, the iterator has
+** finished iterating through all offsets for all columns.
+*/
+#define LCS_ITERATOR_FINISHED 0x7FFFFFFF;
+
+static int fts3MatchinfoLcsCb(
+  Fts3Expr *pExpr,                /* Phrase expression node */
+  int iPhrase,                    /* Phrase number (numbered from zero) */
+  void *pCtx                      /* Pointer to MatchInfo structure */
+){
+  LcsIterator *aIter = (LcsIterator *)pCtx;
+  aIter[iPhrase].pExpr = pExpr;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Advance the iterator passed as an argument to the next position. Return
+** 1 if the iterator is at EOF or if it now points to the start of the
+** position list for the next column.
+*/
+static int fts3LcsIteratorAdvance(LcsIterator *pIter){
+  char *pRead = pIter->pRead;
+  sqlite3_int64 iRead;
+  int rc = 0;
+
+  pRead += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pRead, &iRead);
+  if( iRead==0 || iRead==1 ){
+    pRead = 0;
+    rc = 1;
+  }else{
+    pIter->iPos += (int)(iRead-2);
+  }
+
+  pIter->pRead = pRead;
+  return rc;
+}
+  
+/*
+** This function implements the FTS3_MATCHINFO_LCS matchinfo() flag. 
+**
+** If the call is successful, the longest-common-substring lengths for each
+** column are written into the first nCol elements of the pInfo->aMatchinfo[] 
+** array before returning. SQLITE_OK is returned in this case.
+**
+** Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and the
+** data written to the first nCol elements of pInfo->aMatchinfo[] is 
+** undefined.
+*/
+static int fts3MatchinfoLcs(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, MatchInfo *pInfo){
+  LcsIterator *aIter;
+  int i;
+  int iCol;
+  int nToken = 0;
+
+  /* Allocate and populate the array of LcsIterator objects. The array
+  ** contains one element for each matchable phrase in the query.
+  **/
+  aIter = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(LcsIterator) * pCsr->nPhrase);
+  if( !aIter ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  memset(aIter, 0, sizeof(LcsIterator) * pCsr->nPhrase);
+  (void)fts3ExprIterate(pCsr->pExpr, fts3MatchinfoLcsCb, (void*)aIter);
+
+  for(i=0; i<pInfo->nPhrase; i++){
+    LcsIterator *pIter = &aIter[i];
+    nToken -= pIter->pExpr->pPhrase->nToken;
+    pIter->iPosOffset = nToken;
+  }
+
+  for(iCol=0; iCol<pInfo->nCol; iCol++){
+    int nLcs = 0;                 /* LCS value for this column */
+    int nLive = 0;                /* Number of iterators in aIter not at EOF */
+
+    for(i=0; i<pInfo->nPhrase; i++){
+      int rc;
+      LcsIterator *pIt = &aIter[i];
+      rc = sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(pCsr, pIt->pExpr, iCol, &pIt->pRead);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+      if( pIt->pRead ){
+        pIt->iPos = pIt->iPosOffset;
+        fts3LcsIteratorAdvance(&aIter[i]);
+        nLive++;
+      }
+    }
+
+    while( nLive>0 ){
+      LcsIterator *pAdv = 0;      /* The iterator to advance by one position */
+      int nThisLcs = 0;           /* LCS for the current iterator positions */
+
+      for(i=0; i<pInfo->nPhrase; i++){
+        LcsIterator *pIter = &aIter[i];
+        if( pIter->pRead==0 ){
+          /* This iterator is already at EOF for this column. */
+          nThisLcs = 0;
+        }else{
+          if( pAdv==0 || pIter->iPos<pAdv->iPos ){
+            pAdv = pIter;
+          }
+          if( nThisLcs==0 || pIter->iPos==pIter[-1].iPos ){
+            nThisLcs++;
+          }else{
+            nThisLcs = 1;
+          }
+          if( nThisLcs>nLcs ) nLcs = nThisLcs;
+        }
+      }
+      if( fts3LcsIteratorAdvance(pAdv) ) nLive--;
+    }
+
+    pInfo->aMatchinfo[iCol] = nLcs;
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_free(aIter);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Populate the buffer pInfo->aMatchinfo[] with an array of integers to
+** be returned by the matchinfo() function. Argument zArg contains the 
+** format string passed as the second argument to matchinfo (or the
+** default value "pcx" if no second argument was specified). The format
+** string has already been validated and the pInfo->aMatchinfo[] array
+** is guaranteed to be large enough for the output.
+**
+** If bGlobal is true, then populate all fields of the matchinfo() output.
+** If it is false, then assume that those fields that do not change between
+** rows (i.e. FTS3_MATCHINFO_NPHRASE, NCOL, NDOC, AVGLENGTH and part of HITS)
+** have already been populated.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code if an error 
+** occurs. If a value other than SQLITE_OK is returned, the state the
+** pInfo->aMatchinfo[] buffer is left in is undefined.
+*/
+static int fts3MatchinfoValues(
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* FTS3 cursor object */
+  int bGlobal,                    /* True to grab the global stats */
+  MatchInfo *pInfo,               /* Matchinfo context object */
+  const char *zArg                /* Matchinfo format string */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int i;
+  Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pSelect = 0;
+
+  for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && zArg[i]; i++){
+
+    switch( zArg[i] ){
+      case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NPHRASE:
+        if( bGlobal ) pInfo->aMatchinfo[0] = pInfo->nPhrase;
+        break;
+
+      case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NCOL:
+        if( bGlobal ) pInfo->aMatchinfo[0] = pInfo->nCol;
+        break;
+        
+      case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NDOC:
+        if( bGlobal ){
+          sqlite3_int64 nDoc = 0;
+          rc = fts3MatchinfoSelectDoctotal(pTab, &pSelect, &nDoc, 0);
+          pInfo->aMatchinfo[0] = (u32)nDoc;
+        }
+        break;
+
+      case FTS3_MATCHINFO_AVGLENGTH: 
+        if( bGlobal ){
+          sqlite3_int64 nDoc;     /* Number of rows in table */
+          const char *a;          /* Aggregate column length array */
+
+          rc = fts3MatchinfoSelectDoctotal(pTab, &pSelect, &nDoc, &a);
+          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+            int iCol;
+            for(iCol=0; iCol<pInfo->nCol; iCol++){
+              u32 iVal;
+              sqlite3_int64 nToken;
+              a += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(a, &nToken);
+              iVal = (u32)(((u32)(nToken&0xffffffff)+nDoc/2)/nDoc);
+              pInfo->aMatchinfo[iCol] = iVal;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+        break;
+
+      case FTS3_MATCHINFO_LENGTH: {
+        sqlite3_stmt *pSelectDocsize = 0;
+        rc = sqlite3Fts3SelectDocsize(pTab, pCsr->iPrevId, &pSelectDocsize);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          int iCol;
+          const char *a = sqlite3_column_blob(pSelectDocsize, 0);
+          for(iCol=0; iCol<pInfo->nCol; iCol++){
+            sqlite3_int64 nToken;
+            a += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(a, &nToken);
+            pInfo->aMatchinfo[iCol] = (u32)nToken;
+          }
+        }
+        sqlite3_reset(pSelectDocsize);
+        break;
+      }
+
+      case FTS3_MATCHINFO_LCS:
+        rc = fts3ExprLoadDoclists(pCsr, 0, 0);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          rc = fts3MatchinfoLcs(pCsr, pInfo);
+        }
+        break;
+
+      default: {
+        Fts3Expr *pExpr;
+        assert( zArg[i]==FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS );
+        pExpr = pCsr->pExpr;
+        rc = fts3ExprLoadDoclists(pCsr, 0, 0);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
+        if( bGlobal ){
+          if( pCsr->pDeferred ){
+            rc = fts3MatchinfoSelectDoctotal(pTab, &pSelect, &pInfo->nDoc, 0);
+            if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
+          }
+          rc = fts3ExprIterate(pExpr, fts3ExprGlobalHitsCb,(void*)pInfo);
+          if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
+        }
+        (void)fts3ExprIterate(pExpr, fts3ExprLocalHitsCb,(void*)pInfo);
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    pInfo->aMatchinfo += fts3MatchinfoSize(pInfo, zArg[i]);
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_reset(pSelect);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Populate pCsr->aMatchinfo[] with data for the current row. The 
+** 'matchinfo' data is an array of 32-bit unsigned integers (C type u32).
+*/
+static int fts3GetMatchinfo(
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* FTS3 Cursor object */
+  const char *zArg                /* Second argument to matchinfo() function */
+){
+  MatchInfo sInfo;
+  Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int bGlobal = 0;                /* Collect 'global' stats as well as local */
+
+  memset(&sInfo, 0, sizeof(MatchInfo));
+  sInfo.pCursor = pCsr;
+  sInfo.nCol = pTab->nColumn;
+
+  /* If there is cached matchinfo() data, but the format string for the 
+  ** cache does not match the format string for this request, discard 
+  ** the cached data. */
+  if( pCsr->zMatchinfo && strcmp(pCsr->zMatchinfo, zArg) ){
+    assert( pCsr->aMatchinfo );
+    sqlite3_free(pCsr->aMatchinfo);
+    pCsr->zMatchinfo = 0;
+    pCsr->aMatchinfo = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* If Fts3Cursor.aMatchinfo[] is NULL, then this is the first time the
+  ** matchinfo function has been called for this query. In this case 
+  ** allocate the array used to accumulate the matchinfo data and
+  ** initialize those elements that are constant for every row.
+  */
+  if( pCsr->aMatchinfo==0 ){
+    int nMatchinfo = 0;           /* Number of u32 elements in match-info */
+    int nArg;                     /* Bytes in zArg */
+    int i;                        /* Used to iterate through zArg */
+
+    /* Determine the number of phrases in the query */
+    pCsr->nPhrase = fts3ExprPhraseCount(pCsr->pExpr);
+    sInfo.nPhrase = pCsr->nPhrase;
+
+    /* Determine the number of integers in the buffer returned by this call. */
+    for(i=0; zArg[i]; i++){
+      nMatchinfo += fts3MatchinfoSize(&sInfo, zArg[i]);
+    }
+
+    /* Allocate space for Fts3Cursor.aMatchinfo[] and Fts3Cursor.zMatchinfo. */
+    nArg = (int)strlen(zArg);
+    pCsr->aMatchinfo = (u32 *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(u32)*nMatchinfo + nArg + 1);
+    if( !pCsr->aMatchinfo ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+
+    pCsr->zMatchinfo = (char *)&pCsr->aMatchinfo[nMatchinfo];
+    pCsr->nMatchinfo = nMatchinfo;
+    memcpy(pCsr->zMatchinfo, zArg, nArg+1);
+    memset(pCsr->aMatchinfo, 0, sizeof(u32)*nMatchinfo);
+    pCsr->isMatchinfoNeeded = 1;
+    bGlobal = 1;
+  }
+
+  sInfo.aMatchinfo = pCsr->aMatchinfo;
+  sInfo.nPhrase = pCsr->nPhrase;
+  if( pCsr->isMatchinfoNeeded ){
+    rc = fts3MatchinfoValues(pCsr, bGlobal, &sInfo, zArg);
+    pCsr->isMatchinfoNeeded = 0;
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of snippet() function.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Snippet(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx,          /* SQLite function call context */
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* Cursor object */
+  const char *zStart,             /* Snippet start text - "<b>" */
+  const char *zEnd,               /* Snippet end text - "</b>" */
+  const char *zEllipsis,          /* Snippet ellipsis text - "<b>...</b>" */
+  int iCol,                       /* Extract snippet from this column */
+  int nToken                      /* Approximate number of tokens in snippet */
+){
+  Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int i;
+  StrBuffer res = {0, 0, 0};
+
+  /* The returned text includes up to four fragments of text extracted from
+  ** the data in the current row. The first iteration of the for(...) loop
+  ** below attempts to locate a single fragment of text nToken tokens in 
+  ** size that contains at least one instance of all phrases in the query
+  ** expression that appear in the current row. If such a fragment of text
+  ** cannot be found, the second iteration of the loop attempts to locate
+  ** a pair of fragments, and so on.
+  */
+  int nSnippet = 0;               /* Number of fragments in this snippet */
+  SnippetFragment aSnippet[4];    /* Maximum of 4 fragments per snippet */
+  int nFToken = -1;               /* Number of tokens in each fragment */
+
+  if( !pCsr->pExpr ){
+    sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, "", 0, SQLITE_STATIC);
+    return;
+  }
+
+  for(nSnippet=1; 1; nSnippet++){
+
+    int iSnip;                    /* Loop counter 0..nSnippet-1 */
+    u64 mCovered = 0;             /* Bitmask of phrases covered by snippet */
+    u64 mSeen = 0;                /* Bitmask of phrases seen by BestSnippet() */
+
+    if( nToken>=0 ){
+      nFToken = (nToken+nSnippet-1) / nSnippet;
+    }else{
+      nFToken = -1 * nToken;
+    }
+
+    for(iSnip=0; iSnip<nSnippet; iSnip++){
+      int iBestScore = -1;        /* Best score of columns checked so far */
+      int iRead;                  /* Used to iterate through columns */
+      SnippetFragment *pFragment = &aSnippet[iSnip];
+
+      memset(pFragment, 0, sizeof(*pFragment));
+
+      /* Loop through all columns of the table being considered for snippets.
+      ** If the iCol argument to this function was negative, this means all
+      ** columns of the FTS3 table. Otherwise, only column iCol is considered.
+      */
+      for(iRead=0; iRead<pTab->nColumn; iRead++){
+        SnippetFragment sF = {0, 0, 0, 0};
+        int iS;
+        if( iCol>=0 && iRead!=iCol ) continue;
+
+        /* Find the best snippet of nFToken tokens in column iRead. */
+        rc = fts3BestSnippet(nFToken, pCsr, iRead, mCovered, &mSeen, &sF, &iS);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          goto snippet_out;
+        }
+        if( iS>iBestScore ){
+          *pFragment = sF;
+          iBestScore = iS;
+        }
+      }
+
+      mCovered |= pFragment->covered;
+    }
+
+    /* If all query phrases seen by fts3BestSnippet() are present in at least
+    ** one of the nSnippet snippet fragments, break out of the loop.
+    */
+    assert( (mCovered&mSeen)==mCovered );
+    if( mSeen==mCovered || nSnippet==SizeofArray(aSnippet) ) break;
+  }
+
+  assert( nFToken>0 );
+
+  for(i=0; i<nSnippet && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){
+    rc = fts3SnippetText(pCsr, &aSnippet[i], 
+        i, (i==nSnippet-1), nFToken, zStart, zEnd, zEllipsis, &res
+    );
+  }
+
+ snippet_out:
+  sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(pTab);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_result_error_code(pCtx, rc);
+    sqlite3_free(res.z);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, res.z, -1, sqlite3_free);
+  }
+}
+
+
+typedef struct TermOffset TermOffset;
+typedef struct TermOffsetCtx TermOffsetCtx;
+
+struct TermOffset {
+  char *pList;                    /* Position-list */
+  int iPos;                       /* Position just read from pList */
+  int iOff;                       /* Offset of this term from read positions */
+};
+
+struct TermOffsetCtx {
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr;
+  int iCol;                       /* Column of table to populate aTerm for */
+  int iTerm;
+  sqlite3_int64 iDocid;
+  TermOffset *aTerm;
+};
+
+/*
+** This function is an fts3ExprIterate() callback used by sqlite3Fts3Offsets().
+*/
+static int fts3ExprTermOffsetInit(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int iPhrase, void *ctx){
+  TermOffsetCtx *p = (TermOffsetCtx *)ctx;
+  int nTerm;                      /* Number of tokens in phrase */
+  int iTerm;                      /* For looping through nTerm phrase terms */
+  char *pList;                    /* Pointer to position list for phrase */
+  int iPos = 0;                   /* First position in position-list */
+  int rc;
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(iPhrase);
+  rc = sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(p->pCsr, pExpr, p->iCol, &pList);
+  nTerm = pExpr->pPhrase->nToken;
+  if( pList ){
+    fts3GetDeltaPosition(&pList, &iPos);
+    assert( iPos>=0 );
+  }
+
+  for(iTerm=0; iTerm<nTerm; iTerm++){
+    TermOffset *pT = &p->aTerm[p->iTerm++];
+    pT->iOff = nTerm-iTerm-1;
+    pT->pList = pList;
+    pT->iPos = iPos;
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of offsets() function.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Offsets(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx,          /* SQLite function call context */
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr                /* Cursor object */
+){
+  Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pMod = pTab->pTokenizer->pModule;
+  const char *ZDUMMY;             /* Dummy argument used with xNext() */
+  int NDUMMY;                     /* Dummy argument used with xNext() */
+  int rc;                         /* Return Code */
+  int nToken;                     /* Number of tokens in query */
+  int iCol;                       /* Column currently being processed */
+  StrBuffer res = {0, 0, 0};      /* Result string */
+  TermOffsetCtx sCtx;             /* Context for fts3ExprTermOffsetInit() */
+
+  if( !pCsr->pExpr ){
+    sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, "", 0, SQLITE_STATIC);
+    return;
+  }
+
+  memset(&sCtx, 0, sizeof(sCtx));
+  assert( pCsr->isRequireSeek==0 );
+
+  /* Count the number of terms in the query */
+  rc = fts3ExprLoadDoclists(pCsr, 0, &nToken);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto offsets_out;
+
+  /* Allocate the array of TermOffset iterators. */
+  sCtx.aTerm = (TermOffset *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(TermOffset)*nToken);
+  if( 0==sCtx.aTerm ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    goto offsets_out;
+  }
+  sCtx.iDocid = pCsr->iPrevId;
+  sCtx.pCsr = pCsr;
+
+  /* Loop through the table columns, appending offset information to 
+  ** string-buffer res for each column.
+  */
+  for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nColumn; iCol++){
+    sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pC; /* Tokenizer cursor */
+    int iStart;
+    int iEnd;
+    int iCurrent;
+    const char *zDoc;
+    int nDoc;
+
+    /* Initialize the contents of sCtx.aTerm[] for column iCol. There is 
+    ** no way that this operation can fail, so the return code from
+    ** fts3ExprIterate() can be discarded.
+    */
+    sCtx.iCol = iCol;
+    sCtx.iTerm = 0;
+    (void)fts3ExprIterate(pCsr->pExpr, fts3ExprTermOffsetInit, (void *)&sCtx);
+
+    /* Retreive the text stored in column iCol. If an SQL NULL is stored 
+    ** in column iCol, jump immediately to the next iteration of the loop.
+    ** If an OOM occurs while retrieving the data (this can happen if SQLite
+    ** needs to transform the data from utf-16 to utf-8), return SQLITE_NOMEM 
+    ** to the caller. 
+    */
+    zDoc = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pCsr->pStmt, iCol+1);
+    nDoc = sqlite3_column_bytes(pCsr->pStmt, iCol+1);
+    if( zDoc==0 ){
+      if( sqlite3_column_type(pCsr->pStmt, iCol+1)==SQLITE_NULL ){
+        continue;
+      }
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      goto offsets_out;
+    }
+
+    /* Initialize a tokenizer iterator to iterate through column iCol. */
+    rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(pTab->pTokenizer, pCsr->iLangid,
+        zDoc, nDoc, &pC
+    );
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto offsets_out;
+
+    rc = pMod->xNext(pC, &ZDUMMY, &NDUMMY, &iStart, &iEnd, &iCurrent);
+    while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      int i;                      /* Used to loop through terms */
+      int iMinPos = 0x7FFFFFFF;   /* Position of next token */
+      TermOffset *pTerm = 0;      /* TermOffset associated with next token */
+
+      for(i=0; i<nToken; i++){
+        TermOffset *pT = &sCtx.aTerm[i];
+        if( pT->pList && (pT->iPos-pT->iOff)<iMinPos ){
+          iMinPos = pT->iPos-pT->iOff;
+          pTerm = pT;
+        }
+      }
+
+      if( !pTerm ){
+        /* All offsets for this column have been gathered. */
+        rc = SQLITE_DONE;
+      }else{
+        assert( iCurrent<=iMinPos );
+        if( 0==(0xFE&*pTerm->pList) ){
+          pTerm->pList = 0;
+        }else{
+          fts3GetDeltaPosition(&pTerm->pList, &pTerm->iPos);
+        }
+        while( rc==SQLITE_OK && iCurrent<iMinPos ){
+          rc = pMod->xNext(pC, &ZDUMMY, &NDUMMY, &iStart, &iEnd, &iCurrent);
+        }
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          char aBuffer[64];
+          sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(aBuffer), aBuffer, 
+              "%d %d %d %d ", iCol, pTerm-sCtx.aTerm, iStart, iEnd-iStart
+          );
+          rc = fts3StringAppend(&res, aBuffer, -1);
+        }else if( rc==SQLITE_DONE && pTab->zContentTbl==0 ){
+          rc = FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+
+    pMod->xClose(pC);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto offsets_out;
+  }
+
+ offsets_out:
+  sqlite3_free(sCtx.aTerm);
+  assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
+  sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(pTab);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_result_error_code(pCtx,  rc);
+    sqlite3_free(res.z);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, res.z, res.n-1, sqlite3_free);
+  }
+  return;
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of matchinfo() function.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Matchinfo(
+  sqlite3_context *pContext,      /* Function call context */
+  Fts3Cursor *pCsr,               /* FTS3 table cursor */
+  const char *zArg                /* Second arg to matchinfo() function */
+){
+  Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+  int rc;
+  int i;
+  const char *zFormat;
+
+  if( zArg ){
+    for(i=0; zArg[i]; i++){
+      char *zErr = 0;
+      if( fts3MatchinfoCheck(pTab, zArg[i], &zErr) ){
+        sqlite3_result_error(pContext, zErr, -1);
+        sqlite3_free(zErr);
+        return;
+      }
+    }
+    zFormat = zArg;
+  }else{
+    zFormat = FTS3_MATCHINFO_DEFAULT;
+  }
+
+  if( !pCsr->pExpr ){
+    sqlite3_result_blob(pContext, "", 0, SQLITE_STATIC);
+    return;
+  }
+
+  /* Retrieve matchinfo() data. */
+  rc = fts3GetMatchinfo(pCsr, zFormat);
+  sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(pTab);
+
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_result_error_code(pContext, rc);
+  }else{
+    int n = pCsr->nMatchinfo * sizeof(u32);
+    sqlite3_result_blob(pContext, pCsr->aMatchinfo, n, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+  }
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/************** End of fts3_snippet.c ****************************************/
+/************** Begin file fts3_unicode.c ************************************/
+/*
+** 2012 May 24
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of the "unicode" full-text-search tokenizer.
+*/
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4_UNICODE61
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
+
+/* #include <assert.h> */
+/* #include <stdlib.h> */
+/* #include <stdio.h> */
+/* #include <string.h> */
+
+
+/*
+** The following two macros - READ_UTF8 and WRITE_UTF8 - have been copied
+** from the sqlite3 source file utf.c. If this file is compiled as part
+** of the amalgamation, they are not required.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
+
+static const unsigned char sqlite3Utf8Trans1[] = {
+  0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07,
+  0x08, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, 0x0f,
+  0x10, 0x11, 0x12, 0x13, 0x14, 0x15, 0x16, 0x17,
+  0x18, 0x19, 0x1a, 0x1b, 0x1c, 0x1d, 0x1e, 0x1f,
+  0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07,
+  0x08, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, 0x0f,
+  0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07,
+  0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00,
+};
+
+#define READ_UTF8(zIn, zTerm, c)                           \
+  c = *(zIn++);                                            \
+  if( c>=0xc0 ){                                           \
+    c = sqlite3Utf8Trans1[c-0xc0];                         \
+    while( zIn!=zTerm && (*zIn & 0xc0)==0x80 ){            \
+      c = (c<<6) + (0x3f & *(zIn++));                      \
+    }                                                      \
+    if( c<0x80                                             \
+        || (c&0xFFFFF800)==0xD800                          \
+        || (c&0xFFFFFFFE)==0xFFFE ){  c = 0xFFFD; }        \
+  }
+
+#define WRITE_UTF8(zOut, c) {                          \
+  if( c<0x00080 ){                                     \
+    *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0xFF);                            \
+  }                                                    \
+  else if( c<0x00800 ){                                \
+    *zOut++ = 0xC0 + (u8)((c>>6)&0x1F);                \
+    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F);                   \
+  }                                                    \
+  else if( c<0x10000 ){                                \
+    *zOut++ = 0xE0 + (u8)((c>>12)&0x0F);               \
+    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F);              \
+    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F);                   \
+  }else{                                               \
+    *zOut++ = 0xF0 + (u8)((c>>18) & 0x07);             \
+    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>12) & 0x3F);             \
+    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F);              \
+    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F);                   \
+  }                                                    \
+}
+
+#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION */
+
+typedef struct unicode_tokenizer unicode_tokenizer;
+typedef struct unicode_cursor unicode_cursor;
+
+struct unicode_tokenizer {
+  sqlite3_tokenizer base;
+  int bRemoveDiacritic;
+  int nException;
+  int *aiException;
+};
+
+struct unicode_cursor {
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor base;
+  const unsigned char *aInput;    /* Input text being tokenized */
+  int nInput;                     /* Size of aInput[] in bytes */
+  int iOff;                       /* Current offset within aInput[] */
+  int iToken;                     /* Index of next token to be returned */
+  char *zToken;                   /* storage for current token */
+  int nAlloc;                     /* space allocated at zToken */
+};
+
+
+/*
+** Destroy a tokenizer allocated by unicodeCreate().
+*/
+static int unicodeDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){
+  if( pTokenizer ){
+    unicode_tokenizer *p = (unicode_tokenizer *)pTokenizer;
+    sqlite3_free(p->aiException);
+    sqlite3_free(p);
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** As part of a tokenchars= or separators= option, the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE
+** statement has specified that the tokenizer for this table shall consider
+** all characters in string zIn/nIn to be separators (if bAlnum==0) or
+** token characters (if bAlnum==1).
+**
+** For each codepoint in the zIn/nIn string, this function checks if the
+** sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum() function already returns the desired result.
+** If so, no action is taken. Otherwise, the codepoint is added to the 
+** unicode_tokenizer.aiException[] array. For the purposes of tokenization,
+** the return value of sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum() is inverted for all
+** codepoints in the aiException[] array.
+**
+** If a standalone diacritic mark (one that sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic()
+** identifies as a diacritic) occurs in the zIn/nIn string it is ignored.
+** It is not possible to change the behaviour of the tokenizer with respect
+** to these codepoints.
+*/
+static int unicodeAddExceptions(
+  unicode_tokenizer *p,           /* Tokenizer to add exceptions to */
+  int bAlnum,                     /* Replace Isalnum() return value with this */
+  const char *zIn,                /* Array of characters to make exceptions */
+  int nIn                         /* Length of z in bytes */
+){
+  const unsigned char *z = (const unsigned char *)zIn;
+  const unsigned char *zTerm = &z[nIn];
+  int iCode;
+  int nEntry = 0;
+
+  assert( bAlnum==0 || bAlnum==1 );
+
+  while( z<zTerm ){
+    READ_UTF8(z, zTerm, iCode);
+    assert( (sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum(iCode) & 0xFFFFFFFE)==0 );
+    if( sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum(iCode)!=bAlnum 
+     && sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic(iCode)==0 
+    ){
+      nEntry++;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( nEntry ){
+    int *aNew;                    /* New aiException[] array */
+    int nNew;                     /* Number of valid entries in array aNew[] */
+
+    aNew = sqlite3_realloc(p->aiException, (p->nException+nEntry)*sizeof(int));
+    if( aNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    nNew = p->nException;
+
+    z = (const unsigned char *)zIn;
+    while( z<zTerm ){
+      READ_UTF8(z, zTerm, iCode);
+      if( sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum(iCode)!=bAlnum 
+       && sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic(iCode)==0
+      ){
+        int i, j;
+        for(i=0; i<nNew && aNew[i]<iCode; i++);
+        for(j=nNew; j>i; j--) aNew[j] = aNew[j-1];
+        aNew[i] = iCode;
+        nNew++;
+      }
+    }
+    p->aiException = aNew;
+    p->nException = nNew;
+  }
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return true if the p->aiException[] array contains the value iCode.
+*/
+static int unicodeIsException(unicode_tokenizer *p, int iCode){
+  if( p->nException>0 ){
+    int *a = p->aiException;
+    int iLo = 0;
+    int iHi = p->nException-1;
+
+    while( iHi>=iLo ){
+      int iTest = (iHi + iLo) / 2;
+      if( iCode==a[iTest] ){
+        return 1;
+      }else if( iCode>a[iTest] ){
+        iLo = iTest+1;
+      }else{
+        iHi = iTest-1;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return true if, for the purposes of tokenization, codepoint iCode is
+** considered a token character (not a separator).
+*/
+static int unicodeIsAlnum(unicode_tokenizer *p, int iCode){
+  assert( (sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum(iCode) & 0xFFFFFFFE)==0 );
+  return sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum(iCode) ^ unicodeIsException(p, iCode);
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a new tokenizer instance.
+*/
+static int unicodeCreate(
+  int nArg,                       /* Size of array argv[] */
+  const char * const *azArg,      /* Tokenizer creation arguments */
+  sqlite3_tokenizer **pp          /* OUT: New tokenizer handle */
+){
+  unicode_tokenizer *pNew;        /* New tokenizer object */
+  int i;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  pNew = (unicode_tokenizer *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(unicode_tokenizer));
+  if( pNew==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(unicode_tokenizer));
+  pNew->bRemoveDiacritic = 1;
+
+  for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<nArg; i++){
+    const char *z = azArg[i];
+    int n = strlen(z);
+
+    if( n==19 && memcmp("remove_diacritics=1", z, 19)==0 ){
+      pNew->bRemoveDiacritic = 1;
+    }
+    else if( n==19 && memcmp("remove_diacritics=0", z, 19)==0 ){
+      pNew->bRemoveDiacritic = 0;
+    }
+    else if( n>=11 && memcmp("tokenchars=", z, 11)==0 ){
+      rc = unicodeAddExceptions(pNew, 1, &z[11], n-11);
+    }
+    else if( n>=11 && memcmp("separators=", z, 11)==0 ){
+      rc = unicodeAddExceptions(pNew, 0, &z[11], n-11);
+    }
+    else{
+      /* Unrecognized argument */
+      rc  = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    unicodeDestroy((sqlite3_tokenizer *)pNew);
+    pNew = 0;
+  }
+  *pp = (sqlite3_tokenizer *)pNew;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string.  The input
+** string to be tokenized is pInput[0..nBytes-1].  A cursor
+** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in 
+** *ppCursor.
+*/
+static int unicodeOpen(
+  sqlite3_tokenizer *p,           /* The tokenizer */
+  const char *aInput,             /* Input string */
+  int nInput,                     /* Size of string aInput in bytes */
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **pp   /* OUT: New cursor object */
+){
+  unicode_cursor *pCsr;
+
+  pCsr = (unicode_cursor *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(unicode_cursor));
+  if( pCsr==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(unicode_cursor));
+
+  pCsr->aInput = (const unsigned char *)aInput;
+  if( aInput==0 ){
+    pCsr->nInput = 0;
+  }else if( nInput<0 ){
+    pCsr->nInput = (int)strlen(aInput);
+  }else{
+    pCsr->nInput = nInput;
+  }
+
+  *pp = &pCsr->base;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a tokenization cursor previously opened by a call to
+** simpleOpen() above.
+*/
+static int unicodeClose(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){
+  unicode_cursor *pCsr = (unicode_cursor *) pCursor;
+  sqlite3_free(pCsr->zToken);
+  sqlite3_free(pCsr);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Extract the next token from a tokenization cursor.  The cursor must
+** have been opened by a prior call to simpleOpen().
+*/
+static int unicodeNext(
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pC,   /* Cursor returned by simpleOpen */
+  const char **paToken,           /* OUT: Token text */
+  int *pnToken,                   /* OUT: Number of bytes at *paToken */
+  int *piStart,                   /* OUT: Starting offset of token */
+  int *piEnd,                     /* OUT: Ending offset of token */
+  int *piPos                      /* OUT: Position integer of token */
+){
+  unicode_cursor *pCsr = (unicode_cursor *)pC;
+  unicode_tokenizer *p = ((unicode_tokenizer *)pCsr->base.pTokenizer);
+  int iCode;
+  char *zOut;
+  const unsigned char *z = &pCsr->aInput[pCsr->iOff];
+  const unsigned char *zStart = z;
+  const unsigned char *zEnd;
+  const unsigned char *zTerm = &pCsr->aInput[pCsr->nInput];
+
+  /* Scan past any delimiter characters before the start of the next token.
+  ** Return SQLITE_DONE early if this takes us all the way to the end of 
+  ** the input.  */
+  while( z<zTerm ){
+    READ_UTF8(z, zTerm, iCode);
+    if( unicodeIsAlnum(p, iCode) ) break;
+    zStart = z;
+  }
+  if( zStart>=zTerm ) return SQLITE_DONE;
+
+  zOut = pCsr->zToken;
+  do {
+    int iOut;
+
+    /* Grow the output buffer if required. */
+    if( (zOut-pCsr->zToken)>=(pCsr->nAlloc-4) ){
+      char *zNew = sqlite3_realloc(pCsr->zToken, pCsr->nAlloc+64);
+      if( !zNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      zOut = &zNew[zOut - pCsr->zToken];
+      pCsr->zToken = zNew;
+      pCsr->nAlloc += 64;
+    }
+
+    /* Write the folded case of the last character read to the output */
+    zEnd = z;
+    iOut = sqlite3FtsUnicodeFold(iCode, p->bRemoveDiacritic);
+    if( iOut ){
+      WRITE_UTF8(zOut, iOut);
+    }
+
+    /* If the cursor is not at EOF, read the next character */
+    if( z>=zTerm ) break;
+    READ_UTF8(z, zTerm, iCode);
+  }while( unicodeIsAlnum(p, iCode) 
+       || sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic(iCode)
+  );
+
+  /* Set the output variables and return. */
+  pCsr->iOff = (z - pCsr->aInput);
+  *paToken = pCsr->zToken;
+  *pnToken = zOut - pCsr->zToken;
+  *piStart = (zStart - pCsr->aInput);
+  *piEnd = (zEnd - pCsr->aInput);
+  *piPos = pCsr->iToken++;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set *ppModule to a pointer to the sqlite3_tokenizer_module 
+** structure for the unicode tokenizer.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3UnicodeTokenizer(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const **ppModule){
+  static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module module = {
+    0,
+    unicodeCreate,
+    unicodeDestroy,
+    unicodeOpen,
+    unicodeClose,
+    unicodeNext,
+    0,
+  };
+  *ppModule = &module;
+}
+
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */
+#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4_UNICODE61 */
+
+/************** End of fts3_unicode.c ****************************************/
+/************** Begin file fts3_unicode2.c ***********************************/
+/*
+** 2012 May 25
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+*/
+
+/*
+** DO NOT EDIT THIS MACHINE GENERATED FILE.
+*/
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4_UNICODE61)
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4)
+
+/* #include <assert.h> */
+
+/*
+** Return true if the argument corresponds to a unicode codepoint
+** classified as either a letter or a number. Otherwise false.
+**
+** The results are undefined if the value passed to this function
+** is less than zero.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum(int c){
+  /* Each unsigned integer in the following array corresponds to a contiguous
+  ** range of unicode codepoints that are not either letters or numbers (i.e.
+  ** codepoints for which this function should return 0).
+  **
+  ** The most significant 22 bits in each 32-bit value contain the first 
+  ** codepoint in the range. The least significant 10 bits are used to store
+  ** the size of the range (always at least 1). In other words, the value 
+  ** ((C<<22) + N) represents a range of N codepoints starting with codepoint 
+  ** C. It is not possible to represent a range larger than 1023 codepoints 
+  ** using this format.
+  */
+  const static unsigned int aEntry[] = {
+    0x00000030, 0x0000E807, 0x00016C06, 0x0001EC2F, 0x0002AC07,
+    0x0002D001, 0x0002D803, 0x0002EC01, 0x0002FC01, 0x00035C01,
+    0x0003DC01, 0x000B0804, 0x000B480E, 0x000B9407, 0x000BB401,
+    0x000BBC81, 0x000DD401, 0x000DF801, 0x000E1002, 0x000E1C01,
+    0x000FD801, 0x00120808, 0x00156806, 0x00162402, 0x00163C01,
+    0x00164437, 0x0017CC02, 0x00180005, 0x00181816, 0x00187802,
+    0x00192C15, 0x0019A804, 0x0019C001, 0x001B5001, 0x001B580F,
+    0x001B9C07, 0x001BF402, 0x001C000E, 0x001C3C01, 0x001C4401,
+    0x001CC01B, 0x001E980B, 0x001FAC09, 0x001FD804, 0x00205804,
+    0x00206C09, 0x00209403, 0x0020A405, 0x0020C00F, 0x00216403,
+    0x00217801, 0x0023901B, 0x00240004, 0x0024E803, 0x0024F812,
+    0x00254407, 0x00258804, 0x0025C001, 0x00260403, 0x0026F001,
+    0x0026F807, 0x00271C02, 0x00272C03, 0x00275C01, 0x00278802,
+    0x0027C802, 0x0027E802, 0x00280403, 0x0028F001, 0x0028F805,
+    0x00291C02, 0x00292C03, 0x00294401, 0x0029C002, 0x0029D401,
+    0x002A0403, 0x002AF001, 0x002AF808, 0x002B1C03, 0x002B2C03,
+    0x002B8802, 0x002BC002, 0x002C0403, 0x002CF001, 0x002CF807,
+    0x002D1C02, 0x002D2C03, 0x002D5802, 0x002D8802, 0x002DC001,
+    0x002E0801, 0x002EF805, 0x002F1803, 0x002F2804, 0x002F5C01,
+    0x002FCC08, 0x00300403, 0x0030F807, 0x00311803, 0x00312804,
+    0x00315402, 0x00318802, 0x0031FC01, 0x00320802, 0x0032F001,
+    0x0032F807, 0x00331803, 0x00332804, 0x00335402, 0x00338802,
+    0x00340802, 0x0034F807, 0x00351803, 0x00352804, 0x00355C01,
+    0x00358802, 0x0035E401, 0x00360802, 0x00372801, 0x00373C06,
+    0x00375801, 0x00376008, 0x0037C803, 0x0038C401, 0x0038D007,
+    0x0038FC01, 0x00391C09, 0x00396802, 0x003AC401, 0x003AD006,
+    0x003AEC02, 0x003B2006, 0x003C041F, 0x003CD00C, 0x003DC417,
+    0x003E340B, 0x003E6424, 0x003EF80F, 0x003F380D, 0x0040AC14,
+    0x00412806, 0x00415804, 0x00417803, 0x00418803, 0x00419C07,
+    0x0041C404, 0x0042080C, 0x00423C01, 0x00426806, 0x0043EC01,
+    0x004D740C, 0x004E400A, 0x00500001, 0x0059B402, 0x005A0001,
+    0x005A6C02, 0x005BAC03, 0x005C4803, 0x005CC805, 0x005D4802,
+    0x005DC802, 0x005ED023, 0x005F6004, 0x005F7401, 0x0060000F,
+    0x0062A401, 0x0064800C, 0x0064C00C, 0x00650001, 0x00651002,
+    0x0066C011, 0x00672002, 0x00677822, 0x00685C05, 0x00687802,
+    0x0069540A, 0x0069801D, 0x0069FC01, 0x006A8007, 0x006AA006,
+    0x006C0005, 0x006CD011, 0x006D6823, 0x006E0003, 0x006E840D,
+    0x006F980E, 0x006FF004, 0x00709014, 0x0070EC05, 0x0071F802,
+    0x00730008, 0x00734019, 0x0073B401, 0x0073C803, 0x00770027,
+    0x0077F004, 0x007EF401, 0x007EFC03, 0x007F3403, 0x007F7403,
+    0x007FB403, 0x007FF402, 0x00800065, 0x0081A806, 0x0081E805,
+    0x00822805, 0x0082801A, 0x00834021, 0x00840002, 0x00840C04,
+    0x00842002, 0x00845001, 0x00845803, 0x00847806, 0x00849401,
+    0x00849C01, 0x0084A401, 0x0084B801, 0x0084E802, 0x00850005,
+    0x00852804, 0x00853C01, 0x00864264, 0x00900027, 0x0091000B,
+    0x0092704E, 0x00940200, 0x009C0475, 0x009E53B9, 0x00AD400A,
+    0x00B39406, 0x00B3BC03, 0x00B3E404, 0x00B3F802, 0x00B5C001,
+    0x00B5FC01, 0x00B7804F, 0x00B8C00C, 0x00BA001A, 0x00BA6C59,
+    0x00BC00D6, 0x00BFC00C, 0x00C00005, 0x00C02019, 0x00C0A807,
+    0x00C0D802, 0x00C0F403, 0x00C26404, 0x00C28001, 0x00C3EC01,
+    0x00C64002, 0x00C6580A, 0x00C70024, 0x00C8001F, 0x00C8A81E,
+    0x00C94001, 0x00C98020, 0x00CA2827, 0x00CB003F, 0x00CC0100,
+    0x01370040, 0x02924037, 0x0293F802, 0x02983403, 0x0299BC10,
+    0x029A7C01, 0x029BC008, 0x029C0017, 0x029C8002, 0x029E2402,
+    0x02A00801, 0x02A01801, 0x02A02C01, 0x02A08C09, 0x02A0D804,
+    0x02A1D004, 0x02A20002, 0x02A2D011, 0x02A33802, 0x02A38012,
+    0x02A3E003, 0x02A4980A, 0x02A51C0D, 0x02A57C01, 0x02A60004,
+    0x02A6CC1B, 0x02A77802, 0x02A8A40E, 0x02A90C01, 0x02A93002,
+    0x02A97004, 0x02A9DC03, 0x02A9EC01, 0x02AAC001, 0x02AAC803,
+    0x02AADC02, 0x02AAF802, 0x02AB0401, 0x02AB7802, 0x02ABAC07,
+    0x02ABD402, 0x02AF8C0B, 0x03600001, 0x036DFC02, 0x036FFC02,
+    0x037FFC02, 0x03E3FC01, 0x03EC7801, 0x03ECA401, 0x03EEC810,
+    0x03F4F802, 0x03F7F002, 0x03F8001A, 0x03F88007, 0x03F8C023,
+    0x03F95013, 0x03F9A004, 0x03FBFC01, 0x03FC040F, 0x03FC6807,
+    0x03FCEC06, 0x03FD6C0B, 0x03FF8007, 0x03FFA007, 0x03FFE405,
+    0x04040003, 0x0404DC09, 0x0405E411, 0x0406400C, 0x0407402E,
+    0x040E7C01, 0x040F4001, 0x04215C01, 0x04247C01, 0x0424FC01,
+    0x04280403, 0x04281402, 0x04283004, 0x0428E003, 0x0428FC01,
+    0x04294009, 0x0429FC01, 0x042CE407, 0x04400003, 0x0440E016,
+    0x04420003, 0x0442C012, 0x04440003, 0x04449C0E, 0x04450004,
+    0x04460003, 0x0446CC0E, 0x04471404, 0x045AAC0D, 0x0491C004,
+    0x05BD442E, 0x05BE3C04, 0x074000F6, 0x07440027, 0x0744A4B5,
+    0x07480046, 0x074C0057, 0x075B0401, 0x075B6C01, 0x075BEC01,
+    0x075C5401, 0x075CD401, 0x075D3C01, 0x075DBC01, 0x075E2401,
+    0x075EA401, 0x075F0C01, 0x07BBC002, 0x07C0002C, 0x07C0C064,
+    0x07C2800F, 0x07C2C40E, 0x07C3040F, 0x07C3440F, 0x07C4401F,
+    0x07C4C03C, 0x07C5C02B, 0x07C7981D, 0x07C8402B, 0x07C90009,
+    0x07C94002, 0x07CC0021, 0x07CCC006, 0x07CCDC46, 0x07CE0014,
+    0x07CE8025, 0x07CF1805, 0x07CF8011, 0x07D0003F, 0x07D10001,
+    0x07D108B6, 0x07D3E404, 0x07D4003E, 0x07D50004, 0x07D54018,
+    0x07D7EC46, 0x07D9140B, 0x07DA0046, 0x07DC0074, 0x38000401,
+    0x38008060, 0x380400F0, 0x3C000001, 0x3FFFF401, 0x40000001,
+    0x43FFF401,
+  };
+  static const unsigned int aAscii[4] = {
+    0xFFFFFFFF, 0xFC00FFFF, 0xF8000001, 0xF8000001,
+  };
+
+  if( c<128 ){
+    return ( (aAscii[c >> 5] & (1 << (c & 0x001F)))==0 );
+  }else if( c<(1<<22) ){
+    unsigned int key = (((unsigned int)c)<<10) | 0x000003FF;
+    int iRes;
+    int iHi = sizeof(aEntry)/sizeof(aEntry[0]) - 1;
+    int iLo = 0;
+    while( iHi>=iLo ){
+      int iTest = (iHi + iLo) / 2;
+      if( key >= aEntry[iTest] ){
+        iRes = iTest;
+        iLo = iTest+1;
+      }else{
+        iHi = iTest-1;
+      }
+    }
+    assert( aEntry[0]<key );
+    assert( key>=aEntry[iRes] );
+    return (((unsigned int)c) >= ((aEntry[iRes]>>10) + (aEntry[iRes]&0x3FF)));
+  }
+  return 1;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** If the argument is a codepoint corresponding to a lowercase letter
+** in the ASCII range with a diacritic added, return the codepoint
+** of the ASCII letter only. For example, if passed 235 - "LATIN
+** SMALL LETTER E WITH DIAERESIS" - return 65 ("LATIN SMALL LETTER
+** E"). The resuls of passing a codepoint that corresponds to an
+** uppercase letter are undefined.
+*/
+static int remove_diacritic(int c){
+  unsigned short aDia[] = {
+        0,  1797,  1848,  1859,  1891,  1928,  1940,  1995, 
+     2024,  2040,  2060,  2110,  2168,  2206,  2264,  2286, 
+     2344,  2383,  2472,  2488,  2516,  2596,  2668,  2732, 
+     2782,  2842,  2894,  2954,  2984,  3000,  3028,  3336, 
+     3456,  3696,  3712,  3728,  3744,  3896,  3912,  3928, 
+     3968,  4008,  4040,  4106,  4138,  4170,  4202,  4234, 
+     4266,  4296,  4312,  4344,  4408,  4424,  4472,  4504, 
+     6148,  6198,  6264,  6280,  6360,  6429,  6505,  6529, 
+    61448, 61468, 61534, 61592, 61642, 61688, 61704, 61726, 
+    61784, 61800, 61836, 61880, 61914, 61948, 61998, 62122, 
+    62154, 62200, 62218, 62302, 62364, 62442, 62478, 62536, 
+    62554, 62584, 62604, 62640, 62648, 62656, 62664, 62730, 
+    62924, 63050, 63082, 63274, 63390, 
+  };
+  char aChar[] = {
+    '\0', 'a',  'c',  'e',  'i',  'n',  'o',  'u',  'y',  'y',  'a',  'c',  
+    'd',  'e',  'e',  'g',  'h',  'i',  'j',  'k',  'l',  'n',  'o',  'r',  
+    's',  't',  'u',  'u',  'w',  'y',  'z',  'o',  'u',  'a',  'i',  'o',  
+    'u',  'g',  'k',  'o',  'j',  'g',  'n',  'a',  'e',  'i',  'o',  'r',  
+    'u',  's',  't',  'h',  'a',  'e',  'o',  'y',  '\0', '\0', '\0', '\0', 
+    '\0', '\0', '\0', '\0', 'a',  'b',  'd',  'd',  'e',  'f',  'g',  'h',  
+    'h',  'i',  'k',  'l',  'l',  'm',  'n',  'p',  'r',  'r',  's',  't',  
+    'u',  'v',  'w',  'w',  'x',  'y',  'z',  'h',  't',  'w',  'y',  'a',  
+    'e',  'i',  'o',  'u',  'y',  
+  };
+
+  unsigned int key = (((unsigned int)c)<<3) | 0x00000007;
+  int iRes = 0;
+  int iHi = sizeof(aDia)/sizeof(aDia[0]) - 1;
+  int iLo = 0;
+  while( iHi>=iLo ){
+    int iTest = (iHi + iLo) / 2;
+    if( key >= aDia[iTest] ){
+      iRes = iTest;
+      iLo = iTest+1;
+    }else{
+      iHi = iTest-1;
+    }
+  }
+  assert( key>=aDia[iRes] );
+  return ((c > (aDia[iRes]>>3) + (aDia[iRes]&0x07)) ? c : (int)aChar[iRes]);
+};
+
+
+/*
+** Return true if the argument interpreted as a unicode codepoint
+** is a diacritical modifier character.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic(int c){
+  unsigned int mask0 = 0x08029FDF;
+  unsigned int mask1 = 0x000361F8;
+  if( c<768 || c>817 ) return 0;
+  return (c < 768+32) ?
+      (mask0 & (1 << (c-768))) :
+      (mask1 & (1 << (c-768-32)));
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Interpret the argument as a unicode codepoint. If the codepoint
+** is an upper case character that has a lower case equivalent,
+** return the codepoint corresponding to the lower case version.
+** Otherwise, return a copy of the argument.
+**
+** The results are undefined if the value passed to this function
+** is less than zero.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FtsUnicodeFold(int c, int bRemoveDiacritic){
+  /* Each entry in the following array defines a rule for folding a range
+  ** of codepoints to lower case. The rule applies to a range of nRange
+  ** codepoints starting at codepoint iCode.
+  **
+  ** If the least significant bit in flags is clear, then the rule applies
+  ** to all nRange codepoints (i.e. all nRange codepoints are upper case and
+  ** need to be folded). Or, if it is set, then the rule only applies to
+  ** every second codepoint in the range, starting with codepoint C.
+  **
+  ** The 7 most significant bits in flags are an index into the aiOff[]
+  ** array. If a specific codepoint C does require folding, then its lower
+  ** case equivalent is ((C + aiOff[flags>>1]) & 0xFFFF).
+  **
+  ** The contents of this array are generated by parsing the CaseFolding.txt
+  ** file distributed as part of the "Unicode Character Database". See
+  ** http://www.unicode.org for details.
+  */
+  static const struct TableEntry {
+    unsigned short iCode;
+    unsigned char flags;
+    unsigned char nRange;
+  } aEntry[] = {
+    {65, 14, 26},          {181, 64, 1},          {192, 14, 23},
+    {216, 14, 7},          {256, 1, 48},          {306, 1, 6},
+    {313, 1, 16},          {330, 1, 46},          {376, 116, 1},
+    {377, 1, 6},           {383, 104, 1},         {385, 50, 1},
+    {386, 1, 4},           {390, 44, 1},          {391, 0, 1},
+    {393, 42, 2},          {395, 0, 1},           {398, 32, 1},
+    {399, 38, 1},          {400, 40, 1},          {401, 0, 1},
+    {403, 42, 1},          {404, 46, 1},          {406, 52, 1},
+    {407, 48, 1},          {408, 0, 1},           {412, 52, 1},
+    {413, 54, 1},          {415, 56, 1},          {416, 1, 6},
+    {422, 60, 1},          {423, 0, 1},           {425, 60, 1},
+    {428, 0, 1},           {430, 60, 1},          {431, 0, 1},
+    {433, 58, 2},          {435, 1, 4},           {439, 62, 1},
+    {440, 0, 1},           {444, 0, 1},           {452, 2, 1},
+    {453, 0, 1},           {455, 2, 1},           {456, 0, 1},
+    {458, 2, 1},           {459, 1, 18},          {478, 1, 18},
+    {497, 2, 1},           {498, 1, 4},           {502, 122, 1},
+    {503, 134, 1},         {504, 1, 40},          {544, 110, 1},
+    {546, 1, 18},          {570, 70, 1},          {571, 0, 1},
+    {573, 108, 1},         {574, 68, 1},          {577, 0, 1},
+    {579, 106, 1},         {580, 28, 1},          {581, 30, 1},
+    {582, 1, 10},          {837, 36, 1},          {880, 1, 4},
+    {886, 0, 1},           {902, 18, 1},          {904, 16, 3},
+    {908, 26, 1},          {910, 24, 2},          {913, 14, 17},
+    {931, 14, 9},          {962, 0, 1},           {975, 4, 1},
+    {976, 140, 1},         {977, 142, 1},         {981, 146, 1},
+    {982, 144, 1},         {984, 1, 24},          {1008, 136, 1},
+    {1009, 138, 1},        {1012, 130, 1},        {1013, 128, 1},
+    {1015, 0, 1},          {1017, 152, 1},        {1018, 0, 1},
+    {1021, 110, 3},        {1024, 34, 16},        {1040, 14, 32},
+    {1120, 1, 34},         {1162, 1, 54},         {1216, 6, 1},
+    {1217, 1, 14},         {1232, 1, 88},         {1329, 22, 38},
+    {4256, 66, 38},        {4295, 66, 1},         {4301, 66, 1},
+    {7680, 1, 150},        {7835, 132, 1},        {7838, 96, 1},
+    {7840, 1, 96},         {7944, 150, 8},        {7960, 150, 6},
+    {7976, 150, 8},        {7992, 150, 8},        {8008, 150, 6},
+    {8025, 151, 8},        {8040, 150, 8},        {8072, 150, 8},
+    {8088, 150, 8},        {8104, 150, 8},        {8120, 150, 2},
+    {8122, 126, 2},        {8124, 148, 1},        {8126, 100, 1},
+    {8136, 124, 4},        {8140, 148, 1},        {8152, 150, 2},
+    {8154, 120, 2},        {8168, 150, 2},        {8170, 118, 2},
+    {8172, 152, 1},        {8184, 112, 2},        {8186, 114, 2},
+    {8188, 148, 1},        {8486, 98, 1},         {8490, 92, 1},
+    {8491, 94, 1},         {8498, 12, 1},         {8544, 8, 16},
+    {8579, 0, 1},          {9398, 10, 26},        {11264, 22, 47},
+    {11360, 0, 1},         {11362, 88, 1},        {11363, 102, 1},
+    {11364, 90, 1},        {11367, 1, 6},         {11373, 84, 1},
+    {11374, 86, 1},        {11375, 80, 1},        {11376, 82, 1},
+    {11378, 0, 1},         {11381, 0, 1},         {11390, 78, 2},
+    {11392, 1, 100},       {11499, 1, 4},         {11506, 0, 1},
+    {42560, 1, 46},        {42624, 1, 24},        {42786, 1, 14},
+    {42802, 1, 62},        {42873, 1, 4},         {42877, 76, 1},
+    {42878, 1, 10},        {42891, 0, 1},         {42893, 74, 1},
+    {42896, 1, 4},         {42912, 1, 10},        {42922, 72, 1},
+    {65313, 14, 26},       
+  };
+  static const unsigned short aiOff[] = {
+   1,     2,     8,     15,    16,    26,    28,    32,    
+   37,    38,    40,    48,    63,    64,    69,    71,    
+   79,    80,    116,   202,   203,   205,   206,   207,   
+   209,   210,   211,   213,   214,   217,   218,   219,   
+   775,   7264,  10792, 10795, 23228, 23256, 30204, 54721, 
+   54753, 54754, 54756, 54787, 54793, 54809, 57153, 57274, 
+   57921, 58019, 58363, 61722, 65268, 65341, 65373, 65406, 
+   65408, 65410, 65415, 65424, 65436, 65439, 65450, 65462, 
+   65472, 65476, 65478, 65480, 65482, 65488, 65506, 65511, 
+   65514, 65521, 65527, 65528, 65529, 
+  };
+
+  int ret = c;
+
+  assert( c>=0 );
+  assert( sizeof(unsigned short)==2 && sizeof(unsigned char)==1 );
+
+  if( c<128 ){
+    if( c>='A' && c<='Z' ) ret = c + ('a' - 'A');
+  }else if( c<65536 ){
+    int iHi = sizeof(aEntry)/sizeof(aEntry[0]) - 1;
+    int iLo = 0;
+    int iRes = -1;
+
+    while( iHi>=iLo ){
+      int iTest = (iHi + iLo) / 2;
+      int cmp = (c - aEntry[iTest].iCode);
+      if( cmp>=0 ){
+        iRes = iTest;
+        iLo = iTest+1;
+      }else{
+        iHi = iTest-1;
+      }
+    }
+    assert( iRes<0 || c>=aEntry[iRes].iCode );
+
+    if( iRes>=0 ){
+      const struct TableEntry *p = &aEntry[iRes];
+      if( c<(p->iCode + p->nRange) && 0==(0x01 & p->flags & (p->iCode ^ c)) ){
+        ret = (c + (aiOff[p->flags>>1])) & 0x0000FFFF;
+        assert( ret>0 );
+      }
+    }
+
+    if( bRemoveDiacritic ) ret = remove_diacritic(ret);
+  }
+  
+  else if( c>=66560 && c<66600 ){
+    ret = c + 40;
+  }
+
+  return ret;
+}
+#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4) */
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4_UNICODE61) */
+
+/************** End of fts3_unicode2.c ***************************************/
+/************** Begin file rtree.c *******************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains code for implementations of the r-tree and r*-tree
+** algorithms packaged as an SQLite virtual table module.
+*/
+
+/*
+** Database Format of R-Tree Tables
+** --------------------------------
+**
+** The data structure for a single virtual r-tree table is stored in three 
+** native SQLite tables declared as follows. In each case, the '%' character
+** in the table name is replaced with the user-supplied name of the r-tree
+** table.
+**
+**   CREATE TABLE %_node(nodeno INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, data BLOB)
+**   CREATE TABLE %_parent(nodeno INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, parentnode INTEGER)
+**   CREATE TABLE %_rowid(rowid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, nodeno INTEGER)
+**
+** The data for each node of the r-tree structure is stored in the %_node
+** table. For each node that is not the root node of the r-tree, there is
+** an entry in the %_parent table associating the node with its parent.
+** And for each row of data in the table, there is an entry in the %_rowid
+** table that maps from the entries rowid to the id of the node that it
+** is stored on.
+**
+** The root node of an r-tree always exists, even if the r-tree table is
+** empty. The nodeno of the root node is always 1. All other nodes in the
+** table must be the same size as the root node. The content of each node
+** is formatted as follows:
+**
+**   1. If the node is the root node (node 1), then the first 2 bytes
+**      of the node contain the tree depth as a big-endian integer.
+**      For non-root nodes, the first 2 bytes are left unused.
+**
+**   2. The next 2 bytes contain the number of entries currently 
+**      stored in the node.
+**
+**   3. The remainder of the node contains the node entries. Each entry
+**      consists of a single 8-byte integer followed by an even number
+**      of 4-byte coordinates. For leaf nodes the integer is the rowid
+**      of a record. For internal nodes it is the node number of a
+**      child page.
+*/
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE)
+
+/*
+** This file contains an implementation of a couple of different variants
+** of the r-tree algorithm. See the README file for further details. The 
+** same data-structure is used for all, but the algorithms for insert and
+** delete operations vary. The variants used are selected at compile time 
+** by defining the following symbols:
+*/
+
+/* Either, both or none of the following may be set to activate 
+** r*tree variant algorithms.
+*/
+#define VARIANT_RSTARTREE_CHOOSESUBTREE 0
+#define VARIANT_RSTARTREE_REINSERT      1
+
+/* 
+** Exactly one of the following must be set to 1.
+*/
+#define VARIANT_GUTTMAN_QUADRATIC_SPLIT 0
+#define VARIANT_GUTTMAN_LINEAR_SPLIT    0
+#define VARIANT_RSTARTREE_SPLIT         1
+
+#define VARIANT_GUTTMAN_SPLIT \
+        (VARIANT_GUTTMAN_LINEAR_SPLIT||VARIANT_GUTTMAN_QUADRATIC_SPLIT)
+
+#if VARIANT_GUTTMAN_QUADRATIC_SPLIT
+  #define PickNext QuadraticPickNext
+  #define PickSeeds QuadraticPickSeeds
+  #define AssignCells splitNodeGuttman
+#endif
+#if VARIANT_GUTTMAN_LINEAR_SPLIT
+  #define PickNext LinearPickNext
+  #define PickSeeds LinearPickSeeds
+  #define AssignCells splitNodeGuttman
+#endif
+#if VARIANT_RSTARTREE_SPLIT
+  #define AssignCells splitNodeStartree
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) 
+# define NDEBUG 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_CORE
+  SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1
+#else
+#endif
+
+/* #include <string.h> */
+/* #include <assert.h> */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
+#include "sqlite3rtree.h"
+typedef sqlite3_int64 i64;
+typedef unsigned char u8;
+typedef unsigned int u32;
+#endif
+
+/*  The following macro is used to suppress compiler warnings.
+*/
+#ifndef UNUSED_PARAMETER
+# define UNUSED_PARAMETER(x) (void)(x)
+#endif
+
+typedef struct Rtree Rtree;
+typedef struct RtreeCursor RtreeCursor;
+typedef struct RtreeNode RtreeNode;
+typedef struct RtreeCell RtreeCell;
+typedef struct RtreeConstraint RtreeConstraint;
+typedef struct RtreeMatchArg RtreeMatchArg;
+typedef struct RtreeGeomCallback RtreeGeomCallback;
+typedef union RtreeCoord RtreeCoord;
+
+/* The rtree may have between 1 and RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS dimensions. */
+#define RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS 5
+
+/* Size of hash table Rtree.aHash. This hash table is not expected to
+** ever contain very many entries, so a fixed number of buckets is 
+** used.
+*/
+#define HASHSIZE 128
+
+/* 
+** An rtree virtual-table object.
+*/
+struct Rtree {
+  sqlite3_vtab base;
+  sqlite3 *db;                /* Host database connection */
+  int iNodeSize;              /* Size in bytes of each node in the node table */
+  int nDim;                   /* Number of dimensions */
+  int nBytesPerCell;          /* Bytes consumed per cell */
+  int iDepth;                 /* Current depth of the r-tree structure */
+  char *zDb;                  /* Name of database containing r-tree table */
+  char *zName;                /* Name of r-tree table */ 
+  RtreeNode *aHash[HASHSIZE]; /* Hash table of in-memory nodes. */ 
+  int nBusy;                  /* Current number of users of this structure */
+
+  /* List of nodes removed during a CondenseTree operation. List is
+  ** linked together via the pointer normally used for hash chains -
+  ** RtreeNode.pNext. RtreeNode.iNode stores the depth of the sub-tree 
+  ** headed by the node (leaf nodes have RtreeNode.iNode==0).
+  */
+  RtreeNode *pDeleted;
+  int iReinsertHeight;        /* Height of sub-trees Reinsert() has run on */
+
+  /* Statements to read/write/delete a record from xxx_node */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pReadNode;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pWriteNode;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pDeleteNode;
+
+  /* Statements to read/write/delete a record from xxx_rowid */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pReadRowid;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pWriteRowid;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pDeleteRowid;
+
+  /* Statements to read/write/delete a record from xxx_parent */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pReadParent;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pWriteParent;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pDeleteParent;
+
+  int eCoordType;
+};
+
+/* Possible values for eCoordType: */
+#define RTREE_COORD_REAL32 0
+#define RTREE_COORD_INT32  1
+
+/*
+** If SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY is defined, then this virtual table will
+** only deal with integer coordinates.  No floating point operations
+** will be done.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY
+  typedef sqlite3_int64 RtreeDValue;       /* High accuracy coordinate */
+  typedef int RtreeValue;                  /* Low accuracy coordinate */
+#else
+  typedef double RtreeDValue;              /* High accuracy coordinate */
+  typedef float RtreeValue;                /* Low accuracy coordinate */
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The minimum number of cells allowed for a node is a third of the 
+** maximum. In Gutman's notation:
+**
+**     m = M/3
+**
+** If an R*-tree "Reinsert" operation is required, the same number of
+** cells are removed from the overfull node and reinserted into the tree.
+*/
+#define RTREE_MINCELLS(p) ((((p)->iNodeSize-4)/(p)->nBytesPerCell)/3)
+#define RTREE_REINSERT(p) RTREE_MINCELLS(p)
+#define RTREE_MAXCELLS 51
+
+/*
+** The smallest possible node-size is (512-64)==448 bytes. And the largest
+** supported cell size is 48 bytes (8 byte rowid + ten 4 byte coordinates).
+** Therefore all non-root nodes must contain at least 3 entries. Since 
+** 2^40 is greater than 2^64, an r-tree structure always has a depth of
+** 40 or less.
+*/
+#define RTREE_MAX_DEPTH 40
+
+/* 
+** An rtree cursor object.
+*/
+struct RtreeCursor {
+  sqlite3_vtab_cursor base;
+  RtreeNode *pNode;                 /* Node cursor is currently pointing at */
+  int iCell;                        /* Index of current cell in pNode */
+  int iStrategy;                    /* Copy of idxNum search parameter */
+  int nConstraint;                  /* Number of entries in aConstraint */
+  RtreeConstraint *aConstraint;     /* Search constraints. */
+};
+
+union RtreeCoord {
+  RtreeValue f;
+  int i;
+};
+
+/*
+** The argument is an RtreeCoord. Return the value stored within the RtreeCoord
+** formatted as a RtreeDValue (double or int64). This macro assumes that local
+** variable pRtree points to the Rtree structure associated with the
+** RtreeCoord.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY
+# define DCOORD(coord) ((RtreeDValue)coord.i)
+#else
+# define DCOORD(coord) (                           \
+    (pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_REAL32) ?      \
+      ((double)coord.f) :                           \
+      ((double)coord.i)                             \
+  )
+#endif
+
+/*
+** A search constraint.
+*/
+struct RtreeConstraint {
+  int iCoord;                     /* Index of constrained coordinate */
+  int op;                         /* Constraining operation */
+  RtreeDValue rValue;             /* Constraint value. */
+  int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry*, int, RtreeDValue*, int*);
+  sqlite3_rtree_geometry *pGeom;  /* Constraint callback argument for a MATCH */
+};
+
+/* Possible values for RtreeConstraint.op */
+#define RTREE_EQ    0x41
+#define RTREE_LE    0x42
+#define RTREE_LT    0x43
+#define RTREE_GE    0x44
+#define RTREE_GT    0x45
+#define RTREE_MATCH 0x46
+
+/* 
+** An rtree structure node.
+*/
+struct RtreeNode {
+  RtreeNode *pParent;               /* Parent node */
+  i64 iNode;
+  int nRef;
+  int isDirty;
+  u8 *zData;
+  RtreeNode *pNext;                 /* Next node in this hash chain */
+};
+#define NCELL(pNode) readInt16(&(pNode)->zData[2])
+
+/* 
+** Structure to store a deserialized rtree record.
+*/
+struct RtreeCell {
+  i64 iRowid;
+  RtreeCoord aCoord[RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS*2];
+};
+
+
+/*
+** Value for the first field of every RtreeMatchArg object. The MATCH
+** operator tests that the first field of a blob operand matches this
+** value to avoid operating on invalid blobs (which could cause a segfault).
+*/
+#define RTREE_GEOMETRY_MAGIC 0x891245AB
+
+/*
+** An instance of this structure must be supplied as a blob argument to
+** the right-hand-side of an SQL MATCH operator used to constrain an
+** r-tree query.
+*/
+struct RtreeMatchArg {
+  u32 magic;                      /* Always RTREE_GEOMETRY_MAGIC */
+  int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry *, int, RtreeDValue*, int *);
+  void *pContext;
+  int nParam;
+  RtreeDValue aParam[1];
+};
+
+/*
+** When a geometry callback is created (see sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback),
+** a single instance of the following structure is allocated. It is used
+** as the context for the user-function created by by s_r_g_c(). The object
+** is eventually deleted by the destructor mechanism provided by
+** sqlite3_create_function_v2() (which is called by s_r_g_c() to create
+** the geometry callback function).
+*/
+struct RtreeGeomCallback {
+  int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry*, int, RtreeDValue*, int*);
+  void *pContext;
+};
+
+#ifndef MAX
+# define MAX(x,y) ((x) < (y) ? (y) : (x))
+#endif
+#ifndef MIN
+# define MIN(x,y) ((x) > (y) ? (y) : (x))
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Functions to deserialize a 16 bit integer, 32 bit real number and
+** 64 bit integer. The deserialized value is returned.
+*/
+static int readInt16(u8 *p){
+  return (p[0]<<8) + p[1];
+}
+static void readCoord(u8 *p, RtreeCoord *pCoord){
+  u32 i = (
+    (((u32)p[0]) << 24) + 
+    (((u32)p[1]) << 16) + 
+    (((u32)p[2]) <<  8) + 
+    (((u32)p[3]) <<  0)
+  );
+  *(u32 *)pCoord = i;
+}
+static i64 readInt64(u8 *p){
+  return (
+    (((i64)p[0]) << 56) + 
+    (((i64)p[1]) << 48) + 
+    (((i64)p[2]) << 40) + 
+    (((i64)p[3]) << 32) + 
+    (((i64)p[4]) << 24) + 
+    (((i64)p[5]) << 16) + 
+    (((i64)p[6]) <<  8) + 
+    (((i64)p[7]) <<  0)
+  );
+}
+
+/*
+** Functions to serialize a 16 bit integer, 32 bit real number and
+** 64 bit integer. The value returned is the number of bytes written
+** to the argument buffer (always 2, 4 and 8 respectively).
+*/
+static int writeInt16(u8 *p, int i){
+  p[0] = (i>> 8)&0xFF;
+  p[1] = (i>> 0)&0xFF;
+  return 2;
+}
+static int writeCoord(u8 *p, RtreeCoord *pCoord){
+  u32 i;
+  assert( sizeof(RtreeCoord)==4 );
+  assert( sizeof(u32)==4 );
+  i = *(u32 *)pCoord;
+  p[0] = (i>>24)&0xFF;
+  p[1] = (i>>16)&0xFF;
+  p[2] = (i>> 8)&0xFF;
+  p[3] = (i>> 0)&0xFF;
+  return 4;
+}
+static int writeInt64(u8 *p, i64 i){
+  p[0] = (i>>56)&0xFF;
+  p[1] = (i>>48)&0xFF;
+  p[2] = (i>>40)&0xFF;
+  p[3] = (i>>32)&0xFF;
+  p[4] = (i>>24)&0xFF;
+  p[5] = (i>>16)&0xFF;
+  p[6] = (i>> 8)&0xFF;
+  p[7] = (i>> 0)&0xFF;
+  return 8;
+}
+
+/*
+** Increment the reference count of node p.
+*/
+static void nodeReference(RtreeNode *p){
+  if( p ){
+    p->nRef++;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Clear the content of node p (set all bytes to 0x00).
+*/
+static void nodeZero(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *p){
+  memset(&p->zData[2], 0, pRtree->iNodeSize-2);
+  p->isDirty = 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Given a node number iNode, return the corresponding key to use
+** in the Rtree.aHash table.
+*/
+static int nodeHash(i64 iNode){
+  return (
+    (iNode>>56) ^ (iNode>>48) ^ (iNode>>40) ^ (iNode>>32) ^ 
+    (iNode>>24) ^ (iNode>>16) ^ (iNode>> 8) ^ (iNode>> 0)
+  ) % HASHSIZE;
+}
+
+/*
+** Search the node hash table for node iNode. If found, return a pointer
+** to it. Otherwise, return 0.
+*/
+static RtreeNode *nodeHashLookup(Rtree *pRtree, i64 iNode){
+  RtreeNode *p;
+  for(p=pRtree->aHash[nodeHash(iNode)]; p && p->iNode!=iNode; p=p->pNext);
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Add node pNode to the node hash table.
+*/
+static void nodeHashInsert(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){
+  int iHash;
+  assert( pNode->pNext==0 );
+  iHash = nodeHash(pNode->iNode);
+  pNode->pNext = pRtree->aHash[iHash];
+  pRtree->aHash[iHash] = pNode;
+}
+
+/*
+** Remove node pNode from the node hash table.
+*/
+static void nodeHashDelete(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){
+  RtreeNode **pp;
+  if( pNode->iNode!=0 ){
+    pp = &pRtree->aHash[nodeHash(pNode->iNode)];
+    for( ; (*pp)!=pNode; pp = &(*pp)->pNext){ assert(*pp); }
+    *pp = pNode->pNext;
+    pNode->pNext = 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate and return new r-tree node. Initially, (RtreeNode.iNode==0),
+** indicating that node has not yet been assigned a node number. It is
+** assigned a node number when nodeWrite() is called to write the
+** node contents out to the database.
+*/
+static RtreeNode *nodeNew(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pParent){
+  RtreeNode *pNode;
+  pNode = (RtreeNode *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeNode) + pRtree->iNodeSize);
+  if( pNode ){
+    memset(pNode, 0, sizeof(RtreeNode) + pRtree->iNodeSize);
+    pNode->zData = (u8 *)&pNode[1];
+    pNode->nRef = 1;
+    pNode->pParent = pParent;
+    pNode->isDirty = 1;
+    nodeReference(pParent);
+  }
+  return pNode;
+}
+
+/*
+** Obtain a reference to an r-tree node.
+*/
+static int
+nodeAcquire(
+  Rtree *pRtree,             /* R-tree structure */
+  i64 iNode,                 /* Node number to load */
+  RtreeNode *pParent,        /* Either the parent node or NULL */
+  RtreeNode **ppNode         /* OUT: Acquired node */
+){
+  int rc;
+  int rc2 = SQLITE_OK;
+  RtreeNode *pNode;
+
+  /* Check if the requested node is already in the hash table. If so,
+  ** increase its reference count and return it.
+  */
+  if( (pNode = nodeHashLookup(pRtree, iNode)) ){
+    assert( !pParent || !pNode->pParent || pNode->pParent==pParent );
+    if( pParent && !pNode->pParent ){
+      nodeReference(pParent);
+      pNode->pParent = pParent;
+    }
+    pNode->nRef++;
+    *ppNode = pNode;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pReadNode, 1, iNode);
+  rc = sqlite3_step(pRtree->pReadNode);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
+    const u8 *zBlob = sqlite3_column_blob(pRtree->pReadNode, 0);
+    if( pRtree->iNodeSize==sqlite3_column_bytes(pRtree->pReadNode, 0) ){
+      pNode = (RtreeNode *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeNode)+pRtree->iNodeSize);
+      if( !pNode ){
+        rc2 = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }else{
+        pNode->pParent = pParent;
+        pNode->zData = (u8 *)&pNode[1];
+        pNode->nRef = 1;
+        pNode->iNode = iNode;
+        pNode->isDirty = 0;
+        pNode->pNext = 0;
+        memcpy(pNode->zData, zBlob, pRtree->iNodeSize);
+        nodeReference(pParent);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pReadNode);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
+
+  /* If the root node was just loaded, set pRtree->iDepth to the height
+  ** of the r-tree structure. A height of zero means all data is stored on
+  ** the root node. A height of one means the children of the root node
+  ** are the leaves, and so on. If the depth as specified on the root node
+  ** is greater than RTREE_MAX_DEPTH, the r-tree structure must be corrupt.
+  */
+  if( pNode && iNode==1 ){
+    pRtree->iDepth = readInt16(pNode->zData);
+    if( pRtree->iDepth>RTREE_MAX_DEPTH ){
+      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If no error has occurred so far, check if the "number of entries"
+  ** field on the node is too large. If so, set the return code to 
+  ** SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB.
+  */
+  if( pNode && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( NCELL(pNode)>((pRtree->iNodeSize-4)/pRtree->nBytesPerCell) ){
+      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( pNode!=0 ){
+      nodeHashInsert(pRtree, pNode);
+    }else{
+      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+    }
+    *ppNode = pNode;
+  }else{
+    sqlite3_free(pNode);
+    *ppNode = 0;
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Overwrite cell iCell of node pNode with the contents of pCell.
+*/
+static void nodeOverwriteCell(
+  Rtree *pRtree, 
+  RtreeNode *pNode,  
+  RtreeCell *pCell, 
+  int iCell
+){
+  int ii;
+  u8 *p = &pNode->zData[4 + pRtree->nBytesPerCell*iCell];
+  p += writeInt64(p, pCell->iRowid);
+  for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii++){
+    p += writeCoord(p, &pCell->aCoord[ii]);
+  }
+  pNode->isDirty = 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Remove cell the cell with index iCell from node pNode.
+*/
+static void nodeDeleteCell(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode, int iCell){
+  u8 *pDst = &pNode->zData[4 + pRtree->nBytesPerCell*iCell];
+  u8 *pSrc = &pDst[pRtree->nBytesPerCell];
+  int nByte = (NCELL(pNode) - iCell - 1) * pRtree->nBytesPerCell;
+  memmove(pDst, pSrc, nByte);
+  writeInt16(&pNode->zData[2], NCELL(pNode)-1);
+  pNode->isDirty = 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Insert the contents of cell pCell into node pNode. If the insert
+** is successful, return SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** If there is not enough free space in pNode, return SQLITE_FULL.
+*/
+static int
+nodeInsertCell(
+  Rtree *pRtree, 
+  RtreeNode *pNode, 
+  RtreeCell *pCell 
+){
+  int nCell;                    /* Current number of cells in pNode */
+  int nMaxCell;                 /* Maximum number of cells for pNode */
+
+  nMaxCell = (pRtree->iNodeSize-4)/pRtree->nBytesPerCell;
+  nCell = NCELL(pNode);
+
+  assert( nCell<=nMaxCell );
+  if( nCell<nMaxCell ){
+    nodeOverwriteCell(pRtree, pNode, pCell, nCell);
+    writeInt16(&pNode->zData[2], nCell+1);
+    pNode->isDirty = 1;
+  }
+
+  return (nCell==nMaxCell);
+}
+
+/*
+** If the node is dirty, write it out to the database.
+*/
+static int
+nodeWrite(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( pNode->isDirty ){
+    sqlite3_stmt *p = pRtree->pWriteNode;
+    if( pNode->iNode ){
+      sqlite3_bind_int64(p, 1, pNode->iNode);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3_bind_null(p, 1);
+    }
+    sqlite3_bind_blob(p, 2, pNode->zData, pRtree->iNodeSize, SQLITE_STATIC);
+    sqlite3_step(p);
+    pNode->isDirty = 0;
+    rc = sqlite3_reset(p);
+    if( pNode->iNode==0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      pNode->iNode = sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(pRtree->db);
+      nodeHashInsert(pRtree, pNode);
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Release a reference to a node. If the node is dirty and the reference
+** count drops to zero, the node data is written to the database.
+*/
+static int
+nodeRelease(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( pNode ){
+    assert( pNode->nRef>0 );
+    pNode->nRef--;
+    if( pNode->nRef==0 ){
+      if( pNode->iNode==1 ){
+        pRtree->iDepth = -1;
+      }
+      if( pNode->pParent ){
+        rc = nodeRelease(pRtree, pNode->pParent);
+      }
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = nodeWrite(pRtree, pNode);
+      }
+      nodeHashDelete(pRtree, pNode);
+      sqlite3_free(pNode);
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the 64-bit integer value associated with cell iCell of
+** node pNode. If pNode is a leaf node, this is a rowid. If it is
+** an internal node, then the 64-bit integer is a child page number.
+*/
+static i64 nodeGetRowid(
+  Rtree *pRtree, 
+  RtreeNode *pNode, 
+  int iCell
+){
+  assert( iCell<NCELL(pNode) );
+  return readInt64(&pNode->zData[4 + pRtree->nBytesPerCell*iCell]);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return coordinate iCoord from cell iCell in node pNode.
+*/
+static void nodeGetCoord(
+  Rtree *pRtree, 
+  RtreeNode *pNode, 
+  int iCell,
+  int iCoord,
+  RtreeCoord *pCoord           /* Space to write result to */
+){
+  readCoord(&pNode->zData[12 + pRtree->nBytesPerCell*iCell + 4*iCoord], pCoord);
+}
+
+/*
+** Deserialize cell iCell of node pNode. Populate the structure pointed
+** to by pCell with the results.
+*/
+static void nodeGetCell(
+  Rtree *pRtree, 
+  RtreeNode *pNode, 
+  int iCell,
+  RtreeCell *pCell
+){
+  int ii;
+  pCell->iRowid = nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pNode, iCell);
+  for(ii=0; ii<pRtree->nDim*2; ii++){
+    nodeGetCoord(pRtree, pNode, iCell, ii, &pCell->aCoord[ii]);
+  }
+}
+
+
+/* Forward declaration for the function that does the work of
+** the virtual table module xCreate() and xConnect() methods.
+*/
+static int rtreeInit(
+  sqlite3 *, void *, int, const char *const*, sqlite3_vtab **, char **, int
+);
+
+/* 
+** Rtree virtual table module xCreate method.
+*/
+static int rtreeCreate(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  void *pAux,
+  int argc, const char *const*argv,
+  sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab,
+  char **pzErr
+){
+  return rtreeInit(db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVtab, pzErr, 1);
+}
+
+/* 
+** Rtree virtual table module xConnect method.
+*/
+static int rtreeConnect(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  void *pAux,
+  int argc, const char *const*argv,
+  sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab,
+  char **pzErr
+){
+  return rtreeInit(db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVtab, pzErr, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Increment the r-tree reference count.
+*/
+static void rtreeReference(Rtree *pRtree){
+  pRtree->nBusy++;
+}
+
+/*
+** Decrement the r-tree reference count. When the reference count reaches
+** zero the structure is deleted.
+*/
+static void rtreeRelease(Rtree *pRtree){
+  pRtree->nBusy--;
+  if( pRtree->nBusy==0 ){
+    sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pReadNode);
+    sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pWriteNode);
+    sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pDeleteNode);
+    sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pReadRowid);
+    sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pWriteRowid);
+    sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pDeleteRowid);
+    sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pReadParent);
+    sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pWriteParent);
+    sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pDeleteParent);
+    sqlite3_free(pRtree);
+  }
+}
+
+/* 
+** Rtree virtual table module xDisconnect method.
+*/
+static int rtreeDisconnect(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
+  rtreeRelease((Rtree *)pVtab);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/* 
+** Rtree virtual table module xDestroy method.
+*/
+static int rtreeDestroy(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
+  Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVtab;
+  int rc;
+  char *zCreate = sqlite3_mprintf(
+    "DROP TABLE '%q'.'%q_node';"
+    "DROP TABLE '%q'.'%q_rowid';"
+    "DROP TABLE '%q'.'%q_parent';",
+    pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, 
+    pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName,
+    pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName
+  );
+  if( !zCreate ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }else{
+    rc = sqlite3_exec(pRtree->db, zCreate, 0, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3_free(zCreate);
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rtreeRelease(pRtree);
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* 
+** Rtree virtual table module xOpen method.
+*/
+static int rtreeOpen(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor){
+  int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  RtreeCursor *pCsr;
+
+  pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeCursor));
+  if( pCsr ){
+    memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(RtreeCursor));
+    pCsr->base.pVtab = pVTab;
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  *ppCursor = (sqlite3_vtab_cursor *)pCsr;
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Free the RtreeCursor.aConstraint[] array and its contents.
+*/
+static void freeCursorConstraints(RtreeCursor *pCsr){
+  if( pCsr->aConstraint ){
+    int i;                        /* Used to iterate through constraint array */
+    for(i=0; i<pCsr->nConstraint; i++){
+      sqlite3_rtree_geometry *pGeom = pCsr->aConstraint[i].pGeom;
+      if( pGeom ){
+        if( pGeom->xDelUser ) pGeom->xDelUser(pGeom->pUser);
+        sqlite3_free(pGeom);
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3_free(pCsr->aConstraint);
+    pCsr->aConstraint = 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/* 
+** Rtree virtual table module xClose method.
+*/
+static int rtreeClose(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){
+  Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)(cur->pVtab);
+  int rc;
+  RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)cur;
+  freeCursorConstraints(pCsr);
+  rc = nodeRelease(pRtree, pCsr->pNode);
+  sqlite3_free(pCsr);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Rtree virtual table module xEof method.
+**
+** Return non-zero if the cursor does not currently point to a valid 
+** record (i.e if the scan has finished), or zero otherwise.
+*/
+static int rtreeEof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){
+  RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)cur;
+  return (pCsr->pNode==0);
+}
+
+/*
+** The r-tree constraint passed as the second argument to this function is
+** guaranteed to be a MATCH constraint.
+*/
+static int testRtreeGeom(
+  Rtree *pRtree,                  /* R-Tree object */
+  RtreeConstraint *pConstraint,   /* MATCH constraint to test */
+  RtreeCell *pCell,               /* Cell to test */
+  int *pbRes                      /* OUT: Test result */
+){
+  int i;
+  RtreeDValue aCoord[RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS*2];
+  int nCoord = pRtree->nDim*2;
+
+  assert( pConstraint->op==RTREE_MATCH );
+  assert( pConstraint->pGeom );
+
+  for(i=0; i<nCoord; i++){
+    aCoord[i] = DCOORD(pCell->aCoord[i]);
+  }
+  return pConstraint->xGeom(pConstraint->pGeom, nCoord, aCoord, pbRes);
+}
+
+/* 
+** Cursor pCursor currently points to a cell in a non-leaf page.
+** Set *pbEof to true if the sub-tree headed by the cell is filtered
+** (excluded) by the constraints in the pCursor->aConstraint[] 
+** array, or false otherwise.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK if successful or an SQLite error code if an error
+** occurs within a geometry callback.
+*/
+static int testRtreeCell(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCursor *pCursor, int *pbEof){
+  RtreeCell cell;
+  int ii;
+  int bRes = 0;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  nodeGetCell(pRtree, pCursor->pNode, pCursor->iCell, &cell);
+  for(ii=0; bRes==0 && ii<pCursor->nConstraint; ii++){
+    RtreeConstraint *p = &pCursor->aConstraint[ii];
+    RtreeDValue cell_min = DCOORD(cell.aCoord[(p->iCoord>>1)*2]);
+    RtreeDValue cell_max = DCOORD(cell.aCoord[(p->iCoord>>1)*2+1]);
+
+    assert(p->op==RTREE_LE || p->op==RTREE_LT || p->op==RTREE_GE 
+        || p->op==RTREE_GT || p->op==RTREE_EQ || p->op==RTREE_MATCH
+    );
+
+    switch( p->op ){
+      case RTREE_LE: case RTREE_LT: 
+        bRes = p->rValue<cell_min; 
+        break;
+
+      case RTREE_GE: case RTREE_GT: 
+        bRes = p->rValue>cell_max; 
+        break;
+
+      case RTREE_EQ:
+        bRes = (p->rValue>cell_max || p->rValue<cell_min);
+        break;
+
+      default: {
+        assert( p->op==RTREE_MATCH );
+        rc = testRtreeGeom(pRtree, p, &cell, &bRes);
+        bRes = !bRes;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  *pbEof = bRes;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* 
+** Test if the cell that cursor pCursor currently points to
+** would be filtered (excluded) by the constraints in the 
+** pCursor->aConstraint[] array. If so, set *pbEof to true before
+** returning. If the cell is not filtered (excluded) by the constraints,
+** set pbEof to zero.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK if successful or an SQLite error code if an error
+** occurs within a geometry callback.
+**
+** This function assumes that the cell is part of a leaf node.
+*/
+static int testRtreeEntry(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCursor *pCursor, int *pbEof){
+  RtreeCell cell;
+  int ii;
+  *pbEof = 0;
+
+  nodeGetCell(pRtree, pCursor->pNode, pCursor->iCell, &cell);
+  for(ii=0; ii<pCursor->nConstraint; ii++){
+    RtreeConstraint *p = &pCursor->aConstraint[ii];
+    RtreeDValue coord = DCOORD(cell.aCoord[p->iCoord]);
+    int res;
+    assert(p->op==RTREE_LE || p->op==RTREE_LT || p->op==RTREE_GE 
+        || p->op==RTREE_GT || p->op==RTREE_EQ || p->op==RTREE_MATCH
+    );
+    switch( p->op ){
+      case RTREE_LE: res = (coord<=p->rValue); break;
+      case RTREE_LT: res = (coord<p->rValue);  break;
+      case RTREE_GE: res = (coord>=p->rValue); break;
+      case RTREE_GT: res = (coord>p->rValue);  break;
+      case RTREE_EQ: res = (coord==p->rValue); break;
+      default: {
+        int rc;
+        assert( p->op==RTREE_MATCH );
+        rc = testRtreeGeom(pRtree, p, &cell, &res);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          return rc;
+        }
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if( !res ){
+      *pbEof = 1;
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Cursor pCursor currently points at a node that heads a sub-tree of
+** height iHeight (if iHeight==0, then the node is a leaf). Descend
+** to point to the left-most cell of the sub-tree that matches the 
+** configured constraints.
+*/
+static int descendToCell(
+  Rtree *pRtree, 
+  RtreeCursor *pCursor, 
+  int iHeight,
+  int *pEof                 /* OUT: Set to true if cannot descend */
+){
+  int isEof;
+  int rc;
+  int ii;
+  RtreeNode *pChild;
+  sqlite3_int64 iRowid;
+
+  RtreeNode *pSavedNode = pCursor->pNode;
+  int iSavedCell = pCursor->iCell;
+
+  assert( iHeight>=0 );
+
+  if( iHeight==0 ){
+    rc = testRtreeEntry(pRtree, pCursor, &isEof);
+  }else{
+    rc = testRtreeCell(pRtree, pCursor, &isEof);
+  }
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isEof || iHeight==0 ){
+    goto descend_to_cell_out;
+  }
+
+  iRowid = nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pCursor->pNode, pCursor->iCell);
+  rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, iRowid, pCursor->pNode, &pChild);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    goto descend_to_cell_out;
+  }
+
+  nodeRelease(pRtree, pCursor->pNode);
+  pCursor->pNode = pChild;
+  isEof = 1;
+  for(ii=0; isEof && ii<NCELL(pChild); ii++){
+    pCursor->iCell = ii;
+    rc = descendToCell(pRtree, pCursor, iHeight-1, &isEof);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      goto descend_to_cell_out;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( isEof ){
+    assert( pCursor->pNode==pChild );
+    nodeReference(pSavedNode);
+    nodeRelease(pRtree, pChild);
+    pCursor->pNode = pSavedNode;
+    pCursor->iCell = iSavedCell;
+  }
+
+descend_to_cell_out:
+  *pEof = isEof;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** One of the cells in node pNode is guaranteed to have a 64-bit 
+** integer value equal to iRowid. Return the index of this cell.
+*/
+static int nodeRowidIndex(
+  Rtree *pRtree, 
+  RtreeNode *pNode, 
+  i64 iRowid,
+  int *piIndex
+){
+  int ii;
+  int nCell = NCELL(pNode);
+  for(ii=0; ii<nCell; ii++){
+    if( nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pNode, ii)==iRowid ){
+      *piIndex = ii;
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the index of the cell containing a pointer to node pNode
+** in its parent. If pNode is the root node, return -1.
+*/
+static int nodeParentIndex(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode, int *piIndex){
+  RtreeNode *pParent = pNode->pParent;
+  if( pParent ){
+    return nodeRowidIndex(pRtree, pParent, pNode->iNode, piIndex);
+  }
+  *piIndex = -1;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/* 
+** Rtree virtual table module xNext method.
+*/
+static int rtreeNext(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor){
+  Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)(pVtabCursor->pVtab);
+  RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)pVtabCursor;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  /* RtreeCursor.pNode must not be NULL. If is is NULL, then this cursor is
+  ** already at EOF. It is against the rules to call the xNext() method of
+  ** a cursor that has already reached EOF.
+  */
+  assert( pCsr->pNode );
+
+  if( pCsr->iStrategy==1 ){
+    /* This "scan" is a direct lookup by rowid. There is no next entry. */
+    nodeRelease(pRtree, pCsr->pNode);
+    pCsr->pNode = 0;
+  }else{
+    /* Move to the next entry that matches the configured constraints. */
+    int iHeight = 0;
+    while( pCsr->pNode ){
+      RtreeNode *pNode = pCsr->pNode;
+      int nCell = NCELL(pNode);
+      for(pCsr->iCell++; pCsr->iCell<nCell; pCsr->iCell++){
+        int isEof;
+        rc = descendToCell(pRtree, pCsr, iHeight, &isEof);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !isEof ){
+          return rc;
+        }
+      }
+      pCsr->pNode = pNode->pParent;
+      rc = nodeParentIndex(pRtree, pNode, &pCsr->iCell);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        return rc;
+      }
+      nodeReference(pCsr->pNode);
+      nodeRelease(pRtree, pNode);
+      iHeight++;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* 
+** Rtree virtual table module xRowid method.
+*/
+static int rtreeRowid(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){
+  Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVtabCursor->pVtab;
+  RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)pVtabCursor;
+
+  assert(pCsr->pNode);
+  *pRowid = nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pCsr->pNode, pCsr->iCell);
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/* 
+** Rtree virtual table module xColumn method.
+*/
+static int rtreeColumn(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur, sqlite3_context *ctx, int i){
+  Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)cur->pVtab;
+  RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)cur;
+
+  if( i==0 ){
+    i64 iRowid = nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pCsr->pNode, pCsr->iCell);
+    sqlite3_result_int64(ctx, iRowid);
+  }else{
+    RtreeCoord c;
+    nodeGetCoord(pRtree, pCsr->pNode, pCsr->iCell, i-1, &c);
+#ifndef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY
+    if( pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_REAL32 ){
+      sqlite3_result_double(ctx, c.f);
+    }else
+#endif
+    {
+      assert( pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_INT32 );
+      sqlite3_result_int(ctx, c.i);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/* 
+** Use nodeAcquire() to obtain the leaf node containing the record with 
+** rowid iRowid. If successful, set *ppLeaf to point to the node and
+** return SQLITE_OK. If there is no such record in the table, set
+** *ppLeaf to 0 and return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs, set *ppLeaf
+** to zero and return an SQLite error code.
+*/
+static int findLeafNode(Rtree *pRtree, i64 iRowid, RtreeNode **ppLeaf){
+  int rc;
+  *ppLeaf = 0;
+  sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pReadRowid, 1, iRowid);
+  if( sqlite3_step(pRtree->pReadRowid)==SQLITE_ROW ){
+    i64 iNode = sqlite3_column_int64(pRtree->pReadRowid, 0);
+    rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, iNode, 0, ppLeaf);
+    sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pReadRowid);
+  }else{
+    rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pReadRowid);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called to configure the RtreeConstraint object passed
+** as the second argument for a MATCH constraint. The value passed as the
+** first argument to this function is the right-hand operand to the MATCH
+** operator.
+*/
+static int deserializeGeometry(sqlite3_value *pValue, RtreeConstraint *pCons){
+  RtreeMatchArg *p;
+  sqlite3_rtree_geometry *pGeom;
+  int nBlob;
+
+  /* Check that value is actually a blob. */
+  if( sqlite3_value_type(pValue)!=SQLITE_BLOB ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
+
+  /* Check that the blob is roughly the right size. */
+  nBlob = sqlite3_value_bytes(pValue);
+  if( nBlob<(int)sizeof(RtreeMatchArg) 
+   || ((nBlob-sizeof(RtreeMatchArg))%sizeof(RtreeDValue))!=0
+  ){
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  pGeom = (sqlite3_rtree_geometry *)sqlite3_malloc(
+      sizeof(sqlite3_rtree_geometry) + nBlob
+  );
+  if( !pGeom ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  memset(pGeom, 0, sizeof(sqlite3_rtree_geometry));
+  p = (RtreeMatchArg *)&pGeom[1];
+
+  memcpy(p, sqlite3_value_blob(pValue), nBlob);
+  if( p->magic!=RTREE_GEOMETRY_MAGIC 
+   || nBlob!=(int)(sizeof(RtreeMatchArg) + (p->nParam-1)*sizeof(RtreeDValue))
+  ){
+    sqlite3_free(pGeom);
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  pGeom->pContext = p->pContext;
+  pGeom->nParam = p->nParam;
+  pGeom->aParam = p->aParam;
+
+  pCons->xGeom = p->xGeom;
+  pCons->pGeom = pGeom;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/* 
+** Rtree virtual table module xFilter method.
+*/
+static int rtreeFilter(
+  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor, 
+  int idxNum, const char *idxStr,
+  int argc, sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVtabCursor->pVtab;
+  RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)pVtabCursor;
+
+  RtreeNode *pRoot = 0;
+  int ii;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  rtreeReference(pRtree);
+
+  freeCursorConstraints(pCsr);
+  pCsr->iStrategy = idxNum;
+
+  if( idxNum==1 ){
+    /* Special case - lookup by rowid. */
+    RtreeNode *pLeaf;        /* Leaf on which the required cell resides */
+    i64 iRowid = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]);
+    rc = findLeafNode(pRtree, iRowid, &pLeaf);
+    pCsr->pNode = pLeaf; 
+    if( pLeaf ){
+      assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+      rc = nodeRowidIndex(pRtree, pLeaf, iRowid, &pCsr->iCell);
+    }
+  }else{
+    /* Normal case - r-tree scan. Set up the RtreeCursor.aConstraint array 
+    ** with the configured constraints. 
+    */
+    if( argc>0 ){
+      pCsr->aConstraint = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeConstraint)*argc);
+      pCsr->nConstraint = argc;
+      if( !pCsr->aConstraint ){
+        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }else{
+        memset(pCsr->aConstraint, 0, sizeof(RtreeConstraint)*argc);
+        assert( (idxStr==0 && argc==0)
+                || (idxStr && (int)strlen(idxStr)==argc*2) );
+        for(ii=0; ii<argc; ii++){
+          RtreeConstraint *p = &pCsr->aConstraint[ii];
+          p->op = idxStr[ii*2];
+          p->iCoord = idxStr[ii*2+1]-'a';
+          if( p->op==RTREE_MATCH ){
+            /* A MATCH operator. The right-hand-side must be a blob that
+            ** can be cast into an RtreeMatchArg object. One created using
+            ** an sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback() SQL user function.
+            */
+            rc = deserializeGeometry(argv[ii], p);
+            if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+              break;
+            }
+          }else{
+#ifdef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY
+            p->rValue = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[ii]);
+#else
+            p->rValue = sqlite3_value_double(argv[ii]);
+#endif
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      pCsr->pNode = 0;
+      rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, 1, 0, &pRoot);
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      int isEof = 1;
+      int nCell = NCELL(pRoot);
+      pCsr->pNode = pRoot;
+      for(pCsr->iCell=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && pCsr->iCell<nCell; pCsr->iCell++){
+        assert( pCsr->pNode==pRoot );
+        rc = descendToCell(pRtree, pCsr, pRtree->iDepth, &isEof);
+        if( !isEof ){
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && isEof ){
+        assert( pCsr->pNode==pRoot );
+        nodeRelease(pRtree, pRoot);
+        pCsr->pNode = 0;
+      }
+      assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !pCsr->pNode || pCsr->iCell<NCELL(pCsr->pNode) );
+    }
+  }
+
+  rtreeRelease(pRtree);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Rtree virtual table module xBestIndex method. There are three
+** table scan strategies to choose from (in order from most to 
+** least desirable):
+**
+**   idxNum     idxStr        Strategy
+**   ------------------------------------------------
+**     1        Unused        Direct lookup by rowid.
+**     2        See below     R-tree query or full-table scan.
+**   ------------------------------------------------
+**
+** If strategy 1 is used, then idxStr is not meaningful. If strategy
+** 2 is used, idxStr is formatted to contain 2 bytes for each 
+** constraint used. The first two bytes of idxStr correspond to 
+** the constraint in sqlite3_index_info.aConstraintUsage[] with
+** (argvIndex==1) etc.
+**
+** The first of each pair of bytes in idxStr identifies the constraint
+** operator as follows:
+**
+**   Operator    Byte Value
+**   ----------------------
+**      =        0x41 ('A')
+**     <=        0x42 ('B')
+**      <        0x43 ('C')
+**     >=        0x44 ('D')
+**      >        0x45 ('E')
+**   MATCH       0x46 ('F')
+**   ----------------------
+**
+** The second of each pair of bytes identifies the coordinate column
+** to which the constraint applies. The leftmost coordinate column
+** is 'a', the second from the left 'b' etc.
+*/
+static int rtreeBestIndex(sqlite3_vtab *tab, sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int ii;
+
+  int iIdx = 0;
+  char zIdxStr[RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS*8+1];
+  memset(zIdxStr, 0, sizeof(zIdxStr));
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(tab);
+
+  assert( pIdxInfo->idxStr==0 );
+  for(ii=0; ii<pIdxInfo->nConstraint && iIdx<(int)(sizeof(zIdxStr)-1); ii++){
+    struct sqlite3_index_constraint *p = &pIdxInfo->aConstraint[ii];
+
+    if( p->usable && p->iColumn==0 && p->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ ){
+      /* We have an equality constraint on the rowid. Use strategy 1. */
+      int jj;
+      for(jj=0; jj<ii; jj++){
+        pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[jj].argvIndex = 0;
+        pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[jj].omit = 0;
+      }
+      pIdxInfo->idxNum = 1;
+      pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[ii].argvIndex = 1;
+      pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[jj].omit = 1;
+
+      /* This strategy involves a two rowid lookups on an B-Tree structures
+      ** and then a linear search of an R-Tree node. This should be 
+      ** considered almost as quick as a direct rowid lookup (for which 
+      ** sqlite uses an internal cost of 0.0).
+      */ 
+      pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = 10.0;
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+
+    if( p->usable && (p->iColumn>0 || p->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH) ){
+      u8 op;
+      switch( p->op ){
+        case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ: op = RTREE_EQ; break;
+        case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT: op = RTREE_GT; break;
+        case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE: op = RTREE_LE; break;
+        case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT: op = RTREE_LT; break;
+        case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE: op = RTREE_GE; break;
+        default:
+          assert( p->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH );
+          op = RTREE_MATCH; 
+          break;
+      }
+      zIdxStr[iIdx++] = op;
+      zIdxStr[iIdx++] = p->iColumn - 1 + 'a';
+      pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[ii].argvIndex = (iIdx/2);
+      pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[ii].omit = 1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  pIdxInfo->idxNum = 2;
+  pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr = 1;
+  if( iIdx>0 && 0==(pIdxInfo->idxStr = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zIdxStr)) ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  assert( iIdx>=0 );
+  pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = (2000000.0 / (double)(iIdx + 1));
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the N-dimensional volumn of the cell stored in *p.
+*/
+static RtreeDValue cellArea(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p){
+  RtreeDValue area = (RtreeDValue)1;
+  int ii;
+  for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii+=2){
+    area = (area * (DCOORD(p->aCoord[ii+1]) - DCOORD(p->aCoord[ii])));
+  }
+  return area;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the margin length of cell p. The margin length is the sum
+** of the objects size in each dimension.
+*/
+static RtreeDValue cellMargin(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p){
+  RtreeDValue margin = (RtreeDValue)0;
+  int ii;
+  for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii+=2){
+    margin += (DCOORD(p->aCoord[ii+1]) - DCOORD(p->aCoord[ii]));
+  }
+  return margin;
+}
+
+/*
+** Store the union of cells p1 and p2 in p1.
+*/
+static void cellUnion(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p1, RtreeCell *p2){
+  int ii;
+  if( pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_REAL32 ){
+    for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii+=2){
+      p1->aCoord[ii].f = MIN(p1->aCoord[ii].f, p2->aCoord[ii].f);
+      p1->aCoord[ii+1].f = MAX(p1->aCoord[ii+1].f, p2->aCoord[ii+1].f);
+    }
+  }else{
+    for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii+=2){
+      p1->aCoord[ii].i = MIN(p1->aCoord[ii].i, p2->aCoord[ii].i);
+      p1->aCoord[ii+1].i = MAX(p1->aCoord[ii+1].i, p2->aCoord[ii+1].i);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return true if the area covered by p2 is a subset of the area covered
+** by p1. False otherwise.
+*/
+static int cellContains(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p1, RtreeCell *p2){
+  int ii;
+  int isInt = (pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_INT32);
+  for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii+=2){
+    RtreeCoord *a1 = &p1->aCoord[ii];
+    RtreeCoord *a2 = &p2->aCoord[ii];
+    if( (!isInt && (a2[0].f<a1[0].f || a2[1].f>a1[1].f)) 
+     || ( isInt && (a2[0].i<a1[0].i || a2[1].i>a1[1].i)) 
+    ){
+      return 0;
+    }
+  }
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the amount cell p would grow by if it were unioned with pCell.
+*/
+static RtreeDValue cellGrowth(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p, RtreeCell *pCell){
+  RtreeDValue area;
+  RtreeCell cell;
+  memcpy(&cell, p, sizeof(RtreeCell));
+  area = cellArea(pRtree, &cell);
+  cellUnion(pRtree, &cell, pCell);
+  return (cellArea(pRtree, &cell)-area);
+}
+
+#if VARIANT_RSTARTREE_CHOOSESUBTREE || VARIANT_RSTARTREE_SPLIT
+static RtreeDValue cellOverlap(
+  Rtree *pRtree, 
+  RtreeCell *p, 
+  RtreeCell *aCell, 
+  int nCell, 
+  int iExclude
+){
+  int ii;
+  RtreeDValue overlap = 0.0;
+  for(ii=0; ii<nCell; ii++){
+#if VARIANT_RSTARTREE_CHOOSESUBTREE
+    if( ii!=iExclude )
+#else
+    assert( iExclude==-1 );
+    UNUSED_PARAMETER(iExclude);
+#endif
+    {
+      int jj;
+      RtreeDValue o = (RtreeDValue)1;
+      for(jj=0; jj<(pRtree->nDim*2); jj+=2){
+        RtreeDValue x1, x2;
+
+        x1 = MAX(DCOORD(p->aCoord[jj]), DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[jj]));
+        x2 = MIN(DCOORD(p->aCoord[jj+1]), DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[jj+1]));
+
+        if( x2<x1 ){
+          o = 0.0;
+          break;
+        }else{
+          o = o * (x2-x1);
+        }
+      }
+      overlap += o;
+    }
+  }
+  return overlap;
+}
+#endif
+
+#if VARIANT_RSTARTREE_CHOOSESUBTREE
+static RtreeDValue cellOverlapEnlargement(
+  Rtree *pRtree, 
+  RtreeCell *p, 
+  RtreeCell *pInsert, 
+  RtreeCell *aCell, 
+  int nCell, 
+  int iExclude
+){
+  RtreeDValue before, after;
+  before = cellOverlap(pRtree, p, aCell, nCell, iExclude);
+  cellUnion(pRtree, p, pInsert);
+  after = cellOverlap(pRtree, p, aCell, nCell, iExclude);
+  return (after-before);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** This function implements the ChooseLeaf algorithm from Gutman[84].
+** ChooseSubTree in r*tree terminology.
+*/
+static int ChooseLeaf(
+  Rtree *pRtree,               /* Rtree table */
+  RtreeCell *pCell,            /* Cell to insert into rtree */
+  int iHeight,                 /* Height of sub-tree rooted at pCell */
+  RtreeNode **ppLeaf           /* OUT: Selected leaf page */
+){
+  int rc;
+  int ii;
+  RtreeNode *pNode;
+  rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, 1, 0, &pNode);
+
+  for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<(pRtree->iDepth-iHeight); ii++){
+    int iCell;
+    sqlite3_int64 iBest = 0;
+
+    RtreeDValue fMinGrowth = 0.0;
+    RtreeDValue fMinArea = 0.0;
+#if VARIANT_RSTARTREE_CHOOSESUBTREE
+    RtreeDValue fMinOverlap = 0.0;
+    RtreeDValue overlap;
+#endif
+
+    int nCell = NCELL(pNode);
+    RtreeCell cell;
+    RtreeNode *pChild;
+
+    RtreeCell *aCell = 0;
+
+#if VARIANT_RSTARTREE_CHOOSESUBTREE
+    if( ii==(pRtree->iDepth-1) ){
+      int jj;
+      aCell = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeCell)*nCell);
+      if( !aCell ){
+        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+        nodeRelease(pRtree, pNode);
+        pNode = 0;
+        continue;
+      }
+      for(jj=0; jj<nCell; jj++){
+        nodeGetCell(pRtree, pNode, jj, &aCell[jj]);
+      }
+    }
+#endif
+
+    /* Select the child node which will be enlarged the least if pCell
+    ** is inserted into it. Resolve ties by choosing the entry with
+    ** the smallest area.
+    */
+    for(iCell=0; iCell<nCell; iCell++){
+      int bBest = 0;
+      RtreeDValue growth;
+      RtreeDValue area;
+      nodeGetCell(pRtree, pNode, iCell, &cell);
+      growth = cellGrowth(pRtree, &cell, pCell);
+      area = cellArea(pRtree, &cell);
+
+#if VARIANT_RSTARTREE_CHOOSESUBTREE
+      if( ii==(pRtree->iDepth-1) ){
+        overlap = cellOverlapEnlargement(pRtree,&cell,pCell,aCell,nCell,iCell);
+      }else{
+        overlap = 0.0;
+      }
+      if( (iCell==0) 
+       || (overlap<fMinOverlap) 
+       || (overlap==fMinOverlap && growth<fMinGrowth)
+       || (overlap==fMinOverlap && growth==fMinGrowth && area<fMinArea)
+      ){
+        bBest = 1;
+        fMinOverlap = overlap;
+      }
+#else
+      if( iCell==0||growth<fMinGrowth||(growth==fMinGrowth && area<fMinArea) ){
+        bBest = 1;
+      }
+#endif
+      if( bBest ){
+        fMinGrowth = growth;
+        fMinArea = area;
+        iBest = cell.iRowid;
+      }
+    }
+
+    sqlite3_free(aCell);
+    rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, iBest, pNode, &pChild);
+    nodeRelease(pRtree, pNode);
+    pNode = pChild;
+  }
+
+  *ppLeaf = pNode;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** A cell with the same content as pCell has just been inserted into
+** the node pNode. This function updates the bounding box cells in
+** all ancestor elements.
+*/
+static int AdjustTree(
+  Rtree *pRtree,                    /* Rtree table */
+  RtreeNode *pNode,                 /* Adjust ancestry of this node. */
+  RtreeCell *pCell                  /* This cell was just inserted */
+){
+  RtreeNode *p = pNode;
+  while( p->pParent ){
+    RtreeNode *pParent = p->pParent;
+    RtreeCell cell;
+    int iCell;
+
+    if( nodeParentIndex(pRtree, p, &iCell) ){
+      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+    }
+
+    nodeGetCell(pRtree, pParent, iCell, &cell);
+    if( !cellContains(pRtree, &cell, pCell) ){
+      cellUnion(pRtree, &cell, pCell);
+      nodeOverwriteCell(pRtree, pParent, &cell, iCell);
+    }
+ 
+    p = pParent;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Write mapping (iRowid->iNode) to the <rtree>_rowid table.
+*/
+static int rowidWrite(Rtree *pRtree, sqlite3_int64 iRowid, sqlite3_int64 iNode){
+  sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pWriteRowid, 1, iRowid);
+  sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pWriteRowid, 2, iNode);
+  sqlite3_step(pRtree->pWriteRowid);
+  return sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pWriteRowid);
+}
+
+/*
+** Write mapping (iNode->iPar) to the <rtree>_parent table.
+*/
+static int parentWrite(Rtree *pRtree, sqlite3_int64 iNode, sqlite3_int64 iPar){
+  sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pWriteParent, 1, iNode);
+  sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pWriteParent, 2, iPar);
+  sqlite3_step(pRtree->pWriteParent);
+  return sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pWriteParent);
+}
+
+static int rtreeInsertCell(Rtree *, RtreeNode *, RtreeCell *, int);
+
+#if VARIANT_GUTTMAN_LINEAR_SPLIT
+/*
+** Implementation of the linear variant of the PickNext() function from
+** Guttman[84].
+*/
+static RtreeCell *LinearPickNext(
+  Rtree *pRtree,
+  RtreeCell *aCell, 
+  int nCell, 
+  RtreeCell *pLeftBox, 
+  RtreeCell *pRightBox,
+  int *aiUsed
+){
+  int ii;
+  for(ii=0; aiUsed[ii]; ii++);
+  aiUsed[ii] = 1;
+  return &aCell[ii];
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the linear variant of the PickSeeds() function from
+** Guttman[84].
+*/
+static void LinearPickSeeds(
+  Rtree *pRtree,
+  RtreeCell *aCell, 
+  int nCell, 
+  int *piLeftSeed, 
+  int *piRightSeed
+){
+  int i;
+  int iLeftSeed = 0;
+  int iRightSeed = 1;
+  RtreeDValue maxNormalInnerWidth = (RtreeDValue)0;
+
+  /* Pick two "seed" cells from the array of cells. The algorithm used
+  ** here is the LinearPickSeeds algorithm from Gutman[1984]. The 
+  ** indices of the two seed cells in the array are stored in local
+  ** variables iLeftSeek and iRightSeed.
+  */
+  for(i=0; i<pRtree->nDim; i++){
+    RtreeDValue x1 = DCOORD(aCell[0].aCoord[i*2]);
+    RtreeDValue x2 = DCOORD(aCell[0].aCoord[i*2+1]);
+    RtreeDValue x3 = x1;
+    RtreeDValue x4 = x2;
+    int jj;
+
+    int iCellLeft = 0;
+    int iCellRight = 0;
+
+    for(jj=1; jj<nCell; jj++){
+      RtreeDValue left = DCOORD(aCell[jj].aCoord[i*2]);
+      RtreeDValue right = DCOORD(aCell[jj].aCoord[i*2+1]);
+
+      if( left<x1 ) x1 = left;
+      if( right>x4 ) x4 = right;
+      if( left>x3 ){
+        x3 = left;
+        iCellRight = jj;
+      }
+      if( right<x2 ){
+        x2 = right;
+        iCellLeft = jj;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if( x4!=x1 ){
+      RtreeDValue normalwidth = (x3 - x2) / (x4 - x1);
+      if( normalwidth>maxNormalInnerWidth ){
+        iLeftSeed = iCellLeft;
+        iRightSeed = iCellRight;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  *piLeftSeed = iLeftSeed;
+  *piRightSeed = iRightSeed;
+}
+#endif /* VARIANT_GUTTMAN_LINEAR_SPLIT */
+
+#if VARIANT_GUTTMAN_QUADRATIC_SPLIT
+/*
+** Implementation of the quadratic variant of the PickNext() function from
+** Guttman[84].
+*/
+static RtreeCell *QuadraticPickNext(
+  Rtree *pRtree,
+  RtreeCell *aCell, 
+  int nCell, 
+  RtreeCell *pLeftBox, 
+  RtreeCell *pRightBox,
+  int *aiUsed
+){
+  #define FABS(a) ((a)<0.0?-1.0*(a):(a))
+
+  int iSelect = -1;
+  RtreeDValue fDiff;
+  int ii;
+  for(ii=0; ii<nCell; ii++){
+    if( aiUsed[ii]==0 ){
+      RtreeDValue left = cellGrowth(pRtree, pLeftBox, &aCell[ii]);
+      RtreeDValue right = cellGrowth(pRtree, pLeftBox, &aCell[ii]);
+      RtreeDValue diff = FABS(right-left);
+      if( iSelect<0 || diff>fDiff ){
+        fDiff = diff;
+        iSelect = ii;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  aiUsed[iSelect] = 1;
+  return &aCell[iSelect];
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the quadratic variant of the PickSeeds() function from
+** Guttman[84].
+*/
+static void QuadraticPickSeeds(
+  Rtree *pRtree,
+  RtreeCell *aCell, 
+  int nCell, 
+  int *piLeftSeed, 
+  int *piRightSeed
+){
+  int ii;
+  int jj;
+
+  int iLeftSeed = 0;
+  int iRightSeed = 1;
+  RtreeDValue fWaste = 0.0;
+
+  for(ii=0; ii<nCell; ii++){
+    for(jj=ii+1; jj<nCell; jj++){
+      RtreeDValue right = cellArea(pRtree, &aCell[jj]);
+      RtreeDValue growth = cellGrowth(pRtree, &aCell[ii], &aCell[jj]);
+      RtreeDValue waste = growth - right;
+
+      if( waste>fWaste ){
+        iLeftSeed = ii;
+        iRightSeed = jj;
+        fWaste = waste;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  *piLeftSeed = iLeftSeed;
+  *piRightSeed = iRightSeed;
+}
+#endif /* VARIANT_GUTTMAN_QUADRATIC_SPLIT */
+
+/*
+** Arguments aIdx, aDistance and aSpare all point to arrays of size
+** nIdx. The aIdx array contains the set of integers from 0 to 
+** (nIdx-1) in no particular order. This function sorts the values
+** in aIdx according to the indexed values in aDistance. For
+** example, assuming the inputs:
+**
+**   aIdx      = { 0,   1,   2,   3 }
+**   aDistance = { 5.0, 2.0, 7.0, 6.0 }
+**
+** this function sets the aIdx array to contain:
+**
+**   aIdx      = { 0,   1,   2,   3 }
+**
+** The aSpare array is used as temporary working space by the
+** sorting algorithm.
+*/
+static void SortByDistance(
+  int *aIdx, 
+  int nIdx, 
+  RtreeDValue *aDistance, 
+  int *aSpare
+){
+  if( nIdx>1 ){
+    int iLeft = 0;
+    int iRight = 0;
+
+    int nLeft = nIdx/2;
+    int nRight = nIdx-nLeft;
+    int *aLeft = aIdx;
+    int *aRight = &aIdx[nLeft];
+
+    SortByDistance(aLeft, nLeft, aDistance, aSpare);
+    SortByDistance(aRight, nRight, aDistance, aSpare);
+
+    memcpy(aSpare, aLeft, sizeof(int)*nLeft);
+    aLeft = aSpare;
+
+    while( iLeft<nLeft || iRight<nRight ){
+      if( iLeft==nLeft ){
+        aIdx[iLeft+iRight] = aRight[iRight];
+        iRight++;
+      }else if( iRight==nRight ){
+        aIdx[iLeft+iRight] = aLeft[iLeft];
+        iLeft++;
+      }else{
+        RtreeDValue fLeft = aDistance[aLeft[iLeft]];
+        RtreeDValue fRight = aDistance[aRight[iRight]];
+        if( fLeft<fRight ){
+          aIdx[iLeft+iRight] = aLeft[iLeft];
+          iLeft++;
+        }else{
+          aIdx[iLeft+iRight] = aRight[iRight];
+          iRight++;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+#if 0
+    /* Check that the sort worked */
+    {
+      int jj;
+      for(jj=1; jj<nIdx; jj++){
+        RtreeDValue left = aDistance[aIdx[jj-1]];
+        RtreeDValue right = aDistance[aIdx[jj]];
+        assert( left<=right );
+      }
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Arguments aIdx, aCell and aSpare all point to arrays of size
+** nIdx. The aIdx array contains the set of integers from 0 to 
+** (nIdx-1) in no particular order. This function sorts the values
+** in aIdx according to dimension iDim of the cells in aCell. The
+** minimum value of dimension iDim is considered first, the
+** maximum used to break ties.
+**
+** The aSpare array is used as temporary working space by the
+** sorting algorithm.
+*/
+static void SortByDimension(
+  Rtree *pRtree,
+  int *aIdx, 
+  int nIdx, 
+  int iDim, 
+  RtreeCell *aCell, 
+  int *aSpare
+){
+  if( nIdx>1 ){
+
+    int iLeft = 0;
+    int iRight = 0;
+
+    int nLeft = nIdx/2;
+    int nRight = nIdx-nLeft;
+    int *aLeft = aIdx;
+    int *aRight = &aIdx[nLeft];
+
+    SortByDimension(pRtree, aLeft, nLeft, iDim, aCell, aSpare);
+    SortByDimension(pRtree, aRight, nRight, iDim, aCell, aSpare);
+
+    memcpy(aSpare, aLeft, sizeof(int)*nLeft);
+    aLeft = aSpare;
+    while( iLeft<nLeft || iRight<nRight ){
+      RtreeDValue xleft1 = DCOORD(aCell[aLeft[iLeft]].aCoord[iDim*2]);
+      RtreeDValue xleft2 = DCOORD(aCell[aLeft[iLeft]].aCoord[iDim*2+1]);
+      RtreeDValue xright1 = DCOORD(aCell[aRight[iRight]].aCoord[iDim*2]);
+      RtreeDValue xright2 = DCOORD(aCell[aRight[iRight]].aCoord[iDim*2+1]);
+      if( (iLeft!=nLeft) && ((iRight==nRight)
+       || (xleft1<xright1)
+       || (xleft1==xright1 && xleft2<xright2)
+      )){
+        aIdx[iLeft+iRight] = aLeft[iLeft];
+        iLeft++;
+      }else{
+        aIdx[iLeft+iRight] = aRight[iRight];
+        iRight++;
+      }
+    }
+
+#if 0
+    /* Check that the sort worked */
+    {
+      int jj;
+      for(jj=1; jj<nIdx; jj++){
+        RtreeDValue xleft1 = aCell[aIdx[jj-1]].aCoord[iDim*2];
+        RtreeDValue xleft2 = aCell[aIdx[jj-1]].aCoord[iDim*2+1];
+        RtreeDValue xright1 = aCell[aIdx[jj]].aCoord[iDim*2];
+        RtreeDValue xright2 = aCell[aIdx[jj]].aCoord[iDim*2+1];
+        assert( xleft1<=xright1 && (xleft1<xright1 || xleft2<=xright2) );
+      }
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+}
+
+#if VARIANT_RSTARTREE_SPLIT
+/*
+** Implementation of the R*-tree variant of SplitNode from Beckman[1990].
+*/
+static int splitNodeStartree(
+  Rtree *pRtree,
+  RtreeCell *aCell,
+  int nCell,
+  RtreeNode *pLeft,
+  RtreeNode *pRight,
+  RtreeCell *pBboxLeft,
+  RtreeCell *pBboxRight
+){
+  int **aaSorted;
+  int *aSpare;
+  int ii;
+
+  int iBestDim = 0;
+  int iBestSplit = 0;
+  RtreeDValue fBestMargin = 0.0;
+
+  int nByte = (pRtree->nDim+1)*(sizeof(int*)+nCell*sizeof(int));
+
+  aaSorted = (int **)sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
+  if( !aaSorted ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+
+  aSpare = &((int *)&aaSorted[pRtree->nDim])[pRtree->nDim*nCell];
+  memset(aaSorted, 0, nByte);
+  for(ii=0; ii<pRtree->nDim; ii++){
+    int jj;
+    aaSorted[ii] = &((int *)&aaSorted[pRtree->nDim])[ii*nCell];
+    for(jj=0; jj<nCell; jj++){
+      aaSorted[ii][jj] = jj;
+    }
+    SortByDimension(pRtree, aaSorted[ii], nCell, ii, aCell, aSpare);
+  }
+
+  for(ii=0; ii<pRtree->nDim; ii++){
+    RtreeDValue margin = 0.0;
+    RtreeDValue fBestOverlap = 0.0;
+    RtreeDValue fBestArea = 0.0;
+    int iBestLeft = 0;
+    int nLeft;
+
+    for(
+      nLeft=RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree); 
+      nLeft<=(nCell-RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree)); 
+      nLeft++
+    ){
+      RtreeCell left;
+      RtreeCell right;
+      int kk;
+      RtreeDValue overlap;
+      RtreeDValue area;
+
+      memcpy(&left, &aCell[aaSorted[ii][0]], sizeof(RtreeCell));
+      memcpy(&right, &aCell[aaSorted[ii][nCell-1]], sizeof(RtreeCell));
+      for(kk=1; kk<(nCell-1); kk++){
+        if( kk<nLeft ){
+          cellUnion(pRtree, &left, &aCell[aaSorted[ii][kk]]);
+        }else{
+          cellUnion(pRtree, &right, &aCell[aaSorted[ii][kk]]);
+        }
+      }
+      margin += cellMargin(pRtree, &left);
+      margin += cellMargin(pRtree, &right);
+      overlap = cellOverlap(pRtree, &left, &right, 1, -1);
+      area = cellArea(pRtree, &left) + cellArea(pRtree, &right);
+      if( (nLeft==RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree))
+       || (overlap<fBestOverlap)
+       || (overlap==fBestOverlap && area<fBestArea)
+      ){
+        iBestLeft = nLeft;
+        fBestOverlap = overlap;
+        fBestArea = area;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if( ii==0 || margin<fBestMargin ){
+      iBestDim = ii;
+      fBestMargin = margin;
+      iBestSplit = iBestLeft;
+    }
+  }
+
+  memcpy(pBboxLeft, &aCell[aaSorted[iBestDim][0]], sizeof(RtreeCell));
+  memcpy(pBboxRight, &aCell[aaSorted[iBestDim][iBestSplit]], sizeof(RtreeCell));
+  for(ii=0; ii<nCell; ii++){
+    RtreeNode *pTarget = (ii<iBestSplit)?pLeft:pRight;
+    RtreeCell *pBbox = (ii<iBestSplit)?pBboxLeft:pBboxRight;
+    RtreeCell *pCell = &aCell[aaSorted[iBestDim][ii]];
+    nodeInsertCell(pRtree, pTarget, pCell);
+    cellUnion(pRtree, pBbox, pCell);
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_free(aaSorted);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif
+
+#if VARIANT_GUTTMAN_SPLIT
+/*
+** Implementation of the regular R-tree SplitNode from Guttman[1984].
+*/
+static int splitNodeGuttman(
+  Rtree *pRtree,
+  RtreeCell *aCell,
+  int nCell,
+  RtreeNode *pLeft,
+  RtreeNode *pRight,
+  RtreeCell *pBboxLeft,
+  RtreeCell *pBboxRight
+){
+  int iLeftSeed = 0;
+  int iRightSeed = 1;
+  int *aiUsed;
+  int i;
+
+  aiUsed = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(int)*nCell);
+  if( !aiUsed ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  memset(aiUsed, 0, sizeof(int)*nCell);
+
+  PickSeeds(pRtree, aCell, nCell, &iLeftSeed, &iRightSeed);
+
+  memcpy(pBboxLeft, &aCell[iLeftSeed], sizeof(RtreeCell));
+  memcpy(pBboxRight, &aCell[iRightSeed], sizeof(RtreeCell));
+  nodeInsertCell(pRtree, pLeft, &aCell[iLeftSeed]);
+  nodeInsertCell(pRtree, pRight, &aCell[iRightSeed]);
+  aiUsed[iLeftSeed] = 1;
+  aiUsed[iRightSeed] = 1;
+
+  for(i=nCell-2; i>0; i--){
+    RtreeCell *pNext;
+    pNext = PickNext(pRtree, aCell, nCell, pBboxLeft, pBboxRight, aiUsed);
+    RtreeDValue diff =  
+      cellGrowth(pRtree, pBboxLeft, pNext) - 
+      cellGrowth(pRtree, pBboxRight, pNext)
+    ;
+    if( (RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree)-NCELL(pRight)==i)
+     || (diff>0.0 && (RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree)-NCELL(pLeft)!=i))
+    ){
+      nodeInsertCell(pRtree, pRight, pNext);
+      cellUnion(pRtree, pBboxRight, pNext);
+    }else{
+      nodeInsertCell(pRtree, pLeft, pNext);
+      cellUnion(pRtree, pBboxLeft, pNext);
+    }
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_free(aiUsed);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif
+
+static int updateMapping(
+  Rtree *pRtree, 
+  i64 iRowid, 
+  RtreeNode *pNode, 
+  int iHeight
+){
+  int (*xSetMapping)(Rtree *, sqlite3_int64, sqlite3_int64);
+  xSetMapping = ((iHeight==0)?rowidWrite:parentWrite);
+  if( iHeight>0 ){
+    RtreeNode *pChild = nodeHashLookup(pRtree, iRowid);
+    if( pChild ){
+      nodeRelease(pRtree, pChild->pParent);
+      nodeReference(pNode);
+      pChild->pParent = pNode;
+    }
+  }
+  return xSetMapping(pRtree, iRowid, pNode->iNode);
+}
+
+static int SplitNode(
+  Rtree *pRtree,
+  RtreeNode *pNode,
+  RtreeCell *pCell,
+  int iHeight
+){
+  int i;
+  int newCellIsRight = 0;
+
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int nCell = NCELL(pNode);
+  RtreeCell *aCell;
+  int *aiUsed;
+
+  RtreeNode *pLeft = 0;
+  RtreeNode *pRight = 0;
+
+  RtreeCell leftbbox;
+  RtreeCell rightbbox;
+
+  /* Allocate an array and populate it with a copy of pCell and 
+  ** all cells from node pLeft. Then zero the original node.
+  */
+  aCell = sqlite3_malloc((sizeof(RtreeCell)+sizeof(int))*(nCell+1));
+  if( !aCell ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    goto splitnode_out;
+  }
+  aiUsed = (int *)&aCell[nCell+1];
+  memset(aiUsed, 0, sizeof(int)*(nCell+1));
+  for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
+    nodeGetCell(pRtree, pNode, i, &aCell[i]);
+  }
+  nodeZero(pRtree, pNode);
+  memcpy(&aCell[nCell], pCell, sizeof(RtreeCell));
+  nCell++;
+
+  if( pNode->iNode==1 ){
+    pRight = nodeNew(pRtree, pNode);
+    pLeft = nodeNew(pRtree, pNode);
+    pRtree->iDepth++;
+    pNode->isDirty = 1;
+    writeInt16(pNode->zData, pRtree->iDepth);
+  }else{
+    pLeft = pNode;
+    pRight = nodeNew(pRtree, pLeft->pParent);
+    nodeReference(pLeft);
+  }
+
+  if( !pLeft || !pRight ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    goto splitnode_out;
+  }
+
+  memset(pLeft->zData, 0, pRtree->iNodeSize);
+  memset(pRight->zData, 0, pRtree->iNodeSize);
+
+  rc = AssignCells(pRtree, aCell, nCell, pLeft, pRight, &leftbbox, &rightbbox);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    goto splitnode_out;
+  }
+
+  /* Ensure both child nodes have node numbers assigned to them by calling
+  ** nodeWrite(). Node pRight always needs a node number, as it was created
+  ** by nodeNew() above. But node pLeft sometimes already has a node number.
+  ** In this case avoid the all to nodeWrite().
+  */
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = nodeWrite(pRtree, pRight))
+   || (0==pLeft->iNode && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = nodeWrite(pRtree, pLeft)))
+  ){
+    goto splitnode_out;
+  }
+
+  rightbbox.iRowid = pRight->iNode;
+  leftbbox.iRowid = pLeft->iNode;
+
+  if( pNode->iNode==1 ){
+    rc = rtreeInsertCell(pRtree, pLeft->pParent, &leftbbox, iHeight+1);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      goto splitnode_out;
+    }
+  }else{
+    RtreeNode *pParent = pLeft->pParent;
+    int iCell;
+    rc = nodeParentIndex(pRtree, pLeft, &iCell);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      nodeOverwriteCell(pRtree, pParent, &leftbbox, iCell);
+      rc = AdjustTree(pRtree, pParent, &leftbbox);
+    }
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      goto splitnode_out;
+    }
+  }
+  if( (rc = rtreeInsertCell(pRtree, pRight->pParent, &rightbbox, iHeight+1)) ){
+    goto splitnode_out;
+  }
+
+  for(i=0; i<NCELL(pRight); i++){
+    i64 iRowid = nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pRight, i);
+    rc = updateMapping(pRtree, iRowid, pRight, iHeight);
+    if( iRowid==pCell->iRowid ){
+      newCellIsRight = 1;
+    }
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      goto splitnode_out;
+    }
+  }
+  if( pNode->iNode==1 ){
+    for(i=0; i<NCELL(pLeft); i++){
+      i64 iRowid = nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pLeft, i);
+      rc = updateMapping(pRtree, iRowid, pLeft, iHeight);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        goto splitnode_out;
+      }
+    }
+  }else if( newCellIsRight==0 ){
+    rc = updateMapping(pRtree, pCell->iRowid, pLeft, iHeight);
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = nodeRelease(pRtree, pRight);
+    pRight = 0;
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = nodeRelease(pRtree, pLeft);
+    pLeft = 0;
+  }
+
+splitnode_out:
+  nodeRelease(pRtree, pRight);
+  nodeRelease(pRtree, pLeft);
+  sqlite3_free(aCell);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** If node pLeaf is not the root of the r-tree and its pParent pointer is 
+** still NULL, load all ancestor nodes of pLeaf into memory and populate
+** the pLeaf->pParent chain all the way up to the root node.
+**
+** This operation is required when a row is deleted (or updated - an update
+** is implemented as a delete followed by an insert). SQLite provides the
+** rowid of the row to delete, which can be used to find the leaf on which
+** the entry resides (argument pLeaf). Once the leaf is located, this 
+** function is called to determine its ancestry.
+*/
+static int fixLeafParent(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pLeaf){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  RtreeNode *pChild = pLeaf;
+  while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pChild->iNode!=1 && pChild->pParent==0 ){
+    int rc2 = SQLITE_OK;          /* sqlite3_reset() return code */
+    sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pReadParent, 1, pChild->iNode);
+    rc = sqlite3_step(pRtree->pReadParent);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
+      RtreeNode *pTest;           /* Used to test for reference loops */
+      i64 iNode;                  /* Node number of parent node */
+
+      /* Before setting pChild->pParent, test that we are not creating a
+      ** loop of references (as we would if, say, pChild==pParent). We don't
+      ** want to do this as it leads to a memory leak when trying to delete
+      ** the referenced counted node structures.
+      */
+      iNode = sqlite3_column_int64(pRtree->pReadParent, 0);
+      for(pTest=pLeaf; pTest && pTest->iNode!=iNode; pTest=pTest->pParent);
+      if( !pTest ){
+        rc2 = nodeAcquire(pRtree, iNode, 0, &pChild->pParent);
+      }
+    }
+    rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pReadParent);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pChild->pParent ) rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+    pChild = pChild->pParent;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+static int deleteCell(Rtree *, RtreeNode *, int, int);
+
+static int removeNode(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode, int iHeight){
+  int rc;
+  int rc2;
+  RtreeNode *pParent = 0;
+  int iCell;
+
+  assert( pNode->nRef==1 );
+
+  /* Remove the entry in the parent cell. */
+  rc = nodeParentIndex(pRtree, pNode, &iCell);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    pParent = pNode->pParent;
+    pNode->pParent = 0;
+    rc = deleteCell(pRtree, pParent, iCell, iHeight+1);
+  }
+  rc2 = nodeRelease(pRtree, pParent);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = rc2;
+  }
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  /* Remove the xxx_node entry. */
+  sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pDeleteNode, 1, pNode->iNode);
+  sqlite3_step(pRtree->pDeleteNode);
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pDeleteNode)) ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  /* Remove the xxx_parent entry. */
+  sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pDeleteParent, 1, pNode->iNode);
+  sqlite3_step(pRtree->pDeleteParent);
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pDeleteParent)) ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+  
+  /* Remove the node from the in-memory hash table and link it into
+  ** the Rtree.pDeleted list. Its contents will be re-inserted later on.
+  */
+  nodeHashDelete(pRtree, pNode);
+  pNode->iNode = iHeight;
+  pNode->pNext = pRtree->pDeleted;
+  pNode->nRef++;
+  pRtree->pDeleted = pNode;
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+static int fixBoundingBox(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){
+  RtreeNode *pParent = pNode->pParent;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK; 
+  if( pParent ){
+    int ii; 
+    int nCell = NCELL(pNode);
+    RtreeCell box;                            /* Bounding box for pNode */
+    nodeGetCell(pRtree, pNode, 0, &box);
+    for(ii=1; ii<nCell; ii++){
+      RtreeCell cell;
+      nodeGetCell(pRtree, pNode, ii, &cell);
+      cellUnion(pRtree, &box, &cell);
+    }
+    box.iRowid = pNode->iNode;
+    rc = nodeParentIndex(pRtree, pNode, &ii);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      nodeOverwriteCell(pRtree, pParent, &box, ii);
+      rc = fixBoundingBox(pRtree, pParent);
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete the cell at index iCell of node pNode. After removing the
+** cell, adjust the r-tree data structure if required.
+*/
+static int deleteCell(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode, int iCell, int iHeight){
+  RtreeNode *pParent;
+  int rc;
+
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = fixLeafParent(pRtree, pNode)) ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  /* Remove the cell from the node. This call just moves bytes around
+  ** the in-memory node image, so it cannot fail.
+  */
+  nodeDeleteCell(pRtree, pNode, iCell);
+
+  /* If the node is not the tree root and now has less than the minimum
+  ** number of cells, remove it from the tree. Otherwise, update the
+  ** cell in the parent node so that it tightly contains the updated
+  ** node.
+  */
+  pParent = pNode->pParent;
+  assert( pParent || pNode->iNode==1 );
+  if( pParent ){
+    if( NCELL(pNode)<RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree) ){
+      rc = removeNode(pRtree, pNode, iHeight);
+    }else{
+      rc = fixBoundingBox(pRtree, pNode);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+static int Reinsert(
+  Rtree *pRtree, 
+  RtreeNode *pNode, 
+  RtreeCell *pCell, 
+  int iHeight
+){
+  int *aOrder;
+  int *aSpare;
+  RtreeCell *aCell;
+  RtreeDValue *aDistance;
+  int nCell;
+  RtreeDValue aCenterCoord[RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS];
+  int iDim;
+  int ii;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int n;
+
+  memset(aCenterCoord, 0, sizeof(RtreeDValue)*RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS);
+
+  nCell = NCELL(pNode)+1;
+  n = (nCell+1)&(~1);
+
+  /* Allocate the buffers used by this operation. The allocation is
+  ** relinquished before this function returns.
+  */
+  aCell = (RtreeCell *)sqlite3_malloc(n * (
+    sizeof(RtreeCell)     +         /* aCell array */
+    sizeof(int)           +         /* aOrder array */
+    sizeof(int)           +         /* aSpare array */
+    sizeof(RtreeDValue)             /* aDistance array */
+  ));
+  if( !aCell ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  aOrder    = (int *)&aCell[n];
+  aSpare    = (int *)&aOrder[n];
+  aDistance = (RtreeDValue *)&aSpare[n];
+
+  for(ii=0; ii<nCell; ii++){
+    if( ii==(nCell-1) ){
+      memcpy(&aCell[ii], pCell, sizeof(RtreeCell));
+    }else{
+      nodeGetCell(pRtree, pNode, ii, &aCell[ii]);
+    }
+    aOrder[ii] = ii;
+    for(iDim=0; iDim<pRtree->nDim; iDim++){
+      aCenterCoord[iDim] += DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2]);
+      aCenterCoord[iDim] += DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2+1]);
+    }
+  }
+  for(iDim=0; iDim<pRtree->nDim; iDim++){
+    aCenterCoord[iDim] = (aCenterCoord[iDim]/(nCell*(RtreeDValue)2));
+  }
+
+  for(ii=0; ii<nCell; ii++){
+    aDistance[ii] = 0.0;
+    for(iDim=0; iDim<pRtree->nDim; iDim++){
+      RtreeDValue coord = (DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2+1]) - 
+                               DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2]));
+      aDistance[ii] += (coord-aCenterCoord[iDim])*(coord-aCenterCoord[iDim]);
+    }
+  }
+
+  SortByDistance(aOrder, nCell, aDistance, aSpare);
+  nodeZero(pRtree, pNode);
+
+  for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<(nCell-(RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree)+1)); ii++){
+    RtreeCell *p = &aCell[aOrder[ii]];
+    nodeInsertCell(pRtree, pNode, p);
+    if( p->iRowid==pCell->iRowid ){
+      if( iHeight==0 ){
+        rc = rowidWrite(pRtree, p->iRowid, pNode->iNode);
+      }else{
+        rc = parentWrite(pRtree, p->iRowid, pNode->iNode);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = fixBoundingBox(pRtree, pNode);
+  }
+  for(; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nCell; ii++){
+    /* Find a node to store this cell in. pNode->iNode currently contains
+    ** the height of the sub-tree headed by the cell.
+    */
+    RtreeNode *pInsert;
+    RtreeCell *p = &aCell[aOrder[ii]];
+    rc = ChooseLeaf(pRtree, p, iHeight, &pInsert);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      int rc2;
+      rc = rtreeInsertCell(pRtree, pInsert, p, iHeight);
+      rc2 = nodeRelease(pRtree, pInsert);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = rc2;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_free(aCell);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Insert cell pCell into node pNode. Node pNode is the head of a 
+** subtree iHeight high (leaf nodes have iHeight==0).
+*/
+static int rtreeInsertCell(
+  Rtree *pRtree,
+  RtreeNode *pNode,
+  RtreeCell *pCell,
+  int iHeight
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( iHeight>0 ){
+    RtreeNode *pChild = nodeHashLookup(pRtree, pCell->iRowid);
+    if( pChild ){
+      nodeRelease(pRtree, pChild->pParent);
+      nodeReference(pNode);
+      pChild->pParent = pNode;
+    }
+  }
+  if( nodeInsertCell(pRtree, pNode, pCell) ){
+#if VARIANT_RSTARTREE_REINSERT
+    if( iHeight<=pRtree->iReinsertHeight || pNode->iNode==1){
+      rc = SplitNode(pRtree, pNode, pCell, iHeight);
+    }else{
+      pRtree->iReinsertHeight = iHeight;
+      rc = Reinsert(pRtree, pNode, pCell, iHeight);
+    }
+#else
+    rc = SplitNode(pRtree, pNode, pCell, iHeight);
+#endif
+  }else{
+    rc = AdjustTree(pRtree, pNode, pCell);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      if( iHeight==0 ){
+        rc = rowidWrite(pRtree, pCell->iRowid, pNode->iNode);
+      }else{
+        rc = parentWrite(pRtree, pCell->iRowid, pNode->iNode);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+static int reinsertNodeContent(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){
+  int ii;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int nCell = NCELL(pNode);
+
+  for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nCell; ii++){
+    RtreeNode *pInsert;
+    RtreeCell cell;
+    nodeGetCell(pRtree, pNode, ii, &cell);
+
+    /* Find a node to store this cell in. pNode->iNode currently contains
+    ** the height of the sub-tree headed by the cell.
+    */
+    rc = ChooseLeaf(pRtree, &cell, (int)pNode->iNode, &pInsert);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      int rc2;
+      rc = rtreeInsertCell(pRtree, pInsert, &cell, (int)pNode->iNode);
+      rc2 = nodeRelease(pRtree, pInsert);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = rc2;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Select a currently unused rowid for a new r-tree record.
+*/
+static int newRowid(Rtree *pRtree, i64 *piRowid){
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3_bind_null(pRtree->pWriteRowid, 1);
+  sqlite3_bind_null(pRtree->pWriteRowid, 2);
+  sqlite3_step(pRtree->pWriteRowid);
+  rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pWriteRowid);
+  *piRowid = sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(pRtree->db);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Remove the entry with rowid=iDelete from the r-tree structure.
+*/
+static int rtreeDeleteRowid(Rtree *pRtree, sqlite3_int64 iDelete){
+  int rc;                         /* Return code */
+  RtreeNode *pLeaf;               /* Leaf node containing record iDelete */
+  int iCell;                      /* Index of iDelete cell in pLeaf */
+  RtreeNode *pRoot;               /* Root node of rtree structure */
+
+
+  /* Obtain a reference to the root node to initialise Rtree.iDepth */
+  rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, 1, 0, &pRoot);
+
+  /* Obtain a reference to the leaf node that contains the entry 
+  ** about to be deleted. 
+  */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = findLeafNode(pRtree, iDelete, &pLeaf);
+  }
+
+  /* Delete the cell in question from the leaf node. */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int rc2;
+    rc = nodeRowidIndex(pRtree, pLeaf, iDelete, &iCell);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = deleteCell(pRtree, pLeaf, iCell, 0);
+    }
+    rc2 = nodeRelease(pRtree, pLeaf);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = rc2;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Delete the corresponding entry in the <rtree>_rowid table. */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pDeleteRowid, 1, iDelete);
+    sqlite3_step(pRtree->pDeleteRowid);
+    rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pDeleteRowid);
+  }
+
+  /* Check if the root node now has exactly one child. If so, remove
+  ** it, schedule the contents of the child for reinsertion and 
+  ** reduce the tree height by one.
+  **
+  ** This is equivalent to copying the contents of the child into
+  ** the root node (the operation that Gutman's paper says to perform 
+  ** in this scenario).
+  */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pRtree->iDepth>0 && NCELL(pRoot)==1 ){
+    int rc2;
+    RtreeNode *pChild;
+    i64 iChild = nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pRoot, 0);
+    rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, iChild, pRoot, &pChild);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = removeNode(pRtree, pChild, pRtree->iDepth-1);
+    }
+    rc2 = nodeRelease(pRtree, pChild);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      pRtree->iDepth--;
+      writeInt16(pRoot->zData, pRtree->iDepth);
+      pRoot->isDirty = 1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Re-insert the contents of any underfull nodes removed from the tree. */
+  for(pLeaf=pRtree->pDeleted; pLeaf; pLeaf=pRtree->pDeleted){
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = reinsertNodeContent(pRtree, pLeaf);
+    }
+    pRtree->pDeleted = pLeaf->pNext;
+    sqlite3_free(pLeaf);
+  }
+
+  /* Release the reference to the root node. */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = nodeRelease(pRtree, pRoot);
+  }else{
+    nodeRelease(pRtree, pRoot);
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Rounding constants for float->double conversion.
+*/
+#define RNDTOWARDS  (1.0 - 1.0/8388608.0)  /* Round towards zero */
+#define RNDAWAY     (1.0 + 1.0/8388608.0)  /* Round away from zero */
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY)
+/*
+** Convert an sqlite3_value into an RtreeValue (presumably a float)
+** while taking care to round toward negative or positive, respectively.
+*/
+static RtreeValue rtreeValueDown(sqlite3_value *v){
+  double d = sqlite3_value_double(v);
+  float f = (float)d;
+  if( f>d ){
+    f = (float)(d*(d<0 ? RNDAWAY : RNDTOWARDS));
+  }
+  return f;
+}
+static RtreeValue rtreeValueUp(sqlite3_value *v){
+  double d = sqlite3_value_double(v);
+  float f = (float)d;
+  if( f<d ){
+    f = (float)(d*(d<0 ? RNDTOWARDS : RNDAWAY));
+  }
+  return f;
+}
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY) */
+
+
+/*
+** The xUpdate method for rtree module virtual tables.
+*/
+static int rtreeUpdate(
+  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, 
+  int nData, 
+  sqlite3_value **azData, 
+  sqlite_int64 *pRowid
+){
+  Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVtab;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  RtreeCell cell;                 /* New cell to insert if nData>1 */
+  int bHaveRowid = 0;             /* Set to 1 after new rowid is determined */
+
+  rtreeReference(pRtree);
+  assert(nData>=1);
+
+  /* Constraint handling. A write operation on an r-tree table may return
+  ** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT for two reasons:
+  **
+  **   1. A duplicate rowid value, or
+  **   2. The supplied data violates the "x2>=x1" constraint.
+  **
+  ** In the first case, if the conflict-handling mode is REPLACE, then
+  ** the conflicting row can be removed before proceeding. In the second
+  ** case, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT must be returned regardless of the
+  ** conflict-handling mode specified by the user.
+  */
+  if( nData>1 ){
+    int ii;
+
+    /* Populate the cell.aCoord[] array. The first coordinate is azData[3]. */
+    assert( nData==(pRtree->nDim*2 + 3) );
+#ifndef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY
+    if( pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_REAL32 ){
+      for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii+=2){
+        cell.aCoord[ii].f = rtreeValueDown(azData[ii+3]);
+        cell.aCoord[ii+1].f = rtreeValueUp(azData[ii+4]);
+        if( cell.aCoord[ii].f>cell.aCoord[ii+1].f ){
+          rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT;
+          goto constraint;
+        }
+      }
+    }else
+#endif
+    {
+      for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii+=2){
+        cell.aCoord[ii].i = sqlite3_value_int(azData[ii+3]);
+        cell.aCoord[ii+1].i = sqlite3_value_int(azData[ii+4]);
+        if( cell.aCoord[ii].i>cell.aCoord[ii+1].i ){
+          rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT;
+          goto constraint;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* If a rowid value was supplied, check if it is already present in 
+    ** the table. If so, the constraint has failed. */
+    if( sqlite3_value_type(azData[2])!=SQLITE_NULL ){
+      cell.iRowid = sqlite3_value_int64(azData[2]);
+      if( sqlite3_value_type(azData[0])==SQLITE_NULL
+       || sqlite3_value_int64(azData[0])!=cell.iRowid
+      ){
+        int steprc;
+        sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pReadRowid, 1, cell.iRowid);
+        steprc = sqlite3_step(pRtree->pReadRowid);
+        rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pReadRowid);
+        if( SQLITE_ROW==steprc ){
+          if( sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(pRtree->db)==SQLITE_REPLACE ){
+            rc = rtreeDeleteRowid(pRtree, cell.iRowid);
+          }else{
+            rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT;
+            goto constraint;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      bHaveRowid = 1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If azData[0] is not an SQL NULL value, it is the rowid of a
+  ** record to delete from the r-tree table. The following block does
+  ** just that.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3_value_type(azData[0])!=SQLITE_NULL ){
+    rc = rtreeDeleteRowid(pRtree, sqlite3_value_int64(azData[0]));
+  }
+
+  /* If the azData[] array contains more than one element, elements
+  ** (azData[2]..azData[argc-1]) contain a new record to insert into
+  ** the r-tree structure.
+  */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nData>1 ){
+    /* Insert the new record into the r-tree */
+    RtreeNode *pLeaf;
+
+    /* Figure out the rowid of the new row. */
+    if( bHaveRowid==0 ){
+      rc = newRowid(pRtree, &cell.iRowid);
+    }
+    *pRowid = cell.iRowid;
+
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = ChooseLeaf(pRtree, &cell, 0, &pLeaf);
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      int rc2;
+      pRtree->iReinsertHeight = -1;
+      rc = rtreeInsertCell(pRtree, pLeaf, &cell, 0);
+      rc2 = nodeRelease(pRtree, pLeaf);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = rc2;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+constraint:
+  rtreeRelease(pRtree);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The xRename method for rtree module virtual tables.
+*/
+static int rtreeRename(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, const char *zNewName){
+  Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVtab;
+  int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  char *zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(
+    "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_node'   RENAME TO \"%w_node\";"
+    "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_parent' RENAME TO \"%w_parent\";"
+    "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_rowid'  RENAME TO \"%w_rowid\";"
+    , pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, zNewName 
+    , pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, zNewName 
+    , pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, zNewName
+  );
+  if( zSql ){
+    rc = sqlite3_exec(pRtree->db, zSql, 0, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3_free(zSql);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+static sqlite3_module rtreeModule = {
+  0,                          /* iVersion */
+  rtreeCreate,                /* xCreate - create a table */
+  rtreeConnect,               /* xConnect - connect to an existing table */
+  rtreeBestIndex,             /* xBestIndex - Determine search strategy */
+  rtreeDisconnect,            /* xDisconnect - Disconnect from a table */
+  rtreeDestroy,               /* xDestroy - Drop a table */
+  rtreeOpen,                  /* xOpen - open a cursor */
+  rtreeClose,                 /* xClose - close a cursor */
+  rtreeFilter,                /* xFilter - configure scan constraints */
+  rtreeNext,                  /* xNext - advance a cursor */
+  rtreeEof,                   /* xEof */
+  rtreeColumn,                /* xColumn - read data */
+  rtreeRowid,                 /* xRowid - read data */
+  rtreeUpdate,                /* xUpdate - write data */
+  0,                          /* xBegin - begin transaction */
+  0,                          /* xSync - sync transaction */
+  0,                          /* xCommit - commit transaction */
+  0,                          /* xRollback - rollback transaction */
+  0,                          /* xFindFunction - function overloading */
+  rtreeRename,                /* xRename - rename the table */
+  0,                          /* xSavepoint */
+  0,                          /* xRelease */
+  0                           /* xRollbackTo */
+};
+
+static int rtreeSqlInit(
+  Rtree *pRtree, 
+  sqlite3 *db, 
+  const char *zDb, 
+  const char *zPrefix, 
+  int isCreate
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  #define N_STATEMENT 9
+  static const char *azSql[N_STATEMENT] = {
+    /* Read and write the xxx_node table */
+    "SELECT data FROM '%q'.'%q_node' WHERE nodeno = :1",
+    "INSERT OR REPLACE INTO '%q'.'%q_node' VALUES(:1, :2)",
+    "DELETE FROM '%q'.'%q_node' WHERE nodeno = :1",
+
+    /* Read and write the xxx_rowid table */
+    "SELECT nodeno FROM '%q'.'%q_rowid' WHERE rowid = :1",
+    "INSERT OR REPLACE INTO '%q'.'%q_rowid' VALUES(:1, :2)",
+    "DELETE FROM '%q'.'%q_rowid' WHERE rowid = :1",
+
+    /* Read and write the xxx_parent table */
+    "SELECT parentnode FROM '%q'.'%q_parent' WHERE nodeno = :1",
+    "INSERT OR REPLACE INTO '%q'.'%q_parent' VALUES(:1, :2)",
+    "DELETE FROM '%q'.'%q_parent' WHERE nodeno = :1"
+  };
+  sqlite3_stmt **appStmt[N_STATEMENT];
+  int i;
+
+  pRtree->db = db;
+
+  if( isCreate ){
+    char *zCreate = sqlite3_mprintf(
+"CREATE TABLE \"%w\".\"%w_node\"(nodeno INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, data BLOB);"
+"CREATE TABLE \"%w\".\"%w_rowid\"(rowid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, nodeno INTEGER);"
+"CREATE TABLE \"%w\".\"%w_parent\"(nodeno INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, parentnode INTEGER);"
+"INSERT INTO '%q'.'%q_node' VALUES(1, zeroblob(%d))",
+      zDb, zPrefix, zDb, zPrefix, zDb, zPrefix, zDb, zPrefix, pRtree->iNodeSize
+    );
+    if( !zCreate ){
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zCreate, 0, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3_free(zCreate);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      return rc;
+    }
+  }
+
+  appStmt[0] = &pRtree->pReadNode;
+  appStmt[1] = &pRtree->pWriteNode;
+  appStmt[2] = &pRtree->pDeleteNode;
+  appStmt[3] = &pRtree->pReadRowid;
+  appStmt[4] = &pRtree->pWriteRowid;
+  appStmt[5] = &pRtree->pDeleteRowid;
+  appStmt[6] = &pRtree->pReadParent;
+  appStmt[7] = &pRtree->pWriteParent;
+  appStmt[8] = &pRtree->pDeleteParent;
+
+  for(i=0; i<N_STATEMENT && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){
+    char *zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azSql[i], zDb, zPrefix);
+    if( zSql ){
+      rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, appStmt[i], 0); 
+    }else{
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    sqlite3_free(zSql);
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The second argument to this function contains the text of an SQL statement
+** that returns a single integer value. The statement is compiled and executed
+** using database connection db. If successful, the integer value returned
+** is written to *piVal and SQLITE_OK returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error
+** code is returned and the value of *piVal after returning is not defined.
+*/
+static int getIntFromStmt(sqlite3 *db, const char *zSql, int *piVal){
+  int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  if( zSql ){
+    sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
+    rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
+        *piVal = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0);
+      }
+      rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called from within the xConnect() or xCreate() method to
+** determine the node-size used by the rtree table being created or connected
+** to. If successful, pRtree->iNodeSize is populated and SQLITE_OK returned.
+** Otherwise, an SQLite error code is returned.
+**
+** If this function is being called as part of an xConnect(), then the rtree
+** table already exists. In this case the node-size is determined by inspecting
+** the root node of the tree.
+**
+** Otherwise, for an xCreate(), use 64 bytes less than the database page-size. 
+** This ensures that each node is stored on a single database page. If the 
+** database page-size is so large that more than RTREE_MAXCELLS entries 
+** would fit in a single node, use a smaller node-size.
+*/
+static int getNodeSize(
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database handle */
+  Rtree *pRtree,                  /* Rtree handle */
+  int isCreate                    /* True for xCreate, false for xConnect */
+){
+  int rc;
+  char *zSql;
+  if( isCreate ){
+    int iPageSize = 0;
+    zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA %Q.page_size", pRtree->zDb);
+    rc = getIntFromStmt(db, zSql, &iPageSize);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      pRtree->iNodeSize = iPageSize-64;
+      if( (4+pRtree->nBytesPerCell*RTREE_MAXCELLS)<pRtree->iNodeSize ){
+        pRtree->iNodeSize = 4+pRtree->nBytesPerCell*RTREE_MAXCELLS;
+      }
+    }
+  }else{
+    zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(
+        "SELECT length(data) FROM '%q'.'%q_node' WHERE nodeno = 1",
+        pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName
+    );
+    rc = getIntFromStmt(db, zSql, &pRtree->iNodeSize);
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_free(zSql);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* 
+** This function is the implementation of both the xConnect and xCreate
+** methods of the r-tree virtual table.
+**
+**   argv[0]   -> module name
+**   argv[1]   -> database name
+**   argv[2]   -> table name
+**   argv[...] -> column names...
+*/
+static int rtreeInit(
+  sqlite3 *db,                        /* Database connection */
+  void *pAux,                         /* One of the RTREE_COORD_* constants */
+  int argc, const char *const*argv,   /* Parameters to CREATE TABLE statement */
+  sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab,              /* OUT: New virtual table */
+  char **pzErr,                       /* OUT: Error message, if any */
+  int isCreate                        /* True for xCreate, false for xConnect */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  Rtree *pRtree;
+  int nDb;              /* Length of string argv[1] */
+  int nName;            /* Length of string argv[2] */
+  int eCoordType = (pAux ? RTREE_COORD_INT32 : RTREE_COORD_REAL32);
+
+  const char *aErrMsg[] = {
+    0,                                                    /* 0 */
+    "Wrong number of columns for an rtree table",         /* 1 */
+    "Too few columns for an rtree table",                 /* 2 */
+    "Too many columns for an rtree table"                 /* 3 */
+  };
+
+  int iErr = (argc<6) ? 2 : argc>(RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS*2+4) ? 3 : argc%2;
+  if( aErrMsg[iErr] ){
+    *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", aErrMsg[iErr]);
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_vtab_config(db, SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT, 1);
+
+  /* Allocate the sqlite3_vtab structure */
+  nDb = (int)strlen(argv[1]);
+  nName = (int)strlen(argv[2]);
+  pRtree = (Rtree *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Rtree)+nDb+nName+2);
+  if( !pRtree ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  memset(pRtree, 0, sizeof(Rtree)+nDb+nName+2);
+  pRtree->nBusy = 1;
+  pRtree->base.pModule = &rtreeModule;
+  pRtree->zDb = (char *)&pRtree[1];
+  pRtree->zName = &pRtree->zDb[nDb+1];
+  pRtree->nDim = (argc-4)/2;
+  pRtree->nBytesPerCell = 8 + pRtree->nDim*4*2;
+  pRtree->eCoordType = eCoordType;
+  memcpy(pRtree->zDb, argv[1], nDb);
+  memcpy(pRtree->zName, argv[2], nName);
+
+  /* Figure out the node size to use. */
+  rc = getNodeSize(db, pRtree, isCreate);
+
+  /* Create/Connect to the underlying relational database schema. If
+  ** that is successful, call sqlite3_declare_vtab() to configure
+  ** the r-tree table schema.
+  */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( (rc = rtreeSqlInit(pRtree, db, argv[1], argv[2], isCreate)) ){
+      *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_errmsg(db));
+    }else{
+      char *zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("CREATE TABLE x(%s", argv[3]);
+      char *zTmp;
+      int ii;
+      for(ii=4; zSql && ii<argc; ii++){
+        zTmp = zSql;
+        zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("%s, %s", zTmp, argv[ii]);
+        sqlite3_free(zTmp);
+      }
+      if( zSql ){
+        zTmp = zSql;
+        zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("%s);", zTmp);
+        sqlite3_free(zTmp);
+      }
+      if( !zSql ){
+        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }else if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(db, zSql)) ){
+        *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_errmsg(db));
+      }
+      sqlite3_free(zSql);
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    *ppVtab = (sqlite3_vtab *)pRtree;
+  }else{
+    rtreeRelease(pRtree);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Implementation of a scalar function that decodes r-tree nodes to
+** human readable strings. This can be used for debugging and analysis.
+**
+** The scalar function takes two arguments, a blob of data containing
+** an r-tree node, and the number of dimensions the r-tree indexes.
+** For a two-dimensional r-tree structure called "rt", to deserialize
+** all nodes, a statement like:
+**
+**   SELECT rtreenode(2, data) FROM rt_node;
+**
+** The human readable string takes the form of a Tcl list with one
+** entry for each cell in the r-tree node. Each entry is itself a
+** list, containing the 8-byte rowid/pageno followed by the 
+** <num-dimension>*2 coordinates.
+*/
+static void rtreenode(sqlite3_context *ctx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg){
+  char *zText = 0;
+  RtreeNode node;
+  Rtree tree;
+  int ii;
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(nArg);
+  memset(&node, 0, sizeof(RtreeNode));
+  memset(&tree, 0, sizeof(Rtree));
+  tree.nDim = sqlite3_value_int(apArg[0]);
+  tree.nBytesPerCell = 8 + 8 * tree.nDim;
+  node.zData = (u8 *)sqlite3_value_blob(apArg[1]);
+
+  for(ii=0; ii<NCELL(&node); ii++){
+    char zCell[512];
+    int nCell = 0;
+    RtreeCell cell;
+    int jj;
+
+    nodeGetCell(&tree, &node, ii, &cell);
+    sqlite3_snprintf(512-nCell,&zCell[nCell],"%lld", cell.iRowid);
+    nCell = (int)strlen(zCell);
+    for(jj=0; jj<tree.nDim*2; jj++){
+#ifndef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY
+      sqlite3_snprintf(512-nCell,&zCell[nCell], " %f",
+                       (double)cell.aCoord[jj].f);
+#else
+      sqlite3_snprintf(512-nCell,&zCell[nCell], " %d",
+                       cell.aCoord[jj].i);
+#endif
+      nCell = (int)strlen(zCell);
+    }
+
+    if( zText ){
+      char *zTextNew = sqlite3_mprintf("%s {%s}", zText, zCell);
+      sqlite3_free(zText);
+      zText = zTextNew;
+    }else{
+      zText = sqlite3_mprintf("{%s}", zCell);
+    }
+  }
+  
+  sqlite3_result_text(ctx, zText, -1, sqlite3_free);
+}
+
+static void rtreedepth(sqlite3_context *ctx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(nArg);
+  if( sqlite3_value_type(apArg[0])!=SQLITE_BLOB 
+   || sqlite3_value_bytes(apArg[0])<2
+  ){
+    sqlite3_result_error(ctx, "Invalid argument to rtreedepth()", -1); 
+  }else{
+    u8 *zBlob = (u8 *)sqlite3_value_blob(apArg[0]);
+    sqlite3_result_int(ctx, readInt16(zBlob));
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Register the r-tree module with database handle db. This creates the
+** virtual table module "rtree" and the debugging/analysis scalar 
+** function "rtreenode".
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RtreeInit(sqlite3 *db){
+  const int utf8 = SQLITE_UTF8;
+  int rc;
+
+  rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, "rtreenode", 2, utf8, 0, rtreenode, 0, 0);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, "rtreedepth", 1, utf8, 0,rtreedepth, 0, 0);
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+#ifdef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY
+    void *c = (void *)RTREE_COORD_INT32;
+#else
+    void *c = (void *)RTREE_COORD_REAL32;
+#endif
+    rc = sqlite3_create_module_v2(db, "rtree", &rtreeModule, c, 0);
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    void *c = (void *)RTREE_COORD_INT32;
+    rc = sqlite3_create_module_v2(db, "rtree_i32", &rtreeModule, c, 0);
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** A version of sqlite3_free() that can be used as a callback. This is used
+** in two places - as the destructor for the blob value returned by the
+** invocation of a geometry function, and as the destructor for the geometry
+** functions themselves.
+*/
+static void doSqlite3Free(void *p){
+  sqlite3_free(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Each call to sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback() creates an ordinary SQLite
+** scalar user function. This C function is the callback used for all such
+** registered SQL functions.
+**
+** The scalar user functions return a blob that is interpreted by r-tree
+** table MATCH operators.
+*/
+static void geomCallback(sqlite3_context *ctx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **aArg){
+  RtreeGeomCallback *pGeomCtx = (RtreeGeomCallback *)sqlite3_user_data(ctx);
+  RtreeMatchArg *pBlob;
+  int nBlob;
+
+  nBlob = sizeof(RtreeMatchArg) + (nArg-1)*sizeof(RtreeDValue);
+  pBlob = (RtreeMatchArg *)sqlite3_malloc(nBlob);
+  if( !pBlob ){
+    sqlite3_result_error_nomem(ctx);
+  }else{
+    int i;
+    pBlob->magic = RTREE_GEOMETRY_MAGIC;
+    pBlob->xGeom = pGeomCtx->xGeom;
+    pBlob->pContext = pGeomCtx->pContext;
+    pBlob->nParam = nArg;
+    for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
+#ifdef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY
+      pBlob->aParam[i] = sqlite3_value_int64(aArg[i]);
+#else
+      pBlob->aParam[i] = sqlite3_value_double(aArg[i]);
+#endif
+    }
+    sqlite3_result_blob(ctx, pBlob, nBlob, doSqlite3Free);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Register a new geometry function for use with the r-tree MATCH operator.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  const char *zGeom,
+  int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry *, int, RtreeDValue *, int *),
+  void *pContext
+){
+  RtreeGeomCallback *pGeomCtx;      /* Context object for new user-function */
+
+  /* Allocate and populate the context object. */
+  pGeomCtx = (RtreeGeomCallback *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeGeomCallback));
+  if( !pGeomCtx ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  pGeomCtx->xGeom = xGeom;
+  pGeomCtx->pContext = pContext;
+
+  /* Create the new user-function. Register a destructor function to delete
+  ** the context object when it is no longer required.  */
+  return sqlite3_create_function_v2(db, zGeom, -1, SQLITE_ANY, 
+      (void *)pGeomCtx, geomCallback, 0, 0, doSqlite3Free
+  );
+}
+
+#if !SQLITE_CORE
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extension_init(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  char **pzErrMsg,
+  const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi
+){
+  SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi)
+  return sqlite3RtreeInit(db);
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/************** End of rtree.c ***********************************************/
+/************** Begin file icu.c *********************************************/
+/*
+** 2007 May 6
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** $Id: icu.c,v 1.7 2007/12/13 21:54:11 drh Exp $
+**
+** This file implements an integration between the ICU library 
+** ("International Components for Unicode", an open-source library 
+** for handling unicode data) and SQLite. The integration uses 
+** ICU to provide the following to SQLite:
+**
+**   * An implementation of the SQL regexp() function (and hence REGEXP
+**     operator) using the ICU uregex_XX() APIs.
+**
+**   * Implementations of the SQL scalar upper() and lower() functions
+**     for case mapping.
+**
+**   * Integration of ICU and SQLite collation seqences.
+**
+**   * An implementation of the LIKE operator that uses ICU to 
+**     provide case-independent matching.
+*/
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU)
+
+/* Include ICU headers */
+#include <unicode/utypes.h>
+#include <unicode/uregex.h>
+#include <unicode/ustring.h>
+#include <unicode/ucol.h>
+
+/* #include <assert.h> */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_CORE
+  SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1
+#else
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Maximum length (in bytes) of the pattern in a LIKE or GLOB
+** operator.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH
+# define SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH 50000
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Version of sqlite3_free() that is always a function, never a macro.
+*/
+static void xFree(void *p){
+  sqlite3_free(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Compare two UTF-8 strings for equality where the first string is
+** a "LIKE" expression. Return true (1) if they are the same and 
+** false (0) if they are different.
+*/
+static int icuLikeCompare(
+  const uint8_t *zPattern,   /* LIKE pattern */
+  const uint8_t *zString,    /* The UTF-8 string to compare against */
+  const UChar32 uEsc         /* The escape character */
+){
+  static const int MATCH_ONE = (UChar32)'_';
+  static const int MATCH_ALL = (UChar32)'%';
+
+  int iPattern = 0;       /* Current byte index in zPattern */
+  int iString = 0;        /* Current byte index in zString */
+
+  int prevEscape = 0;     /* True if the previous character was uEsc */
+
+  while( zPattern[iPattern]!=0 ){
+
+    /* Read (and consume) the next character from the input pattern. */
+    UChar32 uPattern;
+    U8_NEXT_UNSAFE(zPattern, iPattern, uPattern);
+    assert(uPattern!=0);
+
+    /* There are now 4 possibilities:
+    **
+    **     1. uPattern is an unescaped match-all character "%",
+    **     2. uPattern is an unescaped match-one character "_",
+    **     3. uPattern is an unescaped escape character, or
+    **     4. uPattern is to be handled as an ordinary character
+    */
+    if( !prevEscape && uPattern==MATCH_ALL ){
+      /* Case 1. */
+      uint8_t c;
+
+      /* Skip any MATCH_ALL or MATCH_ONE characters that follow a
+      ** MATCH_ALL. For each MATCH_ONE, skip one character in the 
+      ** test string.
+      */
+      while( (c=zPattern[iPattern]) == MATCH_ALL || c == MATCH_ONE ){
+        if( c==MATCH_ONE ){
+          if( zString[iString]==0 ) return 0;
+          U8_FWD_1_UNSAFE(zString, iString);
+        }
+        iPattern++;
+      }
+
+      if( zPattern[iPattern]==0 ) return 1;
+
+      while( zString[iString] ){
+        if( icuLikeCompare(&zPattern[iPattern], &zString[iString], uEsc) ){
+          return 1;
+        }
+        U8_FWD_1_UNSAFE(zString, iString);
+      }
+      return 0;
+
+    }else if( !prevEscape && uPattern==MATCH_ONE ){
+      /* Case 2. */
+      if( zString[iString]==0 ) return 0;
+      U8_FWD_1_UNSAFE(zString, iString);
+
+    }else if( !prevEscape && uPattern==uEsc){
+      /* Case 3. */
+      prevEscape = 1;
+
+    }else{
+      /* Case 4. */
+      UChar32 uString;
+      U8_NEXT_UNSAFE(zString, iString, uString);
+      uString = u_foldCase(uString, U_FOLD_CASE_DEFAULT);
+      uPattern = u_foldCase(uPattern, U_FOLD_CASE_DEFAULT);
+      if( uString!=uPattern ){
+        return 0;
+      }
+      prevEscape = 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return zString[iString]==0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the like() SQL function.  This function implements
+** the build-in LIKE operator.  The first argument to the function is the
+** pattern and the second argument is the string.  So, the SQL statements:
+**
+**       A LIKE B
+**
+** is implemented as like(B, A). If there is an escape character E, 
+**
+**       A LIKE B ESCAPE E
+**
+** is mapped to like(B, A, E).
+*/
+static void icuLikeFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context, 
+  int argc, 
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  const unsigned char *zA = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  const unsigned char *zB = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
+  UChar32 uEsc = 0;
+
+  /* Limit the length of the LIKE or GLOB pattern to avoid problems
+  ** of deep recursion and N*N behavior in patternCompare().
+  */
+  if( sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0])>SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH ){
+    sqlite3_result_error(context, "LIKE or GLOB pattern too complex", -1);
+    return;
+  }
+
+
+  if( argc==3 ){
+    /* The escape character string must consist of a single UTF-8 character.
+    ** Otherwise, return an error.
+    */
+    int nE= sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[2]);
+    const unsigned char *zE = sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]);
+    int i = 0;
+    if( zE==0 ) return;
+    U8_NEXT(zE, i, nE, uEsc);
+    if( i!=nE){
+      sqlite3_result_error(context, 
+          "ESCAPE expression must be a single character", -1);
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( zA && zB ){
+    sqlite3_result_int(context, icuLikeCompare(zA, zB, uEsc));
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called when an ICU function called from within
+** the implementation of an SQL scalar function returns an error.
+**
+** The scalar function context passed as the first argument is 
+** loaded with an error message based on the following two args.
+*/
+static void icuFunctionError(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx,       /* SQLite scalar function context */
+  const char *zName,           /* Name of ICU function that failed */
+  UErrorCode e                 /* Error code returned by ICU function */
+){
+  char zBuf[128];
+  sqlite3_snprintf(128, zBuf, "ICU error: %s(): %s", zName, u_errorName(e));
+  zBuf[127] = '\0';
+  sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, zBuf, -1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Function to delete compiled regexp objects. Registered as
+** a destructor function with sqlite3_set_auxdata().
+*/
+static void icuRegexpDelete(void *p){
+  URegularExpression *pExpr = (URegularExpression *)p;
+  uregex_close(pExpr);
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of SQLite REGEXP operator. This scalar function takes
+** two arguments. The first is a regular expression pattern to compile
+** the second is a string to match against that pattern. If either 
+** argument is an SQL NULL, then NULL Is returned. Otherwise, the result
+** is 1 if the string matches the pattern, or 0 otherwise.
+**
+** SQLite maps the regexp() function to the regexp() operator such
+** that the following two are equivalent:
+**
+**     zString REGEXP zPattern
+**     regexp(zPattern, zString)
+**
+** Uses the following ICU regexp APIs:
+**
+**     uregex_open()
+**     uregex_matches()
+**     uregex_close()
+*/
+static void icuRegexpFunc(sqlite3_context *p, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg){
+  UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR;
+  URegularExpression *pExpr;
+  UBool res;
+  const UChar *zString = sqlite3_value_text16(apArg[1]);
+
+  (void)nArg;  /* Unused parameter */
+
+  /* If the left hand side of the regexp operator is NULL, 
+  ** then the result is also NULL. 
+  */
+  if( !zString ){
+    return;
+  }
+
+  pExpr = sqlite3_get_auxdata(p, 0);
+  if( !pExpr ){
+    const UChar *zPattern = sqlite3_value_text16(apArg[0]);
+    if( !zPattern ){
+      return;
+    }
+    pExpr = uregex_open(zPattern, -1, 0, 0, &status);
+
+    if( U_SUCCESS(status) ){
+      sqlite3_set_auxdata(p, 0, pExpr, icuRegexpDelete);
+    }else{
+      assert(!pExpr);
+      icuFunctionError(p, "uregex_open", status);
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Configure the text that the regular expression operates on. */
+  uregex_setText(pExpr, zString, -1, &status);
+  if( !U_SUCCESS(status) ){
+    icuFunctionError(p, "uregex_setText", status);
+    return;
+  }
+
+  /* Attempt the match */
+  res = uregex_matches(pExpr, 0, &status);
+  if( !U_SUCCESS(status) ){
+    icuFunctionError(p, "uregex_matches", status);
+    return;
+  }
+
+  /* Set the text that the regular expression operates on to a NULL
+  ** pointer. This is not really necessary, but it is tidier than 
+  ** leaving the regular expression object configured with an invalid
+  ** pointer after this function returns.
+  */
+  uregex_setText(pExpr, 0, 0, &status);
+
+  /* Return 1 or 0. */
+  sqlite3_result_int(p, res ? 1 : 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementations of scalar functions for case mapping - upper() and 
+** lower(). Function upper() converts its input to upper-case (ABC).
+** Function lower() converts to lower-case (abc).
+**
+** ICU provides two types of case mapping, "general" case mapping and
+** "language specific". Refer to ICU documentation for the differences
+** between the two.
+**
+** To utilise "general" case mapping, the upper() or lower() scalar 
+** functions are invoked with one argument:
+**
+**     upper('ABC') -> 'abc'
+**     lower('abc') -> 'ABC'
+**
+** To access ICU "language specific" case mapping, upper() or lower()
+** should be invoked with two arguments. The second argument is the name
+** of the locale to use. Passing an empty string ("") or SQL NULL value
+** as the second argument is the same as invoking the 1 argument version
+** of upper() or lower().
+**
+**     lower('I', 'en_us') -> 'i'
+**     lower('I', 'tr_tr') -> 'ı' (small dotless i)
+**
+** http://www.icu-project.org/userguide/posix.html#case_mappings
+*/
+static void icuCaseFunc16(sqlite3_context *p, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg){
+  const UChar *zInput;
+  UChar *zOutput;
+  int nInput;
+  int nOutput;
+
+  UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR;
+  const char *zLocale = 0;
+
+  assert(nArg==1 || nArg==2);
+  if( nArg==2 ){
+    zLocale = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apArg[1]);
+  }
+
+  zInput = sqlite3_value_text16(apArg[0]);
+  if( !zInput ){
+    return;
+  }
+  nInput = sqlite3_value_bytes16(apArg[0]);
+
+  nOutput = nInput * 2 + 2;
+  zOutput = sqlite3_malloc(nOutput);
+  if( !zOutput ){
+    return;
+  }
+
+  if( sqlite3_user_data(p) ){
+    u_strToUpper(zOutput, nOutput/2, zInput, nInput/2, zLocale, &status);
+  }else{
+    u_strToLower(zOutput, nOutput/2, zInput, nInput/2, zLocale, &status);
+  }
+
+  if( !U_SUCCESS(status) ){
+    icuFunctionError(p, "u_strToLower()/u_strToUpper", status);
+    return;
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_result_text16(p, zOutput, -1, xFree);
+}
+
+/*
+** Collation sequence destructor function. The pCtx argument points to
+** a UCollator structure previously allocated using ucol_open().
+*/
+static void icuCollationDel(void *pCtx){
+  UCollator *p = (UCollator *)pCtx;
+  ucol_close(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Collation sequence comparison function. The pCtx argument points to
+** a UCollator structure previously allocated using ucol_open().
+*/
+static int icuCollationColl(
+  void *pCtx,
+  int nLeft,
+  const void *zLeft,
+  int nRight,
+  const void *zRight
+){
+  UCollationResult res;
+  UCollator *p = (UCollator *)pCtx;
+  res = ucol_strcoll(p, (UChar *)zLeft, nLeft/2, (UChar *)zRight, nRight/2);
+  switch( res ){
+    case UCOL_LESS:    return -1;
+    case UCOL_GREATER: return +1;
+    case UCOL_EQUAL:   return 0;
+  }
+  assert(!"Unexpected return value from ucol_strcoll()");
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the scalar function icu_load_collation().
+**
+** This scalar function is used to add ICU collation based collation 
+** types to an SQLite database connection. It is intended to be called
+** as follows:
+**
+**     SELECT icu_load_collation(<locale>, <collation-name>);
+**
+** Where <locale> is a string containing an ICU locale identifier (i.e.
+** "en_AU", "tr_TR" etc.) and <collation-name> is the name of the
+** collation sequence to create.
+*/
+static void icuLoadCollation(
+  sqlite3_context *p, 
+  int nArg, 
+  sqlite3_value **apArg
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)sqlite3_user_data(p);
+  UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR;
+  const char *zLocale;      /* Locale identifier - (eg. "jp_JP") */
+  const char *zName;        /* SQL Collation sequence name (eg. "japanese") */
+  UCollator *pUCollator;    /* ICU library collation object */
+  int rc;                   /* Return code from sqlite3_create_collation_x() */
+
+  assert(nArg==2);
+  zLocale = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apArg[0]);
+  zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apArg[1]);
+
+  if( !zLocale || !zName ){
+    return;
+  }
+
+  pUCollator = ucol_open(zLocale, &status);
+  if( !U_SUCCESS(status) ){
+    icuFunctionError(p, "ucol_open", status);
+    return;
+  }
+  assert(p);
+
+  rc = sqlite3_create_collation_v2(db, zName, SQLITE_UTF16, (void *)pUCollator, 
+      icuCollationColl, icuCollationDel
+  );
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    ucol_close(pUCollator);
+    sqlite3_result_error(p, "Error registering collation function", -1);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Register the ICU extension functions with database db.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IcuInit(sqlite3 *db){
+  struct IcuScalar {
+    const char *zName;                        /* Function name */
+    int nArg;                                 /* Number of arguments */
+    int enc;                                  /* Optimal text encoding */
+    void *pContext;                           /* sqlite3_user_data() context */
+    void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**);
+  } scalars[] = {
+    {"regexp", 2, SQLITE_ANY,          0, icuRegexpFunc},
+
+    {"lower",  1, SQLITE_UTF16,        0, icuCaseFunc16},
+    {"lower",  2, SQLITE_UTF16,        0, icuCaseFunc16},
+    {"upper",  1, SQLITE_UTF16, (void*)1, icuCaseFunc16},
+    {"upper",  2, SQLITE_UTF16, (void*)1, icuCaseFunc16},
+
+    {"lower",  1, SQLITE_UTF8,         0, icuCaseFunc16},
+    {"lower",  2, SQLITE_UTF8,         0, icuCaseFunc16},
+    {"upper",  1, SQLITE_UTF8,  (void*)1, icuCaseFunc16},
+    {"upper",  2, SQLITE_UTF8,  (void*)1, icuCaseFunc16},
+
+    {"like",   2, SQLITE_UTF8,         0, icuLikeFunc},
+    {"like",   3, SQLITE_UTF8,         0, icuLikeFunc},
+
+    {"icu_load_collation",  2, SQLITE_UTF8, (void*)db, icuLoadCollation},
+  };
+
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int i;
+
+  for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<(int)(sizeof(scalars)/sizeof(scalars[0])); i++){
+    struct IcuScalar *p = &scalars[i];
+    rc = sqlite3_create_function(
+        db, p->zName, p->nArg, p->enc, p->pContext, p->xFunc, 0, 0
+    );
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#if !SQLITE_CORE
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extension_init(
+  sqlite3 *db, 
+  char **pzErrMsg,
+  const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi
+){
+  SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi)
+  return sqlite3IcuInit(db);
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/************** End of icu.c *************************************************/
+/************** Begin file fts3_icu.c ****************************************/
+/*
+** 2007 June 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file implements a tokenizer for fts3 based on the ICU library.
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
+
+/* #include <assert.h> */
+/* #include <string.h> */
+
+#include <unicode/ubrk.h>
+/* #include <unicode/ucol.h> */
+/* #include <unicode/ustring.h> */
+#include <unicode/utf16.h>
+
+typedef struct IcuTokenizer IcuTokenizer;
+typedef struct IcuCursor IcuCursor;
+
+struct IcuTokenizer {
+  sqlite3_tokenizer base;
+  char *zLocale;
+};
+
+struct IcuCursor {
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor base;
+
+  UBreakIterator *pIter;      /* ICU break-iterator object */
+  int nChar;                  /* Number of UChar elements in pInput */
+  UChar *aChar;               /* Copy of input using utf-16 encoding */
+  int *aOffset;               /* Offsets of each character in utf-8 input */
+
+  int nBuffer;
+  char *zBuffer;
+
+  int iToken;
+};
+
+/*
+** Create a new tokenizer instance.
+*/
+static int icuCreate(
+  int argc,                            /* Number of entries in argv[] */
+  const char * const *argv,            /* Tokenizer creation arguments */
+  sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer      /* OUT: Created tokenizer */
+){
+  IcuTokenizer *p;
+  int n = 0;
+
+  if( argc>0 ){
+    n = strlen(argv[0])+1;
+  }
+  p = (IcuTokenizer *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(IcuTokenizer)+n);
+  if( !p ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  memset(p, 0, sizeof(IcuTokenizer));
+
+  if( n ){
+    p->zLocale = (char *)&p[1];
+    memcpy(p->zLocale, argv[0], n);
+  }
+
+  *ppTokenizer = (sqlite3_tokenizer *)p;
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Destroy a tokenizer
+*/
+static int icuDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){
+  IcuTokenizer *p = (IcuTokenizer *)pTokenizer;
+  sqlite3_free(p);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string.  The input
+** string to be tokenized is pInput[0..nBytes-1].  A cursor
+** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in 
+** *ppCursor.
+*/
+static int icuOpen(
+  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer,         /* The tokenizer */
+  const char *zInput,                    /* Input string */
+  int nInput,                            /* Length of zInput in bytes */
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor    /* OUT: Tokenization cursor */
+){
+  IcuTokenizer *p = (IcuTokenizer *)pTokenizer;
+  IcuCursor *pCsr;
+
+  const int32_t opt = U_FOLD_CASE_DEFAULT;
+  UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR;
+  int nChar;
+
+  UChar32 c;
+  int iInput = 0;
+  int iOut = 0;
+
+  *ppCursor = 0;
+
+  if( zInput==0 ){
+    nInput = 0;
+    zInput = "";
+  }else if( nInput<0 ){
+    nInput = strlen(zInput);
+  }
+  nChar = nInput+1;
+  pCsr = (IcuCursor *)sqlite3_malloc(
+      sizeof(IcuCursor) +                /* IcuCursor */
+      nChar * sizeof(UChar) +            /* IcuCursor.aChar[] */
+      (nChar+1) * sizeof(int)            /* IcuCursor.aOffset[] */
+  );
+  if( !pCsr ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(IcuCursor));
+  pCsr->aChar = (UChar *)&pCsr[1];
+  pCsr->aOffset = (int *)&pCsr->aChar[nChar];
+
+  pCsr->aOffset[iOut] = iInput;
+  U8_NEXT(zInput, iInput, nInput, c); 
+  while( c>0 ){
+    int isError = 0;
+    c = u_foldCase(c, opt);
+    U16_APPEND(pCsr->aChar, iOut, nChar, c, isError);
+    if( isError ){
+      sqlite3_free(pCsr);
+      return SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }
+    pCsr->aOffset[iOut] = iInput;
+
+    if( iInput<nInput ){
+      U8_NEXT(zInput, iInput, nInput, c);
+    }else{
+      c = 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  pCsr->pIter = ubrk_open(UBRK_WORD, p->zLocale, pCsr->aChar, iOut, &status);
+  if( !U_SUCCESS(status) ){
+    sqlite3_free(pCsr);
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  pCsr->nChar = iOut;
+
+  ubrk_first(pCsr->pIter);
+  *ppCursor = (sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *)pCsr;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a tokenization cursor previously opened by a call to icuOpen().
+*/
+static int icuClose(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){
+  IcuCursor *pCsr = (IcuCursor *)pCursor;
+  ubrk_close(pCsr->pIter);
+  sqlite3_free(pCsr->zBuffer);
+  sqlite3_free(pCsr);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Extract the next token from a tokenization cursor.
+*/
+static int icuNext(
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor,  /* Cursor returned by simpleOpen */
+  const char **ppToken,               /* OUT: *ppToken is the token text */
+  int *pnBytes,                       /* OUT: Number of bytes in token */
+  int *piStartOffset,                 /* OUT: Starting offset of token */
+  int *piEndOffset,                   /* OUT: Ending offset of token */
+  int *piPosition                     /* OUT: Position integer of token */
+){
+  IcuCursor *pCsr = (IcuCursor *)pCursor;
+
+  int iStart = 0;
+  int iEnd = 0;
+  int nByte = 0;
+
+  while( iStart==iEnd ){
+    UChar32 c;
+
+    iStart = ubrk_current(pCsr->pIter);
+    iEnd = ubrk_next(pCsr->pIter);
+    if( iEnd==UBRK_DONE ){
+      return SQLITE_DONE;
+    }
+
+    while( iStart<iEnd ){
+      int iWhite = iStart;
+      U16_NEXT(pCsr->aChar, iWhite, pCsr->nChar, c);
+      if( u_isspace(c) ){
+        iStart = iWhite;
+      }else{
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    assert(iStart<=iEnd);
+  }
+
+  do {
+    UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR;
+    if( nByte ){
+      char *zNew = sqlite3_realloc(pCsr->zBuffer, nByte);
+      if( !zNew ){
+        return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }
+      pCsr->zBuffer = zNew;
+      pCsr->nBuffer = nByte;
+    }
+
+    u_strToUTF8(
+        pCsr->zBuffer, pCsr->nBuffer, &nByte,    /* Output vars */
+        &pCsr->aChar[iStart], iEnd-iStart,       /* Input vars */
+        &status                                  /* Output success/failure */
+    );
+  } while( nByte>pCsr->nBuffer );
+
+  *ppToken = pCsr->zBuffer;
+  *pnBytes = nByte;
+  *piStartOffset = pCsr->aOffset[iStart];
+  *piEndOffset = pCsr->aOffset[iEnd];
+  *piPosition = pCsr->iToken++;
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** The set of routines that implement the simple tokenizer
+*/
+static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module icuTokenizerModule = {
+  0,                           /* iVersion */
+  icuCreate,                   /* xCreate  */
+  icuDestroy,                  /* xCreate  */
+  icuOpen,                     /* xOpen    */
+  icuClose,                    /* xClose   */
+  icuNext,                     /* xNext    */
+};
+
+/*
+** Set *ppModule to point at the implementation of the ICU tokenizer.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule(
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule
+){
+  *ppModule = &icuTokenizerModule;
+}
+
+#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU) */
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */
+
+/************** End of fts3_icu.c ********************************************/
diff --git a/client/sqlitecpp/sqlite3/sqlite3.h b/client/sqlitecpp/sqlite3/sqlite3.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5a1f9d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/sqlitecpp/sqlite3/sqlite3.h
@@ -0,0 +1,7097 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This header file defines the interface that the SQLite library
+** presents to client programs.  If a C-function, structure, datatype,
+** or constant definition does not appear in this file, then it is
+** not a published API of SQLite, is subject to change without
+** notice, and should not be referenced by programs that use SQLite.
+**
+** Some of the definitions that are in this file are marked as
+** "experimental".  Experimental interfaces are normally new
+** features recently added to SQLite.  We do not anticipate changes
+** to experimental interfaces but reserve the right to make minor changes
+** if experience from use "in the wild" suggest such changes are prudent.
+**
+** The official C-language API documentation for SQLite is derived
+** from comments in this file.  This file is the authoritative source
+** on how SQLite interfaces are suppose to operate.
+**
+** The name of this file under configuration management is "sqlite.h.in".
+** The makefile makes some minor changes to this file (such as inserting
+** the version number) and changes its name to "sqlite3.h" as
+** part of the build process.
+*/
+#ifndef _SQLITE3_H_
+#define _SQLITE3_H_
+#include <stdarg.h>     /* Needed for the definition of va_list */
+
+/*
+** Make sure we can call this stuff from C++.
+*/
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Add the ability to override 'extern'
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_EXTERN
+# define SQLITE_EXTERN extern
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_API
+# define SQLITE_API
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** These no-op macros are used in front of interfaces to mark those
+** interfaces as either deprecated or experimental.  New applications
+** should not use deprecated interfaces - they are support for backwards
+** compatibility only.  Application writers should be aware that
+** experimental interfaces are subject to change in point releases.
+**
+** These macros used to resolve to various kinds of compiler magic that
+** would generate warning messages when they were used.  But that
+** compiler magic ended up generating such a flurry of bug reports
+** that we have taken it all out and gone back to using simple
+** noop macros.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_DEPRECATED
+#define SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL
+
+/*
+** Ensure these symbols were not defined by some previous header file.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_VERSION
+# undef SQLITE_VERSION
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER
+# undef SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER
+#endif
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Compile-Time Library Version Numbers
+**
+** ^(The [SQLITE_VERSION] C preprocessor macro in the sqlite3.h header
+** evaluates to a string literal that is the SQLite version in the
+** format "X.Y.Z" where X is the major version number (always 3 for
+** SQLite3) and Y is the minor version number and Z is the release number.)^
+** ^(The [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER] C preprocessor macro resolves to an integer
+** with the value (X*1000000 + Y*1000 + Z) where X, Y, and Z are the same
+** numbers used in [SQLITE_VERSION].)^
+** The SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER for any given release of SQLite will also
+** be larger than the release from which it is derived.  Either Y will
+** be held constant and Z will be incremented or else Y will be incremented
+** and Z will be reset to zero.
+**
+** Since version 3.6.18, SQLite source code has been stored in the
+** <a href="http://www.fossil-scm.org/">Fossil configuration management
+** system</a>.  ^The SQLITE_SOURCE_ID macro evaluates to
+** a string which identifies a particular check-in of SQLite
+** within its configuration management system.  ^The SQLITE_SOURCE_ID
+** string contains the date and time of the check-in (UTC) and an SHA1
+** hash of the entire source tree.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_libversion()],
+** [sqlite3_libversion_number()], [sqlite3_sourceid()],
+** [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()].
+*/
+#define SQLITE_VERSION        "3.7.14.1"
+#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3007014
+#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID      "2012-10-04 19:37:12 091570e46d04e84b67228e0bdbcd6e1fb60c6bdb"
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Version Numbers
+** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_version, sqlite3_sourceid
+**
+** These interfaces provide the same information as the [SQLITE_VERSION],
+** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER], and [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macros
+** but are associated with the library instead of the header file.  ^(Cautious
+** programmers might include assert() statements in their application to
+** verify that values returned by these interfaces match the macros in
+** the header, and thus insure that the application is
+** compiled with matching library and header files.
+**
+** <blockquote><pre>
+** assert( sqlite3_libversion_number()==SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER );
+** assert( strcmp(sqlite3_sourceid(),SQLITE_SOURCE_ID)==0 );
+** assert( strcmp(sqlite3_libversion(),SQLITE_VERSION)==0 );
+** </pre></blockquote>)^
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_version[] string constant contains the text of [SQLITE_VERSION]
+** macro.  ^The sqlite3_libversion() function returns a pointer to the
+** to the sqlite3_version[] string constant.  The sqlite3_libversion()
+** function is provided for use in DLLs since DLL users usually do not have
+** direct access to string constants within the DLL.  ^The
+** sqlite3_libversion_number() function returns an integer equal to
+** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER].  ^The sqlite3_sourceid() function returns 
+** a pointer to a string constant whose value is the same as the 
+** [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macro.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXTERN const char sqlite3_version[];
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_libversion(void);
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sourceid(void);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_libversion_number(void);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Compilation Options Diagnostics
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_compileoption_used() function returns 0 or 1 
+** indicating whether the specified option was defined at 
+** compile time.  ^The SQLITE_ prefix may be omitted from the 
+** option name passed to sqlite3_compileoption_used().  
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_compileoption_get() function allows iterating
+** over the list of options that were defined at compile time by
+** returning the N-th compile time option string.  ^If N is out of range,
+** sqlite3_compileoption_get() returns a NULL pointer.  ^The SQLITE_ 
+** prefix is omitted from any strings returned by 
+** sqlite3_compileoption_get().
+**
+** ^Support for the diagnostic functions sqlite3_compileoption_used()
+** and sqlite3_compileoption_get() may be omitted by specifying the 
+** [SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS] option at compile time.
+**
+** See also: SQL functions [sqlite_compileoption_used()] and
+** [sqlite_compileoption_get()] and the [compile_options pragma].
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_compileoption_used(const char *zOptName);
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_compileoption_get(int N);
+#endif
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Test To See If The Library Is Threadsafe
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_threadsafe() function returns zero if and only if
+** SQLite was compiled with mutexing code omitted due to the
+** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] compile-time option being set to 0.
+**
+** SQLite can be compiled with or without mutexes.  When
+** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] C preprocessor macro is 1 or 2, mutexes
+** are enabled and SQLite is threadsafe.  When the
+** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] macro is 0, 
+** the mutexes are omitted.  Without the mutexes, it is not safe
+** to use SQLite concurrently from more than one thread.
+**
+** Enabling mutexes incurs a measurable performance penalty.
+** So if speed is of utmost importance, it makes sense to disable
+** the mutexes.  But for maximum safety, mutexes should be enabled.
+** ^The default behavior is for mutexes to be enabled.
+**
+** This interface can be used by an application to make sure that the
+** version of SQLite that it is linking against was compiled with
+** the desired setting of the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] macro.
+**
+** This interface only reports on the compile-time mutex setting
+** of the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] flag.  If SQLite is compiled with
+** SQLITE_THREADSAFE=1 or =2 then mutexes are enabled by default but
+** can be fully or partially disabled using a call to [sqlite3_config()]
+** with the verbs [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD], [SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD],
+** or [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX].  ^(The return value of the
+** sqlite3_threadsafe() function shows only the compile-time setting of
+** thread safety, not any run-time changes to that setting made by
+** sqlite3_config(). In other words, the return value from sqlite3_threadsafe()
+** is unchanged by calls to sqlite3_config().)^
+**
+** See the [threading mode] documentation for additional information.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_threadsafe(void);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Handle
+** KEYWORDS: {database connection} {database connections}
+**
+** Each open SQLite database is represented by a pointer to an instance of
+** the opaque structure named "sqlite3".  It is useful to think of an sqlite3
+** pointer as an object.  The [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], and
+** [sqlite3_open_v2()] interfaces are its constructors, and [sqlite3_close()]
+** and [sqlite3_close_v2()] are its destructors.  There are many other
+** interfaces (such as
+** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_create_function()], and
+** [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] to name but three) that are methods on an
+** sqlite3 object.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3 sqlite3;
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: 64-Bit Integer Types
+** KEYWORDS: sqlite_int64 sqlite_uint64
+**
+** Because there is no cross-platform way to specify 64-bit integer types
+** SQLite includes typedefs for 64-bit signed and unsigned integers.
+**
+** The sqlite3_int64 and sqlite3_uint64 are the preferred type definitions.
+** The sqlite_int64 and sqlite_uint64 types are supported for backwards
+** compatibility only.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_int64 and sqlite_int64 types can store integer values
+** between -9223372036854775808 and +9223372036854775807 inclusive.  ^The
+** sqlite3_uint64 and sqlite_uint64 types can store integer values 
+** between 0 and +18446744073709551615 inclusive.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE
+  typedef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_int64;
+  typedef unsigned SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_uint64;
+#elif defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__BORLANDC__)
+  typedef __int64 sqlite_int64;
+  typedef unsigned __int64 sqlite_uint64;
+#else
+  typedef long long int sqlite_int64;
+  typedef unsigned long long int sqlite_uint64;
+#endif
+typedef sqlite_int64 sqlite3_int64;
+typedef sqlite_uint64 sqlite3_uint64;
+
+/*
+** If compiling for a processor that lacks floating point support,
+** substitute integer for floating-point.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+# define double sqlite3_int64
+#endif
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Closing A Database Connection
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_close() and sqlite3_close_v2() routines are destructors
+** for the [sqlite3] object.
+** ^Calls to sqlite3_close() and sqlite3_close_v2() return SQLITE_OK if
+** the [sqlite3] object is successfully destroyed and all associated
+** resources are deallocated.
+**
+** ^If the database connection is associated with unfinalized prepared
+** statements or unfinished sqlite3_backup objects then sqlite3_close()
+** will leave the database connection open and return [SQLITE_BUSY].
+** ^If sqlite3_close_v2() is called with unfinalized prepared statements
+** and unfinished sqlite3_backups, then the database connection becomes
+** an unusable "zombie" which will automatically be deallocated when the
+** last prepared statement is finalized or the last sqlite3_backup is
+** finished.  The sqlite3_close_v2() interface is intended for use with
+** host languages that are garbage collected, and where the order in which
+** destructors are called is arbitrary.
+**
+** Applications should [sqlite3_finalize | finalize] all [prepared statements],
+** [sqlite3_blob_close | close] all [BLOB handles], and 
+** [sqlite3_backup_finish | finish] all [sqlite3_backup] objects associated
+** with the [sqlite3] object prior to attempting to close the object.  ^If
+** sqlite3_close() is called on a [database connection] that still has
+** outstanding [prepared statements], [BLOB handles], and/or
+** [sqlite3_backup] objects then it returns SQLITE_OK but the deallocation
+** of resources is deferred until all [prepared statements], [BLOB handles],
+** and [sqlite3_backup] objects are also destroyed.
+**
+** ^If an [sqlite3] object is destroyed while a transaction is open,
+** the transaction is automatically rolled back.
+**
+** The C parameter to [sqlite3_close(C)] and [sqlite3_close_v2(C)]
+** must be either a NULL
+** pointer or an [sqlite3] object pointer obtained
+** from [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], or
+** [sqlite3_open_v2()], and not previously closed.
+** ^Calling sqlite3_close() or sqlite3_close_v2() with a NULL pointer
+** argument is a harmless no-op.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close_v2(sqlite3*);
+
+/*
+** The type for a callback function.
+** This is legacy and deprecated.  It is included for historical
+** compatibility and is not documented.
+*/
+typedef int (*sqlite3_callback)(void*,int,char**, char**);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: One-Step Query Execution Interface
+**
+** The sqlite3_exec() interface is a convenience wrapper around
+** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_step()], and [sqlite3_finalize()],
+** that allows an application to run multiple statements of SQL
+** without having to use a lot of C code. 
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_exec() interface runs zero or more UTF-8 encoded,
+** semicolon-separate SQL statements passed into its 2nd argument,
+** in the context of the [database connection] passed in as its 1st
+** argument.  ^If the callback function of the 3rd argument to
+** sqlite3_exec() is not NULL, then it is invoked for each result row
+** coming out of the evaluated SQL statements.  ^The 4th argument to
+** sqlite3_exec() is relayed through to the 1st argument of each
+** callback invocation.  ^If the callback pointer to sqlite3_exec()
+** is NULL, then no callback is ever invoked and result rows are
+** ignored.
+**
+** ^If an error occurs while evaluating the SQL statements passed into
+** sqlite3_exec(), then execution of the current statement stops and
+** subsequent statements are skipped.  ^If the 5th parameter to sqlite3_exec()
+** is not NULL then any error message is written into memory obtained
+** from [sqlite3_malloc()] and passed back through the 5th parameter.
+** To avoid memory leaks, the application should invoke [sqlite3_free()]
+** on error message strings returned through the 5th parameter of
+** of sqlite3_exec() after the error message string is no longer needed.
+** ^If the 5th parameter to sqlite3_exec() is not NULL and no errors
+** occur, then sqlite3_exec() sets the pointer in its 5th parameter to
+** NULL before returning.
+**
+** ^If an sqlite3_exec() callback returns non-zero, the sqlite3_exec()
+** routine returns SQLITE_ABORT without invoking the callback again and
+** without running any subsequent SQL statements.
+**
+** ^The 2nd argument to the sqlite3_exec() callback function is the
+** number of columns in the result.  ^The 3rd argument to the sqlite3_exec()
+** callback is an array of pointers to strings obtained as if from
+** [sqlite3_column_text()], one for each column.  ^If an element of a
+** result row is NULL then the corresponding string pointer for the
+** sqlite3_exec() callback is a NULL pointer.  ^The 4th argument to the
+** sqlite3_exec() callback is an array of pointers to strings where each
+** entry represents the name of corresponding result column as obtained
+** from [sqlite3_column_name()].
+**
+** ^If the 2nd parameter to sqlite3_exec() is a NULL pointer, a pointer
+** to an empty string, or a pointer that contains only whitespace and/or 
+** SQL comments, then no SQL statements are evaluated and the database
+** is not changed.
+**
+** Restrictions:
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li> The application must insure that the 1st parameter to sqlite3_exec()
+**      is a valid and open [database connection].
+** <li> The application must not close [database connection] specified by
+**      the 1st parameter to sqlite3_exec() while sqlite3_exec() is running.
+** <li> The application must not modify the SQL statement text passed into
+**      the 2nd parameter of sqlite3_exec() while sqlite3_exec() is running.
+** </ul>
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec(
+  sqlite3*,                                  /* An open database */
+  const char *sql,                           /* SQL to be evaluated */
+  int (*callback)(void*,int,char**,char**),  /* Callback function */
+  void *,                                    /* 1st argument to callback */
+  char **errmsg                              /* Error msg written here */
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Result Codes
+** KEYWORDS: SQLITE_OK {error code} {error codes}
+** KEYWORDS: {result code} {result codes}
+**
+** Many SQLite functions return an integer result code from the set shown
+** here in order to indicate success or failure.
+**
+** New error codes may be added in future versions of SQLite.
+**
+** See also: [SQLITE_IOERR_READ | extended result codes],
+** [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] [SQLITE_ROLLBACK | result codes].
+*/
+#define SQLITE_OK           0   /* Successful result */
+/* beginning-of-error-codes */
+#define SQLITE_ERROR        1   /* SQL error or missing database */
+#define SQLITE_INTERNAL     2   /* Internal logic error in SQLite */
+#define SQLITE_PERM         3   /* Access permission denied */
+#define SQLITE_ABORT        4   /* Callback routine requested an abort */
+#define SQLITE_BUSY         5   /* The database file is locked */
+#define SQLITE_LOCKED       6   /* A table in the database is locked */
+#define SQLITE_NOMEM        7   /* A malloc() failed */
+#define SQLITE_READONLY     8   /* Attempt to write a readonly database */
+#define SQLITE_INTERRUPT    9   /* Operation terminated by sqlite3_interrupt()*/
+#define SQLITE_IOERR       10   /* Some kind of disk I/O error occurred */
+#define SQLITE_CORRUPT     11   /* The database disk image is malformed */
+#define SQLITE_NOTFOUND    12   /* Unknown opcode in sqlite3_file_control() */
+#define SQLITE_FULL        13   /* Insertion failed because database is full */
+#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN    14   /* Unable to open the database file */
+#define SQLITE_PROTOCOL    15   /* Database lock protocol error */
+#define SQLITE_EMPTY       16   /* Database is empty */
+#define SQLITE_SCHEMA      17   /* The database schema changed */
+#define SQLITE_TOOBIG      18   /* String or BLOB exceeds size limit */
+#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT  19   /* Abort due to constraint violation */
+#define SQLITE_MISMATCH    20   /* Data type mismatch */
+#define SQLITE_MISUSE      21   /* Library used incorrectly */
+#define SQLITE_NOLFS       22   /* Uses OS features not supported on host */
+#define SQLITE_AUTH        23   /* Authorization denied */
+#define SQLITE_FORMAT      24   /* Auxiliary database format error */
+#define SQLITE_RANGE       25   /* 2nd parameter to sqlite3_bind out of range */
+#define SQLITE_NOTADB      26   /* File opened that is not a database file */
+#define SQLITE_ROW         100  /* sqlite3_step() has another row ready */
+#define SQLITE_DONE        101  /* sqlite3_step() has finished executing */
+/* end-of-error-codes */
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Extended Result Codes
+** KEYWORDS: {extended error code} {extended error codes}
+** KEYWORDS: {extended result code} {extended result codes}
+**
+** In its default configuration, SQLite API routines return one of 26 integer
+** [SQLITE_OK | result codes].  However, experience has shown that many of
+** these result codes are too coarse-grained.  They do not provide as
+** much information about problems as programmers might like.  In an effort to
+** address this, newer versions of SQLite (version 3.3.8 and later) include
+** support for additional result codes that provide more detailed information
+** about errors. The extended result codes are enabled or disabled
+** on a per database connection basis using the
+** [sqlite3_extended_result_codes()] API.
+**
+** Some of the available extended result codes are listed here.
+** One may expect the number of extended result codes will be expand
+** over time.  Software that uses extended result codes should expect
+** to see new result codes in future releases of SQLite.
+**
+** The SQLITE_OK result code will never be extended.  It will always
+** be exactly zero.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_READ              (SQLITE_IOERR | (1<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ        (SQLITE_IOERR | (2<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE             (SQLITE_IOERR | (3<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC             (SQLITE_IOERR | (4<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC         (SQLITE_IOERR | (5<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE          (SQLITE_IOERR | (6<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT             (SQLITE_IOERR | (7<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK            (SQLITE_IOERR | (8<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK            (SQLITE_IOERR | (9<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE            (SQLITE_IOERR | (10<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED           (SQLITE_IOERR | (11<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM             (SQLITE_IOERR | (12<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS            (SQLITE_IOERR | (13<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (14<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK              (SQLITE_IOERR | (15<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE             (SQLITE_IOERR | (16<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_CLOSE         (SQLITE_IOERR | (17<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN           (SQLITE_IOERR | (18<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE           (SQLITE_IOERR | (19<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMLOCK           (SQLITE_IOERR | (20<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP            (SQLITE_IOERR | (21<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK              (SQLITE_IOERR | (22<<8))
+#define SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE      (SQLITE_LOCKED |  (1<<8))
+#define SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY           (SQLITE_BUSY   |  (1<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_NOTEMPDIR      (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (1<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR          (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (2<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB            (SQLITE_CORRUPT | (1<<8))
+#define SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY       (SQLITE_READONLY | (1<<8))
+#define SQLITE_READONLY_CANTLOCK       (SQLITE_READONLY | (2<<8))
+#define SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK          (SQLITE_ABORT | (2<<8))
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Flags For File Open Operations
+**
+** These bit values are intended for use in the
+** 3rd parameter to the [sqlite3_open_v2()] interface and
+** in the 4th parameter to the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY         0x00000001  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE        0x00000002  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE           0x00000004  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE    0x00000008  /* VFS only */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE        0x00000010  /* VFS only */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_AUTOPROXY        0x00000020  /* VFS only */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_URI              0x00000040  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY           0x00000080  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB          0x00000100  /* VFS only */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB          0x00000200  /* VFS only */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB     0x00000400  /* VFS only */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL     0x00000800  /* VFS only */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL     0x00001000  /* VFS only */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL       0x00002000  /* VFS only */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL   0x00004000  /* VFS only */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX          0x00008000  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX        0x00010000  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE      0x00020000  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE     0x00040000  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_WAL              0x00080000  /* VFS only */
+
+/* Reserved:                         0x00F00000 */
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Device Characteristics
+**
+** The xDeviceCharacteristics method of the [sqlite3_io_methods]
+** object returns an integer which is a vector of these
+** bit values expressing I/O characteristics of the mass storage
+** device that holds the file that the [sqlite3_io_methods]
+** refers to.
+**
+** The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC property means that all writes of
+** any size are atomic.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMICnnn values
+** mean that writes of blocks that are nnn bytes in size and
+** are aligned to an address which is an integer multiple of
+** nnn are atomic.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND value means
+** that when data is appended to a file, the data is appended
+** first then the size of the file is extended, never the other
+** way around.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL property means that
+** information is written to disk in the same order as calls
+** to xWrite().  The SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property means that
+** after reboot following a crash or power loss, the only bytes in a
+** file that were written at the application level might have changed
+** and that adjacent bytes, even bytes within the same sector are
+** guaranteed to be unchanged.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC                 0x00000001
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512              0x00000002
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC1K               0x00000004
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC2K               0x00000008
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC4K               0x00000010
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC8K               0x00000020
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC16K              0x00000040
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC32K              0x00000080
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K              0x00000100
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND            0x00000200
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL             0x00000400
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN  0x00000800
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE    0x00001000
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: File Locking Levels
+**
+** SQLite uses one of these integer values as the second
+** argument to calls it makes to the xLock() and xUnlock() methods
+** of an [sqlite3_io_methods] object.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_LOCK_NONE          0
+#define SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED        1
+#define SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED      2
+#define SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING       3
+#define SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE     4
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Synchronization Type Flags
+**
+** When SQLite invokes the xSync() method of an
+** [sqlite3_io_methods] object it uses a combination of
+** these integer values as the second argument.
+**
+** When the SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY flag is used, it means that the
+** sync operation only needs to flush data to mass storage.  Inode
+** information need not be flushed. If the lower four bits of the flag
+** equal SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL, that means to use normal fsync() semantics.
+** If the lower four bits equal SQLITE_SYNC_FULL, that means
+** to use Mac OS X style fullsync instead of fsync().
+**
+** Do not confuse the SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLITE_SYNC_FULL flags
+** with the [PRAGMA synchronous]=NORMAL and [PRAGMA synchronous]=FULL
+** settings.  The [synchronous pragma] determines when calls to the
+** xSync VFS method occur and applies uniformly across all platforms.
+** The SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLITE_SYNC_FULL flags determine how
+** energetic or rigorous or forceful the sync operations are and
+** only make a difference on Mac OSX for the default SQLite code.
+** (Third-party VFS implementations might also make the distinction
+** between SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLITE_SYNC_FULL, but among the
+** operating systems natively supported by SQLite, only Mac OSX
+** cares about the difference.)
+*/
+#define SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL        0x00002
+#define SQLITE_SYNC_FULL          0x00003
+#define SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY      0x00010
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: OS Interface Open File Handle
+**
+** An [sqlite3_file] object represents an open file in the 
+** [sqlite3_vfs | OS interface layer].  Individual OS interface
+** implementations will
+** want to subclass this object by appending additional fields
+** for their own use.  The pMethods entry is a pointer to an
+** [sqlite3_io_methods] object that defines methods for performing
+** I/O operations on the open file.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_file sqlite3_file;
+struct sqlite3_file {
+  const struct sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods;  /* Methods for an open file */
+};
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: OS Interface File Virtual Methods Object
+**
+** Every file opened by the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method populates an
+** [sqlite3_file] object (or, more commonly, a subclass of the
+** [sqlite3_file] object) with a pointer to an instance of this object.
+** This object defines the methods used to perform various operations
+** against the open file represented by the [sqlite3_file] object.
+**
+** If the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method sets the sqlite3_file.pMethods element 
+** to a non-NULL pointer, then the sqlite3_io_methods.xClose method
+** may be invoked even if the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] reported that it failed.  The
+** only way to prevent a call to xClose following a failed [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen]
+** is for the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] to set the sqlite3_file.pMethods element
+** to NULL.
+**
+** The flags argument to xSync may be one of [SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL] or
+** [SQLITE_SYNC_FULL].  The first choice is the normal fsync().
+** The second choice is a Mac OS X style fullsync.  The [SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY]
+** flag may be ORed in to indicate that only the data of the file
+** and not its inode needs to be synced.
+**
+** The integer values to xLock() and xUnlock() are one of
+** <ul>
+** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_NONE],
+** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED],
+** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED],
+** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING], or
+** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE].
+** </ul>
+** xLock() increases the lock. xUnlock() decreases the lock.
+** The xCheckReservedLock() method checks whether any database connection,
+** either in this process or in some other process, is holding a RESERVED,
+** PENDING, or EXCLUSIVE lock on the file.  It returns true
+** if such a lock exists and false otherwise.
+**
+** The xFileControl() method is a generic interface that allows custom
+** VFS implementations to directly control an open file using the
+** [sqlite3_file_control()] interface.  The second "op" argument is an
+** integer opcode.  The third argument is a generic pointer intended to
+** point to a structure that may contain arguments or space in which to
+** write return values.  Potential uses for xFileControl() might be
+** functions to enable blocking locks with timeouts, to change the
+** locking strategy (for example to use dot-file locks), to inquire
+** about the status of a lock, or to break stale locks.  The SQLite
+** core reserves all opcodes less than 100 for its own use.
+** A [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE | list of opcodes] less than 100 is available.
+** Applications that define a custom xFileControl method should use opcodes
+** greater than 100 to avoid conflicts.  VFS implementations should
+** return [SQLITE_NOTFOUND] for file control opcodes that they do not
+** recognize.
+**
+** The xSectorSize() method returns the sector size of the
+** device that underlies the file.  The sector size is the
+** minimum write that can be performed without disturbing
+** other bytes in the file.  The xDeviceCharacteristics()
+** method returns a bit vector describing behaviors of the
+** underlying device:
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC]
+** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512]
+** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC1K]
+** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC2K]
+** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC4K]
+** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC8K]
+** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC16K]
+** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC32K]
+** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K]
+** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND]
+** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL]
+** </ul>
+**
+** The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC property means that all writes of
+** any size are atomic.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMICnnn values
+** mean that writes of blocks that are nnn bytes in size and
+** are aligned to an address which is an integer multiple of
+** nnn are atomic.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND value means
+** that when data is appended to a file, the data is appended
+** first then the size of the file is extended, never the other
+** way around.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL property means that
+** information is written to disk in the same order as calls
+** to xWrite().
+**
+** If xRead() returns SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ it must also fill
+** in the unread portions of the buffer with zeros.  A VFS that
+** fails to zero-fill short reads might seem to work.  However,
+** failure to zero-fill short reads will eventually lead to
+** database corruption.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_io_methods sqlite3_io_methods;
+struct sqlite3_io_methods {
+  int iVersion;
+  int (*xClose)(sqlite3_file*);
+  int (*xRead)(sqlite3_file*, void*, int iAmt, sqlite3_int64 iOfst);
+  int (*xWrite)(sqlite3_file*, const void*, int iAmt, sqlite3_int64 iOfst);
+  int (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 size);
+  int (*xSync)(sqlite3_file*, int flags);
+  int (*xFileSize)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 *pSize);
+  int (*xLock)(sqlite3_file*, int);
+  int (*xUnlock)(sqlite3_file*, int);
+  int (*xCheckReservedLock)(sqlite3_file*, int *pResOut);
+  int (*xFileControl)(sqlite3_file*, int op, void *pArg);
+  int (*xSectorSize)(sqlite3_file*);
+  int (*xDeviceCharacteristics)(sqlite3_file*);
+  /* Methods above are valid for version 1 */
+  int (*xShmMap)(sqlite3_file*, int iPg, int pgsz, int, void volatile**);
+  int (*xShmLock)(sqlite3_file*, int offset, int n, int flags);
+  void (*xShmBarrier)(sqlite3_file*);
+  int (*xShmUnmap)(sqlite3_file*, int deleteFlag);
+  /* Methods above are valid for version 2 */
+  /* Additional methods may be added in future releases */
+};
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Standard File Control Opcodes
+**
+** These integer constants are opcodes for the xFileControl method
+** of the [sqlite3_io_methods] object and for the [sqlite3_file_control()]
+** interface.
+**
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE] opcode is used for debugging.  This
+** opcode causes the xFileControl method to write the current state of
+** the lock (one of [SQLITE_LOCK_NONE], [SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED],
+** [SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED], [SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING], or [SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE])
+** into an integer that the pArg argument points to. This capability
+** is used during testing and only needs to be supported when SQLITE_TEST
+** is defined.
+** <ul>
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT]]
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT] opcode is used by SQLite to give the VFS
+** layer a hint of how large the database file will grow to be during the
+** current transaction.  This hint is not guaranteed to be accurate but it
+** is often close.  The underlying VFS might choose to preallocate database
+** file space based on this hint in order to help writes to the database
+** file run faster.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE]]
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE] opcode is used to request that the VFS
+** extends and truncates the database file in chunks of a size specified
+** by the user. The fourth argument to [sqlite3_file_control()] should 
+** point to an integer (type int) containing the new chunk-size to use
+** for the nominated database. Allocating database file space in large
+** chunks (say 1MB at a time), may reduce file-system fragmentation and
+** improve performance on some systems.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER]]
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER] opcode is used to obtain a pointer
+** to the [sqlite3_file] object associated with a particular database
+** connection.  See the [sqlite3_file_control()] documentation for
+** additional information.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED]]
+** ^(The [SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED] opcode is generated internally by
+** SQLite and sent to all VFSes in place of a call to the xSync method
+** when the database connection has [PRAGMA synchronous] set to OFF.)^
+** Some specialized VFSes need this signal in order to operate correctly
+** when [PRAGMA synchronous | PRAGMA synchronous=OFF] is set, but most 
+** VFSes do not need this signal and should silently ignore this opcode.
+** Applications should not call [sqlite3_file_control()] with this
+** opcode as doing so may disrupt the operation of the specialized VFSes
+** that do require it.  
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY]]
+** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY] opcode is used to configure automatic
+** retry counts and intervals for certain disk I/O operations for the
+** windows [VFS] in order to provide robustness in the presence of
+** anti-virus programs.  By default, the windows VFS will retry file read,
+** file write, and file delete operations up to 10 times, with a delay
+** of 25 milliseconds before the first retry and with the delay increasing
+** by an additional 25 milliseconds with each subsequent retry.  This
+** opcode allows these two values (10 retries and 25 milliseconds of delay)
+** to be adjusted.  The values are changed for all database connections
+** within the same process.  The argument is a pointer to an array of two
+** integers where the first integer i the new retry count and the second
+** integer is the delay.  If either integer is negative, then the setting
+** is not changed but instead the prior value of that setting is written
+** into the array entry, allowing the current retry settings to be
+** interrogated.  The zDbName parameter is ignored.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL]]
+** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL] opcode is used to set or query the
+** persistent [WAL | Write Ahead Log] setting.  By default, the auxiliary
+** write ahead log and shared memory files used for transaction control
+** are automatically deleted when the latest connection to the database
+** closes.  Setting persistent WAL mode causes those files to persist after
+** close.  Persisting the files is useful when other processes that do not
+** have write permission on the directory containing the database file want
+** to read the database file, as the WAL and shared memory files must exist
+** in order for the database to be readable.  The fourth parameter to
+** [sqlite3_file_control()] for this opcode should be a pointer to an integer.
+** That integer is 0 to disable persistent WAL mode or 1 to enable persistent
+** WAL mode.  If the integer is -1, then it is overwritten with the current
+** WAL persistence setting.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE]]
+** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE] opcode is used to set or query the
+** persistent "powersafe-overwrite" or "PSOW" setting.  The PSOW setting
+** determines the [SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE] bit of the
+** xDeviceCharacteristics methods. The fourth parameter to
+** [sqlite3_file_control()] for this opcode should be a pointer to an integer.
+** That integer is 0 to disable zero-damage mode or 1 to enable zero-damage
+** mode.  If the integer is -1, then it is overwritten with the current
+** zero-damage mode setting.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE]]
+** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE] opcode is invoked by SQLite after opening
+** a write transaction to indicate that, unless it is rolled back for some
+** reason, the entire database file will be overwritten by the current 
+** transaction. This is used by VACUUM operations.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME]]
+** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME] opcode can be used to obtain the names of
+** all [VFSes] in the VFS stack.  The names are of all VFS shims and the
+** final bottom-level VFS are written into memory obtained from 
+** [sqlite3_malloc()] and the result is stored in the char* variable
+** that the fourth parameter of [sqlite3_file_control()] points to.
+** The caller is responsible for freeing the memory when done.  As with
+** all file-control actions, there is no guarantee that this will actually
+** do anything.  Callers should initialize the char* variable to a NULL
+** pointer in case this file-control is not implemented.  This file-control
+** is intended for diagnostic use only.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA]]
+** ^Whenever a [PRAGMA] statement is parsed, an [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] 
+** file control is sent to the open [sqlite3_file] object corresponding
+** to the database file to which the pragma statement refers. ^The argument
+** to the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control is an array of
+** pointers to strings (char**) in which the second element of the array
+** is the name of the pragma and the third element is the argument to the
+** pragma or NULL if the pragma has no argument.  ^The handler for an
+** [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control can optionally make the first element
+** of the char** argument point to a string obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()]
+** or the equivalent and that string will become the result of the pragma or
+** the error message if the pragma fails. ^If the
+** [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control returns [SQLITE_NOTFOUND], then normal 
+** [PRAGMA] processing continues.  ^If the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA]
+** file control returns [SQLITE_OK], then the parser assumes that the
+** VFS has handled the PRAGMA itself and the parser generates a no-op
+** prepared statement.  ^If the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control returns
+** any result code other than [SQLITE_OK] or [SQLITE_NOTFOUND], that means
+** that the VFS encountered an error while handling the [PRAGMA] and the
+** compilation of the PRAGMA fails with an error.  ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA]
+** file control occurs at the beginning of pragma statement analysis and so
+** it is able to override built-in [PRAGMA] statements.
+** </ul>
+*/
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE               1
+#define SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE             2
+#define SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE             3
+#define SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO                    4
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT               5
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE              6
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER            7
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED            8
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY          9
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL            10
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE              11
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME                12
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE    13
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA                 14
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Mutex Handle
+**
+** The mutex module within SQLite defines [sqlite3_mutex] to be an
+** abstract type for a mutex object.  The SQLite core never looks
+** at the internal representation of an [sqlite3_mutex].  It only
+** deals with pointers to the [sqlite3_mutex] object.
+**
+** Mutexes are created using [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()].
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_mutex sqlite3_mutex;
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: OS Interface Object
+**
+** An instance of the sqlite3_vfs object defines the interface between
+** the SQLite core and the underlying operating system.  The "vfs"
+** in the name of the object stands for "virtual file system".  See
+** the [VFS | VFS documentation] for further information.
+**
+** The value of the iVersion field is initially 1 but may be larger in
+** future versions of SQLite.  Additional fields may be appended to this
+** object when the iVersion value is increased.  Note that the structure
+** of the sqlite3_vfs object changes in the transaction between
+** SQLite version 3.5.9 and 3.6.0 and yet the iVersion field was not
+** modified.
+**
+** The szOsFile field is the size of the subclassed [sqlite3_file]
+** structure used by this VFS.  mxPathname is the maximum length of
+** a pathname in this VFS.
+**
+** Registered sqlite3_vfs objects are kept on a linked list formed by
+** the pNext pointer.  The [sqlite3_vfs_register()]
+** and [sqlite3_vfs_unregister()] interfaces manage this list
+** in a thread-safe way.  The [sqlite3_vfs_find()] interface
+** searches the list.  Neither the application code nor the VFS
+** implementation should use the pNext pointer.
+**
+** The pNext field is the only field in the sqlite3_vfs
+** structure that SQLite will ever modify.  SQLite will only access
+** or modify this field while holding a particular static mutex.
+** The application should never modify anything within the sqlite3_vfs
+** object once the object has been registered.
+**
+** The zName field holds the name of the VFS module.  The name must
+** be unique across all VFS modules.
+**
+** [[sqlite3_vfs.xOpen]]
+** ^SQLite guarantees that the zFilename parameter to xOpen
+** is either a NULL pointer or string obtained
+** from xFullPathname() with an optional suffix added.
+** ^If a suffix is added to the zFilename parameter, it will
+** consist of a single "-" character followed by no more than
+** 11 alphanumeric and/or "-" characters.
+** ^SQLite further guarantees that
+** the string will be valid and unchanged until xClose() is
+** called. Because of the previous sentence,
+** the [sqlite3_file] can safely store a pointer to the
+** filename if it needs to remember the filename for some reason.
+** If the zFilename parameter to xOpen is a NULL pointer then xOpen
+** must invent its own temporary name for the file.  ^Whenever the 
+** xFilename parameter is NULL it will also be the case that the
+** flags parameter will include [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE].
+**
+** The flags argument to xOpen() includes all bits set in
+** the flags argument to [sqlite3_open_v2()].  Or if [sqlite3_open()]
+** or [sqlite3_open16()] is used, then flags includes at least
+** [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE]. 
+** If xOpen() opens a file read-only then it sets *pOutFlags to
+** include [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY].  Other bits in *pOutFlags may be set.
+**
+** ^(SQLite will also add one of the following flags to the xOpen()
+** call, depending on the object being opened:
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB]
+** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL]
+** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB]
+** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL]
+** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB]
+** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL]
+** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL]
+** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_WAL]
+** </ul>)^
+**
+** The file I/O implementation can use the object type flags to
+** change the way it deals with files.  For example, an application
+** that does not care about crash recovery or rollback might make
+** the open of a journal file a no-op.  Writes to this journal would
+** also be no-ops, and any attempt to read the journal would return
+** SQLITE_IOERR.  Or the implementation might recognize that a database
+** file will be doing page-aligned sector reads and writes in a random
+** order and set up its I/O subsystem accordingly.
+**
+** SQLite might also add one of the following flags to the xOpen method:
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE]
+** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE]
+** </ul>
+**
+** The [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE] flag means the file should be
+** deleted when it is closed.  ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE]
+** will be set for TEMP databases and their journals, transient
+** databases, and subjournals.
+**
+** ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE] flag is always used in conjunction
+** with the [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE] flag, which are both directly
+** analogous to the O_EXCL and O_CREAT flags of the POSIX open()
+** API.  The SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE flag, when paired with the 
+** SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, is used to indicate that file should always
+** be created, and that it is an error if it already exists.
+** It is <i>not</i> used to indicate the file should be opened 
+** for exclusive access.
+**
+** ^At least szOsFile bytes of memory are allocated by SQLite
+** to hold the  [sqlite3_file] structure passed as the third
+** argument to xOpen.  The xOpen method does not have to
+** allocate the structure; it should just fill it in.  Note that
+** the xOpen method must set the sqlite3_file.pMethods to either
+** a valid [sqlite3_io_methods] object or to NULL.  xOpen must do
+** this even if the open fails.  SQLite expects that the sqlite3_file.pMethods
+** element will be valid after xOpen returns regardless of the success
+** or failure of the xOpen call.
+**
+** [[sqlite3_vfs.xAccess]]
+** ^The flags argument to xAccess() may be [SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS]
+** to test for the existence of a file, or [SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE] to
+** test whether a file is readable and writable, or [SQLITE_ACCESS_READ]
+** to test whether a file is at least readable.   The file can be a
+** directory.
+**
+** ^SQLite will always allocate at least mxPathname+1 bytes for the
+** output buffer xFullPathname.  The exact size of the output buffer
+** is also passed as a parameter to both  methods. If the output buffer
+** is not large enough, [SQLITE_CANTOPEN] should be returned. Since this is
+** handled as a fatal error by SQLite, vfs implementations should endeavor
+** to prevent this by setting mxPathname to a sufficiently large value.
+**
+** The xRandomness(), xSleep(), xCurrentTime(), and xCurrentTimeInt64()
+** interfaces are not strictly a part of the filesystem, but they are
+** included in the VFS structure for completeness.
+** The xRandomness() function attempts to return nBytes bytes
+** of good-quality randomness into zOut.  The return value is
+** the actual number of bytes of randomness obtained.
+** The xSleep() method causes the calling thread to sleep for at
+** least the number of microseconds given.  ^The xCurrentTime()
+** method returns a Julian Day Number for the current date and time as
+** a floating point value.
+** ^The xCurrentTimeInt64() method returns, as an integer, the Julian
+** Day Number multiplied by 86400000 (the number of milliseconds in 
+** a 24-hour day).  
+** ^SQLite will use the xCurrentTimeInt64() method to get the current
+** date and time if that method is available (if iVersion is 2 or 
+** greater and the function pointer is not NULL) and will fall back
+** to xCurrentTime() if xCurrentTimeInt64() is unavailable.
+**
+** ^The xSetSystemCall(), xGetSystemCall(), and xNestSystemCall() interfaces
+** are not used by the SQLite core.  These optional interfaces are provided
+** by some VFSes to facilitate testing of the VFS code. By overriding 
+** system calls with functions under its control, a test program can
+** simulate faults and error conditions that would otherwise be difficult
+** or impossible to induce.  The set of system calls that can be overridden
+** varies from one VFS to another, and from one version of the same VFS to the
+** next.  Applications that use these interfaces must be prepared for any
+** or all of these interfaces to be NULL or for their behavior to change
+** from one release to the next.  Applications must not attempt to access
+** any of these methods if the iVersion of the VFS is less than 3.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_vfs sqlite3_vfs;
+typedef void (*sqlite3_syscall_ptr)(void);
+struct sqlite3_vfs {
+  int iVersion;            /* Structure version number (currently 3) */
+  int szOsFile;            /* Size of subclassed sqlite3_file */
+  int mxPathname;          /* Maximum file pathname length */
+  sqlite3_vfs *pNext;      /* Next registered VFS */
+  const char *zName;       /* Name of this virtual file system */
+  void *pAppData;          /* Pointer to application-specific data */
+  int (*xOpen)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, sqlite3_file*,
+               int flags, int *pOutFlags);
+  int (*xDelete)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int syncDir);
+  int (*xAccess)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int flags, int *pResOut);
+  int (*xFullPathname)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int nOut, char *zOut);
+  void *(*xDlOpen)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zFilename);
+  void (*xDlError)(sqlite3_vfs*, int nByte, char *zErrMsg);
+  void (*(*xDlSym)(sqlite3_vfs*,void*, const char *zSymbol))(void);
+  void (*xDlClose)(sqlite3_vfs*, void*);
+  int (*xRandomness)(sqlite3_vfs*, int nByte, char *zOut);
+  int (*xSleep)(sqlite3_vfs*, int microseconds);
+  int (*xCurrentTime)(sqlite3_vfs*, double*);
+  int (*xGetLastError)(sqlite3_vfs*, int, char *);
+  /*
+  ** The methods above are in version 1 of the sqlite_vfs object
+  ** definition.  Those that follow are added in version 2 or later
+  */
+  int (*xCurrentTimeInt64)(sqlite3_vfs*, sqlite3_int64*);
+  /*
+  ** The methods above are in versions 1 and 2 of the sqlite_vfs object.
+  ** Those below are for version 3 and greater.
+  */
+  int (*xSetSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, sqlite3_syscall_ptr);
+  sqlite3_syscall_ptr (*xGetSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName);
+  const char *(*xNextSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName);
+  /*
+  ** The methods above are in versions 1 through 3 of the sqlite_vfs object.
+  ** New fields may be appended in figure versions.  The iVersion
+  ** value will increment whenever this happens. 
+  */
+};
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Flags for the xAccess VFS method
+**
+** These integer constants can be used as the third parameter to
+** the xAccess method of an [sqlite3_vfs] object.  They determine
+** what kind of permissions the xAccess method is looking for.
+** With SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, the xAccess method
+** simply checks whether the file exists.
+** With SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE, the xAccess method
+** checks whether the named directory is both readable and writable
+** (in other words, if files can be added, removed, and renamed within
+** the directory).
+** The SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE constant is currently used only by the
+** [temp_store_directory pragma], though this could change in a future
+** release of SQLite.
+** With SQLITE_ACCESS_READ, the xAccess method
+** checks whether the file is readable.  The SQLITE_ACCESS_READ constant is
+** currently unused, though it might be used in a future release of
+** SQLite.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS    0
+#define SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE 1   /* Used by PRAGMA temp_store_directory */
+#define SQLITE_ACCESS_READ      2   /* Unused */
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Flags for the xShmLock VFS method
+**
+** These integer constants define the various locking operations
+** allowed by the xShmLock method of [sqlite3_io_methods].  The
+** following are the only legal combinations of flags to the
+** xShmLock method:
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li>  SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED
+** <li>  SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE
+** <li>  SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED
+** <li>  SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE
+** </ul>
+**
+** When unlocking, the same SHARED or EXCLUSIVE flag must be supplied as
+** was given no the corresponding lock.  
+**
+** The xShmLock method can transition between unlocked and SHARED or
+** between unlocked and EXCLUSIVE.  It cannot transition between SHARED
+** and EXCLUSIVE.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK       1
+#define SQLITE_SHM_LOCK         2
+#define SQLITE_SHM_SHARED       4
+#define SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE    8
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Maximum xShmLock index
+**
+** The xShmLock method on [sqlite3_io_methods] may use values
+** between 0 and this upper bound as its "offset" argument.
+** The SQLite core will never attempt to acquire or release a
+** lock outside of this range
+*/
+#define SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK        8
+
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Initialize The SQLite Library
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_initialize() routine initializes the
+** SQLite library.  ^The sqlite3_shutdown() routine
+** deallocates any resources that were allocated by sqlite3_initialize().
+** These routines are designed to aid in process initialization and
+** shutdown on embedded systems.  Workstation applications using
+** SQLite normally do not need to invoke either of these routines.
+**
+** A call to sqlite3_initialize() is an "effective" call if it is
+** the first time sqlite3_initialize() is invoked during the lifetime of
+** the process, or if it is the first time sqlite3_initialize() is invoked
+** following a call to sqlite3_shutdown().  ^(Only an effective call
+** of sqlite3_initialize() does any initialization.  All other calls
+** are harmless no-ops.)^
+**
+** A call to sqlite3_shutdown() is an "effective" call if it is the first
+** call to sqlite3_shutdown() since the last sqlite3_initialize().  ^(Only
+** an effective call to sqlite3_shutdown() does any deinitialization.
+** All other valid calls to sqlite3_shutdown() are harmless no-ops.)^
+**
+** The sqlite3_initialize() interface is threadsafe, but sqlite3_shutdown()
+** is not.  The sqlite3_shutdown() interface must only be called from a
+** single thread.  All open [database connections] must be closed and all
+** other SQLite resources must be deallocated prior to invoking
+** sqlite3_shutdown().
+**
+** Among other things, ^sqlite3_initialize() will invoke
+** sqlite3_os_init().  Similarly, ^sqlite3_shutdown()
+** will invoke sqlite3_os_end().
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_initialize() routine returns [SQLITE_OK] on success.
+** ^If for some reason, sqlite3_initialize() is unable to initialize
+** the library (perhaps it is unable to allocate a needed resource such
+** as a mutex) it returns an [error code] other than [SQLITE_OK].
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_initialize() routine is called internally by many other
+** SQLite interfaces so that an application usually does not need to
+** invoke sqlite3_initialize() directly.  For example, [sqlite3_open()]
+** calls sqlite3_initialize() so the SQLite library will be automatically
+** initialized when [sqlite3_open()] is called if it has not be initialized
+** already.  ^However, if SQLite is compiled with the [SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT]
+** compile-time option, then the automatic calls to sqlite3_initialize()
+** are omitted and the application must call sqlite3_initialize() directly
+** prior to using any other SQLite interface.  For maximum portability,
+** it is recommended that applications always invoke sqlite3_initialize()
+** directly prior to using any other SQLite interface.  Future releases
+** of SQLite may require this.  In other words, the behavior exhibited
+** when SQLite is compiled with [SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT] might become the
+** default behavior in some future release of SQLite.
+**
+** The sqlite3_os_init() routine does operating-system specific
+** initialization of the SQLite library.  The sqlite3_os_end()
+** routine undoes the effect of sqlite3_os_init().  Typical tasks
+** performed by these routines include allocation or deallocation
+** of static resources, initialization of global variables,
+** setting up a default [sqlite3_vfs] module, or setting up
+** a default configuration using [sqlite3_config()].
+**
+** The application should never invoke either sqlite3_os_init()
+** or sqlite3_os_end() directly.  The application should only invoke
+** sqlite3_initialize() and sqlite3_shutdown().  The sqlite3_os_init()
+** interface is called automatically by sqlite3_initialize() and
+** sqlite3_os_end() is called by sqlite3_shutdown().  Appropriate
+** implementations for sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end()
+** are built into SQLite when it is compiled for Unix, Windows, or OS/2.
+** When [custom builds | built for other platforms]
+** (using the [SQLITE_OS_OTHER=1] compile-time
+** option) the application must supply a suitable implementation for
+** sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end().  An application-supplied
+** implementation of sqlite3_os_init() or sqlite3_os_end()
+** must return [SQLITE_OK] on success and some other [error code] upon
+** failure.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_initialize(void);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_shutdown(void);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Configuring The SQLite Library
+**
+** The sqlite3_config() interface is used to make global configuration
+** changes to SQLite in order to tune SQLite to the specific needs of
+** the application.  The default configuration is recommended for most
+** applications and so this routine is usually not necessary.  It is
+** provided to support rare applications with unusual needs.
+**
+** The sqlite3_config() interface is not threadsafe.  The application
+** must insure that no other SQLite interfaces are invoked by other
+** threads while sqlite3_config() is running.  Furthermore, sqlite3_config()
+** may only be invoked prior to library initialization using
+** [sqlite3_initialize()] or after shutdown by [sqlite3_shutdown()].
+** ^If sqlite3_config() is called after [sqlite3_initialize()] and before
+** [sqlite3_shutdown()] then it will return SQLITE_MISUSE.
+** Note, however, that ^sqlite3_config() can be called as part of the
+** implementation of an application-defined [sqlite3_os_init()].
+**
+** The first argument to sqlite3_config() is an integer
+** [configuration option] that determines
+** what property of SQLite is to be configured.  Subsequent arguments
+** vary depending on the [configuration option]
+** in the first argument.
+**
+** ^When a configuration option is set, sqlite3_config() returns [SQLITE_OK].
+** ^If the option is unknown or SQLite is unable to set the option
+** then this routine returns a non-zero [error code].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_config(int, ...);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Configure database connections
+**
+** The sqlite3_db_config() interface is used to make configuration
+** changes to a [database connection].  The interface is similar to
+** [sqlite3_config()] except that the changes apply to a single
+** [database connection] (specified in the first argument).
+**
+** The second argument to sqlite3_db_config(D,V,...)  is the
+** [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE | configuration verb] - an integer code 
+** that indicates what aspect of the [database connection] is being configured.
+** Subsequent arguments vary depending on the configuration verb.
+**
+** ^Calls to sqlite3_db_config() return SQLITE_OK if and only if
+** the call is considered successful.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocation Routines
+**
+** An instance of this object defines the interface between SQLite
+** and low-level memory allocation routines.
+**
+** This object is used in only one place in the SQLite interface.
+** A pointer to an instance of this object is the argument to
+** [sqlite3_config()] when the configuration option is
+** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC].  
+** By creating an instance of this object
+** and passing it to [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC])
+** during configuration, an application can specify an alternative
+** memory allocation subsystem for SQLite to use for all of its
+** dynamic memory needs.
+**
+** Note that SQLite comes with several [built-in memory allocators]
+** that are perfectly adequate for the overwhelming majority of applications
+** and that this object is only useful to a tiny minority of applications
+** with specialized memory allocation requirements.  This object is
+** also used during testing of SQLite in order to specify an alternative
+** memory allocator that simulates memory out-of-memory conditions in
+** order to verify that SQLite recovers gracefully from such
+** conditions.
+**
+** The xMalloc, xRealloc, and xFree methods must work like the
+** malloc(), realloc() and free() functions from the standard C library.
+** ^SQLite guarantees that the second argument to
+** xRealloc is always a value returned by a prior call to xRoundup.
+**
+** xSize should return the allocated size of a memory allocation
+** previously obtained from xMalloc or xRealloc.  The allocated size
+** is always at least as big as the requested size but may be larger.
+**
+** The xRoundup method returns what would be the allocated size of
+** a memory allocation given a particular requested size.  Most memory
+** allocators round up memory allocations at least to the next multiple
+** of 8.  Some allocators round up to a larger multiple or to a power of 2.
+** Every memory allocation request coming in through [sqlite3_malloc()]
+** or [sqlite3_realloc()] first calls xRoundup.  If xRoundup returns 0, 
+** that causes the corresponding memory allocation to fail.
+**
+** The xInit method initializes the memory allocator.  (For example,
+** it might allocate any require mutexes or initialize internal data
+** structures.  The xShutdown method is invoked (indirectly) by
+** [sqlite3_shutdown()] and should deallocate any resources acquired
+** by xInit.  The pAppData pointer is used as the only parameter to
+** xInit and xShutdown.
+**
+** SQLite holds the [SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER] mutex when it invokes
+** the xInit method, so the xInit method need not be threadsafe.  The
+** xShutdown method is only called from [sqlite3_shutdown()] so it does
+** not need to be threadsafe either.  For all other methods, SQLite
+** holds the [SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM] mutex as long as the
+** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS] configuration option is turned on (which
+** it is by default) and so the methods are automatically serialized.
+** However, if [SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS] is disabled, then the other
+** methods must be threadsafe or else make their own arrangements for
+** serialization.
+**
+** SQLite will never invoke xInit() more than once without an intervening
+** call to xShutdown().
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_mem_methods sqlite3_mem_methods;
+struct sqlite3_mem_methods {
+  void *(*xMalloc)(int);         /* Memory allocation function */
+  void (*xFree)(void*);          /* Free a prior allocation */
+  void *(*xRealloc)(void*,int);  /* Resize an allocation */
+  int (*xSize)(void*);           /* Return the size of an allocation */
+  int (*xRoundup)(int);          /* Round up request size to allocation size */
+  int (*xInit)(void*);           /* Initialize the memory allocator */
+  void (*xShutdown)(void*);      /* Deinitialize the memory allocator */
+  void *pAppData;                /* Argument to xInit() and xShutdown() */
+};
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Configuration Options
+** KEYWORDS: {configuration option}
+**
+** These constants are the available integer configuration options that
+** can be passed as the first argument to the [sqlite3_config()] interface.
+**
+** New configuration options may be added in future releases of SQLite.
+** Existing configuration options might be discontinued.  Applications
+** should check the return code from [sqlite3_config()] to make sure that
+** the call worked.  The [sqlite3_config()] interface will return a
+** non-zero [error code] if a discontinued or unsupported configuration option
+** is invoked.
+**
+** <dl>
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD</dt>
+** <dd>There are no arguments to this option.  ^This option sets the
+** [threading mode] to Single-thread.  In other words, it disables
+** all mutexing and puts SQLite into a mode where it can only be used
+** by a single thread.   ^If SQLite is compiled with
+** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then
+** it is not possible to change the [threading mode] from its default
+** value of Single-thread and so [sqlite3_config()] will return 
+** [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD
+** configuration option.</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD</dt>
+** <dd>There are no arguments to this option.  ^This option sets the
+** [threading mode] to Multi-thread.  In other words, it disables
+** mutexing on [database connection] and [prepared statement] objects.
+** The application is responsible for serializing access to
+** [database connections] and [prepared statements].  But other mutexes
+** are enabled so that SQLite will be safe to use in a multi-threaded
+** environment as long as no two threads attempt to use the same
+** [database connection] at the same time.  ^If SQLite is compiled with
+** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then
+** it is not possible to set the Multi-thread [threading mode] and
+** [sqlite3_config()] will return [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the
+** SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD configuration option.</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED</dt>
+** <dd>There are no arguments to this option.  ^This option sets the
+** [threading mode] to Serialized. In other words, this option enables
+** all mutexes including the recursive
+** mutexes on [database connection] and [prepared statement] objects.
+** In this mode (which is the default when SQLite is compiled with
+** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE=1]) the SQLite library will itself serialize access
+** to [database connections] and [prepared statements] so that the
+** application is free to use the same [database connection] or the
+** same [prepared statement] in different threads at the same time.
+** ^If SQLite is compiled with
+** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then
+** it is not possible to set the Serialized [threading mode] and
+** [sqlite3_config()] will return [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the
+** SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED configuration option.</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC</dt>
+** <dd> ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an
+** instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure.  The argument specifies
+** alternative low-level memory allocation routines to be used in place of
+** the memory allocation routines built into SQLite.)^ ^SQLite makes
+** its own private copy of the content of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure
+** before the [sqlite3_config()] call returns.</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC</dt>
+** <dd> ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an
+** instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure.  The [sqlite3_mem_methods]
+** structure is filled with the currently defined memory allocation routines.)^
+** This option can be used to overload the default memory allocation
+** routines with a wrapper that simulations memory allocation failure or
+** tracks memory usage, for example. </dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS</dt>
+** <dd> ^This option takes single argument of type int, interpreted as a 
+** boolean, which enables or disables the collection of memory allocation 
+** statistics. ^(When memory allocation statistics are disabled, the 
+** following SQLite interfaces become non-operational:
+**   <ul>
+**   <li> [sqlite3_memory_used()]
+**   <li> [sqlite3_memory_highwater()]
+**   <li> [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64()]
+**   <li> [sqlite3_status()]
+**   </ul>)^
+** ^Memory allocation statistics are enabled by default unless SQLite is
+** compiled with [SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS]=0 in which case memory
+** allocation statistics are disabled by default.
+** </dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH</dt>
+** <dd> ^This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite can use for
+** scratch memory.  There are three arguments:  A pointer an 8-byte
+** aligned memory buffer from which the scratch allocations will be
+** drawn, the size of each scratch allocation (sz),
+** and the maximum number of scratch allocations (N).  The sz
+** argument must be a multiple of 16.
+** The first argument must be a pointer to an 8-byte aligned buffer
+** of at least sz*N bytes of memory.
+** ^SQLite will use no more than two scratch buffers per thread.  So
+** N should be set to twice the expected maximum number of threads.
+** ^SQLite will never require a scratch buffer that is more than 6
+** times the database page size. ^If SQLite needs needs additional
+** scratch memory beyond what is provided by this configuration option, then 
+** [sqlite3_malloc()] will be used to obtain the memory needed.</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE</dt>
+** <dd> ^This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite can use for
+** the database page cache with the default page cache implementation.  
+** This configuration should not be used if an application-define page
+** cache implementation is loaded using the SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2 option.
+** There are three arguments to this option: A pointer to 8-byte aligned
+** memory, the size of each page buffer (sz), and the number of pages (N).
+** The sz argument should be the size of the largest database page
+** (a power of two between 512 and 32768) plus a little extra for each
+** page header.  ^The page header size is 20 to 40 bytes depending on
+** the host architecture.  ^It is harmless, apart from the wasted memory,
+** to make sz a little too large.  The first
+** argument should point to an allocation of at least sz*N bytes of memory.
+** ^SQLite will use the memory provided by the first argument to satisfy its
+** memory needs for the first N pages that it adds to cache.  ^If additional
+** page cache memory is needed beyond what is provided by this option, then
+** SQLite goes to [sqlite3_malloc()] for the additional storage space.
+** The pointer in the first argument must
+** be aligned to an 8-byte boundary or subsequent behavior of SQLite
+** will be undefined.</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP</dt>
+** <dd> ^This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite will use
+** for all of its dynamic memory allocation needs beyond those provided
+** for by [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH] and [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE].
+** There are three arguments: An 8-byte aligned pointer to the memory,
+** the number of bytes in the memory buffer, and the minimum allocation size.
+** ^If the first pointer (the memory pointer) is NULL, then SQLite reverts
+** to using its default memory allocator (the system malloc() implementation),
+** undoing any prior invocation of [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC].  ^If the
+** memory pointer is not NULL and either [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3] or
+** [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5] are defined, then the alternative memory
+** allocator is engaged to handle all of SQLites memory allocation needs.
+** The first pointer (the memory pointer) must be aligned to an 8-byte
+** boundary or subsequent behavior of SQLite will be undefined.
+** The minimum allocation size is capped at 2**12. Reasonable values
+** for the minimum allocation size are 2**5 through 2**8.</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX</dt>
+** <dd> ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an
+** instance of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure.  The argument specifies
+** alternative low-level mutex routines to be used in place
+** the mutex routines built into SQLite.)^  ^SQLite makes a copy of the
+** content of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure before the call to
+** [sqlite3_config()] returns. ^If SQLite is compiled with
+** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then
+** the entire mutexing subsystem is omitted from the build and hence calls to
+** [sqlite3_config()] with the SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX configuration option will
+** return [SQLITE_ERROR].</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX</dt>
+** <dd> ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an
+** instance of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure.  The
+** [sqlite3_mutex_methods]
+** structure is filled with the currently defined mutex routines.)^
+** This option can be used to overload the default mutex allocation
+** routines with a wrapper used to track mutex usage for performance
+** profiling or testing, for example.   ^If SQLite is compiled with
+** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then
+** the entire mutexing subsystem is omitted from the build and hence calls to
+** [sqlite3_config()] with the SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX configuration option will
+** return [SQLITE_ERROR].</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE</dt>
+** <dd> ^(This option takes two arguments that determine the default
+** memory allocation for the lookaside memory allocator on each
+** [database connection].  The first argument is the
+** size of each lookaside buffer slot and the second is the number of
+** slots allocated to each database connection.)^  ^(This option sets the
+** <i>default</i> lookaside size. The [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE]
+** verb to [sqlite3_db_config()] can be used to change the lookaside
+** configuration on individual connections.)^ </dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2</dt>
+** <dd> ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to
+** an [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object.  This object specifies the interface
+** to a custom page cache implementation.)^  ^SQLite makes a copy of the
+** object and uses it for page cache memory allocations.</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2</dt>
+** <dd> ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an
+** [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object.  SQLite copies of the current
+** page cache implementation into that object.)^ </dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG</dt>
+** <dd> ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG option takes two arguments: a pointer to a
+** function with a call signature of void(*)(void*,int,const char*), 
+** and a pointer to void. ^If the function pointer is not NULL, it is
+** invoked by [sqlite3_log()] to process each logging event.  ^If the
+** function pointer is NULL, the [sqlite3_log()] interface becomes a no-op.
+** ^The void pointer that is the second argument to SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG is
+** passed through as the first parameter to the application-defined logger
+** function whenever that function is invoked.  ^The second parameter to
+** the logger function is a copy of the first parameter to the corresponding
+** [sqlite3_log()] call and is intended to be a [result code] or an
+** [extended result code].  ^The third parameter passed to the logger is
+** log message after formatting via [sqlite3_snprintf()].
+** The SQLite logging interface is not reentrant; the logger function
+** supplied by the application must not invoke any SQLite interface.
+** In a multi-threaded application, the application-defined logger
+** function must be threadsafe. </dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_URI]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_URI
+** <dd> This option takes a single argument of type int. If non-zero, then
+** URI handling is globally enabled. If the parameter is zero, then URI handling
+** is globally disabled. If URI handling is globally enabled, all filenames
+** passed to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()], [sqlite3_open16()] or
+** specified as part of [ATTACH] commands are interpreted as URIs, regardless
+** of whether or not the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flag is set when the database
+** connection is opened. If it is globally disabled, filenames are
+** only interpreted as URIs if the SQLITE_OPEN_URI flag is set when the
+** database connection is opened. By default, URI handling is globally
+** disabled. The default value may be changed by compiling with the
+** [SQLITE_USE_URI] symbol defined.
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE]] [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE]]
+** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE and SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE
+** <dd> These options are obsolete and should not be used by new code.
+** They are retained for backwards compatibility but are now no-ops.
+** </dl>
+*/
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD  1  /* nil */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD   2  /* nil */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED    3  /* nil */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC        4  /* sqlite3_mem_methods* */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC     5  /* sqlite3_mem_methods* */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH       6  /* void*, int sz, int N */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE     7  /* void*, int sz, int N */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP          8  /* void*, int nByte, int min */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS     9  /* boolean */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX        10  /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX     11  /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */
+/* previously SQLITE_CONFIG_CHUNKALLOC 12 which is now unused. */ 
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE    13  /* int int */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE       14  /* no-op */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE    15  /* no-op */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG          16  /* xFunc, void* */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_URI          17  /* int */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2      18  /* sqlite3_pcache_methods2* */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2   19  /* sqlite3_pcache_methods2* */
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Configuration Options
+**
+** These constants are the available integer configuration options that
+** can be passed as the second argument to the [sqlite3_db_config()] interface.
+**
+** New configuration options may be added in future releases of SQLite.
+** Existing configuration options might be discontinued.  Applications
+** should check the return code from [sqlite3_db_config()] to make sure that
+** the call worked.  ^The [sqlite3_db_config()] interface will return a
+** non-zero [error code] if a discontinued or unsupported configuration option
+** is invoked.
+**
+** <dl>
+** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE</dt>
+** <dd> ^This option takes three additional arguments that determine the 
+** [lookaside memory allocator] configuration for the [database connection].
+** ^The first argument (the third parameter to [sqlite3_db_config()] is a
+** pointer to a memory buffer to use for lookaside memory.
+** ^The first argument after the SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE verb
+** may be NULL in which case SQLite will allocate the
+** lookaside buffer itself using [sqlite3_malloc()]. ^The second argument is the
+** size of each lookaside buffer slot.  ^The third argument is the number of
+** slots.  The size of the buffer in the first argument must be greater than
+** or equal to the product of the second and third arguments.  The buffer
+** must be aligned to an 8-byte boundary.  ^If the second argument to
+** SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE is not a multiple of 8, it is internally
+** rounded down to the next smaller multiple of 8.  ^(The lookaside memory
+** configuration for a database connection can only be changed when that
+** connection is not currently using lookaside memory, or in other words
+** when the "current value" returned by
+** [sqlite3_db_status](D,[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE],...) is zero.
+** Any attempt to change the lookaside memory configuration when lookaside
+** memory is in use leaves the configuration unchanged and returns 
+** [SQLITE_BUSY].)^</dd>
+**
+** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY</dt>
+** <dd> ^This option is used to enable or disable the enforcement of
+** [foreign key constraints].  There should be two additional arguments.
+** The first argument is an integer which is 0 to disable FK enforcement,
+** positive to enable FK enforcement or negative to leave FK enforcement
+** unchanged.  The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which
+** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether FK enforcement is off or on
+** following this call.  The second parameter may be a NULL pointer, in
+** which case the FK enforcement setting is not reported back. </dd>
+**
+** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER</dt>
+** <dd> ^This option is used to enable or disable [CREATE TRIGGER | triggers].
+** There should be two additional arguments.
+** The first argument is an integer which is 0 to disable triggers,
+** positive to enable triggers or negative to leave the setting unchanged.
+** The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which
+** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether triggers are disabled or enabled
+** following this call.  The second parameter may be a NULL pointer, in
+** which case the trigger setting is not reported back. </dd>
+**
+** </dl>
+*/
+#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE       1001  /* void* int int */
+#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY     1002  /* int int* */
+#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER  1003  /* int int* */
+
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extended Result Codes
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_extended_result_codes() routine enables or disables the
+** [extended result codes] feature of SQLite. ^The extended result
+** codes are disabled by default for historical compatibility.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_result_codes(sqlite3*, int onoff);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Last Insert Rowid
+**
+** ^Each entry in an SQLite table has a unique 64-bit signed
+** integer key called the [ROWID | "rowid"]. ^The rowid is always available
+** as an undeclared column named ROWID, OID, or _ROWID_ as long as those
+** names are not also used by explicitly declared columns. ^If
+** the table has a column of type [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] then that column
+** is another alias for the rowid.
+**
+** ^This routine returns the [rowid] of the most recent
+** successful [INSERT] into the database from the [database connection]
+** in the first argument.  ^As of SQLite version 3.7.7, this routines
+** records the last insert rowid of both ordinary tables and [virtual tables].
+** ^If no successful [INSERT]s
+** have ever occurred on that database connection, zero is returned.
+**
+** ^(If an [INSERT] occurs within a trigger or within a [virtual table]
+** method, then this routine will return the [rowid] of the inserted
+** row as long as the trigger or virtual table method is running.
+** But once the trigger or virtual table method ends, the value returned 
+** by this routine reverts to what it was before the trigger or virtual
+** table method began.)^
+**
+** ^An [INSERT] that fails due to a constraint violation is not a
+** successful [INSERT] and does not change the value returned by this
+** routine.  ^Thus INSERT OR FAIL, INSERT OR IGNORE, INSERT OR ROLLBACK,
+** and INSERT OR ABORT make no changes to the return value of this
+** routine when their insertion fails.  ^(When INSERT OR REPLACE
+** encounters a constraint violation, it does not fail.  The
+** INSERT continues to completion after deleting rows that caused
+** the constraint problem so INSERT OR REPLACE will always change
+** the return value of this interface.)^
+**
+** ^For the purposes of this routine, an [INSERT] is considered to
+** be successful even if it is subsequently rolled back.
+**
+** This function is accessible to SQL statements via the
+** [last_insert_rowid() SQL function].
+**
+** If a separate thread performs a new [INSERT] on the same
+** database connection while the [sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()]
+** function is running and thus changes the last insert [rowid],
+** then the value returned by [sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()] is
+** unpredictable and might not equal either the old or the new
+** last insert [rowid].
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Count The Number Of Rows Modified
+**
+** ^This function returns the number of database rows that were changed
+** or inserted or deleted by the most recently completed SQL statement
+** on the [database connection] specified by the first parameter.
+** ^(Only changes that are directly specified by the [INSERT], [UPDATE],
+** or [DELETE] statement are counted.  Auxiliary changes caused by
+** triggers or [foreign key actions] are not counted.)^ Use the
+** [sqlite3_total_changes()] function to find the total number of changes
+** including changes caused by triggers and foreign key actions.
+**
+** ^Changes to a view that are simulated by an [INSTEAD OF trigger]
+** are not counted.  Only real table changes are counted.
+**
+** ^(A "row change" is a change to a single row of a single table
+** caused by an INSERT, DELETE, or UPDATE statement.  Rows that
+** are changed as side effects of [REPLACE] constraint resolution,
+** rollback, ABORT processing, [DROP TABLE], or by any other
+** mechanisms do not count as direct row changes.)^
+**
+** A "trigger context" is a scope of execution that begins and
+** ends with the script of a [CREATE TRIGGER | trigger]. 
+** Most SQL statements are
+** evaluated outside of any trigger.  This is the "top level"
+** trigger context.  If a trigger fires from the top level, a
+** new trigger context is entered for the duration of that one
+** trigger.  Subtriggers create subcontexts for their duration.
+**
+** ^Calling [sqlite3_exec()] or [sqlite3_step()] recursively does
+** not create a new trigger context.
+**
+** ^This function returns the number of direct row changes in the
+** most recent INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE statement within the same
+** trigger context.
+**
+** ^Thus, when called from the top level, this function returns the
+** number of changes in the most recent INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE
+** that also occurred at the top level.  ^(Within the body of a trigger,
+** the sqlite3_changes() interface can be called to find the number of
+** changes in the most recently completed INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE
+** statement within the body of the same trigger.
+** However, the number returned does not include changes
+** caused by subtriggers since those have their own context.)^
+**
+** See also the [sqlite3_total_changes()] interface, the
+** [count_changes pragma], and the [changes() SQL function].
+**
+** If a separate thread makes changes on the same database connection
+** while [sqlite3_changes()] is running then the value returned
+** is unpredictable and not meaningful.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_changes(sqlite3*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Total Number Of Rows Modified
+**
+** ^This function returns the number of row changes caused by [INSERT],
+** [UPDATE] or [DELETE] statements since the [database connection] was opened.
+** ^(The count returned by sqlite3_total_changes() includes all changes
+** from all [CREATE TRIGGER | trigger] contexts and changes made by
+** [foreign key actions]. However,
+** the count does not include changes used to implement [REPLACE] constraints,
+** do rollbacks or ABORT processing, or [DROP TABLE] processing.  The
+** count does not include rows of views that fire an [INSTEAD OF trigger],
+** though if the INSTEAD OF trigger makes changes of its own, those changes 
+** are counted.)^
+** ^The sqlite3_total_changes() function counts the changes as soon as
+** the statement that makes them is completed (when the statement handle
+** is passed to [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()]).
+**
+** See also the [sqlite3_changes()] interface, the
+** [count_changes pragma], and the [total_changes() SQL function].
+**
+** If a separate thread makes changes on the same database connection
+** while [sqlite3_total_changes()] is running then the value
+** returned is unpredictable and not meaningful.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_total_changes(sqlite3*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Interrupt A Long-Running Query
+**
+** ^This function causes any pending database operation to abort and
+** return at its earliest opportunity. This routine is typically
+** called in response to a user action such as pressing "Cancel"
+** or Ctrl-C where the user wants a long query operation to halt
+** immediately.
+**
+** ^It is safe to call this routine from a thread different from the
+** thread that is currently running the database operation.  But it
+** is not safe to call this routine with a [database connection] that
+** is closed or might close before sqlite3_interrupt() returns.
+**
+** ^If an SQL operation is very nearly finished at the time when
+** sqlite3_interrupt() is called, then it might not have an opportunity
+** to be interrupted and might continue to completion.
+**
+** ^An SQL operation that is interrupted will return [SQLITE_INTERRUPT].
+** ^If the interrupted SQL operation is an INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE
+** that is inside an explicit transaction, then the entire transaction
+** will be rolled back automatically.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_interrupt(D) call is in effect until all currently running
+** SQL statements on [database connection] D complete.  ^Any new SQL statements
+** that are started after the sqlite3_interrupt() call and before the 
+** running statements reaches zero are interrupted as if they had been
+** running prior to the sqlite3_interrupt() call.  ^New SQL statements
+** that are started after the running statement count reaches zero are
+** not effected by the sqlite3_interrupt().
+** ^A call to sqlite3_interrupt(D) that occurs when there are no running
+** SQL statements is a no-op and has no effect on SQL statements
+** that are started after the sqlite3_interrupt() call returns.
+**
+** If the database connection closes while [sqlite3_interrupt()]
+** is running then bad things will likely happen.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_interrupt(sqlite3*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Determine If An SQL Statement Is Complete
+**
+** These routines are useful during command-line input to determine if the
+** currently entered text seems to form a complete SQL statement or
+** if additional input is needed before sending the text into
+** SQLite for parsing.  ^These routines return 1 if the input string
+** appears to be a complete SQL statement.  ^A statement is judged to be
+** complete if it ends with a semicolon token and is not a prefix of a
+** well-formed CREATE TRIGGER statement.  ^Semicolons that are embedded within
+** string literals or quoted identifier names or comments are not
+** independent tokens (they are part of the token in which they are
+** embedded) and thus do not count as a statement terminator.  ^Whitespace
+** and comments that follow the final semicolon are ignored.
+**
+** ^These routines return 0 if the statement is incomplete.  ^If a
+** memory allocation fails, then SQLITE_NOMEM is returned.
+**
+** ^These routines do not parse the SQL statements thus
+** will not detect syntactically incorrect SQL.
+**
+** ^(If SQLite has not been initialized using [sqlite3_initialize()] prior 
+** to invoking sqlite3_complete16() then sqlite3_initialize() is invoked
+** automatically by sqlite3_complete16().  If that initialization fails,
+** then the return value from sqlite3_complete16() will be non-zero
+** regardless of whether or not the input SQL is complete.)^
+**
+** The input to [sqlite3_complete()] must be a zero-terminated
+** UTF-8 string.
+**
+** The input to [sqlite3_complete16()] must be a zero-terminated
+** UTF-16 string in native byte order.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete(const char *sql);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete16(const void *sql);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Register A Callback To Handle SQLITE_BUSY Errors
+**
+** ^This routine sets a callback function that might be invoked whenever
+** an attempt is made to open a database table that another thread
+** or process has locked.
+**
+** ^If the busy callback is NULL, then [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED]
+** is returned immediately upon encountering the lock.  ^If the busy callback
+** is not NULL, then the callback might be invoked with two arguments.
+**
+** ^The first argument to the busy handler is a copy of the void* pointer which
+** is the third argument to sqlite3_busy_handler().  ^The second argument to
+** the busy handler callback is the number of times that the busy handler has
+** been invoked for this locking event.  ^If the
+** busy callback returns 0, then no additional attempts are made to
+** access the database and [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] is returned.
+** ^If the callback returns non-zero, then another attempt
+** is made to open the database for reading and the cycle repeats.
+**
+** The presence of a busy handler does not guarantee that it will be invoked
+** when there is lock contention. ^If SQLite determines that invoking the busy
+** handler could result in a deadlock, it will go ahead and return [SQLITE_BUSY]
+** or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] instead of invoking the busy handler.
+** Consider a scenario where one process is holding a read lock that
+** it is trying to promote to a reserved lock and
+** a second process is holding a reserved lock that it is trying
+** to promote to an exclusive lock.  The first process cannot proceed
+** because it is blocked by the second and the second process cannot
+** proceed because it is blocked by the first.  If both processes
+** invoke the busy handlers, neither will make any progress.  Therefore,
+** SQLite returns [SQLITE_BUSY] for the first process, hoping that this
+** will induce the first process to release its read lock and allow
+** the second process to proceed.
+**
+** ^The default busy callback is NULL.
+**
+** ^The [SQLITE_BUSY] error is converted to [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED]
+** when SQLite is in the middle of a large transaction where all the
+** changes will not fit into the in-memory cache.  SQLite will
+** already hold a RESERVED lock on the database file, but it needs
+** to promote this lock to EXCLUSIVE so that it can spill cache
+** pages into the database file without harm to concurrent
+** readers.  ^If it is unable to promote the lock, then the in-memory
+** cache will be left in an inconsistent state and so the error
+** code is promoted from the relatively benign [SQLITE_BUSY] to
+** the more severe [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED].  ^This error code promotion
+** forces an automatic rollback of the changes.  See the
+** <a href="/cvstrac/wiki?p=CorruptionFollowingBusyError">
+** CorruptionFollowingBusyError</a> wiki page for a discussion of why
+** this is important.
+**
+** ^(There can only be a single busy handler defined for each
+** [database connection].  Setting a new busy handler clears any
+** previously set handler.)^  ^Note that calling [sqlite3_busy_timeout()]
+** will also set or clear the busy handler.
+**
+** The busy callback should not take any actions which modify the
+** database connection that invoked the busy handler.  Any such actions
+** result in undefined behavior.
+** 
+** A busy handler must not close the database connection
+** or [prepared statement] that invoked the busy handler.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_handler(sqlite3*, int(*)(void*,int), void*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Set A Busy Timeout
+**
+** ^This routine sets a [sqlite3_busy_handler | busy handler] that sleeps
+** for a specified amount of time when a table is locked.  ^The handler
+** will sleep multiple times until at least "ms" milliseconds of sleeping
+** have accumulated.  ^After at least "ms" milliseconds of sleeping,
+** the handler returns 0 which causes [sqlite3_step()] to return
+** [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED].
+**
+** ^Calling this routine with an argument less than or equal to zero
+** turns off all busy handlers.
+**
+** ^(There can only be a single busy handler for a particular
+** [database connection] any any given moment.  If another busy handler
+** was defined  (using [sqlite3_busy_handler()]) prior to calling
+** this routine, that other busy handler is cleared.)^
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3*, int ms);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Convenience Routines For Running Queries
+**
+** This is a legacy interface that is preserved for backwards compatibility.
+** Use of this interface is not recommended.
+**
+** Definition: A <b>result table</b> is memory data structure created by the
+** [sqlite3_get_table()] interface.  A result table records the
+** complete query results from one or more queries.
+**
+** The table conceptually has a number of rows and columns.  But
+** these numbers are not part of the result table itself.  These
+** numbers are obtained separately.  Let N be the number of rows
+** and M be the number of columns.
+**
+** A result table is an array of pointers to zero-terminated UTF-8 strings.
+** There are (N+1)*M elements in the array.  The first M pointers point
+** to zero-terminated strings that  contain the names of the columns.
+** The remaining entries all point to query results.  NULL values result
+** in NULL pointers.  All other values are in their UTF-8 zero-terminated
+** string representation as returned by [sqlite3_column_text()].
+**
+** A result table might consist of one or more memory allocations.
+** It is not safe to pass a result table directly to [sqlite3_free()].
+** A result table should be deallocated using [sqlite3_free_table()].
+**
+** ^(As an example of the result table format, suppose a query result
+** is as follows:
+**
+** <blockquote><pre>
+**        Name        | Age
+**        -----------------------
+**        Alice       | 43
+**        Bob         | 28
+**        Cindy       | 21
+** </pre></blockquote>
+**
+** There are two column (M==2) and three rows (N==3).  Thus the
+** result table has 8 entries.  Suppose the result table is stored
+** in an array names azResult.  Then azResult holds this content:
+**
+** <blockquote><pre>
+**        azResult&#91;0] = "Name";
+**        azResult&#91;1] = "Age";
+**        azResult&#91;2] = "Alice";
+**        azResult&#91;3] = "43";
+**        azResult&#91;4] = "Bob";
+**        azResult&#91;5] = "28";
+**        azResult&#91;6] = "Cindy";
+**        azResult&#91;7] = "21";
+** </pre></blockquote>)^
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_get_table() function evaluates one or more
+** semicolon-separated SQL statements in the zero-terminated UTF-8
+** string of its 2nd parameter and returns a result table to the
+** pointer given in its 3rd parameter.
+**
+** After the application has finished with the result from sqlite3_get_table(),
+** it must pass the result table pointer to sqlite3_free_table() in order to
+** release the memory that was malloced.  Because of the way the
+** [sqlite3_malloc()] happens within sqlite3_get_table(), the calling
+** function must not try to call [sqlite3_free()] directly.  Only
+** [sqlite3_free_table()] is able to release the memory properly and safely.
+**
+** The sqlite3_get_table() interface is implemented as a wrapper around
+** [sqlite3_exec()].  The sqlite3_get_table() routine does not have access
+** to any internal data structures of SQLite.  It uses only the public
+** interface defined here.  As a consequence, errors that occur in the
+** wrapper layer outside of the internal [sqlite3_exec()] call are not
+** reflected in subsequent calls to [sqlite3_errcode()] or
+** [sqlite3_errmsg()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_table(
+  sqlite3 *db,          /* An open database */
+  const char *zSql,     /* SQL to be evaluated */
+  char ***pazResult,    /* Results of the query */
+  int *pnRow,           /* Number of result rows written here */
+  int *pnColumn,        /* Number of result columns written here */
+  char **pzErrmsg       /* Error msg written here */
+);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_table(char **result);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Formatted String Printing Functions
+**
+** These routines are work-alikes of the "printf()" family of functions
+** from the standard C library.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_mprintf() and sqlite3_vmprintf() routines write their
+** results into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()].
+** The strings returned by these two routines should be
+** released by [sqlite3_free()].  ^Both routines return a
+** NULL pointer if [sqlite3_malloc()] is unable to allocate enough
+** memory to hold the resulting string.
+**
+** ^(The sqlite3_snprintf() routine is similar to "snprintf()" from
+** the standard C library.  The result is written into the
+** buffer supplied as the second parameter whose size is given by
+** the first parameter. Note that the order of the
+** first two parameters is reversed from snprintf().)^  This is an
+** historical accident that cannot be fixed without breaking
+** backwards compatibility.  ^(Note also that sqlite3_snprintf()
+** returns a pointer to its buffer instead of the number of
+** characters actually written into the buffer.)^  We admit that
+** the number of characters written would be a more useful return
+** value but we cannot change the implementation of sqlite3_snprintf()
+** now without breaking compatibility.
+**
+** ^As long as the buffer size is greater than zero, sqlite3_snprintf()
+** guarantees that the buffer is always zero-terminated.  ^The first
+** parameter "n" is the total size of the buffer, including space for
+** the zero terminator.  So the longest string that can be completely
+** written will be n-1 characters.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_vsnprintf() routine is a varargs version of sqlite3_snprintf().
+**
+** These routines all implement some additional formatting
+** options that are useful for constructing SQL statements.
+** All of the usual printf() formatting options apply.  In addition, there
+** is are "%q", "%Q", and "%z" options.
+**
+** ^(The %q option works like %s in that it substitutes a nul-terminated
+** string from the argument list.  But %q also doubles every '\'' character.
+** %q is designed for use inside a string literal.)^  By doubling each '\''
+** character it escapes that character and allows it to be inserted into
+** the string.
+**
+** For example, assume the string variable zText contains text as follows:
+**
+** <blockquote><pre>
+**  char *zText = "It's a happy day!";
+** </pre></blockquote>
+**
+** One can use this text in an SQL statement as follows:
+**
+** <blockquote><pre>
+**  char *zSQL = sqlite3_mprintf("INSERT INTO table VALUES('%q')", zText);
+**  sqlite3_exec(db, zSQL, 0, 0, 0);
+**  sqlite3_free(zSQL);
+** </pre></blockquote>
+**
+** Because the %q format string is used, the '\'' character in zText
+** is escaped and the SQL generated is as follows:
+**
+** <blockquote><pre>
+**  INSERT INTO table1 VALUES('It''s a happy day!')
+** </pre></blockquote>
+**
+** This is correct.  Had we used %s instead of %q, the generated SQL
+** would have looked like this:
+**
+** <blockquote><pre>
+**  INSERT INTO table1 VALUES('It's a happy day!');
+** </pre></blockquote>
+**
+** This second example is an SQL syntax error.  As a general rule you should
+** always use %q instead of %s when inserting text into a string literal.
+**
+** ^(The %Q option works like %q except it also adds single quotes around
+** the outside of the total string.  Additionally, if the parameter in the
+** argument list is a NULL pointer, %Q substitutes the text "NULL" (without
+** single quotes).)^  So, for example, one could say:
+**
+** <blockquote><pre>
+**  char *zSQL = sqlite3_mprintf("INSERT INTO table VALUES(%Q)", zText);
+**  sqlite3_exec(db, zSQL, 0, 0, 0);
+**  sqlite3_free(zSQL);
+** </pre></blockquote>
+**
+** The code above will render a correct SQL statement in the zSQL
+** variable even if the zText variable is a NULL pointer.
+**
+** ^(The "%z" formatting option works like "%s" but with the
+** addition that after the string has been read and copied into
+** the result, [sqlite3_free()] is called on the input string.)^
+*/
+SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_mprintf(const char*,...);
+SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vmprintf(const char*, va_list);
+SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_snprintf(int,char*,const char*, ...);
+SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vsnprintf(int,char*,const char*, va_list);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocation Subsystem
+**
+** The SQLite core uses these three routines for all of its own
+** internal memory allocation needs. "Core" in the previous sentence
+** does not include operating-system specific VFS implementation.  The
+** Windows VFS uses native malloc() and free() for some operations.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_malloc() routine returns a pointer to a block
+** of memory at least N bytes in length, where N is the parameter.
+** ^If sqlite3_malloc() is unable to obtain sufficient free
+** memory, it returns a NULL pointer.  ^If the parameter N to
+** sqlite3_malloc() is zero or negative then sqlite3_malloc() returns
+** a NULL pointer.
+**
+** ^Calling sqlite3_free() with a pointer previously returned
+** by sqlite3_malloc() or sqlite3_realloc() releases that memory so
+** that it might be reused.  ^The sqlite3_free() routine is
+** a no-op if is called with a NULL pointer.  Passing a NULL pointer
+** to sqlite3_free() is harmless.  After being freed, memory
+** should neither be read nor written.  Even reading previously freed
+** memory might result in a segmentation fault or other severe error.
+** Memory corruption, a segmentation fault, or other severe error
+** might result if sqlite3_free() is called with a non-NULL pointer that
+** was not obtained from sqlite3_malloc() or sqlite3_realloc().
+**
+** ^(The sqlite3_realloc() interface attempts to resize a
+** prior memory allocation to be at least N bytes, where N is the
+** second parameter.  The memory allocation to be resized is the first
+** parameter.)^ ^ If the first parameter to sqlite3_realloc()
+** is a NULL pointer then its behavior is identical to calling
+** sqlite3_malloc(N) where N is the second parameter to sqlite3_realloc().
+** ^If the second parameter to sqlite3_realloc() is zero or
+** negative then the behavior is exactly the same as calling
+** sqlite3_free(P) where P is the first parameter to sqlite3_realloc().
+** ^sqlite3_realloc() returns a pointer to a memory allocation
+** of at least N bytes in size or NULL if sufficient memory is unavailable.
+** ^If M is the size of the prior allocation, then min(N,M) bytes
+** of the prior allocation are copied into the beginning of buffer returned
+** by sqlite3_realloc() and the prior allocation is freed.
+** ^If sqlite3_realloc() returns NULL, then the prior allocation
+** is not freed.
+**
+** ^The memory returned by sqlite3_malloc() and sqlite3_realloc()
+** is always aligned to at least an 8 byte boundary, or to a
+** 4 byte boundary if the [SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC] compile-time
+** option is used.
+**
+** In SQLite version 3.5.0 and 3.5.1, it was possible to define
+** the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORY_ALLOCATION which would cause the built-in
+** implementation of these routines to be omitted.  That capability
+** is no longer provided.  Only built-in memory allocators can be used.
+**
+** Prior to SQLite version 3.7.10, the Windows OS interface layer called
+** the system malloc() and free() directly when converting
+** filenames between the UTF-8 encoding used by SQLite
+** and whatever filename encoding is used by the particular Windows
+** installation.  Memory allocation errors were detected, but
+** they were reported back as [SQLITE_CANTOPEN] or
+** [SQLITE_IOERR] rather than [SQLITE_NOMEM].
+**
+** The pointer arguments to [sqlite3_free()] and [sqlite3_realloc()]
+** must be either NULL or else pointers obtained from a prior
+** invocation of [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] that have
+** not yet been released.
+**
+** The application must not read or write any part of
+** a block of memory after it has been released using
+** [sqlite3_free()] or [sqlite3_realloc()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_malloc(int);
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_realloc(void*, int);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free(void*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocator Statistics
+**
+** SQLite provides these two interfaces for reporting on the status
+** of the [sqlite3_malloc()], [sqlite3_free()], and [sqlite3_realloc()]
+** routines, which form the built-in memory allocation subsystem.
+**
+** ^The [sqlite3_memory_used()] routine returns the number of bytes
+** of memory currently outstanding (malloced but not freed).
+** ^The [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] routine returns the maximum
+** value of [sqlite3_memory_used()] since the high-water mark
+** was last reset.  ^The values returned by [sqlite3_memory_used()] and
+** [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] include any overhead
+** added by SQLite in its implementation of [sqlite3_malloc()],
+** but not overhead added by the any underlying system library
+** routines that [sqlite3_malloc()] may call.
+**
+** ^The memory high-water mark is reset to the current value of
+** [sqlite3_memory_used()] if and only if the parameter to
+** [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] is true.  ^The value returned
+** by [sqlite3_memory_highwater(1)] is the high-water mark
+** prior to the reset.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_used(void);
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_highwater(int resetFlag);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Pseudo-Random Number Generator
+**
+** SQLite contains a high-quality pseudo-random number generator (PRNG) used to
+** select random [ROWID | ROWIDs] when inserting new records into a table that
+** already uses the largest possible [ROWID].  The PRNG is also used for
+** the build-in random() and randomblob() SQL functions.  This interface allows
+** applications to access the same PRNG for other purposes.
+**
+** ^A call to this routine stores N bytes of randomness into buffer P.
+**
+** ^The first time this routine is invoked (either internally or by
+** the application) the PRNG is seeded using randomness obtained
+** from the xRandomness method of the default [sqlite3_vfs] object.
+** ^On all subsequent invocations, the pseudo-randomness is generated
+** internally and without recourse to the [sqlite3_vfs] xRandomness
+** method.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_randomness(int N, void *P);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Compile-Time Authorization Callbacks
+**
+** ^This routine registers an authorizer callback with a particular
+** [database connection], supplied in the first argument.
+** ^The authorizer callback is invoked as SQL statements are being compiled
+** by [sqlite3_prepare()] or its variants [sqlite3_prepare_v2()],
+** [sqlite3_prepare16()] and [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()].  ^At various
+** points during the compilation process, as logic is being created
+** to perform various actions, the authorizer callback is invoked to
+** see if those actions are allowed.  ^The authorizer callback should
+** return [SQLITE_OK] to allow the action, [SQLITE_IGNORE] to disallow the
+** specific action but allow the SQL statement to continue to be
+** compiled, or [SQLITE_DENY] to cause the entire SQL statement to be
+** rejected with an error.  ^If the authorizer callback returns
+** any value other than [SQLITE_IGNORE], [SQLITE_OK], or [SQLITE_DENY]
+** then the [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or equivalent call that triggered
+** the authorizer will fail with an error message.
+**
+** When the callback returns [SQLITE_OK], that means the operation
+** requested is ok.  ^When the callback returns [SQLITE_DENY], the
+** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or equivalent call that triggered the
+** authorizer will fail with an error message explaining that
+** access is denied. 
+**
+** ^The first parameter to the authorizer callback is a copy of the third
+** parameter to the sqlite3_set_authorizer() interface. ^The second parameter
+** to the callback is an integer [SQLITE_COPY | action code] that specifies
+** the particular action to be authorized. ^The third through sixth parameters
+** to the callback are zero-terminated strings that contain additional
+** details about the action to be authorized.
+**
+** ^If the action code is [SQLITE_READ]
+** and the callback returns [SQLITE_IGNORE] then the
+** [prepared statement] statement is constructed to substitute
+** a NULL value in place of the table column that would have
+** been read if [SQLITE_OK] had been returned.  The [SQLITE_IGNORE]
+** return can be used to deny an untrusted user access to individual
+** columns of a table.
+** ^If the action code is [SQLITE_DELETE] and the callback returns
+** [SQLITE_IGNORE] then the [DELETE] operation proceeds but the
+** [truncate optimization] is disabled and all rows are deleted individually.
+**
+** An authorizer is used when [sqlite3_prepare | preparing]
+** SQL statements from an untrusted source, to ensure that the SQL statements
+** do not try to access data they are not allowed to see, or that they do not
+** try to execute malicious statements that damage the database.  For
+** example, an application may allow a user to enter arbitrary
+** SQL queries for evaluation by a database.  But the application does
+** not want the user to be able to make arbitrary changes to the
+** database.  An authorizer could then be put in place while the
+** user-entered SQL is being [sqlite3_prepare | prepared] that
+** disallows everything except [SELECT] statements.
+**
+** Applications that need to process SQL from untrusted sources
+** might also consider lowering resource limits using [sqlite3_limit()]
+** and limiting database size using the [max_page_count] [PRAGMA]
+** in addition to using an authorizer.
+**
+** ^(Only a single authorizer can be in place on a database connection
+** at a time.  Each call to sqlite3_set_authorizer overrides the
+** previous call.)^  ^Disable the authorizer by installing a NULL callback.
+** The authorizer is disabled by default.
+**
+** The authorizer callback must not do anything that will modify
+** the database connection that invoked the authorizer callback.
+** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their
+** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph.
+**
+** ^When [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] is used to prepare a statement, the
+** statement might be re-prepared during [sqlite3_step()] due to a 
+** schema change.  Hence, the application should ensure that the
+** correct authorizer callback remains in place during the [sqlite3_step()].
+**
+** ^Note that the authorizer callback is invoked only during
+** [sqlite3_prepare()] or its variants.  Authorization is not
+** performed during statement evaluation in [sqlite3_step()], unless
+** as stated in the previous paragraph, sqlite3_step() invokes
+** sqlite3_prepare_v2() to reprepare a statement after a schema change.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_set_authorizer(
+  sqlite3*,
+  int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*),
+  void *pUserData
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Authorizer Return Codes
+**
+** The [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer callback function] must
+** return either [SQLITE_OK] or one of these two constants in order
+** to signal SQLite whether or not the action is permitted.  See the
+** [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer documentation] for additional
+** information.
+**
+** Note that SQLITE_IGNORE is also used as a [SQLITE_ROLLBACK | return code]
+** from the [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] interface.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_DENY   1   /* Abort the SQL statement with an error */
+#define SQLITE_IGNORE 2   /* Don't allow access, but don't generate an error */
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Authorizer Action Codes
+**
+** The [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] interface registers a callback function
+** that is invoked to authorize certain SQL statement actions.  The
+** second parameter to the callback is an integer code that specifies
+** what action is being authorized.  These are the integer action codes that
+** the authorizer callback may be passed.
+**
+** These action code values signify what kind of operation is to be
+** authorized.  The 3rd and 4th parameters to the authorization
+** callback function will be parameters or NULL depending on which of these
+** codes is used as the second parameter.  ^(The 5th parameter to the
+** authorizer callback is the name of the database ("main", "temp",
+** etc.) if applicable.)^  ^The 6th parameter to the authorizer callback
+** is the name of the inner-most trigger or view that is responsible for
+** the access attempt or NULL if this access attempt is directly from
+** top-level SQL code.
+*/
+/******************************************* 3rd ************ 4th ***********/
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX          1   /* Index Name      Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE          2   /* Table Name      NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX     3   /* Index Name      Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE     4   /* Table Name      NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER   5   /* Trigger Name    Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW      6   /* View Name       NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER        7   /* Trigger Name    Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW           8   /* View Name       NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_DELETE                9   /* Table Name      NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_INDEX           10   /* Index Name      Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_TABLE           11   /* Table Name      NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX      12   /* Index Name      Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE      13   /* Table Name      NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER    14   /* Trigger Name    Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW       15   /* View Name       NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER         16   /* Trigger Name    Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_VIEW            17   /* View Name       NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_INSERT               18   /* Table Name      NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_PRAGMA               19   /* Pragma Name     1st arg or NULL */
+#define SQLITE_READ                 20   /* Table Name      Column Name     */
+#define SQLITE_SELECT               21   /* NULL            NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_TRANSACTION          22   /* Operation       NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_UPDATE               23   /* Table Name      Column Name     */
+#define SQLITE_ATTACH               24   /* Filename        NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_DETACH               25   /* Database Name   NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE          26   /* Database Name   Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_REINDEX              27   /* Index Name      NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_ANALYZE              28   /* Table Name      NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_VTABLE        29   /* Table Name      Module Name     */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_VTABLE          30   /* Table Name      Module Name     */
+#define SQLITE_FUNCTION             31   /* NULL            Function Name   */
+#define SQLITE_SAVEPOINT            32   /* Operation       Savepoint Name  */
+#define SQLITE_COPY                  0   /* No longer used */
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Tracing And Profiling Functions
+**
+** These routines register callback functions that can be used for
+** tracing and profiling the execution of SQL statements.
+**
+** ^The callback function registered by sqlite3_trace() is invoked at
+** various times when an SQL statement is being run by [sqlite3_step()].
+** ^The sqlite3_trace() callback is invoked with a UTF-8 rendering of the
+** SQL statement text as the statement first begins executing.
+** ^(Additional sqlite3_trace() callbacks might occur
+** as each triggered subprogram is entered.  The callbacks for triggers
+** contain a UTF-8 SQL comment that identifies the trigger.)^
+**
+** ^The callback function registered by sqlite3_profile() is invoked
+** as each SQL statement finishes.  ^The profile callback contains
+** the original statement text and an estimate of wall-clock time
+** of how long that statement took to run.  ^The profile callback
+** time is in units of nanoseconds, however the current implementation
+** is only capable of millisecond resolution so the six least significant
+** digits in the time are meaningless.  Future versions of SQLite
+** might provide greater resolution on the profiler callback.  The
+** sqlite3_profile() function is considered experimental and is
+** subject to change in future versions of SQLite.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_trace(sqlite3*, void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*), void*);
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL void *sqlite3_profile(sqlite3*,
+   void(*xProfile)(void*,const char*,sqlite3_uint64), void*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Query Progress Callbacks
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_progress_handler(D,N,X,P) interface causes the callback
+** function X to be invoked periodically during long running calls to
+** [sqlite3_exec()], [sqlite3_step()] and [sqlite3_get_table()] for
+** database connection D.  An example use for this
+** interface is to keep a GUI updated during a large query.
+**
+** ^The parameter P is passed through as the only parameter to the 
+** callback function X.  ^The parameter N is the number of 
+** [virtual machine instructions] that are evaluated between successive
+** invocations of the callback X.
+**
+** ^Only a single progress handler may be defined at one time per
+** [database connection]; setting a new progress handler cancels the
+** old one.  ^Setting parameter X to NULL disables the progress handler.
+** ^The progress handler is also disabled by setting N to a value less
+** than 1.
+**
+** ^If the progress callback returns non-zero, the operation is
+** interrupted.  This feature can be used to implement a
+** "Cancel" button on a GUI progress dialog box.
+**
+** The progress handler callback must not do anything that will modify
+** the database connection that invoked the progress handler.
+** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their
+** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph.
+**
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Opening A New Database Connection
+**
+** ^These routines open an SQLite database file as specified by the 
+** filename argument. ^The filename argument is interpreted as UTF-8 for
+** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open_v2() and as UTF-16 in the native byte
+** order for sqlite3_open16(). ^(A [database connection] handle is usually
+** returned in *ppDb, even if an error occurs.  The only exception is that
+** if SQLite is unable to allocate memory to hold the [sqlite3] object,
+** a NULL will be written into *ppDb instead of a pointer to the [sqlite3]
+** object.)^ ^(If the database is opened (and/or created) successfully, then
+** [SQLITE_OK] is returned.  Otherwise an [error code] is returned.)^ ^The
+** [sqlite3_errmsg()] or [sqlite3_errmsg16()] routines can be used to obtain
+** an English language description of the error following a failure of any
+** of the sqlite3_open() routines.
+**
+** ^The default encoding for the database will be UTF-8 if
+** sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2() is called and
+** UTF-16 in the native byte order if sqlite3_open16() is used.
+**
+** Whether or not an error occurs when it is opened, resources
+** associated with the [database connection] handle should be released by
+** passing it to [sqlite3_close()] when it is no longer required.
+**
+** The sqlite3_open_v2() interface works like sqlite3_open()
+** except that it accepts two additional parameters for additional control
+** over the new database connection.  ^(The flags parameter to
+** sqlite3_open_v2() can take one of
+** the following three values, optionally combined with the 
+** [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX], [SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX], [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE],
+** [SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE], and/or [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flags:)^
+**
+** <dl>
+** ^(<dt>[SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY]</dt>
+** <dd>The database is opened in read-only mode.  If the database does not
+** already exist, an error is returned.</dd>)^
+**
+** ^(<dt>[SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE]</dt>
+** <dd>The database is opened for reading and writing if possible, or reading
+** only if the file is write protected by the operating system.  In either
+** case the database must already exist, otherwise an error is returned.</dd>)^
+**
+** ^(<dt>[SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE]</dt>
+** <dd>The database is opened for reading and writing, and is created if
+** it does not already exist. This is the behavior that is always used for
+** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open16().</dd>)^
+** </dl>
+**
+** If the 3rd parameter to sqlite3_open_v2() is not one of the
+** combinations shown above optionally combined with other
+** [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY | SQLITE_OPEN_* bits]
+** then the behavior is undefined.
+**
+** ^If the [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX] flag is set, then the database connection
+** opens in the multi-thread [threading mode] as long as the single-thread
+** mode has not been set at compile-time or start-time.  ^If the
+** [SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX] flag is set then the database connection opens
+** in the serialized [threading mode] unless single-thread was
+** previously selected at compile-time or start-time.
+** ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE] flag causes the database connection to be
+** eligible to use [shared cache mode], regardless of whether or not shared
+** cache is enabled using [sqlite3_enable_shared_cache()].  ^The
+** [SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE] flag causes the database connection to not
+** participate in [shared cache mode] even if it is enabled.
+**
+** ^The fourth parameter to sqlite3_open_v2() is the name of the
+** [sqlite3_vfs] object that defines the operating system interface that
+** the new database connection should use.  ^If the fourth parameter is
+** a NULL pointer then the default [sqlite3_vfs] object is used.
+**
+** ^If the filename is ":memory:", then a private, temporary in-memory database
+** is created for the connection.  ^This in-memory database will vanish when
+** the database connection is closed.  Future versions of SQLite might
+** make use of additional special filenames that begin with the ":" character.
+** It is recommended that when a database filename actually does begin with
+** a ":" character you should prefix the filename with a pathname such as
+** "./" to avoid ambiguity.
+**
+** ^If the filename is an empty string, then a private, temporary
+** on-disk database will be created.  ^This private database will be
+** automatically deleted as soon as the database connection is closed.
+**
+** [[URI filenames in sqlite3_open()]] <h3>URI Filenames</h3>
+**
+** ^If [URI filename] interpretation is enabled, and the filename argument
+** begins with "file:", then the filename is interpreted as a URI. ^URI
+** filename interpretation is enabled if the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flag is
+** set in the fourth argument to sqlite3_open_v2(), or if it has
+** been enabled globally using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_URI] option with the
+** [sqlite3_config()] method or by the [SQLITE_USE_URI] compile-time option.
+** As of SQLite version 3.7.7, URI filename interpretation is turned off
+** by default, but future releases of SQLite might enable URI filename
+** interpretation by default.  See "[URI filenames]" for additional
+** information.
+**
+** URI filenames are parsed according to RFC 3986. ^If the URI contains an
+** authority, then it must be either an empty string or the string 
+** "localhost". ^If the authority is not an empty string or "localhost", an 
+** error is returned to the caller. ^The fragment component of a URI, if 
+** present, is ignored.
+**
+** ^SQLite uses the path component of the URI as the name of the disk file
+** which contains the database. ^If the path begins with a '/' character, 
+** then it is interpreted as an absolute path. ^If the path does not begin 
+** with a '/' (meaning that the authority section is omitted from the URI)
+** then the path is interpreted as a relative path. 
+** ^On windows, the first component of an absolute path 
+** is a drive specification (e.g. "C:").
+**
+** [[core URI query parameters]]
+** The query component of a URI may contain parameters that are interpreted
+** either by SQLite itself, or by a [VFS | custom VFS implementation].
+** SQLite interprets the following three query parameters:
+**
+** <ul>
+**   <li> <b>vfs</b>: ^The "vfs" parameter may be used to specify the name of
+**     a VFS object that provides the operating system interface that should
+**     be used to access the database file on disk. ^If this option is set to
+**     an empty string the default VFS object is used. ^Specifying an unknown
+**     VFS is an error. ^If sqlite3_open_v2() is used and the vfs option is
+**     present, then the VFS specified by the option takes precedence over
+**     the value passed as the fourth parameter to sqlite3_open_v2().
+**
+**   <li> <b>mode</b>: ^(The mode parameter may be set to either "ro", "rw",
+**     "rwc", or "memory". Attempting to set it to any other value is
+**     an error)^. 
+**     ^If "ro" is specified, then the database is opened for read-only 
+**     access, just as if the [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY] flag had been set in the 
+**     third argument to sqlite3_prepare_v2(). ^If the mode option is set to 
+**     "rw", then the database is opened for read-write (but not create) 
+**     access, as if SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE (but not SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE) had 
+**     been set. ^Value "rwc" is equivalent to setting both 
+**     SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE and SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE.  ^If the mode option is
+**     set to "memory" then a pure [in-memory database] that never reads
+**     or writes from disk is used. ^It is an error to specify a value for
+**     the mode parameter that is less restrictive than that specified by
+**     the flags passed in the third parameter to sqlite3_open_v2().
+**
+**   <li> <b>cache</b>: ^The cache parameter may be set to either "shared" or
+**     "private". ^Setting it to "shared" is equivalent to setting the
+**     SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE bit in the flags argument passed to
+**     sqlite3_open_v2(). ^Setting the cache parameter to "private" is 
+**     equivalent to setting the SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE bit.
+**     ^If sqlite3_open_v2() is used and the "cache" parameter is present in
+**     a URI filename, its value overrides any behaviour requested by setting
+**     SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE or SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE flag.
+** </ul>
+**
+** ^Specifying an unknown parameter in the query component of a URI is not an
+** error.  Future versions of SQLite might understand additional query
+** parameters.  See "[query parameters with special meaning to SQLite]" for
+** additional information.
+**
+** [[URI filename examples]] <h3>URI filename examples</h3>
+**
+** <table border="1" align=center cellpadding=5>
+** <tr><th> URI filenames <th> Results
+** <tr><td> file:data.db <td> 
+**          Open the file "data.db" in the current directory.
+** <tr><td> file:/home/fred/data.db<br>
+**          file:///home/fred/data.db <br> 
+**          file://localhost/home/fred/data.db <br> <td> 
+**          Open the database file "/home/fred/data.db".
+** <tr><td> file://darkstar/home/fred/data.db <td> 
+**          An error. "darkstar" is not a recognized authority.
+** <tr><td style="white-space:nowrap"> 
+**          file:///C:/Documents%20and%20Settings/fred/Desktop/data.db
+**     <td> Windows only: Open the file "data.db" on fred's desktop on drive
+**          C:. Note that the %20 escaping in this example is not strictly 
+**          necessary - space characters can be used literally
+**          in URI filenames.
+** <tr><td> file:data.db?mode=ro&cache=private <td> 
+**          Open file "data.db" in the current directory for read-only access.
+**          Regardless of whether or not shared-cache mode is enabled by
+**          default, use a private cache.
+** <tr><td> file:/home/fred/data.db?vfs=unix-nolock <td>
+**          Open file "/home/fred/data.db". Use the special VFS "unix-nolock".
+** <tr><td> file:data.db?mode=readonly <td> 
+**          An error. "readonly" is not a valid option for the "mode" parameter.
+** </table>
+**
+** ^URI hexadecimal escape sequences (%HH) are supported within the path and
+** query components of a URI. A hexadecimal escape sequence consists of a
+** percent sign - "%" - followed by exactly two hexadecimal digits 
+** specifying an octet value. ^Before the path or query components of a
+** URI filename are interpreted, they are encoded using UTF-8 and all 
+** hexadecimal escape sequences replaced by a single byte containing the
+** corresponding octet. If this process generates an invalid UTF-8 encoding,
+** the results are undefined.
+**
+** <b>Note to Windows users:</b>  The encoding used for the filename argument
+** of sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open_v2() must be UTF-8, not whatever
+** codepage is currently defined.  Filenames containing international
+** characters must be converted to UTF-8 prior to passing them into
+** sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2().
+**
+** <b>Note to Windows Runtime users:</b>  The temporary directory must be set
+** prior to calling sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2().  Otherwise, various
+** features that require the use of temporary files may fail.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_temp_directory]
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open(
+  const char *filename,   /* Database filename (UTF-8) */
+  sqlite3 **ppDb          /* OUT: SQLite db handle */
+);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open16(
+  const void *filename,   /* Database filename (UTF-16) */
+  sqlite3 **ppDb          /* OUT: SQLite db handle */
+);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_v2(
+  const char *filename,   /* Database filename (UTF-8) */
+  sqlite3 **ppDb,         /* OUT: SQLite db handle */
+  int flags,              /* Flags */
+  const char *zVfs        /* Name of VFS module to use */
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Obtain Values For URI Parameters
+**
+** These are utility routines, useful to VFS implementations, that check
+** to see if a database file was a URI that contained a specific query 
+** parameter, and if so obtains the value of that query parameter.
+**
+** If F is the database filename pointer passed into the xOpen() method of 
+** a VFS implementation when the flags parameter to xOpen() has one or 
+** more of the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] or [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB] bits set and
+** P is the name of the query parameter, then
+** sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns the value of the P
+** parameter if it exists or a NULL pointer if P does not appear as a 
+** query parameter on F.  If P is a query parameter of F
+** has no explicit value, then sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns
+** a pointer to an empty string.
+**
+** The sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routine assumes that P is a boolean
+** parameter and returns true (1) or false (0) according to the value
+** of P.  The sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routine returns true (1) if the
+** value of query parameter P is one of "yes", "true", or "on" in any
+** case or if the value begins with a non-zero number.  The 
+** sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routines returns false (0) if the value of
+** query parameter P is one of "no", "false", or "off" in any case or
+** if the value begins with a numeric zero.  If P is not a query
+** parameter on F or if the value of P is does not match any of the
+** above, then sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) returns (B!=0).
+**
+** The sqlite3_uri_int64(F,P,D) routine converts the value of P into a
+** 64-bit signed integer and returns that integer, or D if P does not
+** exist.  If the value of P is something other than an integer, then
+** zero is returned.
+** 
+** If F is a NULL pointer, then sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns NULL and
+** sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) returns B.  If F is not a NULL pointer and
+** is not a database file pathname pointer that SQLite passed into the xOpen
+** VFS method, then the behavior of this routine is undefined and probably
+** undesirable.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_uri_parameter(const char *zFilename, const char *zParam);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_uri_boolean(const char *zFile, const char *zParam, int bDefault);
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_uri_int64(const char*, const char*, sqlite3_int64);
+
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Error Codes And Messages
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_errcode() interface returns the numeric [result code] or
+** [extended result code] for the most recent failed sqlite3_* API call
+** associated with a [database connection]. If a prior API call failed
+** but the most recent API call succeeded, the return value from
+** sqlite3_errcode() is undefined.  ^The sqlite3_extended_errcode()
+** interface is the same except that it always returns the 
+** [extended result code] even when extended result codes are
+** disabled.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16() return English-language
+** text that describes the error, as either UTF-8 or UTF-16 respectively.
+** ^(Memory to hold the error message string is managed internally.
+** The application does not need to worry about freeing the result.
+** However, the error string might be overwritten or deallocated by
+** subsequent calls to other SQLite interface functions.)^
+**
+** When the serialized [threading mode] is in use, it might be the
+** case that a second error occurs on a separate thread in between
+** the time of the first error and the call to these interfaces.
+** When that happens, the second error will be reported since these
+** interfaces always report the most recent result.  To avoid
+** this, each thread can obtain exclusive use of the [database connection] D
+** by invoking [sqlite3_mutex_enter]([sqlite3_db_mutex](D)) before beginning
+** to use D and invoking [sqlite3_mutex_leave]([sqlite3_db_mutex](D)) after
+** all calls to the interfaces listed here are completed.
+**
+** If an interface fails with SQLITE_MISUSE, that means the interface
+** was invoked incorrectly by the application.  In that case, the
+** error code and message may or may not be set.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_errcode(sqlite3 *db);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_errcode(sqlite3 *db);
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_errmsg16(sqlite3*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: SQL Statement Object
+** KEYWORDS: {prepared statement} {prepared statements}
+**
+** An instance of this object represents a single SQL statement.
+** This object is variously known as a "prepared statement" or a
+** "compiled SQL statement" or simply as a "statement".
+**
+** The life of a statement object goes something like this:
+**
+** <ol>
+** <li> Create the object using [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or a related
+**      function.
+** <li> Bind values to [host parameters] using the sqlite3_bind_*()
+**      interfaces.
+** <li> Run the SQL by calling [sqlite3_step()] one or more times.
+** <li> Reset the statement using [sqlite3_reset()] then go back
+**      to step 2.  Do this zero or more times.
+** <li> Destroy the object using [sqlite3_finalize()].
+** </ol>
+**
+** Refer to documentation on individual methods above for additional
+** information.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_stmt sqlite3_stmt;
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Run-time Limits
+**
+** ^(This interface allows the size of various constructs to be limited
+** on a connection by connection basis.  The first parameter is the
+** [database connection] whose limit is to be set or queried.  The
+** second parameter is one of the [limit categories] that define a
+** class of constructs to be size limited.  The third parameter is the
+** new limit for that construct.)^
+**
+** ^If the new limit is a negative number, the limit is unchanged.
+** ^(For each limit category SQLITE_LIMIT_<i>NAME</i> there is a 
+** [limits | hard upper bound]
+** set at compile-time by a C preprocessor macro called
+** [limits | SQLITE_MAX_<i>NAME</i>].
+** (The "_LIMIT_" in the name is changed to "_MAX_".))^
+** ^Attempts to increase a limit above its hard upper bound are
+** silently truncated to the hard upper bound.
+**
+** ^Regardless of whether or not the limit was changed, the 
+** [sqlite3_limit()] interface returns the prior value of the limit.
+** ^Hence, to find the current value of a limit without changing it,
+** simply invoke this interface with the third parameter set to -1.
+**
+** Run-time limits are intended for use in applications that manage
+** both their own internal database and also databases that are controlled
+** by untrusted external sources.  An example application might be a
+** web browser that has its own databases for storing history and
+** separate databases controlled by JavaScript applications downloaded
+** off the Internet.  The internal databases can be given the
+** large, default limits.  Databases managed by external sources can
+** be given much smaller limits designed to prevent a denial of service
+** attack.  Developers might also want to use the [sqlite3_set_authorizer()]
+** interface to further control untrusted SQL.  The size of the database
+** created by an untrusted script can be contained using the
+** [max_page_count] [PRAGMA].
+**
+** New run-time limit categories may be added in future releases.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3*, int id, int newVal);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Limit Categories
+** KEYWORDS: {limit category} {*limit categories}
+**
+** These constants define various performance limits
+** that can be lowered at run-time using [sqlite3_limit()].
+** The synopsis of the meanings of the various limits is shown below.
+** Additional information is available at [limits | Limits in SQLite].
+**
+** <dl>
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum size of any string or BLOB or table row, in bytes.<dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum length of an SQL statement, in bytes.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum number of columns in a table definition or in the
+** result set of a [SELECT] or the maximum number of columns in an index
+** or in an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum depth of the parse tree on any expression.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum number of terms in a compound SELECT statement.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum number of instructions in a virtual machine program
+** used to implement an SQL statement.  This limit is not currently
+** enforced, though that might be added in some future release of
+** SQLite.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum number of arguments on a function.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum number of [ATTACH | attached databases].)^</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH]]
+** ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum length of the pattern argument to the [LIKE] or
+** [GLOB] operators.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]]
+** ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum index number of any [parameter] in an SQL statement.)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum depth of recursion for triggers.</dd>)^
+** </dl>
+*/
+#define SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH                    0
+#define SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH                1
+#define SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN                    2
+#define SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH                3
+#define SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT           4
+#define SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP                   5
+#define SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG              6
+#define SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED                  7
+#define SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH       8
+#define SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER           9
+#define SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH            10
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Compiling An SQL Statement
+** KEYWORDS: {SQL statement compiler}
+**
+** To execute an SQL query, it must first be compiled into a byte-code
+** program using one of these routines.
+**
+** The first argument, "db", is a [database connection] obtained from a
+** prior successful call to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()] or
+** [sqlite3_open16()].  The database connection must not have been closed.
+**
+** The second argument, "zSql", is the statement to be compiled, encoded
+** as either UTF-8 or UTF-16.  The sqlite3_prepare() and sqlite3_prepare_v2()
+** interfaces use UTF-8, and sqlite3_prepare16() and sqlite3_prepare16_v2()
+** use UTF-16.
+**
+** ^If the nByte argument is less than zero, then zSql is read up to the
+** first zero terminator. ^If nByte is non-negative, then it is the maximum
+** number of  bytes read from zSql.  ^When nByte is non-negative, the
+** zSql string ends at either the first '\000' or '\u0000' character or
+** the nByte-th byte, whichever comes first. If the caller knows
+** that the supplied string is nul-terminated, then there is a small
+** performance advantage to be gained by passing an nByte parameter that
+** is equal to the number of bytes in the input string <i>including</i>
+** the nul-terminator bytes as this saves SQLite from having to
+** make a copy of the input string.
+**
+** ^If pzTail is not NULL then *pzTail is made to point to the first byte
+** past the end of the first SQL statement in zSql.  These routines only
+** compile the first statement in zSql, so *pzTail is left pointing to
+** what remains uncompiled.
+**
+** ^*ppStmt is left pointing to a compiled [prepared statement] that can be
+** executed using [sqlite3_step()].  ^If there is an error, *ppStmt is set
+** to NULL.  ^If the input text contains no SQL (if the input is an empty
+** string or a comment) then *ppStmt is set to NULL.
+** The calling procedure is responsible for deleting the compiled
+** SQL statement using [sqlite3_finalize()] after it has finished with it.
+** ppStmt may not be NULL.
+**
+** ^On success, the sqlite3_prepare() family of routines return [SQLITE_OK];
+** otherwise an [error code] is returned.
+**
+** The sqlite3_prepare_v2() and sqlite3_prepare16_v2() interfaces are
+** recommended for all new programs. The two older interfaces are retained
+** for backwards compatibility, but their use is discouraged.
+** ^In the "v2" interfaces, the prepared statement
+** that is returned (the [sqlite3_stmt] object) contains a copy of the
+** original SQL text. This causes the [sqlite3_step()] interface to
+** behave differently in three ways:
+**
+** <ol>
+** <li>
+** ^If the database schema changes, instead of returning [SQLITE_SCHEMA] as it
+** always used to do, [sqlite3_step()] will automatically recompile the SQL
+** statement and try to run it again.
+** </li>
+**
+** <li>
+** ^When an error occurs, [sqlite3_step()] will return one of the detailed
+** [error codes] or [extended error codes].  ^The legacy behavior was that
+** [sqlite3_step()] would only return a generic [SQLITE_ERROR] result code
+** and the application would have to make a second call to [sqlite3_reset()]
+** in order to find the underlying cause of the problem. With the "v2" prepare
+** interfaces, the underlying reason for the error is returned immediately.
+** </li>
+**
+** <li>
+** ^If the specific value bound to [parameter | host parameter] in the 
+** WHERE clause might influence the choice of query plan for a statement,
+** then the statement will be automatically recompiled, as if there had been 
+** a schema change, on the first  [sqlite3_step()] call following any change
+** to the [sqlite3_bind_text | bindings] of that [parameter]. 
+** ^The specific value of WHERE-clause [parameter] might influence the 
+** choice of query plan if the parameter is the left-hand side of a [LIKE]
+** or [GLOB] operator or if the parameter is compared to an indexed column
+** and the [SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3] compile-time option is enabled.
+** the 
+** </li>
+** </ol>
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare(
+  sqlite3 *db,            /* Database handle */
+  const char *zSql,       /* SQL statement, UTF-8 encoded */
+  int nByte,              /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,  /* OUT: Statement handle */
+  const char **pzTail     /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */
+);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare_v2(
+  sqlite3 *db,            /* Database handle */
+  const char *zSql,       /* SQL statement, UTF-8 encoded */
+  int nByte,              /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,  /* OUT: Statement handle */
+  const char **pzTail     /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */
+);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16(
+  sqlite3 *db,            /* Database handle */
+  const void *zSql,       /* SQL statement, UTF-16 encoded */
+  int nByte,              /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,  /* OUT: Statement handle */
+  const void **pzTail     /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */
+);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16_v2(
+  sqlite3 *db,            /* Database handle */
+  const void *zSql,       /* SQL statement, UTF-16 encoded */
+  int nByte,              /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,  /* OUT: Statement handle */
+  const void **pzTail     /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Retrieving Statement SQL
+**
+** ^This interface can be used to retrieve a saved copy of the original
+** SQL text used to create a [prepared statement] if that statement was
+** compiled using either [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Determine If An SQL Statement Writes The Database
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_stmt_readonly(X) interface returns true (non-zero) if
+** and only if the [prepared statement] X makes no direct changes to
+** the content of the database file.
+**
+** Note that [application-defined SQL functions] or
+** [virtual tables] might change the database indirectly as a side effect.  
+** ^(For example, if an application defines a function "eval()" that 
+** calls [sqlite3_exec()], then the following SQL statement would
+** change the database file through side-effects:
+**
+** <blockquote><pre>
+**    SELECT eval('DELETE FROM t1') FROM t2;
+** </pre></blockquote>
+**
+** But because the [SELECT] statement does not change the database file
+** directly, sqlite3_stmt_readonly() would still return true.)^
+**
+** ^Transaction control statements such as [BEGIN], [COMMIT], [ROLLBACK],
+** [SAVEPOINT], and [RELEASE] cause sqlite3_stmt_readonly() to return true,
+** since the statements themselves do not actually modify the database but
+** rather they control the timing of when other statements modify the 
+** database.  ^The [ATTACH] and [DETACH] statements also cause
+** sqlite3_stmt_readonly() to return true since, while those statements
+** change the configuration of a database connection, they do not make 
+** changes to the content of the database files on disk.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_readonly(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Determine If A Prepared Statement Has Been Reset
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_stmt_busy(S) interface returns true (non-zero) if the
+** [prepared statement] S has been stepped at least once using 
+** [sqlite3_step(S)] but has not run to completion and/or has not 
+** been reset using [sqlite3_reset(S)].  ^The sqlite3_stmt_busy(S)
+** interface returns false if S is a NULL pointer.  If S is not a 
+** NULL pointer and is not a pointer to a valid [prepared statement]
+** object, then the behavior is undefined and probably undesirable.
+**
+** This interface can be used in combination [sqlite3_next_stmt()]
+** to locate all prepared statements associated with a database 
+** connection that are in need of being reset.  This can be used,
+** for example, in diagnostic routines to search for prepared 
+** statements that are holding a transaction open.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_busy(sqlite3_stmt*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Dynamically Typed Value Object
+** KEYWORDS: {protected sqlite3_value} {unprotected sqlite3_value}
+**
+** SQLite uses the sqlite3_value object to represent all values
+** that can be stored in a database table. SQLite uses dynamic typing
+** for the values it stores.  ^Values stored in sqlite3_value objects
+** can be integers, floating point values, strings, BLOBs, or NULL.
+**
+** An sqlite3_value object may be either "protected" or "unprotected".
+** Some interfaces require a protected sqlite3_value.  Other interfaces
+** will accept either a protected or an unprotected sqlite3_value.
+** Every interface that accepts sqlite3_value arguments specifies
+** whether or not it requires a protected sqlite3_value.
+**
+** The terms "protected" and "unprotected" refer to whether or not
+** a mutex is held.  An internal mutex is held for a protected
+** sqlite3_value object but no mutex is held for an unprotected
+** sqlite3_value object.  If SQLite is compiled to be single-threaded
+** (with [SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] and with [sqlite3_threadsafe()] returning 0)
+** or if SQLite is run in one of reduced mutex modes 
+** [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD]
+** then there is no distinction between protected and unprotected
+** sqlite3_value objects and they can be used interchangeably.  However,
+** for maximum code portability it is recommended that applications
+** still make the distinction between protected and unprotected
+** sqlite3_value objects even when not strictly required.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_value objects that are passed as parameters into the
+** implementation of [application-defined SQL functions] are protected.
+** ^The sqlite3_value object returned by
+** [sqlite3_column_value()] is unprotected.
+** Unprotected sqlite3_value objects may only be used with
+** [sqlite3_result_value()] and [sqlite3_bind_value()].
+** The [sqlite3_value_blob | sqlite3_value_type()] family of
+** interfaces require protected sqlite3_value objects.
+*/
+typedef struct Mem sqlite3_value;
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: SQL Function Context Object
+**
+** The context in which an SQL function executes is stored in an
+** sqlite3_context object.  ^A pointer to an sqlite3_context object
+** is always first parameter to [application-defined SQL functions].
+** The application-defined SQL function implementation will pass this
+** pointer through into calls to [sqlite3_result_int | sqlite3_result()],
+** [sqlite3_aggregate_context()], [sqlite3_user_data()],
+** [sqlite3_context_db_handle()], [sqlite3_get_auxdata()],
+** and/or [sqlite3_set_auxdata()].
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_context sqlite3_context;
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Binding Values To Prepared Statements
+** KEYWORDS: {host parameter} {host parameters} {host parameter name}
+** KEYWORDS: {SQL parameter} {SQL parameters} {parameter binding}
+**
+** ^(In the SQL statement text input to [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and its variants,
+** literals may be replaced by a [parameter] that matches one of following
+** templates:
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li>  ?
+** <li>  ?NNN
+** <li>  :VVV
+** <li>  @VVV
+** <li>  $VVV
+** </ul>
+**
+** In the templates above, NNN represents an integer literal,
+** and VVV represents an alphanumeric identifier.)^  ^The values of these
+** parameters (also called "host parameter names" or "SQL parameters")
+** can be set using the sqlite3_bind_*() routines defined here.
+**
+** ^The first argument to the sqlite3_bind_*() routines is always
+** a pointer to the [sqlite3_stmt] object returned from
+** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or its variants.
+**
+** ^The second argument is the index of the SQL parameter to be set.
+** ^The leftmost SQL parameter has an index of 1.  ^When the same named
+** SQL parameter is used more than once, second and subsequent
+** occurrences have the same index as the first occurrence.
+** ^The index for named parameters can be looked up using the
+** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()] API if desired.  ^The index
+** for "?NNN" parameters is the value of NNN.
+** ^The NNN value must be between 1 and the [sqlite3_limit()]
+** parameter [SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] (default value: 999).
+**
+** ^The third argument is the value to bind to the parameter.
+**
+** ^(In those routines that have a fourth argument, its value is the
+** number of bytes in the parameter.  To be clear: the value is the
+** number of <u>bytes</u> in the value, not the number of characters.)^
+** ^If the fourth parameter to sqlite3_bind_text() or sqlite3_bind_text16()
+** is negative, then the length of the string is
+** the number of bytes up to the first zero terminator.
+** If the fourth parameter to sqlite3_bind_blob() is negative, then
+** the behavior is undefined.
+** If a non-negative fourth parameter is provided to sqlite3_bind_text()
+** or sqlite3_bind_text16() then that parameter must be the byte offset
+** where the NUL terminator would occur assuming the string were NUL
+** terminated.  If any NUL characters occur at byte offsets less than 
+** the value of the fourth parameter then the resulting string value will
+** contain embedded NULs.  The result of expressions involving strings
+** with embedded NULs is undefined.
+**
+** ^The fifth argument to sqlite3_bind_blob(), sqlite3_bind_text(), and
+** sqlite3_bind_text16() is a destructor used to dispose of the BLOB or
+** string after SQLite has finished with it.  ^The destructor is called
+** to dispose of the BLOB or string even if the call to sqlite3_bind_blob(),
+** sqlite3_bind_text(), or sqlite3_bind_text16() fails.  
+** ^If the fifth argument is
+** the special value [SQLITE_STATIC], then SQLite assumes that the
+** information is in static, unmanaged space and does not need to be freed.
+** ^If the fifth argument has the value [SQLITE_TRANSIENT], then
+** SQLite makes its own private copy of the data immediately, before
+** the sqlite3_bind_*() routine returns.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_bind_zeroblob() routine binds a BLOB of length N that
+** is filled with zeroes.  ^A zeroblob uses a fixed amount of memory
+** (just an integer to hold its size) while it is being processed.
+** Zeroblobs are intended to serve as placeholders for BLOBs whose
+** content is later written using
+** [sqlite3_blob_open | incremental BLOB I/O] routines.
+** ^A negative value for the zeroblob results in a zero-length BLOB.
+**
+** ^If any of the sqlite3_bind_*() routines are called with a NULL pointer
+** for the [prepared statement] or with a prepared statement for which
+** [sqlite3_step()] has been called more recently than [sqlite3_reset()],
+** then the call will return [SQLITE_MISUSE].  If any sqlite3_bind_()
+** routine is passed a [prepared statement] that has been finalized, the
+** result is undefined and probably harmful.
+**
+** ^Bindings are not cleared by the [sqlite3_reset()] routine.
+** ^Unbound parameters are interpreted as NULL.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_bind_* routines return [SQLITE_OK] on success or an
+** [error code] if anything goes wrong.
+** ^[SQLITE_RANGE] is returned if the parameter
+** index is out of range.  ^[SQLITE_NOMEM] is returned if malloc() fails.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()],
+** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()], and [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_blob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int n, void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_double(sqlite3_stmt*, int, double);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, sqlite3_int64);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_null(sqlite3_stmt*, int);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const char*, int n, void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text16(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int, void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int n);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Number Of SQL Parameters
+**
+** ^This routine can be used to find the number of [SQL parameters]
+** in a [prepared statement].  SQL parameters are tokens of the
+** form "?", "?NNN", ":AAA", "$AAA", or "@AAA" that serve as
+** placeholders for values that are [sqlite3_bind_blob | bound]
+** to the parameters at a later time.
+**
+** ^(This routine actually returns the index of the largest (rightmost)
+** parameter. For all forms except ?NNN, this will correspond to the
+** number of unique parameters.  If parameters of the ?NNN form are used,
+** there may be gaps in the list.)^
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()],
+** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()], and
+** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(sqlite3_stmt*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Name Of A Host Parameter
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(P,N) interface returns
+** the name of the N-th [SQL parameter] in the [prepared statement] P.
+** ^(SQL parameters of the form "?NNN" or ":AAA" or "@AAA" or "$AAA"
+** have a name which is the string "?NNN" or ":AAA" or "@AAA" or "$AAA"
+** respectively.
+** In other words, the initial ":" or "$" or "@" or "?"
+** is included as part of the name.)^
+** ^Parameters of the form "?" without a following integer have no name
+** and are referred to as "nameless" or "anonymous parameters".
+**
+** ^The first host parameter has an index of 1, not 0.
+**
+** ^If the value N is out of range or if the N-th parameter is
+** nameless, then NULL is returned.  ^The returned string is
+** always in UTF-8 encoding even if the named parameter was
+** originally specified as UTF-16 in [sqlite3_prepare16()] or
+** [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()].
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()],
+** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()], and
+** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(sqlite3_stmt*, int);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Index Of A Parameter With A Given Name
+**
+** ^Return the index of an SQL parameter given its name.  ^The
+** index value returned is suitable for use as the second
+** parameter to [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()].  ^A zero
+** is returned if no matching parameter is found.  ^The parameter
+** name must be given in UTF-8 even if the original statement
+** was prepared from UTF-16 text using [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()].
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()],
+** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()], and
+** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(sqlite3_stmt*, const char *zName);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Reset All Bindings On A Prepared Statement
+**
+** ^Contrary to the intuition of many, [sqlite3_reset()] does not reset
+** the [sqlite3_bind_blob | bindings] on a [prepared statement].
+** ^Use this routine to reset all host parameters to NULL.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_clear_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Number Of Columns In A Result Set
+**
+** ^Return the number of columns in the result set returned by the
+** [prepared statement]. ^This routine returns 0 if pStmt is an SQL
+** statement that does not return data (for example an [UPDATE]).
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_data_count()]
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Column Names In A Result Set
+**
+** ^These routines return the name assigned to a particular column
+** in the result set of a [SELECT] statement.  ^The sqlite3_column_name()
+** interface returns a pointer to a zero-terminated UTF-8 string
+** and sqlite3_column_name16() returns a pointer to a zero-terminated
+** UTF-16 string.  ^The first parameter is the [prepared statement]
+** that implements the [SELECT] statement. ^The second parameter is the
+** column number.  ^The leftmost column is number 0.
+**
+** ^The returned string pointer is valid until either the [prepared statement]
+** is destroyed by [sqlite3_finalize()] or until the statement is automatically
+** reprepared by the first call to [sqlite3_step()] for a particular run
+** or until the next call to
+** sqlite3_column_name() or sqlite3_column_name16() on the same column.
+**
+** ^If sqlite3_malloc() fails during the processing of either routine
+** (for example during a conversion from UTF-8 to UTF-16) then a
+** NULL pointer is returned.
+**
+** ^The name of a result column is the value of the "AS" clause for
+** that column, if there is an AS clause.  If there is no AS clause
+** then the name of the column is unspecified and may change from
+** one release of SQLite to the next.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_name(sqlite3_stmt*, int N);
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_name16(sqlite3_stmt*, int N);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Source Of Data In A Query Result
+**
+** ^These routines provide a means to determine the database, table, and
+** table column that is the origin of a particular result column in
+** [SELECT] statement.
+** ^The name of the database or table or column can be returned as
+** either a UTF-8 or UTF-16 string.  ^The _database_ routines return
+** the database name, the _table_ routines return the table name, and
+** the origin_ routines return the column name.
+** ^The returned string is valid until the [prepared statement] is destroyed
+** using [sqlite3_finalize()] or until the statement is automatically
+** reprepared by the first call to [sqlite3_step()] for a particular run
+** or until the same information is requested
+** again in a different encoding.
+**
+** ^The names returned are the original un-aliased names of the
+** database, table, and column.
+**
+** ^The first argument to these interfaces is a [prepared statement].
+** ^These functions return information about the Nth result column returned by
+** the statement, where N is the second function argument.
+** ^The left-most column is column 0 for these routines.
+**
+** ^If the Nth column returned by the statement is an expression or
+** subquery and is not a column value, then all of these functions return
+** NULL.  ^These routine might also return NULL if a memory allocation error
+** occurs.  ^Otherwise, they return the name of the attached database, table,
+** or column that query result column was extracted from.
+**
+** ^As with all other SQLite APIs, those whose names end with "16" return
+** UTF-16 encoded strings and the other functions return UTF-8.
+**
+** ^These APIs are only available if the library was compiled with the
+** [SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA] C-preprocessor symbol.
+**
+** If two or more threads call one or more of these routines against the same
+** prepared statement and column at the same time then the results are
+** undefined.
+**
+** If two or more threads call one or more
+** [sqlite3_column_database_name | column metadata interfaces]
+** for the same [prepared statement] and result column
+** at the same time then the results are undefined.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_database_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_database_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_table_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_table_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_origin_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_origin_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Declared Datatype Of A Query Result
+**
+** ^(The first parameter is a [prepared statement].
+** If this statement is a [SELECT] statement and the Nth column of the
+** returned result set of that [SELECT] is a table column (not an
+** expression or subquery) then the declared type of the table
+** column is returned.)^  ^If the Nth column of the result set is an
+** expression or subquery, then a NULL pointer is returned.
+** ^The returned string is always UTF-8 encoded.
+**
+** ^(For example, given the database schema:
+**
+** CREATE TABLE t1(c1 VARIANT);
+**
+** and the following statement to be compiled:
+**
+** SELECT c1 + 1, c1 FROM t1;
+**
+** this routine would return the string "VARIANT" for the second result
+** column (i==1), and a NULL pointer for the first result column (i==0).)^
+**
+** ^SQLite uses dynamic run-time typing.  ^So just because a column
+** is declared to contain a particular type does not mean that the
+** data stored in that column is of the declared type.  SQLite is
+** strongly typed, but the typing is dynamic not static.  ^Type
+** is associated with individual values, not with the containers
+** used to hold those values.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_decltype(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_decltype16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Evaluate An SQL Statement
+**
+** After a [prepared statement] has been prepared using either
+** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] or one of the legacy
+** interfaces [sqlite3_prepare()] or [sqlite3_prepare16()], this function
+** must be called one or more times to evaluate the statement.
+**
+** The details of the behavior of the sqlite3_step() interface depend
+** on whether the statement was prepared using the newer "v2" interface
+** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] or the older legacy
+** interface [sqlite3_prepare()] and [sqlite3_prepare16()].  The use of the
+** new "v2" interface is recommended for new applications but the legacy
+** interface will continue to be supported.
+**
+** ^In the legacy interface, the return value will be either [SQLITE_BUSY],
+** [SQLITE_DONE], [SQLITE_ROW], [SQLITE_ERROR], or [SQLITE_MISUSE].
+** ^With the "v2" interface, any of the other [result codes] or
+** [extended result codes] might be returned as well.
+**
+** ^[SQLITE_BUSY] means that the database engine was unable to acquire the
+** database locks it needs to do its job.  ^If the statement is a [COMMIT]
+** or occurs outside of an explicit transaction, then you can retry the
+** statement.  If the statement is not a [COMMIT] and occurs within an
+** explicit transaction then you should rollback the transaction before
+** continuing.
+**
+** ^[SQLITE_DONE] means that the statement has finished executing
+** successfully.  sqlite3_step() should not be called again on this virtual
+** machine without first calling [sqlite3_reset()] to reset the virtual
+** machine back to its initial state.
+**
+** ^If the SQL statement being executed returns any data, then [SQLITE_ROW]
+** is returned each time a new row of data is ready for processing by the
+** caller. The values may be accessed using the [column access functions].
+** sqlite3_step() is called again to retrieve the next row of data.
+**
+** ^[SQLITE_ERROR] means that a run-time error (such as a constraint
+** violation) has occurred.  sqlite3_step() should not be called again on
+** the VM. More information may be found by calling [sqlite3_errmsg()].
+** ^With the legacy interface, a more specific error code (for example,
+** [SQLITE_INTERRUPT], [SQLITE_SCHEMA], [SQLITE_CORRUPT], and so forth)
+** can be obtained by calling [sqlite3_reset()] on the
+** [prepared statement].  ^In the "v2" interface,
+** the more specific error code is returned directly by sqlite3_step().
+**
+** [SQLITE_MISUSE] means that the this routine was called inappropriately.
+** Perhaps it was called on a [prepared statement] that has
+** already been [sqlite3_finalize | finalized] or on one that had
+** previously returned [SQLITE_ERROR] or [SQLITE_DONE].  Or it could
+** be the case that the same database connection is being used by two or
+** more threads at the same moment in time.
+**
+** For all versions of SQLite up to and including 3.6.23.1, a call to
+** [sqlite3_reset()] was required after sqlite3_step() returned anything
+** other than [SQLITE_ROW] before any subsequent invocation of
+** sqlite3_step().  Failure to reset the prepared statement using 
+** [sqlite3_reset()] would result in an [SQLITE_MISUSE] return from
+** sqlite3_step().  But after version 3.6.23.1, sqlite3_step() began
+** calling [sqlite3_reset()] automatically in this circumstance rather
+** than returning [SQLITE_MISUSE].  This is not considered a compatibility
+** break because any application that ever receives an SQLITE_MISUSE error
+** is broken by definition.  The [SQLITE_OMIT_AUTORESET] compile-time option
+** can be used to restore the legacy behavior.
+**
+** <b>Goofy Interface Alert:</b> In the legacy interface, the sqlite3_step()
+** API always returns a generic error code, [SQLITE_ERROR], following any
+** error other than [SQLITE_BUSY] and [SQLITE_MISUSE].  You must call
+** [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()] in order to find one of the
+** specific [error codes] that better describes the error.
+** We admit that this is a goofy design.  The problem has been fixed
+** with the "v2" interface.  If you prepare all of your SQL statements
+** using either [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] instead
+** of the legacy [sqlite3_prepare()] and [sqlite3_prepare16()] interfaces,
+** then the more specific [error codes] are returned directly
+** by sqlite3_step().  The use of the "v2" interface is recommended.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_step(sqlite3_stmt*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Number of columns in a result set
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) interface returns the number of columns in the
+** current row of the result set of [prepared statement] P.
+** ^If prepared statement P does not have results ready to return
+** (via calls to the [sqlite3_column_int | sqlite3_column_*()] of
+** interfaces) then sqlite3_data_count(P) returns 0.
+** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) routine also returns 0 if P is a NULL pointer.
+** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) routine returns 0 if the previous call to
+** [sqlite3_step](P) returned [SQLITE_DONE].  ^The sqlite3_data_count(P)
+** will return non-zero if previous call to [sqlite3_step](P) returned
+** [SQLITE_ROW], except in the case of the [PRAGMA incremental_vacuum]
+** where it always returns zero since each step of that multi-step
+** pragma returns 0 columns of data.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_column_count()]
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Fundamental Datatypes
+** KEYWORDS: SQLITE_TEXT
+**
+** ^(Every value in SQLite has one of five fundamental datatypes:
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li> 64-bit signed integer
+** <li> 64-bit IEEE floating point number
+** <li> string
+** <li> BLOB
+** <li> NULL
+** </ul>)^
+**
+** These constants are codes for each of those types.
+**
+** Note that the SQLITE_TEXT constant was also used in SQLite version 2
+** for a completely different meaning.  Software that links against both
+** SQLite version 2 and SQLite version 3 should use SQLITE3_TEXT, not
+** SQLITE_TEXT.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_INTEGER  1
+#define SQLITE_FLOAT    2
+#define SQLITE_BLOB     4
+#define SQLITE_NULL     5
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEXT
+# undef SQLITE_TEXT
+#else
+# define SQLITE_TEXT     3
+#endif
+#define SQLITE3_TEXT     3
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Result Values From A Query
+** KEYWORDS: {column access functions}
+**
+** These routines form the "result set" interface.
+**
+** ^These routines return information about a single column of the current
+** result row of a query.  ^In every case the first argument is a pointer
+** to the [prepared statement] that is being evaluated (the [sqlite3_stmt*]
+** that was returned from [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or one of its variants)
+** and the second argument is the index of the column for which information
+** should be returned. ^The leftmost column of the result set has the index 0.
+** ^The number of columns in the result can be determined using
+** [sqlite3_column_count()].
+**
+** If the SQL statement does not currently point to a valid row, or if the
+** column index is out of range, the result is undefined.
+** These routines may only be called when the most recent call to
+** [sqlite3_step()] has returned [SQLITE_ROW] and neither
+** [sqlite3_reset()] nor [sqlite3_finalize()] have been called subsequently.
+** If any of these routines are called after [sqlite3_reset()] or
+** [sqlite3_finalize()] or after [sqlite3_step()] has returned
+** something other than [SQLITE_ROW], the results are undefined.
+** If [sqlite3_step()] or [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()]
+** are called from a different thread while any of these routines
+** are pending, then the results are undefined.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_column_type() routine returns the
+** [SQLITE_INTEGER | datatype code] for the initial data type
+** of the result column.  ^The returned value is one of [SQLITE_INTEGER],
+** [SQLITE_FLOAT], [SQLITE_TEXT], [SQLITE_BLOB], or [SQLITE_NULL].  The value
+** returned by sqlite3_column_type() is only meaningful if no type
+** conversions have occurred as described below.  After a type conversion,
+** the value returned by sqlite3_column_type() is undefined.  Future
+** versions of SQLite may change the behavior of sqlite3_column_type()
+** following a type conversion.
+**
+** ^If the result is a BLOB or UTF-8 string then the sqlite3_column_bytes()
+** routine returns the number of bytes in that BLOB or string.
+** ^If the result is a UTF-16 string, then sqlite3_column_bytes() converts
+** the string to UTF-8 and then returns the number of bytes.
+** ^If the result is a numeric value then sqlite3_column_bytes() uses
+** [sqlite3_snprintf()] to convert that value to a UTF-8 string and returns
+** the number of bytes in that string.
+** ^If the result is NULL, then sqlite3_column_bytes() returns zero.
+**
+** ^If the result is a BLOB or UTF-16 string then the sqlite3_column_bytes16()
+** routine returns the number of bytes in that BLOB or string.
+** ^If the result is a UTF-8 string, then sqlite3_column_bytes16() converts
+** the string to UTF-16 and then returns the number of bytes.
+** ^If the result is a numeric value then sqlite3_column_bytes16() uses
+** [sqlite3_snprintf()] to convert that value to a UTF-16 string and returns
+** the number of bytes in that string.
+** ^If the result is NULL, then sqlite3_column_bytes16() returns zero.
+**
+** ^The values returned by [sqlite3_column_bytes()] and 
+** [sqlite3_column_bytes16()] do not include the zero terminators at the end
+** of the string.  ^For clarity: the values returned by
+** [sqlite3_column_bytes()] and [sqlite3_column_bytes16()] are the number of
+** bytes in the string, not the number of characters.
+**
+** ^Strings returned by sqlite3_column_text() and sqlite3_column_text16(),
+** even empty strings, are always zero-terminated.  ^The return
+** value from sqlite3_column_blob() for a zero-length BLOB is a NULL pointer.
+**
+** ^The object returned by [sqlite3_column_value()] is an
+** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object.  An unprotected sqlite3_value object
+** may only be used with [sqlite3_bind_value()] and [sqlite3_result_value()].
+** If the [unprotected sqlite3_value] object returned by
+** [sqlite3_column_value()] is used in any other way, including calls
+** to routines like [sqlite3_value_int()], [sqlite3_value_text()],
+** or [sqlite3_value_bytes()], then the behavior is undefined.
+**
+** These routines attempt to convert the value where appropriate.  ^For
+** example, if the internal representation is FLOAT and a text result
+** is requested, [sqlite3_snprintf()] is used internally to perform the
+** conversion automatically.  ^(The following table details the conversions
+** that are applied:
+**
+** <blockquote>
+** <table border="1">
+** <tr><th> Internal<br>Type <th> Requested<br>Type <th>  Conversion
+**
+** <tr><td>  NULL    <td> INTEGER   <td> Result is 0
+** <tr><td>  NULL    <td>  FLOAT    <td> Result is 0.0
+** <tr><td>  NULL    <td>   TEXT    <td> Result is NULL pointer
+** <tr><td>  NULL    <td>   BLOB    <td> Result is NULL pointer
+** <tr><td> INTEGER  <td>  FLOAT    <td> Convert from integer to float
+** <tr><td> INTEGER  <td>   TEXT    <td> ASCII rendering of the integer
+** <tr><td> INTEGER  <td>   BLOB    <td> Same as INTEGER->TEXT
+** <tr><td>  FLOAT   <td> INTEGER   <td> Convert from float to integer
+** <tr><td>  FLOAT   <td>   TEXT    <td> ASCII rendering of the float
+** <tr><td>  FLOAT   <td>   BLOB    <td> Same as FLOAT->TEXT
+** <tr><td>  TEXT    <td> INTEGER   <td> Use atoi()
+** <tr><td>  TEXT    <td>  FLOAT    <td> Use atof()
+** <tr><td>  TEXT    <td>   BLOB    <td> No change
+** <tr><td>  BLOB    <td> INTEGER   <td> Convert to TEXT then use atoi()
+** <tr><td>  BLOB    <td>  FLOAT    <td> Convert to TEXT then use atof()
+** <tr><td>  BLOB    <td>   TEXT    <td> Add a zero terminator if needed
+** </table>
+** </blockquote>)^
+**
+** The table above makes reference to standard C library functions atoi()
+** and atof().  SQLite does not really use these functions.  It has its
+** own equivalent internal routines.  The atoi() and atof() names are
+** used in the table for brevity and because they are familiar to most
+** C programmers.
+**
+** Note that when type conversions occur, pointers returned by prior
+** calls to sqlite3_column_blob(), sqlite3_column_text(), and/or
+** sqlite3_column_text16() may be invalidated.
+** Type conversions and pointer invalidations might occur
+** in the following cases:
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li> The initial content is a BLOB and sqlite3_column_text() or
+**      sqlite3_column_text16() is called.  A zero-terminator might
+**      need to be added to the string.</li>
+** <li> The initial content is UTF-8 text and sqlite3_column_bytes16() or
+**      sqlite3_column_text16() is called.  The content must be converted
+**      to UTF-16.</li>
+** <li> The initial content is UTF-16 text and sqlite3_column_bytes() or
+**      sqlite3_column_text() is called.  The content must be converted
+**      to UTF-8.</li>
+** </ul>
+**
+** ^Conversions between UTF-16be and UTF-16le are always done in place and do
+** not invalidate a prior pointer, though of course the content of the buffer
+** that the prior pointer references will have been modified.  Other kinds
+** of conversion are done in place when it is possible, but sometimes they
+** are not possible and in those cases prior pointers are invalidated.
+**
+** The safest and easiest to remember policy is to invoke these routines
+** in one of the following ways:
+**
+** <ul>
+**  <li>sqlite3_column_text() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes()</li>
+**  <li>sqlite3_column_blob() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes()</li>
+**  <li>sqlite3_column_text16() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes16()</li>
+** </ul>
+**
+** In other words, you should call sqlite3_column_text(),
+** sqlite3_column_blob(), or sqlite3_column_text16() first to force the result
+** into the desired format, then invoke sqlite3_column_bytes() or
+** sqlite3_column_bytes16() to find the size of the result.  Do not mix calls
+** to sqlite3_column_text() or sqlite3_column_blob() with calls to
+** sqlite3_column_bytes16(), and do not mix calls to sqlite3_column_text16()
+** with calls to sqlite3_column_bytes().
+**
+** ^The pointers returned are valid until a type conversion occurs as
+** described above, or until [sqlite3_step()] or [sqlite3_reset()] or
+** [sqlite3_finalize()] is called.  ^The memory space used to hold strings
+** and BLOBs is freed automatically.  Do <b>not</b> pass the pointers returned
+** [sqlite3_column_blob()], [sqlite3_column_text()], etc. into
+** [sqlite3_free()].
+**
+** ^(If a memory allocation error occurs during the evaluation of any
+** of these routines, a default value is returned.  The default value
+** is either the integer 0, the floating point number 0.0, or a NULL
+** pointer.  Subsequent calls to [sqlite3_errcode()] will return
+** [SQLITE_NOMEM].)^
+*/
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_blob(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes16(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+SQLITE_API double sqlite3_column_double(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_int(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_column_int64(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_column_text(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_text16(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_type(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_value *sqlite3_column_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Destroy A Prepared Statement Object
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_finalize() function is called to delete a [prepared statement].
+** ^If the most recent evaluation of the statement encountered no errors
+** or if the statement is never been evaluated, then sqlite3_finalize() returns
+** SQLITE_OK.  ^If the most recent evaluation of statement S failed, then
+** sqlite3_finalize(S) returns the appropriate [error code] or
+** [extended error code].
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_finalize(S) routine can be called at any point during
+** the life cycle of [prepared statement] S:
+** before statement S is ever evaluated, after
+** one or more calls to [sqlite3_reset()], or after any call
+** to [sqlite3_step()] regardless of whether or not the statement has
+** completed execution.
+**
+** ^Invoking sqlite3_finalize() on a NULL pointer is a harmless no-op.
+**
+** The application must finalize every [prepared statement] in order to avoid
+** resource leaks.  It is a grievous error for the application to try to use
+** a prepared statement after it has been finalized.  Any use of a prepared
+** statement after it has been finalized can result in undefined and
+** undesirable behavior such as segfaults and heap corruption.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_finalize(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Reset A Prepared Statement Object
+**
+** The sqlite3_reset() function is called to reset a [prepared statement]
+** object back to its initial state, ready to be re-executed.
+** ^Any SQL statement variables that had values bound to them using
+** the [sqlite3_bind_blob | sqlite3_bind_*() API] retain their values.
+** Use [sqlite3_clear_bindings()] to reset the bindings.
+**
+** ^The [sqlite3_reset(S)] interface resets the [prepared statement] S
+** back to the beginning of its program.
+**
+** ^If the most recent call to [sqlite3_step(S)] for the
+** [prepared statement] S returned [SQLITE_ROW] or [SQLITE_DONE],
+** or if [sqlite3_step(S)] has never before been called on S,
+** then [sqlite3_reset(S)] returns [SQLITE_OK].
+**
+** ^If the most recent call to [sqlite3_step(S)] for the
+** [prepared statement] S indicated an error, then
+** [sqlite3_reset(S)] returns an appropriate [error code].
+**
+** ^The [sqlite3_reset(S)] interface does not change the values
+** of any [sqlite3_bind_blob|bindings] on the [prepared statement] S.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Create Or Redefine SQL Functions
+** KEYWORDS: {function creation routines}
+** KEYWORDS: {application-defined SQL function}
+** KEYWORDS: {application-defined SQL functions}
+**
+** ^These functions (collectively known as "function creation routines")
+** are used to add SQL functions or aggregates or to redefine the behavior
+** of existing SQL functions or aggregates.  The only differences between
+** these routines are the text encoding expected for
+** the second parameter (the name of the function being created)
+** and the presence or absence of a destructor callback for
+** the application data pointer.
+**
+** ^The first parameter is the [database connection] to which the SQL
+** function is to be added.  ^If an application uses more than one database
+** connection then application-defined SQL functions must be added
+** to each database connection separately.
+**
+** ^The second parameter is the name of the SQL function to be created or
+** redefined.  ^The length of the name is limited to 255 bytes in a UTF-8
+** representation, exclusive of the zero-terminator.  ^Note that the name
+** length limit is in UTF-8 bytes, not characters nor UTF-16 bytes.  
+** ^Any attempt to create a function with a longer name
+** will result in [SQLITE_MISUSE] being returned.
+**
+** ^The third parameter (nArg)
+** is the number of arguments that the SQL function or
+** aggregate takes. ^If this parameter is -1, then the SQL function or
+** aggregate may take any number of arguments between 0 and the limit
+** set by [sqlite3_limit]([SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG]).  If the third
+** parameter is less than -1 or greater than 127 then the behavior is
+** undefined.
+**
+** ^The fourth parameter, eTextRep, specifies what
+** [SQLITE_UTF8 | text encoding] this SQL function prefers for
+** its parameters.  Every SQL function implementation must be able to work
+** with UTF-8, UTF-16le, or UTF-16be.  But some implementations may be
+** more efficient with one encoding than another.  ^An application may
+** invoke sqlite3_create_function() or sqlite3_create_function16() multiple
+** times with the same function but with different values of eTextRep.
+** ^When multiple implementations of the same function are available, SQLite
+** will pick the one that involves the least amount of data conversion.
+** If there is only a single implementation which does not care what text
+** encoding is used, then the fourth argument should be [SQLITE_ANY].
+**
+** ^(The fifth parameter is an arbitrary pointer.  The implementation of the
+** function can gain access to this pointer using [sqlite3_user_data()].)^
+**
+** ^The sixth, seventh and eighth parameters, xFunc, xStep and xFinal, are
+** pointers to C-language functions that implement the SQL function or
+** aggregate. ^A scalar SQL function requires an implementation of the xFunc
+** callback only; NULL pointers must be passed as the xStep and xFinal
+** parameters. ^An aggregate SQL function requires an implementation of xStep
+** and xFinal and NULL pointer must be passed for xFunc. ^To delete an existing
+** SQL function or aggregate, pass NULL pointers for all three function
+** callbacks.
+**
+** ^(If the ninth parameter to sqlite3_create_function_v2() is not NULL,
+** then it is destructor for the application data pointer. 
+** The destructor is invoked when the function is deleted, either by being
+** overloaded or when the database connection closes.)^
+** ^The destructor is also invoked if the call to
+** sqlite3_create_function_v2() fails.
+** ^When the destructor callback of the tenth parameter is invoked, it
+** is passed a single argument which is a copy of the application data 
+** pointer which was the fifth parameter to sqlite3_create_function_v2().
+**
+** ^It is permitted to register multiple implementations of the same
+** functions with the same name but with either differing numbers of
+** arguments or differing preferred text encodings.  ^SQLite will use
+** the implementation that most closely matches the way in which the
+** SQL function is used.  ^A function implementation with a non-negative
+** nArg parameter is a better match than a function implementation with
+** a negative nArg.  ^A function where the preferred text encoding
+** matches the database encoding is a better
+** match than a function where the encoding is different.  
+** ^A function where the encoding difference is between UTF16le and UTF16be
+** is a closer match than a function where the encoding difference is
+** between UTF8 and UTF16.
+**
+** ^Built-in functions may be overloaded by new application-defined functions.
+**
+** ^An application-defined function is permitted to call other
+** SQLite interfaces.  However, such calls must not
+** close the database connection nor finalize or reset the prepared
+** statement in which the function is running.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  const char *zFunctionName,
+  int nArg,
+  int eTextRep,
+  void *pApp,
+  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+  void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)
+);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function16(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  const void *zFunctionName,
+  int nArg,
+  int eTextRep,
+  void *pApp,
+  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+  void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)
+);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function_v2(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  const char *zFunctionName,
+  int nArg,
+  int eTextRep,
+  void *pApp,
+  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+  void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*),
+  void(*xDestroy)(void*)
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Text Encodings
+**
+** These constant define integer codes that represent the various
+** text encodings supported by SQLite.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_UTF8           1
+#define SQLITE_UTF16LE        2
+#define SQLITE_UTF16BE        3
+#define SQLITE_UTF16          4    /* Use native byte order */
+#define SQLITE_ANY            5    /* sqlite3_create_function only */
+#define SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED  8    /* sqlite3_create_collation only */
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Deprecated Functions
+** DEPRECATED
+**
+** These functions are [deprecated].  In order to maintain
+** backwards compatibility with older code, these functions continue 
+** to be supported.  However, new applications should avoid
+** the use of these functions.  To help encourage people to avoid
+** using these functions, we are not going to tell you what they do.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_aggregate_count(sqlite3_context*);
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_expired(sqlite3_stmt*);
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_transfer_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*, sqlite3_stmt*);
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_global_recover(void);
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void sqlite3_thread_cleanup(void);
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_memory_alarm(void(*)(void*,sqlite3_int64,int),void*,sqlite3_int64);
+#endif
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Obtaining SQL Function Parameter Values
+**
+** The C-language implementation of SQL functions and aggregates uses
+** this set of interface routines to access the parameter values on
+** the function or aggregate.
+**
+** The xFunc (for scalar functions) or xStep (for aggregates) parameters
+** to [sqlite3_create_function()] and [sqlite3_create_function16()]
+** define callbacks that implement the SQL functions and aggregates.
+** The 3rd parameter to these callbacks is an array of pointers to
+** [protected sqlite3_value] objects.  There is one [sqlite3_value] object for
+** each parameter to the SQL function.  These routines are used to
+** extract values from the [sqlite3_value] objects.
+**
+** These routines work only with [protected sqlite3_value] objects.
+** Any attempt to use these routines on an [unprotected sqlite3_value]
+** object results in undefined behavior.
+**
+** ^These routines work just like the corresponding [column access functions]
+** except that  these routines take a single [protected sqlite3_value] object
+** pointer instead of a [sqlite3_stmt*] pointer and an integer column number.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_value_text16() interface extracts a UTF-16 string
+** in the native byte-order of the host machine.  ^The
+** sqlite3_value_text16be() and sqlite3_value_text16le() interfaces
+** extract UTF-16 strings as big-endian and little-endian respectively.
+**
+** ^(The sqlite3_value_numeric_type() interface attempts to apply
+** numeric affinity to the value.  This means that an attempt is
+** made to convert the value to an integer or floating point.  If
+** such a conversion is possible without loss of information (in other
+** words, if the value is a string that looks like a number)
+** then the conversion is performed.  Otherwise no conversion occurs.
+** The [SQLITE_INTEGER | datatype] after conversion is returned.)^
+**
+** Please pay particular attention to the fact that the pointer returned
+** from [sqlite3_value_blob()], [sqlite3_value_text()], or
+** [sqlite3_value_text16()] can be invalidated by a subsequent call to
+** [sqlite3_value_bytes()], [sqlite3_value_bytes16()], [sqlite3_value_text()],
+** or [sqlite3_value_text16()].
+**
+** These routines must be called from the same thread as
+** the SQL function that supplied the [sqlite3_value*] parameters.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_blob(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes16(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API double sqlite3_value_double(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_int(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_value_int64(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_value_text(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16le(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16be(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_type(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_numeric_type(sqlite3_value*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Obtain Aggregate Function Context
+**
+** Implementations of aggregate SQL functions use this
+** routine to allocate memory for storing their state.
+**
+** ^The first time the sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine is called 
+** for a particular aggregate function, SQLite
+** allocates N of memory, zeroes out that memory, and returns a pointer
+** to the new memory. ^On second and subsequent calls to
+** sqlite3_aggregate_context() for the same aggregate function instance,
+** the same buffer is returned.  Sqlite3_aggregate_context() is normally
+** called once for each invocation of the xStep callback and then one
+** last time when the xFinal callback is invoked.  ^(When no rows match
+** an aggregate query, the xStep() callback of the aggregate function
+** implementation is never called and xFinal() is called exactly once.
+** In those cases, sqlite3_aggregate_context() might be called for the
+** first time from within xFinal().)^
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine returns a NULL pointer if N is
+** less than or equal to zero or if a memory allocate error occurs.
+**
+** ^(The amount of space allocated by sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) is
+** determined by the N parameter on first successful call.  Changing the
+** value of N in subsequent call to sqlite3_aggregate_context() within
+** the same aggregate function instance will not resize the memory
+** allocation.)^
+**
+** ^SQLite automatically frees the memory allocated by 
+** sqlite3_aggregate_context() when the aggregate query concludes.
+**
+** The first parameter must be a copy of the
+** [sqlite3_context | SQL function context] that is the first parameter
+** to the xStep or xFinal callback routine that implements the aggregate
+** function.
+**
+** This routine must be called from the same thread in which
+** the aggregate SQL function is running.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_aggregate_context(sqlite3_context*, int nBytes);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: User Data For Functions
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_user_data() interface returns a copy of
+** the pointer that was the pUserData parameter (the 5th parameter)
+** of the [sqlite3_create_function()]
+** and [sqlite3_create_function16()] routines that originally
+** registered the application defined function.
+**
+** This routine must be called from the same thread in which
+** the application-defined function is running.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_user_data(sqlite3_context*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Database Connection For Functions
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_context_db_handle() interface returns a copy of
+** the pointer to the [database connection] (the 1st parameter)
+** of the [sqlite3_create_function()]
+** and [sqlite3_create_function16()] routines that originally
+** registered the application defined function.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_context_db_handle(sqlite3_context*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Function Auxiliary Data
+**
+** The following two functions may be used by scalar SQL functions to
+** associate metadata with argument values. If the same value is passed to
+** multiple invocations of the same SQL function during query execution, under
+** some circumstances the associated metadata may be preserved. This may
+** be used, for example, to add a regular-expression matching scalar
+** function. The compiled version of the regular expression is stored as
+** metadata associated with the SQL value passed as the regular expression
+** pattern.  The compiled regular expression can be reused on multiple
+** invocations of the same function so that the original pattern string
+** does not need to be recompiled on each invocation.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_get_auxdata() interface returns a pointer to the metadata
+** associated by the sqlite3_set_auxdata() function with the Nth argument
+** value to the application-defined function. ^If no metadata has been ever
+** been set for the Nth argument of the function, or if the corresponding
+** function parameter has changed since the meta-data was set,
+** then sqlite3_get_auxdata() returns a NULL pointer.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_set_auxdata() interface saves the metadata
+** pointed to by its 3rd parameter as the metadata for the N-th
+** argument of the application-defined function.  Subsequent
+** calls to sqlite3_get_auxdata() might return this data, if it has
+** not been destroyed.
+** ^If it is not NULL, SQLite will invoke the destructor
+** function given by the 4th parameter to sqlite3_set_auxdata() on
+** the metadata when the corresponding function parameter changes
+** or when the SQL statement completes, whichever comes first.
+**
+** SQLite is free to call the destructor and drop metadata on any
+** parameter of any function at any time.  ^The only guarantee is that
+** the destructor will be called before the metadata is dropped.
+**
+** ^(In practice, metadata is preserved between function calls for
+** expressions that are constant at compile time. This includes literal
+** values and [parameters].)^
+**
+** These routines must be called from the same thread in which
+** the SQL function is running.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_get_auxdata(sqlite3_context*, int N);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_set_auxdata(sqlite3_context*, int N, void*, void (*)(void*));
+
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Constants Defining Special Destructor Behavior
+**
+** These are special values for the destructor that is passed in as the
+** final argument to routines like [sqlite3_result_blob()].  ^If the destructor
+** argument is SQLITE_STATIC, it means that the content pointer is constant
+** and will never change.  It does not need to be destroyed.  ^The
+** SQLITE_TRANSIENT value means that the content will likely change in
+** the near future and that SQLite should make its own private copy of
+** the content before returning.
+**
+** The typedef is necessary to work around problems in certain
+** C++ compilers.  See ticket #2191.
+*/
+typedef void (*sqlite3_destructor_type)(void*);
+#define SQLITE_STATIC      ((sqlite3_destructor_type)0)
+#define SQLITE_TRANSIENT   ((sqlite3_destructor_type)-1)
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Setting The Result Of An SQL Function
+**
+** These routines are used by the xFunc or xFinal callbacks that
+** implement SQL functions and aggregates.  See
+** [sqlite3_create_function()] and [sqlite3_create_function16()]
+** for additional information.
+**
+** These functions work very much like the [parameter binding] family of
+** functions used to bind values to host parameters in prepared statements.
+** Refer to the [SQL parameter] documentation for additional information.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_result_blob() interface sets the result from
+** an application-defined function to be the BLOB whose content is pointed
+** to by the second parameter and which is N bytes long where N is the
+** third parameter.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_result_zeroblob() interfaces set the result of
+** the application-defined function to be a BLOB containing all zero
+** bytes and N bytes in size, where N is the value of the 2nd parameter.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_result_double() interface sets the result from
+** an application-defined function to be a floating point value specified
+** by its 2nd argument.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_result_error() and sqlite3_result_error16() functions
+** cause the implemented SQL function to throw an exception.
+** ^SQLite uses the string pointed to by the
+** 2nd parameter of sqlite3_result_error() or sqlite3_result_error16()
+** as the text of an error message.  ^SQLite interprets the error
+** message string from sqlite3_result_error() as UTF-8. ^SQLite
+** interprets the string from sqlite3_result_error16() as UTF-16 in native
+** byte order.  ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_result_error()
+** or sqlite3_result_error16() is negative then SQLite takes as the error
+** message all text up through the first zero character.
+** ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_result_error() or
+** sqlite3_result_error16() is non-negative then SQLite takes that many
+** bytes (not characters) from the 2nd parameter as the error message.
+** ^The sqlite3_result_error() and sqlite3_result_error16()
+** routines make a private copy of the error message text before
+** they return.  Hence, the calling function can deallocate or
+** modify the text after they return without harm.
+** ^The sqlite3_result_error_code() function changes the error code
+** returned by SQLite as a result of an error in a function.  ^By default,
+** the error code is SQLITE_ERROR.  ^A subsequent call to sqlite3_result_error()
+** or sqlite3_result_error16() resets the error code to SQLITE_ERROR.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_result_error_toobig() interface causes SQLite to throw an
+** error indicating that a string or BLOB is too long to represent.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_result_error_nomem() interface causes SQLite to throw an
+** error indicating that a memory allocation failed.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_result_int() interface sets the return value
+** of the application-defined function to be the 32-bit signed integer
+** value given in the 2nd argument.
+** ^The sqlite3_result_int64() interface sets the return value
+** of the application-defined function to be the 64-bit signed integer
+** value given in the 2nd argument.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_result_null() interface sets the return value
+** of the application-defined function to be NULL.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_result_text(), sqlite3_result_text16(),
+** sqlite3_result_text16le(), and sqlite3_result_text16be() interfaces
+** set the return value of the application-defined function to be
+** a text string which is represented as UTF-8, UTF-16 native byte order,
+** UTF-16 little endian, or UTF-16 big endian, respectively.
+** ^SQLite takes the text result from the application from
+** the 2nd parameter of the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces.
+** ^If the 3rd parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
+** is negative, then SQLite takes result text from the 2nd parameter
+** through the first zero character.
+** ^If the 3rd parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
+** is non-negative, then as many bytes (not characters) of the text
+** pointed to by the 2nd parameter are taken as the application-defined
+** function result.  If the 3rd parameter is non-negative, then it
+** must be the byte offset into the string where the NUL terminator would
+** appear if the string where NUL terminated.  If any NUL characters occur
+** in the string at a byte offset that is less than the value of the 3rd
+** parameter, then the resulting string will contain embedded NULs and the
+** result of expressions operating on strings with embedded NULs is undefined.
+** ^If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
+** or sqlite3_result_blob is a non-NULL pointer, then SQLite calls that
+** function as the destructor on the text or BLOB result when it has
+** finished using that result.
+** ^If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces or to
+** sqlite3_result_blob is the special constant SQLITE_STATIC, then SQLite
+** assumes that the text or BLOB result is in constant space and does not
+** copy the content of the parameter nor call a destructor on the content
+** when it has finished using that result.
+** ^If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
+** or sqlite3_result_blob is the special constant SQLITE_TRANSIENT
+** then SQLite makes a copy of the result into space obtained from
+** from [sqlite3_malloc()] before it returns.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_result_value() interface sets the result of
+** the application-defined function to be a copy the
+** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object specified by the 2nd parameter.  ^The
+** sqlite3_result_value() interface makes a copy of the [sqlite3_value]
+** so that the [sqlite3_value] specified in the parameter may change or
+** be deallocated after sqlite3_result_value() returns without harm.
+** ^A [protected sqlite3_value] object may always be used where an
+** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object is required, so either
+** kind of [sqlite3_value] object can be used with this interface.
+**
+** If these routines are called from within the different thread
+** than the one containing the application-defined function that received
+** the [sqlite3_context] pointer, the results are undefined.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_blob(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_double(sqlite3_context*, double);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error(sqlite3_context*, const char*, int);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_toobig(sqlite3_context*);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_nomem(sqlite3_context*);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_code(sqlite3_context*, int);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int(sqlite3_context*, int);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int64(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_int64);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_null(sqlite3_context*);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text(sqlite3_context*, const char*, int, void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16le(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16be(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_value(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_zeroblob(sqlite3_context*, int n);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Define New Collating Sequences
+**
+** ^These functions add, remove, or modify a [collation] associated
+** with the [database connection] specified as the first argument.
+**
+** ^The name of the collation is a UTF-8 string
+** for sqlite3_create_collation() and sqlite3_create_collation_v2()
+** and a UTF-16 string in native byte order for sqlite3_create_collation16().
+** ^Collation names that compare equal according to [sqlite3_strnicmp()] are
+** considered to be the same name.
+**
+** ^(The third argument (eTextRep) must be one of the constants:
+** <ul>
+** <li> [SQLITE_UTF8],
+** <li> [SQLITE_UTF16LE],
+** <li> [SQLITE_UTF16BE],
+** <li> [SQLITE_UTF16], or
+** <li> [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED].
+** </ul>)^
+** ^The eTextRep argument determines the encoding of strings passed
+** to the collating function callback, xCallback.
+** ^The [SQLITE_UTF16] and [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED] values for eTextRep
+** force strings to be UTF16 with native byte order.
+** ^The [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED] value for eTextRep forces strings to begin
+** on an even byte address.
+**
+** ^The fourth argument, pArg, is an application data pointer that is passed
+** through as the first argument to the collating function callback.
+**
+** ^The fifth argument, xCallback, is a pointer to the collating function.
+** ^Multiple collating functions can be registered using the same name but
+** with different eTextRep parameters and SQLite will use whichever
+** function requires the least amount of data transformation.
+** ^If the xCallback argument is NULL then the collating function is
+** deleted.  ^When all collating functions having the same name are deleted,
+** that collation is no longer usable.
+**
+** ^The collating function callback is invoked with a copy of the pArg 
+** application data pointer and with two strings in the encoding specified
+** by the eTextRep argument.  The collating function must return an
+** integer that is negative, zero, or positive
+** if the first string is less than, equal to, or greater than the second,
+** respectively.  A collating function must always return the same answer
+** given the same inputs.  If two or more collating functions are registered
+** to the same collation name (using different eTextRep values) then all
+** must give an equivalent answer when invoked with equivalent strings.
+** The collating function must obey the following properties for all
+** strings A, B, and C:
+**
+** <ol>
+** <li> If A==B then B==A.
+** <li> If A==B and B==C then A==C.
+** <li> If A&lt;B THEN B&gt;A.
+** <li> If A&lt;B and B&lt;C then A&lt;C.
+** </ol>
+**
+** If a collating function fails any of the above constraints and that
+** collating function is  registered and used, then the behavior of SQLite
+** is undefined.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_create_collation_v2() works like sqlite3_create_collation()
+** with the addition that the xDestroy callback is invoked on pArg when
+** the collating function is deleted.
+** ^Collating functions are deleted when they are overridden by later
+** calls to the collation creation functions or when the
+** [database connection] is closed using [sqlite3_close()].
+**
+** ^The xDestroy callback is <u>not</u> called if the 
+** sqlite3_create_collation_v2() function fails.  Applications that invoke
+** sqlite3_create_collation_v2() with a non-NULL xDestroy argument should 
+** check the return code and dispose of the application data pointer
+** themselves rather than expecting SQLite to deal with it for them.
+** This is different from every other SQLite interface.  The inconsistency 
+** is unfortunate but cannot be changed without breaking backwards 
+** compatibility.
+**
+** See also:  [sqlite3_collation_needed()] and [sqlite3_collation_needed16()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation(
+  sqlite3*, 
+  const char *zName, 
+  int eTextRep, 
+  void *pArg,
+  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
+);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation_v2(
+  sqlite3*, 
+  const char *zName, 
+  int eTextRep, 
+  void *pArg,
+  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*),
+  void(*xDestroy)(void*)
+);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation16(
+  sqlite3*, 
+  const void *zName,
+  int eTextRep, 
+  void *pArg,
+  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Collation Needed Callbacks
+**
+** ^To avoid having to register all collation sequences before a database
+** can be used, a single callback function may be registered with the
+** [database connection] to be invoked whenever an undefined collation
+** sequence is required.
+**
+** ^If the function is registered using the sqlite3_collation_needed() API,
+** then it is passed the names of undefined collation sequences as strings
+** encoded in UTF-8. ^If sqlite3_collation_needed16() is used,
+** the names are passed as UTF-16 in machine native byte order.
+** ^A call to either function replaces the existing collation-needed callback.
+**
+** ^(When the callback is invoked, the first argument passed is a copy
+** of the second argument to sqlite3_collation_needed() or
+** sqlite3_collation_needed16().  The second argument is the database
+** connection.  The third argument is one of [SQLITE_UTF8], [SQLITE_UTF16BE],
+** or [SQLITE_UTF16LE], indicating the most desirable form of the collation
+** sequence function required.  The fourth parameter is the name of the
+** required collation sequence.)^
+**
+** The callback function should register the desired collation using
+** [sqlite3_create_collation()], [sqlite3_create_collation16()], or
+** [sqlite3_create_collation_v2()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed(
+  sqlite3*, 
+  void*, 
+  void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*)
+);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed16(
+  sqlite3*, 
+  void*,
+  void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*)
+);
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+/*
+** Specify the key for an encrypted database.  This routine should be
+** called right after sqlite3_open().
+**
+** The code to implement this API is not available in the public release
+** of SQLite.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_key(
+  sqlite3 *db,                   /* Database to be rekeyed */
+  const void *pKey, int nKey     /* The key */
+);
+
+/*
+** Change the key on an open database.  If the current database is not
+** encrypted, this routine will encrypt it.  If pNew==0 or nNew==0, the
+** database is decrypted.
+**
+** The code to implement this API is not available in the public release
+** of SQLite.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rekey(
+  sqlite3 *db,                   /* Database to be rekeyed */
+  const void *pKey, int nKey     /* The new key */
+);
+
+/*
+** Specify the activation key for a SEE database.  Unless 
+** activated, none of the SEE routines will work.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_activate_see(
+  const char *zPassPhrase        /* Activation phrase */
+);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD
+/*
+** Specify the activation key for a CEROD database.  Unless 
+** activated, none of the CEROD routines will work.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_activate_cerod(
+  const char *zPassPhrase        /* Activation phrase */
+);
+#endif
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Suspend Execution For A Short Time
+**
+** The sqlite3_sleep() function causes the current thread to suspend execution
+** for at least a number of milliseconds specified in its parameter.
+**
+** If the operating system does not support sleep requests with
+** millisecond time resolution, then the time will be rounded up to
+** the nearest second. The number of milliseconds of sleep actually
+** requested from the operating system is returned.
+**
+** ^SQLite implements this interface by calling the xSleep()
+** method of the default [sqlite3_vfs] object.  If the xSleep() method
+** of the default VFS is not implemented correctly, or not implemented at
+** all, then the behavior of sqlite3_sleep() may deviate from the description
+** in the previous paragraphs.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sleep(int);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Name Of The Folder Holding Temporary Files
+**
+** ^(If this global variable is made to point to a string which is
+** the name of a folder (a.k.a. directory), then all temporary files
+** created by SQLite when using a built-in [sqlite3_vfs | VFS]
+** will be placed in that directory.)^  ^If this variable
+** is a NULL pointer, then SQLite performs a search for an appropriate
+** temporary file directory.
+**
+** It is not safe to read or modify this variable in more than one
+** thread at a time.  It is not safe to read or modify this variable
+** if a [database connection] is being used at the same time in a separate
+** thread.
+** It is intended that this variable be set once
+** as part of process initialization and before any SQLite interface
+** routines have been called and that this variable remain unchanged
+** thereafter.
+**
+** ^The [temp_store_directory pragma] may modify this variable and cause
+** it to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc].  ^Furthermore,
+** the [temp_store_directory pragma] always assumes that any string
+** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from 
+** [sqlite3_malloc] and the pragma may attempt to free that memory
+** using [sqlite3_free].
+** Hence, if this variable is modified directly, either it should be
+** made NULL or made to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc]
+** or else the use of the [temp_store_directory pragma] should be avoided.
+**
+** <b>Note to Windows Runtime users:</b>  The temporary directory must be set
+** prior to calling [sqlite3_open] or [sqlite3_open_v2].  Otherwise, various
+** features that require the use of temporary files may fail.  Here is an
+** example of how to do this using C++ with the Windows Runtime:
+**
+** <blockquote><pre>
+** LPCWSTR zPath = Windows::Storage::ApplicationData::Current->
+** &nbsp;     TemporaryFolder->Path->Data();
+** char zPathBuf&#91;MAX_PATH + 1&#93;;
+** memset(zPathBuf, 0, sizeof(zPathBuf));
+** WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, zPath, -1, zPathBuf, sizeof(zPathBuf),
+** &nbsp;     NULL, NULL);
+** sqlite3_temp_directory = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zPathBuf);
+** </pre></blockquote>
+*/
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXTERN char *sqlite3_temp_directory;
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Name Of The Folder Holding Database Files
+**
+** ^(If this global variable is made to point to a string which is
+** the name of a folder (a.k.a. directory), then all database files
+** specified with a relative pathname and created or accessed by
+** SQLite when using a built-in windows [sqlite3_vfs | VFS] will be assumed
+** to be relative to that directory.)^ ^If this variable is a NULL
+** pointer, then SQLite assumes that all database files specified
+** with a relative pathname are relative to the current directory
+** for the process.  Only the windows VFS makes use of this global
+** variable; it is ignored by the unix VFS.
+**
+** Changing the value of this variable while a database connection is
+** open can result in a corrupt database.
+**
+** It is not safe to read or modify this variable in more than one
+** thread at a time.  It is not safe to read or modify this variable
+** if a [database connection] is being used at the same time in a separate
+** thread.
+** It is intended that this variable be set once
+** as part of process initialization and before any SQLite interface
+** routines have been called and that this variable remain unchanged
+** thereafter.
+**
+** ^The [data_store_directory pragma] may modify this variable and cause
+** it to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc].  ^Furthermore,
+** the [data_store_directory pragma] always assumes that any string
+** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from 
+** [sqlite3_malloc] and the pragma may attempt to free that memory
+** using [sqlite3_free].
+** Hence, if this variable is modified directly, either it should be
+** made NULL or made to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc]
+** or else the use of the [data_store_directory pragma] should be avoided.
+*/
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXTERN char *sqlite3_data_directory;
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Test For Auto-Commit Mode
+** KEYWORDS: {autocommit mode}
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_get_autocommit() interface returns non-zero or
+** zero if the given database connection is or is not in autocommit mode,
+** respectively.  ^Autocommit mode is on by default.
+** ^Autocommit mode is disabled by a [BEGIN] statement.
+** ^Autocommit mode is re-enabled by a [COMMIT] or [ROLLBACK].
+**
+** If certain kinds of errors occur on a statement within a multi-statement
+** transaction (errors including [SQLITE_FULL], [SQLITE_IOERR],
+** [SQLITE_NOMEM], [SQLITE_BUSY], and [SQLITE_INTERRUPT]) then the
+** transaction might be rolled back automatically.  The only way to
+** find out whether SQLite automatically rolled back the transaction after
+** an error is to use this function.
+**
+** If another thread changes the autocommit status of the database
+** connection while this routine is running, then the return value
+** is undefined.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_autocommit(sqlite3*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Find The Database Handle Of A Prepared Statement
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_db_handle interface returns the [database connection] handle
+** to which a [prepared statement] belongs.  ^The [database connection]
+** returned by sqlite3_db_handle is the same [database connection]
+** that was the first argument
+** to the [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] call (or its variants) that was used to
+** create the statement in the first place.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_db_handle(sqlite3_stmt*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Return The Filename For A Database Connection
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_db_filename(D,N) interface returns a pointer to a filename
+** associated with database N of connection D.  ^The main database file
+** has the name "main".  If there is no attached database N on the database
+** connection D, or if database N is a temporary or in-memory database, then
+** a NULL pointer is returned.
+**
+** ^The filename returned by this function is the output of the
+** xFullPathname method of the [VFS].  ^In other words, the filename
+** will be an absolute pathname, even if the filename used
+** to open the database originally was a URI or relative pathname.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_db_filename(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Determine if a database is read-only
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_db_readonly(D,N) interface returns 1 if the database N
+** of connection D is read-only, 0 if it is read/write, or -1 if N is not
+** the name of a database on connection D.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_readonly(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Find the next prepared statement
+**
+** ^This interface returns a pointer to the next [prepared statement] after
+** pStmt associated with the [database connection] pDb.  ^If pStmt is NULL
+** then this interface returns a pointer to the first prepared statement
+** associated with the database connection pDb.  ^If no prepared statement
+** satisfies the conditions of this routine, it returns NULL.
+**
+** The [database connection] pointer D in a call to
+** [sqlite3_next_stmt(D,S)] must refer to an open database
+** connection and in particular must not be a NULL pointer.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_stmt *sqlite3_next_stmt(sqlite3 *pDb, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Commit And Rollback Notification Callbacks
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_commit_hook() interface registers a callback
+** function to be invoked whenever a transaction is [COMMIT | committed].
+** ^Any callback set by a previous call to sqlite3_commit_hook()
+** for the same database connection is overridden.
+** ^The sqlite3_rollback_hook() interface registers a callback
+** function to be invoked whenever a transaction is [ROLLBACK | rolled back].
+** ^Any callback set by a previous call to sqlite3_rollback_hook()
+** for the same database connection is overridden.
+** ^The pArg argument is passed through to the callback.
+** ^If the callback on a commit hook function returns non-zero,
+** then the commit is converted into a rollback.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_commit_hook(D,C,P) and sqlite3_rollback_hook(D,C,P) functions
+** return the P argument from the previous call of the same function
+** on the same [database connection] D, or NULL for
+** the first call for each function on D.
+**
+** The commit and rollback hook callbacks are not reentrant.
+** The callback implementation must not do anything that will modify
+** the database connection that invoked the callback.  Any actions
+** to modify the database connection must be deferred until after the
+** completion of the [sqlite3_step()] call that triggered the commit
+** or rollback hook in the first place.
+** Note that running any other SQL statements, including SELECT statements,
+** or merely calling [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] will modify
+** the database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph.
+**
+** ^Registering a NULL function disables the callback.
+**
+** ^When the commit hook callback routine returns zero, the [COMMIT]
+** operation is allowed to continue normally.  ^If the commit hook
+** returns non-zero, then the [COMMIT] is converted into a [ROLLBACK].
+** ^The rollback hook is invoked on a rollback that results from a commit
+** hook returning non-zero, just as it would be with any other rollback.
+**
+** ^For the purposes of this API, a transaction is said to have been
+** rolled back if an explicit "ROLLBACK" statement is executed, or
+** an error or constraint causes an implicit rollback to occur.
+** ^The rollback callback is not invoked if a transaction is
+** automatically rolled back because the database connection is closed.
+**
+** See also the [sqlite3_update_hook()] interface.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_commit_hook(sqlite3*, int(*)(void*), void*);
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_rollback_hook(sqlite3*, void(*)(void *), void*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Data Change Notification Callbacks
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_update_hook() interface registers a callback function
+** with the [database connection] identified by the first argument
+** to be invoked whenever a row is updated, inserted or deleted.
+** ^Any callback set by a previous call to this function
+** for the same database connection is overridden.
+**
+** ^The second argument is a pointer to the function to invoke when a
+** row is updated, inserted or deleted.
+** ^The first argument to the callback is a copy of the third argument
+** to sqlite3_update_hook().
+** ^The second callback argument is one of [SQLITE_INSERT], [SQLITE_DELETE],
+** or [SQLITE_UPDATE], depending on the operation that caused the callback
+** to be invoked.
+** ^The third and fourth arguments to the callback contain pointers to the
+** database and table name containing the affected row.
+** ^The final callback parameter is the [rowid] of the row.
+** ^In the case of an update, this is the [rowid] after the update takes place.
+**
+** ^(The update hook is not invoked when internal system tables are
+** modified (i.e. sqlite_master and sqlite_sequence).)^
+**
+** ^In the current implementation, the update hook
+** is not invoked when duplication rows are deleted because of an
+** [ON CONFLICT | ON CONFLICT REPLACE] clause.  ^Nor is the update hook
+** invoked when rows are deleted using the [truncate optimization].
+** The exceptions defined in this paragraph might change in a future
+** release of SQLite.
+**
+** The update hook implementation must not do anything that will modify
+** the database connection that invoked the update hook.  Any actions
+** to modify the database connection must be deferred until after the
+** completion of the [sqlite3_step()] call that triggered the update hook.
+** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their
+** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_update_hook(D,C,P) function
+** returns the P argument from the previous call
+** on the same [database connection] D, or NULL for
+** the first call on D.
+**
+** See also the [sqlite3_commit_hook()] and [sqlite3_rollback_hook()]
+** interfaces.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_update_hook(
+  sqlite3*, 
+  void(*)(void *,int ,char const *,char const *,sqlite3_int64),
+  void*
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Shared Pager Cache
+**
+** ^(This routine enables or disables the sharing of the database cache
+** and schema data structures between [database connection | connections]
+** to the same database. Sharing is enabled if the argument is true
+** and disabled if the argument is false.)^
+**
+** ^Cache sharing is enabled and disabled for an entire process.
+** This is a change as of SQLite version 3.5.0. In prior versions of SQLite,
+** sharing was enabled or disabled for each thread separately.
+**
+** ^(The cache sharing mode set by this interface effects all subsequent
+** calls to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()], and [sqlite3_open16()].
+** Existing database connections continue use the sharing mode
+** that was in effect at the time they were opened.)^
+**
+** ^(This routine returns [SQLITE_OK] if shared cache was enabled or disabled
+** successfully.  An [error code] is returned otherwise.)^
+**
+** ^Shared cache is disabled by default. But this might change in
+** future releases of SQLite.  Applications that care about shared
+** cache setting should set it explicitly.
+**
+** See Also:  [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode]
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(int);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Attempt To Free Heap Memory
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_release_memory() interface attempts to free N bytes
+** of heap memory by deallocating non-essential memory allocations
+** held by the database library.   Memory used to cache database
+** pages to improve performance is an example of non-essential memory.
+** ^sqlite3_release_memory() returns the number of bytes actually freed,
+** which might be more or less than the amount requested.
+** ^The sqlite3_release_memory() routine is a no-op returning zero
+** if SQLite is not compiled with [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT].
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_db_release_memory()]
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_release_memory(int);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Free Memory Used By A Database Connection
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_db_release_memory(D) interface attempts to free as much heap
+** memory as possible from database connection D. Unlike the
+** [sqlite3_release_memory()] interface, this interface is effect even
+** when then [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT] compile-time option is
+** omitted.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_release_memory()]
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_release_memory(sqlite3*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Impose A Limit On Heap Size
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() interface sets and/or queries the
+** soft limit on the amount of heap memory that may be allocated by SQLite.
+** ^SQLite strives to keep heap memory utilization below the soft heap
+** limit by reducing the number of pages held in the page cache
+** as heap memory usages approaches the limit.
+** ^The soft heap limit is "soft" because even though SQLite strives to stay
+** below the limit, it will exceed the limit rather than generate
+** an [SQLITE_NOMEM] error.  In other words, the soft heap limit 
+** is advisory only.
+**
+** ^The return value from sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() is the size of
+** the soft heap limit prior to the call, or negative in the case of an
+** error.  ^If the argument N is negative
+** then no change is made to the soft heap limit.  Hence, the current
+** size of the soft heap limit can be determined by invoking
+** sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() with a negative argument.
+**
+** ^If the argument N is zero then the soft heap limit is disabled.
+**
+** ^(The soft heap limit is not enforced in the current implementation
+** if one or more of following conditions are true:
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li> The soft heap limit is set to zero.
+** <li> Memory accounting is disabled using a combination of the
+**      [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS],...) start-time option and
+**      the [SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS] compile-time option.
+** <li> An alternative page cache implementation is specified using
+**      [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2],...).
+** <li> The page cache allocates from its own memory pool supplied
+**      by [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE],...) rather than
+**      from the heap.
+** </ul>)^
+**
+** Beginning with SQLite version 3.7.3, the soft heap limit is enforced
+** regardless of whether or not the [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT]
+** compile-time option is invoked.  With [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT],
+** the soft heap limit is enforced on every memory allocation.  Without
+** [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT], the soft heap limit is only enforced
+** when memory is allocated by the page cache.  Testing suggests that because
+** the page cache is the predominate memory user in SQLite, most
+** applications will achieve adequate soft heap limit enforcement without
+** the use of [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT].
+**
+** The circumstances under which SQLite will enforce the soft heap limit may
+** changes in future releases of SQLite.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(sqlite3_int64 N);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Deprecated Soft Heap Limit Interface
+** DEPRECATED
+**
+** This is a deprecated version of the [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64()]
+** interface.  This routine is provided for historical compatibility
+** only.  All new applications should use the
+** [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64()] interface rather than this one.
+*/
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(int N);
+
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Extract Metadata About A Column Of A Table
+**
+** ^This routine returns metadata about a specific column of a specific
+** database table accessible using the [database connection] handle
+** passed as the first function argument.
+**
+** ^The column is identified by the second, third and fourth parameters to
+** this function. ^The second parameter is either the name of the database
+** (i.e. "main", "temp", or an attached database) containing the specified
+** table or NULL. ^If it is NULL, then all attached databases are searched
+** for the table using the same algorithm used by the database engine to
+** resolve unqualified table references.
+**
+** ^The third and fourth parameters to this function are the table and column
+** name of the desired column, respectively. Neither of these parameters
+** may be NULL.
+**
+** ^Metadata is returned by writing to the memory locations passed as the 5th
+** and subsequent parameters to this function. ^Any of these arguments may be
+** NULL, in which case the corresponding element of metadata is omitted.
+**
+** ^(<blockquote>
+** <table border="1">
+** <tr><th> Parameter <th> Output<br>Type <th>  Description
+**
+** <tr><td> 5th <td> const char* <td> Data type
+** <tr><td> 6th <td> const char* <td> Name of default collation sequence
+** <tr><td> 7th <td> int         <td> True if column has a NOT NULL constraint
+** <tr><td> 8th <td> int         <td> True if column is part of the PRIMARY KEY
+** <tr><td> 9th <td> int         <td> True if column is [AUTOINCREMENT]
+** </table>
+** </blockquote>)^
+**
+** ^The memory pointed to by the character pointers returned for the
+** declaration type and collation sequence is valid only until the next
+** call to any SQLite API function.
+**
+** ^If the specified table is actually a view, an [error code] is returned.
+**
+** ^If the specified column is "rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" and an
+** [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] column has been explicitly declared, then the output
+** parameters are set for the explicitly declared column. ^(If there is no
+** explicitly declared [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] column, then the output
+** parameters are set as follows:
+**
+** <pre>
+**     data type: "INTEGER"
+**     collation sequence: "BINARY"
+**     not null: 0
+**     primary key: 1
+**     auto increment: 0
+** </pre>)^
+**
+** ^(This function may load one or more schemas from database files. If an
+** error occurs during this process, or if the requested table or column
+** cannot be found, an [error code] is returned and an error message left
+** in the [database connection] (to be retrieved using sqlite3_errmsg()).)^
+**
+** ^This API is only available if the library was compiled with the
+** [SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA] C-preprocessor symbol defined.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_table_column_metadata(
+  sqlite3 *db,                /* Connection handle */
+  const char *zDbName,        /* Database name or NULL */
+  const char *zTableName,     /* Table name */
+  const char *zColumnName,    /* Column name */
+  char const **pzDataType,    /* OUTPUT: Declared data type */
+  char const **pzCollSeq,     /* OUTPUT: Collation sequence name */
+  int *pNotNull,              /* OUTPUT: True if NOT NULL constraint exists */
+  int *pPrimaryKey,           /* OUTPUT: True if column part of PK */
+  int *pAutoinc               /* OUTPUT: True if column is auto-increment */
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Load An Extension
+**
+** ^This interface loads an SQLite extension library from the named file.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_load_extension() interface attempts to load an
+** SQLite extension library contained in the file zFile.
+**
+** ^The entry point is zProc.
+** ^zProc may be 0, in which case the name of the entry point
+** defaults to "sqlite3_extension_init".
+** ^The sqlite3_load_extension() interface returns
+** [SQLITE_OK] on success and [SQLITE_ERROR] if something goes wrong.
+** ^If an error occurs and pzErrMsg is not 0, then the
+** [sqlite3_load_extension()] interface shall attempt to
+** fill *pzErrMsg with error message text stored in memory
+** obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()]. The calling function
+** should free this memory by calling [sqlite3_free()].
+**
+** ^Extension loading must be enabled using
+** [sqlite3_enable_load_extension()] prior to calling this API,
+** otherwise an error will be returned.
+**
+** See also the [load_extension() SQL function].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_load_extension(
+  sqlite3 *db,          /* Load the extension into this database connection */
+  const char *zFile,    /* Name of the shared library containing extension */
+  const char *zProc,    /* Entry point.  Derived from zFile if 0 */
+  char **pzErrMsg       /* Put error message here if not 0 */
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extension Loading
+**
+** ^So as not to open security holes in older applications that are
+** unprepared to deal with extension loading, and as a means of disabling
+** extension loading while evaluating user-entered SQL, the following API
+** is provided to turn the [sqlite3_load_extension()] mechanism on and off.
+**
+** ^Extension loading is off by default. See ticket #1863.
+** ^Call the sqlite3_enable_load_extension() routine with onoff==1
+** to turn extension loading on and call it with onoff==0 to turn
+** it back off again.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_load_extension(sqlite3 *db, int onoff);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Automatically Load Statically Linked Extensions
+**
+** ^This interface causes the xEntryPoint() function to be invoked for
+** each new [database connection] that is created.  The idea here is that
+** xEntryPoint() is the entry point for a statically linked SQLite extension
+** that is to be automatically loaded into all new database connections.
+**
+** ^(Even though the function prototype shows that xEntryPoint() takes
+** no arguments and returns void, SQLite invokes xEntryPoint() with three
+** arguments and expects and integer result as if the signature of the
+** entry point where as follows:
+**
+** <blockquote><pre>
+** &nbsp;  int xEntryPoint(
+** &nbsp;    sqlite3 *db,
+** &nbsp;    const char **pzErrMsg,
+** &nbsp;    const struct sqlite3_api_routines *pThunk
+** &nbsp;  );
+** </pre></blockquote>)^
+**
+** If the xEntryPoint routine encounters an error, it should make *pzErrMsg
+** point to an appropriate error message (obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()])
+** and return an appropriate [error code].  ^SQLite ensures that *pzErrMsg
+** is NULL before calling the xEntryPoint().  ^SQLite will invoke
+** [sqlite3_free()] on *pzErrMsg after xEntryPoint() returns.  ^If any
+** xEntryPoint() returns an error, the [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()],
+** or [sqlite3_open_v2()] call that provoked the xEntryPoint() will fail.
+**
+** ^Calling sqlite3_auto_extension(X) with an entry point X that is already
+** on the list of automatic extensions is a harmless no-op. ^No entry point
+** will be called more than once for each database connection that is opened.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_reset_auto_extension()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_auto_extension(void (*xEntryPoint)(void));
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Reset Automatic Extension Loading
+**
+** ^This interface disables all automatic extensions previously
+** registered using [sqlite3_auto_extension()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_reset_auto_extension(void);
+
+/*
+** The interface to the virtual-table mechanism is currently considered
+** to be experimental.  The interface might change in incompatible ways.
+** If this is a problem for you, do not use the interface at this time.
+**
+** When the virtual-table mechanism stabilizes, we will declare the
+** interface fixed, support it indefinitely, and remove this comment.
+*/
+
+/*
+** Structures used by the virtual table interface
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_vtab sqlite3_vtab;
+typedef struct sqlite3_index_info sqlite3_index_info;
+typedef struct sqlite3_vtab_cursor sqlite3_vtab_cursor;
+typedef struct sqlite3_module sqlite3_module;
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Object
+** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_module {virtual table module}
+**
+** This structure, sometimes called a "virtual table module", 
+** defines the implementation of a [virtual tables].  
+** This structure consists mostly of methods for the module.
+**
+** ^A virtual table module is created by filling in a persistent
+** instance of this structure and passing a pointer to that instance
+** to [sqlite3_create_module()] or [sqlite3_create_module_v2()].
+** ^The registration remains valid until it is replaced by a different
+** module or until the [database connection] closes.  The content
+** of this structure must not change while it is registered with
+** any database connection.
+*/
+struct sqlite3_module {
+  int iVersion;
+  int (*xCreate)(sqlite3*, void *pAux,
+               int argc, const char *const*argv,
+               sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, char**);
+  int (*xConnect)(sqlite3*, void *pAux,
+               int argc, const char *const*argv,
+               sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, char**);
+  int (*xBestIndex)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_index_info*);
+  int (*xDisconnect)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
+  int (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
+  int (*xOpen)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor);
+  int (*xClose)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*);
+  int (*xFilter)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, int idxNum, const char *idxStr,
+                int argc, sqlite3_value **argv);
+  int (*xNext)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*);
+  int (*xEof)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*);
+  int (*xColumn)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, sqlite3_context*, int);
+  int (*xRowid)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, sqlite3_int64 *pRowid);
+  int (*xUpdate)(sqlite3_vtab *, int, sqlite3_value **, sqlite3_int64 *);
+  int (*xBegin)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
+  int (*xSync)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
+  int (*xCommit)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
+  int (*xRollback)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
+  int (*xFindFunction)(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int nArg, const char *zName,
+                       void (**pxFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+                       void **ppArg);
+  int (*xRename)(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, const char *zNew);
+  /* The methods above are in version 1 of the sqlite_module object. Those 
+  ** below are for version 2 and greater. */
+  int (*xSavepoint)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int);
+  int (*xRelease)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int);
+  int (*xRollbackTo)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int);
+};
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Indexing Information
+** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_index_info
+**
+** The sqlite3_index_info structure and its substructures is used as part
+** of the [virtual table] interface to
+** pass information into and receive the reply from the [xBestIndex]
+** method of a [virtual table module].  The fields under **Inputs** are the
+** inputs to xBestIndex and are read-only.  xBestIndex inserts its
+** results into the **Outputs** fields.
+**
+** ^(The aConstraint[] array records WHERE clause constraints of the form:
+**
+** <blockquote>column OP expr</blockquote>
+**
+** where OP is =, &lt;, &lt;=, &gt;, or &gt;=.)^  ^(The particular operator is
+** stored in aConstraint[].op using one of the
+** [SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ | SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ values].)^
+** ^(The index of the column is stored in
+** aConstraint[].iColumn.)^  ^(aConstraint[].usable is TRUE if the
+** expr on the right-hand side can be evaluated (and thus the constraint
+** is usable) and false if it cannot.)^
+**
+** ^The optimizer automatically inverts terms of the form "expr OP column"
+** and makes other simplifications to the WHERE clause in an attempt to
+** get as many WHERE clause terms into the form shown above as possible.
+** ^The aConstraint[] array only reports WHERE clause terms that are
+** relevant to the particular virtual table being queried.
+**
+** ^Information about the ORDER BY clause is stored in aOrderBy[].
+** ^Each term of aOrderBy records a column of the ORDER BY clause.
+**
+** The [xBestIndex] method must fill aConstraintUsage[] with information
+** about what parameters to pass to xFilter.  ^If argvIndex>0 then
+** the right-hand side of the corresponding aConstraint[] is evaluated
+** and becomes the argvIndex-th entry in argv.  ^(If aConstraintUsage[].omit
+** is true, then the constraint is assumed to be fully handled by the
+** virtual table and is not checked again by SQLite.)^
+**
+** ^The idxNum and idxPtr values are recorded and passed into the
+** [xFilter] method.
+** ^[sqlite3_free()] is used to free idxPtr if and only if
+** needToFreeIdxPtr is true.
+**
+** ^The orderByConsumed means that output from [xFilter]/[xNext] will occur in
+** the correct order to satisfy the ORDER BY clause so that no separate
+** sorting step is required.
+**
+** ^The estimatedCost value is an estimate of the cost of doing the
+** particular lookup.  A full scan of a table with N entries should have
+** a cost of N.  A binary search of a table of N entries should have a
+** cost of approximately log(N).
+*/
+struct sqlite3_index_info {
+  /* Inputs */
+  int nConstraint;           /* Number of entries in aConstraint */
+  struct sqlite3_index_constraint {
+     int iColumn;              /* Column on left-hand side of constraint */
+     unsigned char op;         /* Constraint operator */
+     unsigned char usable;     /* True if this constraint is usable */
+     int iTermOffset;          /* Used internally - xBestIndex should ignore */
+  } *aConstraint;            /* Table of WHERE clause constraints */
+  int nOrderBy;              /* Number of terms in the ORDER BY clause */
+  struct sqlite3_index_orderby {
+     int iColumn;              /* Column number */
+     unsigned char desc;       /* True for DESC.  False for ASC. */
+  } *aOrderBy;               /* The ORDER BY clause */
+  /* Outputs */
+  struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage {
+    int argvIndex;           /* if >0, constraint is part of argv to xFilter */
+    unsigned char omit;      /* Do not code a test for this constraint */
+  } *aConstraintUsage;
+  int idxNum;                /* Number used to identify the index */
+  char *idxStr;              /* String, possibly obtained from sqlite3_malloc */
+  int needToFreeIdxStr;      /* Free idxStr using sqlite3_free() if true */
+  int orderByConsumed;       /* True if output is already ordered */
+  double estimatedCost;      /* Estimated cost of using this index */
+};
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Constraint Operator Codes
+**
+** These macros defined the allowed values for the
+** [sqlite3_index_info].aConstraint[].op field.  Each value represents
+** an operator that is part of a constraint term in the wHERE clause of
+** a query that uses a [virtual table].
+*/
+#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ    2
+#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT    4
+#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE    8
+#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT    16
+#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE    32
+#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH 64
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Register A Virtual Table Implementation
+**
+** ^These routines are used to register a new [virtual table module] name.
+** ^Module names must be registered before
+** creating a new [virtual table] using the module and before using a
+** preexisting [virtual table] for the module.
+**
+** ^The module name is registered on the [database connection] specified
+** by the first parameter.  ^The name of the module is given by the 
+** second parameter.  ^The third parameter is a pointer to
+** the implementation of the [virtual table module].   ^The fourth
+** parameter is an arbitrary client data pointer that is passed through
+** into the [xCreate] and [xConnect] methods of the virtual table module
+** when a new virtual table is be being created or reinitialized.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_create_module_v2() interface has a fifth parameter which
+** is a pointer to a destructor for the pClientData.  ^SQLite will
+** invoke the destructor function (if it is not NULL) when SQLite
+** no longer needs the pClientData pointer.  ^The destructor will also
+** be invoked if the call to sqlite3_create_module_v2() fails.
+** ^The sqlite3_create_module()
+** interface is equivalent to sqlite3_create_module_v2() with a NULL
+** destructor.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module(
+  sqlite3 *db,               /* SQLite connection to register module with */
+  const char *zName,         /* Name of the module */
+  const sqlite3_module *p,   /* Methods for the module */
+  void *pClientData          /* Client data for xCreate/xConnect */
+);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module_v2(
+  sqlite3 *db,               /* SQLite connection to register module with */
+  const char *zName,         /* Name of the module */
+  const sqlite3_module *p,   /* Methods for the module */
+  void *pClientData,         /* Client data for xCreate/xConnect */
+  void(*xDestroy)(void*)     /* Module destructor function */
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Instance Object
+** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_vtab
+**
+** Every [virtual table module] implementation uses a subclass
+** of this object to describe a particular instance
+** of the [virtual table].  Each subclass will
+** be tailored to the specific needs of the module implementation.
+** The purpose of this superclass is to define certain fields that are
+** common to all module implementations.
+**
+** ^Virtual tables methods can set an error message by assigning a
+** string obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()] to zErrMsg.  The method should
+** take care that any prior string is freed by a call to [sqlite3_free()]
+** prior to assigning a new string to zErrMsg.  ^After the error message
+** is delivered up to the client application, the string will be automatically
+** freed by sqlite3_free() and the zErrMsg field will be zeroed.
+*/
+struct sqlite3_vtab {
+  const sqlite3_module *pModule;  /* The module for this virtual table */
+  int nRef;                       /* NO LONGER USED */
+  char *zErrMsg;                  /* Error message from sqlite3_mprintf() */
+  /* Virtual table implementations will typically add additional fields */
+};
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Cursor Object
+** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_vtab_cursor {virtual table cursor}
+**
+** Every [virtual table module] implementation uses a subclass of the
+** following structure to describe cursors that point into the
+** [virtual table] and are used
+** to loop through the virtual table.  Cursors are created using the
+** [sqlite3_module.xOpen | xOpen] method of the module and are destroyed
+** by the [sqlite3_module.xClose | xClose] method.  Cursors are used
+** by the [xFilter], [xNext], [xEof], [xColumn], and [xRowid] methods
+** of the module.  Each module implementation will define
+** the content of a cursor structure to suit its own needs.
+**
+** This superclass exists in order to define fields of the cursor that
+** are common to all implementations.
+*/
+struct sqlite3_vtab_cursor {
+  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;      /* Virtual table of this cursor */
+  /* Virtual table implementations will typically add additional fields */
+};
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Declare The Schema Of A Virtual Table
+**
+** ^The [xCreate] and [xConnect] methods of a
+** [virtual table module] call this interface
+** to declare the format (the names and datatypes of the columns) of
+** the virtual tables they implement.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_declare_vtab(sqlite3*, const char *zSQL);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Overload A Function For A Virtual Table
+**
+** ^(Virtual tables can provide alternative implementations of functions
+** using the [xFindFunction] method of the [virtual table module].  
+** But global versions of those functions
+** must exist in order to be overloaded.)^
+**
+** ^(This API makes sure a global version of a function with a particular
+** name and number of parameters exists.  If no such function exists
+** before this API is called, a new function is created.)^  ^The implementation
+** of the new function always causes an exception to be thrown.  So
+** the new function is not good for anything by itself.  Its only
+** purpose is to be a placeholder function that can be overloaded
+** by a [virtual table].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_overload_function(sqlite3*, const char *zFuncName, int nArg);
+
+/*
+** The interface to the virtual-table mechanism defined above (back up
+** to a comment remarkably similar to this one) is currently considered
+** to be experimental.  The interface might change in incompatible ways.
+** If this is a problem for you, do not use the interface at this time.
+**
+** When the virtual-table mechanism stabilizes, we will declare the
+** interface fixed, support it indefinitely, and remove this comment.
+*/
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: A Handle To An Open BLOB
+** KEYWORDS: {BLOB handle} {BLOB handles}
+**
+** An instance of this object represents an open BLOB on which
+** [sqlite3_blob_open | incremental BLOB I/O] can be performed.
+** ^Objects of this type are created by [sqlite3_blob_open()]
+** and destroyed by [sqlite3_blob_close()].
+** ^The [sqlite3_blob_read()] and [sqlite3_blob_write()] interfaces
+** can be used to read or write small subsections of the BLOB.
+** ^The [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface returns the size of the BLOB in bytes.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_blob sqlite3_blob;
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Open A BLOB For Incremental I/O
+**
+** ^(This interfaces opens a [BLOB handle | handle] to the BLOB located
+** in row iRow, column zColumn, table zTable in database zDb;
+** in other words, the same BLOB that would be selected by:
+**
+** <pre>
+**     SELECT zColumn FROM zDb.zTable WHERE [rowid] = iRow;
+** </pre>)^
+**
+** ^If the flags parameter is non-zero, then the BLOB is opened for read
+** and write access. ^If it is zero, the BLOB is opened for read access.
+** ^It is not possible to open a column that is part of an index or primary 
+** key for writing. ^If [foreign key constraints] are enabled, it is 
+** not possible to open a column that is part of a [child key] for writing.
+**
+** ^Note that the database name is not the filename that contains
+** the database but rather the symbolic name of the database that
+** appears after the AS keyword when the database is connected using [ATTACH].
+** ^For the main database file, the database name is "main".
+** ^For TEMP tables, the database name is "temp".
+**
+** ^(On success, [SQLITE_OK] is returned and the new [BLOB handle] is written
+** to *ppBlob. Otherwise an [error code] is returned and *ppBlob is set
+** to be a null pointer.)^
+** ^This function sets the [database connection] error code and message
+** accessible via [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()] and related
+** functions. ^Note that the *ppBlob variable is always initialized in a
+** way that makes it safe to invoke [sqlite3_blob_close()] on *ppBlob
+** regardless of the success or failure of this routine.
+**
+** ^(If the row that a BLOB handle points to is modified by an
+** [UPDATE], [DELETE], or by [ON CONFLICT] side-effects
+** then the BLOB handle is marked as "expired".
+** This is true if any column of the row is changed, even a column
+** other than the one the BLOB handle is open on.)^
+** ^Calls to [sqlite3_blob_read()] and [sqlite3_blob_write()] for
+** an expired BLOB handle fail with a return code of [SQLITE_ABORT].
+** ^(Changes written into a BLOB prior to the BLOB expiring are not
+** rolled back by the expiration of the BLOB.  Such changes will eventually
+** commit if the transaction continues to completion.)^
+**
+** ^Use the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface to determine the size of
+** the opened blob.  ^The size of a blob may not be changed by this
+** interface.  Use the [UPDATE] SQL command to change the size of a
+** blob.
+**
+** ^The [sqlite3_bind_zeroblob()] and [sqlite3_result_zeroblob()] interfaces
+** and the built-in [zeroblob] SQL function can be used, if desired,
+** to create an empty, zero-filled blob in which to read or write using
+** this interface.
+**
+** To avoid a resource leak, every open [BLOB handle] should eventually
+** be released by a call to [sqlite3_blob_close()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_open(
+  sqlite3*,
+  const char *zDb,
+  const char *zTable,
+  const char *zColumn,
+  sqlite3_int64 iRow,
+  int flags,
+  sqlite3_blob **ppBlob
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Move a BLOB Handle to a New Row
+**
+** ^This function is used to move an existing blob handle so that it points
+** to a different row of the same database table. ^The new row is identified
+** by the rowid value passed as the second argument. Only the row can be
+** changed. ^The database, table and column on which the blob handle is open
+** remain the same. Moving an existing blob handle to a new row can be
+** faster than closing the existing handle and opening a new one.
+**
+** ^(The new row must meet the same criteria as for [sqlite3_blob_open()] -
+** it must exist and there must be either a blob or text value stored in
+** the nominated column.)^ ^If the new row is not present in the table, or if
+** it does not contain a blob or text value, or if another error occurs, an
+** SQLite error code is returned and the blob handle is considered aborted.
+** ^All subsequent calls to [sqlite3_blob_read()], [sqlite3_blob_write()] or
+** [sqlite3_blob_reopen()] on an aborted blob handle immediately return
+** SQLITE_ABORT. ^Calling [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] on an aborted blob handle
+** always returns zero.
+**
+** ^This function sets the database handle error code and message.
+*/
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_blob_reopen(sqlite3_blob *, sqlite3_int64);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Close A BLOB Handle
+**
+** ^Closes an open [BLOB handle].
+**
+** ^Closing a BLOB shall cause the current transaction to commit
+** if there are no other BLOBs, no pending prepared statements, and the
+** database connection is in [autocommit mode].
+** ^If any writes were made to the BLOB, they might be held in cache
+** until the close operation if they will fit.
+**
+** ^(Closing the BLOB often forces the changes
+** out to disk and so if any I/O errors occur, they will likely occur
+** at the time when the BLOB is closed.  Any errors that occur during
+** closing are reported as a non-zero return value.)^
+**
+** ^(The BLOB is closed unconditionally.  Even if this routine returns
+** an error code, the BLOB is still closed.)^
+**
+** ^Calling this routine with a null pointer (such as would be returned
+** by a failed call to [sqlite3_blob_open()]) is a harmless no-op.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_close(sqlite3_blob *);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Return The Size Of An Open BLOB
+**
+** ^Returns the size in bytes of the BLOB accessible via the 
+** successfully opened [BLOB handle] in its only argument.  ^The
+** incremental blob I/O routines can only read or overwriting existing
+** blob content; they cannot change the size of a blob.
+**
+** This routine only works on a [BLOB handle] which has been created
+** by a prior successful call to [sqlite3_blob_open()] and which has not
+** been closed by [sqlite3_blob_close()].  Passing any other pointer in
+** to this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable behavior.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_bytes(sqlite3_blob *);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Read Data From A BLOB Incrementally
+**
+** ^(This function is used to read data from an open [BLOB handle] into a
+** caller-supplied buffer. N bytes of data are copied into buffer Z
+** from the open BLOB, starting at offset iOffset.)^
+**
+** ^If offset iOffset is less than N bytes from the end of the BLOB,
+** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is read.  ^If N or iOffset is
+** less than zero, [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is read.
+** ^The size of the blob (and hence the maximum value of N+iOffset)
+** can be determined using the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface.
+**
+** ^An attempt to read from an expired [BLOB handle] fails with an
+** error code of [SQLITE_ABORT].
+**
+** ^(On success, sqlite3_blob_read() returns SQLITE_OK.
+** Otherwise, an [error code] or an [extended error code] is returned.)^
+**
+** This routine only works on a [BLOB handle] which has been created
+** by a prior successful call to [sqlite3_blob_open()] and which has not
+** been closed by [sqlite3_blob_close()].  Passing any other pointer in
+** to this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable behavior.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_blob_write()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_read(sqlite3_blob *, void *Z, int N, int iOffset);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Write Data Into A BLOB Incrementally
+**
+** ^This function is used to write data into an open [BLOB handle] from a
+** caller-supplied buffer. ^N bytes of data are copied from the buffer Z
+** into the open BLOB, starting at offset iOffset.
+**
+** ^If the [BLOB handle] passed as the first argument was not opened for
+** writing (the flags parameter to [sqlite3_blob_open()] was zero),
+** this function returns [SQLITE_READONLY].
+**
+** ^This function may only modify the contents of the BLOB; it is
+** not possible to increase the size of a BLOB using this API.
+** ^If offset iOffset is less than N bytes from the end of the BLOB,
+** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written.  ^If N is
+** less than zero [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written.
+** The size of the BLOB (and hence the maximum value of N+iOffset)
+** can be determined using the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface.
+**
+** ^An attempt to write to an expired [BLOB handle] fails with an
+** error code of [SQLITE_ABORT].  ^Writes to the BLOB that occurred
+** before the [BLOB handle] expired are not rolled back by the
+** expiration of the handle, though of course those changes might
+** have been overwritten by the statement that expired the BLOB handle
+** or by other independent statements.
+**
+** ^(On success, sqlite3_blob_write() returns SQLITE_OK.
+** Otherwise, an  [error code] or an [extended error code] is returned.)^
+**
+** This routine only works on a [BLOB handle] which has been created
+** by a prior successful call to [sqlite3_blob_open()] and which has not
+** been closed by [sqlite3_blob_close()].  Passing any other pointer in
+** to this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable behavior.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_blob_read()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_write(sqlite3_blob *, const void *z, int n, int iOffset);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Virtual File System Objects
+**
+** A virtual filesystem (VFS) is an [sqlite3_vfs] object
+** that SQLite uses to interact
+** with the underlying operating system.  Most SQLite builds come with a
+** single default VFS that is appropriate for the host computer.
+** New VFSes can be registered and existing VFSes can be unregistered.
+** The following interfaces are provided.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_vfs_find() interface returns a pointer to a VFS given its name.
+** ^Names are case sensitive.
+** ^Names are zero-terminated UTF-8 strings.
+** ^If there is no match, a NULL pointer is returned.
+** ^If zVfsName is NULL then the default VFS is returned.
+**
+** ^New VFSes are registered with sqlite3_vfs_register().
+** ^Each new VFS becomes the default VFS if the makeDflt flag is set.
+** ^The same VFS can be registered multiple times without injury.
+** ^To make an existing VFS into the default VFS, register it again
+** with the makeDflt flag set.  If two different VFSes with the
+** same name are registered, the behavior is undefined.  If a
+** VFS is registered with a name that is NULL or an empty string,
+** then the behavior is undefined.
+**
+** ^Unregister a VFS with the sqlite3_vfs_unregister() interface.
+** ^(If the default VFS is unregistered, another VFS is chosen as
+** the default.  The choice for the new VFS is arbitrary.)^
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3_vfs_find(const char *zVfsName);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_register(sqlite3_vfs*, int makeDflt);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Mutexes
+**
+** The SQLite core uses these routines for thread
+** synchronization. Though they are intended for internal
+** use by SQLite, code that links against SQLite is
+** permitted to use any of these routines.
+**
+** The SQLite source code contains multiple implementations
+** of these mutex routines.  An appropriate implementation
+** is selected automatically at compile-time.  ^(The following
+** implementations are available in the SQLite core:
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li>   SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS
+** <li>   SQLITE_MUTEX_W32
+** <li>   SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
+** </ul>)^
+**
+** ^The SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP implementation is a set of routines
+** that does no real locking and is appropriate for use in
+** a single-threaded application.  ^The SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS and
+** SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 implementations are appropriate for use on Unix
+** and Windows.
+**
+** ^(If SQLite is compiled with the SQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF preprocessor
+** macro defined (with "-DSQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF=1"), then no mutex
+** implementation is included with the library. In this case the
+** application must supply a custom mutex implementation using the
+** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX] option of the sqlite3_config() function
+** before calling sqlite3_initialize() or any other public sqlite3_
+** function that calls sqlite3_initialize().)^
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new
+** mutex and returns a pointer to it. ^If it returns NULL
+** that means that a mutex could not be allocated.  ^SQLite
+** will unwind its stack and return an error.  ^(The argument
+** to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() is one of these integer constants:
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2
+** </ul>)^
+**
+** ^The first two constants (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST and SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE)
+** cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create
+** a new mutex.  ^The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
+** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used.
+** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction
+** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does
+** not want to.  ^SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in
+** cases where it really needs one.  ^If a faster non-recursive mutex
+** implementation is available on the host platform, the mutex subsystem
+** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST.
+**
+** ^The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() (anything other
+** than SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST and SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) each return
+** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex.  ^Six static mutexes are
+** used by the current version of SQLite.  Future versions of SQLite
+** may add additional static mutexes.  Static mutexes are for internal
+** use by SQLite only.  Applications that use SQLite mutexes should
+** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or
+** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE.
+**
+** ^Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
+** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc()
+** returns a different mutex on every call.  ^But for the static
+** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has
+** the same type number.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_mutex_free() routine deallocates a previously
+** allocated dynamic mutex.  ^SQLite is careful to deallocate every
+** dynamic mutex that it allocates.  The dynamic mutexes must not be in
+** use when they are deallocated.  Attempting to deallocate a static
+** mutex results in undefined behavior.  ^SQLite never deallocates
+** a static mutex.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt
+** to enter a mutex.  ^If another thread is already within the mutex,
+** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return
+** SQLITE_BUSY.  ^The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns [SQLITE_OK]
+** upon successful entry.  ^(Mutexes created using
+** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can be entered multiple times by the same thread.
+** In such cases the,
+** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread
+** can enter.)^  ^(If the same thread tries to enter any other
+** kind of mutex more than once, the behavior is undefined.
+** SQLite will never exhibit
+** such behavior in its own use of mutexes.)^
+**
+** ^(Some systems (for example, Windows 95) do not support the operation
+** implemented by sqlite3_mutex_try().  On those systems, sqlite3_mutex_try()
+** will always return SQLITE_BUSY.  The SQLite core only ever uses
+** sqlite3_mutex_try() as an optimization so this is acceptable behavior.)^
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was
+** previously entered by the same thread.   ^(The behavior
+** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered by the
+** calling thread or is not currently allocated.  SQLite will
+** never do either.)^
+**
+** ^If the argument to sqlite3_mutex_enter(), sqlite3_mutex_try(), or
+** sqlite3_mutex_leave() is a NULL pointer, then all three routines
+** behave as no-ops.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_mutex_held()] and [sqlite3_mutex_notheld()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_mutex_alloc(int);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3_mutex*);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_mutex*);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_try(sqlite3_mutex*);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Mutex Methods Object
+**
+** An instance of this structure defines the low-level routines
+** used to allocate and use mutexes.
+**
+** Usually, the default mutex implementations provided by SQLite are
+** sufficient, however the user has the option of substituting a custom
+** implementation for specialized deployments or systems for which SQLite
+** does not provide a suitable implementation. In this case, the user
+** creates and populates an instance of this structure to pass
+** to sqlite3_config() along with the [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX] option.
+** Additionally, an instance of this structure can be used as an
+** output variable when querying the system for the current mutex
+** implementation, using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX] option.
+**
+** ^The xMutexInit method defined by this structure is invoked as
+** part of system initialization by the sqlite3_initialize() function.
+** ^The xMutexInit routine is called by SQLite exactly once for each
+** effective call to [sqlite3_initialize()].
+**
+** ^The xMutexEnd method defined by this structure is invoked as
+** part of system shutdown by the sqlite3_shutdown() function. The
+** implementation of this method is expected to release all outstanding
+** resources obtained by the mutex methods implementation, especially
+** those obtained by the xMutexInit method.  ^The xMutexEnd()
+** interface is invoked exactly once for each call to [sqlite3_shutdown()].
+**
+** ^(The remaining seven methods defined by this structure (xMutexAlloc,
+** xMutexFree, xMutexEnter, xMutexTry, xMutexLeave, xMutexHeld and
+** xMutexNotheld) implement the following interfaces (respectively):
+**
+** <ul>
+**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()] </li>
+**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_free()] </li>
+**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_enter()] </li>
+**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_try()] </li>
+**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_leave()] </li>
+**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_held()] </li>
+**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_notheld()] </li>
+** </ul>)^
+**
+** The only difference is that the public sqlite3_XXX functions enumerated
+** above silently ignore any invocations that pass a NULL pointer instead
+** of a valid mutex handle. The implementations of the methods defined
+** by this structure are not required to handle this case, the results
+** of passing a NULL pointer instead of a valid mutex handle are undefined
+** (i.e. it is acceptable to provide an implementation that segfaults if
+** it is passed a NULL pointer).
+**
+** The xMutexInit() method must be threadsafe.  ^It must be harmless to
+** invoke xMutexInit() multiple times within the same process and without
+** intervening calls to xMutexEnd().  Second and subsequent calls to
+** xMutexInit() must be no-ops.
+**
+** ^xMutexInit() must not use SQLite memory allocation ([sqlite3_malloc()]
+** and its associates).  ^Similarly, xMutexAlloc() must not use SQLite memory
+** allocation for a static mutex.  ^However xMutexAlloc() may use SQLite
+** memory allocation for a fast or recursive mutex.
+**
+** ^SQLite will invoke the xMutexEnd() method when [sqlite3_shutdown()] is
+** called, but only if the prior call to xMutexInit returned SQLITE_OK.
+** If xMutexInit fails in any way, it is expected to clean up after itself
+** prior to returning.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_mutex_methods sqlite3_mutex_methods;
+struct sqlite3_mutex_methods {
+  int (*xMutexInit)(void);
+  int (*xMutexEnd)(void);
+  sqlite3_mutex *(*xMutexAlloc)(int);
+  void (*xMutexFree)(sqlite3_mutex *);
+  void (*xMutexEnter)(sqlite3_mutex *);
+  int (*xMutexTry)(sqlite3_mutex *);
+  void (*xMutexLeave)(sqlite3_mutex *);
+  int (*xMutexHeld)(sqlite3_mutex *);
+  int (*xMutexNotheld)(sqlite3_mutex *);
+};
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Mutex Verification Routines
+**
+** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routines
+** are intended for use inside assert() statements.  ^The SQLite core
+** never uses these routines except inside an assert() and applications
+** are advised to follow the lead of the core.  ^The SQLite core only
+** provides implementations for these routines when it is compiled
+** with the SQLITE_DEBUG flag.  ^External mutex implementations
+** are only required to provide these routines if SQLITE_DEBUG is
+** defined and if NDEBUG is not defined.
+**
+** ^These routines should return true if the mutex in their argument
+** is held or not held, respectively, by the calling thread.
+**
+** ^The implementation is not required to provide versions of these
+** routines that actually work. If the implementation does not provide working
+** versions of these routines, it should at least provide stubs that always
+** return true so that one does not get spurious assertion failures.
+**
+** ^If the argument to sqlite3_mutex_held() is a NULL pointer then
+** the routine should return 1.   This seems counter-intuitive since
+** clearly the mutex cannot be held if it does not exist.  But
+** the reason the mutex does not exist is because the build is not
+** using mutexes.  And we do not want the assert() containing the
+** call to sqlite3_mutex_held() to fail, so a non-zero return is
+** the appropriate thing to do.  ^The sqlite3_mutex_notheld()
+** interface should also return 1 when given a NULL pointer.
+*/
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3_mutex*);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex*);
+#endif
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Mutex Types
+**
+** The [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()] interface takes a single argument
+** which is one of these integer constants.
+**
+** The set of static mutexes may change from one SQLite release to the
+** next.  Applications that override the built-in mutex logic must be
+** prepared to accommodate additional static mutexes.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST             0
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE        1
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER    2
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM       3  /* sqlite3_malloc() */
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2      4  /* NOT USED */
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN      4  /* sqlite3BtreeOpen() */
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG      5  /* sqlite3_random() */
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU       6  /* lru page list */
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2      7  /* NOT USED */
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM      7  /* sqlite3PageMalloc() */
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Retrieve the mutex for a database connection
+**
+** ^This interface returns a pointer the [sqlite3_mutex] object that 
+** serializes access to the [database connection] given in the argument
+** when the [threading mode] is Serialized.
+** ^If the [threading mode] is Single-thread or Multi-thread then this
+** routine returns a NULL pointer.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_db_mutex(sqlite3*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Low-Level Control Of Database Files
+**
+** ^The [sqlite3_file_control()] interface makes a direct call to the
+** xFileControl method for the [sqlite3_io_methods] object associated
+** with a particular database identified by the second argument. ^The
+** name of the database is "main" for the main database or "temp" for the
+** TEMP database, or the name that appears after the AS keyword for
+** databases that are added using the [ATTACH] SQL command.
+** ^A NULL pointer can be used in place of "main" to refer to the
+** main database file.
+** ^The third and fourth parameters to this routine
+** are passed directly through to the second and third parameters of
+** the xFileControl method.  ^The return value of the xFileControl
+** method becomes the return value of this routine.
+**
+** ^The SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER value for the op parameter causes
+** a pointer to the underlying [sqlite3_file] object to be written into
+** the space pointed to by the 4th parameter.  ^The SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER
+** case is a short-circuit path which does not actually invoke the
+** underlying sqlite3_io_methods.xFileControl method.
+**
+** ^If the second parameter (zDbName) does not match the name of any
+** open database file, then SQLITE_ERROR is returned.  ^This error
+** code is not remembered and will not be recalled by [sqlite3_errcode()]
+** or [sqlite3_errmsg()].  The underlying xFileControl method might
+** also return SQLITE_ERROR.  There is no way to distinguish between
+** an incorrect zDbName and an SQLITE_ERROR return from the underlying
+** xFileControl method.
+**
+** See also: [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE]
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_file_control(sqlite3*, const char *zDbName, int op, void*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Testing Interface
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_test_control() interface is used to read out internal
+** state of SQLite and to inject faults into SQLite for testing
+** purposes.  ^The first parameter is an operation code that determines
+** the number, meaning, and operation of all subsequent parameters.
+**
+** This interface is not for use by applications.  It exists solely
+** for verifying the correct operation of the SQLite library.  Depending
+** on how the SQLite library is compiled, this interface might not exist.
+**
+** The details of the operation codes, their meanings, the parameters
+** they take, and what they do are all subject to change without notice.
+** Unlike most of the SQLite API, this function is not guaranteed to
+** operate consistently from one release to the next.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Testing Interface Operation Codes
+**
+** These constants are the valid operation code parameters used
+** as the first argument to [sqlite3_test_control()].
+**
+** These parameters and their meanings are subject to change
+** without notice.  These values are for testing purposes only.
+** Applications should not use any of these parameters or the
+** [sqlite3_test_control()] interface.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FIRST                    5
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_SAVE                5
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESTORE             6
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESET               7
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BITVEC_TEST              8
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_INSTALL            9
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS     10
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE            11
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT                  12
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS                  13
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE                 14
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS           15
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD               16
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC           17
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LOCALTIME_FAULT         18
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_EXPLAIN_STMT            19
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LAST                    19
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: SQLite Runtime Status
+**
+** ^This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information
+** about the performance of SQLite, and optionally to reset various
+** highwater marks.  ^The first argument is an integer code for
+** the specific parameter to measure.  ^(Recognized integer codes
+** are of the form [status parameters | SQLITE_STATUS_...].)^
+** ^The current value of the parameter is returned into *pCurrent.
+** ^The highest recorded value is returned in *pHighwater.  ^If the
+** resetFlag is true, then the highest record value is reset after
+** *pHighwater is written.  ^(Some parameters do not record the highest
+** value.  For those parameters
+** nothing is written into *pHighwater and the resetFlag is ignored.)^
+** ^(Other parameters record only the highwater mark and not the current
+** value.  For these latter parameters nothing is written into *pCurrent.)^
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_status() routine returns SQLITE_OK on success and a
+** non-zero [error code] on failure.
+**
+** This routine is threadsafe but is not atomic.  This routine can be
+** called while other threads are running the same or different SQLite
+** interfaces.  However the values returned in *pCurrent and
+** *pHighwater reflect the status of SQLite at different points in time
+** and it is possible that another thread might change the parameter
+** in between the times when *pCurrent and *pHighwater are written.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_db_status()]
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pHighwater, int resetFlag);
+
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters
+** KEYWORDS: {status parameters}
+**
+** These integer constants designate various run-time status parameters
+** that can be returned by [sqlite3_status()].
+**
+** <dl>
+** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter is the current amount of memory checked out
+** using [sqlite3_malloc()], either directly or indirectly.  The
+** figure includes calls made to [sqlite3_malloc()] by the application
+** and internal memory usage by the SQLite library.  Scratch memory
+** controlled by [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH] and auxiliary page-cache
+** memory controlled by [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE] is not included in
+** this parameter.  The amount returned is the sum of the allocation
+** sizes as reported by the xSize method in [sqlite3_mem_methods].</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter records the largest memory allocation request
+** handed to [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] (or their
+** internal equivalents).  Only the value returned in the
+** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest.  
+** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter records the number of separate memory allocations
+** currently checked out.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the number of pages used out of the
+** [pagecache memory allocator] that was configured using 
+** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE].  The
+** value returned is in pages, not in bytes.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW]] 
+** ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the number of bytes of page cache
+** allocation which could not be satisfied by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]
+** buffer and where forced to overflow to [sqlite3_malloc()].  The
+** returned value includes allocations that overflowed because they
+** where too large (they were larger than the "sz" parameter to
+** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]) and allocations that overflowed because
+** no space was left in the page cache.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter records the largest memory allocation request
+** handed to [pagecache memory allocator].  Only the value returned in the
+** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest.  
+** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the number of allocations used out of the
+** [scratch memory allocator] configured using
+** [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH].  The value returned is in allocations, not
+** in bytes.  Since a single thread may only have one scratch allocation
+** outstanding at time, this parameter also reports the number of threads
+** using scratch memory at the same time.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the number of bytes of scratch memory
+** allocation which could not be satisfied by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]
+** buffer and where forced to overflow to [sqlite3_malloc()].  The values
+** returned include overflows because the requested allocation was too
+** larger (that is, because the requested allocation was larger than the
+** "sz" parameter to [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]) and because no scratch buffer
+** slots were available.
+** </dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter records the largest memory allocation request
+** handed to [scratch memory allocator].  Only the value returned in the
+** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest.  
+** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter records the deepest parser stack.  It is only
+** meaningful if SQLite is compiled with [YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH].</dd>)^
+** </dl>
+**
+** New status parameters may be added from time to time.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED          0
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED       1
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW   2
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED         3
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW     4
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE          5
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK         6
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE       7
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE         8
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT         9
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Status
+**
+** ^This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information 
+** about a single [database connection].  ^The first argument is the
+** database connection object to be interrogated.  ^The second argument
+** is an integer constant, taken from the set of
+** [SQLITE_DBSTATUS options], that
+** determines the parameter to interrogate.  The set of 
+** [SQLITE_DBSTATUS options] is likely
+** to grow in future releases of SQLite.
+**
+** ^The current value of the requested parameter is written into *pCur
+** and the highest instantaneous value is written into *pHiwtr.  ^If
+** the resetFlg is true, then the highest instantaneous value is
+** reset back down to the current value.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_db_status() routine returns SQLITE_OK on success and a
+** non-zero [error code] on failure.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_status()] and [sqlite3_stmt_status()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int resetFlg);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters for database connections
+** KEYWORDS: {SQLITE_DBSTATUS options}
+**
+** These constants are the available integer "verbs" that can be passed as
+** the second argument to the [sqlite3_db_status()] interface.
+**
+** New verbs may be added in future releases of SQLite. Existing verbs
+** might be discontinued. Applications should check the return code from
+** [sqlite3_db_status()] to make sure that the call worked.
+** The [sqlite3_db_status()] interface will return a non-zero error code
+** if a discontinued or unsupported verb is invoked.
+**
+** <dl>
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the number of lookaside memory slots currently
+** checked out.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that were 
+** satisfied using lookaside memory. Only the high-water value is meaningful;
+** the current value is always zero.)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE]]
+** ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that might have
+** been satisfied using lookaside memory but failed due to the amount of
+** memory requested being larger than the lookaside slot size.
+** Only the high-water value is meaningful;
+** the current value is always zero.)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL]]
+** ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that might have
+** been satisfied using lookaside memory but failed due to all lookaside
+** memory already being in use.
+** Only the high-water value is meaningful;
+** the current value is always zero.)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the approximate number of of bytes of heap
+** memory used by all pager caches associated with the database connection.)^
+** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED is always 0.
+**
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the approximate number of of bytes of heap
+** memory used to store the schema for all databases associated
+** with the connection - main, temp, and any [ATTACH]-ed databases.)^ 
+** ^The full amount of memory used by the schemas is reported, even if the
+** schema memory is shared with other database connections due to
+** [shared cache mode] being enabled.
+** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED is always 0.
+**
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the approximate number of of bytes of heap
+** and lookaside memory used by all prepared statements associated with
+** the database connection.)^
+** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED is always 0.
+** </dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the number of pager cache hits that have
+** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT 
+** is always 0.
+** </dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the number of pager cache misses that have
+** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS 
+** is always 0.
+** </dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the number of dirty cache entries that have
+** been written to disk. Specifically, the number of pages written to the
+** wal file in wal mode databases, or the number of pages written to the
+** database file in rollback mode databases. Any pages written as part of
+** transaction rollback or database recovery operations are not included.
+** If an IO or other error occurs while writing a page to disk, the effect
+** on subsequent SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE requests is undefined.)^ ^The
+** highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE is always 0.
+** </dd>
+** </dl>
+*/
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED       0
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED           1
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED          2
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED            3
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT        4
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE  5
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL  6
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT            7
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS           8
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE          9
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_MAX                  9   /* Largest defined DBSTATUS */
+
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Prepared Statement Status
+**
+** ^(Each prepared statement maintains various
+** [SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counters] that measure the number
+** of times it has performed specific operations.)^  These counters can
+** be used to monitor the performance characteristics of the prepared
+** statements.  For example, if the number of table steps greatly exceeds
+** the number of table searches or result rows, that would tend to indicate
+** that the prepared statement is using a full table scan rather than
+** an index.  
+**
+** ^(This interface is used to retrieve and reset counter values from
+** a [prepared statement].  The first argument is the prepared statement
+** object to be interrogated.  The second argument
+** is an integer code for a specific [SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counter]
+** to be interrogated.)^
+** ^The current value of the requested counter is returned.
+** ^If the resetFlg is true, then the counter is reset to zero after this
+** interface call returns.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_status()] and [sqlite3_db_status()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_status(sqlite3_stmt*, int op,int resetFlg);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters for prepared statements
+** KEYWORDS: {SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counter} {SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counters}
+**
+** These preprocessor macros define integer codes that name counter
+** values associated with the [sqlite3_stmt_status()] interface.
+** The meanings of the various counters are as follows:
+**
+** <dl>
+** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP</dt>
+** <dd>^This is the number of times that SQLite has stepped forward in
+** a table as part of a full table scan.  Large numbers for this counter
+** may indicate opportunities for performance improvement through 
+** careful use of indices.</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT</dt>
+** <dd>^This is the number of sort operations that have occurred.
+** A non-zero value in this counter may indicate an opportunity to
+** improvement performance through careful use of indices.</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX</dt>
+** <dd>^This is the number of rows inserted into transient indices that
+** were created automatically in order to help joins run faster.
+** A non-zero value in this counter may indicate an opportunity to
+** improvement performance by adding permanent indices that do not
+** need to be reinitialized each time the statement is run.</dd>
+** </dl>
+*/
+#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP     1
+#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT              2
+#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX         3
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Custom Page Cache Object
+**
+** The sqlite3_pcache type is opaque.  It is implemented by
+** the pluggable module.  The SQLite core has no knowledge of
+** its size or internal structure and never deals with the
+** sqlite3_pcache object except by holding and passing pointers
+** to the object.
+**
+** See [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] for additional information.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_pcache sqlite3_pcache;
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Custom Page Cache Object
+**
+** The sqlite3_pcache_page object represents a single page in the
+** page cache.  The page cache will allocate instances of this
+** object.  Various methods of the page cache use pointers to instances
+** of this object as parameters or as their return value.
+**
+** See [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] for additional information.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_page sqlite3_pcache_page;
+struct sqlite3_pcache_page {
+  void *pBuf;        /* The content of the page */
+  void *pExtra;      /* Extra information associated with the page */
+};
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Application Defined Page Cache.
+** KEYWORDS: {page cache}
+**
+** ^(The [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2], ...) interface can
+** register an alternative page cache implementation by passing in an 
+** instance of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2 structure.)^
+** In many applications, most of the heap memory allocated by 
+** SQLite is used for the page cache.
+** By implementing a 
+** custom page cache using this API, an application can better control
+** the amount of memory consumed by SQLite, the way in which 
+** that memory is allocated and released, and the policies used to 
+** determine exactly which parts of a database file are cached and for 
+** how long.
+**
+** The alternative page cache mechanism is an
+** extreme measure that is only needed by the most demanding applications.
+** The built-in page cache is recommended for most uses.
+**
+** ^(The contents of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2 structure are copied to an
+** internal buffer by SQLite within the call to [sqlite3_config].  Hence
+** the application may discard the parameter after the call to
+** [sqlite3_config()] returns.)^
+**
+** [[the xInit() page cache method]]
+** ^(The xInit() method is called once for each effective 
+** call to [sqlite3_initialize()])^
+** (usually only once during the lifetime of the process). ^(The xInit()
+** method is passed a copy of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2.pArg value.)^
+** The intent of the xInit() method is to set up global data structures 
+** required by the custom page cache implementation. 
+** ^(If the xInit() method is NULL, then the 
+** built-in default page cache is used instead of the application defined
+** page cache.)^
+**
+** [[the xShutdown() page cache method]]
+** ^The xShutdown() method is called by [sqlite3_shutdown()].
+** It can be used to clean up 
+** any outstanding resources before process shutdown, if required.
+** ^The xShutdown() method may be NULL.
+**
+** ^SQLite automatically serializes calls to the xInit method,
+** so the xInit method need not be threadsafe.  ^The
+** xShutdown method is only called from [sqlite3_shutdown()] so it does
+** not need to be threadsafe either.  All other methods must be threadsafe
+** in multithreaded applications.
+**
+** ^SQLite will never invoke xInit() more than once without an intervening
+** call to xShutdown().
+**
+** [[the xCreate() page cache methods]]
+** ^SQLite invokes the xCreate() method to construct a new cache instance.
+** SQLite will typically create one cache instance for each open database file,
+** though this is not guaranteed. ^The
+** first parameter, szPage, is the size in bytes of the pages that must
+** be allocated by the cache.  ^szPage will always a power of two.  ^The
+** second parameter szExtra is a number of bytes of extra storage 
+** associated with each page cache entry.  ^The szExtra parameter will
+** a number less than 250.  SQLite will use the
+** extra szExtra bytes on each page to store metadata about the underlying
+** database page on disk.  The value passed into szExtra depends
+** on the SQLite version, the target platform, and how SQLite was compiled.
+** ^The third argument to xCreate(), bPurgeable, is true if the cache being
+** created will be used to cache database pages of a file stored on disk, or
+** false if it is used for an in-memory database. The cache implementation
+** does not have to do anything special based with the value of bPurgeable;
+** it is purely advisory.  ^On a cache where bPurgeable is false, SQLite will
+** never invoke xUnpin() except to deliberately delete a page.
+** ^In other words, calls to xUnpin() on a cache with bPurgeable set to
+** false will always have the "discard" flag set to true.  
+** ^Hence, a cache created with bPurgeable false will
+** never contain any unpinned pages.
+**
+** [[the xCachesize() page cache method]]
+** ^(The xCachesize() method may be called at any time by SQLite to set the
+** suggested maximum cache-size (number of pages stored by) the cache
+** instance passed as the first argument. This is the value configured using
+** the SQLite "[PRAGMA cache_size]" command.)^  As with the bPurgeable
+** parameter, the implementation is not required to do anything with this
+** value; it is advisory only.
+**
+** [[the xPagecount() page cache methods]]
+** The xPagecount() method must return the number of pages currently
+** stored in the cache, both pinned and unpinned.
+** 
+** [[the xFetch() page cache methods]]
+** The xFetch() method locates a page in the cache and returns a pointer to 
+** an sqlite3_pcache_page object associated with that page, or a NULL pointer.
+** The pBuf element of the returned sqlite3_pcache_page object will be a
+** pointer to a buffer of szPage bytes used to store the content of a 
+** single database page.  The pExtra element of sqlite3_pcache_page will be
+** a pointer to the szExtra bytes of extra storage that SQLite has requested
+** for each entry in the page cache.
+**
+** The page to be fetched is determined by the key. ^The minimum key value
+** is 1.  After it has been retrieved using xFetch, the page is considered
+** to be "pinned".
+**
+** If the requested page is already in the page cache, then the page cache
+** implementation must return a pointer to the page buffer with its content
+** intact.  If the requested page is not already in the cache, then the
+** cache implementation should use the value of the createFlag
+** parameter to help it determined what action to take:
+**
+** <table border=1 width=85% align=center>
+** <tr><th> createFlag <th> Behaviour when page is not already in cache
+** <tr><td> 0 <td> Do not allocate a new page.  Return NULL.
+** <tr><td> 1 <td> Allocate a new page if it easy and convenient to do so.
+**                 Otherwise return NULL.
+** <tr><td> 2 <td> Make every effort to allocate a new page.  Only return
+**                 NULL if allocating a new page is effectively impossible.
+** </table>
+**
+** ^(SQLite will normally invoke xFetch() with a createFlag of 0 or 1.  SQLite
+** will only use a createFlag of 2 after a prior call with a createFlag of 1
+** failed.)^  In between the to xFetch() calls, SQLite may
+** attempt to unpin one or more cache pages by spilling the content of
+** pinned pages to disk and synching the operating system disk cache.
+**
+** [[the xUnpin() page cache method]]
+** ^xUnpin() is called by SQLite with a pointer to a currently pinned page
+** as its second argument.  If the third parameter, discard, is non-zero,
+** then the page must be evicted from the cache.
+** ^If the discard parameter is
+** zero, then the page may be discarded or retained at the discretion of
+** page cache implementation. ^The page cache implementation
+** may choose to evict unpinned pages at any time.
+**
+** The cache must not perform any reference counting. A single 
+** call to xUnpin() unpins the page regardless of the number of prior calls 
+** to xFetch().
+**
+** [[the xRekey() page cache methods]]
+** The xRekey() method is used to change the key value associated with the
+** page passed as the second argument. If the cache
+** previously contains an entry associated with newKey, it must be
+** discarded. ^Any prior cache entry associated with newKey is guaranteed not
+** to be pinned.
+**
+** When SQLite calls the xTruncate() method, the cache must discard all
+** existing cache entries with page numbers (keys) greater than or equal
+** to the value of the iLimit parameter passed to xTruncate(). If any
+** of these pages are pinned, they are implicitly unpinned, meaning that
+** they can be safely discarded.
+**
+** [[the xDestroy() page cache method]]
+** ^The xDestroy() method is used to delete a cache allocated by xCreate().
+** All resources associated with the specified cache should be freed. ^After
+** calling the xDestroy() method, SQLite considers the [sqlite3_pcache*]
+** handle invalid, and will not use it with any other sqlite3_pcache_methods2
+** functions.
+**
+** [[the xShrink() page cache method]]
+** ^SQLite invokes the xShrink() method when it wants the page cache to
+** free up as much of heap memory as possible.  The page cache implementation
+** is not obligated to free any memory, but well-behaved implementations should
+** do their best.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_methods2 sqlite3_pcache_methods2;
+struct sqlite3_pcache_methods2 {
+  int iVersion;
+  void *pArg;
+  int (*xInit)(void*);
+  void (*xShutdown)(void*);
+  sqlite3_pcache *(*xCreate)(int szPage, int szExtra, int bPurgeable);
+  void (*xCachesize)(sqlite3_pcache*, int nCachesize);
+  int (*xPagecount)(sqlite3_pcache*);
+  sqlite3_pcache_page *(*xFetch)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned key, int createFlag);
+  void (*xUnpin)(sqlite3_pcache*, sqlite3_pcache_page*, int discard);
+  void (*xRekey)(sqlite3_pcache*, sqlite3_pcache_page*, 
+      unsigned oldKey, unsigned newKey);
+  void (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned iLimit);
+  void (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_pcache*);
+  void (*xShrink)(sqlite3_pcache*);
+};
+
+/*
+** This is the obsolete pcache_methods object that has now been replaced
+** by sqlite3_pcache_methods2.  This object is not used by SQLite.  It is
+** retained in the header file for backwards compatibility only.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_methods sqlite3_pcache_methods;
+struct sqlite3_pcache_methods {
+  void *pArg;
+  int (*xInit)(void*);
+  void (*xShutdown)(void*);
+  sqlite3_pcache *(*xCreate)(int szPage, int bPurgeable);
+  void (*xCachesize)(sqlite3_pcache*, int nCachesize);
+  int (*xPagecount)(sqlite3_pcache*);
+  void *(*xFetch)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned key, int createFlag);
+  void (*xUnpin)(sqlite3_pcache*, void*, int discard);
+  void (*xRekey)(sqlite3_pcache*, void*, unsigned oldKey, unsigned newKey);
+  void (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned iLimit);
+  void (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_pcache*);
+};
+
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Online Backup Object
+**
+** The sqlite3_backup object records state information about an ongoing
+** online backup operation.  ^The sqlite3_backup object is created by
+** a call to [sqlite3_backup_init()] and is destroyed by a call to
+** [sqlite3_backup_finish()].
+**
+** See Also: [Using the SQLite Online Backup API]
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup;
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Online Backup API.
+**
+** The backup API copies the content of one database into another.
+** It is useful either for creating backups of databases or
+** for copying in-memory databases to or from persistent files. 
+**
+** See Also: [Using the SQLite Online Backup API]
+**
+** ^SQLite holds a write transaction open on the destination database file
+** for the duration of the backup operation.
+** ^The source database is read-locked only while it is being read;
+** it is not locked continuously for the entire backup operation.
+** ^Thus, the backup may be performed on a live source database without
+** preventing other database connections from
+** reading or writing to the source database while the backup is underway.
+** 
+** ^(To perform a backup operation: 
+**   <ol>
+**     <li><b>sqlite3_backup_init()</b> is called once to initialize the
+**         backup, 
+**     <li><b>sqlite3_backup_step()</b> is called one or more times to transfer 
+**         the data between the two databases, and finally
+**     <li><b>sqlite3_backup_finish()</b> is called to release all resources 
+**         associated with the backup operation. 
+**   </ol>)^
+** There should be exactly one call to sqlite3_backup_finish() for each
+** successful call to sqlite3_backup_init().
+**
+** [[sqlite3_backup_init()]] <b>sqlite3_backup_init()</b>
+**
+** ^The D and N arguments to sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) are the 
+** [database connection] associated with the destination database 
+** and the database name, respectively.
+** ^The database name is "main" for the main database, "temp" for the
+** temporary database, or the name specified after the AS keyword in
+** an [ATTACH] statement for an attached database.
+** ^The S and M arguments passed to 
+** sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) identify the [database connection]
+** and database name of the source database, respectively.
+** ^The source and destination [database connections] (parameters S and D)
+** must be different or else sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) will fail with
+** an error.
+**
+** ^If an error occurs within sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M), then NULL is
+** returned and an error code and error message are stored in the
+** destination [database connection] D.
+** ^The error code and message for the failed call to sqlite3_backup_init()
+** can be retrieved using the [sqlite3_errcode()], [sqlite3_errmsg()], and/or
+** [sqlite3_errmsg16()] functions.
+** ^A successful call to sqlite3_backup_init() returns a pointer to an
+** [sqlite3_backup] object.
+** ^The [sqlite3_backup] object may be used with the sqlite3_backup_step() and
+** sqlite3_backup_finish() functions to perform the specified backup 
+** operation.
+**
+** [[sqlite3_backup_step()]] <b>sqlite3_backup_step()</b>
+**
+** ^Function sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) will copy up to N pages between 
+** the source and destination databases specified by [sqlite3_backup] object B.
+** ^If N is negative, all remaining source pages are copied. 
+** ^If sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) successfully copies N pages and there
+** are still more pages to be copied, then the function returns [SQLITE_OK].
+** ^If sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) successfully finishes copying all pages
+** from source to destination, then it returns [SQLITE_DONE].
+** ^If an error occurs while running sqlite3_backup_step(B,N),
+** then an [error code] is returned. ^As well as [SQLITE_OK] and
+** [SQLITE_DONE], a call to sqlite3_backup_step() may return [SQLITE_READONLY],
+** [SQLITE_NOMEM], [SQLITE_BUSY], [SQLITE_LOCKED], or an
+** [SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS | SQLITE_IOERR_XXX] extended error code.
+**
+** ^(The sqlite3_backup_step() might return [SQLITE_READONLY] if
+** <ol>
+** <li> the destination database was opened read-only, or
+** <li> the destination database is using write-ahead-log journaling
+** and the destination and source page sizes differ, or
+** <li> the destination database is an in-memory database and the
+** destination and source page sizes differ.
+** </ol>)^
+**
+** ^If sqlite3_backup_step() cannot obtain a required file-system lock, then
+** the [sqlite3_busy_handler | busy-handler function]
+** is invoked (if one is specified). ^If the 
+** busy-handler returns non-zero before the lock is available, then 
+** [SQLITE_BUSY] is returned to the caller. ^In this case the call to
+** sqlite3_backup_step() can be retried later. ^If the source
+** [database connection]
+** is being used to write to the source database when sqlite3_backup_step()
+** is called, then [SQLITE_LOCKED] is returned immediately. ^Again, in this
+** case the call to sqlite3_backup_step() can be retried later on. ^(If
+** [SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS | SQLITE_IOERR_XXX], [SQLITE_NOMEM], or
+** [SQLITE_READONLY] is returned, then 
+** there is no point in retrying the call to sqlite3_backup_step(). These 
+** errors are considered fatal.)^  The application must accept 
+** that the backup operation has failed and pass the backup operation handle 
+** to the sqlite3_backup_finish() to release associated resources.
+**
+** ^The first call to sqlite3_backup_step() obtains an exclusive lock
+** on the destination file. ^The exclusive lock is not released until either 
+** sqlite3_backup_finish() is called or the backup operation is complete 
+** and sqlite3_backup_step() returns [SQLITE_DONE].  ^Every call to
+** sqlite3_backup_step() obtains a [shared lock] on the source database that
+** lasts for the duration of the sqlite3_backup_step() call.
+** ^Because the source database is not locked between calls to
+** sqlite3_backup_step(), the source database may be modified mid-way
+** through the backup process.  ^If the source database is modified by an
+** external process or via a database connection other than the one being
+** used by the backup operation, then the backup will be automatically
+** restarted by the next call to sqlite3_backup_step(). ^If the source 
+** database is modified by the using the same database connection as is used
+** by the backup operation, then the backup database is automatically
+** updated at the same time.
+**
+** [[sqlite3_backup_finish()]] <b>sqlite3_backup_finish()</b>
+**
+** When sqlite3_backup_step() has returned [SQLITE_DONE], or when the 
+** application wishes to abandon the backup operation, the application
+** should destroy the [sqlite3_backup] by passing it to sqlite3_backup_finish().
+** ^The sqlite3_backup_finish() interfaces releases all
+** resources associated with the [sqlite3_backup] object. 
+** ^If sqlite3_backup_step() has not yet returned [SQLITE_DONE], then any
+** active write-transaction on the destination database is rolled back.
+** The [sqlite3_backup] object is invalid
+** and may not be used following a call to sqlite3_backup_finish().
+**
+** ^The value returned by sqlite3_backup_finish is [SQLITE_OK] if no
+** sqlite3_backup_step() errors occurred, regardless or whether or not
+** sqlite3_backup_step() completed.
+** ^If an out-of-memory condition or IO error occurred during any prior
+** sqlite3_backup_step() call on the same [sqlite3_backup] object, then
+** sqlite3_backup_finish() returns the corresponding [error code].
+**
+** ^A return of [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_LOCKED] from sqlite3_backup_step()
+** is not a permanent error and does not affect the return value of
+** sqlite3_backup_finish().
+**
+** [[sqlite3_backup__remaining()]] [[sqlite3_backup_pagecount()]]
+** <b>sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount()</b>
+**
+** ^Each call to sqlite3_backup_step() sets two values inside
+** the [sqlite3_backup] object: the number of pages still to be backed
+** up and the total number of pages in the source database file.
+** The sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount() interfaces
+** retrieve these two values, respectively.
+**
+** ^The values returned by these functions are only updated by
+** sqlite3_backup_step(). ^If the source database is modified during a backup
+** operation, then the values are not updated to account for any extra
+** pages that need to be updated or the size of the source database file
+** changing.
+**
+** <b>Concurrent Usage of Database Handles</b>
+**
+** ^The source [database connection] may be used by the application for other
+** purposes while a backup operation is underway or being initialized.
+** ^If SQLite is compiled and configured to support threadsafe database
+** connections, then the source database connection may be used concurrently
+** from within other threads.
+**
+** However, the application must guarantee that the destination 
+** [database connection] is not passed to any other API (by any thread) after 
+** sqlite3_backup_init() is called and before the corresponding call to
+** sqlite3_backup_finish().  SQLite does not currently check to see
+** if the application incorrectly accesses the destination [database connection]
+** and so no error code is reported, but the operations may malfunction
+** nevertheless.  Use of the destination database connection while a
+** backup is in progress might also also cause a mutex deadlock.
+**
+** If running in [shared cache mode], the application must
+** guarantee that the shared cache used by the destination database
+** is not accessed while the backup is running. In practice this means
+** that the application must guarantee that the disk file being 
+** backed up to is not accessed by any connection within the process,
+** not just the specific connection that was passed to sqlite3_backup_init().
+**
+** The [sqlite3_backup] object itself is partially threadsafe. Multiple 
+** threads may safely make multiple concurrent calls to sqlite3_backup_step().
+** However, the sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount()
+** APIs are not strictly speaking threadsafe. If they are invoked at the
+** same time as another thread is invoking sqlite3_backup_step() it is
+** possible that they return invalid values.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_backup *sqlite3_backup_init(
+  sqlite3 *pDest,                        /* Destination database handle */
+  const char *zDestName,                 /* Destination database name */
+  sqlite3 *pSource,                      /* Source database handle */
+  const char *zSourceName                /* Source database name */
+);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_step(sqlite3_backup *p, int nPage);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_finish(sqlite3_backup *p);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_remaining(sqlite3_backup *p);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Unlock Notification
+**
+** ^When running in shared-cache mode, a database operation may fail with
+** an [SQLITE_LOCKED] error if the required locks on the shared-cache or
+** individual tables within the shared-cache cannot be obtained. See
+** [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode] for a description of shared-cache locking. 
+** ^This API may be used to register a callback that SQLite will invoke 
+** when the connection currently holding the required lock relinquishes it.
+** ^This API is only available if the library was compiled with the
+** [SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY] C-preprocessor symbol defined.
+**
+** See Also: [Using the SQLite Unlock Notification Feature].
+**
+** ^Shared-cache locks are released when a database connection concludes
+** its current transaction, either by committing it or rolling it back. 
+**
+** ^When a connection (known as the blocked connection) fails to obtain a
+** shared-cache lock and SQLITE_LOCKED is returned to the caller, the
+** identity of the database connection (the blocking connection) that
+** has locked the required resource is stored internally. ^After an 
+** application receives an SQLITE_LOCKED error, it may call the
+** sqlite3_unlock_notify() method with the blocked connection handle as 
+** the first argument to register for a callback that will be invoked
+** when the blocking connections current transaction is concluded. ^The
+** callback is invoked from within the [sqlite3_step] or [sqlite3_close]
+** call that concludes the blocking connections transaction.
+**
+** ^(If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is called in a multi-threaded application,
+** there is a chance that the blocking connection will have already
+** concluded its transaction by the time sqlite3_unlock_notify() is invoked.
+** If this happens, then the specified callback is invoked immediately,
+** from within the call to sqlite3_unlock_notify().)^
+**
+** ^If the blocked connection is attempting to obtain a write-lock on a
+** shared-cache table, and more than one other connection currently holds
+** a read-lock on the same table, then SQLite arbitrarily selects one of 
+** the other connections to use as the blocking connection.
+**
+** ^(There may be at most one unlock-notify callback registered by a 
+** blocked connection. If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is called when the
+** blocked connection already has a registered unlock-notify callback,
+** then the new callback replaces the old.)^ ^If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is
+** called with a NULL pointer as its second argument, then any existing
+** unlock-notify callback is canceled. ^The blocked connections 
+** unlock-notify callback may also be canceled by closing the blocked
+** connection using [sqlite3_close()].
+**
+** The unlock-notify callback is not reentrant. If an application invokes
+** any sqlite3_xxx API functions from within an unlock-notify callback, a
+** crash or deadlock may be the result.
+**
+** ^Unless deadlock is detected (see below), sqlite3_unlock_notify() always
+** returns SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** <b>Callback Invocation Details</b>
+**
+** When an unlock-notify callback is registered, the application provides a 
+** single void* pointer that is passed to the callback when it is invoked.
+** However, the signature of the callback function allows SQLite to pass
+** it an array of void* context pointers. The first argument passed to
+** an unlock-notify callback is a pointer to an array of void* pointers,
+** and the second is the number of entries in the array.
+**
+** When a blocking connections transaction is concluded, there may be
+** more than one blocked connection that has registered for an unlock-notify
+** callback. ^If two or more such blocked connections have specified the
+** same callback function, then instead of invoking the callback function
+** multiple times, it is invoked once with the set of void* context pointers
+** specified by the blocked connections bundled together into an array.
+** This gives the application an opportunity to prioritize any actions 
+** related to the set of unblocked database connections.
+**
+** <b>Deadlock Detection</b>
+**
+** Assuming that after registering for an unlock-notify callback a 
+** database waits for the callback to be issued before taking any further
+** action (a reasonable assumption), then using this API may cause the
+** application to deadlock. For example, if connection X is waiting for
+** connection Y's transaction to be concluded, and similarly connection
+** Y is waiting on connection X's transaction, then neither connection
+** will proceed and the system may remain deadlocked indefinitely.
+**
+** To avoid this scenario, the sqlite3_unlock_notify() performs deadlock
+** detection. ^If a given call to sqlite3_unlock_notify() would put the
+** system in a deadlocked state, then SQLITE_LOCKED is returned and no
+** unlock-notify callback is registered. The system is said to be in
+** a deadlocked state if connection A has registered for an unlock-notify
+** callback on the conclusion of connection B's transaction, and connection
+** B has itself registered for an unlock-notify callback when connection
+** A's transaction is concluded. ^Indirect deadlock is also detected, so
+** the system is also considered to be deadlocked if connection B has
+** registered for an unlock-notify callback on the conclusion of connection
+** C's transaction, where connection C is waiting on connection A. ^Any
+** number of levels of indirection are allowed.
+**
+** <b>The "DROP TABLE" Exception</b>
+**
+** When a call to [sqlite3_step()] returns SQLITE_LOCKED, it is almost 
+** always appropriate to call sqlite3_unlock_notify(). There is however,
+** one exception. When executing a "DROP TABLE" or "DROP INDEX" statement,
+** SQLite checks if there are any currently executing SELECT statements
+** that belong to the same connection. If there are, SQLITE_LOCKED is
+** returned. In this case there is no "blocking connection", so invoking
+** sqlite3_unlock_notify() results in the unlock-notify callback being
+** invoked immediately. If the application then re-attempts the "DROP TABLE"
+** or "DROP INDEX" query, an infinite loop might be the result.
+**
+** One way around this problem is to check the extended error code returned
+** by an sqlite3_step() call. ^(If there is a blocking connection, then the
+** extended error code is set to SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE. Otherwise, in
+** the special "DROP TABLE/INDEX" case, the extended error code is just 
+** SQLITE_LOCKED.)^
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_unlock_notify(
+  sqlite3 *pBlocked,                          /* Waiting connection */
+  void (*xNotify)(void **apArg, int nArg),    /* Callback function to invoke */
+  void *pNotifyArg                            /* Argument to pass to xNotify */
+);
+
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: String Comparison
+**
+** ^The [sqlite3_stricmp()] and [sqlite3_strnicmp()] APIs allow applications
+** and extensions to compare the contents of two buffers containing UTF-8
+** strings in a case-independent fashion, using the same definition of "case
+** independence" that SQLite uses internally when comparing identifiers.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stricmp(const char *, const char *);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strnicmp(const char *, const char *, int);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Error Logging Interface
+**
+** ^The [sqlite3_log()] interface writes a message into the error log
+** established by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG] option to [sqlite3_config()].
+** ^If logging is enabled, the zFormat string and subsequent arguments are
+** used with [sqlite3_snprintf()] to generate the final output string.
+**
+** The sqlite3_log() interface is intended for use by extensions such as
+** virtual tables, collating functions, and SQL functions.  While there is
+** nothing to prevent an application from calling sqlite3_log(), doing so
+** is considered bad form.
+**
+** The zFormat string must not be NULL.
+**
+** To avoid deadlocks and other threading problems, the sqlite3_log() routine
+** will not use dynamically allocated memory.  The log message is stored in
+** a fixed-length buffer on the stack.  If the log message is longer than
+** a few hundred characters, it will be truncated to the length of the
+** buffer.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_log(int iErrCode, const char *zFormat, ...);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Write-Ahead Log Commit Hook
+**
+** ^The [sqlite3_wal_hook()] function is used to register a callback that
+** will be invoked each time a database connection commits data to a
+** [write-ahead log] (i.e. whenever a transaction is committed in
+** [journal_mode | journal_mode=WAL mode]). 
+**
+** ^The callback is invoked by SQLite after the commit has taken place and 
+** the associated write-lock on the database released, so the implementation 
+** may read, write or [checkpoint] the database as required.
+**
+** ^The first parameter passed to the callback function when it is invoked
+** is a copy of the third parameter passed to sqlite3_wal_hook() when
+** registering the callback. ^The second is a copy of the database handle.
+** ^The third parameter is the name of the database that was written to -
+** either "main" or the name of an [ATTACH]-ed database. ^The fourth parameter
+** is the number of pages currently in the write-ahead log file,
+** including those that were just committed.
+**
+** The callback function should normally return [SQLITE_OK].  ^If an error
+** code is returned, that error will propagate back up through the
+** SQLite code base to cause the statement that provoked the callback
+** to report an error, though the commit will have still occurred. If the
+** callback returns [SQLITE_ROW] or [SQLITE_DONE], or if it returns a value
+** that does not correspond to any valid SQLite error code, the results
+** are undefined.
+**
+** A single database handle may have at most a single write-ahead log callback 
+** registered at one time. ^Calling [sqlite3_wal_hook()] replaces any
+** previously registered write-ahead log callback. ^Note that the
+** [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint()] interface and the
+** [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] both invoke [sqlite3_wal_hook()] and will
+** those overwrite any prior [sqlite3_wal_hook()] settings.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_wal_hook(
+  sqlite3*, 
+  int(*)(void *,sqlite3*,const char*,int),
+  void*
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Configure an auto-checkpoint
+**
+** ^The [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(D,N)] is a wrapper around
+** [sqlite3_wal_hook()] that causes any database on [database connection] D
+** to automatically [checkpoint]
+** after committing a transaction if there are N or
+** more frames in the [write-ahead log] file.  ^Passing zero or 
+** a negative value as the nFrame parameter disables automatic
+** checkpoints entirely.
+**
+** ^The callback registered by this function replaces any existing callback
+** registered using [sqlite3_wal_hook()].  ^Likewise, registering a callback
+** using [sqlite3_wal_hook()] disables the automatic checkpoint mechanism
+** configured by this function.
+**
+** ^The [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] can be used to invoke this interface
+** from SQL.
+**
+** ^Every new [database connection] defaults to having the auto-checkpoint
+** enabled with a threshold of 1000 or [SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT]
+** pages.  The use of this interface
+** is only necessary if the default setting is found to be suboptimal
+** for a particular application.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(sqlite3 *db, int N);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint a database
+**
+** ^The [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(D,X)] interface causes database named X
+** on [database connection] D to be [checkpointed].  ^If X is NULL or an
+** empty string, then a checkpoint is run on all databases of
+** connection D.  ^If the database connection D is not in
+** [WAL | write-ahead log mode] then this interface is a harmless no-op.
+**
+** ^The [wal_checkpoint pragma] can be used to invoke this interface
+** from SQL.  ^The [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint()] interface and the
+** [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] can be used to cause this interface to be
+** run whenever the WAL reaches a certain size threshold.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()]
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint a database
+**
+** Run a checkpoint operation on WAL database zDb attached to database 
+** handle db. The specific operation is determined by the value of the 
+** eMode parameter:
+**
+** <dl>
+** <dt>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE<dd>
+**   Checkpoint as many frames as possible without waiting for any database 
+**   readers or writers to finish. Sync the db file if all frames in the log
+**   are checkpointed. This mode is the same as calling 
+**   sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(). The busy-handler callback is never invoked.
+**
+** <dt>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL<dd>
+**   This mode blocks (calls the busy-handler callback) until there is no
+**   database writer and all readers are reading from the most recent database
+**   snapshot. It then checkpoints all frames in the log file and syncs the
+**   database file. This call blocks database writers while it is running,
+**   but not database readers.
+**
+** <dt>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART<dd>
+**   This mode works the same way as SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL, except after 
+**   checkpointing the log file it blocks (calls the busy-handler callback)
+**   until all readers are reading from the database file only. This ensures 
+**   that the next client to write to the database file restarts the log file 
+**   from the beginning. This call blocks database writers while it is running,
+**   but not database readers.
+** </dl>
+**
+** If pnLog is not NULL, then *pnLog is set to the total number of frames in
+** the log file before returning. If pnCkpt is not NULL, then *pnCkpt is set to
+** the total number of checkpointed frames (including any that were already
+** checkpointed when this function is called). *pnLog and *pnCkpt may be
+** populated even if sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2() returns other than SQLITE_OK.
+** If no values are available because of an error, they are both set to -1
+** before returning to communicate this to the caller.
+**
+** All calls obtain an exclusive "checkpoint" lock on the database file. If
+** any other process is running a checkpoint operation at the same time, the 
+** lock cannot be obtained and SQLITE_BUSY is returned. Even if there is a 
+** busy-handler configured, it will not be invoked in this case.
+**
+** The SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL and RESTART modes also obtain the exclusive 
+** "writer" lock on the database file. If the writer lock cannot be obtained
+** immediately, and a busy-handler is configured, it is invoked and the writer
+** lock retried until either the busy-handler returns 0 or the lock is
+** successfully obtained. The busy-handler is also invoked while waiting for
+** database readers as described above. If the busy-handler returns 0 before
+** the writer lock is obtained or while waiting for database readers, the
+** checkpoint operation proceeds from that point in the same way as 
+** SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE - checkpointing as many frames as possible 
+** without blocking any further. SQLITE_BUSY is returned in this case.
+**
+** If parameter zDb is NULL or points to a zero length string, then the
+** specified operation is attempted on all WAL databases. In this case the
+** values written to output parameters *pnLog and *pnCkpt are undefined. If 
+** an SQLITE_BUSY error is encountered when processing one or more of the 
+** attached WAL databases, the operation is still attempted on any remaining 
+** attached databases and SQLITE_BUSY is returned to the caller. If any other 
+** error occurs while processing an attached database, processing is abandoned 
+** and the error code returned to the caller immediately. If no error 
+** (SQLITE_BUSY or otherwise) is encountered while processing the attached 
+** databases, SQLITE_OK is returned.
+**
+** If database zDb is the name of an attached database that is not in WAL
+** mode, SQLITE_OK is returned and both *pnLog and *pnCkpt set to -1. If
+** zDb is not NULL (or a zero length string) and is not the name of any
+** attached database, SQLITE_ERROR is returned to the caller.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2(
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database handle */
+  const char *zDb,                /* Name of attached database (or NULL) */
+  int eMode,                      /* SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_* value */
+  int *pnLog,                     /* OUT: Size of WAL log in frames */
+  int *pnCkpt                     /* OUT: Total number of frames checkpointed */
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint operation parameters
+**
+** These constants can be used as the 3rd parameter to
+** [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()].  See the [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()]
+** documentation for additional information about the meaning and use of
+** each of these values.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE 0
+#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL    1
+#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART 2
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Interface Configuration
+**
+** This function may be called by either the [xConnect] or [xCreate] method
+** of a [virtual table] implementation to configure
+** various facets of the virtual table interface.
+**
+** If this interface is invoked outside the context of an xConnect or
+** xCreate virtual table method then the behavior is undefined.
+**
+** At present, there is only one option that may be configured using
+** this function. (See [SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT].)  Further options
+** may be added in the future.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Configuration Options
+**
+** These macros define the various options to the
+** [sqlite3_vtab_config()] interface that [virtual table] implementations
+** can use to customize and optimize their behavior.
+**
+** <dl>
+** <dt>SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT
+** <dd>Calls of the form
+** [sqlite3_vtab_config](db,SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT,X) are supported,
+** where X is an integer.  If X is zero, then the [virtual table] whose
+** [xCreate] or [xConnect] method invoked [sqlite3_vtab_config()] does not
+** support constraints.  In this configuration (which is the default) if
+** a call to the [xUpdate] method returns [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], then the entire
+** statement is rolled back as if [ON CONFLICT | OR ABORT] had been
+** specified as part of the users SQL statement, regardless of the actual
+** ON CONFLICT mode specified.
+**
+** If X is non-zero, then the virtual table implementation guarantees
+** that if [xUpdate] returns [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], it will do so before
+** any modifications to internal or persistent data structures have been made.
+** If the [ON CONFLICT] mode is ABORT, FAIL, IGNORE or ROLLBACK, SQLite 
+** is able to roll back a statement or database transaction, and abandon
+** or continue processing the current SQL statement as appropriate. 
+** If the ON CONFLICT mode is REPLACE and the [xUpdate] method returns
+** [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], SQLite handles this as if the ON CONFLICT mode
+** had been ABORT.
+**
+** Virtual table implementations that are required to handle OR REPLACE
+** must do so within the [xUpdate] method. If a call to the 
+** [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] function indicates that the current ON 
+** CONFLICT policy is REPLACE, the virtual table implementation should 
+** silently replace the appropriate rows within the xUpdate callback and
+** return SQLITE_OK. Or, if this is not possible, it may return
+** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, in which case SQLite falls back to OR ABORT 
+** constraint handling.
+** </dl>
+*/
+#define SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT 1
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Determine The Virtual Table Conflict Policy
+**
+** This function may only be called from within a call to the [xUpdate] method
+** of a [virtual table] implementation for an INSERT or UPDATE operation. ^The
+** value returned is one of [SQLITE_ROLLBACK], [SQLITE_IGNORE], [SQLITE_FAIL],
+** [SQLITE_ABORT], or [SQLITE_REPLACE], according to the [ON CONFLICT] mode
+** of the SQL statement that triggered the call to the [xUpdate] method of the
+** [virtual table].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(sqlite3 *);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Conflict resolution modes
+**
+** These constants are returned by [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] to
+** inform a [virtual table] implementation what the [ON CONFLICT] mode
+** is for the SQL statement being evaluated.
+**
+** Note that the [SQLITE_IGNORE] constant is also used as a potential
+** return value from the [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] callback and that
+** [SQLITE_ABORT] is also a [result code].
+*/
+#define SQLITE_ROLLBACK 1
+/* #define SQLITE_IGNORE 2 // Also used by sqlite3_authorizer() callback */
+#define SQLITE_FAIL     3
+/* #define SQLITE_ABORT 4  // Also an error code */
+#define SQLITE_REPLACE  5
+
+
+
+/*
+** Undo the hack that converts floating point types to integer for
+** builds on processors without floating point support.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+# undef double
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}  /* End of the 'extern "C"' block */
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/*
+** 2010 August 30
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef _SQLITE3RTREE_H_
+#define _SQLITE3RTREE_H_
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+typedef struct sqlite3_rtree_geometry sqlite3_rtree_geometry;
+
+/*
+** Register a geometry callback named zGeom that can be used as part of an
+** R-Tree geometry query as follows:
+**
+**   SELECT ... FROM <rtree> WHERE <rtree col> MATCH $zGeom(... params ...)
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  const char *zGeom,
+#ifdef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY
+  int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry*, int n, sqlite3_int64 *a, int *pRes),
+#else
+  int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry*, int n, double *a, int *pRes),
+#endif
+  void *pContext
+);
+
+
+/*
+** A pointer to a structure of the following type is passed as the first
+** argument to callbacks registered using rtree_geometry_callback().
+*/
+struct sqlite3_rtree_geometry {
+  void *pContext;                 /* Copy of pContext passed to s_r_g_c() */
+  int nParam;                     /* Size of array aParam[] */
+  double *aParam;                 /* Parameters passed to SQL geom function */
+  void *pUser;                    /* Callback implementation user data */
+  void (*xDelUser)(void *);       /* Called by SQLite to clean up pUser */
+};
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}  /* end of the 'extern "C"' block */
+#endif
+
+#endif  /* ifndef _SQLITE3RTREE_H_ */
+
diff --git a/client/sqlitecpp/src/Column.cpp b/client/sqlitecpp/src/Column.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a679d15
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/sqlitecpp/src/Column.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+/**
+ * @file    Column.cpp
+ * @ingroup SQLiteCpp
+ * @brief   Encapsulation of a Column in a row of the result pointed by the prepared SQLite::Statement.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2012-2014 Sebastien Rombauts (sebastien.rombauts@gmail.com)
+ *
+ * Distributed under the MIT License (MIT) (See accompanying file LICENSE.txt
+ * or copy at http://opensource.org/licenses/MIT)
+ */
+#include <SQLiteCpp/Column.h>
+
+#include <iostream>
+
+
+namespace SQLite
+{
+
+
+// Encapsulation of a Column in a row of the result pointed by the prepared Statement.
+Column::Column(Statement::Ptr& aStmtPtr, int aIndex) noexcept : // nothrow
+    mStmtPtr(aStmtPtr),
+    mIndex(aIndex)
+{
+}
+
+// Finalize and unregister the SQL query from the SQLite Database Connection.
+Column::~Column() noexcept // nothrow
+{
+    // the finalization will be done by the destructor of the last shared pointer
+}
+
+// Return the named assigned to this result column (potentially aliased)
+const char * Column::getName() const noexcept // nothrow
+{
+    return sqlite3_column_name(mStmtPtr, mIndex);
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
+// Return the name of the table column that is the origin of this result column
+const char * Column::getOriginName() const noexcept // nothrow
+{
+    return sqlite3_column_origin_name(mStmtPtr, mIndex);
+}
+#endif
+
+// Return the integer value of the column specified by its index starting at 0
+int Column::getInt() const noexcept // nothrow
+{
+    return sqlite3_column_int(mStmtPtr, mIndex);
+}
+
+// Return the 64bits integer value of the column specified by its index starting at 0
+sqlite3_int64 Column::getInt64() const noexcept // nothrow
+{
+    return sqlite3_column_int64(mStmtPtr, mIndex);
+}
+
+// Return the double value of the column specified by its index starting at 0
+double Column::getDouble() const noexcept // nothrow
+{
+    return sqlite3_column_double(mStmtPtr, mIndex);
+}
+
+// Return a pointer to the text value (NULL terminated string) of the column specified by its index starting at 0
+const char* Column::getText(const char* apDefaultValue /* = "" */) const noexcept // nothrow
+{
+    const char* pText = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(mStmtPtr, mIndex);
+    return (pText?pText:apDefaultValue);
+}
+
+// Return a pointer to the text value (NULL terminated string) of the column specified by its index starting at 0
+const void* Column::getBlob() const noexcept // nothrow
+{
+    return sqlite3_column_blob(mStmtPtr, mIndex);
+}
+
+// Return the type of the value of the column
+int Column::getType() const noexcept // nothrow
+{
+    return sqlite3_column_type(mStmtPtr, mIndex);
+}
+
+// Return the number of bytes used by the text value of the column
+int Column::getBytes() const noexcept // nothrow
+{
+    return sqlite3_column_bytes(mStmtPtr, mIndex);
+}
+
+// Standard std::ostream inserter
+std::ostream& operator<<(std::ostream& aStream, const Column& aColumn)
+{
+    aStream << aColumn.getText();
+    return aStream;
+}
+
+
+}  // namespace SQLite
diff --git a/client/sqlitecpp/src/Database.cpp b/client/sqlitecpp/src/Database.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..11fcc8d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/sqlitecpp/src/Database.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+/**
+ * @file    Database.cpp
+ * @ingroup SQLiteCpp
+ * @brief   Management of a SQLite Database Connection.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2012-2013 Sebastien Rombauts (sebastien.rombauts@gmail.com)
+ *
+ * Distributed under the MIT License (MIT) (See accompanying file LICENSE.txt
+ * or copy at http://opensource.org/licenses/MIT)
+ */
+#include <SQLiteCpp/Database.h>
+
+#include <SQLiteCpp/Statement.h>
+#include <SQLiteCpp/Assertion.h>
+#include <SQLiteCpp/Exception.h>
+
+#include <string>
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC
+#define SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC 0x800
+#endif // SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC
+
+
+namespace SQLite
+{
+
+
+// Open the provided database UTF-8 filename with SQLITE_OPEN_xxx provided flags.
+Database::Database(const char* apFilename, const int aFlags /*= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY*/, const char* apVfs /*= NULL*/) :
+    mpSQLite(NULL),
+    mFilename(apFilename)
+{
+    int ret = sqlite3_open_v2(apFilename, &mpSQLite, aFlags, apVfs);
+    if (SQLITE_OK != ret)
+    {
+        std::string strerr = sqlite3_errmsg(mpSQLite);
+        sqlite3_close(mpSQLite); // close is required even in case of error on opening
+        throw SQLite::Exception(strerr);
+    }
+}
+
+// Open the provided database UTF-8 filename with SQLITE_OPEN_xxx provided flags.
+Database::Database(const std::string& aFilename, const int aFlags /*= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY*/, const std::string& aVfs) :
+    mpSQLite(NULL),
+    mFilename(aFilename)
+{
+    int ret = sqlite3_open_v2(aFilename.c_str(), &mpSQLite, aFlags, aVfs.empty() ? NULL : aVfs.c_str());
+    if (SQLITE_OK != ret)
+    {
+        std::string strerr = sqlite3_errmsg(mpSQLite);
+        sqlite3_close(mpSQLite); // close is required even in case of error on opening
+        throw SQLite::Exception(strerr);
+    }
+}
+
+// Close the SQLite database connection.
+Database::~Database() noexcept // nothrow
+{
+    int ret = sqlite3_close(mpSQLite);
+    // Never throw an exception in a destructor
+    SQLITECPP_ASSERT(SQLITE_OK == ret, sqlite3_errmsg(mpSQLite));  // See SQLITECPP_ENABLE_ASSERT_HANDLER
+}
+
+// Shortcut to execute one or multiple SQL statements without results (UPDATE, INSERT, ALTER, COMMIT, CREATE...).
+int Database::exec(const char* apQueries)
+{
+    int ret = sqlite3_exec(mpSQLite, apQueries, NULL, NULL, NULL);
+    check(ret);
+
+    // Return the number of rows modified by those SQL statements (INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE only)
+    return sqlite3_changes(mpSQLite);
+}
+
+// Shortcut to execute a one step query and fetch the first column of the result.
+// WARNING: Be very careful with this dangerous method: you have to
+// make a COPY OF THE result, else it will be destroy before the next line
+// (when the underlying temporary Statement and Column objects are destroyed)
+// this is an issue only for pointer type result (ie. char* and blob)
+// (use the Column copy-constructor)
+Column Database::execAndGet(const char* apQuery)
+{
+    Statement query(*this, apQuery);
+    (void)query.executeStep(); // Can return false if no result, which will throw next line in getColumn()
+    return query.getColumn(0);
+}
+
+// Shortcut to test if a table exists.
+bool Database::tableExists(const char* apTableName)
+{
+    Statement query(*this, "SELECT count(*) FROM sqlite_master WHERE type='table' AND name=?");
+    query.bind(1, apTableName);
+    (void)query.executeStep(); // Cannot return false, as the above query always return a result
+    int Nb = query.getColumn(0);
+    return (1 == Nb);
+}
+
+// Check if aRet equal SQLITE_OK, else throw a SQLite::Exception with the SQLite error message
+void Database::check(const int aRet) const
+{
+    if (SQLITE_OK != aRet)
+    {
+        throw SQLite::Exception(sqlite3_errmsg(mpSQLite));
+    }
+}
+
+// Attach a custom function to your sqlite database. Assumes UTF8 text representation.
+// Parameter details can be found here: http://www.sqlite.org/c3ref/create_function.html
+void Database::createFunction(const char*   apFuncName,
+                              int           aNbArg,
+                              bool          abDeterministic,
+                              void*         apApp,
+                              void        (*apFunc)(sqlite3_context *, int, sqlite3_value **),
+                              void        (*apStep)(sqlite3_context *, int, sqlite3_value **),
+                              void        (*apFinal)(sqlite3_context *),   // NOLINT(readability/casting)
+                              void        (*apDestroy)(void *))
+{
+    int TextRep = SQLITE_UTF8;
+    // optimization if deterministic function (e.g. of nondeterministic function random())
+    if (abDeterministic) {
+        TextRep = TextRep|SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC;
+    }
+    int ret = sqlite3_create_function_v2(mpSQLite, apFuncName, aNbArg, TextRep,
+                                         apApp, apFunc, apStep, apFinal, apDestroy);
+
+    check(ret);
+}
+
+
+}  // namespace SQLite
diff --git a/client/sqlitecpp/src/Statement.cpp b/client/sqlitecpp/src/Statement.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d88d3b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/sqlitecpp/src/Statement.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,361 @@
+/**
+ * @file    Statement.cpp
+ * @ingroup SQLiteCpp
+ * @brief   A prepared SQLite Statement is a compiled SQL query ready to be executed, pointing to a row of result.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2012-2013 Sebastien Rombauts (sebastien.rombauts@gmail.com)
+ *
+ * Distributed under the MIT License (MIT) (See accompanying file LICENSE.txt
+ * or copy at http://opensource.org/licenses/MIT)
+ */
+#include <SQLiteCpp/Statement.h>
+
+#include <SQLiteCpp/Database.h>
+#include <SQLiteCpp/Column.h>
+#include <SQLiteCpp/Assertion.h>
+#include <SQLiteCpp/Exception.h>
+
+#include <string>
+
+
+namespace SQLite
+{
+
+// Compile and register the SQL query for the provided SQLite Database Connection
+Statement::Statement(Database &aDatabase, const char* apQuery) :
+    mQuery(apQuery),
+    mStmtPtr(aDatabase.mpSQLite, mQuery), // prepare the SQL query, and ref count (needs Database friendship)
+    mColumnCount(0),
+    mbOk(false),
+    mbDone(false)
+{
+    mColumnCount = sqlite3_column_count(mStmtPtr);
+}
+
+// Compile and register the SQL query for the provided SQLite Database Connection
+Statement::Statement(Database &aDatabase, const std::string& aQuery) :
+    mQuery(aQuery),
+    mStmtPtr(aDatabase.mpSQLite, mQuery), // prepare the SQL query, and ref count (needs Database friendship)
+    mColumnCount(0),
+    mbOk(false),
+    mbDone(false)
+{
+    mColumnCount = sqlite3_column_count(mStmtPtr);
+}
+
+// Finalize and unregister the SQL query from the SQLite Database Connection.
+Statement::~Statement() noexcept // nothrow
+{
+    // the finalization will be done by the destructor of the last shared pointer
+}
+
+// Reset the statement to make it ready for a new execution
+void Statement::reset()
+{
+    mbOk = false;
+    mbDone = false;
+    int ret = sqlite3_reset(mStmtPtr);
+    check(ret);
+}
+
+// Clears away all the bindings of a prepared statement.
+// "Contrary to the intuition of many, [sqlite3_reset()] does not reset
+//    ** the [sqlite3_bind_blob | bindings] on a [prepared statement]."
+void Statement::clearBindings(void)
+{
+    mbOk = false;
+    mbDone = false;
+    int ret = sqlite3_clear_bindings(mStmtPtr);
+    check(ret);
+}
+
+// Bind an int value to a parameter "?", "?NNN", ":VVV", "@VVV" or "$VVV" in the SQL prepared statement
+void Statement::bind(const int aIndex, const int& aValue)
+{
+    int ret = sqlite3_bind_int(mStmtPtr, aIndex, aValue);
+    check(ret);
+}
+
+// Bind a 64bits int value to a parameter "?", "?NNN", ":VVV", "@VVV" or "$VVV" in the SQL prepared statement
+void Statement::bind(const int aIndex, const sqlite3_int64& aValue)
+{
+    int ret = sqlite3_bind_int64(mStmtPtr, aIndex, aValue);
+    check(ret);
+}
+
+// Bind a double (64bits float) value to a parameter "?", "?NNN", ":VVV", "@VVV" or "$VVV" in the SQL prepared statement
+void Statement::bind(const int aIndex, const double& aValue)
+{
+    int ret = sqlite3_bind_double(mStmtPtr, aIndex, aValue);
+    check(ret);
+}
+
+// Bind a string value to a parameter "?", "?NNN", ":VVV", "@VVV" or "$VVV" in the SQL prepared statement
+void Statement::bind(const int aIndex, const std::string& aValue)
+{
+    int ret = sqlite3_bind_text(mStmtPtr, aIndex, aValue.c_str(), static_cast<int>(aValue.size()), SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+    check(ret);
+}
+
+// Bind a text value to a parameter "?", "?NNN", ":VVV", "@VVV" or "$VVV" in the SQL prepared statement
+void Statement::bind(const int aIndex, const char* apValue)
+{
+    int ret = sqlite3_bind_text(mStmtPtr, aIndex, apValue, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+    check(ret);
+}
+
+// Bind a binary blob value to a parameter "?", "?NNN", ":VVV", "@VVV" or "$VVV" in the SQL prepared statement
+void Statement::bind(const int aIndex, const void* apValue, const int aSize)
+{
+    int ret = sqlite3_bind_blob(mStmtPtr, aIndex, apValue, aSize, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+    check(ret);
+}
+
+// Bind a NULL value to a parameter "?", "?NNN", ":VVV", "@VVV" or "$VVV" in the SQL prepared statement
+void Statement::bind(const int aIndex)
+{
+    int ret = sqlite3_bind_null(mStmtPtr, aIndex);
+    check(ret);
+}
+
+
+// Bind an int value to a parameter "?NNN", ":VVV", "@VVV" or "$VVV" in the SQL prepared statement
+void Statement::bind(const char* apName, const int& aValue)
+{
+    int index = sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(mStmtPtr, apName);
+    int ret   = sqlite3_bind_int(mStmtPtr, index, aValue);
+    check(ret);
+}
+
+// Bind a 64bits int value to a parameter "?NNN", ":VVV", "@VVV" or "$VVV" in the SQL prepared statement
+void Statement::bind(const char* apName, const sqlite3_int64& aValue)
+{
+    int index = sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(mStmtPtr, apName);
+    int ret   = sqlite3_bind_int64(mStmtPtr, index, aValue);
+    check(ret);
+}
+
+// Bind a double (64bits float) value to a parameter "?NNN", ":VVV", "@VVV" or "$VVV" in the SQL prepared statement
+void Statement::bind(const char* apName, const double& aValue)
+{
+    int index = sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(mStmtPtr, apName);
+    int ret   = sqlite3_bind_double(mStmtPtr, index, aValue);
+    check(ret);
+}
+
+// Bind a string value to a parameter "?NNN", ":VVV", "@VVV" or "$VVV" in the SQL prepared statement
+void Statement::bind(const char* apName, const std::string& aValue)
+{
+    int index = sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(mStmtPtr, apName);
+    int ret   = sqlite3_bind_text(mStmtPtr, index, aValue.c_str(), static_cast<int>(aValue.size()), SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+    check(ret);
+}
+
+// Bind a text value to a parameter "?NNN", ":VVV", "@VVV" or "$VVV" in the SQL prepared statement
+void Statement::bind(const char* apName, const char* apValue)
+{
+    int index = sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(mStmtPtr, apName);
+    int ret   = sqlite3_bind_text(mStmtPtr, index, apValue, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+    check(ret);
+}
+
+// Bind a binary blob value to a parameter "?NNN", ":VVV", "@VVV" or "$VVV" in the SQL prepared statement
+void Statement::bind(const char* apName, const void* apValue, const int aSize)
+{
+    int index = sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(mStmtPtr, apName);
+    int ret   = sqlite3_bind_blob(mStmtPtr, index, apValue, aSize, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+    check(ret);
+}
+
+// Bind a NULL value to a parameter "?NNN", ":VVV", "@VVV" or "$VVV" in the SQL prepared statement
+void Statement::bind(const char* apName)
+{
+    int index = sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(mStmtPtr, apName);
+    int ret   = sqlite3_bind_null(mStmtPtr, index);
+    check(ret);
+}
+
+
+// Execute a step of the query to fetch one row of results
+bool Statement::executeStep()
+{
+    if (false == mbDone)
+    {
+        int ret = sqlite3_step(mStmtPtr);
+        mStmtPtr.setLastStatus(ret);
+        if (SQLITE_ROW == ret) // one row is ready : call getColumn(N) to access it
+        {
+            mbOk = true;
+        }
+        else if (SQLITE_DONE == ret) // no (more) row ready : the query has finished executing
+        {
+            mbOk = false;
+            mbDone = true;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            mbOk = false;
+            mbDone = false;
+            throw SQLite::Exception(sqlite3_errmsg(mStmtPtr));
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        throw SQLite::Exception("Statement needs to be reset");
+    }
+
+    return mbOk; // true only if one row is accessible by getColumn(N)
+}
+
+// Execute a one-step query with no expected result
+int Statement::exec()
+{
+    if (false == mbDone)
+    {
+        int ret = sqlite3_step(mStmtPtr);
+        mStmtPtr.setLastStatus(ret);
+        if (SQLITE_DONE == ret) // the statement has finished executing successfully
+        {
+            mbOk = false;
+            mbDone = true;
+        }
+        else if (SQLITE_ROW == ret)
+        {
+            mbOk = false;
+            mbDone = false;
+            throw SQLite::Exception("exec() does not expect results");
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            mbOk = false;
+            mbDone = false;
+            throw SQLite::Exception(sqlite3_errmsg(mStmtPtr));
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        throw SQLite::Exception("Statement need to be reseted");
+    }
+
+    // Return the number of rows modified by those SQL statements (INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE)
+    return sqlite3_changes(mStmtPtr);
+}
+
+// Return a copy of the column data specified by its index starting at 0
+// (use the Column copy-constructor)
+Column Statement::getColumn(const int aIndex)
+{
+    if (false == mbOk)
+    {
+        throw SQLite::Exception("No row to get a column from");
+    }
+    else if ((aIndex < 0) || (aIndex >= mColumnCount))
+    {
+        throw SQLite::Exception("Column index out of range");
+    }
+
+    // Share the Statement Object handle with the new Column created
+    return Column(mStmtPtr, aIndex);
+}
+
+// Test if the column is NULL
+bool Statement::isColumnNull(const int aIndex) const
+{
+    if (false == mbOk)
+    {
+        throw SQLite::Exception("No row to get a column from");
+    }
+    else if ((aIndex < 0) || (aIndex >= mColumnCount))
+    {
+        throw SQLite::Exception("Column index out of range");
+    }
+
+    return (SQLITE_NULL == sqlite3_column_type(mStmtPtr, aIndex));
+}
+
+// Check if aRet equal SQLITE_OK, else throw a SQLite::Exception with the SQLite error message
+void Statement::check(const int aRet)
+{
+    mStmtPtr.setLastStatus(aRet);
+    if (SQLITE_OK != aRet)
+    {
+        throw SQLite::Exception(sqlite3_errmsg(mStmtPtr));
+    }
+}
+
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Internal class : shared pointer to the sqlite3_stmt SQLite Statement Object
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+/**
+ * @brief Prepare the statement and initialize its reference counter
+ *
+ * @param[in] apSQLite  The sqlite3 database connexion
+ * @param[in] aQuery    The SQL query string to prepare
+ */
+Statement::Ptr::Ptr(sqlite3* apSQLite, std::string& aQuery) :
+    mpSQLite(apSQLite),
+    mpStmt(NULL),
+    mpRefCount(NULL),
+    mLastStatus(SQLITE_OK)
+{
+    mLastStatus = sqlite3_prepare_v2(apSQLite, aQuery.c_str(), static_cast<int>(aQuery.size()), &mpStmt, NULL);
+    if (SQLITE_OK != mLastStatus)
+    {
+        throw SQLite::Exception(sqlite3_errmsg(mpSQLite));
+    }
+    // Initialize the reference counter of the sqlite3_stmt :
+    // used to share the mStmtPtr between Statement and Column objects;
+    // This is needed to enable Column objects to live longer than the Statement objet it refers to.
+    mpRefCount = new unsigned int(1);  // NOLINT(readability/casting)
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Copy constructor increments the ref counter
+ *
+ * @param[in] aPtr Pointer to copy
+ */
+Statement::Ptr::Ptr(const Statement::Ptr& aPtr) :
+    mpSQLite(aPtr.mpSQLite),
+    mpStmt(aPtr.mpStmt),
+    mpRefCount(aPtr.mpRefCount),
+    mLastStatus(SQLITE_OK)
+{
+    assert(NULL != mpRefCount);
+    assert(0 != *mpRefCount);
+
+    // Increment the reference counter of the sqlite3_stmt,
+    // asking not to finalize the sqlite3_stmt during the lifetime of the new objet
+    ++(*mpRefCount);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Decrement the ref counter and finalize the sqlite3_stmt when it reaches 0
+ */
+Statement::Ptr::~Ptr() noexcept // nothrow
+{
+    assert(NULL != mpRefCount);
+    assert(0 != *mpRefCount);
+
+    // Decrement and check the reference counter of the sqlite3_stmt
+    --(*mpRefCount);
+    if (0 == *mpRefCount)
+    {
+        // If count reaches zero, finalize the sqlite3_stmt,
+        // as no Statement not Column objet use it anymore
+        int ret = sqlite3_finalize(mpStmt);
+        // Never throw an exception in a destructor
+        SQLITECPP_ASSERT((SQLITE_OK == ret || mLastStatus == ret),
+          sqlite3_errmsg(mpSQLite));  // See SQLITECPP_ENABLE_ASSERT_HANDLER
+
+        // and delete the reference counter
+        delete mpRefCount;
+        mpRefCount = NULL;
+        mpStmt = NULL;
+    }
+    // else, the finalization will be done later, by the last object
+}
+
+
+}  // namespace SQLite
diff --git a/client/sqlitecpp/src/Transaction.cpp b/client/sqlitecpp/src/Transaction.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5971d97
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/sqlitecpp/src/Transaction.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+/**
+ * @file    Transaction.cpp
+ * @ingroup SQLiteCpp
+ * @brief   A Transaction is way to group multiple SQL statements into an atomic secured operation.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2012-2013 Sebastien Rombauts (sebastien.rombauts@gmail.com)
+ *
+ * Distributed under the MIT License (MIT) (See accompanying file LICENSE.txt
+ * or copy at http://opensource.org/licenses/MIT)
+ */
+#include <SQLiteCpp/Transaction.h>
+
+#include <SQLiteCpp/Database.h>
+#include <SQLiteCpp/Assertion.h>
+
+
+namespace SQLite
+{
+
+
+// Begins the SQLite transaction
+Transaction::Transaction(Database& aDatabase) :
+    mDatabase(aDatabase),
+    mbCommited(false)
+{
+    mDatabase.exec("BEGIN");
+}
+
+// Safely rollback the transaction if it has not been committed.
+Transaction::~Transaction() noexcept // nothrow
+{
+    if (false == mbCommited)
+    {
+        try
+        {
+            mDatabase.exec("ROLLBACK");
+        }
+        catch (SQLite::Exception& e)
+        {
+            // Never throw an exception in a destructor
+            SQLITECPP_ASSERT(false, e.what());  // See SQLITECPP_ENABLE_ASSERT_HANDLER
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+// Commit the transaction.
+void Transaction::commit()
+{
+    if (false == mbCommited)
+    {
+        mDatabase.exec("COMMIT");
+        mbCommited = true;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        throw SQLite::Exception("Transaction already commited");
+    }
+}
+
+
+}  // namespace SQLite
diff --git a/client/sqlitecpp/tests/Database_test.cpp b/client/sqlitecpp/tests/Database_test.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..55e4768
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/sqlitecpp/tests/Database_test.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
+/**
+ * @file    Database_test.cpp
+ * @ingroup tests
+ * @brief   Test of a SQLiteCpp Database.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2014 Sebastien Rombauts (sebastien.rombauts@gmail.com)
+ *
+ * Distributed under the MIT License (MIT) (See accompanying file LICENSE.txt
+ * or copy at http://opensource.org/licenses/MIT)
+ */
+
+#include <SQLiteCpp/Database.h>
+
+#include <gtest/gtest.h>
+
+#include <cstdio>
+
+#ifdef SQLITECPP_ENABLE_ASSERT_HANDLER
+namespace SQLite
+{
+/// definition of the assertion handler enabled when SQLITECPP_ENABLE_ASSERT_HANDLER is defined in the project (CMakeList.txt)
+void assertion_failed(const char* apFile, const long apLine, const char* apFunc, const char* apExpr, const char* apMsg)
+{
+    // TODO test that this assertion callback get called
+    std::cout << "assertion_failed(" << apFile << ", " << apLine << ", " << apFunc << ", " << apExpr << ", " << apMsg << ")\n";
+}
+}
+#endif
+
+
+TEST(Database, ctorExecCreateDropExist) {
+    remove("test.db3");
+    {
+        // Try to open an unexisting database
+        EXPECT_THROW(SQLite::Database not_found("test.db3"), SQLite::Exception);
+
+        // Create a new database
+        SQLite::Database db("test.db3", SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE);
+        EXPECT_STREQ("test.db3", db.getFilename().c_str());
+        EXPECT_FALSE(db.tableExists("test"));
+        EXPECT_FALSE(db.tableExists(std::string("test")));
+        EXPECT_EQ(0, db.getLastInsertRowid());
+
+        EXPECT_EQ(0, db.exec("CREATE TABLE test (id INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, value TEXT)"));
+        EXPECT_TRUE(db.tableExists("test"));
+        EXPECT_TRUE(db.tableExists(std::string("test")));
+        EXPECT_EQ(0, db.getLastInsertRowid());
+        
+        EXPECT_EQ(0, db.exec("DROP TABLE IF EXISTS test"));
+        EXPECT_FALSE(db.tableExists("test"));
+        EXPECT_FALSE(db.tableExists(std::string("test")));
+        EXPECT_EQ(0, db.getLastInsertRowid());
+    } // Close DB test.db3
+    remove("test.db3");
+}
+
+TEST(Database, exec) {
+    remove("test.db3");
+    {
+        // Create a new database
+        SQLite::Database db("test.db3", SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE);
+
+        // Create a new table with an explicit "id" column aliasing the underlying rowid
+        // NOTE: here exec() returns 0 only because it is the first statements since database connexion,
+        //       but its return is an undefined value for "CREATE TABLE" statements.
+        db.exec("CREATE TABLE test (id INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, value TEXT)");
+        EXPECT_EQ(0, db.getLastInsertRowid());
+        EXPECT_EQ(0, db.getTotalChanges());
+
+        // first row : insert the "first" text value into new row of id 1
+        EXPECT_EQ(1, db.exec("INSERT INTO test VALUES (NULL, \"first\")"));
+        EXPECT_EQ(1, db.getLastInsertRowid());
+        EXPECT_EQ(1, db.getTotalChanges());
+
+        // second row : insert the "second" text value into new row of id 2
+        EXPECT_EQ(1, db.exec("INSERT INTO test VALUES (NULL, \"second\")"));
+        EXPECT_EQ(2, db.getLastInsertRowid());
+        EXPECT_EQ(2, db.getTotalChanges());
+
+        // third row : insert the "third" text value into new row of id 3
+        EXPECT_EQ(1, db.exec("INSERT INTO test VALUES (NULL, \"third\")"));
+        EXPECT_EQ(3, db.getLastInsertRowid());
+        EXPECT_EQ(3, db.getTotalChanges());
+
+        // update the second row : update text value to "second_updated"
+        EXPECT_EQ(1, db.exec("UPDATE test SET value=\"second-updated\" WHERE id='2'"));
+        EXPECT_EQ(3, db.getLastInsertRowid()); // last inserted row ID is still 3
+        EXPECT_EQ(4, db.getTotalChanges());
+
+        // delete the third row
+        EXPECT_EQ(1, db.exec("DELETE FROM test WHERE id='3'"));
+        EXPECT_EQ(3, db.getLastInsertRowid());
+        EXPECT_EQ(5, db.getTotalChanges());
+
+        // drop the whole table, ie the two remaining columns
+        // NOTE: here exec() returns 1, like the last time, as it is an undefined value for "DROP TABLE" statements
+        db.exec("DROP TABLE IF EXISTS test");
+        EXPECT_FALSE(db.tableExists("test"));
+        EXPECT_EQ(5, db.getTotalChanges());
+
+        // Re-Create the same table
+        // NOTE: here exec() returns 1, like the last time, as it is an undefined value for "CREATE TABLE" statements
+        db.exec("CREATE TABLE test (id INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, value TEXT)");
+        EXPECT_EQ(5, db.getTotalChanges());
+
+        // insert two rows with two *different* statements => returns only 1, ie. for the second INSERT statement
+        EXPECT_EQ(1, db.exec("INSERT INTO test VALUES (NULL, \"first\");INSERT INTO test VALUES (NULL, \"second\");"));
+        EXPECT_EQ(2, db.getLastInsertRowid());
+        EXPECT_EQ(7, db.getTotalChanges());
+
+#if (SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER >= 3007011)
+        // insert two rows with only one statement (starting with SQLite 3.7.11) => returns 2
+        EXPECT_EQ(2, db.exec("INSERT INTO test VALUES (NULL, \"third\"), (NULL, \"fourth\");"));
+        EXPECT_EQ(4, db.getLastInsertRowid());
+        EXPECT_EQ(9, db.getTotalChanges());
+#endif
+
+    } // Close DB test.db3
+    remove("test.db3");
+}
+
+TEST(Database, execAndGet) {
+    remove("test.db3");
+    {
+        // Create a new database
+        SQLite::Database db("test.db3", SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE);
+
+        // Create a new table with an explicit "id" column aliasing the underlying rowid
+        db.exec("CREATE TABLE test (id INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, value TEXT, weight INTEGER)");
+
+        // insert a few rows
+        EXPECT_EQ(1, db.exec("INSERT INTO test VALUES (NULL, \"first\",  3)"));
+        EXPECT_EQ(1, db.exec("INSERT INTO test VALUES (NULL, \"second\", 5)"));
+        EXPECT_EQ(1, db.exec("INSERT INTO test VALUES (NULL, \"third\",  7)"));
+
+        // Get a single value result with an easy to use shortcut
+        EXPECT_STREQ("second",  db.execAndGet("SELECT value FROM test WHERE id=2"));
+        EXPECT_STREQ("third",   db.execAndGet("SELECT value FROM test WHERE weight=7"));
+        EXPECT_EQ(3,       (int)db.execAndGet("SELECT weight FROM test WHERE value=\"first\""));
+    } // Close DB test.db3
+    remove("test.db3");
+}
+
+TEST(Database, execException) {
+    remove("test.db3");
+    {
+        // Create a new database
+        SQLite::Database db("test.db3", SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE);
+
+        // exception with SQL error: "no such table"
+        EXPECT_THROW(db.exec("INSERT INTO test VALUES (NULL, \"first\",  3)"), SQLite::Exception);
+
+        // Create a new table
+        db.exec("CREATE TABLE test (id INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, value TEXT, weight INTEGER)");
+
+        // exception with SQL error: "table test has 3 columns but 2 values were supplied"
+        EXPECT_THROW(db.exec("INSERT INTO test VALUES (NULL,  3)"), SQLite::Exception);
+
+        // exception with SQL error: "No row to get a column from"
+        EXPECT_THROW(db.execAndGet("SELECT weight FROM test WHERE value=\"first\""), SQLite::Exception);
+
+        EXPECT_EQ(1, db.exec("INSERT INTO test VALUES (NULL, \"first\",  3)"));
+        // exception with SQL error: "No row to get a column from"
+        EXPECT_THROW(db.execAndGet("SELECT weight FROM test WHERE value=\"second\""), SQLite::Exception);
+
+    } // Close DB test.db3
+    remove("test.db3");
+}
diff --git a/client/sqlitecpp/tests/Statement_test.cpp b/client/sqlitecpp/tests/Statement_test.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2fb6aea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/sqlitecpp/tests/Statement_test.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/**
+ * @file    Statement_test.cpp
+ * @ingroup tests
+ * @brief   Test of a SQLiteCpp Statement.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2014 Sebastien Rombauts (sebastien.rombauts@gmail.com)
+ *
+ * Distributed under the MIT License (MIT) (See accompanying file LICENSE.txt
+ * or copy at http://opensource.org/licenses/MIT)
+ */
+
+#include <SQLiteCpp/Database.h>
+#include <SQLiteCpp/Statement.h>
+
+#include <gtest/gtest.h>
+
+#include <cstdio>
+
+
+TEST(Statement, invalid) {
+    remove("test.db3");
+    {
+        // Create a new database
+        SQLite::Database db("test.db3", SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE);
+
+        // Compile a SQL query, but without any table in the database
+        EXPECT_THROW(SQLite::Statement query(db, "SELECT * FROM test"), SQLite::Exception);
+
+        EXPECT_EQ(0, db.exec("CREATE TABLE test (id INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, value TEXT)"));
+        
+        // Compile a SQL query with no parameter
+        SQLite::Statement   query(db, "SELECT * FROM test");
+        EXPECT_STREQ("SELECT * FROM test", query.getQuery().c_str());
+        EXPECT_EQ(2, query.getColumnCount ());
+        EXPECT_FALSE(query.isOk());
+        EXPECT_FALSE(query.isDone());
+        EXPECT_THROW(query.isColumnNull(-1), SQLite::Exception);
+        EXPECT_THROW(query.isColumnNull(0), SQLite::Exception);
+        EXPECT_THROW(query.isColumnNull(1), SQLite::Exception);
+        EXPECT_THROW(query.isColumnNull(2), SQLite::Exception);
+        EXPECT_THROW(query.getColumn(-1), SQLite::Exception);
+        EXPECT_THROW(query.getColumn(0), SQLite::Exception);
+        EXPECT_THROW(query.getColumn(1), SQLite::Exception);
+        EXPECT_THROW(query.getColumn(2), SQLite::Exception);
+
+        query.reset();
+        EXPECT_FALSE(query.isOk());
+        EXPECT_FALSE(query.isDone());
+
+        query.exec();
+        EXPECT_FALSE(query.isOk());
+        EXPECT_TRUE( query.isDone());
+        query.reset();
+        EXPECT_FALSE(query.isOk());
+        EXPECT_FALSE(query.isDone());
+
+        query.reset();
+        EXPECT_THROW(query.bind(-1, 123), SQLite::Exception);
+        EXPECT_THROW(query.bind(0, 123), SQLite::Exception);
+        EXPECT_THROW(query.bind(1, 123), SQLite::Exception);
+        EXPECT_THROW(query.bind(2, 123), SQLite::Exception);
+        EXPECT_THROW(query.bind(0, "abc"), SQLite::Exception);
+        EXPECT_THROW(query.bind(0), SQLite::Exception);
+
+        query.exec();
+        EXPECT_THROW(query.isColumnNull(0), SQLite::Exception);
+        EXPECT_THROW(query.getColumn(0), SQLite::Exception);
+
+    } // Close DB test.db3
+    remove("test.db3");
+}
diff --git a/client/template.dmg b/client/template.dmg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..02d94ba
Binary files /dev/null and b/client/template.dmg differ
diff --git a/client/template.dmg.bz2 b/client/template.dmg.bz2
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d458c84
Binary files /dev/null and b/client/template.dmg.bz2 differ
diff --git a/client/timeintervaldlg.cpp b/client/timeintervaldlg.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7b1d916
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/timeintervaldlg.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+#include "timeintervaldlg.h"
+#include "ui_timeintervaldlg.h"
+#include "timetreemodel.h"
+#include <QtGui/QCloseEvent>
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <QPushButton>
+#include <QLocale>
+
+TimeIntervalDlg::TimeIntervalDlg(QWidget *parent, TimeTreeModel* model, PTimeLine timeline, Type type, const TimeRecord& interval) :
+  QDialog(parent, Qt::Sheet),
+  ui(new Ui::TimeIntervalDlg),
+  mModel(model), mTimeline(timeline), mType(type), mInterval(interval)
+{
+  ui->setupUi(this);
+  connect(ui->mStartTimeEdit, SIGNAL(dateTimeChanged(QDateTime)), this, SLOT(dataChanged(QDateTime)));
+  connect(ui->mFinishTimeEdit, SIGNAL(dateTimeChanged(QDateTime)), this, SLOT(dataChanged(QDateTime)));
+  QLocale currentLocale;
+  ui->mStartTimeEdit->setDisplayFormat(currentLocale.dateTimeFormat(QLocale::ShortFormat));
+  ui->mFinishTimeEdit->setDisplayFormat(currentLocale.dateTimeFormat(QLocale::ShortFormat));
+}
+
+TimeIntervalDlg::~TimeIntervalDlg()
+{
+  delete ui;
+}
+
+void TimeIntervalDlg::setStartDate(const QDateTime& t)
+{
+  ui->mStartTimeEdit->setDateTime(t);
+}
+
+QDateTime TimeIntervalDlg::startDate()
+{
+  return ui->mStartTimeEdit->dateTime();
+}
+
+void TimeIntervalDlg::setFinishDate(const QDateTime& t)
+{
+  ui->mFinishTimeEdit->setDateTime(t);
+}
+
+QDateTime TimeIntervalDlg::finishDate()
+{
+  return ui->mFinishTimeEdit->dateTime();
+}
+
+void TimeIntervalDlg::accept()
+{
+  // Insert interval
+  mModel->insertInterval(TimeRecord(startDate().toUTC(), finishDate().toUTC(), mTimeline->taskId()));
+  emit accepted();
+  close();
+}
+
+void TimeIntervalDlg::reject()
+{
+  // Bring back deleted interval
+  if (mType == Type::Change)
+    mTimeline->insertInterval(mInterval);
+  close();
+}
+
+void TimeIntervalDlg::closeEvent(QCloseEvent *event)
+{
+  event->accept();
+}
+
+bool TimeIntervalDlg::validate()
+{
+  assert(mTimeline);
+  return !mTimeline->hasIntersection(TimeRecord(startDate().toUTC(), finishDate().toUTC(), mTimeline->taskId()));
+}
+
+void TimeIntervalDlg::dataChanged(const QDateTime& changed)
+{
+  ui->buttonBox->button(QDialogButtonBox::Ok)->setEnabled(validate());
+}
+
diff --git a/client/timeintervaldlg.h b/client/timeintervaldlg.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2854a94
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/timeintervaldlg.h
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+#ifndef TIMEINTERVALDLG_H
+#define TIMEINTERVALDLG_H
+
+#include <QDialog>
+#include "task.h"
+
+namespace Ui {
+class TimeIntervalDlg;
+}
+
+class TimeTreeModel;
+class TimeIntervalDlg : public QDialog
+{
+  Q_OBJECT
+
+public:
+  enum class Type
+  {
+    New,
+    Change
+  };
+  explicit TimeIntervalDlg(QWidget *parent, TimeTreeModel* model, PTimeLine timeline, Type type, const TimeRecord& interval);
+  ~TimeIntervalDlg();
+
+  void setTimeline();
+
+  // These methods accept & return date in local time
+  void setStartDate(const QDateTime& t);
+  QDateTime startDate();
+  void setFinishDate(const QDateTime& t);
+  QDateTime finishDate();
+
+  void accept();
+  void reject();
+  void closeEvent(QCloseEvent *event);
+
+private:
+  Ui::TimeIntervalDlg *ui;
+  PTimeLine mTimeline;
+  Type mType;
+  TimeRecord mInterval;
+  TimeTreeModel* mModel;
+
+  bool validate();
+
+public slots:
+  void dataChanged(const QDateTime& changed);
+};
+
+#endif // TIMEINTERVALDLG_H
diff --git a/client/timeintervaldlg.ui b/client/timeintervaldlg.ui
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aa3cb7a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/timeintervaldlg.ui
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<ui version="4.0">
+ <class>TimeIntervalDlg</class>
+ <widget class="QDialog" name="TimeIntervalDlg">
+  <property name="geometry">
+   <rect>
+    <x>0</x>
+    <y>0</y>
+    <width>400</width>
+    <height>134</height>
+   </rect>
+  </property>
+  <property name="windowTitle">
+   <string>Time interval</string>
+  </property>
+  <property name="modal">
+   <bool>false</bool>
+  </property>
+  <layout class="QVBoxLayout" name="verticalLayout">
+   <item>
+    <layout class="QFormLayout" name="formLayout">
+     <item row="0" column="0">
+      <widget class="QLabel" name="mStartTimeLabel">
+       <property name="text">
+        <string>Start time:</string>
+       </property>
+      </widget>
+     </item>
+     <item row="0" column="1">
+      <widget class="QDateTimeEdit" name="mStartTimeEdit">
+       <property name="time">
+        <time>
+         <hour>1</hour>
+         <minute>0</minute>
+         <second>0</second>
+        </time>
+       </property>
+       <property name="calendarPopup">
+        <bool>true</bool>
+       </property>
+      </widget>
+     </item>
+     <item row="1" column="0">
+      <widget class="QLabel" name="mFinishTimeLabel">
+       <property name="text">
+        <string>Finish time:</string>
+       </property>
+      </widget>
+     </item>
+     <item row="1" column="1">
+      <widget class="QDateTimeEdit" name="mFinishTimeEdit">
+       <property name="calendarPopup">
+        <bool>true</bool>
+       </property>
+      </widget>
+     </item>
+    </layout>
+   </item>
+   <item>
+    <widget class="QDialogButtonBox" name="buttonBox">
+     <property name="orientation">
+      <enum>Qt::Horizontal</enum>
+     </property>
+     <property name="standardButtons">
+      <set>QDialogButtonBox::Cancel|QDialogButtonBox::Ok</set>
+     </property>
+     <property name="centerButtons">
+      <bool>true</bool>
+     </property>
+    </widget>
+   </item>
+  </layout>
+ </widget>
+ <resources/>
+ <connections>
+  <connection>
+   <sender>buttonBox</sender>
+   <signal>accepted()</signal>
+   <receiver>TimeIntervalDlg</receiver>
+   <slot>accept()</slot>
+   <hints>
+    <hint type="sourcelabel">
+     <x>248</x>
+     <y>254</y>
+    </hint>
+    <hint type="destinationlabel">
+     <x>157</x>
+     <y>274</y>
+    </hint>
+   </hints>
+  </connection>
+  <connection>
+   <sender>buttonBox</sender>
+   <signal>rejected()</signal>
+   <receiver>TimeIntervalDlg</receiver>
+   <slot>reject()</slot>
+   <hints>
+    <hint type="sourcelabel">
+     <x>316</x>
+     <y>260</y>
+    </hint>
+    <hint type="destinationlabel">
+     <x>286</x>
+     <y>274</y>
+    </hint>
+   </hints>
+  </connection>
+ </connections>
+</ui>
diff --git a/client/timereportwizard.cpp b/client/timereportwizard.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dcfc3c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/timereportwizard.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,186 @@
+#include "timereportwizard.h"
+#include <QLayout>
+#include <QFormLayout>
+#include <QDateEdit>
+#include "helper.h"
+#include "settings.h"
+
+TaskTreePage::TaskTreePage(QWidget *parent)
+  :QWizardPage(parent), mTaskView(nullptr), mTaskModel(nullptr)
+{
+  mTaskModel = new TaskTreeModel(true);
+  // Add tree view
+  mTaskView = new QTreeView();
+  mTaskView->setModel(mTaskModel);
+
+  QVBoxLayout* layout = new QVBoxLayout();
+  layout->addWidget(mTaskView);
+  setLayout(layout);
+}
+
+static void findSelectedTasks(PTask t, TaskArray& selected)
+{
+  if (t->isChecked())
+    selected.push_back(t);
+
+  for (auto task: t->children())
+    findSelectedTasks(task, selected);
+}
+
+void TaskTreePage::getSelectedTasks(TaskArray& selected)
+{
+  // Iterate all tasks in model and find checked tasks
+  selected.clear();
+  TaskArray& top = Storage::instance().topOfTaskTree();
+  for (PTask t: top)
+    findSelectedTasks(t, selected);
+}
+
+void TaskTreePage::accepted()
+{
+
+}
+
+CumulativeOptionPage::CumulativeOptionPage(Settings& settings, QWidget* parent)
+  :QWizardPage(parent), mCheckbox(nullptr), mSettings(settings)
+{
+  mCheckbox = new QCheckBox();
+  mCheckbox->setChecked(settings.data()[KEY_CUMULATIVE_REPORT].toBool());
+  mCheckbox->setText(tr("Add summarized time of subtasks to its parents in report"));
+  connect(mCheckbox, SIGNAL(clicked(bool)), this, SLOT(onChanged(bool)));
+
+  QVBoxLayout* layout = new QVBoxLayout();
+  layout->addWidget(mCheckbox);
+  setLayout(layout);
+}
+
+bool CumulativeOptionPage::isCumulativeReportEnabled()
+{
+  return mCheckbox->isChecked();
+}
+
+void CumulativeOptionPage::onChanged(bool value)
+{
+  mSettings.data()[KEY_CUMULATIVE_REPORT] = value;
+  mSettings.save();
+}
+
+DateIntervalPage::DateIntervalPage(QWidget *parent)
+  :QWizardPage(parent), mStartIntervalEdit(nullptr), mFinishIntervalEdit(nullptr)
+{
+  mStartIntervalEdit = new QDateEdit;
+  QDate monthBegin(QDate::currentDate().year(), 1, 1);
+
+  mStartIntervalEdit->setDate(monthBegin);
+  mStartIntervalEdit->setCalendarPopup(true);
+
+  mFinishIntervalEdit = new QDateEdit;
+  mFinishIntervalEdit->setDate(QDate::currentDate());
+  mFinishIntervalEdit->setCalendarPopup(true);
+
+  QFormLayout* fl = new QFormLayout;
+  fl->addRow(tr("Start date:"), mStartIntervalEdit);
+  fl->addRow(tr("End date:"), mFinishIntervalEdit);
+  setLayout(fl);
+}
+
+void DateIntervalPage::getReportInterval(QDate& start, QDate& finish)
+{
+  start = mStartIntervalEdit->date();
+  finish = mFinishIntervalEdit->date();
+}
+
+ReportViewPage::ReportViewPage(Settings& settings, TaskTreePage& taskTreePage, DateIntervalPage& dateIntervalPage, QWidget *parent)
+  :QWizardPage(parent), mSettings(settings), mTaskTreePage(taskTreePage), mDateIntervalPage(dateIntervalPage), mReportEdit(nullptr)
+{
+  mReportEdit = new QTextEdit();
+  mReportEdit->setAcceptRichText(false);
+
+  QVBoxLayout* layout = new QVBoxLayout();
+  layout->addWidget(mReportEdit);
+  setLayout(layout);
+}
+
+void ReportViewPage::generateReport()
+{
+  QString report;
+  TaskArray tasks;
+  mTaskTreePage.getSelectedTasks(tasks);
+
+  // Get start date and and date
+  QDate startDate, finishDate;
+  mDateIntervalPage.getReportInterval(startDate, finishDate);
+
+  for (PTask t: tasks)
+  {
+    bool wasLoaded = false;
+    if (!t->timeline())
+    {
+      wasLoaded = true;
+      t->loadContent();
+    }
+
+    int seconds = t->timeline()->getSum(startDate, finishDate);
+    t->setReportedTime(seconds);
+    t->setChildrenReportedTime(0);
+    if (wasLoaded)
+      t->unloadContent(true);
+  }
+
+  for (PTask t: tasks)
+  {
+    for (PTask parent = t->parent(); parent; parent = parent->parent())
+    {
+      if (parent->isChecked())
+        parent->setChildrenReportedTime(parent->getChildrenReportedTime() + t->getReportedTime());
+    }
+  }
+
+  for (PTask t: tasks)
+  {
+    int individualTime = t->getReportedTime();
+    bool showSeconds = mSettings.data()[KEY_SHOW_SECONDS].toBool();
+    QString l1 = TimeHelper::secondsToDisplay(individualTime, showSeconds);
+    report += t->path() + " : " + l1;
+    //if (mSettings.data()[KEY_CUMULATIVE_REPORT].toBool())
+    {
+      int childrenTime = t->getChildrenReportedTime();
+      if (childrenTime)
+      {
+        QString l2 = TimeHelper::secondsToDisplay(individualTime + childrenTime, showSeconds);
+        report += ". Including subtasks time: " + l2;
+      }
+    }
+    report += "\n";
+  }
+
+  mReportEdit->setPlainText(report);
+}
+
+TimeReportWizard::TimeReportWizard(Settings& settings, QWidget* parent)
+  :QWizard(parent, Qt::Sheet), mSettings(settings)
+{
+  TaskTreePage* ttp = new TaskTreePage();
+  addPage(ttp);
+
+  DateIntervalPage* dip = new DateIntervalPage();
+  addPage(dip);
+
+  addPage(new ReportViewPage(settings, *ttp, *dip));
+
+  setWindowTitle(tr("Time report wizard"));
+  connect(this, SIGNAL(accepted()), this, SLOT(wizardFinished()));
+  connect(this, SIGNAL(currentIdChanged(int)), this, SLOT(wizardPageChanged(int)));
+}
+
+void TimeReportWizard::wizardFinished()
+{
+
+}
+
+void TimeReportWizard::wizardPageChanged(int pageId)
+{
+  ReportViewPage* rvp = dynamic_cast<ReportViewPage*>(currentPage());
+  if (rvp)
+    rvp->generateReport();
+}
diff --git a/client/timereportwizard.h b/client/timereportwizard.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..71e0fa7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/timereportwizard.h
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+#ifndef TIMEREPORTWIZARD_H
+#define TIMEREPORTWIZARD_H
+
+#include <QWizard>
+#include <QTreeView>
+#include <QDateEdit>
+#include <QTextEdit>
+#include <QCalendarWidget>
+#include <QCheckBox>
+
+#include "tasktreemodel.h"
+#include "settings.h"
+
+class TaskTreePage: public QWizardPage
+{
+  Q_OBJECT
+
+public:
+  TaskTreePage(QWidget* parent = 0);
+
+  void getSelectedTasks(TaskArray& selected);
+protected:
+  QTreeView* mTaskView;
+  TaskTreeModel* mTaskModel;
+public slots:
+  void accepted();
+};
+
+class CumulativeOptionPage: public QWizardPage
+{
+  Q_OBJECT
+
+public:
+  CumulativeOptionPage(Settings& settings, QWidget* parent = 0);
+  bool isCumulativeReportEnabled();
+
+protected:
+  QCheckBox* mCheckbox;
+  Settings& mSettings;
+
+public slots:
+  void onChanged(bool value);
+
+};
+
+class DateIntervalPage: public QWizardPage
+{
+  Q_OBJECT
+
+public:
+  DateIntervalPage(QWidget* parent = 0);
+  void getReportInterval(QDate& start, QDate& finish);
+
+protected:
+  QDateEdit* mStartIntervalEdit;
+  QDateEdit* mFinishIntervalEdit;
+};
+
+class ReportViewPage: public QWizardPage
+{
+  Q_OBJECT
+
+public:
+  ReportViewPage(Settings& settings, TaskTreePage& taskTreePage, DateIntervalPage& dateIntervalPage, QWidget* parent = 0);
+  void generateReport();
+protected:
+  Settings& mSettings;
+  TaskTreePage& mTaskTreePage;
+  DateIntervalPage& mDateIntervalPage;
+
+  QTextEdit* mReportEdit;
+};
+
+class TimeReportWizard : public QWizard
+{
+  Q_OBJECT
+public:
+  TimeReportWizard(Settings& settings, QWidget* parent = 0);
+
+protected:
+  Settings& mSettings;
+
+public slots:
+  void wizardFinished();
+  void wizardPageChanged(int pageId);
+};
+
+#endif // TIMEREPORTWIZARD_H
diff --git a/client/timetreedlg.cpp b/client/timetreedlg.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2382056
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/timetreedlg.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+#include "timetreedlg.h"
+#include "ui_timetreedlg.h"
+#include "timetreemodel.h"
+
+TimeTreeDlg::TimeTreeDlg(QWidget *parent, PTimeLine timeline, Settings& settings) :
+  QDialog(parent),
+  ui(new Ui::TimeTreeDlg),
+  mTimeline(timeline), mSettings(settings),
+  mTimeIntervalDlg(nullptr)
+{
+  ui->setupUi(this);
+  mModel = new TimeTreeModel(mTimeline, mSettings);
+  ui->mTimeTree->setModel(mModel);
+  connect(ui->mAddIntervalButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(addInterval()));
+  connect(ui->mRemoveIntervalButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(removeInterval()));
+}
+
+TimeTreeDlg::~TimeTreeDlg()
+{
+  delete ui;
+}
+
+void TimeTreeDlg::addInterval()
+{
+  //QModelIndex index = ui->mTimeTree->currentIndex();
+  if (mTimeIntervalDlg)
+  {
+    mTimeIntervalDlg->show();
+    mTimeIntervalDlg->setFocus();
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    QDateTime current = QDateTime::currentDateTime();
+
+    mTimeIntervalDlg = new TimeIntervalDlg(this, mModel, mTimeline, TimeIntervalDlg::Type::New, TimeRecord());
+    connect(mTimeIntervalDlg, SIGNAL(accepted()), this, SLOT(onNewIntervalAccepted()));
+
+    mTimeIntervalDlg->setStartDate(current.addSecs(-600));
+    mTimeIntervalDlg->setFinishDate(current);
+    //mTimeIntervalDlg->setModal(false);
+    mTimeIntervalDlg->show();
+  }
+}
+
+void TimeTreeDlg::removeInterval()
+{
+  QModelIndex index = ui->mTimeTree->currentIndex();
+  if (!index.isValid())
+    return;
+
+  mModel->cutInterval(index);
+  // Find interval in timeline by id
+  // Compare if return from findInterval() is whole interval or part of existing
+  // Depending on check result - delete or update existing interval
+}
+
+void TimeTreeDlg::changeInterval()
+{
+  QModelIndex index = ui->mTimeTree->currentIndex();
+  if (!index.isValid())
+    return;
+
+  QDateTime current = QDateTime::currentDateTime();
+
+  mTimeIntervalDlg = new TimeIntervalDlg(this, mModel, mTimeline, TimeIntervalDlg::Type::Change, TimeRecord());
+  connect(mTimeIntervalDlg, SIGNAL(accepted()), this, SLOT(onNewIntervalAccepted()));
+
+  mTimeIntervalDlg->setStartDate(current.addSecs(-600));
+  mTimeIntervalDlg->setFinishDate(current);
+  mTimeIntervalDlg->setModal(false);
+  mTimeIntervalDlg->show();
+}
+
+void TimeTreeDlg::onNewIntervalAccepted()
+{
+  delete mModel;
+  ui->mTimeTree->setModel(mModel = new TimeTreeModel(mTimeline, mSettings));
+}
diff --git a/client/timetreedlg.h b/client/timetreedlg.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..28f47c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/timetreedlg.h
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+#ifndef TIMETREEDLG_H
+#define TIMETREEDLG_H
+
+#include <QDialog>
+#include "task.h"
+#include "settings.h"
+#include "timetreemodel.h"
+#include "timeintervaldlg.h"
+
+namespace Ui {
+class TimeTreeDlg;
+}
+
+class TimeTreeDlg : public QDialog
+{
+  Q_OBJECT
+
+public:
+  explicit TimeTreeDlg(QWidget *parent, PTimeLine timeline, Settings& settings);
+  ~TimeTreeDlg();
+
+private:
+  Ui::TimeTreeDlg *ui;
+  PTimeLine mTimeline;
+  Settings& mSettings;
+  TimeTreeModel* mModel;
+  TimeIntervalDlg* mTimeIntervalDlg;
+
+public slots:
+  void addInterval();
+  void removeInterval();
+  void changeInterval();
+  void onNewIntervalAccepted();
+};
+
+#endif // TIMETREEDLG_H
diff --git a/client/timetreedlg.ui b/client/timetreedlg.ui
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f748a9e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/timetreedlg.ui
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<ui version="4.0">
+ <class>TimeTreeDlg</class>
+ <widget class="QDialog" name="TimeTreeDlg">
+  <property name="geometry">
+   <rect>
+    <x>0</x>
+    <y>0</y>
+    <width>400</width>
+    <height>300</height>
+   </rect>
+  </property>
+  <property name="windowTitle">
+   <string>Timeline</string>
+  </property>
+  <property name="modal">
+   <bool>true</bool>
+  </property>
+  <layout class="QGridLayout" name="gridLayout">
+   <item row="0" column="0">
+    <widget class="QTreeView" name="mTimeTree"/>
+   </item>
+   <item row="0" column="1">
+    <layout class="QVBoxLayout" name="verticalLayout">
+     <item>
+      <widget class="QPushButton" name="mAddIntervalButton">
+       <property name="text">
+        <string>Add...</string>
+       </property>
+      </widget>
+     </item>
+     <item>
+      <widget class="QPushButton" name="mRemoveIntervalButton">
+       <property name="text">
+        <string>Remove</string>
+       </property>
+      </widget>
+     </item>
+    </layout>
+   </item>
+   <item row="1" column="0">
+    <widget class="QDialogButtonBox" name="mButtonBox">
+     <property name="orientation">
+      <enum>Qt::Horizontal</enum>
+     </property>
+     <property name="standardButtons">
+      <set>QDialogButtonBox::Ok</set>
+     </property>
+     <property name="centerButtons">
+      <bool>true</bool>
+     </property>
+    </widget>
+   </item>
+  </layout>
+  <action name="mAddIntervalAction">
+   <property name="text">
+    <string>Add...</string>
+   </property>
+  </action>
+  <action name="mRemoveIntervalAction">
+   <property name="text">
+    <string>Remove</string>
+   </property>
+  </action>
+  <action name="mChangeIntervalAction">
+   <property name="text">
+    <string>Change...</string>
+   </property>
+  </action>
+ </widget>
+ <resources/>
+ <connections>
+  <connection>
+   <sender>mButtonBox</sender>
+   <signal>accepted()</signal>
+   <receiver>TimeTreeDlg</receiver>
+   <slot>accept()</slot>
+   <hints>
+    <hint type="sourcelabel">
+     <x>248</x>
+     <y>254</y>
+    </hint>
+    <hint type="destinationlabel">
+     <x>157</x>
+     <y>274</y>
+    </hint>
+   </hints>
+  </connection>
+  <connection>
+   <sender>mButtonBox</sender>
+   <signal>rejected()</signal>
+   <receiver>TimeTreeDlg</receiver>
+   <slot>reject()</slot>
+   <hints>
+    <hint type="sourcelabel">
+     <x>316</x>
+     <y>260</y>
+    </hint>
+    <hint type="destinationlabel">
+     <x>286</x>
+     <y>274</y>
+    </hint>
+   </hints>
+  </connection>
+ </connections>
+</ui>
diff --git a/client/timetreemodel.cpp b/client/timetreemodel.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9786b46
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/timetreemodel.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,502 @@
+#include "timetreemodel.h"
+#include "helper.h"
+#include <QFontMetrics>
+#include <assert.h>
+
+#ifdef USE_SIMPLE_TIMETREE
+
+TimeTreeModel::TimeTreeModel(PTimeLine timeline)
+  :mTimeLine(timeline)
+{
+}
+
+TimeTreeModel::~TimeTreeModel()
+{
+}
+
+void TimeTreeModel::setTimeLine(PTimeLine timeline)
+{
+  mTimeLine = timeline;
+}
+
+QModelIndex TimeTreeModel::index(int row, int column, const QModelIndex &parent) const
+{
+  return createIndex(row, column);
+}
+
+QModelIndex TimeTreeModel::parent(const QModelIndex &child) const
+{
+  return QModelIndex();
+}
+
+int TimeTreeModel::rowCount(const QModelIndex &parent) const
+{
+  if (parent.isValid())
+    return 0;
+  return mTimeLine->data().count();
+}
+
+int TimeTreeModel::columnCount(const QModelIndex &parent) const
+{
+  return 1;
+}
+
+QVariant TimeTreeModel::data(const QModelIndex &index, int role) const
+{
+  TimeRecord& tr = mTimeLine->data()[index.row()];
+  switch (role)
+  {
+  case Qt::DisplayRole:
+    return QString("%1 - %2").arg(tr.startTime().toLocalTime().toString( Qt::SystemLocaleShortDate), tr.endTime().toLocalTime().toString(Qt::SystemLocaleShortDate));
+  }
+  return QVariant();
+}
+
+bool TimeTreeModel::setData(const QModelIndex &index, const QVariant &value, int role /* = Qt::EditRole */)
+{
+  return false;
+}
+
+Qt::ItemFlags TimeTreeModel::flags(const QModelIndex &index) const
+{
+  return Qt::ItemIsSelectable | Qt::ItemIsEnabled;
+}
+
+void TimeTreeModel::beginAddRow()
+{
+  beginInsertRows(QModelIndex(), 0, 0);
+}
+
+void TimeTreeModel::endAddRow()
+{
+  endInsertRows();
+}
+
+void TimeTreeModel::timeUpdated()
+{
+  dataChanged(createIndex(0, 0), createIndex(0, 0));
+}
+
+QVariant TimeTreeModel::headerData(int section, Qt::Orientation orientation, int role /* = Qt::DisplayRole */) const
+{
+  return "";//QVariant();
+}
+
+#else
+
+/*
+static int PackDate(Level l, int year, int month, int day, quint64 intervalId)
+{
+  return l + (day << 2) + (month << 7) + (year << 11);
+}
+
+static void UnpackDate(int packed, Level& l, int& year, int& month, int& day, quint64& intervalId)
+{
+  l = (Level)(packed & 3);
+  day = (packed >> 2) & 31;
+  month = (packed >> 7) & 15;
+  year = (packed >> 11) & 0x7FFF;
+}
+*/
+
+
+TimeTreeModel::TimeTreeModel(PTimeLine timeline, Settings& settings)
+  :mTimeLine(timeline), mSettings(settings), mItemIdGenerator(0)
+{
+  if (settings.data()[KEY_SHOW_SECONDS].toBool())
+    mTimeFormat = "hh:mm:ss";
+  else
+    mTimeFormat = "hh:mm";
+}
+
+TimeTreeModel::~TimeTreeModel()
+{
+}
+
+void TimeTreeModel::setTimeLine(PTimeLine timeline)
+{
+  mTimeLine = timeline;
+}
+
+QModelIndex TimeTreeModel::index(int row, int column, const QModelIndex &parent) const
+{
+  std::set<int> components;
+  std::set<int>::iterator iter;
+  Level l;
+  int id = 0, year = 0, month = 0, day = 0;
+  quint64 intervalId = 0;
+  std::vector<TimeRecord> intervals;
+  if (parent.isValid())
+  {
+    // Find parent date
+    UnpackDate(parent.internalId(), l, year, month, day, intervalId);
+    l = (Level)((int)l + 1);
+  }
+  else
+    l = Level_Year;
+
+  switch (l)
+  {
+  case Level_Year:
+    mTimeLine->getYears(components);
+    iter = components.begin();
+    std::advance(iter, row);
+    id = PackDate(Level_Year, *iter, 1, 1, 0);
+    break;
+
+  case Level_Month:
+    // Find monthes set
+    mTimeLine->getMonthes(year, components);
+    iter = components.begin();
+    std::advance(iter, row);
+    month = *iter;
+
+    // Save year month to id
+    id = PackDate(Level_Month, year, month, 1, 0);
+    break;
+
+  case Level_Day:
+    // Get set of available days
+    mTimeLine->getDays(year, month, components);
+
+    // Find day corresponding by requested row
+    iter = components.begin();
+    std::advance(iter, row);
+    day = *iter;
+
+    // Pack date to internal id
+    id = PackDate(Level_Day, year, month, day, 0);
+    break;
+
+  case Level_Time:
+    // Get time intervals related to that day
+    mTimeLine->getTime(year, month, day, &intervals);
+
+    // internal id will refer corresponding DB record
+    id = PackDate(Level_Time, year, month, day, intervals[row].id());
+    break;
+  }
+
+  return createIndex(row, column, id);
+}
+
+QModelIndex TimeTreeModel::parent(const QModelIndex &child) const
+{
+  if (!child.isValid())
+    return QModelIndex();
+
+  std::set<int> components;
+  std::set<int>::iterator iter;
+  int year, month, day, row;
+  quint64 intervalId;
+  Level l;
+  UnpackDate(child.internalId(), l, year, month, day, intervalId);
+
+  switch (l)
+  {
+  case Level_Year:
+    return QModelIndex();
+
+  case Level_Month:
+    mTimeLine->getYears(components);
+    iter = components.find(year);
+    row = std::distance(components.begin(), iter);
+    return createIndex(row, 0, PackDate(Level_Year, year, 1, 1, 0));
+
+  case Level_Day:
+    mTimeLine->getMonthes(year, components);
+    iter = components.find(month);
+    row = std::distance(components.begin(), iter);
+    return createIndex(row, 0, PackDate(Level_Month, year, month, 1, 0));
+
+  case Level_Time:
+    mTimeLine->getDays(year, month, components);
+    iter = components.find(day);
+    row = std::distance(components.begin(), iter);
+    return createIndex(row, 0, PackDate(Level_Day, year, month, day, 0));
+  }
+  assert(0);
+}
+
+
+int TimeTreeModel::rowCount(const QModelIndex &parent) const
+{
+  int result = 0, year = 0, month = 0, day = 0;
+  quint64 intervalId;
+
+  Level l;
+  if (!parent.isValid())
+    l = Level_Year;
+  else
+  {
+    UnpackDate(parent.internalId(), l, year, month, day, intervalId);
+    l = Level((int)l + 1);
+  }
+
+  std::set<int> rows;
+  switch (l)
+  {
+  case Level_Month:
+    // Find how much monthes are in that year related records
+    mTimeLine->getMonthes(year, rows);
+    result = rows.size();
+    break;
+
+  case Level_Day:
+    // Find how much days are in that year&month related records
+    mTimeLine->getDays(year, month, rows);
+    result = rows.size();
+    break;
+
+  case Level_Time:
+    // Find how much time intervals are in that year&month&day related records
+    result = mTimeLine->getTime(year, month, day, nullptr);
+    break;
+
+  case Level_Year:
+    mTimeLine->getYears(rows);
+    result = rows.size();
+    break;
+
+  default:
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+int TimeTreeModel::columnCount(const QModelIndex &parent) const
+{
+  return 1;
+}
+
+QVariant TimeTreeModel::data(const QModelIndex &index, int role) const
+{
+  if (!index.isValid())
+    return QVariant();
+  if (role != Qt::DisplayRole)
+    return QVariant();
+
+  int year, month, day;
+  quint64 intervalId;
+  std::vector<TimeRecord> intervals;
+  TimeRecord tr;
+  Level l;
+  UnpackDate(index.internalId(), l, year, month, day, intervalId);
+
+  switch(l)
+  {
+  case Level_Year:
+    return QString::number(year);
+
+  case Level_Month:
+    return QString::number(month);
+
+  case Level_Day:
+    return QString::number(day);
+
+  case Level_Time:
+    mTimeLine->getTime(year, month, day, &intervals);
+    tr = intervals[index.row()];
+
+    // Intervals are in local time already
+    return QString("%1 - %2").arg(tr.startTime().time().toString(mTimeFormat), tr.endTime().time().toString(mTimeFormat));
+
+  default:
+    return QVariant();
+  }
+}
+
+bool TimeTreeModel::setData(const QModelIndex &index, const QVariant &value, int role /* = Qt::EditRole */)
+{
+  return QAbstractItemModel::setData(index, value, role);
+}
+
+Qt::ItemFlags TimeTreeModel::flags(const QModelIndex &index) const
+{
+  return Qt::ItemIsSelectable | Qt::ItemIsEnabled;
+}
+
+void TimeTreeModel::beginAddRow()
+{
+  beginInsertRows(QModelIndex(), 0, 0);
+}
+
+void TimeTreeModel::endAddRow()
+{
+  endInsertRows();
+}
+
+void TimeTreeModel::timeUpdated()
+{
+  dataChanged(createIndex(0, 0), createIndex(0, this->columnCount()-1));
+}
+
+
+QVariant TimeTreeModel::headerData(int section, Qt::Orientation orientation, int role /* = Qt::DisplayRole */) const
+{
+  return QVariant();
+}
+
+TimeRecord TimeTreeModel::findInterval(const QModelIndex &index)
+{
+  int year, month, day;
+  quint64 intervalId;
+  std::vector<TimeRecord> intervals;
+  TimeRecord tr;
+  Level l;
+  UnpackDate(index.internalId(), l, year, month, day, intervalId);
+
+  switch(l)
+  {
+  case Level_Year:
+  case Level_Month:
+  case Level_Day:
+    return TimeRecord();
+
+  case Level_Time:
+    mTimeLine->getTime(year, month, day, &intervals);
+    return intervals[index.row()];
+  }
+}
+
+void TimeTreeModel::cutInterval(const QModelIndex& index)
+{
+  TimeRecord t = findInterval(index);
+  if (!t.id())
+    return;
+
+  int year, month, day;
+  quint64 intervalId;
+  std::vector<TimeRecord> intervals;
+  TimeRecord tr;
+  Level l;
+  UnpackDate(index.internalId(), l, year, month, day, intervalId);
+
+  if (l != Level_Time)
+    return;
+
+  beginRemoveRows(index.parent(), index.row(), index.row());
+  mTimeLine->cutInterval(t);
+  endRemoveRows();
+}
+
+void TimeTreeModel::insertInterval(const TimeRecord &interval)
+{
+  mTimeLine->insertInterval(interval);
+  /*
+  // Get local time and see what rows are affected using date only
+  QDate day = interval.startTime().toLocalTime().date();
+  while (day >= interval.startTime().toLocalTime().date() && day <= interval.endTime().toLocalTime().date())
+  {
+    QModelIndex dayIndex = dayToIndex(day);
+
+    // Notify about new row
+    beginInsertRows(dayIndex, 0, 0);
+    endInsertRows();
+
+    // Notify about changed time records for this day
+    std::vector<TimeRecord> intervals;
+    mTimeLine->getTime(day.year(), day.month(), day.day(), &intervals);
+
+    // Internal id will refer corresponding DB record
+    QModelIndex tl = createIndex(0, 0, PackDate(Level_Time, day.year(), day.month(), day.day(), intervals.front().id()));
+    QModelIndex br = createIndex(intervals.size()-1, 0, PackDate(Level_Time, day.year(), day.month(), day.day(), intervals.back().id()));
+    emit dataChanged(tl, br);
+
+    day = day.addDays(1);
+  }
+  */
+}
+
+bool operator < (const TimeTreeModel::Item& lhs, const TimeTreeModel::Item& rhs)
+{
+  if (lhs.mLevel < rhs.mLevel)
+    return true;
+  if (lhs.mLevel > rhs.mLevel)
+    return false;
+
+  if (lhs.mYear < rhs.mYear)
+    return true;
+  if (lhs.mYear > rhs.mYear)
+    return false;
+
+  if (lhs.mMonth < rhs.mMonth)
+    return true;
+  if (lhs.mMonth > rhs.mMonth)
+    return false;
+
+  if (lhs.mDay < rhs.mDay)
+    return true;
+  if (lhs.mDay > rhs.mDay)
+    return false;
+
+  if (lhs.mTimeIntervalId < rhs.mTimeIntervalId)
+    return true;
+
+  return false;
+}
+
+int TimeTreeModel::PackDate(Level l, int year, int month, int day, quint64 intervalId) const
+{
+  Item item;
+  item.mLevel = l;
+  item.mYear = year;
+  item.mMonth = month;
+  item.mDay = day;
+  item.mTimeIntervalId = intervalId;
+
+  std::map<Item, int>::iterator iter = mItem2Id.find(item);
+  if (iter != mItem2Id.end())
+    return iter->second;
+
+  mItemIdGenerator++;
+  mItem2Id[item] = mItemIdGenerator;
+  mId2Item[mItemIdGenerator] = item;
+
+  return mItemIdGenerator;
+}
+
+void TimeTreeModel::UnpackDate(int packed, Level& l, int& year, int& month, int& day, quint64& intervalId) const
+{
+  std::map<int, Item>::const_iterator iter = mId2Item.find(packed);
+  if (iter != mId2Item.end())
+  {
+    l = iter->second.mLevel;
+    year = iter->second.mYear;
+    month = iter->second.mMonth;
+    day = iter->second.mDay;
+    intervalId = iter->second.mTimeIntervalId;
+  }
+}
+
+QModelIndex TimeTreeModel::dayToIndex(const QDate& date)
+{
+  std::set<int> components;
+  std::set<int>::iterator iter;
+  mTimeLine->getYears(components);
+
+  iter = components.find(date.year());
+  if (iter == components.end())
+    return QModelIndex();
+  int yearRow = std::distance(components.begin(), iter);
+  QModelIndex yearIndex = this->createIndex(yearRow, 0, PackDate(Level_Year, date.year(), 1, 1, 0));
+
+  mTimeLine->getMonthes(date.year(), components);
+  iter = components.find(date.month());
+  if (iter == components.end())
+    return QModelIndex();
+  int monthRow = std::distance(components.begin(), iter);
+  QModelIndex monthIndex = this->createIndex(monthRow, 0, PackDate(Level_Month, date.year(), date.month(), 1, 0));
+
+  mTimeLine->getDays(date.year(), date.month(), components);
+  iter = components.find(date.day());
+  if (iter == components.end())
+    return QModelIndex();
+  int dayRow = std::distance(components.begin(), iter);
+  QModelIndex dayIndex = this->createIndex(dayRow, 0, PackDate(Level_Day, date.year(), date.month(), date.day(), 0));
+
+  return dayIndex;
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/client/timetreemodel.h b/client/timetreemodel.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bc46c2d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/timetreemodel.h
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+#ifndef TIMETREEMODEL_H
+#define TIMETREEMODEL_H
+
+#include <QAbstractItemModel>
+#include "task.h"
+#include "settings.h"
+
+class TimeTreeModel: public QAbstractItemModel
+{
+public:
+  TimeTreeModel(PTimeLine timeline, Settings& settings);
+  ~TimeTreeModel();
+  
+  void setTimeLine(PTimeLine timeline);
+  QModelIndex index(int row, int column, const QModelIndex &parent) const;
+  QModelIndex parent(const QModelIndex &child) const;
+  int rowCount(const QModelIndex &parent = QModelIndex()) const;
+  int columnCount(const QModelIndex &parent = QModelIndex()) const;
+  QVariant data(const QModelIndex &index, int role = Qt::DisplayRole) const;
+  bool setData(const QModelIndex &index, const QVariant &value, int role /* = Qt::EditRole */);
+  Qt::ItemFlags flags(const QModelIndex &index) const;
+  QVariant headerData(int section, Qt::Orientation orientation, int role /* = Qt::DisplayRole */) const;
+  void beginAddRow();
+  void endAddRow();
+  void timeUpdated();
+  TimeRecord findInterval(const QModelIndex& index);
+  void cutInterval(const QModelIndex& index);
+  void insertInterval(const TimeRecord& interval);
+protected:
+  PTimeLine mTimeLine;
+  Settings& mSettings;
+  QString mTimeFormat;
+
+public:
+  enum Level
+  {
+    Level_Year = 0,
+    Level_Month,
+    Level_Day,
+    Level_Time
+  };
+
+  struct Item
+  {
+    Level mLevel;
+    int mYear, mMonth, mDay;
+    quint64 mTimeIntervalId;
+  };
+
+protected:
+  mutable int mItemIdGenerator;
+  mutable std::map<int, Item> mId2Item;
+  mutable std::map<Item, int> mItem2Id;
+
+  int PackDate(Level l, int year, int month, int day, quint64 intervalId) const;
+  void UnpackDate(int packed, Level& l, int& year, int& month, int& day, quint64& intervalId) const;
+  QModelIndex dayToIndex(const QDate& date);
+};
+
+bool operator < (const TimeTreeModel::Item& lhs, const TimeTreeModel::Item& rhs);
+
+
+
+#endif
diff --git a/client/twofish.cpp b/client/twofish.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a9c12f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/twofish.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1607 @@
+
+/*
+ * Fast, portable, and easy-to-use Twofish implementation,
+ * Version 0.3.
+ * Copyright (c) 2002 by Niels Ferguson.
+ * (See further down for the almost-unrestricted licensing terms.)
+ *
+ * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * There are two files for this implementation:
+ * - twofish.h, the header file.
+ * - twofish.c, the code file.
+ *
+ * To incorporate this code into your program you should:
+ * - Check the licensing terms further down in this comment.
+ * - Fix the two type definitions in twofish.h to suit your platform.
+ * - Fix a few definitions in twofish.c in the section marked
+ *   PLATFORM FIXES. There is one important ones that affects
+ *   functionality, and then a few definitions that you can optimise
+ *   for efficiency but those have no effect on the functionality.
+ *   Don't change anything else.
+ * - Put the code in your project and compile it.
+ *
+ * To use this library you should:
+ * - Call Twofish_initialise() in your program before any other function in
+ *   this library.
+ * - Use Twofish_prepare_key(...) to convert a key to internal form.
+ * - Use Twofish_encrypt(...) and Twofish_decrypt(...) to encrypt and decrypt
+ *   data.
+ * See the comments in the header file for details on these functions.
+ * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * There are many Twofish implementation available for free on the web.
+ * Most of them are hard to integrate into your own program.
+ * As we like people to use our cipher, I thought I would make it easier.
+ * Here is a free and easy-to-integrate Twofish implementation in C.
+ * The latest version is always available from my personal home page at
+ *    http://niels.ferguson.net/
+ *
+ * Integrating library code into a project is difficult because the library
+ * header files interfere with the project's header files and code.
+ * And of course the project's header files interfere with the library code.
+ * I've tried to resolve these problems here.
+ * The header file of this implementation is very light-weight.
+ * It contains two typedefs, a structure, and a few function declarations.
+ * All names it defines start with "Twofish_".
+ * The header file is therefore unlikely to cause problems in your project.
+ * The code file of this implementation doesn't need to include the header
+ * files of the project. There is thus no danger of the project interfering
+ * with all the definitions and macros of the Twofish code.
+ * In most situations, all you need to do is fill in a few platform-specific
+ * definitions in the header file and code file,
+ * and you should be able to run the Twofish code in your project.
+ * I estimate it should take you less than an hour to integrate this code
+ * into your project, most of it spent reading the comments telling you what
+ * to do.
+ *
+ * For people using C++: it is very easy to wrap this library into a
+ * TwofishKey class. One of the big advantages is that you can automate the
+ * wiping of the key material in the destructor. I have not provided a C++
+ * class because the interface depends too much on the abstract base class
+ * you use for block ciphers in your program, which I don't know about.
+ *
+ * This implementation is designed for use on PC-class machines. It uses the
+ * Twofish 'full' keying option which uses large tables. Total table size is
+ * around 5-6 kB for static tables plus 4.5 kB for each pre-processed key.
+ * If you need an implementation that uses less memory,
+ * take a look at Brian Gladman's code on his web site:
+ *     http://fp.gladman.plus.com/cryptography_technology/aes/
+ * He has code for all AES candidates.
+ * His Twofish code has lots of options trading off table size vs. speed.
+ * You can also take a look at the optimised code by Doug Whiting on the
+ * Twofish web site
+ *      http://www.counterpane.com/twofish.html
+ * which has loads of options.
+ * I believe these existing implementations are harder to re-use because they
+ * are not clean libraries and they impose requirements on the environment.
+ * This implementation is very careful to minimise those,
+ * and should be easier to integrate into any larger program.
+ *
+ * The default mode of this implementation is fully portable as it uses no
+ * behaviour not defined in the C standard. (This is harder than you think.)
+ * If you have any problems porting the default mode, please let me know
+ * so that I can fix the problem. (But only if this code is at fault, I
+ * don't fix compilers.)
+ * Most of the platform fixes are related to non-portable but faster ways
+ * of implementing certain functions.
+ *
+ * In general I've tried to make the code as fast as possible, at the expense
+ * of memory and code size. However, C does impose limits, and this
+ * implementation will be slower than an optimised assembler implementation.
+ * But beware of assembler implementations: a good Pentium implementation
+ * uses completely different code than a good Pentium II implementation.
+ * You basically have to re-write the assembly code for every generation of
+ * processor. Unless you are severely pressed for speed, stick with C.
+ *
+ * The initialisation routine of this implementation contains a self-test.
+ * If initialisation succeeds without calling the fatal routine, then
+ * the implementation works. I don't think you can break the implementation
+ * in such a way that it still passes the tests, unless you are malicious.
+ * In other words: if the initialisation routine returns,
+ * you have successfully ported the implementation.
+ * (Or not implemented the fatal routine properly, but that is your problem.)
+ *
+ * I'm indebted to many people who helped me in one way or another to write
+ * this code. During the design of Twofish and the AES process I had very
+ * extensive discussions of all implementation issues with various people.
+ * Doug Whiting in particular provided a wealth of information. The Twofish
+ * team spent untold hours discussion various cipher features, and their
+ * implementation. Brian Gladman implemented all AES candidates in C,
+ * and we had some fruitful discussions on how to implement Twofish in C.
+ * Jan Nieuwenhuizen tested this code on Linux using GCC.
+ *
+ * Now for the license:
+ * The author hereby grants a perpetual license to everybody to
+ * use this code for any purpose as long as the copyright message is included
+ * in the source code of this or any derived work.
+ *
+ * Yes, this means that you, your company, your club, and anyone else
+ * can use this code anywhere you want. You can change it and distribute it
+ * under the GPL, include it in your commercial product without releasing
+ * the source code, put it on the web, etc.
+ * The only thing you cannot do is remove my copyright message,
+ * or distribute any source code based on this implementation that does not
+ * include my copyright message.
+ *
+ * I appreciate a mention in the documentation or credits,
+ * but I understand if that is difficult to do.
+ * I also appreciate it if you tell me where and why you used my code.
+ *
+ * Please send any questions or comments to niels@ferguson.net
+ *
+ * Have Fun!
+ *
+ * Niels
+ */
+
+/*
+ * DISCLAIMER: As I'm giving away my work for free, I'm of course not going
+ * to accept any liability of any form. This code, or the Twofish cipher,
+ * might very well be flawed; you have been warned.
+ * This software is provided as-is, without any kind of warrenty or
+ * guarantee. And that is really all you can expect when you download
+ * code for free from the Internet.
+ *
+ * I think it is really sad that disclaimers like this seem to be necessary.
+ * If people only had a little bit more common sense, and didn't come
+ * whining like little children every time something happens....
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Version history:
+ * Version 0.0, 2002-08-30
+ *      First written.
+ * Version 0.1, 2002-09-03
+ *      Added disclaimer. Improved self-tests.
+ * Version 0.2, 2002-09-09
+ *      Removed last non-portabilities. Default now works completely within
+ *      the C standard. UInt32 can be larger than 32 bits without problems.
+ * Version 0.3, 2002-09-28
+ *      Bugfix: use <string.h> instead of <memory.h> to adhere to ANSI/ISO.
+ *      Rename BIG_ENDIAN macro to CPU_IS_BIG_ENDIAN. The gcc library
+ *      header <string.h> already defines BIG_ENDIAN, even though it is not
+ *      supposed to.
+ */
+
+
+/*
+ * Minimum set of include files.
+ * You should not need any application-specific include files for this code.
+ * In fact, adding you own header files could break one of the many macros or
+ * functions in this file. Be very careful.
+ * Standard include files will probably be ok.
+ */
+#include <string.h>     /* for memset(), memcpy(), and memcmp() */
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "twofish.h"
+
+
+/*
+ * PLATFORM FIXES
+ * ==============
+ *
+ * Fix the type definitions in twofish.h first!
+ *
+ * The following definitions have to be fixed for each particular platform
+ * you work on. If you have a multi-platform program, you no doubt have
+ * portable definitions that you can substitute here without changing the
+ * rest of the code.
+ */
+
+
+/*
+ * Function called if something is fatally wrong with the implementation.
+ * This fatal function is called when a coding error is detected in the
+ * Twofish implementation, or when somebody passes an obviously erroneous
+ * parameter to this implementation. There is not much you can do when
+ * the code contains bugs, so we just stop.
+ *
+ * The argument is a string. Ideally the fatal function prints this string
+ * as an error message. Whatever else this function does, it should never
+ * return. A typical implementation would stop the program completely after
+ * printing the error message.
+ *
+ * This default implementation is not very useful,
+ * but does not assume anything about your environment.
+ * It will at least let you know something is wrong....
+ * I didn't want to include any libraries to print and error or so,
+ * as this makes the code much harder to integrate in a project.
+ *
+ * Note that the Twofish_fatal function may not return to the caller.
+ * Unfortunately this is not something the self-test can test for,
+ * so you have to make sure of this yourself.
+ *
+ * If you want to call an external function, be careful about including
+ * your own header files here. This code uses a lot of macros, and your
+ * header file could easily break it. Maybe the best solution is to use
+ * a separate extern statement for your fatal function.
+ */
+#define Twofish_fatal(pmsgx) { printf ("Ooops!\n");}
+
+
+/*
+ * The rest of the settings are not important for the functionality
+ * of this Twofish implementation. That is, their default settings
+ * work on all platforms. You can change them to improve the
+ * speed of the implementation on your platform. Erroneous settings
+ * will result in erroneous implementations, but the self-test should
+ * catch those.
+ */
+
+
+/*
+ * Macros to rotate a Twofish_UInt32 value left or right by the
+ * specified number of bits. This should be a 32-bit rotation,
+ * and not rotation of, say, 64-bit values.
+ *
+ * Every encryption or decryption operation uses 32 of these rotations,
+ * so it is a good idea to make these macros efficient.
+ *
+ * This fully portable definition has one piece of tricky stuff.
+ * The UInt32 might be larger than 32 bits, so we have to mask
+ * any higher bits off. The simplest way to do this is to 'and' the
+ * value first with 0xffffffff and then shift it right. An optimising
+ * compiler that has a 32-bit type can optimise this 'and' away.
+ *
+ * Unfortunately there is no portable way of writing the constant
+ * 0xffffffff. You don't know which suffix to use (U, or UL?)
+ * The UINT32_MASK definition uses a bit of trickery. Shift-left
+ * is only defined if the shift amount is strictly less than the size
+ * of the UInt32, so we can't use (1<<32). The answer it to take the value
+ * 2, cast it to a UInt32, shift it left 31 positions, and subtract one.
+ * Another example of how to make something very simple extremely difficult.
+ * I hate C.
+ *
+ * The rotation macros are straightforward.
+ * They are only applied to UInt32 values, which are _unsigned_
+ * so the >> operator must do a logical shift that brings in zeroes.
+ * On most platforms you will only need to optimise the ROL32 macro; the
+ * ROR32 macro is not inefficient on an optimising compiler as all rotation
+ * amounts in this code are known at compile time.
+ *
+ * On many platforms there is a faster solution.
+ * For example, MS compilers have the __rotl and __rotr functions
+ * that generate x86 rotation instructions.
+ */
+#define UINT32_MASK    ( (((Twofish_UInt32)2)<<31) - 1 )
+
+#define ROL32(x,n) ( (x)<<(n) | ((x) & UINT32_MASK) >> (32-(n)) )
+#define ROR32(x,n) ( (x)>>(n) | ((x) & UINT32_MASK) << (32-(n)) )
+
+/*
+ * Method to select a single byte from a UInt32.
+ * WARNING: non-portable code if set; might not work on all platforms.
+ *
+ * Inside the inner loop of Twofish it is necessary to access the 4
+ * individual bytes of a UInt32. This can be done using either shifts
+ * and masks, or memory accesses.
+ *
+ * Set to 0 to use shift and mask operations for the byte selection.
+ * This is more ALU intensive. It is also fully portable.
+ *
+ * Set to 1 to use memory accesses. The UInt32 is stored in memory and
+ * the individual bytes are read from memory one at a time.
+ * This solution is more memory-intensive, and not fully portable.
+ * It might be faster on your platform, or not. If you use this option,
+ * make sure you set the CPU_IS_BIG_ENDIAN flag appropriately.
+ *
+ * This macro does not affect the conversion of the inputs and outputs
+ * of the cipher. See the CONVERT_USING_CASTS macro for that.
+ */
+#define SELECT_BYTE_FROM_UINT32_IN_MEMORY    0    /* default = 0 */
+
+
+/*
+ * Method used to read the input and write the output.
+ * WARNING: non-portable code if set; might not work on all platforms.
+ *
+ * Twofish operates on 32-bit words. The input to the cipher is
+ * a byte array, as is the output. The portable method of doing the
+ * conversion is a bunch of rotate and mask operations, but on many
+ * platforms it can be done faster using a cast.
+ * This only works if your CPU allows UInt32 accesses to arbitrary Byte
+ * addresses.
+ *
+ * Set to 0 to use the shift and mask operations. This is fully
+ * portable. .
+ *
+ * Set to 1 to use a cast. The Byte * is cast to a UInt32 *, and a
+ * UInt32 is read. If necessary (as indicated by the CPU_IS_BIG_ENDIAN
+ * macro) the byte order in the UInt32 is swapped. The reverse is done
+ * to write the output of the encryption/decryption. Make sure you set
+ * the CPU_IS_BIG_ENDIAN flag appropriately.
+ * This option does not work unless a UInt32 is exactly 32 bits.
+ *
+ * This macro only changes the reading/writing of the plaintext/ciphertext.
+ * See the SELECT_BYTE_FROM_UINT32_IN_MEMORY to affect the way in which
+ * a UInt32 is split into 4 bytes for the S-box selection.
+ */
+#define CONVERT_USING_CASTS    0    /* default = 0 */
+
+
+/*
+ * Endianness switch.
+ * Only relevant if SELECT_BYTE_FROM_UINT32_IN_MEMORY or
+ * CONVERT_USING_CASTS is set.
+ *
+ * Set to 1 on a big-endian machine, and to 0 on a little-endian machine.
+ * Twofish uses the little-endian convention (least significant byte first)
+ * and big-endian machines (using most significant byte first)
+ * have to do a few conversions.
+ *
+ * CAUTION: This code has never been tested on a big-endian machine,
+ * because I don't have access to one. Feedback appreciated.
+ */
+#define CPU_IS_BIG_ENDIAN    0
+
+
+/*
+ * Macro to reverse the order of the bytes in a UInt32.
+ * Used to convert to little-endian on big-endian machines.
+ * This macro is always tested, but only used in the encryption and
+ * decryption if CONVERT_USING_CASTS, and CPU_IS_BIG_ENDIAN
+ * are both set. In other words: this macro is only speed-critical if
+ * both these flags have been set.
+ *
+ * This default definition of SWAP works, but on many platforms there is a
+ * more efficient implementation.
+ */
+#define BSWAP(x) (ROL32((x),8)&0x00ff00ff | ROR32((x),8) & 0xff00ff00)
+
+
+/*
+ * END OF PLATFORM FIXES
+ * =====================
+ *
+ * You should not have to touch the rest of this file.
+ */
+
+
+/*
+ * Convert the external type names to some that are easier to use inside
+ * this file. I didn't want to use the names Byte and UInt32 in the
+ * header file, because many programs already define them and using two
+ * conventions at once can be very difficult.
+ * Don't change these definitions! Change the originals
+ * in twofish.h instead.
+ */
+/* A Byte must be an unsigned integer, 8 bits long. */
+// typedef Twofish_Byte    Byte;
+/* A UInt32 must be an unsigned integer at least 32 bits long. */
+// typedef Twofish_UInt32  UInt32;
+
+
+/*
+ * Define a macro ENDIAN_CONVERT.
+ *
+ * We define a macro ENDIAN_CONVERT that performs a BSWAP on big-endian
+ * machines, and is the identity function on little-endian machines.
+ * The code then uses this macro without considering the endianness.
+ */
+
+#if CPU_IS_BIG_ENDIAN
+#define ENDIAN_CONVERT(x)    BSWAP(x)
+#else
+#define ENDIAN_CONVERT(x)    (x)
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+ * Compute byte offset within a UInt32 stored in memory.
+ *
+ * This is only used when SELECT_BYTE_FROM_UINT32_IN_MEMORY is set.
+ *
+ * The input is the byte number 0..3, 0 for least significant.
+ * Note the use of sizeof() to support UInt32 types that are larger
+ * than 4 bytes.
+ */
+#if CPU_IS_BIG_ENDIAN
+#define BYTE_OFFSET( n )  (sizeof(Twofish_UInt32) - 1 - (n) )
+#else
+#define BYTE_OFFSET( n )  (n)
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+ * Macro to get Byte no. b from UInt32 value X.
+ * We use two different definition, depending on the settings.
+ */
+#if SELECT_BYTE_FROM_UINT32_IN_MEMORY
+    /* Pick the byte from the memory in which X is stored. */
+#define SELECT_BYTE( X, b ) (((Twofish_Byte *)(&(X)))[BYTE_OFFSET(b)])
+#else
+    /* Portable solution: Pick the byte directly from the X value. */
+#define SELECT_BYTE( X, b ) (((X) >> (8*(b))) & 0xff)
+#endif
+
+
+/* Some shorthands because we use byte selection in large formulae. */
+#define b0(X)   SELECT_BYTE((X),0)
+#define b1(X)   SELECT_BYTE((X),1)
+#define b2(X)   SELECT_BYTE((X),2)
+#define b3(X)   SELECT_BYTE((X),3)
+
+
+/*
+ * We need macros to load and store UInt32 from/to byte arrays
+ * using the least-significant-byte-first convention.
+ *
+ * GET32( p ) gets a UInt32 in lsb-first form from four bytes pointed to
+ * by p.
+ * PUT32( v, p ) writes the UInt32 value v at address p in lsb-first form.
+ */
+#if CONVERT_USING_CASTS
+
+    /* Get UInt32 from four bytes pointed to by p. */
+#define GET32( p )    ENDIAN_CONVERT( *((Twofish_UInt32 *)(p)) )
+    /* Put UInt32 into four bytes pointed to by p */
+#define PUT32( v, p ) *((Twofish_UInt32 *)(p)) = ENDIAN_CONVERT(v)
+
+#else
+
+    /* Get UInt32 from four bytes pointed to by p. */
+#define GET32( p ) ((Twofish_UInt32)((p)[0]) | \
+                    (Twofish_UInt32)((p)[1])<< 8  | \
+                    (Twofish_UInt32)((p)[2])<<16 | \
+                    (Twofish_UInt32)((p)[3])<<24)
+
+    /* Put UInt32 into four bytes pointed to by p */
+#define PUT32( v, p ) \
+    (p)[0] = (Twofish_Byte)(((v)      ) & 0xff); \
+    (p)[1] = (Twofish_Byte)(((v) >>  8) & 0xff); \
+    (p)[2] = (Twofish_Byte)(((v) >> 16) & 0xff); \
+    (p)[3] = (Twofish_Byte)(((v) >> 24) & 0xff)
+
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+ * Test the platform-specific macros.
+ * This function tests the macros defined so far to make sure the
+ * definitions are appropriate for this platform.
+ * If you make any mistake in the platform configuration, this should detect
+ * that and inform you what went wrong.
+ * Somewhere, someday, this is going to save somebody a lot of time,
+ * because misbehaving macros are hard to debug.
+ */
+static void test_platform()
+    {
+    /* Buffer with test values. */
+    Twofish_Byte buf[] = {0x12, 0x34, 0x56, 0x78, 0x9a, 0xbc, 0xde, 0};
+    Twofish_UInt32 C;
+    Twofish_UInt32 x,y;
+    int i;
+
+    /*
+     * Some sanity checks on the types that can't be done in compile time.
+     * A smart compiler will just optimise these tests away.
+     * The pre-processor doesn't understand different types, so we cannot
+     * do these checks in compile-time.
+     *
+     * I hate C.
+     *
+     * The first check in each case is to make sure the size is correct.
+     * The second check is to ensure that it is an unsigned type.
+     */
+    assert(!( ((Twofish_UInt32)((Twofish_UInt32)1 << 31) == 0) || ((Twofish_UInt32)-1 < 0 )));
+    assert(!( (sizeof( Twofish_Byte ) != 1) || (((Twofish_Byte)-1) < 0) ));
+
+    /*
+     * Sanity-check the endianness conversions.
+     * This is just an aid to find problems. If you do the endianness
+     * conversion macros wrong you will fail the full cipher test,
+     * but that does not help you find the error.
+     * Always make it easy to find the bugs!
+     *
+     * Detail: There is no fully portable way of writing UInt32 constants,
+     * as you don't know whether to use the U or UL suffix. Using only U you
+     * might only be allowed 16-bit constants. Using UL you might get 64-bit
+     * constants which cannot be stored in a UInt32 without warnings, and
+     * which generally behave subtly different from a true UInt32.
+     * As long as we're just comparing with the constant,
+     * we can always use the UL suffix and at worst lose some efficiency.
+     * I use a separate '32-bit constant' macro in most of my other code.
+     *
+     * I hate C.
+     *
+     * Start with testing GET32. We test it on all positions modulo 4
+     * to make sure we can handly any position of inputs. (Some CPUs
+     * do not allow non-aligned accesses which we would do if you used
+     * the CONVERT_USING_CASTS option.
+     */
+    if( (GET32( buf ) != 0x78563412UL) || (GET32(buf+1) != 0x9a785634UL)
+        || (GET32( buf+2 ) != 0xbc9a7856UL) || (GET32(buf+3) != 0xdebc9a78UL) )
+        {
+        Twofish_fatal( "Twofish code: GET32 not implemented properly" );
+        }
+
+    /*
+     * We can now use GET32 to test PUT32.
+     * We don't test the shifted versions. If GET32 can do that then
+     * so should PUT32.
+     */
+    C = GET32( buf );
+    PUT32( 3*C, buf );
+    if( GET32( buf ) != 0x69029c36UL )
+        {
+        Twofish_fatal( "Twofish code: PUT32 not implemented properly" );
+        }
+
+
+    /* Test ROL and ROR */
+    for( i=1; i<32; i++ )
+        {
+        /* Just a simple test. */
+        x = ROR32( C, i );
+        y = ROL32( C, i );
+        x ^= (C>>i) ^ (C<<(32-i));
+        y ^= (C<<i) ^ (C>>(32-i));
+        x |= y;
+        /*
+         * Now all we check is that x is zero in the least significant
+         * 32 bits. Using the UL suffix is safe here, as it doesn't matter
+         * if we get a larger type.
+         */
+        if( (x & 0xffffffffUL) != 0 )
+            {
+            Twofish_fatal( "Twofish ROL or ROR not properly defined." );
+            }
+        }
+
+    /* Test the BSWAP macro */
+    if( BSWAP(C) != 0x12345678UL )
+        {
+        /*
+         * The BSWAP macro should always work, even if you are not using it.
+         * A smart optimising compiler will just remove this entire test.
+         */
+        Twofish_fatal( "BSWAP not properly defined." );
+        }
+
+    /* And we can test the b<i> macros which use SELECT_BYTE. */
+    if( (b0(C)!=0x12) || (b1(C) != 0x34) || (b2(C) != 0x56) || (b3(C) != 0x78) )
+        {
+        /*
+         * There are many reasons why this could fail.
+         * Most likely is that CPU_IS_BIG_ENDIAN has the wrong value.
+         */
+        Twofish_fatal( "Twofish code: SELECT_BYTE not implemented properly" );
+        }
+    }
+
+
+/*
+ * Finally, we can start on the Twofish-related code.
+ * You really need the Twofish specifications to understand this code. The
+ * best source is the Twofish book:
+ *     "The Twofish Encryption Algorithm", by Bruce Schneier, John Kelsey,
+ *     Doug Whiting, David Wagner, Chris Hall, and Niels Ferguson.
+ * you can also use the AES submission document of Twofish, which is
+ * available from my list of publications on my personal web site at
+ *    http://niels.ferguson.net/.
+ *
+ * The first thing we do is write the testing routines. This is what the
+ * implementation has to satisfy in the end. We only test the external
+ * behaviour of the implementation of course.
+ */
+
+
+/*
+ * Perform a single self test on a (plaintext,ciphertext,key) triple.
+ * Arguments:
+ *  key     array of key bytes
+ *  key_len length of key in bytes
+ *  p       plaintext
+ *  c       ciphertext
+ */
+void Twofish::test_vector( Twofish_Byte key[], int key_len, Twofish_Byte p[16], Twofish_Byte c[16] )
+    {
+    Twofish_Byte tmp[16];               /* scratch pad. */
+    TwofishKey xkey;           /* The expanded key */
+    int i;
+
+
+    /* Prepare the key */
+    PrepareKey( key, key_len, &xkey );
+
+    /*
+     * We run the test twice to ensure that the xkey structure
+     * is not damaged by the first encryption.
+     * Those are hideous bugs to find if you get them in an application.
+     */
+    for( i=0; i<2; i++ )
+        {
+        /* Encrypt and test */
+        Encrypt( &xkey, p, tmp );
+        if( memcmp( c, tmp, 16 ) != 0 )
+            {
+            Twofish_fatal( "Twofish encryption failure" );
+            }
+
+        /* Decrypt and test */
+        Decrypt( &xkey, c, tmp );
+        if( memcmp( p, tmp, 16 ) != 0 )
+            {
+            Twofish_fatal( "Twofish decryption failure" );
+            }
+        }
+
+    /* The test keys are not secret, so we don't need to wipe xkey. */
+    }
+
+
+/*
+ * Check implementation using three (key,plaintext,ciphertext)
+ * test vectors, one for each major key length.
+ *
+ * This is an absolutely minimal self-test.
+ * This routine does not test odd-sized keys.
+ */
+void Twofish::test_vectors()
+    {
+    /*
+     * We run three tests, one for each major key length.
+     * These test vectors come from the Twofish specification.
+     * One encryption and one decryption using randomish data and key
+     * will detect almost any error, especially since we generate the
+     * tables ourselves, so we don't have the problem of a single
+     * damaged table entry in the source.
+     */
+
+    /* 128-bit test is the I=3 case of section B.2 of the Twofish book. */
+    static Twofish_Byte k128[] = {
+        0x9F, 0x58, 0x9F, 0x5C, 0xF6, 0x12, 0x2C, 0x32,
+        0xB6, 0xBF, 0xEC, 0x2F, 0x2A, 0xE8, 0xC3, 0x5A,
+        };
+    static Twofish_Byte p128[] = {
+        0xD4, 0x91, 0xDB, 0x16, 0xE7, 0xB1, 0xC3, 0x9E,
+        0x86, 0xCB, 0x08, 0x6B, 0x78, 0x9F, 0x54, 0x19
+        };
+    static Twofish_Byte c128[] = {
+        0x01, 0x9F, 0x98, 0x09, 0xDE, 0x17, 0x11, 0x85,
+        0x8F, 0xAA, 0xC3, 0xA3, 0xBA, 0x20, 0xFB, 0xC3
+        };
+
+    /* 192-bit test is the I=4 case of section B.2 of the Twofish book. */
+    static Twofish_Byte k192[] = {
+        0x88, 0xB2, 0xB2, 0x70, 0x6B, 0x10, 0x5E, 0x36,
+        0xB4, 0x46, 0xBB, 0x6D, 0x73, 0x1A, 0x1E, 0x88,
+        0xEF, 0xA7, 0x1F, 0x78, 0x89, 0x65, 0xBD, 0x44
+        };
+    static Twofish_Byte p192[] = {
+        0x39, 0xDA, 0x69, 0xD6, 0xBA, 0x49, 0x97, 0xD5,
+        0x85, 0xB6, 0xDC, 0x07, 0x3C, 0xA3, 0x41, 0xB2
+        };
+    static Twofish_Byte c192[] = {
+        0x18, 0x2B, 0x02, 0xD8, 0x14, 0x97, 0xEA, 0x45,
+        0xF9, 0xDA, 0xAC, 0xDC, 0x29, 0x19, 0x3A, 0x65
+        };
+
+    /* 256-bit test is the I=4 case of section B.2 of the Twofish book. */
+    static Twofish_Byte k256[] = {
+        0xD4, 0x3B, 0xB7, 0x55, 0x6E, 0xA3, 0x2E, 0x46,
+        0xF2, 0xA2, 0x82, 0xB7, 0xD4, 0x5B, 0x4E, 0x0D,
+        0x57, 0xFF, 0x73, 0x9D, 0x4D, 0xC9, 0x2C, 0x1B,
+        0xD7, 0xFC, 0x01, 0x70, 0x0C, 0xC8, 0x21, 0x6F
+        };
+    static Twofish_Byte p256[] = {
+        0x90, 0xAF, 0xE9, 0x1B, 0xB2, 0x88, 0x54, 0x4F,
+        0x2C, 0x32, 0xDC, 0x23, 0x9B, 0x26, 0x35, 0xE6
+        };
+    static Twofish_Byte c256[] = {
+        0x6C, 0xB4, 0x56, 0x1C, 0x40, 0xBF, 0x0A, 0x97,
+        0x05, 0x93, 0x1C, 0xB6, 0xD4, 0x08, 0xE7, 0xFA
+        };
+
+    /* Run the actual tests. */
+    test_vector( k128, 16, p128, c128 );
+    test_vector( k192, 24, p192, c192 );
+    test_vector( k256, 32, p256, c256 );
+    }
+
+
+/*
+ * Perform extensive test for a single key size.
+ *
+ * Test a single key size against the test vectors from section
+ * B.2 in the Twofish book. This is a sequence of 49 encryptions
+ * and decryptions. Each plaintext is equal to the ciphertext of
+ * the previous encryption. The key is made up from the ciphertext
+ * two and three encryptions ago. Both plaintext and key start
+ * at the zero value.
+ * We should have designed a cleaner recurrence relation for
+ * these tests, but it is too late for that now. At least we learned
+ * how to do it better next time.
+ * For details see appendix B of the book.
+ *
+ * Arguments:
+ * key_len      Number of bytes of key
+ * final_value  Final plaintext value after 49 iterations
+ */
+void Twofish::test_sequence( int key_len, Twofish_Byte final_value[] )
+    {
+    Twofish_Byte buf[ (50+3)*16 ];      /* Buffer to hold our computation values. */
+    Twofish_Byte tmp[16];               /* Temp for testing the decryption. */
+    TwofishKey xkey;           /* The expanded key */
+    int i;
+    Twofish_Byte * p;
+
+    /* Wipe the buffer */
+    memset( buf, 0, sizeof( buf ) );
+
+    /*
+     * Because the recurrence relation is done in an inconvenient manner
+     * we end up looping backwards over the buffer.
+     */
+
+    /* Pointer in buffer points to current plaintext. */
+    p = &buf[50*16];
+    for( i=1; i<50; i++ )
+        {
+        /*
+         * Prepare a key.
+         * This automatically checks that key_len is valid.
+         */
+        PrepareKey( p+16, key_len, &xkey );
+
+        /* Compute the next 16 bytes in the buffer */
+        Encrypt( &xkey, p, p-16 );
+
+        /* Check that the decryption is correct. */
+        Decrypt( &xkey, p-16, tmp );
+        if( memcmp( tmp, p, 16 ) != 0 )
+            {
+            Twofish_fatal( "Twofish decryption failure in sequence" );
+            }
+        /* Move on to next 16 bytes in the buffer. */
+        p -= 16;
+        }
+
+    /* And check the final value. */
+    if( memcmp( p, final_value, 16 ) != 0 )
+        {
+        Twofish_fatal( "Twofish encryption failure in sequence" );
+        }
+
+    /* None of the data was secret, so there is no need to wipe anything. */
+    }
+
+
+/*
+ * Run all three sequence tests from the Twofish test vectors.
+ *
+ * This checks the most extensive test vectors currently available
+ * for Twofish. The data is from the Twofish book, appendix B.2.
+ */
+void Twofish::test_sequences()
+    {
+    static Twofish_Byte r128[] = {
+        0x5D, 0x9D, 0x4E, 0xEF, 0xFA, 0x91, 0x51, 0x57,
+        0x55, 0x24, 0xF1, 0x15, 0x81, 0x5A, 0x12, 0xE0
+        };
+    static Twofish_Byte r192[] = {
+        0xE7, 0x54, 0x49, 0x21, 0x2B, 0xEE, 0xF9, 0xF4,
+        0xA3, 0x90, 0xBD, 0x86, 0x0A, 0x64, 0x09, 0x41
+        };
+    static Twofish_Byte r256[] = {
+        0x37, 0xFE, 0x26, 0xFF, 0x1C, 0xF6, 0x61, 0x75,
+        0xF5, 0xDD, 0xF4, 0xC3, 0x3B, 0x97, 0xA2, 0x05
+        };
+
+    /* Run the three sequence test vectors */
+    test_sequence( 16, r128 );
+    test_sequence( 24, r192 );
+    test_sequence( 32, r256 );
+    }
+
+
+/*
+ * Test the odd-sized keys.
+ *
+ * Every odd-sized key is equivalent to a one of 128, 192, or 256 bits.
+ * The equivalent key is found by padding at the end with zero bytes
+ * until a regular key size is reached.
+ *
+ * We just test that the key expansion routine behaves properly.
+ * If the expanded keys are identical, then the encryptions and decryptions
+ * will behave the same.
+ */
+void Twofish::test_odd_sized_keys()
+    {
+    Twofish_Byte buf[32];
+    TwofishKey xkey;
+    TwofishKey xkey_two;
+    int i;
+
+    /*
+     * We first create an all-zero key to use as PRNG key.
+     * Normally we would not have to fill the buffer with zeroes, as we could
+     * just pass a zero key length to the Twofish_prepare_key function.
+     * However, this relies on using odd-sized keys, and those are just the
+     * ones we are testing here. We can't use an untested function to test
+     * itself.
+     */
+    memset( buf, 0, sizeof( buf ) );
+    PrepareKey( buf, 16, &xkey );
+
+    /* Fill buffer with pseudo-random data derived from two encryptions */
+    Encrypt( &xkey, buf, buf );
+    Encrypt( &xkey, buf, buf+16 );
+
+    /* Create all possible shorter keys that are prefixes of the buffer. */
+    for( i=31; i>=0; i-- )
+        {
+        /* Set a byte to zero. This is the new padding byte */
+        buf[i] = 0;
+
+        /* Expand the key with only i bytes of length */
+        PrepareKey( buf, i, &xkey );
+
+        /* Expand the corresponding padded key of regular length */
+        PrepareKey( buf, i<=16 ? 16 : (i<= 24 ? 24 : 32), &xkey_two );
+
+        /* Compare the two */
+        if( memcmp( &xkey, &xkey_two, sizeof( xkey ) ) != 0 )
+            {
+            Twofish_fatal( "Odd sized keys do not expand properly" );
+            }
+        }
+
+    /* None of the key values are secret, so we don't need to wipe them. */
+    }
+
+
+/*
+ * Test the Twofish implementation.
+ *
+ * This routine runs all the self tests, in order of importance.
+ * It is called by the Twofish_initialise routine.
+ *
+ * In almost all applications the cost of running the self tests during
+ * initialisation is insignificant, especially
+ * compared to the time it takes to load the application from disk.
+ * If you are very pressed for initialisation performance,
+ * you could remove some of the tests. Make sure you did run them
+ * once in the software and hardware configuration you are using.
+ */
+void Twofish::self_test()
+    {
+    /* The three test vectors form an absolute minimal test set. */
+    test_vectors();
+
+    /*
+     * If at all possible you should run these tests too. They take
+     * more time, but provide a more thorough coverage.
+     */
+    test_sequences();
+
+    /* Test the odd-sized keys. */
+    test_odd_sized_keys();
+    }
+
+
+/*
+ * And now, the actual Twofish implementation.
+ *
+ * This implementation generates all the tables during initialisation.
+ * I don't like large tables in the code, especially since they are easily
+ * damaged in the source without anyone noticing it. You need code to
+ * generate them anyway, and this way all the code is close together.
+ * Generating them in the application leads to a smaller executable
+ * (the code is smaller than the tables it generates) and a
+ * larger static memory footprint.
+ *
+ * Twofish can be implemented in many ways. I have chosen to
+ * use large tables with a relatively long key setup time.
+ * If you encrypt more than a few blocks of data it pays to pre-compute
+ * as much as possible. This implementation is relatively inefficient for
+ * applications that need to re-key every block or so.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * We start with the t-tables, directly from the Twofish definition.
+ * These are nibble-tables, but merging them and putting them two nibbles
+ * in one byte is more work than it is worth.
+ */
+static const Twofish_Byte t_table[2][4][16] = {
+    {
+        {0x8,0x1,0x7,0xD,0x6,0xF,0x3,0x2,0x0,0xB,0x5,0x9,0xE,0xC,0xA,0x4},
+        {0xE,0xC,0xB,0x8,0x1,0x2,0x3,0x5,0xF,0x4,0xA,0x6,0x7,0x0,0x9,0xD},
+        {0xB,0xA,0x5,0xE,0x6,0xD,0x9,0x0,0xC,0x8,0xF,0x3,0x2,0x4,0x7,0x1},
+        {0xD,0x7,0xF,0x4,0x1,0x2,0x6,0xE,0x9,0xB,0x3,0x0,0x8,0x5,0xC,0xA}
+    },
+    {
+        {0x2,0x8,0xB,0xD,0xF,0x7,0x6,0xE,0x3,0x1,0x9,0x4,0x0,0xA,0xC,0x5},
+        {0x1,0xE,0x2,0xB,0x4,0xC,0x3,0x7,0x6,0xD,0xA,0x5,0xF,0x9,0x0,0x8},
+        {0x4,0xC,0x7,0x5,0x1,0x6,0x9,0xA,0x0,0xE,0xD,0x8,0x2,0xB,0x3,0xF},
+        {0xB,0x9,0x5,0x1,0xC,0x3,0xD,0xE,0x6,0x4,0x7,0xF,0x2,0x0,0x8,0xA}
+    }
+};
+
+
+/* A 1-bit rotation of 4-bit values. Input must be in range 0..15 */
+#define ROR4BY1( x ) (((x)>>1) | (((x)<<3) & 0x8) )
+
+
+/*
+ * Now the function that converts a single t-table into a q-table.
+ *
+ * Arguments:
+ * t[4][16] : four 4->4bit lookup tables that define the q-box
+ * q[256]   : output parameter: the resulting q-box as a lookup table.
+ */
+static void make_q_table( const Twofish_Byte t[4][16], Qtype q[256] )
+    {
+    int ae,be,ao,bo;        /* Some temporaries. */
+    int i;
+    /* Loop over all input values and compute the q-box result. */
+    for( i=0; i<256; i++ ) {
+        /*
+         * This is straight from the Twofish specifications.
+         *
+         * The ae variable is used for the a_i values from the specs
+         * with even i, and ao for the odd i's. Similarly for the b's.
+         */
+        ae = i>>4; be = i&0xf;
+        ao = ae ^ be; bo = ae ^ ROR4BY1(be) ^ ((ae<<3)&8);
+        ae = t[0][ao]; be = t[1][bo];
+        ao = ae ^ be; bo = ae ^ ROR4BY1(be) ^ ((ae<<3)&8);
+        ae = t[2][ao]; be = t[3][bo];
+
+        /* Store the result in the q-box table, the cast avoids a warning. */
+        q[i] = (Qtype) ((be<<4) | ae);
+        }
+    }
+
+
+/*
+ * Initialise both q-box tables.
+ */
+void Twofish::initialise_q_boxes()
+    {
+    /* Initialise each of the q-boxes using the t-tables */
+    make_q_table( t_table[0], q_table[0] );
+    make_q_table( t_table[1], q_table[1] );
+    }
+
+
+/*
+ * Next up is the MDS matrix multiplication.
+ * The MDS matrix multiplication operates in the field
+ * GF(2)[x]/p(x) with p(x)=x^8+x^6+x^5+x^3+1.
+ * If you don't understand this, read a book on finite fields. You cannot
+ * follow the finite-field computations without some background.
+ *
+ * In this field, multiplication by x is easy: shift left one bit
+ * and if bit 8 is set then xor the result with 0x169.
+ *
+ * The MDS coefficients use a multiplication by 1/x,
+ * or rather a division by x. This is easy too: first make the
+ * value 'even' (i.e. bit 0 is zero) by xorring with 0x169 if necessary,
+ * and then shift right one position.
+ * Even easier: shift right and xor with 0xb4 if the lsbit was set.
+ *
+ * The MDS coefficients are 1, EF, and 5B, and we use the fact that
+ *   EF = 1 + 1/x + 1/x^2
+ *   5B = 1       + 1/x^2
+ * in this field. This makes multiplication by EF and 5B relatively easy.
+ *
+ * This property is no accident, the MDS matrix was designed to allow
+ * this implementation technique to be used.
+ *
+ * We have four MDS tables, each mapping 8 bits to 32 bits.
+ * Each table performs one column of the matrix multiplication.
+ * As the MDS is always preceded by q-boxes, each of these tables
+ * also implements the q-box just previous to that column.
+ */
+
+/* A small table to get easy conditional access to the 0xb4 constant. */
+static const Twofish_UInt32 mds_poly_divx_const[] = {0,0xb4};
+
+/* Function to initialise the MDS tables. */
+void Twofish::initialise_mds_tables()
+    {
+    int i;
+    Twofish_UInt32 q,qef,q5b;       /* Temporary variables. */
+
+    /* Loop over all 8-bit input values */
+    for( i=0; i<256; i++ )
+        {
+        /*
+         * To save some work during the key expansion we include the last
+         * of the q-box layers from the h() function in these MDS tables.
+         */
+
+        /* We first do the inputs that are mapped through the q0 table. */
+        q = q_table[0][i];
+        /*
+         * Here we divide by x, note the table to get 0xb4 only if the
+         * lsbit is set.
+         * This sets qef = (1/x)*q in the finite field
+         */
+        qef = (q >> 1) ^ mds_poly_divx_const[ q & 1 ];
+        /*
+         * Divide by x again, and add q to get (1+1/x^2)*q.
+         * Note that (1+1/x^2) =  5B in the field, and addition in the field
+         * is exclusive or on the bits.
+         */
+        q5b = (qef >> 1) ^ mds_poly_divx_const[ qef & 1 ] ^ q;
+        /*
+         * Add q5b to qef to set qef = (1+1/x+1/x^2)*q.
+         * Again, (1+1/x+1/x^2) = EF in the field.
+         */
+        qef ^= q5b;
+
+        /*
+         * Now that we have q5b = 5B * q and qef = EF * q
+         * we can fill two of the entries in the MDS matrix table.
+         * See the Twofish specifications for the order of the constants.
+         */
+        MDS_table[1][i] = (q  <<24) | (q5b<<16) | (qef<<8) | qef;
+        MDS_table[3][i] = (q5b<<24) | (qef<<16) | (q  <<8) | q5b;
+
+        /* Now we do it all again for the two columns that have a q1 box. */
+        q = q_table[1][i];
+        qef = (q >> 1) ^ mds_poly_divx_const[ q & 1 ];
+        q5b = (qef >> 1) ^ mds_poly_divx_const[ qef & 1 ] ^ q;
+        qef ^= q5b;
+
+        /* The other two columns use the coefficient in a different order. */
+        MDS_table[0][i] = (qef<<24) | (qef<<16) | (q5b<<8) | q  ;
+        MDS_table[2][i] = (qef<<24) | (q  <<16) | (qef<<8) | q5b;
+        }
+    }
+
+
+/*
+ * The h() function is the heart of the Twofish cipher.
+ * It is a complicated sequence of q-box lookups, key material xors,
+ * and finally the MDS matrix.
+ * We use lots of macros to make this reasonably fast.
+ */
+
+/* First a shorthand for the two q-tables */
+#define q0  q_table[0]
+#define q1  q_table[1]
+
+/*
+ * Each macro computes one column of the h for either 2, 3, or 4 stages.
+ * As there are 4 columns, we have 12 macros in all.
+ *
+ * The key bytes are stored in the Byte array L at offset
+ * 0,1,2,3,  8,9,10,11,  [16,17,18,19,   [24,25,26,27]] as this is the
+ * order we get the bytes from the user. If you look at the Twofish
+ * specs, you'll see that h() is applied to the even key words or the
+ * odd key words. The bytes of the even words appear in this spacing,
+ * and those of the odd key words too.
+ *
+ * These macros are the only place where the q-boxes and the MDS table
+ * are used.
+ */
+#define H02( y, L )  MDS_table[0][q0[q0[y]^L[ 8]]^L[0]]
+#define H12( y, L )  MDS_table[1][q0[q1[y]^L[ 9]]^L[1]]
+#define H22( y, L )  MDS_table[2][q1[q0[y]^L[10]]^L[2]]
+#define H32( y, L )  MDS_table[3][q1[q1[y]^L[11]]^L[3]]
+#define H03( y, L )  H02( q1[y]^L[16], L )
+#define H13( y, L )  H12( q1[y]^L[17], L )
+#define H23( y, L )  H22( q0[y]^L[18], L )
+#define H33( y, L )  H32( q0[y]^L[19], L )
+#define H04( y, L )  H03( q1[y]^L[24], L )
+#define H14( y, L )  H13( q0[y]^L[25], L )
+#define H24( y, L )  H23( q0[y]^L[26], L )
+#define H34( y, L )  H33( q1[y]^L[27], L )
+
+/*
+ * Now we can define the h() function given an array of key bytes.
+ * This function is only used in the key schedule, and not to pre-compute
+ * the keyed S-boxes.
+ *
+ * In the key schedule, the input is always of the form k*(1+2^8+2^16+2^24)
+ * so we only provide k as an argument.
+ *
+ * Arguments:
+ * k        input to the h() function.
+ * L        pointer to array of key bytes at
+ *          offsets 0,1,2,3, ... 8,9,10,11, [16,17,18,19, [24,25,26,27]]
+ * kCycles  # key cycles, 2, 3, or 4.
+ */
+Twofish_UInt32 Twofish::h( int k, Twofish_Byte L[], int kCycles )
+    {
+    switch( kCycles ) {
+        /* We code all 3 cases separately for speed reasons. */
+    case 2:
+        return H02(k,L) ^ H12(k,L) ^ H22(k,L) ^ H32(k,L);
+    case 3:
+        return H03(k,L) ^ H13(k,L) ^ H23(k,L) ^ H33(k,L);
+    case 4:
+        return H04(k,L) ^ H14(k,L) ^ H24(k,L) ^ H34(k,L);
+    default:
+        /* This is always a coding error, which is fatal. */
+        Twofish_fatal( "Twofish h(): Illegal argument" );
+        return 0;
+        }
+    }
+
+
+/*
+ * Pre-compute the keyed S-boxes.
+ * Fill the pre-computed S-box array in the expanded key structure.
+ * Each pre-computed S-box maps 8 bits to 32 bits.
+ *
+ * The S argument contains half the number of bytes of the full key, but is
+ * derived from the full key. (See Twofish specifications for details.)
+ * S has the weird byte input order used by the Hxx macros.
+ *
+ * This function takes most of the time of a key expansion.
+ *
+ * Arguments:
+ * S        pointer to array of 8*kCycles Bytes containing the S vector.
+ * kCycles  number of key words, must be in the set {2,3,4}
+ * xkey     pointer to Twofish_key structure that will contain the S-boxes.
+ */
+void Twofish::fill_keyed_sboxes( Twofish_Byte S[], int kCycles, TwofishKey * xkey )
+    {
+    int i;
+    switch( kCycles ) {
+        /* We code all 3 cases separately for speed reasons. */
+    case 2:
+        for( i=0; i<256; i++ )
+            {
+            xkey->s[0][i]= H02( i, S );
+            xkey->s[1][i]= H12( i, S );
+            xkey->s[2][i]= H22( i, S );
+            xkey->s[3][i]= H32( i, S );
+            }
+        break;
+    case 3:
+        for( i=0; i<256; i++ )
+            {
+            xkey->s[0][i]= H03( i, S );
+            xkey->s[1][i]= H13( i, S );
+            xkey->s[2][i]= H23( i, S );
+            xkey->s[3][i]= H33( i, S );
+            }
+        break;
+    case 4:
+        for( i=0; i<256; i++ )
+            {
+            xkey->s[0][i]= H04( i, S );
+            xkey->s[1][i]= H14( i, S );
+            xkey->s[2][i]= H24( i, S );
+            xkey->s[3][i]= H34( i, S );
+            }
+        break;
+    default:
+        /* This is always a coding error, which is fatal. */
+        Twofish_fatal( "Twofish fill_keyed_sboxes(): Illegal argument" );
+        }
+    }
+
+
+/*
+ * Initialise the Twofish implementation.
+ * This function must be called before any other function in the
+ * Twofish implementation is called.
+ * This routine also does some sanity checks, to make sure that
+ * all the macros behave, and it tests the whole cipher.
+ */
+Twofish::Twofish()
+    {
+    /* First test the various platform-specific definitions. */
+    test_platform();
+
+    /* We can now generate our tables, in the right order of course. */
+    initialise_q_boxes();
+    initialise_mds_tables();
+
+    /*
+     * And run some tests on the whole cipher.
+     * Yes, you need to do this every time you start your program.
+     * It is called assurance; you have to be certain that your program
+     * still works properly.
+     */
+    self_test();
+    }
+
+/*
+ * The Twofish key schedule uses an Reed-Solomon code matrix multiply.
+ * Just like the MDS matrix, the RS-matrix is designed to be easy
+ * to implement. Details are below in the code.
+ *
+ * These constants make it easy to compute in the finite field used
+ * for the RS code.
+ *
+ * We use Bytes for the RS computation, but these are automatically
+ * widened to unsigned integers in the expressions. Having unsigned
+ * ints in these tables therefore provides the fastest access.
+ */
+static unsigned int rs_poly_const[] = { 0, 0x14d };
+static unsigned int rs_poly_div_const[] = { 0, 0xa6 };
+
+
+/*
+ * Prepare a key for use in encryption and decryption.
+ * Like most block ciphers, Twofish allows the key schedule
+ * to be pre-computed given only the key.
+ * Twofish has a fairly 'heavy' key schedule that takes a lot of time
+ * to compute. The main work is pre-computing the S-boxes used in the
+ * encryption and decryption. We feel that this makes the cipher much
+ * harder to attack. The attacker doesn't even know what the S-boxes
+ * contain without including the entire key schedule in the analysis.
+ *
+ * Unlike most Twofish implementations, this one allows any key size from
+ * 0 to 32 bytes. Odd key sizes are defined for Twofish (see the
+ * specifications); the key is simply padded with zeroes to the next real
+ * key size of 16, 24, or 32 bytes.
+ * Each odd-sized key is thus equivalent to a single normal-sized key.
+ *
+ * Arguments:
+ * key      array of key bytes
+ * key_len  number of bytes in the key, must be in the range 0,...,32.
+ * xkey     Pointer to an Twofish_key structure that will be filled
+ *             with the internal form of the cipher key.
+ */
+void Twofish::PrepareKey(const Twofish_Byte key[],int key_len,TwofishKey* xkey)
+    {
+    /* We use a single array to store all key material in,
+     * to simplify the wiping of the key material at the end.
+     * The first 32 bytes contain the actual (padded) cipher key.
+     * The next 32 bytes contain the S-vector in its weird format,
+     * and we have 4 bytes of overrun necessary for the RS-reduction.
+     */
+    Twofish_Byte K[32+32+4];
+
+    int kCycles;        /* # key cycles, 2,3, or 4. */
+
+    int i;
+    Twofish_UInt32 A, B;        /* Used to compute the round keys. */
+
+    Twofish_Byte * kptr;        /* Three pointers for the RS computation. */
+    Twofish_Byte * sptr;
+    Twofish_Byte * t;
+
+    Twofish_Byte b,bx,bxx;      /* Some more temporaries for the RS computation. */
+
+    /* Check for valid key length. */
+    if( key_len < 0 || key_len > 32 )
+        {
+        /*
+         * This can only happen if a programmer didn't read the limitations
+         * on the key size.
+         */
+        Twofish_fatal( "Twofish_prepare_key: illegal key length" );
+        /*
+         * A return statement just in case the fatal macro returns.
+         * The rest of the code assumes that key_len is in range, and would
+         * buffer-overflow if it wasn't.
+         *
+         * Why do we still use a programming language that has problems like
+         * buffer overflows, when these problems were solved in 1960 with
+         * the development of Algol? Have we not leared anything?
+         */
+        return;
+        }
+
+    /* Pad the key with zeroes to the next suitable key length. */
+    memcpy( K, key, key_len );
+    memset( K+key_len, 0, sizeof(K)-key_len );
+
+    /*
+     * Compute kCycles: the number of key cycles used in the cipher.
+     * 2 for 128-bit keys, 3 for 192-bit keys, and 4 for 256-bit keys.
+     */
+    kCycles = (key_len + 7) >> 3;
+    /* Handle the special case of very short keys: minimum 2 cycles. */
+    if( kCycles < 2 )
+        {
+        kCycles = 2;
+        }
+
+    /*
+     * From now on we just pretend to have 8*kCycles bytes of
+     * key material in K. This handles all the key size cases.
+     */
+
+    /*
+     * We first compute the 40 expanded key words,
+     * formulas straight from the Twofish specifications.
+     */
+    for( i=0; i<40; i+=2 )
+        {
+        /*
+         * Due to the byte spacing expected by the h() function
+         * we can pick the bytes directly from the key K.
+         * As we use bytes, we never have the little/big endian
+         * problem.
+         *
+         * Note that we apply the rotation function only to simple
+         * variables, as the rotation macro might evaluate its argument
+         * more than once.
+         */
+        A = h( i  , K  , kCycles );
+        B = h( i+1, K+4, kCycles );
+        B = ROL32( B, 8 );
+
+        /* Compute and store the round keys. */
+        A += B;
+        B += A;
+        xkey->K[i]   = A;
+        xkey->K[i+1] = ROL32( B, 9 );
+        }
+
+    /* Wipe variables that contained key material. */
+    A=B=0;
+
+    /*
+     * And now the dreaded RS multiplication that few seem to understand.
+     * The RS matrix is not random, and is specially designed to compute the
+     * RS matrix multiplication in a simple way.
+     *
+     * We work in the field GF(2)[x]/x^8+x^6+x^3+x^2+1. Note that this is a
+     * different field than used for the MDS matrix.
+     * (At least, it is a different representation because all GF(2^8)
+     * representations are equivalent in some form.)
+     *
+     * We take 8 consecutive bytes of the key and interpret them as
+     * a polynomial k_0 + k_1 y + k_2 y^2 + ... + k_7 y^7 where
+     * the k_i bytes are the key bytes and are elements of the finite field.
+     * We multiply this polynomial by y^4 and reduce it modulo
+     *     y^4 + (x + 1/x)y^3 + (x)y^2 + (x + 1/x)y + 1.
+     * using straightforward polynomial modulo reduction.
+     * The coefficients of the result are the result of the RS
+     * matrix multiplication. When we wrote the Twofish specification,
+     * the original RS definition used the polynomials,
+     * but that requires much more mathematical knowledge.
+     * We were already using matrix multiplication in a finite field for
+     * the MDS matrix, so I re-wrote the RS operation as a matrix
+     * multiplication to reduce the difficulty of understanding it.
+     * Some implementors have not picked up on this simpler method of
+     * computing the RS operation, even though it is mentioned in the
+     * specifications.
+     *
+     * It is possible to perform these computations faster by using 32-bit
+     * word operations, but that is not portable and this is not a speed-
+     * critical area.
+     *
+     * We explained the 1/x computation when we did the MDS matrix.
+     *
+     * The S vector is stored in K[32..64].
+     * The S vector has to be reversed, so we loop cross-wise.
+     *
+     * Note the weird byte spacing of the S-vector, to match the even
+     * or odd key words arrays. See the discussion at the Hxx macros for
+     * details.
+     */
+    kptr = K + 8*kCycles;           /* Start at end of key */
+    sptr = K + 32;                  /* Start at start of S */
+
+    /* Loop over all key material */
+    while( kptr > K )
+    {
+        kptr -= 8;
+        /*
+         * Initialise the polynimial in sptr[0..12]
+         * The first four coefficients are 0 as we have to multiply by y^4.
+         * The next 8 coefficients are from the key material.
+         */
+        memset( sptr, 0, 4 );
+        memcpy( sptr+4, kptr, 8 );
+
+        /*
+         * The 12 bytes starting at sptr are now the coefficients of
+         * the polynomial we need to reduce.
+         */
+
+        /* Loop over the polynomial coefficients from high to low */
+        t = sptr+11;
+        /* Keep looping until polynomial is degree 3; */
+        while( t > sptr+3 )
+            {
+            /* Pick up the highest coefficient of the poly. */
+            b = *t;
+
+            /*
+             * Compute x and (x+1/x) times this coefficient.
+             * See the MDS matrix implementation for a discussion of
+             * multiplication by x and 1/x. We just use different
+             * constants here as we are in a
+             * different finite field representation.
+             *
+             * These two statements set
+             * bx = (x) * b
+             * bxx= (x + 1/x) * b
+             */
+            bx = (Twofish_Byte)((b<<1) ^ rs_poly_const[ b>>7 ]);
+            bxx= (Twofish_Byte)((b>>1) ^ rs_poly_div_const[ b&1 ] ^ bx);
+
+            /*
+             * Subtract suitable multiple of
+             * y^4 + (x + 1/x)y^3 + (x)y^2 + (x + 1/x)y + 1
+             * from the polynomial, except that we don't bother
+             * updating t[0] as it will become zero anyway.
+             */
+            t[-1] ^= bxx;
+            t[-2] ^= bx;
+            t[-3] ^= bxx;
+            t[-4] ^= b;
+
+            /* Go to the next coefficient. */
+            t--;
+            }
+
+        /* Go to next S-vector word, obeying the weird spacing rules. */
+        sptr += 8;
+        }
+
+    /* Wipe variables that contained key material. */
+    b = bx = bxx = 0;
+
+    /* And finally, we can compute the key-dependent S-boxes. */
+    fill_keyed_sboxes( &K[32], kCycles, xkey );
+
+    /* Wipe array that contained key material. */
+    memset( K, 0, sizeof( K ) );
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * We can now start on the actual encryption and decryption code.
+ * As these are often speed-critical we will use a lot of macros.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * The g() function is the heart of the round function.
+ * We have two versions of the g() function, one without an input
+ * rotation and one with.
+ * The pre-computed S-boxes make this pretty simple.
+ */
+#define g0(X,xkey) (xkey->s[0][b0(X)]^xkey->s[1][b1(X)]^xkey->s[2][b2(X)]^xkey->s[3][b3(X)])
+
+#define g1(X,xkey) (xkey->s[0][b3(X)]^xkey->s[1][b0(X)]^xkey->s[2][b1(X)]^xkey->s[3][b2(X)])
+
+/*
+ * A single round of Twofish. The A,B,C,D are the four state variables,
+ * T0 and T1 are temporaries, xkey is the expanded key, and r the
+ * round number.
+ *
+ * Note that this macro does not implement the swap at the end of the round.
+ */
+#define ENCRYPT_RND( A,B,C,D, T0, T1, xkey, r ) \
+    T0 = g0(A,xkey); T1 = g1(B,xkey);\
+    C ^= T0+T1+xkey->K[8+2*(r)]; C = ROR32(C,1);\
+    D = ROL32(D,1); D ^= T0+2*T1+xkey->K[8+2*(r)+1]
+
+/*
+ * Encrypt a single cycle, consisting of two rounds.
+ * This avoids the swapping of the two halves.
+ * Parameter r is now the cycle number.
+ */
+#define ENCRYPT_CYCLE( A, B, C, D, T0, T1, xkey, r ) \
+    ENCRYPT_RND( A,B,C,D,T0,T1,xkey,2*(r)   );\
+    ENCRYPT_RND( C,D,A,B,T0,T1,xkey,2*(r)+1 )
+
+/* Full 16-round encryption */
+#define ENCRYPT( A,B,C,D,T0,T1,xkey ) \
+    ENCRYPT_CYCLE( A,B,C,D,T0,T1,xkey, 0 );\
+    ENCRYPT_CYCLE( A,B,C,D,T0,T1,xkey, 1 );\
+    ENCRYPT_CYCLE( A,B,C,D,T0,T1,xkey, 2 );\
+    ENCRYPT_CYCLE( A,B,C,D,T0,T1,xkey, 3 );\
+    ENCRYPT_CYCLE( A,B,C,D,T0,T1,xkey, 4 );\
+    ENCRYPT_CYCLE( A,B,C,D,T0,T1,xkey, 5 );\
+    ENCRYPT_CYCLE( A,B,C,D,T0,T1,xkey, 6 );\
+    ENCRYPT_CYCLE( A,B,C,D,T0,T1,xkey, 7 )
+
+/*
+ * A single round of Twofish for decryption. It differs from
+ * ENCRYPT_RND only because of the 1-bit rotations.
+ */
+#define DECRYPT_RND( A,B,C,D, T0, T1, xkey, r ) \
+    T0 = g0(A,xkey); T1 = g1(B,xkey);\
+    C = ROL32(C,1); C ^= T0+T1+xkey->K[8+2*(r)];\
+    D ^= T0+2*T1+xkey->K[8+2*(r)+1]; D = ROR32(D,1)
+
+/*
+ * Decrypt a single cycle, consisting of two rounds.
+ * This avoids the swapping of the two halves.
+ * Parameter r is now the cycle number.
+ */
+#define DECRYPT_CYCLE( A, B, C, D, T0, T1, xkey, r ) \
+    DECRYPT_RND( A,B,C,D,T0,T1,xkey,2*(r)+1 );\
+    DECRYPT_RND( C,D,A,B,T0,T1,xkey,2*(r)   )
+
+/* Full 16-round decryption. */
+#define DECRYPT( A,B,C,D,T0,T1, xkey ) \
+    DECRYPT_CYCLE( A,B,C,D,T0,T1,xkey, 7 );\
+    DECRYPT_CYCLE( A,B,C,D,T0,T1,xkey, 6 );\
+    DECRYPT_CYCLE( A,B,C,D,T0,T1,xkey, 5 );\
+    DECRYPT_CYCLE( A,B,C,D,T0,T1,xkey, 4 );\
+    DECRYPT_CYCLE( A,B,C,D,T0,T1,xkey, 3 );\
+    DECRYPT_CYCLE( A,B,C,D,T0,T1,xkey, 2 );\
+    DECRYPT_CYCLE( A,B,C,D,T0,T1,xkey, 1 );\
+    DECRYPT_CYCLE( A,B,C,D,T0,T1,xkey, 0 )
+
+/*
+ * A macro to read the state from the plaintext and do the initial key xors.
+ * The koff argument allows us to use the same macro
+ * for the decryption which uses different key words at the start.
+ */
+#define GET_INPUT( src, A,B,C,D, xkey, koff ) \
+    A = GET32(src   )^xkey->K[  koff]; B = GET32(src+ 4)^xkey->K[1+koff]; \
+    C = GET32(src+ 8)^xkey->K[2+koff]; D = GET32(src+12)^xkey->K[3+koff]
+
+/*
+ * Similar macro to put the ciphertext in the output buffer.
+ * We xor the keys into the state variables before we use the PUT32
+ * macro as the macro might use its argument multiple times.
+ */
+#define PUT_OUTPUT( A,B,C,D, dst, xkey, koff ) \
+    A ^= xkey->K[  koff]; B ^= xkey->K[1+koff]; \
+    C ^= xkey->K[2+koff]; D ^= xkey->K[3+koff]; \
+    PUT32( A, dst   ); PUT32( B, dst+ 4 ); \
+    PUT32( C, dst+8 ); PUT32( D, dst+12 )
+
+
+/*
+ * Twofish block encryption
+ *
+ * Arguments:
+ * xkey         expanded key array
+ * p            16 bytes of plaintext
+ * c            16 bytes in which to store the ciphertext
+ */
+void Twofish::Encrypt(const TwofishKey* xkey,const Twofish_Byte p[16],Twofish_Byte c[16])
+{
+    Twofish_UInt32 A,B,C,D,T0,T1;       /* Working variables */
+
+    /* Get the four plaintext words xorred with the key */
+    GET_INPUT( p, A,B,C,D, xkey, 0 );
+
+    /* Do 8 cycles (= 16 rounds) */
+    ENCRYPT( A,B,C,D,T0,T1,xkey );
+
+    /* Store them with the final swap and the output whitening. */
+    PUT_OUTPUT( C,D,A,B, c, xkey, 4 );
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Twofish block decryption.
+ *
+ * Arguments:
+ * xkey         expanded key array
+ * c            16 bytes of ciphertext
+ * p            16 bytes in which to store the plaintext
+ */
+void Twofish::Decrypt(const TwofishKey* xkey,const Twofish_Byte c[16],Twofish_Byte p[16])
+{
+    Twofish_UInt32 A,B,C,D,T0,T1;       /* Working variables */
+
+    /* Get the four plaintext words xorred with the key */
+    GET_INPUT( c, A,B,C,D, xkey, 4 );
+
+    /* Do 8 cycles (= 16 rounds) */
+    DECRYPT( A,B,C,D,T0,T1,xkey );
+
+    /* Store them with the final swap and the output whitening. */
+    PUT_OUTPUT( C,D,A,B, p, xkey, 0 );
+}
+
+void TwofishKey::Clear()
+{
+    memset(this,0,sizeof(*this));
+}
+
+/*
+ * Using the macros it is easy to make special routines for
+ * CBC mode, CTR mode etc. The only thing you might want to
+ * add is a XOR_PUT_OUTPUT which xors the outputs into the
+ * destinationa instead of overwriting the data. This requires
+ * a XOR_PUT32 macro as well, but that should all be trivial.
+ *
+ * I thought about including routines for the separate cipher
+ * modes here, but it is unclear which modes should be included,
+ * and each encryption or decryption routine takes up a lot of code space.
+ * Also, I don't have any test vectors for any cipher modes
+ * with Twofish.
+ */
diff --git a/client/twofish.h b/client/twofish.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b607c80
--- /dev/null
+++ b/client/twofish.h
@@ -0,0 +1,219 @@
+#ifndef TWOFISH_H
+#define TWOFISH_H
+
+/*
+ * Fast, portable, and easy-to-use Twofish implementation,
+ * Version 0.3.
+ * Copyright (c) 2002 by Niels Ferguson.
+ *
+ * See the twofish.c file for the details of the how and why of this code.
+ *
+ * The author hereby grants a perpetual license to everybody to
+ * use this code for any purpose as long as the copyright message is included
+ * in the source code of this or any derived work.
+ */
+
+
+/*
+ * PLATFORM FIXES
+ * ==============
+ *
+ * The following definitions have to be fixed for each particular platform
+ * you work on. If you have a multi-platform program, you no doubt have
+ * portable definitions that you can substitute here without changing
+ * the rest of the code.
+ *
+ * The defaults provided here should work on most PC compilers.
+ */
+
+
+/*
+ * A Twofish_Byte must be an unsigned 8-bit integer.
+ * It must also be the elementary data size of your C platform,
+ * i.e. sizeof( Twofish_Byte ) == 1.
+ */
+typedef unsigned char   Twofish_Byte;
+
+/*
+ * A Twofish_UInt32 must be an unsigned integer of at least 32 bits.
+ *
+ * This type is used only internally in the implementation, so ideally it
+ * would not appear in the header file, but it is used inside the
+ * Twofish_key structure which means it has to be included here.
+ */
+typedef unsigned int    Twofish_UInt32;
+
+/*
+ * Select data type for q-table entries.
+ *
+ * Larger entry types cost more memory (1.5 kB), and might be faster
+ * or slower depending on the CPU and compiler details.
+ *
+ * This choice only affects the static data size and the key setup speed.
+ * Functionality, expanded key size, or encryption speed are not affected.
+ * Define to 1 to get large q-table entries.
+ */
+#define LARGE_Q_TABLE   0    /* default = 0 */
+
+/*
+ * The q-boxes are only used during the key schedule computations.
+ * These are 8->8 bit lookup tables. Some CPUs prefer to have 8->32 bit
+ * lookup tables as it is faster to load a 32-bit value than to load an
+ * 8-bit value and zero the rest of the register.
+ * The LARGE_Q_TABLE switch allows you to choose 32-bit entries in
+ * the q-tables. Here we just define the Qtype which is used to store
+ * the entries of the q-tables.
+ */
+#if LARGE_Q_TABLE
+typedef Twofish_UInt32      Qtype;
+#else
+typedef Twofish_Byte        Qtype;
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * END OF PLATFORM FIXES
+ * =====================
+ *
+ * You should not have to touch the rest of this file, but the code
+ * in twofish.c has a few things you need to fix too.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Structure that contains a prepared Twofish key.
+ * A cipher key is used in two stages. In the first stage it is converted
+ * from the original form to an internal representation.
+ * This internal form is then used to encrypt and decrypt data.
+ * This structure contains the internal form. It is rather large: 4256 bytes
+ * on a platform with 32-bit unsigned values.
+ *
+ * Treat this as an opague structure, and don't try to manipulate the
+ * elements in it. I wish I could hide the inside of the structure,
+ * but C doesn't allow that.
+ */
+class TwofishKey
+{
+    public:
+    TwofishKey()
+    {
+        Clear();
+    }
+    void Clear();
+
+    Twofish_UInt32 s[4][256];   /* pre-computed S-boxes */
+    Twofish_UInt32 K[40];       /* Round key words */
+};
+
+class Twofish
+{
+public:
+
+    /**
+    Construct and test the Twofish object.
+
+    Apart from constructing the object it performs a self test.
+    If assert() or the Twofish_fatal function is not called, the code passed the test.
+    (See the twofish.c file for details on the Twofish_fatal function.)
+    */
+    Twofish();
+
+    /**
+    Convert a cipher key to the internal form used for
+    encryption and decryption.
+
+    The cipher key is an array of bytes; the Twofish_Byte type is
+    defined above to a type suitable on your platform.
+
+    Any key must be converted to an internal form in the TwoFishKey structure
+    before it can be used.
+    The encryption and decryption functions only work with the internal form.
+    The conversion to internal form need only be done once for each key value.
+
+    Be sure to wipe all key storage, including the TwoFishKey structure,
+    once you are done with the key data.
+    A call to TwofishKey::Clear() will do just fine.
+
+    Unlike most implementations, this one allows any key size from 0 bytes
+    to 32 bytes. According to the Twofish specifications,
+    irregular key sizes are handled by padding the key with zeroes at the end
+    until the key size is 16, 24, or 32 bytes, whichever
+    comes first. Note that each key of irregular size is equivalent to exactly
+    one key of 16, 24, or 32 bytes.
+
+    WARNING: Short keys have low entropy, and result in low security.
+    Anything less than 8 bytes is utterly insecure. For good security
+    use at least 16 bytes. I prefer to use 32-byte keys to prevent
+    any collision attacks on the key.
+
+    The key length argument key_len must be in the proper range.
+    If key_len is not in the range 0,...,32 this routine attempts to generate
+    a fatal error (depending on the code environment),
+    and at best (or worst) returns without having done anything.
+
+    Arguments:
+    aKeyBytes   Array of key bytes
+    aKeyLength  Number of key bytes, must be in the range 0,1,...,32.
+    aKey        Pointer to a TwofishKey object that will be filled
+                with the internal form of the cipher key.
+    */
+    void PrepareKey(const Twofish_Byte aKeyBytes[], int aKeyLength, TwofishKey* aKey);
+
+    /*
+    Encrypt a single block of data.
+
+    This function encrypts a single block of 16 bytes of data.
+    If you want to encrypt a larger or variable-length message,
+    you will have to use a cipher mode, such as CBC or CTR.
+    These are outside the scope of this implementation.
+
+    The key structure is not modified by this routine, and can be
+    used for further encryption and decryption operations.
+
+    Arguments:
+    aKey            the key
+    aPlainText      plain text to be encrypted
+    aCipherText     place to store the cyphertext
+    */
+    void Encrypt(const TwofishKey* aKey, const Twofish_Byte aPlainText[16], Twofish_Byte aCipherText[16]);
+
+    /*
+    Decrypt a single block of data.
+
+    This function decrypts a single block of 16 bytes of data.
+    If you want to decrypt a larger or variable-length message,
+    you will have to use a cipher mode, such as CBC or CTR.
+    These are outside the scope of this implementation.
+
+    The key structure is not modified by this routine, and can be
+    used for further encryption and decryption operations.
+
+    Arguments:
+    aKey            the key
+    aCipherText     cyphertext to be decrypted
+    aPlainText      place to store the plain text
+    */
+    void Decrypt(const TwofishKey* aKey, const Twofish_Byte aCipherText[16], Twofish_Byte aPlainText[16]);
+
+private:
+    void test_vector(Twofish_Byte key[],int key_len,Twofish_Byte p[16],Twofish_Byte c[16]);
+    void test_vectors();
+    void test_sequence(int key_len,Twofish_Byte final_value[]);
+    void test_sequences();
+    void test_odd_sized_keys();
+    void self_test();
+    void initialise_q_boxes();
+    void initialise_mds_tables();
+    Twofish_UInt32 h(int k,Twofish_Byte L[],int kCycles);
+    void fill_keyed_sboxes(Twofish_Byte S[],int kCycles,TwofishKey* xkey);
+
+    /*
+    The q-box tables.
+    There are two q-boxes, each having 256 entries.
+    */
+    Qtype q_table[2][256];
+
+    /* The MDS tables. */
+    Twofish_UInt32 MDS_table[4][256];
+};
+
+#endif // TWOFISH_H
+
diff --git a/lib/graphics/PlayIcon.dbdoc b/lib/graphics/PlayIcon.dbdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8119ee0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/graphics/PlayIcon.dbdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE plist PUBLIC "-//Apple//DTD PLIST 1.0//EN" "http://www.apple.com/DTDs/PropertyList-1.0.dtd">
+<plist version="1.0">
+<dict>
+	<key>Canvas Background Color</key>
+	<data>
+	YnBsaXN0MDDUAQIDBAUIFxhUJHRvcFgkb2JqZWN0c1gkdmVyc2lvblkkYXJjaGl2ZXLR
+	BgdUcm9vdIABowkKEVUkbnVsbNMLDA0ODxBcTlNDb2xvclNwYWNlViRjbGFzc1dOU1do
+	aXRlEAOAAk0wLjY2NjY2NjY4NjUA0hITFBVYJGNsYXNzZXNaJGNsYXNzbmFtZaIVFldO
+	U0NvbG9yWE5TT2JqZWN0EgABhqBfEA9OU0tleWVkQXJjaGl2ZXIIERYfKDI1OjxARk1a
+	YWlrbXuAiZSXn6itAAAAAAAAAQEAAAAAAAAAGQAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAL8=
+	</data>
+	<key>Canvas Color</key>
+	<data>
+	YnBsaXN0MDDUAQIDBAUIFxhUJHRvcFgkb2JqZWN0c1gkdmVyc2lvblkkYXJjaGl2ZXLR
+	BgdUcm9vdIABowkKEVUkbnVsbNMLDA0ODxBcTlNDb2xvclNwYWNlViRjbGFzc1dOU1do
+	aXRlEAOAAkIxANISExQVWCRjbGFzc2VzWiRjbGFzc25hbWWiFRZXTlNDb2xvclhOU09i
+	amVjdBIAAYagXxAPTlNLZXllZEFyY2hpdmVyCBEWHygyNTo8QEZNWmFpa21wdX6JjJSd
+	ogAAAAAAAAEBAAAAAAAAABkAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAC0
+	</data>
+	<key>Canvas Height</key>
+	<real>128</real>
+	<key>Canvas Width</key>
+	<real>128</real>
+	<key>Grid Color</key>
+	<data>
+	YnBsaXN0MDDUAQIDBAUIFxhUJHRvcFgkb2JqZWN0c1gkdmVyc2lvblkkYXJjaGl2ZXLR
+	BgdUcm9vdIABowkKEVUkbnVsbNMLDA0ODxBcTlNDb2xvclNwYWNlViRjbGFzc1dOU1do
+	aXRlEAOAAkQwLjUA0hITFBVYJGNsYXNzZXNaJGNsYXNzbmFtZaIVFldOU0NvbG9yWE5T
+	T2JqZWN0EgABhqBfEA9OU0tleWVkQXJjaGl2ZXIIERYfKDI1OjxARk1aYWlrbXJ3gIuO
+	lp+kAAAAAAAAAQEAAAAAAAAAGQAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAALY=
+	</data>
+	<key>Grid Spacing</key>
+	<real>72</real>
+	<key>Grid Tick Count</key>
+	<integer>5</integer>
+	<key>Layers and shapes</key>
+	<data>
+	YnBsaXN0MDDUAQIDBAUIoqNUJHRvcFgkb2JqZWN0c1gkdmVyc2lvblkkYXJjaGl2ZXLR
+	BgdUcm9vdIABrxAZCQoQIiMnNzpBZGlsb3N/goeTVhqWl5idnlUkbnVsbNILDA0OViRj
+	bGFzc1pOUy5vYmplY3RzgAehD4AC2RESExQVCxYXGBkaGxodHh8gIVVBbHBoYVdWaXNp
+	YmxlXxAQQmFja2dyb3VuZCBJbWFnZVhFZGl0YWJsZVpMYXllciBOYW1lWkJsZW5kIE1v
+	ZGVWU2hhcGVzXxAZQmFja2dyb3VuZCBJbWFnZSBQb3NpdGlvbiI/gAAACYAACYADgBgQ
+	AIAEgBdaQmFja2dyb3VuZNILDA0lgAehJoAF2CgpKissCy0uLzAaMjM0NTZWU3Ryb2tl
+	W1BvaW50IGNvdW50WkNsb3NlIFBhdGhWUG9pbnRzWFJvdGF0aW9uVlNoYWRvd1VGaWxs
+	c4AIEAMJgBAiAAAAAIAWgA2ABtILDA05gAeg0js8PT5YJGNsYXNzZXNaJGNsYXNzbmFt
+	ZaM+P0BeTlNNdXRhYmxlQXJyYXlXTlNBcnJheVhOU09iamVjdN8QFEJDREVGR0hJSksL
+	TE1OT1BRUlNUGlYfH1dWWVpXGl0fXl8fGxofGxpfEBBGaWxsIFN0YXJ0IEFycm93XxAQ
+	U2hvdyBTdGFydCBBcnJvd1pEYXNoIFN0eWxlXxAPRW5kIEFycm93IFN0eWxlXxAURW5k
+	IEFycm93IEZpbGwgQ29sb3JeU2hvdyBFbmQgQXJyb3dfEA9MaW5lIEpvaW4gU3R5bGVa
+	TGluZSBXaWR0aF8QFlN0YXJ0IEFycm93IEZpbGwgQ29sb3JfEBJTdHJva2UgU3RhcnQg
+	QXJyb3deTGluZSBDYXAgU3R5bGVcU3Ryb2tlIENvbG9yW1RleHQgT2Zmc2V0XxARU3Rh
+	cnQgQXJyb3cgU3R5bGVdUGF0dGVybiBJbWFnZV5GaWxsIEVuZCBBcnJvd1tTdHJva2Ug
+	TW9kZVtTdHJva2UgVGV4dF8QEFN0cm9rZSBFbmQgQXJyb3cJCIALCBABIkEgAACACwmA
+	DIAJIkAAAACAAAmAAAnTZQtmMGdoXE5TQ29sb3JTcGFjZVdOU1doaXRlgApCMADSOzxq
+	a6JrQFdOU0NvbG9y02ULZjBnboAKQjEA0js8cHKicUBYREJTdHJva2VYREJTdHJva2XW
+	dHULdnd4eXp7Vn1+XE5TU2hhZG93VmVydF1OU1NoYWRvd0NvbG9yV0VuYWJsZWRdTlNT
+	aGFkb3dIb3Jpel8QEk5TU2hhZG93Qmx1clJhZGl1cyPAJAAAAAAAAIAOgA8II0AkAAAA
+	AAAAI0AAAAAAAAAA02ULZjBngYAKTxAPMCAwLjMwMDAwMDAxMTkA0js8g4ajhIVAWERC
+	U2hhZG93WE5TU2hhZG93WERCU2hhZG930gsMDYmAB6mKi4yNi4uQjIuAEYASgBOAFIAS
+	gBKAFYATgBJfEBV7MzMuMDkzNzUsIDIxLjI0NDE0MX0ICV8QFXszMy41Mjc2MywgMTAz
+	LjI5MTAyfV8QFns5OC45NjI4OTEsIDYxLjUxNDg3N33SOzyZnKOam0BaREJQb2x5bGlu
+	ZVdEQlNoYXBlWkRCUG9seWxpbmVWezAsIDB90js8n6GioEBXREJMYXllcldEQkxheWVy
+	EgABhqBfEA9OU0tleWVkQXJjaGl2ZXIACAARABYAHwAoADIANQA6ADwAWABeAGMAagB1
+	AHcAeQB7AI4AlACcAK8AuADDAM4A1QDxAPYA9wD5APoA/AD+AQABAgEEAQ8BFAEWARgB
+	GgErATIBPgFJAVABWQFgAWYBaAFqAWsBbQFyAXQBdgF4AX0BfwGAAYUBjgGZAZ0BrAG0
+	Ab0B6AH7Ag4CGQIrAkICUQJjAm4ChwKcAqsCuALEAtgC5gL1AwEDDQMgAyEDIgMkAyUD
+	JwMsAy4DLwMxAzMDOAM6AzsDPQM+A0UDUgNaA1wDXwNkA2cDbwN2A3gDewOAA4MDjAOV
+	A6IDrwO9A8UD0wPoA/ED8wP1A/YD/wQIBA8EEQQjBCgELAQ1BD4ERwRMBE4EWARaBFwE
+	XgRgBGIEZARmBGgEagSCBIMEhAScBLUEugS+BMkE0QTcBOME6ATrBPME+wUAAAAAAAAA
+	AgEAAAAAAAAApAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAABRI=
+	</data>
+	<key>Show Grid</key>
+	<true/>
+	<key>Show Rulers</key>
+	<true/>
+	<key>Snap to grid</key>
+	<false/>
+</dict>
+</plist>
diff --git a/lib/graphics/StopIcon.dbdoc b/lib/graphics/StopIcon.dbdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..534c91e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/graphics/StopIcon.dbdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE plist PUBLIC "-//Apple//DTD PLIST 1.0//EN" "http://www.apple.com/DTDs/PropertyList-1.0.dtd">
+<plist version="1.0">
+<dict>
+	<key>Canvas Background Color</key>
+	<data>
+	YnBsaXN0MDDUAQIDBAUIFxhUJHRvcFgkb2JqZWN0c1gkdmVyc2lvblkkYXJjaGl2ZXLR
+	BgdUcm9vdIABowkKEVUkbnVsbNMLDA0ODxBcTlNDb2xvclNwYWNlViRjbGFzc1dOU1do
+	aXRlEAOAAk0wLjY2NjY2NjY4NjUA0hITFBVYJGNsYXNzZXNaJGNsYXNzbmFtZaIVFldO
+	U0NvbG9yWE5TT2JqZWN0EgABhqBfEA9OU0tleWVkQXJjaGl2ZXIIERYfKDI1OjxARk1a
+	YWlrbXuAiZSXn6itAAAAAAAAAQEAAAAAAAAAGQAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAL8=
+	</data>
+	<key>Canvas Color</key>
+	<data>
+	YnBsaXN0MDDUAQIDBAUIFxhUJHRvcFgkb2JqZWN0c1gkdmVyc2lvblkkYXJjaGl2ZXLR
+	BgdUcm9vdIABowkKEVUkbnVsbNMLDA0ODxBcTlNDb2xvclNwYWNlViRjbGFzc1dOU1do
+	aXRlEAOAAkIxANISExQVWCRjbGFzc2VzWiRjbGFzc25hbWWiFRZXTlNDb2xvclhOU09i
+	amVjdBIAAYagXxAPTlNLZXllZEFyY2hpdmVyCBEWHygyNTo8QEZNWmFpa21wdX6JjJSd
+	ogAAAAAAAAEBAAAAAAAAABkAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAC0
+	</data>
+	<key>Canvas Height</key>
+	<real>128</real>
+	<key>Canvas Width</key>
+	<real>128</real>
+	<key>Grid Color</key>
+	<data>
+	YnBsaXN0MDDUAQIDBAUIFxhUJHRvcFgkb2JqZWN0c1gkdmVyc2lvblkkYXJjaGl2ZXLR
+	BgdUcm9vdIABowkKEVUkbnVsbNMLDA0ODxBcTlNDb2xvclNwYWNlViRjbGFzc1dOU1do
+	aXRlEAOAAkQwLjUA0hITFBVYJGNsYXNzZXNaJGNsYXNzbmFtZaIVFldOU0NvbG9yWE5T
+	T2JqZWN0EgABhqBfEA9OU0tleWVkQXJjaGl2ZXIIERYfKDI1OjxARk1aYWlrbXJ3gIuO
+	lp+kAAAAAAAAAQEAAAAAAAAAGQAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAALY=
+	</data>
+	<key>Grid Spacing</key>
+	<real>72</real>
+	<key>Grid Tick Count</key>
+	<integer>5</integer>
+	<key>Layers and shapes</key>
+	<data>
+	YnBsaXN0MDDUAQIDBAUIp6hUJHRvcFgkb2JqZWN0c1gkdmVyc2lvblkkYXJjaGl2ZXLR
+	BgdUcm9vdIABrxAaCQoQIiMnNzpBZGptcHSAg4iXVhqam5ydoqNVJG51bGzSCwwNDlYk
+	Y2xhc3NaTlMub2JqZWN0c4AHoQ+AAtkREhMUFQsWFxgZGhsaHR4fICFVQWxwaGFXVmlz
+	aWJsZV8QEEJhY2tncm91bmQgSW1hZ2VYRWRpdGFibGVaTGF5ZXIgTmFtZVpCbGVuZCBN
+	b2RlVlNoYXBlc18QGUJhY2tncm91bmQgSW1hZ2UgUG9zaXRpb24iP4AAAAmAAAmAA4AZ
+	EACABIAYWkJhY2tncm91bmTSCwwNJYAHoSaABdgoKSorLAstLi8wGjIzNDU2VlN0cm9r
+	ZVtQb2ludCBjb3VudFpDbG9zZSBQYXRoVlBvaW50c1hSb3RhdGlvblZTaGFkb3dVRmls
+	bHOACBAECYAQIgAAAACAF4ANgAbSCwwNOYAHoNI7PD0+WCRjbGFzc2VzWiRjbGFzc25h
+	bWWjPj9AXk5TTXV0YWJsZUFycmF5V05TQXJyYXlYTlNPYmplY3TfEBRCQ0RFRkdISUpL
+	C0xNTk9QUVJTVBpWHx9XVllaVxpdH15fHxsaHxsaXxAQRmlsbCBTdGFydCBBcnJvd18Q
+	EFNob3cgU3RhcnQgQXJyb3daRGFzaCBTdHlsZV8QD0VuZCBBcnJvdyBTdHlsZV8QFEVu
+	ZCBBcnJvdyBGaWxsIENvbG9yXlNob3cgRW5kIEFycm93XxAPTGluZSBKb2luIFN0eWxl
+	WkxpbmUgV2lkdGhfEBZTdGFydCBBcnJvdyBGaWxsIENvbG9yXxASU3Ryb2tlIFN0YXJ0
+	IEFycm93XkxpbmUgQ2FwIFN0eWxlXFN0cm9rZSBDb2xvcltUZXh0IE9mZnNldF8QEVN0
+	YXJ0IEFycm93IFN0eWxlXVBhdHRlcm4gSW1hZ2VeRmlsbCBFbmQgQXJyb3dbU3Ryb2tl
+	IE1vZGVbU3Ryb2tlIFRleHRfEBBTdHJva2UgRW5kIEFycm93CQiACwgQASJBIAAAgAsJ
+	gAyACSJAAAAAgAAJgAAJ02ULZmdoaVxOU0NvbG9yU3BhY2VXTlNXaGl0ZRADgApCMADS
+	OzxrbKJsQFdOU0NvbG9y02ULZmdob4AKQjEA0js8cXOickBYREJTdHJva2VYREJTdHJv
+	a2XWdXYLd3h5ent8Vn5/XE5TU2hhZG93VmVydF1OU1NoYWRvd0NvbG9yV0VuYWJsZWRd
+	TlNTaGFkb3dIb3Jpel8QEk5TU2hhZG93Qmx1clJhZGl1cyPAJAAAAAAAAIAOgA8II0Ak
+	AAAAAAAAI0AAAAAAAAAA02ULZmdogoAKTxAPMCAwLjMwMDAwMDAxMTkA0js8hIejhYZA
+	WERCU2hhZG93WE5TU2hhZG93WERCU2hhZG930gsMDYqAB6yLjI2OjIyRjIyUjYyAEYAS
+	gBOAFIASgBKAFYASgBKAFoATgBJfEBZ7MjQuMzE5MjA2LCAyMC43MzY1NjF9CAlfEBV7
+	MjQuMjEwOTM4LCAxMDUuMjE2OH1fEBZ7MTA3LjQwNzQ5LCAxMDQuODg5Njl9XxAVezEw
+	Ny41MzUxNiwgMjAuMjgxMjV90js8nqGjn6BAWkRCUG9seWxpbmVXREJTaGFwZVpEQlBv
+	bHlsaW5lVnswLCAwfdI7PKSmoqVAV0RCTGF5ZXJXREJMYXllchIAAYagXxAPTlNLZXll
+	ZEFyY2hpdmVyAAgAEQAWAB8AKAAyADUAOgA8AFkAXwBkAGsAdgB4AHoAfACPAJUAnQCw
+	ALkAxADPANYA8gD3APgA+gD7AP0A/wEBAQMBBQEQARUBFwEZARsBLAEzAT8BSgFRAVoB
+	YQFnAWkBawFsAW4BcwF1AXcBeQF+AYABgQGGAY8BmgGeAa0BtQG+AekB/AIPAhoCLAJD
+	AlICZAJvAogCnQKsArkCxQLZAucC9gMCAw4DIQMiAyMDJQMmAygDLQMvAzADMgM0AzkD
+	OwM8Az4DPwNGA1MDWwNdA18DYgNnA2oDcgN5A3sDfgODA4YDjwOYA6UDsgPAA8gD1gPr
+	A/QD9gP4A/kEAgQLBBIEFAQmBCsELwQ4BEEESgRPBFEEXgRgBGIEZARmBGgEagRsBG4E
+	cARyBHQEdgSPBJAEkQSpBMIE2gTfBOME7gT2BQEFCAUNBRAFGAUgBSUAAAAAAAACAQAA
+	AAAAAACpAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAFNw==
+	</data>
+	<key>Show Grid</key>
+	<true/>
+	<key>Show Rulers</key>
+	<true/>
+	<key>Snap to grid</key>
+	<false/>
+</dict>
+</plist>
diff --git a/lib/include/openssl/aes.h b/lib/include/openssl/aes.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..031abf0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/include/openssl/aes.h
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+/* crypto/aes/aes.h -*- mode:C; c-file-style: "eay" -*- */
+/* ====================================================================
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2002 The OpenSSL Project.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 
+ *
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+ *    the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+ *    distribution.
+ *
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this
+ *    software must display the following acknowledgment:
+ *    "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project
+ *    for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit. (http://www.openssl.org/)"
+ *
+ * 4. The names "OpenSSL Toolkit" and "OpenSSL Project" must not be used to
+ *    endorse or promote products derived from this software without
+ *    prior written permission. For written permission, please contact
+ *    openssl-core@openssl.org.
+ *
+ * 5. Products derived from this software may not be called "OpenSSL"
+ *    nor may "OpenSSL" appear in their names without prior written
+ *    permission of the OpenSSL Project.
+ *
+ * 6. Redistributions of any form whatsoever must retain the following
+ *    acknowledgment:
+ *    "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project
+ *    for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit (http://www.openssl.org/)"
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE OpenSSL PROJECT ``AS IS'' AND ANY
+ * EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OpenSSL PROJECT OR
+ * ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+ * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+ * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
+ * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
+ * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * ====================================================================
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef HEADER_AES_H
+#define HEADER_AES_H
+
+#include <openssl/opensslconf.h>
+
+#ifdef OPENSSL_NO_AES
+#error AES is disabled.
+#endif
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+#define AES_ENCRYPT	1
+#define AES_DECRYPT	0
+
+/* Because array size can't be a const in C, the following two are macros.
+   Both sizes are in bytes. */
+#define AES_MAXNR 14
+#define AES_BLOCK_SIZE 16
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* This should be a hidden type, but EVP requires that the size be known */
+struct aes_key_st {
+#ifdef AES_LONG
+    unsigned long rd_key[4 *(AES_MAXNR + 1)];
+#else
+    unsigned int rd_key[4 *(AES_MAXNR + 1)];
+#endif
+    int rounds;
+};
+typedef struct aes_key_st AES_KEY;
+
+const char *AES_options(void);
+
+int AES_set_encrypt_key(const unsigned char *userKey, const int bits,
+	AES_KEY *key);
+int AES_set_decrypt_key(const unsigned char *userKey, const int bits,
+	AES_KEY *key);
+
+int private_AES_set_encrypt_key(const unsigned char *userKey, const int bits,
+	AES_KEY *key);
+int private_AES_set_decrypt_key(const unsigned char *userKey, const int bits,
+	AES_KEY *key);
+
+void AES_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out,
+	const AES_KEY *key);
+void AES_decrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out,
+	const AES_KEY *key);
+
+void AES_ecb_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out,
+	const AES_KEY *key, const int enc);
+void AES_cbc_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out,
+	size_t length, const AES_KEY *key,
+	unsigned char *ivec, const int enc);
+void AES_cfb128_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out,
+	size_t length, const AES_KEY *key,
+	unsigned char *ivec, int *num, const int enc);
+void AES_cfb1_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out,
+	size_t length, const AES_KEY *key,
+	unsigned char *ivec, int *num, const int enc);
+void AES_cfb8_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out,
+	size_t length, const AES_KEY *key,
+	unsigned char *ivec, int *num, const int enc);
+void AES_ofb128_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out,
+	size_t length, const AES_KEY *key,
+	unsigned char *ivec, int *num);
+void AES_ctr128_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out,
+	size_t length, const AES_KEY *key,
+	unsigned char ivec[AES_BLOCK_SIZE],
+	unsigned char ecount_buf[AES_BLOCK_SIZE],
+	unsigned int *num);
+/* NB: the IV is _two_ blocks long */
+void AES_ige_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out,
+		     size_t length, const AES_KEY *key,
+		     unsigned char *ivec, const int enc);
+/* NB: the IV is _four_ blocks long */
+void AES_bi_ige_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out,
+			size_t length, const AES_KEY *key,
+			const AES_KEY *key2, const unsigned char *ivec,
+			const int enc);
+
+int AES_wrap_key(AES_KEY *key, const unsigned char *iv,
+		unsigned char *out,
+		const unsigned char *in, unsigned int inlen);
+int AES_unwrap_key(AES_KEY *key, const unsigned char *iv,
+		unsigned char *out,
+		const unsigned char *in, unsigned int inlen);
+
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !HEADER_AES_H */
diff --git a/lib/include/openssl/asn1.h b/lib/include/openssl/asn1.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..220a0c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/include/openssl/asn1.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1404 @@
+/* crypto/asn1/asn1.h */
+/* Copyright (C) 1995-1998 Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This package is an SSL implementation written
+ * by Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com).
+ * The implementation was written so as to conform with Netscapes SSL.
+ * 
+ * This library is free for commercial and non-commercial use as long as
+ * the following conditions are aheared to.  The following conditions
+ * apply to all code found in this distribution, be it the RC4, RSA,
+ * lhash, DES, etc., code; not just the SSL code.  The SSL documentation
+ * included with this distribution is covered by the same copyright terms
+ * except that the holder is Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com).
+ * 
+ * Copyright remains Eric Young's, and as such any Copyright notices in
+ * the code are not to be removed.
+ * If this package is used in a product, Eric Young should be given attribution
+ * as the author of the parts of the library used.
+ * This can be in the form of a textual message at program startup or
+ * in documentation (online or textual) provided with the package.
+ * 
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *    "This product includes cryptographic software written by
+ *     Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)"
+ *    The word 'cryptographic' can be left out if the rouines from the library
+ *    being used are not cryptographic related :-).
+ * 4. If you include any Windows specific code (or a derivative thereof) from 
+ *    the apps directory (application code) you must include an acknowledgement:
+ *    "This product includes software written by Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com)"
+ * 
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ERIC YOUNG ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * 
+ * The licence and distribution terms for any publically available version or
+ * derivative of this code cannot be changed.  i.e. this code cannot simply be
+ * copied and put under another distribution licence
+ * [including the GNU Public Licence.]
+ */
+
+#ifndef HEADER_ASN1_H
+#define HEADER_ASN1_H
+
+#include <time.h>
+#include <openssl/e_os2.h>
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_BIO
+#include <openssl/bio.h>
+#endif
+#include <openssl/stack.h>
+#include <openssl/safestack.h>
+
+#include <openssl/symhacks.h>
+
+#include <openssl/ossl_typ.h>
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_DEPRECATED
+#include <openssl/bn.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef OPENSSL_BUILD_SHLIBCRYPTO
+# undef OPENSSL_EXTERN
+# define OPENSSL_EXTERN OPENSSL_EXPORT
+#endif
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#define V_ASN1_UNIVERSAL		0x00
+#define	V_ASN1_APPLICATION		0x40
+#define V_ASN1_CONTEXT_SPECIFIC		0x80
+#define V_ASN1_PRIVATE			0xc0
+
+#define V_ASN1_CONSTRUCTED		0x20
+#define V_ASN1_PRIMITIVE_TAG		0x1f
+#define V_ASN1_PRIMATIVE_TAG		0x1f
+
+#define V_ASN1_APP_CHOOSE		-2	/* let the recipient choose */
+#define V_ASN1_OTHER			-3	/* used in ASN1_TYPE */
+#define V_ASN1_ANY			-4	/* used in ASN1 template code */
+
+#define V_ASN1_NEG			0x100	/* negative flag */
+
+#define V_ASN1_UNDEF			-1
+#define V_ASN1_EOC			0
+#define V_ASN1_BOOLEAN			1	/**/
+#define V_ASN1_INTEGER			2
+#define V_ASN1_NEG_INTEGER		(2 | V_ASN1_NEG)
+#define V_ASN1_BIT_STRING		3
+#define V_ASN1_OCTET_STRING		4
+#define V_ASN1_NULL			5
+#define V_ASN1_OBJECT			6
+#define V_ASN1_OBJECT_DESCRIPTOR	7
+#define V_ASN1_EXTERNAL			8
+#define V_ASN1_REAL			9
+#define V_ASN1_ENUMERATED		10
+#define V_ASN1_NEG_ENUMERATED		(10 | V_ASN1_NEG)
+#define V_ASN1_UTF8STRING		12
+#define V_ASN1_SEQUENCE			16
+#define V_ASN1_SET			17
+#define V_ASN1_NUMERICSTRING		18	/**/
+#define V_ASN1_PRINTABLESTRING		19
+#define V_ASN1_T61STRING		20
+#define V_ASN1_TELETEXSTRING		20	/* alias */
+#define V_ASN1_VIDEOTEXSTRING		21	/**/
+#define V_ASN1_IA5STRING		22
+#define V_ASN1_UTCTIME			23
+#define V_ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME		24	/**/
+#define V_ASN1_GRAPHICSTRING		25	/**/
+#define V_ASN1_ISO64STRING		26	/**/
+#define V_ASN1_VISIBLESTRING		26	/* alias */
+#define V_ASN1_GENERALSTRING		27	/**/
+#define V_ASN1_UNIVERSALSTRING		28	/**/
+#define V_ASN1_BMPSTRING		30
+
+/* For use with d2i_ASN1_type_bytes() */
+#define B_ASN1_NUMERICSTRING	0x0001
+#define B_ASN1_PRINTABLESTRING	0x0002
+#define B_ASN1_T61STRING	0x0004
+#define B_ASN1_TELETEXSTRING	0x0004
+#define B_ASN1_VIDEOTEXSTRING	0x0008
+#define B_ASN1_IA5STRING	0x0010
+#define B_ASN1_GRAPHICSTRING	0x0020
+#define B_ASN1_ISO64STRING	0x0040
+#define B_ASN1_VISIBLESTRING	0x0040
+#define B_ASN1_GENERALSTRING	0x0080
+#define B_ASN1_UNIVERSALSTRING	0x0100
+#define B_ASN1_OCTET_STRING	0x0200
+#define B_ASN1_BIT_STRING	0x0400
+#define B_ASN1_BMPSTRING	0x0800
+#define B_ASN1_UNKNOWN		0x1000
+#define B_ASN1_UTF8STRING	0x2000
+#define B_ASN1_UTCTIME		0x4000
+#define B_ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME	0x8000
+#define B_ASN1_SEQUENCE		0x10000
+
+/* For use with ASN1_mbstring_copy() */
+#define MBSTRING_FLAG		0x1000
+#define MBSTRING_UTF8		(MBSTRING_FLAG)
+#define MBSTRING_ASC		(MBSTRING_FLAG|1)
+#define MBSTRING_BMP		(MBSTRING_FLAG|2)
+#define MBSTRING_UNIV		(MBSTRING_FLAG|4)
+
+#define SMIME_OLDMIME		0x400
+#define SMIME_CRLFEOL		0x800
+#define SMIME_STREAM		0x1000
+
+struct X509_algor_st;
+DECLARE_STACK_OF(X509_ALGOR)
+
+#define DECLARE_ASN1_SET_OF(type) /* filled in by mkstack.pl */
+#define IMPLEMENT_ASN1_SET_OF(type) /* nothing, no longer needed */
+
+/* We MUST make sure that, except for constness, asn1_ctx_st and
+   asn1_const_ctx are exactly the same.  Fortunately, as soon as
+   the old ASN1 parsing macros are gone, we can throw this away
+   as well... */
+typedef struct asn1_ctx_st
+	{
+	unsigned char *p;/* work char pointer */
+	int eos;	/* end of sequence read for indefinite encoding */
+	int error;	/* error code to use when returning an error */
+	int inf;	/* constructed if 0x20, indefinite is 0x21 */
+	int tag;	/* tag from last 'get object' */
+	int xclass;	/* class from last 'get object' */
+	long slen;	/* length of last 'get object' */
+	unsigned char *max; /* largest value of p allowed */
+	unsigned char *q;/* temporary variable */
+	unsigned char **pp;/* variable */
+	int line;	/* used in error processing */
+	} ASN1_CTX;
+
+typedef struct asn1_const_ctx_st
+	{
+	const unsigned char *p;/* work char pointer */
+	int eos;	/* end of sequence read for indefinite encoding */
+	int error;	/* error code to use when returning an error */
+	int inf;	/* constructed if 0x20, indefinite is 0x21 */
+	int tag;	/* tag from last 'get object' */
+	int xclass;	/* class from last 'get object' */
+	long slen;	/* length of last 'get object' */
+	const unsigned char *max; /* largest value of p allowed */
+	const unsigned char *q;/* temporary variable */
+	const unsigned char **pp;/* variable */
+	int line;	/* used in error processing */
+	} ASN1_const_CTX;
+
+/* These are used internally in the ASN1_OBJECT to keep track of
+ * whether the names and data need to be free()ed */
+#define ASN1_OBJECT_FLAG_DYNAMIC	 0x01	/* internal use */
+#define ASN1_OBJECT_FLAG_CRITICAL	 0x02	/* critical x509v3 object id */
+#define ASN1_OBJECT_FLAG_DYNAMIC_STRINGS 0x04	/* internal use */
+#define ASN1_OBJECT_FLAG_DYNAMIC_DATA 	 0x08	/* internal use */
+typedef struct asn1_object_st
+	{
+	const char *sn,*ln;
+	int nid;
+	int length;
+	const unsigned char *data;	/* data remains const after init */
+	int flags;	/* Should we free this one */
+	} ASN1_OBJECT;
+
+#define ASN1_STRING_FLAG_BITS_LEFT 0x08 /* Set if 0x07 has bits left value */
+/* This indicates that the ASN1_STRING is not a real value but just a place
+ * holder for the location where indefinite length constructed data should
+ * be inserted in the memory buffer 
+ */
+#define ASN1_STRING_FLAG_NDEF 0x010 
+
+/* This flag is used by the CMS code to indicate that a string is not
+ * complete and is a place holder for content when it had all been 
+ * accessed. The flag will be reset when content has been written to it.
+ */
+
+#define ASN1_STRING_FLAG_CONT 0x020 
+/* This flag is used by ASN1 code to indicate an ASN1_STRING is an MSTRING
+ * type.
+ */
+#define ASN1_STRING_FLAG_MSTRING 0x040 
+/* This is the base type that holds just about everything :-) */
+struct asn1_string_st
+	{
+	int length;
+	int type;
+	unsigned char *data;
+	/* The value of the following field depends on the type being
+	 * held.  It is mostly being used for BIT_STRING so if the
+	 * input data has a non-zero 'unused bits' value, it will be
+	 * handled correctly */
+	long flags;
+	};
+
+/* ASN1_ENCODING structure: this is used to save the received
+ * encoding of an ASN1 type. This is useful to get round
+ * problems with invalid encodings which can break signatures.
+ */
+
+typedef struct ASN1_ENCODING_st
+	{
+	unsigned char *enc;	/* DER encoding */
+	long len;		/* Length of encoding */
+	int modified;		 /* set to 1 if 'enc' is invalid */
+	} ASN1_ENCODING;
+
+/* Used with ASN1 LONG type: if a long is set to this it is omitted */
+#define ASN1_LONG_UNDEF	0x7fffffffL
+
+#define STABLE_FLAGS_MALLOC	0x01
+#define STABLE_NO_MASK		0x02
+#define DIRSTRING_TYPE	\
+ (B_ASN1_PRINTABLESTRING|B_ASN1_T61STRING|B_ASN1_BMPSTRING|B_ASN1_UTF8STRING)
+#define PKCS9STRING_TYPE (DIRSTRING_TYPE|B_ASN1_IA5STRING)
+
+typedef struct asn1_string_table_st {
+	int nid;
+	long minsize;
+	long maxsize;
+	unsigned long mask;
+	unsigned long flags;
+} ASN1_STRING_TABLE;
+
+DECLARE_STACK_OF(ASN1_STRING_TABLE)
+
+/* size limits: this stuff is taken straight from RFC2459 */
+
+#define ub_name				32768
+#define ub_common_name			64
+#define ub_locality_name		128
+#define ub_state_name			128
+#define ub_organization_name		64
+#define ub_organization_unit_name	64
+#define ub_title			64
+#define ub_email_address		128
+
+/* Declarations for template structures: for full definitions
+ * see asn1t.h
+ */
+typedef struct ASN1_TEMPLATE_st ASN1_TEMPLATE;
+typedef struct ASN1_TLC_st ASN1_TLC;
+/* This is just an opaque pointer */
+typedef struct ASN1_VALUE_st ASN1_VALUE;
+
+/* Declare ASN1 functions: the implement macro in in asn1t.h */
+
+#define DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(type) DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS_name(type, type)
+
+#define DECLARE_ASN1_ALLOC_FUNCTIONS(type) \
+	DECLARE_ASN1_ALLOC_FUNCTIONS_name(type, type)
+
+#define DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS_name(type, name) \
+	DECLARE_ASN1_ALLOC_FUNCTIONS_name(type, name) \
+	DECLARE_ASN1_ENCODE_FUNCTIONS(type, name, name)
+
+#define DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS_fname(type, itname, name) \
+	DECLARE_ASN1_ALLOC_FUNCTIONS_name(type, name) \
+	DECLARE_ASN1_ENCODE_FUNCTIONS(type, itname, name)
+
+#define	DECLARE_ASN1_ENCODE_FUNCTIONS(type, itname, name) \
+	type *d2i_##name(type **a, const unsigned char **in, long len); \
+	int i2d_##name(type *a, unsigned char **out); \
+	DECLARE_ASN1_ITEM(itname)
+
+#define	DECLARE_ASN1_ENCODE_FUNCTIONS_const(type, name) \
+	type *d2i_##name(type **a, const unsigned char **in, long len); \
+	int i2d_##name(const type *a, unsigned char **out); \
+	DECLARE_ASN1_ITEM(name)
+
+#define	DECLARE_ASN1_NDEF_FUNCTION(name) \
+	int i2d_##name##_NDEF(name *a, unsigned char **out);
+
+#define DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS_const(name) \
+	DECLARE_ASN1_ALLOC_FUNCTIONS(name) \
+	DECLARE_ASN1_ENCODE_FUNCTIONS_const(name, name)
+
+#define DECLARE_ASN1_ALLOC_FUNCTIONS_name(type, name) \
+	type *name##_new(void); \
+	void name##_free(type *a);
+
+#define DECLARE_ASN1_PRINT_FUNCTION(stname) \
+	DECLARE_ASN1_PRINT_FUNCTION_fname(stname, stname)
+
+#define DECLARE_ASN1_PRINT_FUNCTION_fname(stname, fname) \
+	int fname##_print_ctx(BIO *out, stname *x, int indent, \
+					 const ASN1_PCTX *pctx);
+
+#define D2I_OF(type) type *(*)(type **,const unsigned char **,long)
+#define I2D_OF(type) int (*)(type *,unsigned char **)
+#define I2D_OF_const(type) int (*)(const type *,unsigned char **)
+
+#define CHECKED_D2I_OF(type, d2i) \
+    ((d2i_of_void*) (1 ? d2i : ((D2I_OF(type))0)))
+#define CHECKED_I2D_OF(type, i2d) \
+    ((i2d_of_void*) (1 ? i2d : ((I2D_OF(type))0)))
+#define CHECKED_NEW_OF(type, xnew) \
+    ((void *(*)(void)) (1 ? xnew : ((type *(*)(void))0)))
+#define CHECKED_PTR_OF(type, p) \
+    ((void*) (1 ? p : (type*)0))
+#define CHECKED_PPTR_OF(type, p) \
+    ((void**) (1 ? p : (type**)0))
+
+#define TYPEDEF_D2I_OF(type) typedef type *d2i_of_##type(type **,const unsigned char **,long)
+#define TYPEDEF_I2D_OF(type) typedef int i2d_of_##type(type *,unsigned char **)
+#define TYPEDEF_D2I2D_OF(type) TYPEDEF_D2I_OF(type); TYPEDEF_I2D_OF(type)
+
+TYPEDEF_D2I2D_OF(void);
+
+/* The following macros and typedefs allow an ASN1_ITEM
+ * to be embedded in a structure and referenced. Since
+ * the ASN1_ITEM pointers need to be globally accessible
+ * (possibly from shared libraries) they may exist in
+ * different forms. On platforms that support it the
+ * ASN1_ITEM structure itself will be globally exported.
+ * Other platforms will export a function that returns
+ * an ASN1_ITEM pointer.
+ *
+ * To handle both cases transparently the macros below
+ * should be used instead of hard coding an ASN1_ITEM
+ * pointer in a structure.
+ *
+ * The structure will look like this:
+ *
+ * typedef struct SOMETHING_st {
+ *      ...
+ *      ASN1_ITEM_EXP *iptr;
+ *      ...
+ * } SOMETHING; 
+ *
+ * It would be initialised as e.g.:
+ *
+ * SOMETHING somevar = {...,ASN1_ITEM_ref(X509),...};
+ *
+ * and the actual pointer extracted with:
+ *
+ * const ASN1_ITEM *it = ASN1_ITEM_ptr(somevar.iptr);
+ *
+ * Finally an ASN1_ITEM pointer can be extracted from an
+ * appropriate reference with: ASN1_ITEM_rptr(X509). This
+ * would be used when a function takes an ASN1_ITEM * argument.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_EXPORT_VAR_AS_FUNCTION
+
+/* ASN1_ITEM pointer exported type */
+typedef const ASN1_ITEM ASN1_ITEM_EXP;
+
+/* Macro to obtain ASN1_ITEM pointer from exported type */
+#define ASN1_ITEM_ptr(iptr) (iptr)
+
+/* Macro to include ASN1_ITEM pointer from base type */
+#define ASN1_ITEM_ref(iptr) (&(iptr##_it))
+
+#define ASN1_ITEM_rptr(ref) (&(ref##_it))
+
+#define DECLARE_ASN1_ITEM(name) \
+	OPENSSL_EXTERN const ASN1_ITEM name##_it;
+
+#else
+
+/* Platforms that can't easily handle shared global variables are declared
+ * as functions returning ASN1_ITEM pointers.
+ */
+
+/* ASN1_ITEM pointer exported type */
+typedef const ASN1_ITEM * ASN1_ITEM_EXP(void);
+
+/* Macro to obtain ASN1_ITEM pointer from exported type */
+#define ASN1_ITEM_ptr(iptr) (iptr())
+
+/* Macro to include ASN1_ITEM pointer from base type */
+#define ASN1_ITEM_ref(iptr) (iptr##_it)
+
+#define ASN1_ITEM_rptr(ref) (ref##_it())
+
+#define DECLARE_ASN1_ITEM(name) \
+	const ASN1_ITEM * name##_it(void);
+
+#endif
+
+/* Parameters used by ASN1_STRING_print_ex() */
+
+/* These determine which characters to escape:
+ * RFC2253 special characters, control characters and
+ * MSB set characters
+ */
+
+#define ASN1_STRFLGS_ESC_2253		1
+#define ASN1_STRFLGS_ESC_CTRL		2
+#define ASN1_STRFLGS_ESC_MSB		4
+
+
+/* This flag determines how we do escaping: normally
+ * RC2253 backslash only, set this to use backslash and
+ * quote.
+ */
+
+#define ASN1_STRFLGS_ESC_QUOTE		8
+
+
+/* These three flags are internal use only. */
+
+/* Character is a valid PrintableString character */
+#define CHARTYPE_PRINTABLESTRING	0x10
+/* Character needs escaping if it is the first character */
+#define CHARTYPE_FIRST_ESC_2253		0x20
+/* Character needs escaping if it is the last character */
+#define CHARTYPE_LAST_ESC_2253		0x40
+
+/* NB the internal flags are safely reused below by flags
+ * handled at the top level.
+ */
+
+/* If this is set we convert all character strings
+ * to UTF8 first 
+ */
+
+#define ASN1_STRFLGS_UTF8_CONVERT	0x10
+
+/* If this is set we don't attempt to interpret content:
+ * just assume all strings are 1 byte per character. This
+ * will produce some pretty odd looking output!
+ */
+
+#define ASN1_STRFLGS_IGNORE_TYPE	0x20
+
+/* If this is set we include the string type in the output */
+#define ASN1_STRFLGS_SHOW_TYPE		0x40
+
+/* This determines which strings to display and which to
+ * 'dump' (hex dump of content octets or DER encoding). We can
+ * only dump non character strings or everything. If we
+ * don't dump 'unknown' they are interpreted as character
+ * strings with 1 octet per character and are subject to
+ * the usual escaping options.
+ */
+
+#define ASN1_STRFLGS_DUMP_ALL		0x80
+#define ASN1_STRFLGS_DUMP_UNKNOWN	0x100
+
+/* These determine what 'dumping' does, we can dump the
+ * content octets or the DER encoding: both use the
+ * RFC2253 #XXXXX notation.
+ */
+
+#define ASN1_STRFLGS_DUMP_DER		0x200
+
+/* All the string flags consistent with RFC2253,
+ * escaping control characters isn't essential in
+ * RFC2253 but it is advisable anyway.
+ */
+
+#define ASN1_STRFLGS_RFC2253	(ASN1_STRFLGS_ESC_2253 | \
+				ASN1_STRFLGS_ESC_CTRL | \
+				ASN1_STRFLGS_ESC_MSB | \
+				ASN1_STRFLGS_UTF8_CONVERT | \
+				ASN1_STRFLGS_DUMP_UNKNOWN | \
+				ASN1_STRFLGS_DUMP_DER)
+
+DECLARE_STACK_OF(ASN1_INTEGER)
+DECLARE_ASN1_SET_OF(ASN1_INTEGER)
+
+DECLARE_STACK_OF(ASN1_GENERALSTRING)
+
+typedef struct asn1_type_st
+	{
+	int type;
+	union	{
+		char *ptr;
+		ASN1_BOOLEAN		boolean;
+		ASN1_STRING *		asn1_string;
+		ASN1_OBJECT *		object;
+		ASN1_INTEGER *		integer;
+		ASN1_ENUMERATED *	enumerated;
+		ASN1_BIT_STRING *	bit_string;
+		ASN1_OCTET_STRING *	octet_string;
+		ASN1_PRINTABLESTRING *	printablestring;
+		ASN1_T61STRING *	t61string;
+		ASN1_IA5STRING *	ia5string;
+		ASN1_GENERALSTRING *	generalstring;
+		ASN1_BMPSTRING *	bmpstring;
+		ASN1_UNIVERSALSTRING *	universalstring;
+		ASN1_UTCTIME *		utctime;
+		ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME *	generalizedtime;
+		ASN1_VISIBLESTRING *	visiblestring;
+		ASN1_UTF8STRING *	utf8string;
+		/* set and sequence are left complete and still
+		 * contain the set or sequence bytes */
+		ASN1_STRING *		set;
+		ASN1_STRING *		sequence;
+		ASN1_VALUE *		asn1_value;
+		} value;
+	} ASN1_TYPE;
+
+DECLARE_STACK_OF(ASN1_TYPE)
+DECLARE_ASN1_SET_OF(ASN1_TYPE)
+
+typedef STACK_OF(ASN1_TYPE) ASN1_SEQUENCE_ANY;
+
+DECLARE_ASN1_ENCODE_FUNCTIONS_const(ASN1_SEQUENCE_ANY, ASN1_SEQUENCE_ANY)
+DECLARE_ASN1_ENCODE_FUNCTIONS_const(ASN1_SEQUENCE_ANY, ASN1_SET_ANY)
+
+typedef struct NETSCAPE_X509_st
+	{
+	ASN1_OCTET_STRING *header;
+	X509 *cert;
+	} NETSCAPE_X509;
+
+/* This is used to contain a list of bit names */
+typedef struct BIT_STRING_BITNAME_st {
+	int bitnum;
+	const char *lname;
+	const char *sname;
+} BIT_STRING_BITNAME;
+
+
+#define M_ASN1_STRING_length(x)	((x)->length)
+#define M_ASN1_STRING_length_set(x, n)	((x)->length = (n))
+#define M_ASN1_STRING_type(x)	((x)->type)
+#define M_ASN1_STRING_data(x)	((x)->data)
+
+/* Macros for string operations */
+#define M_ASN1_BIT_STRING_new()	(ASN1_BIT_STRING *)\
+		ASN1_STRING_type_new(V_ASN1_BIT_STRING)
+#define M_ASN1_BIT_STRING_free(a)	ASN1_STRING_free((ASN1_STRING *)a)
+#define M_ASN1_BIT_STRING_dup(a) (ASN1_BIT_STRING *)\
+		ASN1_STRING_dup((const ASN1_STRING *)a)
+#define M_ASN1_BIT_STRING_cmp(a,b) ASN1_STRING_cmp(\
+		(const ASN1_STRING *)a,(const ASN1_STRING *)b)
+#define M_ASN1_BIT_STRING_set(a,b,c) ASN1_STRING_set((ASN1_STRING *)a,b,c)
+
+#define M_ASN1_INTEGER_new()	(ASN1_INTEGER *)\
+		ASN1_STRING_type_new(V_ASN1_INTEGER)
+#define M_ASN1_INTEGER_free(a)		ASN1_STRING_free((ASN1_STRING *)a)
+#define M_ASN1_INTEGER_dup(a) (ASN1_INTEGER *)\
+		ASN1_STRING_dup((const ASN1_STRING *)a)
+#define M_ASN1_INTEGER_cmp(a,b)	ASN1_STRING_cmp(\
+		(const ASN1_STRING *)a,(const ASN1_STRING *)b)
+
+#define M_ASN1_ENUMERATED_new()	(ASN1_ENUMERATED *)\
+		ASN1_STRING_type_new(V_ASN1_ENUMERATED)
+#define M_ASN1_ENUMERATED_free(a)	ASN1_STRING_free((ASN1_STRING *)a)
+#define M_ASN1_ENUMERATED_dup(a) (ASN1_ENUMERATED *)\
+		ASN1_STRING_dup((const ASN1_STRING *)a)
+#define M_ASN1_ENUMERATED_cmp(a,b)	ASN1_STRING_cmp(\
+		(const ASN1_STRING *)a,(const ASN1_STRING *)b)
+
+#define M_ASN1_OCTET_STRING_new()	(ASN1_OCTET_STRING *)\
+		ASN1_STRING_type_new(V_ASN1_OCTET_STRING)
+#define M_ASN1_OCTET_STRING_free(a)	ASN1_STRING_free((ASN1_STRING *)a)
+#define M_ASN1_OCTET_STRING_dup(a) (ASN1_OCTET_STRING *)\
+		ASN1_STRING_dup((const ASN1_STRING *)a)
+#define M_ASN1_OCTET_STRING_cmp(a,b) ASN1_STRING_cmp(\
+		(const ASN1_STRING *)a,(const ASN1_STRING *)b)
+#define M_ASN1_OCTET_STRING_set(a,b,c)	ASN1_STRING_set((ASN1_STRING *)a,b,c)
+#define M_ASN1_OCTET_STRING_print(a,b)	ASN1_STRING_print(a,(ASN1_STRING *)b)
+#define M_i2d_ASN1_OCTET_STRING(a,pp) \
+		i2d_ASN1_bytes((ASN1_STRING *)a,pp,V_ASN1_OCTET_STRING,\
+		V_ASN1_UNIVERSAL)
+
+#define B_ASN1_TIME \
+			B_ASN1_UTCTIME | \
+			B_ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME
+
+#define B_ASN1_PRINTABLE \
+			B_ASN1_NUMERICSTRING| \
+			B_ASN1_PRINTABLESTRING| \
+			B_ASN1_T61STRING| \
+			B_ASN1_IA5STRING| \
+			B_ASN1_BIT_STRING| \
+			B_ASN1_UNIVERSALSTRING|\
+			B_ASN1_BMPSTRING|\
+			B_ASN1_UTF8STRING|\
+			B_ASN1_SEQUENCE|\
+			B_ASN1_UNKNOWN
+
+#define B_ASN1_DIRECTORYSTRING \
+			B_ASN1_PRINTABLESTRING| \
+			B_ASN1_TELETEXSTRING|\
+			B_ASN1_BMPSTRING|\
+			B_ASN1_UNIVERSALSTRING|\
+			B_ASN1_UTF8STRING
+
+#define B_ASN1_DISPLAYTEXT \
+			B_ASN1_IA5STRING| \
+			B_ASN1_VISIBLESTRING| \
+			B_ASN1_BMPSTRING|\
+			B_ASN1_UTF8STRING
+
+#define M_ASN1_PRINTABLE_new()	ASN1_STRING_type_new(V_ASN1_T61STRING)
+#define M_ASN1_PRINTABLE_free(a)	ASN1_STRING_free((ASN1_STRING *)a)
+#define M_i2d_ASN1_PRINTABLE(a,pp) i2d_ASN1_bytes((ASN1_STRING *)a,\
+		pp,a->type,V_ASN1_UNIVERSAL)
+#define M_d2i_ASN1_PRINTABLE(a,pp,l) \
+		d2i_ASN1_type_bytes((ASN1_STRING **)a,pp,l, \
+			B_ASN1_PRINTABLE)
+
+#define M_DIRECTORYSTRING_new() ASN1_STRING_type_new(V_ASN1_PRINTABLESTRING)
+#define M_DIRECTORYSTRING_free(a)	ASN1_STRING_free((ASN1_STRING *)a)
+#define M_i2d_DIRECTORYSTRING(a,pp) i2d_ASN1_bytes((ASN1_STRING *)a,\
+						pp,a->type,V_ASN1_UNIVERSAL)
+#define M_d2i_DIRECTORYSTRING(a,pp,l) \
+		d2i_ASN1_type_bytes((ASN1_STRING **)a,pp,l, \
+			B_ASN1_DIRECTORYSTRING)
+
+#define M_DISPLAYTEXT_new() ASN1_STRING_type_new(V_ASN1_VISIBLESTRING)
+#define M_DISPLAYTEXT_free(a) ASN1_STRING_free((ASN1_STRING *)a)
+#define M_i2d_DISPLAYTEXT(a,pp) i2d_ASN1_bytes((ASN1_STRING *)a,\
+						pp,a->type,V_ASN1_UNIVERSAL)
+#define M_d2i_DISPLAYTEXT(a,pp,l) \
+		d2i_ASN1_type_bytes((ASN1_STRING **)a,pp,l, \
+			B_ASN1_DISPLAYTEXT)
+
+#define M_ASN1_PRINTABLESTRING_new() (ASN1_PRINTABLESTRING *)\
+		ASN1_STRING_type_new(V_ASN1_PRINTABLESTRING)
+#define M_ASN1_PRINTABLESTRING_free(a)	ASN1_STRING_free((ASN1_STRING *)a)
+#define M_i2d_ASN1_PRINTABLESTRING(a,pp) \
+		i2d_ASN1_bytes((ASN1_STRING *)a,pp,V_ASN1_PRINTABLESTRING,\
+		V_ASN1_UNIVERSAL)
+#define M_d2i_ASN1_PRINTABLESTRING(a,pp,l) \
+		(ASN1_PRINTABLESTRING *)d2i_ASN1_type_bytes\
+		((ASN1_STRING **)a,pp,l,B_ASN1_PRINTABLESTRING)
+
+#define M_ASN1_T61STRING_new()	(ASN1_T61STRING *)\
+		ASN1_STRING_type_new(V_ASN1_T61STRING)
+#define M_ASN1_T61STRING_free(a)	ASN1_STRING_free((ASN1_STRING *)a)
+#define M_i2d_ASN1_T61STRING(a,pp) \
+		i2d_ASN1_bytes((ASN1_STRING *)a,pp,V_ASN1_T61STRING,\
+		V_ASN1_UNIVERSAL)
+#define M_d2i_ASN1_T61STRING(a,pp,l) \
+		(ASN1_T61STRING *)d2i_ASN1_type_bytes\
+		((ASN1_STRING **)a,pp,l,B_ASN1_T61STRING)
+
+#define M_ASN1_IA5STRING_new()	(ASN1_IA5STRING *)\
+		ASN1_STRING_type_new(V_ASN1_IA5STRING)
+#define M_ASN1_IA5STRING_free(a)	ASN1_STRING_free((ASN1_STRING *)a)
+#define M_ASN1_IA5STRING_dup(a)	\
+		(ASN1_IA5STRING *)ASN1_STRING_dup((const ASN1_STRING *)a)
+#define M_i2d_ASN1_IA5STRING(a,pp) \
+		i2d_ASN1_bytes((ASN1_STRING *)a,pp,V_ASN1_IA5STRING,\
+			V_ASN1_UNIVERSAL)
+#define M_d2i_ASN1_IA5STRING(a,pp,l) \
+		(ASN1_IA5STRING *)d2i_ASN1_type_bytes((ASN1_STRING **)a,pp,l,\
+			B_ASN1_IA5STRING)
+
+#define M_ASN1_UTCTIME_new()	(ASN1_UTCTIME *)\
+		ASN1_STRING_type_new(V_ASN1_UTCTIME)
+#define M_ASN1_UTCTIME_free(a)	ASN1_STRING_free((ASN1_STRING *)a)
+#define M_ASN1_UTCTIME_dup(a) (ASN1_UTCTIME *)\
+		ASN1_STRING_dup((const ASN1_STRING *)a)
+
+#define M_ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME_new()	(ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME *)\
+		ASN1_STRING_type_new(V_ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME)
+#define M_ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME_free(a)	ASN1_STRING_free((ASN1_STRING *)a)
+#define M_ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME_dup(a) (ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME *)ASN1_STRING_dup(\
+	(const ASN1_STRING *)a)
+
+#define M_ASN1_TIME_new()	(ASN1_TIME *)\
+		ASN1_STRING_type_new(V_ASN1_UTCTIME)
+#define M_ASN1_TIME_free(a)	ASN1_STRING_free((ASN1_STRING *)a)
+#define M_ASN1_TIME_dup(a) (ASN1_TIME *)\
+	ASN1_STRING_dup((const ASN1_STRING *)a)
+
+#define M_ASN1_GENERALSTRING_new()	(ASN1_GENERALSTRING *)\
+		ASN1_STRING_type_new(V_ASN1_GENERALSTRING)
+#define M_ASN1_GENERALSTRING_free(a)	ASN1_STRING_free((ASN1_STRING *)a)
+#define M_i2d_ASN1_GENERALSTRING(a,pp) \
+		i2d_ASN1_bytes((ASN1_STRING *)a,pp,V_ASN1_GENERALSTRING,\
+			V_ASN1_UNIVERSAL)
+#define M_d2i_ASN1_GENERALSTRING(a,pp,l) \
+		(ASN1_GENERALSTRING *)d2i_ASN1_type_bytes\
+		((ASN1_STRING **)a,pp,l,B_ASN1_GENERALSTRING)
+
+#define M_ASN1_UNIVERSALSTRING_new()	(ASN1_UNIVERSALSTRING *)\
+		ASN1_STRING_type_new(V_ASN1_UNIVERSALSTRING)
+#define M_ASN1_UNIVERSALSTRING_free(a)	ASN1_STRING_free((ASN1_STRING *)a)
+#define M_i2d_ASN1_UNIVERSALSTRING(a,pp) \
+		i2d_ASN1_bytes((ASN1_STRING *)a,pp,V_ASN1_UNIVERSALSTRING,\
+			V_ASN1_UNIVERSAL)
+#define M_d2i_ASN1_UNIVERSALSTRING(a,pp,l) \
+		(ASN1_UNIVERSALSTRING *)d2i_ASN1_type_bytes\
+		((ASN1_STRING **)a,pp,l,B_ASN1_UNIVERSALSTRING)
+
+#define M_ASN1_BMPSTRING_new()	(ASN1_BMPSTRING *)\
+		ASN1_STRING_type_new(V_ASN1_BMPSTRING)
+#define M_ASN1_BMPSTRING_free(a)	ASN1_STRING_free((ASN1_STRING *)a)
+#define M_i2d_ASN1_BMPSTRING(a,pp) \
+		i2d_ASN1_bytes((ASN1_STRING *)a,pp,V_ASN1_BMPSTRING,\
+			V_ASN1_UNIVERSAL)
+#define M_d2i_ASN1_BMPSTRING(a,pp,l) \
+		(ASN1_BMPSTRING *)d2i_ASN1_type_bytes\
+		((ASN1_STRING **)a,pp,l,B_ASN1_BMPSTRING)
+
+#define M_ASN1_VISIBLESTRING_new()	(ASN1_VISIBLESTRING *)\
+		ASN1_STRING_type_new(V_ASN1_VISIBLESTRING)
+#define M_ASN1_VISIBLESTRING_free(a)	ASN1_STRING_free((ASN1_STRING *)a)
+#define M_i2d_ASN1_VISIBLESTRING(a,pp) \
+		i2d_ASN1_bytes((ASN1_STRING *)a,pp,V_ASN1_VISIBLESTRING,\
+			V_ASN1_UNIVERSAL)
+#define M_d2i_ASN1_VISIBLESTRING(a,pp,l) \
+		(ASN1_VISIBLESTRING *)d2i_ASN1_type_bytes\
+		((ASN1_STRING **)a,pp,l,B_ASN1_VISIBLESTRING)
+
+#define M_ASN1_UTF8STRING_new()	(ASN1_UTF8STRING *)\
+		ASN1_STRING_type_new(V_ASN1_UTF8STRING)
+#define M_ASN1_UTF8STRING_free(a)	ASN1_STRING_free((ASN1_STRING *)a)
+#define M_i2d_ASN1_UTF8STRING(a,pp) \
+		i2d_ASN1_bytes((ASN1_STRING *)a,pp,V_ASN1_UTF8STRING,\
+			V_ASN1_UNIVERSAL)
+#define M_d2i_ASN1_UTF8STRING(a,pp,l) \
+		(ASN1_UTF8STRING *)d2i_ASN1_type_bytes\
+		((ASN1_STRING **)a,pp,l,B_ASN1_UTF8STRING)
+
+  /* for the is_set parameter to i2d_ASN1_SET */
+#define IS_SEQUENCE	0
+#define IS_SET		1
+
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS_fname(ASN1_TYPE, ASN1_ANY, ASN1_TYPE)
+
+int ASN1_TYPE_get(ASN1_TYPE *a);
+void ASN1_TYPE_set(ASN1_TYPE *a, int type, void *value);
+int ASN1_TYPE_set1(ASN1_TYPE *a, int type, const void *value);
+int            ASN1_TYPE_cmp(ASN1_TYPE *a, ASN1_TYPE *b);
+
+ASN1_OBJECT *	ASN1_OBJECT_new(void );
+void		ASN1_OBJECT_free(ASN1_OBJECT *a);
+int		i2d_ASN1_OBJECT(ASN1_OBJECT *a,unsigned char **pp);
+ASN1_OBJECT *	c2i_ASN1_OBJECT(ASN1_OBJECT **a,const unsigned char **pp,
+			long length);
+ASN1_OBJECT *	d2i_ASN1_OBJECT(ASN1_OBJECT **a,const unsigned char **pp,
+			long length);
+
+DECLARE_ASN1_ITEM(ASN1_OBJECT)
+
+DECLARE_STACK_OF(ASN1_OBJECT)
+DECLARE_ASN1_SET_OF(ASN1_OBJECT)
+
+ASN1_STRING *	ASN1_STRING_new(void);
+void		ASN1_STRING_free(ASN1_STRING *a);
+int		ASN1_STRING_copy(ASN1_STRING *dst, const ASN1_STRING *str);
+ASN1_STRING *	ASN1_STRING_dup(const ASN1_STRING *a);
+ASN1_STRING *	ASN1_STRING_type_new(int type );
+int 		ASN1_STRING_cmp(const ASN1_STRING *a, const ASN1_STRING *b);
+  /* Since this is used to store all sorts of things, via macros, for now, make
+     its data void * */
+int 		ASN1_STRING_set(ASN1_STRING *str, const void *data, int len);
+void		ASN1_STRING_set0(ASN1_STRING *str, void *data, int len);
+int ASN1_STRING_length(const ASN1_STRING *x);
+void ASN1_STRING_length_set(ASN1_STRING *x, int n);
+int ASN1_STRING_type(ASN1_STRING *x);
+unsigned char * ASN1_STRING_data(ASN1_STRING *x);
+
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(ASN1_BIT_STRING)
+int		i2c_ASN1_BIT_STRING(ASN1_BIT_STRING *a,unsigned char **pp);
+ASN1_BIT_STRING *c2i_ASN1_BIT_STRING(ASN1_BIT_STRING **a,const unsigned char **pp,
+			long length);
+int		ASN1_BIT_STRING_set(ASN1_BIT_STRING *a, unsigned char *d,
+			int length );
+int		ASN1_BIT_STRING_set_bit(ASN1_BIT_STRING *a, int n, int value);
+int		ASN1_BIT_STRING_get_bit(ASN1_BIT_STRING *a, int n);
+int            ASN1_BIT_STRING_check(ASN1_BIT_STRING *a,
+                                     unsigned char *flags, int flags_len);
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_BIO
+int ASN1_BIT_STRING_name_print(BIO *out, ASN1_BIT_STRING *bs,
+				BIT_STRING_BITNAME *tbl, int indent);
+#endif
+int ASN1_BIT_STRING_num_asc(char *name, BIT_STRING_BITNAME *tbl);
+int ASN1_BIT_STRING_set_asc(ASN1_BIT_STRING *bs, char *name, int value,
+				BIT_STRING_BITNAME *tbl);
+
+int		i2d_ASN1_BOOLEAN(int a,unsigned char **pp);
+int 		d2i_ASN1_BOOLEAN(int *a,const unsigned char **pp,long length);
+
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(ASN1_INTEGER)
+int		i2c_ASN1_INTEGER(ASN1_INTEGER *a,unsigned char **pp);
+ASN1_INTEGER *c2i_ASN1_INTEGER(ASN1_INTEGER **a,const unsigned char **pp,
+			long length);
+ASN1_INTEGER *d2i_ASN1_UINTEGER(ASN1_INTEGER **a,const unsigned char **pp,
+			long length);
+ASN1_INTEGER *	ASN1_INTEGER_dup(const ASN1_INTEGER *x);
+int ASN1_INTEGER_cmp(const ASN1_INTEGER *x, const ASN1_INTEGER *y);
+
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(ASN1_ENUMERATED)
+
+int ASN1_UTCTIME_check(ASN1_UTCTIME *a);
+ASN1_UTCTIME *ASN1_UTCTIME_set(ASN1_UTCTIME *s,time_t t);
+ASN1_UTCTIME *ASN1_UTCTIME_adj(ASN1_UTCTIME *s, time_t t,
+				int offset_day, long offset_sec);
+int ASN1_UTCTIME_set_string(ASN1_UTCTIME *s, const char *str);
+int ASN1_UTCTIME_cmp_time_t(const ASN1_UTCTIME *s, time_t t);
+#if 0
+time_t ASN1_UTCTIME_get(const ASN1_UTCTIME *s);
+#endif
+
+int ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME_check(ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME *a);
+ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME *ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME_set(ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME *s,time_t t);
+ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME *ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME_adj(ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME *s,
+	     time_t t, int offset_day, long offset_sec);
+int ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME_set_string(ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME *s, const char *str);
+
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(ASN1_OCTET_STRING)
+ASN1_OCTET_STRING *	ASN1_OCTET_STRING_dup(const ASN1_OCTET_STRING *a);
+int 	ASN1_OCTET_STRING_cmp(const ASN1_OCTET_STRING *a, const ASN1_OCTET_STRING *b);
+int 	ASN1_OCTET_STRING_set(ASN1_OCTET_STRING *str, const unsigned char *data, int len);
+
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(ASN1_VISIBLESTRING)
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(ASN1_UNIVERSALSTRING)
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(ASN1_UTF8STRING)
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(ASN1_NULL)
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(ASN1_BMPSTRING)
+
+int UTF8_getc(const unsigned char *str, int len, unsigned long *val);
+int UTF8_putc(unsigned char *str, int len, unsigned long value);
+
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS_name(ASN1_STRING, ASN1_PRINTABLE)
+
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS_name(ASN1_STRING, DIRECTORYSTRING)
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS_name(ASN1_STRING, DISPLAYTEXT)
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(ASN1_PRINTABLESTRING)
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(ASN1_T61STRING)
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(ASN1_IA5STRING)
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(ASN1_GENERALSTRING)
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(ASN1_UTCTIME)
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME)
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(ASN1_TIME)
+
+DECLARE_ASN1_ITEM(ASN1_OCTET_STRING_NDEF)
+
+ASN1_TIME *ASN1_TIME_set(ASN1_TIME *s,time_t t);
+ASN1_TIME *ASN1_TIME_adj(ASN1_TIME *s,time_t t,
+				int offset_day, long offset_sec);
+int ASN1_TIME_check(ASN1_TIME *t);
+ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME *ASN1_TIME_to_generalizedtime(ASN1_TIME *t, ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME **out);
+int ASN1_TIME_set_string(ASN1_TIME *s, const char *str);
+
+int i2d_ASN1_SET(STACK_OF(OPENSSL_BLOCK) *a, unsigned char **pp,
+		 i2d_of_void *i2d, int ex_tag, int ex_class,
+		 int is_set);
+STACK_OF(OPENSSL_BLOCK) *d2i_ASN1_SET(STACK_OF(OPENSSL_BLOCK) **a,
+			      const unsigned char **pp,
+			      long length, d2i_of_void *d2i,
+			      void (*free_func)(OPENSSL_BLOCK), int ex_tag,
+			      int ex_class);
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_BIO
+int i2a_ASN1_INTEGER(BIO *bp, ASN1_INTEGER *a);
+int a2i_ASN1_INTEGER(BIO *bp,ASN1_INTEGER *bs,char *buf,int size);
+int i2a_ASN1_ENUMERATED(BIO *bp, ASN1_ENUMERATED *a);
+int a2i_ASN1_ENUMERATED(BIO *bp,ASN1_ENUMERATED *bs,char *buf,int size);
+int i2a_ASN1_OBJECT(BIO *bp,ASN1_OBJECT *a);
+int a2i_ASN1_STRING(BIO *bp,ASN1_STRING *bs,char *buf,int size);
+int i2a_ASN1_STRING(BIO *bp, ASN1_STRING *a, int type);
+#endif
+int i2t_ASN1_OBJECT(char *buf,int buf_len,ASN1_OBJECT *a);
+
+int a2d_ASN1_OBJECT(unsigned char *out,int olen, const char *buf, int num);
+ASN1_OBJECT *ASN1_OBJECT_create(int nid, unsigned char *data,int len,
+	const char *sn, const char *ln);
+
+int ASN1_INTEGER_set(ASN1_INTEGER *a, long v);
+long ASN1_INTEGER_get(const ASN1_INTEGER *a);
+ASN1_INTEGER *BN_to_ASN1_INTEGER(const BIGNUM *bn, ASN1_INTEGER *ai);
+BIGNUM *ASN1_INTEGER_to_BN(const ASN1_INTEGER *ai,BIGNUM *bn);
+
+int ASN1_ENUMERATED_set(ASN1_ENUMERATED *a, long v);
+long ASN1_ENUMERATED_get(ASN1_ENUMERATED *a);
+ASN1_ENUMERATED *BN_to_ASN1_ENUMERATED(BIGNUM *bn, ASN1_ENUMERATED *ai);
+BIGNUM *ASN1_ENUMERATED_to_BN(ASN1_ENUMERATED *ai,BIGNUM *bn);
+
+/* General */
+/* given a string, return the correct type, max is the maximum length */
+int ASN1_PRINTABLE_type(const unsigned char *s, int max);
+
+int i2d_ASN1_bytes(ASN1_STRING *a, unsigned char **pp, int tag, int xclass);
+ASN1_STRING *d2i_ASN1_bytes(ASN1_STRING **a, const unsigned char **pp,
+	long length, int Ptag, int Pclass);
+unsigned long ASN1_tag2bit(int tag);
+/* type is one or more of the B_ASN1_ values. */
+ASN1_STRING *d2i_ASN1_type_bytes(ASN1_STRING **a,const unsigned char **pp,
+		long length,int type);
+
+/* PARSING */
+int asn1_Finish(ASN1_CTX *c);
+int asn1_const_Finish(ASN1_const_CTX *c);
+
+/* SPECIALS */
+int ASN1_get_object(const unsigned char **pp, long *plength, int *ptag,
+	int *pclass, long omax);
+int ASN1_check_infinite_end(unsigned char **p,long len);
+int ASN1_const_check_infinite_end(const unsigned char **p,long len);
+void ASN1_put_object(unsigned char **pp, int constructed, int length,
+	int tag, int xclass);
+int ASN1_put_eoc(unsigned char **pp);
+int ASN1_object_size(int constructed, int length, int tag);
+
+/* Used to implement other functions */
+void *ASN1_dup(i2d_of_void *i2d, d2i_of_void *d2i, void *x);
+
+#define ASN1_dup_of(type,i2d,d2i,x) \
+    ((type*)ASN1_dup(CHECKED_I2D_OF(type, i2d), \
+		     CHECKED_D2I_OF(type, d2i), \
+		     CHECKED_PTR_OF(type, x)))
+
+#define ASN1_dup_of_const(type,i2d,d2i,x) \
+    ((type*)ASN1_dup(CHECKED_I2D_OF(const type, i2d), \
+		     CHECKED_D2I_OF(type, d2i), \
+		     CHECKED_PTR_OF(const type, x)))
+
+void *ASN1_item_dup(const ASN1_ITEM *it, void *x);
+
+/* ASN1 alloc/free macros for when a type is only used internally */
+
+#define M_ASN1_new_of(type) (type *)ASN1_item_new(ASN1_ITEM_rptr(type))
+#define M_ASN1_free_of(x, type) \
+		ASN1_item_free(CHECKED_PTR_OF(type, x), ASN1_ITEM_rptr(type))
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_FP_API
+void *ASN1_d2i_fp(void *(*xnew)(void), d2i_of_void *d2i, FILE *in, void **x);
+
+#define ASN1_d2i_fp_of(type,xnew,d2i,in,x) \
+    ((type*)ASN1_d2i_fp(CHECKED_NEW_OF(type, xnew), \
+			CHECKED_D2I_OF(type, d2i), \
+			in, \
+			CHECKED_PPTR_OF(type, x)))
+
+void *ASN1_item_d2i_fp(const ASN1_ITEM *it, FILE *in, void *x);
+int ASN1_i2d_fp(i2d_of_void *i2d,FILE *out,void *x);
+
+#define ASN1_i2d_fp_of(type,i2d,out,x) \
+    (ASN1_i2d_fp(CHECKED_I2D_OF(type, i2d), \
+		 out, \
+		 CHECKED_PTR_OF(type, x)))
+
+#define ASN1_i2d_fp_of_const(type,i2d,out,x) \
+    (ASN1_i2d_fp(CHECKED_I2D_OF(const type, i2d), \
+		 out, \
+		 CHECKED_PTR_OF(const type, x)))
+
+int ASN1_item_i2d_fp(const ASN1_ITEM *it, FILE *out, void *x);
+int ASN1_STRING_print_ex_fp(FILE *fp, ASN1_STRING *str, unsigned long flags);
+#endif
+
+int ASN1_STRING_to_UTF8(unsigned char **out, ASN1_STRING *in);
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_BIO
+void *ASN1_d2i_bio(void *(*xnew)(void), d2i_of_void *d2i, BIO *in, void **x);
+
+#define ASN1_d2i_bio_of(type,xnew,d2i,in,x) \
+    ((type*)ASN1_d2i_bio( CHECKED_NEW_OF(type, xnew), \
+			  CHECKED_D2I_OF(type, d2i), \
+			  in, \
+			  CHECKED_PPTR_OF(type, x)))
+
+void *ASN1_item_d2i_bio(const ASN1_ITEM *it, BIO *in, void *x);
+int ASN1_i2d_bio(i2d_of_void *i2d,BIO *out, unsigned char *x);
+
+#define ASN1_i2d_bio_of(type,i2d,out,x) \
+    (ASN1_i2d_bio(CHECKED_I2D_OF(type, i2d), \
+		  out, \
+		  CHECKED_PTR_OF(type, x)))
+
+#define ASN1_i2d_bio_of_const(type,i2d,out,x) \
+    (ASN1_i2d_bio(CHECKED_I2D_OF(const type, i2d), \
+		  out, \
+		  CHECKED_PTR_OF(const type, x)))
+
+int ASN1_item_i2d_bio(const ASN1_ITEM *it, BIO *out, void *x);
+int ASN1_UTCTIME_print(BIO *fp, const ASN1_UTCTIME *a);
+int ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME_print(BIO *fp, const ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME *a);
+int ASN1_TIME_print(BIO *fp, const ASN1_TIME *a);
+int ASN1_STRING_print(BIO *bp, const ASN1_STRING *v);
+int ASN1_STRING_print_ex(BIO *out, ASN1_STRING *str, unsigned long flags);
+int ASN1_bn_print(BIO *bp, const char *number, const BIGNUM *num,
+				unsigned char *buf, int off);
+int ASN1_parse(BIO *bp,const unsigned char *pp,long len,int indent);
+int ASN1_parse_dump(BIO *bp,const unsigned char *pp,long len,int indent,int dump);
+#endif
+const char *ASN1_tag2str(int tag);
+
+/* Used to load and write netscape format cert */
+
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(NETSCAPE_X509)
+
+int ASN1_UNIVERSALSTRING_to_string(ASN1_UNIVERSALSTRING *s);
+
+int ASN1_TYPE_set_octetstring(ASN1_TYPE *a,
+	unsigned char *data, int len);
+int ASN1_TYPE_get_octetstring(ASN1_TYPE *a,
+	unsigned char *data, int max_len);
+int ASN1_TYPE_set_int_octetstring(ASN1_TYPE *a, long num,
+	unsigned char *data, int len);
+int ASN1_TYPE_get_int_octetstring(ASN1_TYPE *a,long *num,
+	unsigned char *data, int max_len);
+
+STACK_OF(OPENSSL_BLOCK) *ASN1_seq_unpack(const unsigned char *buf, int len,
+				 d2i_of_void *d2i, void (*free_func)(OPENSSL_BLOCK));
+unsigned char *ASN1_seq_pack(STACK_OF(OPENSSL_BLOCK) *safes, i2d_of_void *i2d,
+			     unsigned char **buf, int *len );
+void *ASN1_unpack_string(ASN1_STRING *oct, d2i_of_void *d2i);
+void *ASN1_item_unpack(ASN1_STRING *oct, const ASN1_ITEM *it);
+ASN1_STRING *ASN1_pack_string(void *obj, i2d_of_void *i2d,
+			      ASN1_OCTET_STRING **oct);
+
+#define ASN1_pack_string_of(type,obj,i2d,oct) \
+    (ASN1_pack_string(CHECKED_PTR_OF(type, obj), \
+		      CHECKED_I2D_OF(type, i2d), \
+		      oct))
+
+ASN1_STRING *ASN1_item_pack(void *obj, const ASN1_ITEM *it, ASN1_OCTET_STRING **oct);
+
+void ASN1_STRING_set_default_mask(unsigned long mask);
+int ASN1_STRING_set_default_mask_asc(const char *p);
+unsigned long ASN1_STRING_get_default_mask(void);
+int ASN1_mbstring_copy(ASN1_STRING **out, const unsigned char *in, int len,
+					int inform, unsigned long mask);
+int ASN1_mbstring_ncopy(ASN1_STRING **out, const unsigned char *in, int len,
+					int inform, unsigned long mask, 
+					long minsize, long maxsize);
+
+ASN1_STRING *ASN1_STRING_set_by_NID(ASN1_STRING **out, 
+		const unsigned char *in, int inlen, int inform, int nid);
+ASN1_STRING_TABLE *ASN1_STRING_TABLE_get(int nid);
+int ASN1_STRING_TABLE_add(int, long, long, unsigned long, unsigned long);
+void ASN1_STRING_TABLE_cleanup(void);
+
+/* ASN1 template functions */
+
+/* Old API compatible functions */
+ASN1_VALUE *ASN1_item_new(const ASN1_ITEM *it);
+void ASN1_item_free(ASN1_VALUE *val, const ASN1_ITEM *it);
+ASN1_VALUE * ASN1_item_d2i(ASN1_VALUE **val, const unsigned char **in, long len, const ASN1_ITEM *it);
+int ASN1_item_i2d(ASN1_VALUE *val, unsigned char **out, const ASN1_ITEM *it);
+int ASN1_item_ndef_i2d(ASN1_VALUE *val, unsigned char **out, const ASN1_ITEM *it);
+
+void ASN1_add_oid_module(void);
+
+ASN1_TYPE *ASN1_generate_nconf(char *str, CONF *nconf);
+ASN1_TYPE *ASN1_generate_v3(char *str, X509V3_CTX *cnf);
+
+/* ASN1 Print flags */
+
+/* Indicate missing OPTIONAL fields */
+#define ASN1_PCTX_FLAGS_SHOW_ABSENT		0x001	
+/* Mark start and end of SEQUENCE */
+#define ASN1_PCTX_FLAGS_SHOW_SEQUENCE		0x002
+/* Mark start and end of SEQUENCE/SET OF */
+#define ASN1_PCTX_FLAGS_SHOW_SSOF		0x004
+/* Show the ASN1 type of primitives */
+#define ASN1_PCTX_FLAGS_SHOW_TYPE		0x008
+/* Don't show ASN1 type of ANY */
+#define ASN1_PCTX_FLAGS_NO_ANY_TYPE		0x010
+/* Don't show ASN1 type of MSTRINGs */
+#define ASN1_PCTX_FLAGS_NO_MSTRING_TYPE		0x020
+/* Don't show field names in SEQUENCE */
+#define ASN1_PCTX_FLAGS_NO_FIELD_NAME		0x040
+/* Show structure names of each SEQUENCE field */
+#define ASN1_PCTX_FLAGS_SHOW_FIELD_STRUCT_NAME	0x080
+/* Don't show structure name even at top level */
+#define ASN1_PCTX_FLAGS_NO_STRUCT_NAME		0x100
+
+int ASN1_item_print(BIO *out, ASN1_VALUE *ifld, int indent,
+				const ASN1_ITEM *it, const ASN1_PCTX *pctx);
+ASN1_PCTX *ASN1_PCTX_new(void);
+void ASN1_PCTX_free(ASN1_PCTX *p);
+unsigned long ASN1_PCTX_get_flags(ASN1_PCTX *p);
+void ASN1_PCTX_set_flags(ASN1_PCTX *p, unsigned long flags);
+unsigned long ASN1_PCTX_get_nm_flags(ASN1_PCTX *p);
+void ASN1_PCTX_set_nm_flags(ASN1_PCTX *p, unsigned long flags);
+unsigned long ASN1_PCTX_get_cert_flags(ASN1_PCTX *p);
+void ASN1_PCTX_set_cert_flags(ASN1_PCTX *p, unsigned long flags);
+unsigned long ASN1_PCTX_get_oid_flags(ASN1_PCTX *p);
+void ASN1_PCTX_set_oid_flags(ASN1_PCTX *p, unsigned long flags);
+unsigned long ASN1_PCTX_get_str_flags(ASN1_PCTX *p);
+void ASN1_PCTX_set_str_flags(ASN1_PCTX *p, unsigned long flags);
+
+BIO_METHOD *BIO_f_asn1(void);
+
+BIO *BIO_new_NDEF(BIO *out, ASN1_VALUE *val, const ASN1_ITEM *it);
+
+int i2d_ASN1_bio_stream(BIO *out, ASN1_VALUE *val, BIO *in, int flags,
+				const ASN1_ITEM *it);
+int PEM_write_bio_ASN1_stream(BIO *out, ASN1_VALUE *val, BIO *in, int flags,
+				const char *hdr,
+				const ASN1_ITEM *it);
+int SMIME_write_ASN1(BIO *bio, ASN1_VALUE *val, BIO *data, int flags,
+				int ctype_nid, int econt_nid,
+				STACK_OF(X509_ALGOR) *mdalgs,
+				const ASN1_ITEM *it);
+ASN1_VALUE *SMIME_read_ASN1(BIO *bio, BIO **bcont, const ASN1_ITEM *it);
+int SMIME_crlf_copy(BIO *in, BIO *out, int flags);
+int SMIME_text(BIO *in, BIO *out);
+
+/* BEGIN ERROR CODES */
+/* The following lines are auto generated by the script mkerr.pl. Any changes
+ * made after this point may be overwritten when the script is next run.
+ */
+void ERR_load_ASN1_strings(void);
+
+/* Error codes for the ASN1 functions. */
+
+/* Function codes. */
+#define ASN1_F_A2D_ASN1_OBJECT				 100
+#define ASN1_F_A2I_ASN1_ENUMERATED			 101
+#define ASN1_F_A2I_ASN1_INTEGER				 102
+#define ASN1_F_A2I_ASN1_STRING				 103
+#define ASN1_F_APPEND_EXP				 176
+#define ASN1_F_ASN1_BIT_STRING_SET_BIT			 183
+#define ASN1_F_ASN1_CB					 177
+#define ASN1_F_ASN1_CHECK_TLEN				 104
+#define ASN1_F_ASN1_COLLATE_PRIMITIVE			 105
+#define ASN1_F_ASN1_COLLECT				 106
+#define ASN1_F_ASN1_D2I_EX_PRIMITIVE			 108
+#define ASN1_F_ASN1_D2I_FP				 109
+#define ASN1_F_ASN1_D2I_READ_BIO			 107
+#define ASN1_F_ASN1_DIGEST				 184
+#define ASN1_F_ASN1_DO_ADB				 110
+#define ASN1_F_ASN1_DUP					 111
+#define ASN1_F_ASN1_ENUMERATED_SET			 112
+#define ASN1_F_ASN1_ENUMERATED_TO_BN			 113
+#define ASN1_F_ASN1_EX_C2I				 204
+#define ASN1_F_ASN1_FIND_END				 190
+#define ASN1_F_ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME_ADJ			 216
+#define ASN1_F_ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME_SET			 185
+#define ASN1_F_ASN1_GENERATE_V3				 178
+#define ASN1_F_ASN1_GET_OBJECT				 114
+#define ASN1_F_ASN1_HEADER_NEW				 115
+#define ASN1_F_ASN1_I2D_BIO				 116
+#define ASN1_F_ASN1_I2D_FP				 117
+#define ASN1_F_ASN1_INTEGER_SET				 118
+#define ASN1_F_ASN1_INTEGER_TO_BN			 119
+#define ASN1_F_ASN1_ITEM_D2I_FP				 206
+#define ASN1_F_ASN1_ITEM_DUP				 191
+#define ASN1_F_ASN1_ITEM_EX_COMBINE_NEW			 121
+#define ASN1_F_ASN1_ITEM_EX_D2I				 120
+#define ASN1_F_ASN1_ITEM_I2D_BIO			 192
+#define ASN1_F_ASN1_ITEM_I2D_FP				 193
+#define ASN1_F_ASN1_ITEM_PACK				 198
+#define ASN1_F_ASN1_ITEM_SIGN				 195
+#define ASN1_F_ASN1_ITEM_SIGN_CTX			 220
+#define ASN1_F_ASN1_ITEM_UNPACK				 199
+#define ASN1_F_ASN1_ITEM_VERIFY				 197
+#define ASN1_F_ASN1_MBSTRING_NCOPY			 122
+#define ASN1_F_ASN1_OBJECT_NEW				 123
+#define ASN1_F_ASN1_OUTPUT_DATA				 214
+#define ASN1_F_ASN1_PACK_STRING				 124
+#define ASN1_F_ASN1_PCTX_NEW				 205
+#define ASN1_F_ASN1_PKCS5_PBE_SET			 125
+#define ASN1_F_ASN1_SEQ_PACK				 126
+#define ASN1_F_ASN1_SEQ_UNPACK				 127
+#define ASN1_F_ASN1_SIGN				 128
+#define ASN1_F_ASN1_STR2TYPE				 179
+#define ASN1_F_ASN1_STRING_SET				 186
+#define ASN1_F_ASN1_STRING_TABLE_ADD			 129
+#define ASN1_F_ASN1_STRING_TYPE_NEW			 130
+#define ASN1_F_ASN1_TEMPLATE_EX_D2I			 132
+#define ASN1_F_ASN1_TEMPLATE_NEW			 133
+#define ASN1_F_ASN1_TEMPLATE_NOEXP_D2I			 131
+#define ASN1_F_ASN1_TIME_ADJ				 217
+#define ASN1_F_ASN1_TIME_SET				 175
+#define ASN1_F_ASN1_TYPE_GET_INT_OCTETSTRING		 134
+#define ASN1_F_ASN1_TYPE_GET_OCTETSTRING		 135
+#define ASN1_F_ASN1_UNPACK_STRING			 136
+#define ASN1_F_ASN1_UTCTIME_ADJ				 218
+#define ASN1_F_ASN1_UTCTIME_SET				 187
+#define ASN1_F_ASN1_VERIFY				 137
+#define ASN1_F_B64_READ_ASN1				 209
+#define ASN1_F_B64_WRITE_ASN1				 210
+#define ASN1_F_BIO_NEW_NDEF				 208
+#define ASN1_F_BITSTR_CB				 180
+#define ASN1_F_BN_TO_ASN1_ENUMERATED			 138
+#define ASN1_F_BN_TO_ASN1_INTEGER			 139
+#define ASN1_F_C2I_ASN1_BIT_STRING			 189
+#define ASN1_F_C2I_ASN1_INTEGER				 194
+#define ASN1_F_C2I_ASN1_OBJECT				 196
+#define ASN1_F_COLLECT_DATA				 140
+#define ASN1_F_D2I_ASN1_BIT_STRING			 141
+#define ASN1_F_D2I_ASN1_BOOLEAN				 142
+#define ASN1_F_D2I_ASN1_BYTES				 143
+#define ASN1_F_D2I_ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME			 144
+#define ASN1_F_D2I_ASN1_HEADER				 145
+#define ASN1_F_D2I_ASN1_INTEGER				 146
+#define ASN1_F_D2I_ASN1_OBJECT				 147
+#define ASN1_F_D2I_ASN1_SET				 148
+#define ASN1_F_D2I_ASN1_TYPE_BYTES			 149
+#define ASN1_F_D2I_ASN1_UINTEGER			 150
+#define ASN1_F_D2I_ASN1_UTCTIME				 151
+#define ASN1_F_D2I_AUTOPRIVATEKEY			 207
+#define ASN1_F_D2I_NETSCAPE_RSA				 152
+#define ASN1_F_D2I_NETSCAPE_RSA_2			 153
+#define ASN1_F_D2I_PRIVATEKEY				 154
+#define ASN1_F_D2I_PUBLICKEY				 155
+#define ASN1_F_D2I_RSA_NET				 200
+#define ASN1_F_D2I_RSA_NET_2				 201
+#define ASN1_F_D2I_X509					 156
+#define ASN1_F_D2I_X509_CINF				 157
+#define ASN1_F_D2I_X509_PKEY				 159
+#define ASN1_F_I2D_ASN1_BIO_STREAM			 211
+#define ASN1_F_I2D_ASN1_SET				 188
+#define ASN1_F_I2D_ASN1_TIME				 160
+#define ASN1_F_I2D_DSA_PUBKEY				 161
+#define ASN1_F_I2D_EC_PUBKEY				 181
+#define ASN1_F_I2D_PRIVATEKEY				 163
+#define ASN1_F_I2D_PUBLICKEY				 164
+#define ASN1_F_I2D_RSA_NET				 162
+#define ASN1_F_I2D_RSA_PUBKEY				 165
+#define ASN1_F_LONG_C2I					 166
+#define ASN1_F_OID_MODULE_INIT				 174
+#define ASN1_F_PARSE_TAGGING				 182
+#define ASN1_F_PKCS5_PBE2_SET_IV			 167
+#define ASN1_F_PKCS5_PBE_SET				 202
+#define ASN1_F_PKCS5_PBE_SET0_ALGOR			 215
+#define ASN1_F_PKCS5_PBKDF2_SET				 219
+#define ASN1_F_SMIME_READ_ASN1				 212
+#define ASN1_F_SMIME_TEXT				 213
+#define ASN1_F_X509_CINF_NEW				 168
+#define ASN1_F_X509_CRL_ADD0_REVOKED			 169
+#define ASN1_F_X509_INFO_NEW				 170
+#define ASN1_F_X509_NAME_ENCODE				 203
+#define ASN1_F_X509_NAME_EX_D2I				 158
+#define ASN1_F_X509_NAME_EX_NEW				 171
+#define ASN1_F_X509_NEW					 172
+#define ASN1_F_X509_PKEY_NEW				 173
+
+/* Reason codes. */
+#define ASN1_R_ADDING_OBJECT				 171
+#define ASN1_R_ASN1_PARSE_ERROR				 203
+#define ASN1_R_ASN1_SIG_PARSE_ERROR			 204
+#define ASN1_R_AUX_ERROR				 100
+#define ASN1_R_BAD_CLASS				 101
+#define ASN1_R_BAD_OBJECT_HEADER			 102
+#define ASN1_R_BAD_PASSWORD_READ			 103
+#define ASN1_R_BAD_TAG					 104
+#define ASN1_R_BMPSTRING_IS_WRONG_LENGTH		 214
+#define ASN1_R_BN_LIB					 105
+#define ASN1_R_BOOLEAN_IS_WRONG_LENGTH			 106
+#define ASN1_R_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL				 107
+#define ASN1_R_CIPHER_HAS_NO_OBJECT_IDENTIFIER		 108
+#define ASN1_R_CONTEXT_NOT_INITIALISED			 217
+#define ASN1_R_DATA_IS_WRONG				 109
+#define ASN1_R_DECODE_ERROR				 110
+#define ASN1_R_DECODING_ERROR				 111
+#define ASN1_R_DEPTH_EXCEEDED				 174
+#define ASN1_R_DIGEST_AND_KEY_TYPE_NOT_SUPPORTED	 198
+#define ASN1_R_ENCODE_ERROR				 112
+#define ASN1_R_ERROR_GETTING_TIME			 173
+#define ASN1_R_ERROR_LOADING_SECTION			 172
+#define ASN1_R_ERROR_PARSING_SET_ELEMENT		 113
+#define ASN1_R_ERROR_SETTING_CIPHER_PARAMS		 114
+#define ASN1_R_EXPECTING_AN_INTEGER			 115
+#define ASN1_R_EXPECTING_AN_OBJECT			 116
+#define ASN1_R_EXPECTING_A_BOOLEAN			 117
+#define ASN1_R_EXPECTING_A_TIME				 118
+#define ASN1_R_EXPLICIT_LENGTH_MISMATCH			 119
+#define ASN1_R_EXPLICIT_TAG_NOT_CONSTRUCTED		 120
+#define ASN1_R_FIELD_MISSING				 121
+#define ASN1_R_FIRST_NUM_TOO_LARGE			 122
+#define ASN1_R_HEADER_TOO_LONG				 123
+#define ASN1_R_ILLEGAL_BITSTRING_FORMAT			 175
+#define ASN1_R_ILLEGAL_BOOLEAN				 176
+#define ASN1_R_ILLEGAL_CHARACTERS			 124
+#define ASN1_R_ILLEGAL_FORMAT				 177
+#define ASN1_R_ILLEGAL_HEX				 178
+#define ASN1_R_ILLEGAL_IMPLICIT_TAG			 179
+#define ASN1_R_ILLEGAL_INTEGER				 180
+#define ASN1_R_ILLEGAL_NESTED_TAGGING			 181
+#define ASN1_R_ILLEGAL_NULL				 125
+#define ASN1_R_ILLEGAL_NULL_VALUE			 182
+#define ASN1_R_ILLEGAL_OBJECT				 183
+#define ASN1_R_ILLEGAL_OPTIONAL_ANY			 126
+#define ASN1_R_ILLEGAL_OPTIONS_ON_ITEM_TEMPLATE		 170
+#define ASN1_R_ILLEGAL_TAGGED_ANY			 127
+#define ASN1_R_ILLEGAL_TIME_VALUE			 184
+#define ASN1_R_INTEGER_NOT_ASCII_FORMAT			 185
+#define ASN1_R_INTEGER_TOO_LARGE_FOR_LONG		 128
+#define ASN1_R_INVALID_BMPSTRING_LENGTH			 129
+#define ASN1_R_INVALID_DIGIT				 130
+#define ASN1_R_INVALID_MIME_TYPE			 205
+#define ASN1_R_INVALID_MODIFIER				 186
+#define ASN1_R_INVALID_NUMBER				 187
+#define ASN1_R_INVALID_OBJECT_ENCODING			 216
+#define ASN1_R_INVALID_SEPARATOR			 131
+#define ASN1_R_INVALID_TIME_FORMAT			 132
+#define ASN1_R_INVALID_UNIVERSALSTRING_LENGTH		 133
+#define ASN1_R_INVALID_UTF8STRING			 134
+#define ASN1_R_IV_TOO_LARGE				 135
+#define ASN1_R_LENGTH_ERROR				 136
+#define ASN1_R_LIST_ERROR				 188
+#define ASN1_R_MIME_NO_CONTENT_TYPE			 206
+#define ASN1_R_MIME_PARSE_ERROR				 207
+#define ASN1_R_MIME_SIG_PARSE_ERROR			 208
+#define ASN1_R_MISSING_EOC				 137
+#define ASN1_R_MISSING_SECOND_NUMBER			 138
+#define ASN1_R_MISSING_VALUE				 189
+#define ASN1_R_MSTRING_NOT_UNIVERSAL			 139
+#define ASN1_R_MSTRING_WRONG_TAG			 140
+#define ASN1_R_NESTED_ASN1_STRING			 197
+#define ASN1_R_NON_HEX_CHARACTERS			 141
+#define ASN1_R_NOT_ASCII_FORMAT				 190
+#define ASN1_R_NOT_ENOUGH_DATA				 142
+#define ASN1_R_NO_CONTENT_TYPE				 209
+#define ASN1_R_NO_DEFAULT_DIGEST			 201
+#define ASN1_R_NO_MATCHING_CHOICE_TYPE			 143
+#define ASN1_R_NO_MULTIPART_BODY_FAILURE		 210
+#define ASN1_R_NO_MULTIPART_BOUNDARY			 211
+#define ASN1_R_NO_SIG_CONTENT_TYPE			 212
+#define ASN1_R_NULL_IS_WRONG_LENGTH			 144
+#define ASN1_R_OBJECT_NOT_ASCII_FORMAT			 191
+#define ASN1_R_ODD_NUMBER_OF_CHARS			 145
+#define ASN1_R_PRIVATE_KEY_HEADER_MISSING		 146
+#define ASN1_R_SECOND_NUMBER_TOO_LARGE			 147
+#define ASN1_R_SEQUENCE_LENGTH_MISMATCH			 148
+#define ASN1_R_SEQUENCE_NOT_CONSTRUCTED			 149
+#define ASN1_R_SEQUENCE_OR_SET_NEEDS_CONFIG		 192
+#define ASN1_R_SHORT_LINE				 150
+#define ASN1_R_SIG_INVALID_MIME_TYPE			 213
+#define ASN1_R_STREAMING_NOT_SUPPORTED			 202
+#define ASN1_R_STRING_TOO_LONG				 151
+#define ASN1_R_STRING_TOO_SHORT				 152
+#define ASN1_R_TAG_VALUE_TOO_HIGH			 153
+#define ASN1_R_THE_ASN1_OBJECT_IDENTIFIER_IS_NOT_KNOWN_FOR_THIS_MD 154
+#define ASN1_R_TIME_NOT_ASCII_FORMAT			 193
+#define ASN1_R_TOO_LONG					 155
+#define ASN1_R_TYPE_NOT_CONSTRUCTED			 156
+#define ASN1_R_UNABLE_TO_DECODE_RSA_KEY			 157
+#define ASN1_R_UNABLE_TO_DECODE_RSA_PRIVATE_KEY		 158
+#define ASN1_R_UNEXPECTED_EOC				 159
+#define ASN1_R_UNIVERSALSTRING_IS_WRONG_LENGTH		 215
+#define ASN1_R_UNKNOWN_FORMAT				 160
+#define ASN1_R_UNKNOWN_MESSAGE_DIGEST_ALGORITHM		 161
+#define ASN1_R_UNKNOWN_OBJECT_TYPE			 162
+#define ASN1_R_UNKNOWN_PUBLIC_KEY_TYPE			 163
+#define ASN1_R_UNKNOWN_SIGNATURE_ALGORITHM		 199
+#define ASN1_R_UNKNOWN_TAG				 194
+#define ASN1_R_UNKOWN_FORMAT				 195
+#define ASN1_R_UNSUPPORTED_ANY_DEFINED_BY_TYPE		 164
+#define ASN1_R_UNSUPPORTED_CIPHER			 165
+#define ASN1_R_UNSUPPORTED_ENCRYPTION_ALGORITHM		 166
+#define ASN1_R_UNSUPPORTED_PUBLIC_KEY_TYPE		 167
+#define ASN1_R_UNSUPPORTED_TYPE				 196
+#define ASN1_R_WRONG_PUBLIC_KEY_TYPE			 200
+#define ASN1_R_WRONG_TAG				 168
+#define ASN1_R_WRONG_TYPE				 169
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/include/openssl/asn1_mac.h b/lib/include/openssl/asn1_mac.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..87bd0e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/include/openssl/asn1_mac.h
@@ -0,0 +1,578 @@
+/* crypto/asn1/asn1_mac.h */
+/* Copyright (C) 1995-1998 Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This package is an SSL implementation written
+ * by Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com).
+ * The implementation was written so as to conform with Netscapes SSL.
+ * 
+ * This library is free for commercial and non-commercial use as long as
+ * the following conditions are aheared to.  The following conditions
+ * apply to all code found in this distribution, be it the RC4, RSA,
+ * lhash, DES, etc., code; not just the SSL code.  The SSL documentation
+ * included with this distribution is covered by the same copyright terms
+ * except that the holder is Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com).
+ * 
+ * Copyright remains Eric Young's, and as such any Copyright notices in
+ * the code are not to be removed.
+ * If this package is used in a product, Eric Young should be given attribution
+ * as the author of the parts of the library used.
+ * This can be in the form of a textual message at program startup or
+ * in documentation (online or textual) provided with the package.
+ * 
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *    "This product includes cryptographic software written by
+ *     Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)"
+ *    The word 'cryptographic' can be left out if the rouines from the library
+ *    being used are not cryptographic related :-).
+ * 4. If you include any Windows specific code (or a derivative thereof) from 
+ *    the apps directory (application code) you must include an acknowledgement:
+ *    "This product includes software written by Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com)"
+ * 
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ERIC YOUNG ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * 
+ * The licence and distribution terms for any publically available version or
+ * derivative of this code cannot be changed.  i.e. this code cannot simply be
+ * copied and put under another distribution licence
+ * [including the GNU Public Licence.]
+ */
+
+#ifndef HEADER_ASN1_MAC_H
+#define HEADER_ASN1_MAC_H
+
+#include <openssl/asn1.h>
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ASN1_MAC_ERR_LIB
+#define ASN1_MAC_ERR_LIB	ERR_LIB_ASN1
+#endif 
+
+#define ASN1_MAC_H_err(f,r,line) \
+	ERR_PUT_error(ASN1_MAC_ERR_LIB,(f),(r),__FILE__,(line))
+
+#define M_ASN1_D2I_vars(a,type,func) \
+	ASN1_const_CTX c; \
+	type ret=NULL; \
+	\
+	c.pp=(const unsigned char **)pp; \
+	c.q= *(const unsigned char **)pp; \
+	c.error=ERR_R_NESTED_ASN1_ERROR; \
+	if ((a == NULL) || ((*a) == NULL)) \
+		{ if ((ret=(type)func()) == NULL) \
+			{ c.line=__LINE__; goto err; } } \
+	else	ret=(*a);
+
+#define M_ASN1_D2I_Init() \
+	c.p= *(const unsigned char **)pp; \
+	c.max=(length == 0)?0:(c.p+length);
+
+#define M_ASN1_D2I_Finish_2(a) \
+	if (!asn1_const_Finish(&c)) \
+		{ c.line=__LINE__; goto err; } \
+	*(const unsigned char **)pp=c.p; \
+	if (a != NULL) (*a)=ret; \
+	return(ret);
+
+#define M_ASN1_D2I_Finish(a,func,e) \
+	M_ASN1_D2I_Finish_2(a); \
+err:\
+	ASN1_MAC_H_err((e),c.error,c.line); \
+	asn1_add_error(*(const unsigned char **)pp,(int)(c.q- *pp)); \
+	if ((ret != NULL) && ((a == NULL) || (*a != ret))) func(ret); \
+	return(NULL)
+
+#define M_ASN1_D2I_start_sequence() \
+	if (!asn1_GetSequence(&c,&length)) \
+		{ c.line=__LINE__; goto err; }
+/* Begin reading ASN1 without a surrounding sequence */
+#define M_ASN1_D2I_begin() \
+	c.slen = length;
+
+/* End reading ASN1 with no check on length */
+#define M_ASN1_D2I_Finish_nolen(a, func, e) \
+	*pp=c.p; \
+	if (a != NULL) (*a)=ret; \
+	return(ret); \
+err:\
+	ASN1_MAC_H_err((e),c.error,c.line); \
+	asn1_add_error(*pp,(int)(c.q- *pp)); \
+	if ((ret != NULL) && ((a == NULL) || (*a != ret))) func(ret); \
+	return(NULL)
+
+#define M_ASN1_D2I_end_sequence() \
+	(((c.inf&1) == 0)?(c.slen <= 0): \
+		(c.eos=ASN1_const_check_infinite_end(&c.p,c.slen)))
+
+/* Don't use this with d2i_ASN1_BOOLEAN() */
+#define M_ASN1_D2I_get(b, func) \
+	c.q=c.p; \
+	if (func(&(b),&c.p,c.slen) == NULL) \
+		{c.line=__LINE__; goto err; } \
+	c.slen-=(c.p-c.q);
+
+/* Don't use this with d2i_ASN1_BOOLEAN() */
+#define M_ASN1_D2I_get_x(type,b,func) \
+	c.q=c.p; \
+	if (((D2I_OF(type))func)(&(b),&c.p,c.slen) == NULL) \
+		{c.line=__LINE__; goto err; } \
+	c.slen-=(c.p-c.q);
+
+/* use this instead () */
+#define M_ASN1_D2I_get_int(b,func) \
+	c.q=c.p; \
+	if (func(&(b),&c.p,c.slen) < 0) \
+		{c.line=__LINE__; goto err; } \
+	c.slen-=(c.p-c.q);
+
+#define M_ASN1_D2I_get_opt(b,func,type) \
+	if ((c.slen != 0) && ((M_ASN1_next & (~V_ASN1_CONSTRUCTED)) \
+		== (V_ASN1_UNIVERSAL|(type)))) \
+		{ \
+		M_ASN1_D2I_get(b,func); \
+		}
+
+#define M_ASN1_D2I_get_int_opt(b,func,type) \
+	if ((c.slen != 0) && ((M_ASN1_next & (~V_ASN1_CONSTRUCTED)) \
+		== (V_ASN1_UNIVERSAL|(type)))) \
+		{ \
+		M_ASN1_D2I_get_int(b,func); \
+		}
+
+#define M_ASN1_D2I_get_imp(b,func, type) \
+	M_ASN1_next=(_tmp& V_ASN1_CONSTRUCTED)|type; \
+	c.q=c.p; \
+	if (func(&(b),&c.p,c.slen) == NULL) \
+		{c.line=__LINE__; M_ASN1_next_prev = _tmp; goto err; } \
+	c.slen-=(c.p-c.q);\
+	M_ASN1_next_prev=_tmp;
+
+#define M_ASN1_D2I_get_IMP_opt(b,func,tag,type) \
+	if ((c.slen != 0) && ((M_ASN1_next & (~V_ASN1_CONSTRUCTED)) == \
+		(V_ASN1_CONTEXT_SPECIFIC|(tag)))) \
+		{ \
+		unsigned char _tmp = M_ASN1_next; \
+		M_ASN1_D2I_get_imp(b,func, type);\
+		}
+
+#define M_ASN1_D2I_get_set(r,func,free_func) \
+		M_ASN1_D2I_get_imp_set(r,func,free_func, \
+			V_ASN1_SET,V_ASN1_UNIVERSAL);
+
+#define M_ASN1_D2I_get_set_type(type,r,func,free_func) \
+		M_ASN1_D2I_get_imp_set_type(type,r,func,free_func, \
+			V_ASN1_SET,V_ASN1_UNIVERSAL);
+
+#define M_ASN1_D2I_get_set_opt(r,func,free_func) \
+	if ((c.slen != 0) && (M_ASN1_next == (V_ASN1_UNIVERSAL| \
+		V_ASN1_CONSTRUCTED|V_ASN1_SET)))\
+		{ M_ASN1_D2I_get_set(r,func,free_func); }
+
+#define M_ASN1_D2I_get_set_opt_type(type,r,func,free_func) \
+	if ((c.slen != 0) && (M_ASN1_next == (V_ASN1_UNIVERSAL| \
+		V_ASN1_CONSTRUCTED|V_ASN1_SET)))\
+		{ M_ASN1_D2I_get_set_type(type,r,func,free_func); }
+
+#define M_ASN1_I2D_len_SET_opt(a,f) \
+	if ((a != NULL) && (sk_num(a) != 0)) \
+		M_ASN1_I2D_len_SET(a,f);
+
+#define M_ASN1_I2D_put_SET_opt(a,f) \
+	if ((a != NULL) && (sk_num(a) != 0)) \
+		M_ASN1_I2D_put_SET(a,f);
+
+#define M_ASN1_I2D_put_SEQUENCE_opt(a,f) \
+	if ((a != NULL) && (sk_num(a) != 0)) \
+		M_ASN1_I2D_put_SEQUENCE(a,f);
+
+#define M_ASN1_I2D_put_SEQUENCE_opt_type(type,a,f) \
+	if ((a != NULL) && (sk_##type##_num(a) != 0)) \
+		M_ASN1_I2D_put_SEQUENCE_type(type,a,f);
+
+#define M_ASN1_D2I_get_IMP_set_opt(b,func,free_func,tag) \
+	if ((c.slen != 0) && \
+		(M_ASN1_next == \
+		(V_ASN1_CONTEXT_SPECIFIC|V_ASN1_CONSTRUCTED|(tag))))\
+		{ \
+		M_ASN1_D2I_get_imp_set(b,func,free_func,\
+			tag,V_ASN1_CONTEXT_SPECIFIC); \
+		}
+
+#define M_ASN1_D2I_get_IMP_set_opt_type(type,b,func,free_func,tag) \
+	if ((c.slen != 0) && \
+		(M_ASN1_next == \
+		(V_ASN1_CONTEXT_SPECIFIC|V_ASN1_CONSTRUCTED|(tag))))\
+		{ \
+		M_ASN1_D2I_get_imp_set_type(type,b,func,free_func,\
+			tag,V_ASN1_CONTEXT_SPECIFIC); \
+		}
+
+#define M_ASN1_D2I_get_seq(r,func,free_func) \
+		M_ASN1_D2I_get_imp_set(r,func,free_func,\
+			V_ASN1_SEQUENCE,V_ASN1_UNIVERSAL);
+
+#define M_ASN1_D2I_get_seq_type(type,r,func,free_func) \
+		M_ASN1_D2I_get_imp_set_type(type,r,func,free_func,\
+					    V_ASN1_SEQUENCE,V_ASN1_UNIVERSAL)
+
+#define M_ASN1_D2I_get_seq_opt(r,func,free_func) \
+	if ((c.slen != 0) && (M_ASN1_next == (V_ASN1_UNIVERSAL| \
+		V_ASN1_CONSTRUCTED|V_ASN1_SEQUENCE)))\
+		{ M_ASN1_D2I_get_seq(r,func,free_func); }
+
+#define M_ASN1_D2I_get_seq_opt_type(type,r,func,free_func) \
+	if ((c.slen != 0) && (M_ASN1_next == (V_ASN1_UNIVERSAL| \
+		V_ASN1_CONSTRUCTED|V_ASN1_SEQUENCE)))\
+		{ M_ASN1_D2I_get_seq_type(type,r,func,free_func); }
+
+#define M_ASN1_D2I_get_IMP_set(r,func,free_func,x) \
+		M_ASN1_D2I_get_imp_set(r,func,free_func,\
+			x,V_ASN1_CONTEXT_SPECIFIC);
+
+#define M_ASN1_D2I_get_IMP_set_type(type,r,func,free_func,x) \
+		M_ASN1_D2I_get_imp_set_type(type,r,func,free_func,\
+			x,V_ASN1_CONTEXT_SPECIFIC);
+
+#define M_ASN1_D2I_get_imp_set(r,func,free_func,a,b) \
+	c.q=c.p; \
+	if (d2i_ASN1_SET(&(r),&c.p,c.slen,(char *(*)())func,\
+		(void (*)())free_func,a,b) == NULL) \
+		{ c.line=__LINE__; goto err; } \
+	c.slen-=(c.p-c.q);
+
+#define M_ASN1_D2I_get_imp_set_type(type,r,func,free_func,a,b) \
+	c.q=c.p; \
+	if (d2i_ASN1_SET_OF_##type(&(r),&c.p,c.slen,func,\
+				   free_func,a,b) == NULL) \
+		{ c.line=__LINE__; goto err; } \
+	c.slen-=(c.p-c.q);
+
+#define M_ASN1_D2I_get_set_strings(r,func,a,b) \
+	c.q=c.p; \
+	if (d2i_ASN1_STRING_SET(&(r),&c.p,c.slen,a,b) == NULL) \
+		{ c.line=__LINE__; goto err; } \
+	c.slen-=(c.p-c.q);
+
+#define M_ASN1_D2I_get_EXP_opt(r,func,tag) \
+	if ((c.slen != 0L) && (M_ASN1_next == \
+		(V_ASN1_CONSTRUCTED|V_ASN1_CONTEXT_SPECIFIC|tag))) \
+		{ \
+		int Tinf,Ttag,Tclass; \
+		long Tlen; \
+		\
+		c.q=c.p; \
+		Tinf=ASN1_get_object(&c.p,&Tlen,&Ttag,&Tclass,c.slen); \
+		if (Tinf & 0x80) \
+			{ c.error=ERR_R_BAD_ASN1_OBJECT_HEADER; \
+			c.line=__LINE__; goto err; } \
+		if (Tinf == (V_ASN1_CONSTRUCTED+1)) \
+					Tlen = c.slen - (c.p - c.q) - 2; \
+		if (func(&(r),&c.p,Tlen) == NULL) \
+			{ c.line=__LINE__; goto err; } \
+		if (Tinf == (V_ASN1_CONSTRUCTED+1)) { \
+			Tlen = c.slen - (c.p - c.q); \
+			if(!ASN1_const_check_infinite_end(&c.p, Tlen)) \
+				{ c.error=ERR_R_MISSING_ASN1_EOS; \
+				c.line=__LINE__; goto err; } \
+		}\
+		c.slen-=(c.p-c.q); \
+		}
+
+#define M_ASN1_D2I_get_EXP_set_opt(r,func,free_func,tag,b) \
+	if ((c.slen != 0) && (M_ASN1_next == \
+		(V_ASN1_CONSTRUCTED|V_ASN1_CONTEXT_SPECIFIC|tag))) \
+		{ \
+		int Tinf,Ttag,Tclass; \
+		long Tlen; \
+		\
+		c.q=c.p; \
+		Tinf=ASN1_get_object(&c.p,&Tlen,&Ttag,&Tclass,c.slen); \
+		if (Tinf & 0x80) \
+			{ c.error=ERR_R_BAD_ASN1_OBJECT_HEADER; \
+			c.line=__LINE__; goto err; } \
+		if (Tinf == (V_ASN1_CONSTRUCTED+1)) \
+					Tlen = c.slen - (c.p - c.q) - 2; \
+		if (d2i_ASN1_SET(&(r),&c.p,Tlen,(char *(*)())func, \
+			(void (*)())free_func, \
+			b,V_ASN1_UNIVERSAL) == NULL) \
+			{ c.line=__LINE__; goto err; } \
+		if (Tinf == (V_ASN1_CONSTRUCTED+1)) { \
+			Tlen = c.slen - (c.p - c.q); \
+			if(!ASN1_check_infinite_end(&c.p, Tlen)) \
+				{ c.error=ERR_R_MISSING_ASN1_EOS; \
+				c.line=__LINE__; goto err; } \
+		}\
+		c.slen-=(c.p-c.q); \
+		}
+
+#define M_ASN1_D2I_get_EXP_set_opt_type(type,r,func,free_func,tag,b) \
+	if ((c.slen != 0) && (M_ASN1_next == \
+		(V_ASN1_CONSTRUCTED|V_ASN1_CONTEXT_SPECIFIC|tag))) \
+		{ \
+		int Tinf,Ttag,Tclass; \
+		long Tlen; \
+		\
+		c.q=c.p; \
+		Tinf=ASN1_get_object(&c.p,&Tlen,&Ttag,&Tclass,c.slen); \
+		if (Tinf & 0x80) \
+			{ c.error=ERR_R_BAD_ASN1_OBJECT_HEADER; \
+			c.line=__LINE__; goto err; } \
+		if (Tinf == (V_ASN1_CONSTRUCTED+1)) \
+					Tlen = c.slen - (c.p - c.q) - 2; \
+		if (d2i_ASN1_SET_OF_##type(&(r),&c.p,Tlen,func, \
+			free_func,b,V_ASN1_UNIVERSAL) == NULL) \
+			{ c.line=__LINE__; goto err; } \
+		if (Tinf == (V_ASN1_CONSTRUCTED+1)) { \
+			Tlen = c.slen - (c.p - c.q); \
+			if(!ASN1_check_infinite_end(&c.p, Tlen)) \
+				{ c.error=ERR_R_MISSING_ASN1_EOS; \
+				c.line=__LINE__; goto err; } \
+		}\
+		c.slen-=(c.p-c.q); \
+		}
+
+/* New macros */
+#define M_ASN1_New_Malloc(ret,type) \
+	if ((ret=(type *)OPENSSL_malloc(sizeof(type))) == NULL) \
+		{ c.line=__LINE__; goto err2; }
+
+#define M_ASN1_New(arg,func) \
+	if (((arg)=func()) == NULL) return(NULL)
+
+#define M_ASN1_New_Error(a) \
+/*	err:	ASN1_MAC_H_err((a),ERR_R_NESTED_ASN1_ERROR,c.line); \
+		return(NULL);*/ \
+	err2:	ASN1_MAC_H_err((a),ERR_R_MALLOC_FAILURE,c.line); \
+		return(NULL)
+
+
+/* BIG UGLY WARNING!  This is so damn ugly I wanna puke.  Unfortunately,
+   some macros that use ASN1_const_CTX still insist on writing in the input
+   stream.  ARGH!  ARGH!  ARGH!  Let's get rid of this macro package.
+   Please?						-- Richard Levitte */
+#define M_ASN1_next		(*((unsigned char *)(c.p)))
+#define M_ASN1_next_prev	(*((unsigned char *)(c.q)))
+
+/*************************************************/
+
+#define M_ASN1_I2D_vars(a)	int r=0,ret=0; \
+				unsigned char *p; \
+				if (a == NULL) return(0)
+
+/* Length Macros */
+#define M_ASN1_I2D_len(a,f)	ret+=f(a,NULL)
+#define M_ASN1_I2D_len_IMP_opt(a,f)	if (a != NULL) M_ASN1_I2D_len(a,f)
+
+#define M_ASN1_I2D_len_SET(a,f) \
+		ret+=i2d_ASN1_SET(a,NULL,f,V_ASN1_SET,V_ASN1_UNIVERSAL,IS_SET);
+
+#define M_ASN1_I2D_len_SET_type(type,a,f) \
+		ret+=i2d_ASN1_SET_OF_##type(a,NULL,f,V_ASN1_SET, \
+					    V_ASN1_UNIVERSAL,IS_SET);
+
+#define M_ASN1_I2D_len_SEQUENCE(a,f) \
+		ret+=i2d_ASN1_SET(a,NULL,f,V_ASN1_SEQUENCE,V_ASN1_UNIVERSAL, \
+				  IS_SEQUENCE);
+
+#define M_ASN1_I2D_len_SEQUENCE_type(type,a,f) \
+		ret+=i2d_ASN1_SET_OF_##type(a,NULL,f,V_ASN1_SEQUENCE, \
+					    V_ASN1_UNIVERSAL,IS_SEQUENCE)
+
+#define M_ASN1_I2D_len_SEQUENCE_opt(a,f) \
+		if ((a != NULL) && (sk_num(a) != 0)) \
+			M_ASN1_I2D_len_SEQUENCE(a,f);
+
+#define M_ASN1_I2D_len_SEQUENCE_opt_type(type,a,f) \
+		if ((a != NULL) && (sk_##type##_num(a) != 0)) \
+			M_ASN1_I2D_len_SEQUENCE_type(type,a,f);
+
+#define M_ASN1_I2D_len_IMP_SET(a,f,x) \
+		ret+=i2d_ASN1_SET(a,NULL,f,x,V_ASN1_CONTEXT_SPECIFIC,IS_SET);
+
+#define M_ASN1_I2D_len_IMP_SET_type(type,a,f,x) \
+		ret+=i2d_ASN1_SET_OF_##type(a,NULL,f,x, \
+					    V_ASN1_CONTEXT_SPECIFIC,IS_SET);
+
+#define M_ASN1_I2D_len_IMP_SET_opt(a,f,x) \
+		if ((a != NULL) && (sk_num(a) != 0)) \
+			ret+=i2d_ASN1_SET(a,NULL,f,x,V_ASN1_CONTEXT_SPECIFIC, \
+					  IS_SET);
+
+#define M_ASN1_I2D_len_IMP_SET_opt_type(type,a,f,x) \
+		if ((a != NULL) && (sk_##type##_num(a) != 0)) \
+			ret+=i2d_ASN1_SET_OF_##type(a,NULL,f,x, \
+					       V_ASN1_CONTEXT_SPECIFIC,IS_SET);
+
+#define M_ASN1_I2D_len_IMP_SEQUENCE(a,f,x) \
+		ret+=i2d_ASN1_SET(a,NULL,f,x,V_ASN1_CONTEXT_SPECIFIC, \
+				  IS_SEQUENCE);
+
+#define M_ASN1_I2D_len_IMP_SEQUENCE_opt(a,f,x) \
+		if ((a != NULL) && (sk_num(a) != 0)) \
+			ret+=i2d_ASN1_SET(a,NULL,f,x,V_ASN1_CONTEXT_SPECIFIC, \
+					  IS_SEQUENCE);
+
+#define M_ASN1_I2D_len_IMP_SEQUENCE_opt_type(type,a,f,x) \
+		if ((a != NULL) && (sk_##type##_num(a) != 0)) \
+			ret+=i2d_ASN1_SET_OF_##type(a,NULL,f,x, \
+						    V_ASN1_CONTEXT_SPECIFIC, \
+						    IS_SEQUENCE);
+
+#define M_ASN1_I2D_len_EXP_opt(a,f,mtag,v) \
+		if (a != NULL)\
+			{ \
+			v=f(a,NULL); \
+			ret+=ASN1_object_size(1,v,mtag); \
+			}
+
+#define M_ASN1_I2D_len_EXP_SET_opt(a,f,mtag,tag,v) \
+		if ((a != NULL) && (sk_num(a) != 0))\
+			{ \
+			v=i2d_ASN1_SET(a,NULL,f,tag,V_ASN1_UNIVERSAL,IS_SET); \
+			ret+=ASN1_object_size(1,v,mtag); \
+			}
+
+#define M_ASN1_I2D_len_EXP_SEQUENCE_opt(a,f,mtag,tag,v) \
+		if ((a != NULL) && (sk_num(a) != 0))\
+			{ \
+			v=i2d_ASN1_SET(a,NULL,f,tag,V_ASN1_UNIVERSAL, \
+				       IS_SEQUENCE); \
+			ret+=ASN1_object_size(1,v,mtag); \
+			}
+
+#define M_ASN1_I2D_len_EXP_SEQUENCE_opt_type(type,a,f,mtag,tag,v) \
+		if ((a != NULL) && (sk_##type##_num(a) != 0))\
+			{ \
+			v=i2d_ASN1_SET_OF_##type(a,NULL,f,tag, \
+						 V_ASN1_UNIVERSAL, \
+						 IS_SEQUENCE); \
+			ret+=ASN1_object_size(1,v,mtag); \
+			}
+
+/* Put Macros */
+#define M_ASN1_I2D_put(a,f)	f(a,&p)
+
+#define M_ASN1_I2D_put_IMP_opt(a,f,t)	\
+		if (a != NULL) \
+			{ \
+			unsigned char *q=p; \
+			f(a,&p); \
+			*q=(V_ASN1_CONTEXT_SPECIFIC|t|(*q&V_ASN1_CONSTRUCTED));\
+			}
+
+#define M_ASN1_I2D_put_SET(a,f) i2d_ASN1_SET(a,&p,f,V_ASN1_SET,\
+			V_ASN1_UNIVERSAL,IS_SET)
+#define M_ASN1_I2D_put_SET_type(type,a,f) \
+     i2d_ASN1_SET_OF_##type(a,&p,f,V_ASN1_SET,V_ASN1_UNIVERSAL,IS_SET)
+#define M_ASN1_I2D_put_IMP_SET(a,f,x) i2d_ASN1_SET(a,&p,f,x,\
+			V_ASN1_CONTEXT_SPECIFIC,IS_SET)
+#define M_ASN1_I2D_put_IMP_SET_type(type,a,f,x) \
+     i2d_ASN1_SET_OF_##type(a,&p,f,x,V_ASN1_CONTEXT_SPECIFIC,IS_SET)
+#define M_ASN1_I2D_put_IMP_SEQUENCE(a,f,x) i2d_ASN1_SET(a,&p,f,x,\
+			V_ASN1_CONTEXT_SPECIFIC,IS_SEQUENCE)
+
+#define M_ASN1_I2D_put_SEQUENCE(a,f) i2d_ASN1_SET(a,&p,f,V_ASN1_SEQUENCE,\
+					     V_ASN1_UNIVERSAL,IS_SEQUENCE)
+
+#define M_ASN1_I2D_put_SEQUENCE_type(type,a,f) \
+     i2d_ASN1_SET_OF_##type(a,&p,f,V_ASN1_SEQUENCE,V_ASN1_UNIVERSAL, \
+			    IS_SEQUENCE)
+
+#define M_ASN1_I2D_put_SEQUENCE_opt(a,f) \
+		if ((a != NULL) && (sk_num(a) != 0)) \
+			M_ASN1_I2D_put_SEQUENCE(a,f);
+
+#define M_ASN1_I2D_put_IMP_SET_opt(a,f,x) \
+		if ((a != NULL) && (sk_num(a) != 0)) \
+			{ i2d_ASN1_SET(a,&p,f,x,V_ASN1_CONTEXT_SPECIFIC, \
+				       IS_SET); }
+
+#define M_ASN1_I2D_put_IMP_SET_opt_type(type,a,f,x) \
+		if ((a != NULL) && (sk_##type##_num(a) != 0)) \
+			{ i2d_ASN1_SET_OF_##type(a,&p,f,x, \
+						 V_ASN1_CONTEXT_SPECIFIC, \
+						 IS_SET); }
+
+#define M_ASN1_I2D_put_IMP_SEQUENCE_opt(a,f,x) \
+		if ((a != NULL) && (sk_num(a) != 0)) \
+			{ i2d_ASN1_SET(a,&p,f,x,V_ASN1_CONTEXT_SPECIFIC, \
+				       IS_SEQUENCE); }
+
+#define M_ASN1_I2D_put_IMP_SEQUENCE_opt_type(type,a,f,x) \
+		if ((a != NULL) && (sk_##type##_num(a) != 0)) \
+			{ i2d_ASN1_SET_OF_##type(a,&p,f,x, \
+						 V_ASN1_CONTEXT_SPECIFIC, \
+						 IS_SEQUENCE); }
+
+#define M_ASN1_I2D_put_EXP_opt(a,f,tag,v) \
+		if (a != NULL) \
+			{ \
+			ASN1_put_object(&p,1,v,tag,V_ASN1_CONTEXT_SPECIFIC); \
+			f(a,&p); \
+			}
+
+#define M_ASN1_I2D_put_EXP_SET_opt(a,f,mtag,tag,v) \
+		if ((a != NULL) && (sk_num(a) != 0)) \
+			{ \
+			ASN1_put_object(&p,1,v,mtag,V_ASN1_CONTEXT_SPECIFIC); \
+			i2d_ASN1_SET(a,&p,f,tag,V_ASN1_UNIVERSAL,IS_SET); \
+			}
+
+#define M_ASN1_I2D_put_EXP_SEQUENCE_opt(a,f,mtag,tag,v) \
+		if ((a != NULL) && (sk_num(a) != 0)) \
+			{ \
+			ASN1_put_object(&p,1,v,mtag,V_ASN1_CONTEXT_SPECIFIC); \
+			i2d_ASN1_SET(a,&p,f,tag,V_ASN1_UNIVERSAL,IS_SEQUENCE); \
+			}
+
+#define M_ASN1_I2D_put_EXP_SEQUENCE_opt_type(type,a,f,mtag,tag,v) \
+		if ((a != NULL) && (sk_##type##_num(a) != 0)) \
+			{ \
+			ASN1_put_object(&p,1,v,mtag,V_ASN1_CONTEXT_SPECIFIC); \
+			i2d_ASN1_SET_OF_##type(a,&p,f,tag,V_ASN1_UNIVERSAL, \
+					       IS_SEQUENCE); \
+			}
+
+#define M_ASN1_I2D_seq_total() \
+		r=ASN1_object_size(1,ret,V_ASN1_SEQUENCE); \
+		if (pp == NULL) return(r); \
+		p= *pp; \
+		ASN1_put_object(&p,1,ret,V_ASN1_SEQUENCE,V_ASN1_UNIVERSAL)
+
+#define M_ASN1_I2D_INF_seq_start(tag,ctx) \
+		*(p++)=(V_ASN1_CONSTRUCTED|(tag)|(ctx)); \
+		*(p++)=0x80
+
+#define M_ASN1_I2D_INF_seq_end() *(p++)=0x00; *(p++)=0x00
+
+#define M_ASN1_I2D_finish()	*pp=p; \
+				return(r);
+
+int asn1_GetSequence(ASN1_const_CTX *c, long *length);
+void asn1_add_error(const unsigned char *address,int offset);
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/include/openssl/asn1t.h b/lib/include/openssl/asn1t.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d230e4b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/include/openssl/asn1t.h
@@ -0,0 +1,960 @@
+/* asn1t.h */
+/* Written by Dr Stephen N Henson (steve@openssl.org) for the OpenSSL
+ * project 2000.
+ */
+/* ====================================================================
+ * Copyright (c) 2000-2005 The OpenSSL Project.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 
+ *
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+ *    the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+ *    distribution.
+ *
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this
+ *    software must display the following acknowledgment:
+ *    "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project
+ *    for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit. (http://www.OpenSSL.org/)"
+ *
+ * 4. The names "OpenSSL Toolkit" and "OpenSSL Project" must not be used to
+ *    endorse or promote products derived from this software without
+ *    prior written permission. For written permission, please contact
+ *    licensing@OpenSSL.org.
+ *
+ * 5. Products derived from this software may not be called "OpenSSL"
+ *    nor may "OpenSSL" appear in their names without prior written
+ *    permission of the OpenSSL Project.
+ *
+ * 6. Redistributions of any form whatsoever must retain the following
+ *    acknowledgment:
+ *    "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project
+ *    for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit (http://www.OpenSSL.org/)"
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE OpenSSL PROJECT ``AS IS'' AND ANY
+ * EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OpenSSL PROJECT OR
+ * ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+ * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+ * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
+ * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
+ * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * ====================================================================
+ *
+ * This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young
+ * (eay@cryptsoft.com).  This product includes software written by Tim
+ * Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com).
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef HEADER_ASN1T_H
+#define HEADER_ASN1T_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <openssl/e_os2.h>
+#include <openssl/asn1.h>
+
+#ifdef OPENSSL_BUILD_SHLIBCRYPTO
+# undef OPENSSL_EXTERN
+# define OPENSSL_EXTERN OPENSSL_EXPORT
+#endif
+
+/* ASN1 template defines, structures and functions */
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_EXPORT_VAR_AS_FUNCTION
+
+/* Macro to obtain ASN1_ADB pointer from a type (only used internally) */
+#define ASN1_ADB_ptr(iptr) ((const ASN1_ADB *)(iptr))
+
+
+/* Macros for start and end of ASN1_ITEM definition */
+
+#define ASN1_ITEM_start(itname) \
+	OPENSSL_GLOBAL const ASN1_ITEM itname##_it = {
+
+#define ASN1_ITEM_end(itname) \
+		};
+
+#else
+
+/* Macro to obtain ASN1_ADB pointer from a type (only used internally) */
+#define ASN1_ADB_ptr(iptr) ((const ASN1_ADB *)(iptr()))
+
+
+/* Macros for start and end of ASN1_ITEM definition */
+
+#define ASN1_ITEM_start(itname) \
+	const ASN1_ITEM * itname##_it(void) \
+	{ \
+		static const ASN1_ITEM local_it = { 
+
+#define ASN1_ITEM_end(itname) \
+		}; \
+	return &local_it; \
+	}
+
+#endif
+
+
+/* Macros to aid ASN1 template writing */
+
+#define ASN1_ITEM_TEMPLATE(tname) \
+	static const ASN1_TEMPLATE tname##_item_tt 
+
+#define ASN1_ITEM_TEMPLATE_END(tname) \
+	;\
+	ASN1_ITEM_start(tname) \
+		ASN1_ITYPE_PRIMITIVE,\
+		-1,\
+		&tname##_item_tt,\
+		0,\
+		NULL,\
+		0,\
+		#tname \
+	ASN1_ITEM_end(tname)
+
+
+/* This is a ASN1 type which just embeds a template */
+ 
+/* This pair helps declare a SEQUENCE. We can do:
+ *
+ * 	ASN1_SEQUENCE(stname) = {
+ * 		... SEQUENCE components ...
+ * 	} ASN1_SEQUENCE_END(stname)
+ *
+ * 	This will produce an ASN1_ITEM called stname_it
+ *	for a structure called stname.
+ *
+ * 	If you want the same structure but a different
+ *	name then use:
+ *
+ * 	ASN1_SEQUENCE(itname) = {
+ * 		... SEQUENCE components ...
+ * 	} ASN1_SEQUENCE_END_name(stname, itname)
+ *
+ *	This will create an item called itname_it using
+ *	a structure called stname.
+ */
+
+#define ASN1_SEQUENCE(tname) \
+	static const ASN1_TEMPLATE tname##_seq_tt[] 
+
+#define ASN1_SEQUENCE_END(stname) ASN1_SEQUENCE_END_name(stname, stname)
+
+#define ASN1_SEQUENCE_END_name(stname, tname) \
+	;\
+	ASN1_ITEM_start(tname) \
+		ASN1_ITYPE_SEQUENCE,\
+		V_ASN1_SEQUENCE,\
+		tname##_seq_tt,\
+		sizeof(tname##_seq_tt) / sizeof(ASN1_TEMPLATE),\
+		NULL,\
+		sizeof(stname),\
+		#stname \
+	ASN1_ITEM_end(tname)
+
+#define ASN1_NDEF_SEQUENCE(tname) \
+	ASN1_SEQUENCE(tname)
+
+#define ASN1_NDEF_SEQUENCE_cb(tname, cb) \
+	ASN1_SEQUENCE_cb(tname, cb)
+
+#define ASN1_SEQUENCE_cb(tname, cb) \
+	static const ASN1_AUX tname##_aux = {NULL, 0, 0, 0, cb, 0}; \
+	ASN1_SEQUENCE(tname)
+
+#define ASN1_BROKEN_SEQUENCE(tname) \
+	static const ASN1_AUX tname##_aux = {NULL, ASN1_AFLG_BROKEN, 0, 0, 0, 0}; \
+	ASN1_SEQUENCE(tname)
+
+#define ASN1_SEQUENCE_ref(tname, cb, lck) \
+	static const ASN1_AUX tname##_aux = {NULL, ASN1_AFLG_REFCOUNT, offsetof(tname, references), lck, cb, 0}; \
+	ASN1_SEQUENCE(tname)
+
+#define ASN1_SEQUENCE_enc(tname, enc, cb) \
+	static const ASN1_AUX tname##_aux = {NULL, ASN1_AFLG_ENCODING, 0, 0, cb, offsetof(tname, enc)}; \
+	ASN1_SEQUENCE(tname)
+
+#define ASN1_NDEF_SEQUENCE_END(tname) \
+	;\
+	ASN1_ITEM_start(tname) \
+		ASN1_ITYPE_NDEF_SEQUENCE,\
+		V_ASN1_SEQUENCE,\
+		tname##_seq_tt,\
+		sizeof(tname##_seq_tt) / sizeof(ASN1_TEMPLATE),\
+		NULL,\
+		sizeof(tname),\
+		#tname \
+	ASN1_ITEM_end(tname)
+
+#define ASN1_BROKEN_SEQUENCE_END(stname) ASN1_SEQUENCE_END_ref(stname, stname)
+
+#define ASN1_SEQUENCE_END_enc(stname, tname) ASN1_SEQUENCE_END_ref(stname, tname)
+
+#define ASN1_SEQUENCE_END_cb(stname, tname) ASN1_SEQUENCE_END_ref(stname, tname)
+
+#define ASN1_SEQUENCE_END_ref(stname, tname) \
+	;\
+	ASN1_ITEM_start(tname) \
+		ASN1_ITYPE_SEQUENCE,\
+		V_ASN1_SEQUENCE,\
+		tname##_seq_tt,\
+		sizeof(tname##_seq_tt) / sizeof(ASN1_TEMPLATE),\
+		&tname##_aux,\
+		sizeof(stname),\
+		#stname \
+	ASN1_ITEM_end(tname)
+
+#define ASN1_NDEF_SEQUENCE_END_cb(stname, tname) \
+	;\
+	ASN1_ITEM_start(tname) \
+		ASN1_ITYPE_NDEF_SEQUENCE,\
+		V_ASN1_SEQUENCE,\
+		tname##_seq_tt,\
+		sizeof(tname##_seq_tt) / sizeof(ASN1_TEMPLATE),\
+		&tname##_aux,\
+		sizeof(stname),\
+		#stname \
+	ASN1_ITEM_end(tname)
+
+
+/* This pair helps declare a CHOICE type. We can do:
+ *
+ * 	ASN1_CHOICE(chname) = {
+ * 		... CHOICE options ...
+ * 	ASN1_CHOICE_END(chname)
+ *
+ * 	This will produce an ASN1_ITEM called chname_it
+ *	for a structure called chname. The structure
+ *	definition must look like this:
+ *	typedef struct {
+ *		int type;
+ *		union {
+ *			ASN1_SOMETHING *opt1;
+ *			ASN1_SOMEOTHER *opt2;
+ *		} value;
+ *	} chname;
+ *	
+ *	the name of the selector must be 'type'.
+ * 	to use an alternative selector name use the
+ *      ASN1_CHOICE_END_selector() version.
+ */
+
+#define ASN1_CHOICE(tname) \
+	static const ASN1_TEMPLATE tname##_ch_tt[] 
+
+#define ASN1_CHOICE_cb(tname, cb) \
+	static const ASN1_AUX tname##_aux = {NULL, 0, 0, 0, cb, 0}; \
+	ASN1_CHOICE(tname)
+
+#define ASN1_CHOICE_END(stname) ASN1_CHOICE_END_name(stname, stname)
+
+#define ASN1_CHOICE_END_name(stname, tname) ASN1_CHOICE_END_selector(stname, tname, type)
+
+#define ASN1_CHOICE_END_selector(stname, tname, selname) \
+	;\
+	ASN1_ITEM_start(tname) \
+		ASN1_ITYPE_CHOICE,\
+		offsetof(stname,selname) ,\
+		tname##_ch_tt,\
+		sizeof(tname##_ch_tt) / sizeof(ASN1_TEMPLATE),\
+		NULL,\
+		sizeof(stname),\
+		#stname \
+	ASN1_ITEM_end(tname)
+
+#define ASN1_CHOICE_END_cb(stname, tname, selname) \
+	;\
+	ASN1_ITEM_start(tname) \
+		ASN1_ITYPE_CHOICE,\
+		offsetof(stname,selname) ,\
+		tname##_ch_tt,\
+		sizeof(tname##_ch_tt) / sizeof(ASN1_TEMPLATE),\
+		&tname##_aux,\
+		sizeof(stname),\
+		#stname \
+	ASN1_ITEM_end(tname)
+
+/* This helps with the template wrapper form of ASN1_ITEM */
+
+#define ASN1_EX_TEMPLATE_TYPE(flags, tag, name, type) { \
+	(flags), (tag), 0,\
+	#name, ASN1_ITEM_ref(type) }
+
+/* These help with SEQUENCE or CHOICE components */
+
+/* used to declare other types */
+
+#define ASN1_EX_TYPE(flags, tag, stname, field, type) { \
+	(flags), (tag), offsetof(stname, field),\
+	#field, ASN1_ITEM_ref(type) }
+
+/* used when the structure is combined with the parent */
+
+#define ASN1_EX_COMBINE(flags, tag, type) { \
+	(flags)|ASN1_TFLG_COMBINE, (tag), 0, NULL, ASN1_ITEM_ref(type) }
+
+/* implicit and explicit helper macros */
+
+#define ASN1_IMP_EX(stname, field, type, tag, ex) \
+		ASN1_EX_TYPE(ASN1_TFLG_IMPLICIT | ex, tag, stname, field, type)
+
+#define ASN1_EXP_EX(stname, field, type, tag, ex) \
+		ASN1_EX_TYPE(ASN1_TFLG_EXPLICIT | ex, tag, stname, field, type)
+
+/* Any defined by macros: the field used is in the table itself */
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_EXPORT_VAR_AS_FUNCTION
+#define ASN1_ADB_OBJECT(tblname) { ASN1_TFLG_ADB_OID, -1, 0, #tblname, (const ASN1_ITEM *)&(tblname##_adb) }
+#define ASN1_ADB_INTEGER(tblname) { ASN1_TFLG_ADB_INT, -1, 0, #tblname, (const ASN1_ITEM *)&(tblname##_adb) }
+#else
+#define ASN1_ADB_OBJECT(tblname) { ASN1_TFLG_ADB_OID, -1, 0, #tblname, tblname##_adb }
+#define ASN1_ADB_INTEGER(tblname) { ASN1_TFLG_ADB_INT, -1, 0, #tblname, tblname##_adb }
+#endif
+/* Plain simple type */
+#define ASN1_SIMPLE(stname, field, type) ASN1_EX_TYPE(0,0, stname, field, type)
+
+/* OPTIONAL simple type */
+#define ASN1_OPT(stname, field, type) ASN1_EX_TYPE(ASN1_TFLG_OPTIONAL, 0, stname, field, type)
+
+/* IMPLICIT tagged simple type */
+#define ASN1_IMP(stname, field, type, tag) ASN1_IMP_EX(stname, field, type, tag, 0)
+
+/* IMPLICIT tagged OPTIONAL simple type */
+#define ASN1_IMP_OPT(stname, field, type, tag) ASN1_IMP_EX(stname, field, type, tag, ASN1_TFLG_OPTIONAL)
+
+/* Same as above but EXPLICIT */
+
+#define ASN1_EXP(stname, field, type, tag) ASN1_EXP_EX(stname, field, type, tag, 0)
+#define ASN1_EXP_OPT(stname, field, type, tag) ASN1_EXP_EX(stname, field, type, tag, ASN1_TFLG_OPTIONAL)
+
+/* SEQUENCE OF type */
+#define ASN1_SEQUENCE_OF(stname, field, type) \
+		ASN1_EX_TYPE(ASN1_TFLG_SEQUENCE_OF, 0, stname, field, type)
+
+/* OPTIONAL SEQUENCE OF */
+#define ASN1_SEQUENCE_OF_OPT(stname, field, type) \
+		ASN1_EX_TYPE(ASN1_TFLG_SEQUENCE_OF|ASN1_TFLG_OPTIONAL, 0, stname, field, type)
+
+/* Same as above but for SET OF */
+
+#define ASN1_SET_OF(stname, field, type) \
+		ASN1_EX_TYPE(ASN1_TFLG_SET_OF, 0, stname, field, type)
+
+#define ASN1_SET_OF_OPT(stname, field, type) \
+		ASN1_EX_TYPE(ASN1_TFLG_SET_OF|ASN1_TFLG_OPTIONAL, 0, stname, field, type)
+
+/* Finally compound types of SEQUENCE, SET, IMPLICIT, EXPLICIT and OPTIONAL */
+
+#define ASN1_IMP_SET_OF(stname, field, type, tag) \
+			ASN1_IMP_EX(stname, field, type, tag, ASN1_TFLG_SET_OF)
+
+#define ASN1_EXP_SET_OF(stname, field, type, tag) \
+			ASN1_EXP_EX(stname, field, type, tag, ASN1_TFLG_SET_OF)
+
+#define ASN1_IMP_SET_OF_OPT(stname, field, type, tag) \
+			ASN1_IMP_EX(stname, field, type, tag, ASN1_TFLG_SET_OF|ASN1_TFLG_OPTIONAL)
+
+#define ASN1_EXP_SET_OF_OPT(stname, field, type, tag) \
+			ASN1_EXP_EX(stname, field, type, tag, ASN1_TFLG_SET_OF|ASN1_TFLG_OPTIONAL)
+
+#define ASN1_IMP_SEQUENCE_OF(stname, field, type, tag) \
+			ASN1_IMP_EX(stname, field, type, tag, ASN1_TFLG_SEQUENCE_OF)
+
+#define ASN1_IMP_SEQUENCE_OF_OPT(stname, field, type, tag) \
+			ASN1_IMP_EX(stname, field, type, tag, ASN1_TFLG_SEQUENCE_OF|ASN1_TFLG_OPTIONAL)
+
+#define ASN1_EXP_SEQUENCE_OF(stname, field, type, tag) \
+			ASN1_EXP_EX(stname, field, type, tag, ASN1_TFLG_SEQUENCE_OF)
+
+#define ASN1_EXP_SEQUENCE_OF_OPT(stname, field, type, tag) \
+			ASN1_EXP_EX(stname, field, type, tag, ASN1_TFLG_SEQUENCE_OF|ASN1_TFLG_OPTIONAL)
+
+/* EXPLICIT using indefinite length constructed form */
+#define ASN1_NDEF_EXP(stname, field, type, tag) \
+			ASN1_EXP_EX(stname, field, type, tag, ASN1_TFLG_NDEF)
+
+/* EXPLICIT OPTIONAL using indefinite length constructed form */
+#define ASN1_NDEF_EXP_OPT(stname, field, type, tag) \
+			ASN1_EXP_EX(stname, field, type, tag, ASN1_TFLG_OPTIONAL|ASN1_TFLG_NDEF)
+
+/* Macros for the ASN1_ADB structure */
+
+#define ASN1_ADB(name) \
+	static const ASN1_ADB_TABLE name##_adbtbl[] 
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_EXPORT_VAR_AS_FUNCTION
+
+#define ASN1_ADB_END(name, flags, field, app_table, def, none) \
+	;\
+	static const ASN1_ADB name##_adb = {\
+		flags,\
+		offsetof(name, field),\
+		app_table,\
+		name##_adbtbl,\
+		sizeof(name##_adbtbl) / sizeof(ASN1_ADB_TABLE),\
+		def,\
+		none\
+	}
+
+#else
+
+#define ASN1_ADB_END(name, flags, field, app_table, def, none) \
+	;\
+	static const ASN1_ITEM *name##_adb(void) \
+	{ \
+	static const ASN1_ADB internal_adb = \
+		{\
+		flags,\
+		offsetof(name, field),\
+		app_table,\
+		name##_adbtbl,\
+		sizeof(name##_adbtbl) / sizeof(ASN1_ADB_TABLE),\
+		def,\
+		none\
+		}; \
+		return (const ASN1_ITEM *) &internal_adb; \
+	} \
+	void dummy_function(void)
+
+#endif
+
+#define ADB_ENTRY(val, template) {val, template}
+
+#define ASN1_ADB_TEMPLATE(name) \
+	static const ASN1_TEMPLATE name##_tt 
+
+/* This is the ASN1 template structure that defines
+ * a wrapper round the actual type. It determines the
+ * actual position of the field in the value structure,
+ * various flags such as OPTIONAL and the field name.
+ */
+
+struct ASN1_TEMPLATE_st {
+unsigned long flags;		/* Various flags */
+long tag;			/* tag, not used if no tagging */
+unsigned long offset;		/* Offset of this field in structure */
+#ifndef NO_ASN1_FIELD_NAMES
+const char *field_name;		/* Field name */
+#endif
+ASN1_ITEM_EXP *item;		/* Relevant ASN1_ITEM or ASN1_ADB */
+};
+
+/* Macro to extract ASN1_ITEM and ASN1_ADB pointer from ASN1_TEMPLATE */
+
+#define ASN1_TEMPLATE_item(t) (t->item_ptr)
+#define ASN1_TEMPLATE_adb(t) (t->item_ptr)
+
+typedef struct ASN1_ADB_TABLE_st ASN1_ADB_TABLE;
+typedef struct ASN1_ADB_st ASN1_ADB;
+
+struct ASN1_ADB_st {
+	unsigned long flags;	/* Various flags */
+	unsigned long offset;	/* Offset of selector field */
+	STACK_OF(ASN1_ADB_TABLE) **app_items; /* Application defined items */
+	const ASN1_ADB_TABLE *tbl;	/* Table of possible types */
+	long tblcount;		/* Number of entries in tbl */
+	const ASN1_TEMPLATE *default_tt;  /* Type to use if no match */
+	const ASN1_TEMPLATE *null_tt;  /* Type to use if selector is NULL */
+};
+
+struct ASN1_ADB_TABLE_st {
+	long value;		/* NID for an object or value for an int */
+	const ASN1_TEMPLATE tt;		/* item for this value */
+};
+
+/* template flags */
+
+/* Field is optional */
+#define ASN1_TFLG_OPTIONAL	(0x1)
+
+/* Field is a SET OF */
+#define ASN1_TFLG_SET_OF	(0x1 << 1)
+
+/* Field is a SEQUENCE OF */
+#define ASN1_TFLG_SEQUENCE_OF	(0x2 << 1)
+
+/* Special case: this refers to a SET OF that
+ * will be sorted into DER order when encoded *and*
+ * the corresponding STACK will be modified to match
+ * the new order.
+ */
+#define ASN1_TFLG_SET_ORDER	(0x3 << 1)
+
+/* Mask for SET OF or SEQUENCE OF */
+#define ASN1_TFLG_SK_MASK	(0x3 << 1)
+
+/* These flags mean the tag should be taken from the
+ * tag field. If EXPLICIT then the underlying type
+ * is used for the inner tag.
+ */
+
+/* IMPLICIT tagging */
+#define ASN1_TFLG_IMPTAG	(0x1 << 3)
+
+
+/* EXPLICIT tagging, inner tag from underlying type */
+#define ASN1_TFLG_EXPTAG	(0x2 << 3)
+
+#define ASN1_TFLG_TAG_MASK	(0x3 << 3)
+
+/* context specific IMPLICIT */
+#define ASN1_TFLG_IMPLICIT	ASN1_TFLG_IMPTAG|ASN1_TFLG_CONTEXT
+
+/* context specific EXPLICIT */
+#define ASN1_TFLG_EXPLICIT	ASN1_TFLG_EXPTAG|ASN1_TFLG_CONTEXT
+
+/* If tagging is in force these determine the
+ * type of tag to use. Otherwise the tag is
+ * determined by the underlying type. These 
+ * values reflect the actual octet format.
+ */
+
+/* Universal tag */ 
+#define ASN1_TFLG_UNIVERSAL	(0x0<<6)
+/* Application tag */ 
+#define ASN1_TFLG_APPLICATION	(0x1<<6)
+/* Context specific tag */ 
+#define ASN1_TFLG_CONTEXT	(0x2<<6)
+/* Private tag */ 
+#define ASN1_TFLG_PRIVATE	(0x3<<6)
+
+#define ASN1_TFLG_TAG_CLASS	(0x3<<6)
+
+/* These are for ANY DEFINED BY type. In this case
+ * the 'item' field points to an ASN1_ADB structure
+ * which contains a table of values to decode the
+ * relevant type
+ */
+
+#define ASN1_TFLG_ADB_MASK	(0x3<<8)
+
+#define ASN1_TFLG_ADB_OID	(0x1<<8)
+
+#define ASN1_TFLG_ADB_INT	(0x1<<9)
+
+/* This flag means a parent structure is passed
+ * instead of the field: this is useful is a
+ * SEQUENCE is being combined with a CHOICE for
+ * example. Since this means the structure and
+ * item name will differ we need to use the
+ * ASN1_CHOICE_END_name() macro for example.
+ */
+
+#define ASN1_TFLG_COMBINE	(0x1<<10)
+
+/* This flag when present in a SEQUENCE OF, SET OF
+ * or EXPLICIT causes indefinite length constructed
+ * encoding to be used if required.
+ */
+
+#define ASN1_TFLG_NDEF		(0x1<<11)
+
+/* This is the actual ASN1 item itself */
+
+struct ASN1_ITEM_st {
+char itype;			/* The item type, primitive, SEQUENCE, CHOICE or extern */
+long utype;			/* underlying type */
+const ASN1_TEMPLATE *templates;	/* If SEQUENCE or CHOICE this contains the contents */
+long tcount;			/* Number of templates if SEQUENCE or CHOICE */
+const void *funcs;		/* functions that handle this type */
+long size;			/* Structure size (usually)*/
+#ifndef NO_ASN1_FIELD_NAMES
+const char *sname;		/* Structure name */
+#endif
+};
+
+/* These are values for the itype field and
+ * determine how the type is interpreted.
+ *
+ * For PRIMITIVE types the underlying type
+ * determines the behaviour if items is NULL.
+ *
+ * Otherwise templates must contain a single 
+ * template and the type is treated in the
+ * same way as the type specified in the template.
+ *
+ * For SEQUENCE types the templates field points
+ * to the members, the size field is the
+ * structure size.
+ *
+ * For CHOICE types the templates field points
+ * to each possible member (typically a union)
+ * and the 'size' field is the offset of the
+ * selector.
+ *
+ * The 'funcs' field is used for application
+ * specific functions. 
+ *
+ * For COMPAT types the funcs field gives a
+ * set of functions that handle this type, this
+ * supports the old d2i, i2d convention.
+ *
+ * The EXTERN type uses a new style d2i/i2d.
+ * The new style should be used where possible
+ * because it avoids things like the d2i IMPLICIT
+ * hack.
+ *
+ * MSTRING is a multiple string type, it is used
+ * for a CHOICE of character strings where the
+ * actual strings all occupy an ASN1_STRING
+ * structure. In this case the 'utype' field
+ * has a special meaning, it is used as a mask
+ * of acceptable types using the B_ASN1 constants.
+ *
+ * NDEF_SEQUENCE is the same as SEQUENCE except
+ * that it will use indefinite length constructed
+ * encoding if requested.
+ *
+ */
+
+#define ASN1_ITYPE_PRIMITIVE		0x0
+
+#define ASN1_ITYPE_SEQUENCE		0x1
+
+#define ASN1_ITYPE_CHOICE		0x2
+
+#define ASN1_ITYPE_COMPAT		0x3
+
+#define ASN1_ITYPE_EXTERN		0x4
+
+#define ASN1_ITYPE_MSTRING		0x5
+
+#define ASN1_ITYPE_NDEF_SEQUENCE	0x6
+
+/* Cache for ASN1 tag and length, so we
+ * don't keep re-reading it for things
+ * like CHOICE
+ */
+
+struct ASN1_TLC_st{
+	char valid;	/* Values below are valid */
+	int ret;	/* return value */
+	long plen;	/* length */
+	int ptag;	/* class value */
+	int pclass;	/* class value */
+	int hdrlen;	/* header length */
+};
+
+/* Typedefs for ASN1 function pointers */
+
+typedef ASN1_VALUE * ASN1_new_func(void);
+typedef void ASN1_free_func(ASN1_VALUE *a);
+typedef ASN1_VALUE * ASN1_d2i_func(ASN1_VALUE **a, const unsigned char ** in, long length);
+typedef int ASN1_i2d_func(ASN1_VALUE * a, unsigned char **in);
+
+typedef int ASN1_ex_d2i(ASN1_VALUE **pval, const unsigned char **in, long len, const ASN1_ITEM *it,
+					int tag, int aclass, char opt, ASN1_TLC *ctx);
+
+typedef int ASN1_ex_i2d(ASN1_VALUE **pval, unsigned char **out, const ASN1_ITEM *it, int tag, int aclass);
+typedef int ASN1_ex_new_func(ASN1_VALUE **pval, const ASN1_ITEM *it);
+typedef void ASN1_ex_free_func(ASN1_VALUE **pval, const ASN1_ITEM *it);
+
+typedef int ASN1_ex_print_func(BIO *out, ASN1_VALUE **pval, 
+						int indent, const char *fname, 
+						const ASN1_PCTX *pctx);
+
+typedef int ASN1_primitive_i2c(ASN1_VALUE **pval, unsigned char *cont, int *putype, const ASN1_ITEM *it);
+typedef int ASN1_primitive_c2i(ASN1_VALUE **pval, const unsigned char *cont, int len, int utype, char *free_cont, const ASN1_ITEM *it);
+typedef int ASN1_primitive_print(BIO *out, ASN1_VALUE **pval, const ASN1_ITEM *it, int indent, const ASN1_PCTX *pctx);
+
+typedef struct ASN1_COMPAT_FUNCS_st {
+	ASN1_new_func *asn1_new;
+	ASN1_free_func *asn1_free;
+	ASN1_d2i_func *asn1_d2i;
+	ASN1_i2d_func *asn1_i2d;
+} ASN1_COMPAT_FUNCS;
+
+typedef struct ASN1_EXTERN_FUNCS_st {
+	void *app_data;
+	ASN1_ex_new_func *asn1_ex_new;
+	ASN1_ex_free_func *asn1_ex_free;
+	ASN1_ex_free_func *asn1_ex_clear;
+	ASN1_ex_d2i *asn1_ex_d2i;
+	ASN1_ex_i2d *asn1_ex_i2d;
+	ASN1_ex_print_func *asn1_ex_print;
+} ASN1_EXTERN_FUNCS;
+
+typedef struct ASN1_PRIMITIVE_FUNCS_st {
+	void *app_data;
+	unsigned long flags;
+	ASN1_ex_new_func *prim_new;
+	ASN1_ex_free_func *prim_free;
+	ASN1_ex_free_func *prim_clear;
+	ASN1_primitive_c2i *prim_c2i;
+	ASN1_primitive_i2c *prim_i2c;
+	ASN1_primitive_print *prim_print;
+} ASN1_PRIMITIVE_FUNCS;
+
+/* This is the ASN1_AUX structure: it handles various
+ * miscellaneous requirements. For example the use of
+ * reference counts and an informational callback.
+ *
+ * The "informational callback" is called at various
+ * points during the ASN1 encoding and decoding. It can
+ * be used to provide minor customisation of the structures
+ * used. This is most useful where the supplied routines
+ * *almost* do the right thing but need some extra help
+ * at a few points. If the callback returns zero then
+ * it is assumed a fatal error has occurred and the 
+ * main operation should be abandoned.
+ *
+ * If major changes in the default behaviour are required
+ * then an external type is more appropriate.
+ */
+
+typedef int ASN1_aux_cb(int operation, ASN1_VALUE **in, const ASN1_ITEM *it,
+				void *exarg);
+
+typedef struct ASN1_AUX_st {
+	void *app_data;
+	int flags;
+	int ref_offset;		/* Offset of reference value */
+	int ref_lock;		/* Lock type to use */
+	ASN1_aux_cb *asn1_cb;
+	int enc_offset;		/* Offset of ASN1_ENCODING structure */
+} ASN1_AUX;
+
+/* For print related callbacks exarg points to this structure */
+typedef struct ASN1_PRINT_ARG_st {
+	BIO *out;
+	int indent;
+	const ASN1_PCTX *pctx;
+} ASN1_PRINT_ARG;
+
+/* For streaming related callbacks exarg points to this structure */
+typedef struct ASN1_STREAM_ARG_st {
+	/* BIO to stream through */
+	BIO *out;
+	/* BIO with filters appended */
+	BIO *ndef_bio;
+	/* Streaming I/O boundary */
+	unsigned char **boundary;
+} ASN1_STREAM_ARG;
+
+/* Flags in ASN1_AUX */
+
+/* Use a reference count */
+#define ASN1_AFLG_REFCOUNT	1
+/* Save the encoding of structure (useful for signatures) */
+#define ASN1_AFLG_ENCODING	2
+/* The Sequence length is invalid */
+#define ASN1_AFLG_BROKEN	4
+
+/* operation values for asn1_cb */
+
+#define ASN1_OP_NEW_PRE		0
+#define ASN1_OP_NEW_POST	1
+#define ASN1_OP_FREE_PRE	2
+#define ASN1_OP_FREE_POST	3
+#define ASN1_OP_D2I_PRE		4
+#define ASN1_OP_D2I_POST	5
+#define ASN1_OP_I2D_PRE		6
+#define ASN1_OP_I2D_POST	7
+#define ASN1_OP_PRINT_PRE	8
+#define ASN1_OP_PRINT_POST	9
+#define ASN1_OP_STREAM_PRE	10
+#define ASN1_OP_STREAM_POST	11
+#define ASN1_OP_DETACHED_PRE	12
+#define ASN1_OP_DETACHED_POST	13
+
+/* Macro to implement a primitive type */
+#define IMPLEMENT_ASN1_TYPE(stname) IMPLEMENT_ASN1_TYPE_ex(stname, stname, 0)
+#define IMPLEMENT_ASN1_TYPE_ex(itname, vname, ex) \
+				ASN1_ITEM_start(itname) \
+					ASN1_ITYPE_PRIMITIVE, V_##vname, NULL, 0, NULL, ex, #itname \
+				ASN1_ITEM_end(itname)
+
+/* Macro to implement a multi string type */
+#define IMPLEMENT_ASN1_MSTRING(itname, mask) \
+				ASN1_ITEM_start(itname) \
+					ASN1_ITYPE_MSTRING, mask, NULL, 0, NULL, sizeof(ASN1_STRING), #itname \
+				ASN1_ITEM_end(itname)
+
+/* Macro to implement an ASN1_ITEM in terms of old style funcs */
+
+#define IMPLEMENT_COMPAT_ASN1(sname) IMPLEMENT_COMPAT_ASN1_type(sname, V_ASN1_SEQUENCE)
+
+#define IMPLEMENT_COMPAT_ASN1_type(sname, tag) \
+	static const ASN1_COMPAT_FUNCS sname##_ff = { \
+		(ASN1_new_func *)sname##_new, \
+		(ASN1_free_func *)sname##_free, \
+		(ASN1_d2i_func *)d2i_##sname, \
+		(ASN1_i2d_func *)i2d_##sname, \
+	}; \
+	ASN1_ITEM_start(sname) \
+		ASN1_ITYPE_COMPAT, \
+		tag, \
+		NULL, \
+		0, \
+		&sname##_ff, \
+		0, \
+		#sname \
+	ASN1_ITEM_end(sname)
+
+#define IMPLEMENT_EXTERN_ASN1(sname, tag, fptrs) \
+	ASN1_ITEM_start(sname) \
+		ASN1_ITYPE_EXTERN, \
+		tag, \
+		NULL, \
+		0, \
+		&fptrs, \
+		0, \
+		#sname \
+	ASN1_ITEM_end(sname)
+
+/* Macro to implement standard functions in terms of ASN1_ITEM structures */
+
+#define IMPLEMENT_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(stname) IMPLEMENT_ASN1_FUNCTIONS_fname(stname, stname, stname)
+
+#define IMPLEMENT_ASN1_FUNCTIONS_name(stname, itname) IMPLEMENT_ASN1_FUNCTIONS_fname(stname, itname, itname)
+
+#define IMPLEMENT_ASN1_FUNCTIONS_ENCODE_name(stname, itname) \
+			IMPLEMENT_ASN1_FUNCTIONS_ENCODE_fname(stname, itname, itname)
+
+#define IMPLEMENT_STATIC_ASN1_ALLOC_FUNCTIONS(stname) \
+		IMPLEMENT_ASN1_ALLOC_FUNCTIONS_pfname(static, stname, stname, stname)
+
+#define IMPLEMENT_ASN1_ALLOC_FUNCTIONS(stname) \
+		IMPLEMENT_ASN1_ALLOC_FUNCTIONS_fname(stname, stname, stname)
+
+#define IMPLEMENT_ASN1_ALLOC_FUNCTIONS_pfname(pre, stname, itname, fname) \
+	pre stname *fname##_new(void) \
+	{ \
+		return (stname *)ASN1_item_new(ASN1_ITEM_rptr(itname)); \
+	} \
+	pre void fname##_free(stname *a) \
+	{ \
+		ASN1_item_free((ASN1_VALUE *)a, ASN1_ITEM_rptr(itname)); \
+	}
+
+#define IMPLEMENT_ASN1_ALLOC_FUNCTIONS_fname(stname, itname, fname) \
+	stname *fname##_new(void) \
+	{ \
+		return (stname *)ASN1_item_new(ASN1_ITEM_rptr(itname)); \
+	} \
+	void fname##_free(stname *a) \
+	{ \
+		ASN1_item_free((ASN1_VALUE *)a, ASN1_ITEM_rptr(itname)); \
+	}
+
+#define IMPLEMENT_ASN1_FUNCTIONS_fname(stname, itname, fname) \
+	IMPLEMENT_ASN1_ENCODE_FUNCTIONS_fname(stname, itname, fname) \
+	IMPLEMENT_ASN1_ALLOC_FUNCTIONS_fname(stname, itname, fname)
+
+#define IMPLEMENT_ASN1_ENCODE_FUNCTIONS_fname(stname, itname, fname) \
+	stname *d2i_##fname(stname **a, const unsigned char **in, long len) \
+	{ \
+		return (stname *)ASN1_item_d2i((ASN1_VALUE **)a, in, len, ASN1_ITEM_rptr(itname));\
+	} \
+	int i2d_##fname(stname *a, unsigned char **out) \
+	{ \
+		return ASN1_item_i2d((ASN1_VALUE *)a, out, ASN1_ITEM_rptr(itname));\
+	} 
+
+#define IMPLEMENT_ASN1_NDEF_FUNCTION(stname) \
+	int i2d_##stname##_NDEF(stname *a, unsigned char **out) \
+	{ \
+		return ASN1_item_ndef_i2d((ASN1_VALUE *)a, out, ASN1_ITEM_rptr(stname));\
+	} 
+
+/* This includes evil casts to remove const: they will go away when full
+ * ASN1 constification is done.
+ */
+#define IMPLEMENT_ASN1_ENCODE_FUNCTIONS_const_fname(stname, itname, fname) \
+	stname *d2i_##fname(stname **a, const unsigned char **in, long len) \
+	{ \
+		return (stname *)ASN1_item_d2i((ASN1_VALUE **)a, in, len, ASN1_ITEM_rptr(itname));\
+	} \
+	int i2d_##fname(const stname *a, unsigned char **out) \
+	{ \
+		return ASN1_item_i2d((ASN1_VALUE *)a, out, ASN1_ITEM_rptr(itname));\
+	} 
+
+#define IMPLEMENT_ASN1_DUP_FUNCTION(stname) \
+	stname * stname##_dup(stname *x) \
+        { \
+        return ASN1_item_dup(ASN1_ITEM_rptr(stname), x); \
+        }
+
+#define IMPLEMENT_ASN1_PRINT_FUNCTION(stname) \
+	IMPLEMENT_ASN1_PRINT_FUNCTION_fname(stname, stname, stname)
+
+#define IMPLEMENT_ASN1_PRINT_FUNCTION_fname(stname, itname, fname) \
+	int fname##_print_ctx(BIO *out, stname *x, int indent, \
+						const ASN1_PCTX *pctx) \
+	{ \
+		return ASN1_item_print(out, (ASN1_VALUE *)x, indent, \
+			ASN1_ITEM_rptr(itname), pctx); \
+	} 
+
+#define IMPLEMENT_ASN1_FUNCTIONS_const(name) \
+		IMPLEMENT_ASN1_FUNCTIONS_const_fname(name, name, name)
+
+#define IMPLEMENT_ASN1_FUNCTIONS_const_fname(stname, itname, fname) \
+	IMPLEMENT_ASN1_ENCODE_FUNCTIONS_const_fname(stname, itname, fname) \
+	IMPLEMENT_ASN1_ALLOC_FUNCTIONS_fname(stname, itname, fname)
+
+/* external definitions for primitive types */
+
+DECLARE_ASN1_ITEM(ASN1_BOOLEAN)
+DECLARE_ASN1_ITEM(ASN1_TBOOLEAN)
+DECLARE_ASN1_ITEM(ASN1_FBOOLEAN)
+DECLARE_ASN1_ITEM(ASN1_SEQUENCE)
+DECLARE_ASN1_ITEM(CBIGNUM)
+DECLARE_ASN1_ITEM(BIGNUM)
+DECLARE_ASN1_ITEM(LONG)
+DECLARE_ASN1_ITEM(ZLONG)
+
+DECLARE_STACK_OF(ASN1_VALUE)
+
+/* Functions used internally by the ASN1 code */
+
+int ASN1_item_ex_new(ASN1_VALUE **pval, const ASN1_ITEM *it);
+void ASN1_item_ex_free(ASN1_VALUE **pval, const ASN1_ITEM *it);
+int ASN1_template_new(ASN1_VALUE **pval, const ASN1_TEMPLATE *tt);
+int ASN1_primitive_new(ASN1_VALUE **pval, const ASN1_ITEM *it);
+
+void ASN1_template_free(ASN1_VALUE **pval, const ASN1_TEMPLATE *tt);
+int ASN1_template_d2i(ASN1_VALUE **pval, const unsigned char **in, long len, const ASN1_TEMPLATE *tt);
+int ASN1_item_ex_d2i(ASN1_VALUE **pval, const unsigned char **in, long len, const ASN1_ITEM *it,
+				int tag, int aclass, char opt, ASN1_TLC *ctx);
+
+int ASN1_item_ex_i2d(ASN1_VALUE **pval, unsigned char **out, const ASN1_ITEM *it, int tag, int aclass);
+int ASN1_template_i2d(ASN1_VALUE **pval, unsigned char **out, const ASN1_TEMPLATE *tt);
+void ASN1_primitive_free(ASN1_VALUE **pval, const ASN1_ITEM *it);
+
+int asn1_ex_i2c(ASN1_VALUE **pval, unsigned char *cont, int *putype, const ASN1_ITEM *it);
+int asn1_ex_c2i(ASN1_VALUE **pval, const unsigned char *cont, int len, int utype, char *free_cont, const ASN1_ITEM *it);
+
+int asn1_get_choice_selector(ASN1_VALUE **pval, const ASN1_ITEM *it);
+int asn1_set_choice_selector(ASN1_VALUE **pval, int value, const ASN1_ITEM *it);
+
+ASN1_VALUE ** asn1_get_field_ptr(ASN1_VALUE **pval, const ASN1_TEMPLATE *tt);
+
+const ASN1_TEMPLATE *asn1_do_adb(ASN1_VALUE **pval, const ASN1_TEMPLATE *tt, int nullerr);
+
+int asn1_do_lock(ASN1_VALUE **pval, int op, const ASN1_ITEM *it);
+
+void asn1_enc_init(ASN1_VALUE **pval, const ASN1_ITEM *it);
+void asn1_enc_free(ASN1_VALUE **pval, const ASN1_ITEM *it);
+int asn1_enc_restore(int *len, unsigned char **out, ASN1_VALUE **pval, const ASN1_ITEM *it);
+int asn1_enc_save(ASN1_VALUE **pval, const unsigned char *in, int inlen, const ASN1_ITEM *it);
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/include/openssl/bio.h b/lib/include/openssl/bio.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..05699ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/include/openssl/bio.h
@@ -0,0 +1,847 @@
+/* crypto/bio/bio.h */
+/* Copyright (C) 1995-1998 Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This package is an SSL implementation written
+ * by Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com).
+ * The implementation was written so as to conform with Netscapes SSL.
+ * 
+ * This library is free for commercial and non-commercial use as long as
+ * the following conditions are aheared to.  The following conditions
+ * apply to all code found in this distribution, be it the RC4, RSA,
+ * lhash, DES, etc., code; not just the SSL code.  The SSL documentation
+ * included with this distribution is covered by the same copyright terms
+ * except that the holder is Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com).
+ * 
+ * Copyright remains Eric Young's, and as such any Copyright notices in
+ * the code are not to be removed.
+ * If this package is used in a product, Eric Young should be given attribution
+ * as the author of the parts of the library used.
+ * This can be in the form of a textual message at program startup or
+ * in documentation (online or textual) provided with the package.
+ * 
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *    "This product includes cryptographic software written by
+ *     Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)"
+ *    The word 'cryptographic' can be left out if the rouines from the library
+ *    being used are not cryptographic related :-).
+ * 4. If you include any Windows specific code (or a derivative thereof) from 
+ *    the apps directory (application code) you must include an acknowledgement:
+ *    "This product includes software written by Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com)"
+ * 
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ERIC YOUNG ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * 
+ * The licence and distribution terms for any publically available version or
+ * derivative of this code cannot be changed.  i.e. this code cannot simply be
+ * copied and put under another distribution licence
+ * [including the GNU Public Licence.]
+ */
+
+#ifndef HEADER_BIO_H
+#define HEADER_BIO_H
+
+#include <openssl/e_os2.h>
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_FP_API
+# include <stdio.h>
+#endif
+#include <stdarg.h>
+
+#include <openssl/crypto.h>
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_SCTP
+# ifndef OPENSSL_SYS_VMS
+# include <stdint.h>
+# else
+# include <inttypes.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* These are the 'types' of BIOs */
+#define BIO_TYPE_NONE		0
+#define BIO_TYPE_MEM		(1|0x0400)
+#define BIO_TYPE_FILE		(2|0x0400)
+
+#define BIO_TYPE_FD		(4|0x0400|0x0100)
+#define BIO_TYPE_SOCKET		(5|0x0400|0x0100)
+#define BIO_TYPE_NULL		(6|0x0400)
+#define BIO_TYPE_SSL		(7|0x0200)
+#define BIO_TYPE_MD		(8|0x0200)		/* passive filter */
+#define BIO_TYPE_BUFFER		(9|0x0200)		/* filter */
+#define BIO_TYPE_CIPHER		(10|0x0200)		/* filter */
+#define BIO_TYPE_BASE64		(11|0x0200)		/* filter */
+#define BIO_TYPE_CONNECT	(12|0x0400|0x0100)	/* socket - connect */
+#define BIO_TYPE_ACCEPT		(13|0x0400|0x0100)	/* socket for accept */
+#define BIO_TYPE_PROXY_CLIENT	(14|0x0200)		/* client proxy BIO */
+#define BIO_TYPE_PROXY_SERVER	(15|0x0200)		/* server proxy BIO */
+#define BIO_TYPE_NBIO_TEST	(16|0x0200)		/* server proxy BIO */
+#define BIO_TYPE_NULL_FILTER	(17|0x0200)
+#define BIO_TYPE_BER		(18|0x0200)		/* BER -> bin filter */
+#define BIO_TYPE_BIO		(19|0x0400)		/* (half a) BIO pair */
+#define BIO_TYPE_LINEBUFFER	(20|0x0200)		/* filter */
+#define BIO_TYPE_DGRAM		(21|0x0400|0x0100)
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_SCTP
+#define BIO_TYPE_DGRAM_SCTP	(24|0x0400|0x0100)
+#endif
+#define BIO_TYPE_ASN1 		(22|0x0200)		/* filter */
+#define BIO_TYPE_COMP 		(23|0x0200)		/* filter */
+
+#define BIO_TYPE_DESCRIPTOR	0x0100	/* socket, fd, connect or accept */
+#define BIO_TYPE_FILTER		0x0200
+#define BIO_TYPE_SOURCE_SINK	0x0400
+
+/* BIO_FILENAME_READ|BIO_CLOSE to open or close on free.
+ * BIO_set_fp(in,stdin,BIO_NOCLOSE); */
+#define BIO_NOCLOSE		0x00
+#define BIO_CLOSE		0x01
+
+/* These are used in the following macros and are passed to
+ * BIO_ctrl() */
+#define BIO_CTRL_RESET		1  /* opt - rewind/zero etc */
+#define BIO_CTRL_EOF		2  /* opt - are we at the eof */
+#define BIO_CTRL_INFO		3  /* opt - extra tit-bits */
+#define BIO_CTRL_SET		4  /* man - set the 'IO' type */
+#define BIO_CTRL_GET		5  /* man - get the 'IO' type */
+#define BIO_CTRL_PUSH		6  /* opt - internal, used to signify change */
+#define BIO_CTRL_POP		7  /* opt - internal, used to signify change */
+#define BIO_CTRL_GET_CLOSE	8  /* man - set the 'close' on free */
+#define BIO_CTRL_SET_CLOSE	9  /* man - set the 'close' on free */
+#define BIO_CTRL_PENDING	10  /* opt - is their more data buffered */
+#define BIO_CTRL_FLUSH		11  /* opt - 'flush' buffered output */
+#define BIO_CTRL_DUP		12  /* man - extra stuff for 'duped' BIO */
+#define BIO_CTRL_WPENDING	13  /* opt - number of bytes still to write */
+/* callback is int cb(BIO *bio,state,ret); */
+#define BIO_CTRL_SET_CALLBACK	14  /* opt - set callback function */
+#define BIO_CTRL_GET_CALLBACK	15  /* opt - set callback function */
+
+#define BIO_CTRL_SET_FILENAME	30	/* BIO_s_file special */
+
+/* dgram BIO stuff */
+#define BIO_CTRL_DGRAM_CONNECT       31  /* BIO dgram special */
+#define BIO_CTRL_DGRAM_SET_CONNECTED 32  /* allow for an externally
+					  * connected socket to be
+					  * passed in */ 
+#define BIO_CTRL_DGRAM_SET_RECV_TIMEOUT 33 /* setsockopt, essentially */
+#define BIO_CTRL_DGRAM_GET_RECV_TIMEOUT 34 /* getsockopt, essentially */
+#define BIO_CTRL_DGRAM_SET_SEND_TIMEOUT 35 /* setsockopt, essentially */
+#define BIO_CTRL_DGRAM_GET_SEND_TIMEOUT 36 /* getsockopt, essentially */
+
+#define BIO_CTRL_DGRAM_GET_RECV_TIMER_EXP 37 /* flag whether the last */
+#define BIO_CTRL_DGRAM_GET_SEND_TIMER_EXP 38 /* I/O operation tiemd out */
+					
+/* #ifdef IP_MTU_DISCOVER */
+#define BIO_CTRL_DGRAM_MTU_DISCOVER       39 /* set DF bit on egress packets */
+/* #endif */
+
+#define BIO_CTRL_DGRAM_QUERY_MTU          40 /* as kernel for current MTU */
+#define BIO_CTRL_DGRAM_GET_FALLBACK_MTU   47
+#define BIO_CTRL_DGRAM_GET_MTU            41 /* get cached value for MTU */
+#define BIO_CTRL_DGRAM_SET_MTU            42 /* set cached value for
+					      * MTU. want to use this
+					      * if asking the kernel
+					      * fails */
+
+#define BIO_CTRL_DGRAM_MTU_EXCEEDED       43 /* check whether the MTU
+					      * was exceed in the
+					      * previous write
+					      * operation */
+
+#define BIO_CTRL_DGRAM_GET_PEER           46
+#define BIO_CTRL_DGRAM_SET_PEER           44 /* Destination for the data */
+
+#define BIO_CTRL_DGRAM_SET_NEXT_TIMEOUT   45 /* Next DTLS handshake timeout to
+                                              * adjust socket timeouts */
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_SCTP
+/* SCTP stuff */
+#define BIO_CTRL_DGRAM_SCTP_SET_IN_HANDSHAKE	50
+#define BIO_CTRL_DGRAM_SCTP_ADD_AUTH_KEY		51
+#define BIO_CTRL_DGRAM_SCTP_NEXT_AUTH_KEY		52
+#define BIO_CTRL_DGRAM_SCTP_AUTH_CCS_RCVD		53
+#define BIO_CTRL_DGRAM_SCTP_GET_SNDINFO		60
+#define BIO_CTRL_DGRAM_SCTP_SET_SNDINFO		61
+#define BIO_CTRL_DGRAM_SCTP_GET_RCVINFO		62
+#define BIO_CTRL_DGRAM_SCTP_SET_RCVINFO		63
+#define BIO_CTRL_DGRAM_SCTP_GET_PRINFO			64
+#define BIO_CTRL_DGRAM_SCTP_SET_PRINFO			65
+#define BIO_CTRL_DGRAM_SCTP_SAVE_SHUTDOWN		70
+#endif
+
+/* modifiers */
+#define BIO_FP_READ		0x02
+#define BIO_FP_WRITE		0x04
+#define BIO_FP_APPEND		0x08
+#define BIO_FP_TEXT		0x10
+
+#define BIO_FLAGS_READ		0x01
+#define BIO_FLAGS_WRITE		0x02
+#define BIO_FLAGS_IO_SPECIAL	0x04
+#define BIO_FLAGS_RWS (BIO_FLAGS_READ|BIO_FLAGS_WRITE|BIO_FLAGS_IO_SPECIAL)
+#define BIO_FLAGS_SHOULD_RETRY	0x08
+#ifndef	BIO_FLAGS_UPLINK
+/* "UPLINK" flag denotes file descriptors provided by application.
+   It defaults to 0, as most platforms don't require UPLINK interface. */
+#define	BIO_FLAGS_UPLINK	0
+#endif
+
+/* Used in BIO_gethostbyname() */
+#define BIO_GHBN_CTRL_HITS		1
+#define BIO_GHBN_CTRL_MISSES		2
+#define BIO_GHBN_CTRL_CACHE_SIZE	3
+#define BIO_GHBN_CTRL_GET_ENTRY		4
+#define BIO_GHBN_CTRL_FLUSH		5
+
+/* Mostly used in the SSL BIO */
+/* Not used anymore
+ * #define BIO_FLAGS_PROTOCOL_DELAYED_READ 0x10
+ * #define BIO_FLAGS_PROTOCOL_DELAYED_WRITE 0x20
+ * #define BIO_FLAGS_PROTOCOL_STARTUP	0x40
+ */
+
+#define BIO_FLAGS_BASE64_NO_NL	0x100
+
+/* This is used with memory BIOs: it means we shouldn't free up or change the
+ * data in any way.
+ */
+#define BIO_FLAGS_MEM_RDONLY	0x200
+
+typedef struct bio_st BIO;
+
+void BIO_set_flags(BIO *b, int flags);
+int  BIO_test_flags(const BIO *b, int flags);
+void BIO_clear_flags(BIO *b, int flags);
+
+#define BIO_get_flags(b) BIO_test_flags(b, ~(0x0))
+#define BIO_set_retry_special(b) \
+		BIO_set_flags(b, (BIO_FLAGS_IO_SPECIAL|BIO_FLAGS_SHOULD_RETRY))
+#define BIO_set_retry_read(b) \
+		BIO_set_flags(b, (BIO_FLAGS_READ|BIO_FLAGS_SHOULD_RETRY))
+#define BIO_set_retry_write(b) \
+		BIO_set_flags(b, (BIO_FLAGS_WRITE|BIO_FLAGS_SHOULD_RETRY))
+
+/* These are normally used internally in BIOs */
+#define BIO_clear_retry_flags(b) \
+		BIO_clear_flags(b, (BIO_FLAGS_RWS|BIO_FLAGS_SHOULD_RETRY))
+#define BIO_get_retry_flags(b) \
+		BIO_test_flags(b, (BIO_FLAGS_RWS|BIO_FLAGS_SHOULD_RETRY))
+
+/* These should be used by the application to tell why we should retry */
+#define BIO_should_read(a)		BIO_test_flags(a, BIO_FLAGS_READ)
+#define BIO_should_write(a)		BIO_test_flags(a, BIO_FLAGS_WRITE)
+#define BIO_should_io_special(a)	BIO_test_flags(a, BIO_FLAGS_IO_SPECIAL)
+#define BIO_retry_type(a)		BIO_test_flags(a, BIO_FLAGS_RWS)
+#define BIO_should_retry(a)		BIO_test_flags(a, BIO_FLAGS_SHOULD_RETRY)
+
+/* The next three are used in conjunction with the
+ * BIO_should_io_special() condition.  After this returns true,
+ * BIO *BIO_get_retry_BIO(BIO *bio, int *reason); will walk the BIO 
+ * stack and return the 'reason' for the special and the offending BIO.
+ * Given a BIO, BIO_get_retry_reason(bio) will return the code. */
+/* Returned from the SSL bio when the certificate retrieval code had an error */
+#define BIO_RR_SSL_X509_LOOKUP		0x01
+/* Returned from the connect BIO when a connect would have blocked */
+#define BIO_RR_CONNECT			0x02
+/* Returned from the accept BIO when an accept would have blocked */
+#define BIO_RR_ACCEPT			0x03
+
+/* These are passed by the BIO callback */
+#define BIO_CB_FREE	0x01
+#define BIO_CB_READ	0x02
+#define BIO_CB_WRITE	0x03
+#define BIO_CB_PUTS	0x04
+#define BIO_CB_GETS	0x05
+#define BIO_CB_CTRL	0x06
+
+/* The callback is called before and after the underling operation,
+ * The BIO_CB_RETURN flag indicates if it is after the call */
+#define BIO_CB_RETURN	0x80
+#define BIO_CB_return(a) ((a)|BIO_CB_RETURN))
+#define BIO_cb_pre(a)	(!((a)&BIO_CB_RETURN))
+#define BIO_cb_post(a)	((a)&BIO_CB_RETURN)
+
+long (*BIO_get_callback(const BIO *b)) (struct bio_st *,int,const char *,int, long,long);
+void BIO_set_callback(BIO *b, 
+	long (*callback)(struct bio_st *,int,const char *,int, long,long));
+char *BIO_get_callback_arg(const BIO *b);
+void BIO_set_callback_arg(BIO *b, char *arg);
+
+const char * BIO_method_name(const BIO *b);
+int BIO_method_type(const BIO *b);
+
+typedef void bio_info_cb(struct bio_st *, int, const char *, int, long, long);
+
+typedef struct bio_method_st
+	{
+	int type;
+	const char *name;
+	int (*bwrite)(BIO *, const char *, int);
+	int (*bread)(BIO *, char *, int);
+	int (*bputs)(BIO *, const char *);
+	int (*bgets)(BIO *, char *, int);
+	long (*ctrl)(BIO *, int, long, void *);
+	int (*create)(BIO *);
+	int (*destroy)(BIO *);
+        long (*callback_ctrl)(BIO *, int, bio_info_cb *);
+	} BIO_METHOD;
+
+struct bio_st
+	{
+	BIO_METHOD *method;
+	/* bio, mode, argp, argi, argl, ret */
+	long (*callback)(struct bio_st *,int,const char *,int, long,long);
+	char *cb_arg; /* first argument for the callback */
+
+	int init;
+	int shutdown;
+	int flags;	/* extra storage */
+	int retry_reason;
+	int num;
+	void *ptr;
+	struct bio_st *next_bio;	/* used by filter BIOs */
+	struct bio_st *prev_bio;	/* used by filter BIOs */
+	int references;
+	unsigned long num_read;
+	unsigned long num_write;
+
+	CRYPTO_EX_DATA ex_data;
+	};
+
+DECLARE_STACK_OF(BIO)
+
+typedef struct bio_f_buffer_ctx_struct
+	{
+	/* Buffers are setup like this:
+	 *
+	 * <---------------------- size ----------------------->
+	 * +---------------------------------------------------+
+	 * | consumed | remaining          | free space        |
+	 * +---------------------------------------------------+
+	 * <-- off --><------- len ------->
+	 */
+
+	/* BIO *bio; */ /* this is now in the BIO struct */
+	int ibuf_size;	/* how big is the input buffer */
+	int obuf_size;	/* how big is the output buffer */
+
+	char *ibuf;		/* the char array */
+	int ibuf_len;		/* how many bytes are in it */
+	int ibuf_off;		/* write/read offset */
+
+	char *obuf;		/* the char array */
+	int obuf_len;		/* how many bytes are in it */
+	int obuf_off;		/* write/read offset */
+	} BIO_F_BUFFER_CTX;
+
+/* Prefix and suffix callback in ASN1 BIO */
+typedef int asn1_ps_func(BIO *b, unsigned char **pbuf, int *plen, void *parg);
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_SCTP
+/* SCTP parameter structs */
+struct bio_dgram_sctp_sndinfo
+	{
+	uint16_t snd_sid;
+	uint16_t snd_flags;
+	uint32_t snd_ppid;
+	uint32_t snd_context;
+	};
+
+struct bio_dgram_sctp_rcvinfo
+	{
+	uint16_t rcv_sid;
+	uint16_t rcv_ssn;
+	uint16_t rcv_flags;
+	uint32_t rcv_ppid;
+	uint32_t rcv_tsn;
+	uint32_t rcv_cumtsn;
+	uint32_t rcv_context;
+	};
+
+struct bio_dgram_sctp_prinfo
+	{
+	uint16_t pr_policy;
+	uint32_t pr_value;
+	};
+#endif
+
+/* connect BIO stuff */
+#define BIO_CONN_S_BEFORE		1
+#define BIO_CONN_S_GET_IP		2
+#define BIO_CONN_S_GET_PORT		3
+#define BIO_CONN_S_CREATE_SOCKET	4
+#define BIO_CONN_S_CONNECT		5
+#define BIO_CONN_S_OK			6
+#define BIO_CONN_S_BLOCKED_CONNECT	7
+#define BIO_CONN_S_NBIO			8
+/*#define BIO_CONN_get_param_hostname	BIO_ctrl */
+
+#define BIO_C_SET_CONNECT			100
+#define BIO_C_DO_STATE_MACHINE			101
+#define BIO_C_SET_NBIO				102
+#define BIO_C_SET_PROXY_PARAM			103
+#define BIO_C_SET_FD				104
+#define BIO_C_GET_FD				105
+#define BIO_C_SET_FILE_PTR			106
+#define BIO_C_GET_FILE_PTR			107
+#define BIO_C_SET_FILENAME			108
+#define BIO_C_SET_SSL				109
+#define BIO_C_GET_SSL				110
+#define BIO_C_SET_MD				111
+#define BIO_C_GET_MD				112
+#define BIO_C_GET_CIPHER_STATUS			113
+#define BIO_C_SET_BUF_MEM			114
+#define BIO_C_GET_BUF_MEM_PTR			115
+#define BIO_C_GET_BUFF_NUM_LINES		116
+#define BIO_C_SET_BUFF_SIZE			117
+#define BIO_C_SET_ACCEPT			118
+#define BIO_C_SSL_MODE				119
+#define BIO_C_GET_MD_CTX			120
+#define BIO_C_GET_PROXY_PARAM			121
+#define BIO_C_SET_BUFF_READ_DATA		122 /* data to read first */
+#define BIO_C_GET_CONNECT			123
+#define BIO_C_GET_ACCEPT			124
+#define BIO_C_SET_SSL_RENEGOTIATE_BYTES		125
+#define BIO_C_GET_SSL_NUM_RENEGOTIATES		126
+#define BIO_C_SET_SSL_RENEGOTIATE_TIMEOUT	127
+#define BIO_C_FILE_SEEK				128
+#define BIO_C_GET_CIPHER_CTX			129
+#define BIO_C_SET_BUF_MEM_EOF_RETURN		130/*return end of input value*/
+#define BIO_C_SET_BIND_MODE			131
+#define BIO_C_GET_BIND_MODE			132
+#define BIO_C_FILE_TELL				133
+#define BIO_C_GET_SOCKS				134
+#define BIO_C_SET_SOCKS				135
+
+#define BIO_C_SET_WRITE_BUF_SIZE		136/* for BIO_s_bio */
+#define BIO_C_GET_WRITE_BUF_SIZE		137
+#define BIO_C_MAKE_BIO_PAIR			138
+#define BIO_C_DESTROY_BIO_PAIR			139
+#define BIO_C_GET_WRITE_GUARANTEE		140
+#define BIO_C_GET_READ_REQUEST			141
+#define BIO_C_SHUTDOWN_WR			142
+#define BIO_C_NREAD0				143
+#define BIO_C_NREAD				144
+#define BIO_C_NWRITE0				145
+#define BIO_C_NWRITE				146
+#define BIO_C_RESET_READ_REQUEST		147
+#define BIO_C_SET_MD_CTX			148
+
+#define BIO_C_SET_PREFIX			149
+#define BIO_C_GET_PREFIX			150
+#define BIO_C_SET_SUFFIX			151
+#define BIO_C_GET_SUFFIX			152
+
+#define BIO_C_SET_EX_ARG			153
+#define BIO_C_GET_EX_ARG			154
+
+#define BIO_set_app_data(s,arg)		BIO_set_ex_data(s,0,arg)
+#define BIO_get_app_data(s)		BIO_get_ex_data(s,0)
+
+/* BIO_s_connect() and BIO_s_socks4a_connect() */
+#define BIO_set_conn_hostname(b,name) BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_SET_CONNECT,0,(char *)name)
+#define BIO_set_conn_port(b,port) BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_SET_CONNECT,1,(char *)port)
+#define BIO_set_conn_ip(b,ip)	  BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_SET_CONNECT,2,(char *)ip)
+#define BIO_set_conn_int_port(b,port) BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_SET_CONNECT,3,(char *)port)
+#define BIO_get_conn_hostname(b)  BIO_ptr_ctrl(b,BIO_C_GET_CONNECT,0)
+#define BIO_get_conn_port(b)      BIO_ptr_ctrl(b,BIO_C_GET_CONNECT,1)
+#define BIO_get_conn_ip(b) 		 BIO_ptr_ctrl(b,BIO_C_GET_CONNECT,2)
+#define BIO_get_conn_int_port(b) BIO_int_ctrl(b,BIO_C_GET_CONNECT,3,0)
+
+
+#define BIO_set_nbio(b,n)	BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_SET_NBIO,(n),NULL)
+
+/* BIO_s_accept_socket() */
+#define BIO_set_accept_port(b,name) BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_SET_ACCEPT,0,(char *)name)
+#define BIO_get_accept_port(b)	BIO_ptr_ctrl(b,BIO_C_GET_ACCEPT,0)
+/* #define BIO_set_nbio(b,n)	BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_SET_NBIO,(n),NULL) */
+#define BIO_set_nbio_accept(b,n) BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_SET_ACCEPT,1,(n)?(void *)"a":NULL)
+#define BIO_set_accept_bios(b,bio) BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_SET_ACCEPT,2,(char *)bio)
+
+#define BIO_BIND_NORMAL			0
+#define BIO_BIND_REUSEADDR_IF_UNUSED	1
+#define BIO_BIND_REUSEADDR		2
+#define BIO_set_bind_mode(b,mode) BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_SET_BIND_MODE,mode,NULL)
+#define BIO_get_bind_mode(b,mode) BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_GET_BIND_MODE,0,NULL)
+
+#define BIO_do_connect(b)	BIO_do_handshake(b)
+#define BIO_do_accept(b)	BIO_do_handshake(b)
+#define BIO_do_handshake(b)	BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_DO_STATE_MACHINE,0,NULL)
+
+/* BIO_s_proxy_client() */
+#define BIO_set_url(b,url)	BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_SET_PROXY_PARAM,0,(char *)(url))
+#define BIO_set_proxies(b,p)	BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_SET_PROXY_PARAM,1,(char *)(p))
+/* BIO_set_nbio(b,n) */
+#define BIO_set_filter_bio(b,s) BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_SET_PROXY_PARAM,2,(char *)(s))
+/* BIO *BIO_get_filter_bio(BIO *bio); */
+#define BIO_set_proxy_cb(b,cb) BIO_callback_ctrl(b,BIO_C_SET_PROXY_PARAM,3,(void *(*cb)()))
+#define BIO_set_proxy_header(b,sk) BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_SET_PROXY_PARAM,4,(char *)sk)
+#define BIO_set_no_connect_return(b,bool) BIO_int_ctrl(b,BIO_C_SET_PROXY_PARAM,5,bool)
+
+#define BIO_get_proxy_header(b,skp) BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_GET_PROXY_PARAM,0,(char *)skp)
+#define BIO_get_proxies(b,pxy_p) BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_GET_PROXY_PARAM,1,(char *)(pxy_p))
+#define BIO_get_url(b,url)	BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_GET_PROXY_PARAM,2,(char *)(url))
+#define BIO_get_no_connect_return(b)	BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_GET_PROXY_PARAM,5,NULL)
+
+#define BIO_set_fd(b,fd,c)	BIO_int_ctrl(b,BIO_C_SET_FD,c,fd)
+#define BIO_get_fd(b,c)		BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_GET_FD,0,(char *)c)
+
+#define BIO_set_fp(b,fp,c)	BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_SET_FILE_PTR,c,(char *)fp)
+#define BIO_get_fp(b,fpp)	BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_GET_FILE_PTR,0,(char *)fpp)
+
+#define BIO_seek(b,ofs)	(int)BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_FILE_SEEK,ofs,NULL)
+#define BIO_tell(b)	(int)BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_FILE_TELL,0,NULL)
+
+/* name is cast to lose const, but might be better to route through a function
+   so we can do it safely */
+#ifdef CONST_STRICT
+/* If you are wondering why this isn't defined, its because CONST_STRICT is
+ * purely a compile-time kludge to allow const to be checked.
+ */
+int BIO_read_filename(BIO *b,const char *name);
+#else
+#define BIO_read_filename(b,name) BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_SET_FILENAME, \
+		BIO_CLOSE|BIO_FP_READ,(char *)name)
+#endif
+#define BIO_write_filename(b,name) BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_SET_FILENAME, \
+		BIO_CLOSE|BIO_FP_WRITE,name)
+#define BIO_append_filename(b,name) BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_SET_FILENAME, \
+		BIO_CLOSE|BIO_FP_APPEND,name)
+#define BIO_rw_filename(b,name) BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_SET_FILENAME, \
+		BIO_CLOSE|BIO_FP_READ|BIO_FP_WRITE,name)
+
+/* WARNING WARNING, this ups the reference count on the read bio of the
+ * SSL structure.  This is because the ssl read BIO is now pointed to by
+ * the next_bio field in the bio.  So when you free the BIO, make sure
+ * you are doing a BIO_free_all() to catch the underlying BIO. */
+#define BIO_set_ssl(b,ssl,c)	BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_SET_SSL,c,(char *)ssl)
+#define BIO_get_ssl(b,sslp)	BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_GET_SSL,0,(char *)sslp)
+#define BIO_set_ssl_mode(b,client)	BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_SSL_MODE,client,NULL)
+#define BIO_set_ssl_renegotiate_bytes(b,num) \
+	BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_SET_SSL_RENEGOTIATE_BYTES,num,NULL);
+#define BIO_get_num_renegotiates(b) \
+	BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_GET_SSL_NUM_RENEGOTIATES,0,NULL);
+#define BIO_set_ssl_renegotiate_timeout(b,seconds) \
+	BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_SET_SSL_RENEGOTIATE_TIMEOUT,seconds,NULL);
+
+/* defined in evp.h */
+/* #define BIO_set_md(b,md)	BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_SET_MD,1,(char *)md) */
+
+#define BIO_get_mem_data(b,pp)	BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_CTRL_INFO,0,(char *)pp)
+#define BIO_set_mem_buf(b,bm,c)	BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_SET_BUF_MEM,c,(char *)bm)
+#define BIO_get_mem_ptr(b,pp)	BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_GET_BUF_MEM_PTR,0,(char *)pp)
+#define BIO_set_mem_eof_return(b,v) \
+				BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_SET_BUF_MEM_EOF_RETURN,v,NULL)
+
+/* For the BIO_f_buffer() type */
+#define BIO_get_buffer_num_lines(b)	BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_GET_BUFF_NUM_LINES,0,NULL)
+#define BIO_set_buffer_size(b,size)	BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_SET_BUFF_SIZE,size,NULL)
+#define BIO_set_read_buffer_size(b,size) BIO_int_ctrl(b,BIO_C_SET_BUFF_SIZE,size,0)
+#define BIO_set_write_buffer_size(b,size) BIO_int_ctrl(b,BIO_C_SET_BUFF_SIZE,size,1)
+#define BIO_set_buffer_read_data(b,buf,num) BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_SET_BUFF_READ_DATA,num,buf)
+
+/* Don't use the next one unless you know what you are doing :-) */
+#define BIO_dup_state(b,ret)	BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_CTRL_DUP,0,(char *)(ret))
+
+#define BIO_reset(b)		(int)BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_CTRL_RESET,0,NULL)
+#define BIO_eof(b)		(int)BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_CTRL_EOF,0,NULL)
+#define BIO_set_close(b,c)	(int)BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_CTRL_SET_CLOSE,(c),NULL)
+#define BIO_get_close(b)	(int)BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_CTRL_GET_CLOSE,0,NULL)
+#define BIO_pending(b)		(int)BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_CTRL_PENDING,0,NULL)
+#define BIO_wpending(b)		(int)BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_CTRL_WPENDING,0,NULL)
+/* ...pending macros have inappropriate return type */
+size_t BIO_ctrl_pending(BIO *b);
+size_t BIO_ctrl_wpending(BIO *b);
+#define BIO_flush(b)		(int)BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_CTRL_FLUSH,0,NULL)
+#define BIO_get_info_callback(b,cbp) (int)BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_CTRL_GET_CALLBACK,0, \
+						   cbp)
+#define BIO_set_info_callback(b,cb) (int)BIO_callback_ctrl(b,BIO_CTRL_SET_CALLBACK,cb)
+
+/* For the BIO_f_buffer() type */
+#define BIO_buffer_get_num_lines(b) BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_CTRL_GET,0,NULL)
+
+/* For BIO_s_bio() */
+#define BIO_set_write_buf_size(b,size) (int)BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_SET_WRITE_BUF_SIZE,size,NULL)
+#define BIO_get_write_buf_size(b,size) (size_t)BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_GET_WRITE_BUF_SIZE,size,NULL)
+#define BIO_make_bio_pair(b1,b2)   (int)BIO_ctrl(b1,BIO_C_MAKE_BIO_PAIR,0,b2)
+#define BIO_destroy_bio_pair(b)    (int)BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_DESTROY_BIO_PAIR,0,NULL)
+#define BIO_shutdown_wr(b) (int)BIO_ctrl(b, BIO_C_SHUTDOWN_WR, 0, NULL)
+/* macros with inappropriate type -- but ...pending macros use int too: */
+#define BIO_get_write_guarantee(b) (int)BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_GET_WRITE_GUARANTEE,0,NULL)
+#define BIO_get_read_request(b)    (int)BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_GET_READ_REQUEST,0,NULL)
+size_t BIO_ctrl_get_write_guarantee(BIO *b);
+size_t BIO_ctrl_get_read_request(BIO *b);
+int BIO_ctrl_reset_read_request(BIO *b);
+
+/* ctrl macros for dgram */
+#define BIO_ctrl_dgram_connect(b,peer)  \
+                     (int)BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_CTRL_DGRAM_CONNECT,0, (char *)peer)
+#define BIO_ctrl_set_connected(b, state, peer) \
+         (int)BIO_ctrl(b, BIO_CTRL_DGRAM_SET_CONNECTED, state, (char *)peer)
+#define BIO_dgram_recv_timedout(b) \
+         (int)BIO_ctrl(b, BIO_CTRL_DGRAM_GET_RECV_TIMER_EXP, 0, NULL)
+#define BIO_dgram_send_timedout(b) \
+         (int)BIO_ctrl(b, BIO_CTRL_DGRAM_GET_SEND_TIMER_EXP, 0, NULL)
+#define BIO_dgram_get_peer(b,peer) \
+         (int)BIO_ctrl(b, BIO_CTRL_DGRAM_GET_PEER, 0, (char *)peer)
+#define BIO_dgram_set_peer(b,peer) \
+         (int)BIO_ctrl(b, BIO_CTRL_DGRAM_SET_PEER, 0, (char *)peer)
+
+/* These two aren't currently implemented */
+/* int BIO_get_ex_num(BIO *bio); */
+/* void BIO_set_ex_free_func(BIO *bio,int idx,void (*cb)()); */
+int BIO_set_ex_data(BIO *bio,int idx,void *data);
+void *BIO_get_ex_data(BIO *bio,int idx);
+int BIO_get_ex_new_index(long argl, void *argp, CRYPTO_EX_new *new_func,
+	CRYPTO_EX_dup *dup_func, CRYPTO_EX_free *free_func);
+unsigned long BIO_number_read(BIO *bio);
+unsigned long BIO_number_written(BIO *bio);
+
+/* For BIO_f_asn1() */
+int BIO_asn1_set_prefix(BIO *b, asn1_ps_func *prefix,
+					asn1_ps_func *prefix_free);
+int BIO_asn1_get_prefix(BIO *b, asn1_ps_func **pprefix,
+					asn1_ps_func **pprefix_free);
+int BIO_asn1_set_suffix(BIO *b, asn1_ps_func *suffix,
+					asn1_ps_func *suffix_free);
+int BIO_asn1_get_suffix(BIO *b, asn1_ps_func **psuffix,
+					asn1_ps_func **psuffix_free);
+
+# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_FP_API
+BIO_METHOD *BIO_s_file(void );
+BIO *BIO_new_file(const char *filename, const char *mode);
+BIO *BIO_new_fp(FILE *stream, int close_flag);
+# define BIO_s_file_internal	BIO_s_file
+# endif
+BIO *	BIO_new(BIO_METHOD *type);
+int	BIO_set(BIO *a,BIO_METHOD *type);
+int	BIO_free(BIO *a);
+void	BIO_vfree(BIO *a);
+int	BIO_read(BIO *b, void *data, int len);
+int	BIO_gets(BIO *bp,char *buf, int size);
+int	BIO_write(BIO *b, const void *data, int len);
+int	BIO_puts(BIO *bp,const char *buf);
+int	BIO_indent(BIO *b,int indent,int max);
+long	BIO_ctrl(BIO *bp,int cmd,long larg,void *parg);
+long BIO_callback_ctrl(BIO *b, int cmd, void (*fp)(struct bio_st *, int, const char *, int, long, long));
+char *	BIO_ptr_ctrl(BIO *bp,int cmd,long larg);
+long	BIO_int_ctrl(BIO *bp,int cmd,long larg,int iarg);
+BIO *	BIO_push(BIO *b,BIO *append);
+BIO *	BIO_pop(BIO *b);
+void	BIO_free_all(BIO *a);
+BIO *	BIO_find_type(BIO *b,int bio_type);
+BIO *	BIO_next(BIO *b);
+BIO *	BIO_get_retry_BIO(BIO *bio, int *reason);
+int	BIO_get_retry_reason(BIO *bio);
+BIO *	BIO_dup_chain(BIO *in);
+
+int BIO_nread0(BIO *bio, char **buf);
+int BIO_nread(BIO *bio, char **buf, int num);
+int BIO_nwrite0(BIO *bio, char **buf);
+int BIO_nwrite(BIO *bio, char **buf, int num);
+
+long BIO_debug_callback(BIO *bio,int cmd,const char *argp,int argi,
+	long argl,long ret);
+
+BIO_METHOD *BIO_s_mem(void);
+BIO *BIO_new_mem_buf(void *buf, int len);
+BIO_METHOD *BIO_s_socket(void);
+BIO_METHOD *BIO_s_connect(void);
+BIO_METHOD *BIO_s_accept(void);
+BIO_METHOD *BIO_s_fd(void);
+#ifndef OPENSSL_SYS_OS2
+BIO_METHOD *BIO_s_log(void);
+#endif
+BIO_METHOD *BIO_s_bio(void);
+BIO_METHOD *BIO_s_null(void);
+BIO_METHOD *BIO_f_null(void);
+BIO_METHOD *BIO_f_buffer(void);
+#ifdef OPENSSL_SYS_VMS
+BIO_METHOD *BIO_f_linebuffer(void);
+#endif
+BIO_METHOD *BIO_f_nbio_test(void);
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_DGRAM
+BIO_METHOD *BIO_s_datagram(void);
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_SCTP
+BIO_METHOD *BIO_s_datagram_sctp(void);
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/* BIO_METHOD *BIO_f_ber(void); */
+
+int BIO_sock_should_retry(int i);
+int BIO_sock_non_fatal_error(int error);
+int BIO_dgram_non_fatal_error(int error);
+
+int BIO_fd_should_retry(int i);
+int BIO_fd_non_fatal_error(int error);
+int BIO_dump_cb(int (*cb)(const void *data, size_t len, void *u),
+		void *u, const char *s, int len);
+int BIO_dump_indent_cb(int (*cb)(const void *data, size_t len, void *u),
+		       void *u, const char *s, int len, int indent);
+int BIO_dump(BIO *b,const char *bytes,int len);
+int BIO_dump_indent(BIO *b,const char *bytes,int len,int indent);
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_FP_API
+int BIO_dump_fp(FILE *fp, const char *s, int len);
+int BIO_dump_indent_fp(FILE *fp, const char *s, int len, int indent);
+#endif
+struct hostent *BIO_gethostbyname(const char *name);
+/* We might want a thread-safe interface too:
+ * struct hostent *BIO_gethostbyname_r(const char *name,
+ *     struct hostent *result, void *buffer, size_t buflen);
+ * or something similar (caller allocates a struct hostent,
+ * pointed to by "result", and additional buffer space for the various
+ * substructures; if the buffer does not suffice, NULL is returned
+ * and an appropriate error code is set).
+ */
+int BIO_sock_error(int sock);
+int BIO_socket_ioctl(int fd, long type, void *arg);
+int BIO_socket_nbio(int fd,int mode);
+int BIO_get_port(const char *str, unsigned short *port_ptr);
+int BIO_get_host_ip(const char *str, unsigned char *ip);
+int BIO_get_accept_socket(char *host_port,int mode);
+int BIO_accept(int sock,char **ip_port);
+int BIO_sock_init(void );
+void BIO_sock_cleanup(void);
+int BIO_set_tcp_ndelay(int sock,int turn_on);
+
+BIO *BIO_new_socket(int sock, int close_flag);
+BIO *BIO_new_dgram(int fd, int close_flag);
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_SCTP
+BIO *BIO_new_dgram_sctp(int fd, int close_flag);
+int BIO_dgram_is_sctp(BIO *bio);
+int BIO_dgram_sctp_notification_cb(BIO *b,
+                                   void (*handle_notifications)(BIO *bio, void *context, void *buf),
+                                   void *context);
+int BIO_dgram_sctp_wait_for_dry(BIO *b);
+int BIO_dgram_sctp_msg_waiting(BIO *b);
+#endif
+BIO *BIO_new_fd(int fd, int close_flag);
+BIO *BIO_new_connect(char *host_port);
+BIO *BIO_new_accept(char *host_port);
+
+int BIO_new_bio_pair(BIO **bio1, size_t writebuf1,
+	BIO **bio2, size_t writebuf2);
+/* If successful, returns 1 and in *bio1, *bio2 two BIO pair endpoints.
+ * Otherwise returns 0 and sets *bio1 and *bio2 to NULL.
+ * Size 0 uses default value.
+ */
+
+void BIO_copy_next_retry(BIO *b);
+
+/*long BIO_ghbn_ctrl(int cmd,int iarg,char *parg);*/
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#  define __bio_h__attr__ __attribute__
+#else
+#  define __bio_h__attr__(x)
+#endif
+int BIO_printf(BIO *bio, const char *format, ...)
+	__bio_h__attr__((__format__(__printf__,2,3)));
+int BIO_vprintf(BIO *bio, const char *format, va_list args)
+	__bio_h__attr__((__format__(__printf__,2,0)));
+int BIO_snprintf(char *buf, size_t n, const char *format, ...)
+	__bio_h__attr__((__format__(__printf__,3,4)));
+int BIO_vsnprintf(char *buf, size_t n, const char *format, va_list args)
+	__bio_h__attr__((__format__(__printf__,3,0)));
+#undef __bio_h__attr__
+
+/* BEGIN ERROR CODES */
+/* The following lines are auto generated by the script mkerr.pl. Any changes
+ * made after this point may be overwritten when the script is next run.
+ */
+void ERR_load_BIO_strings(void);
+
+/* Error codes for the BIO functions. */
+
+/* Function codes. */
+#define BIO_F_ACPT_STATE				 100
+#define BIO_F_BIO_ACCEPT				 101
+#define BIO_F_BIO_BER_GET_HEADER			 102
+#define BIO_F_BIO_CALLBACK_CTRL				 131
+#define BIO_F_BIO_CTRL					 103
+#define BIO_F_BIO_GETHOSTBYNAME				 120
+#define BIO_F_BIO_GETS					 104
+#define BIO_F_BIO_GET_ACCEPT_SOCKET			 105
+#define BIO_F_BIO_GET_HOST_IP				 106
+#define BIO_F_BIO_GET_PORT				 107
+#define BIO_F_BIO_MAKE_PAIR				 121
+#define BIO_F_BIO_NEW					 108
+#define BIO_F_BIO_NEW_FILE				 109
+#define BIO_F_BIO_NEW_MEM_BUF				 126
+#define BIO_F_BIO_NREAD					 123
+#define BIO_F_BIO_NREAD0				 124
+#define BIO_F_BIO_NWRITE				 125
+#define BIO_F_BIO_NWRITE0				 122
+#define BIO_F_BIO_PUTS					 110
+#define BIO_F_BIO_READ					 111
+#define BIO_F_BIO_SOCK_INIT				 112
+#define BIO_F_BIO_WRITE					 113
+#define BIO_F_BUFFER_CTRL				 114
+#define BIO_F_CONN_CTRL					 127
+#define BIO_F_CONN_STATE				 115
+#define BIO_F_DGRAM_SCTP_READ				 132
+#define BIO_F_FILE_CTRL					 116
+#define BIO_F_FILE_READ					 130
+#define BIO_F_LINEBUFFER_CTRL				 129
+#define BIO_F_MEM_READ					 128
+#define BIO_F_MEM_WRITE					 117
+#define BIO_F_SSL_NEW					 118
+#define BIO_F_WSASTARTUP				 119
+
+/* Reason codes. */
+#define BIO_R_ACCEPT_ERROR				 100
+#define BIO_R_BAD_FOPEN_MODE				 101
+#define BIO_R_BAD_HOSTNAME_LOOKUP			 102
+#define BIO_R_BROKEN_PIPE				 124
+#define BIO_R_CONNECT_ERROR				 103
+#define BIO_R_EOF_ON_MEMORY_BIO				 127
+#define BIO_R_ERROR_SETTING_NBIO			 104
+#define BIO_R_ERROR_SETTING_NBIO_ON_ACCEPTED_SOCKET	 105
+#define BIO_R_ERROR_SETTING_NBIO_ON_ACCEPT_SOCKET	 106
+#define BIO_R_GETHOSTBYNAME_ADDR_IS_NOT_AF_INET		 107
+#define BIO_R_INVALID_ARGUMENT				 125
+#define BIO_R_INVALID_IP_ADDRESS			 108
+#define BIO_R_IN_USE					 123
+#define BIO_R_KEEPALIVE					 109
+#define BIO_R_NBIO_CONNECT_ERROR			 110
+#define BIO_R_NO_ACCEPT_PORT_SPECIFIED			 111
+#define BIO_R_NO_HOSTNAME_SPECIFIED			 112
+#define BIO_R_NO_PORT_DEFINED				 113
+#define BIO_R_NO_PORT_SPECIFIED				 114
+#define BIO_R_NO_SUCH_FILE				 128
+#define BIO_R_NULL_PARAMETER				 115
+#define BIO_R_TAG_MISMATCH				 116
+#define BIO_R_UNABLE_TO_BIND_SOCKET			 117
+#define BIO_R_UNABLE_TO_CREATE_SOCKET			 118
+#define BIO_R_UNABLE_TO_LISTEN_SOCKET			 119
+#define BIO_R_UNINITIALIZED				 120
+#define BIO_R_UNSUPPORTED_METHOD			 121
+#define BIO_R_WRITE_TO_READ_ONLY_BIO			 126
+#define BIO_R_WSASTARTUP				 122
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/include/openssl/blowfish.h b/lib/include/openssl/blowfish.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4b6c892
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/include/openssl/blowfish.h
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+/* crypto/bf/blowfish.h */
+/* Copyright (C) 1995-1998 Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This package is an SSL implementation written
+ * by Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com).
+ * The implementation was written so as to conform with Netscapes SSL.
+ * 
+ * This library is free for commercial and non-commercial use as long as
+ * the following conditions are aheared to.  The following conditions
+ * apply to all code found in this distribution, be it the RC4, RSA,
+ * lhash, DES, etc., code; not just the SSL code.  The SSL documentation
+ * included with this distribution is covered by the same copyright terms
+ * except that the holder is Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com).
+ * 
+ * Copyright remains Eric Young's, and as such any Copyright notices in
+ * the code are not to be removed.
+ * If this package is used in a product, Eric Young should be given attribution
+ * as the author of the parts of the library used.
+ * This can be in the form of a textual message at program startup or
+ * in documentation (online or textual) provided with the package.
+ * 
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *    "This product includes cryptographic software written by
+ *     Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)"
+ *    The word 'cryptographic' can be left out if the rouines from the library
+ *    being used are not cryptographic related :-).
+ * 4. If you include any Windows specific code (or a derivative thereof) from 
+ *    the apps directory (application code) you must include an acknowledgement:
+ *    "This product includes software written by Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com)"
+ * 
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ERIC YOUNG ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * 
+ * The licence and distribution terms for any publically available version or
+ * derivative of this code cannot be changed.  i.e. this code cannot simply be
+ * copied and put under another distribution licence
+ * [including the GNU Public Licence.]
+ */
+
+#ifndef HEADER_BLOWFISH_H
+#define HEADER_BLOWFISH_H
+
+#include <openssl/e_os2.h>
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#ifdef OPENSSL_NO_BF
+#error BF is disabled.
+#endif
+
+#define BF_ENCRYPT	1
+#define BF_DECRYPT	0
+
+/*
+ * !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+ * ! BF_LONG has to be at least 32 bits wide. If it's wider, then !
+ * ! BF_LONG_LOG2 has to be defined along.                        !
+ * !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+ */
+
+#if defined(__LP32__)
+#define BF_LONG unsigned long
+#elif defined(OPENSSL_SYS_CRAY) || defined(__ILP64__)
+#define BF_LONG unsigned long
+#define BF_LONG_LOG2 3
+/*
+ * _CRAY note. I could declare short, but I have no idea what impact
+ * does it have on performance on none-T3E machines. I could declare
+ * int, but at least on C90 sizeof(int) can be chosen at compile time.
+ * So I've chosen long...
+ *					<appro@fy.chalmers.se>
+ */
+#else
+#define BF_LONG unsigned int
+#endif
+
+#define BF_ROUNDS	16
+#define BF_BLOCK	8
+
+typedef struct bf_key_st
+	{
+	BF_LONG P[BF_ROUNDS+2];
+	BF_LONG S[4*256];
+	} BF_KEY;
+
+#ifdef OPENSSL_FIPS 
+void private_BF_set_key(BF_KEY *key, int len, const unsigned char *data);
+#endif
+void BF_set_key(BF_KEY *key, int len, const unsigned char *data);
+
+void BF_encrypt(BF_LONG *data,const BF_KEY *key);
+void BF_decrypt(BF_LONG *data,const BF_KEY *key);
+
+void BF_ecb_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out,
+	const BF_KEY *key, int enc);
+void BF_cbc_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out, long length,
+	const BF_KEY *schedule, unsigned char *ivec, int enc);
+void BF_cfb64_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out, long length,
+	const BF_KEY *schedule, unsigned char *ivec, int *num, int enc);
+void BF_ofb64_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out, long length,
+	const BF_KEY *schedule, unsigned char *ivec, int *num);
+const char *BF_options(void);
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/include/openssl/bn.h b/lib/include/openssl/bn.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..21a1a3f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/include/openssl/bn.h
@@ -0,0 +1,902 @@
+/* crypto/bn/bn.h */
+/* Copyright (C) 1995-1997 Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This package is an SSL implementation written
+ * by Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com).
+ * The implementation was written so as to conform with Netscapes SSL.
+ * 
+ * This library is free for commercial and non-commercial use as long as
+ * the following conditions are aheared to.  The following conditions
+ * apply to all code found in this distribution, be it the RC4, RSA,
+ * lhash, DES, etc., code; not just the SSL code.  The SSL documentation
+ * included with this distribution is covered by the same copyright terms
+ * except that the holder is Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com).
+ * 
+ * Copyright remains Eric Young's, and as such any Copyright notices in
+ * the code are not to be removed.
+ * If this package is used in a product, Eric Young should be given attribution
+ * as the author of the parts of the library used.
+ * This can be in the form of a textual message at program startup or
+ * in documentation (online or textual) provided with the package.
+ * 
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *    "This product includes cryptographic software written by
+ *     Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)"
+ *    The word 'cryptographic' can be left out if the rouines from the library
+ *    being used are not cryptographic related :-).
+ * 4. If you include any Windows specific code (or a derivative thereof) from 
+ *    the apps directory (application code) you must include an acknowledgement:
+ *    "This product includes software written by Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com)"
+ * 
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ERIC YOUNG ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * 
+ * The licence and distribution terms for any publically available version or
+ * derivative of this code cannot be changed.  i.e. this code cannot simply be
+ * copied and put under another distribution licence
+ * [including the GNU Public Licence.]
+ */
+/* ====================================================================
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2006 The OpenSSL Project.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 
+ *
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+ *    the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+ *    distribution.
+ *
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this
+ *    software must display the following acknowledgment:
+ *    "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project
+ *    for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit. (http://www.openssl.org/)"
+ *
+ * 4. The names "OpenSSL Toolkit" and "OpenSSL Project" must not be used to
+ *    endorse or promote products derived from this software without
+ *    prior written permission. For written permission, please contact
+ *    openssl-core@openssl.org.
+ *
+ * 5. Products derived from this software may not be called "OpenSSL"
+ *    nor may "OpenSSL" appear in their names without prior written
+ *    permission of the OpenSSL Project.
+ *
+ * 6. Redistributions of any form whatsoever must retain the following
+ *    acknowledgment:
+ *    "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project
+ *    for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit (http://www.openssl.org/)"
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE OpenSSL PROJECT ``AS IS'' AND ANY
+ * EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OpenSSL PROJECT OR
+ * ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+ * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+ * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
+ * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
+ * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * ====================================================================
+ *
+ * This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young
+ * (eay@cryptsoft.com).  This product includes software written by Tim
+ * Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com).
+ *
+ */
+/* ====================================================================
+ * Copyright 2002 Sun Microsystems, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
+ *
+ * Portions of the attached software ("Contribution") are developed by 
+ * SUN MICROSYSTEMS, INC., and are contributed to the OpenSSL project.
+ *
+ * The Contribution is licensed pursuant to the Eric Young open source
+ * license provided above.
+ *
+ * The binary polynomial arithmetic software is originally written by 
+ * Sheueling Chang Shantz and Douglas Stebila of Sun Microsystems Laboratories.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef HEADER_BN_H
+#define HEADER_BN_H
+
+#include <openssl/e_os2.h>
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_FP_API
+#include <stdio.h> /* FILE */
+#endif
+#include <openssl/ossl_typ.h>
+#include <openssl/crypto.h>
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* These preprocessor symbols control various aspects of the bignum headers and
+ * library code. They're not defined by any "normal" configuration, as they are
+ * intended for development and testing purposes. NB: defining all three can be
+ * useful for debugging application code as well as openssl itself.
+ *
+ * BN_DEBUG - turn on various debugging alterations to the bignum code
+ * BN_DEBUG_RAND - uses random poisoning of unused words to trip up
+ * mismanagement of bignum internals. You must also define BN_DEBUG.
+ */
+/* #define BN_DEBUG */
+/* #define BN_DEBUG_RAND */
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_SMALL_FOOTPRINT
+#define BN_MUL_COMBA
+#define BN_SQR_COMBA
+#define BN_RECURSION
+#endif
+
+/* This next option uses the C libraries (2 word)/(1 word) function.
+ * If it is not defined, I use my C version (which is slower).
+ * The reason for this flag is that when the particular C compiler
+ * library routine is used, and the library is linked with a different
+ * compiler, the library is missing.  This mostly happens when the
+ * library is built with gcc and then linked using normal cc.  This would
+ * be a common occurrence because gcc normally produces code that is
+ * 2 times faster than system compilers for the big number stuff.
+ * For machines with only one compiler (or shared libraries), this should
+ * be on.  Again this in only really a problem on machines
+ * using "long long's", are 32bit, and are not using my assembler code. */
+#if defined(OPENSSL_SYS_MSDOS) || defined(OPENSSL_SYS_WINDOWS) || \
+    defined(OPENSSL_SYS_WIN32) || defined(linux)
+# ifndef BN_DIV2W
+#  define BN_DIV2W
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* assuming long is 64bit - this is the DEC Alpha
+ * unsigned long long is only 64 bits :-(, don't define
+ * BN_LLONG for the DEC Alpha */
+#ifdef SIXTY_FOUR_BIT_LONG
+#define BN_ULLONG	unsigned long long
+#define BN_ULONG	unsigned long
+#define BN_LONG		long
+#define BN_BITS		128
+#define BN_BYTES	8
+#define BN_BITS2	64
+#define BN_BITS4	32
+#define BN_MASK		(0xffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffLL)
+#define BN_MASK2	(0xffffffffffffffffL)
+#define BN_MASK2l	(0xffffffffL)
+#define BN_MASK2h	(0xffffffff00000000L)
+#define BN_MASK2h1	(0xffffffff80000000L)
+#define BN_TBIT		(0x8000000000000000L)
+#define BN_DEC_CONV	(10000000000000000000UL)
+#define BN_DEC_FMT1	"%lu"
+#define BN_DEC_FMT2	"%019lu"
+#define BN_DEC_NUM	19
+#define BN_HEX_FMT1	"%lX"
+#define BN_HEX_FMT2	"%016lX"
+#endif
+
+/* This is where the long long data type is 64 bits, but long is 32.
+ * For machines where there are 64bit registers, this is the mode to use.
+ * IRIX, on R4000 and above should use this mode, along with the relevant
+ * assembler code :-).  Do NOT define BN_LLONG.
+ */
+#ifdef SIXTY_FOUR_BIT
+#undef BN_LLONG
+#undef BN_ULLONG
+#define BN_ULONG	unsigned long long
+#define BN_LONG		long long
+#define BN_BITS		128
+#define BN_BYTES	8
+#define BN_BITS2	64
+#define BN_BITS4	32
+#define BN_MASK2	(0xffffffffffffffffLL)
+#define BN_MASK2l	(0xffffffffL)
+#define BN_MASK2h	(0xffffffff00000000LL)
+#define BN_MASK2h1	(0xffffffff80000000LL)
+#define BN_TBIT		(0x8000000000000000LL)
+#define BN_DEC_CONV	(10000000000000000000ULL)
+#define BN_DEC_FMT1	"%llu"
+#define BN_DEC_FMT2	"%019llu"
+#define BN_DEC_NUM	19
+#define BN_HEX_FMT1	"%llX"
+#define BN_HEX_FMT2	"%016llX"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef THIRTY_TWO_BIT
+#ifdef BN_LLONG
+# if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(__GNUC__)
+#  define BN_ULLONG	unsigned __int64
+#  define BN_MASK	(0xffffffffffffffffI64)
+# else
+#  define BN_ULLONG	unsigned long long
+#  define BN_MASK	(0xffffffffffffffffLL)
+# endif
+#endif
+#define BN_ULONG	unsigned int
+#define BN_LONG		int
+#define BN_BITS		64
+#define BN_BYTES	4
+#define BN_BITS2	32
+#define BN_BITS4	16
+#define BN_MASK2	(0xffffffffL)
+#define BN_MASK2l	(0xffff)
+#define BN_MASK2h1	(0xffff8000L)
+#define BN_MASK2h	(0xffff0000L)
+#define BN_TBIT		(0x80000000L)
+#define BN_DEC_CONV	(1000000000L)
+#define BN_DEC_FMT1	"%u"
+#define BN_DEC_FMT2	"%09u"
+#define BN_DEC_NUM	9
+#define BN_HEX_FMT1	"%X"
+#define BN_HEX_FMT2	"%08X"
+#endif
+
+/* 2011-02-22 SMS.
+ * In various places, a size_t variable or a type cast to size_t was
+ * used to perform integer-only operations on pointers.  This failed on
+ * VMS with 64-bit pointers (CC /POINTER_SIZE = 64) because size_t is
+ * still only 32 bits.  What's needed in these cases is an integer type
+ * with the same size as a pointer, which size_t is not certain to be. 
+ * The only fix here is VMS-specific.
+ */
+#if defined(OPENSSL_SYS_VMS)
+# if __INITIAL_POINTER_SIZE == 64
+#  define PTR_SIZE_INT long long
+# else /* __INITIAL_POINTER_SIZE == 64 */
+#  define PTR_SIZE_INT int
+# endif /* __INITIAL_POINTER_SIZE == 64 [else] */
+#else /* defined(OPENSSL_SYS_VMS) */
+# define PTR_SIZE_INT size_t
+#endif /* defined(OPENSSL_SYS_VMS) [else] */
+
+#define BN_DEFAULT_BITS	1280
+
+#define BN_FLG_MALLOCED		0x01
+#define BN_FLG_STATIC_DATA	0x02
+#define BN_FLG_CONSTTIME	0x04 /* avoid leaking exponent information through timing,
+                                      * BN_mod_exp_mont() will call BN_mod_exp_mont_consttime,
+                                      * BN_div() will call BN_div_no_branch,
+                                      * BN_mod_inverse() will call BN_mod_inverse_no_branch.
+                                      */
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_DEPRECATED
+#define BN_FLG_EXP_CONSTTIME BN_FLG_CONSTTIME /* deprecated name for the flag */
+                                      /* avoid leaking exponent information through timings
+                                      * (BN_mod_exp_mont() will call BN_mod_exp_mont_consttime) */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_DEPRECATED
+#define BN_FLG_FREE		0x8000	/* used for debuging */
+#endif
+#define BN_set_flags(b,n)	((b)->flags|=(n))
+#define BN_get_flags(b,n)	((b)->flags&(n))
+
+/* get a clone of a BIGNUM with changed flags, for *temporary* use only
+ * (the two BIGNUMs cannot not be used in parallel!) */
+#define BN_with_flags(dest,b,n)  ((dest)->d=(b)->d, \
+                                  (dest)->top=(b)->top, \
+                                  (dest)->dmax=(b)->dmax, \
+                                  (dest)->neg=(b)->neg, \
+                                  (dest)->flags=(((dest)->flags & BN_FLG_MALLOCED) \
+                                                 |  ((b)->flags & ~BN_FLG_MALLOCED) \
+                                                 |  BN_FLG_STATIC_DATA \
+                                                 |  (n)))
+
+/* Already declared in ossl_typ.h */
+#if 0
+typedef struct bignum_st BIGNUM;
+/* Used for temp variables (declaration hidden in bn_lcl.h) */
+typedef struct bignum_ctx BN_CTX;
+typedef struct bn_blinding_st BN_BLINDING;
+typedef struct bn_mont_ctx_st BN_MONT_CTX;
+typedef struct bn_recp_ctx_st BN_RECP_CTX;
+typedef struct bn_gencb_st BN_GENCB;
+#endif
+
+struct bignum_st
+	{
+	BN_ULONG *d;	/* Pointer to an array of 'BN_BITS2' bit chunks. */
+	int top;	/* Index of last used d +1. */
+	/* The next are internal book keeping for bn_expand. */
+	int dmax;	/* Size of the d array. */
+	int neg;	/* one if the number is negative */
+	int flags;
+	};
+
+/* Used for montgomery multiplication */
+struct bn_mont_ctx_st
+	{
+	int ri;        /* number of bits in R */
+	BIGNUM RR;     /* used to convert to montgomery form */
+	BIGNUM N;      /* The modulus */
+	BIGNUM Ni;     /* R*(1/R mod N) - N*Ni = 1
+	                * (Ni is only stored for bignum algorithm) */
+	BN_ULONG n0[2];/* least significant word(s) of Ni;
+	                  (type changed with 0.9.9, was "BN_ULONG n0;" before) */
+	int flags;
+	};
+
+/* Used for reciprocal division/mod functions
+ * It cannot be shared between threads
+ */
+struct bn_recp_ctx_st
+	{
+	BIGNUM N;	/* the divisor */
+	BIGNUM Nr;	/* the reciprocal */
+	int num_bits;
+	int shift;
+	int flags;
+	};
+
+/* Used for slow "generation" functions. */
+struct bn_gencb_st
+	{
+	unsigned int ver;	/* To handle binary (in)compatibility */
+	void *arg;		/* callback-specific data */
+	union
+		{
+		/* if(ver==1) - handles old style callbacks */
+		void (*cb_1)(int, int, void *);
+		/* if(ver==2) - new callback style */
+		int (*cb_2)(int, int, BN_GENCB *);
+		} cb;
+	};
+/* Wrapper function to make using BN_GENCB easier,  */
+int BN_GENCB_call(BN_GENCB *cb, int a, int b);
+/* Macro to populate a BN_GENCB structure with an "old"-style callback */
+#define BN_GENCB_set_old(gencb, callback, cb_arg) { \
+		BN_GENCB *tmp_gencb = (gencb); \
+		tmp_gencb->ver = 1; \
+		tmp_gencb->arg = (cb_arg); \
+		tmp_gencb->cb.cb_1 = (callback); }
+/* Macro to populate a BN_GENCB structure with a "new"-style callback */
+#define BN_GENCB_set(gencb, callback, cb_arg) { \
+		BN_GENCB *tmp_gencb = (gencb); \
+		tmp_gencb->ver = 2; \
+		tmp_gencb->arg = (cb_arg); \
+		tmp_gencb->cb.cb_2 = (callback); }
+
+#define BN_prime_checks 0 /* default: select number of iterations
+			     based on the size of the number */
+
+/* number of Miller-Rabin iterations for an error rate  of less than 2^-80
+ * for random 'b'-bit input, b >= 100 (taken from table 4.4 in the Handbook
+ * of Applied Cryptography [Menezes, van Oorschot, Vanstone; CRC Press 1996];
+ * original paper: Damgaard, Landrock, Pomerance: Average case error estimates
+ * for the strong probable prime test. -- Math. Comp. 61 (1993) 177-194) */
+#define BN_prime_checks_for_size(b) ((b) >= 1300 ?  2 : \
+                                (b) >=  850 ?  3 : \
+                                (b) >=  650 ?  4 : \
+                                (b) >=  550 ?  5 : \
+                                (b) >=  450 ?  6 : \
+                                (b) >=  400 ?  7 : \
+                                (b) >=  350 ?  8 : \
+                                (b) >=  300 ?  9 : \
+                                (b) >=  250 ? 12 : \
+                                (b) >=  200 ? 15 : \
+                                (b) >=  150 ? 18 : \
+                                /* b >= 100 */ 27)
+
+#define BN_num_bytes(a)	((BN_num_bits(a)+7)/8)
+
+/* Note that BN_abs_is_word didn't work reliably for w == 0 until 0.9.8 */
+#define BN_abs_is_word(a,w) ((((a)->top == 1) && ((a)->d[0] == (BN_ULONG)(w))) || \
+				(((w) == 0) && ((a)->top == 0)))
+#define BN_is_zero(a)       ((a)->top == 0)
+#define BN_is_one(a)        (BN_abs_is_word((a),1) && !(a)->neg)
+#define BN_is_word(a,w)     (BN_abs_is_word((a),(w)) && (!(w) || !(a)->neg))
+#define BN_is_odd(a)	    (((a)->top > 0) && ((a)->d[0] & 1))
+
+#define BN_one(a)	(BN_set_word((a),1))
+#define BN_zero_ex(a) \
+	do { \
+		BIGNUM *_tmp_bn = (a); \
+		_tmp_bn->top = 0; \
+		_tmp_bn->neg = 0; \
+	} while(0)
+#ifdef OPENSSL_NO_DEPRECATED
+#define BN_zero(a)	BN_zero_ex(a)
+#else
+#define BN_zero(a)	(BN_set_word((a),0))
+#endif
+
+const BIGNUM *BN_value_one(void);
+char *	BN_options(void);
+BN_CTX *BN_CTX_new(void);
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_DEPRECATED
+void	BN_CTX_init(BN_CTX *c);
+#endif
+void	BN_CTX_free(BN_CTX *c);
+void	BN_CTX_start(BN_CTX *ctx);
+BIGNUM *BN_CTX_get(BN_CTX *ctx);
+void	BN_CTX_end(BN_CTX *ctx);
+int     BN_rand(BIGNUM *rnd, int bits, int top,int bottom);
+int     BN_pseudo_rand(BIGNUM *rnd, int bits, int top,int bottom);
+int	BN_rand_range(BIGNUM *rnd, const BIGNUM *range);
+int	BN_pseudo_rand_range(BIGNUM *rnd, const BIGNUM *range);
+int	BN_num_bits(const BIGNUM *a);
+int	BN_num_bits_word(BN_ULONG);
+BIGNUM *BN_new(void);
+void	BN_init(BIGNUM *);
+void	BN_clear_free(BIGNUM *a);
+BIGNUM *BN_copy(BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *b);
+void	BN_swap(BIGNUM *a, BIGNUM *b);
+BIGNUM *BN_bin2bn(const unsigned char *s,int len,BIGNUM *ret);
+int	BN_bn2bin(const BIGNUM *a, unsigned char *to);
+BIGNUM *BN_mpi2bn(const unsigned char *s,int len,BIGNUM *ret);
+int	BN_bn2mpi(const BIGNUM *a, unsigned char *to);
+int	BN_sub(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *b);
+int	BN_usub(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *b);
+int	BN_uadd(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *b);
+int	BN_add(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *b);
+int	BN_mul(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *b, BN_CTX *ctx);
+int	BN_sqr(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a,BN_CTX *ctx);
+/** BN_set_negative sets sign of a BIGNUM
+ * \param  b  pointer to the BIGNUM object
+ * \param  n  0 if the BIGNUM b should be positive and a value != 0 otherwise 
+ */
+void	BN_set_negative(BIGNUM *b, int n);
+/** BN_is_negative returns 1 if the BIGNUM is negative
+ * \param  a  pointer to the BIGNUM object
+ * \return 1 if a < 0 and 0 otherwise
+ */
+#define BN_is_negative(a) ((a)->neg != 0)
+
+int	BN_div(BIGNUM *dv, BIGNUM *rem, const BIGNUM *m, const BIGNUM *d,
+	BN_CTX *ctx);
+#define BN_mod(rem,m,d,ctx) BN_div(NULL,(rem),(m),(d),(ctx))
+int	BN_nnmod(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *m, const BIGNUM *d, BN_CTX *ctx);
+int	BN_mod_add(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *b, const BIGNUM *m, BN_CTX *ctx);
+int	BN_mod_add_quick(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *b, const BIGNUM *m);
+int	BN_mod_sub(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *b, const BIGNUM *m, BN_CTX *ctx);
+int	BN_mod_sub_quick(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *b, const BIGNUM *m);
+int	BN_mod_mul(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *b,
+	const BIGNUM *m, BN_CTX *ctx);
+int	BN_mod_sqr(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *m, BN_CTX *ctx);
+int	BN_mod_lshift1(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *m, BN_CTX *ctx);
+int	BN_mod_lshift1_quick(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *m);
+int	BN_mod_lshift(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, int n, const BIGNUM *m, BN_CTX *ctx);
+int	BN_mod_lshift_quick(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, int n, const BIGNUM *m);
+
+BN_ULONG BN_mod_word(const BIGNUM *a, BN_ULONG w);
+BN_ULONG BN_div_word(BIGNUM *a, BN_ULONG w);
+int	BN_mul_word(BIGNUM *a, BN_ULONG w);
+int	BN_add_word(BIGNUM *a, BN_ULONG w);
+int	BN_sub_word(BIGNUM *a, BN_ULONG w);
+int	BN_set_word(BIGNUM *a, BN_ULONG w);
+BN_ULONG BN_get_word(const BIGNUM *a);
+
+int	BN_cmp(const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *b);
+void	BN_free(BIGNUM *a);
+int	BN_is_bit_set(const BIGNUM *a, int n);
+int	BN_lshift(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, int n);
+int	BN_lshift1(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a);
+int	BN_exp(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *p,BN_CTX *ctx);
+
+int	BN_mod_exp(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *p,
+	const BIGNUM *m,BN_CTX *ctx);
+int	BN_mod_exp_mont(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *p,
+	const BIGNUM *m, BN_CTX *ctx, BN_MONT_CTX *m_ctx);
+int BN_mod_exp_mont_consttime(BIGNUM *rr, const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *p,
+	const BIGNUM *m, BN_CTX *ctx, BN_MONT_CTX *in_mont);
+int	BN_mod_exp_mont_word(BIGNUM *r, BN_ULONG a, const BIGNUM *p,
+	const BIGNUM *m, BN_CTX *ctx, BN_MONT_CTX *m_ctx);
+int	BN_mod_exp2_mont(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a1, const BIGNUM *p1,
+	const BIGNUM *a2, const BIGNUM *p2,const BIGNUM *m,
+	BN_CTX *ctx,BN_MONT_CTX *m_ctx);
+int	BN_mod_exp_simple(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *p,
+	const BIGNUM *m,BN_CTX *ctx);
+
+int	BN_mask_bits(BIGNUM *a,int n);
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_FP_API
+int	BN_print_fp(FILE *fp, const BIGNUM *a);
+#endif
+#ifdef HEADER_BIO_H
+int	BN_print(BIO *fp, const BIGNUM *a);
+#else
+int	BN_print(void *fp, const BIGNUM *a);
+#endif
+int	BN_reciprocal(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *m, int len, BN_CTX *ctx);
+int	BN_rshift(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, int n);
+int	BN_rshift1(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a);
+void	BN_clear(BIGNUM *a);
+BIGNUM *BN_dup(const BIGNUM *a);
+int	BN_ucmp(const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *b);
+int	BN_set_bit(BIGNUM *a, int n);
+int	BN_clear_bit(BIGNUM *a, int n);
+char *	BN_bn2hex(const BIGNUM *a);
+char *	BN_bn2dec(const BIGNUM *a);
+int 	BN_hex2bn(BIGNUM **a, const char *str);
+int 	BN_dec2bn(BIGNUM **a, const char *str);
+int	BN_asc2bn(BIGNUM **a, const char *str);
+int	BN_gcd(BIGNUM *r,const BIGNUM *a,const BIGNUM *b,BN_CTX *ctx);
+int	BN_kronecker(const BIGNUM *a,const BIGNUM *b,BN_CTX *ctx); /* returns -2 for error */
+BIGNUM *BN_mod_inverse(BIGNUM *ret,
+	const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *n,BN_CTX *ctx);
+BIGNUM *BN_mod_sqrt(BIGNUM *ret,
+	const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *n,BN_CTX *ctx);
+
+void	BN_consttime_swap(BN_ULONG swap, BIGNUM *a, BIGNUM *b, int nwords);
+
+/* Deprecated versions */
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_DEPRECATED
+BIGNUM *BN_generate_prime(BIGNUM *ret,int bits,int safe,
+	const BIGNUM *add, const BIGNUM *rem,
+	void (*callback)(int,int,void *),void *cb_arg);
+int	BN_is_prime(const BIGNUM *p,int nchecks,
+	void (*callback)(int,int,void *),
+	BN_CTX *ctx,void *cb_arg);
+int	BN_is_prime_fasttest(const BIGNUM *p,int nchecks,
+	void (*callback)(int,int,void *),BN_CTX *ctx,void *cb_arg,
+	int do_trial_division);
+#endif /* !defined(OPENSSL_NO_DEPRECATED) */
+
+/* Newer versions */
+int	BN_generate_prime_ex(BIGNUM *ret,int bits,int safe, const BIGNUM *add,
+		const BIGNUM *rem, BN_GENCB *cb);
+int	BN_is_prime_ex(const BIGNUM *p,int nchecks, BN_CTX *ctx, BN_GENCB *cb);
+int	BN_is_prime_fasttest_ex(const BIGNUM *p,int nchecks, BN_CTX *ctx,
+		int do_trial_division, BN_GENCB *cb);
+
+int BN_X931_generate_Xpq(BIGNUM *Xp, BIGNUM *Xq, int nbits, BN_CTX *ctx);
+
+int BN_X931_derive_prime_ex(BIGNUM *p, BIGNUM *p1, BIGNUM *p2,
+			const BIGNUM *Xp, const BIGNUM *Xp1, const BIGNUM *Xp2,
+			const BIGNUM *e, BN_CTX *ctx, BN_GENCB *cb);
+int BN_X931_generate_prime_ex(BIGNUM *p, BIGNUM *p1, BIGNUM *p2,
+			BIGNUM *Xp1, BIGNUM *Xp2,
+			const BIGNUM *Xp,
+			const BIGNUM *e, BN_CTX *ctx,
+			BN_GENCB *cb);
+
+BN_MONT_CTX *BN_MONT_CTX_new(void );
+void BN_MONT_CTX_init(BN_MONT_CTX *ctx);
+int BN_mod_mul_montgomery(BIGNUM *r,const BIGNUM *a,const BIGNUM *b,
+	BN_MONT_CTX *mont, BN_CTX *ctx);
+#define BN_to_montgomery(r,a,mont,ctx)	BN_mod_mul_montgomery(\
+	(r),(a),&((mont)->RR),(mont),(ctx))
+int BN_from_montgomery(BIGNUM *r,const BIGNUM *a,
+	BN_MONT_CTX *mont, BN_CTX *ctx);
+void BN_MONT_CTX_free(BN_MONT_CTX *mont);
+int BN_MONT_CTX_set(BN_MONT_CTX *mont,const BIGNUM *mod,BN_CTX *ctx);
+BN_MONT_CTX *BN_MONT_CTX_copy(BN_MONT_CTX *to,BN_MONT_CTX *from);
+BN_MONT_CTX *BN_MONT_CTX_set_locked(BN_MONT_CTX **pmont, int lock,
+					const BIGNUM *mod, BN_CTX *ctx);
+
+/* BN_BLINDING flags */
+#define	BN_BLINDING_NO_UPDATE	0x00000001
+#define	BN_BLINDING_NO_RECREATE	0x00000002
+
+BN_BLINDING *BN_BLINDING_new(const BIGNUM *A, const BIGNUM *Ai, BIGNUM *mod);
+void BN_BLINDING_free(BN_BLINDING *b);
+int BN_BLINDING_update(BN_BLINDING *b,BN_CTX *ctx);
+int BN_BLINDING_convert(BIGNUM *n, BN_BLINDING *b, BN_CTX *ctx);
+int BN_BLINDING_invert(BIGNUM *n, BN_BLINDING *b, BN_CTX *ctx);
+int BN_BLINDING_convert_ex(BIGNUM *n, BIGNUM *r, BN_BLINDING *b, BN_CTX *);
+int BN_BLINDING_invert_ex(BIGNUM *n, const BIGNUM *r, BN_BLINDING *b, BN_CTX *);
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_DEPRECATED
+unsigned long BN_BLINDING_get_thread_id(const BN_BLINDING *);
+void BN_BLINDING_set_thread_id(BN_BLINDING *, unsigned long);
+#endif
+CRYPTO_THREADID *BN_BLINDING_thread_id(BN_BLINDING *);
+unsigned long BN_BLINDING_get_flags(const BN_BLINDING *);
+void BN_BLINDING_set_flags(BN_BLINDING *, unsigned long);
+BN_BLINDING *BN_BLINDING_create_param(BN_BLINDING *b,
+	const BIGNUM *e, BIGNUM *m, BN_CTX *ctx,
+	int (*bn_mod_exp)(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *p,
+			  const BIGNUM *m, BN_CTX *ctx, BN_MONT_CTX *m_ctx),
+	BN_MONT_CTX *m_ctx);
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_DEPRECATED
+void BN_set_params(int mul,int high,int low,int mont);
+int BN_get_params(int which); /* 0, mul, 1 high, 2 low, 3 mont */
+#endif
+
+void	BN_RECP_CTX_init(BN_RECP_CTX *recp);
+BN_RECP_CTX *BN_RECP_CTX_new(void);
+void	BN_RECP_CTX_free(BN_RECP_CTX *recp);
+int	BN_RECP_CTX_set(BN_RECP_CTX *recp,const BIGNUM *rdiv,BN_CTX *ctx);
+int	BN_mod_mul_reciprocal(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *x, const BIGNUM *y,
+	BN_RECP_CTX *recp,BN_CTX *ctx);
+int	BN_mod_exp_recp(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *p,
+	const BIGNUM *m, BN_CTX *ctx);
+int	BN_div_recp(BIGNUM *dv, BIGNUM *rem, const BIGNUM *m,
+	BN_RECP_CTX *recp, BN_CTX *ctx);
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_EC2M
+
+/* Functions for arithmetic over binary polynomials represented by BIGNUMs. 
+ *
+ * The BIGNUM::neg property of BIGNUMs representing binary polynomials is
+ * ignored.
+ *
+ * Note that input arguments are not const so that their bit arrays can
+ * be expanded to the appropriate size if needed.
+ */
+
+int	BN_GF2m_add(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *b); /*r = a + b*/
+#define BN_GF2m_sub(r, a, b) BN_GF2m_add(r, a, b)
+int	BN_GF2m_mod(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *p); /*r=a mod p*/
+int	BN_GF2m_mod_mul(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *b,
+	const BIGNUM *p, BN_CTX *ctx); /* r = (a * b) mod p */
+int	BN_GF2m_mod_sqr(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *p,
+	BN_CTX *ctx); /* r = (a * a) mod p */
+int	BN_GF2m_mod_inv(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *b, const BIGNUM *p,
+	BN_CTX *ctx); /* r = (1 / b) mod p */
+int	BN_GF2m_mod_div(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *b,
+	const BIGNUM *p, BN_CTX *ctx); /* r = (a / b) mod p */
+int	BN_GF2m_mod_exp(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *b,
+	const BIGNUM *p, BN_CTX *ctx); /* r = (a ^ b) mod p */
+int	BN_GF2m_mod_sqrt(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *p,
+	BN_CTX *ctx); /* r = sqrt(a) mod p */
+int	BN_GF2m_mod_solve_quad(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *p,
+	BN_CTX *ctx); /* r^2 + r = a mod p */
+#define BN_GF2m_cmp(a, b) BN_ucmp((a), (b))
+/* Some functions allow for representation of the irreducible polynomials
+ * as an unsigned int[], say p.  The irreducible f(t) is then of the form:
+ *     t^p[0] + t^p[1] + ... + t^p[k]
+ * where m = p[0] > p[1] > ... > p[k] = 0.
+ */
+int	BN_GF2m_mod_arr(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, const int p[]);
+	/* r = a mod p */
+int	BN_GF2m_mod_mul_arr(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *b,
+	const int p[], BN_CTX *ctx); /* r = (a * b) mod p */
+int	BN_GF2m_mod_sqr_arr(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, const int p[],
+	BN_CTX *ctx); /* r = (a * a) mod p */
+int	BN_GF2m_mod_inv_arr(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *b, const int p[],
+	BN_CTX *ctx); /* r = (1 / b) mod p */
+int	BN_GF2m_mod_div_arr(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *b,
+	const int p[], BN_CTX *ctx); /* r = (a / b) mod p */
+int	BN_GF2m_mod_exp_arr(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *b,
+	const int p[], BN_CTX *ctx); /* r = (a ^ b) mod p */
+int	BN_GF2m_mod_sqrt_arr(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a,
+	const int p[], BN_CTX *ctx); /* r = sqrt(a) mod p */
+int	BN_GF2m_mod_solve_quad_arr(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a,
+	const int p[], BN_CTX *ctx); /* r^2 + r = a mod p */
+int	BN_GF2m_poly2arr(const BIGNUM *a, int p[], int max);
+int	BN_GF2m_arr2poly(const int p[], BIGNUM *a);
+
+#endif
+
+/* faster mod functions for the 'NIST primes' 
+ * 0 <= a < p^2 */
+int BN_nist_mod_192(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *p, BN_CTX *ctx);
+int BN_nist_mod_224(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *p, BN_CTX *ctx);
+int BN_nist_mod_256(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *p, BN_CTX *ctx);
+int BN_nist_mod_384(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *p, BN_CTX *ctx);
+int BN_nist_mod_521(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *p, BN_CTX *ctx);
+
+const BIGNUM *BN_get0_nist_prime_192(void);
+const BIGNUM *BN_get0_nist_prime_224(void);
+const BIGNUM *BN_get0_nist_prime_256(void);
+const BIGNUM *BN_get0_nist_prime_384(void);
+const BIGNUM *BN_get0_nist_prime_521(void);
+
+/* library internal functions */
+
+#define bn_expand(a,bits) ((((((bits+BN_BITS2-1))/BN_BITS2)) <= (a)->dmax)?\
+	(a):bn_expand2((a),(bits+BN_BITS2-1)/BN_BITS2))
+#define bn_wexpand(a,words) (((words) <= (a)->dmax)?(a):bn_expand2((a),(words)))
+BIGNUM *bn_expand2(BIGNUM *a, int words);
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_DEPRECATED
+BIGNUM *bn_dup_expand(const BIGNUM *a, int words); /* unused */
+#endif
+
+/* Bignum consistency macros
+ * There is one "API" macro, bn_fix_top(), for stripping leading zeroes from
+ * bignum data after direct manipulations on the data. There is also an
+ * "internal" macro, bn_check_top(), for verifying that there are no leading
+ * zeroes. Unfortunately, some auditing is required due to the fact that
+ * bn_fix_top() has become an overabused duct-tape because bignum data is
+ * occasionally passed around in an inconsistent state. So the following
+ * changes have been made to sort this out;
+ * - bn_fix_top()s implementation has been moved to bn_correct_top()
+ * - if BN_DEBUG isn't defined, bn_fix_top() maps to bn_correct_top(), and
+ *   bn_check_top() is as before.
+ * - if BN_DEBUG *is* defined;
+ *   - bn_check_top() tries to pollute unused words even if the bignum 'top' is
+ *     consistent. (ed: only if BN_DEBUG_RAND is defined)
+ *   - bn_fix_top() maps to bn_check_top() rather than "fixing" anything.
+ * The idea is to have debug builds flag up inconsistent bignums when they
+ * occur. If that occurs in a bn_fix_top(), we examine the code in question; if
+ * the use of bn_fix_top() was appropriate (ie. it follows directly after code
+ * that manipulates the bignum) it is converted to bn_correct_top(), and if it
+ * was not appropriate, we convert it permanently to bn_check_top() and track
+ * down the cause of the bug. Eventually, no internal code should be using the
+ * bn_fix_top() macro. External applications and libraries should try this with
+ * their own code too, both in terms of building against the openssl headers
+ * with BN_DEBUG defined *and* linking with a version of OpenSSL built with it
+ * defined. This not only improves external code, it provides more test
+ * coverage for openssl's own code.
+ */
+
+#ifdef BN_DEBUG
+
+/* We only need assert() when debugging */
+#include <assert.h>
+
+#ifdef BN_DEBUG_RAND
+/* To avoid "make update" cvs wars due to BN_DEBUG, use some tricks */
+#ifndef RAND_pseudo_bytes
+int RAND_pseudo_bytes(unsigned char *buf,int num);
+#define BN_DEBUG_TRIX
+#endif
+#define bn_pollute(a) \
+	do { \
+		const BIGNUM *_bnum1 = (a); \
+		if(_bnum1->top < _bnum1->dmax) { \
+			unsigned char _tmp_char; \
+			/* We cast away const without the compiler knowing, any \
+			 * *genuinely* constant variables that aren't mutable \
+			 * wouldn't be constructed with top!=dmax. */ \
+			BN_ULONG *_not_const; \
+			memcpy(&_not_const, &_bnum1->d, sizeof(BN_ULONG*)); \
+			RAND_pseudo_bytes(&_tmp_char, 1); \
+			memset((unsigned char *)(_not_const + _bnum1->top), _tmp_char, \
+				(_bnum1->dmax - _bnum1->top) * sizeof(BN_ULONG)); \
+		} \
+	} while(0)
+#ifdef BN_DEBUG_TRIX
+#undef RAND_pseudo_bytes
+#endif
+#else
+#define bn_pollute(a)
+#endif
+#define bn_check_top(a) \
+	do { \
+		const BIGNUM *_bnum2 = (a); \
+		if (_bnum2 != NULL) { \
+			assert((_bnum2->top == 0) || \
+				(_bnum2->d[_bnum2->top - 1] != 0)); \
+			bn_pollute(_bnum2); \
+		} \
+	} while(0)
+
+#define bn_fix_top(a)		bn_check_top(a)
+
+#define bn_check_size(bn, bits) bn_wcheck_size(bn, ((bits+BN_BITS2-1))/BN_BITS2)
+#define bn_wcheck_size(bn, words) \
+	do { \
+		const BIGNUM *_bnum2 = (bn); \
+		assert(words <= (_bnum2)->dmax && words >= (_bnum2)->top); \
+	} while(0)
+
+#else /* !BN_DEBUG */
+
+#define bn_pollute(a)
+#define bn_check_top(a)
+#define bn_fix_top(a)		bn_correct_top(a)
+#define bn_check_size(bn, bits)
+#define bn_wcheck_size(bn, words)
+
+#endif
+
+#define bn_correct_top(a) \
+        { \
+        BN_ULONG *ftl; \
+	int tmp_top = (a)->top; \
+	if (tmp_top > 0) \
+		{ \
+		for (ftl= &((a)->d[tmp_top-1]); tmp_top > 0; tmp_top--) \
+			if (*(ftl--)) break; \
+		(a)->top = tmp_top; \
+		} \
+	bn_pollute(a); \
+	}
+
+BN_ULONG bn_mul_add_words(BN_ULONG *rp, const BN_ULONG *ap, int num, BN_ULONG w);
+BN_ULONG bn_mul_words(BN_ULONG *rp, const BN_ULONG *ap, int num, BN_ULONG w);
+void     bn_sqr_words(BN_ULONG *rp, const BN_ULONG *ap, int num);
+BN_ULONG bn_div_words(BN_ULONG h, BN_ULONG l, BN_ULONG d);
+BN_ULONG bn_add_words(BN_ULONG *rp, const BN_ULONG *ap, const BN_ULONG *bp,int num);
+BN_ULONG bn_sub_words(BN_ULONG *rp, const BN_ULONG *ap, const BN_ULONG *bp,int num);
+
+/* Primes from RFC 2409 */
+BIGNUM *get_rfc2409_prime_768(BIGNUM *bn);
+BIGNUM *get_rfc2409_prime_1024(BIGNUM *bn);
+
+/* Primes from RFC 3526 */
+BIGNUM *get_rfc3526_prime_1536(BIGNUM *bn);
+BIGNUM *get_rfc3526_prime_2048(BIGNUM *bn);
+BIGNUM *get_rfc3526_prime_3072(BIGNUM *bn);
+BIGNUM *get_rfc3526_prime_4096(BIGNUM *bn);
+BIGNUM *get_rfc3526_prime_6144(BIGNUM *bn);
+BIGNUM *get_rfc3526_prime_8192(BIGNUM *bn);
+
+int BN_bntest_rand(BIGNUM *rnd, int bits, int top,int bottom);
+
+/* BEGIN ERROR CODES */
+/* The following lines are auto generated by the script mkerr.pl. Any changes
+ * made after this point may be overwritten when the script is next run.
+ */
+void ERR_load_BN_strings(void);
+
+/* Error codes for the BN functions. */
+
+/* Function codes. */
+#define BN_F_BNRAND					 127
+#define BN_F_BN_BLINDING_CONVERT_EX			 100
+#define BN_F_BN_BLINDING_CREATE_PARAM			 128
+#define BN_F_BN_BLINDING_INVERT_EX			 101
+#define BN_F_BN_BLINDING_NEW				 102
+#define BN_F_BN_BLINDING_UPDATE				 103
+#define BN_F_BN_BN2DEC					 104
+#define BN_F_BN_BN2HEX					 105
+#define BN_F_BN_CTX_GET					 116
+#define BN_F_BN_CTX_NEW					 106
+#define BN_F_BN_CTX_START				 129
+#define BN_F_BN_DIV					 107
+#define BN_F_BN_DIV_NO_BRANCH				 138
+#define BN_F_BN_DIV_RECP				 130
+#define BN_F_BN_EXP					 123
+#define BN_F_BN_EXPAND2					 108
+#define BN_F_BN_EXPAND_INTERNAL				 120
+#define BN_F_BN_GF2M_MOD				 131
+#define BN_F_BN_GF2M_MOD_EXP				 132
+#define BN_F_BN_GF2M_MOD_MUL				 133
+#define BN_F_BN_GF2M_MOD_SOLVE_QUAD			 134
+#define BN_F_BN_GF2M_MOD_SOLVE_QUAD_ARR			 135
+#define BN_F_BN_GF2M_MOD_SQR				 136
+#define BN_F_BN_GF2M_MOD_SQRT				 137
+#define BN_F_BN_MOD_EXP2_MONT				 118
+#define BN_F_BN_MOD_EXP_MONT				 109
+#define BN_F_BN_MOD_EXP_MONT_CONSTTIME			 124
+#define BN_F_BN_MOD_EXP_MONT_WORD			 117
+#define BN_F_BN_MOD_EXP_RECP				 125
+#define BN_F_BN_MOD_EXP_SIMPLE				 126
+#define BN_F_BN_MOD_INVERSE				 110
+#define BN_F_BN_MOD_INVERSE_NO_BRANCH			 139
+#define BN_F_BN_MOD_LSHIFT_QUICK			 119
+#define BN_F_BN_MOD_MUL_RECIPROCAL			 111
+#define BN_F_BN_MOD_SQRT				 121
+#define BN_F_BN_MPI2BN					 112
+#define BN_F_BN_NEW					 113
+#define BN_F_BN_RAND					 114
+#define BN_F_BN_RAND_RANGE				 122
+#define BN_F_BN_USUB					 115
+
+/* Reason codes. */
+#define BN_R_ARG2_LT_ARG3				 100
+#define BN_R_BAD_RECIPROCAL				 101
+#define BN_R_BIGNUM_TOO_LONG				 114
+#define BN_R_CALLED_WITH_EVEN_MODULUS			 102
+#define BN_R_DIV_BY_ZERO				 103
+#define BN_R_ENCODING_ERROR				 104
+#define BN_R_EXPAND_ON_STATIC_BIGNUM_DATA		 105
+#define BN_R_INPUT_NOT_REDUCED				 110
+#define BN_R_INVALID_LENGTH				 106
+#define BN_R_INVALID_RANGE				 115
+#define BN_R_NOT_A_SQUARE				 111
+#define BN_R_NOT_INITIALIZED				 107
+#define BN_R_NO_INVERSE					 108
+#define BN_R_NO_SOLUTION				 116
+#define BN_R_P_IS_NOT_PRIME				 112
+#define BN_R_TOO_MANY_ITERATIONS			 113
+#define BN_R_TOO_MANY_TEMPORARY_VARIABLES		 109
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/include/openssl/buffer.h b/lib/include/openssl/buffer.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f8da32b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/include/openssl/buffer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+/* crypto/buffer/buffer.h */
+/* Copyright (C) 1995-1998 Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This package is an SSL implementation written
+ * by Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com).
+ * The implementation was written so as to conform with Netscapes SSL.
+ * 
+ * This library is free for commercial and non-commercial use as long as
+ * the following conditions are aheared to.  The following conditions
+ * apply to all code found in this distribution, be it the RC4, RSA,
+ * lhash, DES, etc., code; not just the SSL code.  The SSL documentation
+ * included with this distribution is covered by the same copyright terms
+ * except that the holder is Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com).
+ * 
+ * Copyright remains Eric Young's, and as such any Copyright notices in
+ * the code are not to be removed.
+ * If this package is used in a product, Eric Young should be given attribution
+ * as the author of the parts of the library used.
+ * This can be in the form of a textual message at program startup or
+ * in documentation (online or textual) provided with the package.
+ * 
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *    "This product includes cryptographic software written by
+ *     Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)"
+ *    The word 'cryptographic' can be left out if the rouines from the library
+ *    being used are not cryptographic related :-).
+ * 4. If you include any Windows specific code (or a derivative thereof) from 
+ *    the apps directory (application code) you must include an acknowledgement:
+ *    "This product includes software written by Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com)"
+ * 
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ERIC YOUNG ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * 
+ * The licence and distribution terms for any publically available version or
+ * derivative of this code cannot be changed.  i.e. this code cannot simply be
+ * copied and put under another distribution licence
+ * [including the GNU Public Licence.]
+ */
+
+#ifndef HEADER_BUFFER_H
+#define HEADER_BUFFER_H
+
+#include <openssl/ossl_typ.h>
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+#if !defined(NO_SYS_TYPES_H)
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Already declared in ossl_typ.h */
+/* typedef struct buf_mem_st BUF_MEM; */
+
+struct buf_mem_st
+	{
+	size_t length;	/* current number of bytes */
+	char *data;
+	size_t max;	/* size of buffer */
+	};
+
+BUF_MEM *BUF_MEM_new(void);
+void	BUF_MEM_free(BUF_MEM *a);
+int	BUF_MEM_grow(BUF_MEM *str, size_t len);
+int	BUF_MEM_grow_clean(BUF_MEM *str, size_t len);
+char *	BUF_strdup(const char *str);
+char *	BUF_strndup(const char *str, size_t siz);
+void *	BUF_memdup(const void *data, size_t siz);
+void	BUF_reverse(unsigned char *out, const unsigned char *in, size_t siz);
+
+/* safe string functions */
+size_t BUF_strlcpy(char *dst,const char *src,size_t siz);
+size_t BUF_strlcat(char *dst,const char *src,size_t siz);
+
+
+/* BEGIN ERROR CODES */
+/* The following lines are auto generated by the script mkerr.pl. Any changes
+ * made after this point may be overwritten when the script is next run.
+ */
+void ERR_load_BUF_strings(void);
+
+/* Error codes for the BUF functions. */
+
+/* Function codes. */
+#define BUF_F_BUF_MEMDUP				 103
+#define BUF_F_BUF_MEM_GROW				 100
+#define BUF_F_BUF_MEM_GROW_CLEAN			 105
+#define BUF_F_BUF_MEM_NEW				 101
+#define BUF_F_BUF_STRDUP				 102
+#define BUF_F_BUF_STRNDUP				 104
+
+/* Reason codes. */
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/include/openssl/camellia.h b/lib/include/openssl/camellia.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..67911e0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/include/openssl/camellia.h
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+/* crypto/camellia/camellia.h -*- mode:C; c-file-style: "eay" -*- */
+/* ====================================================================
+ * Copyright (c) 2006 The OpenSSL Project.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 
+ *
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+ *    the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+ *    distribution.
+ *
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this
+ *    software must display the following acknowledgment:
+ *    "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project
+ *    for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit. (http://www.openssl.org/)"
+ *
+ * 4. The names "OpenSSL Toolkit" and "OpenSSL Project" must not be used to
+ *    endorse or promote products derived from this software without
+ *    prior written permission. For written permission, please contact
+ *    openssl-core@openssl.org.
+ *
+ * 5. Products derived from this software may not be called "OpenSSL"
+ *    nor may "OpenSSL" appear in their names without prior written
+ *    permission of the OpenSSL Project.
+ *
+ * 6. Redistributions of any form whatsoever must retain the following
+ *    acknowledgment:
+ *    "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project
+ *    for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit (http://www.openssl.org/)"
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE OpenSSL PROJECT ``AS IS'' AND ANY
+ * EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OpenSSL PROJECT OR
+ * ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+ * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+ * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
+ * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
+ * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * ====================================================================
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef HEADER_CAMELLIA_H
+#define HEADER_CAMELLIA_H
+
+#include <openssl/opensslconf.h>
+
+#ifdef OPENSSL_NO_CAMELLIA
+#error CAMELLIA is disabled.
+#endif
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+#define CAMELLIA_ENCRYPT	1
+#define CAMELLIA_DECRYPT	0
+
+/* Because array size can't be a const in C, the following two are macros.
+   Both sizes are in bytes. */
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* This should be a hidden type, but EVP requires that the size be known */
+
+#define CAMELLIA_BLOCK_SIZE 16
+#define CAMELLIA_TABLE_BYTE_LEN 272
+#define CAMELLIA_TABLE_WORD_LEN (CAMELLIA_TABLE_BYTE_LEN / 4)
+
+typedef unsigned int KEY_TABLE_TYPE[CAMELLIA_TABLE_WORD_LEN]; /* to match with WORD */
+
+struct camellia_key_st 
+	{
+	union	{
+		double d;	/* ensures 64-bit align */
+		KEY_TABLE_TYPE rd_key;
+		} u;
+	int grand_rounds;
+	};
+typedef struct camellia_key_st CAMELLIA_KEY;
+
+#ifdef OPENSSL_FIPS
+int private_Camellia_set_key(const unsigned char *userKey, const int bits,
+	CAMELLIA_KEY *key);
+#endif
+int Camellia_set_key(const unsigned char *userKey, const int bits,
+	CAMELLIA_KEY *key);
+
+void Camellia_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out,
+	const CAMELLIA_KEY *key);
+void Camellia_decrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out,
+	const CAMELLIA_KEY *key);
+
+void Camellia_ecb_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out,
+	const CAMELLIA_KEY *key, const int enc);
+void Camellia_cbc_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out,
+	size_t length, const CAMELLIA_KEY *key,
+	unsigned char *ivec, const int enc);
+void Camellia_cfb128_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out,
+	size_t length, const CAMELLIA_KEY *key,
+	unsigned char *ivec, int *num, const int enc);
+void Camellia_cfb1_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out,
+	size_t length, const CAMELLIA_KEY *key,
+	unsigned char *ivec, int *num, const int enc);
+void Camellia_cfb8_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out,
+	size_t length, const CAMELLIA_KEY *key,
+	unsigned char *ivec, int *num, const int enc);
+void Camellia_ofb128_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out,
+	size_t length, const CAMELLIA_KEY *key,
+	unsigned char *ivec, int *num);
+void Camellia_ctr128_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out,
+	size_t length, const CAMELLIA_KEY *key,
+	unsigned char ivec[CAMELLIA_BLOCK_SIZE],
+	unsigned char ecount_buf[CAMELLIA_BLOCK_SIZE],
+	unsigned int *num);
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !HEADER_Camellia_H */
diff --git a/lib/include/openssl/cast.h b/lib/include/openssl/cast.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..203922e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/include/openssl/cast.h
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+/* crypto/cast/cast.h */
+/* Copyright (C) 1995-1998 Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This package is an SSL implementation written
+ * by Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com).
+ * The implementation was written so as to conform with Netscapes SSL.
+ * 
+ * This library is free for commercial and non-commercial use as long as
+ * the following conditions are aheared to.  The following conditions
+ * apply to all code found in this distribution, be it the RC4, RSA,
+ * lhash, DES, etc., code; not just the SSL code.  The SSL documentation
+ * included with this distribution is covered by the same copyright terms
+ * except that the holder is Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com).
+ * 
+ * Copyright remains Eric Young's, and as such any Copyright notices in
+ * the code are not to be removed.
+ * If this package is used in a product, Eric Young should be given attribution
+ * as the author of the parts of the library used.
+ * This can be in the form of a textual message at program startup or
+ * in documentation (online or textual) provided with the package.
+ * 
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *    "This product includes cryptographic software written by
+ *     Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)"
+ *    The word 'cryptographic' can be left out if the rouines from the library
+ *    being used are not cryptographic related :-).
+ * 4. If you include any Windows specific code (or a derivative thereof) from 
+ *    the apps directory (application code) you must include an acknowledgement:
+ *    "This product includes software written by Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com)"
+ * 
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ERIC YOUNG ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * 
+ * The licence and distribution terms for any publically available version or
+ * derivative of this code cannot be changed.  i.e. this code cannot simply be
+ * copied and put under another distribution licence
+ * [including the GNU Public Licence.]
+ */
+
+#ifndef HEADER_CAST_H
+#define HEADER_CAST_H
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#include <openssl/opensslconf.h>
+
+#ifdef OPENSSL_NO_CAST
+#error CAST is disabled.
+#endif
+
+#define CAST_ENCRYPT	1
+#define CAST_DECRYPT	0
+
+#define CAST_LONG unsigned int
+
+#define CAST_BLOCK	8
+#define CAST_KEY_LENGTH	16
+
+typedef struct cast_key_st
+	{
+	CAST_LONG data[32];
+	int short_key;	/* Use reduced rounds for short key */
+	} CAST_KEY;
+
+#ifdef OPENSSL_FIPS 
+void private_CAST_set_key(CAST_KEY *key, int len, const unsigned char *data);
+#endif
+void CAST_set_key(CAST_KEY *key, int len, const unsigned char *data);
+void CAST_ecb_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out, const CAST_KEY *key,
+		      int enc);
+void CAST_encrypt(CAST_LONG *data, const CAST_KEY *key);
+void CAST_decrypt(CAST_LONG *data, const CAST_KEY *key);
+void CAST_cbc_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out, long length,
+		      const CAST_KEY *ks, unsigned char *iv, int enc);
+void CAST_cfb64_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out,
+			long length, const CAST_KEY *schedule, unsigned char *ivec,
+			int *num, int enc);
+void CAST_ofb64_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out, 
+			long length, const CAST_KEY *schedule, unsigned char *ivec,
+			int *num);
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/include/openssl/cmac.h b/lib/include/openssl/cmac.h
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..712e92d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/include/openssl/cmac.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/* crypto/cmac/cmac.h */
+/* Written by Dr Stephen N Henson (steve@openssl.org) for the OpenSSL
+ * project.
+ */
+/* ====================================================================
+ * Copyright (c) 2010 The OpenSSL Project.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 
+ *
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+ *    the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+ *    distribution.
+ *
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this
+ *    software must display the following acknowledgment:
+ *    "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project
+ *    for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit. (http://www.OpenSSL.org/)"
+ *
+ * 4. The names "OpenSSL Toolkit" and "OpenSSL Project" must not be used to
+ *    endorse or promote products derived from this software without
+ *    prior written permission. For written permission, please contact
+ *    licensing@OpenSSL.org.
+ *
+ * 5. Products derived from this software may not be called "OpenSSL"
+ *    nor may "OpenSSL" appear in their names without prior written
+ *    permission of the OpenSSL Project.
+ *
+ * 6. Redistributions of any form whatsoever must retain the following
+ *    acknowledgment:
+ *    "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project
+ *    for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit (http://www.OpenSSL.org/)"
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE OpenSSL PROJECT ``AS IS'' AND ANY
+ * EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OpenSSL PROJECT OR
+ * ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+ * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+ * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
+ * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
+ * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * ====================================================================
+ */
+
+
+#ifndef HEADER_CMAC_H
+#define HEADER_CMAC_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#include <openssl/evp.h>
+
+/* Opaque */
+typedef struct CMAC_CTX_st CMAC_CTX;
+
+CMAC_CTX *CMAC_CTX_new(void);
+void CMAC_CTX_cleanup(CMAC_CTX *ctx);
+void CMAC_CTX_free(CMAC_CTX *ctx);
+EVP_CIPHER_CTX *CMAC_CTX_get0_cipher_ctx(CMAC_CTX *ctx);
+int CMAC_CTX_copy(CMAC_CTX *out, const CMAC_CTX *in);
+
+int CMAC_Init(CMAC_CTX *ctx, const void *key, size_t keylen, 
+			const EVP_CIPHER *cipher, ENGINE *impl);
+int CMAC_Update(CMAC_CTX *ctx, const void *data, size_t dlen);
+int CMAC_Final(CMAC_CTX *ctx, unsigned char *out, size_t *poutlen);
+int CMAC_resume(CMAC_CTX *ctx);
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/include/openssl/cms.h b/lib/include/openssl/cms.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..36994fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/include/openssl/cms.h
@@ -0,0 +1,501 @@
+/* crypto/cms/cms.h */
+/* Written by Dr Stephen N Henson (steve@openssl.org) for the OpenSSL
+ * project.
+ */
+/* ====================================================================
+ * Copyright (c) 2008 The OpenSSL Project.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 
+ *
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+ *    the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+ *    distribution.
+ *
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this
+ *    software must display the following acknowledgment:
+ *    "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project
+ *    for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit. (http://www.OpenSSL.org/)"
+ *
+ * 4. The names "OpenSSL Toolkit" and "OpenSSL Project" must not be used to
+ *    endorse or promote products derived from this software without
+ *    prior written permission. For written permission, please contact
+ *    licensing@OpenSSL.org.
+ *
+ * 5. Products derived from this software may not be called "OpenSSL"
+ *    nor may "OpenSSL" appear in their names without prior written
+ *    permission of the OpenSSL Project.
+ *
+ * 6. Redistributions of any form whatsoever must retain the following
+ *    acknowledgment:
+ *    "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project
+ *    for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit (http://www.OpenSSL.org/)"
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE OpenSSL PROJECT ``AS IS'' AND ANY
+ * EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OpenSSL PROJECT OR
+ * ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+ * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+ * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
+ * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
+ * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * ====================================================================
+ */
+
+
+#ifndef HEADER_CMS_H
+#define HEADER_CMS_H
+
+#include <openssl/x509.h>
+
+#ifdef OPENSSL_NO_CMS
+#error CMS is disabled.
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+typedef struct CMS_ContentInfo_st CMS_ContentInfo;
+typedef struct CMS_SignerInfo_st CMS_SignerInfo;
+typedef struct CMS_CertificateChoices CMS_CertificateChoices;
+typedef struct CMS_RevocationInfoChoice_st CMS_RevocationInfoChoice;
+typedef struct CMS_RecipientInfo_st CMS_RecipientInfo;
+typedef struct CMS_ReceiptRequest_st CMS_ReceiptRequest;
+typedef struct CMS_Receipt_st CMS_Receipt;
+
+DECLARE_STACK_OF(CMS_SignerInfo)
+DECLARE_STACK_OF(GENERAL_NAMES)
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(CMS_ContentInfo)
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(CMS_ReceiptRequest)
+DECLARE_ASN1_PRINT_FUNCTION(CMS_ContentInfo)
+
+#define CMS_SIGNERINFO_ISSUER_SERIAL	0
+#define CMS_SIGNERINFO_KEYIDENTIFIER	1
+
+#define CMS_RECIPINFO_TRANS		0
+#define CMS_RECIPINFO_AGREE		1
+#define CMS_RECIPINFO_KEK		2
+#define CMS_RECIPINFO_PASS		3
+#define CMS_RECIPINFO_OTHER		4
+
+/* S/MIME related flags */
+
+#define CMS_TEXT			0x1
+#define CMS_NOCERTS			0x2
+#define CMS_NO_CONTENT_VERIFY		0x4
+#define CMS_NO_ATTR_VERIFY		0x8
+#define CMS_NOSIGS			\
+			(CMS_NO_CONTENT_VERIFY|CMS_NO_ATTR_VERIFY)
+#define CMS_NOINTERN			0x10
+#define CMS_NO_SIGNER_CERT_VERIFY	0x20
+#define CMS_NOVERIFY			0x20
+#define CMS_DETACHED			0x40
+#define CMS_BINARY			0x80
+#define CMS_NOATTR			0x100
+#define	CMS_NOSMIMECAP			0x200
+#define CMS_NOOLDMIMETYPE		0x400
+#define CMS_CRLFEOL			0x800
+#define CMS_STREAM			0x1000
+#define CMS_NOCRL			0x2000
+#define CMS_PARTIAL			0x4000
+#define CMS_REUSE_DIGEST		0x8000
+#define CMS_USE_KEYID			0x10000
+#define CMS_DEBUG_DECRYPT		0x20000
+
+const ASN1_OBJECT *CMS_get0_type(CMS_ContentInfo *cms);
+
+BIO *CMS_dataInit(CMS_ContentInfo *cms, BIO *icont);
+int CMS_dataFinal(CMS_ContentInfo *cms, BIO *bio);
+
+ASN1_OCTET_STRING **CMS_get0_content(CMS_ContentInfo *cms);
+int CMS_is_detached(CMS_ContentInfo *cms);
+int CMS_set_detached(CMS_ContentInfo *cms, int detached);
+
+#ifdef HEADER_PEM_H
+DECLARE_PEM_rw_const(CMS, CMS_ContentInfo)
+#endif
+
+int CMS_stream(unsigned char ***boundary, CMS_ContentInfo *cms);
+CMS_ContentInfo *d2i_CMS_bio(BIO *bp, CMS_ContentInfo **cms);
+int i2d_CMS_bio(BIO *bp, CMS_ContentInfo *cms);
+
+BIO *BIO_new_CMS(BIO *out, CMS_ContentInfo *cms);
+int i2d_CMS_bio_stream(BIO *out, CMS_ContentInfo *cms, BIO *in, int flags);
+int PEM_write_bio_CMS_stream(BIO *out, CMS_ContentInfo *cms, BIO *in, int flags);
+CMS_ContentInfo *SMIME_read_CMS(BIO *bio, BIO **bcont);
+int SMIME_write_CMS(BIO *bio, CMS_ContentInfo *cms, BIO *data, int flags);
+
+int CMS_final(CMS_ContentInfo *cms, BIO *data, BIO *dcont, unsigned int flags);
+
+CMS_ContentInfo *CMS_sign(X509 *signcert, EVP_PKEY *pkey, STACK_OF(X509) *certs,
+						BIO *data, unsigned int flags);
+
+CMS_ContentInfo *CMS_sign_receipt(CMS_SignerInfo *si,
+					X509 *signcert, EVP_PKEY *pkey,
+					STACK_OF(X509) *certs,
+					unsigned int flags);
+
+int CMS_data(CMS_ContentInfo *cms, BIO *out, unsigned int flags);
+CMS_ContentInfo *CMS_data_create(BIO *in, unsigned int flags);
+
+int CMS_digest_verify(CMS_ContentInfo *cms, BIO *dcont, BIO *out,
+							unsigned int flags);
+CMS_ContentInfo *CMS_digest_create(BIO *in, const EVP_MD *md,
+							unsigned int flags);
+
+int CMS_EncryptedData_decrypt(CMS_ContentInfo *cms,
+				const unsigned char *key, size_t keylen,
+				BIO *dcont, BIO *out, unsigned int flags);
+
+CMS_ContentInfo *CMS_EncryptedData_encrypt(BIO *in, const EVP_CIPHER *cipher,
+					const unsigned char *key, size_t keylen,
+					unsigned int flags);
+
+int CMS_EncryptedData_set1_key(CMS_ContentInfo *cms, const EVP_CIPHER *ciph,
+				const unsigned char *key, size_t keylen);
+
+int CMS_verify(CMS_ContentInfo *cms, STACK_OF(X509) *certs,
+		 X509_STORE *store, BIO *dcont, BIO *out, unsigned int flags);
+
+int CMS_verify_receipt(CMS_ContentInfo *rcms, CMS_ContentInfo *ocms,
+			STACK_OF(X509) *certs,
+			X509_STORE *store, unsigned int flags);
+
+STACK_OF(X509) *CMS_get0_signers(CMS_ContentInfo *cms);
+
+CMS_ContentInfo *CMS_encrypt(STACK_OF(X509) *certs, BIO *in,
+				const EVP_CIPHER *cipher, unsigned int flags);
+
+int CMS_decrypt(CMS_ContentInfo *cms, EVP_PKEY *pkey, X509 *cert,
+				BIO *dcont, BIO *out,
+				unsigned int flags);
+	
+int CMS_decrypt_set1_pkey(CMS_ContentInfo *cms, EVP_PKEY *pk, X509 *cert);
+int CMS_decrypt_set1_key(CMS_ContentInfo *cms, 
+				unsigned char *key, size_t keylen,
+				unsigned char *id, size_t idlen);
+int CMS_decrypt_set1_password(CMS_ContentInfo *cms, 
+				unsigned char *pass, ossl_ssize_t passlen);
+
+STACK_OF(CMS_RecipientInfo) *CMS_get0_RecipientInfos(CMS_ContentInfo *cms);
+int CMS_RecipientInfo_type(CMS_RecipientInfo *ri);
+CMS_ContentInfo *CMS_EnvelopedData_create(const EVP_CIPHER *cipher);
+CMS_RecipientInfo *CMS_add1_recipient_cert(CMS_ContentInfo *cms,
+					X509 *recip, unsigned int flags);
+int CMS_RecipientInfo_set0_pkey(CMS_RecipientInfo *ri, EVP_PKEY *pkey);
+int CMS_RecipientInfo_ktri_cert_cmp(CMS_RecipientInfo *ri, X509 *cert);
+int CMS_RecipientInfo_ktri_get0_algs(CMS_RecipientInfo *ri,
+					EVP_PKEY **pk, X509 **recip,
+					X509_ALGOR **palg);
+int CMS_RecipientInfo_ktri_get0_signer_id(CMS_RecipientInfo *ri,
+					ASN1_OCTET_STRING **keyid,
+					X509_NAME **issuer, ASN1_INTEGER **sno);
+
+CMS_RecipientInfo *CMS_add0_recipient_key(CMS_ContentInfo *cms, int nid,
+					unsigned char *key, size_t keylen,
+					unsigned char *id, size_t idlen,
+					ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME *date,
+					ASN1_OBJECT *otherTypeId,
+					ASN1_TYPE *otherType);
+
+int CMS_RecipientInfo_kekri_get0_id(CMS_RecipientInfo *ri,
+					X509_ALGOR **palg,
+					ASN1_OCTET_STRING **pid,
+					ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME **pdate,
+					ASN1_OBJECT **potherid,
+					ASN1_TYPE **pothertype);
+
+int CMS_RecipientInfo_set0_key(CMS_RecipientInfo *ri, 
+				unsigned char *key, size_t keylen);
+
+int CMS_RecipientInfo_kekri_id_cmp(CMS_RecipientInfo *ri, 
+					const unsigned char *id, size_t idlen);
+
+int CMS_RecipientInfo_set0_password(CMS_RecipientInfo *ri, 
+					unsigned char *pass,
+					ossl_ssize_t passlen);
+
+CMS_RecipientInfo *CMS_add0_recipient_password(CMS_ContentInfo *cms,
+					int iter, int wrap_nid, int pbe_nid,
+					unsigned char *pass,
+					ossl_ssize_t passlen,
+					const EVP_CIPHER *kekciph);
+
+int CMS_RecipientInfo_decrypt(CMS_ContentInfo *cms, CMS_RecipientInfo *ri);
+	
+int CMS_uncompress(CMS_ContentInfo *cms, BIO *dcont, BIO *out,
+							unsigned int flags);
+CMS_ContentInfo *CMS_compress(BIO *in, int comp_nid, unsigned int flags);
+
+int CMS_set1_eContentType(CMS_ContentInfo *cms, const ASN1_OBJECT *oid);
+const ASN1_OBJECT *CMS_get0_eContentType(CMS_ContentInfo *cms);
+
+CMS_CertificateChoices *CMS_add0_CertificateChoices(CMS_ContentInfo *cms);
+int CMS_add0_cert(CMS_ContentInfo *cms, X509 *cert);
+int CMS_add1_cert(CMS_ContentInfo *cms, X509 *cert);
+STACK_OF(X509) *CMS_get1_certs(CMS_ContentInfo *cms);
+
+CMS_RevocationInfoChoice *CMS_add0_RevocationInfoChoice(CMS_ContentInfo *cms);
+int CMS_add0_crl(CMS_ContentInfo *cms, X509_CRL *crl);
+int CMS_add1_crl(CMS_ContentInfo *cms, X509_CRL *crl);
+STACK_OF(X509_CRL) *CMS_get1_crls(CMS_ContentInfo *cms);
+
+int CMS_SignedData_init(CMS_ContentInfo *cms);
+CMS_SignerInfo *CMS_add1_signer(CMS_ContentInfo *cms,
+			X509 *signer, EVP_PKEY *pk, const EVP_MD *md,
+			unsigned int flags);
+STACK_OF(CMS_SignerInfo) *CMS_get0_SignerInfos(CMS_ContentInfo *cms);
+
+void CMS_SignerInfo_set1_signer_cert(CMS_SignerInfo *si, X509 *signer);
+int CMS_SignerInfo_get0_signer_id(CMS_SignerInfo *si,
+					ASN1_OCTET_STRING **keyid,
+					X509_NAME **issuer, ASN1_INTEGER **sno);
+int CMS_SignerInfo_cert_cmp(CMS_SignerInfo *si, X509 *cert);
+int CMS_set1_signers_certs(CMS_ContentInfo *cms, STACK_OF(X509) *certs,
+					unsigned int flags);
+void CMS_SignerInfo_get0_algs(CMS_SignerInfo *si, EVP_PKEY **pk, X509 **signer,
+					X509_ALGOR **pdig, X509_ALGOR **psig);
+int CMS_SignerInfo_sign(CMS_SignerInfo *si);
+int CMS_SignerInfo_verify(CMS_SignerInfo *si);
+int CMS_SignerInfo_verify_content(CMS_SignerInfo *si, BIO *chain);
+
+int CMS_add_smimecap(CMS_SignerInfo *si, STACK_OF(X509_ALGOR) *algs);
+int CMS_add_simple_smimecap(STACK_OF(X509_ALGOR) **algs,
+				int algnid, int keysize);
+int CMS_add_standard_smimecap(STACK_OF(X509_ALGOR) **smcap);
+
+int CMS_signed_get_attr_count(const CMS_SignerInfo *si);
+int CMS_signed_get_attr_by_NID(const CMS_SignerInfo *si, int nid,
+			  int lastpos);
+int CMS_signed_get_attr_by_OBJ(const CMS_SignerInfo *si, ASN1_OBJECT *obj,
+			  int lastpos);
+X509_ATTRIBUTE *CMS_signed_get_attr(const CMS_SignerInfo *si, int loc);
+X509_ATTRIBUTE *CMS_signed_delete_attr(CMS_SignerInfo *si, int loc);
+int CMS_signed_add1_attr(CMS_SignerInfo *si, X509_ATTRIBUTE *attr);
+int CMS_signed_add1_attr_by_OBJ(CMS_SignerInfo *si,
+			const ASN1_OBJECT *obj, int type,
+			const void *bytes, int len);
+int CMS_signed_add1_attr_by_NID(CMS_SignerInfo *si,
+			int nid, int type,
+			const void *bytes, int len);
+int CMS_signed_add1_attr_by_txt(CMS_SignerInfo *si,
+			const char *attrname, int type,
+			const void *bytes, int len);
+void *CMS_signed_get0_data_by_OBJ(CMS_SignerInfo *si, ASN1_OBJECT *oid,
+					int lastpos, int type);
+
+int CMS_unsigned_get_attr_count(const CMS_SignerInfo *si);
+int CMS_unsigned_get_attr_by_NID(const CMS_SignerInfo *si, int nid,
+			  int lastpos);
+int CMS_unsigned_get_attr_by_OBJ(const CMS_SignerInfo *si, ASN1_OBJECT *obj,
+			  int lastpos);
+X509_ATTRIBUTE *CMS_unsigned_get_attr(const CMS_SignerInfo *si, int loc);
+X509_ATTRIBUTE *CMS_unsigned_delete_attr(CMS_SignerInfo *si, int loc);
+int CMS_unsigned_add1_attr(CMS_SignerInfo *si, X509_ATTRIBUTE *attr);
+int CMS_unsigned_add1_attr_by_OBJ(CMS_SignerInfo *si,
+			const ASN1_OBJECT *obj, int type,
+			const void *bytes, int len);
+int CMS_unsigned_add1_attr_by_NID(CMS_SignerInfo *si,
+			int nid, int type,
+			const void *bytes, int len);
+int CMS_unsigned_add1_attr_by_txt(CMS_SignerInfo *si,
+			const char *attrname, int type,
+			const void *bytes, int len);
+void *CMS_unsigned_get0_data_by_OBJ(CMS_SignerInfo *si, ASN1_OBJECT *oid,
+					int lastpos, int type);
+
+#ifdef HEADER_X509V3_H
+
+int CMS_get1_ReceiptRequest(CMS_SignerInfo *si, CMS_ReceiptRequest **prr);
+CMS_ReceiptRequest *CMS_ReceiptRequest_create0(unsigned char *id, int idlen,
+				int allorfirst,
+				STACK_OF(GENERAL_NAMES) *receiptList,
+				STACK_OF(GENERAL_NAMES) *receiptsTo);
+int CMS_add1_ReceiptRequest(CMS_SignerInfo *si, CMS_ReceiptRequest *rr);
+void CMS_ReceiptRequest_get0_values(CMS_ReceiptRequest *rr,
+					ASN1_STRING **pcid,
+					int *pallorfirst,
+					STACK_OF(GENERAL_NAMES) **plist,
+					STACK_OF(GENERAL_NAMES) **prto);
+
+#endif
+
+/* BEGIN ERROR CODES */
+/* The following lines are auto generated by the script mkerr.pl. Any changes
+ * made after this point may be overwritten when the script is next run.
+ */
+void ERR_load_CMS_strings(void);
+
+/* Error codes for the CMS functions. */
+
+/* Function codes. */
+#define CMS_F_CHECK_CONTENT				 99
+#define CMS_F_CMS_ADD0_CERT				 164
+#define CMS_F_CMS_ADD0_RECIPIENT_KEY			 100
+#define CMS_F_CMS_ADD0_RECIPIENT_PASSWORD		 165
+#define CMS_F_CMS_ADD1_RECEIPTREQUEST			 158
+#define CMS_F_CMS_ADD1_RECIPIENT_CERT			 101
+#define CMS_F_CMS_ADD1_SIGNER				 102
+#define CMS_F_CMS_ADD1_SIGNINGTIME			 103
+#define CMS_F_CMS_COMPRESS				 104
+#define CMS_F_CMS_COMPRESSEDDATA_CREATE			 105
+#define CMS_F_CMS_COMPRESSEDDATA_INIT_BIO		 106
+#define CMS_F_CMS_COPY_CONTENT				 107
+#define CMS_F_CMS_COPY_MESSAGEDIGEST			 108
+#define CMS_F_CMS_DATA					 109
+#define CMS_F_CMS_DATAFINAL				 110
+#define CMS_F_CMS_DATAINIT				 111
+#define CMS_F_CMS_DECRYPT				 112
+#define CMS_F_CMS_DECRYPT_SET1_KEY			 113
+#define CMS_F_CMS_DECRYPT_SET1_PASSWORD			 166
+#define CMS_F_CMS_DECRYPT_SET1_PKEY			 114
+#define CMS_F_CMS_DIGESTALGORITHM_FIND_CTX		 115
+#define CMS_F_CMS_DIGESTALGORITHM_INIT_BIO		 116
+#define CMS_F_CMS_DIGESTEDDATA_DO_FINAL			 117
+#define CMS_F_CMS_DIGEST_VERIFY				 118
+#define CMS_F_CMS_ENCODE_RECEIPT			 161
+#define CMS_F_CMS_ENCRYPT				 119
+#define CMS_F_CMS_ENCRYPTEDCONTENT_INIT_BIO		 120
+#define CMS_F_CMS_ENCRYPTEDDATA_DECRYPT			 121
+#define CMS_F_CMS_ENCRYPTEDDATA_ENCRYPT			 122
+#define CMS_F_CMS_ENCRYPTEDDATA_SET1_KEY		 123
+#define CMS_F_CMS_ENVELOPEDDATA_CREATE			 124
+#define CMS_F_CMS_ENVELOPEDDATA_INIT_BIO		 125
+#define CMS_F_CMS_ENVELOPED_DATA_INIT			 126
+#define CMS_F_CMS_FINAL					 127
+#define CMS_F_CMS_GET0_CERTIFICATE_CHOICES		 128
+#define CMS_F_CMS_GET0_CONTENT				 129
+#define CMS_F_CMS_GET0_ECONTENT_TYPE			 130
+#define CMS_F_CMS_GET0_ENVELOPED			 131
+#define CMS_F_CMS_GET0_REVOCATION_CHOICES		 132
+#define CMS_F_CMS_GET0_SIGNED				 133
+#define CMS_F_CMS_MSGSIGDIGEST_ADD1			 162
+#define CMS_F_CMS_RECEIPTREQUEST_CREATE0		 159
+#define CMS_F_CMS_RECEIPT_VERIFY			 160
+#define CMS_F_CMS_RECIPIENTINFO_DECRYPT			 134
+#define CMS_F_CMS_RECIPIENTINFO_KEKRI_DECRYPT		 135
+#define CMS_F_CMS_RECIPIENTINFO_KEKRI_ENCRYPT		 136
+#define CMS_F_CMS_RECIPIENTINFO_KEKRI_GET0_ID		 137
+#define CMS_F_CMS_RECIPIENTINFO_KEKRI_ID_CMP		 138
+#define CMS_F_CMS_RECIPIENTINFO_KTRI_CERT_CMP		 139
+#define CMS_F_CMS_RECIPIENTINFO_KTRI_DECRYPT		 140
+#define CMS_F_CMS_RECIPIENTINFO_KTRI_ENCRYPT		 141
+#define CMS_F_CMS_RECIPIENTINFO_KTRI_GET0_ALGS		 142
+#define CMS_F_CMS_RECIPIENTINFO_KTRI_GET0_SIGNER_ID	 143
+#define CMS_F_CMS_RECIPIENTINFO_PWRI_CRYPT		 167
+#define CMS_F_CMS_RECIPIENTINFO_SET0_KEY		 144
+#define CMS_F_CMS_RECIPIENTINFO_SET0_PASSWORD		 168
+#define CMS_F_CMS_RECIPIENTINFO_SET0_PKEY		 145
+#define CMS_F_CMS_SET1_SIGNERIDENTIFIER			 146
+#define CMS_F_CMS_SET_DETACHED				 147
+#define CMS_F_CMS_SIGN					 148
+#define CMS_F_CMS_SIGNED_DATA_INIT			 149
+#define CMS_F_CMS_SIGNERINFO_CONTENT_SIGN		 150
+#define CMS_F_CMS_SIGNERINFO_SIGN			 151
+#define CMS_F_CMS_SIGNERINFO_VERIFY			 152
+#define CMS_F_CMS_SIGNERINFO_VERIFY_CERT		 153
+#define CMS_F_CMS_SIGNERINFO_VERIFY_CONTENT		 154
+#define CMS_F_CMS_SIGN_RECEIPT				 163
+#define CMS_F_CMS_STREAM				 155
+#define CMS_F_CMS_UNCOMPRESS				 156
+#define CMS_F_CMS_VERIFY				 157
+
+/* Reason codes. */
+#define CMS_R_ADD_SIGNER_ERROR				 99
+#define CMS_R_CERTIFICATE_ALREADY_PRESENT		 175
+#define CMS_R_CERTIFICATE_HAS_NO_KEYID			 160
+#define CMS_R_CERTIFICATE_VERIFY_ERROR			 100
+#define CMS_R_CIPHER_INITIALISATION_ERROR		 101
+#define CMS_R_CIPHER_PARAMETER_INITIALISATION_ERROR	 102
+#define CMS_R_CMS_DATAFINAL_ERROR			 103
+#define CMS_R_CMS_LIB					 104
+#define CMS_R_CONTENTIDENTIFIER_MISMATCH		 170
+#define CMS_R_CONTENT_NOT_FOUND				 105
+#define CMS_R_CONTENT_TYPE_MISMATCH			 171
+#define CMS_R_CONTENT_TYPE_NOT_COMPRESSED_DATA		 106
+#define CMS_R_CONTENT_TYPE_NOT_ENVELOPED_DATA		 107
+#define CMS_R_CONTENT_TYPE_NOT_SIGNED_DATA		 108
+#define CMS_R_CONTENT_VERIFY_ERROR			 109
+#define CMS_R_CTRL_ERROR				 110
+#define CMS_R_CTRL_FAILURE				 111
+#define CMS_R_DECRYPT_ERROR				 112
+#define CMS_R_DIGEST_ERROR				 161
+#define CMS_R_ERROR_GETTING_PUBLIC_KEY			 113
+#define CMS_R_ERROR_READING_MESSAGEDIGEST_ATTRIBUTE	 114
+#define CMS_R_ERROR_SETTING_KEY				 115
+#define CMS_R_ERROR_SETTING_RECIPIENTINFO		 116
+#define CMS_R_INVALID_ENCRYPTED_KEY_LENGTH		 117
+#define CMS_R_INVALID_KEY_ENCRYPTION_PARAMETER		 176
+#define CMS_R_INVALID_KEY_LENGTH			 118
+#define CMS_R_MD_BIO_INIT_ERROR				 119
+#define CMS_R_MESSAGEDIGEST_ATTRIBUTE_WRONG_LENGTH	 120
+#define CMS_R_MESSAGEDIGEST_WRONG_LENGTH		 121
+#define CMS_R_MSGSIGDIGEST_ERROR			 172
+#define CMS_R_MSGSIGDIGEST_VERIFICATION_FAILURE		 162
+#define CMS_R_MSGSIGDIGEST_WRONG_LENGTH			 163
+#define CMS_R_NEED_ONE_SIGNER				 164
+#define CMS_R_NOT_A_SIGNED_RECEIPT			 165
+#define CMS_R_NOT_ENCRYPTED_DATA			 122
+#define CMS_R_NOT_KEK					 123
+#define CMS_R_NOT_KEY_TRANSPORT				 124
+#define CMS_R_NOT_PWRI					 177
+#define CMS_R_NOT_SUPPORTED_FOR_THIS_KEY_TYPE		 125
+#define CMS_R_NO_CIPHER					 126
+#define CMS_R_NO_CONTENT				 127
+#define CMS_R_NO_CONTENT_TYPE				 173
+#define CMS_R_NO_DEFAULT_DIGEST				 128
+#define CMS_R_NO_DIGEST_SET				 129
+#define CMS_R_NO_KEY					 130
+#define CMS_R_NO_KEY_OR_CERT				 174
+#define CMS_R_NO_MATCHING_DIGEST			 131
+#define CMS_R_NO_MATCHING_RECIPIENT			 132
+#define CMS_R_NO_MATCHING_SIGNATURE			 166
+#define CMS_R_NO_MSGSIGDIGEST				 167
+#define CMS_R_NO_PASSWORD				 178
+#define CMS_R_NO_PRIVATE_KEY				 133
+#define CMS_R_NO_PUBLIC_KEY				 134
+#define CMS_R_NO_RECEIPT_REQUEST			 168
+#define CMS_R_NO_SIGNERS				 135
+#define CMS_R_PRIVATE_KEY_DOES_NOT_MATCH_CERTIFICATE	 136
+#define CMS_R_RECEIPT_DECODE_ERROR			 169
+#define CMS_R_RECIPIENT_ERROR				 137
+#define CMS_R_SIGNER_CERTIFICATE_NOT_FOUND		 138
+#define CMS_R_SIGNFINAL_ERROR				 139
+#define CMS_R_SMIME_TEXT_ERROR				 140
+#define CMS_R_STORE_INIT_ERROR				 141
+#define CMS_R_TYPE_NOT_COMPRESSED_DATA			 142
+#define CMS_R_TYPE_NOT_DATA				 143
+#define CMS_R_TYPE_NOT_DIGESTED_DATA			 144
+#define CMS_R_TYPE_NOT_ENCRYPTED_DATA			 145
+#define CMS_R_TYPE_NOT_ENVELOPED_DATA			 146
+#define CMS_R_UNABLE_TO_FINALIZE_CONTEXT		 147
+#define CMS_R_UNKNOWN_CIPHER				 148
+#define CMS_R_UNKNOWN_DIGEST_ALGORIHM			 149
+#define CMS_R_UNKNOWN_ID				 150
+#define CMS_R_UNSUPPORTED_COMPRESSION_ALGORITHM		 151
+#define CMS_R_UNSUPPORTED_CONTENT_TYPE			 152
+#define CMS_R_UNSUPPORTED_KEK_ALGORITHM			 153
+#define CMS_R_UNSUPPORTED_KEY_ENCRYPTION_ALGORITHM	 179
+#define CMS_R_UNSUPPORTED_RECIPIENT_TYPE		 154
+#define CMS_R_UNSUPPORTED_RECPIENTINFO_TYPE		 155
+#define CMS_R_UNSUPPORTED_TYPE				 156
+#define CMS_R_UNWRAP_ERROR				 157
+#define CMS_R_UNWRAP_FAILURE				 180
+#define CMS_R_VERIFICATION_FAILURE			 158
+#define CMS_R_WRAP_ERROR				 159
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/include/openssl/comp.h b/lib/include/openssl/comp.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4b405c7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/include/openssl/comp.h
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+
+#ifndef HEADER_COMP_H
+#define HEADER_COMP_H
+
+#include <openssl/crypto.h>
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+typedef struct comp_ctx_st COMP_CTX;
+
+typedef struct comp_method_st
+	{
+	int type;		/* NID for compression library */
+	const char *name;	/* A text string to identify the library */
+	int (*init)(COMP_CTX *ctx);
+	void (*finish)(COMP_CTX *ctx);
+	int (*compress)(COMP_CTX *ctx,
+			unsigned char *out, unsigned int olen,
+			unsigned char *in, unsigned int ilen);
+	int (*expand)(COMP_CTX *ctx,
+		      unsigned char *out, unsigned int olen,
+		      unsigned char *in, unsigned int ilen);
+	/* The following two do NOTHING, but are kept for backward compatibility */
+	long (*ctrl)(void);
+	long (*callback_ctrl)(void);
+	} COMP_METHOD;
+
+struct comp_ctx_st
+	{
+	COMP_METHOD *meth;
+	unsigned long compress_in;
+	unsigned long compress_out;
+	unsigned long expand_in;
+	unsigned long expand_out;
+
+	CRYPTO_EX_DATA	ex_data;
+	};
+
+
+COMP_CTX *COMP_CTX_new(COMP_METHOD *meth);
+void COMP_CTX_free(COMP_CTX *ctx);
+int COMP_compress_block(COMP_CTX *ctx, unsigned char *out, int olen,
+	unsigned char *in, int ilen);
+int COMP_expand_block(COMP_CTX *ctx, unsigned char *out, int olen,
+	unsigned char *in, int ilen);
+COMP_METHOD *COMP_rle(void );
+COMP_METHOD *COMP_zlib(void );
+void COMP_zlib_cleanup(void);
+
+#ifdef HEADER_BIO_H
+#ifdef ZLIB
+BIO_METHOD *BIO_f_zlib(void);
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/* BEGIN ERROR CODES */
+/* The following lines are auto generated by the script mkerr.pl. Any changes
+ * made after this point may be overwritten when the script is next run.
+ */
+void ERR_load_COMP_strings(void);
+
+/* Error codes for the COMP functions. */
+
+/* Function codes. */
+#define COMP_F_BIO_ZLIB_FLUSH				 99
+#define COMP_F_BIO_ZLIB_NEW				 100
+#define COMP_F_BIO_ZLIB_READ				 101
+#define COMP_F_BIO_ZLIB_WRITE				 102
+
+/* Reason codes. */
+#define COMP_R_ZLIB_DEFLATE_ERROR			 99
+#define COMP_R_ZLIB_INFLATE_ERROR			 100
+#define COMP_R_ZLIB_NOT_SUPPORTED			 101
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/include/openssl/conf.h b/lib/include/openssl/conf.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c219997
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/include/openssl/conf.h
@@ -0,0 +1,263 @@
+/* crypto/conf/conf.h */
+/* Copyright (C) 1995-1998 Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This package is an SSL implementation written
+ * by Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com).
+ * The implementation was written so as to conform with Netscapes SSL.
+ * 
+ * This library is free for commercial and non-commercial use as long as
+ * the following conditions are aheared to.  The following conditions
+ * apply to all code found in this distribution, be it the RC4, RSA,
+ * lhash, DES, etc., code; not just the SSL code.  The SSL documentation
+ * included with this distribution is covered by the same copyright terms
+ * except that the holder is Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com).
+ * 
+ * Copyright remains Eric Young's, and as such any Copyright notices in
+ * the code are not to be removed.
+ * If this package is used in a product, Eric Young should be given attribution
+ * as the author of the parts of the library used.
+ * This can be in the form of a textual message at program startup or
+ * in documentation (online or textual) provided with the package.
+ * 
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *    "This product includes cryptographic software written by
+ *     Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)"
+ *    The word 'cryptographic' can be left out if the rouines from the library
+ *    being used are not cryptographic related :-).
+ * 4. If you include any Windows specific code (or a derivative thereof) from 
+ *    the apps directory (application code) you must include an acknowledgement:
+ *    "This product includes software written by Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com)"
+ * 
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ERIC YOUNG ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * 
+ * The licence and distribution terms for any publically available version or
+ * derivative of this code cannot be changed.  i.e. this code cannot simply be
+ * copied and put under another distribution licence
+ * [including the GNU Public Licence.]
+ */
+
+#ifndef  HEADER_CONF_H
+#define HEADER_CONF_H
+
+#include <openssl/bio.h>
+#include <openssl/lhash.h>
+#include <openssl/stack.h>
+#include <openssl/safestack.h>
+#include <openssl/e_os2.h>
+
+#include <openssl/ossl_typ.h>
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+typedef struct
+	{
+	char *section;
+	char *name;
+	char *value;
+	} CONF_VALUE;
+
+DECLARE_STACK_OF(CONF_VALUE)
+DECLARE_LHASH_OF(CONF_VALUE);
+
+struct conf_st;
+struct conf_method_st;
+typedef struct conf_method_st CONF_METHOD;
+
+struct conf_method_st
+	{
+	const char *name;
+	CONF *(*create)(CONF_METHOD *meth);
+	int (*init)(CONF *conf);
+	int (*destroy)(CONF *conf);
+	int (*destroy_data)(CONF *conf);
+	int (*load_bio)(CONF *conf, BIO *bp, long *eline);
+	int (*dump)(const CONF *conf, BIO *bp);
+	int (*is_number)(const CONF *conf, char c);
+	int (*to_int)(const CONF *conf, char c);
+	int (*load)(CONF *conf, const char *name, long *eline);
+	};
+
+/* Module definitions */
+
+typedef struct conf_imodule_st CONF_IMODULE;
+typedef struct conf_module_st CONF_MODULE;
+
+DECLARE_STACK_OF(CONF_MODULE)
+DECLARE_STACK_OF(CONF_IMODULE)
+
+/* DSO module function typedefs */
+typedef int conf_init_func(CONF_IMODULE *md, const CONF *cnf);
+typedef void conf_finish_func(CONF_IMODULE *md);
+
+#define	CONF_MFLAGS_IGNORE_ERRORS	0x1
+#define CONF_MFLAGS_IGNORE_RETURN_CODES	0x2
+#define CONF_MFLAGS_SILENT		0x4
+#define CONF_MFLAGS_NO_DSO		0x8
+#define CONF_MFLAGS_IGNORE_MISSING_FILE	0x10
+#define CONF_MFLAGS_DEFAULT_SECTION	0x20
+
+int CONF_set_default_method(CONF_METHOD *meth);
+void CONF_set_nconf(CONF *conf,LHASH_OF(CONF_VALUE) *hash);
+LHASH_OF(CONF_VALUE) *CONF_load(LHASH_OF(CONF_VALUE) *conf,const char *file,
+				long *eline);
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_FP_API
+LHASH_OF(CONF_VALUE) *CONF_load_fp(LHASH_OF(CONF_VALUE) *conf, FILE *fp,
+				   long *eline);
+#endif
+LHASH_OF(CONF_VALUE) *CONF_load_bio(LHASH_OF(CONF_VALUE) *conf, BIO *bp,long *eline);
+STACK_OF(CONF_VALUE) *CONF_get_section(LHASH_OF(CONF_VALUE) *conf,
+				       const char *section);
+char *CONF_get_string(LHASH_OF(CONF_VALUE) *conf,const char *group,
+		      const char *name);
+long CONF_get_number(LHASH_OF(CONF_VALUE) *conf,const char *group,
+		     const char *name);
+void CONF_free(LHASH_OF(CONF_VALUE) *conf);
+int CONF_dump_fp(LHASH_OF(CONF_VALUE) *conf, FILE *out);
+int CONF_dump_bio(LHASH_OF(CONF_VALUE) *conf, BIO *out);
+
+void OPENSSL_config(const char *config_name);
+void OPENSSL_no_config(void);
+
+/* New conf code.  The semantics are different from the functions above.
+   If that wasn't the case, the above functions would have been replaced */
+
+struct conf_st
+	{
+	CONF_METHOD *meth;
+	void *meth_data;
+	LHASH_OF(CONF_VALUE) *data;
+	};
+
+CONF *NCONF_new(CONF_METHOD *meth);
+CONF_METHOD *NCONF_default(void);
+CONF_METHOD *NCONF_WIN32(void);
+#if 0 /* Just to give you an idea of what I have in mind */
+CONF_METHOD *NCONF_XML(void);
+#endif
+void NCONF_free(CONF *conf);
+void NCONF_free_data(CONF *conf);
+
+int NCONF_load(CONF *conf,const char *file,long *eline);
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_FP_API
+int NCONF_load_fp(CONF *conf, FILE *fp,long *eline);
+#endif
+int NCONF_load_bio(CONF *conf, BIO *bp,long *eline);
+STACK_OF(CONF_VALUE) *NCONF_get_section(const CONF *conf,const char *section);
+char *NCONF_get_string(const CONF *conf,const char *group,const char *name);
+int NCONF_get_number_e(const CONF *conf,const char *group,const char *name,
+		       long *result);
+int NCONF_dump_fp(const CONF *conf, FILE *out);
+int NCONF_dump_bio(const CONF *conf, BIO *out);
+
+#if 0 /* The following function has no error checking,
+	 and should therefore be avoided */
+long NCONF_get_number(CONF *conf,char *group,char *name);
+#else
+#define NCONF_get_number(c,g,n,r) NCONF_get_number_e(c,g,n,r)
+#endif
+  
+/* Module functions */
+
+int CONF_modules_load(const CONF *cnf, const char *appname,
+		      unsigned long flags);
+int CONF_modules_load_file(const char *filename, const char *appname,
+			   unsigned long flags);
+void CONF_modules_unload(int all);
+void CONF_modules_finish(void);
+void CONF_modules_free(void);
+int CONF_module_add(const char *name, conf_init_func *ifunc,
+		    conf_finish_func *ffunc);
+
+const char *CONF_imodule_get_name(const CONF_IMODULE *md);
+const char *CONF_imodule_get_value(const CONF_IMODULE *md);
+void *CONF_imodule_get_usr_data(const CONF_IMODULE *md);
+void CONF_imodule_set_usr_data(CONF_IMODULE *md, void *usr_data);
+CONF_MODULE *CONF_imodule_get_module(const CONF_IMODULE *md);
+unsigned long CONF_imodule_get_flags(const CONF_IMODULE *md);
+void CONF_imodule_set_flags(CONF_IMODULE *md, unsigned long flags);
+void *CONF_module_get_usr_data(CONF_MODULE *pmod);
+void CONF_module_set_usr_data(CONF_MODULE *pmod, void *usr_data);
+
+char *CONF_get1_default_config_file(void);
+
+int CONF_parse_list(const char *list, int sep, int nospc,
+	int (*list_cb)(const char *elem, int len, void *usr), void *arg);
+
+void OPENSSL_load_builtin_modules(void);
+
+/* BEGIN ERROR CODES */
+/* The following lines are auto generated by the script mkerr.pl. Any changes
+ * made after this point may be overwritten when the script is next run.
+ */
+void ERR_load_CONF_strings(void);
+
+/* Error codes for the CONF functions. */
+
+/* Function codes. */
+#define CONF_F_CONF_DUMP_FP				 104
+#define CONF_F_CONF_LOAD				 100
+#define CONF_F_CONF_LOAD_BIO				 102
+#define CONF_F_CONF_LOAD_FP				 103
+#define CONF_F_CONF_MODULES_LOAD			 116
+#define CONF_F_CONF_PARSE_LIST				 119
+#define CONF_F_DEF_LOAD					 120
+#define CONF_F_DEF_LOAD_BIO				 121
+#define CONF_F_MODULE_INIT				 115
+#define CONF_F_MODULE_LOAD_DSO				 117
+#define CONF_F_MODULE_RUN				 118
+#define CONF_F_NCONF_DUMP_BIO				 105
+#define CONF_F_NCONF_DUMP_FP				 106
+#define CONF_F_NCONF_GET_NUMBER				 107
+#define CONF_F_NCONF_GET_NUMBER_E			 112
+#define CONF_F_NCONF_GET_SECTION			 108
+#define CONF_F_NCONF_GET_STRING				 109
+#define CONF_F_NCONF_LOAD				 113
+#define CONF_F_NCONF_LOAD_BIO				 110
+#define CONF_F_NCONF_LOAD_FP				 114
+#define CONF_F_NCONF_NEW				 111
+#define CONF_F_STR_COPY					 101
+
+/* Reason codes. */
+#define CONF_R_ERROR_LOADING_DSO			 110
+#define CONF_R_LIST_CANNOT_BE_NULL			 115
+#define CONF_R_MISSING_CLOSE_SQUARE_BRACKET		 100
+#define CONF_R_MISSING_EQUAL_SIGN			 101
+#define CONF_R_MISSING_FINISH_FUNCTION			 111
+#define CONF_R_MISSING_INIT_FUNCTION			 112
+#define CONF_R_MODULE_INITIALIZATION_ERROR		 109
+#define CONF_R_NO_CLOSE_BRACE				 102
+#define CONF_R_NO_CONF					 105
+#define CONF_R_NO_CONF_OR_ENVIRONMENT_VARIABLE		 106
+#define CONF_R_NO_SECTION				 107
+#define CONF_R_NO_SUCH_FILE				 114
+#define CONF_R_NO_VALUE					 108
+#define CONF_R_UNABLE_TO_CREATE_NEW_SECTION		 103
+#define CONF_R_UNKNOWN_MODULE_NAME			 113
+#define CONF_R_VARIABLE_HAS_NO_VALUE			 104
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/include/openssl/conf_api.h b/lib/include/openssl/conf_api.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..87a954a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/include/openssl/conf_api.h
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/* conf_api.h */
+/* Copyright (C) 1995-1998 Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This package is an SSL implementation written
+ * by Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com).
+ * The implementation was written so as to conform with Netscapes SSL.
+ * 
+ * This library is free for commercial and non-commercial use as long as
+ * the following conditions are aheared to.  The following conditions
+ * apply to all code found in this distribution, be it the RC4, RSA,
+ * lhash, DES, etc., code; not just the SSL code.  The SSL documentation
+ * included with this distribution is covered by the same copyright terms
+ * except that the holder is Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com).
+ * 
+ * Copyright remains Eric Young's, and as such any Copyright notices in
+ * the code are not to be removed.
+ * If this package is used in a product, Eric Young should be given attribution
+ * as the author of the parts of the library used.
+ * This can be in the form of a textual message at program startup or
+ * in documentation (online or textual) provided with the package.
+ * 
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *    "This product includes cryptographic software written by
+ *     Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)"
+ *    The word 'cryptographic' can be left out if the rouines from the library
+ *    being used are not cryptographic related :-).
+ * 4. If you include any Windows specific code (or a derivative thereof) from 
+ *    the apps directory (application code) you must include an acknowledgement:
+ *    "This product includes software written by Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com)"
+ * 
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ERIC YOUNG ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * 
+ * The licence and distribution terms for any publically available version or
+ * derivative of this code cannot be changed.  i.e. this code cannot simply be
+ * copied and put under another distribution licence
+ * [including the GNU Public Licence.]
+ */
+
+#ifndef  HEADER_CONF_API_H
+#define HEADER_CONF_API_H
+
+#include <openssl/lhash.h>
+#include <openssl/conf.h>
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Up until OpenSSL 0.9.5a, this was new_section */
+CONF_VALUE *_CONF_new_section(CONF *conf, const char *section);
+/* Up until OpenSSL 0.9.5a, this was get_section */
+CONF_VALUE *_CONF_get_section(const CONF *conf, const char *section);
+/* Up until OpenSSL 0.9.5a, this was CONF_get_section */
+STACK_OF(CONF_VALUE) *_CONF_get_section_values(const CONF *conf,
+					       const char *section);
+
+int _CONF_add_string(CONF *conf, CONF_VALUE *section, CONF_VALUE *value);
+char *_CONF_get_string(const CONF *conf, const char *section,
+		       const char *name);
+long _CONF_get_number(const CONF *conf, const char *section, const char *name);
+
+int _CONF_new_data(CONF *conf);
+void _CONF_free_data(CONF *conf);
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/include/openssl/crypto.h b/lib/include/openssl/crypto.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f92fc51
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/include/openssl/crypto.h
@@ -0,0 +1,611 @@
+/* crypto/crypto.h */
+/* ====================================================================
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2006 The OpenSSL Project.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 
+ *
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+ *    the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+ *    distribution.
+ *
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this
+ *    software must display the following acknowledgment:
+ *    "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project
+ *    for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit. (http://www.openssl.org/)"
+ *
+ * 4. The names "OpenSSL Toolkit" and "OpenSSL Project" must not be used to
+ *    endorse or promote products derived from this software without
+ *    prior written permission. For written permission, please contact
+ *    openssl-core@openssl.org.
+ *
+ * 5. Products derived from this software may not be called "OpenSSL"
+ *    nor may "OpenSSL" appear in their names without prior written
+ *    permission of the OpenSSL Project.
+ *
+ * 6. Redistributions of any form whatsoever must retain the following
+ *    acknowledgment:
+ *    "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project
+ *    for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit (http://www.openssl.org/)"
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE OpenSSL PROJECT ``AS IS'' AND ANY
+ * EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OpenSSL PROJECT OR
+ * ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+ * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+ * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
+ * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
+ * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * ====================================================================
+ *
+ * This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young
+ * (eay@cryptsoft.com).  This product includes software written by Tim
+ * Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com).
+ *
+ */
+/* Copyright (C) 1995-1998 Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This package is an SSL implementation written
+ * by Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com).
+ * The implementation was written so as to conform with Netscapes SSL.
+ * 
+ * This library is free for commercial and non-commercial use as long as
+ * the following conditions are aheared to.  The following conditions
+ * apply to all code found in this distribution, be it the RC4, RSA,
+ * lhash, DES, etc., code; not just the SSL code.  The SSL documentation
+ * included with this distribution is covered by the same copyright terms
+ * except that the holder is Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com).
+ * 
+ * Copyright remains Eric Young's, and as such any Copyright notices in
+ * the code are not to be removed.
+ * If this package is used in a product, Eric Young should be given attribution
+ * as the author of the parts of the library used.
+ * This can be in the form of a textual message at program startup or
+ * in documentation (online or textual) provided with the package.
+ * 
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *    "This product includes cryptographic software written by
+ *     Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)"
+ *    The word 'cryptographic' can be left out if the rouines from the library
+ *    being used are not cryptographic related :-).
+ * 4. If you include any Windows specific code (or a derivative thereof) from 
+ *    the apps directory (application code) you must include an acknowledgement:
+ *    "This product includes software written by Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com)"
+ * 
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ERIC YOUNG ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * 
+ * The licence and distribution terms for any publically available version or
+ * derivative of this code cannot be changed.  i.e. this code cannot simply be
+ * copied and put under another distribution licence
+ * [including the GNU Public Licence.]
+ */
+/* ====================================================================
+ * Copyright 2002 Sun Microsystems, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
+ * ECDH support in OpenSSL originally developed by 
+ * SUN MICROSYSTEMS, INC., and contributed to the OpenSSL project.
+ */
+
+#ifndef HEADER_CRYPTO_H
+#define HEADER_CRYPTO_H
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include <openssl/e_os2.h>
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_FP_API
+#include <stdio.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <openssl/stack.h>
+#include <openssl/safestack.h>
+#include <openssl/opensslv.h>
+#include <openssl/ossl_typ.h>
+
+#ifdef CHARSET_EBCDIC
+#include <openssl/ebcdic.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Resolve problems on some operating systems with symbol names that clash
+   one way or another */
+#include <openssl/symhacks.h>
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Backward compatibility to SSLeay */
+/* This is more to be used to check the correct DLL is being used
+ * in the MS world. */
+#define SSLEAY_VERSION_NUMBER	OPENSSL_VERSION_NUMBER
+#define SSLEAY_VERSION		0
+/* #define SSLEAY_OPTIONS	1 no longer supported */
+#define SSLEAY_CFLAGS		2
+#define SSLEAY_BUILT_ON		3
+#define SSLEAY_PLATFORM		4
+#define SSLEAY_DIR		5
+
+/* Already declared in ossl_typ.h */
+#if 0
+typedef struct crypto_ex_data_st CRYPTO_EX_DATA;
+/* Called when a new object is created */
+typedef int CRYPTO_EX_new(void *parent, void *ptr, CRYPTO_EX_DATA *ad,
+					int idx, long argl, void *argp);
+/* Called when an object is free()ed */
+typedef void CRYPTO_EX_free(void *parent, void *ptr, CRYPTO_EX_DATA *ad,
+					int idx, long argl, void *argp);
+/* Called when we need to dup an object */
+typedef int CRYPTO_EX_dup(CRYPTO_EX_DATA *to, CRYPTO_EX_DATA *from, void *from_d, 
+					int idx, long argl, void *argp);
+#endif
+
+/* A generic structure to pass assorted data in a expandable way */
+typedef struct openssl_item_st
+	{
+	int code;
+	void *value;		/* Not used for flag attributes */
+	size_t value_size;	/* Max size of value for output, length for input */
+	size_t *value_length;	/* Returned length of value for output */
+	} OPENSSL_ITEM;
+
+
+/* When changing the CRYPTO_LOCK_* list, be sure to maintin the text lock
+ * names in cryptlib.c
+ */
+
+#define	CRYPTO_LOCK_ERR			1
+#define	CRYPTO_LOCK_EX_DATA		2
+#define	CRYPTO_LOCK_X509		3
+#define	CRYPTO_LOCK_X509_INFO		4
+#define	CRYPTO_LOCK_X509_PKEY		5
+#define CRYPTO_LOCK_X509_CRL		6
+#define CRYPTO_LOCK_X509_REQ		7
+#define CRYPTO_LOCK_DSA			8
+#define CRYPTO_LOCK_RSA			9
+#define CRYPTO_LOCK_EVP_PKEY		10
+#define CRYPTO_LOCK_X509_STORE		11
+#define CRYPTO_LOCK_SSL_CTX		12
+#define CRYPTO_LOCK_SSL_CERT		13
+#define CRYPTO_LOCK_SSL_SESSION		14
+#define CRYPTO_LOCK_SSL_SESS_CERT	15
+#define CRYPTO_LOCK_SSL			16
+#define CRYPTO_LOCK_SSL_METHOD		17
+#define CRYPTO_LOCK_RAND		18
+#define CRYPTO_LOCK_RAND2		19
+#define CRYPTO_LOCK_MALLOC		20
+#define CRYPTO_LOCK_BIO			21
+#define CRYPTO_LOCK_GETHOSTBYNAME	22
+#define CRYPTO_LOCK_GETSERVBYNAME	23
+#define CRYPTO_LOCK_READDIR		24
+#define CRYPTO_LOCK_RSA_BLINDING	25
+#define CRYPTO_LOCK_DH			26
+#define CRYPTO_LOCK_MALLOC2		27
+#define CRYPTO_LOCK_DSO			28
+#define CRYPTO_LOCK_DYNLOCK		29
+#define CRYPTO_LOCK_ENGINE		30
+#define CRYPTO_LOCK_UI			31
+#define CRYPTO_LOCK_ECDSA               32
+#define CRYPTO_LOCK_EC			33
+#define CRYPTO_LOCK_ECDH		34
+#define CRYPTO_LOCK_BN  		35
+#define CRYPTO_LOCK_EC_PRE_COMP		36
+#define CRYPTO_LOCK_STORE		37
+#define CRYPTO_LOCK_COMP		38
+#define CRYPTO_LOCK_FIPS		39
+#define CRYPTO_LOCK_FIPS2		40
+#define CRYPTO_NUM_LOCKS		41
+
+#define CRYPTO_LOCK		1
+#define CRYPTO_UNLOCK		2
+#define CRYPTO_READ		4
+#define CRYPTO_WRITE		8
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_LOCKING
+#ifndef CRYPTO_w_lock
+#define CRYPTO_w_lock(type)	\
+	CRYPTO_lock(CRYPTO_LOCK|CRYPTO_WRITE,type,__FILE__,__LINE__)
+#define CRYPTO_w_unlock(type)	\
+	CRYPTO_lock(CRYPTO_UNLOCK|CRYPTO_WRITE,type,__FILE__,__LINE__)
+#define CRYPTO_r_lock(type)	\
+	CRYPTO_lock(CRYPTO_LOCK|CRYPTO_READ,type,__FILE__,__LINE__)
+#define CRYPTO_r_unlock(type)	\
+	CRYPTO_lock(CRYPTO_UNLOCK|CRYPTO_READ,type,__FILE__,__LINE__)
+#define CRYPTO_add(addr,amount,type)	\
+	CRYPTO_add_lock(addr,amount,type,__FILE__,__LINE__)
+#endif
+#else
+#define CRYPTO_w_lock(a)
+#define CRYPTO_w_unlock(a)
+#define CRYPTO_r_lock(a)
+#define CRYPTO_r_unlock(a)
+#define CRYPTO_add(a,b,c)	((*(a))+=(b))
+#endif
+
+/* Some applications as well as some parts of OpenSSL need to allocate
+   and deallocate locks in a dynamic fashion.  The following typedef
+   makes this possible in a type-safe manner.  */
+/* struct CRYPTO_dynlock_value has to be defined by the application. */
+typedef struct
+	{
+	int references;
+	struct CRYPTO_dynlock_value *data;
+	} CRYPTO_dynlock;
+
+
+/* The following can be used to detect memory leaks in the SSLeay library.
+ * It used, it turns on malloc checking */
+
+#define CRYPTO_MEM_CHECK_OFF	0x0	/* an enume */
+#define CRYPTO_MEM_CHECK_ON	0x1	/* a bit */
+#define CRYPTO_MEM_CHECK_ENABLE	0x2	/* a bit */
+#define CRYPTO_MEM_CHECK_DISABLE 0x3	/* an enume */
+
+/* The following are bit values to turn on or off options connected to the
+ * malloc checking functionality */
+
+/* Adds time to the memory checking information */
+#define V_CRYPTO_MDEBUG_TIME	0x1 /* a bit */
+/* Adds thread number to the memory checking information */
+#define V_CRYPTO_MDEBUG_THREAD	0x2 /* a bit */
+
+#define V_CRYPTO_MDEBUG_ALL (V_CRYPTO_MDEBUG_TIME | V_CRYPTO_MDEBUG_THREAD)
+
+
+/* predec of the BIO type */
+typedef struct bio_st BIO_dummy;
+
+struct crypto_ex_data_st
+	{
+	STACK_OF(void) *sk;
+	int dummy; /* gcc is screwing up this data structure :-( */
+	};
+DECLARE_STACK_OF(void)
+
+/* This stuff is basically class callback functions
+ * The current classes are SSL_CTX, SSL, SSL_SESSION, and a few more */
+
+typedef struct crypto_ex_data_func_st
+	{
+	long argl;	/* Arbitary long */
+	void *argp;	/* Arbitary void * */
+	CRYPTO_EX_new *new_func;
+	CRYPTO_EX_free *free_func;
+	CRYPTO_EX_dup *dup_func;
+	} CRYPTO_EX_DATA_FUNCS;
+
+DECLARE_STACK_OF(CRYPTO_EX_DATA_FUNCS)
+
+/* Per class, we have a STACK of CRYPTO_EX_DATA_FUNCS for each CRYPTO_EX_DATA
+ * entry.
+ */
+
+#define CRYPTO_EX_INDEX_BIO		0
+#define CRYPTO_EX_INDEX_SSL		1
+#define CRYPTO_EX_INDEX_SSL_CTX		2
+#define CRYPTO_EX_INDEX_SSL_SESSION	3
+#define CRYPTO_EX_INDEX_X509_STORE	4
+#define CRYPTO_EX_INDEX_X509_STORE_CTX	5
+#define CRYPTO_EX_INDEX_RSA		6
+#define CRYPTO_EX_INDEX_DSA		7
+#define CRYPTO_EX_INDEX_DH		8
+#define CRYPTO_EX_INDEX_ENGINE		9
+#define CRYPTO_EX_INDEX_X509		10
+#define CRYPTO_EX_INDEX_UI		11
+#define CRYPTO_EX_INDEX_ECDSA		12
+#define CRYPTO_EX_INDEX_ECDH		13
+#define CRYPTO_EX_INDEX_COMP		14
+#define CRYPTO_EX_INDEX_STORE		15
+
+/* Dynamically assigned indexes start from this value (don't use directly, use
+ * via CRYPTO_ex_data_new_class). */
+#define CRYPTO_EX_INDEX_USER		100
+
+
+/* This is the default callbacks, but we can have others as well:
+ * this is needed in Win32 where the application malloc and the
+ * library malloc may not be the same.
+ */
+#define CRYPTO_malloc_init()	CRYPTO_set_mem_functions(\
+	malloc, realloc, free)
+
+#if defined CRYPTO_MDEBUG_ALL || defined CRYPTO_MDEBUG_TIME || defined CRYPTO_MDEBUG_THREAD
+# ifndef CRYPTO_MDEBUG /* avoid duplicate #define */
+#  define CRYPTO_MDEBUG
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Set standard debugging functions (not done by default
+ * unless CRYPTO_MDEBUG is defined) */
+#define CRYPTO_malloc_debug_init()	do {\
+	CRYPTO_set_mem_debug_functions(\
+		CRYPTO_dbg_malloc,\
+		CRYPTO_dbg_realloc,\
+		CRYPTO_dbg_free,\
+		CRYPTO_dbg_set_options,\
+		CRYPTO_dbg_get_options);\
+	} while(0)
+
+int CRYPTO_mem_ctrl(int mode);
+int CRYPTO_is_mem_check_on(void);
+
+/* for applications */
+#define MemCheck_start() CRYPTO_mem_ctrl(CRYPTO_MEM_CHECK_ON)
+#define MemCheck_stop()	CRYPTO_mem_ctrl(CRYPTO_MEM_CHECK_OFF)
+
+/* for library-internal use */
+#define MemCheck_on()	CRYPTO_mem_ctrl(CRYPTO_MEM_CHECK_ENABLE)
+#define MemCheck_off()	CRYPTO_mem_ctrl(CRYPTO_MEM_CHECK_DISABLE)
+#define is_MemCheck_on() CRYPTO_is_mem_check_on()
+
+#define OPENSSL_malloc(num)	CRYPTO_malloc((int)num,__FILE__,__LINE__)
+#define OPENSSL_strdup(str)	CRYPTO_strdup((str),__FILE__,__LINE__)
+#define OPENSSL_realloc(addr,num) \
+	CRYPTO_realloc((char *)addr,(int)num,__FILE__,__LINE__)
+#define OPENSSL_realloc_clean(addr,old_num,num) \
+	CRYPTO_realloc_clean(addr,old_num,num,__FILE__,__LINE__)
+#define OPENSSL_remalloc(addr,num) \
+	CRYPTO_remalloc((char **)addr,(int)num,__FILE__,__LINE__)
+#define OPENSSL_freeFunc	CRYPTO_free
+#define OPENSSL_free(addr)	CRYPTO_free(addr)
+
+#define OPENSSL_malloc_locked(num) \
+	CRYPTO_malloc_locked((int)num,__FILE__,__LINE__)
+#define OPENSSL_free_locked(addr) CRYPTO_free_locked(addr)
+
+
+const char *SSLeay_version(int type);
+unsigned long SSLeay(void);
+
+int OPENSSL_issetugid(void);
+
+/* An opaque type representing an implementation of "ex_data" support */
+typedef struct st_CRYPTO_EX_DATA_IMPL	CRYPTO_EX_DATA_IMPL;
+/* Return an opaque pointer to the current "ex_data" implementation */
+const CRYPTO_EX_DATA_IMPL *CRYPTO_get_ex_data_implementation(void);
+/* Sets the "ex_data" implementation to be used (if it's not too late) */
+int CRYPTO_set_ex_data_implementation(const CRYPTO_EX_DATA_IMPL *i);
+/* Get a new "ex_data" class, and return the corresponding "class_index" */
+int CRYPTO_ex_data_new_class(void);
+/* Within a given class, get/register a new index */
+int CRYPTO_get_ex_new_index(int class_index, long argl, void *argp,
+		CRYPTO_EX_new *new_func, CRYPTO_EX_dup *dup_func,
+		CRYPTO_EX_free *free_func);
+/* Initialise/duplicate/free CRYPTO_EX_DATA variables corresponding to a given
+ * class (invokes whatever per-class callbacks are applicable) */
+int CRYPTO_new_ex_data(int class_index, void *obj, CRYPTO_EX_DATA *ad);
+int CRYPTO_dup_ex_data(int class_index, CRYPTO_EX_DATA *to,
+		CRYPTO_EX_DATA *from);
+void CRYPTO_free_ex_data(int class_index, void *obj, CRYPTO_EX_DATA *ad);
+/* Get/set data in a CRYPTO_EX_DATA variable corresponding to a particular index
+ * (relative to the class type involved) */
+int CRYPTO_set_ex_data(CRYPTO_EX_DATA *ad, int idx, void *val);
+void *CRYPTO_get_ex_data(const CRYPTO_EX_DATA *ad,int idx);
+/* This function cleans up all "ex_data" state. It mustn't be called under
+ * potential race-conditions. */
+void CRYPTO_cleanup_all_ex_data(void);
+
+int CRYPTO_get_new_lockid(char *name);
+
+int CRYPTO_num_locks(void); /* return CRYPTO_NUM_LOCKS (shared libs!) */
+void CRYPTO_lock(int mode, int type,const char *file,int line);
+void CRYPTO_set_locking_callback(void (*func)(int mode,int type,
+					      const char *file,int line));
+void (*CRYPTO_get_locking_callback(void))(int mode,int type,const char *file,
+		int line);
+void CRYPTO_set_add_lock_callback(int (*func)(int *num,int mount,int type,
+					      const char *file, int line));
+int (*CRYPTO_get_add_lock_callback(void))(int *num,int mount,int type,
+					  const char *file,int line);
+
+/* Don't use this structure directly. */
+typedef struct crypto_threadid_st
+	{
+	void *ptr;
+	unsigned long val;
+	} CRYPTO_THREADID;
+/* Only use CRYPTO_THREADID_set_[numeric|pointer]() within callbacks */
+void CRYPTO_THREADID_set_numeric(CRYPTO_THREADID *id, unsigned long val);
+void CRYPTO_THREADID_set_pointer(CRYPTO_THREADID *id, void *ptr);
+int CRYPTO_THREADID_set_callback(void (*threadid_func)(CRYPTO_THREADID *));
+void (*CRYPTO_THREADID_get_callback(void))(CRYPTO_THREADID *);
+void CRYPTO_THREADID_current(CRYPTO_THREADID *id);
+int CRYPTO_THREADID_cmp(const CRYPTO_THREADID *a, const CRYPTO_THREADID *b);
+void CRYPTO_THREADID_cpy(CRYPTO_THREADID *dest, const CRYPTO_THREADID *src);
+unsigned long CRYPTO_THREADID_hash(const CRYPTO_THREADID *id);
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_DEPRECATED
+void CRYPTO_set_id_callback(unsigned long (*func)(void));
+unsigned long (*CRYPTO_get_id_callback(void))(void);
+unsigned long CRYPTO_thread_id(void);
+#endif
+
+const char *CRYPTO_get_lock_name(int type);
+int CRYPTO_add_lock(int *pointer,int amount,int type, const char *file,
+		    int line);
+
+int CRYPTO_get_new_dynlockid(void);
+void CRYPTO_destroy_dynlockid(int i);
+struct CRYPTO_dynlock_value *CRYPTO_get_dynlock_value(int i);
+void CRYPTO_set_dynlock_create_callback(struct CRYPTO_dynlock_value *(*dyn_create_function)(const char *file, int line));
+void CRYPTO_set_dynlock_lock_callback(void (*dyn_lock_function)(int mode, struct CRYPTO_dynlock_value *l, const char *file, int line));
+void CRYPTO_set_dynlock_destroy_callback(void (*dyn_destroy_function)(struct CRYPTO_dynlock_value *l, const char *file, int line));
+struct CRYPTO_dynlock_value *(*CRYPTO_get_dynlock_create_callback(void))(const char *file,int line);
+void (*CRYPTO_get_dynlock_lock_callback(void))(int mode, struct CRYPTO_dynlock_value *l, const char *file,int line);
+void (*CRYPTO_get_dynlock_destroy_callback(void))(struct CRYPTO_dynlock_value *l, const char *file,int line);
+
+/* CRYPTO_set_mem_functions includes CRYPTO_set_locked_mem_functions --
+ * call the latter last if you need different functions */
+int CRYPTO_set_mem_functions(void *(*m)(size_t),void *(*r)(void *,size_t), void (*f)(void *));
+int CRYPTO_set_locked_mem_functions(void *(*m)(size_t), void (*free_func)(void *));
+int CRYPTO_set_mem_ex_functions(void *(*m)(size_t,const char *,int),
+                                void *(*r)(void *,size_t,const char *,int),
+                                void (*f)(void *));
+int CRYPTO_set_locked_mem_ex_functions(void *(*m)(size_t,const char *,int),
+                                       void (*free_func)(void *));
+int CRYPTO_set_mem_debug_functions(void (*m)(void *,int,const char *,int,int),
+				   void (*r)(void *,void *,int,const char *,int,int),
+				   void (*f)(void *,int),
+				   void (*so)(long),
+				   long (*go)(void));
+void CRYPTO_get_mem_functions(void *(**m)(size_t),void *(**r)(void *, size_t), void (**f)(void *));
+void CRYPTO_get_locked_mem_functions(void *(**m)(size_t), void (**f)(void *));
+void CRYPTO_get_mem_ex_functions(void *(**m)(size_t,const char *,int),
+                                 void *(**r)(void *, size_t,const char *,int),
+                                 void (**f)(void *));
+void CRYPTO_get_locked_mem_ex_functions(void *(**m)(size_t,const char *,int),
+                                        void (**f)(void *));
+void CRYPTO_get_mem_debug_functions(void (**m)(void *,int,const char *,int,int),
+				    void (**r)(void *,void *,int,const char *,int,int),
+				    void (**f)(void *,int),
+				    void (**so)(long),
+				    long (**go)(void));
+
+void *CRYPTO_malloc_locked(int num, const char *file, int line);
+void CRYPTO_free_locked(void *ptr);
+void *CRYPTO_malloc(int num, const char *file, int line);
+char *CRYPTO_strdup(const char *str, const char *file, int line);
+void CRYPTO_free(void *ptr);
+void *CRYPTO_realloc(void *addr,int num, const char *file, int line);
+void *CRYPTO_realloc_clean(void *addr,int old_num,int num,const char *file,
+			   int line);
+void *CRYPTO_remalloc(void *addr,int num, const char *file, int line);
+
+void OPENSSL_cleanse(void *ptr, size_t len);
+
+void CRYPTO_set_mem_debug_options(long bits);
+long CRYPTO_get_mem_debug_options(void);
+
+#define CRYPTO_push_info(info) \
+        CRYPTO_push_info_(info, __FILE__, __LINE__);
+int CRYPTO_push_info_(const char *info, const char *file, int line);
+int CRYPTO_pop_info(void);
+int CRYPTO_remove_all_info(void);
+
+
+/* Default debugging functions (enabled by CRYPTO_malloc_debug_init() macro;
+ * used as default in CRYPTO_MDEBUG compilations): */
+/* The last argument has the following significance:
+ *
+ * 0:	called before the actual memory allocation has taken place
+ * 1:	called after the actual memory allocation has taken place
+ */
+void CRYPTO_dbg_malloc(void *addr,int num,const char *file,int line,int before_p);
+void CRYPTO_dbg_realloc(void *addr1,void *addr2,int num,const char *file,int line,int before_p);
+void CRYPTO_dbg_free(void *addr,int before_p);
+/* Tell the debugging code about options.  By default, the following values
+ * apply:
+ *
+ * 0:                           Clear all options.
+ * V_CRYPTO_MDEBUG_TIME (1):    Set the "Show Time" option.
+ * V_CRYPTO_MDEBUG_THREAD (2):  Set the "Show Thread Number" option.
+ * V_CRYPTO_MDEBUG_ALL (3):     1 + 2
+ */
+void CRYPTO_dbg_set_options(long bits);
+long CRYPTO_dbg_get_options(void);
+
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_FP_API
+void CRYPTO_mem_leaks_fp(FILE *);
+#endif
+void CRYPTO_mem_leaks(struct bio_st *bio);
+/* unsigned long order, char *file, int line, int num_bytes, char *addr */
+typedef void *CRYPTO_MEM_LEAK_CB(unsigned long, const char *, int, int, void *);
+void CRYPTO_mem_leaks_cb(CRYPTO_MEM_LEAK_CB *cb);
+
+/* die if we have to */
+void OpenSSLDie(const char *file,int line,const char *assertion);
+#define OPENSSL_assert(e)       (void)((e) ? 0 : (OpenSSLDie(__FILE__, __LINE__, #e),1))
+
+unsigned long *OPENSSL_ia32cap_loc(void);
+#define OPENSSL_ia32cap (*(OPENSSL_ia32cap_loc()))
+int OPENSSL_isservice(void);
+
+int FIPS_mode(void);
+int FIPS_mode_set(int r);
+
+void OPENSSL_init(void);
+
+#define fips_md_init(alg) fips_md_init_ctx(alg, alg)
+
+#ifdef OPENSSL_FIPS
+#define fips_md_init_ctx(alg, cx) \
+	int alg##_Init(cx##_CTX *c) \
+	{ \
+	if (FIPS_mode()) OpenSSLDie(__FILE__, __LINE__, \
+		"Low level API call to digest " #alg " forbidden in FIPS mode!"); \
+	return private_##alg##_Init(c); \
+	} \
+	int private_##alg##_Init(cx##_CTX *c)
+
+#define fips_cipher_abort(alg) \
+	if (FIPS_mode()) OpenSSLDie(__FILE__, __LINE__, \
+		"Low level API call to cipher " #alg " forbidden in FIPS mode!")
+
+#else
+#define fips_md_init_ctx(alg, cx) \
+	int alg##_Init(cx##_CTX *c)
+#define fips_cipher_abort(alg) while(0)
+#endif
+
+/* CRYPTO_memcmp returns zero iff the |len| bytes at |a| and |b| are equal. It
+ * takes an amount of time dependent on |len|, but independent of the contents
+ * of |a| and |b|. Unlike memcmp, it cannot be used to put elements into a
+ * defined order as the return value when a != b is undefined, other than to be
+ * non-zero. */
+int CRYPTO_memcmp(const void *a, const void *b, size_t len);
+
+/* BEGIN ERROR CODES */
+/* The following lines are auto generated by the script mkerr.pl. Any changes
+ * made after this point may be overwritten when the script is next run.
+ */
+void ERR_load_CRYPTO_strings(void);
+
+/* Error codes for the CRYPTO functions. */
+
+/* Function codes. */
+#define CRYPTO_F_CRYPTO_GET_EX_NEW_INDEX		 100
+#define CRYPTO_F_CRYPTO_GET_NEW_DYNLOCKID		 103
+#define CRYPTO_F_CRYPTO_GET_NEW_LOCKID			 101
+#define CRYPTO_F_CRYPTO_SET_EX_DATA			 102
+#define CRYPTO_F_DEF_ADD_INDEX				 104
+#define CRYPTO_F_DEF_GET_CLASS				 105
+#define CRYPTO_F_FIPS_MODE_SET				 109
+#define CRYPTO_F_INT_DUP_EX_DATA			 106
+#define CRYPTO_F_INT_FREE_EX_DATA			 107
+#define CRYPTO_F_INT_NEW_EX_DATA			 108
+
+/* Reason codes. */
+#define CRYPTO_R_FIPS_MODE_NOT_SUPPORTED		 101
+#define CRYPTO_R_NO_DYNLOCK_CREATE_CALLBACK		 100
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/include/openssl/des.h b/lib/include/openssl/des.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1eaedcb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/include/openssl/des.h
@@ -0,0 +1,248 @@
+/* crypto/des/des.h */
+/* Copyright (C) 1995-1997 Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This package is an SSL implementation written
+ * by Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com).
+ * The implementation was written so as to conform with Netscapes SSL.
+ * 
+ * This library is free for commercial and non-commercial use as long as
+ * the following conditions are aheared to.  The following conditions
+ * apply to all code found in this distribution, be it the RC4, RSA,
+ * lhash, DES, etc., code; not just the SSL code.  The SSL documentation
+ * included with this distribution is covered by the same copyright terms
+ * except that the holder is Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com).
+ * 
+ * Copyright remains Eric Young's, and as such any Copyright notices in
+ * the code are not to be removed.
+ * If this package is used in a product, Eric Young should be given attribution
+ * as the author of the parts of the library used.
+ * This can be in the form of a textual message at program startup or
+ * in documentation (online or textual) provided with the package.
+ * 
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *    "This product includes cryptographic software written by
+ *     Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)"
+ *    The word 'cryptographic' can be left out if the rouines from the library
+ *    being used are not cryptographic related :-).
+ * 4. If you include any Windows specific code (or a derivative thereof) from 
+ *    the apps directory (application code) you must include an acknowledgement:
+ *    "This product includes software written by Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com)"
+ * 
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ERIC YOUNG ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * 
+ * The licence and distribution terms for any publically available version or
+ * derivative of this code cannot be changed.  i.e. this code cannot simply be
+ * copied and put under another distribution licence
+ * [including the GNU Public Licence.]
+ */
+
+#ifndef HEADER_NEW_DES_H
+#define HEADER_NEW_DES_H
+
+#include <openssl/e_os2.h>	/* OPENSSL_EXTERN, OPENSSL_NO_DES,
+				   DES_LONG (via openssl/opensslconf.h */
+
+#ifdef OPENSSL_NO_DES
+#error DES is disabled.
+#endif
+
+#ifdef OPENSSL_BUILD_SHLIBCRYPTO
+# undef OPENSSL_EXTERN
+# define OPENSSL_EXTERN OPENSSL_EXPORT
+#endif
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+typedef unsigned char DES_cblock[8];
+typedef /* const */ unsigned char const_DES_cblock[8];
+/* With "const", gcc 2.8.1 on Solaris thinks that DES_cblock *
+ * and const_DES_cblock * are incompatible pointer types. */
+
+typedef struct DES_ks
+    {
+    union
+	{
+	DES_cblock cblock;
+	/* make sure things are correct size on machines with
+	 * 8 byte longs */
+	DES_LONG deslong[2];
+	} ks[16];
+    } DES_key_schedule;
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_DISABLE_OLD_DES_SUPPORT
+# ifndef OPENSSL_ENABLE_OLD_DES_SUPPORT
+#  define OPENSSL_ENABLE_OLD_DES_SUPPORT
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef OPENSSL_ENABLE_OLD_DES_SUPPORT
+# include <openssl/des_old.h>
+#endif
+
+#define DES_KEY_SZ 	(sizeof(DES_cblock))
+#define DES_SCHEDULE_SZ (sizeof(DES_key_schedule))
+
+#define DES_ENCRYPT	1
+#define DES_DECRYPT	0
+
+#define DES_CBC_MODE	0
+#define DES_PCBC_MODE	1
+
+#define DES_ecb2_encrypt(i,o,k1,k2,e) \
+	DES_ecb3_encrypt((i),(o),(k1),(k2),(k1),(e))
+
+#define DES_ede2_cbc_encrypt(i,o,l,k1,k2,iv,e) \
+	DES_ede3_cbc_encrypt((i),(o),(l),(k1),(k2),(k1),(iv),(e))
+
+#define DES_ede2_cfb64_encrypt(i,o,l,k1,k2,iv,n,e) \
+	DES_ede3_cfb64_encrypt((i),(o),(l),(k1),(k2),(k1),(iv),(n),(e))
+
+#define DES_ede2_ofb64_encrypt(i,o,l,k1,k2,iv,n) \
+	DES_ede3_ofb64_encrypt((i),(o),(l),(k1),(k2),(k1),(iv),(n))
+
+OPENSSL_DECLARE_GLOBAL(int,DES_check_key);	/* defaults to false */
+#define DES_check_key OPENSSL_GLOBAL_REF(DES_check_key)
+OPENSSL_DECLARE_GLOBAL(int,DES_rw_mode);	/* defaults to DES_PCBC_MODE */
+#define DES_rw_mode OPENSSL_GLOBAL_REF(DES_rw_mode)
+
+const char *DES_options(void);
+void DES_ecb3_encrypt(const_DES_cblock *input, DES_cblock *output,
+		      DES_key_schedule *ks1,DES_key_schedule *ks2,
+		      DES_key_schedule *ks3, int enc);
+DES_LONG DES_cbc_cksum(const unsigned char *input,DES_cblock *output,
+		       long length,DES_key_schedule *schedule,
+		       const_DES_cblock *ivec);
+/* DES_cbc_encrypt does not update the IV!  Use DES_ncbc_encrypt instead. */
+void DES_cbc_encrypt(const unsigned char *input,unsigned char *output,
+		     long length,DES_key_schedule *schedule,DES_cblock *ivec,
+		     int enc);
+void DES_ncbc_encrypt(const unsigned char *input,unsigned char *output,
+		      long length,DES_key_schedule *schedule,DES_cblock *ivec,
+		      int enc);
+void DES_xcbc_encrypt(const unsigned char *input,unsigned char *output,
+		      long length,DES_key_schedule *schedule,DES_cblock *ivec,
+		      const_DES_cblock *inw,const_DES_cblock *outw,int enc);
+void DES_cfb_encrypt(const unsigned char *in,unsigned char *out,int numbits,
+		     long length,DES_key_schedule *schedule,DES_cblock *ivec,
+		     int enc);
+void DES_ecb_encrypt(const_DES_cblock *input,DES_cblock *output,
+		     DES_key_schedule *ks,int enc);
+
+/* 	This is the DES encryption function that gets called by just about
+	every other DES routine in the library.  You should not use this
+	function except to implement 'modes' of DES.  I say this because the
+	functions that call this routine do the conversion from 'char *' to
+	long, and this needs to be done to make sure 'non-aligned' memory
+	access do not occur.  The characters are loaded 'little endian'.
+	Data is a pointer to 2 unsigned long's and ks is the
+	DES_key_schedule to use.  enc, is non zero specifies encryption,
+	zero if decryption. */
+void DES_encrypt1(DES_LONG *data,DES_key_schedule *ks, int enc);
+
+/* 	This functions is the same as DES_encrypt1() except that the DES
+	initial permutation (IP) and final permutation (FP) have been left
+	out.  As for DES_encrypt1(), you should not use this function.
+	It is used by the routines in the library that implement triple DES.
+	IP() DES_encrypt2() DES_encrypt2() DES_encrypt2() FP() is the same
+	as DES_encrypt1() DES_encrypt1() DES_encrypt1() except faster :-). */
+void DES_encrypt2(DES_LONG *data,DES_key_schedule *ks, int enc);
+
+void DES_encrypt3(DES_LONG *data, DES_key_schedule *ks1,
+		  DES_key_schedule *ks2, DES_key_schedule *ks3);
+void DES_decrypt3(DES_LONG *data, DES_key_schedule *ks1,
+		  DES_key_schedule *ks2, DES_key_schedule *ks3);
+void DES_ede3_cbc_encrypt(const unsigned char *input,unsigned char *output, 
+			  long length,
+			  DES_key_schedule *ks1,DES_key_schedule *ks2,
+			  DES_key_schedule *ks3,DES_cblock *ivec,int enc);
+void DES_ede3_cbcm_encrypt(const unsigned char *in,unsigned char *out,
+			   long length,
+			   DES_key_schedule *ks1,DES_key_schedule *ks2,
+			   DES_key_schedule *ks3,
+			   DES_cblock *ivec1,DES_cblock *ivec2,
+			   int enc);
+void DES_ede3_cfb64_encrypt(const unsigned char *in,unsigned char *out,
+			    long length,DES_key_schedule *ks1,
+			    DES_key_schedule *ks2,DES_key_schedule *ks3,
+			    DES_cblock *ivec,int *num,int enc);
+void DES_ede3_cfb_encrypt(const unsigned char *in,unsigned char *out,
+			  int numbits,long length,DES_key_schedule *ks1,
+			  DES_key_schedule *ks2,DES_key_schedule *ks3,
+			  DES_cblock *ivec,int enc);
+void DES_ede3_ofb64_encrypt(const unsigned char *in,unsigned char *out,
+			    long length,DES_key_schedule *ks1,
+			    DES_key_schedule *ks2,DES_key_schedule *ks3,
+			    DES_cblock *ivec,int *num);
+#if 0
+void DES_xwhite_in2out(const_DES_cblock *DES_key,const_DES_cblock *in_white,
+		       DES_cblock *out_white);
+#endif
+
+int DES_enc_read(int fd,void *buf,int len,DES_key_schedule *sched,
+		 DES_cblock *iv);
+int DES_enc_write(int fd,const void *buf,int len,DES_key_schedule *sched,
+		  DES_cblock *iv);
+char *DES_fcrypt(const char *buf,const char *salt, char *ret);
+char *DES_crypt(const char *buf,const char *salt);
+void DES_ofb_encrypt(const unsigned char *in,unsigned char *out,int numbits,
+		     long length,DES_key_schedule *schedule,DES_cblock *ivec);
+void DES_pcbc_encrypt(const unsigned char *input,unsigned char *output,
+		      long length,DES_key_schedule *schedule,DES_cblock *ivec,
+		      int enc);
+DES_LONG DES_quad_cksum(const unsigned char *input,DES_cblock output[],
+			long length,int out_count,DES_cblock *seed);
+int DES_random_key(DES_cblock *ret);
+void DES_set_odd_parity(DES_cblock *key);
+int DES_check_key_parity(const_DES_cblock *key);
+int DES_is_weak_key(const_DES_cblock *key);
+/* DES_set_key (= set_key = DES_key_sched = key_sched) calls
+ * DES_set_key_checked if global variable DES_check_key is set,
+ * DES_set_key_unchecked otherwise. */
+int DES_set_key(const_DES_cblock *key,DES_key_schedule *schedule);
+int DES_key_sched(const_DES_cblock *key,DES_key_schedule *schedule);
+int DES_set_key_checked(const_DES_cblock *key,DES_key_schedule *schedule);
+void DES_set_key_unchecked(const_DES_cblock *key,DES_key_schedule *schedule);
+#ifdef OPENSSL_FIPS
+void private_DES_set_key_unchecked(const_DES_cblock *key,DES_key_schedule *schedule);
+#endif
+void DES_string_to_key(const char *str,DES_cblock *key);
+void DES_string_to_2keys(const char *str,DES_cblock *key1,DES_cblock *key2);
+void DES_cfb64_encrypt(const unsigned char *in,unsigned char *out,long length,
+		       DES_key_schedule *schedule,DES_cblock *ivec,int *num,
+		       int enc);
+void DES_ofb64_encrypt(const unsigned char *in,unsigned char *out,long length,
+		       DES_key_schedule *schedule,DES_cblock *ivec,int *num);
+
+int DES_read_password(DES_cblock *key, const char *prompt, int verify);
+int DES_read_2passwords(DES_cblock *key1, DES_cblock *key2, const char *prompt,
+	int verify);
+
+#define DES_fixup_key_parity DES_set_odd_parity
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/include/openssl/des_old.h b/lib/include/openssl/des_old.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2b2c372
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/include/openssl/des_old.h
@@ -0,0 +1,446 @@
+/* crypto/des/des_old.h -*- mode:C; c-file-style: "eay" -*- */
+
+/* WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING
+ *
+ * The function names in here are deprecated and are only present to
+ * provide an interface compatible with openssl 0.9.6 and older as
+ * well as libdes.  OpenSSL now provides functions where "des_" has
+ * been replaced with "DES_" in the names, to make it possible to
+ * make incompatible changes that are needed for C type security and
+ * other stuff.
+ *
+ * This include files has two compatibility modes:
+ *
+ *   - If OPENSSL_DES_LIBDES_COMPATIBILITY is defined, you get an API
+ *     that is compatible with libdes and SSLeay.
+ *   - If OPENSSL_DES_LIBDES_COMPATIBILITY isn't defined, you get an
+ *     API that is compatible with OpenSSL 0.9.5x to 0.9.6x.
+ *
+ * Note that these modes break earlier snapshots of OpenSSL, where
+ * libdes compatibility was the only available mode or (later on) the
+ * prefered compatibility mode.  However, after much consideration
+ * (and more or less violent discussions with external parties), it
+ * was concluded that OpenSSL should be compatible with earlier versions
+ * of itself before anything else.  Also, in all honesty, libdes is
+ * an old beast that shouldn't really be used any more.
+ *
+ * Please consider starting to use the DES_ functions rather than the
+ * des_ ones.  The des_ functions will disappear completely before
+ * OpenSSL 1.0!
+ *
+ * WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING
+ */
+
+/* Written by Richard Levitte (richard@levitte.org) for the OpenSSL
+ * project 2001.
+ */
+/* ====================================================================
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2002 The OpenSSL Project.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 
+ *
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+ *    the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+ *    distribution.
+ *
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this
+ *    software must display the following acknowledgment:
+ *    "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project
+ *    for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit. (http://www.openssl.org/)"
+ *
+ * 4. The names "OpenSSL Toolkit" and "OpenSSL Project" must not be used to
+ *    endorse or promote products derived from this software without
+ *    prior written permission. For written permission, please contact
+ *    openssl-core@openssl.org.
+ *
+ * 5. Products derived from this software may not be called "OpenSSL"
+ *    nor may "OpenSSL" appear in their names without prior written
+ *    permission of the OpenSSL Project.
+ *
+ * 6. Redistributions of any form whatsoever must retain the following
+ *    acknowledgment:
+ *    "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project
+ *    for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit (http://www.openssl.org/)"
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE OpenSSL PROJECT ``AS IS'' AND ANY
+ * EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OpenSSL PROJECT OR
+ * ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+ * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+ * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
+ * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
+ * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * ====================================================================
+ *
+ * This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young
+ * (eay@cryptsoft.com).  This product includes software written by Tim
+ * Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com).
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef HEADER_DES_H
+#define HEADER_DES_H
+
+#include <openssl/e_os2.h>	/* OPENSSL_EXTERN, OPENSSL_NO_DES, DES_LONG */
+
+#ifdef OPENSSL_NO_DES
+#error DES is disabled.
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HEADER_NEW_DES_H
+#error You must include des.h, not des_old.h directly.
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _KERBEROS_DES_H
+#error <openssl/des_old.h> replaces <kerberos/des.h>.
+#endif
+
+#include <openssl/symhacks.h>
+
+#ifdef OPENSSL_BUILD_SHLIBCRYPTO
+# undef OPENSSL_EXTERN
+# define OPENSSL_EXTERN OPENSSL_EXPORT
+#endif
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _
+#undef _
+#endif
+
+typedef unsigned char _ossl_old_des_cblock[8];
+typedef struct _ossl_old_des_ks_struct
+	{
+	union	{
+		_ossl_old_des_cblock _;
+		/* make sure things are correct size on machines with
+		 * 8 byte longs */
+		DES_LONG pad[2];
+		} ks;
+	} _ossl_old_des_key_schedule[16];
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_DES_LIBDES_COMPATIBILITY
+#define des_cblock DES_cblock
+#define const_des_cblock const_DES_cblock
+#define des_key_schedule DES_key_schedule
+#define des_ecb3_encrypt(i,o,k1,k2,k3,e)\
+	DES_ecb3_encrypt((i),(o),&(k1),&(k2),&(k3),(e))
+#define des_ede3_cbc_encrypt(i,o,l,k1,k2,k3,iv,e)\
+	DES_ede3_cbc_encrypt((i),(o),(l),&(k1),&(k2),&(k3),(iv),(e))
+#define des_ede3_cbcm_encrypt(i,o,l,k1,k2,k3,iv1,iv2,e)\
+	DES_ede3_cbcm_encrypt((i),(o),(l),&(k1),&(k2),&(k3),(iv1),(iv2),(e))
+#define des_ede3_cfb64_encrypt(i,o,l,k1,k2,k3,iv,n,e)\
+	DES_ede3_cfb64_encrypt((i),(o),(l),&(k1),&(k2),&(k3),(iv),(n),(e))
+#define des_ede3_ofb64_encrypt(i,o,l,k1,k2,k3,iv,n)\
+	DES_ede3_ofb64_encrypt((i),(o),(l),&(k1),&(k2),&(k3),(iv),(n))
+#define des_options()\
+	DES_options()
+#define des_cbc_cksum(i,o,l,k,iv)\
+	DES_cbc_cksum((i),(o),(l),&(k),(iv))
+#define des_cbc_encrypt(i,o,l,k,iv,e)\
+	DES_cbc_encrypt((i),(o),(l),&(k),(iv),(e))
+#define des_ncbc_encrypt(i,o,l,k,iv,e)\
+	DES_ncbc_encrypt((i),(o),(l),&(k),(iv),(e))
+#define des_xcbc_encrypt(i,o,l,k,iv,inw,outw,e)\
+	DES_xcbc_encrypt((i),(o),(l),&(k),(iv),(inw),(outw),(e))
+#define des_cfb_encrypt(i,o,n,l,k,iv,e)\
+	DES_cfb_encrypt((i),(o),(n),(l),&(k),(iv),(e))
+#define des_ecb_encrypt(i,o,k,e)\
+	DES_ecb_encrypt((i),(o),&(k),(e))
+#define des_encrypt1(d,k,e)\
+	DES_encrypt1((d),&(k),(e))
+#define des_encrypt2(d,k,e)\
+	DES_encrypt2((d),&(k),(e))
+#define des_encrypt3(d,k1,k2,k3)\
+	DES_encrypt3((d),&(k1),&(k2),&(k3))
+#define des_decrypt3(d,k1,k2,k3)\
+	DES_decrypt3((d),&(k1),&(k2),&(k3))
+#define des_xwhite_in2out(k,i,o)\
+	DES_xwhite_in2out((k),(i),(o))
+#define des_enc_read(f,b,l,k,iv)\
+	DES_enc_read((f),(b),(l),&(k),(iv))
+#define des_enc_write(f,b,l,k,iv)\
+	DES_enc_write((f),(b),(l),&(k),(iv))
+#define des_fcrypt(b,s,r)\
+	DES_fcrypt((b),(s),(r))
+#if 0
+#define des_crypt(b,s)\
+	DES_crypt((b),(s))
+#if !defined(PERL5) && !defined(__FreeBSD__) && !defined(NeXT) && !defined(__OpenBSD__)
+#define crypt(b,s)\
+	DES_crypt((b),(s))
+#endif
+#endif
+#define des_ofb_encrypt(i,o,n,l,k,iv)\
+	DES_ofb_encrypt((i),(o),(n),(l),&(k),(iv))
+#define des_pcbc_encrypt(i,o,l,k,iv,e)\
+	DES_pcbc_encrypt((i),(o),(l),&(k),(iv),(e))
+#define des_quad_cksum(i,o,l,c,s)\
+	DES_quad_cksum((i),(o),(l),(c),(s))
+#define des_random_seed(k)\
+	_ossl_096_des_random_seed((k))
+#define des_random_key(r)\
+	DES_random_key((r))
+#define des_read_password(k,p,v) \
+	DES_read_password((k),(p),(v))
+#define des_read_2passwords(k1,k2,p,v) \
+	DES_read_2passwords((k1),(k2),(p),(v))
+#define des_set_odd_parity(k)\
+	DES_set_odd_parity((k))
+#define des_check_key_parity(k)\
+	DES_check_key_parity((k))
+#define des_is_weak_key(k)\
+	DES_is_weak_key((k))
+#define des_set_key(k,ks)\
+	DES_set_key((k),&(ks))
+#define des_key_sched(k,ks)\
+	DES_key_sched((k),&(ks))
+#define des_set_key_checked(k,ks)\
+	DES_set_key_checked((k),&(ks))
+#define des_set_key_unchecked(k,ks)\
+	DES_set_key_unchecked((k),&(ks))
+#define des_string_to_key(s,k)\
+	DES_string_to_key((s),(k))
+#define des_string_to_2keys(s,k1,k2)\
+	DES_string_to_2keys((s),(k1),(k2))
+#define des_cfb64_encrypt(i,o,l,ks,iv,n,e)\
+	DES_cfb64_encrypt((i),(o),(l),&(ks),(iv),(n),(e))
+#define des_ofb64_encrypt(i,o,l,ks,iv,n)\
+	DES_ofb64_encrypt((i),(o),(l),&(ks),(iv),(n))
+		
+
+#define des_ecb2_encrypt(i,o,k1,k2,e) \
+	des_ecb3_encrypt((i),(o),(k1),(k2),(k1),(e))
+
+#define des_ede2_cbc_encrypt(i,o,l,k1,k2,iv,e) \
+	des_ede3_cbc_encrypt((i),(o),(l),(k1),(k2),(k1),(iv),(e))
+
+#define des_ede2_cfb64_encrypt(i,o,l,k1,k2,iv,n,e) \
+	des_ede3_cfb64_encrypt((i),(o),(l),(k1),(k2),(k1),(iv),(n),(e))
+
+#define des_ede2_ofb64_encrypt(i,o,l,k1,k2,iv,n) \
+	des_ede3_ofb64_encrypt((i),(o),(l),(k1),(k2),(k1),(iv),(n))
+
+#define des_check_key DES_check_key
+#define des_rw_mode DES_rw_mode
+#else /* libdes compatibility */
+/* Map all symbol names to _ossl_old_des_* form, so we avoid all
+   clashes with libdes */
+#define des_cblock _ossl_old_des_cblock
+#define des_key_schedule _ossl_old_des_key_schedule
+#define des_ecb3_encrypt(i,o,k1,k2,k3,e)\
+	_ossl_old_des_ecb3_encrypt((i),(o),(k1),(k2),(k3),(e))
+#define des_ede3_cbc_encrypt(i,o,l,k1,k2,k3,iv,e)\
+	_ossl_old_des_ede3_cbc_encrypt((i),(o),(l),(k1),(k2),(k3),(iv),(e))
+#define des_ede3_cfb64_encrypt(i,o,l,k1,k2,k3,iv,n,e)\
+	_ossl_old_des_ede3_cfb64_encrypt((i),(o),(l),(k1),(k2),(k3),(iv),(n),(e))
+#define des_ede3_ofb64_encrypt(i,o,l,k1,k2,k3,iv,n)\
+	_ossl_old_des_ede3_ofb64_encrypt((i),(o),(l),(k1),(k2),(k3),(iv),(n))
+#define des_options()\
+	_ossl_old_des_options()
+#define des_cbc_cksum(i,o,l,k,iv)\
+	_ossl_old_des_cbc_cksum((i),(o),(l),(k),(iv))
+#define des_cbc_encrypt(i,o,l,k,iv,e)\
+	_ossl_old_des_cbc_encrypt((i),(o),(l),(k),(iv),(e))
+#define des_ncbc_encrypt(i,o,l,k,iv,e)\
+	_ossl_old_des_ncbc_encrypt((i),(o),(l),(k),(iv),(e))
+#define des_xcbc_encrypt(i,o,l,k,iv,inw,outw,e)\
+	_ossl_old_des_xcbc_encrypt((i),(o),(l),(k),(iv),(inw),(outw),(e))
+#define des_cfb_encrypt(i,o,n,l,k,iv,e)\
+	_ossl_old_des_cfb_encrypt((i),(o),(n),(l),(k),(iv),(e))
+#define des_ecb_encrypt(i,o,k,e)\
+	_ossl_old_des_ecb_encrypt((i),(o),(k),(e))
+#define des_encrypt(d,k,e)\
+	_ossl_old_des_encrypt((d),(k),(e))
+#define des_encrypt2(d,k,e)\
+	_ossl_old_des_encrypt2((d),(k),(e))
+#define des_encrypt3(d,k1,k2,k3)\
+	_ossl_old_des_encrypt3((d),(k1),(k2),(k3))
+#define des_decrypt3(d,k1,k2,k3)\
+	_ossl_old_des_decrypt3((d),(k1),(k2),(k3))
+#define des_xwhite_in2out(k,i,o)\
+	_ossl_old_des_xwhite_in2out((k),(i),(o))
+#define des_enc_read(f,b,l,k,iv)\
+	_ossl_old_des_enc_read((f),(b),(l),(k),(iv))
+#define des_enc_write(f,b,l,k,iv)\
+	_ossl_old_des_enc_write((f),(b),(l),(k),(iv))
+#define des_fcrypt(b,s,r)\
+	_ossl_old_des_fcrypt((b),(s),(r))
+#define des_crypt(b,s)\
+	_ossl_old_des_crypt((b),(s))
+#if 0
+#define crypt(b,s)\
+	_ossl_old_crypt((b),(s))
+#endif
+#define des_ofb_encrypt(i,o,n,l,k,iv)\
+	_ossl_old_des_ofb_encrypt((i),(o),(n),(l),(k),(iv))
+#define des_pcbc_encrypt(i,o,l,k,iv,e)\
+	_ossl_old_des_pcbc_encrypt((i),(o),(l),(k),(iv),(e))
+#define des_quad_cksum(i,o,l,c,s)\
+	_ossl_old_des_quad_cksum((i),(o),(l),(c),(s))
+#define des_random_seed(k)\
+	_ossl_old_des_random_seed((k))
+#define des_random_key(r)\
+	_ossl_old_des_random_key((r))
+#define des_read_password(k,p,v) \
+	_ossl_old_des_read_password((k),(p),(v))
+#define des_read_2passwords(k1,k2,p,v) \
+	_ossl_old_des_read_2passwords((k1),(k2),(p),(v))
+#define des_set_odd_parity(k)\
+	_ossl_old_des_set_odd_parity((k))
+#define des_is_weak_key(k)\
+	_ossl_old_des_is_weak_key((k))
+#define des_set_key(k,ks)\
+	_ossl_old_des_set_key((k),(ks))
+#define des_key_sched(k,ks)\
+	_ossl_old_des_key_sched((k),(ks))
+#define des_string_to_key(s,k)\
+	_ossl_old_des_string_to_key((s),(k))
+#define des_string_to_2keys(s,k1,k2)\
+	_ossl_old_des_string_to_2keys((s),(k1),(k2))
+#define des_cfb64_encrypt(i,o,l,ks,iv,n,e)\
+	_ossl_old_des_cfb64_encrypt((i),(o),(l),(ks),(iv),(n),(e))
+#define des_ofb64_encrypt(i,o,l,ks,iv,n)\
+	_ossl_old_des_ofb64_encrypt((i),(o),(l),(ks),(iv),(n))
+		
+
+#define des_ecb2_encrypt(i,o,k1,k2,e) \
+	des_ecb3_encrypt((i),(o),(k1),(k2),(k1),(e))
+
+#define des_ede2_cbc_encrypt(i,o,l,k1,k2,iv,e) \
+	des_ede3_cbc_encrypt((i),(o),(l),(k1),(k2),(k1),(iv),(e))
+
+#define des_ede2_cfb64_encrypt(i,o,l,k1,k2,iv,n,e) \
+	des_ede3_cfb64_encrypt((i),(o),(l),(k1),(k2),(k1),(iv),(n),(e))
+
+#define des_ede2_ofb64_encrypt(i,o,l,k1,k2,iv,n) \
+	des_ede3_ofb64_encrypt((i),(o),(l),(k1),(k2),(k1),(iv),(n))
+
+#define des_check_key DES_check_key
+#define des_rw_mode DES_rw_mode
+#endif
+
+const char *_ossl_old_des_options(void);
+void _ossl_old_des_ecb3_encrypt(_ossl_old_des_cblock *input,_ossl_old_des_cblock *output,
+	_ossl_old_des_key_schedule ks1,_ossl_old_des_key_schedule ks2,
+	_ossl_old_des_key_schedule ks3, int enc);
+DES_LONG _ossl_old_des_cbc_cksum(_ossl_old_des_cblock *input,_ossl_old_des_cblock *output,
+	long length,_ossl_old_des_key_schedule schedule,_ossl_old_des_cblock *ivec);
+void _ossl_old_des_cbc_encrypt(_ossl_old_des_cblock *input,_ossl_old_des_cblock *output,long length,
+	_ossl_old_des_key_schedule schedule,_ossl_old_des_cblock *ivec,int enc);
+void _ossl_old_des_ncbc_encrypt(_ossl_old_des_cblock *input,_ossl_old_des_cblock *output,long length,
+	_ossl_old_des_key_schedule schedule,_ossl_old_des_cblock *ivec,int enc);
+void _ossl_old_des_xcbc_encrypt(_ossl_old_des_cblock *input,_ossl_old_des_cblock *output,long length,
+	_ossl_old_des_key_schedule schedule,_ossl_old_des_cblock *ivec,
+	_ossl_old_des_cblock *inw,_ossl_old_des_cblock *outw,int enc);
+void _ossl_old_des_cfb_encrypt(unsigned char *in,unsigned char *out,int numbits,
+	long length,_ossl_old_des_key_schedule schedule,_ossl_old_des_cblock *ivec,int enc);
+void _ossl_old_des_ecb_encrypt(_ossl_old_des_cblock *input,_ossl_old_des_cblock *output,
+	_ossl_old_des_key_schedule ks,int enc);
+void _ossl_old_des_encrypt(DES_LONG *data,_ossl_old_des_key_schedule ks, int enc);
+void _ossl_old_des_encrypt2(DES_LONG *data,_ossl_old_des_key_schedule ks, int enc);
+void _ossl_old_des_encrypt3(DES_LONG *data, _ossl_old_des_key_schedule ks1,
+	_ossl_old_des_key_schedule ks2, _ossl_old_des_key_schedule ks3);
+void _ossl_old_des_decrypt3(DES_LONG *data, _ossl_old_des_key_schedule ks1,
+	_ossl_old_des_key_schedule ks2, _ossl_old_des_key_schedule ks3);
+void _ossl_old_des_ede3_cbc_encrypt(_ossl_old_des_cblock *input, _ossl_old_des_cblock *output, 
+	long length, _ossl_old_des_key_schedule ks1, _ossl_old_des_key_schedule ks2, 
+	_ossl_old_des_key_schedule ks3, _ossl_old_des_cblock *ivec, int enc);
+void _ossl_old_des_ede3_cfb64_encrypt(unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out,
+	long length, _ossl_old_des_key_schedule ks1, _ossl_old_des_key_schedule ks2,
+	_ossl_old_des_key_schedule ks3, _ossl_old_des_cblock *ivec, int *num, int enc);
+void _ossl_old_des_ede3_ofb64_encrypt(unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out,
+	long length, _ossl_old_des_key_schedule ks1, _ossl_old_des_key_schedule ks2,
+	_ossl_old_des_key_schedule ks3, _ossl_old_des_cblock *ivec, int *num);
+#if 0
+void _ossl_old_des_xwhite_in2out(_ossl_old_des_cblock (*des_key), _ossl_old_des_cblock (*in_white),
+	_ossl_old_des_cblock (*out_white));
+#endif
+
+int _ossl_old_des_enc_read(int fd,char *buf,int len,_ossl_old_des_key_schedule sched,
+	_ossl_old_des_cblock *iv);
+int _ossl_old_des_enc_write(int fd,char *buf,int len,_ossl_old_des_key_schedule sched,
+	_ossl_old_des_cblock *iv);
+char *_ossl_old_des_fcrypt(const char *buf,const char *salt, char *ret);
+char *_ossl_old_des_crypt(const char *buf,const char *salt);
+#if !defined(PERL5) && !defined(NeXT)
+char *_ossl_old_crypt(const char *buf,const char *salt);
+#endif
+void _ossl_old_des_ofb_encrypt(unsigned char *in,unsigned char *out,
+	int numbits,long length,_ossl_old_des_key_schedule schedule,_ossl_old_des_cblock *ivec);
+void _ossl_old_des_pcbc_encrypt(_ossl_old_des_cblock *input,_ossl_old_des_cblock *output,long length,
+	_ossl_old_des_key_schedule schedule,_ossl_old_des_cblock *ivec,int enc);
+DES_LONG _ossl_old_des_quad_cksum(_ossl_old_des_cblock *input,_ossl_old_des_cblock *output,
+	long length,int out_count,_ossl_old_des_cblock *seed);
+void _ossl_old_des_random_seed(_ossl_old_des_cblock key);
+void _ossl_old_des_random_key(_ossl_old_des_cblock ret);
+int _ossl_old_des_read_password(_ossl_old_des_cblock *key,const char *prompt,int verify);
+int _ossl_old_des_read_2passwords(_ossl_old_des_cblock *key1,_ossl_old_des_cblock *key2,
+	const char *prompt,int verify);
+void _ossl_old_des_set_odd_parity(_ossl_old_des_cblock *key);
+int _ossl_old_des_is_weak_key(_ossl_old_des_cblock *key);
+int _ossl_old_des_set_key(_ossl_old_des_cblock *key,_ossl_old_des_key_schedule schedule);
+int _ossl_old_des_key_sched(_ossl_old_des_cblock *key,_ossl_old_des_key_schedule schedule);
+void _ossl_old_des_string_to_key(char *str,_ossl_old_des_cblock *key);
+void _ossl_old_des_string_to_2keys(char *str,_ossl_old_des_cblock *key1,_ossl_old_des_cblock *key2);
+void _ossl_old_des_cfb64_encrypt(unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out, long length,
+	_ossl_old_des_key_schedule schedule, _ossl_old_des_cblock *ivec, int *num, int enc);
+void _ossl_old_des_ofb64_encrypt(unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out, long length,
+	_ossl_old_des_key_schedule schedule, _ossl_old_des_cblock *ivec, int *num);
+
+void _ossl_096_des_random_seed(des_cblock *key);
+
+/* The following definitions provide compatibility with the MIT Kerberos
+ * library. The _ossl_old_des_key_schedule structure is not binary compatible. */
+
+#define _KERBEROS_DES_H
+
+#define KRBDES_ENCRYPT DES_ENCRYPT
+#define KRBDES_DECRYPT DES_DECRYPT
+
+#ifdef KERBEROS
+#  define ENCRYPT DES_ENCRYPT
+#  define DECRYPT DES_DECRYPT
+#endif
+
+#ifndef NCOMPAT
+#  define C_Block des_cblock
+#  define Key_schedule des_key_schedule
+#  define KEY_SZ DES_KEY_SZ
+#  define string_to_key des_string_to_key
+#  define read_pw_string des_read_pw_string
+#  define random_key des_random_key
+#  define pcbc_encrypt des_pcbc_encrypt
+#  define set_key des_set_key
+#  define key_sched des_key_sched
+#  define ecb_encrypt des_ecb_encrypt
+#  define cbc_encrypt des_cbc_encrypt
+#  define ncbc_encrypt des_ncbc_encrypt
+#  define xcbc_encrypt des_xcbc_encrypt
+#  define cbc_cksum des_cbc_cksum
+#  define quad_cksum des_quad_cksum
+#  define check_parity des_check_key_parity
+#endif
+
+#define des_fixup_key_parity DES_fixup_key_parity
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+/* for DES_read_pw_string et al */
+#include <openssl/ui_compat.h>
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/include/openssl/dh.h b/lib/include/openssl/dh.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ea59e61
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/include/openssl/dh.h
@@ -0,0 +1,280 @@
+/* crypto/dh/dh.h */
+/* Copyright (C) 1995-1998 Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This package is an SSL implementation written
+ * by Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com).
+ * The implementation was written so as to conform with Netscapes SSL.
+ * 
+ * This library is free for commercial and non-commercial use as long as
+ * the following conditions are aheared to.  The following conditions
+ * apply to all code found in this distribution, be it the RC4, RSA,
+ * lhash, DES, etc., code; not just the SSL code.  The SSL documentation
+ * included with this distribution is covered by the same copyright terms
+ * except that the holder is Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com).
+ * 
+ * Copyright remains Eric Young's, and as such any Copyright notices in
+ * the code are not to be removed.
+ * If this package is used in a product, Eric Young should be given attribution
+ * as the author of the parts of the library used.
+ * This can be in the form of a textual message at program startup or
+ * in documentation (online or textual) provided with the package.
+ * 
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *    "This product includes cryptographic software written by
+ *     Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)"
+ *    The word 'cryptographic' can be left out if the rouines from the library
+ *    being used are not cryptographic related :-).
+ * 4. If you include any Windows specific code (or a derivative thereof) from 
+ *    the apps directory (application code) you must include an acknowledgement:
+ *    "This product includes software written by Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com)"
+ * 
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ERIC YOUNG ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * 
+ * The licence and distribution terms for any publically available version or
+ * derivative of this code cannot be changed.  i.e. this code cannot simply be
+ * copied and put under another distribution licence
+ * [including the GNU Public Licence.]
+ */
+
+#ifndef HEADER_DH_H
+#define HEADER_DH_H
+
+#include <openssl/e_os2.h>
+
+#ifdef OPENSSL_NO_DH
+#error DH is disabled.
+#endif
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_BIO
+#include <openssl/bio.h>
+#endif
+#include <openssl/ossl_typ.h>
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_DEPRECATED
+#include <openssl/bn.h>
+#endif
+	
+#ifndef OPENSSL_DH_MAX_MODULUS_BITS
+# define OPENSSL_DH_MAX_MODULUS_BITS	10000
+#endif
+
+#define DH_FLAG_CACHE_MONT_P     0x01
+#define DH_FLAG_NO_EXP_CONSTTIME 0x02 /* new with 0.9.7h; the built-in DH
+                                       * implementation now uses constant time
+                                       * modular exponentiation for secret exponents
+                                       * by default. This flag causes the
+                                       * faster variable sliding window method to
+                                       * be used for all exponents.
+                                       */
+
+/* If this flag is set the DH method is FIPS compliant and can be used
+ * in FIPS mode. This is set in the validated module method. If an
+ * application sets this flag in its own methods it is its reposibility
+ * to ensure the result is compliant.
+ */
+
+#define DH_FLAG_FIPS_METHOD			0x0400
+
+/* If this flag is set the operations normally disabled in FIPS mode are
+ * permitted it is then the applications responsibility to ensure that the
+ * usage is compliant.
+ */
+
+#define DH_FLAG_NON_FIPS_ALLOW			0x0400
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Already defined in ossl_typ.h */
+/* typedef struct dh_st DH; */
+/* typedef struct dh_method DH_METHOD; */
+
+struct dh_method
+	{
+	const char *name;
+	/* Methods here */
+	int (*generate_key)(DH *dh);
+	int (*compute_key)(unsigned char *key,const BIGNUM *pub_key,DH *dh);
+	int (*bn_mod_exp)(const DH *dh, BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a,
+				const BIGNUM *p, const BIGNUM *m, BN_CTX *ctx,
+				BN_MONT_CTX *m_ctx); /* Can be null */
+
+	int (*init)(DH *dh);
+	int (*finish)(DH *dh);
+	int flags;
+	char *app_data;
+	/* If this is non-NULL, it will be used to generate parameters */
+	int (*generate_params)(DH *dh, int prime_len, int generator, BN_GENCB *cb);
+	};
+
+struct dh_st
+	{
+	/* This first argument is used to pick up errors when
+	 * a DH is passed instead of a EVP_PKEY */
+	int pad;
+	int version;
+	BIGNUM *p;
+	BIGNUM *g;
+	long length; /* optional */
+	BIGNUM *pub_key;	/* g^x */
+	BIGNUM *priv_key;	/* x */
+
+	int flags;
+	BN_MONT_CTX *method_mont_p;
+	/* Place holders if we want to do X9.42 DH */
+	BIGNUM *q;
+	BIGNUM *j;
+	unsigned char *seed;
+	int seedlen;
+	BIGNUM *counter;
+
+	int references;
+	CRYPTO_EX_DATA ex_data;
+	const DH_METHOD *meth;
+	ENGINE *engine;
+	};
+
+#define DH_GENERATOR_2		2
+/* #define DH_GENERATOR_3	3 */
+#define DH_GENERATOR_5		5
+
+/* DH_check error codes */
+#define DH_CHECK_P_NOT_PRIME		0x01
+#define DH_CHECK_P_NOT_SAFE_PRIME	0x02
+#define DH_UNABLE_TO_CHECK_GENERATOR	0x04
+#define DH_NOT_SUITABLE_GENERATOR	0x08
+
+/* DH_check_pub_key error codes */
+#define DH_CHECK_PUBKEY_TOO_SMALL	0x01
+#define DH_CHECK_PUBKEY_TOO_LARGE	0x02
+
+/* primes p where (p-1)/2 is prime too are called "safe"; we define
+   this for backward compatibility: */
+#define DH_CHECK_P_NOT_STRONG_PRIME	DH_CHECK_P_NOT_SAFE_PRIME
+
+#define d2i_DHparams_fp(fp,x) (DH *)ASN1_d2i_fp((char *(*)())DH_new, \
+		(char *(*)())d2i_DHparams,(fp),(unsigned char **)(x))
+#define i2d_DHparams_fp(fp,x) ASN1_i2d_fp(i2d_DHparams,(fp), \
+		(unsigned char *)(x))
+#define d2i_DHparams_bio(bp,x) ASN1_d2i_bio_of(DH,DH_new,d2i_DHparams,bp,x)
+#define i2d_DHparams_bio(bp,x) ASN1_i2d_bio_of_const(DH,i2d_DHparams,bp,x)
+
+DH *DHparams_dup(DH *);
+
+const DH_METHOD *DH_OpenSSL(void);
+
+void DH_set_default_method(const DH_METHOD *meth);
+const DH_METHOD *DH_get_default_method(void);
+int DH_set_method(DH *dh, const DH_METHOD *meth);
+DH *DH_new_method(ENGINE *engine);
+
+DH *	DH_new(void);
+void	DH_free(DH *dh);
+int	DH_up_ref(DH *dh);
+int	DH_size(const DH *dh);
+int DH_get_ex_new_index(long argl, void *argp, CRYPTO_EX_new *new_func,
+	     CRYPTO_EX_dup *dup_func, CRYPTO_EX_free *free_func);
+int DH_set_ex_data(DH *d, int idx, void *arg);
+void *DH_get_ex_data(DH *d, int idx);
+
+/* Deprecated version */
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_DEPRECATED
+DH *	DH_generate_parameters(int prime_len,int generator,
+		void (*callback)(int,int,void *),void *cb_arg);
+#endif /* !defined(OPENSSL_NO_DEPRECATED) */
+
+/* New version */
+int	DH_generate_parameters_ex(DH *dh, int prime_len,int generator, BN_GENCB *cb);
+
+int	DH_check(const DH *dh,int *codes);
+int	DH_check_pub_key(const DH *dh,const BIGNUM *pub_key, int *codes);
+int	DH_generate_key(DH *dh);
+int	DH_compute_key(unsigned char *key,const BIGNUM *pub_key,DH *dh);
+DH *	d2i_DHparams(DH **a,const unsigned char **pp, long length);
+int	i2d_DHparams(const DH *a,unsigned char **pp);
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_FP_API
+int	DHparams_print_fp(FILE *fp, const DH *x);
+#endif
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_BIO
+int	DHparams_print(BIO *bp, const DH *x);
+#else
+int	DHparams_print(char *bp, const DH *x);
+#endif
+
+#define EVP_PKEY_CTX_set_dh_paramgen_prime_len(ctx, len) \
+	EVP_PKEY_CTX_ctrl(ctx, EVP_PKEY_DH, EVP_PKEY_OP_PARAMGEN, \
+			EVP_PKEY_CTRL_DH_PARAMGEN_PRIME_LEN, len, NULL)
+
+#define EVP_PKEY_CTX_set_dh_paramgen_generator(ctx, gen) \
+	EVP_PKEY_CTX_ctrl(ctx, EVP_PKEY_DH, EVP_PKEY_OP_PARAMGEN, \
+			EVP_PKEY_CTRL_DH_PARAMGEN_GENERATOR, gen, NULL)
+
+#define	EVP_PKEY_CTRL_DH_PARAMGEN_PRIME_LEN	(EVP_PKEY_ALG_CTRL + 1)
+#define	EVP_PKEY_CTRL_DH_PARAMGEN_GENERATOR	(EVP_PKEY_ALG_CTRL + 2)
+		
+
+/* BEGIN ERROR CODES */
+/* The following lines are auto generated by the script mkerr.pl. Any changes
+ * made after this point may be overwritten when the script is next run.
+ */
+void ERR_load_DH_strings(void);
+
+/* Error codes for the DH functions. */
+
+/* Function codes. */
+#define DH_F_COMPUTE_KEY				 102
+#define DH_F_DHPARAMS_PRINT_FP				 101
+#define DH_F_DH_BUILTIN_GENPARAMS			 106
+#define DH_F_DH_COMPUTE_KEY				 114
+#define DH_F_DH_GENERATE_KEY				 115
+#define DH_F_DH_GENERATE_PARAMETERS_EX			 116
+#define DH_F_DH_NEW_METHOD				 105
+#define DH_F_DH_PARAM_DECODE				 107
+#define DH_F_DH_PRIV_DECODE				 110
+#define DH_F_DH_PRIV_ENCODE				 111
+#define DH_F_DH_PUB_DECODE				 108
+#define DH_F_DH_PUB_ENCODE				 109
+#define DH_F_DO_DH_PRINT				 100
+#define DH_F_GENERATE_KEY				 103
+#define DH_F_GENERATE_PARAMETERS			 104
+#define DH_F_PKEY_DH_DERIVE				 112
+#define DH_F_PKEY_DH_KEYGEN				 113
+
+/* Reason codes. */
+#define DH_R_BAD_GENERATOR				 101
+#define DH_R_BN_DECODE_ERROR				 109
+#define DH_R_BN_ERROR					 106
+#define DH_R_DECODE_ERROR				 104
+#define DH_R_INVALID_PUBKEY				 102
+#define DH_R_KEYS_NOT_SET				 108
+#define DH_R_KEY_SIZE_TOO_SMALL				 110
+#define DH_R_MODULUS_TOO_LARGE				 103
+#define DH_R_NON_FIPS_METHOD				 111
+#define DH_R_NO_PARAMETERS_SET				 107
+#define DH_R_NO_PRIVATE_VALUE				 100
+#define DH_R_PARAMETER_ENCODING_ERROR			 105
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/include/openssl/dsa.h b/lib/include/openssl/dsa.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a6f6d0b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/include/openssl/dsa.h
@@ -0,0 +1,327 @@
+/* crypto/dsa/dsa.h */
+/* Copyright (C) 1995-1998 Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This package is an SSL implementation written
+ * by Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com).
+ * The implementation was written so as to conform with Netscapes SSL.
+ * 
+ * This library is free for commercial and non-commercial use as long as
+ * the following conditions are aheared to.  The following conditions
+ * apply to all code found in this distribution, be it the RC4, RSA,
+ * lhash, DES, etc., code; not just the SSL code.  The SSL documentation
+ * included with this distribution is covered by the same copyright terms
+ * except that the holder is Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com).
+ * 
+ * Copyright remains Eric Young's, and as such any Copyright notices in
+ * the code are not to be removed.
+ * If this package is used in a product, Eric Young should be given attribution
+ * as the author of the parts of the library used.
+ * This can be in the form of a textual message at program startup or
+ * in documentation (online or textual) provided with the package.
+ * 
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *    "This product includes cryptographic software written by
+ *     Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)"
+ *    The word 'cryptographic' can be left out if the rouines from the library
+ *    being used are not cryptographic related :-).
+ * 4. If you include any Windows specific code (or a derivative thereof) from 
+ *    the apps directory (application code) you must include an acknowledgement:
+ *    "This product includes software written by Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com)"
+ * 
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ERIC YOUNG ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * 
+ * The licence and distribution terms for any publically available version or
+ * derivative of this code cannot be changed.  i.e. this code cannot simply be
+ * copied and put under another distribution licence
+ * [including the GNU Public Licence.]
+ */
+
+/*
+ * The DSS routines are based on patches supplied by
+ * Steven Schoch <schoch@sheba.arc.nasa.gov>.  He basically did the
+ * work and I have just tweaked them a little to fit into my
+ * stylistic vision for SSLeay :-) */
+
+#ifndef HEADER_DSA_H
+#define HEADER_DSA_H
+
+#include <openssl/e_os2.h>
+
+#ifdef OPENSSL_NO_DSA
+#error DSA is disabled.
+#endif
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_BIO
+#include <openssl/bio.h>
+#endif
+#include <openssl/crypto.h>
+#include <openssl/ossl_typ.h>
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_DEPRECATED
+#include <openssl/bn.h>
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_DH
+# include <openssl/dh.h>
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_DSA_MAX_MODULUS_BITS
+# define OPENSSL_DSA_MAX_MODULUS_BITS	10000
+#endif
+
+#define DSA_FLAG_CACHE_MONT_P	0x01
+#define DSA_FLAG_NO_EXP_CONSTTIME       0x02 /* new with 0.9.7h; the built-in DSA
+                                              * implementation now uses constant time
+                                              * modular exponentiation for secret exponents
+                                              * by default. This flag causes the
+                                              * faster variable sliding window method to
+                                              * be used for all exponents.
+                                              */
+
+/* If this flag is set the DSA method is FIPS compliant and can be used
+ * in FIPS mode. This is set in the validated module method. If an
+ * application sets this flag in its own methods it is its reposibility
+ * to ensure the result is compliant.
+ */
+
+#define DSA_FLAG_FIPS_METHOD			0x0400
+
+/* If this flag is set the operations normally disabled in FIPS mode are
+ * permitted it is then the applications responsibility to ensure that the
+ * usage is compliant.
+ */
+
+#define DSA_FLAG_NON_FIPS_ALLOW			0x0400
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Already defined in ossl_typ.h */
+/* typedef struct dsa_st DSA; */
+/* typedef struct dsa_method DSA_METHOD; */
+
+typedef struct DSA_SIG_st
+	{
+	BIGNUM *r;
+	BIGNUM *s;
+	} DSA_SIG;
+
+struct dsa_method
+	{
+	const char *name;
+	DSA_SIG * (*dsa_do_sign)(const unsigned char *dgst, int dlen, DSA *dsa);
+	int (*dsa_sign_setup)(DSA *dsa, BN_CTX *ctx_in, BIGNUM **kinvp,
+								BIGNUM **rp);
+	int (*dsa_do_verify)(const unsigned char *dgst, int dgst_len,
+			     DSA_SIG *sig, DSA *dsa);
+	int (*dsa_mod_exp)(DSA *dsa, BIGNUM *rr, BIGNUM *a1, BIGNUM *p1,
+			BIGNUM *a2, BIGNUM *p2, BIGNUM *m, BN_CTX *ctx,
+			BN_MONT_CTX *in_mont);
+	int (*bn_mod_exp)(DSA *dsa, BIGNUM *r, BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *p,
+				const BIGNUM *m, BN_CTX *ctx,
+				BN_MONT_CTX *m_ctx); /* Can be null */
+	int (*init)(DSA *dsa);
+	int (*finish)(DSA *dsa);
+	int flags;
+	char *app_data;
+	/* If this is non-NULL, it is used to generate DSA parameters */
+	int (*dsa_paramgen)(DSA *dsa, int bits,
+			const unsigned char *seed, int seed_len,
+			int *counter_ret, unsigned long *h_ret,
+			BN_GENCB *cb);
+	/* If this is non-NULL, it is used to generate DSA keys */
+	int (*dsa_keygen)(DSA *dsa);
+	};
+
+struct dsa_st
+	{
+	/* This first variable is used to pick up errors where
+	 * a DSA is passed instead of of a EVP_PKEY */
+	int pad;
+	long version;
+	int write_params;
+	BIGNUM *p;
+	BIGNUM *q;	/* == 20 */
+	BIGNUM *g;
+
+	BIGNUM *pub_key;  /* y public key */
+	BIGNUM *priv_key; /* x private key */
+
+	BIGNUM *kinv;	/* Signing pre-calc */
+	BIGNUM *r;	/* Signing pre-calc */
+
+	int flags;
+	/* Normally used to cache montgomery values */
+	BN_MONT_CTX *method_mont_p;
+	int references;
+	CRYPTO_EX_DATA ex_data;
+	const DSA_METHOD *meth;
+	/* functional reference if 'meth' is ENGINE-provided */
+	ENGINE *engine;
+	};
+
+#define d2i_DSAparams_fp(fp,x) (DSA *)ASN1_d2i_fp((char *(*)())DSA_new, \
+		(char *(*)())d2i_DSAparams,(fp),(unsigned char **)(x))
+#define i2d_DSAparams_fp(fp,x) ASN1_i2d_fp(i2d_DSAparams,(fp), \
+		(unsigned char *)(x))
+#define d2i_DSAparams_bio(bp,x) ASN1_d2i_bio_of(DSA,DSA_new,d2i_DSAparams,bp,x)
+#define i2d_DSAparams_bio(bp,x) ASN1_i2d_bio_of_const(DSA,i2d_DSAparams,bp,x)
+
+
+DSA *DSAparams_dup(DSA *x);
+DSA_SIG * DSA_SIG_new(void);
+void	DSA_SIG_free(DSA_SIG *a);
+int	i2d_DSA_SIG(const DSA_SIG *a, unsigned char **pp);
+DSA_SIG * d2i_DSA_SIG(DSA_SIG **v, const unsigned char **pp, long length);
+
+DSA_SIG * DSA_do_sign(const unsigned char *dgst,int dlen,DSA *dsa);
+int	DSA_do_verify(const unsigned char *dgst,int dgst_len,
+		      DSA_SIG *sig,DSA *dsa);
+
+const DSA_METHOD *DSA_OpenSSL(void);
+
+void	DSA_set_default_method(const DSA_METHOD *);
+const DSA_METHOD *DSA_get_default_method(void);
+int	DSA_set_method(DSA *dsa, const DSA_METHOD *);
+
+DSA *	DSA_new(void);
+DSA *	DSA_new_method(ENGINE *engine);
+void	DSA_free (DSA *r);
+/* "up" the DSA object's reference count */
+int	DSA_up_ref(DSA *r);
+int	DSA_size(const DSA *);
+	/* next 4 return -1 on error */
+int	DSA_sign_setup( DSA *dsa,BN_CTX *ctx_in,BIGNUM **kinvp,BIGNUM **rp);
+int	DSA_sign(int type,const unsigned char *dgst,int dlen,
+		unsigned char *sig, unsigned int *siglen, DSA *dsa);
+int	DSA_verify(int type,const unsigned char *dgst,int dgst_len,
+		const unsigned char *sigbuf, int siglen, DSA *dsa);
+int DSA_get_ex_new_index(long argl, void *argp, CRYPTO_EX_new *new_func,
+	     CRYPTO_EX_dup *dup_func, CRYPTO_EX_free *free_func);
+int DSA_set_ex_data(DSA *d, int idx, void *arg);
+void *DSA_get_ex_data(DSA *d, int idx);
+
+DSA *	d2i_DSAPublicKey(DSA **a, const unsigned char **pp, long length);
+DSA *	d2i_DSAPrivateKey(DSA **a, const unsigned char **pp, long length);
+DSA * 	d2i_DSAparams(DSA **a, const unsigned char **pp, long length);
+
+/* Deprecated version */
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_DEPRECATED
+DSA *	DSA_generate_parameters(int bits,
+		unsigned char *seed,int seed_len,
+		int *counter_ret, unsigned long *h_ret,void
+		(*callback)(int, int, void *),void *cb_arg);
+#endif /* !defined(OPENSSL_NO_DEPRECATED) */
+
+/* New version */
+int	DSA_generate_parameters_ex(DSA *dsa, int bits,
+		const unsigned char *seed,int seed_len,
+		int *counter_ret, unsigned long *h_ret, BN_GENCB *cb);
+
+int	DSA_generate_key(DSA *a);
+int	i2d_DSAPublicKey(const DSA *a, unsigned char **pp);
+int 	i2d_DSAPrivateKey(const DSA *a, unsigned char **pp);
+int	i2d_DSAparams(const DSA *a,unsigned char **pp);
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_BIO
+int	DSAparams_print(BIO *bp, const DSA *x);
+int	DSA_print(BIO *bp, const DSA *x, int off);
+#endif
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_FP_API
+int	DSAparams_print_fp(FILE *fp, const DSA *x);
+int	DSA_print_fp(FILE *bp, const DSA *x, int off);
+#endif
+
+#define DSS_prime_checks 50
+/* Primality test according to FIPS PUB 186[-1], Appendix 2.1:
+ * 50 rounds of Rabin-Miller */
+#define DSA_is_prime(n, callback, cb_arg) \
+	BN_is_prime(n, DSS_prime_checks, callback, NULL, cb_arg)
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_DH
+/* Convert DSA structure (key or just parameters) into DH structure
+ * (be careful to avoid small subgroup attacks when using this!) */
+DH *DSA_dup_DH(const DSA *r);
+#endif
+
+#define EVP_PKEY_CTX_set_dsa_paramgen_bits(ctx, nbits) \
+	EVP_PKEY_CTX_ctrl(ctx, EVP_PKEY_DSA, EVP_PKEY_OP_PARAMGEN, \
+				EVP_PKEY_CTRL_DSA_PARAMGEN_BITS, nbits, NULL)
+
+#define	EVP_PKEY_CTRL_DSA_PARAMGEN_BITS		(EVP_PKEY_ALG_CTRL + 1)
+#define	EVP_PKEY_CTRL_DSA_PARAMGEN_Q_BITS	(EVP_PKEY_ALG_CTRL + 2)
+#define	EVP_PKEY_CTRL_DSA_PARAMGEN_MD		(EVP_PKEY_ALG_CTRL + 3)
+
+/* BEGIN ERROR CODES */
+/* The following lines are auto generated by the script mkerr.pl. Any changes
+ * made after this point may be overwritten when the script is next run.
+ */
+void ERR_load_DSA_strings(void);
+
+/* Error codes for the DSA functions. */
+
+/* Function codes. */
+#define DSA_F_D2I_DSA_SIG				 110
+#define DSA_F_DO_DSA_PRINT				 104
+#define DSA_F_DSAPARAMS_PRINT				 100
+#define DSA_F_DSAPARAMS_PRINT_FP			 101
+#define DSA_F_DSA_DO_SIGN				 112
+#define DSA_F_DSA_DO_VERIFY				 113
+#define DSA_F_DSA_GENERATE_KEY				 124
+#define DSA_F_DSA_GENERATE_PARAMETERS_EX		 123
+#define DSA_F_DSA_NEW_METHOD				 103
+#define DSA_F_DSA_PARAM_DECODE				 119
+#define DSA_F_DSA_PRINT_FP				 105
+#define DSA_F_DSA_PRIV_DECODE				 115
+#define DSA_F_DSA_PRIV_ENCODE				 116
+#define DSA_F_DSA_PUB_DECODE				 117
+#define DSA_F_DSA_PUB_ENCODE				 118
+#define DSA_F_DSA_SIGN					 106
+#define DSA_F_DSA_SIGN_SETUP				 107
+#define DSA_F_DSA_SIG_NEW				 109
+#define DSA_F_DSA_SIG_PRINT				 125
+#define DSA_F_DSA_VERIFY				 108
+#define DSA_F_I2D_DSA_SIG				 111
+#define DSA_F_OLD_DSA_PRIV_DECODE			 122
+#define DSA_F_PKEY_DSA_CTRL				 120
+#define DSA_F_PKEY_DSA_KEYGEN				 121
+#define DSA_F_SIG_CB					 114
+
+/* Reason codes. */
+#define DSA_R_BAD_Q_VALUE				 102
+#define DSA_R_BN_DECODE_ERROR				 108
+#define DSA_R_BN_ERROR					 109
+#define DSA_R_DATA_TOO_LARGE_FOR_KEY_SIZE		 100
+#define DSA_R_DECODE_ERROR				 104
+#define DSA_R_INVALID_DIGEST_TYPE			 106
+#define DSA_R_MISSING_PARAMETERS			 101
+#define DSA_R_MODULUS_TOO_LARGE				 103
+#define DSA_R_NEED_NEW_SETUP_VALUES			 110
+#define DSA_R_NON_FIPS_DSA_METHOD			 111
+#define DSA_R_NO_PARAMETERS_SET				 107
+#define DSA_R_PARAMETER_ENCODING_ERROR			 105
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/include/openssl/dso.h b/lib/include/openssl/dso.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..839f2e0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/include/openssl/dso.h
@@ -0,0 +1,409 @@
+/* dso.h -*- mode:C; c-file-style: "eay" -*- */
+/* Written by Geoff Thorpe (geoff@geoffthorpe.net) for the OpenSSL
+ * project 2000.
+ */
+/* ====================================================================
+ * Copyright (c) 2000 The OpenSSL Project.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 
+ *
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+ *    the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+ *    distribution.
+ *
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this
+ *    software must display the following acknowledgment:
+ *    "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project
+ *    for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit. (http://www.OpenSSL.org/)"
+ *
+ * 4. The names "OpenSSL Toolkit" and "OpenSSL Project" must not be used to
+ *    endorse or promote products derived from this software without
+ *    prior written permission. For written permission, please contact
+ *    licensing@OpenSSL.org.
+ *
+ * 5. Products derived from this software may not be called "OpenSSL"
+ *    nor may "OpenSSL" appear in their names without prior written
+ *    permission of the OpenSSL Project.
+ *
+ * 6. Redistributions of any form whatsoever must retain the following
+ *    acknowledgment:
+ *    "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project
+ *    for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit (http://www.OpenSSL.org/)"
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE OpenSSL PROJECT ``AS IS'' AND ANY
+ * EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OpenSSL PROJECT OR
+ * ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+ * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+ * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
+ * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
+ * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * ====================================================================
+ *
+ * This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young
+ * (eay@cryptsoft.com).  This product includes software written by Tim
+ * Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com).
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef HEADER_DSO_H
+#define HEADER_DSO_H
+
+#include <openssl/crypto.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* These values are used as commands to DSO_ctrl() */
+#define DSO_CTRL_GET_FLAGS	1
+#define DSO_CTRL_SET_FLAGS	2
+#define DSO_CTRL_OR_FLAGS	3
+
+/* By default, DSO_load() will translate the provided filename into a form
+ * typical for the platform (more specifically the DSO_METHOD) using the
+ * dso_name_converter function of the method. Eg. win32 will transform "blah"
+ * into "blah.dll", and dlfcn will transform it into "libblah.so". The
+ * behaviour can be overriden by setting the name_converter callback in the DSO
+ * object (using DSO_set_name_converter()). This callback could even utilise
+ * the DSO_METHOD's converter too if it only wants to override behaviour for
+ * one or two possible DSO methods. However, the following flag can be set in a
+ * DSO to prevent *any* native name-translation at all - eg. if the caller has
+ * prompted the user for a path to a driver library so the filename should be
+ * interpreted as-is. */
+#define DSO_FLAG_NO_NAME_TRANSLATION		0x01
+/* An extra flag to give if only the extension should be added as
+ * translation.  This is obviously only of importance on Unix and
+ * other operating systems where the translation also may prefix
+ * the name with something, like 'lib', and ignored everywhere else.
+ * This flag is also ignored if DSO_FLAG_NO_NAME_TRANSLATION is used
+ * at the same time. */
+#define DSO_FLAG_NAME_TRANSLATION_EXT_ONLY	0x02
+
+/* The following flag controls the translation of symbol names to upper
+ * case.  This is currently only being implemented for OpenVMS.
+ */
+#define DSO_FLAG_UPCASE_SYMBOL			0x10
+
+/* This flag loads the library with public symbols.
+ * Meaning: The exported symbols of this library are public
+ * to all libraries loaded after this library.
+ * At the moment only implemented in unix.
+ */
+#define DSO_FLAG_GLOBAL_SYMBOLS			0x20
+
+
+typedef void (*DSO_FUNC_TYPE)(void);
+
+typedef struct dso_st DSO;
+
+/* The function prototype used for method functions (or caller-provided
+ * callbacks) that transform filenames. They are passed a DSO structure pointer
+ * (or NULL if they are to be used independantly of a DSO object) and a
+ * filename to transform. They should either return NULL (if there is an error
+ * condition) or a newly allocated string containing the transformed form that
+ * the caller will need to free with OPENSSL_free() when done. */
+typedef char* (*DSO_NAME_CONVERTER_FUNC)(DSO *, const char *);
+/* The function prototype used for method functions (or caller-provided
+ * callbacks) that merge two file specifications. They are passed a
+ * DSO structure pointer (or NULL if they are to be used independantly of
+ * a DSO object) and two file specifications to merge. They should
+ * either return NULL (if there is an error condition) or a newly allocated
+ * string containing the result of merging that the caller will need
+ * to free with OPENSSL_free() when done.
+ * Here, merging means that bits and pieces are taken from each of the
+ * file specifications and added together in whatever fashion that is
+ * sensible for the DSO method in question.  The only rule that really
+ * applies is that if the two specification contain pieces of the same
+ * type, the copy from the first string takes priority.  One could see
+ * it as the first specification is the one given by the user and the
+ * second being a bunch of defaults to add on if they're missing in the
+ * first. */
+typedef char* (*DSO_MERGER_FUNC)(DSO *, const char *, const char *);
+
+typedef struct dso_meth_st
+	{
+	const char *name;
+	/* Loads a shared library, NB: new DSO_METHODs must ensure that a
+	 * successful load populates the loaded_filename field, and likewise a
+	 * successful unload OPENSSL_frees and NULLs it out. */
+	int (*dso_load)(DSO *dso);
+	/* Unloads a shared library */
+	int (*dso_unload)(DSO *dso);
+	/* Binds a variable */
+	void *(*dso_bind_var)(DSO *dso, const char *symname);
+	/* Binds a function - assumes a return type of DSO_FUNC_TYPE.
+	 * This should be cast to the real function prototype by the
+	 * caller. Platforms that don't have compatible representations
+	 * for different prototypes (this is possible within ANSI C)
+	 * are highly unlikely to have shared libraries at all, let
+	 * alone a DSO_METHOD implemented for them. */
+	DSO_FUNC_TYPE (*dso_bind_func)(DSO *dso, const char *symname);
+
+/* I don't think this would actually be used in any circumstances. */
+#if 0
+	/* Unbinds a variable */
+	int (*dso_unbind_var)(DSO *dso, char *symname, void *symptr);
+	/* Unbinds a function */
+	int (*dso_unbind_func)(DSO *dso, char *symname, DSO_FUNC_TYPE symptr);
+#endif
+	/* The generic (yuck) "ctrl()" function. NB: Negative return
+	 * values (rather than zero) indicate errors. */
+	long (*dso_ctrl)(DSO *dso, int cmd, long larg, void *parg);
+	/* The default DSO_METHOD-specific function for converting filenames to
+	 * a canonical native form. */
+	DSO_NAME_CONVERTER_FUNC dso_name_converter;
+	/* The default DSO_METHOD-specific function for converting filenames to
+	 * a canonical native form. */
+	DSO_MERGER_FUNC dso_merger;
+
+	/* [De]Initialisation handlers. */
+	int (*init)(DSO *dso);
+	int (*finish)(DSO *dso);
+
+	/* Return pathname of the module containing location */
+	int (*pathbyaddr)(void *addr,char *path,int sz);
+	/* Perform global symbol lookup, i.e. among *all* modules */
+	void *(*globallookup)(const char *symname);
+	} DSO_METHOD;
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+/* The low-level handle type used to refer to a loaded shared library */
+
+struct dso_st
+	{
+	DSO_METHOD *meth;
+	/* Standard dlopen uses a (void *). Win32 uses a HANDLE. VMS
+	 * doesn't use anything but will need to cache the filename
+	 * for use in the dso_bind handler. All in all, let each
+	 * method control its own destiny. "Handles" and such go in
+	 * a STACK. */
+	STACK_OF(void) *meth_data;
+	int references;
+	int flags;
+	/* For use by applications etc ... use this for your bits'n'pieces,
+	 * don't touch meth_data! */
+	CRYPTO_EX_DATA ex_data;
+	/* If this callback function pointer is set to non-NULL, then it will
+	 * be used in DSO_load() in place of meth->dso_name_converter. NB: This
+	 * should normally set using DSO_set_name_converter(). */
+	DSO_NAME_CONVERTER_FUNC name_converter;
+	/* If this callback function pointer is set to non-NULL, then it will
+	 * be used in DSO_load() in place of meth->dso_merger. NB: This
+	 * should normally set using DSO_set_merger(). */
+	DSO_MERGER_FUNC merger;
+	/* This is populated with (a copy of) the platform-independant
+	 * filename used for this DSO. */
+	char *filename;
+	/* This is populated with (a copy of) the translated filename by which
+	 * the DSO was actually loaded. It is NULL iff the DSO is not currently
+	 * loaded. NB: This is here because the filename translation process
+	 * may involve a callback being invoked more than once not only to
+	 * convert to a platform-specific form, but also to try different
+	 * filenames in the process of trying to perform a load. As such, this
+	 * variable can be used to indicate (a) whether this DSO structure
+	 * corresponds to a loaded library or not, and (b) the filename with
+	 * which it was actually loaded. */
+	char *loaded_filename;
+	};
+
+
+DSO *	DSO_new(void);
+DSO *	DSO_new_method(DSO_METHOD *method);
+int	DSO_free(DSO *dso);
+int	DSO_flags(DSO *dso);
+int	DSO_up_ref(DSO *dso);
+long	DSO_ctrl(DSO *dso, int cmd, long larg, void *parg);
+
+/* This function sets the DSO's name_converter callback. If it is non-NULL,
+ * then it will be used instead of the associated DSO_METHOD's function. If
+ * oldcb is non-NULL then it is set to the function pointer value being
+ * replaced. Return value is non-zero for success. */
+int	DSO_set_name_converter(DSO *dso, DSO_NAME_CONVERTER_FUNC cb,
+				DSO_NAME_CONVERTER_FUNC *oldcb);
+/* These functions can be used to get/set the platform-independant filename
+ * used for a DSO. NB: set will fail if the DSO is already loaded. */
+const char *DSO_get_filename(DSO *dso);
+int	DSO_set_filename(DSO *dso, const char *filename);
+/* This function will invoke the DSO's name_converter callback to translate a
+ * filename, or if the callback isn't set it will instead use the DSO_METHOD's
+ * converter. If "filename" is NULL, the "filename" in the DSO itself will be
+ * used. If the DSO_FLAG_NO_NAME_TRANSLATION flag is set, then the filename is
+ * simply duplicated. NB: This function is usually called from within a
+ * DSO_METHOD during the processing of a DSO_load() call, and is exposed so that
+ * caller-created DSO_METHODs can do the same thing. A non-NULL return value
+ * will need to be OPENSSL_free()'d. */
+char	*DSO_convert_filename(DSO *dso, const char *filename);
+/* This function will invoke the DSO's merger callback to merge two file
+ * specifications, or if the callback isn't set it will instead use the
+ * DSO_METHOD's merger.  A non-NULL return value will need to be
+ * OPENSSL_free()'d. */
+char	*DSO_merge(DSO *dso, const char *filespec1, const char *filespec2);
+/* If the DSO is currently loaded, this returns the filename that it was loaded
+ * under, otherwise it returns NULL. So it is also useful as a test as to
+ * whether the DSO is currently loaded. NB: This will not necessarily return
+ * the same value as DSO_convert_filename(dso, dso->filename), because the
+ * DSO_METHOD's load function may have tried a variety of filenames (with
+ * and/or without the aid of the converters) before settling on the one it
+ * actually loaded. */
+const char *DSO_get_loaded_filename(DSO *dso);
+
+void	DSO_set_default_method(DSO_METHOD *meth);
+DSO_METHOD *DSO_get_default_method(void);
+DSO_METHOD *DSO_get_method(DSO *dso);
+DSO_METHOD *DSO_set_method(DSO *dso, DSO_METHOD *meth);
+
+/* The all-singing all-dancing load function, you normally pass NULL
+ * for the first and third parameters. Use DSO_up and DSO_free for
+ * subsequent reference count handling. Any flags passed in will be set
+ * in the constructed DSO after its init() function but before the
+ * load operation. If 'dso' is non-NULL, 'flags' is ignored. */
+DSO *DSO_load(DSO *dso, const char *filename, DSO_METHOD *meth, int flags);
+
+/* This function binds to a variable inside a shared library. */
+void *DSO_bind_var(DSO *dso, const char *symname);
+
+/* This function binds to a function inside a shared library. */
+DSO_FUNC_TYPE DSO_bind_func(DSO *dso, const char *symname);
+
+/* This method is the default, but will beg, borrow, or steal whatever
+ * method should be the default on any particular platform (including
+ * DSO_METH_null() if necessary). */
+DSO_METHOD *DSO_METHOD_openssl(void);
+
+/* This method is defined for all platforms - if a platform has no
+ * DSO support then this will be the only method! */
+DSO_METHOD *DSO_METHOD_null(void);
+
+/* If DSO_DLFCN is defined, the standard dlfcn.h-style functions
+ * (dlopen, dlclose, dlsym, etc) will be used and incorporated into
+ * this method. If not, this method will return NULL. */
+DSO_METHOD *DSO_METHOD_dlfcn(void);
+
+/* If DSO_DL is defined, the standard dl.h-style functions (shl_load, 
+ * shl_unload, shl_findsym, etc) will be used and incorporated into
+ * this method. If not, this method will return NULL. */
+DSO_METHOD *DSO_METHOD_dl(void);
+
+/* If WIN32 is defined, use DLLs. If not, return NULL. */
+DSO_METHOD *DSO_METHOD_win32(void);
+
+/* If VMS is defined, use shared images. If not, return NULL. */
+DSO_METHOD *DSO_METHOD_vms(void);
+
+/* This function writes null-terminated pathname of DSO module
+ * containing 'addr' into 'sz' large caller-provided 'path' and
+ * returns the number of characters [including trailing zero]
+ * written to it. If 'sz' is 0 or negative, 'path' is ignored and
+ * required amount of charachers [including trailing zero] to
+ * accomodate pathname is returned. If 'addr' is NULL, then
+ * pathname of cryptolib itself is returned. Negative or zero
+ * return value denotes error.
+ */
+int DSO_pathbyaddr(void *addr,char *path,int sz);
+
+/* This function should be used with caution! It looks up symbols in
+ * *all* loaded modules and if module gets unloaded by somebody else
+ * attempt to dereference the pointer is doomed to have fatal
+ * consequences. Primary usage for this function is to probe *core*
+ * system functionality, e.g. check if getnameinfo(3) is available
+ * at run-time without bothering about OS-specific details such as
+ * libc.so.versioning or where does it actually reside: in libc
+ * itself or libsocket. */
+void *DSO_global_lookup(const char *name);
+
+/* If BeOS is defined, use shared images. If not, return NULL. */
+DSO_METHOD *DSO_METHOD_beos(void);
+
+/* BEGIN ERROR CODES */
+/* The following lines are auto generated by the script mkerr.pl. Any changes
+ * made after this point may be overwritten when the script is next run.
+ */
+void ERR_load_DSO_strings(void);
+
+/* Error codes for the DSO functions. */
+
+/* Function codes. */
+#define DSO_F_BEOS_BIND_FUNC				 144
+#define DSO_F_BEOS_BIND_VAR				 145
+#define DSO_F_BEOS_LOAD					 146
+#define DSO_F_BEOS_NAME_CONVERTER			 147
+#define DSO_F_BEOS_UNLOAD				 148
+#define DSO_F_DLFCN_BIND_FUNC				 100
+#define DSO_F_DLFCN_BIND_VAR				 101
+#define DSO_F_DLFCN_LOAD				 102
+#define DSO_F_DLFCN_MERGER				 130
+#define DSO_F_DLFCN_NAME_CONVERTER			 123
+#define DSO_F_DLFCN_UNLOAD				 103
+#define DSO_F_DL_BIND_FUNC				 104
+#define DSO_F_DL_BIND_VAR				 105
+#define DSO_F_DL_LOAD					 106
+#define DSO_F_DL_MERGER					 131
+#define DSO_F_DL_NAME_CONVERTER				 124
+#define DSO_F_DL_UNLOAD					 107
+#define DSO_F_DSO_BIND_FUNC				 108
+#define DSO_F_DSO_BIND_VAR				 109
+#define DSO_F_DSO_CONVERT_FILENAME			 126
+#define DSO_F_DSO_CTRL					 110
+#define DSO_F_DSO_FREE					 111
+#define DSO_F_DSO_GET_FILENAME				 127
+#define DSO_F_DSO_GET_LOADED_FILENAME			 128
+#define DSO_F_DSO_GLOBAL_LOOKUP				 139
+#define DSO_F_DSO_LOAD					 112
+#define DSO_F_DSO_MERGE					 132
+#define DSO_F_DSO_NEW_METHOD				 113
+#define DSO_F_DSO_PATHBYADDR				 140
+#define DSO_F_DSO_SET_FILENAME				 129
+#define DSO_F_DSO_SET_NAME_CONVERTER			 122
+#define DSO_F_DSO_UP_REF				 114
+#define DSO_F_GLOBAL_LOOKUP_FUNC			 138
+#define DSO_F_PATHBYADDR				 137
+#define DSO_F_VMS_BIND_SYM				 115
+#define DSO_F_VMS_LOAD					 116
+#define DSO_F_VMS_MERGER				 133
+#define DSO_F_VMS_UNLOAD				 117
+#define DSO_F_WIN32_BIND_FUNC				 118
+#define DSO_F_WIN32_BIND_VAR				 119
+#define DSO_F_WIN32_GLOBALLOOKUP			 142
+#define DSO_F_WIN32_GLOBALLOOKUP_FUNC			 143
+#define DSO_F_WIN32_JOINER				 135
+#define DSO_F_WIN32_LOAD				 120
+#define DSO_F_WIN32_MERGER				 134
+#define DSO_F_WIN32_NAME_CONVERTER			 125
+#define DSO_F_WIN32_PATHBYADDR				 141
+#define DSO_F_WIN32_SPLITTER				 136
+#define DSO_F_WIN32_UNLOAD				 121
+
+/* Reason codes. */
+#define DSO_R_CTRL_FAILED				 100
+#define DSO_R_DSO_ALREADY_LOADED			 110
+#define DSO_R_EMPTY_FILE_STRUCTURE			 113
+#define DSO_R_FAILURE					 114
+#define DSO_R_FILENAME_TOO_BIG				 101
+#define DSO_R_FINISH_FAILED				 102
+#define DSO_R_INCORRECT_FILE_SYNTAX			 115
+#define DSO_R_LOAD_FAILED				 103
+#define DSO_R_NAME_TRANSLATION_FAILED			 109
+#define DSO_R_NO_FILENAME				 111
+#define DSO_R_NO_FILE_SPECIFICATION			 116
+#define DSO_R_NULL_HANDLE				 104
+#define DSO_R_SET_FILENAME_FAILED			 112
+#define DSO_R_STACK_ERROR				 105
+#define DSO_R_SYM_FAILURE				 106
+#define DSO_R_UNLOAD_FAILED				 107
+#define DSO_R_UNSUPPORTED				 108
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/include/openssl/dtls1.h b/lib/include/openssl/dtls1.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e65d501
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/include/openssl/dtls1.h
@@ -0,0 +1,287 @@
+/* ssl/dtls1.h */
+/* 
+ * DTLS implementation written by Nagendra Modadugu
+ * (nagendra@cs.stanford.edu) for the OpenSSL project 2005.  
+ */
+/* ====================================================================
+ * Copyright (c) 1999-2005 The OpenSSL Project.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 
+ *
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+ *    the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+ *    distribution.
+ *
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this
+ *    software must display the following acknowledgment:
+ *    "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project
+ *    for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit. (http://www.OpenSSL.org/)"
+ *
+ * 4. The names "OpenSSL Toolkit" and "OpenSSL Project" must not be used to
+ *    endorse or promote products derived from this software without
+ *    prior written permission. For written permission, please contact
+ *    openssl-core@OpenSSL.org.
+ *
+ * 5. Products derived from this software may not be called "OpenSSL"
+ *    nor may "OpenSSL" appear in their names without prior written
+ *    permission of the OpenSSL Project.
+ *
+ * 6. Redistributions of any form whatsoever must retain the following
+ *    acknowledgment:
+ *    "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project
+ *    for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit (http://www.OpenSSL.org/)"
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE OpenSSL PROJECT ``AS IS'' AND ANY
+ * EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OpenSSL PROJECT OR
+ * ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+ * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+ * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
+ * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
+ * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * ====================================================================
+ *
+ * This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young
+ * (eay@cryptsoft.com).  This product includes software written by Tim
+ * Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com).
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef HEADER_DTLS1_H
+#define HEADER_DTLS1_H
+
+#include <openssl/buffer.h>
+#include <openssl/pqueue.h>
+#ifdef OPENSSL_SYS_VMS
+#include <resource.h>
+#include <sys/timeb.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef OPENSSL_SYS_WIN32
+/* Needed for struct timeval */
+#include <winsock.h>
+#elif defined(OPENSSL_SYS_NETWARE) && !defined(_WINSOCK2API_)
+#include <sys/timeval.h>
+#else
+#if defined(OPENSSL_SYS_VXWORKS)
+#include <sys/times.h>
+#else
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#define DTLS1_VERSION			0xFEFF
+#define DTLS1_BAD_VER			0x0100
+
+#if 0
+/* this alert description is not specified anywhere... */
+#define DTLS1_AD_MISSING_HANDSHAKE_MESSAGE    110
+#endif
+
+/* lengths of messages */
+#define DTLS1_COOKIE_LENGTH                     256
+
+#define DTLS1_RT_HEADER_LENGTH                  13
+
+#define DTLS1_HM_HEADER_LENGTH                  12
+
+#define DTLS1_HM_BAD_FRAGMENT                   -2
+#define DTLS1_HM_FRAGMENT_RETRY                 -3
+
+#define DTLS1_CCS_HEADER_LENGTH                  1
+
+#ifdef DTLS1_AD_MISSING_HANDSHAKE_MESSAGE
+#define DTLS1_AL_HEADER_LENGTH                   7
+#else
+#define DTLS1_AL_HEADER_LENGTH                   2
+#endif
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_SSL_INTERN
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_SCTP
+#define DTLS1_SCTP_AUTH_LABEL	"EXPORTER_DTLS_OVER_SCTP"
+#endif
+
+typedef struct dtls1_bitmap_st
+	{
+	unsigned long map;		/* track 32 packets on 32-bit systems
+					   and 64 - on 64-bit systems */
+	unsigned char max_seq_num[8];	/* max record number seen so far,
+					   64-bit value in big-endian
+					   encoding */
+	} DTLS1_BITMAP;
+
+struct dtls1_retransmit_state
+	{
+	EVP_CIPHER_CTX *enc_write_ctx;	/* cryptographic state */
+	EVP_MD_CTX *write_hash;			/* used for mac generation */
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_COMP
+	COMP_CTX *compress;				/* compression */
+#else
+	char *compress;	
+#endif
+	SSL_SESSION *session;
+	unsigned short epoch;
+	};
+
+struct hm_header_st
+	{
+	unsigned char type;
+	unsigned long msg_len;
+	unsigned short seq;
+	unsigned long frag_off;
+	unsigned long frag_len;
+	unsigned int is_ccs;
+	struct dtls1_retransmit_state saved_retransmit_state;
+	};
+
+struct ccs_header_st
+	{
+	unsigned char type;
+	unsigned short seq;
+	};
+
+struct dtls1_timeout_st
+	{
+	/* Number of read timeouts so far */
+	unsigned int read_timeouts;
+	
+	/* Number of write timeouts so far */
+	unsigned int write_timeouts;
+	
+	/* Number of alerts received so far */
+	unsigned int num_alerts;
+	};
+
+typedef struct record_pqueue_st
+	{
+	unsigned short epoch;
+	pqueue q;
+	} record_pqueue;
+
+typedef struct hm_fragment_st
+	{
+	struct hm_header_st msg_header;
+	unsigned char *fragment;
+	unsigned char *reassembly;
+	} hm_fragment;
+
+typedef struct dtls1_state_st
+	{
+	unsigned int send_cookie;
+	unsigned char cookie[DTLS1_COOKIE_LENGTH];
+	unsigned char rcvd_cookie[DTLS1_COOKIE_LENGTH];
+	unsigned int cookie_len;
+
+	/* 
+	 * The current data and handshake epoch.  This is initially
+	 * undefined, and starts at zero once the initial handshake is
+	 * completed 
+	 */
+	unsigned short r_epoch;
+	unsigned short w_epoch;
+
+	/* records being received in the current epoch */
+	DTLS1_BITMAP bitmap;
+
+	/* renegotiation starts a new set of sequence numbers */
+	DTLS1_BITMAP next_bitmap;
+
+	/* handshake message numbers */
+	unsigned short handshake_write_seq;
+	unsigned short next_handshake_write_seq;
+
+	unsigned short handshake_read_seq;
+
+	/* save last sequence number for retransmissions */
+	unsigned char last_write_sequence[8];
+
+	/* Received handshake records (processed and unprocessed) */
+	record_pqueue unprocessed_rcds;
+	record_pqueue processed_rcds;
+
+	/* Buffered handshake messages */
+	pqueue buffered_messages;
+
+	/* Buffered (sent) handshake records */
+	pqueue sent_messages;
+
+	/* Buffered application records.
+	 * Only for records between CCS and Finished
+	 * to prevent either protocol violation or
+	 * unnecessary message loss.
+	 */
+	record_pqueue buffered_app_data;
+
+	/* Is set when listening for new connections with dtls1_listen() */
+	unsigned int listen;
+
+	unsigned int mtu; /* max DTLS packet size */
+
+	struct hm_header_st w_msg_hdr;
+	struct hm_header_st r_msg_hdr;
+
+	struct dtls1_timeout_st timeout;
+
+	/* Indicates when the last handshake msg or heartbeat sent will timeout */
+	struct timeval next_timeout;
+
+	/* Timeout duration */
+	unsigned short timeout_duration;
+
+	/* storage for Alert/Handshake protocol data received but not
+	 * yet processed by ssl3_read_bytes: */
+	unsigned char alert_fragment[DTLS1_AL_HEADER_LENGTH];
+	unsigned int alert_fragment_len;
+	unsigned char handshake_fragment[DTLS1_HM_HEADER_LENGTH];
+	unsigned int handshake_fragment_len;
+
+	unsigned int retransmitting;
+	unsigned int change_cipher_spec_ok;
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_SCTP
+	/* used when SSL_ST_XX_FLUSH is entered */
+	int next_state;
+
+	int shutdown_received;
+#endif
+
+	} DTLS1_STATE;
+
+typedef struct dtls1_record_data_st
+	{
+	unsigned char *packet;
+	unsigned int   packet_length;
+	SSL3_BUFFER    rbuf;
+	SSL3_RECORD    rrec;
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_SCTP
+	struct bio_dgram_sctp_rcvinfo recordinfo;
+#endif
+	} DTLS1_RECORD_DATA;
+
+#endif
+
+/* Timeout multipliers (timeout slice is defined in apps/timeouts.h */
+#define DTLS1_TMO_READ_COUNT                      2
+#define DTLS1_TMO_WRITE_COUNT                     2
+
+#define DTLS1_TMO_ALERT_COUNT                     12
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/include/openssl/e_os2.h b/lib/include/openssl/e_os2.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d22c036
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/include/openssl/e_os2.h
@@ -0,0 +1,315 @@
+/* e_os2.h */
+/* ====================================================================
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2000 The OpenSSL Project.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 
+ *
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+ *    the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+ *    distribution.
+ *
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this
+ *    software must display the following acknowledgment:
+ *    "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project
+ *    for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit. (http://www.openssl.org/)"
+ *
+ * 4. The names "OpenSSL Toolkit" and "OpenSSL Project" must not be used to
+ *    endorse or promote products derived from this software without
+ *    prior written permission. For written permission, please contact
+ *    openssl-core@openssl.org.
+ *
+ * 5. Products derived from this software may not be called "OpenSSL"
+ *    nor may "OpenSSL" appear in their names without prior written
+ *    permission of the OpenSSL Project.
+ *
+ * 6. Redistributions of any form whatsoever must retain the following
+ *    acknowledgment:
+ *    "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project
+ *    for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit (http://www.openssl.org/)"
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE OpenSSL PROJECT ``AS IS'' AND ANY
+ * EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OpenSSL PROJECT OR
+ * ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+ * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+ * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
+ * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
+ * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * ====================================================================
+ *
+ * This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young
+ * (eay@cryptsoft.com).  This product includes software written by Tim
+ * Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com).
+ *
+ */
+
+#include <openssl/opensslconf.h>
+
+#ifndef HEADER_E_OS2_H
+#define HEADER_E_OS2_H
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ * Detect operating systems.  This probably needs completing.
+ * The result is that at least one OPENSSL_SYS_os macro should be defined.
+ * However, if none is defined, Unix is assumed.
+ **/
+
+#define OPENSSL_SYS_UNIX
+
+/* ----------------------- Macintosh, before MacOS X ----------------------- */
+#if defined(__MWERKS__) && defined(macintosh) || defined(OPENSSL_SYSNAME_MAC)
+# undef OPENSSL_SYS_UNIX
+# define OPENSSL_SYS_MACINTOSH_CLASSIC
+#endif
+
+/* ----------------------- NetWare ----------------------------------------- */
+#if defined(NETWARE) || defined(OPENSSL_SYSNAME_NETWARE)
+# undef OPENSSL_SYS_UNIX
+# define OPENSSL_SYS_NETWARE
+#endif
+
+/* ---------------------- Microsoft operating systems ---------------------- */
+
+/* Note that MSDOS actually denotes 32-bit environments running on top of
+   MS-DOS, such as DJGPP one. */
+#if defined(OPENSSL_SYSNAME_MSDOS)
+# undef OPENSSL_SYS_UNIX
+# define OPENSSL_SYS_MSDOS
+#endif
+
+/* For 32 bit environment, there seems to be the CygWin environment and then
+   all the others that try to do the same thing Microsoft does... */
+#if defined(OPENSSL_SYSNAME_UWIN)
+# undef OPENSSL_SYS_UNIX
+# define OPENSSL_SYS_WIN32_UWIN
+#else
+# if defined(__CYGWIN32__) || defined(OPENSSL_SYSNAME_CYGWIN32)
+#  undef OPENSSL_SYS_UNIX
+#  define OPENSSL_SYS_WIN32_CYGWIN
+# else
+#  if defined(_WIN32) || defined(OPENSSL_SYSNAME_WIN32)
+#   undef OPENSSL_SYS_UNIX
+#   define OPENSSL_SYS_WIN32
+#  endif
+#  if defined(OPENSSL_SYSNAME_WINNT)
+#   undef OPENSSL_SYS_UNIX
+#   define OPENSSL_SYS_WINNT
+#  endif
+#  if defined(OPENSSL_SYSNAME_WINCE)
+#   undef OPENSSL_SYS_UNIX
+#   define OPENSSL_SYS_WINCE
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Anything that tries to look like Microsoft is "Windows" */
+#if defined(OPENSSL_SYS_WIN32) || defined(OPENSSL_SYS_WINNT) || defined(OPENSSL_SYS_WINCE)
+# undef OPENSSL_SYS_UNIX
+# define OPENSSL_SYS_WINDOWS
+# ifndef OPENSSL_SYS_MSDOS
+#  define OPENSSL_SYS_MSDOS
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* DLL settings.  This part is a bit tough, because it's up to the application
+   implementor how he or she will link the application, so it requires some
+   macro to be used. */
+#ifdef OPENSSL_SYS_WINDOWS
+# ifndef OPENSSL_OPT_WINDLL
+#  if defined(_WINDLL) /* This is used when building OpenSSL to indicate that
+                          DLL linkage should be used */
+#   define OPENSSL_OPT_WINDLL
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* -------------------------------- OpenVMS -------------------------------- */
+#if defined(__VMS) || defined(VMS) || defined(OPENSSL_SYSNAME_VMS)
+# undef OPENSSL_SYS_UNIX
+# define OPENSSL_SYS_VMS
+# if defined(__DECC)
+#  define OPENSSL_SYS_VMS_DECC
+# elif defined(__DECCXX)
+#  define OPENSSL_SYS_VMS_DECC
+#  define OPENSSL_SYS_VMS_DECCXX
+# else
+#  define OPENSSL_SYS_VMS_NODECC
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* --------------------------------- OS/2 ---------------------------------- */
+#if defined(__EMX__) || defined(__OS2__)
+# undef OPENSSL_SYS_UNIX
+# define OPENSSL_SYS_OS2
+#endif
+
+/* --------------------------------- Unix ---------------------------------- */
+#ifdef OPENSSL_SYS_UNIX
+# if defined(linux) || defined(__linux__) || defined(OPENSSL_SYSNAME_LINUX)
+#  define OPENSSL_SYS_LINUX
+# endif
+# ifdef OPENSSL_SYSNAME_MPE
+#  define OPENSSL_SYS_MPE
+# endif
+# ifdef OPENSSL_SYSNAME_SNI
+#  define OPENSSL_SYS_SNI
+# endif
+# ifdef OPENSSL_SYSNAME_ULTRASPARC
+#  define OPENSSL_SYS_ULTRASPARC
+# endif
+# ifdef OPENSSL_SYSNAME_NEWS4
+#  define OPENSSL_SYS_NEWS4
+# endif
+# ifdef OPENSSL_SYSNAME_MACOSX
+#  define OPENSSL_SYS_MACOSX
+# endif
+# ifdef OPENSSL_SYSNAME_MACOSX_RHAPSODY
+#  define OPENSSL_SYS_MACOSX_RHAPSODY
+#  define OPENSSL_SYS_MACOSX
+# endif
+# ifdef OPENSSL_SYSNAME_SUNOS
+#  define OPENSSL_SYS_SUNOS
+#endif
+# if defined(_CRAY) || defined(OPENSSL_SYSNAME_CRAY)
+#  define OPENSSL_SYS_CRAY
+# endif
+# if defined(_AIX) || defined(OPENSSL_SYSNAME_AIX)
+#  define OPENSSL_SYS_AIX
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* --------------------------------- VOS ----------------------------------- */
+#if defined(__VOS__) || defined(OPENSSL_SYSNAME_VOS)
+# define OPENSSL_SYS_VOS
+#ifdef __HPPA__
+# define OPENSSL_SYS_VOS_HPPA
+#endif
+#ifdef __IA32__
+# define OPENSSL_SYS_VOS_IA32
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/* ------------------------------- VxWorks --------------------------------- */
+#ifdef OPENSSL_SYSNAME_VXWORKS
+# define OPENSSL_SYS_VXWORKS
+#endif
+
+/* --------------------------------- BeOS ---------------------------------- */
+#if defined(__BEOS__)
+# define OPENSSL_SYS_BEOS
+# include <sys/socket.h>
+# if defined(BONE_VERSION)
+#  define OPENSSL_SYS_BEOS_BONE
+# else
+#  define OPENSSL_SYS_BEOS_R5
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * That's it for OS-specific stuff
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+
+/* Specials for I/O an exit */
+#ifdef OPENSSL_SYS_MSDOS
+# define OPENSSL_UNISTD_IO <io.h>
+# define OPENSSL_DECLARE_EXIT extern void exit(int);
+#else
+# define OPENSSL_UNISTD_IO OPENSSL_UNISTD
+# define OPENSSL_DECLARE_EXIT /* declared in unistd.h */
+#endif
+
+/* Definitions of OPENSSL_GLOBAL and OPENSSL_EXTERN, to define and declare
+   certain global symbols that, with some compilers under VMS, have to be
+   defined and declared explicitely with globaldef and globalref.
+   Definitions of OPENSSL_EXPORT and OPENSSL_IMPORT, to define and declare
+   DLL exports and imports for compilers under Win32.  These are a little
+   more complicated to use.  Basically, for any library that exports some
+   global variables, the following code must be present in the header file
+   that declares them, before OPENSSL_EXTERN is used:
+
+   #ifdef SOME_BUILD_FLAG_MACRO
+   # undef OPENSSL_EXTERN
+   # define OPENSSL_EXTERN OPENSSL_EXPORT
+   #endif
+
+   The default is to have OPENSSL_EXPORT, OPENSSL_IMPORT and OPENSSL_GLOBAL
+   have some generally sensible values, and for OPENSSL_EXTERN to have the
+   value OPENSSL_IMPORT.
+*/
+
+#if defined(OPENSSL_SYS_VMS_NODECC)
+# define OPENSSL_EXPORT globalref
+# define OPENSSL_IMPORT globalref
+# define OPENSSL_GLOBAL globaldef
+#elif defined(OPENSSL_SYS_WINDOWS) && defined(OPENSSL_OPT_WINDLL)
+# define OPENSSL_EXPORT extern __declspec(dllexport)
+# define OPENSSL_IMPORT extern __declspec(dllimport)
+# define OPENSSL_GLOBAL
+#else
+# define OPENSSL_EXPORT extern
+# define OPENSSL_IMPORT extern
+# define OPENSSL_GLOBAL
+#endif
+#define OPENSSL_EXTERN OPENSSL_IMPORT
+
+/* Macros to allow global variables to be reached through function calls when
+   required (if a shared library version requires it, for example.
+   The way it's done allows definitions like this:
+
+	// in foobar.c
+	OPENSSL_IMPLEMENT_GLOBAL(int,foobar,0)
+	// in foobar.h
+	OPENSSL_DECLARE_GLOBAL(int,foobar);
+	#define foobar OPENSSL_GLOBAL_REF(foobar)
+*/
+#ifdef OPENSSL_EXPORT_VAR_AS_FUNCTION
+# define OPENSSL_IMPLEMENT_GLOBAL(type,name,value)			\
+	type *_shadow_##name(void)					\
+	{ static type _hide_##name=value; return &_hide_##name; }
+# define OPENSSL_DECLARE_GLOBAL(type,name) type *_shadow_##name(void)
+# define OPENSSL_GLOBAL_REF(name) (*(_shadow_##name()))
+#else
+# define OPENSSL_IMPLEMENT_GLOBAL(type,name,value) OPENSSL_GLOBAL type _shadow_##name=value;
+# define OPENSSL_DECLARE_GLOBAL(type,name) OPENSSL_EXPORT type _shadow_##name
+# define OPENSSL_GLOBAL_REF(name) _shadow_##name
+#endif
+
+#if defined(OPENSSL_SYS_MACINTOSH_CLASSIC) && macintosh==1 && !defined(MAC_OS_GUSI_SOURCE)
+#  define ossl_ssize_t long
+#endif
+
+#ifdef OPENSSL_SYS_MSDOS
+#  define ossl_ssize_t long
+#endif
+
+#if defined(NeXT) || defined(OPENSSL_SYS_NEWS4) || defined(OPENSSL_SYS_SUNOS)
+#  define ssize_t int
+#endif
+
+#if defined(__ultrix) && !defined(ssize_t)
+#  define ossl_ssize_t int 
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ossl_ssize_t
+#  define ossl_ssize_t ssize_t
+#endif
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/include/openssl/ebcdic.h b/lib/include/openssl/ebcdic.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6d65afc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/include/openssl/ebcdic.h
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+/* crypto/ebcdic.h */
+
+#ifndef HEADER_EBCDIC_H
+#define HEADER_EBCDIC_H
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+/* Avoid name clashes with other applications */
+#define os_toascii   _openssl_os_toascii
+#define os_toebcdic  _openssl_os_toebcdic
+#define ebcdic2ascii _openssl_ebcdic2ascii
+#define ascii2ebcdic _openssl_ascii2ebcdic
+
+extern const unsigned char os_toascii[256];
+extern const unsigned char os_toebcdic[256];
+void *ebcdic2ascii(void *dest, const void *srce, size_t count);
+void *ascii2ebcdic(void *dest, const void *srce, size_t count);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/include/openssl/ec.h b/lib/include/openssl/ec.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dfe8710
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/include/openssl/ec.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1167 @@
+/* crypto/ec/ec.h */
+/*
+ * Originally written by Bodo Moeller for the OpenSSL project.
+ */
+/**
+ * \file crypto/ec/ec.h Include file for the OpenSSL EC functions
+ * \author Originally written by Bodo Moeller for the OpenSSL project
+ */
+/* ====================================================================
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2005 The OpenSSL Project.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 
+ *
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+ *    the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+ *    distribution.
+ *
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this
+ *    software must display the following acknowledgment:
+ *    "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project
+ *    for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit. (http://www.openssl.org/)"
+ *
+ * 4. The names "OpenSSL Toolkit" and "OpenSSL Project" must not be used to
+ *    endorse or promote products derived from this software without
+ *    prior written permission. For written permission, please contact
+ *    openssl-core@openssl.org.
+ *
+ * 5. Products derived from this software may not be called "OpenSSL"
+ *    nor may "OpenSSL" appear in their names without prior written
+ *    permission of the OpenSSL Project.
+ *
+ * 6. Redistributions of any form whatsoever must retain the following
+ *    acknowledgment:
+ *    "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project
+ *    for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit (http://www.openssl.org/)"
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE OpenSSL PROJECT ``AS IS'' AND ANY
+ * EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OpenSSL PROJECT OR
+ * ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+ * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+ * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
+ * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
+ * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * ====================================================================
+ *
+ * This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young
+ * (eay@cryptsoft.com).  This product includes software written by Tim
+ * Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com).
+ *
+ */
+/* ====================================================================
+ * Copyright 2002 Sun Microsystems, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
+ *
+ * Portions of the attached software ("Contribution") are developed by 
+ * SUN MICROSYSTEMS, INC., and are contributed to the OpenSSL project.
+ *
+ * The Contribution is licensed pursuant to the OpenSSL open source
+ * license provided above.
+ *
+ * The elliptic curve binary polynomial software is originally written by 
+ * Sheueling Chang Shantz and Douglas Stebila of Sun Microsystems Laboratories.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef HEADER_EC_H
+#define HEADER_EC_H
+
+#include <openssl/opensslconf.h>
+
+#ifdef OPENSSL_NO_EC
+#error EC is disabled.
+#endif
+
+#include <openssl/asn1.h>
+#include <openssl/symhacks.h>
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_DEPRECATED
+#include <openssl/bn.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#elif defined(__SUNPRO_C)
+# if __SUNPRO_C >= 0x520
+# pragma error_messages (off,E_ARRAY_OF_INCOMPLETE_NONAME,E_ARRAY_OF_INCOMPLETE)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+  
+#ifndef OPENSSL_ECC_MAX_FIELD_BITS
+# define OPENSSL_ECC_MAX_FIELD_BITS 661
+#endif
+
+/** Enum for the point conversion form as defined in X9.62 (ECDSA)
+ *  for the encoding of a elliptic curve point (x,y) */
+typedef enum {
+	/** the point is encoded as z||x, where the octet z specifies 
+	 *  which solution of the quadratic equation y is  */
+	POINT_CONVERSION_COMPRESSED = 2,
+	/** the point is encoded as z||x||y, where z is the octet 0x02  */
+	POINT_CONVERSION_UNCOMPRESSED = 4,
+	/** the point is encoded as z||x||y, where the octet z specifies
+         *  which solution of the quadratic equation y is  */
+	POINT_CONVERSION_HYBRID = 6
+} point_conversion_form_t;
+
+
+typedef struct ec_method_st EC_METHOD;
+
+typedef struct ec_group_st
+	/*
+	 EC_METHOD *meth;
+	 -- field definition
+	 -- curve coefficients
+	 -- optional generator with associated information (order, cofactor)
+	 -- optional extra data (precomputed table for fast computation of multiples of generator)
+	 -- ASN1 stuff
+	*/
+	EC_GROUP;
+
+typedef struct ec_point_st EC_POINT;
+
+
+/********************************************************************/
+/*               EC_METHODs for curves over GF(p)                   */       
+/********************************************************************/
+
+/** Returns the basic GFp ec methods which provides the basis for the
+ *  optimized methods. 
+ *  \return  EC_METHOD object
+ */
+const EC_METHOD *EC_GFp_simple_method(void);
+
+/** Returns GFp methods using montgomery multiplication.
+ *  \return  EC_METHOD object
+ */
+const EC_METHOD *EC_GFp_mont_method(void);
+
+/** Returns GFp methods using optimized methods for NIST recommended curves
+ *  \return  EC_METHOD object
+ */
+const EC_METHOD *EC_GFp_nist_method(void);
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_EC_NISTP_64_GCC_128
+/** Returns 64-bit optimized methods for nistp224
+ *  \return  EC_METHOD object
+ */
+const EC_METHOD *EC_GFp_nistp224_method(void);
+
+/** Returns 64-bit optimized methods for nistp256
+ *  \return  EC_METHOD object
+ */
+const EC_METHOD *EC_GFp_nistp256_method(void);
+
+/** Returns 64-bit optimized methods for nistp521
+ *  \return  EC_METHOD object
+ */
+const EC_METHOD *EC_GFp_nistp521_method(void);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_EC2M
+/********************************************************************/ 
+/*           EC_METHOD for curves over GF(2^m)                      */
+/********************************************************************/
+
+/** Returns the basic GF2m ec method 
+ *  \return  EC_METHOD object
+ */
+const EC_METHOD *EC_GF2m_simple_method(void);
+
+#endif
+
+
+/********************************************************************/
+/*                   EC_GROUP functions                             */
+/********************************************************************/
+
+/** Creates a new EC_GROUP object
+ *  \param   meth  EC_METHOD to use
+ *  \return  newly created EC_GROUP object or NULL in case of an error.
+ */
+EC_GROUP *EC_GROUP_new(const EC_METHOD *meth);
+
+/** Frees a EC_GROUP object
+ *  \param  group  EC_GROUP object to be freed.
+ */
+void EC_GROUP_free(EC_GROUP *group);
+
+/** Clears and frees a EC_GROUP object
+ *  \param  group  EC_GROUP object to be cleared and freed.
+ */
+void EC_GROUP_clear_free(EC_GROUP *group);
+
+/** Copies EC_GROUP objects. Note: both EC_GROUPs must use the same EC_METHOD.
+ *  \param  dst  destination EC_GROUP object
+ *  \param  src  source EC_GROUP object
+ *  \return 1 on success and 0 if an error occurred.
+ */
+int EC_GROUP_copy(EC_GROUP *dst, const EC_GROUP *src);
+
+/** Creates a new EC_GROUP object and copies the copies the content
+ *  form src to the newly created EC_KEY object
+ *  \param  src  source EC_GROUP object
+ *  \return newly created EC_GROUP object or NULL in case of an error.
+ */
+EC_GROUP *EC_GROUP_dup(const EC_GROUP *src);
+
+/** Returns the EC_METHOD of the EC_GROUP object.
+ *  \param  group  EC_GROUP object 
+ *  \return EC_METHOD used in this EC_GROUP object.
+ */
+const EC_METHOD *EC_GROUP_method_of(const EC_GROUP *group);
+
+/** Returns the field type of the EC_METHOD.
+ *  \param  meth  EC_METHOD object
+ *  \return NID of the underlying field type OID.
+ */
+int EC_METHOD_get_field_type(const EC_METHOD *meth);
+
+/** Sets the generator and it's order/cofactor of a EC_GROUP object.
+ *  \param  group      EC_GROUP object 
+ *  \param  generator  EC_POINT object with the generator.
+ *  \param  order      the order of the group generated by the generator.
+ *  \param  cofactor   the index of the sub-group generated by the generator
+ *                     in the group of all points on the elliptic curve.
+ *  \return 1 on success and 0 if an error occured
+ */
+int EC_GROUP_set_generator(EC_GROUP *group, const EC_POINT *generator, const BIGNUM *order, const BIGNUM *cofactor);
+
+/** Returns the generator of a EC_GROUP object.
+ *  \param  group  EC_GROUP object
+ *  \return the currently used generator (possibly NULL).
+ */
+const EC_POINT *EC_GROUP_get0_generator(const EC_GROUP *group);
+
+/** Gets the order of a EC_GROUP
+ *  \param  group  EC_GROUP object
+ *  \param  order  BIGNUM to which the order is copied
+ *  \param  ctx    BN_CTX object (optional)
+ *  \return 1 on success and 0 if an error occured
+ */
+int EC_GROUP_get_order(const EC_GROUP *group, BIGNUM *order, BN_CTX *ctx);
+
+/** Gets the cofactor of a EC_GROUP
+ *  \param  group     EC_GROUP object
+ *  \param  cofactor  BIGNUM to which the cofactor is copied
+ *  \param  ctx       BN_CTX object (optional)
+ *  \return 1 on success and 0 if an error occured
+ */
+int EC_GROUP_get_cofactor(const EC_GROUP *group, BIGNUM *cofactor, BN_CTX *ctx);
+
+/** Sets the name of a EC_GROUP object
+ *  \param  group  EC_GROUP object
+ *  \param  nid    NID of the curve name OID
+ */
+void EC_GROUP_set_curve_name(EC_GROUP *group, int nid);
+
+/** Returns the curve name of a EC_GROUP object
+ *  \param  group  EC_GROUP object
+ *  \return NID of the curve name OID or 0 if not set.
+ */
+int EC_GROUP_get_curve_name(const EC_GROUP *group);
+
+void EC_GROUP_set_asn1_flag(EC_GROUP *group, int flag);
+int EC_GROUP_get_asn1_flag(const EC_GROUP *group);
+
+void EC_GROUP_set_point_conversion_form(EC_GROUP *group, point_conversion_form_t form);
+point_conversion_form_t EC_GROUP_get_point_conversion_form(const EC_GROUP *);
+
+unsigned char *EC_GROUP_get0_seed(const EC_GROUP *x);
+size_t EC_GROUP_get_seed_len(const EC_GROUP *);
+size_t EC_GROUP_set_seed(EC_GROUP *, const unsigned char *, size_t len);
+
+/** Sets the parameter of a ec over GFp defined by y^2 = x^3 + a*x + b
+ *  \param  group  EC_GROUP object
+ *  \param  p      BIGNUM with the prime number
+ *  \param  a      BIGNUM with parameter a of the equation
+ *  \param  b      BIGNUM with parameter b of the equation
+ *  \param  ctx    BN_CTX object (optional)
+ *  \return 1 on success and 0 if an error occured
+ */
+int EC_GROUP_set_curve_GFp(EC_GROUP *group, const BIGNUM *p, const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *b, BN_CTX *ctx);
+
+/** Gets the parameter of the ec over GFp defined by y^2 = x^3 + a*x + b
+ *  \param  group  EC_GROUP object
+ *  \param  p      BIGNUM for the prime number
+ *  \param  a      BIGNUM for parameter a of the equation
+ *  \param  b      BIGNUM for parameter b of the equation
+ *  \param  ctx    BN_CTX object (optional)
+ *  \return 1 on success and 0 if an error occured
+ */
+int EC_GROUP_get_curve_GFp(const EC_GROUP *group, BIGNUM *p, BIGNUM *a, BIGNUM *b, BN_CTX *ctx);
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_EC2M
+/** Sets the parameter of a ec over GF2m defined by y^2 + x*y = x^3 + a*x^2 + b
+ *  \param  group  EC_GROUP object
+ *  \param  p      BIGNUM with the polynomial defining the underlying field
+ *  \param  a      BIGNUM with parameter a of the equation
+ *  \param  b      BIGNUM with parameter b of the equation
+ *  \param  ctx    BN_CTX object (optional)
+ *  \return 1 on success and 0 if an error occured
+ */
+int EC_GROUP_set_curve_GF2m(EC_GROUP *group, const BIGNUM *p, const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *b, BN_CTX *ctx);
+
+/** Gets the parameter of the ec over GF2m defined by y^2 + x*y = x^3 + a*x^2 + b
+ *  \param  group  EC_GROUP object
+ *  \param  p      BIGNUM for the polynomial defining the underlying field
+ *  \param  a      BIGNUM for parameter a of the equation
+ *  \param  b      BIGNUM for parameter b of the equation
+ *  \param  ctx    BN_CTX object (optional)
+ *  \return 1 on success and 0 if an error occured
+ */
+int EC_GROUP_get_curve_GF2m(const EC_GROUP *group, BIGNUM *p, BIGNUM *a, BIGNUM *b, BN_CTX *ctx);
+#endif
+/** Returns the number of bits needed to represent a field element 
+ *  \param  group  EC_GROUP object
+ *  \return number of bits needed to represent a field element
+ */
+int EC_GROUP_get_degree(const EC_GROUP *group);
+
+/** Checks whether the parameter in the EC_GROUP define a valid ec group
+ *  \param  group  EC_GROUP object
+ *  \param  ctx    BN_CTX object (optional)
+ *  \return 1 if group is a valid ec group and 0 otherwise
+ */
+int EC_GROUP_check(const EC_GROUP *group, BN_CTX *ctx);
+
+/** Checks whether the discriminant of the elliptic curve is zero or not
+ *  \param  group  EC_GROUP object
+ *  \param  ctx    BN_CTX object (optional)
+ *  \return 1 if the discriminant is not zero and 0 otherwise
+ */
+int EC_GROUP_check_discriminant(const EC_GROUP *group, BN_CTX *ctx);
+
+/** Compares two EC_GROUP objects
+ *  \param  a    first EC_GROUP object
+ *  \param  b    second EC_GROUP object
+ *  \param  ctx  BN_CTX object (optional)
+ *  \return 0 if both groups are equal and 1 otherwise
+ */
+int EC_GROUP_cmp(const EC_GROUP *a, const EC_GROUP *b, BN_CTX *ctx);
+
+/* EC_GROUP_new_GF*() calls EC_GROUP_new() and EC_GROUP_set_GF*()
+ * after choosing an appropriate EC_METHOD */
+
+/** Creates a new EC_GROUP object with the specified parameters defined
+ *  over GFp (defined by the equation y^2 = x^3 + a*x + b)
+ *  \param  p    BIGNUM with the prime number
+ *  \param  a    BIGNUM with the parameter a of the equation
+ *  \param  b    BIGNUM with the parameter b of the equation
+ *  \param  ctx  BN_CTX object (optional)
+ *  \return newly created EC_GROUP object with the specified parameters
+ */
+EC_GROUP *EC_GROUP_new_curve_GFp(const BIGNUM *p, const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *b, BN_CTX *ctx);
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_EC2M
+/** Creates a new EC_GROUP object with the specified parameters defined
+ *  over GF2m (defined by the equation y^2 + x*y = x^3 + a*x^2 + b)
+ *  \param  p    BIGNUM with the polynomial defining the underlying field
+ *  \param  a    BIGNUM with the parameter a of the equation
+ *  \param  b    BIGNUM with the parameter b of the equation
+ *  \param  ctx  BN_CTX object (optional)
+ *  \return newly created EC_GROUP object with the specified parameters
+ */
+EC_GROUP *EC_GROUP_new_curve_GF2m(const BIGNUM *p, const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *b, BN_CTX *ctx);
+#endif
+/** Creates a EC_GROUP object with a curve specified by a NID
+ *  \param  nid  NID of the OID of the curve name
+ *  \return newly created EC_GROUP object with specified curve or NULL
+ *          if an error occurred
+ */
+EC_GROUP *EC_GROUP_new_by_curve_name(int nid);
+
+
+/********************************************************************/
+/*               handling of internal curves                        */
+/********************************************************************/
+
+typedef struct { 
+	int nid;
+	const char *comment;
+	} EC_builtin_curve;
+
+/* EC_builtin_curves(EC_builtin_curve *r, size_t size) returns number 
+ * of all available curves or zero if a error occurred. 
+ * In case r ist not zero nitems EC_builtin_curve structures 
+ * are filled with the data of the first nitems internal groups */
+size_t EC_get_builtin_curves(EC_builtin_curve *r, size_t nitems);
+
+
+/********************************************************************/
+/*                    EC_POINT functions                            */
+/********************************************************************/
+
+/** Creates a new EC_POINT object for the specified EC_GROUP
+ *  \param  group  EC_GROUP the underlying EC_GROUP object
+ *  \return newly created EC_POINT object or NULL if an error occurred
+ */
+EC_POINT *EC_POINT_new(const EC_GROUP *group);
+
+/** Frees a EC_POINT object
+ *  \param  point  EC_POINT object to be freed
+ */
+void EC_POINT_free(EC_POINT *point);
+
+/** Clears and frees a EC_POINT object
+ *  \param  point  EC_POINT object to be cleared and freed
+ */
+void EC_POINT_clear_free(EC_POINT *point);
+
+/** Copies EC_POINT object
+ *  \param  dst  destination EC_POINT object
+ *  \param  src  source EC_POINT object
+ *  \return 1 on success and 0 if an error occured
+ */
+int EC_POINT_copy(EC_POINT *dst, const EC_POINT *src);
+
+/** Creates a new EC_POINT object and copies the content of the supplied
+ *  EC_POINT
+ *  \param  src    source EC_POINT object
+ *  \param  group  underlying the EC_GROUP object
+ *  \return newly created EC_POINT object or NULL if an error occurred 
+ */
+EC_POINT *EC_POINT_dup(const EC_POINT *src, const EC_GROUP *group);
+ 
+/** Returns the EC_METHOD used in EC_POINT object 
+ *  \param  point  EC_POINT object
+ *  \return the EC_METHOD used
+ */
+const EC_METHOD *EC_POINT_method_of(const EC_POINT *point);
+
+/** Sets a point to infinity (neutral element)
+ *  \param  group  underlying EC_GROUP object
+ *  \param  point  EC_POINT to set to infinity
+ *  \return 1 on success and 0 if an error occured
+ */
+int EC_POINT_set_to_infinity(const EC_GROUP *group, EC_POINT *point);
+
+/** Sets the jacobian projective coordinates of a EC_POINT over GFp
+ *  \param  group  underlying EC_GROUP object
+ *  \param  p      EC_POINT object
+ *  \param  x      BIGNUM with the x-coordinate
+ *  \param  y      BIGNUM with the y-coordinate
+ *  \param  z      BIGNUM with the z-coordinate
+ *  \param  ctx    BN_CTX object (optional)
+ *  \return 1 on success and 0 if an error occured
+ */
+int EC_POINT_set_Jprojective_coordinates_GFp(const EC_GROUP *group, EC_POINT *p,
+	const BIGNUM *x, const BIGNUM *y, const BIGNUM *z, BN_CTX *ctx);
+
+/** Gets the jacobian projective coordinates of a EC_POINT over GFp
+ *  \param  group  underlying EC_GROUP object
+ *  \param  p      EC_POINT object
+ *  \param  x      BIGNUM for the x-coordinate
+ *  \param  y      BIGNUM for the y-coordinate
+ *  \param  z      BIGNUM for the z-coordinate
+ *  \param  ctx    BN_CTX object (optional)
+ *  \return 1 on success and 0 if an error occured
+ */
+int EC_POINT_get_Jprojective_coordinates_GFp(const EC_GROUP *group,
+	const EC_POINT *p, BIGNUM *x, BIGNUM *y, BIGNUM *z, BN_CTX *ctx);
+
+/** Sets the affine coordinates of a EC_POINT over GFp
+ *  \param  group  underlying EC_GROUP object
+ *  \param  p      EC_POINT object
+ *  \param  x      BIGNUM with the x-coordinate
+ *  \param  y      BIGNUM with the y-coordinate
+ *  \param  ctx    BN_CTX object (optional)
+ *  \return 1 on success and 0 if an error occured
+ */
+int EC_POINT_set_affine_coordinates_GFp(const EC_GROUP *group, EC_POINT *p,
+	const BIGNUM *x, const BIGNUM *y, BN_CTX *ctx);
+
+/** Gets the affine coordinates of a EC_POINT over GFp
+ *  \param  group  underlying EC_GROUP object
+ *  \param  p      EC_POINT object
+ *  \param  x      BIGNUM for the x-coordinate
+ *  \param  y      BIGNUM for the y-coordinate
+ *  \param  ctx    BN_CTX object (optional)
+ *  \return 1 on success and 0 if an error occured
+ */
+int EC_POINT_get_affine_coordinates_GFp(const EC_GROUP *group,
+	const EC_POINT *p, BIGNUM *x, BIGNUM *y, BN_CTX *ctx);
+
+/** Sets the x9.62 compressed coordinates of a EC_POINT over GFp
+ *  \param  group  underlying EC_GROUP object
+ *  \param  p      EC_POINT object
+ *  \param  x      BIGNUM with x-coordinate
+ *  \param  y_bit  integer with the y-Bit (either 0 or 1)
+ *  \param  ctx    BN_CTX object (optional)
+ *  \return 1 on success and 0 if an error occured
+ */
+int EC_POINT_set_compressed_coordinates_GFp(const EC_GROUP *group, EC_POINT *p,
+	const BIGNUM *x, int y_bit, BN_CTX *ctx);
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_EC2M
+/** Sets the affine coordinates of a EC_POINT over GF2m
+ *  \param  group  underlying EC_GROUP object
+ *  \param  p      EC_POINT object
+ *  \param  x      BIGNUM with the x-coordinate
+ *  \param  y      BIGNUM with the y-coordinate
+ *  \param  ctx    BN_CTX object (optional)
+ *  \return 1 on success and 0 if an error occured
+ */
+int EC_POINT_set_affine_coordinates_GF2m(const EC_GROUP *group, EC_POINT *p,
+	const BIGNUM *x, const BIGNUM *y, BN_CTX *ctx);
+
+/** Gets the affine coordinates of a EC_POINT over GF2m
+ *  \param  group  underlying EC_GROUP object
+ *  \param  p      EC_POINT object
+ *  \param  x      BIGNUM for the x-coordinate
+ *  \param  y      BIGNUM for the y-coordinate
+ *  \param  ctx    BN_CTX object (optional)
+ *  \return 1 on success and 0 if an error occured
+ */
+int EC_POINT_get_affine_coordinates_GF2m(const EC_GROUP *group,
+	const EC_POINT *p, BIGNUM *x, BIGNUM *y, BN_CTX *ctx);
+
+/** Sets the x9.62 compressed coordinates of a EC_POINT over GF2m
+ *  \param  group  underlying EC_GROUP object
+ *  \param  p      EC_POINT object
+ *  \param  x      BIGNUM with x-coordinate
+ *  \param  y_bit  integer with the y-Bit (either 0 or 1)
+ *  \param  ctx    BN_CTX object (optional)
+ *  \return 1 on success and 0 if an error occured
+ */
+int EC_POINT_set_compressed_coordinates_GF2m(const EC_GROUP *group, EC_POINT *p,
+	const BIGNUM *x, int y_bit, BN_CTX *ctx);
+#endif
+/** Encodes a EC_POINT object to a octet string
+ *  \param  group  underlying EC_GROUP object
+ *  \param  p      EC_POINT object
+ *  \param  form   point conversion form
+ *  \param  buf    memory buffer for the result. If NULL the function returns
+ *                 required buffer size.
+ *  \param  len    length of the memory buffer
+ *  \param  ctx    BN_CTX object (optional)
+ *  \return the length of the encoded octet string or 0 if an error occurred
+ */
+size_t EC_POINT_point2oct(const EC_GROUP *group, const EC_POINT *p,
+	point_conversion_form_t form,
+        unsigned char *buf, size_t len, BN_CTX *ctx);
+
+/** Decodes a EC_POINT from a octet string
+ *  \param  group  underlying EC_GROUP object
+ *  \param  p      EC_POINT object
+ *  \param  buf    memory buffer with the encoded ec point
+ *  \param  len    length of the encoded ec point
+ *  \param  ctx    BN_CTX object (optional)
+ *  \return 1 on success and 0 if an error occured
+ */
+int EC_POINT_oct2point(const EC_GROUP *group, EC_POINT *p,
+        const unsigned char *buf, size_t len, BN_CTX *ctx);
+
+/* other interfaces to point2oct/oct2point: */
+BIGNUM *EC_POINT_point2bn(const EC_GROUP *, const EC_POINT *,
+	point_conversion_form_t form, BIGNUM *, BN_CTX *);
+EC_POINT *EC_POINT_bn2point(const EC_GROUP *, const BIGNUM *,
+	EC_POINT *, BN_CTX *);
+char *EC_POINT_point2hex(const EC_GROUP *, const EC_POINT *,
+	point_conversion_form_t form, BN_CTX *);
+EC_POINT *EC_POINT_hex2point(const EC_GROUP *, const char *,
+	EC_POINT *, BN_CTX *);
+
+
+/********************************************************************/
+/*         functions for doing EC_POINT arithmetic                  */
+/********************************************************************/
+
+/** Computes the sum of two EC_POINT 
+ *  \param  group  underlying EC_GROUP object
+ *  \param  r      EC_POINT object for the result (r = a + b)
+ *  \param  a      EC_POINT object with the first summand
+ *  \param  b      EC_POINT object with the second summand
+ *  \param  ctx    BN_CTX object (optional)
+ *  \return 1 on success and 0 if an error occured
+ */
+int EC_POINT_add(const EC_GROUP *group, EC_POINT *r, const EC_POINT *a, const EC_POINT *b, BN_CTX *ctx);
+
+/** Computes the double of a EC_POINT
+ *  \param  group  underlying EC_GROUP object
+ *  \param  r      EC_POINT object for the result (r = 2 * a)
+ *  \param  a      EC_POINT object 
+ *  \param  ctx    BN_CTX object (optional)
+ *  \return 1 on success and 0 if an error occured
+ */
+int EC_POINT_dbl(const EC_GROUP *group, EC_POINT *r, const EC_POINT *a, BN_CTX *ctx);
+
+/** Computes the inverse of a EC_POINT
+ *  \param  group  underlying EC_GROUP object
+ *  \param  a      EC_POINT object to be inverted (it's used for the result as well)
+ *  \param  ctx    BN_CTX object (optional)
+ *  \return 1 on success and 0 if an error occured
+ */
+int EC_POINT_invert(const EC_GROUP *group, EC_POINT *a, BN_CTX *ctx);
+
+/** Checks whether the point is the neutral element of the group
+ *  \param  group  the underlying EC_GROUP object
+ *  \param  p      EC_POINT object
+ *  \return 1 if the point is the neutral element and 0 otherwise
+ */
+int EC_POINT_is_at_infinity(const EC_GROUP *group, const EC_POINT *p);
+
+/** Checks whether the point is on the curve 
+ *  \param  group  underlying EC_GROUP object
+ *  \param  point  EC_POINT object to check
+ *  \param  ctx    BN_CTX object (optional)
+ *  \return 1 if point if on the curve and 0 otherwise
+ */
+int EC_POINT_is_on_curve(const EC_GROUP *group, const EC_POINT *point, BN_CTX *ctx);
+
+/** Compares two EC_POINTs 
+ *  \param  group  underlying EC_GROUP object
+ *  \param  a      first EC_POINT object
+ *  \param  b      second EC_POINT object
+ *  \param  ctx    BN_CTX object (optional)
+ *  \return 0 if both points are equal and a value != 0 otherwise
+ */
+int EC_POINT_cmp(const EC_GROUP *group, const EC_POINT *a, const EC_POINT *b, BN_CTX *ctx);
+
+int EC_POINT_make_affine(const EC_GROUP *group, EC_POINT *point, BN_CTX *ctx);
+int EC_POINTs_make_affine(const EC_GROUP *group, size_t num, EC_POINT *points[], BN_CTX *ctx);
+
+/** Computes r = generator * n sum_{i=0}^num p[i] * m[i]
+ *  \param  group  underlying EC_GROUP object
+ *  \param  r      EC_POINT object for the result
+ *  \param  n      BIGNUM with the multiplier for the group generator (optional)
+ *  \param  num    number futher summands
+ *  \param  p      array of size num of EC_POINT objects
+ *  \param  m      array of size num of BIGNUM objects
+ *  \param  ctx    BN_CTX object (optional)
+ *  \return 1 on success and 0 if an error occured
+ */
+int EC_POINTs_mul(const EC_GROUP *group, EC_POINT *r, const BIGNUM *n, size_t num, const EC_POINT *p[], const BIGNUM *m[], BN_CTX *ctx);
+
+/** Computes r = generator * n + q * m
+ *  \param  group  underlying EC_GROUP object
+ *  \param  r      EC_POINT object for the result
+ *  \param  n      BIGNUM with the multiplier for the group generator (optional)
+ *  \param  q      EC_POINT object with the first factor of the second summand
+ *  \param  m      BIGNUM with the second factor of the second summand
+ *  \param  ctx    BN_CTX object (optional)
+ *  \return 1 on success and 0 if an error occured
+ */
+int EC_POINT_mul(const EC_GROUP *group, EC_POINT *r, const BIGNUM *n, const EC_POINT *q, const BIGNUM *m, BN_CTX *ctx);
+
+/** Stores multiples of generator for faster point multiplication
+ *  \param  group  EC_GROUP object
+ *  \param  ctx    BN_CTX object (optional)
+ *  \return 1 on success and 0 if an error occured
+ */
+int EC_GROUP_precompute_mult(EC_GROUP *group, BN_CTX *ctx);
+
+/** Reports whether a precomputation has been done
+ *  \param  group  EC_GROUP object
+ *  \return 1 if a pre-computation has been done and 0 otherwise
+ */
+int EC_GROUP_have_precompute_mult(const EC_GROUP *group);
+
+
+/********************************************************************/
+/*                       ASN1 stuff                                 */
+/********************************************************************/
+
+/* EC_GROUP_get_basis_type() returns the NID of the basis type
+ * used to represent the field elements */
+int EC_GROUP_get_basis_type(const EC_GROUP *);
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_EC2M
+int EC_GROUP_get_trinomial_basis(const EC_GROUP *, unsigned int *k);
+int EC_GROUP_get_pentanomial_basis(const EC_GROUP *, unsigned int *k1, 
+	unsigned int *k2, unsigned int *k3);
+#endif
+
+#define OPENSSL_EC_NAMED_CURVE	0x001
+
+typedef struct ecpk_parameters_st ECPKPARAMETERS;
+
+EC_GROUP *d2i_ECPKParameters(EC_GROUP **, const unsigned char **in, long len);
+int i2d_ECPKParameters(const EC_GROUP *, unsigned char **out);
+
+#define d2i_ECPKParameters_bio(bp,x) ASN1_d2i_bio_of(EC_GROUP,NULL,d2i_ECPKParameters,bp,x)
+#define i2d_ECPKParameters_bio(bp,x) ASN1_i2d_bio_of_const(EC_GROUP,i2d_ECPKParameters,bp,x)
+#define d2i_ECPKParameters_fp(fp,x) (EC_GROUP *)ASN1_d2i_fp(NULL, \
+                (char *(*)())d2i_ECPKParameters,(fp),(unsigned char **)(x))
+#define i2d_ECPKParameters_fp(fp,x) ASN1_i2d_fp(i2d_ECPKParameters,(fp), \
+		(unsigned char *)(x))
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_BIO
+int     ECPKParameters_print(BIO *bp, const EC_GROUP *x, int off);
+#endif
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_FP_API
+int     ECPKParameters_print_fp(FILE *fp, const EC_GROUP *x, int off);
+#endif
+
+
+/********************************************************************/
+/*                      EC_KEY functions                            */
+/********************************************************************/
+
+typedef struct ec_key_st EC_KEY;
+
+/* some values for the encoding_flag */
+#define EC_PKEY_NO_PARAMETERS	0x001
+#define EC_PKEY_NO_PUBKEY	0x002
+
+/* some values for the flags field */
+#define EC_FLAG_NON_FIPS_ALLOW	0x1
+#define EC_FLAG_FIPS_CHECKED	0x2
+
+/** Creates a new EC_KEY object.
+ *  \return EC_KEY object or NULL if an error occurred.
+ */
+EC_KEY *EC_KEY_new(void);
+
+int EC_KEY_get_flags(const EC_KEY *key);
+
+void EC_KEY_set_flags(EC_KEY *key, int flags);
+
+void EC_KEY_clear_flags(EC_KEY *key, int flags);
+
+/** Creates a new EC_KEY object using a named curve as underlying
+ *  EC_GROUP object.
+ *  \param  nid  NID of the named curve.
+ *  \return EC_KEY object or NULL if an error occurred. 
+ */
+EC_KEY *EC_KEY_new_by_curve_name(int nid);
+
+/** Frees a EC_KEY object.
+ *  \param  key  EC_KEY object to be freed.
+ */
+void EC_KEY_free(EC_KEY *key);
+
+/** Copies a EC_KEY object.
+ *  \param  dst  destination EC_KEY object
+ *  \param  src  src EC_KEY object
+ *  \return dst or NULL if an error occurred.
+ */
+EC_KEY *EC_KEY_copy(EC_KEY *dst, const EC_KEY *src);
+
+/** Creates a new EC_KEY object and copies the content from src to it.
+ *  \param  src  the source EC_KEY object
+ *  \return newly created EC_KEY object or NULL if an error occurred.
+ */
+EC_KEY *EC_KEY_dup(const EC_KEY *src);
+
+/** Increases the internal reference count of a EC_KEY object.
+ *  \param  key  EC_KEY object
+ *  \return 1 on success and 0 if an error occurred.
+ */
+int EC_KEY_up_ref(EC_KEY *key);
+
+/** Returns the EC_GROUP object of a EC_KEY object
+ *  \param  key  EC_KEY object
+ *  \return the EC_GROUP object (possibly NULL).
+ */
+const EC_GROUP *EC_KEY_get0_group(const EC_KEY *key);
+
+/** Sets the EC_GROUP of a EC_KEY object.
+ *  \param  key    EC_KEY object
+ *  \param  group  EC_GROUP to use in the EC_KEY object (note: the EC_KEY
+ *                 object will use an own copy of the EC_GROUP).
+ *  \return 1 on success and 0 if an error occurred.
+ */
+int EC_KEY_set_group(EC_KEY *key, const EC_GROUP *group);
+
+/** Returns the private key of a EC_KEY object.
+ *  \param  key  EC_KEY object
+ *  \return a BIGNUM with the private key (possibly NULL).
+ */
+const BIGNUM *EC_KEY_get0_private_key(const EC_KEY *key);
+
+/** Sets the private key of a EC_KEY object.
+ *  \param  key  EC_KEY object
+ *  \param  prv  BIGNUM with the private key (note: the EC_KEY object
+ *               will use an own copy of the BIGNUM).
+ *  \return 1 on success and 0 if an error occurred.
+ */
+int EC_KEY_set_private_key(EC_KEY *key, const BIGNUM *prv);
+
+/** Returns the public key of a EC_KEY object.
+ *  \param  key  the EC_KEY object
+ *  \return a EC_POINT object with the public key (possibly NULL)
+ */
+const EC_POINT *EC_KEY_get0_public_key(const EC_KEY *key);
+
+/** Sets the public key of a EC_KEY object.
+ *  \param  key  EC_KEY object
+ *  \param  pub  EC_POINT object with the public key (note: the EC_KEY object
+ *               will use an own copy of the EC_POINT object).
+ *  \return 1 on success and 0 if an error occurred.
+ */
+int EC_KEY_set_public_key(EC_KEY *key, const EC_POINT *pub);
+
+unsigned EC_KEY_get_enc_flags(const EC_KEY *key);
+void EC_KEY_set_enc_flags(EC_KEY *eckey, unsigned int flags);
+point_conversion_form_t EC_KEY_get_conv_form(const EC_KEY *key);
+void EC_KEY_set_conv_form(EC_KEY *eckey, point_conversion_form_t cform);
+/* functions to set/get method specific data  */
+void *EC_KEY_get_key_method_data(EC_KEY *key, 
+	void *(*dup_func)(void *), void (*free_func)(void *), void (*clear_free_func)(void *));
+/** Sets the key method data of an EC_KEY object, if none has yet been set.
+ *  \param  key              EC_KEY object
+ *  \param  data             opaque data to install.
+ *  \param  dup_func         a function that duplicates |data|.
+ *  \param  free_func        a function that frees |data|.
+ *  \param  clear_free_func  a function that wipes and frees |data|.
+ *  \return the previously set data pointer, or NULL if |data| was inserted.
+ */
+void *EC_KEY_insert_key_method_data(EC_KEY *key, void *data,
+	void *(*dup_func)(void *), void (*free_func)(void *), void (*clear_free_func)(void *));
+/* wrapper functions for the underlying EC_GROUP object */
+void EC_KEY_set_asn1_flag(EC_KEY *eckey, int asn1_flag);
+
+/** Creates a table of pre-computed multiples of the generator to 
+ *  accelerate further EC_KEY operations.
+ *  \param  key  EC_KEY object
+ *  \param  ctx  BN_CTX object (optional)
+ *  \return 1 on success and 0 if an error occurred.
+ */
+int EC_KEY_precompute_mult(EC_KEY *key, BN_CTX *ctx);
+
+/** Creates a new ec private (and optional a new public) key.
+ *  \param  key  EC_KEY object
+ *  \return 1 on success and 0 if an error occurred.
+ */
+int EC_KEY_generate_key(EC_KEY *key);
+
+/** Verifies that a private and/or public key is valid.
+ *  \param  key  the EC_KEY object
+ *  \return 1 on success and 0 otherwise.
+ */
+int EC_KEY_check_key(const EC_KEY *key);
+
+/** Sets a public key from affine coordindates performing
+ *  neccessary NIST PKV tests.
+ *  \param  key  the EC_KEY object
+ *  \param  x    public key x coordinate
+ *  \param  y    public key y coordinate
+ *  \return 1 on success and 0 otherwise.
+ */
+int EC_KEY_set_public_key_affine_coordinates(EC_KEY *key, BIGNUM *x, BIGNUM *y);
+
+
+/********************************************************************/
+/*        de- and encoding functions for SEC1 ECPrivateKey          */
+/********************************************************************/
+
+/** Decodes a private key from a memory buffer.
+ *  \param  key  a pointer to a EC_KEY object which should be used (or NULL)
+ *  \param  in   pointer to memory with the DER encoded private key
+ *  \param  len  length of the DER encoded private key
+ *  \return the decoded private key or NULL if an error occurred.
+ */
+EC_KEY *d2i_ECPrivateKey(EC_KEY **key, const unsigned char **in, long len);
+
+/** Encodes a private key object and stores the result in a buffer.
+ *  \param  key  the EC_KEY object to encode
+ *  \param  out  the buffer for the result (if NULL the function returns number
+ *               of bytes needed).
+ *  \return 1 on success and 0 if an error occurred.
+ */
+int i2d_ECPrivateKey(EC_KEY *key, unsigned char **out);
+
+
+/********************************************************************/
+/*        de- and encoding functions for EC parameters              */
+/********************************************************************/
+
+/** Decodes ec parameter from a memory buffer.
+ *  \param  key  a pointer to a EC_KEY object which should be used (or NULL)
+ *  \param  in   pointer to memory with the DER encoded ec parameters
+ *  \param  len  length of the DER encoded ec parameters
+ *  \return a EC_KEY object with the decoded parameters or NULL if an error
+ *          occurred.
+ */
+EC_KEY *d2i_ECParameters(EC_KEY **key, const unsigned char **in, long len);
+
+/** Encodes ec parameter and stores the result in a buffer.
+ *  \param  key  the EC_KEY object with ec paramters to encode
+ *  \param  out  the buffer for the result (if NULL the function returns number
+ *               of bytes needed).
+ *  \return 1 on success and 0 if an error occurred.
+ */
+int i2d_ECParameters(EC_KEY *key, unsigned char **out);
+
+
+/********************************************************************/
+/*         de- and encoding functions for EC public key             */
+/*         (octet string, not DER -- hence 'o2i' and 'i2o')         */
+/********************************************************************/
+
+/** Decodes a ec public key from a octet string.
+ *  \param  key  a pointer to a EC_KEY object which should be used
+ *  \param  in   memory buffer with the encoded public key
+ *  \param  len  length of the encoded public key
+ *  \return EC_KEY object with decoded public key or NULL if an error
+ *          occurred.
+ */
+EC_KEY *o2i_ECPublicKey(EC_KEY **key, const unsigned char **in, long len);
+
+/** Encodes a ec public key in an octet string.
+ *  \param  key  the EC_KEY object with the public key
+ *  \param  out  the buffer for the result (if NULL the function returns number
+ *               of bytes needed).
+ *  \return 1 on success and 0 if an error occurred
+ */
+int i2o_ECPublicKey(EC_KEY *key, unsigned char **out);
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_BIO
+/** Prints out the ec parameters on human readable form.
+ *  \param  bp   BIO object to which the information is printed
+ *  \param  key  EC_KEY object
+ *  \return 1 on success and 0 if an error occurred
+ */
+int	ECParameters_print(BIO *bp, const EC_KEY *key);
+
+/** Prints out the contents of a EC_KEY object
+ *  \param  bp   BIO object to which the information is printed
+ *  \param  key  EC_KEY object
+ *  \param  off  line offset 
+ *  \return 1 on success and 0 if an error occurred
+ */
+int	EC_KEY_print(BIO *bp, const EC_KEY *key, int off);
+
+#endif
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_FP_API
+/** Prints out the ec parameters on human readable form.
+ *  \param  fp   file descriptor to which the information is printed
+ *  \param  key  EC_KEY object
+ *  \return 1 on success and 0 if an error occurred
+ */
+int	ECParameters_print_fp(FILE *fp, const EC_KEY *key);
+
+/** Prints out the contents of a EC_KEY object
+ *  \param  fp   file descriptor to which the information is printed
+ *  \param  key  EC_KEY object
+ *  \param  off  line offset 
+ *  \return 1 on success and 0 if an error occurred
+ */
+int	EC_KEY_print_fp(FILE *fp, const EC_KEY *key, int off);
+
+#endif
+
+#define ECParameters_dup(x) ASN1_dup_of(EC_KEY,i2d_ECParameters,d2i_ECParameters,x)
+
+#ifndef __cplusplus
+#if defined(__SUNPRO_C)
+#  if __SUNPRO_C >= 0x520
+# pragma error_messages (default,E_ARRAY_OF_INCOMPLETE_NONAME,E_ARRAY_OF_INCOMPLETE)
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#define EVP_PKEY_CTX_set_ec_paramgen_curve_nid(ctx, nid) \
+	EVP_PKEY_CTX_ctrl(ctx, EVP_PKEY_EC, EVP_PKEY_OP_PARAMGEN, \
+				EVP_PKEY_CTRL_EC_PARAMGEN_CURVE_NID, nid, NULL)
+
+
+#define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_EC_PARAMGEN_CURVE_NID		(EVP_PKEY_ALG_CTRL + 1)
+
+/* BEGIN ERROR CODES */
+/* The following lines are auto generated by the script mkerr.pl. Any changes
+ * made after this point may be overwritten when the script is next run.
+ */
+void ERR_load_EC_strings(void);
+
+/* Error codes for the EC functions. */
+
+/* Function codes. */
+#define EC_F_BN_TO_FELEM				 224
+#define EC_F_COMPUTE_WNAF				 143
+#define EC_F_D2I_ECPARAMETERS				 144
+#define EC_F_D2I_ECPKPARAMETERS				 145
+#define EC_F_D2I_ECPRIVATEKEY				 146
+#define EC_F_DO_EC_KEY_PRINT				 221
+#define EC_F_ECKEY_PARAM2TYPE				 223
+#define EC_F_ECKEY_PARAM_DECODE				 212
+#define EC_F_ECKEY_PRIV_DECODE				 213
+#define EC_F_ECKEY_PRIV_ENCODE				 214
+#define EC_F_ECKEY_PUB_DECODE				 215
+#define EC_F_ECKEY_PUB_ENCODE				 216
+#define EC_F_ECKEY_TYPE2PARAM				 220
+#define EC_F_ECPARAMETERS_PRINT				 147
+#define EC_F_ECPARAMETERS_PRINT_FP			 148
+#define EC_F_ECPKPARAMETERS_PRINT			 149
+#define EC_F_ECPKPARAMETERS_PRINT_FP			 150
+#define EC_F_ECP_NIST_MOD_192				 203
+#define EC_F_ECP_NIST_MOD_224				 204
+#define EC_F_ECP_NIST_MOD_256				 205
+#define EC_F_ECP_NIST_MOD_521				 206
+#define EC_F_EC_ASN1_GROUP2CURVE			 153
+#define EC_F_EC_ASN1_GROUP2FIELDID			 154
+#define EC_F_EC_ASN1_GROUP2PARAMETERS			 155
+#define EC_F_EC_ASN1_GROUP2PKPARAMETERS			 156
+#define EC_F_EC_ASN1_PARAMETERS2GROUP			 157
+#define EC_F_EC_ASN1_PKPARAMETERS2GROUP			 158
+#define EC_F_EC_EX_DATA_SET_DATA			 211
+#define EC_F_EC_GF2M_MONTGOMERY_POINT_MULTIPLY		 208
+#define EC_F_EC_GF2M_SIMPLE_GROUP_CHECK_DISCRIMINANT	 159
+#define EC_F_EC_GF2M_SIMPLE_GROUP_SET_CURVE		 195
+#define EC_F_EC_GF2M_SIMPLE_OCT2POINT			 160
+#define EC_F_EC_GF2M_SIMPLE_POINT2OCT			 161
+#define EC_F_EC_GF2M_SIMPLE_POINT_GET_AFFINE_COORDINATES 162
+#define EC_F_EC_GF2M_SIMPLE_POINT_SET_AFFINE_COORDINATES 163
+#define EC_F_EC_GF2M_SIMPLE_SET_COMPRESSED_COORDINATES	 164
+#define EC_F_EC_GFP_MONT_FIELD_DECODE			 133
+#define EC_F_EC_GFP_MONT_FIELD_ENCODE			 134
+#define EC_F_EC_GFP_MONT_FIELD_MUL			 131
+#define EC_F_EC_GFP_MONT_FIELD_SET_TO_ONE		 209
+#define EC_F_EC_GFP_MONT_FIELD_SQR			 132
+#define EC_F_EC_GFP_MONT_GROUP_SET_CURVE		 189
+#define EC_F_EC_GFP_MONT_GROUP_SET_CURVE_GFP		 135
+#define EC_F_EC_GFP_NISTP224_GROUP_SET_CURVE		 225
+#define EC_F_EC_GFP_NISTP224_POINTS_MUL			 228
+#define EC_F_EC_GFP_NISTP224_POINT_GET_AFFINE_COORDINATES 226
+#define EC_F_EC_GFP_NISTP256_GROUP_SET_CURVE		 230
+#define EC_F_EC_GFP_NISTP256_POINTS_MUL			 231
+#define EC_F_EC_GFP_NISTP256_POINT_GET_AFFINE_COORDINATES 232
+#define EC_F_EC_GFP_NISTP521_GROUP_SET_CURVE		 233
+#define EC_F_EC_GFP_NISTP521_POINTS_MUL			 234
+#define EC_F_EC_GFP_NISTP521_POINT_GET_AFFINE_COORDINATES 235
+#define EC_F_EC_GFP_NIST_FIELD_MUL			 200
+#define EC_F_EC_GFP_NIST_FIELD_SQR			 201
+#define EC_F_EC_GFP_NIST_GROUP_SET_CURVE		 202
+#define EC_F_EC_GFP_SIMPLE_GROUP_CHECK_DISCRIMINANT	 165
+#define EC_F_EC_GFP_SIMPLE_GROUP_SET_CURVE		 166
+#define EC_F_EC_GFP_SIMPLE_GROUP_SET_CURVE_GFP		 100
+#define EC_F_EC_GFP_SIMPLE_GROUP_SET_GENERATOR		 101
+#define EC_F_EC_GFP_SIMPLE_MAKE_AFFINE			 102
+#define EC_F_EC_GFP_SIMPLE_OCT2POINT			 103
+#define EC_F_EC_GFP_SIMPLE_POINT2OCT			 104
+#define EC_F_EC_GFP_SIMPLE_POINTS_MAKE_AFFINE		 137
+#define EC_F_EC_GFP_SIMPLE_POINT_GET_AFFINE_COORDINATES	 167
+#define EC_F_EC_GFP_SIMPLE_POINT_GET_AFFINE_COORDINATES_GFP 105
+#define EC_F_EC_GFP_SIMPLE_POINT_SET_AFFINE_COORDINATES	 168
+#define EC_F_EC_GFP_SIMPLE_POINT_SET_AFFINE_COORDINATES_GFP 128
+#define EC_F_EC_GFP_SIMPLE_SET_COMPRESSED_COORDINATES	 169
+#define EC_F_EC_GFP_SIMPLE_SET_COMPRESSED_COORDINATES_GFP 129
+#define EC_F_EC_GROUP_CHECK				 170
+#define EC_F_EC_GROUP_CHECK_DISCRIMINANT		 171
+#define EC_F_EC_GROUP_COPY				 106
+#define EC_F_EC_GROUP_GET0_GENERATOR			 139
+#define EC_F_EC_GROUP_GET_COFACTOR			 140
+#define EC_F_EC_GROUP_GET_CURVE_GF2M			 172
+#define EC_F_EC_GROUP_GET_CURVE_GFP			 130
+#define EC_F_EC_GROUP_GET_DEGREE			 173
+#define EC_F_EC_GROUP_GET_ORDER				 141
+#define EC_F_EC_GROUP_GET_PENTANOMIAL_BASIS		 193
+#define EC_F_EC_GROUP_GET_TRINOMIAL_BASIS		 194
+#define EC_F_EC_GROUP_NEW				 108
+#define EC_F_EC_GROUP_NEW_BY_CURVE_NAME			 174
+#define EC_F_EC_GROUP_NEW_FROM_DATA			 175
+#define EC_F_EC_GROUP_PRECOMPUTE_MULT			 142
+#define EC_F_EC_GROUP_SET_CURVE_GF2M			 176
+#define EC_F_EC_GROUP_SET_CURVE_GFP			 109
+#define EC_F_EC_GROUP_SET_EXTRA_DATA			 110
+#define EC_F_EC_GROUP_SET_GENERATOR			 111
+#define EC_F_EC_KEY_CHECK_KEY				 177
+#define EC_F_EC_KEY_COPY				 178
+#define EC_F_EC_KEY_GENERATE_KEY			 179
+#define EC_F_EC_KEY_NEW					 182
+#define EC_F_EC_KEY_PRINT				 180
+#define EC_F_EC_KEY_PRINT_FP				 181
+#define EC_F_EC_KEY_SET_PUBLIC_KEY_AFFINE_COORDINATES	 229
+#define EC_F_EC_POINTS_MAKE_AFFINE			 136
+#define EC_F_EC_POINT_ADD				 112
+#define EC_F_EC_POINT_CMP				 113
+#define EC_F_EC_POINT_COPY				 114
+#define EC_F_EC_POINT_DBL				 115
+#define EC_F_EC_POINT_GET_AFFINE_COORDINATES_GF2M	 183
+#define EC_F_EC_POINT_GET_AFFINE_COORDINATES_GFP	 116
+#define EC_F_EC_POINT_GET_JPROJECTIVE_COORDINATES_GFP	 117
+#define EC_F_EC_POINT_INVERT				 210
+#define EC_F_EC_POINT_IS_AT_INFINITY			 118
+#define EC_F_EC_POINT_IS_ON_CURVE			 119
+#define EC_F_EC_POINT_MAKE_AFFINE			 120
+#define EC_F_EC_POINT_MUL				 184
+#define EC_F_EC_POINT_NEW				 121
+#define EC_F_EC_POINT_OCT2POINT				 122
+#define EC_F_EC_POINT_POINT2OCT				 123
+#define EC_F_EC_POINT_SET_AFFINE_COORDINATES_GF2M	 185
+#define EC_F_EC_POINT_SET_AFFINE_COORDINATES_GFP	 124
+#define EC_F_EC_POINT_SET_COMPRESSED_COORDINATES_GF2M	 186
+#define EC_F_EC_POINT_SET_COMPRESSED_COORDINATES_GFP	 125
+#define EC_F_EC_POINT_SET_JPROJECTIVE_COORDINATES_GFP	 126
+#define EC_F_EC_POINT_SET_TO_INFINITY			 127
+#define EC_F_EC_PRE_COMP_DUP				 207
+#define EC_F_EC_PRE_COMP_NEW				 196
+#define EC_F_EC_WNAF_MUL				 187
+#define EC_F_EC_WNAF_PRECOMPUTE_MULT			 188
+#define EC_F_I2D_ECPARAMETERS				 190
+#define EC_F_I2D_ECPKPARAMETERS				 191
+#define EC_F_I2D_ECPRIVATEKEY				 192
+#define EC_F_I2O_ECPUBLICKEY				 151
+#define EC_F_NISTP224_PRE_COMP_NEW			 227
+#define EC_F_NISTP256_PRE_COMP_NEW			 236
+#define EC_F_NISTP521_PRE_COMP_NEW			 237
+#define EC_F_O2I_ECPUBLICKEY				 152
+#define EC_F_OLD_EC_PRIV_DECODE				 222
+#define EC_F_PKEY_EC_CTRL				 197
+#define EC_F_PKEY_EC_CTRL_STR				 198
+#define EC_F_PKEY_EC_DERIVE				 217
+#define EC_F_PKEY_EC_KEYGEN				 199
+#define EC_F_PKEY_EC_PARAMGEN				 219
+#define EC_F_PKEY_EC_SIGN				 218
+
+/* Reason codes. */
+#define EC_R_ASN1_ERROR					 115
+#define EC_R_ASN1_UNKNOWN_FIELD				 116
+#define EC_R_BIGNUM_OUT_OF_RANGE			 144
+#define EC_R_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL				 100
+#define EC_R_COORDINATES_OUT_OF_RANGE			 146
+#define EC_R_D2I_ECPKPARAMETERS_FAILURE			 117
+#define EC_R_DECODE_ERROR				 142
+#define EC_R_DISCRIMINANT_IS_ZERO			 118
+#define EC_R_EC_GROUP_NEW_BY_NAME_FAILURE		 119
+#define EC_R_FIELD_TOO_LARGE				 143
+#define EC_R_GF2M_NOT_SUPPORTED				 147
+#define EC_R_GROUP2PKPARAMETERS_FAILURE			 120
+#define EC_R_I2D_ECPKPARAMETERS_FAILURE			 121
+#define EC_R_INCOMPATIBLE_OBJECTS			 101
+#define EC_R_INVALID_ARGUMENT				 112
+#define EC_R_INVALID_COMPRESSED_POINT			 110
+#define EC_R_INVALID_COMPRESSION_BIT			 109
+#define EC_R_INVALID_CURVE				 141
+#define EC_R_INVALID_DIGEST_TYPE			 138
+#define EC_R_INVALID_ENCODING				 102
+#define EC_R_INVALID_FIELD				 103
+#define EC_R_INVALID_FORM				 104
+#define EC_R_INVALID_GROUP_ORDER			 122
+#define EC_R_INVALID_PENTANOMIAL_BASIS			 132
+#define EC_R_INVALID_PRIVATE_KEY			 123
+#define EC_R_INVALID_TRINOMIAL_BASIS			 137
+#define EC_R_KEYS_NOT_SET				 140
+#define EC_R_MISSING_PARAMETERS				 124
+#define EC_R_MISSING_PRIVATE_KEY			 125
+#define EC_R_NOT_A_NIST_PRIME				 135
+#define EC_R_NOT_A_SUPPORTED_NIST_PRIME			 136
+#define EC_R_NOT_IMPLEMENTED				 126
+#define EC_R_NOT_INITIALIZED				 111
+#define EC_R_NO_FIELD_MOD				 133
+#define EC_R_NO_PARAMETERS_SET				 139
+#define EC_R_PASSED_NULL_PARAMETER			 134
+#define EC_R_PKPARAMETERS2GROUP_FAILURE			 127
+#define EC_R_POINT_AT_INFINITY				 106
+#define EC_R_POINT_IS_NOT_ON_CURVE			 107
+#define EC_R_SLOT_FULL					 108
+#define EC_R_UNDEFINED_GENERATOR			 113
+#define EC_R_UNDEFINED_ORDER				 128
+#define EC_R_UNKNOWN_GROUP				 129
+#define EC_R_UNKNOWN_ORDER				 114
+#define EC_R_UNSUPPORTED_FIELD				 131
+#define EC_R_WRONG_CURVE_PARAMETERS			 145
+#define EC_R_WRONG_ORDER				 130
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/include/openssl/ecdh.h b/lib/include/openssl/ecdh.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8887102
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/include/openssl/ecdh.h
@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+/* crypto/ecdh/ecdh.h */
+/* ====================================================================
+ * Copyright 2002 Sun Microsystems, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
+ *
+ * The Elliptic Curve Public-Key Crypto Library (ECC Code) included
+ * herein is developed by SUN MICROSYSTEMS, INC., and is contributed
+ * to the OpenSSL project.
+ *
+ * The ECC Code is licensed pursuant to the OpenSSL open source
+ * license provided below.
+ *
+ * The ECDH software is originally written by Douglas Stebila of
+ * Sun Microsystems Laboratories.
+ *
+ */
+/* ====================================================================
+ * Copyright (c) 2000-2002 The OpenSSL Project.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 
+ *
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+ *    the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+ *    distribution.
+ *
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this
+ *    software must display the following acknowledgment:
+ *    "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project
+ *    for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit. (http://www.OpenSSL.org/)"
+ *
+ * 4. The names "OpenSSL Toolkit" and "OpenSSL Project" must not be used to
+ *    endorse or promote products derived from this software without
+ *    prior written permission. For written permission, please contact
+ *    licensing@OpenSSL.org.
+ *
+ * 5. Products derived from this software may not be called "OpenSSL"
+ *    nor may "OpenSSL" appear in their names without prior written
+ *    permission of the OpenSSL Project.
+ *
+ * 6. Redistributions of any form whatsoever must retain the following
+ *    acknowledgment:
+ *    "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project
+ *    for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit (http://www.OpenSSL.org/)"
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE OpenSSL PROJECT ``AS IS'' AND ANY
+ * EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OpenSSL PROJECT OR
+ * ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+ * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+ * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
+ * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
+ * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * ====================================================================
+ *
+ * This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young
+ * (eay@cryptsoft.com).  This product includes software written by Tim
+ * Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com).
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef HEADER_ECDH_H
+#define HEADER_ECDH_H
+
+#include <openssl/opensslconf.h>
+
+#ifdef OPENSSL_NO_ECDH
+#error ECDH is disabled.
+#endif
+
+#include <openssl/ec.h>
+#include <openssl/ossl_typ.h>
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_DEPRECATED
+#include <openssl/bn.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+const ECDH_METHOD *ECDH_OpenSSL(void);
+
+void	  ECDH_set_default_method(const ECDH_METHOD *);
+const ECDH_METHOD *ECDH_get_default_method(void);
+int 	  ECDH_set_method(EC_KEY *, const ECDH_METHOD *);
+
+int ECDH_compute_key(void *out, size_t outlen, const EC_POINT *pub_key, EC_KEY *ecdh,
+                     void *(*KDF)(const void *in, size_t inlen, void *out, size_t *outlen));
+
+int 	  ECDH_get_ex_new_index(long argl, void *argp, CRYPTO_EX_new 
+		*new_func, CRYPTO_EX_dup *dup_func, CRYPTO_EX_free *free_func);
+int 	  ECDH_set_ex_data(EC_KEY *d, int idx, void *arg);
+void 	  *ECDH_get_ex_data(EC_KEY *d, int idx);
+
+
+/* BEGIN ERROR CODES */
+/* The following lines are auto generated by the script mkerr.pl. Any changes
+ * made after this point may be overwritten when the script is next run.
+ */
+void ERR_load_ECDH_strings(void);
+
+/* Error codes for the ECDH functions. */
+
+/* Function codes. */
+#define ECDH_F_ECDH_CHECK				 102
+#define ECDH_F_ECDH_COMPUTE_KEY				 100
+#define ECDH_F_ECDH_DATA_NEW_METHOD			 101
+
+/* Reason codes. */
+#define ECDH_R_KDF_FAILED				 102
+#define ECDH_R_NON_FIPS_METHOD				 103
+#define ECDH_R_NO_PRIVATE_VALUE				 100
+#define ECDH_R_POINT_ARITHMETIC_FAILURE			 101
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/include/openssl/ecdsa.h b/lib/include/openssl/ecdsa.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7fb5254
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/include/openssl/ecdsa.h
@@ -0,0 +1,260 @@
+/* crypto/ecdsa/ecdsa.h */
+/**
+ * \file   crypto/ecdsa/ecdsa.h Include file for the OpenSSL ECDSA functions
+ * \author Written by Nils Larsch for the OpenSSL project
+ */
+/* ====================================================================
+ * Copyright (c) 2000-2005 The OpenSSL Project.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 
+ *
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+ *    the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+ *    distribution.
+ *
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this
+ *    software must display the following acknowledgment:
+ *    "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project
+ *    for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit. (http://www.OpenSSL.org/)"
+ *
+ * 4. The names "OpenSSL Toolkit" and "OpenSSL Project" must not be used to
+ *    endorse or promote products derived from this software without
+ *    prior written permission. For written permission, please contact
+ *    licensing@OpenSSL.org.
+ *
+ * 5. Products derived from this software may not be called "OpenSSL"
+ *    nor may "OpenSSL" appear in their names without prior written
+ *    permission of the OpenSSL Project.
+ *
+ * 6. Redistributions of any form whatsoever must retain the following
+ *    acknowledgment:
+ *    "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project
+ *    for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit (http://www.OpenSSL.org/)"
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE OpenSSL PROJECT ``AS IS'' AND ANY
+ * EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OpenSSL PROJECT OR
+ * ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+ * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+ * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
+ * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
+ * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * ====================================================================
+ *
+ * This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young
+ * (eay@cryptsoft.com).  This product includes software written by Tim
+ * Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com).
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef HEADER_ECDSA_H
+#define HEADER_ECDSA_H
+
+#include <openssl/opensslconf.h>
+
+#ifdef OPENSSL_NO_ECDSA
+#error ECDSA is disabled.
+#endif
+
+#include <openssl/ec.h>
+#include <openssl/ossl_typ.h>
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_DEPRECATED
+#include <openssl/bn.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+typedef struct ECDSA_SIG_st
+	{
+	BIGNUM *r;
+	BIGNUM *s;
+	} ECDSA_SIG;
+
+/** Allocates and initialize a ECDSA_SIG structure
+ *  \return pointer to a ECDSA_SIG structure or NULL if an error occurred
+ */
+ECDSA_SIG *ECDSA_SIG_new(void);
+
+/** frees a ECDSA_SIG structure
+ *  \param  sig  pointer to the ECDSA_SIG structure
+ */
+void	  ECDSA_SIG_free(ECDSA_SIG *sig);
+
+/** DER encode content of ECDSA_SIG object (note: this function modifies *pp
+ *  (*pp += length of the DER encoded signature)).
+ *  \param  sig  pointer to the ECDSA_SIG object
+ *  \param  pp   pointer to a unsigned char pointer for the output or NULL
+ *  \return the length of the DER encoded ECDSA_SIG object or 0 
+ */
+int	  i2d_ECDSA_SIG(const ECDSA_SIG *sig, unsigned char **pp);
+
+/** Decodes a DER encoded ECDSA signature (note: this function changes *pp
+ *  (*pp += len)). 
+ *  \param  sig  pointer to ECDSA_SIG pointer (may be NULL)
+ *  \param  pp   memory buffer with the DER encoded signature
+ *  \param  len  length of the buffer
+ *  \return pointer to the decoded ECDSA_SIG structure (or NULL)
+ */
+ECDSA_SIG *d2i_ECDSA_SIG(ECDSA_SIG **sig, const unsigned char **pp, long len);
+
+/** Computes the ECDSA signature of the given hash value using
+ *  the supplied private key and returns the created signature.
+ *  \param  dgst      pointer to the hash value
+ *  \param  dgst_len  length of the hash value
+ *  \param  eckey     EC_KEY object containing a private EC key
+ *  \return pointer to a ECDSA_SIG structure or NULL if an error occurred
+ */
+ECDSA_SIG *ECDSA_do_sign(const unsigned char *dgst,int dgst_len,EC_KEY *eckey);
+
+/** Computes ECDSA signature of a given hash value using the supplied
+ *  private key (note: sig must point to ECDSA_size(eckey) bytes of memory).
+ *  \param  dgst     pointer to the hash value to sign
+ *  \param  dgstlen  length of the hash value
+ *  \param  kinv     BIGNUM with a pre-computed inverse k (optional)
+ *  \param  rp       BIGNUM with a pre-computed rp value (optioanl), 
+ *                   see ECDSA_sign_setup
+ *  \param  eckey    EC_KEY object containing a private EC key
+ *  \return pointer to a ECDSA_SIG structure or NULL if an error occurred
+ */
+ECDSA_SIG *ECDSA_do_sign_ex(const unsigned char *dgst, int dgstlen, 
+		const BIGNUM *kinv, const BIGNUM *rp, EC_KEY *eckey);
+
+/** Verifies that the supplied signature is a valid ECDSA
+ *  signature of the supplied hash value using the supplied public key.
+ *  \param  dgst      pointer to the hash value
+ *  \param  dgst_len  length of the hash value
+ *  \param  sig       ECDSA_SIG structure
+ *  \param  eckey     EC_KEY object containing a public EC key
+ *  \return 1 if the signature is valid, 0 if the signature is invalid
+ *          and -1 on error
+ */
+int	  ECDSA_do_verify(const unsigned char *dgst, int dgst_len,
+		const ECDSA_SIG *sig, EC_KEY* eckey);
+
+const ECDSA_METHOD *ECDSA_OpenSSL(void);
+
+/** Sets the default ECDSA method
+ *  \param  meth  new default ECDSA_METHOD
+ */
+void	  ECDSA_set_default_method(const ECDSA_METHOD *meth);
+
+/** Returns the default ECDSA method
+ *  \return pointer to ECDSA_METHOD structure containing the default method
+ */
+const ECDSA_METHOD *ECDSA_get_default_method(void);
+
+/** Sets method to be used for the ECDSA operations
+ *  \param  eckey  EC_KEY object
+ *  \param  meth   new method
+ *  \return 1 on success and 0 otherwise 
+ */
+int 	  ECDSA_set_method(EC_KEY *eckey, const ECDSA_METHOD *meth);
+
+/** Returns the maximum length of the DER encoded signature
+ *  \param  eckey  EC_KEY object
+ *  \return numbers of bytes required for the DER encoded signature
+ */
+int	  ECDSA_size(const EC_KEY *eckey);
+
+/** Precompute parts of the signing operation
+ *  \param  eckey  EC_KEY object containing a private EC key
+ *  \param  ctx    BN_CTX object (optional)
+ *  \param  kinv   BIGNUM pointer for the inverse of k
+ *  \param  rp     BIGNUM pointer for x coordinate of k * generator
+ *  \return 1 on success and 0 otherwise
+ */
+int 	  ECDSA_sign_setup(EC_KEY *eckey, BN_CTX *ctx, BIGNUM **kinv, 
+		BIGNUM **rp);
+
+/** Computes ECDSA signature of a given hash value using the supplied
+ *  private key (note: sig must point to ECDSA_size(eckey) bytes of memory).
+ *  \param  type     this parameter is ignored
+ *  \param  dgst     pointer to the hash value to sign
+ *  \param  dgstlen  length of the hash value
+ *  \param  sig      memory for the DER encoded created signature
+ *  \param  siglen   pointer to the length of the returned signature
+ *  \param  eckey    EC_KEY object containing a private EC key
+ *  \return 1 on success and 0 otherwise
+ */
+int	  ECDSA_sign(int type, const unsigned char *dgst, int dgstlen, 
+		unsigned char *sig, unsigned int *siglen, EC_KEY *eckey);
+
+
+/** Computes ECDSA signature of a given hash value using the supplied
+ *  private key (note: sig must point to ECDSA_size(eckey) bytes of memory).
+ *  \param  type     this parameter is ignored
+ *  \param  dgst     pointer to the hash value to sign
+ *  \param  dgstlen  length of the hash value
+ *  \param  sig      buffer to hold the DER encoded signature
+ *  \param  siglen   pointer to the length of the returned signature
+ *  \param  kinv     BIGNUM with a pre-computed inverse k (optional)
+ *  \param  rp       BIGNUM with a pre-computed rp value (optioanl), 
+ *                   see ECDSA_sign_setup
+ *  \param  eckey    EC_KEY object containing a private EC key
+ *  \return 1 on success and 0 otherwise
+ */
+int	  ECDSA_sign_ex(int type, const unsigned char *dgst, int dgstlen, 
+		unsigned char *sig, unsigned int *siglen, const BIGNUM *kinv,
+		const BIGNUM *rp, EC_KEY *eckey);
+
+/** Verifies that the given signature is valid ECDSA signature
+ *  of the supplied hash value using the specified public key.
+ *  \param  type     this parameter is ignored
+ *  \param  dgst     pointer to the hash value 
+ *  \param  dgstlen  length of the hash value
+ *  \param  sig      pointer to the DER encoded signature
+ *  \param  siglen   length of the DER encoded signature
+ *  \param  eckey    EC_KEY object containing a public EC key
+ *  \return 1 if the signature is valid, 0 if the signature is invalid
+ *          and -1 on error
+ */
+int 	  ECDSA_verify(int type, const unsigned char *dgst, int dgstlen, 
+		const unsigned char *sig, int siglen, EC_KEY *eckey);
+
+/* the standard ex_data functions */
+int 	  ECDSA_get_ex_new_index(long argl, void *argp, CRYPTO_EX_new 
+		*new_func, CRYPTO_EX_dup *dup_func, CRYPTO_EX_free *free_func);
+int 	  ECDSA_set_ex_data(EC_KEY *d, int idx, void *arg);
+void 	  *ECDSA_get_ex_data(EC_KEY *d, int idx);
+
+
+/* BEGIN ERROR CODES */
+/* The following lines are auto generated by the script mkerr.pl. Any changes
+ * made after this point may be overwritten when the script is next run.
+ */
+void ERR_load_ECDSA_strings(void);
+
+/* Error codes for the ECDSA functions. */
+
+/* Function codes. */
+#define ECDSA_F_ECDSA_CHECK				 104
+#define ECDSA_F_ECDSA_DATA_NEW_METHOD			 100
+#define ECDSA_F_ECDSA_DO_SIGN				 101
+#define ECDSA_F_ECDSA_DO_VERIFY				 102
+#define ECDSA_F_ECDSA_SIGN_SETUP			 103
+
+/* Reason codes. */
+#define ECDSA_R_BAD_SIGNATURE				 100
+#define ECDSA_R_DATA_TOO_LARGE_FOR_KEY_SIZE		 101
+#define ECDSA_R_ERR_EC_LIB				 102
+#define ECDSA_R_MISSING_PARAMETERS			 103
+#define ECDSA_R_NEED_NEW_SETUP_VALUES			 106
+#define ECDSA_R_NON_FIPS_METHOD				 107
+#define ECDSA_R_RANDOM_NUMBER_GENERATION_FAILED		 104
+#define ECDSA_R_SIGNATURE_MALLOC_FAILED			 105
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/include/openssl/engine.h b/lib/include/openssl/engine.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f8be497
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/include/openssl/engine.h
@@ -0,0 +1,842 @@
+/* openssl/engine.h */
+/* Written by Geoff Thorpe (geoff@geoffthorpe.net) for the OpenSSL
+ * project 2000.
+ */
+/* ====================================================================
+ * Copyright (c) 1999-2004 The OpenSSL Project.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 
+ *
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+ *    the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+ *    distribution.
+ *
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this
+ *    software must display the following acknowledgment:
+ *    "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project
+ *    for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit. (http://www.OpenSSL.org/)"
+ *
+ * 4. The names "OpenSSL Toolkit" and "OpenSSL Project" must not be used to
+ *    endorse or promote products derived from this software without
+ *    prior written permission. For written permission, please contact
+ *    licensing@OpenSSL.org.
+ *
+ * 5. Products derived from this software may not be called "OpenSSL"
+ *    nor may "OpenSSL" appear in their names without prior written
+ *    permission of the OpenSSL Project.
+ *
+ * 6. Redistributions of any form whatsoever must retain the following
+ *    acknowledgment:
+ *    "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project
+ *    for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit (http://www.OpenSSL.org/)"
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE OpenSSL PROJECT ``AS IS'' AND ANY
+ * EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OpenSSL PROJECT OR
+ * ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+ * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+ * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
+ * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
+ * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * ====================================================================
+ *
+ * This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young
+ * (eay@cryptsoft.com).  This product includes software written by Tim
+ * Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com).
+ *
+ */
+/* ====================================================================
+ * Copyright 2002 Sun Microsystems, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
+ * ECDH support in OpenSSL originally developed by 
+ * SUN MICROSYSTEMS, INC., and contributed to the OpenSSL project.
+ */
+
+#ifndef HEADER_ENGINE_H
+#define HEADER_ENGINE_H
+
+#include <openssl/opensslconf.h>
+
+#ifdef OPENSSL_NO_ENGINE
+#error ENGINE is disabled.
+#endif
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_DEPRECATED
+#include <openssl/bn.h>
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_RSA
+#include <openssl/rsa.h>
+#endif
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_DSA
+#include <openssl/dsa.h>
+#endif
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_DH
+#include <openssl/dh.h>
+#endif
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_ECDH
+#include <openssl/ecdh.h>
+#endif
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_ECDSA
+#include <openssl/ecdsa.h>
+#endif
+#include <openssl/rand.h>
+#include <openssl/ui.h>
+#include <openssl/err.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <openssl/ossl_typ.h>
+#include <openssl/symhacks.h>
+
+#include <openssl/x509.h>
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* These flags are used to control combinations of algorithm (methods)
+ * by bitwise "OR"ing. */
+#define ENGINE_METHOD_RSA		(unsigned int)0x0001
+#define ENGINE_METHOD_DSA		(unsigned int)0x0002
+#define ENGINE_METHOD_DH		(unsigned int)0x0004
+#define ENGINE_METHOD_RAND		(unsigned int)0x0008
+#define ENGINE_METHOD_ECDH		(unsigned int)0x0010
+#define ENGINE_METHOD_ECDSA		(unsigned int)0x0020
+#define ENGINE_METHOD_CIPHERS		(unsigned int)0x0040
+#define ENGINE_METHOD_DIGESTS		(unsigned int)0x0080
+#define ENGINE_METHOD_STORE		(unsigned int)0x0100
+#define ENGINE_METHOD_PKEY_METHS	(unsigned int)0x0200
+#define ENGINE_METHOD_PKEY_ASN1_METHS	(unsigned int)0x0400
+/* Obvious all-or-nothing cases. */
+#define ENGINE_METHOD_ALL		(unsigned int)0xFFFF
+#define ENGINE_METHOD_NONE		(unsigned int)0x0000
+
+/* This(ese) flag(s) controls behaviour of the ENGINE_TABLE mechanism used
+ * internally to control registration of ENGINE implementations, and can be set
+ * by ENGINE_set_table_flags(). The "NOINIT" flag prevents attempts to
+ * initialise registered ENGINEs if they are not already initialised. */
+#define ENGINE_TABLE_FLAG_NOINIT	(unsigned int)0x0001
+
+/* ENGINE flags that can be set by ENGINE_set_flags(). */
+/* #define ENGINE_FLAGS_MALLOCED	0x0001 */ /* Not used */
+
+/* This flag is for ENGINEs that wish to handle the various 'CMD'-related
+ * control commands on their own. Without this flag, ENGINE_ctrl() handles these
+ * control commands on behalf of the ENGINE using their "cmd_defns" data. */
+#define ENGINE_FLAGS_MANUAL_CMD_CTRL	(int)0x0002
+
+/* This flag is for ENGINEs who return new duplicate structures when found via
+ * "ENGINE_by_id()". When an ENGINE must store state (eg. if ENGINE_ctrl()
+ * commands are called in sequence as part of some stateful process like
+ * key-generation setup and execution), it can set this flag - then each attempt
+ * to obtain the ENGINE will result in it being copied into a new structure.
+ * Normally, ENGINEs don't declare this flag so ENGINE_by_id() just increments
+ * the existing ENGINE's structural reference count. */
+#define ENGINE_FLAGS_BY_ID_COPY		(int)0x0004
+
+/* This flag if for an ENGINE that does not want its methods registered as 
+ * part of ENGINE_register_all_complete() for example if the methods are
+ * not usable as default methods.
+ */
+
+#define ENGINE_FLAGS_NO_REGISTER_ALL	(int)0x0008
+
+/* ENGINEs can support their own command types, and these flags are used in
+ * ENGINE_CTRL_GET_CMD_FLAGS to indicate to the caller what kind of input each
+ * command expects. Currently only numeric and string input is supported. If a
+ * control command supports none of the _NUMERIC, _STRING, or _NO_INPUT options,
+ * then it is regarded as an "internal" control command - and not for use in
+ * config setting situations. As such, they're not available to the
+ * ENGINE_ctrl_cmd_string() function, only raw ENGINE_ctrl() access. Changes to
+ * this list of 'command types' should be reflected carefully in
+ * ENGINE_cmd_is_executable() and ENGINE_ctrl_cmd_string(). */
+
+/* accepts a 'long' input value (3rd parameter to ENGINE_ctrl) */
+#define ENGINE_CMD_FLAG_NUMERIC		(unsigned int)0x0001
+/* accepts string input (cast from 'void*' to 'const char *', 4th parameter to
+ * ENGINE_ctrl) */
+#define ENGINE_CMD_FLAG_STRING		(unsigned int)0x0002
+/* Indicates that the control command takes *no* input. Ie. the control command
+ * is unparameterised. */
+#define ENGINE_CMD_FLAG_NO_INPUT	(unsigned int)0x0004
+/* Indicates that the control command is internal. This control command won't
+ * be shown in any output, and is only usable through the ENGINE_ctrl_cmd()
+ * function. */
+#define ENGINE_CMD_FLAG_INTERNAL	(unsigned int)0x0008
+
+/* NB: These 3 control commands are deprecated and should not be used. ENGINEs
+ * relying on these commands should compile conditional support for
+ * compatibility (eg. if these symbols are defined) but should also migrate the
+ * same functionality to their own ENGINE-specific control functions that can be
+ * "discovered" by calling applications. The fact these control commands
+ * wouldn't be "executable" (ie. usable by text-based config) doesn't change the
+ * fact that application code can find and use them without requiring per-ENGINE
+ * hacking. */
+
+/* These flags are used to tell the ctrl function what should be done.
+ * All command numbers are shared between all engines, even if some don't
+ * make sense to some engines.  In such a case, they do nothing but return
+ * the error ENGINE_R_CTRL_COMMAND_NOT_IMPLEMENTED. */
+#define ENGINE_CTRL_SET_LOGSTREAM		1
+#define ENGINE_CTRL_SET_PASSWORD_CALLBACK	2
+#define ENGINE_CTRL_HUP				3 /* Close and reinitialise any
+						     handles/connections etc. */
+#define ENGINE_CTRL_SET_USER_INTERFACE          4 /* Alternative to callback */
+#define ENGINE_CTRL_SET_CALLBACK_DATA           5 /* User-specific data, used
+						     when calling the password
+						     callback and the user
+						     interface */
+#define ENGINE_CTRL_LOAD_CONFIGURATION		6 /* Load a configuration, given
+						     a string that represents a
+						     file name or so */
+#define ENGINE_CTRL_LOAD_SECTION		7 /* Load data from a given
+						     section in the already loaded
+						     configuration */
+
+/* These control commands allow an application to deal with an arbitrary engine
+ * in a dynamic way. Warn: Negative return values indicate errors FOR THESE
+ * COMMANDS because zero is used to indicate 'end-of-list'. Other commands,
+ * including ENGINE-specific command types, return zero for an error.
+ *
+ * An ENGINE can choose to implement these ctrl functions, and can internally
+ * manage things however it chooses - it does so by setting the
+ * ENGINE_FLAGS_MANUAL_CMD_CTRL flag (using ENGINE_set_flags()). Otherwise the
+ * ENGINE_ctrl() code handles this on the ENGINE's behalf using the cmd_defns
+ * data (set using ENGINE_set_cmd_defns()). This means an ENGINE's ctrl()
+ * handler need only implement its own commands - the above "meta" commands will
+ * be taken care of. */
+
+/* Returns non-zero if the supplied ENGINE has a ctrl() handler. If "not", then
+ * all the remaining control commands will return failure, so it is worth
+ * checking this first if the caller is trying to "discover" the engine's
+ * capabilities and doesn't want errors generated unnecessarily. */
+#define ENGINE_CTRL_HAS_CTRL_FUNCTION		10
+/* Returns a positive command number for the first command supported by the
+ * engine. Returns zero if no ctrl commands are supported. */
+#define ENGINE_CTRL_GET_FIRST_CMD_TYPE		11
+/* The 'long' argument specifies a command implemented by the engine, and the
+ * return value is the next command supported, or zero if there are no more. */
+#define ENGINE_CTRL_GET_NEXT_CMD_TYPE		12
+/* The 'void*' argument is a command name (cast from 'const char *'), and the
+ * return value is the command that corresponds to it. */
+#define ENGINE_CTRL_GET_CMD_FROM_NAME		13
+/* The next two allow a command to be converted into its corresponding string
+ * form. In each case, the 'long' argument supplies the command. In the NAME_LEN
+ * case, the return value is the length of the command name (not counting a
+ * trailing EOL). In the NAME case, the 'void*' argument must be a string buffer
+ * large enough, and it will be populated with the name of the command (WITH a
+ * trailing EOL). */
+#define ENGINE_CTRL_GET_NAME_LEN_FROM_CMD	14
+#define ENGINE_CTRL_GET_NAME_FROM_CMD		15
+/* The next two are similar but give a "short description" of a command. */
+#define ENGINE_CTRL_GET_DESC_LEN_FROM_CMD	16
+#define ENGINE_CTRL_GET_DESC_FROM_CMD		17
+/* With this command, the return value is the OR'd combination of
+ * ENGINE_CMD_FLAG_*** values that indicate what kind of input a given
+ * engine-specific ctrl command expects. */
+#define ENGINE_CTRL_GET_CMD_FLAGS		18
+
+/* ENGINE implementations should start the numbering of their own control
+ * commands from this value. (ie. ENGINE_CMD_BASE, ENGINE_CMD_BASE + 1, etc). */
+#define ENGINE_CMD_BASE				200
+
+/* NB: These 2 nCipher "chil" control commands are deprecated, and their
+ * functionality is now available through ENGINE-specific control commands
+ * (exposed through the above-mentioned 'CMD'-handling). Code using these 2
+ * commands should be migrated to the more general command handling before these
+ * are removed. */
+
+/* Flags specific to the nCipher "chil" engine */
+#define ENGINE_CTRL_CHIL_SET_FORKCHECK		100
+	/* Depending on the value of the (long)i argument, this sets or
+	 * unsets the SimpleForkCheck flag in the CHIL API to enable or
+	 * disable checking and workarounds for applications that fork().
+	 */
+#define ENGINE_CTRL_CHIL_NO_LOCKING		101
+	/* This prevents the initialisation function from providing mutex
+	 * callbacks to the nCipher library. */
+
+/* If an ENGINE supports its own specific control commands and wishes the
+ * framework to handle the above 'ENGINE_CMD_***'-manipulation commands on its
+ * behalf, it should supply a null-terminated array of ENGINE_CMD_DEFN entries
+ * to ENGINE_set_cmd_defns(). It should also implement a ctrl() handler that
+ * supports the stated commands (ie. the "cmd_num" entries as described by the
+ * array). NB: The array must be ordered in increasing order of cmd_num.
+ * "null-terminated" means that the last ENGINE_CMD_DEFN element has cmd_num set
+ * to zero and/or cmd_name set to NULL. */
+typedef struct ENGINE_CMD_DEFN_st
+	{
+	unsigned int cmd_num; /* The command number */
+	const char *cmd_name; /* The command name itself */
+	const char *cmd_desc; /* A short description of the command */
+	unsigned int cmd_flags; /* The input the command expects */
+	} ENGINE_CMD_DEFN;
+
+/* Generic function pointer */
+typedef int (*ENGINE_GEN_FUNC_PTR)(void);
+/* Generic function pointer taking no arguments */
+typedef int (*ENGINE_GEN_INT_FUNC_PTR)(ENGINE *);
+/* Specific control function pointer */
+typedef int (*ENGINE_CTRL_FUNC_PTR)(ENGINE *, int, long, void *, void (*f)(void));
+/* Generic load_key function pointer */
+typedef EVP_PKEY * (*ENGINE_LOAD_KEY_PTR)(ENGINE *, const char *,
+	UI_METHOD *ui_method, void *callback_data);
+typedef int (*ENGINE_SSL_CLIENT_CERT_PTR)(ENGINE *, SSL *ssl,
+	STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *ca_dn, X509 **pcert, EVP_PKEY **pkey,
+	STACK_OF(X509) **pother, UI_METHOD *ui_method, void *callback_data);
+/* These callback types are for an ENGINE's handler for cipher and digest logic.
+ * These handlers have these prototypes;
+ *   int foo(ENGINE *e, const EVP_CIPHER **cipher, const int **nids, int nid);
+ *   int foo(ENGINE *e, const EVP_MD **digest, const int **nids, int nid);
+ * Looking at how to implement these handlers in the case of cipher support, if
+ * the framework wants the EVP_CIPHER for 'nid', it will call;
+ *   foo(e, &p_evp_cipher, NULL, nid);    (return zero for failure)
+ * If the framework wants a list of supported 'nid's, it will call;
+ *   foo(e, NULL, &p_nids, 0); (returns number of 'nids' or -1 for error)
+ */
+/* Returns to a pointer to the array of supported cipher 'nid's. If the second
+ * parameter is non-NULL it is set to the size of the returned array. */
+typedef int (*ENGINE_CIPHERS_PTR)(ENGINE *, const EVP_CIPHER **, const int **, int);
+typedef int (*ENGINE_DIGESTS_PTR)(ENGINE *, const EVP_MD **, const int **, int);
+typedef int (*ENGINE_PKEY_METHS_PTR)(ENGINE *, EVP_PKEY_METHOD **, const int **, int);
+typedef int (*ENGINE_PKEY_ASN1_METHS_PTR)(ENGINE *, EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD **, const int **, int);
+/* STRUCTURE functions ... all of these functions deal with pointers to ENGINE
+ * structures where the pointers have a "structural reference". This means that
+ * their reference is to allowed access to the structure but it does not imply
+ * that the structure is functional. To simply increment or decrement the
+ * structural reference count, use ENGINE_by_id and ENGINE_free. NB: This is not
+ * required when iterating using ENGINE_get_next as it will automatically
+ * decrement the structural reference count of the "current" ENGINE and
+ * increment the structural reference count of the ENGINE it returns (unless it
+ * is NULL). */
+
+/* Get the first/last "ENGINE" type available. */
+ENGINE *ENGINE_get_first(void);
+ENGINE *ENGINE_get_last(void);
+/* Iterate to the next/previous "ENGINE" type (NULL = end of the list). */
+ENGINE *ENGINE_get_next(ENGINE *e);
+ENGINE *ENGINE_get_prev(ENGINE *e);
+/* Add another "ENGINE" type into the array. */
+int ENGINE_add(ENGINE *e);
+/* Remove an existing "ENGINE" type from the array. */
+int ENGINE_remove(ENGINE *e);
+/* Retrieve an engine from the list by its unique "id" value. */
+ENGINE *ENGINE_by_id(const char *id);
+/* Add all the built-in engines. */
+void ENGINE_load_openssl(void);
+void ENGINE_load_dynamic(void);
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_STATIC_ENGINE
+void ENGINE_load_4758cca(void);
+void ENGINE_load_aep(void);
+void ENGINE_load_atalla(void);
+void ENGINE_load_chil(void);
+void ENGINE_load_cswift(void);
+void ENGINE_load_nuron(void);
+void ENGINE_load_sureware(void);
+void ENGINE_load_ubsec(void);
+void ENGINE_load_padlock(void);
+void ENGINE_load_capi(void);
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_GMP
+void ENGINE_load_gmp(void);
+#endif
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_GOST
+void ENGINE_load_gost(void);
+#endif
+#endif
+void ENGINE_load_cryptodev(void);
+void ENGINE_load_rsax(void);
+void ENGINE_load_rdrand(void);
+void ENGINE_load_builtin_engines(void);
+
+/* Get and set global flags (ENGINE_TABLE_FLAG_***) for the implementation
+ * "registry" handling. */
+unsigned int ENGINE_get_table_flags(void);
+void ENGINE_set_table_flags(unsigned int flags);
+
+/* Manage registration of ENGINEs per "table". For each type, there are 3
+ * functions;
+ *   ENGINE_register_***(e) - registers the implementation from 'e' (if it has one)
+ *   ENGINE_unregister_***(e) - unregister the implementation from 'e'
+ *   ENGINE_register_all_***() - call ENGINE_register_***() for each 'e' in the list
+ * Cleanup is automatically registered from each table when required, so
+ * ENGINE_cleanup() will reverse any "register" operations. */
+
+int ENGINE_register_RSA(ENGINE *e);
+void ENGINE_unregister_RSA(ENGINE *e);
+void ENGINE_register_all_RSA(void);
+
+int ENGINE_register_DSA(ENGINE *e);
+void ENGINE_unregister_DSA(ENGINE *e);
+void ENGINE_register_all_DSA(void);
+
+int ENGINE_register_ECDH(ENGINE *e);
+void ENGINE_unregister_ECDH(ENGINE *e);
+void ENGINE_register_all_ECDH(void);
+
+int ENGINE_register_ECDSA(ENGINE *e);
+void ENGINE_unregister_ECDSA(ENGINE *e);
+void ENGINE_register_all_ECDSA(void);
+
+int ENGINE_register_DH(ENGINE *e);
+void ENGINE_unregister_DH(ENGINE *e);
+void ENGINE_register_all_DH(void);
+
+int ENGINE_register_RAND(ENGINE *e);
+void ENGINE_unregister_RAND(ENGINE *e);
+void ENGINE_register_all_RAND(void);
+
+int ENGINE_register_STORE(ENGINE *e);
+void ENGINE_unregister_STORE(ENGINE *e);
+void ENGINE_register_all_STORE(void);
+
+int ENGINE_register_ciphers(ENGINE *e);
+void ENGINE_unregister_ciphers(ENGINE *e);
+void ENGINE_register_all_ciphers(void);
+
+int ENGINE_register_digests(ENGINE *e);
+void ENGINE_unregister_digests(ENGINE *e);
+void ENGINE_register_all_digests(void);
+
+int ENGINE_register_pkey_meths(ENGINE *e);
+void ENGINE_unregister_pkey_meths(ENGINE *e);
+void ENGINE_register_all_pkey_meths(void);
+
+int ENGINE_register_pkey_asn1_meths(ENGINE *e);
+void ENGINE_unregister_pkey_asn1_meths(ENGINE *e);
+void ENGINE_register_all_pkey_asn1_meths(void);
+
+/* These functions register all support from the above categories. Note, use of
+ * these functions can result in static linkage of code your application may not
+ * need. If you only need a subset of functionality, consider using more
+ * selective initialisation. */
+int ENGINE_register_complete(ENGINE *e);
+int ENGINE_register_all_complete(void);
+
+/* Send parametrised control commands to the engine. The possibilities to send
+ * down an integer, a pointer to data or a function pointer are provided. Any of
+ * the parameters may or may not be NULL, depending on the command number. In
+ * actuality, this function only requires a structural (rather than functional)
+ * reference to an engine, but many control commands may require the engine be
+ * functional. The caller should be aware of trying commands that require an
+ * operational ENGINE, and only use functional references in such situations. */
+int ENGINE_ctrl(ENGINE *e, int cmd, long i, void *p, void (*f)(void));
+
+/* This function tests if an ENGINE-specific command is usable as a "setting".
+ * Eg. in an application's config file that gets processed through
+ * ENGINE_ctrl_cmd_string(). If this returns zero, it is not available to
+ * ENGINE_ctrl_cmd_string(), only ENGINE_ctrl(). */
+int ENGINE_cmd_is_executable(ENGINE *e, int cmd);
+
+/* This function works like ENGINE_ctrl() with the exception of taking a
+ * command name instead of a command number, and can handle optional commands.
+ * See the comment on ENGINE_ctrl_cmd_string() for an explanation on how to
+ * use the cmd_name and cmd_optional. */
+int ENGINE_ctrl_cmd(ENGINE *e, const char *cmd_name,
+        long i, void *p, void (*f)(void), int cmd_optional);
+
+/* This function passes a command-name and argument to an ENGINE. The cmd_name
+ * is converted to a command number and the control command is called using
+ * 'arg' as an argument (unless the ENGINE doesn't support such a command, in
+ * which case no control command is called). The command is checked for input
+ * flags, and if necessary the argument will be converted to a numeric value. If
+ * cmd_optional is non-zero, then if the ENGINE doesn't support the given
+ * cmd_name the return value will be success anyway. This function is intended
+ * for applications to use so that users (or config files) can supply
+ * engine-specific config data to the ENGINE at run-time to control behaviour of
+ * specific engines. As such, it shouldn't be used for calling ENGINE_ctrl()
+ * functions that return data, deal with binary data, or that are otherwise
+ * supposed to be used directly through ENGINE_ctrl() in application code. Any
+ * "return" data from an ENGINE_ctrl() operation in this function will be lost -
+ * the return value is interpreted as failure if the return value is zero,
+ * success otherwise, and this function returns a boolean value as a result. In
+ * other words, vendors of 'ENGINE'-enabled devices should write ENGINE
+ * implementations with parameterisations that work in this scheme, so that
+ * compliant ENGINE-based applications can work consistently with the same
+ * configuration for the same ENGINE-enabled devices, across applications. */
+int ENGINE_ctrl_cmd_string(ENGINE *e, const char *cmd_name, const char *arg,
+				int cmd_optional);
+
+/* These functions are useful for manufacturing new ENGINE structures. They
+ * don't address reference counting at all - one uses them to populate an ENGINE
+ * structure with personalised implementations of things prior to using it
+ * directly or adding it to the builtin ENGINE list in OpenSSL. These are also
+ * here so that the ENGINE structure doesn't have to be exposed and break binary
+ * compatibility! */
+ENGINE *ENGINE_new(void);
+int ENGINE_free(ENGINE *e);
+int ENGINE_up_ref(ENGINE *e);
+int ENGINE_set_id(ENGINE *e, const char *id);
+int ENGINE_set_name(ENGINE *e, const char *name);
+int ENGINE_set_RSA(ENGINE *e, const RSA_METHOD *rsa_meth);
+int ENGINE_set_DSA(ENGINE *e, const DSA_METHOD *dsa_meth);
+int ENGINE_set_ECDH(ENGINE *e, const ECDH_METHOD *ecdh_meth);
+int ENGINE_set_ECDSA(ENGINE *e, const ECDSA_METHOD *ecdsa_meth);
+int ENGINE_set_DH(ENGINE *e, const DH_METHOD *dh_meth);
+int ENGINE_set_RAND(ENGINE *e, const RAND_METHOD *rand_meth);
+int ENGINE_set_STORE(ENGINE *e, const STORE_METHOD *store_meth);
+int ENGINE_set_destroy_function(ENGINE *e, ENGINE_GEN_INT_FUNC_PTR destroy_f);
+int ENGINE_set_init_function(ENGINE *e, ENGINE_GEN_INT_FUNC_PTR init_f);
+int ENGINE_set_finish_function(ENGINE *e, ENGINE_GEN_INT_FUNC_PTR finish_f);
+int ENGINE_set_ctrl_function(ENGINE *e, ENGINE_CTRL_FUNC_PTR ctrl_f);
+int ENGINE_set_load_privkey_function(ENGINE *e, ENGINE_LOAD_KEY_PTR loadpriv_f);
+int ENGINE_set_load_pubkey_function(ENGINE *e, ENGINE_LOAD_KEY_PTR loadpub_f);
+int ENGINE_set_load_ssl_client_cert_function(ENGINE *e,
+				ENGINE_SSL_CLIENT_CERT_PTR loadssl_f);
+int ENGINE_set_ciphers(ENGINE *e, ENGINE_CIPHERS_PTR f);
+int ENGINE_set_digests(ENGINE *e, ENGINE_DIGESTS_PTR f);
+int ENGINE_set_pkey_meths(ENGINE *e, ENGINE_PKEY_METHS_PTR f);
+int ENGINE_set_pkey_asn1_meths(ENGINE *e, ENGINE_PKEY_ASN1_METHS_PTR f);
+int ENGINE_set_flags(ENGINE *e, int flags);
+int ENGINE_set_cmd_defns(ENGINE *e, const ENGINE_CMD_DEFN *defns);
+/* These functions allow control over any per-structure ENGINE data. */
+int ENGINE_get_ex_new_index(long argl, void *argp, CRYPTO_EX_new *new_func,
+		CRYPTO_EX_dup *dup_func, CRYPTO_EX_free *free_func);
+int ENGINE_set_ex_data(ENGINE *e, int idx, void *arg);
+void *ENGINE_get_ex_data(const ENGINE *e, int idx);
+
+/* This function cleans up anything that needs it. Eg. the ENGINE_add() function
+ * automatically ensures the list cleanup function is registered to be called
+ * from ENGINE_cleanup(). Similarly, all ENGINE_register_*** functions ensure
+ * ENGINE_cleanup() will clean up after them. */
+void ENGINE_cleanup(void);
+
+/* These return values from within the ENGINE structure. These can be useful
+ * with functional references as well as structural references - it depends
+ * which you obtained. Using the result for functional purposes if you only
+ * obtained a structural reference may be problematic! */
+const char *ENGINE_get_id(const ENGINE *e);
+const char *ENGINE_get_name(const ENGINE *e);
+const RSA_METHOD *ENGINE_get_RSA(const ENGINE *e);
+const DSA_METHOD *ENGINE_get_DSA(const ENGINE *e);
+const ECDH_METHOD *ENGINE_get_ECDH(const ENGINE *e);
+const ECDSA_METHOD *ENGINE_get_ECDSA(const ENGINE *e);
+const DH_METHOD *ENGINE_get_DH(const ENGINE *e);
+const RAND_METHOD *ENGINE_get_RAND(const ENGINE *e);
+const STORE_METHOD *ENGINE_get_STORE(const ENGINE *e);
+ENGINE_GEN_INT_FUNC_PTR ENGINE_get_destroy_function(const ENGINE *e);
+ENGINE_GEN_INT_FUNC_PTR ENGINE_get_init_function(const ENGINE *e);
+ENGINE_GEN_INT_FUNC_PTR ENGINE_get_finish_function(const ENGINE *e);
+ENGINE_CTRL_FUNC_PTR ENGINE_get_ctrl_function(const ENGINE *e);
+ENGINE_LOAD_KEY_PTR ENGINE_get_load_privkey_function(const ENGINE *e);
+ENGINE_LOAD_KEY_PTR ENGINE_get_load_pubkey_function(const ENGINE *e);
+ENGINE_SSL_CLIENT_CERT_PTR ENGINE_get_ssl_client_cert_function(const ENGINE *e);
+ENGINE_CIPHERS_PTR ENGINE_get_ciphers(const ENGINE *e);
+ENGINE_DIGESTS_PTR ENGINE_get_digests(const ENGINE *e);
+ENGINE_PKEY_METHS_PTR ENGINE_get_pkey_meths(const ENGINE *e);
+ENGINE_PKEY_ASN1_METHS_PTR ENGINE_get_pkey_asn1_meths(const ENGINE *e);
+const EVP_CIPHER *ENGINE_get_cipher(ENGINE *e, int nid);
+const EVP_MD *ENGINE_get_digest(ENGINE *e, int nid);
+const EVP_PKEY_METHOD *ENGINE_get_pkey_meth(ENGINE *e, int nid);
+const EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD *ENGINE_get_pkey_asn1_meth(ENGINE *e, int nid);
+const EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD *ENGINE_get_pkey_asn1_meth_str(ENGINE *e,
+					const char *str, int len);
+const EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD *ENGINE_pkey_asn1_find_str(ENGINE **pe,
+					const char *str, int len);
+const ENGINE_CMD_DEFN *ENGINE_get_cmd_defns(const ENGINE *e);
+int ENGINE_get_flags(const ENGINE *e);
+
+/* FUNCTIONAL functions. These functions deal with ENGINE structures
+ * that have (or will) be initialised for use. Broadly speaking, the
+ * structural functions are useful for iterating the list of available
+ * engine types, creating new engine types, and other "list" operations.
+ * These functions actually deal with ENGINEs that are to be used. As
+ * such these functions can fail (if applicable) when particular
+ * engines are unavailable - eg. if a hardware accelerator is not
+ * attached or not functioning correctly. Each ENGINE has 2 reference
+ * counts; structural and functional. Every time a functional reference
+ * is obtained or released, a corresponding structural reference is
+ * automatically obtained or released too. */
+
+/* Initialise a engine type for use (or up its reference count if it's
+ * already in use). This will fail if the engine is not currently
+ * operational and cannot initialise. */
+int ENGINE_init(ENGINE *e);
+/* Free a functional reference to a engine type. This does not require
+ * a corresponding call to ENGINE_free as it also releases a structural
+ * reference. */
+int ENGINE_finish(ENGINE *e);
+
+/* The following functions handle keys that are stored in some secondary
+ * location, handled by the engine.  The storage may be on a card or
+ * whatever. */
+EVP_PKEY *ENGINE_load_private_key(ENGINE *e, const char *key_id,
+	UI_METHOD *ui_method, void *callback_data);
+EVP_PKEY *ENGINE_load_public_key(ENGINE *e, const char *key_id,
+	UI_METHOD *ui_method, void *callback_data);
+int ENGINE_load_ssl_client_cert(ENGINE *e, SSL *s,
+	STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *ca_dn, X509 **pcert, EVP_PKEY **ppkey,
+	STACK_OF(X509) **pother,
+	UI_METHOD *ui_method, void *callback_data);
+
+/* This returns a pointer for the current ENGINE structure that
+ * is (by default) performing any RSA operations. The value returned
+ * is an incremented reference, so it should be free'd (ENGINE_finish)
+ * before it is discarded. */
+ENGINE *ENGINE_get_default_RSA(void);
+/* Same for the other "methods" */
+ENGINE *ENGINE_get_default_DSA(void);
+ENGINE *ENGINE_get_default_ECDH(void);
+ENGINE *ENGINE_get_default_ECDSA(void);
+ENGINE *ENGINE_get_default_DH(void);
+ENGINE *ENGINE_get_default_RAND(void);
+/* These functions can be used to get a functional reference to perform
+ * ciphering or digesting corresponding to "nid". */
+ENGINE *ENGINE_get_cipher_engine(int nid);
+ENGINE *ENGINE_get_digest_engine(int nid);
+ENGINE *ENGINE_get_pkey_meth_engine(int nid);
+ENGINE *ENGINE_get_pkey_asn1_meth_engine(int nid);
+
+/* This sets a new default ENGINE structure for performing RSA
+ * operations. If the result is non-zero (success) then the ENGINE
+ * structure will have had its reference count up'd so the caller
+ * should still free their own reference 'e'. */
+int ENGINE_set_default_RSA(ENGINE *e);
+int ENGINE_set_default_string(ENGINE *e, const char *def_list);
+/* Same for the other "methods" */
+int ENGINE_set_default_DSA(ENGINE *e);
+int ENGINE_set_default_ECDH(ENGINE *e);
+int ENGINE_set_default_ECDSA(ENGINE *e);
+int ENGINE_set_default_DH(ENGINE *e);
+int ENGINE_set_default_RAND(ENGINE *e);
+int ENGINE_set_default_ciphers(ENGINE *e);
+int ENGINE_set_default_digests(ENGINE *e);
+int ENGINE_set_default_pkey_meths(ENGINE *e);
+int ENGINE_set_default_pkey_asn1_meths(ENGINE *e);
+
+/* The combination "set" - the flags are bitwise "OR"d from the
+ * ENGINE_METHOD_*** defines above. As with the "ENGINE_register_complete()"
+ * function, this function can result in unnecessary static linkage. If your
+ * application requires only specific functionality, consider using more
+ * selective functions. */
+int ENGINE_set_default(ENGINE *e, unsigned int flags);
+
+void ENGINE_add_conf_module(void);
+
+/* Deprecated functions ... */
+/* int ENGINE_clear_defaults(void); */
+
+/**************************/
+/* DYNAMIC ENGINE SUPPORT */
+/**************************/
+
+/* Binary/behaviour compatibility levels */
+#define OSSL_DYNAMIC_VERSION		(unsigned long)0x00020000
+/* Binary versions older than this are too old for us (whether we're a loader or
+ * a loadee) */
+#define OSSL_DYNAMIC_OLDEST		(unsigned long)0x00020000
+
+/* When compiling an ENGINE entirely as an external shared library, loadable by
+ * the "dynamic" ENGINE, these types are needed. The 'dynamic_fns' structure
+ * type provides the calling application's (or library's) error functionality
+ * and memory management function pointers to the loaded library. These should
+ * be used/set in the loaded library code so that the loading application's
+ * 'state' will be used/changed in all operations. The 'static_state' pointer
+ * allows the loaded library to know if it shares the same static data as the
+ * calling application (or library), and thus whether these callbacks need to be
+ * set or not. */
+typedef void *(*dyn_MEM_malloc_cb)(size_t);
+typedef void *(*dyn_MEM_realloc_cb)(void *, size_t);
+typedef void (*dyn_MEM_free_cb)(void *);
+typedef struct st_dynamic_MEM_fns {
+	dyn_MEM_malloc_cb			malloc_cb;
+	dyn_MEM_realloc_cb			realloc_cb;
+	dyn_MEM_free_cb				free_cb;
+	} dynamic_MEM_fns;
+/* FIXME: Perhaps the memory and locking code (crypto.h) should declare and use
+ * these types so we (and any other dependant code) can simplify a bit?? */
+typedef void (*dyn_lock_locking_cb)(int,int,const char *,int);
+typedef int (*dyn_lock_add_lock_cb)(int*,int,int,const char *,int);
+typedef struct CRYPTO_dynlock_value *(*dyn_dynlock_create_cb)(
+						const char *,int);
+typedef void (*dyn_dynlock_lock_cb)(int,struct CRYPTO_dynlock_value *,
+						const char *,int);
+typedef void (*dyn_dynlock_destroy_cb)(struct CRYPTO_dynlock_value *,
+						const char *,int);
+typedef struct st_dynamic_LOCK_fns {
+	dyn_lock_locking_cb			lock_locking_cb;
+	dyn_lock_add_lock_cb			lock_add_lock_cb;
+	dyn_dynlock_create_cb			dynlock_create_cb;
+	dyn_dynlock_lock_cb			dynlock_lock_cb;
+	dyn_dynlock_destroy_cb			dynlock_destroy_cb;
+	} dynamic_LOCK_fns;
+/* The top-level structure */
+typedef struct st_dynamic_fns {
+	void 					*static_state;
+	const ERR_FNS				*err_fns;
+	const CRYPTO_EX_DATA_IMPL		*ex_data_fns;
+	dynamic_MEM_fns				mem_fns;
+	dynamic_LOCK_fns			lock_fns;
+	} dynamic_fns;
+
+/* The version checking function should be of this prototype. NB: The
+ * ossl_version value passed in is the OSSL_DYNAMIC_VERSION of the loading code.
+ * If this function returns zero, it indicates a (potential) version
+ * incompatibility and the loaded library doesn't believe it can proceed.
+ * Otherwise, the returned value is the (latest) version supported by the
+ * loading library. The loader may still decide that the loaded code's version
+ * is unsatisfactory and could veto the load. The function is expected to
+ * be implemented with the symbol name "v_check", and a default implementation
+ * can be fully instantiated with IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CHECK_FN(). */
+typedef unsigned long (*dynamic_v_check_fn)(unsigned long ossl_version);
+#define IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CHECK_FN() \
+	OPENSSL_EXPORT unsigned long v_check(unsigned long v); \
+	OPENSSL_EXPORT unsigned long v_check(unsigned long v) { \
+		if(v >= OSSL_DYNAMIC_OLDEST) return OSSL_DYNAMIC_VERSION; \
+		return 0; }
+
+/* This function is passed the ENGINE structure to initialise with its own
+ * function and command settings. It should not adjust the structural or
+ * functional reference counts. If this function returns zero, (a) the load will
+ * be aborted, (b) the previous ENGINE state will be memcpy'd back onto the
+ * structure, and (c) the shared library will be unloaded. So implementations
+ * should do their own internal cleanup in failure circumstances otherwise they
+ * could leak. The 'id' parameter, if non-NULL, represents the ENGINE id that
+ * the loader is looking for. If this is NULL, the shared library can choose to
+ * return failure or to initialise a 'default' ENGINE. If non-NULL, the shared
+ * library must initialise only an ENGINE matching the passed 'id'. The function
+ * is expected to be implemented with the symbol name "bind_engine". A standard
+ * implementation can be instantiated with IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_BIND_FN(fn) where
+ * the parameter 'fn' is a callback function that populates the ENGINE structure
+ * and returns an int value (zero for failure). 'fn' should have prototype;
+ *    [static] int fn(ENGINE *e, const char *id); */
+typedef int (*dynamic_bind_engine)(ENGINE *e, const char *id,
+				const dynamic_fns *fns);
+#define IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_BIND_FN(fn) \
+	OPENSSL_EXPORT \
+	int bind_engine(ENGINE *e, const char *id, const dynamic_fns *fns); \
+	OPENSSL_EXPORT \
+	int bind_engine(ENGINE *e, const char *id, const dynamic_fns *fns) { \
+		if(ENGINE_get_static_state() == fns->static_state) goto skip_cbs; \
+		if(!CRYPTO_set_mem_functions(fns->mem_fns.malloc_cb, \
+			fns->mem_fns.realloc_cb, fns->mem_fns.free_cb)) \
+			return 0; \
+		CRYPTO_set_locking_callback(fns->lock_fns.lock_locking_cb); \
+		CRYPTO_set_add_lock_callback(fns->lock_fns.lock_add_lock_cb); \
+		CRYPTO_set_dynlock_create_callback(fns->lock_fns.dynlock_create_cb); \
+		CRYPTO_set_dynlock_lock_callback(fns->lock_fns.dynlock_lock_cb); \
+		CRYPTO_set_dynlock_destroy_callback(fns->lock_fns.dynlock_destroy_cb); \
+		if(!CRYPTO_set_ex_data_implementation(fns->ex_data_fns)) \
+			return 0; \
+		if(!ERR_set_implementation(fns->err_fns)) return 0; \
+	skip_cbs: \
+		if(!fn(e,id)) return 0; \
+		return 1; }
+
+/* If the loading application (or library) and the loaded ENGINE library share
+ * the same static data (eg. they're both dynamically linked to the same
+ * libcrypto.so) we need a way to avoid trying to set system callbacks - this
+ * would fail, and for the same reason that it's unnecessary to try. If the
+ * loaded ENGINE has (or gets from through the loader) its own copy of the
+ * libcrypto static data, we will need to set the callbacks. The easiest way to
+ * detect this is to have a function that returns a pointer to some static data
+ * and let the loading application and loaded ENGINE compare their respective
+ * values. */
+void *ENGINE_get_static_state(void);
+
+#if defined(__OpenBSD__) || defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(HAVE_CRYPTODEV)
+void ENGINE_setup_bsd_cryptodev(void);
+#endif
+
+/* BEGIN ERROR CODES */
+/* The following lines are auto generated by the script mkerr.pl. Any changes
+ * made after this point may be overwritten when the script is next run.
+ */
+void ERR_load_ENGINE_strings(void);
+
+/* Error codes for the ENGINE functions. */
+
+/* Function codes. */
+#define ENGINE_F_DYNAMIC_CTRL				 180
+#define ENGINE_F_DYNAMIC_GET_DATA_CTX			 181
+#define ENGINE_F_DYNAMIC_LOAD				 182
+#define ENGINE_F_DYNAMIC_SET_DATA_CTX			 183
+#define ENGINE_F_ENGINE_ADD				 105
+#define ENGINE_F_ENGINE_BY_ID				 106
+#define ENGINE_F_ENGINE_CMD_IS_EXECUTABLE		 170
+#define ENGINE_F_ENGINE_CTRL				 142
+#define ENGINE_F_ENGINE_CTRL_CMD			 178
+#define ENGINE_F_ENGINE_CTRL_CMD_STRING			 171
+#define ENGINE_F_ENGINE_FINISH				 107
+#define ENGINE_F_ENGINE_FREE_UTIL			 108
+#define ENGINE_F_ENGINE_GET_CIPHER			 185
+#define ENGINE_F_ENGINE_GET_DEFAULT_TYPE		 177
+#define ENGINE_F_ENGINE_GET_DIGEST			 186
+#define ENGINE_F_ENGINE_GET_NEXT			 115
+#define ENGINE_F_ENGINE_GET_PKEY_ASN1_METH		 193
+#define ENGINE_F_ENGINE_GET_PKEY_METH			 192
+#define ENGINE_F_ENGINE_GET_PREV			 116
+#define ENGINE_F_ENGINE_INIT				 119
+#define ENGINE_F_ENGINE_LIST_ADD			 120
+#define ENGINE_F_ENGINE_LIST_REMOVE			 121
+#define ENGINE_F_ENGINE_LOAD_PRIVATE_KEY		 150
+#define ENGINE_F_ENGINE_LOAD_PUBLIC_KEY			 151
+#define ENGINE_F_ENGINE_LOAD_SSL_CLIENT_CERT		 194
+#define ENGINE_F_ENGINE_NEW				 122
+#define ENGINE_F_ENGINE_REMOVE				 123
+#define ENGINE_F_ENGINE_SET_DEFAULT_STRING		 189
+#define ENGINE_F_ENGINE_SET_DEFAULT_TYPE		 126
+#define ENGINE_F_ENGINE_SET_ID				 129
+#define ENGINE_F_ENGINE_SET_NAME			 130
+#define ENGINE_F_ENGINE_TABLE_REGISTER			 184
+#define ENGINE_F_ENGINE_UNLOAD_KEY			 152
+#define ENGINE_F_ENGINE_UNLOCKED_FINISH			 191
+#define ENGINE_F_ENGINE_UP_REF				 190
+#define ENGINE_F_INT_CTRL_HELPER			 172
+#define ENGINE_F_INT_ENGINE_CONFIGURE			 188
+#define ENGINE_F_INT_ENGINE_MODULE_INIT			 187
+#define ENGINE_F_LOG_MESSAGE				 141
+
+/* Reason codes. */
+#define ENGINE_R_ALREADY_LOADED				 100
+#define ENGINE_R_ARGUMENT_IS_NOT_A_NUMBER		 133
+#define ENGINE_R_CMD_NOT_EXECUTABLE			 134
+#define ENGINE_R_COMMAND_TAKES_INPUT			 135
+#define ENGINE_R_COMMAND_TAKES_NO_INPUT			 136
+#define ENGINE_R_CONFLICTING_ENGINE_ID			 103
+#define ENGINE_R_CTRL_COMMAND_NOT_IMPLEMENTED		 119
+#define ENGINE_R_DH_NOT_IMPLEMENTED			 139
+#define ENGINE_R_DSA_NOT_IMPLEMENTED			 140
+#define ENGINE_R_DSO_FAILURE				 104
+#define ENGINE_R_DSO_NOT_FOUND				 132
+#define ENGINE_R_ENGINES_SECTION_ERROR			 148
+#define ENGINE_R_ENGINE_CONFIGURATION_ERROR		 102
+#define ENGINE_R_ENGINE_IS_NOT_IN_LIST			 105
+#define ENGINE_R_ENGINE_SECTION_ERROR			 149
+#define ENGINE_R_FAILED_LOADING_PRIVATE_KEY		 128
+#define ENGINE_R_FAILED_LOADING_PUBLIC_KEY		 129
+#define ENGINE_R_FINISH_FAILED				 106
+#define ENGINE_R_GET_HANDLE_FAILED			 107
+#define ENGINE_R_ID_OR_NAME_MISSING			 108
+#define ENGINE_R_INIT_FAILED				 109
+#define ENGINE_R_INTERNAL_LIST_ERROR			 110
+#define ENGINE_R_INVALID_ARGUMENT			 143
+#define ENGINE_R_INVALID_CMD_NAME			 137
+#define ENGINE_R_INVALID_CMD_NUMBER			 138
+#define ENGINE_R_INVALID_INIT_VALUE			 151
+#define ENGINE_R_INVALID_STRING				 150
+#define ENGINE_R_NOT_INITIALISED			 117
+#define ENGINE_R_NOT_LOADED				 112
+#define ENGINE_R_NO_CONTROL_FUNCTION			 120
+#define ENGINE_R_NO_INDEX				 144
+#define ENGINE_R_NO_LOAD_FUNCTION			 125
+#define ENGINE_R_NO_REFERENCE				 130
+#define ENGINE_R_NO_SUCH_ENGINE				 116
+#define ENGINE_R_NO_UNLOAD_FUNCTION			 126
+#define ENGINE_R_PROVIDE_PARAMETERS			 113
+#define ENGINE_R_RSA_NOT_IMPLEMENTED			 141
+#define ENGINE_R_UNIMPLEMENTED_CIPHER			 146
+#define ENGINE_R_UNIMPLEMENTED_DIGEST			 147
+#define ENGINE_R_UNIMPLEMENTED_PUBLIC_KEY_METHOD	 101
+#define ENGINE_R_VERSION_INCOMPATIBILITY		 145
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/include/openssl/err.h b/lib/include/openssl/err.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..974cc9c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/include/openssl/err.h
@@ -0,0 +1,386 @@
+/* crypto/err/err.h */
+/* Copyright (C) 1995-1998 Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This package is an SSL implementation written
+ * by Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com).
+ * The implementation was written so as to conform with Netscapes SSL.
+ * 
+ * This library is free for commercial and non-commercial use as long as
+ * the following conditions are aheared to.  The following conditions
+ * apply to all code found in this distribution, be it the RC4, RSA,
+ * lhash, DES, etc., code; not just the SSL code.  The SSL documentation
+ * included with this distribution is covered by the same copyright terms
+ * except that the holder is Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com).
+ * 
+ * Copyright remains Eric Young's, and as such any Copyright notices in
+ * the code are not to be removed.
+ * If this package is used in a product, Eric Young should be given attribution
+ * as the author of the parts of the library used.
+ * This can be in the form of a textual message at program startup or
+ * in documentation (online or textual) provided with the package.
+ * 
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *    "This product includes cryptographic software written by
+ *     Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)"
+ *    The word 'cryptographic' can be left out if the rouines from the library
+ *    being used are not cryptographic related :-).
+ * 4. If you include any Windows specific code (or a derivative thereof) from 
+ *    the apps directory (application code) you must include an acknowledgement:
+ *    "This product includes software written by Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com)"
+ * 
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ERIC YOUNG ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * 
+ * The licence and distribution terms for any publically available version or
+ * derivative of this code cannot be changed.  i.e. this code cannot simply be
+ * copied and put under another distribution licence
+ * [including the GNU Public Licence.]
+ */
+/* ====================================================================
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2006 The OpenSSL Project.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 
+ *
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+ *    the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+ *    distribution.
+ *
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this
+ *    software must display the following acknowledgment:
+ *    "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project
+ *    for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit. (http://www.openssl.org/)"
+ *
+ * 4. The names "OpenSSL Toolkit" and "OpenSSL Project" must not be used to
+ *    endorse or promote products derived from this software without
+ *    prior written permission. For written permission, please contact
+ *    openssl-core@openssl.org.
+ *
+ * 5. Products derived from this software may not be called "OpenSSL"
+ *    nor may "OpenSSL" appear in their names without prior written
+ *    permission of the OpenSSL Project.
+ *
+ * 6. Redistributions of any form whatsoever must retain the following
+ *    acknowledgment:
+ *    "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project
+ *    for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit (http://www.openssl.org/)"
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE OpenSSL PROJECT ``AS IS'' AND ANY
+ * EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OpenSSL PROJECT OR
+ * ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+ * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+ * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
+ * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
+ * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * ====================================================================
+ *
+ * This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young
+ * (eay@cryptsoft.com).  This product includes software written by Tim
+ * Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com).
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef HEADER_ERR_H
+#define HEADER_ERR_H
+
+#include <openssl/e_os2.h>
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_FP_API
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <openssl/ossl_typ.h>
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_BIO
+#include <openssl/bio.h>
+#endif
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_LHASH
+#include <openssl/lhash.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef	__cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_ERR
+#define ERR_PUT_error(a,b,c,d,e)	ERR_put_error(a,b,c,d,e)
+#else
+#define ERR_PUT_error(a,b,c,d,e)	ERR_put_error(a,b,c,NULL,0)
+#endif
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#define ERR_TXT_MALLOCED	0x01
+#define ERR_TXT_STRING		0x02
+
+#define ERR_FLAG_MARK		0x01
+
+#define ERR_NUM_ERRORS	16
+typedef struct err_state_st
+	{
+	CRYPTO_THREADID tid;
+	int err_flags[ERR_NUM_ERRORS];
+	unsigned long err_buffer[ERR_NUM_ERRORS];
+	char *err_data[ERR_NUM_ERRORS];
+	int err_data_flags[ERR_NUM_ERRORS];
+	const char *err_file[ERR_NUM_ERRORS];
+	int err_line[ERR_NUM_ERRORS];
+	int top,bottom;
+	} ERR_STATE;
+
+/* library */
+#define ERR_LIB_NONE		1
+#define ERR_LIB_SYS		2
+#define ERR_LIB_BN		3
+#define ERR_LIB_RSA		4
+#define ERR_LIB_DH		5
+#define ERR_LIB_EVP		6
+#define ERR_LIB_BUF		7
+#define ERR_LIB_OBJ		8
+#define ERR_LIB_PEM		9
+#define ERR_LIB_DSA		10
+#define ERR_LIB_X509		11
+/* #define ERR_LIB_METH         12 */
+#define ERR_LIB_ASN1		13
+#define ERR_LIB_CONF		14
+#define ERR_LIB_CRYPTO		15
+#define ERR_LIB_EC		16
+#define ERR_LIB_SSL		20
+/* #define ERR_LIB_SSL23        21 */
+/* #define ERR_LIB_SSL2         22 */
+/* #define ERR_LIB_SSL3         23 */
+/* #define ERR_LIB_RSAREF       30 */
+/* #define ERR_LIB_PROXY        31 */
+#define ERR_LIB_BIO		32
+#define ERR_LIB_PKCS7		33
+#define ERR_LIB_X509V3		34
+#define ERR_LIB_PKCS12		35
+#define ERR_LIB_RAND		36
+#define ERR_LIB_DSO		37
+#define ERR_LIB_ENGINE		38
+#define ERR_LIB_OCSP            39
+#define ERR_LIB_UI              40
+#define ERR_LIB_COMP            41
+#define ERR_LIB_ECDSA		42
+#define ERR_LIB_ECDH		43
+#define ERR_LIB_STORE           44
+#define ERR_LIB_FIPS		45
+#define ERR_LIB_CMS		46
+#define ERR_LIB_TS		47
+#define ERR_LIB_HMAC		48
+#define ERR_LIB_JPAKE		49
+
+#define ERR_LIB_USER		128
+
+#define SYSerr(f,r)  ERR_PUT_error(ERR_LIB_SYS,(f),(r),__FILE__,__LINE__)
+#define BNerr(f,r)   ERR_PUT_error(ERR_LIB_BN,(f),(r),__FILE__,__LINE__)
+#define RSAerr(f,r)  ERR_PUT_error(ERR_LIB_RSA,(f),(r),__FILE__,__LINE__)
+#define DHerr(f,r)   ERR_PUT_error(ERR_LIB_DH,(f),(r),__FILE__,__LINE__)
+#define EVPerr(f,r)  ERR_PUT_error(ERR_LIB_EVP,(f),(r),__FILE__,__LINE__)
+#define BUFerr(f,r)  ERR_PUT_error(ERR_LIB_BUF,(f),(r),__FILE__,__LINE__)
+#define OBJerr(f,r)  ERR_PUT_error(ERR_LIB_OBJ,(f),(r),__FILE__,__LINE__)
+#define PEMerr(f,r)  ERR_PUT_error(ERR_LIB_PEM,(f),(r),__FILE__,__LINE__)
+#define DSAerr(f,r)  ERR_PUT_error(ERR_LIB_DSA,(f),(r),__FILE__,__LINE__)
+#define X509err(f,r) ERR_PUT_error(ERR_LIB_X509,(f),(r),__FILE__,__LINE__)
+#define ASN1err(f,r) ERR_PUT_error(ERR_LIB_ASN1,(f),(r),__FILE__,__LINE__)
+#define CONFerr(f,r) ERR_PUT_error(ERR_LIB_CONF,(f),(r),__FILE__,__LINE__)
+#define CRYPTOerr(f,r) ERR_PUT_error(ERR_LIB_CRYPTO,(f),(r),__FILE__,__LINE__)
+#define ECerr(f,r)   ERR_PUT_error(ERR_LIB_EC,(f),(r),__FILE__,__LINE__)
+#define SSLerr(f,r)  ERR_PUT_error(ERR_LIB_SSL,(f),(r),__FILE__,__LINE__)
+#define BIOerr(f,r)  ERR_PUT_error(ERR_LIB_BIO,(f),(r),__FILE__,__LINE__)
+#define PKCS7err(f,r) ERR_PUT_error(ERR_LIB_PKCS7,(f),(r),__FILE__,__LINE__)
+#define X509V3err(f,r) ERR_PUT_error(ERR_LIB_X509V3,(f),(r),__FILE__,__LINE__)
+#define PKCS12err(f,r) ERR_PUT_error(ERR_LIB_PKCS12,(f),(r),__FILE__,__LINE__)
+#define RANDerr(f,r) ERR_PUT_error(ERR_LIB_RAND,(f),(r),__FILE__,__LINE__)
+#define DSOerr(f,r) ERR_PUT_error(ERR_LIB_DSO,(f),(r),__FILE__,__LINE__)
+#define ENGINEerr(f,r) ERR_PUT_error(ERR_LIB_ENGINE,(f),(r),__FILE__,__LINE__)
+#define OCSPerr(f,r) ERR_PUT_error(ERR_LIB_OCSP,(f),(r),__FILE__,__LINE__)
+#define UIerr(f,r) ERR_PUT_error(ERR_LIB_UI,(f),(r),__FILE__,__LINE__)
+#define COMPerr(f,r) ERR_PUT_error(ERR_LIB_COMP,(f),(r),__FILE__,__LINE__)
+#define ECDSAerr(f,r)  ERR_PUT_error(ERR_LIB_ECDSA,(f),(r),__FILE__,__LINE__)
+#define ECDHerr(f,r)  ERR_PUT_error(ERR_LIB_ECDH,(f),(r),__FILE__,__LINE__)
+#define STOREerr(f,r) ERR_PUT_error(ERR_LIB_STORE,(f),(r),__FILE__,__LINE__)
+#define FIPSerr(f,r) ERR_PUT_error(ERR_LIB_FIPS,(f),(r),__FILE__,__LINE__)
+#define CMSerr(f,r) ERR_PUT_error(ERR_LIB_CMS,(f),(r),__FILE__,__LINE__)
+#define TSerr(f,r) ERR_PUT_error(ERR_LIB_TS,(f),(r),__FILE__,__LINE__)
+#define HMACerr(f,r) ERR_PUT_error(ERR_LIB_HMAC,(f),(r),__FILE__,__LINE__)
+#define JPAKEerr(f,r) ERR_PUT_error(ERR_LIB_JPAKE,(f),(r),__FILE__,__LINE__)
+
+/* Borland C seems too stupid to be able to shift and do longs in
+ * the pre-processor :-( */
+#define ERR_PACK(l,f,r)		(((((unsigned long)l)&0xffL)*0x1000000)| \
+				((((unsigned long)f)&0xfffL)*0x1000)| \
+				((((unsigned long)r)&0xfffL)))
+#define ERR_GET_LIB(l)		(int)((((unsigned long)l)>>24L)&0xffL)
+#define ERR_GET_FUNC(l)		(int)((((unsigned long)l)>>12L)&0xfffL)
+#define ERR_GET_REASON(l)	(int)((l)&0xfffL)
+#define ERR_FATAL_ERROR(l)	(int)((l)&ERR_R_FATAL)
+
+
+/* OS functions */
+#define SYS_F_FOPEN		1
+#define SYS_F_CONNECT		2
+#define SYS_F_GETSERVBYNAME	3
+#define SYS_F_SOCKET		4
+#define SYS_F_IOCTLSOCKET	5
+#define SYS_F_BIND		6
+#define SYS_F_LISTEN		7
+#define SYS_F_ACCEPT		8
+#define SYS_F_WSASTARTUP	9 /* Winsock stuff */
+#define SYS_F_OPENDIR		10
+#define SYS_F_FREAD		11
+
+
+/* reasons */
+#define ERR_R_SYS_LIB	ERR_LIB_SYS       /* 2 */
+#define ERR_R_BN_LIB	ERR_LIB_BN        /* 3 */
+#define ERR_R_RSA_LIB	ERR_LIB_RSA       /* 4 */
+#define ERR_R_DH_LIB	ERR_LIB_DH        /* 5 */
+#define ERR_R_EVP_LIB	ERR_LIB_EVP       /* 6 */
+#define ERR_R_BUF_LIB	ERR_LIB_BUF       /* 7 */
+#define ERR_R_OBJ_LIB	ERR_LIB_OBJ       /* 8 */
+#define ERR_R_PEM_LIB	ERR_LIB_PEM       /* 9 */
+#define ERR_R_DSA_LIB	ERR_LIB_DSA      /* 10 */
+#define ERR_R_X509_LIB	ERR_LIB_X509     /* 11 */
+#define ERR_R_ASN1_LIB	ERR_LIB_ASN1     /* 13 */
+#define ERR_R_CONF_LIB	ERR_LIB_CONF     /* 14 */
+#define ERR_R_CRYPTO_LIB ERR_LIB_CRYPTO  /* 15 */
+#define ERR_R_EC_LIB	ERR_LIB_EC       /* 16 */
+#define ERR_R_SSL_LIB	ERR_LIB_SSL      /* 20 */
+#define ERR_R_BIO_LIB	ERR_LIB_BIO      /* 32 */
+#define ERR_R_PKCS7_LIB	ERR_LIB_PKCS7    /* 33 */
+#define ERR_R_X509V3_LIB ERR_LIB_X509V3  /* 34 */
+#define ERR_R_PKCS12_LIB ERR_LIB_PKCS12  /* 35 */
+#define ERR_R_RAND_LIB	ERR_LIB_RAND     /* 36 */
+#define ERR_R_DSO_LIB	ERR_LIB_DSO      /* 37 */
+#define ERR_R_ENGINE_LIB ERR_LIB_ENGINE  /* 38 */
+#define ERR_R_OCSP_LIB  ERR_LIB_OCSP     /* 39 */
+#define ERR_R_UI_LIB    ERR_LIB_UI       /* 40 */
+#define ERR_R_COMP_LIB	ERR_LIB_COMP     /* 41 */
+#define ERR_R_ECDSA_LIB ERR_LIB_ECDSA	 /* 42 */
+#define ERR_R_ECDH_LIB  ERR_LIB_ECDH	 /* 43 */
+#define ERR_R_STORE_LIB ERR_LIB_STORE    /* 44 */
+#define ERR_R_TS_LIB	ERR_LIB_TS       /* 45 */
+
+#define ERR_R_NESTED_ASN1_ERROR			58
+#define ERR_R_BAD_ASN1_OBJECT_HEADER		59
+#define ERR_R_BAD_GET_ASN1_OBJECT_CALL		60
+#define ERR_R_EXPECTING_AN_ASN1_SEQUENCE	61
+#define ERR_R_ASN1_LENGTH_MISMATCH		62
+#define ERR_R_MISSING_ASN1_EOS			63
+
+/* fatal error */
+#define ERR_R_FATAL				64
+#define	ERR_R_MALLOC_FAILURE			(1|ERR_R_FATAL)
+#define	ERR_R_SHOULD_NOT_HAVE_BEEN_CALLED	(2|ERR_R_FATAL)
+#define	ERR_R_PASSED_NULL_PARAMETER		(3|ERR_R_FATAL)
+#define	ERR_R_INTERNAL_ERROR			(4|ERR_R_FATAL)
+#define	ERR_R_DISABLED				(5|ERR_R_FATAL)
+
+/* 99 is the maximum possible ERR_R_... code, higher values
+ * are reserved for the individual libraries */
+
+
+typedef struct ERR_string_data_st
+	{
+	unsigned long error;
+	const char *string;
+	} ERR_STRING_DATA;
+
+void ERR_put_error(int lib, int func,int reason,const char *file,int line);
+void ERR_set_error_data(char *data,int flags);
+
+unsigned long ERR_get_error(void);
+unsigned long ERR_get_error_line(const char **file,int *line);
+unsigned long ERR_get_error_line_data(const char **file,int *line,
+				      const char **data, int *flags);
+unsigned long ERR_peek_error(void);
+unsigned long ERR_peek_error_line(const char **file,int *line);
+unsigned long ERR_peek_error_line_data(const char **file,int *line,
+				       const char **data,int *flags);
+unsigned long ERR_peek_last_error(void);
+unsigned long ERR_peek_last_error_line(const char **file,int *line);
+unsigned long ERR_peek_last_error_line_data(const char **file,int *line,
+				       const char **data,int *flags);
+void ERR_clear_error(void );
+char *ERR_error_string(unsigned long e,char *buf);
+void ERR_error_string_n(unsigned long e, char *buf, size_t len);
+const char *ERR_lib_error_string(unsigned long e);
+const char *ERR_func_error_string(unsigned long e);
+const char *ERR_reason_error_string(unsigned long e);
+void ERR_print_errors_cb(int (*cb)(const char *str, size_t len, void *u),
+			 void *u);
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_FP_API
+void ERR_print_errors_fp(FILE *fp);
+#endif
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_BIO
+void ERR_print_errors(BIO *bp);
+#endif
+void ERR_add_error_data(int num, ...);
+void ERR_add_error_vdata(int num, va_list args);
+void ERR_load_strings(int lib,ERR_STRING_DATA str[]);
+void ERR_unload_strings(int lib,ERR_STRING_DATA str[]);
+void ERR_load_ERR_strings(void);
+void ERR_load_crypto_strings(void);
+void ERR_free_strings(void);
+
+void ERR_remove_thread_state(const CRYPTO_THREADID *tid);
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_DEPRECATED
+void ERR_remove_state(unsigned long pid); /* if zero we look it up */
+#endif
+ERR_STATE *ERR_get_state(void);
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_LHASH
+LHASH_OF(ERR_STRING_DATA) *ERR_get_string_table(void);
+LHASH_OF(ERR_STATE) *ERR_get_err_state_table(void);
+void ERR_release_err_state_table(LHASH_OF(ERR_STATE) **hash);
+#endif
+
+int ERR_get_next_error_library(void);
+
+int ERR_set_mark(void);
+int ERR_pop_to_mark(void);
+
+/* Already defined in ossl_typ.h */
+/* typedef struct st_ERR_FNS ERR_FNS; */
+/* An application can use this function and provide the return value to loaded
+ * modules that should use the application's ERR state/functionality */
+const ERR_FNS *ERR_get_implementation(void);
+/* A loaded module should call this function prior to any ERR operations using
+ * the application's "ERR_FNS". */
+int ERR_set_implementation(const ERR_FNS *fns);
+
+#ifdef	__cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/include/openssl/evp.h b/lib/include/openssl/evp.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..faeb3c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/include/openssl/evp.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1409 @@
+/* crypto/evp/evp.h */
+/* Copyright (C) 1995-1998 Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This package is an SSL implementation written
+ * by Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com).
+ * The implementation was written so as to conform with Netscapes SSL.
+ * 
+ * This library is free for commercial and non-commercial use as long as
+ * the following conditions are aheared to.  The following conditions
+ * apply to all code found in this distribution, be it the RC4, RSA,
+ * lhash, DES, etc., code; not just the SSL code.  The SSL documentation
+ * included with this distribution is covered by the same copyright terms
+ * except that the holder is Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com).
+ * 
+ * Copyright remains Eric Young's, and as such any Copyright notices in
+ * the code are not to be removed.
+ * If this package is used in a product, Eric Young should be given attribution
+ * as the author of the parts of the library used.
+ * This can be in the form of a textual message at program startup or
+ * in documentation (online or textual) provided with the package.
+ * 
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *    "This product includes cryptographic software written by
+ *     Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)"
+ *    The word 'cryptographic' can be left out if the rouines from the library
+ *    being used are not cryptographic related :-).
+ * 4. If you include any Windows specific code (or a derivative thereof) from 
+ *    the apps directory (application code) you must include an acknowledgement:
+ *    "This product includes software written by Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com)"
+ * 
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ERIC YOUNG ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * 
+ * The licence and distribution terms for any publically available version or
+ * derivative of this code cannot be changed.  i.e. this code cannot simply be
+ * copied and put under another distribution licence
+ * [including the GNU Public Licence.]
+ */
+
+#ifndef HEADER_ENVELOPE_H
+#define HEADER_ENVELOPE_H
+
+#ifdef OPENSSL_ALGORITHM_DEFINES
+# include <openssl/opensslconf.h>
+#else
+# define OPENSSL_ALGORITHM_DEFINES
+# include <openssl/opensslconf.h>
+# undef OPENSSL_ALGORITHM_DEFINES
+#endif
+
+#include <openssl/ossl_typ.h>
+
+#include <openssl/symhacks.h>
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_BIO
+#include <openssl/bio.h>
+#endif
+
+/*
+#define EVP_RC2_KEY_SIZE		16
+#define EVP_RC4_KEY_SIZE		16
+#define EVP_BLOWFISH_KEY_SIZE		16
+#define EVP_CAST5_KEY_SIZE		16
+#define EVP_RC5_32_12_16_KEY_SIZE	16
+*/
+#define EVP_MAX_MD_SIZE			64	/* longest known is SHA512 */
+#define EVP_MAX_KEY_LENGTH		64
+#define EVP_MAX_IV_LENGTH		16
+#define EVP_MAX_BLOCK_LENGTH		32
+
+#define PKCS5_SALT_LEN			8
+/* Default PKCS#5 iteration count */
+#define PKCS5_DEFAULT_ITER		2048
+
+#include <openssl/objects.h>
+
+#define EVP_PK_RSA	0x0001
+#define EVP_PK_DSA	0x0002
+#define EVP_PK_DH	0x0004
+#define EVP_PK_EC	0x0008
+#define EVP_PKT_SIGN	0x0010
+#define EVP_PKT_ENC	0x0020
+#define EVP_PKT_EXCH	0x0040
+#define EVP_PKS_RSA	0x0100
+#define EVP_PKS_DSA	0x0200
+#define EVP_PKS_EC	0x0400
+#define EVP_PKT_EXP	0x1000 /* <= 512 bit key */
+
+#define EVP_PKEY_NONE	NID_undef
+#define EVP_PKEY_RSA	NID_rsaEncryption
+#define EVP_PKEY_RSA2	NID_rsa
+#define EVP_PKEY_DSA	NID_dsa
+#define EVP_PKEY_DSA1	NID_dsa_2
+#define EVP_PKEY_DSA2	NID_dsaWithSHA
+#define EVP_PKEY_DSA3	NID_dsaWithSHA1
+#define EVP_PKEY_DSA4	NID_dsaWithSHA1_2
+#define EVP_PKEY_DH	NID_dhKeyAgreement
+#define EVP_PKEY_EC	NID_X9_62_id_ecPublicKey
+#define EVP_PKEY_HMAC	NID_hmac
+#define EVP_PKEY_CMAC	NID_cmac
+
+#ifdef	__cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Type needs to be a bit field
+ * Sub-type needs to be for variations on the method, as in, can it do
+ * arbitrary encryption.... */
+struct evp_pkey_st
+	{
+	int type;
+	int save_type;
+	int references;
+	const EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD *ameth;
+	ENGINE *engine;
+	union	{
+		char *ptr;
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_RSA
+		struct rsa_st *rsa;	/* RSA */
+#endif
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_DSA
+		struct dsa_st *dsa;	/* DSA */
+#endif
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_DH
+		struct dh_st *dh;	/* DH */
+#endif
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_EC
+		struct ec_key_st *ec;	/* ECC */
+#endif
+		} pkey;
+	int save_parameters;
+	STACK_OF(X509_ATTRIBUTE) *attributes; /* [ 0 ] */
+	} /* EVP_PKEY */;
+
+#define EVP_PKEY_MO_SIGN	0x0001
+#define EVP_PKEY_MO_VERIFY	0x0002
+#define EVP_PKEY_MO_ENCRYPT	0x0004
+#define EVP_PKEY_MO_DECRYPT	0x0008
+
+#ifndef EVP_MD
+struct env_md_st
+	{
+	int type;
+	int pkey_type;
+	int md_size;
+	unsigned long flags;
+	int (*init)(EVP_MD_CTX *ctx);
+	int (*update)(EVP_MD_CTX *ctx,const void *data,size_t count);
+	int (*final)(EVP_MD_CTX *ctx,unsigned char *md);
+	int (*copy)(EVP_MD_CTX *to,const EVP_MD_CTX *from);
+	int (*cleanup)(EVP_MD_CTX *ctx);
+
+	/* FIXME: prototype these some day */
+	int (*sign)(int type, const unsigned char *m, unsigned int m_length,
+		    unsigned char *sigret, unsigned int *siglen, void *key);
+	int (*verify)(int type, const unsigned char *m, unsigned int m_length,
+		      const unsigned char *sigbuf, unsigned int siglen,
+		      void *key);
+	int required_pkey_type[5]; /*EVP_PKEY_xxx */
+	int block_size;
+	int ctx_size; /* how big does the ctx->md_data need to be */
+	/* control function */
+	int (*md_ctrl)(EVP_MD_CTX *ctx, int cmd, int p1, void *p2);
+	} /* EVP_MD */;
+
+typedef int evp_sign_method(int type,const unsigned char *m,
+			    unsigned int m_length,unsigned char *sigret,
+			    unsigned int *siglen, void *key);
+typedef int evp_verify_method(int type,const unsigned char *m,
+			    unsigned int m_length,const unsigned char *sigbuf,
+			    unsigned int siglen, void *key);
+
+#define EVP_MD_FLAG_ONESHOT	0x0001 /* digest can only handle a single
+					* block */
+
+#define EVP_MD_FLAG_PKEY_DIGEST	0x0002 /* digest is a "clone" digest used
+					* which is a copy of an existing
+					* one for a specific public key type.
+					* EVP_dss1() etc */
+
+/* Digest uses EVP_PKEY_METHOD for signing instead of MD specific signing */
+
+#define EVP_MD_FLAG_PKEY_METHOD_SIGNATURE	0x0004
+
+/* DigestAlgorithmIdentifier flags... */
+
+#define EVP_MD_FLAG_DIGALGID_MASK		0x0018
+
+/* NULL or absent parameter accepted. Use NULL */
+
+#define EVP_MD_FLAG_DIGALGID_NULL		0x0000
+
+/* NULL or absent parameter accepted. Use NULL for PKCS#1 otherwise absent */
+
+#define EVP_MD_FLAG_DIGALGID_ABSENT		0x0008
+
+/* Custom handling via ctrl */
+
+#define EVP_MD_FLAG_DIGALGID_CUSTOM		0x0018
+
+#define EVP_MD_FLAG_FIPS	0x0400 /* Note if suitable for use in FIPS mode */
+
+/* Digest ctrls */
+
+#define	EVP_MD_CTRL_DIGALGID			0x1
+#define	EVP_MD_CTRL_MICALG			0x2
+
+/* Minimum Algorithm specific ctrl value */
+
+#define	EVP_MD_CTRL_ALG_CTRL			0x1000
+
+#define EVP_PKEY_NULL_method	NULL,NULL,{0,0,0,0}
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_DSA
+#define EVP_PKEY_DSA_method	(evp_sign_method *)DSA_sign, \
+				(evp_verify_method *)DSA_verify, \
+				{EVP_PKEY_DSA,EVP_PKEY_DSA2,EVP_PKEY_DSA3, \
+					EVP_PKEY_DSA4,0}
+#else
+#define EVP_PKEY_DSA_method	EVP_PKEY_NULL_method
+#endif
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_ECDSA
+#define EVP_PKEY_ECDSA_method   (evp_sign_method *)ECDSA_sign, \
+				(evp_verify_method *)ECDSA_verify, \
+                                 {EVP_PKEY_EC,0,0,0}
+#else   
+#define EVP_PKEY_ECDSA_method   EVP_PKEY_NULL_method
+#endif
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_RSA
+#define EVP_PKEY_RSA_method	(evp_sign_method *)RSA_sign, \
+				(evp_verify_method *)RSA_verify, \
+				{EVP_PKEY_RSA,EVP_PKEY_RSA2,0,0}
+#define EVP_PKEY_RSA_ASN1_OCTET_STRING_method \
+				(evp_sign_method *)RSA_sign_ASN1_OCTET_STRING, \
+				(evp_verify_method *)RSA_verify_ASN1_OCTET_STRING, \
+				{EVP_PKEY_RSA,EVP_PKEY_RSA2,0,0}
+#else
+#define EVP_PKEY_RSA_method	EVP_PKEY_NULL_method
+#define EVP_PKEY_RSA_ASN1_OCTET_STRING_method EVP_PKEY_NULL_method
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !EVP_MD */
+
+struct env_md_ctx_st
+	{
+	const EVP_MD *digest;
+	ENGINE *engine; /* functional reference if 'digest' is ENGINE-provided */
+	unsigned long flags;
+	void *md_data;
+	/* Public key context for sign/verify */
+	EVP_PKEY_CTX *pctx;
+	/* Update function: usually copied from EVP_MD */
+	int (*update)(EVP_MD_CTX *ctx,const void *data,size_t count);
+	} /* EVP_MD_CTX */;
+
+/* values for EVP_MD_CTX flags */
+
+#define EVP_MD_CTX_FLAG_ONESHOT		0x0001 /* digest update will be called
+						* once only */
+#define EVP_MD_CTX_FLAG_CLEANED		0x0002 /* context has already been
+						* cleaned */
+#define EVP_MD_CTX_FLAG_REUSE		0x0004 /* Don't free up ctx->md_data
+						* in EVP_MD_CTX_cleanup */
+/* FIPS and pad options are ignored in 1.0.0, definitions are here
+ * so we don't accidentally reuse the values for other purposes.
+ */
+
+#define EVP_MD_CTX_FLAG_NON_FIPS_ALLOW	0x0008	/* Allow use of non FIPS digest
+						 * in FIPS mode */
+
+/* The following PAD options are also currently ignored in 1.0.0, digest
+ * parameters are handled through EVP_DigestSign*() and EVP_DigestVerify*()
+ * instead.
+ */
+#define EVP_MD_CTX_FLAG_PAD_MASK	0xF0	/* RSA mode to use */
+#define EVP_MD_CTX_FLAG_PAD_PKCS1	0x00	/* PKCS#1 v1.5 mode */
+#define EVP_MD_CTX_FLAG_PAD_X931	0x10	/* X9.31 mode */
+#define EVP_MD_CTX_FLAG_PAD_PSS		0x20	/* PSS mode */
+
+#define EVP_MD_CTX_FLAG_NO_INIT		0x0100 /* Don't initialize md_data */
+
+struct evp_cipher_st
+	{
+	int nid;
+	int block_size;
+	int key_len;		/* Default value for variable length ciphers */
+	int iv_len;
+	unsigned long flags;	/* Various flags */
+	int (*init)(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx, const unsigned char *key,
+		    const unsigned char *iv, int enc);	/* init key */
+	int (*do_cipher)(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx, unsigned char *out,
+			 const unsigned char *in, size_t inl);/* encrypt/decrypt data */
+	int (*cleanup)(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *); /* cleanup ctx */
+	int ctx_size;		/* how big ctx->cipher_data needs to be */
+	int (*set_asn1_parameters)(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *, ASN1_TYPE *); /* Populate a ASN1_TYPE with parameters */
+	int (*get_asn1_parameters)(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *, ASN1_TYPE *); /* Get parameters from a ASN1_TYPE */
+	int (*ctrl)(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *, int type, int arg, void *ptr); /* Miscellaneous operations */
+	void *app_data;		/* Application data */
+	} /* EVP_CIPHER */;
+
+/* Values for cipher flags */
+
+/* Modes for ciphers */
+
+#define		EVP_CIPH_STREAM_CIPHER		0x0
+#define		EVP_CIPH_ECB_MODE		0x1
+#define		EVP_CIPH_CBC_MODE		0x2
+#define		EVP_CIPH_CFB_MODE		0x3
+#define		EVP_CIPH_OFB_MODE		0x4
+#define		EVP_CIPH_CTR_MODE		0x5
+#define		EVP_CIPH_GCM_MODE		0x6
+#define		EVP_CIPH_CCM_MODE		0x7
+#define		EVP_CIPH_XTS_MODE		0x10001
+#define 	EVP_CIPH_MODE			0xF0007
+/* Set if variable length cipher */
+#define 	EVP_CIPH_VARIABLE_LENGTH	0x8
+/* Set if the iv handling should be done by the cipher itself */
+#define 	EVP_CIPH_CUSTOM_IV		0x10
+/* Set if the cipher's init() function should be called if key is NULL */
+#define 	EVP_CIPH_ALWAYS_CALL_INIT	0x20
+/* Call ctrl() to init cipher parameters */
+#define 	EVP_CIPH_CTRL_INIT		0x40
+/* Don't use standard key length function */
+#define 	EVP_CIPH_CUSTOM_KEY_LENGTH	0x80
+/* Don't use standard block padding */
+#define 	EVP_CIPH_NO_PADDING		0x100
+/* cipher handles random key generation */
+#define 	EVP_CIPH_RAND_KEY		0x200
+/* cipher has its own additional copying logic */
+#define 	EVP_CIPH_CUSTOM_COPY		0x400
+/* Allow use default ASN1 get/set iv */
+#define		EVP_CIPH_FLAG_DEFAULT_ASN1	0x1000
+/* Buffer length in bits not bytes: CFB1 mode only */
+#define		EVP_CIPH_FLAG_LENGTH_BITS	0x2000
+/* Note if suitable for use in FIPS mode */
+#define		EVP_CIPH_FLAG_FIPS		0x4000
+/* Allow non FIPS cipher in FIPS mode */
+#define		EVP_CIPH_FLAG_NON_FIPS_ALLOW	0x8000
+/* Cipher handles any and all padding logic as well
+ * as finalisation.
+ */
+#define 	EVP_CIPH_FLAG_CUSTOM_CIPHER	0x100000
+#define		EVP_CIPH_FLAG_AEAD_CIPHER	0x200000
+
+/* ctrl() values */
+
+#define		EVP_CTRL_INIT			0x0
+#define 	EVP_CTRL_SET_KEY_LENGTH		0x1
+#define 	EVP_CTRL_GET_RC2_KEY_BITS	0x2
+#define 	EVP_CTRL_SET_RC2_KEY_BITS	0x3
+#define 	EVP_CTRL_GET_RC5_ROUNDS		0x4
+#define 	EVP_CTRL_SET_RC5_ROUNDS		0x5
+#define 	EVP_CTRL_RAND_KEY		0x6
+#define 	EVP_CTRL_PBE_PRF_NID		0x7
+#define 	EVP_CTRL_COPY			0x8
+#define 	EVP_CTRL_GCM_SET_IVLEN		0x9
+#define 	EVP_CTRL_GCM_GET_TAG		0x10
+#define 	EVP_CTRL_GCM_SET_TAG		0x11
+#define		EVP_CTRL_GCM_SET_IV_FIXED	0x12
+#define		EVP_CTRL_GCM_IV_GEN		0x13
+#define		EVP_CTRL_CCM_SET_IVLEN		EVP_CTRL_GCM_SET_IVLEN
+#define		EVP_CTRL_CCM_GET_TAG		EVP_CTRL_GCM_GET_TAG
+#define		EVP_CTRL_CCM_SET_TAG		EVP_CTRL_GCM_SET_TAG
+#define		EVP_CTRL_CCM_SET_L		0x14
+#define		EVP_CTRL_CCM_SET_MSGLEN		0x15
+/* AEAD cipher deduces payload length and returns number of bytes
+ * required to store MAC and eventual padding. Subsequent call to
+ * EVP_Cipher even appends/verifies MAC.
+ */
+#define		EVP_CTRL_AEAD_TLS1_AAD		0x16
+/* Used by composite AEAD ciphers, no-op in GCM, CCM... */
+#define		EVP_CTRL_AEAD_SET_MAC_KEY	0x17
+/* Set the GCM invocation field, decrypt only */
+#define		EVP_CTRL_GCM_SET_IV_INV		0x18
+
+/* GCM TLS constants */
+/* Length of fixed part of IV derived from PRF */
+#define EVP_GCM_TLS_FIXED_IV_LEN			4
+/* Length of explicit part of IV part of TLS records */
+#define EVP_GCM_TLS_EXPLICIT_IV_LEN			8
+/* Length of tag for TLS */
+#define EVP_GCM_TLS_TAG_LEN				16
+
+typedef struct evp_cipher_info_st
+	{
+	const EVP_CIPHER *cipher;
+	unsigned char iv[EVP_MAX_IV_LENGTH];
+	} EVP_CIPHER_INFO;
+
+struct evp_cipher_ctx_st
+	{
+	const EVP_CIPHER *cipher;
+	ENGINE *engine;	/* functional reference if 'cipher' is ENGINE-provided */
+	int encrypt;		/* encrypt or decrypt */
+	int buf_len;		/* number we have left */
+
+	unsigned char  oiv[EVP_MAX_IV_LENGTH];	/* original iv */
+	unsigned char  iv[EVP_MAX_IV_LENGTH];	/* working iv */
+	unsigned char buf[EVP_MAX_BLOCK_LENGTH];/* saved partial block */
+	int num;				/* used by cfb/ofb/ctr mode */
+
+	void *app_data;		/* application stuff */
+	int key_len;		/* May change for variable length cipher */
+	unsigned long flags;	/* Various flags */
+	void *cipher_data; /* per EVP data */
+	int final_used;
+	int block_mask;
+	unsigned char final[EVP_MAX_BLOCK_LENGTH];/* possible final block */
+	} /* EVP_CIPHER_CTX */;
+
+typedef struct evp_Encode_Ctx_st
+	{
+	int num;	/* number saved in a partial encode/decode */
+	int length;	/* The length is either the output line length
+			 * (in input bytes) or the shortest input line
+			 * length that is ok.  Once decoding begins,
+			 * the length is adjusted up each time a longer
+			 * line is decoded */
+	unsigned char enc_data[80];	/* data to encode */
+	int line_num;	/* number read on current line */
+	int expect_nl;
+	} EVP_ENCODE_CTX;
+
+/* Password based encryption function */
+typedef int (EVP_PBE_KEYGEN)(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx, const char *pass, int passlen,
+		ASN1_TYPE *param, const EVP_CIPHER *cipher,
+                const EVP_MD *md, int en_de);
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_RSA
+#define EVP_PKEY_assign_RSA(pkey,rsa) EVP_PKEY_assign((pkey),EVP_PKEY_RSA,\
+					(char *)(rsa))
+#endif
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_DSA
+#define EVP_PKEY_assign_DSA(pkey,dsa) EVP_PKEY_assign((pkey),EVP_PKEY_DSA,\
+					(char *)(dsa))
+#endif
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_DH
+#define EVP_PKEY_assign_DH(pkey,dh) EVP_PKEY_assign((pkey),EVP_PKEY_DH,\
+					(char *)(dh))
+#endif
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_EC
+#define EVP_PKEY_assign_EC_KEY(pkey,eckey) EVP_PKEY_assign((pkey),EVP_PKEY_EC,\
+                                        (char *)(eckey))
+#endif
+
+/* Add some extra combinations */
+#define EVP_get_digestbynid(a) EVP_get_digestbyname(OBJ_nid2sn(a))
+#define EVP_get_digestbyobj(a) EVP_get_digestbynid(OBJ_obj2nid(a))
+#define EVP_get_cipherbynid(a) EVP_get_cipherbyname(OBJ_nid2sn(a))
+#define EVP_get_cipherbyobj(a) EVP_get_cipherbynid(OBJ_obj2nid(a))
+
+int EVP_MD_type(const EVP_MD *md);
+#define EVP_MD_nid(e)			EVP_MD_type(e)
+#define EVP_MD_name(e)			OBJ_nid2sn(EVP_MD_nid(e))
+int EVP_MD_pkey_type(const EVP_MD *md);	
+int EVP_MD_size(const EVP_MD *md);
+int EVP_MD_block_size(const EVP_MD *md);
+unsigned long EVP_MD_flags(const EVP_MD *md);
+
+const EVP_MD *EVP_MD_CTX_md(const EVP_MD_CTX *ctx);
+#define EVP_MD_CTX_size(e)		EVP_MD_size(EVP_MD_CTX_md(e))
+#define EVP_MD_CTX_block_size(e)	EVP_MD_block_size(EVP_MD_CTX_md(e))
+#define EVP_MD_CTX_type(e)		EVP_MD_type(EVP_MD_CTX_md(e))
+
+int EVP_CIPHER_nid(const EVP_CIPHER *cipher);
+#define EVP_CIPHER_name(e)		OBJ_nid2sn(EVP_CIPHER_nid(e))
+int EVP_CIPHER_block_size(const EVP_CIPHER *cipher);
+int EVP_CIPHER_key_length(const EVP_CIPHER *cipher);
+int EVP_CIPHER_iv_length(const EVP_CIPHER *cipher);
+unsigned long EVP_CIPHER_flags(const EVP_CIPHER *cipher);
+#define EVP_CIPHER_mode(e)		(EVP_CIPHER_flags(e) & EVP_CIPH_MODE)
+
+const EVP_CIPHER * EVP_CIPHER_CTX_cipher(const EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx);
+int EVP_CIPHER_CTX_nid(const EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx);
+int EVP_CIPHER_CTX_block_size(const EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx);
+int EVP_CIPHER_CTX_key_length(const EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx);
+int EVP_CIPHER_CTX_iv_length(const EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx);
+int EVP_CIPHER_CTX_copy(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *out, const EVP_CIPHER_CTX *in);
+void * EVP_CIPHER_CTX_get_app_data(const EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx);
+void EVP_CIPHER_CTX_set_app_data(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx, void *data);
+#define EVP_CIPHER_CTX_type(c)         EVP_CIPHER_type(EVP_CIPHER_CTX_cipher(c))
+unsigned long EVP_CIPHER_CTX_flags(const EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx);
+#define EVP_CIPHER_CTX_mode(e)		(EVP_CIPHER_CTX_flags(e) & EVP_CIPH_MODE)
+
+#define EVP_ENCODE_LENGTH(l)	(((l+2)/3*4)+(l/48+1)*2+80)
+#define EVP_DECODE_LENGTH(l)	((l+3)/4*3+80)
+
+#define EVP_SignInit_ex(a,b,c)		EVP_DigestInit_ex(a,b,c)
+#define EVP_SignInit(a,b)		EVP_DigestInit(a,b)
+#define EVP_SignUpdate(a,b,c)		EVP_DigestUpdate(a,b,c)
+#define	EVP_VerifyInit_ex(a,b,c)	EVP_DigestInit_ex(a,b,c)
+#define	EVP_VerifyInit(a,b)		EVP_DigestInit(a,b)
+#define	EVP_VerifyUpdate(a,b,c)		EVP_DigestUpdate(a,b,c)
+#define EVP_OpenUpdate(a,b,c,d,e)	EVP_DecryptUpdate(a,b,c,d,e)
+#define EVP_SealUpdate(a,b,c,d,e)	EVP_EncryptUpdate(a,b,c,d,e)	
+#define EVP_DigestSignUpdate(a,b,c)	EVP_DigestUpdate(a,b,c)
+#define EVP_DigestVerifyUpdate(a,b,c)	EVP_DigestUpdate(a,b,c)
+
+#ifdef CONST_STRICT
+void BIO_set_md(BIO *,const EVP_MD *md);
+#else
+# define BIO_set_md(b,md)		BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_SET_MD,0,(char *)md)
+#endif
+#define BIO_get_md(b,mdp)		BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_GET_MD,0,(char *)mdp)
+#define BIO_get_md_ctx(b,mdcp)     BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_GET_MD_CTX,0,(char *)mdcp)
+#define BIO_set_md_ctx(b,mdcp)     BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_SET_MD_CTX,0,(char *)mdcp)
+#define BIO_get_cipher_status(b)	BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_GET_CIPHER_STATUS,0,NULL)
+#define BIO_get_cipher_ctx(b,c_pp)	BIO_ctrl(b,BIO_C_GET_CIPHER_CTX,0,(char *)c_pp)
+
+int EVP_Cipher(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *c,
+		unsigned char *out,
+		const unsigned char *in,
+		unsigned int inl);
+
+#define EVP_add_cipher_alias(n,alias) \
+	OBJ_NAME_add((alias),OBJ_NAME_TYPE_CIPHER_METH|OBJ_NAME_ALIAS,(n))
+#define EVP_add_digest_alias(n,alias) \
+	OBJ_NAME_add((alias),OBJ_NAME_TYPE_MD_METH|OBJ_NAME_ALIAS,(n))
+#define EVP_delete_cipher_alias(alias) \
+	OBJ_NAME_remove(alias,OBJ_NAME_TYPE_CIPHER_METH|OBJ_NAME_ALIAS);
+#define EVP_delete_digest_alias(alias) \
+	OBJ_NAME_remove(alias,OBJ_NAME_TYPE_MD_METH|OBJ_NAME_ALIAS);
+
+void	EVP_MD_CTX_init(EVP_MD_CTX *ctx);
+int	EVP_MD_CTX_cleanup(EVP_MD_CTX *ctx);
+EVP_MD_CTX *EVP_MD_CTX_create(void);
+void	EVP_MD_CTX_destroy(EVP_MD_CTX *ctx);
+int     EVP_MD_CTX_copy_ex(EVP_MD_CTX *out,const EVP_MD_CTX *in);  
+void	EVP_MD_CTX_set_flags(EVP_MD_CTX *ctx, int flags);
+void	EVP_MD_CTX_clear_flags(EVP_MD_CTX *ctx, int flags);
+int 	EVP_MD_CTX_test_flags(const EVP_MD_CTX *ctx,int flags);
+int	EVP_DigestInit_ex(EVP_MD_CTX *ctx, const EVP_MD *type, ENGINE *impl);
+int	EVP_DigestUpdate(EVP_MD_CTX *ctx,const void *d,
+			 size_t cnt);
+int	EVP_DigestFinal_ex(EVP_MD_CTX *ctx,unsigned char *md,unsigned int *s);
+int	EVP_Digest(const void *data, size_t count,
+		unsigned char *md, unsigned int *size, const EVP_MD *type, ENGINE *impl);
+
+int     EVP_MD_CTX_copy(EVP_MD_CTX *out,const EVP_MD_CTX *in);  
+int	EVP_DigestInit(EVP_MD_CTX *ctx, const EVP_MD *type);
+int	EVP_DigestFinal(EVP_MD_CTX *ctx,unsigned char *md,unsigned int *s);
+
+int	EVP_read_pw_string(char *buf,int length,const char *prompt,int verify);
+int	EVP_read_pw_string_min(char *buf,int minlen,int maxlen,const char *prompt,int verify);
+void	EVP_set_pw_prompt(const char *prompt);
+char *	EVP_get_pw_prompt(void);
+
+int	EVP_BytesToKey(const EVP_CIPHER *type,const EVP_MD *md,
+		const unsigned char *salt, const unsigned char *data,
+		int datal, int count, unsigned char *key,unsigned char *iv);
+
+void	EVP_CIPHER_CTX_set_flags(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx, int flags);
+void	EVP_CIPHER_CTX_clear_flags(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx, int flags);
+int 	EVP_CIPHER_CTX_test_flags(const EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx,int flags);
+
+int	EVP_EncryptInit(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx,const EVP_CIPHER *cipher,
+		const unsigned char *key, const unsigned char *iv);
+int	EVP_EncryptInit_ex(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx,const EVP_CIPHER *cipher, ENGINE *impl,
+		const unsigned char *key, const unsigned char *iv);
+int	EVP_EncryptUpdate(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx, unsigned char *out,
+		int *outl, const unsigned char *in, int inl);
+int	EVP_EncryptFinal_ex(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx, unsigned char *out, int *outl);
+int	EVP_EncryptFinal(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx, unsigned char *out, int *outl);
+
+int	EVP_DecryptInit(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx,const EVP_CIPHER *cipher,
+		const unsigned char *key, const unsigned char *iv);
+int	EVP_DecryptInit_ex(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx,const EVP_CIPHER *cipher, ENGINE *impl,
+		const unsigned char *key, const unsigned char *iv);
+int	EVP_DecryptUpdate(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx, unsigned char *out,
+		int *outl, const unsigned char *in, int inl);
+int	EVP_DecryptFinal(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx, unsigned char *outm, int *outl);
+int	EVP_DecryptFinal_ex(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx, unsigned char *outm, int *outl);
+
+int	EVP_CipherInit(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx,const EVP_CIPHER *cipher,
+		       const unsigned char *key,const unsigned char *iv,
+		       int enc);
+int	EVP_CipherInit_ex(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx,const EVP_CIPHER *cipher, ENGINE *impl,
+		       const unsigned char *key,const unsigned char *iv,
+		       int enc);
+int	EVP_CipherUpdate(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx, unsigned char *out,
+		int *outl, const unsigned char *in, int inl);
+int	EVP_CipherFinal(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx, unsigned char *outm, int *outl);
+int	EVP_CipherFinal_ex(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx, unsigned char *outm, int *outl);
+
+int	EVP_SignFinal(EVP_MD_CTX *ctx,unsigned char *md,unsigned int *s,
+		EVP_PKEY *pkey);
+
+int	EVP_VerifyFinal(EVP_MD_CTX *ctx,const unsigned char *sigbuf,
+		unsigned int siglen,EVP_PKEY *pkey);
+
+int	EVP_DigestSignInit(EVP_MD_CTX *ctx, EVP_PKEY_CTX **pctx,
+			const EVP_MD *type, ENGINE *e, EVP_PKEY *pkey);
+int	EVP_DigestSignFinal(EVP_MD_CTX *ctx,
+			unsigned char *sigret, size_t *siglen);
+
+int	EVP_DigestVerifyInit(EVP_MD_CTX *ctx, EVP_PKEY_CTX **pctx,
+			const EVP_MD *type, ENGINE *e, EVP_PKEY *pkey);
+int	EVP_DigestVerifyFinal(EVP_MD_CTX *ctx,
+			unsigned char *sig, size_t siglen);
+
+int	EVP_OpenInit(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx,const EVP_CIPHER *type,
+		const unsigned char *ek, int ekl, const unsigned char *iv,
+		EVP_PKEY *priv);
+int	EVP_OpenFinal(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx, unsigned char *out, int *outl);
+
+int	EVP_SealInit(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx, const EVP_CIPHER *type,
+		 unsigned char **ek, int *ekl, unsigned char *iv,
+		EVP_PKEY **pubk, int npubk);
+int	EVP_SealFinal(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx,unsigned char *out,int *outl);
+
+void	EVP_EncodeInit(EVP_ENCODE_CTX *ctx);
+void	EVP_EncodeUpdate(EVP_ENCODE_CTX *ctx,unsigned char *out,int *outl,
+		const unsigned char *in,int inl);
+void	EVP_EncodeFinal(EVP_ENCODE_CTX *ctx,unsigned char *out,int *outl);
+int	EVP_EncodeBlock(unsigned char *t, const unsigned char *f, int n);
+
+void	EVP_DecodeInit(EVP_ENCODE_CTX *ctx);
+int	EVP_DecodeUpdate(EVP_ENCODE_CTX *ctx,unsigned char *out,int *outl,
+		const unsigned char *in, int inl);
+int	EVP_DecodeFinal(EVP_ENCODE_CTX *ctx, unsigned
+		char *out, int *outl);
+int	EVP_DecodeBlock(unsigned char *t, const unsigned char *f, int n);
+
+void EVP_CIPHER_CTX_init(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *a);
+int EVP_CIPHER_CTX_cleanup(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *a);
+EVP_CIPHER_CTX *EVP_CIPHER_CTX_new(void);
+void EVP_CIPHER_CTX_free(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *a);
+int EVP_CIPHER_CTX_set_key_length(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *x, int keylen);
+int EVP_CIPHER_CTX_set_padding(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *c, int pad);
+int EVP_CIPHER_CTX_ctrl(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx, int type, int arg, void *ptr);
+int EVP_CIPHER_CTX_rand_key(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx, unsigned char *key);
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_BIO
+BIO_METHOD *BIO_f_md(void);
+BIO_METHOD *BIO_f_base64(void);
+BIO_METHOD *BIO_f_cipher(void);
+BIO_METHOD *BIO_f_reliable(void);
+void BIO_set_cipher(BIO *b,const EVP_CIPHER *c,const unsigned char *k,
+		const unsigned char *i, int enc);
+#endif
+
+const EVP_MD *EVP_md_null(void);
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_MD2
+const EVP_MD *EVP_md2(void);
+#endif
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_MD4
+const EVP_MD *EVP_md4(void);
+#endif
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_MD5
+const EVP_MD *EVP_md5(void);
+#endif
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_SHA
+const EVP_MD *EVP_sha(void);
+const EVP_MD *EVP_sha1(void);
+const EVP_MD *EVP_dss(void);
+const EVP_MD *EVP_dss1(void);
+const EVP_MD *EVP_ecdsa(void);
+#endif
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_SHA256
+const EVP_MD *EVP_sha224(void);
+const EVP_MD *EVP_sha256(void);
+#endif
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_SHA512
+const EVP_MD *EVP_sha384(void);
+const EVP_MD *EVP_sha512(void);
+#endif
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_MDC2
+const EVP_MD *EVP_mdc2(void);
+#endif
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_RIPEMD
+const EVP_MD *EVP_ripemd160(void);
+#endif
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_WHIRLPOOL
+const EVP_MD *EVP_whirlpool(void);
+#endif
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_enc_null(void);		/* does nothing :-) */
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_DES
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_des_ecb(void);
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_des_ede(void);
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_des_ede3(void);
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_des_ede_ecb(void);
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_des_ede3_ecb(void);
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_des_cfb64(void);
+# define EVP_des_cfb EVP_des_cfb64
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_des_cfb1(void);
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_des_cfb8(void);
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_des_ede_cfb64(void);
+# define EVP_des_ede_cfb EVP_des_ede_cfb64
+#if 0
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_des_ede_cfb1(void);
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_des_ede_cfb8(void);
+#endif
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_des_ede3_cfb64(void);
+# define EVP_des_ede3_cfb EVP_des_ede3_cfb64
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_des_ede3_cfb1(void);
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_des_ede3_cfb8(void);
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_des_ofb(void);
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_des_ede_ofb(void);
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_des_ede3_ofb(void);
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_des_cbc(void);
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_des_ede_cbc(void);
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_des_ede3_cbc(void);
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_desx_cbc(void);
+/* This should now be supported through the dev_crypto ENGINE. But also, why are
+ * rc4 and md5 declarations made here inside a "NO_DES" precompiler branch? */
+#if 0
+# ifdef OPENSSL_OPENBSD_DEV_CRYPTO
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_dev_crypto_des_ede3_cbc(void);
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_dev_crypto_rc4(void);
+const EVP_MD *EVP_dev_crypto_md5(void);
+# endif
+#endif
+#endif
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_RC4
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_rc4(void);
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_rc4_40(void);
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_MD5
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_rc4_hmac_md5(void);
+#endif
+#endif
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_IDEA
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_idea_ecb(void);
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_idea_cfb64(void);
+# define EVP_idea_cfb EVP_idea_cfb64
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_idea_ofb(void);
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_idea_cbc(void);
+#endif
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_RC2
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_rc2_ecb(void);
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_rc2_cbc(void);
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_rc2_40_cbc(void);
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_rc2_64_cbc(void);
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_rc2_cfb64(void);
+# define EVP_rc2_cfb EVP_rc2_cfb64
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_rc2_ofb(void);
+#endif
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_BF
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_bf_ecb(void);
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_bf_cbc(void);
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_bf_cfb64(void);
+# define EVP_bf_cfb EVP_bf_cfb64
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_bf_ofb(void);
+#endif
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_CAST
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_cast5_ecb(void);
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_cast5_cbc(void);
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_cast5_cfb64(void);
+# define EVP_cast5_cfb EVP_cast5_cfb64
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_cast5_ofb(void);
+#endif
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_RC5
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_rc5_32_12_16_cbc(void);
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_rc5_32_12_16_ecb(void);
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_rc5_32_12_16_cfb64(void);
+# define EVP_rc5_32_12_16_cfb EVP_rc5_32_12_16_cfb64
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_rc5_32_12_16_ofb(void);
+#endif
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_AES
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aes_128_ecb(void);
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aes_128_cbc(void);
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aes_128_cfb1(void);
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aes_128_cfb8(void);
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aes_128_cfb128(void);
+# define EVP_aes_128_cfb EVP_aes_128_cfb128
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aes_128_ofb(void);
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aes_128_ctr(void);
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aes_128_ccm(void);
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aes_128_gcm(void);
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aes_128_xts(void);
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aes_192_ecb(void);
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aes_192_cbc(void);
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aes_192_cfb1(void);
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aes_192_cfb8(void);
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aes_192_cfb128(void);
+# define EVP_aes_192_cfb EVP_aes_192_cfb128
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aes_192_ofb(void);
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aes_192_ctr(void);
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aes_192_ccm(void);
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aes_192_gcm(void);
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aes_256_ecb(void);
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aes_256_cbc(void);
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aes_256_cfb1(void);
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aes_256_cfb8(void);
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aes_256_cfb128(void);
+# define EVP_aes_256_cfb EVP_aes_256_cfb128
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aes_256_ofb(void);
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aes_256_ctr(void);
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aes_256_ccm(void);
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aes_256_gcm(void);
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aes_256_xts(void);
+#if !defined(OPENSSL_NO_SHA) && !defined(OPENSSL_NO_SHA1)
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aes_128_cbc_hmac_sha1(void);
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_aes_256_cbc_hmac_sha1(void);
+#endif
+#endif
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_CAMELLIA
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_camellia_128_ecb(void);
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_camellia_128_cbc(void);
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_camellia_128_cfb1(void);
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_camellia_128_cfb8(void);
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_camellia_128_cfb128(void);
+# define EVP_camellia_128_cfb EVP_camellia_128_cfb128
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_camellia_128_ofb(void);
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_camellia_192_ecb(void);
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_camellia_192_cbc(void);
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_camellia_192_cfb1(void);
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_camellia_192_cfb8(void);
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_camellia_192_cfb128(void);
+# define EVP_camellia_192_cfb EVP_camellia_192_cfb128
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_camellia_192_ofb(void);
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_camellia_256_ecb(void);
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_camellia_256_cbc(void);
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_camellia_256_cfb1(void);
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_camellia_256_cfb8(void);
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_camellia_256_cfb128(void);
+# define EVP_camellia_256_cfb EVP_camellia_256_cfb128
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_camellia_256_ofb(void);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_SEED
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_seed_ecb(void);
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_seed_cbc(void);
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_seed_cfb128(void);
+# define EVP_seed_cfb EVP_seed_cfb128
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_seed_ofb(void);
+#endif
+
+void OPENSSL_add_all_algorithms_noconf(void);
+void OPENSSL_add_all_algorithms_conf(void);
+
+#ifdef OPENSSL_LOAD_CONF
+#define OpenSSL_add_all_algorithms() \
+		OPENSSL_add_all_algorithms_conf()
+#else
+#define OpenSSL_add_all_algorithms() \
+		OPENSSL_add_all_algorithms_noconf()
+#endif
+
+void OpenSSL_add_all_ciphers(void);
+void OpenSSL_add_all_digests(void);
+#define SSLeay_add_all_algorithms() OpenSSL_add_all_algorithms()
+#define SSLeay_add_all_ciphers() OpenSSL_add_all_ciphers()
+#define SSLeay_add_all_digests() OpenSSL_add_all_digests()
+
+int EVP_add_cipher(const EVP_CIPHER *cipher);
+int EVP_add_digest(const EVP_MD *digest);
+
+const EVP_CIPHER *EVP_get_cipherbyname(const char *name);
+const EVP_MD *EVP_get_digestbyname(const char *name);
+void EVP_cleanup(void);
+
+void EVP_CIPHER_do_all(void (*fn)(const EVP_CIPHER *ciph,
+		const char *from, const char *to, void *x), void *arg);
+void EVP_CIPHER_do_all_sorted(void (*fn)(const EVP_CIPHER *ciph,
+		const char *from, const char *to, void *x), void *arg);
+
+void EVP_MD_do_all(void (*fn)(const EVP_MD *ciph,
+		const char *from, const char *to, void *x), void *arg);
+void EVP_MD_do_all_sorted(void (*fn)(const EVP_MD *ciph,
+		const char *from, const char *to, void *x), void *arg);
+
+int		EVP_PKEY_decrypt_old(unsigned char *dec_key,
+			const unsigned char *enc_key,int enc_key_len,
+			EVP_PKEY *private_key);
+int		EVP_PKEY_encrypt_old(unsigned char *enc_key,
+			const unsigned char *key,int key_len,
+			EVP_PKEY *pub_key);
+int		EVP_PKEY_type(int type);
+int		EVP_PKEY_id(const EVP_PKEY *pkey);
+int		EVP_PKEY_base_id(const EVP_PKEY *pkey);
+int		EVP_PKEY_bits(EVP_PKEY *pkey);
+int		EVP_PKEY_size(EVP_PKEY *pkey);
+int 		EVP_PKEY_set_type(EVP_PKEY *pkey,int type);
+int		EVP_PKEY_set_type_str(EVP_PKEY *pkey, const char *str, int len);
+int 		EVP_PKEY_assign(EVP_PKEY *pkey,int type,void *key);
+void *		EVP_PKEY_get0(EVP_PKEY *pkey);
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_RSA
+struct rsa_st;
+int EVP_PKEY_set1_RSA(EVP_PKEY *pkey,struct rsa_st *key);
+struct rsa_st *EVP_PKEY_get1_RSA(EVP_PKEY *pkey);
+#endif
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_DSA
+struct dsa_st;
+int EVP_PKEY_set1_DSA(EVP_PKEY *pkey,struct dsa_st *key);
+struct dsa_st *EVP_PKEY_get1_DSA(EVP_PKEY *pkey);
+#endif
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_DH
+struct dh_st;
+int EVP_PKEY_set1_DH(EVP_PKEY *pkey,struct dh_st *key);
+struct dh_st *EVP_PKEY_get1_DH(EVP_PKEY *pkey);
+#endif
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_EC
+struct ec_key_st;
+int EVP_PKEY_set1_EC_KEY(EVP_PKEY *pkey,struct ec_key_st *key);
+struct ec_key_st *EVP_PKEY_get1_EC_KEY(EVP_PKEY *pkey);
+#endif
+
+EVP_PKEY *	EVP_PKEY_new(void);
+void		EVP_PKEY_free(EVP_PKEY *pkey);
+
+EVP_PKEY *	d2i_PublicKey(int type,EVP_PKEY **a, const unsigned char **pp,
+			long length);
+int		i2d_PublicKey(EVP_PKEY *a, unsigned char **pp);
+
+EVP_PKEY *	d2i_PrivateKey(int type,EVP_PKEY **a, const unsigned char **pp,
+			long length);
+EVP_PKEY *	d2i_AutoPrivateKey(EVP_PKEY **a, const unsigned char **pp,
+			long length);
+int		i2d_PrivateKey(EVP_PKEY *a, unsigned char **pp);
+
+int EVP_PKEY_copy_parameters(EVP_PKEY *to, const EVP_PKEY *from);
+int EVP_PKEY_missing_parameters(const EVP_PKEY *pkey);
+int EVP_PKEY_save_parameters(EVP_PKEY *pkey,int mode);
+int EVP_PKEY_cmp_parameters(const EVP_PKEY *a, const EVP_PKEY *b);
+
+int EVP_PKEY_cmp(const EVP_PKEY *a, const EVP_PKEY *b);
+
+int EVP_PKEY_print_public(BIO *out, const EVP_PKEY *pkey,
+				int indent, ASN1_PCTX *pctx);
+int EVP_PKEY_print_private(BIO *out, const EVP_PKEY *pkey,
+				int indent, ASN1_PCTX *pctx);
+int EVP_PKEY_print_params(BIO *out, const EVP_PKEY *pkey,
+				int indent, ASN1_PCTX *pctx);
+
+int EVP_PKEY_get_default_digest_nid(EVP_PKEY *pkey, int *pnid);
+
+int EVP_CIPHER_type(const EVP_CIPHER *ctx);
+
+/* calls methods */
+int EVP_CIPHER_param_to_asn1(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *c, ASN1_TYPE *type);
+int EVP_CIPHER_asn1_to_param(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *c, ASN1_TYPE *type);
+
+/* These are used by EVP_CIPHER methods */
+int EVP_CIPHER_set_asn1_iv(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *c,ASN1_TYPE *type);
+int EVP_CIPHER_get_asn1_iv(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *c,ASN1_TYPE *type);
+
+/* PKCS5 password based encryption */
+int PKCS5_PBE_keyivgen(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx, const char *pass, int passlen,
+			 ASN1_TYPE *param, const EVP_CIPHER *cipher, const EVP_MD *md,
+			 int en_de);
+int PKCS5_PBKDF2_HMAC_SHA1(const char *pass, int passlen,
+			   const unsigned char *salt, int saltlen, int iter,
+			   int keylen, unsigned char *out);
+int PKCS5_PBKDF2_HMAC(const char *pass, int passlen,
+			   const unsigned char *salt, int saltlen, int iter,
+			   const EVP_MD *digest,
+		      int keylen, unsigned char *out);
+int PKCS5_v2_PBE_keyivgen(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx, const char *pass, int passlen,
+			 ASN1_TYPE *param, const EVP_CIPHER *cipher, const EVP_MD *md,
+			 int en_de);
+
+void PKCS5_PBE_add(void);
+
+int EVP_PBE_CipherInit (ASN1_OBJECT *pbe_obj, const char *pass, int passlen,
+	     ASN1_TYPE *param, EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx, int en_de);
+
+/* PBE type */
+
+/* Can appear as the outermost AlgorithmIdentifier */
+#define EVP_PBE_TYPE_OUTER	0x0
+/* Is an PRF type OID */
+#define EVP_PBE_TYPE_PRF	0x1
+
+int EVP_PBE_alg_add_type(int pbe_type, int pbe_nid, int cipher_nid, int md_nid,
+	     EVP_PBE_KEYGEN *keygen);
+int EVP_PBE_alg_add(int nid, const EVP_CIPHER *cipher, const EVP_MD *md,
+		    EVP_PBE_KEYGEN *keygen);
+int EVP_PBE_find(int type, int pbe_nid,
+			int *pcnid, int *pmnid, EVP_PBE_KEYGEN **pkeygen);
+void EVP_PBE_cleanup(void);
+
+#define ASN1_PKEY_ALIAS		0x1
+#define ASN1_PKEY_DYNAMIC	0x2
+#define ASN1_PKEY_SIGPARAM_NULL	0x4
+
+#define ASN1_PKEY_CTRL_PKCS7_SIGN	0x1
+#define ASN1_PKEY_CTRL_PKCS7_ENCRYPT	0x2
+#define ASN1_PKEY_CTRL_DEFAULT_MD_NID	0x3
+#define ASN1_PKEY_CTRL_CMS_SIGN		0x5
+#define ASN1_PKEY_CTRL_CMS_ENVELOPE	0x7
+
+int EVP_PKEY_asn1_get_count(void);
+const EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD *EVP_PKEY_asn1_get0(int idx);
+const EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD *EVP_PKEY_asn1_find(ENGINE **pe, int type);
+const EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD *EVP_PKEY_asn1_find_str(ENGINE **pe,
+					const char *str, int len);
+int EVP_PKEY_asn1_add0(const EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD *ameth);
+int EVP_PKEY_asn1_add_alias(int to, int from);
+int EVP_PKEY_asn1_get0_info(int *ppkey_id, int *pkey_base_id, int *ppkey_flags,
+				const char **pinfo, const char **ppem_str,
+					const EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD *ameth);
+
+const EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD* EVP_PKEY_get0_asn1(EVP_PKEY *pkey);
+EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD* EVP_PKEY_asn1_new(int id, int flags,
+					const char *pem_str, const char *info);
+void EVP_PKEY_asn1_copy(EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD *dst, 
+			const EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD *src);
+void EVP_PKEY_asn1_free(EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD *ameth);
+void EVP_PKEY_asn1_set_public(EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD *ameth,
+		int (*pub_decode)(EVP_PKEY *pk, X509_PUBKEY *pub),
+		int (*pub_encode)(X509_PUBKEY *pub, const EVP_PKEY *pk),
+		int (*pub_cmp)(const EVP_PKEY *a, const EVP_PKEY *b),
+		int (*pub_print)(BIO *out, const EVP_PKEY *pkey, int indent,
+							ASN1_PCTX *pctx),
+		int (*pkey_size)(const EVP_PKEY *pk),
+		int (*pkey_bits)(const EVP_PKEY *pk));
+void EVP_PKEY_asn1_set_private(EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD *ameth,
+		int (*priv_decode)(EVP_PKEY *pk, PKCS8_PRIV_KEY_INFO *p8inf),
+		int (*priv_encode)(PKCS8_PRIV_KEY_INFO *p8, const EVP_PKEY *pk),
+		int (*priv_print)(BIO *out, const EVP_PKEY *pkey, int indent,
+							ASN1_PCTX *pctx));
+void EVP_PKEY_asn1_set_param(EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD *ameth,
+		int (*param_decode)(EVP_PKEY *pkey,
+				const unsigned char **pder, int derlen),
+		int (*param_encode)(const EVP_PKEY *pkey, unsigned char **pder),
+		int (*param_missing)(const EVP_PKEY *pk),
+		int (*param_copy)(EVP_PKEY *to, const EVP_PKEY *from),
+		int (*param_cmp)(const EVP_PKEY *a, const EVP_PKEY *b),
+		int (*param_print)(BIO *out, const EVP_PKEY *pkey, int indent,
+							ASN1_PCTX *pctx));
+
+void EVP_PKEY_asn1_set_free(EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD *ameth,
+		void (*pkey_free)(EVP_PKEY *pkey));
+void EVP_PKEY_asn1_set_ctrl(EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD *ameth,
+		int (*pkey_ctrl)(EVP_PKEY *pkey, int op,
+							long arg1, void *arg2));
+
+
+#define EVP_PKEY_OP_UNDEFINED		0
+#define EVP_PKEY_OP_PARAMGEN		(1<<1)
+#define EVP_PKEY_OP_KEYGEN		(1<<2)
+#define EVP_PKEY_OP_SIGN		(1<<3)
+#define EVP_PKEY_OP_VERIFY		(1<<4)
+#define EVP_PKEY_OP_VERIFYRECOVER	(1<<5)
+#define EVP_PKEY_OP_SIGNCTX		(1<<6)
+#define EVP_PKEY_OP_VERIFYCTX		(1<<7)
+#define EVP_PKEY_OP_ENCRYPT		(1<<8)
+#define EVP_PKEY_OP_DECRYPT		(1<<9)
+#define EVP_PKEY_OP_DERIVE		(1<<10)
+
+#define EVP_PKEY_OP_TYPE_SIG	\
+	(EVP_PKEY_OP_SIGN | EVP_PKEY_OP_VERIFY | EVP_PKEY_OP_VERIFYRECOVER \
+		| EVP_PKEY_OP_SIGNCTX | EVP_PKEY_OP_VERIFYCTX)
+
+#define EVP_PKEY_OP_TYPE_CRYPT \
+	(EVP_PKEY_OP_ENCRYPT | EVP_PKEY_OP_DECRYPT)
+
+#define EVP_PKEY_OP_TYPE_NOGEN \
+	(EVP_PKEY_OP_SIG | EVP_PKEY_OP_CRYPT | EVP_PKEY_OP_DERIVE)
+
+#define EVP_PKEY_OP_TYPE_GEN \
+		(EVP_PKEY_OP_PARAMGEN | EVP_PKEY_OP_KEYGEN)
+
+#define	 EVP_PKEY_CTX_set_signature_md(ctx, md)	\
+		EVP_PKEY_CTX_ctrl(ctx, -1, EVP_PKEY_OP_TYPE_SIG,  \
+					EVP_PKEY_CTRL_MD, 0, (void *)md)
+
+#define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_MD		1
+#define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_PEER_KEY		2
+
+#define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_PKCS7_ENCRYPT	3
+#define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_PKCS7_DECRYPT	4
+
+#define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_PKCS7_SIGN	5
+
+#define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_SET_MAC_KEY	6
+
+#define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_DIGESTINIT	7
+
+/* Used by GOST key encryption in TLS */
+#define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_SET_IV 		8
+
+#define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_CMS_ENCRYPT	9
+#define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_CMS_DECRYPT	10
+#define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_CMS_SIGN		11
+
+#define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_CIPHER		12
+
+#define EVP_PKEY_ALG_CTRL		0x1000
+
+
+#define EVP_PKEY_FLAG_AUTOARGLEN	2
+/* Method handles all operations: don't assume any digest related
+ * defaults.
+ */
+#define EVP_PKEY_FLAG_SIGCTX_CUSTOM	4
+
+const EVP_PKEY_METHOD *EVP_PKEY_meth_find(int type);
+EVP_PKEY_METHOD* EVP_PKEY_meth_new(int id, int flags);
+void EVP_PKEY_meth_get0_info(int *ppkey_id, int *pflags,
+				const EVP_PKEY_METHOD *meth);
+void EVP_PKEY_meth_copy(EVP_PKEY_METHOD *dst, const EVP_PKEY_METHOD *src);
+void EVP_PKEY_meth_free(EVP_PKEY_METHOD *pmeth);
+int EVP_PKEY_meth_add0(const EVP_PKEY_METHOD *pmeth);
+
+EVP_PKEY_CTX *EVP_PKEY_CTX_new(EVP_PKEY *pkey, ENGINE *e);
+EVP_PKEY_CTX *EVP_PKEY_CTX_new_id(int id, ENGINE *e);
+EVP_PKEY_CTX *EVP_PKEY_CTX_dup(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx);
+void EVP_PKEY_CTX_free(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx);
+
+int EVP_PKEY_CTX_ctrl(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx, int keytype, int optype,
+				int cmd, int p1, void *p2);
+int EVP_PKEY_CTX_ctrl_str(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx, const char *type,
+						const char *value);
+
+int EVP_PKEY_CTX_get_operation(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx);
+void EVP_PKEY_CTX_set0_keygen_info(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx, int *dat, int datlen);
+
+EVP_PKEY *EVP_PKEY_new_mac_key(int type, ENGINE *e,
+				const unsigned char *key, int keylen);
+
+void EVP_PKEY_CTX_set_data(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx, void *data);
+void *EVP_PKEY_CTX_get_data(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx);
+EVP_PKEY *EVP_PKEY_CTX_get0_pkey(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx);
+
+EVP_PKEY *EVP_PKEY_CTX_get0_peerkey(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx);
+
+void EVP_PKEY_CTX_set_app_data(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx, void *data);
+void *EVP_PKEY_CTX_get_app_data(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx);
+
+int EVP_PKEY_sign_init(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx);
+int EVP_PKEY_sign(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx,
+			unsigned char *sig, size_t *siglen,
+			const unsigned char *tbs, size_t tbslen);
+int EVP_PKEY_verify_init(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx);
+int EVP_PKEY_verify(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx,
+			const unsigned char *sig, size_t siglen,
+			const unsigned char *tbs, size_t tbslen);
+int EVP_PKEY_verify_recover_init(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx);
+int EVP_PKEY_verify_recover(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx,
+			unsigned char *rout, size_t *routlen,
+			const unsigned char *sig, size_t siglen);
+int EVP_PKEY_encrypt_init(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx);
+int EVP_PKEY_encrypt(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx,
+			unsigned char *out, size_t *outlen,
+			const unsigned char *in, size_t inlen);
+int EVP_PKEY_decrypt_init(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx);
+int EVP_PKEY_decrypt(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx,
+			unsigned char *out, size_t *outlen,
+			const unsigned char *in, size_t inlen);
+
+int EVP_PKEY_derive_init(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx);
+int EVP_PKEY_derive_set_peer(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx, EVP_PKEY *peer);
+int EVP_PKEY_derive(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx, unsigned char *key, size_t *keylen);
+
+typedef int EVP_PKEY_gen_cb(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx);
+
+int EVP_PKEY_paramgen_init(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx);
+int EVP_PKEY_paramgen(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx, EVP_PKEY **ppkey);
+int EVP_PKEY_keygen_init(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx);
+int EVP_PKEY_keygen(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx, EVP_PKEY **ppkey);
+
+void EVP_PKEY_CTX_set_cb(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx, EVP_PKEY_gen_cb *cb);
+EVP_PKEY_gen_cb *EVP_PKEY_CTX_get_cb(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx);
+
+int EVP_PKEY_CTX_get_keygen_info(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx, int idx);
+
+void EVP_PKEY_meth_set_init(EVP_PKEY_METHOD *pmeth,
+	int (*init)(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx));
+
+void EVP_PKEY_meth_set_copy(EVP_PKEY_METHOD *pmeth,
+	int (*copy)(EVP_PKEY_CTX *dst, EVP_PKEY_CTX *src));
+
+void EVP_PKEY_meth_set_cleanup(EVP_PKEY_METHOD *pmeth,
+	void (*cleanup)(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx));
+
+void EVP_PKEY_meth_set_paramgen(EVP_PKEY_METHOD *pmeth,
+	int (*paramgen_init)(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx),
+	int (*paramgen)(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx, EVP_PKEY *pkey));
+
+void EVP_PKEY_meth_set_keygen(EVP_PKEY_METHOD *pmeth,
+	int (*keygen_init)(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx),
+	int (*keygen)(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx, EVP_PKEY *pkey));
+
+void EVP_PKEY_meth_set_sign(EVP_PKEY_METHOD *pmeth,
+	int (*sign_init)(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx),
+	int (*sign)(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx, unsigned char *sig, size_t *siglen,
+					const unsigned char *tbs, size_t tbslen));
+
+void EVP_PKEY_meth_set_verify(EVP_PKEY_METHOD *pmeth,
+	int (*verify_init)(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx),
+	int (*verify)(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx, const unsigned char *sig, size_t siglen,
+					const unsigned char *tbs, size_t tbslen));
+
+void EVP_PKEY_meth_set_verify_recover(EVP_PKEY_METHOD *pmeth,
+	int (*verify_recover_init)(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx),
+	int (*verify_recover)(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx,
+					unsigned char *sig, size_t *siglen,
+					const unsigned char *tbs, size_t tbslen));
+
+void EVP_PKEY_meth_set_signctx(EVP_PKEY_METHOD *pmeth,
+	int (*signctx_init)(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx, EVP_MD_CTX *mctx),
+	int (*signctx)(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx, unsigned char *sig, size_t *siglen,
+					EVP_MD_CTX *mctx));
+
+void EVP_PKEY_meth_set_verifyctx(EVP_PKEY_METHOD *pmeth,
+	int (*verifyctx_init)(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx, EVP_MD_CTX *mctx),
+	int (*verifyctx)(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx, const unsigned char *sig,int siglen,
+					EVP_MD_CTX *mctx));
+
+void EVP_PKEY_meth_set_encrypt(EVP_PKEY_METHOD *pmeth,
+	int (*encrypt_init)(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx),
+	int (*encryptfn)(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx, unsigned char *out, size_t *outlen,
+					const unsigned char *in, size_t inlen));
+
+void EVP_PKEY_meth_set_decrypt(EVP_PKEY_METHOD *pmeth,
+	int (*decrypt_init)(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx),
+	int (*decrypt)(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx, unsigned char *out, size_t *outlen,
+					const unsigned char *in, size_t inlen));
+
+void EVP_PKEY_meth_set_derive(EVP_PKEY_METHOD *pmeth,
+	int (*derive_init)(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx),
+	int (*derive)(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx, unsigned char *key, size_t *keylen));
+
+void EVP_PKEY_meth_set_ctrl(EVP_PKEY_METHOD *pmeth,
+	int (*ctrl)(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx, int type, int p1, void *p2),
+	int (*ctrl_str)(EVP_PKEY_CTX *ctx,
+					const char *type, const char *value));
+
+void EVP_add_alg_module(void);
+
+/* BEGIN ERROR CODES */
+/* The following lines are auto generated by the script mkerr.pl. Any changes
+ * made after this point may be overwritten when the script is next run.
+ */
+void ERR_load_EVP_strings(void);
+
+/* Error codes for the EVP functions. */
+
+/* Function codes. */
+#define EVP_F_AESNI_INIT_KEY				 165
+#define EVP_F_AESNI_XTS_CIPHER				 176
+#define EVP_F_AES_INIT_KEY				 133
+#define EVP_F_AES_XTS					 172
+#define EVP_F_AES_XTS_CIPHER				 175
+#define EVP_F_ALG_MODULE_INIT				 177
+#define EVP_F_CAMELLIA_INIT_KEY				 159
+#define EVP_F_CMAC_INIT					 173
+#define EVP_F_D2I_PKEY					 100
+#define EVP_F_DO_SIGVER_INIT				 161
+#define EVP_F_DSAPKEY2PKCS8				 134
+#define EVP_F_DSA_PKEY2PKCS8				 135
+#define EVP_F_ECDSA_PKEY2PKCS8				 129
+#define EVP_F_ECKEY_PKEY2PKCS8				 132
+#define EVP_F_EVP_CIPHERINIT_EX				 123
+#define EVP_F_EVP_CIPHER_CTX_COPY			 163
+#define EVP_F_EVP_CIPHER_CTX_CTRL			 124
+#define EVP_F_EVP_CIPHER_CTX_SET_KEY_LENGTH		 122
+#define EVP_F_EVP_DECRYPTFINAL_EX			 101
+#define EVP_F_EVP_DIGESTINIT_EX				 128
+#define EVP_F_EVP_ENCRYPTFINAL_EX			 127
+#define EVP_F_EVP_MD_CTX_COPY_EX			 110
+#define EVP_F_EVP_MD_SIZE				 162
+#define EVP_F_EVP_OPENINIT				 102
+#define EVP_F_EVP_PBE_ALG_ADD				 115
+#define EVP_F_EVP_PBE_ALG_ADD_TYPE			 160
+#define EVP_F_EVP_PBE_CIPHERINIT			 116
+#define EVP_F_EVP_PKCS82PKEY				 111
+#define EVP_F_EVP_PKCS82PKEY_BROKEN			 136
+#define EVP_F_EVP_PKEY2PKCS8_BROKEN			 113
+#define EVP_F_EVP_PKEY_COPY_PARAMETERS			 103
+#define EVP_F_EVP_PKEY_CTX_CTRL				 137
+#define EVP_F_EVP_PKEY_CTX_CTRL_STR			 150
+#define EVP_F_EVP_PKEY_CTX_DUP				 156
+#define EVP_F_EVP_PKEY_DECRYPT				 104
+#define EVP_F_EVP_PKEY_DECRYPT_INIT			 138
+#define EVP_F_EVP_PKEY_DECRYPT_OLD			 151
+#define EVP_F_EVP_PKEY_DERIVE				 153
+#define EVP_F_EVP_PKEY_DERIVE_INIT			 154
+#define EVP_F_EVP_PKEY_DERIVE_SET_PEER			 155
+#define EVP_F_EVP_PKEY_ENCRYPT				 105
+#define EVP_F_EVP_PKEY_ENCRYPT_INIT			 139
+#define EVP_F_EVP_PKEY_ENCRYPT_OLD			 152
+#define EVP_F_EVP_PKEY_GET1_DH				 119
+#define EVP_F_EVP_PKEY_GET1_DSA				 120
+#define EVP_F_EVP_PKEY_GET1_ECDSA			 130
+#define EVP_F_EVP_PKEY_GET1_EC_KEY			 131
+#define EVP_F_EVP_PKEY_GET1_RSA				 121
+#define EVP_F_EVP_PKEY_KEYGEN				 146
+#define EVP_F_EVP_PKEY_KEYGEN_INIT			 147
+#define EVP_F_EVP_PKEY_NEW				 106
+#define EVP_F_EVP_PKEY_PARAMGEN				 148
+#define EVP_F_EVP_PKEY_PARAMGEN_INIT			 149
+#define EVP_F_EVP_PKEY_SIGN				 140
+#define EVP_F_EVP_PKEY_SIGN_INIT			 141
+#define EVP_F_EVP_PKEY_VERIFY				 142
+#define EVP_F_EVP_PKEY_VERIFY_INIT			 143
+#define EVP_F_EVP_PKEY_VERIFY_RECOVER			 144
+#define EVP_F_EVP_PKEY_VERIFY_RECOVER_INIT		 145
+#define EVP_F_EVP_RIJNDAEL				 126
+#define EVP_F_EVP_SIGNFINAL				 107
+#define EVP_F_EVP_VERIFYFINAL				 108
+#define EVP_F_FIPS_CIPHERINIT				 166
+#define EVP_F_FIPS_CIPHER_CTX_COPY			 170
+#define EVP_F_FIPS_CIPHER_CTX_CTRL			 167
+#define EVP_F_FIPS_CIPHER_CTX_SET_KEY_LENGTH		 171
+#define EVP_F_FIPS_DIGESTINIT				 168
+#define EVP_F_FIPS_MD_CTX_COPY				 169
+#define EVP_F_HMAC_INIT_EX				 174
+#define EVP_F_INT_CTX_NEW				 157
+#define EVP_F_PKCS5_PBE_KEYIVGEN			 117
+#define EVP_F_PKCS5_V2_PBE_KEYIVGEN			 118
+#define EVP_F_PKCS5_V2_PBKDF2_KEYIVGEN			 164
+#define EVP_F_PKCS8_SET_BROKEN				 112
+#define EVP_F_PKEY_SET_TYPE				 158
+#define EVP_F_RC2_MAGIC_TO_METH				 109
+#define EVP_F_RC5_CTRL					 125
+
+/* Reason codes. */
+#define EVP_R_AES_IV_SETUP_FAILED			 162
+#define EVP_R_AES_KEY_SETUP_FAILED			 143
+#define EVP_R_ASN1_LIB					 140
+#define EVP_R_BAD_BLOCK_LENGTH				 136
+#define EVP_R_BAD_DECRYPT				 100
+#define EVP_R_BAD_KEY_LENGTH				 137
+#define EVP_R_BN_DECODE_ERROR				 112
+#define EVP_R_BN_PUBKEY_ERROR				 113
+#define EVP_R_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL				 155
+#define EVP_R_CAMELLIA_KEY_SETUP_FAILED			 157
+#define EVP_R_CIPHER_PARAMETER_ERROR			 122
+#define EVP_R_COMMAND_NOT_SUPPORTED			 147
+#define EVP_R_CTRL_NOT_IMPLEMENTED			 132
+#define EVP_R_CTRL_OPERATION_NOT_IMPLEMENTED		 133
+#define EVP_R_DATA_NOT_MULTIPLE_OF_BLOCK_LENGTH		 138
+#define EVP_R_DECODE_ERROR				 114
+#define EVP_R_DIFFERENT_KEY_TYPES			 101
+#define EVP_R_DIFFERENT_PARAMETERS			 153
+#define EVP_R_DISABLED_FOR_FIPS				 163
+#define EVP_R_ENCODE_ERROR				 115
+#define EVP_R_ERROR_LOADING_SECTION			 165
+#define EVP_R_ERROR_SETTING_FIPS_MODE			 166
+#define EVP_R_EVP_PBE_CIPHERINIT_ERROR			 119
+#define EVP_R_EXPECTING_AN_RSA_KEY			 127
+#define EVP_R_EXPECTING_A_DH_KEY			 128
+#define EVP_R_EXPECTING_A_DSA_KEY			 129
+#define EVP_R_EXPECTING_A_ECDSA_KEY			 141
+#define EVP_R_EXPECTING_A_EC_KEY			 142
+#define EVP_R_FIPS_MODE_NOT_SUPPORTED			 167
+#define EVP_R_INITIALIZATION_ERROR			 134
+#define EVP_R_INPUT_NOT_INITIALIZED			 111
+#define EVP_R_INVALID_DIGEST				 152
+#define EVP_R_INVALID_FIPS_MODE				 168
+#define EVP_R_INVALID_KEY_LENGTH			 130
+#define EVP_R_INVALID_OPERATION				 148
+#define EVP_R_IV_TOO_LARGE				 102
+#define EVP_R_KEYGEN_FAILURE				 120
+#define EVP_R_MESSAGE_DIGEST_IS_NULL			 159
+#define EVP_R_METHOD_NOT_SUPPORTED			 144
+#define EVP_R_MISSING_PARAMETERS			 103
+#define EVP_R_NO_CIPHER_SET				 131
+#define EVP_R_NO_DEFAULT_DIGEST				 158
+#define EVP_R_NO_DIGEST_SET				 139
+#define EVP_R_NO_DSA_PARAMETERS				 116
+#define EVP_R_NO_KEY_SET				 154
+#define EVP_R_NO_OPERATION_SET				 149
+#define EVP_R_NO_SIGN_FUNCTION_CONFIGURED		 104
+#define EVP_R_NO_VERIFY_FUNCTION_CONFIGURED		 105
+#define EVP_R_OPERATION_NOT_SUPPORTED_FOR_THIS_KEYTYPE	 150
+#define EVP_R_OPERATON_NOT_INITIALIZED			 151
+#define EVP_R_PKCS8_UNKNOWN_BROKEN_TYPE			 117
+#define EVP_R_PRIVATE_KEY_DECODE_ERROR			 145
+#define EVP_R_PRIVATE_KEY_ENCODE_ERROR			 146
+#define EVP_R_PUBLIC_KEY_NOT_RSA			 106
+#define EVP_R_TOO_LARGE					 164
+#define EVP_R_UNKNOWN_CIPHER				 160
+#define EVP_R_UNKNOWN_DIGEST				 161
+#define EVP_R_UNKNOWN_OPTION				 169
+#define EVP_R_UNKNOWN_PBE_ALGORITHM			 121
+#define EVP_R_UNSUPORTED_NUMBER_OF_ROUNDS		 135
+#define EVP_R_UNSUPPORTED_ALGORITHM			 156
+#define EVP_R_UNSUPPORTED_CIPHER			 107
+#define EVP_R_UNSUPPORTED_KEYLENGTH			 123
+#define EVP_R_UNSUPPORTED_KEY_DERIVATION_FUNCTION	 124
+#define EVP_R_UNSUPPORTED_KEY_SIZE			 108
+#define EVP_R_UNSUPPORTED_PRF				 125
+#define EVP_R_UNSUPPORTED_PRIVATE_KEY_ALGORITHM		 118
+#define EVP_R_UNSUPPORTED_SALT_TYPE			 126
+#define EVP_R_WRONG_FINAL_BLOCK_LENGTH			 109
+#define EVP_R_WRONG_PUBLIC_KEY_TYPE			 110
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/include/openssl/hmac.h b/lib/include/openssl/hmac.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1be0022
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/include/openssl/hmac.h
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+/* crypto/hmac/hmac.h */
+/* Copyright (C) 1995-1998 Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This package is an SSL implementation written
+ * by Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com).
+ * The implementation was written so as to conform with Netscapes SSL.
+ * 
+ * This library is free for commercial and non-commercial use as long as
+ * the following conditions are aheared to.  The following conditions
+ * apply to all code found in this distribution, be it the RC4, RSA,
+ * lhash, DES, etc., code; not just the SSL code.  The SSL documentation
+ * included with this distribution is covered by the same copyright terms
+ * except that the holder is Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com).
+ * 
+ * Copyright remains Eric Young's, and as such any Copyright notices in
+ * the code are not to be removed.
+ * If this package is used in a product, Eric Young should be given attribution
+ * as the author of the parts of the library used.
+ * This can be in the form of a textual message at program startup or
+ * in documentation (online or textual) provided with the package.
+ * 
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *    "This product includes cryptographic software written by
+ *     Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)"
+ *    The word 'cryptographic' can be left out if the rouines from the library
+ *    being used are not cryptographic related :-).
+ * 4. If you include any Windows specific code (or a derivative thereof) from 
+ *    the apps directory (application code) you must include an acknowledgement:
+ *    "This product includes software written by Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com)"
+ * 
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ERIC YOUNG ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * 
+ * The licence and distribution terms for any publically available version or
+ * derivative of this code cannot be changed.  i.e. this code cannot simply be
+ * copied and put under another distribution licence
+ * [including the GNU Public Licence.]
+ */
+#ifndef HEADER_HMAC_H
+#define HEADER_HMAC_H
+
+#include <openssl/opensslconf.h>
+
+#ifdef OPENSSL_NO_HMAC
+#error HMAC is disabled.
+#endif
+
+#include <openssl/evp.h>
+
+#define HMAC_MAX_MD_CBLOCK	128	/* largest known is SHA512 */
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+typedef struct hmac_ctx_st
+	{
+	const EVP_MD *md;
+	EVP_MD_CTX md_ctx;
+	EVP_MD_CTX i_ctx;
+	EVP_MD_CTX o_ctx;
+	unsigned int key_length;
+	unsigned char key[HMAC_MAX_MD_CBLOCK];
+	} HMAC_CTX;
+
+#define HMAC_size(e)	(EVP_MD_size((e)->md))
+
+
+void HMAC_CTX_init(HMAC_CTX *ctx);
+void HMAC_CTX_cleanup(HMAC_CTX *ctx);
+
+#define HMAC_cleanup(ctx) HMAC_CTX_cleanup(ctx) /* deprecated */
+
+int HMAC_Init(HMAC_CTX *ctx, const void *key, int len,
+	       const EVP_MD *md); /* deprecated */
+int HMAC_Init_ex(HMAC_CTX *ctx, const void *key, int len,
+		  const EVP_MD *md, ENGINE *impl);
+int HMAC_Update(HMAC_CTX *ctx, const unsigned char *data, size_t len);
+int HMAC_Final(HMAC_CTX *ctx, unsigned char *md, unsigned int *len);
+unsigned char *HMAC(const EVP_MD *evp_md, const void *key, int key_len,
+		    const unsigned char *d, size_t n, unsigned char *md,
+		    unsigned int *md_len);
+int HMAC_CTX_copy(HMAC_CTX *dctx, HMAC_CTX *sctx);
+
+void HMAC_CTX_set_flags(HMAC_CTX *ctx, unsigned long flags);
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/include/openssl/idea.h b/lib/include/openssl/idea.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e9a1e7f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/include/openssl/idea.h
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+/* crypto/idea/idea.h */
+/* Copyright (C) 1995-1997 Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This package is an SSL implementation written
+ * by Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com).
+ * The implementation was written so as to conform with Netscapes SSL.
+ * 
+ * This library is free for commercial and non-commercial use as long as
+ * the following conditions are aheared to.  The following conditions
+ * apply to all code found in this distribution, be it the RC4, RSA,
+ * lhash, DES, etc., code; not just the SSL code.  The SSL documentation
+ * included with this distribution is covered by the same copyright terms
+ * except that the holder is Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com).
+ * 
+ * Copyright remains Eric Young's, and as such any Copyright notices in
+ * the code are not to be removed.
+ * If this package is used in a product, Eric Young should be given attribution
+ * as the author of the parts of the library used.
+ * This can be in the form of a textual message at program startup or
+ * in documentation (online or textual) provided with the package.
+ * 
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *    "This product includes cryptographic software written by
+ *     Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)"
+ *    The word 'cryptographic' can be left out if the rouines from the library
+ *    being used are not cryptographic related :-).
+ * 4. If you include any Windows specific code (or a derivative thereof) from 
+ *    the apps directory (application code) you must include an acknowledgement:
+ *    "This product includes software written by Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com)"
+ * 
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ERIC YOUNG ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * 
+ * The licence and distribution terms for any publically available version or
+ * derivative of this code cannot be changed.  i.e. this code cannot simply be
+ * copied and put under another distribution licence
+ * [including the GNU Public Licence.]
+ */
+
+#ifndef HEADER_IDEA_H
+#define HEADER_IDEA_H
+
+#include <openssl/opensslconf.h> /* IDEA_INT, OPENSSL_NO_IDEA */
+
+#ifdef OPENSSL_NO_IDEA
+#error IDEA is disabled.
+#endif
+
+#define IDEA_ENCRYPT	1
+#define IDEA_DECRYPT	0
+
+#define IDEA_BLOCK	8
+#define IDEA_KEY_LENGTH	16
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+typedef struct idea_key_st
+	{
+	IDEA_INT data[9][6];
+	} IDEA_KEY_SCHEDULE;
+
+const char *idea_options(void);
+void idea_ecb_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out,
+	IDEA_KEY_SCHEDULE *ks);
+#ifdef OPENSSL_FIPS
+void private_idea_set_encrypt_key(const unsigned char *key, IDEA_KEY_SCHEDULE *ks);
+#endif
+void idea_set_encrypt_key(const unsigned char *key, IDEA_KEY_SCHEDULE *ks);
+void idea_set_decrypt_key(IDEA_KEY_SCHEDULE *ek, IDEA_KEY_SCHEDULE *dk);
+void idea_cbc_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out,
+	long length, IDEA_KEY_SCHEDULE *ks, unsigned char *iv,int enc);
+void idea_cfb64_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out,
+	long length, IDEA_KEY_SCHEDULE *ks, unsigned char *iv,
+	int *num,int enc);
+void idea_ofb64_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out,
+	long length, IDEA_KEY_SCHEDULE *ks, unsigned char *iv, int *num);
+void idea_encrypt(unsigned long *in, IDEA_KEY_SCHEDULE *ks);
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/include/openssl/krb5_asn.h b/lib/include/openssl/krb5_asn.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..41725d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/include/openssl/krb5_asn.h
@@ -0,0 +1,256 @@
+/* krb5_asn.h */
+/* Written by Vern Staats <staatsvr@asc.hpc.mil> for the OpenSSL project,
+** using ocsp/{*.h,*asn*.c} as a starting point
+*/
+
+/* ====================================================================
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2000 The OpenSSL Project.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 
+ *
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+ *    the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+ *    distribution.
+ *
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this
+ *    software must display the following acknowledgment:
+ *    "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project
+ *    for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit. (http://www.openssl.org/)"
+ *
+ * 4. The names "OpenSSL Toolkit" and "OpenSSL Project" must not be used to
+ *    endorse or promote products derived from this software without
+ *    prior written permission. For written permission, please contact
+ *    openssl-core@openssl.org.
+ *
+ * 5. Products derived from this software may not be called "OpenSSL"
+ *    nor may "OpenSSL" appear in their names without prior written
+ *    permission of the OpenSSL Project.
+ *
+ * 6. Redistributions of any form whatsoever must retain the following
+ *    acknowledgment:
+ *    "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project
+ *    for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit (http://www.openssl.org/)"
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE OpenSSL PROJECT ``AS IS'' AND ANY
+ * EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OpenSSL PROJECT OR
+ * ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+ * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+ * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
+ * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
+ * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * ====================================================================
+ *
+ * This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young
+ * (eay@cryptsoft.com).  This product includes software written by Tim
+ * Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com).
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef HEADER_KRB5_ASN_H
+#define HEADER_KRB5_ASN_H
+
+/*
+#include <krb5.h>
+*/
+#include <openssl/safestack.h>
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+/*	ASN.1 from Kerberos RFC 1510
+*/
+
+/*	EncryptedData ::=   SEQUENCE {
+**		etype[0]                      INTEGER, -- EncryptionType
+**		kvno[1]                       INTEGER OPTIONAL,
+**		cipher[2]                     OCTET STRING -- ciphertext
+**	}
+*/
+typedef	struct	krb5_encdata_st
+	{
+	ASN1_INTEGER			*etype;
+	ASN1_INTEGER			*kvno;
+	ASN1_OCTET_STRING		*cipher;
+	}	KRB5_ENCDATA;
+
+DECLARE_STACK_OF(KRB5_ENCDATA)
+
+/*	PrincipalName ::=   SEQUENCE {
+**		name-type[0]                  INTEGER,
+**		name-string[1]                SEQUENCE OF GeneralString
+**	}
+*/
+typedef	struct	krb5_princname_st
+	{
+	ASN1_INTEGER			*nametype;
+	STACK_OF(ASN1_GENERALSTRING)	*namestring;
+	}	KRB5_PRINCNAME;
+
+DECLARE_STACK_OF(KRB5_PRINCNAME)
+
+
+/*	Ticket ::=	[APPLICATION 1] SEQUENCE {
+**		tkt-vno[0]                    INTEGER,
+**		realm[1]                      Realm,
+**		sname[2]                      PrincipalName,
+**		enc-part[3]                   EncryptedData
+**	}
+*/
+typedef	struct	krb5_tktbody_st
+	{
+	ASN1_INTEGER			*tktvno;
+	ASN1_GENERALSTRING		*realm;
+	KRB5_PRINCNAME			*sname;
+	KRB5_ENCDATA			*encdata;
+	}	KRB5_TKTBODY;
+
+typedef STACK_OF(KRB5_TKTBODY) KRB5_TICKET;
+DECLARE_STACK_OF(KRB5_TKTBODY)
+
+
+/*	AP-REQ ::=      [APPLICATION 14] SEQUENCE {
+**		pvno[0]                       INTEGER,
+**		msg-type[1]                   INTEGER,
+**		ap-options[2]                 APOptions,
+**		ticket[3]                     Ticket,
+**		authenticator[4]              EncryptedData
+**	}
+**
+**	APOptions ::=   BIT STRING {
+**		reserved(0), use-session-key(1), mutual-required(2) }
+*/
+typedef	struct	krb5_ap_req_st
+	{
+	ASN1_INTEGER			*pvno;
+	ASN1_INTEGER			*msgtype;
+	ASN1_BIT_STRING			*apoptions;
+	KRB5_TICKET			*ticket;
+	KRB5_ENCDATA			*authenticator;
+	}	KRB5_APREQBODY;
+
+typedef STACK_OF(KRB5_APREQBODY) KRB5_APREQ;
+DECLARE_STACK_OF(KRB5_APREQBODY)
+
+
+/*	Authenticator Stuff	*/
+
+
+/*	Checksum ::=   SEQUENCE {
+**		cksumtype[0]                  INTEGER,
+**		checksum[1]                   OCTET STRING
+**	}
+*/
+typedef	struct	krb5_checksum_st
+	{
+	ASN1_INTEGER			*ctype;
+	ASN1_OCTET_STRING		*checksum;
+	}	KRB5_CHECKSUM;
+
+DECLARE_STACK_OF(KRB5_CHECKSUM)
+
+
+/*	EncryptionKey ::=   SEQUENCE {
+**		keytype[0]                    INTEGER,
+**		keyvalue[1]                   OCTET STRING
+**	}
+*/
+typedef struct  krb5_encryptionkey_st
+	{
+	ASN1_INTEGER			*ktype;
+	ASN1_OCTET_STRING		*keyvalue;
+	}	KRB5_ENCKEY;
+
+DECLARE_STACK_OF(KRB5_ENCKEY)
+
+
+/*	AuthorizationData ::=   SEQUENCE OF SEQUENCE {
+**		ad-type[0]                    INTEGER,
+**              ad-data[1]                    OCTET STRING
+**	}
+*/
+typedef struct	krb5_authorization_st
+	{
+	ASN1_INTEGER			*adtype;
+	ASN1_OCTET_STRING		*addata;
+	}	KRB5_AUTHDATA;
+
+DECLARE_STACK_OF(KRB5_AUTHDATA)
+
+			
+/*	-- Unencrypted authenticator
+**	Authenticator ::=    [APPLICATION 2] SEQUENCE    {
+**		authenticator-vno[0]          INTEGER,
+**		crealm[1]                     Realm,
+**		cname[2]                      PrincipalName,
+**		cksum[3]                      Checksum OPTIONAL,
+**		cusec[4]                      INTEGER,
+**		ctime[5]                      KerberosTime,
+**		subkey[6]                     EncryptionKey OPTIONAL,
+**		seq-number[7]                 INTEGER OPTIONAL,
+**		authorization-data[8]         AuthorizationData OPTIONAL
+**	}
+*/
+typedef struct	krb5_authenticator_st
+	{
+	ASN1_INTEGER			*avno;
+	ASN1_GENERALSTRING		*crealm;
+	KRB5_PRINCNAME			*cname;
+	KRB5_CHECKSUM			*cksum;
+	ASN1_INTEGER			*cusec;
+	ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME		*ctime;
+	KRB5_ENCKEY			*subkey;
+	ASN1_INTEGER			*seqnum;
+	KRB5_AUTHDATA			*authorization;
+	}	KRB5_AUTHENTBODY;
+
+typedef STACK_OF(KRB5_AUTHENTBODY) KRB5_AUTHENT;
+DECLARE_STACK_OF(KRB5_AUTHENTBODY)
+
+
+/*  DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(type) = DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS_name(type, type) =
+**	type *name##_new(void);
+**	void name##_free(type *a);
+**	DECLARE_ASN1_ENCODE_FUNCTIONS(type, name, name) =
+**	 DECLARE_ASN1_ENCODE_FUNCTIONS(type, itname, name) =
+**	  type *d2i_##name(type **a, const unsigned char **in, long len);
+**	  int i2d_##name(type *a, unsigned char **out);
+**	  DECLARE_ASN1_ITEM(itname) = OPENSSL_EXTERN const ASN1_ITEM itname##_it
+*/
+
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(KRB5_ENCDATA)
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(KRB5_PRINCNAME)
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(KRB5_TKTBODY)
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(KRB5_APREQBODY)
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(KRB5_TICKET)
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(KRB5_APREQ)
+
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(KRB5_CHECKSUM)
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(KRB5_ENCKEY)
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(KRB5_AUTHDATA)
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(KRB5_AUTHENTBODY)
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(KRB5_AUTHENT)
+
+
+/* BEGIN ERROR CODES */
+/* The following lines are auto generated by the script mkerr.pl. Any changes
+ * made after this point may be overwritten when the script is next run.
+ */
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/include/openssl/kssl.h b/lib/include/openssl/kssl.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e4df843
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/include/openssl/kssl.h
@@ -0,0 +1,192 @@
+/* ssl/kssl.h -*- mode: C; c-file-style: "eay" -*- */
+/* Written by Vern Staats <staatsvr@asc.hpc.mil> for the OpenSSL project 2000.
+ * project 2000.
+ */
+/* ====================================================================
+ * Copyright (c) 2000 The OpenSSL Project.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 
+ *
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+ *    the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+ *    distribution.
+ *
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this
+ *    software must display the following acknowledgment:
+ *    "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project
+ *    for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit. (http://www.OpenSSL.org/)"
+ *
+ * 4. The names "OpenSSL Toolkit" and "OpenSSL Project" must not be used to
+ *    endorse or promote products derived from this software without
+ *    prior written permission. For written permission, please contact
+ *    licensing@OpenSSL.org.
+ *
+ * 5. Products derived from this software may not be called "OpenSSL"
+ *    nor may "OpenSSL" appear in their names without prior written
+ *    permission of the OpenSSL Project.
+ *
+ * 6. Redistributions of any form whatsoever must retain the following
+ *    acknowledgment:
+ *    "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project
+ *    for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit (http://www.OpenSSL.org/)"
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE OpenSSL PROJECT ``AS IS'' AND ANY
+ * EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OpenSSL PROJECT OR
+ * ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+ * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+ * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
+ * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
+ * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * ====================================================================
+ *
+ * This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young
+ * (eay@cryptsoft.com).  This product includes software written by Tim
+ * Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com).
+ *
+ */
+
+/*
+**	19990701	VRS 	Started.
+*/
+
+#ifndef	KSSL_H
+#define	KSSL_H
+
+#include <openssl/opensslconf.h>
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_KRB5
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <krb5.h>
+#ifdef OPENSSL_SYS_WIN32
+/* These can sometimes get redefined indirectly by krb5 header files
+ * after they get undefed in ossl_typ.h
+ */
+#undef X509_NAME
+#undef X509_EXTENSIONS
+#undef OCSP_REQUEST
+#undef OCSP_RESPONSE
+#endif
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/*
+**	Depending on which KRB5 implementation used, some types from
+**	the other may be missing.  Resolve that here and now
+*/
+#ifdef KRB5_HEIMDAL
+typedef unsigned char krb5_octet;
+#define FAR
+#else
+
+#ifndef FAR
+#define FAR
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/*	Uncomment this to debug kssl problems or
+**	to trace usage of the Kerberos session key
+**
+**	#define		KSSL_DEBUG
+*/
+
+#ifndef	KRB5SVC
+#define KRB5SVC	"host"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef	KRB5KEYTAB
+#define KRB5KEYTAB	"/etc/krb5.keytab"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef KRB5SENDAUTH
+#define KRB5SENDAUTH	1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef KRB5CHECKAUTH
+#define KRB5CHECKAUTH	1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef KSSL_CLOCKSKEW
+#define	KSSL_CLOCKSKEW	300;
+#endif
+
+#define	KSSL_ERR_MAX	255
+typedef struct kssl_err_st  {
+	int  reason;
+	char text[KSSL_ERR_MAX+1];
+	} KSSL_ERR;
+
+
+/*	Context for passing
+**		(1) Kerberos session key to SSL, and
+**		(2)	Config data between application and SSL lib
+*/
+typedef struct kssl_ctx_st
+        {
+                                /*	used by:    disposition:            */
+	char *service_name;	/*	C,S	    default ok (kssl)       */
+	char *service_host;	/*	C	    input, REQUIRED         */
+	char *client_princ;	/*	S	    output from krb5 ticket */
+	char *keytab_file;	/*      S	    NULL (/etc/krb5.keytab) */
+	char *cred_cache;	/*	C	    NULL (default)          */
+	krb5_enctype enctype;
+	int length;
+	krb5_octet FAR *key;
+	} KSSL_CTX;
+
+#define	KSSL_CLIENT 	1
+#define KSSL_SERVER 	2
+#define	KSSL_SERVICE	3
+#define	KSSL_KEYTAB 	4
+
+#define KSSL_CTX_OK 	0
+#define KSSL_CTX_ERR	1
+#define KSSL_NOMEM	2
+
+/* Public (for use by applications that use OpenSSL with Kerberos 5 support */
+krb5_error_code kssl_ctx_setstring(KSSL_CTX *kssl_ctx, int which, char *text);
+KSSL_CTX *kssl_ctx_new(void);
+KSSL_CTX *kssl_ctx_free(KSSL_CTX *kssl_ctx);
+void kssl_ctx_show(KSSL_CTX *kssl_ctx);
+krb5_error_code kssl_ctx_setprinc(KSSL_CTX *kssl_ctx, int which,
+        krb5_data *realm, krb5_data *entity, int nentities);
+krb5_error_code	kssl_cget_tkt(KSSL_CTX *kssl_ctx,  krb5_data **enc_tktp,
+        krb5_data *authenp, KSSL_ERR *kssl_err);
+krb5_error_code	kssl_sget_tkt(KSSL_CTX *kssl_ctx,  krb5_data *indata,
+        krb5_ticket_times *ttimes, KSSL_ERR *kssl_err);
+krb5_error_code kssl_ctx_setkey(KSSL_CTX *kssl_ctx, krb5_keyblock *session);
+void	kssl_err_set(KSSL_ERR *kssl_err, int reason, char *text);
+void kssl_krb5_free_data_contents(krb5_context context, krb5_data *data);
+krb5_error_code  kssl_build_principal_2(krb5_context context,
+			krb5_principal *princ, int rlen, const char *realm,
+			int slen, const char *svc, int hlen, const char *host);
+krb5_error_code  kssl_validate_times(krb5_timestamp atime,
+					krb5_ticket_times *ttimes);
+krb5_error_code  kssl_check_authent(KSSL_CTX *kssl_ctx, krb5_data *authentp,
+			            krb5_timestamp *atimep, KSSL_ERR *kssl_err);
+unsigned char	*kssl_skip_confound(krb5_enctype enctype, unsigned char *authn);
+
+void SSL_set0_kssl_ctx(SSL *s, KSSL_CTX *kctx);
+KSSL_CTX * SSL_get0_kssl_ctx(SSL *s);
+char *kssl_ctx_get0_client_princ(KSSL_CTX *kctx);
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#endif	/* OPENSSL_NO_KRB5	*/
+#endif	/* KSSL_H 	*/
diff --git a/lib/include/openssl/lhash.h b/lib/include/openssl/lhash.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e7d8763
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/include/openssl/lhash.h
@@ -0,0 +1,241 @@
+/* crypto/lhash/lhash.h */
+/* Copyright (C) 1995-1998 Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This package is an SSL implementation written
+ * by Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com).
+ * The implementation was written so as to conform with Netscapes SSL.
+ * 
+ * This library is free for commercial and non-commercial use as long as
+ * the following conditions are aheared to.  The following conditions
+ * apply to all code found in this distribution, be it the RC4, RSA,
+ * lhash, DES, etc., code; not just the SSL code.  The SSL documentation
+ * included with this distribution is covered by the same copyright terms
+ * except that the holder is Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com).
+ * 
+ * Copyright remains Eric Young's, and as such any Copyright notices in
+ * the code are not to be removed.
+ * If this package is used in a product, Eric Young should be given attribution
+ * as the author of the parts of the library used.
+ * This can be in the form of a textual message at program startup or
+ * in documentation (online or textual) provided with the package.
+ * 
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *    "This product includes cryptographic software written by
+ *     Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)"
+ *    The word 'cryptographic' can be left out if the rouines from the library
+ *    being used are not cryptographic related :-).
+ * 4. If you include any Windows specific code (or a derivative thereof) from 
+ *    the apps directory (application code) you must include an acknowledgement:
+ *    "This product includes software written by Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com)"
+ * 
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ERIC YOUNG ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * 
+ * The licence and distribution terms for any publically available version or
+ * derivative of this code cannot be changed.  i.e. this code cannot simply be
+ * copied and put under another distribution licence
+ * [including the GNU Public Licence.]
+ */
+
+/* Header for dynamic hash table routines
+ * Author - Eric Young
+ */
+
+#ifndef HEADER_LHASH_H
+#define HEADER_LHASH_H
+
+#include <openssl/e_os2.h>
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_FP_API
+#include <stdio.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_BIO
+#include <openssl/bio.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+typedef struct lhash_node_st
+	{
+	void *data;
+	struct lhash_node_st *next;
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_HASH_COMP
+	unsigned long hash;
+#endif
+	} LHASH_NODE;
+
+typedef int (*LHASH_COMP_FN_TYPE)(const void *, const void *);
+typedef unsigned long (*LHASH_HASH_FN_TYPE)(const void *);
+typedef void (*LHASH_DOALL_FN_TYPE)(void *);
+typedef void (*LHASH_DOALL_ARG_FN_TYPE)(void *, void *);
+
+/* Macros for declaring and implementing type-safe wrappers for LHASH callbacks.
+ * This way, callbacks can be provided to LHASH structures without function
+ * pointer casting and the macro-defined callbacks provide per-variable casting
+ * before deferring to the underlying type-specific callbacks. NB: It is
+ * possible to place a "static" in front of both the DECLARE and IMPLEMENT
+ * macros if the functions are strictly internal. */
+
+/* First: "hash" functions */
+#define DECLARE_LHASH_HASH_FN(name, o_type) \
+	unsigned long name##_LHASH_HASH(const void *);
+#define IMPLEMENT_LHASH_HASH_FN(name, o_type) \
+	unsigned long name##_LHASH_HASH(const void *arg) { \
+		const o_type *a = arg; \
+		return name##_hash(a); }
+#define LHASH_HASH_FN(name) name##_LHASH_HASH
+
+/* Second: "compare" functions */
+#define DECLARE_LHASH_COMP_FN(name, o_type) \
+	int name##_LHASH_COMP(const void *, const void *);
+#define IMPLEMENT_LHASH_COMP_FN(name, o_type) \
+	int name##_LHASH_COMP(const void *arg1, const void *arg2) { \
+		const o_type *a = arg1;		    \
+		const o_type *b = arg2; \
+		return name##_cmp(a,b); }
+#define LHASH_COMP_FN(name) name##_LHASH_COMP
+
+/* Third: "doall" functions */
+#define DECLARE_LHASH_DOALL_FN(name, o_type) \
+	void name##_LHASH_DOALL(void *);
+#define IMPLEMENT_LHASH_DOALL_FN(name, o_type) \
+	void name##_LHASH_DOALL(void *arg) { \
+		o_type *a = arg; \
+		name##_doall(a); }
+#define LHASH_DOALL_FN(name) name##_LHASH_DOALL
+
+/* Fourth: "doall_arg" functions */
+#define DECLARE_LHASH_DOALL_ARG_FN(name, o_type, a_type) \
+	void name##_LHASH_DOALL_ARG(void *, void *);
+#define IMPLEMENT_LHASH_DOALL_ARG_FN(name, o_type, a_type) \
+	void name##_LHASH_DOALL_ARG(void *arg1, void *arg2) { \
+		o_type *a = arg1; \
+		a_type *b = arg2; \
+		name##_doall_arg(a, b); }
+#define LHASH_DOALL_ARG_FN(name) name##_LHASH_DOALL_ARG
+
+typedef struct lhash_st
+	{
+	LHASH_NODE **b;
+	LHASH_COMP_FN_TYPE comp;
+	LHASH_HASH_FN_TYPE hash;
+	unsigned int num_nodes;
+	unsigned int num_alloc_nodes;
+	unsigned int p;
+	unsigned int pmax;
+	unsigned long up_load; /* load times 256 */
+	unsigned long down_load; /* load times 256 */
+	unsigned long num_items;
+
+	unsigned long num_expands;
+	unsigned long num_expand_reallocs;
+	unsigned long num_contracts;
+	unsigned long num_contract_reallocs;
+	unsigned long num_hash_calls;
+	unsigned long num_comp_calls;
+	unsigned long num_insert;
+	unsigned long num_replace;
+	unsigned long num_delete;
+	unsigned long num_no_delete;
+	unsigned long num_retrieve;
+	unsigned long num_retrieve_miss;
+	unsigned long num_hash_comps;
+
+	int error;
+	} _LHASH;	/* Do not use _LHASH directly, use LHASH_OF
+			 * and friends */
+
+#define LH_LOAD_MULT	256
+
+/* Indicates a malloc() error in the last call, this is only bad
+ * in lh_insert(). */
+#define lh_error(lh)	((lh)->error)
+
+_LHASH *lh_new(LHASH_HASH_FN_TYPE h, LHASH_COMP_FN_TYPE c);
+void lh_free(_LHASH *lh);
+void *lh_insert(_LHASH *lh, void *data);
+void *lh_delete(_LHASH *lh, const void *data);
+void *lh_retrieve(_LHASH *lh, const void *data);
+void lh_doall(_LHASH *lh, LHASH_DOALL_FN_TYPE func);
+void lh_doall_arg(_LHASH *lh, LHASH_DOALL_ARG_FN_TYPE func, void *arg);
+unsigned long lh_strhash(const char *c);
+unsigned long lh_num_items(const _LHASH *lh);
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_FP_API
+void lh_stats(const _LHASH *lh, FILE *out);
+void lh_node_stats(const _LHASH *lh, FILE *out);
+void lh_node_usage_stats(const _LHASH *lh, FILE *out);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_BIO
+void lh_stats_bio(const _LHASH *lh, BIO *out);
+void lh_node_stats_bio(const _LHASH *lh, BIO *out);
+void lh_node_usage_stats_bio(const _LHASH *lh, BIO *out);
+#endif
+
+/* Type checking... */
+
+#define LHASH_OF(type) struct lhash_st_##type
+
+#define DECLARE_LHASH_OF(type) LHASH_OF(type) { int dummy; }
+
+#define CHECKED_LHASH_OF(type,lh) \
+  ((_LHASH *)CHECKED_PTR_OF(LHASH_OF(type),lh))
+
+/* Define wrapper functions. */
+#define LHM_lh_new(type, name) \
+  ((LHASH_OF(type) *)lh_new(LHASH_HASH_FN(name), LHASH_COMP_FN(name)))
+#define LHM_lh_error(type, lh) \
+  lh_error(CHECKED_LHASH_OF(type,lh))
+#define LHM_lh_insert(type, lh, inst) \
+  ((type *)lh_insert(CHECKED_LHASH_OF(type, lh), \
+		     CHECKED_PTR_OF(type, inst)))
+#define LHM_lh_retrieve(type, lh, inst) \
+  ((type *)lh_retrieve(CHECKED_LHASH_OF(type, lh), \
+		       CHECKED_PTR_OF(type, inst)))
+#define LHM_lh_delete(type, lh, inst) \
+  ((type *)lh_delete(CHECKED_LHASH_OF(type, lh),			\
+		     CHECKED_PTR_OF(type, inst)))
+#define LHM_lh_doall(type, lh,fn) lh_doall(CHECKED_LHASH_OF(type, lh), fn)
+#define LHM_lh_doall_arg(type, lh, fn, arg_type, arg) \
+  lh_doall_arg(CHECKED_LHASH_OF(type, lh), fn, CHECKED_PTR_OF(arg_type, arg))
+#define LHM_lh_num_items(type, lh) lh_num_items(CHECKED_LHASH_OF(type, lh))
+#define LHM_lh_down_load(type, lh) (CHECKED_LHASH_OF(type, lh)->down_load)
+#define LHM_lh_node_stats_bio(type, lh, out) \
+  lh_node_stats_bio(CHECKED_LHASH_OF(type, lh), out)
+#define LHM_lh_node_usage_stats_bio(type, lh, out) \
+  lh_node_usage_stats_bio(CHECKED_LHASH_OF(type, lh), out)
+#define LHM_lh_stats_bio(type, lh, out) \
+  lh_stats_bio(CHECKED_LHASH_OF(type, lh), out)
+#define LHM_lh_free(type, lh) lh_free(CHECKED_LHASH_OF(type, lh))
+
+DECLARE_LHASH_OF(OPENSSL_STRING);
+DECLARE_LHASH_OF(OPENSSL_CSTRING);
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/include/openssl/md4.h b/lib/include/openssl/md4.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a55368a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/include/openssl/md4.h
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+/* crypto/md4/md4.h */
+/* Copyright (C) 1995-1998 Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This package is an SSL implementation written
+ * by Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com).
+ * The implementation was written so as to conform with Netscapes SSL.
+ * 
+ * This library is free for commercial and non-commercial use as long as
+ * the following conditions are aheared to.  The following conditions
+ * apply to all code found in this distribution, be it the RC4, RSA,
+ * lhash, DES, etc., code; not just the SSL code.  The SSL documentation
+ * included with this distribution is covered by the same copyright terms
+ * except that the holder is Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com).
+ * 
+ * Copyright remains Eric Young's, and as such any Copyright notices in
+ * the code are not to be removed.
+ * If this package is used in a product, Eric Young should be given attribution
+ * as the author of the parts of the library used.
+ * This can be in the form of a textual message at program startup or
+ * in documentation (online or textual) provided with the package.
+ * 
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *    "This product includes cryptographic software written by
+ *     Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)"
+ *    The word 'cryptographic' can be left out if the rouines from the library
+ *    being used are not cryptographic related :-).
+ * 4. If you include any Windows specific code (or a derivative thereof) from 
+ *    the apps directory (application code) you must include an acknowledgement:
+ *    "This product includes software written by Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com)"
+ * 
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ERIC YOUNG ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * 
+ * The licence and distribution terms for any publically available version or
+ * derivative of this code cannot be changed.  i.e. this code cannot simply be
+ * copied and put under another distribution licence
+ * [including the GNU Public Licence.]
+ */
+
+#ifndef HEADER_MD4_H
+#define HEADER_MD4_H
+
+#include <openssl/e_os2.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#ifdef OPENSSL_NO_MD4
+#error MD4 is disabled.
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+ * ! MD4_LONG has to be at least 32 bits wide. If it's wider, then !
+ * ! MD4_LONG_LOG2 has to be defined along.			   !
+ * !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+ */
+
+#if defined(__LP32__)
+#define MD4_LONG unsigned long
+#elif defined(OPENSSL_SYS_CRAY) || defined(__ILP64__)
+#define MD4_LONG unsigned long
+#define MD4_LONG_LOG2 3
+/*
+ * _CRAY note. I could declare short, but I have no idea what impact
+ * does it have on performance on none-T3E machines. I could declare
+ * int, but at least on C90 sizeof(int) can be chosen at compile time.
+ * So I've chosen long...
+ *					<appro@fy.chalmers.se>
+ */
+#else
+#define MD4_LONG unsigned int
+#endif
+
+#define MD4_CBLOCK	64
+#define MD4_LBLOCK	(MD4_CBLOCK/4)
+#define MD4_DIGEST_LENGTH 16
+
+typedef struct MD4state_st
+	{
+	MD4_LONG A,B,C,D;
+	MD4_LONG Nl,Nh;
+	MD4_LONG data[MD4_LBLOCK];
+	unsigned int num;
+	} MD4_CTX;
+
+#ifdef OPENSSL_FIPS
+int private_MD4_Init(MD4_CTX *c);
+#endif
+int MD4_Init(MD4_CTX *c);
+int MD4_Update(MD4_CTX *c, const void *data, size_t len);
+int MD4_Final(unsigned char *md, MD4_CTX *c);
+unsigned char *MD4(const unsigned char *d, size_t n, unsigned char *md);
+void MD4_Transform(MD4_CTX *c, const unsigned char *b);
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/include/openssl/md5.h b/lib/include/openssl/md5.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..541cc92
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/include/openssl/md5.h
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+/* crypto/md5/md5.h */
+/* Copyright (C) 1995-1998 Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This package is an SSL implementation written
+ * by Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com).
+ * The implementation was written so as to conform with Netscapes SSL.
+ * 
+ * This library is free for commercial and non-commercial use as long as
+ * the following conditions are aheared to.  The following conditions
+ * apply to all code found in this distribution, be it the RC4, RSA,
+ * lhash, DES, etc., code; not just the SSL code.  The SSL documentation
+ * included with this distribution is covered by the same copyright terms
+ * except that the holder is Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com).
+ * 
+ * Copyright remains Eric Young's, and as such any Copyright notices in
+ * the code are not to be removed.
+ * If this package is used in a product, Eric Young should be given attribution
+ * as the author of the parts of the library used.
+ * This can be in the form of a textual message at program startup or
+ * in documentation (online or textual) provided with the package.
+ * 
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *    "This product includes cryptographic software written by
+ *     Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)"
+ *    The word 'cryptographic' can be left out if the rouines from the library
+ *    being used are not cryptographic related :-).
+ * 4. If you include any Windows specific code (or a derivative thereof) from 
+ *    the apps directory (application code) you must include an acknowledgement:
+ *    "This product includes software written by Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com)"
+ * 
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ERIC YOUNG ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * 
+ * The licence and distribution terms for any publically available version or
+ * derivative of this code cannot be changed.  i.e. this code cannot simply be
+ * copied and put under another distribution licence
+ * [including the GNU Public Licence.]
+ */
+
+#ifndef HEADER_MD5_H
+#define HEADER_MD5_H
+
+#include <openssl/e_os2.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#ifdef OPENSSL_NO_MD5
+#error MD5 is disabled.
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+ * ! MD5_LONG has to be at least 32 bits wide. If it's wider, then !
+ * ! MD5_LONG_LOG2 has to be defined along.			   !
+ * !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+ */
+
+#if defined(__LP32__)
+#define MD5_LONG unsigned long
+#elif defined(OPENSSL_SYS_CRAY) || defined(__ILP64__)
+#define MD5_LONG unsigned long
+#define MD5_LONG_LOG2 3
+/*
+ * _CRAY note. I could declare short, but I have no idea what impact
+ * does it have on performance on none-T3E machines. I could declare
+ * int, but at least on C90 sizeof(int) can be chosen at compile time.
+ * So I've chosen long...
+ *					<appro@fy.chalmers.se>
+ */
+#else
+#define MD5_LONG unsigned int
+#endif
+
+#define MD5_CBLOCK	64
+#define MD5_LBLOCK	(MD5_CBLOCK/4)
+#define MD5_DIGEST_LENGTH 16
+
+typedef struct MD5state_st
+	{
+	MD5_LONG A,B,C,D;
+	MD5_LONG Nl,Nh;
+	MD5_LONG data[MD5_LBLOCK];
+	unsigned int num;
+	} MD5_CTX;
+
+#ifdef OPENSSL_FIPS
+int private_MD5_Init(MD5_CTX *c);
+#endif
+int MD5_Init(MD5_CTX *c);
+int MD5_Update(MD5_CTX *c, const void *data, size_t len);
+int MD5_Final(unsigned char *md, MD5_CTX *c);
+unsigned char *MD5(const unsigned char *d, size_t n, unsigned char *md);
+void MD5_Transform(MD5_CTX *c, const unsigned char *b);
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/include/openssl/mdc2.h b/lib/include/openssl/mdc2.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f3e8e57
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/include/openssl/mdc2.h
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+/* crypto/mdc2/mdc2.h */
+/* Copyright (C) 1995-1998 Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This package is an SSL implementation written
+ * by Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com).
+ * The implementation was written so as to conform with Netscapes SSL.
+ * 
+ * This library is free for commercial and non-commercial use as long as
+ * the following conditions are aheared to.  The following conditions
+ * apply to all code found in this distribution, be it the RC4, RSA,
+ * lhash, DES, etc., code; not just the SSL code.  The SSL documentation
+ * included with this distribution is covered by the same copyright terms
+ * except that the holder is Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com).
+ * 
+ * Copyright remains Eric Young's, and as such any Copyright notices in
+ * the code are not to be removed.
+ * If this package is used in a product, Eric Young should be given attribution
+ * as the author of the parts of the library used.
+ * This can be in the form of a textual message at program startup or
+ * in documentation (online or textual) provided with the package.
+ * 
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *    "This product includes cryptographic software written by
+ *     Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)"
+ *    The word 'cryptographic' can be left out if the rouines from the library
+ *    being used are not cryptographic related :-).
+ * 4. If you include any Windows specific code (or a derivative thereof) from 
+ *    the apps directory (application code) you must include an acknowledgement:
+ *    "This product includes software written by Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com)"
+ * 
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ERIC YOUNG ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * 
+ * The licence and distribution terms for any publically available version or
+ * derivative of this code cannot be changed.  i.e. this code cannot simply be
+ * copied and put under another distribution licence
+ * [including the GNU Public Licence.]
+ */
+
+#ifndef HEADER_MDC2_H
+#define HEADER_MDC2_H
+
+#include <openssl/des.h>
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#ifdef OPENSSL_NO_MDC2
+#error MDC2 is disabled.
+#endif
+
+#define MDC2_BLOCK              8
+#define MDC2_DIGEST_LENGTH      16
+ 
+typedef struct mdc2_ctx_st
+	{
+	unsigned int num;
+	unsigned char data[MDC2_BLOCK];
+	DES_cblock h,hh;
+	int pad_type; /* either 1 or 2, default 1 */
+	} MDC2_CTX;
+
+
+#ifdef OPENSSL_FIPS
+int private_MDC2_Init(MDC2_CTX *c);
+#endif
+int MDC2_Init(MDC2_CTX *c);
+int MDC2_Update(MDC2_CTX *c, const unsigned char *data, size_t len);
+int MDC2_Final(unsigned char *md, MDC2_CTX *c);
+unsigned char *MDC2(const unsigned char *d, size_t n,
+	unsigned char *md);
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/include/openssl/modes.h b/lib/include/openssl/modes.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f18215b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/include/openssl/modes.h
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+/* ====================================================================
+ * Copyright (c) 2008 The OpenSSL Project. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Rights for redistribution and usage in source and binary
+ * forms are granted according to the OpenSSL license.
+ */
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+typedef void (*block128_f)(const unsigned char in[16],
+			unsigned char out[16],
+			const void *key);
+
+typedef void (*cbc128_f)(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out,
+			size_t len, const void *key,
+			unsigned char ivec[16], int enc);
+
+typedef void (*ctr128_f)(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out,
+			size_t blocks, const void *key,
+			const unsigned char ivec[16]);
+
+typedef void (*ccm128_f)(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out,
+			size_t blocks, const void *key,
+			const unsigned char ivec[16],unsigned char cmac[16]);
+
+void CRYPTO_cbc128_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out,
+			size_t len, const void *key,
+			unsigned char ivec[16], block128_f block);
+void CRYPTO_cbc128_decrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out,
+			size_t len, const void *key,
+			unsigned char ivec[16], block128_f block);
+
+void CRYPTO_ctr128_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out,
+			size_t len, const void *key,
+			unsigned char ivec[16], unsigned char ecount_buf[16],
+			unsigned int *num, block128_f block);
+
+void CRYPTO_ctr128_encrypt_ctr32(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out,
+			size_t len, const void *key,
+			unsigned char ivec[16], unsigned char ecount_buf[16],
+			unsigned int *num, ctr128_f ctr);
+
+void CRYPTO_ofb128_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out,
+			size_t len, const void *key,
+			unsigned char ivec[16], int *num,
+			block128_f block);
+
+void CRYPTO_cfb128_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out,
+			size_t len, const void *key,
+			unsigned char ivec[16], int *num,
+			int enc, block128_f block);
+void CRYPTO_cfb128_8_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out,
+			size_t length, const void *key,
+			unsigned char ivec[16], int *num,
+			int enc, block128_f block);
+void CRYPTO_cfb128_1_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out,
+			size_t bits, const void *key,
+			unsigned char ivec[16], int *num,
+			int enc, block128_f block);
+
+size_t CRYPTO_cts128_encrypt_block(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out,
+			size_t len, const void *key,
+			unsigned char ivec[16], block128_f block);
+size_t CRYPTO_cts128_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out,
+			size_t len, const void *key,
+			unsigned char ivec[16], cbc128_f cbc);
+size_t CRYPTO_cts128_decrypt_block(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out,
+			size_t len, const void *key,
+			unsigned char ivec[16], block128_f block);
+size_t CRYPTO_cts128_decrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out,
+			size_t len, const void *key,
+			unsigned char ivec[16], cbc128_f cbc);
+
+size_t CRYPTO_nistcts128_encrypt_block(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out,
+			size_t len, const void *key,
+			unsigned char ivec[16], block128_f block);
+size_t CRYPTO_nistcts128_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out,
+			size_t len, const void *key,
+			unsigned char ivec[16], cbc128_f cbc);
+size_t CRYPTO_nistcts128_decrypt_block(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out,
+			size_t len, const void *key,
+			unsigned char ivec[16], block128_f block);
+size_t CRYPTO_nistcts128_decrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out,
+			size_t len, const void *key,
+			unsigned char ivec[16], cbc128_f cbc);
+
+typedef struct gcm128_context GCM128_CONTEXT;
+
+GCM128_CONTEXT *CRYPTO_gcm128_new(void *key, block128_f block);
+void CRYPTO_gcm128_init(GCM128_CONTEXT *ctx,void *key,block128_f block);
+void CRYPTO_gcm128_setiv(GCM128_CONTEXT *ctx, const unsigned char *iv,
+			size_t len);
+int CRYPTO_gcm128_aad(GCM128_CONTEXT *ctx, const unsigned char *aad,
+			size_t len);
+int CRYPTO_gcm128_encrypt(GCM128_CONTEXT *ctx,
+			const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out,
+			size_t len);
+int CRYPTO_gcm128_decrypt(GCM128_CONTEXT *ctx,
+			const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out,
+			size_t len);
+int CRYPTO_gcm128_encrypt_ctr32(GCM128_CONTEXT *ctx,
+			const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out,
+			size_t len, ctr128_f stream);
+int CRYPTO_gcm128_decrypt_ctr32(GCM128_CONTEXT *ctx,
+			const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out,
+			size_t len, ctr128_f stream);
+int CRYPTO_gcm128_finish(GCM128_CONTEXT *ctx,const unsigned char *tag,
+			size_t len);
+void CRYPTO_gcm128_tag(GCM128_CONTEXT *ctx, unsigned char *tag, size_t len);
+void CRYPTO_gcm128_release(GCM128_CONTEXT *ctx);
+
+typedef struct ccm128_context CCM128_CONTEXT;
+
+void CRYPTO_ccm128_init(CCM128_CONTEXT *ctx,
+	unsigned int M, unsigned int L, void *key,block128_f block);
+int CRYPTO_ccm128_setiv(CCM128_CONTEXT *ctx,
+	const unsigned char *nonce, size_t nlen, size_t mlen);
+void CRYPTO_ccm128_aad(CCM128_CONTEXT *ctx,
+	const unsigned char *aad, size_t alen);
+int CRYPTO_ccm128_encrypt(CCM128_CONTEXT *ctx,
+	const unsigned char *inp, unsigned char *out, size_t len);
+int CRYPTO_ccm128_decrypt(CCM128_CONTEXT *ctx,
+	const unsigned char *inp, unsigned char *out, size_t len);
+int CRYPTO_ccm128_encrypt_ccm64(CCM128_CONTEXT *ctx,
+	const unsigned char *inp, unsigned char *out, size_t len,
+	ccm128_f stream);
+int CRYPTO_ccm128_decrypt_ccm64(CCM128_CONTEXT *ctx,
+	const unsigned char *inp, unsigned char *out, size_t len,
+	ccm128_f stream);
+size_t CRYPTO_ccm128_tag(CCM128_CONTEXT *ctx, unsigned char *tag, size_t len);
+
+typedef struct xts128_context XTS128_CONTEXT;
+
+int CRYPTO_xts128_encrypt(const XTS128_CONTEXT *ctx, const unsigned char iv[16],
+	const unsigned char *inp, unsigned char *out, size_t len, int enc);
diff --git a/lib/include/openssl/obj_mac.h b/lib/include/openssl/obj_mac.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b5ea7cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/include/openssl/obj_mac.h
@@ -0,0 +1,4032 @@
+/* crypto/objects/obj_mac.h */
+
+/* THIS FILE IS GENERATED FROM objects.txt by objects.pl via the
+ * following command:
+ * perl objects.pl objects.txt obj_mac.num obj_mac.h
+ */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1995-1997 Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This package is an SSL implementation written
+ * by Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com).
+ * The implementation was written so as to conform with Netscapes SSL.
+ * 
+ * This library is free for commercial and non-commercial use as long as
+ * the following conditions are aheared to.  The following conditions
+ * apply to all code found in this distribution, be it the RC4, RSA,
+ * lhash, DES, etc., code; not just the SSL code.  The SSL documentation
+ * included with this distribution is covered by the same copyright terms
+ * except that the holder is Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com).
+ * 
+ * Copyright remains Eric Young's, and as such any Copyright notices in
+ * the code are not to be removed.
+ * If this package is used in a product, Eric Young should be given attribution
+ * as the author of the parts of the library used.
+ * This can be in the form of a textual message at program startup or
+ * in documentation (online or textual) provided with the package.
+ * 
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *    "This product includes cryptographic software written by
+ *     Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)"
+ *    The word 'cryptographic' can be left out if the rouines from the library
+ *    being used are not cryptographic related :-).
+ * 4. If you include any Windows specific code (or a derivative thereof) from 
+ *    the apps directory (application code) you must include an acknowledgement:
+ *    "This product includes software written by Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com)"
+ * 
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ERIC YOUNG ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * 
+ * The licence and distribution terms for any publically available version or
+ * derivative of this code cannot be changed.  i.e. this code cannot simply be
+ * copied and put under another distribution licence
+ * [including the GNU Public Licence.]
+ */
+
+#define SN_undef			"UNDEF"
+#define LN_undef			"undefined"
+#define NID_undef			0
+#define OBJ_undef			0L
+
+#define SN_itu_t		"ITU-T"
+#define LN_itu_t		"itu-t"
+#define NID_itu_t		645
+#define OBJ_itu_t		0L
+
+#define NID_ccitt		404
+#define OBJ_ccitt		OBJ_itu_t
+
+#define SN_iso		"ISO"
+#define LN_iso		"iso"
+#define NID_iso		181
+#define OBJ_iso		1L
+
+#define SN_joint_iso_itu_t		"JOINT-ISO-ITU-T"
+#define LN_joint_iso_itu_t		"joint-iso-itu-t"
+#define NID_joint_iso_itu_t		646
+#define OBJ_joint_iso_itu_t		2L
+
+#define NID_joint_iso_ccitt		393
+#define OBJ_joint_iso_ccitt		OBJ_joint_iso_itu_t
+
+#define SN_member_body		"member-body"
+#define LN_member_body		"ISO Member Body"
+#define NID_member_body		182
+#define OBJ_member_body		OBJ_iso,2L
+
+#define SN_identified_organization		"identified-organization"
+#define NID_identified_organization		676
+#define OBJ_identified_organization		OBJ_iso,3L
+
+#define SN_hmac_md5		"HMAC-MD5"
+#define LN_hmac_md5		"hmac-md5"
+#define NID_hmac_md5		780
+#define OBJ_hmac_md5		OBJ_identified_organization,6L,1L,5L,5L,8L,1L,1L
+
+#define SN_hmac_sha1		"HMAC-SHA1"
+#define LN_hmac_sha1		"hmac-sha1"
+#define NID_hmac_sha1		781
+#define OBJ_hmac_sha1		OBJ_identified_organization,6L,1L,5L,5L,8L,1L,2L
+
+#define SN_certicom_arc		"certicom-arc"
+#define NID_certicom_arc		677
+#define OBJ_certicom_arc		OBJ_identified_organization,132L
+
+#define SN_international_organizations		"international-organizations"
+#define LN_international_organizations		"International Organizations"
+#define NID_international_organizations		647
+#define OBJ_international_organizations		OBJ_joint_iso_itu_t,23L
+
+#define SN_wap		"wap"
+#define NID_wap		678
+#define OBJ_wap		OBJ_international_organizations,43L
+
+#define SN_wap_wsg		"wap-wsg"
+#define NID_wap_wsg		679
+#define OBJ_wap_wsg		OBJ_wap,1L
+
+#define SN_selected_attribute_types		"selected-attribute-types"
+#define LN_selected_attribute_types		"Selected Attribute Types"
+#define NID_selected_attribute_types		394
+#define OBJ_selected_attribute_types		OBJ_joint_iso_itu_t,5L,1L,5L
+
+#define SN_clearance		"clearance"
+#define NID_clearance		395
+#define OBJ_clearance		OBJ_selected_attribute_types,55L
+
+#define SN_ISO_US		"ISO-US"
+#define LN_ISO_US		"ISO US Member Body"
+#define NID_ISO_US		183
+#define OBJ_ISO_US		OBJ_member_body,840L
+
+#define SN_X9_57		"X9-57"
+#define LN_X9_57		"X9.57"
+#define NID_X9_57		184
+#define OBJ_X9_57		OBJ_ISO_US,10040L
+
+#define SN_X9cm		"X9cm"
+#define LN_X9cm		"X9.57 CM ?"
+#define NID_X9cm		185
+#define OBJ_X9cm		OBJ_X9_57,4L
+
+#define SN_dsa		"DSA"
+#define LN_dsa		"dsaEncryption"
+#define NID_dsa		116
+#define OBJ_dsa		OBJ_X9cm,1L
+
+#define SN_dsaWithSHA1		"DSA-SHA1"
+#define LN_dsaWithSHA1		"dsaWithSHA1"
+#define NID_dsaWithSHA1		113
+#define OBJ_dsaWithSHA1		OBJ_X9cm,3L
+
+#define SN_ansi_X9_62		"ansi-X9-62"
+#define LN_ansi_X9_62		"ANSI X9.62"
+#define NID_ansi_X9_62		405
+#define OBJ_ansi_X9_62		OBJ_ISO_US,10045L
+
+#define OBJ_X9_62_id_fieldType		OBJ_ansi_X9_62,1L
+
+#define SN_X9_62_prime_field		"prime-field"
+#define NID_X9_62_prime_field		406
+#define OBJ_X9_62_prime_field		OBJ_X9_62_id_fieldType,1L
+
+#define SN_X9_62_characteristic_two_field		"characteristic-two-field"
+#define NID_X9_62_characteristic_two_field		407
+#define OBJ_X9_62_characteristic_two_field		OBJ_X9_62_id_fieldType,2L
+
+#define SN_X9_62_id_characteristic_two_basis		"id-characteristic-two-basis"
+#define NID_X9_62_id_characteristic_two_basis		680
+#define OBJ_X9_62_id_characteristic_two_basis		OBJ_X9_62_characteristic_two_field,3L
+
+#define SN_X9_62_onBasis		"onBasis"
+#define NID_X9_62_onBasis		681
+#define OBJ_X9_62_onBasis		OBJ_X9_62_id_characteristic_two_basis,1L
+
+#define SN_X9_62_tpBasis		"tpBasis"
+#define NID_X9_62_tpBasis		682
+#define OBJ_X9_62_tpBasis		OBJ_X9_62_id_characteristic_two_basis,2L
+
+#define SN_X9_62_ppBasis		"ppBasis"
+#define NID_X9_62_ppBasis		683
+#define OBJ_X9_62_ppBasis		OBJ_X9_62_id_characteristic_two_basis,3L
+
+#define OBJ_X9_62_id_publicKeyType		OBJ_ansi_X9_62,2L
+
+#define SN_X9_62_id_ecPublicKey		"id-ecPublicKey"
+#define NID_X9_62_id_ecPublicKey		408
+#define OBJ_X9_62_id_ecPublicKey		OBJ_X9_62_id_publicKeyType,1L
+
+#define OBJ_X9_62_ellipticCurve		OBJ_ansi_X9_62,3L
+
+#define OBJ_X9_62_c_TwoCurve		OBJ_X9_62_ellipticCurve,0L
+
+#define SN_X9_62_c2pnb163v1		"c2pnb163v1"
+#define NID_X9_62_c2pnb163v1		684
+#define OBJ_X9_62_c2pnb163v1		OBJ_X9_62_c_TwoCurve,1L
+
+#define SN_X9_62_c2pnb163v2		"c2pnb163v2"
+#define NID_X9_62_c2pnb163v2		685
+#define OBJ_X9_62_c2pnb163v2		OBJ_X9_62_c_TwoCurve,2L
+
+#define SN_X9_62_c2pnb163v3		"c2pnb163v3"
+#define NID_X9_62_c2pnb163v3		686
+#define OBJ_X9_62_c2pnb163v3		OBJ_X9_62_c_TwoCurve,3L
+
+#define SN_X9_62_c2pnb176v1		"c2pnb176v1"
+#define NID_X9_62_c2pnb176v1		687
+#define OBJ_X9_62_c2pnb176v1		OBJ_X9_62_c_TwoCurve,4L
+
+#define SN_X9_62_c2tnb191v1		"c2tnb191v1"
+#define NID_X9_62_c2tnb191v1		688
+#define OBJ_X9_62_c2tnb191v1		OBJ_X9_62_c_TwoCurve,5L
+
+#define SN_X9_62_c2tnb191v2		"c2tnb191v2"
+#define NID_X9_62_c2tnb191v2		689
+#define OBJ_X9_62_c2tnb191v2		OBJ_X9_62_c_TwoCurve,6L
+
+#define SN_X9_62_c2tnb191v3		"c2tnb191v3"
+#define NID_X9_62_c2tnb191v3		690
+#define OBJ_X9_62_c2tnb191v3		OBJ_X9_62_c_TwoCurve,7L
+
+#define SN_X9_62_c2onb191v4		"c2onb191v4"
+#define NID_X9_62_c2onb191v4		691
+#define OBJ_X9_62_c2onb191v4		OBJ_X9_62_c_TwoCurve,8L
+
+#define SN_X9_62_c2onb191v5		"c2onb191v5"
+#define NID_X9_62_c2onb191v5		692
+#define OBJ_X9_62_c2onb191v5		OBJ_X9_62_c_TwoCurve,9L
+
+#define SN_X9_62_c2pnb208w1		"c2pnb208w1"
+#define NID_X9_62_c2pnb208w1		693
+#define OBJ_X9_62_c2pnb208w1		OBJ_X9_62_c_TwoCurve,10L
+
+#define SN_X9_62_c2tnb239v1		"c2tnb239v1"
+#define NID_X9_62_c2tnb239v1		694
+#define OBJ_X9_62_c2tnb239v1		OBJ_X9_62_c_TwoCurve,11L
+
+#define SN_X9_62_c2tnb239v2		"c2tnb239v2"
+#define NID_X9_62_c2tnb239v2		695
+#define OBJ_X9_62_c2tnb239v2		OBJ_X9_62_c_TwoCurve,12L
+
+#define SN_X9_62_c2tnb239v3		"c2tnb239v3"
+#define NID_X9_62_c2tnb239v3		696
+#define OBJ_X9_62_c2tnb239v3		OBJ_X9_62_c_TwoCurve,13L
+
+#define SN_X9_62_c2onb239v4		"c2onb239v4"
+#define NID_X9_62_c2onb239v4		697
+#define OBJ_X9_62_c2onb239v4		OBJ_X9_62_c_TwoCurve,14L
+
+#define SN_X9_62_c2onb239v5		"c2onb239v5"
+#define NID_X9_62_c2onb239v5		698
+#define OBJ_X9_62_c2onb239v5		OBJ_X9_62_c_TwoCurve,15L
+
+#define SN_X9_62_c2pnb272w1		"c2pnb272w1"
+#define NID_X9_62_c2pnb272w1		699
+#define OBJ_X9_62_c2pnb272w1		OBJ_X9_62_c_TwoCurve,16L
+
+#define SN_X9_62_c2pnb304w1		"c2pnb304w1"
+#define NID_X9_62_c2pnb304w1		700
+#define OBJ_X9_62_c2pnb304w1		OBJ_X9_62_c_TwoCurve,17L
+
+#define SN_X9_62_c2tnb359v1		"c2tnb359v1"
+#define NID_X9_62_c2tnb359v1		701
+#define OBJ_X9_62_c2tnb359v1		OBJ_X9_62_c_TwoCurve,18L
+
+#define SN_X9_62_c2pnb368w1		"c2pnb368w1"
+#define NID_X9_62_c2pnb368w1		702
+#define OBJ_X9_62_c2pnb368w1		OBJ_X9_62_c_TwoCurve,19L
+
+#define SN_X9_62_c2tnb431r1		"c2tnb431r1"
+#define NID_X9_62_c2tnb431r1		703
+#define OBJ_X9_62_c2tnb431r1		OBJ_X9_62_c_TwoCurve,20L
+
+#define OBJ_X9_62_primeCurve		OBJ_X9_62_ellipticCurve,1L
+
+#define SN_X9_62_prime192v1		"prime192v1"
+#define NID_X9_62_prime192v1		409
+#define OBJ_X9_62_prime192v1		OBJ_X9_62_primeCurve,1L
+
+#define SN_X9_62_prime192v2		"prime192v2"
+#define NID_X9_62_prime192v2		410
+#define OBJ_X9_62_prime192v2		OBJ_X9_62_primeCurve,2L
+
+#define SN_X9_62_prime192v3		"prime192v3"
+#define NID_X9_62_prime192v3		411
+#define OBJ_X9_62_prime192v3		OBJ_X9_62_primeCurve,3L
+
+#define SN_X9_62_prime239v1		"prime239v1"
+#define NID_X9_62_prime239v1		412
+#define OBJ_X9_62_prime239v1		OBJ_X9_62_primeCurve,4L
+
+#define SN_X9_62_prime239v2		"prime239v2"
+#define NID_X9_62_prime239v2		413
+#define OBJ_X9_62_prime239v2		OBJ_X9_62_primeCurve,5L
+
+#define SN_X9_62_prime239v3		"prime239v3"
+#define NID_X9_62_prime239v3		414
+#define OBJ_X9_62_prime239v3		OBJ_X9_62_primeCurve,6L
+
+#define SN_X9_62_prime256v1		"prime256v1"
+#define NID_X9_62_prime256v1		415
+#define OBJ_X9_62_prime256v1		OBJ_X9_62_primeCurve,7L
+
+#define OBJ_X9_62_id_ecSigType		OBJ_ansi_X9_62,4L
+
+#define SN_ecdsa_with_SHA1		"ecdsa-with-SHA1"
+#define NID_ecdsa_with_SHA1		416
+#define OBJ_ecdsa_with_SHA1		OBJ_X9_62_id_ecSigType,1L
+
+#define SN_ecdsa_with_Recommended		"ecdsa-with-Recommended"
+#define NID_ecdsa_with_Recommended		791
+#define OBJ_ecdsa_with_Recommended		OBJ_X9_62_id_ecSigType,2L
+
+#define SN_ecdsa_with_Specified		"ecdsa-with-Specified"
+#define NID_ecdsa_with_Specified		792
+#define OBJ_ecdsa_with_Specified		OBJ_X9_62_id_ecSigType,3L
+
+#define SN_ecdsa_with_SHA224		"ecdsa-with-SHA224"
+#define NID_ecdsa_with_SHA224		793
+#define OBJ_ecdsa_with_SHA224		OBJ_ecdsa_with_Specified,1L
+
+#define SN_ecdsa_with_SHA256		"ecdsa-with-SHA256"
+#define NID_ecdsa_with_SHA256		794
+#define OBJ_ecdsa_with_SHA256		OBJ_ecdsa_with_Specified,2L
+
+#define SN_ecdsa_with_SHA384		"ecdsa-with-SHA384"
+#define NID_ecdsa_with_SHA384		795
+#define OBJ_ecdsa_with_SHA384		OBJ_ecdsa_with_Specified,3L
+
+#define SN_ecdsa_with_SHA512		"ecdsa-with-SHA512"
+#define NID_ecdsa_with_SHA512		796
+#define OBJ_ecdsa_with_SHA512		OBJ_ecdsa_with_Specified,4L
+
+#define OBJ_secg_ellipticCurve		OBJ_certicom_arc,0L
+
+#define SN_secp112r1		"secp112r1"
+#define NID_secp112r1		704
+#define OBJ_secp112r1		OBJ_secg_ellipticCurve,6L
+
+#define SN_secp112r2		"secp112r2"
+#define NID_secp112r2		705
+#define OBJ_secp112r2		OBJ_secg_ellipticCurve,7L
+
+#define SN_secp128r1		"secp128r1"
+#define NID_secp128r1		706
+#define OBJ_secp128r1		OBJ_secg_ellipticCurve,28L
+
+#define SN_secp128r2		"secp128r2"
+#define NID_secp128r2		707
+#define OBJ_secp128r2		OBJ_secg_ellipticCurve,29L
+
+#define SN_secp160k1		"secp160k1"
+#define NID_secp160k1		708
+#define OBJ_secp160k1		OBJ_secg_ellipticCurve,9L
+
+#define SN_secp160r1		"secp160r1"
+#define NID_secp160r1		709
+#define OBJ_secp160r1		OBJ_secg_ellipticCurve,8L
+
+#define SN_secp160r2		"secp160r2"
+#define NID_secp160r2		710
+#define OBJ_secp160r2		OBJ_secg_ellipticCurve,30L
+
+#define SN_secp192k1		"secp192k1"
+#define NID_secp192k1		711
+#define OBJ_secp192k1		OBJ_secg_ellipticCurve,31L
+
+#define SN_secp224k1		"secp224k1"
+#define NID_secp224k1		712
+#define OBJ_secp224k1		OBJ_secg_ellipticCurve,32L
+
+#define SN_secp224r1		"secp224r1"
+#define NID_secp224r1		713
+#define OBJ_secp224r1		OBJ_secg_ellipticCurve,33L
+
+#define SN_secp256k1		"secp256k1"
+#define NID_secp256k1		714
+#define OBJ_secp256k1		OBJ_secg_ellipticCurve,10L
+
+#define SN_secp384r1		"secp384r1"
+#define NID_secp384r1		715
+#define OBJ_secp384r1		OBJ_secg_ellipticCurve,34L
+
+#define SN_secp521r1		"secp521r1"
+#define NID_secp521r1		716
+#define OBJ_secp521r1		OBJ_secg_ellipticCurve,35L
+
+#define SN_sect113r1		"sect113r1"
+#define NID_sect113r1		717
+#define OBJ_sect113r1		OBJ_secg_ellipticCurve,4L
+
+#define SN_sect113r2		"sect113r2"
+#define NID_sect113r2		718
+#define OBJ_sect113r2		OBJ_secg_ellipticCurve,5L
+
+#define SN_sect131r1		"sect131r1"
+#define NID_sect131r1		719
+#define OBJ_sect131r1		OBJ_secg_ellipticCurve,22L
+
+#define SN_sect131r2		"sect131r2"
+#define NID_sect131r2		720
+#define OBJ_sect131r2		OBJ_secg_ellipticCurve,23L
+
+#define SN_sect163k1		"sect163k1"
+#define NID_sect163k1		721
+#define OBJ_sect163k1		OBJ_secg_ellipticCurve,1L
+
+#define SN_sect163r1		"sect163r1"
+#define NID_sect163r1		722
+#define OBJ_sect163r1		OBJ_secg_ellipticCurve,2L
+
+#define SN_sect163r2		"sect163r2"
+#define NID_sect163r2		723
+#define OBJ_sect163r2		OBJ_secg_ellipticCurve,15L
+
+#define SN_sect193r1		"sect193r1"
+#define NID_sect193r1		724
+#define OBJ_sect193r1		OBJ_secg_ellipticCurve,24L
+
+#define SN_sect193r2		"sect193r2"
+#define NID_sect193r2		725
+#define OBJ_sect193r2		OBJ_secg_ellipticCurve,25L
+
+#define SN_sect233k1		"sect233k1"
+#define NID_sect233k1		726
+#define OBJ_sect233k1		OBJ_secg_ellipticCurve,26L
+
+#define SN_sect233r1		"sect233r1"
+#define NID_sect233r1		727
+#define OBJ_sect233r1		OBJ_secg_ellipticCurve,27L
+
+#define SN_sect239k1		"sect239k1"
+#define NID_sect239k1		728
+#define OBJ_sect239k1		OBJ_secg_ellipticCurve,3L
+
+#define SN_sect283k1		"sect283k1"
+#define NID_sect283k1		729
+#define OBJ_sect283k1		OBJ_secg_ellipticCurve,16L
+
+#define SN_sect283r1		"sect283r1"
+#define NID_sect283r1		730
+#define OBJ_sect283r1		OBJ_secg_ellipticCurve,17L
+
+#define SN_sect409k1		"sect409k1"
+#define NID_sect409k1		731
+#define OBJ_sect409k1		OBJ_secg_ellipticCurve,36L
+
+#define SN_sect409r1		"sect409r1"
+#define NID_sect409r1		732
+#define OBJ_sect409r1		OBJ_secg_ellipticCurve,37L
+
+#define SN_sect571k1		"sect571k1"
+#define NID_sect571k1		733
+#define OBJ_sect571k1		OBJ_secg_ellipticCurve,38L
+
+#define SN_sect571r1		"sect571r1"
+#define NID_sect571r1		734
+#define OBJ_sect571r1		OBJ_secg_ellipticCurve,39L
+
+#define OBJ_wap_wsg_idm_ecid		OBJ_wap_wsg,4L
+
+#define SN_wap_wsg_idm_ecid_wtls1		"wap-wsg-idm-ecid-wtls1"
+#define NID_wap_wsg_idm_ecid_wtls1		735
+#define OBJ_wap_wsg_idm_ecid_wtls1		OBJ_wap_wsg_idm_ecid,1L
+
+#define SN_wap_wsg_idm_ecid_wtls3		"wap-wsg-idm-ecid-wtls3"
+#define NID_wap_wsg_idm_ecid_wtls3		736
+#define OBJ_wap_wsg_idm_ecid_wtls3		OBJ_wap_wsg_idm_ecid,3L
+
+#define SN_wap_wsg_idm_ecid_wtls4		"wap-wsg-idm-ecid-wtls4"
+#define NID_wap_wsg_idm_ecid_wtls4		737
+#define OBJ_wap_wsg_idm_ecid_wtls4		OBJ_wap_wsg_idm_ecid,4L
+
+#define SN_wap_wsg_idm_ecid_wtls5		"wap-wsg-idm-ecid-wtls5"
+#define NID_wap_wsg_idm_ecid_wtls5		738
+#define OBJ_wap_wsg_idm_ecid_wtls5		OBJ_wap_wsg_idm_ecid,5L
+
+#define SN_wap_wsg_idm_ecid_wtls6		"wap-wsg-idm-ecid-wtls6"
+#define NID_wap_wsg_idm_ecid_wtls6		739
+#define OBJ_wap_wsg_idm_ecid_wtls6		OBJ_wap_wsg_idm_ecid,6L
+
+#define SN_wap_wsg_idm_ecid_wtls7		"wap-wsg-idm-ecid-wtls7"
+#define NID_wap_wsg_idm_ecid_wtls7		740
+#define OBJ_wap_wsg_idm_ecid_wtls7		OBJ_wap_wsg_idm_ecid,7L
+
+#define SN_wap_wsg_idm_ecid_wtls8		"wap-wsg-idm-ecid-wtls8"
+#define NID_wap_wsg_idm_ecid_wtls8		741
+#define OBJ_wap_wsg_idm_ecid_wtls8		OBJ_wap_wsg_idm_ecid,8L
+
+#define SN_wap_wsg_idm_ecid_wtls9		"wap-wsg-idm-ecid-wtls9"
+#define NID_wap_wsg_idm_ecid_wtls9		742
+#define OBJ_wap_wsg_idm_ecid_wtls9		OBJ_wap_wsg_idm_ecid,9L
+
+#define SN_wap_wsg_idm_ecid_wtls10		"wap-wsg-idm-ecid-wtls10"
+#define NID_wap_wsg_idm_ecid_wtls10		743
+#define OBJ_wap_wsg_idm_ecid_wtls10		OBJ_wap_wsg_idm_ecid,10L
+
+#define SN_wap_wsg_idm_ecid_wtls11		"wap-wsg-idm-ecid-wtls11"
+#define NID_wap_wsg_idm_ecid_wtls11		744
+#define OBJ_wap_wsg_idm_ecid_wtls11		OBJ_wap_wsg_idm_ecid,11L
+
+#define SN_wap_wsg_idm_ecid_wtls12		"wap-wsg-idm-ecid-wtls12"
+#define NID_wap_wsg_idm_ecid_wtls12		745
+#define OBJ_wap_wsg_idm_ecid_wtls12		OBJ_wap_wsg_idm_ecid,12L
+
+#define SN_cast5_cbc		"CAST5-CBC"
+#define LN_cast5_cbc		"cast5-cbc"
+#define NID_cast5_cbc		108
+#define OBJ_cast5_cbc		OBJ_ISO_US,113533L,7L,66L,10L
+
+#define SN_cast5_ecb		"CAST5-ECB"
+#define LN_cast5_ecb		"cast5-ecb"
+#define NID_cast5_ecb		109
+
+#define SN_cast5_cfb64		"CAST5-CFB"
+#define LN_cast5_cfb64		"cast5-cfb"
+#define NID_cast5_cfb64		110
+
+#define SN_cast5_ofb64		"CAST5-OFB"
+#define LN_cast5_ofb64		"cast5-ofb"
+#define NID_cast5_ofb64		111
+
+#define LN_pbeWithMD5AndCast5_CBC		"pbeWithMD5AndCast5CBC"
+#define NID_pbeWithMD5AndCast5_CBC		112
+#define OBJ_pbeWithMD5AndCast5_CBC		OBJ_ISO_US,113533L,7L,66L,12L
+
+#define SN_id_PasswordBasedMAC		"id-PasswordBasedMAC"
+#define LN_id_PasswordBasedMAC		"password based MAC"
+#define NID_id_PasswordBasedMAC		782
+#define OBJ_id_PasswordBasedMAC		OBJ_ISO_US,113533L,7L,66L,13L
+
+#define SN_id_DHBasedMac		"id-DHBasedMac"
+#define LN_id_DHBasedMac		"Diffie-Hellman based MAC"
+#define NID_id_DHBasedMac		783
+#define OBJ_id_DHBasedMac		OBJ_ISO_US,113533L,7L,66L,30L
+
+#define SN_rsadsi		"rsadsi"
+#define LN_rsadsi		"RSA Data Security, Inc."
+#define NID_rsadsi		1
+#define OBJ_rsadsi		OBJ_ISO_US,113549L
+
+#define SN_pkcs		"pkcs"
+#define LN_pkcs		"RSA Data Security, Inc. PKCS"
+#define NID_pkcs		2
+#define OBJ_pkcs		OBJ_rsadsi,1L
+
+#define SN_pkcs1		"pkcs1"
+#define NID_pkcs1		186
+#define OBJ_pkcs1		OBJ_pkcs,1L
+
+#define LN_rsaEncryption		"rsaEncryption"
+#define NID_rsaEncryption		6
+#define OBJ_rsaEncryption		OBJ_pkcs1,1L
+
+#define SN_md2WithRSAEncryption		"RSA-MD2"
+#define LN_md2WithRSAEncryption		"md2WithRSAEncryption"
+#define NID_md2WithRSAEncryption		7
+#define OBJ_md2WithRSAEncryption		OBJ_pkcs1,2L
+
+#define SN_md4WithRSAEncryption		"RSA-MD4"
+#define LN_md4WithRSAEncryption		"md4WithRSAEncryption"
+#define NID_md4WithRSAEncryption		396
+#define OBJ_md4WithRSAEncryption		OBJ_pkcs1,3L
+
+#define SN_md5WithRSAEncryption		"RSA-MD5"
+#define LN_md5WithRSAEncryption		"md5WithRSAEncryption"
+#define NID_md5WithRSAEncryption		8
+#define OBJ_md5WithRSAEncryption		OBJ_pkcs1,4L
+
+#define SN_sha1WithRSAEncryption		"RSA-SHA1"
+#define LN_sha1WithRSAEncryption		"sha1WithRSAEncryption"
+#define NID_sha1WithRSAEncryption		65
+#define OBJ_sha1WithRSAEncryption		OBJ_pkcs1,5L
+
+#define SN_rsaesOaep		"RSAES-OAEP"
+#define LN_rsaesOaep		"rsaesOaep"
+#define NID_rsaesOaep		919
+#define OBJ_rsaesOaep		OBJ_pkcs1,7L
+
+#define SN_mgf1		"MGF1"
+#define LN_mgf1		"mgf1"
+#define NID_mgf1		911
+#define OBJ_mgf1		OBJ_pkcs1,8L
+
+#define SN_rsassaPss		"RSASSA-PSS"
+#define LN_rsassaPss		"rsassaPss"
+#define NID_rsassaPss		912
+#define OBJ_rsassaPss		OBJ_pkcs1,10L
+
+#define SN_sha256WithRSAEncryption		"RSA-SHA256"
+#define LN_sha256WithRSAEncryption		"sha256WithRSAEncryption"
+#define NID_sha256WithRSAEncryption		668
+#define OBJ_sha256WithRSAEncryption		OBJ_pkcs1,11L
+
+#define SN_sha384WithRSAEncryption		"RSA-SHA384"
+#define LN_sha384WithRSAEncryption		"sha384WithRSAEncryption"
+#define NID_sha384WithRSAEncryption		669
+#define OBJ_sha384WithRSAEncryption		OBJ_pkcs1,12L
+
+#define SN_sha512WithRSAEncryption		"RSA-SHA512"
+#define LN_sha512WithRSAEncryption		"sha512WithRSAEncryption"
+#define NID_sha512WithRSAEncryption		670
+#define OBJ_sha512WithRSAEncryption		OBJ_pkcs1,13L
+
+#define SN_sha224WithRSAEncryption		"RSA-SHA224"
+#define LN_sha224WithRSAEncryption		"sha224WithRSAEncryption"
+#define NID_sha224WithRSAEncryption		671
+#define OBJ_sha224WithRSAEncryption		OBJ_pkcs1,14L
+
+#define SN_pkcs3		"pkcs3"
+#define NID_pkcs3		27
+#define OBJ_pkcs3		OBJ_pkcs,3L
+
+#define LN_dhKeyAgreement		"dhKeyAgreement"
+#define NID_dhKeyAgreement		28
+#define OBJ_dhKeyAgreement		OBJ_pkcs3,1L
+
+#define SN_pkcs5		"pkcs5"
+#define NID_pkcs5		187
+#define OBJ_pkcs5		OBJ_pkcs,5L
+
+#define SN_pbeWithMD2AndDES_CBC		"PBE-MD2-DES"
+#define LN_pbeWithMD2AndDES_CBC		"pbeWithMD2AndDES-CBC"
+#define NID_pbeWithMD2AndDES_CBC		9
+#define OBJ_pbeWithMD2AndDES_CBC		OBJ_pkcs5,1L
+
+#define SN_pbeWithMD5AndDES_CBC		"PBE-MD5-DES"
+#define LN_pbeWithMD5AndDES_CBC		"pbeWithMD5AndDES-CBC"
+#define NID_pbeWithMD5AndDES_CBC		10
+#define OBJ_pbeWithMD5AndDES_CBC		OBJ_pkcs5,3L
+
+#define SN_pbeWithMD2AndRC2_CBC		"PBE-MD2-RC2-64"
+#define LN_pbeWithMD2AndRC2_CBC		"pbeWithMD2AndRC2-CBC"
+#define NID_pbeWithMD2AndRC2_CBC		168
+#define OBJ_pbeWithMD2AndRC2_CBC		OBJ_pkcs5,4L
+
+#define SN_pbeWithMD5AndRC2_CBC		"PBE-MD5-RC2-64"
+#define LN_pbeWithMD5AndRC2_CBC		"pbeWithMD5AndRC2-CBC"
+#define NID_pbeWithMD5AndRC2_CBC		169
+#define OBJ_pbeWithMD5AndRC2_CBC		OBJ_pkcs5,6L
+
+#define SN_pbeWithSHA1AndDES_CBC		"PBE-SHA1-DES"
+#define LN_pbeWithSHA1AndDES_CBC		"pbeWithSHA1AndDES-CBC"
+#define NID_pbeWithSHA1AndDES_CBC		170
+#define OBJ_pbeWithSHA1AndDES_CBC		OBJ_pkcs5,10L
+
+#define SN_pbeWithSHA1AndRC2_CBC		"PBE-SHA1-RC2-64"
+#define LN_pbeWithSHA1AndRC2_CBC		"pbeWithSHA1AndRC2-CBC"
+#define NID_pbeWithSHA1AndRC2_CBC		68
+#define OBJ_pbeWithSHA1AndRC2_CBC		OBJ_pkcs5,11L
+
+#define LN_id_pbkdf2		"PBKDF2"
+#define NID_id_pbkdf2		69
+#define OBJ_id_pbkdf2		OBJ_pkcs5,12L
+
+#define LN_pbes2		"PBES2"
+#define NID_pbes2		161
+#define OBJ_pbes2		OBJ_pkcs5,13L
+
+#define LN_pbmac1		"PBMAC1"
+#define NID_pbmac1		162
+#define OBJ_pbmac1		OBJ_pkcs5,14L
+
+#define SN_pkcs7		"pkcs7"
+#define NID_pkcs7		20
+#define OBJ_pkcs7		OBJ_pkcs,7L
+
+#define LN_pkcs7_data		"pkcs7-data"
+#define NID_pkcs7_data		21
+#define OBJ_pkcs7_data		OBJ_pkcs7,1L
+
+#define LN_pkcs7_signed		"pkcs7-signedData"
+#define NID_pkcs7_signed		22
+#define OBJ_pkcs7_signed		OBJ_pkcs7,2L
+
+#define LN_pkcs7_enveloped		"pkcs7-envelopedData"
+#define NID_pkcs7_enveloped		23
+#define OBJ_pkcs7_enveloped		OBJ_pkcs7,3L
+
+#define LN_pkcs7_signedAndEnveloped		"pkcs7-signedAndEnvelopedData"
+#define NID_pkcs7_signedAndEnveloped		24
+#define OBJ_pkcs7_signedAndEnveloped		OBJ_pkcs7,4L
+
+#define LN_pkcs7_digest		"pkcs7-digestData"
+#define NID_pkcs7_digest		25
+#define OBJ_pkcs7_digest		OBJ_pkcs7,5L
+
+#define LN_pkcs7_encrypted		"pkcs7-encryptedData"
+#define NID_pkcs7_encrypted		26
+#define OBJ_pkcs7_encrypted		OBJ_pkcs7,6L
+
+#define SN_pkcs9		"pkcs9"
+#define NID_pkcs9		47
+#define OBJ_pkcs9		OBJ_pkcs,9L
+
+#define LN_pkcs9_emailAddress		"emailAddress"
+#define NID_pkcs9_emailAddress		48
+#define OBJ_pkcs9_emailAddress		OBJ_pkcs9,1L
+
+#define LN_pkcs9_unstructuredName		"unstructuredName"
+#define NID_pkcs9_unstructuredName		49
+#define OBJ_pkcs9_unstructuredName		OBJ_pkcs9,2L
+
+#define LN_pkcs9_contentType		"contentType"
+#define NID_pkcs9_contentType		50
+#define OBJ_pkcs9_contentType		OBJ_pkcs9,3L
+
+#define LN_pkcs9_messageDigest		"messageDigest"
+#define NID_pkcs9_messageDigest		51
+#define OBJ_pkcs9_messageDigest		OBJ_pkcs9,4L
+
+#define LN_pkcs9_signingTime		"signingTime"
+#define NID_pkcs9_signingTime		52
+#define OBJ_pkcs9_signingTime		OBJ_pkcs9,5L
+
+#define LN_pkcs9_countersignature		"countersignature"
+#define NID_pkcs9_countersignature		53
+#define OBJ_pkcs9_countersignature		OBJ_pkcs9,6L
+
+#define LN_pkcs9_challengePassword		"challengePassword"
+#define NID_pkcs9_challengePassword		54
+#define OBJ_pkcs9_challengePassword		OBJ_pkcs9,7L
+
+#define LN_pkcs9_unstructuredAddress		"unstructuredAddress"
+#define NID_pkcs9_unstructuredAddress		55
+#define OBJ_pkcs9_unstructuredAddress		OBJ_pkcs9,8L
+
+#define LN_pkcs9_extCertAttributes		"extendedCertificateAttributes"
+#define NID_pkcs9_extCertAttributes		56
+#define OBJ_pkcs9_extCertAttributes		OBJ_pkcs9,9L
+
+#define SN_ext_req		"extReq"
+#define LN_ext_req		"Extension Request"
+#define NID_ext_req		172
+#define OBJ_ext_req		OBJ_pkcs9,14L
+
+#define SN_SMIMECapabilities		"SMIME-CAPS"
+#define LN_SMIMECapabilities		"S/MIME Capabilities"
+#define NID_SMIMECapabilities		167
+#define OBJ_SMIMECapabilities		OBJ_pkcs9,15L
+
+#define SN_SMIME		"SMIME"
+#define LN_SMIME		"S/MIME"
+#define NID_SMIME		188
+#define OBJ_SMIME		OBJ_pkcs9,16L
+
+#define SN_id_smime_mod		"id-smime-mod"
+#define NID_id_smime_mod		189
+#define OBJ_id_smime_mod		OBJ_SMIME,0L
+
+#define SN_id_smime_ct		"id-smime-ct"
+#define NID_id_smime_ct		190
+#define OBJ_id_smime_ct		OBJ_SMIME,1L
+
+#define SN_id_smime_aa		"id-smime-aa"
+#define NID_id_smime_aa		191
+#define OBJ_id_smime_aa		OBJ_SMIME,2L
+
+#define SN_id_smime_alg		"id-smime-alg"
+#define NID_id_smime_alg		192
+#define OBJ_id_smime_alg		OBJ_SMIME,3L
+
+#define SN_id_smime_cd		"id-smime-cd"
+#define NID_id_smime_cd		193
+#define OBJ_id_smime_cd		OBJ_SMIME,4L
+
+#define SN_id_smime_spq		"id-smime-spq"
+#define NID_id_smime_spq		194
+#define OBJ_id_smime_spq		OBJ_SMIME,5L
+
+#define SN_id_smime_cti		"id-smime-cti"
+#define NID_id_smime_cti		195
+#define OBJ_id_smime_cti		OBJ_SMIME,6L
+
+#define SN_id_smime_mod_cms		"id-smime-mod-cms"
+#define NID_id_smime_mod_cms		196
+#define OBJ_id_smime_mod_cms		OBJ_id_smime_mod,1L
+
+#define SN_id_smime_mod_ess		"id-smime-mod-ess"
+#define NID_id_smime_mod_ess		197
+#define OBJ_id_smime_mod_ess		OBJ_id_smime_mod,2L
+
+#define SN_id_smime_mod_oid		"id-smime-mod-oid"
+#define NID_id_smime_mod_oid		198
+#define OBJ_id_smime_mod_oid		OBJ_id_smime_mod,3L
+
+#define SN_id_smime_mod_msg_v3		"id-smime-mod-msg-v3"
+#define NID_id_smime_mod_msg_v3		199
+#define OBJ_id_smime_mod_msg_v3		OBJ_id_smime_mod,4L
+
+#define SN_id_smime_mod_ets_eSignature_88		"id-smime-mod-ets-eSignature-88"
+#define NID_id_smime_mod_ets_eSignature_88		200
+#define OBJ_id_smime_mod_ets_eSignature_88		OBJ_id_smime_mod,5L
+
+#define SN_id_smime_mod_ets_eSignature_97		"id-smime-mod-ets-eSignature-97"
+#define NID_id_smime_mod_ets_eSignature_97		201
+#define OBJ_id_smime_mod_ets_eSignature_97		OBJ_id_smime_mod,6L
+
+#define SN_id_smime_mod_ets_eSigPolicy_88		"id-smime-mod-ets-eSigPolicy-88"
+#define NID_id_smime_mod_ets_eSigPolicy_88		202
+#define OBJ_id_smime_mod_ets_eSigPolicy_88		OBJ_id_smime_mod,7L
+
+#define SN_id_smime_mod_ets_eSigPolicy_97		"id-smime-mod-ets-eSigPolicy-97"
+#define NID_id_smime_mod_ets_eSigPolicy_97		203
+#define OBJ_id_smime_mod_ets_eSigPolicy_97		OBJ_id_smime_mod,8L
+
+#define SN_id_smime_ct_receipt		"id-smime-ct-receipt"
+#define NID_id_smime_ct_receipt		204
+#define OBJ_id_smime_ct_receipt		OBJ_id_smime_ct,1L
+
+#define SN_id_smime_ct_authData		"id-smime-ct-authData"
+#define NID_id_smime_ct_authData		205
+#define OBJ_id_smime_ct_authData		OBJ_id_smime_ct,2L
+
+#define SN_id_smime_ct_publishCert		"id-smime-ct-publishCert"
+#define NID_id_smime_ct_publishCert		206
+#define OBJ_id_smime_ct_publishCert		OBJ_id_smime_ct,3L
+
+#define SN_id_smime_ct_TSTInfo		"id-smime-ct-TSTInfo"
+#define NID_id_smime_ct_TSTInfo		207
+#define OBJ_id_smime_ct_TSTInfo		OBJ_id_smime_ct,4L
+
+#define SN_id_smime_ct_TDTInfo		"id-smime-ct-TDTInfo"
+#define NID_id_smime_ct_TDTInfo		208
+#define OBJ_id_smime_ct_TDTInfo		OBJ_id_smime_ct,5L
+
+#define SN_id_smime_ct_contentInfo		"id-smime-ct-contentInfo"
+#define NID_id_smime_ct_contentInfo		209
+#define OBJ_id_smime_ct_contentInfo		OBJ_id_smime_ct,6L
+
+#define SN_id_smime_ct_DVCSRequestData		"id-smime-ct-DVCSRequestData"
+#define NID_id_smime_ct_DVCSRequestData		210
+#define OBJ_id_smime_ct_DVCSRequestData		OBJ_id_smime_ct,7L
+
+#define SN_id_smime_ct_DVCSResponseData		"id-smime-ct-DVCSResponseData"
+#define NID_id_smime_ct_DVCSResponseData		211
+#define OBJ_id_smime_ct_DVCSResponseData		OBJ_id_smime_ct,8L
+
+#define SN_id_smime_ct_compressedData		"id-smime-ct-compressedData"
+#define NID_id_smime_ct_compressedData		786
+#define OBJ_id_smime_ct_compressedData		OBJ_id_smime_ct,9L
+
+#define SN_id_ct_asciiTextWithCRLF		"id-ct-asciiTextWithCRLF"
+#define NID_id_ct_asciiTextWithCRLF		787
+#define OBJ_id_ct_asciiTextWithCRLF		OBJ_id_smime_ct,27L
+
+#define SN_id_smime_aa_receiptRequest		"id-smime-aa-receiptRequest"
+#define NID_id_smime_aa_receiptRequest		212
+#define OBJ_id_smime_aa_receiptRequest		OBJ_id_smime_aa,1L
+
+#define SN_id_smime_aa_securityLabel		"id-smime-aa-securityLabel"
+#define NID_id_smime_aa_securityLabel		213
+#define OBJ_id_smime_aa_securityLabel		OBJ_id_smime_aa,2L
+
+#define SN_id_smime_aa_mlExpandHistory		"id-smime-aa-mlExpandHistory"
+#define NID_id_smime_aa_mlExpandHistory		214
+#define OBJ_id_smime_aa_mlExpandHistory		OBJ_id_smime_aa,3L
+
+#define SN_id_smime_aa_contentHint		"id-smime-aa-contentHint"
+#define NID_id_smime_aa_contentHint		215
+#define OBJ_id_smime_aa_contentHint		OBJ_id_smime_aa,4L
+
+#define SN_id_smime_aa_msgSigDigest		"id-smime-aa-msgSigDigest"
+#define NID_id_smime_aa_msgSigDigest		216
+#define OBJ_id_smime_aa_msgSigDigest		OBJ_id_smime_aa,5L
+
+#define SN_id_smime_aa_encapContentType		"id-smime-aa-encapContentType"
+#define NID_id_smime_aa_encapContentType		217
+#define OBJ_id_smime_aa_encapContentType		OBJ_id_smime_aa,6L
+
+#define SN_id_smime_aa_contentIdentifier		"id-smime-aa-contentIdentifier"
+#define NID_id_smime_aa_contentIdentifier		218
+#define OBJ_id_smime_aa_contentIdentifier		OBJ_id_smime_aa,7L
+
+#define SN_id_smime_aa_macValue		"id-smime-aa-macValue"
+#define NID_id_smime_aa_macValue		219
+#define OBJ_id_smime_aa_macValue		OBJ_id_smime_aa,8L
+
+#define SN_id_smime_aa_equivalentLabels		"id-smime-aa-equivalentLabels"
+#define NID_id_smime_aa_equivalentLabels		220
+#define OBJ_id_smime_aa_equivalentLabels		OBJ_id_smime_aa,9L
+
+#define SN_id_smime_aa_contentReference		"id-smime-aa-contentReference"
+#define NID_id_smime_aa_contentReference		221
+#define OBJ_id_smime_aa_contentReference		OBJ_id_smime_aa,10L
+
+#define SN_id_smime_aa_encrypKeyPref		"id-smime-aa-encrypKeyPref"
+#define NID_id_smime_aa_encrypKeyPref		222
+#define OBJ_id_smime_aa_encrypKeyPref		OBJ_id_smime_aa,11L
+
+#define SN_id_smime_aa_signingCertificate		"id-smime-aa-signingCertificate"
+#define NID_id_smime_aa_signingCertificate		223
+#define OBJ_id_smime_aa_signingCertificate		OBJ_id_smime_aa,12L
+
+#define SN_id_smime_aa_smimeEncryptCerts		"id-smime-aa-smimeEncryptCerts"
+#define NID_id_smime_aa_smimeEncryptCerts		224
+#define OBJ_id_smime_aa_smimeEncryptCerts		OBJ_id_smime_aa,13L
+
+#define SN_id_smime_aa_timeStampToken		"id-smime-aa-timeStampToken"
+#define NID_id_smime_aa_timeStampToken		225
+#define OBJ_id_smime_aa_timeStampToken		OBJ_id_smime_aa,14L
+
+#define SN_id_smime_aa_ets_sigPolicyId		"id-smime-aa-ets-sigPolicyId"
+#define NID_id_smime_aa_ets_sigPolicyId		226
+#define OBJ_id_smime_aa_ets_sigPolicyId		OBJ_id_smime_aa,15L
+
+#define SN_id_smime_aa_ets_commitmentType		"id-smime-aa-ets-commitmentType"
+#define NID_id_smime_aa_ets_commitmentType		227
+#define OBJ_id_smime_aa_ets_commitmentType		OBJ_id_smime_aa,16L
+
+#define SN_id_smime_aa_ets_signerLocation		"id-smime-aa-ets-signerLocation"
+#define NID_id_smime_aa_ets_signerLocation		228
+#define OBJ_id_smime_aa_ets_signerLocation		OBJ_id_smime_aa,17L
+
+#define SN_id_smime_aa_ets_signerAttr		"id-smime-aa-ets-signerAttr"
+#define NID_id_smime_aa_ets_signerAttr		229
+#define OBJ_id_smime_aa_ets_signerAttr		OBJ_id_smime_aa,18L
+
+#define SN_id_smime_aa_ets_otherSigCert		"id-smime-aa-ets-otherSigCert"
+#define NID_id_smime_aa_ets_otherSigCert		230
+#define OBJ_id_smime_aa_ets_otherSigCert		OBJ_id_smime_aa,19L
+
+#define SN_id_smime_aa_ets_contentTimestamp		"id-smime-aa-ets-contentTimestamp"
+#define NID_id_smime_aa_ets_contentTimestamp		231
+#define OBJ_id_smime_aa_ets_contentTimestamp		OBJ_id_smime_aa,20L
+
+#define SN_id_smime_aa_ets_CertificateRefs		"id-smime-aa-ets-CertificateRefs"
+#define NID_id_smime_aa_ets_CertificateRefs		232
+#define OBJ_id_smime_aa_ets_CertificateRefs		OBJ_id_smime_aa,21L
+
+#define SN_id_smime_aa_ets_RevocationRefs		"id-smime-aa-ets-RevocationRefs"
+#define NID_id_smime_aa_ets_RevocationRefs		233
+#define OBJ_id_smime_aa_ets_RevocationRefs		OBJ_id_smime_aa,22L
+
+#define SN_id_smime_aa_ets_certValues		"id-smime-aa-ets-certValues"
+#define NID_id_smime_aa_ets_certValues		234
+#define OBJ_id_smime_aa_ets_certValues		OBJ_id_smime_aa,23L
+
+#define SN_id_smime_aa_ets_revocationValues		"id-smime-aa-ets-revocationValues"
+#define NID_id_smime_aa_ets_revocationValues		235
+#define OBJ_id_smime_aa_ets_revocationValues		OBJ_id_smime_aa,24L
+
+#define SN_id_smime_aa_ets_escTimeStamp		"id-smime-aa-ets-escTimeStamp"
+#define NID_id_smime_aa_ets_escTimeStamp		236
+#define OBJ_id_smime_aa_ets_escTimeStamp		OBJ_id_smime_aa,25L
+
+#define SN_id_smime_aa_ets_certCRLTimestamp		"id-smime-aa-ets-certCRLTimestamp"
+#define NID_id_smime_aa_ets_certCRLTimestamp		237
+#define OBJ_id_smime_aa_ets_certCRLTimestamp		OBJ_id_smime_aa,26L
+
+#define SN_id_smime_aa_ets_archiveTimeStamp		"id-smime-aa-ets-archiveTimeStamp"
+#define NID_id_smime_aa_ets_archiveTimeStamp		238
+#define OBJ_id_smime_aa_ets_archiveTimeStamp		OBJ_id_smime_aa,27L
+
+#define SN_id_smime_aa_signatureType		"id-smime-aa-signatureType"
+#define NID_id_smime_aa_signatureType		239
+#define OBJ_id_smime_aa_signatureType		OBJ_id_smime_aa,28L
+
+#define SN_id_smime_aa_dvcs_dvc		"id-smime-aa-dvcs-dvc"
+#define NID_id_smime_aa_dvcs_dvc		240
+#define OBJ_id_smime_aa_dvcs_dvc		OBJ_id_smime_aa,29L
+
+#define SN_id_smime_alg_ESDHwith3DES		"id-smime-alg-ESDHwith3DES"
+#define NID_id_smime_alg_ESDHwith3DES		241
+#define OBJ_id_smime_alg_ESDHwith3DES		OBJ_id_smime_alg,1L
+
+#define SN_id_smime_alg_ESDHwithRC2		"id-smime-alg-ESDHwithRC2"
+#define NID_id_smime_alg_ESDHwithRC2		242
+#define OBJ_id_smime_alg_ESDHwithRC2		OBJ_id_smime_alg,2L
+
+#define SN_id_smime_alg_3DESwrap		"id-smime-alg-3DESwrap"
+#define NID_id_smime_alg_3DESwrap		243
+#define OBJ_id_smime_alg_3DESwrap		OBJ_id_smime_alg,3L
+
+#define SN_id_smime_alg_RC2wrap		"id-smime-alg-RC2wrap"
+#define NID_id_smime_alg_RC2wrap		244
+#define OBJ_id_smime_alg_RC2wrap		OBJ_id_smime_alg,4L
+
+#define SN_id_smime_alg_ESDH		"id-smime-alg-ESDH"
+#define NID_id_smime_alg_ESDH		245
+#define OBJ_id_smime_alg_ESDH		OBJ_id_smime_alg,5L
+
+#define SN_id_smime_alg_CMS3DESwrap		"id-smime-alg-CMS3DESwrap"
+#define NID_id_smime_alg_CMS3DESwrap		246
+#define OBJ_id_smime_alg_CMS3DESwrap		OBJ_id_smime_alg,6L
+
+#define SN_id_smime_alg_CMSRC2wrap		"id-smime-alg-CMSRC2wrap"
+#define NID_id_smime_alg_CMSRC2wrap		247
+#define OBJ_id_smime_alg_CMSRC2wrap		OBJ_id_smime_alg,7L
+
+#define SN_id_alg_PWRI_KEK		"id-alg-PWRI-KEK"
+#define NID_id_alg_PWRI_KEK		893
+#define OBJ_id_alg_PWRI_KEK		OBJ_id_smime_alg,9L
+
+#define SN_id_smime_cd_ldap		"id-smime-cd-ldap"
+#define NID_id_smime_cd_ldap		248
+#define OBJ_id_smime_cd_ldap		OBJ_id_smime_cd,1L
+
+#define SN_id_smime_spq_ets_sqt_uri		"id-smime-spq-ets-sqt-uri"
+#define NID_id_smime_spq_ets_sqt_uri		249
+#define OBJ_id_smime_spq_ets_sqt_uri		OBJ_id_smime_spq,1L
+
+#define SN_id_smime_spq_ets_sqt_unotice		"id-smime-spq-ets-sqt-unotice"
+#define NID_id_smime_spq_ets_sqt_unotice		250
+#define OBJ_id_smime_spq_ets_sqt_unotice		OBJ_id_smime_spq,2L
+
+#define SN_id_smime_cti_ets_proofOfOrigin		"id-smime-cti-ets-proofOfOrigin"
+#define NID_id_smime_cti_ets_proofOfOrigin		251
+#define OBJ_id_smime_cti_ets_proofOfOrigin		OBJ_id_smime_cti,1L
+
+#define SN_id_smime_cti_ets_proofOfReceipt		"id-smime-cti-ets-proofOfReceipt"
+#define NID_id_smime_cti_ets_proofOfReceipt		252
+#define OBJ_id_smime_cti_ets_proofOfReceipt		OBJ_id_smime_cti,2L
+
+#define SN_id_smime_cti_ets_proofOfDelivery		"id-smime-cti-ets-proofOfDelivery"
+#define NID_id_smime_cti_ets_proofOfDelivery		253
+#define OBJ_id_smime_cti_ets_proofOfDelivery		OBJ_id_smime_cti,3L
+
+#define SN_id_smime_cti_ets_proofOfSender		"id-smime-cti-ets-proofOfSender"
+#define NID_id_smime_cti_ets_proofOfSender		254
+#define OBJ_id_smime_cti_ets_proofOfSender		OBJ_id_smime_cti,4L
+
+#define SN_id_smime_cti_ets_proofOfApproval		"id-smime-cti-ets-proofOfApproval"
+#define NID_id_smime_cti_ets_proofOfApproval		255
+#define OBJ_id_smime_cti_ets_proofOfApproval		OBJ_id_smime_cti,5L
+
+#define SN_id_smime_cti_ets_proofOfCreation		"id-smime-cti-ets-proofOfCreation"
+#define NID_id_smime_cti_ets_proofOfCreation		256
+#define OBJ_id_smime_cti_ets_proofOfCreation		OBJ_id_smime_cti,6L
+
+#define LN_friendlyName		"friendlyName"
+#define NID_friendlyName		156
+#define OBJ_friendlyName		OBJ_pkcs9,20L
+
+#define LN_localKeyID		"localKeyID"
+#define NID_localKeyID		157
+#define OBJ_localKeyID		OBJ_pkcs9,21L
+
+#define SN_ms_csp_name		"CSPName"
+#define LN_ms_csp_name		"Microsoft CSP Name"
+#define NID_ms_csp_name		417
+#define OBJ_ms_csp_name		1L,3L,6L,1L,4L,1L,311L,17L,1L
+
+#define SN_LocalKeySet		"LocalKeySet"
+#define LN_LocalKeySet		"Microsoft Local Key set"
+#define NID_LocalKeySet		856
+#define OBJ_LocalKeySet		1L,3L,6L,1L,4L,1L,311L,17L,2L
+
+#define OBJ_certTypes		OBJ_pkcs9,22L
+
+#define LN_x509Certificate		"x509Certificate"
+#define NID_x509Certificate		158
+#define OBJ_x509Certificate		OBJ_certTypes,1L
+
+#define LN_sdsiCertificate		"sdsiCertificate"
+#define NID_sdsiCertificate		159
+#define OBJ_sdsiCertificate		OBJ_certTypes,2L
+
+#define OBJ_crlTypes		OBJ_pkcs9,23L
+
+#define LN_x509Crl		"x509Crl"
+#define NID_x509Crl		160
+#define OBJ_x509Crl		OBJ_crlTypes,1L
+
+#define OBJ_pkcs12		OBJ_pkcs,12L
+
+#define OBJ_pkcs12_pbeids		OBJ_pkcs12,1L
+
+#define SN_pbe_WithSHA1And128BitRC4		"PBE-SHA1-RC4-128"
+#define LN_pbe_WithSHA1And128BitRC4		"pbeWithSHA1And128BitRC4"
+#define NID_pbe_WithSHA1And128BitRC4		144
+#define OBJ_pbe_WithSHA1And128BitRC4		OBJ_pkcs12_pbeids,1L
+
+#define SN_pbe_WithSHA1And40BitRC4		"PBE-SHA1-RC4-40"
+#define LN_pbe_WithSHA1And40BitRC4		"pbeWithSHA1And40BitRC4"
+#define NID_pbe_WithSHA1And40BitRC4		145
+#define OBJ_pbe_WithSHA1And40BitRC4		OBJ_pkcs12_pbeids,2L
+
+#define SN_pbe_WithSHA1And3_Key_TripleDES_CBC		"PBE-SHA1-3DES"
+#define LN_pbe_WithSHA1And3_Key_TripleDES_CBC		"pbeWithSHA1And3-KeyTripleDES-CBC"
+#define NID_pbe_WithSHA1And3_Key_TripleDES_CBC		146
+#define OBJ_pbe_WithSHA1And3_Key_TripleDES_CBC		OBJ_pkcs12_pbeids,3L
+
+#define SN_pbe_WithSHA1And2_Key_TripleDES_CBC		"PBE-SHA1-2DES"
+#define LN_pbe_WithSHA1And2_Key_TripleDES_CBC		"pbeWithSHA1And2-KeyTripleDES-CBC"
+#define NID_pbe_WithSHA1And2_Key_TripleDES_CBC		147
+#define OBJ_pbe_WithSHA1And2_Key_TripleDES_CBC		OBJ_pkcs12_pbeids,4L
+
+#define SN_pbe_WithSHA1And128BitRC2_CBC		"PBE-SHA1-RC2-128"
+#define LN_pbe_WithSHA1And128BitRC2_CBC		"pbeWithSHA1And128BitRC2-CBC"
+#define NID_pbe_WithSHA1And128BitRC2_CBC		148
+#define OBJ_pbe_WithSHA1And128BitRC2_CBC		OBJ_pkcs12_pbeids,5L
+
+#define SN_pbe_WithSHA1And40BitRC2_CBC		"PBE-SHA1-RC2-40"
+#define LN_pbe_WithSHA1And40BitRC2_CBC		"pbeWithSHA1And40BitRC2-CBC"
+#define NID_pbe_WithSHA1And40BitRC2_CBC		149
+#define OBJ_pbe_WithSHA1And40BitRC2_CBC		OBJ_pkcs12_pbeids,6L
+
+#define OBJ_pkcs12_Version1		OBJ_pkcs12,10L
+
+#define OBJ_pkcs12_BagIds		OBJ_pkcs12_Version1,1L
+
+#define LN_keyBag		"keyBag"
+#define NID_keyBag		150
+#define OBJ_keyBag		OBJ_pkcs12_BagIds,1L
+
+#define LN_pkcs8ShroudedKeyBag		"pkcs8ShroudedKeyBag"
+#define NID_pkcs8ShroudedKeyBag		151
+#define OBJ_pkcs8ShroudedKeyBag		OBJ_pkcs12_BagIds,2L
+
+#define LN_certBag		"certBag"
+#define NID_certBag		152
+#define OBJ_certBag		OBJ_pkcs12_BagIds,3L
+
+#define LN_crlBag		"crlBag"
+#define NID_crlBag		153
+#define OBJ_crlBag		OBJ_pkcs12_BagIds,4L
+
+#define LN_secretBag		"secretBag"
+#define NID_secretBag		154
+#define OBJ_secretBag		OBJ_pkcs12_BagIds,5L
+
+#define LN_safeContentsBag		"safeContentsBag"
+#define NID_safeContentsBag		155
+#define OBJ_safeContentsBag		OBJ_pkcs12_BagIds,6L
+
+#define SN_md2		"MD2"
+#define LN_md2		"md2"
+#define NID_md2		3
+#define OBJ_md2		OBJ_rsadsi,2L,2L
+
+#define SN_md4		"MD4"
+#define LN_md4		"md4"
+#define NID_md4		257
+#define OBJ_md4		OBJ_rsadsi,2L,4L
+
+#define SN_md5		"MD5"
+#define LN_md5		"md5"
+#define NID_md5		4
+#define OBJ_md5		OBJ_rsadsi,2L,5L
+
+#define SN_md5_sha1		"MD5-SHA1"
+#define LN_md5_sha1		"md5-sha1"
+#define NID_md5_sha1		114
+
+#define LN_hmacWithMD5		"hmacWithMD5"
+#define NID_hmacWithMD5		797
+#define OBJ_hmacWithMD5		OBJ_rsadsi,2L,6L
+
+#define LN_hmacWithSHA1		"hmacWithSHA1"
+#define NID_hmacWithSHA1		163
+#define OBJ_hmacWithSHA1		OBJ_rsadsi,2L,7L
+
+#define LN_hmacWithSHA224		"hmacWithSHA224"
+#define NID_hmacWithSHA224		798
+#define OBJ_hmacWithSHA224		OBJ_rsadsi,2L,8L
+
+#define LN_hmacWithSHA256		"hmacWithSHA256"
+#define NID_hmacWithSHA256		799
+#define OBJ_hmacWithSHA256		OBJ_rsadsi,2L,9L
+
+#define LN_hmacWithSHA384		"hmacWithSHA384"
+#define NID_hmacWithSHA384		800
+#define OBJ_hmacWithSHA384		OBJ_rsadsi,2L,10L
+
+#define LN_hmacWithSHA512		"hmacWithSHA512"
+#define NID_hmacWithSHA512		801
+#define OBJ_hmacWithSHA512		OBJ_rsadsi,2L,11L
+
+#define SN_rc2_cbc		"RC2-CBC"
+#define LN_rc2_cbc		"rc2-cbc"
+#define NID_rc2_cbc		37
+#define OBJ_rc2_cbc		OBJ_rsadsi,3L,2L
+
+#define SN_rc2_ecb		"RC2-ECB"
+#define LN_rc2_ecb		"rc2-ecb"
+#define NID_rc2_ecb		38
+
+#define SN_rc2_cfb64		"RC2-CFB"
+#define LN_rc2_cfb64		"rc2-cfb"
+#define NID_rc2_cfb64		39
+
+#define SN_rc2_ofb64		"RC2-OFB"
+#define LN_rc2_ofb64		"rc2-ofb"
+#define NID_rc2_ofb64		40
+
+#define SN_rc2_40_cbc		"RC2-40-CBC"
+#define LN_rc2_40_cbc		"rc2-40-cbc"
+#define NID_rc2_40_cbc		98
+
+#define SN_rc2_64_cbc		"RC2-64-CBC"
+#define LN_rc2_64_cbc		"rc2-64-cbc"
+#define NID_rc2_64_cbc		166
+
+#define SN_rc4		"RC4"
+#define LN_rc4		"rc4"
+#define NID_rc4		5
+#define OBJ_rc4		OBJ_rsadsi,3L,4L
+
+#define SN_rc4_40		"RC4-40"
+#define LN_rc4_40		"rc4-40"
+#define NID_rc4_40		97
+
+#define SN_des_ede3_cbc		"DES-EDE3-CBC"
+#define LN_des_ede3_cbc		"des-ede3-cbc"
+#define NID_des_ede3_cbc		44
+#define OBJ_des_ede3_cbc		OBJ_rsadsi,3L,7L
+
+#define SN_rc5_cbc		"RC5-CBC"
+#define LN_rc5_cbc		"rc5-cbc"
+#define NID_rc5_cbc		120
+#define OBJ_rc5_cbc		OBJ_rsadsi,3L,8L
+
+#define SN_rc5_ecb		"RC5-ECB"
+#define LN_rc5_ecb		"rc5-ecb"
+#define NID_rc5_ecb		121
+
+#define SN_rc5_cfb64		"RC5-CFB"
+#define LN_rc5_cfb64		"rc5-cfb"
+#define NID_rc5_cfb64		122
+
+#define SN_rc5_ofb64		"RC5-OFB"
+#define LN_rc5_ofb64		"rc5-ofb"
+#define NID_rc5_ofb64		123
+
+#define SN_ms_ext_req		"msExtReq"
+#define LN_ms_ext_req		"Microsoft Extension Request"
+#define NID_ms_ext_req		171
+#define OBJ_ms_ext_req		1L,3L,6L,1L,4L,1L,311L,2L,1L,14L
+
+#define SN_ms_code_ind		"msCodeInd"
+#define LN_ms_code_ind		"Microsoft Individual Code Signing"
+#define NID_ms_code_ind		134
+#define OBJ_ms_code_ind		1L,3L,6L,1L,4L,1L,311L,2L,1L,21L
+
+#define SN_ms_code_com		"msCodeCom"
+#define LN_ms_code_com		"Microsoft Commercial Code Signing"
+#define NID_ms_code_com		135
+#define OBJ_ms_code_com		1L,3L,6L,1L,4L,1L,311L,2L,1L,22L
+
+#define SN_ms_ctl_sign		"msCTLSign"
+#define LN_ms_ctl_sign		"Microsoft Trust List Signing"
+#define NID_ms_ctl_sign		136
+#define OBJ_ms_ctl_sign		1L,3L,6L,1L,4L,1L,311L,10L,3L,1L
+
+#define SN_ms_sgc		"msSGC"
+#define LN_ms_sgc		"Microsoft Server Gated Crypto"
+#define NID_ms_sgc		137
+#define OBJ_ms_sgc		1L,3L,6L,1L,4L,1L,311L,10L,3L,3L
+
+#define SN_ms_efs		"msEFS"
+#define LN_ms_efs		"Microsoft Encrypted File System"
+#define NID_ms_efs		138
+#define OBJ_ms_efs		1L,3L,6L,1L,4L,1L,311L,10L,3L,4L
+
+#define SN_ms_smartcard_login		"msSmartcardLogin"
+#define LN_ms_smartcard_login		"Microsoft Smartcardlogin"
+#define NID_ms_smartcard_login		648
+#define OBJ_ms_smartcard_login		1L,3L,6L,1L,4L,1L,311L,20L,2L,2L
+
+#define SN_ms_upn		"msUPN"
+#define LN_ms_upn		"Microsoft Universal Principal Name"
+#define NID_ms_upn		649
+#define OBJ_ms_upn		1L,3L,6L,1L,4L,1L,311L,20L,2L,3L
+
+#define SN_idea_cbc		"IDEA-CBC"
+#define LN_idea_cbc		"idea-cbc"
+#define NID_idea_cbc		34
+#define OBJ_idea_cbc		1L,3L,6L,1L,4L,1L,188L,7L,1L,1L,2L
+
+#define SN_idea_ecb		"IDEA-ECB"
+#define LN_idea_ecb		"idea-ecb"
+#define NID_idea_ecb		36
+
+#define SN_idea_cfb64		"IDEA-CFB"
+#define LN_idea_cfb64		"idea-cfb"
+#define NID_idea_cfb64		35
+
+#define SN_idea_ofb64		"IDEA-OFB"
+#define LN_idea_ofb64		"idea-ofb"
+#define NID_idea_ofb64		46
+
+#define SN_bf_cbc		"BF-CBC"
+#define LN_bf_cbc		"bf-cbc"
+#define NID_bf_cbc		91
+#define OBJ_bf_cbc		1L,3L,6L,1L,4L,1L,3029L,1L,2L
+
+#define SN_bf_ecb		"BF-ECB"
+#define LN_bf_ecb		"bf-ecb"
+#define NID_bf_ecb		92
+
+#define SN_bf_cfb64		"BF-CFB"
+#define LN_bf_cfb64		"bf-cfb"
+#define NID_bf_cfb64		93
+
+#define SN_bf_ofb64		"BF-OFB"
+#define LN_bf_ofb64		"bf-ofb"
+#define NID_bf_ofb64		94
+
+#define SN_id_pkix		"PKIX"
+#define NID_id_pkix		127
+#define OBJ_id_pkix		1L,3L,6L,1L,5L,5L,7L
+
+#define SN_id_pkix_mod		"id-pkix-mod"
+#define NID_id_pkix_mod		258
+#define OBJ_id_pkix_mod		OBJ_id_pkix,0L
+
+#define SN_id_pe		"id-pe"
+#define NID_id_pe		175
+#define OBJ_id_pe		OBJ_id_pkix,1L
+
+#define SN_id_qt		"id-qt"
+#define NID_id_qt		259
+#define OBJ_id_qt		OBJ_id_pkix,2L
+
+#define SN_id_kp		"id-kp"
+#define NID_id_kp		128
+#define OBJ_id_kp		OBJ_id_pkix,3L
+
+#define SN_id_it		"id-it"
+#define NID_id_it		260
+#define OBJ_id_it		OBJ_id_pkix,4L
+
+#define SN_id_pkip		"id-pkip"
+#define NID_id_pkip		261
+#define OBJ_id_pkip		OBJ_id_pkix,5L
+
+#define SN_id_alg		"id-alg"
+#define NID_id_alg		262
+#define OBJ_id_alg		OBJ_id_pkix,6L
+
+#define SN_id_cmc		"id-cmc"
+#define NID_id_cmc		263
+#define OBJ_id_cmc		OBJ_id_pkix,7L
+
+#define SN_id_on		"id-on"
+#define NID_id_on		264
+#define OBJ_id_on		OBJ_id_pkix,8L
+
+#define SN_id_pda		"id-pda"
+#define NID_id_pda		265
+#define OBJ_id_pda		OBJ_id_pkix,9L
+
+#define SN_id_aca		"id-aca"
+#define NID_id_aca		266
+#define OBJ_id_aca		OBJ_id_pkix,10L
+
+#define SN_id_qcs		"id-qcs"
+#define NID_id_qcs		267
+#define OBJ_id_qcs		OBJ_id_pkix,11L
+
+#define SN_id_cct		"id-cct"
+#define NID_id_cct		268
+#define OBJ_id_cct		OBJ_id_pkix,12L
+
+#define SN_id_ppl		"id-ppl"
+#define NID_id_ppl		662
+#define OBJ_id_ppl		OBJ_id_pkix,21L
+
+#define SN_id_ad		"id-ad"
+#define NID_id_ad		176
+#define OBJ_id_ad		OBJ_id_pkix,48L
+
+#define SN_id_pkix1_explicit_88		"id-pkix1-explicit-88"
+#define NID_id_pkix1_explicit_88		269
+#define OBJ_id_pkix1_explicit_88		OBJ_id_pkix_mod,1L
+
+#define SN_id_pkix1_implicit_88		"id-pkix1-implicit-88"
+#define NID_id_pkix1_implicit_88		270
+#define OBJ_id_pkix1_implicit_88		OBJ_id_pkix_mod,2L
+
+#define SN_id_pkix1_explicit_93		"id-pkix1-explicit-93"
+#define NID_id_pkix1_explicit_93		271
+#define OBJ_id_pkix1_explicit_93		OBJ_id_pkix_mod,3L
+
+#define SN_id_pkix1_implicit_93		"id-pkix1-implicit-93"
+#define NID_id_pkix1_implicit_93		272
+#define OBJ_id_pkix1_implicit_93		OBJ_id_pkix_mod,4L
+
+#define SN_id_mod_crmf		"id-mod-crmf"
+#define NID_id_mod_crmf		273
+#define OBJ_id_mod_crmf		OBJ_id_pkix_mod,5L
+
+#define SN_id_mod_cmc		"id-mod-cmc"
+#define NID_id_mod_cmc		274
+#define OBJ_id_mod_cmc		OBJ_id_pkix_mod,6L
+
+#define SN_id_mod_kea_profile_88		"id-mod-kea-profile-88"
+#define NID_id_mod_kea_profile_88		275
+#define OBJ_id_mod_kea_profile_88		OBJ_id_pkix_mod,7L
+
+#define SN_id_mod_kea_profile_93		"id-mod-kea-profile-93"
+#define NID_id_mod_kea_profile_93		276
+#define OBJ_id_mod_kea_profile_93		OBJ_id_pkix_mod,8L
+
+#define SN_id_mod_cmp		"id-mod-cmp"
+#define NID_id_mod_cmp		277
+#define OBJ_id_mod_cmp		OBJ_id_pkix_mod,9L
+
+#define SN_id_mod_qualified_cert_88		"id-mod-qualified-cert-88"
+#define NID_id_mod_qualified_cert_88		278
+#define OBJ_id_mod_qualified_cert_88		OBJ_id_pkix_mod,10L
+
+#define SN_id_mod_qualified_cert_93		"id-mod-qualified-cert-93"
+#define NID_id_mod_qualified_cert_93		279
+#define OBJ_id_mod_qualified_cert_93		OBJ_id_pkix_mod,11L
+
+#define SN_id_mod_attribute_cert		"id-mod-attribute-cert"
+#define NID_id_mod_attribute_cert		280
+#define OBJ_id_mod_attribute_cert		OBJ_id_pkix_mod,12L
+
+#define SN_id_mod_timestamp_protocol		"id-mod-timestamp-protocol"
+#define NID_id_mod_timestamp_protocol		281
+#define OBJ_id_mod_timestamp_protocol		OBJ_id_pkix_mod,13L
+
+#define SN_id_mod_ocsp		"id-mod-ocsp"
+#define NID_id_mod_ocsp		282
+#define OBJ_id_mod_ocsp		OBJ_id_pkix_mod,14L
+
+#define SN_id_mod_dvcs		"id-mod-dvcs"
+#define NID_id_mod_dvcs		283
+#define OBJ_id_mod_dvcs		OBJ_id_pkix_mod,15L
+
+#define SN_id_mod_cmp2000		"id-mod-cmp2000"
+#define NID_id_mod_cmp2000		284
+#define OBJ_id_mod_cmp2000		OBJ_id_pkix_mod,16L
+
+#define SN_info_access		"authorityInfoAccess"
+#define LN_info_access		"Authority Information Access"
+#define NID_info_access		177
+#define OBJ_info_access		OBJ_id_pe,1L
+
+#define SN_biometricInfo		"biometricInfo"
+#define LN_biometricInfo		"Biometric Info"
+#define NID_biometricInfo		285
+#define OBJ_biometricInfo		OBJ_id_pe,2L
+
+#define SN_qcStatements		"qcStatements"
+#define NID_qcStatements		286
+#define OBJ_qcStatements		OBJ_id_pe,3L
+
+#define SN_ac_auditEntity		"ac-auditEntity"
+#define NID_ac_auditEntity		287
+#define OBJ_ac_auditEntity		OBJ_id_pe,4L
+
+#define SN_ac_targeting		"ac-targeting"
+#define NID_ac_targeting		288
+#define OBJ_ac_targeting		OBJ_id_pe,5L
+
+#define SN_aaControls		"aaControls"
+#define NID_aaControls		289
+#define OBJ_aaControls		OBJ_id_pe,6L
+
+#define SN_sbgp_ipAddrBlock		"sbgp-ipAddrBlock"
+#define NID_sbgp_ipAddrBlock		290
+#define OBJ_sbgp_ipAddrBlock		OBJ_id_pe,7L
+
+#define SN_sbgp_autonomousSysNum		"sbgp-autonomousSysNum"
+#define NID_sbgp_autonomousSysNum		291
+#define OBJ_sbgp_autonomousSysNum		OBJ_id_pe,8L
+
+#define SN_sbgp_routerIdentifier		"sbgp-routerIdentifier"
+#define NID_sbgp_routerIdentifier		292
+#define OBJ_sbgp_routerIdentifier		OBJ_id_pe,9L
+
+#define SN_ac_proxying		"ac-proxying"
+#define NID_ac_proxying		397
+#define OBJ_ac_proxying		OBJ_id_pe,10L
+
+#define SN_sinfo_access		"subjectInfoAccess"
+#define LN_sinfo_access		"Subject Information Access"
+#define NID_sinfo_access		398
+#define OBJ_sinfo_access		OBJ_id_pe,11L
+
+#define SN_proxyCertInfo		"proxyCertInfo"
+#define LN_proxyCertInfo		"Proxy Certificate Information"
+#define NID_proxyCertInfo		663
+#define OBJ_proxyCertInfo		OBJ_id_pe,14L
+
+#define SN_id_qt_cps		"id-qt-cps"
+#define LN_id_qt_cps		"Policy Qualifier CPS"
+#define NID_id_qt_cps		164
+#define OBJ_id_qt_cps		OBJ_id_qt,1L
+
+#define SN_id_qt_unotice		"id-qt-unotice"
+#define LN_id_qt_unotice		"Policy Qualifier User Notice"
+#define NID_id_qt_unotice		165
+#define OBJ_id_qt_unotice		OBJ_id_qt,2L
+
+#define SN_textNotice		"textNotice"
+#define NID_textNotice		293
+#define OBJ_textNotice		OBJ_id_qt,3L
+
+#define SN_server_auth		"serverAuth"
+#define LN_server_auth		"TLS Web Server Authentication"
+#define NID_server_auth		129
+#define OBJ_server_auth		OBJ_id_kp,1L
+
+#define SN_client_auth		"clientAuth"
+#define LN_client_auth		"TLS Web Client Authentication"
+#define NID_client_auth		130
+#define OBJ_client_auth		OBJ_id_kp,2L
+
+#define SN_code_sign		"codeSigning"
+#define LN_code_sign		"Code Signing"
+#define NID_code_sign		131
+#define OBJ_code_sign		OBJ_id_kp,3L
+
+#define SN_email_protect		"emailProtection"
+#define LN_email_protect		"E-mail Protection"
+#define NID_email_protect		132
+#define OBJ_email_protect		OBJ_id_kp,4L
+
+#define SN_ipsecEndSystem		"ipsecEndSystem"
+#define LN_ipsecEndSystem		"IPSec End System"
+#define NID_ipsecEndSystem		294
+#define OBJ_ipsecEndSystem		OBJ_id_kp,5L
+
+#define SN_ipsecTunnel		"ipsecTunnel"
+#define LN_ipsecTunnel		"IPSec Tunnel"
+#define NID_ipsecTunnel		295
+#define OBJ_ipsecTunnel		OBJ_id_kp,6L
+
+#define SN_ipsecUser		"ipsecUser"
+#define LN_ipsecUser		"IPSec User"
+#define NID_ipsecUser		296
+#define OBJ_ipsecUser		OBJ_id_kp,7L
+
+#define SN_time_stamp		"timeStamping"
+#define LN_time_stamp		"Time Stamping"
+#define NID_time_stamp		133
+#define OBJ_time_stamp		OBJ_id_kp,8L
+
+#define SN_OCSP_sign		"OCSPSigning"
+#define LN_OCSP_sign		"OCSP Signing"
+#define NID_OCSP_sign		180
+#define OBJ_OCSP_sign		OBJ_id_kp,9L
+
+#define SN_dvcs		"DVCS"
+#define LN_dvcs		"dvcs"
+#define NID_dvcs		297
+#define OBJ_dvcs		OBJ_id_kp,10L
+
+#define SN_id_it_caProtEncCert		"id-it-caProtEncCert"
+#define NID_id_it_caProtEncCert		298
+#define OBJ_id_it_caProtEncCert		OBJ_id_it,1L
+
+#define SN_id_it_signKeyPairTypes		"id-it-signKeyPairTypes"
+#define NID_id_it_signKeyPairTypes		299
+#define OBJ_id_it_signKeyPairTypes		OBJ_id_it,2L
+
+#define SN_id_it_encKeyPairTypes		"id-it-encKeyPairTypes"
+#define NID_id_it_encKeyPairTypes		300
+#define OBJ_id_it_encKeyPairTypes		OBJ_id_it,3L
+
+#define SN_id_it_preferredSymmAlg		"id-it-preferredSymmAlg"
+#define NID_id_it_preferredSymmAlg		301
+#define OBJ_id_it_preferredSymmAlg		OBJ_id_it,4L
+
+#define SN_id_it_caKeyUpdateInfo		"id-it-caKeyUpdateInfo"
+#define NID_id_it_caKeyUpdateInfo		302
+#define OBJ_id_it_caKeyUpdateInfo		OBJ_id_it,5L
+
+#define SN_id_it_currentCRL		"id-it-currentCRL"
+#define NID_id_it_currentCRL		303
+#define OBJ_id_it_currentCRL		OBJ_id_it,6L
+
+#define SN_id_it_unsupportedOIDs		"id-it-unsupportedOIDs"
+#define NID_id_it_unsupportedOIDs		304
+#define OBJ_id_it_unsupportedOIDs		OBJ_id_it,7L
+
+#define SN_id_it_subscriptionRequest		"id-it-subscriptionRequest"
+#define NID_id_it_subscriptionRequest		305
+#define OBJ_id_it_subscriptionRequest		OBJ_id_it,8L
+
+#define SN_id_it_subscriptionResponse		"id-it-subscriptionResponse"
+#define NID_id_it_subscriptionResponse		306
+#define OBJ_id_it_subscriptionResponse		OBJ_id_it,9L
+
+#define SN_id_it_keyPairParamReq		"id-it-keyPairParamReq"
+#define NID_id_it_keyPairParamReq		307
+#define OBJ_id_it_keyPairParamReq		OBJ_id_it,10L
+
+#define SN_id_it_keyPairParamRep		"id-it-keyPairParamRep"
+#define NID_id_it_keyPairParamRep		308
+#define OBJ_id_it_keyPairParamRep		OBJ_id_it,11L
+
+#define SN_id_it_revPassphrase		"id-it-revPassphrase"
+#define NID_id_it_revPassphrase		309
+#define OBJ_id_it_revPassphrase		OBJ_id_it,12L
+
+#define SN_id_it_implicitConfirm		"id-it-implicitConfirm"
+#define NID_id_it_implicitConfirm		310
+#define OBJ_id_it_implicitConfirm		OBJ_id_it,13L
+
+#define SN_id_it_confirmWaitTime		"id-it-confirmWaitTime"
+#define NID_id_it_confirmWaitTime		311
+#define OBJ_id_it_confirmWaitTime		OBJ_id_it,14L
+
+#define SN_id_it_origPKIMessage		"id-it-origPKIMessage"
+#define NID_id_it_origPKIMessage		312
+#define OBJ_id_it_origPKIMessage		OBJ_id_it,15L
+
+#define SN_id_it_suppLangTags		"id-it-suppLangTags"
+#define NID_id_it_suppLangTags		784
+#define OBJ_id_it_suppLangTags		OBJ_id_it,16L
+
+#define SN_id_regCtrl		"id-regCtrl"
+#define NID_id_regCtrl		313
+#define OBJ_id_regCtrl		OBJ_id_pkip,1L
+
+#define SN_id_regInfo		"id-regInfo"
+#define NID_id_regInfo		314
+#define OBJ_id_regInfo		OBJ_id_pkip,2L
+
+#define SN_id_regCtrl_regToken		"id-regCtrl-regToken"
+#define NID_id_regCtrl_regToken		315
+#define OBJ_id_regCtrl_regToken		OBJ_id_regCtrl,1L
+
+#define SN_id_regCtrl_authenticator		"id-regCtrl-authenticator"
+#define NID_id_regCtrl_authenticator		316
+#define OBJ_id_regCtrl_authenticator		OBJ_id_regCtrl,2L
+
+#define SN_id_regCtrl_pkiPublicationInfo		"id-regCtrl-pkiPublicationInfo"
+#define NID_id_regCtrl_pkiPublicationInfo		317
+#define OBJ_id_regCtrl_pkiPublicationInfo		OBJ_id_regCtrl,3L
+
+#define SN_id_regCtrl_pkiArchiveOptions		"id-regCtrl-pkiArchiveOptions"
+#define NID_id_regCtrl_pkiArchiveOptions		318
+#define OBJ_id_regCtrl_pkiArchiveOptions		OBJ_id_regCtrl,4L
+
+#define SN_id_regCtrl_oldCertID		"id-regCtrl-oldCertID"
+#define NID_id_regCtrl_oldCertID		319
+#define OBJ_id_regCtrl_oldCertID		OBJ_id_regCtrl,5L
+
+#define SN_id_regCtrl_protocolEncrKey		"id-regCtrl-protocolEncrKey"
+#define NID_id_regCtrl_protocolEncrKey		320
+#define OBJ_id_regCtrl_protocolEncrKey		OBJ_id_regCtrl,6L
+
+#define SN_id_regInfo_utf8Pairs		"id-regInfo-utf8Pairs"
+#define NID_id_regInfo_utf8Pairs		321
+#define OBJ_id_regInfo_utf8Pairs		OBJ_id_regInfo,1L
+
+#define SN_id_regInfo_certReq		"id-regInfo-certReq"
+#define NID_id_regInfo_certReq		322
+#define OBJ_id_regInfo_certReq		OBJ_id_regInfo,2L
+
+#define SN_id_alg_des40		"id-alg-des40"
+#define NID_id_alg_des40		323
+#define OBJ_id_alg_des40		OBJ_id_alg,1L
+
+#define SN_id_alg_noSignature		"id-alg-noSignature"
+#define NID_id_alg_noSignature		324
+#define OBJ_id_alg_noSignature		OBJ_id_alg,2L
+
+#define SN_id_alg_dh_sig_hmac_sha1		"id-alg-dh-sig-hmac-sha1"
+#define NID_id_alg_dh_sig_hmac_sha1		325
+#define OBJ_id_alg_dh_sig_hmac_sha1		OBJ_id_alg,3L
+
+#define SN_id_alg_dh_pop		"id-alg-dh-pop"
+#define NID_id_alg_dh_pop		326
+#define OBJ_id_alg_dh_pop		OBJ_id_alg,4L
+
+#define SN_id_cmc_statusInfo		"id-cmc-statusInfo"
+#define NID_id_cmc_statusInfo		327
+#define OBJ_id_cmc_statusInfo		OBJ_id_cmc,1L
+
+#define SN_id_cmc_identification		"id-cmc-identification"
+#define NID_id_cmc_identification		328
+#define OBJ_id_cmc_identification		OBJ_id_cmc,2L
+
+#define SN_id_cmc_identityProof		"id-cmc-identityProof"
+#define NID_id_cmc_identityProof		329
+#define OBJ_id_cmc_identityProof		OBJ_id_cmc,3L
+
+#define SN_id_cmc_dataReturn		"id-cmc-dataReturn"
+#define NID_id_cmc_dataReturn		330
+#define OBJ_id_cmc_dataReturn		OBJ_id_cmc,4L
+
+#define SN_id_cmc_transactionId		"id-cmc-transactionId"
+#define NID_id_cmc_transactionId		331
+#define OBJ_id_cmc_transactionId		OBJ_id_cmc,5L
+
+#define SN_id_cmc_senderNonce		"id-cmc-senderNonce"
+#define NID_id_cmc_senderNonce		332
+#define OBJ_id_cmc_senderNonce		OBJ_id_cmc,6L
+
+#define SN_id_cmc_recipientNonce		"id-cmc-recipientNonce"
+#define NID_id_cmc_recipientNonce		333
+#define OBJ_id_cmc_recipientNonce		OBJ_id_cmc,7L
+
+#define SN_id_cmc_addExtensions		"id-cmc-addExtensions"
+#define NID_id_cmc_addExtensions		334
+#define OBJ_id_cmc_addExtensions		OBJ_id_cmc,8L
+
+#define SN_id_cmc_encryptedPOP		"id-cmc-encryptedPOP"
+#define NID_id_cmc_encryptedPOP		335
+#define OBJ_id_cmc_encryptedPOP		OBJ_id_cmc,9L
+
+#define SN_id_cmc_decryptedPOP		"id-cmc-decryptedPOP"
+#define NID_id_cmc_decryptedPOP		336
+#define OBJ_id_cmc_decryptedPOP		OBJ_id_cmc,10L
+
+#define SN_id_cmc_lraPOPWitness		"id-cmc-lraPOPWitness"
+#define NID_id_cmc_lraPOPWitness		337
+#define OBJ_id_cmc_lraPOPWitness		OBJ_id_cmc,11L
+
+#define SN_id_cmc_getCert		"id-cmc-getCert"
+#define NID_id_cmc_getCert		338
+#define OBJ_id_cmc_getCert		OBJ_id_cmc,15L
+
+#define SN_id_cmc_getCRL		"id-cmc-getCRL"
+#define NID_id_cmc_getCRL		339
+#define OBJ_id_cmc_getCRL		OBJ_id_cmc,16L
+
+#define SN_id_cmc_revokeRequest		"id-cmc-revokeRequest"
+#define NID_id_cmc_revokeRequest		340
+#define OBJ_id_cmc_revokeRequest		OBJ_id_cmc,17L
+
+#define SN_id_cmc_regInfo		"id-cmc-regInfo"
+#define NID_id_cmc_regInfo		341
+#define OBJ_id_cmc_regInfo		OBJ_id_cmc,18L
+
+#define SN_id_cmc_responseInfo		"id-cmc-responseInfo"
+#define NID_id_cmc_responseInfo		342
+#define OBJ_id_cmc_responseInfo		OBJ_id_cmc,19L
+
+#define SN_id_cmc_queryPending		"id-cmc-queryPending"
+#define NID_id_cmc_queryPending		343
+#define OBJ_id_cmc_queryPending		OBJ_id_cmc,21L
+
+#define SN_id_cmc_popLinkRandom		"id-cmc-popLinkRandom"
+#define NID_id_cmc_popLinkRandom		344
+#define OBJ_id_cmc_popLinkRandom		OBJ_id_cmc,22L
+
+#define SN_id_cmc_popLinkWitness		"id-cmc-popLinkWitness"
+#define NID_id_cmc_popLinkWitness		345
+#define OBJ_id_cmc_popLinkWitness		OBJ_id_cmc,23L
+
+#define SN_id_cmc_confirmCertAcceptance		"id-cmc-confirmCertAcceptance"
+#define NID_id_cmc_confirmCertAcceptance		346
+#define OBJ_id_cmc_confirmCertAcceptance		OBJ_id_cmc,24L
+
+#define SN_id_on_personalData		"id-on-personalData"
+#define NID_id_on_personalData		347
+#define OBJ_id_on_personalData		OBJ_id_on,1L
+
+#define SN_id_on_permanentIdentifier		"id-on-permanentIdentifier"
+#define LN_id_on_permanentIdentifier		"Permanent Identifier"
+#define NID_id_on_permanentIdentifier		858
+#define OBJ_id_on_permanentIdentifier		OBJ_id_on,3L
+
+#define SN_id_pda_dateOfBirth		"id-pda-dateOfBirth"
+#define NID_id_pda_dateOfBirth		348
+#define OBJ_id_pda_dateOfBirth		OBJ_id_pda,1L
+
+#define SN_id_pda_placeOfBirth		"id-pda-placeOfBirth"
+#define NID_id_pda_placeOfBirth		349
+#define OBJ_id_pda_placeOfBirth		OBJ_id_pda,2L
+
+#define SN_id_pda_gender		"id-pda-gender"
+#define NID_id_pda_gender		351
+#define OBJ_id_pda_gender		OBJ_id_pda,3L
+
+#define SN_id_pda_countryOfCitizenship		"id-pda-countryOfCitizenship"
+#define NID_id_pda_countryOfCitizenship		352
+#define OBJ_id_pda_countryOfCitizenship		OBJ_id_pda,4L
+
+#define SN_id_pda_countryOfResidence		"id-pda-countryOfResidence"
+#define NID_id_pda_countryOfResidence		353
+#define OBJ_id_pda_countryOfResidence		OBJ_id_pda,5L
+
+#define SN_id_aca_authenticationInfo		"id-aca-authenticationInfo"
+#define NID_id_aca_authenticationInfo		354
+#define OBJ_id_aca_authenticationInfo		OBJ_id_aca,1L
+
+#define SN_id_aca_accessIdentity		"id-aca-accessIdentity"
+#define NID_id_aca_accessIdentity		355
+#define OBJ_id_aca_accessIdentity		OBJ_id_aca,2L
+
+#define SN_id_aca_chargingIdentity		"id-aca-chargingIdentity"
+#define NID_id_aca_chargingIdentity		356
+#define OBJ_id_aca_chargingIdentity		OBJ_id_aca,3L
+
+#define SN_id_aca_group		"id-aca-group"
+#define NID_id_aca_group		357
+#define OBJ_id_aca_group		OBJ_id_aca,4L
+
+#define SN_id_aca_role		"id-aca-role"
+#define NID_id_aca_role		358
+#define OBJ_id_aca_role		OBJ_id_aca,5L
+
+#define SN_id_aca_encAttrs		"id-aca-encAttrs"
+#define NID_id_aca_encAttrs		399
+#define OBJ_id_aca_encAttrs		OBJ_id_aca,6L
+
+#define SN_id_qcs_pkixQCSyntax_v1		"id-qcs-pkixQCSyntax-v1"
+#define NID_id_qcs_pkixQCSyntax_v1		359
+#define OBJ_id_qcs_pkixQCSyntax_v1		OBJ_id_qcs,1L
+
+#define SN_id_cct_crs		"id-cct-crs"
+#define NID_id_cct_crs		360
+#define OBJ_id_cct_crs		OBJ_id_cct,1L
+
+#define SN_id_cct_PKIData		"id-cct-PKIData"
+#define NID_id_cct_PKIData		361
+#define OBJ_id_cct_PKIData		OBJ_id_cct,2L
+
+#define SN_id_cct_PKIResponse		"id-cct-PKIResponse"
+#define NID_id_cct_PKIResponse		362
+#define OBJ_id_cct_PKIResponse		OBJ_id_cct,3L
+
+#define SN_id_ppl_anyLanguage		"id-ppl-anyLanguage"
+#define LN_id_ppl_anyLanguage		"Any language"
+#define NID_id_ppl_anyLanguage		664
+#define OBJ_id_ppl_anyLanguage		OBJ_id_ppl,0L
+
+#define SN_id_ppl_inheritAll		"id-ppl-inheritAll"
+#define LN_id_ppl_inheritAll		"Inherit all"
+#define NID_id_ppl_inheritAll		665
+#define OBJ_id_ppl_inheritAll		OBJ_id_ppl,1L
+
+#define SN_Independent		"id-ppl-independent"
+#define LN_Independent		"Independent"
+#define NID_Independent		667
+#define OBJ_Independent		OBJ_id_ppl,2L
+
+#define SN_ad_OCSP		"OCSP"
+#define LN_ad_OCSP		"OCSP"
+#define NID_ad_OCSP		178
+#define OBJ_ad_OCSP		OBJ_id_ad,1L
+
+#define SN_ad_ca_issuers		"caIssuers"
+#define LN_ad_ca_issuers		"CA Issuers"
+#define NID_ad_ca_issuers		179
+#define OBJ_ad_ca_issuers		OBJ_id_ad,2L
+
+#define SN_ad_timeStamping		"ad_timestamping"
+#define LN_ad_timeStamping		"AD Time Stamping"
+#define NID_ad_timeStamping		363
+#define OBJ_ad_timeStamping		OBJ_id_ad,3L
+
+#define SN_ad_dvcs		"AD_DVCS"
+#define LN_ad_dvcs		"ad dvcs"
+#define NID_ad_dvcs		364
+#define OBJ_ad_dvcs		OBJ_id_ad,4L
+
+#define SN_caRepository		"caRepository"
+#define LN_caRepository		"CA Repository"
+#define NID_caRepository		785
+#define OBJ_caRepository		OBJ_id_ad,5L
+
+#define OBJ_id_pkix_OCSP		OBJ_ad_OCSP
+
+#define SN_id_pkix_OCSP_basic		"basicOCSPResponse"
+#define LN_id_pkix_OCSP_basic		"Basic OCSP Response"
+#define NID_id_pkix_OCSP_basic		365
+#define OBJ_id_pkix_OCSP_basic		OBJ_id_pkix_OCSP,1L
+
+#define SN_id_pkix_OCSP_Nonce		"Nonce"
+#define LN_id_pkix_OCSP_Nonce		"OCSP Nonce"
+#define NID_id_pkix_OCSP_Nonce		366
+#define OBJ_id_pkix_OCSP_Nonce		OBJ_id_pkix_OCSP,2L
+
+#define SN_id_pkix_OCSP_CrlID		"CrlID"
+#define LN_id_pkix_OCSP_CrlID		"OCSP CRL ID"
+#define NID_id_pkix_OCSP_CrlID		367
+#define OBJ_id_pkix_OCSP_CrlID		OBJ_id_pkix_OCSP,3L
+
+#define SN_id_pkix_OCSP_acceptableResponses		"acceptableResponses"
+#define LN_id_pkix_OCSP_acceptableResponses		"Acceptable OCSP Responses"
+#define NID_id_pkix_OCSP_acceptableResponses		368
+#define OBJ_id_pkix_OCSP_acceptableResponses		OBJ_id_pkix_OCSP,4L
+
+#define SN_id_pkix_OCSP_noCheck		"noCheck"
+#define LN_id_pkix_OCSP_noCheck		"OCSP No Check"
+#define NID_id_pkix_OCSP_noCheck		369
+#define OBJ_id_pkix_OCSP_noCheck		OBJ_id_pkix_OCSP,5L
+
+#define SN_id_pkix_OCSP_archiveCutoff		"archiveCutoff"
+#define LN_id_pkix_OCSP_archiveCutoff		"OCSP Archive Cutoff"
+#define NID_id_pkix_OCSP_archiveCutoff		370
+#define OBJ_id_pkix_OCSP_archiveCutoff		OBJ_id_pkix_OCSP,6L
+
+#define SN_id_pkix_OCSP_serviceLocator		"serviceLocator"
+#define LN_id_pkix_OCSP_serviceLocator		"OCSP Service Locator"
+#define NID_id_pkix_OCSP_serviceLocator		371
+#define OBJ_id_pkix_OCSP_serviceLocator		OBJ_id_pkix_OCSP,7L
+
+#define SN_id_pkix_OCSP_extendedStatus		"extendedStatus"
+#define LN_id_pkix_OCSP_extendedStatus		"Extended OCSP Status"
+#define NID_id_pkix_OCSP_extendedStatus		372
+#define OBJ_id_pkix_OCSP_extendedStatus		OBJ_id_pkix_OCSP,8L
+
+#define SN_id_pkix_OCSP_valid		"valid"
+#define NID_id_pkix_OCSP_valid		373
+#define OBJ_id_pkix_OCSP_valid		OBJ_id_pkix_OCSP,9L
+
+#define SN_id_pkix_OCSP_path		"path"
+#define NID_id_pkix_OCSP_path		374
+#define OBJ_id_pkix_OCSP_path		OBJ_id_pkix_OCSP,10L
+
+#define SN_id_pkix_OCSP_trustRoot		"trustRoot"
+#define LN_id_pkix_OCSP_trustRoot		"Trust Root"
+#define NID_id_pkix_OCSP_trustRoot		375
+#define OBJ_id_pkix_OCSP_trustRoot		OBJ_id_pkix_OCSP,11L
+
+#define SN_algorithm		"algorithm"
+#define LN_algorithm		"algorithm"
+#define NID_algorithm		376
+#define OBJ_algorithm		1L,3L,14L,3L,2L
+
+#define SN_md5WithRSA		"RSA-NP-MD5"
+#define LN_md5WithRSA		"md5WithRSA"
+#define NID_md5WithRSA		104
+#define OBJ_md5WithRSA		OBJ_algorithm,3L
+
+#define SN_des_ecb		"DES-ECB"
+#define LN_des_ecb		"des-ecb"
+#define NID_des_ecb		29
+#define OBJ_des_ecb		OBJ_algorithm,6L
+
+#define SN_des_cbc		"DES-CBC"
+#define LN_des_cbc		"des-cbc"
+#define NID_des_cbc		31
+#define OBJ_des_cbc		OBJ_algorithm,7L
+
+#define SN_des_ofb64		"DES-OFB"
+#define LN_des_ofb64		"des-ofb"
+#define NID_des_ofb64		45
+#define OBJ_des_ofb64		OBJ_algorithm,8L
+
+#define SN_des_cfb64		"DES-CFB"
+#define LN_des_cfb64		"des-cfb"
+#define NID_des_cfb64		30
+#define OBJ_des_cfb64		OBJ_algorithm,9L
+
+#define SN_rsaSignature		"rsaSignature"
+#define NID_rsaSignature		377
+#define OBJ_rsaSignature		OBJ_algorithm,11L
+
+#define SN_dsa_2		"DSA-old"
+#define LN_dsa_2		"dsaEncryption-old"
+#define NID_dsa_2		67
+#define OBJ_dsa_2		OBJ_algorithm,12L
+
+#define SN_dsaWithSHA		"DSA-SHA"
+#define LN_dsaWithSHA		"dsaWithSHA"
+#define NID_dsaWithSHA		66
+#define OBJ_dsaWithSHA		OBJ_algorithm,13L
+
+#define SN_shaWithRSAEncryption		"RSA-SHA"
+#define LN_shaWithRSAEncryption		"shaWithRSAEncryption"
+#define NID_shaWithRSAEncryption		42
+#define OBJ_shaWithRSAEncryption		OBJ_algorithm,15L
+
+#define SN_des_ede_ecb		"DES-EDE"
+#define LN_des_ede_ecb		"des-ede"
+#define NID_des_ede_ecb		32
+#define OBJ_des_ede_ecb		OBJ_algorithm,17L
+
+#define SN_des_ede3_ecb		"DES-EDE3"
+#define LN_des_ede3_ecb		"des-ede3"
+#define NID_des_ede3_ecb		33
+
+#define SN_des_ede_cbc		"DES-EDE-CBC"
+#define LN_des_ede_cbc		"des-ede-cbc"
+#define NID_des_ede_cbc		43
+
+#define SN_des_ede_cfb64		"DES-EDE-CFB"
+#define LN_des_ede_cfb64		"des-ede-cfb"
+#define NID_des_ede_cfb64		60
+
+#define SN_des_ede3_cfb64		"DES-EDE3-CFB"
+#define LN_des_ede3_cfb64		"des-ede3-cfb"
+#define NID_des_ede3_cfb64		61
+
+#define SN_des_ede_ofb64		"DES-EDE-OFB"
+#define LN_des_ede_ofb64		"des-ede-ofb"
+#define NID_des_ede_ofb64		62
+
+#define SN_des_ede3_ofb64		"DES-EDE3-OFB"
+#define LN_des_ede3_ofb64		"des-ede3-ofb"
+#define NID_des_ede3_ofb64		63
+
+#define SN_desx_cbc		"DESX-CBC"
+#define LN_desx_cbc		"desx-cbc"
+#define NID_desx_cbc		80
+
+#define SN_sha		"SHA"
+#define LN_sha		"sha"
+#define NID_sha		41
+#define OBJ_sha		OBJ_algorithm,18L
+
+#define SN_sha1		"SHA1"
+#define LN_sha1		"sha1"
+#define NID_sha1		64
+#define OBJ_sha1		OBJ_algorithm,26L
+
+#define SN_dsaWithSHA1_2		"DSA-SHA1-old"
+#define LN_dsaWithSHA1_2		"dsaWithSHA1-old"
+#define NID_dsaWithSHA1_2		70
+#define OBJ_dsaWithSHA1_2		OBJ_algorithm,27L
+
+#define SN_sha1WithRSA		"RSA-SHA1-2"
+#define LN_sha1WithRSA		"sha1WithRSA"
+#define NID_sha1WithRSA		115
+#define OBJ_sha1WithRSA		OBJ_algorithm,29L
+
+#define SN_ripemd160		"RIPEMD160"
+#define LN_ripemd160		"ripemd160"
+#define NID_ripemd160		117
+#define OBJ_ripemd160		1L,3L,36L,3L,2L,1L
+
+#define SN_ripemd160WithRSA		"RSA-RIPEMD160"
+#define LN_ripemd160WithRSA		"ripemd160WithRSA"
+#define NID_ripemd160WithRSA		119
+#define OBJ_ripemd160WithRSA		1L,3L,36L,3L,3L,1L,2L
+
+#define SN_sxnet		"SXNetID"
+#define LN_sxnet		"Strong Extranet ID"
+#define NID_sxnet		143
+#define OBJ_sxnet		1L,3L,101L,1L,4L,1L
+
+#define SN_X500		"X500"
+#define LN_X500		"directory services (X.500)"
+#define NID_X500		11
+#define OBJ_X500		2L,5L
+
+#define SN_X509		"X509"
+#define NID_X509		12
+#define OBJ_X509		OBJ_X500,4L
+
+#define SN_commonName		"CN"
+#define LN_commonName		"commonName"
+#define NID_commonName		13
+#define OBJ_commonName		OBJ_X509,3L
+
+#define SN_surname		"SN"
+#define LN_surname		"surname"
+#define NID_surname		100
+#define OBJ_surname		OBJ_X509,4L
+
+#define LN_serialNumber		"serialNumber"
+#define NID_serialNumber		105
+#define OBJ_serialNumber		OBJ_X509,5L
+
+#define SN_countryName		"C"
+#define LN_countryName		"countryName"
+#define NID_countryName		14
+#define OBJ_countryName		OBJ_X509,6L
+
+#define SN_localityName		"L"
+#define LN_localityName		"localityName"
+#define NID_localityName		15
+#define OBJ_localityName		OBJ_X509,7L
+
+#define SN_stateOrProvinceName		"ST"
+#define LN_stateOrProvinceName		"stateOrProvinceName"
+#define NID_stateOrProvinceName		16
+#define OBJ_stateOrProvinceName		OBJ_X509,8L
+
+#define SN_streetAddress		"street"
+#define LN_streetAddress		"streetAddress"
+#define NID_streetAddress		660
+#define OBJ_streetAddress		OBJ_X509,9L
+
+#define SN_organizationName		"O"
+#define LN_organizationName		"organizationName"
+#define NID_organizationName		17
+#define OBJ_organizationName		OBJ_X509,10L
+
+#define SN_organizationalUnitName		"OU"
+#define LN_organizationalUnitName		"organizationalUnitName"
+#define NID_organizationalUnitName		18
+#define OBJ_organizationalUnitName		OBJ_X509,11L
+
+#define SN_title		"title"
+#define LN_title		"title"
+#define NID_title		106
+#define OBJ_title		OBJ_X509,12L
+
+#define LN_description		"description"
+#define NID_description		107
+#define OBJ_description		OBJ_X509,13L
+
+#define LN_searchGuide		"searchGuide"
+#define NID_searchGuide		859
+#define OBJ_searchGuide		OBJ_X509,14L
+
+#define LN_businessCategory		"businessCategory"
+#define NID_businessCategory		860
+#define OBJ_businessCategory		OBJ_X509,15L
+
+#define LN_postalAddress		"postalAddress"
+#define NID_postalAddress		861
+#define OBJ_postalAddress		OBJ_X509,16L
+
+#define LN_postalCode		"postalCode"
+#define NID_postalCode		661
+#define OBJ_postalCode		OBJ_X509,17L
+
+#define LN_postOfficeBox		"postOfficeBox"
+#define NID_postOfficeBox		862
+#define OBJ_postOfficeBox		OBJ_X509,18L
+
+#define LN_physicalDeliveryOfficeName		"physicalDeliveryOfficeName"
+#define NID_physicalDeliveryOfficeName		863
+#define OBJ_physicalDeliveryOfficeName		OBJ_X509,19L
+
+#define LN_telephoneNumber		"telephoneNumber"
+#define NID_telephoneNumber		864
+#define OBJ_telephoneNumber		OBJ_X509,20L
+
+#define LN_telexNumber		"telexNumber"
+#define NID_telexNumber		865
+#define OBJ_telexNumber		OBJ_X509,21L
+
+#define LN_teletexTerminalIdentifier		"teletexTerminalIdentifier"
+#define NID_teletexTerminalIdentifier		866
+#define OBJ_teletexTerminalIdentifier		OBJ_X509,22L
+
+#define LN_facsimileTelephoneNumber		"facsimileTelephoneNumber"
+#define NID_facsimileTelephoneNumber		867
+#define OBJ_facsimileTelephoneNumber		OBJ_X509,23L
+
+#define LN_x121Address		"x121Address"
+#define NID_x121Address		868
+#define OBJ_x121Address		OBJ_X509,24L
+
+#define LN_internationaliSDNNumber		"internationaliSDNNumber"
+#define NID_internationaliSDNNumber		869
+#define OBJ_internationaliSDNNumber		OBJ_X509,25L
+
+#define LN_registeredAddress		"registeredAddress"
+#define NID_registeredAddress		870
+#define OBJ_registeredAddress		OBJ_X509,26L
+
+#define LN_destinationIndicator		"destinationIndicator"
+#define NID_destinationIndicator		871
+#define OBJ_destinationIndicator		OBJ_X509,27L
+
+#define LN_preferredDeliveryMethod		"preferredDeliveryMethod"
+#define NID_preferredDeliveryMethod		872
+#define OBJ_preferredDeliveryMethod		OBJ_X509,28L
+
+#define LN_presentationAddress		"presentationAddress"
+#define NID_presentationAddress		873
+#define OBJ_presentationAddress		OBJ_X509,29L
+
+#define LN_supportedApplicationContext		"supportedApplicationContext"
+#define NID_supportedApplicationContext		874
+#define OBJ_supportedApplicationContext		OBJ_X509,30L
+
+#define SN_member		"member"
+#define NID_member		875
+#define OBJ_member		OBJ_X509,31L
+
+#define SN_owner		"owner"
+#define NID_owner		876
+#define OBJ_owner		OBJ_X509,32L
+
+#define LN_roleOccupant		"roleOccupant"
+#define NID_roleOccupant		877
+#define OBJ_roleOccupant		OBJ_X509,33L
+
+#define SN_seeAlso		"seeAlso"
+#define NID_seeAlso		878
+#define OBJ_seeAlso		OBJ_X509,34L
+
+#define LN_userPassword		"userPassword"
+#define NID_userPassword		879
+#define OBJ_userPassword		OBJ_X509,35L
+
+#define LN_userCertificate		"userCertificate"
+#define NID_userCertificate		880
+#define OBJ_userCertificate		OBJ_X509,36L
+
+#define LN_cACertificate		"cACertificate"
+#define NID_cACertificate		881
+#define OBJ_cACertificate		OBJ_X509,37L
+
+#define LN_authorityRevocationList		"authorityRevocationList"
+#define NID_authorityRevocationList		882
+#define OBJ_authorityRevocationList		OBJ_X509,38L
+
+#define LN_certificateRevocationList		"certificateRevocationList"
+#define NID_certificateRevocationList		883
+#define OBJ_certificateRevocationList		OBJ_X509,39L
+
+#define LN_crossCertificatePair		"crossCertificatePair"
+#define NID_crossCertificatePair		884
+#define OBJ_crossCertificatePair		OBJ_X509,40L
+
+#define SN_name		"name"
+#define LN_name		"name"
+#define NID_name		173
+#define OBJ_name		OBJ_X509,41L
+
+#define SN_givenName		"GN"
+#define LN_givenName		"givenName"
+#define NID_givenName		99
+#define OBJ_givenName		OBJ_X509,42L
+
+#define SN_initials		"initials"
+#define LN_initials		"initials"
+#define NID_initials		101
+#define OBJ_initials		OBJ_X509,43L
+
+#define LN_generationQualifier		"generationQualifier"
+#define NID_generationQualifier		509
+#define OBJ_generationQualifier		OBJ_X509,44L
+
+#define LN_x500UniqueIdentifier		"x500UniqueIdentifier"
+#define NID_x500UniqueIdentifier		503
+#define OBJ_x500UniqueIdentifier		OBJ_X509,45L
+
+#define SN_dnQualifier		"dnQualifier"
+#define LN_dnQualifier		"dnQualifier"
+#define NID_dnQualifier		174
+#define OBJ_dnQualifier		OBJ_X509,46L
+
+#define LN_enhancedSearchGuide		"enhancedSearchGuide"
+#define NID_enhancedSearchGuide		885
+#define OBJ_enhancedSearchGuide		OBJ_X509,47L
+
+#define LN_protocolInformation		"protocolInformation"
+#define NID_protocolInformation		886
+#define OBJ_protocolInformation		OBJ_X509,48L
+
+#define LN_distinguishedName		"distinguishedName"
+#define NID_distinguishedName		887
+#define OBJ_distinguishedName		OBJ_X509,49L
+
+#define LN_uniqueMember		"uniqueMember"
+#define NID_uniqueMember		888
+#define OBJ_uniqueMember		OBJ_X509,50L
+
+#define LN_houseIdentifier		"houseIdentifier"
+#define NID_houseIdentifier		889
+#define OBJ_houseIdentifier		OBJ_X509,51L
+
+#define LN_supportedAlgorithms		"supportedAlgorithms"
+#define NID_supportedAlgorithms		890
+#define OBJ_supportedAlgorithms		OBJ_X509,52L
+
+#define LN_deltaRevocationList		"deltaRevocationList"
+#define NID_deltaRevocationList		891
+#define OBJ_deltaRevocationList		OBJ_X509,53L
+
+#define SN_dmdName		"dmdName"
+#define NID_dmdName		892
+#define OBJ_dmdName		OBJ_X509,54L
+
+#define LN_pseudonym		"pseudonym"
+#define NID_pseudonym		510
+#define OBJ_pseudonym		OBJ_X509,65L
+
+#define SN_role		"role"
+#define LN_role		"role"
+#define NID_role		400
+#define OBJ_role		OBJ_X509,72L
+
+#define SN_X500algorithms		"X500algorithms"
+#define LN_X500algorithms		"directory services - algorithms"
+#define NID_X500algorithms		378
+#define OBJ_X500algorithms		OBJ_X500,8L
+
+#define SN_rsa		"RSA"
+#define LN_rsa		"rsa"
+#define NID_rsa		19
+#define OBJ_rsa		OBJ_X500algorithms,1L,1L
+
+#define SN_mdc2WithRSA		"RSA-MDC2"
+#define LN_mdc2WithRSA		"mdc2WithRSA"
+#define NID_mdc2WithRSA		96
+#define OBJ_mdc2WithRSA		OBJ_X500algorithms,3L,100L
+
+#define SN_mdc2		"MDC2"
+#define LN_mdc2		"mdc2"
+#define NID_mdc2		95
+#define OBJ_mdc2		OBJ_X500algorithms,3L,101L
+
+#define SN_id_ce		"id-ce"
+#define NID_id_ce		81
+#define OBJ_id_ce		OBJ_X500,29L
+
+#define SN_subject_directory_attributes		"subjectDirectoryAttributes"
+#define LN_subject_directory_attributes		"X509v3 Subject Directory Attributes"
+#define NID_subject_directory_attributes		769
+#define OBJ_subject_directory_attributes		OBJ_id_ce,9L
+
+#define SN_subject_key_identifier		"subjectKeyIdentifier"
+#define LN_subject_key_identifier		"X509v3 Subject Key Identifier"
+#define NID_subject_key_identifier		82
+#define OBJ_subject_key_identifier		OBJ_id_ce,14L
+
+#define SN_key_usage		"keyUsage"
+#define LN_key_usage		"X509v3 Key Usage"
+#define NID_key_usage		83
+#define OBJ_key_usage		OBJ_id_ce,15L
+
+#define SN_private_key_usage_period		"privateKeyUsagePeriod"
+#define LN_private_key_usage_period		"X509v3 Private Key Usage Period"
+#define NID_private_key_usage_period		84
+#define OBJ_private_key_usage_period		OBJ_id_ce,16L
+
+#define SN_subject_alt_name		"subjectAltName"
+#define LN_subject_alt_name		"X509v3 Subject Alternative Name"
+#define NID_subject_alt_name		85
+#define OBJ_subject_alt_name		OBJ_id_ce,17L
+
+#define SN_issuer_alt_name		"issuerAltName"
+#define LN_issuer_alt_name		"X509v3 Issuer Alternative Name"
+#define NID_issuer_alt_name		86
+#define OBJ_issuer_alt_name		OBJ_id_ce,18L
+
+#define SN_basic_constraints		"basicConstraints"
+#define LN_basic_constraints		"X509v3 Basic Constraints"
+#define NID_basic_constraints		87
+#define OBJ_basic_constraints		OBJ_id_ce,19L
+
+#define SN_crl_number		"crlNumber"
+#define LN_crl_number		"X509v3 CRL Number"
+#define NID_crl_number		88
+#define OBJ_crl_number		OBJ_id_ce,20L
+
+#define SN_crl_reason		"CRLReason"
+#define LN_crl_reason		"X509v3 CRL Reason Code"
+#define NID_crl_reason		141
+#define OBJ_crl_reason		OBJ_id_ce,21L
+
+#define SN_invalidity_date		"invalidityDate"
+#define LN_invalidity_date		"Invalidity Date"
+#define NID_invalidity_date		142
+#define OBJ_invalidity_date		OBJ_id_ce,24L
+
+#define SN_delta_crl		"deltaCRL"
+#define LN_delta_crl		"X509v3 Delta CRL Indicator"
+#define NID_delta_crl		140
+#define OBJ_delta_crl		OBJ_id_ce,27L
+
+#define SN_issuing_distribution_point		"issuingDistributionPoint"
+#define LN_issuing_distribution_point		"X509v3 Issuing Distrubution Point"
+#define NID_issuing_distribution_point		770
+#define OBJ_issuing_distribution_point		OBJ_id_ce,28L
+
+#define SN_certificate_issuer		"certificateIssuer"
+#define LN_certificate_issuer		"X509v3 Certificate Issuer"
+#define NID_certificate_issuer		771
+#define OBJ_certificate_issuer		OBJ_id_ce,29L
+
+#define SN_name_constraints		"nameConstraints"
+#define LN_name_constraints		"X509v3 Name Constraints"
+#define NID_name_constraints		666
+#define OBJ_name_constraints		OBJ_id_ce,30L
+
+#define SN_crl_distribution_points		"crlDistributionPoints"
+#define LN_crl_distribution_points		"X509v3 CRL Distribution Points"
+#define NID_crl_distribution_points		103
+#define OBJ_crl_distribution_points		OBJ_id_ce,31L
+
+#define SN_certificate_policies		"certificatePolicies"
+#define LN_certificate_policies		"X509v3 Certificate Policies"
+#define NID_certificate_policies		89
+#define OBJ_certificate_policies		OBJ_id_ce,32L
+
+#define SN_any_policy		"anyPolicy"
+#define LN_any_policy		"X509v3 Any Policy"
+#define NID_any_policy		746
+#define OBJ_any_policy		OBJ_certificate_policies,0L
+
+#define SN_policy_mappings		"policyMappings"
+#define LN_policy_mappings		"X509v3 Policy Mappings"
+#define NID_policy_mappings		747
+#define OBJ_policy_mappings		OBJ_id_ce,33L
+
+#define SN_authority_key_identifier		"authorityKeyIdentifier"
+#define LN_authority_key_identifier		"X509v3 Authority Key Identifier"
+#define NID_authority_key_identifier		90
+#define OBJ_authority_key_identifier		OBJ_id_ce,35L
+
+#define SN_policy_constraints		"policyConstraints"
+#define LN_policy_constraints		"X509v3 Policy Constraints"
+#define NID_policy_constraints		401
+#define OBJ_policy_constraints		OBJ_id_ce,36L
+
+#define SN_ext_key_usage		"extendedKeyUsage"
+#define LN_ext_key_usage		"X509v3 Extended Key Usage"
+#define NID_ext_key_usage		126
+#define OBJ_ext_key_usage		OBJ_id_ce,37L
+
+#define SN_freshest_crl		"freshestCRL"
+#define LN_freshest_crl		"X509v3 Freshest CRL"
+#define NID_freshest_crl		857
+#define OBJ_freshest_crl		OBJ_id_ce,46L
+
+#define SN_inhibit_any_policy		"inhibitAnyPolicy"
+#define LN_inhibit_any_policy		"X509v3 Inhibit Any Policy"
+#define NID_inhibit_any_policy		748
+#define OBJ_inhibit_any_policy		OBJ_id_ce,54L
+
+#define SN_target_information		"targetInformation"
+#define LN_target_information		"X509v3 AC Targeting"
+#define NID_target_information		402
+#define OBJ_target_information		OBJ_id_ce,55L
+
+#define SN_no_rev_avail		"noRevAvail"
+#define LN_no_rev_avail		"X509v3 No Revocation Available"
+#define NID_no_rev_avail		403
+#define OBJ_no_rev_avail		OBJ_id_ce,56L
+
+#define SN_anyExtendedKeyUsage		"anyExtendedKeyUsage"
+#define LN_anyExtendedKeyUsage		"Any Extended Key Usage"
+#define NID_anyExtendedKeyUsage		910
+#define OBJ_anyExtendedKeyUsage		OBJ_ext_key_usage,0L
+
+#define SN_netscape		"Netscape"
+#define LN_netscape		"Netscape Communications Corp."
+#define NID_netscape		57
+#define OBJ_netscape		2L,16L,840L,1L,113730L
+
+#define SN_netscape_cert_extension		"nsCertExt"
+#define LN_netscape_cert_extension		"Netscape Certificate Extension"
+#define NID_netscape_cert_extension		58
+#define OBJ_netscape_cert_extension		OBJ_netscape,1L
+
+#define SN_netscape_data_type		"nsDataType"
+#define LN_netscape_data_type		"Netscape Data Type"
+#define NID_netscape_data_type		59
+#define OBJ_netscape_data_type		OBJ_netscape,2L
+
+#define SN_netscape_cert_type		"nsCertType"
+#define LN_netscape_cert_type		"Netscape Cert Type"
+#define NID_netscape_cert_type		71
+#define OBJ_netscape_cert_type		OBJ_netscape_cert_extension,1L
+
+#define SN_netscape_base_url		"nsBaseUrl"
+#define LN_netscape_base_url		"Netscape Base Url"
+#define NID_netscape_base_url		72
+#define OBJ_netscape_base_url		OBJ_netscape_cert_extension,2L
+
+#define SN_netscape_revocation_url		"nsRevocationUrl"
+#define LN_netscape_revocation_url		"Netscape Revocation Url"
+#define NID_netscape_revocation_url		73
+#define OBJ_netscape_revocation_url		OBJ_netscape_cert_extension,3L
+
+#define SN_netscape_ca_revocation_url		"nsCaRevocationUrl"
+#define LN_netscape_ca_revocation_url		"Netscape CA Revocation Url"
+#define NID_netscape_ca_revocation_url		74
+#define OBJ_netscape_ca_revocation_url		OBJ_netscape_cert_extension,4L
+
+#define SN_netscape_renewal_url		"nsRenewalUrl"
+#define LN_netscape_renewal_url		"Netscape Renewal Url"
+#define NID_netscape_renewal_url		75
+#define OBJ_netscape_renewal_url		OBJ_netscape_cert_extension,7L
+
+#define SN_netscape_ca_policy_url		"nsCaPolicyUrl"
+#define LN_netscape_ca_policy_url		"Netscape CA Policy Url"
+#define NID_netscape_ca_policy_url		76
+#define OBJ_netscape_ca_policy_url		OBJ_netscape_cert_extension,8L
+
+#define SN_netscape_ssl_server_name		"nsSslServerName"
+#define LN_netscape_ssl_server_name		"Netscape SSL Server Name"
+#define NID_netscape_ssl_server_name		77
+#define OBJ_netscape_ssl_server_name		OBJ_netscape_cert_extension,12L
+
+#define SN_netscape_comment		"nsComment"
+#define LN_netscape_comment		"Netscape Comment"
+#define NID_netscape_comment		78
+#define OBJ_netscape_comment		OBJ_netscape_cert_extension,13L
+
+#define SN_netscape_cert_sequence		"nsCertSequence"
+#define LN_netscape_cert_sequence		"Netscape Certificate Sequence"
+#define NID_netscape_cert_sequence		79
+#define OBJ_netscape_cert_sequence		OBJ_netscape_data_type,5L
+
+#define SN_ns_sgc		"nsSGC"
+#define LN_ns_sgc		"Netscape Server Gated Crypto"
+#define NID_ns_sgc		139
+#define OBJ_ns_sgc		OBJ_netscape,4L,1L
+
+#define SN_org		"ORG"
+#define LN_org		"org"
+#define NID_org		379
+#define OBJ_org		OBJ_iso,3L
+
+#define SN_dod		"DOD"
+#define LN_dod		"dod"
+#define NID_dod		380
+#define OBJ_dod		OBJ_org,6L
+
+#define SN_iana		"IANA"
+#define LN_iana		"iana"
+#define NID_iana		381
+#define OBJ_iana		OBJ_dod,1L
+
+#define OBJ_internet		OBJ_iana
+
+#define SN_Directory		"directory"
+#define LN_Directory		"Directory"
+#define NID_Directory		382
+#define OBJ_Directory		OBJ_internet,1L
+
+#define SN_Management		"mgmt"
+#define LN_Management		"Management"
+#define NID_Management		383
+#define OBJ_Management		OBJ_internet,2L
+
+#define SN_Experimental		"experimental"
+#define LN_Experimental		"Experimental"
+#define NID_Experimental		384
+#define OBJ_Experimental		OBJ_internet,3L
+
+#define SN_Private		"private"
+#define LN_Private		"Private"
+#define NID_Private		385
+#define OBJ_Private		OBJ_internet,4L
+
+#define SN_Security		"security"
+#define LN_Security		"Security"
+#define NID_Security		386
+#define OBJ_Security		OBJ_internet,5L
+
+#define SN_SNMPv2		"snmpv2"
+#define LN_SNMPv2		"SNMPv2"
+#define NID_SNMPv2		387
+#define OBJ_SNMPv2		OBJ_internet,6L
+
+#define LN_Mail		"Mail"
+#define NID_Mail		388
+#define OBJ_Mail		OBJ_internet,7L
+
+#define SN_Enterprises		"enterprises"
+#define LN_Enterprises		"Enterprises"
+#define NID_Enterprises		389
+#define OBJ_Enterprises		OBJ_Private,1L
+
+#define SN_dcObject		"dcobject"
+#define LN_dcObject		"dcObject"
+#define NID_dcObject		390
+#define OBJ_dcObject		OBJ_Enterprises,1466L,344L
+
+#define SN_mime_mhs		"mime-mhs"
+#define LN_mime_mhs		"MIME MHS"
+#define NID_mime_mhs		504
+#define OBJ_mime_mhs		OBJ_Mail,1L
+
+#define SN_mime_mhs_headings		"mime-mhs-headings"
+#define LN_mime_mhs_headings		"mime-mhs-headings"
+#define NID_mime_mhs_headings		505
+#define OBJ_mime_mhs_headings		OBJ_mime_mhs,1L
+
+#define SN_mime_mhs_bodies		"mime-mhs-bodies"
+#define LN_mime_mhs_bodies		"mime-mhs-bodies"
+#define NID_mime_mhs_bodies		506
+#define OBJ_mime_mhs_bodies		OBJ_mime_mhs,2L
+
+#define SN_id_hex_partial_message		"id-hex-partial-message"
+#define LN_id_hex_partial_message		"id-hex-partial-message"
+#define NID_id_hex_partial_message		507
+#define OBJ_id_hex_partial_message		OBJ_mime_mhs_headings,1L
+
+#define SN_id_hex_multipart_message		"id-hex-multipart-message"
+#define LN_id_hex_multipart_message		"id-hex-multipart-message"
+#define NID_id_hex_multipart_message		508
+#define OBJ_id_hex_multipart_message		OBJ_mime_mhs_headings,2L
+
+#define SN_rle_compression		"RLE"
+#define LN_rle_compression		"run length compression"
+#define NID_rle_compression		124
+#define OBJ_rle_compression		1L,1L,1L,1L,666L,1L
+
+#define SN_zlib_compression		"ZLIB"
+#define LN_zlib_compression		"zlib compression"
+#define NID_zlib_compression		125
+#define OBJ_zlib_compression		OBJ_id_smime_alg,8L
+
+#define OBJ_csor		2L,16L,840L,1L,101L,3L
+
+#define OBJ_nistAlgorithms		OBJ_csor,4L
+
+#define OBJ_aes		OBJ_nistAlgorithms,1L
+
+#define SN_aes_128_ecb		"AES-128-ECB"
+#define LN_aes_128_ecb		"aes-128-ecb"
+#define NID_aes_128_ecb		418
+#define OBJ_aes_128_ecb		OBJ_aes,1L
+
+#define SN_aes_128_cbc		"AES-128-CBC"
+#define LN_aes_128_cbc		"aes-128-cbc"
+#define NID_aes_128_cbc		419
+#define OBJ_aes_128_cbc		OBJ_aes,2L
+
+#define SN_aes_128_ofb128		"AES-128-OFB"
+#define LN_aes_128_ofb128		"aes-128-ofb"
+#define NID_aes_128_ofb128		420
+#define OBJ_aes_128_ofb128		OBJ_aes,3L
+
+#define SN_aes_128_cfb128		"AES-128-CFB"
+#define LN_aes_128_cfb128		"aes-128-cfb"
+#define NID_aes_128_cfb128		421
+#define OBJ_aes_128_cfb128		OBJ_aes,4L
+
+#define SN_id_aes128_wrap		"id-aes128-wrap"
+#define NID_id_aes128_wrap		788
+#define OBJ_id_aes128_wrap		OBJ_aes,5L
+
+#define SN_aes_128_gcm		"id-aes128-GCM"
+#define LN_aes_128_gcm		"aes-128-gcm"
+#define NID_aes_128_gcm		895
+#define OBJ_aes_128_gcm		OBJ_aes,6L
+
+#define SN_aes_128_ccm		"id-aes128-CCM"
+#define LN_aes_128_ccm		"aes-128-ccm"
+#define NID_aes_128_ccm		896
+#define OBJ_aes_128_ccm		OBJ_aes,7L
+
+#define SN_id_aes128_wrap_pad		"id-aes128-wrap-pad"
+#define NID_id_aes128_wrap_pad		897
+#define OBJ_id_aes128_wrap_pad		OBJ_aes,8L
+
+#define SN_aes_192_ecb		"AES-192-ECB"
+#define LN_aes_192_ecb		"aes-192-ecb"
+#define NID_aes_192_ecb		422
+#define OBJ_aes_192_ecb		OBJ_aes,21L
+
+#define SN_aes_192_cbc		"AES-192-CBC"
+#define LN_aes_192_cbc		"aes-192-cbc"
+#define NID_aes_192_cbc		423
+#define OBJ_aes_192_cbc		OBJ_aes,22L
+
+#define SN_aes_192_ofb128		"AES-192-OFB"
+#define LN_aes_192_ofb128		"aes-192-ofb"
+#define NID_aes_192_ofb128		424
+#define OBJ_aes_192_ofb128		OBJ_aes,23L
+
+#define SN_aes_192_cfb128		"AES-192-CFB"
+#define LN_aes_192_cfb128		"aes-192-cfb"
+#define NID_aes_192_cfb128		425
+#define OBJ_aes_192_cfb128		OBJ_aes,24L
+
+#define SN_id_aes192_wrap		"id-aes192-wrap"
+#define NID_id_aes192_wrap		789
+#define OBJ_id_aes192_wrap		OBJ_aes,25L
+
+#define SN_aes_192_gcm		"id-aes192-GCM"
+#define LN_aes_192_gcm		"aes-192-gcm"
+#define NID_aes_192_gcm		898
+#define OBJ_aes_192_gcm		OBJ_aes,26L
+
+#define SN_aes_192_ccm		"id-aes192-CCM"
+#define LN_aes_192_ccm		"aes-192-ccm"
+#define NID_aes_192_ccm		899
+#define OBJ_aes_192_ccm		OBJ_aes,27L
+
+#define SN_id_aes192_wrap_pad		"id-aes192-wrap-pad"
+#define NID_id_aes192_wrap_pad		900
+#define OBJ_id_aes192_wrap_pad		OBJ_aes,28L
+
+#define SN_aes_256_ecb		"AES-256-ECB"
+#define LN_aes_256_ecb		"aes-256-ecb"
+#define NID_aes_256_ecb		426
+#define OBJ_aes_256_ecb		OBJ_aes,41L
+
+#define SN_aes_256_cbc		"AES-256-CBC"
+#define LN_aes_256_cbc		"aes-256-cbc"
+#define NID_aes_256_cbc		427
+#define OBJ_aes_256_cbc		OBJ_aes,42L
+
+#define SN_aes_256_ofb128		"AES-256-OFB"
+#define LN_aes_256_ofb128		"aes-256-ofb"
+#define NID_aes_256_ofb128		428
+#define OBJ_aes_256_ofb128		OBJ_aes,43L
+
+#define SN_aes_256_cfb128		"AES-256-CFB"
+#define LN_aes_256_cfb128		"aes-256-cfb"
+#define NID_aes_256_cfb128		429
+#define OBJ_aes_256_cfb128		OBJ_aes,44L
+
+#define SN_id_aes256_wrap		"id-aes256-wrap"
+#define NID_id_aes256_wrap		790
+#define OBJ_id_aes256_wrap		OBJ_aes,45L
+
+#define SN_aes_256_gcm		"id-aes256-GCM"
+#define LN_aes_256_gcm		"aes-256-gcm"
+#define NID_aes_256_gcm		901
+#define OBJ_aes_256_gcm		OBJ_aes,46L
+
+#define SN_aes_256_ccm		"id-aes256-CCM"
+#define LN_aes_256_ccm		"aes-256-ccm"
+#define NID_aes_256_ccm		902
+#define OBJ_aes_256_ccm		OBJ_aes,47L
+
+#define SN_id_aes256_wrap_pad		"id-aes256-wrap-pad"
+#define NID_id_aes256_wrap_pad		903
+#define OBJ_id_aes256_wrap_pad		OBJ_aes,48L
+
+#define SN_aes_128_cfb1		"AES-128-CFB1"
+#define LN_aes_128_cfb1		"aes-128-cfb1"
+#define NID_aes_128_cfb1		650
+
+#define SN_aes_192_cfb1		"AES-192-CFB1"
+#define LN_aes_192_cfb1		"aes-192-cfb1"
+#define NID_aes_192_cfb1		651
+
+#define SN_aes_256_cfb1		"AES-256-CFB1"
+#define LN_aes_256_cfb1		"aes-256-cfb1"
+#define NID_aes_256_cfb1		652
+
+#define SN_aes_128_cfb8		"AES-128-CFB8"
+#define LN_aes_128_cfb8		"aes-128-cfb8"
+#define NID_aes_128_cfb8		653
+
+#define SN_aes_192_cfb8		"AES-192-CFB8"
+#define LN_aes_192_cfb8		"aes-192-cfb8"
+#define NID_aes_192_cfb8		654
+
+#define SN_aes_256_cfb8		"AES-256-CFB8"
+#define LN_aes_256_cfb8		"aes-256-cfb8"
+#define NID_aes_256_cfb8		655
+
+#define SN_aes_128_ctr		"AES-128-CTR"
+#define LN_aes_128_ctr		"aes-128-ctr"
+#define NID_aes_128_ctr		904
+
+#define SN_aes_192_ctr		"AES-192-CTR"
+#define LN_aes_192_ctr		"aes-192-ctr"
+#define NID_aes_192_ctr		905
+
+#define SN_aes_256_ctr		"AES-256-CTR"
+#define LN_aes_256_ctr		"aes-256-ctr"
+#define NID_aes_256_ctr		906
+
+#define SN_aes_128_xts		"AES-128-XTS"
+#define LN_aes_128_xts		"aes-128-xts"
+#define NID_aes_128_xts		913
+
+#define SN_aes_256_xts		"AES-256-XTS"
+#define LN_aes_256_xts		"aes-256-xts"
+#define NID_aes_256_xts		914
+
+#define SN_des_cfb1		"DES-CFB1"
+#define LN_des_cfb1		"des-cfb1"
+#define NID_des_cfb1		656
+
+#define SN_des_cfb8		"DES-CFB8"
+#define LN_des_cfb8		"des-cfb8"
+#define NID_des_cfb8		657
+
+#define SN_des_ede3_cfb1		"DES-EDE3-CFB1"
+#define LN_des_ede3_cfb1		"des-ede3-cfb1"
+#define NID_des_ede3_cfb1		658
+
+#define SN_des_ede3_cfb8		"DES-EDE3-CFB8"
+#define LN_des_ede3_cfb8		"des-ede3-cfb8"
+#define NID_des_ede3_cfb8		659
+
+#define OBJ_nist_hashalgs		OBJ_nistAlgorithms,2L
+
+#define SN_sha256		"SHA256"
+#define LN_sha256		"sha256"
+#define NID_sha256		672
+#define OBJ_sha256		OBJ_nist_hashalgs,1L
+
+#define SN_sha384		"SHA384"
+#define LN_sha384		"sha384"
+#define NID_sha384		673
+#define OBJ_sha384		OBJ_nist_hashalgs,2L
+
+#define SN_sha512		"SHA512"
+#define LN_sha512		"sha512"
+#define NID_sha512		674
+#define OBJ_sha512		OBJ_nist_hashalgs,3L
+
+#define SN_sha224		"SHA224"
+#define LN_sha224		"sha224"
+#define NID_sha224		675
+#define OBJ_sha224		OBJ_nist_hashalgs,4L
+
+#define OBJ_dsa_with_sha2		OBJ_nistAlgorithms,3L
+
+#define SN_dsa_with_SHA224		"dsa_with_SHA224"
+#define NID_dsa_with_SHA224		802
+#define OBJ_dsa_with_SHA224		OBJ_dsa_with_sha2,1L
+
+#define SN_dsa_with_SHA256		"dsa_with_SHA256"
+#define NID_dsa_with_SHA256		803
+#define OBJ_dsa_with_SHA256		OBJ_dsa_with_sha2,2L
+
+#define SN_hold_instruction_code		"holdInstructionCode"
+#define LN_hold_instruction_code		"Hold Instruction Code"
+#define NID_hold_instruction_code		430
+#define OBJ_hold_instruction_code		OBJ_id_ce,23L
+
+#define OBJ_holdInstruction		OBJ_X9_57,2L
+
+#define SN_hold_instruction_none		"holdInstructionNone"
+#define LN_hold_instruction_none		"Hold Instruction None"
+#define NID_hold_instruction_none		431
+#define OBJ_hold_instruction_none		OBJ_holdInstruction,1L
+
+#define SN_hold_instruction_call_issuer		"holdInstructionCallIssuer"
+#define LN_hold_instruction_call_issuer		"Hold Instruction Call Issuer"
+#define NID_hold_instruction_call_issuer		432
+#define OBJ_hold_instruction_call_issuer		OBJ_holdInstruction,2L
+
+#define SN_hold_instruction_reject		"holdInstructionReject"
+#define LN_hold_instruction_reject		"Hold Instruction Reject"
+#define NID_hold_instruction_reject		433
+#define OBJ_hold_instruction_reject		OBJ_holdInstruction,3L
+
+#define SN_data		"data"
+#define NID_data		434
+#define OBJ_data		OBJ_itu_t,9L
+
+#define SN_pss		"pss"
+#define NID_pss		435
+#define OBJ_pss		OBJ_data,2342L
+
+#define SN_ucl		"ucl"
+#define NID_ucl		436
+#define OBJ_ucl		OBJ_pss,19200300L
+
+#define SN_pilot		"pilot"
+#define NID_pilot		437
+#define OBJ_pilot		OBJ_ucl,100L
+
+#define LN_pilotAttributeType		"pilotAttributeType"
+#define NID_pilotAttributeType		438
+#define OBJ_pilotAttributeType		OBJ_pilot,1L
+
+#define LN_pilotAttributeSyntax		"pilotAttributeSyntax"
+#define NID_pilotAttributeSyntax		439
+#define OBJ_pilotAttributeSyntax		OBJ_pilot,3L
+
+#define LN_pilotObjectClass		"pilotObjectClass"
+#define NID_pilotObjectClass		440
+#define OBJ_pilotObjectClass		OBJ_pilot,4L
+
+#define LN_pilotGroups		"pilotGroups"
+#define NID_pilotGroups		441
+#define OBJ_pilotGroups		OBJ_pilot,10L
+
+#define LN_iA5StringSyntax		"iA5StringSyntax"
+#define NID_iA5StringSyntax		442
+#define OBJ_iA5StringSyntax		OBJ_pilotAttributeSyntax,4L
+
+#define LN_caseIgnoreIA5StringSyntax		"caseIgnoreIA5StringSyntax"
+#define NID_caseIgnoreIA5StringSyntax		443
+#define OBJ_caseIgnoreIA5StringSyntax		OBJ_pilotAttributeSyntax,5L
+
+#define LN_pilotObject		"pilotObject"
+#define NID_pilotObject		444
+#define OBJ_pilotObject		OBJ_pilotObjectClass,3L
+
+#define LN_pilotPerson		"pilotPerson"
+#define NID_pilotPerson		445
+#define OBJ_pilotPerson		OBJ_pilotObjectClass,4L
+
+#define SN_account		"account"
+#define NID_account		446
+#define OBJ_account		OBJ_pilotObjectClass,5L
+
+#define SN_document		"document"
+#define NID_document		447
+#define OBJ_document		OBJ_pilotObjectClass,6L
+
+#define SN_room		"room"
+#define NID_room		448
+#define OBJ_room		OBJ_pilotObjectClass,7L
+
+#define LN_documentSeries		"documentSeries"
+#define NID_documentSeries		449
+#define OBJ_documentSeries		OBJ_pilotObjectClass,9L
+
+#define SN_Domain		"domain"
+#define LN_Domain		"Domain"
+#define NID_Domain		392
+#define OBJ_Domain		OBJ_pilotObjectClass,13L
+
+#define LN_rFC822localPart		"rFC822localPart"
+#define NID_rFC822localPart		450
+#define OBJ_rFC822localPart		OBJ_pilotObjectClass,14L
+
+#define LN_dNSDomain		"dNSDomain"
+#define NID_dNSDomain		451
+#define OBJ_dNSDomain		OBJ_pilotObjectClass,15L
+
+#define LN_domainRelatedObject		"domainRelatedObject"
+#define NID_domainRelatedObject		452
+#define OBJ_domainRelatedObject		OBJ_pilotObjectClass,17L
+
+#define LN_friendlyCountry		"friendlyCountry"
+#define NID_friendlyCountry		453
+#define OBJ_friendlyCountry		OBJ_pilotObjectClass,18L
+
+#define LN_simpleSecurityObject		"simpleSecurityObject"
+#define NID_simpleSecurityObject		454
+#define OBJ_simpleSecurityObject		OBJ_pilotObjectClass,19L
+
+#define LN_pilotOrganization		"pilotOrganization"
+#define NID_pilotOrganization		455
+#define OBJ_pilotOrganization		OBJ_pilotObjectClass,20L
+
+#define LN_pilotDSA		"pilotDSA"
+#define NID_pilotDSA		456
+#define OBJ_pilotDSA		OBJ_pilotObjectClass,21L
+
+#define LN_qualityLabelledData		"qualityLabelledData"
+#define NID_qualityLabelledData		457
+#define OBJ_qualityLabelledData		OBJ_pilotObjectClass,22L
+
+#define SN_userId		"UID"
+#define LN_userId		"userId"
+#define NID_userId		458
+#define OBJ_userId		OBJ_pilotAttributeType,1L
+
+#define LN_textEncodedORAddress		"textEncodedORAddress"
+#define NID_textEncodedORAddress		459
+#define OBJ_textEncodedORAddress		OBJ_pilotAttributeType,2L
+
+#define SN_rfc822Mailbox		"mail"
+#define LN_rfc822Mailbox		"rfc822Mailbox"
+#define NID_rfc822Mailbox		460
+#define OBJ_rfc822Mailbox		OBJ_pilotAttributeType,3L
+
+#define SN_info		"info"
+#define NID_info		461
+#define OBJ_info		OBJ_pilotAttributeType,4L
+
+#define LN_favouriteDrink		"favouriteDrink"
+#define NID_favouriteDrink		462
+#define OBJ_favouriteDrink		OBJ_pilotAttributeType,5L
+
+#define LN_roomNumber		"roomNumber"
+#define NID_roomNumber		463
+#define OBJ_roomNumber		OBJ_pilotAttributeType,6L
+
+#define SN_photo		"photo"
+#define NID_photo		464
+#define OBJ_photo		OBJ_pilotAttributeType,7L
+
+#define LN_userClass		"userClass"
+#define NID_userClass		465
+#define OBJ_userClass		OBJ_pilotAttributeType,8L
+
+#define SN_host		"host"
+#define NID_host		466
+#define OBJ_host		OBJ_pilotAttributeType,9L
+
+#define SN_manager		"manager"
+#define NID_manager		467
+#define OBJ_manager		OBJ_pilotAttributeType,10L
+
+#define LN_documentIdentifier		"documentIdentifier"
+#define NID_documentIdentifier		468
+#define OBJ_documentIdentifier		OBJ_pilotAttributeType,11L
+
+#define LN_documentTitle		"documentTitle"
+#define NID_documentTitle		469
+#define OBJ_documentTitle		OBJ_pilotAttributeType,12L
+
+#define LN_documentVersion		"documentVersion"
+#define NID_documentVersion		470
+#define OBJ_documentVersion		OBJ_pilotAttributeType,13L
+
+#define LN_documentAuthor		"documentAuthor"
+#define NID_documentAuthor		471
+#define OBJ_documentAuthor		OBJ_pilotAttributeType,14L
+
+#define LN_documentLocation		"documentLocation"
+#define NID_documentLocation		472
+#define OBJ_documentLocation		OBJ_pilotAttributeType,15L
+
+#define LN_homeTelephoneNumber		"homeTelephoneNumber"
+#define NID_homeTelephoneNumber		473
+#define OBJ_homeTelephoneNumber		OBJ_pilotAttributeType,20L
+
+#define SN_secretary		"secretary"
+#define NID_secretary		474
+#define OBJ_secretary		OBJ_pilotAttributeType,21L
+
+#define LN_otherMailbox		"otherMailbox"
+#define NID_otherMailbox		475
+#define OBJ_otherMailbox		OBJ_pilotAttributeType,22L
+
+#define LN_lastModifiedTime		"lastModifiedTime"
+#define NID_lastModifiedTime		476
+#define OBJ_lastModifiedTime		OBJ_pilotAttributeType,23L
+
+#define LN_lastModifiedBy		"lastModifiedBy"
+#define NID_lastModifiedBy		477
+#define OBJ_lastModifiedBy		OBJ_pilotAttributeType,24L
+
+#define SN_domainComponent		"DC"
+#define LN_domainComponent		"domainComponent"
+#define NID_domainComponent		391
+#define OBJ_domainComponent		OBJ_pilotAttributeType,25L
+
+#define LN_aRecord		"aRecord"
+#define NID_aRecord		478
+#define OBJ_aRecord		OBJ_pilotAttributeType,26L
+
+#define LN_pilotAttributeType27		"pilotAttributeType27"
+#define NID_pilotAttributeType27		479
+#define OBJ_pilotAttributeType27		OBJ_pilotAttributeType,27L
+
+#define LN_mXRecord		"mXRecord"
+#define NID_mXRecord		480
+#define OBJ_mXRecord		OBJ_pilotAttributeType,28L
+
+#define LN_nSRecord		"nSRecord"
+#define NID_nSRecord		481
+#define OBJ_nSRecord		OBJ_pilotAttributeType,29L
+
+#define LN_sOARecord		"sOARecord"
+#define NID_sOARecord		482
+#define OBJ_sOARecord		OBJ_pilotAttributeType,30L
+
+#define LN_cNAMERecord		"cNAMERecord"
+#define NID_cNAMERecord		483
+#define OBJ_cNAMERecord		OBJ_pilotAttributeType,31L
+
+#define LN_associatedDomain		"associatedDomain"
+#define NID_associatedDomain		484
+#define OBJ_associatedDomain		OBJ_pilotAttributeType,37L
+
+#define LN_associatedName		"associatedName"
+#define NID_associatedName		485
+#define OBJ_associatedName		OBJ_pilotAttributeType,38L
+
+#define LN_homePostalAddress		"homePostalAddress"
+#define NID_homePostalAddress		486
+#define OBJ_homePostalAddress		OBJ_pilotAttributeType,39L
+
+#define LN_personalTitle		"personalTitle"
+#define NID_personalTitle		487
+#define OBJ_personalTitle		OBJ_pilotAttributeType,40L
+
+#define LN_mobileTelephoneNumber		"mobileTelephoneNumber"
+#define NID_mobileTelephoneNumber		488
+#define OBJ_mobileTelephoneNumber		OBJ_pilotAttributeType,41L
+
+#define LN_pagerTelephoneNumber		"pagerTelephoneNumber"
+#define NID_pagerTelephoneNumber		489
+#define OBJ_pagerTelephoneNumber		OBJ_pilotAttributeType,42L
+
+#define LN_friendlyCountryName		"friendlyCountryName"
+#define NID_friendlyCountryName		490
+#define OBJ_friendlyCountryName		OBJ_pilotAttributeType,43L
+
+#define LN_organizationalStatus		"organizationalStatus"
+#define NID_organizationalStatus		491
+#define OBJ_organizationalStatus		OBJ_pilotAttributeType,45L
+
+#define LN_janetMailbox		"janetMailbox"
+#define NID_janetMailbox		492
+#define OBJ_janetMailbox		OBJ_pilotAttributeType,46L
+
+#define LN_mailPreferenceOption		"mailPreferenceOption"
+#define NID_mailPreferenceOption		493
+#define OBJ_mailPreferenceOption		OBJ_pilotAttributeType,47L
+
+#define LN_buildingName		"buildingName"
+#define NID_buildingName		494
+#define OBJ_buildingName		OBJ_pilotAttributeType,48L
+
+#define LN_dSAQuality		"dSAQuality"
+#define NID_dSAQuality		495
+#define OBJ_dSAQuality		OBJ_pilotAttributeType,49L
+
+#define LN_singleLevelQuality		"singleLevelQuality"
+#define NID_singleLevelQuality		496
+#define OBJ_singleLevelQuality		OBJ_pilotAttributeType,50L
+
+#define LN_subtreeMinimumQuality		"subtreeMinimumQuality"
+#define NID_subtreeMinimumQuality		497
+#define OBJ_subtreeMinimumQuality		OBJ_pilotAttributeType,51L
+
+#define LN_subtreeMaximumQuality		"subtreeMaximumQuality"
+#define NID_subtreeMaximumQuality		498
+#define OBJ_subtreeMaximumQuality		OBJ_pilotAttributeType,52L
+
+#define LN_personalSignature		"personalSignature"
+#define NID_personalSignature		499
+#define OBJ_personalSignature		OBJ_pilotAttributeType,53L
+
+#define LN_dITRedirect		"dITRedirect"
+#define NID_dITRedirect		500
+#define OBJ_dITRedirect		OBJ_pilotAttributeType,54L
+
+#define SN_audio		"audio"
+#define NID_audio		501
+#define OBJ_audio		OBJ_pilotAttributeType,55L
+
+#define LN_documentPublisher		"documentPublisher"
+#define NID_documentPublisher		502
+#define OBJ_documentPublisher		OBJ_pilotAttributeType,56L
+
+#define SN_id_set		"id-set"
+#define LN_id_set		"Secure Electronic Transactions"
+#define NID_id_set		512
+#define OBJ_id_set		OBJ_international_organizations,42L
+
+#define SN_set_ctype		"set-ctype"
+#define LN_set_ctype		"content types"
+#define NID_set_ctype		513
+#define OBJ_set_ctype		OBJ_id_set,0L
+
+#define SN_set_msgExt		"set-msgExt"
+#define LN_set_msgExt		"message extensions"
+#define NID_set_msgExt		514
+#define OBJ_set_msgExt		OBJ_id_set,1L
+
+#define SN_set_attr		"set-attr"
+#define NID_set_attr		515
+#define OBJ_set_attr		OBJ_id_set,3L
+
+#define SN_set_policy		"set-policy"
+#define NID_set_policy		516
+#define OBJ_set_policy		OBJ_id_set,5L
+
+#define SN_set_certExt		"set-certExt"
+#define LN_set_certExt		"certificate extensions"
+#define NID_set_certExt		517
+#define OBJ_set_certExt		OBJ_id_set,7L
+
+#define SN_set_brand		"set-brand"
+#define NID_set_brand		518
+#define OBJ_set_brand		OBJ_id_set,8L
+
+#define SN_setct_PANData		"setct-PANData"
+#define NID_setct_PANData		519
+#define OBJ_setct_PANData		OBJ_set_ctype,0L
+
+#define SN_setct_PANToken		"setct-PANToken"
+#define NID_setct_PANToken		520
+#define OBJ_setct_PANToken		OBJ_set_ctype,1L
+
+#define SN_setct_PANOnly		"setct-PANOnly"
+#define NID_setct_PANOnly		521
+#define OBJ_setct_PANOnly		OBJ_set_ctype,2L
+
+#define SN_setct_OIData		"setct-OIData"
+#define NID_setct_OIData		522
+#define OBJ_setct_OIData		OBJ_set_ctype,3L
+
+#define SN_setct_PI		"setct-PI"
+#define NID_setct_PI		523
+#define OBJ_setct_PI		OBJ_set_ctype,4L
+
+#define SN_setct_PIData		"setct-PIData"
+#define NID_setct_PIData		524
+#define OBJ_setct_PIData		OBJ_set_ctype,5L
+
+#define SN_setct_PIDataUnsigned		"setct-PIDataUnsigned"
+#define NID_setct_PIDataUnsigned		525
+#define OBJ_setct_PIDataUnsigned		OBJ_set_ctype,6L
+
+#define SN_setct_HODInput		"setct-HODInput"
+#define NID_setct_HODInput		526
+#define OBJ_setct_HODInput		OBJ_set_ctype,7L
+
+#define SN_setct_AuthResBaggage		"setct-AuthResBaggage"
+#define NID_setct_AuthResBaggage		527
+#define OBJ_setct_AuthResBaggage		OBJ_set_ctype,8L
+
+#define SN_setct_AuthRevReqBaggage		"setct-AuthRevReqBaggage"
+#define NID_setct_AuthRevReqBaggage		528
+#define OBJ_setct_AuthRevReqBaggage		OBJ_set_ctype,9L
+
+#define SN_setct_AuthRevResBaggage		"setct-AuthRevResBaggage"
+#define NID_setct_AuthRevResBaggage		529
+#define OBJ_setct_AuthRevResBaggage		OBJ_set_ctype,10L
+
+#define SN_setct_CapTokenSeq		"setct-CapTokenSeq"
+#define NID_setct_CapTokenSeq		530
+#define OBJ_setct_CapTokenSeq		OBJ_set_ctype,11L
+
+#define SN_setct_PInitResData		"setct-PInitResData"
+#define NID_setct_PInitResData		531
+#define OBJ_setct_PInitResData		OBJ_set_ctype,12L
+
+#define SN_setct_PI_TBS		"setct-PI-TBS"
+#define NID_setct_PI_TBS		532
+#define OBJ_setct_PI_TBS		OBJ_set_ctype,13L
+
+#define SN_setct_PResData		"setct-PResData"
+#define NID_setct_PResData		533
+#define OBJ_setct_PResData		OBJ_set_ctype,14L
+
+#define SN_setct_AuthReqTBS		"setct-AuthReqTBS"
+#define NID_setct_AuthReqTBS		534
+#define OBJ_setct_AuthReqTBS		OBJ_set_ctype,16L
+
+#define SN_setct_AuthResTBS		"setct-AuthResTBS"
+#define NID_setct_AuthResTBS		535
+#define OBJ_setct_AuthResTBS		OBJ_set_ctype,17L
+
+#define SN_setct_AuthResTBSX		"setct-AuthResTBSX"
+#define NID_setct_AuthResTBSX		536
+#define OBJ_setct_AuthResTBSX		OBJ_set_ctype,18L
+
+#define SN_setct_AuthTokenTBS		"setct-AuthTokenTBS"
+#define NID_setct_AuthTokenTBS		537
+#define OBJ_setct_AuthTokenTBS		OBJ_set_ctype,19L
+
+#define SN_setct_CapTokenData		"setct-CapTokenData"
+#define NID_setct_CapTokenData		538
+#define OBJ_setct_CapTokenData		OBJ_set_ctype,20L
+
+#define SN_setct_CapTokenTBS		"setct-CapTokenTBS"
+#define NID_setct_CapTokenTBS		539
+#define OBJ_setct_CapTokenTBS		OBJ_set_ctype,21L
+
+#define SN_setct_AcqCardCodeMsg		"setct-AcqCardCodeMsg"
+#define NID_setct_AcqCardCodeMsg		540
+#define OBJ_setct_AcqCardCodeMsg		OBJ_set_ctype,22L
+
+#define SN_setct_AuthRevReqTBS		"setct-AuthRevReqTBS"
+#define NID_setct_AuthRevReqTBS		541
+#define OBJ_setct_AuthRevReqTBS		OBJ_set_ctype,23L
+
+#define SN_setct_AuthRevResData		"setct-AuthRevResData"
+#define NID_setct_AuthRevResData		542
+#define OBJ_setct_AuthRevResData		OBJ_set_ctype,24L
+
+#define SN_setct_AuthRevResTBS		"setct-AuthRevResTBS"
+#define NID_setct_AuthRevResTBS		543
+#define OBJ_setct_AuthRevResTBS		OBJ_set_ctype,25L
+
+#define SN_setct_CapReqTBS		"setct-CapReqTBS"
+#define NID_setct_CapReqTBS		544
+#define OBJ_setct_CapReqTBS		OBJ_set_ctype,26L
+
+#define SN_setct_CapReqTBSX		"setct-CapReqTBSX"
+#define NID_setct_CapReqTBSX		545
+#define OBJ_setct_CapReqTBSX		OBJ_set_ctype,27L
+
+#define SN_setct_CapResData		"setct-CapResData"
+#define NID_setct_CapResData		546
+#define OBJ_setct_CapResData		OBJ_set_ctype,28L
+
+#define SN_setct_CapRevReqTBS		"setct-CapRevReqTBS"
+#define NID_setct_CapRevReqTBS		547
+#define OBJ_setct_CapRevReqTBS		OBJ_set_ctype,29L
+
+#define SN_setct_CapRevReqTBSX		"setct-CapRevReqTBSX"
+#define NID_setct_CapRevReqTBSX		548
+#define OBJ_setct_CapRevReqTBSX		OBJ_set_ctype,30L
+
+#define SN_setct_CapRevResData		"setct-CapRevResData"
+#define NID_setct_CapRevResData		549
+#define OBJ_setct_CapRevResData		OBJ_set_ctype,31L
+
+#define SN_setct_CredReqTBS		"setct-CredReqTBS"
+#define NID_setct_CredReqTBS		550
+#define OBJ_setct_CredReqTBS		OBJ_set_ctype,32L
+
+#define SN_setct_CredReqTBSX		"setct-CredReqTBSX"
+#define NID_setct_CredReqTBSX		551
+#define OBJ_setct_CredReqTBSX		OBJ_set_ctype,33L
+
+#define SN_setct_CredResData		"setct-CredResData"
+#define NID_setct_CredResData		552
+#define OBJ_setct_CredResData		OBJ_set_ctype,34L
+
+#define SN_setct_CredRevReqTBS		"setct-CredRevReqTBS"
+#define NID_setct_CredRevReqTBS		553
+#define OBJ_setct_CredRevReqTBS		OBJ_set_ctype,35L
+
+#define SN_setct_CredRevReqTBSX		"setct-CredRevReqTBSX"
+#define NID_setct_CredRevReqTBSX		554
+#define OBJ_setct_CredRevReqTBSX		OBJ_set_ctype,36L
+
+#define SN_setct_CredRevResData		"setct-CredRevResData"
+#define NID_setct_CredRevResData		555
+#define OBJ_setct_CredRevResData		OBJ_set_ctype,37L
+
+#define SN_setct_PCertReqData		"setct-PCertReqData"
+#define NID_setct_PCertReqData		556
+#define OBJ_setct_PCertReqData		OBJ_set_ctype,38L
+
+#define SN_setct_PCertResTBS		"setct-PCertResTBS"
+#define NID_setct_PCertResTBS		557
+#define OBJ_setct_PCertResTBS		OBJ_set_ctype,39L
+
+#define SN_setct_BatchAdminReqData		"setct-BatchAdminReqData"
+#define NID_setct_BatchAdminReqData		558
+#define OBJ_setct_BatchAdminReqData		OBJ_set_ctype,40L
+
+#define SN_setct_BatchAdminResData		"setct-BatchAdminResData"
+#define NID_setct_BatchAdminResData		559
+#define OBJ_setct_BatchAdminResData		OBJ_set_ctype,41L
+
+#define SN_setct_CardCInitResTBS		"setct-CardCInitResTBS"
+#define NID_setct_CardCInitResTBS		560
+#define OBJ_setct_CardCInitResTBS		OBJ_set_ctype,42L
+
+#define SN_setct_MeAqCInitResTBS		"setct-MeAqCInitResTBS"
+#define NID_setct_MeAqCInitResTBS		561
+#define OBJ_setct_MeAqCInitResTBS		OBJ_set_ctype,43L
+
+#define SN_setct_RegFormResTBS		"setct-RegFormResTBS"
+#define NID_setct_RegFormResTBS		562
+#define OBJ_setct_RegFormResTBS		OBJ_set_ctype,44L
+
+#define SN_setct_CertReqData		"setct-CertReqData"
+#define NID_setct_CertReqData		563
+#define OBJ_setct_CertReqData		OBJ_set_ctype,45L
+
+#define SN_setct_CertReqTBS		"setct-CertReqTBS"
+#define NID_setct_CertReqTBS		564
+#define OBJ_setct_CertReqTBS		OBJ_set_ctype,46L
+
+#define SN_setct_CertResData		"setct-CertResData"
+#define NID_setct_CertResData		565
+#define OBJ_setct_CertResData		OBJ_set_ctype,47L
+
+#define SN_setct_CertInqReqTBS		"setct-CertInqReqTBS"
+#define NID_setct_CertInqReqTBS		566
+#define OBJ_setct_CertInqReqTBS		OBJ_set_ctype,48L
+
+#define SN_setct_ErrorTBS		"setct-ErrorTBS"
+#define NID_setct_ErrorTBS		567
+#define OBJ_setct_ErrorTBS		OBJ_set_ctype,49L
+
+#define SN_setct_PIDualSignedTBE		"setct-PIDualSignedTBE"
+#define NID_setct_PIDualSignedTBE		568
+#define OBJ_setct_PIDualSignedTBE		OBJ_set_ctype,50L
+
+#define SN_setct_PIUnsignedTBE		"setct-PIUnsignedTBE"
+#define NID_setct_PIUnsignedTBE		569
+#define OBJ_setct_PIUnsignedTBE		OBJ_set_ctype,51L
+
+#define SN_setct_AuthReqTBE		"setct-AuthReqTBE"
+#define NID_setct_AuthReqTBE		570
+#define OBJ_setct_AuthReqTBE		OBJ_set_ctype,52L
+
+#define SN_setct_AuthResTBE		"setct-AuthResTBE"
+#define NID_setct_AuthResTBE		571
+#define OBJ_setct_AuthResTBE		OBJ_set_ctype,53L
+
+#define SN_setct_AuthResTBEX		"setct-AuthResTBEX"
+#define NID_setct_AuthResTBEX		572
+#define OBJ_setct_AuthResTBEX		OBJ_set_ctype,54L
+
+#define SN_setct_AuthTokenTBE		"setct-AuthTokenTBE"
+#define NID_setct_AuthTokenTBE		573
+#define OBJ_setct_AuthTokenTBE		OBJ_set_ctype,55L
+
+#define SN_setct_CapTokenTBE		"setct-CapTokenTBE"
+#define NID_setct_CapTokenTBE		574
+#define OBJ_setct_CapTokenTBE		OBJ_set_ctype,56L
+
+#define SN_setct_CapTokenTBEX		"setct-CapTokenTBEX"
+#define NID_setct_CapTokenTBEX		575
+#define OBJ_setct_CapTokenTBEX		OBJ_set_ctype,57L
+
+#define SN_setct_AcqCardCodeMsgTBE		"setct-AcqCardCodeMsgTBE"
+#define NID_setct_AcqCardCodeMsgTBE		576
+#define OBJ_setct_AcqCardCodeMsgTBE		OBJ_set_ctype,58L
+
+#define SN_setct_AuthRevReqTBE		"setct-AuthRevReqTBE"
+#define NID_setct_AuthRevReqTBE		577
+#define OBJ_setct_AuthRevReqTBE		OBJ_set_ctype,59L
+
+#define SN_setct_AuthRevResTBE		"setct-AuthRevResTBE"
+#define NID_setct_AuthRevResTBE		578
+#define OBJ_setct_AuthRevResTBE		OBJ_set_ctype,60L
+
+#define SN_setct_AuthRevResTBEB		"setct-AuthRevResTBEB"
+#define NID_setct_AuthRevResTBEB		579
+#define OBJ_setct_AuthRevResTBEB		OBJ_set_ctype,61L
+
+#define SN_setct_CapReqTBE		"setct-CapReqTBE"
+#define NID_setct_CapReqTBE		580
+#define OBJ_setct_CapReqTBE		OBJ_set_ctype,62L
+
+#define SN_setct_CapReqTBEX		"setct-CapReqTBEX"
+#define NID_setct_CapReqTBEX		581
+#define OBJ_setct_CapReqTBEX		OBJ_set_ctype,63L
+
+#define SN_setct_CapResTBE		"setct-CapResTBE"
+#define NID_setct_CapResTBE		582
+#define OBJ_setct_CapResTBE		OBJ_set_ctype,64L
+
+#define SN_setct_CapRevReqTBE		"setct-CapRevReqTBE"
+#define NID_setct_CapRevReqTBE		583
+#define OBJ_setct_CapRevReqTBE		OBJ_set_ctype,65L
+
+#define SN_setct_CapRevReqTBEX		"setct-CapRevReqTBEX"
+#define NID_setct_CapRevReqTBEX		584
+#define OBJ_setct_CapRevReqTBEX		OBJ_set_ctype,66L
+
+#define SN_setct_CapRevResTBE		"setct-CapRevResTBE"
+#define NID_setct_CapRevResTBE		585
+#define OBJ_setct_CapRevResTBE		OBJ_set_ctype,67L
+
+#define SN_setct_CredReqTBE		"setct-CredReqTBE"
+#define NID_setct_CredReqTBE		586
+#define OBJ_setct_CredReqTBE		OBJ_set_ctype,68L
+
+#define SN_setct_CredReqTBEX		"setct-CredReqTBEX"
+#define NID_setct_CredReqTBEX		587
+#define OBJ_setct_CredReqTBEX		OBJ_set_ctype,69L
+
+#define SN_setct_CredResTBE		"setct-CredResTBE"
+#define NID_setct_CredResTBE		588
+#define OBJ_setct_CredResTBE		OBJ_set_ctype,70L
+
+#define SN_setct_CredRevReqTBE		"setct-CredRevReqTBE"
+#define NID_setct_CredRevReqTBE		589
+#define OBJ_setct_CredRevReqTBE		OBJ_set_ctype,71L
+
+#define SN_setct_CredRevReqTBEX		"setct-CredRevReqTBEX"
+#define NID_setct_CredRevReqTBEX		590
+#define OBJ_setct_CredRevReqTBEX		OBJ_set_ctype,72L
+
+#define SN_setct_CredRevResTBE		"setct-CredRevResTBE"
+#define NID_setct_CredRevResTBE		591
+#define OBJ_setct_CredRevResTBE		OBJ_set_ctype,73L
+
+#define SN_setct_BatchAdminReqTBE		"setct-BatchAdminReqTBE"
+#define NID_setct_BatchAdminReqTBE		592
+#define OBJ_setct_BatchAdminReqTBE		OBJ_set_ctype,74L
+
+#define SN_setct_BatchAdminResTBE		"setct-BatchAdminResTBE"
+#define NID_setct_BatchAdminResTBE		593
+#define OBJ_setct_BatchAdminResTBE		OBJ_set_ctype,75L
+
+#define SN_setct_RegFormReqTBE		"setct-RegFormReqTBE"
+#define NID_setct_RegFormReqTBE		594
+#define OBJ_setct_RegFormReqTBE		OBJ_set_ctype,76L
+
+#define SN_setct_CertReqTBE		"setct-CertReqTBE"
+#define NID_setct_CertReqTBE		595
+#define OBJ_setct_CertReqTBE		OBJ_set_ctype,77L
+
+#define SN_setct_CertReqTBEX		"setct-CertReqTBEX"
+#define NID_setct_CertReqTBEX		596
+#define OBJ_setct_CertReqTBEX		OBJ_set_ctype,78L
+
+#define SN_setct_CertResTBE		"setct-CertResTBE"
+#define NID_setct_CertResTBE		597
+#define OBJ_setct_CertResTBE		OBJ_set_ctype,79L
+
+#define SN_setct_CRLNotificationTBS		"setct-CRLNotificationTBS"
+#define NID_setct_CRLNotificationTBS		598
+#define OBJ_setct_CRLNotificationTBS		OBJ_set_ctype,80L
+
+#define SN_setct_CRLNotificationResTBS		"setct-CRLNotificationResTBS"
+#define NID_setct_CRLNotificationResTBS		599
+#define OBJ_setct_CRLNotificationResTBS		OBJ_set_ctype,81L
+
+#define SN_setct_BCIDistributionTBS		"setct-BCIDistributionTBS"
+#define NID_setct_BCIDistributionTBS		600
+#define OBJ_setct_BCIDistributionTBS		OBJ_set_ctype,82L
+
+#define SN_setext_genCrypt		"setext-genCrypt"
+#define LN_setext_genCrypt		"generic cryptogram"
+#define NID_setext_genCrypt		601
+#define OBJ_setext_genCrypt		OBJ_set_msgExt,1L
+
+#define SN_setext_miAuth		"setext-miAuth"
+#define LN_setext_miAuth		"merchant initiated auth"
+#define NID_setext_miAuth		602
+#define OBJ_setext_miAuth		OBJ_set_msgExt,3L
+
+#define SN_setext_pinSecure		"setext-pinSecure"
+#define NID_setext_pinSecure		603
+#define OBJ_setext_pinSecure		OBJ_set_msgExt,4L
+
+#define SN_setext_pinAny		"setext-pinAny"
+#define NID_setext_pinAny		604
+#define OBJ_setext_pinAny		OBJ_set_msgExt,5L
+
+#define SN_setext_track2		"setext-track2"
+#define NID_setext_track2		605
+#define OBJ_setext_track2		OBJ_set_msgExt,7L
+
+#define SN_setext_cv		"setext-cv"
+#define LN_setext_cv		"additional verification"
+#define NID_setext_cv		606
+#define OBJ_setext_cv		OBJ_set_msgExt,8L
+
+#define SN_set_policy_root		"set-policy-root"
+#define NID_set_policy_root		607
+#define OBJ_set_policy_root		OBJ_set_policy,0L
+
+#define SN_setCext_hashedRoot		"setCext-hashedRoot"
+#define NID_setCext_hashedRoot		608
+#define OBJ_setCext_hashedRoot		OBJ_set_certExt,0L
+
+#define SN_setCext_certType		"setCext-certType"
+#define NID_setCext_certType		609
+#define OBJ_setCext_certType		OBJ_set_certExt,1L
+
+#define SN_setCext_merchData		"setCext-merchData"
+#define NID_setCext_merchData		610
+#define OBJ_setCext_merchData		OBJ_set_certExt,2L
+
+#define SN_setCext_cCertRequired		"setCext-cCertRequired"
+#define NID_setCext_cCertRequired		611
+#define OBJ_setCext_cCertRequired		OBJ_set_certExt,3L
+
+#define SN_setCext_tunneling		"setCext-tunneling"
+#define NID_setCext_tunneling		612
+#define OBJ_setCext_tunneling		OBJ_set_certExt,4L
+
+#define SN_setCext_setExt		"setCext-setExt"
+#define NID_setCext_setExt		613
+#define OBJ_setCext_setExt		OBJ_set_certExt,5L
+
+#define SN_setCext_setQualf		"setCext-setQualf"
+#define NID_setCext_setQualf		614
+#define OBJ_setCext_setQualf		OBJ_set_certExt,6L
+
+#define SN_setCext_PGWYcapabilities		"setCext-PGWYcapabilities"
+#define NID_setCext_PGWYcapabilities		615
+#define OBJ_setCext_PGWYcapabilities		OBJ_set_certExt,7L
+
+#define SN_setCext_TokenIdentifier		"setCext-TokenIdentifier"
+#define NID_setCext_TokenIdentifier		616
+#define OBJ_setCext_TokenIdentifier		OBJ_set_certExt,8L
+
+#define SN_setCext_Track2Data		"setCext-Track2Data"
+#define NID_setCext_Track2Data		617
+#define OBJ_setCext_Track2Data		OBJ_set_certExt,9L
+
+#define SN_setCext_TokenType		"setCext-TokenType"
+#define NID_setCext_TokenType		618
+#define OBJ_setCext_TokenType		OBJ_set_certExt,10L
+
+#define SN_setCext_IssuerCapabilities		"setCext-IssuerCapabilities"
+#define NID_setCext_IssuerCapabilities		619
+#define OBJ_setCext_IssuerCapabilities		OBJ_set_certExt,11L
+
+#define SN_setAttr_Cert		"setAttr-Cert"
+#define NID_setAttr_Cert		620
+#define OBJ_setAttr_Cert		OBJ_set_attr,0L
+
+#define SN_setAttr_PGWYcap		"setAttr-PGWYcap"
+#define LN_setAttr_PGWYcap		"payment gateway capabilities"
+#define NID_setAttr_PGWYcap		621
+#define OBJ_setAttr_PGWYcap		OBJ_set_attr,1L
+
+#define SN_setAttr_TokenType		"setAttr-TokenType"
+#define NID_setAttr_TokenType		622
+#define OBJ_setAttr_TokenType		OBJ_set_attr,2L
+
+#define SN_setAttr_IssCap		"setAttr-IssCap"
+#define LN_setAttr_IssCap		"issuer capabilities"
+#define NID_setAttr_IssCap		623
+#define OBJ_setAttr_IssCap		OBJ_set_attr,3L
+
+#define SN_set_rootKeyThumb		"set-rootKeyThumb"
+#define NID_set_rootKeyThumb		624
+#define OBJ_set_rootKeyThumb		OBJ_setAttr_Cert,0L
+
+#define SN_set_addPolicy		"set-addPolicy"
+#define NID_set_addPolicy		625
+#define OBJ_set_addPolicy		OBJ_setAttr_Cert,1L
+
+#define SN_setAttr_Token_EMV		"setAttr-Token-EMV"
+#define NID_setAttr_Token_EMV		626
+#define OBJ_setAttr_Token_EMV		OBJ_setAttr_TokenType,1L
+
+#define SN_setAttr_Token_B0Prime		"setAttr-Token-B0Prime"
+#define NID_setAttr_Token_B0Prime		627
+#define OBJ_setAttr_Token_B0Prime		OBJ_setAttr_TokenType,2L
+
+#define SN_setAttr_IssCap_CVM		"setAttr-IssCap-CVM"
+#define NID_setAttr_IssCap_CVM		628
+#define OBJ_setAttr_IssCap_CVM		OBJ_setAttr_IssCap,3L
+
+#define SN_setAttr_IssCap_T2		"setAttr-IssCap-T2"
+#define NID_setAttr_IssCap_T2		629
+#define OBJ_setAttr_IssCap_T2		OBJ_setAttr_IssCap,4L
+
+#define SN_setAttr_IssCap_Sig		"setAttr-IssCap-Sig"
+#define NID_setAttr_IssCap_Sig		630
+#define OBJ_setAttr_IssCap_Sig		OBJ_setAttr_IssCap,5L
+
+#define SN_setAttr_GenCryptgrm		"setAttr-GenCryptgrm"
+#define LN_setAttr_GenCryptgrm		"generate cryptogram"
+#define NID_setAttr_GenCryptgrm		631
+#define OBJ_setAttr_GenCryptgrm		OBJ_setAttr_IssCap_CVM,1L
+
+#define SN_setAttr_T2Enc		"setAttr-T2Enc"
+#define LN_setAttr_T2Enc		"encrypted track 2"
+#define NID_setAttr_T2Enc		632
+#define OBJ_setAttr_T2Enc		OBJ_setAttr_IssCap_T2,1L
+
+#define SN_setAttr_T2cleartxt		"setAttr-T2cleartxt"
+#define LN_setAttr_T2cleartxt		"cleartext track 2"
+#define NID_setAttr_T2cleartxt		633
+#define OBJ_setAttr_T2cleartxt		OBJ_setAttr_IssCap_T2,2L
+
+#define SN_setAttr_TokICCsig		"setAttr-TokICCsig"
+#define LN_setAttr_TokICCsig		"ICC or token signature"
+#define NID_setAttr_TokICCsig		634
+#define OBJ_setAttr_TokICCsig		OBJ_setAttr_IssCap_Sig,1L
+
+#define SN_setAttr_SecDevSig		"setAttr-SecDevSig"
+#define LN_setAttr_SecDevSig		"secure device signature"
+#define NID_setAttr_SecDevSig		635
+#define OBJ_setAttr_SecDevSig		OBJ_setAttr_IssCap_Sig,2L
+
+#define SN_set_brand_IATA_ATA		"set-brand-IATA-ATA"
+#define NID_set_brand_IATA_ATA		636
+#define OBJ_set_brand_IATA_ATA		OBJ_set_brand,1L
+
+#define SN_set_brand_Diners		"set-brand-Diners"
+#define NID_set_brand_Diners		637
+#define OBJ_set_brand_Diners		OBJ_set_brand,30L
+
+#define SN_set_brand_AmericanExpress		"set-brand-AmericanExpress"
+#define NID_set_brand_AmericanExpress		638
+#define OBJ_set_brand_AmericanExpress		OBJ_set_brand,34L
+
+#define SN_set_brand_JCB		"set-brand-JCB"
+#define NID_set_brand_JCB		639
+#define OBJ_set_brand_JCB		OBJ_set_brand,35L
+
+#define SN_set_brand_Visa		"set-brand-Visa"
+#define NID_set_brand_Visa		640
+#define OBJ_set_brand_Visa		OBJ_set_brand,4L
+
+#define SN_set_brand_MasterCard		"set-brand-MasterCard"
+#define NID_set_brand_MasterCard		641
+#define OBJ_set_brand_MasterCard		OBJ_set_brand,5L
+
+#define SN_set_brand_Novus		"set-brand-Novus"
+#define NID_set_brand_Novus		642
+#define OBJ_set_brand_Novus		OBJ_set_brand,6011L
+
+#define SN_des_cdmf		"DES-CDMF"
+#define LN_des_cdmf		"des-cdmf"
+#define NID_des_cdmf		643
+#define OBJ_des_cdmf		OBJ_rsadsi,3L,10L
+
+#define SN_rsaOAEPEncryptionSET		"rsaOAEPEncryptionSET"
+#define NID_rsaOAEPEncryptionSET		644
+#define OBJ_rsaOAEPEncryptionSET		OBJ_rsadsi,1L,1L,6L
+
+#define SN_ipsec3		"Oakley-EC2N-3"
+#define LN_ipsec3		"ipsec3"
+#define NID_ipsec3		749
+
+#define SN_ipsec4		"Oakley-EC2N-4"
+#define LN_ipsec4		"ipsec4"
+#define NID_ipsec4		750
+
+#define SN_whirlpool		"whirlpool"
+#define NID_whirlpool		804
+#define OBJ_whirlpool		OBJ_iso,0L,10118L,3L,0L,55L
+
+#define SN_cryptopro		"cryptopro"
+#define NID_cryptopro		805
+#define OBJ_cryptopro		OBJ_member_body,643L,2L,2L
+
+#define SN_cryptocom		"cryptocom"
+#define NID_cryptocom		806
+#define OBJ_cryptocom		OBJ_member_body,643L,2L,9L
+
+#define SN_id_GostR3411_94_with_GostR3410_2001		"id-GostR3411-94-with-GostR3410-2001"
+#define LN_id_GostR3411_94_with_GostR3410_2001		"GOST R 34.11-94 with GOST R 34.10-2001"
+#define NID_id_GostR3411_94_with_GostR3410_2001		807
+#define OBJ_id_GostR3411_94_with_GostR3410_2001		OBJ_cryptopro,3L
+
+#define SN_id_GostR3411_94_with_GostR3410_94		"id-GostR3411-94-with-GostR3410-94"
+#define LN_id_GostR3411_94_with_GostR3410_94		"GOST R 34.11-94 with GOST R 34.10-94"
+#define NID_id_GostR3411_94_with_GostR3410_94		808
+#define OBJ_id_GostR3411_94_with_GostR3410_94		OBJ_cryptopro,4L
+
+#define SN_id_GostR3411_94		"md_gost94"
+#define LN_id_GostR3411_94		"GOST R 34.11-94"
+#define NID_id_GostR3411_94		809
+#define OBJ_id_GostR3411_94		OBJ_cryptopro,9L
+
+#define SN_id_HMACGostR3411_94		"id-HMACGostR3411-94"
+#define LN_id_HMACGostR3411_94		"HMAC GOST 34.11-94"
+#define NID_id_HMACGostR3411_94		810
+#define OBJ_id_HMACGostR3411_94		OBJ_cryptopro,10L
+
+#define SN_id_GostR3410_2001		"gost2001"
+#define LN_id_GostR3410_2001		"GOST R 34.10-2001"
+#define NID_id_GostR3410_2001		811
+#define OBJ_id_GostR3410_2001		OBJ_cryptopro,19L
+
+#define SN_id_GostR3410_94		"gost94"
+#define LN_id_GostR3410_94		"GOST R 34.10-94"
+#define NID_id_GostR3410_94		812
+#define OBJ_id_GostR3410_94		OBJ_cryptopro,20L
+
+#define SN_id_Gost28147_89		"gost89"
+#define LN_id_Gost28147_89		"GOST 28147-89"
+#define NID_id_Gost28147_89		813
+#define OBJ_id_Gost28147_89		OBJ_cryptopro,21L
+
+#define SN_gost89_cnt		"gost89-cnt"
+#define NID_gost89_cnt		814
+
+#define SN_id_Gost28147_89_MAC		"gost-mac"
+#define LN_id_Gost28147_89_MAC		"GOST 28147-89 MAC"
+#define NID_id_Gost28147_89_MAC		815
+#define OBJ_id_Gost28147_89_MAC		OBJ_cryptopro,22L
+
+#define SN_id_GostR3411_94_prf		"prf-gostr3411-94"
+#define LN_id_GostR3411_94_prf		"GOST R 34.11-94 PRF"
+#define NID_id_GostR3411_94_prf		816
+#define OBJ_id_GostR3411_94_prf		OBJ_cryptopro,23L
+
+#define SN_id_GostR3410_2001DH		"id-GostR3410-2001DH"
+#define LN_id_GostR3410_2001DH		"GOST R 34.10-2001 DH"
+#define NID_id_GostR3410_2001DH		817
+#define OBJ_id_GostR3410_2001DH		OBJ_cryptopro,98L
+
+#define SN_id_GostR3410_94DH		"id-GostR3410-94DH"
+#define LN_id_GostR3410_94DH		"GOST R 34.10-94 DH"
+#define NID_id_GostR3410_94DH		818
+#define OBJ_id_GostR3410_94DH		OBJ_cryptopro,99L
+
+#define SN_id_Gost28147_89_CryptoPro_KeyMeshing		"id-Gost28147-89-CryptoPro-KeyMeshing"
+#define NID_id_Gost28147_89_CryptoPro_KeyMeshing		819
+#define OBJ_id_Gost28147_89_CryptoPro_KeyMeshing		OBJ_cryptopro,14L,1L
+
+#define SN_id_Gost28147_89_None_KeyMeshing		"id-Gost28147-89-None-KeyMeshing"
+#define NID_id_Gost28147_89_None_KeyMeshing		820
+#define OBJ_id_Gost28147_89_None_KeyMeshing		OBJ_cryptopro,14L,0L
+
+#define SN_id_GostR3411_94_TestParamSet		"id-GostR3411-94-TestParamSet"
+#define NID_id_GostR3411_94_TestParamSet		821
+#define OBJ_id_GostR3411_94_TestParamSet		OBJ_cryptopro,30L,0L
+
+#define SN_id_GostR3411_94_CryptoProParamSet		"id-GostR3411-94-CryptoProParamSet"
+#define NID_id_GostR3411_94_CryptoProParamSet		822
+#define OBJ_id_GostR3411_94_CryptoProParamSet		OBJ_cryptopro,30L,1L
+
+#define SN_id_Gost28147_89_TestParamSet		"id-Gost28147-89-TestParamSet"
+#define NID_id_Gost28147_89_TestParamSet		823
+#define OBJ_id_Gost28147_89_TestParamSet		OBJ_cryptopro,31L,0L
+
+#define SN_id_Gost28147_89_CryptoPro_A_ParamSet		"id-Gost28147-89-CryptoPro-A-ParamSet"
+#define NID_id_Gost28147_89_CryptoPro_A_ParamSet		824
+#define OBJ_id_Gost28147_89_CryptoPro_A_ParamSet		OBJ_cryptopro,31L,1L
+
+#define SN_id_Gost28147_89_CryptoPro_B_ParamSet		"id-Gost28147-89-CryptoPro-B-ParamSet"
+#define NID_id_Gost28147_89_CryptoPro_B_ParamSet		825
+#define OBJ_id_Gost28147_89_CryptoPro_B_ParamSet		OBJ_cryptopro,31L,2L
+
+#define SN_id_Gost28147_89_CryptoPro_C_ParamSet		"id-Gost28147-89-CryptoPro-C-ParamSet"
+#define NID_id_Gost28147_89_CryptoPro_C_ParamSet		826
+#define OBJ_id_Gost28147_89_CryptoPro_C_ParamSet		OBJ_cryptopro,31L,3L
+
+#define SN_id_Gost28147_89_CryptoPro_D_ParamSet		"id-Gost28147-89-CryptoPro-D-ParamSet"
+#define NID_id_Gost28147_89_CryptoPro_D_ParamSet		827
+#define OBJ_id_Gost28147_89_CryptoPro_D_ParamSet		OBJ_cryptopro,31L,4L
+
+#define SN_id_Gost28147_89_CryptoPro_Oscar_1_1_ParamSet		"id-Gost28147-89-CryptoPro-Oscar-1-1-ParamSet"
+#define NID_id_Gost28147_89_CryptoPro_Oscar_1_1_ParamSet		828
+#define OBJ_id_Gost28147_89_CryptoPro_Oscar_1_1_ParamSet		OBJ_cryptopro,31L,5L
+
+#define SN_id_Gost28147_89_CryptoPro_Oscar_1_0_ParamSet		"id-Gost28147-89-CryptoPro-Oscar-1-0-ParamSet"
+#define NID_id_Gost28147_89_CryptoPro_Oscar_1_0_ParamSet		829
+#define OBJ_id_Gost28147_89_CryptoPro_Oscar_1_0_ParamSet		OBJ_cryptopro,31L,6L
+
+#define SN_id_Gost28147_89_CryptoPro_RIC_1_ParamSet		"id-Gost28147-89-CryptoPro-RIC-1-ParamSet"
+#define NID_id_Gost28147_89_CryptoPro_RIC_1_ParamSet		830
+#define OBJ_id_Gost28147_89_CryptoPro_RIC_1_ParamSet		OBJ_cryptopro,31L,7L
+
+#define SN_id_GostR3410_94_TestParamSet		"id-GostR3410-94-TestParamSet"
+#define NID_id_GostR3410_94_TestParamSet		831
+#define OBJ_id_GostR3410_94_TestParamSet		OBJ_cryptopro,32L,0L
+
+#define SN_id_GostR3410_94_CryptoPro_A_ParamSet		"id-GostR3410-94-CryptoPro-A-ParamSet"
+#define NID_id_GostR3410_94_CryptoPro_A_ParamSet		832
+#define OBJ_id_GostR3410_94_CryptoPro_A_ParamSet		OBJ_cryptopro,32L,2L
+
+#define SN_id_GostR3410_94_CryptoPro_B_ParamSet		"id-GostR3410-94-CryptoPro-B-ParamSet"
+#define NID_id_GostR3410_94_CryptoPro_B_ParamSet		833
+#define OBJ_id_GostR3410_94_CryptoPro_B_ParamSet		OBJ_cryptopro,32L,3L
+
+#define SN_id_GostR3410_94_CryptoPro_C_ParamSet		"id-GostR3410-94-CryptoPro-C-ParamSet"
+#define NID_id_GostR3410_94_CryptoPro_C_ParamSet		834
+#define OBJ_id_GostR3410_94_CryptoPro_C_ParamSet		OBJ_cryptopro,32L,4L
+
+#define SN_id_GostR3410_94_CryptoPro_D_ParamSet		"id-GostR3410-94-CryptoPro-D-ParamSet"
+#define NID_id_GostR3410_94_CryptoPro_D_ParamSet		835
+#define OBJ_id_GostR3410_94_CryptoPro_D_ParamSet		OBJ_cryptopro,32L,5L
+
+#define SN_id_GostR3410_94_CryptoPro_XchA_ParamSet		"id-GostR3410-94-CryptoPro-XchA-ParamSet"
+#define NID_id_GostR3410_94_CryptoPro_XchA_ParamSet		836
+#define OBJ_id_GostR3410_94_CryptoPro_XchA_ParamSet		OBJ_cryptopro,33L,1L
+
+#define SN_id_GostR3410_94_CryptoPro_XchB_ParamSet		"id-GostR3410-94-CryptoPro-XchB-ParamSet"
+#define NID_id_GostR3410_94_CryptoPro_XchB_ParamSet		837
+#define OBJ_id_GostR3410_94_CryptoPro_XchB_ParamSet		OBJ_cryptopro,33L,2L
+
+#define SN_id_GostR3410_94_CryptoPro_XchC_ParamSet		"id-GostR3410-94-CryptoPro-XchC-ParamSet"
+#define NID_id_GostR3410_94_CryptoPro_XchC_ParamSet		838
+#define OBJ_id_GostR3410_94_CryptoPro_XchC_ParamSet		OBJ_cryptopro,33L,3L
+
+#define SN_id_GostR3410_2001_TestParamSet		"id-GostR3410-2001-TestParamSet"
+#define NID_id_GostR3410_2001_TestParamSet		839
+#define OBJ_id_GostR3410_2001_TestParamSet		OBJ_cryptopro,35L,0L
+
+#define SN_id_GostR3410_2001_CryptoPro_A_ParamSet		"id-GostR3410-2001-CryptoPro-A-ParamSet"
+#define NID_id_GostR3410_2001_CryptoPro_A_ParamSet		840
+#define OBJ_id_GostR3410_2001_CryptoPro_A_ParamSet		OBJ_cryptopro,35L,1L
+
+#define SN_id_GostR3410_2001_CryptoPro_B_ParamSet		"id-GostR3410-2001-CryptoPro-B-ParamSet"
+#define NID_id_GostR3410_2001_CryptoPro_B_ParamSet		841
+#define OBJ_id_GostR3410_2001_CryptoPro_B_ParamSet		OBJ_cryptopro,35L,2L
+
+#define SN_id_GostR3410_2001_CryptoPro_C_ParamSet		"id-GostR3410-2001-CryptoPro-C-ParamSet"
+#define NID_id_GostR3410_2001_CryptoPro_C_ParamSet		842
+#define OBJ_id_GostR3410_2001_CryptoPro_C_ParamSet		OBJ_cryptopro,35L,3L
+
+#define SN_id_GostR3410_2001_CryptoPro_XchA_ParamSet		"id-GostR3410-2001-CryptoPro-XchA-ParamSet"
+#define NID_id_GostR3410_2001_CryptoPro_XchA_ParamSet		843
+#define OBJ_id_GostR3410_2001_CryptoPro_XchA_ParamSet		OBJ_cryptopro,36L,0L
+
+#define SN_id_GostR3410_2001_CryptoPro_XchB_ParamSet		"id-GostR3410-2001-CryptoPro-XchB-ParamSet"
+#define NID_id_GostR3410_2001_CryptoPro_XchB_ParamSet		844
+#define OBJ_id_GostR3410_2001_CryptoPro_XchB_ParamSet		OBJ_cryptopro,36L,1L
+
+#define SN_id_GostR3410_94_a		"id-GostR3410-94-a"
+#define NID_id_GostR3410_94_a		845
+#define OBJ_id_GostR3410_94_a		OBJ_id_GostR3410_94,1L
+
+#define SN_id_GostR3410_94_aBis		"id-GostR3410-94-aBis"
+#define NID_id_GostR3410_94_aBis		846
+#define OBJ_id_GostR3410_94_aBis		OBJ_id_GostR3410_94,2L
+
+#define SN_id_GostR3410_94_b		"id-GostR3410-94-b"
+#define NID_id_GostR3410_94_b		847
+#define OBJ_id_GostR3410_94_b		OBJ_id_GostR3410_94,3L
+
+#define SN_id_GostR3410_94_bBis		"id-GostR3410-94-bBis"
+#define NID_id_GostR3410_94_bBis		848
+#define OBJ_id_GostR3410_94_bBis		OBJ_id_GostR3410_94,4L
+
+#define SN_id_Gost28147_89_cc		"id-Gost28147-89-cc"
+#define LN_id_Gost28147_89_cc		"GOST 28147-89 Cryptocom ParamSet"
+#define NID_id_Gost28147_89_cc		849
+#define OBJ_id_Gost28147_89_cc		OBJ_cryptocom,1L,6L,1L
+
+#define SN_id_GostR3410_94_cc		"gost94cc"
+#define LN_id_GostR3410_94_cc		"GOST 34.10-94 Cryptocom"
+#define NID_id_GostR3410_94_cc		850
+#define OBJ_id_GostR3410_94_cc		OBJ_cryptocom,1L,5L,3L
+
+#define SN_id_GostR3410_2001_cc		"gost2001cc"
+#define LN_id_GostR3410_2001_cc		"GOST 34.10-2001 Cryptocom"
+#define NID_id_GostR3410_2001_cc		851
+#define OBJ_id_GostR3410_2001_cc		OBJ_cryptocom,1L,5L,4L
+
+#define SN_id_GostR3411_94_with_GostR3410_94_cc		"id-GostR3411-94-with-GostR3410-94-cc"
+#define LN_id_GostR3411_94_with_GostR3410_94_cc		"GOST R 34.11-94 with GOST R 34.10-94 Cryptocom"
+#define NID_id_GostR3411_94_with_GostR3410_94_cc		852
+#define OBJ_id_GostR3411_94_with_GostR3410_94_cc		OBJ_cryptocom,1L,3L,3L
+
+#define SN_id_GostR3411_94_with_GostR3410_2001_cc		"id-GostR3411-94-with-GostR3410-2001-cc"
+#define LN_id_GostR3411_94_with_GostR3410_2001_cc		"GOST R 34.11-94 with GOST R 34.10-2001 Cryptocom"
+#define NID_id_GostR3411_94_with_GostR3410_2001_cc		853
+#define OBJ_id_GostR3411_94_with_GostR3410_2001_cc		OBJ_cryptocom,1L,3L,4L
+
+#define SN_id_GostR3410_2001_ParamSet_cc		"id-GostR3410-2001-ParamSet-cc"
+#define LN_id_GostR3410_2001_ParamSet_cc		"GOST R 3410-2001 Parameter Set Cryptocom"
+#define NID_id_GostR3410_2001_ParamSet_cc		854
+#define OBJ_id_GostR3410_2001_ParamSet_cc		OBJ_cryptocom,1L,8L,1L
+
+#define SN_camellia_128_cbc		"CAMELLIA-128-CBC"
+#define LN_camellia_128_cbc		"camellia-128-cbc"
+#define NID_camellia_128_cbc		751
+#define OBJ_camellia_128_cbc		1L,2L,392L,200011L,61L,1L,1L,1L,2L
+
+#define SN_camellia_192_cbc		"CAMELLIA-192-CBC"
+#define LN_camellia_192_cbc		"camellia-192-cbc"
+#define NID_camellia_192_cbc		752
+#define OBJ_camellia_192_cbc		1L,2L,392L,200011L,61L,1L,1L,1L,3L
+
+#define SN_camellia_256_cbc		"CAMELLIA-256-CBC"
+#define LN_camellia_256_cbc		"camellia-256-cbc"
+#define NID_camellia_256_cbc		753
+#define OBJ_camellia_256_cbc		1L,2L,392L,200011L,61L,1L,1L,1L,4L
+
+#define SN_id_camellia128_wrap		"id-camellia128-wrap"
+#define NID_id_camellia128_wrap		907
+#define OBJ_id_camellia128_wrap		1L,2L,392L,200011L,61L,1L,1L,3L,2L
+
+#define SN_id_camellia192_wrap		"id-camellia192-wrap"
+#define NID_id_camellia192_wrap		908
+#define OBJ_id_camellia192_wrap		1L,2L,392L,200011L,61L,1L,1L,3L,3L
+
+#define SN_id_camellia256_wrap		"id-camellia256-wrap"
+#define NID_id_camellia256_wrap		909
+#define OBJ_id_camellia256_wrap		1L,2L,392L,200011L,61L,1L,1L,3L,4L
+
+#define OBJ_ntt_ds		0L,3L,4401L,5L
+
+#define OBJ_camellia		OBJ_ntt_ds,3L,1L,9L
+
+#define SN_camellia_128_ecb		"CAMELLIA-128-ECB"
+#define LN_camellia_128_ecb		"camellia-128-ecb"
+#define NID_camellia_128_ecb		754
+#define OBJ_camellia_128_ecb		OBJ_camellia,1L
+
+#define SN_camellia_128_ofb128		"CAMELLIA-128-OFB"
+#define LN_camellia_128_ofb128		"camellia-128-ofb"
+#define NID_camellia_128_ofb128		766
+#define OBJ_camellia_128_ofb128		OBJ_camellia,3L
+
+#define SN_camellia_128_cfb128		"CAMELLIA-128-CFB"
+#define LN_camellia_128_cfb128		"camellia-128-cfb"
+#define NID_camellia_128_cfb128		757
+#define OBJ_camellia_128_cfb128		OBJ_camellia,4L
+
+#define SN_camellia_192_ecb		"CAMELLIA-192-ECB"
+#define LN_camellia_192_ecb		"camellia-192-ecb"
+#define NID_camellia_192_ecb		755
+#define OBJ_camellia_192_ecb		OBJ_camellia,21L
+
+#define SN_camellia_192_ofb128		"CAMELLIA-192-OFB"
+#define LN_camellia_192_ofb128		"camellia-192-ofb"
+#define NID_camellia_192_ofb128		767
+#define OBJ_camellia_192_ofb128		OBJ_camellia,23L
+
+#define SN_camellia_192_cfb128		"CAMELLIA-192-CFB"
+#define LN_camellia_192_cfb128		"camellia-192-cfb"
+#define NID_camellia_192_cfb128		758
+#define OBJ_camellia_192_cfb128		OBJ_camellia,24L
+
+#define SN_camellia_256_ecb		"CAMELLIA-256-ECB"
+#define LN_camellia_256_ecb		"camellia-256-ecb"
+#define NID_camellia_256_ecb		756
+#define OBJ_camellia_256_ecb		OBJ_camellia,41L
+
+#define SN_camellia_256_ofb128		"CAMELLIA-256-OFB"
+#define LN_camellia_256_ofb128		"camellia-256-ofb"
+#define NID_camellia_256_ofb128		768
+#define OBJ_camellia_256_ofb128		OBJ_camellia,43L
+
+#define SN_camellia_256_cfb128		"CAMELLIA-256-CFB"
+#define LN_camellia_256_cfb128		"camellia-256-cfb"
+#define NID_camellia_256_cfb128		759
+#define OBJ_camellia_256_cfb128		OBJ_camellia,44L
+
+#define SN_camellia_128_cfb1		"CAMELLIA-128-CFB1"
+#define LN_camellia_128_cfb1		"camellia-128-cfb1"
+#define NID_camellia_128_cfb1		760
+
+#define SN_camellia_192_cfb1		"CAMELLIA-192-CFB1"
+#define LN_camellia_192_cfb1		"camellia-192-cfb1"
+#define NID_camellia_192_cfb1		761
+
+#define SN_camellia_256_cfb1		"CAMELLIA-256-CFB1"
+#define LN_camellia_256_cfb1		"camellia-256-cfb1"
+#define NID_camellia_256_cfb1		762
+
+#define SN_camellia_128_cfb8		"CAMELLIA-128-CFB8"
+#define LN_camellia_128_cfb8		"camellia-128-cfb8"
+#define NID_camellia_128_cfb8		763
+
+#define SN_camellia_192_cfb8		"CAMELLIA-192-CFB8"
+#define LN_camellia_192_cfb8		"camellia-192-cfb8"
+#define NID_camellia_192_cfb8		764
+
+#define SN_camellia_256_cfb8		"CAMELLIA-256-CFB8"
+#define LN_camellia_256_cfb8		"camellia-256-cfb8"
+#define NID_camellia_256_cfb8		765
+
+#define SN_kisa		"KISA"
+#define LN_kisa		"kisa"
+#define NID_kisa		773
+#define OBJ_kisa		OBJ_member_body,410L,200004L
+
+#define SN_seed_ecb		"SEED-ECB"
+#define LN_seed_ecb		"seed-ecb"
+#define NID_seed_ecb		776
+#define OBJ_seed_ecb		OBJ_kisa,1L,3L
+
+#define SN_seed_cbc		"SEED-CBC"
+#define LN_seed_cbc		"seed-cbc"
+#define NID_seed_cbc		777
+#define OBJ_seed_cbc		OBJ_kisa,1L,4L
+
+#define SN_seed_cfb128		"SEED-CFB"
+#define LN_seed_cfb128		"seed-cfb"
+#define NID_seed_cfb128		779
+#define OBJ_seed_cfb128		OBJ_kisa,1L,5L
+
+#define SN_seed_ofb128		"SEED-OFB"
+#define LN_seed_ofb128		"seed-ofb"
+#define NID_seed_ofb128		778
+#define OBJ_seed_ofb128		OBJ_kisa,1L,6L
+
+#define SN_hmac		"HMAC"
+#define LN_hmac		"hmac"
+#define NID_hmac		855
+
+#define SN_cmac		"CMAC"
+#define LN_cmac		"cmac"
+#define NID_cmac		894
+
+#define SN_rc4_hmac_md5		"RC4-HMAC-MD5"
+#define LN_rc4_hmac_md5		"rc4-hmac-md5"
+#define NID_rc4_hmac_md5		915
+
+#define SN_aes_128_cbc_hmac_sha1		"AES-128-CBC-HMAC-SHA1"
+#define LN_aes_128_cbc_hmac_sha1		"aes-128-cbc-hmac-sha1"
+#define NID_aes_128_cbc_hmac_sha1		916
+
+#define SN_aes_192_cbc_hmac_sha1		"AES-192-CBC-HMAC-SHA1"
+#define LN_aes_192_cbc_hmac_sha1		"aes-192-cbc-hmac-sha1"
+#define NID_aes_192_cbc_hmac_sha1		917
+
+#define SN_aes_256_cbc_hmac_sha1		"AES-256-CBC-HMAC-SHA1"
+#define LN_aes_256_cbc_hmac_sha1		"aes-256-cbc-hmac-sha1"
+#define NID_aes_256_cbc_hmac_sha1		918
+
diff --git a/lib/include/openssl/objects.h b/lib/include/openssl/objects.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bd0ee52
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/include/openssl/objects.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1138 @@
+/* crypto/objects/objects.h */
+/* Copyright (C) 1995-1998 Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This package is an SSL implementation written
+ * by Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com).
+ * The implementation was written so as to conform with Netscapes SSL.
+ * 
+ * This library is free for commercial and non-commercial use as long as
+ * the following conditions are aheared to.  The following conditions
+ * apply to all code found in this distribution, be it the RC4, RSA,
+ * lhash, DES, etc., code; not just the SSL code.  The SSL documentation
+ * included with this distribution is covered by the same copyright terms
+ * except that the holder is Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com).
+ * 
+ * Copyright remains Eric Young's, and as such any Copyright notices in
+ * the code are not to be removed.
+ * If this package is used in a product, Eric Young should be given attribution
+ * as the author of the parts of the library used.
+ * This can be in the form of a textual message at program startup or
+ * in documentation (online or textual) provided with the package.
+ * 
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *    "This product includes cryptographic software written by
+ *     Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)"
+ *    The word 'cryptographic' can be left out if the rouines from the library
+ *    being used are not cryptographic related :-).
+ * 4. If you include any Windows specific code (or a derivative thereof) from 
+ *    the apps directory (application code) you must include an acknowledgement:
+ *    "This product includes software written by Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com)"
+ * 
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ERIC YOUNG ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * 
+ * The licence and distribution terms for any publically available version or
+ * derivative of this code cannot be changed.  i.e. this code cannot simply be
+ * copied and put under another distribution licence
+ * [including the GNU Public Licence.]
+ */
+
+#ifndef HEADER_OBJECTS_H
+#define HEADER_OBJECTS_H
+
+#define USE_OBJ_MAC
+
+#ifdef USE_OBJ_MAC
+#include <openssl/obj_mac.h>
+#else
+#define SN_undef			"UNDEF"
+#define LN_undef			"undefined"
+#define NID_undef			0
+#define OBJ_undef			0L
+
+#define SN_Algorithm			"Algorithm"
+#define LN_algorithm			"algorithm"
+#define NID_algorithm			38
+#define OBJ_algorithm			1L,3L,14L,3L,2L
+
+#define LN_rsadsi			"rsadsi"
+#define NID_rsadsi			1
+#define OBJ_rsadsi			1L,2L,840L,113549L
+
+#define LN_pkcs				"pkcs"
+#define NID_pkcs			2
+#define OBJ_pkcs			OBJ_rsadsi,1L
+
+#define SN_md2				"MD2"
+#define LN_md2				"md2"
+#define NID_md2				3
+#define OBJ_md2				OBJ_rsadsi,2L,2L
+
+#define SN_md5				"MD5"
+#define LN_md5				"md5"
+#define NID_md5				4
+#define OBJ_md5				OBJ_rsadsi,2L,5L
+
+#define SN_rc4				"RC4"
+#define LN_rc4				"rc4"
+#define NID_rc4				5
+#define OBJ_rc4				OBJ_rsadsi,3L,4L
+
+#define LN_rsaEncryption		"rsaEncryption"
+#define NID_rsaEncryption		6
+#define OBJ_rsaEncryption		OBJ_pkcs,1L,1L
+
+#define SN_md2WithRSAEncryption		"RSA-MD2"
+#define LN_md2WithRSAEncryption		"md2WithRSAEncryption"
+#define NID_md2WithRSAEncryption	7
+#define OBJ_md2WithRSAEncryption	OBJ_pkcs,1L,2L
+
+#define SN_md5WithRSAEncryption		"RSA-MD5"
+#define LN_md5WithRSAEncryption		"md5WithRSAEncryption"
+#define NID_md5WithRSAEncryption	8
+#define OBJ_md5WithRSAEncryption	OBJ_pkcs,1L,4L
+
+#define SN_pbeWithMD2AndDES_CBC		"PBE-MD2-DES"
+#define LN_pbeWithMD2AndDES_CBC		"pbeWithMD2AndDES-CBC"
+#define NID_pbeWithMD2AndDES_CBC	9
+#define OBJ_pbeWithMD2AndDES_CBC	OBJ_pkcs,5L,1L
+
+#define SN_pbeWithMD5AndDES_CBC		"PBE-MD5-DES"
+#define LN_pbeWithMD5AndDES_CBC		"pbeWithMD5AndDES-CBC"
+#define NID_pbeWithMD5AndDES_CBC	10
+#define OBJ_pbeWithMD5AndDES_CBC	OBJ_pkcs,5L,3L
+
+#define LN_X500				"X500"
+#define NID_X500			11
+#define OBJ_X500			2L,5L
+
+#define LN_X509				"X509"
+#define NID_X509			12
+#define OBJ_X509			OBJ_X500,4L
+
+#define SN_commonName			"CN"
+#define LN_commonName			"commonName"
+#define NID_commonName			13
+#define OBJ_commonName			OBJ_X509,3L
+
+#define SN_countryName			"C"
+#define LN_countryName			"countryName"
+#define NID_countryName			14
+#define OBJ_countryName			OBJ_X509,6L
+
+#define SN_localityName			"L"
+#define LN_localityName			"localityName"
+#define NID_localityName		15
+#define OBJ_localityName		OBJ_X509,7L
+
+/* Postal Address? PA */
+
+/* should be "ST" (rfc1327) but MS uses 'S' */
+#define SN_stateOrProvinceName		"ST"
+#define LN_stateOrProvinceName		"stateOrProvinceName"
+#define NID_stateOrProvinceName		16
+#define OBJ_stateOrProvinceName		OBJ_X509,8L
+
+#define SN_organizationName		"O"
+#define LN_organizationName		"organizationName"
+#define NID_organizationName		17
+#define OBJ_organizationName		OBJ_X509,10L
+
+#define SN_organizationalUnitName	"OU"
+#define LN_organizationalUnitName	"organizationalUnitName"
+#define NID_organizationalUnitName	18
+#define OBJ_organizationalUnitName	OBJ_X509,11L
+
+#define SN_rsa				"RSA"
+#define LN_rsa				"rsa"
+#define NID_rsa				19
+#define OBJ_rsa				OBJ_X500,8L,1L,1L
+
+#define LN_pkcs7			"pkcs7"
+#define NID_pkcs7			20
+#define OBJ_pkcs7			OBJ_pkcs,7L
+
+#define LN_pkcs7_data			"pkcs7-data"
+#define NID_pkcs7_data			21
+#define OBJ_pkcs7_data			OBJ_pkcs7,1L
+
+#define LN_pkcs7_signed			"pkcs7-signedData"
+#define NID_pkcs7_signed		22
+#define OBJ_pkcs7_signed		OBJ_pkcs7,2L
+
+#define LN_pkcs7_enveloped		"pkcs7-envelopedData"
+#define NID_pkcs7_enveloped		23
+#define OBJ_pkcs7_enveloped		OBJ_pkcs7,3L
+
+#define LN_pkcs7_signedAndEnveloped	"pkcs7-signedAndEnvelopedData"
+#define NID_pkcs7_signedAndEnveloped	24
+#define OBJ_pkcs7_signedAndEnveloped	OBJ_pkcs7,4L
+
+#define LN_pkcs7_digest			"pkcs7-digestData"
+#define NID_pkcs7_digest		25
+#define OBJ_pkcs7_digest		OBJ_pkcs7,5L
+
+#define LN_pkcs7_encrypted		"pkcs7-encryptedData"
+#define NID_pkcs7_encrypted		26
+#define OBJ_pkcs7_encrypted		OBJ_pkcs7,6L
+
+#define LN_pkcs3			"pkcs3"
+#define NID_pkcs3			27
+#define OBJ_pkcs3			OBJ_pkcs,3L
+
+#define LN_dhKeyAgreement		"dhKeyAgreement"
+#define NID_dhKeyAgreement		28
+#define OBJ_dhKeyAgreement		OBJ_pkcs3,1L
+
+#define SN_des_ecb			"DES-ECB"
+#define LN_des_ecb			"des-ecb"
+#define NID_des_ecb			29
+#define OBJ_des_ecb			OBJ_algorithm,6L
+
+#define SN_des_cfb64			"DES-CFB"
+#define LN_des_cfb64			"des-cfb"
+#define NID_des_cfb64			30
+/* IV + num */
+#define OBJ_des_cfb64			OBJ_algorithm,9L
+
+#define SN_des_cbc			"DES-CBC"
+#define LN_des_cbc			"des-cbc"
+#define NID_des_cbc			31
+/* IV */
+#define OBJ_des_cbc			OBJ_algorithm,7L
+
+#define SN_des_ede			"DES-EDE"
+#define LN_des_ede			"des-ede"
+#define NID_des_ede			32
+/* ?? */
+#define OBJ_des_ede			OBJ_algorithm,17L
+
+#define SN_des_ede3			"DES-EDE3"
+#define LN_des_ede3			"des-ede3"
+#define NID_des_ede3			33
+
+#define SN_idea_cbc			"IDEA-CBC"
+#define LN_idea_cbc			"idea-cbc"
+#define NID_idea_cbc			34
+#define OBJ_idea_cbc			1L,3L,6L,1L,4L,1L,188L,7L,1L,1L,2L
+
+#define SN_idea_cfb64			"IDEA-CFB"
+#define LN_idea_cfb64			"idea-cfb"
+#define NID_idea_cfb64			35
+
+#define SN_idea_ecb			"IDEA-ECB"
+#define LN_idea_ecb			"idea-ecb"
+#define NID_idea_ecb			36
+
+#define SN_rc2_cbc			"RC2-CBC"
+#define LN_rc2_cbc			"rc2-cbc"
+#define NID_rc2_cbc			37
+#define OBJ_rc2_cbc			OBJ_rsadsi,3L,2L
+
+#define SN_rc2_ecb			"RC2-ECB"
+#define LN_rc2_ecb			"rc2-ecb"
+#define NID_rc2_ecb			38
+
+#define SN_rc2_cfb64			"RC2-CFB"
+#define LN_rc2_cfb64			"rc2-cfb"
+#define NID_rc2_cfb64			39
+
+#define SN_rc2_ofb64			"RC2-OFB"
+#define LN_rc2_ofb64			"rc2-ofb"
+#define NID_rc2_ofb64			40
+
+#define SN_sha				"SHA"
+#define LN_sha				"sha"
+#define NID_sha				41
+#define OBJ_sha				OBJ_algorithm,18L
+
+#define SN_shaWithRSAEncryption		"RSA-SHA"
+#define LN_shaWithRSAEncryption		"shaWithRSAEncryption"
+#define NID_shaWithRSAEncryption	42
+#define OBJ_shaWithRSAEncryption	OBJ_algorithm,15L
+
+#define SN_des_ede_cbc			"DES-EDE-CBC"
+#define LN_des_ede_cbc			"des-ede-cbc"
+#define NID_des_ede_cbc			43
+
+#define SN_des_ede3_cbc			"DES-EDE3-CBC"
+#define LN_des_ede3_cbc			"des-ede3-cbc"
+#define NID_des_ede3_cbc		44
+#define OBJ_des_ede3_cbc		OBJ_rsadsi,3L,7L
+
+#define SN_des_ofb64			"DES-OFB"
+#define LN_des_ofb64			"des-ofb"
+#define NID_des_ofb64			45
+#define OBJ_des_ofb64			OBJ_algorithm,8L
+
+#define SN_idea_ofb64			"IDEA-OFB"
+#define LN_idea_ofb64			"idea-ofb"
+#define NID_idea_ofb64			46
+
+#define LN_pkcs9			"pkcs9"
+#define NID_pkcs9			47
+#define OBJ_pkcs9			OBJ_pkcs,9L
+
+#define SN_pkcs9_emailAddress		"Email"
+#define LN_pkcs9_emailAddress		"emailAddress"
+#define NID_pkcs9_emailAddress		48
+#define OBJ_pkcs9_emailAddress		OBJ_pkcs9,1L
+
+#define LN_pkcs9_unstructuredName	"unstructuredName"
+#define NID_pkcs9_unstructuredName	49
+#define OBJ_pkcs9_unstructuredName	OBJ_pkcs9,2L
+
+#define LN_pkcs9_contentType		"contentType"
+#define NID_pkcs9_contentType		50
+#define OBJ_pkcs9_contentType		OBJ_pkcs9,3L
+
+#define LN_pkcs9_messageDigest		"messageDigest"
+#define NID_pkcs9_messageDigest		51
+#define OBJ_pkcs9_messageDigest		OBJ_pkcs9,4L
+
+#define LN_pkcs9_signingTime		"signingTime"
+#define NID_pkcs9_signingTime		52
+#define OBJ_pkcs9_signingTime		OBJ_pkcs9,5L
+
+#define LN_pkcs9_countersignature	"countersignature"
+#define NID_pkcs9_countersignature	53
+#define OBJ_pkcs9_countersignature	OBJ_pkcs9,6L
+
+#define LN_pkcs9_challengePassword	"challengePassword"
+#define NID_pkcs9_challengePassword	54
+#define OBJ_pkcs9_challengePassword	OBJ_pkcs9,7L
+
+#define LN_pkcs9_unstructuredAddress	"unstructuredAddress"
+#define NID_pkcs9_unstructuredAddress	55
+#define OBJ_pkcs9_unstructuredAddress	OBJ_pkcs9,8L
+
+#define LN_pkcs9_extCertAttributes	"extendedCertificateAttributes"
+#define NID_pkcs9_extCertAttributes	56
+#define OBJ_pkcs9_extCertAttributes	OBJ_pkcs9,9L
+
+#define SN_netscape			"Netscape"
+#define LN_netscape			"Netscape Communications Corp."
+#define NID_netscape			57
+#define OBJ_netscape			2L,16L,840L,1L,113730L
+
+#define SN_netscape_cert_extension	"nsCertExt"
+#define LN_netscape_cert_extension	"Netscape Certificate Extension"
+#define NID_netscape_cert_extension	58
+#define OBJ_netscape_cert_extension	OBJ_netscape,1L
+
+#define SN_netscape_data_type		"nsDataType"
+#define LN_netscape_data_type		"Netscape Data Type"
+#define NID_netscape_data_type		59
+#define OBJ_netscape_data_type		OBJ_netscape,2L
+
+#define SN_des_ede_cfb64		"DES-EDE-CFB"
+#define LN_des_ede_cfb64		"des-ede-cfb"
+#define NID_des_ede_cfb64		60
+
+#define SN_des_ede3_cfb64		"DES-EDE3-CFB"
+#define LN_des_ede3_cfb64		"des-ede3-cfb"
+#define NID_des_ede3_cfb64		61
+
+#define SN_des_ede_ofb64		"DES-EDE-OFB"
+#define LN_des_ede_ofb64		"des-ede-ofb"
+#define NID_des_ede_ofb64		62
+
+#define SN_des_ede3_ofb64		"DES-EDE3-OFB"
+#define LN_des_ede3_ofb64		"des-ede3-ofb"
+#define NID_des_ede3_ofb64		63
+
+/* I'm not sure about the object ID */
+#define SN_sha1				"SHA1"
+#define LN_sha1				"sha1"
+#define NID_sha1			64
+#define OBJ_sha1			OBJ_algorithm,26L
+/* 28 Jun 1996 - eay */
+/* #define OBJ_sha1			1L,3L,14L,2L,26L,05L <- wrong */
+
+#define SN_sha1WithRSAEncryption	"RSA-SHA1"
+#define LN_sha1WithRSAEncryption	"sha1WithRSAEncryption"
+#define NID_sha1WithRSAEncryption	65
+#define OBJ_sha1WithRSAEncryption	OBJ_pkcs,1L,5L
+
+#define SN_dsaWithSHA			"DSA-SHA"
+#define LN_dsaWithSHA			"dsaWithSHA"
+#define NID_dsaWithSHA			66
+#define OBJ_dsaWithSHA			OBJ_algorithm,13L
+
+#define SN_dsa_2			"DSA-old"
+#define LN_dsa_2			"dsaEncryption-old"
+#define NID_dsa_2			67
+#define OBJ_dsa_2			OBJ_algorithm,12L
+
+/* proposed by microsoft to RSA */
+#define SN_pbeWithSHA1AndRC2_CBC	"PBE-SHA1-RC2-64"
+#define LN_pbeWithSHA1AndRC2_CBC	"pbeWithSHA1AndRC2-CBC"
+#define NID_pbeWithSHA1AndRC2_CBC	68
+#define OBJ_pbeWithSHA1AndRC2_CBC	OBJ_pkcs,5L,11L 
+
+/* proposed by microsoft to RSA as pbeWithSHA1AndRC4: it is now
+ * defined explicitly in PKCS#5 v2.0 as id-PBKDF2 which is something
+ * completely different.
+ */
+#define LN_id_pbkdf2			"PBKDF2"
+#define NID_id_pbkdf2			69
+#define OBJ_id_pbkdf2			OBJ_pkcs,5L,12L 
+
+#define SN_dsaWithSHA1_2		"DSA-SHA1-old"
+#define LN_dsaWithSHA1_2		"dsaWithSHA1-old"
+#define NID_dsaWithSHA1_2		70
+/* Got this one from 'sdn706r20.pdf' which is actually an NSA document :-) */
+#define OBJ_dsaWithSHA1_2		OBJ_algorithm,27L
+
+#define SN_netscape_cert_type		"nsCertType"
+#define LN_netscape_cert_type		"Netscape Cert Type"
+#define NID_netscape_cert_type		71
+#define OBJ_netscape_cert_type		OBJ_netscape_cert_extension,1L
+
+#define SN_netscape_base_url		"nsBaseUrl"
+#define LN_netscape_base_url		"Netscape Base Url"
+#define NID_netscape_base_url		72
+#define OBJ_netscape_base_url		OBJ_netscape_cert_extension,2L
+
+#define SN_netscape_revocation_url	"nsRevocationUrl"
+#define LN_netscape_revocation_url	"Netscape Revocation Url"
+#define NID_netscape_revocation_url	73
+#define OBJ_netscape_revocation_url	OBJ_netscape_cert_extension,3L
+
+#define SN_netscape_ca_revocation_url	"nsCaRevocationUrl"
+#define LN_netscape_ca_revocation_url	"Netscape CA Revocation Url"
+#define NID_netscape_ca_revocation_url	74
+#define OBJ_netscape_ca_revocation_url	OBJ_netscape_cert_extension,4L
+
+#define SN_netscape_renewal_url		"nsRenewalUrl"
+#define LN_netscape_renewal_url		"Netscape Renewal Url"
+#define NID_netscape_renewal_url	75
+#define OBJ_netscape_renewal_url	OBJ_netscape_cert_extension,7L
+
+#define SN_netscape_ca_policy_url	"nsCaPolicyUrl"
+#define LN_netscape_ca_policy_url	"Netscape CA Policy Url"
+#define NID_netscape_ca_policy_url	76
+#define OBJ_netscape_ca_policy_url	OBJ_netscape_cert_extension,8L
+
+#define SN_netscape_ssl_server_name	"nsSslServerName"
+#define LN_netscape_ssl_server_name	"Netscape SSL Server Name"
+#define NID_netscape_ssl_server_name	77
+#define OBJ_netscape_ssl_server_name	OBJ_netscape_cert_extension,12L
+
+#define SN_netscape_comment		"nsComment"
+#define LN_netscape_comment		"Netscape Comment"
+#define NID_netscape_comment		78
+#define OBJ_netscape_comment		OBJ_netscape_cert_extension,13L
+
+#define SN_netscape_cert_sequence	"nsCertSequence"
+#define LN_netscape_cert_sequence	"Netscape Certificate Sequence"
+#define NID_netscape_cert_sequence	79
+#define OBJ_netscape_cert_sequence	OBJ_netscape_data_type,5L
+
+#define SN_desx_cbc			"DESX-CBC"
+#define LN_desx_cbc			"desx-cbc"
+#define NID_desx_cbc			80
+
+#define SN_id_ce			"id-ce"
+#define NID_id_ce			81
+#define OBJ_id_ce			2L,5L,29L
+
+#define SN_subject_key_identifier	"subjectKeyIdentifier"
+#define LN_subject_key_identifier	"X509v3 Subject Key Identifier"
+#define NID_subject_key_identifier	82
+#define OBJ_subject_key_identifier	OBJ_id_ce,14L
+
+#define SN_key_usage			"keyUsage"
+#define LN_key_usage			"X509v3 Key Usage"
+#define NID_key_usage			83
+#define OBJ_key_usage			OBJ_id_ce,15L
+
+#define SN_private_key_usage_period	"privateKeyUsagePeriod"
+#define LN_private_key_usage_period	"X509v3 Private Key Usage Period"
+#define NID_private_key_usage_period	84
+#define OBJ_private_key_usage_period	OBJ_id_ce,16L
+
+#define SN_subject_alt_name		"subjectAltName"
+#define LN_subject_alt_name		"X509v3 Subject Alternative Name"
+#define NID_subject_alt_name		85
+#define OBJ_subject_alt_name		OBJ_id_ce,17L
+
+#define SN_issuer_alt_name		"issuerAltName"
+#define LN_issuer_alt_name		"X509v3 Issuer Alternative Name"
+#define NID_issuer_alt_name		86
+#define OBJ_issuer_alt_name		OBJ_id_ce,18L
+
+#define SN_basic_constraints		"basicConstraints"
+#define LN_basic_constraints		"X509v3 Basic Constraints"
+#define NID_basic_constraints		87
+#define OBJ_basic_constraints		OBJ_id_ce,19L
+
+#define SN_crl_number			"crlNumber"
+#define LN_crl_number			"X509v3 CRL Number"
+#define NID_crl_number			88
+#define OBJ_crl_number			OBJ_id_ce,20L
+
+#define SN_certificate_policies		"certificatePolicies"
+#define LN_certificate_policies		"X509v3 Certificate Policies"
+#define NID_certificate_policies	89
+#define OBJ_certificate_policies	OBJ_id_ce,32L
+
+#define SN_authority_key_identifier	"authorityKeyIdentifier"
+#define LN_authority_key_identifier	"X509v3 Authority Key Identifier"
+#define NID_authority_key_identifier	90
+#define OBJ_authority_key_identifier	OBJ_id_ce,35L
+
+#define SN_bf_cbc			"BF-CBC"
+#define LN_bf_cbc			"bf-cbc"
+#define NID_bf_cbc			91
+#define OBJ_bf_cbc			1L,3L,6L,1L,4L,1L,3029L,1L,2L
+
+#define SN_bf_ecb			"BF-ECB"
+#define LN_bf_ecb			"bf-ecb"
+#define NID_bf_ecb			92
+
+#define SN_bf_cfb64			"BF-CFB"
+#define LN_bf_cfb64			"bf-cfb"
+#define NID_bf_cfb64			93
+
+#define SN_bf_ofb64			"BF-OFB"
+#define LN_bf_ofb64			"bf-ofb"
+#define NID_bf_ofb64			94
+
+#define SN_mdc2				"MDC2"
+#define LN_mdc2				"mdc2"
+#define NID_mdc2			95
+#define OBJ_mdc2			2L,5L,8L,3L,101L
+/* An alternative?			1L,3L,14L,3L,2L,19L */
+
+#define SN_mdc2WithRSA			"RSA-MDC2"
+#define LN_mdc2WithRSA			"mdc2withRSA"
+#define NID_mdc2WithRSA			96
+#define OBJ_mdc2WithRSA			2L,5L,8L,3L,100L
+
+#define SN_rc4_40			"RC4-40"
+#define LN_rc4_40			"rc4-40"
+#define NID_rc4_40			97
+
+#define SN_rc2_40_cbc			"RC2-40-CBC"
+#define LN_rc2_40_cbc			"rc2-40-cbc"
+#define NID_rc2_40_cbc			98
+
+#define SN_givenName			"G"
+#define LN_givenName			"givenName"
+#define NID_givenName			99
+#define OBJ_givenName			OBJ_X509,42L
+
+#define SN_surname			"S"
+#define LN_surname			"surname"
+#define NID_surname			100
+#define OBJ_surname			OBJ_X509,4L
+
+#define SN_initials			"I"
+#define LN_initials			"initials"
+#define NID_initials			101
+#define OBJ_initials			OBJ_X509,43L
+
+#define SN_uniqueIdentifier		"UID"
+#define LN_uniqueIdentifier		"uniqueIdentifier"
+#define NID_uniqueIdentifier		102
+#define OBJ_uniqueIdentifier		OBJ_X509,45L
+
+#define SN_crl_distribution_points	"crlDistributionPoints"
+#define LN_crl_distribution_points	"X509v3 CRL Distribution Points"
+#define NID_crl_distribution_points	103
+#define OBJ_crl_distribution_points	OBJ_id_ce,31L
+
+#define SN_md5WithRSA			"RSA-NP-MD5"
+#define LN_md5WithRSA			"md5WithRSA"
+#define NID_md5WithRSA			104
+#define OBJ_md5WithRSA			OBJ_algorithm,3L
+
+#define SN_serialNumber			"SN"
+#define LN_serialNumber			"serialNumber"
+#define NID_serialNumber		105
+#define OBJ_serialNumber		OBJ_X509,5L
+
+#define SN_title			"T"
+#define LN_title			"title"
+#define NID_title			106
+#define OBJ_title			OBJ_X509,12L
+
+#define SN_description			"D"
+#define LN_description			"description"
+#define NID_description			107
+#define OBJ_description			OBJ_X509,13L
+
+/* CAST5 is CAST-128, I'm just sticking with the documentation */
+#define SN_cast5_cbc			"CAST5-CBC"
+#define LN_cast5_cbc			"cast5-cbc"
+#define NID_cast5_cbc			108
+#define OBJ_cast5_cbc			1L,2L,840L,113533L,7L,66L,10L
+
+#define SN_cast5_ecb			"CAST5-ECB"
+#define LN_cast5_ecb			"cast5-ecb"
+#define NID_cast5_ecb			109
+
+#define SN_cast5_cfb64			"CAST5-CFB"
+#define LN_cast5_cfb64			"cast5-cfb"
+#define NID_cast5_cfb64			110
+
+#define SN_cast5_ofb64			"CAST5-OFB"
+#define LN_cast5_ofb64			"cast5-ofb"
+#define NID_cast5_ofb64			111
+
+#define LN_pbeWithMD5AndCast5_CBC	"pbeWithMD5AndCast5CBC"
+#define NID_pbeWithMD5AndCast5_CBC	112
+#define OBJ_pbeWithMD5AndCast5_CBC	1L,2L,840L,113533L,7L,66L,12L
+
+/* This is one sun will soon be using :-(
+ * id-dsa-with-sha1 ID  ::= {
+ *   iso(1) member-body(2) us(840) x9-57 (10040) x9cm(4) 3 }
+ */
+#define SN_dsaWithSHA1			"DSA-SHA1"
+#define LN_dsaWithSHA1			"dsaWithSHA1"
+#define NID_dsaWithSHA1			113
+#define OBJ_dsaWithSHA1			1L,2L,840L,10040L,4L,3L
+
+#define NID_md5_sha1			114
+#define SN_md5_sha1			"MD5-SHA1"
+#define LN_md5_sha1			"md5-sha1"
+
+#define SN_sha1WithRSA			"RSA-SHA1-2"
+#define LN_sha1WithRSA			"sha1WithRSA"
+#define NID_sha1WithRSA			115
+#define OBJ_sha1WithRSA			OBJ_algorithm,29L
+
+#define SN_dsa				"DSA"
+#define LN_dsa				"dsaEncryption"
+#define NID_dsa				116
+#define OBJ_dsa				1L,2L,840L,10040L,4L,1L
+
+#define SN_ripemd160			"RIPEMD160"
+#define LN_ripemd160			"ripemd160"
+#define NID_ripemd160			117
+#define OBJ_ripemd160			1L,3L,36L,3L,2L,1L
+
+/* The name should actually be rsaSignatureWithripemd160, but I'm going
+ * to continue using the convention I'm using with the other ciphers */
+#define SN_ripemd160WithRSA		"RSA-RIPEMD160"
+#define LN_ripemd160WithRSA		"ripemd160WithRSA"
+#define NID_ripemd160WithRSA		119
+#define OBJ_ripemd160WithRSA		1L,3L,36L,3L,3L,1L,2L
+
+/* Taken from rfc2040
+ *  RC5_CBC_Parameters ::= SEQUENCE {
+ *	version           INTEGER (v1_0(16)),
+ *	rounds            INTEGER (8..127),
+ *	blockSizeInBits   INTEGER (64, 128),
+ *	iv                OCTET STRING OPTIONAL
+ *	}
+ */
+#define SN_rc5_cbc			"RC5-CBC"
+#define LN_rc5_cbc			"rc5-cbc"
+#define NID_rc5_cbc			120
+#define OBJ_rc5_cbc			OBJ_rsadsi,3L,8L
+
+#define SN_rc5_ecb			"RC5-ECB"
+#define LN_rc5_ecb			"rc5-ecb"
+#define NID_rc5_ecb			121
+
+#define SN_rc5_cfb64			"RC5-CFB"
+#define LN_rc5_cfb64			"rc5-cfb"
+#define NID_rc5_cfb64			122
+
+#define SN_rc5_ofb64			"RC5-OFB"
+#define LN_rc5_ofb64			"rc5-ofb"
+#define NID_rc5_ofb64			123
+
+#define SN_rle_compression		"RLE"
+#define LN_rle_compression		"run length compression"
+#define NID_rle_compression		124
+#define OBJ_rle_compression		1L,1L,1L,1L,666L,1L
+
+#define SN_zlib_compression		"ZLIB"
+#define LN_zlib_compression		"zlib compression"
+#define NID_zlib_compression		125
+#define OBJ_zlib_compression		1L,1L,1L,1L,666L,2L
+
+#define SN_ext_key_usage		"extendedKeyUsage"
+#define LN_ext_key_usage		"X509v3 Extended Key Usage"
+#define NID_ext_key_usage		126
+#define OBJ_ext_key_usage		OBJ_id_ce,37
+
+#define SN_id_pkix			"PKIX"
+#define NID_id_pkix			127
+#define OBJ_id_pkix			1L,3L,6L,1L,5L,5L,7L
+
+#define SN_id_kp			"id-kp"
+#define NID_id_kp			128
+#define OBJ_id_kp			OBJ_id_pkix,3L
+
+/* PKIX extended key usage OIDs */
+
+#define SN_server_auth			"serverAuth"
+#define LN_server_auth			"TLS Web Server Authentication"
+#define NID_server_auth			129
+#define OBJ_server_auth			OBJ_id_kp,1L
+
+#define SN_client_auth			"clientAuth"
+#define LN_client_auth			"TLS Web Client Authentication"
+#define NID_client_auth			130
+#define OBJ_client_auth			OBJ_id_kp,2L
+
+#define SN_code_sign			"codeSigning"
+#define LN_code_sign			"Code Signing"
+#define NID_code_sign			131
+#define OBJ_code_sign			OBJ_id_kp,3L
+
+#define SN_email_protect		"emailProtection"
+#define LN_email_protect		"E-mail Protection"
+#define NID_email_protect		132
+#define OBJ_email_protect		OBJ_id_kp,4L
+
+#define SN_time_stamp			"timeStamping"
+#define LN_time_stamp			"Time Stamping"
+#define NID_time_stamp			133
+#define OBJ_time_stamp			OBJ_id_kp,8L
+
+/* Additional extended key usage OIDs: Microsoft */
+
+#define SN_ms_code_ind			"msCodeInd"
+#define LN_ms_code_ind			"Microsoft Individual Code Signing"
+#define NID_ms_code_ind			134
+#define OBJ_ms_code_ind			1L,3L,6L,1L,4L,1L,311L,2L,1L,21L
+
+#define SN_ms_code_com			"msCodeCom"
+#define LN_ms_code_com			"Microsoft Commercial Code Signing"
+#define NID_ms_code_com			135
+#define OBJ_ms_code_com			1L,3L,6L,1L,4L,1L,311L,2L,1L,22L
+
+#define SN_ms_ctl_sign			"msCTLSign"
+#define LN_ms_ctl_sign			"Microsoft Trust List Signing"
+#define NID_ms_ctl_sign			136
+#define OBJ_ms_ctl_sign			1L,3L,6L,1L,4L,1L,311L,10L,3L,1L
+
+#define SN_ms_sgc			"msSGC"
+#define LN_ms_sgc			"Microsoft Server Gated Crypto"
+#define NID_ms_sgc			137
+#define OBJ_ms_sgc			1L,3L,6L,1L,4L,1L,311L,10L,3L,3L
+
+#define SN_ms_efs			"msEFS"
+#define LN_ms_efs			"Microsoft Encrypted File System"
+#define NID_ms_efs			138
+#define OBJ_ms_efs			1L,3L,6L,1L,4L,1L,311L,10L,3L,4L
+
+/* Additional usage: Netscape */
+
+#define SN_ns_sgc			"nsSGC"
+#define LN_ns_sgc			"Netscape Server Gated Crypto"
+#define NID_ns_sgc			139
+#define OBJ_ns_sgc			OBJ_netscape,4L,1L
+
+#define SN_delta_crl			"deltaCRL"
+#define LN_delta_crl			"X509v3 Delta CRL Indicator"
+#define NID_delta_crl			140
+#define OBJ_delta_crl			OBJ_id_ce,27L
+
+#define SN_crl_reason			"CRLReason"
+#define LN_crl_reason			"CRL Reason Code"
+#define NID_crl_reason			141
+#define OBJ_crl_reason			OBJ_id_ce,21L
+
+#define SN_invalidity_date		"invalidityDate"
+#define LN_invalidity_date		"Invalidity Date"
+#define NID_invalidity_date		142
+#define OBJ_invalidity_date		OBJ_id_ce,24L
+
+#define SN_sxnet			"SXNetID"
+#define LN_sxnet			"Strong Extranet ID"
+#define NID_sxnet			143
+#define OBJ_sxnet			1L,3L,101L,1L,4L,1L
+
+/* PKCS12 and related OBJECT IDENTIFIERS */
+
+#define OBJ_pkcs12			OBJ_pkcs,12L
+#define OBJ_pkcs12_pbeids		OBJ_pkcs12, 1
+
+#define SN_pbe_WithSHA1And128BitRC4	"PBE-SHA1-RC4-128"
+#define LN_pbe_WithSHA1And128BitRC4	"pbeWithSHA1And128BitRC4"
+#define NID_pbe_WithSHA1And128BitRC4	144
+#define OBJ_pbe_WithSHA1And128BitRC4	OBJ_pkcs12_pbeids, 1L
+
+#define SN_pbe_WithSHA1And40BitRC4	"PBE-SHA1-RC4-40"
+#define LN_pbe_WithSHA1And40BitRC4	"pbeWithSHA1And40BitRC4"
+#define NID_pbe_WithSHA1And40BitRC4	145
+#define OBJ_pbe_WithSHA1And40BitRC4	OBJ_pkcs12_pbeids, 2L
+
+#define SN_pbe_WithSHA1And3_Key_TripleDES_CBC	"PBE-SHA1-3DES"
+#define LN_pbe_WithSHA1And3_Key_TripleDES_CBC	"pbeWithSHA1And3-KeyTripleDES-CBC"
+#define NID_pbe_WithSHA1And3_Key_TripleDES_CBC	146
+#define OBJ_pbe_WithSHA1And3_Key_TripleDES_CBC	OBJ_pkcs12_pbeids, 3L
+
+#define SN_pbe_WithSHA1And2_Key_TripleDES_CBC	"PBE-SHA1-2DES"
+#define LN_pbe_WithSHA1And2_Key_TripleDES_CBC	"pbeWithSHA1And2-KeyTripleDES-CBC"
+#define NID_pbe_WithSHA1And2_Key_TripleDES_CBC	147
+#define OBJ_pbe_WithSHA1And2_Key_TripleDES_CBC	OBJ_pkcs12_pbeids, 4L
+
+#define SN_pbe_WithSHA1And128BitRC2_CBC		"PBE-SHA1-RC2-128"
+#define LN_pbe_WithSHA1And128BitRC2_CBC		"pbeWithSHA1And128BitRC2-CBC"
+#define NID_pbe_WithSHA1And128BitRC2_CBC	148
+#define OBJ_pbe_WithSHA1And128BitRC2_CBC	OBJ_pkcs12_pbeids, 5L
+
+#define SN_pbe_WithSHA1And40BitRC2_CBC	"PBE-SHA1-RC2-40"
+#define LN_pbe_WithSHA1And40BitRC2_CBC	"pbeWithSHA1And40BitRC2-CBC"
+#define NID_pbe_WithSHA1And40BitRC2_CBC	149
+#define OBJ_pbe_WithSHA1And40BitRC2_CBC	OBJ_pkcs12_pbeids, 6L
+
+#define OBJ_pkcs12_Version1	OBJ_pkcs12, 10L
+
+#define OBJ_pkcs12_BagIds	OBJ_pkcs12_Version1, 1L
+
+#define LN_keyBag		"keyBag"
+#define NID_keyBag		150
+#define OBJ_keyBag		OBJ_pkcs12_BagIds, 1L
+
+#define LN_pkcs8ShroudedKeyBag	"pkcs8ShroudedKeyBag"
+#define NID_pkcs8ShroudedKeyBag	151
+#define OBJ_pkcs8ShroudedKeyBag	OBJ_pkcs12_BagIds, 2L
+
+#define LN_certBag		"certBag"
+#define NID_certBag		152
+#define OBJ_certBag		OBJ_pkcs12_BagIds, 3L
+
+#define LN_crlBag		"crlBag"
+#define NID_crlBag		153
+#define OBJ_crlBag		OBJ_pkcs12_BagIds, 4L
+
+#define LN_secretBag		"secretBag"
+#define NID_secretBag		154
+#define OBJ_secretBag		OBJ_pkcs12_BagIds, 5L
+
+#define LN_safeContentsBag	"safeContentsBag"
+#define NID_safeContentsBag	155
+#define OBJ_safeContentsBag	OBJ_pkcs12_BagIds, 6L
+
+#define LN_friendlyName		"friendlyName"
+#define	NID_friendlyName	156
+#define OBJ_friendlyName	OBJ_pkcs9, 20L
+
+#define LN_localKeyID		"localKeyID"
+#define	NID_localKeyID		157
+#define OBJ_localKeyID		OBJ_pkcs9, 21L
+
+#define OBJ_certTypes		OBJ_pkcs9, 22L
+
+#define LN_x509Certificate	"x509Certificate"
+#define	NID_x509Certificate	158
+#define OBJ_x509Certificate	OBJ_certTypes, 1L
+
+#define LN_sdsiCertificate	"sdsiCertificate"
+#define	NID_sdsiCertificate	159
+#define OBJ_sdsiCertificate	OBJ_certTypes, 2L
+
+#define OBJ_crlTypes		OBJ_pkcs9, 23L
+
+#define LN_x509Crl		"x509Crl"
+#define	NID_x509Crl		160
+#define OBJ_x509Crl		OBJ_crlTypes, 1L
+
+/* PKCS#5 v2 OIDs */
+
+#define LN_pbes2		"PBES2"
+#define NID_pbes2		161
+#define OBJ_pbes2		OBJ_pkcs,5L,13L
+
+#define LN_pbmac1		"PBMAC1"
+#define NID_pbmac1		162
+#define OBJ_pbmac1		OBJ_pkcs,5L,14L
+
+#define LN_hmacWithSHA1		"hmacWithSHA1"
+#define NID_hmacWithSHA1	163
+#define OBJ_hmacWithSHA1	OBJ_rsadsi,2L,7L
+
+/* Policy Qualifier Ids */
+
+#define LN_id_qt_cps		"Policy Qualifier CPS"
+#define SN_id_qt_cps		"id-qt-cps"
+#define NID_id_qt_cps		164
+#define OBJ_id_qt_cps		OBJ_id_pkix,2L,1L
+
+#define LN_id_qt_unotice	"Policy Qualifier User Notice"
+#define SN_id_qt_unotice	"id-qt-unotice"
+#define NID_id_qt_unotice	165
+#define OBJ_id_qt_unotice	OBJ_id_pkix,2L,2L
+
+#define SN_rc2_64_cbc			"RC2-64-CBC"
+#define LN_rc2_64_cbc			"rc2-64-cbc"
+#define NID_rc2_64_cbc			166
+
+#define SN_SMIMECapabilities		"SMIME-CAPS"
+#define LN_SMIMECapabilities		"S/MIME Capabilities"
+#define NID_SMIMECapabilities		167
+#define OBJ_SMIMECapabilities		OBJ_pkcs9,15L
+
+#define SN_pbeWithMD2AndRC2_CBC		"PBE-MD2-RC2-64"
+#define LN_pbeWithMD2AndRC2_CBC		"pbeWithMD2AndRC2-CBC"
+#define NID_pbeWithMD2AndRC2_CBC	168
+#define OBJ_pbeWithMD2AndRC2_CBC	OBJ_pkcs,5L,4L
+
+#define SN_pbeWithMD5AndRC2_CBC		"PBE-MD5-RC2-64"
+#define LN_pbeWithMD5AndRC2_CBC		"pbeWithMD5AndRC2-CBC"
+#define NID_pbeWithMD5AndRC2_CBC	169
+#define OBJ_pbeWithMD5AndRC2_CBC	OBJ_pkcs,5L,6L
+
+#define SN_pbeWithSHA1AndDES_CBC	"PBE-SHA1-DES"
+#define LN_pbeWithSHA1AndDES_CBC	"pbeWithSHA1AndDES-CBC"
+#define NID_pbeWithSHA1AndDES_CBC	170
+#define OBJ_pbeWithSHA1AndDES_CBC	OBJ_pkcs,5L,10L
+
+/* Extension request OIDs */
+
+#define LN_ms_ext_req			"Microsoft Extension Request"
+#define SN_ms_ext_req			"msExtReq"
+#define NID_ms_ext_req			171
+#define OBJ_ms_ext_req			1L,3L,6L,1L,4L,1L,311L,2L,1L,14L
+
+#define LN_ext_req			"Extension Request"
+#define SN_ext_req			"extReq"
+#define NID_ext_req			172
+#define OBJ_ext_req			OBJ_pkcs9,14L
+
+#define SN_name				"name"
+#define LN_name				"name"
+#define NID_name			173
+#define OBJ_name			OBJ_X509,41L
+
+#define SN_dnQualifier			"dnQualifier"
+#define LN_dnQualifier			"dnQualifier"
+#define NID_dnQualifier			174
+#define OBJ_dnQualifier			OBJ_X509,46L
+
+#define SN_id_pe			"id-pe"
+#define NID_id_pe			175
+#define OBJ_id_pe			OBJ_id_pkix,1L
+
+#define SN_id_ad			"id-ad"
+#define NID_id_ad			176
+#define OBJ_id_ad			OBJ_id_pkix,48L
+
+#define SN_info_access			"authorityInfoAccess"
+#define LN_info_access			"Authority Information Access"
+#define NID_info_access			177
+#define OBJ_info_access			OBJ_id_pe,1L
+
+#define SN_ad_OCSP			"OCSP"
+#define LN_ad_OCSP			"OCSP"
+#define NID_ad_OCSP			178
+#define OBJ_ad_OCSP			OBJ_id_ad,1L
+
+#define SN_ad_ca_issuers		"caIssuers"
+#define LN_ad_ca_issuers		"CA Issuers"
+#define NID_ad_ca_issuers		179
+#define OBJ_ad_ca_issuers		OBJ_id_ad,2L
+
+#define SN_OCSP_sign			"OCSPSigning"
+#define LN_OCSP_sign			"OCSP Signing"
+#define NID_OCSP_sign			180
+#define OBJ_OCSP_sign			OBJ_id_kp,9L
+#endif /* USE_OBJ_MAC */
+
+#include <openssl/bio.h>
+#include <openssl/asn1.h>
+
+#define	OBJ_NAME_TYPE_UNDEF		0x00
+#define	OBJ_NAME_TYPE_MD_METH		0x01
+#define	OBJ_NAME_TYPE_CIPHER_METH	0x02
+#define	OBJ_NAME_TYPE_PKEY_METH		0x03
+#define	OBJ_NAME_TYPE_COMP_METH		0x04
+#define	OBJ_NAME_TYPE_NUM		0x05
+
+#define	OBJ_NAME_ALIAS			0x8000
+
+#define OBJ_BSEARCH_VALUE_ON_NOMATCH		0x01
+#define OBJ_BSEARCH_FIRST_VALUE_ON_MATCH	0x02
+
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+typedef struct obj_name_st
+	{
+	int type;
+	int alias;
+	const char *name;
+	const char *data;
+	} OBJ_NAME;
+
+#define		OBJ_create_and_add_object(a,b,c) OBJ_create(a,b,c)
+
+
+int OBJ_NAME_init(void);
+int OBJ_NAME_new_index(unsigned long (*hash_func)(const char *),
+		       int (*cmp_func)(const char *, const char *),
+		       void (*free_func)(const char *, int, const char *));
+const char *OBJ_NAME_get(const char *name,int type);
+int OBJ_NAME_add(const char *name,int type,const char *data);
+int OBJ_NAME_remove(const char *name,int type);
+void OBJ_NAME_cleanup(int type); /* -1 for everything */
+void OBJ_NAME_do_all(int type,void (*fn)(const OBJ_NAME *,void *arg),
+		     void *arg);
+void OBJ_NAME_do_all_sorted(int type,void (*fn)(const OBJ_NAME *,void *arg),
+			    void *arg);
+
+ASN1_OBJECT *	OBJ_dup(const ASN1_OBJECT *o);
+ASN1_OBJECT *	OBJ_nid2obj(int n);
+const char *	OBJ_nid2ln(int n);
+const char *	OBJ_nid2sn(int n);
+int		OBJ_obj2nid(const ASN1_OBJECT *o);
+ASN1_OBJECT *	OBJ_txt2obj(const char *s, int no_name);
+int	OBJ_obj2txt(char *buf, int buf_len, const ASN1_OBJECT *a, int no_name);
+int		OBJ_txt2nid(const char *s);
+int		OBJ_ln2nid(const char *s);
+int		OBJ_sn2nid(const char *s);
+int		OBJ_cmp(const ASN1_OBJECT *a,const ASN1_OBJECT *b);
+const void *	OBJ_bsearch_(const void *key,const void *base,int num,int size,
+			     int (*cmp)(const void *, const void *));
+const void *	OBJ_bsearch_ex_(const void *key,const void *base,int num,
+				int size,
+				int (*cmp)(const void *, const void *),
+				int flags);
+
+#define _DECLARE_OBJ_BSEARCH_CMP_FN(scope, type1, type2, nm)	\
+  static int nm##_cmp_BSEARCH_CMP_FN(const void *, const void *); \
+  static int nm##_cmp(type1 const *, type2 const *); \
+  scope type2 * OBJ_bsearch_##nm(type1 *key, type2 const *base, int num)
+
+#define DECLARE_OBJ_BSEARCH_CMP_FN(type1, type2, cmp)	\
+  _DECLARE_OBJ_BSEARCH_CMP_FN(static, type1, type2, cmp)
+#define DECLARE_OBJ_BSEARCH_GLOBAL_CMP_FN(type1, type2, nm)	\
+  type2 * OBJ_bsearch_##nm(type1 *key, type2 const *base, int num)
+
+/*
+ * Unsolved problem: if a type is actually a pointer type, like
+ * nid_triple is, then its impossible to get a const where you need
+ * it. Consider:
+ *
+ * typedef int nid_triple[3];
+ * const void *a_;
+ * const nid_triple const *a = a_;
+ *
+ * The assignement discards a const because what you really want is:
+ *
+ * const int const * const *a = a_;
+ *
+ * But if you do that, you lose the fact that a is an array of 3 ints,
+ * which breaks comparison functions.
+ *
+ * Thus we end up having to cast, sadly, or unpack the
+ * declarations. Or, as I finally did in this case, delcare nid_triple
+ * to be a struct, which it should have been in the first place.
+ *
+ * Ben, August 2008.
+ *
+ * Also, strictly speaking not all types need be const, but handling
+ * the non-constness means a lot of complication, and in practice
+ * comparison routines do always not touch their arguments.
+ */
+
+#define IMPLEMENT_OBJ_BSEARCH_CMP_FN(type1, type2, nm)	\
+  static int nm##_cmp_BSEARCH_CMP_FN(const void *a_, const void *b_)	\
+      { \
+      type1 const *a = a_; \
+      type2 const *b = b_; \
+      return nm##_cmp(a,b); \
+      } \
+  static type2 *OBJ_bsearch_##nm(type1 *key, type2 const *base, int num) \
+      { \
+      return (type2 *)OBJ_bsearch_(key, base, num, sizeof(type2), \
+					nm##_cmp_BSEARCH_CMP_FN); \
+      } \
+      extern void dummy_prototype(void)
+
+#define IMPLEMENT_OBJ_BSEARCH_GLOBAL_CMP_FN(type1, type2, nm)	\
+  static int nm##_cmp_BSEARCH_CMP_FN(const void *a_, const void *b_)	\
+      { \
+      type1 const *a = a_; \
+      type2 const *b = b_; \
+      return nm##_cmp(a,b); \
+      } \
+  type2 *OBJ_bsearch_##nm(type1 *key, type2 const *base, int num) \
+      { \
+      return (type2 *)OBJ_bsearch_(key, base, num, sizeof(type2), \
+					nm##_cmp_BSEARCH_CMP_FN); \
+      } \
+      extern void dummy_prototype(void)
+
+#define OBJ_bsearch(type1,key,type2,base,num,cmp)			       \
+  ((type2 *)OBJ_bsearch_(CHECKED_PTR_OF(type1,key),CHECKED_PTR_OF(type2,base), \
+			 num,sizeof(type2),				\
+			 ((void)CHECKED_PTR_OF(type1,cmp##_type_1),	\
+			  (void)CHECKED_PTR_OF(type2,cmp##_type_2),	\
+			  cmp##_BSEARCH_CMP_FN)))
+
+#define OBJ_bsearch_ex(type1,key,type2,base,num,cmp,flags)			\
+  ((type2 *)OBJ_bsearch_ex_(CHECKED_PTR_OF(type1,key),CHECKED_PTR_OF(type2,base), \
+			 num,sizeof(type2),				\
+			 ((void)CHECKED_PTR_OF(type1,cmp##_type_1),	\
+			  (void)type_2=CHECKED_PTR_OF(type2,cmp##_type_2), \
+			  cmp##_BSEARCH_CMP_FN)),flags)
+
+int		OBJ_new_nid(int num);
+int		OBJ_add_object(const ASN1_OBJECT *obj);
+int		OBJ_create(const char *oid,const char *sn,const char *ln);
+void		OBJ_cleanup(void );
+int		OBJ_create_objects(BIO *in);
+
+int OBJ_find_sigid_algs(int signid, int *pdig_nid, int *ppkey_nid);
+int OBJ_find_sigid_by_algs(int *psignid, int dig_nid, int pkey_nid);
+int OBJ_add_sigid(int signid, int dig_id, int pkey_id);
+void OBJ_sigid_free(void);
+
+extern int obj_cleanup_defer;
+void check_defer(int nid);
+
+/* BEGIN ERROR CODES */
+/* The following lines are auto generated by the script mkerr.pl. Any changes
+ * made after this point may be overwritten when the script is next run.
+ */
+void ERR_load_OBJ_strings(void);
+
+/* Error codes for the OBJ functions. */
+
+/* Function codes. */
+#define OBJ_F_OBJ_ADD_OBJECT				 105
+#define OBJ_F_OBJ_CREATE				 100
+#define OBJ_F_OBJ_DUP					 101
+#define OBJ_F_OBJ_NAME_NEW_INDEX			 106
+#define OBJ_F_OBJ_NID2LN				 102
+#define OBJ_F_OBJ_NID2OBJ				 103
+#define OBJ_F_OBJ_NID2SN				 104
+
+/* Reason codes. */
+#define OBJ_R_MALLOC_FAILURE				 100
+#define OBJ_R_UNKNOWN_NID				 101
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/include/openssl/ocsp.h b/lib/include/openssl/ocsp.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..31e4574
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/include/openssl/ocsp.h
@@ -0,0 +1,623 @@
+/* ocsp.h */
+/* Written by Tom Titchener <Tom_Titchener@groove.net> for the OpenSSL
+ * project. */
+
+/* History:
+   This file was transfered to Richard Levitte from CertCo by Kathy
+   Weinhold in mid-spring 2000 to be included in OpenSSL or released
+   as a patch kit. */
+
+/* ====================================================================
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2000 The OpenSSL Project.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 
+ *
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+ *    the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+ *    distribution.
+ *
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this
+ *    software must display the following acknowledgment:
+ *    "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project
+ *    for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit. (http://www.openssl.org/)"
+ *
+ * 4. The names "OpenSSL Toolkit" and "OpenSSL Project" must not be used to
+ *    endorse or promote products derived from this software without
+ *    prior written permission. For written permission, please contact
+ *    openssl-core@openssl.org.
+ *
+ * 5. Products derived from this software may not be called "OpenSSL"
+ *    nor may "OpenSSL" appear in their names without prior written
+ *    permission of the OpenSSL Project.
+ *
+ * 6. Redistributions of any form whatsoever must retain the following
+ *    acknowledgment:
+ *    "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project
+ *    for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit (http://www.openssl.org/)"
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE OpenSSL PROJECT ``AS IS'' AND ANY
+ * EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OpenSSL PROJECT OR
+ * ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+ * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+ * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
+ * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
+ * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * ====================================================================
+ *
+ * This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young
+ * (eay@cryptsoft.com).  This product includes software written by Tim
+ * Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com).
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef HEADER_OCSP_H
+#define HEADER_OCSP_H
+
+#include <openssl/ossl_typ.h>
+#include <openssl/x509.h>
+#include <openssl/x509v3.h>
+#include <openssl/safestack.h>
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Various flags and values */
+
+#define OCSP_DEFAULT_NONCE_LENGTH	16
+
+#define OCSP_NOCERTS			0x1
+#define OCSP_NOINTERN			0x2
+#define OCSP_NOSIGS			0x4
+#define OCSP_NOCHAIN			0x8
+#define OCSP_NOVERIFY			0x10
+#define OCSP_NOEXPLICIT			0x20
+#define OCSP_NOCASIGN			0x40
+#define OCSP_NODELEGATED		0x80
+#define OCSP_NOCHECKS			0x100
+#define OCSP_TRUSTOTHER			0x200
+#define OCSP_RESPID_KEY			0x400
+#define OCSP_NOTIME			0x800
+
+/*   CertID ::= SEQUENCE {
+ *       hashAlgorithm            AlgorithmIdentifier,
+ *       issuerNameHash     OCTET STRING, -- Hash of Issuer's DN
+ *       issuerKeyHash      OCTET STRING, -- Hash of Issuers public key (excluding the tag & length fields)
+ *       serialNumber       CertificateSerialNumber }
+ */
+typedef struct ocsp_cert_id_st
+	{
+	X509_ALGOR *hashAlgorithm;
+	ASN1_OCTET_STRING *issuerNameHash;
+	ASN1_OCTET_STRING *issuerKeyHash;
+	ASN1_INTEGER *serialNumber;
+	} OCSP_CERTID;
+
+DECLARE_STACK_OF(OCSP_CERTID)
+
+/*   Request ::=     SEQUENCE {
+ *       reqCert                    CertID,
+ *       singleRequestExtensions    [0] EXPLICIT Extensions OPTIONAL }
+ */
+typedef struct ocsp_one_request_st
+	{
+	OCSP_CERTID *reqCert;
+	STACK_OF(X509_EXTENSION) *singleRequestExtensions;
+	} OCSP_ONEREQ;
+
+DECLARE_STACK_OF(OCSP_ONEREQ)
+DECLARE_ASN1_SET_OF(OCSP_ONEREQ)
+
+
+/*   TBSRequest      ::=     SEQUENCE {
+ *       version             [0] EXPLICIT Version DEFAULT v1,
+ *       requestorName       [1] EXPLICIT GeneralName OPTIONAL,
+ *       requestList             SEQUENCE OF Request,
+ *       requestExtensions   [2] EXPLICIT Extensions OPTIONAL }
+ */
+typedef struct ocsp_req_info_st
+	{
+	ASN1_INTEGER *version;
+	GENERAL_NAME *requestorName;
+	STACK_OF(OCSP_ONEREQ) *requestList;
+	STACK_OF(X509_EXTENSION) *requestExtensions;
+	} OCSP_REQINFO;
+
+/*   Signature       ::=     SEQUENCE {
+ *       signatureAlgorithm   AlgorithmIdentifier,
+ *       signature            BIT STRING,
+ *       certs                [0] EXPLICIT SEQUENCE OF Certificate OPTIONAL }
+ */
+typedef struct ocsp_signature_st
+	{
+	X509_ALGOR *signatureAlgorithm;
+	ASN1_BIT_STRING *signature;
+	STACK_OF(X509) *certs;
+	} OCSP_SIGNATURE;
+
+/*   OCSPRequest     ::=     SEQUENCE {
+ *       tbsRequest                  TBSRequest,
+ *       optionalSignature   [0]     EXPLICIT Signature OPTIONAL }
+ */
+typedef struct ocsp_request_st
+	{
+	OCSP_REQINFO *tbsRequest;
+	OCSP_SIGNATURE *optionalSignature; /* OPTIONAL */
+	} OCSP_REQUEST;
+
+/*   OCSPResponseStatus ::= ENUMERATED {
+ *       successful            (0),      --Response has valid confirmations
+ *       malformedRequest      (1),      --Illegal confirmation request
+ *       internalError         (2),      --Internal error in issuer
+ *       tryLater              (3),      --Try again later
+ *                                       --(4) is not used
+ *       sigRequired           (5),      --Must sign the request
+ *       unauthorized          (6)       --Request unauthorized
+ *   }
+ */
+#define OCSP_RESPONSE_STATUS_SUCCESSFUL          0
+#define OCSP_RESPONSE_STATUS_MALFORMEDREQUEST     1
+#define OCSP_RESPONSE_STATUS_INTERNALERROR        2
+#define OCSP_RESPONSE_STATUS_TRYLATER             3
+#define OCSP_RESPONSE_STATUS_SIGREQUIRED          5
+#define OCSP_RESPONSE_STATUS_UNAUTHORIZED         6
+
+/*   ResponseBytes ::=       SEQUENCE {
+ *       responseType   OBJECT IDENTIFIER,
+ *       response       OCTET STRING }
+ */
+typedef struct ocsp_resp_bytes_st
+	{
+	ASN1_OBJECT *responseType;
+	ASN1_OCTET_STRING *response;
+	} OCSP_RESPBYTES;
+
+/*   OCSPResponse ::= SEQUENCE {
+ *      responseStatus         OCSPResponseStatus,
+ *      responseBytes          [0] EXPLICIT ResponseBytes OPTIONAL }
+ */
+struct ocsp_response_st
+	{
+	ASN1_ENUMERATED *responseStatus;
+	OCSP_RESPBYTES  *responseBytes;
+	};
+
+/*   ResponderID ::= CHOICE {
+ *      byName   [1] Name,
+ *      byKey    [2] KeyHash }
+ */
+#define V_OCSP_RESPID_NAME 0
+#define V_OCSP_RESPID_KEY  1
+struct ocsp_responder_id_st
+	{
+	int type;
+	union   {
+		X509_NAME* byName;
+        	ASN1_OCTET_STRING *byKey;
+		} value;
+	};
+
+DECLARE_STACK_OF(OCSP_RESPID)
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(OCSP_RESPID)
+
+/*   KeyHash ::= OCTET STRING --SHA-1 hash of responder's public key
+ *                            --(excluding the tag and length fields)
+ */
+
+/*   RevokedInfo ::= SEQUENCE {
+ *       revocationTime              GeneralizedTime,
+ *       revocationReason    [0]     EXPLICIT CRLReason OPTIONAL }
+ */
+typedef struct ocsp_revoked_info_st
+	{
+	ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME *revocationTime;
+	ASN1_ENUMERATED *revocationReason;
+	} OCSP_REVOKEDINFO;
+
+/*   CertStatus ::= CHOICE {
+ *       good                [0]     IMPLICIT NULL,
+ *       revoked             [1]     IMPLICIT RevokedInfo,
+ *       unknown             [2]     IMPLICIT UnknownInfo }
+ */
+#define V_OCSP_CERTSTATUS_GOOD    0
+#define V_OCSP_CERTSTATUS_REVOKED 1
+#define V_OCSP_CERTSTATUS_UNKNOWN 2
+typedef struct ocsp_cert_status_st
+	{
+	int type;
+	union	{
+		ASN1_NULL *good;
+		OCSP_REVOKEDINFO *revoked;
+		ASN1_NULL *unknown;
+		} value;
+	} OCSP_CERTSTATUS;
+
+/*   SingleResponse ::= SEQUENCE {
+ *      certID                       CertID,
+ *      certStatus                   CertStatus,
+ *      thisUpdate                   GeneralizedTime,
+ *      nextUpdate           [0]     EXPLICIT GeneralizedTime OPTIONAL,
+ *      singleExtensions     [1]     EXPLICIT Extensions OPTIONAL }
+ */
+typedef struct ocsp_single_response_st
+	{
+	OCSP_CERTID *certId;
+	OCSP_CERTSTATUS *certStatus;
+	ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME *thisUpdate;
+	ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME *nextUpdate;
+	STACK_OF(X509_EXTENSION) *singleExtensions;
+	} OCSP_SINGLERESP;
+
+DECLARE_STACK_OF(OCSP_SINGLERESP)
+DECLARE_ASN1_SET_OF(OCSP_SINGLERESP)
+
+/*   ResponseData ::= SEQUENCE {
+ *      version              [0] EXPLICIT Version DEFAULT v1,
+ *      responderID              ResponderID,
+ *      producedAt               GeneralizedTime,
+ *      responses                SEQUENCE OF SingleResponse,
+ *      responseExtensions   [1] EXPLICIT Extensions OPTIONAL }
+ */
+typedef struct ocsp_response_data_st
+	{
+	ASN1_INTEGER *version;
+	OCSP_RESPID  *responderId;
+	ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME *producedAt;
+	STACK_OF(OCSP_SINGLERESP) *responses;
+	STACK_OF(X509_EXTENSION) *responseExtensions;
+	} OCSP_RESPDATA;
+
+/*   BasicOCSPResponse       ::= SEQUENCE {
+ *      tbsResponseData      ResponseData,
+ *      signatureAlgorithm   AlgorithmIdentifier,
+ *      signature            BIT STRING,
+ *      certs                [0] EXPLICIT SEQUENCE OF Certificate OPTIONAL }
+ */
+  /* Note 1:
+     The value for "signature" is specified in the OCSP rfc2560 as follows:
+     "The value for the signature SHALL be computed on the hash of the DER
+     encoding ResponseData."  This means that you must hash the DER-encoded
+     tbsResponseData, and then run it through a crypto-signing function, which
+     will (at least w/RSA) do a hash-'n'-private-encrypt operation.  This seems
+     a bit odd, but that's the spec.  Also note that the data structures do not
+     leave anywhere to independently specify the algorithm used for the initial
+     hash. So, we look at the signature-specification algorithm, and try to do
+     something intelligent.	-- Kathy Weinhold, CertCo */
+  /* Note 2:
+     It seems that the mentioned passage from RFC 2560 (section 4.2.1) is open
+     for interpretation.  I've done tests against another responder, and found
+     that it doesn't do the double hashing that the RFC seems to say one
+     should.  Therefore, all relevant functions take a flag saying which
+     variant should be used.	-- Richard Levitte, OpenSSL team and CeloCom */
+typedef struct ocsp_basic_response_st
+	{
+	OCSP_RESPDATA *tbsResponseData;
+	X509_ALGOR *signatureAlgorithm;
+	ASN1_BIT_STRING *signature;
+	STACK_OF(X509) *certs;
+	} OCSP_BASICRESP;
+
+/*
+ *   CRLReason ::= ENUMERATED {
+ *        unspecified             (0),
+ *        keyCompromise           (1),
+ *        cACompromise            (2),
+ *        affiliationChanged      (3),
+ *        superseded              (4),
+ *        cessationOfOperation    (5),
+ *        certificateHold         (6),
+ *        removeFromCRL           (8) }
+ */
+#define OCSP_REVOKED_STATUS_NOSTATUS               -1
+#define OCSP_REVOKED_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED             0
+#define OCSP_REVOKED_STATUS_KEYCOMPROMISE           1
+#define OCSP_REVOKED_STATUS_CACOMPROMISE            2
+#define OCSP_REVOKED_STATUS_AFFILIATIONCHANGED      3
+#define OCSP_REVOKED_STATUS_SUPERSEDED              4
+#define OCSP_REVOKED_STATUS_CESSATIONOFOPERATION    5
+#define OCSP_REVOKED_STATUS_CERTIFICATEHOLD         6
+#define OCSP_REVOKED_STATUS_REMOVEFROMCRL           8
+
+/* CrlID ::= SEQUENCE {
+ *     crlUrl               [0]     EXPLICIT IA5String OPTIONAL,
+ *     crlNum               [1]     EXPLICIT INTEGER OPTIONAL,
+ *     crlTime              [2]     EXPLICIT GeneralizedTime OPTIONAL }
+ */
+typedef struct ocsp_crl_id_st
+        {
+	ASN1_IA5STRING *crlUrl;
+	ASN1_INTEGER *crlNum;
+	ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME *crlTime;
+        } OCSP_CRLID;
+
+/* ServiceLocator ::= SEQUENCE {
+ *      issuer    Name,
+ *      locator   AuthorityInfoAccessSyntax OPTIONAL }
+ */
+typedef struct ocsp_service_locator_st
+        {
+	X509_NAME* issuer;
+	STACK_OF(ACCESS_DESCRIPTION) *locator;
+        } OCSP_SERVICELOC;
+ 
+#define PEM_STRING_OCSP_REQUEST	"OCSP REQUEST"
+#define PEM_STRING_OCSP_RESPONSE "OCSP RESPONSE"
+
+#define d2i_OCSP_REQUEST_bio(bp,p) ASN1_d2i_bio_of(OCSP_REQUEST,OCSP_REQUEST_new,d2i_OCSP_REQUEST,bp,p)
+
+#define d2i_OCSP_RESPONSE_bio(bp,p) ASN1_d2i_bio_of(OCSP_RESPONSE,OCSP_RESPONSE_new,d2i_OCSP_RESPONSE,bp,p)
+
+#define	PEM_read_bio_OCSP_REQUEST(bp,x,cb) (OCSP_REQUEST *)PEM_ASN1_read_bio( \
+     (char *(*)())d2i_OCSP_REQUEST,PEM_STRING_OCSP_REQUEST,bp,(char **)x,cb,NULL)
+
+#define	PEM_read_bio_OCSP_RESPONSE(bp,x,cb)(OCSP_RESPONSE *)PEM_ASN1_read_bio(\
+     (char *(*)())d2i_OCSP_RESPONSE,PEM_STRING_OCSP_RESPONSE,bp,(char **)x,cb,NULL)
+
+#define PEM_write_bio_OCSP_REQUEST(bp,o) \
+    PEM_ASN1_write_bio((int (*)())i2d_OCSP_REQUEST,PEM_STRING_OCSP_REQUEST,\
+			bp,(char *)o, NULL,NULL,0,NULL,NULL)
+
+#define PEM_write_bio_OCSP_RESPONSE(bp,o) \
+    PEM_ASN1_write_bio((int (*)())i2d_OCSP_RESPONSE,PEM_STRING_OCSP_RESPONSE,\
+			bp,(char *)o, NULL,NULL,0,NULL,NULL)
+
+#define i2d_OCSP_RESPONSE_bio(bp,o) ASN1_i2d_bio_of(OCSP_RESPONSE,i2d_OCSP_RESPONSE,bp,o)
+
+#define i2d_OCSP_REQUEST_bio(bp,o) ASN1_i2d_bio_of(OCSP_REQUEST,i2d_OCSP_REQUEST,bp,o)
+
+#define OCSP_REQUEST_sign(o,pkey,md) \
+	ASN1_item_sign(ASN1_ITEM_rptr(OCSP_REQINFO),\
+		o->optionalSignature->signatureAlgorithm,NULL,\
+	        o->optionalSignature->signature,o->tbsRequest,pkey,md)
+
+#define OCSP_BASICRESP_sign(o,pkey,md,d) \
+	ASN1_item_sign(ASN1_ITEM_rptr(OCSP_RESPDATA),o->signatureAlgorithm,NULL,\
+		o->signature,o->tbsResponseData,pkey,md)
+
+#define OCSP_REQUEST_verify(a,r) ASN1_item_verify(ASN1_ITEM_rptr(OCSP_REQINFO),\
+        a->optionalSignature->signatureAlgorithm,\
+	a->optionalSignature->signature,a->tbsRequest,r)
+
+#define OCSP_BASICRESP_verify(a,r,d) ASN1_item_verify(ASN1_ITEM_rptr(OCSP_RESPDATA),\
+	a->signatureAlgorithm,a->signature,a->tbsResponseData,r)
+
+#define ASN1_BIT_STRING_digest(data,type,md,len) \
+	ASN1_item_digest(ASN1_ITEM_rptr(ASN1_BIT_STRING),type,data,md,len)
+
+#define OCSP_CERTSTATUS_dup(cs)\
+                (OCSP_CERTSTATUS*)ASN1_dup((int(*)())i2d_OCSP_CERTSTATUS,\
+		(char *(*)())d2i_OCSP_CERTSTATUS,(char *)(cs))
+
+OCSP_CERTID *OCSP_CERTID_dup(OCSP_CERTID *id);
+
+OCSP_RESPONSE *OCSP_sendreq_bio(BIO *b, char *path, OCSP_REQUEST *req);
+OCSP_REQ_CTX *OCSP_sendreq_new(BIO *io, char *path, OCSP_REQUEST *req,
+								int maxline);
+int OCSP_sendreq_nbio(OCSP_RESPONSE **presp, OCSP_REQ_CTX *rctx);
+void OCSP_REQ_CTX_free(OCSP_REQ_CTX *rctx);
+int OCSP_REQ_CTX_set1_req(OCSP_REQ_CTX *rctx, OCSP_REQUEST *req);
+int OCSP_REQ_CTX_add1_header(OCSP_REQ_CTX *rctx,
+		const char *name, const char *value);
+
+OCSP_CERTID *OCSP_cert_to_id(const EVP_MD *dgst, X509 *subject, X509 *issuer);
+
+OCSP_CERTID *OCSP_cert_id_new(const EVP_MD *dgst, 
+			      X509_NAME *issuerName, 
+			      ASN1_BIT_STRING* issuerKey, 
+			      ASN1_INTEGER *serialNumber);
+
+OCSP_ONEREQ *OCSP_request_add0_id(OCSP_REQUEST *req, OCSP_CERTID *cid);
+
+int OCSP_request_add1_nonce(OCSP_REQUEST *req, unsigned char *val, int len);
+int OCSP_basic_add1_nonce(OCSP_BASICRESP *resp, unsigned char *val, int len);
+int OCSP_check_nonce(OCSP_REQUEST *req, OCSP_BASICRESP *bs);
+int OCSP_copy_nonce(OCSP_BASICRESP *resp, OCSP_REQUEST *req);
+
+int OCSP_request_set1_name(OCSP_REQUEST *req, X509_NAME *nm);
+int OCSP_request_add1_cert(OCSP_REQUEST *req, X509 *cert);
+
+int OCSP_request_sign(OCSP_REQUEST   *req,
+		      X509           *signer,
+		      EVP_PKEY       *key,
+		      const EVP_MD   *dgst,
+		      STACK_OF(X509) *certs,
+		      unsigned long flags);
+
+int OCSP_response_status(OCSP_RESPONSE *resp);
+OCSP_BASICRESP *OCSP_response_get1_basic(OCSP_RESPONSE *resp);
+
+int OCSP_resp_count(OCSP_BASICRESP *bs);
+OCSP_SINGLERESP *OCSP_resp_get0(OCSP_BASICRESP *bs, int idx);
+int OCSP_resp_find(OCSP_BASICRESP *bs, OCSP_CERTID *id, int last);
+int OCSP_single_get0_status(OCSP_SINGLERESP *single, int *reason,
+				ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME **revtime,
+				ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME **thisupd,
+				ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME **nextupd);
+int OCSP_resp_find_status(OCSP_BASICRESP *bs, OCSP_CERTID *id, int *status,
+				int *reason,
+				ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME **revtime,
+				ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME **thisupd,
+				ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME **nextupd);
+int OCSP_check_validity(ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME *thisupd,
+			ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME *nextupd,
+			long sec, long maxsec);
+
+int OCSP_request_verify(OCSP_REQUEST *req, STACK_OF(X509) *certs, X509_STORE *store, unsigned long flags);
+
+int OCSP_parse_url(char *url, char **phost, char **pport, char **ppath, int *pssl);
+
+int OCSP_id_issuer_cmp(OCSP_CERTID *a, OCSP_CERTID *b);
+int OCSP_id_cmp(OCSP_CERTID *a, OCSP_CERTID *b);
+
+int OCSP_request_onereq_count(OCSP_REQUEST *req);
+OCSP_ONEREQ *OCSP_request_onereq_get0(OCSP_REQUEST *req, int i);
+OCSP_CERTID *OCSP_onereq_get0_id(OCSP_ONEREQ *one);
+int OCSP_id_get0_info(ASN1_OCTET_STRING **piNameHash, ASN1_OBJECT **pmd,
+			ASN1_OCTET_STRING **pikeyHash,
+			ASN1_INTEGER **pserial, OCSP_CERTID *cid);
+int OCSP_request_is_signed(OCSP_REQUEST *req);
+OCSP_RESPONSE *OCSP_response_create(int status, OCSP_BASICRESP *bs);
+OCSP_SINGLERESP *OCSP_basic_add1_status(OCSP_BASICRESP *rsp,
+						OCSP_CERTID *cid,
+						int status, int reason,
+						ASN1_TIME *revtime,
+					ASN1_TIME *thisupd, ASN1_TIME *nextupd);
+int OCSP_basic_add1_cert(OCSP_BASICRESP *resp, X509 *cert);
+int OCSP_basic_sign(OCSP_BASICRESP *brsp, 
+			X509 *signer, EVP_PKEY *key, const EVP_MD *dgst,
+			STACK_OF(X509) *certs, unsigned long flags);
+
+X509_EXTENSION *OCSP_crlID_new(char *url, long *n, char *tim);
+
+X509_EXTENSION *OCSP_accept_responses_new(char **oids);
+
+X509_EXTENSION *OCSP_archive_cutoff_new(char* tim);
+
+X509_EXTENSION *OCSP_url_svcloc_new(X509_NAME* issuer, char **urls);
+
+int OCSP_REQUEST_get_ext_count(OCSP_REQUEST *x);
+int OCSP_REQUEST_get_ext_by_NID(OCSP_REQUEST *x, int nid, int lastpos);
+int OCSP_REQUEST_get_ext_by_OBJ(OCSP_REQUEST *x, ASN1_OBJECT *obj, int lastpos);
+int OCSP_REQUEST_get_ext_by_critical(OCSP_REQUEST *x, int crit, int lastpos);
+X509_EXTENSION *OCSP_REQUEST_get_ext(OCSP_REQUEST *x, int loc);
+X509_EXTENSION *OCSP_REQUEST_delete_ext(OCSP_REQUEST *x, int loc);
+void *OCSP_REQUEST_get1_ext_d2i(OCSP_REQUEST *x, int nid, int *crit, int *idx);
+int OCSP_REQUEST_add1_ext_i2d(OCSP_REQUEST *x, int nid, void *value, int crit,
+							unsigned long flags);
+int OCSP_REQUEST_add_ext(OCSP_REQUEST *x, X509_EXTENSION *ex, int loc);
+
+int OCSP_ONEREQ_get_ext_count(OCSP_ONEREQ *x);
+int OCSP_ONEREQ_get_ext_by_NID(OCSP_ONEREQ *x, int nid, int lastpos);
+int OCSP_ONEREQ_get_ext_by_OBJ(OCSP_ONEREQ *x, ASN1_OBJECT *obj, int lastpos);
+int OCSP_ONEREQ_get_ext_by_critical(OCSP_ONEREQ *x, int crit, int lastpos);
+X509_EXTENSION *OCSP_ONEREQ_get_ext(OCSP_ONEREQ *x, int loc);
+X509_EXTENSION *OCSP_ONEREQ_delete_ext(OCSP_ONEREQ *x, int loc);
+void *OCSP_ONEREQ_get1_ext_d2i(OCSP_ONEREQ *x, int nid, int *crit, int *idx);
+int OCSP_ONEREQ_add1_ext_i2d(OCSP_ONEREQ *x, int nid, void *value, int crit,
+							unsigned long flags);
+int OCSP_ONEREQ_add_ext(OCSP_ONEREQ *x, X509_EXTENSION *ex, int loc);
+
+int OCSP_BASICRESP_get_ext_count(OCSP_BASICRESP *x);
+int OCSP_BASICRESP_get_ext_by_NID(OCSP_BASICRESP *x, int nid, int lastpos);
+int OCSP_BASICRESP_get_ext_by_OBJ(OCSP_BASICRESP *x, ASN1_OBJECT *obj, int lastpos);
+int OCSP_BASICRESP_get_ext_by_critical(OCSP_BASICRESP *x, int crit, int lastpos);
+X509_EXTENSION *OCSP_BASICRESP_get_ext(OCSP_BASICRESP *x, int loc);
+X509_EXTENSION *OCSP_BASICRESP_delete_ext(OCSP_BASICRESP *x, int loc);
+void *OCSP_BASICRESP_get1_ext_d2i(OCSP_BASICRESP *x, int nid, int *crit, int *idx);
+int OCSP_BASICRESP_add1_ext_i2d(OCSP_BASICRESP *x, int nid, void *value, int crit,
+							unsigned long flags);
+int OCSP_BASICRESP_add_ext(OCSP_BASICRESP *x, X509_EXTENSION *ex, int loc);
+
+int OCSP_SINGLERESP_get_ext_count(OCSP_SINGLERESP *x);
+int OCSP_SINGLERESP_get_ext_by_NID(OCSP_SINGLERESP *x, int nid, int lastpos);
+int OCSP_SINGLERESP_get_ext_by_OBJ(OCSP_SINGLERESP *x, ASN1_OBJECT *obj, int lastpos);
+int OCSP_SINGLERESP_get_ext_by_critical(OCSP_SINGLERESP *x, int crit, int lastpos);
+X509_EXTENSION *OCSP_SINGLERESP_get_ext(OCSP_SINGLERESP *x, int loc);
+X509_EXTENSION *OCSP_SINGLERESP_delete_ext(OCSP_SINGLERESP *x, int loc);
+void *OCSP_SINGLERESP_get1_ext_d2i(OCSP_SINGLERESP *x, int nid, int *crit, int *idx);
+int OCSP_SINGLERESP_add1_ext_i2d(OCSP_SINGLERESP *x, int nid, void *value, int crit,
+							unsigned long flags);
+int OCSP_SINGLERESP_add_ext(OCSP_SINGLERESP *x, X509_EXTENSION *ex, int loc);
+
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(OCSP_SINGLERESP)
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(OCSP_CERTSTATUS)
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(OCSP_REVOKEDINFO)
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(OCSP_BASICRESP)
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(OCSP_RESPDATA)
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(OCSP_RESPID)
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(OCSP_RESPONSE)
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(OCSP_RESPBYTES)
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(OCSP_ONEREQ)
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(OCSP_CERTID)
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(OCSP_REQUEST)
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(OCSP_SIGNATURE)
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(OCSP_REQINFO)
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(OCSP_CRLID)
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(OCSP_SERVICELOC)
+
+const char *OCSP_response_status_str(long s);
+const char *OCSP_cert_status_str(long s);
+const char *OCSP_crl_reason_str(long s);
+
+int OCSP_REQUEST_print(BIO *bp, OCSP_REQUEST* a, unsigned long flags);
+int OCSP_RESPONSE_print(BIO *bp, OCSP_RESPONSE* o, unsigned long flags);
+
+int OCSP_basic_verify(OCSP_BASICRESP *bs, STACK_OF(X509) *certs,
+				X509_STORE *st, unsigned long flags);
+
+/* BEGIN ERROR CODES */
+/* The following lines are auto generated by the script mkerr.pl. Any changes
+ * made after this point may be overwritten when the script is next run.
+ */
+void ERR_load_OCSP_strings(void);
+
+/* Error codes for the OCSP functions. */
+
+/* Function codes. */
+#define OCSP_F_ASN1_STRING_ENCODE			 100
+#define OCSP_F_D2I_OCSP_NONCE				 102
+#define OCSP_F_OCSP_BASIC_ADD1_STATUS			 103
+#define OCSP_F_OCSP_BASIC_SIGN				 104
+#define OCSP_F_OCSP_BASIC_VERIFY			 105
+#define OCSP_F_OCSP_CERT_ID_NEW				 101
+#define OCSP_F_OCSP_CHECK_DELEGATED			 106
+#define OCSP_F_OCSP_CHECK_IDS				 107
+#define OCSP_F_OCSP_CHECK_ISSUER			 108
+#define OCSP_F_OCSP_CHECK_VALIDITY			 115
+#define OCSP_F_OCSP_MATCH_ISSUERID			 109
+#define OCSP_F_OCSP_PARSE_URL				 114
+#define OCSP_F_OCSP_REQUEST_SIGN			 110
+#define OCSP_F_OCSP_REQUEST_VERIFY			 116
+#define OCSP_F_OCSP_RESPONSE_GET1_BASIC			 111
+#define OCSP_F_OCSP_SENDREQ_BIO				 112
+#define OCSP_F_OCSP_SENDREQ_NBIO			 117
+#define OCSP_F_PARSE_HTTP_LINE1				 118
+#define OCSP_F_REQUEST_VERIFY				 113
+
+/* Reason codes. */
+#define OCSP_R_BAD_DATA					 100
+#define OCSP_R_CERTIFICATE_VERIFY_ERROR			 101
+#define OCSP_R_DIGEST_ERR				 102
+#define OCSP_R_ERROR_IN_NEXTUPDATE_FIELD		 122
+#define OCSP_R_ERROR_IN_THISUPDATE_FIELD		 123
+#define OCSP_R_ERROR_PARSING_URL			 121
+#define OCSP_R_MISSING_OCSPSIGNING_USAGE		 103
+#define OCSP_R_NEXTUPDATE_BEFORE_THISUPDATE		 124
+#define OCSP_R_NOT_BASIC_RESPONSE			 104
+#define OCSP_R_NO_CERTIFICATES_IN_CHAIN			 105
+#define OCSP_R_NO_CONTENT				 106
+#define OCSP_R_NO_PUBLIC_KEY				 107
+#define OCSP_R_NO_RESPONSE_DATA				 108
+#define OCSP_R_NO_REVOKED_TIME				 109
+#define OCSP_R_PRIVATE_KEY_DOES_NOT_MATCH_CERTIFICATE	 110
+#define OCSP_R_REQUEST_NOT_SIGNED			 128
+#define OCSP_R_RESPONSE_CONTAINS_NO_REVOCATION_DATA	 111
+#define OCSP_R_ROOT_CA_NOT_TRUSTED			 112
+#define OCSP_R_SERVER_READ_ERROR			 113
+#define OCSP_R_SERVER_RESPONSE_ERROR			 114
+#define OCSP_R_SERVER_RESPONSE_PARSE_ERROR		 115
+#define OCSP_R_SERVER_WRITE_ERROR			 116
+#define OCSP_R_SIGNATURE_FAILURE			 117
+#define OCSP_R_SIGNER_CERTIFICATE_NOT_FOUND		 118
+#define OCSP_R_STATUS_EXPIRED				 125
+#define OCSP_R_STATUS_NOT_YET_VALID			 126
+#define OCSP_R_STATUS_TOO_OLD				 127
+#define OCSP_R_UNKNOWN_MESSAGE_DIGEST			 119
+#define OCSP_R_UNKNOWN_NID				 120
+#define OCSP_R_UNSUPPORTED_REQUESTORNAME_TYPE		 129
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/include/openssl/opensslconf.h b/lib/include/openssl/opensslconf.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..46b2318
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/include/openssl/opensslconf.h
@@ -0,0 +1,238 @@
+/* opensslconf.h */
+/* WARNING: Generated automatically from opensslconf.h.in by Configure. */
+
+/* OpenSSL was configured with the following options: */
+#ifndef OPENSSL_DOING_MAKEDEPEND
+
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_EC_NISTP_64_GCC_128
+# define OPENSSL_NO_EC_NISTP_64_GCC_128
+#endif
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_GMP
+# define OPENSSL_NO_GMP
+#endif
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_JPAKE
+# define OPENSSL_NO_JPAKE
+#endif
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_KRB5
+# define OPENSSL_NO_KRB5
+#endif
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_MD2
+# define OPENSSL_NO_MD2
+#endif
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_RC5
+# define OPENSSL_NO_RC5
+#endif
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_RFC3779
+# define OPENSSL_NO_RFC3779
+#endif
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_SCTP
+# define OPENSSL_NO_SCTP
+#endif
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_STORE
+# define OPENSSL_NO_STORE
+#endif
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_UNIT_TEST
+# define OPENSSL_NO_UNIT_TEST
+#endif
+
+#endif /* OPENSSL_DOING_MAKEDEPEND */
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_THREADS
+# define OPENSSL_THREADS
+#endif
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_DYNAMIC_ENGINE
+# define OPENSSL_NO_DYNAMIC_ENGINE
+#endif
+
+/* The OPENSSL_NO_* macros are also defined as NO_* if the application
+   asks for it.  This is a transient feature that is provided for those
+   who haven't had the time to do the appropriate changes in their
+   applications.  */
+#ifdef OPENSSL_ALGORITHM_DEFINES
+# if defined(OPENSSL_NO_EC_NISTP_64_GCC_128) && !defined(NO_EC_NISTP_64_GCC_128)
+#  define NO_EC_NISTP_64_GCC_128
+# endif
+# if defined(OPENSSL_NO_GMP) && !defined(NO_GMP)
+#  define NO_GMP
+# endif
+# if defined(OPENSSL_NO_JPAKE) && !defined(NO_JPAKE)
+#  define NO_JPAKE
+# endif
+# if defined(OPENSSL_NO_KRB5) && !defined(NO_KRB5)
+#  define NO_KRB5
+# endif
+# if defined(OPENSSL_NO_MD2) && !defined(NO_MD2)
+#  define NO_MD2
+# endif
+# if defined(OPENSSL_NO_RC5) && !defined(NO_RC5)
+#  define NO_RC5
+# endif
+# if defined(OPENSSL_NO_RFC3779) && !defined(NO_RFC3779)
+#  define NO_RFC3779
+# endif
+# if defined(OPENSSL_NO_SCTP) && !defined(NO_SCTP)
+#  define NO_SCTP
+# endif
+# if defined(OPENSSL_NO_STORE) && !defined(NO_STORE)
+#  define NO_STORE
+# endif
+# if defined(OPENSSL_NO_UNIT_TEST) && !defined(NO_UNIT_TEST)
+#  define NO_UNIT_TEST
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* crypto/opensslconf.h.in */
+
+/* Generate 80386 code? */
+#undef I386_ONLY
+
+#if !(defined(VMS) || defined(__VMS)) /* VMS uses logical names instead */
+#if defined(HEADER_CRYPTLIB_H) && !defined(OPENSSLDIR)
+#define ENGINESDIR "/tmp/openssl-1.0.1i-i386/lib/engines"
+#define OPENSSLDIR "/tmp/openssl-1.0.1i-i386"
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#undef OPENSSL_UNISTD
+#define OPENSSL_UNISTD <unistd.h>
+
+#undef OPENSSL_EXPORT_VAR_AS_FUNCTION
+
+#if defined(HEADER_IDEA_H) && !defined(IDEA_INT)
+#define IDEA_INT unsigned int
+#endif
+
+#if defined(HEADER_MD2_H) && !defined(MD2_INT)
+#define MD2_INT unsigned int
+#endif
+
+#if defined(HEADER_RC2_H) && !defined(RC2_INT)
+/* I need to put in a mod for the alpha - eay */
+#define RC2_INT unsigned int
+#endif
+
+#if defined(HEADER_RC4_H)
+#if !defined(RC4_INT)
+/* using int types make the structure larger but make the code faster
+ * on most boxes I have tested - up to %20 faster. */
+/*
+ * I don't know what does "most" mean, but declaring "int" is a must on:
+ * - Intel P6 because partial register stalls are very expensive;
+ * - elder Alpha because it lacks byte load/store instructions;
+ */
+#define RC4_INT unsigned int
+#endif
+#if !defined(RC4_CHUNK)
+/*
+ * This enables code handling data aligned at natural CPU word
+ * boundary. See crypto/rc4/rc4_enc.c for further details.
+ */
+#undef RC4_CHUNK
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if (defined(HEADER_NEW_DES_H) || defined(HEADER_DES_H)) && !defined(DES_LONG)
+/* If this is set to 'unsigned int' on a DEC Alpha, this gives about a
+ * %20 speed up (longs are 8 bytes, int's are 4). */
+#ifndef DES_LONG
+#define DES_LONG unsigned int
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined(HEADER_BN_H) && !defined(CONFIG_HEADER_BN_H)
+#define CONFIG_HEADER_BN_H
+#define BN_LLONG
+
+/* Should we define BN_DIV2W here? */
+
+/* Only one for the following should be defined */
+#undef SIXTY_FOUR_BIT_LONG
+#undef SIXTY_FOUR_BIT
+#define THIRTY_TWO_BIT
+#endif
+
+#if defined(HEADER_RC4_LOCL_H) && !defined(CONFIG_HEADER_RC4_LOCL_H)
+#define CONFIG_HEADER_RC4_LOCL_H
+/* if this is defined data[i] is used instead of *data, this is a %20
+ * speedup on x86 */
+#define RC4_INDEX
+#endif
+
+#if defined(HEADER_BF_LOCL_H) && !defined(CONFIG_HEADER_BF_LOCL_H)
+#define CONFIG_HEADER_BF_LOCL_H
+#undef BF_PTR
+#endif /* HEADER_BF_LOCL_H */
+
+#if defined(HEADER_DES_LOCL_H) && !defined(CONFIG_HEADER_DES_LOCL_H)
+#define CONFIG_HEADER_DES_LOCL_H
+#ifndef DES_DEFAULT_OPTIONS
+/* the following is tweaked from a config script, that is why it is a
+ * protected undef/define */
+#ifndef DES_PTR
+#undef DES_PTR
+#endif
+
+/* This helps C compiler generate the correct code for multiple functional
+ * units.  It reduces register dependancies at the expense of 2 more
+ * registers */
+#ifndef DES_RISC1
+#undef DES_RISC1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef DES_RISC2
+#undef DES_RISC2
+#endif
+
+#if defined(DES_RISC1) && defined(DES_RISC2)
+YOU SHOULD NOT HAVE BOTH DES_RISC1 AND DES_RISC2 DEFINED!!!!!
+#endif
+
+/* Unroll the inner loop, this sometimes helps, sometimes hinders.
+ * Very mucy CPU dependant */
+#ifndef DES_UNROLL
+#define DES_UNROLL
+#endif
+
+/* These default values were supplied by
+ * Peter Gutman <pgut001@cs.auckland.ac.nz>
+ * They are only used if nothing else has been defined */
+#if !defined(DES_PTR) && !defined(DES_RISC1) && !defined(DES_RISC2) && !defined(DES_UNROLL)
+/* Special defines which change the way the code is built depending on the
+   CPU and OS.  For SGI machines you can use _MIPS_SZLONG (32 or 64) to find
+   even newer MIPS CPU's, but at the moment one size fits all for
+   optimization options.  Older Sparc's work better with only UNROLL, but
+   there's no way to tell at compile time what it is you're running on */
+ 
+#if defined( sun )		/* Newer Sparc's */
+#  define DES_PTR
+#  define DES_RISC1
+#  define DES_UNROLL
+#elif defined( __ultrix )	/* Older MIPS */
+#  define DES_PTR
+#  define DES_RISC2
+#  define DES_UNROLL
+#elif defined( __osf1__ )	/* Alpha */
+#  define DES_PTR
+#  define DES_RISC2
+#elif defined ( _AIX )		/* RS6000 */
+  /* Unknown */
+#elif defined( __hpux )		/* HP-PA */
+  /* Unknown */
+#elif defined( __aux )		/* 68K */
+  /* Unknown */
+#elif defined( __dgux )		/* 88K (but P6 in latest boxes) */
+#  define DES_UNROLL
+#elif defined( __sgi )		/* Newer MIPS */
+#  define DES_PTR
+#  define DES_RISC2
+#  define DES_UNROLL
+#elif defined(i386) || defined(__i386__)	/* x86 boxes, should be gcc */
+#  define DES_PTR
+#  define DES_RISC1
+#  define DES_UNROLL
+#endif /* Systems-specific speed defines */
+#endif
+
+#endif /* DES_DEFAULT_OPTIONS */
+#endif /* HEADER_DES_LOCL_H */
diff --git a/lib/include/openssl/opensslv.h b/lib/include/openssl/opensslv.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2411505
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/include/openssl/opensslv.h
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+#ifndef HEADER_OPENSSLV_H
+#define HEADER_OPENSSLV_H
+
+/* Numeric release version identifier:
+ * MNNFFPPS: major minor fix patch status
+ * The status nibble has one of the values 0 for development, 1 to e for betas
+ * 1 to 14, and f for release.  The patch level is exactly that.
+ * For example:
+ * 0.9.3-dev	  0x00903000
+ * 0.9.3-beta1	  0x00903001
+ * 0.9.3-beta2-dev 0x00903002
+ * 0.9.3-beta2    0x00903002 (same as ...beta2-dev)
+ * 0.9.3	  0x0090300f
+ * 0.9.3a	  0x0090301f
+ * 0.9.4 	  0x0090400f
+ * 1.2.3z	  0x102031af
+ *
+ * For continuity reasons (because 0.9.5 is already out, and is coded
+ * 0x00905100), between 0.9.5 and 0.9.6 the coding of the patch level
+ * part is slightly different, by setting the highest bit.  This means
+ * that 0.9.5a looks like this: 0x0090581f.  At 0.9.6, we can start
+ * with 0x0090600S...
+ *
+ * (Prior to 0.9.3-dev a different scheme was used: 0.9.2b is 0x0922.)
+ * (Prior to 0.9.5a beta1, a different scheme was used: MMNNFFRBB for
+ *  major minor fix final patch/beta)
+ */
+#define OPENSSL_VERSION_NUMBER	0x1000109fL
+#ifdef OPENSSL_FIPS
+#define OPENSSL_VERSION_TEXT	"OpenSSL 1.0.1i-fips 6 Aug 2014"
+#else
+#define OPENSSL_VERSION_TEXT	"OpenSSL 1.0.1i 6 Aug 2014"
+#endif
+#define OPENSSL_VERSION_PTEXT	" part of " OPENSSL_VERSION_TEXT
+
+
+/* The macros below are to be used for shared library (.so, .dll, ...)
+ * versioning.  That kind of versioning works a bit differently between
+ * operating systems.  The most usual scheme is to set a major and a minor
+ * number, and have the runtime loader check that the major number is equal
+ * to what it was at application link time, while the minor number has to
+ * be greater or equal to what it was at application link time.  With this
+ * scheme, the version number is usually part of the file name, like this:
+ *
+ *	libcrypto.so.0.9
+ *
+ * Some unixen also make a softlink with the major verson number only:
+ *
+ *	libcrypto.so.0
+ *
+ * On Tru64 and IRIX 6.x it works a little bit differently.  There, the
+ * shared library version is stored in the file, and is actually a series
+ * of versions, separated by colons.  The rightmost version present in the
+ * library when linking an application is stored in the application to be
+ * matched at run time.  When the application is run, a check is done to
+ * see if the library version stored in the application matches any of the
+ * versions in the version string of the library itself.
+ * This version string can be constructed in any way, depending on what
+ * kind of matching is desired.  However, to implement the same scheme as
+ * the one used in the other unixen, all compatible versions, from lowest
+ * to highest, should be part of the string.  Consecutive builds would
+ * give the following versions strings:
+ *
+ *	3.0
+ *	3.0:3.1
+ *	3.0:3.1:3.2
+ *	4.0
+ *	4.0:4.1
+ *
+ * Notice how version 4 is completely incompatible with version, and
+ * therefore give the breach you can see.
+ *
+ * There may be other schemes as well that I haven't yet discovered.
+ *
+ * So, here's the way it works here: first of all, the library version
+ * number doesn't need at all to match the overall OpenSSL version.
+ * However, it's nice and more understandable if it actually does.
+ * The current library version is stored in the macro SHLIB_VERSION_NUMBER,
+ * which is just a piece of text in the format "M.m.e" (Major, minor, edit).
+ * For the sake of Tru64, IRIX, and any other OS that behaves in similar ways,
+ * we need to keep a history of version numbers, which is done in the
+ * macro SHLIB_VERSION_HISTORY.  The numbers are separated by colons and
+ * should only keep the versions that are binary compatible with the current.
+ */
+#define SHLIB_VERSION_HISTORY ""
+#define SHLIB_VERSION_NUMBER "1.0.0"
+
+
+#endif /* HEADER_OPENSSLV_H */
diff --git a/lib/include/openssl/ossl_typ.h b/lib/include/openssl/ossl_typ.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ea9227f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/include/openssl/ossl_typ.h
@@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
+/* ====================================================================
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2001 The OpenSSL Project.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 
+ *
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+ *    the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+ *    distribution.
+ *
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this
+ *    software must display the following acknowledgment:
+ *    "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project
+ *    for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit. (http://www.openssl.org/)"
+ *
+ * 4. The names "OpenSSL Toolkit" and "OpenSSL Project" must not be used to
+ *    endorse or promote products derived from this software without
+ *    prior written permission. For written permission, please contact
+ *    openssl-core@openssl.org.
+ *
+ * 5. Products derived from this software may not be called "OpenSSL"
+ *    nor may "OpenSSL" appear in their names without prior written
+ *    permission of the OpenSSL Project.
+ *
+ * 6. Redistributions of any form whatsoever must retain the following
+ *    acknowledgment:
+ *    "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project
+ *    for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit (http://www.openssl.org/)"
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE OpenSSL PROJECT ``AS IS'' AND ANY
+ * EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OpenSSL PROJECT OR
+ * ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+ * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+ * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
+ * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
+ * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * ====================================================================
+ *
+ * This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young
+ * (eay@cryptsoft.com).  This product includes software written by Tim
+ * Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com).
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef HEADER_OPENSSL_TYPES_H
+#define HEADER_OPENSSL_TYPES_H
+
+#include <openssl/e_os2.h>
+
+#ifdef NO_ASN1_TYPEDEFS
+#define ASN1_INTEGER		ASN1_STRING
+#define ASN1_ENUMERATED		ASN1_STRING
+#define ASN1_BIT_STRING		ASN1_STRING
+#define ASN1_OCTET_STRING	ASN1_STRING
+#define ASN1_PRINTABLESTRING	ASN1_STRING
+#define ASN1_T61STRING		ASN1_STRING
+#define ASN1_IA5STRING		ASN1_STRING
+#define ASN1_UTCTIME		ASN1_STRING
+#define ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME	ASN1_STRING
+#define ASN1_TIME		ASN1_STRING
+#define ASN1_GENERALSTRING	ASN1_STRING
+#define ASN1_UNIVERSALSTRING	ASN1_STRING
+#define ASN1_BMPSTRING		ASN1_STRING
+#define ASN1_VISIBLESTRING	ASN1_STRING
+#define ASN1_UTF8STRING		ASN1_STRING
+#define ASN1_BOOLEAN		int
+#define ASN1_NULL		int
+#else
+typedef struct asn1_string_st ASN1_INTEGER;
+typedef struct asn1_string_st ASN1_ENUMERATED;
+typedef struct asn1_string_st ASN1_BIT_STRING;
+typedef struct asn1_string_st ASN1_OCTET_STRING;
+typedef struct asn1_string_st ASN1_PRINTABLESTRING;
+typedef struct asn1_string_st ASN1_T61STRING;
+typedef struct asn1_string_st ASN1_IA5STRING;
+typedef struct asn1_string_st ASN1_GENERALSTRING;
+typedef struct asn1_string_st ASN1_UNIVERSALSTRING;
+typedef struct asn1_string_st ASN1_BMPSTRING;
+typedef struct asn1_string_st ASN1_UTCTIME;
+typedef struct asn1_string_st ASN1_TIME;
+typedef struct asn1_string_st ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME;
+typedef struct asn1_string_st ASN1_VISIBLESTRING;
+typedef struct asn1_string_st ASN1_UTF8STRING;
+typedef struct asn1_string_st ASN1_STRING;
+typedef int ASN1_BOOLEAN;
+typedef int ASN1_NULL;
+#endif
+
+typedef struct ASN1_ITEM_st ASN1_ITEM;
+typedef struct asn1_pctx_st ASN1_PCTX;
+
+#ifdef OPENSSL_SYS_WIN32
+#undef X509_NAME
+#undef X509_EXTENSIONS
+#undef X509_CERT_PAIR
+#undef PKCS7_ISSUER_AND_SERIAL
+#undef OCSP_REQUEST
+#undef OCSP_RESPONSE
+#endif
+
+#ifdef BIGNUM
+#undef BIGNUM
+#endif
+typedef struct bignum_st BIGNUM;
+typedef struct bignum_ctx BN_CTX;
+typedef struct bn_blinding_st BN_BLINDING;
+typedef struct bn_mont_ctx_st BN_MONT_CTX;
+typedef struct bn_recp_ctx_st BN_RECP_CTX;
+typedef struct bn_gencb_st BN_GENCB;
+
+typedef struct buf_mem_st BUF_MEM;
+
+typedef struct evp_cipher_st EVP_CIPHER;
+typedef struct evp_cipher_ctx_st EVP_CIPHER_CTX;
+typedef struct env_md_st EVP_MD;
+typedef struct env_md_ctx_st EVP_MD_CTX;
+typedef struct evp_pkey_st EVP_PKEY;
+
+typedef struct evp_pkey_asn1_method_st EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD;
+
+typedef struct evp_pkey_method_st EVP_PKEY_METHOD;
+typedef struct evp_pkey_ctx_st EVP_PKEY_CTX;
+
+typedef struct dh_st DH;
+typedef struct dh_method DH_METHOD;
+
+typedef struct dsa_st DSA;
+typedef struct dsa_method DSA_METHOD;
+
+typedef struct rsa_st RSA;
+typedef struct rsa_meth_st RSA_METHOD;
+
+typedef struct rand_meth_st RAND_METHOD;
+
+typedef struct ecdh_method ECDH_METHOD;
+typedef struct ecdsa_method ECDSA_METHOD;
+
+typedef struct x509_st X509;
+typedef struct X509_algor_st X509_ALGOR;
+typedef struct X509_crl_st X509_CRL;
+typedef struct x509_crl_method_st X509_CRL_METHOD;
+typedef struct x509_revoked_st X509_REVOKED;
+typedef struct X509_name_st X509_NAME;
+typedef struct X509_pubkey_st X509_PUBKEY;
+typedef struct x509_store_st X509_STORE;
+typedef struct x509_store_ctx_st X509_STORE_CTX;
+
+typedef struct pkcs8_priv_key_info_st PKCS8_PRIV_KEY_INFO;
+
+typedef struct v3_ext_ctx X509V3_CTX;
+typedef struct conf_st CONF;
+
+typedef struct store_st STORE;
+typedef struct store_method_st STORE_METHOD;
+
+typedef struct ui_st UI;
+typedef struct ui_method_st UI_METHOD;
+
+typedef struct st_ERR_FNS ERR_FNS;
+
+typedef struct engine_st ENGINE;
+typedef struct ssl_st SSL;
+typedef struct ssl_ctx_st SSL_CTX;
+
+typedef struct X509_POLICY_NODE_st X509_POLICY_NODE;
+typedef struct X509_POLICY_LEVEL_st X509_POLICY_LEVEL;
+typedef struct X509_POLICY_TREE_st X509_POLICY_TREE;
+typedef struct X509_POLICY_CACHE_st X509_POLICY_CACHE;
+
+typedef struct AUTHORITY_KEYID_st AUTHORITY_KEYID;
+typedef struct DIST_POINT_st DIST_POINT;
+typedef struct ISSUING_DIST_POINT_st ISSUING_DIST_POINT;
+typedef struct NAME_CONSTRAINTS_st NAME_CONSTRAINTS;
+
+  /* If placed in pkcs12.h, we end up with a circular depency with pkcs7.h */
+#define DECLARE_PKCS12_STACK_OF(type) /* Nothing */
+#define IMPLEMENT_PKCS12_STACK_OF(type) /* Nothing */
+
+typedef struct crypto_ex_data_st CRYPTO_EX_DATA;
+/* Callback types for crypto.h */
+typedef int CRYPTO_EX_new(void *parent, void *ptr, CRYPTO_EX_DATA *ad,
+					int idx, long argl, void *argp);
+typedef void CRYPTO_EX_free(void *parent, void *ptr, CRYPTO_EX_DATA *ad,
+					int idx, long argl, void *argp);
+typedef int CRYPTO_EX_dup(CRYPTO_EX_DATA *to, CRYPTO_EX_DATA *from, void *from_d, 
+					int idx, long argl, void *argp);
+
+typedef struct ocsp_req_ctx_st OCSP_REQ_CTX;
+typedef struct ocsp_response_st OCSP_RESPONSE;
+typedef struct ocsp_responder_id_st OCSP_RESPID;
+
+#endif /* def HEADER_OPENSSL_TYPES_H */
diff --git a/lib/include/openssl/pem.h b/lib/include/openssl/pem.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8a6abab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/include/openssl/pem.h
@@ -0,0 +1,641 @@
+/* crypto/pem/pem.h */
+/* Copyright (C) 1995-1997 Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This package is an SSL implementation written
+ * by Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com).
+ * The implementation was written so as to conform with Netscapes SSL.
+ * 
+ * This library is free for commercial and non-commercial use as long as
+ * the following conditions are aheared to.  The following conditions
+ * apply to all code found in this distribution, be it the RC4, RSA,
+ * lhash, DES, etc., code; not just the SSL code.  The SSL documentation
+ * included with this distribution is covered by the same copyright terms
+ * except that the holder is Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com).
+ * 
+ * Copyright remains Eric Young's, and as such any Copyright notices in
+ * the code are not to be removed.
+ * If this package is used in a product, Eric Young should be given attribution
+ * as the author of the parts of the library used.
+ * This can be in the form of a textual message at program startup or
+ * in documentation (online or textual) provided with the package.
+ * 
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *    "This product includes cryptographic software written by
+ *     Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)"
+ *    The word 'cryptographic' can be left out if the rouines from the library
+ *    being used are not cryptographic related :-).
+ * 4. If you include any Windows specific code (or a derivative thereof) from 
+ *    the apps directory (application code) you must include an acknowledgement:
+ *    "This product includes software written by Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com)"
+ * 
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ERIC YOUNG ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * 
+ * The licence and distribution terms for any publically available version or
+ * derivative of this code cannot be changed.  i.e. this code cannot simply be
+ * copied and put under another distribution licence
+ * [including the GNU Public Licence.]
+ */
+
+#ifndef HEADER_PEM_H
+#define HEADER_PEM_H
+
+#include <openssl/e_os2.h>
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_BIO
+#include <openssl/bio.h>
+#endif
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_STACK
+#include <openssl/stack.h>
+#endif
+#include <openssl/evp.h>
+#include <openssl/x509.h>
+#include <openssl/pem2.h>
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#define PEM_BUFSIZE		1024
+
+#define PEM_OBJ_UNDEF		0
+#define PEM_OBJ_X509		1
+#define PEM_OBJ_X509_REQ	2
+#define PEM_OBJ_CRL		3
+#define PEM_OBJ_SSL_SESSION	4
+#define PEM_OBJ_PRIV_KEY	10
+#define PEM_OBJ_PRIV_RSA	11
+#define PEM_OBJ_PRIV_DSA	12
+#define PEM_OBJ_PRIV_DH		13
+#define PEM_OBJ_PUB_RSA		14
+#define PEM_OBJ_PUB_DSA		15
+#define PEM_OBJ_PUB_DH		16
+#define PEM_OBJ_DHPARAMS	17
+#define PEM_OBJ_DSAPARAMS	18
+#define PEM_OBJ_PRIV_RSA_PUBLIC	19
+#define PEM_OBJ_PRIV_ECDSA	20
+#define PEM_OBJ_PUB_ECDSA	21
+#define PEM_OBJ_ECPARAMETERS	22
+
+#define PEM_ERROR		30
+#define PEM_DEK_DES_CBC         40
+#define PEM_DEK_IDEA_CBC        45
+#define PEM_DEK_DES_EDE         50
+#define PEM_DEK_DES_ECB         60
+#define PEM_DEK_RSA             70
+#define PEM_DEK_RSA_MD2         80
+#define PEM_DEK_RSA_MD5         90
+
+#define PEM_MD_MD2		NID_md2
+#define PEM_MD_MD5		NID_md5
+#define PEM_MD_SHA		NID_sha
+#define PEM_MD_MD2_RSA		NID_md2WithRSAEncryption
+#define PEM_MD_MD5_RSA		NID_md5WithRSAEncryption
+#define PEM_MD_SHA_RSA		NID_sha1WithRSAEncryption
+
+#define PEM_STRING_X509_OLD	"X509 CERTIFICATE"
+#define PEM_STRING_X509		"CERTIFICATE"
+#define PEM_STRING_X509_PAIR	"CERTIFICATE PAIR"
+#define PEM_STRING_X509_TRUSTED	"TRUSTED CERTIFICATE"
+#define PEM_STRING_X509_REQ_OLD	"NEW CERTIFICATE REQUEST"
+#define PEM_STRING_X509_REQ	"CERTIFICATE REQUEST"
+#define PEM_STRING_X509_CRL	"X509 CRL"
+#define PEM_STRING_EVP_PKEY	"ANY PRIVATE KEY"
+#define PEM_STRING_PUBLIC	"PUBLIC KEY"
+#define PEM_STRING_RSA		"RSA PRIVATE KEY"
+#define PEM_STRING_RSA_PUBLIC	"RSA PUBLIC KEY"
+#define PEM_STRING_DSA		"DSA PRIVATE KEY"
+#define PEM_STRING_DSA_PUBLIC	"DSA PUBLIC KEY"
+#define PEM_STRING_PKCS7	"PKCS7"
+#define PEM_STRING_PKCS7_SIGNED	"PKCS #7 SIGNED DATA"
+#define PEM_STRING_PKCS8	"ENCRYPTED PRIVATE KEY"
+#define PEM_STRING_PKCS8INF	"PRIVATE KEY"
+#define PEM_STRING_DHPARAMS	"DH PARAMETERS"
+#define PEM_STRING_SSL_SESSION	"SSL SESSION PARAMETERS"
+#define PEM_STRING_DSAPARAMS	"DSA PARAMETERS"
+#define PEM_STRING_ECDSA_PUBLIC "ECDSA PUBLIC KEY"
+#define PEM_STRING_ECPARAMETERS "EC PARAMETERS"
+#define PEM_STRING_ECPRIVATEKEY	"EC PRIVATE KEY"
+#define PEM_STRING_PARAMETERS	"PARAMETERS"
+#define PEM_STRING_CMS		"CMS"
+
+  /* Note that this structure is initialised by PEM_SealInit and cleaned up
+     by PEM_SealFinal (at least for now) */
+typedef struct PEM_Encode_Seal_st
+	{
+	EVP_ENCODE_CTX encode;
+	EVP_MD_CTX md;
+	EVP_CIPHER_CTX cipher;
+	} PEM_ENCODE_SEAL_CTX;
+
+/* enc_type is one off */
+#define PEM_TYPE_ENCRYPTED      10
+#define PEM_TYPE_MIC_ONLY       20
+#define PEM_TYPE_MIC_CLEAR      30
+#define PEM_TYPE_CLEAR		40
+
+typedef struct pem_recip_st
+	{
+	char *name;
+	X509_NAME *dn;
+
+	int cipher;
+	int key_enc;
+	/*	char iv[8]; unused and wrong size */
+	} PEM_USER;
+
+typedef struct pem_ctx_st
+	{
+	int type;		/* what type of object */
+
+	struct	{
+		int version;	
+		int mode;		
+		} proc_type;
+
+	char *domain;
+
+	struct	{
+		int cipher;
+	/* unused, and wrong size
+	   unsigned char iv[8]; */
+		} DEK_info;
+		
+	PEM_USER *originator;
+
+	int num_recipient;
+	PEM_USER **recipient;
+
+	/* XXX(ben): don#t think this is used! 
+		STACK *x509_chain;	/ * certificate chain */
+	EVP_MD *md;		/* signature type */
+
+	int md_enc;		/* is the md encrypted or not? */
+	int md_len;		/* length of md_data */
+	char *md_data;		/* message digest, could be pkey encrypted */
+
+	EVP_CIPHER *dec;	/* date encryption cipher */
+	int key_len;		/* key length */
+	unsigned char *key;	/* key */
+	/* unused, and wrong size
+	   unsigned char iv[8]; */
+
+	
+	int  data_enc;		/* is the data encrypted */
+	int data_len;
+	unsigned char *data;
+	} PEM_CTX;
+
+/* These macros make the PEM_read/PEM_write functions easier to maintain and
+ * write. Now they are all implemented with either:
+ * IMPLEMENT_PEM_rw(...) or IMPLEMENT_PEM_rw_cb(...)
+ */
+
+#ifdef OPENSSL_NO_FP_API
+
+#define IMPLEMENT_PEM_read_fp(name, type, str, asn1) /**/
+#define IMPLEMENT_PEM_write_fp(name, type, str, asn1) /**/
+#define IMPLEMENT_PEM_write_fp_const(name, type, str, asn1) /**/
+#define IMPLEMENT_PEM_write_cb_fp(name, type, str, asn1) /**/
+#define IMPLEMENT_PEM_write_cb_fp_const(name, type, str, asn1) /**/
+
+#else
+
+#define IMPLEMENT_PEM_read_fp(name, type, str, asn1) \
+type *PEM_read_##name(FILE *fp, type **x, pem_password_cb *cb, void *u)\
+{ \
+return PEM_ASN1_read((d2i_of_void *)d2i_##asn1, str,fp,(void **)x,cb,u); \
+} 
+
+#define IMPLEMENT_PEM_write_fp(name, type, str, asn1) \
+int PEM_write_##name(FILE *fp, type *x) \
+{ \
+return PEM_ASN1_write((i2d_of_void *)i2d_##asn1,str,fp,x,NULL,NULL,0,NULL,NULL); \
+}
+
+#define IMPLEMENT_PEM_write_fp_const(name, type, str, asn1) \
+int PEM_write_##name(FILE *fp, const type *x) \
+{ \
+return PEM_ASN1_write((i2d_of_void *)i2d_##asn1,str,fp,(void *)x,NULL,NULL,0,NULL,NULL); \
+}
+
+#define IMPLEMENT_PEM_write_cb_fp(name, type, str, asn1) \
+int PEM_write_##name(FILE *fp, type *x, const EVP_CIPHER *enc, \
+	     unsigned char *kstr, int klen, pem_password_cb *cb, \
+		  void *u) \
+	{ \
+	return PEM_ASN1_write((i2d_of_void *)i2d_##asn1,str,fp,x,enc,kstr,klen,cb,u); \
+	}
+
+#define IMPLEMENT_PEM_write_cb_fp_const(name, type, str, asn1) \
+int PEM_write_##name(FILE *fp, type *x, const EVP_CIPHER *enc, \
+	     unsigned char *kstr, int klen, pem_password_cb *cb, \
+		  void *u) \
+	{ \
+	return PEM_ASN1_write((i2d_of_void *)i2d_##asn1,str,fp,x,enc,kstr,klen,cb,u); \
+	}
+
+#endif
+
+#define IMPLEMENT_PEM_read_bio(name, type, str, asn1) \
+type *PEM_read_bio_##name(BIO *bp, type **x, pem_password_cb *cb, void *u)\
+{ \
+return PEM_ASN1_read_bio((d2i_of_void *)d2i_##asn1, str,bp,(void **)x,cb,u); \
+}
+
+#define IMPLEMENT_PEM_write_bio(name, type, str, asn1) \
+int PEM_write_bio_##name(BIO *bp, type *x) \
+{ \
+return PEM_ASN1_write_bio((i2d_of_void *)i2d_##asn1,str,bp,x,NULL,NULL,0,NULL,NULL); \
+}
+
+#define IMPLEMENT_PEM_write_bio_const(name, type, str, asn1) \
+int PEM_write_bio_##name(BIO *bp, const type *x) \
+{ \
+return PEM_ASN1_write_bio((i2d_of_void *)i2d_##asn1,str,bp,(void *)x,NULL,NULL,0,NULL,NULL); \
+}
+
+#define IMPLEMENT_PEM_write_cb_bio(name, type, str, asn1) \
+int PEM_write_bio_##name(BIO *bp, type *x, const EVP_CIPHER *enc, \
+	     unsigned char *kstr, int klen, pem_password_cb *cb, void *u) \
+	{ \
+	return PEM_ASN1_write_bio((i2d_of_void *)i2d_##asn1,str,bp,x,enc,kstr,klen,cb,u); \
+	}
+
+#define IMPLEMENT_PEM_write_cb_bio_const(name, type, str, asn1) \
+int PEM_write_bio_##name(BIO *bp, type *x, const EVP_CIPHER *enc, \
+	     unsigned char *kstr, int klen, pem_password_cb *cb, void *u) \
+	{ \
+	return PEM_ASN1_write_bio((i2d_of_void *)i2d_##asn1,str,bp,(void *)x,enc,kstr,klen,cb,u); \
+	}
+
+#define IMPLEMENT_PEM_write(name, type, str, asn1) \
+	IMPLEMENT_PEM_write_bio(name, type, str, asn1) \
+	IMPLEMENT_PEM_write_fp(name, type, str, asn1) 
+
+#define IMPLEMENT_PEM_write_const(name, type, str, asn1) \
+	IMPLEMENT_PEM_write_bio_const(name, type, str, asn1) \
+	IMPLEMENT_PEM_write_fp_const(name, type, str, asn1) 
+
+#define IMPLEMENT_PEM_write_cb(name, type, str, asn1) \
+	IMPLEMENT_PEM_write_cb_bio(name, type, str, asn1) \
+	IMPLEMENT_PEM_write_cb_fp(name, type, str, asn1) 
+
+#define IMPLEMENT_PEM_write_cb_const(name, type, str, asn1) \
+	IMPLEMENT_PEM_write_cb_bio_const(name, type, str, asn1) \
+	IMPLEMENT_PEM_write_cb_fp_const(name, type, str, asn1) 
+
+#define IMPLEMENT_PEM_read(name, type, str, asn1) \
+	IMPLEMENT_PEM_read_bio(name, type, str, asn1) \
+	IMPLEMENT_PEM_read_fp(name, type, str, asn1) 
+
+#define IMPLEMENT_PEM_rw(name, type, str, asn1) \
+	IMPLEMENT_PEM_read(name, type, str, asn1) \
+	IMPLEMENT_PEM_write(name, type, str, asn1)
+
+#define IMPLEMENT_PEM_rw_const(name, type, str, asn1) \
+	IMPLEMENT_PEM_read(name, type, str, asn1) \
+	IMPLEMENT_PEM_write_const(name, type, str, asn1)
+
+#define IMPLEMENT_PEM_rw_cb(name, type, str, asn1) \
+	IMPLEMENT_PEM_read(name, type, str, asn1) \
+	IMPLEMENT_PEM_write_cb(name, type, str, asn1)
+
+/* These are the same except they are for the declarations */
+
+#if defined(OPENSSL_NO_FP_API)
+
+#define DECLARE_PEM_read_fp(name, type) /**/
+#define DECLARE_PEM_write_fp(name, type) /**/
+#define DECLARE_PEM_write_cb_fp(name, type) /**/
+
+#else
+
+#define DECLARE_PEM_read_fp(name, type) \
+	type *PEM_read_##name(FILE *fp, type **x, pem_password_cb *cb, void *u);
+
+#define DECLARE_PEM_write_fp(name, type) \
+	int PEM_write_##name(FILE *fp, type *x);
+
+#define DECLARE_PEM_write_fp_const(name, type) \
+	int PEM_write_##name(FILE *fp, const type *x);
+
+#define DECLARE_PEM_write_cb_fp(name, type) \
+	int PEM_write_##name(FILE *fp, type *x, const EVP_CIPHER *enc, \
+	     unsigned char *kstr, int klen, pem_password_cb *cb, void *u);
+
+#endif
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_BIO
+#define DECLARE_PEM_read_bio(name, type) \
+	type *PEM_read_bio_##name(BIO *bp, type **x, pem_password_cb *cb, void *u);
+
+#define DECLARE_PEM_write_bio(name, type) \
+	int PEM_write_bio_##name(BIO *bp, type *x);
+
+#define DECLARE_PEM_write_bio_const(name, type) \
+	int PEM_write_bio_##name(BIO *bp, const type *x);
+
+#define DECLARE_PEM_write_cb_bio(name, type) \
+	int PEM_write_bio_##name(BIO *bp, type *x, const EVP_CIPHER *enc, \
+	     unsigned char *kstr, int klen, pem_password_cb *cb, void *u);
+
+#else
+
+#define DECLARE_PEM_read_bio(name, type) /**/
+#define DECLARE_PEM_write_bio(name, type) /**/
+#define DECLARE_PEM_write_bio_const(name, type) /**/
+#define DECLARE_PEM_write_cb_bio(name, type) /**/
+
+#endif
+
+#define DECLARE_PEM_write(name, type) \
+	DECLARE_PEM_write_bio(name, type) \
+	DECLARE_PEM_write_fp(name, type) 
+
+#define DECLARE_PEM_write_const(name, type) \
+	DECLARE_PEM_write_bio_const(name, type) \
+	DECLARE_PEM_write_fp_const(name, type)
+
+#define DECLARE_PEM_write_cb(name, type) \
+	DECLARE_PEM_write_cb_bio(name, type) \
+	DECLARE_PEM_write_cb_fp(name, type) 
+
+#define DECLARE_PEM_read(name, type) \
+	DECLARE_PEM_read_bio(name, type) \
+	DECLARE_PEM_read_fp(name, type)
+
+#define DECLARE_PEM_rw(name, type) \
+	DECLARE_PEM_read(name, type) \
+	DECLARE_PEM_write(name, type)
+
+#define DECLARE_PEM_rw_const(name, type) \
+	DECLARE_PEM_read(name, type) \
+	DECLARE_PEM_write_const(name, type)
+
+#define DECLARE_PEM_rw_cb(name, type) \
+	DECLARE_PEM_read(name, type) \
+	DECLARE_PEM_write_cb(name, type)
+
+#if 1
+/* "userdata": new with OpenSSL 0.9.4 */
+typedef int pem_password_cb(char *buf, int size, int rwflag, void *userdata);
+#else
+/* OpenSSL 0.9.3, 0.9.3a */
+typedef int pem_password_cb(char *buf, int size, int rwflag);
+#endif
+
+int	PEM_get_EVP_CIPHER_INFO(char *header, EVP_CIPHER_INFO *cipher);
+int	PEM_do_header (EVP_CIPHER_INFO *cipher, unsigned char *data,long *len,
+	pem_password_cb *callback,void *u);
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_BIO
+int	PEM_read_bio(BIO *bp, char **name, char **header,
+		unsigned char **data,long *len);
+int	PEM_write_bio(BIO *bp,const char *name,char *hdr,unsigned char *data,
+		long len);
+int PEM_bytes_read_bio(unsigned char **pdata, long *plen, char **pnm, const char *name, BIO *bp,
+	     pem_password_cb *cb, void *u);
+void *	PEM_ASN1_read_bio(d2i_of_void *d2i, const char *name, BIO *bp,
+			  void **x, pem_password_cb *cb, void *u);
+int	PEM_ASN1_write_bio(i2d_of_void *i2d,const char *name,BIO *bp, void *x,
+			   const EVP_CIPHER *enc,unsigned char *kstr,int klen,
+			   pem_password_cb *cb, void *u);
+
+STACK_OF(X509_INFO) *	PEM_X509_INFO_read_bio(BIO *bp, STACK_OF(X509_INFO) *sk, pem_password_cb *cb, void *u);
+int	PEM_X509_INFO_write_bio(BIO *bp,X509_INFO *xi, EVP_CIPHER *enc,
+		unsigned char *kstr, int klen, pem_password_cb *cd, void *u);
+#endif
+
+int	PEM_read(FILE *fp, char **name, char **header,
+		unsigned char **data,long *len);
+int	PEM_write(FILE *fp,char *name,char *hdr,unsigned char *data,long len);
+void *  PEM_ASN1_read(d2i_of_void *d2i, const char *name, FILE *fp, void **x,
+		      pem_password_cb *cb, void *u);
+int	PEM_ASN1_write(i2d_of_void *i2d,const char *name,FILE *fp,
+		       void *x,const EVP_CIPHER *enc,unsigned char *kstr,
+		       int klen,pem_password_cb *callback, void *u);
+STACK_OF(X509_INFO) *	PEM_X509_INFO_read(FILE *fp, STACK_OF(X509_INFO) *sk,
+	pem_password_cb *cb, void *u);
+
+int	PEM_SealInit(PEM_ENCODE_SEAL_CTX *ctx, EVP_CIPHER *type,
+		EVP_MD *md_type, unsigned char **ek, int *ekl,
+		unsigned char *iv, EVP_PKEY **pubk, int npubk);
+void	PEM_SealUpdate(PEM_ENCODE_SEAL_CTX *ctx, unsigned char *out, int *outl,
+		unsigned char *in, int inl);
+int	PEM_SealFinal(PEM_ENCODE_SEAL_CTX *ctx, unsigned char *sig,int *sigl,
+		unsigned char *out, int *outl, EVP_PKEY *priv);
+
+void    PEM_SignInit(EVP_MD_CTX *ctx, EVP_MD *type);
+void    PEM_SignUpdate(EVP_MD_CTX *ctx,unsigned char *d,unsigned int cnt);
+int	PEM_SignFinal(EVP_MD_CTX *ctx, unsigned char *sigret,
+		unsigned int *siglen, EVP_PKEY *pkey);
+
+int	PEM_def_callback(char *buf, int num, int w, void *key);
+void	PEM_proc_type(char *buf, int type);
+void	PEM_dek_info(char *buf, const char *type, int len, char *str);
+
+
+#include <openssl/symhacks.h>
+
+DECLARE_PEM_rw(X509, X509)
+
+DECLARE_PEM_rw(X509_AUX, X509)
+
+DECLARE_PEM_rw(X509_CERT_PAIR, X509_CERT_PAIR)
+
+DECLARE_PEM_rw(X509_REQ, X509_REQ)
+DECLARE_PEM_write(X509_REQ_NEW, X509_REQ)
+
+DECLARE_PEM_rw(X509_CRL, X509_CRL)
+
+DECLARE_PEM_rw(PKCS7, PKCS7)
+
+DECLARE_PEM_rw(NETSCAPE_CERT_SEQUENCE, NETSCAPE_CERT_SEQUENCE)
+
+DECLARE_PEM_rw(PKCS8, X509_SIG)
+
+DECLARE_PEM_rw(PKCS8_PRIV_KEY_INFO, PKCS8_PRIV_KEY_INFO)
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_RSA
+
+DECLARE_PEM_rw_cb(RSAPrivateKey, RSA)
+
+DECLARE_PEM_rw_const(RSAPublicKey, RSA)
+DECLARE_PEM_rw(RSA_PUBKEY, RSA)
+
+#endif
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_DSA
+
+DECLARE_PEM_rw_cb(DSAPrivateKey, DSA)
+
+DECLARE_PEM_rw(DSA_PUBKEY, DSA)
+
+DECLARE_PEM_rw_const(DSAparams, DSA)
+
+#endif
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_EC
+DECLARE_PEM_rw_const(ECPKParameters, EC_GROUP)
+DECLARE_PEM_rw_cb(ECPrivateKey, EC_KEY)
+DECLARE_PEM_rw(EC_PUBKEY, EC_KEY)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_DH
+
+DECLARE_PEM_rw_const(DHparams, DH)
+
+#endif
+
+DECLARE_PEM_rw_cb(PrivateKey, EVP_PKEY)
+
+DECLARE_PEM_rw(PUBKEY, EVP_PKEY)
+
+int PEM_write_bio_PKCS8PrivateKey_nid(BIO *bp, EVP_PKEY *x, int nid,
+				  char *kstr, int klen,
+				  pem_password_cb *cb, void *u);
+int PEM_write_bio_PKCS8PrivateKey(BIO *, EVP_PKEY *, const EVP_CIPHER *,
+                                  char *, int, pem_password_cb *, void *);
+int i2d_PKCS8PrivateKey_bio(BIO *bp, EVP_PKEY *x, const EVP_CIPHER *enc,
+				  char *kstr, int klen,
+				  pem_password_cb *cb, void *u);
+int i2d_PKCS8PrivateKey_nid_bio(BIO *bp, EVP_PKEY *x, int nid,
+				  char *kstr, int klen,
+				  pem_password_cb *cb, void *u);
+EVP_PKEY *d2i_PKCS8PrivateKey_bio(BIO *bp, EVP_PKEY **x, pem_password_cb *cb, void *u);
+
+int i2d_PKCS8PrivateKey_fp(FILE *fp, EVP_PKEY *x, const EVP_CIPHER *enc,
+				  char *kstr, int klen,
+				  pem_password_cb *cb, void *u);
+int i2d_PKCS8PrivateKey_nid_fp(FILE *fp, EVP_PKEY *x, int nid,
+				  char *kstr, int klen,
+				  pem_password_cb *cb, void *u);
+int PEM_write_PKCS8PrivateKey_nid(FILE *fp, EVP_PKEY *x, int nid,
+				  char *kstr, int klen,
+				  pem_password_cb *cb, void *u);
+
+EVP_PKEY *d2i_PKCS8PrivateKey_fp(FILE *fp, EVP_PKEY **x, pem_password_cb *cb, void *u);
+
+int PEM_write_PKCS8PrivateKey(FILE *fp,EVP_PKEY *x,const EVP_CIPHER *enc,
+			      char *kstr,int klen, pem_password_cb *cd, void *u);
+
+EVP_PKEY *PEM_read_bio_Parameters(BIO *bp, EVP_PKEY **x);
+int PEM_write_bio_Parameters(BIO *bp, EVP_PKEY *x);
+
+
+EVP_PKEY *b2i_PrivateKey(const unsigned char **in, long length);
+EVP_PKEY *b2i_PublicKey(const unsigned char **in, long length);
+EVP_PKEY *b2i_PrivateKey_bio(BIO *in);
+EVP_PKEY *b2i_PublicKey_bio(BIO *in);
+int i2b_PrivateKey_bio(BIO *out, EVP_PKEY *pk);
+int i2b_PublicKey_bio(BIO *out, EVP_PKEY *pk);
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_RC4
+EVP_PKEY *b2i_PVK_bio(BIO *in, pem_password_cb *cb, void *u);
+int i2b_PVK_bio(BIO *out, EVP_PKEY *pk, int enclevel,
+		pem_password_cb *cb, void *u);
+#endif
+
+
+/* BEGIN ERROR CODES */
+/* The following lines are auto generated by the script mkerr.pl. Any changes
+ * made after this point may be overwritten when the script is next run.
+ */
+void ERR_load_PEM_strings(void);
+
+/* Error codes for the PEM functions. */
+
+/* Function codes. */
+#define PEM_F_B2I_DSS					 127
+#define PEM_F_B2I_PVK_BIO				 128
+#define PEM_F_B2I_RSA					 129
+#define PEM_F_CHECK_BITLEN_DSA				 130
+#define PEM_F_CHECK_BITLEN_RSA				 131
+#define PEM_F_D2I_PKCS8PRIVATEKEY_BIO			 120
+#define PEM_F_D2I_PKCS8PRIVATEKEY_FP			 121
+#define PEM_F_DO_B2I					 132
+#define PEM_F_DO_B2I_BIO				 133
+#define PEM_F_DO_BLOB_HEADER				 134
+#define PEM_F_DO_PK8PKEY				 126
+#define PEM_F_DO_PK8PKEY_FP				 125
+#define PEM_F_DO_PVK_BODY				 135
+#define PEM_F_DO_PVK_HEADER				 136
+#define PEM_F_I2B_PVK					 137
+#define PEM_F_I2B_PVK_BIO				 138
+#define PEM_F_LOAD_IV					 101
+#define PEM_F_PEM_ASN1_READ				 102
+#define PEM_F_PEM_ASN1_READ_BIO				 103
+#define PEM_F_PEM_ASN1_WRITE				 104
+#define PEM_F_PEM_ASN1_WRITE_BIO			 105
+#define PEM_F_PEM_DEF_CALLBACK				 100
+#define PEM_F_PEM_DO_HEADER				 106
+#define PEM_F_PEM_F_PEM_WRITE_PKCS8PRIVATEKEY		 118
+#define PEM_F_PEM_GET_EVP_CIPHER_INFO			 107
+#define PEM_F_PEM_PK8PKEY				 119
+#define PEM_F_PEM_READ					 108
+#define PEM_F_PEM_READ_BIO				 109
+#define PEM_F_PEM_READ_BIO_PARAMETERS			 140
+#define PEM_F_PEM_READ_BIO_PRIVATEKEY			 123
+#define PEM_F_PEM_READ_PRIVATEKEY			 124
+#define PEM_F_PEM_SEALFINAL				 110
+#define PEM_F_PEM_SEALINIT				 111
+#define PEM_F_PEM_SIGNFINAL				 112
+#define PEM_F_PEM_WRITE					 113
+#define PEM_F_PEM_WRITE_BIO				 114
+#define PEM_F_PEM_WRITE_PRIVATEKEY			 139
+#define PEM_F_PEM_X509_INFO_READ			 115
+#define PEM_F_PEM_X509_INFO_READ_BIO			 116
+#define PEM_F_PEM_X509_INFO_WRITE_BIO			 117
+
+/* Reason codes. */
+#define PEM_R_BAD_BASE64_DECODE				 100
+#define PEM_R_BAD_DECRYPT				 101
+#define PEM_R_BAD_END_LINE				 102
+#define PEM_R_BAD_IV_CHARS				 103
+#define PEM_R_BAD_MAGIC_NUMBER				 116
+#define PEM_R_BAD_PASSWORD_READ				 104
+#define PEM_R_BAD_VERSION_NUMBER			 117
+#define PEM_R_BIO_WRITE_FAILURE				 118
+#define PEM_R_CIPHER_IS_NULL				 127
+#define PEM_R_ERROR_CONVERTING_PRIVATE_KEY		 115
+#define PEM_R_EXPECTING_PRIVATE_KEY_BLOB		 119
+#define PEM_R_EXPECTING_PUBLIC_KEY_BLOB			 120
+#define PEM_R_INCONSISTENT_HEADER			 121
+#define PEM_R_KEYBLOB_HEADER_PARSE_ERROR		 122
+#define PEM_R_KEYBLOB_TOO_SHORT				 123
+#define PEM_R_NOT_DEK_INFO				 105
+#define PEM_R_NOT_ENCRYPTED				 106
+#define PEM_R_NOT_PROC_TYPE				 107
+#define PEM_R_NO_START_LINE				 108
+#define PEM_R_PROBLEMS_GETTING_PASSWORD			 109
+#define PEM_R_PUBLIC_KEY_NO_RSA				 110
+#define PEM_R_PVK_DATA_TOO_SHORT			 124
+#define PEM_R_PVK_TOO_SHORT				 125
+#define PEM_R_READ_KEY					 111
+#define PEM_R_SHORT_HEADER				 112
+#define PEM_R_UNSUPPORTED_CIPHER			 113
+#define PEM_R_UNSUPPORTED_ENCRYPTION			 114
+#define PEM_R_UNSUPPORTED_KEY_COMPONENTS		 126
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/include/openssl/pem2.h b/lib/include/openssl/pem2.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f31790d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/include/openssl/pem2.h
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+/* ====================================================================
+ * Copyright (c) 1999 The OpenSSL Project.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 
+ *
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+ *    the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+ *    distribution.
+ *
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this
+ *    software must display the following acknowledgment:
+ *    "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project
+ *    for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit. (http://www.OpenSSL.org/)"
+ *
+ * 4. The names "OpenSSL Toolkit" and "OpenSSL Project" must not be used to
+ *    endorse or promote products derived from this software without
+ *    prior written permission. For written permission, please contact
+ *    licensing@OpenSSL.org.
+ *
+ * 5. Products derived from this software may not be called "OpenSSL"
+ *    nor may "OpenSSL" appear in their names without prior written
+ *    permission of the OpenSSL Project.
+ *
+ * 6. Redistributions of any form whatsoever must retain the following
+ *    acknowledgment:
+ *    "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project
+ *    for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit (http://www.OpenSSL.org/)"
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE OpenSSL PROJECT ``AS IS'' AND ANY
+ * EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OpenSSL PROJECT OR
+ * ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+ * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+ * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
+ * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
+ * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * ====================================================================
+ *
+ * This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young
+ * (eay@cryptsoft.com).  This product includes software written by Tim
+ * Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com).
+ *
+ */
+
+/*
+ * This header only exists to break a circular dependency between pem and err
+ * Ben 30 Jan 1999.
+ */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HEADER_PEM_H
+void ERR_load_PEM_strings(void);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/include/openssl/pkcs12.h b/lib/include/openssl/pkcs12.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b17eb9f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/include/openssl/pkcs12.h
@@ -0,0 +1,331 @@
+/* pkcs12.h */
+/* Written by Dr Stephen N Henson (steve@openssl.org) for the OpenSSL
+ * project 1999.
+ */
+/* ====================================================================
+ * Copyright (c) 1999 The OpenSSL Project.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 
+ *
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+ *    the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+ *    distribution.
+ *
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this
+ *    software must display the following acknowledgment:
+ *    "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project
+ *    for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit. (http://www.OpenSSL.org/)"
+ *
+ * 4. The names "OpenSSL Toolkit" and "OpenSSL Project" must not be used to
+ *    endorse or promote products derived from this software without
+ *    prior written permission. For written permission, please contact
+ *    licensing@OpenSSL.org.
+ *
+ * 5. Products derived from this software may not be called "OpenSSL"
+ *    nor may "OpenSSL" appear in their names without prior written
+ *    permission of the OpenSSL Project.
+ *
+ * 6. Redistributions of any form whatsoever must retain the following
+ *    acknowledgment:
+ *    "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project
+ *    for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit (http://www.OpenSSL.org/)"
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE OpenSSL PROJECT ``AS IS'' AND ANY
+ * EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OpenSSL PROJECT OR
+ * ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+ * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+ * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
+ * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
+ * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * ====================================================================
+ *
+ * This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young
+ * (eay@cryptsoft.com).  This product includes software written by Tim
+ * Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com).
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef HEADER_PKCS12_H
+#define HEADER_PKCS12_H
+
+#include <openssl/bio.h>
+#include <openssl/x509.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#define PKCS12_KEY_ID	1
+#define PKCS12_IV_ID	2
+#define PKCS12_MAC_ID	3
+
+/* Default iteration count */
+#ifndef PKCS12_DEFAULT_ITER
+#define PKCS12_DEFAULT_ITER	PKCS5_DEFAULT_ITER
+#endif
+
+#define PKCS12_MAC_KEY_LENGTH 20
+
+#define PKCS12_SALT_LEN	8
+
+/* Uncomment out next line for unicode password and names, otherwise ASCII */
+
+/*#define PBE_UNICODE*/
+
+#ifdef PBE_UNICODE
+#define PKCS12_key_gen PKCS12_key_gen_uni
+#define PKCS12_add_friendlyname PKCS12_add_friendlyname_uni
+#else
+#define PKCS12_key_gen PKCS12_key_gen_asc
+#define PKCS12_add_friendlyname PKCS12_add_friendlyname_asc
+#endif
+
+/* MS key usage constants */
+
+#define KEY_EX	0x10
+#define KEY_SIG 0x80
+
+typedef struct {
+X509_SIG *dinfo;
+ASN1_OCTET_STRING *salt;
+ASN1_INTEGER *iter;	/* defaults to 1 */
+} PKCS12_MAC_DATA;
+
+typedef struct {
+ASN1_INTEGER *version;
+PKCS12_MAC_DATA *mac;
+PKCS7 *authsafes;
+} PKCS12;
+
+typedef struct {
+ASN1_OBJECT *type;
+union {
+	struct pkcs12_bag_st *bag; /* secret, crl and certbag */
+	struct pkcs8_priv_key_info_st	*keybag; /* keybag */
+	X509_SIG *shkeybag; /* shrouded key bag */
+	STACK_OF(PKCS12_SAFEBAG) *safes;
+	ASN1_TYPE *other;
+}value;
+STACK_OF(X509_ATTRIBUTE) *attrib;
+} PKCS12_SAFEBAG;
+
+DECLARE_STACK_OF(PKCS12_SAFEBAG)
+DECLARE_ASN1_SET_OF(PKCS12_SAFEBAG)
+DECLARE_PKCS12_STACK_OF(PKCS12_SAFEBAG)
+
+typedef struct pkcs12_bag_st {
+ASN1_OBJECT *type;
+union {
+	ASN1_OCTET_STRING *x509cert;
+	ASN1_OCTET_STRING *x509crl;
+	ASN1_OCTET_STRING *octet;
+	ASN1_IA5STRING *sdsicert;
+	ASN1_TYPE *other; /* Secret or other bag */
+}value;
+} PKCS12_BAGS;
+
+#define PKCS12_ERROR	0
+#define PKCS12_OK	1
+
+/* Compatibility macros */
+
+#define M_PKCS12_x5092certbag PKCS12_x5092certbag
+#define M_PKCS12_x509crl2certbag PKCS12_x509crl2certbag
+
+#define M_PKCS12_certbag2x509 PKCS12_certbag2x509
+#define M_PKCS12_certbag2x509crl PKCS12_certbag2x509crl 
+
+#define M_PKCS12_unpack_p7data PKCS12_unpack_p7data
+#define M_PKCS12_pack_authsafes PKCS12_pack_authsafes
+#define M_PKCS12_unpack_authsafes PKCS12_unpack_authsafes
+#define M_PKCS12_unpack_p7encdata PKCS12_unpack_p7encdata
+
+#define M_PKCS12_decrypt_skey PKCS12_decrypt_skey
+#define M_PKCS8_decrypt PKCS8_decrypt
+
+#define M_PKCS12_bag_type(bg) OBJ_obj2nid((bg)->type)
+#define M_PKCS12_cert_bag_type(bg) OBJ_obj2nid((bg)->value.bag->type)
+#define M_PKCS12_crl_bag_type M_PKCS12_cert_bag_type
+
+#define PKCS12_get_attr(bag, attr_nid) \
+			 PKCS12_get_attr_gen(bag->attrib, attr_nid)
+
+#define PKCS8_get_attr(p8, attr_nid) \
+		PKCS12_get_attr_gen(p8->attributes, attr_nid)
+
+#define PKCS12_mac_present(p12) ((p12)->mac ? 1 : 0)
+
+
+PKCS12_SAFEBAG *PKCS12_x5092certbag(X509 *x509);
+PKCS12_SAFEBAG *PKCS12_x509crl2certbag(X509_CRL *crl);
+X509 *PKCS12_certbag2x509(PKCS12_SAFEBAG *bag);
+X509_CRL *PKCS12_certbag2x509crl(PKCS12_SAFEBAG *bag);
+
+PKCS12_SAFEBAG *PKCS12_item_pack_safebag(void *obj, const ASN1_ITEM *it, int nid1,
+	     int nid2);
+PKCS12_SAFEBAG *PKCS12_MAKE_KEYBAG(PKCS8_PRIV_KEY_INFO *p8);
+PKCS8_PRIV_KEY_INFO *PKCS8_decrypt(X509_SIG *p8, const char *pass, int passlen);
+PKCS8_PRIV_KEY_INFO *PKCS12_decrypt_skey(PKCS12_SAFEBAG *bag, const char *pass,
+								int passlen);
+X509_SIG *PKCS8_encrypt(int pbe_nid, const EVP_CIPHER *cipher, 
+			const char *pass, int passlen,
+			unsigned char *salt, int saltlen, int iter,
+			PKCS8_PRIV_KEY_INFO *p8);
+PKCS12_SAFEBAG *PKCS12_MAKE_SHKEYBAG(int pbe_nid, const char *pass,
+				     int passlen, unsigned char *salt,
+				     int saltlen, int iter,
+				     PKCS8_PRIV_KEY_INFO *p8);
+PKCS7 *PKCS12_pack_p7data(STACK_OF(PKCS12_SAFEBAG) *sk);
+STACK_OF(PKCS12_SAFEBAG) *PKCS12_unpack_p7data(PKCS7 *p7);
+PKCS7 *PKCS12_pack_p7encdata(int pbe_nid, const char *pass, int passlen,
+			     unsigned char *salt, int saltlen, int iter,
+			     STACK_OF(PKCS12_SAFEBAG) *bags);
+STACK_OF(PKCS12_SAFEBAG) *PKCS12_unpack_p7encdata(PKCS7 *p7, const char *pass, int passlen);
+
+int PKCS12_pack_authsafes(PKCS12 *p12, STACK_OF(PKCS7) *safes);
+STACK_OF(PKCS7) *PKCS12_unpack_authsafes(PKCS12 *p12);
+
+int PKCS12_add_localkeyid(PKCS12_SAFEBAG *bag, unsigned char *name, int namelen);
+int PKCS12_add_friendlyname_asc(PKCS12_SAFEBAG *bag, const char *name,
+				int namelen);
+int PKCS12_add_CSPName_asc(PKCS12_SAFEBAG *bag, const char *name,
+				int namelen);
+int PKCS12_add_friendlyname_uni(PKCS12_SAFEBAG *bag, const unsigned char *name,
+				int namelen);
+int PKCS8_add_keyusage(PKCS8_PRIV_KEY_INFO *p8, int usage);
+ASN1_TYPE *PKCS12_get_attr_gen(STACK_OF(X509_ATTRIBUTE) *attrs, int attr_nid);
+char *PKCS12_get_friendlyname(PKCS12_SAFEBAG *bag);
+unsigned char *PKCS12_pbe_crypt(X509_ALGOR *algor, const char *pass,
+				int passlen, unsigned char *in, int inlen,
+				unsigned char **data, int *datalen, int en_de);
+void * PKCS12_item_decrypt_d2i(X509_ALGOR *algor, const ASN1_ITEM *it,
+	     const char *pass, int passlen, ASN1_OCTET_STRING *oct, int zbuf);
+ASN1_OCTET_STRING *PKCS12_item_i2d_encrypt(X509_ALGOR *algor, const ASN1_ITEM *it,
+				       const char *pass, int passlen,
+				       void *obj, int zbuf);
+PKCS12 *PKCS12_init(int mode);
+int PKCS12_key_gen_asc(const char *pass, int passlen, unsigned char *salt,
+		       int saltlen, int id, int iter, int n,
+		       unsigned char *out, const EVP_MD *md_type);
+int PKCS12_key_gen_uni(unsigned char *pass, int passlen, unsigned char *salt, int saltlen, int id, int iter, int n, unsigned char *out, const EVP_MD *md_type);
+int PKCS12_PBE_keyivgen(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx, const char *pass, int passlen,
+			 ASN1_TYPE *param, const EVP_CIPHER *cipher, const EVP_MD *md_type,
+			 int en_de);
+int PKCS12_gen_mac(PKCS12 *p12, const char *pass, int passlen,
+			 unsigned char *mac, unsigned int *maclen);
+int PKCS12_verify_mac(PKCS12 *p12, const char *pass, int passlen);
+int PKCS12_set_mac(PKCS12 *p12, const char *pass, int passlen,
+		   unsigned char *salt, int saltlen, int iter,
+		   const EVP_MD *md_type);
+int PKCS12_setup_mac(PKCS12 *p12, int iter, unsigned char *salt,
+					 int saltlen, const EVP_MD *md_type);
+unsigned char *OPENSSL_asc2uni(const char *asc, int asclen, unsigned char **uni, int *unilen);
+char *OPENSSL_uni2asc(unsigned char *uni, int unilen);
+
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(PKCS12)
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(PKCS12_MAC_DATA)
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(PKCS12_SAFEBAG)
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(PKCS12_BAGS)
+
+DECLARE_ASN1_ITEM(PKCS12_SAFEBAGS)
+DECLARE_ASN1_ITEM(PKCS12_AUTHSAFES)
+
+void PKCS12_PBE_add(void);
+int PKCS12_parse(PKCS12 *p12, const char *pass, EVP_PKEY **pkey, X509 **cert,
+		 STACK_OF(X509) **ca);
+PKCS12 *PKCS12_create(char *pass, char *name, EVP_PKEY *pkey, X509 *cert,
+			 STACK_OF(X509) *ca, int nid_key, int nid_cert, int iter,
+						 int mac_iter, int keytype);
+
+PKCS12_SAFEBAG *PKCS12_add_cert(STACK_OF(PKCS12_SAFEBAG) **pbags, X509 *cert);
+PKCS12_SAFEBAG *PKCS12_add_key(STACK_OF(PKCS12_SAFEBAG) **pbags, EVP_PKEY *key,
+						int key_usage, int iter,
+						int key_nid, char *pass);
+int PKCS12_add_safe(STACK_OF(PKCS7) **psafes, STACK_OF(PKCS12_SAFEBAG) *bags,
+					int safe_nid, int iter, char *pass);
+PKCS12 *PKCS12_add_safes(STACK_OF(PKCS7) *safes, int p7_nid);
+
+int i2d_PKCS12_bio(BIO *bp, PKCS12 *p12);
+int i2d_PKCS12_fp(FILE *fp, PKCS12 *p12);
+PKCS12 *d2i_PKCS12_bio(BIO *bp, PKCS12 **p12);
+PKCS12 *d2i_PKCS12_fp(FILE *fp, PKCS12 **p12);
+int PKCS12_newpass(PKCS12 *p12, char *oldpass, char *newpass);
+
+/* BEGIN ERROR CODES */
+/* The following lines are auto generated by the script mkerr.pl. Any changes
+ * made after this point may be overwritten when the script is next run.
+ */
+void ERR_load_PKCS12_strings(void);
+
+/* Error codes for the PKCS12 functions. */
+
+/* Function codes. */
+#define PKCS12_F_PARSE_BAG				 129
+#define PKCS12_F_PARSE_BAGS				 103
+#define PKCS12_F_PKCS12_ADD_FRIENDLYNAME		 100
+#define PKCS12_F_PKCS12_ADD_FRIENDLYNAME_ASC		 127
+#define PKCS12_F_PKCS12_ADD_FRIENDLYNAME_UNI		 102
+#define PKCS12_F_PKCS12_ADD_LOCALKEYID			 104
+#define PKCS12_F_PKCS12_CREATE				 105
+#define PKCS12_F_PKCS12_GEN_MAC				 107
+#define PKCS12_F_PKCS12_INIT				 109
+#define PKCS12_F_PKCS12_ITEM_DECRYPT_D2I		 106
+#define PKCS12_F_PKCS12_ITEM_I2D_ENCRYPT		 108
+#define PKCS12_F_PKCS12_ITEM_PACK_SAFEBAG		 117
+#define PKCS12_F_PKCS12_KEY_GEN_ASC			 110
+#define PKCS12_F_PKCS12_KEY_GEN_UNI			 111
+#define PKCS12_F_PKCS12_MAKE_KEYBAG			 112
+#define PKCS12_F_PKCS12_MAKE_SHKEYBAG			 113
+#define PKCS12_F_PKCS12_NEWPASS				 128
+#define PKCS12_F_PKCS12_PACK_P7DATA			 114
+#define PKCS12_F_PKCS12_PACK_P7ENCDATA			 115
+#define PKCS12_F_PKCS12_PARSE				 118
+#define PKCS12_F_PKCS12_PBE_CRYPT			 119
+#define PKCS12_F_PKCS12_PBE_KEYIVGEN			 120
+#define PKCS12_F_PKCS12_SETUP_MAC			 122
+#define PKCS12_F_PKCS12_SET_MAC				 123
+#define PKCS12_F_PKCS12_UNPACK_AUTHSAFES		 130
+#define PKCS12_F_PKCS12_UNPACK_P7DATA			 131
+#define PKCS12_F_PKCS12_VERIFY_MAC			 126
+#define PKCS12_F_PKCS8_ADD_KEYUSAGE			 124
+#define PKCS12_F_PKCS8_ENCRYPT				 125
+
+/* Reason codes. */
+#define PKCS12_R_CANT_PACK_STRUCTURE			 100
+#define PKCS12_R_CONTENT_TYPE_NOT_DATA			 121
+#define PKCS12_R_DECODE_ERROR				 101
+#define PKCS12_R_ENCODE_ERROR				 102
+#define PKCS12_R_ENCRYPT_ERROR				 103
+#define PKCS12_R_ERROR_SETTING_ENCRYPTED_DATA_TYPE	 120
+#define PKCS12_R_INVALID_NULL_ARGUMENT			 104
+#define PKCS12_R_INVALID_NULL_PKCS12_POINTER		 105
+#define PKCS12_R_IV_GEN_ERROR				 106
+#define PKCS12_R_KEY_GEN_ERROR				 107
+#define PKCS12_R_MAC_ABSENT				 108
+#define PKCS12_R_MAC_GENERATION_ERROR			 109
+#define PKCS12_R_MAC_SETUP_ERROR			 110
+#define PKCS12_R_MAC_STRING_SET_ERROR			 111
+#define PKCS12_R_MAC_VERIFY_ERROR			 112
+#define PKCS12_R_MAC_VERIFY_FAILURE			 113
+#define PKCS12_R_PARSE_ERROR				 114
+#define PKCS12_R_PKCS12_ALGOR_CIPHERINIT_ERROR		 115
+#define PKCS12_R_PKCS12_CIPHERFINAL_ERROR		 116
+#define PKCS12_R_PKCS12_PBE_CRYPT_ERROR			 117
+#define PKCS12_R_UNKNOWN_DIGEST_ALGORITHM		 118
+#define PKCS12_R_UNSUPPORTED_PKCS12_MODE		 119
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/include/openssl/pkcs7.h b/lib/include/openssl/pkcs7.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..04f6037
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/include/openssl/pkcs7.h
@@ -0,0 +1,500 @@
+/* crypto/pkcs7/pkcs7.h */
+/* Copyright (C) 1995-1998 Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This package is an SSL implementation written
+ * by Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com).
+ * The implementation was written so as to conform with Netscapes SSL.
+ * 
+ * This library is free for commercial and non-commercial use as long as
+ * the following conditions are aheared to.  The following conditions
+ * apply to all code found in this distribution, be it the RC4, RSA,
+ * lhash, DES, etc., code; not just the SSL code.  The SSL documentation
+ * included with this distribution is covered by the same copyright terms
+ * except that the holder is Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com).
+ * 
+ * Copyright remains Eric Young's, and as such any Copyright notices in
+ * the code are not to be removed.
+ * If this package is used in a product, Eric Young should be given attribution
+ * as the author of the parts of the library used.
+ * This can be in the form of a textual message at program startup or
+ * in documentation (online or textual) provided with the package.
+ * 
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *    "This product includes cryptographic software written by
+ *     Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)"
+ *    The word 'cryptographic' can be left out if the rouines from the library
+ *    being used are not cryptographic related :-).
+ * 4. If you include any Windows specific code (or a derivative thereof) from 
+ *    the apps directory (application code) you must include an acknowledgement:
+ *    "This product includes software written by Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com)"
+ * 
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ERIC YOUNG ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * 
+ * The licence and distribution terms for any publically available version or
+ * derivative of this code cannot be changed.  i.e. this code cannot simply be
+ * copied and put under another distribution licence
+ * [including the GNU Public Licence.]
+ */
+
+#ifndef HEADER_PKCS7_H
+#define HEADER_PKCS7_H
+
+#include <openssl/asn1.h>
+#include <openssl/bio.h>
+#include <openssl/e_os2.h>
+
+#include <openssl/symhacks.h>
+#include <openssl/ossl_typ.h>
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#ifdef OPENSSL_SYS_WIN32
+/* Under Win32 thes are defined in wincrypt.h */
+#undef PKCS7_ISSUER_AND_SERIAL
+#undef PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO
+#endif
+
+/*
+Encryption_ID		DES-CBC
+Digest_ID		MD5
+Digest_Encryption_ID	rsaEncryption
+Key_Encryption_ID	rsaEncryption
+*/
+
+typedef struct pkcs7_issuer_and_serial_st
+	{
+	X509_NAME *issuer;
+	ASN1_INTEGER *serial;
+	} PKCS7_ISSUER_AND_SERIAL;
+
+typedef struct pkcs7_signer_info_st
+	{
+	ASN1_INTEGER 			*version;	/* version 1 */
+	PKCS7_ISSUER_AND_SERIAL		*issuer_and_serial;
+	X509_ALGOR			*digest_alg;
+	STACK_OF(X509_ATTRIBUTE)	*auth_attr;	/* [ 0 ] */
+	X509_ALGOR			*digest_enc_alg;
+	ASN1_OCTET_STRING		*enc_digest;
+	STACK_OF(X509_ATTRIBUTE)	*unauth_attr;	/* [ 1 ] */
+
+	/* The private key to sign with */
+	EVP_PKEY			*pkey;
+	} PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO;
+
+DECLARE_STACK_OF(PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO)
+DECLARE_ASN1_SET_OF(PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO)
+
+typedef struct pkcs7_recip_info_st
+	{
+	ASN1_INTEGER			*version;	/* version 0 */
+	PKCS7_ISSUER_AND_SERIAL		*issuer_and_serial;
+	X509_ALGOR			*key_enc_algor;
+	ASN1_OCTET_STRING		*enc_key;
+	X509				*cert; /* get the pub-key from this */
+	} PKCS7_RECIP_INFO;
+
+DECLARE_STACK_OF(PKCS7_RECIP_INFO)
+DECLARE_ASN1_SET_OF(PKCS7_RECIP_INFO)
+
+typedef struct pkcs7_signed_st
+	{
+	ASN1_INTEGER			*version;	/* version 1 */
+	STACK_OF(X509_ALGOR)		*md_algs;	/* md used */
+	STACK_OF(X509)			*cert;		/* [ 0 ] */
+	STACK_OF(X509_CRL)		*crl;		/* [ 1 ] */
+	STACK_OF(PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO)	*signer_info;
+
+	struct pkcs7_st			*contents;
+	} PKCS7_SIGNED;
+/* The above structure is very very similar to PKCS7_SIGN_ENVELOPE.
+ * How about merging the two */
+
+typedef struct pkcs7_enc_content_st
+	{
+	ASN1_OBJECT			*content_type;
+	X509_ALGOR			*algorithm;
+	ASN1_OCTET_STRING		*enc_data;	/* [ 0 ] */
+	const EVP_CIPHER		*cipher;
+	} PKCS7_ENC_CONTENT;
+
+typedef struct pkcs7_enveloped_st
+	{
+	ASN1_INTEGER			*version;	/* version 0 */
+	STACK_OF(PKCS7_RECIP_INFO)	*recipientinfo;
+	PKCS7_ENC_CONTENT		*enc_data;
+	} PKCS7_ENVELOPE;
+
+typedef struct pkcs7_signedandenveloped_st
+	{
+	ASN1_INTEGER			*version;	/* version 1 */
+	STACK_OF(X509_ALGOR)		*md_algs;	/* md used */
+	STACK_OF(X509)			*cert;		/* [ 0 ] */
+	STACK_OF(X509_CRL)		*crl;		/* [ 1 ] */
+	STACK_OF(PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO)	*signer_info;
+
+	PKCS7_ENC_CONTENT		*enc_data;
+	STACK_OF(PKCS7_RECIP_INFO)	*recipientinfo;
+	} PKCS7_SIGN_ENVELOPE;
+
+typedef struct pkcs7_digest_st
+	{
+	ASN1_INTEGER			*version;	/* version 0 */
+	X509_ALGOR			*md;		/* md used */
+	struct pkcs7_st 		*contents;
+	ASN1_OCTET_STRING		*digest;
+	} PKCS7_DIGEST;
+
+typedef struct pkcs7_encrypted_st
+	{
+	ASN1_INTEGER			*version;	/* version 0 */
+	PKCS7_ENC_CONTENT		*enc_data;
+	} PKCS7_ENCRYPT;
+
+typedef struct pkcs7_st
+	{
+	/* The following is non NULL if it contains ASN1 encoding of
+	 * this structure */
+	unsigned char *asn1;
+	long length;
+
+#define PKCS7_S_HEADER	0
+#define PKCS7_S_BODY	1
+#define PKCS7_S_TAIL	2
+	int state; /* used during processing */
+
+	int detached;
+
+	ASN1_OBJECT *type;
+	/* content as defined by the type */
+	/* all encryption/message digests are applied to the 'contents',
+	 * leaving out the 'type' field. */
+	union	{
+		char *ptr;
+
+		/* NID_pkcs7_data */
+		ASN1_OCTET_STRING *data;
+
+		/* NID_pkcs7_signed */
+		PKCS7_SIGNED *sign;
+
+		/* NID_pkcs7_enveloped */
+		PKCS7_ENVELOPE *enveloped;
+
+		/* NID_pkcs7_signedAndEnveloped */
+		PKCS7_SIGN_ENVELOPE *signed_and_enveloped;
+
+		/* NID_pkcs7_digest */
+		PKCS7_DIGEST *digest;
+
+		/* NID_pkcs7_encrypted */
+		PKCS7_ENCRYPT *encrypted;
+
+		/* Anything else */
+		ASN1_TYPE *other;
+		} d;
+	} PKCS7;
+
+DECLARE_STACK_OF(PKCS7)
+DECLARE_ASN1_SET_OF(PKCS7)
+DECLARE_PKCS12_STACK_OF(PKCS7)
+
+#define PKCS7_OP_SET_DETACHED_SIGNATURE	1
+#define PKCS7_OP_GET_DETACHED_SIGNATURE	2
+
+#define PKCS7_get_signed_attributes(si)	((si)->auth_attr)
+#define PKCS7_get_attributes(si)	((si)->unauth_attr)
+
+#define PKCS7_type_is_signed(a) (OBJ_obj2nid((a)->type) == NID_pkcs7_signed)
+#define PKCS7_type_is_encrypted(a) (OBJ_obj2nid((a)->type) == NID_pkcs7_encrypted)
+#define PKCS7_type_is_enveloped(a) (OBJ_obj2nid((a)->type) == NID_pkcs7_enveloped)
+#define PKCS7_type_is_signedAndEnveloped(a) \
+		(OBJ_obj2nid((a)->type) == NID_pkcs7_signedAndEnveloped)
+#define PKCS7_type_is_data(a)   (OBJ_obj2nid((a)->type) == NID_pkcs7_data)
+#define PKCS7_type_is_digest(a)   (OBJ_obj2nid((a)->type) == NID_pkcs7_digest)
+#define PKCS7_type_is_encrypted(a) \
+		(OBJ_obj2nid((a)->type) == NID_pkcs7_encrypted)
+
+#define PKCS7_type_is_digest(a)   (OBJ_obj2nid((a)->type) == NID_pkcs7_digest)
+
+#define PKCS7_set_detached(p,v) \
+		PKCS7_ctrl(p,PKCS7_OP_SET_DETACHED_SIGNATURE,v,NULL)
+#define PKCS7_get_detached(p) \
+		PKCS7_ctrl(p,PKCS7_OP_GET_DETACHED_SIGNATURE,0,NULL)
+
+#define PKCS7_is_detached(p7) (PKCS7_type_is_signed(p7) && PKCS7_get_detached(p7))
+
+/* S/MIME related flags */
+
+#define PKCS7_TEXT		0x1
+#define PKCS7_NOCERTS		0x2
+#define PKCS7_NOSIGS		0x4
+#define PKCS7_NOCHAIN		0x8
+#define PKCS7_NOINTERN		0x10
+#define PKCS7_NOVERIFY		0x20
+#define PKCS7_DETACHED		0x40
+#define PKCS7_BINARY		0x80
+#define PKCS7_NOATTR		0x100
+#define	PKCS7_NOSMIMECAP	0x200
+#define PKCS7_NOOLDMIMETYPE	0x400
+#define PKCS7_CRLFEOL		0x800
+#define PKCS7_STREAM		0x1000
+#define PKCS7_NOCRL		0x2000
+#define PKCS7_PARTIAL		0x4000
+#define PKCS7_REUSE_DIGEST	0x8000
+
+/* Flags: for compatibility with older code */
+
+#define SMIME_TEXT	PKCS7_TEXT
+#define SMIME_NOCERTS	PKCS7_NOCERTS
+#define SMIME_NOSIGS	PKCS7_NOSIGS
+#define SMIME_NOCHAIN	PKCS7_NOCHAIN
+#define SMIME_NOINTERN	PKCS7_NOINTERN
+#define SMIME_NOVERIFY	PKCS7_NOVERIFY
+#define SMIME_DETACHED	PKCS7_DETACHED
+#define SMIME_BINARY	PKCS7_BINARY
+#define SMIME_NOATTR	PKCS7_NOATTR
+
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(PKCS7_ISSUER_AND_SERIAL)
+
+int PKCS7_ISSUER_AND_SERIAL_digest(PKCS7_ISSUER_AND_SERIAL *data,const EVP_MD *type,
+	unsigned char *md,unsigned int *len);
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_FP_API
+PKCS7 *d2i_PKCS7_fp(FILE *fp,PKCS7 **p7);
+int i2d_PKCS7_fp(FILE *fp,PKCS7 *p7);
+#endif
+PKCS7 *PKCS7_dup(PKCS7 *p7);
+PKCS7 *d2i_PKCS7_bio(BIO *bp,PKCS7 **p7);
+int i2d_PKCS7_bio(BIO *bp,PKCS7 *p7);
+int i2d_PKCS7_bio_stream(BIO *out, PKCS7 *p7, BIO *in, int flags);
+int PEM_write_bio_PKCS7_stream(BIO *out, PKCS7 *p7, BIO *in, int flags);
+
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO)
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(PKCS7_RECIP_INFO)
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(PKCS7_SIGNED)
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(PKCS7_ENC_CONTENT)
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(PKCS7_ENVELOPE)
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(PKCS7_SIGN_ENVELOPE)
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(PKCS7_DIGEST)
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(PKCS7_ENCRYPT)
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(PKCS7)
+
+DECLARE_ASN1_ITEM(PKCS7_ATTR_SIGN)
+DECLARE_ASN1_ITEM(PKCS7_ATTR_VERIFY)
+
+DECLARE_ASN1_NDEF_FUNCTION(PKCS7)
+DECLARE_ASN1_PRINT_FUNCTION(PKCS7)
+
+long PKCS7_ctrl(PKCS7 *p7, int cmd, long larg, char *parg);
+
+int PKCS7_set_type(PKCS7 *p7, int type);
+int PKCS7_set0_type_other(PKCS7 *p7, int type, ASN1_TYPE *other);
+int PKCS7_set_content(PKCS7 *p7, PKCS7 *p7_data);
+int PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO_set(PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO *p7i, X509 *x509, EVP_PKEY *pkey,
+	const EVP_MD *dgst);
+int PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO_sign(PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO *si);
+int PKCS7_add_signer(PKCS7 *p7, PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO *p7i);
+int PKCS7_add_certificate(PKCS7 *p7, X509 *x509);
+int PKCS7_add_crl(PKCS7 *p7, X509_CRL *x509);
+int PKCS7_content_new(PKCS7 *p7, int nid);
+int PKCS7_dataVerify(X509_STORE *cert_store, X509_STORE_CTX *ctx,
+	BIO *bio, PKCS7 *p7, PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO *si); 
+int PKCS7_signatureVerify(BIO *bio, PKCS7 *p7, PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO *si,
+								X509 *x509);
+
+BIO *PKCS7_dataInit(PKCS7 *p7, BIO *bio);
+int PKCS7_dataFinal(PKCS7 *p7, BIO *bio);
+BIO *PKCS7_dataDecode(PKCS7 *p7, EVP_PKEY *pkey, BIO *in_bio, X509 *pcert);
+
+
+PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO *PKCS7_add_signature(PKCS7 *p7, X509 *x509,
+	EVP_PKEY *pkey, const EVP_MD *dgst);
+X509 *PKCS7_cert_from_signer_info(PKCS7 *p7, PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO *si);
+int PKCS7_set_digest(PKCS7 *p7, const EVP_MD *md);
+STACK_OF(PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO) *PKCS7_get_signer_info(PKCS7 *p7);
+
+PKCS7_RECIP_INFO *PKCS7_add_recipient(PKCS7 *p7, X509 *x509);
+void PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO_get0_algs(PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO *si, EVP_PKEY **pk,
+					X509_ALGOR **pdig, X509_ALGOR **psig);
+void PKCS7_RECIP_INFO_get0_alg(PKCS7_RECIP_INFO *ri, X509_ALGOR **penc);
+int PKCS7_add_recipient_info(PKCS7 *p7, PKCS7_RECIP_INFO *ri);
+int PKCS7_RECIP_INFO_set(PKCS7_RECIP_INFO *p7i, X509 *x509);
+int PKCS7_set_cipher(PKCS7 *p7, const EVP_CIPHER *cipher);
+int PKCS7_stream(unsigned char ***boundary, PKCS7 *p7);
+
+PKCS7_ISSUER_AND_SERIAL *PKCS7_get_issuer_and_serial(PKCS7 *p7, int idx);
+ASN1_OCTET_STRING *PKCS7_digest_from_attributes(STACK_OF(X509_ATTRIBUTE) *sk);
+int PKCS7_add_signed_attribute(PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO *p7si,int nid,int type,
+	void *data);
+int PKCS7_add_attribute (PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO *p7si, int nid, int atrtype,
+	void *value);
+ASN1_TYPE *PKCS7_get_attribute(PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO *si, int nid);
+ASN1_TYPE *PKCS7_get_signed_attribute(PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO *si, int nid);
+int PKCS7_set_signed_attributes(PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO *p7si,
+				STACK_OF(X509_ATTRIBUTE) *sk);
+int PKCS7_set_attributes(PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO *p7si,STACK_OF(X509_ATTRIBUTE) *sk);
+
+
+PKCS7 *PKCS7_sign(X509 *signcert, EVP_PKEY *pkey, STACK_OF(X509) *certs,
+							BIO *data, int flags);
+
+PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO *PKCS7_sign_add_signer(PKCS7 *p7,
+			X509 *signcert, EVP_PKEY *pkey, const EVP_MD *md,
+			int flags);
+
+int PKCS7_final(PKCS7 *p7, BIO *data, int flags);
+int PKCS7_verify(PKCS7 *p7, STACK_OF(X509) *certs, X509_STORE *store,
+					BIO *indata, BIO *out, int flags);
+STACK_OF(X509) *PKCS7_get0_signers(PKCS7 *p7, STACK_OF(X509) *certs, int flags);
+PKCS7 *PKCS7_encrypt(STACK_OF(X509) *certs, BIO *in, const EVP_CIPHER *cipher,
+								int flags);
+int PKCS7_decrypt(PKCS7 *p7, EVP_PKEY *pkey, X509 *cert, BIO *data, int flags);
+
+int PKCS7_add_attrib_smimecap(PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO *si,
+			      STACK_OF(X509_ALGOR) *cap);
+STACK_OF(X509_ALGOR) *PKCS7_get_smimecap(PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO *si);
+int PKCS7_simple_smimecap(STACK_OF(X509_ALGOR) *sk, int nid, int arg);
+
+int PKCS7_add_attrib_content_type(PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO *si, ASN1_OBJECT *coid);
+int PKCS7_add0_attrib_signing_time(PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO *si, ASN1_TIME *t);
+int PKCS7_add1_attrib_digest(PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO *si,
+				const unsigned char *md, int mdlen);
+
+int SMIME_write_PKCS7(BIO *bio, PKCS7 *p7, BIO *data, int flags);
+PKCS7 *SMIME_read_PKCS7(BIO *bio, BIO **bcont);
+
+BIO *BIO_new_PKCS7(BIO *out, PKCS7 *p7);
+
+
+/* BEGIN ERROR CODES */
+/* The following lines are auto generated by the script mkerr.pl. Any changes
+ * made after this point may be overwritten when the script is next run.
+ */
+void ERR_load_PKCS7_strings(void);
+
+/* Error codes for the PKCS7 functions. */
+
+/* Function codes. */
+#define PKCS7_F_B64_READ_PKCS7				 120
+#define PKCS7_F_B64_WRITE_PKCS7				 121
+#define PKCS7_F_DO_PKCS7_SIGNED_ATTRIB			 136
+#define PKCS7_F_I2D_PKCS7_BIO_STREAM			 140
+#define PKCS7_F_PKCS7_ADD0_ATTRIB_SIGNING_TIME		 135
+#define PKCS7_F_PKCS7_ADD_ATTRIB_SMIMECAP		 118
+#define PKCS7_F_PKCS7_ADD_CERTIFICATE			 100
+#define PKCS7_F_PKCS7_ADD_CRL				 101
+#define PKCS7_F_PKCS7_ADD_RECIPIENT_INFO		 102
+#define PKCS7_F_PKCS7_ADD_SIGNATURE			 131
+#define PKCS7_F_PKCS7_ADD_SIGNER			 103
+#define PKCS7_F_PKCS7_BIO_ADD_DIGEST			 125
+#define PKCS7_F_PKCS7_COPY_EXISTING_DIGEST		 138
+#define PKCS7_F_PKCS7_CTRL				 104
+#define PKCS7_F_PKCS7_DATADECODE			 112
+#define PKCS7_F_PKCS7_DATAFINAL				 128
+#define PKCS7_F_PKCS7_DATAINIT				 105
+#define PKCS7_F_PKCS7_DATASIGN				 106
+#define PKCS7_F_PKCS7_DATAVERIFY			 107
+#define PKCS7_F_PKCS7_DECRYPT				 114
+#define PKCS7_F_PKCS7_DECRYPT_RINFO			 133
+#define PKCS7_F_PKCS7_ENCODE_RINFO			 132
+#define PKCS7_F_PKCS7_ENCRYPT				 115
+#define PKCS7_F_PKCS7_FINAL				 134
+#define PKCS7_F_PKCS7_FIND_DIGEST			 127
+#define PKCS7_F_PKCS7_GET0_SIGNERS			 124
+#define PKCS7_F_PKCS7_RECIP_INFO_SET			 130
+#define PKCS7_F_PKCS7_SET_CIPHER			 108
+#define PKCS7_F_PKCS7_SET_CONTENT			 109
+#define PKCS7_F_PKCS7_SET_DIGEST			 126
+#define PKCS7_F_PKCS7_SET_TYPE				 110
+#define PKCS7_F_PKCS7_SIGN				 116
+#define PKCS7_F_PKCS7_SIGNATUREVERIFY			 113
+#define PKCS7_F_PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO_SET			 129
+#define PKCS7_F_PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO_SIGN			 139
+#define PKCS7_F_PKCS7_SIGN_ADD_SIGNER			 137
+#define PKCS7_F_PKCS7_SIMPLE_SMIMECAP			 119
+#define PKCS7_F_PKCS7_VERIFY				 117
+#define PKCS7_F_SMIME_READ_PKCS7			 122
+#define PKCS7_F_SMIME_TEXT				 123
+
+/* Reason codes. */
+#define PKCS7_R_CERTIFICATE_VERIFY_ERROR		 117
+#define PKCS7_R_CIPHER_HAS_NO_OBJECT_IDENTIFIER		 144
+#define PKCS7_R_CIPHER_NOT_INITIALIZED			 116
+#define PKCS7_R_CONTENT_AND_DATA_PRESENT		 118
+#define PKCS7_R_CTRL_ERROR				 152
+#define PKCS7_R_DECODE_ERROR				 130
+#define PKCS7_R_DECRYPTED_KEY_IS_WRONG_LENGTH		 100
+#define PKCS7_R_DECRYPT_ERROR				 119
+#define PKCS7_R_DIGEST_FAILURE				 101
+#define PKCS7_R_ENCRYPTION_CTRL_FAILURE			 149
+#define PKCS7_R_ENCRYPTION_NOT_SUPPORTED_FOR_THIS_KEY_TYPE 150
+#define PKCS7_R_ERROR_ADDING_RECIPIENT			 120
+#define PKCS7_R_ERROR_SETTING_CIPHER			 121
+#define PKCS7_R_INVALID_MIME_TYPE			 131
+#define PKCS7_R_INVALID_NULL_POINTER			 143
+#define PKCS7_R_INVALID_SIGNED_DATA_TYPE		 155
+#define PKCS7_R_MIME_NO_CONTENT_TYPE			 132
+#define PKCS7_R_MIME_PARSE_ERROR			 133
+#define PKCS7_R_MIME_SIG_PARSE_ERROR			 134
+#define PKCS7_R_MISSING_CERIPEND_INFO			 103
+#define PKCS7_R_NO_CONTENT				 122
+#define PKCS7_R_NO_CONTENT_TYPE				 135
+#define PKCS7_R_NO_DEFAULT_DIGEST			 151
+#define PKCS7_R_NO_MATCHING_DIGEST_TYPE_FOUND		 154
+#define PKCS7_R_NO_MULTIPART_BODY_FAILURE		 136
+#define PKCS7_R_NO_MULTIPART_BOUNDARY			 137
+#define PKCS7_R_NO_RECIPIENT_MATCHES_CERTIFICATE	 115
+#define PKCS7_R_NO_RECIPIENT_MATCHES_KEY		 146
+#define PKCS7_R_NO_SIGNATURES_ON_DATA			 123
+#define PKCS7_R_NO_SIGNERS				 142
+#define PKCS7_R_NO_SIG_CONTENT_TYPE			 138
+#define PKCS7_R_OPERATION_NOT_SUPPORTED_ON_THIS_TYPE	 104
+#define PKCS7_R_PKCS7_ADD_SIGNATURE_ERROR		 124
+#define PKCS7_R_PKCS7_ADD_SIGNER_ERROR			 153
+#define PKCS7_R_PKCS7_DATAFINAL				 126
+#define PKCS7_R_PKCS7_DATAFINAL_ERROR			 125
+#define PKCS7_R_PKCS7_DATASIGN				 145
+#define PKCS7_R_PKCS7_PARSE_ERROR			 139
+#define PKCS7_R_PKCS7_SIG_PARSE_ERROR			 140
+#define PKCS7_R_PRIVATE_KEY_DOES_NOT_MATCH_CERTIFICATE	 127
+#define PKCS7_R_SIGNATURE_FAILURE			 105
+#define PKCS7_R_SIGNER_CERTIFICATE_NOT_FOUND		 128
+#define PKCS7_R_SIGNING_CTRL_FAILURE			 147
+#define PKCS7_R_SIGNING_NOT_SUPPORTED_FOR_THIS_KEY_TYPE	 148
+#define PKCS7_R_SIG_INVALID_MIME_TYPE			 141
+#define PKCS7_R_SMIME_TEXT_ERROR			 129
+#define PKCS7_R_UNABLE_TO_FIND_CERTIFICATE		 106
+#define PKCS7_R_UNABLE_TO_FIND_MEM_BIO			 107
+#define PKCS7_R_UNABLE_TO_FIND_MESSAGE_DIGEST		 108
+#define PKCS7_R_UNKNOWN_DIGEST_TYPE			 109
+#define PKCS7_R_UNKNOWN_OPERATION			 110
+#define PKCS7_R_UNSUPPORTED_CIPHER_TYPE			 111
+#define PKCS7_R_UNSUPPORTED_CONTENT_TYPE		 112
+#define PKCS7_R_WRONG_CONTENT_TYPE			 113
+#define PKCS7_R_WRONG_PKCS7_TYPE			 114
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/include/openssl/pqueue.h b/lib/include/openssl/pqueue.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..87fc903
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/include/openssl/pqueue.h
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+/* crypto/pqueue/pqueue.h */
+/* 
+ * DTLS implementation written by Nagendra Modadugu
+ * (nagendra@cs.stanford.edu) for the OpenSSL project 2005.  
+ */
+/* ====================================================================
+ * Copyright (c) 1999-2005 The OpenSSL Project.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 
+ *
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+ *    the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+ *    distribution.
+ *
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this
+ *    software must display the following acknowledgment:
+ *    "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project
+ *    for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit. (http://www.OpenSSL.org/)"
+ *
+ * 4. The names "OpenSSL Toolkit" and "OpenSSL Project" must not be used to
+ *    endorse or promote products derived from this software without
+ *    prior written permission. For written permission, please contact
+ *    openssl-core@OpenSSL.org.
+ *
+ * 5. Products derived from this software may not be called "OpenSSL"
+ *    nor may "OpenSSL" appear in their names without prior written
+ *    permission of the OpenSSL Project.
+ *
+ * 6. Redistributions of any form whatsoever must retain the following
+ *    acknowledgment:
+ *    "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project
+ *    for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit (http://www.OpenSSL.org/)"
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE OpenSSL PROJECT ``AS IS'' AND ANY
+ * EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OpenSSL PROJECT OR
+ * ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+ * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+ * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
+ * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
+ * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * ====================================================================
+ *
+ * This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young
+ * (eay@cryptsoft.com).  This product includes software written by Tim
+ * Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com).
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef HEADER_PQUEUE_H
+#define HEADER_PQUEUE_H
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+typedef struct _pqueue *pqueue;
+
+typedef struct _pitem
+	{
+	unsigned char priority[8]; /* 64-bit value in big-endian encoding */
+	void *data;
+	struct _pitem *next;
+	} pitem;
+
+typedef struct _pitem *piterator;
+
+pitem *pitem_new(unsigned char *prio64be, void *data);
+void   pitem_free(pitem *item);
+
+pqueue pqueue_new(void);
+void   pqueue_free(pqueue pq);
+
+pitem *pqueue_insert(pqueue pq, pitem *item);
+pitem *pqueue_peek(pqueue pq);
+pitem *pqueue_pop(pqueue pq);
+pitem *pqueue_find(pqueue pq, unsigned char *prio64be);
+pitem *pqueue_iterator(pqueue pq);
+pitem *pqueue_next(piterator *iter);
+
+void   pqueue_print(pqueue pq);
+int    pqueue_size(pqueue pq);
+
+#endif /* ! HEADER_PQUEUE_H */
diff --git a/lib/include/openssl/rand.h b/lib/include/openssl/rand.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bb5520e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/include/openssl/rand.h
@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
+/* crypto/rand/rand.h */
+/* Copyright (C) 1995-1998 Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This package is an SSL implementation written
+ * by Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com).
+ * The implementation was written so as to conform with Netscapes SSL.
+ * 
+ * This library is free for commercial and non-commercial use as long as
+ * the following conditions are aheared to.  The following conditions
+ * apply to all code found in this distribution, be it the RC4, RSA,
+ * lhash, DES, etc., code; not just the SSL code.  The SSL documentation
+ * included with this distribution is covered by the same copyright terms
+ * except that the holder is Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com).
+ * 
+ * Copyright remains Eric Young's, and as such any Copyright notices in
+ * the code are not to be removed.
+ * If this package is used in a product, Eric Young should be given attribution
+ * as the author of the parts of the library used.
+ * This can be in the form of a textual message at program startup or
+ * in documentation (online or textual) provided with the package.
+ * 
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *    "This product includes cryptographic software written by
+ *     Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)"
+ *    The word 'cryptographic' can be left out if the rouines from the library
+ *    being used are not cryptographic related :-).
+ * 4. If you include any Windows specific code (or a derivative thereof) from 
+ *    the apps directory (application code) you must include an acknowledgement:
+ *    "This product includes software written by Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com)"
+ * 
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ERIC YOUNG ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * 
+ * The licence and distribution terms for any publically available version or
+ * derivative of this code cannot be changed.  i.e. this code cannot simply be
+ * copied and put under another distribution licence
+ * [including the GNU Public Licence.]
+ */
+
+#ifndef HEADER_RAND_H
+#define HEADER_RAND_H
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <openssl/ossl_typ.h>
+#include <openssl/e_os2.h>
+
+#if defined(OPENSSL_SYS_WINDOWS)
+#include <windows.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if defined(OPENSSL_FIPS)
+#define FIPS_RAND_SIZE_T size_t
+#endif
+
+/* Already defined in ossl_typ.h */
+/* typedef struct rand_meth_st RAND_METHOD; */
+
+struct rand_meth_st
+	{
+	void (*seed)(const void *buf, int num);
+	int (*bytes)(unsigned char *buf, int num);
+	void (*cleanup)(void);
+	void (*add)(const void *buf, int num, double entropy);
+	int (*pseudorand)(unsigned char *buf, int num);
+	int (*status)(void);
+	};
+
+#ifdef BN_DEBUG
+extern int rand_predictable;
+#endif
+
+int RAND_set_rand_method(const RAND_METHOD *meth);
+const RAND_METHOD *RAND_get_rand_method(void);
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_ENGINE
+int RAND_set_rand_engine(ENGINE *engine);
+#endif
+RAND_METHOD *RAND_SSLeay(void);
+void RAND_cleanup(void );
+int  RAND_bytes(unsigned char *buf,int num);
+int  RAND_pseudo_bytes(unsigned char *buf,int num);
+void RAND_seed(const void *buf,int num);
+void RAND_add(const void *buf,int num,double entropy);
+int  RAND_load_file(const char *file,long max_bytes);
+int  RAND_write_file(const char *file);
+const char *RAND_file_name(char *file,size_t num);
+int RAND_status(void);
+int RAND_query_egd_bytes(const char *path, unsigned char *buf, int bytes);
+int RAND_egd(const char *path);
+int RAND_egd_bytes(const char *path,int bytes);
+int RAND_poll(void);
+
+#if defined(OPENSSL_SYS_WINDOWS) || defined(OPENSSL_SYS_WIN32)
+
+void RAND_screen(void);
+int RAND_event(UINT, WPARAM, LPARAM);
+
+#endif
+
+#ifdef OPENSSL_FIPS
+void RAND_set_fips_drbg_type(int type, int flags);
+int RAND_init_fips(void);
+#endif
+
+/* BEGIN ERROR CODES */
+/* The following lines are auto generated by the script mkerr.pl. Any changes
+ * made after this point may be overwritten when the script is next run.
+ */
+void ERR_load_RAND_strings(void);
+
+/* Error codes for the RAND functions. */
+
+/* Function codes. */
+#define RAND_F_RAND_GET_RAND_METHOD			 101
+#define RAND_F_RAND_INIT_FIPS				 102
+#define RAND_F_SSLEAY_RAND_BYTES			 100
+
+/* Reason codes. */
+#define RAND_R_DUAL_EC_DRBG_DISABLED			 104
+#define RAND_R_ERROR_INITIALISING_DRBG			 102
+#define RAND_R_ERROR_INSTANTIATING_DRBG			 103
+#define RAND_R_NO_FIPS_RANDOM_METHOD_SET		 101
+#define RAND_R_PRNG_NOT_SEEDED				 100
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/include/openssl/rc2.h b/lib/include/openssl/rc2.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e542ec9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/include/openssl/rc2.h
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+/* crypto/rc2/rc2.h */
+/* Copyright (C) 1995-1997 Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This package is an SSL implementation written
+ * by Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com).
+ * The implementation was written so as to conform with Netscapes SSL.
+ * 
+ * This library is free for commercial and non-commercial use as long as
+ * the following conditions are aheared to.  The following conditions
+ * apply to all code found in this distribution, be it the RC4, RSA,
+ * lhash, DES, etc., code; not just the SSL code.  The SSL documentation
+ * included with this distribution is covered by the same copyright terms
+ * except that the holder is Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com).
+ * 
+ * Copyright remains Eric Young's, and as such any Copyright notices in
+ * the code are not to be removed.
+ * If this package is used in a product, Eric Young should be given attribution
+ * as the author of the parts of the library used.
+ * This can be in the form of a textual message at program startup or
+ * in documentation (online or textual) provided with the package.
+ * 
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *    "This product includes cryptographic software written by
+ *     Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)"
+ *    The word 'cryptographic' can be left out if the rouines from the library
+ *    being used are not cryptographic related :-).
+ * 4. If you include any Windows specific code (or a derivative thereof) from 
+ *    the apps directory (application code) you must include an acknowledgement:
+ *    "This product includes software written by Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com)"
+ * 
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ERIC YOUNG ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * 
+ * The licence and distribution terms for any publically available version or
+ * derivative of this code cannot be changed.  i.e. this code cannot simply be
+ * copied and put under another distribution licence
+ * [including the GNU Public Licence.]
+ */
+
+#ifndef HEADER_RC2_H
+#define HEADER_RC2_H
+
+#include <openssl/opensslconf.h> /* OPENSSL_NO_RC2, RC2_INT */
+#ifdef OPENSSL_NO_RC2
+#error RC2 is disabled.
+#endif
+
+#define RC2_ENCRYPT	1
+#define RC2_DECRYPT	0
+
+#define RC2_BLOCK	8
+#define RC2_KEY_LENGTH	16
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+typedef struct rc2_key_st
+	{
+	RC2_INT data[64];
+	} RC2_KEY;
+
+#ifdef OPENSSL_FIPS 
+void private_RC2_set_key(RC2_KEY *key, int len, const unsigned char *data,int bits);
+#endif
+void RC2_set_key(RC2_KEY *key, int len, const unsigned char *data,int bits);
+void RC2_ecb_encrypt(const unsigned char *in,unsigned char *out,RC2_KEY *key,
+		     int enc);
+void RC2_encrypt(unsigned long *data,RC2_KEY *key);
+void RC2_decrypt(unsigned long *data,RC2_KEY *key);
+void RC2_cbc_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out, long length,
+	RC2_KEY *ks, unsigned char *iv, int enc);
+void RC2_cfb64_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out,
+		       long length, RC2_KEY *schedule, unsigned char *ivec,
+		       int *num, int enc);
+void RC2_ofb64_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out,
+		       long length, RC2_KEY *schedule, unsigned char *ivec,
+		       int *num);
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/include/openssl/rc4.h b/lib/include/openssl/rc4.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..88ceb46
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/include/openssl/rc4.h
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+/* crypto/rc4/rc4.h */
+/* Copyright (C) 1995-1997 Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This package is an SSL implementation written
+ * by Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com).
+ * The implementation was written so as to conform with Netscapes SSL.
+ * 
+ * This library is free for commercial and non-commercial use as long as
+ * the following conditions are aheared to.  The following conditions
+ * apply to all code found in this distribution, be it the RC4, RSA,
+ * lhash, DES, etc., code; not just the SSL code.  The SSL documentation
+ * included with this distribution is covered by the same copyright terms
+ * except that the holder is Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com).
+ * 
+ * Copyright remains Eric Young's, and as such any Copyright notices in
+ * the code are not to be removed.
+ * If this package is used in a product, Eric Young should be given attribution
+ * as the author of the parts of the library used.
+ * This can be in the form of a textual message at program startup or
+ * in documentation (online or textual) provided with the package.
+ * 
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *    "This product includes cryptographic software written by
+ *     Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)"
+ *    The word 'cryptographic' can be left out if the rouines from the library
+ *    being used are not cryptographic related :-).
+ * 4. If you include any Windows specific code (or a derivative thereof) from 
+ *    the apps directory (application code) you must include an acknowledgement:
+ *    "This product includes software written by Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com)"
+ * 
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ERIC YOUNG ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * 
+ * The licence and distribution terms for any publically available version or
+ * derivative of this code cannot be changed.  i.e. this code cannot simply be
+ * copied and put under another distribution licence
+ * [including the GNU Public Licence.]
+ */
+
+#ifndef HEADER_RC4_H
+#define HEADER_RC4_H
+
+#include <openssl/opensslconf.h> /* OPENSSL_NO_RC4, RC4_INT */
+#ifdef OPENSSL_NO_RC4
+#error RC4 is disabled.
+#endif
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+typedef struct rc4_key_st
+	{
+	RC4_INT x,y;
+	RC4_INT data[256];
+	} RC4_KEY;
+
+ 
+const char *RC4_options(void);
+void RC4_set_key(RC4_KEY *key, int len, const unsigned char *data);
+void private_RC4_set_key(RC4_KEY *key, int len, const unsigned char *data);
+void RC4(RC4_KEY *key, size_t len, const unsigned char *indata,
+		unsigned char *outdata);
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/include/openssl/ripemd.h b/lib/include/openssl/ripemd.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..189bd8c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/include/openssl/ripemd.h
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+/* crypto/ripemd/ripemd.h */
+/* Copyright (C) 1995-1998 Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This package is an SSL implementation written
+ * by Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com).
+ * The implementation was written so as to conform with Netscapes SSL.
+ * 
+ * This library is free for commercial and non-commercial use as long as
+ * the following conditions are aheared to.  The following conditions
+ * apply to all code found in this distribution, be it the RC4, RSA,
+ * lhash, DES, etc., code; not just the SSL code.  The SSL documentation
+ * included with this distribution is covered by the same copyright terms
+ * except that the holder is Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com).
+ * 
+ * Copyright remains Eric Young's, and as such any Copyright notices in
+ * the code are not to be removed.
+ * If this package is used in a product, Eric Young should be given attribution
+ * as the author of the parts of the library used.
+ * This can be in the form of a textual message at program startup or
+ * in documentation (online or textual) provided with the package.
+ * 
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *    "This product includes cryptographic software written by
+ *     Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)"
+ *    The word 'cryptographic' can be left out if the rouines from the library
+ *    being used are not cryptographic related :-).
+ * 4. If you include any Windows specific code (or a derivative thereof) from 
+ *    the apps directory (application code) you must include an acknowledgement:
+ *    "This product includes software written by Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com)"
+ * 
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ERIC YOUNG ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * 
+ * The licence and distribution terms for any publically available version or
+ * derivative of this code cannot be changed.  i.e. this code cannot simply be
+ * copied and put under another distribution licence
+ * [including the GNU Public Licence.]
+ */
+
+#ifndef HEADER_RIPEMD_H
+#define HEADER_RIPEMD_H
+
+#include <openssl/e_os2.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#ifdef OPENSSL_NO_RIPEMD
+#error RIPEMD is disabled.
+#endif
+
+#if defined(__LP32__)
+#define RIPEMD160_LONG unsigned long
+#elif defined(OPENSSL_SYS_CRAY) || defined(__ILP64__)
+#define RIPEMD160_LONG unsigned long
+#define RIPEMD160_LONG_LOG2 3
+#else
+#define RIPEMD160_LONG unsigned int
+#endif
+
+#define RIPEMD160_CBLOCK	64
+#define RIPEMD160_LBLOCK	(RIPEMD160_CBLOCK/4)
+#define RIPEMD160_DIGEST_LENGTH	20
+
+typedef struct RIPEMD160state_st
+	{
+	RIPEMD160_LONG A,B,C,D,E;
+	RIPEMD160_LONG Nl,Nh;
+	RIPEMD160_LONG data[RIPEMD160_LBLOCK];
+	unsigned int   num;
+	} RIPEMD160_CTX;
+
+#ifdef OPENSSL_FIPS
+int private_RIPEMD160_Init(RIPEMD160_CTX *c);
+#endif
+int RIPEMD160_Init(RIPEMD160_CTX *c);
+int RIPEMD160_Update(RIPEMD160_CTX *c, const void *data, size_t len);
+int RIPEMD160_Final(unsigned char *md, RIPEMD160_CTX *c);
+unsigned char *RIPEMD160(const unsigned char *d, size_t n,
+	unsigned char *md);
+void RIPEMD160_Transform(RIPEMD160_CTX *c, const unsigned char *b);
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/include/openssl/rsa.h b/lib/include/openssl/rsa.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5f269e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/include/openssl/rsa.h
@@ -0,0 +1,582 @@
+/* crypto/rsa/rsa.h */
+/* Copyright (C) 1995-1998 Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This package is an SSL implementation written
+ * by Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com).
+ * The implementation was written so as to conform with Netscapes SSL.
+ * 
+ * This library is free for commercial and non-commercial use as long as
+ * the following conditions are aheared to.  The following conditions
+ * apply to all code found in this distribution, be it the RC4, RSA,
+ * lhash, DES, etc., code; not just the SSL code.  The SSL documentation
+ * included with this distribution is covered by the same copyright terms
+ * except that the holder is Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com).
+ * 
+ * Copyright remains Eric Young's, and as such any Copyright notices in
+ * the code are not to be removed.
+ * If this package is used in a product, Eric Young should be given attribution
+ * as the author of the parts of the library used.
+ * This can be in the form of a textual message at program startup or
+ * in documentation (online or textual) provided with the package.
+ * 
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *    "This product includes cryptographic software written by
+ *     Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)"
+ *    The word 'cryptographic' can be left out if the rouines from the library
+ *    being used are not cryptographic related :-).
+ * 4. If you include any Windows specific code (or a derivative thereof) from 
+ *    the apps directory (application code) you must include an acknowledgement:
+ *    "This product includes software written by Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com)"
+ * 
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ERIC YOUNG ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * 
+ * The licence and distribution terms for any publically available version or
+ * derivative of this code cannot be changed.  i.e. this code cannot simply be
+ * copied and put under another distribution licence
+ * [including the GNU Public Licence.]
+ */
+
+#ifndef HEADER_RSA_H
+#define HEADER_RSA_H
+
+#include <openssl/asn1.h>
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_BIO
+#include <openssl/bio.h>
+#endif
+#include <openssl/crypto.h>
+#include <openssl/ossl_typ.h>
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_DEPRECATED
+#include <openssl/bn.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef OPENSSL_NO_RSA
+#error RSA is disabled.
+#endif
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Declared already in ossl_typ.h */
+/* typedef struct rsa_st RSA; */
+/* typedef struct rsa_meth_st RSA_METHOD; */
+
+struct rsa_meth_st
+	{
+	const char *name;
+	int (*rsa_pub_enc)(int flen,const unsigned char *from,
+			   unsigned char *to,
+			   RSA *rsa,int padding);
+	int (*rsa_pub_dec)(int flen,const unsigned char *from,
+			   unsigned char *to,
+			   RSA *rsa,int padding);
+	int (*rsa_priv_enc)(int flen,const unsigned char *from,
+			    unsigned char *to,
+			    RSA *rsa,int padding);
+	int (*rsa_priv_dec)(int flen,const unsigned char *from,
+			    unsigned char *to,
+			    RSA *rsa,int padding);
+	int (*rsa_mod_exp)(BIGNUM *r0,const BIGNUM *I,RSA *rsa,BN_CTX *ctx); /* Can be null */
+	int (*bn_mod_exp)(BIGNUM *r, const BIGNUM *a, const BIGNUM *p,
+			  const BIGNUM *m, BN_CTX *ctx,
+			  BN_MONT_CTX *m_ctx); /* Can be null */
+	int (*init)(RSA *rsa);		/* called at new */
+	int (*finish)(RSA *rsa);	/* called at free */
+	int flags;			/* RSA_METHOD_FLAG_* things */
+	char *app_data;			/* may be needed! */
+/* New sign and verify functions: some libraries don't allow arbitrary data
+ * to be signed/verified: this allows them to be used. Note: for this to work
+ * the RSA_public_decrypt() and RSA_private_encrypt() should *NOT* be used
+ * RSA_sign(), RSA_verify() should be used instead. Note: for backwards
+ * compatibility this functionality is only enabled if the RSA_FLAG_SIGN_VER
+ * option is set in 'flags'.
+ */
+	int (*rsa_sign)(int type,
+		const unsigned char *m, unsigned int m_length,
+		unsigned char *sigret, unsigned int *siglen, const RSA *rsa);
+	int (*rsa_verify)(int dtype,
+		const unsigned char *m, unsigned int m_length,
+		const unsigned char *sigbuf, unsigned int siglen,
+								const RSA *rsa);
+/* If this callback is NULL, the builtin software RSA key-gen will be used. This
+ * is for behavioural compatibility whilst the code gets rewired, but one day
+ * it would be nice to assume there are no such things as "builtin software"
+ * implementations. */
+	int (*rsa_keygen)(RSA *rsa, int bits, BIGNUM *e, BN_GENCB *cb);
+	};
+
+struct rsa_st
+	{
+	/* The first parameter is used to pickup errors where
+	 * this is passed instead of aEVP_PKEY, it is set to 0 */
+	int pad;
+	long version;
+	const RSA_METHOD *meth;
+	/* functional reference if 'meth' is ENGINE-provided */
+	ENGINE *engine;
+	BIGNUM *n;
+	BIGNUM *e;
+	BIGNUM *d;
+	BIGNUM *p;
+	BIGNUM *q;
+	BIGNUM *dmp1;
+	BIGNUM *dmq1;
+	BIGNUM *iqmp;
+	/* be careful using this if the RSA structure is shared */
+	CRYPTO_EX_DATA ex_data;
+	int references;
+	int flags;
+
+	/* Used to cache montgomery values */
+	BN_MONT_CTX *_method_mod_n;
+	BN_MONT_CTX *_method_mod_p;
+	BN_MONT_CTX *_method_mod_q;
+
+	/* all BIGNUM values are actually in the following data, if it is not
+	 * NULL */
+	char *bignum_data;
+	BN_BLINDING *blinding;
+	BN_BLINDING *mt_blinding;
+	};
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_RSA_MAX_MODULUS_BITS
+# define OPENSSL_RSA_MAX_MODULUS_BITS	16384
+#endif
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_RSA_SMALL_MODULUS_BITS
+# define OPENSSL_RSA_SMALL_MODULUS_BITS	3072
+#endif
+#ifndef OPENSSL_RSA_MAX_PUBEXP_BITS
+# define OPENSSL_RSA_MAX_PUBEXP_BITS	64 /* exponent limit enforced for "large" modulus only */
+#endif
+
+#define RSA_3	0x3L
+#define RSA_F4	0x10001L
+
+#define RSA_METHOD_FLAG_NO_CHECK	0x0001 /* don't check pub/private match */
+
+#define RSA_FLAG_CACHE_PUBLIC		0x0002
+#define RSA_FLAG_CACHE_PRIVATE		0x0004
+#define RSA_FLAG_BLINDING		0x0008
+#define RSA_FLAG_THREAD_SAFE		0x0010
+/* This flag means the private key operations will be handled by rsa_mod_exp
+ * and that they do not depend on the private key components being present:
+ * for example a key stored in external hardware. Without this flag bn_mod_exp
+ * gets called when private key components are absent.
+ */
+#define RSA_FLAG_EXT_PKEY		0x0020
+
+/* This flag in the RSA_METHOD enables the new rsa_sign, rsa_verify functions.
+ */
+#define RSA_FLAG_SIGN_VER		0x0040
+
+#define RSA_FLAG_NO_BLINDING		0x0080 /* new with 0.9.6j and 0.9.7b; the built-in
+                                                * RSA implementation now uses blinding by
+                                                * default (ignoring RSA_FLAG_BLINDING),
+                                                * but other engines might not need it
+                                                */
+#define RSA_FLAG_NO_CONSTTIME		0x0100 /* new with 0.9.8f; the built-in RSA
+						* implementation now uses constant time
+						* operations by default in private key operations,
+						* e.g., constant time modular exponentiation, 
+                                                * modular inverse without leaking branches, 
+                                                * division without leaking branches. This 
+                                                * flag disables these constant time 
+                                                * operations and results in faster RSA 
+                                                * private key operations.
+                                                */ 
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_DEPRECATED
+#define RSA_FLAG_NO_EXP_CONSTTIME RSA_FLAG_NO_CONSTTIME /* deprecated name for the flag*/
+                                                /* new with 0.9.7h; the built-in RSA
+                                                * implementation now uses constant time
+                                                * modular exponentiation for secret exponents
+                                                * by default. This flag causes the
+                                                * faster variable sliding window method to
+                                                * be used for all exponents.
+                                                */
+#endif
+
+
+#define EVP_PKEY_CTX_set_rsa_padding(ctx, pad) \
+	EVP_PKEY_CTX_ctrl(ctx, EVP_PKEY_RSA, -1, EVP_PKEY_CTRL_RSA_PADDING, \
+				pad, NULL)
+
+#define EVP_PKEY_CTX_get_rsa_padding(ctx, ppad) \
+	EVP_PKEY_CTX_ctrl(ctx, EVP_PKEY_RSA, -1, \
+				EVP_PKEY_CTRL_GET_RSA_PADDING, 0, ppad)
+
+#define EVP_PKEY_CTX_set_rsa_pss_saltlen(ctx, len) \
+	EVP_PKEY_CTX_ctrl(ctx, EVP_PKEY_RSA, \
+				(EVP_PKEY_OP_SIGN|EVP_PKEY_OP_VERIFY), \
+				EVP_PKEY_CTRL_RSA_PSS_SALTLEN, \
+				len, NULL)
+
+#define EVP_PKEY_CTX_get_rsa_pss_saltlen(ctx, plen) \
+	EVP_PKEY_CTX_ctrl(ctx, EVP_PKEY_RSA, \
+				(EVP_PKEY_OP_SIGN|EVP_PKEY_OP_VERIFY), \
+				EVP_PKEY_CTRL_GET_RSA_PSS_SALTLEN, \
+				0, plen)
+
+#define EVP_PKEY_CTX_set_rsa_keygen_bits(ctx, bits) \
+	EVP_PKEY_CTX_ctrl(ctx, EVP_PKEY_RSA, EVP_PKEY_OP_KEYGEN, \
+				EVP_PKEY_CTRL_RSA_KEYGEN_BITS, bits, NULL)
+
+#define EVP_PKEY_CTX_set_rsa_keygen_pubexp(ctx, pubexp) \
+	EVP_PKEY_CTX_ctrl(ctx, EVP_PKEY_RSA, EVP_PKEY_OP_KEYGEN, \
+				EVP_PKEY_CTRL_RSA_KEYGEN_PUBEXP, 0, pubexp)
+
+#define	 EVP_PKEY_CTX_set_rsa_mgf1_md(ctx, md)	\
+		EVP_PKEY_CTX_ctrl(ctx, EVP_PKEY_RSA, EVP_PKEY_OP_TYPE_SIG,  \
+				EVP_PKEY_CTRL_RSA_MGF1_MD, 0, (void *)md)
+
+#define	 EVP_PKEY_CTX_get_rsa_mgf1_md(ctx, pmd)	\
+		EVP_PKEY_CTX_ctrl(ctx, EVP_PKEY_RSA, EVP_PKEY_OP_TYPE_SIG,  \
+				EVP_PKEY_CTRL_GET_RSA_MGF1_MD, 0, (void *)pmd)
+
+#define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_RSA_PADDING	(EVP_PKEY_ALG_CTRL + 1)
+#define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_RSA_PSS_SALTLEN	(EVP_PKEY_ALG_CTRL + 2)
+
+#define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_RSA_KEYGEN_BITS	(EVP_PKEY_ALG_CTRL + 3)
+#define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_RSA_KEYGEN_PUBEXP	(EVP_PKEY_ALG_CTRL + 4)
+#define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_RSA_MGF1_MD	(EVP_PKEY_ALG_CTRL + 5)
+
+#define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_GET_RSA_PADDING		(EVP_PKEY_ALG_CTRL + 6)
+#define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_GET_RSA_PSS_SALTLEN	(EVP_PKEY_ALG_CTRL + 7)
+#define EVP_PKEY_CTRL_GET_RSA_MGF1_MD		(EVP_PKEY_ALG_CTRL + 8)
+
+#define RSA_PKCS1_PADDING	1
+#define RSA_SSLV23_PADDING	2
+#define RSA_NO_PADDING		3
+#define RSA_PKCS1_OAEP_PADDING	4
+#define RSA_X931_PADDING	5
+/* EVP_PKEY_ only */
+#define RSA_PKCS1_PSS_PADDING	6
+
+#define RSA_PKCS1_PADDING_SIZE	11
+
+#define RSA_set_app_data(s,arg)         RSA_set_ex_data(s,0,arg)
+#define RSA_get_app_data(s)             RSA_get_ex_data(s,0)
+
+RSA *	RSA_new(void);
+RSA *	RSA_new_method(ENGINE *engine);
+int	RSA_size(const RSA *rsa);
+
+/* Deprecated version */
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_DEPRECATED
+RSA *	RSA_generate_key(int bits, unsigned long e,void
+		(*callback)(int,int,void *),void *cb_arg);
+#endif /* !defined(OPENSSL_NO_DEPRECATED) */
+
+/* New version */
+int	RSA_generate_key_ex(RSA *rsa, int bits, BIGNUM *e, BN_GENCB *cb);
+
+int	RSA_check_key(const RSA *);
+	/* next 4 return -1 on error */
+int	RSA_public_encrypt(int flen, const unsigned char *from,
+		unsigned char *to, RSA *rsa,int padding);
+int	RSA_private_encrypt(int flen, const unsigned char *from,
+		unsigned char *to, RSA *rsa,int padding);
+int	RSA_public_decrypt(int flen, const unsigned char *from, 
+		unsigned char *to, RSA *rsa,int padding);
+int	RSA_private_decrypt(int flen, const unsigned char *from, 
+		unsigned char *to, RSA *rsa,int padding);
+void	RSA_free (RSA *r);
+/* "up" the RSA object's reference count */
+int	RSA_up_ref(RSA *r);
+
+int	RSA_flags(const RSA *r);
+
+void RSA_set_default_method(const RSA_METHOD *meth);
+const RSA_METHOD *RSA_get_default_method(void);
+const RSA_METHOD *RSA_get_method(const RSA *rsa);
+int RSA_set_method(RSA *rsa, const RSA_METHOD *meth);
+
+/* This function needs the memory locking malloc callbacks to be installed */
+int RSA_memory_lock(RSA *r);
+
+/* these are the actual SSLeay RSA functions */
+const RSA_METHOD *RSA_PKCS1_SSLeay(void);
+
+const RSA_METHOD *RSA_null_method(void);
+
+DECLARE_ASN1_ENCODE_FUNCTIONS_const(RSA, RSAPublicKey)
+DECLARE_ASN1_ENCODE_FUNCTIONS_const(RSA, RSAPrivateKey)
+
+typedef struct rsa_pss_params_st
+	{
+	X509_ALGOR *hashAlgorithm;
+	X509_ALGOR *maskGenAlgorithm;
+	ASN1_INTEGER *saltLength;
+	ASN1_INTEGER *trailerField;
+	} RSA_PSS_PARAMS;
+
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(RSA_PSS_PARAMS)
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_FP_API
+int	RSA_print_fp(FILE *fp, const RSA *r,int offset);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_BIO
+int	RSA_print(BIO *bp, const RSA *r,int offset);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_RC4
+int i2d_RSA_NET(const RSA *a, unsigned char **pp,
+		int (*cb)(char *buf, int len, const char *prompt, int verify),
+		int sgckey);
+RSA *d2i_RSA_NET(RSA **a, const unsigned char **pp, long length,
+		 int (*cb)(char *buf, int len, const char *prompt, int verify),
+		 int sgckey);
+
+int i2d_Netscape_RSA(const RSA *a, unsigned char **pp,
+		     int (*cb)(char *buf, int len, const char *prompt,
+			       int verify));
+RSA *d2i_Netscape_RSA(RSA **a, const unsigned char **pp, long length,
+		      int (*cb)(char *buf, int len, const char *prompt,
+				int verify));
+#endif
+
+/* The following 2 functions sign and verify a X509_SIG ASN1 object
+ * inside PKCS#1 padded RSA encryption */
+int RSA_sign(int type, const unsigned char *m, unsigned int m_length,
+	unsigned char *sigret, unsigned int *siglen, RSA *rsa);
+int RSA_verify(int type, const unsigned char *m, unsigned int m_length,
+	const unsigned char *sigbuf, unsigned int siglen, RSA *rsa);
+
+/* The following 2 function sign and verify a ASN1_OCTET_STRING
+ * object inside PKCS#1 padded RSA encryption */
+int RSA_sign_ASN1_OCTET_STRING(int type,
+	const unsigned char *m, unsigned int m_length,
+	unsigned char *sigret, unsigned int *siglen, RSA *rsa);
+int RSA_verify_ASN1_OCTET_STRING(int type,
+	const unsigned char *m, unsigned int m_length,
+	unsigned char *sigbuf, unsigned int siglen, RSA *rsa);
+
+int RSA_blinding_on(RSA *rsa, BN_CTX *ctx);
+void RSA_blinding_off(RSA *rsa);
+BN_BLINDING *RSA_setup_blinding(RSA *rsa, BN_CTX *ctx);
+
+int RSA_padding_add_PKCS1_type_1(unsigned char *to,int tlen,
+	const unsigned char *f,int fl);
+int RSA_padding_check_PKCS1_type_1(unsigned char *to,int tlen,
+	const unsigned char *f,int fl,int rsa_len);
+int RSA_padding_add_PKCS1_type_2(unsigned char *to,int tlen,
+	const unsigned char *f,int fl);
+int RSA_padding_check_PKCS1_type_2(unsigned char *to,int tlen,
+	const unsigned char *f,int fl,int rsa_len);
+int PKCS1_MGF1(unsigned char *mask, long len,
+	const unsigned char *seed, long seedlen, const EVP_MD *dgst);
+int RSA_padding_add_PKCS1_OAEP(unsigned char *to,int tlen,
+	const unsigned char *f,int fl,
+	const unsigned char *p,int pl);
+int RSA_padding_check_PKCS1_OAEP(unsigned char *to,int tlen,
+	const unsigned char *f,int fl,int rsa_len,
+	const unsigned char *p,int pl);
+int RSA_padding_add_SSLv23(unsigned char *to,int tlen,
+	const unsigned char *f,int fl);
+int RSA_padding_check_SSLv23(unsigned char *to,int tlen,
+	const unsigned char *f,int fl,int rsa_len);
+int RSA_padding_add_none(unsigned char *to,int tlen,
+	const unsigned char *f,int fl);
+int RSA_padding_check_none(unsigned char *to,int tlen,
+	const unsigned char *f,int fl,int rsa_len);
+int RSA_padding_add_X931(unsigned char *to,int tlen,
+	const unsigned char *f,int fl);
+int RSA_padding_check_X931(unsigned char *to,int tlen,
+	const unsigned char *f,int fl,int rsa_len);
+int RSA_X931_hash_id(int nid);
+
+int RSA_verify_PKCS1_PSS(RSA *rsa, const unsigned char *mHash,
+			const EVP_MD *Hash, const unsigned char *EM, int sLen);
+int RSA_padding_add_PKCS1_PSS(RSA *rsa, unsigned char *EM,
+			const unsigned char *mHash,
+			const EVP_MD *Hash, int sLen);
+
+int RSA_verify_PKCS1_PSS_mgf1(RSA *rsa, const unsigned char *mHash,
+			const EVP_MD *Hash, const EVP_MD *mgf1Hash, 
+			const unsigned char *EM, int sLen);
+
+int RSA_padding_add_PKCS1_PSS_mgf1(RSA *rsa, unsigned char *EM,
+			const unsigned char *mHash,
+			const EVP_MD *Hash, const EVP_MD *mgf1Hash, int sLen);
+
+int RSA_get_ex_new_index(long argl, void *argp, CRYPTO_EX_new *new_func,
+	CRYPTO_EX_dup *dup_func, CRYPTO_EX_free *free_func);
+int RSA_set_ex_data(RSA *r,int idx,void *arg);
+void *RSA_get_ex_data(const RSA *r, int idx);
+
+RSA *RSAPublicKey_dup(RSA *rsa);
+RSA *RSAPrivateKey_dup(RSA *rsa);
+
+/* If this flag is set the RSA method is FIPS compliant and can be used
+ * in FIPS mode. This is set in the validated module method. If an
+ * application sets this flag in its own methods it is its responsibility
+ * to ensure the result is compliant.
+ */
+
+#define RSA_FLAG_FIPS_METHOD			0x0400
+
+/* If this flag is set the operations normally disabled in FIPS mode are
+ * permitted it is then the applications responsibility to ensure that the
+ * usage is compliant.
+ */
+
+#define RSA_FLAG_NON_FIPS_ALLOW			0x0400
+/* Application has decided PRNG is good enough to generate a key: don't
+ * check.
+ */
+#define RSA_FLAG_CHECKED			0x0800
+
+/* BEGIN ERROR CODES */
+/* The following lines are auto generated by the script mkerr.pl. Any changes
+ * made after this point may be overwritten when the script is next run.
+ */
+void ERR_load_RSA_strings(void);
+
+/* Error codes for the RSA functions. */
+
+/* Function codes. */
+#define RSA_F_CHECK_PADDING_MD				 140
+#define RSA_F_DO_RSA_PRINT				 146
+#define RSA_F_INT_RSA_VERIFY				 145
+#define RSA_F_MEMORY_LOCK				 100
+#define RSA_F_OLD_RSA_PRIV_DECODE			 147
+#define RSA_F_PKEY_RSA_CTRL				 143
+#define RSA_F_PKEY_RSA_CTRL_STR				 144
+#define RSA_F_PKEY_RSA_SIGN				 142
+#define RSA_F_PKEY_RSA_VERIFY				 154
+#define RSA_F_PKEY_RSA_VERIFYRECOVER			 141
+#define RSA_F_RSA_BUILTIN_KEYGEN			 129
+#define RSA_F_RSA_CHECK_KEY				 123
+#define RSA_F_RSA_EAY_PRIVATE_DECRYPT			 101
+#define RSA_F_RSA_EAY_PRIVATE_ENCRYPT			 102
+#define RSA_F_RSA_EAY_PUBLIC_DECRYPT			 103
+#define RSA_F_RSA_EAY_PUBLIC_ENCRYPT			 104
+#define RSA_F_RSA_GENERATE_KEY				 105
+#define RSA_F_RSA_GENERATE_KEY_EX			 155
+#define RSA_F_RSA_ITEM_VERIFY				 156
+#define RSA_F_RSA_MEMORY_LOCK				 130
+#define RSA_F_RSA_NEW_METHOD				 106
+#define RSA_F_RSA_NULL					 124
+#define RSA_F_RSA_NULL_MOD_EXP				 131
+#define RSA_F_RSA_NULL_PRIVATE_DECRYPT			 132
+#define RSA_F_RSA_NULL_PRIVATE_ENCRYPT			 133
+#define RSA_F_RSA_NULL_PUBLIC_DECRYPT			 134
+#define RSA_F_RSA_NULL_PUBLIC_ENCRYPT			 135
+#define RSA_F_RSA_PADDING_ADD_NONE			 107
+#define RSA_F_RSA_PADDING_ADD_PKCS1_OAEP		 121
+#define RSA_F_RSA_PADDING_ADD_PKCS1_PSS			 125
+#define RSA_F_RSA_PADDING_ADD_PKCS1_PSS_MGF1		 148
+#define RSA_F_RSA_PADDING_ADD_PKCS1_TYPE_1		 108
+#define RSA_F_RSA_PADDING_ADD_PKCS1_TYPE_2		 109
+#define RSA_F_RSA_PADDING_ADD_SSLV23			 110
+#define RSA_F_RSA_PADDING_ADD_X931			 127
+#define RSA_F_RSA_PADDING_CHECK_NONE			 111
+#define RSA_F_RSA_PADDING_CHECK_PKCS1_OAEP		 122
+#define RSA_F_RSA_PADDING_CHECK_PKCS1_TYPE_1		 112
+#define RSA_F_RSA_PADDING_CHECK_PKCS1_TYPE_2		 113
+#define RSA_F_RSA_PADDING_CHECK_SSLV23			 114
+#define RSA_F_RSA_PADDING_CHECK_X931			 128
+#define RSA_F_RSA_PRINT					 115
+#define RSA_F_RSA_PRINT_FP				 116
+#define RSA_F_RSA_PRIVATE_DECRYPT			 150
+#define RSA_F_RSA_PRIVATE_ENCRYPT			 151
+#define RSA_F_RSA_PRIV_DECODE				 137
+#define RSA_F_RSA_PRIV_ENCODE				 138
+#define RSA_F_RSA_PUBLIC_DECRYPT			 152
+#define RSA_F_RSA_PUBLIC_ENCRYPT			 153
+#define RSA_F_RSA_PUB_DECODE				 139
+#define RSA_F_RSA_SETUP_BLINDING			 136
+#define RSA_F_RSA_SIGN					 117
+#define RSA_F_RSA_SIGN_ASN1_OCTET_STRING		 118
+#define RSA_F_RSA_VERIFY				 119
+#define RSA_F_RSA_VERIFY_ASN1_OCTET_STRING		 120
+#define RSA_F_RSA_VERIFY_PKCS1_PSS			 126
+#define RSA_F_RSA_VERIFY_PKCS1_PSS_MGF1			 149
+
+/* Reason codes. */
+#define RSA_R_ALGORITHM_MISMATCH			 100
+#define RSA_R_BAD_E_VALUE				 101
+#define RSA_R_BAD_FIXED_HEADER_DECRYPT			 102
+#define RSA_R_BAD_PAD_BYTE_COUNT			 103
+#define RSA_R_BAD_SIGNATURE				 104
+#define RSA_R_BLOCK_TYPE_IS_NOT_01			 106
+#define RSA_R_BLOCK_TYPE_IS_NOT_02			 107
+#define RSA_R_DATA_GREATER_THAN_MOD_LEN			 108
+#define RSA_R_DATA_TOO_LARGE				 109
+#define RSA_R_DATA_TOO_LARGE_FOR_KEY_SIZE		 110
+#define RSA_R_DATA_TOO_LARGE_FOR_MODULUS		 132
+#define RSA_R_DATA_TOO_SMALL				 111
+#define RSA_R_DATA_TOO_SMALL_FOR_KEY_SIZE		 122
+#define RSA_R_DIGEST_TOO_BIG_FOR_RSA_KEY		 112
+#define RSA_R_DMP1_NOT_CONGRUENT_TO_D			 124
+#define RSA_R_DMQ1_NOT_CONGRUENT_TO_D			 125
+#define RSA_R_D_E_NOT_CONGRUENT_TO_1			 123
+#define RSA_R_FIRST_OCTET_INVALID			 133
+#define RSA_R_ILLEGAL_OR_UNSUPPORTED_PADDING_MODE	 144
+#define RSA_R_INVALID_DIGEST_LENGTH			 143
+#define RSA_R_INVALID_HEADER				 137
+#define RSA_R_INVALID_KEYBITS				 145
+#define RSA_R_INVALID_MESSAGE_LENGTH			 131
+#define RSA_R_INVALID_MGF1_MD				 156
+#define RSA_R_INVALID_PADDING				 138
+#define RSA_R_INVALID_PADDING_MODE			 141
+#define RSA_R_INVALID_PSS_PARAMETERS			 149
+#define RSA_R_INVALID_PSS_SALTLEN			 146
+#define RSA_R_INVALID_SALT_LENGTH			 150
+#define RSA_R_INVALID_TRAILER				 139
+#define RSA_R_INVALID_X931_DIGEST			 142
+#define RSA_R_IQMP_NOT_INVERSE_OF_Q			 126
+#define RSA_R_KEY_SIZE_TOO_SMALL			 120
+#define RSA_R_LAST_OCTET_INVALID			 134
+#define RSA_R_MODULUS_TOO_LARGE				 105
+#define RSA_R_NON_FIPS_RSA_METHOD			 157
+#define RSA_R_NO_PUBLIC_EXPONENT			 140
+#define RSA_R_NULL_BEFORE_BLOCK_MISSING			 113
+#define RSA_R_N_DOES_NOT_EQUAL_P_Q			 127
+#define RSA_R_OAEP_DECODING_ERROR			 121
+#define RSA_R_OPERATION_NOT_ALLOWED_IN_FIPS_MODE	 158
+#define RSA_R_OPERATION_NOT_SUPPORTED_FOR_THIS_KEYTYPE	 148
+#define RSA_R_PADDING_CHECK_FAILED			 114
+#define RSA_R_P_NOT_PRIME				 128
+#define RSA_R_Q_NOT_PRIME				 129
+#define RSA_R_RSA_OPERATIONS_NOT_SUPPORTED		 130
+#define RSA_R_SLEN_CHECK_FAILED				 136
+#define RSA_R_SLEN_RECOVERY_FAILED			 135
+#define RSA_R_SSLV3_ROLLBACK_ATTACK			 115
+#define RSA_R_THE_ASN1_OBJECT_IDENTIFIER_IS_NOT_KNOWN_FOR_THIS_MD 116
+#define RSA_R_UNKNOWN_ALGORITHM_TYPE			 117
+#define RSA_R_UNKNOWN_MASK_DIGEST			 151
+#define RSA_R_UNKNOWN_PADDING_TYPE			 118
+#define RSA_R_UNKNOWN_PSS_DIGEST			 152
+#define RSA_R_UNSUPPORTED_MASK_ALGORITHM		 153
+#define RSA_R_UNSUPPORTED_MASK_PARAMETER		 154
+#define RSA_R_UNSUPPORTED_SIGNATURE_TYPE		 155
+#define RSA_R_VALUE_MISSING				 147
+#define RSA_R_WRONG_SIGNATURE_LENGTH			 119
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/include/openssl/safestack.h b/lib/include/openssl/safestack.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ea3aa0d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/include/openssl/safestack.h
@@ -0,0 +1,2663 @@
+/* ====================================================================
+ * Copyright (c) 1999 The OpenSSL Project.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 
+ *
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+ *    the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+ *    distribution.
+ *
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this
+ *    software must display the following acknowledgment:
+ *    "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project
+ *    for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit. (http://www.openssl.org/)"
+ *
+ * 4. The names "OpenSSL Toolkit" and "OpenSSL Project" must not be used to
+ *    endorse or promote products derived from this software without
+ *    prior written permission. For written permission, please contact
+ *    openssl-core@openssl.org.
+ *
+ * 5. Products derived from this software may not be called "OpenSSL"
+ *    nor may "OpenSSL" appear in their names without prior written
+ *    permission of the OpenSSL Project.
+ *
+ * 6. Redistributions of any form whatsoever must retain the following
+ *    acknowledgment:
+ *    "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project
+ *    for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit (http://www.openssl.org/)"
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE OpenSSL PROJECT ``AS IS'' AND ANY
+ * EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OpenSSL PROJECT OR
+ * ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+ * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+ * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
+ * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
+ * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * ====================================================================
+ *
+ * This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young
+ * (eay@cryptsoft.com).  This product includes software written by Tim
+ * Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com).
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef HEADER_SAFESTACK_H
+#define HEADER_SAFESTACK_H
+
+#include <openssl/stack.h>
+
+#ifndef CHECKED_PTR_OF
+#define CHECKED_PTR_OF(type, p) \
+    ((void*) (1 ? p : (type*)0))
+#endif
+
+/* In C++ we get problems because an explicit cast is needed from (void *)
+ * we use CHECKED_STACK_OF to ensure the correct type is passed in the macros
+ * below. 
+ */
+
+#define CHECKED_STACK_OF(type, p) \
+    ((_STACK*) (1 ? p : (STACK_OF(type)*)0))
+
+#define CHECKED_SK_FREE_FUNC(type, p) \
+    ((void (*)(void *)) ((1 ? p : (void (*)(type *))0)))
+
+#define CHECKED_SK_FREE_FUNC2(type, p) \
+    ((void (*)(void *)) ((1 ? p : (void (*)(type))0)))
+
+#define CHECKED_SK_CMP_FUNC(type, p) \
+    ((int (*)(const void *, const void *)) \
+	((1 ? p : (int (*)(const type * const *, const type * const *))0)))
+
+#define STACK_OF(type) struct stack_st_##type
+#define PREDECLARE_STACK_OF(type) STACK_OF(type);
+
+#define DECLARE_STACK_OF(type) \
+STACK_OF(type) \
+    { \
+    _STACK stack; \
+    };
+#define DECLARE_SPECIAL_STACK_OF(type, type2) \
+STACK_OF(type) \
+    { \
+    _STACK stack; \
+    };
+
+#define IMPLEMENT_STACK_OF(type) /* nada (obsolete in new safestack approach)*/
+
+
+/* Strings are special: normally an lhash entry will point to a single
+ * (somewhat) mutable object. In the case of strings:
+ *
+ * a) Instead of a single char, there is an array of chars, NUL-terminated.
+ * b) The string may have be immutable.
+ *
+ * So, they need their own declarations. Especially important for
+ * type-checking tools, such as Deputy.
+ *
+o * In practice, however, it appears to be hard to have a const
+ * string. For now, I'm settling for dealing with the fact it is a
+ * string at all.
+ */
+typedef char *OPENSSL_STRING;
+
+typedef const char *OPENSSL_CSTRING;
+
+/* Confusingly, LHASH_OF(STRING) deals with char ** throughout, but
+ * STACK_OF(STRING) is really more like STACK_OF(char), only, as
+ * mentioned above, instead of a single char each entry is a
+ * NUL-terminated array of chars. So, we have to implement STRING
+ * specially for STACK_OF. This is dealt with in the autogenerated
+ * macros below.
+ */
+
+DECLARE_SPECIAL_STACK_OF(OPENSSL_STRING, char)
+
+/* Similarly, we sometimes use a block of characters, NOT
+ * nul-terminated. These should also be distinguished from "normal"
+ * stacks. */
+
+typedef void *OPENSSL_BLOCK;
+DECLARE_SPECIAL_STACK_OF(OPENSSL_BLOCK, void)
+
+/* SKM_sk_... stack macros are internal to safestack.h:
+ * never use them directly, use sk_<type>_... instead */
+#define SKM_sk_new(type, cmp) \
+	((STACK_OF(type) *)sk_new(CHECKED_SK_CMP_FUNC(type, cmp)))
+#define SKM_sk_new_null(type) \
+	((STACK_OF(type) *)sk_new_null())
+#define SKM_sk_free(type, st) \
+	sk_free(CHECKED_STACK_OF(type, st))
+#define SKM_sk_num(type, st) \
+	sk_num(CHECKED_STACK_OF(type, st))
+#define SKM_sk_value(type, st,i) \
+	((type *)sk_value(CHECKED_STACK_OF(type, st), i))
+#define SKM_sk_set(type, st,i,val) \
+	sk_set(CHECKED_STACK_OF(type, st), i, CHECKED_PTR_OF(type, val))
+#define SKM_sk_zero(type, st) \
+	sk_zero(CHECKED_STACK_OF(type, st))
+#define SKM_sk_push(type, st, val) \
+	sk_push(CHECKED_STACK_OF(type, st), CHECKED_PTR_OF(type, val))
+#define SKM_sk_unshift(type, st, val) \
+	sk_unshift(CHECKED_STACK_OF(type, st), CHECKED_PTR_OF(type, val))
+#define SKM_sk_find(type, st, val) \
+	sk_find(CHECKED_STACK_OF(type, st), CHECKED_PTR_OF(type, val))
+#define SKM_sk_find_ex(type, st, val) \
+	sk_find_ex(CHECKED_STACK_OF(type, st), \
+		   CHECKED_PTR_OF(type, val))
+#define SKM_sk_delete(type, st, i) \
+	(type *)sk_delete(CHECKED_STACK_OF(type, st), i)
+#define SKM_sk_delete_ptr(type, st, ptr) \
+	(type *)sk_delete_ptr(CHECKED_STACK_OF(type, st), CHECKED_PTR_OF(type, ptr))
+#define SKM_sk_insert(type, st,val, i) \
+	sk_insert(CHECKED_STACK_OF(type, st), CHECKED_PTR_OF(type, val), i)
+#define SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(type, st, cmp) \
+	((int (*)(const type * const *,const type * const *)) \
+	sk_set_cmp_func(CHECKED_STACK_OF(type, st), CHECKED_SK_CMP_FUNC(type, cmp)))
+#define SKM_sk_dup(type, st) \
+	(STACK_OF(type) *)sk_dup(CHECKED_STACK_OF(type, st))
+#define SKM_sk_pop_free(type, st, free_func) \
+	sk_pop_free(CHECKED_STACK_OF(type, st), CHECKED_SK_FREE_FUNC(type, free_func))
+#define SKM_sk_shift(type, st) \
+	(type *)sk_shift(CHECKED_STACK_OF(type, st))
+#define SKM_sk_pop(type, st) \
+	(type *)sk_pop(CHECKED_STACK_OF(type, st))
+#define SKM_sk_sort(type, st) \
+	sk_sort(CHECKED_STACK_OF(type, st))
+#define SKM_sk_is_sorted(type, st) \
+	sk_is_sorted(CHECKED_STACK_OF(type, st))
+
+#define	SKM_ASN1_SET_OF_d2i(type, st, pp, length, d2i_func, free_func, ex_tag, ex_class) \
+  (STACK_OF(type) *)d2i_ASN1_SET( \
+				(STACK_OF(OPENSSL_BLOCK) **)CHECKED_PTR_OF(STACK_OF(type)*, st), \
+				pp, length, \
+				CHECKED_D2I_OF(type, d2i_func), \
+				CHECKED_SK_FREE_FUNC(type, free_func), \
+				ex_tag, ex_class)
+
+#define	SKM_ASN1_SET_OF_i2d(type, st, pp, i2d_func, ex_tag, ex_class, is_set) \
+  i2d_ASN1_SET((STACK_OF(OPENSSL_BLOCK) *)CHECKED_STACK_OF(type, st), pp, \
+				CHECKED_I2D_OF(type, i2d_func), \
+				ex_tag, ex_class, is_set)
+
+#define	SKM_ASN1_seq_pack(type, st, i2d_func, buf, len) \
+	ASN1_seq_pack(CHECKED_PTR_OF(STACK_OF(type), st), \
+			CHECKED_I2D_OF(type, i2d_func), buf, len)
+
+#define	SKM_ASN1_seq_unpack(type, buf, len, d2i_func, free_func) \
+	(STACK_OF(type) *)ASN1_seq_unpack(buf, len, CHECKED_D2I_OF(type, d2i_func), CHECKED_SK_FREE_FUNC(type, free_func))
+
+#define SKM_PKCS12_decrypt_d2i(type, algor, d2i_func, free_func, pass, passlen, oct, seq) \
+	(STACK_OF(type) *)PKCS12_decrypt_d2i(algor, \
+				CHECKED_D2I_OF(type, d2i_func), \
+				CHECKED_SK_FREE_FUNC(type, free_func), \
+				pass, passlen, oct, seq)
+
+/* This block of defines is updated by util/mkstack.pl, please do not touch! */
+#define sk_ACCESS_DESCRIPTION_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(ACCESS_DESCRIPTION, (cmp))
+#define sk_ACCESS_DESCRIPTION_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(ACCESS_DESCRIPTION)
+#define sk_ACCESS_DESCRIPTION_free(st) SKM_sk_free(ACCESS_DESCRIPTION, (st))
+#define sk_ACCESS_DESCRIPTION_num(st) SKM_sk_num(ACCESS_DESCRIPTION, (st))
+#define sk_ACCESS_DESCRIPTION_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(ACCESS_DESCRIPTION, (st), (i))
+#define sk_ACCESS_DESCRIPTION_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(ACCESS_DESCRIPTION, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_ACCESS_DESCRIPTION_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(ACCESS_DESCRIPTION, (st))
+#define sk_ACCESS_DESCRIPTION_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(ACCESS_DESCRIPTION, (st), (val))
+#define sk_ACCESS_DESCRIPTION_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(ACCESS_DESCRIPTION, (st), (val))
+#define sk_ACCESS_DESCRIPTION_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(ACCESS_DESCRIPTION, (st), (val))
+#define sk_ACCESS_DESCRIPTION_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(ACCESS_DESCRIPTION, (st), (val))
+#define sk_ACCESS_DESCRIPTION_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(ACCESS_DESCRIPTION, (st), (i))
+#define sk_ACCESS_DESCRIPTION_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(ACCESS_DESCRIPTION, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_ACCESS_DESCRIPTION_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(ACCESS_DESCRIPTION, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_ACCESS_DESCRIPTION_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(ACCESS_DESCRIPTION, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_ACCESS_DESCRIPTION_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(ACCESS_DESCRIPTION, st)
+#define sk_ACCESS_DESCRIPTION_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(ACCESS_DESCRIPTION, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_ACCESS_DESCRIPTION_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(ACCESS_DESCRIPTION, (st))
+#define sk_ACCESS_DESCRIPTION_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(ACCESS_DESCRIPTION, (st))
+#define sk_ACCESS_DESCRIPTION_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(ACCESS_DESCRIPTION, (st))
+#define sk_ACCESS_DESCRIPTION_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(ACCESS_DESCRIPTION, (st))
+
+#define sk_ASIdOrRange_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(ASIdOrRange, (cmp))
+#define sk_ASIdOrRange_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(ASIdOrRange)
+#define sk_ASIdOrRange_free(st) SKM_sk_free(ASIdOrRange, (st))
+#define sk_ASIdOrRange_num(st) SKM_sk_num(ASIdOrRange, (st))
+#define sk_ASIdOrRange_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(ASIdOrRange, (st), (i))
+#define sk_ASIdOrRange_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(ASIdOrRange, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_ASIdOrRange_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(ASIdOrRange, (st))
+#define sk_ASIdOrRange_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(ASIdOrRange, (st), (val))
+#define sk_ASIdOrRange_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(ASIdOrRange, (st), (val))
+#define sk_ASIdOrRange_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(ASIdOrRange, (st), (val))
+#define sk_ASIdOrRange_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(ASIdOrRange, (st), (val))
+#define sk_ASIdOrRange_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(ASIdOrRange, (st), (i))
+#define sk_ASIdOrRange_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(ASIdOrRange, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_ASIdOrRange_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(ASIdOrRange, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_ASIdOrRange_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(ASIdOrRange, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_ASIdOrRange_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(ASIdOrRange, st)
+#define sk_ASIdOrRange_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(ASIdOrRange, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_ASIdOrRange_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(ASIdOrRange, (st))
+#define sk_ASIdOrRange_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(ASIdOrRange, (st))
+#define sk_ASIdOrRange_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(ASIdOrRange, (st))
+#define sk_ASIdOrRange_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(ASIdOrRange, (st))
+
+#define sk_ASN1_GENERALSTRING_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(ASN1_GENERALSTRING, (cmp))
+#define sk_ASN1_GENERALSTRING_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(ASN1_GENERALSTRING)
+#define sk_ASN1_GENERALSTRING_free(st) SKM_sk_free(ASN1_GENERALSTRING, (st))
+#define sk_ASN1_GENERALSTRING_num(st) SKM_sk_num(ASN1_GENERALSTRING, (st))
+#define sk_ASN1_GENERALSTRING_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(ASN1_GENERALSTRING, (st), (i))
+#define sk_ASN1_GENERALSTRING_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(ASN1_GENERALSTRING, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_ASN1_GENERALSTRING_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(ASN1_GENERALSTRING, (st))
+#define sk_ASN1_GENERALSTRING_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(ASN1_GENERALSTRING, (st), (val))
+#define sk_ASN1_GENERALSTRING_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(ASN1_GENERALSTRING, (st), (val))
+#define sk_ASN1_GENERALSTRING_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(ASN1_GENERALSTRING, (st), (val))
+#define sk_ASN1_GENERALSTRING_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(ASN1_GENERALSTRING, (st), (val))
+#define sk_ASN1_GENERALSTRING_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(ASN1_GENERALSTRING, (st), (i))
+#define sk_ASN1_GENERALSTRING_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(ASN1_GENERALSTRING, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_ASN1_GENERALSTRING_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(ASN1_GENERALSTRING, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_ASN1_GENERALSTRING_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(ASN1_GENERALSTRING, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_ASN1_GENERALSTRING_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(ASN1_GENERALSTRING, st)
+#define sk_ASN1_GENERALSTRING_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(ASN1_GENERALSTRING, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_ASN1_GENERALSTRING_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(ASN1_GENERALSTRING, (st))
+#define sk_ASN1_GENERALSTRING_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(ASN1_GENERALSTRING, (st))
+#define sk_ASN1_GENERALSTRING_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(ASN1_GENERALSTRING, (st))
+#define sk_ASN1_GENERALSTRING_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(ASN1_GENERALSTRING, (st))
+
+#define sk_ASN1_INTEGER_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(ASN1_INTEGER, (cmp))
+#define sk_ASN1_INTEGER_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(ASN1_INTEGER)
+#define sk_ASN1_INTEGER_free(st) SKM_sk_free(ASN1_INTEGER, (st))
+#define sk_ASN1_INTEGER_num(st) SKM_sk_num(ASN1_INTEGER, (st))
+#define sk_ASN1_INTEGER_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(ASN1_INTEGER, (st), (i))
+#define sk_ASN1_INTEGER_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(ASN1_INTEGER, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_ASN1_INTEGER_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(ASN1_INTEGER, (st))
+#define sk_ASN1_INTEGER_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(ASN1_INTEGER, (st), (val))
+#define sk_ASN1_INTEGER_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(ASN1_INTEGER, (st), (val))
+#define sk_ASN1_INTEGER_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(ASN1_INTEGER, (st), (val))
+#define sk_ASN1_INTEGER_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(ASN1_INTEGER, (st), (val))
+#define sk_ASN1_INTEGER_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(ASN1_INTEGER, (st), (i))
+#define sk_ASN1_INTEGER_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(ASN1_INTEGER, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_ASN1_INTEGER_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(ASN1_INTEGER, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_ASN1_INTEGER_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(ASN1_INTEGER, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_ASN1_INTEGER_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(ASN1_INTEGER, st)
+#define sk_ASN1_INTEGER_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(ASN1_INTEGER, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_ASN1_INTEGER_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(ASN1_INTEGER, (st))
+#define sk_ASN1_INTEGER_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(ASN1_INTEGER, (st))
+#define sk_ASN1_INTEGER_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(ASN1_INTEGER, (st))
+#define sk_ASN1_INTEGER_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(ASN1_INTEGER, (st))
+
+#define sk_ASN1_OBJECT_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(ASN1_OBJECT, (cmp))
+#define sk_ASN1_OBJECT_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(ASN1_OBJECT)
+#define sk_ASN1_OBJECT_free(st) SKM_sk_free(ASN1_OBJECT, (st))
+#define sk_ASN1_OBJECT_num(st) SKM_sk_num(ASN1_OBJECT, (st))
+#define sk_ASN1_OBJECT_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(ASN1_OBJECT, (st), (i))
+#define sk_ASN1_OBJECT_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(ASN1_OBJECT, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_ASN1_OBJECT_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(ASN1_OBJECT, (st))
+#define sk_ASN1_OBJECT_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(ASN1_OBJECT, (st), (val))
+#define sk_ASN1_OBJECT_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(ASN1_OBJECT, (st), (val))
+#define sk_ASN1_OBJECT_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(ASN1_OBJECT, (st), (val))
+#define sk_ASN1_OBJECT_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(ASN1_OBJECT, (st), (val))
+#define sk_ASN1_OBJECT_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(ASN1_OBJECT, (st), (i))
+#define sk_ASN1_OBJECT_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(ASN1_OBJECT, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_ASN1_OBJECT_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(ASN1_OBJECT, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_ASN1_OBJECT_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(ASN1_OBJECT, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_ASN1_OBJECT_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(ASN1_OBJECT, st)
+#define sk_ASN1_OBJECT_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(ASN1_OBJECT, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_ASN1_OBJECT_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(ASN1_OBJECT, (st))
+#define sk_ASN1_OBJECT_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(ASN1_OBJECT, (st))
+#define sk_ASN1_OBJECT_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(ASN1_OBJECT, (st))
+#define sk_ASN1_OBJECT_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(ASN1_OBJECT, (st))
+
+#define sk_ASN1_STRING_TABLE_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(ASN1_STRING_TABLE, (cmp))
+#define sk_ASN1_STRING_TABLE_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(ASN1_STRING_TABLE)
+#define sk_ASN1_STRING_TABLE_free(st) SKM_sk_free(ASN1_STRING_TABLE, (st))
+#define sk_ASN1_STRING_TABLE_num(st) SKM_sk_num(ASN1_STRING_TABLE, (st))
+#define sk_ASN1_STRING_TABLE_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(ASN1_STRING_TABLE, (st), (i))
+#define sk_ASN1_STRING_TABLE_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(ASN1_STRING_TABLE, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_ASN1_STRING_TABLE_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(ASN1_STRING_TABLE, (st))
+#define sk_ASN1_STRING_TABLE_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(ASN1_STRING_TABLE, (st), (val))
+#define sk_ASN1_STRING_TABLE_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(ASN1_STRING_TABLE, (st), (val))
+#define sk_ASN1_STRING_TABLE_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(ASN1_STRING_TABLE, (st), (val))
+#define sk_ASN1_STRING_TABLE_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(ASN1_STRING_TABLE, (st), (val))
+#define sk_ASN1_STRING_TABLE_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(ASN1_STRING_TABLE, (st), (i))
+#define sk_ASN1_STRING_TABLE_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(ASN1_STRING_TABLE, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_ASN1_STRING_TABLE_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(ASN1_STRING_TABLE, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_ASN1_STRING_TABLE_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(ASN1_STRING_TABLE, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_ASN1_STRING_TABLE_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(ASN1_STRING_TABLE, st)
+#define sk_ASN1_STRING_TABLE_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(ASN1_STRING_TABLE, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_ASN1_STRING_TABLE_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(ASN1_STRING_TABLE, (st))
+#define sk_ASN1_STRING_TABLE_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(ASN1_STRING_TABLE, (st))
+#define sk_ASN1_STRING_TABLE_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(ASN1_STRING_TABLE, (st))
+#define sk_ASN1_STRING_TABLE_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(ASN1_STRING_TABLE, (st))
+
+#define sk_ASN1_TYPE_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(ASN1_TYPE, (cmp))
+#define sk_ASN1_TYPE_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(ASN1_TYPE)
+#define sk_ASN1_TYPE_free(st) SKM_sk_free(ASN1_TYPE, (st))
+#define sk_ASN1_TYPE_num(st) SKM_sk_num(ASN1_TYPE, (st))
+#define sk_ASN1_TYPE_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(ASN1_TYPE, (st), (i))
+#define sk_ASN1_TYPE_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(ASN1_TYPE, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_ASN1_TYPE_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(ASN1_TYPE, (st))
+#define sk_ASN1_TYPE_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(ASN1_TYPE, (st), (val))
+#define sk_ASN1_TYPE_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(ASN1_TYPE, (st), (val))
+#define sk_ASN1_TYPE_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(ASN1_TYPE, (st), (val))
+#define sk_ASN1_TYPE_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(ASN1_TYPE, (st), (val))
+#define sk_ASN1_TYPE_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(ASN1_TYPE, (st), (i))
+#define sk_ASN1_TYPE_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(ASN1_TYPE, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_ASN1_TYPE_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(ASN1_TYPE, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_ASN1_TYPE_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(ASN1_TYPE, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_ASN1_TYPE_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(ASN1_TYPE, st)
+#define sk_ASN1_TYPE_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(ASN1_TYPE, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_ASN1_TYPE_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(ASN1_TYPE, (st))
+#define sk_ASN1_TYPE_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(ASN1_TYPE, (st))
+#define sk_ASN1_TYPE_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(ASN1_TYPE, (st))
+#define sk_ASN1_TYPE_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(ASN1_TYPE, (st))
+
+#define sk_ASN1_UTF8STRING_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(ASN1_UTF8STRING, (cmp))
+#define sk_ASN1_UTF8STRING_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(ASN1_UTF8STRING)
+#define sk_ASN1_UTF8STRING_free(st) SKM_sk_free(ASN1_UTF8STRING, (st))
+#define sk_ASN1_UTF8STRING_num(st) SKM_sk_num(ASN1_UTF8STRING, (st))
+#define sk_ASN1_UTF8STRING_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(ASN1_UTF8STRING, (st), (i))
+#define sk_ASN1_UTF8STRING_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(ASN1_UTF8STRING, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_ASN1_UTF8STRING_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(ASN1_UTF8STRING, (st))
+#define sk_ASN1_UTF8STRING_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(ASN1_UTF8STRING, (st), (val))
+#define sk_ASN1_UTF8STRING_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(ASN1_UTF8STRING, (st), (val))
+#define sk_ASN1_UTF8STRING_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(ASN1_UTF8STRING, (st), (val))
+#define sk_ASN1_UTF8STRING_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(ASN1_UTF8STRING, (st), (val))
+#define sk_ASN1_UTF8STRING_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(ASN1_UTF8STRING, (st), (i))
+#define sk_ASN1_UTF8STRING_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(ASN1_UTF8STRING, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_ASN1_UTF8STRING_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(ASN1_UTF8STRING, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_ASN1_UTF8STRING_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(ASN1_UTF8STRING, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_ASN1_UTF8STRING_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(ASN1_UTF8STRING, st)
+#define sk_ASN1_UTF8STRING_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(ASN1_UTF8STRING, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_ASN1_UTF8STRING_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(ASN1_UTF8STRING, (st))
+#define sk_ASN1_UTF8STRING_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(ASN1_UTF8STRING, (st))
+#define sk_ASN1_UTF8STRING_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(ASN1_UTF8STRING, (st))
+#define sk_ASN1_UTF8STRING_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(ASN1_UTF8STRING, (st))
+
+#define sk_ASN1_VALUE_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(ASN1_VALUE, (cmp))
+#define sk_ASN1_VALUE_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(ASN1_VALUE)
+#define sk_ASN1_VALUE_free(st) SKM_sk_free(ASN1_VALUE, (st))
+#define sk_ASN1_VALUE_num(st) SKM_sk_num(ASN1_VALUE, (st))
+#define sk_ASN1_VALUE_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(ASN1_VALUE, (st), (i))
+#define sk_ASN1_VALUE_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(ASN1_VALUE, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_ASN1_VALUE_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(ASN1_VALUE, (st))
+#define sk_ASN1_VALUE_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(ASN1_VALUE, (st), (val))
+#define sk_ASN1_VALUE_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(ASN1_VALUE, (st), (val))
+#define sk_ASN1_VALUE_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(ASN1_VALUE, (st), (val))
+#define sk_ASN1_VALUE_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(ASN1_VALUE, (st), (val))
+#define sk_ASN1_VALUE_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(ASN1_VALUE, (st), (i))
+#define sk_ASN1_VALUE_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(ASN1_VALUE, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_ASN1_VALUE_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(ASN1_VALUE, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_ASN1_VALUE_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(ASN1_VALUE, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_ASN1_VALUE_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(ASN1_VALUE, st)
+#define sk_ASN1_VALUE_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(ASN1_VALUE, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_ASN1_VALUE_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(ASN1_VALUE, (st))
+#define sk_ASN1_VALUE_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(ASN1_VALUE, (st))
+#define sk_ASN1_VALUE_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(ASN1_VALUE, (st))
+#define sk_ASN1_VALUE_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(ASN1_VALUE, (st))
+
+#define sk_BIO_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(BIO, (cmp))
+#define sk_BIO_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(BIO)
+#define sk_BIO_free(st) SKM_sk_free(BIO, (st))
+#define sk_BIO_num(st) SKM_sk_num(BIO, (st))
+#define sk_BIO_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(BIO, (st), (i))
+#define sk_BIO_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(BIO, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_BIO_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(BIO, (st))
+#define sk_BIO_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(BIO, (st), (val))
+#define sk_BIO_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(BIO, (st), (val))
+#define sk_BIO_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(BIO, (st), (val))
+#define sk_BIO_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(BIO, (st), (val))
+#define sk_BIO_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(BIO, (st), (i))
+#define sk_BIO_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(BIO, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_BIO_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(BIO, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_BIO_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(BIO, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_BIO_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(BIO, st)
+#define sk_BIO_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(BIO, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_BIO_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(BIO, (st))
+#define sk_BIO_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(BIO, (st))
+#define sk_BIO_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(BIO, (st))
+#define sk_BIO_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(BIO, (st))
+
+#define sk_BY_DIR_ENTRY_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(BY_DIR_ENTRY, (cmp))
+#define sk_BY_DIR_ENTRY_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(BY_DIR_ENTRY)
+#define sk_BY_DIR_ENTRY_free(st) SKM_sk_free(BY_DIR_ENTRY, (st))
+#define sk_BY_DIR_ENTRY_num(st) SKM_sk_num(BY_DIR_ENTRY, (st))
+#define sk_BY_DIR_ENTRY_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(BY_DIR_ENTRY, (st), (i))
+#define sk_BY_DIR_ENTRY_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(BY_DIR_ENTRY, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_BY_DIR_ENTRY_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(BY_DIR_ENTRY, (st))
+#define sk_BY_DIR_ENTRY_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(BY_DIR_ENTRY, (st), (val))
+#define sk_BY_DIR_ENTRY_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(BY_DIR_ENTRY, (st), (val))
+#define sk_BY_DIR_ENTRY_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(BY_DIR_ENTRY, (st), (val))
+#define sk_BY_DIR_ENTRY_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(BY_DIR_ENTRY, (st), (val))
+#define sk_BY_DIR_ENTRY_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(BY_DIR_ENTRY, (st), (i))
+#define sk_BY_DIR_ENTRY_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(BY_DIR_ENTRY, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_BY_DIR_ENTRY_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(BY_DIR_ENTRY, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_BY_DIR_ENTRY_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(BY_DIR_ENTRY, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_BY_DIR_ENTRY_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(BY_DIR_ENTRY, st)
+#define sk_BY_DIR_ENTRY_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(BY_DIR_ENTRY, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_BY_DIR_ENTRY_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(BY_DIR_ENTRY, (st))
+#define sk_BY_DIR_ENTRY_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(BY_DIR_ENTRY, (st))
+#define sk_BY_DIR_ENTRY_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(BY_DIR_ENTRY, (st))
+#define sk_BY_DIR_ENTRY_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(BY_DIR_ENTRY, (st))
+
+#define sk_BY_DIR_HASH_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(BY_DIR_HASH, (cmp))
+#define sk_BY_DIR_HASH_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(BY_DIR_HASH)
+#define sk_BY_DIR_HASH_free(st) SKM_sk_free(BY_DIR_HASH, (st))
+#define sk_BY_DIR_HASH_num(st) SKM_sk_num(BY_DIR_HASH, (st))
+#define sk_BY_DIR_HASH_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(BY_DIR_HASH, (st), (i))
+#define sk_BY_DIR_HASH_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(BY_DIR_HASH, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_BY_DIR_HASH_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(BY_DIR_HASH, (st))
+#define sk_BY_DIR_HASH_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(BY_DIR_HASH, (st), (val))
+#define sk_BY_DIR_HASH_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(BY_DIR_HASH, (st), (val))
+#define sk_BY_DIR_HASH_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(BY_DIR_HASH, (st), (val))
+#define sk_BY_DIR_HASH_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(BY_DIR_HASH, (st), (val))
+#define sk_BY_DIR_HASH_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(BY_DIR_HASH, (st), (i))
+#define sk_BY_DIR_HASH_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(BY_DIR_HASH, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_BY_DIR_HASH_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(BY_DIR_HASH, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_BY_DIR_HASH_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(BY_DIR_HASH, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_BY_DIR_HASH_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(BY_DIR_HASH, st)
+#define sk_BY_DIR_HASH_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(BY_DIR_HASH, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_BY_DIR_HASH_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(BY_DIR_HASH, (st))
+#define sk_BY_DIR_HASH_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(BY_DIR_HASH, (st))
+#define sk_BY_DIR_HASH_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(BY_DIR_HASH, (st))
+#define sk_BY_DIR_HASH_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(BY_DIR_HASH, (st))
+
+#define sk_CMS_CertificateChoices_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(CMS_CertificateChoices, (cmp))
+#define sk_CMS_CertificateChoices_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(CMS_CertificateChoices)
+#define sk_CMS_CertificateChoices_free(st) SKM_sk_free(CMS_CertificateChoices, (st))
+#define sk_CMS_CertificateChoices_num(st) SKM_sk_num(CMS_CertificateChoices, (st))
+#define sk_CMS_CertificateChoices_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(CMS_CertificateChoices, (st), (i))
+#define sk_CMS_CertificateChoices_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(CMS_CertificateChoices, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_CMS_CertificateChoices_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(CMS_CertificateChoices, (st))
+#define sk_CMS_CertificateChoices_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(CMS_CertificateChoices, (st), (val))
+#define sk_CMS_CertificateChoices_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(CMS_CertificateChoices, (st), (val))
+#define sk_CMS_CertificateChoices_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(CMS_CertificateChoices, (st), (val))
+#define sk_CMS_CertificateChoices_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(CMS_CertificateChoices, (st), (val))
+#define sk_CMS_CertificateChoices_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(CMS_CertificateChoices, (st), (i))
+#define sk_CMS_CertificateChoices_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(CMS_CertificateChoices, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_CMS_CertificateChoices_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(CMS_CertificateChoices, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_CMS_CertificateChoices_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(CMS_CertificateChoices, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_CMS_CertificateChoices_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(CMS_CertificateChoices, st)
+#define sk_CMS_CertificateChoices_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(CMS_CertificateChoices, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_CMS_CertificateChoices_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(CMS_CertificateChoices, (st))
+#define sk_CMS_CertificateChoices_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(CMS_CertificateChoices, (st))
+#define sk_CMS_CertificateChoices_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(CMS_CertificateChoices, (st))
+#define sk_CMS_CertificateChoices_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(CMS_CertificateChoices, (st))
+
+#define sk_CMS_RecipientInfo_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(CMS_RecipientInfo, (cmp))
+#define sk_CMS_RecipientInfo_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(CMS_RecipientInfo)
+#define sk_CMS_RecipientInfo_free(st) SKM_sk_free(CMS_RecipientInfo, (st))
+#define sk_CMS_RecipientInfo_num(st) SKM_sk_num(CMS_RecipientInfo, (st))
+#define sk_CMS_RecipientInfo_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(CMS_RecipientInfo, (st), (i))
+#define sk_CMS_RecipientInfo_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(CMS_RecipientInfo, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_CMS_RecipientInfo_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(CMS_RecipientInfo, (st))
+#define sk_CMS_RecipientInfo_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(CMS_RecipientInfo, (st), (val))
+#define sk_CMS_RecipientInfo_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(CMS_RecipientInfo, (st), (val))
+#define sk_CMS_RecipientInfo_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(CMS_RecipientInfo, (st), (val))
+#define sk_CMS_RecipientInfo_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(CMS_RecipientInfo, (st), (val))
+#define sk_CMS_RecipientInfo_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(CMS_RecipientInfo, (st), (i))
+#define sk_CMS_RecipientInfo_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(CMS_RecipientInfo, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_CMS_RecipientInfo_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(CMS_RecipientInfo, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_CMS_RecipientInfo_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(CMS_RecipientInfo, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_CMS_RecipientInfo_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(CMS_RecipientInfo, st)
+#define sk_CMS_RecipientInfo_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(CMS_RecipientInfo, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_CMS_RecipientInfo_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(CMS_RecipientInfo, (st))
+#define sk_CMS_RecipientInfo_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(CMS_RecipientInfo, (st))
+#define sk_CMS_RecipientInfo_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(CMS_RecipientInfo, (st))
+#define sk_CMS_RecipientInfo_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(CMS_RecipientInfo, (st))
+
+#define sk_CMS_RevocationInfoChoice_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(CMS_RevocationInfoChoice, (cmp))
+#define sk_CMS_RevocationInfoChoice_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(CMS_RevocationInfoChoice)
+#define sk_CMS_RevocationInfoChoice_free(st) SKM_sk_free(CMS_RevocationInfoChoice, (st))
+#define sk_CMS_RevocationInfoChoice_num(st) SKM_sk_num(CMS_RevocationInfoChoice, (st))
+#define sk_CMS_RevocationInfoChoice_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(CMS_RevocationInfoChoice, (st), (i))
+#define sk_CMS_RevocationInfoChoice_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(CMS_RevocationInfoChoice, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_CMS_RevocationInfoChoice_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(CMS_RevocationInfoChoice, (st))
+#define sk_CMS_RevocationInfoChoice_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(CMS_RevocationInfoChoice, (st), (val))
+#define sk_CMS_RevocationInfoChoice_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(CMS_RevocationInfoChoice, (st), (val))
+#define sk_CMS_RevocationInfoChoice_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(CMS_RevocationInfoChoice, (st), (val))
+#define sk_CMS_RevocationInfoChoice_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(CMS_RevocationInfoChoice, (st), (val))
+#define sk_CMS_RevocationInfoChoice_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(CMS_RevocationInfoChoice, (st), (i))
+#define sk_CMS_RevocationInfoChoice_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(CMS_RevocationInfoChoice, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_CMS_RevocationInfoChoice_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(CMS_RevocationInfoChoice, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_CMS_RevocationInfoChoice_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(CMS_RevocationInfoChoice, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_CMS_RevocationInfoChoice_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(CMS_RevocationInfoChoice, st)
+#define sk_CMS_RevocationInfoChoice_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(CMS_RevocationInfoChoice, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_CMS_RevocationInfoChoice_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(CMS_RevocationInfoChoice, (st))
+#define sk_CMS_RevocationInfoChoice_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(CMS_RevocationInfoChoice, (st))
+#define sk_CMS_RevocationInfoChoice_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(CMS_RevocationInfoChoice, (st))
+#define sk_CMS_RevocationInfoChoice_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(CMS_RevocationInfoChoice, (st))
+
+#define sk_CMS_SignerInfo_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(CMS_SignerInfo, (cmp))
+#define sk_CMS_SignerInfo_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(CMS_SignerInfo)
+#define sk_CMS_SignerInfo_free(st) SKM_sk_free(CMS_SignerInfo, (st))
+#define sk_CMS_SignerInfo_num(st) SKM_sk_num(CMS_SignerInfo, (st))
+#define sk_CMS_SignerInfo_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(CMS_SignerInfo, (st), (i))
+#define sk_CMS_SignerInfo_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(CMS_SignerInfo, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_CMS_SignerInfo_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(CMS_SignerInfo, (st))
+#define sk_CMS_SignerInfo_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(CMS_SignerInfo, (st), (val))
+#define sk_CMS_SignerInfo_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(CMS_SignerInfo, (st), (val))
+#define sk_CMS_SignerInfo_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(CMS_SignerInfo, (st), (val))
+#define sk_CMS_SignerInfo_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(CMS_SignerInfo, (st), (val))
+#define sk_CMS_SignerInfo_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(CMS_SignerInfo, (st), (i))
+#define sk_CMS_SignerInfo_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(CMS_SignerInfo, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_CMS_SignerInfo_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(CMS_SignerInfo, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_CMS_SignerInfo_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(CMS_SignerInfo, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_CMS_SignerInfo_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(CMS_SignerInfo, st)
+#define sk_CMS_SignerInfo_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(CMS_SignerInfo, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_CMS_SignerInfo_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(CMS_SignerInfo, (st))
+#define sk_CMS_SignerInfo_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(CMS_SignerInfo, (st))
+#define sk_CMS_SignerInfo_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(CMS_SignerInfo, (st))
+#define sk_CMS_SignerInfo_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(CMS_SignerInfo, (st))
+
+#define sk_CONF_IMODULE_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(CONF_IMODULE, (cmp))
+#define sk_CONF_IMODULE_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(CONF_IMODULE)
+#define sk_CONF_IMODULE_free(st) SKM_sk_free(CONF_IMODULE, (st))
+#define sk_CONF_IMODULE_num(st) SKM_sk_num(CONF_IMODULE, (st))
+#define sk_CONF_IMODULE_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(CONF_IMODULE, (st), (i))
+#define sk_CONF_IMODULE_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(CONF_IMODULE, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_CONF_IMODULE_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(CONF_IMODULE, (st))
+#define sk_CONF_IMODULE_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(CONF_IMODULE, (st), (val))
+#define sk_CONF_IMODULE_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(CONF_IMODULE, (st), (val))
+#define sk_CONF_IMODULE_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(CONF_IMODULE, (st), (val))
+#define sk_CONF_IMODULE_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(CONF_IMODULE, (st), (val))
+#define sk_CONF_IMODULE_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(CONF_IMODULE, (st), (i))
+#define sk_CONF_IMODULE_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(CONF_IMODULE, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_CONF_IMODULE_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(CONF_IMODULE, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_CONF_IMODULE_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(CONF_IMODULE, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_CONF_IMODULE_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(CONF_IMODULE, st)
+#define sk_CONF_IMODULE_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(CONF_IMODULE, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_CONF_IMODULE_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(CONF_IMODULE, (st))
+#define sk_CONF_IMODULE_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(CONF_IMODULE, (st))
+#define sk_CONF_IMODULE_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(CONF_IMODULE, (st))
+#define sk_CONF_IMODULE_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(CONF_IMODULE, (st))
+
+#define sk_CONF_MODULE_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(CONF_MODULE, (cmp))
+#define sk_CONF_MODULE_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(CONF_MODULE)
+#define sk_CONF_MODULE_free(st) SKM_sk_free(CONF_MODULE, (st))
+#define sk_CONF_MODULE_num(st) SKM_sk_num(CONF_MODULE, (st))
+#define sk_CONF_MODULE_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(CONF_MODULE, (st), (i))
+#define sk_CONF_MODULE_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(CONF_MODULE, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_CONF_MODULE_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(CONF_MODULE, (st))
+#define sk_CONF_MODULE_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(CONF_MODULE, (st), (val))
+#define sk_CONF_MODULE_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(CONF_MODULE, (st), (val))
+#define sk_CONF_MODULE_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(CONF_MODULE, (st), (val))
+#define sk_CONF_MODULE_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(CONF_MODULE, (st), (val))
+#define sk_CONF_MODULE_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(CONF_MODULE, (st), (i))
+#define sk_CONF_MODULE_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(CONF_MODULE, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_CONF_MODULE_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(CONF_MODULE, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_CONF_MODULE_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(CONF_MODULE, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_CONF_MODULE_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(CONF_MODULE, st)
+#define sk_CONF_MODULE_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(CONF_MODULE, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_CONF_MODULE_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(CONF_MODULE, (st))
+#define sk_CONF_MODULE_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(CONF_MODULE, (st))
+#define sk_CONF_MODULE_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(CONF_MODULE, (st))
+#define sk_CONF_MODULE_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(CONF_MODULE, (st))
+
+#define sk_CONF_VALUE_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(CONF_VALUE, (cmp))
+#define sk_CONF_VALUE_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(CONF_VALUE)
+#define sk_CONF_VALUE_free(st) SKM_sk_free(CONF_VALUE, (st))
+#define sk_CONF_VALUE_num(st) SKM_sk_num(CONF_VALUE, (st))
+#define sk_CONF_VALUE_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(CONF_VALUE, (st), (i))
+#define sk_CONF_VALUE_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(CONF_VALUE, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_CONF_VALUE_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(CONF_VALUE, (st))
+#define sk_CONF_VALUE_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(CONF_VALUE, (st), (val))
+#define sk_CONF_VALUE_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(CONF_VALUE, (st), (val))
+#define sk_CONF_VALUE_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(CONF_VALUE, (st), (val))
+#define sk_CONF_VALUE_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(CONF_VALUE, (st), (val))
+#define sk_CONF_VALUE_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(CONF_VALUE, (st), (i))
+#define sk_CONF_VALUE_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(CONF_VALUE, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_CONF_VALUE_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(CONF_VALUE, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_CONF_VALUE_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(CONF_VALUE, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_CONF_VALUE_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(CONF_VALUE, st)
+#define sk_CONF_VALUE_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(CONF_VALUE, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_CONF_VALUE_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(CONF_VALUE, (st))
+#define sk_CONF_VALUE_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(CONF_VALUE, (st))
+#define sk_CONF_VALUE_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(CONF_VALUE, (st))
+#define sk_CONF_VALUE_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(CONF_VALUE, (st))
+
+#define sk_CRYPTO_EX_DATA_FUNCS_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(CRYPTO_EX_DATA_FUNCS, (cmp))
+#define sk_CRYPTO_EX_DATA_FUNCS_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(CRYPTO_EX_DATA_FUNCS)
+#define sk_CRYPTO_EX_DATA_FUNCS_free(st) SKM_sk_free(CRYPTO_EX_DATA_FUNCS, (st))
+#define sk_CRYPTO_EX_DATA_FUNCS_num(st) SKM_sk_num(CRYPTO_EX_DATA_FUNCS, (st))
+#define sk_CRYPTO_EX_DATA_FUNCS_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(CRYPTO_EX_DATA_FUNCS, (st), (i))
+#define sk_CRYPTO_EX_DATA_FUNCS_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(CRYPTO_EX_DATA_FUNCS, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_CRYPTO_EX_DATA_FUNCS_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(CRYPTO_EX_DATA_FUNCS, (st))
+#define sk_CRYPTO_EX_DATA_FUNCS_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(CRYPTO_EX_DATA_FUNCS, (st), (val))
+#define sk_CRYPTO_EX_DATA_FUNCS_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(CRYPTO_EX_DATA_FUNCS, (st), (val))
+#define sk_CRYPTO_EX_DATA_FUNCS_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(CRYPTO_EX_DATA_FUNCS, (st), (val))
+#define sk_CRYPTO_EX_DATA_FUNCS_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(CRYPTO_EX_DATA_FUNCS, (st), (val))
+#define sk_CRYPTO_EX_DATA_FUNCS_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(CRYPTO_EX_DATA_FUNCS, (st), (i))
+#define sk_CRYPTO_EX_DATA_FUNCS_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(CRYPTO_EX_DATA_FUNCS, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_CRYPTO_EX_DATA_FUNCS_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(CRYPTO_EX_DATA_FUNCS, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_CRYPTO_EX_DATA_FUNCS_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(CRYPTO_EX_DATA_FUNCS, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_CRYPTO_EX_DATA_FUNCS_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(CRYPTO_EX_DATA_FUNCS, st)
+#define sk_CRYPTO_EX_DATA_FUNCS_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(CRYPTO_EX_DATA_FUNCS, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_CRYPTO_EX_DATA_FUNCS_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(CRYPTO_EX_DATA_FUNCS, (st))
+#define sk_CRYPTO_EX_DATA_FUNCS_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(CRYPTO_EX_DATA_FUNCS, (st))
+#define sk_CRYPTO_EX_DATA_FUNCS_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(CRYPTO_EX_DATA_FUNCS, (st))
+#define sk_CRYPTO_EX_DATA_FUNCS_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(CRYPTO_EX_DATA_FUNCS, (st))
+
+#define sk_CRYPTO_dynlock_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(CRYPTO_dynlock, (cmp))
+#define sk_CRYPTO_dynlock_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(CRYPTO_dynlock)
+#define sk_CRYPTO_dynlock_free(st) SKM_sk_free(CRYPTO_dynlock, (st))
+#define sk_CRYPTO_dynlock_num(st) SKM_sk_num(CRYPTO_dynlock, (st))
+#define sk_CRYPTO_dynlock_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(CRYPTO_dynlock, (st), (i))
+#define sk_CRYPTO_dynlock_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(CRYPTO_dynlock, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_CRYPTO_dynlock_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(CRYPTO_dynlock, (st))
+#define sk_CRYPTO_dynlock_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(CRYPTO_dynlock, (st), (val))
+#define sk_CRYPTO_dynlock_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(CRYPTO_dynlock, (st), (val))
+#define sk_CRYPTO_dynlock_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(CRYPTO_dynlock, (st), (val))
+#define sk_CRYPTO_dynlock_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(CRYPTO_dynlock, (st), (val))
+#define sk_CRYPTO_dynlock_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(CRYPTO_dynlock, (st), (i))
+#define sk_CRYPTO_dynlock_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(CRYPTO_dynlock, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_CRYPTO_dynlock_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(CRYPTO_dynlock, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_CRYPTO_dynlock_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(CRYPTO_dynlock, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_CRYPTO_dynlock_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(CRYPTO_dynlock, st)
+#define sk_CRYPTO_dynlock_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(CRYPTO_dynlock, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_CRYPTO_dynlock_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(CRYPTO_dynlock, (st))
+#define sk_CRYPTO_dynlock_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(CRYPTO_dynlock, (st))
+#define sk_CRYPTO_dynlock_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(CRYPTO_dynlock, (st))
+#define sk_CRYPTO_dynlock_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(CRYPTO_dynlock, (st))
+
+#define sk_DIST_POINT_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(DIST_POINT, (cmp))
+#define sk_DIST_POINT_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(DIST_POINT)
+#define sk_DIST_POINT_free(st) SKM_sk_free(DIST_POINT, (st))
+#define sk_DIST_POINT_num(st) SKM_sk_num(DIST_POINT, (st))
+#define sk_DIST_POINT_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(DIST_POINT, (st), (i))
+#define sk_DIST_POINT_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(DIST_POINT, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_DIST_POINT_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(DIST_POINT, (st))
+#define sk_DIST_POINT_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(DIST_POINT, (st), (val))
+#define sk_DIST_POINT_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(DIST_POINT, (st), (val))
+#define sk_DIST_POINT_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(DIST_POINT, (st), (val))
+#define sk_DIST_POINT_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(DIST_POINT, (st), (val))
+#define sk_DIST_POINT_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(DIST_POINT, (st), (i))
+#define sk_DIST_POINT_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(DIST_POINT, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_DIST_POINT_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(DIST_POINT, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_DIST_POINT_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(DIST_POINT, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_DIST_POINT_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(DIST_POINT, st)
+#define sk_DIST_POINT_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(DIST_POINT, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_DIST_POINT_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(DIST_POINT, (st))
+#define sk_DIST_POINT_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(DIST_POINT, (st))
+#define sk_DIST_POINT_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(DIST_POINT, (st))
+#define sk_DIST_POINT_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(DIST_POINT, (st))
+
+#define sk_ENGINE_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(ENGINE, (cmp))
+#define sk_ENGINE_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(ENGINE)
+#define sk_ENGINE_free(st) SKM_sk_free(ENGINE, (st))
+#define sk_ENGINE_num(st) SKM_sk_num(ENGINE, (st))
+#define sk_ENGINE_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(ENGINE, (st), (i))
+#define sk_ENGINE_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(ENGINE, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_ENGINE_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(ENGINE, (st))
+#define sk_ENGINE_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(ENGINE, (st), (val))
+#define sk_ENGINE_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(ENGINE, (st), (val))
+#define sk_ENGINE_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(ENGINE, (st), (val))
+#define sk_ENGINE_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(ENGINE, (st), (val))
+#define sk_ENGINE_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(ENGINE, (st), (i))
+#define sk_ENGINE_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(ENGINE, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_ENGINE_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(ENGINE, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_ENGINE_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(ENGINE, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_ENGINE_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(ENGINE, st)
+#define sk_ENGINE_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(ENGINE, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_ENGINE_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(ENGINE, (st))
+#define sk_ENGINE_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(ENGINE, (st))
+#define sk_ENGINE_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(ENGINE, (st))
+#define sk_ENGINE_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(ENGINE, (st))
+
+#define sk_ENGINE_CLEANUP_ITEM_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(ENGINE_CLEANUP_ITEM, (cmp))
+#define sk_ENGINE_CLEANUP_ITEM_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(ENGINE_CLEANUP_ITEM)
+#define sk_ENGINE_CLEANUP_ITEM_free(st) SKM_sk_free(ENGINE_CLEANUP_ITEM, (st))
+#define sk_ENGINE_CLEANUP_ITEM_num(st) SKM_sk_num(ENGINE_CLEANUP_ITEM, (st))
+#define sk_ENGINE_CLEANUP_ITEM_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(ENGINE_CLEANUP_ITEM, (st), (i))
+#define sk_ENGINE_CLEANUP_ITEM_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(ENGINE_CLEANUP_ITEM, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_ENGINE_CLEANUP_ITEM_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(ENGINE_CLEANUP_ITEM, (st))
+#define sk_ENGINE_CLEANUP_ITEM_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(ENGINE_CLEANUP_ITEM, (st), (val))
+#define sk_ENGINE_CLEANUP_ITEM_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(ENGINE_CLEANUP_ITEM, (st), (val))
+#define sk_ENGINE_CLEANUP_ITEM_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(ENGINE_CLEANUP_ITEM, (st), (val))
+#define sk_ENGINE_CLEANUP_ITEM_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(ENGINE_CLEANUP_ITEM, (st), (val))
+#define sk_ENGINE_CLEANUP_ITEM_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(ENGINE_CLEANUP_ITEM, (st), (i))
+#define sk_ENGINE_CLEANUP_ITEM_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(ENGINE_CLEANUP_ITEM, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_ENGINE_CLEANUP_ITEM_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(ENGINE_CLEANUP_ITEM, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_ENGINE_CLEANUP_ITEM_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(ENGINE_CLEANUP_ITEM, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_ENGINE_CLEANUP_ITEM_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(ENGINE_CLEANUP_ITEM, st)
+#define sk_ENGINE_CLEANUP_ITEM_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(ENGINE_CLEANUP_ITEM, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_ENGINE_CLEANUP_ITEM_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(ENGINE_CLEANUP_ITEM, (st))
+#define sk_ENGINE_CLEANUP_ITEM_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(ENGINE_CLEANUP_ITEM, (st))
+#define sk_ENGINE_CLEANUP_ITEM_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(ENGINE_CLEANUP_ITEM, (st))
+#define sk_ENGINE_CLEANUP_ITEM_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(ENGINE_CLEANUP_ITEM, (st))
+
+#define sk_ESS_CERT_ID_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(ESS_CERT_ID, (cmp))
+#define sk_ESS_CERT_ID_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(ESS_CERT_ID)
+#define sk_ESS_CERT_ID_free(st) SKM_sk_free(ESS_CERT_ID, (st))
+#define sk_ESS_CERT_ID_num(st) SKM_sk_num(ESS_CERT_ID, (st))
+#define sk_ESS_CERT_ID_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(ESS_CERT_ID, (st), (i))
+#define sk_ESS_CERT_ID_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(ESS_CERT_ID, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_ESS_CERT_ID_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(ESS_CERT_ID, (st))
+#define sk_ESS_CERT_ID_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(ESS_CERT_ID, (st), (val))
+#define sk_ESS_CERT_ID_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(ESS_CERT_ID, (st), (val))
+#define sk_ESS_CERT_ID_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(ESS_CERT_ID, (st), (val))
+#define sk_ESS_CERT_ID_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(ESS_CERT_ID, (st), (val))
+#define sk_ESS_CERT_ID_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(ESS_CERT_ID, (st), (i))
+#define sk_ESS_CERT_ID_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(ESS_CERT_ID, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_ESS_CERT_ID_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(ESS_CERT_ID, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_ESS_CERT_ID_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(ESS_CERT_ID, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_ESS_CERT_ID_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(ESS_CERT_ID, st)
+#define sk_ESS_CERT_ID_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(ESS_CERT_ID, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_ESS_CERT_ID_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(ESS_CERT_ID, (st))
+#define sk_ESS_CERT_ID_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(ESS_CERT_ID, (st))
+#define sk_ESS_CERT_ID_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(ESS_CERT_ID, (st))
+#define sk_ESS_CERT_ID_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(ESS_CERT_ID, (st))
+
+#define sk_EVP_MD_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(EVP_MD, (cmp))
+#define sk_EVP_MD_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(EVP_MD)
+#define sk_EVP_MD_free(st) SKM_sk_free(EVP_MD, (st))
+#define sk_EVP_MD_num(st) SKM_sk_num(EVP_MD, (st))
+#define sk_EVP_MD_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(EVP_MD, (st), (i))
+#define sk_EVP_MD_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(EVP_MD, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_EVP_MD_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(EVP_MD, (st))
+#define sk_EVP_MD_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(EVP_MD, (st), (val))
+#define sk_EVP_MD_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(EVP_MD, (st), (val))
+#define sk_EVP_MD_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(EVP_MD, (st), (val))
+#define sk_EVP_MD_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(EVP_MD, (st), (val))
+#define sk_EVP_MD_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(EVP_MD, (st), (i))
+#define sk_EVP_MD_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(EVP_MD, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_EVP_MD_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(EVP_MD, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_EVP_MD_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(EVP_MD, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_EVP_MD_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(EVP_MD, st)
+#define sk_EVP_MD_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(EVP_MD, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_EVP_MD_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(EVP_MD, (st))
+#define sk_EVP_MD_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(EVP_MD, (st))
+#define sk_EVP_MD_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(EVP_MD, (st))
+#define sk_EVP_MD_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(EVP_MD, (st))
+
+#define sk_EVP_PBE_CTL_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(EVP_PBE_CTL, (cmp))
+#define sk_EVP_PBE_CTL_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(EVP_PBE_CTL)
+#define sk_EVP_PBE_CTL_free(st) SKM_sk_free(EVP_PBE_CTL, (st))
+#define sk_EVP_PBE_CTL_num(st) SKM_sk_num(EVP_PBE_CTL, (st))
+#define sk_EVP_PBE_CTL_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(EVP_PBE_CTL, (st), (i))
+#define sk_EVP_PBE_CTL_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(EVP_PBE_CTL, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_EVP_PBE_CTL_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(EVP_PBE_CTL, (st))
+#define sk_EVP_PBE_CTL_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(EVP_PBE_CTL, (st), (val))
+#define sk_EVP_PBE_CTL_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(EVP_PBE_CTL, (st), (val))
+#define sk_EVP_PBE_CTL_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(EVP_PBE_CTL, (st), (val))
+#define sk_EVP_PBE_CTL_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(EVP_PBE_CTL, (st), (val))
+#define sk_EVP_PBE_CTL_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(EVP_PBE_CTL, (st), (i))
+#define sk_EVP_PBE_CTL_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(EVP_PBE_CTL, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_EVP_PBE_CTL_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(EVP_PBE_CTL, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_EVP_PBE_CTL_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(EVP_PBE_CTL, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_EVP_PBE_CTL_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(EVP_PBE_CTL, st)
+#define sk_EVP_PBE_CTL_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(EVP_PBE_CTL, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_EVP_PBE_CTL_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(EVP_PBE_CTL, (st))
+#define sk_EVP_PBE_CTL_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(EVP_PBE_CTL, (st))
+#define sk_EVP_PBE_CTL_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(EVP_PBE_CTL, (st))
+#define sk_EVP_PBE_CTL_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(EVP_PBE_CTL, (st))
+
+#define sk_EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD, (cmp))
+#define sk_EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD)
+#define sk_EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD_free(st) SKM_sk_free(EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD, (st))
+#define sk_EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD_num(st) SKM_sk_num(EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD, (st))
+#define sk_EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD, (st), (i))
+#define sk_EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD, (st))
+#define sk_EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD, (st), (val))
+#define sk_EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD, (st), (val))
+#define sk_EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD, (st), (val))
+#define sk_EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD, (st), (val))
+#define sk_EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD, (st), (i))
+#define sk_EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD, st)
+#define sk_EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD, (st))
+#define sk_EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD, (st))
+#define sk_EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD, (st))
+#define sk_EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(EVP_PKEY_ASN1_METHOD, (st))
+
+#define sk_EVP_PKEY_METHOD_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(EVP_PKEY_METHOD, (cmp))
+#define sk_EVP_PKEY_METHOD_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(EVP_PKEY_METHOD)
+#define sk_EVP_PKEY_METHOD_free(st) SKM_sk_free(EVP_PKEY_METHOD, (st))
+#define sk_EVP_PKEY_METHOD_num(st) SKM_sk_num(EVP_PKEY_METHOD, (st))
+#define sk_EVP_PKEY_METHOD_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(EVP_PKEY_METHOD, (st), (i))
+#define sk_EVP_PKEY_METHOD_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(EVP_PKEY_METHOD, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_EVP_PKEY_METHOD_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(EVP_PKEY_METHOD, (st))
+#define sk_EVP_PKEY_METHOD_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(EVP_PKEY_METHOD, (st), (val))
+#define sk_EVP_PKEY_METHOD_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(EVP_PKEY_METHOD, (st), (val))
+#define sk_EVP_PKEY_METHOD_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(EVP_PKEY_METHOD, (st), (val))
+#define sk_EVP_PKEY_METHOD_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(EVP_PKEY_METHOD, (st), (val))
+#define sk_EVP_PKEY_METHOD_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(EVP_PKEY_METHOD, (st), (i))
+#define sk_EVP_PKEY_METHOD_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(EVP_PKEY_METHOD, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_EVP_PKEY_METHOD_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(EVP_PKEY_METHOD, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_EVP_PKEY_METHOD_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(EVP_PKEY_METHOD, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_EVP_PKEY_METHOD_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(EVP_PKEY_METHOD, st)
+#define sk_EVP_PKEY_METHOD_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(EVP_PKEY_METHOD, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_EVP_PKEY_METHOD_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(EVP_PKEY_METHOD, (st))
+#define sk_EVP_PKEY_METHOD_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(EVP_PKEY_METHOD, (st))
+#define sk_EVP_PKEY_METHOD_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(EVP_PKEY_METHOD, (st))
+#define sk_EVP_PKEY_METHOD_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(EVP_PKEY_METHOD, (st))
+
+#define sk_GENERAL_NAME_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(GENERAL_NAME, (cmp))
+#define sk_GENERAL_NAME_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(GENERAL_NAME)
+#define sk_GENERAL_NAME_free(st) SKM_sk_free(GENERAL_NAME, (st))
+#define sk_GENERAL_NAME_num(st) SKM_sk_num(GENERAL_NAME, (st))
+#define sk_GENERAL_NAME_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(GENERAL_NAME, (st), (i))
+#define sk_GENERAL_NAME_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(GENERAL_NAME, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_GENERAL_NAME_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(GENERAL_NAME, (st))
+#define sk_GENERAL_NAME_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(GENERAL_NAME, (st), (val))
+#define sk_GENERAL_NAME_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(GENERAL_NAME, (st), (val))
+#define sk_GENERAL_NAME_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(GENERAL_NAME, (st), (val))
+#define sk_GENERAL_NAME_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(GENERAL_NAME, (st), (val))
+#define sk_GENERAL_NAME_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(GENERAL_NAME, (st), (i))
+#define sk_GENERAL_NAME_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(GENERAL_NAME, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_GENERAL_NAME_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(GENERAL_NAME, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_GENERAL_NAME_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(GENERAL_NAME, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_GENERAL_NAME_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(GENERAL_NAME, st)
+#define sk_GENERAL_NAME_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(GENERAL_NAME, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_GENERAL_NAME_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(GENERAL_NAME, (st))
+#define sk_GENERAL_NAME_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(GENERAL_NAME, (st))
+#define sk_GENERAL_NAME_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(GENERAL_NAME, (st))
+#define sk_GENERAL_NAME_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(GENERAL_NAME, (st))
+
+#define sk_GENERAL_NAMES_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(GENERAL_NAMES, (cmp))
+#define sk_GENERAL_NAMES_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(GENERAL_NAMES)
+#define sk_GENERAL_NAMES_free(st) SKM_sk_free(GENERAL_NAMES, (st))
+#define sk_GENERAL_NAMES_num(st) SKM_sk_num(GENERAL_NAMES, (st))
+#define sk_GENERAL_NAMES_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(GENERAL_NAMES, (st), (i))
+#define sk_GENERAL_NAMES_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(GENERAL_NAMES, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_GENERAL_NAMES_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(GENERAL_NAMES, (st))
+#define sk_GENERAL_NAMES_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(GENERAL_NAMES, (st), (val))
+#define sk_GENERAL_NAMES_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(GENERAL_NAMES, (st), (val))
+#define sk_GENERAL_NAMES_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(GENERAL_NAMES, (st), (val))
+#define sk_GENERAL_NAMES_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(GENERAL_NAMES, (st), (val))
+#define sk_GENERAL_NAMES_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(GENERAL_NAMES, (st), (i))
+#define sk_GENERAL_NAMES_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(GENERAL_NAMES, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_GENERAL_NAMES_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(GENERAL_NAMES, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_GENERAL_NAMES_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(GENERAL_NAMES, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_GENERAL_NAMES_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(GENERAL_NAMES, st)
+#define sk_GENERAL_NAMES_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(GENERAL_NAMES, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_GENERAL_NAMES_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(GENERAL_NAMES, (st))
+#define sk_GENERAL_NAMES_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(GENERAL_NAMES, (st))
+#define sk_GENERAL_NAMES_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(GENERAL_NAMES, (st))
+#define sk_GENERAL_NAMES_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(GENERAL_NAMES, (st))
+
+#define sk_GENERAL_SUBTREE_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(GENERAL_SUBTREE, (cmp))
+#define sk_GENERAL_SUBTREE_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(GENERAL_SUBTREE)
+#define sk_GENERAL_SUBTREE_free(st) SKM_sk_free(GENERAL_SUBTREE, (st))
+#define sk_GENERAL_SUBTREE_num(st) SKM_sk_num(GENERAL_SUBTREE, (st))
+#define sk_GENERAL_SUBTREE_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(GENERAL_SUBTREE, (st), (i))
+#define sk_GENERAL_SUBTREE_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(GENERAL_SUBTREE, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_GENERAL_SUBTREE_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(GENERAL_SUBTREE, (st))
+#define sk_GENERAL_SUBTREE_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(GENERAL_SUBTREE, (st), (val))
+#define sk_GENERAL_SUBTREE_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(GENERAL_SUBTREE, (st), (val))
+#define sk_GENERAL_SUBTREE_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(GENERAL_SUBTREE, (st), (val))
+#define sk_GENERAL_SUBTREE_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(GENERAL_SUBTREE, (st), (val))
+#define sk_GENERAL_SUBTREE_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(GENERAL_SUBTREE, (st), (i))
+#define sk_GENERAL_SUBTREE_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(GENERAL_SUBTREE, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_GENERAL_SUBTREE_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(GENERAL_SUBTREE, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_GENERAL_SUBTREE_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(GENERAL_SUBTREE, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_GENERAL_SUBTREE_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(GENERAL_SUBTREE, st)
+#define sk_GENERAL_SUBTREE_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(GENERAL_SUBTREE, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_GENERAL_SUBTREE_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(GENERAL_SUBTREE, (st))
+#define sk_GENERAL_SUBTREE_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(GENERAL_SUBTREE, (st))
+#define sk_GENERAL_SUBTREE_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(GENERAL_SUBTREE, (st))
+#define sk_GENERAL_SUBTREE_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(GENERAL_SUBTREE, (st))
+
+#define sk_IPAddressFamily_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(IPAddressFamily, (cmp))
+#define sk_IPAddressFamily_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(IPAddressFamily)
+#define sk_IPAddressFamily_free(st) SKM_sk_free(IPAddressFamily, (st))
+#define sk_IPAddressFamily_num(st) SKM_sk_num(IPAddressFamily, (st))
+#define sk_IPAddressFamily_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(IPAddressFamily, (st), (i))
+#define sk_IPAddressFamily_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(IPAddressFamily, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_IPAddressFamily_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(IPAddressFamily, (st))
+#define sk_IPAddressFamily_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(IPAddressFamily, (st), (val))
+#define sk_IPAddressFamily_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(IPAddressFamily, (st), (val))
+#define sk_IPAddressFamily_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(IPAddressFamily, (st), (val))
+#define sk_IPAddressFamily_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(IPAddressFamily, (st), (val))
+#define sk_IPAddressFamily_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(IPAddressFamily, (st), (i))
+#define sk_IPAddressFamily_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(IPAddressFamily, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_IPAddressFamily_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(IPAddressFamily, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_IPAddressFamily_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(IPAddressFamily, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_IPAddressFamily_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(IPAddressFamily, st)
+#define sk_IPAddressFamily_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(IPAddressFamily, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_IPAddressFamily_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(IPAddressFamily, (st))
+#define sk_IPAddressFamily_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(IPAddressFamily, (st))
+#define sk_IPAddressFamily_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(IPAddressFamily, (st))
+#define sk_IPAddressFamily_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(IPAddressFamily, (st))
+
+#define sk_IPAddressOrRange_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(IPAddressOrRange, (cmp))
+#define sk_IPAddressOrRange_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(IPAddressOrRange)
+#define sk_IPAddressOrRange_free(st) SKM_sk_free(IPAddressOrRange, (st))
+#define sk_IPAddressOrRange_num(st) SKM_sk_num(IPAddressOrRange, (st))
+#define sk_IPAddressOrRange_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(IPAddressOrRange, (st), (i))
+#define sk_IPAddressOrRange_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(IPAddressOrRange, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_IPAddressOrRange_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(IPAddressOrRange, (st))
+#define sk_IPAddressOrRange_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(IPAddressOrRange, (st), (val))
+#define sk_IPAddressOrRange_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(IPAddressOrRange, (st), (val))
+#define sk_IPAddressOrRange_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(IPAddressOrRange, (st), (val))
+#define sk_IPAddressOrRange_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(IPAddressOrRange, (st), (val))
+#define sk_IPAddressOrRange_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(IPAddressOrRange, (st), (i))
+#define sk_IPAddressOrRange_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(IPAddressOrRange, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_IPAddressOrRange_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(IPAddressOrRange, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_IPAddressOrRange_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(IPAddressOrRange, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_IPAddressOrRange_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(IPAddressOrRange, st)
+#define sk_IPAddressOrRange_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(IPAddressOrRange, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_IPAddressOrRange_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(IPAddressOrRange, (st))
+#define sk_IPAddressOrRange_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(IPAddressOrRange, (st))
+#define sk_IPAddressOrRange_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(IPAddressOrRange, (st))
+#define sk_IPAddressOrRange_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(IPAddressOrRange, (st))
+
+#define sk_KRB5_APREQBODY_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(KRB5_APREQBODY, (cmp))
+#define sk_KRB5_APREQBODY_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(KRB5_APREQBODY)
+#define sk_KRB5_APREQBODY_free(st) SKM_sk_free(KRB5_APREQBODY, (st))
+#define sk_KRB5_APREQBODY_num(st) SKM_sk_num(KRB5_APREQBODY, (st))
+#define sk_KRB5_APREQBODY_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(KRB5_APREQBODY, (st), (i))
+#define sk_KRB5_APREQBODY_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(KRB5_APREQBODY, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_KRB5_APREQBODY_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(KRB5_APREQBODY, (st))
+#define sk_KRB5_APREQBODY_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(KRB5_APREQBODY, (st), (val))
+#define sk_KRB5_APREQBODY_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(KRB5_APREQBODY, (st), (val))
+#define sk_KRB5_APREQBODY_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(KRB5_APREQBODY, (st), (val))
+#define sk_KRB5_APREQBODY_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(KRB5_APREQBODY, (st), (val))
+#define sk_KRB5_APREQBODY_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(KRB5_APREQBODY, (st), (i))
+#define sk_KRB5_APREQBODY_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(KRB5_APREQBODY, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_KRB5_APREQBODY_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(KRB5_APREQBODY, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_KRB5_APREQBODY_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(KRB5_APREQBODY, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_KRB5_APREQBODY_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(KRB5_APREQBODY, st)
+#define sk_KRB5_APREQBODY_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(KRB5_APREQBODY, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_KRB5_APREQBODY_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(KRB5_APREQBODY, (st))
+#define sk_KRB5_APREQBODY_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(KRB5_APREQBODY, (st))
+#define sk_KRB5_APREQBODY_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(KRB5_APREQBODY, (st))
+#define sk_KRB5_APREQBODY_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(KRB5_APREQBODY, (st))
+
+#define sk_KRB5_AUTHDATA_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(KRB5_AUTHDATA, (cmp))
+#define sk_KRB5_AUTHDATA_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(KRB5_AUTHDATA)
+#define sk_KRB5_AUTHDATA_free(st) SKM_sk_free(KRB5_AUTHDATA, (st))
+#define sk_KRB5_AUTHDATA_num(st) SKM_sk_num(KRB5_AUTHDATA, (st))
+#define sk_KRB5_AUTHDATA_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(KRB5_AUTHDATA, (st), (i))
+#define sk_KRB5_AUTHDATA_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(KRB5_AUTHDATA, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_KRB5_AUTHDATA_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(KRB5_AUTHDATA, (st))
+#define sk_KRB5_AUTHDATA_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(KRB5_AUTHDATA, (st), (val))
+#define sk_KRB5_AUTHDATA_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(KRB5_AUTHDATA, (st), (val))
+#define sk_KRB5_AUTHDATA_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(KRB5_AUTHDATA, (st), (val))
+#define sk_KRB5_AUTHDATA_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(KRB5_AUTHDATA, (st), (val))
+#define sk_KRB5_AUTHDATA_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(KRB5_AUTHDATA, (st), (i))
+#define sk_KRB5_AUTHDATA_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(KRB5_AUTHDATA, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_KRB5_AUTHDATA_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(KRB5_AUTHDATA, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_KRB5_AUTHDATA_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(KRB5_AUTHDATA, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_KRB5_AUTHDATA_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(KRB5_AUTHDATA, st)
+#define sk_KRB5_AUTHDATA_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(KRB5_AUTHDATA, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_KRB5_AUTHDATA_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(KRB5_AUTHDATA, (st))
+#define sk_KRB5_AUTHDATA_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(KRB5_AUTHDATA, (st))
+#define sk_KRB5_AUTHDATA_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(KRB5_AUTHDATA, (st))
+#define sk_KRB5_AUTHDATA_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(KRB5_AUTHDATA, (st))
+
+#define sk_KRB5_AUTHENTBODY_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(KRB5_AUTHENTBODY, (cmp))
+#define sk_KRB5_AUTHENTBODY_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(KRB5_AUTHENTBODY)
+#define sk_KRB5_AUTHENTBODY_free(st) SKM_sk_free(KRB5_AUTHENTBODY, (st))
+#define sk_KRB5_AUTHENTBODY_num(st) SKM_sk_num(KRB5_AUTHENTBODY, (st))
+#define sk_KRB5_AUTHENTBODY_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(KRB5_AUTHENTBODY, (st), (i))
+#define sk_KRB5_AUTHENTBODY_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(KRB5_AUTHENTBODY, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_KRB5_AUTHENTBODY_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(KRB5_AUTHENTBODY, (st))
+#define sk_KRB5_AUTHENTBODY_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(KRB5_AUTHENTBODY, (st), (val))
+#define sk_KRB5_AUTHENTBODY_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(KRB5_AUTHENTBODY, (st), (val))
+#define sk_KRB5_AUTHENTBODY_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(KRB5_AUTHENTBODY, (st), (val))
+#define sk_KRB5_AUTHENTBODY_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(KRB5_AUTHENTBODY, (st), (val))
+#define sk_KRB5_AUTHENTBODY_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(KRB5_AUTHENTBODY, (st), (i))
+#define sk_KRB5_AUTHENTBODY_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(KRB5_AUTHENTBODY, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_KRB5_AUTHENTBODY_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(KRB5_AUTHENTBODY, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_KRB5_AUTHENTBODY_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(KRB5_AUTHENTBODY, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_KRB5_AUTHENTBODY_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(KRB5_AUTHENTBODY, st)
+#define sk_KRB5_AUTHENTBODY_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(KRB5_AUTHENTBODY, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_KRB5_AUTHENTBODY_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(KRB5_AUTHENTBODY, (st))
+#define sk_KRB5_AUTHENTBODY_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(KRB5_AUTHENTBODY, (st))
+#define sk_KRB5_AUTHENTBODY_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(KRB5_AUTHENTBODY, (st))
+#define sk_KRB5_AUTHENTBODY_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(KRB5_AUTHENTBODY, (st))
+
+#define sk_KRB5_CHECKSUM_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(KRB5_CHECKSUM, (cmp))
+#define sk_KRB5_CHECKSUM_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(KRB5_CHECKSUM)
+#define sk_KRB5_CHECKSUM_free(st) SKM_sk_free(KRB5_CHECKSUM, (st))
+#define sk_KRB5_CHECKSUM_num(st) SKM_sk_num(KRB5_CHECKSUM, (st))
+#define sk_KRB5_CHECKSUM_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(KRB5_CHECKSUM, (st), (i))
+#define sk_KRB5_CHECKSUM_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(KRB5_CHECKSUM, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_KRB5_CHECKSUM_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(KRB5_CHECKSUM, (st))
+#define sk_KRB5_CHECKSUM_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(KRB5_CHECKSUM, (st), (val))
+#define sk_KRB5_CHECKSUM_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(KRB5_CHECKSUM, (st), (val))
+#define sk_KRB5_CHECKSUM_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(KRB5_CHECKSUM, (st), (val))
+#define sk_KRB5_CHECKSUM_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(KRB5_CHECKSUM, (st), (val))
+#define sk_KRB5_CHECKSUM_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(KRB5_CHECKSUM, (st), (i))
+#define sk_KRB5_CHECKSUM_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(KRB5_CHECKSUM, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_KRB5_CHECKSUM_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(KRB5_CHECKSUM, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_KRB5_CHECKSUM_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(KRB5_CHECKSUM, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_KRB5_CHECKSUM_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(KRB5_CHECKSUM, st)
+#define sk_KRB5_CHECKSUM_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(KRB5_CHECKSUM, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_KRB5_CHECKSUM_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(KRB5_CHECKSUM, (st))
+#define sk_KRB5_CHECKSUM_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(KRB5_CHECKSUM, (st))
+#define sk_KRB5_CHECKSUM_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(KRB5_CHECKSUM, (st))
+#define sk_KRB5_CHECKSUM_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(KRB5_CHECKSUM, (st))
+
+#define sk_KRB5_ENCDATA_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(KRB5_ENCDATA, (cmp))
+#define sk_KRB5_ENCDATA_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(KRB5_ENCDATA)
+#define sk_KRB5_ENCDATA_free(st) SKM_sk_free(KRB5_ENCDATA, (st))
+#define sk_KRB5_ENCDATA_num(st) SKM_sk_num(KRB5_ENCDATA, (st))
+#define sk_KRB5_ENCDATA_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(KRB5_ENCDATA, (st), (i))
+#define sk_KRB5_ENCDATA_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(KRB5_ENCDATA, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_KRB5_ENCDATA_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(KRB5_ENCDATA, (st))
+#define sk_KRB5_ENCDATA_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(KRB5_ENCDATA, (st), (val))
+#define sk_KRB5_ENCDATA_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(KRB5_ENCDATA, (st), (val))
+#define sk_KRB5_ENCDATA_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(KRB5_ENCDATA, (st), (val))
+#define sk_KRB5_ENCDATA_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(KRB5_ENCDATA, (st), (val))
+#define sk_KRB5_ENCDATA_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(KRB5_ENCDATA, (st), (i))
+#define sk_KRB5_ENCDATA_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(KRB5_ENCDATA, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_KRB5_ENCDATA_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(KRB5_ENCDATA, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_KRB5_ENCDATA_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(KRB5_ENCDATA, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_KRB5_ENCDATA_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(KRB5_ENCDATA, st)
+#define sk_KRB5_ENCDATA_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(KRB5_ENCDATA, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_KRB5_ENCDATA_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(KRB5_ENCDATA, (st))
+#define sk_KRB5_ENCDATA_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(KRB5_ENCDATA, (st))
+#define sk_KRB5_ENCDATA_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(KRB5_ENCDATA, (st))
+#define sk_KRB5_ENCDATA_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(KRB5_ENCDATA, (st))
+
+#define sk_KRB5_ENCKEY_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(KRB5_ENCKEY, (cmp))
+#define sk_KRB5_ENCKEY_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(KRB5_ENCKEY)
+#define sk_KRB5_ENCKEY_free(st) SKM_sk_free(KRB5_ENCKEY, (st))
+#define sk_KRB5_ENCKEY_num(st) SKM_sk_num(KRB5_ENCKEY, (st))
+#define sk_KRB5_ENCKEY_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(KRB5_ENCKEY, (st), (i))
+#define sk_KRB5_ENCKEY_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(KRB5_ENCKEY, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_KRB5_ENCKEY_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(KRB5_ENCKEY, (st))
+#define sk_KRB5_ENCKEY_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(KRB5_ENCKEY, (st), (val))
+#define sk_KRB5_ENCKEY_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(KRB5_ENCKEY, (st), (val))
+#define sk_KRB5_ENCKEY_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(KRB5_ENCKEY, (st), (val))
+#define sk_KRB5_ENCKEY_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(KRB5_ENCKEY, (st), (val))
+#define sk_KRB5_ENCKEY_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(KRB5_ENCKEY, (st), (i))
+#define sk_KRB5_ENCKEY_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(KRB5_ENCKEY, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_KRB5_ENCKEY_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(KRB5_ENCKEY, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_KRB5_ENCKEY_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(KRB5_ENCKEY, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_KRB5_ENCKEY_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(KRB5_ENCKEY, st)
+#define sk_KRB5_ENCKEY_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(KRB5_ENCKEY, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_KRB5_ENCKEY_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(KRB5_ENCKEY, (st))
+#define sk_KRB5_ENCKEY_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(KRB5_ENCKEY, (st))
+#define sk_KRB5_ENCKEY_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(KRB5_ENCKEY, (st))
+#define sk_KRB5_ENCKEY_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(KRB5_ENCKEY, (st))
+
+#define sk_KRB5_PRINCNAME_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(KRB5_PRINCNAME, (cmp))
+#define sk_KRB5_PRINCNAME_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(KRB5_PRINCNAME)
+#define sk_KRB5_PRINCNAME_free(st) SKM_sk_free(KRB5_PRINCNAME, (st))
+#define sk_KRB5_PRINCNAME_num(st) SKM_sk_num(KRB5_PRINCNAME, (st))
+#define sk_KRB5_PRINCNAME_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(KRB5_PRINCNAME, (st), (i))
+#define sk_KRB5_PRINCNAME_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(KRB5_PRINCNAME, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_KRB5_PRINCNAME_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(KRB5_PRINCNAME, (st))
+#define sk_KRB5_PRINCNAME_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(KRB5_PRINCNAME, (st), (val))
+#define sk_KRB5_PRINCNAME_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(KRB5_PRINCNAME, (st), (val))
+#define sk_KRB5_PRINCNAME_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(KRB5_PRINCNAME, (st), (val))
+#define sk_KRB5_PRINCNAME_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(KRB5_PRINCNAME, (st), (val))
+#define sk_KRB5_PRINCNAME_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(KRB5_PRINCNAME, (st), (i))
+#define sk_KRB5_PRINCNAME_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(KRB5_PRINCNAME, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_KRB5_PRINCNAME_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(KRB5_PRINCNAME, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_KRB5_PRINCNAME_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(KRB5_PRINCNAME, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_KRB5_PRINCNAME_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(KRB5_PRINCNAME, st)
+#define sk_KRB5_PRINCNAME_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(KRB5_PRINCNAME, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_KRB5_PRINCNAME_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(KRB5_PRINCNAME, (st))
+#define sk_KRB5_PRINCNAME_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(KRB5_PRINCNAME, (st))
+#define sk_KRB5_PRINCNAME_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(KRB5_PRINCNAME, (st))
+#define sk_KRB5_PRINCNAME_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(KRB5_PRINCNAME, (st))
+
+#define sk_KRB5_TKTBODY_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(KRB5_TKTBODY, (cmp))
+#define sk_KRB5_TKTBODY_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(KRB5_TKTBODY)
+#define sk_KRB5_TKTBODY_free(st) SKM_sk_free(KRB5_TKTBODY, (st))
+#define sk_KRB5_TKTBODY_num(st) SKM_sk_num(KRB5_TKTBODY, (st))
+#define sk_KRB5_TKTBODY_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(KRB5_TKTBODY, (st), (i))
+#define sk_KRB5_TKTBODY_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(KRB5_TKTBODY, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_KRB5_TKTBODY_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(KRB5_TKTBODY, (st))
+#define sk_KRB5_TKTBODY_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(KRB5_TKTBODY, (st), (val))
+#define sk_KRB5_TKTBODY_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(KRB5_TKTBODY, (st), (val))
+#define sk_KRB5_TKTBODY_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(KRB5_TKTBODY, (st), (val))
+#define sk_KRB5_TKTBODY_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(KRB5_TKTBODY, (st), (val))
+#define sk_KRB5_TKTBODY_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(KRB5_TKTBODY, (st), (i))
+#define sk_KRB5_TKTBODY_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(KRB5_TKTBODY, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_KRB5_TKTBODY_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(KRB5_TKTBODY, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_KRB5_TKTBODY_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(KRB5_TKTBODY, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_KRB5_TKTBODY_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(KRB5_TKTBODY, st)
+#define sk_KRB5_TKTBODY_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(KRB5_TKTBODY, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_KRB5_TKTBODY_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(KRB5_TKTBODY, (st))
+#define sk_KRB5_TKTBODY_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(KRB5_TKTBODY, (st))
+#define sk_KRB5_TKTBODY_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(KRB5_TKTBODY, (st))
+#define sk_KRB5_TKTBODY_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(KRB5_TKTBODY, (st))
+
+#define sk_MEM_OBJECT_DATA_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(MEM_OBJECT_DATA, (cmp))
+#define sk_MEM_OBJECT_DATA_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(MEM_OBJECT_DATA)
+#define sk_MEM_OBJECT_DATA_free(st) SKM_sk_free(MEM_OBJECT_DATA, (st))
+#define sk_MEM_OBJECT_DATA_num(st) SKM_sk_num(MEM_OBJECT_DATA, (st))
+#define sk_MEM_OBJECT_DATA_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(MEM_OBJECT_DATA, (st), (i))
+#define sk_MEM_OBJECT_DATA_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(MEM_OBJECT_DATA, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_MEM_OBJECT_DATA_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(MEM_OBJECT_DATA, (st))
+#define sk_MEM_OBJECT_DATA_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(MEM_OBJECT_DATA, (st), (val))
+#define sk_MEM_OBJECT_DATA_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(MEM_OBJECT_DATA, (st), (val))
+#define sk_MEM_OBJECT_DATA_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(MEM_OBJECT_DATA, (st), (val))
+#define sk_MEM_OBJECT_DATA_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(MEM_OBJECT_DATA, (st), (val))
+#define sk_MEM_OBJECT_DATA_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(MEM_OBJECT_DATA, (st), (i))
+#define sk_MEM_OBJECT_DATA_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(MEM_OBJECT_DATA, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_MEM_OBJECT_DATA_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(MEM_OBJECT_DATA, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_MEM_OBJECT_DATA_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(MEM_OBJECT_DATA, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_MEM_OBJECT_DATA_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(MEM_OBJECT_DATA, st)
+#define sk_MEM_OBJECT_DATA_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(MEM_OBJECT_DATA, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_MEM_OBJECT_DATA_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(MEM_OBJECT_DATA, (st))
+#define sk_MEM_OBJECT_DATA_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(MEM_OBJECT_DATA, (st))
+#define sk_MEM_OBJECT_DATA_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(MEM_OBJECT_DATA, (st))
+#define sk_MEM_OBJECT_DATA_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(MEM_OBJECT_DATA, (st))
+
+#define sk_MIME_HEADER_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(MIME_HEADER, (cmp))
+#define sk_MIME_HEADER_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(MIME_HEADER)
+#define sk_MIME_HEADER_free(st) SKM_sk_free(MIME_HEADER, (st))
+#define sk_MIME_HEADER_num(st) SKM_sk_num(MIME_HEADER, (st))
+#define sk_MIME_HEADER_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(MIME_HEADER, (st), (i))
+#define sk_MIME_HEADER_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(MIME_HEADER, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_MIME_HEADER_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(MIME_HEADER, (st))
+#define sk_MIME_HEADER_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(MIME_HEADER, (st), (val))
+#define sk_MIME_HEADER_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(MIME_HEADER, (st), (val))
+#define sk_MIME_HEADER_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(MIME_HEADER, (st), (val))
+#define sk_MIME_HEADER_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(MIME_HEADER, (st), (val))
+#define sk_MIME_HEADER_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(MIME_HEADER, (st), (i))
+#define sk_MIME_HEADER_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(MIME_HEADER, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_MIME_HEADER_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(MIME_HEADER, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_MIME_HEADER_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(MIME_HEADER, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_MIME_HEADER_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(MIME_HEADER, st)
+#define sk_MIME_HEADER_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(MIME_HEADER, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_MIME_HEADER_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(MIME_HEADER, (st))
+#define sk_MIME_HEADER_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(MIME_HEADER, (st))
+#define sk_MIME_HEADER_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(MIME_HEADER, (st))
+#define sk_MIME_HEADER_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(MIME_HEADER, (st))
+
+#define sk_MIME_PARAM_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(MIME_PARAM, (cmp))
+#define sk_MIME_PARAM_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(MIME_PARAM)
+#define sk_MIME_PARAM_free(st) SKM_sk_free(MIME_PARAM, (st))
+#define sk_MIME_PARAM_num(st) SKM_sk_num(MIME_PARAM, (st))
+#define sk_MIME_PARAM_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(MIME_PARAM, (st), (i))
+#define sk_MIME_PARAM_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(MIME_PARAM, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_MIME_PARAM_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(MIME_PARAM, (st))
+#define sk_MIME_PARAM_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(MIME_PARAM, (st), (val))
+#define sk_MIME_PARAM_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(MIME_PARAM, (st), (val))
+#define sk_MIME_PARAM_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(MIME_PARAM, (st), (val))
+#define sk_MIME_PARAM_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(MIME_PARAM, (st), (val))
+#define sk_MIME_PARAM_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(MIME_PARAM, (st), (i))
+#define sk_MIME_PARAM_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(MIME_PARAM, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_MIME_PARAM_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(MIME_PARAM, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_MIME_PARAM_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(MIME_PARAM, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_MIME_PARAM_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(MIME_PARAM, st)
+#define sk_MIME_PARAM_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(MIME_PARAM, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_MIME_PARAM_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(MIME_PARAM, (st))
+#define sk_MIME_PARAM_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(MIME_PARAM, (st))
+#define sk_MIME_PARAM_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(MIME_PARAM, (st))
+#define sk_MIME_PARAM_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(MIME_PARAM, (st))
+
+#define sk_NAME_FUNCS_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(NAME_FUNCS, (cmp))
+#define sk_NAME_FUNCS_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(NAME_FUNCS)
+#define sk_NAME_FUNCS_free(st) SKM_sk_free(NAME_FUNCS, (st))
+#define sk_NAME_FUNCS_num(st) SKM_sk_num(NAME_FUNCS, (st))
+#define sk_NAME_FUNCS_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(NAME_FUNCS, (st), (i))
+#define sk_NAME_FUNCS_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(NAME_FUNCS, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_NAME_FUNCS_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(NAME_FUNCS, (st))
+#define sk_NAME_FUNCS_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(NAME_FUNCS, (st), (val))
+#define sk_NAME_FUNCS_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(NAME_FUNCS, (st), (val))
+#define sk_NAME_FUNCS_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(NAME_FUNCS, (st), (val))
+#define sk_NAME_FUNCS_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(NAME_FUNCS, (st), (val))
+#define sk_NAME_FUNCS_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(NAME_FUNCS, (st), (i))
+#define sk_NAME_FUNCS_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(NAME_FUNCS, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_NAME_FUNCS_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(NAME_FUNCS, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_NAME_FUNCS_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(NAME_FUNCS, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_NAME_FUNCS_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(NAME_FUNCS, st)
+#define sk_NAME_FUNCS_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(NAME_FUNCS, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_NAME_FUNCS_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(NAME_FUNCS, (st))
+#define sk_NAME_FUNCS_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(NAME_FUNCS, (st))
+#define sk_NAME_FUNCS_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(NAME_FUNCS, (st))
+#define sk_NAME_FUNCS_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(NAME_FUNCS, (st))
+
+#define sk_OCSP_CERTID_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(OCSP_CERTID, (cmp))
+#define sk_OCSP_CERTID_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(OCSP_CERTID)
+#define sk_OCSP_CERTID_free(st) SKM_sk_free(OCSP_CERTID, (st))
+#define sk_OCSP_CERTID_num(st) SKM_sk_num(OCSP_CERTID, (st))
+#define sk_OCSP_CERTID_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(OCSP_CERTID, (st), (i))
+#define sk_OCSP_CERTID_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(OCSP_CERTID, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_OCSP_CERTID_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(OCSP_CERTID, (st))
+#define sk_OCSP_CERTID_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(OCSP_CERTID, (st), (val))
+#define sk_OCSP_CERTID_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(OCSP_CERTID, (st), (val))
+#define sk_OCSP_CERTID_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(OCSP_CERTID, (st), (val))
+#define sk_OCSP_CERTID_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(OCSP_CERTID, (st), (val))
+#define sk_OCSP_CERTID_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(OCSP_CERTID, (st), (i))
+#define sk_OCSP_CERTID_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(OCSP_CERTID, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_OCSP_CERTID_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(OCSP_CERTID, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_OCSP_CERTID_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(OCSP_CERTID, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_OCSP_CERTID_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(OCSP_CERTID, st)
+#define sk_OCSP_CERTID_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(OCSP_CERTID, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_OCSP_CERTID_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(OCSP_CERTID, (st))
+#define sk_OCSP_CERTID_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(OCSP_CERTID, (st))
+#define sk_OCSP_CERTID_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(OCSP_CERTID, (st))
+#define sk_OCSP_CERTID_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(OCSP_CERTID, (st))
+
+#define sk_OCSP_ONEREQ_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(OCSP_ONEREQ, (cmp))
+#define sk_OCSP_ONEREQ_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(OCSP_ONEREQ)
+#define sk_OCSP_ONEREQ_free(st) SKM_sk_free(OCSP_ONEREQ, (st))
+#define sk_OCSP_ONEREQ_num(st) SKM_sk_num(OCSP_ONEREQ, (st))
+#define sk_OCSP_ONEREQ_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(OCSP_ONEREQ, (st), (i))
+#define sk_OCSP_ONEREQ_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(OCSP_ONEREQ, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_OCSP_ONEREQ_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(OCSP_ONEREQ, (st))
+#define sk_OCSP_ONEREQ_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(OCSP_ONEREQ, (st), (val))
+#define sk_OCSP_ONEREQ_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(OCSP_ONEREQ, (st), (val))
+#define sk_OCSP_ONEREQ_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(OCSP_ONEREQ, (st), (val))
+#define sk_OCSP_ONEREQ_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(OCSP_ONEREQ, (st), (val))
+#define sk_OCSP_ONEREQ_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(OCSP_ONEREQ, (st), (i))
+#define sk_OCSP_ONEREQ_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(OCSP_ONEREQ, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_OCSP_ONEREQ_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(OCSP_ONEREQ, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_OCSP_ONEREQ_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(OCSP_ONEREQ, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_OCSP_ONEREQ_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(OCSP_ONEREQ, st)
+#define sk_OCSP_ONEREQ_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(OCSP_ONEREQ, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_OCSP_ONEREQ_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(OCSP_ONEREQ, (st))
+#define sk_OCSP_ONEREQ_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(OCSP_ONEREQ, (st))
+#define sk_OCSP_ONEREQ_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(OCSP_ONEREQ, (st))
+#define sk_OCSP_ONEREQ_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(OCSP_ONEREQ, (st))
+
+#define sk_OCSP_RESPID_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(OCSP_RESPID, (cmp))
+#define sk_OCSP_RESPID_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(OCSP_RESPID)
+#define sk_OCSP_RESPID_free(st) SKM_sk_free(OCSP_RESPID, (st))
+#define sk_OCSP_RESPID_num(st) SKM_sk_num(OCSP_RESPID, (st))
+#define sk_OCSP_RESPID_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(OCSP_RESPID, (st), (i))
+#define sk_OCSP_RESPID_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(OCSP_RESPID, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_OCSP_RESPID_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(OCSP_RESPID, (st))
+#define sk_OCSP_RESPID_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(OCSP_RESPID, (st), (val))
+#define sk_OCSP_RESPID_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(OCSP_RESPID, (st), (val))
+#define sk_OCSP_RESPID_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(OCSP_RESPID, (st), (val))
+#define sk_OCSP_RESPID_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(OCSP_RESPID, (st), (val))
+#define sk_OCSP_RESPID_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(OCSP_RESPID, (st), (i))
+#define sk_OCSP_RESPID_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(OCSP_RESPID, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_OCSP_RESPID_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(OCSP_RESPID, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_OCSP_RESPID_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(OCSP_RESPID, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_OCSP_RESPID_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(OCSP_RESPID, st)
+#define sk_OCSP_RESPID_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(OCSP_RESPID, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_OCSP_RESPID_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(OCSP_RESPID, (st))
+#define sk_OCSP_RESPID_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(OCSP_RESPID, (st))
+#define sk_OCSP_RESPID_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(OCSP_RESPID, (st))
+#define sk_OCSP_RESPID_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(OCSP_RESPID, (st))
+
+#define sk_OCSP_SINGLERESP_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(OCSP_SINGLERESP, (cmp))
+#define sk_OCSP_SINGLERESP_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(OCSP_SINGLERESP)
+#define sk_OCSP_SINGLERESP_free(st) SKM_sk_free(OCSP_SINGLERESP, (st))
+#define sk_OCSP_SINGLERESP_num(st) SKM_sk_num(OCSP_SINGLERESP, (st))
+#define sk_OCSP_SINGLERESP_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(OCSP_SINGLERESP, (st), (i))
+#define sk_OCSP_SINGLERESP_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(OCSP_SINGLERESP, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_OCSP_SINGLERESP_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(OCSP_SINGLERESP, (st))
+#define sk_OCSP_SINGLERESP_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(OCSP_SINGLERESP, (st), (val))
+#define sk_OCSP_SINGLERESP_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(OCSP_SINGLERESP, (st), (val))
+#define sk_OCSP_SINGLERESP_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(OCSP_SINGLERESP, (st), (val))
+#define sk_OCSP_SINGLERESP_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(OCSP_SINGLERESP, (st), (val))
+#define sk_OCSP_SINGLERESP_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(OCSP_SINGLERESP, (st), (i))
+#define sk_OCSP_SINGLERESP_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(OCSP_SINGLERESP, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_OCSP_SINGLERESP_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(OCSP_SINGLERESP, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_OCSP_SINGLERESP_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(OCSP_SINGLERESP, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_OCSP_SINGLERESP_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(OCSP_SINGLERESP, st)
+#define sk_OCSP_SINGLERESP_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(OCSP_SINGLERESP, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_OCSP_SINGLERESP_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(OCSP_SINGLERESP, (st))
+#define sk_OCSP_SINGLERESP_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(OCSP_SINGLERESP, (st))
+#define sk_OCSP_SINGLERESP_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(OCSP_SINGLERESP, (st))
+#define sk_OCSP_SINGLERESP_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(OCSP_SINGLERESP, (st))
+
+#define sk_PKCS12_SAFEBAG_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(PKCS12_SAFEBAG, (cmp))
+#define sk_PKCS12_SAFEBAG_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(PKCS12_SAFEBAG)
+#define sk_PKCS12_SAFEBAG_free(st) SKM_sk_free(PKCS12_SAFEBAG, (st))
+#define sk_PKCS12_SAFEBAG_num(st) SKM_sk_num(PKCS12_SAFEBAG, (st))
+#define sk_PKCS12_SAFEBAG_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(PKCS12_SAFEBAG, (st), (i))
+#define sk_PKCS12_SAFEBAG_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(PKCS12_SAFEBAG, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_PKCS12_SAFEBAG_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(PKCS12_SAFEBAG, (st))
+#define sk_PKCS12_SAFEBAG_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(PKCS12_SAFEBAG, (st), (val))
+#define sk_PKCS12_SAFEBAG_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(PKCS12_SAFEBAG, (st), (val))
+#define sk_PKCS12_SAFEBAG_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(PKCS12_SAFEBAG, (st), (val))
+#define sk_PKCS12_SAFEBAG_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(PKCS12_SAFEBAG, (st), (val))
+#define sk_PKCS12_SAFEBAG_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(PKCS12_SAFEBAG, (st), (i))
+#define sk_PKCS12_SAFEBAG_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(PKCS12_SAFEBAG, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_PKCS12_SAFEBAG_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(PKCS12_SAFEBAG, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_PKCS12_SAFEBAG_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(PKCS12_SAFEBAG, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_PKCS12_SAFEBAG_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(PKCS12_SAFEBAG, st)
+#define sk_PKCS12_SAFEBAG_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(PKCS12_SAFEBAG, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_PKCS12_SAFEBAG_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(PKCS12_SAFEBAG, (st))
+#define sk_PKCS12_SAFEBAG_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(PKCS12_SAFEBAG, (st))
+#define sk_PKCS12_SAFEBAG_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(PKCS12_SAFEBAG, (st))
+#define sk_PKCS12_SAFEBAG_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(PKCS12_SAFEBAG, (st))
+
+#define sk_PKCS7_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(PKCS7, (cmp))
+#define sk_PKCS7_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(PKCS7)
+#define sk_PKCS7_free(st) SKM_sk_free(PKCS7, (st))
+#define sk_PKCS7_num(st) SKM_sk_num(PKCS7, (st))
+#define sk_PKCS7_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(PKCS7, (st), (i))
+#define sk_PKCS7_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(PKCS7, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_PKCS7_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(PKCS7, (st))
+#define sk_PKCS7_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(PKCS7, (st), (val))
+#define sk_PKCS7_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(PKCS7, (st), (val))
+#define sk_PKCS7_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(PKCS7, (st), (val))
+#define sk_PKCS7_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(PKCS7, (st), (val))
+#define sk_PKCS7_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(PKCS7, (st), (i))
+#define sk_PKCS7_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(PKCS7, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_PKCS7_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(PKCS7, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_PKCS7_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(PKCS7, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_PKCS7_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(PKCS7, st)
+#define sk_PKCS7_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(PKCS7, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_PKCS7_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(PKCS7, (st))
+#define sk_PKCS7_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(PKCS7, (st))
+#define sk_PKCS7_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(PKCS7, (st))
+#define sk_PKCS7_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(PKCS7, (st))
+
+#define sk_PKCS7_RECIP_INFO_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(PKCS7_RECIP_INFO, (cmp))
+#define sk_PKCS7_RECIP_INFO_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(PKCS7_RECIP_INFO)
+#define sk_PKCS7_RECIP_INFO_free(st) SKM_sk_free(PKCS7_RECIP_INFO, (st))
+#define sk_PKCS7_RECIP_INFO_num(st) SKM_sk_num(PKCS7_RECIP_INFO, (st))
+#define sk_PKCS7_RECIP_INFO_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(PKCS7_RECIP_INFO, (st), (i))
+#define sk_PKCS7_RECIP_INFO_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(PKCS7_RECIP_INFO, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_PKCS7_RECIP_INFO_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(PKCS7_RECIP_INFO, (st))
+#define sk_PKCS7_RECIP_INFO_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(PKCS7_RECIP_INFO, (st), (val))
+#define sk_PKCS7_RECIP_INFO_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(PKCS7_RECIP_INFO, (st), (val))
+#define sk_PKCS7_RECIP_INFO_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(PKCS7_RECIP_INFO, (st), (val))
+#define sk_PKCS7_RECIP_INFO_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(PKCS7_RECIP_INFO, (st), (val))
+#define sk_PKCS7_RECIP_INFO_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(PKCS7_RECIP_INFO, (st), (i))
+#define sk_PKCS7_RECIP_INFO_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(PKCS7_RECIP_INFO, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_PKCS7_RECIP_INFO_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(PKCS7_RECIP_INFO, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_PKCS7_RECIP_INFO_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(PKCS7_RECIP_INFO, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_PKCS7_RECIP_INFO_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(PKCS7_RECIP_INFO, st)
+#define sk_PKCS7_RECIP_INFO_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(PKCS7_RECIP_INFO, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_PKCS7_RECIP_INFO_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(PKCS7_RECIP_INFO, (st))
+#define sk_PKCS7_RECIP_INFO_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(PKCS7_RECIP_INFO, (st))
+#define sk_PKCS7_RECIP_INFO_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(PKCS7_RECIP_INFO, (st))
+#define sk_PKCS7_RECIP_INFO_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(PKCS7_RECIP_INFO, (st))
+
+#define sk_PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO, (cmp))
+#define sk_PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO)
+#define sk_PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO_free(st) SKM_sk_free(PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO, (st))
+#define sk_PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO_num(st) SKM_sk_num(PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO, (st))
+#define sk_PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO, (st), (i))
+#define sk_PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO, (st))
+#define sk_PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO, (st), (val))
+#define sk_PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO, (st), (val))
+#define sk_PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO, (st), (val))
+#define sk_PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO, (st), (val))
+#define sk_PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO, (st), (i))
+#define sk_PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO, st)
+#define sk_PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO, (st))
+#define sk_PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO, (st))
+#define sk_PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO, (st))
+#define sk_PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO, (st))
+
+#define sk_POLICYINFO_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(POLICYINFO, (cmp))
+#define sk_POLICYINFO_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(POLICYINFO)
+#define sk_POLICYINFO_free(st) SKM_sk_free(POLICYINFO, (st))
+#define sk_POLICYINFO_num(st) SKM_sk_num(POLICYINFO, (st))
+#define sk_POLICYINFO_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(POLICYINFO, (st), (i))
+#define sk_POLICYINFO_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(POLICYINFO, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_POLICYINFO_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(POLICYINFO, (st))
+#define sk_POLICYINFO_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(POLICYINFO, (st), (val))
+#define sk_POLICYINFO_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(POLICYINFO, (st), (val))
+#define sk_POLICYINFO_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(POLICYINFO, (st), (val))
+#define sk_POLICYINFO_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(POLICYINFO, (st), (val))
+#define sk_POLICYINFO_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(POLICYINFO, (st), (i))
+#define sk_POLICYINFO_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(POLICYINFO, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_POLICYINFO_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(POLICYINFO, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_POLICYINFO_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(POLICYINFO, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_POLICYINFO_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(POLICYINFO, st)
+#define sk_POLICYINFO_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(POLICYINFO, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_POLICYINFO_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(POLICYINFO, (st))
+#define sk_POLICYINFO_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(POLICYINFO, (st))
+#define sk_POLICYINFO_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(POLICYINFO, (st))
+#define sk_POLICYINFO_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(POLICYINFO, (st))
+
+#define sk_POLICYQUALINFO_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(POLICYQUALINFO, (cmp))
+#define sk_POLICYQUALINFO_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(POLICYQUALINFO)
+#define sk_POLICYQUALINFO_free(st) SKM_sk_free(POLICYQUALINFO, (st))
+#define sk_POLICYQUALINFO_num(st) SKM_sk_num(POLICYQUALINFO, (st))
+#define sk_POLICYQUALINFO_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(POLICYQUALINFO, (st), (i))
+#define sk_POLICYQUALINFO_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(POLICYQUALINFO, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_POLICYQUALINFO_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(POLICYQUALINFO, (st))
+#define sk_POLICYQUALINFO_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(POLICYQUALINFO, (st), (val))
+#define sk_POLICYQUALINFO_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(POLICYQUALINFO, (st), (val))
+#define sk_POLICYQUALINFO_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(POLICYQUALINFO, (st), (val))
+#define sk_POLICYQUALINFO_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(POLICYQUALINFO, (st), (val))
+#define sk_POLICYQUALINFO_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(POLICYQUALINFO, (st), (i))
+#define sk_POLICYQUALINFO_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(POLICYQUALINFO, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_POLICYQUALINFO_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(POLICYQUALINFO, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_POLICYQUALINFO_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(POLICYQUALINFO, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_POLICYQUALINFO_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(POLICYQUALINFO, st)
+#define sk_POLICYQUALINFO_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(POLICYQUALINFO, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_POLICYQUALINFO_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(POLICYQUALINFO, (st))
+#define sk_POLICYQUALINFO_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(POLICYQUALINFO, (st))
+#define sk_POLICYQUALINFO_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(POLICYQUALINFO, (st))
+#define sk_POLICYQUALINFO_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(POLICYQUALINFO, (st))
+
+#define sk_POLICY_MAPPING_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(POLICY_MAPPING, (cmp))
+#define sk_POLICY_MAPPING_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(POLICY_MAPPING)
+#define sk_POLICY_MAPPING_free(st) SKM_sk_free(POLICY_MAPPING, (st))
+#define sk_POLICY_MAPPING_num(st) SKM_sk_num(POLICY_MAPPING, (st))
+#define sk_POLICY_MAPPING_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(POLICY_MAPPING, (st), (i))
+#define sk_POLICY_MAPPING_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(POLICY_MAPPING, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_POLICY_MAPPING_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(POLICY_MAPPING, (st))
+#define sk_POLICY_MAPPING_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(POLICY_MAPPING, (st), (val))
+#define sk_POLICY_MAPPING_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(POLICY_MAPPING, (st), (val))
+#define sk_POLICY_MAPPING_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(POLICY_MAPPING, (st), (val))
+#define sk_POLICY_MAPPING_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(POLICY_MAPPING, (st), (val))
+#define sk_POLICY_MAPPING_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(POLICY_MAPPING, (st), (i))
+#define sk_POLICY_MAPPING_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(POLICY_MAPPING, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_POLICY_MAPPING_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(POLICY_MAPPING, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_POLICY_MAPPING_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(POLICY_MAPPING, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_POLICY_MAPPING_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(POLICY_MAPPING, st)
+#define sk_POLICY_MAPPING_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(POLICY_MAPPING, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_POLICY_MAPPING_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(POLICY_MAPPING, (st))
+#define sk_POLICY_MAPPING_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(POLICY_MAPPING, (st))
+#define sk_POLICY_MAPPING_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(POLICY_MAPPING, (st))
+#define sk_POLICY_MAPPING_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(POLICY_MAPPING, (st))
+
+#define sk_SRP_gN_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(SRP_gN, (cmp))
+#define sk_SRP_gN_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(SRP_gN)
+#define sk_SRP_gN_free(st) SKM_sk_free(SRP_gN, (st))
+#define sk_SRP_gN_num(st) SKM_sk_num(SRP_gN, (st))
+#define sk_SRP_gN_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(SRP_gN, (st), (i))
+#define sk_SRP_gN_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(SRP_gN, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_SRP_gN_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(SRP_gN, (st))
+#define sk_SRP_gN_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(SRP_gN, (st), (val))
+#define sk_SRP_gN_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(SRP_gN, (st), (val))
+#define sk_SRP_gN_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(SRP_gN, (st), (val))
+#define sk_SRP_gN_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(SRP_gN, (st), (val))
+#define sk_SRP_gN_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(SRP_gN, (st), (i))
+#define sk_SRP_gN_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(SRP_gN, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_SRP_gN_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(SRP_gN, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_SRP_gN_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(SRP_gN, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_SRP_gN_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(SRP_gN, st)
+#define sk_SRP_gN_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(SRP_gN, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_SRP_gN_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(SRP_gN, (st))
+#define sk_SRP_gN_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(SRP_gN, (st))
+#define sk_SRP_gN_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(SRP_gN, (st))
+#define sk_SRP_gN_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(SRP_gN, (st))
+
+#define sk_SRP_gN_cache_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(SRP_gN_cache, (cmp))
+#define sk_SRP_gN_cache_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(SRP_gN_cache)
+#define sk_SRP_gN_cache_free(st) SKM_sk_free(SRP_gN_cache, (st))
+#define sk_SRP_gN_cache_num(st) SKM_sk_num(SRP_gN_cache, (st))
+#define sk_SRP_gN_cache_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(SRP_gN_cache, (st), (i))
+#define sk_SRP_gN_cache_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(SRP_gN_cache, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_SRP_gN_cache_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(SRP_gN_cache, (st))
+#define sk_SRP_gN_cache_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(SRP_gN_cache, (st), (val))
+#define sk_SRP_gN_cache_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(SRP_gN_cache, (st), (val))
+#define sk_SRP_gN_cache_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(SRP_gN_cache, (st), (val))
+#define sk_SRP_gN_cache_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(SRP_gN_cache, (st), (val))
+#define sk_SRP_gN_cache_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(SRP_gN_cache, (st), (i))
+#define sk_SRP_gN_cache_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(SRP_gN_cache, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_SRP_gN_cache_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(SRP_gN_cache, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_SRP_gN_cache_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(SRP_gN_cache, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_SRP_gN_cache_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(SRP_gN_cache, st)
+#define sk_SRP_gN_cache_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(SRP_gN_cache, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_SRP_gN_cache_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(SRP_gN_cache, (st))
+#define sk_SRP_gN_cache_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(SRP_gN_cache, (st))
+#define sk_SRP_gN_cache_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(SRP_gN_cache, (st))
+#define sk_SRP_gN_cache_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(SRP_gN_cache, (st))
+
+#define sk_SRP_user_pwd_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(SRP_user_pwd, (cmp))
+#define sk_SRP_user_pwd_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(SRP_user_pwd)
+#define sk_SRP_user_pwd_free(st) SKM_sk_free(SRP_user_pwd, (st))
+#define sk_SRP_user_pwd_num(st) SKM_sk_num(SRP_user_pwd, (st))
+#define sk_SRP_user_pwd_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(SRP_user_pwd, (st), (i))
+#define sk_SRP_user_pwd_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(SRP_user_pwd, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_SRP_user_pwd_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(SRP_user_pwd, (st))
+#define sk_SRP_user_pwd_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(SRP_user_pwd, (st), (val))
+#define sk_SRP_user_pwd_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(SRP_user_pwd, (st), (val))
+#define sk_SRP_user_pwd_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(SRP_user_pwd, (st), (val))
+#define sk_SRP_user_pwd_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(SRP_user_pwd, (st), (val))
+#define sk_SRP_user_pwd_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(SRP_user_pwd, (st), (i))
+#define sk_SRP_user_pwd_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(SRP_user_pwd, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_SRP_user_pwd_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(SRP_user_pwd, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_SRP_user_pwd_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(SRP_user_pwd, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_SRP_user_pwd_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(SRP_user_pwd, st)
+#define sk_SRP_user_pwd_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(SRP_user_pwd, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_SRP_user_pwd_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(SRP_user_pwd, (st))
+#define sk_SRP_user_pwd_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(SRP_user_pwd, (st))
+#define sk_SRP_user_pwd_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(SRP_user_pwd, (st))
+#define sk_SRP_user_pwd_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(SRP_user_pwd, (st))
+
+#define sk_SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE, (cmp))
+#define sk_SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE)
+#define sk_SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE_free(st) SKM_sk_free(SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE, (st))
+#define sk_SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE_num(st) SKM_sk_num(SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE, (st))
+#define sk_SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE, (st), (i))
+#define sk_SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE, (st))
+#define sk_SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE, (st), (val))
+#define sk_SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE, (st), (val))
+#define sk_SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE, (st), (val))
+#define sk_SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE, (st), (val))
+#define sk_SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE, (st), (i))
+#define sk_SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE, st)
+#define sk_SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE, (st))
+#define sk_SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE, (st))
+#define sk_SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE, (st))
+#define sk_SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE, (st))
+
+#define sk_SSL_CIPHER_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(SSL_CIPHER, (cmp))
+#define sk_SSL_CIPHER_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(SSL_CIPHER)
+#define sk_SSL_CIPHER_free(st) SKM_sk_free(SSL_CIPHER, (st))
+#define sk_SSL_CIPHER_num(st) SKM_sk_num(SSL_CIPHER, (st))
+#define sk_SSL_CIPHER_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(SSL_CIPHER, (st), (i))
+#define sk_SSL_CIPHER_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(SSL_CIPHER, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_SSL_CIPHER_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(SSL_CIPHER, (st))
+#define sk_SSL_CIPHER_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(SSL_CIPHER, (st), (val))
+#define sk_SSL_CIPHER_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(SSL_CIPHER, (st), (val))
+#define sk_SSL_CIPHER_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(SSL_CIPHER, (st), (val))
+#define sk_SSL_CIPHER_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(SSL_CIPHER, (st), (val))
+#define sk_SSL_CIPHER_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(SSL_CIPHER, (st), (i))
+#define sk_SSL_CIPHER_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(SSL_CIPHER, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_SSL_CIPHER_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(SSL_CIPHER, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_SSL_CIPHER_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(SSL_CIPHER, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_SSL_CIPHER_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(SSL_CIPHER, st)
+#define sk_SSL_CIPHER_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(SSL_CIPHER, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_SSL_CIPHER_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(SSL_CIPHER, (st))
+#define sk_SSL_CIPHER_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(SSL_CIPHER, (st))
+#define sk_SSL_CIPHER_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(SSL_CIPHER, (st))
+#define sk_SSL_CIPHER_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(SSL_CIPHER, (st))
+
+#define sk_SSL_COMP_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(SSL_COMP, (cmp))
+#define sk_SSL_COMP_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(SSL_COMP)
+#define sk_SSL_COMP_free(st) SKM_sk_free(SSL_COMP, (st))
+#define sk_SSL_COMP_num(st) SKM_sk_num(SSL_COMP, (st))
+#define sk_SSL_COMP_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(SSL_COMP, (st), (i))
+#define sk_SSL_COMP_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(SSL_COMP, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_SSL_COMP_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(SSL_COMP, (st))
+#define sk_SSL_COMP_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(SSL_COMP, (st), (val))
+#define sk_SSL_COMP_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(SSL_COMP, (st), (val))
+#define sk_SSL_COMP_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(SSL_COMP, (st), (val))
+#define sk_SSL_COMP_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(SSL_COMP, (st), (val))
+#define sk_SSL_COMP_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(SSL_COMP, (st), (i))
+#define sk_SSL_COMP_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(SSL_COMP, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_SSL_COMP_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(SSL_COMP, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_SSL_COMP_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(SSL_COMP, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_SSL_COMP_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(SSL_COMP, st)
+#define sk_SSL_COMP_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(SSL_COMP, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_SSL_COMP_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(SSL_COMP, (st))
+#define sk_SSL_COMP_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(SSL_COMP, (st))
+#define sk_SSL_COMP_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(SSL_COMP, (st))
+#define sk_SSL_COMP_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(SSL_COMP, (st))
+
+#define sk_STACK_OF_X509_NAME_ENTRY_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(STACK_OF_X509_NAME_ENTRY, (cmp))
+#define sk_STACK_OF_X509_NAME_ENTRY_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(STACK_OF_X509_NAME_ENTRY)
+#define sk_STACK_OF_X509_NAME_ENTRY_free(st) SKM_sk_free(STACK_OF_X509_NAME_ENTRY, (st))
+#define sk_STACK_OF_X509_NAME_ENTRY_num(st) SKM_sk_num(STACK_OF_X509_NAME_ENTRY, (st))
+#define sk_STACK_OF_X509_NAME_ENTRY_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(STACK_OF_X509_NAME_ENTRY, (st), (i))
+#define sk_STACK_OF_X509_NAME_ENTRY_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(STACK_OF_X509_NAME_ENTRY, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_STACK_OF_X509_NAME_ENTRY_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(STACK_OF_X509_NAME_ENTRY, (st))
+#define sk_STACK_OF_X509_NAME_ENTRY_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(STACK_OF_X509_NAME_ENTRY, (st), (val))
+#define sk_STACK_OF_X509_NAME_ENTRY_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(STACK_OF_X509_NAME_ENTRY, (st), (val))
+#define sk_STACK_OF_X509_NAME_ENTRY_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(STACK_OF_X509_NAME_ENTRY, (st), (val))
+#define sk_STACK_OF_X509_NAME_ENTRY_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(STACK_OF_X509_NAME_ENTRY, (st), (val))
+#define sk_STACK_OF_X509_NAME_ENTRY_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(STACK_OF_X509_NAME_ENTRY, (st), (i))
+#define sk_STACK_OF_X509_NAME_ENTRY_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(STACK_OF_X509_NAME_ENTRY, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_STACK_OF_X509_NAME_ENTRY_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(STACK_OF_X509_NAME_ENTRY, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_STACK_OF_X509_NAME_ENTRY_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(STACK_OF_X509_NAME_ENTRY, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_STACK_OF_X509_NAME_ENTRY_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(STACK_OF_X509_NAME_ENTRY, st)
+#define sk_STACK_OF_X509_NAME_ENTRY_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(STACK_OF_X509_NAME_ENTRY, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_STACK_OF_X509_NAME_ENTRY_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(STACK_OF_X509_NAME_ENTRY, (st))
+#define sk_STACK_OF_X509_NAME_ENTRY_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(STACK_OF_X509_NAME_ENTRY, (st))
+#define sk_STACK_OF_X509_NAME_ENTRY_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(STACK_OF_X509_NAME_ENTRY, (st))
+#define sk_STACK_OF_X509_NAME_ENTRY_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(STACK_OF_X509_NAME_ENTRY, (st))
+
+#define sk_STORE_ATTR_INFO_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(STORE_ATTR_INFO, (cmp))
+#define sk_STORE_ATTR_INFO_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(STORE_ATTR_INFO)
+#define sk_STORE_ATTR_INFO_free(st) SKM_sk_free(STORE_ATTR_INFO, (st))
+#define sk_STORE_ATTR_INFO_num(st) SKM_sk_num(STORE_ATTR_INFO, (st))
+#define sk_STORE_ATTR_INFO_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(STORE_ATTR_INFO, (st), (i))
+#define sk_STORE_ATTR_INFO_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(STORE_ATTR_INFO, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_STORE_ATTR_INFO_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(STORE_ATTR_INFO, (st))
+#define sk_STORE_ATTR_INFO_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(STORE_ATTR_INFO, (st), (val))
+#define sk_STORE_ATTR_INFO_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(STORE_ATTR_INFO, (st), (val))
+#define sk_STORE_ATTR_INFO_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(STORE_ATTR_INFO, (st), (val))
+#define sk_STORE_ATTR_INFO_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(STORE_ATTR_INFO, (st), (val))
+#define sk_STORE_ATTR_INFO_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(STORE_ATTR_INFO, (st), (i))
+#define sk_STORE_ATTR_INFO_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(STORE_ATTR_INFO, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_STORE_ATTR_INFO_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(STORE_ATTR_INFO, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_STORE_ATTR_INFO_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(STORE_ATTR_INFO, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_STORE_ATTR_INFO_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(STORE_ATTR_INFO, st)
+#define sk_STORE_ATTR_INFO_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(STORE_ATTR_INFO, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_STORE_ATTR_INFO_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(STORE_ATTR_INFO, (st))
+#define sk_STORE_ATTR_INFO_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(STORE_ATTR_INFO, (st))
+#define sk_STORE_ATTR_INFO_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(STORE_ATTR_INFO, (st))
+#define sk_STORE_ATTR_INFO_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(STORE_ATTR_INFO, (st))
+
+#define sk_STORE_OBJECT_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(STORE_OBJECT, (cmp))
+#define sk_STORE_OBJECT_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(STORE_OBJECT)
+#define sk_STORE_OBJECT_free(st) SKM_sk_free(STORE_OBJECT, (st))
+#define sk_STORE_OBJECT_num(st) SKM_sk_num(STORE_OBJECT, (st))
+#define sk_STORE_OBJECT_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(STORE_OBJECT, (st), (i))
+#define sk_STORE_OBJECT_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(STORE_OBJECT, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_STORE_OBJECT_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(STORE_OBJECT, (st))
+#define sk_STORE_OBJECT_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(STORE_OBJECT, (st), (val))
+#define sk_STORE_OBJECT_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(STORE_OBJECT, (st), (val))
+#define sk_STORE_OBJECT_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(STORE_OBJECT, (st), (val))
+#define sk_STORE_OBJECT_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(STORE_OBJECT, (st), (val))
+#define sk_STORE_OBJECT_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(STORE_OBJECT, (st), (i))
+#define sk_STORE_OBJECT_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(STORE_OBJECT, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_STORE_OBJECT_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(STORE_OBJECT, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_STORE_OBJECT_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(STORE_OBJECT, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_STORE_OBJECT_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(STORE_OBJECT, st)
+#define sk_STORE_OBJECT_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(STORE_OBJECT, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_STORE_OBJECT_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(STORE_OBJECT, (st))
+#define sk_STORE_OBJECT_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(STORE_OBJECT, (st))
+#define sk_STORE_OBJECT_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(STORE_OBJECT, (st))
+#define sk_STORE_OBJECT_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(STORE_OBJECT, (st))
+
+#define sk_SXNETID_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(SXNETID, (cmp))
+#define sk_SXNETID_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(SXNETID)
+#define sk_SXNETID_free(st) SKM_sk_free(SXNETID, (st))
+#define sk_SXNETID_num(st) SKM_sk_num(SXNETID, (st))
+#define sk_SXNETID_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(SXNETID, (st), (i))
+#define sk_SXNETID_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(SXNETID, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_SXNETID_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(SXNETID, (st))
+#define sk_SXNETID_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(SXNETID, (st), (val))
+#define sk_SXNETID_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(SXNETID, (st), (val))
+#define sk_SXNETID_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(SXNETID, (st), (val))
+#define sk_SXNETID_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(SXNETID, (st), (val))
+#define sk_SXNETID_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(SXNETID, (st), (i))
+#define sk_SXNETID_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(SXNETID, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_SXNETID_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(SXNETID, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_SXNETID_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(SXNETID, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_SXNETID_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(SXNETID, st)
+#define sk_SXNETID_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(SXNETID, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_SXNETID_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(SXNETID, (st))
+#define sk_SXNETID_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(SXNETID, (st))
+#define sk_SXNETID_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(SXNETID, (st))
+#define sk_SXNETID_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(SXNETID, (st))
+
+#define sk_UI_STRING_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(UI_STRING, (cmp))
+#define sk_UI_STRING_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(UI_STRING)
+#define sk_UI_STRING_free(st) SKM_sk_free(UI_STRING, (st))
+#define sk_UI_STRING_num(st) SKM_sk_num(UI_STRING, (st))
+#define sk_UI_STRING_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(UI_STRING, (st), (i))
+#define sk_UI_STRING_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(UI_STRING, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_UI_STRING_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(UI_STRING, (st))
+#define sk_UI_STRING_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(UI_STRING, (st), (val))
+#define sk_UI_STRING_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(UI_STRING, (st), (val))
+#define sk_UI_STRING_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(UI_STRING, (st), (val))
+#define sk_UI_STRING_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(UI_STRING, (st), (val))
+#define sk_UI_STRING_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(UI_STRING, (st), (i))
+#define sk_UI_STRING_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(UI_STRING, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_UI_STRING_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(UI_STRING, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_UI_STRING_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(UI_STRING, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_UI_STRING_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(UI_STRING, st)
+#define sk_UI_STRING_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(UI_STRING, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_UI_STRING_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(UI_STRING, (st))
+#define sk_UI_STRING_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(UI_STRING, (st))
+#define sk_UI_STRING_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(UI_STRING, (st))
+#define sk_UI_STRING_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(UI_STRING, (st))
+
+#define sk_X509_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(X509, (cmp))
+#define sk_X509_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(X509)
+#define sk_X509_free(st) SKM_sk_free(X509, (st))
+#define sk_X509_num(st) SKM_sk_num(X509, (st))
+#define sk_X509_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(X509, (st), (i))
+#define sk_X509_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(X509, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_X509_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(X509, (st))
+#define sk_X509_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(X509, (st), (val))
+#define sk_X509_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(X509, (st), (val))
+#define sk_X509_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(X509, (st), (val))
+#define sk_X509_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(X509, (st), (val))
+#define sk_X509_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(X509, (st), (i))
+#define sk_X509_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(X509, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_X509_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(X509, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_X509_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(X509, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_X509_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(X509, st)
+#define sk_X509_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(X509, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_X509_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(X509, (st))
+#define sk_X509_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(X509, (st))
+#define sk_X509_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(X509, (st))
+#define sk_X509_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(X509, (st))
+
+#define sk_X509V3_EXT_METHOD_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(X509V3_EXT_METHOD, (cmp))
+#define sk_X509V3_EXT_METHOD_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(X509V3_EXT_METHOD)
+#define sk_X509V3_EXT_METHOD_free(st) SKM_sk_free(X509V3_EXT_METHOD, (st))
+#define sk_X509V3_EXT_METHOD_num(st) SKM_sk_num(X509V3_EXT_METHOD, (st))
+#define sk_X509V3_EXT_METHOD_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(X509V3_EXT_METHOD, (st), (i))
+#define sk_X509V3_EXT_METHOD_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(X509V3_EXT_METHOD, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_X509V3_EXT_METHOD_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(X509V3_EXT_METHOD, (st))
+#define sk_X509V3_EXT_METHOD_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(X509V3_EXT_METHOD, (st), (val))
+#define sk_X509V3_EXT_METHOD_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(X509V3_EXT_METHOD, (st), (val))
+#define sk_X509V3_EXT_METHOD_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(X509V3_EXT_METHOD, (st), (val))
+#define sk_X509V3_EXT_METHOD_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(X509V3_EXT_METHOD, (st), (val))
+#define sk_X509V3_EXT_METHOD_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(X509V3_EXT_METHOD, (st), (i))
+#define sk_X509V3_EXT_METHOD_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(X509V3_EXT_METHOD, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_X509V3_EXT_METHOD_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(X509V3_EXT_METHOD, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_X509V3_EXT_METHOD_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(X509V3_EXT_METHOD, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_X509V3_EXT_METHOD_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(X509V3_EXT_METHOD, st)
+#define sk_X509V3_EXT_METHOD_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(X509V3_EXT_METHOD, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_X509V3_EXT_METHOD_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(X509V3_EXT_METHOD, (st))
+#define sk_X509V3_EXT_METHOD_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(X509V3_EXT_METHOD, (st))
+#define sk_X509V3_EXT_METHOD_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(X509V3_EXT_METHOD, (st))
+#define sk_X509V3_EXT_METHOD_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(X509V3_EXT_METHOD, (st))
+
+#define sk_X509_ALGOR_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(X509_ALGOR, (cmp))
+#define sk_X509_ALGOR_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(X509_ALGOR)
+#define sk_X509_ALGOR_free(st) SKM_sk_free(X509_ALGOR, (st))
+#define sk_X509_ALGOR_num(st) SKM_sk_num(X509_ALGOR, (st))
+#define sk_X509_ALGOR_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(X509_ALGOR, (st), (i))
+#define sk_X509_ALGOR_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(X509_ALGOR, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_X509_ALGOR_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(X509_ALGOR, (st))
+#define sk_X509_ALGOR_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(X509_ALGOR, (st), (val))
+#define sk_X509_ALGOR_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(X509_ALGOR, (st), (val))
+#define sk_X509_ALGOR_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(X509_ALGOR, (st), (val))
+#define sk_X509_ALGOR_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(X509_ALGOR, (st), (val))
+#define sk_X509_ALGOR_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(X509_ALGOR, (st), (i))
+#define sk_X509_ALGOR_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(X509_ALGOR, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_X509_ALGOR_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(X509_ALGOR, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_X509_ALGOR_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(X509_ALGOR, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_X509_ALGOR_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(X509_ALGOR, st)
+#define sk_X509_ALGOR_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(X509_ALGOR, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_X509_ALGOR_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(X509_ALGOR, (st))
+#define sk_X509_ALGOR_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(X509_ALGOR, (st))
+#define sk_X509_ALGOR_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(X509_ALGOR, (st))
+#define sk_X509_ALGOR_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(X509_ALGOR, (st))
+
+#define sk_X509_ATTRIBUTE_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(X509_ATTRIBUTE, (cmp))
+#define sk_X509_ATTRIBUTE_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(X509_ATTRIBUTE)
+#define sk_X509_ATTRIBUTE_free(st) SKM_sk_free(X509_ATTRIBUTE, (st))
+#define sk_X509_ATTRIBUTE_num(st) SKM_sk_num(X509_ATTRIBUTE, (st))
+#define sk_X509_ATTRIBUTE_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(X509_ATTRIBUTE, (st), (i))
+#define sk_X509_ATTRIBUTE_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(X509_ATTRIBUTE, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_X509_ATTRIBUTE_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(X509_ATTRIBUTE, (st))
+#define sk_X509_ATTRIBUTE_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(X509_ATTRIBUTE, (st), (val))
+#define sk_X509_ATTRIBUTE_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(X509_ATTRIBUTE, (st), (val))
+#define sk_X509_ATTRIBUTE_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(X509_ATTRIBUTE, (st), (val))
+#define sk_X509_ATTRIBUTE_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(X509_ATTRIBUTE, (st), (val))
+#define sk_X509_ATTRIBUTE_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(X509_ATTRIBUTE, (st), (i))
+#define sk_X509_ATTRIBUTE_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(X509_ATTRIBUTE, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_X509_ATTRIBUTE_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(X509_ATTRIBUTE, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_X509_ATTRIBUTE_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(X509_ATTRIBUTE, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_X509_ATTRIBUTE_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(X509_ATTRIBUTE, st)
+#define sk_X509_ATTRIBUTE_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(X509_ATTRIBUTE, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_X509_ATTRIBUTE_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(X509_ATTRIBUTE, (st))
+#define sk_X509_ATTRIBUTE_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(X509_ATTRIBUTE, (st))
+#define sk_X509_ATTRIBUTE_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(X509_ATTRIBUTE, (st))
+#define sk_X509_ATTRIBUTE_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(X509_ATTRIBUTE, (st))
+
+#define sk_X509_CRL_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(X509_CRL, (cmp))
+#define sk_X509_CRL_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(X509_CRL)
+#define sk_X509_CRL_free(st) SKM_sk_free(X509_CRL, (st))
+#define sk_X509_CRL_num(st) SKM_sk_num(X509_CRL, (st))
+#define sk_X509_CRL_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(X509_CRL, (st), (i))
+#define sk_X509_CRL_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(X509_CRL, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_X509_CRL_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(X509_CRL, (st))
+#define sk_X509_CRL_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(X509_CRL, (st), (val))
+#define sk_X509_CRL_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(X509_CRL, (st), (val))
+#define sk_X509_CRL_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(X509_CRL, (st), (val))
+#define sk_X509_CRL_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(X509_CRL, (st), (val))
+#define sk_X509_CRL_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(X509_CRL, (st), (i))
+#define sk_X509_CRL_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(X509_CRL, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_X509_CRL_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(X509_CRL, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_X509_CRL_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(X509_CRL, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_X509_CRL_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(X509_CRL, st)
+#define sk_X509_CRL_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(X509_CRL, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_X509_CRL_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(X509_CRL, (st))
+#define sk_X509_CRL_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(X509_CRL, (st))
+#define sk_X509_CRL_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(X509_CRL, (st))
+#define sk_X509_CRL_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(X509_CRL, (st))
+
+#define sk_X509_EXTENSION_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(X509_EXTENSION, (cmp))
+#define sk_X509_EXTENSION_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(X509_EXTENSION)
+#define sk_X509_EXTENSION_free(st) SKM_sk_free(X509_EXTENSION, (st))
+#define sk_X509_EXTENSION_num(st) SKM_sk_num(X509_EXTENSION, (st))
+#define sk_X509_EXTENSION_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(X509_EXTENSION, (st), (i))
+#define sk_X509_EXTENSION_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(X509_EXTENSION, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_X509_EXTENSION_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(X509_EXTENSION, (st))
+#define sk_X509_EXTENSION_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(X509_EXTENSION, (st), (val))
+#define sk_X509_EXTENSION_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(X509_EXTENSION, (st), (val))
+#define sk_X509_EXTENSION_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(X509_EXTENSION, (st), (val))
+#define sk_X509_EXTENSION_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(X509_EXTENSION, (st), (val))
+#define sk_X509_EXTENSION_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(X509_EXTENSION, (st), (i))
+#define sk_X509_EXTENSION_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(X509_EXTENSION, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_X509_EXTENSION_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(X509_EXTENSION, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_X509_EXTENSION_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(X509_EXTENSION, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_X509_EXTENSION_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(X509_EXTENSION, st)
+#define sk_X509_EXTENSION_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(X509_EXTENSION, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_X509_EXTENSION_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(X509_EXTENSION, (st))
+#define sk_X509_EXTENSION_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(X509_EXTENSION, (st))
+#define sk_X509_EXTENSION_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(X509_EXTENSION, (st))
+#define sk_X509_EXTENSION_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(X509_EXTENSION, (st))
+
+#define sk_X509_INFO_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(X509_INFO, (cmp))
+#define sk_X509_INFO_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(X509_INFO)
+#define sk_X509_INFO_free(st) SKM_sk_free(X509_INFO, (st))
+#define sk_X509_INFO_num(st) SKM_sk_num(X509_INFO, (st))
+#define sk_X509_INFO_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(X509_INFO, (st), (i))
+#define sk_X509_INFO_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(X509_INFO, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_X509_INFO_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(X509_INFO, (st))
+#define sk_X509_INFO_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(X509_INFO, (st), (val))
+#define sk_X509_INFO_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(X509_INFO, (st), (val))
+#define sk_X509_INFO_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(X509_INFO, (st), (val))
+#define sk_X509_INFO_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(X509_INFO, (st), (val))
+#define sk_X509_INFO_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(X509_INFO, (st), (i))
+#define sk_X509_INFO_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(X509_INFO, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_X509_INFO_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(X509_INFO, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_X509_INFO_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(X509_INFO, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_X509_INFO_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(X509_INFO, st)
+#define sk_X509_INFO_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(X509_INFO, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_X509_INFO_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(X509_INFO, (st))
+#define sk_X509_INFO_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(X509_INFO, (st))
+#define sk_X509_INFO_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(X509_INFO, (st))
+#define sk_X509_INFO_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(X509_INFO, (st))
+
+#define sk_X509_LOOKUP_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(X509_LOOKUP, (cmp))
+#define sk_X509_LOOKUP_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(X509_LOOKUP)
+#define sk_X509_LOOKUP_free(st) SKM_sk_free(X509_LOOKUP, (st))
+#define sk_X509_LOOKUP_num(st) SKM_sk_num(X509_LOOKUP, (st))
+#define sk_X509_LOOKUP_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(X509_LOOKUP, (st), (i))
+#define sk_X509_LOOKUP_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(X509_LOOKUP, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_X509_LOOKUP_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(X509_LOOKUP, (st))
+#define sk_X509_LOOKUP_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(X509_LOOKUP, (st), (val))
+#define sk_X509_LOOKUP_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(X509_LOOKUP, (st), (val))
+#define sk_X509_LOOKUP_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(X509_LOOKUP, (st), (val))
+#define sk_X509_LOOKUP_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(X509_LOOKUP, (st), (val))
+#define sk_X509_LOOKUP_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(X509_LOOKUP, (st), (i))
+#define sk_X509_LOOKUP_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(X509_LOOKUP, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_X509_LOOKUP_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(X509_LOOKUP, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_X509_LOOKUP_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(X509_LOOKUP, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_X509_LOOKUP_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(X509_LOOKUP, st)
+#define sk_X509_LOOKUP_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(X509_LOOKUP, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_X509_LOOKUP_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(X509_LOOKUP, (st))
+#define sk_X509_LOOKUP_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(X509_LOOKUP, (st))
+#define sk_X509_LOOKUP_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(X509_LOOKUP, (st))
+#define sk_X509_LOOKUP_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(X509_LOOKUP, (st))
+
+#define sk_X509_NAME_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(X509_NAME, (cmp))
+#define sk_X509_NAME_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(X509_NAME)
+#define sk_X509_NAME_free(st) SKM_sk_free(X509_NAME, (st))
+#define sk_X509_NAME_num(st) SKM_sk_num(X509_NAME, (st))
+#define sk_X509_NAME_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(X509_NAME, (st), (i))
+#define sk_X509_NAME_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(X509_NAME, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_X509_NAME_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(X509_NAME, (st))
+#define sk_X509_NAME_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(X509_NAME, (st), (val))
+#define sk_X509_NAME_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(X509_NAME, (st), (val))
+#define sk_X509_NAME_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(X509_NAME, (st), (val))
+#define sk_X509_NAME_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(X509_NAME, (st), (val))
+#define sk_X509_NAME_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(X509_NAME, (st), (i))
+#define sk_X509_NAME_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(X509_NAME, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_X509_NAME_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(X509_NAME, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_X509_NAME_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(X509_NAME, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_X509_NAME_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(X509_NAME, st)
+#define sk_X509_NAME_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(X509_NAME, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_X509_NAME_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(X509_NAME, (st))
+#define sk_X509_NAME_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(X509_NAME, (st))
+#define sk_X509_NAME_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(X509_NAME, (st))
+#define sk_X509_NAME_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(X509_NAME, (st))
+
+#define sk_X509_NAME_ENTRY_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(X509_NAME_ENTRY, (cmp))
+#define sk_X509_NAME_ENTRY_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(X509_NAME_ENTRY)
+#define sk_X509_NAME_ENTRY_free(st) SKM_sk_free(X509_NAME_ENTRY, (st))
+#define sk_X509_NAME_ENTRY_num(st) SKM_sk_num(X509_NAME_ENTRY, (st))
+#define sk_X509_NAME_ENTRY_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(X509_NAME_ENTRY, (st), (i))
+#define sk_X509_NAME_ENTRY_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(X509_NAME_ENTRY, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_X509_NAME_ENTRY_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(X509_NAME_ENTRY, (st))
+#define sk_X509_NAME_ENTRY_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(X509_NAME_ENTRY, (st), (val))
+#define sk_X509_NAME_ENTRY_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(X509_NAME_ENTRY, (st), (val))
+#define sk_X509_NAME_ENTRY_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(X509_NAME_ENTRY, (st), (val))
+#define sk_X509_NAME_ENTRY_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(X509_NAME_ENTRY, (st), (val))
+#define sk_X509_NAME_ENTRY_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(X509_NAME_ENTRY, (st), (i))
+#define sk_X509_NAME_ENTRY_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(X509_NAME_ENTRY, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_X509_NAME_ENTRY_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(X509_NAME_ENTRY, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_X509_NAME_ENTRY_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(X509_NAME_ENTRY, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_X509_NAME_ENTRY_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(X509_NAME_ENTRY, st)
+#define sk_X509_NAME_ENTRY_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(X509_NAME_ENTRY, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_X509_NAME_ENTRY_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(X509_NAME_ENTRY, (st))
+#define sk_X509_NAME_ENTRY_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(X509_NAME_ENTRY, (st))
+#define sk_X509_NAME_ENTRY_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(X509_NAME_ENTRY, (st))
+#define sk_X509_NAME_ENTRY_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(X509_NAME_ENTRY, (st))
+
+#define sk_X509_OBJECT_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(X509_OBJECT, (cmp))
+#define sk_X509_OBJECT_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(X509_OBJECT)
+#define sk_X509_OBJECT_free(st) SKM_sk_free(X509_OBJECT, (st))
+#define sk_X509_OBJECT_num(st) SKM_sk_num(X509_OBJECT, (st))
+#define sk_X509_OBJECT_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(X509_OBJECT, (st), (i))
+#define sk_X509_OBJECT_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(X509_OBJECT, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_X509_OBJECT_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(X509_OBJECT, (st))
+#define sk_X509_OBJECT_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(X509_OBJECT, (st), (val))
+#define sk_X509_OBJECT_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(X509_OBJECT, (st), (val))
+#define sk_X509_OBJECT_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(X509_OBJECT, (st), (val))
+#define sk_X509_OBJECT_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(X509_OBJECT, (st), (val))
+#define sk_X509_OBJECT_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(X509_OBJECT, (st), (i))
+#define sk_X509_OBJECT_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(X509_OBJECT, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_X509_OBJECT_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(X509_OBJECT, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_X509_OBJECT_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(X509_OBJECT, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_X509_OBJECT_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(X509_OBJECT, st)
+#define sk_X509_OBJECT_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(X509_OBJECT, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_X509_OBJECT_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(X509_OBJECT, (st))
+#define sk_X509_OBJECT_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(X509_OBJECT, (st))
+#define sk_X509_OBJECT_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(X509_OBJECT, (st))
+#define sk_X509_OBJECT_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(X509_OBJECT, (st))
+
+#define sk_X509_POLICY_DATA_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(X509_POLICY_DATA, (cmp))
+#define sk_X509_POLICY_DATA_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(X509_POLICY_DATA)
+#define sk_X509_POLICY_DATA_free(st) SKM_sk_free(X509_POLICY_DATA, (st))
+#define sk_X509_POLICY_DATA_num(st) SKM_sk_num(X509_POLICY_DATA, (st))
+#define sk_X509_POLICY_DATA_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(X509_POLICY_DATA, (st), (i))
+#define sk_X509_POLICY_DATA_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(X509_POLICY_DATA, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_X509_POLICY_DATA_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(X509_POLICY_DATA, (st))
+#define sk_X509_POLICY_DATA_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(X509_POLICY_DATA, (st), (val))
+#define sk_X509_POLICY_DATA_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(X509_POLICY_DATA, (st), (val))
+#define sk_X509_POLICY_DATA_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(X509_POLICY_DATA, (st), (val))
+#define sk_X509_POLICY_DATA_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(X509_POLICY_DATA, (st), (val))
+#define sk_X509_POLICY_DATA_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(X509_POLICY_DATA, (st), (i))
+#define sk_X509_POLICY_DATA_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(X509_POLICY_DATA, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_X509_POLICY_DATA_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(X509_POLICY_DATA, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_X509_POLICY_DATA_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(X509_POLICY_DATA, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_X509_POLICY_DATA_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(X509_POLICY_DATA, st)
+#define sk_X509_POLICY_DATA_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(X509_POLICY_DATA, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_X509_POLICY_DATA_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(X509_POLICY_DATA, (st))
+#define sk_X509_POLICY_DATA_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(X509_POLICY_DATA, (st))
+#define sk_X509_POLICY_DATA_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(X509_POLICY_DATA, (st))
+#define sk_X509_POLICY_DATA_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(X509_POLICY_DATA, (st))
+
+#define sk_X509_POLICY_NODE_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(X509_POLICY_NODE, (cmp))
+#define sk_X509_POLICY_NODE_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(X509_POLICY_NODE)
+#define sk_X509_POLICY_NODE_free(st) SKM_sk_free(X509_POLICY_NODE, (st))
+#define sk_X509_POLICY_NODE_num(st) SKM_sk_num(X509_POLICY_NODE, (st))
+#define sk_X509_POLICY_NODE_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(X509_POLICY_NODE, (st), (i))
+#define sk_X509_POLICY_NODE_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(X509_POLICY_NODE, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_X509_POLICY_NODE_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(X509_POLICY_NODE, (st))
+#define sk_X509_POLICY_NODE_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(X509_POLICY_NODE, (st), (val))
+#define sk_X509_POLICY_NODE_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(X509_POLICY_NODE, (st), (val))
+#define sk_X509_POLICY_NODE_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(X509_POLICY_NODE, (st), (val))
+#define sk_X509_POLICY_NODE_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(X509_POLICY_NODE, (st), (val))
+#define sk_X509_POLICY_NODE_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(X509_POLICY_NODE, (st), (i))
+#define sk_X509_POLICY_NODE_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(X509_POLICY_NODE, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_X509_POLICY_NODE_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(X509_POLICY_NODE, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_X509_POLICY_NODE_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(X509_POLICY_NODE, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_X509_POLICY_NODE_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(X509_POLICY_NODE, st)
+#define sk_X509_POLICY_NODE_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(X509_POLICY_NODE, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_X509_POLICY_NODE_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(X509_POLICY_NODE, (st))
+#define sk_X509_POLICY_NODE_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(X509_POLICY_NODE, (st))
+#define sk_X509_POLICY_NODE_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(X509_POLICY_NODE, (st))
+#define sk_X509_POLICY_NODE_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(X509_POLICY_NODE, (st))
+
+#define sk_X509_PURPOSE_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(X509_PURPOSE, (cmp))
+#define sk_X509_PURPOSE_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(X509_PURPOSE)
+#define sk_X509_PURPOSE_free(st) SKM_sk_free(X509_PURPOSE, (st))
+#define sk_X509_PURPOSE_num(st) SKM_sk_num(X509_PURPOSE, (st))
+#define sk_X509_PURPOSE_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(X509_PURPOSE, (st), (i))
+#define sk_X509_PURPOSE_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(X509_PURPOSE, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_X509_PURPOSE_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(X509_PURPOSE, (st))
+#define sk_X509_PURPOSE_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(X509_PURPOSE, (st), (val))
+#define sk_X509_PURPOSE_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(X509_PURPOSE, (st), (val))
+#define sk_X509_PURPOSE_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(X509_PURPOSE, (st), (val))
+#define sk_X509_PURPOSE_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(X509_PURPOSE, (st), (val))
+#define sk_X509_PURPOSE_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(X509_PURPOSE, (st), (i))
+#define sk_X509_PURPOSE_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(X509_PURPOSE, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_X509_PURPOSE_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(X509_PURPOSE, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_X509_PURPOSE_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(X509_PURPOSE, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_X509_PURPOSE_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(X509_PURPOSE, st)
+#define sk_X509_PURPOSE_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(X509_PURPOSE, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_X509_PURPOSE_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(X509_PURPOSE, (st))
+#define sk_X509_PURPOSE_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(X509_PURPOSE, (st))
+#define sk_X509_PURPOSE_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(X509_PURPOSE, (st))
+#define sk_X509_PURPOSE_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(X509_PURPOSE, (st))
+
+#define sk_X509_REVOKED_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(X509_REVOKED, (cmp))
+#define sk_X509_REVOKED_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(X509_REVOKED)
+#define sk_X509_REVOKED_free(st) SKM_sk_free(X509_REVOKED, (st))
+#define sk_X509_REVOKED_num(st) SKM_sk_num(X509_REVOKED, (st))
+#define sk_X509_REVOKED_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(X509_REVOKED, (st), (i))
+#define sk_X509_REVOKED_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(X509_REVOKED, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_X509_REVOKED_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(X509_REVOKED, (st))
+#define sk_X509_REVOKED_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(X509_REVOKED, (st), (val))
+#define sk_X509_REVOKED_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(X509_REVOKED, (st), (val))
+#define sk_X509_REVOKED_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(X509_REVOKED, (st), (val))
+#define sk_X509_REVOKED_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(X509_REVOKED, (st), (val))
+#define sk_X509_REVOKED_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(X509_REVOKED, (st), (i))
+#define sk_X509_REVOKED_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(X509_REVOKED, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_X509_REVOKED_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(X509_REVOKED, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_X509_REVOKED_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(X509_REVOKED, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_X509_REVOKED_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(X509_REVOKED, st)
+#define sk_X509_REVOKED_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(X509_REVOKED, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_X509_REVOKED_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(X509_REVOKED, (st))
+#define sk_X509_REVOKED_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(X509_REVOKED, (st))
+#define sk_X509_REVOKED_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(X509_REVOKED, (st))
+#define sk_X509_REVOKED_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(X509_REVOKED, (st))
+
+#define sk_X509_TRUST_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(X509_TRUST, (cmp))
+#define sk_X509_TRUST_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(X509_TRUST)
+#define sk_X509_TRUST_free(st) SKM_sk_free(X509_TRUST, (st))
+#define sk_X509_TRUST_num(st) SKM_sk_num(X509_TRUST, (st))
+#define sk_X509_TRUST_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(X509_TRUST, (st), (i))
+#define sk_X509_TRUST_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(X509_TRUST, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_X509_TRUST_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(X509_TRUST, (st))
+#define sk_X509_TRUST_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(X509_TRUST, (st), (val))
+#define sk_X509_TRUST_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(X509_TRUST, (st), (val))
+#define sk_X509_TRUST_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(X509_TRUST, (st), (val))
+#define sk_X509_TRUST_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(X509_TRUST, (st), (val))
+#define sk_X509_TRUST_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(X509_TRUST, (st), (i))
+#define sk_X509_TRUST_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(X509_TRUST, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_X509_TRUST_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(X509_TRUST, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_X509_TRUST_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(X509_TRUST, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_X509_TRUST_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(X509_TRUST, st)
+#define sk_X509_TRUST_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(X509_TRUST, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_X509_TRUST_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(X509_TRUST, (st))
+#define sk_X509_TRUST_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(X509_TRUST, (st))
+#define sk_X509_TRUST_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(X509_TRUST, (st))
+#define sk_X509_TRUST_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(X509_TRUST, (st))
+
+#define sk_X509_VERIFY_PARAM_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(X509_VERIFY_PARAM, (cmp))
+#define sk_X509_VERIFY_PARAM_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(X509_VERIFY_PARAM)
+#define sk_X509_VERIFY_PARAM_free(st) SKM_sk_free(X509_VERIFY_PARAM, (st))
+#define sk_X509_VERIFY_PARAM_num(st) SKM_sk_num(X509_VERIFY_PARAM, (st))
+#define sk_X509_VERIFY_PARAM_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(X509_VERIFY_PARAM, (st), (i))
+#define sk_X509_VERIFY_PARAM_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(X509_VERIFY_PARAM, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_X509_VERIFY_PARAM_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(X509_VERIFY_PARAM, (st))
+#define sk_X509_VERIFY_PARAM_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(X509_VERIFY_PARAM, (st), (val))
+#define sk_X509_VERIFY_PARAM_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(X509_VERIFY_PARAM, (st), (val))
+#define sk_X509_VERIFY_PARAM_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(X509_VERIFY_PARAM, (st), (val))
+#define sk_X509_VERIFY_PARAM_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(X509_VERIFY_PARAM, (st), (val))
+#define sk_X509_VERIFY_PARAM_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(X509_VERIFY_PARAM, (st), (i))
+#define sk_X509_VERIFY_PARAM_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(X509_VERIFY_PARAM, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_X509_VERIFY_PARAM_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(X509_VERIFY_PARAM, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_X509_VERIFY_PARAM_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(X509_VERIFY_PARAM, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_X509_VERIFY_PARAM_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(X509_VERIFY_PARAM, st)
+#define sk_X509_VERIFY_PARAM_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(X509_VERIFY_PARAM, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_X509_VERIFY_PARAM_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(X509_VERIFY_PARAM, (st))
+#define sk_X509_VERIFY_PARAM_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(X509_VERIFY_PARAM, (st))
+#define sk_X509_VERIFY_PARAM_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(X509_VERIFY_PARAM, (st))
+#define sk_X509_VERIFY_PARAM_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(X509_VERIFY_PARAM, (st))
+
+#define sk_nid_triple_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(nid_triple, (cmp))
+#define sk_nid_triple_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(nid_triple)
+#define sk_nid_triple_free(st) SKM_sk_free(nid_triple, (st))
+#define sk_nid_triple_num(st) SKM_sk_num(nid_triple, (st))
+#define sk_nid_triple_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(nid_triple, (st), (i))
+#define sk_nid_triple_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(nid_triple, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_nid_triple_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(nid_triple, (st))
+#define sk_nid_triple_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(nid_triple, (st), (val))
+#define sk_nid_triple_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(nid_triple, (st), (val))
+#define sk_nid_triple_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(nid_triple, (st), (val))
+#define sk_nid_triple_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(nid_triple, (st), (val))
+#define sk_nid_triple_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(nid_triple, (st), (i))
+#define sk_nid_triple_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(nid_triple, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_nid_triple_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(nid_triple, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_nid_triple_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(nid_triple, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_nid_triple_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(nid_triple, st)
+#define sk_nid_triple_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(nid_triple, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_nid_triple_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(nid_triple, (st))
+#define sk_nid_triple_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(nid_triple, (st))
+#define sk_nid_triple_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(nid_triple, (st))
+#define sk_nid_triple_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(nid_triple, (st))
+
+#define sk_void_new(cmp) SKM_sk_new(void, (cmp))
+#define sk_void_new_null() SKM_sk_new_null(void)
+#define sk_void_free(st) SKM_sk_free(void, (st))
+#define sk_void_num(st) SKM_sk_num(void, (st))
+#define sk_void_value(st, i) SKM_sk_value(void, (st), (i))
+#define sk_void_set(st, i, val) SKM_sk_set(void, (st), (i), (val))
+#define sk_void_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(void, (st))
+#define sk_void_push(st, val) SKM_sk_push(void, (st), (val))
+#define sk_void_unshift(st, val) SKM_sk_unshift(void, (st), (val))
+#define sk_void_find(st, val) SKM_sk_find(void, (st), (val))
+#define sk_void_find_ex(st, val) SKM_sk_find_ex(void, (st), (val))
+#define sk_void_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(void, (st), (i))
+#define sk_void_delete_ptr(st, ptr) SKM_sk_delete_ptr(void, (st), (ptr))
+#define sk_void_insert(st, val, i) SKM_sk_insert(void, (st), (val), (i))
+#define sk_void_set_cmp_func(st, cmp) SKM_sk_set_cmp_func(void, (st), (cmp))
+#define sk_void_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(void, st)
+#define sk_void_pop_free(st, free_func) SKM_sk_pop_free(void, (st), (free_func))
+#define sk_void_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(void, (st))
+#define sk_void_pop(st) SKM_sk_pop(void, (st))
+#define sk_void_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(void, (st))
+#define sk_void_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(void, (st))
+
+#define sk_OPENSSL_STRING_new(cmp) ((STACK_OF(OPENSSL_STRING) *)sk_new(CHECKED_SK_CMP_FUNC(char, cmp)))
+#define sk_OPENSSL_STRING_new_null() ((STACK_OF(OPENSSL_STRING) *)sk_new_null())
+#define sk_OPENSSL_STRING_push(st, val) sk_push(CHECKED_STACK_OF(OPENSSL_STRING, st), CHECKED_PTR_OF(char, val))
+#define sk_OPENSSL_STRING_find(st, val) sk_find(CHECKED_STACK_OF(OPENSSL_STRING, st), CHECKED_PTR_OF(char, val))
+#define sk_OPENSSL_STRING_value(st, i) ((OPENSSL_STRING)sk_value(CHECKED_STACK_OF(OPENSSL_STRING, st), i))
+#define sk_OPENSSL_STRING_num(st) SKM_sk_num(OPENSSL_STRING, st)
+#define sk_OPENSSL_STRING_pop_free(st, free_func) sk_pop_free(CHECKED_STACK_OF(OPENSSL_STRING, st), CHECKED_SK_FREE_FUNC2(OPENSSL_STRING, free_func))
+#define sk_OPENSSL_STRING_insert(st, val, i) sk_insert(CHECKED_STACK_OF(OPENSSL_STRING, st), CHECKED_PTR_OF(char, val), i)
+#define sk_OPENSSL_STRING_free(st) SKM_sk_free(OPENSSL_STRING, st)
+#define sk_OPENSSL_STRING_set(st, i, val) sk_set(CHECKED_STACK_OF(OPENSSL_STRING, st), i, CHECKED_PTR_OF(char, val))
+#define sk_OPENSSL_STRING_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(OPENSSL_STRING, (st))
+#define sk_OPENSSL_STRING_unshift(st, val) sk_unshift(CHECKED_STACK_OF(OPENSSL_STRING, st), CHECKED_PTR_OF(char, val))
+#define sk_OPENSSL_STRING_find_ex(st, val) sk_find_ex((_STACK *)CHECKED_CONST_PTR_OF(STACK_OF(OPENSSL_STRING), st), CHECKED_CONST_PTR_OF(char, val))
+#define sk_OPENSSL_STRING_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(OPENSSL_STRING, (st), (i))
+#define sk_OPENSSL_STRING_delete_ptr(st, ptr) (OPENSSL_STRING *)sk_delete_ptr(CHECKED_STACK_OF(OPENSSL_STRING, st), CHECKED_PTR_OF(char, ptr))
+#define sk_OPENSSL_STRING_set_cmp_func(st, cmp)  \
+	((int (*)(const char * const *,const char * const *)) \
+	sk_set_cmp_func(CHECKED_STACK_OF(OPENSSL_STRING, st), CHECKED_SK_CMP_FUNC(char, cmp)))
+#define sk_OPENSSL_STRING_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(OPENSSL_STRING, st)
+#define sk_OPENSSL_STRING_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(OPENSSL_STRING, (st))
+#define sk_OPENSSL_STRING_pop(st) (char *)sk_pop(CHECKED_STACK_OF(OPENSSL_STRING, st))
+#define sk_OPENSSL_STRING_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(OPENSSL_STRING, (st))
+#define sk_OPENSSL_STRING_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(OPENSSL_STRING, (st))
+
+
+#define sk_OPENSSL_BLOCK_new(cmp) ((STACK_OF(OPENSSL_BLOCK) *)sk_new(CHECKED_SK_CMP_FUNC(void, cmp)))
+#define sk_OPENSSL_BLOCK_new_null() ((STACK_OF(OPENSSL_BLOCK) *)sk_new_null())
+#define sk_OPENSSL_BLOCK_push(st, val) sk_push(CHECKED_STACK_OF(OPENSSL_BLOCK, st), CHECKED_PTR_OF(void, val))
+#define sk_OPENSSL_BLOCK_find(st, val) sk_find(CHECKED_STACK_OF(OPENSSL_BLOCK, st), CHECKED_PTR_OF(void, val))
+#define sk_OPENSSL_BLOCK_value(st, i) ((OPENSSL_BLOCK)sk_value(CHECKED_STACK_OF(OPENSSL_BLOCK, st), i))
+#define sk_OPENSSL_BLOCK_num(st) SKM_sk_num(OPENSSL_BLOCK, st)
+#define sk_OPENSSL_BLOCK_pop_free(st, free_func) sk_pop_free(CHECKED_STACK_OF(OPENSSL_BLOCK, st), CHECKED_SK_FREE_FUNC2(OPENSSL_BLOCK, free_func))
+#define sk_OPENSSL_BLOCK_insert(st, val, i) sk_insert(CHECKED_STACK_OF(OPENSSL_BLOCK, st), CHECKED_PTR_OF(void, val), i)
+#define sk_OPENSSL_BLOCK_free(st) SKM_sk_free(OPENSSL_BLOCK, st)
+#define sk_OPENSSL_BLOCK_set(st, i, val) sk_set(CHECKED_STACK_OF(OPENSSL_BLOCK, st), i, CHECKED_PTR_OF(void, val))
+#define sk_OPENSSL_BLOCK_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(OPENSSL_BLOCK, (st))
+#define sk_OPENSSL_BLOCK_unshift(st, val) sk_unshift(CHECKED_STACK_OF(OPENSSL_BLOCK, st), CHECKED_PTR_OF(void, val))
+#define sk_OPENSSL_BLOCK_find_ex(st, val) sk_find_ex((_STACK *)CHECKED_CONST_PTR_OF(STACK_OF(OPENSSL_BLOCK), st), CHECKED_CONST_PTR_OF(void, val))
+#define sk_OPENSSL_BLOCK_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(OPENSSL_BLOCK, (st), (i))
+#define sk_OPENSSL_BLOCK_delete_ptr(st, ptr) (OPENSSL_BLOCK *)sk_delete_ptr(CHECKED_STACK_OF(OPENSSL_BLOCK, st), CHECKED_PTR_OF(void, ptr))
+#define sk_OPENSSL_BLOCK_set_cmp_func(st, cmp)  \
+	((int (*)(const void * const *,const void * const *)) \
+	sk_set_cmp_func(CHECKED_STACK_OF(OPENSSL_BLOCK, st), CHECKED_SK_CMP_FUNC(void, cmp)))
+#define sk_OPENSSL_BLOCK_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(OPENSSL_BLOCK, st)
+#define sk_OPENSSL_BLOCK_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(OPENSSL_BLOCK, (st))
+#define sk_OPENSSL_BLOCK_pop(st) (void *)sk_pop(CHECKED_STACK_OF(OPENSSL_BLOCK, st))
+#define sk_OPENSSL_BLOCK_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(OPENSSL_BLOCK, (st))
+#define sk_OPENSSL_BLOCK_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(OPENSSL_BLOCK, (st))
+
+
+#define sk_OPENSSL_PSTRING_new(cmp) ((STACK_OF(OPENSSL_PSTRING) *)sk_new(CHECKED_SK_CMP_FUNC(OPENSSL_STRING, cmp)))
+#define sk_OPENSSL_PSTRING_new_null() ((STACK_OF(OPENSSL_PSTRING) *)sk_new_null())
+#define sk_OPENSSL_PSTRING_push(st, val) sk_push(CHECKED_STACK_OF(OPENSSL_PSTRING, st), CHECKED_PTR_OF(OPENSSL_STRING, val))
+#define sk_OPENSSL_PSTRING_find(st, val) sk_find(CHECKED_STACK_OF(OPENSSL_PSTRING, st), CHECKED_PTR_OF(OPENSSL_STRING, val))
+#define sk_OPENSSL_PSTRING_value(st, i) ((OPENSSL_PSTRING)sk_value(CHECKED_STACK_OF(OPENSSL_PSTRING, st), i))
+#define sk_OPENSSL_PSTRING_num(st) SKM_sk_num(OPENSSL_PSTRING, st)
+#define sk_OPENSSL_PSTRING_pop_free(st, free_func) sk_pop_free(CHECKED_STACK_OF(OPENSSL_PSTRING, st), CHECKED_SK_FREE_FUNC2(OPENSSL_PSTRING, free_func))
+#define sk_OPENSSL_PSTRING_insert(st, val, i) sk_insert(CHECKED_STACK_OF(OPENSSL_PSTRING, st), CHECKED_PTR_OF(OPENSSL_STRING, val), i)
+#define sk_OPENSSL_PSTRING_free(st) SKM_sk_free(OPENSSL_PSTRING, st)
+#define sk_OPENSSL_PSTRING_set(st, i, val) sk_set(CHECKED_STACK_OF(OPENSSL_PSTRING, st), i, CHECKED_PTR_OF(OPENSSL_STRING, val))
+#define sk_OPENSSL_PSTRING_zero(st) SKM_sk_zero(OPENSSL_PSTRING, (st))
+#define sk_OPENSSL_PSTRING_unshift(st, val) sk_unshift(CHECKED_STACK_OF(OPENSSL_PSTRING, st), CHECKED_PTR_OF(OPENSSL_STRING, val))
+#define sk_OPENSSL_PSTRING_find_ex(st, val) sk_find_ex((_STACK *)CHECKED_CONST_PTR_OF(STACK_OF(OPENSSL_PSTRING), st), CHECKED_CONST_PTR_OF(OPENSSL_STRING, val))
+#define sk_OPENSSL_PSTRING_delete(st, i) SKM_sk_delete(OPENSSL_PSTRING, (st), (i))
+#define sk_OPENSSL_PSTRING_delete_ptr(st, ptr) (OPENSSL_PSTRING *)sk_delete_ptr(CHECKED_STACK_OF(OPENSSL_PSTRING, st), CHECKED_PTR_OF(OPENSSL_STRING, ptr))
+#define sk_OPENSSL_PSTRING_set_cmp_func(st, cmp)  \
+	((int (*)(const OPENSSL_STRING * const *,const OPENSSL_STRING * const *)) \
+	sk_set_cmp_func(CHECKED_STACK_OF(OPENSSL_PSTRING, st), CHECKED_SK_CMP_FUNC(OPENSSL_STRING, cmp)))
+#define sk_OPENSSL_PSTRING_dup(st) SKM_sk_dup(OPENSSL_PSTRING, st)
+#define sk_OPENSSL_PSTRING_shift(st) SKM_sk_shift(OPENSSL_PSTRING, (st))
+#define sk_OPENSSL_PSTRING_pop(st) (OPENSSL_STRING *)sk_pop(CHECKED_STACK_OF(OPENSSL_PSTRING, st))
+#define sk_OPENSSL_PSTRING_sort(st) SKM_sk_sort(OPENSSL_PSTRING, (st))
+#define sk_OPENSSL_PSTRING_is_sorted(st) SKM_sk_is_sorted(OPENSSL_PSTRING, (st))
+
+
+#define d2i_ASN1_SET_OF_ACCESS_DESCRIPTION(st, pp, length, d2i_func, free_func, ex_tag, ex_class) \
+	SKM_ASN1_SET_OF_d2i(ACCESS_DESCRIPTION, (st), (pp), (length), (d2i_func), (free_func), (ex_tag), (ex_class)) 
+#define i2d_ASN1_SET_OF_ACCESS_DESCRIPTION(st, pp, i2d_func, ex_tag, ex_class, is_set) \
+	SKM_ASN1_SET_OF_i2d(ACCESS_DESCRIPTION, (st), (pp), (i2d_func), (ex_tag), (ex_class), (is_set))
+#define ASN1_seq_pack_ACCESS_DESCRIPTION(st, i2d_func, buf, len) \
+	SKM_ASN1_seq_pack(ACCESS_DESCRIPTION, (st), (i2d_func), (buf), (len))
+#define ASN1_seq_unpack_ACCESS_DESCRIPTION(buf, len, d2i_func, free_func) \
+	SKM_ASN1_seq_unpack(ACCESS_DESCRIPTION, (buf), (len), (d2i_func), (free_func))
+
+#define d2i_ASN1_SET_OF_ASN1_INTEGER(st, pp, length, d2i_func, free_func, ex_tag, ex_class) \
+	SKM_ASN1_SET_OF_d2i(ASN1_INTEGER, (st), (pp), (length), (d2i_func), (free_func), (ex_tag), (ex_class)) 
+#define i2d_ASN1_SET_OF_ASN1_INTEGER(st, pp, i2d_func, ex_tag, ex_class, is_set) \
+	SKM_ASN1_SET_OF_i2d(ASN1_INTEGER, (st), (pp), (i2d_func), (ex_tag), (ex_class), (is_set))
+#define ASN1_seq_pack_ASN1_INTEGER(st, i2d_func, buf, len) \
+	SKM_ASN1_seq_pack(ASN1_INTEGER, (st), (i2d_func), (buf), (len))
+#define ASN1_seq_unpack_ASN1_INTEGER(buf, len, d2i_func, free_func) \
+	SKM_ASN1_seq_unpack(ASN1_INTEGER, (buf), (len), (d2i_func), (free_func))
+
+#define d2i_ASN1_SET_OF_ASN1_OBJECT(st, pp, length, d2i_func, free_func, ex_tag, ex_class) \
+	SKM_ASN1_SET_OF_d2i(ASN1_OBJECT, (st), (pp), (length), (d2i_func), (free_func), (ex_tag), (ex_class)) 
+#define i2d_ASN1_SET_OF_ASN1_OBJECT(st, pp, i2d_func, ex_tag, ex_class, is_set) \
+	SKM_ASN1_SET_OF_i2d(ASN1_OBJECT, (st), (pp), (i2d_func), (ex_tag), (ex_class), (is_set))
+#define ASN1_seq_pack_ASN1_OBJECT(st, i2d_func, buf, len) \
+	SKM_ASN1_seq_pack(ASN1_OBJECT, (st), (i2d_func), (buf), (len))
+#define ASN1_seq_unpack_ASN1_OBJECT(buf, len, d2i_func, free_func) \
+	SKM_ASN1_seq_unpack(ASN1_OBJECT, (buf), (len), (d2i_func), (free_func))
+
+#define d2i_ASN1_SET_OF_ASN1_TYPE(st, pp, length, d2i_func, free_func, ex_tag, ex_class) \
+	SKM_ASN1_SET_OF_d2i(ASN1_TYPE, (st), (pp), (length), (d2i_func), (free_func), (ex_tag), (ex_class)) 
+#define i2d_ASN1_SET_OF_ASN1_TYPE(st, pp, i2d_func, ex_tag, ex_class, is_set) \
+	SKM_ASN1_SET_OF_i2d(ASN1_TYPE, (st), (pp), (i2d_func), (ex_tag), (ex_class), (is_set))
+#define ASN1_seq_pack_ASN1_TYPE(st, i2d_func, buf, len) \
+	SKM_ASN1_seq_pack(ASN1_TYPE, (st), (i2d_func), (buf), (len))
+#define ASN1_seq_unpack_ASN1_TYPE(buf, len, d2i_func, free_func) \
+	SKM_ASN1_seq_unpack(ASN1_TYPE, (buf), (len), (d2i_func), (free_func))
+
+#define d2i_ASN1_SET_OF_ASN1_UTF8STRING(st, pp, length, d2i_func, free_func, ex_tag, ex_class) \
+	SKM_ASN1_SET_OF_d2i(ASN1_UTF8STRING, (st), (pp), (length), (d2i_func), (free_func), (ex_tag), (ex_class)) 
+#define i2d_ASN1_SET_OF_ASN1_UTF8STRING(st, pp, i2d_func, ex_tag, ex_class, is_set) \
+	SKM_ASN1_SET_OF_i2d(ASN1_UTF8STRING, (st), (pp), (i2d_func), (ex_tag), (ex_class), (is_set))
+#define ASN1_seq_pack_ASN1_UTF8STRING(st, i2d_func, buf, len) \
+	SKM_ASN1_seq_pack(ASN1_UTF8STRING, (st), (i2d_func), (buf), (len))
+#define ASN1_seq_unpack_ASN1_UTF8STRING(buf, len, d2i_func, free_func) \
+	SKM_ASN1_seq_unpack(ASN1_UTF8STRING, (buf), (len), (d2i_func), (free_func))
+
+#define d2i_ASN1_SET_OF_DIST_POINT(st, pp, length, d2i_func, free_func, ex_tag, ex_class) \
+	SKM_ASN1_SET_OF_d2i(DIST_POINT, (st), (pp), (length), (d2i_func), (free_func), (ex_tag), (ex_class)) 
+#define i2d_ASN1_SET_OF_DIST_POINT(st, pp, i2d_func, ex_tag, ex_class, is_set) \
+	SKM_ASN1_SET_OF_i2d(DIST_POINT, (st), (pp), (i2d_func), (ex_tag), (ex_class), (is_set))
+#define ASN1_seq_pack_DIST_POINT(st, i2d_func, buf, len) \
+	SKM_ASN1_seq_pack(DIST_POINT, (st), (i2d_func), (buf), (len))
+#define ASN1_seq_unpack_DIST_POINT(buf, len, d2i_func, free_func) \
+	SKM_ASN1_seq_unpack(DIST_POINT, (buf), (len), (d2i_func), (free_func))
+
+#define d2i_ASN1_SET_OF_ESS_CERT_ID(st, pp, length, d2i_func, free_func, ex_tag, ex_class) \
+	SKM_ASN1_SET_OF_d2i(ESS_CERT_ID, (st), (pp), (length), (d2i_func), (free_func), (ex_tag), (ex_class)) 
+#define i2d_ASN1_SET_OF_ESS_CERT_ID(st, pp, i2d_func, ex_tag, ex_class, is_set) \
+	SKM_ASN1_SET_OF_i2d(ESS_CERT_ID, (st), (pp), (i2d_func), (ex_tag), (ex_class), (is_set))
+#define ASN1_seq_pack_ESS_CERT_ID(st, i2d_func, buf, len) \
+	SKM_ASN1_seq_pack(ESS_CERT_ID, (st), (i2d_func), (buf), (len))
+#define ASN1_seq_unpack_ESS_CERT_ID(buf, len, d2i_func, free_func) \
+	SKM_ASN1_seq_unpack(ESS_CERT_ID, (buf), (len), (d2i_func), (free_func))
+
+#define d2i_ASN1_SET_OF_EVP_MD(st, pp, length, d2i_func, free_func, ex_tag, ex_class) \
+	SKM_ASN1_SET_OF_d2i(EVP_MD, (st), (pp), (length), (d2i_func), (free_func), (ex_tag), (ex_class)) 
+#define i2d_ASN1_SET_OF_EVP_MD(st, pp, i2d_func, ex_tag, ex_class, is_set) \
+	SKM_ASN1_SET_OF_i2d(EVP_MD, (st), (pp), (i2d_func), (ex_tag), (ex_class), (is_set))
+#define ASN1_seq_pack_EVP_MD(st, i2d_func, buf, len) \
+	SKM_ASN1_seq_pack(EVP_MD, (st), (i2d_func), (buf), (len))
+#define ASN1_seq_unpack_EVP_MD(buf, len, d2i_func, free_func) \
+	SKM_ASN1_seq_unpack(EVP_MD, (buf), (len), (d2i_func), (free_func))
+
+#define d2i_ASN1_SET_OF_GENERAL_NAME(st, pp, length, d2i_func, free_func, ex_tag, ex_class) \
+	SKM_ASN1_SET_OF_d2i(GENERAL_NAME, (st), (pp), (length), (d2i_func), (free_func), (ex_tag), (ex_class)) 
+#define i2d_ASN1_SET_OF_GENERAL_NAME(st, pp, i2d_func, ex_tag, ex_class, is_set) \
+	SKM_ASN1_SET_OF_i2d(GENERAL_NAME, (st), (pp), (i2d_func), (ex_tag), (ex_class), (is_set))
+#define ASN1_seq_pack_GENERAL_NAME(st, i2d_func, buf, len) \
+	SKM_ASN1_seq_pack(GENERAL_NAME, (st), (i2d_func), (buf), (len))
+#define ASN1_seq_unpack_GENERAL_NAME(buf, len, d2i_func, free_func) \
+	SKM_ASN1_seq_unpack(GENERAL_NAME, (buf), (len), (d2i_func), (free_func))
+
+#define d2i_ASN1_SET_OF_OCSP_ONEREQ(st, pp, length, d2i_func, free_func, ex_tag, ex_class) \
+	SKM_ASN1_SET_OF_d2i(OCSP_ONEREQ, (st), (pp), (length), (d2i_func), (free_func), (ex_tag), (ex_class)) 
+#define i2d_ASN1_SET_OF_OCSP_ONEREQ(st, pp, i2d_func, ex_tag, ex_class, is_set) \
+	SKM_ASN1_SET_OF_i2d(OCSP_ONEREQ, (st), (pp), (i2d_func), (ex_tag), (ex_class), (is_set))
+#define ASN1_seq_pack_OCSP_ONEREQ(st, i2d_func, buf, len) \
+	SKM_ASN1_seq_pack(OCSP_ONEREQ, (st), (i2d_func), (buf), (len))
+#define ASN1_seq_unpack_OCSP_ONEREQ(buf, len, d2i_func, free_func) \
+	SKM_ASN1_seq_unpack(OCSP_ONEREQ, (buf), (len), (d2i_func), (free_func))
+
+#define d2i_ASN1_SET_OF_OCSP_SINGLERESP(st, pp, length, d2i_func, free_func, ex_tag, ex_class) \
+	SKM_ASN1_SET_OF_d2i(OCSP_SINGLERESP, (st), (pp), (length), (d2i_func), (free_func), (ex_tag), (ex_class)) 
+#define i2d_ASN1_SET_OF_OCSP_SINGLERESP(st, pp, i2d_func, ex_tag, ex_class, is_set) \
+	SKM_ASN1_SET_OF_i2d(OCSP_SINGLERESP, (st), (pp), (i2d_func), (ex_tag), (ex_class), (is_set))
+#define ASN1_seq_pack_OCSP_SINGLERESP(st, i2d_func, buf, len) \
+	SKM_ASN1_seq_pack(OCSP_SINGLERESP, (st), (i2d_func), (buf), (len))
+#define ASN1_seq_unpack_OCSP_SINGLERESP(buf, len, d2i_func, free_func) \
+	SKM_ASN1_seq_unpack(OCSP_SINGLERESP, (buf), (len), (d2i_func), (free_func))
+
+#define d2i_ASN1_SET_OF_PKCS12_SAFEBAG(st, pp, length, d2i_func, free_func, ex_tag, ex_class) \
+	SKM_ASN1_SET_OF_d2i(PKCS12_SAFEBAG, (st), (pp), (length), (d2i_func), (free_func), (ex_tag), (ex_class)) 
+#define i2d_ASN1_SET_OF_PKCS12_SAFEBAG(st, pp, i2d_func, ex_tag, ex_class, is_set) \
+	SKM_ASN1_SET_OF_i2d(PKCS12_SAFEBAG, (st), (pp), (i2d_func), (ex_tag), (ex_class), (is_set))
+#define ASN1_seq_pack_PKCS12_SAFEBAG(st, i2d_func, buf, len) \
+	SKM_ASN1_seq_pack(PKCS12_SAFEBAG, (st), (i2d_func), (buf), (len))
+#define ASN1_seq_unpack_PKCS12_SAFEBAG(buf, len, d2i_func, free_func) \
+	SKM_ASN1_seq_unpack(PKCS12_SAFEBAG, (buf), (len), (d2i_func), (free_func))
+
+#define d2i_ASN1_SET_OF_PKCS7(st, pp, length, d2i_func, free_func, ex_tag, ex_class) \
+	SKM_ASN1_SET_OF_d2i(PKCS7, (st), (pp), (length), (d2i_func), (free_func), (ex_tag), (ex_class)) 
+#define i2d_ASN1_SET_OF_PKCS7(st, pp, i2d_func, ex_tag, ex_class, is_set) \
+	SKM_ASN1_SET_OF_i2d(PKCS7, (st), (pp), (i2d_func), (ex_tag), (ex_class), (is_set))
+#define ASN1_seq_pack_PKCS7(st, i2d_func, buf, len) \
+	SKM_ASN1_seq_pack(PKCS7, (st), (i2d_func), (buf), (len))
+#define ASN1_seq_unpack_PKCS7(buf, len, d2i_func, free_func) \
+	SKM_ASN1_seq_unpack(PKCS7, (buf), (len), (d2i_func), (free_func))
+
+#define d2i_ASN1_SET_OF_PKCS7_RECIP_INFO(st, pp, length, d2i_func, free_func, ex_tag, ex_class) \
+	SKM_ASN1_SET_OF_d2i(PKCS7_RECIP_INFO, (st), (pp), (length), (d2i_func), (free_func), (ex_tag), (ex_class)) 
+#define i2d_ASN1_SET_OF_PKCS7_RECIP_INFO(st, pp, i2d_func, ex_tag, ex_class, is_set) \
+	SKM_ASN1_SET_OF_i2d(PKCS7_RECIP_INFO, (st), (pp), (i2d_func), (ex_tag), (ex_class), (is_set))
+#define ASN1_seq_pack_PKCS7_RECIP_INFO(st, i2d_func, buf, len) \
+	SKM_ASN1_seq_pack(PKCS7_RECIP_INFO, (st), (i2d_func), (buf), (len))
+#define ASN1_seq_unpack_PKCS7_RECIP_INFO(buf, len, d2i_func, free_func) \
+	SKM_ASN1_seq_unpack(PKCS7_RECIP_INFO, (buf), (len), (d2i_func), (free_func))
+
+#define d2i_ASN1_SET_OF_PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO(st, pp, length, d2i_func, free_func, ex_tag, ex_class) \
+	SKM_ASN1_SET_OF_d2i(PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO, (st), (pp), (length), (d2i_func), (free_func), (ex_tag), (ex_class)) 
+#define i2d_ASN1_SET_OF_PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO(st, pp, i2d_func, ex_tag, ex_class, is_set) \
+	SKM_ASN1_SET_OF_i2d(PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO, (st), (pp), (i2d_func), (ex_tag), (ex_class), (is_set))
+#define ASN1_seq_pack_PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO(st, i2d_func, buf, len) \
+	SKM_ASN1_seq_pack(PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO, (st), (i2d_func), (buf), (len))
+#define ASN1_seq_unpack_PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO(buf, len, d2i_func, free_func) \
+	SKM_ASN1_seq_unpack(PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO, (buf), (len), (d2i_func), (free_func))
+
+#define d2i_ASN1_SET_OF_POLICYINFO(st, pp, length, d2i_func, free_func, ex_tag, ex_class) \
+	SKM_ASN1_SET_OF_d2i(POLICYINFO, (st), (pp), (length), (d2i_func), (free_func), (ex_tag), (ex_class)) 
+#define i2d_ASN1_SET_OF_POLICYINFO(st, pp, i2d_func, ex_tag, ex_class, is_set) \
+	SKM_ASN1_SET_OF_i2d(POLICYINFO, (st), (pp), (i2d_func), (ex_tag), (ex_class), (is_set))
+#define ASN1_seq_pack_POLICYINFO(st, i2d_func, buf, len) \
+	SKM_ASN1_seq_pack(POLICYINFO, (st), (i2d_func), (buf), (len))
+#define ASN1_seq_unpack_POLICYINFO(buf, len, d2i_func, free_func) \
+	SKM_ASN1_seq_unpack(POLICYINFO, (buf), (len), (d2i_func), (free_func))
+
+#define d2i_ASN1_SET_OF_POLICYQUALINFO(st, pp, length, d2i_func, free_func, ex_tag, ex_class) \
+	SKM_ASN1_SET_OF_d2i(POLICYQUALINFO, (st), (pp), (length), (d2i_func), (free_func), (ex_tag), (ex_class)) 
+#define i2d_ASN1_SET_OF_POLICYQUALINFO(st, pp, i2d_func, ex_tag, ex_class, is_set) \
+	SKM_ASN1_SET_OF_i2d(POLICYQUALINFO, (st), (pp), (i2d_func), (ex_tag), (ex_class), (is_set))
+#define ASN1_seq_pack_POLICYQUALINFO(st, i2d_func, buf, len) \
+	SKM_ASN1_seq_pack(POLICYQUALINFO, (st), (i2d_func), (buf), (len))
+#define ASN1_seq_unpack_POLICYQUALINFO(buf, len, d2i_func, free_func) \
+	SKM_ASN1_seq_unpack(POLICYQUALINFO, (buf), (len), (d2i_func), (free_func))
+
+#define d2i_ASN1_SET_OF_SXNETID(st, pp, length, d2i_func, free_func, ex_tag, ex_class) \
+	SKM_ASN1_SET_OF_d2i(SXNETID, (st), (pp), (length), (d2i_func), (free_func), (ex_tag), (ex_class)) 
+#define i2d_ASN1_SET_OF_SXNETID(st, pp, i2d_func, ex_tag, ex_class, is_set) \
+	SKM_ASN1_SET_OF_i2d(SXNETID, (st), (pp), (i2d_func), (ex_tag), (ex_class), (is_set))
+#define ASN1_seq_pack_SXNETID(st, i2d_func, buf, len) \
+	SKM_ASN1_seq_pack(SXNETID, (st), (i2d_func), (buf), (len))
+#define ASN1_seq_unpack_SXNETID(buf, len, d2i_func, free_func) \
+	SKM_ASN1_seq_unpack(SXNETID, (buf), (len), (d2i_func), (free_func))
+
+#define d2i_ASN1_SET_OF_X509(st, pp, length, d2i_func, free_func, ex_tag, ex_class) \
+	SKM_ASN1_SET_OF_d2i(X509, (st), (pp), (length), (d2i_func), (free_func), (ex_tag), (ex_class)) 
+#define i2d_ASN1_SET_OF_X509(st, pp, i2d_func, ex_tag, ex_class, is_set) \
+	SKM_ASN1_SET_OF_i2d(X509, (st), (pp), (i2d_func), (ex_tag), (ex_class), (is_set))
+#define ASN1_seq_pack_X509(st, i2d_func, buf, len) \
+	SKM_ASN1_seq_pack(X509, (st), (i2d_func), (buf), (len))
+#define ASN1_seq_unpack_X509(buf, len, d2i_func, free_func) \
+	SKM_ASN1_seq_unpack(X509, (buf), (len), (d2i_func), (free_func))
+
+#define d2i_ASN1_SET_OF_X509_ALGOR(st, pp, length, d2i_func, free_func, ex_tag, ex_class) \
+	SKM_ASN1_SET_OF_d2i(X509_ALGOR, (st), (pp), (length), (d2i_func), (free_func), (ex_tag), (ex_class)) 
+#define i2d_ASN1_SET_OF_X509_ALGOR(st, pp, i2d_func, ex_tag, ex_class, is_set) \
+	SKM_ASN1_SET_OF_i2d(X509_ALGOR, (st), (pp), (i2d_func), (ex_tag), (ex_class), (is_set))
+#define ASN1_seq_pack_X509_ALGOR(st, i2d_func, buf, len) \
+	SKM_ASN1_seq_pack(X509_ALGOR, (st), (i2d_func), (buf), (len))
+#define ASN1_seq_unpack_X509_ALGOR(buf, len, d2i_func, free_func) \
+	SKM_ASN1_seq_unpack(X509_ALGOR, (buf), (len), (d2i_func), (free_func))
+
+#define d2i_ASN1_SET_OF_X509_ATTRIBUTE(st, pp, length, d2i_func, free_func, ex_tag, ex_class) \
+	SKM_ASN1_SET_OF_d2i(X509_ATTRIBUTE, (st), (pp), (length), (d2i_func), (free_func), (ex_tag), (ex_class)) 
+#define i2d_ASN1_SET_OF_X509_ATTRIBUTE(st, pp, i2d_func, ex_tag, ex_class, is_set) \
+	SKM_ASN1_SET_OF_i2d(X509_ATTRIBUTE, (st), (pp), (i2d_func), (ex_tag), (ex_class), (is_set))
+#define ASN1_seq_pack_X509_ATTRIBUTE(st, i2d_func, buf, len) \
+	SKM_ASN1_seq_pack(X509_ATTRIBUTE, (st), (i2d_func), (buf), (len))
+#define ASN1_seq_unpack_X509_ATTRIBUTE(buf, len, d2i_func, free_func) \
+	SKM_ASN1_seq_unpack(X509_ATTRIBUTE, (buf), (len), (d2i_func), (free_func))
+
+#define d2i_ASN1_SET_OF_X509_CRL(st, pp, length, d2i_func, free_func, ex_tag, ex_class) \
+	SKM_ASN1_SET_OF_d2i(X509_CRL, (st), (pp), (length), (d2i_func), (free_func), (ex_tag), (ex_class)) 
+#define i2d_ASN1_SET_OF_X509_CRL(st, pp, i2d_func, ex_tag, ex_class, is_set) \
+	SKM_ASN1_SET_OF_i2d(X509_CRL, (st), (pp), (i2d_func), (ex_tag), (ex_class), (is_set))
+#define ASN1_seq_pack_X509_CRL(st, i2d_func, buf, len) \
+	SKM_ASN1_seq_pack(X509_CRL, (st), (i2d_func), (buf), (len))
+#define ASN1_seq_unpack_X509_CRL(buf, len, d2i_func, free_func) \
+	SKM_ASN1_seq_unpack(X509_CRL, (buf), (len), (d2i_func), (free_func))
+
+#define d2i_ASN1_SET_OF_X509_EXTENSION(st, pp, length, d2i_func, free_func, ex_tag, ex_class) \
+	SKM_ASN1_SET_OF_d2i(X509_EXTENSION, (st), (pp), (length), (d2i_func), (free_func), (ex_tag), (ex_class)) 
+#define i2d_ASN1_SET_OF_X509_EXTENSION(st, pp, i2d_func, ex_tag, ex_class, is_set) \
+	SKM_ASN1_SET_OF_i2d(X509_EXTENSION, (st), (pp), (i2d_func), (ex_tag), (ex_class), (is_set))
+#define ASN1_seq_pack_X509_EXTENSION(st, i2d_func, buf, len) \
+	SKM_ASN1_seq_pack(X509_EXTENSION, (st), (i2d_func), (buf), (len))
+#define ASN1_seq_unpack_X509_EXTENSION(buf, len, d2i_func, free_func) \
+	SKM_ASN1_seq_unpack(X509_EXTENSION, (buf), (len), (d2i_func), (free_func))
+
+#define d2i_ASN1_SET_OF_X509_NAME_ENTRY(st, pp, length, d2i_func, free_func, ex_tag, ex_class) \
+	SKM_ASN1_SET_OF_d2i(X509_NAME_ENTRY, (st), (pp), (length), (d2i_func), (free_func), (ex_tag), (ex_class)) 
+#define i2d_ASN1_SET_OF_X509_NAME_ENTRY(st, pp, i2d_func, ex_tag, ex_class, is_set) \
+	SKM_ASN1_SET_OF_i2d(X509_NAME_ENTRY, (st), (pp), (i2d_func), (ex_tag), (ex_class), (is_set))
+#define ASN1_seq_pack_X509_NAME_ENTRY(st, i2d_func, buf, len) \
+	SKM_ASN1_seq_pack(X509_NAME_ENTRY, (st), (i2d_func), (buf), (len))
+#define ASN1_seq_unpack_X509_NAME_ENTRY(buf, len, d2i_func, free_func) \
+	SKM_ASN1_seq_unpack(X509_NAME_ENTRY, (buf), (len), (d2i_func), (free_func))
+
+#define d2i_ASN1_SET_OF_X509_REVOKED(st, pp, length, d2i_func, free_func, ex_tag, ex_class) \
+	SKM_ASN1_SET_OF_d2i(X509_REVOKED, (st), (pp), (length), (d2i_func), (free_func), (ex_tag), (ex_class)) 
+#define i2d_ASN1_SET_OF_X509_REVOKED(st, pp, i2d_func, ex_tag, ex_class, is_set) \
+	SKM_ASN1_SET_OF_i2d(X509_REVOKED, (st), (pp), (i2d_func), (ex_tag), (ex_class), (is_set))
+#define ASN1_seq_pack_X509_REVOKED(st, i2d_func, buf, len) \
+	SKM_ASN1_seq_pack(X509_REVOKED, (st), (i2d_func), (buf), (len))
+#define ASN1_seq_unpack_X509_REVOKED(buf, len, d2i_func, free_func) \
+	SKM_ASN1_seq_unpack(X509_REVOKED, (buf), (len), (d2i_func), (free_func))
+
+#define PKCS12_decrypt_d2i_PKCS12_SAFEBAG(algor, d2i_func, free_func, pass, passlen, oct, seq) \
+	SKM_PKCS12_decrypt_d2i(PKCS12_SAFEBAG, (algor), (d2i_func), (free_func), (pass), (passlen), (oct), (seq))
+
+#define PKCS12_decrypt_d2i_PKCS7(algor, d2i_func, free_func, pass, passlen, oct, seq) \
+	SKM_PKCS12_decrypt_d2i(PKCS7, (algor), (d2i_func), (free_func), (pass), (passlen), (oct), (seq))
+
+#define lh_ADDED_OBJ_new() LHM_lh_new(ADDED_OBJ,added_obj)
+#define lh_ADDED_OBJ_insert(lh,inst) LHM_lh_insert(ADDED_OBJ,lh,inst)
+#define lh_ADDED_OBJ_retrieve(lh,inst) LHM_lh_retrieve(ADDED_OBJ,lh,inst)
+#define lh_ADDED_OBJ_delete(lh,inst) LHM_lh_delete(ADDED_OBJ,lh,inst)
+#define lh_ADDED_OBJ_doall(lh,fn) LHM_lh_doall(ADDED_OBJ,lh,fn)
+#define lh_ADDED_OBJ_doall_arg(lh,fn,arg_type,arg) \
+  LHM_lh_doall_arg(ADDED_OBJ,lh,fn,arg_type,arg)
+#define lh_ADDED_OBJ_error(lh) LHM_lh_error(ADDED_OBJ,lh)
+#define lh_ADDED_OBJ_num_items(lh) LHM_lh_num_items(ADDED_OBJ,lh)
+#define lh_ADDED_OBJ_down_load(lh) LHM_lh_down_load(ADDED_OBJ,lh)
+#define lh_ADDED_OBJ_node_stats_bio(lh,out) \
+  LHM_lh_node_stats_bio(ADDED_OBJ,lh,out)
+#define lh_ADDED_OBJ_node_usage_stats_bio(lh,out) \
+  LHM_lh_node_usage_stats_bio(ADDED_OBJ,lh,out)
+#define lh_ADDED_OBJ_stats_bio(lh,out) \
+  LHM_lh_stats_bio(ADDED_OBJ,lh,out)
+#define lh_ADDED_OBJ_free(lh) LHM_lh_free(ADDED_OBJ,lh)
+
+#define lh_APP_INFO_new() LHM_lh_new(APP_INFO,app_info)
+#define lh_APP_INFO_insert(lh,inst) LHM_lh_insert(APP_INFO,lh,inst)
+#define lh_APP_INFO_retrieve(lh,inst) LHM_lh_retrieve(APP_INFO,lh,inst)
+#define lh_APP_INFO_delete(lh,inst) LHM_lh_delete(APP_INFO,lh,inst)
+#define lh_APP_INFO_doall(lh,fn) LHM_lh_doall(APP_INFO,lh,fn)
+#define lh_APP_INFO_doall_arg(lh,fn,arg_type,arg) \
+  LHM_lh_doall_arg(APP_INFO,lh,fn,arg_type,arg)
+#define lh_APP_INFO_error(lh) LHM_lh_error(APP_INFO,lh)
+#define lh_APP_INFO_num_items(lh) LHM_lh_num_items(APP_INFO,lh)
+#define lh_APP_INFO_down_load(lh) LHM_lh_down_load(APP_INFO,lh)
+#define lh_APP_INFO_node_stats_bio(lh,out) \
+  LHM_lh_node_stats_bio(APP_INFO,lh,out)
+#define lh_APP_INFO_node_usage_stats_bio(lh,out) \
+  LHM_lh_node_usage_stats_bio(APP_INFO,lh,out)
+#define lh_APP_INFO_stats_bio(lh,out) \
+  LHM_lh_stats_bio(APP_INFO,lh,out)
+#define lh_APP_INFO_free(lh) LHM_lh_free(APP_INFO,lh)
+
+#define lh_CONF_VALUE_new() LHM_lh_new(CONF_VALUE,conf_value)
+#define lh_CONF_VALUE_insert(lh,inst) LHM_lh_insert(CONF_VALUE,lh,inst)
+#define lh_CONF_VALUE_retrieve(lh,inst) LHM_lh_retrieve(CONF_VALUE,lh,inst)
+#define lh_CONF_VALUE_delete(lh,inst) LHM_lh_delete(CONF_VALUE,lh,inst)
+#define lh_CONF_VALUE_doall(lh,fn) LHM_lh_doall(CONF_VALUE,lh,fn)
+#define lh_CONF_VALUE_doall_arg(lh,fn,arg_type,arg) \
+  LHM_lh_doall_arg(CONF_VALUE,lh,fn,arg_type,arg)
+#define lh_CONF_VALUE_error(lh) LHM_lh_error(CONF_VALUE,lh)
+#define lh_CONF_VALUE_num_items(lh) LHM_lh_num_items(CONF_VALUE,lh)
+#define lh_CONF_VALUE_down_load(lh) LHM_lh_down_load(CONF_VALUE,lh)
+#define lh_CONF_VALUE_node_stats_bio(lh,out) \
+  LHM_lh_node_stats_bio(CONF_VALUE,lh,out)
+#define lh_CONF_VALUE_node_usage_stats_bio(lh,out) \
+  LHM_lh_node_usage_stats_bio(CONF_VALUE,lh,out)
+#define lh_CONF_VALUE_stats_bio(lh,out) \
+  LHM_lh_stats_bio(CONF_VALUE,lh,out)
+#define lh_CONF_VALUE_free(lh) LHM_lh_free(CONF_VALUE,lh)
+
+#define lh_ENGINE_PILE_new() LHM_lh_new(ENGINE_PILE,engine_pile)
+#define lh_ENGINE_PILE_insert(lh,inst) LHM_lh_insert(ENGINE_PILE,lh,inst)
+#define lh_ENGINE_PILE_retrieve(lh,inst) LHM_lh_retrieve(ENGINE_PILE,lh,inst)
+#define lh_ENGINE_PILE_delete(lh,inst) LHM_lh_delete(ENGINE_PILE,lh,inst)
+#define lh_ENGINE_PILE_doall(lh,fn) LHM_lh_doall(ENGINE_PILE,lh,fn)
+#define lh_ENGINE_PILE_doall_arg(lh,fn,arg_type,arg) \
+  LHM_lh_doall_arg(ENGINE_PILE,lh,fn,arg_type,arg)
+#define lh_ENGINE_PILE_error(lh) LHM_lh_error(ENGINE_PILE,lh)
+#define lh_ENGINE_PILE_num_items(lh) LHM_lh_num_items(ENGINE_PILE,lh)
+#define lh_ENGINE_PILE_down_load(lh) LHM_lh_down_load(ENGINE_PILE,lh)
+#define lh_ENGINE_PILE_node_stats_bio(lh,out) \
+  LHM_lh_node_stats_bio(ENGINE_PILE,lh,out)
+#define lh_ENGINE_PILE_node_usage_stats_bio(lh,out) \
+  LHM_lh_node_usage_stats_bio(ENGINE_PILE,lh,out)
+#define lh_ENGINE_PILE_stats_bio(lh,out) \
+  LHM_lh_stats_bio(ENGINE_PILE,lh,out)
+#define lh_ENGINE_PILE_free(lh) LHM_lh_free(ENGINE_PILE,lh)
+
+#define lh_ERR_STATE_new() LHM_lh_new(ERR_STATE,err_state)
+#define lh_ERR_STATE_insert(lh,inst) LHM_lh_insert(ERR_STATE,lh,inst)
+#define lh_ERR_STATE_retrieve(lh,inst) LHM_lh_retrieve(ERR_STATE,lh,inst)
+#define lh_ERR_STATE_delete(lh,inst) LHM_lh_delete(ERR_STATE,lh,inst)
+#define lh_ERR_STATE_doall(lh,fn) LHM_lh_doall(ERR_STATE,lh,fn)
+#define lh_ERR_STATE_doall_arg(lh,fn,arg_type,arg) \
+  LHM_lh_doall_arg(ERR_STATE,lh,fn,arg_type,arg)
+#define lh_ERR_STATE_error(lh) LHM_lh_error(ERR_STATE,lh)
+#define lh_ERR_STATE_num_items(lh) LHM_lh_num_items(ERR_STATE,lh)
+#define lh_ERR_STATE_down_load(lh) LHM_lh_down_load(ERR_STATE,lh)
+#define lh_ERR_STATE_node_stats_bio(lh,out) \
+  LHM_lh_node_stats_bio(ERR_STATE,lh,out)
+#define lh_ERR_STATE_node_usage_stats_bio(lh,out) \
+  LHM_lh_node_usage_stats_bio(ERR_STATE,lh,out)
+#define lh_ERR_STATE_stats_bio(lh,out) \
+  LHM_lh_stats_bio(ERR_STATE,lh,out)
+#define lh_ERR_STATE_free(lh) LHM_lh_free(ERR_STATE,lh)
+
+#define lh_ERR_STRING_DATA_new() LHM_lh_new(ERR_STRING_DATA,err_string_data)
+#define lh_ERR_STRING_DATA_insert(lh,inst) LHM_lh_insert(ERR_STRING_DATA,lh,inst)
+#define lh_ERR_STRING_DATA_retrieve(lh,inst) LHM_lh_retrieve(ERR_STRING_DATA,lh,inst)
+#define lh_ERR_STRING_DATA_delete(lh,inst) LHM_lh_delete(ERR_STRING_DATA,lh,inst)
+#define lh_ERR_STRING_DATA_doall(lh,fn) LHM_lh_doall(ERR_STRING_DATA,lh,fn)
+#define lh_ERR_STRING_DATA_doall_arg(lh,fn,arg_type,arg) \
+  LHM_lh_doall_arg(ERR_STRING_DATA,lh,fn,arg_type,arg)
+#define lh_ERR_STRING_DATA_error(lh) LHM_lh_error(ERR_STRING_DATA,lh)
+#define lh_ERR_STRING_DATA_num_items(lh) LHM_lh_num_items(ERR_STRING_DATA,lh)
+#define lh_ERR_STRING_DATA_down_load(lh) LHM_lh_down_load(ERR_STRING_DATA,lh)
+#define lh_ERR_STRING_DATA_node_stats_bio(lh,out) \
+  LHM_lh_node_stats_bio(ERR_STRING_DATA,lh,out)
+#define lh_ERR_STRING_DATA_node_usage_stats_bio(lh,out) \
+  LHM_lh_node_usage_stats_bio(ERR_STRING_DATA,lh,out)
+#define lh_ERR_STRING_DATA_stats_bio(lh,out) \
+  LHM_lh_stats_bio(ERR_STRING_DATA,lh,out)
+#define lh_ERR_STRING_DATA_free(lh) LHM_lh_free(ERR_STRING_DATA,lh)
+
+#define lh_EX_CLASS_ITEM_new() LHM_lh_new(EX_CLASS_ITEM,ex_class_item)
+#define lh_EX_CLASS_ITEM_insert(lh,inst) LHM_lh_insert(EX_CLASS_ITEM,lh,inst)
+#define lh_EX_CLASS_ITEM_retrieve(lh,inst) LHM_lh_retrieve(EX_CLASS_ITEM,lh,inst)
+#define lh_EX_CLASS_ITEM_delete(lh,inst) LHM_lh_delete(EX_CLASS_ITEM,lh,inst)
+#define lh_EX_CLASS_ITEM_doall(lh,fn) LHM_lh_doall(EX_CLASS_ITEM,lh,fn)
+#define lh_EX_CLASS_ITEM_doall_arg(lh,fn,arg_type,arg) \
+  LHM_lh_doall_arg(EX_CLASS_ITEM,lh,fn,arg_type,arg)
+#define lh_EX_CLASS_ITEM_error(lh) LHM_lh_error(EX_CLASS_ITEM,lh)
+#define lh_EX_CLASS_ITEM_num_items(lh) LHM_lh_num_items(EX_CLASS_ITEM,lh)
+#define lh_EX_CLASS_ITEM_down_load(lh) LHM_lh_down_load(EX_CLASS_ITEM,lh)
+#define lh_EX_CLASS_ITEM_node_stats_bio(lh,out) \
+  LHM_lh_node_stats_bio(EX_CLASS_ITEM,lh,out)
+#define lh_EX_CLASS_ITEM_node_usage_stats_bio(lh,out) \
+  LHM_lh_node_usage_stats_bio(EX_CLASS_ITEM,lh,out)
+#define lh_EX_CLASS_ITEM_stats_bio(lh,out) \
+  LHM_lh_stats_bio(EX_CLASS_ITEM,lh,out)
+#define lh_EX_CLASS_ITEM_free(lh) LHM_lh_free(EX_CLASS_ITEM,lh)
+
+#define lh_FUNCTION_new() LHM_lh_new(FUNCTION,function)
+#define lh_FUNCTION_insert(lh,inst) LHM_lh_insert(FUNCTION,lh,inst)
+#define lh_FUNCTION_retrieve(lh,inst) LHM_lh_retrieve(FUNCTION,lh,inst)
+#define lh_FUNCTION_delete(lh,inst) LHM_lh_delete(FUNCTION,lh,inst)
+#define lh_FUNCTION_doall(lh,fn) LHM_lh_doall(FUNCTION,lh,fn)
+#define lh_FUNCTION_doall_arg(lh,fn,arg_type,arg) \
+  LHM_lh_doall_arg(FUNCTION,lh,fn,arg_type,arg)
+#define lh_FUNCTION_error(lh) LHM_lh_error(FUNCTION,lh)
+#define lh_FUNCTION_num_items(lh) LHM_lh_num_items(FUNCTION,lh)
+#define lh_FUNCTION_down_load(lh) LHM_lh_down_load(FUNCTION,lh)
+#define lh_FUNCTION_node_stats_bio(lh,out) \
+  LHM_lh_node_stats_bio(FUNCTION,lh,out)
+#define lh_FUNCTION_node_usage_stats_bio(lh,out) \
+  LHM_lh_node_usage_stats_bio(FUNCTION,lh,out)
+#define lh_FUNCTION_stats_bio(lh,out) \
+  LHM_lh_stats_bio(FUNCTION,lh,out)
+#define lh_FUNCTION_free(lh) LHM_lh_free(FUNCTION,lh)
+
+#define lh_MEM_new() LHM_lh_new(MEM,mem)
+#define lh_MEM_insert(lh,inst) LHM_lh_insert(MEM,lh,inst)
+#define lh_MEM_retrieve(lh,inst) LHM_lh_retrieve(MEM,lh,inst)
+#define lh_MEM_delete(lh,inst) LHM_lh_delete(MEM,lh,inst)
+#define lh_MEM_doall(lh,fn) LHM_lh_doall(MEM,lh,fn)
+#define lh_MEM_doall_arg(lh,fn,arg_type,arg) \
+  LHM_lh_doall_arg(MEM,lh,fn,arg_type,arg)
+#define lh_MEM_error(lh) LHM_lh_error(MEM,lh)
+#define lh_MEM_num_items(lh) LHM_lh_num_items(MEM,lh)
+#define lh_MEM_down_load(lh) LHM_lh_down_load(MEM,lh)
+#define lh_MEM_node_stats_bio(lh,out) \
+  LHM_lh_node_stats_bio(MEM,lh,out)
+#define lh_MEM_node_usage_stats_bio(lh,out) \
+  LHM_lh_node_usage_stats_bio(MEM,lh,out)
+#define lh_MEM_stats_bio(lh,out) \
+  LHM_lh_stats_bio(MEM,lh,out)
+#define lh_MEM_free(lh) LHM_lh_free(MEM,lh)
+
+#define lh_OBJ_NAME_new() LHM_lh_new(OBJ_NAME,obj_name)
+#define lh_OBJ_NAME_insert(lh,inst) LHM_lh_insert(OBJ_NAME,lh,inst)
+#define lh_OBJ_NAME_retrieve(lh,inst) LHM_lh_retrieve(OBJ_NAME,lh,inst)
+#define lh_OBJ_NAME_delete(lh,inst) LHM_lh_delete(OBJ_NAME,lh,inst)
+#define lh_OBJ_NAME_doall(lh,fn) LHM_lh_doall(OBJ_NAME,lh,fn)
+#define lh_OBJ_NAME_doall_arg(lh,fn,arg_type,arg) \
+  LHM_lh_doall_arg(OBJ_NAME,lh,fn,arg_type,arg)
+#define lh_OBJ_NAME_error(lh) LHM_lh_error(OBJ_NAME,lh)
+#define lh_OBJ_NAME_num_items(lh) LHM_lh_num_items(OBJ_NAME,lh)
+#define lh_OBJ_NAME_down_load(lh) LHM_lh_down_load(OBJ_NAME,lh)
+#define lh_OBJ_NAME_node_stats_bio(lh,out) \
+  LHM_lh_node_stats_bio(OBJ_NAME,lh,out)
+#define lh_OBJ_NAME_node_usage_stats_bio(lh,out) \
+  LHM_lh_node_usage_stats_bio(OBJ_NAME,lh,out)
+#define lh_OBJ_NAME_stats_bio(lh,out) \
+  LHM_lh_stats_bio(OBJ_NAME,lh,out)
+#define lh_OBJ_NAME_free(lh) LHM_lh_free(OBJ_NAME,lh)
+
+#define lh_OPENSSL_CSTRING_new() LHM_lh_new(OPENSSL_CSTRING,openssl_cstring)
+#define lh_OPENSSL_CSTRING_insert(lh,inst) LHM_lh_insert(OPENSSL_CSTRING,lh,inst)
+#define lh_OPENSSL_CSTRING_retrieve(lh,inst) LHM_lh_retrieve(OPENSSL_CSTRING,lh,inst)
+#define lh_OPENSSL_CSTRING_delete(lh,inst) LHM_lh_delete(OPENSSL_CSTRING,lh,inst)
+#define lh_OPENSSL_CSTRING_doall(lh,fn) LHM_lh_doall(OPENSSL_CSTRING,lh,fn)
+#define lh_OPENSSL_CSTRING_doall_arg(lh,fn,arg_type,arg) \
+  LHM_lh_doall_arg(OPENSSL_CSTRING,lh,fn,arg_type,arg)
+#define lh_OPENSSL_CSTRING_error(lh) LHM_lh_error(OPENSSL_CSTRING,lh)
+#define lh_OPENSSL_CSTRING_num_items(lh) LHM_lh_num_items(OPENSSL_CSTRING,lh)
+#define lh_OPENSSL_CSTRING_down_load(lh) LHM_lh_down_load(OPENSSL_CSTRING,lh)
+#define lh_OPENSSL_CSTRING_node_stats_bio(lh,out) \
+  LHM_lh_node_stats_bio(OPENSSL_CSTRING,lh,out)
+#define lh_OPENSSL_CSTRING_node_usage_stats_bio(lh,out) \
+  LHM_lh_node_usage_stats_bio(OPENSSL_CSTRING,lh,out)
+#define lh_OPENSSL_CSTRING_stats_bio(lh,out) \
+  LHM_lh_stats_bio(OPENSSL_CSTRING,lh,out)
+#define lh_OPENSSL_CSTRING_free(lh) LHM_lh_free(OPENSSL_CSTRING,lh)
+
+#define lh_OPENSSL_STRING_new() LHM_lh_new(OPENSSL_STRING,openssl_string)
+#define lh_OPENSSL_STRING_insert(lh,inst) LHM_lh_insert(OPENSSL_STRING,lh,inst)
+#define lh_OPENSSL_STRING_retrieve(lh,inst) LHM_lh_retrieve(OPENSSL_STRING,lh,inst)
+#define lh_OPENSSL_STRING_delete(lh,inst) LHM_lh_delete(OPENSSL_STRING,lh,inst)
+#define lh_OPENSSL_STRING_doall(lh,fn) LHM_lh_doall(OPENSSL_STRING,lh,fn)
+#define lh_OPENSSL_STRING_doall_arg(lh,fn,arg_type,arg) \
+  LHM_lh_doall_arg(OPENSSL_STRING,lh,fn,arg_type,arg)
+#define lh_OPENSSL_STRING_error(lh) LHM_lh_error(OPENSSL_STRING,lh)
+#define lh_OPENSSL_STRING_num_items(lh) LHM_lh_num_items(OPENSSL_STRING,lh)
+#define lh_OPENSSL_STRING_down_load(lh) LHM_lh_down_load(OPENSSL_STRING,lh)
+#define lh_OPENSSL_STRING_node_stats_bio(lh,out) \
+  LHM_lh_node_stats_bio(OPENSSL_STRING,lh,out)
+#define lh_OPENSSL_STRING_node_usage_stats_bio(lh,out) \
+  LHM_lh_node_usage_stats_bio(OPENSSL_STRING,lh,out)
+#define lh_OPENSSL_STRING_stats_bio(lh,out) \
+  LHM_lh_stats_bio(OPENSSL_STRING,lh,out)
+#define lh_OPENSSL_STRING_free(lh) LHM_lh_free(OPENSSL_STRING,lh)
+
+#define lh_SSL_SESSION_new() LHM_lh_new(SSL_SESSION,ssl_session)
+#define lh_SSL_SESSION_insert(lh,inst) LHM_lh_insert(SSL_SESSION,lh,inst)
+#define lh_SSL_SESSION_retrieve(lh,inst) LHM_lh_retrieve(SSL_SESSION,lh,inst)
+#define lh_SSL_SESSION_delete(lh,inst) LHM_lh_delete(SSL_SESSION,lh,inst)
+#define lh_SSL_SESSION_doall(lh,fn) LHM_lh_doall(SSL_SESSION,lh,fn)
+#define lh_SSL_SESSION_doall_arg(lh,fn,arg_type,arg) \
+  LHM_lh_doall_arg(SSL_SESSION,lh,fn,arg_type,arg)
+#define lh_SSL_SESSION_error(lh) LHM_lh_error(SSL_SESSION,lh)
+#define lh_SSL_SESSION_num_items(lh) LHM_lh_num_items(SSL_SESSION,lh)
+#define lh_SSL_SESSION_down_load(lh) LHM_lh_down_load(SSL_SESSION,lh)
+#define lh_SSL_SESSION_node_stats_bio(lh,out) \
+  LHM_lh_node_stats_bio(SSL_SESSION,lh,out)
+#define lh_SSL_SESSION_node_usage_stats_bio(lh,out) \
+  LHM_lh_node_usage_stats_bio(SSL_SESSION,lh,out)
+#define lh_SSL_SESSION_stats_bio(lh,out) \
+  LHM_lh_stats_bio(SSL_SESSION,lh,out)
+#define lh_SSL_SESSION_free(lh) LHM_lh_free(SSL_SESSION,lh)
+/* End of util/mkstack.pl block, you may now edit :-) */
+
+#endif /* !defined HEADER_SAFESTACK_H */
diff --git a/lib/include/openssl/seed.h b/lib/include/openssl/seed.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c50fdd3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/include/openssl/seed.h
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2007 KISA(Korea Information Security Agency). All rights reserved.  
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Neither the name of author nor the names of its contributors may
+ *    be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ */
+/* ====================================================================
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2007 The OpenSSL Project.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 
+ *
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+ *    the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+ *    distribution.
+ *
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this
+ *    software must display the following acknowledgment:
+ *    "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project
+ *    for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit. (http://www.openssl.org/)"
+ *
+ * 4. The names "OpenSSL Toolkit" and "OpenSSL Project" must not be used to
+ *    endorse or promote products derived from this software without
+ *    prior written permission. For written permission, please contact
+ *    openssl-core@openssl.org.
+ *
+ * 5. Products derived from this software may not be called "OpenSSL"
+ *    nor may "OpenSSL" appear in their names without prior written
+ *    permission of the OpenSSL Project.
+ *
+ * 6. Redistributions of any form whatsoever must retain the following
+ *    acknowledgment:
+ *    "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project
+ *    for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit (http://www.openssl.org/)"
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE OpenSSL PROJECT ``AS IS'' AND ANY
+ * EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OpenSSL PROJECT OR
+ * ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+ * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+ * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
+ * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
+ * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * ====================================================================
+ *
+ * This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young
+ * (eay@cryptsoft.com).  This product includes software written by Tim
+ * Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com).
+ *
+ */
+
+
+#ifndef HEADER_SEED_H
+#define HEADER_SEED_H
+
+#include <openssl/opensslconf.h>
+#include <openssl/e_os2.h>
+#include <openssl/crypto.h>
+
+#ifdef OPENSSL_NO_SEED
+#error SEED is disabled.
+#endif
+
+#ifdef AES_LONG /* look whether we need 'long' to get 32 bits */
+# ifndef SEED_LONG
+#  define SEED_LONG 1
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(NO_SYS_TYPES_H)
+# include <sys/types.h>
+#endif
+
+#define SEED_BLOCK_SIZE 16
+#define SEED_KEY_LENGTH	16
+
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+typedef struct seed_key_st {
+#ifdef SEED_LONG
+    unsigned long data[32];
+#else
+    unsigned int data[32];
+#endif
+} SEED_KEY_SCHEDULE;
+
+#ifdef OPENSSL_FIPS
+void private_SEED_set_key(const unsigned char rawkey[SEED_KEY_LENGTH], SEED_KEY_SCHEDULE *ks);
+#endif
+void SEED_set_key(const unsigned char rawkey[SEED_KEY_LENGTH], SEED_KEY_SCHEDULE *ks);
+
+void SEED_encrypt(const unsigned char s[SEED_BLOCK_SIZE], unsigned char d[SEED_BLOCK_SIZE], const SEED_KEY_SCHEDULE *ks);
+void SEED_decrypt(const unsigned char s[SEED_BLOCK_SIZE], unsigned char d[SEED_BLOCK_SIZE], const SEED_KEY_SCHEDULE *ks);
+
+void SEED_ecb_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out, const SEED_KEY_SCHEDULE *ks, int enc);
+void SEED_cbc_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out,
+        size_t len, const SEED_KEY_SCHEDULE *ks, unsigned char ivec[SEED_BLOCK_SIZE], int enc);
+void SEED_cfb128_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out,
+        size_t len, const SEED_KEY_SCHEDULE *ks, unsigned char ivec[SEED_BLOCK_SIZE], int *num, int enc);
+void SEED_ofb128_encrypt(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out,
+        size_t len, const SEED_KEY_SCHEDULE *ks, unsigned char ivec[SEED_BLOCK_SIZE], int *num);
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* HEADER_SEED_H */
diff --git a/lib/include/openssl/sha.h b/lib/include/openssl/sha.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8a6bf4b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/include/openssl/sha.h
@@ -0,0 +1,214 @@
+/* crypto/sha/sha.h */
+/* Copyright (C) 1995-1998 Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This package is an SSL implementation written
+ * by Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com).
+ * The implementation was written so as to conform with Netscapes SSL.
+ * 
+ * This library is free for commercial and non-commercial use as long as
+ * the following conditions are aheared to.  The following conditions
+ * apply to all code found in this distribution, be it the RC4, RSA,
+ * lhash, DES, etc., code; not just the SSL code.  The SSL documentation
+ * included with this distribution is covered by the same copyright terms
+ * except that the holder is Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com).
+ * 
+ * Copyright remains Eric Young's, and as such any Copyright notices in
+ * the code are not to be removed.
+ * If this package is used in a product, Eric Young should be given attribution
+ * as the author of the parts of the library used.
+ * This can be in the form of a textual message at program startup or
+ * in documentation (online or textual) provided with the package.
+ * 
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *    "This product includes cryptographic software written by
+ *     Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)"
+ *    The word 'cryptographic' can be left out if the rouines from the library
+ *    being used are not cryptographic related :-).
+ * 4. If you include any Windows specific code (or a derivative thereof) from 
+ *    the apps directory (application code) you must include an acknowledgement:
+ *    "This product includes software written by Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com)"
+ * 
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ERIC YOUNG ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * 
+ * The licence and distribution terms for any publically available version or
+ * derivative of this code cannot be changed.  i.e. this code cannot simply be
+ * copied and put under another distribution licence
+ * [including the GNU Public Licence.]
+ */
+
+#ifndef HEADER_SHA_H
+#define HEADER_SHA_H
+
+#include <openssl/e_os2.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if defined(OPENSSL_NO_SHA) || (defined(OPENSSL_NO_SHA0) && defined(OPENSSL_NO_SHA1))
+#error SHA is disabled.
+#endif
+
+#if defined(OPENSSL_FIPS)
+#define FIPS_SHA_SIZE_T size_t
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+ * ! SHA_LONG has to be at least 32 bits wide. If it's wider, then !
+ * ! SHA_LONG_LOG2 has to be defined along.                        !
+ * !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+ */
+
+#if defined(__LP32__)
+#define SHA_LONG unsigned long
+#elif defined(OPENSSL_SYS_CRAY) || defined(__ILP64__)
+#define SHA_LONG unsigned long
+#define SHA_LONG_LOG2 3
+#else
+#define SHA_LONG unsigned int
+#endif
+
+#define SHA_LBLOCK	16
+#define SHA_CBLOCK	(SHA_LBLOCK*4)	/* SHA treats input data as a
+					 * contiguous array of 32 bit
+					 * wide big-endian values. */
+#define SHA_LAST_BLOCK  (SHA_CBLOCK-8)
+#define SHA_DIGEST_LENGTH 20
+
+typedef struct SHAstate_st
+	{
+	SHA_LONG h0,h1,h2,h3,h4;
+	SHA_LONG Nl,Nh;
+	SHA_LONG data[SHA_LBLOCK];
+	unsigned int num;
+	} SHA_CTX;
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_SHA0
+#ifdef OPENSSL_FIPS
+int private_SHA_Init(SHA_CTX *c);
+#endif
+int SHA_Init(SHA_CTX *c);
+int SHA_Update(SHA_CTX *c, const void *data, size_t len);
+int SHA_Final(unsigned char *md, SHA_CTX *c);
+unsigned char *SHA(const unsigned char *d, size_t n, unsigned char *md);
+void SHA_Transform(SHA_CTX *c, const unsigned char *data);
+#endif
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_SHA1
+#ifdef OPENSSL_FIPS
+int private_SHA1_Init(SHA_CTX *c);
+#endif
+int SHA1_Init(SHA_CTX *c);
+int SHA1_Update(SHA_CTX *c, const void *data, size_t len);
+int SHA1_Final(unsigned char *md, SHA_CTX *c);
+unsigned char *SHA1(const unsigned char *d, size_t n, unsigned char *md);
+void SHA1_Transform(SHA_CTX *c, const unsigned char *data);
+#endif
+
+#define SHA256_CBLOCK	(SHA_LBLOCK*4)	/* SHA-256 treats input data as a
+					 * contiguous array of 32 bit
+					 * wide big-endian values. */
+#define SHA224_DIGEST_LENGTH	28
+#define SHA256_DIGEST_LENGTH	32
+
+typedef struct SHA256state_st
+	{
+	SHA_LONG h[8];
+	SHA_LONG Nl,Nh;
+	SHA_LONG data[SHA_LBLOCK];
+	unsigned int num,md_len;
+	} SHA256_CTX;
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_SHA256
+#ifdef OPENSSL_FIPS
+int private_SHA224_Init(SHA256_CTX *c);
+int private_SHA256_Init(SHA256_CTX *c);
+#endif
+int SHA224_Init(SHA256_CTX *c);
+int SHA224_Update(SHA256_CTX *c, const void *data, size_t len);
+int SHA224_Final(unsigned char *md, SHA256_CTX *c);
+unsigned char *SHA224(const unsigned char *d, size_t n,unsigned char *md);
+int SHA256_Init(SHA256_CTX *c);
+int SHA256_Update(SHA256_CTX *c, const void *data, size_t len);
+int SHA256_Final(unsigned char *md, SHA256_CTX *c);
+unsigned char *SHA256(const unsigned char *d, size_t n,unsigned char *md);
+void SHA256_Transform(SHA256_CTX *c, const unsigned char *data);
+#endif
+
+#define SHA384_DIGEST_LENGTH	48
+#define SHA512_DIGEST_LENGTH	64
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_SHA512
+/*
+ * Unlike 32-bit digest algorithms, SHA-512 *relies* on SHA_LONG64
+ * being exactly 64-bit wide. See Implementation Notes in sha512.c
+ * for further details.
+ */
+#define SHA512_CBLOCK	(SHA_LBLOCK*8)	/* SHA-512 treats input data as a
+					 * contiguous array of 64 bit
+					 * wide big-endian values. */
+#if (defined(_WIN32) || defined(_WIN64)) && !defined(__MINGW32__)
+#define SHA_LONG64 unsigned __int64
+#define U64(C)     C##UI64
+#elif defined(__arch64__)
+#define SHA_LONG64 unsigned long
+#define U64(C)     C##UL
+#else
+#define SHA_LONG64 unsigned long long
+#define U64(C)     C##ULL
+#endif
+
+typedef struct SHA512state_st
+	{
+	SHA_LONG64 h[8];
+	SHA_LONG64 Nl,Nh;
+	union {
+		SHA_LONG64	d[SHA_LBLOCK];
+		unsigned char	p[SHA512_CBLOCK];
+	} u;
+	unsigned int num,md_len;
+	} SHA512_CTX;
+#endif
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_SHA512
+#ifdef OPENSSL_FIPS
+int private_SHA384_Init(SHA512_CTX *c);
+int private_SHA512_Init(SHA512_CTX *c);
+#endif
+int SHA384_Init(SHA512_CTX *c);
+int SHA384_Update(SHA512_CTX *c, const void *data, size_t len);
+int SHA384_Final(unsigned char *md, SHA512_CTX *c);
+unsigned char *SHA384(const unsigned char *d, size_t n,unsigned char *md);
+int SHA512_Init(SHA512_CTX *c);
+int SHA512_Update(SHA512_CTX *c, const void *data, size_t len);
+int SHA512_Final(unsigned char *md, SHA512_CTX *c);
+unsigned char *SHA512(const unsigned char *d, size_t n,unsigned char *md);
+void SHA512_Transform(SHA512_CTX *c, const unsigned char *data);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/include/openssl/srp.h b/lib/include/openssl/srp.h
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..7ec7825
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/include/openssl/srp.h
@@ -0,0 +1,172 @@
+/* crypto/srp/srp.h */
+/* Written by Christophe Renou (christophe.renou@edelweb.fr) with 
+ * the precious help of Peter Sylvester (peter.sylvester@edelweb.fr) 
+ * for the EdelKey project and contributed to the OpenSSL project 2004.
+ */
+/* ====================================================================
+ * Copyright (c) 2004 The OpenSSL Project.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 
+ *
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+ *    the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+ *    distribution.
+ *
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this
+ *    software must display the following acknowledgment:
+ *    "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project
+ *    for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit. (http://www.OpenSSL.org/)"
+ *
+ * 4. The names "OpenSSL Toolkit" and "OpenSSL Project" must not be used to
+ *    endorse or promote products derived from this software without
+ *    prior written permission. For written permission, please contact
+ *    licensing@OpenSSL.org.
+ *
+ * 5. Products derived from this software may not be called "OpenSSL"
+ *    nor may "OpenSSL" appear in their names without prior written
+ *    permission of the OpenSSL Project.
+ *
+ * 6. Redistributions of any form whatsoever must retain the following
+ *    acknowledgment:
+ *    "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project
+ *    for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit (http://www.OpenSSL.org/)"
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE OpenSSL PROJECT ``AS IS'' AND ANY
+ * EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OpenSSL PROJECT OR
+ * ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+ * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+ * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
+ * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
+ * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * ====================================================================
+ *
+ * This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young
+ * (eay@cryptsoft.com).  This product includes software written by Tim
+ * Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com).
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef __SRP_H__
+#define __SRP_H__
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_SRP
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#include <openssl/safestack.h>
+#include <openssl/bn.h>
+#include <openssl/crypto.h>
+
+typedef struct SRP_gN_cache_st
+	{
+	char *b64_bn;
+	BIGNUM *bn;
+	} SRP_gN_cache;
+
+
+DECLARE_STACK_OF(SRP_gN_cache)
+
+typedef struct SRP_user_pwd_st
+	{
+	char *id;
+	BIGNUM *s;
+	BIGNUM *v;
+	const BIGNUM *g;
+	const BIGNUM *N;
+	char *info;
+	} SRP_user_pwd;
+
+DECLARE_STACK_OF(SRP_user_pwd)
+
+typedef struct SRP_VBASE_st
+	{
+	STACK_OF(SRP_user_pwd) *users_pwd;
+	STACK_OF(SRP_gN_cache) *gN_cache;
+/* to simulate a user */
+	char *seed_key;
+	BIGNUM *default_g;
+	BIGNUM *default_N;
+	} SRP_VBASE;
+
+
+/*Structure interne pour retenir les couples N et g*/
+typedef struct SRP_gN_st
+	{
+	char *id;
+	BIGNUM *g;
+	BIGNUM *N;
+	} SRP_gN;
+
+DECLARE_STACK_OF(SRP_gN)
+
+SRP_VBASE *SRP_VBASE_new(char *seed_key);
+int SRP_VBASE_free(SRP_VBASE *vb);
+int SRP_VBASE_init(SRP_VBASE *vb, char * verifier_file);
+SRP_user_pwd *SRP_VBASE_get_by_user(SRP_VBASE *vb, char *username);
+char *SRP_create_verifier(const char *user, const char *pass, char **salt,
+			  char **verifier, const char *N, const char *g);
+int SRP_create_verifier_BN(const char *user, const char *pass, BIGNUM **salt, BIGNUM **verifier, BIGNUM *N, BIGNUM *g);
+
+
+#define SRP_NO_ERROR 0
+#define SRP_ERR_VBASE_INCOMPLETE_FILE 1
+#define SRP_ERR_VBASE_BN_LIB 2
+#define SRP_ERR_OPEN_FILE 3
+#define SRP_ERR_MEMORY 4
+
+#define DB_srptype	0
+#define DB_srpverifier	1
+#define DB_srpsalt 	2
+#define DB_srpid	3              
+#define DB_srpgN	4       
+#define DB_srpinfo	5 
+#undef  DB_NUMBER      
+#define DB_NUMBER       6
+
+#define DB_SRP_INDEX	'I'
+#define DB_SRP_VALID	'V'
+#define DB_SRP_REVOKED	'R'
+#define DB_SRP_MODIF	'v'
+
+
+/* see srp.c */
+char * SRP_check_known_gN_param(BIGNUM* g, BIGNUM* N); 
+SRP_gN *SRP_get_default_gN(const char * id) ;
+
+/* server side .... */
+BIGNUM *SRP_Calc_server_key(BIGNUM *A, BIGNUM *v, BIGNUM *u, BIGNUM *b, BIGNUM *N);
+BIGNUM *SRP_Calc_B(BIGNUM *b, BIGNUM *N, BIGNUM *g, BIGNUM *v);
+int SRP_Verify_A_mod_N(BIGNUM *A, BIGNUM *N);
+BIGNUM *SRP_Calc_u(BIGNUM *A, BIGNUM *B, BIGNUM *N) ;
+
+
+
+/* client side .... */
+BIGNUM *SRP_Calc_x(BIGNUM *s, const char *user, const char *pass);
+BIGNUM *SRP_Calc_A(BIGNUM *a, BIGNUM *N, BIGNUM *g);
+BIGNUM *SRP_Calc_client_key(BIGNUM *N, BIGNUM *B, BIGNUM *g, BIGNUM *x, BIGNUM *a, BIGNUM *u);
+int SRP_Verify_B_mod_N(BIGNUM *B, BIGNUM *N);
+
+#define SRP_MINIMAL_N 1024
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/include/openssl/srtp.h b/lib/include/openssl/srtp.h
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..c0cf33e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/include/openssl/srtp.h
@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+/* ssl/tls1.h */
+/* Copyright (C) 1995-1998 Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This package is an SSL implementation written
+ * by Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com).
+ * The implementation was written so as to conform with Netscapes SSL.
+ * 
+ * This library is free for commercial and non-commercial use as long as
+ * the following conditions are aheared to.  The following conditions
+ * apply to all code found in this distribution, be it the RC4, RSA,
+ * lhash, DES, etc., code; not just the SSL code.  The SSL documentation
+ * included with this distribution is covered by the same copyright terms
+ * except that the holder is Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com).
+ * 
+ * Copyright remains Eric Young's, and as such any Copyright notices in
+ * the code are not to be removed.
+ * If this package is used in a product, Eric Young should be given attribution
+ * as the author of the parts of the library used.
+ * This can be in the form of a textual message at program startup or
+ * in documentation (online or textual) provided with the package.
+ * 
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *    "This product includes cryptographic software written by
+ *     Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)"
+ *    The word 'cryptographic' can be left out if the rouines from the library
+ *    being used are not cryptographic related :-).
+ * 4. If you include any Windows specific code (or a derivative thereof) from 
+ *    the apps directory (application code) you must include an acknowledgement:
+ *    "This product includes software written by Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com)"
+ * 
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ERIC YOUNG ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * 
+ * The licence and distribution terms for any publically available version or
+ * derivative of this code cannot be changed.  i.e. this code cannot simply be
+ * copied and put under another distribution licence
+ * [including the GNU Public Licence.]
+ */
+/* ====================================================================
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2006 The OpenSSL Project.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 
+ *
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+ *    the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+ *    distribution.
+ *
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this
+ *    software must display the following acknowledgment:
+ *    "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project
+ *    for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit. (http://www.openssl.org/)"
+ *
+ * 4. The names "OpenSSL Toolkit" and "OpenSSL Project" must not be used to
+ *    endorse or promote products derived from this software without
+ *    prior written permission. For written permission, please contact
+ *    openssl-core@openssl.org.
+ *
+ * 5. Products derived from this software may not be called "OpenSSL"
+ *    nor may "OpenSSL" appear in their names without prior written
+ *    permission of the OpenSSL Project.
+ *
+ * 6. Redistributions of any form whatsoever must retain the following
+ *    acknowledgment:
+ *    "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project
+ *    for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit (http://www.openssl.org/)"
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE OpenSSL PROJECT ``AS IS'' AND ANY
+ * EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OpenSSL PROJECT OR
+ * ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+ * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+ * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
+ * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
+ * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * ====================================================================
+ *
+ * This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young
+ * (eay@cryptsoft.com).  This product includes software written by Tim
+ * Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com).
+ *
+ */
+/*
+  DTLS code by Eric Rescorla <ekr@rtfm.com>
+
+  Copyright (C) 2006, Network Resonance, Inc.
+  Copyright (C) 2011, RTFM, Inc.
+*/
+
+#ifndef HEADER_D1_SRTP_H
+#define HEADER_D1_SRTP_H
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+     
+#define SRTP_AES128_CM_SHA1_80 0x0001
+#define SRTP_AES128_CM_SHA1_32 0x0002
+#define SRTP_AES128_F8_SHA1_80 0x0003
+#define SRTP_AES128_F8_SHA1_32 0x0004
+#define SRTP_NULL_SHA1_80      0x0005
+#define SRTP_NULL_SHA1_32      0x0006
+
+int SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_use_srtp(SSL_CTX *ctx, const char *profiles);
+int SSL_set_tlsext_use_srtp(SSL *ctx, const char *profiles);
+SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE *SSL_get_selected_srtp_profile(SSL *s);
+
+STACK_OF(SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE) *SSL_get_srtp_profiles(SSL *ssl);
+SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE *SSL_get_selected_srtp_profile(SSL *s);
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/include/openssl/ssl.h b/lib/include/openssl/ssl.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b73da5e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/include/openssl/ssl.h
@@ -0,0 +1,2596 @@
+/* ssl/ssl.h */
+/* Copyright (C) 1995-1998 Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This package is an SSL implementation written
+ * by Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com).
+ * The implementation was written so as to conform with Netscapes SSL.
+ * 
+ * This library is free for commercial and non-commercial use as long as
+ * the following conditions are aheared to.  The following conditions
+ * apply to all code found in this distribution, be it the RC4, RSA,
+ * lhash, DES, etc., code; not just the SSL code.  The SSL documentation
+ * included with this distribution is covered by the same copyright terms
+ * except that the holder is Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com).
+ * 
+ * Copyright remains Eric Young's, and as such any Copyright notices in
+ * the code are not to be removed.
+ * If this package is used in a product, Eric Young should be given attribution
+ * as the author of the parts of the library used.
+ * This can be in the form of a textual message at program startup or
+ * in documentation (online or textual) provided with the package.
+ * 
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *    "This product includes cryptographic software written by
+ *     Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)"
+ *    The word 'cryptographic' can be left out if the rouines from the library
+ *    being used are not cryptographic related :-).
+ * 4. If you include any Windows specific code (or a derivative thereof) from 
+ *    the apps directory (application code) you must include an acknowledgement:
+ *    "This product includes software written by Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com)"
+ * 
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ERIC YOUNG ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * 
+ * The licence and distribution terms for any publically available version or
+ * derivative of this code cannot be changed.  i.e. this code cannot simply be
+ * copied and put under another distribution licence
+ * [including the GNU Public Licence.]
+ */
+/* ====================================================================
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2007 The OpenSSL Project.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 
+ *
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+ *    the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+ *    distribution.
+ *
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this
+ *    software must display the following acknowledgment:
+ *    "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project
+ *    for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit. (http://www.openssl.org/)"
+ *
+ * 4. The names "OpenSSL Toolkit" and "OpenSSL Project" must not be used to
+ *    endorse or promote products derived from this software without
+ *    prior written permission. For written permission, please contact
+ *    openssl-core@openssl.org.
+ *
+ * 5. Products derived from this software may not be called "OpenSSL"
+ *    nor may "OpenSSL" appear in their names without prior written
+ *    permission of the OpenSSL Project.
+ *
+ * 6. Redistributions of any form whatsoever must retain the following
+ *    acknowledgment:
+ *    "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project
+ *    for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit (http://www.openssl.org/)"
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE OpenSSL PROJECT ``AS IS'' AND ANY
+ * EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OpenSSL PROJECT OR
+ * ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+ * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+ * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
+ * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
+ * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * ====================================================================
+ *
+ * This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young
+ * (eay@cryptsoft.com).  This product includes software written by Tim
+ * Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com).
+ *
+ */
+/* ====================================================================
+ * Copyright 2002 Sun Microsystems, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
+ * ECC cipher suite support in OpenSSL originally developed by 
+ * SUN MICROSYSTEMS, INC., and contributed to the OpenSSL project.
+ */
+/* ====================================================================
+ * Copyright 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * The portions of the attached software ("Contribution") is developed by
+ * Nokia Corporation and is licensed pursuant to the OpenSSL open source
+ * license.
+ *
+ * The Contribution, originally written by Mika Kousa and Pasi Eronen of
+ * Nokia Corporation, consists of the "PSK" (Pre-Shared Key) ciphersuites
+ * support (see RFC 4279) to OpenSSL.
+ *
+ * No patent licenses or other rights except those expressly stated in
+ * the OpenSSL open source license shall be deemed granted or received
+ * expressly, by implication, estoppel, or otherwise.
+ *
+ * No assurances are provided by Nokia that the Contribution does not
+ * infringe the patent or other intellectual property rights of any third
+ * party or that the license provides you with all the necessary rights
+ * to make use of the Contribution.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND. IN
+ * ADDITION TO THE DISCLAIMERS INCLUDED IN THE LICENSE, NOKIA
+ * SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY LIABILITY FOR CLAIMS BROUGHT BY YOU OR ANY
+ * OTHER ENTITY BASED ON INFRINGEMENT OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS OR
+ * OTHERWISE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef HEADER_SSL_H 
+#define HEADER_SSL_H 
+
+#include <openssl/e_os2.h>
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_COMP
+#include <openssl/comp.h>
+#endif
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_BIO
+#include <openssl/bio.h>
+#endif
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_DEPRECATED
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_X509
+#include <openssl/x509.h>
+#endif
+#include <openssl/crypto.h>
+#include <openssl/lhash.h>
+#include <openssl/buffer.h>
+#endif
+#include <openssl/pem.h>
+#include <openssl/hmac.h>
+
+#include <openssl/kssl.h>
+#include <openssl/safestack.h>
+#include <openssl/symhacks.h>
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* SSLeay version number for ASN.1 encoding of the session information */
+/* Version 0 - initial version
+ * Version 1 - added the optional peer certificate
+ */
+#define SSL_SESSION_ASN1_VERSION 0x0001
+
+/* text strings for the ciphers */
+#define SSL_TXT_NULL_WITH_MD5		SSL2_TXT_NULL_WITH_MD5			
+#define SSL_TXT_RC4_128_WITH_MD5	SSL2_TXT_RC4_128_WITH_MD5		
+#define SSL_TXT_RC4_128_EXPORT40_WITH_MD5 SSL2_TXT_RC4_128_EXPORT40_WITH_MD5	
+#define SSL_TXT_RC2_128_CBC_WITH_MD5	SSL2_TXT_RC2_128_CBC_WITH_MD5		
+#define SSL_TXT_RC2_128_CBC_EXPORT40_WITH_MD5 SSL2_TXT_RC2_128_CBC_EXPORT40_WITH_MD5	
+#define SSL_TXT_IDEA_128_CBC_WITH_MD5	SSL2_TXT_IDEA_128_CBC_WITH_MD5		
+#define SSL_TXT_DES_64_CBC_WITH_MD5	SSL2_TXT_DES_64_CBC_WITH_MD5		
+#define SSL_TXT_DES_64_CBC_WITH_SHA	SSL2_TXT_DES_64_CBC_WITH_SHA		
+#define SSL_TXT_DES_192_EDE3_CBC_WITH_MD5 SSL2_TXT_DES_192_EDE3_CBC_WITH_MD5	
+#define SSL_TXT_DES_192_EDE3_CBC_WITH_SHA SSL2_TXT_DES_192_EDE3_CBC_WITH_SHA	
+
+/*    VRS Additional Kerberos5 entries
+ */
+#define SSL_TXT_KRB5_DES_64_CBC_SHA   SSL3_TXT_KRB5_DES_64_CBC_SHA
+#define SSL_TXT_KRB5_DES_192_CBC3_SHA SSL3_TXT_KRB5_DES_192_CBC3_SHA
+#define SSL_TXT_KRB5_RC4_128_SHA      SSL3_TXT_KRB5_RC4_128_SHA
+#define SSL_TXT_KRB5_IDEA_128_CBC_SHA SSL3_TXT_KRB5_IDEA_128_CBC_SHA
+#define SSL_TXT_KRB5_DES_64_CBC_MD5   SSL3_TXT_KRB5_DES_64_CBC_MD5       
+#define SSL_TXT_KRB5_DES_192_CBC3_MD5 SSL3_TXT_KRB5_DES_192_CBC3_MD5       
+#define SSL_TXT_KRB5_RC4_128_MD5      SSL3_TXT_KRB5_RC4_128_MD5
+#define SSL_TXT_KRB5_IDEA_128_CBC_MD5 SSL3_TXT_KRB5_IDEA_128_CBC_MD5 
+
+#define SSL_TXT_KRB5_DES_40_CBC_SHA   SSL3_TXT_KRB5_DES_40_CBC_SHA 
+#define SSL_TXT_KRB5_RC2_40_CBC_SHA   SSL3_TXT_KRB5_RC2_40_CBC_SHA 
+#define SSL_TXT_KRB5_RC4_40_SHA	      SSL3_TXT_KRB5_RC4_40_SHA
+#define SSL_TXT_KRB5_DES_40_CBC_MD5   SSL3_TXT_KRB5_DES_40_CBC_MD5 
+#define SSL_TXT_KRB5_RC2_40_CBC_MD5   SSL3_TXT_KRB5_RC2_40_CBC_MD5 
+#define SSL_TXT_KRB5_RC4_40_MD5	      SSL3_TXT_KRB5_RC4_40_MD5
+
+#define SSL_TXT_KRB5_DES_40_CBC_SHA   SSL3_TXT_KRB5_DES_40_CBC_SHA
+#define SSL_TXT_KRB5_DES_40_CBC_MD5   SSL3_TXT_KRB5_DES_40_CBC_MD5
+#define SSL_TXT_KRB5_DES_64_CBC_SHA   SSL3_TXT_KRB5_DES_64_CBC_SHA
+#define SSL_TXT_KRB5_DES_64_CBC_MD5   SSL3_TXT_KRB5_DES_64_CBC_MD5
+#define SSL_TXT_KRB5_DES_192_CBC3_SHA SSL3_TXT_KRB5_DES_192_CBC3_SHA
+#define SSL_TXT_KRB5_DES_192_CBC3_MD5 SSL3_TXT_KRB5_DES_192_CBC3_MD5
+#define SSL_MAX_KRB5_PRINCIPAL_LENGTH  256
+
+#define SSL_MAX_SSL_SESSION_ID_LENGTH		32
+#define SSL_MAX_SID_CTX_LENGTH			32
+
+#define SSL_MIN_RSA_MODULUS_LENGTH_IN_BYTES	(512/8)
+#define SSL_MAX_KEY_ARG_LENGTH			8
+#define SSL_MAX_MASTER_KEY_LENGTH		48
+
+
+/* These are used to specify which ciphers to use and not to use */
+
+#define SSL_TXT_EXP40		"EXPORT40"
+#define SSL_TXT_EXP56		"EXPORT56"
+#define SSL_TXT_LOW		"LOW"
+#define SSL_TXT_MEDIUM		"MEDIUM"
+#define SSL_TXT_HIGH		"HIGH"
+#define SSL_TXT_FIPS		"FIPS"
+
+#define SSL_TXT_kFZA		"kFZA" /* unused! */
+#define	SSL_TXT_aFZA		"aFZA" /* unused! */
+#define SSL_TXT_eFZA		"eFZA" /* unused! */
+#define SSL_TXT_FZA		"FZA"  /* unused! */
+
+#define	SSL_TXT_aNULL		"aNULL"
+#define	SSL_TXT_eNULL		"eNULL"
+#define	SSL_TXT_NULL		"NULL"
+
+#define SSL_TXT_kRSA		"kRSA"
+#define SSL_TXT_kDHr		"kDHr" /* no such ciphersuites supported! */
+#define SSL_TXT_kDHd		"kDHd" /* no such ciphersuites supported! */
+#define SSL_TXT_kDH 		"kDH"  /* no such ciphersuites supported! */
+#define SSL_TXT_kEDH		"kEDH"
+#define SSL_TXT_kKRB5     	"kKRB5"
+#define SSL_TXT_kECDHr		"kECDHr"
+#define SSL_TXT_kECDHe		"kECDHe"
+#define SSL_TXT_kECDH		"kECDH"
+#define SSL_TXT_kEECDH		"kEECDH"
+#define SSL_TXT_kPSK            "kPSK"
+#define SSL_TXT_kGOST		"kGOST"
+#define SSL_TXT_kSRP		"kSRP"
+
+#define	SSL_TXT_aRSA		"aRSA"
+#define	SSL_TXT_aDSS		"aDSS"
+#define	SSL_TXT_aDH		"aDH" /* no such ciphersuites supported! */
+#define	SSL_TXT_aECDH		"aECDH"
+#define SSL_TXT_aKRB5     	"aKRB5"
+#define SSL_TXT_aECDSA		"aECDSA"
+#define SSL_TXT_aPSK            "aPSK"
+#define SSL_TXT_aGOST94	"aGOST94"
+#define SSL_TXT_aGOST01 "aGOST01"
+#define SSL_TXT_aGOST  "aGOST"
+#define SSL_TXT_aSRP            "aSRP"
+
+#define	SSL_TXT_DSS		"DSS"
+#define SSL_TXT_DH		"DH"
+#define SSL_TXT_EDH		"EDH" /* same as "kEDH:-ADH" */
+#define SSL_TXT_ADH		"ADH"
+#define SSL_TXT_RSA		"RSA"
+#define SSL_TXT_ECDH		"ECDH"
+#define SSL_TXT_EECDH		"EECDH" /* same as "kEECDH:-AECDH" */
+#define SSL_TXT_AECDH		"AECDH"
+#define SSL_TXT_ECDSA		"ECDSA"
+#define SSL_TXT_KRB5      	"KRB5"
+#define SSL_TXT_PSK             "PSK"
+#define SSL_TXT_SRP		"SRP"
+
+#define SSL_TXT_DES		"DES"
+#define SSL_TXT_3DES		"3DES"
+#define SSL_TXT_RC4		"RC4"
+#define SSL_TXT_RC2		"RC2"
+#define SSL_TXT_IDEA		"IDEA"
+#define SSL_TXT_SEED		"SEED"
+#define SSL_TXT_AES128		"AES128"
+#define SSL_TXT_AES256		"AES256"
+#define SSL_TXT_AES		"AES"
+#define SSL_TXT_AES_GCM		"AESGCM"
+#define SSL_TXT_CAMELLIA128	"CAMELLIA128"
+#define SSL_TXT_CAMELLIA256	"CAMELLIA256"
+#define SSL_TXT_CAMELLIA	"CAMELLIA"
+
+#define SSL_TXT_MD5		"MD5"
+#define SSL_TXT_SHA1		"SHA1"
+#define SSL_TXT_SHA		"SHA" /* same as "SHA1" */
+#define SSL_TXT_GOST94		"GOST94" 
+#define SSL_TXT_GOST89MAC		"GOST89MAC" 
+#define SSL_TXT_SHA256		"SHA256"
+#define SSL_TXT_SHA384		"SHA384"
+
+#define SSL_TXT_SSLV2		"SSLv2"
+#define SSL_TXT_SSLV3		"SSLv3"
+#define SSL_TXT_TLSV1		"TLSv1"
+#define SSL_TXT_TLSV1_1		"TLSv1.1"
+#define SSL_TXT_TLSV1_2		"TLSv1.2"
+
+#define SSL_TXT_EXP		"EXP"
+#define SSL_TXT_EXPORT		"EXPORT"
+
+#define SSL_TXT_ALL		"ALL"
+
+/*
+ * COMPLEMENTOF* definitions. These identifiers are used to (de-select)
+ * ciphers normally not being used.
+ * Example: "RC4" will activate all ciphers using RC4 including ciphers
+ * without authentication, which would normally disabled by DEFAULT (due
+ * the "!ADH" being part of default). Therefore "RC4:!COMPLEMENTOFDEFAULT"
+ * will make sure that it is also disabled in the specific selection.
+ * COMPLEMENTOF* identifiers are portable between version, as adjustments
+ * to the default cipher setup will also be included here.
+ *
+ * COMPLEMENTOFDEFAULT does not experience the same special treatment that
+ * DEFAULT gets, as only selection is being done and no sorting as needed
+ * for DEFAULT.
+ */
+#define SSL_TXT_CMPALL		"COMPLEMENTOFALL"
+#define SSL_TXT_CMPDEF		"COMPLEMENTOFDEFAULT"
+
+/* The following cipher list is used by default.
+ * It also is substituted when an application-defined cipher list string
+ * starts with 'DEFAULT'. */
+#define SSL_DEFAULT_CIPHER_LIST	"ALL:!aNULL:!eNULL:!SSLv2"
+/* As of OpenSSL 1.0.0, ssl_create_cipher_list() in ssl/ssl_ciph.c always
+ * starts with a reasonable order, and all we have to do for DEFAULT is
+ * throwing out anonymous and unencrypted ciphersuites!
+ * (The latter are not actually enabled by ALL, but "ALL:RSA" would enable
+ * some of them.)
+ */
+
+/* Used in SSL_set_shutdown()/SSL_get_shutdown(); */
+#define SSL_SENT_SHUTDOWN	1
+#define SSL_RECEIVED_SHUTDOWN	2
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if (defined(OPENSSL_NO_RSA) || defined(OPENSSL_NO_MD5)) && !defined(OPENSSL_NO_SSL2)
+#define OPENSSL_NO_SSL2
+#endif
+
+#define SSL_FILETYPE_ASN1	X509_FILETYPE_ASN1
+#define SSL_FILETYPE_PEM	X509_FILETYPE_PEM
+
+/* This is needed to stop compilers complaining about the
+ * 'struct ssl_st *' function parameters used to prototype callbacks
+ * in SSL_CTX. */
+typedef struct ssl_st *ssl_crock_st;
+typedef struct tls_session_ticket_ext_st TLS_SESSION_TICKET_EXT;
+typedef struct ssl_method_st SSL_METHOD;
+typedef struct ssl_cipher_st SSL_CIPHER;
+typedef struct ssl_session_st SSL_SESSION;
+
+DECLARE_STACK_OF(SSL_CIPHER)
+
+/* SRTP protection profiles for use with the use_srtp extension (RFC 5764)*/
+typedef struct srtp_protection_profile_st
+       {
+       const char *name;
+       unsigned long id;
+       } SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE;
+
+DECLARE_STACK_OF(SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE)
+
+typedef int (*tls_session_ticket_ext_cb_fn)(SSL *s, const unsigned char *data, int len, void *arg);
+typedef int (*tls_session_secret_cb_fn)(SSL *s, void *secret, int *secret_len, STACK_OF(SSL_CIPHER) *peer_ciphers, SSL_CIPHER **cipher, void *arg);
+
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_SSL_INTERN
+
+/* used to hold info on the particular ciphers used */
+struct ssl_cipher_st
+	{
+	int valid;
+	const char *name;		/* text name */
+	unsigned long id;		/* id, 4 bytes, first is version */
+
+	/* changed in 0.9.9: these four used to be portions of a single value 'algorithms' */
+	unsigned long algorithm_mkey;	/* key exchange algorithm */
+	unsigned long algorithm_auth;	/* server authentication */
+	unsigned long algorithm_enc;	/* symmetric encryption */
+	unsigned long algorithm_mac;	/* symmetric authentication */
+	unsigned long algorithm_ssl;	/* (major) protocol version */
+
+	unsigned long algo_strength;	/* strength and export flags */
+	unsigned long algorithm2;	/* Extra flags */
+	int strength_bits;		/* Number of bits really used */
+	int alg_bits;			/* Number of bits for algorithm */
+	};
+
+
+/* Used to hold functions for SSLv2 or SSLv3/TLSv1 functions */
+struct ssl_method_st
+	{
+	int version;
+	int (*ssl_new)(SSL *s);
+	void (*ssl_clear)(SSL *s);
+	void (*ssl_free)(SSL *s);
+	int (*ssl_accept)(SSL *s);
+	int (*ssl_connect)(SSL *s);
+	int (*ssl_read)(SSL *s,void *buf,int len);
+	int (*ssl_peek)(SSL *s,void *buf,int len);
+	int (*ssl_write)(SSL *s,const void *buf,int len);
+	int (*ssl_shutdown)(SSL *s);
+	int (*ssl_renegotiate)(SSL *s);
+	int (*ssl_renegotiate_check)(SSL *s);
+	long (*ssl_get_message)(SSL *s, int st1, int stn, int mt, long
+		max, int *ok);
+	int (*ssl_read_bytes)(SSL *s, int type, unsigned char *buf, int len, 
+		int peek);
+	int (*ssl_write_bytes)(SSL *s, int type, const void *buf_, int len);
+	int (*ssl_dispatch_alert)(SSL *s);
+	long (*ssl_ctrl)(SSL *s,int cmd,long larg,void *parg);
+	long (*ssl_ctx_ctrl)(SSL_CTX *ctx,int cmd,long larg,void *parg);
+	const SSL_CIPHER *(*get_cipher_by_char)(const unsigned char *ptr);
+	int (*put_cipher_by_char)(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher,unsigned char *ptr);
+	int (*ssl_pending)(const SSL *s);
+	int (*num_ciphers)(void);
+	const SSL_CIPHER *(*get_cipher)(unsigned ncipher);
+	const struct ssl_method_st *(*get_ssl_method)(int version);
+	long (*get_timeout)(void);
+	struct ssl3_enc_method *ssl3_enc; /* Extra SSLv3/TLS stuff */
+	int (*ssl_version)(void);
+	long (*ssl_callback_ctrl)(SSL *s, int cb_id, void (*fp)(void));
+	long (*ssl_ctx_callback_ctrl)(SSL_CTX *s, int cb_id, void (*fp)(void));
+	};
+
+/* Lets make this into an ASN.1 type structure as follows
+ * SSL_SESSION_ID ::= SEQUENCE {
+ *	version 		INTEGER,	-- structure version number
+ *	SSLversion 		INTEGER,	-- SSL version number
+ *	Cipher 			OCTET STRING,	-- the 3 byte cipher ID
+ *	Session_ID 		OCTET STRING,	-- the Session ID
+ *	Master_key 		OCTET STRING,	-- the master key
+ *	KRB5_principal		OCTET STRING	-- optional Kerberos principal
+ *	Key_Arg [ 0 ] IMPLICIT	OCTET STRING,	-- the optional Key argument
+ *	Time [ 1 ] EXPLICIT	INTEGER,	-- optional Start Time
+ *	Timeout [ 2 ] EXPLICIT	INTEGER,	-- optional Timeout ins seconds
+ *	Peer [ 3 ] EXPLICIT	X509,		-- optional Peer Certificate
+ *	Session_ID_context [ 4 ] EXPLICIT OCTET STRING,   -- the Session ID context
+ *	Verify_result [ 5 ] EXPLICIT INTEGER,   -- X509_V_... code for `Peer'
+ *	HostName [ 6 ] EXPLICIT OCTET STRING,   -- optional HostName from servername TLS extension 
+ *	PSK_identity_hint [ 7 ] EXPLICIT OCTET STRING, -- optional PSK identity hint
+ *	PSK_identity [ 8 ] EXPLICIT OCTET STRING,  -- optional PSK identity
+ *	Ticket_lifetime_hint [9] EXPLICIT INTEGER, -- server's lifetime hint for session ticket
+ *	Ticket [10]             EXPLICIT OCTET STRING, -- session ticket (clients only)
+ *	Compression_meth [11]   EXPLICIT OCTET STRING, -- optional compression method
+ *	SRP_username [ 12 ] EXPLICIT OCTET STRING -- optional SRP username
+ *	}
+ * Look in ssl/ssl_asn1.c for more details
+ * I'm using EXPLICIT tags so I can read the damn things using asn1parse :-).
+ */
+struct ssl_session_st
+	{
+	int ssl_version;	/* what ssl version session info is
+				 * being kept in here? */
+
+	/* only really used in SSLv2 */
+	unsigned int key_arg_length;
+	unsigned char key_arg[SSL_MAX_KEY_ARG_LENGTH];
+	int master_key_length;
+	unsigned char master_key[SSL_MAX_MASTER_KEY_LENGTH];
+	/* session_id - valid? */
+	unsigned int session_id_length;
+	unsigned char session_id[SSL_MAX_SSL_SESSION_ID_LENGTH];
+	/* this is used to determine whether the session is being reused in
+	 * the appropriate context. It is up to the application to set this,
+	 * via SSL_new */
+	unsigned int sid_ctx_length;
+	unsigned char sid_ctx[SSL_MAX_SID_CTX_LENGTH];
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_KRB5
+        unsigned int krb5_client_princ_len;
+        unsigned char krb5_client_princ[SSL_MAX_KRB5_PRINCIPAL_LENGTH];
+#endif /* OPENSSL_NO_KRB5 */
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_PSK
+	char *psk_identity_hint;
+	char *psk_identity;
+#endif
+	/* Used to indicate that session resumption is not allowed.
+	 * Applications can also set this bit for a new session via
+	 * not_resumable_session_cb to disable session caching and tickets. */
+	int not_resumable;
+
+	/* The cert is the certificate used to establish this connection */
+	struct sess_cert_st /* SESS_CERT */ *sess_cert;
+
+	/* This is the cert for the other end.
+	 * On clients, it will be the same as sess_cert->peer_key->x509
+	 * (the latter is not enough as sess_cert is not retained
+	 * in the external representation of sessions, see ssl_asn1.c). */
+	X509 *peer;
+	/* when app_verify_callback accepts a session where the peer's certificate
+	 * is not ok, we must remember the error for session reuse: */
+	long verify_result; /* only for servers */
+
+	int references;
+	long timeout;
+	long time;
+
+	unsigned int compress_meth;	/* Need to lookup the method */
+
+	const SSL_CIPHER *cipher;
+	unsigned long cipher_id;	/* when ASN.1 loaded, this
+					 * needs to be used to load
+					 * the 'cipher' structure */
+
+	STACK_OF(SSL_CIPHER) *ciphers; /* shared ciphers? */
+
+	CRYPTO_EX_DATA ex_data; /* application specific data */
+
+	/* These are used to make removal of session-ids more
+	 * efficient and to implement a maximum cache size. */
+	struct ssl_session_st *prev,*next;
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_TLSEXT
+	char *tlsext_hostname;
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_EC
+	size_t tlsext_ecpointformatlist_length;
+	unsigned char *tlsext_ecpointformatlist; /* peer's list */
+	size_t tlsext_ellipticcurvelist_length;
+	unsigned char *tlsext_ellipticcurvelist; /* peer's list */
+#endif /* OPENSSL_NO_EC */
+	/* RFC4507 info */
+	unsigned char *tlsext_tick;	/* Session ticket */
+	size_t tlsext_ticklen;		/* Session ticket length */
+	long tlsext_tick_lifetime_hint;	/* Session lifetime hint in seconds */
+#endif
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_SRP
+	char *srp_username;
+#endif
+	};
+
+#endif
+
+#define SSL_OP_MICROSOFT_SESS_ID_BUG			0x00000001L
+#define SSL_OP_NETSCAPE_CHALLENGE_BUG			0x00000002L
+/* Allow initial connection to servers that don't support RI */
+#define SSL_OP_LEGACY_SERVER_CONNECT			0x00000004L
+#define SSL_OP_NETSCAPE_REUSE_CIPHER_CHANGE_BUG		0x00000008L
+#define SSL_OP_TLSEXT_PADDING				0x00000010L
+#define SSL_OP_MICROSOFT_BIG_SSLV3_BUFFER		0x00000020L
+#define SSL_OP_SAFARI_ECDHE_ECDSA_BUG			0x00000040L
+#define SSL_OP_SSLEAY_080_CLIENT_DH_BUG			0x00000080L
+#define SSL_OP_TLS_D5_BUG				0x00000100L
+#define SSL_OP_TLS_BLOCK_PADDING_BUG			0x00000200L
+
+/* Hasn't done anything since OpenSSL 0.9.7h, retained for compatibility */
+#define SSL_OP_MSIE_SSLV2_RSA_PADDING			0x0
+/* Refers to ancient SSLREF and SSLv2, retained for compatibility */
+#define SSL_OP_SSLREF2_REUSE_CERT_TYPE_BUG		0x0
+
+/* Disable SSL 3.0/TLS 1.0 CBC vulnerability workaround that was added
+ * in OpenSSL 0.9.6d.  Usually (depending on the application protocol)
+ * the workaround is not needed.  Unfortunately some broken SSL/TLS
+ * implementations cannot handle it at all, which is why we include
+ * it in SSL_OP_ALL. */
+#define SSL_OP_DONT_INSERT_EMPTY_FRAGMENTS              0x00000800L /* added in 0.9.6e */
+
+/* SSL_OP_ALL: various bug workarounds that should be rather harmless.
+ *             This used to be 0x000FFFFFL before 0.9.7. */
+#define SSL_OP_ALL					0x80000BFFL
+
+/* DTLS options */
+#define SSL_OP_NO_QUERY_MTU                 0x00001000L
+/* Turn on Cookie Exchange (on relevant for servers) */
+#define SSL_OP_COOKIE_EXCHANGE              0x00002000L
+/* Don't use RFC4507 ticket extension */
+#define SSL_OP_NO_TICKET	            0x00004000L
+/* Use Cisco's "speshul" version of DTLS_BAD_VER (as client)  */
+#define SSL_OP_CISCO_ANYCONNECT		    0x00008000L
+
+/* As server, disallow session resumption on renegotiation */
+#define SSL_OP_NO_SESSION_RESUMPTION_ON_RENEGOTIATION	0x00010000L
+/* Don't use compression even if supported */
+#define SSL_OP_NO_COMPRESSION				0x00020000L
+/* Permit unsafe legacy renegotiation */
+#define SSL_OP_ALLOW_UNSAFE_LEGACY_RENEGOTIATION	0x00040000L
+/* If set, always create a new key when using tmp_ecdh parameters */
+#define SSL_OP_SINGLE_ECDH_USE				0x00080000L
+/* If set, always create a new key when using tmp_dh parameters */
+#define SSL_OP_SINGLE_DH_USE				0x00100000L
+/* Set to always use the tmp_rsa key when doing RSA operations,
+ * even when this violates protocol specs */
+#define SSL_OP_EPHEMERAL_RSA				0x00200000L
+/* Set on servers to choose the cipher according to the server's
+ * preferences */
+#define SSL_OP_CIPHER_SERVER_PREFERENCE			0x00400000L
+/* If set, a server will allow a client to issue a SSLv3.0 version number
+ * as latest version supported in the premaster secret, even when TLSv1.0
+ * (version 3.1) was announced in the client hello. Normally this is
+ * forbidden to prevent version rollback attacks. */
+#define SSL_OP_TLS_ROLLBACK_BUG				0x00800000L
+
+#define SSL_OP_NO_SSLv2					0x01000000L
+#define SSL_OP_NO_SSLv3					0x02000000L
+#define SSL_OP_NO_TLSv1					0x04000000L
+#define SSL_OP_NO_TLSv1_2				0x08000000L
+#define SSL_OP_NO_TLSv1_1				0x10000000L
+
+/* These next two were never actually used for anything since SSLeay
+ * zap so we have some more flags.
+ */
+/* The next flag deliberately changes the ciphertest, this is a check
+ * for the PKCS#1 attack */
+#define SSL_OP_PKCS1_CHECK_1				0x0
+#define SSL_OP_PKCS1_CHECK_2				0x0
+
+#define SSL_OP_NETSCAPE_CA_DN_BUG			0x20000000L
+#define SSL_OP_NETSCAPE_DEMO_CIPHER_CHANGE_BUG		0x40000000L
+/* Make server add server-hello extension from early version of
+ * cryptopro draft, when GOST ciphersuite is negotiated. 
+ * Required for interoperability with CryptoPro CSP 3.x 
+ */
+#define SSL_OP_CRYPTOPRO_TLSEXT_BUG			0x80000000L
+
+/* Allow SSL_write(..., n) to return r with 0 < r < n (i.e. report success
+ * when just a single record has been written): */
+#define SSL_MODE_ENABLE_PARTIAL_WRITE       0x00000001L
+/* Make it possible to retry SSL_write() with changed buffer location
+ * (buffer contents must stay the same!); this is not the default to avoid
+ * the misconception that non-blocking SSL_write() behaves like
+ * non-blocking write(): */
+#define SSL_MODE_ACCEPT_MOVING_WRITE_BUFFER 0x00000002L
+/* Never bother the application with retries if the transport
+ * is blocking: */
+#define SSL_MODE_AUTO_RETRY 0x00000004L
+/* Don't attempt to automatically build certificate chain */
+#define SSL_MODE_NO_AUTO_CHAIN 0x00000008L
+/* Save RAM by releasing read and write buffers when they're empty. (SSL3 and
+ * TLS only.)  "Released" buffers are put onto a free-list in the context
+ * or just freed (depending on the context's setting for freelist_max_len). */
+#define SSL_MODE_RELEASE_BUFFERS 0x00000010L
+/* Send the current time in the Random fields of the ClientHello and
+ * ServerHello records for compatibility with hypothetical implementations
+ * that require it.
+ */
+#define SSL_MODE_SEND_CLIENTHELLO_TIME 0x00000020L
+#define SSL_MODE_SEND_SERVERHELLO_TIME 0x00000040L
+
+/* Note: SSL[_CTX]_set_{options,mode} use |= op on the previous value,
+ * they cannot be used to clear bits. */
+
+#define SSL_CTX_set_options(ctx,op) \
+	SSL_CTX_ctrl((ctx),SSL_CTRL_OPTIONS,(op),NULL)
+#define SSL_CTX_clear_options(ctx,op) \
+	SSL_CTX_ctrl((ctx),SSL_CTRL_CLEAR_OPTIONS,(op),NULL)
+#define SSL_CTX_get_options(ctx) \
+	SSL_CTX_ctrl((ctx),SSL_CTRL_OPTIONS,0,NULL)
+#define SSL_set_options(ssl,op) \
+	SSL_ctrl((ssl),SSL_CTRL_OPTIONS,(op),NULL)
+#define SSL_clear_options(ssl,op) \
+	SSL_ctrl((ssl),SSL_CTRL_CLEAR_OPTIONS,(op),NULL)
+#define SSL_get_options(ssl) \
+        SSL_ctrl((ssl),SSL_CTRL_OPTIONS,0,NULL)
+
+#define SSL_CTX_set_mode(ctx,op) \
+	SSL_CTX_ctrl((ctx),SSL_CTRL_MODE,(op),NULL)
+#define SSL_CTX_clear_mode(ctx,op) \
+	SSL_CTX_ctrl((ctx),SSL_CTRL_CLEAR_MODE,(op),NULL)
+#define SSL_CTX_get_mode(ctx) \
+	SSL_CTX_ctrl((ctx),SSL_CTRL_MODE,0,NULL)
+#define SSL_clear_mode(ssl,op) \
+	SSL_ctrl((ssl),SSL_CTRL_CLEAR_MODE,(op),NULL)
+#define SSL_set_mode(ssl,op) \
+	SSL_ctrl((ssl),SSL_CTRL_MODE,(op),NULL)
+#define SSL_get_mode(ssl) \
+        SSL_ctrl((ssl),SSL_CTRL_MODE,0,NULL)
+#define SSL_set_mtu(ssl, mtu) \
+        SSL_ctrl((ssl),SSL_CTRL_SET_MTU,(mtu),NULL)
+
+#define SSL_get_secure_renegotiation_support(ssl) \
+	SSL_ctrl((ssl), SSL_CTRL_GET_RI_SUPPORT, 0, NULL)
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_HEARTBEATS
+#define SSL_heartbeat(ssl) \
+        SSL_ctrl((ssl),SSL_CTRL_TLS_EXT_SEND_HEARTBEAT,0,NULL)
+#endif
+
+void SSL_CTX_set_msg_callback(SSL_CTX *ctx, void (*cb)(int write_p, int version, int content_type, const void *buf, size_t len, SSL *ssl, void *arg));
+void SSL_set_msg_callback(SSL *ssl, void (*cb)(int write_p, int version, int content_type, const void *buf, size_t len, SSL *ssl, void *arg));
+#define SSL_CTX_set_msg_callback_arg(ctx, arg) SSL_CTX_ctrl((ctx), SSL_CTRL_SET_MSG_CALLBACK_ARG, 0, (arg))
+#define SSL_set_msg_callback_arg(ssl, arg) SSL_ctrl((ssl), SSL_CTRL_SET_MSG_CALLBACK_ARG, 0, (arg))
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_SRP
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_SSL_INTERN
+
+typedef struct srp_ctx_st
+	{
+	/* param for all the callbacks */
+	void *SRP_cb_arg;
+	/* set client Hello login callback */
+	int (*TLS_ext_srp_username_callback)(SSL *, int *, void *);
+	/* set SRP N/g param callback for verification */
+	int (*SRP_verify_param_callback)(SSL *, void *);
+	/* set SRP client passwd callback */
+	char *(*SRP_give_srp_client_pwd_callback)(SSL *, void *);
+
+	char *login;
+	BIGNUM *N,*g,*s,*B,*A;
+	BIGNUM *a,*b,*v;
+	char *info;
+	int strength;
+
+	unsigned long srp_Mask;
+	} SRP_CTX;
+
+#endif
+
+/* see tls_srp.c */
+int SSL_SRP_CTX_init(SSL *s);
+int SSL_CTX_SRP_CTX_init(SSL_CTX *ctx);
+int SSL_SRP_CTX_free(SSL *ctx);
+int SSL_CTX_SRP_CTX_free(SSL_CTX *ctx);
+int SSL_srp_server_param_with_username(SSL *s, int *ad);
+int SRP_generate_server_master_secret(SSL *s,unsigned char *master_key);
+int SRP_Calc_A_param(SSL *s);
+int SRP_generate_client_master_secret(SSL *s,unsigned char *master_key);
+
+#endif
+
+#if defined(OPENSSL_SYS_MSDOS) && !defined(OPENSSL_SYS_WIN32)
+#define SSL_MAX_CERT_LIST_DEFAULT 1024*30 /* 30k max cert list :-) */
+#else
+#define SSL_MAX_CERT_LIST_DEFAULT 1024*100 /* 100k max cert list :-) */
+#endif
+
+#define SSL_SESSION_CACHE_MAX_SIZE_DEFAULT	(1024*20)
+
+/* This callback type is used inside SSL_CTX, SSL, and in the functions that set
+ * them. It is used to override the generation of SSL/TLS session IDs in a
+ * server. Return value should be zero on an error, non-zero to proceed. Also,
+ * callbacks should themselves check if the id they generate is unique otherwise
+ * the SSL handshake will fail with an error - callbacks can do this using the
+ * 'ssl' value they're passed by;
+ *      SSL_has_matching_session_id(ssl, id, *id_len)
+ * The length value passed in is set at the maximum size the session ID can be.
+ * In SSLv2 this is 16 bytes, whereas SSLv3/TLSv1 it is 32 bytes. The callback
+ * can alter this length to be less if desired, but under SSLv2 session IDs are
+ * supposed to be fixed at 16 bytes so the id will be padded after the callback
+ * returns in this case. It is also an error for the callback to set the size to
+ * zero. */
+typedef int (*GEN_SESSION_CB)(const SSL *ssl, unsigned char *id,
+				unsigned int *id_len);
+
+typedef struct ssl_comp_st SSL_COMP;
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_SSL_INTERN
+
+struct ssl_comp_st
+	{
+	int id;
+	const char *name;
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_COMP
+	COMP_METHOD *method;
+#else
+	char *method;
+#endif
+	};
+
+DECLARE_STACK_OF(SSL_COMP)
+DECLARE_LHASH_OF(SSL_SESSION);
+
+struct ssl_ctx_st
+	{
+	const SSL_METHOD *method;
+
+	STACK_OF(SSL_CIPHER) *cipher_list;
+	/* same as above but sorted for lookup */
+	STACK_OF(SSL_CIPHER) *cipher_list_by_id;
+
+	struct x509_store_st /* X509_STORE */ *cert_store;
+	LHASH_OF(SSL_SESSION) *sessions;
+	/* Most session-ids that will be cached, default is
+	 * SSL_SESSION_CACHE_MAX_SIZE_DEFAULT. 0 is unlimited. */
+	unsigned long session_cache_size;
+	struct ssl_session_st *session_cache_head;
+	struct ssl_session_st *session_cache_tail;
+
+	/* This can have one of 2 values, ored together,
+	 * SSL_SESS_CACHE_CLIENT,
+	 * SSL_SESS_CACHE_SERVER,
+	 * Default is SSL_SESSION_CACHE_SERVER, which means only
+	 * SSL_accept which cache SSL_SESSIONS. */
+	int session_cache_mode;
+
+	/* If timeout is not 0, it is the default timeout value set
+	 * when SSL_new() is called.  This has been put in to make
+	 * life easier to set things up */
+	long session_timeout;
+
+	/* If this callback is not null, it will be called each
+	 * time a session id is added to the cache.  If this function
+	 * returns 1, it means that the callback will do a
+	 * SSL_SESSION_free() when it has finished using it.  Otherwise,
+	 * on 0, it means the callback has finished with it.
+	 * If remove_session_cb is not null, it will be called when
+	 * a session-id is removed from the cache.  After the call,
+	 * OpenSSL will SSL_SESSION_free() it. */
+	int (*new_session_cb)(struct ssl_st *ssl,SSL_SESSION *sess);
+	void (*remove_session_cb)(struct ssl_ctx_st *ctx,SSL_SESSION *sess);
+	SSL_SESSION *(*get_session_cb)(struct ssl_st *ssl,
+		unsigned char *data,int len,int *copy);
+
+	struct
+		{
+		int sess_connect;	/* SSL new conn - started */
+		int sess_connect_renegotiate;/* SSL reneg - requested */
+		int sess_connect_good;	/* SSL new conne/reneg - finished */
+		int sess_accept;	/* SSL new accept - started */
+		int sess_accept_renegotiate;/* SSL reneg - requested */
+		int sess_accept_good;	/* SSL accept/reneg - finished */
+		int sess_miss;		/* session lookup misses  */
+		int sess_timeout;	/* reuse attempt on timeouted session */
+		int sess_cache_full;	/* session removed due to full cache */
+		int sess_hit;		/* session reuse actually done */
+		int sess_cb_hit;	/* session-id that was not
+					 * in the cache was
+					 * passed back via the callback.  This
+					 * indicates that the application is
+					 * supplying session-id's from other
+					 * processes - spooky :-) */
+		} stats;
+
+	int references;
+
+	/* if defined, these override the X509_verify_cert() calls */
+	int (*app_verify_callback)(X509_STORE_CTX *, void *);
+	void *app_verify_arg;
+	/* before OpenSSL 0.9.7, 'app_verify_arg' was ignored
+	 * ('app_verify_callback' was called with just one argument) */
+
+	/* Default password callback. */
+	pem_password_cb *default_passwd_callback;
+
+	/* Default password callback user data. */
+	void *default_passwd_callback_userdata;
+
+	/* get client cert callback */
+	int (*client_cert_cb)(SSL *ssl, X509 **x509, EVP_PKEY **pkey);
+
+    /* cookie generate callback */
+    int (*app_gen_cookie_cb)(SSL *ssl, unsigned char *cookie, 
+        unsigned int *cookie_len);
+
+    /* verify cookie callback */
+    int (*app_verify_cookie_cb)(SSL *ssl, unsigned char *cookie, 
+        unsigned int cookie_len);
+
+	CRYPTO_EX_DATA ex_data;
+
+	const EVP_MD *rsa_md5;/* For SSLv2 - name is 'ssl2-md5' */
+	const EVP_MD *md5;	/* For SSLv3/TLSv1 'ssl3-md5' */
+	const EVP_MD *sha1;   /* For SSLv3/TLSv1 'ssl3->sha1' */
+
+	STACK_OF(X509) *extra_certs;
+	STACK_OF(SSL_COMP) *comp_methods; /* stack of SSL_COMP, SSLv3/TLSv1 */
+
+
+	/* Default values used when no per-SSL value is defined follow */
+
+	void (*info_callback)(const SSL *ssl,int type,int val); /* used if SSL's info_callback is NULL */
+
+	/* what we put in client cert requests */
+	STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *client_CA;
+
+
+	/* Default values to use in SSL structures follow (these are copied by SSL_new) */
+
+	unsigned long options;
+	unsigned long mode;
+	long max_cert_list;
+
+	struct cert_st /* CERT */ *cert;
+	int read_ahead;
+
+	/* callback that allows applications to peek at protocol messages */
+	void (*msg_callback)(int write_p, int version, int content_type, const void *buf, size_t len, SSL *ssl, void *arg);
+	void *msg_callback_arg;
+
+	int verify_mode;
+	unsigned int sid_ctx_length;
+	unsigned char sid_ctx[SSL_MAX_SID_CTX_LENGTH];
+	int (*default_verify_callback)(int ok,X509_STORE_CTX *ctx); /* called 'verify_callback' in the SSL */
+
+	/* Default generate session ID callback. */
+	GEN_SESSION_CB generate_session_id;
+
+	X509_VERIFY_PARAM *param;
+
+#if 0
+	int purpose;		/* Purpose setting */
+	int trust;		/* Trust setting */
+#endif
+
+	int quiet_shutdown;
+
+	/* Maximum amount of data to send in one fragment.
+	 * actual record size can be more than this due to
+	 * padding and MAC overheads.
+	 */
+	unsigned int max_send_fragment;
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_ENGINE
+	/* Engine to pass requests for client certs to
+	 */
+	ENGINE *client_cert_engine;
+#endif
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_TLSEXT
+	/* TLS extensions servername callback */
+	int (*tlsext_servername_callback)(SSL*, int *, void *);
+	void *tlsext_servername_arg;
+	/* RFC 4507 session ticket keys */
+	unsigned char tlsext_tick_key_name[16];
+	unsigned char tlsext_tick_hmac_key[16];
+	unsigned char tlsext_tick_aes_key[16];
+	/* Callback to support customisation of ticket key setting */
+	int (*tlsext_ticket_key_cb)(SSL *ssl,
+					unsigned char *name, unsigned char *iv,
+					EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ectx,
+ 					HMAC_CTX *hctx, int enc);
+
+	/* certificate status request info */
+	/* Callback for status request */
+	int (*tlsext_status_cb)(SSL *ssl, void *arg);
+	void *tlsext_status_arg;
+
+	/* draft-rescorla-tls-opaque-prf-input-00.txt information */
+	int (*tlsext_opaque_prf_input_callback)(SSL *, void *peerinput, size_t len, void *arg);
+	void *tlsext_opaque_prf_input_callback_arg;
+#endif
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_PSK
+	char *psk_identity_hint;
+	unsigned int (*psk_client_callback)(SSL *ssl, const char *hint, char *identity,
+		unsigned int max_identity_len, unsigned char *psk,
+		unsigned int max_psk_len);
+	unsigned int (*psk_server_callback)(SSL *ssl, const char *identity,
+		unsigned char *psk, unsigned int max_psk_len);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_BUF_FREELISTS
+#define SSL_MAX_BUF_FREELIST_LEN_DEFAULT 32
+	unsigned int freelist_max_len;
+	struct ssl3_buf_freelist_st *wbuf_freelist;
+	struct ssl3_buf_freelist_st *rbuf_freelist;
+#endif
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_SRP
+	SRP_CTX srp_ctx; /* ctx for SRP authentication */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_TLSEXT
+
+# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_NEXTPROTONEG
+	/* Next protocol negotiation information */
+	/* (for experimental NPN extension). */
+
+	/* For a server, this contains a callback function by which the set of
+	 * advertised protocols can be provided. */
+	int (*next_protos_advertised_cb)(SSL *s, const unsigned char **buf,
+			                 unsigned int *len, void *arg);
+	void *next_protos_advertised_cb_arg;
+	/* For a client, this contains a callback function that selects the
+	 * next protocol from the list provided by the server. */
+	int (*next_proto_select_cb)(SSL *s, unsigned char **out,
+				    unsigned char *outlen,
+				    const unsigned char *in,
+				    unsigned int inlen,
+				    void *arg);
+	void *next_proto_select_cb_arg;
+# endif
+        /* SRTP profiles we are willing to do from RFC 5764 */
+        STACK_OF(SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE) *srtp_profiles;  
+#endif
+	};
+
+#endif
+
+#define SSL_SESS_CACHE_OFF			0x0000
+#define SSL_SESS_CACHE_CLIENT			0x0001
+#define SSL_SESS_CACHE_SERVER			0x0002
+#define SSL_SESS_CACHE_BOTH	(SSL_SESS_CACHE_CLIENT|SSL_SESS_CACHE_SERVER)
+#define SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_AUTO_CLEAR		0x0080
+/* enough comments already ... see SSL_CTX_set_session_cache_mode(3) */
+#define SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_INTERNAL_LOOKUP	0x0100
+#define SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_INTERNAL_STORE	0x0200
+#define SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_INTERNAL \
+	(SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_INTERNAL_LOOKUP|SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_INTERNAL_STORE)
+
+LHASH_OF(SSL_SESSION) *SSL_CTX_sessions(SSL_CTX *ctx);
+#define SSL_CTX_sess_number(ctx) \
+	SSL_CTX_ctrl(ctx,SSL_CTRL_SESS_NUMBER,0,NULL)
+#define SSL_CTX_sess_connect(ctx) \
+	SSL_CTX_ctrl(ctx,SSL_CTRL_SESS_CONNECT,0,NULL)
+#define SSL_CTX_sess_connect_good(ctx) \
+	SSL_CTX_ctrl(ctx,SSL_CTRL_SESS_CONNECT_GOOD,0,NULL)
+#define SSL_CTX_sess_connect_renegotiate(ctx) \
+	SSL_CTX_ctrl(ctx,SSL_CTRL_SESS_CONNECT_RENEGOTIATE,0,NULL)
+#define SSL_CTX_sess_accept(ctx) \
+	SSL_CTX_ctrl(ctx,SSL_CTRL_SESS_ACCEPT,0,NULL)
+#define SSL_CTX_sess_accept_renegotiate(ctx) \
+	SSL_CTX_ctrl(ctx,SSL_CTRL_SESS_ACCEPT_RENEGOTIATE,0,NULL)
+#define SSL_CTX_sess_accept_good(ctx) \
+	SSL_CTX_ctrl(ctx,SSL_CTRL_SESS_ACCEPT_GOOD,0,NULL)
+#define SSL_CTX_sess_hits(ctx) \
+	SSL_CTX_ctrl(ctx,SSL_CTRL_SESS_HIT,0,NULL)
+#define SSL_CTX_sess_cb_hits(ctx) \
+	SSL_CTX_ctrl(ctx,SSL_CTRL_SESS_CB_HIT,0,NULL)
+#define SSL_CTX_sess_misses(ctx) \
+	SSL_CTX_ctrl(ctx,SSL_CTRL_SESS_MISSES,0,NULL)
+#define SSL_CTX_sess_timeouts(ctx) \
+	SSL_CTX_ctrl(ctx,SSL_CTRL_SESS_TIMEOUTS,0,NULL)
+#define SSL_CTX_sess_cache_full(ctx) \
+	SSL_CTX_ctrl(ctx,SSL_CTRL_SESS_CACHE_FULL,0,NULL)
+
+void SSL_CTX_sess_set_new_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx, int (*new_session_cb)(struct ssl_st *ssl,SSL_SESSION *sess));
+int (*SSL_CTX_sess_get_new_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx))(struct ssl_st *ssl, SSL_SESSION *sess);
+void SSL_CTX_sess_set_remove_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx, void (*remove_session_cb)(struct ssl_ctx_st *ctx,SSL_SESSION *sess));
+void (*SSL_CTX_sess_get_remove_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx))(struct ssl_ctx_st *ctx, SSL_SESSION *sess);
+void SSL_CTX_sess_set_get_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx, SSL_SESSION *(*get_session_cb)(struct ssl_st *ssl, unsigned char *data,int len,int *copy));
+SSL_SESSION *(*SSL_CTX_sess_get_get_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx))(struct ssl_st *ssl, unsigned char *Data, int len, int *copy);
+void SSL_CTX_set_info_callback(SSL_CTX *ctx, void (*cb)(const SSL *ssl,int type,int val));
+void (*SSL_CTX_get_info_callback(SSL_CTX *ctx))(const SSL *ssl,int type,int val);
+void SSL_CTX_set_client_cert_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx, int (*client_cert_cb)(SSL *ssl, X509 **x509, EVP_PKEY **pkey));
+int (*SSL_CTX_get_client_cert_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx))(SSL *ssl, X509 **x509, EVP_PKEY **pkey);
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_ENGINE
+int SSL_CTX_set_client_cert_engine(SSL_CTX *ctx, ENGINE *e);
+#endif
+void SSL_CTX_set_cookie_generate_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx, int (*app_gen_cookie_cb)(SSL *ssl, unsigned char *cookie, unsigned int *cookie_len));
+void SSL_CTX_set_cookie_verify_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx, int (*app_verify_cookie_cb)(SSL *ssl, unsigned char *cookie, unsigned int cookie_len));
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_NEXTPROTONEG
+void SSL_CTX_set_next_protos_advertised_cb(SSL_CTX *s,
+					   int (*cb) (SSL *ssl,
+						      const unsigned char **out,
+						      unsigned int *outlen,
+						      void *arg),
+					   void *arg);
+void SSL_CTX_set_next_proto_select_cb(SSL_CTX *s,
+				      int (*cb) (SSL *ssl,
+						 unsigned char **out,
+						 unsigned char *outlen,
+						 const unsigned char *in,
+						 unsigned int inlen,
+						 void *arg),
+				      void *arg);
+
+int SSL_select_next_proto(unsigned char **out, unsigned char *outlen,
+			  const unsigned char *in, unsigned int inlen,
+			  const unsigned char *client, unsigned int client_len);
+void SSL_get0_next_proto_negotiated(const SSL *s,
+				    const unsigned char **data, unsigned *len);
+
+#define OPENSSL_NPN_UNSUPPORTED	0
+#define OPENSSL_NPN_NEGOTIATED	1
+#define OPENSSL_NPN_NO_OVERLAP	2
+#endif
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_PSK
+/* the maximum length of the buffer given to callbacks containing the
+ * resulting identity/psk */
+#define PSK_MAX_IDENTITY_LEN 128
+#define PSK_MAX_PSK_LEN 256
+void SSL_CTX_set_psk_client_callback(SSL_CTX *ctx, 
+	unsigned int (*psk_client_callback)(SSL *ssl, const char *hint, 
+		char *identity, unsigned int max_identity_len, unsigned char *psk,
+		unsigned int max_psk_len));
+void SSL_set_psk_client_callback(SSL *ssl, 
+	unsigned int (*psk_client_callback)(SSL *ssl, const char *hint, 
+		char *identity, unsigned int max_identity_len, unsigned char *psk,
+		unsigned int max_psk_len));
+void SSL_CTX_set_psk_server_callback(SSL_CTX *ctx, 
+	unsigned int (*psk_server_callback)(SSL *ssl, const char *identity,
+		unsigned char *psk, unsigned int max_psk_len));
+void SSL_set_psk_server_callback(SSL *ssl,
+	unsigned int (*psk_server_callback)(SSL *ssl, const char *identity,
+		unsigned char *psk, unsigned int max_psk_len));
+int SSL_CTX_use_psk_identity_hint(SSL_CTX *ctx, const char *identity_hint);
+int SSL_use_psk_identity_hint(SSL *s, const char *identity_hint);
+const char *SSL_get_psk_identity_hint(const SSL *s);
+const char *SSL_get_psk_identity(const SSL *s);
+#endif
+
+#define SSL_NOTHING	1
+#define SSL_WRITING	2
+#define SSL_READING	3
+#define SSL_X509_LOOKUP	4
+
+/* These will only be used when doing non-blocking IO */
+#define SSL_want_nothing(s)	(SSL_want(s) == SSL_NOTHING)
+#define SSL_want_read(s)	(SSL_want(s) == SSL_READING)
+#define SSL_want_write(s)	(SSL_want(s) == SSL_WRITING)
+#define SSL_want_x509_lookup(s)	(SSL_want(s) == SSL_X509_LOOKUP)
+
+#define SSL_MAC_FLAG_READ_MAC_STREAM 1
+#define SSL_MAC_FLAG_WRITE_MAC_STREAM 2
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_SSL_INTERN
+
+struct ssl_st
+	{
+	/* protocol version
+	 * (one of SSL2_VERSION, SSL3_VERSION, TLS1_VERSION, DTLS1_VERSION)
+	 */
+	int version;
+	int type; /* SSL_ST_CONNECT or SSL_ST_ACCEPT */
+
+	const SSL_METHOD *method; /* SSLv3 */
+
+	/* There are 2 BIO's even though they are normally both the
+	 * same.  This is so data can be read and written to different
+	 * handlers */
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_BIO
+	BIO *rbio; /* used by SSL_read */
+	BIO *wbio; /* used by SSL_write */
+	BIO *bbio; /* used during session-id reuse to concatenate
+		    * messages */
+#else
+	char *rbio; /* used by SSL_read */
+	char *wbio; /* used by SSL_write */
+	char *bbio;
+#endif
+	/* This holds a variable that indicates what we were doing
+	 * when a 0 or -1 is returned.  This is needed for
+	 * non-blocking IO so we know what request needs re-doing when
+	 * in SSL_accept or SSL_connect */
+	int rwstate;
+
+	/* true when we are actually in SSL_accept() or SSL_connect() */
+	int in_handshake;
+	int (*handshake_func)(SSL *);
+
+	/* Imagine that here's a boolean member "init" that is
+	 * switched as soon as SSL_set_{accept/connect}_state
+	 * is called for the first time, so that "state" and
+	 * "handshake_func" are properly initialized.  But as
+	 * handshake_func is == 0 until then, we use this
+	 * test instead of an "init" member.
+	 */
+
+	int server;	/* are we the server side? - mostly used by SSL_clear*/
+
+	int new_session;/* Generate a new session or reuse an old one.
+	                 * NB: For servers, the 'new' session may actually be a previously
+	                 * cached session or even the previous session unless
+	                 * SSL_OP_NO_SESSION_RESUMPTION_ON_RENEGOTIATION is set */
+	int quiet_shutdown;/* don't send shutdown packets */
+	int shutdown;	/* we have shut things down, 0x01 sent, 0x02
+			 * for received */
+	int state;	/* where we are */
+	int rstate;	/* where we are when reading */
+
+	BUF_MEM *init_buf;	/* buffer used during init */
+	void *init_msg;   	/* pointer to handshake message body, set by ssl3_get_message() */
+	int init_num;		/* amount read/written */
+	int init_off;		/* amount read/written */
+
+	/* used internally to point at a raw packet */
+	unsigned char *packet;
+	unsigned int packet_length;
+
+	struct ssl2_state_st *s2; /* SSLv2 variables */
+	struct ssl3_state_st *s3; /* SSLv3 variables */
+	struct dtls1_state_st *d1; /* DTLSv1 variables */
+
+	int read_ahead;		/* Read as many input bytes as possible
+	               	 	 * (for non-blocking reads) */
+
+	/* callback that allows applications to peek at protocol messages */
+	void (*msg_callback)(int write_p, int version, int content_type, const void *buf, size_t len, SSL *ssl, void *arg);
+	void *msg_callback_arg;
+
+	int hit;		/* reusing a previous session */
+
+	X509_VERIFY_PARAM *param;
+
+#if 0
+	int purpose;		/* Purpose setting */
+	int trust;		/* Trust setting */
+#endif
+
+	/* crypto */
+	STACK_OF(SSL_CIPHER) *cipher_list;
+	STACK_OF(SSL_CIPHER) *cipher_list_by_id;
+
+	/* These are the ones being used, the ones in SSL_SESSION are
+	 * the ones to be 'copied' into these ones */
+	int mac_flags; 
+	EVP_CIPHER_CTX *enc_read_ctx;		/* cryptographic state */
+	EVP_MD_CTX *read_hash;		/* used for mac generation */
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_COMP
+	COMP_CTX *expand;			/* uncompress */
+#else
+	char *expand;
+#endif
+
+	EVP_CIPHER_CTX *enc_write_ctx;		/* cryptographic state */
+	EVP_MD_CTX *write_hash;		/* used for mac generation */
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_COMP
+	COMP_CTX *compress;			/* compression */
+#else
+	char *compress;	
+#endif
+
+	/* session info */
+
+	/* client cert? */
+	/* This is used to hold the server certificate used */
+	struct cert_st /* CERT */ *cert;
+
+	/* the session_id_context is used to ensure sessions are only reused
+	 * in the appropriate context */
+	unsigned int sid_ctx_length;
+	unsigned char sid_ctx[SSL_MAX_SID_CTX_LENGTH];
+
+	/* This can also be in the session once a session is established */
+	SSL_SESSION *session;
+
+	/* Default generate session ID callback. */
+	GEN_SESSION_CB generate_session_id;
+
+	/* Used in SSL2 and SSL3 */
+	int verify_mode;	/* 0 don't care about verify failure.
+				 * 1 fail if verify fails */
+	int (*verify_callback)(int ok,X509_STORE_CTX *ctx); /* fail if callback returns 0 */
+
+	void (*info_callback)(const SSL *ssl,int type,int val); /* optional informational callback */
+
+	int error;		/* error bytes to be written */
+	int error_code;		/* actual code */
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_KRB5
+	KSSL_CTX *kssl_ctx;     /* Kerberos 5 context */
+#endif	/* OPENSSL_NO_KRB5 */
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_PSK
+	unsigned int (*psk_client_callback)(SSL *ssl, const char *hint, char *identity,
+		unsigned int max_identity_len, unsigned char *psk,
+		unsigned int max_psk_len);
+	unsigned int (*psk_server_callback)(SSL *ssl, const char *identity,
+		unsigned char *psk, unsigned int max_psk_len);
+#endif
+
+	SSL_CTX *ctx;
+	/* set this flag to 1 and a sleep(1) is put into all SSL_read()
+	 * and SSL_write() calls, good for nbio debuging :-) */
+	int debug;	
+
+	/* extra application data */
+	long verify_result;
+	CRYPTO_EX_DATA ex_data;
+
+	/* for server side, keep the list of CA_dn we can use */
+	STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *client_CA;
+
+	int references;
+	unsigned long options; /* protocol behaviour */
+	unsigned long mode; /* API behaviour */
+	long max_cert_list;
+	int first_packet;
+	int client_version;	/* what was passed, used for
+				 * SSLv3/TLS rollback check */
+	unsigned int max_send_fragment;
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_TLSEXT
+	/* TLS extension debug callback */
+	void (*tlsext_debug_cb)(SSL *s, int client_server, int type,
+					unsigned char *data, int len,
+					void *arg);
+	void *tlsext_debug_arg;
+	char *tlsext_hostname;
+	int servername_done;   /* no further mod of servername 
+	                          0 : call the servername extension callback.
+	                          1 : prepare 2, allow last ack just after in server callback.
+	                          2 : don't call servername callback, no ack in server hello
+	                       */
+	/* certificate status request info */
+	/* Status type or -1 if no status type */
+	int tlsext_status_type;
+	/* Expect OCSP CertificateStatus message */
+	int tlsext_status_expected;
+	/* OCSP status request only */
+	STACK_OF(OCSP_RESPID) *tlsext_ocsp_ids;
+	X509_EXTENSIONS *tlsext_ocsp_exts;
+	/* OCSP response received or to be sent */
+	unsigned char *tlsext_ocsp_resp;
+	int tlsext_ocsp_resplen;
+
+	/* RFC4507 session ticket expected to be received or sent */
+	int tlsext_ticket_expected;
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_EC
+	size_t tlsext_ecpointformatlist_length;
+	unsigned char *tlsext_ecpointformatlist; /* our list */
+	size_t tlsext_ellipticcurvelist_length;
+	unsigned char *tlsext_ellipticcurvelist; /* our list */
+#endif /* OPENSSL_NO_EC */
+
+	/* draft-rescorla-tls-opaque-prf-input-00.txt information to be used for handshakes */
+	void *tlsext_opaque_prf_input;
+	size_t tlsext_opaque_prf_input_len;
+
+	/* TLS Session Ticket extension override */
+	TLS_SESSION_TICKET_EXT *tlsext_session_ticket;
+
+	/* TLS Session Ticket extension callback */
+	tls_session_ticket_ext_cb_fn tls_session_ticket_ext_cb;
+	void *tls_session_ticket_ext_cb_arg;
+
+	/* TLS pre-shared secret session resumption */
+	tls_session_secret_cb_fn tls_session_secret_cb;
+	void *tls_session_secret_cb_arg;
+
+	SSL_CTX * initial_ctx; /* initial ctx, used to store sessions */
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_NEXTPROTONEG
+	/* Next protocol negotiation. For the client, this is the protocol that
+	 * we sent in NextProtocol and is set when handling ServerHello
+	 * extensions.
+	 *
+	 * For a server, this is the client's selected_protocol from
+	 * NextProtocol and is set when handling the NextProtocol message,
+	 * before the Finished message. */
+	unsigned char *next_proto_negotiated;
+	unsigned char next_proto_negotiated_len;
+#endif
+
+#define session_ctx initial_ctx
+
+	STACK_OF(SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE) *srtp_profiles;  /* What we'll do */
+	SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE *srtp_profile;            /* What's been chosen */
+
+	unsigned int tlsext_heartbeat;  /* Is use of the Heartbeat extension negotiated?
+	                                   0: disabled
+	                                   1: enabled
+	                                   2: enabled, but not allowed to send Requests
+	                                 */
+	unsigned int tlsext_hb_pending; /* Indicates if a HeartbeatRequest is in flight */
+	unsigned int tlsext_hb_seq;     /* HeartbeatRequest sequence number */
+#else
+#define session_ctx ctx
+#endif /* OPENSSL_NO_TLSEXT */
+
+	int renegotiate;/* 1 if we are renegotiating.
+	                 * 2 if we are a server and are inside a handshake
+	                 * (i.e. not just sending a HelloRequest) */
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_SRP
+	SRP_CTX srp_ctx; /* ctx for SRP authentication */
+#endif
+	};
+
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#include <openssl/ssl2.h>
+#include <openssl/ssl3.h>
+#include <openssl/tls1.h> /* This is mostly sslv3 with a few tweaks */
+#include <openssl/dtls1.h> /* Datagram TLS */
+#include <openssl/ssl23.h>
+#include <openssl/srtp.h>  /* Support for the use_srtp extension */
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* compatibility */
+#define SSL_set_app_data(s,arg)		(SSL_set_ex_data(s,0,(char *)arg))
+#define SSL_get_app_data(s)		(SSL_get_ex_data(s,0))
+#define SSL_SESSION_set_app_data(s,a)	(SSL_SESSION_set_ex_data(s,0,(char *)a))
+#define SSL_SESSION_get_app_data(s)	(SSL_SESSION_get_ex_data(s,0))
+#define SSL_CTX_get_app_data(ctx)	(SSL_CTX_get_ex_data(ctx,0))
+#define SSL_CTX_set_app_data(ctx,arg)	(SSL_CTX_set_ex_data(ctx,0,(char *)arg))
+
+/* The following are the possible values for ssl->state are are
+ * used to indicate where we are up to in the SSL connection establishment.
+ * The macros that follow are about the only things you should need to use
+ * and even then, only when using non-blocking IO.
+ * It can also be useful to work out where you were when the connection
+ * failed */
+
+#define SSL_ST_CONNECT			0x1000
+#define SSL_ST_ACCEPT			0x2000
+#define SSL_ST_MASK			0x0FFF
+#define SSL_ST_INIT			(SSL_ST_CONNECT|SSL_ST_ACCEPT)
+#define SSL_ST_BEFORE			0x4000
+#define SSL_ST_OK			0x03
+#define SSL_ST_RENEGOTIATE		(0x04|SSL_ST_INIT)
+
+#define SSL_CB_LOOP			0x01
+#define SSL_CB_EXIT			0x02
+#define SSL_CB_READ			0x04
+#define SSL_CB_WRITE			0x08
+#define SSL_CB_ALERT			0x4000 /* used in callback */
+#define SSL_CB_READ_ALERT		(SSL_CB_ALERT|SSL_CB_READ)
+#define SSL_CB_WRITE_ALERT		(SSL_CB_ALERT|SSL_CB_WRITE)
+#define SSL_CB_ACCEPT_LOOP		(SSL_ST_ACCEPT|SSL_CB_LOOP)
+#define SSL_CB_ACCEPT_EXIT		(SSL_ST_ACCEPT|SSL_CB_EXIT)
+#define SSL_CB_CONNECT_LOOP		(SSL_ST_CONNECT|SSL_CB_LOOP)
+#define SSL_CB_CONNECT_EXIT		(SSL_ST_CONNECT|SSL_CB_EXIT)
+#define SSL_CB_HANDSHAKE_START		0x10
+#define SSL_CB_HANDSHAKE_DONE		0x20
+
+/* Is the SSL_connection established? */
+#define SSL_get_state(a)		SSL_state(a)
+#define SSL_is_init_finished(a)		(SSL_state(a) == SSL_ST_OK)
+#define SSL_in_init(a)			(SSL_state(a)&SSL_ST_INIT)
+#define SSL_in_before(a)		(SSL_state(a)&SSL_ST_BEFORE)
+#define SSL_in_connect_init(a)		(SSL_state(a)&SSL_ST_CONNECT)
+#define SSL_in_accept_init(a)		(SSL_state(a)&SSL_ST_ACCEPT)
+
+/* The following 2 states are kept in ssl->rstate when reads fail,
+ * you should not need these */
+#define SSL_ST_READ_HEADER			0xF0
+#define SSL_ST_READ_BODY			0xF1
+#define SSL_ST_READ_DONE			0xF2
+
+/* Obtain latest Finished message
+ *   -- that we sent (SSL_get_finished)
+ *   -- that we expected from peer (SSL_get_peer_finished).
+ * Returns length (0 == no Finished so far), copies up to 'count' bytes. */
+size_t SSL_get_finished(const SSL *s, void *buf, size_t count);
+size_t SSL_get_peer_finished(const SSL *s, void *buf, size_t count);
+
+/* use either SSL_VERIFY_NONE or SSL_VERIFY_PEER, the last 2 options
+ * are 'ored' with SSL_VERIFY_PEER if they are desired */
+#define SSL_VERIFY_NONE			0x00
+#define SSL_VERIFY_PEER			0x01
+#define SSL_VERIFY_FAIL_IF_NO_PEER_CERT	0x02
+#define SSL_VERIFY_CLIENT_ONCE		0x04
+
+#define OpenSSL_add_ssl_algorithms()	SSL_library_init()
+#define SSLeay_add_ssl_algorithms()	SSL_library_init()
+
+/* this is for backward compatibility */
+#if 0 /* NEW_SSLEAY */
+#define SSL_CTX_set_default_verify(a,b,c) SSL_CTX_set_verify(a,b,c)
+#define SSL_set_pref_cipher(c,n)	SSL_set_cipher_list(c,n)
+#define SSL_add_session(a,b)            SSL_CTX_add_session((a),(b))
+#define SSL_remove_session(a,b)		SSL_CTX_remove_session((a),(b))
+#define SSL_flush_sessions(a,b)		SSL_CTX_flush_sessions((a),(b))
+#endif
+/* More backward compatibility */
+#define SSL_get_cipher(s) \
+		SSL_CIPHER_get_name(SSL_get_current_cipher(s))
+#define SSL_get_cipher_bits(s,np) \
+		SSL_CIPHER_get_bits(SSL_get_current_cipher(s),np)
+#define SSL_get_cipher_version(s) \
+		SSL_CIPHER_get_version(SSL_get_current_cipher(s))
+#define SSL_get_cipher_name(s) \
+		SSL_CIPHER_get_name(SSL_get_current_cipher(s))
+#define SSL_get_time(a)		SSL_SESSION_get_time(a)
+#define SSL_set_time(a,b)	SSL_SESSION_set_time((a),(b))
+#define SSL_get_timeout(a)	SSL_SESSION_get_timeout(a)
+#define SSL_set_timeout(a,b)	SSL_SESSION_set_timeout((a),(b))
+
+#define d2i_SSL_SESSION_bio(bp,s_id) ASN1_d2i_bio_of(SSL_SESSION,SSL_SESSION_new,d2i_SSL_SESSION,bp,s_id)
+#define i2d_SSL_SESSION_bio(bp,s_id) ASN1_i2d_bio_of(SSL_SESSION,i2d_SSL_SESSION,bp,s_id)
+
+DECLARE_PEM_rw(SSL_SESSION, SSL_SESSION)
+
+#define SSL_AD_REASON_OFFSET		1000 /* offset to get SSL_R_... value from SSL_AD_... */
+
+/* These alert types are for SSLv3 and TLSv1 */
+#define SSL_AD_CLOSE_NOTIFY		SSL3_AD_CLOSE_NOTIFY
+#define SSL_AD_UNEXPECTED_MESSAGE	SSL3_AD_UNEXPECTED_MESSAGE /* fatal */
+#define SSL_AD_BAD_RECORD_MAC		SSL3_AD_BAD_RECORD_MAC     /* fatal */
+#define SSL_AD_DECRYPTION_FAILED	TLS1_AD_DECRYPTION_FAILED
+#define SSL_AD_RECORD_OVERFLOW		TLS1_AD_RECORD_OVERFLOW
+#define SSL_AD_DECOMPRESSION_FAILURE	SSL3_AD_DECOMPRESSION_FAILURE/* fatal */
+#define SSL_AD_HANDSHAKE_FAILURE	SSL3_AD_HANDSHAKE_FAILURE/* fatal */
+#define SSL_AD_NO_CERTIFICATE		SSL3_AD_NO_CERTIFICATE /* Not for TLS */
+#define SSL_AD_BAD_CERTIFICATE		SSL3_AD_BAD_CERTIFICATE
+#define SSL_AD_UNSUPPORTED_CERTIFICATE	SSL3_AD_UNSUPPORTED_CERTIFICATE
+#define SSL_AD_CERTIFICATE_REVOKED	SSL3_AD_CERTIFICATE_REVOKED
+#define SSL_AD_CERTIFICATE_EXPIRED	SSL3_AD_CERTIFICATE_EXPIRED
+#define SSL_AD_CERTIFICATE_UNKNOWN	SSL3_AD_CERTIFICATE_UNKNOWN
+#define SSL_AD_ILLEGAL_PARAMETER	SSL3_AD_ILLEGAL_PARAMETER   /* fatal */
+#define SSL_AD_UNKNOWN_CA		TLS1_AD_UNKNOWN_CA	/* fatal */
+#define SSL_AD_ACCESS_DENIED		TLS1_AD_ACCESS_DENIED	/* fatal */
+#define SSL_AD_DECODE_ERROR		TLS1_AD_DECODE_ERROR	/* fatal */
+#define SSL_AD_DECRYPT_ERROR		TLS1_AD_DECRYPT_ERROR
+#define SSL_AD_EXPORT_RESTRICTION	TLS1_AD_EXPORT_RESTRICTION/* fatal */
+#define SSL_AD_PROTOCOL_VERSION		TLS1_AD_PROTOCOL_VERSION /* fatal */
+#define SSL_AD_INSUFFICIENT_SECURITY	TLS1_AD_INSUFFICIENT_SECURITY/* fatal */
+#define SSL_AD_INTERNAL_ERROR		TLS1_AD_INTERNAL_ERROR	/* fatal */
+#define SSL_AD_USER_CANCELLED		TLS1_AD_USER_CANCELLED
+#define SSL_AD_NO_RENEGOTIATION		TLS1_AD_NO_RENEGOTIATION
+#define SSL_AD_UNSUPPORTED_EXTENSION	TLS1_AD_UNSUPPORTED_EXTENSION
+#define SSL_AD_CERTIFICATE_UNOBTAINABLE TLS1_AD_CERTIFICATE_UNOBTAINABLE
+#define SSL_AD_UNRECOGNIZED_NAME	TLS1_AD_UNRECOGNIZED_NAME
+#define SSL_AD_BAD_CERTIFICATE_STATUS_RESPONSE TLS1_AD_BAD_CERTIFICATE_STATUS_RESPONSE
+#define SSL_AD_BAD_CERTIFICATE_HASH_VALUE TLS1_AD_BAD_CERTIFICATE_HASH_VALUE
+#define SSL_AD_UNKNOWN_PSK_IDENTITY     TLS1_AD_UNKNOWN_PSK_IDENTITY /* fatal */
+
+#define SSL_ERROR_NONE			0
+#define SSL_ERROR_SSL			1
+#define SSL_ERROR_WANT_READ		2
+#define SSL_ERROR_WANT_WRITE		3
+#define SSL_ERROR_WANT_X509_LOOKUP	4
+#define SSL_ERROR_SYSCALL		5 /* look at error stack/return value/errno */
+#define SSL_ERROR_ZERO_RETURN		6
+#define SSL_ERROR_WANT_CONNECT		7
+#define SSL_ERROR_WANT_ACCEPT		8
+
+#define SSL_CTRL_NEED_TMP_RSA			1
+#define SSL_CTRL_SET_TMP_RSA			2
+#define SSL_CTRL_SET_TMP_DH			3
+#define SSL_CTRL_SET_TMP_ECDH			4
+#define SSL_CTRL_SET_TMP_RSA_CB			5
+#define SSL_CTRL_SET_TMP_DH_CB			6
+#define SSL_CTRL_SET_TMP_ECDH_CB		7
+
+#define SSL_CTRL_GET_SESSION_REUSED		8
+#define SSL_CTRL_GET_CLIENT_CERT_REQUEST	9
+#define SSL_CTRL_GET_NUM_RENEGOTIATIONS		10
+#define SSL_CTRL_CLEAR_NUM_RENEGOTIATIONS	11
+#define SSL_CTRL_GET_TOTAL_RENEGOTIATIONS	12
+#define SSL_CTRL_GET_FLAGS			13
+#define SSL_CTRL_EXTRA_CHAIN_CERT		14
+
+#define SSL_CTRL_SET_MSG_CALLBACK               15
+#define SSL_CTRL_SET_MSG_CALLBACK_ARG           16
+
+/* only applies to datagram connections */
+#define SSL_CTRL_SET_MTU                17
+/* Stats */
+#define SSL_CTRL_SESS_NUMBER			20
+#define SSL_CTRL_SESS_CONNECT			21
+#define SSL_CTRL_SESS_CONNECT_GOOD		22
+#define SSL_CTRL_SESS_CONNECT_RENEGOTIATE	23
+#define SSL_CTRL_SESS_ACCEPT			24
+#define SSL_CTRL_SESS_ACCEPT_GOOD		25
+#define SSL_CTRL_SESS_ACCEPT_RENEGOTIATE	26
+#define SSL_CTRL_SESS_HIT			27
+#define SSL_CTRL_SESS_CB_HIT			28
+#define SSL_CTRL_SESS_MISSES			29
+#define SSL_CTRL_SESS_TIMEOUTS			30
+#define SSL_CTRL_SESS_CACHE_FULL		31
+#define SSL_CTRL_OPTIONS			32
+#define SSL_CTRL_MODE				33
+
+#define SSL_CTRL_GET_READ_AHEAD			40
+#define SSL_CTRL_SET_READ_AHEAD			41
+#define SSL_CTRL_SET_SESS_CACHE_SIZE		42
+#define SSL_CTRL_GET_SESS_CACHE_SIZE		43
+#define SSL_CTRL_SET_SESS_CACHE_MODE		44
+#define SSL_CTRL_GET_SESS_CACHE_MODE		45
+
+#define SSL_CTRL_GET_MAX_CERT_LIST		50
+#define SSL_CTRL_SET_MAX_CERT_LIST		51
+
+#define SSL_CTRL_SET_MAX_SEND_FRAGMENT		52
+
+/* see tls1.h for macros based on these */
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_TLSEXT
+#define SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_SERVERNAME_CB	53
+#define SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_SERVERNAME_ARG	54
+#define SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_HOSTNAME		55
+#define SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_DEBUG_CB		56
+#define SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_DEBUG_ARG		57
+#define SSL_CTRL_GET_TLSEXT_TICKET_KEYS		58
+#define SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_TICKET_KEYS		59
+#define SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_OPAQUE_PRF_INPUT	60
+#define SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_OPAQUE_PRF_INPUT_CB	61
+#define SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_OPAQUE_PRF_INPUT_CB_ARG 62
+#define SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_STATUS_REQ_CB	63
+#define SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_STATUS_REQ_CB_ARG	64
+#define SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_STATUS_REQ_TYPE	65
+#define SSL_CTRL_GET_TLSEXT_STATUS_REQ_EXTS	66
+#define SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_STATUS_REQ_EXTS	67
+#define SSL_CTRL_GET_TLSEXT_STATUS_REQ_IDS	68
+#define SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_STATUS_REQ_IDS	69
+#define SSL_CTRL_GET_TLSEXT_STATUS_REQ_OCSP_RESP	70
+#define SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_STATUS_REQ_OCSP_RESP	71
+
+#define SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_TICKET_KEY_CB	72
+
+#define SSL_CTRL_SET_TLS_EXT_SRP_USERNAME_CB	75
+#define SSL_CTRL_SET_SRP_VERIFY_PARAM_CB		76
+#define SSL_CTRL_SET_SRP_GIVE_CLIENT_PWD_CB		77
+
+#define SSL_CTRL_SET_SRP_ARG		78
+#define SSL_CTRL_SET_TLS_EXT_SRP_USERNAME		79
+#define SSL_CTRL_SET_TLS_EXT_SRP_STRENGTH		80
+#define SSL_CTRL_SET_TLS_EXT_SRP_PASSWORD		81
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_HEARTBEATS
+#define SSL_CTRL_TLS_EXT_SEND_HEARTBEAT				85
+#define SSL_CTRL_GET_TLS_EXT_HEARTBEAT_PENDING		86
+#define SSL_CTRL_SET_TLS_EXT_HEARTBEAT_NO_REQUESTS	87
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#define DTLS_CTRL_GET_TIMEOUT		73
+#define DTLS_CTRL_HANDLE_TIMEOUT	74
+#define DTLS_CTRL_LISTEN			75
+
+#define SSL_CTRL_GET_RI_SUPPORT			76
+#define SSL_CTRL_CLEAR_OPTIONS			77
+#define SSL_CTRL_CLEAR_MODE			78
+
+#define SSL_CTRL_GET_EXTRA_CHAIN_CERTS		82
+#define SSL_CTRL_CLEAR_EXTRA_CHAIN_CERTS	83
+
+#define DTLSv1_get_timeout(ssl, arg) \
+	SSL_ctrl(ssl,DTLS_CTRL_GET_TIMEOUT,0, (void *)arg)
+#define DTLSv1_handle_timeout(ssl) \
+	SSL_ctrl(ssl,DTLS_CTRL_HANDLE_TIMEOUT,0, NULL)
+#define DTLSv1_listen(ssl, peer) \
+	SSL_ctrl(ssl,DTLS_CTRL_LISTEN,0, (void *)peer)
+
+#define SSL_session_reused(ssl) \
+	SSL_ctrl((ssl),SSL_CTRL_GET_SESSION_REUSED,0,NULL)
+#define SSL_num_renegotiations(ssl) \
+	SSL_ctrl((ssl),SSL_CTRL_GET_NUM_RENEGOTIATIONS,0,NULL)
+#define SSL_clear_num_renegotiations(ssl) \
+	SSL_ctrl((ssl),SSL_CTRL_CLEAR_NUM_RENEGOTIATIONS,0,NULL)
+#define SSL_total_renegotiations(ssl) \
+	SSL_ctrl((ssl),SSL_CTRL_GET_TOTAL_RENEGOTIATIONS,0,NULL)
+
+#define SSL_CTX_need_tmp_RSA(ctx) \
+	SSL_CTX_ctrl(ctx,SSL_CTRL_NEED_TMP_RSA,0,NULL)
+#define SSL_CTX_set_tmp_rsa(ctx,rsa) \
+	SSL_CTX_ctrl(ctx,SSL_CTRL_SET_TMP_RSA,0,(char *)rsa)
+#define SSL_CTX_set_tmp_dh(ctx,dh) \
+	SSL_CTX_ctrl(ctx,SSL_CTRL_SET_TMP_DH,0,(char *)dh)
+#define SSL_CTX_set_tmp_ecdh(ctx,ecdh) \
+	SSL_CTX_ctrl(ctx,SSL_CTRL_SET_TMP_ECDH,0,(char *)ecdh)
+
+#define SSL_need_tmp_RSA(ssl) \
+	SSL_ctrl(ssl,SSL_CTRL_NEED_TMP_RSA,0,NULL)
+#define SSL_set_tmp_rsa(ssl,rsa) \
+	SSL_ctrl(ssl,SSL_CTRL_SET_TMP_RSA,0,(char *)rsa)
+#define SSL_set_tmp_dh(ssl,dh) \
+	SSL_ctrl(ssl,SSL_CTRL_SET_TMP_DH,0,(char *)dh)
+#define SSL_set_tmp_ecdh(ssl,ecdh) \
+	SSL_ctrl(ssl,SSL_CTRL_SET_TMP_ECDH,0,(char *)ecdh)
+
+#define SSL_CTX_add_extra_chain_cert(ctx,x509) \
+	SSL_CTX_ctrl(ctx,SSL_CTRL_EXTRA_CHAIN_CERT,0,(char *)x509)
+#define SSL_CTX_get_extra_chain_certs(ctx,px509) \
+	SSL_CTX_ctrl(ctx,SSL_CTRL_GET_EXTRA_CHAIN_CERTS,0,px509)
+#define SSL_CTX_clear_extra_chain_certs(ctx) \
+	SSL_CTX_ctrl(ctx,SSL_CTRL_CLEAR_EXTRA_CHAIN_CERTS,0,NULL)
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_BIO
+BIO_METHOD *BIO_f_ssl(void);
+BIO *BIO_new_ssl(SSL_CTX *ctx,int client);
+BIO *BIO_new_ssl_connect(SSL_CTX *ctx);
+BIO *BIO_new_buffer_ssl_connect(SSL_CTX *ctx);
+int BIO_ssl_copy_session_id(BIO *to,BIO *from);
+void BIO_ssl_shutdown(BIO *ssl_bio);
+
+#endif
+
+int	SSL_CTX_set_cipher_list(SSL_CTX *,const char *str);
+SSL_CTX *SSL_CTX_new(const SSL_METHOD *meth);
+void	SSL_CTX_free(SSL_CTX *);
+long SSL_CTX_set_timeout(SSL_CTX *ctx,long t);
+long SSL_CTX_get_timeout(const SSL_CTX *ctx);
+X509_STORE *SSL_CTX_get_cert_store(const SSL_CTX *);
+void SSL_CTX_set_cert_store(SSL_CTX *,X509_STORE *);
+int SSL_want(const SSL *s);
+int	SSL_clear(SSL *s);
+
+void	SSL_CTX_flush_sessions(SSL_CTX *ctx,long tm);
+
+const SSL_CIPHER *SSL_get_current_cipher(const SSL *s);
+int	SSL_CIPHER_get_bits(const SSL_CIPHER *c,int *alg_bits);
+char *	SSL_CIPHER_get_version(const SSL_CIPHER *c);
+const char *	SSL_CIPHER_get_name(const SSL_CIPHER *c);
+unsigned long 	SSL_CIPHER_get_id(const SSL_CIPHER *c);
+
+int	SSL_get_fd(const SSL *s);
+int	SSL_get_rfd(const SSL *s);
+int	SSL_get_wfd(const SSL *s);
+const char  * SSL_get_cipher_list(const SSL *s,int n);
+char *	SSL_get_shared_ciphers(const SSL *s, char *buf, int len);
+int	SSL_get_read_ahead(const SSL * s);
+int	SSL_pending(const SSL *s);
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_SOCK
+int	SSL_set_fd(SSL *s, int fd);
+int	SSL_set_rfd(SSL *s, int fd);
+int	SSL_set_wfd(SSL *s, int fd);
+#endif
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_BIO
+void	SSL_set_bio(SSL *s, BIO *rbio,BIO *wbio);
+BIO *	SSL_get_rbio(const SSL *s);
+BIO *	SSL_get_wbio(const SSL *s);
+#endif
+int	SSL_set_cipher_list(SSL *s, const char *str);
+void	SSL_set_read_ahead(SSL *s, int yes);
+int	SSL_get_verify_mode(const SSL *s);
+int	SSL_get_verify_depth(const SSL *s);
+int	(*SSL_get_verify_callback(const SSL *s))(int,X509_STORE_CTX *);
+void	SSL_set_verify(SSL *s, int mode,
+		       int (*callback)(int ok,X509_STORE_CTX *ctx));
+void	SSL_set_verify_depth(SSL *s, int depth);
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_RSA
+int	SSL_use_RSAPrivateKey(SSL *ssl, RSA *rsa);
+#endif
+int	SSL_use_RSAPrivateKey_ASN1(SSL *ssl, unsigned char *d, long len);
+int	SSL_use_PrivateKey(SSL *ssl, EVP_PKEY *pkey);
+int	SSL_use_PrivateKey_ASN1(int pk,SSL *ssl, const unsigned char *d, long len);
+int	SSL_use_certificate(SSL *ssl, X509 *x);
+int	SSL_use_certificate_ASN1(SSL *ssl, const unsigned char *d, int len);
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_STDIO
+int	SSL_use_RSAPrivateKey_file(SSL *ssl, const char *file, int type);
+int	SSL_use_PrivateKey_file(SSL *ssl, const char *file, int type);
+int	SSL_use_certificate_file(SSL *ssl, const char *file, int type);
+int	SSL_CTX_use_RSAPrivateKey_file(SSL_CTX *ctx, const char *file, int type);
+int	SSL_CTX_use_PrivateKey_file(SSL_CTX *ctx, const char *file, int type);
+int	SSL_CTX_use_certificate_file(SSL_CTX *ctx, const char *file, int type);
+int	SSL_CTX_use_certificate_chain_file(SSL_CTX *ctx, const char *file); /* PEM type */
+STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *SSL_load_client_CA_file(const char *file);
+int	SSL_add_file_cert_subjects_to_stack(STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *stackCAs,
+					    const char *file);
+#ifndef OPENSSL_SYS_VMS
+#ifndef OPENSSL_SYS_MACINTOSH_CLASSIC /* XXXXX: Better scheme needed! [was: #ifndef MAC_OS_pre_X] */
+int	SSL_add_dir_cert_subjects_to_stack(STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *stackCAs,
+					   const char *dir);
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+void	SSL_load_error_strings(void );
+const char *SSL_state_string(const SSL *s);
+const char *SSL_rstate_string(const SSL *s);
+const char *SSL_state_string_long(const SSL *s);
+const char *SSL_rstate_string_long(const SSL *s);
+long	SSL_SESSION_get_time(const SSL_SESSION *s);
+long	SSL_SESSION_set_time(SSL_SESSION *s, long t);
+long	SSL_SESSION_get_timeout(const SSL_SESSION *s);
+long	SSL_SESSION_set_timeout(SSL_SESSION *s, long t);
+void	SSL_copy_session_id(SSL *to,const SSL *from);
+X509 *SSL_SESSION_get0_peer(SSL_SESSION *s);
+int SSL_SESSION_set1_id_context(SSL_SESSION *s,const unsigned char *sid_ctx,
+			       unsigned int sid_ctx_len);
+
+SSL_SESSION *SSL_SESSION_new(void);
+const unsigned char *SSL_SESSION_get_id(const SSL_SESSION *s,
+					unsigned int *len);
+unsigned int SSL_SESSION_get_compress_id(const SSL_SESSION *s);
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_FP_API
+int	SSL_SESSION_print_fp(FILE *fp,const SSL_SESSION *ses);
+#endif
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_BIO
+int	SSL_SESSION_print(BIO *fp,const SSL_SESSION *ses);
+#endif
+void	SSL_SESSION_free(SSL_SESSION *ses);
+int	i2d_SSL_SESSION(SSL_SESSION *in,unsigned char **pp);
+int	SSL_set_session(SSL *to, SSL_SESSION *session);
+int	SSL_CTX_add_session(SSL_CTX *s, SSL_SESSION *c);
+int	SSL_CTX_remove_session(SSL_CTX *,SSL_SESSION *c);
+int	SSL_CTX_set_generate_session_id(SSL_CTX *, GEN_SESSION_CB);
+int	SSL_set_generate_session_id(SSL *, GEN_SESSION_CB);
+int	SSL_has_matching_session_id(const SSL *ssl, const unsigned char *id,
+					unsigned int id_len);
+SSL_SESSION *d2i_SSL_SESSION(SSL_SESSION **a,const unsigned char **pp,
+			     long length);
+
+#ifdef HEADER_X509_H
+X509 *	SSL_get_peer_certificate(const SSL *s);
+#endif
+
+STACK_OF(X509) *SSL_get_peer_cert_chain(const SSL *s);
+
+int SSL_CTX_get_verify_mode(const SSL_CTX *ctx);
+int SSL_CTX_get_verify_depth(const SSL_CTX *ctx);
+int (*SSL_CTX_get_verify_callback(const SSL_CTX *ctx))(int,X509_STORE_CTX *);
+void SSL_CTX_set_verify(SSL_CTX *ctx,int mode,
+			int (*callback)(int, X509_STORE_CTX *));
+void SSL_CTX_set_verify_depth(SSL_CTX *ctx,int depth);
+void SSL_CTX_set_cert_verify_callback(SSL_CTX *ctx, int (*cb)(X509_STORE_CTX *,void *), void *arg);
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_RSA
+int SSL_CTX_use_RSAPrivateKey(SSL_CTX *ctx, RSA *rsa);
+#endif
+int SSL_CTX_use_RSAPrivateKey_ASN1(SSL_CTX *ctx, const unsigned char *d, long len);
+int SSL_CTX_use_PrivateKey(SSL_CTX *ctx, EVP_PKEY *pkey);
+int SSL_CTX_use_PrivateKey_ASN1(int pk,SSL_CTX *ctx,
+	const unsigned char *d, long len);
+int SSL_CTX_use_certificate(SSL_CTX *ctx, X509 *x);
+int SSL_CTX_use_certificate_ASN1(SSL_CTX *ctx, int len, const unsigned char *d);
+
+void SSL_CTX_set_default_passwd_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx, pem_password_cb *cb);
+void SSL_CTX_set_default_passwd_cb_userdata(SSL_CTX *ctx, void *u);
+
+int SSL_CTX_check_private_key(const SSL_CTX *ctx);
+int SSL_check_private_key(const SSL *ctx);
+
+int	SSL_CTX_set_session_id_context(SSL_CTX *ctx,const unsigned char *sid_ctx,
+				       unsigned int sid_ctx_len);
+
+SSL *	SSL_new(SSL_CTX *ctx);
+int	SSL_set_session_id_context(SSL *ssl,const unsigned char *sid_ctx,
+				   unsigned int sid_ctx_len);
+
+int SSL_CTX_set_purpose(SSL_CTX *s, int purpose);
+int SSL_set_purpose(SSL *s, int purpose);
+int SSL_CTX_set_trust(SSL_CTX *s, int trust);
+int SSL_set_trust(SSL *s, int trust);
+
+int SSL_CTX_set1_param(SSL_CTX *ctx, X509_VERIFY_PARAM *vpm);
+int SSL_set1_param(SSL *ssl, X509_VERIFY_PARAM *vpm);
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_SRP
+int SSL_CTX_set_srp_username(SSL_CTX *ctx,char *name);
+int SSL_CTX_set_srp_password(SSL_CTX *ctx,char *password);
+int SSL_CTX_set_srp_strength(SSL_CTX *ctx, int strength);
+int SSL_CTX_set_srp_client_pwd_callback(SSL_CTX *ctx,
+					char *(*cb)(SSL *,void *));
+int SSL_CTX_set_srp_verify_param_callback(SSL_CTX *ctx,
+					  int (*cb)(SSL *,void *));
+int SSL_CTX_set_srp_username_callback(SSL_CTX *ctx,
+				      int (*cb)(SSL *,int *,void *));
+int SSL_CTX_set_srp_cb_arg(SSL_CTX *ctx, void *arg);
+
+int SSL_set_srp_server_param(SSL *s, const BIGNUM *N, const BIGNUM *g,
+			     BIGNUM *sa, BIGNUM *v, char *info);
+int SSL_set_srp_server_param_pw(SSL *s, const char *user, const char *pass,
+				const char *grp);
+
+BIGNUM *SSL_get_srp_g(SSL *s);
+BIGNUM *SSL_get_srp_N(SSL *s);
+
+char *SSL_get_srp_username(SSL *s);
+char *SSL_get_srp_userinfo(SSL *s);
+#endif
+
+void	SSL_free(SSL *ssl);
+int 	SSL_accept(SSL *ssl);
+int 	SSL_connect(SSL *ssl);
+int 	SSL_read(SSL *ssl,void *buf,int num);
+int 	SSL_peek(SSL *ssl,void *buf,int num);
+int 	SSL_write(SSL *ssl,const void *buf,int num);
+long	SSL_ctrl(SSL *ssl,int cmd, long larg, void *parg);
+long	SSL_callback_ctrl(SSL *, int, void (*)(void));
+long	SSL_CTX_ctrl(SSL_CTX *ctx,int cmd, long larg, void *parg);
+long	SSL_CTX_callback_ctrl(SSL_CTX *, int, void (*)(void));
+
+int	SSL_get_error(const SSL *s,int ret_code);
+const char *SSL_get_version(const SSL *s);
+
+/* This sets the 'default' SSL version that SSL_new() will create */
+int SSL_CTX_set_ssl_version(SSL_CTX *ctx, const SSL_METHOD *meth);
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_SSL2
+const SSL_METHOD *SSLv2_method(void);		/* SSLv2 */
+const SSL_METHOD *SSLv2_server_method(void);	/* SSLv2 */
+const SSL_METHOD *SSLv2_client_method(void);	/* SSLv2 */
+#endif
+
+const SSL_METHOD *SSLv3_method(void);		/* SSLv3 */
+const SSL_METHOD *SSLv3_server_method(void);	/* SSLv3 */
+const SSL_METHOD *SSLv3_client_method(void);	/* SSLv3 */
+
+const SSL_METHOD *SSLv23_method(void);	/* SSLv3 but can rollback to v2 */
+const SSL_METHOD *SSLv23_server_method(void);	/* SSLv3 but can rollback to v2 */
+const SSL_METHOD *SSLv23_client_method(void);	/* SSLv3 but can rollback to v2 */
+
+const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_method(void);		/* TLSv1.0 */
+const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_server_method(void);	/* TLSv1.0 */
+const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_client_method(void);	/* TLSv1.0 */
+
+const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_1_method(void);		/* TLSv1.1 */
+const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_1_server_method(void);	/* TLSv1.1 */
+const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_1_client_method(void);	/* TLSv1.1 */
+
+const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_2_method(void);		/* TLSv1.2 */
+const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_2_server_method(void);	/* TLSv1.2 */
+const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_2_client_method(void);	/* TLSv1.2 */
+
+
+const SSL_METHOD *DTLSv1_method(void);		/* DTLSv1.0 */
+const SSL_METHOD *DTLSv1_server_method(void);	/* DTLSv1.0 */
+const SSL_METHOD *DTLSv1_client_method(void);	/* DTLSv1.0 */
+
+STACK_OF(SSL_CIPHER) *SSL_get_ciphers(const SSL *s);
+
+int SSL_do_handshake(SSL *s);
+int SSL_renegotiate(SSL *s);
+int SSL_renegotiate_abbreviated(SSL *s);
+int SSL_renegotiate_pending(SSL *s);
+int SSL_shutdown(SSL *s);
+
+const SSL_METHOD *SSL_get_ssl_method(SSL *s);
+int SSL_set_ssl_method(SSL *s, const SSL_METHOD *method);
+const char *SSL_alert_type_string_long(int value);
+const char *SSL_alert_type_string(int value);
+const char *SSL_alert_desc_string_long(int value);
+const char *SSL_alert_desc_string(int value);
+
+void SSL_set_client_CA_list(SSL *s, STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *name_list);
+void SSL_CTX_set_client_CA_list(SSL_CTX *ctx, STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *name_list);
+STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *SSL_get_client_CA_list(const SSL *s);
+STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *SSL_CTX_get_client_CA_list(const SSL_CTX *s);
+int SSL_add_client_CA(SSL *ssl,X509 *x);
+int SSL_CTX_add_client_CA(SSL_CTX *ctx,X509 *x);
+
+void SSL_set_connect_state(SSL *s);
+void SSL_set_accept_state(SSL *s);
+
+long SSL_get_default_timeout(const SSL *s);
+
+int SSL_library_init(void );
+
+char *SSL_CIPHER_description(const SSL_CIPHER *,char *buf,int size);
+STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *SSL_dup_CA_list(STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *sk);
+
+SSL *SSL_dup(SSL *ssl);
+
+X509 *SSL_get_certificate(const SSL *ssl);
+/* EVP_PKEY */ struct evp_pkey_st *SSL_get_privatekey(SSL *ssl);
+
+void SSL_CTX_set_quiet_shutdown(SSL_CTX *ctx,int mode);
+int SSL_CTX_get_quiet_shutdown(const SSL_CTX *ctx);
+void SSL_set_quiet_shutdown(SSL *ssl,int mode);
+int SSL_get_quiet_shutdown(const SSL *ssl);
+void SSL_set_shutdown(SSL *ssl,int mode);
+int SSL_get_shutdown(const SSL *ssl);
+int SSL_version(const SSL *ssl);
+int SSL_CTX_set_default_verify_paths(SSL_CTX *ctx);
+int SSL_CTX_load_verify_locations(SSL_CTX *ctx, const char *CAfile,
+	const char *CApath);
+#define SSL_get0_session SSL_get_session /* just peek at pointer */
+SSL_SESSION *SSL_get_session(const SSL *ssl);
+SSL_SESSION *SSL_get1_session(SSL *ssl); /* obtain a reference count */
+SSL_CTX *SSL_get_SSL_CTX(const SSL *ssl);
+SSL_CTX *SSL_set_SSL_CTX(SSL *ssl, SSL_CTX* ctx);
+void SSL_set_info_callback(SSL *ssl,
+			   void (*cb)(const SSL *ssl,int type,int val));
+void (*SSL_get_info_callback(const SSL *ssl))(const SSL *ssl,int type,int val);
+int SSL_state(const SSL *ssl);
+void SSL_set_state(SSL *ssl, int state);
+
+void SSL_set_verify_result(SSL *ssl,long v);
+long SSL_get_verify_result(const SSL *ssl);
+
+int SSL_set_ex_data(SSL *ssl,int idx,void *data);
+void *SSL_get_ex_data(const SSL *ssl,int idx);
+int SSL_get_ex_new_index(long argl, void *argp, CRYPTO_EX_new *new_func,
+	CRYPTO_EX_dup *dup_func, CRYPTO_EX_free *free_func);
+
+int SSL_SESSION_set_ex_data(SSL_SESSION *ss,int idx,void *data);
+void *SSL_SESSION_get_ex_data(const SSL_SESSION *ss,int idx);
+int SSL_SESSION_get_ex_new_index(long argl, void *argp, CRYPTO_EX_new *new_func,
+	CRYPTO_EX_dup *dup_func, CRYPTO_EX_free *free_func);
+
+int SSL_CTX_set_ex_data(SSL_CTX *ssl,int idx,void *data);
+void *SSL_CTX_get_ex_data(const SSL_CTX *ssl,int idx);
+int SSL_CTX_get_ex_new_index(long argl, void *argp, CRYPTO_EX_new *new_func,
+	CRYPTO_EX_dup *dup_func, CRYPTO_EX_free *free_func);
+
+int SSL_get_ex_data_X509_STORE_CTX_idx(void );
+
+#define SSL_CTX_sess_set_cache_size(ctx,t) \
+	SSL_CTX_ctrl(ctx,SSL_CTRL_SET_SESS_CACHE_SIZE,t,NULL)
+#define SSL_CTX_sess_get_cache_size(ctx) \
+	SSL_CTX_ctrl(ctx,SSL_CTRL_GET_SESS_CACHE_SIZE,0,NULL)
+#define SSL_CTX_set_session_cache_mode(ctx,m) \
+	SSL_CTX_ctrl(ctx,SSL_CTRL_SET_SESS_CACHE_MODE,m,NULL)
+#define SSL_CTX_get_session_cache_mode(ctx) \
+	SSL_CTX_ctrl(ctx,SSL_CTRL_GET_SESS_CACHE_MODE,0,NULL)
+
+#define SSL_CTX_get_default_read_ahead(ctx) SSL_CTX_get_read_ahead(ctx)
+#define SSL_CTX_set_default_read_ahead(ctx,m) SSL_CTX_set_read_ahead(ctx,m)
+#define SSL_CTX_get_read_ahead(ctx) \
+	SSL_CTX_ctrl(ctx,SSL_CTRL_GET_READ_AHEAD,0,NULL)
+#define SSL_CTX_set_read_ahead(ctx,m) \
+	SSL_CTX_ctrl(ctx,SSL_CTRL_SET_READ_AHEAD,m,NULL)
+#define SSL_CTX_get_max_cert_list(ctx) \
+	SSL_CTX_ctrl(ctx,SSL_CTRL_GET_MAX_CERT_LIST,0,NULL)
+#define SSL_CTX_set_max_cert_list(ctx,m) \
+	SSL_CTX_ctrl(ctx,SSL_CTRL_SET_MAX_CERT_LIST,m,NULL)
+#define SSL_get_max_cert_list(ssl) \
+	SSL_ctrl(ssl,SSL_CTRL_GET_MAX_CERT_LIST,0,NULL)
+#define SSL_set_max_cert_list(ssl,m) \
+	SSL_ctrl(ssl,SSL_CTRL_SET_MAX_CERT_LIST,m,NULL)
+
+#define SSL_CTX_set_max_send_fragment(ctx,m) \
+	SSL_CTX_ctrl(ctx,SSL_CTRL_SET_MAX_SEND_FRAGMENT,m,NULL)
+#define SSL_set_max_send_fragment(ssl,m) \
+	SSL_ctrl(ssl,SSL_CTRL_SET_MAX_SEND_FRAGMENT,m,NULL)
+
+     /* NB: the keylength is only applicable when is_export is true */
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_RSA
+void SSL_CTX_set_tmp_rsa_callback(SSL_CTX *ctx,
+				  RSA *(*cb)(SSL *ssl,int is_export,
+					     int keylength));
+
+void SSL_set_tmp_rsa_callback(SSL *ssl,
+				  RSA *(*cb)(SSL *ssl,int is_export,
+					     int keylength));
+#endif
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_DH
+void SSL_CTX_set_tmp_dh_callback(SSL_CTX *ctx,
+				 DH *(*dh)(SSL *ssl,int is_export,
+					   int keylength));
+void SSL_set_tmp_dh_callback(SSL *ssl,
+				 DH *(*dh)(SSL *ssl,int is_export,
+					   int keylength));
+#endif
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_ECDH
+void SSL_CTX_set_tmp_ecdh_callback(SSL_CTX *ctx,
+				 EC_KEY *(*ecdh)(SSL *ssl,int is_export,
+					   int keylength));
+void SSL_set_tmp_ecdh_callback(SSL *ssl,
+				 EC_KEY *(*ecdh)(SSL *ssl,int is_export,
+					   int keylength));
+#endif
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_COMP
+const COMP_METHOD *SSL_get_current_compression(SSL *s);
+const COMP_METHOD *SSL_get_current_expansion(SSL *s);
+const char *SSL_COMP_get_name(const COMP_METHOD *comp);
+STACK_OF(SSL_COMP) *SSL_COMP_get_compression_methods(void);
+int SSL_COMP_add_compression_method(int id,COMP_METHOD *cm);
+#else
+const void *SSL_get_current_compression(SSL *s);
+const void *SSL_get_current_expansion(SSL *s);
+const char *SSL_COMP_get_name(const void *comp);
+void *SSL_COMP_get_compression_methods(void);
+int SSL_COMP_add_compression_method(int id,void *cm);
+#endif
+
+/* TLS extensions functions */
+int SSL_set_session_ticket_ext(SSL *s, void *ext_data, int ext_len);
+
+int SSL_set_session_ticket_ext_cb(SSL *s, tls_session_ticket_ext_cb_fn cb,
+				  void *arg);
+
+/* Pre-shared secret session resumption functions */
+int SSL_set_session_secret_cb(SSL *s, tls_session_secret_cb_fn tls_session_secret_cb, void *arg);
+
+void SSL_set_debug(SSL *s, int debug);
+int SSL_cache_hit(SSL *s);
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_UNIT_TEST
+const struct openssl_ssl_test_functions *SSL_test_functions(void);
+#endif
+
+/* BEGIN ERROR CODES */
+/* The following lines are auto generated by the script mkerr.pl. Any changes
+ * made after this point may be overwritten when the script is next run.
+ */
+void ERR_load_SSL_strings(void);
+
+/* Error codes for the SSL functions. */
+
+/* Function codes. */
+#define SSL_F_CLIENT_CERTIFICATE			 100
+#define SSL_F_CLIENT_FINISHED				 167
+#define SSL_F_CLIENT_HELLO				 101
+#define SSL_F_CLIENT_MASTER_KEY				 102
+#define SSL_F_D2I_SSL_SESSION				 103
+#define SSL_F_DO_DTLS1_WRITE				 245
+#define SSL_F_DO_SSL3_WRITE				 104
+#define SSL_F_DTLS1_ACCEPT				 246
+#define SSL_F_DTLS1_ADD_CERT_TO_BUF			 295
+#define SSL_F_DTLS1_BUFFER_RECORD			 247
+#define SSL_F_DTLS1_CHECK_TIMEOUT_NUM			 316
+#define SSL_F_DTLS1_CLIENT_HELLO			 248
+#define SSL_F_DTLS1_CONNECT				 249
+#define SSL_F_DTLS1_ENC					 250
+#define SSL_F_DTLS1_GET_HELLO_VERIFY			 251
+#define SSL_F_DTLS1_GET_MESSAGE				 252
+#define SSL_F_DTLS1_GET_MESSAGE_FRAGMENT		 253
+#define SSL_F_DTLS1_GET_RECORD				 254
+#define SSL_F_DTLS1_HANDLE_TIMEOUT			 297
+#define SSL_F_DTLS1_HEARTBEAT				 305
+#define SSL_F_DTLS1_OUTPUT_CERT_CHAIN			 255
+#define SSL_F_DTLS1_PREPROCESS_FRAGMENT			 288
+#define SSL_F_DTLS1_PROCESS_OUT_OF_SEQ_MESSAGE		 256
+#define SSL_F_DTLS1_PROCESS_RECORD			 257
+#define SSL_F_DTLS1_READ_BYTES				 258
+#define SSL_F_DTLS1_READ_FAILED				 259
+#define SSL_F_DTLS1_SEND_CERTIFICATE_REQUEST		 260
+#define SSL_F_DTLS1_SEND_CLIENT_CERTIFICATE		 261
+#define SSL_F_DTLS1_SEND_CLIENT_KEY_EXCHANGE		 262
+#define SSL_F_DTLS1_SEND_CLIENT_VERIFY			 263
+#define SSL_F_DTLS1_SEND_HELLO_VERIFY_REQUEST		 264
+#define SSL_F_DTLS1_SEND_SERVER_CERTIFICATE		 265
+#define SSL_F_DTLS1_SEND_SERVER_HELLO			 266
+#define SSL_F_DTLS1_SEND_SERVER_KEY_EXCHANGE		 267
+#define SSL_F_DTLS1_WRITE_APP_DATA_BYTES		 268
+#define SSL_F_GET_CLIENT_FINISHED			 105
+#define SSL_F_GET_CLIENT_HELLO				 106
+#define SSL_F_GET_CLIENT_MASTER_KEY			 107
+#define SSL_F_GET_SERVER_FINISHED			 108
+#define SSL_F_GET_SERVER_HELLO				 109
+#define SSL_F_GET_SERVER_VERIFY				 110
+#define SSL_F_I2D_SSL_SESSION				 111
+#define SSL_F_READ_N					 112
+#define SSL_F_REQUEST_CERTIFICATE			 113
+#define SSL_F_SERVER_FINISH				 239
+#define SSL_F_SERVER_HELLO				 114
+#define SSL_F_SERVER_VERIFY				 240
+#define SSL_F_SSL23_ACCEPT				 115
+#define SSL_F_SSL23_CLIENT_HELLO			 116
+#define SSL_F_SSL23_CONNECT				 117
+#define SSL_F_SSL23_GET_CLIENT_HELLO			 118
+#define SSL_F_SSL23_GET_SERVER_HELLO			 119
+#define SSL_F_SSL23_PEEK				 237
+#define SSL_F_SSL23_READ				 120
+#define SSL_F_SSL23_WRITE				 121
+#define SSL_F_SSL2_ACCEPT				 122
+#define SSL_F_SSL2_CONNECT				 123
+#define SSL_F_SSL2_ENC_INIT				 124
+#define SSL_F_SSL2_GENERATE_KEY_MATERIAL		 241
+#define SSL_F_SSL2_PEEK					 234
+#define SSL_F_SSL2_READ					 125
+#define SSL_F_SSL2_READ_INTERNAL			 236
+#define SSL_F_SSL2_SET_CERTIFICATE			 126
+#define SSL_F_SSL2_WRITE				 127
+#define SSL_F_SSL3_ACCEPT				 128
+#define SSL_F_SSL3_ADD_CERT_TO_BUF			 296
+#define SSL_F_SSL3_CALLBACK_CTRL			 233
+#define SSL_F_SSL3_CHANGE_CIPHER_STATE			 129
+#define SSL_F_SSL3_CHECK_CERT_AND_ALGORITHM		 130
+#define SSL_F_SSL3_CHECK_CLIENT_HELLO			 304
+#define SSL_F_SSL3_CLIENT_HELLO				 131
+#define SSL_F_SSL3_CONNECT				 132
+#define SSL_F_SSL3_CTRL					 213
+#define SSL_F_SSL3_CTX_CTRL				 133
+#define SSL_F_SSL3_DIGEST_CACHED_RECORDS		 293
+#define SSL_F_SSL3_DO_CHANGE_CIPHER_SPEC		 292
+#define SSL_F_SSL3_ENC					 134
+#define SSL_F_SSL3_GENERATE_KEY_BLOCK			 238
+#define SSL_F_SSL3_GET_CERTIFICATE_REQUEST		 135
+#define SSL_F_SSL3_GET_CERT_STATUS			 289
+#define SSL_F_SSL3_GET_CERT_VERIFY			 136
+#define SSL_F_SSL3_GET_CLIENT_CERTIFICATE		 137
+#define SSL_F_SSL3_GET_CLIENT_HELLO			 138
+#define SSL_F_SSL3_GET_CLIENT_KEY_EXCHANGE		 139
+#define SSL_F_SSL3_GET_FINISHED				 140
+#define SSL_F_SSL3_GET_KEY_EXCHANGE			 141
+#define SSL_F_SSL3_GET_MESSAGE				 142
+#define SSL_F_SSL3_GET_NEW_SESSION_TICKET		 283
+#define SSL_F_SSL3_GET_NEXT_PROTO			 306
+#define SSL_F_SSL3_GET_RECORD				 143
+#define SSL_F_SSL3_GET_SERVER_CERTIFICATE		 144
+#define SSL_F_SSL3_GET_SERVER_DONE			 145
+#define SSL_F_SSL3_GET_SERVER_HELLO			 146
+#define SSL_F_SSL3_HANDSHAKE_MAC			 285
+#define SSL_F_SSL3_NEW_SESSION_TICKET			 287
+#define SSL_F_SSL3_OUTPUT_CERT_CHAIN			 147
+#define SSL_F_SSL3_PEEK					 235
+#define SSL_F_SSL3_READ_BYTES				 148
+#define SSL_F_SSL3_READ_N				 149
+#define SSL_F_SSL3_SEND_CERTIFICATE_REQUEST		 150
+#define SSL_F_SSL3_SEND_CLIENT_CERTIFICATE		 151
+#define SSL_F_SSL3_SEND_CLIENT_KEY_EXCHANGE		 152
+#define SSL_F_SSL3_SEND_CLIENT_VERIFY			 153
+#define SSL_F_SSL3_SEND_SERVER_CERTIFICATE		 154
+#define SSL_F_SSL3_SEND_SERVER_HELLO			 242
+#define SSL_F_SSL3_SEND_SERVER_KEY_EXCHANGE		 155
+#define SSL_F_SSL3_SETUP_KEY_BLOCK			 157
+#define SSL_F_SSL3_SETUP_READ_BUFFER			 156
+#define SSL_F_SSL3_SETUP_WRITE_BUFFER			 291
+#define SSL_F_SSL3_WRITE_BYTES				 158
+#define SSL_F_SSL3_WRITE_PENDING			 159
+#define SSL_F_SSL_ADD_CLIENTHELLO_RENEGOTIATE_EXT	 298
+#define SSL_F_SSL_ADD_CLIENTHELLO_TLSEXT		 277
+#define SSL_F_SSL_ADD_CLIENTHELLO_USE_SRTP_EXT		 307
+#define SSL_F_SSL_ADD_DIR_CERT_SUBJECTS_TO_STACK	 215
+#define SSL_F_SSL_ADD_FILE_CERT_SUBJECTS_TO_STACK	 216
+#define SSL_F_SSL_ADD_SERVERHELLO_RENEGOTIATE_EXT	 299
+#define SSL_F_SSL_ADD_SERVERHELLO_TLSEXT		 278
+#define SSL_F_SSL_ADD_SERVERHELLO_USE_SRTP_EXT		 308
+#define SSL_F_SSL_BAD_METHOD				 160
+#define SSL_F_SSL_BYTES_TO_CIPHER_LIST			 161
+#define SSL_F_SSL_CERT_DUP				 221
+#define SSL_F_SSL_CERT_INST				 222
+#define SSL_F_SSL_CERT_INSTANTIATE			 214
+#define SSL_F_SSL_CERT_NEW				 162
+#define SSL_F_SSL_CHECK_PRIVATE_KEY			 163
+#define SSL_F_SSL_CHECK_SERVERHELLO_TLSEXT		 280
+#define SSL_F_SSL_CHECK_SRVR_ECC_CERT_AND_ALG		 279
+#define SSL_F_SSL_CIPHER_PROCESS_RULESTR		 230
+#define SSL_F_SSL_CIPHER_STRENGTH_SORT			 231
+#define SSL_F_SSL_CLEAR					 164
+#define SSL_F_SSL_COMP_ADD_COMPRESSION_METHOD		 165
+#define SSL_F_SSL_CREATE_CIPHER_LIST			 166
+#define SSL_F_SSL_CTRL					 232
+#define SSL_F_SSL_CTX_CHECK_PRIVATE_KEY			 168
+#define SSL_F_SSL_CTX_MAKE_PROFILES			 309
+#define SSL_F_SSL_CTX_NEW				 169
+#define SSL_F_SSL_CTX_SET_CIPHER_LIST			 269
+#define SSL_F_SSL_CTX_SET_CLIENT_CERT_ENGINE		 290
+#define SSL_F_SSL_CTX_SET_PURPOSE			 226
+#define SSL_F_SSL_CTX_SET_SESSION_ID_CONTEXT		 219
+#define SSL_F_SSL_CTX_SET_SSL_VERSION			 170
+#define SSL_F_SSL_CTX_SET_TRUST				 229
+#define SSL_F_SSL_CTX_USE_CERTIFICATE			 171
+#define SSL_F_SSL_CTX_USE_CERTIFICATE_ASN1		 172
+#define SSL_F_SSL_CTX_USE_CERTIFICATE_CHAIN_FILE	 220
+#define SSL_F_SSL_CTX_USE_CERTIFICATE_FILE		 173
+#define SSL_F_SSL_CTX_USE_PRIVATEKEY			 174
+#define SSL_F_SSL_CTX_USE_PRIVATEKEY_ASN1		 175
+#define SSL_F_SSL_CTX_USE_PRIVATEKEY_FILE		 176
+#define SSL_F_SSL_CTX_USE_PSK_IDENTITY_HINT		 272
+#define SSL_F_SSL_CTX_USE_RSAPRIVATEKEY			 177
+#define SSL_F_SSL_CTX_USE_RSAPRIVATEKEY_ASN1		 178
+#define SSL_F_SSL_CTX_USE_RSAPRIVATEKEY_FILE		 179
+#define SSL_F_SSL_DO_HANDSHAKE				 180
+#define SSL_F_SSL_GET_NEW_SESSION			 181
+#define SSL_F_SSL_GET_PREV_SESSION			 217
+#define SSL_F_SSL_GET_SERVER_SEND_CERT			 182
+#define SSL_F_SSL_GET_SERVER_SEND_PKEY			 317
+#define SSL_F_SSL_GET_SIGN_PKEY				 183
+#define SSL_F_SSL_INIT_WBIO_BUFFER			 184
+#define SSL_F_SSL_LOAD_CLIENT_CA_FILE			 185
+#define SSL_F_SSL_NEW					 186
+#define SSL_F_SSL_PARSE_CLIENTHELLO_RENEGOTIATE_EXT	 300
+#define SSL_F_SSL_PARSE_CLIENTHELLO_TLSEXT		 302
+#define SSL_F_SSL_PARSE_CLIENTHELLO_USE_SRTP_EXT	 310
+#define SSL_F_SSL_PARSE_SERVERHELLO_RENEGOTIATE_EXT	 301
+#define SSL_F_SSL_PARSE_SERVERHELLO_TLSEXT		 303
+#define SSL_F_SSL_PARSE_SERVERHELLO_USE_SRTP_EXT	 311
+#define SSL_F_SSL_PEEK					 270
+#define SSL_F_SSL_PREPARE_CLIENTHELLO_TLSEXT		 281
+#define SSL_F_SSL_PREPARE_SERVERHELLO_TLSEXT		 282
+#define SSL_F_SSL_READ					 223
+#define SSL_F_SSL_RSA_PRIVATE_DECRYPT			 187
+#define SSL_F_SSL_RSA_PUBLIC_ENCRYPT			 188
+#define SSL_F_SSL_SESSION_NEW				 189
+#define SSL_F_SSL_SESSION_PRINT_FP			 190
+#define SSL_F_SSL_SESSION_SET1_ID_CONTEXT		 312
+#define SSL_F_SSL_SESS_CERT_NEW				 225
+#define SSL_F_SSL_SET_CERT				 191
+#define SSL_F_SSL_SET_CIPHER_LIST			 271
+#define SSL_F_SSL_SET_FD				 192
+#define SSL_F_SSL_SET_PKEY				 193
+#define SSL_F_SSL_SET_PURPOSE				 227
+#define SSL_F_SSL_SET_RFD				 194
+#define SSL_F_SSL_SET_SESSION				 195
+#define SSL_F_SSL_SET_SESSION_ID_CONTEXT		 218
+#define SSL_F_SSL_SET_SESSION_TICKET_EXT		 294
+#define SSL_F_SSL_SET_TRUST				 228
+#define SSL_F_SSL_SET_WFD				 196
+#define SSL_F_SSL_SHUTDOWN				 224
+#define SSL_F_SSL_SRP_CTX_INIT				 313
+#define SSL_F_SSL_UNDEFINED_CONST_FUNCTION		 243
+#define SSL_F_SSL_UNDEFINED_FUNCTION			 197
+#define SSL_F_SSL_UNDEFINED_VOID_FUNCTION		 244
+#define SSL_F_SSL_USE_CERTIFICATE			 198
+#define SSL_F_SSL_USE_CERTIFICATE_ASN1			 199
+#define SSL_F_SSL_USE_CERTIFICATE_FILE			 200
+#define SSL_F_SSL_USE_PRIVATEKEY			 201
+#define SSL_F_SSL_USE_PRIVATEKEY_ASN1			 202
+#define SSL_F_SSL_USE_PRIVATEKEY_FILE			 203
+#define SSL_F_SSL_USE_PSK_IDENTITY_HINT			 273
+#define SSL_F_SSL_USE_RSAPRIVATEKEY			 204
+#define SSL_F_SSL_USE_RSAPRIVATEKEY_ASN1		 205
+#define SSL_F_SSL_USE_RSAPRIVATEKEY_FILE		 206
+#define SSL_F_SSL_VERIFY_CERT_CHAIN			 207
+#define SSL_F_SSL_WRITE					 208
+#define SSL_F_TLS1_CERT_VERIFY_MAC			 286
+#define SSL_F_TLS1_CHANGE_CIPHER_STATE			 209
+#define SSL_F_TLS1_CHECK_SERVERHELLO_TLSEXT		 274
+#define SSL_F_TLS1_ENC					 210
+#define SSL_F_TLS1_EXPORT_KEYING_MATERIAL		 314
+#define SSL_F_TLS1_HEARTBEAT				 315
+#define SSL_F_TLS1_PREPARE_CLIENTHELLO_TLSEXT		 275
+#define SSL_F_TLS1_PREPARE_SERVERHELLO_TLSEXT		 276
+#define SSL_F_TLS1_PRF					 284
+#define SSL_F_TLS1_SETUP_KEY_BLOCK			 211
+#define SSL_F_WRITE_PENDING				 212
+
+/* Reason codes. */
+#define SSL_R_APP_DATA_IN_HANDSHAKE			 100
+#define SSL_R_ATTEMPT_TO_REUSE_SESSION_IN_DIFFERENT_CONTEXT 272
+#define SSL_R_BAD_ALERT_RECORD				 101
+#define SSL_R_BAD_AUTHENTICATION_TYPE			 102
+#define SSL_R_BAD_CHANGE_CIPHER_SPEC			 103
+#define SSL_R_BAD_CHECKSUM				 104
+#define SSL_R_BAD_DATA_RETURNED_BY_CALLBACK		 106
+#define SSL_R_BAD_DECOMPRESSION				 107
+#define SSL_R_BAD_DH_G_LENGTH				 108
+#define SSL_R_BAD_DH_PUB_KEY_LENGTH			 109
+#define SSL_R_BAD_DH_P_LENGTH				 110
+#define SSL_R_BAD_DIGEST_LENGTH				 111
+#define SSL_R_BAD_DSA_SIGNATURE				 112
+#define SSL_R_BAD_ECC_CERT				 304
+#define SSL_R_BAD_ECDSA_SIGNATURE			 305
+#define SSL_R_BAD_ECPOINT				 306
+#define SSL_R_BAD_HANDSHAKE_LENGTH			 332
+#define SSL_R_BAD_HELLO_REQUEST				 105
+#define SSL_R_BAD_LENGTH				 271
+#define SSL_R_BAD_MAC_DECODE				 113
+#define SSL_R_BAD_MAC_LENGTH				 333
+#define SSL_R_BAD_MESSAGE_TYPE				 114
+#define SSL_R_BAD_PACKET_LENGTH				 115
+#define SSL_R_BAD_PROTOCOL_VERSION_NUMBER		 116
+#define SSL_R_BAD_PSK_IDENTITY_HINT_LENGTH		 316
+#define SSL_R_BAD_RESPONSE_ARGUMENT			 117
+#define SSL_R_BAD_RSA_DECRYPT				 118
+#define SSL_R_BAD_RSA_ENCRYPT				 119
+#define SSL_R_BAD_RSA_E_LENGTH				 120
+#define SSL_R_BAD_RSA_MODULUS_LENGTH			 121
+#define SSL_R_BAD_RSA_SIGNATURE				 122
+#define SSL_R_BAD_SIGNATURE				 123
+#define SSL_R_BAD_SRP_A_LENGTH				 347
+#define SSL_R_BAD_SRP_B_LENGTH				 348
+#define SSL_R_BAD_SRP_G_LENGTH				 349
+#define SSL_R_BAD_SRP_N_LENGTH				 350
+#define SSL_R_BAD_SRP_PARAMETERS			 371
+#define SSL_R_BAD_SRP_S_LENGTH				 351
+#define SSL_R_BAD_SRTP_MKI_VALUE			 352
+#define SSL_R_BAD_SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE_LIST		 353
+#define SSL_R_BAD_SSL_FILETYPE				 124
+#define SSL_R_BAD_SSL_SESSION_ID_LENGTH			 125
+#define SSL_R_BAD_STATE					 126
+#define SSL_R_BAD_WRITE_RETRY				 127
+#define SSL_R_BIO_NOT_SET				 128
+#define SSL_R_BLOCK_CIPHER_PAD_IS_WRONG			 129
+#define SSL_R_BN_LIB					 130
+#define SSL_R_CA_DN_LENGTH_MISMATCH			 131
+#define SSL_R_CA_DN_TOO_LONG				 132
+#define SSL_R_CCS_RECEIVED_EARLY			 133
+#define SSL_R_CERTIFICATE_VERIFY_FAILED			 134
+#define SSL_R_CERT_LENGTH_MISMATCH			 135
+#define SSL_R_CHALLENGE_IS_DIFFERENT			 136
+#define SSL_R_CIPHER_CODE_WRONG_LENGTH			 137
+#define SSL_R_CIPHER_OR_HASH_UNAVAILABLE		 138
+#define SSL_R_CIPHER_TABLE_SRC_ERROR			 139
+#define SSL_R_CLIENTHELLO_TLSEXT			 226
+#define SSL_R_COMPRESSED_LENGTH_TOO_LONG		 140
+#define SSL_R_COMPRESSION_DISABLED			 343
+#define SSL_R_COMPRESSION_FAILURE			 141
+#define SSL_R_COMPRESSION_ID_NOT_WITHIN_PRIVATE_RANGE	 307
+#define SSL_R_COMPRESSION_LIBRARY_ERROR			 142
+#define SSL_R_CONNECTION_ID_IS_DIFFERENT		 143
+#define SSL_R_CONNECTION_TYPE_NOT_SET			 144
+#define SSL_R_COOKIE_MISMATCH				 308
+#define SSL_R_DATA_BETWEEN_CCS_AND_FINISHED		 145
+#define SSL_R_DATA_LENGTH_TOO_LONG			 146
+#define SSL_R_DECRYPTION_FAILED				 147
+#define SSL_R_DECRYPTION_FAILED_OR_BAD_RECORD_MAC	 281
+#define SSL_R_DH_PUBLIC_VALUE_LENGTH_IS_WRONG		 148
+#define SSL_R_DIGEST_CHECK_FAILED			 149
+#define SSL_R_DTLS_MESSAGE_TOO_BIG			 334
+#define SSL_R_DUPLICATE_COMPRESSION_ID			 309
+#define SSL_R_ECC_CERT_NOT_FOR_KEY_AGREEMENT		 317
+#define SSL_R_ECC_CERT_NOT_FOR_SIGNING			 318
+#define SSL_R_ECC_CERT_SHOULD_HAVE_RSA_SIGNATURE	 322
+#define SSL_R_ECC_CERT_SHOULD_HAVE_SHA1_SIGNATURE	 323
+#define SSL_R_ECGROUP_TOO_LARGE_FOR_CIPHER		 310
+#define SSL_R_EMPTY_SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE_LIST	 354
+#define SSL_R_ENCRYPTED_LENGTH_TOO_LONG			 150
+#define SSL_R_ERROR_GENERATING_TMP_RSA_KEY		 282
+#define SSL_R_ERROR_IN_RECEIVED_CIPHER_LIST		 151
+#define SSL_R_EXCESSIVE_MESSAGE_SIZE			 152
+#define SSL_R_EXTRA_DATA_IN_MESSAGE			 153
+#define SSL_R_GOT_A_FIN_BEFORE_A_CCS			 154
+#define SSL_R_GOT_NEXT_PROTO_BEFORE_A_CCS		 355
+#define SSL_R_GOT_NEXT_PROTO_WITHOUT_EXTENSION		 356
+#define SSL_R_HTTPS_PROXY_REQUEST			 155
+#define SSL_R_HTTP_REQUEST				 156
+#define SSL_R_ILLEGAL_PADDING				 283
+#define SSL_R_INCONSISTENT_COMPRESSION			 340
+#define SSL_R_INVALID_CHALLENGE_LENGTH			 158
+#define SSL_R_INVALID_COMMAND				 280
+#define SSL_R_INVALID_COMPRESSION_ALGORITHM		 341
+#define SSL_R_INVALID_PURPOSE				 278
+#define SSL_R_INVALID_SRP_USERNAME			 357
+#define SSL_R_INVALID_STATUS_RESPONSE			 328
+#define SSL_R_INVALID_TICKET_KEYS_LENGTH		 325
+#define SSL_R_INVALID_TRUST				 279
+#define SSL_R_KEY_ARG_TOO_LONG				 284
+#define SSL_R_KRB5					 285
+#define SSL_R_KRB5_C_CC_PRINC				 286
+#define SSL_R_KRB5_C_GET_CRED				 287
+#define SSL_R_KRB5_C_INIT				 288
+#define SSL_R_KRB5_C_MK_REQ				 289
+#define SSL_R_KRB5_S_BAD_TICKET				 290
+#define SSL_R_KRB5_S_INIT				 291
+#define SSL_R_KRB5_S_RD_REQ				 292
+#define SSL_R_KRB5_S_TKT_EXPIRED			 293
+#define SSL_R_KRB5_S_TKT_NYV				 294
+#define SSL_R_KRB5_S_TKT_SKEW				 295
+#define SSL_R_LENGTH_MISMATCH				 159
+#define SSL_R_LENGTH_TOO_SHORT				 160
+#define SSL_R_LIBRARY_BUG				 274
+#define SSL_R_LIBRARY_HAS_NO_CIPHERS			 161
+#define SSL_R_MESSAGE_TOO_LONG				 296
+#define SSL_R_MISSING_DH_DSA_CERT			 162
+#define SSL_R_MISSING_DH_KEY				 163
+#define SSL_R_MISSING_DH_RSA_CERT			 164
+#define SSL_R_MISSING_DSA_SIGNING_CERT			 165
+#define SSL_R_MISSING_EXPORT_TMP_DH_KEY			 166
+#define SSL_R_MISSING_EXPORT_TMP_RSA_KEY		 167
+#define SSL_R_MISSING_RSA_CERTIFICATE			 168
+#define SSL_R_MISSING_RSA_ENCRYPTING_CERT		 169
+#define SSL_R_MISSING_RSA_SIGNING_CERT			 170
+#define SSL_R_MISSING_SRP_PARAM				 358
+#define SSL_R_MISSING_TMP_DH_KEY			 171
+#define SSL_R_MISSING_TMP_ECDH_KEY			 311
+#define SSL_R_MISSING_TMP_RSA_KEY			 172
+#define SSL_R_MISSING_TMP_RSA_PKEY			 173
+#define SSL_R_MISSING_VERIFY_MESSAGE			 174
+#define SSL_R_MULTIPLE_SGC_RESTARTS			 346
+#define SSL_R_NON_SSLV2_INITIAL_PACKET			 175
+#define SSL_R_NO_CERTIFICATES_RETURNED			 176
+#define SSL_R_NO_CERTIFICATE_ASSIGNED			 177
+#define SSL_R_NO_CERTIFICATE_RETURNED			 178
+#define SSL_R_NO_CERTIFICATE_SET			 179
+#define SSL_R_NO_CERTIFICATE_SPECIFIED			 180
+#define SSL_R_NO_CIPHERS_AVAILABLE			 181
+#define SSL_R_NO_CIPHERS_PASSED				 182
+#define SSL_R_NO_CIPHERS_SPECIFIED			 183
+#define SSL_R_NO_CIPHER_LIST				 184
+#define SSL_R_NO_CIPHER_MATCH				 185
+#define SSL_R_NO_CLIENT_CERT_METHOD			 331
+#define SSL_R_NO_CLIENT_CERT_RECEIVED			 186
+#define SSL_R_NO_COMPRESSION_SPECIFIED			 187
+#define SSL_R_NO_GOST_CERTIFICATE_SENT_BY_PEER		 330
+#define SSL_R_NO_METHOD_SPECIFIED			 188
+#define SSL_R_NO_PRIVATEKEY				 189
+#define SSL_R_NO_PRIVATE_KEY_ASSIGNED			 190
+#define SSL_R_NO_PROTOCOLS_AVAILABLE			 191
+#define SSL_R_NO_PUBLICKEY				 192
+#define SSL_R_NO_RENEGOTIATION				 339
+#define SSL_R_NO_REQUIRED_DIGEST			 324
+#define SSL_R_NO_SHARED_CIPHER				 193
+#define SSL_R_NO_SRTP_PROFILES				 359
+#define SSL_R_NO_VERIFY_CALLBACK			 194
+#define SSL_R_NULL_SSL_CTX				 195
+#define SSL_R_NULL_SSL_METHOD_PASSED			 196
+#define SSL_R_OLD_SESSION_CIPHER_NOT_RETURNED		 197
+#define SSL_R_OLD_SESSION_COMPRESSION_ALGORITHM_NOT_RETURNED 344
+#define SSL_R_ONLY_TLS_ALLOWED_IN_FIPS_MODE		 297
+#define SSL_R_OPAQUE_PRF_INPUT_TOO_LONG			 327
+#define SSL_R_PACKET_LENGTH_TOO_LONG			 198
+#define SSL_R_PARSE_TLSEXT				 227
+#define SSL_R_PATH_TOO_LONG				 270
+#define SSL_R_PEER_DID_NOT_RETURN_A_CERTIFICATE		 199
+#define SSL_R_PEER_ERROR				 200
+#define SSL_R_PEER_ERROR_CERTIFICATE			 201
+#define SSL_R_PEER_ERROR_NO_CERTIFICATE			 202
+#define SSL_R_PEER_ERROR_NO_CIPHER			 203
+#define SSL_R_PEER_ERROR_UNSUPPORTED_CERTIFICATE_TYPE	 204
+#define SSL_R_PRE_MAC_LENGTH_TOO_LONG			 205
+#define SSL_R_PROBLEMS_MAPPING_CIPHER_FUNCTIONS		 206
+#define SSL_R_PROTOCOL_IS_SHUTDOWN			 207
+#define SSL_R_PSK_IDENTITY_NOT_FOUND			 223
+#define SSL_R_PSK_NO_CLIENT_CB				 224
+#define SSL_R_PSK_NO_SERVER_CB				 225
+#define SSL_R_PUBLIC_KEY_ENCRYPT_ERROR			 208
+#define SSL_R_PUBLIC_KEY_IS_NOT_RSA			 209
+#define SSL_R_PUBLIC_KEY_NOT_RSA			 210
+#define SSL_R_READ_BIO_NOT_SET				 211
+#define SSL_R_READ_TIMEOUT_EXPIRED			 312
+#define SSL_R_READ_WRONG_PACKET_TYPE			 212
+#define SSL_R_RECORD_LENGTH_MISMATCH			 213
+#define SSL_R_RECORD_TOO_LARGE				 214
+#define SSL_R_RECORD_TOO_SMALL				 298
+#define SSL_R_RENEGOTIATE_EXT_TOO_LONG			 335
+#define SSL_R_RENEGOTIATION_ENCODING_ERR		 336
+#define SSL_R_RENEGOTIATION_MISMATCH			 337
+#define SSL_R_REQUIRED_CIPHER_MISSING			 215
+#define SSL_R_REQUIRED_COMPRESSSION_ALGORITHM_MISSING	 342
+#define SSL_R_REUSE_CERT_LENGTH_NOT_ZERO		 216
+#define SSL_R_REUSE_CERT_TYPE_NOT_ZERO			 217
+#define SSL_R_REUSE_CIPHER_LIST_NOT_ZERO		 218
+#define SSL_R_SCSV_RECEIVED_WHEN_RENEGOTIATING		 345
+#define SSL_R_SERVERHELLO_TLSEXT			 275
+#define SSL_R_SESSION_ID_CONTEXT_UNINITIALIZED		 277
+#define SSL_R_SHORT_READ				 219
+#define SSL_R_SIGNATURE_ALGORITHMS_ERROR		 360
+#define SSL_R_SIGNATURE_FOR_NON_SIGNING_CERTIFICATE	 220
+#define SSL_R_SRP_A_CALC				 361
+#define SSL_R_SRTP_COULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_PROFILES		 362
+#define SSL_R_SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE_LIST_TOO_LONG	 363
+#define SSL_R_SRTP_UNKNOWN_PROTECTION_PROFILE		 364
+#define SSL_R_SSL23_DOING_SESSION_ID_REUSE		 221
+#define SSL_R_SSL2_CONNECTION_ID_TOO_LONG		 299
+#define SSL_R_SSL3_EXT_INVALID_ECPOINTFORMAT		 321
+#define SSL_R_SSL3_EXT_INVALID_SERVERNAME		 319
+#define SSL_R_SSL3_EXT_INVALID_SERVERNAME_TYPE		 320
+#define SSL_R_SSL3_SESSION_ID_TOO_LONG			 300
+#define SSL_R_SSL3_SESSION_ID_TOO_SHORT			 222
+#define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_BAD_CERTIFICATE		 1042
+#define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_BAD_RECORD_MAC		 1020
+#define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_CERTIFICATE_EXPIRED		 1045
+#define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_CERTIFICATE_REVOKED		 1044
+#define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_CERTIFICATE_UNKNOWN		 1046
+#define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_DECOMPRESSION_FAILURE		 1030
+#define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_HANDSHAKE_FAILURE		 1040
+#define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_ILLEGAL_PARAMETER		 1047
+#define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_NO_CERTIFICATE		 1041
+#define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_UNEXPECTED_MESSAGE		 1010
+#define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_UNSUPPORTED_CERTIFICATE	 1043
+#define SSL_R_SSL_CTX_HAS_NO_DEFAULT_SSL_VERSION	 228
+#define SSL_R_SSL_HANDSHAKE_FAILURE			 229
+#define SSL_R_SSL_LIBRARY_HAS_NO_CIPHERS		 230
+#define SSL_R_SSL_SESSION_ID_CALLBACK_FAILED		 301
+#define SSL_R_SSL_SESSION_ID_CONFLICT			 302
+#define SSL_R_SSL_SESSION_ID_CONTEXT_TOO_LONG		 273
+#define SSL_R_SSL_SESSION_ID_HAS_BAD_LENGTH		 303
+#define SSL_R_SSL_SESSION_ID_IS_DIFFERENT		 231
+#define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_ACCESS_DENIED			 1049
+#define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_DECODE_ERROR			 1050
+#define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_DECRYPTION_FAILED		 1021
+#define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_DECRYPT_ERROR			 1051
+#define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_EXPORT_RESTRICTION		 1060
+#define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_INSUFFICIENT_SECURITY		 1071
+#define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_INTERNAL_ERROR		 1080
+#define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_NO_RENEGOTIATION		 1100
+#define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_PROTOCOL_VERSION		 1070
+#define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_RECORD_OVERFLOW		 1022
+#define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_UNKNOWN_CA			 1048
+#define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_USER_CANCELLED		 1090
+#define SSL_R_TLSV1_BAD_CERTIFICATE_HASH_VALUE		 1114
+#define SSL_R_TLSV1_BAD_CERTIFICATE_STATUS_RESPONSE	 1113
+#define SSL_R_TLSV1_CERTIFICATE_UNOBTAINABLE		 1111
+#define SSL_R_TLSV1_UNRECOGNIZED_NAME			 1112
+#define SSL_R_TLSV1_UNSUPPORTED_EXTENSION		 1110
+#define SSL_R_TLS_CLIENT_CERT_REQ_WITH_ANON_CIPHER	 232
+#define SSL_R_TLS_HEARTBEAT_PEER_DOESNT_ACCEPT		 365
+#define SSL_R_TLS_HEARTBEAT_PENDING			 366
+#define SSL_R_TLS_ILLEGAL_EXPORTER_LABEL		 367
+#define SSL_R_TLS_INVALID_ECPOINTFORMAT_LIST		 157
+#define SSL_R_TLS_PEER_DID_NOT_RESPOND_WITH_CERTIFICATE_LIST 233
+#define SSL_R_TLS_RSA_ENCRYPTED_VALUE_LENGTH_IS_WRONG	 234
+#define SSL_R_TRIED_TO_USE_UNSUPPORTED_CIPHER		 235
+#define SSL_R_UNABLE_TO_DECODE_DH_CERTS			 236
+#define SSL_R_UNABLE_TO_DECODE_ECDH_CERTS		 313
+#define SSL_R_UNABLE_TO_EXTRACT_PUBLIC_KEY		 237
+#define SSL_R_UNABLE_TO_FIND_DH_PARAMETERS		 238
+#define SSL_R_UNABLE_TO_FIND_ECDH_PARAMETERS		 314
+#define SSL_R_UNABLE_TO_FIND_PUBLIC_KEY_PARAMETERS	 239
+#define SSL_R_UNABLE_TO_FIND_SSL_METHOD			 240
+#define SSL_R_UNABLE_TO_LOAD_SSL2_MD5_ROUTINES		 241
+#define SSL_R_UNABLE_TO_LOAD_SSL3_MD5_ROUTINES		 242
+#define SSL_R_UNABLE_TO_LOAD_SSL3_SHA1_ROUTINES		 243
+#define SSL_R_UNEXPECTED_MESSAGE			 244
+#define SSL_R_UNEXPECTED_RECORD				 245
+#define SSL_R_UNINITIALIZED				 276
+#define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_ALERT_TYPE			 246
+#define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_CERTIFICATE_TYPE			 247
+#define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_CIPHER_RETURNED			 248
+#define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_CIPHER_TYPE			 249
+#define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_DIGEST				 368
+#define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_KEY_EXCHANGE_TYPE			 250
+#define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_PKEY_TYPE				 251
+#define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_PROTOCOL				 252
+#define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_REMOTE_ERROR_TYPE			 253
+#define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_SSL_VERSION			 254
+#define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_STATE				 255
+#define SSL_R_UNSAFE_LEGACY_RENEGOTIATION_DISABLED	 338
+#define SSL_R_UNSUPPORTED_CIPHER			 256
+#define SSL_R_UNSUPPORTED_COMPRESSION_ALGORITHM		 257
+#define SSL_R_UNSUPPORTED_DIGEST_TYPE			 326
+#define SSL_R_UNSUPPORTED_ELLIPTIC_CURVE		 315
+#define SSL_R_UNSUPPORTED_PROTOCOL			 258
+#define SSL_R_UNSUPPORTED_SSL_VERSION			 259
+#define SSL_R_UNSUPPORTED_STATUS_TYPE			 329
+#define SSL_R_USE_SRTP_NOT_NEGOTIATED			 369
+#define SSL_R_WRITE_BIO_NOT_SET				 260
+#define SSL_R_WRONG_CIPHER_RETURNED			 261
+#define SSL_R_WRONG_MESSAGE_TYPE			 262
+#define SSL_R_WRONG_NUMBER_OF_KEY_BITS			 263
+#define SSL_R_WRONG_SIGNATURE_LENGTH			 264
+#define SSL_R_WRONG_SIGNATURE_SIZE			 265
+#define SSL_R_WRONG_SIGNATURE_TYPE			 370
+#define SSL_R_WRONG_SSL_VERSION				 266
+#define SSL_R_WRONG_VERSION_NUMBER			 267
+#define SSL_R_X509_LIB					 268
+#define SSL_R_X509_VERIFICATION_SETUP_PROBLEMS		 269
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/include/openssl/ssl2.h b/lib/include/openssl/ssl2.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eb25dcb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/include/openssl/ssl2.h
@@ -0,0 +1,272 @@
+/* ssl/ssl2.h */
+/* Copyright (C) 1995-1998 Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This package is an SSL implementation written
+ * by Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com).
+ * The implementation was written so as to conform with Netscapes SSL.
+ * 
+ * This library is free for commercial and non-commercial use as long as
+ * the following conditions are aheared to.  The following conditions
+ * apply to all code found in this distribution, be it the RC4, RSA,
+ * lhash, DES, etc., code; not just the SSL code.  The SSL documentation
+ * included with this distribution is covered by the same copyright terms
+ * except that the holder is Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com).
+ * 
+ * Copyright remains Eric Young's, and as such any Copyright notices in
+ * the code are not to be removed.
+ * If this package is used in a product, Eric Young should be given attribution
+ * as the author of the parts of the library used.
+ * This can be in the form of a textual message at program startup or
+ * in documentation (online or textual) provided with the package.
+ * 
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *    "This product includes cryptographic software written by
+ *     Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)"
+ *    The word 'cryptographic' can be left out if the rouines from the library
+ *    being used are not cryptographic related :-).
+ * 4. If you include any Windows specific code (or a derivative thereof) from 
+ *    the apps directory (application code) you must include an acknowledgement:
+ *    "This product includes software written by Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com)"
+ * 
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ERIC YOUNG ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * 
+ * The licence and distribution terms for any publically available version or
+ * derivative of this code cannot be changed.  i.e. this code cannot simply be
+ * copied and put under another distribution licence
+ * [including the GNU Public Licence.]
+ */
+
+#ifndef HEADER_SSL2_H 
+#define HEADER_SSL2_H 
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Protocol Version Codes */
+#define SSL2_VERSION		0x0002
+#define SSL2_VERSION_MAJOR	0x00
+#define SSL2_VERSION_MINOR	0x02
+/* #define SSL2_CLIENT_VERSION	0x0002 */
+/* #define SSL2_SERVER_VERSION	0x0002 */
+
+/* Protocol Message Codes */
+#define SSL2_MT_ERROR			0
+#define SSL2_MT_CLIENT_HELLO		1
+#define SSL2_MT_CLIENT_MASTER_KEY	2
+#define SSL2_MT_CLIENT_FINISHED		3
+#define SSL2_MT_SERVER_HELLO		4
+#define SSL2_MT_SERVER_VERIFY		5
+#define SSL2_MT_SERVER_FINISHED		6
+#define SSL2_MT_REQUEST_CERTIFICATE	7
+#define SSL2_MT_CLIENT_CERTIFICATE	8
+
+/* Error Message Codes */
+#define SSL2_PE_UNDEFINED_ERROR		0x0000
+#define SSL2_PE_NO_CIPHER		0x0001
+#define SSL2_PE_NO_CERTIFICATE		0x0002
+#define SSL2_PE_BAD_CERTIFICATE		0x0004
+#define SSL2_PE_UNSUPPORTED_CERTIFICATE_TYPE 0x0006
+
+/* Cipher Kind Values */
+#define SSL2_CK_NULL_WITH_MD5			0x02000000 /* v3 */
+#define SSL2_CK_RC4_128_WITH_MD5		0x02010080
+#define SSL2_CK_RC4_128_EXPORT40_WITH_MD5	0x02020080
+#define SSL2_CK_RC2_128_CBC_WITH_MD5		0x02030080
+#define SSL2_CK_RC2_128_CBC_EXPORT40_WITH_MD5	0x02040080
+#define SSL2_CK_IDEA_128_CBC_WITH_MD5		0x02050080
+#define SSL2_CK_DES_64_CBC_WITH_MD5		0x02060040
+#define SSL2_CK_DES_64_CBC_WITH_SHA		0x02060140 /* v3 */
+#define SSL2_CK_DES_192_EDE3_CBC_WITH_MD5	0x020700c0
+#define SSL2_CK_DES_192_EDE3_CBC_WITH_SHA	0x020701c0 /* v3 */
+#define SSL2_CK_RC4_64_WITH_MD5			0x02080080 /* MS hack */
+ 
+#define SSL2_CK_DES_64_CFB64_WITH_MD5_1		0x02ff0800 /* SSLeay */
+#define SSL2_CK_NULL				0x02ff0810 /* SSLeay */
+
+#define SSL2_TXT_DES_64_CFB64_WITH_MD5_1	"DES-CFB-M1"
+#define SSL2_TXT_NULL_WITH_MD5			"NULL-MD5"
+#define SSL2_TXT_RC4_128_WITH_MD5		"RC4-MD5"
+#define SSL2_TXT_RC4_128_EXPORT40_WITH_MD5	"EXP-RC4-MD5"
+#define SSL2_TXT_RC2_128_CBC_WITH_MD5		"RC2-CBC-MD5"
+#define SSL2_TXT_RC2_128_CBC_EXPORT40_WITH_MD5	"EXP-RC2-CBC-MD5"
+#define SSL2_TXT_IDEA_128_CBC_WITH_MD5		"IDEA-CBC-MD5"
+#define SSL2_TXT_DES_64_CBC_WITH_MD5		"DES-CBC-MD5"
+#define SSL2_TXT_DES_64_CBC_WITH_SHA		"DES-CBC-SHA"
+#define SSL2_TXT_DES_192_EDE3_CBC_WITH_MD5	"DES-CBC3-MD5"
+#define SSL2_TXT_DES_192_EDE3_CBC_WITH_SHA	"DES-CBC3-SHA"
+#define SSL2_TXT_RC4_64_WITH_MD5		"RC4-64-MD5"
+
+#define SSL2_TXT_NULL				"NULL"
+
+/* Flags for the SSL_CIPHER.algorithm2 field */
+#define SSL2_CF_5_BYTE_ENC			0x01
+#define SSL2_CF_8_BYTE_ENC			0x02
+
+/* Certificate Type Codes */
+#define SSL2_CT_X509_CERTIFICATE		0x01
+
+/* Authentication Type Code */
+#define SSL2_AT_MD5_WITH_RSA_ENCRYPTION		0x01
+
+#define SSL2_MAX_SSL_SESSION_ID_LENGTH		32
+
+/* Upper/Lower Bounds */
+#define SSL2_MAX_MASTER_KEY_LENGTH_IN_BITS	256
+#ifdef OPENSSL_SYS_MPE
+#define SSL2_MAX_RECORD_LENGTH_2_BYTE_HEADER	29998u
+#else
+#define SSL2_MAX_RECORD_LENGTH_2_BYTE_HEADER	32767u  /* 2^15-1 */
+#endif
+#define SSL2_MAX_RECORD_LENGTH_3_BYTE_HEADER	16383 /* 2^14-1 */
+
+#define SSL2_CHALLENGE_LENGTH	16
+/*#define SSL2_CHALLENGE_LENGTH	32 */
+#define SSL2_MIN_CHALLENGE_LENGTH	16
+#define SSL2_MAX_CHALLENGE_LENGTH	32
+#define SSL2_CONNECTION_ID_LENGTH	16
+#define SSL2_MAX_CONNECTION_ID_LENGTH	16
+#define SSL2_SSL_SESSION_ID_LENGTH	16
+#define SSL2_MAX_CERT_CHALLENGE_LENGTH	32
+#define SSL2_MIN_CERT_CHALLENGE_LENGTH	16
+#define SSL2_MAX_KEY_MATERIAL_LENGTH	24
+
+#ifndef HEADER_SSL_LOCL_H
+#define  CERT		char
+#endif
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_SSL_INTERN
+
+typedef struct ssl2_state_st
+	{
+	int three_byte_header;
+	int clear_text;		/* clear text */
+	int escape;		/* not used in SSLv2 */
+	int ssl2_rollback;	/* used if SSLv23 rolled back to SSLv2 */
+
+	/* non-blocking io info, used to make sure the same
+	 * args were passwd */
+	unsigned int wnum;	/* number of bytes sent so far */
+	int wpend_tot;
+	const unsigned char *wpend_buf;
+
+	int wpend_off;	/* offset to data to write */
+	int wpend_len; 	/* number of bytes passwd to write */
+	int wpend_ret; 	/* number of bytes to return to caller */
+
+	/* buffer raw data */
+	int rbuf_left;
+	int rbuf_offs;
+	unsigned char *rbuf;
+	unsigned char *wbuf;
+
+	unsigned char *write_ptr;/* used to point to the start due to
+				  * 2/3 byte header. */
+
+	unsigned int padding;
+	unsigned int rlength; /* passed to ssl2_enc */
+	int ract_data_length; /* Set when things are encrypted. */
+	unsigned int wlength; /* passed to ssl2_enc */
+	int wact_data_length; /* Set when things are decrypted. */
+	unsigned char *ract_data;
+	unsigned char *wact_data;
+	unsigned char *mac_data;
+
+	unsigned char *read_key;
+	unsigned char *write_key;
+
+		/* Stuff specifically to do with this SSL session */
+	unsigned int challenge_length;
+	unsigned char challenge[SSL2_MAX_CHALLENGE_LENGTH];
+	unsigned int conn_id_length;
+	unsigned char conn_id[SSL2_MAX_CONNECTION_ID_LENGTH];
+	unsigned int key_material_length;
+	unsigned char key_material[SSL2_MAX_KEY_MATERIAL_LENGTH*2];
+
+	unsigned long read_sequence;
+	unsigned long write_sequence;
+
+	struct	{
+		unsigned int conn_id_length;
+		unsigned int cert_type;	
+		unsigned int cert_length;
+		unsigned int csl; 
+		unsigned int clear;
+		unsigned int enc; 
+		unsigned char ccl[SSL2_MAX_CERT_CHALLENGE_LENGTH];
+		unsigned int cipher_spec_length;
+		unsigned int session_id_length;
+		unsigned int clen;
+		unsigned int rlen;
+		} tmp;
+	} SSL2_STATE;
+
+#endif
+
+/* SSLv2 */
+/* client */
+#define SSL2_ST_SEND_CLIENT_HELLO_A		(0x10|SSL_ST_CONNECT)
+#define SSL2_ST_SEND_CLIENT_HELLO_B		(0x11|SSL_ST_CONNECT)
+#define SSL2_ST_GET_SERVER_HELLO_A		(0x20|SSL_ST_CONNECT)
+#define SSL2_ST_GET_SERVER_HELLO_B		(0x21|SSL_ST_CONNECT)
+#define SSL2_ST_SEND_CLIENT_MASTER_KEY_A	(0x30|SSL_ST_CONNECT)
+#define SSL2_ST_SEND_CLIENT_MASTER_KEY_B	(0x31|SSL_ST_CONNECT)
+#define SSL2_ST_SEND_CLIENT_FINISHED_A		(0x40|SSL_ST_CONNECT)
+#define SSL2_ST_SEND_CLIENT_FINISHED_B		(0x41|SSL_ST_CONNECT)
+#define SSL2_ST_SEND_CLIENT_CERTIFICATE_A	(0x50|SSL_ST_CONNECT)
+#define SSL2_ST_SEND_CLIENT_CERTIFICATE_B	(0x51|SSL_ST_CONNECT)
+#define SSL2_ST_SEND_CLIENT_CERTIFICATE_C	(0x52|SSL_ST_CONNECT)
+#define SSL2_ST_SEND_CLIENT_CERTIFICATE_D	(0x53|SSL_ST_CONNECT)
+#define SSL2_ST_GET_SERVER_VERIFY_A		(0x60|SSL_ST_CONNECT)
+#define SSL2_ST_GET_SERVER_VERIFY_B		(0x61|SSL_ST_CONNECT)
+#define SSL2_ST_GET_SERVER_FINISHED_A		(0x70|SSL_ST_CONNECT)
+#define SSL2_ST_GET_SERVER_FINISHED_B		(0x71|SSL_ST_CONNECT)
+#define SSL2_ST_CLIENT_START_ENCRYPTION		(0x80|SSL_ST_CONNECT)
+#define SSL2_ST_X509_GET_CLIENT_CERTIFICATE	(0x90|SSL_ST_CONNECT)
+/* server */
+#define SSL2_ST_GET_CLIENT_HELLO_A		(0x10|SSL_ST_ACCEPT)
+#define SSL2_ST_GET_CLIENT_HELLO_B		(0x11|SSL_ST_ACCEPT)
+#define SSL2_ST_GET_CLIENT_HELLO_C		(0x12|SSL_ST_ACCEPT)
+#define SSL2_ST_SEND_SERVER_HELLO_A		(0x20|SSL_ST_ACCEPT)
+#define SSL2_ST_SEND_SERVER_HELLO_B		(0x21|SSL_ST_ACCEPT)
+#define SSL2_ST_GET_CLIENT_MASTER_KEY_A		(0x30|SSL_ST_ACCEPT)
+#define SSL2_ST_GET_CLIENT_MASTER_KEY_B		(0x31|SSL_ST_ACCEPT)
+#define SSL2_ST_SEND_SERVER_VERIFY_A		(0x40|SSL_ST_ACCEPT)
+#define SSL2_ST_SEND_SERVER_VERIFY_B		(0x41|SSL_ST_ACCEPT)
+#define SSL2_ST_SEND_SERVER_VERIFY_C		(0x42|SSL_ST_ACCEPT)
+#define SSL2_ST_GET_CLIENT_FINISHED_A		(0x50|SSL_ST_ACCEPT)
+#define SSL2_ST_GET_CLIENT_FINISHED_B		(0x51|SSL_ST_ACCEPT)
+#define SSL2_ST_SEND_SERVER_FINISHED_A		(0x60|SSL_ST_ACCEPT)
+#define SSL2_ST_SEND_SERVER_FINISHED_B		(0x61|SSL_ST_ACCEPT)
+#define SSL2_ST_SEND_REQUEST_CERTIFICATE_A	(0x70|SSL_ST_ACCEPT)
+#define SSL2_ST_SEND_REQUEST_CERTIFICATE_B	(0x71|SSL_ST_ACCEPT)
+#define SSL2_ST_SEND_REQUEST_CERTIFICATE_C	(0x72|SSL_ST_ACCEPT)
+#define SSL2_ST_SEND_REQUEST_CERTIFICATE_D	(0x73|SSL_ST_ACCEPT)
+#define SSL2_ST_SERVER_START_ENCRYPTION		(0x80|SSL_ST_ACCEPT)
+#define SSL2_ST_X509_GET_SERVER_CERTIFICATE	(0x90|SSL_ST_ACCEPT)
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/include/openssl/ssl23.h b/lib/include/openssl/ssl23.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d322898
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/include/openssl/ssl23.h
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/* ssl/ssl23.h */
+/* Copyright (C) 1995-1998 Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This package is an SSL implementation written
+ * by Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com).
+ * The implementation was written so as to conform with Netscapes SSL.
+ * 
+ * This library is free for commercial and non-commercial use as long as
+ * the following conditions are aheared to.  The following conditions
+ * apply to all code found in this distribution, be it the RC4, RSA,
+ * lhash, DES, etc., code; not just the SSL code.  The SSL documentation
+ * included with this distribution is covered by the same copyright terms
+ * except that the holder is Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com).
+ * 
+ * Copyright remains Eric Young's, and as such any Copyright notices in
+ * the code are not to be removed.
+ * If this package is used in a product, Eric Young should be given attribution
+ * as the author of the parts of the library used.
+ * This can be in the form of a textual message at program startup or
+ * in documentation (online or textual) provided with the package.
+ * 
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *    "This product includes cryptographic software written by
+ *     Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)"
+ *    The word 'cryptographic' can be left out if the rouines from the library
+ *    being used are not cryptographic related :-).
+ * 4. If you include any Windows specific code (or a derivative thereof) from 
+ *    the apps directory (application code) you must include an acknowledgement:
+ *    "This product includes software written by Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com)"
+ * 
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ERIC YOUNG ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * 
+ * The licence and distribution terms for any publically available version or
+ * derivative of this code cannot be changed.  i.e. this code cannot simply be
+ * copied and put under another distribution licence
+ * [including the GNU Public Licence.]
+ */
+
+#ifndef HEADER_SSL23_H 
+#define HEADER_SSL23_H 
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/*client */
+/* write to server */
+#define SSL23_ST_CW_CLNT_HELLO_A	(0x210|SSL_ST_CONNECT)
+#define SSL23_ST_CW_CLNT_HELLO_B	(0x211|SSL_ST_CONNECT)
+/* read from server */
+#define SSL23_ST_CR_SRVR_HELLO_A	(0x220|SSL_ST_CONNECT)
+#define SSL23_ST_CR_SRVR_HELLO_B	(0x221|SSL_ST_CONNECT)
+
+/* server */
+/* read from client */
+#define SSL23_ST_SR_CLNT_HELLO_A	(0x210|SSL_ST_ACCEPT)
+#define SSL23_ST_SR_CLNT_HELLO_B	(0x211|SSL_ST_ACCEPT)
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/include/openssl/ssl3.h b/lib/include/openssl/ssl3.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..37f19e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/include/openssl/ssl3.h
@@ -0,0 +1,694 @@
+/* ssl/ssl3.h */
+/* Copyright (C) 1995-1998 Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This package is an SSL implementation written
+ * by Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com).
+ * The implementation was written so as to conform with Netscapes SSL.
+ * 
+ * This library is free for commercial and non-commercial use as long as
+ * the following conditions are aheared to.  The following conditions
+ * apply to all code found in this distribution, be it the RC4, RSA,
+ * lhash, DES, etc., code; not just the SSL code.  The SSL documentation
+ * included with this distribution is covered by the same copyright terms
+ * except that the holder is Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com).
+ * 
+ * Copyright remains Eric Young's, and as such any Copyright notices in
+ * the code are not to be removed.
+ * If this package is used in a product, Eric Young should be given attribution
+ * as the author of the parts of the library used.
+ * This can be in the form of a textual message at program startup or
+ * in documentation (online or textual) provided with the package.
+ * 
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *    "This product includes cryptographic software written by
+ *     Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)"
+ *    The word 'cryptographic' can be left out if the rouines from the library
+ *    being used are not cryptographic related :-).
+ * 4. If you include any Windows specific code (or a derivative thereof) from 
+ *    the apps directory (application code) you must include an acknowledgement:
+ *    "This product includes software written by Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com)"
+ * 
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ERIC YOUNG ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * 
+ * The licence and distribution terms for any publically available version or
+ * derivative of this code cannot be changed.  i.e. this code cannot simply be
+ * copied and put under another distribution licence
+ * [including the GNU Public Licence.]
+ */
+/* ====================================================================
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2002 The OpenSSL Project.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 
+ *
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+ *    the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+ *    distribution.
+ *
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this
+ *    software must display the following acknowledgment:
+ *    "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project
+ *    for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit. (http://www.openssl.org/)"
+ *
+ * 4. The names "OpenSSL Toolkit" and "OpenSSL Project" must not be used to
+ *    endorse or promote products derived from this software without
+ *    prior written permission. For written permission, please contact
+ *    openssl-core@openssl.org.
+ *
+ * 5. Products derived from this software may not be called "OpenSSL"
+ *    nor may "OpenSSL" appear in their names without prior written
+ *    permission of the OpenSSL Project.
+ *
+ * 6. Redistributions of any form whatsoever must retain the following
+ *    acknowledgment:
+ *    "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project
+ *    for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit (http://www.openssl.org/)"
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE OpenSSL PROJECT ``AS IS'' AND ANY
+ * EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OpenSSL PROJECT OR
+ * ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+ * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+ * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
+ * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
+ * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * ====================================================================
+ *
+ * This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young
+ * (eay@cryptsoft.com).  This product includes software written by Tim
+ * Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com).
+ *
+ */
+/* ====================================================================
+ * Copyright 2002 Sun Microsystems, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
+ * ECC cipher suite support in OpenSSL originally developed by 
+ * SUN MICROSYSTEMS, INC., and contributed to the OpenSSL project.
+ */
+
+#ifndef HEADER_SSL3_H 
+#define HEADER_SSL3_H 
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_COMP
+#include <openssl/comp.h>
+#endif
+#include <openssl/buffer.h>
+#include <openssl/evp.h>
+#include <openssl/ssl.h>
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Signalling cipher suite value: from draft-ietf-tls-renegotiation-03.txt */
+#define SSL3_CK_SCSV				0x030000FF
+
+#define SSL3_CK_RSA_NULL_MD5			0x03000001
+#define SSL3_CK_RSA_NULL_SHA			0x03000002
+#define SSL3_CK_RSA_RC4_40_MD5 			0x03000003
+#define SSL3_CK_RSA_RC4_128_MD5			0x03000004
+#define SSL3_CK_RSA_RC4_128_SHA			0x03000005
+#define SSL3_CK_RSA_RC2_40_MD5			0x03000006
+#define SSL3_CK_RSA_IDEA_128_SHA		0x03000007
+#define SSL3_CK_RSA_DES_40_CBC_SHA		0x03000008
+#define SSL3_CK_RSA_DES_64_CBC_SHA		0x03000009
+#define SSL3_CK_RSA_DES_192_CBC3_SHA		0x0300000A
+
+#define SSL3_CK_DH_DSS_DES_40_CBC_SHA		0x0300000B
+#define SSL3_CK_DH_DSS_DES_64_CBC_SHA		0x0300000C
+#define SSL3_CK_DH_DSS_DES_192_CBC3_SHA 	0x0300000D
+#define SSL3_CK_DH_RSA_DES_40_CBC_SHA		0x0300000E
+#define SSL3_CK_DH_RSA_DES_64_CBC_SHA		0x0300000F
+#define SSL3_CK_DH_RSA_DES_192_CBC3_SHA 	0x03000010
+
+#define SSL3_CK_EDH_DSS_DES_40_CBC_SHA		0x03000011
+#define SSL3_CK_EDH_DSS_DES_64_CBC_SHA		0x03000012
+#define SSL3_CK_EDH_DSS_DES_192_CBC3_SHA	0x03000013
+#define SSL3_CK_EDH_RSA_DES_40_CBC_SHA		0x03000014
+#define SSL3_CK_EDH_RSA_DES_64_CBC_SHA		0x03000015
+#define SSL3_CK_EDH_RSA_DES_192_CBC3_SHA	0x03000016
+
+#define SSL3_CK_ADH_RC4_40_MD5			0x03000017
+#define SSL3_CK_ADH_RC4_128_MD5			0x03000018
+#define SSL3_CK_ADH_DES_40_CBC_SHA		0x03000019
+#define SSL3_CK_ADH_DES_64_CBC_SHA		0x0300001A
+#define SSL3_CK_ADH_DES_192_CBC_SHA		0x0300001B
+
+#if 0
+	#define SSL3_CK_FZA_DMS_NULL_SHA		0x0300001C
+	#define SSL3_CK_FZA_DMS_FZA_SHA			0x0300001D
+	#if 0 /* Because it clashes with KRB5, is never used any more, and is safe
+		 to remove according to David Hopwood <david.hopwood@zetnet.co.uk>
+		 of the ietf-tls list */
+	#define SSL3_CK_FZA_DMS_RC4_SHA			0x0300001E
+	#endif
+#endif
+
+/*    VRS Additional Kerberos5 entries
+ */
+#define SSL3_CK_KRB5_DES_64_CBC_SHA		0x0300001E
+#define SSL3_CK_KRB5_DES_192_CBC3_SHA		0x0300001F
+#define SSL3_CK_KRB5_RC4_128_SHA		0x03000020
+#define SSL3_CK_KRB5_IDEA_128_CBC_SHA	       	0x03000021
+#define SSL3_CK_KRB5_DES_64_CBC_MD5       	0x03000022
+#define SSL3_CK_KRB5_DES_192_CBC3_MD5       	0x03000023
+#define SSL3_CK_KRB5_RC4_128_MD5	       	0x03000024
+#define SSL3_CK_KRB5_IDEA_128_CBC_MD5 		0x03000025
+
+#define SSL3_CK_KRB5_DES_40_CBC_SHA 		0x03000026
+#define SSL3_CK_KRB5_RC2_40_CBC_SHA 		0x03000027
+#define SSL3_CK_KRB5_RC4_40_SHA	 		0x03000028
+#define SSL3_CK_KRB5_DES_40_CBC_MD5 		0x03000029
+#define SSL3_CK_KRB5_RC2_40_CBC_MD5 		0x0300002A
+#define SSL3_CK_KRB5_RC4_40_MD5	 		0x0300002B
+
+#define SSL3_TXT_RSA_NULL_MD5			"NULL-MD5"
+#define SSL3_TXT_RSA_NULL_SHA			"NULL-SHA"
+#define SSL3_TXT_RSA_RC4_40_MD5 		"EXP-RC4-MD5"
+#define SSL3_TXT_RSA_RC4_128_MD5		"RC4-MD5"
+#define SSL3_TXT_RSA_RC4_128_SHA		"RC4-SHA"
+#define SSL3_TXT_RSA_RC2_40_MD5			"EXP-RC2-CBC-MD5"
+#define SSL3_TXT_RSA_IDEA_128_SHA		"IDEA-CBC-SHA"
+#define SSL3_TXT_RSA_DES_40_CBC_SHA		"EXP-DES-CBC-SHA"
+#define SSL3_TXT_RSA_DES_64_CBC_SHA		"DES-CBC-SHA"
+#define SSL3_TXT_RSA_DES_192_CBC3_SHA		"DES-CBC3-SHA"
+
+#define SSL3_TXT_DH_DSS_DES_40_CBC_SHA		"EXP-DH-DSS-DES-CBC-SHA"
+#define SSL3_TXT_DH_DSS_DES_64_CBC_SHA		"DH-DSS-DES-CBC-SHA"
+#define SSL3_TXT_DH_DSS_DES_192_CBC3_SHA 	"DH-DSS-DES-CBC3-SHA"
+#define SSL3_TXT_DH_RSA_DES_40_CBC_SHA		"EXP-DH-RSA-DES-CBC-SHA"
+#define SSL3_TXT_DH_RSA_DES_64_CBC_SHA		"DH-RSA-DES-CBC-SHA"
+#define SSL3_TXT_DH_RSA_DES_192_CBC3_SHA 	"DH-RSA-DES-CBC3-SHA"
+
+#define SSL3_TXT_EDH_DSS_DES_40_CBC_SHA		"EXP-EDH-DSS-DES-CBC-SHA"
+#define SSL3_TXT_EDH_DSS_DES_64_CBC_SHA		"EDH-DSS-DES-CBC-SHA"
+#define SSL3_TXT_EDH_DSS_DES_192_CBC3_SHA	"EDH-DSS-DES-CBC3-SHA"
+#define SSL3_TXT_EDH_RSA_DES_40_CBC_SHA		"EXP-EDH-RSA-DES-CBC-SHA"
+#define SSL3_TXT_EDH_RSA_DES_64_CBC_SHA		"EDH-RSA-DES-CBC-SHA"
+#define SSL3_TXT_EDH_RSA_DES_192_CBC3_SHA	"EDH-RSA-DES-CBC3-SHA"
+
+#define SSL3_TXT_ADH_RC4_40_MD5			"EXP-ADH-RC4-MD5"
+#define SSL3_TXT_ADH_RC4_128_MD5		"ADH-RC4-MD5"
+#define SSL3_TXT_ADH_DES_40_CBC_SHA		"EXP-ADH-DES-CBC-SHA"
+#define SSL3_TXT_ADH_DES_64_CBC_SHA		"ADH-DES-CBC-SHA"
+#define SSL3_TXT_ADH_DES_192_CBC_SHA		"ADH-DES-CBC3-SHA"
+
+#if 0
+	#define SSL3_TXT_FZA_DMS_NULL_SHA		"FZA-NULL-SHA"
+	#define SSL3_TXT_FZA_DMS_FZA_SHA		"FZA-FZA-CBC-SHA"
+	#define SSL3_TXT_FZA_DMS_RC4_SHA		"FZA-RC4-SHA"
+#endif
+
+#define SSL3_TXT_KRB5_DES_64_CBC_SHA		"KRB5-DES-CBC-SHA"
+#define SSL3_TXT_KRB5_DES_192_CBC3_SHA		"KRB5-DES-CBC3-SHA"
+#define SSL3_TXT_KRB5_RC4_128_SHA		"KRB5-RC4-SHA"
+#define SSL3_TXT_KRB5_IDEA_128_CBC_SHA	       	"KRB5-IDEA-CBC-SHA"
+#define SSL3_TXT_KRB5_DES_64_CBC_MD5       	"KRB5-DES-CBC-MD5"
+#define SSL3_TXT_KRB5_DES_192_CBC3_MD5       	"KRB5-DES-CBC3-MD5"
+#define SSL3_TXT_KRB5_RC4_128_MD5		"KRB5-RC4-MD5"
+#define SSL3_TXT_KRB5_IDEA_128_CBC_MD5 		"KRB5-IDEA-CBC-MD5"
+
+#define SSL3_TXT_KRB5_DES_40_CBC_SHA 		"EXP-KRB5-DES-CBC-SHA"
+#define SSL3_TXT_KRB5_RC2_40_CBC_SHA 		"EXP-KRB5-RC2-CBC-SHA"
+#define SSL3_TXT_KRB5_RC4_40_SHA	 	"EXP-KRB5-RC4-SHA"
+#define SSL3_TXT_KRB5_DES_40_CBC_MD5 		"EXP-KRB5-DES-CBC-MD5"
+#define SSL3_TXT_KRB5_RC2_40_CBC_MD5 		"EXP-KRB5-RC2-CBC-MD5"
+#define SSL3_TXT_KRB5_RC4_40_MD5	 	"EXP-KRB5-RC4-MD5"
+
+#define SSL3_SSL_SESSION_ID_LENGTH		32
+#define SSL3_MAX_SSL_SESSION_ID_LENGTH		32
+
+#define SSL3_MASTER_SECRET_SIZE			48
+#define SSL3_RANDOM_SIZE			32
+#define SSL3_SESSION_ID_SIZE			32
+#define SSL3_RT_HEADER_LENGTH			5
+
+#ifndef SSL3_ALIGN_PAYLOAD
+ /* Some will argue that this increases memory footprint, but it's
+  * not actually true. Point is that malloc has to return at least
+  * 64-bit aligned pointers, meaning that allocating 5 bytes wastes
+  * 3 bytes in either case. Suggested pre-gaping simply moves these
+  * wasted bytes from the end of allocated region to its front,
+  * but makes data payload aligned, which improves performance:-) */
+# define SSL3_ALIGN_PAYLOAD			8
+#else
+# if (SSL3_ALIGN_PAYLOAD&(SSL3_ALIGN_PAYLOAD-1))!=0
+#  error "insane SSL3_ALIGN_PAYLOAD"
+#  undef SSL3_ALIGN_PAYLOAD
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* This is the maximum MAC (digest) size used by the SSL library.
+ * Currently maximum of 20 is used by SHA1, but we reserve for
+ * future extension for 512-bit hashes.
+ */
+
+#define SSL3_RT_MAX_MD_SIZE			64
+
+/* Maximum block size used in all ciphersuites. Currently 16 for AES.
+ */
+
+#define	SSL_RT_MAX_CIPHER_BLOCK_SIZE		16
+
+#define SSL3_RT_MAX_EXTRA			(16384)
+
+/* Maximum plaintext length: defined by SSL/TLS standards */
+#define SSL3_RT_MAX_PLAIN_LENGTH		16384
+/* Maximum compression overhead: defined by SSL/TLS standards */
+#define SSL3_RT_MAX_COMPRESSED_OVERHEAD		1024
+
+/* The standards give a maximum encryption overhead of 1024 bytes.
+ * In practice the value is lower than this. The overhead is the maximum
+ * number of padding bytes (256) plus the mac size.
+ */
+#define SSL3_RT_MAX_ENCRYPTED_OVERHEAD	(256 + SSL3_RT_MAX_MD_SIZE)
+
+/* OpenSSL currently only uses a padding length of at most one block so
+ * the send overhead is smaller.
+ */
+
+#define SSL3_RT_SEND_MAX_ENCRYPTED_OVERHEAD \
+			(SSL_RT_MAX_CIPHER_BLOCK_SIZE + SSL3_RT_MAX_MD_SIZE)
+
+/* If compression isn't used don't include the compression overhead */
+
+#ifdef OPENSSL_NO_COMP
+#define SSL3_RT_MAX_COMPRESSED_LENGTH		SSL3_RT_MAX_PLAIN_LENGTH
+#else
+#define SSL3_RT_MAX_COMPRESSED_LENGTH	\
+		(SSL3_RT_MAX_PLAIN_LENGTH+SSL3_RT_MAX_COMPRESSED_OVERHEAD)
+#endif
+#define SSL3_RT_MAX_ENCRYPTED_LENGTH	\
+		(SSL3_RT_MAX_ENCRYPTED_OVERHEAD+SSL3_RT_MAX_COMPRESSED_LENGTH)
+#define SSL3_RT_MAX_PACKET_SIZE		\
+		(SSL3_RT_MAX_ENCRYPTED_LENGTH+SSL3_RT_HEADER_LENGTH)
+
+#define SSL3_MD_CLIENT_FINISHED_CONST	"\x43\x4C\x4E\x54"
+#define SSL3_MD_SERVER_FINISHED_CONST	"\x53\x52\x56\x52"
+
+#define SSL3_VERSION			0x0300
+#define SSL3_VERSION_MAJOR		0x03
+#define SSL3_VERSION_MINOR		0x00
+
+#define SSL3_RT_CHANGE_CIPHER_SPEC	20
+#define SSL3_RT_ALERT			21
+#define SSL3_RT_HANDSHAKE		22
+#define SSL3_RT_APPLICATION_DATA	23
+#define TLS1_RT_HEARTBEAT		24
+
+#define SSL3_AL_WARNING			1
+#define SSL3_AL_FATAL			2
+
+#define SSL3_AD_CLOSE_NOTIFY		 0
+#define SSL3_AD_UNEXPECTED_MESSAGE	10	/* fatal */
+#define SSL3_AD_BAD_RECORD_MAC		20	/* fatal */
+#define SSL3_AD_DECOMPRESSION_FAILURE	30	/* fatal */
+#define SSL3_AD_HANDSHAKE_FAILURE	40	/* fatal */
+#define SSL3_AD_NO_CERTIFICATE		41
+#define SSL3_AD_BAD_CERTIFICATE		42
+#define SSL3_AD_UNSUPPORTED_CERTIFICATE	43
+#define SSL3_AD_CERTIFICATE_REVOKED	44
+#define SSL3_AD_CERTIFICATE_EXPIRED	45
+#define SSL3_AD_CERTIFICATE_UNKNOWN	46
+#define SSL3_AD_ILLEGAL_PARAMETER	47	/* fatal */
+
+#define TLS1_HB_REQUEST		1
+#define TLS1_HB_RESPONSE	2
+	
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_SSL_INTERN
+
+typedef struct ssl3_record_st
+	{
+/*r */	int type;               /* type of record */
+/*rw*/	unsigned int length;    /* How many bytes available */
+/*r */	unsigned int off;       /* read/write offset into 'buf' */
+/*rw*/	unsigned char *data;    /* pointer to the record data */
+/*rw*/	unsigned char *input;   /* where the decode bytes are */
+/*r */	unsigned char *comp;    /* only used with decompression - malloc()ed */
+/*r */  unsigned long epoch;    /* epoch number, needed by DTLS1 */
+/*r */  unsigned char seq_num[8]; /* sequence number, needed by DTLS1 */
+	} SSL3_RECORD;
+
+typedef struct ssl3_buffer_st
+	{
+	unsigned char *buf;     /* at least SSL3_RT_MAX_PACKET_SIZE bytes,
+	                         * see ssl3_setup_buffers() */
+	size_t len;             /* buffer size */
+	int offset;             /* where to 'copy from' */
+	int left;               /* how many bytes left */
+	} SSL3_BUFFER;
+
+#endif
+
+#define SSL3_CT_RSA_SIGN			1
+#define SSL3_CT_DSS_SIGN			2
+#define SSL3_CT_RSA_FIXED_DH			3
+#define SSL3_CT_DSS_FIXED_DH			4
+#define SSL3_CT_RSA_EPHEMERAL_DH		5
+#define SSL3_CT_DSS_EPHEMERAL_DH		6
+#define SSL3_CT_FORTEZZA_DMS			20
+/* SSL3_CT_NUMBER is used to size arrays and it must be large
+ * enough to contain all of the cert types defined either for
+ * SSLv3 and TLSv1.
+ */
+#define SSL3_CT_NUMBER			9
+
+
+#define SSL3_FLAGS_NO_RENEGOTIATE_CIPHERS	0x0001
+#define SSL3_FLAGS_DELAY_CLIENT_FINISHED	0x0002
+#define SSL3_FLAGS_POP_BUFFER			0x0004
+#define TLS1_FLAGS_TLS_PADDING_BUG		0x0008
+#define TLS1_FLAGS_SKIP_CERT_VERIFY		0x0010
+#define TLS1_FLAGS_KEEP_HANDSHAKE		0x0020
+#define SSL3_FLAGS_CCS_OK			0x0080
+ 
+/* SSL3_FLAGS_SGC_RESTART_DONE is set when we
+ * restart a handshake because of MS SGC and so prevents us
+ * from restarting the handshake in a loop. It's reset on a
+ * renegotiation, so effectively limits the client to one restart
+ * per negotiation. This limits the possibility of a DDoS
+ * attack where the client handshakes in a loop using SGC to
+ * restart. Servers which permit renegotiation can still be
+ * effected, but we can't prevent that.
+ */
+#define SSL3_FLAGS_SGC_RESTART_DONE		0x0040
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_SSL_INTERN
+
+typedef struct ssl3_state_st
+	{
+	long flags;
+	int delay_buf_pop_ret;
+
+	unsigned char read_sequence[8];
+	int read_mac_secret_size;
+	unsigned char read_mac_secret[EVP_MAX_MD_SIZE];
+	unsigned char write_sequence[8];
+	int write_mac_secret_size;
+	unsigned char write_mac_secret[EVP_MAX_MD_SIZE];
+
+	unsigned char server_random[SSL3_RANDOM_SIZE];
+	unsigned char client_random[SSL3_RANDOM_SIZE];
+
+	/* flags for countermeasure against known-IV weakness */
+	int need_empty_fragments;
+	int empty_fragment_done;
+
+	/* The value of 'extra' when the buffers were initialized */
+	int init_extra;
+
+	SSL3_BUFFER rbuf;	/* read IO goes into here */
+	SSL3_BUFFER wbuf;	/* write IO goes into here */
+
+	SSL3_RECORD rrec;	/* each decoded record goes in here */
+	SSL3_RECORD wrec;	/* goes out from here */
+
+	/* storage for Alert/Handshake protocol data received but not
+	 * yet processed by ssl3_read_bytes: */
+	unsigned char alert_fragment[2];
+	unsigned int alert_fragment_len;
+	unsigned char handshake_fragment[4];
+	unsigned int handshake_fragment_len;
+
+	/* partial write - check the numbers match */
+	unsigned int wnum;	/* number of bytes sent so far */
+	int wpend_tot;		/* number bytes written */
+	int wpend_type;
+	int wpend_ret;		/* number of bytes submitted */
+	const unsigned char *wpend_buf;
+
+	/* used during startup, digest all incoming/outgoing packets */
+	BIO *handshake_buffer;
+	/* When set of handshake digests is determined, buffer is hashed
+	 * and freed and MD_CTX-es for all required digests are stored in
+	 * this array */
+	EVP_MD_CTX **handshake_dgst;
+	/* this is set whenerver we see a change_cipher_spec message
+	 * come in when we are not looking for one */
+	int change_cipher_spec;
+
+	int warn_alert;
+	int fatal_alert;
+	/* we allow one fatal and one warning alert to be outstanding,
+	 * send close alert via the warning alert */
+	int alert_dispatch;
+	unsigned char send_alert[2];
+
+	/* This flag is set when we should renegotiate ASAP, basically when
+	 * there is no more data in the read or write buffers */
+	int renegotiate;
+	int total_renegotiations;
+	int num_renegotiations;
+
+	int in_read_app_data;
+
+	/* Opaque PRF input as used for the current handshake.
+	 * These fields are used only if TLSEXT_TYPE_opaque_prf_input is defined
+	 * (otherwise, they are merely present to improve binary compatibility) */
+	void *client_opaque_prf_input;
+	size_t client_opaque_prf_input_len;
+	void *server_opaque_prf_input;
+	size_t server_opaque_prf_input_len;
+
+	struct	{
+		/* actually only needs to be 16+20 */
+		unsigned char cert_verify_md[EVP_MAX_MD_SIZE*2];
+
+		/* actually only need to be 16+20 for SSLv3 and 12 for TLS */
+		unsigned char finish_md[EVP_MAX_MD_SIZE*2];
+		int finish_md_len;
+		unsigned char peer_finish_md[EVP_MAX_MD_SIZE*2];
+		int peer_finish_md_len;
+
+		unsigned long message_size;
+		int message_type;
+
+		/* used to hold the new cipher we are going to use */
+		const SSL_CIPHER *new_cipher;
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_DH
+		DH *dh;
+#endif
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_ECDH
+		EC_KEY *ecdh; /* holds short lived ECDH key */
+#endif
+
+		/* used when SSL_ST_FLUSH_DATA is entered */
+		int next_state;			
+
+		int reuse_message;
+
+		/* used for certificate requests */
+		int cert_req;
+		int ctype_num;
+		char ctype[SSL3_CT_NUMBER];
+		STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *ca_names;
+
+		int use_rsa_tmp;
+
+		int key_block_length;
+		unsigned char *key_block;
+
+		const EVP_CIPHER *new_sym_enc;
+		const EVP_MD *new_hash;
+		int new_mac_pkey_type;
+		int new_mac_secret_size;
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_COMP
+		const SSL_COMP *new_compression;
+#else
+		char *new_compression;
+#endif
+		int cert_request;
+		} tmp;
+
+        /* Connection binding to prevent renegotiation attacks */
+        unsigned char previous_client_finished[EVP_MAX_MD_SIZE];
+        unsigned char previous_client_finished_len;
+        unsigned char previous_server_finished[EVP_MAX_MD_SIZE];
+        unsigned char previous_server_finished_len;
+        int send_connection_binding; /* TODOEKR */
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_NEXTPROTONEG
+	/* Set if we saw the Next Protocol Negotiation extension from our peer. */
+	int next_proto_neg_seen;
+#endif
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_TLSEXT
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_EC
+	/* This is set to true if we believe that this is a version of Safari
+	 * running on OS X 10.6 or newer. We wish to know this because Safari
+	 * on 10.8 .. 10.8.3 has broken ECDHE-ECDSA support. */
+	char is_probably_safari;
+#endif /* !OPENSSL_NO_EC */
+#endif /* !OPENSSL_NO_TLSEXT */
+	} SSL3_STATE;
+
+#endif
+
+/* SSLv3 */
+/*client */
+/* extra state */
+#define SSL3_ST_CW_FLUSH		(0x100|SSL_ST_CONNECT)
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_SCTP
+#define DTLS1_SCTP_ST_CW_WRITE_SOCK			(0x310|SSL_ST_CONNECT)
+#define DTLS1_SCTP_ST_CR_READ_SOCK			(0x320|SSL_ST_CONNECT)
+#endif	
+/* write to server */
+#define SSL3_ST_CW_CLNT_HELLO_A		(0x110|SSL_ST_CONNECT)
+#define SSL3_ST_CW_CLNT_HELLO_B		(0x111|SSL_ST_CONNECT)
+/* read from server */
+#define SSL3_ST_CR_SRVR_HELLO_A		(0x120|SSL_ST_CONNECT)
+#define SSL3_ST_CR_SRVR_HELLO_B		(0x121|SSL_ST_CONNECT)
+#define DTLS1_ST_CR_HELLO_VERIFY_REQUEST_A (0x126|SSL_ST_CONNECT)
+#define DTLS1_ST_CR_HELLO_VERIFY_REQUEST_B (0x127|SSL_ST_CONNECT)
+#define SSL3_ST_CR_CERT_A		(0x130|SSL_ST_CONNECT)
+#define SSL3_ST_CR_CERT_B		(0x131|SSL_ST_CONNECT)
+#define SSL3_ST_CR_KEY_EXCH_A		(0x140|SSL_ST_CONNECT)
+#define SSL3_ST_CR_KEY_EXCH_B		(0x141|SSL_ST_CONNECT)
+#define SSL3_ST_CR_CERT_REQ_A		(0x150|SSL_ST_CONNECT)
+#define SSL3_ST_CR_CERT_REQ_B		(0x151|SSL_ST_CONNECT)
+#define SSL3_ST_CR_SRVR_DONE_A		(0x160|SSL_ST_CONNECT)
+#define SSL3_ST_CR_SRVR_DONE_B		(0x161|SSL_ST_CONNECT)
+/* write to server */
+#define SSL3_ST_CW_CERT_A		(0x170|SSL_ST_CONNECT)
+#define SSL3_ST_CW_CERT_B		(0x171|SSL_ST_CONNECT)
+#define SSL3_ST_CW_CERT_C		(0x172|SSL_ST_CONNECT)
+#define SSL3_ST_CW_CERT_D		(0x173|SSL_ST_CONNECT)
+#define SSL3_ST_CW_KEY_EXCH_A		(0x180|SSL_ST_CONNECT)
+#define SSL3_ST_CW_KEY_EXCH_B		(0x181|SSL_ST_CONNECT)
+#define SSL3_ST_CW_CERT_VRFY_A		(0x190|SSL_ST_CONNECT)
+#define SSL3_ST_CW_CERT_VRFY_B		(0x191|SSL_ST_CONNECT)
+#define SSL3_ST_CW_CHANGE_A		(0x1A0|SSL_ST_CONNECT)
+#define SSL3_ST_CW_CHANGE_B		(0x1A1|SSL_ST_CONNECT)
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_NEXTPROTONEG
+#define SSL3_ST_CW_NEXT_PROTO_A		(0x200|SSL_ST_CONNECT)
+#define SSL3_ST_CW_NEXT_PROTO_B		(0x201|SSL_ST_CONNECT)
+#endif
+#define SSL3_ST_CW_FINISHED_A		(0x1B0|SSL_ST_CONNECT)
+#define SSL3_ST_CW_FINISHED_B		(0x1B1|SSL_ST_CONNECT)
+/* read from server */
+#define SSL3_ST_CR_CHANGE_A		(0x1C0|SSL_ST_CONNECT)
+#define SSL3_ST_CR_CHANGE_B		(0x1C1|SSL_ST_CONNECT)
+#define SSL3_ST_CR_FINISHED_A		(0x1D0|SSL_ST_CONNECT)
+#define SSL3_ST_CR_FINISHED_B		(0x1D1|SSL_ST_CONNECT)
+#define SSL3_ST_CR_SESSION_TICKET_A	(0x1E0|SSL_ST_CONNECT)
+#define SSL3_ST_CR_SESSION_TICKET_B	(0x1E1|SSL_ST_CONNECT)
+#define SSL3_ST_CR_CERT_STATUS_A	(0x1F0|SSL_ST_CONNECT)
+#define SSL3_ST_CR_CERT_STATUS_B	(0x1F1|SSL_ST_CONNECT)
+
+/* server */
+/* extra state */
+#define SSL3_ST_SW_FLUSH		(0x100|SSL_ST_ACCEPT)
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_SCTP
+#define DTLS1_SCTP_ST_SW_WRITE_SOCK			(0x310|SSL_ST_ACCEPT)
+#define DTLS1_SCTP_ST_SR_READ_SOCK			(0x320|SSL_ST_ACCEPT)
+#endif	
+/* read from client */
+/* Do not change the number values, they do matter */
+#define SSL3_ST_SR_CLNT_HELLO_A		(0x110|SSL_ST_ACCEPT)
+#define SSL3_ST_SR_CLNT_HELLO_B		(0x111|SSL_ST_ACCEPT)
+#define SSL3_ST_SR_CLNT_HELLO_C		(0x112|SSL_ST_ACCEPT)
+/* write to client */
+#define DTLS1_ST_SW_HELLO_VERIFY_REQUEST_A (0x113|SSL_ST_ACCEPT)
+#define DTLS1_ST_SW_HELLO_VERIFY_REQUEST_B (0x114|SSL_ST_ACCEPT)
+#define SSL3_ST_SW_HELLO_REQ_A		(0x120|SSL_ST_ACCEPT)
+#define SSL3_ST_SW_HELLO_REQ_B		(0x121|SSL_ST_ACCEPT)
+#define SSL3_ST_SW_HELLO_REQ_C		(0x122|SSL_ST_ACCEPT)
+#define SSL3_ST_SW_SRVR_HELLO_A		(0x130|SSL_ST_ACCEPT)
+#define SSL3_ST_SW_SRVR_HELLO_B		(0x131|SSL_ST_ACCEPT)
+#define SSL3_ST_SW_CERT_A		(0x140|SSL_ST_ACCEPT)
+#define SSL3_ST_SW_CERT_B		(0x141|SSL_ST_ACCEPT)
+#define SSL3_ST_SW_KEY_EXCH_A		(0x150|SSL_ST_ACCEPT)
+#define SSL3_ST_SW_KEY_EXCH_B		(0x151|SSL_ST_ACCEPT)
+#define SSL3_ST_SW_CERT_REQ_A		(0x160|SSL_ST_ACCEPT)
+#define SSL3_ST_SW_CERT_REQ_B		(0x161|SSL_ST_ACCEPT)
+#define SSL3_ST_SW_SRVR_DONE_A		(0x170|SSL_ST_ACCEPT)
+#define SSL3_ST_SW_SRVR_DONE_B		(0x171|SSL_ST_ACCEPT)
+/* read from client */
+#define SSL3_ST_SR_CERT_A		(0x180|SSL_ST_ACCEPT)
+#define SSL3_ST_SR_CERT_B		(0x181|SSL_ST_ACCEPT)
+#define SSL3_ST_SR_KEY_EXCH_A		(0x190|SSL_ST_ACCEPT)
+#define SSL3_ST_SR_KEY_EXCH_B		(0x191|SSL_ST_ACCEPT)
+#define SSL3_ST_SR_CERT_VRFY_A		(0x1A0|SSL_ST_ACCEPT)
+#define SSL3_ST_SR_CERT_VRFY_B		(0x1A1|SSL_ST_ACCEPT)
+#define SSL3_ST_SR_CHANGE_A		(0x1B0|SSL_ST_ACCEPT)
+#define SSL3_ST_SR_CHANGE_B		(0x1B1|SSL_ST_ACCEPT)
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_NEXTPROTONEG
+#define SSL3_ST_SR_NEXT_PROTO_A		(0x210|SSL_ST_ACCEPT)
+#define SSL3_ST_SR_NEXT_PROTO_B		(0x211|SSL_ST_ACCEPT)
+#endif
+#define SSL3_ST_SR_FINISHED_A		(0x1C0|SSL_ST_ACCEPT)
+#define SSL3_ST_SR_FINISHED_B		(0x1C1|SSL_ST_ACCEPT)
+/* write to client */
+#define SSL3_ST_SW_CHANGE_A		(0x1D0|SSL_ST_ACCEPT)
+#define SSL3_ST_SW_CHANGE_B		(0x1D1|SSL_ST_ACCEPT)
+#define SSL3_ST_SW_FINISHED_A		(0x1E0|SSL_ST_ACCEPT)
+#define SSL3_ST_SW_FINISHED_B		(0x1E1|SSL_ST_ACCEPT)
+#define SSL3_ST_SW_SESSION_TICKET_A	(0x1F0|SSL_ST_ACCEPT)
+#define SSL3_ST_SW_SESSION_TICKET_B	(0x1F1|SSL_ST_ACCEPT)
+#define SSL3_ST_SW_CERT_STATUS_A	(0x200|SSL_ST_ACCEPT)
+#define SSL3_ST_SW_CERT_STATUS_B	(0x201|SSL_ST_ACCEPT)
+
+#define SSL3_MT_HELLO_REQUEST			0
+#define SSL3_MT_CLIENT_HELLO			1
+#define SSL3_MT_SERVER_HELLO			2
+#define	SSL3_MT_NEWSESSION_TICKET		4
+#define SSL3_MT_CERTIFICATE			11
+#define SSL3_MT_SERVER_KEY_EXCHANGE		12
+#define SSL3_MT_CERTIFICATE_REQUEST		13
+#define SSL3_MT_SERVER_DONE			14
+#define SSL3_MT_CERTIFICATE_VERIFY		15
+#define SSL3_MT_CLIENT_KEY_EXCHANGE		16
+#define SSL3_MT_FINISHED			20
+#define SSL3_MT_CERTIFICATE_STATUS		22
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_NEXTPROTONEG
+#define SSL3_MT_NEXT_PROTO			67
+#endif
+#define DTLS1_MT_HELLO_VERIFY_REQUEST    3
+
+
+#define SSL3_MT_CCS				1
+
+/* These are used when changing over to a new cipher */
+#define SSL3_CC_READ		0x01
+#define SSL3_CC_WRITE		0x02
+#define SSL3_CC_CLIENT		0x10
+#define SSL3_CC_SERVER		0x20
+#define SSL3_CHANGE_CIPHER_CLIENT_WRITE	(SSL3_CC_CLIENT|SSL3_CC_WRITE)	
+#define SSL3_CHANGE_CIPHER_SERVER_READ	(SSL3_CC_SERVER|SSL3_CC_READ)
+#define SSL3_CHANGE_CIPHER_CLIENT_READ	(SSL3_CC_CLIENT|SSL3_CC_READ)
+#define SSL3_CHANGE_CIPHER_SERVER_WRITE	(SSL3_CC_SERVER|SSL3_CC_WRITE)
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/include/openssl/stack.h b/lib/include/openssl/stack.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ce35e55
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/include/openssl/stack.h
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+/* crypto/stack/stack.h */
+/* Copyright (C) 1995-1998 Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This package is an SSL implementation written
+ * by Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com).
+ * The implementation was written so as to conform with Netscapes SSL.
+ * 
+ * This library is free for commercial and non-commercial use as long as
+ * the following conditions are aheared to.  The following conditions
+ * apply to all code found in this distribution, be it the RC4, RSA,
+ * lhash, DES, etc., code; not just the SSL code.  The SSL documentation
+ * included with this distribution is covered by the same copyright terms
+ * except that the holder is Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com).
+ * 
+ * Copyright remains Eric Young's, and as such any Copyright notices in
+ * the code are not to be removed.
+ * If this package is used in a product, Eric Young should be given attribution
+ * as the author of the parts of the library used.
+ * This can be in the form of a textual message at program startup or
+ * in documentation (online or textual) provided with the package.
+ * 
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *    "This product includes cryptographic software written by
+ *     Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)"
+ *    The word 'cryptographic' can be left out if the rouines from the library
+ *    being used are not cryptographic related :-).
+ * 4. If you include any Windows specific code (or a derivative thereof) from 
+ *    the apps directory (application code) you must include an acknowledgement:
+ *    "This product includes software written by Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com)"
+ * 
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ERIC YOUNG ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * 
+ * The licence and distribution terms for any publically available version or
+ * derivative of this code cannot be changed.  i.e. this code cannot simply be
+ * copied and put under another distribution licence
+ * [including the GNU Public Licence.]
+ */
+
+#ifndef HEADER_STACK_H
+#define HEADER_STACK_H
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+typedef struct stack_st
+	{
+	int num;
+	char **data;
+	int sorted;
+
+	int num_alloc;
+	int (*comp)(const void *, const void *);
+	} _STACK;  /* Use STACK_OF(...) instead */
+
+#define M_sk_num(sk)		((sk) ? (sk)->num:-1)
+#define M_sk_value(sk,n)	((sk) ? (sk)->data[n] : NULL)
+
+int sk_num(const _STACK *);
+void *sk_value(const _STACK *, int);
+
+void *sk_set(_STACK *, int, void *);
+
+_STACK *sk_new(int (*cmp)(const void *, const void *));
+_STACK *sk_new_null(void);
+void sk_free(_STACK *);
+void sk_pop_free(_STACK *st, void (*func)(void *));
+int sk_insert(_STACK *sk, void *data, int where);
+void *sk_delete(_STACK *st, int loc);
+void *sk_delete_ptr(_STACK *st, void *p);
+int sk_find(_STACK *st, void *data);
+int sk_find_ex(_STACK *st, void *data);
+int sk_push(_STACK *st, void *data);
+int sk_unshift(_STACK *st, void *data);
+void *sk_shift(_STACK *st);
+void *sk_pop(_STACK *st);
+void sk_zero(_STACK *st);
+int (*sk_set_cmp_func(_STACK *sk, int (*c)(const void *, const void *)))
+	(const void *, const void *);
+_STACK *sk_dup(_STACK *st);
+void sk_sort(_STACK *st);
+int sk_is_sorted(const _STACK *st);
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/include/openssl/symhacks.h b/lib/include/openssl/symhacks.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bd2f000
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/include/openssl/symhacks.h
@@ -0,0 +1,481 @@
+/* ====================================================================
+ * Copyright (c) 1999 The OpenSSL Project.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 
+ *
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+ *    the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+ *    distribution.
+ *
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this
+ *    software must display the following acknowledgment:
+ *    "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project
+ *    for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit. (http://www.openssl.org/)"
+ *
+ * 4. The names "OpenSSL Toolkit" and "OpenSSL Project" must not be used to
+ *    endorse or promote products derived from this software without
+ *    prior written permission. For written permission, please contact
+ *    openssl-core@openssl.org.
+ *
+ * 5. Products derived from this software may not be called "OpenSSL"
+ *    nor may "OpenSSL" appear in their names without prior written
+ *    permission of the OpenSSL Project.
+ *
+ * 6. Redistributions of any form whatsoever must retain the following
+ *    acknowledgment:
+ *    "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project
+ *    for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit (http://www.openssl.org/)"
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE OpenSSL PROJECT ``AS IS'' AND ANY
+ * EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OpenSSL PROJECT OR
+ * ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+ * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+ * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
+ * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
+ * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * ====================================================================
+ *
+ * This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young
+ * (eay@cryptsoft.com).  This product includes software written by Tim
+ * Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com).
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef HEADER_SYMHACKS_H
+#define HEADER_SYMHACKS_H
+
+#include <openssl/e_os2.h>
+
+/* Hacks to solve the problem with linkers incapable of handling very long
+   symbol names.  In the case of VMS, the limit is 31 characters on VMS for
+   VAX. */
+/* Note that this affects util/libeay.num and util/ssleay.num...  you may
+   change those manually, but that's not recommended, as those files are
+   controlled centrally and updated on Unix, and the central definition
+   may disagree with yours, which in turn may come with shareable library
+   incompatibilities. */
+#ifdef OPENSSL_SYS_VMS
+
+/* Hack a long name in crypto/ex_data.c */
+#undef CRYPTO_get_ex_data_implementation
+#define CRYPTO_get_ex_data_implementation	CRYPTO_get_ex_data_impl
+#undef CRYPTO_set_ex_data_implementation
+#define CRYPTO_set_ex_data_implementation	CRYPTO_set_ex_data_impl
+
+/* Hack a long name in crypto/asn1/a_mbstr.c */
+#undef ASN1_STRING_set_default_mask_asc
+#define ASN1_STRING_set_default_mask_asc	ASN1_STRING_set_def_mask_asc
+
+#if 0 /* No longer needed, since safestack macro magic does the job */
+/* Hack the names created with DECLARE_ASN1_SET_OF(PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO) */
+#undef i2d_ASN1_SET_OF_PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO
+#define i2d_ASN1_SET_OF_PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO	i2d_ASN1_SET_OF_PKCS7_SIGINF
+#undef d2i_ASN1_SET_OF_PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO
+#define d2i_ASN1_SET_OF_PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO	d2i_ASN1_SET_OF_PKCS7_SIGINF
+#endif
+
+#if 0 /* No longer needed, since safestack macro magic does the job */
+/* Hack the names created with DECLARE_ASN1_SET_OF(PKCS7_RECIP_INFO) */
+#undef i2d_ASN1_SET_OF_PKCS7_RECIP_INFO
+#define i2d_ASN1_SET_OF_PKCS7_RECIP_INFO	i2d_ASN1_SET_OF_PKCS7_RECINF
+#undef d2i_ASN1_SET_OF_PKCS7_RECIP_INFO
+#define d2i_ASN1_SET_OF_PKCS7_RECIP_INFO	d2i_ASN1_SET_OF_PKCS7_RECINF
+#endif
+
+#if 0 /* No longer needed, since safestack macro magic does the job */
+/* Hack the names created with DECLARE_ASN1_SET_OF(ACCESS_DESCRIPTION) */
+#undef i2d_ASN1_SET_OF_ACCESS_DESCRIPTION
+#define i2d_ASN1_SET_OF_ACCESS_DESCRIPTION	i2d_ASN1_SET_OF_ACC_DESC
+#undef d2i_ASN1_SET_OF_ACCESS_DESCRIPTION
+#define d2i_ASN1_SET_OF_ACCESS_DESCRIPTION	d2i_ASN1_SET_OF_ACC_DESC
+#endif
+
+/* Hack the names created with DECLARE_PEM_rw(NETSCAPE_CERT_SEQUENCE) */
+#undef PEM_read_NETSCAPE_CERT_SEQUENCE
+#define PEM_read_NETSCAPE_CERT_SEQUENCE		PEM_read_NS_CERT_SEQ
+#undef PEM_write_NETSCAPE_CERT_SEQUENCE
+#define PEM_write_NETSCAPE_CERT_SEQUENCE	PEM_write_NS_CERT_SEQ
+#undef PEM_read_bio_NETSCAPE_CERT_SEQUENCE
+#define PEM_read_bio_NETSCAPE_CERT_SEQUENCE	PEM_read_bio_NS_CERT_SEQ
+#undef PEM_write_bio_NETSCAPE_CERT_SEQUENCE
+#define PEM_write_bio_NETSCAPE_CERT_SEQUENCE	PEM_write_bio_NS_CERT_SEQ
+#undef PEM_write_cb_bio_NETSCAPE_CERT_SEQUENCE
+#define PEM_write_cb_bio_NETSCAPE_CERT_SEQUENCE	PEM_write_cb_bio_NS_CERT_SEQ
+
+/* Hack the names created with DECLARE_PEM_rw(PKCS8_PRIV_KEY_INFO) */
+#undef PEM_read_PKCS8_PRIV_KEY_INFO
+#define PEM_read_PKCS8_PRIV_KEY_INFO		PEM_read_P8_PRIV_KEY_INFO
+#undef PEM_write_PKCS8_PRIV_KEY_INFO
+#define PEM_write_PKCS8_PRIV_KEY_INFO		PEM_write_P8_PRIV_KEY_INFO
+#undef PEM_read_bio_PKCS8_PRIV_KEY_INFO
+#define PEM_read_bio_PKCS8_PRIV_KEY_INFO	PEM_read_bio_P8_PRIV_KEY_INFO
+#undef PEM_write_bio_PKCS8_PRIV_KEY_INFO
+#define PEM_write_bio_PKCS8_PRIV_KEY_INFO	PEM_write_bio_P8_PRIV_KEY_INFO
+#undef PEM_write_cb_bio_PKCS8_PRIV_KEY_INFO
+#define PEM_write_cb_bio_PKCS8_PRIV_KEY_INFO	PEM_wrt_cb_bio_P8_PRIV_KEY_INFO
+
+/* Hack other PEM names */
+#undef PEM_write_bio_PKCS8PrivateKey_nid
+#define PEM_write_bio_PKCS8PrivateKey_nid	PEM_write_bio_PKCS8PrivKey_nid
+
+/* Hack some long X509 names */
+#undef X509_REVOKED_get_ext_by_critical
+#define X509_REVOKED_get_ext_by_critical	X509_REVOKED_get_ext_by_critic
+#undef X509_policy_tree_get0_user_policies
+#define X509_policy_tree_get0_user_policies	X509_pcy_tree_get0_usr_policies
+#undef X509_policy_node_get0_qualifiers
+#define X509_policy_node_get0_qualifiers	X509_pcy_node_get0_qualifiers
+#undef X509_STORE_CTX_get_explicit_policy
+#define X509_STORE_CTX_get_explicit_policy	X509_STORE_CTX_get_expl_policy
+#undef X509_STORE_CTX_get0_current_issuer
+#define X509_STORE_CTX_get0_current_issuer	X509_STORE_CTX_get0_cur_issuer
+
+/* Hack some long CRYPTO names */
+#undef CRYPTO_set_dynlock_destroy_callback
+#define CRYPTO_set_dynlock_destroy_callback     CRYPTO_set_dynlock_destroy_cb
+#undef CRYPTO_set_dynlock_create_callback
+#define CRYPTO_set_dynlock_create_callback      CRYPTO_set_dynlock_create_cb
+#undef CRYPTO_set_dynlock_lock_callback
+#define CRYPTO_set_dynlock_lock_callback	CRYPTO_set_dynlock_lock_cb
+#undef CRYPTO_get_dynlock_lock_callback
+#define CRYPTO_get_dynlock_lock_callback	CRYPTO_get_dynlock_lock_cb
+#undef CRYPTO_get_dynlock_destroy_callback
+#define CRYPTO_get_dynlock_destroy_callback     CRYPTO_get_dynlock_destroy_cb
+#undef CRYPTO_get_dynlock_create_callback
+#define CRYPTO_get_dynlock_create_callback      CRYPTO_get_dynlock_create_cb
+#undef CRYPTO_set_locked_mem_ex_functions
+#define CRYPTO_set_locked_mem_ex_functions      CRYPTO_set_locked_mem_ex_funcs
+#undef CRYPTO_get_locked_mem_ex_functions
+#define CRYPTO_get_locked_mem_ex_functions      CRYPTO_get_locked_mem_ex_funcs
+
+/* Hack some long SSL names */
+#undef SSL_CTX_set_default_verify_paths
+#define SSL_CTX_set_default_verify_paths	SSL_CTX_set_def_verify_paths
+#undef SSL_get_ex_data_X509_STORE_CTX_idx
+#define SSL_get_ex_data_X509_STORE_CTX_idx      SSL_get_ex_d_X509_STORE_CTX_idx
+#undef SSL_add_file_cert_subjects_to_stack
+#define SSL_add_file_cert_subjects_to_stack     SSL_add_file_cert_subjs_to_stk
+#undef SSL_add_dir_cert_subjects_to_stack
+#define SSL_add_dir_cert_subjects_to_stack      SSL_add_dir_cert_subjs_to_stk
+#undef SSL_CTX_use_certificate_chain_file
+#define SSL_CTX_use_certificate_chain_file      SSL_CTX_use_cert_chain_file
+#undef SSL_CTX_set_cert_verify_callback
+#define SSL_CTX_set_cert_verify_callback	SSL_CTX_set_cert_verify_cb
+#undef SSL_CTX_set_default_passwd_cb_userdata
+#define SSL_CTX_set_default_passwd_cb_userdata  SSL_CTX_set_def_passwd_cb_ud
+#undef SSL_COMP_get_compression_methods
+#define SSL_COMP_get_compression_methods	SSL_COMP_get_compress_methods
+#undef ssl_add_clienthello_renegotiate_ext
+#define ssl_add_clienthello_renegotiate_ext	ssl_add_clienthello_reneg_ext
+#undef ssl_add_serverhello_renegotiate_ext
+#define ssl_add_serverhello_renegotiate_ext	ssl_add_serverhello_reneg_ext
+#undef ssl_parse_clienthello_renegotiate_ext
+#define ssl_parse_clienthello_renegotiate_ext	ssl_parse_clienthello_reneg_ext
+#undef ssl_parse_serverhello_renegotiate_ext
+#define ssl_parse_serverhello_renegotiate_ext	ssl_parse_serverhello_reneg_ext
+#undef SSL_srp_server_param_with_username
+#define SSL_srp_server_param_with_username	SSL_srp_server_param_with_un
+#undef SSL_CTX_set_srp_client_pwd_callback
+#define SSL_CTX_set_srp_client_pwd_callback	SSL_CTX_set_srp_client_pwd_cb
+#undef SSL_CTX_set_srp_verify_param_callback
+#define SSL_CTX_set_srp_verify_param_callback	SSL_CTX_set_srp_vfy_param_cb
+#undef SSL_CTX_set_srp_username_callback
+#define SSL_CTX_set_srp_username_callback	SSL_CTX_set_srp_un_cb
+#undef ssl_add_clienthello_use_srtp_ext
+#define ssl_add_clienthello_use_srtp_ext	ssl_add_clihello_use_srtp_ext
+#undef ssl_add_serverhello_use_srtp_ext
+#define ssl_add_serverhello_use_srtp_ext	ssl_add_serhello_use_srtp_ext
+#undef ssl_parse_clienthello_use_srtp_ext
+#define ssl_parse_clienthello_use_srtp_ext	ssl_parse_clihello_use_srtp_ext
+#undef ssl_parse_serverhello_use_srtp_ext
+#define ssl_parse_serverhello_use_srtp_ext	ssl_parse_serhello_use_srtp_ext
+#undef SSL_CTX_set_next_protos_advertised_cb
+#define SSL_CTX_set_next_protos_advertised_cb	SSL_CTX_set_next_protos_adv_cb
+#undef SSL_CTX_set_next_proto_select_cb
+#define SSL_CTX_set_next_proto_select_cb	SSL_CTX_set_next_proto_sel_cb
+#undef ssl3_cbc_record_digest_supported
+#define ssl3_cbc_record_digest_supported        ssl3_cbc_record_digest_support
+#undef ssl_check_clienthello_tlsext_late
+#define ssl_check_clienthello_tlsext_late       ssl_check_clihello_tlsext_late
+#undef ssl_check_clienthello_tlsext_early
+#define ssl_check_clienthello_tlsext_early      ssl_check_clihello_tlsext_early
+
+/* Hack some long ENGINE names */
+#undef ENGINE_get_default_BN_mod_exp_crt
+#define ENGINE_get_default_BN_mod_exp_crt	ENGINE_get_def_BN_mod_exp_crt
+#undef ENGINE_set_default_BN_mod_exp_crt
+#define ENGINE_set_default_BN_mod_exp_crt	ENGINE_set_def_BN_mod_exp_crt
+#undef ENGINE_set_load_privkey_function
+#define ENGINE_set_load_privkey_function	ENGINE_set_load_privkey_fn
+#undef ENGINE_get_load_privkey_function
+#define ENGINE_get_load_privkey_function	ENGINE_get_load_privkey_fn
+#undef ENGINE_unregister_pkey_asn1_meths
+#define ENGINE_unregister_pkey_asn1_meths	ENGINE_unreg_pkey_asn1_meths
+#undef ENGINE_register_all_pkey_asn1_meths
+#define ENGINE_register_all_pkey_asn1_meths	ENGINE_reg_all_pkey_asn1_meths
+#undef ENGINE_set_default_pkey_asn1_meths
+#define ENGINE_set_default_pkey_asn1_meths	ENGINE_set_def_pkey_asn1_meths
+#undef ENGINE_get_pkey_asn1_meth_engine
+#define ENGINE_get_pkey_asn1_meth_engine	ENGINE_get_pkey_asn1_meth_eng
+#undef ENGINE_set_load_ssl_client_cert_function
+#define ENGINE_set_load_ssl_client_cert_function \
+						ENGINE_set_ld_ssl_clnt_cert_fn
+#undef ENGINE_get_ssl_client_cert_function
+#define ENGINE_get_ssl_client_cert_function	ENGINE_get_ssl_client_cert_fn
+
+/* Hack some long OCSP names */
+#undef OCSP_REQUEST_get_ext_by_critical
+#define OCSP_REQUEST_get_ext_by_critical	OCSP_REQUEST_get_ext_by_crit
+#undef OCSP_BASICRESP_get_ext_by_critical
+#define OCSP_BASICRESP_get_ext_by_critical      OCSP_BASICRESP_get_ext_by_crit
+#undef OCSP_SINGLERESP_get_ext_by_critical
+#define OCSP_SINGLERESP_get_ext_by_critical     OCSP_SINGLERESP_get_ext_by_crit
+
+/* Hack some long DES names */
+#undef _ossl_old_des_ede3_cfb64_encrypt
+#define _ossl_old_des_ede3_cfb64_encrypt	_ossl_odes_ede3_cfb64_encrypt
+#undef _ossl_old_des_ede3_ofb64_encrypt
+#define _ossl_old_des_ede3_ofb64_encrypt	_ossl_odes_ede3_ofb64_encrypt
+
+/* Hack some long EVP names */
+#undef OPENSSL_add_all_algorithms_noconf
+#define OPENSSL_add_all_algorithms_noconf	OPENSSL_add_all_algo_noconf
+#undef OPENSSL_add_all_algorithms_conf
+#define OPENSSL_add_all_algorithms_conf		OPENSSL_add_all_algo_conf
+#undef EVP_PKEY_meth_set_verify_recover
+#define EVP_PKEY_meth_set_verify_recover	EVP_PKEY_meth_set_vrfy_recover
+
+/* Hack some long EC names */
+#undef EC_GROUP_set_point_conversion_form
+#define EC_GROUP_set_point_conversion_form	EC_GROUP_set_point_conv_form
+#undef EC_GROUP_get_point_conversion_form
+#define EC_GROUP_get_point_conversion_form	EC_GROUP_get_point_conv_form
+#undef EC_GROUP_clear_free_all_extra_data
+#define EC_GROUP_clear_free_all_extra_data	EC_GROUP_clr_free_all_xtra_data
+#undef EC_KEY_set_public_key_affine_coordinates
+#define EC_KEY_set_public_key_affine_coordinates \
+						EC_KEY_set_pub_key_aff_coords
+#undef EC_POINT_set_Jprojective_coordinates_GFp
+#define EC_POINT_set_Jprojective_coordinates_GFp \
+                                                EC_POINT_set_Jproj_coords_GFp
+#undef EC_POINT_get_Jprojective_coordinates_GFp
+#define EC_POINT_get_Jprojective_coordinates_GFp \
+                                                EC_POINT_get_Jproj_coords_GFp
+#undef EC_POINT_set_affine_coordinates_GFp
+#define EC_POINT_set_affine_coordinates_GFp     EC_POINT_set_affine_coords_GFp
+#undef EC_POINT_get_affine_coordinates_GFp
+#define EC_POINT_get_affine_coordinates_GFp     EC_POINT_get_affine_coords_GFp
+#undef EC_POINT_set_compressed_coordinates_GFp
+#define EC_POINT_set_compressed_coordinates_GFp EC_POINT_set_compr_coords_GFp
+#undef EC_POINT_set_affine_coordinates_GF2m
+#define EC_POINT_set_affine_coordinates_GF2m    EC_POINT_set_affine_coords_GF2m
+#undef EC_POINT_get_affine_coordinates_GF2m
+#define EC_POINT_get_affine_coordinates_GF2m    EC_POINT_get_affine_coords_GF2m
+#undef EC_POINT_set_compressed_coordinates_GF2m
+#define EC_POINT_set_compressed_coordinates_GF2m \
+                                                EC_POINT_set_compr_coords_GF2m
+#undef ec_GF2m_simple_group_clear_finish
+#define ec_GF2m_simple_group_clear_finish	ec_GF2m_simple_grp_clr_finish
+#undef ec_GF2m_simple_group_check_discriminant
+#define ec_GF2m_simple_group_check_discriminant	ec_GF2m_simple_grp_chk_discrim
+#undef ec_GF2m_simple_point_clear_finish
+#define ec_GF2m_simple_point_clear_finish	ec_GF2m_simple_pt_clr_finish
+#undef ec_GF2m_simple_point_set_to_infinity
+#define ec_GF2m_simple_point_set_to_infinity	ec_GF2m_simple_pt_set_to_inf
+#undef ec_GF2m_simple_points_make_affine
+#define ec_GF2m_simple_points_make_affine	ec_GF2m_simple_pts_make_affine
+#undef ec_GF2m_simple_point_set_affine_coordinates
+#define ec_GF2m_simple_point_set_affine_coordinates \
+                                                ec_GF2m_smp_pt_set_af_coords
+#undef ec_GF2m_simple_point_get_affine_coordinates
+#define ec_GF2m_simple_point_get_affine_coordinates \
+                                                ec_GF2m_smp_pt_get_af_coords
+#undef ec_GF2m_simple_set_compressed_coordinates
+#define ec_GF2m_simple_set_compressed_coordinates \
+                                                ec_GF2m_smp_set_compr_coords
+#undef ec_GFp_simple_group_set_curve_GFp
+#define ec_GFp_simple_group_set_curve_GFp       ec_GFp_simple_grp_set_curve_GFp
+#undef ec_GFp_simple_group_get_curve_GFp
+#define ec_GFp_simple_group_get_curve_GFp       ec_GFp_simple_grp_get_curve_GFp
+#undef ec_GFp_simple_group_clear_finish
+#define ec_GFp_simple_group_clear_finish	ec_GFp_simple_grp_clear_finish
+#undef ec_GFp_simple_group_set_generator
+#define ec_GFp_simple_group_set_generator       ec_GFp_simple_grp_set_generator
+#undef ec_GFp_simple_group_get0_generator
+#define ec_GFp_simple_group_get0_generator      ec_GFp_simple_grp_gt0_generator
+#undef ec_GFp_simple_group_get_cofactor
+#define ec_GFp_simple_group_get_cofactor	ec_GFp_simple_grp_get_cofactor
+#undef ec_GFp_simple_point_clear_finish
+#define ec_GFp_simple_point_clear_finish	ec_GFp_simple_pt_clear_finish
+#undef ec_GFp_simple_point_set_to_infinity
+#define ec_GFp_simple_point_set_to_infinity     ec_GFp_simple_pt_set_to_inf
+#undef ec_GFp_simple_points_make_affine
+#define ec_GFp_simple_points_make_affine	ec_GFp_simple_pts_make_affine
+#undef ec_GFp_simple_set_Jprojective_coordinates_GFp
+#define ec_GFp_simple_set_Jprojective_coordinates_GFp \
+                                                ec_GFp_smp_set_Jproj_coords_GFp
+#undef ec_GFp_simple_get_Jprojective_coordinates_GFp
+#define ec_GFp_simple_get_Jprojective_coordinates_GFp \
+                                                ec_GFp_smp_get_Jproj_coords_GFp
+#undef ec_GFp_simple_point_set_affine_coordinates_GFp
+#define ec_GFp_simple_point_set_affine_coordinates_GFp \
+                                                ec_GFp_smp_pt_set_af_coords_GFp
+#undef ec_GFp_simple_point_get_affine_coordinates_GFp
+#define ec_GFp_simple_point_get_affine_coordinates_GFp \
+                                                ec_GFp_smp_pt_get_af_coords_GFp
+#undef ec_GFp_simple_set_compressed_coordinates_GFp
+#define ec_GFp_simple_set_compressed_coordinates_GFp \
+                                                ec_GFp_smp_set_compr_coords_GFp
+#undef ec_GFp_simple_point_set_affine_coordinates
+#define ec_GFp_simple_point_set_affine_coordinates \
+                                                ec_GFp_smp_pt_set_af_coords
+#undef ec_GFp_simple_point_get_affine_coordinates
+#define ec_GFp_simple_point_get_affine_coordinates \
+                                                ec_GFp_smp_pt_get_af_coords
+#undef ec_GFp_simple_set_compressed_coordinates
+#define ec_GFp_simple_set_compressed_coordinates \
+                                                ec_GFp_smp_set_compr_coords
+#undef ec_GFp_simple_group_check_discriminant
+#define ec_GFp_simple_group_check_discriminant	ec_GFp_simple_grp_chk_discrim
+
+/* Hack som long STORE names */
+#undef STORE_method_set_initialise_function
+#define STORE_method_set_initialise_function	STORE_meth_set_initialise_fn
+#undef STORE_method_set_cleanup_function
+#define STORE_method_set_cleanup_function	STORE_meth_set_cleanup_fn
+#undef STORE_method_set_generate_function
+#define STORE_method_set_generate_function	STORE_meth_set_generate_fn
+#undef STORE_method_set_modify_function
+#define STORE_method_set_modify_function	STORE_meth_set_modify_fn
+#undef STORE_method_set_revoke_function
+#define STORE_method_set_revoke_function	STORE_meth_set_revoke_fn
+#undef STORE_method_set_delete_function
+#define STORE_method_set_delete_function	STORE_meth_set_delete_fn
+#undef STORE_method_set_list_start_function
+#define STORE_method_set_list_start_function	STORE_meth_set_list_start_fn
+#undef STORE_method_set_list_next_function
+#define STORE_method_set_list_next_function	STORE_meth_set_list_next_fn
+#undef STORE_method_set_list_end_function
+#define STORE_method_set_list_end_function	STORE_meth_set_list_end_fn
+#undef STORE_method_set_update_store_function
+#define STORE_method_set_update_store_function	STORE_meth_set_update_store_fn
+#undef STORE_method_set_lock_store_function
+#define STORE_method_set_lock_store_function	STORE_meth_set_lock_store_fn
+#undef STORE_method_set_unlock_store_function
+#define STORE_method_set_unlock_store_function	STORE_meth_set_unlock_store_fn
+#undef STORE_method_get_initialise_function
+#define STORE_method_get_initialise_function	STORE_meth_get_initialise_fn
+#undef STORE_method_get_cleanup_function
+#define STORE_method_get_cleanup_function	STORE_meth_get_cleanup_fn
+#undef STORE_method_get_generate_function
+#define STORE_method_get_generate_function	STORE_meth_get_generate_fn
+#undef STORE_method_get_modify_function
+#define STORE_method_get_modify_function	STORE_meth_get_modify_fn
+#undef STORE_method_get_revoke_function
+#define STORE_method_get_revoke_function	STORE_meth_get_revoke_fn
+#undef STORE_method_get_delete_function
+#define STORE_method_get_delete_function	STORE_meth_get_delete_fn
+#undef STORE_method_get_list_start_function
+#define STORE_method_get_list_start_function	STORE_meth_get_list_start_fn
+#undef STORE_method_get_list_next_function
+#define STORE_method_get_list_next_function	STORE_meth_get_list_next_fn
+#undef STORE_method_get_list_end_function
+#define STORE_method_get_list_end_function	STORE_meth_get_list_end_fn
+#undef STORE_method_get_update_store_function
+#define STORE_method_get_update_store_function	STORE_meth_get_update_store_fn
+#undef STORE_method_get_lock_store_function
+#define STORE_method_get_lock_store_function	STORE_meth_get_lock_store_fn
+#undef STORE_method_get_unlock_store_function
+#define STORE_method_get_unlock_store_function	STORE_meth_get_unlock_store_fn
+
+/* Hack some long TS names */
+#undef TS_RESP_CTX_set_status_info_cond
+#define TS_RESP_CTX_set_status_info_cond	TS_RESP_CTX_set_stat_info_cond
+#undef TS_RESP_CTX_set_clock_precision_digits
+#define TS_RESP_CTX_set_clock_precision_digits	TS_RESP_CTX_set_clk_prec_digits
+#undef TS_CONF_set_clock_precision_digits
+#define TS_CONF_set_clock_precision_digits	TS_CONF_set_clk_prec_digits
+
+/* Hack some long CMS names */
+#undef CMS_RecipientInfo_ktri_get0_algs
+#define CMS_RecipientInfo_ktri_get0_algs	CMS_RecipInfo_ktri_get0_algs
+#undef CMS_RecipientInfo_ktri_get0_signer_id
+#define CMS_RecipientInfo_ktri_get0_signer_id	CMS_RecipInfo_ktri_get0_sigr_id
+#undef CMS_OtherRevocationInfoFormat_it
+#define CMS_OtherRevocationInfoFormat_it	CMS_OtherRevocInfoFormat_it
+#undef CMS_KeyAgreeRecipientIdentifier_it
+#define CMS_KeyAgreeRecipientIdentifier_it	CMS_KeyAgreeRecipIdentifier_it
+#undef CMS_OriginatorIdentifierOrKey_it
+#define CMS_OriginatorIdentifierOrKey_it	CMS_OriginatorIdOrKey_it
+#undef cms_SignerIdentifier_get0_signer_id
+#define cms_SignerIdentifier_get0_signer_id	cms_SignerId_get0_signer_id
+
+/* Hack some long DTLS1 names */
+#undef dtls1_retransmit_buffered_messages
+#define dtls1_retransmit_buffered_messages	dtls1_retransmit_buffered_msgs
+
+/* Hack some long SRP names */
+#undef SRP_generate_server_master_secret
+#define SRP_generate_server_master_secret	SRP_gen_server_master_secret
+#undef SRP_generate_client_master_secret
+#define SRP_generate_client_master_secret	SRP_gen_client_master_secret
+
+/* Hack some long UI names */
+#undef UI_method_get_prompt_constructor
+#define UI_method_get_prompt_constructor	UI_method_get_prompt_constructr
+#undef UI_method_set_prompt_constructor
+#define UI_method_set_prompt_constructor	UI_method_set_prompt_constructr
+
+#endif /* defined OPENSSL_SYS_VMS */
+
+
+/* Case insensitive linking causes problems.... */
+#if defined(OPENSSL_SYS_VMS) || defined(OPENSSL_SYS_OS2)
+#undef ERR_load_CRYPTO_strings
+#define ERR_load_CRYPTO_strings			ERR_load_CRYPTOlib_strings
+#undef OCSP_crlID_new
+#define OCSP_crlID_new				OCSP_crlID2_new
+
+#undef d2i_ECPARAMETERS
+#define d2i_ECPARAMETERS			d2i_UC_ECPARAMETERS
+#undef i2d_ECPARAMETERS
+#define i2d_ECPARAMETERS			i2d_UC_ECPARAMETERS
+#undef d2i_ECPKPARAMETERS
+#define d2i_ECPKPARAMETERS			d2i_UC_ECPKPARAMETERS
+#undef i2d_ECPKPARAMETERS
+#define i2d_ECPKPARAMETERS			i2d_UC_ECPKPARAMETERS
+
+/* These functions do not seem to exist!  However, I'm paranoid...
+   Original command in x509v3.h:
+   These functions are being redefined in another directory,
+   and clash when the linker is case-insensitive, so let's
+   hide them a little, by giving them an extra 'o' at the
+   beginning of the name... */
+#undef X509v3_cleanup_extensions
+#define X509v3_cleanup_extensions		oX509v3_cleanup_extensions
+#undef X509v3_add_extension
+#define X509v3_add_extension			oX509v3_add_extension
+#undef X509v3_add_netscape_extensions
+#define X509v3_add_netscape_extensions		oX509v3_add_netscape_extensions
+#undef X509v3_add_standard_extensions
+#define X509v3_add_standard_extensions		oX509v3_add_standard_extensions
+
+/* This one clashes with CMS_data_create */
+#undef cms_Data_create
+#define cms_Data_create				priv_cms_Data_create
+
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* ! defined HEADER_VMS_IDHACKS_H */
diff --git a/lib/include/openssl/tls1.h b/lib/include/openssl/tls1.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c992091
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/include/openssl/tls1.h
@@ -0,0 +1,741 @@
+/* ssl/tls1.h */
+/* Copyright (C) 1995-1998 Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This package is an SSL implementation written
+ * by Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com).
+ * The implementation was written so as to conform with Netscapes SSL.
+ * 
+ * This library is free for commercial and non-commercial use as long as
+ * the following conditions are aheared to.  The following conditions
+ * apply to all code found in this distribution, be it the RC4, RSA,
+ * lhash, DES, etc., code; not just the SSL code.  The SSL documentation
+ * included with this distribution is covered by the same copyright terms
+ * except that the holder is Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com).
+ * 
+ * Copyright remains Eric Young's, and as such any Copyright notices in
+ * the code are not to be removed.
+ * If this package is used in a product, Eric Young should be given attribution
+ * as the author of the parts of the library used.
+ * This can be in the form of a textual message at program startup or
+ * in documentation (online or textual) provided with the package.
+ * 
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *    "This product includes cryptographic software written by
+ *     Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)"
+ *    The word 'cryptographic' can be left out if the rouines from the library
+ *    being used are not cryptographic related :-).
+ * 4. If you include any Windows specific code (or a derivative thereof) from 
+ *    the apps directory (application code) you must include an acknowledgement:
+ *    "This product includes software written by Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com)"
+ * 
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ERIC YOUNG ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * 
+ * The licence and distribution terms for any publically available version or
+ * derivative of this code cannot be changed.  i.e. this code cannot simply be
+ * copied and put under another distribution licence
+ * [including the GNU Public Licence.]
+ */
+/* ====================================================================
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2006 The OpenSSL Project.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 
+ *
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+ *    the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+ *    distribution.
+ *
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this
+ *    software must display the following acknowledgment:
+ *    "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project
+ *    for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit. (http://www.openssl.org/)"
+ *
+ * 4. The names "OpenSSL Toolkit" and "OpenSSL Project" must not be used to
+ *    endorse or promote products derived from this software without
+ *    prior written permission. For written permission, please contact
+ *    openssl-core@openssl.org.
+ *
+ * 5. Products derived from this software may not be called "OpenSSL"
+ *    nor may "OpenSSL" appear in their names without prior written
+ *    permission of the OpenSSL Project.
+ *
+ * 6. Redistributions of any form whatsoever must retain the following
+ *    acknowledgment:
+ *    "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project
+ *    for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit (http://www.openssl.org/)"
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE OpenSSL PROJECT ``AS IS'' AND ANY
+ * EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OpenSSL PROJECT OR
+ * ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+ * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+ * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
+ * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
+ * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * ====================================================================
+ *
+ * This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young
+ * (eay@cryptsoft.com).  This product includes software written by Tim
+ * Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com).
+ *
+ */
+/* ====================================================================
+ * Copyright 2002 Sun Microsystems, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
+ *
+ * Portions of the attached software ("Contribution") are developed by 
+ * SUN MICROSYSTEMS, INC., and are contributed to the OpenSSL project.
+ *
+ * The Contribution is licensed pursuant to the OpenSSL open source
+ * license provided above.
+ *
+ * ECC cipher suite support in OpenSSL originally written by
+ * Vipul Gupta and Sumit Gupta of Sun Microsystems Laboratories.
+ *
+ */
+/* ====================================================================
+ * Copyright 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * The portions of the attached software ("Contribution") is developed by
+ * Nokia Corporation and is licensed pursuant to the OpenSSL open source
+ * license.
+ *
+ * The Contribution, originally written by Mika Kousa and Pasi Eronen of
+ * Nokia Corporation, consists of the "PSK" (Pre-Shared Key) ciphersuites
+ * support (see RFC 4279) to OpenSSL.
+ *
+ * No patent licenses or other rights except those expressly stated in
+ * the OpenSSL open source license shall be deemed granted or received
+ * expressly, by implication, estoppel, or otherwise.
+ *
+ * No assurances are provided by Nokia that the Contribution does not
+ * infringe the patent or other intellectual property rights of any third
+ * party or that the license provides you with all the necessary rights
+ * to make use of the Contribution.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND. IN
+ * ADDITION TO THE DISCLAIMERS INCLUDED IN THE LICENSE, NOKIA
+ * SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY LIABILITY FOR CLAIMS BROUGHT BY YOU OR ANY
+ * OTHER ENTITY BASED ON INFRINGEMENT OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS OR
+ * OTHERWISE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef HEADER_TLS1_H 
+#define HEADER_TLS1_H 
+
+#include <openssl/buffer.h>
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#define TLS1_ALLOW_EXPERIMENTAL_CIPHERSUITES	0
+
+#define TLS1_2_VERSION			0x0303
+#define TLS1_2_VERSION_MAJOR		0x03
+#define TLS1_2_VERSION_MINOR		0x03
+
+#define TLS1_1_VERSION			0x0302
+#define TLS1_1_VERSION_MAJOR		0x03
+#define TLS1_1_VERSION_MINOR		0x02
+
+#define TLS1_VERSION			0x0301
+#define TLS1_VERSION_MAJOR		0x03
+#define TLS1_VERSION_MINOR		0x01
+
+#define TLS1_get_version(s) \
+		((s->version >> 8) == TLS1_VERSION_MAJOR ? s->version : 0)
+
+#define TLS1_get_client_version(s) \
+		((s->client_version >> 8) == TLS1_VERSION_MAJOR ? s->client_version : 0)
+
+#define TLS1_AD_DECRYPTION_FAILED	21
+#define TLS1_AD_RECORD_OVERFLOW		22
+#define TLS1_AD_UNKNOWN_CA		48	/* fatal */
+#define TLS1_AD_ACCESS_DENIED		49	/* fatal */
+#define TLS1_AD_DECODE_ERROR		50	/* fatal */
+#define TLS1_AD_DECRYPT_ERROR		51
+#define TLS1_AD_EXPORT_RESTRICTION	60	/* fatal */
+#define TLS1_AD_PROTOCOL_VERSION	70	/* fatal */
+#define TLS1_AD_INSUFFICIENT_SECURITY	71	/* fatal */
+#define TLS1_AD_INTERNAL_ERROR		80	/* fatal */
+#define TLS1_AD_USER_CANCELLED		90
+#define TLS1_AD_NO_RENEGOTIATION	100
+/* codes 110-114 are from RFC3546 */
+#define TLS1_AD_UNSUPPORTED_EXTENSION	110
+#define TLS1_AD_CERTIFICATE_UNOBTAINABLE 111
+#define TLS1_AD_UNRECOGNIZED_NAME 	112
+#define TLS1_AD_BAD_CERTIFICATE_STATUS_RESPONSE 113
+#define TLS1_AD_BAD_CERTIFICATE_HASH_VALUE 114
+#define TLS1_AD_UNKNOWN_PSK_IDENTITY	115	/* fatal */
+
+/* ExtensionType values from RFC3546 / RFC4366 / RFC6066 */
+#define TLSEXT_TYPE_server_name			0
+#define TLSEXT_TYPE_max_fragment_length		1
+#define TLSEXT_TYPE_client_certificate_url	2
+#define TLSEXT_TYPE_trusted_ca_keys		3
+#define TLSEXT_TYPE_truncated_hmac		4
+#define TLSEXT_TYPE_status_request		5
+/* ExtensionType values from RFC4681 */
+#define TLSEXT_TYPE_user_mapping		6
+
+/* ExtensionType values from RFC5878 */
+#define TLSEXT_TYPE_client_authz		7
+#define TLSEXT_TYPE_server_authz		8
+
+/* ExtensionType values from RFC6091 */
+#define TLSEXT_TYPE_cert_type		9
+
+/* ExtensionType values from RFC4492 */
+#define TLSEXT_TYPE_elliptic_curves		10
+#define TLSEXT_TYPE_ec_point_formats		11
+
+/* ExtensionType value from RFC5054 */
+#define TLSEXT_TYPE_srp				12
+
+/* ExtensionType values from RFC5246 */
+#define TLSEXT_TYPE_signature_algorithms	13
+
+/* ExtensionType value from RFC5764 */
+#define TLSEXT_TYPE_use_srtp	14
+
+/* ExtensionType value from RFC5620 */
+#define TLSEXT_TYPE_heartbeat	15
+
+/* ExtensionType value for TLS padding extension.
+ * http://www.iana.org/assignments/tls-extensiontype-values/tls-extensiontype-values.xhtml
+ * http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-agl-tls-padding-03
+ */
+#define TLSEXT_TYPE_padding	21
+
+/* ExtensionType value from RFC4507 */
+#define TLSEXT_TYPE_session_ticket		35
+
+/* ExtensionType value from draft-rescorla-tls-opaque-prf-input-00.txt */
+#if 0 /* will have to be provided externally for now ,
+       * i.e. build with -DTLSEXT_TYPE_opaque_prf_input=38183
+       * using whatever extension number you'd like to try */
+# define TLSEXT_TYPE_opaque_prf_input		?? */
+#endif
+
+/* Temporary extension type */
+#define TLSEXT_TYPE_renegotiate                 0xff01
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_NEXTPROTONEG
+/* This is not an IANA defined extension number */
+#define TLSEXT_TYPE_next_proto_neg		13172
+#endif
+
+/* NameType value from RFC 3546 */
+#define TLSEXT_NAMETYPE_host_name 0
+/* status request value from RFC 3546 */
+#define TLSEXT_STATUSTYPE_ocsp 1
+
+/* ECPointFormat values from draft-ietf-tls-ecc-12 */
+#define TLSEXT_ECPOINTFORMAT_first			0
+#define TLSEXT_ECPOINTFORMAT_uncompressed		0
+#define TLSEXT_ECPOINTFORMAT_ansiX962_compressed_prime	1
+#define TLSEXT_ECPOINTFORMAT_ansiX962_compressed_char2	2
+#define TLSEXT_ECPOINTFORMAT_last			2
+
+/* Signature and hash algorithms from RFC 5246 */
+
+#define TLSEXT_signature_anonymous			0
+#define TLSEXT_signature_rsa				1
+#define TLSEXT_signature_dsa				2
+#define TLSEXT_signature_ecdsa				3
+
+#define TLSEXT_hash_none				0
+#define TLSEXT_hash_md5					1
+#define TLSEXT_hash_sha1				2
+#define TLSEXT_hash_sha224				3
+#define TLSEXT_hash_sha256				4
+#define TLSEXT_hash_sha384				5
+#define TLSEXT_hash_sha512				6
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_TLSEXT
+
+#define TLSEXT_MAXLEN_host_name 255
+
+const char *SSL_get_servername(const SSL *s, const int type);
+int SSL_get_servername_type(const SSL *s);
+/* SSL_export_keying_material exports a value derived from the master secret,
+ * as specified in RFC 5705. It writes |olen| bytes to |out| given a label and
+ * optional context. (Since a zero length context is allowed, the |use_context|
+ * flag controls whether a context is included.)
+ *
+ * It returns 1 on success and zero otherwise.
+ */
+int SSL_export_keying_material(SSL *s, unsigned char *out, size_t olen,
+	const char *label, size_t llen, const unsigned char *p, size_t plen,
+	int use_context);
+
+#define SSL_set_tlsext_host_name(s,name) \
+SSL_ctrl(s,SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_HOSTNAME,TLSEXT_NAMETYPE_host_name,(char *)name)
+
+#define SSL_set_tlsext_debug_callback(ssl, cb) \
+SSL_callback_ctrl(ssl,SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_DEBUG_CB,(void (*)(void))cb)
+
+#define SSL_set_tlsext_debug_arg(ssl, arg) \
+SSL_ctrl(ssl,SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_DEBUG_ARG,0, (void *)arg)
+
+#define SSL_set_tlsext_status_type(ssl, type) \
+SSL_ctrl(ssl,SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_STATUS_REQ_TYPE,type, NULL)
+
+#define SSL_get_tlsext_status_exts(ssl, arg) \
+SSL_ctrl(ssl,SSL_CTRL_GET_TLSEXT_STATUS_REQ_EXTS,0, (void *)arg)
+
+#define SSL_set_tlsext_status_exts(ssl, arg) \
+SSL_ctrl(ssl,SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_STATUS_REQ_EXTS,0, (void *)arg)
+
+#define SSL_get_tlsext_status_ids(ssl, arg) \
+SSL_ctrl(ssl,SSL_CTRL_GET_TLSEXT_STATUS_REQ_IDS,0, (void *)arg)
+
+#define SSL_set_tlsext_status_ids(ssl, arg) \
+SSL_ctrl(ssl,SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_STATUS_REQ_IDS,0, (void *)arg)
+
+#define SSL_get_tlsext_status_ocsp_resp(ssl, arg) \
+SSL_ctrl(ssl,SSL_CTRL_GET_TLSEXT_STATUS_REQ_OCSP_RESP,0, (void *)arg)
+
+#define SSL_set_tlsext_status_ocsp_resp(ssl, arg, arglen) \
+SSL_ctrl(ssl,SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_STATUS_REQ_OCSP_RESP,arglen, (void *)arg)
+
+#define SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_servername_callback(ctx, cb) \
+SSL_CTX_callback_ctrl(ctx,SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_SERVERNAME_CB,(void (*)(void))cb)
+
+#define SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_OK 0
+#define SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_ALERT_WARNING 1
+#define SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_ALERT_FATAL 2
+#define SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_NOACK 3
+
+#define SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_servername_arg(ctx, arg) \
+SSL_CTX_ctrl(ctx,SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_SERVERNAME_ARG,0, (void *)arg)
+
+#define SSL_CTX_get_tlsext_ticket_keys(ctx, keys, keylen) \
+	SSL_CTX_ctrl((ctx),SSL_CTRL_GET_TLSEXT_TICKET_KEYS,(keylen),(keys))
+#define SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_ticket_keys(ctx, keys, keylen) \
+	SSL_CTX_ctrl((ctx),SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_TICKET_KEYS,(keylen),(keys))
+
+#define SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_status_cb(ssl, cb) \
+SSL_CTX_callback_ctrl(ssl,SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_STATUS_REQ_CB,(void (*)(void))cb)
+
+#define SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_status_arg(ssl, arg) \
+SSL_CTX_ctrl(ssl,SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_STATUS_REQ_CB_ARG,0, (void *)arg)
+
+#define SSL_set_tlsext_opaque_prf_input(s, src, len) \
+SSL_ctrl(s,SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_OPAQUE_PRF_INPUT, len, src)
+#define SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_opaque_prf_input_callback(ctx, cb) \
+SSL_CTX_callback_ctrl(ctx,SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_OPAQUE_PRF_INPUT_CB, (void (*)(void))cb)
+#define SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_opaque_prf_input_callback_arg(ctx, arg) \
+SSL_CTX_ctrl(ctx,SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_OPAQUE_PRF_INPUT_CB_ARG, 0, arg)
+
+#define SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_ticket_key_cb(ssl, cb) \
+SSL_CTX_callback_ctrl(ssl,SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_TICKET_KEY_CB,(void (*)(void))cb)
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_HEARTBEATS
+#define SSL_TLSEXT_HB_ENABLED				0x01
+#define SSL_TLSEXT_HB_DONT_SEND_REQUESTS	0x02
+#define SSL_TLSEXT_HB_DONT_RECV_REQUESTS	0x04
+
+#define SSL_get_tlsext_heartbeat_pending(ssl) \
+        SSL_ctrl((ssl),SSL_CTRL_GET_TLS_EXT_HEARTBEAT_PENDING,0,NULL)
+#define SSL_set_tlsext_heartbeat_no_requests(ssl, arg) \
+        SSL_ctrl((ssl),SSL_CTRL_SET_TLS_EXT_HEARTBEAT_NO_REQUESTS,arg,NULL)
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/* PSK ciphersuites from 4279 */
+#define TLS1_CK_PSK_WITH_RC4_128_SHA                    0x0300008A
+#define TLS1_CK_PSK_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA               0x0300008B
+#define TLS1_CK_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA                0x0300008C
+#define TLS1_CK_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA                0x0300008D
+
+/* Additional TLS ciphersuites from expired Internet Draft
+ * draft-ietf-tls-56-bit-ciphersuites-01.txt
+ * (available if TLS1_ALLOW_EXPERIMENTAL_CIPHERSUITES is defined, see
+ * s3_lib.c).  We actually treat them like SSL 3.0 ciphers, which we probably
+ * shouldn't.  Note that the first two are actually not in the IDs. */
+#define TLS1_CK_RSA_EXPORT1024_WITH_RC4_56_MD5		0x03000060 /* not in ID */
+#define TLS1_CK_RSA_EXPORT1024_WITH_RC2_CBC_56_MD5	0x03000061 /* not in ID */
+#define TLS1_CK_RSA_EXPORT1024_WITH_DES_CBC_SHA		0x03000062
+#define TLS1_CK_DHE_DSS_EXPORT1024_WITH_DES_CBC_SHA	0x03000063
+#define TLS1_CK_RSA_EXPORT1024_WITH_RC4_56_SHA		0x03000064
+#define TLS1_CK_DHE_DSS_EXPORT1024_WITH_RC4_56_SHA	0x03000065
+#define TLS1_CK_DHE_DSS_WITH_RC4_128_SHA		0x03000066
+
+/* AES ciphersuites from RFC3268 */
+
+#define TLS1_CK_RSA_WITH_AES_128_SHA			0x0300002F
+#define TLS1_CK_DH_DSS_WITH_AES_128_SHA			0x03000030
+#define TLS1_CK_DH_RSA_WITH_AES_128_SHA			0x03000031
+#define TLS1_CK_DHE_DSS_WITH_AES_128_SHA		0x03000032
+#define TLS1_CK_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_SHA		0x03000033
+#define TLS1_CK_ADH_WITH_AES_128_SHA			0x03000034
+
+#define TLS1_CK_RSA_WITH_AES_256_SHA			0x03000035
+#define TLS1_CK_DH_DSS_WITH_AES_256_SHA			0x03000036
+#define TLS1_CK_DH_RSA_WITH_AES_256_SHA			0x03000037
+#define TLS1_CK_DHE_DSS_WITH_AES_256_SHA		0x03000038
+#define TLS1_CK_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_SHA		0x03000039
+#define TLS1_CK_ADH_WITH_AES_256_SHA			0x0300003A
+
+/* TLS v1.2 ciphersuites */
+#define TLS1_CK_RSA_WITH_NULL_SHA256			0x0300003B
+#define TLS1_CK_RSA_WITH_AES_128_SHA256			0x0300003C
+#define TLS1_CK_RSA_WITH_AES_256_SHA256			0x0300003D
+#define TLS1_CK_DH_DSS_WITH_AES_128_SHA256		0x0300003E
+#define TLS1_CK_DH_RSA_WITH_AES_128_SHA256		0x0300003F
+#define TLS1_CK_DHE_DSS_WITH_AES_128_SHA256		0x03000040
+
+/* Camellia ciphersuites from RFC4132 */
+#define TLS1_CK_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA		0x03000041
+#define TLS1_CK_DH_DSS_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA	0x03000042
+#define TLS1_CK_DH_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA	0x03000043
+#define TLS1_CK_DHE_DSS_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA	0x03000044
+#define TLS1_CK_DHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA	0x03000045
+#define TLS1_CK_ADH_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA		0x03000046
+
+/* TLS v1.2 ciphersuites */
+#define TLS1_CK_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_SHA256		0x03000067
+#define TLS1_CK_DH_DSS_WITH_AES_256_SHA256		0x03000068
+#define TLS1_CK_DH_RSA_WITH_AES_256_SHA256		0x03000069
+#define TLS1_CK_DHE_DSS_WITH_AES_256_SHA256		0x0300006A
+#define TLS1_CK_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_SHA256		0x0300006B
+#define TLS1_CK_ADH_WITH_AES_128_SHA256			0x0300006C
+#define TLS1_CK_ADH_WITH_AES_256_SHA256			0x0300006D
+
+/* Camellia ciphersuites from RFC4132 */
+#define TLS1_CK_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA		0x03000084
+#define TLS1_CK_DH_DSS_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA	0x03000085
+#define TLS1_CK_DH_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA	0x03000086
+#define TLS1_CK_DHE_DSS_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA	0x03000087
+#define TLS1_CK_DHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA	0x03000088
+#define TLS1_CK_ADH_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA		0x03000089
+
+/* SEED ciphersuites from RFC4162 */
+#define TLS1_CK_RSA_WITH_SEED_SHA                       0x03000096
+#define TLS1_CK_DH_DSS_WITH_SEED_SHA                    0x03000097
+#define TLS1_CK_DH_RSA_WITH_SEED_SHA                    0x03000098
+#define TLS1_CK_DHE_DSS_WITH_SEED_SHA                   0x03000099
+#define TLS1_CK_DHE_RSA_WITH_SEED_SHA                   0x0300009A
+#define TLS1_CK_ADH_WITH_SEED_SHA                	0x0300009B
+
+/* TLS v1.2 GCM ciphersuites from RFC5288 */
+#define TLS1_CK_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256		0x0300009C
+#define TLS1_CK_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384		0x0300009D
+#define TLS1_CK_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256		0x0300009E
+#define TLS1_CK_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384		0x0300009F
+#define TLS1_CK_DH_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256		0x030000A0
+#define TLS1_CK_DH_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384		0x030000A1
+#define TLS1_CK_DHE_DSS_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256		0x030000A2
+#define TLS1_CK_DHE_DSS_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384		0x030000A3
+#define TLS1_CK_DH_DSS_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256		0x030000A4
+#define TLS1_CK_DH_DSS_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384		0x030000A5
+#define TLS1_CK_ADH_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256		0x030000A6
+#define TLS1_CK_ADH_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384		0x030000A7
+
+/* ECC ciphersuites from draft-ietf-tls-ecc-12.txt with changes soon to be in draft 13 */
+#define TLS1_CK_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_NULL_SHA                0x0300C001
+#define TLS1_CK_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_RC4_128_SHA             0x0300C002
+#define TLS1_CK_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_DES_192_CBC3_SHA        0x0300C003
+#define TLS1_CK_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA         0x0300C004
+#define TLS1_CK_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA         0x0300C005
+
+#define TLS1_CK_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_NULL_SHA               0x0300C006
+#define TLS1_CK_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_RC4_128_SHA            0x0300C007
+#define TLS1_CK_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_DES_192_CBC3_SHA       0x0300C008
+#define TLS1_CK_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA        0x0300C009
+#define TLS1_CK_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA        0x0300C00A
+
+#define TLS1_CK_ECDH_RSA_WITH_NULL_SHA                  0x0300C00B
+#define TLS1_CK_ECDH_RSA_WITH_RC4_128_SHA               0x0300C00C
+#define TLS1_CK_ECDH_RSA_WITH_DES_192_CBC3_SHA          0x0300C00D
+#define TLS1_CK_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA           0x0300C00E
+#define TLS1_CK_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA           0x0300C00F
+
+#define TLS1_CK_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_NULL_SHA                 0x0300C010
+#define TLS1_CK_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_RC4_128_SHA              0x0300C011
+#define TLS1_CK_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_DES_192_CBC3_SHA         0x0300C012
+#define TLS1_CK_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA          0x0300C013
+#define TLS1_CK_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA          0x0300C014
+
+#define TLS1_CK_ECDH_anon_WITH_NULL_SHA                 0x0300C015
+#define TLS1_CK_ECDH_anon_WITH_RC4_128_SHA              0x0300C016
+#define TLS1_CK_ECDH_anon_WITH_DES_192_CBC3_SHA         0x0300C017
+#define TLS1_CK_ECDH_anon_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA          0x0300C018
+#define TLS1_CK_ECDH_anon_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA          0x0300C019
+
+/* SRP ciphersuites from RFC 5054 */
+#define TLS1_CK_SRP_SHA_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA		0x0300C01A
+#define TLS1_CK_SRP_SHA_RSA_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA	0x0300C01B
+#define TLS1_CK_SRP_SHA_DSS_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA	0x0300C01C
+#define TLS1_CK_SRP_SHA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA		0x0300C01D
+#define TLS1_CK_SRP_SHA_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA	0x0300C01E
+#define TLS1_CK_SRP_SHA_DSS_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA	0x0300C01F
+#define TLS1_CK_SRP_SHA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA		0x0300C020
+#define TLS1_CK_SRP_SHA_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA	0x0300C021
+#define TLS1_CK_SRP_SHA_DSS_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA	0x0300C022
+
+/* ECDH HMAC based ciphersuites from RFC5289 */
+
+#define TLS1_CK_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_SHA256         0x0300C023
+#define TLS1_CK_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_SHA384         0x0300C024
+#define TLS1_CK_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_SHA256          0x0300C025
+#define TLS1_CK_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_SHA384          0x0300C026
+#define TLS1_CK_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_SHA256           0x0300C027
+#define TLS1_CK_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_SHA384           0x0300C028
+#define TLS1_CK_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_128_SHA256            0x0300C029
+#define TLS1_CK_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_256_SHA384            0x0300C02A
+
+/* ECDH GCM based ciphersuites from RFC5289 */
+#define TLS1_CK_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256	0x0300C02B
+#define TLS1_CK_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384	0x0300C02C
+#define TLS1_CK_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256      0x0300C02D
+#define TLS1_CK_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384      0x0300C02E
+#define TLS1_CK_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256       0x0300C02F
+#define TLS1_CK_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384       0x0300C030
+#define TLS1_CK_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256        0x0300C031
+#define TLS1_CK_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384        0x0300C032
+
+/* XXX
+ * Inconsistency alert:
+ * The OpenSSL names of ciphers with ephemeral DH here include the string
+ * "DHE", while elsewhere it has always been "EDH".
+ * (The alias for the list of all such ciphers also is "EDH".)
+ * The specifications speak of "EDH"; maybe we should allow both forms
+ * for everything. */
+#define TLS1_TXT_RSA_EXPORT1024_WITH_RC4_56_MD5		"EXP1024-RC4-MD5"
+#define TLS1_TXT_RSA_EXPORT1024_WITH_RC2_CBC_56_MD5	"EXP1024-RC2-CBC-MD5"
+#define TLS1_TXT_RSA_EXPORT1024_WITH_DES_CBC_SHA	"EXP1024-DES-CBC-SHA"
+#define TLS1_TXT_DHE_DSS_EXPORT1024_WITH_DES_CBC_SHA	"EXP1024-DHE-DSS-DES-CBC-SHA"
+#define TLS1_TXT_RSA_EXPORT1024_WITH_RC4_56_SHA		"EXP1024-RC4-SHA"
+#define TLS1_TXT_DHE_DSS_EXPORT1024_WITH_RC4_56_SHA	"EXP1024-DHE-DSS-RC4-SHA"
+#define TLS1_TXT_DHE_DSS_WITH_RC4_128_SHA		"DHE-DSS-RC4-SHA"
+
+/* AES ciphersuites from RFC3268 */
+#define TLS1_TXT_RSA_WITH_AES_128_SHA			"AES128-SHA"
+#define TLS1_TXT_DH_DSS_WITH_AES_128_SHA		"DH-DSS-AES128-SHA"
+#define TLS1_TXT_DH_RSA_WITH_AES_128_SHA		"DH-RSA-AES128-SHA"
+#define TLS1_TXT_DHE_DSS_WITH_AES_128_SHA		"DHE-DSS-AES128-SHA"
+#define TLS1_TXT_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_SHA		"DHE-RSA-AES128-SHA"
+#define TLS1_TXT_ADH_WITH_AES_128_SHA			"ADH-AES128-SHA"
+
+#define TLS1_TXT_RSA_WITH_AES_256_SHA			"AES256-SHA"
+#define TLS1_TXT_DH_DSS_WITH_AES_256_SHA		"DH-DSS-AES256-SHA"
+#define TLS1_TXT_DH_RSA_WITH_AES_256_SHA		"DH-RSA-AES256-SHA"
+#define TLS1_TXT_DHE_DSS_WITH_AES_256_SHA		"DHE-DSS-AES256-SHA"
+#define TLS1_TXT_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_SHA		"DHE-RSA-AES256-SHA"
+#define TLS1_TXT_ADH_WITH_AES_256_SHA			"ADH-AES256-SHA"
+
+/* ECC ciphersuites from draft-ietf-tls-ecc-01.txt (Mar 15, 2001) */
+#define TLS1_TXT_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_NULL_SHA               "ECDH-ECDSA-NULL-SHA"
+#define TLS1_TXT_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_RC4_128_SHA            "ECDH-ECDSA-RC4-SHA"
+#define TLS1_TXT_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_DES_192_CBC3_SHA       "ECDH-ECDSA-DES-CBC3-SHA"
+#define TLS1_TXT_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA        "ECDH-ECDSA-AES128-SHA"
+#define TLS1_TXT_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA        "ECDH-ECDSA-AES256-SHA"
+
+#define TLS1_TXT_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_NULL_SHA              "ECDHE-ECDSA-NULL-SHA"
+#define TLS1_TXT_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_RC4_128_SHA           "ECDHE-ECDSA-RC4-SHA"
+#define TLS1_TXT_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_DES_192_CBC3_SHA      "ECDHE-ECDSA-DES-CBC3-SHA"
+#define TLS1_TXT_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA       "ECDHE-ECDSA-AES128-SHA"
+#define TLS1_TXT_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA       "ECDHE-ECDSA-AES256-SHA"
+
+#define TLS1_TXT_ECDH_RSA_WITH_NULL_SHA                 "ECDH-RSA-NULL-SHA"
+#define TLS1_TXT_ECDH_RSA_WITH_RC4_128_SHA              "ECDH-RSA-RC4-SHA"
+#define TLS1_TXT_ECDH_RSA_WITH_DES_192_CBC3_SHA         "ECDH-RSA-DES-CBC3-SHA"
+#define TLS1_TXT_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA          "ECDH-RSA-AES128-SHA"
+#define TLS1_TXT_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA          "ECDH-RSA-AES256-SHA"
+
+#define TLS1_TXT_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_NULL_SHA                "ECDHE-RSA-NULL-SHA"
+#define TLS1_TXT_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_RC4_128_SHA             "ECDHE-RSA-RC4-SHA"
+#define TLS1_TXT_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_DES_192_CBC3_SHA        "ECDHE-RSA-DES-CBC3-SHA"
+#define TLS1_TXT_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA         "ECDHE-RSA-AES128-SHA"
+#define TLS1_TXT_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA         "ECDHE-RSA-AES256-SHA"
+
+#define TLS1_TXT_ECDH_anon_WITH_NULL_SHA                "AECDH-NULL-SHA"
+#define TLS1_TXT_ECDH_anon_WITH_RC4_128_SHA             "AECDH-RC4-SHA"
+#define TLS1_TXT_ECDH_anon_WITH_DES_192_CBC3_SHA        "AECDH-DES-CBC3-SHA"
+#define TLS1_TXT_ECDH_anon_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA         "AECDH-AES128-SHA"
+#define TLS1_TXT_ECDH_anon_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA         "AECDH-AES256-SHA"
+
+/* PSK ciphersuites from RFC 4279 */
+#define TLS1_TXT_PSK_WITH_RC4_128_SHA			"PSK-RC4-SHA"
+#define TLS1_TXT_PSK_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA		"PSK-3DES-EDE-CBC-SHA"
+#define TLS1_TXT_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA		"PSK-AES128-CBC-SHA"
+#define TLS1_TXT_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA		"PSK-AES256-CBC-SHA"
+
+/* SRP ciphersuite from RFC 5054 */
+#define TLS1_TXT_SRP_SHA_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA		"SRP-3DES-EDE-CBC-SHA"
+#define TLS1_TXT_SRP_SHA_RSA_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA	"SRP-RSA-3DES-EDE-CBC-SHA"
+#define TLS1_TXT_SRP_SHA_DSS_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA	"SRP-DSS-3DES-EDE-CBC-SHA"
+#define TLS1_TXT_SRP_SHA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA		"SRP-AES-128-CBC-SHA"
+#define TLS1_TXT_SRP_SHA_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA	"SRP-RSA-AES-128-CBC-SHA"
+#define TLS1_TXT_SRP_SHA_DSS_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA	"SRP-DSS-AES-128-CBC-SHA"
+#define TLS1_TXT_SRP_SHA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA		"SRP-AES-256-CBC-SHA"
+#define TLS1_TXT_SRP_SHA_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA	"SRP-RSA-AES-256-CBC-SHA"
+#define TLS1_TXT_SRP_SHA_DSS_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA	"SRP-DSS-AES-256-CBC-SHA"
+
+/* Camellia ciphersuites from RFC4132 */
+#define TLS1_TXT_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA		"CAMELLIA128-SHA"
+#define TLS1_TXT_DH_DSS_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA	"DH-DSS-CAMELLIA128-SHA"
+#define TLS1_TXT_DH_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA	"DH-RSA-CAMELLIA128-SHA"
+#define TLS1_TXT_DHE_DSS_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA	"DHE-DSS-CAMELLIA128-SHA"
+#define TLS1_TXT_DHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA	"DHE-RSA-CAMELLIA128-SHA"
+#define TLS1_TXT_ADH_WITH_CAMELLIA_128_CBC_SHA		"ADH-CAMELLIA128-SHA"
+
+#define TLS1_TXT_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA		"CAMELLIA256-SHA"
+#define TLS1_TXT_DH_DSS_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA	"DH-DSS-CAMELLIA256-SHA"
+#define TLS1_TXT_DH_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA	"DH-RSA-CAMELLIA256-SHA"
+#define TLS1_TXT_DHE_DSS_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA	"DHE-DSS-CAMELLIA256-SHA"
+#define TLS1_TXT_DHE_RSA_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA	"DHE-RSA-CAMELLIA256-SHA"
+#define TLS1_TXT_ADH_WITH_CAMELLIA_256_CBC_SHA		"ADH-CAMELLIA256-SHA"
+
+/* SEED ciphersuites from RFC4162 */
+#define TLS1_TXT_RSA_WITH_SEED_SHA                      "SEED-SHA"
+#define TLS1_TXT_DH_DSS_WITH_SEED_SHA                   "DH-DSS-SEED-SHA"
+#define TLS1_TXT_DH_RSA_WITH_SEED_SHA                   "DH-RSA-SEED-SHA"
+#define TLS1_TXT_DHE_DSS_WITH_SEED_SHA                  "DHE-DSS-SEED-SHA"
+#define TLS1_TXT_DHE_RSA_WITH_SEED_SHA                  "DHE-RSA-SEED-SHA"
+#define TLS1_TXT_ADH_WITH_SEED_SHA                      "ADH-SEED-SHA"
+
+/* TLS v1.2 ciphersuites */
+#define TLS1_TXT_RSA_WITH_NULL_SHA256			"NULL-SHA256"
+#define TLS1_TXT_RSA_WITH_AES_128_SHA256		"AES128-SHA256"
+#define TLS1_TXT_RSA_WITH_AES_256_SHA256		"AES256-SHA256"
+#define TLS1_TXT_DH_DSS_WITH_AES_128_SHA256		"DH-DSS-AES128-SHA256"
+#define TLS1_TXT_DH_RSA_WITH_AES_128_SHA256		"DH-RSA-AES128-SHA256"
+#define TLS1_TXT_DHE_DSS_WITH_AES_128_SHA256		"DHE-DSS-AES128-SHA256"
+#define TLS1_TXT_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_SHA256		"DHE-RSA-AES128-SHA256"
+#define TLS1_TXT_DH_DSS_WITH_AES_256_SHA256		"DH-DSS-AES256-SHA256"
+#define TLS1_TXT_DH_RSA_WITH_AES_256_SHA256		"DH-RSA-AES256-SHA256"
+#define TLS1_TXT_DHE_DSS_WITH_AES_256_SHA256		"DHE-DSS-AES256-SHA256"
+#define TLS1_TXT_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_SHA256		"DHE-RSA-AES256-SHA256"
+#define TLS1_TXT_ADH_WITH_AES_128_SHA256		"ADH-AES128-SHA256"
+#define TLS1_TXT_ADH_WITH_AES_256_SHA256		"ADH-AES256-SHA256"
+
+/* TLS v1.2 GCM ciphersuites from RFC5288 */
+#define TLS1_TXT_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256		"AES128-GCM-SHA256"
+#define TLS1_TXT_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384		"AES256-GCM-SHA384"
+#define TLS1_TXT_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256	"DHE-RSA-AES128-GCM-SHA256"
+#define TLS1_TXT_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384	"DHE-RSA-AES256-GCM-SHA384"
+#define TLS1_TXT_DH_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256		"DH-RSA-AES128-GCM-SHA256"
+#define TLS1_TXT_DH_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384		"DH-RSA-AES256-GCM-SHA384"
+#define TLS1_TXT_DHE_DSS_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256	"DHE-DSS-AES128-GCM-SHA256"
+#define TLS1_TXT_DHE_DSS_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384	"DHE-DSS-AES256-GCM-SHA384"
+#define TLS1_TXT_DH_DSS_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256		"DH-DSS-AES128-GCM-SHA256"
+#define TLS1_TXT_DH_DSS_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384		"DH-DSS-AES256-GCM-SHA384"
+#define TLS1_TXT_ADH_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256		"ADH-AES128-GCM-SHA256"
+#define TLS1_TXT_ADH_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384		"ADH-AES256-GCM-SHA384"
+
+/* ECDH HMAC based ciphersuites from RFC5289 */
+
+#define TLS1_TXT_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_SHA256    "ECDHE-ECDSA-AES128-SHA256"
+#define TLS1_TXT_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_SHA384    "ECDHE-ECDSA-AES256-SHA384"
+#define TLS1_TXT_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_SHA256     "ECDH-ECDSA-AES128-SHA256"
+#define TLS1_TXT_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_SHA384     "ECDH-ECDSA-AES256-SHA384"
+#define TLS1_TXT_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_SHA256      "ECDHE-RSA-AES128-SHA256"
+#define TLS1_TXT_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_SHA384      "ECDHE-RSA-AES256-SHA384"
+#define TLS1_TXT_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_128_SHA256       "ECDH-RSA-AES128-SHA256"
+#define TLS1_TXT_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_256_SHA384       "ECDH-RSA-AES256-SHA384"
+
+/* ECDH GCM based ciphersuites from RFC5289 */
+#define TLS1_TXT_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256    "ECDHE-ECDSA-AES128-GCM-SHA256"
+#define TLS1_TXT_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384    "ECDHE-ECDSA-AES256-GCM-SHA384"
+#define TLS1_TXT_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256     "ECDH-ECDSA-AES128-GCM-SHA256"
+#define TLS1_TXT_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384     "ECDH-ECDSA-AES256-GCM-SHA384"
+#define TLS1_TXT_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256      "ECDHE-RSA-AES128-GCM-SHA256"
+#define TLS1_TXT_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384      "ECDHE-RSA-AES256-GCM-SHA384"
+#define TLS1_TXT_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256       "ECDH-RSA-AES128-GCM-SHA256"
+#define TLS1_TXT_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384       "ECDH-RSA-AES256-GCM-SHA384"
+
+#define TLS_CT_RSA_SIGN			1
+#define TLS_CT_DSS_SIGN			2
+#define TLS_CT_RSA_FIXED_DH		3
+#define TLS_CT_DSS_FIXED_DH		4
+#define TLS_CT_ECDSA_SIGN		64
+#define TLS_CT_RSA_FIXED_ECDH		65
+#define TLS_CT_ECDSA_FIXED_ECDH 	66
+#define TLS_CT_GOST94_SIGN		21
+#define TLS_CT_GOST01_SIGN		22
+/* when correcting this number, correct also SSL3_CT_NUMBER in ssl3.h (see
+ * comment there) */
+#define TLS_CT_NUMBER			9
+
+#define TLS1_FINISH_MAC_LENGTH		12
+
+#define TLS_MD_MAX_CONST_SIZE			20
+#define TLS_MD_CLIENT_FINISH_CONST		"client finished"
+#define TLS_MD_CLIENT_FINISH_CONST_SIZE		15
+#define TLS_MD_SERVER_FINISH_CONST		"server finished"
+#define TLS_MD_SERVER_FINISH_CONST_SIZE		15
+#define TLS_MD_SERVER_WRITE_KEY_CONST		"server write key"
+#define TLS_MD_SERVER_WRITE_KEY_CONST_SIZE	16
+#define TLS_MD_KEY_EXPANSION_CONST		"key expansion"
+#define TLS_MD_KEY_EXPANSION_CONST_SIZE		13
+#define TLS_MD_CLIENT_WRITE_KEY_CONST		"client write key"
+#define TLS_MD_CLIENT_WRITE_KEY_CONST_SIZE	16
+#define TLS_MD_SERVER_WRITE_KEY_CONST		"server write key"
+#define TLS_MD_SERVER_WRITE_KEY_CONST_SIZE	16
+#define TLS_MD_IV_BLOCK_CONST			"IV block"
+#define TLS_MD_IV_BLOCK_CONST_SIZE		8
+#define TLS_MD_MASTER_SECRET_CONST		"master secret"
+#define TLS_MD_MASTER_SECRET_CONST_SIZE		13
+
+#ifdef CHARSET_EBCDIC
+#undef TLS_MD_CLIENT_FINISH_CONST
+#define TLS_MD_CLIENT_FINISH_CONST    "\x63\x6c\x69\x65\x6e\x74\x20\x66\x69\x6e\x69\x73\x68\x65\x64"  /*client finished*/
+#undef TLS_MD_SERVER_FINISH_CONST
+#define TLS_MD_SERVER_FINISH_CONST    "\x73\x65\x72\x76\x65\x72\x20\x66\x69\x6e\x69\x73\x68\x65\x64"  /*server finished*/
+#undef TLS_MD_SERVER_WRITE_KEY_CONST
+#define TLS_MD_SERVER_WRITE_KEY_CONST "\x73\x65\x72\x76\x65\x72\x20\x77\x72\x69\x74\x65\x20\x6b\x65\x79"  /*server write key*/
+#undef TLS_MD_KEY_EXPANSION_CONST
+#define TLS_MD_KEY_EXPANSION_CONST    "\x6b\x65\x79\x20\x65\x78\x70\x61\x6e\x73\x69\x6f\x6e"  /*key expansion*/
+#undef TLS_MD_CLIENT_WRITE_KEY_CONST
+#define TLS_MD_CLIENT_WRITE_KEY_CONST "\x63\x6c\x69\x65\x6e\x74\x20\x77\x72\x69\x74\x65\x20\x6b\x65\x79"  /*client write key*/
+#undef TLS_MD_SERVER_WRITE_KEY_CONST
+#define TLS_MD_SERVER_WRITE_KEY_CONST "\x73\x65\x72\x76\x65\x72\x20\x77\x72\x69\x74\x65\x20\x6b\x65\x79"  /*server write key*/
+#undef TLS_MD_IV_BLOCK_CONST
+#define TLS_MD_IV_BLOCK_CONST         "\x49\x56\x20\x62\x6c\x6f\x63\x6b"  /*IV block*/
+#undef TLS_MD_MASTER_SECRET_CONST
+#define TLS_MD_MASTER_SECRET_CONST    "\x6d\x61\x73\x74\x65\x72\x20\x73\x65\x63\x72\x65\x74"  /*master secret*/
+#endif
+
+/* TLS Session Ticket extension struct */
+struct tls_session_ticket_ext_st
+	{
+	unsigned short length;
+	void *data;
+	};
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/include/openssl/ts.h b/lib/include/openssl/ts.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c2448e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/include/openssl/ts.h
@@ -0,0 +1,858 @@
+/* crypto/ts/ts.h */
+/* Written by Zoltan Glozik (zglozik@opentsa.org) for the OpenSSL
+ * project 2002, 2003, 2004.
+ */
+/* ====================================================================
+ * Copyright (c) 2006 The OpenSSL Project.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 
+ *
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+ *    the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+ *    distribution.
+ *
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this
+ *    software must display the following acknowledgment:
+ *    "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project
+ *    for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit. (http://www.OpenSSL.org/)"
+ *
+ * 4. The names "OpenSSL Toolkit" and "OpenSSL Project" must not be used to
+ *    endorse or promote products derived from this software without
+ *    prior written permission. For written permission, please contact
+ *    licensing@OpenSSL.org.
+ *
+ * 5. Products derived from this software may not be called "OpenSSL"
+ *    nor may "OpenSSL" appear in their names without prior written
+ *    permission of the OpenSSL Project.
+ *
+ * 6. Redistributions of any form whatsoever must retain the following
+ *    acknowledgment:
+ *    "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project
+ *    for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit (http://www.OpenSSL.org/)"
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE OpenSSL PROJECT ``AS IS'' AND ANY
+ * EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OpenSSL PROJECT OR
+ * ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+ * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+ * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
+ * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
+ * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * ====================================================================
+ *
+ * This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young
+ * (eay@cryptsoft.com).  This product includes software written by Tim
+ * Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com).
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef HEADER_TS_H
+#define HEADER_TS_H
+
+#include <openssl/opensslconf.h>
+#include <openssl/symhacks.h>
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_BUFFER
+#include <openssl/buffer.h>
+#endif
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_EVP
+#include <openssl/evp.h>
+#endif
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_BIO
+#include <openssl/bio.h>
+#endif
+#include <openssl/stack.h>
+#include <openssl/asn1.h>
+#include <openssl/safestack.h>
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_RSA
+#include <openssl/rsa.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_DSA
+#include <openssl/dsa.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_DH
+#include <openssl/dh.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#ifdef WIN32
+/* Under Win32 this is defined in wincrypt.h */
+#undef X509_NAME
+#endif
+
+#include <openssl/x509.h>
+#include <openssl/x509v3.h>
+
+/*
+MessageImprint ::= SEQUENCE  {
+     hashAlgorithm                AlgorithmIdentifier,
+     hashedMessage                OCTET STRING  }
+*/
+
+typedef struct TS_msg_imprint_st
+	{
+	X509_ALGOR *hash_algo;
+	ASN1_OCTET_STRING *hashed_msg;
+	} TS_MSG_IMPRINT;
+
+/*
+TimeStampReq ::= SEQUENCE  {
+   version                  INTEGER  { v1(1) },
+   messageImprint           MessageImprint,
+     --a hash algorithm OID and the hash value of the data to be
+     --time-stamped
+   reqPolicy                TSAPolicyId                OPTIONAL,
+   nonce                    INTEGER                    OPTIONAL,
+   certReq                  BOOLEAN                    DEFAULT FALSE,
+   extensions               [0] IMPLICIT Extensions    OPTIONAL  }
+*/
+
+typedef struct TS_req_st
+	{
+	ASN1_INTEGER *version;
+	TS_MSG_IMPRINT *msg_imprint;
+	ASN1_OBJECT *policy_id;		/* OPTIONAL */
+	ASN1_INTEGER *nonce;		/* OPTIONAL */
+	ASN1_BOOLEAN cert_req;		/* DEFAULT FALSE */
+	STACK_OF(X509_EXTENSION) *extensions;	/* [0] OPTIONAL */
+	} TS_REQ;
+
+/*
+Accuracy ::= SEQUENCE {
+                seconds        INTEGER           OPTIONAL,
+                millis     [0] INTEGER  (1..999) OPTIONAL,
+                micros     [1] INTEGER  (1..999) OPTIONAL  }
+*/
+
+typedef struct TS_accuracy_st
+	{
+	ASN1_INTEGER *seconds;
+	ASN1_INTEGER *millis;
+	ASN1_INTEGER *micros;
+	} TS_ACCURACY;
+
+/*
+TSTInfo ::= SEQUENCE  {
+    version                      INTEGER  { v1(1) },
+    policy                       TSAPolicyId,
+    messageImprint               MessageImprint,
+      -- MUST have the same value as the similar field in
+      -- TimeStampReq
+    serialNumber                 INTEGER,
+     -- Time-Stamping users MUST be ready to accommodate integers
+     -- up to 160 bits.
+    genTime                      GeneralizedTime,
+    accuracy                     Accuracy                 OPTIONAL,
+    ordering                     BOOLEAN             DEFAULT FALSE,
+    nonce                        INTEGER                  OPTIONAL,
+      -- MUST be present if the similar field was present
+      -- in TimeStampReq.  In that case it MUST have the same value.
+    tsa                          [0] GeneralName          OPTIONAL,
+    extensions                   [1] IMPLICIT Extensions  OPTIONAL   }
+*/
+
+typedef struct TS_tst_info_st
+	{
+	ASN1_INTEGER *version;
+	ASN1_OBJECT *policy_id;
+	TS_MSG_IMPRINT *msg_imprint;
+	ASN1_INTEGER *serial;
+	ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME *time;
+	TS_ACCURACY *accuracy;
+	ASN1_BOOLEAN ordering;
+	ASN1_INTEGER *nonce;
+	GENERAL_NAME *tsa;
+	STACK_OF(X509_EXTENSION) *extensions;
+	} TS_TST_INFO;	
+
+/*
+PKIStatusInfo ::= SEQUENCE {
+    status        PKIStatus,
+    statusString  PKIFreeText     OPTIONAL,
+    failInfo      PKIFailureInfo  OPTIONAL  }
+
+From RFC 1510 - section 3.1.1:
+PKIFreeText ::= SEQUENCE SIZE (1..MAX) OF UTF8String
+	-- text encoded as UTF-8 String (note:  each UTF8String SHOULD
+	-- include an RFC 1766 language tag to indicate the language
+	-- of the contained text)
+*/
+
+/* Possible values for status. See ts_resp_print.c && ts_resp_verify.c. */
+
+#define	TS_STATUS_GRANTED			0
+#define	TS_STATUS_GRANTED_WITH_MODS		1
+#define	TS_STATUS_REJECTION			2
+#define	TS_STATUS_WAITING			3
+#define	TS_STATUS_REVOCATION_WARNING		4
+#define	TS_STATUS_REVOCATION_NOTIFICATION	5
+
+/* Possible values for failure_info. See ts_resp_print.c && ts_resp_verify.c */
+
+#define	TS_INFO_BAD_ALG			0
+#define	TS_INFO_BAD_REQUEST		2
+#define	TS_INFO_BAD_DATA_FORMAT		5
+#define	TS_INFO_TIME_NOT_AVAILABLE	14
+#define	TS_INFO_UNACCEPTED_POLICY	15
+#define	TS_INFO_UNACCEPTED_EXTENSION	16
+#define	TS_INFO_ADD_INFO_NOT_AVAILABLE	17
+#define	TS_INFO_SYSTEM_FAILURE		25
+
+typedef struct TS_status_info_st
+	{
+	ASN1_INTEGER *status;
+	STACK_OF(ASN1_UTF8STRING) *text;
+	ASN1_BIT_STRING *failure_info;
+	} TS_STATUS_INFO;
+
+DECLARE_STACK_OF(ASN1_UTF8STRING)
+DECLARE_ASN1_SET_OF(ASN1_UTF8STRING)
+
+/*
+TimeStampResp ::= SEQUENCE  {
+     status                  PKIStatusInfo,
+     timeStampToken          TimeStampToken     OPTIONAL }
+*/
+
+typedef struct TS_resp_st
+	{
+	TS_STATUS_INFO *status_info;
+	PKCS7 *token;
+	TS_TST_INFO *tst_info;
+	} TS_RESP;
+
+/* The structure below would belong to the ESS component. */
+
+/*
+IssuerSerial ::= SEQUENCE {
+	issuer                   GeneralNames,
+	serialNumber             CertificateSerialNumber
+	}
+*/
+
+typedef struct ESS_issuer_serial
+	{
+	STACK_OF(GENERAL_NAME)	*issuer;
+	ASN1_INTEGER		*serial;
+	} ESS_ISSUER_SERIAL;
+
+/*
+ESSCertID ::=  SEQUENCE {
+        certHash                 Hash,
+        issuerSerial             IssuerSerial OPTIONAL
+}
+*/
+
+typedef struct ESS_cert_id
+	{
+	ASN1_OCTET_STRING *hash;	/* Always SHA-1 digest. */
+	ESS_ISSUER_SERIAL *issuer_serial;
+	} ESS_CERT_ID;
+
+DECLARE_STACK_OF(ESS_CERT_ID)
+DECLARE_ASN1_SET_OF(ESS_CERT_ID)
+
+/*
+SigningCertificate ::=  SEQUENCE {
+       certs        SEQUENCE OF ESSCertID,
+       policies     SEQUENCE OF PolicyInformation OPTIONAL
+}
+*/
+
+typedef struct ESS_signing_cert
+	{
+	STACK_OF(ESS_CERT_ID) *cert_ids;
+	STACK_OF(POLICYINFO) *policy_info;
+	} ESS_SIGNING_CERT;
+
+
+TS_REQ	*TS_REQ_new(void);
+void	TS_REQ_free(TS_REQ *a);
+int	i2d_TS_REQ(const TS_REQ *a, unsigned char **pp);
+TS_REQ	*d2i_TS_REQ(TS_REQ **a, const unsigned char **pp, long length);
+
+TS_REQ	*TS_REQ_dup(TS_REQ *a);
+
+TS_REQ	*d2i_TS_REQ_fp(FILE *fp, TS_REQ **a);
+int	i2d_TS_REQ_fp(FILE *fp, TS_REQ *a);
+TS_REQ	*d2i_TS_REQ_bio(BIO *fp, TS_REQ **a);
+int	i2d_TS_REQ_bio(BIO *fp, TS_REQ *a);
+
+TS_MSG_IMPRINT	*TS_MSG_IMPRINT_new(void);
+void		TS_MSG_IMPRINT_free(TS_MSG_IMPRINT *a);
+int		i2d_TS_MSG_IMPRINT(const TS_MSG_IMPRINT *a, unsigned char **pp);
+TS_MSG_IMPRINT	*d2i_TS_MSG_IMPRINT(TS_MSG_IMPRINT **a,
+				    const unsigned char **pp, long length);
+
+TS_MSG_IMPRINT	*TS_MSG_IMPRINT_dup(TS_MSG_IMPRINT *a);
+
+TS_MSG_IMPRINT	*d2i_TS_MSG_IMPRINT_fp(FILE *fp, TS_MSG_IMPRINT **a);
+int		i2d_TS_MSG_IMPRINT_fp(FILE *fp, TS_MSG_IMPRINT *a);
+TS_MSG_IMPRINT	*d2i_TS_MSG_IMPRINT_bio(BIO *fp, TS_MSG_IMPRINT **a);
+int		i2d_TS_MSG_IMPRINT_bio(BIO *fp, TS_MSG_IMPRINT *a);
+
+TS_RESP	*TS_RESP_new(void);
+void	TS_RESP_free(TS_RESP *a);
+int	i2d_TS_RESP(const TS_RESP *a, unsigned char **pp);
+TS_RESP	*d2i_TS_RESP(TS_RESP **a, const unsigned char **pp, long length);
+TS_TST_INFO *PKCS7_to_TS_TST_INFO(PKCS7 *token);
+TS_RESP	*TS_RESP_dup(TS_RESP *a);
+
+TS_RESP	*d2i_TS_RESP_fp(FILE *fp, TS_RESP **a);
+int	i2d_TS_RESP_fp(FILE *fp, TS_RESP *a);
+TS_RESP	*d2i_TS_RESP_bio(BIO *fp, TS_RESP **a);
+int	i2d_TS_RESP_bio(BIO *fp, TS_RESP *a);
+
+TS_STATUS_INFO	*TS_STATUS_INFO_new(void);
+void		TS_STATUS_INFO_free(TS_STATUS_INFO *a);
+int		i2d_TS_STATUS_INFO(const TS_STATUS_INFO *a, unsigned char **pp);
+TS_STATUS_INFO	*d2i_TS_STATUS_INFO(TS_STATUS_INFO **a, 
+				    const unsigned char **pp, long length);
+TS_STATUS_INFO	*TS_STATUS_INFO_dup(TS_STATUS_INFO *a);
+
+TS_TST_INFO	*TS_TST_INFO_new(void);
+void		TS_TST_INFO_free(TS_TST_INFO *a);
+int		i2d_TS_TST_INFO(const TS_TST_INFO *a, unsigned char **pp);
+TS_TST_INFO	*d2i_TS_TST_INFO(TS_TST_INFO **a, const unsigned char **pp,
+				    long length);
+TS_TST_INFO	*TS_TST_INFO_dup(TS_TST_INFO *a);
+
+TS_TST_INFO	*d2i_TS_TST_INFO_fp(FILE *fp, TS_TST_INFO **a);
+int		i2d_TS_TST_INFO_fp(FILE *fp, TS_TST_INFO *a);
+TS_TST_INFO	*d2i_TS_TST_INFO_bio(BIO *fp, TS_TST_INFO **a);
+int		i2d_TS_TST_INFO_bio(BIO *fp, TS_TST_INFO *a);
+
+TS_ACCURACY	*TS_ACCURACY_new(void);
+void		TS_ACCURACY_free(TS_ACCURACY *a);
+int		i2d_TS_ACCURACY(const TS_ACCURACY *a, unsigned char **pp);
+TS_ACCURACY	*d2i_TS_ACCURACY(TS_ACCURACY **a, const unsigned char **pp,
+				    long length);
+TS_ACCURACY	*TS_ACCURACY_dup(TS_ACCURACY *a);
+
+ESS_ISSUER_SERIAL *ESS_ISSUER_SERIAL_new(void);
+void		  ESS_ISSUER_SERIAL_free(ESS_ISSUER_SERIAL *a);
+int		  i2d_ESS_ISSUER_SERIAL(const ESS_ISSUER_SERIAL *a,
+					unsigned char **pp);
+ESS_ISSUER_SERIAL *d2i_ESS_ISSUER_SERIAL(ESS_ISSUER_SERIAL **a,
+					 const unsigned char **pp, long length);
+ESS_ISSUER_SERIAL *ESS_ISSUER_SERIAL_dup(ESS_ISSUER_SERIAL *a);
+
+ESS_CERT_ID	*ESS_CERT_ID_new(void);
+void		ESS_CERT_ID_free(ESS_CERT_ID *a);
+int		i2d_ESS_CERT_ID(const ESS_CERT_ID *a, unsigned char **pp);
+ESS_CERT_ID	*d2i_ESS_CERT_ID(ESS_CERT_ID **a, const unsigned char **pp,
+				 long length);
+ESS_CERT_ID	*ESS_CERT_ID_dup(ESS_CERT_ID *a);
+
+ESS_SIGNING_CERT *ESS_SIGNING_CERT_new(void);
+void		 ESS_SIGNING_CERT_free(ESS_SIGNING_CERT *a);
+int		 i2d_ESS_SIGNING_CERT(const ESS_SIGNING_CERT *a, 
+				      unsigned char **pp);
+ESS_SIGNING_CERT *d2i_ESS_SIGNING_CERT(ESS_SIGNING_CERT **a,
+				       const unsigned char **pp, long length);
+ESS_SIGNING_CERT *ESS_SIGNING_CERT_dup(ESS_SIGNING_CERT *a);
+
+void ERR_load_TS_strings(void);
+
+int TS_REQ_set_version(TS_REQ *a, long version);
+long TS_REQ_get_version(const TS_REQ *a);
+
+int TS_REQ_set_msg_imprint(TS_REQ *a, TS_MSG_IMPRINT *msg_imprint);
+TS_MSG_IMPRINT *TS_REQ_get_msg_imprint(TS_REQ *a);
+
+int TS_MSG_IMPRINT_set_algo(TS_MSG_IMPRINT *a, X509_ALGOR *alg);
+X509_ALGOR *TS_MSG_IMPRINT_get_algo(TS_MSG_IMPRINT *a);
+
+int TS_MSG_IMPRINT_set_msg(TS_MSG_IMPRINT *a, unsigned char *d, int len);
+ASN1_OCTET_STRING *TS_MSG_IMPRINT_get_msg(TS_MSG_IMPRINT *a);
+
+int TS_REQ_set_policy_id(TS_REQ *a, ASN1_OBJECT *policy);
+ASN1_OBJECT *TS_REQ_get_policy_id(TS_REQ *a);
+
+int TS_REQ_set_nonce(TS_REQ *a, const ASN1_INTEGER *nonce);
+const ASN1_INTEGER *TS_REQ_get_nonce(const TS_REQ *a);
+
+int TS_REQ_set_cert_req(TS_REQ *a, int cert_req);
+int TS_REQ_get_cert_req(const TS_REQ *a);
+
+STACK_OF(X509_EXTENSION) *TS_REQ_get_exts(TS_REQ *a);
+void TS_REQ_ext_free(TS_REQ *a);
+int TS_REQ_get_ext_count(TS_REQ *a);
+int TS_REQ_get_ext_by_NID(TS_REQ *a, int nid, int lastpos);
+int TS_REQ_get_ext_by_OBJ(TS_REQ *a, ASN1_OBJECT *obj, int lastpos);
+int TS_REQ_get_ext_by_critical(TS_REQ *a, int crit, int lastpos);
+X509_EXTENSION *TS_REQ_get_ext(TS_REQ *a, int loc);
+X509_EXTENSION *TS_REQ_delete_ext(TS_REQ *a, int loc);
+int TS_REQ_add_ext(TS_REQ *a, X509_EXTENSION *ex, int loc);
+void *TS_REQ_get_ext_d2i(TS_REQ *a, int nid, int *crit, int *idx);
+
+/* Function declarations for TS_REQ defined in ts/ts_req_print.c */
+
+int TS_REQ_print_bio(BIO *bio, TS_REQ *a);
+
+/* Function declarations for TS_RESP defined in ts/ts_resp_utils.c */
+
+int TS_RESP_set_status_info(TS_RESP *a, TS_STATUS_INFO *info);
+TS_STATUS_INFO *TS_RESP_get_status_info(TS_RESP *a);
+
+/* Caller loses ownership of PKCS7 and TS_TST_INFO objects. */
+void TS_RESP_set_tst_info(TS_RESP *a, PKCS7 *p7, TS_TST_INFO *tst_info);
+PKCS7 *TS_RESP_get_token(TS_RESP *a);
+TS_TST_INFO *TS_RESP_get_tst_info(TS_RESP *a);
+
+int TS_TST_INFO_set_version(TS_TST_INFO *a, long version);
+long TS_TST_INFO_get_version(const TS_TST_INFO *a);
+
+int TS_TST_INFO_set_policy_id(TS_TST_INFO *a, ASN1_OBJECT *policy_id);
+ASN1_OBJECT *TS_TST_INFO_get_policy_id(TS_TST_INFO *a);
+
+int TS_TST_INFO_set_msg_imprint(TS_TST_INFO *a, TS_MSG_IMPRINT *msg_imprint);
+TS_MSG_IMPRINT *TS_TST_INFO_get_msg_imprint(TS_TST_INFO *a);
+
+int TS_TST_INFO_set_serial(TS_TST_INFO *a, const ASN1_INTEGER *serial);
+const ASN1_INTEGER *TS_TST_INFO_get_serial(const TS_TST_INFO *a);
+
+int TS_TST_INFO_set_time(TS_TST_INFO *a, const ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME *gtime);
+const ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME *TS_TST_INFO_get_time(const TS_TST_INFO *a);
+
+int TS_TST_INFO_set_accuracy(TS_TST_INFO *a, TS_ACCURACY *accuracy);
+TS_ACCURACY *TS_TST_INFO_get_accuracy(TS_TST_INFO *a);
+
+int TS_ACCURACY_set_seconds(TS_ACCURACY *a, const ASN1_INTEGER *seconds);
+const ASN1_INTEGER *TS_ACCURACY_get_seconds(const TS_ACCURACY *a);
+
+int TS_ACCURACY_set_millis(TS_ACCURACY *a, const ASN1_INTEGER *millis);
+const ASN1_INTEGER *TS_ACCURACY_get_millis(const TS_ACCURACY *a);
+
+int TS_ACCURACY_set_micros(TS_ACCURACY *a, const ASN1_INTEGER *micros);
+const ASN1_INTEGER *TS_ACCURACY_get_micros(const TS_ACCURACY *a);
+
+int TS_TST_INFO_set_ordering(TS_TST_INFO *a, int ordering);
+int TS_TST_INFO_get_ordering(const TS_TST_INFO *a);
+
+int TS_TST_INFO_set_nonce(TS_TST_INFO *a, const ASN1_INTEGER *nonce);
+const ASN1_INTEGER *TS_TST_INFO_get_nonce(const TS_TST_INFO *a);
+
+int TS_TST_INFO_set_tsa(TS_TST_INFO *a, GENERAL_NAME *tsa);
+GENERAL_NAME *TS_TST_INFO_get_tsa(TS_TST_INFO *a);
+
+STACK_OF(X509_EXTENSION) *TS_TST_INFO_get_exts(TS_TST_INFO *a);
+void TS_TST_INFO_ext_free(TS_TST_INFO *a);
+int TS_TST_INFO_get_ext_count(TS_TST_INFO *a);
+int TS_TST_INFO_get_ext_by_NID(TS_TST_INFO *a, int nid, int lastpos);
+int TS_TST_INFO_get_ext_by_OBJ(TS_TST_INFO *a, ASN1_OBJECT *obj, int lastpos);
+int TS_TST_INFO_get_ext_by_critical(TS_TST_INFO *a, int crit, int lastpos);
+X509_EXTENSION *TS_TST_INFO_get_ext(TS_TST_INFO *a, int loc);
+X509_EXTENSION *TS_TST_INFO_delete_ext(TS_TST_INFO *a, int loc);
+int TS_TST_INFO_add_ext(TS_TST_INFO *a, X509_EXTENSION *ex, int loc);
+void *TS_TST_INFO_get_ext_d2i(TS_TST_INFO *a, int nid, int *crit, int *idx);
+
+/* Declarations related to response generation, defined in ts/ts_resp_sign.c. */
+
+/* Optional flags for response generation. */
+
+/* Don't include the TSA name in response. */
+#define	TS_TSA_NAME		0x01
+
+/* Set ordering to true in response. */
+#define	TS_ORDERING		0x02
+
+/*
+ * Include the signer certificate and the other specified certificates in
+ * the ESS signing certificate attribute beside the PKCS7 signed data.
+ * Only the signer certificates is included by default.
+ */
+#define	TS_ESS_CERT_ID_CHAIN	0x04
+
+/* Forward declaration. */
+struct TS_resp_ctx;
+
+/* This must return a unique number less than 160 bits long. */
+typedef ASN1_INTEGER *(*TS_serial_cb)(struct TS_resp_ctx *, void *);
+
+/* This must return the seconds and microseconds since Jan 1, 1970 in
+   the sec and usec variables allocated by the caller. 
+   Return non-zero for success and zero for failure. */
+typedef	int (*TS_time_cb)(struct TS_resp_ctx *, void *, long *sec, long *usec);
+
+/* This must process the given extension.
+ * It can modify the TS_TST_INFO object of the context.
+ * Return values: !0 (processed), 0 (error, it must set the 
+ * status info/failure info of the response).
+ */
+typedef	int (*TS_extension_cb)(struct TS_resp_ctx *, X509_EXTENSION *, void *);
+
+typedef struct TS_resp_ctx
+	{
+	X509		*signer_cert;
+	EVP_PKEY	*signer_key;
+	STACK_OF(X509)	*certs;	/* Certs to include in signed data. */
+	STACK_OF(ASN1_OBJECT)	*policies;	/* Acceptable policies. */
+	ASN1_OBJECT	*default_policy; /* It may appear in policies, too. */
+	STACK_OF(EVP_MD)	*mds;	/* Acceptable message digests. */
+	ASN1_INTEGER	*seconds;	/* accuracy, 0 means not specified. */
+	ASN1_INTEGER	*millis;	/* accuracy, 0 means not specified. */
+	ASN1_INTEGER	*micros;	/* accuracy, 0 means not specified. */
+	unsigned	clock_precision_digits; /* fraction of seconds in
+						   time stamp token. */
+	unsigned	flags;		/* Optional info, see values above. */
+
+	/* Callback functions. */
+	TS_serial_cb serial_cb;
+	void *serial_cb_data;	/* User data for serial_cb. */
+	
+	TS_time_cb time_cb;
+	void *time_cb_data;	/* User data for time_cb. */
+	
+	TS_extension_cb extension_cb;
+	void *extension_cb_data;	/* User data for extension_cb. */
+
+	/* These members are used only while creating the response. */
+	TS_REQ		*request;
+	TS_RESP		*response;
+	TS_TST_INFO	*tst_info;
+	} TS_RESP_CTX;
+
+DECLARE_STACK_OF(EVP_MD)
+DECLARE_ASN1_SET_OF(EVP_MD)
+
+/* Creates a response context that can be used for generating responses. */
+TS_RESP_CTX *TS_RESP_CTX_new(void);
+void TS_RESP_CTX_free(TS_RESP_CTX *ctx);
+
+/* This parameter must be set. */
+int TS_RESP_CTX_set_signer_cert(TS_RESP_CTX *ctx, X509 *signer);
+
+/* This parameter must be set. */
+int TS_RESP_CTX_set_signer_key(TS_RESP_CTX *ctx, EVP_PKEY *key);
+
+/* This parameter must be set. */
+int TS_RESP_CTX_set_def_policy(TS_RESP_CTX *ctx, ASN1_OBJECT *def_policy);
+
+/* No additional certs are included in the response by default. */
+int TS_RESP_CTX_set_certs(TS_RESP_CTX *ctx, STACK_OF(X509) *certs);
+
+/* Adds a new acceptable policy, only the default policy 
+   is accepted by default. */
+int TS_RESP_CTX_add_policy(TS_RESP_CTX *ctx, ASN1_OBJECT *policy);
+
+/* Adds a new acceptable message digest. Note that no message digests 
+   are accepted by default. The md argument is shared with the caller. */
+int TS_RESP_CTX_add_md(TS_RESP_CTX *ctx, const EVP_MD *md);
+
+/* Accuracy is not included by default. */
+int TS_RESP_CTX_set_accuracy(TS_RESP_CTX *ctx,
+			     int secs, int millis, int micros);
+
+/* Clock precision digits, i.e. the number of decimal digits: 
+   '0' means sec, '3' msec, '6' usec, and so on. Default is 0. */ 
+int TS_RESP_CTX_set_clock_precision_digits(TS_RESP_CTX *ctx,
+					   unsigned clock_precision_digits);
+/* At most we accept usec precision. */	
+#define TS_MAX_CLOCK_PRECISION_DIGITS	6
+
+/* No flags are set by default. */
+void TS_RESP_CTX_add_flags(TS_RESP_CTX *ctx, int flags);
+
+/* Default callback always returns a constant. */
+void TS_RESP_CTX_set_serial_cb(TS_RESP_CTX *ctx, TS_serial_cb cb, void *data);
+
+/* Default callback uses the gettimeofday() and gmtime() system calls. */
+void TS_RESP_CTX_set_time_cb(TS_RESP_CTX *ctx, TS_time_cb cb, void *data);
+
+/* Default callback rejects all extensions. The extension callback is called 
+ * when the TS_TST_INFO object is already set up and not signed yet. */
+/* FIXME: extension handling is not tested yet. */
+void TS_RESP_CTX_set_extension_cb(TS_RESP_CTX *ctx, 
+				  TS_extension_cb cb, void *data);
+
+/* The following methods can be used in the callbacks. */
+int TS_RESP_CTX_set_status_info(TS_RESP_CTX *ctx, 
+				int status, const char *text);
+
+/* Sets the status info only if it is still TS_STATUS_GRANTED. */
+int TS_RESP_CTX_set_status_info_cond(TS_RESP_CTX *ctx, 
+				     int status, const char *text);
+
+int TS_RESP_CTX_add_failure_info(TS_RESP_CTX *ctx, int failure);
+
+/* The get methods below can be used in the extension callback. */
+TS_REQ *TS_RESP_CTX_get_request(TS_RESP_CTX *ctx);
+
+TS_TST_INFO *TS_RESP_CTX_get_tst_info(TS_RESP_CTX *ctx);
+
+/* 
+ * Creates the signed TS_TST_INFO and puts it in TS_RESP.
+ * In case of errors it sets the status info properly.
+ * Returns NULL only in case of memory allocation/fatal error.
+ */
+TS_RESP *TS_RESP_create_response(TS_RESP_CTX *ctx, BIO *req_bio);
+
+/*
+ * Declarations related to response verification,
+ * they are defined in ts/ts_resp_verify.c.
+ */
+
+int TS_RESP_verify_signature(PKCS7 *token, STACK_OF(X509) *certs,
+			     X509_STORE *store, X509 **signer_out);
+
+/* Context structure for the generic verify method. */
+
+/* Verify the signer's certificate and the signature of the response. */
+#define	TS_VFY_SIGNATURE	(1u << 0)
+/* Verify the version number of the response. */
+#define	TS_VFY_VERSION		(1u << 1)
+/* Verify if the policy supplied by the user matches the policy of the TSA. */
+#define	TS_VFY_POLICY		(1u << 2)
+/* Verify the message imprint provided by the user. This flag should not be
+   specified with TS_VFY_DATA. */
+#define	TS_VFY_IMPRINT		(1u << 3)
+/* Verify the message imprint computed by the verify method from the user
+   provided data and the MD algorithm of the response. This flag should not be
+   specified with TS_VFY_IMPRINT. */
+#define	TS_VFY_DATA		(1u << 4)
+/* Verify the nonce value. */
+#define	TS_VFY_NONCE		(1u << 5)
+/* Verify if the TSA name field matches the signer certificate. */
+#define	TS_VFY_SIGNER		(1u << 6)
+/* Verify if the TSA name field equals to the user provided name. */
+#define	TS_VFY_TSA_NAME		(1u << 7)
+
+/* You can use the following convenience constants. */
+#define	TS_VFY_ALL_IMPRINT	(TS_VFY_SIGNATURE	\
+				 | TS_VFY_VERSION	\
+				 | TS_VFY_POLICY	\
+				 | TS_VFY_IMPRINT	\
+				 | TS_VFY_NONCE		\
+				 | TS_VFY_SIGNER	\
+				 | TS_VFY_TSA_NAME)
+#define	TS_VFY_ALL_DATA		(TS_VFY_SIGNATURE	\
+				 | TS_VFY_VERSION	\
+				 | TS_VFY_POLICY	\
+				 | TS_VFY_DATA		\
+				 | TS_VFY_NONCE		\
+				 | TS_VFY_SIGNER	\
+				 | TS_VFY_TSA_NAME)
+
+typedef struct TS_verify_ctx
+	{
+	/* Set this to the union of TS_VFY_... flags you want to carry out. */
+	unsigned	flags;
+
+	/* Must be set only with TS_VFY_SIGNATURE. certs is optional. */
+	X509_STORE	*store;
+	STACK_OF(X509)	*certs;
+
+	/* Must be set only with TS_VFY_POLICY. */
+	ASN1_OBJECT	*policy;
+
+	/* Must be set only with TS_VFY_IMPRINT. If md_alg is NULL, 
+	   the algorithm from the response is used. */
+	X509_ALGOR	*md_alg;
+	unsigned char	*imprint;
+	unsigned	imprint_len;
+
+	/* Must be set only with TS_VFY_DATA. */
+	BIO		*data;
+
+	/* Must be set only with TS_VFY_TSA_NAME. */
+	ASN1_INTEGER	*nonce;
+
+	/* Must be set only with TS_VFY_TSA_NAME. */
+	GENERAL_NAME	*tsa_name;
+	} TS_VERIFY_CTX;
+
+int TS_RESP_verify_response(TS_VERIFY_CTX *ctx, TS_RESP *response);
+int TS_RESP_verify_token(TS_VERIFY_CTX *ctx, PKCS7 *token);
+
+/*
+ * Declarations related to response verification context,
+ * they are defined in ts/ts_verify_ctx.c.
+ */
+
+/* Set all fields to zero. */
+TS_VERIFY_CTX *TS_VERIFY_CTX_new(void);
+void TS_VERIFY_CTX_init(TS_VERIFY_CTX *ctx);
+void TS_VERIFY_CTX_free(TS_VERIFY_CTX *ctx);
+void TS_VERIFY_CTX_cleanup(TS_VERIFY_CTX *ctx);
+
+/* 
+ * If ctx is NULL, it allocates and returns a new object, otherwise
+ * it returns ctx. It initialises all the members as follows:
+ * flags = TS_VFY_ALL_IMPRINT & ~(TS_VFY_TSA_NAME | TS_VFY_SIGNATURE)
+ * certs = NULL
+ * store = NULL
+ * policy = policy from the request or NULL if absent (in this case
+ *	TS_VFY_POLICY is cleared from flags as well)
+ * md_alg = MD algorithm from request
+ * imprint, imprint_len = imprint from request
+ * data = NULL
+ * nonce, nonce_len = nonce from the request or NULL if absent (in this case
+ * 	TS_VFY_NONCE is cleared from flags as well)
+ * tsa_name = NULL
+ * Important: after calling this method TS_VFY_SIGNATURE should be added!
+ */
+TS_VERIFY_CTX *TS_REQ_to_TS_VERIFY_CTX(TS_REQ *req, TS_VERIFY_CTX *ctx);
+
+/* Function declarations for TS_RESP defined in ts/ts_resp_print.c */
+
+int TS_RESP_print_bio(BIO *bio, TS_RESP *a);
+int TS_STATUS_INFO_print_bio(BIO *bio, TS_STATUS_INFO *a);
+int TS_TST_INFO_print_bio(BIO *bio, TS_TST_INFO *a);
+
+/* Common utility functions defined in ts/ts_lib.c */
+
+int TS_ASN1_INTEGER_print_bio(BIO *bio, const ASN1_INTEGER *num);
+int TS_OBJ_print_bio(BIO *bio, const ASN1_OBJECT *obj);
+int TS_ext_print_bio(BIO *bio, const STACK_OF(X509_EXTENSION) *extensions);
+int TS_X509_ALGOR_print_bio(BIO *bio, const X509_ALGOR *alg);
+int TS_MSG_IMPRINT_print_bio(BIO *bio, TS_MSG_IMPRINT *msg);
+
+/* Function declarations for handling configuration options,
+   defined in ts/ts_conf.c */
+
+X509 *TS_CONF_load_cert(const char *file);
+STACK_OF(X509) *TS_CONF_load_certs(const char *file);
+EVP_PKEY *TS_CONF_load_key(const char *file, const char *pass);
+const char *TS_CONF_get_tsa_section(CONF *conf, const char *section);
+int TS_CONF_set_serial(CONF *conf, const char *section, TS_serial_cb cb,
+		       TS_RESP_CTX *ctx);
+int TS_CONF_set_crypto_device(CONF *conf, const char *section,
+			      const char *device);
+int TS_CONF_set_default_engine(const char *name);
+int TS_CONF_set_signer_cert(CONF *conf, const char *section,
+			    const char *cert, TS_RESP_CTX *ctx);
+int TS_CONF_set_certs(CONF *conf, const char *section, const char *certs,
+		      TS_RESP_CTX *ctx);
+int TS_CONF_set_signer_key(CONF *conf, const char *section,
+			   const char *key, const char *pass, TS_RESP_CTX *ctx);
+int TS_CONF_set_def_policy(CONF *conf, const char *section,
+			   const char *policy, TS_RESP_CTX *ctx);
+int TS_CONF_set_policies(CONF *conf, const char *section, TS_RESP_CTX *ctx);
+int TS_CONF_set_digests(CONF *conf, const char *section, TS_RESP_CTX *ctx);
+int TS_CONF_set_accuracy(CONF *conf, const char *section, TS_RESP_CTX *ctx);
+int TS_CONF_set_clock_precision_digits(CONF *conf, const char *section,
+				       TS_RESP_CTX *ctx);
+int TS_CONF_set_ordering(CONF *conf, const char *section, TS_RESP_CTX *ctx);
+int TS_CONF_set_tsa_name(CONF *conf, const char *section, TS_RESP_CTX *ctx);
+int TS_CONF_set_ess_cert_id_chain(CONF *conf, const char *section,
+				  TS_RESP_CTX *ctx);
+
+/* -------------------------------------------------- */
+/* BEGIN ERROR CODES */
+/* The following lines are auto generated by the script mkerr.pl. Any changes
+ * made after this point may be overwritten when the script is next run.
+ */
+void ERR_load_TS_strings(void);
+
+/* Error codes for the TS functions. */
+
+/* Function codes. */
+#define TS_F_D2I_TS_RESP				 147
+#define TS_F_DEF_SERIAL_CB				 110
+#define TS_F_DEF_TIME_CB				 111
+#define TS_F_ESS_ADD_SIGNING_CERT			 112
+#define TS_F_ESS_CERT_ID_NEW_INIT			 113
+#define TS_F_ESS_SIGNING_CERT_NEW_INIT			 114
+#define TS_F_INT_TS_RESP_VERIFY_TOKEN			 149
+#define TS_F_PKCS7_TO_TS_TST_INFO			 148
+#define TS_F_TS_ACCURACY_SET_MICROS			 115
+#define TS_F_TS_ACCURACY_SET_MILLIS			 116
+#define TS_F_TS_ACCURACY_SET_SECONDS			 117
+#define TS_F_TS_CHECK_IMPRINTS				 100
+#define TS_F_TS_CHECK_NONCES				 101
+#define TS_F_TS_CHECK_POLICY				 102
+#define TS_F_TS_CHECK_SIGNING_CERTS			 103
+#define TS_F_TS_CHECK_STATUS_INFO			 104
+#define TS_F_TS_COMPUTE_IMPRINT				 145
+#define TS_F_TS_CONF_SET_DEFAULT_ENGINE			 146
+#define TS_F_TS_GET_STATUS_TEXT				 105
+#define TS_F_TS_MSG_IMPRINT_SET_ALGO			 118
+#define TS_F_TS_REQ_SET_MSG_IMPRINT			 119
+#define TS_F_TS_REQ_SET_NONCE				 120
+#define TS_F_TS_REQ_SET_POLICY_ID			 121
+#define TS_F_TS_RESP_CREATE_RESPONSE			 122
+#define TS_F_TS_RESP_CREATE_TST_INFO			 123
+#define TS_F_TS_RESP_CTX_ADD_FAILURE_INFO		 124
+#define TS_F_TS_RESP_CTX_ADD_MD				 125
+#define TS_F_TS_RESP_CTX_ADD_POLICY			 126
+#define TS_F_TS_RESP_CTX_NEW				 127
+#define TS_F_TS_RESP_CTX_SET_ACCURACY			 128
+#define TS_F_TS_RESP_CTX_SET_CERTS			 129
+#define TS_F_TS_RESP_CTX_SET_DEF_POLICY			 130
+#define TS_F_TS_RESP_CTX_SET_SIGNER_CERT		 131
+#define TS_F_TS_RESP_CTX_SET_STATUS_INFO		 132
+#define TS_F_TS_RESP_GET_POLICY				 133
+#define TS_F_TS_RESP_SET_GENTIME_WITH_PRECISION		 134
+#define TS_F_TS_RESP_SET_STATUS_INFO			 135
+#define TS_F_TS_RESP_SET_TST_INFO			 150
+#define TS_F_TS_RESP_SIGN				 136
+#define TS_F_TS_RESP_VERIFY_SIGNATURE			 106
+#define TS_F_TS_RESP_VERIFY_TOKEN			 107
+#define TS_F_TS_TST_INFO_SET_ACCURACY			 137
+#define TS_F_TS_TST_INFO_SET_MSG_IMPRINT		 138
+#define TS_F_TS_TST_INFO_SET_NONCE			 139
+#define TS_F_TS_TST_INFO_SET_POLICY_ID			 140
+#define TS_F_TS_TST_INFO_SET_SERIAL			 141
+#define TS_F_TS_TST_INFO_SET_TIME			 142
+#define TS_F_TS_TST_INFO_SET_TSA			 143
+#define TS_F_TS_VERIFY					 108
+#define TS_F_TS_VERIFY_CERT				 109
+#define TS_F_TS_VERIFY_CTX_NEW				 144
+
+/* Reason codes. */
+#define TS_R_BAD_PKCS7_TYPE				 132
+#define TS_R_BAD_TYPE					 133
+#define TS_R_CERTIFICATE_VERIFY_ERROR			 100
+#define TS_R_COULD_NOT_SET_ENGINE			 127
+#define TS_R_COULD_NOT_SET_TIME				 115
+#define TS_R_D2I_TS_RESP_INT_FAILED			 128
+#define TS_R_DETACHED_CONTENT				 134
+#define TS_R_ESS_ADD_SIGNING_CERT_ERROR			 116
+#define TS_R_ESS_SIGNING_CERTIFICATE_ERROR		 101
+#define TS_R_INVALID_NULL_POINTER			 102
+#define TS_R_INVALID_SIGNER_CERTIFICATE_PURPOSE		 117
+#define TS_R_MESSAGE_IMPRINT_MISMATCH			 103
+#define TS_R_NONCE_MISMATCH				 104
+#define TS_R_NONCE_NOT_RETURNED				 105
+#define TS_R_NO_CONTENT					 106
+#define TS_R_NO_TIME_STAMP_TOKEN			 107
+#define TS_R_PKCS7_ADD_SIGNATURE_ERROR			 118
+#define TS_R_PKCS7_ADD_SIGNED_ATTR_ERROR		 119
+#define TS_R_PKCS7_TO_TS_TST_INFO_FAILED		 129
+#define TS_R_POLICY_MISMATCH				 108
+#define TS_R_PRIVATE_KEY_DOES_NOT_MATCH_CERTIFICATE	 120
+#define TS_R_RESPONSE_SETUP_ERROR			 121
+#define TS_R_SIGNATURE_FAILURE				 109
+#define TS_R_THERE_MUST_BE_ONE_SIGNER			 110
+#define TS_R_TIME_SYSCALL_ERROR				 122
+#define TS_R_TOKEN_NOT_PRESENT				 130
+#define TS_R_TOKEN_PRESENT				 131
+#define TS_R_TSA_NAME_MISMATCH				 111
+#define TS_R_TSA_UNTRUSTED				 112
+#define TS_R_TST_INFO_SETUP_ERROR			 123
+#define TS_R_TS_DATASIGN				 124
+#define TS_R_UNACCEPTABLE_POLICY			 125
+#define TS_R_UNSUPPORTED_MD_ALGORITHM			 126
+#define TS_R_UNSUPPORTED_VERSION			 113
+#define TS_R_WRONG_CONTENT_TYPE				 114
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/include/openssl/txt_db.h b/lib/include/openssl/txt_db.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6abe435
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/include/openssl/txt_db.h
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+/* crypto/txt_db/txt_db.h */
+/* Copyright (C) 1995-1998 Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This package is an SSL implementation written
+ * by Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com).
+ * The implementation was written so as to conform with Netscapes SSL.
+ * 
+ * This library is free for commercial and non-commercial use as long as
+ * the following conditions are aheared to.  The following conditions
+ * apply to all code found in this distribution, be it the RC4, RSA,
+ * lhash, DES, etc., code; not just the SSL code.  The SSL documentation
+ * included with this distribution is covered by the same copyright terms
+ * except that the holder is Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com).
+ * 
+ * Copyright remains Eric Young's, and as such any Copyright notices in
+ * the code are not to be removed.
+ * If this package is used in a product, Eric Young should be given attribution
+ * as the author of the parts of the library used.
+ * This can be in the form of a textual message at program startup or
+ * in documentation (online or textual) provided with the package.
+ * 
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *    "This product includes cryptographic software written by
+ *     Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)"
+ *    The word 'cryptographic' can be left out if the rouines from the library
+ *    being used are not cryptographic related :-).
+ * 4. If you include any Windows specific code (or a derivative thereof) from 
+ *    the apps directory (application code) you must include an acknowledgement:
+ *    "This product includes software written by Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com)"
+ * 
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ERIC YOUNG ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * 
+ * The licence and distribution terms for any publically available version or
+ * derivative of this code cannot be changed.  i.e. this code cannot simply be
+ * copied and put under another distribution licence
+ * [including the GNU Public Licence.]
+ */
+
+#ifndef HEADER_TXT_DB_H
+#define HEADER_TXT_DB_H
+
+#include <openssl/opensslconf.h>
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_BIO
+#include <openssl/bio.h>
+#endif
+#include <openssl/stack.h>
+#include <openssl/lhash.h>
+
+#define DB_ERROR_OK			0
+#define DB_ERROR_MALLOC			1
+#define DB_ERROR_INDEX_CLASH    	2
+#define DB_ERROR_INDEX_OUT_OF_RANGE	3
+#define DB_ERROR_NO_INDEX		4
+#define DB_ERROR_INSERT_INDEX_CLASH    	5
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+typedef OPENSSL_STRING *OPENSSL_PSTRING;
+DECLARE_SPECIAL_STACK_OF(OPENSSL_PSTRING, OPENSSL_STRING)
+
+typedef struct txt_db_st
+	{
+	int num_fields;
+	STACK_OF(OPENSSL_PSTRING) *data;
+	LHASH_OF(OPENSSL_STRING) **index;
+	int (**qual)(OPENSSL_STRING *);
+	long error;
+	long arg1;
+	long arg2;
+	OPENSSL_STRING *arg_row;
+	} TXT_DB;
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_BIO
+TXT_DB *TXT_DB_read(BIO *in, int num);
+long TXT_DB_write(BIO *out, TXT_DB *db);
+#else
+TXT_DB *TXT_DB_read(char *in, int num);
+long TXT_DB_write(char *out, TXT_DB *db);
+#endif
+int TXT_DB_create_index(TXT_DB *db,int field,int (*qual)(OPENSSL_STRING *),
+			LHASH_HASH_FN_TYPE hash, LHASH_COMP_FN_TYPE cmp);
+void TXT_DB_free(TXT_DB *db);
+OPENSSL_STRING *TXT_DB_get_by_index(TXT_DB *db, int idx, OPENSSL_STRING *value);
+int TXT_DB_insert(TXT_DB *db, OPENSSL_STRING *value);
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/include/openssl/ui.h b/lib/include/openssl/ui.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bd78aa4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/include/openssl/ui.h
@@ -0,0 +1,383 @@
+/* crypto/ui/ui.h -*- mode:C; c-file-style: "eay" -*- */
+/* Written by Richard Levitte (richard@levitte.org) for the OpenSSL
+ * project 2001.
+ */
+/* ====================================================================
+ * Copyright (c) 2001 The OpenSSL Project.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 
+ *
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+ *    the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+ *    distribution.
+ *
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this
+ *    software must display the following acknowledgment:
+ *    "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project
+ *    for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit. (http://www.openssl.org/)"
+ *
+ * 4. The names "OpenSSL Toolkit" and "OpenSSL Project" must not be used to
+ *    endorse or promote products derived from this software without
+ *    prior written permission. For written permission, please contact
+ *    openssl-core@openssl.org.
+ *
+ * 5. Products derived from this software may not be called "OpenSSL"
+ *    nor may "OpenSSL" appear in their names without prior written
+ *    permission of the OpenSSL Project.
+ *
+ * 6. Redistributions of any form whatsoever must retain the following
+ *    acknowledgment:
+ *    "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project
+ *    for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit (http://www.openssl.org/)"
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE OpenSSL PROJECT ``AS IS'' AND ANY
+ * EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OpenSSL PROJECT OR
+ * ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+ * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+ * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
+ * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
+ * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * ====================================================================
+ *
+ * This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young
+ * (eay@cryptsoft.com).  This product includes software written by Tim
+ * Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com).
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef HEADER_UI_H
+#define HEADER_UI_H
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_DEPRECATED
+#include <openssl/crypto.h>
+#endif
+#include <openssl/safestack.h>
+#include <openssl/ossl_typ.h>
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Declared already in ossl_typ.h */
+/* typedef struct ui_st UI; */
+/* typedef struct ui_method_st UI_METHOD; */
+
+
+/* All the following functions return -1 or NULL on error and in some cases
+   (UI_process()) -2 if interrupted or in some other way cancelled.
+   When everything is fine, they return 0, a positive value or a non-NULL
+   pointer, all depending on their purpose. */
+
+/* Creators and destructor.   */
+UI *UI_new(void);
+UI *UI_new_method(const UI_METHOD *method);
+void UI_free(UI *ui);
+
+/* The following functions are used to add strings to be printed and prompt
+   strings to prompt for data.  The names are UI_{add,dup}_<function>_string
+   and UI_{add,dup}_input_boolean.
+
+   UI_{add,dup}_<function>_string have the following meanings:
+	add	add a text or prompt string.  The pointers given to these
+		functions are used verbatim, no copying is done.
+	dup	make a copy of the text or prompt string, then add the copy
+		to the collection of strings in the user interface.
+	<function>
+		The function is a name for the functionality that the given
+		string shall be used for.  It can be one of:
+			input	use the string as data prompt.
+			verify	use the string as verification prompt.  This
+				is used to verify a previous input.
+			info	use the string for informational output.
+			error	use the string for error output.
+   Honestly, there's currently no difference between info and error for the
+   moment.
+
+   UI_{add,dup}_input_boolean have the same semantics for "add" and "dup",
+   and are typically used when one wants to prompt for a yes/no response.
+
+
+   All of the functions in this group take a UI and a prompt string.
+   The string input and verify addition functions also take a flag argument,
+   a buffer for the result to end up with, a minimum input size and a maximum
+   input size (the result buffer MUST be large enough to be able to contain
+   the maximum number of characters).  Additionally, the verify addition
+   functions takes another buffer to compare the result against.
+   The boolean input functions take an action description string (which should
+   be safe to ignore if the expected user action is obvious, for example with
+   a dialog box with an OK button and a Cancel button), a string of acceptable
+   characters to mean OK and to mean Cancel.  The two last strings are checked
+   to make sure they don't have common characters.  Additionally, the same
+   flag argument as for the string input is taken, as well as a result buffer.
+   The result buffer is required to be at least one byte long.  Depending on
+   the answer, the first character from the OK or the Cancel character strings
+   will be stored in the first byte of the result buffer.  No NUL will be
+   added, so the result is *not* a string.
+
+   On success, the all return an index of the added information.  That index
+   is usefull when retrieving results with UI_get0_result(). */
+int UI_add_input_string(UI *ui, const char *prompt, int flags,
+	char *result_buf, int minsize, int maxsize);
+int UI_dup_input_string(UI *ui, const char *prompt, int flags,
+	char *result_buf, int minsize, int maxsize);
+int UI_add_verify_string(UI *ui, const char *prompt, int flags,
+	char *result_buf, int minsize, int maxsize, const char *test_buf);
+int UI_dup_verify_string(UI *ui, const char *prompt, int flags,
+	char *result_buf, int minsize, int maxsize, const char *test_buf);
+int UI_add_input_boolean(UI *ui, const char *prompt, const char *action_desc,
+	const char *ok_chars, const char *cancel_chars,
+	int flags, char *result_buf);
+int UI_dup_input_boolean(UI *ui, const char *prompt, const char *action_desc,
+	const char *ok_chars, const char *cancel_chars,
+	int flags, char *result_buf);
+int UI_add_info_string(UI *ui, const char *text);
+int UI_dup_info_string(UI *ui, const char *text);
+int UI_add_error_string(UI *ui, const char *text);
+int UI_dup_error_string(UI *ui, const char *text);
+
+/* These are the possible flags.  They can be or'ed together. */
+/* Use to have echoing of input */
+#define UI_INPUT_FLAG_ECHO		0x01
+/* Use a default password.  Where that password is found is completely
+   up to the application, it might for example be in the user data set
+   with UI_add_user_data().  It is not recommended to have more than
+   one input in each UI being marked with this flag, or the application
+   might get confused. */
+#define UI_INPUT_FLAG_DEFAULT_PWD	0x02
+
+/* The user of these routines may want to define flags of their own.  The core
+   UI won't look at those, but will pass them on to the method routines.  They
+   must use higher bits so they don't get confused with the UI bits above.
+   UI_INPUT_FLAG_USER_BASE tells which is the lowest bit to use.  A good
+   example of use is this:
+
+	#define MY_UI_FLAG1	(0x01 << UI_INPUT_FLAG_USER_BASE)
+
+*/
+#define UI_INPUT_FLAG_USER_BASE	16
+
+
+/* The following function helps construct a prompt.  object_desc is a
+   textual short description of the object, for example "pass phrase",
+   and object_name is the name of the object (might be a card name or
+   a file name.
+   The returned string shall always be allocated on the heap with
+   OPENSSL_malloc(), and need to be free'd with OPENSSL_free().
+
+   If the ui_method doesn't contain a pointer to a user-defined prompt
+   constructor, a default string is built, looking like this:
+
+	"Enter {object_desc} for {object_name}:"
+
+   So, if object_desc has the value "pass phrase" and object_name has
+   the value "foo.key", the resulting string is:
+
+	"Enter pass phrase for foo.key:"
+*/
+char *UI_construct_prompt(UI *ui_method,
+	const char *object_desc, const char *object_name);
+
+
+/* The following function is used to store a pointer to user-specific data.
+   Any previous such pointer will be returned and replaced.
+
+   For callback purposes, this function makes a lot more sense than using
+   ex_data, since the latter requires that different parts of OpenSSL or
+   applications share the same ex_data index.
+
+   Note that the UI_OpenSSL() method completely ignores the user data.
+   Other methods may not, however.  */
+void *UI_add_user_data(UI *ui, void *user_data);
+/* We need a user data retrieving function as well.  */
+void *UI_get0_user_data(UI *ui);
+
+/* Return the result associated with a prompt given with the index i. */
+const char *UI_get0_result(UI *ui, int i);
+
+/* When all strings have been added, process the whole thing. */
+int UI_process(UI *ui);
+
+/* Give a user interface parametrised control commands.  This can be used to
+   send down an integer, a data pointer or a function pointer, as well as
+   be used to get information from a UI. */
+int UI_ctrl(UI *ui, int cmd, long i, void *p, void (*f)(void));
+
+/* The commands */
+/* Use UI_CONTROL_PRINT_ERRORS with the value 1 to have UI_process print the
+   OpenSSL error stack before printing any info or added error messages and
+   before any prompting. */
+#define UI_CTRL_PRINT_ERRORS		1
+/* Check if a UI_process() is possible to do again with the same instance of
+   a user interface.  This makes UI_ctrl() return 1 if it is redoable, and 0
+   if not. */
+#define UI_CTRL_IS_REDOABLE		2
+
+
+/* Some methods may use extra data */
+#define UI_set_app_data(s,arg)         UI_set_ex_data(s,0,arg)
+#define UI_get_app_data(s)             UI_get_ex_data(s,0)
+int UI_get_ex_new_index(long argl, void *argp, CRYPTO_EX_new *new_func,
+	CRYPTO_EX_dup *dup_func, CRYPTO_EX_free *free_func);
+int UI_set_ex_data(UI *r,int idx,void *arg);
+void *UI_get_ex_data(UI *r, int idx);
+
+/* Use specific methods instead of the built-in one */
+void UI_set_default_method(const UI_METHOD *meth);
+const UI_METHOD *UI_get_default_method(void);
+const UI_METHOD *UI_get_method(UI *ui);
+const UI_METHOD *UI_set_method(UI *ui, const UI_METHOD *meth);
+
+/* The method with all the built-in thingies */
+UI_METHOD *UI_OpenSSL(void);
+
+
+/* ---------- For method writers ---------- */
+/* A method contains a number of functions that implement the low level
+   of the User Interface.  The functions are:
+
+	an opener	This function starts a session, maybe by opening
+			a channel to a tty, or by opening a window.
+	a writer	This function is called to write a given string,
+			maybe to the tty, maybe as a field label in a
+			window.
+	a flusher	This function is called to flush everything that
+			has been output so far.  It can be used to actually
+			display a dialog box after it has been built.
+	a reader	This function is called to read a given prompt,
+			maybe from the tty, maybe from a field in a
+			window.  Note that it's called wth all string
+			structures, not only the prompt ones, so it must
+			check such things itself.
+	a closer	This function closes the session, maybe by closing
+			the channel to the tty, or closing the window.
+
+   All these functions are expected to return:
+
+	0	on error.
+	1	on success.
+	-1	on out-of-band events, for example if some prompting has
+		been canceled (by pressing Ctrl-C, for example).  This is
+		only checked when returned by the flusher or the reader.
+
+   The way this is used, the opener is first called, then the writer for all
+   strings, then the flusher, then the reader for all strings and finally the
+   closer.  Note that if you want to prompt from a terminal or other command
+   line interface, the best is to have the reader also write the prompts
+   instead of having the writer do it.  If you want to prompt from a dialog
+   box, the writer can be used to build up the contents of the box, and the
+   flusher to actually display the box and run the event loop until all data
+   has been given, after which the reader only grabs the given data and puts
+   them back into the UI strings.
+
+   All method functions take a UI as argument.  Additionally, the writer and
+   the reader take a UI_STRING.
+*/
+
+/* The UI_STRING type is the data structure that contains all the needed info
+   about a string or a prompt, including test data for a verification prompt.
+*/
+typedef struct ui_string_st UI_STRING;
+DECLARE_STACK_OF(UI_STRING)
+
+/* The different types of strings that are currently supported.
+   This is only needed by method authors. */
+enum UI_string_types
+	{
+	UIT_NONE=0,
+	UIT_PROMPT,		/* Prompt for a string */
+	UIT_VERIFY,		/* Prompt for a string and verify */
+	UIT_BOOLEAN,		/* Prompt for a yes/no response */
+	UIT_INFO,		/* Send info to the user */
+	UIT_ERROR		/* Send an error message to the user */
+	};
+
+/* Create and manipulate methods */
+UI_METHOD *UI_create_method(char *name);
+void UI_destroy_method(UI_METHOD *ui_method);
+int UI_method_set_opener(UI_METHOD *method, int (*opener)(UI *ui));
+int UI_method_set_writer(UI_METHOD *method, int (*writer)(UI *ui, UI_STRING *uis));
+int UI_method_set_flusher(UI_METHOD *method, int (*flusher)(UI *ui));
+int UI_method_set_reader(UI_METHOD *method, int (*reader)(UI *ui, UI_STRING *uis));
+int UI_method_set_closer(UI_METHOD *method, int (*closer)(UI *ui));
+int UI_method_set_prompt_constructor(UI_METHOD *method, char *(*prompt_constructor)(UI* ui, const char* object_desc, const char* object_name));
+int (*UI_method_get_opener(UI_METHOD *method))(UI*);
+int (*UI_method_get_writer(UI_METHOD *method))(UI*,UI_STRING*);
+int (*UI_method_get_flusher(UI_METHOD *method))(UI*);
+int (*UI_method_get_reader(UI_METHOD *method))(UI*,UI_STRING*);
+int (*UI_method_get_closer(UI_METHOD *method))(UI*);
+char * (*UI_method_get_prompt_constructor(UI_METHOD *method))(UI*, const char*, const char*);
+
+/* The following functions are helpers for method writers to access relevant
+   data from a UI_STRING. */
+
+/* Return type of the UI_STRING */
+enum UI_string_types UI_get_string_type(UI_STRING *uis);
+/* Return input flags of the UI_STRING */
+int UI_get_input_flags(UI_STRING *uis);
+/* Return the actual string to output (the prompt, info or error) */
+const char *UI_get0_output_string(UI_STRING *uis);
+/* Return the optional action string to output (the boolean promtp instruction) */
+const char *UI_get0_action_string(UI_STRING *uis);
+/* Return the result of a prompt */
+const char *UI_get0_result_string(UI_STRING *uis);
+/* Return the string to test the result against.  Only useful with verifies. */
+const char *UI_get0_test_string(UI_STRING *uis);
+/* Return the required minimum size of the result */
+int UI_get_result_minsize(UI_STRING *uis);
+/* Return the required maximum size of the result */
+int UI_get_result_maxsize(UI_STRING *uis);
+/* Set the result of a UI_STRING. */
+int UI_set_result(UI *ui, UI_STRING *uis, const char *result);
+
+
+/* A couple of popular utility functions */
+int UI_UTIL_read_pw_string(char *buf,int length,const char *prompt,int verify);
+int UI_UTIL_read_pw(char *buf,char *buff,int size,const char *prompt,int verify);
+
+
+/* BEGIN ERROR CODES */
+/* The following lines are auto generated by the script mkerr.pl. Any changes
+ * made after this point may be overwritten when the script is next run.
+ */
+void ERR_load_UI_strings(void);
+
+/* Error codes for the UI functions. */
+
+/* Function codes. */
+#define UI_F_GENERAL_ALLOCATE_BOOLEAN			 108
+#define UI_F_GENERAL_ALLOCATE_PROMPT			 109
+#define UI_F_GENERAL_ALLOCATE_STRING			 100
+#define UI_F_UI_CTRL					 111
+#define UI_F_UI_DUP_ERROR_STRING			 101
+#define UI_F_UI_DUP_INFO_STRING				 102
+#define UI_F_UI_DUP_INPUT_BOOLEAN			 110
+#define UI_F_UI_DUP_INPUT_STRING			 103
+#define UI_F_UI_DUP_VERIFY_STRING			 106
+#define UI_F_UI_GET0_RESULT				 107
+#define UI_F_UI_NEW_METHOD				 104
+#define UI_F_UI_SET_RESULT				 105
+
+/* Reason codes. */
+#define UI_R_COMMON_OK_AND_CANCEL_CHARACTERS		 104
+#define UI_R_INDEX_TOO_LARGE				 102
+#define UI_R_INDEX_TOO_SMALL				 103
+#define UI_R_NO_RESULT_BUFFER				 105
+#define UI_R_RESULT_TOO_LARGE				 100
+#define UI_R_RESULT_TOO_SMALL				 101
+#define UI_R_UNKNOWN_CONTROL_COMMAND			 106
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/include/openssl/ui_compat.h b/lib/include/openssl/ui_compat.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b35c9bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/include/openssl/ui_compat.h
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/* crypto/ui/ui.h -*- mode:C; c-file-style: "eay" -*- */
+/* Written by Richard Levitte (richard@levitte.org) for the OpenSSL
+ * project 2001.
+ */
+/* ====================================================================
+ * Copyright (c) 2001 The OpenSSL Project.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 
+ *
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+ *    the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+ *    distribution.
+ *
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this
+ *    software must display the following acknowledgment:
+ *    "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project
+ *    for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit. (http://www.openssl.org/)"
+ *
+ * 4. The names "OpenSSL Toolkit" and "OpenSSL Project" must not be used to
+ *    endorse or promote products derived from this software without
+ *    prior written permission. For written permission, please contact
+ *    openssl-core@openssl.org.
+ *
+ * 5. Products derived from this software may not be called "OpenSSL"
+ *    nor may "OpenSSL" appear in their names without prior written
+ *    permission of the OpenSSL Project.
+ *
+ * 6. Redistributions of any form whatsoever must retain the following
+ *    acknowledgment:
+ *    "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project
+ *    for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit (http://www.openssl.org/)"
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE OpenSSL PROJECT ``AS IS'' AND ANY
+ * EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OpenSSL PROJECT OR
+ * ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+ * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+ * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
+ * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
+ * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * ====================================================================
+ *
+ * This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young
+ * (eay@cryptsoft.com).  This product includes software written by Tim
+ * Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com).
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef HEADER_UI_COMPAT_H
+#define HEADER_UI_COMPAT_H
+
+#include <openssl/opensslconf.h>
+#include <openssl/ui.h>
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* The following functions were previously part of the DES section,
+   and are provided here for backward compatibility reasons. */
+
+#define des_read_pw_string(b,l,p,v) \
+	_ossl_old_des_read_pw_string((b),(l),(p),(v))
+#define des_read_pw(b,bf,s,p,v) \
+	_ossl_old_des_read_pw((b),(bf),(s),(p),(v))
+
+int _ossl_old_des_read_pw_string(char *buf,int length,const char *prompt,int verify);
+int _ossl_old_des_read_pw(char *buf,char *buff,int size,const char *prompt,int verify);
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/include/openssl/whrlpool.h b/lib/include/openssl/whrlpool.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9e01f5b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/include/openssl/whrlpool.h
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+#ifndef HEADER_WHRLPOOL_H
+#define HEADER_WHRLPOOL_H
+
+#include <openssl/e_os2.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#define WHIRLPOOL_DIGEST_LENGTH	(512/8)
+#define WHIRLPOOL_BBLOCK	512
+#define WHIRLPOOL_COUNTER	(256/8)
+
+typedef struct	{
+	union	{
+		unsigned char	c[WHIRLPOOL_DIGEST_LENGTH];
+		/* double q is here to ensure 64-bit alignment */
+		double		q[WHIRLPOOL_DIGEST_LENGTH/sizeof(double)];
+		}	H;
+	unsigned char	data[WHIRLPOOL_BBLOCK/8];
+	unsigned int	bitoff;
+	size_t		bitlen[WHIRLPOOL_COUNTER/sizeof(size_t)];
+	} WHIRLPOOL_CTX;
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_WHIRLPOOL
+#ifdef OPENSSL_FIPS
+int private_WHIRLPOOL_Init(WHIRLPOOL_CTX *c);
+#endif
+int WHIRLPOOL_Init	(WHIRLPOOL_CTX *c);
+int WHIRLPOOL_Update	(WHIRLPOOL_CTX *c,const void *inp,size_t bytes);
+void WHIRLPOOL_BitUpdate(WHIRLPOOL_CTX *c,const void *inp,size_t bits);
+int WHIRLPOOL_Final	(unsigned char *md,WHIRLPOOL_CTX *c);
+unsigned char *WHIRLPOOL(const void *inp,size_t bytes,unsigned char *md);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/include/openssl/x509.h b/lib/include/openssl/x509.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..092dd74
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/include/openssl/x509.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1297 @@
+/* crypto/x509/x509.h */
+/* Copyright (C) 1995-1998 Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This package is an SSL implementation written
+ * by Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com).
+ * The implementation was written so as to conform with Netscapes SSL.
+ * 
+ * This library is free for commercial and non-commercial use as long as
+ * the following conditions are aheared to.  The following conditions
+ * apply to all code found in this distribution, be it the RC4, RSA,
+ * lhash, DES, etc., code; not just the SSL code.  The SSL documentation
+ * included with this distribution is covered by the same copyright terms
+ * except that the holder is Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com).
+ * 
+ * Copyright remains Eric Young's, and as such any Copyright notices in
+ * the code are not to be removed.
+ * If this package is used in a product, Eric Young should be given attribution
+ * as the author of the parts of the library used.
+ * This can be in the form of a textual message at program startup or
+ * in documentation (online or textual) provided with the package.
+ * 
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *    "This product includes cryptographic software written by
+ *     Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)"
+ *    The word 'cryptographic' can be left out if the rouines from the library
+ *    being used are not cryptographic related :-).
+ * 4. If you include any Windows specific code (or a derivative thereof) from 
+ *    the apps directory (application code) you must include an acknowledgement:
+ *    "This product includes software written by Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com)"
+ * 
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ERIC YOUNG ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * 
+ * The licence and distribution terms for any publically available version or
+ * derivative of this code cannot be changed.  i.e. this code cannot simply be
+ * copied and put under another distribution licence
+ * [including the GNU Public Licence.]
+ */
+/* ====================================================================
+ * Copyright 2002 Sun Microsystems, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
+ * ECDH support in OpenSSL originally developed by 
+ * SUN MICROSYSTEMS, INC., and contributed to the OpenSSL project.
+ */
+
+#ifndef HEADER_X509_H
+#define HEADER_X509_H
+
+#include <openssl/e_os2.h>
+#include <openssl/symhacks.h>
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_BUFFER
+#include <openssl/buffer.h>
+#endif
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_EVP
+#include <openssl/evp.h>
+#endif
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_BIO
+#include <openssl/bio.h>
+#endif
+#include <openssl/stack.h>
+#include <openssl/asn1.h>
+#include <openssl/safestack.h>
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_EC
+#include <openssl/ec.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_ECDSA
+#include <openssl/ecdsa.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_ECDH
+#include <openssl/ecdh.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_DEPRECATED
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_RSA
+#include <openssl/rsa.h>
+#endif
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_DSA
+#include <openssl/dsa.h>
+#endif
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_DH
+#include <openssl/dh.h>
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_SHA
+#include <openssl/sha.h>
+#endif
+#include <openssl/ossl_typ.h>
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#ifdef OPENSSL_SYS_WIN32
+/* Under Win32 these are defined in wincrypt.h */
+#undef X509_NAME
+#undef X509_CERT_PAIR
+#undef X509_EXTENSIONS
+#endif
+
+#define X509_FILETYPE_PEM	1
+#define X509_FILETYPE_ASN1	2
+#define X509_FILETYPE_DEFAULT	3
+
+#define X509v3_KU_DIGITAL_SIGNATURE	0x0080
+#define X509v3_KU_NON_REPUDIATION	0x0040
+#define X509v3_KU_KEY_ENCIPHERMENT	0x0020
+#define X509v3_KU_DATA_ENCIPHERMENT	0x0010
+#define X509v3_KU_KEY_AGREEMENT		0x0008
+#define X509v3_KU_KEY_CERT_SIGN		0x0004
+#define X509v3_KU_CRL_SIGN		0x0002
+#define X509v3_KU_ENCIPHER_ONLY		0x0001
+#define X509v3_KU_DECIPHER_ONLY		0x8000
+#define X509v3_KU_UNDEF			0xffff
+
+typedef struct X509_objects_st
+	{
+	int nid;
+	int (*a2i)(void);
+	int (*i2a)(void);
+	} X509_OBJECTS;
+
+struct X509_algor_st
+	{
+	ASN1_OBJECT *algorithm;
+	ASN1_TYPE *parameter;
+	} /* X509_ALGOR */;
+
+DECLARE_ASN1_SET_OF(X509_ALGOR)
+
+typedef STACK_OF(X509_ALGOR) X509_ALGORS;
+
+typedef struct X509_val_st
+	{
+	ASN1_TIME *notBefore;
+	ASN1_TIME *notAfter;
+	} X509_VAL;
+
+struct X509_pubkey_st
+	{
+	X509_ALGOR *algor;
+	ASN1_BIT_STRING *public_key;
+	EVP_PKEY *pkey;
+	};
+
+typedef struct X509_sig_st
+	{
+	X509_ALGOR *algor;
+	ASN1_OCTET_STRING *digest;
+	} X509_SIG;
+
+typedef struct X509_name_entry_st
+	{
+	ASN1_OBJECT *object;
+	ASN1_STRING *value;
+	int set;
+	int size; 	/* temp variable */
+	} X509_NAME_ENTRY;
+
+DECLARE_STACK_OF(X509_NAME_ENTRY)
+DECLARE_ASN1_SET_OF(X509_NAME_ENTRY)
+
+/* we always keep X509_NAMEs in 2 forms. */
+struct X509_name_st
+	{
+	STACK_OF(X509_NAME_ENTRY) *entries;
+	int modified;	/* true if 'bytes' needs to be built */
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_BUFFER
+	BUF_MEM *bytes;
+#else
+	char *bytes;
+#endif
+/*	unsigned long hash; Keep the hash around for lookups */
+	unsigned char *canon_enc;
+	int canon_enclen;
+	} /* X509_NAME */;
+
+DECLARE_STACK_OF(X509_NAME)
+
+#define X509_EX_V_NETSCAPE_HACK		0x8000
+#define X509_EX_V_INIT			0x0001
+typedef struct X509_extension_st
+	{
+	ASN1_OBJECT *object;
+	ASN1_BOOLEAN critical;
+	ASN1_OCTET_STRING *value;
+	} X509_EXTENSION;
+
+typedef STACK_OF(X509_EXTENSION) X509_EXTENSIONS;
+
+DECLARE_STACK_OF(X509_EXTENSION)
+DECLARE_ASN1_SET_OF(X509_EXTENSION)
+
+/* a sequence of these are used */
+typedef struct x509_attributes_st
+	{
+	ASN1_OBJECT *object;
+	int single; /* 0 for a set, 1 for a single item (which is wrong) */
+	union	{
+		char		*ptr;
+/* 0 */		STACK_OF(ASN1_TYPE) *set;
+/* 1 */		ASN1_TYPE	*single;
+		} value;
+	} X509_ATTRIBUTE;
+
+DECLARE_STACK_OF(X509_ATTRIBUTE)
+DECLARE_ASN1_SET_OF(X509_ATTRIBUTE)
+
+
+typedef struct X509_req_info_st
+	{
+	ASN1_ENCODING enc;
+	ASN1_INTEGER *version;
+	X509_NAME *subject;
+	X509_PUBKEY *pubkey;
+	/*  d=2 hl=2 l=  0 cons: cont: 00 */
+	STACK_OF(X509_ATTRIBUTE) *attributes; /* [ 0 ] */
+	} X509_REQ_INFO;
+
+typedef struct X509_req_st
+	{
+	X509_REQ_INFO *req_info;
+	X509_ALGOR *sig_alg;
+	ASN1_BIT_STRING *signature;
+	int references;
+	} X509_REQ;
+
+typedef struct x509_cinf_st
+	{
+	ASN1_INTEGER *version;		/* [ 0 ] default of v1 */
+	ASN1_INTEGER *serialNumber;
+	X509_ALGOR *signature;
+	X509_NAME *issuer;
+	X509_VAL *validity;
+	X509_NAME *subject;
+	X509_PUBKEY *key;
+	ASN1_BIT_STRING *issuerUID;		/* [ 1 ] optional in v2 */
+	ASN1_BIT_STRING *subjectUID;		/* [ 2 ] optional in v2 */
+	STACK_OF(X509_EXTENSION) *extensions;	/* [ 3 ] optional in v3 */
+	ASN1_ENCODING enc;
+	} X509_CINF;
+
+/* This stuff is certificate "auxiliary info"
+ * it contains details which are useful in certificate
+ * stores and databases. When used this is tagged onto
+ * the end of the certificate itself
+ */
+
+typedef struct x509_cert_aux_st
+	{
+	STACK_OF(ASN1_OBJECT) *trust;		/* trusted uses */
+	STACK_OF(ASN1_OBJECT) *reject;		/* rejected uses */
+	ASN1_UTF8STRING *alias;			/* "friendly name" */
+	ASN1_OCTET_STRING *keyid;		/* key id of private key */
+	STACK_OF(X509_ALGOR) *other;		/* other unspecified info */
+	} X509_CERT_AUX;
+
+struct x509_st
+	{
+	X509_CINF *cert_info;
+	X509_ALGOR *sig_alg;
+	ASN1_BIT_STRING *signature;
+	int valid;
+	int references;
+	char *name;
+	CRYPTO_EX_DATA ex_data;
+	/* These contain copies of various extension values */
+	long ex_pathlen;
+	long ex_pcpathlen;
+	unsigned long ex_flags;
+	unsigned long ex_kusage;
+	unsigned long ex_xkusage;
+	unsigned long ex_nscert;
+	ASN1_OCTET_STRING *skid;
+	AUTHORITY_KEYID *akid;
+	X509_POLICY_CACHE *policy_cache;
+	STACK_OF(DIST_POINT) *crldp;
+	STACK_OF(GENERAL_NAME) *altname;
+	NAME_CONSTRAINTS *nc;
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_RFC3779
+	STACK_OF(IPAddressFamily) *rfc3779_addr;
+	struct ASIdentifiers_st *rfc3779_asid;
+#endif
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_SHA
+	unsigned char sha1_hash[SHA_DIGEST_LENGTH];
+#endif
+	X509_CERT_AUX *aux;
+	} /* X509 */;
+
+DECLARE_STACK_OF(X509)
+DECLARE_ASN1_SET_OF(X509)
+
+/* This is used for a table of trust checking functions */
+
+typedef struct x509_trust_st {
+	int trust;
+	int flags;
+	int (*check_trust)(struct x509_trust_st *, X509 *, int);
+	char *name;
+	int arg1;
+	void *arg2;
+} X509_TRUST;
+
+DECLARE_STACK_OF(X509_TRUST)
+
+typedef struct x509_cert_pair_st {
+	X509 *forward;
+	X509 *reverse;
+} X509_CERT_PAIR;
+
+/* standard trust ids */
+
+#define X509_TRUST_DEFAULT	-1	/* Only valid in purpose settings */
+
+#define X509_TRUST_COMPAT	1
+#define X509_TRUST_SSL_CLIENT	2
+#define X509_TRUST_SSL_SERVER	3
+#define X509_TRUST_EMAIL	4
+#define X509_TRUST_OBJECT_SIGN	5
+#define X509_TRUST_OCSP_SIGN	6
+#define X509_TRUST_OCSP_REQUEST	7
+#define X509_TRUST_TSA		8
+
+/* Keep these up to date! */
+#define X509_TRUST_MIN		1
+#define X509_TRUST_MAX		8
+
+
+/* trust_flags values */
+#define	X509_TRUST_DYNAMIC 	1
+#define	X509_TRUST_DYNAMIC_NAME	2
+
+/* check_trust return codes */
+
+#define X509_TRUST_TRUSTED	1
+#define X509_TRUST_REJECTED	2
+#define X509_TRUST_UNTRUSTED	3
+
+/* Flags for X509_print_ex() */
+
+#define	X509_FLAG_COMPAT		0
+#define	X509_FLAG_NO_HEADER		1L
+#define	X509_FLAG_NO_VERSION		(1L << 1)
+#define	X509_FLAG_NO_SERIAL		(1L << 2)
+#define	X509_FLAG_NO_SIGNAME		(1L << 3)
+#define	X509_FLAG_NO_ISSUER		(1L << 4)
+#define	X509_FLAG_NO_VALIDITY		(1L << 5)
+#define	X509_FLAG_NO_SUBJECT		(1L << 6)
+#define	X509_FLAG_NO_PUBKEY		(1L << 7)
+#define	X509_FLAG_NO_EXTENSIONS		(1L << 8)
+#define	X509_FLAG_NO_SIGDUMP		(1L << 9)
+#define	X509_FLAG_NO_AUX		(1L << 10)
+#define	X509_FLAG_NO_ATTRIBUTES		(1L << 11)
+
+/* Flags specific to X509_NAME_print_ex() */	
+
+/* The field separator information */
+
+#define XN_FLAG_SEP_MASK	(0xf << 16)
+
+#define XN_FLAG_COMPAT		0		/* Traditional SSLeay: use old X509_NAME_print */
+#define XN_FLAG_SEP_COMMA_PLUS	(1 << 16)	/* RFC2253 ,+ */
+#define XN_FLAG_SEP_CPLUS_SPC	(2 << 16)	/* ,+ spaced: more readable */
+#define XN_FLAG_SEP_SPLUS_SPC	(3 << 16)	/* ;+ spaced */
+#define XN_FLAG_SEP_MULTILINE	(4 << 16)	/* One line per field */
+
+#define XN_FLAG_DN_REV		(1 << 20)	/* Reverse DN order */
+
+/* How the field name is shown */
+
+#define XN_FLAG_FN_MASK		(0x3 << 21)
+
+#define XN_FLAG_FN_SN		0		/* Object short name */
+#define XN_FLAG_FN_LN		(1 << 21)	/* Object long name */
+#define XN_FLAG_FN_OID		(2 << 21)	/* Always use OIDs */
+#define XN_FLAG_FN_NONE		(3 << 21)	/* No field names */
+
+#define XN_FLAG_SPC_EQ		(1 << 23)	/* Put spaces round '=' */
+
+/* This determines if we dump fields we don't recognise:
+ * RFC2253 requires this.
+ */
+
+#define XN_FLAG_DUMP_UNKNOWN_FIELDS (1 << 24)
+
+#define XN_FLAG_FN_ALIGN	(1 << 25)	/* Align field names to 20 characters */
+
+/* Complete set of RFC2253 flags */
+
+#define XN_FLAG_RFC2253 (ASN1_STRFLGS_RFC2253 | \
+			XN_FLAG_SEP_COMMA_PLUS | \
+			XN_FLAG_DN_REV | \
+			XN_FLAG_FN_SN | \
+			XN_FLAG_DUMP_UNKNOWN_FIELDS)
+
+/* readable oneline form */
+
+#define XN_FLAG_ONELINE (ASN1_STRFLGS_RFC2253 | \
+			ASN1_STRFLGS_ESC_QUOTE | \
+			XN_FLAG_SEP_CPLUS_SPC | \
+			XN_FLAG_SPC_EQ | \
+			XN_FLAG_FN_SN)
+
+/* readable multiline form */
+
+#define XN_FLAG_MULTILINE (ASN1_STRFLGS_ESC_CTRL | \
+			ASN1_STRFLGS_ESC_MSB | \
+			XN_FLAG_SEP_MULTILINE | \
+			XN_FLAG_SPC_EQ | \
+			XN_FLAG_FN_LN | \
+			XN_FLAG_FN_ALIGN)
+
+struct x509_revoked_st
+	{
+	ASN1_INTEGER *serialNumber;
+	ASN1_TIME *revocationDate;
+	STACK_OF(X509_EXTENSION) /* optional */ *extensions;
+	/* Set up if indirect CRL */
+	STACK_OF(GENERAL_NAME) *issuer;
+	/* Revocation reason */
+	int reason;
+	int sequence; /* load sequence */
+	};
+
+DECLARE_STACK_OF(X509_REVOKED)
+DECLARE_ASN1_SET_OF(X509_REVOKED)
+
+typedef struct X509_crl_info_st
+	{
+	ASN1_INTEGER *version;
+	X509_ALGOR *sig_alg;
+	X509_NAME *issuer;
+	ASN1_TIME *lastUpdate;
+	ASN1_TIME *nextUpdate;
+	STACK_OF(X509_REVOKED) *revoked;
+	STACK_OF(X509_EXTENSION) /* [0] */ *extensions;
+	ASN1_ENCODING enc;
+	} X509_CRL_INFO;
+
+struct X509_crl_st
+	{
+	/* actual signature */
+	X509_CRL_INFO *crl;
+	X509_ALGOR *sig_alg;
+	ASN1_BIT_STRING *signature;
+	int references;
+	int flags;
+	/* Copies of various extensions */
+	AUTHORITY_KEYID *akid;
+	ISSUING_DIST_POINT *idp;
+	/* Convenient breakdown of IDP */
+	int idp_flags;
+	int idp_reasons;
+	/* CRL and base CRL numbers for delta processing */
+	ASN1_INTEGER *crl_number;
+	ASN1_INTEGER *base_crl_number;
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_SHA
+	unsigned char sha1_hash[SHA_DIGEST_LENGTH];
+#endif
+	STACK_OF(GENERAL_NAMES) *issuers;
+	const X509_CRL_METHOD *meth;
+	void *meth_data;
+	} /* X509_CRL */;
+
+DECLARE_STACK_OF(X509_CRL)
+DECLARE_ASN1_SET_OF(X509_CRL)
+
+typedef struct private_key_st
+	{
+	int version;
+	/* The PKCS#8 data types */
+	X509_ALGOR *enc_algor;
+	ASN1_OCTET_STRING *enc_pkey;	/* encrypted pub key */
+
+	/* When decrypted, the following will not be NULL */
+	EVP_PKEY *dec_pkey;
+
+	/* used to encrypt and decrypt */
+	int key_length;
+	char *key_data;
+	int key_free;	/* true if we should auto free key_data */
+
+	/* expanded version of 'enc_algor' */
+	EVP_CIPHER_INFO cipher;
+
+	int references;
+	} X509_PKEY;
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_EVP
+typedef struct X509_info_st
+	{
+	X509 *x509;
+	X509_CRL *crl;
+	X509_PKEY *x_pkey;
+
+	EVP_CIPHER_INFO enc_cipher;
+	int enc_len;
+	char *enc_data;
+
+	int references;
+	} X509_INFO;
+
+DECLARE_STACK_OF(X509_INFO)
+#endif
+
+/* The next 2 structures and their 8 routines were sent to me by
+ * Pat Richard <patr@x509.com> and are used to manipulate
+ * Netscapes spki structures - useful if you are writing a CA web page
+ */
+typedef struct Netscape_spkac_st
+	{
+	X509_PUBKEY *pubkey;
+	ASN1_IA5STRING *challenge;	/* challenge sent in atlas >= PR2 */
+	} NETSCAPE_SPKAC;
+
+typedef struct Netscape_spki_st
+	{
+	NETSCAPE_SPKAC *spkac;	/* signed public key and challenge */
+	X509_ALGOR *sig_algor;
+	ASN1_BIT_STRING *signature;
+	} NETSCAPE_SPKI;
+
+/* Netscape certificate sequence structure */
+typedef struct Netscape_certificate_sequence
+	{
+	ASN1_OBJECT *type;
+	STACK_OF(X509) *certs;
+	} NETSCAPE_CERT_SEQUENCE;
+
+/* Unused (and iv length is wrong)
+typedef struct CBCParameter_st
+	{
+	unsigned char iv[8];
+	} CBC_PARAM;
+*/
+
+/* Password based encryption structure */
+
+typedef struct PBEPARAM_st {
+ASN1_OCTET_STRING *salt;
+ASN1_INTEGER *iter;
+} PBEPARAM;
+
+/* Password based encryption V2 structures */
+
+typedef struct PBE2PARAM_st {
+X509_ALGOR *keyfunc;
+X509_ALGOR *encryption;
+} PBE2PARAM;
+
+typedef struct PBKDF2PARAM_st {
+ASN1_TYPE *salt;	/* Usually OCTET STRING but could be anything */
+ASN1_INTEGER *iter;
+ASN1_INTEGER *keylength;
+X509_ALGOR *prf;
+} PBKDF2PARAM;
+
+
+/* PKCS#8 private key info structure */
+
+struct pkcs8_priv_key_info_st
+        {
+        int broken;     /* Flag for various broken formats */
+#define PKCS8_OK		0
+#define PKCS8_NO_OCTET		1
+#define PKCS8_EMBEDDED_PARAM	2
+#define PKCS8_NS_DB		3
+#define PKCS8_NEG_PRIVKEY	4
+        ASN1_INTEGER *version;
+        X509_ALGOR *pkeyalg;
+        ASN1_TYPE *pkey; /* Should be OCTET STRING but some are broken */
+        STACK_OF(X509_ATTRIBUTE) *attributes;
+        };
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#include <openssl/x509_vfy.h>
+#include <openssl/pkcs7.h>
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#define X509_EXT_PACK_UNKNOWN	1
+#define X509_EXT_PACK_STRING	2
+
+#define		X509_get_version(x) ASN1_INTEGER_get((x)->cert_info->version)
+/* #define	X509_get_serialNumber(x) ((x)->cert_info->serialNumber) */
+#define		X509_get_notBefore(x) ((x)->cert_info->validity->notBefore)
+#define		X509_get_notAfter(x) ((x)->cert_info->validity->notAfter)
+#define		X509_extract_key(x)	X509_get_pubkey(x) /*****/
+#define		X509_REQ_get_version(x) ASN1_INTEGER_get((x)->req_info->version)
+#define		X509_REQ_get_subject_name(x) ((x)->req_info->subject)
+#define		X509_REQ_extract_key(a)	X509_REQ_get_pubkey(a)
+#define		X509_name_cmp(a,b)	X509_NAME_cmp((a),(b))
+#define		X509_get_signature_type(x) EVP_PKEY_type(OBJ_obj2nid((x)->sig_alg->algorithm))
+
+#define		X509_CRL_get_version(x) ASN1_INTEGER_get((x)->crl->version)
+#define 	X509_CRL_get_lastUpdate(x) ((x)->crl->lastUpdate)
+#define 	X509_CRL_get_nextUpdate(x) ((x)->crl->nextUpdate)
+#define		X509_CRL_get_issuer(x) ((x)->crl->issuer)
+#define		X509_CRL_get_REVOKED(x) ((x)->crl->revoked)
+
+void X509_CRL_set_default_method(const X509_CRL_METHOD *meth);
+X509_CRL_METHOD *X509_CRL_METHOD_new(
+	int (*crl_init)(X509_CRL *crl),
+	int (*crl_free)(X509_CRL *crl),
+	int (*crl_lookup)(X509_CRL *crl, X509_REVOKED **ret,
+				ASN1_INTEGER *ser, X509_NAME *issuer),
+	int (*crl_verify)(X509_CRL *crl, EVP_PKEY *pk));
+void X509_CRL_METHOD_free(X509_CRL_METHOD *m);
+
+void X509_CRL_set_meth_data(X509_CRL *crl, void *dat);
+void *X509_CRL_get_meth_data(X509_CRL *crl);
+
+/* This one is only used so that a binary form can output, as in
+ * i2d_X509_NAME(X509_get_X509_PUBKEY(x),&buf) */
+#define 	X509_get_X509_PUBKEY(x) ((x)->cert_info->key)
+
+
+const char *X509_verify_cert_error_string(long n);
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_EVP
+int X509_verify(X509 *a, EVP_PKEY *r);
+
+int X509_REQ_verify(X509_REQ *a, EVP_PKEY *r);
+int X509_CRL_verify(X509_CRL *a, EVP_PKEY *r);
+int NETSCAPE_SPKI_verify(NETSCAPE_SPKI *a, EVP_PKEY *r);
+
+NETSCAPE_SPKI * NETSCAPE_SPKI_b64_decode(const char *str, int len);
+char * NETSCAPE_SPKI_b64_encode(NETSCAPE_SPKI *x);
+EVP_PKEY *NETSCAPE_SPKI_get_pubkey(NETSCAPE_SPKI *x);
+int NETSCAPE_SPKI_set_pubkey(NETSCAPE_SPKI *x, EVP_PKEY *pkey);
+
+int NETSCAPE_SPKI_print(BIO *out, NETSCAPE_SPKI *spki);
+
+int X509_signature_dump(BIO *bp,const ASN1_STRING *sig, int indent);
+int X509_signature_print(BIO *bp,X509_ALGOR *alg, ASN1_STRING *sig);
+
+int X509_sign(X509 *x, EVP_PKEY *pkey, const EVP_MD *md);
+int X509_sign_ctx(X509 *x, EVP_MD_CTX *ctx);
+int X509_REQ_sign(X509_REQ *x, EVP_PKEY *pkey, const EVP_MD *md);
+int X509_REQ_sign_ctx(X509_REQ *x, EVP_MD_CTX *ctx);
+int X509_CRL_sign(X509_CRL *x, EVP_PKEY *pkey, const EVP_MD *md);
+int X509_CRL_sign_ctx(X509_CRL *x, EVP_MD_CTX *ctx);
+int NETSCAPE_SPKI_sign(NETSCAPE_SPKI *x, EVP_PKEY *pkey, const EVP_MD *md);
+
+int X509_pubkey_digest(const X509 *data,const EVP_MD *type,
+		unsigned char *md, unsigned int *len);
+int X509_digest(const X509 *data,const EVP_MD *type,
+		unsigned char *md, unsigned int *len);
+int X509_CRL_digest(const X509_CRL *data,const EVP_MD *type,
+		unsigned char *md, unsigned int *len);
+int X509_REQ_digest(const X509_REQ *data,const EVP_MD *type,
+		unsigned char *md, unsigned int *len);
+int X509_NAME_digest(const X509_NAME *data,const EVP_MD *type,
+		unsigned char *md, unsigned int *len);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_FP_API
+X509 *d2i_X509_fp(FILE *fp, X509 **x509);
+int i2d_X509_fp(FILE *fp,X509 *x509);
+X509_CRL *d2i_X509_CRL_fp(FILE *fp,X509_CRL **crl);
+int i2d_X509_CRL_fp(FILE *fp,X509_CRL *crl);
+X509_REQ *d2i_X509_REQ_fp(FILE *fp,X509_REQ **req);
+int i2d_X509_REQ_fp(FILE *fp,X509_REQ *req);
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_RSA
+RSA *d2i_RSAPrivateKey_fp(FILE *fp,RSA **rsa);
+int i2d_RSAPrivateKey_fp(FILE *fp,RSA *rsa);
+RSA *d2i_RSAPublicKey_fp(FILE *fp,RSA **rsa);
+int i2d_RSAPublicKey_fp(FILE *fp,RSA *rsa);
+RSA *d2i_RSA_PUBKEY_fp(FILE *fp,RSA **rsa);
+int i2d_RSA_PUBKEY_fp(FILE *fp,RSA *rsa);
+#endif
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_DSA
+DSA *d2i_DSA_PUBKEY_fp(FILE *fp, DSA **dsa);
+int i2d_DSA_PUBKEY_fp(FILE *fp, DSA *dsa);
+DSA *d2i_DSAPrivateKey_fp(FILE *fp, DSA **dsa);
+int i2d_DSAPrivateKey_fp(FILE *fp, DSA *dsa);
+#endif
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_EC
+EC_KEY *d2i_EC_PUBKEY_fp(FILE *fp, EC_KEY **eckey);
+int   i2d_EC_PUBKEY_fp(FILE *fp, EC_KEY *eckey);
+EC_KEY *d2i_ECPrivateKey_fp(FILE *fp, EC_KEY **eckey);
+int   i2d_ECPrivateKey_fp(FILE *fp, EC_KEY *eckey);
+#endif
+X509_SIG *d2i_PKCS8_fp(FILE *fp,X509_SIG **p8);
+int i2d_PKCS8_fp(FILE *fp,X509_SIG *p8);
+PKCS8_PRIV_KEY_INFO *d2i_PKCS8_PRIV_KEY_INFO_fp(FILE *fp,
+						PKCS8_PRIV_KEY_INFO **p8inf);
+int i2d_PKCS8_PRIV_KEY_INFO_fp(FILE *fp,PKCS8_PRIV_KEY_INFO *p8inf);
+int i2d_PKCS8PrivateKeyInfo_fp(FILE *fp, EVP_PKEY *key);
+int i2d_PrivateKey_fp(FILE *fp, EVP_PKEY *pkey);
+EVP_PKEY *d2i_PrivateKey_fp(FILE *fp, EVP_PKEY **a);
+int i2d_PUBKEY_fp(FILE *fp, EVP_PKEY *pkey);
+EVP_PKEY *d2i_PUBKEY_fp(FILE *fp, EVP_PKEY **a);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_BIO
+X509 *d2i_X509_bio(BIO *bp,X509 **x509);
+int i2d_X509_bio(BIO *bp,X509 *x509);
+X509_CRL *d2i_X509_CRL_bio(BIO *bp,X509_CRL **crl);
+int i2d_X509_CRL_bio(BIO *bp,X509_CRL *crl);
+X509_REQ *d2i_X509_REQ_bio(BIO *bp,X509_REQ **req);
+int i2d_X509_REQ_bio(BIO *bp,X509_REQ *req);
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_RSA
+RSA *d2i_RSAPrivateKey_bio(BIO *bp,RSA **rsa);
+int i2d_RSAPrivateKey_bio(BIO *bp,RSA *rsa);
+RSA *d2i_RSAPublicKey_bio(BIO *bp,RSA **rsa);
+int i2d_RSAPublicKey_bio(BIO *bp,RSA *rsa);
+RSA *d2i_RSA_PUBKEY_bio(BIO *bp,RSA **rsa);
+int i2d_RSA_PUBKEY_bio(BIO *bp,RSA *rsa);
+#endif
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_DSA
+DSA *d2i_DSA_PUBKEY_bio(BIO *bp, DSA **dsa);
+int i2d_DSA_PUBKEY_bio(BIO *bp, DSA *dsa);
+DSA *d2i_DSAPrivateKey_bio(BIO *bp, DSA **dsa);
+int i2d_DSAPrivateKey_bio(BIO *bp, DSA *dsa);
+#endif
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_EC
+EC_KEY *d2i_EC_PUBKEY_bio(BIO *bp, EC_KEY **eckey);
+int   i2d_EC_PUBKEY_bio(BIO *bp, EC_KEY *eckey);
+EC_KEY *d2i_ECPrivateKey_bio(BIO *bp, EC_KEY **eckey);
+int   i2d_ECPrivateKey_bio(BIO *bp, EC_KEY *eckey);
+#endif
+X509_SIG *d2i_PKCS8_bio(BIO *bp,X509_SIG **p8);
+int i2d_PKCS8_bio(BIO *bp,X509_SIG *p8);
+PKCS8_PRIV_KEY_INFO *d2i_PKCS8_PRIV_KEY_INFO_bio(BIO *bp,
+						PKCS8_PRIV_KEY_INFO **p8inf);
+int i2d_PKCS8_PRIV_KEY_INFO_bio(BIO *bp,PKCS8_PRIV_KEY_INFO *p8inf);
+int i2d_PKCS8PrivateKeyInfo_bio(BIO *bp, EVP_PKEY *key);
+int i2d_PrivateKey_bio(BIO *bp, EVP_PKEY *pkey);
+EVP_PKEY *d2i_PrivateKey_bio(BIO *bp, EVP_PKEY **a);
+int i2d_PUBKEY_bio(BIO *bp, EVP_PKEY *pkey);
+EVP_PKEY *d2i_PUBKEY_bio(BIO *bp, EVP_PKEY **a);
+#endif
+
+X509 *X509_dup(X509 *x509);
+X509_ATTRIBUTE *X509_ATTRIBUTE_dup(X509_ATTRIBUTE *xa);
+X509_EXTENSION *X509_EXTENSION_dup(X509_EXTENSION *ex);
+X509_CRL *X509_CRL_dup(X509_CRL *crl);
+X509_REQ *X509_REQ_dup(X509_REQ *req);
+X509_ALGOR *X509_ALGOR_dup(X509_ALGOR *xn);
+int X509_ALGOR_set0(X509_ALGOR *alg, ASN1_OBJECT *aobj, int ptype, void *pval);
+void X509_ALGOR_get0(ASN1_OBJECT **paobj, int *pptype, void **ppval,
+						X509_ALGOR *algor);
+void X509_ALGOR_set_md(X509_ALGOR *alg, const EVP_MD *md);
+
+X509_NAME *X509_NAME_dup(X509_NAME *xn);
+X509_NAME_ENTRY *X509_NAME_ENTRY_dup(X509_NAME_ENTRY *ne);
+
+int		X509_cmp_time(const ASN1_TIME *s, time_t *t);
+int		X509_cmp_current_time(const ASN1_TIME *s);
+ASN1_TIME *	X509_time_adj(ASN1_TIME *s, long adj, time_t *t);
+ASN1_TIME *	X509_time_adj_ex(ASN1_TIME *s,
+				int offset_day, long offset_sec, time_t *t);
+ASN1_TIME *	X509_gmtime_adj(ASN1_TIME *s, long adj);
+
+const char *	X509_get_default_cert_area(void );
+const char *	X509_get_default_cert_dir(void );
+const char *	X509_get_default_cert_file(void );
+const char *	X509_get_default_cert_dir_env(void );
+const char *	X509_get_default_cert_file_env(void );
+const char *	X509_get_default_private_dir(void );
+
+X509_REQ *	X509_to_X509_REQ(X509 *x, EVP_PKEY *pkey, const EVP_MD *md);
+X509 *		X509_REQ_to_X509(X509_REQ *r, int days,EVP_PKEY *pkey);
+
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(X509_ALGOR)
+DECLARE_ASN1_ENCODE_FUNCTIONS(X509_ALGORS, X509_ALGORS, X509_ALGORS)
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(X509_VAL)
+
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(X509_PUBKEY)
+
+int		X509_PUBKEY_set(X509_PUBKEY **x, EVP_PKEY *pkey);
+EVP_PKEY *	X509_PUBKEY_get(X509_PUBKEY *key);
+int		X509_get_pubkey_parameters(EVP_PKEY *pkey,
+					   STACK_OF(X509) *chain);
+int		i2d_PUBKEY(EVP_PKEY *a,unsigned char **pp);
+EVP_PKEY *	d2i_PUBKEY(EVP_PKEY **a,const unsigned char **pp,
+			long length);
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_RSA
+int		i2d_RSA_PUBKEY(RSA *a,unsigned char **pp);
+RSA *		d2i_RSA_PUBKEY(RSA **a,const unsigned char **pp,
+			long length);
+#endif
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_DSA
+int		i2d_DSA_PUBKEY(DSA *a,unsigned char **pp);
+DSA *		d2i_DSA_PUBKEY(DSA **a,const unsigned char **pp,
+			long length);
+#endif
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_EC
+int		i2d_EC_PUBKEY(EC_KEY *a, unsigned char **pp);
+EC_KEY 		*d2i_EC_PUBKEY(EC_KEY **a, const unsigned char **pp,
+			long length);
+#endif
+
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(X509_SIG)
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(X509_REQ_INFO)
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(X509_REQ)
+
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(X509_ATTRIBUTE)
+X509_ATTRIBUTE *X509_ATTRIBUTE_create(int nid, int atrtype, void *value);
+
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(X509_EXTENSION)
+DECLARE_ASN1_ENCODE_FUNCTIONS(X509_EXTENSIONS, X509_EXTENSIONS, X509_EXTENSIONS)
+
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(X509_NAME_ENTRY)
+
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(X509_NAME)
+
+int		X509_NAME_set(X509_NAME **xn, X509_NAME *name);
+
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(X509_CINF)
+
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(X509)
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(X509_CERT_AUX)
+
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(X509_CERT_PAIR)
+
+int X509_get_ex_new_index(long argl, void *argp, CRYPTO_EX_new *new_func,
+	     CRYPTO_EX_dup *dup_func, CRYPTO_EX_free *free_func);
+int X509_set_ex_data(X509 *r, int idx, void *arg);
+void *X509_get_ex_data(X509 *r, int idx);
+int		i2d_X509_AUX(X509 *a,unsigned char **pp);
+X509 *		d2i_X509_AUX(X509 **a,const unsigned char **pp,long length);
+
+int X509_alias_set1(X509 *x, unsigned char *name, int len);
+int X509_keyid_set1(X509 *x, unsigned char *id, int len);
+unsigned char * X509_alias_get0(X509 *x, int *len);
+unsigned char * X509_keyid_get0(X509 *x, int *len);
+int (*X509_TRUST_set_default(int (*trust)(int , X509 *, int)))(int, X509 *, int);
+int X509_TRUST_set(int *t, int trust);
+int X509_add1_trust_object(X509 *x, ASN1_OBJECT *obj);
+int X509_add1_reject_object(X509 *x, ASN1_OBJECT *obj);
+void X509_trust_clear(X509 *x);
+void X509_reject_clear(X509 *x);
+
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(X509_REVOKED)
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(X509_CRL_INFO)
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(X509_CRL)
+
+int X509_CRL_add0_revoked(X509_CRL *crl, X509_REVOKED *rev);
+int X509_CRL_get0_by_serial(X509_CRL *crl,
+		X509_REVOKED **ret, ASN1_INTEGER *serial);
+int X509_CRL_get0_by_cert(X509_CRL *crl, X509_REVOKED **ret, X509 *x);
+
+X509_PKEY *	X509_PKEY_new(void );
+void		X509_PKEY_free(X509_PKEY *a);
+int		i2d_X509_PKEY(X509_PKEY *a,unsigned char **pp);
+X509_PKEY *	d2i_X509_PKEY(X509_PKEY **a,const unsigned char **pp,long length);
+
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(NETSCAPE_SPKI)
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(NETSCAPE_SPKAC)
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(NETSCAPE_CERT_SEQUENCE)
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_EVP
+X509_INFO *	X509_INFO_new(void);
+void		X509_INFO_free(X509_INFO *a);
+char *		X509_NAME_oneline(X509_NAME *a,char *buf,int size);
+
+int ASN1_verify(i2d_of_void *i2d, X509_ALGOR *algor1,
+		ASN1_BIT_STRING *signature,char *data,EVP_PKEY *pkey);
+
+int ASN1_digest(i2d_of_void *i2d,const EVP_MD *type,char *data,
+		unsigned char *md,unsigned int *len);
+
+int ASN1_sign(i2d_of_void *i2d, X509_ALGOR *algor1,
+	      X509_ALGOR *algor2, ASN1_BIT_STRING *signature,
+	      char *data,EVP_PKEY *pkey, const EVP_MD *type);
+
+int ASN1_item_digest(const ASN1_ITEM *it,const EVP_MD *type,void *data,
+	unsigned char *md,unsigned int *len);
+
+int ASN1_item_verify(const ASN1_ITEM *it, X509_ALGOR *algor1,
+	ASN1_BIT_STRING *signature,void *data,EVP_PKEY *pkey);
+
+int ASN1_item_sign(const ASN1_ITEM *it, X509_ALGOR *algor1, X509_ALGOR *algor2,
+	ASN1_BIT_STRING *signature,
+	void *data, EVP_PKEY *pkey, const EVP_MD *type);
+int ASN1_item_sign_ctx(const ASN1_ITEM *it,
+		X509_ALGOR *algor1, X509_ALGOR *algor2,
+	     	ASN1_BIT_STRING *signature, void *asn, EVP_MD_CTX *ctx);
+#endif
+
+int 		X509_set_version(X509 *x,long version);
+int 		X509_set_serialNumber(X509 *x, ASN1_INTEGER *serial);
+ASN1_INTEGER *	X509_get_serialNumber(X509 *x);
+int 		X509_set_issuer_name(X509 *x, X509_NAME *name);
+X509_NAME *	X509_get_issuer_name(X509 *a);
+int 		X509_set_subject_name(X509 *x, X509_NAME *name);
+X509_NAME *	X509_get_subject_name(X509 *a);
+int 		X509_set_notBefore(X509 *x, const ASN1_TIME *tm);
+int 		X509_set_notAfter(X509 *x, const ASN1_TIME *tm);
+int 		X509_set_pubkey(X509 *x, EVP_PKEY *pkey);
+EVP_PKEY *	X509_get_pubkey(X509 *x);
+ASN1_BIT_STRING * X509_get0_pubkey_bitstr(const X509 *x);
+int		X509_certificate_type(X509 *x,EVP_PKEY *pubkey /* optional */);
+
+int		X509_REQ_set_version(X509_REQ *x,long version);
+int		X509_REQ_set_subject_name(X509_REQ *req,X509_NAME *name);
+int		X509_REQ_set_pubkey(X509_REQ *x, EVP_PKEY *pkey);
+EVP_PKEY *	X509_REQ_get_pubkey(X509_REQ *req);
+int		X509_REQ_extension_nid(int nid);
+int *		X509_REQ_get_extension_nids(void);
+void		X509_REQ_set_extension_nids(int *nids);
+STACK_OF(X509_EXTENSION) *X509_REQ_get_extensions(X509_REQ *req);
+int X509_REQ_add_extensions_nid(X509_REQ *req, STACK_OF(X509_EXTENSION) *exts,
+				int nid);
+int X509_REQ_add_extensions(X509_REQ *req, STACK_OF(X509_EXTENSION) *exts);
+int X509_REQ_get_attr_count(const X509_REQ *req);
+int X509_REQ_get_attr_by_NID(const X509_REQ *req, int nid,
+			  int lastpos);
+int X509_REQ_get_attr_by_OBJ(const X509_REQ *req, ASN1_OBJECT *obj,
+			  int lastpos);
+X509_ATTRIBUTE *X509_REQ_get_attr(const X509_REQ *req, int loc);
+X509_ATTRIBUTE *X509_REQ_delete_attr(X509_REQ *req, int loc);
+int X509_REQ_add1_attr(X509_REQ *req, X509_ATTRIBUTE *attr);
+int X509_REQ_add1_attr_by_OBJ(X509_REQ *req,
+			const ASN1_OBJECT *obj, int type,
+			const unsigned char *bytes, int len);
+int X509_REQ_add1_attr_by_NID(X509_REQ *req,
+			int nid, int type,
+			const unsigned char *bytes, int len);
+int X509_REQ_add1_attr_by_txt(X509_REQ *req,
+			const char *attrname, int type,
+			const unsigned char *bytes, int len);
+
+int X509_CRL_set_version(X509_CRL *x, long version);
+int X509_CRL_set_issuer_name(X509_CRL *x, X509_NAME *name);
+int X509_CRL_set_lastUpdate(X509_CRL *x, const ASN1_TIME *tm);
+int X509_CRL_set_nextUpdate(X509_CRL *x, const ASN1_TIME *tm);
+int X509_CRL_sort(X509_CRL *crl);
+
+int X509_REVOKED_set_serialNumber(X509_REVOKED *x, ASN1_INTEGER *serial);
+int X509_REVOKED_set_revocationDate(X509_REVOKED *r, ASN1_TIME *tm);
+
+int		X509_REQ_check_private_key(X509_REQ *x509,EVP_PKEY *pkey);
+
+int		X509_check_private_key(X509 *x509,EVP_PKEY *pkey);
+
+int		X509_issuer_and_serial_cmp(const X509 *a, const X509 *b);
+unsigned long	X509_issuer_and_serial_hash(X509 *a);
+
+int		X509_issuer_name_cmp(const X509 *a, const X509 *b);
+unsigned long	X509_issuer_name_hash(X509 *a);
+
+int		X509_subject_name_cmp(const X509 *a, const X509 *b);
+unsigned long	X509_subject_name_hash(X509 *x);
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_MD5
+unsigned long	X509_issuer_name_hash_old(X509 *a);
+unsigned long	X509_subject_name_hash_old(X509 *x);
+#endif
+
+int		X509_cmp(const X509 *a, const X509 *b);
+int		X509_NAME_cmp(const X509_NAME *a, const X509_NAME *b);
+unsigned long	X509_NAME_hash(X509_NAME *x);
+unsigned long	X509_NAME_hash_old(X509_NAME *x);
+
+int		X509_CRL_cmp(const X509_CRL *a, const X509_CRL *b);
+int		X509_CRL_match(const X509_CRL *a, const X509_CRL *b);
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_FP_API
+int		X509_print_ex_fp(FILE *bp,X509 *x, unsigned long nmflag, unsigned long cflag);
+int		X509_print_fp(FILE *bp,X509 *x);
+int		X509_CRL_print_fp(FILE *bp,X509_CRL *x);
+int		X509_REQ_print_fp(FILE *bp,X509_REQ *req);
+int X509_NAME_print_ex_fp(FILE *fp, X509_NAME *nm, int indent, unsigned long flags);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_BIO
+int		X509_NAME_print(BIO *bp, X509_NAME *name, int obase);
+int X509_NAME_print_ex(BIO *out, X509_NAME *nm, int indent, unsigned long flags);
+int		X509_print_ex(BIO *bp,X509 *x, unsigned long nmflag, unsigned long cflag);
+int		X509_print(BIO *bp,X509 *x);
+int		X509_ocspid_print(BIO *bp,X509 *x);
+int		X509_CERT_AUX_print(BIO *bp,X509_CERT_AUX *x, int indent);
+int		X509_CRL_print(BIO *bp,X509_CRL *x);
+int		X509_REQ_print_ex(BIO *bp, X509_REQ *x, unsigned long nmflag, unsigned long cflag);
+int		X509_REQ_print(BIO *bp,X509_REQ *req);
+#endif
+
+int 		X509_NAME_entry_count(X509_NAME *name);
+int 		X509_NAME_get_text_by_NID(X509_NAME *name, int nid,
+			char *buf,int len);
+int		X509_NAME_get_text_by_OBJ(X509_NAME *name, ASN1_OBJECT *obj,
+			char *buf,int len);
+
+/* NOTE: you should be passsing -1, not 0 as lastpos.  The functions that use
+ * lastpos, search after that position on. */
+int 		X509_NAME_get_index_by_NID(X509_NAME *name,int nid,int lastpos);
+int 		X509_NAME_get_index_by_OBJ(X509_NAME *name,ASN1_OBJECT *obj,
+			int lastpos);
+X509_NAME_ENTRY *X509_NAME_get_entry(X509_NAME *name, int loc);
+X509_NAME_ENTRY *X509_NAME_delete_entry(X509_NAME *name, int loc);
+int 		X509_NAME_add_entry(X509_NAME *name,X509_NAME_ENTRY *ne,
+			int loc, int set);
+int X509_NAME_add_entry_by_OBJ(X509_NAME *name, ASN1_OBJECT *obj, int type,
+			unsigned char *bytes, int len, int loc, int set);
+int X509_NAME_add_entry_by_NID(X509_NAME *name, int nid, int type,
+			unsigned char *bytes, int len, int loc, int set);
+X509_NAME_ENTRY *X509_NAME_ENTRY_create_by_txt(X509_NAME_ENTRY **ne,
+		const char *field, int type, const unsigned char *bytes, int len);
+X509_NAME_ENTRY *X509_NAME_ENTRY_create_by_NID(X509_NAME_ENTRY **ne, int nid,
+			int type,unsigned char *bytes, int len);
+int X509_NAME_add_entry_by_txt(X509_NAME *name, const char *field, int type,
+			const unsigned char *bytes, int len, int loc, int set);
+X509_NAME_ENTRY *X509_NAME_ENTRY_create_by_OBJ(X509_NAME_ENTRY **ne,
+			ASN1_OBJECT *obj, int type,const unsigned char *bytes,
+			int len);
+int 		X509_NAME_ENTRY_set_object(X509_NAME_ENTRY *ne,
+			ASN1_OBJECT *obj);
+int 		X509_NAME_ENTRY_set_data(X509_NAME_ENTRY *ne, int type,
+			const unsigned char *bytes, int len);
+ASN1_OBJECT *	X509_NAME_ENTRY_get_object(X509_NAME_ENTRY *ne);
+ASN1_STRING *	X509_NAME_ENTRY_get_data(X509_NAME_ENTRY *ne);
+
+int		X509v3_get_ext_count(const STACK_OF(X509_EXTENSION) *x);
+int		X509v3_get_ext_by_NID(const STACK_OF(X509_EXTENSION) *x,
+				      int nid, int lastpos);
+int		X509v3_get_ext_by_OBJ(const STACK_OF(X509_EXTENSION) *x,
+				      ASN1_OBJECT *obj,int lastpos);
+int		X509v3_get_ext_by_critical(const STACK_OF(X509_EXTENSION) *x,
+					   int crit, int lastpos);
+X509_EXTENSION *X509v3_get_ext(const STACK_OF(X509_EXTENSION) *x, int loc);
+X509_EXTENSION *X509v3_delete_ext(STACK_OF(X509_EXTENSION) *x, int loc);
+STACK_OF(X509_EXTENSION) *X509v3_add_ext(STACK_OF(X509_EXTENSION) **x,
+					 X509_EXTENSION *ex, int loc);
+
+int		X509_get_ext_count(X509 *x);
+int		X509_get_ext_by_NID(X509 *x, int nid, int lastpos);
+int		X509_get_ext_by_OBJ(X509 *x,ASN1_OBJECT *obj,int lastpos);
+int		X509_get_ext_by_critical(X509 *x, int crit, int lastpos);
+X509_EXTENSION *X509_get_ext(X509 *x, int loc);
+X509_EXTENSION *X509_delete_ext(X509 *x, int loc);
+int		X509_add_ext(X509 *x, X509_EXTENSION *ex, int loc);
+void	*	X509_get_ext_d2i(X509 *x, int nid, int *crit, int *idx);
+int		X509_add1_ext_i2d(X509 *x, int nid, void *value, int crit,
+							unsigned long flags);
+
+int		X509_CRL_get_ext_count(X509_CRL *x);
+int		X509_CRL_get_ext_by_NID(X509_CRL *x, int nid, int lastpos);
+int		X509_CRL_get_ext_by_OBJ(X509_CRL *x,ASN1_OBJECT *obj,int lastpos);
+int		X509_CRL_get_ext_by_critical(X509_CRL *x, int crit, int lastpos);
+X509_EXTENSION *X509_CRL_get_ext(X509_CRL *x, int loc);
+X509_EXTENSION *X509_CRL_delete_ext(X509_CRL *x, int loc);
+int		X509_CRL_add_ext(X509_CRL *x, X509_EXTENSION *ex, int loc);
+void	*	X509_CRL_get_ext_d2i(X509_CRL *x, int nid, int *crit, int *idx);
+int		X509_CRL_add1_ext_i2d(X509_CRL *x, int nid, void *value, int crit,
+							unsigned long flags);
+
+int		X509_REVOKED_get_ext_count(X509_REVOKED *x);
+int		X509_REVOKED_get_ext_by_NID(X509_REVOKED *x, int nid, int lastpos);
+int		X509_REVOKED_get_ext_by_OBJ(X509_REVOKED *x,ASN1_OBJECT *obj,int lastpos);
+int		X509_REVOKED_get_ext_by_critical(X509_REVOKED *x, int crit, int lastpos);
+X509_EXTENSION *X509_REVOKED_get_ext(X509_REVOKED *x, int loc);
+X509_EXTENSION *X509_REVOKED_delete_ext(X509_REVOKED *x, int loc);
+int		X509_REVOKED_add_ext(X509_REVOKED *x, X509_EXTENSION *ex, int loc);
+void	*	X509_REVOKED_get_ext_d2i(X509_REVOKED *x, int nid, int *crit, int *idx);
+int		X509_REVOKED_add1_ext_i2d(X509_REVOKED *x, int nid, void *value, int crit,
+							unsigned long flags);
+
+X509_EXTENSION *X509_EXTENSION_create_by_NID(X509_EXTENSION **ex,
+			int nid, int crit, ASN1_OCTET_STRING *data);
+X509_EXTENSION *X509_EXTENSION_create_by_OBJ(X509_EXTENSION **ex,
+			ASN1_OBJECT *obj,int crit,ASN1_OCTET_STRING *data);
+int		X509_EXTENSION_set_object(X509_EXTENSION *ex,ASN1_OBJECT *obj);
+int		X509_EXTENSION_set_critical(X509_EXTENSION *ex, int crit);
+int		X509_EXTENSION_set_data(X509_EXTENSION *ex,
+			ASN1_OCTET_STRING *data);
+ASN1_OBJECT *	X509_EXTENSION_get_object(X509_EXTENSION *ex);
+ASN1_OCTET_STRING *X509_EXTENSION_get_data(X509_EXTENSION *ne);
+int		X509_EXTENSION_get_critical(X509_EXTENSION *ex);
+
+int X509at_get_attr_count(const STACK_OF(X509_ATTRIBUTE) *x);
+int X509at_get_attr_by_NID(const STACK_OF(X509_ATTRIBUTE) *x, int nid,
+			  int lastpos);
+int X509at_get_attr_by_OBJ(const STACK_OF(X509_ATTRIBUTE) *sk, ASN1_OBJECT *obj,
+			  int lastpos);
+X509_ATTRIBUTE *X509at_get_attr(const STACK_OF(X509_ATTRIBUTE) *x, int loc);
+X509_ATTRIBUTE *X509at_delete_attr(STACK_OF(X509_ATTRIBUTE) *x, int loc);
+STACK_OF(X509_ATTRIBUTE) *X509at_add1_attr(STACK_OF(X509_ATTRIBUTE) **x,
+					 X509_ATTRIBUTE *attr);
+STACK_OF(X509_ATTRIBUTE) *X509at_add1_attr_by_OBJ(STACK_OF(X509_ATTRIBUTE) **x,
+			const ASN1_OBJECT *obj, int type,
+			const unsigned char *bytes, int len);
+STACK_OF(X509_ATTRIBUTE) *X509at_add1_attr_by_NID(STACK_OF(X509_ATTRIBUTE) **x,
+			int nid, int type,
+			const unsigned char *bytes, int len);
+STACK_OF(X509_ATTRIBUTE) *X509at_add1_attr_by_txt(STACK_OF(X509_ATTRIBUTE) **x,
+			const char *attrname, int type,
+			const unsigned char *bytes, int len);
+void *X509at_get0_data_by_OBJ(STACK_OF(X509_ATTRIBUTE) *x,
+				ASN1_OBJECT *obj, int lastpos, int type);
+X509_ATTRIBUTE *X509_ATTRIBUTE_create_by_NID(X509_ATTRIBUTE **attr, int nid,
+	     int atrtype, const void *data, int len);
+X509_ATTRIBUTE *X509_ATTRIBUTE_create_by_OBJ(X509_ATTRIBUTE **attr,
+	     const ASN1_OBJECT *obj, int atrtype, const void *data, int len);
+X509_ATTRIBUTE *X509_ATTRIBUTE_create_by_txt(X509_ATTRIBUTE **attr,
+		const char *atrname, int type, const unsigned char *bytes, int len);
+int X509_ATTRIBUTE_set1_object(X509_ATTRIBUTE *attr, const ASN1_OBJECT *obj);
+int X509_ATTRIBUTE_set1_data(X509_ATTRIBUTE *attr, int attrtype, const void *data, int len);
+void *X509_ATTRIBUTE_get0_data(X509_ATTRIBUTE *attr, int idx,
+					int atrtype, void *data);
+int X509_ATTRIBUTE_count(X509_ATTRIBUTE *attr);
+ASN1_OBJECT *X509_ATTRIBUTE_get0_object(X509_ATTRIBUTE *attr);
+ASN1_TYPE *X509_ATTRIBUTE_get0_type(X509_ATTRIBUTE *attr, int idx);
+
+int EVP_PKEY_get_attr_count(const EVP_PKEY *key);
+int EVP_PKEY_get_attr_by_NID(const EVP_PKEY *key, int nid,
+			  int lastpos);
+int EVP_PKEY_get_attr_by_OBJ(const EVP_PKEY *key, ASN1_OBJECT *obj,
+			  int lastpos);
+X509_ATTRIBUTE *EVP_PKEY_get_attr(const EVP_PKEY *key, int loc);
+X509_ATTRIBUTE *EVP_PKEY_delete_attr(EVP_PKEY *key, int loc);
+int EVP_PKEY_add1_attr(EVP_PKEY *key, X509_ATTRIBUTE *attr);
+int EVP_PKEY_add1_attr_by_OBJ(EVP_PKEY *key,
+			const ASN1_OBJECT *obj, int type,
+			const unsigned char *bytes, int len);
+int EVP_PKEY_add1_attr_by_NID(EVP_PKEY *key,
+			int nid, int type,
+			const unsigned char *bytes, int len);
+int EVP_PKEY_add1_attr_by_txt(EVP_PKEY *key,
+			const char *attrname, int type,
+			const unsigned char *bytes, int len);
+
+int		X509_verify_cert(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx);
+
+/* lookup a cert from a X509 STACK */
+X509 *X509_find_by_issuer_and_serial(STACK_OF(X509) *sk,X509_NAME *name,
+				     ASN1_INTEGER *serial);
+X509 *X509_find_by_subject(STACK_OF(X509) *sk,X509_NAME *name);
+
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(PBEPARAM)
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(PBE2PARAM)
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(PBKDF2PARAM)
+
+int PKCS5_pbe_set0_algor(X509_ALGOR *algor, int alg, int iter,
+				const unsigned char *salt, int saltlen);
+
+X509_ALGOR *PKCS5_pbe_set(int alg, int iter,
+				const unsigned char *salt, int saltlen);
+X509_ALGOR *PKCS5_pbe2_set(const EVP_CIPHER *cipher, int iter,
+					 unsigned char *salt, int saltlen);
+X509_ALGOR *PKCS5_pbe2_set_iv(const EVP_CIPHER *cipher, int iter,
+				 unsigned char *salt, int saltlen,
+				 unsigned char *aiv, int prf_nid);
+
+X509_ALGOR *PKCS5_pbkdf2_set(int iter, unsigned char *salt, int saltlen,
+				int prf_nid, int keylen);
+
+/* PKCS#8 utilities */
+
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(PKCS8_PRIV_KEY_INFO)
+
+EVP_PKEY *EVP_PKCS82PKEY(PKCS8_PRIV_KEY_INFO *p8);
+PKCS8_PRIV_KEY_INFO *EVP_PKEY2PKCS8(EVP_PKEY *pkey);
+PKCS8_PRIV_KEY_INFO *EVP_PKEY2PKCS8_broken(EVP_PKEY *pkey, int broken);
+PKCS8_PRIV_KEY_INFO *PKCS8_set_broken(PKCS8_PRIV_KEY_INFO *p8, int broken);
+
+int PKCS8_pkey_set0(PKCS8_PRIV_KEY_INFO *priv, ASN1_OBJECT *aobj,
+			int version, int ptype, void *pval,
+				unsigned char *penc, int penclen);
+int PKCS8_pkey_get0(ASN1_OBJECT **ppkalg,
+		const unsigned char **pk, int *ppklen,
+		X509_ALGOR **pa,
+		PKCS8_PRIV_KEY_INFO *p8);
+
+int X509_PUBKEY_set0_param(X509_PUBKEY *pub, ASN1_OBJECT *aobj,
+					int ptype, void *pval,
+					unsigned char *penc, int penclen);
+int X509_PUBKEY_get0_param(ASN1_OBJECT **ppkalg,
+		const unsigned char **pk, int *ppklen,
+		X509_ALGOR **pa,
+		X509_PUBKEY *pub);
+
+int X509_check_trust(X509 *x, int id, int flags);
+int X509_TRUST_get_count(void);
+X509_TRUST * X509_TRUST_get0(int idx);
+int X509_TRUST_get_by_id(int id);
+int X509_TRUST_add(int id, int flags, int (*ck)(X509_TRUST *, X509 *, int),
+					char *name, int arg1, void *arg2);
+void X509_TRUST_cleanup(void);
+int X509_TRUST_get_flags(X509_TRUST *xp);
+char *X509_TRUST_get0_name(X509_TRUST *xp);
+int X509_TRUST_get_trust(X509_TRUST *xp);
+
+/* BEGIN ERROR CODES */
+/* The following lines are auto generated by the script mkerr.pl. Any changes
+ * made after this point may be overwritten when the script is next run.
+ */
+void ERR_load_X509_strings(void);
+
+/* Error codes for the X509 functions. */
+
+/* Function codes. */
+#define X509_F_ADD_CERT_DIR				 100
+#define X509_F_BY_FILE_CTRL				 101
+#define X509_F_CHECK_POLICY				 145
+#define X509_F_DIR_CTRL					 102
+#define X509_F_GET_CERT_BY_SUBJECT			 103
+#define X509_F_NETSCAPE_SPKI_B64_DECODE			 129
+#define X509_F_NETSCAPE_SPKI_B64_ENCODE			 130
+#define X509_F_X509AT_ADD1_ATTR				 135
+#define X509_F_X509V3_ADD_EXT				 104
+#define X509_F_X509_ATTRIBUTE_CREATE_BY_NID		 136
+#define X509_F_X509_ATTRIBUTE_CREATE_BY_OBJ		 137
+#define X509_F_X509_ATTRIBUTE_CREATE_BY_TXT		 140
+#define X509_F_X509_ATTRIBUTE_GET0_DATA			 139
+#define X509_F_X509_ATTRIBUTE_SET1_DATA			 138
+#define X509_F_X509_CHECK_PRIVATE_KEY			 128
+#define X509_F_X509_CRL_PRINT_FP			 147
+#define X509_F_X509_EXTENSION_CREATE_BY_NID		 108
+#define X509_F_X509_EXTENSION_CREATE_BY_OBJ		 109
+#define X509_F_X509_GET_PUBKEY_PARAMETERS		 110
+#define X509_F_X509_LOAD_CERT_CRL_FILE			 132
+#define X509_F_X509_LOAD_CERT_FILE			 111
+#define X509_F_X509_LOAD_CRL_FILE			 112
+#define X509_F_X509_NAME_ADD_ENTRY			 113
+#define X509_F_X509_NAME_ENTRY_CREATE_BY_NID		 114
+#define X509_F_X509_NAME_ENTRY_CREATE_BY_TXT		 131
+#define X509_F_X509_NAME_ENTRY_SET_OBJECT		 115
+#define X509_F_X509_NAME_ONELINE			 116
+#define X509_F_X509_NAME_PRINT				 117
+#define X509_F_X509_PRINT_EX_FP				 118
+#define X509_F_X509_PUBKEY_GET				 119
+#define X509_F_X509_PUBKEY_SET				 120
+#define X509_F_X509_REQ_CHECK_PRIVATE_KEY		 144
+#define X509_F_X509_REQ_PRINT_EX			 121
+#define X509_F_X509_REQ_PRINT_FP			 122
+#define X509_F_X509_REQ_TO_X509				 123
+#define X509_F_X509_STORE_ADD_CERT			 124
+#define X509_F_X509_STORE_ADD_CRL			 125
+#define X509_F_X509_STORE_CTX_GET1_ISSUER		 146
+#define X509_F_X509_STORE_CTX_INIT			 143
+#define X509_F_X509_STORE_CTX_NEW			 142
+#define X509_F_X509_STORE_CTX_PURPOSE_INHERIT		 134
+#define X509_F_X509_TO_X509_REQ				 126
+#define X509_F_X509_TRUST_ADD				 133
+#define X509_F_X509_TRUST_SET				 141
+#define X509_F_X509_VERIFY_CERT				 127
+
+/* Reason codes. */
+#define X509_R_BAD_X509_FILETYPE			 100
+#define X509_R_BASE64_DECODE_ERROR			 118
+#define X509_R_CANT_CHECK_DH_KEY			 114
+#define X509_R_CERT_ALREADY_IN_HASH_TABLE		 101
+#define X509_R_ERR_ASN1_LIB				 102
+#define X509_R_INVALID_DIRECTORY			 113
+#define X509_R_INVALID_FIELD_NAME			 119
+#define X509_R_INVALID_TRUST				 123
+#define X509_R_KEY_TYPE_MISMATCH			 115
+#define X509_R_KEY_VALUES_MISMATCH			 116
+#define X509_R_LOADING_CERT_DIR				 103
+#define X509_R_LOADING_DEFAULTS				 104
+#define X509_R_METHOD_NOT_SUPPORTED			 124
+#define X509_R_NO_CERT_SET_FOR_US_TO_VERIFY		 105
+#define X509_R_PUBLIC_KEY_DECODE_ERROR			 125
+#define X509_R_PUBLIC_KEY_ENCODE_ERROR			 126
+#define X509_R_SHOULD_RETRY				 106
+#define X509_R_UNABLE_TO_FIND_PARAMETERS_IN_CHAIN	 107
+#define X509_R_UNABLE_TO_GET_CERTS_PUBLIC_KEY		 108
+#define X509_R_UNKNOWN_KEY_TYPE				 117
+#define X509_R_UNKNOWN_NID				 109
+#define X509_R_UNKNOWN_PURPOSE_ID			 121
+#define X509_R_UNKNOWN_TRUST_ID				 120
+#define X509_R_UNSUPPORTED_ALGORITHM			 111
+#define X509_R_WRONG_LOOKUP_TYPE			 112
+#define X509_R_WRONG_TYPE				 122
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/include/openssl/x509_vfy.h b/lib/include/openssl/x509_vfy.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fe09b30
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/include/openssl/x509_vfy.h
@@ -0,0 +1,567 @@
+/* crypto/x509/x509_vfy.h */
+/* Copyright (C) 1995-1998 Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This package is an SSL implementation written
+ * by Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com).
+ * The implementation was written so as to conform with Netscapes SSL.
+ * 
+ * This library is free for commercial and non-commercial use as long as
+ * the following conditions are aheared to.  The following conditions
+ * apply to all code found in this distribution, be it the RC4, RSA,
+ * lhash, DES, etc., code; not just the SSL code.  The SSL documentation
+ * included with this distribution is covered by the same copyright terms
+ * except that the holder is Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com).
+ * 
+ * Copyright remains Eric Young's, and as such any Copyright notices in
+ * the code are not to be removed.
+ * If this package is used in a product, Eric Young should be given attribution
+ * as the author of the parts of the library used.
+ * This can be in the form of a textual message at program startup or
+ * in documentation (online or textual) provided with the package.
+ * 
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *    "This product includes cryptographic software written by
+ *     Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)"
+ *    The word 'cryptographic' can be left out if the rouines from the library
+ *    being used are not cryptographic related :-).
+ * 4. If you include any Windows specific code (or a derivative thereof) from 
+ *    the apps directory (application code) you must include an acknowledgement:
+ *    "This product includes software written by Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com)"
+ * 
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ERIC YOUNG ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * 
+ * The licence and distribution terms for any publically available version or
+ * derivative of this code cannot be changed.  i.e. this code cannot simply be
+ * copied and put under another distribution licence
+ * [including the GNU Public Licence.]
+ */
+
+#ifndef HEADER_X509_H
+#include <openssl/x509.h>
+/* openssl/x509.h ends up #include-ing this file at about the only
+ * appropriate moment. */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HEADER_X509_VFY_H
+#define HEADER_X509_VFY_H
+
+#include <openssl/opensslconf.h>
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_LHASH
+#include <openssl/lhash.h>
+#endif
+#include <openssl/bio.h>
+#include <openssl/crypto.h>
+#include <openssl/symhacks.h>
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+/* Outer object */
+typedef struct x509_hash_dir_st
+	{
+	int num_dirs;
+	char **dirs;
+	int *dirs_type;
+	int num_dirs_alloced;
+	} X509_HASH_DIR_CTX;
+#endif
+
+typedef struct x509_file_st
+	{
+	int num_paths;	/* number of paths to files or directories */
+	int num_alloced;
+	char **paths;	/* the list of paths or directories */
+	int *path_type;
+	} X509_CERT_FILE_CTX;
+
+/*******************************/
+/*
+SSL_CTX -> X509_STORE    
+		-> X509_LOOKUP
+			->X509_LOOKUP_METHOD
+		-> X509_LOOKUP
+			->X509_LOOKUP_METHOD
+ 
+SSL	-> X509_STORE_CTX
+		->X509_STORE    
+
+The X509_STORE holds the tables etc for verification stuff.
+A X509_STORE_CTX is used while validating a single certificate.
+The X509_STORE has X509_LOOKUPs for looking up certs.
+The X509_STORE then calls a function to actually verify the
+certificate chain.
+*/
+
+#define X509_LU_RETRY		-1
+#define X509_LU_FAIL		0
+#define X509_LU_X509		1
+#define X509_LU_CRL		2
+#define X509_LU_PKEY		3
+
+typedef struct x509_object_st
+	{
+	/* one of the above types */
+	int type;
+	union	{
+		char *ptr;
+		X509 *x509;
+		X509_CRL *crl;
+		EVP_PKEY *pkey;
+		} data;
+	} X509_OBJECT;
+
+typedef struct x509_lookup_st X509_LOOKUP;
+
+DECLARE_STACK_OF(X509_LOOKUP)
+DECLARE_STACK_OF(X509_OBJECT)
+
+/* This is a static that defines the function interface */
+typedef struct x509_lookup_method_st
+	{
+	const char *name;
+	int (*new_item)(X509_LOOKUP *ctx);
+	void (*free)(X509_LOOKUP *ctx);
+	int (*init)(X509_LOOKUP *ctx);
+	int (*shutdown)(X509_LOOKUP *ctx);
+	int (*ctrl)(X509_LOOKUP *ctx,int cmd,const char *argc,long argl,
+			char **ret);
+	int (*get_by_subject)(X509_LOOKUP *ctx,int type,X509_NAME *name,
+			      X509_OBJECT *ret);
+	int (*get_by_issuer_serial)(X509_LOOKUP *ctx,int type,X509_NAME *name,
+				    ASN1_INTEGER *serial,X509_OBJECT *ret);
+	int (*get_by_fingerprint)(X509_LOOKUP *ctx,int type,
+				  unsigned char *bytes,int len,
+				  X509_OBJECT *ret);
+	int (*get_by_alias)(X509_LOOKUP *ctx,int type,char *str,int len,
+			    X509_OBJECT *ret);
+	} X509_LOOKUP_METHOD;
+
+/* This structure hold all parameters associated with a verify operation
+ * by including an X509_VERIFY_PARAM structure in related structures the
+ * parameters used can be customized
+ */
+
+typedef struct X509_VERIFY_PARAM_st
+	{
+	char *name;
+	time_t check_time;	/* Time to use */
+	unsigned long inh_flags; /* Inheritance flags */
+	unsigned long flags;	/* Various verify flags */
+	int purpose;		/* purpose to check untrusted certificates */
+	int trust;		/* trust setting to check */
+	int depth;		/* Verify depth */
+	STACK_OF(ASN1_OBJECT) *policies;	/* Permissible policies */
+	} X509_VERIFY_PARAM;
+
+DECLARE_STACK_OF(X509_VERIFY_PARAM)
+
+/* This is used to hold everything.  It is used for all certificate
+ * validation.  Once we have a certificate chain, the 'verify'
+ * function is then called to actually check the cert chain. */
+struct x509_store_st
+	{
+	/* The following is a cache of trusted certs */
+	int cache; 	/* if true, stash any hits */
+	STACK_OF(X509_OBJECT) *objs;	/* Cache of all objects */
+
+	/* These are external lookup methods */
+	STACK_OF(X509_LOOKUP) *get_cert_methods;
+
+	X509_VERIFY_PARAM *param;
+
+	/* Callbacks for various operations */
+	int (*verify)(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx);	/* called to verify a certificate */
+	int (*verify_cb)(int ok,X509_STORE_CTX *ctx);	/* error callback */
+	int (*get_issuer)(X509 **issuer, X509_STORE_CTX *ctx, X509 *x);	/* get issuers cert from ctx */
+	int (*check_issued)(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx, X509 *x, X509 *issuer); /* check issued */
+	int (*check_revocation)(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx); /* Check revocation status of chain */
+	int (*get_crl)(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx, X509_CRL **crl, X509 *x); /* retrieve CRL */
+	int (*check_crl)(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx, X509_CRL *crl); /* Check CRL validity */
+	int (*cert_crl)(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx, X509_CRL *crl, X509 *x); /* Check certificate against CRL */
+	STACK_OF(X509) * (*lookup_certs)(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx, X509_NAME *nm);
+	STACK_OF(X509_CRL) * (*lookup_crls)(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx, X509_NAME *nm);
+	int (*cleanup)(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx);
+
+	CRYPTO_EX_DATA ex_data;
+	int references;
+	} /* X509_STORE */;
+
+int X509_STORE_set_depth(X509_STORE *store, int depth);
+
+#define X509_STORE_set_verify_cb_func(ctx,func) ((ctx)->verify_cb=(func))
+#define X509_STORE_set_verify_func(ctx,func)	((ctx)->verify=(func))
+
+/* This is the functions plus an instance of the local variables. */
+struct x509_lookup_st
+	{
+	int init;			/* have we been started */
+	int skip;			/* don't use us. */
+	X509_LOOKUP_METHOD *method;	/* the functions */
+	char *method_data;		/* method data */
+
+	X509_STORE *store_ctx;	/* who owns us */
+	} /* X509_LOOKUP */;
+
+/* This is a used when verifying cert chains.  Since the
+ * gathering of the cert chain can take some time (and have to be
+ * 'retried', this needs to be kept and passed around. */
+struct x509_store_ctx_st      /* X509_STORE_CTX */
+	{
+	X509_STORE *ctx;
+	int current_method;	/* used when looking up certs */
+
+	/* The following are set by the caller */
+	X509 *cert;		/* The cert to check */
+	STACK_OF(X509) *untrusted;	/* chain of X509s - untrusted - passed in */
+	STACK_OF(X509_CRL) *crls;	/* set of CRLs passed in */
+
+	X509_VERIFY_PARAM *param;
+	void *other_ctx;	/* Other info for use with get_issuer() */
+
+	/* Callbacks for various operations */
+	int (*verify)(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx);	/* called to verify a certificate */
+	int (*verify_cb)(int ok,X509_STORE_CTX *ctx);		/* error callback */
+	int (*get_issuer)(X509 **issuer, X509_STORE_CTX *ctx, X509 *x);	/* get issuers cert from ctx */
+	int (*check_issued)(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx, X509 *x, X509 *issuer); /* check issued */
+	int (*check_revocation)(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx); /* Check revocation status of chain */
+	int (*get_crl)(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx, X509_CRL **crl, X509 *x); /* retrieve CRL */
+	int (*check_crl)(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx, X509_CRL *crl); /* Check CRL validity */
+	int (*cert_crl)(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx, X509_CRL *crl, X509 *x); /* Check certificate against CRL */
+	int (*check_policy)(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx);
+	STACK_OF(X509) * (*lookup_certs)(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx, X509_NAME *nm);
+	STACK_OF(X509_CRL) * (*lookup_crls)(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx, X509_NAME *nm);
+	int (*cleanup)(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx);
+
+	/* The following is built up */
+	int valid;		/* if 0, rebuild chain */
+	int last_untrusted;	/* index of last untrusted cert */
+	STACK_OF(X509) *chain; 		/* chain of X509s - built up and trusted */
+	X509_POLICY_TREE *tree;	/* Valid policy tree */
+
+	int explicit_policy;	/* Require explicit policy value */
+
+	/* When something goes wrong, this is why */
+	int error_depth;
+	int error;
+	X509 *current_cert;
+	X509 *current_issuer;	/* cert currently being tested as valid issuer */
+	X509_CRL *current_crl;	/* current CRL */
+
+	int current_crl_score;  /* score of current CRL */
+	unsigned int current_reasons;  /* Reason mask */
+
+	X509_STORE_CTX *parent; /* For CRL path validation: parent context */
+
+	CRYPTO_EX_DATA ex_data;
+	} /* X509_STORE_CTX */;
+
+void X509_STORE_CTX_set_depth(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx, int depth);
+
+#define X509_STORE_CTX_set_app_data(ctx,data) \
+	X509_STORE_CTX_set_ex_data(ctx,0,data)
+#define X509_STORE_CTX_get_app_data(ctx) \
+	X509_STORE_CTX_get_ex_data(ctx,0)
+
+#define X509_L_FILE_LOAD	1
+#define X509_L_ADD_DIR		2
+
+#define X509_LOOKUP_load_file(x,name,type) \
+		X509_LOOKUP_ctrl((x),X509_L_FILE_LOAD,(name),(long)(type),NULL)
+
+#define X509_LOOKUP_add_dir(x,name,type) \
+		X509_LOOKUP_ctrl((x),X509_L_ADD_DIR,(name),(long)(type),NULL)
+
+#define		X509_V_OK					0
+/* illegal error (for uninitialized values, to avoid X509_V_OK): 1 */
+
+#define		X509_V_ERR_UNABLE_TO_GET_ISSUER_CERT		2
+#define		X509_V_ERR_UNABLE_TO_GET_CRL			3
+#define		X509_V_ERR_UNABLE_TO_DECRYPT_CERT_SIGNATURE	4
+#define		X509_V_ERR_UNABLE_TO_DECRYPT_CRL_SIGNATURE	5
+#define		X509_V_ERR_UNABLE_TO_DECODE_ISSUER_PUBLIC_KEY	6
+#define		X509_V_ERR_CERT_SIGNATURE_FAILURE		7
+#define		X509_V_ERR_CRL_SIGNATURE_FAILURE		8
+#define		X509_V_ERR_CERT_NOT_YET_VALID			9
+#define		X509_V_ERR_CERT_HAS_EXPIRED			10
+#define		X509_V_ERR_CRL_NOT_YET_VALID			11
+#define		X509_V_ERR_CRL_HAS_EXPIRED			12
+#define		X509_V_ERR_ERROR_IN_CERT_NOT_BEFORE_FIELD	13
+#define		X509_V_ERR_ERROR_IN_CERT_NOT_AFTER_FIELD	14
+#define		X509_V_ERR_ERROR_IN_CRL_LAST_UPDATE_FIELD	15
+#define		X509_V_ERR_ERROR_IN_CRL_NEXT_UPDATE_FIELD	16
+#define		X509_V_ERR_OUT_OF_MEM				17
+#define		X509_V_ERR_DEPTH_ZERO_SELF_SIGNED_CERT		18
+#define		X509_V_ERR_SELF_SIGNED_CERT_IN_CHAIN		19
+#define		X509_V_ERR_UNABLE_TO_GET_ISSUER_CERT_LOCALLY	20
+#define		X509_V_ERR_UNABLE_TO_VERIFY_LEAF_SIGNATURE	21
+#define		X509_V_ERR_CERT_CHAIN_TOO_LONG			22
+#define		X509_V_ERR_CERT_REVOKED				23
+#define		X509_V_ERR_INVALID_CA				24
+#define		X509_V_ERR_PATH_LENGTH_EXCEEDED			25
+#define		X509_V_ERR_INVALID_PURPOSE			26
+#define		X509_V_ERR_CERT_UNTRUSTED			27
+#define		X509_V_ERR_CERT_REJECTED			28
+/* These are 'informational' when looking for issuer cert */
+#define		X509_V_ERR_SUBJECT_ISSUER_MISMATCH		29
+#define		X509_V_ERR_AKID_SKID_MISMATCH			30
+#define		X509_V_ERR_AKID_ISSUER_SERIAL_MISMATCH		31
+#define		X509_V_ERR_KEYUSAGE_NO_CERTSIGN			32
+
+#define		X509_V_ERR_UNABLE_TO_GET_CRL_ISSUER		33
+#define		X509_V_ERR_UNHANDLED_CRITICAL_EXTENSION		34
+#define		X509_V_ERR_KEYUSAGE_NO_CRL_SIGN			35
+#define		X509_V_ERR_UNHANDLED_CRITICAL_CRL_EXTENSION	36
+#define		X509_V_ERR_INVALID_NON_CA			37
+#define		X509_V_ERR_PROXY_PATH_LENGTH_EXCEEDED		38
+#define		X509_V_ERR_KEYUSAGE_NO_DIGITAL_SIGNATURE	39
+#define		X509_V_ERR_PROXY_CERTIFICATES_NOT_ALLOWED	40
+
+#define		X509_V_ERR_INVALID_EXTENSION			41
+#define		X509_V_ERR_INVALID_POLICY_EXTENSION		42
+#define		X509_V_ERR_NO_EXPLICIT_POLICY			43
+#define		X509_V_ERR_DIFFERENT_CRL_SCOPE			44
+#define		X509_V_ERR_UNSUPPORTED_EXTENSION_FEATURE	45
+
+#define		X509_V_ERR_UNNESTED_RESOURCE			46
+
+#define		X509_V_ERR_PERMITTED_VIOLATION			47
+#define		X509_V_ERR_EXCLUDED_VIOLATION			48
+#define		X509_V_ERR_SUBTREE_MINMAX			49
+#define		X509_V_ERR_UNSUPPORTED_CONSTRAINT_TYPE		51
+#define		X509_V_ERR_UNSUPPORTED_CONSTRAINT_SYNTAX	52
+#define		X509_V_ERR_UNSUPPORTED_NAME_SYNTAX		53
+#define		X509_V_ERR_CRL_PATH_VALIDATION_ERROR		54
+
+/* The application is not happy */
+#define		X509_V_ERR_APPLICATION_VERIFICATION		50
+
+/* Certificate verify flags */
+
+/* Send issuer+subject checks to verify_cb */
+#define	X509_V_FLAG_CB_ISSUER_CHECK		0x1
+/* Use check time instead of current time */
+#define	X509_V_FLAG_USE_CHECK_TIME		0x2
+/* Lookup CRLs */
+#define	X509_V_FLAG_CRL_CHECK			0x4
+/* Lookup CRLs for whole chain */
+#define	X509_V_FLAG_CRL_CHECK_ALL		0x8
+/* Ignore unhandled critical extensions */
+#define	X509_V_FLAG_IGNORE_CRITICAL		0x10
+/* Disable workarounds for broken certificates */
+#define	X509_V_FLAG_X509_STRICT			0x20
+/* Enable proxy certificate validation */
+#define	X509_V_FLAG_ALLOW_PROXY_CERTS		0x40
+/* Enable policy checking */
+#define X509_V_FLAG_POLICY_CHECK		0x80
+/* Policy variable require-explicit-policy */
+#define X509_V_FLAG_EXPLICIT_POLICY		0x100
+/* Policy variable inhibit-any-policy */
+#define	X509_V_FLAG_INHIBIT_ANY			0x200
+/* Policy variable inhibit-policy-mapping */
+#define X509_V_FLAG_INHIBIT_MAP			0x400
+/* Notify callback that policy is OK */
+#define X509_V_FLAG_NOTIFY_POLICY		0x800
+/* Extended CRL features such as indirect CRLs, alternate CRL signing keys */
+#define X509_V_FLAG_EXTENDED_CRL_SUPPORT	0x1000
+/* Delta CRL support */
+#define X509_V_FLAG_USE_DELTAS			0x2000
+/* Check selfsigned CA signature */
+#define X509_V_FLAG_CHECK_SS_SIGNATURE		0x4000
+
+
+#define X509_VP_FLAG_DEFAULT			0x1
+#define X509_VP_FLAG_OVERWRITE			0x2
+#define X509_VP_FLAG_RESET_FLAGS		0x4
+#define X509_VP_FLAG_LOCKED			0x8
+#define X509_VP_FLAG_ONCE			0x10
+
+/* Internal use: mask of policy related options */
+#define X509_V_FLAG_POLICY_MASK (X509_V_FLAG_POLICY_CHECK \
+				| X509_V_FLAG_EXPLICIT_POLICY \
+				| X509_V_FLAG_INHIBIT_ANY \
+				| X509_V_FLAG_INHIBIT_MAP)
+
+int X509_OBJECT_idx_by_subject(STACK_OF(X509_OBJECT) *h, int type,
+	     X509_NAME *name);
+X509_OBJECT *X509_OBJECT_retrieve_by_subject(STACK_OF(X509_OBJECT) *h,int type,X509_NAME *name);
+X509_OBJECT *X509_OBJECT_retrieve_match(STACK_OF(X509_OBJECT) *h, X509_OBJECT *x);
+void X509_OBJECT_up_ref_count(X509_OBJECT *a);
+void X509_OBJECT_free_contents(X509_OBJECT *a);
+X509_STORE *X509_STORE_new(void );
+void X509_STORE_free(X509_STORE *v);
+
+STACK_OF(X509)* X509_STORE_get1_certs(X509_STORE_CTX *st, X509_NAME *nm);
+STACK_OF(X509_CRL)* X509_STORE_get1_crls(X509_STORE_CTX *st, X509_NAME *nm);
+int X509_STORE_set_flags(X509_STORE *ctx, unsigned long flags);
+int X509_STORE_set_purpose(X509_STORE *ctx, int purpose);
+int X509_STORE_set_trust(X509_STORE *ctx, int trust);
+int X509_STORE_set1_param(X509_STORE *ctx, X509_VERIFY_PARAM *pm);
+
+void X509_STORE_set_verify_cb(X509_STORE *ctx,
+				  int (*verify_cb)(int, X509_STORE_CTX *));
+
+X509_STORE_CTX *X509_STORE_CTX_new(void);
+
+int X509_STORE_CTX_get1_issuer(X509 **issuer, X509_STORE_CTX *ctx, X509 *x);
+
+void X509_STORE_CTX_free(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx);
+int X509_STORE_CTX_init(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx, X509_STORE *store,
+			 X509 *x509, STACK_OF(X509) *chain);
+void X509_STORE_CTX_trusted_stack(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx, STACK_OF(X509) *sk);
+void X509_STORE_CTX_cleanup(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx);
+
+X509_LOOKUP *X509_STORE_add_lookup(X509_STORE *v, X509_LOOKUP_METHOD *m);
+
+X509_LOOKUP_METHOD *X509_LOOKUP_hash_dir(void);
+X509_LOOKUP_METHOD *X509_LOOKUP_file(void);
+
+int X509_STORE_add_cert(X509_STORE *ctx, X509 *x);
+int X509_STORE_add_crl(X509_STORE *ctx, X509_CRL *x);
+
+int X509_STORE_get_by_subject(X509_STORE_CTX *vs,int type,X509_NAME *name,
+	X509_OBJECT *ret);
+
+int X509_LOOKUP_ctrl(X509_LOOKUP *ctx, int cmd, const char *argc,
+	long argl, char **ret);
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_STDIO
+int X509_load_cert_file(X509_LOOKUP *ctx, const char *file, int type);
+int X509_load_crl_file(X509_LOOKUP *ctx, const char *file, int type);
+int X509_load_cert_crl_file(X509_LOOKUP *ctx, const char *file, int type);
+#endif
+
+
+X509_LOOKUP *X509_LOOKUP_new(X509_LOOKUP_METHOD *method);
+void X509_LOOKUP_free(X509_LOOKUP *ctx);
+int X509_LOOKUP_init(X509_LOOKUP *ctx);
+int X509_LOOKUP_by_subject(X509_LOOKUP *ctx, int type, X509_NAME *name,
+	X509_OBJECT *ret);
+int X509_LOOKUP_by_issuer_serial(X509_LOOKUP *ctx, int type, X509_NAME *name,
+	ASN1_INTEGER *serial, X509_OBJECT *ret);
+int X509_LOOKUP_by_fingerprint(X509_LOOKUP *ctx, int type,
+	unsigned char *bytes, int len, X509_OBJECT *ret);
+int X509_LOOKUP_by_alias(X509_LOOKUP *ctx, int type, char *str,
+	int len, X509_OBJECT *ret);
+int X509_LOOKUP_shutdown(X509_LOOKUP *ctx);
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_STDIO
+int	X509_STORE_load_locations (X509_STORE *ctx,
+		const char *file, const char *dir);
+int	X509_STORE_set_default_paths(X509_STORE *ctx);
+#endif
+
+int X509_STORE_CTX_get_ex_new_index(long argl, void *argp, CRYPTO_EX_new *new_func,
+	CRYPTO_EX_dup *dup_func, CRYPTO_EX_free *free_func);
+int	X509_STORE_CTX_set_ex_data(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx,int idx,void *data);
+void *	X509_STORE_CTX_get_ex_data(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx,int idx);
+int	X509_STORE_CTX_get_error(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx);
+void	X509_STORE_CTX_set_error(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx,int s);
+int	X509_STORE_CTX_get_error_depth(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx);
+X509 *	X509_STORE_CTX_get_current_cert(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx);
+X509 *X509_STORE_CTX_get0_current_issuer(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx);
+X509_CRL *X509_STORE_CTX_get0_current_crl(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx);
+X509_STORE_CTX *X509_STORE_CTX_get0_parent_ctx(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx);
+STACK_OF(X509) *X509_STORE_CTX_get_chain(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx);
+STACK_OF(X509) *X509_STORE_CTX_get1_chain(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx);
+void	X509_STORE_CTX_set_cert(X509_STORE_CTX *c,X509 *x);
+void	X509_STORE_CTX_set_chain(X509_STORE_CTX *c,STACK_OF(X509) *sk);
+void	X509_STORE_CTX_set0_crls(X509_STORE_CTX *c,STACK_OF(X509_CRL) *sk);
+int X509_STORE_CTX_set_purpose(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx, int purpose);
+int X509_STORE_CTX_set_trust(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx, int trust);
+int X509_STORE_CTX_purpose_inherit(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx, int def_purpose,
+				int purpose, int trust);
+void X509_STORE_CTX_set_flags(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx, unsigned long flags);
+void X509_STORE_CTX_set_time(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx, unsigned long flags,
+								time_t t);
+void X509_STORE_CTX_set_verify_cb(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx,
+				  int (*verify_cb)(int, X509_STORE_CTX *));
+  
+X509_POLICY_TREE *X509_STORE_CTX_get0_policy_tree(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx);
+int X509_STORE_CTX_get_explicit_policy(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx);
+
+X509_VERIFY_PARAM *X509_STORE_CTX_get0_param(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx);
+void X509_STORE_CTX_set0_param(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx, X509_VERIFY_PARAM *param);
+int X509_STORE_CTX_set_default(X509_STORE_CTX *ctx, const char *name);
+
+/* X509_VERIFY_PARAM functions */
+
+X509_VERIFY_PARAM *X509_VERIFY_PARAM_new(void);
+void X509_VERIFY_PARAM_free(X509_VERIFY_PARAM *param);
+int X509_VERIFY_PARAM_inherit(X509_VERIFY_PARAM *to,
+						const X509_VERIFY_PARAM *from);
+int X509_VERIFY_PARAM_set1(X509_VERIFY_PARAM *to, 
+						const X509_VERIFY_PARAM *from);
+int X509_VERIFY_PARAM_set1_name(X509_VERIFY_PARAM *param, const char *name);
+int X509_VERIFY_PARAM_set_flags(X509_VERIFY_PARAM *param, unsigned long flags);
+int X509_VERIFY_PARAM_clear_flags(X509_VERIFY_PARAM *param,
+							unsigned long flags);
+unsigned long X509_VERIFY_PARAM_get_flags(X509_VERIFY_PARAM *param);
+int X509_VERIFY_PARAM_set_purpose(X509_VERIFY_PARAM *param, int purpose);
+int X509_VERIFY_PARAM_set_trust(X509_VERIFY_PARAM *param, int trust);
+void X509_VERIFY_PARAM_set_depth(X509_VERIFY_PARAM *param, int depth);
+void X509_VERIFY_PARAM_set_time(X509_VERIFY_PARAM *param, time_t t);
+int X509_VERIFY_PARAM_add0_policy(X509_VERIFY_PARAM *param,
+						ASN1_OBJECT *policy);
+int X509_VERIFY_PARAM_set1_policies(X509_VERIFY_PARAM *param, 
+					STACK_OF(ASN1_OBJECT) *policies);
+int X509_VERIFY_PARAM_get_depth(const X509_VERIFY_PARAM *param);
+
+int X509_VERIFY_PARAM_add0_table(X509_VERIFY_PARAM *param);
+const X509_VERIFY_PARAM *X509_VERIFY_PARAM_lookup(const char *name);
+void X509_VERIFY_PARAM_table_cleanup(void);
+
+int X509_policy_check(X509_POLICY_TREE **ptree, int *pexplicit_policy,
+			STACK_OF(X509) *certs,
+			STACK_OF(ASN1_OBJECT) *policy_oids,
+			unsigned int flags);
+
+void X509_policy_tree_free(X509_POLICY_TREE *tree);
+
+int X509_policy_tree_level_count(const X509_POLICY_TREE *tree);
+X509_POLICY_LEVEL *
+	X509_policy_tree_get0_level(const X509_POLICY_TREE *tree, int i);
+
+STACK_OF(X509_POLICY_NODE) *
+	X509_policy_tree_get0_policies(const X509_POLICY_TREE *tree);
+
+STACK_OF(X509_POLICY_NODE) *
+	X509_policy_tree_get0_user_policies(const X509_POLICY_TREE *tree);
+
+int X509_policy_level_node_count(X509_POLICY_LEVEL *level);
+
+X509_POLICY_NODE *X509_policy_level_get0_node(X509_POLICY_LEVEL *level, int i);
+
+const ASN1_OBJECT *X509_policy_node_get0_policy(const X509_POLICY_NODE *node);
+
+STACK_OF(POLICYQUALINFO) *
+	X509_policy_node_get0_qualifiers(const X509_POLICY_NODE *node);
+const X509_POLICY_NODE *
+	X509_policy_node_get0_parent(const X509_POLICY_NODE *node);
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/include/openssl/x509v3.h b/lib/include/openssl/x509v3.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b308abe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/include/openssl/x509v3.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1007 @@
+/* x509v3.h */
+/* Written by Dr Stephen N Henson (steve@openssl.org) for the OpenSSL
+ * project 1999.
+ */
+/* ====================================================================
+ * Copyright (c) 1999-2004 The OpenSSL Project.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 
+ *
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+ *    the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+ *    distribution.
+ *
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this
+ *    software must display the following acknowledgment:
+ *    "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project
+ *    for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit. (http://www.OpenSSL.org/)"
+ *
+ * 4. The names "OpenSSL Toolkit" and "OpenSSL Project" must not be used to
+ *    endorse or promote products derived from this software without
+ *    prior written permission. For written permission, please contact
+ *    licensing@OpenSSL.org.
+ *
+ * 5. Products derived from this software may not be called "OpenSSL"
+ *    nor may "OpenSSL" appear in their names without prior written
+ *    permission of the OpenSSL Project.
+ *
+ * 6. Redistributions of any form whatsoever must retain the following
+ *    acknowledgment:
+ *    "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project
+ *    for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit (http://www.OpenSSL.org/)"
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE OpenSSL PROJECT ``AS IS'' AND ANY
+ * EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OpenSSL PROJECT OR
+ * ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+ * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+ * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
+ * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
+ * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * ====================================================================
+ *
+ * This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young
+ * (eay@cryptsoft.com).  This product includes software written by Tim
+ * Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com).
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef HEADER_X509V3_H
+#define HEADER_X509V3_H
+
+#include <openssl/bio.h>
+#include <openssl/x509.h>
+#include <openssl/conf.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Forward reference */
+struct v3_ext_method;
+struct v3_ext_ctx;
+
+/* Useful typedefs */
+
+typedef void * (*X509V3_EXT_NEW)(void);
+typedef void (*X509V3_EXT_FREE)(void *);
+typedef void * (*X509V3_EXT_D2I)(void *, const unsigned char ** , long);
+typedef int (*X509V3_EXT_I2D)(void *, unsigned char **);
+typedef STACK_OF(CONF_VALUE) *
+  (*X509V3_EXT_I2V)(const struct v3_ext_method *method, void *ext,
+		    STACK_OF(CONF_VALUE) *extlist);
+typedef void * (*X509V3_EXT_V2I)(const struct v3_ext_method *method,
+				 struct v3_ext_ctx *ctx,
+				 STACK_OF(CONF_VALUE) *values);
+typedef char * (*X509V3_EXT_I2S)(const struct v3_ext_method *method, void *ext);
+typedef void * (*X509V3_EXT_S2I)(const struct v3_ext_method *method,
+				 struct v3_ext_ctx *ctx, const char *str);
+typedef int (*X509V3_EXT_I2R)(const struct v3_ext_method *method, void *ext,
+			      BIO *out, int indent);
+typedef void * (*X509V3_EXT_R2I)(const struct v3_ext_method *method,
+				 struct v3_ext_ctx *ctx, const char *str);
+
+/* V3 extension structure */
+
+struct v3_ext_method {
+int ext_nid;
+int ext_flags;
+/* If this is set the following four fields are ignored */
+ASN1_ITEM_EXP *it;
+/* Old style ASN1 calls */
+X509V3_EXT_NEW ext_new;
+X509V3_EXT_FREE ext_free;
+X509V3_EXT_D2I d2i;
+X509V3_EXT_I2D i2d;
+
+/* The following pair is used for string extensions */
+X509V3_EXT_I2S i2s;
+X509V3_EXT_S2I s2i;
+
+/* The following pair is used for multi-valued extensions */
+X509V3_EXT_I2V i2v;
+X509V3_EXT_V2I v2i;
+
+/* The following are used for raw extensions */
+X509V3_EXT_I2R i2r;
+X509V3_EXT_R2I r2i;
+
+void *usr_data;	/* Any extension specific data */
+};
+
+typedef struct X509V3_CONF_METHOD_st {
+char * (*get_string)(void *db, char *section, char *value);
+STACK_OF(CONF_VALUE) * (*get_section)(void *db, char *section);
+void (*free_string)(void *db, char * string);
+void (*free_section)(void *db, STACK_OF(CONF_VALUE) *section);
+} X509V3_CONF_METHOD;
+
+/* Context specific info */
+struct v3_ext_ctx {
+#define CTX_TEST 0x1
+int flags;
+X509 *issuer_cert;
+X509 *subject_cert;
+X509_REQ *subject_req;
+X509_CRL *crl;
+X509V3_CONF_METHOD *db_meth;
+void *db;
+/* Maybe more here */
+};
+
+typedef struct v3_ext_method X509V3_EXT_METHOD;
+
+DECLARE_STACK_OF(X509V3_EXT_METHOD)
+
+/* ext_flags values */
+#define X509V3_EXT_DYNAMIC	0x1
+#define X509V3_EXT_CTX_DEP	0x2
+#define X509V3_EXT_MULTILINE	0x4
+
+typedef BIT_STRING_BITNAME ENUMERATED_NAMES;
+
+typedef struct BASIC_CONSTRAINTS_st {
+int ca;
+ASN1_INTEGER *pathlen;
+} BASIC_CONSTRAINTS;
+
+
+typedef struct PKEY_USAGE_PERIOD_st {
+ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME *notBefore;
+ASN1_GENERALIZEDTIME *notAfter;
+} PKEY_USAGE_PERIOD;
+
+typedef struct otherName_st {
+ASN1_OBJECT *type_id;
+ASN1_TYPE *value;
+} OTHERNAME;
+
+typedef struct EDIPartyName_st {
+	ASN1_STRING *nameAssigner;
+	ASN1_STRING *partyName;
+} EDIPARTYNAME;
+
+typedef struct GENERAL_NAME_st {
+
+#define GEN_OTHERNAME	0
+#define GEN_EMAIL	1
+#define GEN_DNS		2
+#define GEN_X400	3
+#define GEN_DIRNAME	4
+#define GEN_EDIPARTY	5
+#define GEN_URI		6
+#define GEN_IPADD	7
+#define GEN_RID		8
+
+int type;
+union {
+	char *ptr;
+	OTHERNAME *otherName; /* otherName */
+	ASN1_IA5STRING *rfc822Name;
+	ASN1_IA5STRING *dNSName;
+	ASN1_TYPE *x400Address;
+	X509_NAME *directoryName;
+	EDIPARTYNAME *ediPartyName;
+	ASN1_IA5STRING *uniformResourceIdentifier;
+	ASN1_OCTET_STRING *iPAddress;
+	ASN1_OBJECT *registeredID;
+
+	/* Old names */
+	ASN1_OCTET_STRING *ip; /* iPAddress */
+	X509_NAME *dirn;		/* dirn */
+	ASN1_IA5STRING *ia5;/* rfc822Name, dNSName, uniformResourceIdentifier */
+	ASN1_OBJECT *rid; /* registeredID */
+	ASN1_TYPE *other; /* x400Address */
+} d;
+} GENERAL_NAME;
+
+typedef STACK_OF(GENERAL_NAME) GENERAL_NAMES;
+
+typedef struct ACCESS_DESCRIPTION_st {
+	ASN1_OBJECT *method;
+	GENERAL_NAME *location;
+} ACCESS_DESCRIPTION;
+
+typedef STACK_OF(ACCESS_DESCRIPTION) AUTHORITY_INFO_ACCESS;
+
+typedef STACK_OF(ASN1_OBJECT) EXTENDED_KEY_USAGE;
+
+DECLARE_STACK_OF(GENERAL_NAME)
+DECLARE_ASN1_SET_OF(GENERAL_NAME)
+
+DECLARE_STACK_OF(ACCESS_DESCRIPTION)
+DECLARE_ASN1_SET_OF(ACCESS_DESCRIPTION)
+
+typedef struct DIST_POINT_NAME_st {
+int type;
+union {
+	GENERAL_NAMES *fullname;
+	STACK_OF(X509_NAME_ENTRY) *relativename;
+} name;
+/* If relativename then this contains the full distribution point name */
+X509_NAME *dpname;
+} DIST_POINT_NAME;
+/* All existing reasons */
+#define CRLDP_ALL_REASONS	0x807f
+
+#define CRL_REASON_NONE				-1
+#define CRL_REASON_UNSPECIFIED			0
+#define CRL_REASON_KEY_COMPROMISE		1
+#define CRL_REASON_CA_COMPROMISE		2
+#define CRL_REASON_AFFILIATION_CHANGED		3
+#define CRL_REASON_SUPERSEDED			4
+#define CRL_REASON_CESSATION_OF_OPERATION	5
+#define CRL_REASON_CERTIFICATE_HOLD		6
+#define CRL_REASON_REMOVE_FROM_CRL		8
+#define CRL_REASON_PRIVILEGE_WITHDRAWN		9
+#define CRL_REASON_AA_COMPROMISE		10
+
+struct DIST_POINT_st {
+DIST_POINT_NAME	*distpoint;
+ASN1_BIT_STRING *reasons;
+GENERAL_NAMES *CRLissuer;
+int dp_reasons;
+};
+
+typedef STACK_OF(DIST_POINT) CRL_DIST_POINTS;
+
+DECLARE_STACK_OF(DIST_POINT)
+DECLARE_ASN1_SET_OF(DIST_POINT)
+
+struct AUTHORITY_KEYID_st {
+ASN1_OCTET_STRING *keyid;
+GENERAL_NAMES *issuer;
+ASN1_INTEGER *serial;
+};
+
+/* Strong extranet structures */
+
+typedef struct SXNET_ID_st {
+	ASN1_INTEGER *zone;
+	ASN1_OCTET_STRING *user;
+} SXNETID;
+
+DECLARE_STACK_OF(SXNETID)
+DECLARE_ASN1_SET_OF(SXNETID)
+
+typedef struct SXNET_st {
+	ASN1_INTEGER *version;
+	STACK_OF(SXNETID) *ids;
+} SXNET;
+
+typedef struct NOTICEREF_st {
+	ASN1_STRING *organization;
+	STACK_OF(ASN1_INTEGER) *noticenos;
+} NOTICEREF;
+
+typedef struct USERNOTICE_st {
+	NOTICEREF *noticeref;
+	ASN1_STRING *exptext;
+} USERNOTICE;
+
+typedef struct POLICYQUALINFO_st {
+	ASN1_OBJECT *pqualid;
+	union {
+		ASN1_IA5STRING *cpsuri;
+		USERNOTICE *usernotice;
+		ASN1_TYPE *other;
+	} d;
+} POLICYQUALINFO;
+
+DECLARE_STACK_OF(POLICYQUALINFO)
+DECLARE_ASN1_SET_OF(POLICYQUALINFO)
+
+typedef struct POLICYINFO_st {
+	ASN1_OBJECT *policyid;
+	STACK_OF(POLICYQUALINFO) *qualifiers;
+} POLICYINFO;
+
+typedef STACK_OF(POLICYINFO) CERTIFICATEPOLICIES;
+
+DECLARE_STACK_OF(POLICYINFO)
+DECLARE_ASN1_SET_OF(POLICYINFO)
+
+typedef struct POLICY_MAPPING_st {
+	ASN1_OBJECT *issuerDomainPolicy;
+	ASN1_OBJECT *subjectDomainPolicy;
+} POLICY_MAPPING;
+
+DECLARE_STACK_OF(POLICY_MAPPING)
+
+typedef STACK_OF(POLICY_MAPPING) POLICY_MAPPINGS;
+
+typedef struct GENERAL_SUBTREE_st {
+	GENERAL_NAME *base;
+	ASN1_INTEGER *minimum;
+	ASN1_INTEGER *maximum;
+} GENERAL_SUBTREE;
+
+DECLARE_STACK_OF(GENERAL_SUBTREE)
+
+struct NAME_CONSTRAINTS_st {
+	STACK_OF(GENERAL_SUBTREE) *permittedSubtrees;
+	STACK_OF(GENERAL_SUBTREE) *excludedSubtrees;
+};
+
+typedef struct POLICY_CONSTRAINTS_st {
+	ASN1_INTEGER *requireExplicitPolicy;
+	ASN1_INTEGER *inhibitPolicyMapping;
+} POLICY_CONSTRAINTS;
+
+/* Proxy certificate structures, see RFC 3820 */
+typedef struct PROXY_POLICY_st
+	{
+	ASN1_OBJECT *policyLanguage;
+	ASN1_OCTET_STRING *policy;
+	} PROXY_POLICY;
+
+typedef struct PROXY_CERT_INFO_EXTENSION_st
+	{
+	ASN1_INTEGER *pcPathLengthConstraint;
+	PROXY_POLICY *proxyPolicy;
+	} PROXY_CERT_INFO_EXTENSION;
+
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(PROXY_POLICY)
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(PROXY_CERT_INFO_EXTENSION)
+
+struct ISSUING_DIST_POINT_st
+	{
+	DIST_POINT_NAME *distpoint;
+	int onlyuser;
+	int onlyCA;
+	ASN1_BIT_STRING *onlysomereasons;
+	int indirectCRL;
+	int onlyattr;
+	};
+
+/* Values in idp_flags field */
+/* IDP present */
+#define	IDP_PRESENT	0x1
+/* IDP values inconsistent */
+#define IDP_INVALID	0x2
+/* onlyuser true */
+#define	IDP_ONLYUSER	0x4
+/* onlyCA true */
+#define	IDP_ONLYCA	0x8
+/* onlyattr true */
+#define IDP_ONLYATTR	0x10
+/* indirectCRL true */
+#define IDP_INDIRECT	0x20
+/* onlysomereasons present */
+#define IDP_REASONS	0x40
+
+#define X509V3_conf_err(val) ERR_add_error_data(6, "section:", val->section, \
+",name:", val->name, ",value:", val->value);
+
+#define X509V3_set_ctx_test(ctx) \
+			X509V3_set_ctx(ctx, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, CTX_TEST)
+#define X509V3_set_ctx_nodb(ctx) (ctx)->db = NULL;
+
+#define EXT_BITSTRING(nid, table) { nid, 0, ASN1_ITEM_ref(ASN1_BIT_STRING), \
+			0,0,0,0, \
+			0,0, \
+			(X509V3_EXT_I2V)i2v_ASN1_BIT_STRING, \
+			(X509V3_EXT_V2I)v2i_ASN1_BIT_STRING, \
+			NULL, NULL, \
+			table}
+
+#define EXT_IA5STRING(nid) { nid, 0, ASN1_ITEM_ref(ASN1_IA5STRING), \
+			0,0,0,0, \
+			(X509V3_EXT_I2S)i2s_ASN1_IA5STRING, \
+			(X509V3_EXT_S2I)s2i_ASN1_IA5STRING, \
+			0,0,0,0, \
+			NULL}
+
+#define EXT_END { -1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}
+
+
+/* X509_PURPOSE stuff */
+
+#define EXFLAG_BCONS		0x1
+#define EXFLAG_KUSAGE		0x2
+#define EXFLAG_XKUSAGE		0x4
+#define EXFLAG_NSCERT		0x8
+
+#define EXFLAG_CA		0x10
+/* Really self issued not necessarily self signed */
+#define EXFLAG_SI		0x20
+#define EXFLAG_SS		0x20
+#define EXFLAG_V1		0x40
+#define EXFLAG_INVALID		0x80
+#define EXFLAG_SET		0x100
+#define EXFLAG_CRITICAL		0x200
+#define EXFLAG_PROXY		0x400
+
+#define EXFLAG_INVALID_POLICY	0x800
+#define EXFLAG_FRESHEST		0x1000
+
+#define KU_DIGITAL_SIGNATURE	0x0080
+#define KU_NON_REPUDIATION	0x0040
+#define KU_KEY_ENCIPHERMENT	0x0020
+#define KU_DATA_ENCIPHERMENT	0x0010
+#define KU_KEY_AGREEMENT	0x0008
+#define KU_KEY_CERT_SIGN	0x0004
+#define KU_CRL_SIGN		0x0002
+#define KU_ENCIPHER_ONLY	0x0001
+#define KU_DECIPHER_ONLY	0x8000
+
+#define NS_SSL_CLIENT		0x80
+#define NS_SSL_SERVER		0x40
+#define NS_SMIME		0x20
+#define NS_OBJSIGN		0x10
+#define NS_SSL_CA		0x04
+#define NS_SMIME_CA		0x02
+#define NS_OBJSIGN_CA		0x01
+#define NS_ANY_CA		(NS_SSL_CA|NS_SMIME_CA|NS_OBJSIGN_CA)
+
+#define XKU_SSL_SERVER		0x1	
+#define XKU_SSL_CLIENT		0x2
+#define XKU_SMIME		0x4
+#define XKU_CODE_SIGN		0x8
+#define XKU_SGC			0x10
+#define XKU_OCSP_SIGN		0x20
+#define XKU_TIMESTAMP		0x40
+#define XKU_DVCS		0x80
+
+#define X509_PURPOSE_DYNAMIC	0x1
+#define X509_PURPOSE_DYNAMIC_NAME	0x2
+
+typedef struct x509_purpose_st {
+	int purpose;
+	int trust;		/* Default trust ID */
+	int flags;
+	int (*check_purpose)(const struct x509_purpose_st *,
+				const X509 *, int);
+	char *name;
+	char *sname;
+	void *usr_data;
+} X509_PURPOSE;
+
+#define X509_PURPOSE_SSL_CLIENT		1
+#define X509_PURPOSE_SSL_SERVER		2
+#define X509_PURPOSE_NS_SSL_SERVER	3
+#define X509_PURPOSE_SMIME_SIGN		4
+#define X509_PURPOSE_SMIME_ENCRYPT	5
+#define X509_PURPOSE_CRL_SIGN		6
+#define X509_PURPOSE_ANY		7
+#define X509_PURPOSE_OCSP_HELPER	8
+#define X509_PURPOSE_TIMESTAMP_SIGN	9
+
+#define X509_PURPOSE_MIN		1
+#define X509_PURPOSE_MAX		9
+
+/* Flags for X509V3_EXT_print() */
+
+#define X509V3_EXT_UNKNOWN_MASK		(0xfL << 16)
+/* Return error for unknown extensions */
+#define X509V3_EXT_DEFAULT		0
+/* Print error for unknown extensions */
+#define X509V3_EXT_ERROR_UNKNOWN	(1L << 16)
+/* ASN1 parse unknown extensions */
+#define X509V3_EXT_PARSE_UNKNOWN	(2L << 16)
+/* BIO_dump unknown extensions */
+#define X509V3_EXT_DUMP_UNKNOWN		(3L << 16)
+
+/* Flags for X509V3_add1_i2d */
+
+#define X509V3_ADD_OP_MASK		0xfL
+#define X509V3_ADD_DEFAULT		0L
+#define X509V3_ADD_APPEND		1L
+#define X509V3_ADD_REPLACE		2L
+#define X509V3_ADD_REPLACE_EXISTING	3L
+#define X509V3_ADD_KEEP_EXISTING	4L
+#define X509V3_ADD_DELETE		5L
+#define X509V3_ADD_SILENT		0x10
+
+DECLARE_STACK_OF(X509_PURPOSE)
+
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(BASIC_CONSTRAINTS)
+
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(SXNET)
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(SXNETID)
+
+int SXNET_add_id_asc(SXNET **psx, char *zone, char *user, int userlen); 
+int SXNET_add_id_ulong(SXNET **psx, unsigned long lzone, char *user, int userlen); 
+int SXNET_add_id_INTEGER(SXNET **psx, ASN1_INTEGER *izone, char *user, int userlen); 
+
+ASN1_OCTET_STRING *SXNET_get_id_asc(SXNET *sx, char *zone);
+ASN1_OCTET_STRING *SXNET_get_id_ulong(SXNET *sx, unsigned long lzone);
+ASN1_OCTET_STRING *SXNET_get_id_INTEGER(SXNET *sx, ASN1_INTEGER *zone);
+
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(AUTHORITY_KEYID)
+
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(PKEY_USAGE_PERIOD)
+
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(GENERAL_NAME)
+GENERAL_NAME *GENERAL_NAME_dup(GENERAL_NAME *a);
+int GENERAL_NAME_cmp(GENERAL_NAME *a, GENERAL_NAME *b);
+
+
+
+ASN1_BIT_STRING *v2i_ASN1_BIT_STRING(X509V3_EXT_METHOD *method,
+				X509V3_CTX *ctx, STACK_OF(CONF_VALUE) *nval);
+STACK_OF(CONF_VALUE) *i2v_ASN1_BIT_STRING(X509V3_EXT_METHOD *method,
+				ASN1_BIT_STRING *bits,
+				STACK_OF(CONF_VALUE) *extlist);
+
+STACK_OF(CONF_VALUE) *i2v_GENERAL_NAME(X509V3_EXT_METHOD *method, GENERAL_NAME *gen, STACK_OF(CONF_VALUE) *ret);
+int GENERAL_NAME_print(BIO *out, GENERAL_NAME *gen);
+
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(GENERAL_NAMES)
+
+STACK_OF(CONF_VALUE) *i2v_GENERAL_NAMES(X509V3_EXT_METHOD *method,
+		GENERAL_NAMES *gen, STACK_OF(CONF_VALUE) *extlist);
+GENERAL_NAMES *v2i_GENERAL_NAMES(const X509V3_EXT_METHOD *method,
+				 X509V3_CTX *ctx, STACK_OF(CONF_VALUE) *nval);
+
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(OTHERNAME)
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(EDIPARTYNAME)
+int OTHERNAME_cmp(OTHERNAME *a, OTHERNAME *b);
+void GENERAL_NAME_set0_value(GENERAL_NAME *a, int type, void *value);
+void *GENERAL_NAME_get0_value(GENERAL_NAME *a, int *ptype);
+int GENERAL_NAME_set0_othername(GENERAL_NAME *gen,
+				ASN1_OBJECT *oid, ASN1_TYPE *value);
+int GENERAL_NAME_get0_otherName(GENERAL_NAME *gen, 
+				ASN1_OBJECT **poid, ASN1_TYPE **pvalue);
+
+char *i2s_ASN1_OCTET_STRING(X509V3_EXT_METHOD *method, ASN1_OCTET_STRING *ia5);
+ASN1_OCTET_STRING *s2i_ASN1_OCTET_STRING(X509V3_EXT_METHOD *method, X509V3_CTX *ctx, char *str);
+
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(EXTENDED_KEY_USAGE)
+int i2a_ACCESS_DESCRIPTION(BIO *bp, ACCESS_DESCRIPTION* a);
+
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(CERTIFICATEPOLICIES)
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(POLICYINFO)
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(POLICYQUALINFO)
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(USERNOTICE)
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(NOTICEREF)
+
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(CRL_DIST_POINTS)
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(DIST_POINT)
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(DIST_POINT_NAME)
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(ISSUING_DIST_POINT)
+
+int DIST_POINT_set_dpname(DIST_POINT_NAME *dpn, X509_NAME *iname);
+
+int NAME_CONSTRAINTS_check(X509 *x, NAME_CONSTRAINTS *nc);
+
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(ACCESS_DESCRIPTION)
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(AUTHORITY_INFO_ACCESS)
+
+DECLARE_ASN1_ITEM(POLICY_MAPPING)
+DECLARE_ASN1_ALLOC_FUNCTIONS(POLICY_MAPPING)
+DECLARE_ASN1_ITEM(POLICY_MAPPINGS)
+
+DECLARE_ASN1_ITEM(GENERAL_SUBTREE)
+DECLARE_ASN1_ALLOC_FUNCTIONS(GENERAL_SUBTREE)
+
+DECLARE_ASN1_ITEM(NAME_CONSTRAINTS)
+DECLARE_ASN1_ALLOC_FUNCTIONS(NAME_CONSTRAINTS)
+
+DECLARE_ASN1_ALLOC_FUNCTIONS(POLICY_CONSTRAINTS)
+DECLARE_ASN1_ITEM(POLICY_CONSTRAINTS)
+
+GENERAL_NAME *a2i_GENERAL_NAME(GENERAL_NAME *out,
+			       const X509V3_EXT_METHOD *method, X509V3_CTX *ctx,
+			       int gen_type, char *value, int is_nc);
+
+#ifdef HEADER_CONF_H
+GENERAL_NAME *v2i_GENERAL_NAME(const X509V3_EXT_METHOD *method, X509V3_CTX *ctx,
+			       CONF_VALUE *cnf);
+GENERAL_NAME *v2i_GENERAL_NAME_ex(GENERAL_NAME *out,
+				  const X509V3_EXT_METHOD *method,
+				  X509V3_CTX *ctx, CONF_VALUE *cnf, int is_nc);
+void X509V3_conf_free(CONF_VALUE *val);
+
+X509_EXTENSION *X509V3_EXT_nconf_nid(CONF *conf, X509V3_CTX *ctx, int ext_nid, char *value);
+X509_EXTENSION *X509V3_EXT_nconf(CONF *conf, X509V3_CTX *ctx, char *name, char *value);
+int X509V3_EXT_add_nconf_sk(CONF *conf, X509V3_CTX *ctx, char *section, STACK_OF(X509_EXTENSION) **sk);
+int X509V3_EXT_add_nconf(CONF *conf, X509V3_CTX *ctx, char *section, X509 *cert);
+int X509V3_EXT_REQ_add_nconf(CONF *conf, X509V3_CTX *ctx, char *section, X509_REQ *req);
+int X509V3_EXT_CRL_add_nconf(CONF *conf, X509V3_CTX *ctx, char *section, X509_CRL *crl);
+
+X509_EXTENSION *X509V3_EXT_conf_nid(LHASH_OF(CONF_VALUE) *conf, X509V3_CTX *ctx,
+				    int ext_nid, char *value);
+X509_EXTENSION *X509V3_EXT_conf(LHASH_OF(CONF_VALUE) *conf, X509V3_CTX *ctx,
+				char *name, char *value);
+int X509V3_EXT_add_conf(LHASH_OF(CONF_VALUE) *conf, X509V3_CTX *ctx,
+			char *section, X509 *cert);
+int X509V3_EXT_REQ_add_conf(LHASH_OF(CONF_VALUE) *conf, X509V3_CTX *ctx,
+			    char *section, X509_REQ *req);
+int X509V3_EXT_CRL_add_conf(LHASH_OF(CONF_VALUE) *conf, X509V3_CTX *ctx,
+			    char *section, X509_CRL *crl);
+
+int X509V3_add_value_bool_nf(char *name, int asn1_bool,
+			     STACK_OF(CONF_VALUE) **extlist);
+int X509V3_get_value_bool(CONF_VALUE *value, int *asn1_bool);
+int X509V3_get_value_int(CONF_VALUE *value, ASN1_INTEGER **aint);
+void X509V3_set_nconf(X509V3_CTX *ctx, CONF *conf);
+void X509V3_set_conf_lhash(X509V3_CTX *ctx, LHASH_OF(CONF_VALUE) *lhash);
+#endif
+
+char * X509V3_get_string(X509V3_CTX *ctx, char *name, char *section);
+STACK_OF(CONF_VALUE) * X509V3_get_section(X509V3_CTX *ctx, char *section);
+void X509V3_string_free(X509V3_CTX *ctx, char *str);
+void X509V3_section_free( X509V3_CTX *ctx, STACK_OF(CONF_VALUE) *section);
+void X509V3_set_ctx(X509V3_CTX *ctx, X509 *issuer, X509 *subject,
+				 X509_REQ *req, X509_CRL *crl, int flags);
+
+int X509V3_add_value(const char *name, const char *value,
+						STACK_OF(CONF_VALUE) **extlist);
+int X509V3_add_value_uchar(const char *name, const unsigned char *value,
+						STACK_OF(CONF_VALUE) **extlist);
+int X509V3_add_value_bool(const char *name, int asn1_bool,
+						STACK_OF(CONF_VALUE) **extlist);
+int X509V3_add_value_int(const char *name, ASN1_INTEGER *aint,
+						STACK_OF(CONF_VALUE) **extlist);
+char * i2s_ASN1_INTEGER(X509V3_EXT_METHOD *meth, ASN1_INTEGER *aint);
+ASN1_INTEGER * s2i_ASN1_INTEGER(X509V3_EXT_METHOD *meth, char *value);
+char * i2s_ASN1_ENUMERATED(X509V3_EXT_METHOD *meth, ASN1_ENUMERATED *aint);
+char * i2s_ASN1_ENUMERATED_TABLE(X509V3_EXT_METHOD *meth, ASN1_ENUMERATED *aint);
+int X509V3_EXT_add(X509V3_EXT_METHOD *ext);
+int X509V3_EXT_add_list(X509V3_EXT_METHOD *extlist);
+int X509V3_EXT_add_alias(int nid_to, int nid_from);
+void X509V3_EXT_cleanup(void);
+
+const X509V3_EXT_METHOD *X509V3_EXT_get(X509_EXTENSION *ext);
+const X509V3_EXT_METHOD *X509V3_EXT_get_nid(int nid);
+int X509V3_add_standard_extensions(void);
+STACK_OF(CONF_VALUE) *X509V3_parse_list(const char *line);
+void *X509V3_EXT_d2i(X509_EXTENSION *ext);
+void *X509V3_get_d2i(STACK_OF(X509_EXTENSION) *x, int nid, int *crit, int *idx);
+
+
+X509_EXTENSION *X509V3_EXT_i2d(int ext_nid, int crit, void *ext_struc);
+int X509V3_add1_i2d(STACK_OF(X509_EXTENSION) **x, int nid, void *value, int crit, unsigned long flags);
+
+char *hex_to_string(const unsigned char *buffer, long len);
+unsigned char *string_to_hex(const char *str, long *len);
+int name_cmp(const char *name, const char *cmp);
+
+void X509V3_EXT_val_prn(BIO *out, STACK_OF(CONF_VALUE) *val, int indent,
+								 int ml);
+int X509V3_EXT_print(BIO *out, X509_EXTENSION *ext, unsigned long flag, int indent);
+int X509V3_EXT_print_fp(FILE *out, X509_EXTENSION *ext, int flag, int indent);
+
+int X509V3_extensions_print(BIO *out, char *title, STACK_OF(X509_EXTENSION) *exts, unsigned long flag, int indent);
+
+int X509_check_ca(X509 *x);
+int X509_check_purpose(X509 *x, int id, int ca);
+int X509_supported_extension(X509_EXTENSION *ex);
+int X509_PURPOSE_set(int *p, int purpose);
+int X509_check_issued(X509 *issuer, X509 *subject);
+int X509_check_akid(X509 *issuer, AUTHORITY_KEYID *akid);
+int X509_PURPOSE_get_count(void);
+X509_PURPOSE * X509_PURPOSE_get0(int idx);
+int X509_PURPOSE_get_by_sname(char *sname);
+int X509_PURPOSE_get_by_id(int id);
+int X509_PURPOSE_add(int id, int trust, int flags,
+			int (*ck)(const X509_PURPOSE *, const X509 *, int),
+				char *name, char *sname, void *arg);
+char *X509_PURPOSE_get0_name(X509_PURPOSE *xp);
+char *X509_PURPOSE_get0_sname(X509_PURPOSE *xp);
+int X509_PURPOSE_get_trust(X509_PURPOSE *xp);
+void X509_PURPOSE_cleanup(void);
+int X509_PURPOSE_get_id(X509_PURPOSE *);
+
+STACK_OF(OPENSSL_STRING) *X509_get1_email(X509 *x);
+STACK_OF(OPENSSL_STRING) *X509_REQ_get1_email(X509_REQ *x);
+void X509_email_free(STACK_OF(OPENSSL_STRING) *sk);
+STACK_OF(OPENSSL_STRING) *X509_get1_ocsp(X509 *x);
+
+ASN1_OCTET_STRING *a2i_IPADDRESS(const char *ipasc);
+ASN1_OCTET_STRING *a2i_IPADDRESS_NC(const char *ipasc);
+int a2i_ipadd(unsigned char *ipout, const char *ipasc);
+int X509V3_NAME_from_section(X509_NAME *nm, STACK_OF(CONF_VALUE)*dn_sk,
+						unsigned long chtype);
+
+void X509_POLICY_NODE_print(BIO *out, X509_POLICY_NODE *node, int indent);
+DECLARE_STACK_OF(X509_POLICY_NODE)
+
+#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_RFC3779
+
+typedef struct ASRange_st {
+  ASN1_INTEGER *min, *max;
+} ASRange;
+
+#define	ASIdOrRange_id		0
+#define	ASIdOrRange_range	1
+
+typedef struct ASIdOrRange_st {
+  int type;
+  union {
+    ASN1_INTEGER *id;
+    ASRange      *range;
+  } u;
+} ASIdOrRange;
+
+typedef STACK_OF(ASIdOrRange) ASIdOrRanges;
+DECLARE_STACK_OF(ASIdOrRange)
+
+#define	ASIdentifierChoice_inherit		0
+#define	ASIdentifierChoice_asIdsOrRanges	1
+
+typedef struct ASIdentifierChoice_st {
+  int type;
+  union {
+    ASN1_NULL    *inherit;
+    ASIdOrRanges *asIdsOrRanges;
+  } u;
+} ASIdentifierChoice;
+
+typedef struct ASIdentifiers_st {
+  ASIdentifierChoice *asnum, *rdi;
+} ASIdentifiers;
+
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(ASRange)
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(ASIdOrRange)
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(ASIdentifierChoice)
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(ASIdentifiers)
+
+
+typedef struct IPAddressRange_st {
+  ASN1_BIT_STRING	*min, *max;
+} IPAddressRange;
+
+#define	IPAddressOrRange_addressPrefix	0
+#define	IPAddressOrRange_addressRange	1
+
+typedef struct IPAddressOrRange_st {
+  int type;
+  union {
+    ASN1_BIT_STRING	*addressPrefix;
+    IPAddressRange	*addressRange;
+  } u;
+} IPAddressOrRange;
+
+typedef STACK_OF(IPAddressOrRange) IPAddressOrRanges;
+DECLARE_STACK_OF(IPAddressOrRange)
+
+#define	IPAddressChoice_inherit			0
+#define	IPAddressChoice_addressesOrRanges	1
+
+typedef struct IPAddressChoice_st {
+  int type;
+  union {
+    ASN1_NULL		*inherit;
+    IPAddressOrRanges	*addressesOrRanges;
+  } u;
+} IPAddressChoice;
+
+typedef struct IPAddressFamily_st {
+  ASN1_OCTET_STRING	*addressFamily;
+  IPAddressChoice	*ipAddressChoice;
+} IPAddressFamily;
+
+typedef STACK_OF(IPAddressFamily) IPAddrBlocks;
+DECLARE_STACK_OF(IPAddressFamily)
+
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(IPAddressRange)
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(IPAddressOrRange)
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(IPAddressChoice)
+DECLARE_ASN1_FUNCTIONS(IPAddressFamily)
+
+/*
+ * API tag for elements of the ASIdentifer SEQUENCE.
+ */
+#define	V3_ASID_ASNUM	0
+#define	V3_ASID_RDI	1
+
+/*
+ * AFI values, assigned by IANA.  It'd be nice to make the AFI
+ * handling code totally generic, but there are too many little things
+ * that would need to be defined for other address families for it to
+ * be worth the trouble.
+ */
+#define	IANA_AFI_IPV4	1
+#define	IANA_AFI_IPV6	2
+
+/*
+ * Utilities to construct and extract values from RFC3779 extensions,
+ * since some of the encodings (particularly for IP address prefixes
+ * and ranges) are a bit tedious to work with directly.
+ */
+int v3_asid_add_inherit(ASIdentifiers *asid, int which);
+int v3_asid_add_id_or_range(ASIdentifiers *asid, int which,
+			    ASN1_INTEGER *min, ASN1_INTEGER *max);
+int v3_addr_add_inherit(IPAddrBlocks *addr,
+			const unsigned afi, const unsigned *safi);
+int v3_addr_add_prefix(IPAddrBlocks *addr,
+		       const unsigned afi, const unsigned *safi,
+		       unsigned char *a, const int prefixlen);
+int v3_addr_add_range(IPAddrBlocks *addr,
+		      const unsigned afi, const unsigned *safi,
+		      unsigned char *min, unsigned char *max);
+unsigned v3_addr_get_afi(const IPAddressFamily *f);
+int v3_addr_get_range(IPAddressOrRange *aor, const unsigned afi,
+		      unsigned char *min, unsigned char *max,
+		      const int length);
+
+/*
+ * Canonical forms.
+ */
+int v3_asid_is_canonical(ASIdentifiers *asid);
+int v3_addr_is_canonical(IPAddrBlocks *addr);
+int v3_asid_canonize(ASIdentifiers *asid);
+int v3_addr_canonize(IPAddrBlocks *addr);
+
+/*
+ * Tests for inheritance and containment.
+ */
+int v3_asid_inherits(ASIdentifiers *asid);
+int v3_addr_inherits(IPAddrBlocks *addr);
+int v3_asid_subset(ASIdentifiers *a, ASIdentifiers *b);
+int v3_addr_subset(IPAddrBlocks *a, IPAddrBlocks *b);
+
+/*
+ * Check whether RFC 3779 extensions nest properly in chains.
+ */
+int v3_asid_validate_path(X509_STORE_CTX *);
+int v3_addr_validate_path(X509_STORE_CTX *);
+int v3_asid_validate_resource_set(STACK_OF(X509) *chain,
+				  ASIdentifiers *ext,
+				  int allow_inheritance);
+int v3_addr_validate_resource_set(STACK_OF(X509) *chain,
+				  IPAddrBlocks *ext,
+				  int allow_inheritance);
+
+#endif /* OPENSSL_NO_RFC3779 */
+
+/* BEGIN ERROR CODES */
+/* The following lines are auto generated by the script mkerr.pl. Any changes
+ * made after this point may be overwritten when the script is next run.
+ */
+void ERR_load_X509V3_strings(void);
+
+/* Error codes for the X509V3 functions. */
+
+/* Function codes. */
+#define X509V3_F_A2I_GENERAL_NAME			 164
+#define X509V3_F_ASIDENTIFIERCHOICE_CANONIZE		 161
+#define X509V3_F_ASIDENTIFIERCHOICE_IS_CANONICAL	 162
+#define X509V3_F_COPY_EMAIL				 122
+#define X509V3_F_COPY_ISSUER				 123
+#define X509V3_F_DO_DIRNAME				 144
+#define X509V3_F_DO_EXT_CONF				 124
+#define X509V3_F_DO_EXT_I2D				 135
+#define X509V3_F_DO_EXT_NCONF				 151
+#define X509V3_F_DO_I2V_NAME_CONSTRAINTS		 148
+#define X509V3_F_GNAMES_FROM_SECTNAME			 156
+#define X509V3_F_HEX_TO_STRING				 111
+#define X509V3_F_I2S_ASN1_ENUMERATED			 121
+#define X509V3_F_I2S_ASN1_IA5STRING			 149
+#define X509V3_F_I2S_ASN1_INTEGER			 120
+#define X509V3_F_I2V_AUTHORITY_INFO_ACCESS		 138
+#define X509V3_F_NOTICE_SECTION				 132
+#define X509V3_F_NREF_NOS				 133
+#define X509V3_F_POLICY_SECTION				 131
+#define X509V3_F_PROCESS_PCI_VALUE			 150
+#define X509V3_F_R2I_CERTPOL				 130
+#define X509V3_F_R2I_PCI				 155
+#define X509V3_F_S2I_ASN1_IA5STRING			 100
+#define X509V3_F_S2I_ASN1_INTEGER			 108
+#define X509V3_F_S2I_ASN1_OCTET_STRING			 112
+#define X509V3_F_S2I_ASN1_SKEY_ID			 114
+#define X509V3_F_S2I_SKEY_ID				 115
+#define X509V3_F_SET_DIST_POINT_NAME			 158
+#define X509V3_F_STRING_TO_HEX				 113
+#define X509V3_F_SXNET_ADD_ID_ASC			 125
+#define X509V3_F_SXNET_ADD_ID_INTEGER			 126
+#define X509V3_F_SXNET_ADD_ID_ULONG			 127
+#define X509V3_F_SXNET_GET_ID_ASC			 128
+#define X509V3_F_SXNET_GET_ID_ULONG			 129
+#define X509V3_F_V2I_ASIDENTIFIERS			 163
+#define X509V3_F_V2I_ASN1_BIT_STRING			 101
+#define X509V3_F_V2I_AUTHORITY_INFO_ACCESS		 139
+#define X509V3_F_V2I_AUTHORITY_KEYID			 119
+#define X509V3_F_V2I_BASIC_CONSTRAINTS			 102
+#define X509V3_F_V2I_CRLD				 134
+#define X509V3_F_V2I_EXTENDED_KEY_USAGE			 103
+#define X509V3_F_V2I_GENERAL_NAMES			 118
+#define X509V3_F_V2I_GENERAL_NAME_EX			 117
+#define X509V3_F_V2I_IDP				 157
+#define X509V3_F_V2I_IPADDRBLOCKS			 159
+#define X509V3_F_V2I_ISSUER_ALT				 153
+#define X509V3_F_V2I_NAME_CONSTRAINTS			 147
+#define X509V3_F_V2I_POLICY_CONSTRAINTS			 146
+#define X509V3_F_V2I_POLICY_MAPPINGS			 145
+#define X509V3_F_V2I_SUBJECT_ALT			 154
+#define X509V3_F_V3_ADDR_VALIDATE_PATH_INTERNAL		 160
+#define X509V3_F_V3_GENERIC_EXTENSION			 116
+#define X509V3_F_X509V3_ADD1_I2D			 140
+#define X509V3_F_X509V3_ADD_VALUE			 105
+#define X509V3_F_X509V3_EXT_ADD				 104
+#define X509V3_F_X509V3_EXT_ADD_ALIAS			 106
+#define X509V3_F_X509V3_EXT_CONF			 107
+#define X509V3_F_X509V3_EXT_I2D				 136
+#define X509V3_F_X509V3_EXT_NCONF			 152
+#define X509V3_F_X509V3_GET_SECTION			 142
+#define X509V3_F_X509V3_GET_STRING			 143
+#define X509V3_F_X509V3_GET_VALUE_BOOL			 110
+#define X509V3_F_X509V3_PARSE_LIST			 109
+#define X509V3_F_X509_PURPOSE_ADD			 137
+#define X509V3_F_X509_PURPOSE_SET			 141
+
+/* Reason codes. */
+#define X509V3_R_BAD_IP_ADDRESS				 118
+#define X509V3_R_BAD_OBJECT				 119
+#define X509V3_R_BN_DEC2BN_ERROR			 100
+#define X509V3_R_BN_TO_ASN1_INTEGER_ERROR		 101
+#define X509V3_R_DIRNAME_ERROR				 149
+#define X509V3_R_DISTPOINT_ALREADY_SET			 160
+#define X509V3_R_DUPLICATE_ZONE_ID			 133
+#define X509V3_R_ERROR_CONVERTING_ZONE			 131
+#define X509V3_R_ERROR_CREATING_EXTENSION		 144
+#define X509V3_R_ERROR_IN_EXTENSION			 128
+#define X509V3_R_EXPECTED_A_SECTION_NAME		 137
+#define X509V3_R_EXTENSION_EXISTS			 145
+#define X509V3_R_EXTENSION_NAME_ERROR			 115
+#define X509V3_R_EXTENSION_NOT_FOUND			 102
+#define X509V3_R_EXTENSION_SETTING_NOT_SUPPORTED	 103
+#define X509V3_R_EXTENSION_VALUE_ERROR			 116
+#define X509V3_R_ILLEGAL_EMPTY_EXTENSION		 151
+#define X509V3_R_ILLEGAL_HEX_DIGIT			 113
+#define X509V3_R_INCORRECT_POLICY_SYNTAX_TAG		 152
+#define X509V3_R_INVALID_MULTIPLE_RDNS			 161
+#define X509V3_R_INVALID_ASNUMBER			 162
+#define X509V3_R_INVALID_ASRANGE			 163
+#define X509V3_R_INVALID_BOOLEAN_STRING			 104
+#define X509V3_R_INVALID_EXTENSION_STRING		 105
+#define X509V3_R_INVALID_INHERITANCE			 165
+#define X509V3_R_INVALID_IPADDRESS			 166
+#define X509V3_R_INVALID_NAME				 106
+#define X509V3_R_INVALID_NULL_ARGUMENT			 107
+#define X509V3_R_INVALID_NULL_NAME			 108
+#define X509V3_R_INVALID_NULL_VALUE			 109
+#define X509V3_R_INVALID_NUMBER				 140
+#define X509V3_R_INVALID_NUMBERS			 141
+#define X509V3_R_INVALID_OBJECT_IDENTIFIER		 110
+#define X509V3_R_INVALID_OPTION				 138
+#define X509V3_R_INVALID_POLICY_IDENTIFIER		 134
+#define X509V3_R_INVALID_PROXY_POLICY_SETTING		 153
+#define X509V3_R_INVALID_PURPOSE			 146
+#define X509V3_R_INVALID_SAFI				 164
+#define X509V3_R_INVALID_SECTION			 135
+#define X509V3_R_INVALID_SYNTAX				 143
+#define X509V3_R_ISSUER_DECODE_ERROR			 126
+#define X509V3_R_MISSING_VALUE				 124
+#define X509V3_R_NEED_ORGANIZATION_AND_NUMBERS		 142
+#define X509V3_R_NO_CONFIG_DATABASE			 136
+#define X509V3_R_NO_ISSUER_CERTIFICATE			 121
+#define X509V3_R_NO_ISSUER_DETAILS			 127
+#define X509V3_R_NO_POLICY_IDENTIFIER			 139
+#define X509V3_R_NO_PROXY_CERT_POLICY_LANGUAGE_DEFINED	 154
+#define X509V3_R_NO_PUBLIC_KEY				 114
+#define X509V3_R_NO_SUBJECT_DETAILS			 125
+#define X509V3_R_ODD_NUMBER_OF_DIGITS			 112
+#define X509V3_R_OPERATION_NOT_DEFINED			 148
+#define X509V3_R_OTHERNAME_ERROR			 147
+#define X509V3_R_POLICY_LANGUAGE_ALREADY_DEFINED	 155
+#define X509V3_R_POLICY_PATH_LENGTH			 156
+#define X509V3_R_POLICY_PATH_LENGTH_ALREADY_DEFINED	 157
+#define X509V3_R_POLICY_SYNTAX_NOT_CURRENTLY_SUPPORTED	 158
+#define X509V3_R_POLICY_WHEN_PROXY_LANGUAGE_REQUIRES_NO_POLICY 159
+#define X509V3_R_SECTION_NOT_FOUND			 150
+#define X509V3_R_UNABLE_TO_GET_ISSUER_DETAILS		 122
+#define X509V3_R_UNABLE_TO_GET_ISSUER_KEYID		 123
+#define X509V3_R_UNKNOWN_BIT_STRING_ARGUMENT		 111
+#define X509V3_R_UNKNOWN_EXTENSION			 129
+#define X509V3_R_UNKNOWN_EXTENSION_NAME			 130
+#define X509V3_R_UNKNOWN_OPTION				 120
+#define X509V3_R_UNSUPPORTED_OPTION			 117
+#define X509V3_R_UNSUPPORTED_TYPE			 167
+#define X509V3_R_USER_TOO_LONG				 132
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/osx/libcrypto.a b/lib/osx/libcrypto.a
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..31c6545
Binary files /dev/null and b/lib/osx/libcrypto.a differ
diff --git a/lib/osx/libqsqlcipher.dylib b/lib/osx/libqsqlcipher.dylib
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e167b08
Binary files /dev/null and b/lib/osx/libqsqlcipher.dylib differ
diff --git a/lib/osx/libqsqlcipher_debug.dylib b/lib/osx/libqsqlcipher_debug.dylib
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..da27d4e
Binary files /dev/null and b/lib/osx/libqsqlcipher_debug.dylib differ
diff --git a/lib/osx/libsqlcipher.a b/lib/osx/libsqlcipher.a
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f2c1db9
Binary files /dev/null and b/lib/osx/libsqlcipher.a differ
diff --git a/lib/osx/libssl.a b/lib/osx/libssl.a
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..648c1da
Binary files /dev/null and b/lib/osx/libssl.a differ
diff --git a/lib/win32/libeay32.dll b/lib/win32/libeay32.dll
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f0efa23
Binary files /dev/null and b/lib/win32/libeay32.dll differ
diff --git a/lib/win32/libeay32.lib b/lib/win32/libeay32.lib
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..75731d4
Binary files /dev/null and b/lib/win32/libeay32.lib differ
diff --git a/lib/win32/libssl32.dll b/lib/win32/libssl32.dll
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..82d40bf
Binary files /dev/null and b/lib/win32/libssl32.dll differ
diff --git a/lib/win32/ssleay32.lib b/lib/win32/ssleay32.lib
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c082742
Binary files /dev/null and b/lib/win32/ssleay32.lib differ
diff --git a/redist/LittAppCast.xml b/redist/LittAppCast.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7b93396
--- /dev/null
+++ b/redist/LittAppCast.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<rss xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xmlns:sparkle="http://www.andymatuschak.org/xml-namespaces/sparkle" xmlns:fervor="https://github.com/pypt/fervor" xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/" version="2.0">
+  <channel>
+    <title>Litt changelog</title>
+    <link>http://satorilight.com/LittAppCast.xml</link>
+    <description>Most recent changes with links to updates.</description>
+    <language>en</language>
+    <atom:link href="http://satorilight.com/LittAppCast.xml" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml"/>
+    <item>
+      <title>Version 0.8.13</title>
+      <pubDate>Thu, 28 Jun 2015 20:17:15 +0000</pubDate>
+      <guid isPermalink="true">http://satorilight.com/releasenotes.html</guid>
+      <link>http://satorilight.com/releasenotes.html</link>
+      <sparkle:releaseNotesLink>http://satorilight.com/releasenotes.html</sparkle:releaseNotesLink>
+      <enclosure url="http://satorilight.com/downloads/Litt-osx-0.8.13.dmg" type="application/octet-stream" length="11195709" fervor:platform="Q_OS_MAC" sparkle:version="0.8.12" sparkle:dsaSignature="0000000000"/>
+    </item>
+    <item>
+      <title>Version 0.8.12</title>
+      <pubDate>Thu, 11 Jun 2015 20:17:15 +0000</pubDate>
+      <guid isPermalink="true">http://satorilight.com/releasenotes.html</guid>
+      <link>http://satorilight.com/releasenotes.html</link>
+      <sparkle:releaseNotesLink>http://satorilight.com/releasenotes.html</sparkle:releaseNotesLink>
+      <enclosure url="http://satorilight.com/downloads/Litt-osx-0.8.12.dmg" type="application/octet-stream" length="11195709" fervor:platform="Q_OS_MAC" sparkle:version="0.8.12" sparkle:dsaSignature="0000000000"/>
+    </item>
+    <item>
+      <title>Version 0.8.11</title>
+      <pubDate>Thu, 28 May 2015 14:22:15 +0000</pubDate>
+      <guid isPermalink="true">http://satorilight.com/releasenotes.html</guid>
+      <link>http://satorilight.com/releasenotes.html</link>
+      <sparkle:releaseNotesLink>http://satorilight.com/releasenotes.html</sparkle:releaseNotesLink>
+      <enclosure url="http://satorilight.com/downloads/Litt-osx-0.8.11.dmg" type="application/octet-stream" length="11191111" fervor:platform="Q_OS_MAC" sparkle:version="0.8.11" sparkle:dsaSignature="0000000000"/>
+    </item>
+    <item>
+      <title>Version 0.8.10</title>
+      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Apr 2015 11:55:17 +0000</pubDate>
+      <guid isPermalink="true">http://satorilight.com/releasenotes.html</guid>
+      <link>http://satorilight.com/releasenotes.html</link>
+      <sparkle:releaseNotesLink>http://satorilight.com/releasenotes.html</sparkle:releaseNotesLink>
+      <enclosure url="http://satorilight.com/downloads/Litt-osx-0.8.10.dmg" type="application/octet-stream" length="11075650" fervor:platform="Q_OS_MAC" sparkle:version="0.8.10" sparkle:dsaSignature="0000000000"/>
+    </item>
+    <item>
+      <title>Version 0.8.9</title>
+      <pubDate>Fri, 24 Apr 2015 15:35:03 +0000</pubDate>
+      <guid isPermalink="true">http://satorilight.com/releasenotes.html</guid>
+      <link>http://satorilight.com/releasenotes.html</link>
+      <sparkle:releaseNotesLink>http://satorilight.com/releasenotes.html</sparkle:releaseNotesLink>
+      <enclosure url="http://satorilight.com/downloads/Litt-osx-0.8.9.dmg" type="application/octet-stream" length="11075664" fervor:platform="Q_OS_MAC" sparkle:version="0.8.9" sparkle:dsaSignature="0000000000"/>
+    </item>
+    <item>
+      <title>Version 0.8.8</title>
+      <pubDate>Wed, 15 Apr 2015 13:39:46 +0000</pubDate>
+      <guid isPermalink="true">http://satorilight.com/releasenotes.html</guid>
+      <link>http://satorilight.com/releasenotes.html</link>
+      <sparkle:releaseNotesLink>http://satorilight.com/releasenotes.html</sparkle:releaseNotesLink>
+      <enclosure url="http://satorilight.com/downloads/Litt-osx-0.8.8.dmg" type="application/octet-stream" length="11056244" fervor:platform="Q_OS_MAC" sparkle:version="0.8.8" sparkle:dsaSignature="0000000000"/>
+    </item>
+    <item>
+      <title>Version 0.8.7</title>
+      <pubDate>Fri, 10 Apr 2015 14:54:09 +0000</pubDate>
+      <guid isPermalink="true">http://satorilight.com/releasenotes.html</guid>
+      <link>http://satorilight.com/releasenotes.html</link>
+      <sparkle:releaseNotesLink>http://satorilight.com/releasenotes.html</sparkle:releaseNotesLink>
+      <enclosure url="http://satorilight.com/downloads/Litt-osx-0.8.7.dmg" type="application/octet-stream" length="11055739" fervor:platform="Q_OS_MAC" sparkle:version="0.8.7" sparkle:dsaSignature="0000000000"/>
+    </item>
+    <item>
+      <title>Version 0.8.6</title>
+      <pubDate>Mon, 06 Apr 2015 17:45:30 +0000</pubDate>
+      <guid isPermalink="true">http://satorilight.com/releasenotes.html</guid>
+      <link>http://satorilight.com/releasenotes.html</link>
+      <sparkle:releaseNotesLink>http://satorilight.com/releasenotes.html</sparkle:releaseNotesLink>
+      <enclosure url="http://satorilight.com/downloads/Litt-osx-0.8.6.dmg" type="application/octet-stream" length="11050968" fervor:platform="Q_OS_MAC" sparkle:version="0.8.6" sparkle:dsaSignature="0000000000"/>
+    </item>
+    <item>
+      <title>Version 0.8.5</title>
+      <pubDate>Mon, 06 Apr 2015 16:29:16 +0000</pubDate>
+      <guid isPermalink="true">http://satorilight.com/releasenotes.html</guid>
+      <link>http://satorilight.com/releasenotes.html</link>
+      <sparkle:releaseNotesLink>http://satorilight.com/releasenotes.html</sparkle:releaseNotesLink>
+      <enclosure url="http://satorilight.com/downloads/litt-osx-0.8.5.dmg" type="application/octet-stream" length="11048053" fervor:platform="Q_OS_MAC" sparkle:version="0.8.5" sparkle:dsaSignature="0000000000"/>
+    </item>
+    <item>
+      <title>Version 0.8.4</title>
+      <pubDate>Mon, 16 Mar 2015 18:47:28 +0000</pubDate>
+      <guid isPermalink="true">http://satorilight.com/releasenotes.html</guid>
+      <link>http://satorilight.com/releasenotes.html</link>
+      <sparkle:releaseNotesLink>http://satorilight.com/releasenotes.html</sparkle:releaseNotesLink>
+      <enclosure url="http://satorilight.com/downloads/Litt-osx-0.8.4.zip" type="application/octet-stream" length="26231845" fervor:platform="Q_OS_MAC" sparkle:version="0.8.4" sparkle:dsaSignature="0000000000"/>
+    </item>
+    <item>
+      <title>Version 0.8.3</title>
+      <pubDate>Mon, 16 Mar 2015 18:01:06 +0000</pubDate>
+      <guid isPermalink="true">http://satorilight.com/releasenotes.html</guid>
+      <link>http://satorilight.com/releasenotes.html</link>
+      <sparkle:releaseNotesLink>http://satorilight.com/releasenotes.html</sparkle:releaseNotesLink>
+      <enclosure url="http://satorilight.com/downloads/litt-osx-0.8.2.zip" type="application/octet-stream" length="24719775" fervor:platform="Q_OS_MAC" sparkle:version="0.8.3" sparkle:dsaSignature="0000000000"/>
+    </item>
+  </channel>
+</rss>
diff --git a/redist/build_osx_qt4.sh b/redist/build_osx_qt4.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..06b3f14
--- /dev/null
+++ b/redist/build_osx_qt4.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+##!/usr/bin/sh
+
+# qmake
+echo Remove old build
+
+cd ../client
+rm -rf Litt.app
+rm -rf *.o
+rm -rf Makefile
+
+echo Running qmake                        
+
+QT_BINARY_DIR=/usr/bin
+#QT_BINARY_DIR=/Users/anand/Qt-5.3-mac/5.3/clang_64/bin
+$QT_BINARY_DIR/qmake -spec macx-g++ chooka.pro
+
+echo Building
+make clean
+make
+
+echo Deploying Qt libraries
+$QT_BINARY_DIR/macdeployqt Litt.app
+
+mkdir Chooka.app/Contents/Resources
+
+echo Cleaning object files
+rm -rf *.o
+rm -rf Makefile
+
+zip -r ../Litt.zip Litt.app
+
+# Rename zip file
+version=`less chooka.pro | grep "VERSION =" | cut -d' ' -f 3`
+mv ../Litt.zip ../Litt-osx-$version.zip
+
+# Copy to server
+echo Please put your uploader password
+scp ../Litt-osx-$version.zip uploader@voipobjects.com:/home/uploader/
diff --git a/redist/build_osx_qt5.sh b/redist/build_osx_qt5.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..4e769ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/redist/build_osx_qt5.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+##!/usr/bin/sh
+
+# Make build or upload existing
+MAKEBUILD=YES
+
+# Prepare publishing
+PREPAREPUBLISH=YES
+
+# Upload build or no
+PUBLISHBUILD=YES
+
+# Codesign id
+SIGNID="Developer ID Application: Dmytro Bogovych (563QRB9S29)"
+
+# Default values only - no need to change every run
+ZIPBUILD=Litt-osx-0.8.16.dmg
+DMGBUILD=Litt-osx-0.8.16.dmg
+	cd ../client
+	version=`less chooka.pro | grep "VERSION =" | cut -d' ' -f 3`
+
+if [ "$MAKEBUILD" = "YES" ]; then
+	# qmake
+	echo Remove old build
+	rm -rf Litt.app
+	rm -rf *.o
+	rm -rf Makefile
+
+	echo Running qmake                        
+	QT_BINARY_DIR=/Users/anand/Qt5.6.2/5.6/clang_64/bin
+	$QT_BINARY_DIR/qmake chooka.pro
+
+	echo Building
+	make clean
+	make
+
+	echo Deploying Qt libraries
+	$QT_BINARY_DIR/macdeployqt Litt.app -codesign="$SIGNID"
+	#codesign -s $CODESIGN Litt.app 
+
+	mkdir Chooka.app/Contents/Resources
+
+	echo Cleaning object files
+	rm -rf *.o
+	rm -rf Makefile
+
+	zip -r ../Litt.zip Litt.app
+	
+	# Rename zip file
+	mv ../Litt.zip ../Litt-osx-$version.zip
+	ZIPBUILD=Litt-osx-$version.zip
+
+	echo Prepare DMG file
+	cd ../redist
+	dmgbuild -s dmgsettings.py "Litt application" ../Litt-osx-$version.dmg
+	DMGBUILD=Litt-osx-$version.dmg
+fi
+
+cd ../client
+
+if [ "$PREPAREPUBLISH" = "YES" ]; then
+	# Updating release notes file & application cast file
+	../redist/updater.py -v $version -d ../$DMGBUILD -r ../site/releasenotes.html -c ../redist/changes.html -a ../site/LittAppCast.xml
+
+	# Format cast file
+	xmllint -format ../site/LittAppCast.xml > ../site/LittAppCast2.xml
+	rm -rf ../site/LittAppCast.xml
+	mv ../site/LittAppCast2.xml ../site/LittAppCast.xml
+
+	# Prepare index.html
+#	sed -i "s/Litt-osx.*\\.zip/$ZIPBUILD/g" ../site/index.html
+# .bak modifier will produce backup file for index.html; it is neccessary for OS X
+	sed -i.bak "s/Litt-osx.*\\.dmg/$DMGBUILD/g" ../site/index.html
+fi
+
+UPLOAD_ROLE=root@voipobjects.com
+if [ "$PUBLISHBUILD" = "YES" ]; then
+	# Copy to server
+	echo Copying files...
+	scp ../$DMGBUILD $UPLOAD_ROLE:/var/www/satorilight.com/public_html/downloads
+#	scp ../$ZIPBUILD uploader@voipobjects.com:/var/www/satorilight.com/public_html/downloads
+	scp ../site/releasenotes.html $UPLOAD_ROLE:/var/www/satorilight.com/public_html
+	scp ../site/LittAppCast.xml $UPLOAD_ROLE:/var/www/satorilight.com/public_html
+	scp ../site/index.html $UPLOAD_ROLE:/var/www/satorilight.com/public_html
+
+	echo Modify symbol links...
+#	ssh uploader@voipobjects.com ln -s /var/www/satorilight.com/public_html/downloads/$ZIPBUILD /var/www/satorilight.com/public_html/downloads/litt-osx.zip
+	ssh $UPLOAD_ROLE rm /var/www/satorilight.com/public_html/downloads/litt-osx.dmg
+	ssh $UPLOAD_ROLE ln -s /var/www/satorilight.com/public_html/downloads/$DMGBUILD /var/www/satorilight.com/public_html/downloads/litt-osx.dmg
+	ssh $UPLOAD_ROLE rm /var/www/satorilight.com/public_html/downloads/Litt-osx.dmg
+	ssh $UPLOAD_ROLE ln -s /var/www/satorilight.com/public_html/downloads/$DMGBUILD /var/www/satorilight.com/public_html/downloads/Litt-osx.dmg
+fi
+
+
diff --git a/redist/changes.html b/redist/changes.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..277976f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/redist/changes.html
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+<p><b>Changes in version 0.8.16<b></p>
+<p> - one more fixed bug in time interval removing.</p>
+
diff --git a/redist/deploy-osx-build.sh b/redist/deploy-osx-build.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..0a29d76
--- /dev/null
+++ b/redist/deploy-osx-build.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+if [ -f ./$1 ];
+then
+	echo "File $1 exists."
+	echo Copying build
+	if cp -f ./$1 /var/www/satorilight.com/public_html/downloads
+	then
+		echo Updating links
+		sed -i "s/Litt-osx.*\\.zip/$1/g" /var/www/satorilight.com/public_html/index.html
+		rm -f /var/www/satorilight.com/public_html/downloads/litt-osx.zip
+		ln -s /var/www/satorilight.com/public_html/downloads/$1 /var/www/satorilight.com/public_html/downloads/litt-osx.zip
+
+		if [ -f changelog.txt ];
+		then
+			echo "changelog.txt exists, copying to website"
+			rm -rf /var/www/satorilight.com/public_html/changelog.txt
+			cp changelog.txt /var/www/satorilight.com/public_html/
+		fi
+	fi
+else
+   echo "File $1 does not exist."
+fi
diff --git a/redist/dmgbuild-1.0.0.tar.gz b/redist/dmgbuild-1.0.0.tar.gz
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7a8cb9d
Binary files /dev/null and b/redist/dmgbuild-1.0.0.tar.gz differ
diff --git a/redist/dmgsettings.py b/redist/dmgsettings.py
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8746246
--- /dev/null
+++ b/redist/dmgsettings.py
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+files=[ '../client/Litt.app' ]
+symlinks={ 'Applications': '/Applications' }
+volume_name='Litt application'
+format='UDZO'
+size='60M'
+icon_locations = {
+    'Litt.app': (100, 100),
+    'Applications': (550, 100)
+}
+window_rect=((200,600), (700,220))
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/redist/get_changelog.sh b/redist/get_changelog.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..8983f99
--- /dev/null
+++ b/redist/get_changelog.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+hg log --template "{date(date, '%Y-%m-%d')} {fill(desc)}\n"
+ 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/redist/readme.txt b/redist/readme.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8915598
--- /dev/null
+++ b/redist/readme.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+Please do not forget to install
+1) pip
+2) pip install dmgbuild
+3) pip install lxml
+Last one can be problem as libxml2 headers are not linked properly by brew
+Please use smth like this
+export C_INCLUDE_PATH=/usr/local/Cellar/libxml2/2.9.1/include/libxml2:$C_INCLUDE_PATH
+
+
+4) Do not forget to make downloads/ folder on target host
diff --git a/redist/signapp-osx.sh b/redist/signapp-osx.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..1c07c4e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/redist/signapp-osx.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+APPNAME=Litt
+SIGNID="563QRB9S29"
+
+echo --sign app--
+#codesign --force --verify --verbose --sign "Developer ID Application: $SIGNID" $APPNAME.app/Contents/MacOS/Litt
+#exit
+
+echo --sign frameworks--
+codesign --force --verify --verbose --sign "Developer ID Application: $SIGNID" $APPNAME.app/Contents/Frameworks/QtCore.framework/Versions/5
+
+#codesign --force --verify --verbose --sign "Developer ID Application: $SIGNID" $APPNAME.app/Contents/Frameworks/QtGui.framework/Versions/5/QtGui
+#codesign --force --verify --verbose --sign "Developer ID Application: $SIGNID" $APPNAME.app/Contents/Frameworks/QtNetwork.framework/Versions/5/QtNetwork
+#codesign --force --verify --verbose --sign "Developer ID Application: $SIGNID" $APPNAME.app/Contents/Frameworks/QtPrintSupport.framework/Versions/5/QtPrintSupport
+#codesign --force --verify --verbose --sign "Developer ID Application: $SIGNID" $APPNAME.app/Contents/Frameworks/QtWidgets.framework/Versions/5/QtWidgets
+
+echo --sign plugins--
+#codesign --force --verify --verbose --sign "Developer ID Application: $SIGNID" $APPNAME.app/Contents/Plugins/bearer/libqcorewlanbearer.dylib
+#codesign --force --verify --verbose --sign "Developer ID Application: $SIGNID" $APPNAME.app/Contents/Plugins/bearer/libqgenericbearer.dylib
+#codesign --force --verify --verbose --sign "Developer ID Application: $SIGNID" $APPNAME.app/Contents/Plugins/imageformats/libqgif.dylib
+#codesign --force --verify --verbose --sign "Developer ID Application: $SIGNID" $APPNAME.app/Contents/Plugins/imageformats/libqico.dylib
+#codesign --force --verify --verbose --sign "Developer ID Application: $SIGNID" $APPNAME.app/Contents/Plugins/imageformats/libqjpeg.dylib
+#codesign --force --verify --verbose --sign "Developer ID Application: $SIGNID" $APPNAME.app/Contents/Plugins/platforms/libqcocoa.dylib
+#codesign --force --verify --verbose --sign "Developer ID Application: $SIGNID" $APPNAME.app/Contents/Plugins/printsupport/libcocoaprintersupport.dylib
+
+echo --sign app--
+codesign --force --verify --verbose --sign "Developer ID Application: $SIGNID" $APPNAME.app
+
+echo --checking signature--
+codesign -vvv -d $APPNAME.app
+
+
+
+
+
diff --git a/redist/updater.py b/redist/updater.py
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..50c9cd9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/redist/updater.py
@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
+#!/usr/bin/python
+
+# it is recommended to use python installed from brew on os x
+import argparse
+import string
+import os
+# import ntpath
+from datetime import datetime
+
+
+try:
+    from lxml import etree
+    import lxml.builder as builder
+    print("running with lxml.etree")
+
+except ImportError:
+    print("Failed to import lxml.etree")
+    quit()
+
+parser = argparse.ArgumentParser(description="AppCast updater argument parser")
+parser.add_argument("-a", "--appcast", help="path to updating appcast xml file", required=True)
+parser.add_argument("-c", "--changes", help="path to new changes file", required=True)
+parser.add_argument("-r", "--relnotes", help="path to updating relnotes html file", required=True)
+parser.add_argument("-v", "--version", help="version number", required=True)
+parser.add_argument("-d", "--distrib", help="path to distribution file", required=True)
+
+args = parser.parse_args()
+
+print "Appcast to update: " + args.appcast
+print "New changes file: " + args.changes
+print "Relnotes to update: " + args.relnotes
+
+if not os.path.isfile(args.distrib):
+    print "No reference to distrib file"
+    quit()
+
+print "Path to distribution is " + args.distrib
+print
+
+
+
+# Read relnotes text
+print "Reading relnotes"
+
+relnotesFile = open(args.relnotes, "r")
+relnotesText = relnotesFile.read()
+relnotesFile.close()
+
+# Read changes file
+print "Reading changes"
+changesFile = open(args.changes, "r")
+changesText = changesFile.read()
+changesFile.close()
+
+# Add or replace latest changes text into relnotes file.
+versionBeginText = "<!-- begin version=" + args.version + " -->"
+versionEndText = "<!-- end version=" + args.version + " -->"
+
+versionBeginIndex = relnotesText.find(versionBeginText)
+versionEndIndex = relnotesText.find(versionEndText)
+
+newChangeText = versionBeginText +"\r\n" + changesText + "\r\n" + versionEndText
+bodyStart = relnotesText.find("<body>")
+
+# Dump <body> position
+# print "Tag <body> found at " + str(bodyStart) + " position."
+
+# If this version text boundary is not found
+if versionBeginIndex == -1 & versionEndIndex == -1:
+    print "Version " + args.version + " is not found, inserting new one."
+    relnotesText = relnotesText[:bodyStart+7] + "\r\n" + newChangeText + "\r\n" + relnotesText[bodyStart+7:]
+else:
+    print "Version " + args.version + " is found, updating."
+    relnotesText = relnotesText[:versionBeginIndex] + newChangeText + relnotesText[versionEndIndex + len(versionEndText):]
+
+relnotesFile = open(args.relnotes, "w")
+relnotesFile.write(relnotesText)
+relnotesFile.close()
+
+print "Relnotes updated"
+
+# Read appcast file
+print "Read appcast file"
+appCastFile = open(args.appcast, "r")
+appCastText = appCastFile.read()
+appCastFile.close()
+
+RELEASENOTESLINK = "http://satorilight.com/releasenotes.html"
+
+# Parse & update appcast
+print "Parse appcast file"
+root = etree.XML(appCastText)
+# print etree.tostring(root)
+
+# Find /rss/channel/item/enclosure/sparkle:version=version
+# If not found - create new item
+xmlNamespaces = {'atom': 'http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom',
+                 'sparkle': 'http://www.andymatuschak.org/xml-namespaces/sparkle',
+                 'fervor': 'https://github.com/pypt/fervor',
+                 'dc': 'http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/'}
+
+xpathQuery = "/rss/channel/item/enclosure[@sparkle:version=\'" + args.version + "\']"
+enclosure = root.xpath(xpathQuery, namespaces=xmlNamespaces)
+if len(enclosure) > 0:
+    itemElement = enclosure[0].getparent()
+    itemElement.getparent().remove(itemElement)
+
+channel = root.xpath("/rss/channel")
+if len(channel) == 0:
+    print "Bad app cast file"
+    quit()
+
+# Get reference to first <channel> tag
+channelElement = channel[0]
+
+print "Update appcast file"
+# Create new <item> tag
+itemElement = etree.SubElement(channelElement, "item", nsmap=xmlNamespaces)
+
+etree.SubElement(itemElement, "title").text = "Version " + args.version
+etree.SubElement(itemElement, "pubDate").text = datetime.utcnow().strftime("%a, %d %b %Y %T %z+0000")
+etree.SubElement(itemElement, "guid", isPermalink="true").text = RELEASENOTESLINK
+etree.SubElement(itemElement, "link").text = RELEASENOTESLINK
+etree.SubElement(itemElement, "{http://www.andymatuschak.org/xml-namespaces/sparkle}releaseNotesLink").text = RELEASENOTESLINK
+
+osxEnclosureElement = etree.SubElement(itemElement, "enclosure", nsmap=xmlNamespaces)
+osxEnclosureElement.set("url", "http://satorilight.com/downloads/" + os.path.basename(args.distrib))
+osxEnclosureElement.set("type", "application/octet-stream")
+statinfo = os.stat(args.distrib)
+osxEnclosureElement.set("length", str(statinfo.st_size))
+osxEnclosureElement.set("{https://github.com/pypt/fervor}platform", "Q_OS_MAC")
+osxEnclosureElement.set("{http://www.andymatuschak.org/xml-namespaces/sparkle}version", args.version)
+osxEnclosureElement.set("{http://www.andymatuschak.org/xml-namespaces/sparkle}dsaSignature", "0000000000")
+
+print "Produced <item> tag: " + etree.tostring(itemElement, pretty_print=True)
+
+# itemElement refers to current version element
+channelElement.insert(5, itemElement)
+
+# Serialize to text
+appCastText = etree.tostring(root, pretty_print=True)
+
+appCastFile = open(args.appcast, "w")
+appCastFile.write(appCastText)
+appCastFile.close()
+
+print "Appcast file updated"
+
+#print "Loading index.html"
+#indexFile = open("../site/index.html")
+#indexText = indexFile.read()
+#indexFile.close()
+
+#print "Updating index.html"
+
+quit()
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/site/401.shtml b/site/401.shtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ef995a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/site/401.shtml
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<HTML><HEAD>
+<TITLE>401 Authorization Required</TITLE>
+</HEAD><BODY>
+<H1>Authorization Required</H1>
+This server could not verify that you are authorized to access the document requested. Either you supplied the wrong credentials (e.g., bad password), or your browser doesn't understand how to supply the credentials required.
+<HR>
+<I><!--#echo var="HTTP_HOST" --></I>
+</BODY></HTML>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
diff --git a/site/403.shtml b/site/403.shtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3f9ae6a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/site/403.shtml
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="ru" lang="ru">
+<head>
+	<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8" />
+	<title>403 Forbidden - 403 Запрещено</title>
+
+	<link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="http://www.rx-name.net/stylesheets/global.css" media="all" />
+
+	<!--[if lte IE 7]>
+	<link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="stylesheets/ie7.css"    media="all" />
+	<script type="text/javascript" src="http://www.rx-name.net/javascripts/iepngfix.js"></script>
+	<![endif]-->
+
+	<script type="text/javascript" src="http://www.rx-name.net/javascripts/jquery-1.4.2.min.js"></script>
+	<script type="text/javascript" src="http://www.rx-name.net/javascripts/facebox.js"></script>
+	<script type="text/javascript" src="http://www.rx-name.net/javascripts/global.js"></script>
+
+	<link rel="Shortcut Icon" type="image/x-icon" href="http://www.rx-name.net/images/favicon.ico" />
+</head>
+
+<body>
+<div id="wrap">
+<div id="page" class="error-404">
+
+	<div id="header">
+		<a href="http://www.rx-name.net/"><img src="http://www.rx-name.net/images/logo.png" alt="RX-Name" title="RX-Name" class="logo" /></a>
+		<p class="support"><a href="http://www.rx-name.net/info/contacts/">Контактный центр: <strong>+380&nbsp;(44)&nbsp;593-74-78</strong></a></p>
+	</div>
+
+	<div id="main">
+
+		<div id="content">
+
+			<h1>До�туп запрещено / 403 / Forbidden </h1>
+			<ul>
+	      <li>Вы не имеете до�тупа к <!--#echo var="REQUEST_URI" -->  на �том �ервере.</li>
+				<li>You don't have permission to access <!--#echo var="REQUEST_URI" -->  on this server. </li>
+			</ul>
+			<p>Вы �можете найти ответ на возникший вопро� на �айте  <a href="http://www.rx-support.net/">www.rx-support.net</a>.</p>
+			<p align="center">Запрашиваемый �айт - 
+		    <!--#echo var="HTTP_HOST" --></p>
+
+		</div>
+
+	</div>
+
+</div>
+</div>
+</body>
+</html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/site/404.shtml b/site/404.shtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5f055b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/site/404.shtml
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="ru" lang="ru">
+<head>
+	<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8" />
+	<title>404 Not Found - 404 Страница не найдена</title>
+
+	<link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="http://www.rx-name.net/stylesheets/global.css" media="all" />
+
+	<!--[if lte IE 7]>
+	<link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="stylesheets/ie7.css"    media="all" />
+	<script type="text/javascript" src="http://www.rx-name.net/javascripts/iepngfix.js"></script>
+	<![endif]-->
+
+	<script type="text/javascript" src="http://www.rx-name.net/javascripts/jquery-1.4.2.min.js"></script>
+	<script type="text/javascript" src="http://www.rx-name.net/javascripts/facebox.js"></script>
+	<script type="text/javascript" src="http://www.rx-name.net/javascripts/global.js"></script>
+
+	<link rel="Shortcut Icon" type="image/x-icon" href="http://www.rx-name.net/images/favicon.ico" />
+</head>
+
+<body>
+<div id="wrap">
+<div id="page" class="error-404">
+
+	<div id="header">
+		<a href="http://www.rx-name.net/"><img src="http://www.rx-name.net/images/logo.png" alt="RX-Name" title="RX-Name" class="logo" /></a>
+		<p class="support"><a href="http://www.rx-name.net/info/contacts/">Контактный центр: <strong>+380&nbsp;(44)&nbsp;593-74-78</strong></a></p>
+	</div>
+
+	<div id="main">
+
+		<div id="content">
+
+			<h1>Страница не найдена / 404 / Not Found</h1>
+			<ul>
+		    <li>Запрашиваема� �траница <!--#echo var="REQUEST_URI" --> не найдена на �том �ервере.</li>
+				<li>The requested URL <!--#echo var="REQUEST_URI" --> was not found on this server.</li>
+			</ul>
+			<p>Вы �можете найти ответ на возникший вопро� на �айте  <a href="http://www.rx-support.net/">www.rx-support.net</a>.</p>
+<p align="center">Запрашиваемый �айт - 
+		    <!--#echo var="HTTP_HOST" --></p>
+		</div>
+
+	</div>
+
+</div>
+</div>
+</body>
+</html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/site/500.shtml b/site/500.shtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9289ca9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/site/500.shtml
@@ -0,0 +1,216 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<HTML><HEAD>
+<TITLE>500 Internal Server Error</TITLE>
+</HEAD><BODY>
+<H1>Internal Server Error</H1>
+The server encountered an internal error or misconfiguration and was unable to complete your request
+<HR>
+<I><!--#echo var="HTTP_HOST" --></I>
+</BODY></HTML>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
diff --git a/site/50x.html b/site/50x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f60f5e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/site/50x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html>
+<html>
+<head>
+<title>Error</title>
+<style>
+    body {
+        width: 35em;
+        margin: 0 auto;
+        font-family: Tahoma, Verdana, Arial, sans-serif;
+    }
+</style>
+</head>
+<body>
+<h1>An error occurred.</h1>
+<p>Sorry, the page you are looking for is currently unavailable.<br/>
+Please try again later.</p>
+<p>If you are the system administrator of this resource then you should check
+the <a href="http://nginx.org/r/error_log">error log</a> for details.</p>
+<p><em>Faithfully yours, nginx.</em></p>
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/site/Goldenrod.jpg b/site/Goldenrod.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..07d7fdb
Binary files /dev/null and b/site/Goldenrod.jpg differ
diff --git a/site/LittAppCast.xml b/site/LittAppCast.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5a7bf7a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/site/LittAppCast.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<rss xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xmlns:sparkle="http://www.andymatuschak.org/xml-namespaces/sparkle" xmlns:fervor="https://github.com/pypt/fervor" xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/" version="2.0">
+  <channel>
+    <title>Litt changelog</title>
+    <link>http://satorilight.com/LittAppCast.xml</link>
+    <description>Most recent changes with links to updates.</description>
+    <language>en</language>
+    <atom:link href="http://satorilight.com/LittAppCast.xml" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml"/>
+    <item>
+      <title>Version 0.8.16</title>
+      <pubDate>Sat, 08 Apr 2017 18:43:45 +0000</pubDate>
+      <guid isPermalink="true">http://satorilight.com/releasenotes.html</guid>
+      <link>http://satorilight.com/releasenotes.html</link>
+      <sparkle:releaseNotesLink>http://satorilight.com/releasenotes.html</sparkle:releaseNotesLink>
+      <enclosure url="http://satorilight.com/downloads/Litt-osx-0.8.16.dmg" type="application/octet-stream" length="12318860" fervor:platform="Q_OS_MAC" sparkle:version="0.8.16" sparkle:dsaSignature="0000000000"/>
+    </item>
+    <item>
+      <title>Version 0.8.15</title>
+      <pubDate>Sun, 20 Mar 2016 07:51:26 +0000</pubDate>
+      <guid isPermalink="true">http://satorilight.com/releasenotes.html</guid>
+      <link>http://satorilight.com/releasenotes.html</link>
+      <sparkle:releaseNotesLink>http://satorilight.com/releasenotes.html</sparkle:releaseNotesLink>
+      <enclosure url="http://satorilight.com/downloads/Litt-osx-0.8.15.dmg" type="application/octet-stream" length="12266435" fervor:platform="Q_OS_MAC" sparkle:version="0.8.15" sparkle:dsaSignature="0000000000"/>
+    </item>
+    <item>
+      <title>Version 0.8.14</title>
+      <pubDate>Sun, 20 Mar 2016 07:29:31 +0000</pubDate>
+      <guid isPermalink="true">http://satorilight.com/releasenotes.html</guid>
+      <link>http://satorilight.com/releasenotes.html</link>
+      <sparkle:releaseNotesLink>http://satorilight.com/releasenotes.html</sparkle:releaseNotesLink>
+      <enclosure url="http://satorilight.com/downloads/Litt-osx-0.8.14.dmg" type="application/octet-stream" length="12266119" fervor:platform="Q_OS_MAC" sparkle:version="0.8.14" sparkle:dsaSignature="0000000000"/>
+    </item>
+    <item>
+      <title>Version 0.8.12</title>
+      <pubDate>Thu, 11 Jun 2015 20:17:15 +0000</pubDate>
+      <guid isPermalink="true">http://satorilight.com/releasenotes.html</guid>
+      <link>http://satorilight.com/releasenotes.html</link>
+      <sparkle:releaseNotesLink>http://satorilight.com/releasenotes.html</sparkle:releaseNotesLink>
+      <enclosure url="http://satorilight.com/downloads/Litt-osx-0.8.12.dmg" type="application/octet-stream" length="11195709" fervor:platform="Q_OS_MAC" sparkle:version="0.8.12" sparkle:dsaSignature="0000000000"/>
+    </item>
+    <item>
+      <title>Version 0.8.11</title>
+      <pubDate>Thu, 28 May 2015 14:22:15 +0000</pubDate>
+      <guid isPermalink="true">http://satorilight.com/releasenotes.html</guid>
+      <link>http://satorilight.com/releasenotes.html</link>
+      <sparkle:releaseNotesLink>http://satorilight.com/releasenotes.html</sparkle:releaseNotesLink>
+      <enclosure url="http://satorilight.com/downloads/Litt-osx-0.8.11.dmg" type="application/octet-stream" length="11191111" fervor:platform="Q_OS_MAC" sparkle:version="0.8.11" sparkle:dsaSignature="0000000000"/>
+    </item>
+    <item>
+      <title>Version 0.8.10</title>
+      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Apr 2015 11:55:17 +0000</pubDate>
+      <guid isPermalink="true">http://satorilight.com/releasenotes.html</guid>
+      <link>http://satorilight.com/releasenotes.html</link>
+      <sparkle:releaseNotesLink>http://satorilight.com/releasenotes.html</sparkle:releaseNotesLink>
+      <enclosure url="http://satorilight.com/downloads/Litt-osx-0.8.10.dmg" type="application/octet-stream" length="11075650" fervor:platform="Q_OS_MAC" sparkle:version="0.8.10" sparkle:dsaSignature="0000000000"/>
+    </item>
+    <item>
+      <title>Version 0.8.9</title>
+      <pubDate>Fri, 24 Apr 2015 15:35:03 +0000</pubDate>
+      <guid isPermalink="true">http://satorilight.com/releasenotes.html</guid>
+      <link>http://satorilight.com/releasenotes.html</link>
+      <sparkle:releaseNotesLink>http://satorilight.com/releasenotes.html</sparkle:releaseNotesLink>
+      <enclosure url="http://satorilight.com/downloads/Litt-osx-0.8.9.dmg" type="application/octet-stream" length="11075664" fervor:platform="Q_OS_MAC" sparkle:version="0.8.9" sparkle:dsaSignature="0000000000"/>
+    </item>
+    <item>
+      <title>Version 0.8.8</title>
+      <pubDate>Wed, 15 Apr 2015 13:39:46 +0000</pubDate>
+      <guid isPermalink="true">http://satorilight.com/releasenotes.html</guid>
+      <link>http://satorilight.com/releasenotes.html</link>
+      <sparkle:releaseNotesLink>http://satorilight.com/releasenotes.html</sparkle:releaseNotesLink>
+      <enclosure url="http://satorilight.com/downloads/Litt-osx-0.8.8.dmg" type="application/octet-stream" length="11056244" fervor:platform="Q_OS_MAC" sparkle:version="0.8.8" sparkle:dsaSignature="0000000000"/>
+    </item>
+    <item>
+      <title>Version 0.8.7</title>
+      <pubDate>Fri, 10 Apr 2015 14:54:09 +0000</pubDate>
+      <guid isPermalink="true">http://satorilight.com/releasenotes.html</guid>
+      <link>http://satorilight.com/releasenotes.html</link>
+      <sparkle:releaseNotesLink>http://satorilight.com/releasenotes.html</sparkle:releaseNotesLink>
+      <enclosure url="http://satorilight.com/downloads/Litt-osx-0.8.7.dmg" type="application/octet-stream" length="11055739" fervor:platform="Q_OS_MAC" sparkle:version="0.8.7" sparkle:dsaSignature="0000000000"/>
+    </item>
+    <item>
+      <title>Version 0.8.6</title>
+      <pubDate>Mon, 06 Apr 2015 17:45:30 +0000</pubDate>
+      <guid isPermalink="true">http://satorilight.com/releasenotes.html</guid>
+      <link>http://satorilight.com/releasenotes.html</link>
+      <sparkle:releaseNotesLink>http://satorilight.com/releasenotes.html</sparkle:releaseNotesLink>
+      <enclosure url="http://satorilight.com/downloads/Litt-osx-0.8.6.dmg" type="application/octet-stream" length="11050968" fervor:platform="Q_OS_MAC" sparkle:version="0.8.6" sparkle:dsaSignature="0000000000"/>
+    </item>
+    <item>
+      <title>Version 0.8.5</title>
+      <pubDate>Mon, 06 Apr 2015 16:29:16 +0000</pubDate>
+      <guid isPermalink="true">http://satorilight.com/releasenotes.html</guid>
+      <link>http://satorilight.com/releasenotes.html</link>
+      <sparkle:releaseNotesLink>http://satorilight.com/releasenotes.html</sparkle:releaseNotesLink>
+      <enclosure url="http://satorilight.com/downloads/litt-osx-0.8.5.dmg" type="application/octet-stream" length="11048053" fervor:platform="Q_OS_MAC" sparkle:version="0.8.5" sparkle:dsaSignature="0000000000"/>
+    </item>
+    <item>
+      <title>Version 0.8.4</title>
+      <pubDate>Mon, 16 Mar 2015 18:47:28 +0000</pubDate>
+      <guid isPermalink="true">http://satorilight.com/releasenotes.html</guid>
+      <link>http://satorilight.com/releasenotes.html</link>
+      <sparkle:releaseNotesLink>http://satorilight.com/releasenotes.html</sparkle:releaseNotesLink>
+      <enclosure url="http://satorilight.com/downloads/Litt-osx-0.8.4.zip" type="application/octet-stream" length="26231845" fervor:platform="Q_OS_MAC" sparkle:version="0.8.4" sparkle:dsaSignature="0000000000"/>
+    </item>
+    <item>
+      <title>Version 0.8.3</title>
+      <pubDate>Mon, 16 Mar 2015 18:01:06 +0000</pubDate>
+      <guid isPermalink="true">http://satorilight.com/releasenotes.html</guid>
+      <link>http://satorilight.com/releasenotes.html</link>
+      <sparkle:releaseNotesLink>http://satorilight.com/releasenotes.html</sparkle:releaseNotesLink>
+      <enclosure url="http://satorilight.com/downloads/litt-osx-0.8.2.zip" type="application/octet-stream" length="24719775" fervor:platform="Q_OS_MAC" sparkle:version="0.8.3" sparkle:dsaSignature="0000000000"/>
+    </item>
+  </channel>
+</rss>
diff --git a/site/RelNotes.html b/site/RelNotes.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cc57532
--- /dev/null
+++ b/site/RelNotes.html
@@ -0,0 +1,267 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+
+<!--
+This sample page was also "borrowed" from Sparkle (IIRC), so:
+
+	Copyright 2007 Andy Matuschak. All rights reserved.
+-->
+
+
+<html lang="lt" xml:lang="lt" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+
+<head>
+	<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8" />
+	<title>Sample Release Notes</title>
+	<meta name="robots" content="anchors" />
+	<style type="text/css" media="all"><!--
+	
+	body {
+		margin: 12px;
+	}
+
+	h1 {
+		font-size: 11pt;
+		font-family: "Lucida Grande", Arial, sans-serif;
+		margin-bottom: 0
+	}
+
+	h2 {
+		font-size: 9pt;
+		font-family: "Lucida Grande", Arial, sans-serif;
+		margin-top: 0;
+		margin-bottom: -10px
+	}
+
+	h3 {
+		font-size: 9pt;
+		font-family: "Lucida Grande", Arial, sans-serif;
+		font-weight: bold;
+		margin-top: -4px;
+		margin-bottom: -4px
+	}
+
+	p {
+		font-size: 9pt;
+		font-family: "Lucida Grande", Arial, sans-serif;
+		line-height: 12pt;
+		text-decoration: none
+	}
+
+	ol {
+		font-size: 9pt;
+		font-family: "Lucida Grande", Arial, sans-serif;
+		line-height: 12pt;
+		list-style-position: outside;
+		margin-top: 12px;
+		margin-bottom: 12px;
+		margin-left: -18px;
+		padding-left: 40px
+	}
+
+	ol li {
+		margin-top: 6px;
+		margin-bottom: 6px
+	}
+
+	ol p {
+		margin-top: 6px;
+		margin-bottom: 6px
+	}
+
+	ul {
+		font-size: 9pt;
+		font-family: "Lucida Grande", Arial, sans-serif;
+		line-height: 12pt;
+		list-style-type: square;
+		list-style-position: outside;
+		margin-top: 12px;
+		margin-bottom: 12px;
+		margin-left: -24px;
+		padding-left: 40px
+	}
+
+	ul li {
+		margin-top: 6px;
+		margin-bottom: 6px
+	}
+
+	ul p {
+		margin-top: 6px;
+		margin-bottom: 6px
+	}
+
+	a {
+		color: #00f;
+		font-size: 9pt;
+		font-family: "Lucida Grande", Arial, sans-serif;
+		line-height: 12pt;
+		text-decoration: none
+	}
+
+	a:hover {
+		color: #00f;
+		font-family: "Lucida Grande", Arial, sans-serif;
+		text-decoration: underline
+	}
+
+	hr {
+		text-decoration: none;
+		border: solid 1px #bfbfbf
+	}
+
+	td {
+		padding: 6px
+	}
+
+	#banner {
+		background-color: #f2f2f2;
+		background-repeat: no-repeat;
+		padding: -2px 6px 0;
+		position: fixed;
+		top: 0;
+		left: 0;
+		width: 100%;
+		height: 1.2em;
+		float: left;
+		border: solid 1px #bfbfbf;
+	}
+
+	#caticon {
+		margin-top: 3px;
+		margin-bottom: -3px;
+		margin-right: 5px;
+		float: left;
+	}
+
+	#pagetitle {
+		margin-top: 12px;
+		margin-bottom: 0px;
+		margin-left: 40px;
+		width: 88%;
+		border: solid 1px #fff
+	}
+
+	#mainbox {
+		margin-top: 2349px;
+		padding-right: 6px
+	}
+
+	#taskbox {
+		background-color: #e6edff;
+		list-style-type: decimal;
+		list-style-position: outside;
+		margin: 12px 0;
+		padding: 2px 12px;
+		border: solid 1px #bfbfbf
+	}
+
+	#taskbox h2 {
+		margin-top: 8;
+		margin-bottom: -4px
+	}
+
+	#machelp {
+		position: absolute;
+		top: 2px;
+		left: 10px;
+	}
+
+	#index {
+		background-color: #f2f2f2;
+		padding-right: 25px;
+		top: 2px;
+		right: 12px;
+		width: auto;
+		float: right
+	}
+
+	#next {
+		position: absolute;
+		top: 49px;
+		left: 88%
+	}
+
+	#asindent {
+		margin-left: 22px;
+		font-size: 9pt;
+		font-family: Verdana, Courier, sans-serif;
+	}
+
+	.bread {
+		color: #00f;
+		font-size: 8pt;
+		margin: -9px 0 -6px
+	}
+
+	.leftborder {
+		color: #00f;
+		font-size: 8pt;
+		margin: -9px 0 -6px;
+		padding-top: 2px;
+		padding-bottom: 3px;
+		padding-left: 8px;
+		border-left: 1px solid #bfbfbf
+	}
+
+	.mult {
+		margin-top: -8px
+	}
+
+	.type_bugfix {
+		background-color: #ffe6e6;
+		margin-top: -3px;
+		margin-bottom: -3px;
+		padding-top: -3px;
+		padding-bottom: -3px
+	}
+
+	.type_feature {
+		background-color: #e6ffe6;
+		margin-top: -3px;
+		margin-bottom: -3px;
+		padding-top: -3px;
+		padding-bottom: -3px
+	}
+
+	.type_other {
+		background-color: #e6e6ff;
+		margin-top: -3px;
+		margin-bottom: -3px;
+		padding-top: -3px;
+		padding-bottom: -3px
+	}
+
+	.rightfloater {
+		float: right;
+		margin-left: 15px;
+	}
+
+	.rules {
+		border-bottom: 1px dotted #ccc
+	}
+
+	.dots {
+		border: dotted 1px #ccc
+	}
+
+	.seealso {
+		margin-top: 4px;
+		margin-bottom: 4px
+	}
+
+	code {
+		color: black;
+		font-size: 9pt;
+		font-family: Verdana, Courier, sans-serif;
+	}
+
+	--></style>
+</head>
+
+<body>
+
+
+</body>
+
+</html>
diff --git a/site/changelog.txt b/site/changelog.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..26b5d0b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/site/changelog.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+2015-01-15 - fixed minor UI issues
+2015-01-15 - fixed minor UI issues
+2015-01-15 - fixes in time tree view; fixes for website
+2015-01-15 - better text for "add child task" action
+2015-01-15 - fixed issue with reordering tasks
+2015-01-05 - better icon for os x
+2015-01-05 - fixed UI problem with tray icon
+2015-01-04 - better deployment scheme
+2015-01-04 - add license text
+2015-01-04 - add task.flags field in DB
+2015-01-03 - add show/hide tray icon option
+2015-01-03 - fix minor UI issue for new database dialog
+- add attachments tables in SQL schema
+2015-01-03 - better build script
+2015-01-02 - minor fixes
+2014-12-30 - new application icon
+2014-12-30 - more work on timeline modifications. Remove/add works.
+2014-12-28 - more work on time interval editor
+2014-12-27 - initial work on time interval modifying
+2014-12-27 - improved detection of duplicate time intervals
+2014-12-26 - more work for duplicated intervals detection
+2014-12-23 - more fixes
+2014-12-23 - fixed minor problem in smart time tracking
+2014-12-18 - more work on os x specific features
+2014-12-13 - fixes and migration to qt 5.4.0
+2014-12-12 - Qt4 build
+2014-12-08 - more work to integrate smart tracking
+2014-12-08 - add logger
+2014-11-29 - initial work on intellectual time tracking
+2014-11-29 - fixed problem in time report
+2014-11-24 - add website initial page
+2014-11-24 - add initial time report implementation
+2014-11-21 - few minor fixes in sqlite handling + time tree model
+2014-11-21 - DB journals moved to memory
+2014-11-21 - minor fix to avoid crash on exit
+2014-11-20 - more work on time tree model
+2014-11-20 - UI fixes for OS X build
+2014-11-19 - moving to password dialogs as OS X sheets
+2014-11-18 - minor fixes
+2014-11-15 - fixed problem when storing litt.ini in invalid place
+2014-11-15 - started work on timeline viewer/editor
+2014-11-13 - fixes
+- os x redist script is improved
+2014-11-13 - many minor fixes
+2014-11-12 - more work to support new UI
+2014-11-07 - moving to simpler UI
+2014-11-06 - initial work to support complex view of timeline
+2014-11-05 - initial work on better time tree
+2014-10-29 - fixed few bugs in dnd
+2014-10-27 - more work to support drag-and-drop in task tree
+2014-10-24 - fixed problem in task moving
+2014-10-23 - initial work to support task moving
+2014-10-23 - minor fix
+2014-10-23 - more fixes on preferences handling
+2014-10-19 - work on better settings support
+2014-10-19 - minor fixes
+- work on preferences dialog
+2014-10-19 - minor fixes
+- tray icon
+2014-10-12 - played with time period column width
+2014-10-12 - add todo file
+2014-10-12 - remove QtSql module + fix os x build script
+2014-10-12 - sqlcipher integration works again
+2014-10-09 - migration to standalone sqlcipher distribution to avoid Qt SQLCIPHER
+plugin dependency
+2014-05-25 - work on better time tree
+2014-05-25 - moved to plain text
+- moved to plain db
+2014-02-08 - build script for os x
+2014-02-08 - database encryption
+2014-02-02 - more work on encryption
+2014-02-02 - encryption work
+2014-01-31 - fixes for os x build
+2014-01-31 - fixes in db deployment
+2014-01-30 - preparation to first release
+2014-01-30 - initial import
diff --git a/site/css/style.css b/site/css/style.css
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e34a61c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/site/css/style.css
@@ -0,0 +1,443 @@
+/* "Simpliste" template. Renat Rafikov. http://cssr.ru/simpliste/ */
+
+/* CSS reset. Based on HTML5 boilerplate reset http://html5boilerplate.com/  */
+article, aside, details, figcaption, figure, footer, header, hgroup, nav, section { display:block; }
+audio[controls], canvas, video { display:inline-block; *display:inline; *zoom:1; }
+html { font-size:100%; overflow-y:scroll; -webkit-overflow-scrolling:touch; -webkit-tap-highlight-color:rgba(0,0,0,0); -webkit-text-size-adjust:100%; -ms-text-size-adjust:100%; }
+body { margin:0; font-size:13px; line-height:1.231; }
+body, button, input, select, textarea { font-family:sans-serif; color:#222; }
+a { color:#00e; }
+a:visited { color:#551a8b; }
+a:focus { outline:thin dotted; }
+a:hover, a:active { outline:0; }
+abbr[title] { border-bottom:1px dotted; }
+b, strong { font-weight:bold; }
+blockquote { margin:1em 40px; }
+dfn { font-style:italic; }
+hr { display:block; height:1px; border:0; border-top:1px solid #ccc; margin:1em 0; padding:0; }
+ins { background:#ff9; color:#000; text-decoration:none; }
+mark { background:#ff0; color:#000; font-style:italic; font-weight:bold; }
+pre, code, kbd, samp { font-family:monospace, monospace; _font-family:'courier new', monospace; font-size:1em; }
+pre { white-space:pre; white-space:pre-wrap; word-wrap:break-word; }
+q { quotes:none; }
+q:before, q:after { content:""; content:none; }
+small { font-size:85%; }
+sub, sup { font-size:75%; line-height:0; position:relative; vertical-align:baseline; }
+sup { top:-0.5em; }
+sub { bottom:-0.25em; }
+ul, ol { margin:1em 0; padding:0 0 0 2em; }
+dd { margin:0 0 0 40px; }
+nav ul, nav ol { list-style:none; margin:0; padding:0; }
+img { border:0; -ms-interpolation-mode:bicubic; }
+svg:not(:root) { overflow:hidden;}
+figure { margin:0; }
+form { margin:0; }
+fieldset { border:0; margin:0; padding:0; }
+legend { border:0; *margin-left:-7px; padding:0; }
+label { cursor:pointer; }
+button, input, select, textarea { font-size:100%; margin:0; vertical-align:baseline; *vertical-align:middle; }
+button, input { line-height:normal; *overflow:visible; }
+button, input[type="button"], input[type="reset"], input[type="submit"] { cursor:pointer; -webkit-appearance:button; }
+input[type="checkbox"], input[type="radio"] { box-sizing:border-box; }
+input[type="search"] { -moz-box-sizing:content-box; -webkit-box-sizing:content-box; box-sizing:content-box; }
+button::-moz-focus-inner, input::-moz-focus-inner { border:0; padding:0; }
+textarea { overflow:auto; vertical-align:top; }
+input:valid, textarea:valid {  }
+input:invalid, textarea:invalid { background-color:#f0dddd; }
+table { border-collapse:collapse; border-spacing:0; }
+.hidden { display:none; visibility:hidden; }
+.clearfix:before, .clearfix:after { content:""; display:table; }
+.clearfix:after { clear:both; }
+.clearfix { zoom:1; }
+/* End CSS reset */
+
+
+/* Columns 
+-------
+.col_33 | .col_33 | .col_33
+.clearfix
+-------
+.col_66 | .col_33
+.clearfix
+-------
+.col_50 | .col_50
+.clearfix
+-------
+.col_100
+-------
+*/
+.col_33 {
+  width:31%;
+  margin:0 2% 0 0;
+  float:left;
+}
+
+.col_50 {
+  width:48%;
+  margin:0 2% 0 0;
+  float:left;
+}
+
+.col_66 {
+  width:64%;
+  margin:0 2% 0 0;
+  float:left;
+}
+
+.col_100 {
+  width:98%;
+  margin:0 2% 0 0;
+}
+/* End columns */
+
+
+/* Helper classes */
+.center {text-align:center;}
+.left {text-align:left;}
+.right {text-align:right;}
+
+.img_floatleft {float:left; margin:0 10px 5px 0;}
+.img_floatright {float:right; margin:0 0 5px 10px;}
+
+.img {max-width:100%;}
+/* End helper classes */
+
+
+/* [Skin "iSimple"] */
+.container {
+  max-width:1300px;
+  margin:0 auto;
+}
+
+.header {
+  margin:1px 0 0.5em 0;
+  padding:1.5em 3% 0 3%;
+}
+
+.logo {
+  float:left;
+  display:inline-block;
+  font-size:18px;
+  text-shadow:1px 1px 1px #ffffff;
+}
+
+.menu_main {
+  width:50%;
+  float:right;
+  text-align:right;
+  margin:0.3em 0 0 0;
+  font-size:12px;
+}
+
+.menu_main li {
+  display:inline-block;
+  margin:0 0 0 4px;
+}
+
+.menu_main li.active,
+.menu_main li.active a {
+  color:#000;
+  text-decoration:none;
+  cursor:default;
+}
+
+.info {
+  padding:0 1% 1em 1%;
+}
+
+.footer {
+  padding:1em 3% 3em 3%;
+  color:#717171;
+  font-size:12px;
+}
+
+.copyright {
+  width:49%;
+  float:left;
+  text-shadow:1px 1px 1px #ffffff;
+}
+
+.menu_bottom {
+  width:50%;
+  float:right;
+  text-align:right;
+  margin:0;
+  padding:0;
+  font-size:12px;
+}
+.menu_bottom li {
+  display:inline-block;
+  margin:0 0 0 4px;
+}
+.menu_bottom li.active,
+.menu_bottom li.active a {
+  color:#666;
+  text-decoration:none;
+  cursor:default;
+}
+
+/* Skin appearance */
+body {
+  background:#f2f2f2;
+  font-family:arial, sans-serif;
+}
+
+a { color:#0085c5; }
+a:hover { text-decoration:none; }
+a:visited { color:#4a00c5; }
+
+ul li, ol li {
+  padding:0 0 0.4em 0;
+}
+
+.hero {
+  background:#fff;
+  border:1px solid #fff;
+  -webkit-border-radius:5px;
+  -moz-border-radius:5px;
+  border-radius:5px;
+  -webkit-box-shadow:#8b8b8b 0px 0px 5px inset;
+  -moz-box-shadow:#8b8b8b 0px 0px 5px inset;
+  box-shadow:#8b8b8b 0px 0px 5px inset;
+  padding:15px 0 15px 2%;
+  margin:0 0 15px 0;
+}
+
+.hero h1 {
+  font-size:24px;
+  font-size:18px;
+  color:#3d3d3d;
+}
+
+.article {
+  background:#fff;
+  border:1px solid #cbcbcb;
+  -webkit-border-radius:5px;
+  -moz-border-radius:5px;
+  border-radius:5px;
+  -webkit-box-shadow:#8b8b8b 0px 0px 3px;
+  -moz-box-shadow:#8b8b8b 0px 0px 3px;
+  box-shadow:#8b8b8b 0px 0px 3px;
+  padding:15px 0 15px 2%;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, h4 {
+  font-weight:normal;
+}
+
+h5, h6 {
+  font-weight:bold;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size:22px;
+}
+
+.form label {
+  display:inline-block;
+  padding:0 0 4px 0;
+}
+
+a.button,
+.button {
+  border:0;
+  text-align:center; 
+  text-decoration:none;
+  -webkit-border-radius:4px;
+  -moz-border-radius:4px;
+  border-radius:4px;
+  -webkit-box-shadow:#999 0px 0px 1px;
+  -moz-box-shadow:#999 0px 0px 1px;
+  box-shadow:#999 0px 0px 1px;
+  background:#4aa6d6;
+  background:-webkit-gradient(linear, 0 0, 0 bottom, from(#1f7daa), to(#4aa6d6));
+  background:-webkit-linear-gradient(#1f7daa, #4aa6d6);
+  background:-moz-linear-gradient(#1f7daa, #4aa6d6);
+  background:-ms-linear-gradient(#1f7daa, #4aa6d6);
+  background:-o-linear-gradient(#1f7daa, #4aa6d6);
+  background:linear-gradient(#1f7daa, #4aa6d6);
+  color:#fff;
+  padding:10px 20px;
+  font-family:verdana, sans-serif;
+  text-shadow:1px 1px 1px #12455d;
+  display:inline-block;
+}
+a.button:hover,
+.button:hover {
+  color:#fff;  
+  background:-webkit-gradient(linear, 0 0, 0 bottom, from(#4aa6d6), to(#1f7daa));
+  background:-webkit-linear-gradient(#4aa6d6, #1f7daa);
+  background:-moz-linear-gradient(#4aa6d6, #1f7daa);
+  background:-ms-linear-gradient(#4aa6d6, #1f7daa);
+  background:-o-linear-gradient(#4aa6d6, #1f7daa);
+  background:linear-gradient(#4aa6d6, #1f7daa);
+}
+a.button:active,
+.button:active {
+  color:#093950;
+  text-shadow:1px 1px 1px #7ac8f0;
+  -webkit-box-shadow:#093950 0px 2px 3px inset;
+  -moz-box-shadow:#093950 0px 2px 3px inset;
+  box-shadow:#093950 0px 2px 3px inset;
+}
+
+.table {
+  width:100%;
+}
+.table th {
+  padding:5px 7px;
+  font-weight:bold;
+  text-align:left;
+  font-size:0.9em;
+  border-bottom:1px solid #ddd;
+}
+.table td {
+  padding:9px 7px;
+  border-left:1px solid #ddd;
+}
+.table tr td:first-child {border-left:0;}
+
+.table tr {
+  border-bottom:1px solid #fbfbfb;
+}
+.table tr:nth-child(even) {
+  background:#F2F2F2;
+}
+
+.table tr:last-child {
+  border:0;
+}
+
+.warning {
+  border:1px solid #ec252e;
+  background:#ec252e;
+  color:#fff;
+  padding:8px 14px;
+  background:-webkit-gradient(linear, 0 0, 0 bottom, from(#ec252e), to(#F05057));
+  background:-webkit-linear-gradient(#ec252e, #F05057);
+  background:-moz-linear-gradient(#ec252e, #F05057);
+  background:-ms-linear-gradient(#ec252e, #F05057);
+  background:-o-linear-gradient(#ec252e, #F05057);
+  background:linear-gradient(#ec252e, #F05057);
+  -webkit-border-radius:8px;
+  -moz-border-radius:8px;
+  border-radius:8px;
+}
+.success {
+  border:1px solid #6e9e30;
+  color:#fff;
+  background:#0bbe2e;
+  padding:8px 14px;
+  background:-webkit-gradient(linear, 0 0, 0 bottom, from(#6e9e30), to(#87c03b));
+  background:-webkit-linear-gradient(#6e9e30, #87c03b);
+  background:-moz-linear-gradient(#6e9e30, #87c03b);
+  background:-ms-linear-gradient(#6e9e30, #87c03b);
+  background:-o-linear-gradient(#6e9e30, #87c03b);
+  background:linear-gradient(#6e9e30, #87c03b);
+  -webkit-border-radius:8px;
+  -moz-border-radius:8px;
+  border-radius:8px;
+}
+.message {
+  border:1px solid #2180ff;
+  color:#1f49bf;
+  background:#bcd9ff;
+  padding:8px 14px;
+  -webkit-border-radius:8px;
+  -moz-border-radius:8px;
+  border-radius:8px;
+}
+/* [End skin] */
+
+
+/* Temp */
+#skins .active a {text-decoration:none; font-weight:bold; color:#666; cursor:default}
+
+.skin_simple {color:#EA0000;}
+.skin_isimple {color:#ddd;}
+.skin_simploid {color:#86C300;}
+/* End temp */
+
+
+@media only screen and (max-width:480px) { /* Smartphone */
+  .logo{
+    display:block;
+    float:none;
+    text-align:center;
+    padding:0;
+  }
+  
+  .menu_main {
+    width:100%;
+    text-align:center;
+    float:none;
+    padding:0;
+    margin:1em 0 0 0;
+  }
+  
+  .menu_main a {
+    display:inline-block;
+    padding:7px;
+  }
+  
+  .copyright {
+    width:100%;
+    float:none;
+    text-align:center;
+  }
+
+  .footer  {
+    padding-bottom:0;
+  }
+  
+  .menu_bottom {
+    width:100%;
+    float:none;
+    text-align:center;
+    margin:1em 0 0 0;
+    padding:0;
+  }  
+  .menu_bottom a {
+    display:inline-block;
+    padding:6px;
+  }
+  
+  .form textarea {
+    width:100%;
+  }  
+  .form label {
+    padding:10px 0 8px 0;
+  }
+}
+
+
+@media only screen and (max-width:768px) { /* Tablet */
+  .col_33,
+  .col_66,
+  .col_50  {
+    width:98%;
+    float:none;
+  } 
+  
+  .form label {
+    padding:10px 0 8px 0;
+  }
+}
+
+
+@media print { /* Printer */
+  * { background:transparent !important; color:black !important; text-shadow:none !important; filter:none !important; -ms-filter:none !important; }
+  a, a:visited { color:#444 !important; text-decoration:underline; }
+  a[href]:after { content:" (" attr(href) ")"; }
+  abbr[title]:after { content:" (" attr(title) ")"; }
+  pre, blockquote { border:1px solid #999; page-break-inside:avoid; }
+  thead { display:table-header-group; }
+  tr, img { page-break-inside:avoid; }
+  img { max-width:100% !important; }
+  @page { margin:0.5cm; }
+  p, h2, h3 { orphans:3; widows:3; }
+  h2, h3{ page-break-after:avoid; }
+  
+  .header, .footer, .form {display:none;}
+  .col_33, .col_66, .col_50  { width:98%; float:none; } 
+}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/site/favicon.ico b/site/favicon.ico
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0eae539
Binary files /dev/null and b/site/favicon.ico differ
diff --git a/site/img/ask_password.png b/site/img/ask_password.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c774f43
Binary files /dev/null and b/site/img/ask_password.png differ
diff --git a/site/img/menu_edit.png b/site/img/menu_edit.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..efe107b
Binary files /dev/null and b/site/img/menu_edit.png differ
diff --git a/site/img/menu_tools.png b/site/img/menu_tools.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f3b2dfd
Binary files /dev/null and b/site/img/menu_tools.png differ
diff --git a/site/img/new_password.png b/site/img/new_password.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e2ed135
Binary files /dev/null and b/site/img/new_password.png differ
diff --git a/site/img/preferences.png b/site/img/preferences.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fde31aa
Binary files /dev/null and b/site/img/preferences.png differ
diff --git a/site/img/search_in_task.png b/site/img/search_in_task.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c51ebb9
Binary files /dev/null and b/site/img/search_in_task.png differ
diff --git a/site/img/search_in_tasks.png b/site/img/search_in_tasks.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a90c621
Binary files /dev/null and b/site/img/search_in_tasks.png differ
diff --git a/site/img/stop the work - change it.png b/site/img/stop the work - change it.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..68a98fa
Binary files /dev/null and b/site/img/stop the work - change it.png differ
diff --git a/site/img/taskcontent.png b/site/img/taskcontent.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0d2e8c2
Binary files /dev/null and b/site/img/taskcontent.png differ
diff --git a/site/img/timeline_add.png b/site/img/timeline_add.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d5ee5bb
Binary files /dev/null and b/site/img/timeline_add.png differ
diff --git a/site/img/timeline_selected.png b/site/img/timeline_selected.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f2b8d00
Binary files /dev/null and b/site/img/timeline_selected.png differ
diff --git a/site/img/timereport_1.png b/site/img/timereport_1.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..946dcb9
Binary files /dev/null and b/site/img/timereport_1.png differ
diff --git a/site/img/timereport_2.png b/site/img/timereport_2.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2a5c93f
Binary files /dev/null and b/site/img/timereport_2.png differ
diff --git a/site/img/timereport_3.png b/site/img/timereport_3.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..edfe2ca
Binary files /dev/null and b/site/img/timereport_3.png differ
diff --git a/site/img/traymenu.png b/site/img/traymenu.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f93b807
Binary files /dev/null and b/site/img/traymenu.png differ
diff --git a/site/img/workstarted.png b/site/img/workstarted.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6f346c4
Binary files /dev/null and b/site/img/workstarted.png differ
diff --git a/site/img/workstopped.png b/site/img/workstopped.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8d92a85
Binary files /dev/null and b/site/img/workstopped.png differ
diff --git a/site/index.html b/site/index.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1c60125
--- /dev/null
+++ b/site/index.html
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+<!doctype html>
+<html lang="en">
+<head>
+  <meta charset="utf-8">
+  <meta name="viewport" content="width=device-width,initial-scale=1">
+  <link href="favicon.ico" rel="shortcut icon">
+  <link rel="stylesheet" href="css/style.css">
+  <script src="lightbox/js/jquery-1.11.0.min.js"></script>
+  <script src="lightbox/js/lightbox.min.js"></script>
+  <link href="lightbox/css/lightbox.css" rel="stylesheet" />
+  
+  <title></title>  
+  <!--[if lt IE 9]><script src="http://html5shiv.googlecode.com/svn/trunk/html5.js"></script><![endif]-->
+</head>
+
+<body>
+<script>
+  (function(i,s,o,g,r,a,m){i['GoogleAnalyticsObject']=r;i[r]=i[r]||function(){
+  (i[r].q=i[r].q||[]).push(arguments)},i[r].l=1*new Date();a=s.createElement(o),
+  m=s.getElementsByTagName(o)[0];a.async=1;a.src=g;m.parentNode.insertBefore(a,m)
+  })(window,document,'script','//www.google-analytics.com/analytics.js','ga');
+
+  ga('create', 'UA-3270008-6', 'auto');
+  ga('send', 'pageview');
+
+</script>
+
+  <div class="container">
+
+    <header class="header clearfix">
+      <div class="logo">Litt application</div>
+    </header>
+
+
+    <div class="info">
+      <article class="hero clearfix">
+        <div class="col_100">
+          <h1>Litt - idea & time tracker.</h1>
+          <p>Litt is little idea & time tracker. It combines functionality of outliner & time tracker in single application.</p>
+	  <p>Features: </p>
+          <p>
+            <ul>
+	      <li>Access to Litt database is protected with user defined password. Security implementation is based on open source standards. Litt uses <a href="https://www.zetetic.net/sqlcipher/open-source/">sqlcipher project</a> as storage backend.</li>
+              <li>Crossplatform - implemented with <a href="http://qt-project.org/">Qt framework</a>, runs on most modern platforms.</li>
+              <li>Time tracking - every your stored note has own time tracker - you can see how much time was spent for work. Great for creating invoices also. </li>
+	      <li>Smart start / stop of time tracking depending on activity on computer. Of course it can be enabled or disabled from preferences. </li>
+	      <li>Attachments - you can add any file to your notes.</li>
+	      <li>No bloatware - just plain text / attachments / time tracking.</li>
+	      <li>There is NO any GTD theory behind of this - you can use application as you wish.</li>
+            </ul>
+          </p>
+          <p>
+              Contact mail: info (at) satorilight.com
+          </p>
+
+        </div>
+      </article>
+
+
+      <article class="article clearfix">
+        <div class="col_100">
+          <h2>Availability</h2>
+          <p><a href="http://satorilight.com/downloads/Litt-osx-0.8.17.dmg">DMG package for OS X 10.6+</a></p>
+          <p><a href="releasenotes.html">Changelog</a> | 
+<!--	  <p><a href="http://satorilight.com/downloads/littapp-win32.zip">Version for Windows</a></p> -->
+        </div>
+      </article>
+      
+      <p></p>
+      <article class="article clearfix">
+	<div class="col_100">
+          <h2>Screenshots</h2>
+             <a href="img/new_password.png" data-lightbox="screenshot">Password for new database</a> | 
+             <a href="img/ask_password.png" data-lightbox="screenshot">Ask password on open</a> | 
+             <a href="img/taskcontent.png" data-lightbox="screenshot">Task content</a> | 
+             <a href="img/workstarted.png" data-lightbox="screenshot">Work started</a> | 
+             <a href="img/workstopped.png" data-lightbox="screenshot">Work stopped</a> | 
+             <a href="img/traymenu.png" data-lightbox="screenshot">Tray menu</a> | 
+             <a href="img/preferences.png" data-lightbox="screenshot">Preferences</a> | 
+             <a href="img/timereport_1.png" data-lightbox="screenshot">Time report</a></p>
+         </div>
+      </article>
+    </div>
+    
+    <footer class="footer clearfix">
+      <div class="copyright">(C) com.satorilight 2012 - 2017</div>
+    </footer>
+
+  </div>
+<script src="//static.getclicky.com/js" type="text/javascript"></script>
+<script type="text/javascript">try{ clicky.init(100689225); }catch(e){}</script>
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/site/index.html.bak b/site/index.html.bak
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9a95d06
--- /dev/null
+++ b/site/index.html.bak
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+<!doctype html>
+<html lang="en">
+<head>
+  <meta charset="utf-8">
+  <meta name="viewport" content="width=device-width,initial-scale=1">
+  <link href="favicon.ico" rel="shortcut icon">
+  <link rel="stylesheet" href="css/style.css">
+  <script src="lightbox/js/jquery-1.11.0.min.js"></script>
+  <script src="lightbox/js/lightbox.min.js"></script>
+  <link href="lightbox/css/lightbox.css" rel="stylesheet" />
+  
+  <title></title>  
+  <!--[if lt IE 9]><script src="http://html5shiv.googlecode.com/svn/trunk/html5.js"></script><![endif]-->
+</head>
+
+<body>
+<script>
+  (function(i,s,o,g,r,a,m){i['GoogleAnalyticsObject']=r;i[r]=i[r]||function(){
+  (i[r].q=i[r].q||[]).push(arguments)},i[r].l=1*new Date();a=s.createElement(o),
+  m=s.getElementsByTagName(o)[0];a.async=1;a.src=g;m.parentNode.insertBefore(a,m)
+  })(window,document,'script','//www.google-analytics.com/analytics.js','ga');
+
+  ga('create', 'UA-3270008-6', 'auto');
+  ga('send', 'pageview');
+
+</script>
+
+  <div class="container">
+
+    <header class="header clearfix">
+      <div class="logo">Litt application</div>
+    </header>
+
+
+    <div class="info">
+      <article class="hero clearfix">
+        <div class="col_100">
+          <h1>Litt - idea & time tracker.</h1>
+          <p>Litt is little idea & time tracker. It combines functionality of outliner & time tracker in single application.</p>
+	  <p>Features: </p>
+          <p>
+            <ul>
+	      <li>Access to Litt database is protected with user defined password. Security implementation is based on open source standards. Litt uses <a href="https://www.zetetic.net/sqlcipher/open-source/">sqlcipher project</a> as storage backend.</li>
+              <li>Crossplatform - implemented with <a href="http://qt-project.org/">Qt framework</a>, runs on most modern platforms.</li>
+              <li>Time tracking - every your stored note has own time tracker - you can see how much time was spent for work. Great for creating invoices also. </li>
+	      <li>Smart start / stop of time tracking depending on activity on computer. Of course it can be enabled or disabled from preferences. </li>
+	      <li>Attachments - you can add any file to your notes.</li>
+	      <li>No bloatware - just plain text / attachments / time tracking.</li>
+	      <li>There is NO any GTD theory behind of this - you can use application as you wish.</li>
+            </ul>
+          </p>
+          <p>
+              Contact mail: info (at) satorilight.com
+          </p>
+
+        </div>
+      </article>
+
+
+      <article class="article clearfix">
+        <div class="col_100">
+          <h2>Availability</h2>
+          <p><a href="http://satorilight.com/downloads/Litt-osx-0.8.16.dmg">DMG package for OS X 10.6+</a></p>
+          <p><a href="releasenotes.html">Changelog</a> | 
+<!--	  <p><a href="http://satorilight.com/downloads/littapp-win32.zip">Version for Windows</a></p> -->
+        </div>
+      </article>
+      
+      <p></p>
+      <article class="article clearfix">
+	<div class="col_100">
+          <h2>Screenshots</h2>
+             <a href="img/new_password.png" data-lightbox="screenshot">Password for new database</a> | 
+             <a href="img/ask_password.png" data-lightbox="screenshot">Ask password on open</a> | 
+             <a href="img/taskcontent.png" data-lightbox="screenshot">Task content</a> | 
+             <a href="img/workstarted.png" data-lightbox="screenshot">Work started</a> | 
+             <a href="img/workstopped.png" data-lightbox="screenshot">Work stopped</a> | 
+             <a href="img/traymenu.png" data-lightbox="screenshot">Tray menu</a> | 
+             <a href="img/preferences.png" data-lightbox="screenshot">Preferences</a> | 
+             <a href="img/timereport_1.png" data-lightbox="screenshot">Time report</a></p>
+         </div>
+      </article>
+    </div>
+    
+    <footer class="footer clearfix">
+      <div class="copyright">(C) com.satorilight 2012 - 2017</div>
+    </footer>
+
+  </div>
+<script src="//static.getclicky.com/js" type="text/javascript"></script>
+<script type="text/javascript">try{ clicky.init(100689225); }catch(e){}</script>
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/site/lightbox/css/lightbox.css b/site/lightbox/css/lightbox.css
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..60cf695
--- /dev/null
+++ b/site/lightbox/css/lightbox.css
@@ -0,0 +1,210 @@
+/* Preload images */
+body:after {
+  content: url(../img/close.png) url(../img/loading.gif) url(../img/prev.png) url(../img/next.png);
+  display: none;
+}
+
+.lightboxOverlay {
+  position: absolute;
+  top: 0;
+  left: 0;
+  z-index: 9999;
+  background-color: black;
+  filter: progid:DXImageTransform.Microsoft.Alpha(Opacity=80);
+  opacity: 0.8;
+  display: none;
+}
+
+.lightbox {
+  position: absolute;
+  left: 0;
+  width: 100%;
+  z-index: 10000;
+  text-align: center;
+  line-height: 0;
+  font-weight: normal;
+}
+
+.lightbox .lb-image {
+  display: block;
+  height: auto;
+  max-width: inherit;
+  -webkit-border-radius: 3px;
+  -moz-border-radius: 3px;
+  -ms-border-radius: 3px;
+  -o-border-radius: 3px;
+  border-radius: 3px;
+}
+
+.lightbox a img {
+  border: none;
+}
+
+.lb-outerContainer {
+  position: relative;
+  background-color: white;
+  *zoom: 1;
+  width: 250px;
+  height: 250px;
+  margin: 0 auto;
+  -webkit-border-radius: 4px;
+  -moz-border-radius: 4px;
+  -ms-border-radius: 4px;
+  -o-border-radius: 4px;
+  border-radius: 4px;
+}
+
+.lb-outerContainer:after {
+  content: "";
+  display: table;
+  clear: both;
+}
+
+.lb-container {
+  padding: 4px;
+}
+
+.lb-loader {
+  position: absolute;
+  top: 43%;
+  left: 0;
+  height: 25%;
+  width: 100%;
+  text-align: center;
+  line-height: 0;
+}
+
+.lb-cancel {
+  display: block;
+  width: 32px;
+  height: 32px;
+  margin: 0 auto;
+  background: url(../img/loading.gif) no-repeat;
+}
+
+.lb-nav {
+  position: absolute;
+  top: 0;
+  left: 0;
+  height: 100%;
+  width: 100%;
+  z-index: 10;
+}
+
+.lb-container > .nav {
+  left: 0;
+}
+
+.lb-nav a {
+  outline: none;
+  background-image: url('data:image/gif;base64,R0lGODlhAQABAPAAAP///wAAACH5BAEAAAAALAAAAAABAAEAAAICRAEAOw==');
+}
+
+.lb-prev, .lb-next {
+  height: 100%;
+  cursor: pointer;
+  display: block;
+}
+
+.lb-nav a.lb-prev {
+  width: 34%;
+  left: 0;
+  float: left;
+  background: url(../img/prev.png) left 48% no-repeat;
+  filter: progid:DXImageTransform.Microsoft.Alpha(Opacity=0);
+  opacity: 0;
+  -webkit-transition: opacity 0.6s;
+  -moz-transition: opacity 0.6s;
+  -o-transition: opacity 0.6s;
+  transition: opacity 0.6s;
+}
+
+.lb-nav a.lb-prev:hover {
+  filter: progid:DXImageTransform.Microsoft.Alpha(Opacity=100);
+  opacity: 1;
+}
+
+.lb-nav a.lb-next {
+  width: 64%;
+  right: 0;
+  float: right;
+  background: url(../img/next.png) right 48% no-repeat;
+  filter: progid:DXImageTransform.Microsoft.Alpha(Opacity=0);
+  opacity: 0;
+  -webkit-transition: opacity 0.6s;
+  -moz-transition: opacity 0.6s;
+  -o-transition: opacity 0.6s;
+  transition: opacity 0.6s;
+}
+
+.lb-nav a.lb-next:hover {
+  filter: progid:DXImageTransform.Microsoft.Alpha(Opacity=100);
+  opacity: 1;
+}
+
+.lb-dataContainer {
+  margin: 0 auto;
+  padding-top: 5px;
+  *zoom: 1;
+  width: 100%;
+  -moz-border-radius-bottomleft: 4px;
+  -webkit-border-bottom-left-radius: 4px;
+  border-bottom-left-radius: 4px;
+  -moz-border-radius-bottomright: 4px;
+  -webkit-border-bottom-right-radius: 4px;
+  border-bottom-right-radius: 4px;
+}
+
+.lb-dataContainer:after {
+  content: "";
+  display: table;
+  clear: both;
+}
+
+.lb-data {
+  padding: 0 4px;
+  color: #ccc;
+}
+
+.lb-data .lb-details {
+  width: 85%;
+  float: left;
+  text-align: left;
+  line-height: 1.1em;
+}
+
+.lb-data .lb-caption {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  font-weight: bold;
+  line-height: 1em;
+}
+
+.lb-data .lb-number {
+  display: block;
+  clear: left;
+  padding-bottom: 1em;
+  font-size: 12px;
+  color: #999999;
+}
+
+.lb-data .lb-close {
+  display: block;
+  float: right;
+  width: 30px;
+  height: 30px;
+  background: url(../img/close.png) top right no-repeat;
+  text-align: right;
+  outline: none;
+  filter: progid:DXImageTransform.Microsoft.Alpha(Opacity=70);
+  opacity: 0.7;
+  -webkit-transition: opacity 0.2s;
+  -moz-transition: opacity 0.2s;
+  -o-transition: opacity 0.2s;
+  transition: opacity 0.2s;
+}
+
+.lb-data .lb-close:hover {
+  cursor: pointer;
+  filter: progid:DXImageTransform.Microsoft.Alpha(Opacity=100);
+  opacity: 1;
+}
diff --git a/site/lightbox/css/screen.css b/site/lightbox/css/screen.css
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4af5642
--- /dev/null
+++ b/site/lightbox/css/screen.css
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+article,aside,details,figcaption,figure,footer,header,hgroup,main,nav,section,summary{display:block}audio,canvas,video{display:inline-block}audio:not([controls]){display:none;height:0}[hidden]{display:none}html{background:#fff;color:#000;font-family:sans-serif;-ms-text-size-adjust:100%;-webkit-text-size-adjust:100%}body{margin:0}a:focus{outline:thin dotted}a:active,a:hover{outline:0}h1{font-size:2em;margin:0.67em 0}abbr[title]{border-bottom:1px dotted}b,strong{font-weight:bold}dfn{font-style:italic}hr{-moz-box-sizing:content-box;box-sizing:content-box;height:0}mark{background:#ff0;color:#000}code,kbd,pre,samp{font-family:monospace,serif;font-size:1em}pre{white-space:pre-wrap}q{quotes:"\201C" "\201D" "\2018" "\2019"}small{font-size:80%}sub,sup{font-size:75%;line-height:0;position:relative;vertical-align:baseline}sup{top:-0.5em}sub{bottom:-0.25em}img{border:0}svg:not(:root){overflow:hidden}figure{margin:0}fieldset{border:1px solid silver;margin:0 2px;padding:0.35em 0.625em 0.75em}legend{border:0;padding:0}button,input,select,textarea{font-family:inherit;font-size:100%;margin:0}button,input{line-height:normal}button,select{text-transform:none}button,html input[type='button'],input[type='reset'],input[type='submit']{-webkit-appearance:button;cursor:pointer}button[disabled],html input[disabled]{cursor:default}input[type='checkbox'],input[type='radio']{box-sizing:border-box;padding:0}input[type='search']{-webkit-appearance:textfield;-moz-box-sizing:content-box;-webkit-box-sizing:content-box;box-sizing:content-box}input[type='search']::-webkit-search-cancel-button,input[type='search']::-webkit-search-decoration{-webkit-appearance:none}button::-moz-focus-inner,input::-moz-focus-inner{border:0;padding:0}textarea{overflow:auto;vertical-align:top}table{border-collapse:collapse;border-spacing:0}html{font:100%/1.5 "Karla","lucida grande",sans-serif,sans-serif;font-weight:400}@media (min-width: 40rem){html{font-size:106%}}@media (min-width: 64rem){html{font-size:112%}}body{color:#777;background-color:#fff}h1,h2,h3,h4,h5{color:#222;line-height:1.2em;font-family:"Montserrat","Helvetica",sans-serif;font-weight:600}h1{font-size:3.5rem;margin:0 0 0.2em 0}@media (min-width: 40rem){h1{font-size:4.5rem}}@media (min-width: 64rem){h1{font-size:5rem}}h2{color:#e67e39;margin-bottom:1.5rem;font-size:1.5rem;text-transform:uppercase}@media (min-width: 40rem){h2{font-size:2rem}}h3{font-size:1.2rem;margin-bottom:0.5rem}blockquote{margin:0}blockquote p{color:#bbb;font-style:italic;margin-bottom:1.5rem}cite{color:#bbb}p{margin:0 auto 2em auto;text-align:left}.lead{max-width:45rem;font-size:1.25rem}ol{list-style-type:decimal}ul,ol{margin:0 0 1.25em 0}li{margin-bottom:2em}li.last-list-item{border-bottom:none}dt{font-weight:bold}dd{margin-bottom:1.625em}strong{font-weight:bold}i{font-style:italic}em{font-style:normal}a{color:#4ae;text-decoration:none}a:hover{text-decoration:underline}::-moz-selection,::selection{background:#e67e39;color:#fff}.sub-point{display:block;font-size:0.75rem}*,*:before,*:after{-webkit-box-sizing:border-box;-moz-box-sizing:border-box;box-sizing:border-box}body{margin:0;padding:0;background:#fff}section{border-top:2px solid #f2f2f2;text-align:center;padding:2rem 0}section:first-of-type{border-top:none}@media (min-width: 40rem){section{padding:4rem 0}}.container{margin:0 auto;max-width:40rem;width:90%}.row{*zoom:1}.row:after{content:"";display:table;clear:both}header{padding:2rem 0;background-color:#f7f7f7;text-align:center}header p{text-align:center}.example-image-link{display:inline-block;padding:4px;margin:0 0.5rem 1rem 0.5rem;background-color:#fff;line-height:0;-webkit-transition:background-color 0.1s ease-out;-moz-transition:background-color 0.1s ease-out;-o-transition:background-color 0.1s ease-out;transition:background-color 0.1s ease-out;-webkit-border-radius:6px;-moz-border-radius:6px;-ms-border-radius:6px;-o-border-radius:6px;border-radius:6px}.example-image-link:hover{background-color:#4ae}.example-image{width:7rem;-webkit-border-radius:5px;-moz-border-radius:5px;-ms-border-radius:5px;-o-border-radius:5px;border-radius:5px}.how-to-use-section p,.how-to-use-section ol,.how-to-use-section ul,.how-to-use-section pre{text-align:left}fieldset{border:none}.donate-button{width:100%}@media (min-width: 40rem){.donate-button{width:auto}}footer{padding:2rem 0;background-color:#f7f7f7;text-align:center}footer p{text-align:center}footer .button{margin-top:0.5rem}.sharing-section{position:fixed;z-index:10;top:20px;right:0}code{color:#777;background-color:#f2f2f2;-webkit-border-radius:6px;-moz-border-radius:6px;-ms-border-radius:6px;-o-border-radius:6px;border-radius:6px;font-family:Consolas,Courier,monospace;font-size:0.9rem;padding:0.1rem 0.3rem;position:relative;top:-1px}pre{background-color:#f2f2f2;-webkit-border-radius:6px;-moz-border-radius:6px;-ms-border-radius:6px;-o-border-radius:6px;border-radius:6px;padding:0 0.5rem 0.1rem 0.5rem}pre code{padding:0;font-size:0.7rem;border:none}.column{margin-bottom:1.5rem}@media (min-width: 40rem){.column{float:left;margin:0;padding-left:1rem;padding-right:1rem}.column.full{width:100%}.column.two-thirds{width:66.7%}.column.half{width:50%}.column.third{width:33.3%}.column.fourth{width:24.95%}.column.flow-opposite{float:right}}ul{margin:0;text-align:left}@media (min-width: 40rem){ul{display:inline-block}}.button{display:block;padding:0.7rem 2rem;margin-bottom:0.5rem;border:none;color:#fff;background-color:#4ae;font-size:1.2rem;font-weight:bold;text-transform:uppercase;-webkit-border-radius:6px;-moz-border-radius:6px;-ms-border-radius:6px;-o-border-radius:6px;border-radius:6px;vertical-align:middle;white-space:nowrap}.button:hover{background:#1595ea;text-decoration:none}@media (min-width: 40rem){.button{display:inline-block;margin:0 0.25rem}}.button-minor{padding:0.35rem 1rem;border:2px solid #4ae;color:#4ae;background-color:transparent;font-size:0.8rem}.button-minor:hover{color:#fff}hr{border:0;border-top:2px solid #f2f2f2;margin:2rem auto;width:3rem}@media (min-width: 40rem){hr{margin:2.5rem auto}}
diff --git a/site/lightbox/img/close.png b/site/lightbox/img/close.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..20baa1d
Binary files /dev/null and b/site/lightbox/img/close.png differ
diff --git a/site/lightbox/img/loading.gif b/site/lightbox/img/loading.gif
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5087c2a
Binary files /dev/null and b/site/lightbox/img/loading.gif differ
diff --git a/site/lightbox/img/next.png b/site/lightbox/img/next.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..08365ac
Binary files /dev/null and b/site/lightbox/img/next.png differ
diff --git a/site/lightbox/img/prev.png b/site/lightbox/img/prev.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..329fa98
Binary files /dev/null and b/site/lightbox/img/prev.png differ
diff --git a/site/lightbox/js/jquery-1.11.0.min.js b/site/lightbox/js/jquery-1.11.0.min.js
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..046e93a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/site/lightbox/js/jquery-1.11.0.min.js
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+/*! jQuery v1.11.0 | (c) 2005, 2014 jQuery Foundation, Inc. | jquery.org/license */
+!function(a,b){"object"==typeof module&&"object"==typeof module.exports?module.exports=a.document?b(a,!0):function(a){if(!a.document)throw new Error("jQuery requires a window with a document");return b(a)}:b(a)}("undefined"!=typeof window?window:this,function(a,b){var c=[],d=c.slice,e=c.concat,f=c.push,g=c.indexOf,h={},i=h.toString,j=h.hasOwnProperty,k="".trim,l={},m="1.11.0",n=function(a,b){return new n.fn.init(a,b)},o=/^[\s\uFEFF\xA0]+|[\s\uFEFF\xA0]+$/g,p=/^-ms-/,q=/-([\da-z])/gi,r=function(a,b){return b.toUpperCase()};n.fn=n.prototype={jquery:m,constructor:n,selector:"",length:0,toArray:function(){return d.call(this)},get:function(a){return null!=a?0>a?this[a+this.length]:this[a]:d.call(this)},pushStack:function(a){var b=n.merge(this.constructor(),a);return b.prevObject=this,b.context=this.context,b},each:function(a,b){return n.each(this,a,b)},map:function(a){return this.pushStack(n.map(this,function(b,c){return a.call(b,c,b)}))},slice:function(){return this.pushStack(d.apply(this,arguments))},first:function(){return this.eq(0)},last:function(){return this.eq(-1)},eq:function(a){var b=this.length,c=+a+(0>a?b:0);return this.pushStack(c>=0&&b>c?[this[c]]:[])},end:function(){return this.prevObject||this.constructor(null)},push:f,sort:c.sort,splice:c.splice},n.extend=n.fn.extend=function(){var a,b,c,d,e,f,g=arguments[0]||{},h=1,i=arguments.length,j=!1;for("boolean"==typeof g&&(j=g,g=arguments[h]||{},h++),"object"==typeof g||n.isFunction(g)||(g={}),h===i&&(g=this,h--);i>h;h++)if(null!=(e=arguments[h]))for(d in e)a=g[d],c=e[d],g!==c&&(j&&c&&(n.isPlainObject(c)||(b=n.isArray(c)))?(b?(b=!1,f=a&&n.isArray(a)?a:[]):f=a&&n.isPlainObject(a)?a:{},g[d]=n.extend(j,f,c)):void 0!==c&&(g[d]=c));return g},n.extend({expando:"jQuery"+(m+Math.random()).replace(/\D/g,""),isReady:!0,error:function(a){throw new Error(a)},noop:function(){},isFunction:function(a){return"function"===n.type(a)},isArray:Array.isArray||function(a){return"array"===n.type(a)},isWindow:function(a){return null!=a&&a==a.window},isNumeric:function(a){return a-parseFloat(a)>=0},isEmptyObject:function(a){var b;for(b in a)return!1;return!0},isPlainObject:function(a){var b;if(!a||"object"!==n.type(a)||a.nodeType||n.isWindow(a))return!1;try{if(a.constructor&&!j.call(a,"constructor")&&!j.call(a.constructor.prototype,"isPrototypeOf"))return!1}catch(c){return!1}if(l.ownLast)for(b in a)return j.call(a,b);for(b in a);return void 0===b||j.call(a,b)},type:function(a){return null==a?a+"":"object"==typeof a||"function"==typeof a?h[i.call(a)]||"object":typeof a},globalEval:function(b){b&&n.trim(b)&&(a.execScript||function(b){a.eval.call(a,b)})(b)},camelCase:function(a){return a.replace(p,"ms-").replace(q,r)},nodeName:function(a,b){return a.nodeName&&a.nodeName.toLowerCase()===b.toLowerCase()},each:function(a,b,c){var d,e=0,f=a.length,g=s(a);if(c){if(g){for(;f>e;e++)if(d=b.apply(a[e],c),d===!1)break}else for(e in a)if(d=b.apply(a[e],c),d===!1)break}else if(g){for(;f>e;e++)if(d=b.call(a[e],e,a[e]),d===!1)break}else for(e in a)if(d=b.call(a[e],e,a[e]),d===!1)break;return a},trim:k&&!k.call("\ufeff\xa0")?function(a){return null==a?"":k.call(a)}:function(a){return null==a?"":(a+"").replace(o,"")},makeArray:function(a,b){var c=b||[];return null!=a&&(s(Object(a))?n.merge(c,"string"==typeof a?[a]:a):f.call(c,a)),c},inArray:function(a,b,c){var d;if(b){if(g)return g.call(b,a,c);for(d=b.length,c=c?0>c?Math.max(0,d+c):c:0;d>c;c++)if(c in b&&b[c]===a)return c}return-1},merge:function(a,b){var c=+b.length,d=0,e=a.length;while(c>d)a[e++]=b[d++];if(c!==c)while(void 0!==b[d])a[e++]=b[d++];return a.length=e,a},grep:function(a,b,c){for(var d,e=[],f=0,g=a.length,h=!c;g>f;f++)d=!b(a[f],f),d!==h&&e.push(a[f]);return e},map:function(a,b,c){var d,f=0,g=a.length,h=s(a),i=[];if(h)for(;g>f;f++)d=b(a[f],f,c),null!=d&&i.push(d);else for(f in a)d=b(a[f],f,c),null!=d&&i.push(d);return e.apply([],i)},guid:1,proxy:function(a,b){var c,e,f;return"string"==typeof b&&(f=a[b],b=a,a=f),n.isFunction(a)?(c=d.call(arguments,2),e=function(){return a.apply(b||this,c.concat(d.call(arguments)))},e.guid=a.guid=a.guid||n.guid++,e):void 0},now:function(){return+new Date},support:l}),n.each("Boolean Number String Function Array Date RegExp Object Error".split(" "),function(a,b){h["[object "+b+"]"]=b.toLowerCase()});function s(a){var b=a.length,c=n.type(a);return"function"===c||n.isWindow(a)?!1:1===a.nodeType&&b?!0:"array"===c||0===b||"number"==typeof b&&b>0&&b-1 in a}var t=function(a){var b,c,d,e,f,g,h,i,j,k,l,m,n,o,p,q,r,s="sizzle"+-new Date,t=a.document,u=0,v=0,w=eb(),x=eb(),y=eb(),z=function(a,b){return a===b&&(j=!0),0},A="undefined",B=1<<31,C={}.hasOwnProperty,D=[],E=D.pop,F=D.push,G=D.push,H=D.slice,I=D.indexOf||function(a){for(var b=0,c=this.length;c>b;b++)if(this[b]===a)return b;return-1},J="checked|selected|async|autofocus|autoplay|controls|defer|disabled|hidden|ismap|loop|multiple|open|readonly|required|scoped",K="[\\x20\\t\\r\\n\\f]",L="(?:\\\\.|[\\w-]|[^\\x00-\\xa0])+",M=L.replace("w","w#"),N="\\["+K+"*("+L+")"+K+"*(?:([*^$|!~]?=)"+K+"*(?:(['\"])((?:\\\\.|[^\\\\])*?)\\3|("+M+")|)|)"+K+"*\\]",O=":("+L+")(?:\\(((['\"])((?:\\\\.|[^\\\\])*?)\\3|((?:\\\\.|[^\\\\()[\\]]|"+N.replace(3,8)+")*)|.*)\\)|)",P=new RegExp("^"+K+"+|((?:^|[^\\\\])(?:\\\\.)*)"+K+"+$","g"),Q=new RegExp("^"+K+"*,"+K+"*"),R=new RegExp("^"+K+"*([>+~]|"+K+")"+K+"*"),S=new RegExp("="+K+"*([^\\]'\"]*?)"+K+"*\\]","g"),T=new RegExp(O),U=new RegExp("^"+M+"$"),V={ID:new RegExp("^#("+L+")"),CLASS:new RegExp("^\\.("+L+")"),TAG:new RegExp("^("+L.replace("w","w*")+")"),ATTR:new RegExp("^"+N),PSEUDO:new RegExp("^"+O),CHILD:new RegExp("^:(only|first|last|nth|nth-last)-(child|of-type)(?:\\("+K+"*(even|odd|(([+-]|)(\\d*)n|)"+K+"*(?:([+-]|)"+K+"*(\\d+)|))"+K+"*\\)|)","i"),bool:new RegExp("^(?:"+J+")$","i"),needsContext:new RegExp("^"+K+"*[>+~]|:(even|odd|eq|gt|lt|nth|first|last)(?:\\("+K+"*((?:-\\d)?\\d*)"+K+"*\\)|)(?=[^-]|$)","i")},W=/^(?:input|select|textarea|button)$/i,X=/^h\d$/i,Y=/^[^{]+\{\s*\[native \w/,Z=/^(?:#([\w-]+)|(\w+)|\.([\w-]+))$/,$=/[+~]/,_=/'|\\/g,ab=new RegExp("\\\\([\\da-f]{1,6}"+K+"?|("+K+")|.)","ig"),bb=function(a,b,c){var d="0x"+b-65536;return d!==d||c?b:0>d?String.fromCharCode(d+65536):String.fromCharCode(d>>10|55296,1023&d|56320)};try{G.apply(D=H.call(t.childNodes),t.childNodes),D[t.childNodes.length].nodeType}catch(cb){G={apply:D.length?function(a,b){F.apply(a,H.call(b))}:function(a,b){var c=a.length,d=0;while(a[c++]=b[d++]);a.length=c-1}}}function db(a,b,d,e){var f,g,h,i,j,m,p,q,u,v;if((b?b.ownerDocument||b:t)!==l&&k(b),b=b||l,d=d||[],!a||"string"!=typeof a)return d;if(1!==(i=b.nodeType)&&9!==i)return[];if(n&&!e){if(f=Z.exec(a))if(h=f[1]){if(9===i){if(g=b.getElementById(h),!g||!g.parentNode)return d;if(g.id===h)return d.push(g),d}else if(b.ownerDocument&&(g=b.ownerDocument.getElementById(h))&&r(b,g)&&g.id===h)return d.push(g),d}else{if(f[2])return G.apply(d,b.getElementsByTagName(a)),d;if((h=f[3])&&c.getElementsByClassName&&b.getElementsByClassName)return G.apply(d,b.getElementsByClassName(h)),d}if(c.qsa&&(!o||!o.test(a))){if(q=p=s,u=b,v=9===i&&a,1===i&&"object"!==b.nodeName.toLowerCase()){m=ob(a),(p=b.getAttribute("id"))?q=p.replace(_,"\\$&"):b.setAttribute("id",q),q="[id='"+q+"'] ",j=m.length;while(j--)m[j]=q+pb(m[j]);u=$.test(a)&&mb(b.parentNode)||b,v=m.join(",")}if(v)try{return G.apply(d,u.querySelectorAll(v)),d}catch(w){}finally{p||b.removeAttribute("id")}}}return xb(a.replace(P,"$1"),b,d,e)}function eb(){var a=[];function b(c,e){return a.push(c+" ")>d.cacheLength&&delete b[a.shift()],b[c+" "]=e}return b}function fb(a){return a[s]=!0,a}function gb(a){var b=l.createElement("div");try{return!!a(b)}catch(c){return!1}finally{b.parentNode&&b.parentNode.removeChild(b),b=null}}function hb(a,b){var c=a.split("|"),e=a.length;while(e--)d.attrHandle[c[e]]=b}function ib(a,b){var c=b&&a,d=c&&1===a.nodeType&&1===b.nodeType&&(~b.sourceIndex||B)-(~a.sourceIndex||B);if(d)return d;if(c)while(c=c.nextSibling)if(c===b)return-1;return a?1:-1}function jb(a){return function(b){var c=b.nodeName.toLowerCase();return"input"===c&&b.type===a}}function kb(a){return function(b){var c=b.nodeName.toLowerCase();return("input"===c||"button"===c)&&b.type===a}}function lb(a){return fb(function(b){return b=+b,fb(function(c,d){var e,f=a([],c.length,b),g=f.length;while(g--)c[e=f[g]]&&(c[e]=!(d[e]=c[e]))})})}function mb(a){return a&&typeof a.getElementsByTagName!==A&&a}c=db.support={},f=db.isXML=function(a){var b=a&&(a.ownerDocument||a).documentElement;return b?"HTML"!==b.nodeName:!1},k=db.setDocument=function(a){var b,e=a?a.ownerDocument||a:t,g=e.defaultView;return e!==l&&9===e.nodeType&&e.documentElement?(l=e,m=e.documentElement,n=!f(e),g&&g!==g.top&&(g.addEventListener?g.addEventListener("unload",function(){k()},!1):g.attachEvent&&g.attachEvent("onunload",function(){k()})),c.attributes=gb(function(a){return a.className="i",!a.getAttribute("className")}),c.getElementsByTagName=gb(function(a){return a.appendChild(e.createComment("")),!a.getElementsByTagName("*").length}),c.getElementsByClassName=Y.test(e.getElementsByClassName)&&gb(function(a){return a.innerHTML="<div class='a'></div><div class='a i'></div>",a.firstChild.className="i",2===a.getElementsByClassName("i").length}),c.getById=gb(function(a){return m.appendChild(a).id=s,!e.getElementsByName||!e.getElementsByName(s).length}),c.getById?(d.find.ID=function(a,b){if(typeof b.getElementById!==A&&n){var c=b.getElementById(a);return c&&c.parentNode?[c]:[]}},d.filter.ID=function(a){var b=a.replace(ab,bb);return function(a){return a.getAttribute("id")===b}}):(delete d.find.ID,d.filter.ID=function(a){var b=a.replace(ab,bb);return function(a){var c=typeof a.getAttributeNode!==A&&a.getAttributeNode("id");return c&&c.value===b}}),d.find.TAG=c.getElementsByTagName?function(a,b){return typeof b.getElementsByTagName!==A?b.getElementsByTagName(a):void 0}:function(a,b){var c,d=[],e=0,f=b.getElementsByTagName(a);if("*"===a){while(c=f[e++])1===c.nodeType&&d.push(c);return d}return f},d.find.CLASS=c.getElementsByClassName&&function(a,b){return typeof b.getElementsByClassName!==A&&n?b.getElementsByClassName(a):void 0},p=[],o=[],(c.qsa=Y.test(e.querySelectorAll))&&(gb(function(a){a.innerHTML="<select t=''><option selected=''></option></select>",a.querySelectorAll("[t^='']").length&&o.push("[*^$]="+K+"*(?:''|\"\")"),a.querySelectorAll("[selected]").length||o.push("\\["+K+"*(?:value|"+J+")"),a.querySelectorAll(":checked").length||o.push(":checked")}),gb(function(a){var b=e.createElement("input");b.setAttribute("type","hidden"),a.appendChild(b).setAttribute("name","D"),a.querySelectorAll("[name=d]").length&&o.push("name"+K+"*[*^$|!~]?="),a.querySelectorAll(":enabled").length||o.push(":enabled",":disabled"),a.querySelectorAll("*,:x"),o.push(",.*:")})),(c.matchesSelector=Y.test(q=m.webkitMatchesSelector||m.mozMatchesSelector||m.oMatchesSelector||m.msMatchesSelector))&&gb(function(a){c.disconnectedMatch=q.call(a,"div"),q.call(a,"[s!='']:x"),p.push("!=",O)}),o=o.length&&new RegExp(o.join("|")),p=p.length&&new RegExp(p.join("|")),b=Y.test(m.compareDocumentPosition),r=b||Y.test(m.contains)?function(a,b){var c=9===a.nodeType?a.documentElement:a,d=b&&b.parentNode;return a===d||!(!d||1!==d.nodeType||!(c.contains?c.contains(d):a.compareDocumentPosition&&16&a.compareDocumentPosition(d)))}:function(a,b){if(b)while(b=b.parentNode)if(b===a)return!0;return!1},z=b?function(a,b){if(a===b)return j=!0,0;var d=!a.compareDocumentPosition-!b.compareDocumentPosition;return d?d:(d=(a.ownerDocument||a)===(b.ownerDocument||b)?a.compareDocumentPosition(b):1,1&d||!c.sortDetached&&b.compareDocumentPosition(a)===d?a===e||a.ownerDocument===t&&r(t,a)?-1:b===e||b.ownerDocument===t&&r(t,b)?1:i?I.call(i,a)-I.call(i,b):0:4&d?-1:1)}:function(a,b){if(a===b)return j=!0,0;var c,d=0,f=a.parentNode,g=b.parentNode,h=[a],k=[b];if(!f||!g)return a===e?-1:b===e?1:f?-1:g?1:i?I.call(i,a)-I.call(i,b):0;if(f===g)return ib(a,b);c=a;while(c=c.parentNode)h.unshift(c);c=b;while(c=c.parentNode)k.unshift(c);while(h[d]===k[d])d++;return d?ib(h[d],k[d]):h[d]===t?-1:k[d]===t?1:0},e):l},db.matches=function(a,b){return db(a,null,null,b)},db.matchesSelector=function(a,b){if((a.ownerDocument||a)!==l&&k(a),b=b.replace(S,"='$1']"),!(!c.matchesSelector||!n||p&&p.test(b)||o&&o.test(b)))try{var d=q.call(a,b);if(d||c.disconnectedMatch||a.document&&11!==a.document.nodeType)return d}catch(e){}return db(b,l,null,[a]).length>0},db.contains=function(a,b){return(a.ownerDocument||a)!==l&&k(a),r(a,b)},db.attr=function(a,b){(a.ownerDocument||a)!==l&&k(a);var e=d.attrHandle[b.toLowerCase()],f=e&&C.call(d.attrHandle,b.toLowerCase())?e(a,b,!n):void 0;return void 0!==f?f:c.attributes||!n?a.getAttribute(b):(f=a.getAttributeNode(b))&&f.specified?f.value:null},db.error=function(a){throw new Error("Syntax error, unrecognized expression: "+a)},db.uniqueSort=function(a){var b,d=[],e=0,f=0;if(j=!c.detectDuplicates,i=!c.sortStable&&a.slice(0),a.sort(z),j){while(b=a[f++])b===a[f]&&(e=d.push(f));while(e--)a.splice(d[e],1)}return i=null,a},e=db.getText=function(a){var b,c="",d=0,f=a.nodeType;if(f){if(1===f||9===f||11===f){if("string"==typeof a.textContent)return a.textContent;for(a=a.firstChild;a;a=a.nextSibling)c+=e(a)}else if(3===f||4===f)return a.nodeValue}else while(b=a[d++])c+=e(b);return c},d=db.selectors={cacheLength:50,createPseudo:fb,match:V,attrHandle:{},find:{},relative:{">":{dir:"parentNode",first:!0}," ":{dir:"parentNode"},"+":{dir:"previousSibling",first:!0},"~":{dir:"previousSibling"}},preFilter:{ATTR:function(a){return a[1]=a[1].replace(ab,bb),a[3]=(a[4]||a[5]||"").replace(ab,bb),"~="===a[2]&&(a[3]=" "+a[3]+" "),a.slice(0,4)},CHILD:function(a){return a[1]=a[1].toLowerCase(),"nth"===a[1].slice(0,3)?(a[3]||db.error(a[0]),a[4]=+(a[4]?a[5]+(a[6]||1):2*("even"===a[3]||"odd"===a[3])),a[5]=+(a[7]+a[8]||"odd"===a[3])):a[3]&&db.error(a[0]),a},PSEUDO:function(a){var b,c=!a[5]&&a[2];return V.CHILD.test(a[0])?null:(a[3]&&void 0!==a[4]?a[2]=a[4]:c&&T.test(c)&&(b=ob(c,!0))&&(b=c.indexOf(")",c.length-b)-c.length)&&(a[0]=a[0].slice(0,b),a[2]=c.slice(0,b)),a.slice(0,3))}},filter:{TAG:function(a){var b=a.replace(ab,bb).toLowerCase();return"*"===a?function(){return!0}:function(a){return a.nodeName&&a.nodeName.toLowerCase()===b}},CLASS:function(a){var b=w[a+" "];return b||(b=new RegExp("(^|"+K+")"+a+"("+K+"|$)"))&&w(a,function(a){return b.test("string"==typeof a.className&&a.className||typeof a.getAttribute!==A&&a.getAttribute("class")||"")})},ATTR:function(a,b,c){return function(d){var e=db.attr(d,a);return null==e?"!="===b:b?(e+="","="===b?e===c:"!="===b?e!==c:"^="===b?c&&0===e.indexOf(c):"*="===b?c&&e.indexOf(c)>-1:"$="===b?c&&e.slice(-c.length)===c:"~="===b?(" "+e+" ").indexOf(c)>-1:"|="===b?e===c||e.slice(0,c.length+1)===c+"-":!1):!0}},CHILD:function(a,b,c,d,e){var f="nth"!==a.slice(0,3),g="last"!==a.slice(-4),h="of-type"===b;return 1===d&&0===e?function(a){return!!a.parentNode}:function(b,c,i){var j,k,l,m,n,o,p=f!==g?"nextSibling":"previousSibling",q=b.parentNode,r=h&&b.nodeName.toLowerCase(),t=!i&&!h;if(q){if(f){while(p){l=b;while(l=l[p])if(h?l.nodeName.toLowerCase()===r:1===l.nodeType)return!1;o=p="only"===a&&!o&&"nextSibling"}return!0}if(o=[g?q.firstChild:q.lastChild],g&&t){k=q[s]||(q[s]={}),j=k[a]||[],n=j[0]===u&&j[1],m=j[0]===u&&j[2],l=n&&q.childNodes[n];while(l=++n&&l&&l[p]||(m=n=0)||o.pop())if(1===l.nodeType&&++m&&l===b){k[a]=[u,n,m];break}}else if(t&&(j=(b[s]||(b[s]={}))[a])&&j[0]===u)m=j[1];else while(l=++n&&l&&l[p]||(m=n=0)||o.pop())if((h?l.nodeName.toLowerCase()===r:1===l.nodeType)&&++m&&(t&&((l[s]||(l[s]={}))[a]=[u,m]),l===b))break;return m-=e,m===d||m%d===0&&m/d>=0}}},PSEUDO:function(a,b){var c,e=d.pseudos[a]||d.setFilters[a.toLowerCase()]||db.error("unsupported pseudo: "+a);return e[s]?e(b):e.length>1?(c=[a,a,"",b],d.setFilters.hasOwnProperty(a.toLowerCase())?fb(function(a,c){var d,f=e(a,b),g=f.length;while(g--)d=I.call(a,f[g]),a[d]=!(c[d]=f[g])}):function(a){return e(a,0,c)}):e}},pseudos:{not:fb(function(a){var b=[],c=[],d=g(a.replace(P,"$1"));return d[s]?fb(function(a,b,c,e){var f,g=d(a,null,e,[]),h=a.length;while(h--)(f=g[h])&&(a[h]=!(b[h]=f))}):function(a,e,f){return b[0]=a,d(b,null,f,c),!c.pop()}}),has:fb(function(a){return function(b){return db(a,b).length>0}}),contains:fb(function(a){return function(b){return(b.textContent||b.innerText||e(b)).indexOf(a)>-1}}),lang:fb(function(a){return U.test(a||"")||db.error("unsupported lang: "+a),a=a.replace(ab,bb).toLowerCase(),function(b){var c;do if(c=n?b.lang:b.getAttribute("xml:lang")||b.getAttribute("lang"))return c=c.toLowerCase(),c===a||0===c.indexOf(a+"-");while((b=b.parentNode)&&1===b.nodeType);return!1}}),target:function(b){var c=a.location&&a.location.hash;return c&&c.slice(1)===b.id},root:function(a){return a===m},focus:function(a){return a===l.activeElement&&(!l.hasFocus||l.hasFocus())&&!!(a.type||a.href||~a.tabIndex)},enabled:function(a){return a.disabled===!1},disabled:function(a){return a.disabled===!0},checked:function(a){var b=a.nodeName.toLowerCase();return"input"===b&&!!a.checked||"option"===b&&!!a.selected},selected:function(a){return a.parentNode&&a.parentNode.selectedIndex,a.selected===!0},empty:function(a){for(a=a.firstChild;a;a=a.nextSibling)if(a.nodeType<6)return!1;return!0},parent:function(a){return!d.pseudos.empty(a)},header:function(a){return X.test(a.nodeName)},input:function(a){return W.test(a.nodeName)},button:function(a){var b=a.nodeName.toLowerCase();return"input"===b&&"button"===a.type||"button"===b},text:function(a){var b;return"input"===a.nodeName.toLowerCase()&&"text"===a.type&&(null==(b=a.getAttribute("type"))||"text"===b.toLowerCase())},first:lb(function(){return[0]}),last:lb(function(a,b){return[b-1]}),eq:lb(function(a,b,c){return[0>c?c+b:c]}),even:lb(function(a,b){for(var c=0;b>c;c+=2)a.push(c);return a}),odd:lb(function(a,b){for(var c=1;b>c;c+=2)a.push(c);return a}),lt:lb(function(a,b,c){for(var d=0>c?c+b:c;--d>=0;)a.push(d);return a}),gt:lb(function(a,b,c){for(var d=0>c?c+b:c;++d<b;)a.push(d);return a})}},d.pseudos.nth=d.pseudos.eq;for(b in{radio:!0,checkbox:!0,file:!0,password:!0,image:!0})d.pseudos[b]=jb(b);for(b in{submit:!0,reset:!0})d.pseudos[b]=kb(b);function nb(){}nb.prototype=d.filters=d.pseudos,d.setFilters=new nb;function ob(a,b){var c,e,f,g,h,i,j,k=x[a+" "];if(k)return b?0:k.slice(0);h=a,i=[],j=d.preFilter;while(h){(!c||(e=Q.exec(h)))&&(e&&(h=h.slice(e[0].length)||h),i.push(f=[])),c=!1,(e=R.exec(h))&&(c=e.shift(),f.push({value:c,type:e[0].replace(P," ")}),h=h.slice(c.length));for(g in d.filter)!(e=V[g].exec(h))||j[g]&&!(e=j[g](e))||(c=e.shift(),f.push({value:c,type:g,matches:e}),h=h.slice(c.length));if(!c)break}return b?h.length:h?db.error(a):x(a,i).slice(0)}function pb(a){for(var b=0,c=a.length,d="";c>b;b++)d+=a[b].value;return d}function qb(a,b,c){var d=b.dir,e=c&&"parentNode"===d,f=v++;return b.first?function(b,c,f){while(b=b[d])if(1===b.nodeType||e)return a(b,c,f)}:function(b,c,g){var h,i,j=[u,f];if(g){while(b=b[d])if((1===b.nodeType||e)&&a(b,c,g))return!0}else while(b=b[d])if(1===b.nodeType||e){if(i=b[s]||(b[s]={}),(h=i[d])&&h[0]===u&&h[1]===f)return j[2]=h[2];if(i[d]=j,j[2]=a(b,c,g))return!0}}}function rb(a){return a.length>1?function(b,c,d){var e=a.length;while(e--)if(!a[e](b,c,d))return!1;return!0}:a[0]}function sb(a,b,c,d,e){for(var f,g=[],h=0,i=a.length,j=null!=b;i>h;h++)(f=a[h])&&(!c||c(f,d,e))&&(g.push(f),j&&b.push(h));return g}function tb(a,b,c,d,e,f){return d&&!d[s]&&(d=tb(d)),e&&!e[s]&&(e=tb(e,f)),fb(function(f,g,h,i){var j,k,l,m=[],n=[],o=g.length,p=f||wb(b||"*",h.nodeType?[h]:h,[]),q=!a||!f&&b?p:sb(p,m,a,h,i),r=c?e||(f?a:o||d)?[]:g:q;if(c&&c(q,r,h,i),d){j=sb(r,n),d(j,[],h,i),k=j.length;while(k--)(l=j[k])&&(r[n[k]]=!(q[n[k]]=l))}if(f){if(e||a){if(e){j=[],k=r.length;while(k--)(l=r[k])&&j.push(q[k]=l);e(null,r=[],j,i)}k=r.length;while(k--)(l=r[k])&&(j=e?I.call(f,l):m[k])>-1&&(f[j]=!(g[j]=l))}}else r=sb(r===g?r.splice(o,r.length):r),e?e(null,g,r,i):G.apply(g,r)})}function ub(a){for(var b,c,e,f=a.length,g=d.relative[a[0].type],i=g||d.relative[" "],j=g?1:0,k=qb(function(a){return a===b},i,!0),l=qb(function(a){return I.call(b,a)>-1},i,!0),m=[function(a,c,d){return!g&&(d||c!==h)||((b=c).nodeType?k(a,c,d):l(a,c,d))}];f>j;j++)if(c=d.relative[a[j].type])m=[qb(rb(m),c)];else{if(c=d.filter[a[j].type].apply(null,a[j].matches),c[s]){for(e=++j;f>e;e++)if(d.relative[a[e].type])break;return tb(j>1&&rb(m),j>1&&pb(a.slice(0,j-1).concat({value:" "===a[j-2].type?"*":""})).replace(P,"$1"),c,e>j&&ub(a.slice(j,e)),f>e&&ub(a=a.slice(e)),f>e&&pb(a))}m.push(c)}return rb(m)}function vb(a,b){var c=b.length>0,e=a.length>0,f=function(f,g,i,j,k){var m,n,o,p=0,q="0",r=f&&[],s=[],t=h,v=f||e&&d.find.TAG("*",k),w=u+=null==t?1:Math.random()||.1,x=v.length;for(k&&(h=g!==l&&g);q!==x&&null!=(m=v[q]);q++){if(e&&m){n=0;while(o=a[n++])if(o(m,g,i)){j.push(m);break}k&&(u=w)}c&&((m=!o&&m)&&p--,f&&r.push(m))}if(p+=q,c&&q!==p){n=0;while(o=b[n++])o(r,s,g,i);if(f){if(p>0)while(q--)r[q]||s[q]||(s[q]=E.call(j));s=sb(s)}G.apply(j,s),k&&!f&&s.length>0&&p+b.length>1&&db.uniqueSort(j)}return k&&(u=w,h=t),r};return c?fb(f):f}g=db.compile=function(a,b){var c,d=[],e=[],f=y[a+" "];if(!f){b||(b=ob(a)),c=b.length;while(c--)f=ub(b[c]),f[s]?d.push(f):e.push(f);f=y(a,vb(e,d))}return f};function wb(a,b,c){for(var d=0,e=b.length;e>d;d++)db(a,b[d],c);return c}function xb(a,b,e,f){var h,i,j,k,l,m=ob(a);if(!f&&1===m.length){if(i=m[0]=m[0].slice(0),i.length>2&&"ID"===(j=i[0]).type&&c.getById&&9===b.nodeType&&n&&d.relative[i[1].type]){if(b=(d.find.ID(j.matches[0].replace(ab,bb),b)||[])[0],!b)return e;a=a.slice(i.shift().value.length)}h=V.needsContext.test(a)?0:i.length;while(h--){if(j=i[h],d.relative[k=j.type])break;if((l=d.find[k])&&(f=l(j.matches[0].replace(ab,bb),$.test(i[0].type)&&mb(b.parentNode)||b))){if(i.splice(h,1),a=f.length&&pb(i),!a)return G.apply(e,f),e;break}}}return g(a,m)(f,b,!n,e,$.test(a)&&mb(b.parentNode)||b),e}return c.sortStable=s.split("").sort(z).join("")===s,c.detectDuplicates=!!j,k(),c.sortDetached=gb(function(a){return 1&a.compareDocumentPosition(l.createElement("div"))}),gb(function(a){return a.innerHTML="<a href='#'></a>","#"===a.firstChild.getAttribute("href")})||hb("type|href|height|width",function(a,b,c){return c?void 0:a.getAttribute(b,"type"===b.toLowerCase()?1:2)}),c.attributes&&gb(function(a){return a.innerHTML="<input/>",a.firstChild.setAttribute("value",""),""===a.firstChild.getAttribute("value")})||hb("value",function(a,b,c){return c||"input"!==a.nodeName.toLowerCase()?void 0:a.defaultValue}),gb(function(a){return null==a.getAttribute("disabled")})||hb(J,function(a,b,c){var d;return c?void 0:a[b]===!0?b.toLowerCase():(d=a.getAttributeNode(b))&&d.specified?d.value:null}),db}(a);n.find=t,n.expr=t.selectors,n.expr[":"]=n.expr.pseudos,n.unique=t.uniqueSort,n.text=t.getText,n.isXMLDoc=t.isXML,n.contains=t.contains;var u=n.expr.match.needsContext,v=/^<(\w+)\s*\/?>(?:<\/\1>|)$/,w=/^.[^:#\[\.,]*$/;function x(a,b,c){if(n.isFunction(b))return n.grep(a,function(a,d){return!!b.call(a,d,a)!==c});if(b.nodeType)return n.grep(a,function(a){return a===b!==c});if("string"==typeof b){if(w.test(b))return n.filter(b,a,c);b=n.filter(b,a)}return n.grep(a,function(a){return n.inArray(a,b)>=0!==c})}n.filter=function(a,b,c){var d=b[0];return c&&(a=":not("+a+")"),1===b.length&&1===d.nodeType?n.find.matchesSelector(d,a)?[d]:[]:n.find.matches(a,n.grep(b,function(a){return 1===a.nodeType}))},n.fn.extend({find:function(a){var b,c=[],d=this,e=d.length;if("string"!=typeof a)return this.pushStack(n(a).filter(function(){for(b=0;e>b;b++)if(n.contains(d[b],this))return!0}));for(b=0;e>b;b++)n.find(a,d[b],c);return c=this.pushStack(e>1?n.unique(c):c),c.selector=this.selector?this.selector+" "+a:a,c},filter:function(a){return this.pushStack(x(this,a||[],!1))},not:function(a){return this.pushStack(x(this,a||[],!0))},is:function(a){return!!x(this,"string"==typeof a&&u.test(a)?n(a):a||[],!1).length}});var y,z=a.document,A=/^(?:\s*(<[\w\W]+>)[^>]*|#([\w-]*))$/,B=n.fn.init=function(a,b){var c,d;if(!a)return this;if("string"==typeof a){if(c="<"===a.charAt(0)&&">"===a.charAt(a.length-1)&&a.length>=3?[null,a,null]:A.exec(a),!c||!c[1]&&b)return!b||b.jquery?(b||y).find(a):this.constructor(b).find(a);if(c[1]){if(b=b instanceof n?b[0]:b,n.merge(this,n.parseHTML(c[1],b&&b.nodeType?b.ownerDocument||b:z,!0)),v.test(c[1])&&n.isPlainObject(b))for(c in b)n.isFunction(this[c])?this[c](b[c]):this.attr(c,b[c]);return this}if(d=z.getElementById(c[2]),d&&d.parentNode){if(d.id!==c[2])return y.find(a);this.length=1,this[0]=d}return this.context=z,this.selector=a,this}return a.nodeType?(this.context=this[0]=a,this.length=1,this):n.isFunction(a)?"undefined"!=typeof y.ready?y.ready(a):a(n):(void 0!==a.selector&&(this.selector=a.selector,this.context=a.context),n.makeArray(a,this))};B.prototype=n.fn,y=n(z);var C=/^(?:parents|prev(?:Until|All))/,D={children:!0,contents:!0,next:!0,prev:!0};n.extend({dir:function(a,b,c){var d=[],e=a[b];while(e&&9!==e.nodeType&&(void 0===c||1!==e.nodeType||!n(e).is(c)))1===e.nodeType&&d.push(e),e=e[b];return d},sibling:function(a,b){for(var c=[];a;a=a.nextSibling)1===a.nodeType&&a!==b&&c.push(a);return c}}),n.fn.extend({has:function(a){var b,c=n(a,this),d=c.length;return this.filter(function(){for(b=0;d>b;b++)if(n.contains(this,c[b]))return!0})},closest:function(a,b){for(var c,d=0,e=this.length,f=[],g=u.test(a)||"string"!=typeof a?n(a,b||this.context):0;e>d;d++)for(c=this[d];c&&c!==b;c=c.parentNode)if(c.nodeType<11&&(g?g.index(c)>-1:1===c.nodeType&&n.find.matchesSelector(c,a))){f.push(c);break}return this.pushStack(f.length>1?n.unique(f):f)},index:function(a){return a?"string"==typeof a?n.inArray(this[0],n(a)):n.inArray(a.jquery?a[0]:a,this):this[0]&&this[0].parentNode?this.first().prevAll().length:-1},add:function(a,b){return this.pushStack(n.unique(n.merge(this.get(),n(a,b))))},addBack:function(a){return this.add(null==a?this.prevObject:this.prevObject.filter(a))}});function E(a,b){do a=a[b];while(a&&1!==a.nodeType);return a}n.each({parent:function(a){var b=a.parentNode;return b&&11!==b.nodeType?b:null},parents:function(a){return n.dir(a,"parentNode")},parentsUntil:function(a,b,c){return n.dir(a,"parentNode",c)},next:function(a){return E(a,"nextSibling")},prev:function(a){return E(a,"previousSibling")},nextAll:function(a){return n.dir(a,"nextSibling")},prevAll:function(a){return n.dir(a,"previousSibling")},nextUntil:function(a,b,c){return n.dir(a,"nextSibling",c)},prevUntil:function(a,b,c){return n.dir(a,"previousSibling",c)},siblings:function(a){return n.sibling((a.parentNode||{}).firstChild,a)},children:function(a){return n.sibling(a.firstChild)},contents:function(a){return n.nodeName(a,"iframe")?a.contentDocument||a.contentWindow.document:n.merge([],a.childNodes)}},function(a,b){n.fn[a]=function(c,d){var e=n.map(this,b,c);return"Until"!==a.slice(-5)&&(d=c),d&&"string"==typeof d&&(e=n.filter(d,e)),this.length>1&&(D[a]||(e=n.unique(e)),C.test(a)&&(e=e.reverse())),this.pushStack(e)}});var F=/\S+/g,G={};function H(a){var b=G[a]={};return n.each(a.match(F)||[],function(a,c){b[c]=!0}),b}n.Callbacks=function(a){a="string"==typeof a?G[a]||H(a):n.extend({},a);var b,c,d,e,f,g,h=[],i=!a.once&&[],j=function(l){for(c=a.memory&&l,d=!0,f=g||0,g=0,e=h.length,b=!0;h&&e>f;f++)if(h[f].apply(l[0],l[1])===!1&&a.stopOnFalse){c=!1;break}b=!1,h&&(i?i.length&&j(i.shift()):c?h=[]:k.disable())},k={add:function(){if(h){var d=h.length;!function f(b){n.each(b,function(b,c){var d=n.type(c);"function"===d?a.unique&&k.has(c)||h.push(c):c&&c.length&&"string"!==d&&f(c)})}(arguments),b?e=h.length:c&&(g=d,j(c))}return this},remove:function(){return h&&n.each(arguments,function(a,c){var d;while((d=n.inArray(c,h,d))>-1)h.splice(d,1),b&&(e>=d&&e--,f>=d&&f--)}),this},has:function(a){return a?n.inArray(a,h)>-1:!(!h||!h.length)},empty:function(){return h=[],e=0,this},disable:function(){return h=i=c=void 0,this},disabled:function(){return!h},lock:function(){return i=void 0,c||k.disable(),this},locked:function(){return!i},fireWith:function(a,c){return!h||d&&!i||(c=c||[],c=[a,c.slice?c.slice():c],b?i.push(c):j(c)),this},fire:function(){return k.fireWith(this,arguments),this},fired:function(){return!!d}};return k},n.extend({Deferred:function(a){var b=[["resolve","done",n.Callbacks("once memory"),"resolved"],["reject","fail",n.Callbacks("once memory"),"rejected"],["notify","progress",n.Callbacks("memory")]],c="pending",d={state:function(){return c},always:function(){return e.done(arguments).fail(arguments),this},then:function(){var a=arguments;return n.Deferred(function(c){n.each(b,function(b,f){var g=n.isFunction(a[b])&&a[b];e[f[1]](function(){var a=g&&g.apply(this,arguments);a&&n.isFunction(a.promise)?a.promise().done(c.resolve).fail(c.reject).progress(c.notify):c[f[0]+"With"](this===d?c.promise():this,g?[a]:arguments)})}),a=null}).promise()},promise:function(a){return null!=a?n.extend(a,d):d}},e={};return d.pipe=d.then,n.each(b,function(a,f){var g=f[2],h=f[3];d[f[1]]=g.add,h&&g.add(function(){c=h},b[1^a][2].disable,b[2][2].lock),e[f[0]]=function(){return e[f[0]+"With"](this===e?d:this,arguments),this},e[f[0]+"With"]=g.fireWith}),d.promise(e),a&&a.call(e,e),e},when:function(a){var b=0,c=d.call(arguments),e=c.length,f=1!==e||a&&n.isFunction(a.promise)?e:0,g=1===f?a:n.Deferred(),h=function(a,b,c){return function(e){b[a]=this,c[a]=arguments.length>1?d.call(arguments):e,c===i?g.notifyWith(b,c):--f||g.resolveWith(b,c)}},i,j,k;if(e>1)for(i=new Array(e),j=new Array(e),k=new Array(e);e>b;b++)c[b]&&n.isFunction(c[b].promise)?c[b].promise().done(h(b,k,c)).fail(g.reject).progress(h(b,j,i)):--f;return f||g.resolveWith(k,c),g.promise()}});var I;n.fn.ready=function(a){return n.ready.promise().done(a),this},n.extend({isReady:!1,readyWait:1,holdReady:function(a){a?n.readyWait++:n.ready(!0)},ready:function(a){if(a===!0?!--n.readyWait:!n.isReady){if(!z.body)return setTimeout(n.ready);n.isReady=!0,a!==!0&&--n.readyWait>0||(I.resolveWith(z,[n]),n.fn.trigger&&n(z).trigger("ready").off("ready"))}}});function J(){z.addEventListener?(z.removeEventListener("DOMContentLoaded",K,!1),a.removeEventListener("load",K,!1)):(z.detachEvent("onreadystatechange",K),a.detachEvent("onload",K))}function K(){(z.addEventListener||"load"===event.type||"complete"===z.readyState)&&(J(),n.ready())}n.ready.promise=function(b){if(!I)if(I=n.Deferred(),"complete"===z.readyState)setTimeout(n.ready);else if(z.addEventListener)z.addEventListener("DOMContentLoaded",K,!1),a.addEventListener("load",K,!1);else{z.attachEvent("onreadystatechange",K),a.attachEvent("onload",K);var c=!1;try{c=null==a.frameElement&&z.documentElement}catch(d){}c&&c.doScroll&&!function e(){if(!n.isReady){try{c.doScroll("left")}catch(a){return setTimeout(e,50)}J(),n.ready()}}()}return I.promise(b)};var L="undefined",M;for(M in n(l))break;l.ownLast="0"!==M,l.inlineBlockNeedsLayout=!1,n(function(){var a,b,c=z.getElementsByTagName("body")[0];c&&(a=z.createElement("div"),a.style.cssText="border:0;width:0;height:0;position:absolute;top:0;left:-9999px;margin-top:1px",b=z.createElement("div"),c.appendChild(a).appendChild(b),typeof b.style.zoom!==L&&(b.style.cssText="border:0;margin:0;width:1px;padding:1px;display:inline;zoom:1",(l.inlineBlockNeedsLayout=3===b.offsetWidth)&&(c.style.zoom=1)),c.removeChild(a),a=b=null)}),function(){var a=z.createElement("div");if(null==l.deleteExpando){l.deleteExpando=!0;try{delete a.test}catch(b){l.deleteExpando=!1}}a=null}(),n.acceptData=function(a){var b=n.noData[(a.nodeName+" ").toLowerCase()],c=+a.nodeType||1;return 1!==c&&9!==c?!1:!b||b!==!0&&a.getAttribute("classid")===b};var N=/^(?:\{[\w\W]*\}|\[[\w\W]*\])$/,O=/([A-Z])/g;function P(a,b,c){if(void 0===c&&1===a.nodeType){var d="data-"+b.replace(O,"-$1").toLowerCase();if(c=a.getAttribute(d),"string"==typeof c){try{c="true"===c?!0:"false"===c?!1:"null"===c?null:+c+""===c?+c:N.test(c)?n.parseJSON(c):c}catch(e){}n.data(a,b,c)}else c=void 0}return c}function Q(a){var b;for(b in a)if(("data"!==b||!n.isEmptyObject(a[b]))&&"toJSON"!==b)return!1;return!0}function R(a,b,d,e){if(n.acceptData(a)){var f,g,h=n.expando,i=a.nodeType,j=i?n.cache:a,k=i?a[h]:a[h]&&h;if(k&&j[k]&&(e||j[k].data)||void 0!==d||"string"!=typeof b)return k||(k=i?a[h]=c.pop()||n.guid++:h),j[k]||(j[k]=i?{}:{toJSON:n.noop}),("object"==typeof b||"function"==typeof b)&&(e?j[k]=n.extend(j[k],b):j[k].data=n.extend(j[k].data,b)),g=j[k],e||(g.data||(g.data={}),g=g.data),void 0!==d&&(g[n.camelCase(b)]=d),"string"==typeof b?(f=g[b],null==f&&(f=g[n.camelCase(b)])):f=g,f
+}}function S(a,b,c){if(n.acceptData(a)){var d,e,f=a.nodeType,g=f?n.cache:a,h=f?a[n.expando]:n.expando;if(g[h]){if(b&&(d=c?g[h]:g[h].data)){n.isArray(b)?b=b.concat(n.map(b,n.camelCase)):b in d?b=[b]:(b=n.camelCase(b),b=b in d?[b]:b.split(" ")),e=b.length;while(e--)delete d[b[e]];if(c?!Q(d):!n.isEmptyObject(d))return}(c||(delete g[h].data,Q(g[h])))&&(f?n.cleanData([a],!0):l.deleteExpando||g!=g.window?delete g[h]:g[h]=null)}}}n.extend({cache:{},noData:{"applet ":!0,"embed ":!0,"object ":"clsid:D27CDB6E-AE6D-11cf-96B8-444553540000"},hasData:function(a){return a=a.nodeType?n.cache[a[n.expando]]:a[n.expando],!!a&&!Q(a)},data:function(a,b,c){return R(a,b,c)},removeData:function(a,b){return S(a,b)},_data:function(a,b,c){return R(a,b,c,!0)},_removeData:function(a,b){return S(a,b,!0)}}),n.fn.extend({data:function(a,b){var c,d,e,f=this[0],g=f&&f.attributes;if(void 0===a){if(this.length&&(e=n.data(f),1===f.nodeType&&!n._data(f,"parsedAttrs"))){c=g.length;while(c--)d=g[c].name,0===d.indexOf("data-")&&(d=n.camelCase(d.slice(5)),P(f,d,e[d]));n._data(f,"parsedAttrs",!0)}return e}return"object"==typeof a?this.each(function(){n.data(this,a)}):arguments.length>1?this.each(function(){n.data(this,a,b)}):f?P(f,a,n.data(f,a)):void 0},removeData:function(a){return this.each(function(){n.removeData(this,a)})}}),n.extend({queue:function(a,b,c){var d;return a?(b=(b||"fx")+"queue",d=n._data(a,b),c&&(!d||n.isArray(c)?d=n._data(a,b,n.makeArray(c)):d.push(c)),d||[]):void 0},dequeue:function(a,b){b=b||"fx";var c=n.queue(a,b),d=c.length,e=c.shift(),f=n._queueHooks(a,b),g=function(){n.dequeue(a,b)};"inprogress"===e&&(e=c.shift(),d--),e&&("fx"===b&&c.unshift("inprogress"),delete f.stop,e.call(a,g,f)),!d&&f&&f.empty.fire()},_queueHooks:function(a,b){var c=b+"queueHooks";return n._data(a,c)||n._data(a,c,{empty:n.Callbacks("once memory").add(function(){n._removeData(a,b+"queue"),n._removeData(a,c)})})}}),n.fn.extend({queue:function(a,b){var c=2;return"string"!=typeof a&&(b=a,a="fx",c--),arguments.length<c?n.queue(this[0],a):void 0===b?this:this.each(function(){var c=n.queue(this,a,b);n._queueHooks(this,a),"fx"===a&&"inprogress"!==c[0]&&n.dequeue(this,a)})},dequeue:function(a){return this.each(function(){n.dequeue(this,a)})},clearQueue:function(a){return this.queue(a||"fx",[])},promise:function(a,b){var c,d=1,e=n.Deferred(),f=this,g=this.length,h=function(){--d||e.resolveWith(f,[f])};"string"!=typeof a&&(b=a,a=void 0),a=a||"fx";while(g--)c=n._data(f[g],a+"queueHooks"),c&&c.empty&&(d++,c.empty.add(h));return h(),e.promise(b)}});var T=/[+-]?(?:\d*\.|)\d+(?:[eE][+-]?\d+|)/.source,U=["Top","Right","Bottom","Left"],V=function(a,b){return a=b||a,"none"===n.css(a,"display")||!n.contains(a.ownerDocument,a)},W=n.access=function(a,b,c,d,e,f,g){var h=0,i=a.length,j=null==c;if("object"===n.type(c)){e=!0;for(h in c)n.access(a,b,h,c[h],!0,f,g)}else if(void 0!==d&&(e=!0,n.isFunction(d)||(g=!0),j&&(g?(b.call(a,d),b=null):(j=b,b=function(a,b,c){return j.call(n(a),c)})),b))for(;i>h;h++)b(a[h],c,g?d:d.call(a[h],h,b(a[h],c)));return e?a:j?b.call(a):i?b(a[0],c):f},X=/^(?:checkbox|radio)$/i;!function(){var a=z.createDocumentFragment(),b=z.createElement("div"),c=z.createElement("input");if(b.setAttribute("className","t"),b.innerHTML="  <link/><table></table><a href='/a'>a</a>",l.leadingWhitespace=3===b.firstChild.nodeType,l.tbody=!b.getElementsByTagName("tbody").length,l.htmlSerialize=!!b.getElementsByTagName("link").length,l.html5Clone="<:nav></:nav>"!==z.createElement("nav").cloneNode(!0).outerHTML,c.type="checkbox",c.checked=!0,a.appendChild(c),l.appendChecked=c.checked,b.innerHTML="<textarea>x</textarea>",l.noCloneChecked=!!b.cloneNode(!0).lastChild.defaultValue,a.appendChild(b),b.innerHTML="<input type='radio' checked='checked' name='t'/>",l.checkClone=b.cloneNode(!0).cloneNode(!0).lastChild.checked,l.noCloneEvent=!0,b.attachEvent&&(b.attachEvent("onclick",function(){l.noCloneEvent=!1}),b.cloneNode(!0).click()),null==l.deleteExpando){l.deleteExpando=!0;try{delete b.test}catch(d){l.deleteExpando=!1}}a=b=c=null}(),function(){var b,c,d=z.createElement("div");for(b in{submit:!0,change:!0,focusin:!0})c="on"+b,(l[b+"Bubbles"]=c in a)||(d.setAttribute(c,"t"),l[b+"Bubbles"]=d.attributes[c].expando===!1);d=null}();var Y=/^(?:input|select|textarea)$/i,Z=/^key/,$=/^(?:mouse|contextmenu)|click/,_=/^(?:focusinfocus|focusoutblur)$/,ab=/^([^.]*)(?:\.(.+)|)$/;function bb(){return!0}function cb(){return!1}function db(){try{return z.activeElement}catch(a){}}n.event={global:{},add:function(a,b,c,d,e){var f,g,h,i,j,k,l,m,o,p,q,r=n._data(a);if(r){c.handler&&(i=c,c=i.handler,e=i.selector),c.guid||(c.guid=n.guid++),(g=r.events)||(g=r.events={}),(k=r.handle)||(k=r.handle=function(a){return typeof n===L||a&&n.event.triggered===a.type?void 0:n.event.dispatch.apply(k.elem,arguments)},k.elem=a),b=(b||"").match(F)||[""],h=b.length;while(h--)f=ab.exec(b[h])||[],o=q=f[1],p=(f[2]||"").split(".").sort(),o&&(j=n.event.special[o]||{},o=(e?j.delegateType:j.bindType)||o,j=n.event.special[o]||{},l=n.extend({type:o,origType:q,data:d,handler:c,guid:c.guid,selector:e,needsContext:e&&n.expr.match.needsContext.test(e),namespace:p.join(".")},i),(m=g[o])||(m=g[o]=[],m.delegateCount=0,j.setup&&j.setup.call(a,d,p,k)!==!1||(a.addEventListener?a.addEventListener(o,k,!1):a.attachEvent&&a.attachEvent("on"+o,k))),j.add&&(j.add.call(a,l),l.handler.guid||(l.handler.guid=c.guid)),e?m.splice(m.delegateCount++,0,l):m.push(l),n.event.global[o]=!0);a=null}},remove:function(a,b,c,d,e){var f,g,h,i,j,k,l,m,o,p,q,r=n.hasData(a)&&n._data(a);if(r&&(k=r.events)){b=(b||"").match(F)||[""],j=b.length;while(j--)if(h=ab.exec(b[j])||[],o=q=h[1],p=(h[2]||"").split(".").sort(),o){l=n.event.special[o]||{},o=(d?l.delegateType:l.bindType)||o,m=k[o]||[],h=h[2]&&new RegExp("(^|\\.)"+p.join("\\.(?:.*\\.|)")+"(\\.|$)"),i=f=m.length;while(f--)g=m[f],!e&&q!==g.origType||c&&c.guid!==g.guid||h&&!h.test(g.namespace)||d&&d!==g.selector&&("**"!==d||!g.selector)||(m.splice(f,1),g.selector&&m.delegateCount--,l.remove&&l.remove.call(a,g));i&&!m.length&&(l.teardown&&l.teardown.call(a,p,r.handle)!==!1||n.removeEvent(a,o,r.handle),delete k[o])}else for(o in k)n.event.remove(a,o+b[j],c,d,!0);n.isEmptyObject(k)&&(delete r.handle,n._removeData(a,"events"))}},trigger:function(b,c,d,e){var f,g,h,i,k,l,m,o=[d||z],p=j.call(b,"type")?b.type:b,q=j.call(b,"namespace")?b.namespace.split("."):[];if(h=l=d=d||z,3!==d.nodeType&&8!==d.nodeType&&!_.test(p+n.event.triggered)&&(p.indexOf(".")>=0&&(q=p.split("."),p=q.shift(),q.sort()),g=p.indexOf(":")<0&&"on"+p,b=b[n.expando]?b:new n.Event(p,"object"==typeof b&&b),b.isTrigger=e?2:3,b.namespace=q.join("."),b.namespace_re=b.namespace?new RegExp("(^|\\.)"+q.join("\\.(?:.*\\.|)")+"(\\.|$)"):null,b.result=void 0,b.target||(b.target=d),c=null==c?[b]:n.makeArray(c,[b]),k=n.event.special[p]||{},e||!k.trigger||k.trigger.apply(d,c)!==!1)){if(!e&&!k.noBubble&&!n.isWindow(d)){for(i=k.delegateType||p,_.test(i+p)||(h=h.parentNode);h;h=h.parentNode)o.push(h),l=h;l===(d.ownerDocument||z)&&o.push(l.defaultView||l.parentWindow||a)}m=0;while((h=o[m++])&&!b.isPropagationStopped())b.type=m>1?i:k.bindType||p,f=(n._data(h,"events")||{})[b.type]&&n._data(h,"handle"),f&&f.apply(h,c),f=g&&h[g],f&&f.apply&&n.acceptData(h)&&(b.result=f.apply(h,c),b.result===!1&&b.preventDefault());if(b.type=p,!e&&!b.isDefaultPrevented()&&(!k._default||k._default.apply(o.pop(),c)===!1)&&n.acceptData(d)&&g&&d[p]&&!n.isWindow(d)){l=d[g],l&&(d[g]=null),n.event.triggered=p;try{d[p]()}catch(r){}n.event.triggered=void 0,l&&(d[g]=l)}return b.result}},dispatch:function(a){a=n.event.fix(a);var b,c,e,f,g,h=[],i=d.call(arguments),j=(n._data(this,"events")||{})[a.type]||[],k=n.event.special[a.type]||{};if(i[0]=a,a.delegateTarget=this,!k.preDispatch||k.preDispatch.call(this,a)!==!1){h=n.event.handlers.call(this,a,j),b=0;while((f=h[b++])&&!a.isPropagationStopped()){a.currentTarget=f.elem,g=0;while((e=f.handlers[g++])&&!a.isImmediatePropagationStopped())(!a.namespace_re||a.namespace_re.test(e.namespace))&&(a.handleObj=e,a.data=e.data,c=((n.event.special[e.origType]||{}).handle||e.handler).apply(f.elem,i),void 0!==c&&(a.result=c)===!1&&(a.preventDefault(),a.stopPropagation()))}return k.postDispatch&&k.postDispatch.call(this,a),a.result}},handlers:function(a,b){var c,d,e,f,g=[],h=b.delegateCount,i=a.target;if(h&&i.nodeType&&(!a.button||"click"!==a.type))for(;i!=this;i=i.parentNode||this)if(1===i.nodeType&&(i.disabled!==!0||"click"!==a.type)){for(e=[],f=0;h>f;f++)d=b[f],c=d.selector+" ",void 0===e[c]&&(e[c]=d.needsContext?n(c,this).index(i)>=0:n.find(c,this,null,[i]).length),e[c]&&e.push(d);e.length&&g.push({elem:i,handlers:e})}return h<b.length&&g.push({elem:this,handlers:b.slice(h)}),g},fix:function(a){if(a[n.expando])return a;var b,c,d,e=a.type,f=a,g=this.fixHooks[e];g||(this.fixHooks[e]=g=$.test(e)?this.mouseHooks:Z.test(e)?this.keyHooks:{}),d=g.props?this.props.concat(g.props):this.props,a=new n.Event(f),b=d.length;while(b--)c=d[b],a[c]=f[c];return a.target||(a.target=f.srcElement||z),3===a.target.nodeType&&(a.target=a.target.parentNode),a.metaKey=!!a.metaKey,g.filter?g.filter(a,f):a},props:"altKey bubbles cancelable ctrlKey currentTarget eventPhase metaKey relatedTarget shiftKey target timeStamp view which".split(" "),fixHooks:{},keyHooks:{props:"char charCode key keyCode".split(" "),filter:function(a,b){return null==a.which&&(a.which=null!=b.charCode?b.charCode:b.keyCode),a}},mouseHooks:{props:"button buttons clientX clientY fromElement offsetX offsetY pageX pageY screenX screenY toElement".split(" "),filter:function(a,b){var c,d,e,f=b.button,g=b.fromElement;return null==a.pageX&&null!=b.clientX&&(d=a.target.ownerDocument||z,e=d.documentElement,c=d.body,a.pageX=b.clientX+(e&&e.scrollLeft||c&&c.scrollLeft||0)-(e&&e.clientLeft||c&&c.clientLeft||0),a.pageY=b.clientY+(e&&e.scrollTop||c&&c.scrollTop||0)-(e&&e.clientTop||c&&c.clientTop||0)),!a.relatedTarget&&g&&(a.relatedTarget=g===a.target?b.toElement:g),a.which||void 0===f||(a.which=1&f?1:2&f?3:4&f?2:0),a}},special:{load:{noBubble:!0},focus:{trigger:function(){if(this!==db()&&this.focus)try{return this.focus(),!1}catch(a){}},delegateType:"focusin"},blur:{trigger:function(){return this===db()&&this.blur?(this.blur(),!1):void 0},delegateType:"focusout"},click:{trigger:function(){return n.nodeName(this,"input")&&"checkbox"===this.type&&this.click?(this.click(),!1):void 0},_default:function(a){return n.nodeName(a.target,"a")}},beforeunload:{postDispatch:function(a){void 0!==a.result&&(a.originalEvent.returnValue=a.result)}}},simulate:function(a,b,c,d){var e=n.extend(new n.Event,c,{type:a,isSimulated:!0,originalEvent:{}});d?n.event.trigger(e,null,b):n.event.dispatch.call(b,e),e.isDefaultPrevented()&&c.preventDefault()}},n.removeEvent=z.removeEventListener?function(a,b,c){a.removeEventListener&&a.removeEventListener(b,c,!1)}:function(a,b,c){var d="on"+b;a.detachEvent&&(typeof a[d]===L&&(a[d]=null),a.detachEvent(d,c))},n.Event=function(a,b){return this instanceof n.Event?(a&&a.type?(this.originalEvent=a,this.type=a.type,this.isDefaultPrevented=a.defaultPrevented||void 0===a.defaultPrevented&&(a.returnValue===!1||a.getPreventDefault&&a.getPreventDefault())?bb:cb):this.type=a,b&&n.extend(this,b),this.timeStamp=a&&a.timeStamp||n.now(),void(this[n.expando]=!0)):new n.Event(a,b)},n.Event.prototype={isDefaultPrevented:cb,isPropagationStopped:cb,isImmediatePropagationStopped:cb,preventDefault:function(){var a=this.originalEvent;this.isDefaultPrevented=bb,a&&(a.preventDefault?a.preventDefault():a.returnValue=!1)},stopPropagation:function(){var a=this.originalEvent;this.isPropagationStopped=bb,a&&(a.stopPropagation&&a.stopPropagation(),a.cancelBubble=!0)},stopImmediatePropagation:function(){this.isImmediatePropagationStopped=bb,this.stopPropagation()}},n.each({mouseenter:"mouseover",mouseleave:"mouseout"},function(a,b){n.event.special[a]={delegateType:b,bindType:b,handle:function(a){var c,d=this,e=a.relatedTarget,f=a.handleObj;return(!e||e!==d&&!n.contains(d,e))&&(a.type=f.origType,c=f.handler.apply(this,arguments),a.type=b),c}}}),l.submitBubbles||(n.event.special.submit={setup:function(){return n.nodeName(this,"form")?!1:void n.event.add(this,"click._submit keypress._submit",function(a){var b=a.target,c=n.nodeName(b,"input")||n.nodeName(b,"button")?b.form:void 0;c&&!n._data(c,"submitBubbles")&&(n.event.add(c,"submit._submit",function(a){a._submit_bubble=!0}),n._data(c,"submitBubbles",!0))})},postDispatch:function(a){a._submit_bubble&&(delete a._submit_bubble,this.parentNode&&!a.isTrigger&&n.event.simulate("submit",this.parentNode,a,!0))},teardown:function(){return n.nodeName(this,"form")?!1:void n.event.remove(this,"._submit")}}),l.changeBubbles||(n.event.special.change={setup:function(){return Y.test(this.nodeName)?(("checkbox"===this.type||"radio"===this.type)&&(n.event.add(this,"propertychange._change",function(a){"checked"===a.originalEvent.propertyName&&(this._just_changed=!0)}),n.event.add(this,"click._change",function(a){this._just_changed&&!a.isTrigger&&(this._just_changed=!1),n.event.simulate("change",this,a,!0)})),!1):void n.event.add(this,"beforeactivate._change",function(a){var b=a.target;Y.test(b.nodeName)&&!n._data(b,"changeBubbles")&&(n.event.add(b,"change._change",function(a){!this.parentNode||a.isSimulated||a.isTrigger||n.event.simulate("change",this.parentNode,a,!0)}),n._data(b,"changeBubbles",!0))})},handle:function(a){var b=a.target;return this!==b||a.isSimulated||a.isTrigger||"radio"!==b.type&&"checkbox"!==b.type?a.handleObj.handler.apply(this,arguments):void 0},teardown:function(){return n.event.remove(this,"._change"),!Y.test(this.nodeName)}}),l.focusinBubbles||n.each({focus:"focusin",blur:"focusout"},function(a,b){var c=function(a){n.event.simulate(b,a.target,n.event.fix(a),!0)};n.event.special[b]={setup:function(){var d=this.ownerDocument||this,e=n._data(d,b);e||d.addEventListener(a,c,!0),n._data(d,b,(e||0)+1)},teardown:function(){var d=this.ownerDocument||this,e=n._data(d,b)-1;e?n._data(d,b,e):(d.removeEventListener(a,c,!0),n._removeData(d,b))}}}),n.fn.extend({on:function(a,b,c,d,e){var f,g;if("object"==typeof a){"string"!=typeof b&&(c=c||b,b=void 0);for(f in a)this.on(f,b,c,a[f],e);return this}if(null==c&&null==d?(d=b,c=b=void 0):null==d&&("string"==typeof b?(d=c,c=void 0):(d=c,c=b,b=void 0)),d===!1)d=cb;else if(!d)return this;return 1===e&&(g=d,d=function(a){return n().off(a),g.apply(this,arguments)},d.guid=g.guid||(g.guid=n.guid++)),this.each(function(){n.event.add(this,a,d,c,b)})},one:function(a,b,c,d){return this.on(a,b,c,d,1)},off:function(a,b,c){var d,e;if(a&&a.preventDefault&&a.handleObj)return d=a.handleObj,n(a.delegateTarget).off(d.namespace?d.origType+"."+d.namespace:d.origType,d.selector,d.handler),this;if("object"==typeof a){for(e in a)this.off(e,b,a[e]);return this}return(b===!1||"function"==typeof b)&&(c=b,b=void 0),c===!1&&(c=cb),this.each(function(){n.event.remove(this,a,c,b)})},trigger:function(a,b){return this.each(function(){n.event.trigger(a,b,this)})},triggerHandler:function(a,b){var c=this[0];return c?n.event.trigger(a,b,c,!0):void 0}});function eb(a){var b=fb.split("|"),c=a.createDocumentFragment();if(c.createElement)while(b.length)c.createElement(b.pop());return c}var fb="abbr|article|aside|audio|bdi|canvas|data|datalist|details|figcaption|figure|footer|header|hgroup|mark|meter|nav|output|progress|section|summary|time|video",gb=/ jQuery\d+="(?:null|\d+)"/g,hb=new RegExp("<(?:"+fb+")[\\s/>]","i"),ib=/^\s+/,jb=/<(?!area|br|col|embed|hr|img|input|link|meta|param)(([\w:]+)[^>]*)\/>/gi,kb=/<([\w:]+)/,lb=/<tbody/i,mb=/<|&#?\w+;/,nb=/<(?:script|style|link)/i,ob=/checked\s*(?:[^=]|=\s*.checked.)/i,pb=/^$|\/(?:java|ecma)script/i,qb=/^true\/(.*)/,rb=/^\s*<!(?:\[CDATA\[|--)|(?:\]\]|--)>\s*$/g,sb={option:[1,"<select multiple='multiple'>","</select>"],legend:[1,"<fieldset>","</fieldset>"],area:[1,"<map>","</map>"],param:[1,"<object>","</object>"],thead:[1,"<table>","</table>"],tr:[2,"<table><tbody>","</tbody></table>"],col:[2,"<table><tbody></tbody><colgroup>","</colgroup></table>"],td:[3,"<table><tbody><tr>","</tr></tbody></table>"],_default:l.htmlSerialize?[0,"",""]:[1,"X<div>","</div>"]},tb=eb(z),ub=tb.appendChild(z.createElement("div"));sb.optgroup=sb.option,sb.tbody=sb.tfoot=sb.colgroup=sb.caption=sb.thead,sb.th=sb.td;function vb(a,b){var c,d,e=0,f=typeof a.getElementsByTagName!==L?a.getElementsByTagName(b||"*"):typeof a.querySelectorAll!==L?a.querySelectorAll(b||"*"):void 0;if(!f)for(f=[],c=a.childNodes||a;null!=(d=c[e]);e++)!b||n.nodeName(d,b)?f.push(d):n.merge(f,vb(d,b));return void 0===b||b&&n.nodeName(a,b)?n.merge([a],f):f}function wb(a){X.test(a.type)&&(a.defaultChecked=a.checked)}function xb(a,b){return n.nodeName(a,"table")&&n.nodeName(11!==b.nodeType?b:b.firstChild,"tr")?a.getElementsByTagName("tbody")[0]||a.appendChild(a.ownerDocument.createElement("tbody")):a}function yb(a){return a.type=(null!==n.find.attr(a,"type"))+"/"+a.type,a}function zb(a){var b=qb.exec(a.type);return b?a.type=b[1]:a.removeAttribute("type"),a}function Ab(a,b){for(var c,d=0;null!=(c=a[d]);d++)n._data(c,"globalEval",!b||n._data(b[d],"globalEval"))}function Bb(a,b){if(1===b.nodeType&&n.hasData(a)){var c,d,e,f=n._data(a),g=n._data(b,f),h=f.events;if(h){delete g.handle,g.events={};for(c in h)for(d=0,e=h[c].length;e>d;d++)n.event.add(b,c,h[c][d])}g.data&&(g.data=n.extend({},g.data))}}function Cb(a,b){var c,d,e;if(1===b.nodeType){if(c=b.nodeName.toLowerCase(),!l.noCloneEvent&&b[n.expando]){e=n._data(b);for(d in e.events)n.removeEvent(b,d,e.handle);b.removeAttribute(n.expando)}"script"===c&&b.text!==a.text?(yb(b).text=a.text,zb(b)):"object"===c?(b.parentNode&&(b.outerHTML=a.outerHTML),l.html5Clone&&a.innerHTML&&!n.trim(b.innerHTML)&&(b.innerHTML=a.innerHTML)):"input"===c&&X.test(a.type)?(b.defaultChecked=b.checked=a.checked,b.value!==a.value&&(b.value=a.value)):"option"===c?b.defaultSelected=b.selected=a.defaultSelected:("input"===c||"textarea"===c)&&(b.defaultValue=a.defaultValue)}}n.extend({clone:function(a,b,c){var d,e,f,g,h,i=n.contains(a.ownerDocument,a);if(l.html5Clone||n.isXMLDoc(a)||!hb.test("<"+a.nodeName+">")?f=a.cloneNode(!0):(ub.innerHTML=a.outerHTML,ub.removeChild(f=ub.firstChild)),!(l.noCloneEvent&&l.noCloneChecked||1!==a.nodeType&&11!==a.nodeType||n.isXMLDoc(a)))for(d=vb(f),h=vb(a),g=0;null!=(e=h[g]);++g)d[g]&&Cb(e,d[g]);if(b)if(c)for(h=h||vb(a),d=d||vb(f),g=0;null!=(e=h[g]);g++)Bb(e,d[g]);else Bb(a,f);return d=vb(f,"script"),d.length>0&&Ab(d,!i&&vb(a,"script")),d=h=e=null,f},buildFragment:function(a,b,c,d){for(var e,f,g,h,i,j,k,m=a.length,o=eb(b),p=[],q=0;m>q;q++)if(f=a[q],f||0===f)if("object"===n.type(f))n.merge(p,f.nodeType?[f]:f);else if(mb.test(f)){h=h||o.appendChild(b.createElement("div")),i=(kb.exec(f)||["",""])[1].toLowerCase(),k=sb[i]||sb._default,h.innerHTML=k[1]+f.replace(jb,"<$1></$2>")+k[2],e=k[0];while(e--)h=h.lastChild;if(!l.leadingWhitespace&&ib.test(f)&&p.push(b.createTextNode(ib.exec(f)[0])),!l.tbody){f="table"!==i||lb.test(f)?"<table>"!==k[1]||lb.test(f)?0:h:h.firstChild,e=f&&f.childNodes.length;while(e--)n.nodeName(j=f.childNodes[e],"tbody")&&!j.childNodes.length&&f.removeChild(j)}n.merge(p,h.childNodes),h.textContent="";while(h.firstChild)h.removeChild(h.firstChild);h=o.lastChild}else p.push(b.createTextNode(f));h&&o.removeChild(h),l.appendChecked||n.grep(vb(p,"input"),wb),q=0;while(f=p[q++])if((!d||-1===n.inArray(f,d))&&(g=n.contains(f.ownerDocument,f),h=vb(o.appendChild(f),"script"),g&&Ab(h),c)){e=0;while(f=h[e++])pb.test(f.type||"")&&c.push(f)}return h=null,o},cleanData:function(a,b){for(var d,e,f,g,h=0,i=n.expando,j=n.cache,k=l.deleteExpando,m=n.event.special;null!=(d=a[h]);h++)if((b||n.acceptData(d))&&(f=d[i],g=f&&j[f])){if(g.events)for(e in g.events)m[e]?n.event.remove(d,e):n.removeEvent(d,e,g.handle);j[f]&&(delete j[f],k?delete d[i]:typeof d.removeAttribute!==L?d.removeAttribute(i):d[i]=null,c.push(f))}}}),n.fn.extend({text:function(a){return W(this,function(a){return void 0===a?n.text(this):this.empty().append((this[0]&&this[0].ownerDocument||z).createTextNode(a))},null,a,arguments.length)},append:function(){return this.domManip(arguments,function(a){if(1===this.nodeType||11===this.nodeType||9===this.nodeType){var b=xb(this,a);b.appendChild(a)}})},prepend:function(){return this.domManip(arguments,function(a){if(1===this.nodeType||11===this.nodeType||9===this.nodeType){var b=xb(this,a);b.insertBefore(a,b.firstChild)}})},before:function(){return this.domManip(arguments,function(a){this.parentNode&&this.parentNode.insertBefore(a,this)})},after:function(){return this.domManip(arguments,function(a){this.parentNode&&this.parentNode.insertBefore(a,this.nextSibling)})},remove:function(a,b){for(var c,d=a?n.filter(a,this):this,e=0;null!=(c=d[e]);e++)b||1!==c.nodeType||n.cleanData(vb(c)),c.parentNode&&(b&&n.contains(c.ownerDocument,c)&&Ab(vb(c,"script")),c.parentNode.removeChild(c));return this},empty:function(){for(var a,b=0;null!=(a=this[b]);b++){1===a.nodeType&&n.cleanData(vb(a,!1));while(a.firstChild)a.removeChild(a.firstChild);a.options&&n.nodeName(a,"select")&&(a.options.length=0)}return this},clone:function(a,b){return a=null==a?!1:a,b=null==b?a:b,this.map(function(){return n.clone(this,a,b)})},html:function(a){return W(this,function(a){var b=this[0]||{},c=0,d=this.length;if(void 0===a)return 1===b.nodeType?b.innerHTML.replace(gb,""):void 0;if(!("string"!=typeof a||nb.test(a)||!l.htmlSerialize&&hb.test(a)||!l.leadingWhitespace&&ib.test(a)||sb[(kb.exec(a)||["",""])[1].toLowerCase()])){a=a.replace(jb,"<$1></$2>");try{for(;d>c;c++)b=this[c]||{},1===b.nodeType&&(n.cleanData(vb(b,!1)),b.innerHTML=a);b=0}catch(e){}}b&&this.empty().append(a)},null,a,arguments.length)},replaceWith:function(){var a=arguments[0];return this.domManip(arguments,function(b){a=this.parentNode,n.cleanData(vb(this)),a&&a.replaceChild(b,this)}),a&&(a.length||a.nodeType)?this:this.remove()},detach:function(a){return this.remove(a,!0)},domManip:function(a,b){a=e.apply([],a);var c,d,f,g,h,i,j=0,k=this.length,m=this,o=k-1,p=a[0],q=n.isFunction(p);if(q||k>1&&"string"==typeof p&&!l.checkClone&&ob.test(p))return this.each(function(c){var d=m.eq(c);q&&(a[0]=p.call(this,c,d.html())),d.domManip(a,b)});if(k&&(i=n.buildFragment(a,this[0].ownerDocument,!1,this),c=i.firstChild,1===i.childNodes.length&&(i=c),c)){for(g=n.map(vb(i,"script"),yb),f=g.length;k>j;j++)d=i,j!==o&&(d=n.clone(d,!0,!0),f&&n.merge(g,vb(d,"script"))),b.call(this[j],d,j);if(f)for(h=g[g.length-1].ownerDocument,n.map(g,zb),j=0;f>j;j++)d=g[j],pb.test(d.type||"")&&!n._data(d,"globalEval")&&n.contains(h,d)&&(d.src?n._evalUrl&&n._evalUrl(d.src):n.globalEval((d.text||d.textContent||d.innerHTML||"").replace(rb,"")));i=c=null}return this}}),n.each({appendTo:"append",prependTo:"prepend",insertBefore:"before",insertAfter:"after",replaceAll:"replaceWith"},function(a,b){n.fn[a]=function(a){for(var c,d=0,e=[],g=n(a),h=g.length-1;h>=d;d++)c=d===h?this:this.clone(!0),n(g[d])[b](c),f.apply(e,c.get());return this.pushStack(e)}});var Db,Eb={};function Fb(b,c){var d=n(c.createElement(b)).appendTo(c.body),e=a.getDefaultComputedStyle?a.getDefaultComputedStyle(d[0]).display:n.css(d[0],"display");return d.detach(),e}function Gb(a){var b=z,c=Eb[a];return c||(c=Fb(a,b),"none"!==c&&c||(Db=(Db||n("<iframe frameborder='0' width='0' height='0'/>")).appendTo(b.documentElement),b=(Db[0].contentWindow||Db[0].contentDocument).document,b.write(),b.close(),c=Fb(a,b),Db.detach()),Eb[a]=c),c}!function(){var a,b,c=z.createElement("div"),d="-webkit-box-sizing:content-box;-moz-box-sizing:content-box;box-sizing:content-box;display:block;padding:0;margin:0;border:0";c.innerHTML="  <link/><table></table><a href='/a'>a</a><input type='checkbox'/>",a=c.getElementsByTagName("a")[0],a.style.cssText="float:left;opacity:.5",l.opacity=/^0.5/.test(a.style.opacity),l.cssFloat=!!a.style.cssFloat,c.style.backgroundClip="content-box",c.cloneNode(!0).style.backgroundClip="",l.clearCloneStyle="content-box"===c.style.backgroundClip,a=c=null,l.shrinkWrapBlocks=function(){var a,c,e,f;if(null==b){if(a=z.getElementsByTagName("body")[0],!a)return;f="border:0;width:0;height:0;position:absolute;top:0;left:-9999px",c=z.createElement("div"),e=z.createElement("div"),a.appendChild(c).appendChild(e),b=!1,typeof e.style.zoom!==L&&(e.style.cssText=d+";width:1px;padding:1px;zoom:1",e.innerHTML="<div></div>",e.firstChild.style.width="5px",b=3!==e.offsetWidth),a.removeChild(c),a=c=e=null}return b}}();var Hb=/^margin/,Ib=new RegExp("^("+T+")(?!px)[a-z%]+$","i"),Jb,Kb,Lb=/^(top|right|bottom|left)$/;a.getComputedStyle?(Jb=function(a){return a.ownerDocument.defaultView.getComputedStyle(a,null)},Kb=function(a,b,c){var d,e,f,g,h=a.style;return c=c||Jb(a),g=c?c.getPropertyValue(b)||c[b]:void 0,c&&(""!==g||n.contains(a.ownerDocument,a)||(g=n.style(a,b)),Ib.test(g)&&Hb.test(b)&&(d=h.width,e=h.minWidth,f=h.maxWidth,h.minWidth=h.maxWidth=h.width=g,g=c.width,h.width=d,h.minWidth=e,h.maxWidth=f)),void 0===g?g:g+""}):z.documentElement.currentStyle&&(Jb=function(a){return a.currentStyle},Kb=function(a,b,c){var d,e,f,g,h=a.style;return c=c||Jb(a),g=c?c[b]:void 0,null==g&&h&&h[b]&&(g=h[b]),Ib.test(g)&&!Lb.test(b)&&(d=h.left,e=a.runtimeStyle,f=e&&e.left,f&&(e.left=a.currentStyle.left),h.left="fontSize"===b?"1em":g,g=h.pixelLeft+"px",h.left=d,f&&(e.left=f)),void 0===g?g:g+""||"auto"});function Mb(a,b){return{get:function(){var c=a();if(null!=c)return c?void delete this.get:(this.get=b).apply(this,arguments)}}}!function(){var b,c,d,e,f,g,h=z.createElement("div"),i="border:0;width:0;height:0;position:absolute;top:0;left:-9999px",j="-webkit-box-sizing:content-box;-moz-box-sizing:content-box;box-sizing:content-box;display:block;padding:0;margin:0;border:0";h.innerHTML="  <link/><table></table><a href='/a'>a</a><input type='checkbox'/>",b=h.getElementsByTagName("a")[0],b.style.cssText="float:left;opacity:.5",l.opacity=/^0.5/.test(b.style.opacity),l.cssFloat=!!b.style.cssFloat,h.style.backgroundClip="content-box",h.cloneNode(!0).style.backgroundClip="",l.clearCloneStyle="content-box"===h.style.backgroundClip,b=h=null,n.extend(l,{reliableHiddenOffsets:function(){if(null!=c)return c;var a,b,d,e=z.createElement("div"),f=z.getElementsByTagName("body")[0];if(f)return e.setAttribute("className","t"),e.innerHTML="  <link/><table></table><a href='/a'>a</a><input type='checkbox'/>",a=z.createElement("div"),a.style.cssText=i,f.appendChild(a).appendChild(e),e.innerHTML="<table><tr><td></td><td>t</td></tr></table>",b=e.getElementsByTagName("td"),b[0].style.cssText="padding:0;margin:0;border:0;display:none",d=0===b[0].offsetHeight,b[0].style.display="",b[1].style.display="none",c=d&&0===b[0].offsetHeight,f.removeChild(a),e=f=null,c},boxSizing:function(){return null==d&&k(),d},boxSizingReliable:function(){return null==e&&k(),e},pixelPosition:function(){return null==f&&k(),f},reliableMarginRight:function(){var b,c,d,e;if(null==g&&a.getComputedStyle){if(b=z.getElementsByTagName("body")[0],!b)return;c=z.createElement("div"),d=z.createElement("div"),c.style.cssText=i,b.appendChild(c).appendChild(d),e=d.appendChild(z.createElement("div")),e.style.cssText=d.style.cssText=j,e.style.marginRight=e.style.width="0",d.style.width="1px",g=!parseFloat((a.getComputedStyle(e,null)||{}).marginRight),b.removeChild(c)}return g}});function k(){var b,c,h=z.getElementsByTagName("body")[0];h&&(b=z.createElement("div"),c=z.createElement("div"),b.style.cssText=i,h.appendChild(b).appendChild(c),c.style.cssText="-webkit-box-sizing:border-box;-moz-box-sizing:border-box;box-sizing:border-box;position:absolute;display:block;padding:1px;border:1px;width:4px;margin-top:1%;top:1%",n.swap(h,null!=h.style.zoom?{zoom:1}:{},function(){d=4===c.offsetWidth}),e=!0,f=!1,g=!0,a.getComputedStyle&&(f="1%"!==(a.getComputedStyle(c,null)||{}).top,e="4px"===(a.getComputedStyle(c,null)||{width:"4px"}).width),h.removeChild(b),c=h=null)}}(),n.swap=function(a,b,c,d){var e,f,g={};for(f in b)g[f]=a.style[f],a.style[f]=b[f];e=c.apply(a,d||[]);for(f in b)a.style[f]=g[f];return e};var Nb=/alpha\([^)]*\)/i,Ob=/opacity\s*=\s*([^)]*)/,Pb=/^(none|table(?!-c[ea]).+)/,Qb=new RegExp("^("+T+")(.*)$","i"),Rb=new RegExp("^([+-])=("+T+")","i"),Sb={position:"absolute",visibility:"hidden",display:"block"},Tb={letterSpacing:0,fontWeight:400},Ub=["Webkit","O","Moz","ms"];function Vb(a,b){if(b in a)return b;var c=b.charAt(0).toUpperCase()+b.slice(1),d=b,e=Ub.length;while(e--)if(b=Ub[e]+c,b in a)return b;return d}function Wb(a,b){for(var c,d,e,f=[],g=0,h=a.length;h>g;g++)d=a[g],d.style&&(f[g]=n._data(d,"olddisplay"),c=d.style.display,b?(f[g]||"none"!==c||(d.style.display=""),""===d.style.display&&V(d)&&(f[g]=n._data(d,"olddisplay",Gb(d.nodeName)))):f[g]||(e=V(d),(c&&"none"!==c||!e)&&n._data(d,"olddisplay",e?c:n.css(d,"display"))));for(g=0;h>g;g++)d=a[g],d.style&&(b&&"none"!==d.style.display&&""!==d.style.display||(d.style.display=b?f[g]||"":"none"));return a}function Xb(a,b,c){var d=Qb.exec(b);return d?Math.max(0,d[1]-(c||0))+(d[2]||"px"):b}function Yb(a,b,c,d,e){for(var f=c===(d?"border":"content")?4:"width"===b?1:0,g=0;4>f;f+=2)"margin"===c&&(g+=n.css(a,c+U[f],!0,e)),d?("content"===c&&(g-=n.css(a,"padding"+U[f],!0,e)),"margin"!==c&&(g-=n.css(a,"border"+U[f]+"Width",!0,e))):(g+=n.css(a,"padding"+U[f],!0,e),"padding"!==c&&(g+=n.css(a,"border"+U[f]+"Width",!0,e)));return g}function Zb(a,b,c){var d=!0,e="width"===b?a.offsetWidth:a.offsetHeight,f=Jb(a),g=l.boxSizing()&&"border-box"===n.css(a,"boxSizing",!1,f);if(0>=e||null==e){if(e=Kb(a,b,f),(0>e||null==e)&&(e=a.style[b]),Ib.test(e))return e;d=g&&(l.boxSizingReliable()||e===a.style[b]),e=parseFloat(e)||0}return e+Yb(a,b,c||(g?"border":"content"),d,f)+"px"}n.extend({cssHooks:{opacity:{get:function(a,b){if(b){var c=Kb(a,"opacity");return""===c?"1":c}}}},cssNumber:{columnCount:!0,fillOpacity:!0,fontWeight:!0,lineHeight:!0,opacity:!0,order:!0,orphans:!0,widows:!0,zIndex:!0,zoom:!0},cssProps:{"float":l.cssFloat?"cssFloat":"styleFloat"},style:function(a,b,c,d){if(a&&3!==a.nodeType&&8!==a.nodeType&&a.style){var e,f,g,h=n.camelCase(b),i=a.style;if(b=n.cssProps[h]||(n.cssProps[h]=Vb(i,h)),g=n.cssHooks[b]||n.cssHooks[h],void 0===c)return g&&"get"in g&&void 0!==(e=g.get(a,!1,d))?e:i[b];if(f=typeof c,"string"===f&&(e=Rb.exec(c))&&(c=(e[1]+1)*e[2]+parseFloat(n.css(a,b)),f="number"),null!=c&&c===c&&("number"!==f||n.cssNumber[h]||(c+="px"),l.clearCloneStyle||""!==c||0!==b.indexOf("background")||(i[b]="inherit"),!(g&&"set"in g&&void 0===(c=g.set(a,c,d)))))try{i[b]="",i[b]=c}catch(j){}}},css:function(a,b,c,d){var e,f,g,h=n.camelCase(b);return b=n.cssProps[h]||(n.cssProps[h]=Vb(a.style,h)),g=n.cssHooks[b]||n.cssHooks[h],g&&"get"in g&&(f=g.get(a,!0,c)),void 0===f&&(f=Kb(a,b,d)),"normal"===f&&b in Tb&&(f=Tb[b]),""===c||c?(e=parseFloat(f),c===!0||n.isNumeric(e)?e||0:f):f}}),n.each(["height","width"],function(a,b){n.cssHooks[b]={get:function(a,c,d){return c?0===a.offsetWidth&&Pb.test(n.css(a,"display"))?n.swap(a,Sb,function(){return Zb(a,b,d)}):Zb(a,b,d):void 0},set:function(a,c,d){var e=d&&Jb(a);return Xb(a,c,d?Yb(a,b,d,l.boxSizing()&&"border-box"===n.css(a,"boxSizing",!1,e),e):0)}}}),l.opacity||(n.cssHooks.opacity={get:function(a,b){return Ob.test((b&&a.currentStyle?a.currentStyle.filter:a.style.filter)||"")?.01*parseFloat(RegExp.$1)+"":b?"1":""},set:function(a,b){var c=a.style,d=a.currentStyle,e=n.isNumeric(b)?"alpha(opacity="+100*b+")":"",f=d&&d.filter||c.filter||"";c.zoom=1,(b>=1||""===b)&&""===n.trim(f.replace(Nb,""))&&c.removeAttribute&&(c.removeAttribute("filter"),""===b||d&&!d.filter)||(c.filter=Nb.test(f)?f.replace(Nb,e):f+" "+e)}}),n.cssHooks.marginRight=Mb(l.reliableMarginRight,function(a,b){return b?n.swap(a,{display:"inline-block"},Kb,[a,"marginRight"]):void 0}),n.each({margin:"",padding:"",border:"Width"},function(a,b){n.cssHooks[a+b]={expand:function(c){for(var d=0,e={},f="string"==typeof c?c.split(" "):[c];4>d;d++)e[a+U[d]+b]=f[d]||f[d-2]||f[0];return e}},Hb.test(a)||(n.cssHooks[a+b].set=Xb)}),n.fn.extend({css:function(a,b){return W(this,function(a,b,c){var d,e,f={},g=0;if(n.isArray(b)){for(d=Jb(a),e=b.length;e>g;g++)f[b[g]]=n.css(a,b[g],!1,d);return f}return void 0!==c?n.style(a,b,c):n.css(a,b)
+},a,b,arguments.length>1)},show:function(){return Wb(this,!0)},hide:function(){return Wb(this)},toggle:function(a){return"boolean"==typeof a?a?this.show():this.hide():this.each(function(){V(this)?n(this).show():n(this).hide()})}});function $b(a,b,c,d,e){return new $b.prototype.init(a,b,c,d,e)}n.Tween=$b,$b.prototype={constructor:$b,init:function(a,b,c,d,e,f){this.elem=a,this.prop=c,this.easing=e||"swing",this.options=b,this.start=this.now=this.cur(),this.end=d,this.unit=f||(n.cssNumber[c]?"":"px")},cur:function(){var a=$b.propHooks[this.prop];return a&&a.get?a.get(this):$b.propHooks._default.get(this)},run:function(a){var b,c=$b.propHooks[this.prop];return this.pos=b=this.options.duration?n.easing[this.easing](a,this.options.duration*a,0,1,this.options.duration):a,this.now=(this.end-this.start)*b+this.start,this.options.step&&this.options.step.call(this.elem,this.now,this),c&&c.set?c.set(this):$b.propHooks._default.set(this),this}},$b.prototype.init.prototype=$b.prototype,$b.propHooks={_default:{get:function(a){var b;return null==a.elem[a.prop]||a.elem.style&&null!=a.elem.style[a.prop]?(b=n.css(a.elem,a.prop,""),b&&"auto"!==b?b:0):a.elem[a.prop]},set:function(a){n.fx.step[a.prop]?n.fx.step[a.prop](a):a.elem.style&&(null!=a.elem.style[n.cssProps[a.prop]]||n.cssHooks[a.prop])?n.style(a.elem,a.prop,a.now+a.unit):a.elem[a.prop]=a.now}}},$b.propHooks.scrollTop=$b.propHooks.scrollLeft={set:function(a){a.elem.nodeType&&a.elem.parentNode&&(a.elem[a.prop]=a.now)}},n.easing={linear:function(a){return a},swing:function(a){return.5-Math.cos(a*Math.PI)/2}},n.fx=$b.prototype.init,n.fx.step={};var _b,ac,bc=/^(?:toggle|show|hide)$/,cc=new RegExp("^(?:([+-])=|)("+T+")([a-z%]*)$","i"),dc=/queueHooks$/,ec=[jc],fc={"*":[function(a,b){var c=this.createTween(a,b),d=c.cur(),e=cc.exec(b),f=e&&e[3]||(n.cssNumber[a]?"":"px"),g=(n.cssNumber[a]||"px"!==f&&+d)&&cc.exec(n.css(c.elem,a)),h=1,i=20;if(g&&g[3]!==f){f=f||g[3],e=e||[],g=+d||1;do h=h||".5",g/=h,n.style(c.elem,a,g+f);while(h!==(h=c.cur()/d)&&1!==h&&--i)}return e&&(g=c.start=+g||+d||0,c.unit=f,c.end=e[1]?g+(e[1]+1)*e[2]:+e[2]),c}]};function gc(){return setTimeout(function(){_b=void 0}),_b=n.now()}function hc(a,b){var c,d={height:a},e=0;for(b=b?1:0;4>e;e+=2-b)c=U[e],d["margin"+c]=d["padding"+c]=a;return b&&(d.opacity=d.width=a),d}function ic(a,b,c){for(var d,e=(fc[b]||[]).concat(fc["*"]),f=0,g=e.length;g>f;f++)if(d=e[f].call(c,b,a))return d}function jc(a,b,c){var d,e,f,g,h,i,j,k,m=this,o={},p=a.style,q=a.nodeType&&V(a),r=n._data(a,"fxshow");c.queue||(h=n._queueHooks(a,"fx"),null==h.unqueued&&(h.unqueued=0,i=h.empty.fire,h.empty.fire=function(){h.unqueued||i()}),h.unqueued++,m.always(function(){m.always(function(){h.unqueued--,n.queue(a,"fx").length||h.empty.fire()})})),1===a.nodeType&&("height"in b||"width"in b)&&(c.overflow=[p.overflow,p.overflowX,p.overflowY],j=n.css(a,"display"),k=Gb(a.nodeName),"none"===j&&(j=k),"inline"===j&&"none"===n.css(a,"float")&&(l.inlineBlockNeedsLayout&&"inline"!==k?p.zoom=1:p.display="inline-block")),c.overflow&&(p.overflow="hidden",l.shrinkWrapBlocks()||m.always(function(){p.overflow=c.overflow[0],p.overflowX=c.overflow[1],p.overflowY=c.overflow[2]}));for(d in b)if(e=b[d],bc.exec(e)){if(delete b[d],f=f||"toggle"===e,e===(q?"hide":"show")){if("show"!==e||!r||void 0===r[d])continue;q=!0}o[d]=r&&r[d]||n.style(a,d)}if(!n.isEmptyObject(o)){r?"hidden"in r&&(q=r.hidden):r=n._data(a,"fxshow",{}),f&&(r.hidden=!q),q?n(a).show():m.done(function(){n(a).hide()}),m.done(function(){var b;n._removeData(a,"fxshow");for(b in o)n.style(a,b,o[b])});for(d in o)g=ic(q?r[d]:0,d,m),d in r||(r[d]=g.start,q&&(g.end=g.start,g.start="width"===d||"height"===d?1:0))}}function kc(a,b){var c,d,e,f,g;for(c in a)if(d=n.camelCase(c),e=b[d],f=a[c],n.isArray(f)&&(e=f[1],f=a[c]=f[0]),c!==d&&(a[d]=f,delete a[c]),g=n.cssHooks[d],g&&"expand"in g){f=g.expand(f),delete a[d];for(c in f)c in a||(a[c]=f[c],b[c]=e)}else b[d]=e}function lc(a,b,c){var d,e,f=0,g=ec.length,h=n.Deferred().always(function(){delete i.elem}),i=function(){if(e)return!1;for(var b=_b||gc(),c=Math.max(0,j.startTime+j.duration-b),d=c/j.duration||0,f=1-d,g=0,i=j.tweens.length;i>g;g++)j.tweens[g].run(f);return h.notifyWith(a,[j,f,c]),1>f&&i?c:(h.resolveWith(a,[j]),!1)},j=h.promise({elem:a,props:n.extend({},b),opts:n.extend(!0,{specialEasing:{}},c),originalProperties:b,originalOptions:c,startTime:_b||gc(),duration:c.duration,tweens:[],createTween:function(b,c){var d=n.Tween(a,j.opts,b,c,j.opts.specialEasing[b]||j.opts.easing);return j.tweens.push(d),d},stop:function(b){var c=0,d=b?j.tweens.length:0;if(e)return this;for(e=!0;d>c;c++)j.tweens[c].run(1);return b?h.resolveWith(a,[j,b]):h.rejectWith(a,[j,b]),this}}),k=j.props;for(kc(k,j.opts.specialEasing);g>f;f++)if(d=ec[f].call(j,a,k,j.opts))return d;return n.map(k,ic,j),n.isFunction(j.opts.start)&&j.opts.start.call(a,j),n.fx.timer(n.extend(i,{elem:a,anim:j,queue:j.opts.queue})),j.progress(j.opts.progress).done(j.opts.done,j.opts.complete).fail(j.opts.fail).always(j.opts.always)}n.Animation=n.extend(lc,{tweener:function(a,b){n.isFunction(a)?(b=a,a=["*"]):a=a.split(" ");for(var c,d=0,e=a.length;e>d;d++)c=a[d],fc[c]=fc[c]||[],fc[c].unshift(b)},prefilter:function(a,b){b?ec.unshift(a):ec.push(a)}}),n.speed=function(a,b,c){var d=a&&"object"==typeof a?n.extend({},a):{complete:c||!c&&b||n.isFunction(a)&&a,duration:a,easing:c&&b||b&&!n.isFunction(b)&&b};return d.duration=n.fx.off?0:"number"==typeof d.duration?d.duration:d.duration in n.fx.speeds?n.fx.speeds[d.duration]:n.fx.speeds._default,(null==d.queue||d.queue===!0)&&(d.queue="fx"),d.old=d.complete,d.complete=function(){n.isFunction(d.old)&&d.old.call(this),d.queue&&n.dequeue(this,d.queue)},d},n.fn.extend({fadeTo:function(a,b,c,d){return this.filter(V).css("opacity",0).show().end().animate({opacity:b},a,c,d)},animate:function(a,b,c,d){var e=n.isEmptyObject(a),f=n.speed(b,c,d),g=function(){var b=lc(this,n.extend({},a),f);(e||n._data(this,"finish"))&&b.stop(!0)};return g.finish=g,e||f.queue===!1?this.each(g):this.queue(f.queue,g)},stop:function(a,b,c){var d=function(a){var b=a.stop;delete a.stop,b(c)};return"string"!=typeof a&&(c=b,b=a,a=void 0),b&&a!==!1&&this.queue(a||"fx",[]),this.each(function(){var b=!0,e=null!=a&&a+"queueHooks",f=n.timers,g=n._data(this);if(e)g[e]&&g[e].stop&&d(g[e]);else for(e in g)g[e]&&g[e].stop&&dc.test(e)&&d(g[e]);for(e=f.length;e--;)f[e].elem!==this||null!=a&&f[e].queue!==a||(f[e].anim.stop(c),b=!1,f.splice(e,1));(b||!c)&&n.dequeue(this,a)})},finish:function(a){return a!==!1&&(a=a||"fx"),this.each(function(){var b,c=n._data(this),d=c[a+"queue"],e=c[a+"queueHooks"],f=n.timers,g=d?d.length:0;for(c.finish=!0,n.queue(this,a,[]),e&&e.stop&&e.stop.call(this,!0),b=f.length;b--;)f[b].elem===this&&f[b].queue===a&&(f[b].anim.stop(!0),f.splice(b,1));for(b=0;g>b;b++)d[b]&&d[b].finish&&d[b].finish.call(this);delete c.finish})}}),n.each(["toggle","show","hide"],function(a,b){var c=n.fn[b];n.fn[b]=function(a,d,e){return null==a||"boolean"==typeof a?c.apply(this,arguments):this.animate(hc(b,!0),a,d,e)}}),n.each({slideDown:hc("show"),slideUp:hc("hide"),slideToggle:hc("toggle"),fadeIn:{opacity:"show"},fadeOut:{opacity:"hide"},fadeToggle:{opacity:"toggle"}},function(a,b){n.fn[a]=function(a,c,d){return this.animate(b,a,c,d)}}),n.timers=[],n.fx.tick=function(){var a,b=n.timers,c=0;for(_b=n.now();c<b.length;c++)a=b[c],a()||b[c]!==a||b.splice(c--,1);b.length||n.fx.stop(),_b=void 0},n.fx.timer=function(a){n.timers.push(a),a()?n.fx.start():n.timers.pop()},n.fx.interval=13,n.fx.start=function(){ac||(ac=setInterval(n.fx.tick,n.fx.interval))},n.fx.stop=function(){clearInterval(ac),ac=null},n.fx.speeds={slow:600,fast:200,_default:400},n.fn.delay=function(a,b){return a=n.fx?n.fx.speeds[a]||a:a,b=b||"fx",this.queue(b,function(b,c){var d=setTimeout(b,a);c.stop=function(){clearTimeout(d)}})},function(){var a,b,c,d,e=z.createElement("div");e.setAttribute("className","t"),e.innerHTML="  <link/><table></table><a href='/a'>a</a><input type='checkbox'/>",a=e.getElementsByTagName("a")[0],c=z.createElement("select"),d=c.appendChild(z.createElement("option")),b=e.getElementsByTagName("input")[0],a.style.cssText="top:1px",l.getSetAttribute="t"!==e.className,l.style=/top/.test(a.getAttribute("style")),l.hrefNormalized="/a"===a.getAttribute("href"),l.checkOn=!!b.value,l.optSelected=d.selected,l.enctype=!!z.createElement("form").enctype,c.disabled=!0,l.optDisabled=!d.disabled,b=z.createElement("input"),b.setAttribute("value",""),l.input=""===b.getAttribute("value"),b.value="t",b.setAttribute("type","radio"),l.radioValue="t"===b.value,a=b=c=d=e=null}();var mc=/\r/g;n.fn.extend({val:function(a){var b,c,d,e=this[0];{if(arguments.length)return d=n.isFunction(a),this.each(function(c){var e;1===this.nodeType&&(e=d?a.call(this,c,n(this).val()):a,null==e?e="":"number"==typeof e?e+="":n.isArray(e)&&(e=n.map(e,function(a){return null==a?"":a+""})),b=n.valHooks[this.type]||n.valHooks[this.nodeName.toLowerCase()],b&&"set"in b&&void 0!==b.set(this,e,"value")||(this.value=e))});if(e)return b=n.valHooks[e.type]||n.valHooks[e.nodeName.toLowerCase()],b&&"get"in b&&void 0!==(c=b.get(e,"value"))?c:(c=e.value,"string"==typeof c?c.replace(mc,""):null==c?"":c)}}}),n.extend({valHooks:{option:{get:function(a){var b=n.find.attr(a,"value");return null!=b?b:n.text(a)}},select:{get:function(a){for(var b,c,d=a.options,e=a.selectedIndex,f="select-one"===a.type||0>e,g=f?null:[],h=f?e+1:d.length,i=0>e?h:f?e:0;h>i;i++)if(c=d[i],!(!c.selected&&i!==e||(l.optDisabled?c.disabled:null!==c.getAttribute("disabled"))||c.parentNode.disabled&&n.nodeName(c.parentNode,"optgroup"))){if(b=n(c).val(),f)return b;g.push(b)}return g},set:function(a,b){var c,d,e=a.options,f=n.makeArray(b),g=e.length;while(g--)if(d=e[g],n.inArray(n.valHooks.option.get(d),f)>=0)try{d.selected=c=!0}catch(h){d.scrollHeight}else d.selected=!1;return c||(a.selectedIndex=-1),e}}}}),n.each(["radio","checkbox"],function(){n.valHooks[this]={set:function(a,b){return n.isArray(b)?a.checked=n.inArray(n(a).val(),b)>=0:void 0}},l.checkOn||(n.valHooks[this].get=function(a){return null===a.getAttribute("value")?"on":a.value})});var nc,oc,pc=n.expr.attrHandle,qc=/^(?:checked|selected)$/i,rc=l.getSetAttribute,sc=l.input;n.fn.extend({attr:function(a,b){return W(this,n.attr,a,b,arguments.length>1)},removeAttr:function(a){return this.each(function(){n.removeAttr(this,a)})}}),n.extend({attr:function(a,b,c){var d,e,f=a.nodeType;if(a&&3!==f&&8!==f&&2!==f)return typeof a.getAttribute===L?n.prop(a,b,c):(1===f&&n.isXMLDoc(a)||(b=b.toLowerCase(),d=n.attrHooks[b]||(n.expr.match.bool.test(b)?oc:nc)),void 0===c?d&&"get"in d&&null!==(e=d.get(a,b))?e:(e=n.find.attr(a,b),null==e?void 0:e):null!==c?d&&"set"in d&&void 0!==(e=d.set(a,c,b))?e:(a.setAttribute(b,c+""),c):void n.removeAttr(a,b))},removeAttr:function(a,b){var c,d,e=0,f=b&&b.match(F);if(f&&1===a.nodeType)while(c=f[e++])d=n.propFix[c]||c,n.expr.match.bool.test(c)?sc&&rc||!qc.test(c)?a[d]=!1:a[n.camelCase("default-"+c)]=a[d]=!1:n.attr(a,c,""),a.removeAttribute(rc?c:d)},attrHooks:{type:{set:function(a,b){if(!l.radioValue&&"radio"===b&&n.nodeName(a,"input")){var c=a.value;return a.setAttribute("type",b),c&&(a.value=c),b}}}}}),oc={set:function(a,b,c){return b===!1?n.removeAttr(a,c):sc&&rc||!qc.test(c)?a.setAttribute(!rc&&n.propFix[c]||c,c):a[n.camelCase("default-"+c)]=a[c]=!0,c}},n.each(n.expr.match.bool.source.match(/\w+/g),function(a,b){var c=pc[b]||n.find.attr;pc[b]=sc&&rc||!qc.test(b)?function(a,b,d){var e,f;return d||(f=pc[b],pc[b]=e,e=null!=c(a,b,d)?b.toLowerCase():null,pc[b]=f),e}:function(a,b,c){return c?void 0:a[n.camelCase("default-"+b)]?b.toLowerCase():null}}),sc&&rc||(n.attrHooks.value={set:function(a,b,c){return n.nodeName(a,"input")?void(a.defaultValue=b):nc&&nc.set(a,b,c)}}),rc||(nc={set:function(a,b,c){var d=a.getAttributeNode(c);return d||a.setAttributeNode(d=a.ownerDocument.createAttribute(c)),d.value=b+="","value"===c||b===a.getAttribute(c)?b:void 0}},pc.id=pc.name=pc.coords=function(a,b,c){var d;return c?void 0:(d=a.getAttributeNode(b))&&""!==d.value?d.value:null},n.valHooks.button={get:function(a,b){var c=a.getAttributeNode(b);return c&&c.specified?c.value:void 0},set:nc.set},n.attrHooks.contenteditable={set:function(a,b,c){nc.set(a,""===b?!1:b,c)}},n.each(["width","height"],function(a,b){n.attrHooks[b]={set:function(a,c){return""===c?(a.setAttribute(b,"auto"),c):void 0}}})),l.style||(n.attrHooks.style={get:function(a){return a.style.cssText||void 0},set:function(a,b){return a.style.cssText=b+""}});var tc=/^(?:input|select|textarea|button|object)$/i,uc=/^(?:a|area)$/i;n.fn.extend({prop:function(a,b){return W(this,n.prop,a,b,arguments.length>1)},removeProp:function(a){return a=n.propFix[a]||a,this.each(function(){try{this[a]=void 0,delete this[a]}catch(b){}})}}),n.extend({propFix:{"for":"htmlFor","class":"className"},prop:function(a,b,c){var d,e,f,g=a.nodeType;if(a&&3!==g&&8!==g&&2!==g)return f=1!==g||!n.isXMLDoc(a),f&&(b=n.propFix[b]||b,e=n.propHooks[b]),void 0!==c?e&&"set"in e&&void 0!==(d=e.set(a,c,b))?d:a[b]=c:e&&"get"in e&&null!==(d=e.get(a,b))?d:a[b]},propHooks:{tabIndex:{get:function(a){var b=n.find.attr(a,"tabindex");return b?parseInt(b,10):tc.test(a.nodeName)||uc.test(a.nodeName)&&a.href?0:-1}}}}),l.hrefNormalized||n.each(["href","src"],function(a,b){n.propHooks[b]={get:function(a){return a.getAttribute(b,4)}}}),l.optSelected||(n.propHooks.selected={get:function(a){var b=a.parentNode;return b&&(b.selectedIndex,b.parentNode&&b.parentNode.selectedIndex),null}}),n.each(["tabIndex","readOnly","maxLength","cellSpacing","cellPadding","rowSpan","colSpan","useMap","frameBorder","contentEditable"],function(){n.propFix[this.toLowerCase()]=this}),l.enctype||(n.propFix.enctype="encoding");var vc=/[\t\r\n\f]/g;n.fn.extend({addClass:function(a){var b,c,d,e,f,g,h=0,i=this.length,j="string"==typeof a&&a;if(n.isFunction(a))return this.each(function(b){n(this).addClass(a.call(this,b,this.className))});if(j)for(b=(a||"").match(F)||[];i>h;h++)if(c=this[h],d=1===c.nodeType&&(c.className?(" "+c.className+" ").replace(vc," "):" ")){f=0;while(e=b[f++])d.indexOf(" "+e+" ")<0&&(d+=e+" ");g=n.trim(d),c.className!==g&&(c.className=g)}return this},removeClass:function(a){var b,c,d,e,f,g,h=0,i=this.length,j=0===arguments.length||"string"==typeof a&&a;if(n.isFunction(a))return this.each(function(b){n(this).removeClass(a.call(this,b,this.className))});if(j)for(b=(a||"").match(F)||[];i>h;h++)if(c=this[h],d=1===c.nodeType&&(c.className?(" "+c.className+" ").replace(vc," "):"")){f=0;while(e=b[f++])while(d.indexOf(" "+e+" ")>=0)d=d.replace(" "+e+" "," ");g=a?n.trim(d):"",c.className!==g&&(c.className=g)}return this},toggleClass:function(a,b){var c=typeof a;return"boolean"==typeof b&&"string"===c?b?this.addClass(a):this.removeClass(a):this.each(n.isFunction(a)?function(c){n(this).toggleClass(a.call(this,c,this.className,b),b)}:function(){if("string"===c){var b,d=0,e=n(this),f=a.match(F)||[];while(b=f[d++])e.hasClass(b)?e.removeClass(b):e.addClass(b)}else(c===L||"boolean"===c)&&(this.className&&n._data(this,"__className__",this.className),this.className=this.className||a===!1?"":n._data(this,"__className__")||"")})},hasClass:function(a){for(var b=" "+a+" ",c=0,d=this.length;d>c;c++)if(1===this[c].nodeType&&(" "+this[c].className+" ").replace(vc," ").indexOf(b)>=0)return!0;return!1}}),n.each("blur focus focusin focusout load resize scroll unload click dblclick mousedown mouseup mousemove mouseover mouseout mouseenter mouseleave change select submit keydown keypress keyup error contextmenu".split(" "),function(a,b){n.fn[b]=function(a,c){return arguments.length>0?this.on(b,null,a,c):this.trigger(b)}}),n.fn.extend({hover:function(a,b){return this.mouseenter(a).mouseleave(b||a)},bind:function(a,b,c){return this.on(a,null,b,c)},unbind:function(a,b){return this.off(a,null,b)},delegate:function(a,b,c,d){return this.on(b,a,c,d)},undelegate:function(a,b,c){return 1===arguments.length?this.off(a,"**"):this.off(b,a||"**",c)}});var wc=n.now(),xc=/\?/,yc=/(,)|(\[|{)|(}|])|"(?:[^"\\\r\n]|\\["\\\/bfnrt]|\\u[\da-fA-F]{4})*"\s*:?|true|false|null|-?(?!0\d)\d+(?:\.\d+|)(?:[eE][+-]?\d+|)/g;n.parseJSON=function(b){if(a.JSON&&a.JSON.parse)return a.JSON.parse(b+"");var c,d=null,e=n.trim(b+"");return e&&!n.trim(e.replace(yc,function(a,b,e,f){return c&&b&&(d=0),0===d?a:(c=e||b,d+=!f-!e,"")}))?Function("return "+e)():n.error("Invalid JSON: "+b)},n.parseXML=function(b){var c,d;if(!b||"string"!=typeof b)return null;try{a.DOMParser?(d=new DOMParser,c=d.parseFromString(b,"text/xml")):(c=new ActiveXObject("Microsoft.XMLDOM"),c.async="false",c.loadXML(b))}catch(e){c=void 0}return c&&c.documentElement&&!c.getElementsByTagName("parsererror").length||n.error("Invalid XML: "+b),c};var zc,Ac,Bc=/#.*$/,Cc=/([?&])_=[^&]*/,Dc=/^(.*?):[ \t]*([^\r\n]*)\r?$/gm,Ec=/^(?:about|app|app-storage|.+-extension|file|res|widget):$/,Fc=/^(?:GET|HEAD)$/,Gc=/^\/\//,Hc=/^([\w.+-]+:)(?:\/\/(?:[^\/?#]*@|)([^\/?#:]*)(?::(\d+)|)|)/,Ic={},Jc={},Kc="*/".concat("*");try{Ac=location.href}catch(Lc){Ac=z.createElement("a"),Ac.href="",Ac=Ac.href}zc=Hc.exec(Ac.toLowerCase())||[];function Mc(a){return function(b,c){"string"!=typeof b&&(c=b,b="*");var d,e=0,f=b.toLowerCase().match(F)||[];if(n.isFunction(c))while(d=f[e++])"+"===d.charAt(0)?(d=d.slice(1)||"*",(a[d]=a[d]||[]).unshift(c)):(a[d]=a[d]||[]).push(c)}}function Nc(a,b,c,d){var e={},f=a===Jc;function g(h){var i;return e[h]=!0,n.each(a[h]||[],function(a,h){var j=h(b,c,d);return"string"!=typeof j||f||e[j]?f?!(i=j):void 0:(b.dataTypes.unshift(j),g(j),!1)}),i}return g(b.dataTypes[0])||!e["*"]&&g("*")}function Oc(a,b){var c,d,e=n.ajaxSettings.flatOptions||{};for(d in b)void 0!==b[d]&&((e[d]?a:c||(c={}))[d]=b[d]);return c&&n.extend(!0,a,c),a}function Pc(a,b,c){var d,e,f,g,h=a.contents,i=a.dataTypes;while("*"===i[0])i.shift(),void 0===e&&(e=a.mimeType||b.getResponseHeader("Content-Type"));if(e)for(g in h)if(h[g]&&h[g].test(e)){i.unshift(g);break}if(i[0]in c)f=i[0];else{for(g in c){if(!i[0]||a.converters[g+" "+i[0]]){f=g;break}d||(d=g)}f=f||d}return f?(f!==i[0]&&i.unshift(f),c[f]):void 0}function Qc(a,b,c,d){var e,f,g,h,i,j={},k=a.dataTypes.slice();if(k[1])for(g in a.converters)j[g.toLowerCase()]=a.converters[g];f=k.shift();while(f)if(a.responseFields[f]&&(c[a.responseFields[f]]=b),!i&&d&&a.dataFilter&&(b=a.dataFilter(b,a.dataType)),i=f,f=k.shift())if("*"===f)f=i;else if("*"!==i&&i!==f){if(g=j[i+" "+f]||j["* "+f],!g)for(e in j)if(h=e.split(" "),h[1]===f&&(g=j[i+" "+h[0]]||j["* "+h[0]])){g===!0?g=j[e]:j[e]!==!0&&(f=h[0],k.unshift(h[1]));break}if(g!==!0)if(g&&a["throws"])b=g(b);else try{b=g(b)}catch(l){return{state:"parsererror",error:g?l:"No conversion from "+i+" to "+f}}}return{state:"success",data:b}}n.extend({active:0,lastModified:{},etag:{},ajaxSettings:{url:Ac,type:"GET",isLocal:Ec.test(zc[1]),global:!0,processData:!0,async:!0,contentType:"application/x-www-form-urlencoded; charset=UTF-8",accepts:{"*":Kc,text:"text/plain",html:"text/html",xml:"application/xml, text/xml",json:"application/json, text/javascript"},contents:{xml:/xml/,html:/html/,json:/json/},responseFields:{xml:"responseXML",text:"responseText",json:"responseJSON"},converters:{"* text":String,"text html":!0,"text json":n.parseJSON,"text xml":n.parseXML},flatOptions:{url:!0,context:!0}},ajaxSetup:function(a,b){return b?Oc(Oc(a,n.ajaxSettings),b):Oc(n.ajaxSettings,a)},ajaxPrefilter:Mc(Ic),ajaxTransport:Mc(Jc),ajax:function(a,b){"object"==typeof a&&(b=a,a=void 0),b=b||{};var c,d,e,f,g,h,i,j,k=n.ajaxSetup({},b),l=k.context||k,m=k.context&&(l.nodeType||l.jquery)?n(l):n.event,o=n.Deferred(),p=n.Callbacks("once memory"),q=k.statusCode||{},r={},s={},t=0,u="canceled",v={readyState:0,getResponseHeader:function(a){var b;if(2===t){if(!j){j={};while(b=Dc.exec(f))j[b[1].toLowerCase()]=b[2]}b=j[a.toLowerCase()]}return null==b?null:b},getAllResponseHeaders:function(){return 2===t?f:null},setRequestHeader:function(a,b){var c=a.toLowerCase();return t||(a=s[c]=s[c]||a,r[a]=b),this},overrideMimeType:function(a){return t||(k.mimeType=a),this},statusCode:function(a){var b;if(a)if(2>t)for(b in a)q[b]=[q[b],a[b]];else v.always(a[v.status]);return this},abort:function(a){var b=a||u;return i&&i.abort(b),x(0,b),this}};if(o.promise(v).complete=p.add,v.success=v.done,v.error=v.fail,k.url=((a||k.url||Ac)+"").replace(Bc,"").replace(Gc,zc[1]+"//"),k.type=b.method||b.type||k.method||k.type,k.dataTypes=n.trim(k.dataType||"*").toLowerCase().match(F)||[""],null==k.crossDomain&&(c=Hc.exec(k.url.toLowerCase()),k.crossDomain=!(!c||c[1]===zc[1]&&c[2]===zc[2]&&(c[3]||("http:"===c[1]?"80":"443"))===(zc[3]||("http:"===zc[1]?"80":"443")))),k.data&&k.processData&&"string"!=typeof k.data&&(k.data=n.param(k.data,k.traditional)),Nc(Ic,k,b,v),2===t)return v;h=k.global,h&&0===n.active++&&n.event.trigger("ajaxStart"),k.type=k.type.toUpperCase(),k.hasContent=!Fc.test(k.type),e=k.url,k.hasContent||(k.data&&(e=k.url+=(xc.test(e)?"&":"?")+k.data,delete k.data),k.cache===!1&&(k.url=Cc.test(e)?e.replace(Cc,"$1_="+wc++):e+(xc.test(e)?"&":"?")+"_="+wc++)),k.ifModified&&(n.lastModified[e]&&v.setRequestHeader("If-Modified-Since",n.lastModified[e]),n.etag[e]&&v.setRequestHeader("If-None-Match",n.etag[e])),(k.data&&k.hasContent&&k.contentType!==!1||b.contentType)&&v.setRequestHeader("Content-Type",k.contentType),v.setRequestHeader("Accept",k.dataTypes[0]&&k.accepts[k.dataTypes[0]]?k.accepts[k.dataTypes[0]]+("*"!==k.dataTypes[0]?", "+Kc+"; q=0.01":""):k.accepts["*"]);for(d in k.headers)v.setRequestHeader(d,k.headers[d]);if(k.beforeSend&&(k.beforeSend.call(l,v,k)===!1||2===t))return v.abort();u="abort";for(d in{success:1,error:1,complete:1})v[d](k[d]);if(i=Nc(Jc,k,b,v)){v.readyState=1,h&&m.trigger("ajaxSend",[v,k]),k.async&&k.timeout>0&&(g=setTimeout(function(){v.abort("timeout")},k.timeout));try{t=1,i.send(r,x)}catch(w){if(!(2>t))throw w;x(-1,w)}}else x(-1,"No Transport");function x(a,b,c,d){var j,r,s,u,w,x=b;2!==t&&(t=2,g&&clearTimeout(g),i=void 0,f=d||"",v.readyState=a>0?4:0,j=a>=200&&300>a||304===a,c&&(u=Pc(k,v,c)),u=Qc(k,u,v,j),j?(k.ifModified&&(w=v.getResponseHeader("Last-Modified"),w&&(n.lastModified[e]=w),w=v.getResponseHeader("etag"),w&&(n.etag[e]=w)),204===a||"HEAD"===k.type?x="nocontent":304===a?x="notmodified":(x=u.state,r=u.data,s=u.error,j=!s)):(s=x,(a||!x)&&(x="error",0>a&&(a=0))),v.status=a,v.statusText=(b||x)+"",j?o.resolveWith(l,[r,x,v]):o.rejectWith(l,[v,x,s]),v.statusCode(q),q=void 0,h&&m.trigger(j?"ajaxSuccess":"ajaxError",[v,k,j?r:s]),p.fireWith(l,[v,x]),h&&(m.trigger("ajaxComplete",[v,k]),--n.active||n.event.trigger("ajaxStop")))}return v},getJSON:function(a,b,c){return n.get(a,b,c,"json")},getScript:function(a,b){return n.get(a,void 0,b,"script")}}),n.each(["get","post"],function(a,b){n[b]=function(a,c,d,e){return n.isFunction(c)&&(e=e||d,d=c,c=void 0),n.ajax({url:a,type:b,dataType:e,data:c,success:d})}}),n.each(["ajaxStart","ajaxStop","ajaxComplete","ajaxError","ajaxSuccess","ajaxSend"],function(a,b){n.fn[b]=function(a){return this.on(b,a)}}),n._evalUrl=function(a){return n.ajax({url:a,type:"GET",dataType:"script",async:!1,global:!1,"throws":!0})},n.fn.extend({wrapAll:function(a){if(n.isFunction(a))return this.each(function(b){n(this).wrapAll(a.call(this,b))});if(this[0]){var b=n(a,this[0].ownerDocument).eq(0).clone(!0);this[0].parentNode&&b.insertBefore(this[0]),b.map(function(){var a=this;while(a.firstChild&&1===a.firstChild.nodeType)a=a.firstChild;return a}).append(this)}return this},wrapInner:function(a){return this.each(n.isFunction(a)?function(b){n(this).wrapInner(a.call(this,b))}:function(){var b=n(this),c=b.contents();c.length?c.wrapAll(a):b.append(a)})},wrap:function(a){var b=n.isFunction(a);return this.each(function(c){n(this).wrapAll(b?a.call(this,c):a)})},unwrap:function(){return this.parent().each(function(){n.nodeName(this,"body")||n(this).replaceWith(this.childNodes)}).end()}}),n.expr.filters.hidden=function(a){return a.offsetWidth<=0&&a.offsetHeight<=0||!l.reliableHiddenOffsets()&&"none"===(a.style&&a.style.display||n.css(a,"display"))},n.expr.filters.visible=function(a){return!n.expr.filters.hidden(a)};var Rc=/%20/g,Sc=/\[\]$/,Tc=/\r?\n/g,Uc=/^(?:submit|button|image|reset|file)$/i,Vc=/^(?:input|select|textarea|keygen)/i;function Wc(a,b,c,d){var e;if(n.isArray(b))n.each(b,function(b,e){c||Sc.test(a)?d(a,e):Wc(a+"["+("object"==typeof e?b:"")+"]",e,c,d)});else if(c||"object"!==n.type(b))d(a,b);else for(e in b)Wc(a+"["+e+"]",b[e],c,d)}n.param=function(a,b){var c,d=[],e=function(a,b){b=n.isFunction(b)?b():null==b?"":b,d[d.length]=encodeURIComponent(a)+"="+encodeURIComponent(b)};if(void 0===b&&(b=n.ajaxSettings&&n.ajaxSettings.traditional),n.isArray(a)||a.jquery&&!n.isPlainObject(a))n.each(a,function(){e(this.name,this.value)});else for(c in a)Wc(c,a[c],b,e);return d.join("&").replace(Rc,"+")},n.fn.extend({serialize:function(){return n.param(this.serializeArray())},serializeArray:function(){return this.map(function(){var a=n.prop(this,"elements");return a?n.makeArray(a):this}).filter(function(){var a=this.type;return this.name&&!n(this).is(":disabled")&&Vc.test(this.nodeName)&&!Uc.test(a)&&(this.checked||!X.test(a))}).map(function(a,b){var c=n(this).val();return null==c?null:n.isArray(c)?n.map(c,function(a){return{name:b.name,value:a.replace(Tc,"\r\n")}}):{name:b.name,value:c.replace(Tc,"\r\n")}}).get()}}),n.ajaxSettings.xhr=void 0!==a.ActiveXObject?function(){return!this.isLocal&&/^(get|post|head|put|delete|options)$/i.test(this.type)&&$c()||_c()}:$c;var Xc=0,Yc={},Zc=n.ajaxSettings.xhr();a.ActiveXObject&&n(a).on("unload",function(){for(var a in Yc)Yc[a](void 0,!0)}),l.cors=!!Zc&&"withCredentials"in Zc,Zc=l.ajax=!!Zc,Zc&&n.ajaxTransport(function(a){if(!a.crossDomain||l.cors){var b;return{send:function(c,d){var e,f=a.xhr(),g=++Xc;if(f.open(a.type,a.url,a.async,a.username,a.password),a.xhrFields)for(e in a.xhrFields)f[e]=a.xhrFields[e];a.mimeType&&f.overrideMimeType&&f.overrideMimeType(a.mimeType),a.crossDomain||c["X-Requested-With"]||(c["X-Requested-With"]="XMLHttpRequest");for(e in c)void 0!==c[e]&&f.setRequestHeader(e,c[e]+"");f.send(a.hasContent&&a.data||null),b=function(c,e){var h,i,j;if(b&&(e||4===f.readyState))if(delete Yc[g],b=void 0,f.onreadystatechange=n.noop,e)4!==f.readyState&&f.abort();else{j={},h=f.status,"string"==typeof f.responseText&&(j.text=f.responseText);try{i=f.statusText}catch(k){i=""}h||!a.isLocal||a.crossDomain?1223===h&&(h=204):h=j.text?200:404}j&&d(h,i,j,f.getAllResponseHeaders())},a.async?4===f.readyState?setTimeout(b):f.onreadystatechange=Yc[g]=b:b()},abort:function(){b&&b(void 0,!0)}}}});function $c(){try{return new a.XMLHttpRequest}catch(b){}}function _c(){try{return new a.ActiveXObject("Microsoft.XMLHTTP")}catch(b){}}n.ajaxSetup({accepts:{script:"text/javascript, application/javascript, application/ecmascript, application/x-ecmascript"},contents:{script:/(?:java|ecma)script/},converters:{"text script":function(a){return n.globalEval(a),a}}}),n.ajaxPrefilter("script",function(a){void 0===a.cache&&(a.cache=!1),a.crossDomain&&(a.type="GET",a.global=!1)}),n.ajaxTransport("script",function(a){if(a.crossDomain){var b,c=z.head||n("head")[0]||z.documentElement;return{send:function(d,e){b=z.createElement("script"),b.async=!0,a.scriptCharset&&(b.charset=a.scriptCharset),b.src=a.url,b.onload=b.onreadystatechange=function(a,c){(c||!b.readyState||/loaded|complete/.test(b.readyState))&&(b.onload=b.onreadystatechange=null,b.parentNode&&b.parentNode.removeChild(b),b=null,c||e(200,"success"))},c.insertBefore(b,c.firstChild)},abort:function(){b&&b.onload(void 0,!0)}}}});var ad=[],bd=/(=)\?(?=&|$)|\?\?/;n.ajaxSetup({jsonp:"callback",jsonpCallback:function(){var a=ad.pop()||n.expando+"_"+wc++;return this[a]=!0,a}}),n.ajaxPrefilter("json jsonp",function(b,c,d){var e,f,g,h=b.jsonp!==!1&&(bd.test(b.url)?"url":"string"==typeof b.data&&!(b.contentType||"").indexOf("application/x-www-form-urlencoded")&&bd.test(b.data)&&"data");return h||"jsonp"===b.dataTypes[0]?(e=b.jsonpCallback=n.isFunction(b.jsonpCallback)?b.jsonpCallback():b.jsonpCallback,h?b[h]=b[h].replace(bd,"$1"+e):b.jsonp!==!1&&(b.url+=(xc.test(b.url)?"&":"?")+b.jsonp+"="+e),b.converters["script json"]=function(){return g||n.error(e+" was not called"),g[0]},b.dataTypes[0]="json",f=a[e],a[e]=function(){g=arguments},d.always(function(){a[e]=f,b[e]&&(b.jsonpCallback=c.jsonpCallback,ad.push(e)),g&&n.isFunction(f)&&f(g[0]),g=f=void 0}),"script"):void 0}),n.parseHTML=function(a,b,c){if(!a||"string"!=typeof a)return null;"boolean"==typeof b&&(c=b,b=!1),b=b||z;var d=v.exec(a),e=!c&&[];return d?[b.createElement(d[1])]:(d=n.buildFragment([a],b,e),e&&e.length&&n(e).remove(),n.merge([],d.childNodes))};var cd=n.fn.load;n.fn.load=function(a,b,c){if("string"!=typeof a&&cd)return cd.apply(this,arguments);var d,e,f,g=this,h=a.indexOf(" ");return h>=0&&(d=a.slice(h,a.length),a=a.slice(0,h)),n.isFunction(b)?(c=b,b=void 0):b&&"object"==typeof b&&(f="POST"),g.length>0&&n.ajax({url:a,type:f,dataType:"html",data:b}).done(function(a){e=arguments,g.html(d?n("<div>").append(n.parseHTML(a)).find(d):a)}).complete(c&&function(a,b){g.each(c,e||[a.responseText,b,a])}),this},n.expr.filters.animated=function(a){return n.grep(n.timers,function(b){return a===b.elem}).length};var dd=a.document.documentElement;function ed(a){return n.isWindow(a)?a:9===a.nodeType?a.defaultView||a.parentWindow:!1}n.offset={setOffset:function(a,b,c){var d,e,f,g,h,i,j,k=n.css(a,"position"),l=n(a),m={};"static"===k&&(a.style.position="relative"),h=l.offset(),f=n.css(a,"top"),i=n.css(a,"left"),j=("absolute"===k||"fixed"===k)&&n.inArray("auto",[f,i])>-1,j?(d=l.position(),g=d.top,e=d.left):(g=parseFloat(f)||0,e=parseFloat(i)||0),n.isFunction(b)&&(b=b.call(a,c,h)),null!=b.top&&(m.top=b.top-h.top+g),null!=b.left&&(m.left=b.left-h.left+e),"using"in b?b.using.call(a,m):l.css(m)}},n.fn.extend({offset:function(a){if(arguments.length)return void 0===a?this:this.each(function(b){n.offset.setOffset(this,a,b)});var b,c,d={top:0,left:0},e=this[0],f=e&&e.ownerDocument;if(f)return b=f.documentElement,n.contains(b,e)?(typeof e.getBoundingClientRect!==L&&(d=e.getBoundingClientRect()),c=ed(f),{top:d.top+(c.pageYOffset||b.scrollTop)-(b.clientTop||0),left:d.left+(c.pageXOffset||b.scrollLeft)-(b.clientLeft||0)}):d},position:function(){if(this[0]){var a,b,c={top:0,left:0},d=this[0];return"fixed"===n.css(d,"position")?b=d.getBoundingClientRect():(a=this.offsetParent(),b=this.offset(),n.nodeName(a[0],"html")||(c=a.offset()),c.top+=n.css(a[0],"borderTopWidth",!0),c.left+=n.css(a[0],"borderLeftWidth",!0)),{top:b.top-c.top-n.css(d,"marginTop",!0),left:b.left-c.left-n.css(d,"marginLeft",!0)}}},offsetParent:function(){return this.map(function(){var a=this.offsetParent||dd;while(a&&!n.nodeName(a,"html")&&"static"===n.css(a,"position"))a=a.offsetParent;return a||dd})}}),n.each({scrollLeft:"pageXOffset",scrollTop:"pageYOffset"},function(a,b){var c=/Y/.test(b);n.fn[a]=function(d){return W(this,function(a,d,e){var f=ed(a);return void 0===e?f?b in f?f[b]:f.document.documentElement[d]:a[d]:void(f?f.scrollTo(c?n(f).scrollLeft():e,c?e:n(f).scrollTop()):a[d]=e)},a,d,arguments.length,null)}}),n.each(["top","left"],function(a,b){n.cssHooks[b]=Mb(l.pixelPosition,function(a,c){return c?(c=Kb(a,b),Ib.test(c)?n(a).position()[b]+"px":c):void 0})}),n.each({Height:"height",Width:"width"},function(a,b){n.each({padding:"inner"+a,content:b,"":"outer"+a},function(c,d){n.fn[d]=function(d,e){var f=arguments.length&&(c||"boolean"!=typeof d),g=c||(d===!0||e===!0?"margin":"border");return W(this,function(b,c,d){var e;return n.isWindow(b)?b.document.documentElement["client"+a]:9===b.nodeType?(e=b.documentElement,Math.max(b.body["scroll"+a],e["scroll"+a],b.body["offset"+a],e["offset"+a],e["client"+a])):void 0===d?n.css(b,c,g):n.style(b,c,d,g)},b,f?d:void 0,f,null)}})}),n.fn.size=function(){return this.length},n.fn.andSelf=n.fn.addBack,"function"==typeof define&&define.amd&&define("jquery",[],function(){return n});var fd=a.jQuery,gd=a.$;return n.noConflict=function(b){return a.$===n&&(a.$=gd),b&&a.jQuery===n&&(a.jQuery=fd),n},typeof b===L&&(a.jQuery=a.$=n),n});
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/site/lightbox/js/jquery-1.11.0.min.map b/site/lightbox/js/jquery-1.11.0.min.map
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2775c54
--- /dev/null
+++ b/site/lightbox/js/jquery-1.11.0.min.map
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+{"version":3,"file":"jquery-1.11.0.min.js","sources":["jquery-1.11.0.js"],"names":["global","factory","module","exports","document","w","Error","window","this","noGlobal","deletedIds","slice","concat","push","indexOf","class2type","toString","hasOwn","hasOwnProperty","trim","support","version","jQuery","selector","context","fn","init","rtrim","rmsPrefix","rdashAlpha","fcamelCase","all","letter","toUpperCase","prototype","jquery","constructor","length","toArray","call","get","num","pushStack","elems","ret","merge","prevObject","each","callback","args","map","elem","i","apply","arguments","first","eq","last","len","j","end","sort","splice","extend","src","copyIsArray","copy","name","options","clone","target","deep","isFunction","isPlainObject","isArray","undefined","expando","Math","random","replace","isReady","error","msg","noop","obj","type","Array","isWindow","isNumeric","parseFloat","isEmptyObject","key","nodeType","e","ownLast","globalEval","data","execScript","camelCase","string","nodeName","toLowerCase","value","isArraylike","text","makeArray","arr","results","Object","inArray","max","second","grep","invert","callbackInverse","matches","callbackExpect","arg","guid","proxy","tmp","now","Date","split","Sizzle","Expr","getText","isXML","compile","outermostContext","sortInput","hasDuplicate","setDocument","docElem","documentIsHTML","rbuggyQSA","rbuggyMatches","contains","preferredDoc","dirruns","done","classCache","createCache","tokenCache","compilerCache","sortOrder","a","b","strundefined","MAX_NEGATIVE","pop","push_native","booleans","whitespace","characterEncoding","identifier","attributes","pseudos","RegExp","rcomma","rcombinators","rattributeQuotes","rpseudo","ridentifier","matchExpr","ID","CLASS","TAG","ATTR","PSEUDO","CHILD","bool","needsContext","rinputs","rheader","rnative","rquickExpr","rsibling","rescape","runescape","funescape","_","escaped","escapedWhitespace","high","String","fromCharCode","childNodes","els","seed","match","m","groups","old","nid","newContext","newSelector","ownerDocument","exec","getElementById","parentNode","id","getElementsByTagName","getElementsByClassName","qsa","test","tokenize","getAttribute","setAttribute","toSelector","testContext","join","querySelectorAll","qsaError","removeAttribute","select","keys","cache","cacheLength","shift","markFunction","assert","div","createElement","removeChild","addHandle","attrs","handler","attrHandle","siblingCheck","cur","diff","sourceIndex","nextSibling","createInputPseudo","createButtonPseudo","createPositionalPseudo","argument","matchIndexes","documentElement","node","hasCompare","doc","parent","defaultView","top","addEventListener","attachEvent","className","appendChild","createComment","innerHTML","firstChild","getById","getElementsByName","find","filter","attrId","getAttributeNode","tag","input","matchesSelector","webkitMatchesSelector","mozMatchesSelector","oMatchesSelector","msMatchesSelector","disconnectedMatch","compareDocumentPosition","adown","bup","compare","sortDetached","aup","ap","bp","unshift","expr","elements","attr","val","specified","uniqueSort","duplicates","detectDuplicates","sortStable","textContent","nodeValue","selectors","createPseudo","relative",">","dir"," ","+","~","preFilter","excess","unquoted","nodeNameSelector","pattern","operator","check","result","what","simple","forward","ofType","xml","outerCache","nodeIndex","start","useCache","lastChild","pseudo","setFilters","idx","matched","not","matcher","unmatched","has","innerText","lang","elemLang","hash","location","root","focus","activeElement","hasFocus","href","tabIndex","enabled","disabled","checked","selected","selectedIndex","empty","header","button","even","odd","lt","gt","radio","checkbox","file","password","image","submit","reset","filters","parseOnly","tokens","soFar","preFilters","cached","addCombinator","combinator","base","checkNonElements","doneName","oldCache","newCache","elementMatcher","matchers","condense","newUnmatched","mapped","setMatcher","postFilter","postFinder","postSelector","temp","preMap","postMap","preexisting","multipleContexts","matcherIn","matcherOut","matcherFromTokens","checkContext","leadingRelative","implicitRelative","matchContext","matchAnyContext","matcherFromGroupMatchers","elementMatchers","setMatchers","bySet","byElement","superMatcher","outermost","matchedCount","setMatched","contextBackup","dirrunsUnique","group","contexts","token","div1","defaultValue","unique","isXMLDoc","rneedsContext","rsingleTag","risSimple","winnow","qualifier","self","is","rootjQuery","charAt","parseHTML","ready","rparentsprev","guaranteedUnique","children","contents","next","prev","until","sibling","n","r","targets","closest","l","pos","index","prevAll","add","addBack","parents","parentsUntil","nextAll","nextUntil","prevUntil","siblings","contentDocument","contentWindow","reverse","rnotwhite","optionsCache","createOptions","object","flag","Callbacks","firing","memory","fired","firingLength","firingIndex","firingStart","list","stack","once","fire","stopOnFalse","disable","remove","lock","locked","fireWith","Deferred","func","tuples","state","promise","always","deferred","fail","then","fns","newDefer","tuple","returned","resolve","reject","progress","notify","pipe","stateString","when","subordinate","resolveValues","remaining","updateFunc","values","progressValues","notifyWith","resolveWith","progressContexts","resolveContexts","readyList","readyWait","holdReady","hold","wait","body","setTimeout","trigger","off","detach","removeEventListener","completed","detachEvent","event","readyState","frameElement","doScroll","doScrollCheck","inlineBlockNeedsLayout","container","style","cssText","zoom","offsetWidth","deleteExpando","acceptData","noData","rbrace","rmultiDash","dataAttr","parseJSON","isEmptyDataObject","internalData","pvt","thisCache","internalKey","isNode","toJSON","internalRemoveData","cleanData","applet ","embed ","object ","hasData","removeData","_data","_removeData","queue","dequeue","startLength","hooks","_queueHooks","stop","setter","clearQueue","count","defer","pnum","source","cssExpand","isHidden","el","css","access","chainable","emptyGet","raw","bulk","rcheckableType","fragment","createDocumentFragment","leadingWhitespace","tbody","htmlSerialize","html5Clone","cloneNode","outerHTML","appendChecked","noCloneChecked","checkClone","noCloneEvent","click","eventName","change","focusin","rformElems","rkeyEvent","rmouseEvent","rfocusMorph","rtypenamespace","returnTrue","returnFalse","safeActiveElement","err","types","events","t","handleObjIn","special","eventHandle","handleObj","handlers","namespaces","origType","elemData","handle","triggered","dispatch","delegateType","bindType","namespace","delegateCount","setup","mappedTypes","origCount","teardown","removeEvent","onlyHandlers","ontype","bubbleType","eventPath","Event","isTrigger","namespace_re","noBubble","parentWindow","isPropagationStopped","preventDefault","isDefaultPrevented","_default","fix","handlerQueue","delegateTarget","preDispatch","currentTarget","isImmediatePropagationStopped","stopPropagation","postDispatch","sel","prop","originalEvent","fixHook","fixHooks","mouseHooks","keyHooks","props","srcElement","metaKey","original","which","charCode","keyCode","eventDoc","fromElement","pageX","clientX","scrollLeft","clientLeft","pageY","clientY","scrollTop","clientTop","relatedTarget","toElement","load","blur","beforeunload","returnValue","simulate","bubble","isSimulated","defaultPrevented","getPreventDefault","timeStamp","cancelBubble","stopImmediatePropagation","mouseenter","mouseleave","orig","related","submitBubbles","form","_submit_bubble","changeBubbles","propertyName","_just_changed","focusinBubbles","attaches","on","one","origFn","triggerHandler","createSafeFragment","nodeNames","safeFrag","rinlinejQuery","rnoshimcache","rleadingWhitespace","rxhtmlTag","rtagName","rtbody","rhtml","rnoInnerhtml","rchecked","rscriptType","rscriptTypeMasked","rcleanScript","wrapMap","option","legend","area","param","thead","tr","col","td","safeFragment","fragmentDiv","optgroup","tfoot","colgroup","caption","th","getAll","found","fixDefaultChecked","defaultChecked","manipulationTarget","content","disableScript","restoreScript","setGlobalEval","refElements","cloneCopyEvent","dest","oldData","curData","fixCloneNodeIssues","defaultSelected","dataAndEvents","deepDataAndEvents","destElements","srcElements","inPage","buildFragment","scripts","selection","wrap","safe","nodes","createTextNode","append","domManip","prepend","insertBefore","before","after","keepData","html","replaceWith","replaceChild","hasScripts","set","iNoClone","_evalUrl","appendTo","prependTo","insertAfter","replaceAll","insert","iframe","elemdisplay","actualDisplay","display","getDefaultComputedStyle","defaultDisplay","write","close","shrinkWrapBlocksVal","divReset","opacity","cssFloat","backgroundClip","clearCloneStyle","shrinkWrapBlocks","containerStyles","width","rmargin","rnumnonpx","getStyles","curCSS","rposition","getComputedStyle","computed","minWidth","maxWidth","getPropertyValue","currentStyle","left","rs","rsLeft","runtimeStyle","pixelLeft","addGetHookIf","conditionFn","hookFn","condition","reliableHiddenOffsetsVal","boxSizingVal","boxSizingReliableVal","pixelPositionVal","reliableMarginRightVal","reliableHiddenOffsets","tds","isSupported","offsetHeight","boxSizing","computeStyleTests","boxSizingReliable","pixelPosition","reliableMarginRight","marginDiv","marginRight","swap","ralpha","ropacity","rdisplayswap","rnumsplit","rrelNum","cssShow","position","visibility","cssNormalTransform","letterSpacing","fontWeight","cssPrefixes","vendorPropName","capName","origName","showHide","show","hidden","setPositiveNumber","subtract","augmentWidthOrHeight","extra","isBorderBox","styles","getWidthOrHeight","valueIsBorderBox","cssHooks","cssNumber","columnCount","fillOpacity","lineHeight","order","orphans","widows","zIndex","cssProps","float","$1","margin","padding","border","prefix","suffix","expand","expanded","parts","hide","toggle","Tween","easing","unit","propHooks","run","percent","eased","duration","step","tween","fx","linear","p","swing","cos","PI","fxNow","timerId","rfxtypes","rfxnum","rrun","animationPrefilters","defaultPrefilter","tweeners","*","createTween","scale","maxIterations","createFxNow","genFx","includeWidth","height","animation","collection","opts","oldfire","dDisplay","anim","dataShow","unqueued","overflow","overflowX","overflowY","propFilter","specialEasing","Animation","properties","stopped","tick","currentTime","startTime","tweens","originalProperties","originalOptions","gotoEnd","rejectWith","timer","complete","tweener","prefilter","speed","opt","speeds","fadeTo","to","animate","optall","doAnimation","finish","stopQueue","timers","cssFn","slideDown","slideUp","slideToggle","fadeIn","fadeOut","fadeToggle","interval","setInterval","clearInterval","slow","fast","delay","time","timeout","clearTimeout","getSetAttribute","hrefNormalized","checkOn","optSelected","enctype","optDisabled","radioValue","rreturn","valHooks","optionSet","scrollHeight","nodeHook","boolHook","ruseDefault","getSetInput","removeAttr","nType","attrHooks","propName","attrNames","propFix","getter","setAttributeNode","createAttribute","coords","contenteditable","rfocusable","rclickable","removeProp","for","class","notxml","tabindex","parseInt","rclass","addClass","classes","clazz","finalValue","proceed","removeClass","toggleClass","stateVal","classNames","hasClass","hover","fnOver","fnOut","bind","unbind","delegate","undelegate","nonce","rquery","rvalidtokens","JSON","parse","requireNonComma","depth","str","comma","open","Function","parseXML","DOMParser","parseFromString","ActiveXObject","async","loadXML","ajaxLocParts","ajaxLocation","rhash","rts","rheaders","rlocalProtocol","rnoContent","rprotocol","rurl","prefilters","transports","allTypes","addToPrefiltersOrTransports","structure","dataTypeExpression","dataType","dataTypes","inspectPrefiltersOrTransports","jqXHR","inspected","seekingTransport","inspect","prefilterOrFactory","dataTypeOrTransport","ajaxExtend","flatOptions","ajaxSettings","ajaxHandleResponses","s","responses","firstDataType","ct","finalDataType","mimeType","getResponseHeader","converters","ajaxConvert","response","isSuccess","conv2","current","conv","responseFields","dataFilter","active","lastModified","etag","url","isLocal","processData","contentType","accepts","json","* text","text html","text json","text xml","ajaxSetup","settings","ajaxPrefilter","ajaxTransport","ajax","cacheURL","responseHeadersString","timeoutTimer","fireGlobals","transport","responseHeaders","callbackContext","globalEventContext","completeDeferred","statusCode","requestHeaders","requestHeadersNames","strAbort","getAllResponseHeaders","setRequestHeader","lname","overrideMimeType","code","status","abort","statusText","finalText","success","method","crossDomain","traditional","hasContent","ifModified","headers","beforeSend","send","nativeStatusText","modified","getJSON","getScript","throws","wrapAll","wrapInner","unwrap","visible","r20","rbracket","rCRLF","rsubmitterTypes","rsubmittable","buildParams","v","encodeURIComponent","serialize","serializeArray","xhr","createStandardXHR","createActiveXHR","xhrId","xhrCallbacks","xhrSupported","cors","username","xhrFields","isAbort","onreadystatechange","responseText","XMLHttpRequest","script","text script","head","scriptCharset","charset","onload","oldCallbacks","rjsonp","jsonp","jsonpCallback","originalSettings","callbackName","overwritten","responseContainer","jsonProp","keepScripts","parsed","_load","params","animated","getWindow","offset","setOffset","curPosition","curLeft","curCSSTop","curTop","curOffset","curCSSLeft","calculatePosition","curElem","using","win","box","getBoundingClientRect","pageYOffset","pageXOffset","offsetParent","parentOffset","scrollTo","Height","Width","defaultExtra","funcName","size","andSelf","define","amd","_jQuery","_$","$","noConflict"],"mappings":";CAcC,SAAUA,EAAQC,GAEK,gBAAXC,SAAiD,gBAAnBA,QAAOC,QAQhDD,OAAOC,QAAUH,EAAOI,SACvBH,EAASD,GAAQ,GACjB,SAAUK,GACT,IAAMA,EAAED,SACP,KAAM,IAAIE,OAAO,2CAElB,OAAOL,GAASI,IAGlBJ,EAASD,IAIS,mBAAXO,QAAyBA,OAASC,KAAM,SAAUD,EAAQE,GAQnE,GAAIC,MAEAC,EAAQD,EAAWC,MAEnBC,EAASF,EAAWE,OAEpBC,EAAOH,EAAWG,KAElBC,EAAUJ,EAAWI,QAErBC,KAEAC,EAAWD,EAAWC,SAEtBC,EAASF,EAAWG,eAEpBC,EAAO,GAAGA,KAEVC,KAKHC,EAAU,SAGVC,EAAS,SAAUC,EAAUC,GAG5B,MAAO,IAAIF,GAAOG,GAAGC,KAAMH,EAAUC,IAItCG,EAAQ,qCAGRC,EAAY,QACZC,EAAa,eAGbC,EAAa,SAAUC,EAAKC,GAC3B,MAAOA,GAAOC,cAGhBX,GAAOG,GAAKH,EAAOY,WAElBC,OAAQd,EAERe,YAAad,EAGbC,SAAU,GAGVc,OAAQ,EAERC,QAAS,WACR,MAAO3B,GAAM4B,KAAM/B,OAKpBgC,IAAK,SAAUC,GACd,MAAc,OAAPA,EAGE,EAANA,EAAUjC,KAAMiC,EAAMjC,KAAK6B,QAAW7B,KAAMiC,GAG9C9B,EAAM4B,KAAM/B,OAKdkC,UAAW,SAAUC,GAGpB,GAAIC,GAAMtB,EAAOuB,MAAOrC,KAAK4B,cAAeO,EAO5C,OAJAC,GAAIE,WAAatC,KACjBoC,EAAIpB,QAAUhB,KAAKgB,QAGZoB,GAMRG,KAAM,SAAUC,EAAUC,GACzB,MAAO3B,GAAOyB,KAAMvC,KAAMwC,EAAUC,IAGrCC,IAAK,SAAUF,GACd,MAAOxC,MAAKkC,UAAWpB,EAAO4B,IAAI1C,KAAM,SAAU2C,EAAMC,GACvD,MAAOJ,GAAST,KAAMY,EAAMC,EAAGD,OAIjCxC,MAAO,WACN,MAAOH,MAAKkC,UAAW/B,EAAM0C,MAAO7C,KAAM8C,aAG3CC,MAAO,WACN,MAAO/C,MAAKgD,GAAI,IAGjBC,KAAM,WACL,MAAOjD,MAAKgD,GAAI,KAGjBA,GAAI,SAAUJ,GACb,GAAIM,GAAMlD,KAAK6B,OACdsB,GAAKP,GAAU,EAAJA,EAAQM,EAAM,EAC1B,OAAOlD,MAAKkC,UAAWiB,GAAK,GAASD,EAAJC,GAAYnD,KAAKmD,SAGnDC,IAAK,WACJ,MAAOpD,MAAKsC,YAActC,KAAK4B,YAAY,OAK5CvB,KAAMA,EACNgD,KAAMnD,EAAWmD,KACjBC,OAAQpD,EAAWoD,QAGpBxC,EAAOyC,OAASzC,EAAOG,GAAGsC,OAAS,WAClC,GAAIC,GAAKC,EAAaC,EAAMC,EAAMC,EAASC,EAC1CC,EAAShB,UAAU,OACnBF,EAAI,EACJf,EAASiB,UAAUjB,OACnBkC,GAAO,CAsBR,KAnBuB,iBAAXD,KACXC,EAAOD,EAGPA,EAAShB,UAAWF,OACpBA,KAIsB,gBAAXkB,IAAwBhD,EAAOkD,WAAWF,KACrDA,MAIIlB,IAAMf,IACViC,EAAS9D,KACT4C,KAGWf,EAAJe,EAAYA,IAEnB,GAAmC,OAA7BgB,EAAUd,UAAWF,IAE1B,IAAMe,IAAQC,GACbJ,EAAMM,EAAQH,GACdD,EAAOE,EAASD,GAGXG,IAAWJ,IAKXK,GAAQL,IAAU5C,EAAOmD,cAAcP,KAAUD,EAAc3C,EAAOoD,QAAQR,MAC7ED,GACJA,GAAc,EACdI,EAAQL,GAAO1C,EAAOoD,QAAQV,GAAOA,MAGrCK,EAAQL,GAAO1C,EAAOmD,cAAcT,GAAOA,KAI5CM,EAAQH,GAAS7C,EAAOyC,OAAQQ,EAAMF,EAAOH,IAGzBS,SAATT,IACXI,EAAQH,GAASD,GAOrB,OAAOI,IAGRhD,EAAOyC,QAENa,QAAS,UAAavD,EAAUwD,KAAKC,UAAWC,QAAS,MAAO,IAGhEC,SAAS,EAETC,MAAO,SAAUC,GAChB,KAAM,IAAI5E,OAAO4E,IAGlBC,KAAM,aAKNX,WAAY,SAAUY,GACrB,MAA4B,aAArB9D,EAAO+D,KAAKD,IAGpBV,QAASY,MAAMZ,SAAW,SAAUU,GACnC,MAA4B,UAArB9D,EAAO+D,KAAKD,IAGpBG,SAAU,SAAUH,GAEnB,MAAc,OAAPA,GAAeA,GAAOA,EAAI7E,QAGlCiF,UAAW,SAAUJ,GAIpB,MAAOA,GAAMK,WAAYL,IAAS,GAGnCM,cAAe,SAAUN,GACxB,GAAIjB,EACJ,KAAMA,IAAQiB,GACb,OAAO,CAER,QAAO,GAGRX,cAAe,SAAUW,GACxB,GAAIO,EAKJ,KAAMP,GAA4B,WAArB9D,EAAO+D,KAAKD,IAAqBA,EAAIQ,UAAYtE,EAAOiE,SAAUH,GAC9E,OAAO,CAGR,KAEC,GAAKA,EAAIhD,cACPnB,EAAOsB,KAAK6C,EAAK,iBACjBnE,EAAOsB,KAAK6C,EAAIhD,YAAYF,UAAW,iBACxC,OAAO,EAEP,MAAQ2D,GAET,OAAO,EAKR,GAAKzE,EAAQ0E,QACZ,IAAMH,IAAOP,GACZ,MAAOnE,GAAOsB,KAAM6C,EAAKO,EAM3B,KAAMA,IAAOP,IAEb,MAAeT,UAARgB,GAAqB1E,EAAOsB,KAAM6C,EAAKO,IAG/CN,KAAM,SAAUD,GACf,MAAY,OAAPA,EACGA,EAAM,GAEQ,gBAARA,IAAmC,kBAARA,GACxCrE,EAAYC,EAASuB,KAAK6C,KAAU,eAC7BA,IAMTW,WAAY,SAAUC,GAChBA,GAAQ1E,EAAOH,KAAM6E,KAIvBzF,EAAO0F,YAAc,SAAUD,GAChCzF,EAAe,KAAEgC,KAAMhC,EAAQyF,KAC3BA,IAMPE,UAAW,SAAUC,GACpB,MAAOA,GAAOpB,QAASnD,EAAW,OAAQmD,QAASlD,EAAYC,IAGhEsE,SAAU,SAAUjD,EAAMgB,GACzB,MAAOhB,GAAKiD,UAAYjD,EAAKiD,SAASC,gBAAkBlC,EAAKkC,eAI9DtD,KAAM,SAAUqC,EAAKpC,EAAUC,GAC9B,GAAIqD,GACHlD,EAAI,EACJf,EAAS+C,EAAI/C,OACbqC,EAAU6B,EAAanB,EAExB,IAAKnC,GACJ,GAAKyB,GACJ,KAAYrC,EAAJe,EAAYA,IAGnB,GAFAkD,EAAQtD,EAASK,MAAO+B,EAAKhC,GAAKH,GAE7BqD,KAAU,EACd,UAIF,KAAMlD,IAAKgC,GAGV,GAFAkB,EAAQtD,EAASK,MAAO+B,EAAKhC,GAAKH,GAE7BqD,KAAU,EACd,UAOH,IAAK5B,GACJ,KAAYrC,EAAJe,EAAYA,IAGnB,GAFAkD,EAAQtD,EAAST,KAAM6C,EAAKhC,GAAKA,EAAGgC,EAAKhC,IAEpCkD,KAAU,EACd,UAIF,KAAMlD,IAAKgC,GAGV,GAFAkB,EAAQtD,EAAST,KAAM6C,EAAKhC,GAAKA,EAAGgC,EAAKhC,IAEpCkD,KAAU,EACd,KAMJ,OAAOlB,IAIRjE,KAAMA,IAASA,EAAKoB,KAAK,cACxB,SAAUiE,GACT,MAAe,OAARA,EACN,GACArF,EAAKoB,KAAMiE,IAIb,SAAUA,GACT,MAAe,OAARA,EACN,IACEA,EAAO,IAAKzB,QAASpD,EAAO,KAIjC8E,UAAW,SAAUC,EAAKC,GACzB,GAAI/D,GAAM+D,KAaV,OAXY,OAAPD,IACCH,EAAaK,OAAOF,IACxBpF,EAAOuB,MAAOD,EACE,gBAAR8D,IACLA,GAAQA,GAGX7F,EAAK0B,KAAMK,EAAK8D,IAIX9D,GAGRiE,QAAS,SAAU1D,EAAMuD,EAAKtD,GAC7B,GAAIM,EAEJ,IAAKgD,EAAM,CACV,GAAK5F,EACJ,MAAOA,GAAQyB,KAAMmE,EAAKvD,EAAMC,EAMjC,KAHAM,EAAMgD,EAAIrE,OACVe,EAAIA,EAAQ,EAAJA,EAAQyB,KAAKiC,IAAK,EAAGpD,EAAMN,GAAMA,EAAI,EAEjCM,EAAJN,EAASA,IAEhB,GAAKA,IAAKsD,IAAOA,EAAKtD,KAAQD,EAC7B,MAAOC,GAKV,MAAO,IAGRP,MAAO,SAAUU,EAAOwD,GACvB,GAAIrD,IAAOqD,EAAO1E,OACjBsB,EAAI,EACJP,EAAIG,EAAMlB,MAEX,OAAYqB,EAAJC,EACPJ,EAAOH,KAAQ2D,EAAQpD,IAKxB,IAAKD,IAAQA,EACZ,MAAsBiB,SAAdoC,EAAOpD,GACdJ,EAAOH,KAAQ2D,EAAQpD,IAMzB,OAFAJ,GAAMlB,OAASe,EAERG,GAGRyD,KAAM,SAAUrE,EAAOK,EAAUiE,GAShC,IARA,GAAIC,GACHC,KACA/D,EAAI,EACJf,EAASM,EAAMN,OACf+E,GAAkBH,EAIP5E,EAAJe,EAAYA,IACnB8D,GAAmBlE,EAAUL,EAAOS,GAAKA,GACpC8D,IAAoBE,GACxBD,EAAQtG,KAAM8B,EAAOS,GAIvB,OAAO+D,IAIRjE,IAAK,SAAUP,EAAOK,EAAUqE,GAC/B,GAAIf,GACHlD,EAAI,EACJf,EAASM,EAAMN,OACfqC,EAAU6B,EAAa5D,GACvBC,IAGD,IAAK8B,EACJ,KAAYrC,EAAJe,EAAYA,IACnBkD,EAAQtD,EAAUL,EAAOS,GAAKA,EAAGiE,GAEnB,MAATf,GACJ1D,EAAI/B,KAAMyF,OAMZ,KAAMlD,IAAKT,GACV2D,EAAQtD,EAAUL,EAAOS,GAAKA,EAAGiE,GAEnB,MAATf,GACJ1D,EAAI/B,KAAMyF,EAMb,OAAO1F,GAAOyC,SAAWT,IAI1B0E,KAAM,EAINC,MAAO,SAAU9F,EAAID,GACpB,GAAIyB,GAAMsE,EAAOC,CAUjB,OARwB,gBAAZhG,KACXgG,EAAM/F,EAAID,GACVA,EAAUC,EACVA,EAAK+F,GAKAlG,EAAOkD,WAAY/C,IAKzBwB,EAAOtC,EAAM4B,KAAMe,UAAW,GAC9BiE,EAAQ,WACP,MAAO9F,GAAG4B,MAAO7B,GAAWhB,KAAMyC,EAAKrC,OAAQD,EAAM4B,KAAMe,cAI5DiE,EAAMD,KAAO7F,EAAG6F,KAAO7F,EAAG6F,MAAQhG,EAAOgG,OAElCC,GAZC5C,QAeT8C,IAAK,WACJ,OAAQ,GAAMC,OAKftG,QAASA,IAIVE,EAAOyB,KAAK,gEAAgE4E,MAAM,KAAM,SAASvE,EAAGe,GACnGpD,EAAY,WAAaoD,EAAO,KAAQA,EAAKkC,eAG9C,SAASE,GAAanB,GACrB,GAAI/C,GAAS+C,EAAI/C,OAChBgD,EAAO/D,EAAO+D,KAAMD,EAErB,OAAc,aAATC,GAAuB/D,EAAOiE,SAAUH,IACrC,EAGc,IAAjBA,EAAIQ,UAAkBvD,GACnB,EAGQ,UAATgD,GAA+B,IAAXhD,GACR,gBAAXA,IAAuBA,EAAS,GAAOA,EAAS,IAAO+C,GAEhE,GAAIwC,GAWJ,SAAWrH,GAEX,GAAI6C,GACHhC,EACAyG,EACAC,EACAC,EACAC,EACAC,EACAC,EACAC,EAGAC,EACAhI,EACAiI,EACAC,EACAC,EACAC,EACArB,EACAsB,EAGA7D,EAAU,UAAY,GAAK8C,MAC3BgB,EAAenI,EAAOH,SACtBuI,EAAU,EACVC,EAAO,EACPC,EAAaC,KACbC,EAAaD,KACbE,EAAgBF,KAChBG,EAAY,SAAUC,EAAGC,GAIxB,MAHKD,KAAMC,IACVhB,GAAe,GAET,GAIRiB,EAAe,YACfC,EAAe,GAAK,GAGpBpI,KAAcC,eACdwF,KACA4C,EAAM5C,EAAI4C,IACVC,EAAc7C,EAAI7F,KAClBA,EAAO6F,EAAI7F,KACXF,EAAQ+F,EAAI/F,MAEZG,EAAU4F,EAAI5F,SAAW,SAAUqC,GAGlC,IAFA,GAAIC,GAAI,EACPM,EAAMlD,KAAK6B,OACAqB,EAAJN,EAASA,IAChB,GAAK5C,KAAK4C,KAAOD,EAChB,MAAOC,EAGT,OAAO,IAGRoG,EAAW,6HAKXC,EAAa,sBAEbC,EAAoB,mCAKpBC,EAAaD,EAAkB3E,QAAS,IAAK,MAG7C6E,EAAa,MAAQH,EAAa,KAAOC,EAAoB,IAAMD,EAClE,mBAAqBA,EAAa,wCAA0CE,EAAa,QAAUF,EAAa,OAQjHI,EAAU,KAAOH,EAAoB,mEAAqEE,EAAW7E,QAAS,EAAG,GAAM,eAGvIpD,EAAQ,GAAImI,QAAQ,IAAML,EAAa,8BAAgCA,EAAa,KAAM,KAE1FM,EAAS,GAAID,QAAQ,IAAML,EAAa,KAAOA,EAAa,KAC5DO,EAAe,GAAIF,QAAQ,IAAML,EAAa,WAAaA,EAAa,IAAMA,EAAa,KAE3FQ,EAAmB,GAAIH,QAAQ,IAAML,EAAa,iBAAmBA,EAAa,OAAQ,KAE1FS,EAAU,GAAIJ,QAAQD,GACtBM,EAAc,GAAIL,QAAQ,IAAMH,EAAa,KAE7CS,GACCC,GAAM,GAAIP,QAAQ,MAAQJ,EAAoB,KAC9CY,MAAS,GAAIR,QAAQ,QAAUJ,EAAoB,KACnDa,IAAO,GAAIT,QAAQ,KAAOJ,EAAkB3E,QAAS,IAAK,MAAS,KACnEyF,KAAQ,GAAIV,QAAQ,IAAMF,GAC1Ba,OAAU,GAAIX,QAAQ,IAAMD,GAC5Ba,MAAS,GAAIZ,QAAQ,yDAA2DL,EAC/E,+BAAiCA,EAAa,cAAgBA,EAC9D,aAAeA,EAAa,SAAU,KACvCkB,KAAQ,GAAIb,QAAQ,OAASN,EAAW,KAAM,KAG9CoB,aAAgB,GAAId,QAAQ,IAAML,EAAa,mDAC9CA,EAAa,mBAAqBA,EAAa,mBAAoB,MAGrEoB,EAAU,sCACVC,EAAU,SAEVC,EAAU,yBAGVC,EAAa,mCAEbC,EAAW,OACXC,EAAU,QAGVC,GAAY,GAAIrB,QAAQ,qBAAuBL,EAAa,MAAQA,EAAa,OAAQ,MACzF2B,GAAY,SAAUC,EAAGC,EAASC,GACjC,GAAIC,GAAO,KAAOF,EAAU,KAI5B,OAAOE,KAASA,GAAQD,EACvBD,EACO,EAAPE,EAECC,OAAOC,aAAcF,EAAO,OAE5BC,OAAOC,aAAcF,GAAQ,GAAK,MAAe,KAAPA,EAAe,OAI7D,KACC3K,EAAKwC,MACHqD,EAAM/F,EAAM4B,KAAMmG,EAAaiD,YAChCjD,EAAaiD,YAIdjF,EAAKgC,EAAaiD,WAAWtJ,QAASuD,SACrC,MAAQC,IACThF,GAASwC,MAAOqD,EAAIrE,OAGnB,SAAUiC,EAAQsH,GACjBrC,EAAYlG,MAAOiB,EAAQ3D,EAAM4B,KAAKqJ,KAKvC,SAAUtH,EAAQsH,GACjB,GAAIjI,GAAIW,EAAOjC,OACde,EAAI,CAEL,OAASkB,EAAOX,KAAOiI,EAAIxI,MAC3BkB,EAAOjC,OAASsB,EAAI,IAKvB,QAASiE,IAAQrG,EAAUC,EAASmF,EAASkF,GAC5C,GAAIC,GAAO3I,EAAM4I,EAAGnG,EAEnBxC,EAAG4I,EAAQC,EAAKC,EAAKC,EAAYC,CASlC,KAPO5K,EAAUA,EAAQ6K,eAAiB7K,EAAUkH,KAAmBtI,GACtEgI,EAAa5G,GAGdA,EAAUA,GAAWpB,EACrBuG,EAAUA,OAEJpF,GAAgC,gBAAbA,GACxB,MAAOoF,EAGR,IAAuC,KAAjCf,EAAWpE,EAAQoE,WAAgC,IAAbA,EAC3C,QAGD,IAAK0C,IAAmBuD,EAAO,CAG9B,GAAMC,EAAQd,EAAWsB,KAAM/K,GAE9B,GAAMwK,EAAID,EAAM,IACf,GAAkB,IAAblG,EAAiB,CAIrB,GAHAzC,EAAO3B,EAAQ+K,eAAgBR,IAG1B5I,IAAQA,EAAKqJ,WAQjB,MAAO7F,EALP,IAAKxD,EAAKsJ,KAAOV,EAEhB,MADApF,GAAQ9F,KAAMsC,GACPwD,MAOT,IAAKnF,EAAQ6K,gBAAkBlJ,EAAO3B,EAAQ6K,cAAcE,eAAgBR,KAC3EtD,EAAUjH,EAAS2B,IAAUA,EAAKsJ,KAAOV,EAEzC,MADApF,GAAQ9F,KAAMsC,GACPwD,MAKH,CAAA,GAAKmF,EAAM,GAEjB,MADAjL,GAAKwC,MAAOsD,EAASnF,EAAQkL,qBAAsBnL,IAC5CoF,CAGD,KAAMoF,EAAID,EAAM,KAAO1K,EAAQuL,wBAA0BnL,EAAQmL,uBAEvE,MADA9L,GAAKwC,MAAOsD,EAASnF,EAAQmL,uBAAwBZ,IAC9CpF,EAKT,GAAKvF,EAAQwL,OAASrE,IAAcA,EAAUsE,KAAMtL,IAAc,CASjE,GARA2K,EAAMD,EAAMrH,EACZuH,EAAa3K,EACb4K,EAA2B,IAAbxG,GAAkBrE,EAMd,IAAbqE,GAAqD,WAAnCpE,EAAQ4E,SAASC,cAA6B,CACpE2F,EAASc,GAAUvL,IAEb0K,EAAMzK,EAAQuL,aAAa,OAChCb,EAAMD,EAAIlH,QAASmG,EAAS,QAE5B1J,EAAQwL,aAAc,KAAMd,GAE7BA,EAAM,QAAUA,EAAM,MAEtB9I,EAAI4I,EAAO3J,MACX,OAAQe,IACP4I,EAAO5I,GAAK8I,EAAMe,GAAYjB,EAAO5I,GAEtC+I,GAAalB,EAAS4B,KAAMtL,IAAc2L,GAAa1L,EAAQgL,aAAgBhL,EAC/E4K,EAAcJ,EAAOmB,KAAK,KAG3B,GAAKf,EACJ,IAIC,MAHAvL,GAAKwC,MAAOsD,EACXwF,EAAWiB,iBAAkBhB,IAEvBzF,EACN,MAAM0G,IACN,QACKpB,GACLzK,EAAQ8L,gBAAgB,QAQ7B,MAAOC,IAAQhM,EAASwD,QAASpD,EAAO,MAAQH,EAASmF,EAASkF,GASnE,QAAS/C,MACR,GAAI0E,KAEJ,SAASC,GAAO9H,EAAKW,GAMpB,MAJKkH,GAAK3M,KAAM8E,EAAM,KAAQkC,EAAK6F,mBAE3BD,GAAOD,EAAKG,SAEZF,EAAO9H,EAAM,KAAQW,EAE9B,MAAOmH,GAOR,QAASG,IAAcnM,GAEtB,MADAA,GAAImD,IAAY,EACTnD,EAOR,QAASoM,IAAQpM,GAChB,GAAIqM,GAAM1N,EAAS2N,cAAc,MAEjC,KACC,QAAStM,EAAIqM,GACZ,MAAOjI,GACR,OAAO,EACN,QAEIiI,EAAItB,YACRsB,EAAItB,WAAWwB,YAAaF,GAG7BA,EAAM,MASR,QAASG,IAAWC,EAAOC,GAC1B,GAAIzH,GAAMwH,EAAMvG,MAAM,KACrBvE,EAAI8K,EAAM7L,MAEX,OAAQe,IACPyE,EAAKuG,WAAY1H,EAAItD,IAAO+K,EAU9B,QAASE,IAAcnF,EAAGC,GACzB,GAAImF,GAAMnF,GAAKD,EACdqF,EAAOD,GAAsB,IAAfpF,EAAEtD,UAAiC,IAAfuD,EAAEvD,YAChCuD,EAAEqF,aAAenF,KACjBH,EAAEsF,aAAenF,EAGtB,IAAKkF,EACJ,MAAOA,EAIR,IAAKD,EACJ,MAASA,EAAMA,EAAIG,YAClB,GAAKH,IAAQnF,EACZ,MAAO,EAKV,OAAOD,GAAI,EAAI,GAOhB,QAASwF,IAAmBrJ,GAC3B,MAAO,UAAUlC,GAChB,GAAIgB,GAAOhB,EAAKiD,SAASC,aACzB,OAAgB,UAATlC,GAAoBhB,EAAKkC,OAASA,GAQ3C,QAASsJ,IAAoBtJ,GAC5B,MAAO,UAAUlC,GAChB,GAAIgB,GAAOhB,EAAKiD,SAASC,aACzB,QAAiB,UAATlC,GAA6B,WAATA,IAAsBhB,EAAKkC,OAASA,GAQlE,QAASuJ,IAAwBnN,GAChC,MAAOmM,IAAa,SAAUiB,GAE7B,MADAA,IAAYA,EACLjB,GAAa,SAAU/B,EAAM1E,GACnC,GAAIxD,GACHmL,EAAerN,KAAQoK,EAAKxJ,OAAQwM,GACpCzL,EAAI0L,EAAazM,MAGlB,OAAQe,IACFyI,EAAOlI,EAAImL,EAAa1L,MAC5ByI,EAAKlI,KAAOwD,EAAQxD,GAAKkI,EAAKlI,SAYnC,QAASuJ,IAAa1L,GACrB,MAAOA,UAAkBA,GAAQkL,uBAAyBtD,GAAgB5H,EAI3EJ,EAAUwG,GAAOxG,WAOjB2G,EAAQH,GAAOG,MAAQ,SAAU5E,GAGhC,GAAI4L,GAAkB5L,IAASA,EAAKkJ,eAAiBlJ,GAAM4L,eAC3D,OAAOA,GAA+C,SAA7BA,EAAgB3I,UAAsB,GAQhEgC,EAAcR,GAAOQ,YAAc,SAAU4G,GAC5C,GAAIC,GACHC,EAAMF,EAAOA,EAAK3C,eAAiB2C,EAAOtG,EAC1CyG,EAASD,EAAIE,WAGd,OAAKF,KAAQ9O,GAA6B,IAAjB8O,EAAItJ,UAAmBsJ,EAAIH,iBAKpD3O,EAAW8O,EACX7G,EAAU6G,EAAIH,gBAGdzG,GAAkBP,EAAOmH,GAMpBC,GAAUA,IAAWA,EAAOE,MAE3BF,EAAOG,iBACXH,EAAOG,iBAAkB,SAAU,WAClClH,MACE,GACQ+G,EAAOI,aAClBJ,EAAOI,YAAa,WAAY,WAC/BnH,OAUHhH,EAAQwI,WAAaiE,GAAO,SAAUC,GAErC,MADAA,GAAI0B,UAAY,KACR1B,EAAIf,aAAa,eAO1B3L,EAAQsL,qBAAuBmB,GAAO,SAAUC,GAE/C,MADAA,GAAI2B,YAAaP,EAAIQ,cAAc,MAC3B5B,EAAIpB,qBAAqB,KAAKrK,SAIvCjB,EAAQuL,uBAAyB5B,EAAQ8B,KAAMqC,EAAIvC,yBAA4BkB,GAAO,SAAUC,GAQ/F,MAPAA,GAAI6B,UAAY,+CAIhB7B,EAAI8B,WAAWJ,UAAY,IAGuB,IAA3C1B,EAAInB,uBAAuB,KAAKtK,SAOxCjB,EAAQyO,QAAUhC,GAAO,SAAUC,GAElC,MADAzF,GAAQoH,YAAa3B,GAAMrB,GAAK7H,GACxBsK,EAAIY,oBAAsBZ,EAAIY,kBAAmBlL,GAAUvC,SAI/DjB,EAAQyO,SACZhI,EAAKkI,KAAS,GAAI,SAAUtD,EAAIjL,GAC/B,SAAYA,GAAQ+K,iBAAmBnD,GAAgBd,EAAiB,CACvE,GAAIyD,GAAIvK,EAAQ+K,eAAgBE,EAGhC,OAAOV,IAAKA,EAAES,YAAcT,QAG9BlE,EAAKmI,OAAW,GAAI,SAAUvD,GAC7B,GAAIwD,GAASxD,EAAG1H,QAASoG,GAAWC,GACpC,OAAO,UAAUjI,GAChB,MAAOA,GAAK4J,aAAa,QAAUkD,YAM9BpI,GAAKkI,KAAS,GAErBlI,EAAKmI,OAAW,GAAK,SAAUvD,GAC9B,GAAIwD,GAASxD,EAAG1H,QAASoG,GAAWC,GACpC,OAAO,UAAUjI,GAChB,GAAI6L,SAAc7L,GAAK+M,mBAAqB9G,GAAgBjG,EAAK+M,iBAAiB,KAClF,OAAOlB,IAAQA,EAAK1I,QAAU2J,KAMjCpI,EAAKkI,KAAU,IAAI3O,EAAQsL,qBAC1B,SAAUyD,EAAK3O,GACd,aAAYA,GAAQkL,uBAAyBtD,EACrC5H,EAAQkL,qBAAsByD,GADtC,QAID,SAAUA,EAAK3O,GACd,GAAI2B,GACHqE,KACApE,EAAI,EACJuD,EAAUnF,EAAQkL,qBAAsByD,EAGzC,IAAa,MAARA,EAAc,CAClB,MAAShN,EAAOwD,EAAQvD,KACA,IAAlBD,EAAKyC,UACT4B,EAAI3G,KAAMsC,EAIZ,OAAOqE,GAER,MAAOb,IAITkB,EAAKkI,KAAY,MAAI3O,EAAQuL,wBAA0B,SAAU6C,EAAWhO,GAC3E,aAAYA,GAAQmL,yBAA2BvD,GAAgBd,EACvD9G,EAAQmL,uBAAwB6C,GADxC,QAWDhH,KAOAD,MAEMnH,EAAQwL,IAAM7B,EAAQ8B,KAAMqC,EAAI9B,qBAGrCS,GAAO,SAAUC,GAMhBA,EAAI6B,UAAY,sDAIX7B,EAAIV,iBAAiB,WAAW/K,QACpCkG,EAAU1H,KAAM,SAAW4I,EAAa,gBAKnCqE,EAAIV,iBAAiB,cAAc/K,QACxCkG,EAAU1H,KAAM,MAAQ4I,EAAa,aAAeD,EAAW,KAM1DsE,EAAIV,iBAAiB,YAAY/K,QACtCkG,EAAU1H,KAAK,cAIjBgN,GAAO,SAAUC,GAGhB,GAAIsC,GAAQlB,EAAInB,cAAc,QAC9BqC,GAAMpD,aAAc,OAAQ,UAC5Bc,EAAI2B,YAAaW,GAAQpD,aAAc,OAAQ,KAI1Cc,EAAIV,iBAAiB,YAAY/K,QACrCkG,EAAU1H,KAAM,OAAS4I,EAAa,eAKjCqE,EAAIV,iBAAiB,YAAY/K,QACtCkG,EAAU1H,KAAM,WAAY,aAI7BiN,EAAIV,iBAAiB,QACrB7E,EAAU1H,KAAK,YAIXO,EAAQiP,gBAAkBtF,EAAQ8B,KAAO1F,EAAUkB,EAAQiI,uBAChEjI,EAAQkI,oBACRlI,EAAQmI,kBACRnI,EAAQoI,qBAER5C,GAAO,SAAUC,GAGhB1M,EAAQsP,kBAAoBvJ,EAAQ5E,KAAMuL,EAAK,OAI/C3G,EAAQ5E,KAAMuL,EAAK,aACnBtF,EAAc3H,KAAM,KAAMgJ,KAI5BtB,EAAYA,EAAUlG,QAAU,GAAIyH,QAAQvB,EAAU4E,KAAK,MAC3D3E,EAAgBA,EAAcnG,QAAU,GAAIyH,QAAQtB,EAAc2E,KAAK,MAIvE8B,EAAalE,EAAQ8B,KAAMxE,EAAQsI,yBAKnClI,EAAWwG,GAAclE,EAAQ8B,KAAMxE,EAAQI,UAC9C,SAAUS,EAAGC,GACZ,GAAIyH,GAAuB,IAAf1H,EAAEtD,SAAiBsD,EAAE6F,gBAAkB7F,EAClD2H,EAAM1H,GAAKA,EAAEqD,UACd,OAAOtD,KAAM2H,MAAWA,GAAwB,IAAjBA,EAAIjL,YAClCgL,EAAMnI,SACLmI,EAAMnI,SAAUoI,GAChB3H,EAAEyH,yBAA8D,GAAnCzH,EAAEyH,wBAAyBE,MAG3D,SAAU3H,EAAGC,GACZ,GAAKA,EACJ,MAASA,EAAIA,EAAEqD,WACd,GAAKrD,IAAMD,EACV,OAAO,CAIV,QAAO,GAOTD,EAAYgG,EACZ,SAAU/F,EAAGC,GAGZ,GAAKD,IAAMC,EAEV,MADAhB,IAAe,EACR,CAIR,IAAI2I,IAAW5H,EAAEyH,yBAA2BxH,EAAEwH,uBAC9C,OAAKG,GACGA,GAIRA,GAAY5H,EAAEmD,eAAiBnD,MAAUC,EAAEkD,eAAiBlD,GAC3DD,EAAEyH,wBAAyBxH,GAG3B,EAGc,EAAV2H,IACF1P,EAAQ2P,cAAgB5H,EAAEwH,wBAAyBzH,KAAQ4H,EAGxD5H,IAAMgG,GAAOhG,EAAEmD,gBAAkB3D,GAAgBD,EAASC,EAAcQ,GACrE,GAEHC,IAAM+F,GAAO/F,EAAEkD,gBAAkB3D,GAAgBD,EAASC,EAAcS,GACrE,EAIDjB,EACJpH,EAAQyB,KAAM2F,EAAWgB,GAAMpI,EAAQyB,KAAM2F,EAAWiB,GAC1D,EAGe,EAAV2H,EAAc,GAAK,IAE3B,SAAU5H,EAAGC,GAEZ,GAAKD,IAAMC,EAEV,MADAhB,IAAe,EACR,CAGR,IAAImG,GACHlL,EAAI,EACJ4N,EAAM9H,EAAEsD,WACRqE,EAAM1H,EAAEqD,WACRyE,GAAO/H,GACPgI,GAAO/H,EAGR,KAAM6H,IAAQH,EACb,MAAO3H,KAAMgG,EAAM,GAClB/F,IAAM+F,EAAM,EACZ8B,EAAM,GACNH,EAAM,EACN3I,EACEpH,EAAQyB,KAAM2F,EAAWgB,GAAMpI,EAAQyB,KAAM2F,EAAWiB,GAC1D,CAGK,IAAK6H,IAAQH,EACnB,MAAOxC,IAAcnF,EAAGC,EAIzBmF,GAAMpF,CACN,OAASoF,EAAMA,EAAI9B,WAClByE,EAAGE,QAAS7C,EAEbA,GAAMnF,CACN,OAASmF,EAAMA,EAAI9B,WAClB0E,EAAGC,QAAS7C,EAIb,OAAQ2C,EAAG7N,KAAO8N,EAAG9N,GACpBA,GAGD,OAAOA,GAENiL,GAAc4C,EAAG7N,GAAI8N,EAAG9N,IAGxB6N,EAAG7N,KAAOsF,EAAe,GACzBwI,EAAG9N,KAAOsF,EAAe,EACzB,GAGKwG,GA7VC9O,GAgWTwH,GAAOT,QAAU,SAAUiK,EAAMC,GAChC,MAAOzJ,IAAQwJ,EAAM,KAAM,KAAMC,IAGlCzJ,GAAOyI,gBAAkB,SAAUlN,EAAMiO,GASxC,IAPOjO,EAAKkJ,eAAiBlJ,KAAW/C,GACvCgI,EAAajF,GAIdiO,EAAOA,EAAKrM,QAASkF,EAAkB,aAElC7I,EAAQiP,kBAAmB/H,GAC5BE,GAAkBA,EAAcqE,KAAMuE,IACtC7I,GAAkBA,EAAUsE,KAAMuE,IAErC,IACC,GAAIxO,GAAMuE,EAAQ5E,KAAMY,EAAMiO,EAG9B,IAAKxO,GAAOxB,EAAQsP,mBAGlBvN,EAAK/C,UAAuC,KAA3B+C,EAAK/C,SAASwF,SAChC,MAAOhD,GAEP,MAAMiD,IAGT,MAAO+B,IAAQwJ,EAAMhR,EAAU,MAAO+C,IAAQd,OAAS,GAGxDuF,GAAOa,SAAW,SAAUjH,EAAS2B,GAKpC,OAHO3B,EAAQ6K,eAAiB7K,KAAcpB,GAC7CgI,EAAa5G,GAEPiH,EAAUjH,EAAS2B,IAG3ByE,GAAO0J,KAAO,SAAUnO,EAAMgB,IAEtBhB,EAAKkJ,eAAiBlJ,KAAW/C,GACvCgI,EAAajF,EAGd,IAAI1B,GAAKoG,EAAKuG,WAAYjK,EAAKkC,eAE9BkL,EAAM9P,GAAMR,EAAOsB,KAAMsF,EAAKuG,WAAYjK,EAAKkC,eAC9C5E,EAAI0B,EAAMgB,GAAOmE,GACjB3D,MAEF,OAAeA,UAAR4M,EACNA,EACAnQ,EAAQwI,aAAetB,EACtBnF,EAAK4J,aAAc5I,IAClBoN,EAAMpO,EAAK+M,iBAAiB/L,KAAUoN,EAAIC,UAC1CD,EAAIjL,MACJ,MAGJsB,GAAO3C,MAAQ,SAAUC,GACxB,KAAM,IAAI5E,OAAO,0CAA4C4E,IAO9D0C,GAAO6J,WAAa,SAAU9K,GAC7B,GAAIxD,GACHuO,KACA/N,EAAI,EACJP,EAAI,CAOL,IAJA+E,GAAgB/G,EAAQuQ,iBACxBzJ,GAAa9G,EAAQwQ,YAAcjL,EAAQhG,MAAO,GAClDgG,EAAQ9C,KAAMoF,GAETd,EAAe,CACnB,MAAShF,EAAOwD,EAAQvD,KAClBD,IAASwD,EAASvD,KACtBO,EAAI+N,EAAW7Q,KAAMuC,GAGvB,OAAQO,IACPgD,EAAQ7C,OAAQ4N,EAAY/N,GAAK,GAQnC,MAFAuE,GAAY,KAELvB,GAORmB,EAAUF,GAAOE,QAAU,SAAU3E,GACpC,GAAI6L,GACHpM,EAAM,GACNQ,EAAI,EACJwC,EAAWzC,EAAKyC,QAEjB,IAAMA,GAMC,GAAkB,IAAbA,GAA+B,IAAbA,GAA+B,KAAbA,EAAkB,CAGjE,GAAiC,gBAArBzC,GAAK0O,YAChB,MAAO1O,GAAK0O,WAGZ,KAAM1O,EAAOA,EAAKyM,WAAYzM,EAAMA,EAAOA,EAAKsL,YAC/C7L,GAAOkF,EAAS3E,OAGZ,IAAkB,IAAbyC,GAA+B,IAAbA,EAC7B,MAAOzC,GAAK2O,cAhBZ,OAAS9C,EAAO7L,EAAKC,KAEpBR,GAAOkF,EAASkH,EAkBlB,OAAOpM,IAGRiF,EAAOD,GAAOmK,WAGbrE,YAAa,GAEbsE,aAAcpE,GAEd9B,MAAO1B,EAEPgE,cAEA2B,QAEAkC,UACCC,KAAOC,IAAK,aAAc5O,OAAO,GACjC6O,KAAOD,IAAK,cACZE,KAAOF,IAAK,kBAAmB5O,OAAO,GACtC+O,KAAOH,IAAK,oBAGbI,WACC/H,KAAQ,SAAUsB,GAUjB,MATAA,GAAM,GAAKA,EAAM,GAAG/G,QAASoG,GAAWC,IAGxCU,EAAM,IAAOA,EAAM,IAAMA,EAAM,IAAM,IAAK/G,QAASoG,GAAWC,IAE5C,OAAbU,EAAM,KACVA,EAAM,GAAK,IAAMA,EAAM,GAAK,KAGtBA,EAAMnL,MAAO,EAAG,IAGxB+J,MAAS,SAAUoB,GA6BlB,MAlBAA,GAAM,GAAKA,EAAM,GAAGzF,cAEY,QAA3ByF,EAAM,GAAGnL,MAAO,EAAG,IAEjBmL,EAAM,IACXlE,GAAO3C,MAAO6G,EAAM,IAKrBA,EAAM,KAAQA,EAAM,GAAKA,EAAM,IAAMA,EAAM,IAAM,GAAK,GAAmB,SAAbA,EAAM,IAA8B,QAAbA,EAAM,KACzFA,EAAM,KAAUA,EAAM,GAAKA,EAAM,IAAqB,QAAbA,EAAM,KAGpCA,EAAM,IACjBlE,GAAO3C,MAAO6G,EAAM,IAGdA,GAGRrB,OAAU,SAAUqB,GACnB,GAAI0G,GACHC,GAAY3G,EAAM,IAAMA,EAAM,EAE/B,OAAK1B,GAAiB,MAAEyC,KAAMf,EAAM,IAC5B,MAIHA,EAAM,IAAmBnH,SAAbmH,EAAM,GACtBA,EAAM,GAAKA,EAAM,GAGN2G,GAAYvI,EAAQ2C,KAAM4F,KAEpCD,EAAS1F,GAAU2F,GAAU,MAE7BD,EAASC,EAAS3R,QAAS,IAAK2R,EAASpQ,OAASmQ,GAAWC,EAASpQ,UAGvEyJ,EAAM,GAAKA,EAAM,GAAGnL,MAAO,EAAG6R,GAC9B1G,EAAM,GAAK2G,EAAS9R,MAAO,EAAG6R,IAIxB1G,EAAMnL,MAAO,EAAG,MAIzBqP,QAECzF,IAAO,SAAUmI,GAChB,GAAItM,GAAWsM,EAAiB3N,QAASoG,GAAWC,IAAY/E,aAChE,OAA4B,MAArBqM,EACN,WAAa,OAAO,GACpB,SAAUvP,GACT,MAAOA,GAAKiD,UAAYjD,EAAKiD,SAASC,gBAAkBD,IAI3DkE,MAAS,SAAUkF,GAClB,GAAImD,GAAU9J,EAAY2G,EAAY,IAEtC,OAAOmD,KACLA,EAAU,GAAI7I,QAAQ,MAAQL,EAAa,IAAM+F,EAAY,IAAM/F,EAAa,SACjFZ,EAAY2G,EAAW,SAAUrM,GAChC,MAAOwP,GAAQ9F,KAAgC,gBAAnB1J,GAAKqM,WAA0BrM,EAAKqM,iBAAoBrM,GAAK4J,eAAiB3D,GAAgBjG,EAAK4J,aAAa,UAAY,OAI3JvC,KAAQ,SAAUrG,EAAMyO,EAAUC,GACjC,MAAO,UAAU1P,GAChB,GAAI2P,GAASlL,GAAO0J,KAAMnO,EAAMgB,EAEhC,OAAe,OAAV2O,EACgB,OAAbF,EAEFA,GAINE,GAAU,GAEU,MAAbF,EAAmBE,IAAWD,EACvB,OAAbD,EAAoBE,IAAWD,EAClB,OAAbD,EAAoBC,GAAqC,IAA5BC,EAAOhS,QAAS+R,GAChC,OAAbD,EAAoBC,GAASC,EAAOhS,QAAS+R,GAAU,GAC1C,OAAbD,EAAoBC,GAASC,EAAOnS,OAAQkS,EAAMxQ,UAAawQ,EAClD,OAAbD,GAAsB,IAAME,EAAS,KAAMhS,QAAS+R,GAAU,GACjD,OAAbD,EAAoBE,IAAWD,GAASC,EAAOnS,MAAO,EAAGkS,EAAMxQ,OAAS,KAAQwQ,EAAQ,KACxF,IAZO,IAgBVnI,MAAS,SAAUrF,EAAM0N,EAAMlE,EAAUtL,EAAOE,GAC/C,GAAIuP,GAAgC,QAAvB3N,EAAK1E,MAAO,EAAG,GAC3BsS,EAA+B,SAArB5N,EAAK1E,MAAO,IACtBuS,EAAkB,YAATH,CAEV,OAAiB,KAAVxP,GAAwB,IAATE,EAGrB,SAAUN,GACT,QAASA,EAAKqJ,YAGf,SAAUrJ,EAAM3B,EAAS2R,GACxB,GAAI1F,GAAO2F,EAAYpE,EAAMT,EAAM8E,EAAWC,EAC7CnB,EAAMa,IAAWC,EAAU,cAAgB,kBAC3C9D,EAAShM,EAAKqJ,WACdrI,EAAO+O,GAAU/P,EAAKiD,SAASC,cAC/BkN,GAAYJ,IAAQD,CAErB,IAAK/D,EAAS,CAGb,GAAK6D,EAAS,CACb,MAAQb,EAAM,CACbnD,EAAO7L,CACP,OAAS6L,EAAOA,EAAMmD,GACrB,GAAKe,EAASlE,EAAK5I,SAASC,gBAAkBlC,EAAyB,IAAlB6K,EAAKpJ,SACzD,OAAO,CAIT0N,GAAQnB,EAAe,SAAT9M,IAAoBiO,GAAS,cAE5C,OAAO,EAMR,GAHAA,GAAUL,EAAU9D,EAAOS,WAAaT,EAAOqE,WAG1CP,GAAWM,EAAW,CAE1BH,EAAajE,EAAQvK,KAAcuK,EAAQvK,OAC3C6I,EAAQ2F,EAAY/N,OACpBgO,EAAY5F,EAAM,KAAO9E,GAAW8E,EAAM,GAC1Cc,EAAOd,EAAM,KAAO9E,GAAW8E,EAAM,GACrCuB,EAAOqE,GAAalE,EAAOxD,WAAY0H,EAEvC,OAASrE,IAASqE,GAAarE,GAAQA,EAAMmD,KAG3C5D,EAAO8E,EAAY,IAAMC,EAAMhK,MAGhC,GAAuB,IAAlB0F,EAAKpJ,YAAoB2I,GAAQS,IAAS7L,EAAO,CACrDiQ,EAAY/N,IAAWsD,EAAS0K,EAAW9E,EAC3C,YAKI,IAAKgF,IAAa9F,GAAStK,EAAMyB,KAAczB,EAAMyB,QAAkBS,KAAWoI,EAAM,KAAO9E,EACrG4F,EAAOd,EAAM,OAKb,OAASuB,IAASqE,GAAarE,GAAQA,EAAMmD,KAC3C5D,EAAO8E,EAAY,IAAMC,EAAMhK,MAEhC,IAAO4J,EAASlE,EAAK5I,SAASC,gBAAkBlC,EAAyB,IAAlB6K,EAAKpJ,aAAsB2I,IAE5EgF,KACHvE,EAAMpK,KAAcoK,EAAMpK,QAAkBS,IAAWsD,EAAS4F,IAG7DS,IAAS7L,GACb,KAQJ,OADAoL,IAAQ9K,EACD8K,IAAShL,GAAWgL,EAAOhL,IAAU,GAAKgL,EAAOhL,GAAS,KAKrEkH,OAAU,SAAUgJ,EAAQ5E,GAK3B,GAAI5L,GACHxB,EAAKoG,EAAKgC,QAAS4J,IAAY5L,EAAK6L,WAAYD,EAAOpN,gBACtDuB,GAAO3C,MAAO,uBAAyBwO,EAKzC,OAAKhS,GAAImD,GACDnD,EAAIoN,GAIPpN,EAAGY,OAAS,GAChBY,GAASwQ,EAAQA,EAAQ,GAAI5E,GACtBhH,EAAK6L,WAAWxS,eAAgBuS,EAAOpN,eAC7CuH,GAAa,SAAU/B,EAAM1E,GAC5B,GAAIwM,GACHC,EAAUnS,EAAIoK,EAAMgD,GACpBzL,EAAIwQ,EAAQvR,MACb,OAAQe,IACPuQ,EAAM7S,EAAQyB,KAAMsJ,EAAM+H,EAAQxQ,IAClCyI,EAAM8H,KAAWxM,EAASwM,GAAQC,EAAQxQ,MAG5C,SAAUD,GACT,MAAO1B,GAAI0B,EAAM,EAAGF,KAIhBxB,IAIToI,SAECgK,IAAOjG,GAAa,SAAUrM,GAI7B,GAAI6O,MACHzJ,KACAmN,EAAU9L,EAASzG,EAASwD,QAASpD,EAAO,MAE7C,OAAOmS,GAASlP,GACfgJ,GAAa,SAAU/B,EAAM1E,EAAS3F,EAAS2R,GAC9C,GAAIhQ,GACH4Q,EAAYD,EAASjI,EAAM,KAAMsH,MACjC/P,EAAIyI,EAAKxJ,MAGV,OAAQe,KACDD,EAAO4Q,EAAU3Q,MACtByI,EAAKzI,KAAO+D,EAAQ/D,GAAKD,MAI5B,SAAUA,EAAM3B,EAAS2R,GAGxB,MAFA/C,GAAM,GAAKjN,EACX2Q,EAAS1D,EAAO,KAAM+C,EAAKxM,IACnBA,EAAQ2C,SAInB0K,IAAOpG,GAAa,SAAUrM,GAC7B,MAAO,UAAU4B,GAChB,MAAOyE,IAAQrG,EAAU4B,GAAOd,OAAS,KAI3CoG,SAAYmF,GAAa,SAAUpH,GAClC,MAAO,UAAUrD,GAChB,OAASA,EAAK0O,aAAe1O,EAAK8Q,WAAanM,EAAS3E,IAASrC,QAAS0F,GAAS,MAWrF0N,KAAQtG,GAAc,SAAUsG,GAM/B,MAJM/J,GAAY0C,KAAKqH,GAAQ,KAC9BtM,GAAO3C,MAAO,qBAAuBiP,GAEtCA,EAAOA,EAAKnP,QAASoG,GAAWC,IAAY/E,cACrC,SAAUlD,GAChB,GAAIgR,EACJ,GACC,IAAMA,EAAW7L,EAChBnF,EAAK+Q,KACL/Q,EAAK4J,aAAa,aAAe5J,EAAK4J,aAAa,QAGnD,MADAoH,GAAWA,EAAS9N,cACb8N,IAAaD,GAA2C,IAAnCC,EAASrT,QAASoT,EAAO,YAE5C/Q,EAAOA,EAAKqJ,aAAiC,IAAlBrJ,EAAKyC,SAC3C,QAAO,KAKTtB,OAAU,SAAUnB,GACnB,GAAIiR,GAAO7T,EAAO8T,UAAY9T,EAAO8T,SAASD,IAC9C,OAAOA,IAAQA,EAAKzT,MAAO,KAAQwC,EAAKsJ,IAGzC6H,KAAQ,SAAUnR,GACjB,MAAOA,KAASkF,GAGjBkM,MAAS,SAAUpR,GAClB,MAAOA,KAAS/C,EAASoU,iBAAmBpU,EAASqU,UAAYrU,EAASqU,gBAAkBtR,EAAKkC,MAAQlC,EAAKuR,OAASvR,EAAKwR,WAI7HC,QAAW,SAAUzR,GACpB,MAAOA,GAAK0R,YAAa,GAG1BA,SAAY,SAAU1R,GACrB,MAAOA,GAAK0R,YAAa,GAG1BC,QAAW,SAAU3R,GAGpB,GAAIiD,GAAWjD,EAAKiD,SAASC,aAC7B,OAAqB,UAAbD,KAA0BjD,EAAK2R,SAA0B,WAAb1O,KAA2BjD,EAAK4R,UAGrFA,SAAY,SAAU5R,GAOrB,MAJKA,GAAKqJ,YACTrJ,EAAKqJ,WAAWwI,cAGV7R,EAAK4R,YAAa,GAI1BE,MAAS,SAAU9R,GAKlB,IAAMA,EAAOA,EAAKyM,WAAYzM,EAAMA,EAAOA,EAAKsL,YAC/C,GAAKtL,EAAKyC,SAAW,EACpB,OAAO,CAGT,QAAO,GAGRuJ,OAAU,SAAUhM,GACnB,OAAQ0E,EAAKgC,QAAe,MAAG1G,IAIhC+R,OAAU,SAAU/R,GACnB,MAAO2H,GAAQ+B,KAAM1J,EAAKiD,WAG3BgK,MAAS,SAAUjN,GAClB,MAAO0H,GAAQgC,KAAM1J,EAAKiD,WAG3B+O,OAAU,SAAUhS,GACnB,GAAIgB,GAAOhB,EAAKiD,SAASC,aACzB,OAAgB,UAATlC,GAAkC,WAAdhB,EAAKkC,MAA8B,WAATlB,GAGtDqC,KAAQ,SAAUrD,GACjB,GAAImO,EACJ,OAAuC,UAAhCnO,EAAKiD,SAASC,eACN,SAAdlD,EAAKkC,OAImC,OAArCiM,EAAOnO,EAAK4J,aAAa,UAA2C,SAAvBuE,EAAKjL,gBAIvD9C,MAASqL,GAAuB,WAC/B,OAAS,KAGVnL,KAAQmL,GAAuB,SAAUE,EAAczM,GACtD,OAASA,EAAS,KAGnBmB,GAAMoL,GAAuB,SAAUE,EAAczM,EAAQwM,GAC5D,OAAoB,EAAXA,EAAeA,EAAWxM,EAASwM,KAG7CuG,KAAQxG,GAAuB,SAAUE,EAAczM,GAEtD,IADA,GAAIe,GAAI,EACIf,EAAJe,EAAYA,GAAK,EACxB0L,EAAajO,KAAMuC,EAEpB,OAAO0L,KAGRuG,IAAOzG,GAAuB,SAAUE,EAAczM,GAErD,IADA,GAAIe,GAAI,EACIf,EAAJe,EAAYA,GAAK,EACxB0L,EAAajO,KAAMuC,EAEpB,OAAO0L,KAGRwG,GAAM1G,GAAuB,SAAUE,EAAczM,EAAQwM,GAE5D,IADA,GAAIzL,GAAe,EAAXyL,EAAeA,EAAWxM,EAASwM,IACjCzL,GAAK,GACd0L,EAAajO,KAAMuC,EAEpB,OAAO0L,KAGRyG,GAAM3G,GAAuB,SAAUE,EAAczM,EAAQwM,GAE5D,IADA,GAAIzL,GAAe,EAAXyL,EAAeA,EAAWxM,EAASwM,IACjCzL,EAAIf,GACbyM,EAAajO,KAAMuC,EAEpB,OAAO0L,OAKVjH,EAAKgC,QAAa,IAAIhC,EAAKgC,QAAY,EAGvC,KAAMzG,KAAOoS,OAAO,EAAMC,UAAU,EAAMC,MAAM,EAAMC,UAAU,EAAMC,OAAO,GAC5E/N,EAAKgC,QAASzG,GAAMsL,GAAmBtL,EAExC,KAAMA,KAAOyS,QAAQ,EAAMC,OAAO,GACjCjO,EAAKgC,QAASzG,GAAMuL,GAAoBvL,EAIzC,SAASsQ,OACTA,GAAWxR,UAAY2F,EAAKkO,QAAUlO,EAAKgC,QAC3ChC,EAAK6L,WAAa,GAAIA,GAEtB,SAAS5G,IAAUvL,EAAUyU,GAC5B,GAAIpC,GAAS9H,EAAOmK,EAAQ5Q,EAC3B6Q,EAAOlK,EAAQmK,EACfC,EAASrN,EAAYxH,EAAW,IAEjC,IAAK6U,EACJ,MAAOJ,GAAY,EAAII,EAAOzV,MAAO,EAGtCuV,GAAQ3U,EACRyK,KACAmK,EAAatO,EAAK0K,SAElB,OAAQ2D,EAAQ,GAGTtC,IAAY9H,EAAQ/B,EAAOuC,KAAM4J,OACjCpK,IAEJoK,EAAQA,EAAMvV,MAAOmL,EAAM,GAAGzJ,SAAY6T,GAE3ClK,EAAOnL,KAAOoV,OAGfrC,GAAU,GAGJ9H,EAAQ9B,EAAasC,KAAM4J,MAChCtC,EAAU9H,EAAM6B,QAChBsI,EAAOpV,MACNyF,MAAOsN,EAEPvO,KAAMyG,EAAM,GAAG/G,QAASpD,EAAO,OAEhCuU,EAAQA,EAAMvV,MAAOiT,EAAQvR,QAI9B,KAAMgD,IAAQwC,GAAKmI,SACZlE,EAAQ1B,EAAW/E,GAAOiH,KAAM4J,KAAcC,EAAY9Q,MAC9DyG,EAAQqK,EAAY9Q,GAAQyG,MAC7B8H,EAAU9H,EAAM6B,QAChBsI,EAAOpV,MACNyF,MAAOsN,EACPvO,KAAMA,EACN8B,QAAS2E,IAEVoK,EAAQA,EAAMvV,MAAOiT,EAAQvR,QAI/B,KAAMuR,EACL,MAOF,MAAOoC,GACNE,EAAM7T,OACN6T,EACCtO,GAAO3C,MAAO1D,GAEdwH,EAAYxH,EAAUyK,GAASrL,MAAO,GAGzC,QAASsM,IAAYgJ,GAIpB,IAHA,GAAI7S,GAAI,EACPM,EAAMuS,EAAO5T,OACbd,EAAW,GACAmC,EAAJN,EAASA,IAChB7B,GAAY0U,EAAO7S,GAAGkD,KAEvB,OAAO/E,GAGR,QAAS8U,IAAevC,EAASwC,EAAYC,GAC5C,GAAIpE,GAAMmE,EAAWnE,IACpBqE,EAAmBD,GAAgB,eAARpE,EAC3BsE,EAAW7N,GAEZ,OAAO0N,GAAW/S,MAEjB,SAAUJ,EAAM3B,EAAS2R,GACxB,MAAShQ,EAAOA,EAAMgP,GACrB,GAAuB,IAAlBhP,EAAKyC,UAAkB4Q,EAC3B,MAAO1C,GAAS3Q,EAAM3B,EAAS2R,IAMlC,SAAUhQ,EAAM3B,EAAS2R,GACxB,GAAIuD,GAAUtD,EACbuD,GAAahO,EAAS8N,EAGvB,IAAKtD,GACJ,MAAShQ,EAAOA,EAAMgP,GACrB,IAAuB,IAAlBhP,EAAKyC,UAAkB4Q,IACtB1C,EAAS3Q,EAAM3B,EAAS2R,GAC5B,OAAO,MAKV,OAAShQ,EAAOA,EAAMgP,GACrB,GAAuB,IAAlBhP,EAAKyC,UAAkB4Q,EAAmB,CAE9C,GADApD,EAAajQ,EAAMyB,KAAczB,EAAMyB,QACjC8R,EAAWtD,EAAYjB,KAC5BuE,EAAU,KAAQ/N,GAAW+N,EAAU,KAAQD,EAG/C,MAAQE,GAAU,GAAMD,EAAU,EAMlC,IAHAtD,EAAYjB,GAAQwE,EAGdA,EAAU,GAAM7C,EAAS3Q,EAAM3B,EAAS2R,GAC7C,OAAO,IASf,QAASyD,IAAgBC,GACxB,MAAOA,GAASxU,OAAS,EACxB,SAAUc,EAAM3B,EAAS2R,GACxB,GAAI/P,GAAIyT,EAASxU,MACjB,OAAQe,IACP,IAAMyT,EAASzT,GAAID,EAAM3B,EAAS2R,GACjC,OAAO,CAGT,QAAO,GAER0D,EAAS,GAGX,QAASC,IAAU/C,EAAW7Q,EAAK8M,EAAQxO,EAAS2R,GAOnD,IANA,GAAIhQ,GACH4T,KACA3T,EAAI,EACJM,EAAMqQ,EAAU1R,OAChB2U,EAAgB,MAAP9T,EAEEQ,EAAJN,EAASA,KACVD,EAAO4Q,EAAU3Q,OAChB4M,GAAUA,EAAQ7M,EAAM3B,EAAS2R,MACtC4D,EAAalW,KAAMsC,GACd6T,GACJ9T,EAAIrC,KAAMuC,GAMd,OAAO2T,GAGR,QAASE,IAAY1E,EAAWhR,EAAUuS,EAASoD,EAAYC,EAAYC,GAO1E,MANKF,KAAeA,EAAYtS,KAC/BsS,EAAaD,GAAYC,IAErBC,IAAeA,EAAYvS,KAC/BuS,EAAaF,GAAYE,EAAYC,IAE/BxJ,GAAa,SAAU/B,EAAMlF,EAASnF,EAAS2R,GACrD,GAAIkE,GAAMjU,EAAGD,EACZmU,KACAC,KACAC,EAAc7Q,EAAQtE,OAGtBM,EAAQkJ,GAAQ4L,GAAkBlW,GAAY,IAAKC,EAAQoE,UAAapE,GAAYA,MAGpFkW,GAAYnF,IAAe1G,GAAStK,EAEnCoB,EADAmU,GAAUnU,EAAO2U,EAAQ/E,EAAW/Q,EAAS2R,GAG9CwE,EAAa7D,EAEZqD,IAAgBtL,EAAO0G,EAAYiF,GAAeN,MAMjDvQ,EACD+Q,CAQF,IALK5D,GACJA,EAAS4D,EAAWC,EAAYnW,EAAS2R,GAIrC+D,EAAa,CACjBG,EAAOP,GAAUa,EAAYJ,GAC7BL,EAAYG,KAAU7V,EAAS2R,GAG/B/P,EAAIiU,EAAKhV,MACT,OAAQe,KACDD,EAAOkU,EAAKjU,MACjBuU,EAAYJ,EAAQnU,MAASsU,EAAWH,EAAQnU,IAAOD,IAK1D,GAAK0I,GACJ,GAAKsL,GAAc5E,EAAY,CAC9B,GAAK4E,EAAa,CAEjBE,KACAjU,EAAIuU,EAAWtV,MACf,OAAQe,KACDD,EAAOwU,EAAWvU,KAEvBiU,EAAKxW,KAAO6W,EAAUtU,GAAKD,EAG7BgU,GAAY,KAAOQ,KAAkBN,EAAMlE,GAI5C/P,EAAIuU,EAAWtV,MACf,OAAQe,KACDD,EAAOwU,EAAWvU,MACtBiU,EAAOF,EAAarW,EAAQyB,KAAMsJ,EAAM1I,GAASmU,EAAOlU,IAAM,KAE/DyI,EAAKwL,KAAU1Q,EAAQ0Q,GAAQlU,SAOlCwU,GAAab,GACZa,IAAehR,EACdgR,EAAW7T,OAAQ0T,EAAaG,EAAWtV,QAC3CsV,GAEGR,EACJA,EAAY,KAAMxQ,EAASgR,EAAYxE,GAEvCtS,EAAKwC,MAAOsD,EAASgR,KAMzB,QAASC,IAAmB3B,GAqB3B,IApBA,GAAI4B,GAAc/D,EAASnQ,EAC1BD,EAAMuS,EAAO5T,OACbyV,EAAkBjQ,EAAKoK,SAAUgE,EAAO,GAAG5Q,MAC3C0S,EAAmBD,GAAmBjQ,EAAKoK,SAAS,KACpD7O,EAAI0U,EAAkB,EAAI,EAG1BE,EAAe3B,GAAe,SAAUlT,GACvC,MAAOA,KAAS0U,GACdE,GAAkB,GACrBE,EAAkB5B,GAAe,SAAUlT,GAC1C,MAAOrC,GAAQyB,KAAMsV,EAAc1U,GAAS,IAC1C4U,GAAkB,GACrBlB,GAAa,SAAU1T,EAAM3B,EAAS2R,GACrC,OAAU2E,IAAqB3E,GAAO3R,IAAYyG,MAChD4P,EAAerW,GAASoE,SACxBoS,EAAc7U,EAAM3B,EAAS2R,GAC7B8E,EAAiB9U,EAAM3B,EAAS2R,MAGxBzP,EAAJN,EAASA,IAChB,GAAM0Q,EAAUjM,EAAKoK,SAAUgE,EAAO7S,GAAGiC,MACxCwR,GAAaR,GAAcO,GAAgBC,GAAY/C,QACjD,CAIN,GAHAA,EAAUjM,EAAKmI,OAAQiG,EAAO7S,GAAGiC,MAAOhC,MAAO,KAAM4S,EAAO7S,GAAG+D,SAG1D2M,EAASlP,GAAY,CAGzB,IADAjB,IAAMP,EACMM,EAAJC,EAASA,IAChB,GAAKkE,EAAKoK,SAAUgE,EAAOtS,GAAG0B,MAC7B,KAGF,OAAO4R,IACN7T,EAAI,GAAKwT,GAAgBC,GACzBzT,EAAI,GAAK6J,GAERgJ,EAAOtV,MAAO,EAAGyC,EAAI,GAAIxC,QAAS0F,MAAgC,MAAzB2P,EAAQ7S,EAAI,GAAIiC,KAAe,IAAM,MAC7EN,QAASpD,EAAO,MAClBmS,EACInQ,EAAJP,GAASwU,GAAmB3B,EAAOtV,MAAOyC,EAAGO,IACzCD,EAAJC,GAAWiU,GAAoB3B,EAASA,EAAOtV,MAAOgD,IAClDD,EAAJC,GAAWsJ,GAAYgJ,IAGzBY,EAAShW,KAAMiT,GAIjB,MAAO8C,IAAgBC,GAGxB,QAASqB,IAA0BC,EAAiBC,GACnD,GAAIC,GAAQD,EAAY/V,OAAS,EAChCiW,EAAYH,EAAgB9V,OAAS,EACrCkW,EAAe,SAAU1M,EAAMrK,EAAS2R,EAAKxM,EAAS6R,GACrD,GAAIrV,GAAMQ,EAAGmQ,EACZ2E,EAAe,EACfrV,EAAI,IACJ2Q,EAAYlI,MACZ6M,KACAC,EAAgB1Q,EAEhBtF,EAAQkJ,GAAQyM,GAAazQ,EAAKkI,KAAU,IAAG,IAAKyI,GAEpDI,EAAiBjQ,GAA4B,MAAjBgQ,EAAwB,EAAI9T,KAAKC,UAAY,GACzEpB,EAAMf,EAAMN,MAUb,KARKmW,IACJvQ,EAAmBzG,IAAYpB,GAAYoB,GAOpC4B,IAAMM,GAA4B,OAApBP,EAAOR,EAAMS,IAAaA,IAAM,CACrD,GAAKkV,GAAanV,EAAO,CACxBQ,EAAI,CACJ,OAASmQ,EAAUqE,EAAgBxU,KAClC,GAAKmQ,EAAS3Q,EAAM3B,EAAS2R,GAAQ,CACpCxM,EAAQ9F,KAAMsC,EACd,OAGGqV,IACJ7P,EAAUiQ,GAKPP,KAEElV,GAAQ2Q,GAAW3Q,IACxBsV,IAII5M,GACJkI,EAAUlT,KAAMsC,IAOnB,GADAsV,GAAgBrV,EACXiV,GAASjV,IAAMqV,EAAe,CAClC9U,EAAI,CACJ,OAASmQ,EAAUsE,EAAYzU,KAC9BmQ,EAASC,EAAW2E,EAAYlX,EAAS2R,EAG1C,IAAKtH,EAAO,CAEX,GAAK4M,EAAe,EACnB,MAAQrV,IACA2Q,EAAU3Q,IAAMsV,EAAWtV,KACjCsV,EAAWtV,GAAKkG,EAAI/G,KAAMoE,GAM7B+R,GAAa5B,GAAU4B,GAIxB7X,EAAKwC,MAAOsD,EAAS+R,GAGhBF,IAAc3M,GAAQ6M,EAAWrW,OAAS,GAC5CoW,EAAeL,EAAY/V,OAAW,GAExCuF,GAAO6J,WAAY9K,GAUrB,MALK6R,KACJ7P,EAAUiQ,EACV3Q,EAAmB0Q,GAGb5E,EAGT,OAAOsE,GACNzK,GAAc2K,GACdA,EAGFvQ,EAAUJ,GAAOI,QAAU,SAAUzG,EAAUsX,GAC9C,GAAIzV,GACHgV,KACAD,KACA/B,EAASpN,EAAezH,EAAW,IAEpC,KAAM6U,EAAS,CAERyC,IACLA,EAAQ/L,GAAUvL,IAEnB6B,EAAIyV,EAAMxW,MACV,OAAQe,IACPgT,EAASwB,GAAmBiB,EAAMzV,IAC7BgT,EAAQxR,GACZwT,EAAYvX,KAAMuV,GAElB+B,EAAgBtX,KAAMuV,EAKxBA,GAASpN,EAAezH,EAAU2W,GAA0BC,EAAiBC,IAE9E,MAAOhC,GAGR,SAASqB,IAAkBlW,EAAUuX,EAAUnS,GAG9C,IAFA,GAAIvD,GAAI,EACPM,EAAMoV,EAASzW,OACJqB,EAAJN,EAASA,IAChBwE,GAAQrG,EAAUuX,EAAS1V,GAAIuD,EAEhC,OAAOA,GAGR,QAAS4G,IAAQhM,EAAUC,EAASmF,EAASkF,GAC5C,GAAIzI,GAAG6S,EAAQ8C,EAAO1T,EAAM0K,EAC3BjE,EAAQgB,GAAUvL,EAEnB,KAAMsK,GAEiB,IAAjBC,EAAMzJ,OAAe,CAIzB,GADA4T,EAASnK,EAAM,GAAKA,EAAM,GAAGnL,MAAO,GAC/BsV,EAAO5T,OAAS,GAAkC,QAA5B0W,EAAQ9C,EAAO,IAAI5Q,MAC5CjE,EAAQyO,SAAgC,IAArBrO,EAAQoE,UAAkB0C,GAC7CT,EAAKoK,SAAUgE,EAAO,GAAG5Q,MAAS,CAGnC,GADA7D,GAAYqG,EAAKkI,KAAS,GAAGgJ,EAAM5R,QAAQ,GAAGpC,QAAQoG,GAAWC,IAAY5J,QAAkB,IACzFA,EACL,MAAOmF,EAERpF,GAAWA,EAASZ,MAAOsV,EAAOtI,QAAQrH,MAAMjE,QAIjDe,EAAIgH,EAAwB,aAAEyC,KAAMtL,GAAa,EAAI0U,EAAO5T,MAC5D,OAAQe,IAAM,CAIb,GAHA2V,EAAQ9C,EAAO7S,GAGVyE,EAAKoK,SAAW5M,EAAO0T,EAAM1T,MACjC,KAED,KAAM0K,EAAOlI,EAAKkI,KAAM1K,MAEjBwG,EAAOkE,EACZgJ,EAAM5R,QAAQ,GAAGpC,QAASoG,GAAWC,IACrCH,EAAS4B,KAAMoJ,EAAO,GAAG5Q,OAAU6H,GAAa1L,EAAQgL,aAAgBhL,IACpE,CAKJ,GAFAyU,EAAOnS,OAAQV,EAAG,GAClB7B,EAAWsK,EAAKxJ,QAAU4K,GAAYgJ,IAChC1U,EAEL,MADAV,GAAKwC,MAAOsD,EAASkF,GACdlF,CAGR,SAgBL,MAPAqB,GAASzG,EAAUuK,GAClBD,EACArK,GACC8G,EACD3B,EACAsE,EAAS4B,KAAMtL,IAAc2L,GAAa1L,EAAQgL,aAAgBhL,GAE5DmF,EAkER,MA5DAvF,GAAQwQ,WAAahN,EAAQ+C,MAAM,IAAI9D,KAAMoF,GAAYkE,KAAK,MAAQvI,EAItExD,EAAQuQ,mBAAqBxJ,EAG7BC,IAIAhH,EAAQ2P,aAAelD,GAAO,SAAUmL,GAEvC,MAAuE,GAAhEA,EAAKrI,wBAAyBvQ,EAAS2N,cAAc,UAMvDF,GAAO,SAAUC,GAEtB,MADAA,GAAI6B,UAAY,mBAC+B,MAAxC7B,EAAI8B,WAAW7C,aAAa,WAEnCkB,GAAW,yBAA0B,SAAU9K,EAAMgB,EAAM4D,GAC1D,MAAMA,GAAN,OACQ5E,EAAK4J,aAAc5I,EAA6B,SAAvBA,EAAKkC,cAA2B,EAAI,KAOjEjF,EAAQwI,YAAeiE,GAAO,SAAUC,GAG7C,MAFAA,GAAI6B,UAAY,WAChB7B,EAAI8B,WAAW5C,aAAc,QAAS,IACY,KAA3Cc,EAAI8B,WAAW7C,aAAc,YAEpCkB,GAAW,QAAS,SAAU9K,EAAMgB,EAAM4D,GACzC,MAAMA,IAAyC,UAAhC5E,EAAKiD,SAASC,cAA7B,OACQlD,EAAK8V,eAOTpL,GAAO,SAAUC,GACtB,MAAuC,OAAhCA,EAAIf,aAAa,eAExBkB,GAAWzE,EAAU,SAAUrG,EAAMgB,EAAM4D,GAC1C,GAAIwJ,EACJ,OAAMxJ,GAAN,OACQ5E,EAAMgB,MAAW,EAAOA,EAAKkC,eACjCkL,EAAMpO,EAAK+M,iBAAkB/L,KAAWoN,EAAIC,UAC7CD,EAAIjL,MACL,OAKGsB,IAEHrH,EAIJe,GAAOyO,KAAOnI,EACdtG,EAAO8P,KAAOxJ,EAAOmK,UACrBzQ,EAAO8P,KAAK,KAAO9P,EAAO8P,KAAKvH,QAC/BvI,EAAO4X,OAAStR,EAAO6J,WACvBnQ,EAAOkF,KAAOoB,EAAOE,QACrBxG,EAAO6X,SAAWvR,EAAOG,MACzBzG,EAAOmH,SAAWb,EAAOa,QAIzB,IAAI2Q,GAAgB9X,EAAO8P,KAAKtF,MAAMlB,aAElCyO,EAAa,6BAIbC,EAAY,gBAGhB,SAASC,GAAQlI,EAAUmI,EAAW3F,GACrC,GAAKvS,EAAOkD,WAAYgV,GACvB,MAAOlY,GAAO0F,KAAMqK,EAAU,SAAUlO,EAAMC,GAE7C,QAASoW,EAAUjX,KAAMY,EAAMC,EAAGD,KAAW0Q,GAK/C,IAAK2F,EAAU5T,SACd,MAAOtE,GAAO0F,KAAMqK,EAAU,SAAUlO,GACvC,MAASA,KAASqW,IAAgB3F,GAKpC,IAA0B,gBAAd2F,GAAyB,CACpC,GAAKF,EAAUzM,KAAM2M,GACpB,MAAOlY,GAAO0O,OAAQwJ,EAAWnI,EAAUwC,EAG5C2F,GAAYlY,EAAO0O,OAAQwJ,EAAWnI,GAGvC,MAAO/P,GAAO0F,KAAMqK,EAAU,SAAUlO,GACvC,MAAS7B,GAAOuF,QAAS1D,EAAMqW,IAAe,IAAQ3F,IAIxDvS,EAAO0O,OAAS,SAAUoB,EAAMzO,EAAOkR,GACtC,GAAI1Q,GAAOR,EAAO,EAMlB,OAJKkR,KACJzC,EAAO,QAAUA,EAAO,KAGD,IAAjBzO,EAAMN,QAAkC,IAAlBc,EAAKyC,SACjCtE,EAAOyO,KAAKM,gBAAiBlN,EAAMiO,IAAWjO,MAC9C7B,EAAOyO,KAAK5I,QAASiK,EAAM9P,EAAO0F,KAAMrE,EAAO,SAAUQ,GACxD,MAAyB,KAAlBA,EAAKyC,aAIftE,EAAOG,GAAGsC,QACTgM,KAAM,SAAUxO,GACf,GAAI6B,GACHR,KACA6W,EAAOjZ,KACPkD,EAAM+V,EAAKpX,MAEZ,IAAyB,gBAAbd,GACX,MAAOf,MAAKkC,UAAWpB,EAAQC,GAAWyO,OAAO,WAChD,IAAM5M,EAAI,EAAOM,EAAJN,EAASA,IACrB,GAAK9B,EAAOmH,SAAUgR,EAAMrW,GAAK5C,MAChC,OAAO,IAMX,KAAM4C,EAAI,EAAOM,EAAJN,EAASA,IACrB9B,EAAOyO,KAAMxO,EAAUkY,EAAMrW,GAAKR,EAMnC,OAFAA,GAAMpC,KAAKkC,UAAWgB,EAAM,EAAIpC,EAAO4X,OAAQtW,GAAQA,GACvDA,EAAIrB,SAAWf,KAAKe,SAAWf,KAAKe,SAAW,IAAMA,EAAWA,EACzDqB,GAERoN,OAAQ,SAAUzO,GACjB,MAAOf,MAAKkC,UAAW6W,EAAO/Y,KAAMe,OAAgB,KAErDsS,IAAK,SAAUtS,GACd,MAAOf,MAAKkC,UAAW6W,EAAO/Y,KAAMe,OAAgB,KAErDmY,GAAI,SAAUnY,GACb,QAASgY,EACR/Y,KAIoB,gBAAbe,IAAyB6X,EAAcvM,KAAMtL,GACnDD,EAAQC,GACRA,OACD,GACCc,SASJ,IAAIsX,GAGHvZ,EAAWG,EAAOH,SAKlB4K,EAAa,sCAEbtJ,EAAOJ,EAAOG,GAAGC,KAAO,SAAUH,EAAUC,GAC3C,GAAIsK,GAAO3I,CAGX,KAAM5B,EACL,MAAOf,KAIR,IAAyB,gBAAbe,GAAwB,CAUnC,GAPCuK,EAF2B,MAAvBvK,EAASqY,OAAO,IAAyD,MAA3CrY,EAASqY,OAAQrY,EAASc,OAAS,IAAed,EAASc,QAAU,GAE7F,KAAMd,EAAU,MAGlByJ,EAAWsB,KAAM/K,IAIrBuK,IAAUA,EAAM,IAAOtK,EAsDrB,OAAMA,GAAWA,EAAQW,QACtBX,GAAWmY,GAAa5J,KAAMxO,GAKhCf,KAAK4B,YAAaZ,GAAUuO,KAAMxO,EAzDzC,IAAKuK,EAAM,GAAK,CAYf,GAXAtK,EAAUA,YAAmBF,GAASE,EAAQ,GAAKA,EAInDF,EAAOuB,MAAOrC,KAAMc,EAAOuY,UAC1B/N,EAAM,GACNtK,GAAWA,EAAQoE,SAAWpE,EAAQ6K,eAAiB7K,EAAUpB,GACjE,IAIIiZ,EAAWxM,KAAMf,EAAM,KAAQxK,EAAOmD,cAAejD,GACzD,IAAMsK,IAAStK,GAETF,EAAOkD,WAAYhE,KAAMsL,IAC7BtL,KAAMsL,GAAStK,EAASsK,IAIxBtL,KAAK8Q,KAAMxF,EAAOtK,EAASsK,GAK9B,OAAOtL,MAQP,GAJA2C,EAAO/C,EAASmM,eAAgBT,EAAM,IAIjC3I,GAAQA,EAAKqJ,WAAa,CAG9B,GAAKrJ,EAAKsJ,KAAOX,EAAM,GACtB,MAAO6N,GAAW5J,KAAMxO,EAIzBf,MAAK6B,OAAS,EACd7B,KAAK,GAAK2C,EAKX,MAFA3C,MAAKgB,QAAUpB,EACfI,KAAKe,SAAWA,EACTf,KAcH,MAAKe,GAASqE,UACpBpF,KAAKgB,QAAUhB,KAAK,GAAKe,EACzBf,KAAK6B,OAAS,EACP7B,MAIIc,EAAOkD,WAAYjD,GACK,mBAArBoY,GAAWG,MACxBH,EAAWG,MAAOvY,GAElBA,EAAUD,IAGeqD,SAAtBpD,EAASA,WACbf,KAAKe,SAAWA,EAASA,SACzBf,KAAKgB,QAAUD,EAASC,SAGlBF,EAAOmF,UAAWlF,EAAUf,OAIrCkB,GAAKQ,UAAYZ,EAAOG,GAGxBkY,EAAarY,EAAQlB,EAGrB,IAAI2Z,GAAe,iCAElBC,GACCC,UAAU,EACVC,UAAU,EACVC,MAAM,EACNC,MAAM,EAGR9Y,GAAOyC,QACNoO,IAAK,SAAUhP,EAAMgP,EAAKkI,GACzB,GAAIzG,MACHtF,EAAMnL,EAAMgP,EAEb,OAAQ7D,GAAwB,IAAjBA,EAAI1I,WAA6BjB,SAAV0V,GAAwC,IAAjB/L,EAAI1I,WAAmBtE,EAAQgN,GAAMoL,GAAIW,IAC/E,IAAjB/L,EAAI1I,UACRgO,EAAQ/S,KAAMyN,GAEfA,EAAMA,EAAI6D,EAEX,OAAOyB,IAGR0G,QAAS,SAAUC,EAAGpX,GAGrB,IAFA,GAAIqX,MAEID,EAAGA,EAAIA,EAAE9L,YACI,IAAf8L,EAAE3U,UAAkB2U,IAAMpX,GAC9BqX,EAAE3Z,KAAM0Z,EAIV,OAAOC,MAITlZ,EAAOG,GAAGsC,QACTiQ,IAAK,SAAU1P,GACd,GAAIlB,GACHqX,EAAUnZ,EAAQgD,EAAQ9D,MAC1BkD,EAAM+W,EAAQpY,MAEf,OAAO7B,MAAKwP,OAAO,WAClB,IAAM5M,EAAI,EAAOM,EAAJN,EAASA,IACrB,GAAK9B,EAAOmH,SAAUjI,KAAMia,EAAQrX,IACnC,OAAO,KAMXsX,QAAS,SAAU3I,EAAWvQ,GAS7B,IARA,GAAI8M,GACHlL,EAAI,EACJuX,EAAIna,KAAK6B,OACTuR,KACAgH,EAAMxB,EAAcvM,KAAMkF,IAAoC,gBAAdA,GAC/CzQ,EAAQyQ,EAAWvQ,GAAWhB,KAAKgB,SACnC,EAEUmZ,EAAJvX,EAAOA,IACd,IAAMkL,EAAM9N,KAAK4C,GAAIkL,GAAOA,IAAQ9M,EAAS8M,EAAMA,EAAI9B,WAEtD,GAAK8B,EAAI1I,SAAW,KAAOgV,EAC1BA,EAAIC,MAAMvM,GAAO,GAGA,IAAjBA,EAAI1I,UACHtE,EAAOyO,KAAKM,gBAAgB/B,EAAKyD,IAAc,CAEhD6B,EAAQ/S,KAAMyN,EACd,OAKH,MAAO9N,MAAKkC,UAAWkR,EAAQvR,OAAS,EAAIf,EAAO4X,OAAQtF,GAAYA,IAKxEiH,MAAO,SAAU1X,GAGhB,MAAMA,GAKe,gBAATA,GACJ7B,EAAOuF,QAASrG,KAAK,GAAIc,EAAQ6B,IAIlC7B,EAAOuF,QAEb1D,EAAKhB,OAASgB,EAAK,GAAKA,EAAM3C,MAXrBA,KAAK,IAAMA,KAAK,GAAGgM,WAAehM,KAAK+C,QAAQuX,UAAUzY,OAAS,IAc7E0Y,IAAK,SAAUxZ,EAAUC,GACxB,MAAOhB,MAAKkC,UACXpB,EAAO4X,OACN5X,EAAOuB,MAAOrC,KAAKgC,MAAOlB,EAAQC,EAAUC,OAK/CwZ,QAAS,SAAUzZ,GAClB,MAAOf,MAAKua,IAAiB,MAAZxZ,EAChBf,KAAKsC,WAAatC,KAAKsC,WAAWkN,OAAOzO,MAK5C,SAAS+Y,GAAShM,EAAK6D,GACtB,EACC7D,GAAMA,EAAK6D,SACF7D,GAAwB,IAAjBA,EAAI1I,SAErB,OAAO0I,GAGRhN,EAAOyB,MACNoM,OAAQ,SAAUhM,GACjB,GAAIgM,GAAShM,EAAKqJ,UAClB,OAAO2C,IAA8B,KAApBA,EAAOvJ,SAAkBuJ,EAAS,MAEpD8L,QAAS,SAAU9X,GAClB,MAAO7B,GAAO6Q,IAAKhP,EAAM,eAE1B+X,aAAc,SAAU/X,EAAMC,EAAGiX,GAChC,MAAO/Y,GAAO6Q,IAAKhP,EAAM,aAAckX,IAExCF,KAAM,SAAUhX,GACf,MAAOmX,GAASnX,EAAM,gBAEvBiX,KAAM,SAAUjX,GACf,MAAOmX,GAASnX,EAAM,oBAEvBgY,QAAS,SAAUhY,GAClB,MAAO7B,GAAO6Q,IAAKhP,EAAM,gBAE1B2X,QAAS,SAAU3X,GAClB,MAAO7B,GAAO6Q,IAAKhP,EAAM,oBAE1BiY,UAAW,SAAUjY,EAAMC,EAAGiX,GAC7B,MAAO/Y,GAAO6Q,IAAKhP,EAAM,cAAekX,IAEzCgB,UAAW,SAAUlY,EAAMC,EAAGiX,GAC7B,MAAO/Y,GAAO6Q,IAAKhP,EAAM,kBAAmBkX,IAE7CiB,SAAU,SAAUnY,GACnB,MAAO7B,GAAOgZ,SAAWnX,EAAKqJ,gBAAmBoD,WAAYzM,IAE9D8W,SAAU,SAAU9W,GACnB,MAAO7B,GAAOgZ,QAASnX,EAAKyM,aAE7BsK,SAAU,SAAU/W,GACnB,MAAO7B,GAAO8E,SAAUjD,EAAM,UAC7BA,EAAKoY,iBAAmBpY,EAAKqY,cAAcpb,SAC3CkB,EAAOuB,SAAWM,EAAKwI,cAEvB,SAAUxH,EAAM1C,GAClBH,EAAOG,GAAI0C,GAAS,SAAUkW,EAAO9Y,GACpC,GAAIqB,GAAMtB,EAAO4B,IAAK1C,KAAMiB,EAAI4Y,EAsBhC,OApB0B,UAArBlW,EAAKxD,MAAO,MAChBY,EAAW8Y,GAGP9Y,GAAgC,gBAAbA,KACvBqB,EAAMtB,EAAO0O,OAAQzO,EAAUqB,IAG3BpC,KAAK6B,OAAS,IAEZ2X,EAAkB7V,KACvBvB,EAAMtB,EAAO4X,OAAQtW,IAIjBmX,EAAalN,KAAM1I,KACvBvB,EAAMA,EAAI6Y,YAILjb,KAAKkC,UAAWE,KAGzB,IAAI8Y,GAAY,OAKZC,IAGJ,SAASC,GAAexX,GACvB,GAAIyX,GAASF,EAAcvX,KAI3B,OAHA9C,GAAOyB,KAAMqB,EAAQ0H,MAAO4P,OAAmB,SAAUrQ,EAAGyQ,GAC3DD,EAAQC,IAAS,IAEXD,EAyBRva,EAAOya,UAAY,SAAU3X,GAI5BA,EAA6B,gBAAZA,GACduX,EAAcvX,IAAawX,EAAexX,GAC5C9C,EAAOyC,UAAYK,EAEpB,IACC4X,GAEAC,EAEAC,EAEAC,EAEAC,EAEAC,EAEAC,KAEAC,GAASnY,EAAQoY,SAEjBC,EAAO,SAAUzW,GAOhB,IANAiW,EAAS7X,EAAQ6X,QAAUjW,EAC3BkW,GAAQ,EACRE,EAAcC,GAAe,EAC7BA,EAAc,EACdF,EAAeG,EAAKja,OACpB2Z,GAAS,EACDM,GAAsBH,EAAdC,EAA4BA,IAC3C,GAAKE,EAAMF,GAAc/Y,MAAO2C,EAAM,GAAKA,EAAM,OAAU,GAAS5B,EAAQsY,YAAc,CACzFT,GAAS,CACT,OAGFD,GAAS,EACJM,IACCC,EACCA,EAAMla,QACVoa,EAAMF,EAAM5O,SAEFsO,EACXK,KAEA7C,EAAKkD,YAKRlD,GAECsB,IAAK,WACJ,GAAKuB,EAAO,CAEX,GAAIhJ,GAAQgJ,EAAKja,QACjB,QAAU0Y,GAAK9X,GACd3B,EAAOyB,KAAME,EAAM,SAAUoI,EAAGhE,GAC/B,GAAIhC,GAAO/D,EAAO+D,KAAMgC,EACV,cAAThC,EACEjB,EAAQ8U,QAAWO,EAAKzF,IAAK3M,IAClCiV,EAAKzb,KAAMwG,GAEDA,GAAOA,EAAIhF,QAAmB,WAATgD,GAEhC0V,EAAK1T,MAGJ/D,WAGC0Y,EACJG,EAAeG,EAAKja,OAGT4Z,IACXI,EAAc/I,EACdmJ,EAAMR,IAGR,MAAOzb,OAGRoc,OAAQ,WAkBP,MAjBKN,IACJhb,EAAOyB,KAAMO,UAAW,SAAU+H,EAAGhE,GACpC,GAAIwT,EACJ,QAAUA,EAAQvZ,EAAOuF,QAASQ,EAAKiV,EAAMzB,IAAY,GACxDyB,EAAKxY,OAAQ+W,EAAO,GAEfmB,IACUG,GAATtB,GACJsB,IAEaC,GAATvB,GACJuB,OAME5b,MAIRwT,IAAK,SAAUvS,GACd,MAAOA,GAAKH,EAAOuF,QAASpF,EAAI6a,GAAS,MAASA,IAAQA,EAAKja,SAGhE4S,MAAO,WAGN,MAFAqH,MACAH,EAAe,EACR3b,MAGRmc,QAAS,WAER,MADAL,GAAOC,EAAQN,EAAStX,OACjBnE,MAGRqU,SAAU,WACT,OAAQyH,GAGTO,KAAM,WAKL,MAJAN,GAAQ5X,OACFsX,GACLxC,EAAKkD,UAECnc,MAGRsc,OAAQ,WACP,OAAQP,GAGTQ,SAAU,SAAUvb,EAASyB,GAU5B,OATKqZ,GAAWJ,IAASK,IACxBtZ,EAAOA,MACPA,GAASzB,EAASyB,EAAKtC,MAAQsC,EAAKtC,QAAUsC,GACzC+Y,EACJO,EAAM1b,KAAMoC,GAEZwZ,EAAMxZ,IAGDzC,MAGRic,KAAM,WAEL,MADAhD,GAAKsD,SAAUvc,KAAM8C,WACd9C,MAGR0b,MAAO,WACN,QAASA,GAIZ,OAAOzC,IAIRnY,EAAOyC,QAENiZ,SAAU,SAAUC,GACnB,GAAIC,KAEA,UAAW,OAAQ5b,EAAOya,UAAU,eAAgB,aACpD,SAAU,OAAQza,EAAOya,UAAU,eAAgB,aACnD,SAAU,WAAYza,EAAOya,UAAU,YAE1CoB,EAAQ,UACRC,GACCD,MAAO,WACN,MAAOA,IAERE,OAAQ,WAEP,MADAC,GAAS1U,KAAMtF,WAAYia,KAAMja,WAC1B9C,MAERgd,KAAM,WACL,GAAIC,GAAMna,SACV,OAAOhC,GAAO0b,SAAS,SAAUU,GAChCpc,EAAOyB,KAAMma,EAAQ,SAAU9Z,EAAGua,GACjC,GAAIlc,GAAKH,EAAOkD,WAAYiZ,EAAKra,KAASqa,EAAKra,EAE/Cka,GAAUK,EAAM,IAAK,WACpB,GAAIC,GAAWnc,GAAMA,EAAG4B,MAAO7C,KAAM8C,UAChCsa,IAAYtc,EAAOkD,WAAYoZ,EAASR,SAC5CQ,EAASR,UACPxU,KAAM8U,EAASG,SACfN,KAAMG,EAASI,QACfC,SAAUL,EAASM,QAErBN,EAAUC,EAAO,GAAM,QAAUnd,OAAS4c,EAAUM,EAASN,UAAY5c,KAAMiB,GAAOmc,GAAata,eAItGma,EAAM,OACJL,WAIJA,QAAS,SAAUhY,GAClB,MAAc,OAAPA,EAAc9D,EAAOyC,OAAQqB,EAAKgY,GAAYA,IAGvDE,IAwCD,OArCAF,GAAQa,KAAOb,EAAQI,KAGvBlc,EAAOyB,KAAMma,EAAQ,SAAU9Z,EAAGua,GACjC,GAAIrB,GAAOqB,EAAO,GACjBO,EAAcP,EAAO,EAGtBP,GAASO,EAAM,IAAOrB,EAAKvB,IAGtBmD,GACJ5B,EAAKvB,IAAI,WAERoC,EAAQe,GAGNhB,EAAY,EAAJ9Z,GAAS,GAAIuZ,QAASO,EAAQ,GAAK,GAAIL,MAInDS,EAAUK,EAAM,IAAO,WAEtB,MADAL,GAAUK,EAAM,GAAK,QAAUnd,OAAS8c,EAAWF,EAAU5c,KAAM8C,WAC5D9C,MAER8c,EAAUK,EAAM,GAAK,QAAWrB,EAAKS,WAItCK,EAAQA,QAASE,GAGZL,GACJA,EAAK1a,KAAM+a,EAAUA,GAIfA,GAIRa,KAAM,SAAUC,GACf,GAAIhb,GAAI,EACPib,EAAgB1d,EAAM4B,KAAMe,WAC5BjB,EAASgc,EAAchc,OAGvBic,EAAuB,IAAXjc,GAAkB+b,GAAe9c,EAAOkD,WAAY4Z,EAAYhB,SAAc/a,EAAS,EAGnGib,EAAyB,IAAdgB,EAAkBF,EAAc9c,EAAO0b,WAGlDuB,EAAa,SAAUnb,EAAG0V,EAAU0F,GACnC,MAAO,UAAUlY,GAChBwS,EAAU1V,GAAM5C,KAChBge,EAAQpb,GAAME,UAAUjB,OAAS,EAAI1B,EAAM4B,KAAMe,WAAcgD,EAC1DkY,IAAWC,EACfnB,EAASoB,WAAY5F,EAAU0F,KAEhBF,GACfhB,EAASqB,YAAa7F,EAAU0F,KAKnCC,EAAgBG,EAAkBC,CAGnC,IAAKxc,EAAS,EAIb,IAHAoc,EAAiB,GAAInZ,OAAOjD,GAC5Buc,EAAmB,GAAItZ,OAAOjD,GAC9Bwc,EAAkB,GAAIvZ,OAAOjD,GACjBA,EAAJe,EAAYA,IACdib,EAAejb,IAAO9B,EAAOkD,WAAY6Z,EAAejb,GAAIga,SAChEiB,EAAejb,GAAIga,UACjBxU,KAAM2V,EAAYnb,EAAGyb,EAAiBR,IACtCd,KAAMD,EAASQ,QACfC,SAAUQ,EAAYnb,EAAGwb,EAAkBH,MAE3CH,CAUL,OAJMA,IACLhB,EAASqB,YAAaE,EAAiBR,GAGjCf,EAASF,YAMlB,IAAI0B,EAEJxd,GAAOG,GAAGqY,MAAQ,SAAUrY,GAI3B,MAFAH,GAAOwY,MAAMsD,UAAUxU,KAAMnH,GAEtBjB,MAGRc,EAAOyC,QAENiB,SAAS,EAIT+Z,UAAW,EAGXC,UAAW,SAAUC,GACfA,EACJ3d,EAAOyd,YAEPzd,EAAOwY,OAAO,IAKhBA,MAAO,SAAUoF,GAGhB,GAAKA,KAAS,KAAS5d,EAAOyd,WAAYzd,EAAO0D,QAAjD,CAKA,IAAM5E,EAAS+e,KACd,MAAOC,YAAY9d,EAAOwY,MAI3BxY,GAAO0D,SAAU,EAGZka,KAAS,KAAU5d,EAAOyd,UAAY,IAK3CD,EAAUH,YAAave,GAAYkB,IAG9BA,EAAOG,GAAG4d,SACd/d,EAAQlB,GAAWif,QAAQ,SAASC,IAAI,aAQ3C,SAASC,KACHnf,EAASkP,kBACblP,EAASof,oBAAqB,mBAAoBC,GAAW,GAC7Dlf,EAAOif,oBAAqB,OAAQC,GAAW,KAG/Crf,EAASsf,YAAa,qBAAsBD,GAC5Clf,EAAOmf,YAAa,SAAUD,IAOhC,QAASA,MAEHrf,EAASkP,kBAAmC,SAAfqQ,MAAMta,MAA2C,aAAxBjF,EAASwf,cACnEL,IACAje,EAAOwY,SAITxY,EAAOwY,MAAMsD,QAAU,SAAUhY,GAChC,IAAM0Z,EAOL,GALAA,EAAYxd,EAAO0b,WAKU,aAAxB5c,EAASwf,WAEbR,WAAY9d,EAAOwY,WAGb,IAAK1Z,EAASkP,iBAEpBlP,EAASkP,iBAAkB,mBAAoBmQ,GAAW,GAG1Dlf,EAAO+O,iBAAkB,OAAQmQ,GAAW,OAGtC,CAENrf,EAASmP,YAAa,qBAAsBkQ,GAG5Clf,EAAOgP,YAAa,SAAUkQ,EAI9B,IAAIpQ,IAAM,CAEV,KACCA,EAA6B,MAAvB9O,EAAOsf,cAAwBzf,EAAS2O,gBAC7C,MAAMlJ,IAEHwJ,GAAOA,EAAIyQ,WACf,QAAUC,KACT,IAAMze,EAAO0D,QAAU,CAEtB,IAGCqK,EAAIyQ,SAAS,QACZ,MAAMja,GACP,MAAOuZ,YAAYW,EAAe,IAInCR,IAGAje,EAAOwY,YAMZ,MAAOgF,GAAU1B,QAAShY,GAI3B,IAAIgE,GAAe,YAMfhG,CACJ,KAAMA,IAAK9B,GAAQF,GAClB,KAEDA,GAAQ0E,QAAgB,MAAN1C,EAIlBhC,EAAQ4e,wBAAyB,EAEjC1e,EAAO,WAIN,GAAI2e,GAAWnS,EACdqR,EAAO/e,EAASsM,qBAAqB,QAAQ,EAExCyS,KAMNc,EAAY7f,EAAS2N,cAAe,OACpCkS,EAAUC,MAAMC,QAAU,gFAE1BrS,EAAM1N,EAAS2N,cAAe,OAC9BoR,EAAK1P,YAAawQ,GAAYxQ,YAAa3B,SAE/BA,GAAIoS,MAAME,OAAShX,IAK9B0E,EAAIoS,MAAMC,QAAU,iEAEd/e,EAAQ4e,uBAA+C,IAApBlS,EAAIuS,eAI5ClB,EAAKe,MAAME,KAAO,IAIpBjB,EAAKnR,YAAaiS,GAGlBA,EAAYnS,EAAM,QAMnB,WACC,GAAIA,GAAM1N,EAAS2N,cAAe,MAGlC,IAA6B,MAAzB3M,EAAQkf,cAAuB,CAElClf,EAAQkf,eAAgB,CACxB,WACQxS,GAAIjB,KACV,MAAOhH,GACRzE,EAAQkf,eAAgB,GAK1BxS,EAAM,QAOPxM,EAAOif,WAAa,SAAUpd,GAC7B,GAAIqd,GAASlf,EAAOkf,QAASrd,EAAKiD,SAAW,KAAKC,eACjDT,GAAYzC,EAAKyC,UAAY,CAG9B,OAAoB,KAAbA,GAA+B,IAAbA,GACxB,GAGC4a,GAAUA,KAAW,GAAQrd,EAAK4J,aAAa,aAAeyT,EAIjE,IAAIC,GAAS,gCACZC,EAAa,UAEd,SAASC,GAAUxd,EAAMwC,EAAKK,GAG7B,GAAcrB,SAATqB,GAAwC,IAAlB7C,EAAKyC,SAAiB,CAEhD,GAAIzB,GAAO,QAAUwB,EAAIZ,QAAS2b,EAAY,OAAQra,aAItD,IAFAL,EAAO7C,EAAK4J,aAAc5I,GAEL,gBAAT6B,GAAoB,CAC/B,IACCA,EAAgB,SAATA,GAAkB,EACf,UAATA,GAAmB,EACV,SAATA,EAAkB,MAEjBA,EAAO,KAAOA,GAAQA,EACvBya,EAAO5T,KAAM7G,GAAS1E,EAAOsf,UAAW5a,GACxCA,EACA,MAAOH,IAGTvE,EAAO0E,KAAM7C,EAAMwC,EAAKK,OAGxBA,GAAOrB,OAIT,MAAOqB,GAIR,QAAS6a,GAAmBzb,GAC3B,GAAIjB,EACJ,KAAMA,IAAQiB,GAGb,IAAc,SAATjB,IAAmB7C,EAAOoE,cAAeN,EAAIjB,MAGpC,WAATA,EACJ,OAAO,CAIT,QAAO,EAGR,QAAS2c,GAAc3d,EAAMgB,EAAM6B,EAAM+a,GACxC,GAAMzf,EAAOif,WAAYpd,GAAzB,CAIA,GAAIP,GAAKoe,EACRC,EAAc3f,EAAOsD,QAIrBsc,EAAS/d,EAAKyC,SAId6H,EAAQyT,EAAS5f,EAAOmM,MAAQtK,EAIhCsJ,EAAKyU,EAAS/d,EAAM8d,GAAgB9d,EAAM8d,IAAiBA,CAI5D,IAAOxU,GAAOgB,EAAMhB,KAASsU,GAAQtT,EAAMhB,GAAIzG,OAAmBrB,SAATqB,GAAsC,gBAAT7B,GAgEtF,MA5DMsI,KAIJA,EADIyU,EACC/d,EAAM8d,GAAgBvgB,EAAW4I,OAAShI,EAAOgG,OAEjD2Z,GAIDxT,EAAOhB,KAGZgB,EAAOhB,GAAOyU,MAAgBC,OAAQ7f,EAAO6D,QAKzB,gBAAThB,IAAqC,kBAATA,MAClC4c,EACJtT,EAAOhB,GAAOnL,EAAOyC,OAAQ0J,EAAOhB,GAAMtI,GAE1CsJ,EAAOhB,GAAKzG,KAAO1E,EAAOyC,OAAQ0J,EAAOhB,GAAKzG,KAAM7B,IAItD6c,EAAYvT,EAAOhB,GAKbsU,IACCC,EAAUhb,OACfgb,EAAUhb,SAGXgb,EAAYA,EAAUhb,MAGTrB,SAATqB,IACJgb,EAAW1f,EAAO4E,UAAW/B,IAAW6B,GAKpB,gBAAT7B,IAGXvB,EAAMoe,EAAW7c,GAGL,MAAPvB,IAGJA,EAAMoe,EAAW1f,EAAO4E,UAAW/B,MAGpCvB,EAAMoe,EAGApe;EAGR,QAASwe,GAAoBje,EAAMgB,EAAM4c,GACxC,GAAMzf,EAAOif,WAAYpd,GAAzB,CAIA,GAAI6d,GAAW5d,EACd8d,EAAS/d,EAAKyC,SAGd6H,EAAQyT,EAAS5f,EAAOmM,MAAQtK,EAChCsJ,EAAKyU,EAAS/d,EAAM7B,EAAOsD,SAAYtD,EAAOsD,OAI/C,IAAM6I,EAAOhB,GAAb,CAIA,GAAKtI,IAEJ6c,EAAYD,EAAMtT,EAAOhB,GAAOgB,EAAOhB,GAAKzG,MAE3B,CAGV1E,EAAOoD,QAASP,GAsBrBA,EAAOA,EAAKvD,OAAQU,EAAO4B,IAAKiB,EAAM7C,EAAO4E,YAnBxC/B,IAAQ6c,GACZ7c,GAASA,IAITA,EAAO7C,EAAO4E,UAAW/B,GAExBA,EADIA,IAAQ6c,IACH7c,GAEFA,EAAKwD,MAAM,MAarBvE,EAAIe,EAAK9B,MACT,OAAQe,UACA4d,GAAW7c,EAAKf,GAKxB,IAAK2d,GAAOF,EAAkBG,IAAc1f,EAAOoE,cAAcsb,GAChE,QAMGD,UACEtT,GAAOhB,GAAKzG,KAIb6a,EAAmBpT,EAAOhB,QAM5ByU,EACJ5f,EAAO+f,WAAale,IAAQ,GAIjB/B,EAAQkf,eAAiB7S,GAASA,EAAMlN,aAE5CkN,GAAOhB,GAIdgB,EAAOhB,GAAO,QAIhBnL,EAAOyC,QACN0J,SAIA+S,QACCc,WAAW,EACXC,UAAU,EAEVC,UAAW,8CAGZC,QAAS,SAAUte,GAElB,MADAA,GAAOA,EAAKyC,SAAWtE,EAAOmM,MAAOtK,EAAK7B,EAAOsD,UAAazB,EAAM7B,EAAOsD,WAClEzB,IAAS0d,EAAmB1d,IAGtC6C,KAAM,SAAU7C,EAAMgB,EAAM6B,GAC3B,MAAO8a,GAAc3d,EAAMgB,EAAM6B,IAGlC0b,WAAY,SAAUve,EAAMgB,GAC3B,MAAOid,GAAoBje,EAAMgB,IAIlCwd,MAAO,SAAUxe,EAAMgB,EAAM6B,GAC5B,MAAO8a,GAAc3d,EAAMgB,EAAM6B,GAAM,IAGxC4b,YAAa,SAAUze,EAAMgB,GAC5B,MAAOid,GAAoBje,EAAMgB,GAAM,MAIzC7C,EAAOG,GAAGsC,QACTiC,KAAM,SAAUL,EAAKW,GACpB,GAAIlD,GAAGe,EAAM6B,EACZ7C,EAAO3C,KAAK,GACZ0N,EAAQ/K,GAAQA,EAAKyG,UAMtB,IAAajF,SAARgB,EAAoB,CACxB,GAAKnF,KAAK6B,SACT2D,EAAO1E,EAAO0E,KAAM7C,GAEG,IAAlBA,EAAKyC,WAAmBtE,EAAOqgB,MAAOxe,EAAM,gBAAkB,CAClEC,EAAI8K,EAAM7L,MACV,OAAQe,IACPe,EAAO+J,EAAM9K,GAAGe,KAEe,IAA1BA,EAAKrD,QAAQ,WACjBqD,EAAO7C,EAAO4E,UAAW/B,EAAKxD,MAAM,IAEpCggB,EAAUxd,EAAMgB,EAAM6B,EAAM7B,IAG9B7C,GAAOqgB,MAAOxe,EAAM,eAAe,GAIrC,MAAO6C,GAIR,MAAoB,gBAARL,GACJnF,KAAKuC,KAAK,WAChBzB,EAAO0E,KAAMxF,KAAMmF,KAIdrC,UAAUjB,OAAS,EAGzB7B,KAAKuC,KAAK,WACTzB,EAAO0E,KAAMxF,KAAMmF,EAAKW,KAKzBnD,EAAOwd,EAAUxd,EAAMwC,EAAKrE,EAAO0E,KAAM7C,EAAMwC,IAAUhB,QAG3D+c,WAAY,SAAU/b,GACrB,MAAOnF,MAAKuC,KAAK,WAChBzB,EAAOogB,WAAYlhB,KAAMmF,QAM5BrE,EAAOyC,QACN8d,MAAO,SAAU1e,EAAMkC,EAAMW,GAC5B,GAAI6b,EAEJ,OAAK1e,IACJkC,GAASA,GAAQ,MAAS,QAC1Bwc,EAAQvgB,EAAOqgB,MAAOxe,EAAMkC,GAGvBW,KACE6b,GAASvgB,EAAOoD,QAAQsB,GAC7B6b,EAAQvgB,EAAOqgB,MAAOxe,EAAMkC,EAAM/D,EAAOmF,UAAUT,IAEnD6b,EAAMhhB,KAAMmF,IAGP6b,OAZR,QAgBDC,QAAS,SAAU3e,EAAMkC,GACxBA,EAAOA,GAAQ,IAEf,IAAIwc,GAAQvgB,EAAOugB,MAAO1e,EAAMkC,GAC/B0c,EAAcF,EAAMxf,OACpBZ,EAAKogB,EAAMlU,QACXqU,EAAQ1gB,EAAO2gB,YAAa9e,EAAMkC,GAClC8U,EAAO,WACN7Y,EAAOwgB,QAAS3e,EAAMkC,GAIZ,gBAAP5D,IACJA,EAAKogB,EAAMlU,QACXoU,KAGItgB,IAIU,OAAT4D,GACJwc,EAAM1Q,QAAS,oBAIT6Q,GAAME,KACbzgB,EAAGc,KAAMY,EAAMgX,EAAM6H,KAGhBD,GAAeC,GACpBA,EAAM/M,MAAMwH,QAKdwF,YAAa,SAAU9e,EAAMkC,GAC5B,GAAIM,GAAMN,EAAO,YACjB,OAAO/D,GAAOqgB,MAAOxe,EAAMwC,IAASrE,EAAOqgB,MAAOxe,EAAMwC,GACvDsP,MAAO3T,EAAOya,UAAU,eAAehB,IAAI,WAC1CzZ,EAAOsgB,YAAaze,EAAMkC,EAAO,SACjC/D,EAAOsgB,YAAaze,EAAMwC,UAM9BrE,EAAOG,GAAGsC,QACT8d,MAAO,SAAUxc,EAAMW,GACtB,GAAImc,GAAS,CAQb,OANqB,gBAAT9c,KACXW,EAAOX,EACPA,EAAO,KACP8c,KAGI7e,UAAUjB,OAAS8f,EAChB7gB,EAAOugB,MAAOrhB,KAAK,GAAI6E,GAGfV,SAATqB,EACNxF,KACAA,KAAKuC,KAAK,WACT,GAAI8e,GAAQvgB,EAAOugB,MAAOrhB,KAAM6E,EAAMW,EAGtC1E,GAAO2gB,YAAazhB,KAAM6E,GAEZ,OAATA,GAA8B,eAAbwc,EAAM,IAC3BvgB,EAAOwgB,QAASthB,KAAM6E,MAI1Byc,QAAS,SAAUzc,GAClB,MAAO7E,MAAKuC,KAAK,WAChBzB,EAAOwgB,QAASthB,KAAM6E,MAGxB+c,WAAY,SAAU/c,GACrB,MAAO7E,MAAKqhB,MAAOxc,GAAQ,UAI5B+X,QAAS,SAAU/X,EAAMD,GACxB,GAAIoC,GACH6a,EAAQ,EACRC,EAAQhhB,EAAO0b,WACf3L,EAAW7Q,KACX4C,EAAI5C,KAAK6B,OACTwb,EAAU,aACCwE,GACTC,EAAM3D,YAAatN,GAAYA,IAIb,iBAAThM,KACXD,EAAMC,EACNA,EAAOV,QAERU,EAAOA,GAAQ,IAEf,OAAQjC,IACPoE,EAAMlG,EAAOqgB,MAAOtQ,EAAUjO,GAAKiC,EAAO,cACrCmC,GAAOA,EAAIyN,QACfoN,IACA7a,EAAIyN,MAAM8F,IAAK8C,GAIjB,OADAA,KACOyE,EAAMlF,QAAShY,KAGxB,IAAImd,GAAO,sCAAwCC,OAE/CC,GAAc,MAAO,QAAS,SAAU,QAExCC,EAAW,SAAUvf,EAAMwf,GAI7B,MADAxf,GAAOwf,GAAMxf,EAC4B,SAAlC7B,EAAOshB,IAAKzf,EAAM,aAA2B7B,EAAOmH,SAAUtF,EAAKkJ,cAAelJ,IAOvF0f,EAASvhB,EAAOuhB,OAAS,SAAUlgB,EAAOlB,EAAIkE,EAAKW,EAAOwc,EAAWC,EAAUC,GAClF,GAAI5f,GAAI,EACPf,EAASM,EAAMN,OACf4gB,EAAc,MAAPtd,CAGR,IAA4B,WAAvBrE,EAAO+D,KAAMM,GAAqB,CACtCmd,GAAY,CACZ,KAAM1f,IAAKuC,GACVrE,EAAOuhB,OAAQlgB,EAAOlB,EAAI2B,EAAGuC,EAAIvC,IAAI,EAAM2f,EAAUC,OAIhD,IAAere,SAAV2B,IACXwc,GAAY,EAENxhB,EAAOkD,WAAY8B,KACxB0c,GAAM,GAGFC,IAECD,GACJvhB,EAAGc,KAAMI,EAAO2D,GAChB7E,EAAK,OAILwhB,EAAOxhB,EACPA,EAAK,SAAU0B,EAAMwC,EAAKW,GACzB,MAAO2c,GAAK1gB,KAAMjB,EAAQ6B,GAAQmD,MAKhC7E,GACJ,KAAYY,EAAJe,EAAYA,IACnB3B,EAAIkB,EAAMS,GAAIuC,EAAKqd,EAAM1c,EAAQA,EAAM/D,KAAMI,EAAMS,GAAIA,EAAG3B,EAAIkB,EAAMS,GAAIuC,IAK3E,OAAOmd,GACNngB,EAGAsgB,EACCxhB,EAAGc,KAAMI,GACTN,EAASZ,EAAIkB,EAAM,GAAIgD,GAAQod,GAE9BG,EAAiB,yBAIrB,WACC,GAAIC,GAAW/iB,EAASgjB,yBACvBtV,EAAM1N,EAAS2N,cAAc,OAC7BqC,EAAQhQ,EAAS2N,cAAc,QAuDhC,IApDAD,EAAId,aAAc,YAAa,KAC/Bc,EAAI6B,UAAY,6CAGhBvO,EAAQiiB,kBAAgD,IAA5BvV,EAAI8B,WAAWhK,SAI3CxE,EAAQkiB,OAASxV,EAAIpB,qBAAsB,SAAUrK,OAIrDjB,EAAQmiB,gBAAkBzV,EAAIpB,qBAAsB,QAASrK,OAI7DjB,EAAQoiB,WACyD,kBAAhEpjB,EAAS2N,cAAe,OAAQ0V,WAAW,GAAOC,UAInDtT,EAAM/K,KAAO,WACb+K,EAAM0E,SAAU,EAChBqO,EAAS1T,YAAaW,GACtBhP,EAAQuiB,cAAgBvT,EAAM0E,QAI9BhH,EAAI6B,UAAY,yBAChBvO,EAAQwiB,iBAAmB9V,EAAI2V,WAAW,GAAOjQ,UAAUyF,aAG3DkK,EAAS1T,YAAa3B,GACtBA,EAAI6B,UAAY,mDAIhBvO,EAAQyiB,WAAa/V,EAAI2V,WAAW,GAAOA,WAAW,GAAOjQ,UAAUsB,QAKvE1T,EAAQ0iB,cAAe,EAClBhW,EAAIyB,cACRzB,EAAIyB,YAAa,UAAW,WAC3BnO,EAAQ0iB,cAAe,IAGxBhW,EAAI2V,WAAW,GAAOM,SAIM,MAAzB3iB,EAAQkf,cAAuB,CAElClf,EAAQkf,eAAgB,CACxB,WACQxS,GAAIjB,KACV,MAAOhH,GACRzE,EAAQkf,eAAgB,GAK1B6C,EAAWrV,EAAMsC,EAAQ,QAI1B,WACC,GAAIhN,GAAG4gB,EACNlW,EAAM1N,EAAS2N,cAAe,MAG/B,KAAM3K,KAAOyS,QAAQ,EAAMoO,QAAQ,EAAMC,SAAS,GACjDF,EAAY,KAAO5gB,GAEZhC,EAASgC,EAAI,WAAc4gB,IAAazjB,MAE9CuN,EAAId,aAAcgX,EAAW,KAC7B5iB,EAASgC,EAAI,WAAc0K,EAAIlE,WAAYoa,GAAYpf,WAAY,EAKrEkJ,GAAM,OAIP,IAAIqW,GAAa,+BAChBC,EAAY,OACZC,EAAc,+BACdC,EAAc,kCACdC,GAAiB,sBAElB,SAASC,MACR,OAAO,EAGR,QAASC,MACR,OAAO,EAGR,QAASC,MACR,IACC,MAAOtkB,GAASoU,cACf,MAAQmQ,KAOXrjB,EAAOqe,OAEN3f,UAEA+a,IAAK,SAAU5X,EAAMyhB,EAAOzW,EAASnI,EAAMzE,GAC1C,GAAIiG,GAAKqd,EAAQC,EAAGC,EACnBC,EAASC,EAAaC,EACtBC,EAAU9f,EAAM+f,EAAYC,EAC5BC,EAAWhkB,EAAOqgB,MAAOxe,EAG1B,IAAMmiB,EAAN,CAKKnX,EAAQA,UACZ4W,EAAc5W,EACdA,EAAU4W,EAAY5W,QACtB5M,EAAWwjB,EAAYxjB,UAIlB4M,EAAQ7G,OACb6G,EAAQ7G,KAAOhG,EAAOgG,SAIhBud,EAASS,EAAST,UACxBA,EAASS,EAAST,YAEZI,EAAcK,EAASC,UAC7BN,EAAcK,EAASC,OAAS,SAAU1f,GAGzC,aAAcvE,KAAW8H,GAAkBvD,GAAKvE,EAAOqe,MAAM6F,YAAc3f,EAAER,KAE5EV,OADArD,EAAOqe,MAAM8F,SAASpiB,MAAO4hB,EAAY9hB,KAAMG,YAIjD2hB,EAAY9hB,KAAOA,GAIpByhB,GAAUA,GAAS,IAAK9Y,MAAO4P,KAAiB,IAChDoJ,EAAIF,EAAMviB,MACV,OAAQyiB,IACPtd,EAAM+c,GAAejY,KAAMsY,EAAME,QACjCzf,EAAOggB,EAAW7d,EAAI,GACtB4d,GAAe5d,EAAI,IAAM,IAAKG,MAAO,KAAM9D,OAGrCwB,IAKN2f,EAAU1jB,EAAOqe,MAAMqF,QAAS3f,OAGhCA,GAAS9D,EAAWyjB,EAAQU,aAAeV,EAAQW,WAActgB,EAGjE2f,EAAU1jB,EAAOqe,MAAMqF,QAAS3f,OAGhC6f,EAAY5jB,EAAOyC,QAClBsB,KAAMA,EACNggB,SAAUA,EACVrf,KAAMA,EACNmI,QAASA,EACT7G,KAAM6G,EAAQ7G,KACd/F,SAAUA,EACVqJ,aAAcrJ,GAAYD,EAAO8P,KAAKtF,MAAMlB,aAAaiC,KAAMtL,GAC/DqkB,UAAWR,EAAWjY,KAAK,MACzB4X,IAGII,EAAWN,EAAQxf,MACzB8f,EAAWN,EAAQxf,MACnB8f,EAASU,cAAgB,EAGnBb,EAAQc,OAASd,EAAQc,MAAMvjB,KAAMY,EAAM6C,EAAMof,EAAYH,MAAkB,IAE/E9hB,EAAKmM,iBACTnM,EAAKmM,iBAAkBjK,EAAM4f,GAAa,GAE/B9hB,EAAKoM,aAChBpM,EAAKoM,YAAa,KAAOlK,EAAM4f,KAK7BD,EAAQjK,MACZiK,EAAQjK,IAAIxY,KAAMY,EAAM+hB,GAElBA,EAAU/W,QAAQ7G,OACvB4d,EAAU/W,QAAQ7G,KAAO6G,EAAQ7G,OAK9B/F,EACJ4jB,EAASrhB,OAAQqhB,EAASU,gBAAiB,EAAGX,GAE9CC,EAAStkB,KAAMqkB,GAIhB5jB,EAAOqe,MAAM3f,OAAQqF,IAAS,EAI/BlC,GAAO,OAIRyZ,OAAQ,SAAUzZ,EAAMyhB,EAAOzW,EAAS5M,EAAUwkB,GACjD,GAAIpiB,GAAGuhB,EAAW1d,EACjBwe,EAAWlB,EAAGD,EACdG,EAASG,EAAU9f,EACnB+f,EAAYC,EACZC,EAAWhkB,EAAOmgB,QAASte,IAAU7B,EAAOqgB,MAAOxe,EAEpD,IAAMmiB,IAAcT,EAASS,EAAST,QAAtC,CAKAD,GAAUA,GAAS,IAAK9Y,MAAO4P,KAAiB,IAChDoJ,EAAIF,EAAMviB,MACV,OAAQyiB,IAMP,GALAtd,EAAM+c,GAAejY,KAAMsY,EAAME,QACjCzf,EAAOggB,EAAW7d,EAAI,GACtB4d,GAAe5d,EAAI,IAAM,IAAKG,MAAO,KAAM9D,OAGrCwB,EAAN,CAOA2f,EAAU1jB,EAAOqe,MAAMqF,QAAS3f,OAChCA,GAAS9D,EAAWyjB,EAAQU,aAAeV,EAAQW,WAActgB,EACjE8f,EAAWN,EAAQxf,OACnBmC,EAAMA,EAAI,IAAM,GAAIsC,QAAQ,UAAYsb,EAAWjY,KAAK,iBAAmB,WAG3E6Y,EAAYriB,EAAIwhB,EAAS9iB,MACzB,OAAQsB,IACPuhB,EAAYC,EAAUxhB,IAEfoiB,GAAeV,IAAaH,EAAUG,UACzClX,GAAWA,EAAQ7G,OAAS4d,EAAU5d,MACtCE,IAAOA,EAAIqF,KAAMqY,EAAUU,YAC3BrkB,GAAYA,IAAa2jB,EAAU3jB,WAAyB,OAAbA,IAAqB2jB,EAAU3jB,YACjF4jB,EAASrhB,OAAQH,EAAG,GAEfuhB,EAAU3jB,UACd4jB,EAASU,gBAELb,EAAQpI,QACZoI,EAAQpI,OAAOra,KAAMY,EAAM+hB,GAOzBc,KAAcb,EAAS9iB,SACrB2iB,EAAQiB,UAAYjB,EAAQiB,SAAS1jB,KAAMY,EAAMiiB,EAAYE,EAASC,WAAa,GACxFjkB,EAAO4kB,YAAa/iB,EAAMkC,EAAMigB,EAASC,cAGnCV,GAAQxf,QAtCf,KAAMA,IAAQwf,GACbvjB,EAAOqe,MAAM/C,OAAQzZ,EAAMkC,EAAOuf,EAAOE,GAAK3W,EAAS5M,GAAU,EA0C/DD,GAAOoE,cAAemf,WACnBS,GAASC,OAIhBjkB,EAAOsgB,YAAaze,EAAM,aAI5Bkc,QAAS,SAAUM,EAAO3Z,EAAM7C,EAAMgjB,GACrC,GAAIZ,GAAQa,EAAQ9X,EACnB+X,EAAYrB,EAASxd,EAAKpE,EAC1BkjB,GAAcnjB,GAAQ/C,GACtBiF,EAAOpE,EAAOsB,KAAMod,EAAO,QAAWA,EAAMta,KAAOsa,EACnDyF,EAAankB,EAAOsB,KAAMod,EAAO,aAAgBA,EAAMiG,UAAUje,MAAM,OAKxE,IAHA2G,EAAM9G,EAAMrE,EAAOA,GAAQ/C,EAGJ,IAAlB+C,EAAKyC,UAAoC,IAAlBzC,EAAKyC,WAK5B0e,EAAYzX,KAAMxH,EAAO/D,EAAOqe,MAAM6F,aAItCngB,EAAKvE,QAAQ,MAAQ,IAEzBskB,EAAa/f,EAAKsC,MAAM,KACxBtC,EAAO+f,EAAWzX,QAClByX,EAAWvhB,QAEZuiB,EAAS/gB,EAAKvE,QAAQ,KAAO,GAAK,KAAOuE,EAGzCsa,EAAQA,EAAOre,EAAOsD,SACrB+a,EACA,GAAIre,GAAOilB,MAAOlhB,EAAuB,gBAAVsa,IAAsBA,GAGtDA,EAAM6G,UAAYL,EAAe,EAAI,EACrCxG,EAAMiG,UAAYR,EAAWjY,KAAK,KAClCwS,EAAM8G,aAAe9G,EAAMiG,UAC1B,GAAI9b,QAAQ,UAAYsb,EAAWjY,KAAK,iBAAmB,WAC3D,KAGDwS,EAAM7M,OAASnO,OACTgb,EAAMrb,SACXqb,EAAMrb,OAASnB,GAIhB6C,EAAe,MAARA,GACJ2Z,GACFre,EAAOmF,UAAWT,GAAQ2Z,IAG3BqF,EAAU1jB,EAAOqe,MAAMqF,QAAS3f,OAC1B8gB,IAAgBnB,EAAQ3F,SAAW2F,EAAQ3F,QAAQhc,MAAOF,EAAM6C,MAAW,GAAjF,CAMA,IAAMmgB,IAAiBnB,EAAQ0B,WAAaplB,EAAOiE,SAAUpC,GAAS,CAMrE,IAJAkjB,EAAarB,EAAQU,cAAgBrgB,EAC/Bif,EAAYzX,KAAMwZ,EAAahhB,KACpCiJ,EAAMA,EAAI9B,YAEH8B,EAAKA,EAAMA,EAAI9B,WACtB8Z,EAAUzlB,KAAMyN,GAChB9G,EAAM8G,CAIF9G,MAASrE,EAAKkJ,eAAiBjM,IACnCkmB,EAAUzlB,KAAM2G,EAAI4H,aAAe5H,EAAImf,cAAgBpmB,GAKzD6C,EAAI,CACJ,QAASkL,EAAMgY,EAAUljB,QAAUuc,EAAMiH,uBAExCjH,EAAMta,KAAOjC,EAAI,EAChBijB,EACArB,EAAQW,UAAYtgB,EAGrBkgB,GAAWjkB,EAAOqgB,MAAOrT,EAAK,eAAoBqR,EAAMta,OAAU/D,EAAOqgB,MAAOrT,EAAK,UAChFiX,GACJA,EAAOliB,MAAOiL,EAAKtI,GAIpBuf,EAASa,GAAU9X,EAAK8X,GACnBb,GAAUA,EAAOliB,OAAS/B,EAAOif,WAAYjS,KACjDqR,EAAM7M,OAASyS,EAAOliB,MAAOiL,EAAKtI,GAC7B2Z,EAAM7M,UAAW,GACrB6M,EAAMkH,iBAOT,IAHAlH,EAAMta,KAAOA,GAGP8gB,IAAiBxG,EAAMmH,wBAErB9B,EAAQ+B,UAAY/B,EAAQ+B,SAAS1jB,MAAOijB,EAAUhd,MAAOtD,MAAW,IAC9E1E,EAAOif,WAAYpd,IAKdijB,GAAUjjB,EAAMkC,KAAW/D,EAAOiE,SAAUpC,GAAS,CAGzDqE,EAAMrE,EAAMijB,GAEP5e,IACJrE,EAAMijB,GAAW,MAIlB9kB,EAAOqe,MAAM6F,UAAYngB,CACzB,KACClC,EAAMkC,KACL,MAAQQ,IAIVvE,EAAOqe,MAAM6F,UAAY7gB,OAEpB6C,IACJrE,EAAMijB,GAAW5e,GAMrB,MAAOmY,GAAM7M,SAGd2S,SAAU,SAAU9F,GAGnBA,EAAQre,EAAOqe,MAAMqH,IAAKrH,EAE1B,IAAIvc,GAAGR,EAAKsiB,EAAWtR,EAASjQ,EAC/BsjB,KACAhkB,EAAOtC,EAAM4B,KAAMe,WACnB6hB,GAAa7jB,EAAOqgB,MAAOnhB,KAAM,eAAoBmf,EAAMta,UAC3D2f,EAAU1jB,EAAOqe,MAAMqF,QAASrF,EAAMta,SAOvC,IAJApC,EAAK,GAAK0c,EACVA,EAAMuH,eAAiB1mB,MAGlBwkB,EAAQmC,aAAenC,EAAQmC,YAAY5kB,KAAM/B,KAAMmf,MAAY,EAAxE,CAKAsH,EAAe3lB,EAAOqe,MAAMwF,SAAS5iB,KAAM/B,KAAMmf,EAAOwF,GAGxD/hB,EAAI,CACJ,QAASwQ,EAAUqT,EAAc7jB,QAAWuc,EAAMiH,uBAAyB,CAC1EjH,EAAMyH,cAAgBxT,EAAQzQ,KAE9BQ,EAAI,CACJ,QAASuhB,EAAYtR,EAAQuR,SAAUxhB,QAAWgc,EAAM0H,kCAIjD1H,EAAM8G,cAAgB9G,EAAM8G,aAAa5Z,KAAMqY,EAAUU,cAE9DjG,EAAMuF,UAAYA,EAClBvF,EAAM3Z,KAAOkf,EAAUlf,KAEvBpD,IAAStB,EAAOqe,MAAMqF,QAASE,EAAUG,eAAkBE,QAAUL,EAAU/W,SAC5E9K,MAAOuQ,EAAQzQ,KAAMF,GAEX0B,SAAR/B,IACE+c,EAAM7M,OAASlQ,MAAS,IAC7B+c,EAAMkH,iBACNlH,EAAM2H,oBAYX,MAJKtC,GAAQuC,cACZvC,EAAQuC,aAAahlB,KAAM/B,KAAMmf,GAG3BA,EAAM7M,SAGdqS,SAAU,SAAUxF,EAAOwF,GAC1B,GAAIqC,GAAKtC,EAAW/d,EAAS/D,EAC5B6jB,KACApB,EAAgBV,EAASU,cACzBvX,EAAMqR,EAAMrb,MAKb,IAAKuhB,GAAiBvX,EAAI1I,YAAc+Z,EAAMxK,QAAyB,UAAfwK,EAAMta,MAG7D,KAAQiJ,GAAO9N,KAAM8N,EAAMA,EAAI9B,YAAchM,KAK5C,GAAsB,IAAjB8N,EAAI1I,WAAmB0I,EAAIuG,YAAa,GAAuB,UAAf8K,EAAMta,MAAoB,CAE9E,IADA8B,KACM/D,EAAI,EAAOyiB,EAAJziB,EAAmBA,IAC/B8hB,EAAYC,EAAU/hB,GAGtBokB,EAAMtC,EAAU3jB,SAAW,IAEHoD,SAAnBwC,EAASqgB,KACbrgB,EAASqgB,GAAQtC,EAAUta,aAC1BtJ,EAAQkmB,EAAKhnB,MAAOqa,MAAOvM,IAAS,EACpChN,EAAOyO,KAAMyX,EAAKhnB,KAAM,MAAQ8N,IAAQjM,QAErC8E,EAASqgB,IACbrgB,EAAQtG,KAAMqkB,EAGX/d,GAAQ9E,QACZ4kB,EAAapmB,MAAOsC,KAAMmL,EAAK6W,SAAUhe,IAW7C,MAJK0e,GAAgBV,EAAS9iB,QAC7B4kB,EAAapmB,MAAOsC,KAAM3C,KAAM2kB,SAAUA,EAASxkB,MAAOklB,KAGpDoB,GAGRD,IAAK,SAAUrH,GACd,GAAKA,EAAOre,EAAOsD,SAClB,MAAO+a,EAIR,IAAIvc,GAAGqkB,EAAMvjB,EACZmB,EAAOsa,EAAMta,KACbqiB,EAAgB/H,EAChBgI,EAAUnnB,KAAKonB,SAAUviB,EAEpBsiB,KACLnnB,KAAKonB,SAAUviB,GAASsiB,EACvBtD,EAAYxX,KAAMxH,GAAS7E,KAAKqnB,WAChCzD,EAAUvX,KAAMxH,GAAS7E,KAAKsnB,aAGhC5jB,EAAOyjB,EAAQI,MAAQvnB,KAAKunB,MAAMnnB,OAAQ+mB,EAAQI,OAAUvnB,KAAKunB,MAEjEpI,EAAQ,GAAIre,GAAOilB,MAAOmB,GAE1BtkB,EAAIc,EAAK7B,MACT,OAAQe,IACPqkB,EAAOvjB,EAAMd,GACbuc,EAAO8H,GAASC,EAAeD,EAmBhC,OAdM9H,GAAMrb,SACXqb,EAAMrb,OAASojB,EAAcM,YAAc5nB,GAKb,IAA1Buf,EAAMrb,OAAOsB,WACjB+Z,EAAMrb,OAASqb,EAAMrb,OAAOkI,YAK7BmT,EAAMsI,UAAYtI,EAAMsI,QAEjBN,EAAQ3X,OAAS2X,EAAQ3X,OAAQ2P,EAAO+H,GAAkB/H,GAIlEoI,MAAO,wHAAwHpgB,MAAM,KAErIigB,YAEAE,UACCC,MAAO,4BAA4BpgB,MAAM,KACzCqI,OAAQ,SAAU2P,EAAOuI,GAOxB,MAJoB,OAAfvI,EAAMwI,QACVxI,EAAMwI,MAA6B,MAArBD,EAASE,SAAmBF,EAASE,SAAWF,EAASG,SAGjE1I,IAITkI,YACCE,MAAO,mGAAmGpgB,MAAM,KAChHqI,OAAQ,SAAU2P,EAAOuI,GACxB,GAAI/I,GAAMmJ,EAAUpZ,EACnBiG,EAAS+S,EAAS/S,OAClBoT,EAAcL,EAASK,WAuBxB,OApBoB,OAAf5I,EAAM6I,OAAqC,MAApBN,EAASO,UACpCH,EAAW3I,EAAMrb,OAAO+H,eAAiBjM,EACzC8O,EAAMoZ,EAASvZ,gBACfoQ,EAAOmJ,EAASnJ,KAEhBQ,EAAM6I,MAAQN,EAASO,SAAYvZ,GAAOA,EAAIwZ,YAAcvJ,GAAQA,EAAKuJ,YAAc,IAAQxZ,GAAOA,EAAIyZ,YAAcxJ,GAAQA,EAAKwJ,YAAc,GACnJhJ,EAAMiJ,MAAQV,EAASW,SAAY3Z,GAAOA,EAAI4Z,WAAc3J,GAAQA,EAAK2J,WAAc,IAAQ5Z,GAAOA,EAAI6Z,WAAc5J,GAAQA,EAAK4J,WAAc,KAI9IpJ,EAAMqJ,eAAiBT,IAC5B5I,EAAMqJ,cAAgBT,IAAgB5I,EAAMrb,OAAS4jB,EAASe,UAAYV,GAKrE5I,EAAMwI,OAAoBxjB,SAAXwQ,IACpBwK,EAAMwI,MAAmB,EAAThT,EAAa,EAAe,EAATA,EAAa,EAAe,EAATA,EAAa,EAAI,GAGjEwK,IAITqF,SACCkE,MAECxC,UAAU,GAEXnS,OAEC8K,QAAS,WACR,GAAK7e,OAASkkB,MAAuBlkB,KAAK+T,MACzC,IAEC,MADA/T,MAAK+T,SACE,EACN,MAAQ1O,MAOZ6f,aAAc,WAEfyD,MACC9J,QAAS,WACR,MAAK7e,QAASkkB,MAAuBlkB,KAAK2oB,MACzC3oB,KAAK2oB,QACE,GAFR,QAKDzD,aAAc,YAEf3B,OAEC1E,QAAS,WACR,MAAK/d,GAAO8E,SAAU5F,KAAM,UAA2B,aAAdA,KAAK6E,MAAuB7E,KAAKujB,OACzEvjB,KAAKujB,SACE,GAFR,QAODgD,SAAU,SAAUpH,GACnB,MAAOre,GAAO8E,SAAUuZ,EAAMrb,OAAQ,OAIxC8kB,cACC7B,aAAc,SAAU5H,GAGDhb,SAAjBgb,EAAM7M,SACV6M,EAAM+H,cAAc2B,YAAc1J,EAAM7M,WAM5CwW,SAAU,SAAUjkB,EAAMlC,EAAMwc,EAAO4J,GAItC,GAAI1jB,GAAIvE,EAAOyC,OACd,GAAIzC,GAAOilB,MACX5G,GAECta,KAAMA,EACNmkB,aAAa,EACb9B,kBAGG6B,GACJjoB,EAAOqe,MAAMN,QAASxZ,EAAG,KAAM1C,GAE/B7B,EAAOqe,MAAM8F,SAASljB,KAAMY,EAAM0C,GAE9BA,EAAEihB,sBACNnH,EAAMkH,mBAKTvlB,EAAO4kB,YAAc9lB,EAASof,oBAC7B,SAAUrc,EAAMkC,EAAMkgB,GAChBpiB,EAAKqc,qBACTrc,EAAKqc,oBAAqBna,EAAMkgB,GAAQ,IAG1C,SAAUpiB,EAAMkC,EAAMkgB,GACrB,GAAIphB,GAAO,KAAOkB,CAEblC,GAAKuc,oBAIGvc,GAAMgB,KAAWiF,IAC5BjG,EAAMgB,GAAS,MAGhBhB,EAAKuc,YAAavb,EAAMohB,KAI3BjkB,EAAOilB,MAAQ,SAAUviB,EAAK+jB,GAE7B,MAAOvnB,gBAAgBc,GAAOilB,OAKzBviB,GAAOA,EAAIqB,MACf7E,KAAKknB,cAAgB1jB,EACrBxD,KAAK6E,KAAOrB,EAAIqB,KAIhB7E,KAAKsmB,mBAAqB9iB,EAAIylB,kBACH9kB,SAAzBX,EAAIylB,mBAEJzlB,EAAIqlB,eAAgB,GAEpBrlB,EAAI0lB,mBAAqB1lB,EAAI0lB,qBAC9BlF,GACAC,IAIDjkB,KAAK6E,KAAOrB,EAIR+jB,GACJzmB,EAAOyC,OAAQvD,KAAMunB,GAItBvnB,KAAKmpB,UAAY3lB,GAAOA,EAAI2lB,WAAaroB,EAAOmG,WAGhDjH,KAAMc,EAAOsD,UAAY,IAjCjB,GAAItD,GAAOilB,MAAOviB,EAAK+jB,IAsChCzmB,EAAOilB,MAAMrkB,WACZ4kB,mBAAoBrC,GACpBmC,qBAAsBnC,GACtB4C,8BAA+B5C,GAE/BoC,eAAgB,WACf,GAAIhhB,GAAIrF,KAAKknB,aAEblnB,MAAKsmB,mBAAqBtC,GACpB3e,IAKDA,EAAEghB,eACNhhB,EAAEghB,iBAKFhhB,EAAEwjB,aAAc,IAGlB/B,gBAAiB,WAChB,GAAIzhB,GAAIrF,KAAKknB,aAEblnB,MAAKomB,qBAAuBpC,GACtB3e,IAIDA,EAAEyhB,iBACNzhB,EAAEyhB,kBAKHzhB,EAAE+jB,cAAe,IAElBC,yBAA0B,WACzBrpB,KAAK6mB,8BAAgC7C,GACrChkB,KAAK8mB,oBAKPhmB,EAAOyB,MACN+mB,WAAY,YACZC,WAAY,YACV,SAAUC,EAAMhD,GAClB1lB,EAAOqe,MAAMqF,QAASgF,IACrBtE,aAAcsB,EACdrB,SAAUqB,EAEVzB,OAAQ,SAAU5F,GACjB,GAAI/c,GACH0B,EAAS9D,KACTypB,EAAUtK,EAAMqJ,cAChB9D,EAAYvF,EAAMuF,SASnB,SALM+E,GAAYA,IAAY3lB,IAAWhD,EAAOmH,SAAUnE,EAAQ2lB,MACjEtK,EAAMta,KAAO6f,EAAUG,SACvBziB,EAAMsiB,EAAU/W,QAAQ9K,MAAO7C,KAAM8C,WACrCqc,EAAMta,KAAO2hB,GAEPpkB,MAMJxB,EAAQ8oB,gBAEb5oB,EAAOqe,MAAMqF,QAAQnP,QACpBiQ,MAAO,WAEN,MAAKxkB,GAAO8E,SAAU5F,KAAM,SACpB,MAIRc,GAAOqe,MAAM5E,IAAKva,KAAM,iCAAkC,SAAUqF,GAEnE,GAAI1C,GAAO0C,EAAEvB,OACZ6lB,EAAO7oB,EAAO8E,SAAUjD,EAAM,UAAa7B,EAAO8E,SAAUjD,EAAM,UAAaA,EAAKgnB,KAAOxlB,MACvFwlB,KAAS7oB,EAAOqgB,MAAOwI,EAAM,mBACjC7oB,EAAOqe,MAAM5E,IAAKoP,EAAM,iBAAkB,SAAUxK,GACnDA,EAAMyK,gBAAiB,IAExB9oB,EAAOqgB,MAAOwI,EAAM,iBAAiB,OAMxC5C,aAAc,SAAU5H,GAElBA,EAAMyK,uBACHzK,GAAMyK,eACR5pB,KAAKgM,aAAemT,EAAM6G,WAC9BllB,EAAOqe,MAAM2J,SAAU,SAAU9oB,KAAKgM,WAAYmT,GAAO,KAK5DsG,SAAU,WAET,MAAK3kB,GAAO8E,SAAU5F,KAAM,SACpB,MAIRc,GAAOqe,MAAM/C,OAAQpc,KAAM,eAMxBY,EAAQipB,gBAEb/oB,EAAOqe,MAAMqF,QAAQf,QAEpB6B,MAAO,WAEN,MAAK3B,GAAWtX,KAAMrM,KAAK4F,YAIP,aAAd5F,KAAK6E,MAAqC,UAAd7E,KAAK6E,QACrC/D,EAAOqe,MAAM5E,IAAKva,KAAM,yBAA0B,SAAUmf,GACjB,YAArCA,EAAM+H,cAAc4C,eACxB9pB,KAAK+pB,eAAgB,KAGvBjpB,EAAOqe,MAAM5E,IAAKva,KAAM,gBAAiB,SAAUmf,GAC7Cnf,KAAK+pB,gBAAkB5K,EAAM6G,YACjChmB,KAAK+pB,eAAgB,GAGtBjpB,EAAOqe,MAAM2J,SAAU,SAAU9oB,KAAMmf,GAAO,OAGzC,OAGRre,GAAOqe,MAAM5E,IAAKva,KAAM,yBAA0B,SAAUqF,GAC3D,GAAI1C,GAAO0C,EAAEvB,MAER6f,GAAWtX,KAAM1J,EAAKiD,YAAe9E,EAAOqgB,MAAOxe,EAAM,mBAC7D7B,EAAOqe,MAAM5E,IAAK5X,EAAM,iBAAkB,SAAUwc,IAC9Cnf,KAAKgM,YAAemT,EAAM6J,aAAgB7J,EAAM6G,WACpDllB,EAAOqe,MAAM2J,SAAU,SAAU9oB,KAAKgM,WAAYmT,GAAO,KAG3Dre,EAAOqgB,MAAOxe,EAAM,iBAAiB,OAKxCoiB,OAAQ,SAAU5F,GACjB,GAAIxc,GAAOwc,EAAMrb,MAGjB,OAAK9D,QAAS2C,GAAQwc,EAAM6J,aAAe7J,EAAM6G,WAA4B,UAAdrjB,EAAKkC,MAAkC,aAAdlC,EAAKkC,KACrFsa,EAAMuF,UAAU/W,QAAQ9K,MAAO7C,KAAM8C,WAD7C,QAKD2iB,SAAU,WAGT,MAFA3kB,GAAOqe,MAAM/C,OAAQpc,KAAM,aAEnB2jB,EAAWtX,KAAMrM,KAAK4F,aAM3BhF,EAAQopB,gBACblpB,EAAOyB,MAAOwR,MAAO,UAAW4U,KAAM,YAAc,SAAUa,EAAMhD,GAGnE,GAAI7Y,GAAU,SAAUwR,GACtBre,EAAOqe,MAAM2J,SAAUtC,EAAKrH,EAAMrb,OAAQhD,EAAOqe,MAAMqH,IAAKrH,IAAS,GAGvEre,GAAOqe,MAAMqF,QAASgC,IACrBlB,MAAO,WACN,GAAI5W,GAAM1O,KAAK6L,eAAiB7L,KAC/BiqB,EAAWnpB,EAAOqgB,MAAOzS,EAAK8X,EAEzByD,IACLvb,EAAII,iBAAkB0a,EAAM7b,GAAS,GAEtC7M,EAAOqgB,MAAOzS,EAAK8X,GAAOyD,GAAY,GAAM,IAE7CxE,SAAU,WACT,GAAI/W,GAAM1O,KAAK6L,eAAiB7L,KAC/BiqB,EAAWnpB,EAAOqgB,MAAOzS,EAAK8X,GAAQ,CAEjCyD,GAILnpB,EAAOqgB,MAAOzS,EAAK8X,EAAKyD,IAHxBvb,EAAIsQ,oBAAqBwK,EAAM7b,GAAS,GACxC7M,EAAOsgB,YAAa1S,EAAK8X,QAS9B1lB,EAAOG,GAAGsC,QAET2mB,GAAI,SAAU9F,EAAOrjB,EAAUyE,EAAMvE,EAAiBkpB,GACrD,GAAItlB,GAAMulB,CAGV,IAAsB,gBAAVhG,GAAqB,CAEP,gBAAbrjB,KAEXyE,EAAOA,GAAQzE,EACfA,EAAWoD,OAEZ,KAAMU,IAAQuf,GACbpkB,KAAKkqB,GAAIrlB,EAAM9D,EAAUyE,EAAM4e,EAAOvf,GAAQslB,EAE/C,OAAOnqB,MAmBR,GAhBa,MAARwF,GAAsB,MAANvE,GAEpBA,EAAKF,EACLyE,EAAOzE,EAAWoD,QACD,MAANlD,IACc,gBAAbF,IAEXE,EAAKuE,EACLA,EAAOrB,SAGPlD,EAAKuE,EACLA,EAAOzE,EACPA,EAAWoD,SAGRlD,KAAO,EACXA,EAAKgjB,OACC,KAAMhjB,EACZ,MAAOjB,KAaR,OAVa,KAARmqB,IACJC,EAASnpB,EACTA,EAAK,SAAUke,GAGd,MADAre,KAASge,IAAKK,GACPiL,EAAOvnB,MAAO7C,KAAM8C,YAG5B7B,EAAG6F,KAAOsjB,EAAOtjB,OAAUsjB,EAAOtjB,KAAOhG,EAAOgG,SAE1C9G,KAAKuC,KAAM,WACjBzB,EAAOqe,MAAM5E,IAAKva,KAAMokB,EAAOnjB,EAAIuE,EAAMzE,MAG3CopB,IAAK,SAAU/F,EAAOrjB,EAAUyE,EAAMvE,GACrC,MAAOjB,MAAKkqB,GAAI9F,EAAOrjB,EAAUyE,EAAMvE,EAAI,IAE5C6d,IAAK,SAAUsF,EAAOrjB,EAAUE,GAC/B,GAAIyjB,GAAW7f,CACf,IAAKuf,GAASA,EAAMiC,gBAAkBjC,EAAMM,UAQ3C,MANAA,GAAYN,EAAMM,UAClB5jB,EAAQsjB,EAAMsC,gBAAiB5H,IAC9B4F,EAAUU,UAAYV,EAAUG,SAAW,IAAMH,EAAUU,UAAYV,EAAUG,SACjFH,EAAU3jB,SACV2jB,EAAU/W,SAEJ3N,IAER,IAAsB,gBAAVokB,GAAqB,CAEhC,IAAMvf,IAAQuf,GACbpkB,KAAK8e,IAAKja,EAAM9D,EAAUqjB,EAAOvf,GAElC,OAAO7E,MAUR,OARKe,KAAa,GAA6B,kBAAbA,MAEjCE,EAAKF,EACLA,EAAWoD,QAEPlD,KAAO,IACXA,EAAKgjB,IAECjkB,KAAKuC,KAAK,WAChBzB,EAAOqe,MAAM/C,OAAQpc,KAAMokB,EAAOnjB,EAAIF,MAIxC8d,QAAS,SAAUha,EAAMW,GACxB,MAAOxF,MAAKuC,KAAK,WAChBzB,EAAOqe,MAAMN,QAASha,EAAMW,EAAMxF,SAGpCqqB,eAAgB,SAAUxlB,EAAMW,GAC/B,GAAI7C,GAAO3C,KAAK,EAChB,OAAK2C,GACG7B,EAAOqe,MAAMN,QAASha,EAAMW,EAAM7C,GAAM,GADhD,SAOF,SAAS2nB,IAAoB1qB,GAC5B,GAAIkc,GAAOyO,GAAUpjB,MAAO,KAC3BqjB,EAAW5qB,EAASgjB,wBAErB,IAAK4H,EAASjd,cACb,MAAQuO,EAAKja,OACZ2oB,EAASjd,cACRuO,EAAKhT,MAIR,OAAO0hB,GAGR,GAAID,IAAY,6JAEfE,GAAgB,6BAChBC,GAAe,GAAIphB,QAAO,OAASihB,GAAY,WAAY,KAC3DI,GAAqB,OACrBC,GAAY,0EACZC,GAAW,YACXC,GAAS,UACTC,GAAQ,YACRC,GAAe,0BAEfC,GAAW,oCACXC,GAAc,4BACdC,GAAoB,cACpBC,GAAe,2CAGfC,IACCC,QAAU,EAAG,+BAAgC,aAC7CC,QAAU,EAAG,aAAc,eAC3BC,MAAQ,EAAG,QAAS,UACpBC,OAAS,EAAG,WAAY,aACxBC,OAAS,EAAG,UAAW,YACvBC,IAAM,EAAG,iBAAkB,oBAC3BC,KAAO,EAAG,mCAAoC,uBAC9CC,IAAM,EAAG,qBAAsB,yBAI/BtF,SAAU3lB,EAAQmiB,eAAkB,EAAG,GAAI,KAAS,EAAG,SAAU,WAElE+I,GAAexB,GAAoB1qB,GACnCmsB,GAAcD,GAAa7c,YAAarP,EAAS2N,cAAc,OAEhE8d,IAAQW,SAAWX,GAAQC,OAC3BD,GAAQvI,MAAQuI,GAAQY,MAAQZ,GAAQa,SAAWb,GAAQc,QAAUd,GAAQK,MAC7EL,GAAQe,GAAKf,GAAQQ,EAErB,SAASQ,IAAQrrB,EAAS2O,GACzB,GAAIxN,GAAOQ,EACVC,EAAI,EACJ0pB,QAAetrB,GAAQkL,uBAAyBtD,EAAe5H,EAAQkL,qBAAsByD,GAAO,WAC5F3O,GAAQ4L,mBAAqBhE,EAAe5H,EAAQ4L,iBAAkB+C,GAAO,KACpFxL,MAEF,KAAMmoB,EACL,IAAMA,KAAYnqB,EAAQnB,EAAQmK,YAAcnK,EAA8B,OAApB2B,EAAOR,EAAMS,IAAaA,KAC7E+M,GAAO7O,EAAO8E,SAAUjD,EAAMgN,GACnC2c,EAAMjsB,KAAMsC,GAEZ7B,EAAOuB,MAAOiqB,EAAOD,GAAQ1pB,EAAMgN,GAKtC,OAAexL,UAARwL,GAAqBA,GAAO7O,EAAO8E,SAAU5E,EAAS2O,GAC5D7O,EAAOuB,OAASrB,GAAWsrB,GAC3BA,EAIF,QAASC,IAAmB5pB,GACtB+f,EAAerW,KAAM1J,EAAKkC,QAC9BlC,EAAK6pB,eAAiB7pB,EAAK2R,SAM7B,QAASmY,IAAoB9pB,EAAM+pB,GAClC,MAAO5rB,GAAO8E,SAAUjD,EAAM,UAC7B7B,EAAO8E,SAA+B,KAArB8mB,EAAQtnB,SAAkBsnB,EAAUA,EAAQtd,WAAY,MAEzEzM,EAAKuJ,qBAAqB,SAAS,IAClCvJ,EAAKsM,YAAatM,EAAKkJ,cAAc0B,cAAc,UACpD5K,EAIF,QAASgqB,IAAehqB,GAEvB,MADAA,GAAKkC,MAA6C,OAArC/D,EAAOyO,KAAKuB,KAAMnO,EAAM,SAAqB,IAAMA,EAAKkC,KAC9DlC,EAER,QAASiqB,IAAejqB,GACvB,GAAI2I,GAAQ6f,GAAkBrf,KAAMnJ,EAAKkC,KAMzC,OALKyG,GACJ3I,EAAKkC,KAAOyG,EAAM,GAElB3I,EAAKmK,gBAAgB,QAEfnK,EAIR,QAASkqB,IAAe1qB,EAAO2qB,GAG9B,IAFA,GAAInqB,GACHC,EAAI,EACwB,OAApBD,EAAOR,EAAMS,IAAaA,IAClC9B,EAAOqgB,MAAOxe,EAAM,cAAemqB,GAAehsB,EAAOqgB,MAAO2L,EAAYlqB,GAAI,eAIlF,QAASmqB,IAAgBvpB,EAAKwpB,GAE7B,GAAuB,IAAlBA,EAAK5nB,UAAmBtE,EAAOmgB,QAASzd,GAA7C,CAIA,GAAIqB,GAAMjC,EAAGuX,EACZ8S,EAAUnsB,EAAOqgB,MAAO3d,GACxB0pB,EAAUpsB,EAAOqgB,MAAO6L,EAAMC,GAC9B5I,EAAS4I,EAAQ5I,MAElB,IAAKA,EAAS,OACN6I,GAAQnI,OACfmI,EAAQ7I,SAER,KAAMxf,IAAQwf,GACb,IAAMzhB,EAAI,EAAGuX,EAAIkK,EAAQxf,GAAOhD,OAAYsY,EAAJvX,EAAOA,IAC9C9B,EAAOqe,MAAM5E,IAAKyS,EAAMnoB,EAAMwf,EAAQxf,GAAQjC,IAM5CsqB,EAAQ1nB,OACZ0nB,EAAQ1nB,KAAO1E,EAAOyC,UAAY2pB,EAAQ1nB,QAI5C,QAAS2nB,IAAoB3pB,EAAKwpB,GACjC,GAAIpnB,GAAUP,EAAGG,CAGjB,IAAuB,IAAlBwnB,EAAK5nB,SAAV,CAOA,GAHAQ,EAAWonB,EAAKpnB,SAASC,eAGnBjF,EAAQ0iB,cAAgB0J,EAAMlsB,EAAOsD,SAAY,CACtDoB,EAAO1E,EAAOqgB,MAAO6L,EAErB,KAAM3nB,IAAKG,GAAK6e,OACfvjB,EAAO4kB,YAAasH,EAAM3nB,EAAGG,EAAKuf,OAInCiI,GAAKlgB,gBAAiBhM,EAAOsD,SAIZ,WAAbwB,GAAyBonB,EAAKhnB,OAASxC,EAAIwC,MAC/C2mB,GAAeK,GAAOhnB,KAAOxC,EAAIwC,KACjC4mB,GAAeI,IAIS,WAAbpnB,GACNonB,EAAKhhB,aACTghB,EAAK9J,UAAY1f,EAAI0f,WAOjBtiB,EAAQoiB,YAAgBxf,EAAI2L,YAAcrO,EAAOH,KAAKqsB,EAAK7d,aAC/D6d,EAAK7d,UAAY3L,EAAI2L,YAGE,UAAbvJ,GAAwB8c,EAAerW,KAAM7I,EAAIqB,OAK5DmoB,EAAKR,eAAiBQ,EAAK1Y,QAAU9Q,EAAI8Q,QAIpC0Y,EAAKlnB,QAAUtC,EAAIsC,QACvBknB,EAAKlnB,MAAQtC,EAAIsC,QAKM,WAAbF,EACXonB,EAAKI,gBAAkBJ,EAAKzY,SAAW/Q,EAAI4pB,iBAInB,UAAbxnB,GAAqC,aAAbA,KACnConB,EAAKvU,aAAejV,EAAIiV,eAI1B3X,EAAOyC,QACNM,MAAO,SAAUlB,EAAM0qB,EAAeC,GACrC,GAAIC,GAAc/e,EAAM3K,EAAOjB,EAAG4qB,EACjCC,EAAS3sB,EAAOmH,SAAUtF,EAAKkJ,cAAelJ,EAW/C,IATK/B,EAAQoiB,YAAcliB,EAAO6X,SAAShW,KAAU+nB,GAAare,KAAM,IAAM1J,EAAKiD,SAAW,KAC7F/B,EAAQlB,EAAKsgB,WAAW,IAIxB8I,GAAY5c,UAAYxM,EAAKugB,UAC7B6I,GAAYve,YAAa3J,EAAQkoB,GAAY3c,eAGvCxO,EAAQ0iB,cAAiB1iB,EAAQwiB,gBACnB,IAAlBzgB,EAAKyC,UAAoC,KAAlBzC,EAAKyC,UAAqBtE,EAAO6X,SAAShW,IAOnE,IAJA4qB,EAAelB,GAAQxoB,GACvB2pB,EAAcnB,GAAQ1pB,GAGhBC,EAAI,EAA8B,OAA1B4L,EAAOgf,EAAY5qB,MAAeA,EAE1C2qB,EAAa3qB,IACjBuqB,GAAoB3e,EAAM+e,EAAa3qB,GAM1C,IAAKyqB,EACJ,GAAKC,EAIJ,IAHAE,EAAcA,GAAenB,GAAQ1pB,GACrC4qB,EAAeA,GAAgBlB,GAAQxoB,GAEjCjB,EAAI,EAA8B,OAA1B4L,EAAOgf,EAAY5qB,IAAaA,IAC7CmqB,GAAgBve,EAAM+e,EAAa3qB,QAGpCmqB,IAAgBpqB,EAAMkB,EAaxB,OARA0pB,GAAelB,GAAQxoB,EAAO,UACzB0pB,EAAa1rB,OAAS,GAC1BgrB,GAAeU,GAAeE,GAAUpB,GAAQ1pB,EAAM,WAGvD4qB,EAAeC,EAAchf,EAAO,KAG7B3K,GAGR6pB,cAAe,SAAUvrB,EAAOnB,EAAS2sB,EAASC,GAWjD,IAVA,GAAIzqB,GAAGR,EAAMsF,EACZjB,EAAK2I,EAAKmT,EAAO+K,EACjB1T,EAAIhY,EAAMN,OAGVisB,EAAOxD,GAAoBtpB,GAE3B+sB,KACAnrB,EAAI,EAEOuX,EAAJvX,EAAOA,IAGd,GAFAD,EAAOR,EAAOS,GAETD,GAAiB,IAATA,EAGZ,GAA6B,WAAxB7B,EAAO+D,KAAMlC,GACjB7B,EAAOuB,MAAO0rB,EAAOprB,EAAKyC,UAAazC,GAASA,OAG1C,IAAMooB,GAAM1e,KAAM1J,GAIlB,CACNqE,EAAMA,GAAO8mB,EAAK7e,YAAajO,EAAQuM,cAAc,QAGrDoC,GAAOkb,GAAS/e,KAAMnJ,KAAY,GAAI,KAAO,GAAIkD,cACjDgoB,EAAOxC,GAAS1b,IAAS0b,GAAQ9E,SAEjCvf,EAAImI,UAAY0e,EAAK,GAAKlrB,EAAK4B,QAASqmB,GAAW,aAAgBiD,EAAK,GAGxE1qB,EAAI0qB,EAAK,EACT,OAAQ1qB,IACP6D,EAAMA,EAAIgM,SASX,KALMpS,EAAQiiB,mBAAqB8H,GAAmBte,KAAM1J,IAC3DorB,EAAM1tB,KAAMW,EAAQgtB,eAAgBrD,GAAmB7e,KAAMnJ,GAAO,MAI/D/B,EAAQkiB,MAAQ,CAGrBngB,EAAe,UAARgN,GAAoBmb,GAAOze,KAAM1J,GAI3B,YAAZkrB,EAAK,IAAqB/C,GAAOze,KAAM1J,GAEtC,EADAqE,EAJDA,EAAIoI,WAOLjM,EAAIR,GAAQA,EAAKwI,WAAWtJ,MAC5B,OAAQsB,IACFrC,EAAO8E,SAAWkd,EAAQngB,EAAKwI,WAAWhI,GAAK,WAAc2f,EAAM3X,WAAWtJ,QAClFc,EAAK6K,YAAasV,GAKrBhiB,EAAOuB,MAAO0rB,EAAO/mB,EAAImE,YAGzBnE,EAAIqK,YAAc,EAGlB,OAAQrK,EAAIoI,WACXpI,EAAIwG,YAAaxG,EAAIoI,WAItBpI,GAAM8mB,EAAK9a,cAtDX+a,GAAM1tB,KAAMW,EAAQgtB,eAAgBrrB,GA4DlCqE,IACJ8mB,EAAKtgB,YAAaxG,GAKbpG,EAAQuiB,eACbriB,EAAO0F,KAAM6lB,GAAQ0B,EAAO,SAAWxB,IAGxC3pB,EAAI,CACJ,OAASD,EAAOorB,EAAOnrB,KAItB,KAAKgrB,GAAmD,KAAtC9sB,EAAOuF,QAAS1D,EAAMirB,MAIxC3lB,EAAWnH,EAAOmH,SAAUtF,EAAKkJ,cAAelJ,GAGhDqE,EAAMqlB,GAAQyB,EAAK7e,YAAatM,GAAQ,UAGnCsF,GACJ4kB,GAAe7lB,GAIX2mB,GAAU,CACdxqB,EAAI,CACJ,OAASR,EAAOqE,EAAK7D,KACf+nB,GAAY7e,KAAM1J,EAAKkC,MAAQ,KACnC8oB,EAAQttB,KAAMsC,GAQlB,MAFAqE,GAAM,KAEC8mB,GAGRjN,UAAW,SAAU1e,EAAsB4d,GAQ1C,IAPA,GAAIpd,GAAMkC,EAAMoH,EAAIzG,EACnB5C,EAAI,EACJ6d,EAAc3f,EAAOsD,QACrB6I,EAAQnM,EAAOmM,MACf6S,EAAgBlf,EAAQkf,cACxB0E,EAAU1jB,EAAOqe,MAAMqF,QAEK,OAApB7hB,EAAOR,EAAMS,IAAaA,IAClC,IAAKmd,GAAcjf,EAAOif,WAAYpd,MAErCsJ,EAAKtJ,EAAM8d,GACXjb,EAAOyG,GAAMgB,EAAOhB,IAER,CACX,GAAKzG,EAAK6e,OACT,IAAMxf,IAAQW,GAAK6e,OACbG,EAAS3f,GACb/D,EAAOqe,MAAM/C,OAAQzZ,EAAMkC,GAI3B/D,EAAO4kB,YAAa/iB,EAAMkC,EAAMW,EAAKuf,OAMnC9X,GAAOhB,WAEJgB,GAAOhB,GAKT6T,QACGnd,GAAM8d,SAEK9d,GAAKmK,kBAAoBlE,EAC3CjG,EAAKmK,gBAAiB2T,GAGtB9d,EAAM8d,GAAgB,KAGvBvgB,EAAWG,KAAM4L,QAQvBnL,EAAOG,GAAGsC,QACTyC,KAAM,SAAUF,GACf,MAAOuc,GAAQriB,KAAM,SAAU8F,GAC9B,MAAiB3B,UAAV2B,EACNhF,EAAOkF,KAAMhG,MACbA,KAAKyU,QAAQwZ,QAAUjuB,KAAK,IAAMA,KAAK,GAAG6L,eAAiBjM,GAAWouB,eAAgBloB,KACrF,KAAMA,EAAOhD,UAAUjB,SAG3BosB,OAAQ,WACP,MAAOjuB,MAAKkuB,SAAUprB,UAAW,SAAUH,GAC1C,GAAuB,IAAlB3C,KAAKoF,UAAoC,KAAlBpF,KAAKoF,UAAqC,IAAlBpF,KAAKoF,SAAiB,CACzE,GAAItB,GAAS2oB,GAAoBzsB,KAAM2C,EACvCmB,GAAOmL,YAAatM,OAKvBwrB,QAAS,WACR,MAAOnuB,MAAKkuB,SAAUprB,UAAW,SAAUH,GAC1C,GAAuB,IAAlB3C,KAAKoF,UAAoC,KAAlBpF,KAAKoF,UAAqC,IAAlBpF,KAAKoF,SAAiB,CACzE,GAAItB,GAAS2oB,GAAoBzsB,KAAM2C,EACvCmB,GAAOsqB,aAAczrB,EAAMmB,EAAOsL,gBAKrCif,OAAQ,WACP,MAAOruB,MAAKkuB,SAAUprB,UAAW,SAAUH,GACrC3C,KAAKgM,YACThM,KAAKgM,WAAWoiB,aAAczrB,EAAM3C,SAKvCsuB,MAAO,WACN,MAAOtuB,MAAKkuB,SAAUprB,UAAW,SAAUH,GACrC3C,KAAKgM,YACThM,KAAKgM,WAAWoiB,aAAczrB,EAAM3C,KAAKiO,gBAK5CmO,OAAQ,SAAUrb,EAAUwtB,GAK3B,IAJA,GAAI5rB,GACHR,EAAQpB,EAAWD,EAAO0O,OAAQzO,EAAUf,MAASA,KACrD4C,EAAI,EAEwB,OAApBD,EAAOR,EAAMS,IAAaA,IAE5B2rB,GAA8B,IAAlB5rB,EAAKyC,UACtBtE,EAAO+f,UAAWwL,GAAQ1pB,IAGtBA,EAAKqJ,aACJuiB,GAAYztB,EAAOmH,SAAUtF,EAAKkJ,cAAelJ,IACrDkqB,GAAeR,GAAQ1pB,EAAM,WAE9BA,EAAKqJ,WAAWwB,YAAa7K,GAI/B,OAAO3C,OAGRyU,MAAO,WAIN,IAHA,GAAI9R,GACHC,EAAI,EAEuB,OAAnBD,EAAO3C,KAAK4C,IAAaA,IAAM,CAEhB,IAAlBD,EAAKyC,UACTtE,EAAO+f,UAAWwL,GAAQ1pB,GAAM,GAIjC,OAAQA,EAAKyM,WACZzM,EAAK6K,YAAa7K,EAAKyM,WAKnBzM,GAAKiB,SAAW9C,EAAO8E,SAAUjD,EAAM,YAC3CA,EAAKiB,QAAQ/B,OAAS,GAIxB,MAAO7B,OAGR6D,MAAO,SAAUwpB,EAAeC,GAI/B,MAHAD,GAAiC,MAAjBA,GAAwB,EAAQA,EAChDC,EAAyC,MAArBA,EAA4BD,EAAgBC,EAEzDttB,KAAK0C,IAAI,WACf,MAAO5B,GAAO+C,MAAO7D,KAAMqtB,EAAeC,MAI5CkB,KAAM,SAAU1oB,GACf,MAAOuc,GAAQriB,KAAM,SAAU8F,GAC9B,GAAInD,GAAO3C,KAAM,OAChB4C,EAAI,EACJuX,EAAIna,KAAK6B,MAEV,IAAesC,SAAV2B,EACJ,MAAyB,KAAlBnD,EAAKyC,SACXzC,EAAKwM,UAAU5K,QAASkmB,GAAe,IACvCtmB,MAIF,MAAsB,gBAAV2B,IAAuBklB,GAAa3e,KAAMvG,KACnDlF,EAAQmiB,eAAkB2H,GAAare,KAAMvG,KAC7ClF,EAAQiiB,mBAAsB8H,GAAmBte,KAAMvG,IACxDulB,IAAUR,GAAS/e,KAAMhG,KAAa,GAAI,KAAO,GAAID,gBAAkB,CAExEC,EAAQA,EAAMvB,QAASqmB,GAAW,YAElC,KACC,KAAWzQ,EAAJvX,EAAOA,IAEbD,EAAO3C,KAAK4C,OACW,IAAlBD,EAAKyC,WACTtE,EAAO+f,UAAWwL,GAAQ1pB,GAAM,IAChCA,EAAKwM,UAAYrJ,EAInBnD,GAAO,EAGN,MAAM0C,KAGJ1C,GACJ3C,KAAKyU,QAAQwZ,OAAQnoB,IAEpB,KAAMA,EAAOhD,UAAUjB,SAG3B4sB,YAAa,WACZ,GAAI5nB,GAAM/D,UAAW,EAcrB,OAXA9C,MAAKkuB,SAAUprB,UAAW,SAAUH,GACnCkE,EAAM7G,KAAKgM,WAEXlL,EAAO+f,UAAWwL,GAAQrsB,OAErB6G,GACJA,EAAI6nB,aAAc/rB,EAAM3C,QAKnB6G,IAAQA,EAAIhF,QAAUgF,EAAIzB,UAAYpF,KAAOA,KAAKoc,UAG1D2C,OAAQ,SAAUhe,GACjB,MAAOf,MAAKoc,OAAQrb,GAAU,IAG/BmtB,SAAU,SAAUzrB,EAAMD,GAGzBC,EAAOrC,EAAOyC,SAAWJ,EAEzB,IAAIM,GAAOyL,EAAMmgB,EAChBhB,EAASjf,EAAKiU,EACd/f,EAAI,EACJuX,EAAIna,KAAK6B,OACT+sB,EAAM5uB,KACN6uB,EAAW1U,EAAI,EACfrU,EAAQrD,EAAK,GACbuB,EAAalD,EAAOkD,WAAY8B,EAGjC,IAAK9B,GACDmW,EAAI,GAAsB,gBAAVrU,KAChBlF,EAAQyiB,YAAc4H,GAAS5e,KAAMvG,GACxC,MAAO9F,MAAKuC,KAAK,SAAU8X,GAC1B,GAAIpB,GAAO2V,EAAI5rB,GAAIqX,EACdrW,KACJvB,EAAK,GAAKqD,EAAM/D,KAAM/B,KAAMqa,EAAOpB,EAAKuV,SAEzCvV,EAAKiV,SAAUzrB,EAAMD,IAIvB,IAAK2X,IACJwI,EAAW7hB,EAAO4sB,cAAejrB,EAAMzC,KAAM,GAAI6L,eAAe,EAAO7L,MACvE+C,EAAQ4f,EAASvT,WAEmB,IAA/BuT,EAASxX,WAAWtJ,SACxB8gB,EAAW5f,GAGPA,GAAQ,CAMZ,IALA4qB,EAAU7sB,EAAO4B,IAAK2pB,GAAQ1J,EAAU,UAAYgK,IACpDgC,EAAahB,EAAQ9rB,OAITsY,EAAJvX,EAAOA,IACd4L,EAAOmU,EAEF/f,IAAMisB,IACVrgB,EAAO1N,EAAO+C,MAAO2K,GAAM,GAAM,GAG5BmgB,GACJ7tB,EAAOuB,MAAOsrB,EAAStB,GAAQ7d,EAAM,YAIvChM,EAAST,KAAM/B,KAAK4C,GAAI4L,EAAM5L,EAG/B,IAAK+rB,EAOJ,IANAjgB,EAAMif,EAASA,EAAQ9rB,OAAS,GAAIgK,cAGpC/K,EAAO4B,IAAKirB,EAASf,IAGfhqB,EAAI,EAAO+rB,EAAJ/rB,EAAgBA,IAC5B4L,EAAOmf,EAAS/qB,GACXsoB,GAAY7e,KAAMmC,EAAK3J,MAAQ,MAClC/D,EAAOqgB,MAAO3S,EAAM,eAAkB1N,EAAOmH,SAAUyG,EAAKF,KAExDA,EAAKhL,IAEJ1C,EAAOguB,UACXhuB,EAAOguB,SAAUtgB,EAAKhL,KAGvB1C,EAAOyE,YAAciJ,EAAKxI,MAAQwI,EAAK6C,aAAe7C,EAAKW,WAAa,IAAK5K,QAAS6mB,GAAc,KAOxGzI,GAAW5f,EAAQ,KAIrB,MAAO/C,SAITc,EAAOyB,MACNwsB,SAAU,SACVC,UAAW,UACXZ,aAAc,SACda,YAAa,QACbC,WAAY,eACV,SAAUvrB,EAAM+jB,GAClB5mB,EAAOG,GAAI0C,GAAS,SAAU5C,GAO7B,IANA,GAAIoB,GACHS,EAAI,EACJR,KACA+sB,EAASruB,EAAQC,GACjBkC,EAAOksB,EAAOttB,OAAS,EAEXoB,GAALL,EAAWA,IAClBT,EAAQS,IAAMK,EAAOjD,KAAOA,KAAK6D,OAAM,GACvC/C,EAAQquB,EAAOvsB,IAAM8kB,GAAYvlB,GAGjC9B,EAAKwC,MAAOT,EAAKD,EAAMH,MAGxB,OAAOhC,MAAKkC,UAAWE,KAKzB,IAAIgtB,IACHC,KAQD,SAASC,IAAe3rB,EAAM+K,GAC7B,GAAI/L,GAAO7B,EAAQ4N,EAAInB,cAAe5J,IAASorB,SAAUrgB,EAAIiQ,MAG5D4Q,EAAUxvB,EAAOyvB,wBAIhBzvB,EAAOyvB,wBAAyB7sB,EAAM,IAAM4sB,QAAUzuB,EAAOshB,IAAKzf,EAAM,GAAK,UAM/E,OAFAA,GAAKoc,SAEEwQ,EAOR,QAASE,IAAgB7pB,GACxB,GAAI8I,GAAM9O,EACT2vB,EAAUF,GAAazpB,EA0BxB,OAxBM2pB,KACLA,EAAUD,GAAe1pB,EAAU8I,GAGlB,SAAZ6gB,GAAuBA,IAG3BH,IAAUA,IAAUtuB,EAAQ,mDAAoDiuB,SAAUrgB,EAAIH,iBAG9FG,GAAQ0gB,GAAQ,GAAIpU,eAAiBoU,GAAQ,GAAIrU,iBAAkBnb,SAGnE8O,EAAIghB,QACJhhB,EAAIihB,QAEJJ,EAAUD,GAAe1pB,EAAU8I,GACnC0gB,GAAOrQ,UAIRsQ,GAAazpB,GAAa2pB,GAGpBA,GAIR,WACC,GAAI7mB,GAAGknB,EACNtiB,EAAM1N,EAAS2N,cAAe,OAC9BsiB,EACC,6HAIFviB,GAAI6B,UAAY,qEAChBzG,EAAI4E,EAAIpB,qBAAsB,KAAO,GAErCxD,EAAEgX,MAAMC,QAAU,wBAKlB/e,EAAQkvB,QAAU,OAAOzjB,KAAM3D,EAAEgX,MAAMoQ,SAIvClvB,EAAQmvB,WAAarnB,EAAEgX,MAAMqQ,SAE7BziB,EAAIoS,MAAMsQ,eAAiB,cAC3B1iB,EAAI2V,WAAW,GAAOvD,MAAMsQ,eAAiB,GAC7CpvB,EAAQqvB,gBAA+C,gBAA7B3iB,EAAIoS,MAAMsQ,eAGpCtnB,EAAI4E,EAAM,KAEV1M,EAAQsvB,iBAAmB,WAC1B,GAAIvR,GAAMc,EAAWnS,EAAK6iB,CAE1B,IAA4B,MAAvBP,EAA8B,CAElC,GADAjR,EAAO/e,EAASsM,qBAAsB,QAAU,IAC1CyS,EAEL,MAGDwR,GAAkB,iEAClB1Q,EAAY7f,EAAS2N,cAAe,OACpCD,EAAM1N,EAAS2N,cAAe,OAE9BoR,EAAK1P,YAAawQ,GAAYxQ,YAAa3B,GAG3CsiB,GAAsB,QAEVtiB,GAAIoS,MAAME,OAAShX,IAG9B0E,EAAIoS,MAAMC,QAAUkQ,EAAW,gCAC/BviB,EAAI6B,UAAY,cAChB7B,EAAI8B,WAAWsQ,MAAM0Q,MAAQ,MAC7BR,EAA0C,IAApBtiB,EAAIuS,aAG3BlB,EAAKnR,YAAaiS,GAGlBd,EAAOc,EAAYnS,EAAM,KAG1B,MAAOsiB,MAIT,IAAIS,IAAU,UAEVC,GAAY,GAAIhnB,QAAQ,KAAOyY,EAAO,kBAAmB,KAIzDwO,GAAWC,GACdC,GAAY,2BAER1wB,GAAO2wB,kBACXH,GAAY,SAAU5tB,GACrB,MAAOA,GAAKkJ,cAAc+C,YAAY8hB,iBAAkB/tB,EAAM,OAG/D6tB,GAAS,SAAU7tB,EAAMgB,EAAMgtB,GAC9B,GAAIP,GAAOQ,EAAUC,EAAUzuB,EAC9Bsd,EAAQ/c,EAAK+c,KAqCd,OAnCAiR,GAAWA,GAAYJ,GAAW5tB,GAGlCP,EAAMuuB,EAAWA,EAASG,iBAAkBntB,IAAUgtB,EAAUhtB,GAASQ,OAEpEwsB,IAES,KAARvuB,GAAetB,EAAOmH,SAAUtF,EAAKkJ,cAAelJ,KACxDP,EAAMtB,EAAO4e,MAAO/c,EAAMgB,IAOtB2sB,GAAUjkB,KAAMjK,IAASiuB,GAAQhkB,KAAM1I,KAG3CysB,EAAQ1Q,EAAM0Q,MACdQ,EAAWlR,EAAMkR,SACjBC,EAAWnR,EAAMmR,SAGjBnR,EAAMkR,SAAWlR,EAAMmR,SAAWnR,EAAM0Q,MAAQhuB,EAChDA,EAAMuuB,EAASP,MAGf1Q,EAAM0Q,MAAQA,EACd1Q,EAAMkR,SAAWA,EACjBlR,EAAMmR,SAAWA,IAMJ1sB,SAAR/B,EACNA,EACAA,EAAM,KAEGxC,EAAS2O,gBAAgBwiB,eACpCR,GAAY,SAAU5tB,GACrB,MAAOA,GAAKouB,cAGbP,GAAS,SAAU7tB,EAAMgB,EAAMgtB,GAC9B,GAAIK,GAAMC,EAAIC,EAAQ9uB,EACrBsd,EAAQ/c,EAAK+c,KAyCd,OAvCAiR,GAAWA,GAAYJ,GAAW5tB,GAClCP,EAAMuuB,EAAWA,EAAUhtB,GAASQ,OAIxB,MAAP/B,GAAesd,GAASA,EAAO/b,KACnCvB,EAAMsd,EAAO/b,IAUT2sB,GAAUjkB,KAAMjK,KAAUquB,GAAUpkB,KAAM1I,KAG9CqtB,EAAOtR,EAAMsR,KACbC,EAAKtuB,EAAKwuB,aACVD,EAASD,GAAMA,EAAGD,KAGbE,IACJD,EAAGD,KAAOruB,EAAKouB,aAAaC,MAE7BtR,EAAMsR,KAAgB,aAATrtB,EAAsB,MAAQvB,EAC3CA,EAAMsd,EAAM0R,UAAY,KAGxB1R,EAAMsR,KAAOA,EACRE,IACJD,EAAGD,KAAOE,IAMG/sB,SAAR/B,EACNA,EACAA,EAAM,IAAM,QAOf,SAASivB,IAAcC,EAAaC,GAEnC,OACCvvB,IAAK,WACJ,GAAIwvB,GAAYF,GAEhB,IAAkB,MAAbE,EAML,MAAKA,cAIGxxB,MAAKgC,KAMLhC,KAAKgC,IAAMuvB,GAAQ1uB,MAAO7C,KAAM8C,cAM3C,WACC,GAAI4F,GAAG+oB,EAA0BC,EAAcC,EAC9CC,EAAkBC,EAClBvkB,EAAM1N,EAAS2N,cAAe,OAC9B4iB,EAAkB,iEAClBN,EACC,6HAIFviB,GAAI6B,UAAY,qEAChBzG,EAAI4E,EAAIpB,qBAAsB,KAAO,GAErCxD,EAAEgX,MAAMC,QAAU,wBAKlB/e,EAAQkvB,QAAU,OAAOzjB,KAAM3D,EAAEgX,MAAMoQ,SAIvClvB,EAAQmvB,WAAarnB,EAAEgX,MAAMqQ,SAE7BziB,EAAIoS,MAAMsQ,eAAiB,cAC3B1iB,EAAI2V,WAAW,GAAOvD,MAAMsQ,eAAiB,GAC7CpvB,EAAQqvB,gBAA+C,gBAA7B3iB,EAAIoS,MAAMsQ,eAGpCtnB,EAAI4E,EAAM,KAEVxM,EAAOyC,OAAO3C,GACbkxB,sBAAuB,WACtB,GAAiC,MAA5BL,EACJ,MAAOA,EAGR,IAAIhS,GAAWsS,EAAKC,EACnB1kB,EAAM1N,EAAS2N,cAAe,OAC9BoR,EAAO/e,EAASsM,qBAAsB,QAAU,EAEjD,IAAMyS,EAsCN,MAhCArR,GAAId,aAAc,YAAa,KAC/Bc,EAAI6B,UAAY,qEAEhBsQ,EAAY7f,EAAS2N,cAAe,OACpCkS,EAAUC,MAAMC,QAAUwQ,EAE1BxR,EAAK1P,YAAawQ,GAAYxQ,YAAa3B,GAS3CA,EAAI6B,UAAY,8CAChB4iB,EAAMzkB,EAAIpB,qBAAsB,MAChC6lB,EAAK,GAAIrS,MAAMC,QAAU,2CACzBqS,EAA0C,IAA1BD,EAAK,GAAIE,aAEzBF,EAAK,GAAIrS,MAAM6P,QAAU,GACzBwC,EAAK,GAAIrS,MAAM6P,QAAU,OAIzBkC,EAA2BO,GAA2C,IAA1BD,EAAK,GAAIE,aAErDtT,EAAKnR,YAAaiS,GAGlBnS,EAAMqR,EAAO,KAEN8S,GAGRS,UAAW,WAIV,MAHqB,OAAhBR,GACJS,IAEMT,GAGRU,kBAAmB,WAIlB,MAH6B,OAAxBT,GACJQ,IAEMR,GAGRU,cAAe,WAId,MAHyB,OAApBT,GACJO,IAEMP,GAGRU,oBAAqB,WACpB,GAAI3T,GAAMc,EAAWnS,EAAKilB,CAG1B,IAA+B,MAA1BV,GAAkC9xB,EAAO2wB,iBAAmB,CAEhE,GADA/R,EAAO/e,EAASsM,qBAAsB,QAAU,IAC1CyS,EAEL,MAGDc,GAAY7f,EAAS2N,cAAe,OACpCD,EAAM1N,EAAS2N,cAAe,OAC9BkS,EAAUC,MAAMC,QAAUwQ,EAE1BxR,EAAK1P,YAAawQ,GAAYxQ,YAAa3B,GAM3CilB,EAAYjlB,EAAI2B,YAAarP,EAAS2N,cAAe,QACrDglB,EAAU7S,MAAMC,QAAUrS,EAAIoS,MAAMC,QAAUkQ,EAC9C0C,EAAU7S,MAAM8S,YAAcD,EAAU7S,MAAM0Q,MAAQ,IACtD9iB,EAAIoS,MAAM0Q,MAAQ,MAElByB,GACE5sB,YAAclF,EAAO2wB,iBAAkB6B,EAAW,WAAeC,aAEnE7T,EAAKnR,YAAaiS,GAGnB,MAAOoS,KAIT,SAASM,KACR,GAAI1S,GAAWnS,EACdqR,EAAO/e,EAASsM,qBAAsB,QAAU,EAE3CyS,KAKNc,EAAY7f,EAAS2N,cAAe,OACpCD,EAAM1N,EAAS2N,cAAe,OAC9BkS,EAAUC,MAAMC,QAAUwQ,EAE1BxR,EAAK1P,YAAawQ,GAAYxQ,YAAa3B,GAE3CA,EAAIoS,MAAMC,QACT,uKAMD7e,EAAO2xB,KAAM9T,EAAyB,MAAnBA,EAAKe,MAAME,MAAiBA,KAAM,MAAU,WAC9D8R,EAAmC,IAApBpkB,EAAIuS,cAIpB8R,GAAuB,EACvBC,GAAmB,EACnBC,GAAyB,EAGpB9xB,EAAO2wB,mBACXkB,EAA0E,QAArD7xB,EAAO2wB,iBAAkBpjB,EAAK,WAAeuB,IAClE8iB,EACwE,SAArE5xB,EAAO2wB,iBAAkBpjB,EAAK,QAAY8iB,MAAO,QAAUA,OAG/DzR,EAAKnR,YAAaiS,GAGlBnS,EAAMqR,EAAO,UAOf7d,EAAO2xB,KAAO,SAAU9vB,EAAMiB,EAASpB,EAAUC,GAChD,GAAIL,GAAKuB,EACR8H,IAGD,KAAM9H,IAAQC,GACb6H,EAAK9H,GAAShB,EAAK+c,MAAO/b,GAC1BhB,EAAK+c,MAAO/b,GAASC,EAASD,EAG/BvB,GAAMI,EAASK,MAAOF,EAAMF,MAG5B,KAAMkB,IAAQC,GACbjB,EAAK+c,MAAO/b,GAAS8H,EAAK9H,EAG3B,OAAOvB,GAIR,IACEswB,IAAS,kBACVC,GAAW,wBAIXC,GAAe,4BACfC,GAAY,GAAIvpB,QAAQ,KAAOyY,EAAO,SAAU,KAChD+Q,GAAU,GAAIxpB,QAAQ,YAAcyY,EAAO,IAAK,KAEhDgR,IAAYC,SAAU,WAAYC,WAAY,SAAU1D,QAAS,SACjE2D,IACCC,cAAe,EACfC,WAAY,KAGbC,IAAgB,SAAU,IAAK,MAAO,KAIvC,SAASC,IAAgB5T,EAAO/b,GAG/B,GAAKA,IAAQ+b,GACZ,MAAO/b,EAIR,IAAI4vB,GAAU5vB,EAAKyV,OAAO,GAAG3X,cAAgBkC,EAAKxD,MAAM,GACvDqzB,EAAW7vB,EACXf,EAAIywB,GAAYxxB,MAEjB,OAAQe,IAEP,GADAe,EAAO0vB,GAAazwB,GAAM2wB,EACrB5vB,IAAQ+b,GACZ,MAAO/b,EAIT,OAAO6vB,GAGR,QAASC,IAAU5iB,EAAU6iB,GAM5B,IALA,GAAInE,GAAS5sB,EAAMgxB,EAClB3V,KACA3D,EAAQ,EACRxY,EAASgP,EAAShP,OAEHA,EAARwY,EAAgBA,IACvB1X,EAAOkO,EAAUwJ,GACX1X,EAAK+c,QAIX1B,EAAQ3D,GAAUvZ,EAAOqgB,MAAOxe,EAAM,cACtC4sB,EAAU5sB,EAAK+c,MAAM6P,QAChBmE,GAGE1V,EAAQ3D,IAAuB,SAAZkV,IACxB5sB,EAAK+c,MAAM6P,QAAU,IAMM,KAAvB5sB,EAAK+c,MAAM6P,SAAkBrN,EAAUvf,KAC3Cqb,EAAQ3D,GAAUvZ,EAAOqgB,MAAOxe,EAAM,aAAc8sB,GAAe9sB,EAAKiD,aAInEoY,EAAQ3D,KACbsZ,EAASzR,EAAUvf,IAEd4sB,GAAuB,SAAZA,IAAuBoE,IACtC7yB,EAAOqgB,MAAOxe,EAAM,aAAcgxB,EAASpE,EAAUzuB,EAAOshB,IAAKzf,EAAM,aAQ3E,KAAM0X,EAAQ,EAAWxY,EAARwY,EAAgBA,IAChC1X,EAAOkO,EAAUwJ,GACX1X,EAAK+c,QAGLgU,GAA+B,SAAvB/wB,EAAK+c,MAAM6P,SAA6C,KAAvB5sB,EAAK+c,MAAM6P,UACzD5sB,EAAK+c,MAAM6P,QAAUmE,EAAO1V,EAAQ3D,IAAW,GAAK,QAItD,OAAOxJ,GAGR,QAAS+iB,IAAmBjxB,EAAMmD,EAAO+tB,GACxC,GAAIltB,GAAUksB,GAAU/mB,KAAMhG,EAC9B,OAAOa,GAENtC,KAAKiC,IAAK,EAAGK,EAAS,IAAQktB,GAAY,KAAUltB,EAAS,IAAO,MACpEb,EAGF,QAASguB,IAAsBnxB,EAAMgB,EAAMowB,EAAOC,EAAaC,GAS9D,IARA,GAAIrxB,GAAImxB,KAAYC,EAAc,SAAW,WAE5C,EAES,UAATrwB,EAAmB,EAAI,EAEvBoN,EAAM,EAEK,EAAJnO,EAAOA,GAAK,EAEJ,WAAVmxB,IACJhjB,GAAOjQ,EAAOshB,IAAKzf,EAAMoxB,EAAQ9R,EAAWrf,IAAK,EAAMqxB,IAGnDD,GAEW,YAAVD,IACJhjB,GAAOjQ,EAAOshB,IAAKzf,EAAM,UAAYsf,EAAWrf,IAAK,EAAMqxB,IAI7C,WAAVF,IACJhjB,GAAOjQ,EAAOshB,IAAKzf,EAAM,SAAWsf,EAAWrf,GAAM,SAAS,EAAMqxB,MAIrEljB,GAAOjQ,EAAOshB,IAAKzf,EAAM,UAAYsf,EAAWrf,IAAK,EAAMqxB,GAG5C,YAAVF,IACJhjB,GAAOjQ,EAAOshB,IAAKzf,EAAM,SAAWsf,EAAWrf,GAAM,SAAS,EAAMqxB,IAKvE,OAAOljB,GAGR,QAASmjB,IAAkBvxB,EAAMgB,EAAMowB,GAGtC,GAAII,IAAmB,EACtBpjB,EAAe,UAATpN,EAAmBhB,EAAKkd,YAAcld,EAAKsvB,aACjDgC,EAAS1D,GAAW5tB,GACpBqxB,EAAcpzB,EAAQsxB,aAAkE,eAAnDpxB,EAAOshB,IAAKzf,EAAM,aAAa,EAAOsxB,EAK5E,IAAY,GAAPljB,GAAmB,MAAPA,EAAc,CAQ9B,GANAA,EAAMyf,GAAQ7tB,EAAMgB,EAAMswB,IACf,EAANljB,GAAkB,MAAPA,KACfA,EAAMpO,EAAK+c,MAAO/b,IAId2sB,GAAUjkB,KAAK0E,GACnB,MAAOA,EAKRojB,GAAmBH,IAAiBpzB,EAAQwxB,qBAAuBrhB,IAAQpO,EAAK+c,MAAO/b,IAGvFoN,EAAM9L,WAAY8L,IAAS,EAI5B,MAASA,GACR+iB,GACCnxB,EACAgB,EACAowB,IAAWC,EAAc,SAAW,WACpCG,EACAF,GAEE,KAGLnzB,EAAOyC,QAGN6wB,UACCtE,SACC9tB,IAAK,SAAUW,EAAMguB,GACpB,GAAKA,EAAW,CAEf,GAAIvuB,GAAMouB,GAAQ7tB,EAAM,UACxB,OAAe,KAARP,EAAa,IAAMA,MAO9BiyB,WACCC,aAAe,EACfC,aAAe,EACfnB,YAAc,EACdoB,YAAc,EACd1E,SAAW,EACX2E,OAAS,EACTC,SAAW,EACXC,QAAU,EACVC,QAAU,EACVhV,MAAQ,GAKTiV,UAECC,QAASl0B,EAAQmvB,SAAW,WAAa,cAI1CrQ,MAAO,SAAU/c,EAAMgB,EAAMmC,EAAOiuB,GAEnC,GAAMpxB,GAA0B,IAAlBA,EAAKyC,UAAoC,IAAlBzC,EAAKyC,UAAmBzC,EAAK+c,MAAlE,CAKA,GAAItd,GAAKyC,EAAM2c,EACdgS,EAAW1yB,EAAO4E,UAAW/B,GAC7B+b,EAAQ/c,EAAK+c,KASd,IAPA/b,EAAO7C,EAAO+zB,SAAUrB,KAAgB1yB,EAAO+zB,SAAUrB,GAAaF,GAAgB5T,EAAO8T,IAI7FhS,EAAQ1gB,EAAOszB,SAAUzwB,IAAU7C,EAAOszB,SAAUZ,GAGrCrvB,SAAV2B,EAyCJ,MAAK0b,IAAS,OAASA,IAAqDrd,UAA3C/B,EAAMof,EAAMxf,IAAKW,GAAM,EAAOoxB,IACvD3xB,EAIDsd,EAAO/b,EAnCd,IAVAkB,QAAciB,GAGA,WAATjB,IAAsBzC,EAAM0wB,GAAQhnB,KAAMhG,MAC9CA,GAAU1D,EAAI,GAAK,GAAMA,EAAI,GAAK6C,WAAYnE,EAAOshB,IAAKzf,EAAMgB,IAEhEkB,EAAO,UAIM,MAATiB,GAAiBA,IAAUA,IAKlB,WAATjB,GAAsB/D,EAAOuzB,UAAWb,KAC5C1tB,GAAS,MAKJlF,EAAQqvB,iBAA6B,KAAVnqB,GAA+C,IAA/BnC,EAAKrD,QAAQ,gBAC7Dof,EAAO/b,GAAS,aAIX6d,GAAW,OAASA,IAAwDrd,UAA7C2B,EAAQ0b,EAAMoN,IAAKjsB,EAAMmD,EAAOiuB,MAIpE,IAGCrU,EAAO/b,GAAS,GAChB+b,EAAO/b,GAASmC,EACf,MAAMT,OAcX+c,IAAK,SAAUzf,EAAMgB,EAAMowB,EAAOE,GACjC,GAAIhyB,GAAK8O,EAAKyQ,EACbgS,EAAW1yB,EAAO4E,UAAW/B,EAyB9B,OAtBAA,GAAO7C,EAAO+zB,SAAUrB,KAAgB1yB,EAAO+zB,SAAUrB,GAAaF,GAAgB3wB,EAAK+c,MAAO8T,IAIlGhS,EAAQ1gB,EAAOszB,SAAUzwB,IAAU7C,EAAOszB,SAAUZ,GAG/ChS,GAAS,OAASA,KACtBzQ,EAAMyQ,EAAMxf,IAAKW,GAAM,EAAMoxB,IAIjB5vB,SAAR4M,IACJA,EAAMyf,GAAQ7tB,EAAMgB,EAAMswB,IAId,WAARljB,GAAoBpN,IAAQuvB,MAChCniB,EAAMmiB,GAAoBvvB,IAIZ,KAAVowB,GAAgBA,GACpB9xB,EAAMgD,WAAY8L,GACXgjB,KAAU,GAAQjzB,EAAOkE,UAAW/C,GAAQA,GAAO,EAAI8O,GAExDA,KAITjQ,EAAOyB,MAAO,SAAU,SAAW,SAAUK,EAAGe,GAC/C7C,EAAOszB,SAAUzwB,IAChB3B,IAAK,SAAUW,EAAMguB,EAAUoD,GAC9B,MAAKpD,GAGwB,IAArBhuB,EAAKkd,aAAqB+S,GAAavmB,KAAMvL,EAAOshB,IAAKzf,EAAM,YACrE7B,EAAO2xB,KAAM9vB,EAAMowB,GAAS,WAC3B,MAAOmB,IAAkBvxB,EAAMgB,EAAMowB,KAEtCG,GAAkBvxB,EAAMgB,EAAMowB,GAPhC,QAWDnF,IAAK,SAAUjsB,EAAMmD,EAAOiuB,GAC3B,GAAIE,GAASF,GAASxD,GAAW5tB,EACjC,OAAOixB,IAAmBjxB,EAAMmD,EAAOiuB,EACtCD,GACCnxB,EACAgB,EACAowB,EACAnzB,EAAQsxB,aAAkE,eAAnDpxB,EAAOshB,IAAKzf,EAAM,aAAa,EAAOsxB,GAC7DA,GACG,OAMFrzB,EAAQkvB,UACbhvB,EAAOszB,SAAStE,SACf9tB,IAAK,SAAUW,EAAMguB,GAEpB,MAAOgC,IAAStmB,MAAOskB,GAAYhuB,EAAKouB,aAAepuB,EAAKouB,aAAavhB,OAAS7M,EAAK+c,MAAMlQ,SAAW,IACrG,IAAOvK,WAAYqE,OAAOyrB,IAAS,GACrCpE,EAAW,IAAM,IAGnB/B,IAAK,SAAUjsB,EAAMmD,GACpB,GAAI4Z,GAAQ/c,EAAK+c,MAChBqR,EAAepuB,EAAKouB,aACpBjB,EAAUhvB,EAAOkE,UAAWc,GAAU,iBAA2B,IAARA,EAAc,IAAM,GAC7E0J,EAASuhB,GAAgBA,EAAavhB,QAAUkQ,EAAMlQ,QAAU,EAIjEkQ,GAAME,KAAO,GAIN9Z,GAAS,GAAe,KAAVA,IAC6B,KAAhDhF,EAAOH,KAAM6O,EAAOjL,QAASmuB,GAAQ,MACrChT,EAAM5S,kBAKP4S,EAAM5S,gBAAiB,UAGR,KAAVhH,GAAgBirB,IAAiBA,EAAavhB,UAMpDkQ,EAAMlQ,OAASkjB,GAAOrmB,KAAMmD,GAC3BA,EAAOjL,QAASmuB,GAAQ5C,GACxBtgB,EAAS,IAAMsgB,MAKnBhvB,EAAOszB,SAAS5B,YAAcnB,GAAczwB,EAAQ0xB,oBACnD,SAAU3vB,EAAMguB,GACf,MAAKA,GAGG7vB,EAAO2xB,KAAM9vB,GAAQ4sB,QAAW,gBACtCiB,IAAU7tB,EAAM,gBAJlB,SAUF7B,EAAOyB,MACNyyB,OAAQ,GACRC,QAAS,GACTC,OAAQ,SACN,SAAUC,EAAQC,GACpBt0B,EAAOszB,SAAUe,EAASC,IACzBC,OAAQ,SAAUvvB,GAOjB,IANA,GAAIlD,GAAI,EACP0yB,KAGAC,EAAyB,gBAAVzvB,GAAqBA,EAAMqB,MAAM,MAASrB,GAE9C,EAAJlD,EAAOA,IACd0yB,EAAUH,EAASlT,EAAWrf,GAAMwyB,GACnCG,EAAO3yB,IAAO2yB,EAAO3yB,EAAI,IAAO2yB,EAAO,EAGzC,OAAOD,KAIHjF,GAAQhkB,KAAM8oB,KACnBr0B,EAAOszB,SAAUe,EAASC,GAASxG,IAAMgF,MAI3C9yB,EAAOG,GAAGsC,QACT6e,IAAK,SAAUze,EAAMmC,GACpB,MAAOuc,GAAQriB,KAAM,SAAU2C,EAAMgB,EAAMmC,GAC1C,GAAImuB,GAAQ/wB,EACXR,KACAE,EAAI,CAEL,IAAK9B,EAAOoD,QAASP,GAAS,CAI7B,IAHAswB,EAAS1D,GAAW5tB,GACpBO,EAAMS,EAAK9B,OAECqB,EAAJN,EAASA,IAChBF,EAAKiB,EAAMf,IAAQ9B,EAAOshB,IAAKzf,EAAMgB,EAAMf,IAAK,EAAOqxB,EAGxD,OAAOvxB,GAGR,MAAiByB,UAAV2B,EACNhF,EAAO4e,MAAO/c,EAAMgB,EAAMmC,GAC1BhF,EAAOshB,IAAKzf,EAAMgB;EACjBA,EAAMmC,EAAOhD,UAAUjB,OAAS,IAEpC6xB,KAAM,WACL,MAAOD,IAAUzzB,MAAM,IAExBw1B,KAAM,WACL,MAAO/B,IAAUzzB,OAElBy1B,OAAQ,SAAU9Y,GACjB,MAAsB,iBAAVA,GACJA,EAAQ3c,KAAK0zB,OAAS1zB,KAAKw1B,OAG5Bx1B,KAAKuC,KAAK,WACX2f,EAAUliB,MACdc,EAAQd,MAAO0zB,OAEf5yB,EAAQd,MAAOw1B,WAOnB,SAASE,IAAO/yB,EAAMiB,EAASqjB,EAAM7jB,EAAKuyB,GACzC,MAAO,IAAID,IAAMh0B,UAAUR,KAAMyB,EAAMiB,EAASqjB,EAAM7jB,EAAKuyB,GAE5D70B,EAAO40B,MAAQA,GAEfA,GAAMh0B,WACLE,YAAa8zB,GACbx0B,KAAM,SAAUyB,EAAMiB,EAASqjB,EAAM7jB,EAAKuyB,EAAQC,GACjD51B,KAAK2C,KAAOA,EACZ3C,KAAKinB,KAAOA,EACZjnB,KAAK21B,OAASA,GAAU,QACxB31B,KAAK4D,QAAUA,EACf5D,KAAK8S,MAAQ9S,KAAKiH,IAAMjH,KAAK8N,MAC7B9N,KAAKoD,IAAMA,EACXpD,KAAK41B,KAAOA,IAAU90B,EAAOuzB,UAAWpN,GAAS,GAAK,OAEvDnZ,IAAK,WACJ,GAAI0T,GAAQkU,GAAMG,UAAW71B,KAAKinB,KAElC,OAAOzF,IAASA,EAAMxf,IACrBwf,EAAMxf,IAAKhC,MACX01B,GAAMG,UAAUtP,SAASvkB,IAAKhC,OAEhC81B,IAAK,SAAUC,GACd,GAAIC,GACHxU,EAAQkU,GAAMG,UAAW71B,KAAKinB,KAoB/B,OAjBCjnB,MAAKoa,IAAM4b,EADPh2B,KAAK4D,QAAQqyB,SACEn1B,EAAO60B,OAAQ31B,KAAK21B,QACtCI,EAAS/1B,KAAK4D,QAAQqyB,SAAWF,EAAS,EAAG,EAAG/1B,KAAK4D,QAAQqyB,UAG3CF,EAEpB/1B,KAAKiH,KAAQjH,KAAKoD,IAAMpD,KAAK8S,OAAUkjB,EAAQh2B,KAAK8S,MAE/C9S,KAAK4D,QAAQsyB,MACjBl2B,KAAK4D,QAAQsyB,KAAKn0B,KAAM/B,KAAK2C,KAAM3C,KAAKiH,IAAKjH,MAGzCwhB,GAASA,EAAMoN,IACnBpN,EAAMoN,IAAK5uB,MAEX01B,GAAMG,UAAUtP,SAASqI,IAAK5uB,MAExBA,OAIT01B,GAAMh0B,UAAUR,KAAKQ,UAAYg0B,GAAMh0B,UAEvCg0B,GAAMG,WACLtP,UACCvkB,IAAK,SAAUm0B,GACd,GAAI7jB,EAEJ,OAAiC,OAA5B6jB,EAAMxzB,KAAMwzB,EAAMlP,OACpBkP,EAAMxzB,KAAK+c,OAA2C,MAAlCyW,EAAMxzB,KAAK+c,MAAOyW,EAAMlP,OAQ/C3U,EAASxR,EAAOshB,IAAK+T,EAAMxzB,KAAMwzB,EAAMlP,KAAM,IAErC3U,GAAqB,SAAXA,EAAwBA,EAAJ,GAT9B6jB,EAAMxzB,KAAMwzB,EAAMlP,OAW3B2H,IAAK,SAAUuH,GAGTr1B,EAAOs1B,GAAGF,KAAMC,EAAMlP,MAC1BnmB,EAAOs1B,GAAGF,KAAMC,EAAMlP,MAAQkP,GACnBA,EAAMxzB,KAAK+c,QAAgE,MAArDyW,EAAMxzB,KAAK+c,MAAO5e,EAAO+zB,SAAUsB,EAAMlP,QAAoBnmB,EAAOszB,SAAU+B,EAAMlP,OACrHnmB,EAAO4e,MAAOyW,EAAMxzB,KAAMwzB,EAAMlP,KAAMkP,EAAMlvB,IAAMkvB,EAAMP,MAExDO,EAAMxzB,KAAMwzB,EAAMlP,MAASkP,EAAMlvB,OASrCyuB,GAAMG,UAAUvN,UAAYoN,GAAMG,UAAU3N,YAC3C0G,IAAK,SAAUuH,GACTA,EAAMxzB,KAAKyC,UAAY+wB,EAAMxzB,KAAKqJ,aACtCmqB,EAAMxzB,KAAMwzB,EAAMlP,MAASkP,EAAMlvB,OAKpCnG,EAAO60B,QACNU,OAAQ,SAAUC,GACjB,MAAOA,IAERC,MAAO,SAAUD,GAChB,MAAO,GAAMjyB,KAAKmyB,IAAKF,EAAIjyB,KAAKoyB,IAAO,IAIzC31B,EAAOs1B,GAAKV,GAAMh0B,UAAUR,KAG5BJ,EAAOs1B,GAAGF,OAKV,IACCQ,IAAOC,GACPC,GAAW,yBACXC,GAAS,GAAIvtB,QAAQ,iBAAmByY,EAAO,cAAe,KAC9D+U,GAAO,cACPC,IAAwBC,IACxBC,IACCC,KAAO,SAAUjQ,EAAMnhB,GACtB,GAAIqwB,GAAQn2B,KAAKm3B,YAAalQ,EAAMnhB,GACnChC,EAASqyB,EAAMroB,MACfynB,EAAQsB,GAAO/qB,KAAMhG,GACrB8vB,EAAOL,GAASA,EAAO,KAASz0B,EAAOuzB,UAAWpN,GAAS,GAAK,MAGhEnU,GAAUhS,EAAOuzB,UAAWpN,IAAmB,OAAT2O,IAAkB9xB,IACvD+yB,GAAO/qB,KAAMhL,EAAOshB,IAAK+T,EAAMxzB,KAAMskB,IACtCmQ,EAAQ,EACRC,EAAgB,EAEjB,IAAKvkB,GAASA,EAAO,KAAQ8iB,EAAO,CAEnCA,EAAOA,GAAQ9iB,EAAO,GAGtByiB,EAAQA,MAGRziB,GAAShP,GAAU,CAEnB,GAGCszB,GAAQA,GAAS,KAGjBtkB,GAAgBskB,EAChBt2B,EAAO4e,MAAOyW,EAAMxzB,KAAMskB,EAAMnU,EAAQ8iB,SAI/BwB,KAAWA,EAAQjB,EAAMroB,MAAQhK,IAAqB,IAAVszB,KAAiBC,GAaxE,MATK9B,KACJziB,EAAQqjB,EAAMrjB,OAASA,IAAUhP,GAAU,EAC3CqyB,EAAMP,KAAOA,EAEbO,EAAM/yB,IAAMmyB,EAAO,GAClBziB,GAAUyiB,EAAO,GAAM,GAAMA,EAAO,IACnCA,EAAO,IAGHY,IAKV,SAASmB,MAIR,MAHA1Y,YAAW,WACV8X,GAAQvyB,SAEAuyB,GAAQ51B,EAAOmG,MAIzB,QAASswB,IAAO1yB,EAAM2yB,GACrB,GAAI7P,GACHja,GAAU+pB,OAAQ5yB,GAClBjC,EAAI,CAKL,KADA40B,EAAeA,EAAe,EAAI,EACtB,EAAJ50B,EAAQA,GAAK,EAAI40B,EACxB7P,EAAQ1F,EAAWrf,GACnB8K,EAAO,SAAWia,GAAUja,EAAO,UAAYia,GAAU9iB,CAO1D,OAJK2yB,KACJ9pB,EAAMoiB,QAAUpiB,EAAM0iB,MAAQvrB,GAGxB6I,EAGR,QAASypB,IAAarxB,EAAOmhB,EAAMyQ,GAKlC,IAJA,GAAIvB,GACHwB,GAAeV,GAAUhQ,QAAe7mB,OAAQ62B,GAAU,MAC1D5c,EAAQ,EACRxY,EAAS81B,EAAW91B,OACLA,EAARwY,EAAgBA,IACvB,GAAM8b,EAAQwB,EAAYtd,GAAQtY,KAAM21B,EAAWzQ,EAAMnhB,GAGxD,MAAOqwB,GAKV,QAASa,IAAkBr0B,EAAM4kB,EAAOqQ,GAEvC,GAAI3Q,GAAMnhB,EAAO2vB,EAAQU,EAAO3U,EAAOqW,EAAStI,EAASuI,EACxDC,EAAO/3B,KACPwpB,KACA9J,EAAQ/c,EAAK+c,MACbiU,EAAShxB,EAAKyC,UAAY8c,EAAUvf,GACpCq1B,EAAWl3B,EAAOqgB,MAAOxe,EAAM,SAG1Bi1B,GAAKvW,QACVG,EAAQ1gB,EAAO2gB,YAAa9e,EAAM,MACX,MAAlB6e,EAAMyW,WACVzW,EAAMyW,SAAW,EACjBJ,EAAUrW,EAAM/M,MAAMwH,KACtBuF,EAAM/M,MAAMwH,KAAO,WACZuF,EAAMyW,UACXJ,MAIHrW,EAAMyW,WAENF,EAAKlb,OAAO,WAGXkb,EAAKlb,OAAO,WACX2E,EAAMyW,WACAn3B,EAAOugB,MAAO1e,EAAM,MAAOd,QAChC2f,EAAM/M,MAAMwH,YAOO,IAAlBtZ,EAAKyC,WAAoB,UAAYmiB,IAAS,SAAWA,MAK7DqQ,EAAKM,UAAaxY,EAAMwY,SAAUxY,EAAMyY,UAAWzY,EAAM0Y,WAIzD7I,EAAUzuB,EAAOshB,IAAKzf,EAAM,WAC5Bm1B,EAAWrI,GAAgB9sB,EAAKiD,UACf,SAAZ2pB,IACJA,EAAUuI,GAEM,WAAZvI,GAC6B,SAAhCzuB,EAAOshB,IAAKzf,EAAM,WAIb/B,EAAQ4e,wBAAuC,WAAbsY,EAGvCpY,EAAME,KAAO,EAFbF,EAAM6P,QAAU,iBAOdqI,EAAKM,WACTxY,EAAMwY,SAAW,SACXt3B,EAAQsvB,oBACb6H,EAAKlb,OAAO,WACX6C,EAAMwY,SAAWN,EAAKM,SAAU,GAChCxY,EAAMyY,UAAYP,EAAKM,SAAU,GACjCxY,EAAM0Y,UAAYR,EAAKM,SAAU,KAMpC,KAAMjR,IAAQM,GAEb,GADAzhB,EAAQyhB,EAAON,GACV2P,GAAS9qB,KAAMhG,GAAU,CAG7B,SAFOyhB,GAAON,GACdwO,EAASA,GAAoB,WAAV3vB,EACdA,KAAY6tB,EAAS,OAAS,QAAW,CAG7C,GAAe,SAAV7tB,IAAoBkyB,GAAiC7zB,SAArB6zB,EAAU/Q,GAG9C,QAFA0M,IAAS,EAKXnK,EAAMvC,GAAS+Q,GAAYA,EAAU/Q,IAAUnmB,EAAO4e,MAAO/c,EAAMskB,GAIrE,IAAMnmB,EAAOoE,cAAeskB,GAAS,CAC/BwO,EACC,UAAYA,KAChBrE,EAASqE,EAASrE,QAGnBqE,EAAWl3B,EAAOqgB,MAAOxe,EAAM,aAI3B8yB,IACJuC,EAASrE,QAAUA,GAEfA,EACJ7yB,EAAQ6B,GAAO+wB,OAEfqE,EAAK3vB,KAAK,WACTtH,EAAQ6B,GAAO6yB,SAGjBuC,EAAK3vB,KAAK,WACT,GAAI6e,EACJnmB,GAAOsgB,YAAaze,EAAM,SAC1B,KAAMskB,IAAQuC,GACb1oB,EAAO4e,MAAO/c,EAAMskB,EAAMuC,EAAMvC,KAGlC,KAAMA,IAAQuC,GACb2M,EAAQgB,GAAaxD,EAASqE,EAAU/Q,GAAS,EAAGA,EAAM8Q,GAElD9Q,IAAQ+Q,KACfA,EAAU/Q,GAASkP,EAAMrjB,MACpB6gB,IACJwC,EAAM/yB,IAAM+yB,EAAMrjB,MAClBqjB,EAAMrjB,MAAiB,UAATmU,GAA6B,WAATA,EAAoB,EAAI,KAO/D,QAASoR,IAAY9Q,EAAO+Q,GAC3B,GAAIje,GAAO1W,EAAMgyB,EAAQ7vB,EAAO0b,CAGhC,KAAMnH,IAASkN,GAed,GAdA5jB,EAAO7C,EAAO4E,UAAW2U,GACzBsb,EAAS2C,EAAe30B,GACxBmC,EAAQyhB,EAAOlN,GACVvZ,EAAOoD,QAAS4B,KACpB6vB,EAAS7vB,EAAO,GAChBA,EAAQyhB,EAAOlN,GAAUvU,EAAO,IAG5BuU,IAAU1W,IACd4jB,EAAO5jB,GAASmC,QACTyhB,GAAOlN,IAGfmH,EAAQ1gB,EAAOszB,SAAUzwB,GACpB6d,GAAS,UAAYA,GAAQ,CACjC1b,EAAQ0b,EAAM6T,OAAQvvB,SACfyhB,GAAO5jB,EAId,KAAM0W,IAASvU,GACNuU,IAASkN,KAChBA,EAAOlN,GAAUvU,EAAOuU,GACxBie,EAAeje,GAAUsb,OAI3B2C,GAAe30B,GAASgyB,EAK3B,QAAS4C,IAAW51B,EAAM61B,EAAY50B,GACrC,GAAI0O,GACHmmB,EACApe,EAAQ,EACRxY,EAASk1B,GAAoBl1B,OAC7Bib,EAAWhc,EAAO0b,WAAWK,OAAQ,iBAE7B6b,GAAK/1B,OAEb+1B,EAAO,WACN,GAAKD,EACJ,OAAO,CAUR,KARA,GAAIE,GAAcjC,IAASY,KAC1BxZ,EAAYzZ,KAAKiC,IAAK,EAAGoxB,EAAUkB,UAAYlB,EAAUzB,SAAW0C,GAEpE9hB,EAAOiH,EAAY4Z,EAAUzB,UAAY,EACzCF,EAAU,EAAIlf,EACdwD,EAAQ,EACRxY,EAAS61B,EAAUmB,OAAOh3B,OAEXA,EAARwY,EAAiBA,IACxBqd,EAAUmB,OAAQxe,GAAQyb,IAAKC,EAKhC,OAFAjZ,GAASoB,WAAYvb,GAAQ+0B,EAAW3B,EAASjY,IAElC,EAAViY,GAAel0B,EACZic,GAEPhB,EAASqB,YAAaxb,GAAQ+0B,KACvB,IAGTA,EAAY5a,EAASF,SACpBja,KAAMA,EACN4kB,MAAOzmB,EAAOyC,UAAYi1B,GAC1BZ,KAAM92B,EAAOyC,QAAQ,GAAQ+0B,kBAAqB10B,GAClDk1B,mBAAoBN,EACpBO,gBAAiBn1B,EACjBg1B,UAAWlC,IAASY,KACpBrB,SAAUryB,EAAQqyB,SAClB4C,UACA1B,YAAa,SAAUlQ,EAAM7jB,GAC5B,GAAI+yB,GAAQr1B,EAAO40B,MAAO/yB,EAAM+0B,EAAUE,KAAM3Q,EAAM7jB,EACpDs0B,EAAUE,KAAKU,cAAerR,IAAUyQ,EAAUE,KAAKjC,OAEzD,OADA+B,GAAUmB,OAAOx4B,KAAM81B,GAChBA,GAERzU,KAAM,SAAUsX,GACf,GAAI3e,GAAQ,EAGXxY,EAASm3B,EAAUtB,EAAUmB,OAAOh3B,OAAS,CAC9C,IAAK42B,EACJ,MAAOz4B,KAGR,KADAy4B,GAAU,EACM52B,EAARwY,EAAiBA,IACxBqd,EAAUmB,OAAQxe,GAAQyb,IAAK,EAUhC,OALKkD,GACJlc,EAASqB,YAAaxb,GAAQ+0B,EAAWsB,IAEzClc,EAASmc,WAAYt2B,GAAQ+0B,EAAWsB,IAElCh5B,QAGTunB,EAAQmQ,EAAUnQ,KAInB,KAFA8Q,GAAY9Q,EAAOmQ,EAAUE,KAAKU,eAElBz2B,EAARwY,EAAiBA,IAExB,GADA/H,EAASykB,GAAqB1c,GAAQtY,KAAM21B,EAAW/0B,EAAM4kB,EAAOmQ,EAAUE,MAE7E,MAAOtlB,EAmBT,OAfAxR,GAAO4B,IAAK6kB,EAAO4P,GAAaO,GAE3B52B,EAAOkD,WAAY0zB,EAAUE,KAAK9kB,QACtC4kB,EAAUE,KAAK9kB,MAAM/Q,KAAMY,EAAM+0B,GAGlC52B,EAAOs1B,GAAG8C,MACTp4B,EAAOyC,OAAQm1B,GACd/1B,KAAMA,EACNo1B,KAAML,EACNrW,MAAOqW,EAAUE,KAAKvW,SAKjBqW,EAAUna,SAAUma,EAAUE,KAAKra,UACxCnV,KAAMsvB,EAAUE,KAAKxvB,KAAMsvB,EAAUE,KAAKuB,UAC1Cpc,KAAM2a,EAAUE,KAAK7a,MACrBF,OAAQ6a,EAAUE,KAAK/a,QAG1B/b,EAAOy3B,UAAYz3B,EAAOyC,OAAQg1B,IACjCa,QAAS,SAAU7R,EAAO/kB,GACpB1B,EAAOkD,WAAYujB,IACvB/kB,EAAW+kB,EACXA,GAAU,MAEVA,EAAQA,EAAMpgB,MAAM,IAOrB,KAJA,GAAI8f,GACH5M,EAAQ,EACRxY,EAAS0lB,EAAM1lB,OAEAA,EAARwY,EAAiBA,IACxB4M,EAAOM,EAAOlN,GACd4c,GAAUhQ,GAASgQ,GAAUhQ,OAC7BgQ,GAAUhQ,GAAOtW,QAASnO,IAI5B62B,UAAW,SAAU72B,EAAU2rB,GACzBA,EACJ4I,GAAoBpmB,QAASnO,GAE7Bu0B,GAAoB12B,KAAMmC,MAK7B1B,EAAOw4B,MAAQ,SAAUA,EAAO3D,EAAQ10B,GACvC,GAAIs4B,GAAMD,GAA0B,gBAAVA,GAAqBx4B,EAAOyC,UAAY+1B,IACjEH,SAAUl4B,IAAOA,GAAM00B,GACtB70B,EAAOkD,WAAYs1B,IAAWA,EAC/BrD,SAAUqD,EACV3D,OAAQ10B,GAAM00B,GAAUA,IAAW70B,EAAOkD,WAAY2xB,IAAYA,EAwBnE,OArBA4D,GAAItD,SAAWn1B,EAAOs1B,GAAGtX,IAAM,EAA4B,gBAAjBya,GAAItD,SAAwBsD,EAAItD,SACzEsD,EAAItD,WAAYn1B,GAAOs1B,GAAGoD,OAAS14B,EAAOs1B,GAAGoD,OAAQD,EAAItD,UAAan1B,EAAOs1B,GAAGoD,OAAOjT,UAGtE,MAAbgT,EAAIlY,OAAiBkY,EAAIlY,SAAU,KACvCkY,EAAIlY,MAAQ,MAIbkY,EAAI9tB,IAAM8tB,EAAIJ,SAEdI,EAAIJ,SAAW,WACTr4B,EAAOkD,WAAYu1B,EAAI9tB,MAC3B8tB,EAAI9tB,IAAI1J,KAAM/B,MAGVu5B,EAAIlY,OACRvgB,EAAOwgB,QAASthB,KAAMu5B,EAAIlY,QAIrBkY,GAGRz4B,EAAOG,GAAGsC,QACTk2B,OAAQ,SAAUH,EAAOI,EAAI/D,EAAQnzB,GAGpC,MAAOxC,MAAKwP,OAAQ0S,GAAWE,IAAK,UAAW,GAAIsR,OAGjDtwB,MAAMu2B,SAAU7J,QAAS4J,GAAMJ,EAAO3D,EAAQnzB,IAEjDm3B,QAAS,SAAU1S,EAAMqS,EAAO3D,EAAQnzB,GACvC,GAAIiS,GAAQ3T,EAAOoE,cAAe+hB,GACjC2S,EAAS94B,EAAOw4B,MAAOA,EAAO3D,EAAQnzB,GACtCq3B,EAAc,WAEb,GAAI9B,GAAOQ,GAAWv4B,KAAMc,EAAOyC,UAAY0jB,GAAQ2S,IAGlDnlB,GAAS3T,EAAOqgB,MAAOnhB,KAAM,YACjC+3B,EAAKrW,MAAM,GAKd,OAFCmY,GAAYC,OAASD,EAEfplB,GAASmlB,EAAOvY,SAAU,EAChCrhB,KAAKuC,KAAMs3B,GACX75B,KAAKqhB,MAAOuY,EAAOvY,MAAOwY,IAE5BnY,KAAM,SAAU7c,EAAM+c,EAAYoX,GACjC,GAAIe,GAAY,SAAUvY,GACzB,GAAIE,GAAOF,EAAME,WACVF,GAAME,KACbA,EAAMsX,GAYP,OATqB,gBAATn0B,KACXm0B,EAAUpX,EACVA,EAAa/c,EACbA,EAAOV,QAEHyd,GAAc/c,KAAS,GAC3B7E,KAAKqhB,MAAOxc,GAAQ,SAGd7E,KAAKuC,KAAK,WAChB,GAAI+e,IAAU,EACbjH,EAAgB,MAARxV,GAAgBA,EAAO,aAC/Bm1B,EAASl5B,EAAOk5B,OAChBx0B,EAAO1E,EAAOqgB,MAAOnhB,KAEtB,IAAKqa,EACC7U,EAAM6U,IAAW7U,EAAM6U,GAAQqH,MACnCqY,EAAWv0B,EAAM6U,QAGlB,KAAMA,IAAS7U,GACTA,EAAM6U,IAAW7U,EAAM6U,GAAQqH,MAAQoV,GAAKzqB,KAAMgO,IACtD0f,EAAWv0B,EAAM6U,GAKpB,KAAMA,EAAQ2f,EAAOn4B,OAAQwY,KACvB2f,EAAQ3f,GAAQ1X,OAAS3C,MAAiB,MAAR6E,GAAgBm1B,EAAQ3f,GAAQgH,QAAUxc,IAChFm1B,EAAQ3f,GAAQ0d,KAAKrW,KAAMsX,GAC3B1X,GAAU,EACV0Y,EAAO12B,OAAQ+W,EAAO,KAOnBiH,IAAY0X,IAChBl4B,EAAOwgB,QAASthB,KAAM6E,MAIzBi1B,OAAQ,SAAUj1B,GAIjB,MAHKA,MAAS,IACbA,EAAOA,GAAQ,MAET7E,KAAKuC,KAAK,WAChB,GAAI8X,GACH7U,EAAO1E,EAAOqgB,MAAOnhB,MACrBqhB,EAAQ7b,EAAMX,EAAO,SACrB2c,EAAQhc,EAAMX,EAAO,cACrBm1B,EAASl5B,EAAOk5B,OAChBn4B,EAASwf,EAAQA,EAAMxf,OAAS,CAajC,KAVA2D,EAAKs0B,QAAS,EAGdh5B,EAAOugB,MAAOrhB,KAAM6E,MAEf2c,GAASA,EAAME,MACnBF,EAAME,KAAK3f,KAAM/B,MAAM,GAIlBqa,EAAQ2f,EAAOn4B,OAAQwY,KACvB2f,EAAQ3f,GAAQ1X,OAAS3C,MAAQg6B,EAAQ3f,GAAQgH,QAAUxc,IAC/Dm1B,EAAQ3f,GAAQ0d,KAAKrW,MAAM,GAC3BsY,EAAO12B,OAAQ+W,EAAO,GAKxB,KAAMA,EAAQ,EAAWxY,EAARwY,EAAgBA,IAC3BgH,EAAOhH,IAAWgH,EAAOhH,GAAQyf,QACrCzY,EAAOhH,GAAQyf,OAAO/3B,KAAM/B,YAKvBwF,GAAKs0B,YAKfh5B,EAAOyB,MAAO,SAAU,OAAQ,QAAU,SAAUK,EAAGe,GACtD,GAAIs2B,GAAQn5B,EAAOG,GAAI0C,EACvB7C,GAAOG,GAAI0C,GAAS,SAAU21B,EAAO3D,EAAQnzB,GAC5C,MAAgB,OAAT82B,GAAkC,iBAAVA,GAC9BW,EAAMp3B,MAAO7C,KAAM8C,WACnB9C,KAAK25B,QAASpC,GAAO5zB,GAAM,GAAQ21B,EAAO3D,EAAQnzB,MAKrD1B,EAAOyB,MACN23B,UAAW3C,GAAM,QACjB4C,QAAS5C,GAAM,QACf6C,YAAa7C,GAAM,UACnB8C,QAAUvK,QAAS,QACnBwK,SAAWxK,QAAS,QACpByK,YAAczK,QAAS,WACrB,SAAUnsB,EAAM4jB,GAClBzmB,EAAOG,GAAI0C,GAAS,SAAU21B,EAAO3D,EAAQnzB,GAC5C,MAAOxC,MAAK25B,QAASpS,EAAO+R,EAAO3D,EAAQnzB,MAI7C1B,EAAOk5B,UACPl5B,EAAOs1B,GAAGsC,KAAO,WAChB,GAAIQ,GACHc,EAASl5B,EAAOk5B,OAChBp3B,EAAI,CAIL,KAFA8zB,GAAQ51B,EAAOmG,MAEPrE,EAAIo3B,EAAOn4B,OAAQe,IAC1Bs2B,EAAQc,EAAQp3B,GAEVs2B,KAAWc,EAAQp3B,KAAQs2B,GAChCc,EAAO12B,OAAQV,IAAK,EAIhBo3B,GAAOn4B,QACZf,EAAOs1B,GAAG1U,OAEXgV,GAAQvyB,QAGTrD,EAAOs1B,GAAG8C,MAAQ,SAAUA,GAC3Bp4B,EAAOk5B,OAAO35B,KAAM64B,GACfA,IACJp4B,EAAOs1B,GAAGtjB,QAEVhS,EAAOk5B,OAAOlxB,OAIhBhI,EAAOs1B,GAAGoE,SAAW,GAErB15B,EAAOs1B,GAAGtjB,MAAQ,WACX6jB,KACLA,GAAU8D,YAAa35B,EAAOs1B,GAAGsC,KAAM53B,EAAOs1B,GAAGoE,YAInD15B,EAAOs1B,GAAG1U,KAAO,WAChBgZ,cAAe/D,IACfA,GAAU,MAGX71B,EAAOs1B,GAAGoD,QACTmB,KAAM,IACNC,KAAM,IAENrU,SAAU,KAMXzlB,EAAOG,GAAG45B,MAAQ,SAAUC,EAAMj2B,GAIjC,MAHAi2B,GAAOh6B,EAAOs1B,GAAKt1B,EAAOs1B,GAAGoD,OAAQsB,IAAUA,EAAOA,EACtDj2B,EAAOA,GAAQ,KAER7E,KAAKqhB,MAAOxc,EAAM,SAAU8U,EAAM6H,GACxC,GAAIuZ,GAAUnc,WAAYjF,EAAMmhB,EAChCtZ,GAAME,KAAO,WACZsZ,aAAcD,OAMjB,WACC,GAAIryB,GAAGkH,EAAO7C,EAAQwsB,EACrBjsB,EAAM1N,EAAS2N,cAAc,MAG9BD,GAAId,aAAc,YAAa,KAC/Bc,EAAI6B,UAAY,qEAChBzG,EAAI4E,EAAIpB,qBAAqB,KAAM,GAGnCa,EAASnN,EAAS2N,cAAc,UAChCgsB,EAAMxsB,EAAOkC,YAAarP,EAAS2N,cAAc,WACjDqC,EAAQtC,EAAIpB,qBAAqB,SAAU,GAE3CxD,EAAEgX,MAAMC,QAAU,UAGlB/e,EAAQq6B,gBAAoC,MAAlB3tB,EAAI0B,UAI9BpO,EAAQ8e,MAAQ,MAAMrT,KAAM3D,EAAE6D,aAAa,UAI3C3L,EAAQs6B,eAA4C,OAA3BxyB,EAAE6D,aAAa,QAGxC3L,EAAQu6B,UAAYvrB,EAAM9J,MAI1BlF,EAAQw6B,YAAc7B,EAAIhlB,SAG1B3T,EAAQy6B,UAAYz7B,EAAS2N,cAAc,QAAQ8tB,QAInDtuB,EAAOsH,UAAW,EAClBzT,EAAQ06B,aAAe/B,EAAIllB,SAI3BzE,EAAQhQ,EAAS2N,cAAe,SAChCqC,EAAMpD,aAAc,QAAS,IAC7B5L,EAAQgP,MAA0C,KAAlCA,EAAMrD,aAAc,SAGpCqD,EAAM9J,MAAQ,IACd8J,EAAMpD,aAAc,OAAQ,SAC5B5L,EAAQ26B,WAA6B,MAAhB3rB,EAAM9J,MAG3B4C,EAAIkH,EAAQ7C,EAASwsB,EAAMjsB,EAAM,OAIlC,IAAIkuB,IAAU,KAEd16B,GAAOG,GAAGsC,QACTwN,IAAK,SAAUjL,GACd,GAAI0b,GAAOpf,EAAK4B,EACfrB,EAAO3C,KAAK,EAEb,EAAA,GAAM8C,UAAUjB,OAsBhB,MAFAmC,GAAalD,EAAOkD,WAAY8B,GAEzB9F,KAAKuC,KAAK,SAAUK,GAC1B,GAAImO,EAEmB,KAAlB/Q,KAAKoF,WAKT2L,EADI/M,EACE8B,EAAM/D,KAAM/B,KAAM4C,EAAG9B,EAAQd,MAAO+Q,OAEpCjL,EAIK,MAAPiL,EACJA,EAAM,GACoB,gBAARA,GAClBA,GAAO,GACIjQ,EAAOoD,QAAS6M,KAC3BA,EAAMjQ,EAAO4B,IAAKqO,EAAK,SAAUjL,GAChC,MAAgB,OAATA,EAAgB,GAAKA,EAAQ,MAItC0b,EAAQ1gB,EAAO26B,SAAUz7B,KAAK6E,OAAU/D,EAAO26B,SAAUz7B,KAAK4F,SAASC,eAGjE2b,GAAW,OAASA,IAA8Crd,SAApCqd,EAAMoN,IAAK5uB,KAAM+Q,EAAK,WACzD/Q,KAAK8F,MAAQiL,KAjDd,IAAKpO,EAGJ,MAFA6e,GAAQ1gB,EAAO26B,SAAU94B,EAAKkC,OAAU/D,EAAO26B,SAAU94B,EAAKiD,SAASC,eAElE2b,GAAS,OAASA,IAAgDrd,UAAtC/B,EAAMof,EAAMxf,IAAKW,EAAM,UAChDP,GAGRA,EAAMO,EAAKmD,MAEW,gBAAR1D,GAEbA,EAAImC,QAAQi3B,GAAS,IAEd,MAAPp5B,EAAc,GAAKA,OA0CxBtB,EAAOyC,QACNk4B,UACCnQ,QACCtpB,IAAK,SAAUW,GACd,GAAIoO,GAAMjQ,EAAOyO,KAAKuB,KAAMnO,EAAM,QAClC,OAAc,OAAPoO,EACNA,EACAjQ,EAAOkF,KAAMrD,KAGhBoK,QACC/K,IAAK,SAAUW,GAYd,IAXA,GAAImD,GAAOwlB,EACV1nB,EAAUjB,EAAKiB,QACfyW,EAAQ1X,EAAK6R,cACb2V,EAAoB,eAAdxnB,EAAKkC,MAAiC,EAARwV,EACpC2D,EAASmM,EAAM,QACf7jB,EAAM6jB,EAAM9P,EAAQ,EAAIzW,EAAQ/B,OAChCe,EAAY,EAARyX,EACH/T,EACA6jB,EAAM9P,EAAQ,EAGJ/T,EAAJ1D,EAASA,IAIhB,GAHA0oB,EAAS1nB,EAAShB,MAGX0oB,EAAO/W,UAAY3R,IAAMyX,IAE5BzZ,EAAQ06B,YAAehQ,EAAOjX,SAA+C,OAApCiX,EAAO/e,aAAa,cAC5D+e,EAAOtf,WAAWqI,UAAavT,EAAO8E,SAAU0lB,EAAOtf,WAAY,aAAiB,CAMxF,GAHAlG,EAAQhF,EAAQwqB,GAASva,MAGpBoZ,EACJ,MAAOrkB,EAIRkY,GAAO3d,KAAMyF,GAIf,MAAOkY,IAGR4Q,IAAK,SAAUjsB,EAAMmD,GACpB,GAAI41B,GAAWpQ,EACd1nB,EAAUjB,EAAKiB,QACfoa,EAASld,EAAOmF,UAAWH,GAC3BlD,EAAIgB,EAAQ/B,MAEb,OAAQe,IAGP,GAFA0oB,EAAS1nB,EAAShB,GAEb9B,EAAOuF,QAASvF,EAAO26B,SAASnQ,OAAOtpB,IAAKspB,GAAUtN,IAAY,EAMtE,IACCsN,EAAO/W,SAAWmnB,GAAY,EAE7B,MAAQ7wB,GAGTygB,EAAOqQ,iBAIRrQ,GAAO/W,UAAW,CASpB,OAJMmnB,KACL/4B,EAAK6R,cAAgB,IAGf5Q,OAOX9C,EAAOyB,MAAO,QAAS,YAAc,WACpCzB,EAAO26B,SAAUz7B,OAChB4uB,IAAK,SAAUjsB,EAAMmD,GACpB,MAAKhF,GAAOoD,QAAS4B,GACXnD,EAAK2R,QAAUxT,EAAOuF,QAASvF,EAAO6B,GAAMoO,MAAOjL,IAAW,EADxE,SAKIlF,EAAQu6B,UACbr6B,EAAO26B,SAAUz7B,MAAOgC,IAAM,SAAUW,GAGvC,MAAsC,QAA/BA,EAAK4J,aAAa,SAAoB,KAAO5J,EAAKmD,SAQ5D,IAAI81B,IAAUC,GACbjuB,GAAa9M,EAAO8P,KAAKhD,WACzBkuB,GAAc,0BACdb,GAAkBr6B,EAAQq6B,gBAC1Bc,GAAcn7B,EAAQgP,KAEvB9O,GAAOG,GAAGsC,QACTuN,KAAM,SAAUnN,EAAMmC,GACrB,MAAOuc,GAAQriB,KAAMc,EAAOgQ,KAAMnN,EAAMmC,EAAOhD,UAAUjB,OAAS,IAGnEm6B,WAAY,SAAUr4B,GACrB,MAAO3D,MAAKuC,KAAK,WAChBzB,EAAOk7B,WAAYh8B,KAAM2D,QAK5B7C,EAAOyC,QACNuN,KAAM,SAAUnO,EAAMgB,EAAMmC,GAC3B,GAAI0b,GAAOpf,EACV65B,EAAQt5B,EAAKyC,QAGd,IAAMzC,GAAkB,IAAVs5B,GAAyB,IAAVA,GAAyB,IAAVA,EAK5C,aAAYt5B,GAAK4J,eAAiB3D,EAC1B9H,EAAOmmB,KAAMtkB,EAAMgB,EAAMmC,IAKlB,IAAVm2B,GAAgBn7B,EAAO6X,SAAUhW,KACrCgB,EAAOA,EAAKkC,cACZ2b,EAAQ1gB,EAAOo7B,UAAWv4B,KACvB7C,EAAO8P,KAAKtF,MAAMnB,KAAKkC,KAAM1I,GAASk4B,GAAWD,KAGtCz3B,SAAV2B,EAaO0b,GAAS,OAASA,IAA6C,QAAnCpf,EAAMof,EAAMxf,IAAKW,EAAMgB,IACvDvB,GAGPA,EAAMtB,EAAOyO,KAAKuB,KAAMnO,EAAMgB,GAGhB,MAAPvB,EACN+B,OACA/B,GApBc,OAAV0D,EAGO0b,GAAS,OAASA,IAAoDrd,UAA1C/B,EAAMof,EAAMoN,IAAKjsB,EAAMmD,EAAOnC,IAC9DvB,GAGPO,EAAK6J,aAAc7I,EAAMmC,EAAQ,IAC1BA,OAPPhF,GAAOk7B,WAAYr5B,EAAMgB,KAuB5Bq4B,WAAY,SAAUr5B,EAAMmD,GAC3B,GAAInC,GAAMw4B,EACTv5B,EAAI,EACJw5B,EAAYt2B,GAASA,EAAMwF,MAAO4P,EAEnC,IAAKkhB,GAA+B,IAAlBz5B,EAAKyC,SACtB,MAASzB,EAAOy4B,EAAUx5B,KACzBu5B,EAAWr7B,EAAOu7B,QAAS14B,IAAUA,EAGhC7C,EAAO8P,KAAKtF,MAAMnB,KAAKkC,KAAM1I,GAE5Bo4B,IAAed,KAAoBa,GAAYzvB,KAAM1I,GACzDhB,EAAMw5B,IAAa,EAInBx5B,EAAM7B,EAAO4E,UAAW,WAAa/B,IACpChB,EAAMw5B,IAAa,EAKrBr7B,EAAOgQ,KAAMnO,EAAMgB,EAAM,IAG1BhB,EAAKmK,gBAAiBmuB,GAAkBt3B,EAAOw4B,IAKlDD,WACCr3B,MACC+pB,IAAK,SAAUjsB,EAAMmD,GACpB,IAAMlF,EAAQ26B,YAAwB,UAAVz1B,GAAqBhF,EAAO8E,SAASjD,EAAM,SAAW,CAGjF,GAAIoO,GAAMpO,EAAKmD,KAKf,OAJAnD,GAAK6J,aAAc,OAAQ1G,GACtBiL,IACJpO,EAAKmD,MAAQiL,GAEPjL,QAQZ+1B,IACCjN,IAAK,SAAUjsB,EAAMmD,EAAOnC,GAa3B,MAZKmC,MAAU,EAEdhF,EAAOk7B,WAAYr5B,EAAMgB,GACdo4B,IAAed,KAAoBa,GAAYzvB,KAAM1I,GAEhEhB,EAAK6J,cAAeyuB,IAAmBn6B,EAAOu7B,QAAS14B,IAAUA,EAAMA,GAIvEhB,EAAM7B,EAAO4E,UAAW,WAAa/B,IAAWhB,EAAMgB,IAAS,EAGzDA,IAKT7C,EAAOyB,KAAMzB,EAAO8P,KAAKtF,MAAMnB,KAAK6X,OAAO1W,MAAO,QAAU,SAAU1I,EAAGe,GAExE,GAAI24B,GAAS1uB,GAAYjK,IAAU7C,EAAOyO,KAAKuB,IAE/ClD,IAAYjK,GAASo4B,IAAed,KAAoBa,GAAYzvB,KAAM1I,GACzE,SAAUhB,EAAMgB,EAAM4D,GACrB,GAAInF,GAAK2iB,CAUT,OATMxd,KAELwd,EAASnX,GAAYjK,GACrBiK,GAAYjK,GAASvB,EACrBA,EAAqC,MAA/Bk6B,EAAQ35B,EAAMgB,EAAM4D,GACzB5D,EAAKkC,cACL,KACD+H,GAAYjK,GAASohB,GAEf3iB,GAER,SAAUO,EAAMgB,EAAM4D,GACrB,MAAMA,GAAN,OACQ5E,EAAM7B,EAAO4E,UAAW,WAAa/B,IAC3CA,EAAKkC,cACL,QAMCk2B,IAAgBd,KACrBn6B,EAAOo7B,UAAUp2B,OAChB8oB,IAAK,SAAUjsB,EAAMmD,EAAOnC,GAC3B,MAAK7C,GAAO8E,SAAUjD,EAAM,cAE3BA,EAAK8V,aAAe3S,GAGb81B,IAAYA,GAAShN,IAAKjsB,EAAMmD,EAAOnC,MAO5Cs3B,KAILW,IACChN,IAAK,SAAUjsB,EAAMmD,EAAOnC,GAE3B,GAAIvB,GAAMO,EAAK+M,iBAAkB/L,EAUjC,OATMvB,IACLO,EAAK45B,iBACHn6B,EAAMO,EAAKkJ,cAAc2wB,gBAAiB74B,IAI7CvB,EAAI0D,MAAQA,GAAS,GAGP,UAATnC,GAAoBmC,IAAUnD,EAAK4J,aAAc5I,GAC9CmC,EADR,SAOF8H,GAAW3B,GAAK2B,GAAWjK,KAAOiK,GAAW6uB,OAC5C,SAAU95B,EAAMgB,EAAM4D,GACrB,GAAInF,EACJ,OAAMmF,GAAN,QACSnF,EAAMO,EAAK+M,iBAAkB/L,KAAyB,KAAdvB,EAAI0D,MACnD1D,EAAI0D,MACJ,MAKJhF,EAAO26B,SAAS9mB,QACf3S,IAAK,SAAUW,EAAMgB,GACpB,GAAIvB,GAAMO,EAAK+M,iBAAkB/L,EACjC,OAAKvB,IAAOA,EAAI4O,UACR5O,EAAI0D,MADZ,QAID8oB,IAAKgN,GAAShN,KAKf9tB,EAAOo7B,UAAUQ,iBAChB9N,IAAK,SAAUjsB,EAAMmD,EAAOnC,GAC3Bi4B,GAAShN,IAAKjsB,EAAgB,KAAVmD,GAAe,EAAQA,EAAOnC,KAMpD7C,EAAOyB,MAAO,QAAS,UAAY,SAAUK,EAAGe,GAC/C7C,EAAOo7B,UAAWv4B,IACjBirB,IAAK,SAAUjsB,EAAMmD,GACpB,MAAe,KAAVA,GACJnD,EAAK6J,aAAc7I,EAAM,QAClBmC,GAFR,YASElF,EAAQ8e,QACb5e,EAAOo7B,UAAUxc,OAChB1d,IAAK,SAAUW,GAId,MAAOA,GAAK+c,MAAMC,SAAWxb,QAE9ByqB,IAAK,SAAUjsB,EAAMmD,GACpB,MAASnD,GAAK+c,MAAMC,QAAU7Z,EAAQ,KAQzC,IAAI62B,IAAa,6CAChBC,GAAa,eAEd97B,GAAOG,GAAGsC,QACT0jB,KAAM,SAAUtjB,EAAMmC,GACrB,MAAOuc,GAAQriB,KAAMc,EAAOmmB,KAAMtjB,EAAMmC,EAAOhD,UAAUjB,OAAS,IAGnEg7B,WAAY,SAAUl5B,GAErB,MADAA,GAAO7C,EAAOu7B,QAAS14B,IAAUA,EAC1B3D,KAAKuC,KAAK,WAEhB,IACCvC,KAAM2D,GAASQ,aACRnE,MAAM2D,GACZ,MAAO0B,UAKZvE,EAAOyC,QACN84B,SACCS,MAAO,UACPC,QAAS,aAGV9V,KAAM,SAAUtkB,EAAMgB,EAAMmC,GAC3B,GAAI1D,GAAKof,EAAOwb,EACff,EAAQt5B,EAAKyC,QAGd,IAAMzC,GAAkB,IAAVs5B,GAAyB,IAAVA,GAAyB,IAAVA,EAY5C,MARAe,GAAmB,IAAVf,IAAgBn7B,EAAO6X,SAAUhW,GAErCq6B,IAEJr5B,EAAO7C,EAAOu7B,QAAS14B,IAAUA,EACjC6d,EAAQ1gB,EAAO+0B,UAAWlyB,IAGZQ,SAAV2B,EACG0b,GAAS,OAASA,IAAoDrd,UAA1C/B,EAAMof,EAAMoN,IAAKjsB,EAAMmD,EAAOnC,IAChEvB,EACEO,EAAMgB,GAASmC,EAGX0b,GAAS,OAASA,IAA6C,QAAnCpf,EAAMof,EAAMxf,IAAKW,EAAMgB,IACzDvB,EACAO,EAAMgB,IAITkyB,WACC1hB,UACCnS,IAAK,SAAUW,GAId,GAAIs6B,GAAWn8B,EAAOyO,KAAKuB,KAAMnO,EAAM,WAEvC,OAAOs6B,GACNC,SAAUD,EAAU,IACpBN,GAAWtwB,KAAM1J,EAAKiD,WAAcg3B,GAAWvwB,KAAM1J,EAAKiD,WAAcjD,EAAKuR,KAC5E,EACA,QAQAtT,EAAQs6B,gBAEbp6B,EAAOyB,MAAO,OAAQ,OAAS,SAAUK,EAAGe,GAC3C7C,EAAO+0B,UAAWlyB,IACjB3B,IAAK,SAAUW,GACd,MAAOA,GAAK4J,aAAc5I,EAAM,OAS9B/C,EAAQw6B,cACbt6B,EAAO+0B,UAAUthB,UAChBvS,IAAK,SAAUW,GACd,GAAIgM,GAAShM,EAAKqJ,UAUlB,OARK2C,KACJA,EAAO6F,cAGF7F,EAAO3C,YACX2C,EAAO3C,WAAWwI,eAGb,QAKV1T,EAAOyB,MACN,WACA,WACA,YACA,cACA,cACA,UACA,UACA,SACA,cACA,mBACE,WACFzB,EAAOu7B,QAASr8B,KAAK6F,eAAkB7F,OAIlCY,EAAQy6B,UACbv6B,EAAOu7B,QAAQhB,QAAU,WAM1B,IAAI8B,IAAS,aAEbr8B,GAAOG,GAAGsC,QACT65B,SAAU,SAAUt3B,GACnB,GAAIu3B,GAAS16B,EAAMmL,EAAKwvB,EAAOn6B,EAAGo6B,EACjC36B,EAAI,EACJM,EAAMlD,KAAK6B,OACX27B,EAA2B,gBAAV13B,IAAsBA,CAExC,IAAKhF,EAAOkD,WAAY8B,GACvB,MAAO9F,MAAKuC,KAAK,SAAUY,GAC1BrC,EAAQd,MAAOo9B,SAAUt3B,EAAM/D,KAAM/B,KAAMmD,EAAGnD,KAAKgP,aAIrD,IAAKwuB,EAIJ,IAFAH,GAAYv3B,GAAS,IAAKwF,MAAO4P,OAErBhY,EAAJN,EAASA,IAOhB,GANAD,EAAO3C,KAAM4C,GACbkL,EAAwB,IAAlBnL,EAAKyC,WAAoBzC,EAAKqM,WACjC,IAAMrM,EAAKqM,UAAY,KAAMzK,QAAS44B,GAAQ,KAChD,KAGU,CACVh6B,EAAI,CACJ,OAASm6B,EAAQD,EAAQl6B,KACnB2K,EAAIxN,QAAS,IAAMg9B,EAAQ,KAAQ,IACvCxvB,GAAOwvB,EAAQ,IAKjBC,GAAaz8B,EAAOH,KAAMmN,GACrBnL,EAAKqM,YAAcuuB,IACvB56B,EAAKqM,UAAYuuB,GAMrB,MAAOv9B,OAGRy9B,YAAa,SAAU33B,GACtB,GAAIu3B,GAAS16B,EAAMmL,EAAKwvB,EAAOn6B,EAAGo6B,EACjC36B,EAAI,EACJM,EAAMlD,KAAK6B,OACX27B,EAA+B,IAArB16B,UAAUjB,QAAiC,gBAAViE,IAAsBA,CAElE,IAAKhF,EAAOkD,WAAY8B,GACvB,MAAO9F,MAAKuC,KAAK,SAAUY,GAC1BrC,EAAQd,MAAOy9B,YAAa33B,EAAM/D,KAAM/B,KAAMmD,EAAGnD,KAAKgP,aAGxD,IAAKwuB,EAGJ,IAFAH,GAAYv3B,GAAS,IAAKwF,MAAO4P,OAErBhY,EAAJN,EAASA,IAQhB,GAPAD,EAAO3C,KAAM4C,GAEbkL,EAAwB,IAAlBnL,EAAKyC,WAAoBzC,EAAKqM,WACjC,IAAMrM,EAAKqM,UAAY,KAAMzK,QAAS44B,GAAQ,KAChD,IAGU,CACVh6B,EAAI,CACJ,OAASm6B,EAAQD,EAAQl6B,KAExB,MAAQ2K,EAAIxN,QAAS,IAAMg9B,EAAQ,MAAS,EAC3CxvB,EAAMA,EAAIvJ,QAAS,IAAM+4B,EAAQ,IAAK,IAKxCC,GAAaz3B,EAAQhF,EAAOH,KAAMmN,GAAQ,GACrCnL,EAAKqM,YAAcuuB,IACvB56B,EAAKqM,UAAYuuB,GAMrB,MAAOv9B,OAGR09B,YAAa,SAAU53B,EAAO63B,GAC7B,GAAI94B,SAAciB,EAElB,OAAyB,iBAAb63B,IAAmC,WAAT94B,EAC9B84B,EAAW39B,KAAKo9B,SAAUt3B,GAAU9F,KAAKy9B,YAAa33B,GAItD9F,KAAKuC,KADRzB,EAAOkD,WAAY8B,GACN,SAAUlD,GAC1B9B,EAAQd,MAAO09B,YAAa53B,EAAM/D,KAAK/B,KAAM4C,EAAG5C,KAAKgP,UAAW2uB,GAAWA,IAI5D,WAChB,GAAc,WAAT94B,EAAoB,CAExB,GAAImK,GACHpM,EAAI,EACJqW,EAAOnY,EAAQd,MACf49B,EAAa93B,EAAMwF,MAAO4P,MAE3B,OAASlM,EAAY4uB,EAAYh7B,KAE3BqW,EAAK4kB,SAAU7uB,GACnBiK,EAAKwkB,YAAazuB,GAElBiK,EAAKmkB,SAAUpuB,QAKNnK,IAAS+D,GAAyB,YAAT/D,KAC/B7E,KAAKgP,WAETlO,EAAOqgB,MAAOnhB,KAAM,gBAAiBA,KAAKgP,WAO3ChP,KAAKgP,UAAYhP,KAAKgP,WAAalJ,KAAU,EAAQ,GAAKhF,EAAOqgB,MAAOnhB,KAAM,kBAAqB,OAKtG69B,SAAU,SAAU98B,GAInB,IAHA,GAAIiO,GAAY,IAAMjO,EAAW,IAChC6B,EAAI,EACJuX,EAAIna,KAAK6B,OACEsY,EAAJvX,EAAOA,IACd,GAA0B,IAArB5C,KAAK4C,GAAGwC,WAAmB,IAAMpF,KAAK4C,GAAGoM,UAAY,KAAKzK,QAAQ44B,GAAQ,KAAK78B,QAAS0O,IAAe,EAC3G,OAAO,CAIT,QAAO,KAUTlO,EAAOyB,KAAM,0MAEqD4E,MAAM,KAAM,SAAUvE,EAAGe,GAG1F7C,EAAOG,GAAI0C,GAAS,SAAU6B,EAAMvE,GACnC,MAAO6B,WAAUjB,OAAS,EACzB7B,KAAKkqB,GAAIvmB,EAAM,KAAM6B,EAAMvE,GAC3BjB,KAAK6e,QAASlb,MAIjB7C,EAAOG,GAAGsC,QACTu6B,MAAO,SAAUC,EAAQC,GACxB,MAAOh+B,MAAKspB,WAAYyU,GAASxU,WAAYyU,GAASD,IAGvDE,KAAM,SAAU7Z,EAAO5e,EAAMvE,GAC5B,MAAOjB,MAAKkqB,GAAI9F,EAAO,KAAM5e,EAAMvE,IAEpCi9B,OAAQ,SAAU9Z,EAAOnjB,GACxB,MAAOjB,MAAK8e,IAAKsF,EAAO,KAAMnjB,IAG/Bk9B,SAAU,SAAUp9B,EAAUqjB,EAAO5e,EAAMvE,GAC1C,MAAOjB,MAAKkqB,GAAI9F,EAAOrjB,EAAUyE,EAAMvE,IAExCm9B,WAAY,SAAUr9B,EAAUqjB,EAAOnjB,GAEtC,MAA4B,KAArB6B,UAAUjB,OAAe7B,KAAK8e,IAAK/d,EAAU,MAASf,KAAK8e,IAAKsF,EAAOrjB,GAAY,KAAME,KAKlG,IAAIo9B,IAAQv9B,EAAOmG,MAEfq3B,GAAS,KAITC,GAAe,kIAEnBz9B,GAAOsf,UAAY,SAAU5a,GAE5B,GAAKzF,EAAOy+B,MAAQz+B,EAAOy+B,KAAKC,MAG/B,MAAO1+B,GAAOy+B,KAAKC,MAAOj5B,EAAO,GAGlC,IAAIk5B,GACHC,EAAQ,KACRC,EAAM99B,EAAOH,KAAM6E,EAAO,GAI3B,OAAOo5B,KAAQ99B,EAAOH,KAAMi+B,EAAIr6B,QAASg6B,GAAc,SAAUhmB,EAAOsmB,EAAOC,EAAMnP,GAQpF,MALK+O,IAAmBG,IACvBF,EAAQ,GAIM,IAAVA,EACGpmB,GAIRmmB,EAAkBI,GAAQD,EAM1BF,IAAUhP,GAASmP,EAGZ,OAELC,SAAU,UAAYH,KACxB99B,EAAO2D,MAAO,iBAAmBe,IAKnC1E,EAAOk+B,SAAW,SAAUx5B,GAC3B,GAAImN,GAAK3L,CACT,KAAMxB,GAAwB,gBAATA,GACpB,MAAO,KAER,KACMzF,EAAOk/B,WACXj4B,EAAM,GAAIi4B,WACVtsB,EAAM3L,EAAIk4B,gBAAiB15B,EAAM,cAEjCmN,EAAM,GAAIwsB,eAAe,oBACzBxsB,EAAIysB,MAAQ,QACZzsB,EAAI0sB,QAAS75B,IAEb,MAAOH,GACRsN,EAAMxO,OAKP,MAHMwO,IAAQA,EAAIpE,kBAAmBoE,EAAIzG,qBAAsB,eAAgBrK,QAC9Ef,EAAO2D,MAAO,gBAAkBe,GAE1BmN,EAIR,IAEC2sB,IACAC,GAEAC,GAAQ,OACRC,GAAM,gBACNC,GAAW,gCAEXC,GAAiB,4DACjBC,GAAa,iBACbC,GAAY,QACZC,GAAO,4DAWPC,MAOAC,MAGAC,GAAW,KAAK7/B,OAAO,IAIxB,KACCm/B,GAAe1rB,SAASK,KACvB,MAAO7O,IAGRk6B,GAAe3/B,EAAS2N,cAAe,KACvCgyB,GAAarrB,KAAO,GACpBqrB,GAAeA,GAAarrB,KAI7BorB,GAAeQ,GAAKh0B,KAAMyzB,GAAa15B,kBAGvC,SAASq6B,IAA6BC,GAGrC,MAAO,UAAUC,EAAoB3jB,GAED,gBAAvB2jB,KACX3jB,EAAO2jB,EACPA,EAAqB,IAGtB,IAAIC,GACHz9B,EAAI,EACJ09B,EAAYF,EAAmBv6B,cAAcyF,MAAO4P,MAErD,IAAKpa,EAAOkD,WAAYyY,GAEvB,MAAS4jB,EAAWC,EAAU19B,KAEC,MAAzBy9B,EAASjnB,OAAQ,IACrBinB,EAAWA,EAASlgC,MAAO,IAAO,KACjCggC,EAAWE,GAAaF,EAAWE,QAAkB1vB,QAAS8L,KAI9D0jB,EAAWE,GAAaF,EAAWE,QAAkBhgC,KAAMoc,IAQjE,QAAS8jB,IAA+BJ,EAAWv8B,EAASm1B,EAAiByH,GAE5E,GAAIC,MACHC,EAAqBP,IAAcH,EAEpC,SAASW,GAASN,GACjB,GAAI9rB,EAYJ,OAXAksB,GAAWJ,IAAa,EACxBv/B,EAAOyB,KAAM49B,EAAWE,OAAkB,SAAUx1B,EAAG+1B,GACtD,GAAIC,GAAsBD,EAAoBh9B,EAASm1B,EAAiByH,EACxE,OAAoC,gBAAxBK,IAAqCH,GAAqBD,EAAWI,GAIrEH,IACDnsB,EAAWssB,GADf,QAHNj9B,EAAQ08B,UAAU3vB,QAASkwB,GAC3BF,EAASE,IACF,KAKFtsB,EAGR,MAAOosB,GAAS/8B,EAAQ08B,UAAW,MAAUG,EAAW,MAASE,EAAS,KAM3E,QAASG,IAAYh9B,EAAQN,GAC5B,GAAIO,GAAMoB,EACT47B,EAAcjgC,EAAOkgC,aAAaD,eAEnC,KAAM57B,IAAO3B,GACQW,SAAfX,EAAK2B,MACP47B,EAAa57B,GAAQrB,EAAWC,IAASA,OAAgBoB,GAAQ3B,EAAK2B,GAO1E,OAJKpB,IACJjD,EAAOyC,QAAQ,EAAMO,EAAQC,GAGvBD,EAOR,QAASm9B,IAAqBC,EAAGV,EAAOW,GACvC,GAAIC,GAAeC,EAAIC,EAAez8B,EACrC6U,EAAWwnB,EAAExnB,SACb4mB,EAAYY,EAAEZ,SAGf,OAA2B,MAAnBA,EAAW,GAClBA,EAAUnzB,QACEhJ,SAAPk9B,IACJA,EAAKH,EAAEK,UAAYf,EAAMgB,kBAAkB,gBAK7C,IAAKH,EACJ,IAAMx8B,IAAQ6U,GACb,GAAKA,EAAU7U,IAAU6U,EAAU7U,GAAOwH,KAAMg1B,GAAO,CACtDf,EAAU3vB,QAAS9L,EACnB,OAMH,GAAKy7B,EAAW,IAAOa,GACtBG,EAAgBhB,EAAW,OACrB,CAEN,IAAMz7B,IAAQs8B,GAAY,CACzB,IAAMb,EAAW,IAAOY,EAAEO,WAAY58B,EAAO,IAAMy7B,EAAU,IAAO,CACnEgB,EAAgBz8B,CAChB,OAEKu8B,IACLA,EAAgBv8B,GAIlBy8B,EAAgBA,GAAiBF,EAMlC,MAAKE,IACCA,IAAkBhB,EAAW,IACjCA,EAAU3vB,QAAS2wB,GAEbH,EAAWG,IAJnB,OAWD,QAASI,IAAaR,EAAGS,EAAUnB,EAAOoB,GACzC,GAAIC,GAAOC,EAASC,EAAM/6B,EAAK4S,EAC9B6nB,KAEAnB,EAAYY,EAAEZ,UAAUngC,OAGzB,IAAKmgC,EAAW,GACf,IAAMyB,IAAQb,GAAEO,WACfA,EAAYM,EAAKl8B,eAAkBq7B,EAAEO,WAAYM,EAInDD,GAAUxB,EAAUnzB,OAGpB,OAAQ20B,EAcP,GAZKZ,EAAEc,eAAgBF,KACtBtB,EAAOU,EAAEc,eAAgBF,IAAcH,IAIlC/nB,GAAQgoB,GAAaV,EAAEe,aAC5BN,EAAWT,EAAEe,WAAYN,EAAUT,EAAEb,WAGtCzmB,EAAOkoB,EACPA,EAAUxB,EAAUnzB,QAKnB,GAAiB,MAAZ20B,EAEJA,EAAUloB,MAGJ,IAAc,MAATA,GAAgBA,IAASkoB,EAAU,CAM9C,GAHAC,EAAON,EAAY7nB,EAAO,IAAMkoB,IAAaL,EAAY,KAAOK,IAG1DC,EACL,IAAMF,IAASJ,GAId,GADAz6B,EAAM66B,EAAM16B,MAAO,KACdH,EAAK,KAAQ86B,IAGjBC,EAAON,EAAY7nB,EAAO,IAAM5S,EAAK,KACpCy6B,EAAY,KAAOz6B,EAAK,KACb,CAEN+6B,KAAS,EACbA,EAAON,EAAYI,GAGRJ,EAAYI,MAAY,IACnCC,EAAU96B,EAAK,GACfs5B,EAAU3vB,QAAS3J,EAAK,IAEzB,OAOJ,GAAK+6B,KAAS,EAGb,GAAKA,GAAQb,EAAG,UACfS,EAAWI,EAAMJ,OAEjB,KACCA,EAAWI,EAAMJ,GAChB,MAAQt8B,GACT,OAASsX,MAAO,cAAelY,MAAOs9B,EAAO18B,EAAI,sBAAwBuU,EAAO,OAASkoB,IAQ/F,OAASnlB,MAAO,UAAWnX,KAAMm8B,GAGlC7gC,EAAOyC,QAGN2+B,OAAQ,EAGRC,gBACAC,QAEApB,cACCqB,IAAK9C,GACL16B,KAAM,MACNy9B,QAAS3C,GAAetzB,KAAMizB,GAAc,IAC5C9/B,QAAQ,EACR+iC,aAAa,EACbnD,OAAO,EACPoD,YAAa,mDAabC,SACCvL,IAAK+I,GACLj6B,KAAM,aACNwoB,KAAM,YACN7b,IAAK,4BACL+vB,KAAM,qCAGPhpB,UACC/G,IAAK,MACL6b,KAAM,OACNkU,KAAM,QAGPV,gBACCrvB,IAAK,cACL3M,KAAM,eACN08B,KAAM,gBAKPjB,YAGCkB,SAAU13B,OAGV23B,aAAa,EAGbC,YAAa/hC,EAAOsf,UAGpB0iB,WAAYhiC,EAAOk+B,UAOpB+B,aACCsB,KAAK,EACLrhC,SAAS,IAOX+hC,UAAW,SAAUj/B,EAAQk/B,GAC5B,MAAOA,GAGNlC,GAAYA,GAAYh9B,EAAQhD,EAAOkgC,cAAgBgC,GAGvDlC,GAAYhgC,EAAOkgC,aAAcl9B,IAGnCm/B,cAAe/C,GAA6BH,IAC5CmD,cAAehD,GAA6BF,IAG5CmD,KAAM,SAAUd,EAAKz+B,GAGA,gBAARy+B,KACXz+B,EAAUy+B,EACVA,EAAMl+B,QAIPP,EAAUA,KAEV,IACC2xB,GAEA3yB,EAEAwgC,EAEAC,EAEAC,EAGAC,EAEAC,EAEAC,EAEAvC,EAAIpgC,EAAOiiC,aAAen/B,GAE1B8/B,EAAkBxC,EAAElgC,SAAWkgC,EAE/ByC,EAAqBzC,EAAElgC,UAAa0iC,EAAgBt+B,UAAYs+B,EAAgB/hC,QAC/Eb,EAAQ4iC,GACR5iC,EAAOqe,MAERrC,EAAWhc,EAAO0b,WAClBonB,EAAmB9iC,EAAOya,UAAU,eAEpCsoB,EAAa3C,EAAE2C,eAEfC,KACAC,KAEApnB,EAAQ,EAERqnB,EAAW,WAEXxD,GACCphB,WAAY,EAGZoiB,kBAAmB,SAAUr8B,GAC5B,GAAImG,EACJ,IAAe,IAAVqR,EAAc,CAClB,IAAM8mB,EAAkB,CACvBA,IACA,OAASn4B,EAAQo0B,GAAS5zB,KAAMu3B,GAC/BI,EAAiBn4B,EAAM,GAAGzF,eAAkByF,EAAO,GAGrDA,EAAQm4B,EAAiBt+B,EAAIU,eAE9B,MAAgB,OAATyF,EAAgB,KAAOA,GAI/B24B,sBAAuB,WACtB,MAAiB,KAAVtnB,EAAc0mB,EAAwB,MAI9Ca,iBAAkB,SAAUvgC,EAAMmC,GACjC,GAAIq+B,GAAQxgC,EAAKkC,aAKjB,OAJM8W,KACLhZ,EAAOogC,EAAqBI,GAAUJ,EAAqBI,IAAWxgC,EACtEmgC,EAAgBngC,GAASmC,GAEnB9F,MAIRokC,iBAAkB,SAAUv/B,GAI3B,MAHM8X,KACLukB,EAAEK,SAAW18B,GAEP7E,MAIR6jC,WAAY,SAAUnhC,GACrB,GAAI2hC,EACJ,IAAK3hC,EACJ,GAAa,EAARia,EACJ,IAAM0nB,IAAQ3hC,GAEbmhC,EAAYQ,IAAWR,EAAYQ,GAAQ3hC,EAAK2hC,QAIjD7D,GAAM3jB,OAAQna,EAAK89B,EAAM8D,QAG3B,OAAOtkC,OAIRukC,MAAO,SAAUC,GAChB,GAAIC,GAAYD,GAAcR,CAK9B,OAJKR,IACJA,EAAUe,MAAOE,GAElBr8B,EAAM,EAAGq8B,GACFzkC,MAwCV,IAnCA8c,EAASF,QAAS4jB,GAAQrH,SAAWyK,EAAiBrpB,IACtDimB,EAAMkE,QAAUlE,EAAMp4B,KACtBo4B,EAAM/7B,MAAQ+7B,EAAMzjB,KAMpBmkB,EAAEmB,MAAUA,GAAOnB,EAAEmB,KAAO9C,IAAiB,IAAKh7B,QAASi7B,GAAO,IAAKj7B,QAASs7B,GAAWP,GAAc,GAAM,MAG/G4B,EAAEr8B,KAAOjB,EAAQ+gC,QAAU/gC,EAAQiB,MAAQq8B,EAAEyD,QAAUzD,EAAEr8B,KAGzDq8B,EAAEZ,UAAYx/B,EAAOH,KAAMugC,EAAEb,UAAY,KAAMx6B,cAAcyF,MAAO4P,KAAiB,IAG/D,MAAjBgmB,EAAE0D,cACNrP,EAAQuK,GAAKh0B,KAAMo1B,EAAEmB,IAAIx8B,eACzBq7B,EAAE0D,eAAkBrP,GACjBA,EAAO,KAAQ+J,GAAc,IAAO/J,EAAO,KAAQ+J,GAAc,KAChE/J,EAAO,KAAwB,UAAfA,EAAO,GAAkB,KAAO,WAC/C+J,GAAc,KAA+B,UAAtBA,GAAc,GAAkB,KAAO,UAK/D4B,EAAE17B,MAAQ07B,EAAEqB,aAAiC,gBAAXrB,GAAE17B,OACxC07B,EAAE17B,KAAO1E,EAAO2qB,MAAOyV,EAAE17B,KAAM07B,EAAE2D,cAIlCtE,GAA+BR,GAAYmB,EAAGt9B,EAAS48B,GAGxC,IAAV7jB,EACJ,MAAO6jB,EAIR+C,GAAcrC,EAAE1hC,OAGX+jC,GAAmC,IAApBziC,EAAOohC,UAC1BphC,EAAOqe,MAAMN,QAAQ,aAItBqiB,EAAEr8B,KAAOq8B,EAAEr8B,KAAKpD,cAGhBy/B,EAAE4D,YAAclF,GAAWvzB,KAAM60B,EAAEr8B,MAInCu+B,EAAWlC,EAAEmB,IAGPnB,EAAE4D,aAGF5D,EAAE17B,OACN49B,EAAalC,EAAEmB,MAAS/D,GAAOjyB,KAAM+2B,GAAa,IAAM,KAAQlC,EAAE17B,WAE3D07B,GAAE17B,MAIL07B,EAAEj0B,SAAU,IAChBi0B,EAAEmB,IAAM5C,GAAIpzB,KAAM+2B,GAGjBA,EAAS7+B,QAASk7B,GAAK,OAASpB,MAGhC+E,GAAa9E,GAAOjyB,KAAM+2B,GAAa,IAAM,KAAQ,KAAO/E,OAK1D6C,EAAE6D,aACDjkC,EAAOqhC,aAAciB,IACzB5C,EAAM0D,iBAAkB,oBAAqBpjC,EAAOqhC,aAAciB,IAE9DtiC,EAAOshC,KAAMgB,IACjB5C,EAAM0D,iBAAkB,gBAAiBpjC,EAAOshC,KAAMgB,MAKnDlC,EAAE17B,MAAQ07B,EAAE4D,YAAc5D,EAAEsB,eAAgB,GAAS5+B,EAAQ4+B,cACjEhC,EAAM0D,iBAAkB,eAAgBhD,EAAEsB,aAI3ChC,EAAM0D,iBACL,SACAhD,EAAEZ,UAAW,IAAOY,EAAEuB,QAASvB,EAAEZ,UAAU,IAC1CY,EAAEuB,QAASvB,EAAEZ,UAAU,KAA8B,MAArBY,EAAEZ,UAAW,GAAc,KAAOL,GAAW,WAAa,IAC1FiB,EAAEuB,QAAS,KAIb,KAAM7/B,IAAKs+B,GAAE8D,QACZxE,EAAM0D,iBAAkBthC,EAAGs+B,EAAE8D,QAASpiC,GAIvC,IAAKs+B,EAAE+D,aAAgB/D,EAAE+D,WAAWljC,KAAM2hC,EAAiBlD,EAAOU,MAAQ,GAAmB,IAAVvkB,GAElF,MAAO6jB,GAAM+D,OAIdP,GAAW,OAGX,KAAMphC,KAAO8hC,QAAS,EAAGjgC,MAAO,EAAG00B,SAAU,GAC5CqH,EAAO59B,GAAKs+B,EAAGt+B,GAOhB,IAHA4gC,EAAYjD,GAA+BP,GAAYkB,EAAGt9B,EAAS48B,GAK5D,CACNA,EAAMphB,WAAa,EAGdmkB,GACJI,EAAmB9kB,QAAS,YAAc2hB,EAAOU,IAG7CA,EAAE9B,OAAS8B,EAAEnG,QAAU,IAC3BuI,EAAe1kB,WAAW,WACzB4hB,EAAM+D,MAAM,YACVrD,EAAEnG,SAGN,KACCpe,EAAQ,EACR6mB,EAAU0B,KAAMpB,EAAgB17B,GAC/B,MAAQ/C,GAET,KAAa,EAARsX,GAIJ,KAAMtX,EAHN+C,GAAM,GAAI/C,QArBZ+C,GAAM,GAAI,eA8BX,SAASA,GAAMk8B,EAAQa,EAAkBhE,EAAW6D,GACnD,GAAIpD,GAAW8C,EAASjgC,EAAOk9B,EAAUyD,EACxCZ,EAAaW,CAGC,KAAVxoB,IAKLA,EAAQ,EAGH2mB,GACJtI,aAAcsI,GAKfE,EAAYr/B,OAGZk/B,EAAwB2B,GAAW,GAGnCxE,EAAMphB,WAAaklB,EAAS,EAAI,EAAI,EAGpC1C,EAAY0C,GAAU,KAAgB,IAATA,GAA2B,MAAXA,EAGxCnD,IACJQ,EAAWV,GAAqBC,EAAGV,EAAOW,IAI3CQ,EAAWD,GAAaR,EAAGS,EAAUnB,EAAOoB,GAGvCA,GAGCV,EAAE6D,aACNK,EAAW5E,EAAMgB,kBAAkB,iBAC9B4D,IACJtkC,EAAOqhC,aAAciB,GAAagC,GAEnCA,EAAW5E,EAAMgB,kBAAkB,QAC9B4D,IACJtkC,EAAOshC,KAAMgB,GAAagC,IAKZ,MAAXd,GAA6B,SAAXpD,EAAEr8B,KACxB2/B,EAAa,YAGS,MAAXF,EACXE,EAAa,eAIbA,EAAa7C,EAAShlB,MACtB+nB,EAAU/C,EAASn8B,KACnBf,EAAQk9B,EAASl9B,MACjBm9B,GAAan9B,KAKdA,EAAQ+/B,GACHF,IAAWE,KACfA,EAAa,QACC,EAATF,IACJA,EAAS,KAMZ9D,EAAM8D,OAASA,EACf9D,EAAMgE,YAAeW,GAAoBX,GAAe,GAGnD5C,EACJ9kB,EAASqB,YAAaulB,GAAmBgB,EAASF,EAAYhE,IAE9D1jB,EAASmc,WAAYyK,GAAmBlD,EAAOgE,EAAY//B,IAI5D+7B,EAAMqD,WAAYA,GAClBA,EAAa1/B,OAERo/B,GACJI,EAAmB9kB,QAAS+iB,EAAY,cAAgB,aACrDpB,EAAOU,EAAGU,EAAY8C,EAAUjgC,IAIpCm/B,EAAiBrnB,SAAUmnB,GAAmBlD,EAAOgE,IAEhDjB,IACJI,EAAmB9kB,QAAS,gBAAkB2hB,EAAOU,MAE3CpgC,EAAOohC,QAChBphC,EAAOqe,MAAMN,QAAQ,cAKxB,MAAO2hB,IAGR6E,QAAS,SAAUhD,EAAK78B,EAAMhD,GAC7B,MAAO1B,GAAOkB,IAAKqgC,EAAK78B,EAAMhD,EAAU,SAGzC8iC,UAAW,SAAUjD,EAAK7/B,GACzB,MAAO1B,GAAOkB,IAAKqgC,EAAKl+B,OAAW3B,EAAU,aAI/C1B,EAAOyB,MAAQ,MAAO,QAAU,SAAUK,EAAG+hC,GAC5C7jC,EAAQ6jC,GAAW,SAAUtC,EAAK78B,EAAMhD,EAAUqC,GAQjD,MANK/D,GAAOkD,WAAYwB,KACvBX,EAAOA,GAAQrC,EACfA,EAAWgD,EACXA,EAAOrB,QAGDrD,EAAOqiC,MACbd,IAAKA,EACLx9B,KAAM8/B,EACNtE,SAAUx7B,EACVW,KAAMA,EACNk/B,QAASliC,OAMZ1B,EAAOyB,MAAQ,YAAa,WAAY,eAAgB,YAAa,cAAe,YAAc,SAAUK,EAAGiC,GAC9G/D,EAAOG,GAAI4D,GAAS,SAAU5D,GAC7B,MAAOjB,MAAKkqB,GAAIrlB,EAAM5D,MAKxBH,EAAOguB,SAAW,SAAUuT,GAC3B,MAAOvhC,GAAOqiC,MACbd,IAAKA,EACLx9B,KAAM,MACNw7B,SAAU,SACVjB,OAAO,EACP5/B,QAAQ,EACR+lC,UAAU,KAKZzkC,EAAOG,GAAGsC,QACTiiC,QAAS,SAAUhX,GAClB,GAAK1tB,EAAOkD,WAAYwqB,GACvB,MAAOxuB,MAAKuC,KAAK,SAASK,GACzB9B,EAAOd,MAAMwlC,QAAShX,EAAKzsB,KAAK/B,KAAM4C,KAIxC,IAAK5C,KAAK,GAAK,CAEd,GAAI6tB,GAAO/sB,EAAQ0tB,EAAMxuB,KAAK,GAAG6L,eAAgB7I,GAAG,GAAGa,OAAM,EAExD7D,MAAK,GAAGgM,YACZ6hB,EAAKO,aAAcpuB,KAAK,IAGzB6tB,EAAKnrB,IAAI,WACR,GAAIC,GAAO3C,IAEX,OAAQ2C,EAAKyM,YAA2C,IAA7BzM,EAAKyM,WAAWhK,SAC1CzC,EAAOA,EAAKyM,UAGb,OAAOzM,KACLsrB,OAAQjuB,MAGZ,MAAOA,OAGRylC,UAAW,SAAUjX,GACpB,MACQxuB,MAAKuC,KADRzB,EAAOkD,WAAYwqB,GACN,SAAS5rB,GACzB9B,EAAOd,MAAMylC,UAAWjX,EAAKzsB,KAAK/B,KAAM4C,KAIzB,WAChB,GAAIqW,GAAOnY,EAAQd,MAClB0Z,EAAWT,EAAKS,UAEZA,GAAS7X,OACb6X,EAAS8rB,QAAShX,GAGlBvV,EAAKgV,OAAQO,MAKhBX,KAAM,SAAUW,GACf,GAAIxqB,GAAalD,EAAOkD,WAAYwqB,EAEpC,OAAOxuB,MAAKuC,KAAK,SAASK,GACzB9B,EAAQd,MAAOwlC,QAASxhC,EAAawqB,EAAKzsB,KAAK/B,KAAM4C,GAAK4rB,MAI5DkX,OAAQ,WACP,MAAO1lC,MAAK2O,SAASpM,KAAK,WACnBzB,EAAO8E,SAAU5F,KAAM,SAC5Bc,EAAQd,MAAOyuB,YAAazuB,KAAKmL,cAEhC/H,SAKLtC,EAAO8P,KAAK2E,QAAQoe,OAAS,SAAUhxB,GAGtC,MAAOA,GAAKkd,aAAe,GAAKld,EAAKsvB,cAAgB,IAClDrxB,EAAQkxB,yBACiE,UAAxEnvB,EAAK+c,OAAS/c,EAAK+c,MAAM6P,SAAYzuB,EAAOshB,IAAKzf,EAAM,aAG5D7B,EAAO8P,KAAK2E,QAAQowB,QAAU,SAAUhjC,GACvC,OAAQ7B,EAAO8P,KAAK2E,QAAQoe,OAAQhxB,GAMrC,IAAIijC,IAAM,OACTC,GAAW,QACXC,GAAQ,SACRC,GAAkB,wCAClBC,GAAe,oCAEhB,SAASC,IAAa9Q,EAAQvwB,EAAKigC,EAAatqB,GAC/C,GAAI5W,EAEJ,IAAK7C,EAAOoD,QAASU,GAEpB9D,EAAOyB,KAAMqC,EAAK,SAAUhC,EAAGsjC,GACzBrB,GAAegB,GAASx5B,KAAM8oB,GAElC5a,EAAK4a,EAAQ+Q,GAIbD,GAAa9Q,EAAS,KAAqB,gBAAN+Q,GAAiBtjC,EAAI,IAAO,IAAKsjC,EAAGrB,EAAatqB,SAIlF,IAAMsqB,GAAsC,WAAvB/jC,EAAO+D,KAAMD,GAQxC2V,EAAK4a,EAAQvwB,OANb,KAAMjB,IAAQiB,GACbqhC,GAAa9Q,EAAS,IAAMxxB,EAAO,IAAKiB,EAAKjB,GAAQkhC,EAAatqB,GAWrEzZ,EAAO2qB,MAAQ,SAAU/iB,EAAGm8B,GAC3B,GAAI1P,GACH+L,KACA3mB,EAAM,SAAUpV,EAAKW,GAEpBA,EAAQhF,EAAOkD,WAAY8B,GAAUA,IAAqB,MAATA,EAAgB,GAAKA,EACtEo7B,EAAGA,EAAEr/B,QAAWskC,mBAAoBhhC,GAAQ,IAAMghC,mBAAoBrgC,GASxE,IALqB3B,SAAhB0gC,IACJA,EAAc/jC,EAAOkgC,cAAgBlgC,EAAOkgC,aAAa6D,aAIrD/jC,EAAOoD,QAASwE,IAASA,EAAE/G,SAAWb,EAAOmD,cAAeyE,GAEhE5H,EAAOyB,KAAMmG,EAAG,WACf6R,EAAKva,KAAK2D,KAAM3D,KAAK8F,aAMtB,KAAMqvB,IAAUzsB,GACfu9B,GAAa9Q,EAAQzsB,EAAGysB,GAAU0P,EAAatqB,EAKjD,OAAO2mB,GAAEv0B,KAAM,KAAMpI,QAASqhC,GAAK,MAGpC9kC,EAAOG,GAAGsC,QACT6iC,UAAW,WACV,MAAOtlC,GAAO2qB,MAAOzrB,KAAKqmC,mBAE3BA,eAAgB,WACf,MAAOrmC,MAAK0C,IAAI,WAEf,GAAImO,GAAW/P,EAAOmmB,KAAMjnB,KAAM,WAClC,OAAO6Q,GAAW/P,EAAOmF,UAAW4K,GAAa7Q,OAEjDwP,OAAO,WACP,GAAI3K,GAAO7E,KAAK6E,IAEhB,OAAO7E,MAAK2D,OAAS7C,EAAQd,MAAOkZ,GAAI,cACvC8sB,GAAa35B,KAAMrM,KAAK4F,YAAemgC,GAAgB15B,KAAMxH,KAC3D7E,KAAKsU,UAAYoO,EAAerW,KAAMxH,MAEzCnC,IAAI,SAAUE,EAAGD,GACjB,GAAIoO,GAAMjQ,EAAQd,MAAO+Q,KAEzB,OAAc,OAAPA,EACN,KACAjQ,EAAOoD,QAAS6M,GACfjQ,EAAO4B,IAAKqO,EAAK,SAAUA,GAC1B,OAASpN,KAAMhB,EAAKgB,KAAMmC,MAAOiL,EAAIxM,QAASuhC,GAAO,YAEpDniC,KAAMhB,EAAKgB,KAAMmC,MAAOiL,EAAIxM,QAASuhC,GAAO,WAC9C9jC,SAOLlB,EAAOkgC,aAAasF,IAA+BniC,SAAzBpE,EAAOo/B,cAEhC,WAGC,OAAQn/B,KAAKsiC,SAQZ,wCAAwCj2B,KAAMrM,KAAK6E,OAEnD0hC,MAAuBC,MAGzBD,EAED,IAAIE,IAAQ,EACXC,MACAC,GAAe7lC,EAAOkgC,aAAasF,KAI/BvmC,GAAOo/B,eACXr+B,EAAQf,GAASmqB,GAAI,SAAU,WAC9B,IAAM,GAAI/kB,KAAOuhC,IAChBA,GAAcvhC,GAAOhB,QAAW,KAMnCvD,EAAQgmC,OAASD,IAAkB,mBAAqBA,IACxDA,GAAe/lC,EAAQuiC,OAASwD,GAG3BA,IAEJ7lC,EAAOoiC,cAAc,SAAUt/B,GAE9B,IAAMA,EAAQghC,aAAehkC,EAAQgmC,KAAO,CAE3C,GAAIpkC,EAEJ,QACC0iC,KAAM,SAAUF,EAAS7L,GACxB,GAAIv2B,GACH0jC,EAAM1iC,EAAQ0iC,MACdr6B,IAAOw6B,EAMR,IAHAH,EAAIxH,KAAMl7B,EAAQiB,KAAMjB,EAAQy+B,IAAKz+B,EAAQw7B,MAAOx7B,EAAQijC,SAAUjjC,EAAQuR,UAGzEvR,EAAQkjC,UACZ,IAAMlkC,IAAKgB,GAAQkjC,UAClBR,EAAK1jC,GAAMgB,EAAQkjC,UAAWlkC,EAK3BgB,GAAQ29B,UAAY+E,EAAIlC,kBAC5BkC,EAAIlC,iBAAkBxgC,EAAQ29B,UAQzB39B,EAAQghC,aAAgBI,EAAQ,sBACrCA,EAAQ,oBAAsB,iBAI/B,KAAMpiC,IAAKoiC,GAOY7gC,SAAjB6gC,EAASpiC,IACb0jC,EAAIpC,iBAAkBthC,EAAGoiC,EAASpiC,GAAM,GAO1C0jC,GAAIpB,KAAQthC,EAAQkhC,YAAclhC,EAAQ4B,MAAU,MAGpDhD,EAAW,SAAUqI,EAAGk8B,GACvB,GAAIzC,GAAQE,EAAYrD,CAGxB,IAAK3+B,IAAcukC,GAA8B,IAAnBT,EAAIlnB,YAOjC,SALOsnB,IAAcz6B,GACrBzJ,EAAW2B,OACXmiC,EAAIU,mBAAqBlmC,EAAO6D,KAG3BoiC,EACoB,IAAnBT,EAAIlnB,YACRknB,EAAI/B,YAEC,CACNpD,KACAmD,EAASgC,EAAIhC,OAKoB,gBAArBgC,GAAIW,eACf9F,EAAUn7B,KAAOsgC,EAAIW,aAKtB,KACCzC,EAAa8B,EAAI9B,WAChB,MAAOn/B,GAERm/B,EAAa,GAQRF,IAAU1gC,EAAQ0+B,SAAY1+B,EAAQghC,YAGrB,OAAXN,IACXA,EAAS,KAHTA,EAASnD,EAAUn7B,KAAO,IAAM,IAS9Bm7B,GACJhI,EAAUmL,EAAQE,EAAYrD,EAAWmF,EAAIrC,0BAIzCrgC,EAAQw7B,MAGiB,IAAnBkH,EAAIlnB,WAGfR,WAAYpc,GAGZ8jC,EAAIU,mBAAqBN,GAAcz6B,GAAOzJ,EAP9CA,KAWF+hC,MAAO,WACD/hC,GACJA,EAAU2B,QAAW,OAS3B,SAASoiC,MACR,IACC,MAAO,IAAIxmC,GAAOmnC,eACjB,MAAO7hC,KAGV,QAASmhC,MACR,IACC,MAAO,IAAIzmC,GAAOo/B,cAAe,qBAChC,MAAO95B,KAOVvE,EAAOiiC,WACNN,SACC0E,OAAQ,6FAETztB,UACCytB,OAAQ,uBAET1F,YACC2F,cAAe,SAAUphC,GAExB,MADAlF,GAAOyE,WAAYS,GACZA,MAMVlF,EAAOmiC,cAAe,SAAU,SAAU/B,GACxB/8B,SAAZ+8B,EAAEj0B,QACNi0B,EAAEj0B,OAAQ,GAENi0B,EAAE0D,cACN1D,EAAEr8B,KAAO,MACTq8B,EAAE1hC,QAAS,KAKbsB,EAAOoiC,cAAe,SAAU,SAAShC,GAGxC,GAAKA,EAAE0D,YAAc,CAEpB,GAAIuC,GACHE,EAAOznC,EAASynC,MAAQvmC,EAAO,QAAQ,IAAMlB,EAAS2O,eAEvD,QAEC22B,KAAM,SAAUr6B,EAAGrI,GAElB2kC,EAASvnC,EAAS2N,cAAc,UAEhC45B,EAAO/H,OAAQ,EAEV8B,EAAEoG,gBACNH,EAAOI,QAAUrG,EAAEoG,eAGpBH,EAAO3jC,IAAM09B,EAAEmB,IAGf8E,EAAOK,OAASL,EAAOH,mBAAqB,SAAUn8B,EAAGk8B,IAEnDA,IAAYI,EAAO/nB,YAAc,kBAAkB/S,KAAM86B,EAAO/nB,eAGpE+nB,EAAOK,OAASL,EAAOH,mBAAqB,KAGvCG,EAAOn7B,YACXm7B,EAAOn7B,WAAWwB,YAAa25B,GAIhCA,EAAS,KAGHJ,GACLvkC,EAAU,IAAK,aAOlB6kC,EAAKjZ,aAAc+Y,EAAQE,EAAKj4B,aAGjCm1B,MAAO,WACD4C,GACJA,EAAOK,OAAQrjC,QAAW,OAU/B,IAAIsjC,OACHC,GAAS,mBAGV5mC,GAAOiiC,WACN4E,MAAO,WACPC,cAAe,WACd,GAAIplC,GAAWilC,GAAa3+B,OAAWhI,EAAOsD,QAAU,IAAQi6B,IAEhE,OADAr+B,MAAMwC,IAAa,EACZA,KAKT1B,EAAOmiC,cAAe,aAAc,SAAU/B,EAAG2G,EAAkBrH,GAElE,GAAIsH,GAAcC,EAAaC,EAC9BC,EAAW/G,EAAEyG,SAAU,IAAWD,GAAOr7B,KAAM60B,EAAEmB,KAChD,MACkB,gBAAXnB,GAAE17B,QAAwB07B,EAAEsB,aAAe,IAAKliC,QAAQ,sCAAwConC,GAAOr7B,KAAM60B,EAAE17B,OAAU,OAIlI,OAAKyiC,IAAiC,UAArB/G,EAAEZ,UAAW,IAG7BwH,EAAe5G,EAAE0G,cAAgB9mC,EAAOkD,WAAYk9B,EAAE0G,eACrD1G,EAAE0G,gBACF1G,EAAE0G,cAGEK,EACJ/G,EAAG+G,GAAa/G,EAAG+G,GAAW1jC,QAASmjC,GAAQ,KAAOI,GAC3C5G,EAAEyG,SAAU,IACvBzG,EAAEmB,MAAS/D,GAAOjyB,KAAM60B,EAAEmB,KAAQ,IAAM,KAAQnB,EAAEyG,MAAQ,IAAMG,GAIjE5G,EAAEO,WAAW,eAAiB,WAI7B,MAHMuG,IACLlnC,EAAO2D,MAAOqjC,EAAe,mBAEvBE,EAAmB,IAI3B9G,EAAEZ,UAAW,GAAM,OAGnByH,EAAchoC,EAAQ+nC,GACtB/nC,EAAQ+nC,GAAiB,WACxBE,EAAoBllC,WAIrB09B,EAAM3jB,OAAO,WAEZ9c,EAAQ+nC,GAAiBC,EAGpB7G,EAAG4G,KAEP5G,EAAE0G,cAAgBC,EAAiBD,cAGnCH,GAAapnC,KAAMynC,IAIfE,GAAqBlnC,EAAOkD,WAAY+jC,IAC5CA,EAAaC,EAAmB,IAGjCA,EAAoBD,EAAc5jC,SAI5B,UAtDR,SAgEDrD,EAAOuY,UAAY,SAAU7T,EAAMxE,EAASknC,GAC3C,IAAM1iC,GAAwB,gBAATA,GACpB,MAAO,KAEgB,kBAAZxE,KACXknC,EAAclnC,EACdA,GAAU,GAEXA,EAAUA,GAAWpB,CAErB,IAAIuoC,GAAStvB,EAAW/M,KAAMtG,GAC7BmoB,GAAWua,KAGZ,OAAKC,IACKnnC,EAAQuM,cAAe46B,EAAO,MAGxCA,EAASrnC,EAAO4sB,eAAiBloB,GAAQxE,EAAS2sB,GAE7CA,GAAWA,EAAQ9rB,QACvBf,EAAQ6sB,GAAUvR,SAGZtb,EAAOuB,SAAW8lC,EAAOh9B,aAKjC,IAAIi9B,IAAQtnC,EAAOG,GAAGynB,IAKtB5nB,GAAOG,GAAGynB,KAAO,SAAU2Z,EAAKgG,EAAQ7lC,GACvC,GAAoB,gBAAR6/B,IAAoB+F,GAC/B,MAAOA,IAAMvlC,MAAO7C,KAAM8C,UAG3B,IAAI/B,GAAU4gC,EAAU98B,EACvBoU,EAAOjZ,KACP8e,EAAMujB,EAAI/hC,QAAQ,IA+CnB,OA7CKwe,IAAO,IACX/d,EAAWshC,EAAIliC,MAAO2e,EAAKujB,EAAIxgC,QAC/BwgC,EAAMA,EAAIliC,MAAO,EAAG2e,IAIhBhe,EAAOkD,WAAYqkC,IAGvB7lC,EAAW6lC,EACXA,EAASlkC,QAGEkkC,GAA4B,gBAAXA,KAC5BxjC,EAAO,QAIHoU,EAAKpX,OAAS,GAClBf,EAAOqiC,MACNd,IAAKA,EAGLx9B,KAAMA,EACNw7B,SAAU,OACV76B,KAAM6iC,IACJjgC,KAAK,SAAU6+B,GAGjBtF,EAAW7+B,UAEXmW,EAAKuV,KAAMztB,EAIVD,EAAO,SAASmtB,OAAQntB,EAAOuY,UAAW4tB,IAAiB13B,KAAMxO,GAGjEkmC,KAEC9N,SAAU32B,GAAY,SAAUg+B,EAAO8D,GACzCrrB,EAAK1W,KAAMC,EAAUm/B,IAAcnB,EAAMyG,aAAc3C,EAAQ9D,MAI1DxgC,MAMRc,EAAO8P,KAAK2E,QAAQ+yB,SAAW,SAAU3lC,GACxC,MAAO7B,GAAO0F,KAAK1F,EAAOk5B,OAAQ,SAAU/4B,GAC3C,MAAO0B,KAAS1B,EAAG0B,OACjBd,OAOJ,IAAIgG,IAAU9H,EAAOH,SAAS2O,eAK9B,SAASg6B,IAAW5lC,GACnB,MAAO7B,GAAOiE,SAAUpC,GACvBA,EACkB,IAAlBA,EAAKyC,SACJzC,EAAKiM,aAAejM,EAAKwjB,cACzB,EAGHrlB,EAAO0nC,QACNC,UAAW,SAAU9lC,EAAMiB,EAAShB,GACnC,GAAI8lC,GAAaC,EAASC,EAAWC,EAAQC,EAAWC,EAAYC,EACnEhW,EAAWlyB,EAAOshB,IAAKzf,EAAM,YAC7BsmC,EAAUnoC,EAAQ6B,GAClB4kB,IAGiB,YAAbyL,IACJrwB,EAAK+c,MAAMsT,SAAW,YAGvB8V,EAAYG,EAAQT,SACpBI,EAAY9nC,EAAOshB,IAAKzf,EAAM,OAC9BomC,EAAajoC,EAAOshB,IAAKzf,EAAM,QAC/BqmC,GAAmC,aAAbhW,GAAwC,UAAbA,IAChDlyB,EAAOuF,QAAQ,QAAUuiC,EAAWG,IAAiB,GAGjDC,GACJN,EAAcO,EAAQjW,WACtB6V,EAASH,EAAY75B,IACrB85B,EAAUD,EAAY1X,OAEtB6X,EAAS5jC,WAAY2jC,IAAe,EACpCD,EAAU1jC,WAAY8jC,IAAgB,GAGlCjoC,EAAOkD,WAAYJ,KACvBA,EAAUA,EAAQ7B,KAAMY,EAAMC,EAAGkmC,IAGd,MAAfllC,EAAQiL,MACZ0Y,EAAM1Y,IAAQjL,EAAQiL,IAAMi6B,EAAUj6B,IAAQg6B,GAE1B,MAAhBjlC,EAAQotB,OACZzJ,EAAMyJ,KAASptB,EAAQotB,KAAO8X,EAAU9X,KAAS2X,GAG7C,SAAW/kC,GACfA,EAAQslC,MAAMnnC,KAAMY,EAAM4kB,GAE1B0hB,EAAQ7mB,IAAKmF,KAKhBzmB,EAAOG,GAAGsC,QACTilC,OAAQ,SAAU5kC,GACjB,GAAKd,UAAUjB,OACd,MAAmBsC,UAAZP,EACN5D,KACAA,KAAKuC,KAAK,SAAUK,GACnB9B,EAAO0nC,OAAOC,UAAWzoC,KAAM4D,EAAShB,IAI3C,IAAIiF,GAASshC,EACZC,GAAQv6B,IAAK,EAAGmiB,KAAM,GACtBruB,EAAO3C,KAAM,GACb0O,EAAM/L,GAAQA,EAAKkJ,aAEpB,IAAM6C,EAON,MAHA7G,GAAU6G,EAAIH,gBAGRzN,EAAOmH,SAAUJ,EAASlF,UAMpBA,GAAK0mC,wBAA0BzgC,IAC1CwgC,EAAMzmC,EAAK0mC,yBAEZF,EAAMZ,GAAW75B,IAEhBG,IAAKu6B,EAAIv6B,KAASs6B,EAAIG,aAAezhC,EAAQygB,YAAiBzgB,EAAQ0gB,WAAc,GACpFyI,KAAMoY,EAAIpY,MAASmY,EAAII,aAAe1hC,EAAQqgB,aAAiBrgB,EAAQsgB,YAAc,KAX9EihB,GAeTpW,SAAU,WACT,GAAMhzB,KAAM,GAAZ,CAIA,GAAIwpC,GAAchB,EACjBiB,GAAiB56B,IAAK,EAAGmiB,KAAM,GAC/BruB,EAAO3C,KAAM,EAwBd,OArBwC,UAAnCc,EAAOshB,IAAKzf,EAAM,YAEtB6lC,EAAS7lC,EAAK0mC,yBAGdG,EAAexpC,KAAKwpC,eAGpBhB,EAASxoC,KAAKwoC,SACR1nC,EAAO8E,SAAU4jC,EAAc,GAAK,UACzCC,EAAeD,EAAahB,UAI7BiB,EAAa56B,KAAQ/N,EAAOshB,IAAKonB,EAAc,GAAK,kBAAkB,GACtEC,EAAazY,MAAQlwB,EAAOshB,IAAKonB,EAAc,GAAK,mBAAmB,KAOvE36B,IAAM25B,EAAO35B,IAAO46B,EAAa56B,IAAM/N,EAAOshB,IAAKzf,EAAM,aAAa,GACtEquB,KAAMwX,EAAOxX,KAAOyY,EAAazY,KAAOlwB,EAAOshB,IAAKzf,EAAM,cAAc,MAI1E6mC,aAAc,WACb,MAAOxpC,MAAK0C,IAAI,WACf,GAAI8mC,GAAexpC,KAAKwpC,cAAgB3hC,EAExC,OAAQ2hC,IAAmB1oC,EAAO8E,SAAU4jC,EAAc,SAAuD,WAA3C1oC,EAAOshB,IAAKonB,EAAc,YAC/FA,EAAeA,EAAaA,YAE7B,OAAOA,IAAgB3hC,QAM1B/G,EAAOyB,MAAQ2lB,WAAY,cAAeI,UAAW,eAAiB,SAAUqc,EAAQ1d,GACvF,GAAIpY,GAAM,IAAIxC,KAAM4a,EAEpBnmB,GAAOG,GAAI0jC,GAAW,SAAU5zB,GAC/B,MAAOsR,GAAQriB,KAAM,SAAU2C,EAAMgiC,EAAQ5zB,GAC5C,GAAIo4B,GAAMZ,GAAW5lC,EAErB,OAAawB,UAAR4M,EACGo4B,EAAOliB,IAAQkiB,GAAOA,EAAKliB,GACjCkiB,EAAIvpC,SAAS2O,gBAAiBo2B,GAC9BhiC,EAAMgiC,QAGHwE,EACJA,EAAIO,SACF76B,EAAY/N,EAAQqoC,GAAMjhB,aAApBnX,EACPlC,EAAMkC,EAAMjQ,EAAQqoC,GAAM7gB,aAI3B3lB,EAAMgiC,GAAW5zB,IAEhB4zB,EAAQ5zB,EAAKjO,UAAUjB,OAAQ,SAQpCf,EAAOyB,MAAQ,MAAO,QAAU,SAAUK,EAAGqkB,GAC5CnmB,EAAOszB,SAAUnN,GAASoK,GAAczwB,EAAQyxB,cAC/C,SAAU1vB,EAAMguB,GACf,MAAKA,IACJA,EAAWH,GAAQ7tB,EAAMskB,GAElBqJ,GAAUjkB,KAAMskB,GACtB7vB,EAAQ6B,GAAOqwB,WAAY/L,GAAS,KACpC0J,GALF,WAaH7vB,EAAOyB,MAAQonC,OAAQ,SAAUC,MAAO,SAAW,SAAUjmC,EAAMkB,GAClE/D,EAAOyB,MAAQ0yB,QAAS,QAAUtxB,EAAM+oB,QAAS7nB,EAAM,GAAI,QAAUlB,GAAQ,SAAUkmC,EAAcC,GAEpGhpC,EAAOG,GAAI6oC,GAAa,SAAU9U,EAAQlvB,GACzC,GAAIwc,GAAYxf,UAAUjB,SAAYgoC,GAAkC,iBAAX7U,IAC5DjB,EAAQ8V,IAAkB7U,KAAW,GAAQlvB,KAAU,EAAO,SAAW,SAE1E,OAAOuc,GAAQriB,KAAM,SAAU2C,EAAMkC,EAAMiB,GAC1C,GAAI4I,EAEJ,OAAK5N,GAAOiE,SAAUpC,GAIdA,EAAK/C,SAAS2O,gBAAiB,SAAW5K,GAI3B,IAAlBhB,EAAKyC,UACTsJ,EAAM/L,EAAK4L,gBAIJlK,KAAKiC,IACX3D,EAAKgc,KAAM,SAAWhb,GAAQ+K,EAAK,SAAW/K,GAC9ChB,EAAKgc,KAAM,SAAWhb,GAAQ+K,EAAK,SAAW/K,GAC9C+K,EAAK,SAAW/K,KAIDQ,SAAV2B,EAENhF,EAAOshB,IAAKzf,EAAMkC,EAAMkvB,GAGxBjzB,EAAO4e,MAAO/c,EAAMkC,EAAMiB,EAAOiuB,IAChClvB,EAAMyd,EAAY0S,EAAS7wB,OAAWme,EAAW,WAOvDxhB,EAAOG,GAAG8oC,KAAO,WAChB,MAAO/pC,MAAK6B,QAGbf,EAAOG,GAAG+oC,QAAUlpC,EAAOG,GAAGuZ,QAYP,kBAAXyvB,SAAyBA,OAAOC,KAC3CD,OAAQ,YAAc,WACrB,MAAOnpC,IAOT,IAECqpC,IAAUpqC,EAAOe,OAGjBspC,GAAKrqC,EAAOsqC,CAwBb,OAtBAvpC,GAAOwpC,WAAa,SAAUvmC,GAS7B,MARKhE,GAAOsqC,IAAMvpC,IACjBf,EAAOsqC,EAAID,IAGPrmC,GAAQhE,EAAOe,SAAWA,IAC9Bf,EAAOe,OAASqpC,IAGVrpC,SAMIb,KAAa2I,IACxB7I,EAAOe,OAASf,EAAOsqC,EAAIvpC,GAMrBA"}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/site/lightbox/js/lightbox.js b/site/lightbox/js/lightbox.js
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5f4b8af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/site/lightbox/js/lightbox.js
@@ -0,0 +1,411 @@
+/**
+ * Lightbox v2.7.1
+ * by Lokesh Dhakar - http://lokeshdhakar.com/projects/lightbox2/
+ *
+ * @license http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/2.5/
+ * - Free for use in both personal and commercial projects
+ * - Attribution requires leaving author name, author link, and the license info intact
+ */
+
+(function() {
+  // Use local alias
+  var $ = jQuery;
+
+  var LightboxOptions = (function() {
+    function LightboxOptions() {
+      this.fadeDuration                = 500;
+      this.fitImagesInViewport         = true;
+      this.resizeDuration              = 700;
+      this.positionFromTop             = 50;
+      this.showImageNumberLabel        = true;
+      this.alwaysShowNavOnTouchDevices = false;
+      this.wrapAround                  = false;
+    }
+    
+    // Change to localize to non-english language
+    LightboxOptions.prototype.albumLabel = function(curImageNum, albumSize) {
+      return "Image " + curImageNum + " of " + albumSize;
+    };
+
+    return LightboxOptions;
+  })();
+
+
+  var Lightbox = (function() {
+    function Lightbox(options) {
+      this.options           = options;
+      this.album             = [];
+      this.currentImageIndex = void 0;
+      this.init();
+    }
+
+    Lightbox.prototype.init = function() {
+      this.enable();
+      this.build();
+    };
+
+    // Loop through anchors and areamaps looking for either data-lightbox attributes or rel attributes
+    // that contain 'lightbox'. When these are clicked, start lightbox.
+    Lightbox.prototype.enable = function() {
+      var self = this;
+      $('body').on('click', 'a[rel^=lightbox], area[rel^=lightbox], a[data-lightbox], area[data-lightbox]', function(event) {
+        self.start($(event.currentTarget));
+        return false;
+      });
+    };
+
+    // Build html for the lightbox and the overlay.
+    // Attach event handlers to the new DOM elements. click click click
+    Lightbox.prototype.build = function() {
+      var self = this;
+      $("<div id='lightboxOverlay' class='lightboxOverlay'></div><div id='lightbox' class='lightbox'><div class='lb-outerContainer'><div class='lb-container'><img class='lb-image' src='' /><div class='lb-nav'><a class='lb-prev' href='' ></a><a class='lb-next' href='' ></a></div><div class='lb-loader'><a class='lb-cancel'></a></div></div></div><div class='lb-dataContainer'><div class='lb-data'><div class='lb-details'><span class='lb-caption'></span><span class='lb-number'></span></div><div class='lb-closeContainer'><a class='lb-close'></a></div></div></div></div>").appendTo($('body'));
+      
+      // Cache jQuery objects
+      this.$lightbox       = $('#lightbox');
+      this.$overlay        = $('#lightboxOverlay');
+      this.$outerContainer = this.$lightbox.find('.lb-outerContainer');
+      this.$container      = this.$lightbox.find('.lb-container');
+
+      // Store css values for future lookup
+      this.containerTopPadding = parseInt(this.$container.css('padding-top'), 10);
+      this.containerRightPadding = parseInt(this.$container.css('padding-right'), 10);
+      this.containerBottomPadding = parseInt(this.$container.css('padding-bottom'), 10);
+      this.containerLeftPadding = parseInt(this.$container.css('padding-left'), 10);
+      
+      // Attach event handlers to the newly minted DOM elements
+      this.$overlay.hide().on('click', function() {
+        self.end();
+        return false;
+      });
+
+      this.$lightbox.hide().on('click', function(event) {
+        if ($(event.target).attr('id') === 'lightbox') {
+          self.end();
+        }
+        return false;
+      });
+
+      this.$outerContainer.on('click', function(event) {
+        if ($(event.target).attr('id') === 'lightbox') {
+          self.end();
+        }
+        return false;
+      });
+
+      this.$lightbox.find('.lb-prev').on('click', function() {
+        if (self.currentImageIndex === 0) {
+          self.changeImage(self.album.length - 1);
+        } else {
+          self.changeImage(self.currentImageIndex - 1);
+        }
+        return false;
+      });
+
+      this.$lightbox.find('.lb-next').on('click', function() {
+        if (self.currentImageIndex === self.album.length - 1) {
+          self.changeImage(0);
+        } else {
+          self.changeImage(self.currentImageIndex + 1);
+        }
+        return false;
+      });
+
+      this.$lightbox.find('.lb-loader, .lb-close').on('click', function() {
+        self.end();
+        return false;
+      });
+    };
+
+    // Show overlay and lightbox. If the image is part of a set, add siblings to album array.
+    Lightbox.prototype.start = function($link) {
+      var self    = this;
+      var $window = $(window);
+
+      $window.on('resize', $.proxy(this.sizeOverlay, this));
+
+      $('select, object, embed').css({
+        visibility: "hidden"
+      });
+
+      this.sizeOverlay();
+
+      this.album = [];
+      var imageNumber = 0;
+
+      function addToAlbum($link) {
+        self.album.push({
+          link: $link.attr('href'),
+          title: $link.attr('data-title') || $link.attr('title')
+        });
+      }
+
+      // Support both data-lightbox attribute and rel attribute implementations
+      var dataLightboxValue = $link.attr('data-lightbox');
+      var $links;
+
+      if (dataLightboxValue) {
+        $links = $($link.prop("tagName") + '[data-lightbox="' + dataLightboxValue + '"]');
+        for (var i = 0; i < $links.length; i = ++i) {
+          addToAlbum($($links[i]));
+          if ($links[i] === $link[0]) {
+            imageNumber = i;
+          }
+        }
+      } else {
+        if ($link.attr('rel') === 'lightbox') {
+          // If image is not part of a set
+          addToAlbum($link);
+        } else {
+          // If image is part of a set
+          $links = $($link.prop("tagName") + '[rel="' + $link.attr('rel') + '"]');
+          for (var j = 0; j < $links.length; j = ++j) {
+            addToAlbum($($links[j]));
+            if ($links[j] === $link[0]) {
+              imageNumber = j;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      
+      // Position Lightbox
+      var top  = $window.scrollTop() + this.options.positionFromTop;
+      var left = $window.scrollLeft();
+      this.$lightbox.css({
+        top: top + 'px',
+        left: left + 'px'
+      }).fadeIn(this.options.fadeDuration);
+
+      this.changeImage(imageNumber);
+    };
+
+    // Hide most UI elements in preparation for the animated resizing of the lightbox.
+    Lightbox.prototype.changeImage = function(imageNumber) {
+      var self = this;
+
+      this.disableKeyboardNav();
+      var $image = this.$lightbox.find('.lb-image');
+
+      this.$overlay.fadeIn(this.options.fadeDuration);
+
+      $('.lb-loader').fadeIn('slow');
+      this.$lightbox.find('.lb-image, .lb-nav, .lb-prev, .lb-next, .lb-dataContainer, .lb-numbers, .lb-caption').hide();
+
+      this.$outerContainer.addClass('animating');
+
+      // When image to show is preloaded, we send the width and height to sizeContainer()
+      var preloader = new Image();
+      preloader.onload = function() {
+        var $preloader, imageHeight, imageWidth, maxImageHeight, maxImageWidth, windowHeight, windowWidth;
+        $image.attr('src', self.album[imageNumber].link);
+
+        $preloader = $(preloader);
+
+        $image.width(preloader.width);
+        $image.height(preloader.height);
+        
+        if (self.options.fitImagesInViewport) {
+          // Fit image inside the viewport.
+          // Take into account the border around the image and an additional 10px gutter on each side.
+
+          windowWidth    = $(window).width();
+          windowHeight   = $(window).height();
+          maxImageWidth  = windowWidth - self.containerLeftPadding - self.containerRightPadding - 20;
+          maxImageHeight = windowHeight - self.containerTopPadding - self.containerBottomPadding - 120;
+
+          // Is there a fitting issue?
+          if ((preloader.width > maxImageWidth) || (preloader.height > maxImageHeight)) {
+            if ((preloader.width / maxImageWidth) > (preloader.height / maxImageHeight)) {
+              imageWidth  = maxImageWidth;
+              imageHeight = parseInt(preloader.height / (preloader.width / imageWidth), 10);
+              $image.width(imageWidth);
+              $image.height(imageHeight);
+            } else {
+              imageHeight = maxImageHeight;
+              imageWidth = parseInt(preloader.width / (preloader.height / imageHeight), 10);
+              $image.width(imageWidth);
+              $image.height(imageHeight);
+            }
+          }
+        }
+        self.sizeContainer($image.width(), $image.height());
+      };
+
+      preloader.src          = this.album[imageNumber].link;
+      this.currentImageIndex = imageNumber;
+    };
+
+    // Stretch overlay to fit the viewport
+    Lightbox.prototype.sizeOverlay = function() {
+      this.$overlay
+        .width($(window).width())
+        .height($(document).height());
+    };
+
+    // Animate the size of the lightbox to fit the image we are showing
+    Lightbox.prototype.sizeContainer = function(imageWidth, imageHeight) {
+      var self = this;
+      
+      var oldWidth  = this.$outerContainer.outerWidth();
+      var oldHeight = this.$outerContainer.outerHeight();
+      var newWidth  = imageWidth + this.containerLeftPadding + this.containerRightPadding;
+      var newHeight = imageHeight + this.containerTopPadding + this.containerBottomPadding;
+      
+      function postResize() {
+        self.$lightbox.find('.lb-dataContainer').width(newWidth);
+        self.$lightbox.find('.lb-prevLink').height(newHeight);
+        self.$lightbox.find('.lb-nextLink').height(newHeight);
+        self.showImage();
+      }
+
+      if (oldWidth !== newWidth || oldHeight !== newHeight) {
+        this.$outerContainer.animate({
+          width: newWidth,
+          height: newHeight
+        }, this.options.resizeDuration, 'swing', function() {
+          postResize();
+        });
+      } else {
+        postResize();
+      }
+    };
+
+    // Display the image and it's details and begin preload neighboring images.
+    Lightbox.prototype.showImage = function() {
+      this.$lightbox.find('.lb-loader').hide();
+      this.$lightbox.find('.lb-image').fadeIn('slow');
+    
+      this.updateNav();
+      this.updateDetails();
+      this.preloadNeighboringImages();
+      this.enableKeyboardNav();
+    };
+
+    // Display previous and next navigation if appropriate.
+    Lightbox.prototype.updateNav = function() {
+      // Check to see if the browser supports touch events. If so, we take the conservative approach
+      // and assume that mouse hover events are not supported and always show prev/next navigation
+      // arrows in image sets.
+      var alwaysShowNav = false;
+      try {
+        document.createEvent("TouchEvent");
+        alwaysShowNav = (this.options.alwaysShowNavOnTouchDevices)? true: false;
+      } catch (e) {}
+
+      this.$lightbox.find('.lb-nav').show();
+
+      if (this.album.length > 1) {
+        if (this.options.wrapAround) {
+          if (alwaysShowNav) {
+            this.$lightbox.find('.lb-prev, .lb-next').css('opacity', '1');
+          }
+          this.$lightbox.find('.lb-prev, .lb-next').show();
+        } else {
+          if (this.currentImageIndex > 0) {
+            this.$lightbox.find('.lb-prev').show();
+            if (alwaysShowNav) {
+              this.$lightbox.find('.lb-prev').css('opacity', '1');
+            }
+          }
+          if (this.currentImageIndex < this.album.length - 1) {
+            this.$lightbox.find('.lb-next').show();
+            if (alwaysShowNav) {
+              this.$lightbox.find('.lb-next').css('opacity', '1');
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    };
+
+    // Display caption, image number, and closing button.
+    Lightbox.prototype.updateDetails = function() {
+      var self = this;
+
+      // Enable anchor clicks in the injected caption html.
+      // Thanks Nate Wright for the fix. @https://github.com/NateWr
+      if (typeof this.album[this.currentImageIndex].title !== 'undefined' && this.album[this.currentImageIndex].title !== "") {
+        this.$lightbox.find('.lb-caption')
+          .html(this.album[this.currentImageIndex].title)
+          .fadeIn('fast')
+          .find('a').on('click', function(event){
+            location.href = $(this).attr('href');
+          });
+      }
+    
+      if (this.album.length > 1 && this.options.showImageNumberLabel) {
+        this.$lightbox.find('.lb-number').text(this.options.albumLabel(this.currentImageIndex + 1, this.album.length)).fadeIn('fast');
+      } else {
+        this.$lightbox.find('.lb-number').hide();
+      }
+    
+      this.$outerContainer.removeClass('animating');
+    
+      this.$lightbox.find('.lb-dataContainer').fadeIn(this.options.resizeDuration, function() {
+        return self.sizeOverlay();
+      });
+    };
+
+    // Preload previous and next images in set.
+    Lightbox.prototype.preloadNeighboringImages = function() {
+      if (this.album.length > this.currentImageIndex + 1) {
+        var preloadNext = new Image();
+        preloadNext.src = this.album[this.currentImageIndex + 1].link;
+      }
+      if (this.currentImageIndex > 0) {
+        var preloadPrev = new Image();
+        preloadPrev.src = this.album[this.currentImageIndex - 1].link;
+      }
+    };
+
+    Lightbox.prototype.enableKeyboardNav = function() {
+      $(document).on('keyup.keyboard', $.proxy(this.keyboardAction, this));
+    };
+
+    Lightbox.prototype.disableKeyboardNav = function() {
+      $(document).off('.keyboard');
+    };
+
+    Lightbox.prototype.keyboardAction = function(event) {
+      var KEYCODE_ESC        = 27;
+      var KEYCODE_LEFTARROW  = 37;
+      var KEYCODE_RIGHTARROW = 39;
+
+      var keycode = event.keyCode;
+      var key     = String.fromCharCode(keycode).toLowerCase();
+      if (keycode === KEYCODE_ESC || key.match(/x|o|c/)) {
+        this.end();
+      } else if (key === 'p' || keycode === KEYCODE_LEFTARROW) {
+        if (this.currentImageIndex !== 0) {
+          this.changeImage(this.currentImageIndex - 1);
+        } else if (this.options.wrapAround && this.album.length > 1) {
+          this.changeImage(this.album.length - 1);
+        }
+      } else if (key === 'n' || keycode === KEYCODE_RIGHTARROW) {
+        if (this.currentImageIndex !== this.album.length - 1) {
+          this.changeImage(this.currentImageIndex + 1);
+        } else if (this.options.wrapAround && this.album.length > 1) {
+          this.changeImage(0);
+        }
+      }
+    };
+
+    // Closing time. :-(
+    Lightbox.prototype.end = function() {
+      this.disableKeyboardNav();
+      $(window).off("resize", this.sizeOverlay);
+      this.$lightbox.fadeOut(this.options.fadeDuration);
+      this.$overlay.fadeOut(this.options.fadeDuration);
+      $('select, object, embed').css({
+        visibility: "visible"
+      });
+    };
+
+    return Lightbox;
+
+  })();
+
+  $(function() {
+    var options  = new LightboxOptions();
+    var lightbox = new Lightbox(options);
+  });
+
+}).call(this);
diff --git a/site/lightbox/js/lightbox.min.js b/site/lightbox/js/lightbox.min.js
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..25cf95e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/site/lightbox/js/lightbox.min.js
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+/**
+ * Lightbox v2.7.1
+ * by Lokesh Dhakar - http://lokeshdhakar.com/projects/lightbox2/
+ *
+ * @license http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/2.5/
+ * - Free for use in both personal and commercial projects
+ * - Attribution requires leaving author name, author link, and the license info intact
+ */
+(function(){var a=jQuery,b=function(){function a(){this.fadeDuration=500,this.fitImagesInViewport=!0,this.resizeDuration=700,this.positionFromTop=50,this.showImageNumberLabel=!0,this.alwaysShowNavOnTouchDevices=!1,this.wrapAround=!1}return a.prototype.albumLabel=function(a,b){return"Image "+a+" of "+b},a}(),c=function(){function b(a){this.options=a,this.album=[],this.currentImageIndex=void 0,this.init()}return b.prototype.init=function(){this.enable(),this.build()},b.prototype.enable=function(){var b=this;a("body").on("click","a[rel^=lightbox], area[rel^=lightbox], a[data-lightbox], area[data-lightbox]",function(c){return b.start(a(c.currentTarget)),!1})},b.prototype.build=function(){var b=this;a("<div id='lightboxOverlay' class='lightboxOverlay'></div><div id='lightbox' class='lightbox'><div class='lb-outerContainer'><div class='lb-container'><img class='lb-image' src='' /><div class='lb-nav'><a class='lb-prev' href='' ></a><a class='lb-next' href='' ></a></div><div class='lb-loader'><a class='lb-cancel'></a></div></div></div><div class='lb-dataContainer'><div class='lb-data'><div class='lb-details'><span class='lb-caption'></span><span class='lb-number'></span></div><div class='lb-closeContainer'><a class='lb-close'></a></div></div></div></div>").appendTo(a("body")),this.$lightbox=a("#lightbox"),this.$overlay=a("#lightboxOverlay"),this.$outerContainer=this.$lightbox.find(".lb-outerContainer"),this.$container=this.$lightbox.find(".lb-container"),this.containerTopPadding=parseInt(this.$container.css("padding-top"),10),this.containerRightPadding=parseInt(this.$container.css("padding-right"),10),this.containerBottomPadding=parseInt(this.$container.css("padding-bottom"),10),this.containerLeftPadding=parseInt(this.$container.css("padding-left"),10),this.$overlay.hide().on("click",function(){return b.end(),!1}),this.$lightbox.hide().on("click",function(c){return"lightbox"===a(c.target).attr("id")&&b.end(),!1}),this.$outerContainer.on("click",function(c){return"lightbox"===a(c.target).attr("id")&&b.end(),!1}),this.$lightbox.find(".lb-prev").on("click",function(){return b.changeImage(0===b.currentImageIndex?b.album.length-1:b.currentImageIndex-1),!1}),this.$lightbox.find(".lb-next").on("click",function(){return b.changeImage(b.currentImageIndex===b.album.length-1?0:b.currentImageIndex+1),!1}),this.$lightbox.find(".lb-loader, .lb-close").on("click",function(){return b.end(),!1})},b.prototype.start=function(b){function c(a){d.album.push({link:a.attr("href"),title:a.attr("data-title")||a.attr("title")})}var d=this,e=a(window);e.on("resize",a.proxy(this.sizeOverlay,this)),a("select, object, embed").css({visibility:"hidden"}),this.sizeOverlay(),this.album=[];var f,g=0,h=b.attr("data-lightbox");if(h){f=a(b.prop("tagName")+'[data-lightbox="'+h+'"]');for(var i=0;i<f.length;i=++i)c(a(f[i])),f[i]===b[0]&&(g=i)}else if("lightbox"===b.attr("rel"))c(b);else{f=a(b.prop("tagName")+'[rel="'+b.attr("rel")+'"]');for(var j=0;j<f.length;j=++j)c(a(f[j])),f[j]===b[0]&&(g=j)}var k=e.scrollTop()+this.options.positionFromTop,l=e.scrollLeft();this.$lightbox.css({top:k+"px",left:l+"px"}).fadeIn(this.options.fadeDuration),this.changeImage(g)},b.prototype.changeImage=function(b){var c=this;this.disableKeyboardNav();var d=this.$lightbox.find(".lb-image");this.$overlay.fadeIn(this.options.fadeDuration),a(".lb-loader").fadeIn("slow"),this.$lightbox.find(".lb-image, .lb-nav, .lb-prev, .lb-next, .lb-dataContainer, .lb-numbers, .lb-caption").hide(),this.$outerContainer.addClass("animating");var e=new Image;e.onload=function(){var f,g,h,i,j,k,l;d.attr("src",c.album[b].link),f=a(e),d.width(e.width),d.height(e.height),c.options.fitImagesInViewport&&(l=a(window).width(),k=a(window).height(),j=l-c.containerLeftPadding-c.containerRightPadding-20,i=k-c.containerTopPadding-c.containerBottomPadding-120,(e.width>j||e.height>i)&&(e.width/j>e.height/i?(h=j,g=parseInt(e.height/(e.width/h),10),d.width(h),d.height(g)):(g=i,h=parseInt(e.width/(e.height/g),10),d.width(h),d.height(g)))),c.sizeContainer(d.width(),d.height())},e.src=this.album[b].link,this.currentImageIndex=b},b.prototype.sizeOverlay=function(){this.$overlay.width(a(window).width()).height(a(document).height())},b.prototype.sizeContainer=function(a,b){function c(){d.$lightbox.find(".lb-dataContainer").width(g),d.$lightbox.find(".lb-prevLink").height(h),d.$lightbox.find(".lb-nextLink").height(h),d.showImage()}var d=this,e=this.$outerContainer.outerWidth(),f=this.$outerContainer.outerHeight(),g=a+this.containerLeftPadding+this.containerRightPadding,h=b+this.containerTopPadding+this.containerBottomPadding;e!==g||f!==h?this.$outerContainer.animate({width:g,height:h},this.options.resizeDuration,"swing",function(){c()}):c()},b.prototype.showImage=function(){this.$lightbox.find(".lb-loader").hide(),this.$lightbox.find(".lb-image").fadeIn("slow"),this.updateNav(),this.updateDetails(),this.preloadNeighboringImages(),this.enableKeyboardNav()},b.prototype.updateNav=function(){var a=!1;try{document.createEvent("TouchEvent"),a=this.options.alwaysShowNavOnTouchDevices?!0:!1}catch(b){}this.$lightbox.find(".lb-nav").show(),this.album.length>1&&(this.options.wrapAround?(a&&this.$lightbox.find(".lb-prev, .lb-next").css("opacity","1"),this.$lightbox.find(".lb-prev, .lb-next").show()):(this.currentImageIndex>0&&(this.$lightbox.find(".lb-prev").show(),a&&this.$lightbox.find(".lb-prev").css("opacity","1")),this.currentImageIndex<this.album.length-1&&(this.$lightbox.find(".lb-next").show(),a&&this.$lightbox.find(".lb-next").css("opacity","1"))))},b.prototype.updateDetails=function(){var b=this;"undefined"!=typeof this.album[this.currentImageIndex].title&&""!==this.album[this.currentImageIndex].title&&this.$lightbox.find(".lb-caption").html(this.album[this.currentImageIndex].title).fadeIn("fast").find("a").on("click",function(){location.href=a(this).attr("href")}),this.album.length>1&&this.options.showImageNumberLabel?this.$lightbox.find(".lb-number").text(this.options.albumLabel(this.currentImageIndex+1,this.album.length)).fadeIn("fast"):this.$lightbox.find(".lb-number").hide(),this.$outerContainer.removeClass("animating"),this.$lightbox.find(".lb-dataContainer").fadeIn(this.options.resizeDuration,function(){return b.sizeOverlay()})},b.prototype.preloadNeighboringImages=function(){if(this.album.length>this.currentImageIndex+1){var a=new Image;a.src=this.album[this.currentImageIndex+1].link}if(this.currentImageIndex>0){var b=new Image;b.src=this.album[this.currentImageIndex-1].link}},b.prototype.enableKeyboardNav=function(){a(document).on("keyup.keyboard",a.proxy(this.keyboardAction,this))},b.prototype.disableKeyboardNav=function(){a(document).off(".keyboard")},b.prototype.keyboardAction=function(a){var b=27,c=37,d=39,e=a.keyCode,f=String.fromCharCode(e).toLowerCase();e===b||f.match(/x|o|c/)?this.end():"p"===f||e===c?0!==this.currentImageIndex?this.changeImage(this.currentImageIndex-1):this.options.wrapAround&&this.album.length>1&&this.changeImage(this.album.length-1):("n"===f||e===d)&&(this.currentImageIndex!==this.album.length-1?this.changeImage(this.currentImageIndex+1):this.options.wrapAround&&this.album.length>1&&this.changeImage(0))},b.prototype.end=function(){this.disableKeyboardNav(),a(window).off("resize",this.sizeOverlay),this.$lightbox.fadeOut(this.options.fadeDuration),this.$overlay.fadeOut(this.options.fadeDuration),a("select, object, embed").css({visibility:"visible"})},b}();a(function(){{var a=new b;new c(a)}})}).call(this);
+//# sourceMappingURL=lightbox.min.map
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/site/lightbox/js/lightbox.min.map b/site/lightbox/js/lightbox.min.map
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fa32e3a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/site/lightbox/js/lightbox.min.map
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+{"version":3,"file":"lightbox.min.js","sources":["lightbox.js"],"names":["$","jQuery","LightboxOptions","this","fadeDuration","fitImagesInViewport","resizeDuration","positionFromTop","showImageNumberLabel","alwaysShowNavOnTouchDevices","wrapAround","prototype","albumLabel","curImageNum","albumSize","Lightbox","options","album","currentImageIndex","init","enable","build","self","on","event","start","currentTarget","appendTo","$lightbox","$overlay","$outerContainer","find","$container","containerTopPadding","parseInt","css","containerRightPadding","containerBottomPadding","containerLeftPadding","hide","end","target","attr","changeImage","length","$link","addToAlbum","push","link","title","$window","window","proxy","sizeOverlay","visibility","$links","imageNumber","dataLightboxValue","prop","i","j","top","scrollTop","left","scrollLeft","fadeIn","disableKeyboardNav","$image","addClass","preloader","Image","onload","$preloader","imageHeight","imageWidth","maxImageHeight","maxImageWidth","windowHeight","windowWidth","width","height","sizeContainer","src","document","postResize","newWidth","newHeight","showImage","oldWidth","outerWidth","oldHeight","outerHeight","animate","updateNav","updateDetails","preloadNeighboringImages","enableKeyboardNav","alwaysShowNav","createEvent","e","show","html","location","href","text","removeClass","preloadNext","preloadPrev","keyboardAction","off","KEYCODE_ESC","KEYCODE_LEFTARROW","KEYCODE_RIGHTARROW","keycode","keyCode","key","String","fromCharCode","toLowerCase","match","fadeOut","call"],"mappings":";;;;;;;;CASA,WAEE,GAAIA,GAAIC,OAEJC,EAAkB,WACpB,QAASA,KACPC,KAAKC,aAA8B,IACnCD,KAAKE,qBAA8B,EACnCF,KAAKG,eAA8B,IACnCH,KAAKI,gBAA8B,GACnCJ,KAAKK,sBAA8B,EACnCL,KAAKM,6BAA8B,EACnCN,KAAKO,YAA8B,EAQrC,MAJAR,GAAgBS,UAAUC,WAAa,SAASC,EAAaC,GAC3D,MAAO,SAAWD,EAAc,OAASC,GAGpCZ,KAILa,EAAW,WACb,QAASA,GAASC,GAChBb,KAAKa,QAAoBA,EACzBb,KAAKc,SACLd,KAAKe,kBAAoB,OACzBf,KAAKgB,OA2WP,MAxWAJ,GAASJ,UAAUQ,KAAO,WACxBhB,KAAKiB,SACLjB,KAAKkB,SAKPN,EAASJ,UAAUS,OAAS,WAC1B,GAAIE,GAAOnB,IACXH,GAAE,QAAQuB,GAAG,QAAS,+EAAgF,SAASC,GAE7G,MADAF,GAAKG,MAAMzB,EAAEwB,EAAME,iBACZ,KAMXX,EAASJ,UAAUU,MAAQ,WACzB,GAAIC,GAAOnB,IACXH,GAAE,mjBAAmjB2B,SAAS3B,EAAE,SAGhkBG,KAAKyB,UAAkB5B,EAAE,aACzBG,KAAK0B,SAAkB7B,EAAE,oBACzBG,KAAK2B,gBAAkB3B,KAAKyB,UAAUG,KAAK,sBAC3C5B,KAAK6B,WAAkB7B,KAAKyB,UAAUG,KAAK,iBAG3C5B,KAAK8B,oBAAsBC,SAAS/B,KAAK6B,WAAWG,IAAI,eAAgB,IACxEhC,KAAKiC,sBAAwBF,SAAS/B,KAAK6B,WAAWG,IAAI,iBAAkB,IAC5EhC,KAAKkC,uBAAyBH,SAAS/B,KAAK6B,WAAWG,IAAI,kBAAmB,IAC9EhC,KAAKmC,qBAAuBJ,SAAS/B,KAAK6B,WAAWG,IAAI,gBAAiB,IAG1EhC,KAAK0B,SAASU,OAAOhB,GAAG,QAAS,WAE/B,MADAD,GAAKkB,OACE,IAGTrC,KAAKyB,UAAUW,OAAOhB,GAAG,QAAS,SAASC,GAIzC,MAHmC,aAA/BxB,EAAEwB,EAAMiB,QAAQC,KAAK,OACvBpB,EAAKkB,OAEA,IAGTrC,KAAK2B,gBAAgBP,GAAG,QAAS,SAASC,GAIxC,MAHmC,aAA/BxB,EAAEwB,EAAMiB,QAAQC,KAAK,OACvBpB,EAAKkB,OAEA,IAGTrC,KAAKyB,UAAUG,KAAK,YAAYR,GAAG,QAAS,WAM1C,MAJED,GAAKqB,YADwB,IAA3BrB,EAAKJ,kBACUI,EAAKL,MAAM2B,OAAS,EAEpBtB,EAAKJ,kBAAoB,IAErC,IAGTf,KAAKyB,UAAUG,KAAK,YAAYR,GAAG,QAAS,WAM1C,MAJED,GAAKqB,YADHrB,EAAKJ,oBAAsBI,EAAKL,MAAM2B,OAAS,EAChC,EAEAtB,EAAKJ,kBAAoB,IAErC,IAGTf,KAAKyB,UAAUG,KAAK,yBAAyBR,GAAG,QAAS,WAEvD,MADAD,GAAKkB,OACE,KAKXzB,EAASJ,UAAUc,MAAQ,SAASoB,GAelC,QAASC,GAAWD,GAClBvB,EAAKL,MAAM8B,MACTC,KAAMH,EAAMH,KAAK,QACjBO,MAAOJ,EAAMH,KAAK,eAAiBG,EAAMH,KAAK,WAjBlD,GAAIpB,GAAUnB,KACV+C,EAAUlD,EAAEmD,OAEhBD,GAAQ3B,GAAG,SAAUvB,EAAEoD,MAAMjD,KAAKkD,YAAalD,OAE/CH,EAAE,yBAAyBmC,KACzBmB,WAAY,WAGdnD,KAAKkD,cAELlD,KAAKc,QACL,IAWIsC,GAXAC,EAAc,EAUdC,EAAoBZ,EAAMH,KAAK,gBAGnC,IAAIe,EAAmB,CACrBF,EAASvD,EAAE6C,EAAMa,KAAK,WAAa,mBAAqBD,EAAoB,KAC5E,KAAK,GAAIE,GAAI,EAAGA,EAAIJ,EAAOX,OAAQe,IAAMA,EACvCb,EAAW9C,EAAEuD,EAAOI,KAChBJ,EAAOI,KAAOd,EAAM,KACtBW,EAAcG,OAIlB,IAA0B,aAAtBd,EAAMH,KAAK,OAEbI,EAAWD,OACN,CAELU,EAASvD,EAAE6C,EAAMa,KAAK,WAAa,SAAWb,EAAMH,KAAK,OAAS,KAClE,KAAK,GAAIkB,GAAI,EAAGA,EAAIL,EAAOX,OAAQgB,IAAMA,EACvCd,EAAW9C,EAAEuD,EAAOK,KAChBL,EAAOK,KAAOf,EAAM,KACtBW,EAAcI,GAOtB,GAAIC,GAAOX,EAAQY,YAAc3D,KAAKa,QAAQT,gBAC1CwD,EAAOb,EAAQc,YACnB7D,MAAKyB,UAAUO,KACb0B,IAAKA,EAAM,KACXE,KAAMA,EAAO,OACZE,OAAO9D,KAAKa,QAAQZ,cAEvBD,KAAKwC,YAAYa,IAInBzC,EAASJ,UAAUgC,YAAc,SAASa,GACxC,GAAIlC,GAAOnB,IAEXA,MAAK+D,oBACL,IAAIC,GAAShE,KAAKyB,UAAUG,KAAK,YAEjC5B,MAAK0B,SAASoC,OAAO9D,KAAKa,QAAQZ,cAElCJ,EAAE,cAAciE,OAAO,QACvB9D,KAAKyB,UAAUG,KAAK,uFAAuFQ,OAE3GpC,KAAK2B,gBAAgBsC,SAAS,YAG9B,IAAIC,GAAY,GAAIC,MACpBD,GAAUE,OAAS,WACjB,GAAIC,GAAYC,EAAaC,EAAYC,EAAgBC,EAAeC,EAAcC,CACtFX,GAAOzB,KAAK,MAAOpB,EAAKL,MAAMuC,GAAaR,MAE3CwB,EAAaxE,EAAEqE,GAEfF,EAAOY,MAAMV,EAAUU,OACvBZ,EAAOa,OAAOX,EAAUW,QAEpB1D,EAAKN,QAAQX,sBAIfyE,EAAiB9E,EAAEmD,QAAQ4B,QAC3BF,EAAiB7E,EAAEmD,QAAQ6B,SAC3BJ,EAAiBE,EAAcxD,EAAKgB,qBAAuBhB,EAAKc,sBAAwB,GACxFuC,EAAiBE,EAAevD,EAAKW,oBAAsBX,EAAKe,uBAAyB,KAGpFgC,EAAUU,MAAQH,GAAmBP,EAAUW,OAASL,KACtDN,EAAUU,MAAQH,EAAkBP,EAAUW,OAASL,GAC1DD,EAAcE,EACdH,EAAcvC,SAASmC,EAAUW,QAAUX,EAAUU,MAAQL,GAAa,IAC1EP,EAAOY,MAAML,GACbP,EAAOa,OAAOP,KAEdA,EAAcE,EACdD,EAAaxC,SAASmC,EAAUU,OAASV,EAAUW,OAASP,GAAc,IAC1EN,EAAOY,MAAML,GACbP,EAAOa,OAAOP,MAIpBnD,EAAK2D,cAAcd,EAAOY,QAASZ,EAAOa,WAG5CX,EAAUa,IAAe/E,KAAKc,MAAMuC,GAAaR,KACjD7C,KAAKe,kBAAoBsC,GAI3BzC,EAASJ,UAAU0C,YAAc,WAC/BlD,KAAK0B,SACFkD,MAAM/E,EAAEmD,QAAQ4B,SAChBC,OAAOhF,EAAEmF,UAAUH,WAIxBjE,EAASJ,UAAUsE,cAAgB,SAASP,EAAYD,GAQtD,QAASW,KACP9D,EAAKM,UAAUG,KAAK,qBAAqBgD,MAAMM,GAC/C/D,EAAKM,UAAUG,KAAK,gBAAgBiD,OAAOM,GAC3ChE,EAAKM,UAAUG,KAAK,gBAAgBiD,OAAOM,GAC3ChE,EAAKiE,YAXP,GAAIjE,GAAOnB,KAEPqF,EAAYrF,KAAK2B,gBAAgB2D,aACjCC,EAAYvF,KAAK2B,gBAAgB6D,cACjCN,EAAYX,EAAavE,KAAKmC,qBAAuBnC,KAAKiC,sBAC1DkD,EAAYb,EAActE,KAAK8B,oBAAsB9B,KAAKkC,sBAS1DmD,KAAaH,GAAYK,IAAcJ,EACzCnF,KAAK2B,gBAAgB8D,SACnBb,MAAOM,EACPL,OAAQM,GACPnF,KAAKa,QAAQV,eAAgB,QAAS,WACvC8E,MAGFA,KAKJrE,EAASJ,UAAU4E,UAAY,WAC7BpF,KAAKyB,UAAUG,KAAK,cAAcQ,OAClCpC,KAAKyB,UAAUG,KAAK,aAAakC,OAAO,QAExC9D,KAAK0F,YACL1F,KAAK2F,gBACL3F,KAAK4F,2BACL5F,KAAK6F,qBAIPjF,EAASJ,UAAUkF,UAAY,WAI7B,GAAII,IAAgB,CACpB,KACEd,SAASe,YAAY,cACrBD,EAAiB9F,KAAKa,QAAmC,6BAAG,GAAM,EAClE,MAAOmF,IAEThG,KAAKyB,UAAUG,KAAK,WAAWqE,OAE3BjG,KAAKc,MAAM2B,OAAS,IAClBzC,KAAKa,QAAQN,YACXuF,GACF9F,KAAKyB,UAAUG,KAAK,sBAAsBI,IAAI,UAAW,KAE3DhC,KAAKyB,UAAUG,KAAK,sBAAsBqE,SAEtCjG,KAAKe,kBAAoB,IAC3Bf,KAAKyB,UAAUG,KAAK,YAAYqE,OAC5BH,GACF9F,KAAKyB,UAAUG,KAAK,YAAYI,IAAI,UAAW,MAG/ChC,KAAKe,kBAAoBf,KAAKc,MAAM2B,OAAS,IAC/CzC,KAAKyB,UAAUG,KAAK,YAAYqE,OAC5BH,GACF9F,KAAKyB,UAAUG,KAAK,YAAYI,IAAI,UAAW,SAQzDpB,EAASJ,UAAUmF,cAAgB,WACjC,GAAIxE,GAAOnB,IAI6C,oBAA7CA,MAAKc,MAAMd,KAAKe,mBAAmB+B,OAAsE,KAA7C9C,KAAKc,MAAMd,KAAKe,mBAAmB+B,OACxG9C,KAAKyB,UAAUG,KAAK,eACjBsE,KAAKlG,KAAKc,MAAMd,KAAKe,mBAAmB+B,OACxCgB,OAAO,QACPlC,KAAK,KAAKR,GAAG,QAAS,WACrB+E,SAASC,KAAOvG,EAAEG,MAAMuC,KAAK,UAI/BvC,KAAKc,MAAM2B,OAAS,GAAKzC,KAAKa,QAAQR,qBACxCL,KAAKyB,UAAUG,KAAK,cAAcyE,KAAKrG,KAAKa,QAAQJ,WAAWT,KAAKe,kBAAoB,EAAGf,KAAKc,MAAM2B,SAASqB,OAAO,QAEtH9D,KAAKyB,UAAUG,KAAK,cAAcQ,OAGpCpC,KAAK2B,gBAAgB2E,YAAY,aAEjCtG,KAAKyB,UAAUG,KAAK,qBAAqBkC,OAAO9D,KAAKa,QAAQV,eAAgB,WAC3E,MAAOgB,GAAK+B,iBAKhBtC,EAASJ,UAAUoF,yBAA2B,WAC5C,GAAI5F,KAAKc,MAAM2B,OAASzC,KAAKe,kBAAoB,EAAG,CAClD,GAAIwF,GAAc,GAAIpC,MACtBoC,GAAYxB,IAAM/E,KAAKc,MAAMd,KAAKe,kBAAoB,GAAG8B,KAE3D,GAAI7C,KAAKe,kBAAoB,EAAG,CAC9B,GAAIyF,GAAc,GAAIrC,MACtBqC,GAAYzB,IAAM/E,KAAKc,MAAMd,KAAKe,kBAAoB,GAAG8B,OAI7DjC,EAASJ,UAAUqF,kBAAoB,WACrChG,EAAEmF,UAAU5D,GAAG,iBAAkBvB,EAAEoD,MAAMjD,KAAKyG,eAAgBzG,QAGhEY,EAASJ,UAAUuD,mBAAqB,WACtClE,EAAEmF,UAAU0B,IAAI,cAGlB9F,EAASJ,UAAUiG,eAAiB,SAASpF,GAC3C,GAAIsF,GAAqB,GACrBC,EAAqB,GACrBC,EAAqB,GAErBC,EAAUzF,EAAM0F,QAChBC,EAAUC,OAAOC,aAAaJ,GAASK,aACvCL,KAAYH,GAAeK,EAAII,MAAM,SACvCpH,KAAKqC,MACY,MAAR2E,GAAeF,IAAYF,EACL,IAA3B5G,KAAKe,kBACPf,KAAKwC,YAAYxC,KAAKe,kBAAoB,GACjCf,KAAKa,QAAQN,YAAcP,KAAKc,MAAM2B,OAAS,GACxDzC,KAAKwC,YAAYxC,KAAKc,MAAM2B,OAAS,IAEtB,MAARuE,GAAeF,IAAYD,KAChC7G,KAAKe,oBAAsBf,KAAKc,MAAM2B,OAAS,EACjDzC,KAAKwC,YAAYxC,KAAKe,kBAAoB,GACjCf,KAAKa,QAAQN,YAAcP,KAAKc,MAAM2B,OAAS,GACxDzC,KAAKwC,YAAY,KAMvB5B,EAASJ,UAAU6B,IAAM,WACvBrC,KAAK+D,qBACLlE,EAAEmD,QAAQ0D,IAAI,SAAU1G,KAAKkD,aAC7BlD,KAAKyB,UAAU4F,QAAQrH,KAAKa,QAAQZ,cACpCD,KAAK0B,SAAS2F,QAAQrH,KAAKa,QAAQZ,cACnCJ,EAAE,yBAAyBmC,KACzBmB,WAAY,aAITvC,IAITf,GAAE,WACA,CAAA,GAAIgB,GAAW,GAAId,EACJ,IAAIa,GAASC,QAG7ByG,KAAKtH"}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/site/logo.jpg b/site/logo.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dccc08c
Binary files /dev/null and b/site/logo.jpg differ
diff --git a/site/releasenotes-template.html b/site/releasenotes-template.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..94126c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/site/releasenotes-template.html
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+
+<html lang="lt" xml:lang="lt" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+
+<head>
+	<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8" />
+	<title>Sample Release Notes</title>
+	<meta name="robots" content="anchors" />
+	<style type="text/css">
+		p {
+		font-size: 13pt;
+		font-weight: normal;
+	}
+	</style>
+</head>
+
+<body>
+
<!-- begin version=0.8.4 -->
+<p><b>Changes in version 0.8.4</b></p>
+<p>- fixed rare bug when moving tasks - sometimes it could crash </p>
+<p> - improvement of deployment system </p>
+<p> - migrated to Qt 5.4.1 </p>
+
+<!-- end version=0.8.4 -->
+
+
+</body>
+
+</html>
diff --git a/site/releasenotes.html b/site/releasenotes.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d77c49d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/site/releasenotes.html
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+
+<html lang="lt" xml:lang="lt" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+
+<head>
+	<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8" />
+	<title>Sample Release Notes</title>
+	<meta name="robots" content="anchors" />
+	<style type="text/css">
+		p {
+		font-size: 13pt;
+		font-weight: normal;
+	}
+	</style>
+</head>
+
+<body>
+
+<!-- begin version=0.8.16 -->
+<p><b>Changes in version 0.8.16<b></p>
+<p> - one more fixed bug in time interval removing.</p>
+
+
+<!-- end version=0.8.16 -->
+
+<!-- begin version=0.8.15 -->
+<p><b>Changes in version 0.8.15<b></p>
+<p> - fixed bug in time interval removing - sometimes time interval could not be deleted from time line.</p>
+
+
+<!-- end version=0.8.15 -->
+
+<!-- begin version=0.8.14 -->
+<p><b>Changes in version 0.8.12<b></p>
+<p> - new tree edit functions: add sibling, move node up, move node down </p>
+
+
+<!-- end version=0.8.14 -->
+
+<!-- begin version=0.8.12 -->
+<p><b>Changes in version 0.8.12<b></p>
+<p> - new tree edit functions: add sibling, move node up, move node down </p>
+
+
+<!-- end version=0.8.12 -->
+
+<!-- begin version=0.8.11 -->
+<p><b>Changes in version 0.8.11<b></p>
+<p> - minor fixes </p>
+<p> - new application icon </p>
+<p> - new time tracking mode (see Preferences for details) </p>
+
+
+<!-- end version=0.8.11 -->
+
+<!-- begin version=0.8.10 -->
+<p><b>Changes in version 0.8.10<b></p>
+<p> - fix minor UI bug - start/stop button was disabled sometimes when tracking was active.</p>
+
+<!-- end version=0.8.10 -->
+
+<!-- begin version=0.8.9 -->
+<p><b>Changes in version 0.8.9<b></p>
+<p> - add Tools -> Start tracking recent tasks submenu with list of recent tasks. The same for tray icon menu and dock menu. </p>
+<p> - fixed "Show Litt window" menu item - now it works </p>
+
+<!-- end version=0.8.9 -->
+
+<!-- begin version=0.8.8 -->
+<p><b>Changes in version 0.8.8<b></p>
+<p> - fixed time tracking menu item caption </p>
+<p> - fixed "Show Litt window" menu item - now it works </p>
+
+<!-- end version=0.8.8 -->
+
+<!-- begin version=0.8.7 -->
+<p><b>Changes in version 0.8.7<b></p>
+<p> - repair Saved/Modified indicator in status bar </p>
+<p> - autosave modified text in 10 seconds after text change </p>
+
+<!-- end version=0.8.7 -->
+
+<!-- begin version=0.8.6 -->
+<p><b>Changes in version 0.8.6<b></p>
+<p> - text cursor position retained when switching between tasks </p>
+<p> - Cmd-1 and Cmd-2 switches keyboard focus between task tree and text controls </p>
+
+<!-- end version=0.8.6 -->
+
+<!-- begin version=0.8.5 -->
+<p><b>Changes in version 0.8.5<b></p>
+<p> - fixed few crashes </p>
+<p> - UI improvements </p>
+<p> - migrated to Qt 5.4.1 </p>
+
+<!-- end version=0.8.5 -->
+
+<!-- begin version=0.8.4 -->
+<p><b>Changes in version 0.8.4<b></p>
+<p> - fixed rare bug when moving tasks - sometimes it could crash </p>
+<p> - improvement of deployment system </p>
+<p> - migrated to Qt 5.4.1 </p>
+
+<!-- end version=0.8.4 -->
+
+
+</body>
+
+</html>
diff --git a/site/test.php b/site/test.php
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1a3bce5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/site/test.php
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+<?php
+	echo phpinfo();
+?>